A Greek and English lexicon of the New Testament

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the

public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individual
personal, non-commercial purposes.

and we request that you use these files for

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
ai[http: //books . google. com/|

ootendy Google

RT eet We

HARVARD
COLLEGE
LIBRARY

ootendy Google

vaires-y GOORe

ootendy Google

aoe 20% OB

8

foe.

be ree

«.

’

ar

A we rcsrages 1. eo pa ane oe
Sy tee are oo = 5 ©
prey ee oven e .

ate enn rene he

Loe ee

vaires-y GOORe

Gon Vet han ebe ie eee”

wayui! cee lero:

sermon haere, deveacyereey

von eras

decnace fe npmecsem Oe rae,

ae a teeden ny wed lem in, rreg wwe

Aik ar revere Cee ot valet Ce Neen, oe e

agen n*

’
oF al rane wa Z
ceca PE A Bt Be Dee I
aa tee Downe Bale piel rag f
ora
the eevee Eeeg, aw cet o39, Bro ewe Bae

cee Sk ccse omen an te

wen re dco

GREEK AND ENGLISH

LEXICON

or THE

NEW TESTAMENT.

BY

EDWARD ROBINSON, D. D.

LATE PROF. EXTRAORD. OF SAC. LIT. IN THE THEOL. SEM. ANDOVER.

BOSTON:
PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER.
NEW YORK: LEAVITT,LORD&CO.
ANDOVER: GOULD AND NEWMAN, PRINTERS.

1836.

Ha aw
UNIV 23ITY
LIBRARY

Hee” fuby 25, 1850.

an ’ F7-5O
(Sees
yo get

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1836,
By Epwarp Rosinson,

in the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of Massachusetts.

PREFACE.

Exeven years have now elapsed, since the Author of this work
published a Lexicon of the New Testament, in the form of a revision
and translation of the ‘Clavis Philologica’ of Wahl, in its first edition.
That work was favourably received, as supplying in some degree a
want which had long been felt ; and the whole edition of fifteen bun-
dred copies was exhausted in a little more than four years.

On returning in 1830 from a residence of several years in Germany,
it was the Author’s first wish, and perhaps duty, to have immediately
prepared another edition of the former work, or a new volume of a
similar character. But providential circumstances seemed for a time
to call him to other kindred labours; and then sickness intervened ; so
that it was not until the autumn of 1833, that he was able to give him-
self in earnest to the preparation of a Lexicon. Since that time his
labour upon it has been uninterrupted ; so that, comparatively speak-
ing, scarcely a day has elapsed, of which the largest portion has not
been spent upon the volume here given to the public.

It was at first supposed, that a revision of the former work was all
that would be necessary. But in the lapse of eight years devoted to
studies of this nature at home and abroad, the Author’s own views and
principles in respect to lexicography and philology in general, had natu-
rally become farther developed and in some parts modified. In the
same interval, too; the progress of science in this department, as in
others, had not ceased to be onward ; new editions of the Lexicons
of Wahl and Bretschneider had appeared ; Winer had pushed his
researches further, and brought the results into a better form; and,
above all, the labours and improvements of Passow had been spread
before the world. In this state of things, an attempt merely to remodel
an imperfect foreign work seemed hardly advisable. It appeared
therefore to the Author and his friends decidedly preferable, that, call-
ing no man Master on earth, he should go on and prepare from the
New Testament itself and from the auxiliary sources, a new and inde-

wv . PREFACE.

pendent work, adapted to the wants of students in our own country. In
doing this, he has been able to resort to all the sources from which
Schleusner and Wahl and Bretschneider drew their materials; and
while ge has freely availed himself of their labours, he has found occa-
sion on every page to distrust their judgment and accuracy, and to turn
from them habitually to the original authorities. Accordingly, the
present volume is throughout the result of the Author’s own investiga-
tions; and, with a few slight exceptions, has been sent to the press
wholly in manuscript.

A full and scientific Lexicon of any language, embraces a wide field
of inquiry. The scholar who would pursue the study of a language
critically and philologically, does not rest, until he has traced each word
to its origin ; investigated its primitive form and signification ; noted the
various forms and senses in which it has been current in the different
epochs and dialects of the language, and the manner and order in
which all these are deduced from the primitive one and from each
other ; and, last though not least, has observed the relations in which
it stands to other words, in constructions and phrases, and the various
modifications which it has undergone in these respects. When all
these points are properly ascertained and arranged in his own mind,
then and not till then is the scholar master of the word in question ; and
the transcript of the view thus obtained, with the necessary vouchers, is
the true lexicography of that word. This is justly termed the historico-
logical method of lexicography, which has grown up out of the general
progress of philology within the present century, and aims to present a
logical and historical view of each word in all its varieties of signification
and construction. The first exemplification of it was given by Gese-
nius, in his Hebrew Lexicon ; and it has been ably followed out by
Passow in his Lexicon of the Greek language.*

These remarks proceed upon the supposition, that a language is in
itself primitive and independent of every other; and that its words may
therefore be traced to their ultimate roots within itself. This indeed
is usually assumed in regard to the Greek language ; and the Lexicon
of Passow is constructed on this principle. But in respect to our own
and many other languages, this is obviously not the fact ; and the sci-

* See a very able article on the subject of Greek Lexicography in the
London Quarterly Review, Vol. LI. No. 101; reprinted in the Bibl. Repos.
Vol. IV. p. 556 sq.

PREFACE. v

ence of comparative philology, which has sprung up within our own
days, has already taught us, that both the Greek and Latin are also
only members of one great family of languages, which, descending
apparently from the mountains of India, have spread themselves over
Southern and Western Asia and the whole of Europe; retaining under
every diversity of climate and circumstances such obvious affinities, as
give undeniable evidence of a common origin. These Indo-European
tongues, as they are called, include the Sanscrit, Persian, Greek, Latin,
Gothic, German, English, and the other dialects of the Teutonic ; and
strictly also those of the Slavic and Celtic races. The Semitic lan-
guages form a distinct family ; though still, in their primary elements,
Kindred to the former in a greater degree than has usually been sup-
posed. Here too, the first scientific attempt at marking these coinci-
dences as a part of lexicography, has been made by Gesenius, injhis -
Latin Manual of 1833; but we apprehend the time to be not far
distant, when every Lexicon of the Greek or Latin, or indeed of any of
the occidental tongues, will be regarded as incomplete, which shall
fail to notice these striking affinities.

Tn respect to the Greek, it should also be borne in mind, that there
are three great epochs which mark the progress of the language ;
through all or some of which the different meanings and uses of a word
can be traced with more or less distinctness.* ‘These are its youth, in
the heroic or epic poems of Homer and Hesiod, with which may be
joined the Ionic prose of Herodotus ;—its prime, in the palmy days of
Attic elegance and purity, as exhibited in the great tragedians, and in
the prose of Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato ;—and its decline, after the
Macedonian conquest, and still Jater under the Roman dominion; when
the breaking up of the various independent states, the mingling together
in armies of soldiers enlisted from every quarter, and the founding of
colonies and large cities peopled with inhabitants from every part of
Greece and also from foreign lands, could not fail to produce great
changes in the language of different communities ; which, by natural
consequence, would speedily be reflected in the language of books.
Thus was formed the later Greek idiom, 1 xo+v7 dscdextoc, which every
where superseded the pure Attic; and of which Aristotle, Polybius,
Diodorus, Plutarch, Aelian, and other later writers, are the representa-
tives. Some of the forms peculiar to this later idiom were ascribed to

P.1; in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 650.

vw PREFACE.

the influence of the Macedonians, and referred to the Macedonic dia-
lect ; or sometimes the same forms were referred to an Alexandrine dia-
lect, inasmuch as the chief seat of the later Greek culture was in Egypt
and its metropolis Alexandria. But these terms are probably too speci-
fic ; and embrace what strigtly belonged to the later language of common
life in general, rather than to the dialect of any particular tribe or city.*

The language of the New Testament is the later Greek language,
as spoken by foreigners of the Hebrew stock, and applied by them to
subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek writers.
The simple statement of this fact, suggests at once what the character
of this idiom must be; and might, one would think, have saved volumes
of controversy. The Jews came in contact with the Greeks only at
and after the Macedonian conquests; and were therefore conversant
only with the later Greek. They learned it from the intercourse of
life, in commerce, in colonies, in cities founded like Alexandria, where
the inhabitants were drawn together from Asia as well as from Greece ;
and it was therefore the spoken language of common life, and not that
of books, with which they became acquainted. But they spoke it as
foreigners, as Hebrews; and therefore it could not fail to have in general
a colouring of the Hebrew, or rather of the later Aramaean, which was
their vernacular tongue. Jews who spoke Greek, are called in the
New Testament ‘EAAnuorai, Hellenists ; and hence in modern usage,
since the time of the younger Scaliger, the Jewish Greek has not unaptly
been termed Hellentstic.+

The earliest monument of this idiom is the Version of the Seventy,
made at Alexandria, probably at different times during the centuries
immediately preceding the Christian era. This, as being a direct
. translation from the Hebrew, made by Jews, exhibits strongly the
influence of the Hebrew, as well as an imperfect knowledge of the
Greek ; though in various degrees in its different parts. Closely allied
to this are the Apocryphal books usually connected with the Septuagint.
Meanwhile, the Greek language had become current also in Palestine,
along with the Aramaean; partly through frequent intercourse with
Hellenistic Jews settled in Egypt and in Asia Minor, who constantly
resorted to Jerusalem; and partly from the influence of the Herods and
the Roman dominion.{ Hence the New Testament was written in the

© Buttm. § 1.n. 11, 12. Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. Lips. 1808.
+ Butt. § 1.n.12. Winer Gramm. p. 28, and marg.

t Bibl. Repos. I. p.309 sq. p. 530 sq. Hug’s Introd. to the N. T. Part
IL. § 10.

\

PREFACE. vu

now universal tongue. Still later there appeared other Greek Versions
of the Old Testament, made by Jews; and also the remaining Pseude-
pigraphic and Apocryphal writings of the Old and New Testaments.
Two Jewish writers only, Philo and Josephus, both of them cotem-
porary with the Apostles, were able to overcome in a great measure the
influence of their vernacular tongue ; and although when treating of Jew-
ish affairs they necessarily employ many terms belonging to the Jew-
ish Greek, yet in general they approach much nearer to the written
idiom of the later Greek, than any of the writers either of the Septua-
gint or New Testament.

The writers of the New Testament, with the exception of Paul,
and partially perhaps of Luke, were unlearned men ; and, like the rest
of their countrymen, knew the Greek language only from the inter-
course of common life, and not from books. With them, therefore, the
Hebrew element which mingled in their idiom, would naturally have
great prominence ; although, since their writings are not translated from
a Hebrew original, it is not here as strongly marked as in the Septuagint.
It often lies in the turn of the thought, or in the thought itself, rather
than in the expression. Even where the expression is modelled after
the Hebrew, this is seen more in the construction and connexion of
words in phrases and sentences, than as affecting their intrinsic significa-
tion. Whoever has himself learned to speak a foreign language, or has
closely watched the discourse of foreigners speaking our own tongue,
will readily have perceived, that the signification of words is in general
much more easily retained and correctly applied, than their forms and
their proper construction and connexion. Thus, nothing perhaps im-
parts more to the Gospels the air of the Hebrew narratives of the Old
Testament, than the frequent use of the particle xa! as a connective,
corresponding to the Hebrew usage of the particle Vav (1). — From
Hebraisms of this kind, the writings of Paul are comparatively free 5
since from his birth and residence amid the Greek schools of Tarsus,
he probably had acquired a more accurate knowledge of that language -
than was usual with the Hebrews of Palestine; though the course of
his education and the character of his learning were not Greek, but
wholly Jewish.

The writers of the New Testament, further, applied the Greek lan-
guage to subjects on which it had never been employed by native Greek
writers. No native Greek had ever written on Jewish affairs, nor on
the Jewish theology and ritual. Hence the Seventy, in their transla-
tion, had often to employ Greek words as the signs of things and ideas,
which heretofore had been expressed only in Hebrew. In such a case,

vill PREFACE.

they could only select those Greek words which most nearly corresponded
tot he Hebrew; leaving the different shade or degree of signification to
be gathered by the reader from the context. Thus, to express the
idea of the Hebrew nib as a word of salutation or farewell, they em-
ploy the Greek word eég7n, just as we use the word peace in the same
way and for the very same reason. Similar is evloyéw for Heb. J23
to bless; in Greek writers only to speak well of. Thus far the path
was indeed already broken for the writers of the New Testament.
But beyond this, they were to be the instruments of making known a
new revelation, a new dispensation of mercy to mankind. Here was
opened a wide circle of new ideas and new doctrines to be developed,
for which all human language was as yet too poor; and this -poverty
‘was to be done away, even as at the present day on the discovery and
culture of a new science, chiefly by enlarging the signification and appli-
cation of words already in use, rather than by the formation of new
ones. An example of this in the New Testament is especially the
word lozi¢,—to which may be added d:xasoouwn, Aexasoio6ar, éxhoyn,
Gnoorolos, and many others.

The New Testament, then, was written by Hebrews, aiming to
express Hebrew thoughts, conceptions, feelings, in the Greek tongue.
Their idiom, consequently, in soul and spirit, is Hebrew; in its exter-
nal form, Greek, and that more or less pure, accarding to the facilities
which an individual writer might have possessed of acquiring fluency
and accuracy of expression in that tongue.*

The preceding remarks present a summary view of the principles
which have guided the Author in the preparation of the present volume.
The Greek of the New Testament constitutes but a small portion of
the Greek language as a whole; and a Lexicon of it can only aim to
give a just exhibition of one of the subordinate forms or phases of that
rich and noble tongue. Of such a work, the following, it would seem,

. ought to be some of the chief traits; and they have accordingly been
made prominent objects of attention.

1, The etymology of each word is given, so far as it appertains to
the Greek and Hebrew,+ and occasionally the Latin. A general com-

© Bee generally, H. Planck De vera natura atque indole Orationis Graecae
Nov. Test. Goetting. 1810; reprinted in Rosenm. Commentationes Theol. I.
p. 112; also translated in the Bibl. Repos, I. p. 638 sq, See also Winer’s
Gramm. §§ 1—4.
+ See the articles ABavrds, tocesos, covddgioy, etc. To these should-be
added Aduse, Jeprds, 800 Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. p>

PREFACE. BP

parison of the affinities between the Greek and other languages, belongs
only to a general Lexicon of the language.

2. The full Aistorical view of a word, is here out of place; since
we strictly have to do only with those significations and constructions
which are found in the New Testament itself. But the logical method
is still applicable in its full force. This consists in assigning first to
each word its primary signification, whether found in the New Testa-
meat or not ; and then deducing from it in logical order all the signifi-
cations which occur in the New Testament ; but not others, except so
far as they may be necessary to illustrate the former.*—In this connex-
ion, the attempt has every where been made, to discriminate between the
intrinsic significations of a word, and those senses in which it may be
employed through the force of adjuncts. By referring the latter to
their appropriate heads, the multiplicity of meanings given by earlier
lexicographers has been greatly diminished.—Particular attention has
also been given, to bring out to view the force of thé prepositions in
composition.

3. The various constructions of verbs and adjectives with their
cases and with other adjuncts, is in general fully given. Unusual or
difficult constructions are noted and explained, by reference both to
grammatical rules and to the usage of other writers.—Here the usual
Latin abbreviations for marking the construction of words, are too con-
venient to be laid aside for any English substitutes; and therefore such
terms as seg. gentt, or c. acc. and the like, have been retained without
scruple ; just as the common English has adopted the forms etc. and
per cent.

4. The different forms and inflexion of words are exhibited, 20
far as seemed proper ina Lexicon. Any variety or irregularity of form
is,-in particular, fully explained.

5. The usage of the writers of the New Testament, is in all cases
illustrated by a reference to both the elements of which the New Tes-
tament idiom is composed ; on the one hand, to the Hebrew element
or Jewish Greek ; and on the other to the common or later idiom of
the Greek language. or the former or Hebrew element, the Version
of the Seventy is of the highest importance ; since it was probably the
only Greek writing with which most of the sacred penmen were ac-
quainted ; and many words, phrases, constructions, and even whole
passages, are in the New Testament drawn immediately from it. Next

* Comp. the articles oxdide, pies, yoiddw, etc.
B :

x PREFACE.

in order are the Apocryphal writings connected with the Septuagint ;
and also the other Greek Versions. Thus far the Concordance of
Trommius, and the Lexicons of Biel and Schleusner on the Septuagint,
furnish sufficient aid. The works of Philo and Josephus are here of
great importance ; the latter of whom, especially, contains a treasure of
illustration in respect to the facts and antiquities of the New Testament.
Valuable though imperfect materials from their writings, have been col-
lected in the ‘Observationes’ of Loesner and Krebs; and one of the
merits of Bretschneider is his frequent (though often faulty) reference
to Josephus. The later Apocryphal writings of both the Old and New
Testaments are of value as throwing light upon the opinions of the later
Jews, rather than as illustrating the Scriptural idiom ; since they are in
a great degree mere servile imitations of the latter—For the other or
Greek element, reference is made to the prominent writers of the later
dialect, in the current editions; and wherever a word belongs also to the
Attic epoch, a single reference is usually added to a writer of that age,
mostly to Xenophon. Here the Lexicons of single authors, and the
collections of Elsner, Kypke, Raphel, and, more than all, of Wetstein,
greatly facilitate the labours of a lexicographer of the New Testament.

Let the student not be startled at the apparent multitude of such
references, nor think them all of no avail. They are adduced not
merely nor mainly to elucidate the meaning of a word ; but to show its
authority and standing in the Greek language. ‘They serve to show in
what relation each word stands to the Septuagint and Jewish writings,
and also to the later and Attic Greek ; and whether it is common to all
or any of them, or found in none. In this way they have an impor-
tant bearing on the long disputed question of the purity of the New
‘Testament idiom ; and aid in determining its true character.

6. So faras the limits of a Lexicon permit, attention has been given
to the interpretation of difficult passages ; in order that the work may
in some measure supply the place of a more extended Commentary.

7. Each article, so far as practicable, contains a reference to every
passage of the New Testament in which the word is found. In this
way, in more than seven eighths of the words, the Lexicon is a com-
plete Concordance of the New Testament. Those articles in which
this is not the case, are marked at the end by the letters Av.—The
most sedulous care has been bestowed to verify all the references ; and
although in a work containing so many thousands of them, some errors
are unavoidable, yet it is hoped that the present volume will bear
comparison in this respect with any other of a like size and character.

PREFACE. . xr

The scriptural references are usually made to the New Testament of
Knapp, the Septuagint of Mill, and the Hebrew Bible of Van der
Hooght.

Such is the plan of the work now given to the public ; to the exe-
cution of which the Author has unweariedly devoted the best powers of
the best years of his life;—with what success, the theological public
must judge. His fervent hope and prayer to God is, that the work
may be instrumental in giving facility and impulse to the study of the
Holy Scriptures and the pursuit of Sacred Literature ; and thus aid in
promoting the cause of sacred learning, and Christian piety in our land !

To those friends by whose kind advice and encouragement the Au-
thor has been cheered, he tenders his sincere thanks. Among these
the Rev. Prof. Stuart has ever been foremost; and I take pleasure in
thus testifying my obligations to him. Nor can I pass over the kind offi-
ces of another valued friend, the Hon. John Pickering, whose eminence
asa Greek scholar and general philologian is known and appreciated
throughout Europe, not less than in our own country. His friendly
advice and aid have been always at hand ; and the stores of his valuable
library have been opened to me as freely as if they had been my own.
A-similar acknowledgement is due also to the Trustees having charge
of the Theological Seminary at Andover, who have liberally left in
my hands for years all the books I desired from the library of that
Institution, the richest in its collections of Sacred Literature which our
country yet possesses.

A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, translated
from the Latin of Gesenius by the Author of the present volume,
was published a few weeks since. The translation was carried on
along with the preparation of the pxgsent work; without however
causing any delay of the latter, unfégs ina slight degree. The two
works together embrace the lexicography of the whole of the original
Scriptures.

Boston, Oct. 25, 1836.

ERRATA.

‘Tax distance of the author from the press prevented in most cases his revisien
of the proofs. Of the following errata, several were made in correcting, after

the sheets had left his hands.

Pago 15. B. 1.10, for 33, read 31.

P. 17, read art. Aidloy, and so in the head-
line.

P. 45. art. Ardy, 1.8, read: a) genr.

P.2GL. A. 1. 7 from bott. read Susogos.

P. 69. B. 1. 10 from bott. read yerv-Oyvas.

P. 89, art. “Amomddw 1.1, read f. wlevoowas.

P. 94. art.” Azemuog 1.7, for a fow, read: 43
Roman.—Aleo |. 9, for 13, read 12.

P. 150, read art. devva, and 20 in ool.
B.1.5,7, 150le ZS.

5, for 29, read 27.
"ead art Asdvoua.
A.1.99, for § 198, read § 187, —

. art. "BOize 1.7, for § 128. 7, read
128. 2.

P. 2%. B. 1.3, for 11. 5, read II. 3.

P.958. art. Zxmnéerew 1.3, for §97, road: §96.

P. 266. B. 1. 6 from bott. for 19, read 18,

P. 291. art. "BEog7 1. 2, insert a parenthe-
sis after the word prominent.

. 1.9 from bott. for 8:5, read 9: 5.
1.17, pat a period after idol. —

27, for 32, read 31.

|. 20, for v’, read 6,

art. "Halas.

9 from bott. read ysiuaggos.

Kowavea.

2 from bott. for 2, read 3.

"31, read : 2 John 3, 9.

1. Tibdayos 1.6, road sie seddepov.

. 1.9, for Arr. read App.

A. 1.1, read art. Zeravrd¢. —
Art. Zersords 1.1, put « parenthesis after
Gix0s.

P. 799. art. Spdysov |. 1, put a parenthesis
before opdtw.

P. 828. A. ult. read ‘3p.

P. 831. B.1. 4, read: Also

P. 865. B, 1. 2 from bott. read Huy .

P.885. B. 1.13 and 14 from bott. reed :
rovry.

P. 905. B. 1.5, for 1: 12, read 12: 1.

wet

e
am

. B,
A.
1

P.
P. 324.
Also
P. 337.
P. 360.
P. 438.
P. 449.
P. 583.
P. 636.
P.648.
P. 705.
P. 753.

See Apprrions ano Coarections at the end of the Volume.

LEXICON

oy THE

NEW TESTAMENT.

A, alpha, the first letter of the Greek
alphabet, corresponding to the Heb. &.
For its power as « numerical sign, and
asa privative and intensive particle in
composition, see Buttmann §2. n. 3.
§ 120. 5, and all, In N.T. 16 Aor,
76 Giga signifies the first, Rev. 1: 8,111,
21: 6. 22:13; since the writer himself
explains it by mgsirog and doy7. Com-
pare Ie. 48: 12.-coll. 41:4. 44:6.—Clem.
Alex. Strom. Iv. 25. [p.537. C. ed. . Sylb.]
xinkos 7ip aitis (6 vids) nacdy tar

. Suvépso, tie By ovuivor aad brovui-
ver dui toix0 A xal 2 6 déyos alon-
was.

* Aagay, 5, indec. Aaron, Hebrew
POS, pr-vame of a eon of Amram and
Jochebed of the tribe of Levi, Ex. 6:20;
the brother of Moses, his interpreter
(823) before Pharech the Egyptian
king, Ex. 4: 14 9q. 5: 189. 7:10 oq. and
the firet High Priest, Ex. 28: 1 sq. 40:
12.sq.—In N. T. Acts 7: 40. Heb. 5: 4.
7:11. 9:4. By Hebraism, family
Aaron, Luke 1: 5. f v

* ABaddav, indec. Abaddon, Heb.
23 (destruction), the name ascribed

xv. $11 to the angel of Tartarus (é-
Bvsv0s q, v.)and explained by the Greek
xoldterw destroyer, i, e. the angel of
death. The usual Heb. word is n°"w72,
Sept. 6 dodgriay, Ex. 12:23, 80
1 25, Compare éloSpevris 1 Cor, 10:

, ” ABagis, 06, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
Bégos weight,) pp. not heavy, e. g. of the
air, Plot, Moral. VI. p. 98. ed. Tauchn.

1

In NT. metaph. not burdensome, i.e.
not causing expense, 2Cor. 11:9 &Bagh
indy duarrey érvgnga. — 80 éxiBagio q.”
v.and fagis Jou. Ant. 1. 16.2,

“ ABBG, indec. Abba, Hebrew 34,
Chaldee form wan, father, Mark 14:
36. Rom. 8:15. Gal. 4: 6.

“ABEA, 5, indec. Abel, Hebrew S34
(transientness), pr. Dame of the second
son of Adam. Matt. 23: 35. Luke 11:51.
Heb. 11: 4, 12:24. See Gen. 4:1—16,

“ABpea, 5, 6, indec. Abia, Heb. m3
(Jehovah is his father), pr. name of two
men in N.T. One a king of Judah,
Matt. 1:7. coll. 1K. 14:31, 15:1 oq. The
other a priest of the posterity of Aaron,
and founder of a sacerdotal family, Luke
1:5, When all the priests were distrib-
uted into 24 classes, the 8th class was
called from him the class of Abia. 1Chr.
4: 10.

" ABiad-ag, 3, indec, Abiathar, Heb,
nA (father of abundance), pr. name
of's High Priest, Mark 2:26. Cf. 1 Sam.
22: Wl, 1K. 2% 26, 27,35. See Calmet.

* ABdgvy, 75, 4; Abilene, (in Mae,
also” ABidimy and ” 48tisdyy,) the name
of a district not far from Anti-Lebanon,
80 called from the city Abila or Abela,
which lay om the eastern declivity of
Anti-Libanus, about 18 or 20 miles N.W.
from Damascus, towards Heliopolis or
Baslbeck ; and often named *flAn rob
Avcartov to distinguish it from others.
This territory had formerly been gov-
erned as a tetrarchate by a certain Ly-

‘Apis 2
sanias, the son of Ptolemy and grandson
of Mennaeus (Jos. Ant. 14. 13. 3); but
he was put to death (A.C. 36) through
the intrigues of Cleopatra, who took
possession of his province (ib, 15. 4. 1).
After her death it fell to Augustus, who
hired it out to a certain Zenodorus; but
as he suffered the country to be infested
with robbers, the province was taken

- from him and given to Herod the Great
(Jos. B. J. 1.20. 4. coll. Ant. 15, 10°1),
At Herod’s death a part of the territory
was given to Philip (Ant. 17.11. 4);
but the greater part, with the city Abila,
seems then or afterwards to have been
bestowed on another Lysanias, Luke 3:
1, who is by some supposed to be a de-
scendant of the former, but is no where
mentioned by Josephus. Indeed no-
thing is said by Josephus or any other
profane writer of this part of Abilene
until about ten years after the time re-
ferred to by Luke, when Caligula gave
it to Agrippa Major as 4 retgagyla Av-
cavlov (Ant. 18. 6.10); to whom it
was afterwards confirmed by Claudius
(ibid. 19. 5.1), At his death it went
with his other dominions to Agrippa
Minor (ib. 20.7. 1. B,J. 2, 12. 1)—See
Krebs Obse. in N.T. 3 110. Rosenm.
Alterthk. J. Pt. 11 p. 257.

* ABuovd, 6, indeo. “Abin, Hebrew
UTI (Judah i ie his father), pr. name
of a son of Zorobabel, Matt. 1:13. O-
mitted in 1 Chr. 3: 19,

* ABoactp, 6, indec. Abraham, Heb.
DIT738 (father of a multitude), pr.uame
ofthe celebrated patriarch and founder
of the Ieraelitish nation, Matt. 1: 1, 2
22: 32. Heb. 11:8—19. Ax.

“ABvoooe, ov, ji, (apr. and Bios
v. Biaaos depth, bottom,) in Greek writ-
ere, deep, profound; as Myrn &Svccos Di-
od. Sie. 5.25. Herodot.2, 28. Sept. for
nim, abyss, either of the ocean, Gen.
1:2.'7: 11; or of the underworld, Ps.
71: 91. 107: 26,

In N.T. 4 &fvooog as a noun signi-
fies, the place of the dead, orcus, Gdns.

a) genr. Rom. 10: 7.

b) spe. Turtarus i.e. that part of ¢-
Ong in which the souls of the wicked
were supposed to be confined. Luke 8
31, Rev. 9 1,2,11, 11:7. 17: 8. %0: 1,

*Ayoados

3. Cf. 2 Pet. 2: 4—Acta Thomae § 32
4} EBysoos toi Tagrdgov.

"AyaBoc, ov, 6, Agabus, pr.
tame of a Jewish Christian, who pre-
dicted a famine Acts 11: 28,-and the
imprisonment of Paul Acts 21: 10.

“Ayadorpyéa, ©, f. fom, (aya
é¢ and tpyoy,) Phavorin, stepyerd xab
deydtouas dyadéy. In N.'T. abeol. to
do good to others. 1 Tim. 6: 16. (coll.
Gal. 6: 10) In Mss. 4 Acts 14: 17 for
dyadonnia, <2

Pitohiteer
963and moo.) The better form is dya-
Soy movéas, Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 200.

1. todo good to others, absol. Mark 3:
4. Luke 6: 9,35. Acts 14:17. With an

" hk san,
es Letty
oF ge

accus. of pers.{Acts’6: 33. Sept. for “2

s°0ry Judg. 17: 13. Zeph. 1: 12.—Tob,
12:18, 1 Mac. 11:33, 2 Mac. 1: 2

2. In N.T. also to do well, act virtu-
ously, absol. 1 Pet. 2: 15, 20. 3: 6, 17. 3
John ll. Cf. 1 Pet. 3:11.

*Ayatonotia, as, %, well-doing,
love of virtue, virtuous conduct, 1 Pet. 4:
19; ef. dya9onodw no. 2—Test. XII
Pat. ap. Fabric. Cod. Paeudep, I. 722.—
Others, Bengficence.

* Ayabonows, ov, 6» %, adj. pp. be-
neficent; in the sense of Bland, courteous,
eng. yumi} Ecclus, 42:14. In N.T. up-
right, virtuous, 1 Pet. % 14; of, Gyno
mou no.
in Opp. Justini Mart.

*"Ayatos, 7, ov, (éyar much,
exceedingly,) corresp, to Heb. 3), Lat.
bonus, and Eng. good.

1. good, i.e. from the force of the
theme, excellent, dest.

a) of persons, Matt. 19: 16 diddoxads
Gyadé. v.17 bis, Mark 10:17, 18 bis.
Luke 18: 18, 19 bis, So Sept. for 350
1 Sam. 9: 2,— Judith 11: 8. Jos. Ant.
9.5.2 rots dyaBois drDpas xat dixal-
ous dxéxteive, Xen. Cyneg. 1. 14.

b) of things. Luke 10: 42 iy dyadiy
prplda, John 1: 47 xb dyador what re-
markable. 2 Thess. 2: 16 éinis yay,
unless this is put for dials dyaddy. So
Sept. for 230 Ezra 8 : 27 yadxot ayadob.

2. good, absolutely, i.e. of good char-
acter, disposition, quality.

8) of persons, upright, virtuous. Matt.

2—Athensg, Apol. p. 304. D.”

Poaaey

‘Azades

& 45, 12: 95."22: 107 95: 21, 33. Luke
645. 19: 17. 98:50. John 7: 12. Acts
11: 24, So Sept. for 23 2 Chr. 21: 13.
Prov. 13:2, where dyadd¢ is opposed
to magdivouos. 15: 8. Is, 63: 7 aperye a
yadis for 33D 34.. —Xen. Mem. 3. 4.
8 toig xaxois xoldfuy xal toig ayadoig
Tipgy.

b) of things. (a) in a physical sense,
©. g. Sérdgor Matt. 7: 17, 18. ij Luke
&8, So Sept. yi ay. for 31d Ex. 3: 8.
—Diod, Sic. 11. 25 zuiga dy. Ken. Occ.
16.7 7ij éy.—{) in a moral sense, good,

virtuous; e.g. xupdla Luke 8:

15. értolsj Rom. 7:12 dbs 2 Thess,
217. Sabjua 105 6, Rom. 12:2, and
‘80 Sept. for 25 with 10 aveijpa Neb. 9:
20. Ps, 143: 10. Wied. 8:19 yyy dy.
Hence ovralinais dyad, i. e. co our
ness of rectitude, Acts 2% 1. 1

5,19. 1 Pet. 3: 16, 21.—Sp tye yao,
wood deeds, virtue, rectitude, Rom. 2:7.
13: 3, Eph. 2:10. Col. 1:10. 2 Tim. &
Qi. 3:17. Tit. 1:16. 31. Heb. 13: 21,
Bo Sept. for 35n 1 Sam. 19: 4 noqpora
ay. Wid, 3:15 novos dy.

¢) neut. Gyadr and dyadd, i. e. vire
tue, love of virtue, Matt. 12: 34,
‘35. 19:16, Luke 6: 45. John 5:29. Rom.
2:10, 3:8, 7: 18,19, 9: 11. 129, 1383
16:19, 2Cor. 5:10. 1 Pet. 3: 11, 13. 3
John 11. Rom. 7: 13 bis 10 dyaddr that
which is in itself good. Rom. 14: 16
where 13 dyaddy is the good cause, i. &
the religion of Christ. Sept. for 25 Pa.
34: 14, 53: 2, 4—Ken. Mem. 3. 10. 5.

3. good, in respect to operation or in-
fluence on others, i.e. useful, beneficial,
profitable,

a) of persons, benevolent, beneficent,
Matt. 20:15. Rom.5:7. 1 Theas, 3:6,
Tit &5. 1 Pet.2: 18. So Sept. for 340
2.Chr. 90: 196 S:ds Gy. Ps, 73:1.—Xen.
Cyr. 3.3. 4 slegyérm, tov dvdqa tor
déyadSéy. Thue. 1, 86.

b) of things; e.g. 3éuera Matt. 7:11.
Luke 11: 13., décug James 1: 17. gyor
Phil. 1: 6, dvaorgogy 1 Pet. 3:16. xagmot
James 3:17. wlots Tit. 2:10. Sept. for
a0 1 Sam. 12:23 dy. 68és, Neh. 9:13
érolal éy —Matt. 12: 35 dy. Snoaugds,
trae of god things Luke 6: 45.—So
igya dyaSd, good deeds, benefits, Acts
9:36. ‘Boon oe. 1 Tim. % 10. 5: 10,—

3

“Ayaddlacs

In the sense of suitable, adapted to, Eph. a
4:29 lbyos dy. mods obxodopyy, Rom.15:
2—Jos. Ant. 4.6.1 ndlis gosrlxasg glgesr
Gad. Pausan, Eliac. poster. c. 26. 4
sige de xagmols texpiguy dyad.

¢) neut. (a) 13 éya9dv, something use-

and Rom. 38. 12
21. 13:4, Gal. 6:10, Eph. 4:28. 6:8
1 Thess, 5:15. Philem, 6,14.—Xen. Cyr.
4,2,18.—(f) 16 dyaSd, things good and
useful, benefits, blessings. Matt.7: 11.
Luke 1: 53, 16: 25. Gal. 66. Heb. 9:11,
10: 1.—Ken. Cyr. 5.3, 15 rots ebegyeroin.
tag dyaSois tepBaddouevor. — In the
sense of goods, wealth, Luke 12: 18, 19.
So Sept. for 13% Gen. 24:10. 45: 18, 20.
Deut. 6: 11.—Xen. Cyr. 3.3, 20.

4. good, in respect to the feelings ex-
cited, i. e. pleasant, joyful, » 1 Pet.
3: 10 sipspas dy. Rom. 10: 15 ta : yada

times. Sept. for 35t Ps. 34: 12
as dy. Lech. 8: 19 togras dy.—Ee-
‘ue tee 1 Mace. 10: 55,

“Ayabovoyéa, , 3, f. qos, (contr.
for dyaSospyie q.v.) to do

good to
others, absol. Acts 14:17 in some Mes.£<*4>-

Cyrill. c. Julian. 3, p.81. A. et in Mich.
cap. 2. p. 409. C.

“Ayadooirn, 18, 4h (for éyaB0-
ovrn; in Greek writers dyaSdrng, or
better zenotérys, Thom. Mag. p.921. H.
Planck de Indol. p. 162, 164, and in
Bib. Repos. 1. p. 683,) goodness, viz.

8) of disposition and character, probi-
ty, virtue, Rom. 15:14. Eph. 5:9. 2

Thess. 1:11. So Sept. for 310 Ps, 52
5. main 2 Chr. 24: 16,
b) towards others, Gal. 5:

22. Sept. for 330 Neh. 9: 25.

* Ayaddace, £006, #, not found in
Gr. writers; but often in Sept. in the
sense of joy, exullation, for "4 Ps. 45:
16. 65:13. rejoicing, with song, danc-
ing, ete. for mp7 Ps. 30:7. 118: 15.
Bi en reat Joy for prvi Ps. 45: 8.
51: 1 —T

InN.T. joy, ricdaess, rejoicing, Luke
1:14,44. Acts 2:46. Jude 24,—Acta
Thom. §7 é& zug xab dyalludor.—
Heb. 1:9 Dor syeidudorns trom Pa
45:8, oif of gladnest, i.e. with whi
guests were anointed at feasts, here put

“Ayalhco

as an emblem of the highest honour 3
see Calmet p. 68.

gf a aAAyodhde, 6. @, Luke 1: 47, else-

where ayarAdccromare, (diyay much and
Gopas to leap, dance,) not found in Gr.
writers, but often in Sept. for 534 Ps. 2:
11. Py Pe. 68: 4.427 Ps. 20: 6. iwaiv Pa.
; etc. pp. spoken of rejoicing with
gong and dance. Hence in N.'T. to ex-
ult, rejoice.

2) absol. Luke 10:21. Acts 2:26 jyai-
Iudeato jj yliood ov, I rejoiced in
words, sang aloud. 16:34.—So algesy xa
dyad. emphat. rejoice ly, Matt.
5:12, 1 Pet. 4:13. Rev. 19:7. coll. Ps.
90: 14. 40: 17.—Acta Thom. § 27.

b) with a noun of the same signif. ia
an adverbial sense. 1 Pet. 1:8 ayallla-
798 aes dvexdalijry, rejoice with joy
unspeakable, i.e. unspeakably. Winer
§ 58.3. Matthiae § 408. n. Buttm. § 133.3.

c) seq, frac. subjunct. John 8: 56
Gyaltudcoro Twa 13q thy fudoay vy &-
Bir, he rejoiced that he should see my day,
i.e. to see it, Cf. Liicke Comm. in Joh,
IL. p. 246.

4) 80g. dnt c. dat. ‘Luke 1: 47 ijyaddl-
age 13 nytt pou én} 1 92g, ‘where it

4

%Grrer should prob. read jyalludoetat 13 my!

4

coll.-Ps. 13:6 éyoliaceras ¥ xagdla pou.
—So dydldec Pus ent ton Xen. Mem. 3.
5.16, Sept. Ps. 9: 15.-21: 2,°35: 9.

e) 2eq. éy c. dat. where a simple da-
tive might stand, John 5: 35 dyal. é
8 pal abrod. 1 Pet. 1: 16.—So Ps. 89:
16 bv 16 dvopatl cov dyald. 13:5. Xen.
Hiero 1.16 siggaiver dan ty tov.

“ Ayamos, ov, 6, %4, adj.(a preand yé-
#0 nuptials,) unmarried, i. e. wholly, coe-
debs, 1 Cor. 7:32, 34; or spoken of those
who do not marry a second time, ib. v.
8, 11.—Xen. Conv.9.7, Hom. Il. 3.40.

“Ayavaxito, @, £. jou, (yar
much, and dzSos pain,) pp. fo be
a) in body, Plato Phaedr. c. 97.
mind, i.e. to Be solicitous or p
Plato Phaedon. c. 8, 9 ed. Fisch—In
N. T. to be angry, vered, 11

a) genr. and abeol, Matt. 21: 15, 26:8,
Mark 10: 14. Luke 13: 14. — Bel and
Drag. 28. Jos. Ant. 2. 13.3. Herodian.
8.7. 6—Mark 14: 4 dyavanroivees mgs
iavrois nab Myortes, indignant among

b) in

"Ayanceo

themseloes and saying, for éyavax. nat
iy. mgos bervtots.-

b) by impl. to complain of, eq. ah
c. gen. Matt. 20:24. Mark 10: 41—Pla-
to Bp. 7. Apollodor. Bib. I. epi Tixd-
yuy dyavaxcoica. More freq. with éxt
eq. dat. Jos, Ant. 4.6.4. Wisd. 12:27.

* Ayavaxinors, e808, 4, indigna-
tion, 2 Cor. 7: 11.—Thue. 2. 41. Joa.
BJ.45.4.

* Ayanda, @, £. jou, absol. and
trans. fo love ; bat differing from giléon,
which includes the kind of love or af-
fection expressed by a kiss; see Titt-
mann de Synon. in N.T. p. 50.

8) to love, i.e. (a) to regard with strong
affection. Luke 7: 42, John 3:35. 8:42.
Qi: 158q. 2Cor.9:7. Rev. 3:9. al. saep.
Sept. for ary, Gen. 24: 67. Ruth 4: 15.
—With an accus. of the col noun,

Eph. 2:4 aydnny, hy jydnnoey muds, the %F pom
us; 0Q/P 26.

love, with which he hath loved
Sam. 13: 15, See Battm. § 131.3. Math.
§ 408, Winer § 32. 2—Honce perf. Part
Pass. iyennpévos, beloved, Eph. 1

Col. 3: 12. al.

(6) as referred to superiors, and in-

cluding the ides of duty, respect, vene~
ration, etc. to love and serve with,
Matt. 6: 24, 22:37. Mark 12: 30, 38
Luke 16: 13. Rom. 8:28, al. saep. Sept.
for art 1 Sam, 18: 16.—Hence of aya-
niires toy xiguoy, the faithful disciples or
followers of the Lord, Eph. 6:24, James
1:12. 2:5, Sept. for art Ex. 20: 6. Deut.
5:10.

b) to love, i ie. to regard with favour,
good will, benevolence. Mark 10: 21 jyd-
mow aitéy. Luke 7:5. John 10:17. In
other passages the effects of benevolence
are expressed, to wish tell to, do good
to, etc. dyangy toy mlnaloy, rods éz-
Seovs, otc. Matt. 5: 43 aq. 19:19. 2:
89. Luke 6: 32.al. For the fut. dyany-
oes as imperat. in Matt. 5: 43, see Wi-
ner $44. 3. Matth. § 498. « e—2 Cor. 12
15 ef nal megiocorigas iuds éyamdv, jr
tov dyandipat, even if, having conferred
greater benefits on you, I reveive less from

‘you.
c) spoken of things, to love, i. e. to
delight in, Luke 11:43 éyanare ty
mgurtoxaSxdolay, John 3:19, Heb. 1: 9.
1 John2 15. Sept. for 778 Ps. 45: 8.—

“Ayann 5
Xen. Of 7. 8, 2 wdduos” dy dyandy
ag ain Slavery. Jos, Ant. 7. 1.6

cpéten aizoi (David) tiv mgis aixcy
(Abner) tysiy axoSavérea, xab puloocy
rig lotus siydmncay, i.e. they were de-
lighted with, etc. cf. Kypke Obes, Sac. Lp.
179.—Ovx dyandv, not to love, i.e. to
neglect, to disregard, to contemn, Rev, 12:
1] ods jydanoay ry pugyy aitay zoe
Savdrov, they contemned their lives even
unto death, i.e. they willingly exposed
themselves to death. See 08, and comp.
Gesen. Lebrg. p. 832, Stuart §537. Win-
er §59. 1. So Ecclus. 15: 13 obx ayany-
toy, detestable, AL.

“A yeinn, 9S, %, 1. love, i.e. affece
tionate regard, good will, benevolence.

8) genr. 1 Cor. 4: 21 & gaifdy How
ages tude, 3} &y aya mrsipori cs mogé-
tmros ; shall I come to you with a rod, or
in love ? i.e. full of Tove al all love. Col. 1:
18 6 vbég is dydmns, ig. 6 dyannros,
beloved son; for this gen. instead of an
adject. see Gesen. p. 643. Stuart § 440.
Winer § 34.2. Buttm, § 123, n.4.—Spok-
en more especially of that good will to-
wards others, that love of our neigh-
bour, that brotherly affection, which the
religion of Jesus commands and in-
spires. John 15:13, 17°26. Rom. 13: 10.
1Cor. 13:1 sq. Heb. 6: 10. 1 John 4:7.
al. saep. 2Cor. 13: 11 6 Seis tiie dyd—
ans, the God of love, i.e. the author and
source of love, who is himself love.
Rom. 15: 30 dydnn tov mreipertos, that
love which the Spirit inspires—Follow-
ed by tis c, accus. 2 Thess. 1:3 7 dyd-
a7 tis Gldjhovs. 2 Cor. 2: 4,8. 1 Pet.
4:8. Followed by é& c. dat, in the
looser late Greek usage, instead of sic
c. sccus. Joh. 13: 35 dydny év alighous.
2Cor. & 7. See Winer § 54. 4.

b) spe. 4 dycian rol S205 v. rod Xgro-
toi, the love of God or of Christ. Here
the gen. is sometimes subjective or pc-
tive, and sometimes objective or passive.

(a) subj. or act. it signifies the love
which God or Christ exercises towards
Christians. 80 of God, Rom. 5: 5. Eph.
24. 2 Thess. 3:5. Followed by eis
tua, Rom. 5: 8 ; and by 8 tu», 1 John 4:
9,16; see above in a. So of Christ,
2Cor. 5: 14,

(8) objectively or pass. that love of

, Ayannros

which God or Christ is the object in the
hearts of Christians. So of God, Luke
11: 42, John 5: 42, 1 John 2:5; and so
abeol. 1 John 416,18 ter. 3 John 6. So
of Christ, John 15:10! Rom. 8:35! For
this gen. of the object, vee Gesen. p. 676.
Winer § 30.—Instead of the gen. noi,
we find Joh. 15: 9 é 1 dydny ti uy
Le. in the love of me.

1:15 chy dydnny iy tig ndvtas tobs dyl-
ous. 3:19. 1 Joh. 3:1, 2 Thess, 2 10
thy dyanny vis dlyPslas, the true love,
ite. the true and real benefits conferred.
by God through Christ, Buttm. § 123.
no. 4.

2. In the plur. dydnat, dv, af, a
Bapae, love-feasts, i.e. public banquets
of a frugal kind, instituted by the ear-
ly Christians, and connected by them
with the celebration of the Lord’s sup-
per. The provisions etc. were contri-
buted by the more wealthy individuals,
and were common to all Christians,
whether rich or poor, who chose to
partake. Portions were also sent to
the sick and absent members. These
Gyd7as were intended as an exhibition
of that mutual love which is required
by the Christian religion; but as they
became subject to abuses, they were af-
terwards discontinued. See Tertull.
Apol. c. 39. Calmet p. 27.—Jude 12
Comp. Acts 2:42, 46. 6:2. 1Cor. 11:
17-34. AL. tor

“Ayanntés, 7, Ov, beloved, dear,
Xen, Mem. 2.1.32 4 dgerj—dyannn}
aungyis texvlraus. So Sept. for 7
Ps. 84: 2.—In N. T.

1. beloved, dear, but spoken only of
Christians, as united with God, or with
each other, in the bonds of holy love;
e.g. dyanntol, Acts 15:25. Rom. 12: 19.
2Cor. 7:1. 12:19, Col. 1:7. 4:14. 1
Thess, 2:8, Heb.6:9. 1 Pet. 11. 4:12,
2 Pet. 3: 1,8, 14, 15,17. 1 John 3: 2,22.
4:1,7,11, 3 John J, 2, 5, 11. Jude3, 17,
20.1 Tim, 6:2 muctol eos xad éyannrol,
i.e. conjoined in the bonds of faith and
love.—I Cor. 15: 58 adekpod dyanntol,
Beloved brethren, i.e. Christians. Eph. 6:
21. Phil. 4:1 bis. Col. 4: 7, 9. Philem.
1, 2, 16, James 1:16, 19. 2:5.—So ava-

“Ayag

ntol Seov, beloved of God, chosen by
him to salvation, Rom. 1:7, 11:28, Eph.
5:1. So Sept. dyansrol cov for 1°",
spoken of the worshippers of God, Ps.
60:8. 108: 7. 127: 2.—Paul seems to
apply the term particularly to those con-
verted under his ministry, when he
speaks of Epenetus, toy dyanytéy pou,
Rom. 16:5; 80 16: 8,9, 12; comp.1
Cor. 4:17 TinéSeor, b¢ dors téxvor you
danny éy xuply. 2 Tim. 1:2. So also
of a whole church gathered by himself;
1Cor. 4: 14 tixva pou dyamyrol, 10: 14,
Phil. 2:12.

2. only, only begotten, in the phrase
vids dyanntos, only son; as being the

6

object of peculiar love. In N.'T. spok- ,
2+ sen only of Christ, the vids éyannros of

God, Matt. 3: 17, 12: 18, 17:5. Mark 1:
11. 9:7. Luke 3:22. 9:35. 2 Pet. 1:17.
So in the parable, Mark 12: 6 fva vidy
Eye, dyannréy atroi, having one son,
hia well-beloved, i. his only son. Luke
‘20: 13, So Sept. for 7r7 Gen. 22:2, 12
and in the phrase névSo¢ éyanytoi | for
TH, mourning for an only son, i.e.

most vehement, Jer. 6: 26. Amos 8:10.
Zech. 12:10,—Hesych. éyanyry yovo-
pri, sezaguopivor. Pollux 3. 2 xalotro
& dy vids ayanntas, 6 povos diy natel 7
prgl Cf. Kypke Obes, Sac. I. p.312.

“Ayag, 4, indec. Hagar, Heb. 737
(fight), pr. name of a maid-servant of
Abraham, and the mother of Ishmeel.
In Gal. 4: 24, 25, Paul applies this name,
by an allegorical interpretation, to the
inferior condition of the Jews under the
law, as compared with that of Christians
under the Gospel. Gen. c. 16.

* Ayyageva, £. viow, pp.to send off
an Syyagos or public courier. This word
is of Persian origin, and after being re-
ceived into the Greek language, passed
also into use among the Jews and Ro-
mans. Cyrus, or, according to Herodo-
tus, Xerxes, was the first to establish
relays of horses (ixmdivss) and couriers
at certain distances on all the great
roads, in order that the royal letters and
messages might be transmitted with the
greatest possible speed. These &yyagos
had authority to press into their service
men, horses, shipa, or any thing which
came in their way, and which might

“Aryelos

serve to hasten their journey, Xen. Cyr.
8. 6.17. Herodot. 8. 98. Cf. Esth. 8:10,
14, See Heeren’s Ideen etc. Vol. I. Pt.
i. p. 534, ed. 3. Calmet p, 59.—After-
wards dyyagaiw came to signify, fo pres
into service Sor a journey in the manner
of an dyyagos. Jos. Ant. 13.2.3 xalever
pdt dyyoqsiza Gos v6 tiv Iovbale 6-
nogiyra. Hence

In N.'T. trans. to compel, to press,
simply, as to accompany one, Matt. 5:41
dons os ayyagstoe ullioy fy, Also genr.
Matt. 27:32. Mark 15: 21—Compare
Baxtorf. Lex. Rab. Chald. Talm. f.131.

* Ayysiov, ov, 76, (dimin. from &y-
70s,) a vessel, wensil, Matt. 13: 43, 25: 4.
Sept. for 3 Gen. 42:25. Num. 4. 9.—
Xen, Anab.'6, 4, 23,

“Ayyedice, ac, i, pp. message brought,
news, Xen. Cyr. 6.2.14, In N. T. me-
taph. doctrine promulgated, precept given,
sc. in the name of any one. 1 John 3:
11.7 Sept. for 3 Prov. 12: 25.

“ Ayyehoe, ou, 5, (dyyidle.) lea
messenger, one toho is sent sc. in order
to announce, teach, perform, or ex-
plore any thing. Matt. 11:10. Luke
7: 9A, 9:52, Gal. 4:14. James 2: 25 coll.
Josh. 6:17. al. In 1 Cor. 11: 10 spies ;
others, angels; others, evil angels, de-
mons. Sept. for x7 Mal. 2:7, al—
Diod. Sic. 11. 23. Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 1.—So
in Rev. 1: 20 aq. the angels of the seven
churches, are probably the bishops or
pastors of those churches, who were
the delegates, messengers, of the chur-
ches to God in the offering of prayer,
etc. Others refer this to guardian an-
gels.

2 an angel, a celestial messenger, in
the usage of Scripture, i.e. a being su-
perior to man, The Deity is represent-
ed as surrounded by a race of beings of
a higher order than man, whom he also
employs as his messengers and agents
in administering the affairs of the world,
and in promoting the welfare of indi-
viduals as well as of the whole human
family. Matt. 3: 20. 18:10. 22:30. Acts
7: 30. al. As to the numbers of the an-
gels, see Heb. 12: 22. Rev,5:11. See
more under’dprdiyyalos—Some of these
beings Suageiourees wad py tHgHoovees

“Aye

air bavedy dggiy, 2 Pet.2 4, Jude 6,
are called of &yyeloe t0¥ SsaPdlovv. tot
* Zardy, angels of the devil or Satan, Matt.
25: 41. 2 Cor. 12: 7. Rev. 12: 9, al.—Rev.
9:11 dyyalos sijg dtovov, angel of Tar-
tarua, i. e. destroying angel ; see 48a8-

boy. AL.

“Aye, imper. of dyes, used asa par-
ticle of exhortation or incitement, come
now, go to, Lat.age. James 4: 13. 5: 1.
Sept. for itz Judg. 19:6. See Winer §
47, 8. n.—Xen. Cyr, 4.2. 47. ib. 5.3. 4,

* AyéAn, NS, 4, aherd ; used in N.T.
only of swine, Matt. 8:30, 31, 32 bis.
Mark 5:11,13. Luke 8: 32, 33. Sept.
for "EB Judg. 5: 16.—Diod. Sic. 3. 34.
Xen. Mem. 2.9.7.

* Ayeveadoyntos, ov, 6, adj. (a
priv. and yerealoyia,) without genealogy,
whose descent is unknown, Heb. 7:3.
Found only in N.T. where Melchise-
dec is 80 called, because, being a Cana-
anite, and not standing in the public ge-
nealogical registers as belonging to the
family of Aaron, he was a priest not by
right of sacerdotal descent, but by the
grace of God. Cf, Ex, 40:15. Num. 3:
10. See in’ Auijrug.

‘Averys, goc,"%, %, adj. (a priv.
and yévos race,) spoken of one who is
without ancestors, or without descend-
ants. In N.T. low born, ignoble, base,
1 Cor. 1:28, where it is opposed to
siysrig in v. 26—Plut. Pericl. 0. 24.

‘Anato, f f. dow, (dytog q.v.) not 7%
found in Greek writers, but often used
in Sept. for wtp. In N.T. pp. to ren-
der iywor.

1.'to make clean, render pure. 9) pp.
Heb. 9: 13 dysites mpc tiv tig coguas
xoSagdrjra.

b) metaph. to render clean in a moral
sense, fo purify, to sanctify. Rom. 15: 16
Sywwopsvn by seveipore dyle, that the of-
fering of the Gentiles may be accepts-
ble, being purified by the Holy Spirit, i.e.
by the sanctifying influences of the H.
8. on the hearts of the Gentiles, 1 Cor.
& 11, Eph. 5: 26. 1 Thess, 5: 23. 1 Tim.
4: 5. Heb. 2:11. 10: 10, 14,29. 13:12
Rev. 22: 11,—Hence of fycaopivor, those
teho are sonctified, i. e. Christians in gen-

7 “Ayws

eral, Acts 20:32, 96:18. 1Cor, 1:2.
Jude 1. So 1 Cor. 7:14 jylacta 6 énig
—iylarzes 4 yuri, the unbelieving hus-
band or wife ts made clean or sanctified,
i.e. is to bo regarded, not as unclean, not
as an idolater, but as belonging to the
Christian community. See aytos, 1.b.
B.— So Sept for wap passim.

2. to consecrate, to devote, i, @. to wet
apart from a common to a sacred use ;
since in the Jewish ritual this was one
great object of the purifications,

8) spoken of things, Matt. 23:17 6
vais 5 dyuitew cov xqvodr. 23:19. 2
‘Tim. 2: 21 oxstos jjy:aopsvor. Sept. for
WIP Lev. 8: 10 eq. 30.

6) spoken of persons, to consecrate,
as being set apart of God and sent by
him for the performance of his will.
John 10: 36 Sy 5 mati tlave, whom the
father hath consecrated and sent into the
world ete, 17:17 dylacoy aixois ev of
Gdn ele gov, consecrate them through or
in the promulgation of thy truth, comp.
v.18, 17:19 bis.—Ecclus, 45: 4. 49:7.

3. to regard and venerale as holy, to
hallow. Matt. 6:9 éyiaodyjtw 13 Syopd
gov. Luke 11: 2, 1 Pet.3:15, Sept. for
WIP Is. 9:13, 2: 23.

“Ayacopos, oi, 8, (from dyuitey
but not found in Greek writers,) pp.
consecration, Sept. for WIP Judg. 17:
3. In N.T. sanctification, purity of heart
and life, holiness, Rom. 6:19, 22. 1
‘Thess. 4: 3, 4,7. 1 Tim, % 15. Heb. 12:
14.2 Thess. 2: 13 & éyuopg mvetpo-

+206, sanctification of the Spirit, i.e. pro-
duced by the Holy Sp Spirit. 1 Pet. 1: a
Meton. cause or author of this sanctifica-
tion, 1 Cor. 1: 30.

“Aywos, la, wv, 9 word rarely
found in Attic writers, who prefer dys,
but used every where in the Sept, for
Winp and wyjz. Hence the'ground idea”
inpure, clean, ‘see Gesen. Lex. art. wp >
like dyvés, but it superadds the no-
tion of respect and veneration, which
the latter has not; see Tittmann de
Synon. N. T. p. 21 sq.

1. pure, clean, i, e. ceremonially or
morally clean, including the idea of de-
sert of respect, reverence, etc.

a) pp. perfect, without blemish, Rom.
12:1 Sucia dyla,

Aywrns,

b) metaph. morally pure, upright,
Blameless in beart and life, virtuous, holy.
(a) genr. Mark 6: 20 *Iudyyq»—aivdga
Sixaroy xat Eyiov. Rom. 7:12. 1 Cor. 7:
84, Epb.1:4. 5:27, 1Pet.1: 16. al.
Sept. for Wisp Lev. 11: 44,

(8) spoken of those who are purified
and sanctified by the influences of the
Spirit, a saint ; and as this is assumed of
all who profess the C! name,
hence dysos, saints, Christians, Acts 9:
18 coll. v. 14. 9:32, 41. 26:10. Rom. 1:
7. 8:27. al.—Hence spoken of those who
are to be in any way reckoned to the

» Christian community, 1 Cor. 7:14. 800

Syuite, 1. b.—So dyior plinye, the a-
cred Christian kiss, the pledge of Chris-
tian affection, Rom, 16:16. 1 Cor. 16:
20. 2 Cor. 13: 12.

2. consecrated, devoted, sacred, holy,
i.e. set apart from a common to a
sacred use; spoken of places, tem-
ples, cities, the priesthood, men, etc.
Matt. 4:5. 7: 6, 24:15. 27:53. Acts 6:
13, 7:33, (1 Pet. 25.) ©. g. of persons,
Gxagyh déyla Rom. 11:16. Luke 2: 23.
of apostles, Eph. 3: 5. of prophets, Luke
1:70, Acts3: 21, 2 Pet. 1: 21. of angels,
Matt. 25: 31. 1 Thess. 3: 13. al. (Others
in such passages prefer the sense of ven-
erandus; see no.3.)—Hence 20 ay:ov
is spoken of the (a) genr. Acts 6:
18. 21: 28. Heb. 9: 1. (8) spe. the sanc-
duary of the temple of Jerusalem, either
terrestrial Heb. 9: 2. or celestial Heb, 9:
812,24. 10:19, Heb. 93 4 dysa dyl-
ay, the holy of holies, the inner sanctuary,
So Sept. for Tad jp Ex. 26: 33.
2Chr. 3:8 sq. 5: 7°5q. To Giyta, sa
cred things, religious worship, Heb. 8:2.

3. holy, hallowed, worthy of reverence
and veneration; spoken of God, John
W711, Bev. 4:8. 6:10. So Sept. for
Wap Ie. 5:16. 6 3—BSo of his name,
Luke 1:49. Sept. for typ Lev. 222.
—So 10 mveipa 10 aysov, the Holy
Spirit, Matt. 1:18, et passim ; see ITrsi-
po.—Luke 1: 72 diadyxy dyla. Rom.
1: 2 é& ypagats dylas. Sept. for 1p
Dan. 11: 28, 30.—Some refer hither
passages cited under no. 2. AL.

‘Ayeorys, 4108, 4, (4y106,) Pp. pur

rity; in N.'T. metaph. sanctity of Iife,
virtue, holiness, Heb. 13: 40.2 Me.

8 ‘Ayko
15:2 On nouns in -éeyg see Lobeck
ad Pbryn, p,, 350.

Aywooivn, 78, 4, (B71) for the
comm. dysorivy, and pp. ig. éysdtys.

1. metaph. sanctity, virtue, 2 Cor. 7:
1, 1 Thess. 3: 13.

2. the state of him who is deserving of
veneration and worship, i. e. sanctity, ma-
jetty. Rom. 1:4 nvsiua dyswooiyng, i. qe
nyveipo Gy.oy, i.e. Christ’s spiritual state
of exaltation and majesty as Messiah,
in antithesis to xota cagxa in the pre-

ceding verse. Sept. for 0) Ps. 97: 125

but also for 1> Ps, 96: 6, tod for it
Ps. 145: 6, See Stuart’s Comm. in loc.

For the gen. as adject. see Stuart § 440.
Winer § 84. 2. b, Buttm. § 123. n. 4.

* Ayxacdn, 46, 4, the arm. Luke 2:
28, coll. Mark 9:36. Sept. for py 1
K. 8: 20,—Ken. Cyr. 7. 5.50.

“Ayxtorpov, ov, 3, a fish-hook.
Matt. 17: 27. Sept. for mm 2 K. 19: 28.
mon Hab. 1:15. oq Ezek. 32: 3—
Aelian. V. H. 1. 5.

“Ayxvea, @g, 7, an anchor. Acts
27: 29, 30, 40, Heb. 6: 19.—Xen. Anab,
3. 5. 10.

Ayvagos, ou, 4, %, adj. (a priv.
and yrages a fuller,) not yet full:d or
dressed; hence by implic. new. Matt.
9:16, Mark 2:21, In Luke 5:36 it is
xauvds.

“Ayveta, ag, 4, (yvos,) metaph,

ity, in the sense of chastity, 1 Tim. 4:
12, 5:2,—Jos, Ant. 3.5. 1. ib.8.3.9. Acta
Thom. § 48. Clem. Alex. Strom. 4. 25,

“Apio, £. low, (dy70s,) trans,

1. to fp to lustrate ; as John 11;
55, where ayvizay Savroy is to prepare
one’s self by purification for the sacred
festivals; which was done among the
Jews by visiting the temple, offering up
prayers, abstaining from certain kinds
of food, washing their clothes, bathiog,
shaving the head, etc. Cf. Ex. 19:10,
14eq. Sept. for x1 2 Chr. 29: 16, 18,
nannr Num.8:21. Wap Ex. 19: 10.

2 Mid. dyrizonar, perf. and aor. 1
Pass. jyniouar, jyvloSyy with a mid.
signif. agere castimoniam, to live like one
under a vow of abstis i.e, like a
Nazarite. Actes 21: 24,26, 24:18. See

‘Avanos

Bowm. § 196. Winer § 40.2. The
Jews were accustomed, when under a
vow of this kind, to abstain for a cer-
tain time from the better sorts of food,
to let their hair grow, to keep them-
selves from all pollution, ete. and when
this time bad expired, they were freed
from the obligation of their vow by a
particular secrifice; Num, & 2—21.
Bept. for ir Hiph. Nom. 63. See
Jahn § 395, Lightfoot Hor. Heb. p. 1078.

3 metaph. to render pure in a moral
sense, to reform. James 4:8 dyrloare
xogdlag. 1 Pet. 1:22 sas yugas pity
fynsézes. 1 John 3: 3. — Apollodor. 2,
928.

‘ Ayneapos, ov, 5, (Syrike,) pp. lus-
tration, Sept. for =m) and nxt Num.
8:7,8, Dion. Hal. Ant 3.22—InN.T.
religious abstinence etc. in consequence
of a vow, Acts 21: 26, see dyvite 2.
So Sept. for 412 Num. 6: 5. "yz Amos

il.

*Ayvoka, @, f. how, (a pr. and
yoée,) absol, and trans.

1. not to knovo, i.e. a) to be ignorant of,
unacquainted with, Acts 17: 23, Rom. 6
3. 7: 1. Gal. 1: 22, 1 Tim. 1: 13, (2 Pet.
2: 12.) Spoken of voluntary ignorance,
1 Cor. 14: 38 bis; where others prefer
, to act foolishly, as in Sept.

Nom. 12 11.— Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 23.— _D.

Rom. 1:18 ob Sido tydc dyroriv, I
would not have you ignorant, i. e. be well
assured. . IB.
2 Cor. 1: 8. 1 Thess. 4: 13. — 2 Cor. 2
41 obx Gyvotiy, not to be ignorant of, i.e.
to know well, So Wied. 12: 10.—Jos.
Ant. 6, 12.4 ob yap ayvod tous Sgxous.
il

b) not to understand or comprehend,
Mark 9: 32. Luke 9: 45. Rom. 2 4. 10:
3—Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 33. ib. 1. 6. 5.

€) not to acknowledge or receive, i. ©. to
reject, Acts 13: 27 soitoy dyvojoarces.
(17: 3.) Pass. éyrociperos, unknown,
i.e. rejected, contemned, 2 Cor. 6: 9.
to sin, to do wrong, originally with the
idea of its being done ignorantly and in-
voluntarily ; but in N. T. this idea no
longer remains. Heb. 5: 2 trois ayvo-
oto, those who commit sin. 2 Pet. 2. 12
& cig dyrooiws, against whom they sin
others, in things which they iow nok

9 “Ayoga
So Sept. for 377) Lev. 5: 18. mati Lev.
4: 13,—Polyb, 5.11. 5.

“Ayrdnua, arose, 1%, (dyroiey)
PP. ignorance, involuntary error, Sept
for may Gen, 43:12, In N.'T. sin,
error, Heb. 9: 7.—Ecclus, 23: 2, Tob. 3:
3. Diod. Sic. 1. 1.

“Ayvota, aes, 4, (dyvoie,) ignorance,
Acts 3:17. Spoken of ignorance of God
and divine things, Acts 17: 30. Eph. 4:
18, 1 Pet. 1: 14. — Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 34,
Acta Thom. § 38,

“Ayvos, 4, ov, pure, clean; pp.
Eurip. Orest. 1620. In N. T. metaph.

a) pure, i.e. perfect, holy ; 20 of God,
1 Jobn 3:3; and of bis cogéa, James 3:
17, Sept. for stmt) Ps. 127, 19: 10,
Comp. Wied. 7: 223q.

b) fi Vlameless, seeleris purus,
2Cor. 711 dypoie tlvas ty navel medy-

pos, Phil. 4: 8, 1 Tim. 5: 22.—Hero-
dian, 1.11. 12

¢) modest, chaste, 2 Cor, 11: 2. Tit. 2
5. 1 Pet, 3 2—Xen. Conv. 8. 15. Acta
Thom. § 12 § 49.

Ayvorns, mHr0¢, 4, (éyrds,) pp.
purity ; metaph. pureness, se. of life, 2
Cor. 6: 6.

“Ayviés, adv. with pure intention,
sincerely. Phil. 1: 16. — Hesiod. Op. et

). 334,

Ayveola, as, 4, (a pr. and yré-
ots,) pp. ignorance, Thuc. 8. 66. In N:
T. metaph. wilful ignorance, blindness,
etc. 1 Cor. 15: 34 ayvaglay Se0d, con-
tempt of God. 1 Pet. 2: 15. — 80 Sept.
Job 35: 16. Wisd. 13: 1.

“Ayrostes, ou, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and prearis,) unknown. Acts 17: 23
dyrdaty 946,10 the unknown God ; "see

Calmet p. 49. Wied. 11: 19, 18:3 ~

2 Mace. 1: 19, .
"Ayogd, as, ty (dyelge to collect,
canvoke,) any place of public resort in
the towns and cities, where the people
came together.
a) a public place, a broad street, ete.
Matt. 11: 16. 20: 3, 23:7. Mark 6: 56.
12: 38. Luke 7: 32. 11: 43, 20: 46, So

Sept. for pri Ece. 12: 4,5, Cant. 3:2
—Easdr. 2: 18. Jos. Ant. 5, 2. 8.'B. J.
5.12.3,

‘

“Ayogates

b) a forum, market-place, where things
were exposed for sale, and assemblies
and public trials held. Acts 16:19. 17:
17, See Jahn § 247. Calmet p. 657—
Diod. Sic, 13. 104. Xen. Mem. 4. 2.1.
corn-market, Jos. Ant. 2, 6. 1, 2.—
Mark 7:4 dnd dyogas, dey pi) Bowtl-
{wrrat, oi éoSlove., . Here some sup-
ply &odrre after dnd dyogés, (some
Mas. read diy H%Sucs,) and translate,
returning from the markel-place they do not
eat, unless they have first washed ; for thie
ellipsis, see Winer § 66.2, 4. Bos Ell.
Gr. p.158. So Ecclus, 31: 25 Banrige-
pevos dnd vexgod ac. éPciv.— Others
here regard dyogd as put for things sold
in the market, provisions, and translate :
nor do they eat of what is purchased in
the market, unless it be first washed ; see
Krebs Obes. p.85. For the construc-
tion éo9lay dnd eee Mark 7: 28, Matt.
15: 27.—Bo dyogd, grain, etc. Jos. Ant.
14, 16.2.

“Ayopate, £. dow, (dyogd,) to mar-
ket, Herodot. 2.35. 10 N.'T. to buy, fo
,, absol. or trans. sometimes fol-
lowed by gen. of price, Mark 6: 37,
ef. Butum. § 132. 6.2. Winer § 30. 7 ult,
and Ecclus. 20: 12; or by é c. gen. of
price, Mate. 27: 7, cf. Ep. of Jerem. 25.
Palaeph. Fab, 46; or by é c. dat. of
price, Rev. 5:9, coll. Sept. 1 Chr. 21:
bye

fa), pp. Matt. 13: 44 dv dyger éxétvoy.
y. 46, 14: 15 Becuara. 25: 9, 10, al.
5 Gen. 41: 57,

«mag b) metaph. to redeem, to acquire for

one’s self by a ransom or price paid;
spoken in N. T. of those whom Christ
has redeemed by his bluod from the
bondage of sin and death. 1 Cor. 6: 20
and,7; 23 fyopaaSyte tipijs. 2 Pet. 2 1,
auf

Rev. 14:3,4 An 2.

*Ayooaios or * Aybpaws, ou,
6, th adj. (dyogd,) pertaining to the forum,

forensic. Acts 19: 38 dyogasos éyortts,,

‘sc. af jyuigas, forensic or judicial de

are held, i.e. there are public trials held
in the forum. Others, forensic persons,
‘advocates, See Krebs Obs. p. 239. Bos
EIL Gr. p. 178. —Jos. Ant. 14: 10, 21
Gyowt voy dyégavor. — Spoken of per-
sons who frequent the markets and

10

“Aygus

public places, an idler, lounger, subras-
Acts 17: 5. — Xen. H. G. 6. 2.

Nors. The ancient grammarians
make a distinction between dyogaiog
and dyéqavog. Suidas affirms that with
the circumflex it signifies on idler, as
above ; but with the accent on the ente-
penult, a judicial day, etc. Ammonius
affirms just the reverse, Modern gram-
merians regard the distinction as un-
founded, See Krebs }.c. Kuinoel on
Acts 19: 38. Passow sub voc,

“Ayoa, as, %, a hunting, catching.
InN.T. spoken only of fishing, Luke 5:
4.” Meton. the thing taken, prey, draught
of fishes, Luke 5: 9.—Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 19,
Exop. Fab, 17. \

*"Ayoapparos, ov, 6, ty adj. (e
pr. and yeapya,) literate, unlearned,
‘Acts 4: 13, where it refers rather to
Jewish literature and learning, i.e. thé
learning of the Scribes and Pharisees;
ef. John 7: 15.—Diod. Sic. 12, 13,

“Ayoavago, w, f.fou,(dyods and
abAlfouas,) to remain in the fields, sub dio
agere, absol. Luke 2% 8 moipives Hoar —
Gyoavdotrres, cf. Winer § 46. 8. Math,
§559.—Plut. Numa 4. Diod. Sic. 16. 13.
Parthen. Erot. c. 29 fouxoldy xata toy
Atcony zelparis te x0 Figorg iiygavdes,

“Aypevea, £. stow, (iyga,) pp. to
take in hunting, Xen. Anab. 5,3. 8
Sept. Job 10: 16. In N. T. metaph. to
ensnare ec. by insidious questions, trans.
Mark 12:13, Sept for 32> Prov. &
22, nish Prov. 6 25. 7

Ayoréhewoc, ov, 6, (dyguog and
Zale) a swild oltve-tree, oleaster, i. q.
xdttv0s,, Rom. 11: 17, 24. The wild
olive bears no fruit, and is therefore
contrasted by Paul with the cultivated
olive, xaddeélavos. — Theophr. de Caus.
Plant. 2. 3, 4,

Aygue, fa, cov, wild, ferus, i.e,

8) not domestic, silvestris. Matt. 3: 4
and Mark 1:6 dls diyquoy wild honey
or honey des, (gus Sévdgeer

a0 tev Obs
Diod. Sic, 19, 94,) which in Arabia and
other regions of Asia is found upon the
leaves of certain species of trees, be-
comes hard, and is then easily gathered.

“Azolanas

Comp. 1 Sam. 14:25 0q. Jahn §77.
Calmet p. 499. — Polyb. 12. 4. 1. Xen.
Anab. 1. 2.7,

by fleree, raging, epoken of waves, to
which wicked men are compared, Jude
38. — Wiad. 14:1. Jos. Ant 2. 10. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34.

*Ayoinnas, seo‘ Hedidns.

* Ayoas, ov, &, a field, spec. a cul-
tivated fleld, Matt. 13: 24, Luke 15: 25. al.
—Xen. Mem. 1.1.8.—By synecd.of part
for the whole, the country, rus, as dis
tinguished from the city, Matt. 6: 28, 30.
Mark 15: 21.—Xen. Oec. 11. 15.—So of
Gyg0r, farms, villas, villages, hamlets, in
the country, Mark 6 36, 56. al—Sept.
for 71320 Deut, 28: 3 et passim. — Xen.
Mem. 3.9.11. Au

* Ayouavéw, @, £. jou, (a pr. and
‘Tnxvos, the letters ye being inserted for
the sake of euphony,) pp. to be sleepless,
to watch, Xen. Mem. 2.1.3. In N. T.

metaph. to be attentive, vigilant, absol.
‘Mark 13: $3. Luke 21: 36, Eph. 6 18.
In Heb. 13: 17 dygunveiy inde tsv05 to
swatch over any one, to take care of him.—
Wied. 6: 15. Eadr. 8: 59. Sept. for 32

Eazr’8: 29,

"Ayounvla, as, 4, watching, in-
cluding the idea of assiduous and anz-
tous care, 2Cor. 6: 5. 11: 27. — 2 Mace.
2 26. Ecclus. 38: 26 sq. Xen. Mem. 4.
5.9.

“Ayo, f. du, (so Acts 22: 5.
1 These. 4: 14, as also Xen. Anab, 4. 8.
12, and often in the Sept. as Ex, 22: 13,
Num. 5: 15.al, but the more usual form
of the fat. indtoyan, Matth. § 184. Bute.

§118. 4.) aor. 2 Fyayor Buttm. § 114%,
aor. 1. pass jdt. Sept. very often for
NT377 and 5

i

1. ‘trans, or absol. to lead, to conduct,
to bring, in a variety of modifications,
which are determined by the adjuncts,

8) pp. (a) dye Ee, to lead out, bring
Forth, Jobn 19: 4, 13,—(8) seq. Fax, Luke
4:29, Acts 17: 15, So Mich. 1: 15.—
(y) seq. éé ©. accus. of person or place,
te lead or conduct to, to bring before,
Matt. 10; 18, Luke 21: 12, 2 1. Acts
1%: 19. 18:12. So Sept. Ex. 2 13.
Jer. 25 9; Ez, 48 1.—— Somewhat dif-

1 “Ayo

forently Acts 8: 32 éxi opayyy, coll. Sept.
Is, 58: 7.(8) yw ade, to lead or bring
hither, Luke 19: 27. So Sept. Judg. 18:
3 iiyaye ode, whore others read jvsyxs.
— (2) to lead or bring to any one, addu-
cere, seq. 965 tive, Luke 4: 40, 18: 40.
18: 35. John 1: 43, 8: 3. 9: 13, Acts 9:
27. 28: 18. So Sept. Gen. 2 19, 22. —
Xen. Cyr. 4, 6. 1. — In the same sense
c. dat. Matt. 21: 2 dyaysté yo. So
1 Mace. 7: 2.— The verb alone is also
used in the same sense of adducere,
Matt. 21: 7. Mark 11: 2, 7. Luke 19: 30.
John 7: 45. 10:16. Acts 5: 2, 26, 27.
19; 37, 20; 12, 25: 6, 17, 23. — te
bring with one, Acts 21: 16 Syortss nag
§ tonaSciuey Mrdawr., bringing with
them Mnason, by attraction for Myacwve,
see: Winer § 63. Buttm. § 143, 4. — So
Jos, Ant. 10.9.6 dnjiger ele tiv Alyy.
mov, Syaw xal roy’ Tegeylay.— 1 Thess.
4:14 Ges civ acing se. into heaven, coll
v.17, 2Tim. 4: 11 dye para ceavtoo.—
(n) to lead out or away, deducere ;

simply, Luke 23: 32 jjyorto dvageDijras,
Mark 1% 11. Luke 22: 54; or seq, sig
cc. accus, of place
to conduct to, Luke . 10:
18: 28. Acts 6: 12, 9:2, 11: 25. 21: 34
22: 5, (24.] 2: 10, 31. Acts 17: 5 alg vor
Sipor. Heb. 2 10 sis 36$av.—Jos. Ant.

27.3 eds andlavew ayadiv iyayor
totrov. — Bo seq. tnt, Acts 9: 21.— (9)'
from the Heb. to bring forth, ie. to
cause to come, cause to arise, in later edi-
tions, Acts 1% 28 fiyays vw *Togenh vw
tiga ’Incoty, where others read

So Sept. for Nat Zech. 3: 8, Is, 46:11.

b) metaph. to lead, to induce, to incite,
to guide. Rom. 2 4 sig perdivosay.—Po-
lyb. 5. 16. 2 tic psrcivorry Sey tov Bo-
gudéa.—1 Cor. 12:2 cig dy jiyeode, just’
as ye happened lo be led, sc. to idolatry,
the figure being drawn from
life; comp. Ex. 3:1 Is. 11:6 So
GyeoSar nvetpars Seot, Rom. 8: 14.
Gal. 5:18. éniduplaw 2 Tim. 3: 6. —
Demosth. 1491, 2.

2, trans. spoken of time. 8) to 0 pase,
to spend. Luke UA: 21 roby iyigar
ayn ov », the third day is Passing ; 3
where ayes is either impers. or there is
an ellipsis of & zeévos. See Bos Ell.
Gr. p. 543.
ie to celebrate, to hold. Matt. 14: 6.

“Ayoyy

diyur 18 yrvisw. Acts 19: 88 dydgaios

ovtar, see Ayogatos. So Sept. for uy
Esth, 9: 18, 19, 21, 22.—2 Macc. 2 16.
Jos. Ant. 4.5.1. Xen. Cyr. 6.2. 6

B intraus, or reflexive with tavtdy
ete. implied, to go, lo depart ; ©. g. dya-
par ac. Huds aizots, let us go, Matt. 26:
46, Mark 14: 42. John 11: 16. seq. éy-
aet8ey John 14:31. seq. ss Mark 1: 38.
John 11:7. seq. x9és, John 11: 15. For
the ellipsis, see Buum. § 130. n. 2.
Matth. § 496.—Demosth. 608. 14.

"A yeoyn, WS, ty (Bye) vp lead-
ing, guidance, Xen. Eq. 6.4, metaph.
edacction, discipline, Ken. ib.3.4. Clem.
‘Alex. Strom. 1. 26.— In N. T. by me-
ton. of effect for cause, manner of life,
2 Tim. 3: 10. —2 Mace, 6:8, 11: 24.
Jos. Ant. 14. 10.2 meg tijg "Toudalav
Spurs. ib, 12. 1. 1. Diod. Sic. 5.6. See
Loesner Obs, in N.'T. e Phil. p. 420.

* Ayav, vos, 6, place of assembly,
where were often celebrated,
Hom. 11.18, 376. a stadium, course,
place of contest, Thuc. 5. 50. Hence in
N.T.

1. metapb. @ stadium, place of contest,
eto. i.e. a course of life full of toil and
conflict, Heb, 12: 1.—Chrysost. Hom. 85.

2, a contest, combat ; pp. a conflict in
the public games, 2 Macc. 4: 18; or in
battle, 2 Macc. 10: 28. 14: 18, InN.T,
metaph. spoken of unwearied zeal
promoting the spread of the gospel, viz.

a) geor. 1 Tim. 6: 12 éyeniou tar
xulbv dyGva wig murcies, fight the good

‘fight of faith, i.e. exert unwearied zeal.
2 Tim. 4:7. See Buttm. § 131.3. Wi-
ner § 32.2.

b) with the accessory idea of peril,

toil, affliction. Phil. 1:30. Col. % 1.
1 Thess. % 2.—Polyb. 4. 56. 4.

* Ayeovia, as, 4, (dysy,) contest, pp.
Xen. Cyr. 2.3.15. In N.T. metaph.
‘anguish, agony or perturbation of mind.
Luke 22: 44.—2 Macc. 3: 16, Jos. Ant.
11, 8 4. Diod. Sic. 14. 24,

’ Ayoriopat, £. lowes,

1. absol. to be a combatant, sc. in the
public games, 1 Cor. 9: 25.—Xen. Mem.
3121.

2. to fight, to contend with an adver-
sary, viz.

12

" Adedgos

8) pp. absol. Job 18: 36. — 2 Mace.
8: 16. Jos. Ant. 5.7.4. Plutarch. Mar-
cell. 10.

b) metapb. with the idea of Inbour
and toil in behelf of the cause of Christ.
1 Tim. 6: 12, see “Ayoiv 2. a. 2Tim. 4:7.

3B. to exert one’s self, to strive earnestly,
abeol. Luke 13: 24. Col. 1: 29.—Just.
Mart. Apol. 2. p. 92.—Beq. inég c. gen.
Col. 4: 12.—Demosth. 129, 5. .

* Adam, 6, indec. Adam, Heb. D1

(reddish), pr, name of the first man ;
see Gen. 1: 27 sq. Acts 17: 26,— Luke
3: 38. Rom. 5: 14 bis. 1 Cor. 15: 22, 45.
1 Tim. 2 13,14. Jude 14,
15: 45 Jesus is called the second Adam,
as being our second or spiritual head,
and the giver of spiritual life,

*Adanavos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and danavde to expend) without ex-
pense, gratuitous, 1 Cor. 9: 18. — Diod.
Sic. 1. 80.

* Ad0e, 6, indec. Addi, pr. name of
aman, Luke 3:28. It is probably Heb. -
but does not occur in the O. T.

“Adedgn, 76, % (ddeleés,) a sister.

a) pp. Luke 10: 39. — Xen. Cyr. 2
4, 5.— So Matt. 12: 50, 19: 29. Mark
3: 35. Luke 14: 26, Others here sup-
pose Jesus to have used the word sisters
in the sense of near female relatives, like
Sept. and niny Gen. 12 13, 19.

b) metaph. a female friend, one esteemed
and beloved sc. like a sister. — (a) genr.
1 Tim. 5: 2. Rom. 16: 1.—(A) as a sister

the same faith, a female Christian,
1Cor. 7: 15, 9: 5, James 2: 15. al. See
*Adslgis 2.e, AL.

* Adcdgos, ov, 6, (a of unity, and
Selig uterus; see Buttm. § 120. n. 11.)

1. pp. a brother, whether derived from
the same father only (watgddelqos) Matt.
1; 2, Luke 3: 1, 19. or also born of the
same mother (unreddehgos) Luke 6: 14,
al, — Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 1. — It is some-
times to be supplied ; as before *FaxeiZov

depon. Me uuke 6: 16, Acts 1: 13, coll. Jude 1,

2. metaph. one who is connected with
another in any kind of intimacy or fel~
lowship ; see Greg. Corinth. p. 569. ed.
Schaefer. Fischer ad Platon. Phaedo.57,
etad Crit. 16, Inthis tropical use of the

*Mdadge
word adsd@ds, however, the sacred
writers appear rather to have followed
the usus loquendi of the Hebrews in
regard to the word mx. Hence

8) a near relative, Kinsman by blood;
cousin, Matt. 12: 46. Jobn 7: 3. Acts 1:
14, Gal. 1: 19. Se Sept. and my Gen.
13: 8.- 14: 16. Pyare can bo

) one born in the some country, de-
scended from the same stock, a fellow-
countryman, Mat. 5: 47. Acts 3: 22.
Heb. 7: 5, al. So Sept. and my Ex. &
ll. 4: 18,

c) one of equal rank and
Matt. 23:8. Comp. Sept. and me Job
30: 29, Prov. 18: 9.

d) spoken of disciples, followers, etc.
Matt. 25: 40. Heb, 2: 11, 12.

€) one of the same faith, a fellow-Chris-
Han, Acts 9:30. 11:29. 1 Cor. 5: 11. al.
Comp. mx Amos 1: 9.

f) an associate, colleague, in office or
dignity, ete. 1 Cor. 1:1. 2 Cor. 1:1.
212. In Rev. 6 11 it is joined with
atrdovkos, coll. 19: 10. 22: 9.—So Sept.

“and me Ezra 3: 2

fg) one of the same naturl“erman, ji. «
6 mijovory, Matt. 5: 22, 23,24. 7: 5.
Heb. 217. & 11. al. So Sept and ny
Gen. 13: 11, 26: 31.

h) by impl. one beloved, sc. a8 a broth-
er, in adirect address, Acts 2: 29, 6: 3.
1 Thess. 51. Au.

*Abedgorns, mr0¢, % (#dedpss,)
pp. brotherly affection and intercourse,
I Mace, 12: 10, 17. In N.Y. a frater-
nity, the christian brotherkood, 1 Pet, 2:
17. 5:9.

“Adndos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and

Sijdos,) not mansfeat, not obvious, sc.

a) to the sight, hidden, Luke 11: 44.
cf, Sept. Ps. 51: 6,—Xen. Cyr. 6, 3. 13,

b) to the ear, or to the mind, not dis-
tinct, uncertain. 1 Cor. 14: 8.—2 Mace.
7:34. Jos. Ant. 1, 18.5, Xen. Mem. 1.
Lé

‘Adndorns, tHt06, 4, (H8nlos,) in-
distinctness, uncertainty. 1 Tim. 6: 17
dak nhovtou adnddrat, for mottos &8n-
dos, uncertain riches. Stuart § 440.
‘Winer § 34.2.6. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.

* Ady das, adv. (&Sqhog,) not openly,
secretly, Polyb, 2.47.9. In N.T. un-

43

* Adecedeuriog

certainly, i. e. irresolutely, 1 Cor, 9: 26,
—Plat. Symp. p. 1180, C.—BSee Elsner
Obs, Sac. Ip. 104,

“Adnpovéa, @, £. jaw, (cdipew
satinted, wearied, from Gos satiety, etc.)
to be dejected, full of anguish, absol.
Matt. 26: 37, Mark 14: 33, Phil. 2 26,
—Symm. for 3023 Ps. 61: 3. re
Ps. 116: 11. Xen. 44

“Acting, ie. dene, ov, 6, (for
Gidyc, from a pr. and idddy to see,) pp.
what is in darkness ; hence Pluto, Il.
15. 188. more usually in classic writers
orcus, the infernal . Sept. very
freq. for Heb. Sinz, as Is. 14: 9 9q—
Hence also in N. T. the abode or world
Of the dead, hades, orcus. According to
the notions of the Hebrews, gong was a
vast subterranean receptacle, where the
souls of the dead existed in a separate
state until the resurrection of their bod-
ies. The region of the blessed during
this interval, or the inferior Paradise,
they supposed to be in the upper paft
of this receptacle ; while beneath was
the abyss or Gehenna, Tartarus, in
which the souls of the wicked were
subjected to punishment. See Lowth,
Lect. on Heb. Poetry VII. Campbell,
Prel. Diss. VI. pt. 2. §2sq. §19. Stu
art Essay on Fut, Pun. p. 128 sq.

a) genr. Acts 2:27, 31, eis Gov sc.
Sépe, see Buttm, § 132. n, 9. Rev. 1: 18,
In this sense hades is personified, 1 Cor.
15: 55. Rev. 6: 8, 20: 13,14. For
Matt. 16: 18, wlas Gov, see Midy.—
Meteph. fug gdou xatapiacdivas, i. @.
be cast down to the very lowest place.
ad infima, Matt, 11: 23, Luke 10: 15.

b) by meton. of the whole for a part,
the abyss of hades, place of punishment,
Luke 16: 2.

Adaxgcros, ov, 6, 4,
and dsaxgives,) pp. not to be distinguished,
Polyb. 16 15, 12.9. In N.'T. metaph. not
open to distinction or doubt, unambiguous,
i.e. sincere, James 3: 17, — Others, ac-
tively, making no distinction, impartial.
Others, without strife, from Staxglve to
contend.

* Adutdeintos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and dsadelcer,) unceasing, constant, Rom.
9:2 2 Tim. 1: 3.—Clem. Alex. Strom.
7, 1 dduidaztos dycen.

dj. (a pr.

* Adcadalaroos

* Aduadeintas, adv. unceasingly,
without intermission, i.e. in N. T. as-
siduously, Rom. 1: 9. 1 Thess. 1: 2.
2 13. Fs 17,2 Mace. 15: 7. Polyb. 9,
38.

’ Adraptogia, as, 4, (@ pr. and
JuagpOelge to corrupt.) pp. incorruptible.
ness; in N.T. metaph. uncorrupiness,
purity, Tit. 2 7. — Dem, p. 223 ddsd-
p9ogos Tis Yunis.

* Adixéa, 0, £. how, (Z8ix0s.)

1. to do wrong, to act unjustly, viz.

a) in respect to law, to break the law,

to tranagress, to trespass, absol. Acts 25:
10, 11. 2 Cor. 7: 12, Col. 3: 25. Rev.
22: 11 bis. Sept. for Heb. Nor Jer. 37:

18, by 2 Chr. 26: 16. Ez. 17: 20.
. 8:47, Ps. 106. 6.

‘i in respect to others, trans. to wrong,
to injure. Matt, 20:13. Acts 7:26,
1 Cor, 6: 8, 2 Cor. 7:2. With two ac-
cus. Gal. 4:12, Philem. 18 ei dé 14 93L
sqoi ot. Buttm. § 131. 5.— Poss, aids-
xéopat, to be wronged, to suffer wrong or
injury, Acts 7: 24. 2 Cor. 7: 12—Mid.
to suffer one’s self to be wronged, 1 Cor.
6&7; see Buttm. § 185. 8.—Xen. Anab,
5.4.6.

2 by meton. to hurt, to injure, Luke
10: 19. Rev. 2 11, 66. 7:2,3 9% 4,
10, 19, 11: 5. Sept. for 139m Is. 51: 23,
5st Is, 10: 20, Puy Lev. 76:2, Nay Is,

3: 15. — Herodian. 7. 5. 9. Plutarch.
Symp. 4.2
* Adixnua, aos, 7, (dBixdea,)

wrong, transgression, ini: Acts 18:
14, 24: 20. Rev. 18: 5. ‘Bept. for 727)
18am. 26: 18. 49 1 Sam. 20:1. Ia, 59:
1% pan 2 Sam. 22: 49.—Jos. Ant. 3.
15. 3, ib.5. 7. 1. Diod. Sic. 16.29.

* Adxla, as, 4, (dd1x05,)

L.werong, énjustice, a) genr. Luke
8: 6 xperys tis Gdulas, the unjust
i as described in v.2. Rom. 9: 14.
Sept. for byy Deut. 32: 4. — Xen.
Mem. 4.2. 12)

b) as done to others, wrong, injury,
2 Cor. 1% 18. Sept. for bis Ps. 7: 3.
nbig Mic. 3: 10.—Thue. 3.'68.

2 from the Heb. where mp x, 3-
xaiociyn, is often used of life sad con-
duct, adie takes by antith. the sense
.Of improbity, iniquity, unrighteousness,

4

“Adexos

wickedness, Luke 18: 27 deyeras
Gdulac, workers of iniquity, i.e. wise
men. Acts 1: 18, Rom. 1:29, 8:5. 6: 13,
2 Tim, 2 19, 2 Pet. & 18. Heb. & 12.
I John & 17. 801 Jobn 1: 9, where the
sense is, ‘God, who himself is Sixatoc,
will nota only pardon sa, but also render
man wog.’ For James 3: 6, xdopog tig
adixtas, see Kéouos. Sept. fe ont
Gen. 6:11, 13. Ps 11: 5. Tig 1 Sam.
3 13, 14 Zech. 3: 9.—This

is seen more especially in the neglect of
the true God and his laws and an ad-
herence to the world or to idolatry ;
hence ddlue, as opposed to din Sela or
piety towards God, means impiety, un-
godliness, of God. 80 Rom. 1:
18 bis, where njy GdjSuav ey ddinde
xariyorres are those who impede the
worship of the true God by their obsti-

27, nate adherence to worldliness or to

idolatry. Rom. 2 8. 2 Thess. 2 10, 12.
2 Pet. 215. So Sept. for biy has visg
Gduxlas, idolater, 2 Sam, 7: 16." for 733
Ez, 9: 9,

3. fraud, deceit, guile, Jobn.7: 18.
Luke 16: 8 odxévowos adidas, a dishonest
Mewar 16: 9 eats. tig adidas,

ly Eurip.
tao 911, et Electr. 98, mhottos ads-

nog, — Acts 8:23. 1 Cor. 18: 6.

fr 11099 Hos. 12: 7. for by, did tér
ddiaay TH¢ fumoglag cou, tl the
frauds of thy traffic, Ez, 28: 18, for 77th
Deut. 19: 18. Mic. 6: 12. — Comp. Jos.
Ant 4. 6. 5, where Balam excusing
himself says, 49 1é por 80 edziis pdir
Gdwxijoal cov viv éxvSuplay, «1 was un-
willing to deceive your expectation.’

“Adixos, ov, 4, 4, adj. (« pr. and
Shr.)

1, unjust, sc. towards others, Luke 18:
11, Rom. 3: 5, Heb. 6: 10,—Xen. Mem.
4,4. 10.

2, from the Heb. see "43:xla no. 2,
wicked, impious, . Matt, 5: 45.
Acts 24: 15. 1 Cor. 6 9. 1 Pet. 3: 18.
2 Pet. 29, where of &dixo are con-
trasted with of edoefsic. Sept. for 50
Ex, 23: 1. Job 16: LU. Ez, 21:3, ay
Prov. 15: 26.—Hence, 2 as ddida is trans,
ferred to idolatry, 20 &8ixos signifies ax
idolater, i.e. an unbeliever, a pagan,
1 or 6: 1, coll. v. 6.

3 fraudulent, falec, deceitful, Luke

‘Adlews

16: 10 bis, 11. Comp. *48ide no. 3
Sept for “pq Deut. 19: 18, Jer. 5: 31.

(bbews, adv. unjustly, wadeserv-
edly, 1 Pet. 2:19. Sept. for ny Prov.
1: N, 17.—Wied. 12: 18, 2 Mace. 8: 16.
Jos, Ant. 10. 7.3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.7.

*Adoxcos, ou, &, Hy adj. («pre
and doxzpos,)

1. not approved, rejected ; pp. spok-
en of metals, as a dgyi-
quov Sept. Prov. 25: 4, Is, 1:22 InN.
'T. metaph. worthy ef condemnation, rep-
robate. Rom. 1: 28. “oon 9 27. 2Cor.
33: 5, 6,7. 2 Tim. 3: 8. — Polyb. 16.
14.19. >

2 by impl. useless, worthless.
Tit. 1: 16. Heb. 6: 8 7% dddmpor, i, ©.
good for nothing.—Hesych. dddxipoy*
worngsr, GxéBintor, Sxenator.

“ Adodos, ov, 6, %, adj. (o pr. and
86105,) without guile or falsehood, spoken
of a person, Thuc. 5. 18, ee, In N.T.
of milk, unadulterated, pure, genuine,
moetaph. for purity of doctrine, 1 Pet. &
2—Pollux. On. 3. 86 dgyigur ddodor,

*"Adgauurpres, I, Ov, of Adra-

tium; derived from “ddpapvteoy
v. 48popirseoy, the name of a maritime
city in Zolia. It was a colony of the
Athenians. Acts 27: 2,

* Adpias, ov, 5, v6. névt0s, xédnos,
etc, the Adriatic sea ; not, as now, the
Gulf of Venice only, but including also
the whole Jonian sea, which lies be-
tween Sicily and Greece. Strabo II.
P- 185. C. 6 8 *Iérog xddmos wigos dort
106 viv, “ABplov Aeyoudvov. VIL. p. 488.
Hesych. ’Ioror nélayos’ 6 viv *Adglas.
—Acts 27: 27.

‘Adgorns, mros, %, (é3965 fully
grown, ripe) pp. maturity, fulness
spoken of aure Hom, Il. 16.857, Ia
N. T. abundance, 2, 2 Cor. 8
2. Heych Sigcon Bros yes

*Advvarda, @, £. How, (édirata¢,)
to be unable, Xen. Mem. 1. 2.23, In
N. T “only in 3 pera, sing. ddvranit ote.

i.e. unable to be done;
ce one of pers. Matt. 17: 20 oidiy ddu-
rerijoet ipitr. So Sept. Job 42: 2. Wied.
1% 16.—Beq. wapd c. dat. Luke 1: 37

15

"Aeros

cin é b 2G Seb adv inc.
Bo Sept. Gen. ea Sob alr Gina

* Abuvaros, ov, é, 4, adj. (a pr.
and duvarés fr. Sévapat,) pp. deficient in
strength or power, Sept. Joel 3: 10. Xen.
Mem. 2.1.7. InN. T.

1. Act. infirm, feeble, weak, ve. in
body, Acts 14: 8 toig mooly, where for
the dat. see Butun. § 133.3. Winer
§B3]3. So in mind, judgment, ete.
Rom. 15: 1.

2 Nout. or Pass, impossible. Rom. 8:
3 10 adivatoy sot vuov, that which the
Leno could not do.—So adivardy tors nagd
tu, impossible with ‘or for any one,
Matt. 19: 26. Mark 10: 27. Luke 18: 27.
With dori implied seq. infin, Heb. 6: 4,
18 d8ivator gavoacSas S2ér. 10: 4. 11:
6. See Buttm. § 140. 3, — Xen. Mem.
2. 6,16.

“Ado, ie. gdeo, f Gow, (contr,
fr. Geldw,) to sing, trans. a8 Gdjy Rev.
&9 14:8, 158. So Sept. for qh
Ex. 14: 32, Num. 21: 17.—Jos, Ant. 3.
3.— Seq. dat. of pers. to sing in praise
or honour of any one, to celebrate, Eph.
5:19. Col. 3: 16, S80 Sept. for 1% Ex.
15:21, 1 Chr. 16: 23. — Xen. Conv.
31

* Al, adv. always, i. 0. ever, contin-
wally, at all times, 2 Cor. 610. Tit. 1:
12, 1 Pet. 3 15. So Sept. Te. 51: 13.
—In the sense of every fime, on every
occasion, as circumstances require or per-
mit. 2Cor. 4:11 del yao nagaddéueda.
Acts 7: 51. Heb. 3:10. So Sept. Ps,
95:10. 2 Macc, 14: 15, — Mark 15: 8
xadeg Ged dnolst, as he altoays did, i.e.
customarily, every year. So Sept. Judg.
16: 21 nojow adds ash, where the
Vatican text reads os dnat xa} ima$.—
By impl. cesiduously, 2 Pet. 1: 12—
Jos, Ant. 3, 2, 4.

” Aerog, ov, 5, an eagle, Rev. 4: 7.
[8: 18.) 12: 14. So Sept. for ww 7H}
108: 5. In Mat. 24: 28 and Luke 31,
where the derds is represented as prey-
ing on dead bodies, some species of
vulture is probably intended. So the
Heb. “wz, Sept. ésrds, is put probably
for the ‘oultur barbatus or vultur per-

, Job 39: 27 coll. v. 30. Prov.
30: 17, See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art. “173.

I

“Abumos

‘The engle feeds only on fresh or living
prey; see Rees’ Cyclop. art. Falco,

" Afupos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
tipn leaven,) unleavened.

,8) Pp. spoken of broad, 1 itowa sc.

Adyava, of GEypor sc. Heros, unleavened
cakes or bread, Heb. nix7, cf. Lev. = 4.
Num. 6: 15. 1 Chr. 23: 29. Hence é £o9-
tiv. al usoae ray atipor, and re
eupa, are put for the festival day or
days in which the Jews were to eat
unleavened bread in commemoration of
their departure from Egypt, i.e. the
possover, Mark 14: 1, Luke 2% 1, 7.
‘Acts 12: 3. 20:6. and 4 mgebm jipiga
‘tér GCiporr is the first day of the festival
of the passover, Matt. 26:17. Mark 14:
12, See Bibl. Repos, LV. p. 111 9q.

b) metaph. unmired,
uncorripted, 1 Cor. 5: 7,8 10 dtypoy,
genuineness.

” Abag, 6, indec. Azor, (fr. Heb. 19
to help,) pr. name of a man, Matt. 1:
18,14. .

“Afwros, ov, %, Azotus, Heb.
snbyaitt Ashdod.pr name ofa place, which
anciently was one of the five cities per-
taining to the princes of the Philistines,
Josh. 13: 3. 18am. 6:17. In the di-
vision of Palestine by Joebua, it was
ascigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15: 47; but the possession of it was
still retained or soon recovered by the
Philistines, 1 Sam. 5: 1. 2 Chr. 26: 6.
Neh. 4:1. 13:23. The city was cap-
tured by the Avsyrians, Iv. 20:1; by
Judas Maccabaeus, 1 Mace. j and
was afterwards burned by bis brother
Jonathan, ib. 10: 84. _1t was rebuilt by
the Romans under Gabinius; and is
wow called Esdud. Acts 8: 40. See
Calmet.

‘Ano, cépos, %, (eo v. Ey to
breathe,) the air, the atmosphere, (os
‘opp. to aidije, the higher, purer region,
Hom. 11. 14, 288,) Acts 22: 23. 1 Thess.
4:17, Rev. 9:2. 1617. The phrases
els Giga Jadsir, to inlo the cir,
1 Cor. 14: 9, and els dégr Sdguiy, to beat
the air, 1 Cor. 9: 26, (Buttm. Lexil. I.
p. 115,) are proverbial, and correspond
to the Latin ventis verba profundere Lu-
cret, 4, 929, and verberare ictibus auras

16

‘“Aberdo

‘Virg.48n.5.376; the sense is, ‘to speak or
act tn vain.’——In Eph. 2: 2, Satan is call-
ed dozer ris dovalas roi dégos, ‘ prince
of the spirits of the air, that dwell in
the air or have power over it,accordingto
the later Jewish belief; see Elsner Obs.
in N. T. in loc. Others, as Cocceius,
explain dvje here by darkness, as in pro-
fane writers ; so Eustath. in Hom. Il. 5.
776. ib. 12,240. ib. 17. 645. Hesiod.
Theogn. 119. In Test. XII Patr. Fabr.
Peoudep. V.T. I. p.729, wo find dégsor
sevstpa 0d Bedsi, but still it is not cer-
tain whether & épzoy here refers to dark-
ness or to the air,

*"Adevacla, ag, 4, (&Févaros fr.
a pr. and Sdvatos death,) immortality,
1 Cor, 15: 53, 54. 1 Tim. 6: 16.—Lu-
cian. D. Deor. 4. 10,

"Ad euerog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and Sauutds fr. dys law,) unlaroful, for-
bidden by law, Acts 10: 28. Hence
criminal, 1 Pet. 4: 3.—2 Mace. 6:5. 7:1.
Jos. B. J. 4.9.10. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.9.

“Adeoc, ov, 6, 4, adj. (« pr. and
9e6¢,) pp. godless, impious, Xen. Anab.
2.5.39, In N.T. estranged from the
knowledge and worship of the true God,
Eph. 2 12.

“Adeouos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (0 pr. and
Stopos law,)lawless, and by impl. wicked,
impious, 2 Pet. 2:7. 3: 17.— 3 Mace.
5: 12 Eecpos mede01. Diod. Sic. 1.
MA tijs b Popov Blas.

"Averdea, ca, t. How, (FGer05 fr. «
pr. and 119yus,) pp. to displace, i. e. to ab-
rogate, abolish, get rid of, Polyb. 31. 18.
1, Sept. chiefly for 132 and also for
‘179 and Sup, and construed mostly
with & tuys or eg tiva. In N. T. tran,
to reject, i.e.

1) to make void, render null, tir érro-
diy Mark 7:9. thy Bovdiy tivo Luke
7: 30. 1 Cor. 1: 19, coll. Is, 29: 14. Gal.
221. 3:15. So Sept. for x37 Ps. 33:
10. 333 Ie. M: 16. dM Ez. 22: 26.—
1 Mace. 11: 36, —Hence, not to keep, to
cast off, tiv neeieny nlowiy 1 Tira. 5: 12
Sept. for 332 Jer. 3:20. a4 Ps. 13%
11.

'b) to deny, lo despise, contemn, »suor
Maiociug Heb. 10: 28, " Spoken of per-

“Aberjos

sons, Mark 6: 26,. Luke 10: 16 quater.
Jobn 12: 48, 1 Thess, 4: 8 bis, Jude 8.
Sept. for sug In. 1:2, ya Ex. 21: 8.
Ys: 1 Sam, 2 17—Jos, Ant. 15. 2. 6

“Aderjot, ews, 4, (&9erb0,) ab-
rogation, abolition, Heb, 7: 18. 9: 26.

* Advan, dy, a, Athens, the copi-
tal of Attica and the chief city of an-
cient Greece, so called from” 4dyyn, Mi-
nerve, The Athenians are celebrated
in the history of Greece for their war-
like valour, and also for their general
intelligence and the cultivation of all the
arts of peace. Their city was the seat
of the fine arts, the resort of philoso-
phers, and the birth pléce of an un-
usual number of illustrious men. Acts
17: 15, 16. 18: 1. 1 Thess, 3:1.

* AByvaios, a, ov, Athenian, Acts
a7: 21, 2.

"Ad2éa, @, £. ow, to contend, to
be a champion in the public games, ©. g,
of boxing, throwing the discus, wrest
ling, running, ete. absol. 2 Tim. 2: 5 bis.
— Aelian. V. H. 10. 1.

“Ad Anus, e008, 5, contention, com-
bat, pp. in the public games, Polyb. 5.
64.6. Aelian. V. H. 2.23. InN. T.
metaph. a conflict, struggle, sc. with af-
flictions. Heb. 10: 32,

*Advuco, &, f. jaw, (a pr. and
Sis,) to despond, be disturbed in mind,

disheartened, absol. Col. 3:21. Sept. for
Hh Gen, 4:5, 2 Sam. 6 8, — Xen.
.. 3, 2. 18, Polyb. 3. 54.7.
“Ad«os, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
Benj penalty,) pp. impunis, Diod. Bie. 1.
54, Polyb. 2. 60. 1.
innocent, Matt. 27: 4. In Greek writers
@960¢ is constr. with a gen. butin Matt.
27: WA we find GIdos and Tob alwatos,
like the Sept. for Heb. 77 p32 2 Sam.
‘& 28, Gen. 24: 41. mer

Aiyews, sin, eov, (att, aiyés,
gost,) caprinus, of a goat. Heb. 11: 37
& aiyelous Séguacty, in goat-sking. Bept.
for o1y Ex. 25: 4, 35: 6,24.—Jos, Ant.
8.6.1. Apoll. Rhod. 4, 1349.

Aiyeachog, ov, 5, (Eyrvpsto break,
and ils see,) the shore, coast, of a sea,
lake, etc. Matt. 1%: 2,48, John 21: 4.

. 3

7

In N.T. metaph. ,

Aldioy

Acts-21: 5, 27: 89,40, Sept. for hin
Judg. 5: 17.—Ecclus. 24: 15. Jos. Ant.
2.16.1. Xen. Anab. 6. 2.1, 7.

Aiyinuos, te, wv, Egyptian,
Acts 7: 22, 24,28, Heb. 11: 29. In Acts
21: 38, the Egyptian spoken of was an
Egyptian Jew, who set himself up at
Jerusalem for a prophet. He gained
many followers, who were dispersed
and slain by Felix; see Jos. Ant. 20,
8.6, B. J. 2.13.5,

Atyuntos, ov, %, Egypt, a country
celebrated both in sacred and profane
history ; for a full description of it, see
Calmet. The whole region was known
to the Hebrews by the name b79%2
Mizraim ; and the princes who’ gov-
erned it were styled in virtue of their
office Pharaohs, i.e. kings, until the
time of Soloinon ; after which they are
designated in the Scriptures by their
proper names. After the captivity,
Egypt became a place of resort to great
numbers of the Jews, who settled there
either of their own accord, or from the
invitations and encouragements held out
by Alexander the Great -and the Ptole-
mies; so that in the reign of Ptolemy
Philopater, they were able to erect a
temple at Leontopolis similar to the ove
at Jerusalem, and to establish in it all
the rites of their al worship; see
Jos, Ant. 13. 3.1, 2, 3—Matt. 2: 13, 14,
15, Acts 2: 10. al. In Rev. 11: 8, Egypt
is put as the symbolical name of the
Jews, thus likening the obstinacy snd
stubbornness of this nation to that of the
Egyptians of old. Ar.

*Aidwe, ov, 5%, adj. (Gsl,) always £
existing, eternal, Rom. 1: 20
18105 airot diva ws, coll. Wiad. 7: 26,
—Jude 6 Seopo} 18:04, everlasting bonds.
—Jos. Ant. 4. 8,2. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.73.

Aides, 00g, ovs, 7. 1. modesty,
1 Tim. 2: 9.— Jos. Ant. 2.4.4. Xen.
Mem. 3.7. 5.

2. reverence, veneration, Heb, 12: 28.—
Jos. Ant. 6, 12.17, Xen. Anab. 2. 6, 14.

Aidioy, onos, §, (atSouar to
burn, and dy face,) an Ethiopian, Heb.
‘7aj1>, Cushite. Acts 8: 27 bis. The
Ethiopia desi ated here, and the wi in
Jer. 13: 23. Is. 18: 1. Ez. 30: 4, 5, 9, is

Aipa

whet is called Upper Ethiopia or Ha-
Beach, lying south of Egypt on the Nile,
and including the island of Meroé,—the
Abyssinia of the present day. For the
other countries desi by the name
Cush in the O. T. see Calmet art.
Cush,

Aiucz, o108, %3, blood. Sept. every
where for Dy.

a) pp. (a) ger. Mark 5: 25,29, Luke
8: 43, 44, 13: 1—Diod. Sic. 4. 50. Pla-
to Phaedo, 45.—Trop. any thing is said
to be or become blood, or as blood, from
its dark colour ; Acts 2: 19 coll. Joel 3:
3,4. (2:80, 31.]—Rev. 8:7, 8. 11:6, 16:
3.4. Acts 2: 20 ele alua, for og aye in
Rev. 6: 12.

(8) spoken of blood which has been
shed; as (1) of victims and other
slaughtered animals, Heb. 9: 7, 12, 18,
18—25. 10:4. 11: 28. 13: 11. So Acts
15: 20, 29. 21: 25; where dndyeoSas
‘toi aiartos, etc. is, to abstain from eat-
ing blood, etc. The Jews regarded the
blood as the seat and principle of life ;
hence they were to offer it in sacrifice
to God, but were forbidden to eat it,
Lev. 17: 10—14, coll. 8 17, Gen. 9: 4.
Deut. 12: 23. Jos, Ant. 3. 11. 2.—(2) of
men, Luke 13: 1. John 19: 34. Rev, 17:
6. 14:20 where human blood is spoken
of under the symbol of the blood of
grapes, or wine, lua orapuiiis, comp.
Gen. 49: 11. Deut. 32 14. Ecclus. 39: 26,
So ala Siaaoy Matt. 23: 35, and alsa
&9Gor Matt. 27: 4, for alua rar Sexaleey,
alua voi adeov. Sept. for Pa ot
1 Sam. 19: 5. 2%: 26. 1K. 25. Hist.
of Sas. v.62—So of the blood of Christ
shed on the cross, alua toi Xpwtol,
e.g. in relation to the sacred supper,
Matt. 26: 28. Mark 14: 24. Luke 22: 20,
1 Cor. 10: 16. 11: 25, 27. Perhaps too
1 John 5: 6, 8; and especially Jobn &
53-58, where the phrases guytiy iy
otigea xa} nlvey 03 alua toi Xquatos, to
eat the flesh and drink the blood of Christ,
signify, ‘to become wholly united and
incorporated with Christ, i.e. to imbibe
his spirit and appropriate to one’s self
all the benefits of his advent, to be
wholly conformed to Christ ;’ comp.
Bom. & 28, Col. 3:10, Further, in re-
lation to his church, Acts 20: 98. Col. 1:

18.

Aipogiio

20, Eph. 2: 13; tothe atonement made
by his death, Rom, 3: 25. 59. Eph. 1:
7. Col. 1:14. Heb. 9: 12, 14, 10: 19,
1 Pet. 1:2, 19. 1 John 1:7. Rev. 1: 5.
5:9; and to the new covenant, Heb.
10:29, 1224. 13:20. So alpe sod
dgrlev, Rev. 7: 14, 12: 11. 19: 13.

(y) capt xad ala, flesh and blood, i. e.
the animal humen body, man, with the
idea of imbecility, mortal man, Matt.
16: 17. 1Cor. 15:50. Gel. 1:16, Eph.
6 12. Heb. 2: 14. coll. Ecclus. 14: 18.

(8) alua éxytvesy, to shed blood, i.e. to
Kill, put to death, Luke 11: 50. Acts 22:
20. Rom. 3: 15. Rev. 16:6, So Sept.
for Dy pw Gen. 9 6. 37: 2. Ez. 16:
10. Heaes

b) Bloodshed, i.e. death, violent death,

, murder, Matt. 23: 30. 27:6, 8,
24, Acts 1:19. Rev. 6: 10. 18: 24, 19:
2. So Sept.and by Gen. 4: 10, 2 Sam.
16: 7. Ez. 24: 6, 9.— Heb. 12 4 wixors
olperos, unto death, i.e. with exposure
of life.

c) from the Heb. blood-guiitiness, i.e.
and ,

the punishment of shedding
Bool Mtn 23.0 wr “hon 5 2

2 Sam. 1: 16, coll. Lev. 16: 21 sq. et
Herodot. 2, 39. .

4) blood-relationship, kindred, lineage,
progeny, seed. Acts 17: 26 d brés olua-
105, of one blood, i.e. kindred. — Sept.
2 Sam. 21:1. Jos. Ant. 2.6.3 éopéy
GBelgod xa xowby alua. ib. 20.10. 1
& aiueros ° Aagdrros.— John 1: 13 of
odx & afucror, not born of Blood, i.e.
not sons of God as being descended
from Abraham. The plur. is here put
for the sing. as in Eurip. Ion. 698 ad-
Jew rgapels dg aiparar, spoken of a
mother.—Jos, Ant. 4, 8. 45 tig éf olpe-
106, i.e. an Iaraclite. Eustath.ad Hom.
Tl. 6. 211 eipotos dvs? tot cmsguotos.—
See Kypke and Loesner Obs. in N. T.
ad Acts 17: 26, AL.

Aipatexzuola, as, 4, (alpe and
Exzues fr. éxyéo to pour out,) shedding of
blood, Heb. 9: 22. }

Aipogégeo, &, (alya and gos fr.
iw Bow,) to have a flow or issue of blood,
absol. Matt. 9: 20.—Plut. X. p. 791. ed.
Reisk. or Mor, VI. p. 464. ed. Tauchn,

Aivéas

Aivdas, ov, 6, Zineas, pr.name of
@ man, Acts 9: 33, 34.

Atveots, eos, 4, (alriv,) praise,
Heb. 13: 15 Sucla aivéows. So Sept.
for 35M Ps. 26:2, et seep. mbin Ps.
66: & — Ecclus, 32 [35]: 2 Svouktor
axivicews. Clem. Alex. Strom. 7, 6,

Aivéo, 0, f. jou or sow (Buttm,
§ 95. n. 4), to praise, to celebrate, trans.
spoken in N.T. only of God. Luke 2
13,20, 19:87, 94:59. Acts 247.
3: 8,9. Rom. 15: 11. Rev. 19: 5.
Sept. for sr7im Gen. 49:8. rz 1 Chr.
16: 4, 10, ef saep. 322 Pa. 100: 4.

Ainyye, eros, 15, (aivlocouasto
hint obscurely, Ael. V. H. 2. 29,) an
enigma, riddle; 80 Sept. for spr 1K.
10: 1. Prov. 1: 6 Ecolus. 39: 3° 47: 15.
—In N. T. metaph. obscure intimation,
1 Cor. 13:12 é aivlypan, ie. enig-
matically, obscurely. So Sept. for 7 hal
Num. 1% 8, where it is opp. to 20
the clear reality.

Alvos, ov, 5, (airée,) pp. discourse,
narration, i.q. i90s, Hom. Od. 14. 508.
Ecclus. 15: 9, 10; and #0 of Esop's fa-
bles.—In N. T. praise, Matt. 21: 16 coll.
Ps. 8:3. Luke 18 43. Sept. for ¥y Ps.
8: &3—Wisd. 18: 9. Hom. Od. 21. 110.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 6, 7, of alvos,
praises of God in the churches.

Aivay, i, indoc. Enon, (fe. 379
fountains, Buxt. Lex.Ch, Rab. Tal. 1601,)
pr. name of a place or fountain near
Salim, John 3: 23.

Aipsais, ews, %, (aigéa,) pp. cap-
ture 90, of a city, Thue, 2. 58 4 algsous
‘Wis moles. ‘Jos. Ant. 7.7.5. also
tion, choice, 1 Macc. 8. 30. Jos, Ant. 7.
13.2 Polyb. 3. 108.7. In N. T. a
chosen way of life, i.e.

1. a scet, school, party, etc. Acts 5: 17.
15: 5. 24: 5, 14, 26: 5, 28: 22,—Diod.
Bic. 2 29 aigdous tiv giocépur. Jos.
B.J.28.1. Ignat. Ep. ad Eph. § 6.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 1.7.

2. by impl. dis dissension, 1 Cor.
11: 19, Gal. 5: 20. 2 Pet. 2 1.

Aigerivor, £. iow, (elgeeés captus,
lectus, fr. aigéss,) 3 word of the Alex-
‘endrine age, used in Sept, for alpdopas:

19

Aloo

ere eer Tp Todg. 5:8 ot
saep. 1 Mace. : 30.—In N.'T. fo prefer,
to love, trans. Matt. 12: 18 coll, in 4&1.
Sept. for ort Num. 14: 8. 52} Gen.
: 20,—Heaych. fgsnsaciuny * $yezqou
deadjeqoa. Bturz de Dial Alex. p 164,

tw

Aigerixds, ov, 5, (aigeri{w,) one
who creates dissensions, introduces errors,
etc. a factious person, Tit, 3: 10.—Thie
word is not found in classic Greek, but
often in ecclesiastical writers; see Sui-
cer’s Thesaur. Ecc. 8, h. y. Campbell
Prel. Disa, IX. pt. iv. 11,

Aigdo, 0, f. ow, aor. 2 stor, to
take e.g. a city or camp, Xen. Ag. 1.
32. — In N. T. only Mid. algdomas f.
Tooues, aor. 2 siddury, to take for one’s
aelf, i.e. to choose, to elect, to prefer, trans.
and absol. 2 Thess. 2: 18. Heb. 11: 25,
—Phil. 1: 22, where for the fut. instead
of the subj. sce Matth. § 516.3. 0.2,
Bute. § 139. n. 7. Winer § 42. 4. —
Sept. for 17a Job 34:4. 2 Sam. 15: 15.
— 2 Mace. Ti: 25. Jos, Ant. 9.6, 1.
Herodian. 4. 14, 3 algotyras Buodda
*Adoiercor.

Alga, (for delgn,) f. d96, s0r.] Hea,
perf. jgxa Col. 214, perf.pass. joys John
20:1, to take up, trans, corresponding in
Sept. generally to the Heb. Nina.

1. to take up, simply, i.e. ‘to iit up,
to raise, a) pp. 9% stones from the
ground, John 8: 59, serpents, Mark 16:
18. —Xon. Eq. 6. 7. — So of anchors,
Acts 27: 18 & 2c. dyxtigas, see Bos
EIl. Gr. p. 149q. Kypke Obs. in N, T.
Il. p. 135. 80 digas, Spares, often
stands in Greek writers in the sense to
sai cnoay,to as Arrian. Exp. Alex.

Fy G21 gag be Hersdler, ‘Thue, 2, 29

med. Herodian.8.7,1. and is even used
of an army on land, as Thue. 2. 23 init.
Jos, Ant. 9.11.1. ib 21,7 did
Egartss sic “Pagidly jxor, spoken of the
camp of the Isrsclites in the desert.
Fully written, i.e. dgarees éyxtiges, Po-
lyb. 31. 22.13, Plut. Pomp. ¢, 50. —
Spoken of the hand Rev. 10: 5. So
Sept. for win2 Deut. 8% 40. Is, 49. 22,
— Xen. Anab, 7. 3. 6. — Pass. dgdyss,
Matt. 21: 21, better under no. 3.

b) trop. to reise, to elevate, as the eyes,
John 11: 41.' Sa Sept and apy Ps

Aiga
121: 1. 123: 3—the voice, i.e. to cry
out, to sing, ete. Luke 17:13. Acts 4:
24. So Sept. and Np? Judg. Qi:
1 Sam. 11: 4.—So algeiv yurjy t1v05, to
hold the mind of any one ie.
in suspense, doubt, John 10: 24.—Phi-
lostr, 2. 4. Comp. Jos, Aut. 8 13.5
tf duovolg sal roig Béte.
‘The Phrase hig we) xin, algeay mr
yuriy 706s, to lift the soul towards, i. e. to
desire, does not belong here ; comp.Deut,
24:15. Ps, 86: 4. al. Gesen. Lex. Heb.

2. to take up and place on one’s self,
to take up and bear, i.e. to bear, to carry.
Matt. 4: 6 éxt yugdy dgotol os, coll.
Sept. and Nip? Pe. 91: 12. — Matt. 11:
29 pare tov fvyéy pou, coll. Sept. and
wer Lam. 3: 27. — So the cross, Matt.
¥ 32, Mark 15: 21. al. and metaph.
Men, 16: 24. al. — So to take or carry
with one, Mark 6; 8. Luke 9: 3. al. Sept.
and Nipy Gen. 44:1. 2K. 7:8.

3. to dake up and carry away, i.e. to
take away, to remove, sc. by carrying, 2%
spoken of a bed, Matt. 9:6. John 5:
Bag. al. of a dead body, « person, etc.
Matt. 14: 12, 22:13, Acts 20: 9. al. —
1 Macc. 9: 19.—Spoken of bread ete.
with the idea of laying up, making use
of, Matt. 14:20, 15:37. Mark 8: 8,
19, 20. al. So genr. Matt. 17: 27.
Acts 21: LL, al. Pass, Spyz Matt. 21:
Q1 be thou removed. — Trop. alge tir

Gpagtlay tos, to take away the sin of
any one, i, e. the imputation or punish-
ment of sin, John 1: 29, 1 John 3: 5,
Bo the Engl. Vera. and Sept. alguy 33
Gudgrnpa for mew xip2 1 Sam. 15: 25.
But as ir aD? etc. often means to bear
the punt of sin, an Lev. 5: 17.
Num. 5:31. 14: 38, al. (Sept. daptiv,
dyagégay,) and as alpey often has in
the Sept. the sense to bear, as above,
we may here also admit for alps the
sense to bear the punishment of sin, which
is elsewhere expressed in the N. T. by
Bacrater, avagipay, ete. coll. Matt. 8:
17, 1 Pet. 224. Or perhaps the sen-
sus praegnans is better, viz. to take
away by taking upon one’s self.

4. to take away, to remove, simply,
the idea of H/ting etc. being dropped;
usually with the notion of violence,
authority, etc. *

8) pp. Luke 6: 29, 90, 11: 22, Matt.

20

Aistyrjguv
9: 16 alge wc. ti, i.e. the new piece
tears away still more of the old gar-
ment. Mark % 21. Spoken of branches,
to cut off, prune, John 15: 2. — Spoken
of persone, to take away or remove, ©. g.
from a church, ie. to
1 Cor. 5: 2 dg9j, where some editions
read &ag9j. So to take away or remove
out of the world, by death, etc. Jobn
17: 15. Matt. 24: 39, Acts 8: 33 bis, éy
Ff taxeivcbow aisod ¥ xplous aio', Hon
—algetas, i.e. according to the Heb. * in
his bumiliation and opprossion was bis
sentence; he was torn away,’ i. e. bur-
ried away to death; coll, Is. 53: 8, and
see Hengstenberg in Christol. and in
Bibl. Repos. IT, p. 357, Kuinoel in loc.
Others, kis punishment was taken away.
So Sept. for HDe Is. 57: 1,2. 73a Is.
53: 8. In a somewhat stron; sense,
especially in the imperst. alge, agoy,
away with ! i.e. put out of the way,
jute 23: 18, John 19:15. ‘Acta Bis 36.
22,

, b)trop.John11:48 dpotics jpsiv xat roy
‘tOroy xad td Edvos,and destroy our city and
nation. 1Cor.6:15 digas ta pens 10% Xeio-
rol, taking away wrong fully the
which belong to Christ, etc. — So in the
nense to deprive of; e. g. the kingdom of
heaven Matt. 21: 43. the word of God,
Mark 4: 15, Luke 8; 12, 18, gifts, Mark.
4:35, soy, John 16 2 2, coll. Sept. Ia.

— Spoken of vices, to
Eph. 4:31. of a law, cm Circpates ok
AL.

2 14.—1 Mace. 3: 29,

Aistavouat, £. aicSjcouas, aor.
2 foSouqm, (die, ateGu, Buttm. § 112.
13,) a Mid. deponent, to perceive, pp.
with the external senses, Xen. Mem. 1.
2,31. In N.'T. metaph. to understand,

trans. Luke 9: 45. Sept. for q%2 Job
BS dT Prov. 24: 14.—Xen. Cyr. 1.

1.
AiaFnors, e005, %, (aio Ddvoyas,)
Pp. perception by the external senses,
In N. T. metaph.

Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 5.

"degen oat
seat sh.
vp. tof te sees as aps Hesye ales

Aiszpoxagays

‘Temotaph, ntereat
aries

sense, faculty of per-
feb. 5: 14. So Sept. Jer. 4: 19
aicdynigra sig xagdlas-—A Macc. %

* sinnoonsodis, és, ous, 6, %,
adj. (aiazeds and xégd0¢,) eager even for
dishonourable gain, sordid, 1 Tim. 3: (3,]
8. Tit 1:7—Xen. Ag, 11.3. Herodot.
1. 187.

Aiszpoxegdis, adv. for the sake

dishonourable gain, sordidly, 1 Pet. 5:
2, coll. Tit. 1: ra

Aiazoohoyla, as, 4, (alexqolo-
hoy) obscene language, scurrility, Col. 3:
8.—Diod. Sic. 5.4. Xen. de Rep. Lac.
5.6.

Atozxgce, a, ov, pp. deformed,
opp. to xalés, Xen. Conv. 4. 19. Sept.
for 95 Gen. 41: 3,4. In N.'T. metaph.

indecent, dishonourable ;
spoken of what is offensive either to
modesty and christian purity, as Eph.
5: 12. Tit. 1: 11; or tothe manners and
customs of a community, as 1 Cor, 11:
6. 14: 35. — Jos, Ant. 4, 8.23. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 5. Polyb. 3. 116. 13.

an © (pat,
Aiozgoms, mroc, %, (aiozgss,)
pp. deformity. InN. T. trop. impropri-
ety, indecorum, either in words or oe
tions, Ee 5: 4 iq. oyla
ar ~ Mal boeg £85 , he
Jiofitn, n6, iy alozos,) shame,i.e.
), subjectively, feeling of shame, fear
of dhegrace. Luke 14: 9—Ecclus. 4: 21.
20: 23. Xen. Anab. 3. 1. 10.
b) objectively, disgrace, reproach, i ie
nominy, Heb. 12:2. So Sept. for nwa

Job 8:22. mabe Is. 50:6. mE nn
69: 20. — Ecclus, 22: 3, 25:
Anab. 2. 6. 6.

thing or action, disgraceful conduct.
2 Cor. 4: 2 10 xgunte tis alogivns, hid-
den things of shame, i.e. clandestine
conduct of which the disciples of Christ
should be asbamed. Phil. 3 19. Jude
13.—In Rev.3:18 aiogtrn Fig epvomtos
is by Hebraiam for yupvors aiozod,
shameful nakedness, Stuart § 440. Buttm.
§:123, n. 4, So Sept. and myn 18am.
20: 30.—Aeschin. 23, 41.

Aiszuve, fw, (alazos,) to

21

Atria

shame, put to shame ; Pass. to be made
ashamed, to be put to shame.

a) pp. 2Cor. 10: 8. Phil. 1:20, 1 Jobn
2:98 ph alogyySauev an’ eciroi, that
we be not put to shame before him, etc.
So Sept. for 779 win Jer. 22:22.

b) Mid. to shame one’s self, to fect
ashamed, to feel dishonoured, Luke 16:3.
1 Pet. 4:16. So Sept. for wan Ps, 25:3,
119: 30.—Xen, Cyr. 6 4. 6.,

Aitéo, a, £. soe, to ask, usually
with accus. of pers. or thing or of both,
Buttm. § 131. 5. also with accus. of
thing and aga c. gen. of pere. Matt.
20:20, Jam. 1:5. and Sept. Deut, 10: 12.
Dan. 2: 49. For the Mid. see Buttm.
$135, 4.

a) genr. Matt. 5: 42. 7:9, 10. Mark
6: 22—25. Luke 1: 9—13. 1 John 5:
14—16. al. Sept. for byw Josh. 15: 18,
19; 50.—Palaeph. Fab. 40.— Spoken in
respect to God, to supplicate, to pray for,
Matt. 6:8. 7:11, 18: 19. Janes 1:
5, 6. The case of S265 being omitted,
Matt. 7: 7,8. Col. 1:9. James 4:2, 3. al.
Sept. for buew Is. 7: 11, 12.

b) to ask or call for, to require, to de-
mand, Luke 1: 63. 12: 48, 23:23 Acts
3:14. 2% 15. 1 Pet. 3:15. So Sept.
for 1351 “Wat Job 6: 22, for Chald. xy
Dan. 2 49.—2 Mace. 7: 10 ny yléooay
airaSels, i.e. being required to thrust
out his tongue. Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 10.
ib. 1, 3. 13,

¢) by Hebraism, to desire, Acts 7: 46.
So Sept. and baw 1K. 19: 4. Ecc. %
10. So baw Deut. 14:26 where Sept.
éncSupéo. Jon. 4:8, AL.

Aimua, arog, 16, (airée,) thing
asked for, object cought, request, Luke 23:
24. LJohn 5: 15. Sept. for nba
1 Sam. 1: 17,27. — From the Heb: de-
sire, Phil. 4: é; seein aitéw c. So Sept.
16 airiporta tig xapdlag for nibauy ©
Ps. 37: 4. Ep. Pseudo-Soer. 24.

Aitla, QS, 4, (airde,) a couse, viz.

*) anise, motive, reason, ground,
‘Matt. 19:3. Luke & 47. Acts 22: 24.
28:20. 2 Tim. 1: 6,12, Tit. 1.13. Heb.
2: 11.—Diod. Sic. 1. 7.

b) in the sense of affair, matter, case,
Lat. ratio, Acts 10:21, 23: 28.—Hist.
of Susan. 14.—Matt. 19: 10 ei otrrag éosty
4 aitla x. 2.2. if ouch is the case, ote-—

Adriana

Philostr. Vit. Apoll. 6. 16. So Lat. causa,
Cic, Of. 3.27, Bo Heb. 37 is some-
times thing, affair, Gen. 20: 8. Eco. 7:
8, and sometimes case, manner, Deut.
15:2 19:4, 1K. % 15.

c) in a forensic sense, cause, i.e,
(a) an accusation of crime, charge, Acta
‘25: 18, 27, Matt. 27: 37. Mark 15: 26,
— Phavorin. aisla* # xotyyogla. Jos.
Ant. 4. 8,23. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 16.

(6) fault, crime, John 18: 38,
19: 4,6. Acts 18: 28, 28: 18. So Sept.
for })9 Gen. 4: 13. for 142 pry Prov.
28: 17.~-Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 28.

Aitlapa, arog, v6, charge, crimi- in

nation. Acts 25: 7—Thuc. 7. 72.

Aucouat, ope n LG Eh. to
absol. Rom. 3:9 in some Mss.

— Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 2.

Altos, ba, cor, (aisla,) pp. causa-
five. In N. T. used substantively, viz.

1, Mase. 6 atrios, the causer or author
of any thing, Heb.5:9 altios nis gorryglas.
—Jos. Ant.3.3 Ssiy cis owme
Bel and Drag. 42. 2 Macc. 4:47. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 63.

2. Neut. 1d alswor, a cause, i.e.

a) reason, motive, Acts 19: 40.
—Jos. Ant. 7. 4 1. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 8

b) ig. aisle q.v. fault, guilt, crime.
Luke 23: 4, 14, 22. — 80 attiog guilty,
criminal, Hist. of Sus. 53, Sept. 1 Sam.
2: 2 for 230.

Airiopa, wt0s, 18, (atridopas,)
charge, accusation of crime, i. q, aitlaya,
but less usual; it is read in Griesb. Acts
25: 7—Thue. 5. 72.

Aigrideos, dou, 6, %, adj. (deprns
ig. dparis fr. @ pr. and golre,) unfore-
aecen, sudden, Luke 21:34. 1 Thess. 5:3.
It has the force of an adverb; Buttm.
§ 123. n. 3, — Wiad. 17: 15. Jos, Ant.
38.6. Herodian. 1.6.8, Thuc. 4.125.

Atxparosia, as, %, (oizuy and
Gdloxm,) captivity.

8) pp. Rev. 13: 10 sig alyyaleciay.
Sept. for "33 Deut, 28: 41.

b) meton. for aiyydiertos, captives, a
captive multitude. Eph, 4:8, Rev. 13:
10 alzualectay ovriys. So Begs. for for
“3p Pa, 6819, Num, 2:1. 5
Ez3: 1 mbt 2 Chr. 28: a

22

ag aitvor. wale

Ay

Moce. 9: 70, 72, Test. XII Patr. in
Fabric. Cod. Peeudep. V. T. I. p. 654.
Diod. Sic. 17.70. -
Atzpadorede, f. vbow, (aigudde-
110s,) to take prisoner, lead captive, trans.
This is a later word, for which earlier
writers used aiyudlercay roses, 800 Lo-
beck ad Phryn. p, 442.
a) PP. Eph. BPE for 730) Pe.
: 23. mph Job 1:
1% i. aes 1 Sam, 30:2. —- Const.
Potphyr. Adm. 90.94..B. Nicet. Annal.
165 fee 2
b) metaph. to captivate, 2 Tim. 3: 6,
text. recept.

Aizpalorlea, £.ow,(aiguéterces,)
a later word for aiypdietor nom, nee
Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 442; 0 lead captive,
Pass. to be carried away captive.

a) pp. Luke 21: 24, Sept.for avi 1K.
&: 46.—Diod, Sic. 13. 59. — In the sense
of to captivate, 2 Tim. 3: 6, in later edi-
tions. —Judith 16: 9 +3 addog aisie ty-

10a yruphy auto’.

b) by impl. to subdue, bring into sub-
jection, Rom, 7:23. 2 Cor. 10: 5.

Aizpa dros, ov, 6, 4, « prisoner,

Luke 4: 18, Sept, for nbia Ez.
Tad. aad Te Ol: 1, 1 Mace. 2 9,
Joa. Ant. 10.9.7. Ken. Cyr.6.1.30.

Aitdy, vos, 6, (poet. 4,) life, Hom.
IL 22. 58 airig 88 plans aldivos dpuep Pic.
inarrow, Hom. Hymn. in Merc, 42—Also
in classic usage and in N. T.

1. aeoum, age, i. e.an indefinitely long
period or lapse of time, perpetuity, ever,
fee, eternity, Bept. everywhere for

49.
“a) spoken of time fire, in the fl

(a) sic roy aida, ever, forever, without
end, to the remotest time; spoken of
Christ, Heb. 6 20. 7:17. 7: 24, 28. —
Spoken of the happiness of the right-
eous, John 6: 51, 58 2Cor. 9: 9
1John 217. al. of the punishment
of the wicked, 2 Pet. 2 17. Jude 13—
With a negative, never; Matt. 21: 19,
Mark 3: 29. Jobn 4: 14. 8:51, 52, 10:
2 11:96. al, So Sept. for Diz» Ie.
408 Si: 1 6 8 Bedy Ix Deut. 29: 29,

22 Is. 28: 28. Jer. 50: 39. — Bo sis
FES olives, 2 Pee 18, hq aoe

Aiwa

aléva zoévoy Sept. Ex. 14: 13 for
phig ay. Is 18: 20 for mb — Ec-
clus. 18: 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 92, elu. 19:70
(8) eis tos aisivas, in the same sense,
ever, forever, to all eternity etc. en
of God, Rom. 1:25. 9:5. 11:36. 2Cor.
11: 81. of Christ, Luke 1: 33 where it
is explained by ov Ectas télos. Heb.
1%: 8, So Sept for mghiy Pa. 77: 6
— The plur. is here put for the sin;
and in the same sense ; comp. vi ad
and ovgavol, odffaroy and aspera.
See Stuart Ess, on Fut. Pun. p. 31, 68.
(7) tis tog alizras tity alsiver, on in-
tensive form, from the Heb. forever and
ever, comp. Stuart]. c. spoken of God,
Gal. 1:5.. Phil. 4:20. 1 Tim. 1: 17.
1 Pet. 5: 11. So in the expression sig
aaa; 1h persis 10% ablivos tév aleiven,
Eph. 3:21.—Spoken of Christ 2 Pet. 3:
18. Rev. 1:18, 5:13." 11: 15. of the
happiness of the saints, Rev.22: 5. of
the punishment of the wicked, Rev.
14:11. 19:3. 20: 10, — So Sept. sig
aidiva aiisvos for “ty Ps. 19: 10. 110:
3, 10.—Tob, 6: 18.— For the intensive
form, see Gesen. Lehrgeb. p. 691, 692.
‘Stuart § 455. c. Matth. Gr. Gram. § 450.5.

b) spoken of time past, as dav

of old, from gto, Luke 1: 70.
Acts 3:21. 15:18. So dso tév atcivey,
Epb. 39, Col. 1:26. Aloo éx 108 aid~
vog ov, never, John 9: 82. gd xi
aisivey, i.e. before time
Glavin, 1 Gor. 7. -— Bape Se aves
fer 9m Gen. 6: 4. Ps, 90:2. Jer. 2
7290 aieivuy for Dyp Ps. 55:
pDeL Bic. 1. 6 & aidros.

2. from the Heb. or rather Chald. and
Rab. the world, seculum, either present
or future, corresponding to the yi] D253
and RZ" nbis of Jewish writers, 6
aldy ottos and 6 aldy udllaw v. dgz6-
eves. Buxtorf. Lex. Cb. Talm. Rab.
1620, “Mundum futurum, sive Rabbis,
quidam intelliguot mundum, qui furdrus
est post destructum hunc mundum in-
feriorem, et post resurrectionem homi-
num mortuorum, quando animae cum
corporibus suis rureum conjungentur,—
Quidam per Nzt7 nis intelliguot
iygt nin, dies Messiae, quibus scil.
vVenturus Mesias, quem Judaei adhuc
expectant, quod in hoc mundo tempo-
raliter regnaturus sit. Vide Abarbanel.

23

Aussvig

in Pirke Aboth c. 4.” In N. T. aio is
used of the future world chiefly in the
firet of these senses.

a) this world and the next ; (a) as imn-
plying duration, Matt. 12: 32 otts éy
Torry 16 aldm, otte dy 1H péllorvts,
neither in this world nor the nezt, i.e.
never. Mark 10: 30. Luke 18: 30. —
4 Bade, 7:43, Wid. 4:2 aietw the world

@e the present world, with its cares,
}, and desires ; the idea of evil,
both moral and physical, being every
where implied, Matt. 13: 22. Luke 16:8.
20:34. Rom, 12:2. 1 Cor. 1:20. 2: 6,8.
2 Tim. 4: 10. Tit 2 12 Hence it is
called aldy xormgés, evil world, Gal. 1:
4. and Satan is called the god of this
world, 2 Cor. 4: 4.—So Sept. and nbiy
Eee. 3: 11. See Gesen. Lex. Heb.

(7) by meton, the men of this world,
wicked generation, etc. Eph. 2:2 sate
thy aidiva tol xdcpov tovrov, called else-
where vio to aidvos tovrev, Luke 16: 8.
20: 34.

(8) by meton. the world itself, as an
object of creation and existence, Heb.
1:2.82 of r0¥s atcivas énolyce, of. Stuart,

aidyos, 1. c, and no. 1. a. f, above. Heb. 11:3

Matt. 13: 40, 24: 3. 1 Tim. 1: 17.

b) spoken in reference to the advent
of the Messiah, (see above,) seculum, age,
viz, (a) the age or world before the Mes-
sigh, Myr BDAY, i. ©. the Jewish
sation, 1 Cor. 10: 11 ta tikq tay alever.
—(f) the age or world after the Messiah,
ee bis, Le. the gospel dispensation,

of the Messiah, Eph. 27,
Teen 2:5.—Comp. Kéapos and
Baoilsta. — This special sense of aisy
coincides again with classic usage, ae-
oum, seculum. AL.

Aisivios, lov, 5:4, avo atoreos,
la, wor, (cieiv,) perpetual, everlasting,
eternal, viz.

a) spoken chiefly of time
(a) of God, Rom. 16: 26. 1 Tim. & 16.
So Sept. for nbiy'Gen: 21: 33. Is. 40:
28,—Baruch 4: 8, 10. —(f) of the hap-
pinees of the Matt. 19: 29.
25:46, Mark 10:30. Jobn 3: 15, 16,
36. Rom. 2:7. 2Cor. 4:17. al—2 Maco.
7: 9. Fabr. Cod. Peeud. V. T. Paulter.
Salom. Ps. & 13, 15, 16. Acta Thom. §7.

*Anadageia

—In some pasaages this fon} aleiros is
equivalent to sloelduiy sig mv Bacidslay
100 Sto, John 3: 15, coll. v.3,5. Matt,
19: 16. Acts 13: 46. See ais 2. b.—
(y) of the punishment of the wicked,
Matt. 18: 8. 25: 41,46. Mark 3: 29,
2 Thess, 1:9. Heb. 6:2, Jude 7. So
Sept. for nhiy Dan. 12: 2—Fabr. Cod.
Pseud. V. T. 1. c. — (5) genr. 2 Cor. 4:
18, 5:1, Heb. 9:14. 13:20. 1 John
1:2 Rev. 14: 6, — Philem. 15 aisd»oy
as an adv. forever, ahoaye, Buttm.
§ 123. n. 3. — So Sept. Ssadrixn adsiviog
for bby Gen. 9: 16. 17: 7. — Ecclus,
45:15. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5 ysuovla aio
via. Diod. Sic. 1. 98 olxecis aiedrios.

b) spoken of time past, Rom. 16: 25
Ze6vore alarios, ancient ages, i.e. of old.
2'Tim. 1:9 and Tit. 1:2 x96 zodver
aiovlay, i... 96 aidvom, i.e. before
time was, from eternity ; see ale 1. b.
So Sept. for bbiy Ps. 24:7,9. Av.

*Axadtapola, as, 4, (dxdBagros
fr. a pr. and xaSagds,) uncleanness, im-
Purity, filth.

a) pp. ina physical sense, Matt. 23:
27. Sept. for min 2 Sam. 11: 4,

b) in a moral sense, pollution, Letod-
‘ness, a8 opposed to chastity, Rom. 1:24.
19, 2 Cor. 12: 21, Gal. 5: 19. Ep
4:19, 5:3. Col.3:5. 1 Thess. 4:7,
coll. v. 38q. So Sept. for rants Ez.
22:15, 36: 25, — Spoken of avarice,
1 Thess, 2:3, coll. v. 5.

* Anccdagrys, tHt06, 4, (syne. for
&xaFagérys,) uncleanness, filth, i.e. lewd-
nese; trop. of idolatry, Rev. 17:4 in
text. recept. Others ra dxdSagra.
8 TR and Sept. dea9agcia Ez.

*Axcdagros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and xaPaiga,) unclean, impure.

a) in the Levit. sense, see Lev. 5: 2,
and comp. Winer bibl. Realw. p. 570.
Bpoken of food, Acts 10:14. 11: 8
of birds, Rev. 18 2. So Sept. for #720
Deut. 14: 7. Lev. 11: 4.—So of persons
who are not Jews, or who do not be-
Jong to the christian community, Acts
10: 28. 1Cor. 7: 14. 2 Cor. 6: 17. See
“Ayuites 1... So Sept. and Heb. 820
1s. 52 1. Amos 7:17. Cf. “Axadagola.

b) in the pense of lewd, lascivious,

24

" Axagrtos

Eph. 5: 5. Spoken of idolatry, Rev. 17:
4 in later editions; comp. Aeaddgrys. In
this sense, partly, the devils or demons
are called xvevpara dxdFagta, unclean
or foul spirits, Matt.10: 1. 12: 43.
‘Mark 1: 23, 26,27. 3: 11,30. 5: 2,8, 13,
6&7. 7:25, 9:25, Luke 4:33, 36, 6:18,
8: 29. 9:42. 11: 24. Acts 5:16. 8: 7.
Rev. 16: 13, 18: 2. So Sept. for mand
Zech. 13: 2. For the origin of the ep-
ithet, see Gen. 6:2. Tob. 3:8. 6 14.
They are also probably so called as
being impious, wicked, é, Tob. 3: 8,
17. 6:7. and as the authors and objects
of idolatry, Sept. Ps. 96: 5. 2 Cor. 4: 4.
Baruch 4:7, .

Axaigéopar, coupe, (a pr. and
xaugds,) to lack opportunity, Phil. 4: 10.
It is a word of the later Greek, Lobeck
ad Phryn. p. 126,

* Axaipas, adv. (Exapos fr. pr.
and xaugds,) out of season. 2 Tim. 4:2
sixalges xalgws, in season and out of
season, i.e. whether men will listen or
not, comp. Ez. % 5, 7.—Ecclus. 35: 4
dxalgug ui copizov. Jos, Ant. 6. 7. 2

“Axaxos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
naxds,) void of evil, harmless, blameless,
well di Heb. 7:26. Sept. for Dm
Job 2: 3. 8: 20, — Diod. Sic. 13. 76.
Dem. 1153. 10.—In the sense of simple-
hearted, confiding, Rom. 16: 18. Sept.
for 19 Prov. 1: 4. 14: 15,

* Axor, 78, %i, (dx) point,) thorn,
Matt. 7:16. Luke 6: 44. Heb. 6: 8, coll.
Gen.3:18,where Sept.for Heb. 74). Ie.32
138.—So ontigew ént axdirdas etc. Matt.
18: 7 bis, 22. Mark 4:7 bis, 18. Luke
& 7 bis, 14, Sept. for vip Jer. 4:
tin Cant. 2: 2.—So orégavoy & dxcr—
Sy, crown of thorns, Matt. 27:29. John
19%: 2.—Diod. Sic. 5, 41.

* Axavdwos, ou, 6, %, adj. made
of thorns, Mark 15:17. John 19: 5. —
Sept. Is. 34: 13,

“Axagnos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (a pr.
and xagnds,) without fruit, barren, sterile.

a) pp. Jude 12 dédpa dxagno.—Sept.
Jor. &6 é yij Gxdgny. Polyb. 12, 3.2.

b) metaph. Y ielding no

it, ec. of knowledge, virtue, etc.
Matt. 13: 22. Mark 4:19. 1 Cor. 14: 14.
Tit. & 14. 2 Pet. 1:8.

* Auccracyveoot0s

“Tuardporis, ou, 6, %, adj.
(@ pr. and xareyiriioxw to condemn,)
PP. not toorthy of condemnation sc. by &
judge, 2 Mace. 4: 47, In N.'T. metaph.
trreprehensible, Tit. 2:8.

* Axataxéduntos, ov, 5, 4, adj.
(@ pr. and sorovadintes)

1 Cor. 11: 5, 18. — Sept. Dr. one
Polyb, 15. 27. 2.

* Axaraxgctos, ov, 3, 4, adj. (a
pr. and sataxpives, A
Pr. and serosa) uncondenned, Acts

“Axantidvros, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr.
and xarakio,) indissolvable ; hence,
enduring, , Heb, 7: 16. —
Dion. Hal. Ant,

10. 81 dxaréhvroy
xpetros Tig éxagzlas.

“Axardnavoros, ou, 6, %, adj. (a
pr. and xaranariw,) unable to desist, which
cannot be sc. from any thing ;
Para § 182. 4. 1, In 2Pet.

6 dxardxavetos 6,
eyes which cannot be restrained payne
Tascivious gazing. — Polyb. 4. 17. 4 dy
Sxaranatoroy otdceow,

"Axeracracla, aC, ty (cna
ova0s,) pp. instability; hence, disorder,
commotion, tumull, seddion, Lt Luke 21: 9.
1 Cor. 14: 33. 2 Gor. 12: 20. James 3:
aa So in 2 Cor. 6 55 where others

fer uncertainty of ive. exile.
Bone or for rity Prov. 26: 28. — Poly

*Axardorates, ou, 6, %, adj. («
pr. and xa®lorape:,) unstable, inconstant.
James 1:8 Sept. for 43 Is, 54: 11.
—Polyb. 7. 4.6,

“Axardozeros, ov, i, 4, adj. (a
Pr. and xwrizu to eoerce,) not coercible,

not to be restrained, James 3:
8, Did. Bic. 14. 53, 54. Jos. B. J. 2.

* Axeddoyec., indec. from the Byro-
Chaldaic bpn, n, field of blood, the
field purchased ee the money for
which Judas bad betrayed Jesus, and
appropriated as a place of burial for
strangers. Acts 1: 19.

4

"Axor

“Axipae, ou, &, %, adj. (a pr.
and xepees v. xegcvruus to mix,) pp. un-
mired, Eurip. Phoen. 950. In N. T.
metaph. artless, blameless, without guile.
Matt. 10: 16. Rom. 16 19. Phil. 2 15.
Jos. Ant. 1. 2. 2 dxdgaios Bloc. 1. 6. 2.
ib. 12.2.8 Diod. Sic. 18. 20.

* Axhoys, bo, ove, 8, Hy adj. (a
pr. and xddves,) not , unaoavering,
Heb.1023.—Pollux. .Onom.8.10 d:xaarys
Gxdenjg. Symmach. Job, 41:4. Aelian.
V.H. 12, 64,

_ Axpet fer, £ ow, dx, t0 fourish,

ripen, be in one’s prime, intrans. Rev. 14:
ee 17.9. Jos, Ant. 2, 2. 2,

* Axuny, adv. pp. accus. of dps,
point, sc. of a weapon, Hom. Il. 10. 173.
of time, acme, Xen. Anab, 4. 3. 26. cf.
Buttm. § 115, 4. To later writers and
in NT, for xa? arty zgovou af ts

point of time, i.e. yet, still, even
Mar. 15: 16.—Polyb. 1. 13. 12, Btrabo
1, 56, — See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 123,
Kypke Obs. I. p. 76.

* Axor, IS, 4, (dxobw,) 1. hearing.
or Saculty, of hearing,

2 Pet. & 8.—Xen. Mem.“

10,18 12:17,
1.4.6.

b) the instrument of hearing, the ears,
Mark 7: 35 et Luke 7:1 sig tas dxoas
t05 Aaot. Acts 17:20. Heb, 5: 11.2 Tim.
4:3 xvpSéperes chy dxorty, cf. write and
Buttm. § 181.6, 2'Tim. 4: 4—Ecclus.
27: 15, 2 Mace. 15:39, Jos. Ant. 7. 11.
4, Herodian. 4. 15. 3.—S0 dxof dxotea,
to hear with the ears, i.e. attentively,
Maw. 18:14. Acts 28:26. This is
Hebraism ; 90 Sept. for inf. sbeol. 9inq5
Ex, 15: 26. 19: 5. al.

2, that which is heard, viz, 9) thing

announced, instruction, teaching, preach-
ing. John 12: 38, coll. Is, 53: 1 where
Sept, for hsny. Rom. 10: 16, 17 bis.
So axoy nlotsas, i.e. doctrine taught
and received with faith, Gal. 3: 2,5.
Loyog axing iq. Moyos axovadsls, the
word taught and heard, 1 Thess, 2 13,
Heb. 4: 24-Xen. Hiero 1. 14.

b) from the Heb. rumor, report, Matt.
4:94, 14: 1,4: 6 Mark 1:28, 13: 7.
So Sept. for yay 2 Sam. 13: 30.
aay io 50: 43."—"Thue, 2. 41. Dem.

’

oe

y-

ate

Say

*Anodovi-éo .

" Axolovttéo, o, f. jou, (dxbtov-
Sos, fr. aof companionship, and xélev-
Sos way; Buttm. § 120. n.11,) to go
with, to }, to follow ; constr. c.
dat. or c. usta to0¢ Luke 9: 49. al. see
Lobeck ad Phryn, p. 353 2q.—or ©. ni
ow tsvd¢ Matt, 10:38. al. from the Heb.
vn a and Sept. 1 K. 19: 20, 21
Is. 45: 14.

a) genr. Matt. 4: 25. & 1. 9: 19, 27.
Mark 5: 24. 10:32. Luke 22:54. John
11: 81. -1 Cor. 10: 4. al. Sept for Dan
Roth 1:14. $yq> pory 1 Sam. 2:

— Xen. H.G.3.'4.
Dem. 608. 14,

b) spec. to follow a teacher, i.e. to be
or become the disciple of any one, viz.

(a) to accompany him personally, as
‘was usual with the followers of Jewish
doctors and Greek philosophers, Matt.
4: 20, 22, 9:9. 19: 27, 28, Mark 1: 18,
John 1: 41. Sept. for "7211 1 K. 19: 20,
21.—Bo Mark 9: 88 ofx dxolovdet ju,
i. e. he is not a disciple.

(8) to be.or become the disciple of any
one as to faith and practice, to follow
his teaching etc. Matt. 10:38. 16: 24.
Mark 8: 34, Luke 9: 23. John 8: 12.
12 26. — 2 Macc. 8: 36, Jos, Ant. 4.
6.11.

©) to follow in succession, to succeed,
Rev. 14: 8, 9,

d) spoken of thin, actions, etc.. to
accompany. Rev. 14: 13 14 84 Igya
adtay dxolovdid pet aitéy, their good
deeds accompany them, ac. to the judg-

eae

. Ment-seat of God, i.e. they bear them

with them and receive an immediate
reward. So viee versa Rev. 18: 5 jro-
Aovdyoay in the earlier editions ; others
read éxoldyjIncay.—Judith 12:2 za jx0-
AovOyxera por, i.e, ‘food which I have
brought with me? At.

*Anovoo, f. éxotow a later form
Matt. 13: 14, 15. al. see H. Planck in
Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 643, 666; better fut.
Gxotoouas Buttm. § 113, 4 and’ n. 7;
perf. dxijxoa Buttm. § 85.2, § 97. n. 5;
perf. pass. Fxouguos Buttm. § 98. n, 6;
aor. 1 pass. jxotcSyy. Comp.Winer §15.

1. to hear, a) intrans. i.e. to have the
Saculty of hearing, spoken of the deaf,
etc. Matt. 11: 5. Mark 7: 37. al. Rom.
11: 8 Gia too ps} Gxovew, ears unable to

26

* Anirio

hear. Matt. 13 14 dxofj dxotoese hearing
ye shall hear ; for this Hebraism see un-
der &xo#, and comp. Buttm, § 183. 3. 1.
Acts 28: 26.—Sept. for y77uj Ex. 15: : 28.
19: 5, al. —Matt. 13: 15 Bagéng dxovesy,
to be dull of hearing.—Xen. Mem. 4. 8.8.

b) transit. and either absol. or constr.
©. acc. or gen. of the thing heard and
usually c. gen. of the person from whom,
Buttm. §°132, 5. 3 and marg. note. Ine
stead of the gen. of thing, we find
seq. gen. Mark 5: 27. Acts 9: 13.—Xen.
Ansb, 2. 5, 26.— Instead of the gen. of
person, we have dmé seq. gen. Acts 9:
13. 1 John 1: 5.—Thue. 1. 125.—xaga
req, gen. John 8: 26, al. — Xen. Anab.
1. 2, 5. — é& seq. gen. 2 Cor. 12 6, —
Hom. Od. 15. 374. —to hear, to perceive
with the eara.

(a) gonr. Matt. 2: 9,18. 9: 12, 10:27.

(8) in the sense of to give ear, hear with
attention, listen, Mark 4:3. 7:14, 12
29. Acta 2: 22,— So in respect to a
teacher, Mark 6:20. Luke 15:1. 19:48.
Hence of dxotovtes, hearers, i.e. disci-

|, ples, Luke 6: 27. Hence

(y) by impl. to give heed to, to obey,
Matt.10:14. 17: 5. 18:15, Mark 6 11.
Luke 10: 16. John 5: 24. 18: 37. Acts
3: 22,23, 4:19. 1 John 4:5,6. al. So
Bept. and 913i Gen. & 17. Ex. 16: 20.
Deut. 11: 27. al, saep. 370% 2 Chr. 20:
1A. Ie, 48: 18—Eadr. 5: 0. Xen. Cyr.
8.6.1. Aelian. V. H. 3. 16.—Here be-
Jongs the phrase, 6 Byer ots, dea, dxov-
odra, whosoever hath ears, let him hear,

bof a arts ok ete. Rev. 2 7, 11,

3: 6, 13, 2. 13:9, Matt. 11: 15.
if 9,18. Comp. the phrases 5 Sav voir
Rey. 13: 18, and & yay coplay Rev. 17:
9, —In the writings of John spoken of
God, to heed, regard, i.e. to hear and
annver proyer, John 9: 31. 11: 41, 4%
1 John 5: 15. So 9728 Ps. 10:17 where
Sept. sicaxover.

2 to hear, i.e. to learn by hearing, to
be informed, to know.

a) genr. Matt, 2: 3,22, 4: 12, 5: 21,
27. 11:2. Mark 5: 27. 6:14. Acts 14:
14, 15: 24. al. So Sept. and 972y Gen.
41: 15. 42: 2.’— Spoken of instruction,
doctrines etc. John 8: 40, 15:15. Acts

* Axpaaia
1:4, 4:20. Rom. 10: 14,18. Heb. 2 1.
1 John 2 7, 2, coll. v. 27.—Pass. to be
heard of, i.e. to be reported, to be noised
abroad, ete. Matt. 26: 14. Mark 2: 1.
Lake 12:3, Acts 11:22 1Cor. 5&1.
Sept. for ny 2 Chr. 26: 15. — Xen.
Cyr. 1.1.4.

b) in a forensic sense, to hear, sc. as
a judge or magistrate, fo try, to examine
judicially, Acts 25:22, John 7: 51.

c) in the sense of to understand, com-
prehend, Mark 4: 33, John 6:60. 1 Cor.
14:2 Gal 4:21. So Sept. for 970
Gen. 11:7, 42: 23. — Aelian. V. H. 13.
45. Porphyr. de Abstin, Anim. 3. p. 248,

pay xogdxay dxovounwy: Tuggnrot
88 detdy. AL.

“Axpasia, as, %, (axgaris,) in-
continence, 1 Cor. 7:5, So Matt. 23: 25
where later edit, adixla, — Jos. Ant. 8.
7.5 niv tay ageodiaiay axpaclar. Ken.
Mem. 4. 5. 6.

“Axganjs, dos, aus, 5, % adj.
pr. and spator strength,) incontinent,
impotens aui,-2 Tim, 3: 3—Xen. Mem.
1-212, Clem. Alex. Strom. 1. 3.7.

H ot 4eoaios, ov, 5,4, aaj. (a pr. and
ssgdvvyus,) unnized, spoken of wine un-
diluted, 3 Mace. 5:2, InN. T. by im-
plic. strong, fiery, intoxicating, Rev. 1
10. So Sept. for mM [751 wine of
‘wrath Jor. 25: 15. for “ah Pa. 75: 9.

wen APB, as, thy (exgifiis,) ex

preciseness, extreme accuracy.
fat Seam o

fone 42: 4 dngrfeler rier xod ora-
DSpéi, exactness of balance and weights.
16: 25. Wisd. 12:1. Jos, Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Jos. Vit. 38, Ken. Oec. 8.17. Aclian.
V. H. 4. 3, — Others, severity, rigorous
discipline.

“AxgeBis, dos, ovs, 4, 4, adj.
(xgos, fr. dx point,) exact, accurate, pre-
cise; dxpsfioregor as adv. more accu
rately, more perfectly, Acts 18:26. 23:
1520. 24: 22. See Buttm. § 115.5. In
Acts 26: 5, xoré thy dxpspeordryy alge
ow, according to the most exact sect, i. e.
most exact and subtile in the exposition

27

* AxgoBvorla”

and observance of tay é9éy nad

ten in v. 3,— Jos, Ant. 2, 5.1. Polyb.
15. 13.2. Herodian. 1. 1. 2. — Others
severe, rigorous.

" AxgrBow, @, f. cham, (dxgepris,) to
know or do any thing accurately, Aquila
Is, 49: 16, Herodian. 1, 15.4. In N.
TT. to inquire accurately, assiduously, ab-
sol. and trans. Matt. 2:7, 16,i.q. axgifcig
Guidzo in v. 8—Xen. Occ. 20. 10.

” AxoBas, adv. accurately, assidu-
ously, perfectly, Matt. 2:8, Luke 1:3-
Acts 18: 25. 1 Thess. 5: 2.—Xen. Oec.
2.3, — In the sense of
Eph. 5: 15. Sept. for 2°01, well, Deut.
19: 18

* Axols, (og, %, alocust, Matt. 3:4.

Mark 1:6. Rev. 9: 3,7. Sept. for MAI
Ex. 10: 4, 126q. 944 Ie. 33: 4. Bled
Lev. 11: 22. S»Oty Joel 2: 25.
Jer. 51: 14,27. Locusts are one o! ha
most terrific of oriental coun-
tries; Ex.10:120q. See a full descrip-
tion of them in Calmet, Am. edit. Jabn
§23.1V. They are enumerated in Lev.
11: 22 among the living things which
are clean, and the use of which for food
was permitted to the Ieraelites; and
they are eaten in the East to the present
day.

“Axgoatyouy, tov, 14, (axgod~
owas to hear,) Lat. auditorium, place of
hearing, place of trial, Acts 25: 23.
Among the Greeks this word denoted
the place where authors recited their
works publicly, Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3.
23. 8 ; among the Romans it designated
place where public trials were held.

“Axpoarys, ov, 5, (axgodopas,) a
hearer, 0. §. Bxgoaris peariis Jos. Ant. 3,
5.3 InN. T. Expounis 200 ropow, oD
Iéyov, a hearer of the law, eto. i.e. one
who merely hears, but does not regard ;
Rom. 2:19. James 1: 22, 23, 25.—Thuc.
2 35 dxpouric turudes xab sdvous.

"AxpoBvorte, as, 4, (dxgor and
Pte to cover,) a word not found in pro-
fane writers. In N.T.

1, the prepuce, foreskin. Acts 11: 3
aapePvorlar Eyorses, i.e. uncircumcised

. _ Sept. for sy Gen. 17: 11,
14, Lev. 1% 13,—Judith 1: 10,

* Axpoyoriaios

2. state of uncircumeision, gentilism,
paganism, comp. Acts 11: 3.

1) pp. Rom. 2: 25,26 % dxgopvaria
avzov. 1 Cor. 7: 18,19. Gal. 5:6. 6: 15.
Col. 2: 13, That this refers to the ex-
ternal rite, and to the state of a gentile,
is shewn by the addition of oagt, in
Eph. % 113 and not to the uncircum-
cision of the heart, Deut. 10: 16.

b) by meton. preputiati, uncircum-
cised, i.e. the gentiles, pagans, a8 op-
posed to 7 sgetoys, the Jows ; Rom. 2:

26 init. 2:27. 3:30. 4:9, 10 bis, 11 bis,.

12 Gal. 2:7. Col. 3: 11. Eph. 2 11.
The Jews called all other nations in
scorn, uncircumcised ; Judg. 14:3. 15:
18. Is, 52:1.

"Axpoyovuaios, a, ov, (Sxgor
and yonla angle,) spoken of a stone,
U4S0¢, @ corner-stone, i.e. foundation-
stone, Eph. % 20. 1 Pet. 2: 6, coll. Ie.
28:16. So Sept. for mp9 73% Is. 28:
16, and AlS0¢ yemaios for the same,
Job 88:6. Sept. has also xepaly yorlas
for my tN7 Ps. 118: 22, coll. Matt,
21: 42, but this is the top-stone or coping.
— Our Lord is compered in N. T. toa
foundation corner-stone, in two different
points of view. First, as this stone lies
at the foundation and gives support and
strength to the building, so Christ, or
the doctrine of a Saviour, is called
Gxpoyeruitos se. M905, Eph. 2: 20, be-
cause this doctrine is the most impor-
tant feature of the christian religion,
and is the foundation of all the precepts
given by the aposties and other chris-
tian teachers. Further, as the corner-
stone occupies an important and hon-
ourable place, Jesus is compared to it,
1 Pet. % 6, because God has made him
distinguished, and has edvanced him to
adignity and conspicuousness above all
others.—Barnab. Ep. c. 6.

Axgo8 iniov, lov, 16, used ehief-
ly in plur, dxpoStra, td, (dxgor and
Sly, a heap,) pp. the first fruits ec. of the
earth, which were taken from the top
of the pile; Hesych. dxgoSlsor* dxag-
2h tr Sivay* Siveg 8b slaw of cugot
Tay mugéy nad xp9ir. Schol, ad Eu-
rip. Phoen. 213. — In N. T. the best of
the spoils, Heb. 7: 4. The Greeks were
accustomed after a battle to collect the

28

* Add Basrgor

spoils into a heap, from which an offer-
ing was first made to the gods; this
was the Hyvoy, Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 35.
Herodot. 8. 121, 122. Pind. Nem.7. 58.
GF. Potter Gr. Ant. Il. p. 108, Elsner
Obe. in N. T. If. p. 348.

“Axpos, a, ov, (dxiy) pointed ;
hence neut. 0 dxgoy as subst. a point,
end, extremity, Matt. 24: 31, Mark 13:
27. Luke 16:24, Heb. 11:21. So
Sept. for gp Deut. 4: 32, 28:64. Is.
18: 5.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2, 1.

* Axvdag, ov, 5, Aquila, pr. name
of a Jew born in Pontus, a tent-maker,
who, with his wife Priscilla, joined the
christian church at Rome. When the
Jews were banished from that city by
Claudius, Aquila and his wife retired to
Corinth, and afterwards became tbe
companions of Paul, by whom they are
mentioned with much commendation.
Acts 18: 2, 18, 26. Rom. 16: 3. 1Cor.
1619. 2 Tim. 4:19.

*Axugca, 6, f. cow, (a pr. and
xigos,) to deprive of authority, anmul, ab-
rogats, trans, Matt, 15: 6 évvoljy. Mark.
7:13 doyor, Gal. 3:17 diadyxqy. Sept.
for 959 Prov. 1: 26,—Esdr. 6: 82. Di-
od. Sic. 16. 24.

” Axwidvreoe, edv.(a pr. and seve
to hinder,) without hindrance, freely, Acts
28: 31.—Herodian. 1. 12.15. ib. 8.2.1.
Wisd. 7: 22 dxciivtos.

“Axav, axovoe, axor, (a pr.
and fxoy volens,) umoilling, invitus,
1 Cor. 9 17, — Sept. Job 14:17. Jos.
Ant, 1.18.9. Xen, Mem. 2 1. 17.

"Ada Baotgor, ov, 16, (aleo é
dddBacr90s,) alabaster, a variety of gyp-
sum differing from the alabaster of
modern times, Herodian.3. 15.16; comp.
Rees’ Cyclop. Hence, a bor or vase of
alabaster for }, “Herodot. 3. 20.
Athenaeus 6. 19. ib. 15. 13. coll. Plin. H.
N. 13.2.—In N.T. a vase for perfumed
ointment, made of any materials, as gold,
glass, stone, etc, Matt. 26:7. Mark 14:
3 bis. Luke 7: 37. — Aelian, V. H. 12.

18. Theos. Id. 15.114 zotoue ale
Bactea, Etym. Mag. adaBactgor~

oxsiiog 12 8 ddlou, # pogodsjay.—These
vases often bad a long narrow neck,

"Adatovela

the mouth of which was sealed; so
that when the woman is said to break
the vase, Mark 14: 3, we are to under-
stand only the extremity of the neck,
which was thus cloeed. Comp. Pollux

* Onom. 10. 11.

* Adatovela, ac, %, (ahatir,) os-
tentation, boasting, and by impl. arro-
gance, pride, James 4: 16. 1 John 2 16,
— Theodot. for mina Prov. 14: 3.
Symmach. for 2713 Job. 9:13. Wi
5:8, 2Macc. 9:8. Xen. Mem. 1.7.1.

* Adakav, ovos, 5, (ln, &ddopes
rove about,) pp. @ vagabond, mountebank,
comp. Passow. In N, T. a boaster,

Rom. 1: 30. 2 Tim. & 2
Sept. for ~*717 Hab. 2: 5. meet Job
28: 8.— Jos. Ant. 8, 10,4 date are
xel dvéqtos. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 12 where
Cyrus defines ddatiiy.

* Adacratla,, £. dow, (édaly or dladd
war-cry,) pp. to raise the of battle,
Sept. for 9°9\>4 Josh. 6: 20. Judg. 15:
14, Jos. Ant. 5.6.5. Ken. Cyr.3.2
9. Hence genr. to utter a loud cry,
@.g. of rejoicing, to shout, Sept. for
yyy Pa. 47: 2. 66: 1. Judith 14: 9—
In N. T. spoken of mournful cries, to
lament aloud, to wail, intrans. Mark 5:
88. So Sept. for vty Jer. 25: 34,
47; 2, — Spoken of cymbals, to give a
clattering, dlanging sound ; 1 Cor, 13:1
wipfoloy dlaldtor, clanging, clattering
cymbal,

* Ada Antos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (@ pr.
and Jadée,) unutterable, not to be ex-
pressed in words, Rom. 8: 26.— Anthol.
Gr. II. p.74 ed. Jac.

“Adados, ov, 5, adj. (o pr. and

Jodée,) dumb, Mark 7:37. So Sym-
mech. for Bhi Hab. 2: 18, — In Mark
9: 17, 25, nveipe Eador, dumb spirit,
‘a malignant epirit dumb or silent through
obstinacy, contrary to their usual char-
acter, coll, Mark 1:24, 34. 5:7. al.
hence Christ says this kind of demons
are difficult to be cast out, ¥. 29,—Plut.
de defect. Orac. 51, dhdlov xad xoxcd
mveipatos nisns.

“Alas, actos, x4, (a form of com-
mon life for dls, Gdés, 6,) salt.

8) pp. Matt, 5:13. Mark 49, 50 bis.

29

A dakavdges

Luke 14:34 bis, Sept for nbn Lev.213.

Judg. 9% 45. al. — Hom. Ii. 9, 214 dag.
b) metaph. wisdom and; both

in words and actions,Mark 9:50 ult. Col.

4: 6. Matt. 5: 13 Susis tore 16 Gas tig

Tris, ye are the salt of the earth, i.e, ye

‘are those who, by your instructions and

influence, are to render men wiser and
better ; just as salt imparts to food a
more wour.—Diog. Leert.
8.1.19.

* Adelgen, £. pss, to besmear, Hom.
Od, 12. hal 177.
trans .
Luke bs 38, 46 bis, John 11:2, 12:3,
James 5:14. Sept. for 1 Ez. 13: 10,
11,12. By Gen. 31: 13. al. pT
Sam, 12: 90; — Aelian, V. H. 38.
Xen. Oec, 10, 5.—The Jews were ac-
customed not only to anoint the head at *
their feasts in token of joy, but also
both the head and feet of those whom.
they wished to distinguish by peculiar
honour. In the case of sick pereons,
and also of the dead, they anointed the
whole body. Bee Ps. 23: 5. 104: 15.
Ecce. 9: 8. Judith 16 8. Gen. 50:2
Jobn 19: 40, Lightfoot. Hor. Heb. et
Tal. ad Matt. 6: 17 et Mark & 13, So
‘also the Greeks and Romans; comp.
Potter Gr. Ant. II. p. 385. Adam’s Rom.
Ant p. 444,

“Adexrogoporla, ae, 4, (Glin
tug and geri) cock-crowing ; pp. Ae-
sop. Fab. 79, 316, In N.T. put for the |
third watch of the night, about equidis-
tant from midnight and dawn, Mark 13¢
35. See in Pulawy. ef. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 333. — Niceph. Greg. 9. 14.284. C. —
On the form, see Lob. ad Phryn. p.229,

*AAdéxtmg, opoc, &, (Elextgos
eleepless,) @ cock, gallus, Matt. 26: 34,

is 74,75, Mark 14: 30, 68,72 bis. Luke

‘22: 84, 60, 61. John 13; 38. 18: 27. —
Aristoph. Vesp. 1490. — For the form,
see Lobeck ad Phryn. p, 229.

* Arekardpeus, hoc, 5, an Alex
andrine, i.e. a Jew of Alexandria, Acts
18: 24, Alexandria was much
frequented by the Jews, 20 that 10,000
of them are said to have been num-
bered among its inhabitants. Philo in
Flac. p. 971. GC. Jon Amt 19.52

-:5

* Adekevdgivos

Krebs-Obs. in N. T. p. 183. Celmet art.
Alexandria.

*Adetavdgivos, ov, 6, % adj.
Alexandrian, spoken ofa ship. Acts 27:
6, 28:11.

. Addkavdgos, ov, 5, Alexander,
pr. name,

1. of a man whoee father Simon was
compelled to bear the cross of Jesus,
Mark 15: 21.

2. of a man who had been High
Priest, Acts 4: 6.

3. of a certain Jew, Acts 19: 33 bis.

4. of a brazier or coppersmith, zal-
xais. 1Tim. 1:20. 2'Tim. 4:14.

“ Adeueor, ov, +6, (ahée to grind,)
fine meal, Matt, 18: 83. Luke 13:
‘Bept. for Hsp Num. 5: 15. Judg; 6:19.
— Jos. Ant. 3.6.6. Xen. Cyr. V.25,

“Adjdera, ag, 4, (dlnis 4.¥-)
pp. what is not concealed, but open and
known. Hence,

1. truth, i. ©. verity, reality, conformity
to the nature and reality of things, viz.

a) as evinced in ie relation of facts,
ete, Mark 5: 33 sleey atts néoay thy
adj Seay. — Jos, B. J. 7. 2
nuooy Gd 9e.0y, - Hina 5:33, 2Cor.
& 7 t Roy dindslag in speaking the
truth. So laksiy vjy dljSuay, to speak
the truth, Jobn 16:7. Rom. 9:1. Eph.
4:95. '1Tim.27. Sept, and nye
QChr. 18:15, 1K. 2% 16—So én? diy
Seas, of o truth, as the fact or event
shews, Luke 4:25. 22:59. Acts 4:27.
10: 34. Sept. for n2ntt Job 9:2. Is.
87:18. and 0 tai din Salaig 2 Maco. 3:9.
—Xen. Mem. 2 6.36, Plat. Apol. Soer.

8) spoken of what i true én ieelf
purity all error or falsehood. Mark
12: 32. Acts 26:25, Rom. 2:20 4 wég-
pars tig zriosus nob vig alaSslas by
19 ving, io. tig yreboeas tig Gly duriig,
the form of true in the law.
2 Cor. 7: 14 ult. 12 6. Col, 1:6, 2 Tim.
8. 3:7,8. 4: 4. coll. Ecclus, 4: 28,
4 2gSusa 106 eb the
truth, verity of the gospel, Gal. 2: 5, 14.—
Bo & léyos rig alyDelas, i.e. the true
word, true doctrine, ete. Epb. 1:13. Col.

2Tim. 215. James: 18 80
Sept. af érrolad cov air Suc for MINOR

2
31.

30

"Ady Peca

Ps. 119: 86. 6 vopos cov aiydue for
nyt Pe. 119: 142, Neh. 9: 13.

2 truth, i.e. love of truth, both in
words, conduct, etc. si , veracity.
Mott. 22: 16. Mark 12: 14. Luke 20: 21.
Jobn 4:23, 24, éy myriuars xab dlySele,
with @ sincere mind, with sincerity of
heart, not with external rites, coll. Sept.
and nye 1Sam.12:24. 1K.% 4, 3:6.—
John 8: 44 bis, ote Eozsy dlp Iue ey wits,
ice. he is a liar and loves not the truth.
Rom. 2:2 3:7. 15:8. 1Cor.5: 8.
2 Cor. 7:14 éy igdele. 11:10 tony
Gjoua X. & tol, ie. as I truly,
sincerely, follow Christ, Eph, 4:24 é
doubeyts tiie GAnOelas, in true and sincere
holiness, of. Butta. §123. n. 4, Eph. 5:
9. 614, Phil. 1: 18. 1 John 1: 6 ob
sovotuey HA aioe, twe do not act in
sincerity, i. jusBa. v8, 24. 3
18, 19. ons mvetpd dot 4 adijSeso,
ie. GAnSivdy, true, veracious. 2 John
1,38 3John 1. So Sept. for naw
2'Sam. 2: 6: Josh. 2 6. syn Pa, 36:52
2 Chr. 19: 9. — Ecclus. 7:20."

3. In N. T. especially, divine truth,
the faith and practice of the true religion 3
and called djjdee either as being true
in itself and derived from the true God ;
or as declaring the existence and will of
the one true God, in opposition to the
worship of false idols, Hence divine
truth, gospel truth, as to heathen
and Jewish fables; John 1:14, 17. 8:32
bis, 18 Thy GAp Saray, 8: 40,45, 46.
16 13. 17:17 bis, 19. 18:37 bia, wag é Gy
& tig alaSelas, every one who loves di-
vine truth. 18:38. Rom. 1: 18, 25, see in
“Abrala, 2 Cor. 4:2. 13: Bbis. Gal. [8:
1.) 5&7. 2 Thess. 2: 10, 12,13. 1 Tim.
24,7. 15. Tim. 225. Tit.1:1,
14, Heb. 10: 26. James1:18 3:14.
1 Pet. 1:22, 2 Pet. 1:12. 2:2 1John
2 21 bis, 2John 2 4, 3John 8,.—
Hence Jesus is called § aljuc, the

. teacher of divine truth, John
14: 6, — Esdr. 4: 33—Al 9 Gly due
spoken of God. Act. Thom. . § 26 xorg
Gly Felas. — 80 10 xvsipa tig aly Sslas,
spirit of truth, i.e. who declares or re-
veals divine truth, John 14: 17. 15: 26,
16 13. 1John 4:6. — So of éyvwxorag
thy GdySnay, who know the truth, i.e.
are disciples of Christ, 2Jobn 1. 1'Tim.
4:3. So Heb. gl end Bere dijo,

Adydeven
the trate religion, Pa. 25:5, 26: 3. 86: 11.
wee Gesen, Lex. Heb.— Clem. Alex.
Strom. prowm. § 1. ib. 1.5. Act. Thom.
$1 tots “IyBous sngitas niy adj Sucr.
4. conduct conformed {o the truth, in-

fegrity probity, virtue, a life conformed to

Precepts of religion. John 3 21 6
noun THY Eee dtjouar who acts uprightly,
‘opp. to 6 gatha nedoowr inv. 20. John
B44 by 3 dindelg obg Eorgnty, he did
not remain in his is Rom. & 8 et
1 Cor, 13:6, opp. to ¢Buxla. Eph. 4:21.
1 Tim. 6:5. James 5:19. 3 John 3 bis,
4,12. So Sept. and "13408 Ps. 119: 30.
nin'p3 Is. 26: 10. tin Prov. 28 6. —
Fabr. ‘Peeudepig. Vv, T. I. p. 604 olvos
Scacrpépes tov voir dnd rig Gly Pelas.

" AdnPevea, f. iow, (&ind%s,) to act
truly, speak the truth, be sincere. Gal. 4:
16. Eph, 4:15. So Sept. for ng nn.
Gen. 42: 16. Sept. Prov. 21:3—Philo
de Les. alleg. IL. p. 84. Xen. Cyr. 1.

"Adndis, gen. doc, ous, 6, 4, adj,
od pr. aud 19e,) pp. smnconcealed, open.

lence,

1. true, real, conformed to the nature
and realty of hinge Jobn 8: 16. 19: 35,
Acts 12: 9. So Sept. for nxt Prov. 2%
21, — Wied. 1: 6. Xen. Venat. 3.9, —
John 4:18 rotr alndic aIgmxas, i.e.
din 96s, Buttm. § 115.4. 1Jobn 2 8
— Hence also true, sc. as shewn by the
result or event, John 10: 41. Tit, 1:13.
2 Pet. 2: 22. — Hence credible, not to be
rejected, as , John & 31, 32,
& 13, 14,17, 21:24. SJohn 12% zag
1 Pet, 5: 12, a teacher, 2 Cor. 6: 8,
1Jobn 2: 27. So Sept. for n7& Dan.
8:26. phz Gen, 41: 3% Job'de 7, 8,
— Jos, Ant. 4. 8.15,

2. true, i.e. loving truth, sincere, vera-
cious. Matt. 22:16. Mark 12:14, John
3: 83, 8: 26. Rom. 3: 4.—Herodian. 1.
7.5.

3. true, ac.in conduct, sincere, upright,
honest, just, John 7:18. So Phil. 4: 8,
which others refer to no. 1. So Sept. in
Cod. Alex. for myx 2 Chr. 31: 20.
prre Is. 41: 26.

Bross, 2, Ov, (dndris.)

1. true, conformed fo truth, John 4: 37.
19; 85. In the sense of real, unfeigned,

31

Andas
not, Joh 17: 8 pbvos &I%Swig

Se ony Fite sha like
ioe tree 8 29, brats 5:20 ter. Rev.
3&7. So Sept. for nig Wits Is. 65: 16.
nate soy 2 Chr. 15:3. —"Spoken of
what is true in itself, genuine, real, opp.
to that which is false, pretended, ete,
John 1:9, 4: 23. 1John2%8. So 6
Gpmalos Jobn 15: 1, coll. Jer. 2 2.
Zech. 8: 3, where Sept. for nx. So
digros dx? odgavod John 6: 82, of which
the manna wes the So om
GiySury Heb. 8:2, i.e. the heay-
enly temple, after the model of which
the Jews that of Jerusalem as
built. Cf Wiad. 9: 8. Ecclus. 24: 8—12,
also 6 yadg 6 Gyiog in heaven, Test.
XII. Patr, in Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
1. p. 550. 80 14 dlgdiva dys Heb. 9:
24 in the same sense, as opposed to the
earthly copy; cf, Rev. 11:19, 15: 5.—
Luke 16:11 13 dqdwor, real, genuine
good, as opp. to the goods of this world.
— Aelian. V. H. 2.3.

2. true, ie. loving th veracious,
and hence worthy of credit, John 7: 28.
Rev. 3: 14. 19 9,11. 21: 5. M& 6
Sept. for AAR Prov. 12: 20,

8. trues i, e. sincere, upright, e. g. xag—
Sia, Heb. 10: 22, coll. Is, 38: 3 where
Bept. for bhw; and so Sept. for “03
Job % 3, 86 93 Job 27: 17.—Spok-
enof a judge orji upright, just,
Rev. 610. 15:3. 167. 19:2, SoSept.
for m2%0e Is. 25: 1. 50: 4. piv Deut.
25: 15. prys Ezra 9: 15.—Esdr. 8: 89,
Song of 3 Childr. 7.

* AdjSeo, £. jo, (2 later form for
dw, Lob. ad Phryn. p.151,) togrind,
sc. with a hand-mill, Matt. 24:41. Luke
17: 35. Sept. for Jno Judg. 16: 21.
Ece. 12: 3, — Diod. Bic. 3. 13. — The
gtinding in the east is mostly done by
female slaves; see Jahn § 138, 139.
Calmet art. Corn.

“Addis, adv. (din dys,) truly,
really, i.e. in truth, in very deed, certainly,
Matt. 14: 33, 26: 73. 27: 54. Mark 14:
70. 15:39. John 1:48, 4:9842 6:
14, 55 bis, 7:26 bis, 40, 8:31. 17:8
Acts 1211, 1Thess. 2:13. 1 John &
5.—Bo admits Aya, to speak with cer

tainly, assuredly, Luke 9: 27. 12 44.

‘Adavs

21: 3.—Bept. for par Jor. 28: 6. RY
Peres ae Ae

‘Aduus, hos, 5, (ads ven, ddsos *

marine,) a fisher, fisherman, Matt. 4: 18,
19. Mark 1: 16,17, Sept. for avy Jer.
16 16, 344 Ez. 47: 11. — Xen. Occ.
16.7.—The apostles were metaph,fshers
of men, because they brought men to be-
come followers of Christ ; comp. dy-
gevssy doris, xatznua, etc. Sept. Jer.
51: 41. Ecclus. 27: 19. and Lat. venari,
Hor. Ep. 1. 19. 37. See Loesner Obs.
inN.T. p.&

‘Ahaveo, f. voaw, (ddisis,) to fish,
absol. Jon 21:3. Sept. for x77 Jer. 16:
16,

“AakKeo, f. tows, (dds salt,) to sprinkle
with salt, to preserve by salting. Pass.
Mark 9: 49 Svala ame Ghodjoras,
every victim offered to God is to be
sprinkled with salt; comp. Lev. 2: 13,
where Sept. for nba. — Matt, 5:13 dy
tin dhoSyjoscas, spoken of salt which
has become insipid, how can if be itself
preserved or recovered?—Hence metaph,
Mark 9: 49 még yd mugh dhicSqostas
for every one shall be seasoned, tried, with
Yee, i.e. the wicked with eternal fire
(v. 47, 48); while every Christian shall
be tried, perfected, by suffering, 0 a8 to
become acceptable in the sight of God;
just as every victim is prepared for sac-
Tifice by being sprinkled with salt. On
this loc. vexatisn, see Kuinoel and Ols-
hausen.

“Adloynua, atoc, 16, (aboyin
to defile, not found in profane writers,
but in Sept. for ba Dan. 1: 8. Mal. 1:
7, 12, and Ecclus. 40: 29. prob. fr. &lleo
to roll about,) in N. 'T. deflemert, pol-
lution, abomination, spoken of meat sac-
rifieed to idols, Acts 15: 20, coll. v. 29
where it is sidaléGurc. The apostle
here refers to the customs of heathen
nations ; among whom, after a sacrifice
had been completed, and # portion of
the victim given to the priests, the re-
maining part was either exposed by the
owner for sale in the market, or be-
came the occasion of a banquet, either
im the temple or at his own house ; see
Schoettgen. Hor. Heb. in loc. et ad
1Cor. c.8. Hom. Od. 3. 470. ib. 13.

32

* Aaaa

96, 97. Kuinoel in loc.—Hesyoh. és

oyna Tis prradsjpens ty pocapéy
ir,

* Adda, an adversative particle fr.
dos, neut. plur. da, and hence indi-
cating a reference to something else. It
serves therefore to mark opposition or
antithesis, and transition. It is less fre-
quent in Sept. than in N. T. as there is
no corresponding particle in Hebrew.
In N. T. it signifies buf, in various
modifications, viz.

1, but, as denoting antithesis or tran-
sition.

a) in direct antith. after the neg.
part. qi, uy. Matt. 4:4 ota én Gore pore
Bhorras’ vO pero, GAT ty novel Gipats,
Matt. 5: 17 ov Sor xataliom, alla
mingdoas. al. saep. 80 Sept. for} Job
88: 11, *p 1 Sam. 6 3.—2 Mace. 10: 4.
—So 08 udvor—ddde nal, not only—but
also, John 5: 18, 11:52, 12 9. enep.
Phil. 1: 18 av tobry [od wdvor] zalpea,
GAG xad zagyoopas.

b) in emphatic antith. after a full
negation, but, but rather, but on the con-
trary. Luke 1:60 bys: cldce xdepSyjoeven
"Iuaveng. 13: 8, Rom. 3: 81 uy yérosto
GALS vopor lordpay. Luke 13: 5. 18: 13
John 7:12, Acts 16:37. 19:2 of 34
shroy mgs airév~ [oizt*] alt obdé
xt, Rom. 3 27. 7:7. et passim.
So in the beginning of a clause which
asserts the cont of what precedes,
Luke 14: 10, 13. Acts 2: 16. 1 Cor. 1%
22. 1 Pet. 2 20. for Job
3% 8—So Galt oi, a ae Tce
tively, non potius? not rather? Luke
17: 8. Heb. 3: 16,

c) often and chiefly used where the
discourse or train of thought is broken
off or partially interrupted ; comp. Wi-
ner § 57.4. E.g.

(a) by an objection, Rom. 10: 18, 19,
1 Cor. 15: 35. Sept. for bbw Job 11:
5. — Xen. Mem. 1.2.9, Gyr’. 3.11.
ib. 1.6.9,

(8) by & correction or limigation of
what precedes. Mark 14: 36 1
«6 monigioy dot duod robto* aad ov sh
276) Sil. v. 49 Gide: [z0ir0 tyévero] fre
ningudéow ab ygagal, Jobn 11: 11, 15,
2, Rom, 11:4, 1 Cor. 8: 7. Phil. 227.
9, Pei. Sept. for b2i S] Ezra 10:

“Adda

(7) by some phrase modifying or ex-
bat precedes; especially after
Bi, veg vy Matt. 24:6 deh dg, mdvte
yeriadas’ Gad oie dori 15 vélog, Mark
8 13 “Hilas piv ddév ngénor, éaxona-
Stotg narra *— dldd Liye ‘ui, John
38! 20 ipiig 04 Lumiere, Git § dinm
aig zagay yernostas. John 11: 30.
os 42, Luke 21:9. Acts 5:13, 1Cor.
4:4. 7:7, 14:17, saep.— Not unfre-
quently uév is omitted, John 3:8. 8: 37.
16: 33. Rom. 10:2. 1Cor. 3:6 6:12
2 Cor 4: 8,0, et passim. So Sept. 18am.
15: 30. 29: 9.

(8) by an interrogation as Matt. 11:
8, 9, ab deiddera ais viv Temor Sedoa-
oa; xdlopor x. 1. 1. — ada ah esi
Dane idsiv ; ErIqumor x, +, 1. — Gade th
ab; Sere Wein ; Luke 7:25. CL Kypke
Obs. L. p. 59.

(2) by ay phrase of incitement, urging,
ete. where it is followed | by an imperat,
Acts 10: 20 ada & Gvactag xatd pnts xat
zeogstou cir avtois, but arise now and go
down and go with them. 26: 16. Matt.
9:18. Mark 9:22. 16:7. Luke 22: 36.
So Sept. Job. 12: 7. 36: 21. 40: 15. —
‘1 Mace, 10: 56. Jos, Ant. 5. 8.6. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.13 ib. 224. ib. 5. 5. 24.
—Cf. Palairet Obs. in N. T. p. 128, 298.
Krebs Obs. p. 208.

4) Gidd is employed to mark a tran-
sition to something else, without direct
antithesis, ©. g. Mark 14: 28 did pera
18 dyepFijvas jst, mgodio tpas tic sy
Taldaley. John 16: 7. Acts 20; 24.
1 Cor. 8: 6. 9:12. 10:5, 2 Cor. 1:9.
et eaep. So Sept. Is, 43: 17. Job. 36:
10.—So after an interrogation implying
a negative. Jobn 7: 48 oj us dx tév
ozortmy inlossvoey tis wiry; Gad 6
Bzhog obtos x. 7. 2. Ror 35-37.
1 Cor. 10: 20. Sept. Job

2. but, i.e. as continuative, | but now,
but indeed, but further, moreover.

a) genr. as marking a transition in the
progress of discourse. Mark 13: 24,
Luke 6: 27. 11: 42. John 6: 36, 64.
Rom. 10: 16. Gal. 2:14. Eph. 5: 24.
Rev. 10: 7. et passim, Sept. for "yx
1 Sam. 16: 6, — Jos. Ant. 5.10. 4. —
Hence cdi? ei but if, but if indeed, 1 Cor.
% 21. 1 Pet. 3: 14.—80 adv of, neither,
but neither, John 10: 8. Gal. 2 3, Sept.
Job 32: 21,

5

33

“Addcoow

b) emphatically, where there is a gra-
dation in the sense, but still more, yea,
even, and with a neg. nay, not even.
Luke 23: 15 ob8éy edgar tv 2g dvPqumy*
— ad obs Hosidns. Jobn 16: 2 éxo-
ewraydiyous norjoovsw tas" a
gatos Goa xt. 1, Luke 12:7, 16 21.
QCor.7: 11. Phil. 3:8 Gidd piv oby xal,
yea indeed and therefore I count, etc.

3. yet, nevertheless, at least, yet as
auredly, in an apodosis after the condi-
tional particles ah day, ete, Rom. 65 a
ciugeros yeyéraper 1G Syouspots tot
Sardtrov abtod, Gldd xa tis dvartdasag
doipeda, assuredly also. 1 Cor. 4:15,
9: 2 ed Gddors odm syst dndotolos, dddd
ye tpi sil. Mark 14: 29, 2 Cor. 5: 16.
11: 6. Col. 2 5.—1 Macc. 2:20. Lu-
cian. Pisc. 24, Aelian. H. An. 11.31.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 3, 14. cf: Kypke Obs. IT.
197. — Sometimes the protasis must be
supplied ; ©. g. Acts 15: 11 dads — m-
otevopey cody, i.e. [although we
observe the law only in part] yet we hope
to be saved even as they. Rom. 5:
[although sin is not imputed a
there is no law,] nevertheless, death
reigned, ete.

4. GA’ 7, after a negative, other than,
exeept unless, (pp. i-g. ta dla %,) Mark
9: 8 oinéts obdéva elB0¥, adda [i] tor
*Inaoiw pévor. 1 Cor. 3: 5 tly oy dots
Taihos, ths 58 “Anodes, GAL 4 Srcixovor.
Luke 12: 51. 2Cor. 1:13 So Sept.
aad 7 for Dy Num. 13: 28. 23: 13.
anbar Deut. 4: 12 $38 Dan. 10:7, 21.
2 Chr. 19: 3. DRT Chr. 18: 30.
21: 17.—1 Mace, 9: 6, 9. Xen. Anab. 7.
7.53. Cf. Herm. ad Viger. p.812. A.

* Addeioow, or @Adatta, f. dtu,
(Bdog,) to change, trans.

8) pp- do change, se. the form or ne-
ture of a thing, fo transform. ¢. g. nr
qanjr, the voice or tone, Gal. 4:20. So
to change for the better, Pass. 1 Cor. 15:
51, 52. Sept. for ‘Jor Jer. 13: 23.
‘Wied. 12: 10.—or for the worse, to cor-
ri eante to decay, e. g. of odgavol Heb,

12, i.e. the heavens shall grow old,
hee their splendour, decay ; cf. Ps. 102:
‘27, where Sept. for Rn, coll. Is. 51: 6.
— Wiad. 4: 11. —So ddldges 16 23y, to

the customs, i. e. do them away,
Acts 14. So Sept for Chald. nuvi

, Addazoter

Ezra 6: 11,12.—Diod.Sic. 1.73, Lucien.
Dial. Deor. 4. 2.

b) to change, sc. one thing for another,
to exchange, “Rom. 1:23 iidakay ry
Beker Sov ev Spousuers, they changed
the glory of God for an image, i.e. set up
an image in place of the true God. So
Bept. diddoow é, for 737 Ps. 106: 20.
Gil, c. dat. for 9°71 Lev. 27: 10, 33,
of earmentssf for Atm Gen. 41: 14.2 Sam.

1 AWB, eve.
tai ot

adv. from another
place, aliunde, John 10: 1. — Sept. Eath,
4:14. Jos. Ant, 4.8.21, Aelian. V. H.
6.2.

Adnyopéo, o, f joo, (&dog
‘and éyogstw,)to , epeak in an al-
legory. Gal. 4: 24 atevd éoriy Glanyogot-
peva, which things are said allegorically,
in a mystical sense-—Jos, Aut. proem. 4.
Porphyr. Vit. Pythag. p.185. Clem.
Alex. Protr. 11 391s dlinyogeitas 4 80rs)
dnt yaotéga Egnoven. id, Strom. 5. 11.
Not found in Sept. —'The Jews of the
age of our Saviour, as also many of the
later fathers, supposed that all the nar-
rations of the O. 'T. were susceptible of
‘an allegorical interpretation.

“Addniovix, Alleluia, Heb.
mnathy, Hallelujah, praise ye Jehovah.
Rev. 19: 1,3,4,6. Cf. Pa. 104: 35. —
Tob. 13: 18,

* Addjdeoy, Gen. Plur. of a recipr.
pronoun ; Dat. ous, ais, og ; Accus. ous,
ag, « ; each other, one another. Matt. 24:
10, Jobn 15: 12, 17.et ssepiss. Buttm.
§ 74. 4.—Xen. Occ. 8.13, AL.

*Addoyerijs, é08, 6, %, adj. (dos
and yévos,) of another race, or nation, i. e.
not a Jew, Luke 17: 18, coll. v.16. Sept,

-for 1 Job 15:19. Ex. 29:33. 9237-73
Ex. 12: 43. Is. 56: 3,6,

“Adhouan, f. éotpar, aor. 1 jld-
tw (Buttm. p. 266), to leap, jump, spring,
intrans, Acts 8:8. 14:10. Sept. for 3rd
Job 610. m>¥ 1 Sam. 10: 10.—Wisd.
5:21. Xen. Anab. 5. Y. 5.—Spoken of a
fountain, John 4: 14, So Lat. salio, Virg.
Eel. 5. 47.

“Adds, 9, 0, other, not the same.

34

* Addorguos

a) without the article, -other, another,
some other. (a) simply, Matt. 2: 12 32
Gang d8ot. 13: 38. 26:71. 27:42. Gal
1:7, ot saepiss.—another, sc. of the same
kind, Mark 7: 4,8. John 21:25. an-
other besides, Matt. 25: 16,17. Mark 12:
32. 15:41. John 6:22. 14:16 didoy
magdxlroy. al. eaep. — 80 a8 marking
succession, i.e. in the second or third
place, Mark 12: 4,5. Rev. 12:3. 13:11.
— John 20: 30 mold pay oy vad Gilder,
i.e. not only these, but also others; for
this xal see Herm. ad Viger. p. 838, —
Sept. chiefly for “hx, as Gen. 41: 3.
Num. 23:13, 1K. 13: 10. — Herodian
8.5.13, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 15. — (8) die-
tributively, when repeated or joined with
other pronouns; e.g. ovtos—Bios, thie
—that, one — another, Matt. 8: 9. of
py — Gildor 3é, some, — others, Matt. 16:
14, GiAdor—aAA01, some—others, Matt.
18: 5—8, Mark 4:7,8 6:15. 8: 28.
1 Cor. 12:8, 9, 10.—So Acts 2: 12 altos
™90¢ GAdor,one to another. Acts 19: 32
et 21:34 Glos piv ovv dhdo ts Exoator,
tome cried one thing, and some another.—
Xen. Anab. 2. 1. 15. Wisd. 18: 18 gos
Glozi.

b) with the article, 6 GAdos, etc. the
other, Matt. 5: 39. 10: 23. 12:13,
John 18: 15, 16. et passim. — Rev. 17:
10 6 Gidos, the other, the remaining one.
So of clos, the others, the rest, ceteri,
1 Cor. 14: 29, John 21: 8, al. saep. —
Xen.Cyr. 3, 3. 4. Cf, Buttm. §127. 5, Ax.

“Addorguentoxonos, dnov, 4,
(Gidorei0s, énloxoros,) found ouly in
N.T. 1 Pet. 4: 15, where it is spoken of
oue who suffers, not ds Xgurtiavdg, but
as dldorgluy éxloxonos, i. e either an in-
apector of foreign or strange things, a di-
rector of heathenism, etc. or elso one who
busies himself with tohat does not concern
him, a busy-hody, in the sense of seditious,
factious, So dllotguongayia, Passow.

* Addorguoe, éa, cov, (eAdos,) ali-
en, not one’s oron.

1a) pp. another's, belonging to another,
diferent, Luke 16: 12. John 10: 5 bis,
where it may be rendered as
in Ecclus; 8: 18.—Rom. 14: 4. 15: 20,
2Cor. 10: 15, 16. 1 Tim. 5: 22. Heb.
9: 25, Sept. for 91 Prov. 7:5. Ps. 109:
10. “yi Hos, 8: 12 — 1 Mace. 15:

‘A ddogudos
B Herodian, 5.7.4, Xen. Cyr. 3.

__b) strange, foreign, not one’s own; e. g.
7 Acts7:6, Heb.11:9. So Sept. for? 23
Ex.2 2. 18: 3 “ng Deut. 31: 18, 21.
— Wisd. 19: 15. Ecclus. 14: 34. —
Spoken of persons who do not to
one’s own family, strangers, Matt. 17: 25,
26. So Sept. for my Ps. 49: 11.

c) by impl. hostile, an enemy, in N. T.
with the idea of impiety, i.e. heathen
enemy, gentile, Heb. 11: 34. So Sept.
for 1 Ps. 54: 3 "952 1K. & 41.
Ezra 10: 2, Comp. Ecclus. 21: 25. 29:
21. 1 Mace. 1:38. — Diod. Sic. 18. 23.
Xen. Anab. 3. 5, 5.

"AAR pvios, ou, 6, %, adj. (dos
and puli or gihoy,) of another race or
nation, i.e. not a Jew, Acts 10:28, Sept,
for 122 4g Is. 61: 5. 1953 Is. 2 6.
Dye, Syria, 2 K. 8: 28.—2 Mace. 10: 2,
5."Jos, Ant. 1. 21. 1. ib. 4, 8.2 Diod.
Sic. 1.35. Thuc. 1, 102.

“Addeos, adv. otherwise, 1 Tira. 5:
25 ti Gdhos Eyovta wc. tga, which are
otherwise, i.e. ob xake Zgya.—Sept. Job
14:12, Esth. 1: 19, 9:27, Dem. 1466.5,

* Ahocto, &, fou, to drive round in
a cirele, especially oxen etc. upon grain,
in order to thresh it, to thresh with oxen
ete, trituro, abeol. 1 Cor. 9:9,10, 1 Tim.
5: 18. Sept. for way Ie. 41: 15. wry
Deut. 25:4. J77y Jer. 51: 53. — Xen.
ce. 18. 2,3,4.—See Calmet art. Thresh-
ing. Jabn § 64.

“Adoyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
26706, without reason, i.e.

8) irrational, brute. 2 Pet. 2:12. Jude
10 Ghoye téa.— Wied, 11:16. Xen.
Hiero 7. 3.

b) unreasonable, absurd, Acts 25: 27
Eloyor yég yor doxsi—Ios. Ant. 3. 1.5.
Diod. Sic. I. 40. Xen. Agesi. 11.1.

* Aion, is, tb vulg. Euladoy,
Gyaldszoy, aloe, excoecaria agallochon
Linn. the name of a tree which grows
in India and the Moluccas, the wood of
which is highly aromatic. It is used
by the Orientals as a perfume ; and was
employed by the Egyptians for the pur-
poses of embalming. The most valu-
able species are the calambac and garo.

35

* Aagaios

It is, of course, entirely different from
the herb which produces the aloce of
the shops. John 19:39. Heb. p*s71
v. nibry Num, 24:6. Ps. 45: 9. Prov.
7: 17." Cant. 4: 4, See Calmet .art.
Moe.

"Ads, dies, 1, salt, Mark 9: 495
see “Alas. Sept. bad nity Gen. 14: 5.
Lev. 2 13.

“Aduxos, 1), Ov, (dkixn sea, froma
Gs) of the sea; by impl. salt, bitter,
James 3:12, Sept. for m7 Num. 34:.
3, 12.

“Ahunos, ov, 6, %, adj. (o pr. and
Aimy.) free from sorrow. Phil. 2:28 xayé
Gdundreg0s &, that I may be less sorrowful.
—Xen. Hiero 9. 9.

“Aduote, ecs, 4, (pp. divers fr. o
pr. and Ava, Greg. Cor. p. 523,) a bond,
@ chain.

a) pp. Rev. 20; 1. Acts 21: 33. —
Jos, Ant. 3.7.5, Xen. Eq. 10. 9. —
Spoken espec. of chains for the hands or
(feet, manacles, shackles, Mark 5: 3, 4 bis.
Take & 29, Act 12:6,7. , +

b) trop. imprisonment, state
custaty Eph. 6:20. 2Tim. 1:16, prob.”
Acts 28: 20. — Trop. Wied. 17: 17.

*Advotredys, 05, 6, 4, adj. (w
pr. and Avoitelas,) pp. yielding no gain,

3 hence by impl. hurtful, de-
structive, Heb. 13: 17. — Xen. de Vect.
4.6. Diod. Sic. 1.35.

"Adgaios, atov, 5, Alpheus, pr.
name of two men in N. T.

1. of the father of James the less,
Matt. 10:3. Mark 3:18, Luke 6: 15.
Acts 1:13; and husband of Mary the
sister of our Lord’s mother, Mark 15: 40,
coll, John 19: 25 where he is called Kio
nas, and comp. Matt. 27: 56. Luke 24:
10. From these passages it appéars that
the mother of James was the sister of
Jesus’ mother, and wife of Alpheus
or Clopas; these two names being
different modes of pronouncing the Heb.
name "p>1, which Matt. and Merk give
without the aspirate, ’Al@atos, as Sept.
*4yydios for 13m Hag. 1:1; while John
exchanges them for the Greek X, as
Sept. in pods for QR 2 Chr. 30: 1.

“Ala

‘2. of the father of Matthew or Levi,
Mark 2 14,

“Ahwv, vos, § and %, (also dus,
gen. Glen 6, %,) @ threshing floor, area,
Sept. for }74 Gen. 50: 10, 11. Xen. Occ.
18.6,78.—In N.T. by meton. the produce
of the threshing floor, corn, grain, Matt.
3: 12. Luke 3: 17. So Sept. and 7s Job
89:12. Sept. Ex. 26: 2, Ruth 3:2. Judg.
15: 5.—Bee in “Alodo.

* Adewnngt, ros, i, @ for, Matt.
8: 20, Luke 9: 58. Sept. for b91D
Judg. 15: 4. Ez. 13: 2,—Aelian. V. H.
1.5. — Metaph, a shrewd, cunning man,
Luke 13: 32. Plut Sulla 28. Palaeph.
de Incred. 8.

“Adware, ewe, i, (ddoxe,) capture,
2 Pet. 2:12, So Aquila for yy Job

24: 5. wen Jer. 50: 46, — Jos. Ant. 2,
10,2, ib. 5.1.5 njy dhoow tig n6-
dew,

" Auc, adv,and prep. (Buttm. §146.
2) together, together with, viz.

a) as adv. spoken of time, at the
same time, Acts 24:26, 27:40. Col. 4:3.
1 Tim. 5: 13. Philem.22.—Xen. Mem.
2.3.19. — Spoken of persons, ete. to-

», in company, ete. 1 These, 4: 17
Gye avy aitois dgnaynodpeda dy veqi-
Aais. 5:10. Rom. 3: 12 navtec éSéxlivay,
Spe typusIouy, they are altogether be-
come unprofitable, coll. Pe. 14: 3 where
Sept. for 172; and so Gen. 13: 6.
22: 6. al.

b) as prep. with, together with, c. dat.
Matt. 18: 29 poymore ua acinois exqutel-
conta tov otro. So Sept, for Hq? Deut.
33:5. yt Jer 31:24, — Joa, Ant. 5,
7.4 Giga yovast xa},rievois. ib. 4.7. 1.
—Matt. 20: 1 deqSev Gyo smpoit, with the
down. — Jos. Ant. 6. 3.5 dua fo, So
Gua th quigg Mic. 2:1. 1 Macc. 4: 6.
Jos, Ant. 6.3. 5. Spa 16 jilg Neb. 7:3.
Cf. Kypke Obs. I. p. 98.

"Auadys, 0g, 6,4, adj. (a pr. and
parScve,) unlearned, uninstructed, 2 Pet.
3: 16.—Aelian. V. H. 2.8. Xen. Mem.
1, 2.49,

" Amagavrevos, ov, 6, i, adj. (a
pr. and papalropay) unfading ; hence,
cndring, 1 Pet. 5: ‘’4—Philostr. Heroic.

36

‘Apc grnuce

“Audoorros, ov, 5, %, adj. (i. q-
dyagdrrves,) unfading ; hence, endur-
ing, 1 Pet. 1: 4.—Wisd. 6; 12.

“Auagrave, f. dpagriow (Buttm.
§112, 13),a0r. 1 fyucigryva, aor.2 jjpagror.
The forms éuagnjcw and sucgrnoa be-
long to the later Greek ; the earlier form
was duagnicouas otc. Lobeck ad Phryn.
p. 732. Buttm. §113. n. 7. §114.—Apag-
tdiveo is pp. to miss, err from, sc. a mark,
the way, etc. Xen. Cyr.1.4.11. Hom.
Il. 8, 311. Hence in N. T. metaph.

1. to err, to swerve from the truth, go
wrong, abeol. 1 Cor. 15: 34 nat yi wag
savers, i.e. beware lest ye be drawn into
exrors, 8c. of faith, of which the apostle is
speaking. Tit. 3: 11.—Jos. B.J. 4. 4.3
otx dy duagroips sinciy, I should not be
wrong in saying. Ant. 3.7. 6,7.

2. to err in action, in respect to a pre-
scribed law, i.e. to commit errors, to do
wrong, to sin.

a) genr. to sin, spoken‘of any sin,
abeol. Matt. 27: 4. John 5:14. 8: 11.
9:2,3, Rom. 2:12 bis, 3:23, 5:12, 14,
16. 6:15. 1 Cor. 7: 28 bis, 36. Eph.
4:26. 1 Tim. 5:20, Heb. 3: 17, 10:26.
1 Pet. 2:20. 2Pet.24. 1 John I: 10.
2: 1 bia, 3: 6 bis, 8,9. 5:16, 18. So Sept.
for wan Ex, 9: 28, 35. al. saep. — So
dyagravav épagriay, to sit a sin, 1 John
5:16, Buttm, § 131. 3, So Sept. for
pet OM Lev. 4: 14, 23,28, Ex. 32

, 30.

b) 804, eis, c.acc. to sin against any one,
to offend, to wrong; Matt.18: 15,21. Luke
15: 18, 21. 17:3, 4. Acts 25:8. 1Cor. 6:
18. 8:12 bis. So Sept. for + Nom Gen.
20: 6,9. 43:9, 1 Sam. 2 28.—Ken. H.
G. 2.4. 21.

¢) duagrdvey aveiméy twv0¢, from the
Heb. to do evil in the sight of any one,
i.e. to sin against, to wrong, as above.
Luke 15: 21. So Sept. for > Ron
18am. 7:6. 12:28. and 80 Erarts'v. =
aytloy tsv0g¢ Deut, 1: 41. 20: 18, Gen.
89: 9. toi 1 Sam. 14:33, 34.—Susan. 23
dvcimioy tot xuglov.

“Apagrnua, arog, 1, (épog-
tdve,) pp. @ mistake, miss, Polyb. 34. 3.
i. pata 89. In N.T. metaph. on

ain, transgression. Mark 3: 28, and
+29 in Man 4:12 Rom, 3: 25. 1 Cor.

“Apmagria

€& 18, Sept. for nxt Gen. 31: 36. al.
saep. 59 Ex. 28: 38. al. tq Is. 58: 1.
al. eaep——Wisd. 2:12. 17: 3.’ Jos. Ant.
3.8.10. B.J. 4.5.5.

Apagrla, as, 4, (dpigriva,) pp.
miss, failure, etc. Tn N.'T. metaph. ’

1, aberration from the truth, error j
John 8: 46 wig dldyzes us nept Suagtlas ;
a it is opp. to 4 ddjSe. John 16:

9.—Thue. 1. 32,

ain, i.e. aberration from a pre-
scribed law or rule of duty, cither in
general or spoken of particular sins, etc.

a) genr. Matt. 3:6. 9:2, 5,6. Mark
1:4,5. 1Cor. 15:3, Heb. 4: 15. al.
seep. Sept. for metwgty Gen. 18: 20. al.
saepias. 759 Gen. 15: 16. al. JzQ Is, 53:
5.—John 9:34 by duagslas oi dyermpcins
Blog, thou art wholly born in sin, i.e. art
a sinner from the womb; cf. Ps. 51: 7.
58:"Fsle. 48: 8, and for the opp. Wisd.
8: 19, 20. Ecclus, 44: 10 sq.—So mousiv
Guagtay, to commit sin, 2 Cor. 11: 7.
1 Pet. 2: 22. 1 John 3: 9, al. and in the
same sense, épydter Sos dpagtiay, James
& 9, coll. Ecclus. 27: 10; and ‘also
Gpagréver Spagtlay, to sin a sin, com-
mitany sin, 1 John 5:16; see in “Auag-
tdym 2, a, — In the gen. after another
noun, éyagria often supplies the place
of an adject. sinful, wicked, impious, see
Stuart § 440, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. ©. g.
2 Thess. 2: 3 5 SrOeemos wis guagslas,
that impious man. Rom. 7:5 naSjpara
x6 Gpaglen, sinful passions, al. —El-
lptcaly, migh dpagtlas for Pucta mag}
Spagtlas, sacrifice for sin, Heb. 10: 6, 8.

18: 1, fully ib. 10:26, and sgoopogd
negh dy, 10: 18, So Sept, for nNat Ps.
40: 7, coll. Lev. 5:8.

b) spoken of particular sins, which
are to be gathered from the context;
e.g. of unbelief, dmiotia, John 8: 21,
‘24. of lewdnessetc. 2 Pet. 2:14. of de-
fection from the religion of Christ, Heb.
11:25. 12: 1. al.

c) by meton. of abstr. for concrete,
dpagula for spageudés, sinful i.e. either
as causing sin, Rom. 7:7 6 vopos épag—

tla; is the law the cause of sin? —or as
committing sin, 2 Cor. 5: 21 tov wh yor
1a dpagelay ‘nig jpiir Spagtlay énol-
noty, for dpagredoy énolnoey, i.e. has
treated as if he were a sinner, Heb. 12:4

37

‘Apagrados

pee Thy Suagtlay, collect. for the adver-
saries of religion.

a’) by meton. the practice of sinning,

habit of sin, Rom. 3:9, 5: 12,20,21.
Gal. 3: 2. al.—Wisd. 25:27 dino yura-
xdg doz) Gagrias.

e) by meton. Proneness to ain, sinful
desire or Jobn 8: 34. Rom.
6 1, 2 6, 12, 14. 7: B17. al. Heb. 3:
13 Gndry tig Gpagtlas, i. e. the deceit-
falness of, our sinful propensities, etc.

3. from the Heb. the imputation or
consequences of sin, the guill and punish-
ment of sin; as in the phrase aigay xy
Gpagtiay, etc. to take away or bear sin,
i.e. the imputation of it, John 1: 29.
1 John 3: 5. coll. Rom. 11: 27. Heb. 9:
26, 10:11. 1 Pet. 2: 24. So dqinus tas
Gwagtlas and ager tay spagriy, to
remit sin or the remission of sins, i. e. the
punishment of sins, Matt. 9: 2, 5,6.
26: 28. Luke 7: 47, 48,49, Jobn 20:23,
Heb. 10:4. et saep—Joho 9: 41 duag-
tla Guay paves, i.e. your guilt and ex-
posure to punishment remain. So
Eyuv Guagtiar, to have sin, i.e. to be
guilty and liable to punishment, John 9:
41. 15: 22,24.. 1Jobn 1: 8. al.—1 Cor,
15: 17 Bre dori by rats duagrias judy, ye
are yet in your sins, i.e. are still under
the guilt and exposed to the punish-
ment of your sins, Heb. 9: 28 zagie
Guagrias, without sin, i.e. he shall ap-
pear the second time not eis &Sétnow
Gpagtias, not for the pulting away of the
consequences of sin, as is said in v. 26,—
So Sept. and ntyr] Lev. 22 9. Num. 9:
13. Lam, 3: 39. nul Zech. 14: 19.
Prov. 10: 16. Ez. 3: 20: oy Te. 5: 18,
53:6, 11. AL.

”Aucerueos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr.
and pagrugée,) without testimony, unwit-
nessed. Acts 14: 17.—Jos. Ant. 14. 7, 2.
Thue. 2. 41.

. , -

Auagrodos, ov, 8, 4, adj.
(Gpagrée, q. v.) pp. erring from the

or mark.” in Nu'T. metaph. an adjecz
and subst.

1, as adj. erring from the divine lav,
sinful, wicked, impious.

a) genr. Mark 8: 38 é of yong sf
poszallds xad épagrare. So dong v. a
Poamos Gpagrwilss, o sinful man, a
ner, Luke 58. Te 7. 24:7, Sohn %

Spagt
all others etc. 18: 18, Rom. 3:7. 5: 8
Gal, 2 17, James 4: 8 dpagraiol, ye

b) bnacious to the consequences of sin,
gruilly and exposed t6 punishment, cee
‘Auagrla no. 3. Rom. 5: 19 dpagratot
auneoréSycay of noldol, many became
sed to the punishment of sin. 7: 13.
Gal. 2:15. Jude 15 duagrado} doxpeic,
je. ungodly persons deserving of punish-
ment,

2. as subst. @ sinner, iransgressor,

im

) gear. Matt 9: 10, 11,13. 11:19.
Mark 2 15, 16 bis, 17. Luke 5: 30, 32.
6 32, 83,84. 7: 34. 15 1,2,7, 10.
John 9: 25, 31. 1 Tim. 1: 9,15, Heb. 7:
26. 123 James 5:20. 1 Pet. 4: 18.

Sept. for gen. ANG Am. 9:8. NDT
Pa i:1,5. Is.13°9. yay Ps. 37:12,
20, Ez. 33: 8, 11, 19.

b) in the language of the Jows,
Gpagtadol, sinners, despisers of God, is
put for foreign nations, i.e. Gentiles,
heathen, » ta BOym, Matt. 26: 45.
Mark 14: 41, compared with Luke 18:
32. Matt. 20:19. Mark 10:33. So Sept.
and yi Is. 14: 5. and 1 Mace. 2: 44,
eoll. v. 40, 48, Tob. 13: 6, coll. Wisd.
17: 2. — Pealt, Salom. 2 1 dpagraaéy
i,q. 890m Ghdérgi, Fabr. Cod. Pacud.
VTL p. 918.

“ Apazos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
pgm) pp. not disposed to fight, Xen.Cyr.
4.1.16. In N.'T. metaph. not conten-
tious, not quarrelsome, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Tit.
3: 2. — So dudzus, Ecclus, 19: 5. ed.
Complut.

* Aucteo, 03, £. how, (dua,) to collect,
gather; pp. Hom. Il. 24. 451. InN. T.
to reap, to harvest, James 5: 4, where
comp. Lev. 19: 13, Deut, 24: 14, 15.
Sept. for xp Lev. 25:11. Deut. 24:
19-—Hesych’ dujeat* Saploas

*“Apédvotos, ov, 6, (a pr. and
pedrien) amethyst, a gem of a deep pur-
ple or violet colour, Rev. 21: 20. Sept.
for rmbryie Ex. 28: 19. See Rees’ Cy-
clop.— Me amethyst was supposed to

“Aperpos

be an antidote against drunkenness,
whence its name.

" Apshdo, oc; f. joo, (a pr. and
piles,) not to care for, to neglect, absol.
Matt. 2% 5. 2 Pet. 1: 12. —c. c. gen.
1 Tim. 4:14, Heb. 2:3. 8: 9. see
Buttm. § 182. 5,8, Sept. Jer. 4: 17.
31: 382, — Wisd. 3:10. 2 Macc. 4: 14.
Jos. Ant, 4, 4. 2. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 24.

“Apepntos, ov, 8, i, adj. (@ pr.
and péupoyan,) act. making no complaint,
satigfed, Xen. Mem. 4. 5, 52. “ONT.
pass, blameless, faultless, Luke 1: 6.
Phil. 2:15, 3:6. 1 Thess. 3: 13. Heb.
& 7. Sept. for 13 Job 11: 4. on Job 1:
1,8 mM Gen. 17: 1.—Diod. Sic. 17.
4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5, 32.

*"Auduntwc, adv. (dpeutos,)
Blamelesely, faultlessly, 1 Thess. % 10.
5: 23.—Apoc. Eath. 13: 3. Herodian 6.
1.2 ib. 6.9.5,

*Apueguuevos, ov, 5, %, adj. (a pr.
and épueva,) without care, void of anzie~
ty, 1 Cor. 7: 32, Matt. 28: 14.—Wisd. 6:
15. 7:23. Herodian, 2, 4.

* Aueraideros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and pstattOnus,) immoveable, i. e. immu-
table, sure, Heb, 6: 17,18. —3 Macc. 5;
1, 12, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13. Diod.
Sic. 1, 23. ib. 16. 82.

* Aueraxtyntos, ov, 6, §, adj. (a
pr. and petaxivéw,) immoveable, unmoved,
Jfirm, 1 Cor. 15: 58.—Dion. Halic. 8.74.

* AperapeAdnros, ov, 4, 4, adj. (a
pr. and petaudloues poenitet me,) not to
be repented of, and hence unchangeable,
immutable, certain. Rom. 11; 29. 2Cor.
7:10, So Heb. biz c. neg. is used of
the immutability of God’s counsels,
Num. 23:19. 1 Sam. 15: al.—Polyb.
21, 9. 11, Plato Leg. IX. p. 931. B.

* Ageravontos, ov, é, %, adj. (a
pr. and petayodw, to change the mind,)
Snflerible, impenitent, obdurate, 6c. xaglet
Rom. 2: 5. — Test. XII Patr. in Fabr.
Cod. Pseud. V. T. I. 685. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 5. 1.

“Auerpos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
Bergoy,) without measure, immoderate,
2Cor. 10: 13, 15, eie va Euerpa, adv. for

Ape
Gperg beyond measure, immoderately.
—Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 4 Spstgos apdrys. An-
thol. Gr. IV, 170, 206. ed. Jac.

* Aurjy; amen, Heb. 73, isstrictly an
adj. true, certain, faithful ; 3 0s PQN TT 3a,
Bept. Grd dindivds, Is. 65: 16. “The
Heb. word 7738 occurs often in O. T. as
an adverb, truly, surely, certainly ; usu-
ally at the end of a sentence, where it
serves to confirm the words which pre-
cede, and invoke the fulfilment of them,
20 be it, fiat, Sept. Gyriv or yévosro. So
in oaths or imprecations, where the

je answer 12%, and thus bind them-
selves, Neb. 5: 13, ‘Sept. dys. Deut. 27:
15—26, Sept. yévorto. Or in praising
God, when the assembly respond to the
reader or choir, TRY as Ps, 41:14. 72:
19. 89: 53, Sept. dyxijr, comp. 1 Chr. 16:
96 et Neh. & 6, Sept. duty. Ps. 106:
48, Sept. yévouto. Or lastly by individu-
als after an imprecation, Num. 5: 22,
Sept. yévosro, or to a command, 1K. 1:
36, Sept. yévorto, More rarely 728
stands in O. 'T. at the beginning of a
pentence, for the sake of emphasis, as-
auredly, verily, in truth, Sept.ciy 9g Jer.
28: 6, and also 772728, Sept. an Fic, Josh.
7: 20, coll. Job 19: 5, — Hence in N. T.

1. from the Heb. as an adj. true,
faithful. Rev. (1: 18] 3: 14 8 dur,
6 pagrus 8 motos xad adnduvés, the true,
viz. the faithful and true witness, where
the last words explain the first. See Is,
65: 16 above.

2, a8 an adv. at the end of a sentence,
viz. after escriptions of praise, hymns,
ete. amen, ao be it, Matt. 6: 13. Rom. 1:
25. 9:5. Rev. 1:6. 5:14, 19:4. al.
sep. cf. Ps. 106: 48. 1 Chr.
Neb. 86. Hence déyety 16 duty, to re-
spond amen, 1 Cor. 14: 16—Also after
benedictions, invocations, etc. Rom. 15:
33. 16: 24. 1Cor. 16:24. Heb. 13: 25.

3. as an adv. at the beginning of a
sentence, by way of asseveration, truly,
assuredly, certainly, verily, Matt. 5:18.
16: B coll. Luke 9: 27 adnSiic. Matt.
25: 40. Luke 4: 24 coll. v. 25.—In John
it is repeated, Gury, dpyy, John 3: 3, 5,
11. 5: 19. 8: 51. al. saep—Very rarely
in this sense in the end or middle of a
clause ; Rev. 1:7 vai, épriy, yea verily !
2 Cor. 3: 20 20 vai xal 10 apy, are yea

39

“ApoB

and amen, i.e. are most true and faith-
ful. At.

“Apijroe, 0906, 6, 7, adj. (a pr.
and wirng,) without mother, motherless ;
i.e. in classic writers, not born of a
mother, as the gods, etc. Lactant. div.
Instit. IV. 13, Eurip. Phoeniss. 750. or
carly deprived of a mother, Herodot. 4.
154. or having an unkind mother, Soph.
Electr. 1158, Eurip. Ion. 837.—In N. T.
spoken of Melchisedec, whose mother is
not mentioned in the genealogies, Heb. 7:
3, i.e. he is a priest, though not in the
regular genealogical descent from Aa-
ron; his priesthood therefore ie of a
higher and more ancient order than that
of Aaron; see in °Aysveakoyntos. —
Philo de Temulent. p. 248, 290. de
Monarch. lib. 2.

* Auiorios, ov, 6, 5, adj. (« pr.
and jialve,) unstained, unsoiled ; in N.
T. metaph. undefiled ec. by ain, Heb. 7:
26.—Wisd. 8: 20. Clem. Alex. Strom.
7.7 dplaytor viy yuriy Exe zor —
Spoken of marriage, chaste, Heb. 13: 4,
—Wied. 3: 13.—Of the worship of God,
pure, sincere, James 1:27; of the heav-
enly inheritance, inviolate, 1 Pet. 1: 4.—
2 Mace. 14: 36, 15: 34.

* ApaadaB, 5, indec. Aminadab,
pr. name of one of the ancestors of
Christ, Matt. 1: 4. Luke 3: 33, Heb.
333793 (kindred of the prince), Ruth 4:

9, 20.

“Aupos, ov, 6, (i. 4. yéupos,) sand,
Matt. 7:26. Rom, 9:27. Heb. 1: 12.
Rev.12: 18, 20:8 Sept. for apy Gen.13:
16. Sin Gen. 22: 17, Ex. 2:19, Is. 10:8,
—Diod. Sic. 5.7. Plato Phaedo. § 58.

* Auvoc, ov, 6, a lamb, spoken in
N. T. metaph. of Christ delivered over
to death, as a lamb to the sacrifice, John
1: 29,96. 1 Pet.1: 19. Acts 8: 32, coll.
{s. 53: 7 where Sept. Guvdg for ‘bn
Sept. durée for oR Ex. 12:5, Lev.
14: 10, 12, 18, 9p Is. 16: 1.—So éyris
9c08, the Messiah, Test. XII Patr. Fabr.
Cod. Peeud. V.'T. p. 724, 725, 730.

AporBi, 7s, 5, (éuslfe, to
change) change, exchange, Hom. Od. 14.

requital, sc. for evil, indemnity,
Hom. Od. 12. 382, In N.'P, requital, sc.

‘"Apnedos

for good, kind offices, etc. 1 Tim. 5: 4
GyoiBas dr08.d6rar, to requite—Symm,
for 340 1 Sam. 24: 19. Jos. Ant. 1. 16,2.
Diod. Sic. 1. 90. Herodian. 7. 1. 24.

"Aunedos, ov, %, 4 vine, Matt, 26:
29, Mark 14:25. Luke 22: 18. James 3:
12,—Xen. Occ. 19. 12.—Metaph. Jesus
calls himself the true vine, John 15: 1, 4,
5, since a spreading and fruitful vine is
the emblem of prosperity and blessings ;
ef. Ez. 17: 6. 19: 10. Pa 80: 9,10.
128: 3, Ecclus. 24: 17.—In Rev. 14: 18,
19, 4 dunehos vijs 7s, denotes the now
prosperous enemies of the Messiah,
‘who are to be cut off as grapes are
gothered and cast into the wine press;
comp. Is. 63: 2,3, Lam. 1:15.
*Aunehoveyos, ov, 6, %, (contr.
for dunthospyés, fr. Gunchos and Eeyor,)
a vine-dreseer, Luke 13: 7. Sept. for
pip 2 Chr, 26: 10. Is, 61: 5.
"Auneday, avos, 6, « vineyard.
Matt. 20: 1, 2; 4, 7,8. 21: 28, 33, 89, 40,

41, Mark 12:1, 2,8,9 bia, Luke 13:6, Place

20: 9, 10, 13, 15 bis, 16. 1 Cor. 9 7.
Sept. for 3 Gen. 9: 20. Is. 5: 1
q. ¥. — Plut. pro Nobil. c. 3.

*"Apndlas, lov, 6, Amplias, pr.
mame of a Christian at Rome. Rom.
16: 8. .

* Apavea, f. ovis, (wirn,) pp. to avert,
to repel, Hom. I. 1. 456; then to aid,
“fight for, avenge, Thuc. 3. 67. Jos. Ant.
4.8, 45. — Mid. &tyouas, to avert from
one’s self, to resist, repel, Xen. Cyr. 4. 4.
6. Jos. Ant. 9, 1.2, 2 Macc. 10:
In N.T. Mid. dutvouan, to aid, assist,
defend. Aew 7: 24 ipivaro, he defended
ac. him. So Sept. c. accus, for 3°47,
deliver, Is, 59: 16.

*AupeBaddea, £. Padi, (3upt and
Badle,) pp. to throw around, e.g. @ gar-
ment,Hom.04.14.342. In N.T. spoken of
‘a net, fo cast, sc. around, here and there,
traris, Mark 1: 16 in later editions, Sept.
Hab. 1:17.

* AupiBdnatgor, ov, té, what is
Akrown around, e.g. 0 garment, Eurip.
Helen. v. 1085. InN. T. a fish-net, drag,
Matt, 4: 18. Mark 1: 16 Sept. for
“i2n Ps. 141:10. n7yQR2 Hab. 1: 16.

40

“Aucpor

ryt Hab. 1: 15,17. sytisy Ece. 9: 12.
Mhrodoe 1.141. ib. Z ot

Apupetvrye, £. éuqisow, (Buttm.
§ 108. III,) to clothe, pass. seq. év c. dat.
Matt. 11:8. Luke 7: 25. ‘Sept. Job 31:
19, — Jos. Ant. 3.8.7 tiv otols». ib. 8.
7. 8. cf. Buttm. § 131. 5.—In the sense
of to decorate, Matt. 6: 30 et Luke 12:
28, toy zogtor. Sept. au. dd$ar xad
syst for Wa> Job 40: 5, coll. 29: 14.—
With double accus. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.17.
c.accus, et dat. Plato Protag. p. 321. A.
Cé£ Buttm. 1. ¢.

’ Appinods, ews, %, Amphipolis,
pr. name of the metropolis of the south-
ern region of Macedonia. It was situ-
ated near the mouth of the river Stry-
mon ; which, indeed, flowed around it,
and gave occasion for its name. It is
now called Empoli or Yamboli. Acts 17:
1. See Calmet,] Ee A. 919.

‘Apgodoy, ov, %0, (also &upodos,
fr. qe and 584s,) pp. bivium, an open
where two or more ways meet, Ken.
Anab. 4. 2.11. ib. 5.2.7. InN. T. a@
atreet or open place in a village or city,
Mark 11:4, Sept. Jer. 17: 27. 49: 26.
— Hesych. Zupoda ai gina, &yves,
dlodon

"Apsporspos, épa, epov, each of
two, and Plur, augétegor, as, - a,
both, spoken only of two, Matt. 9: 17.
13: 30. 15:14, Luke 1: 6,7. 5: 7,38.
6:39. 7:42. Acts 8: 38, Eph. 2: 14,
16, 18, toig aupotégors, etc. both, i.e.
Jews and Gentiles, Acts 23: 8 1a Gu—
gorepa, both, i.e, the resurrection, and
the existence of angels and spirits; the
usirs being copulative and combining
the two, ayyelol and xysipo, into one
generic idea ; see Buttm. § 149, p. 427.
Winer § 59. p. 411. — Sept. for pozwi
Gen, 21:27, Ex. 12: 22.—Ecclus. 16:7.

-Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 5.

- “Apapntos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (a pr.
and jopdouas to blame,) blameless, ir-
, Phil. 2:15, 2 Pet. 3: 14.
—Cyrill, Alex. in Ts. 53, dpohpytos xray *
tells év Siv obdels. id. in Is, 54. Hor.
Il, 12, 109,
‘Apcomov, ov, 6, amomum, an
odoriferous plant or seed, used in pre-

“Auapos
paring precious ointment. It differed
from the modern amomum of the shops,
but the exact species is not known ; see
Rees’ Cyclop.—Rev. 18: 13 in the later
editions,

“Apeopos, ou i 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
wien y 1Pe er) 19

a) pp. 1 Pet. Gpv0d Gpsipou,
spoken metaph. of Chriet, a lamb with-

out Blemish, aa was required by the Le-

vitical law in regard to all victims; see
Lev. 1: 10, 2% 19-22, where Sept. for
Dray So Heb. 9: 14.—Test. XII Patr.
Fabr. Cod. Peoud. I. p. 724.

b) metaph. sceleris Blameless.
Eph. 1:4. 5:27. Col. 1:22, Heb, 9:
14. Jude 24. Rey, 14: 5. — Wiad. 2
‘22. Ecclus. 34: 8. 40:19,

* Acar, 6, indec. Amon, Heb. pine
(opifex), pr. mame of a king of the Jews;
see 2K. 21: 1889. 2 Chr. 33: 20 sq.—
Matt. 1: 10 bis,

"Apes, 6, indec. Amos, Heb. ia
Genre), pr. name of a man, Luke 3

1."_Ay, a particle used with the Opt.
Subj. and Indic. moods; sometimes
properly rendered by perhaps; more
commonly not to be expressed in Eng-
leh by any corresponding particle, but
only giving to a proposition or sentence

circumstances. Tn this way it serves to
modify or strengthen the intrinsic force
of the Opt. and Subj. while it can also,
in like manner, affect the signification
of ,the Indicative (the pres. and perf.
excepted) and other verbal forme. ‘This
particle stands after one or more words
in a clause, and is thus distinguished
from éy for éay; see the next article.
For the general use and power of dy in
classic writers and in N, T. see Buttm.
§ 189, 50q. Matth. § 598-600. Her-
mann de Part. dy, and ad Viger. p. 812
—822, Winer Gr. § 43.—In N. T. the
use of dy is generally conformed to
that of classic writers, but sometimes
not.

1. As conformed to classic usage.

1. With the Optative, in a clause not
dependent, it indicates thet the suppo

41

“Ay

sition or possibility expressed by tho
simple Opt. will, under the circum-
stances implied by &y, be realized.
Hence it is found

8) in vows, ws, wishes, otc. once, Acts
26: 29 eitaluny dv 15 926, I could pray
to God, and under the circumstances do
pray to him. — So dy Xen.
Mem, 3. 5. 1. Plato Lys. p. 228. See
Matt. § 514. c.

b) in interrogetions, direct or indi-
rect, where the thing inquired about is
possible, or certain, but the inquirer is
uncertain when or how it is to take
place. Luke 1: 62 1 dy Silos xalst-
Gas avtéy ; how he might wish him to be
called ? i.e. since he was to have a name,
what that vame should be. Luke 9: 46.
Jobn 18: 24. Acts 2:12, 5:24. 17:18
‘21: 33. al.—Jos. Ant. 8. 14.2. Xen.Mem.
2.1.94, Anab. 7. 6. 6.

2. With the Subjunctive ‘in relative

clauses and connected with relative
words, which thus are rendered more
general and indicate mere possibility ;
Butim. § 139. 8. For &y thus used, the
sacred writers often put éav, q. v.
* a) with relative pronouns or particles,
where &y implies some condition, or
unceytainty whether or where the thing
will take place, etc. Lat. cunque, ever,
soever, etc. Thus (a) d¢ dy, whoever,
whosoever, Matt. 5: 21, 31,32. 10: 11.
12 32 Mark 3: 29. Jobn 3: 33, et se-
pise.—Sept. Dan. 3: 5, 6. — (8) Sates ay,
whosoever, Matt, 10: 33, Luke 10: 35.
John 2: 5, Acts 3: 23. sep. — (y) da0¢
Gy, whosoever, Matt. 7: 12, 21: 22
Mark 3:28. Jobn 11: 22, Acts 2: 39,
sep. see also II. 1, below.—Eadr. 8: 24.
9: 4.—(8) Snou av, wheresoever, Mark 9:
18. 14: 9, Luke 9: 57. Rev. 14:4. Bee
also in IL. 1.—{e) ds dy, as, in whatever
manner, ete. 1 Thess. 2: 7 die By topos
Sddny x6 tixva—Boph. Ajax. 1096.

b) ‘with particles of time, conjune-
tions, etc. — (a) Fag dv, until, the time
when being indefinite, Matt. 2: 13 tos
butt feng dy stro cor. 5: 18, 26. 10: 11,
28. Mark 6:10. Luke 20:43, Acts 2:35.
saep.—-Diod. Sic, 3. 9, Xen. Anab. 5. 1.
11.—Bo yous ov &y, 1 Cor. 11: 26. 15:
25.—(8) jrlaa dv, whenever, as s00n as,
indefinite, 2 Cor. 3: 16—Sept. Deut. 7:
32, Judith 14:2, Jos, Ant, 5.1.2. Xen.

“Av

Cyr, 1.2. 4.—(y) ds dy, when, as soon
as, indefinite, 1 Cor. 11:34 ds dy Ow,
when I shall come, i. e. but I know not
when this will be. Phil. 2: 2:3 — (2)
Sodus Gy, 90 often as, however often,
1 Cor. 11: 25.

42

‘Ava

Greek writers, e. g. Agath. 32 12,
117.12. 287. 18.—Once with the pres.
Indic. Mark 11: 94 meivra 300 dy poo
eugduavos aisdioSe, where Mes. read
aitjoGe in the Subjunct. So Luke &
18. 10: 8, in earlier editions. Winer

c) with the illative particle & Gras, that, § 43. 3.

in order that; and Snes Gy, that at some
time or other, that sooner or later, etc.
Luke 2: 35, Acts 3: 19, 15:17. Rom.
3: 4. Sept. for 199% Pe. 51:6.

3. With the Mndicative, in the Aistori-
‘cal tenses, (but not in the primary ones,)
&y is used in the apodosis of a condi-
tional sentenee in which si precedes,
and indicates that the thing in queation
would have taken place, if that which:
is the subject of the protasis, bed also
taken place; but that in fact neither the
one nor the other has taken place.
Matt, 11:2 sf dy Tipy dyévorto af Sumi
Mg—niilas &y dy cctxny nad on03G pert-
avonouy, if these miracles had been done
in Fyre, they would have repented ; but
the miracles were not done, and they
did not repent. Luke 19: 23. John 4:
10. 9: 41, Heb. 4:8, John & 42 d 6
Drdg marie dsy Hr, jyandri dv dud, if
God were your father, ye would love me ;
but neither is true. So Matt. 11: 2
127, 2%: 30. U: 2; 43. Mark 13: 30.
John 11: 21. Rom. 9: 29. 1 Cor. & 8,
114: 21. Gal. 1: 10, 1 John 2: 19, al. saep.
—Wied. 11:25, Jos. Ant. 7. 4.2 Xen.
Mem. 4.2.24. ib, 1. 1..5. Apol. 8.

Il. The following are departures
frosa classic usage, viz.

1, When in relative clauses a relative
pronoun with ay is followed by the In-
dicativa ; here clarsic writers employ
the Subj. or Opt. This ocours in N.
when a thing is spoken of as actually
waking place, not at 2 deGnite time or
im a definite manner, but as often as
opportunity presents, etc. It is thus
found only with a preterite. Mark 6:

56 xal bos dy Hutovto altos, and as

4:35. 1 Cor. 2: Qed 16 Beda, Se
Gy Fyrr92, Gmayopsnos, led away bo idol-
worship, just as ye happened to be led,
i.e. Fda not my by whom or how. —
Sept. Gen. 2:1 Lex. & 3 and io later

T. the midst of, between ;

2. Ag an adv. or rather in a false con-
struction, perhaps, possibly. So once
before an Infin. 2Cor. 10: 9 fra pi
Site, os dy depoptiv duis, which is
probably to be regol
Bots 4 igen Takes tory
comp. Plat. Crit, p. 44. B, croldoty Soles,
So—dualjoays. Winer ¢ 3 0 6.—Once
also without any mood, 1 Cor. 5 py
Gnoorapiize Gddjhous, ol us te Sr [yéroe-
10] & cuppeivov mods xaupér, unless
perhpe iy mua consent Winer $1.
Au

1. "Ay, conjunction, conte. fr. day, if,
and distinguished from the radical &
of the preceding article, by being put at
the beginning of a proposition or clause ;
Batem. § 189. 8, Herm. ad Viger. p. 822.
In N. T. John 20: 28 bis. — Joa. Ant. 4.
4.4, ib. 4.8.15. Ken. Cyr. 2 1. 42.

"Ava, prep. governing in Greek
poets the Dat. on, upon, i, Hom. Il. 1.
15; but in prose writers the Accus. on,
in, as dva otoipe 3zew, to have ahoays in
the mouth. See Buttm. § 147; 2.& Vi-
gerus p. 574 sq. and Herm. ib. p. 855.
InN. T. only with an accus, in two sig-
nifications, viz.

1. with its accus. it forms a peri-
phrase for an adverb; ©. g. ava yi
by turns, alternately, 1 Cor, 14: 27.
pdaor neq. gen. Sas mid of rough
spoken of place
Matt, 19: 25 Mark 7:31. Rev. 7: 17 coll.
56, Sept. Ie. 57:5. for rym 9 K. 16
14. — Hom. H. 1. 570. Diod Sic. 2 4
Xen. An. 7. 4. 2.—- Spoken of persons,
1 Cor. & 5.— 1 Macc, 7:28. Diod. Sic.
3, 13,—So Matt. 20: 9, 10, dvd
denarius-wise, i.e. eseh a denarius;
better perhaps under no. 2

2. with numeral words it marke dis-
tribution, e. g. Mark 6 40 dive: Exatoy nal
x6 nernjxorte,, by hundreds ond ff
ties. Luke & 14, —~ Luke % 3 cna
two and two. 1h}. Jobn £6 me & Zi
& ooll. In & &—Jos, Ant. 3.6.1. ib. &

" Avaped mos
2. 5. Xen. An, 3.4.21. Heredot. 2
12. By @ peculiar anomaly we find
dv once in this sense before the Nom.
Rev. 21: 21 ava alg Sxucros tev nvherer,
each one of the gates ; see Vigerus p. 576.
Norse. In composition drs denotes
1. up, wees as avafaive as back,
again, re- implyii repotit ion, in-
crease, intensity, veer as Gvenauviver,
drayirions.
*AvaBaduoe, ov, 6, (drafairw,)
act of ascending, Pausan. 10.5.9. In
N.T. by meton. means of ascent, i. e.
steps, stairs. Acts 21: 35, 40, spoken of
the stairs Jeading from the fortress An-
tonia to the temple. Sept. for nt>xy
1K. 10: 19, 20.—Dio Case. 38. 11. Jos,
Ant. 8. 5, 2, — The Attic form is aya-
Baopés, Paus. 10.5. Lobeck ad Phryn.
p. 324.
ania ee, £ Piooum, aor. 2
» sor, 2 imper. drdfnS: and
Rev. 4: 1, cf. Buttm. p. 223, 269,

axcend, sc. from a lower to a higher
place; constr. with do et é& seq. gen.
of place whence, and with eis, él, nds,
seq. accus. of place whither, or ods
Rev. 4: 1.

a) spoken of persons, animals, etc.
Matz. & 1 ot Mark 3 13 tip 15 Sos. pring
Luke 5: 19 én? 16 Spe, comp. for int
Gen. 49: 4 where Sept. for 733.—Jos,
Ant. 3.1.5. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4. $—Luke
19: 4 én) cvnoyopian, i.e. to climb,
Mok O51 slew icloy, i.e. to em-
bark, coll. Jon. 1:3 where Sept. for 1°.
—Jobn 10: 1 dvapalvey dllozsde,

29,

i i. Inge up inte, to Matt. & 16 ano
‘sob tdertos, wad Acts 8: 39 éx tod iatos,
the water, se. upon the land, cf. ¥.

‘88 and Gen. 41: 3, 18, 27, where Sept.
Sva8. éx 105 nosepod for 1'y3—Spoken
of fishes, Matt. 17: 27 107 dvafarte
xgsicov lySiv, the fish that first comes up,
of is brought up.—Spoken of those who
go from a lower to a higher region of
country ; e.g. from Galilee or Ceearea
wo Judea, Luke % 4. Acts 18: 22; and
especially to Jerumlem, Matt. 20:17, 18.
John 7:8 bis, 10 bis, 12:20. So Sept.

43

" Avapipato
and st: 1K. 1% 27,2. Ezra &.1.
7:6, 7. Neh. 7:6. — Esdr. 2 18, Jos.

Ant. 127.6. Xen. Anab. 1.1.2. —
Spoken of those who ascend into heaven,
eis tor odpavor, eis td Tyos, etc. either to
have intercourse with God or to dwell
there, John 3: 13. 6 62. 20: 17 bis.
Rom. 10: 6. Eph. 4: 8,9, 10. Rev. 4:1.
11: 12 bis, For the phrase dvaf. sis ray
otgaysy, etc. and the meaning of it,
comp. Deut. 30: 12, Prov. 30:4. Is. 14:
18, 4. Jer. 51: 53. Ps. 139: 8. ef. Job
38: 19-38. Bar. 3:29, Tob. 12: 20.—
Spoken of angels, who are said, éva-
falvuy xai xatoBalvey én rbv vidy 100
dySeeinov, John 1: 52, coll. Gen. 28; 12,
i.e. they minister continually unto him ;
comp. Matt. 4: 11. Mark 1:13.

b) spoken also of inanimate things,
which are said to (8° uP ascend, rise ;
¢.g. smoke, xamds, Rev. 8: 4. 9: 2.
14:11, 19:3. So Sept. and mby-Ex.
19:18 fs, 94: 10. — 1 Mace. 5:31.
Spoken of plants, fruit, etc. to spring up,

ascend, grow, Matt. 13:7, Mark 4:8, 32 So

Bepe and rity In. $213. 55:13,
—Theophr. Pl. 8. 3.—8) ofa
rumor, Acts 21: 31 dyifq panic 16 x0
Judy, i.e. word was brought up to the
chiliarch in the fortress Antonia; see
Jos, B.J.5.5. 8.—Of thoughts, actions,
etc. which come up info one’s mind, to
up, arise, dy 1H xagdlg Luke 24:
38. 3B. tal wy nogdlay heteT: 23. 1 Cor.
29, els urnpootyqy Acts 10:4. This
to the Heb. 35 dy ad
Sept. aripzecPa: or dvafalver én}
sagdiar, Ie. 65: 17. Jer. & 16. ed
44:21. Ax.

* AvaBadda, f. ads, to put back,
ie. to peo ate bodes, Hom Oa.
584. to take up, Hf up, Sept. for wtb?

Jer. oO ENT Mia opens
in a forensic sense, to defer, to patef or
over, trans, Acts 34: 22,
fddero for 297 Pe. 78: 21. oo Som,
Ant. 4, 8, 38. Mem. 3. 6. 6.-

* AvaprBato, f. dow, to cause to
ascend or mount, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 28.
Herodot. 1. 63.—In N. T. to draw up, to
drag or haul in, sc. to the shore or land ;
spoken of a net, Matt. 13: 48. So Sept.
in the sense to draw up, sc. out of a pit,
for mbgry Gen. 37: 28, colt Ex. 3 17,

* AvaBhénw

Lam, 2: 10.— Spoken of ships, to haul
to land, Xen. H. G. 1.1.2 gos vir
Tiv GreBiBats tas bavrod tejgess.

* AvaBdénee, f. yo. 1. to look up,
or », to look upon, absol. OF © c
tis, Matt. 14: 19 dvalsas eis tov obga-
voy. Mark 6:41. 7: 34. Luke 9: 16. 19:
5. Acts 22: 13 dvéBleya eis aitér. So
to look up, to raise the eyes, sc. from the
ground ete. Mark 8: 24° "Luke 21: 1.
Bept. dvafléner roig dgScdpots for
pry Nib? Gen. 13: 14. 18:2. Deut.
4:19—2 Mace. 7: 28. Xen, Cyr. 1.4.12.

2. to look again, see ava note. a) i in
the sense of to see again, recover sight,
spoken of the blind, Matt. 11: 5. 20: 34.
Mark 8: 25. 10: 51, 52. coll. Matt. 20:
383, — Luke 7:22. ‘8:41, 42,45. Acts
9:19, 17,18. 22: 13 dedBleyor. OF
one blind from his birth, John 9: 11, 15,
18 bis. Sept. for nva7 Is. 42:18, coll.
61: 1—Aristoph. Plut. 95,

b) in the aense of to look more closely,
examine, Mark 16: 4.

"AvaBhépes, scoe, %, (évaphine,)
recovery of sight, Luke 4: 18, coll. Ie. 61:
1, — Aelian. H. Av. 17. 13.

“AvaBodo, G, f. jou, to lft up
the voice, exclaim, cry aloud ; absol, Matt.
27: 46. Mark 15: 8, Luke 9: 38. Sept. for

21 Ez. 11:13. p2x Num. 20:16. aap
js, 36: 138.—Jos. Ant. 9, 1.2. Horodian.
1, 4.17. Xen. Anab. 5. 4. 31.
Ava Body, 7%, ty (avaBdide q.v.)
* earth thrown up, Ken. Anab. 5.2.5. In,
N.T. delay, putting over, in a forensic.
sense, Acts 25: 17, — Jos. Ant. 3.2.3
Dionys. Hal. 11. 33. Thue. 2, 42.

* Avatyauoy, ov, 16, (avd and yota
icq. yi) iq. Gvehyeor, for which it is
substituted in the later editions; writ-
ten also drsyawy, avayeor, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 297; a room above the ground,
upper room, chamber, over the porch, on
or connected with the roof; where meals
were taken, and whither the Jews re-
tired for prayer, meditation, etc. Mark
14: 15. Luke 22: 12. coll. Acts 20: 8, —
Xen. An. 5. 4.29 dvebyasoy, — Seo Cal-
met, art, House, p. 509, Comp, Pnegéior.

" Avayyédde,, £. ede, aor. 1 driy-
yula, aor. 2 pass, dynyyiiny Rom. 15:

44

* Avaywooxo

Ql, Sept. ‘Is. 5% 15. cf. Buttm. § 101.
n. 4, marg. to announce, to make known,
to declare, to tell ; trans. and abeol. In
various copnexions, e. g- spoken of
things done, events, ete. to relate, to tell,
Mark [5: 14.] 5: 19. Acts 14:27. 15:4.
16: 38. 2Cor. 7:7. to bring word, to in—
form, Jobn 5: 15. — Xen. Anab, 1.3.21.
‘— Spoken of things futare, to shew be-
forehand, foretell, John 16: 13, Sept. for
“rary te, 41: 22,28. 46: 10.—Spoken of
the christian doctrine, etc. to declare,
shew forth, teach, John 4:25, 16: 14,
15, 25. Acta 20: 20,27. Rom. 15: 21.
1 Pet. 1:12. ‘1 Jobn 1:5. So Sept. for
z7Fin Deut. 8:3. Dan. 2 9. sort
Deut. 24: 8—Spoken of evil deeds, to

declare, confess, Acts 19:18. So Sept.
and 74x Ie, & & Job 83; 23, Pa 38
19.

’Avayevaw, &, £. §ow, pp. to be-
get again ; metaph. to regenerate, to re-
new, sc. hy a change of earnal nature to
a christian life; trans. 1 Pet. 1: 3, 23.
It is the same as vidy tol Droit elvae
Gal. 8: 26; or tévor Sot yericGar v.
bs S200 yom Piva John 1: 12, 12
1Jobn 3: 95 or Grader yerrpFiras
Jobn 3: 3.—So the fathers speak of re-
generation as a renewal, a change fron:
a lower to a higher, from a carnal to a
better and holy life. Justin, Mart. Apol.
2. p. 93, Clem.Alex.Protrept.11 6 déyog,
8 cvayerviiy tiv divOgunoy, aig thy Sera
aixoy dvapiguy. For the Rab-
binic S74 M73, new creature, see
‘Schoettg. Hor. Heb. ad 2 Cor. 5: 17.

* Avaywmoxe, f. doopar, aor. 2
Gviyvur, perf. pasa. dvi aor. 1
pass. GryracSqy, (dvd intens. and
yordoxs to know,) to know accurately,
Il. 18, 734. to distinguish, Herodian. 7.
6, where others read Siaywioxe, In
N.T. to know by reading, i. e. simply to
read, trans, and absol.

8) to read, sc. for one’s self, to learn
by reading, Matt. 12: 3,5. 19:4, 21:16,
42, 22:31. U:15. Mark 2:25, 12:
10, 26. 13:14. Luke 6:3. 10:26.
John 19:20, Acts 8: 28, 30 bis, 32. 15:
31. 23:34. 2Cor. 1:18, Eph. 3 4.
Rev. 1: 3, 5:4. Sept. for N77 Deut. 17:
19, 2K.5:7. Is, 29: 11, 12-“Ael. V.H.
14.43, Xen. An. 1.6.4. — Metaph,

Avayxato
2 Cor, 8 § Axserobd judy — ~ Svaysr0-
owopivn ind dreary, read of all men, i.e.
open, manifest.

b) to read aloud before others, praclego,
Luke 4: 16, Acts 13: 27. 15:21. 2 Cor.
8: 15. Col. 4: 16 ter. 1 Thess. 5:27, So
Sept. and X7p Deut. 31: 11. 2K.
11. Neh. 13: 1.—1 Mace. 10:7. Jos.Ant.
4. 8. 12,

* Avayxate, £. dow, (avdyen,) to
necessitate, 10 to constrain, trans.
8) to compel, sc. by force, threats, cir-
cumstances, etc. Acts 26:11. 28:19.
2 Cor, 12: 11. Gal, 2 3, 14.—Esdr. 4: 6.
Bel and Drag. 30, 1 Mace. 2: 25. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 44.
b) to constrain, ec. by entreaty, invita-
. tions, etc. to persuade, Matt. 14: 22.
Mark 6: 45. Luke 14: 23. Gal. 6: 12—
Diog. Laert. 1. 1. 4. Xen. Symp. 3. 5.

Avayxaios, a, ov, (aniyen,)
compulsive, Od. 17. 399. compelled, Od.
24. 498. In N.T. necessary, viz.

a) spoken of things required by na-
ture, ete. 1 Cor. 12: 22. or for the sup-
port of life, Tit. 3: 14 dvayxatas zpsias,
necessary wants, — 2 Macc. 4:23. Jos.
Ant. 2.5. 6. Xen. Mem. 4.5.9.

b) necessary from custom and habit,
e.g. Acts 10: % «
necessary or near friends.—Jos. Ant. 10.
1.2 ib. 7.6.1. Polyb. 5.71.2. Xen.
Mem. 2.1.4. Comp. Kypke Obs. in
N. T. Il. p, 49.

¢) neut. dvayxaioy, impers. necessary,
right, proper. ‘Kets 13:46 fytv ay avay
xaioy, it was jie. it was matter
of. duty. Heb. 8:3 oS Svayaaion [tov [éoxd},
whence it is necessary, i. e. it nec
follows. Phil. 1:24 dvayxausregor aad
82 Spits, is more necessary, more profitable,
for you-—Igoat. ad Trallian. §2 Xen.
‘Occ. 2. 14. Dem.462. 25.—B80 dvayuaioy
iiyiowas, to regard as necessary, to think
necessary or proper, 2 Cor. 9: Phil. 2
25.—2 Mace. 9:21. Jos. Ant. 5.9, 4.

*Avayxacras, adv. (dvoynactis
fr. draywn,) by constraint, unwillingly ;
Opp. to &rovales. 1 Pet. 5: 2

“Avayen, 7S, ty 1. necessity, need.

a) as arising from the influence of
ether persons, constraint, compulsion,

45

* Avayo
1 Cor. 7:87. 2Cor. 9:7. Philem. 14.—
Xen. Cyr. 8 1.20.

b) as arising from the good or bad
disposition of a person or persons, or
from the nature and circumstances of
the case, Matt. 18:7. Heb. 7: 12, 2%.
9: 16, 23.—Jos. Ant. 16. 9, 3. Xen.Cyr.
2.1.15.

c) spoken of the obligation of duty ;
ardymqy tyur, to be right, proper, just,
T have need, I must needs, Luke 14: 18.
93:17. Jude 3. Rom. 13: 5. 1 Cor. %
16.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12.

2 unavoidable dit

distress, calamity.
Luke 21: 23. 1 Cor. 7: 26. 2 Cor. 6 4.
1% 10. 1 Thess. 3: 7, 80 Sept. for
Bass Ps, 25: 17, 107:6, pix Ps.

pryx Job 97: 9,—Tob.'& 7,
Il. Jos, Ant, 2.°5. 2. ib. 2.9.8. Diod.
Sic. 4. 43.

“Avayvogtte, f. laws, pp. to recog-

ns in N. T. only in the aor. 1 pass.

, With reflexive meaning,
to make ones ve known, Acta 7: 13. So
Sept. for STEP Gen. 45: 1.— See
Butt. § 136.

"Avciyroots, £006, 9, (crayiveonw
q. ¥.) reading, whether public or private,
Acts 18: 15. 2Cor, 3: 14, 1 Tim. 4:18
Sept. for x’ Fa Neb. & 8, — Eadr. 9:
48. Polyb. 9.

"Avdyw, f. dw, aor. 2 ariyayor,
aor. 1 pass. doiySyy in Mid. sense,
Buttm. § 186.2, (dvd and dyw,) to lead
up, to conduct or bring up, sc. ‘from a
lower to a higher place ; trans. with a
dat. of person, or sis c. accus. of place
whither, etc.

a) [gen] Matt. 4: 1 donyy cig wr
E%qnuoy, i.e. from the banks of the Jor.
dan into the hilly desert region, coll.
Luke 4: 1,—Luke 4: 5 ss dpos dypnddy.
% 22 ake “Iegoodinne, see in &rapalres
22: 66 aig 25 ourddg.ar, to the Sanhedrin,
which sat in or near the temple. Acts
9: 89. 16: 34 sis tor olxov aizcd, i.e.
from the dungeon into his own house.
So Sept. for mb3ry Gen. 50:24, Ex, 8
5.—Od. 14. 273. Acts 7: 41 dviiyayor
Svelay 1§ eiBdily, offered sacrifice, i.e.
led the victim up to the altar, or laid the
sacrifice upon the altar; so Sept. and
Heb. nby: to offer erp, 1K. 3:15,
and ahs Lev. 14: 20, Is. 57:6.

" Avadecavume 46 * Avedeus
dob 1: 5, whore Sept. dvegign axel" Arerloten, 0, f.jow,cor. Levtqoe,
ngoapige. — Philo de Agric. p. 205. fo revive, in the sense of to ruuse up, be-

ebeay ve Lag, to bring up from the prison Znozy.

before the tribunal sc. in the presence of
the people ; coll. v.6.—2 Mace. & 10.—
Bo érayus bx raga, to bring up from
Be deed, to raise from the dead Rac. 10:
7. Heb. 18:20. Bo Sept. and mhyr Ps.
0: 4, 71: 20.

b) as a nautical term, dvciyesr verb, to
lead « ship up or out, sc. upon the sea,
since the sea, as seen from the

to rise, Herodot. 8. 57, 70, 83 ;
and without vevy, ib. 8.76. Hence im
N. T. Mid. dvayopas, sc. +7 ryt, or fal-
ty év whole Acts 28: 11, to put to sea, to
bet sail from any place, seq. and. Luke
8 22. ‘Kets 13:13, 16: 11. 18 21, 20:
8,13, Qi: 1,2. 27:24, 12, 21. 28: 10,
11—Xen. Anab. 5. 7- 17. Aelian. V. H.
1.5, Hesych. dvayorto* cvinleoy.

* Avadelxryiu, sor. 1 értdate,
pp. to shew by raising aloft, as a torch,
Poigh, 8. 90.10 In N. T. to show
plainly, to point out, to declare, trans.
‘Acts 1: 24. — 2 Macc. 2 8, coll. v. 6.
Polyb. 1. 80, 12.—In the sense of to ap-

, Luke 10: 1.—Eedr, 1: 94 Baoidée.
‘2 Mace. 14: 12 Diod. Sic. 1.
66. Polyb, 4. 48. 3.

‘Avddedkes, eco, 4, (Gradelarvus,)
sanjfestation, Diod. Sic. 1. 85.
InN.T. manifestation,

Public appearance,
Take 1:80 lor Spiga: tyebas aired,
i.e. until he came forth publicly as a
prophet.—Ecclus. 43: 6. Plut. Mar. c. 8.

*Avadiqouar, nor, 1 dveBelcipery,
te take upon one’s self, 2 Mace. 8: 36.
Xen. Cyr. 1.6.18, In N.'T. to receive,
Le. in the sense of to embrace, confide in,
Heb. 11: I

Or os 0 guest, fo entertain, Acts 28: 7.—
fo Snodeopes Aclian VE 4.9. Sopa
Diod. Bie. 13. 4.
"Avadidom, f. ddeu, to give, to
hand up, Xen. Conv. 2.8. t0 shoot up, to
apoken of the earth yielding plants
etc, Jos. Ant.1. 11.1. InN. T. to give
up or over, to deliver, trans. Acts 23: 33
ry éauwtolgy. — Polyb. 6, 29. 10. 7.
Died. Bic. 11. 45. Jos, Ant. 1.16.2

come vigorous, Rom. 7: 9 #j épagrla dvé—
In the sense of to live again,
Rom. 14:9 et Rev. 20: 5 dviZqozy, in the
earlier editions; ster ones Eqorv. —
Arvemid. 4. 82—Metaph. to adopt a bet-
ter life, to reform, Luke 15: 24, 32.

" Avatytée, i, £. jou, (évd intens.
and {yrie,) to seek diligently, inquire af-
ter, look for, trans. Luke 2: 44. Acts 11:
%5.—Sept. for W]q Job 3:4 Cpa Job
10: 6, — 2 Mace. 13:21. Jos.-Ant. 5.1.
14. Aelian. V. H. 3. 28,

Avatarrupe, f. tdow, to gird up,
ec. with a belt or girdle. Mid. arate
vupas, to gird up one’s self or to be
girded, trans. The orientals dress in
loose robes flowing down around the
feet ; #0 that when they wish to run,
‘or fight, or apply themselves to any
business, they are obliged to bind their
garments close around them. Hence
metaph. 1 Pet. 1: 13, évatwodpevos tas
Sopius sic Ssavolas, who hold their
minds in constant preparation. 80
Job 38:3. Prov. 31:17. Jer. 1:17. *

or embers, a bellows, comp. of fudg and
tg) to Kindle wp, rouse, oc. a fire,
etc. In N. T. metaph. spoken of spir-
itual gifts, to cultivate, trans. 2 Tim. 1: 6.
So Sept. for mh Gen. 45: 27.—1 Mace.
1&7 16 mveipa. Joe, Ant, 8. 8, 5. ib. 9.
8.6. Xen. Eq. 10.8, 16 |

*AvadaAdes, £. alt, to grow green
again, to flourish again, Ecclus, 46: 12.
Wied. 4: 4. Hom. IL 1. 236. trans, to
cause to flourish, to produce, e. g. fruit ete.
Ecelus. 50: 10. and metaph. as eigirny,
siloyiay, Ecclus, 1:18 11: 22 — In
N. ~ metaph. and intrans. to flourish
again, be again prosperous. Phil, 4: 10
Sts GveSdlere 18 onig tuol geordiy, that
ye are again prospered in respect to your
care of me. Others less well, trans. ‘that
ye have renewed, augmented, your care
of me.’

* Avadepa, arog, v6, (averionss
tape oly up) sate form jane
Of Geddy, Mocris arddyus, éreiniic*

* Avadepert tio 47 * Araupdea
GvaSeue, Dlennbe, Loteckad Phryp. any thing consecrated te God end laid
p. 249.—any thing laid wp or suspended, Op ov mecncuded tm the @ gift, of-

aa an offering in the temple of « god, any
tking conseereted to God, 36 evetuDipsvey
14 Gag, Suid. Phat. Pelop. ¢ 25. Sept,
and Heb. pm Josh. 7: 11, coll. v. 33
and 6 19, 24, So py] and Sept. éxd-
Saye spoken in like manner of animals,

and since every living thing thus con-
secrated to God, couki not be redeemed,
but was to be put to death, benee DIM
and Sept. avdSeye denote any thing tr
. revocably devoted to death, to destruction,
etc. any thing on which a curse ts laid, as
cities and their inbebitants, etc. Josh. &
17, 18, 7:1. al, and therefore any thing
abominable and detestable, Deut, 7: 26.
Comp. Jahn § 394,—Hence
In N. T. an accursed thing, spoken of
persons, one acoursed, ane excluded from
the favour of God and devoted to destruc-
tian, 1 Cor. 12: 13 dys Inooty évd-
Depa, to call Jesus accursed. 16:22. Gel.
1:8, 9. Acts 23: 14 dvadipats éxePepa-
tigaper, intens. we have bound eurselves
with a heavy curse ; for the dat. see Wi-
ner § 58.3. Matth. § 408, note. Buttm.
133. 3.—Rom. 9: 3 7%; dg avrog
SS decoyue doen Preece rie
16 adelpay uev, put by conety. praeg-
for izé; a sly x0)

of his death, and devoted to eternal de-
struction, as an expiatory victim in be-
half of my people. For the expression
m3 105 X. comp. 2 Theos, 1:9.

“Avademerivea, £ low, (éridrpa

q-¥.) to declare ona ta be Grade ie,
aecureed, to curse, to hind by & curse,
trans, Mark 14: 71 &
Seevtéy, ‘Acts 23: 12, 14, 21, 000 in bd
Sepa, So Heb. pansy Num. 18: 14,
Deut. 19:15, Josh."6: 21. —1 Mace.
5

* Avadewptea, oy f. jou, (dvd in-

Heb. 13: 7—Diod. Sic, 14. 109. ib. a
w

* Avadnuar, arog, 16, (drarhornes)

tng Amt. 9.3.1.

fering, Luke 21: 5. For the form of the
‘word, see in dvd dyya.— Votive offerings,
such as shields, chaplets, golden chains
and candlesticks, ete. were common in
the temples of the heathen; Potrer’s
Gr. Ant. I. p. 235. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
Pp. 822 The mme custom was imi-
tated in the ‘Jewish temple ; see dvd-
Sypo Joe. Ant. 15.11. 3 ult. BJ. 2.17,
3. Judith & 19. 2 Macc. 2:13, 5:16,
& 16, 3 Mace. & 17. — Polyb. H1. 4 1.
Xen. H.G@.7.3,.8, 44-247

* Avaldeua, as, 4, (sraidis, fr. 0
pr. and aidels,) want of modesty, shame-
lesencas, in the sense of importunity,
without regard to time, place, or per-
son, Luke 11: 8,—-Ecclus. 25: 22. So
droubie Eoclun, 3: 6. Sept. Deut. 28:

Avaigests, eos, %, (dvagée,)
taking up ar away, ac. of dead bodies
for burial, Thuc. 3.113 In N. T. @
taking away, vo. from life, i.e. death, a
putting to death, Acts 8:1. [2% 90 in

text. recept.) Sept. for ayr Num. us
to Jadeh 1 & 2 Macc. 5: 1% J

ib & 122. Heda
141,

“Avarpio, G, £ om (ard and
aigéu,) aor. 2 dxithor, whence in later
editions the forme drelhats, avelleto,
Acts 2:23, 7:21. Sept Is. 38: 14; for
which see Winer Gr. § 13.1. Buttm.
§ 96. n, 1. marg. fo take up Tift py trans.
se, from the ground, Ael. V. H. 5. 16.
Sept. for m7 Ex. 2 10. pyr Num.
16: 37. or for burial, Dem. 1069, 2. —
In N.T.

1. Mid. 40 take up, trop. spoken of
children, to take to one’s self, to adopt, to
bring up; Acts 7: 21 wixsy éveilaro,
i.e. Pharaoh's daughter took him up,
adopted him, etc. — Diod. Sic. 3. 57.
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 1. 23.7. Hesych.
Gvawpiiy +5 tex 9iv* dvergigaus, Bo
Lat. tollo, Cic. Div. 1. 21. al.

2. to take away, i.e. to remave, pul oud
of the way, viz.

a) spoken of things, to destroy, to
abolish, Heb, 10: 9.—Test. XII Parr. in
Fabric, Cod. Peoud: ¥. T. I. p. 681 4

* Avaiuos

remalyenis éraigsl 18 plaos, 4 prrévora
drmuged viv Tolonen p-691. Xen.Cyr.
LLL

b) spoken of persons, to put to death,
to bute aay. Matt. 2:16, Luke 2% 2
‘Acts 5: 93, 36, 7: 2Bbis, 9:23, 24, 29,
16:97 kavesy cvaupeiv. 28: 15, 21, 27.
25: 3, Spoken ofa publicexecution,Luke
23:32, Acts: 23. 10:39, 12:2. 19:28, 22:

297] 2 Sam. 10: 18. 7735) Is.
36. bop Dan. 2 18, 14—Herodian. 2
1.1,” Aelian. V. H. 4. 1.

’ Avatios, Cov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.and
salsla,) guiltless, innocent, Matt. 12: 5, 7.
opt foF “PE Deut. 19: 10, 18. 21: 8, 9.
—Aelian. 'V. H. 5.18. Xen, Cyr. 1.
6.10.

. Avaxad Ko, €. loo, (ard and xa—
Sie to set, to place,) pp. trans. to set up;
in N.T. intrans, or with Sevsdy implied,
to sit up,Luke 7: 15. Acts 9:40, Comp. in
“Ayu no. 3. — Plut. Philop. c. 20 wolis
faviiy it doSeslag dvexddice. Plat.
Phaedon. § 3,

* Avaxawka, f. ive, to renew, to
restore to its former state, trans. pp. Sept.
x5 ngsownoy vis 7s for Wyn Pa. 104:

30. Jos. Ant.9.8.2.—In N.T. metaph. “?

to renew tie ustdvo.y, spoken of those
who have fallen from the true faith, to
bring back to repentance and their former
faith, Heb. 6: 6. Sept. trop. for SzHNT
Pe, 108: 5—1 Mace. 6: 9. Barnab, Ep.
Sraxasvloas Apis b 29 depions iy Guag-
aay.

* Avaxacvow, ©, f. dow, found
only in Paul and in ecclesiastical writers;
seo Hi Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677 ;
to renew, to renovate, in the sense of to
emend, to change from a carnal to a chris-
tian life, to increase in faith, hope, virtue,
etc. 2 Cor. 4: 16, Col. 3: 10. Comp. Eph.
4: 28, and see in “Avayervde,

* Avanaivoots, ees, 4, (avaxairdee
q. ¥. for this later word,) renewal, reno-
vation, i.e. metaph. emendation of the
heart and life, change from a carnal to a
christian life, Rom. 12 2, Tit. 3: 5.
Comp. John 3:5.

*Avaxahunia, f. ye, to uhveil,
uncover, Sept. for 72 Deut. 22: 30,

48

* Avdmeuac
Is. 47:3, Xen. Cony, 1.16.. In N.T.

knowledge, to cause to
9:14 16 nadoeer pres—p cvoxahunre -
pevoy, the veil is-not removed from their
hearts, i. e. the blindness of their minds,
their prejudices, ete. will not permit
them to understand. v.18 dvaxadimro—
pire xpoosiny, with unveiled face, i.e.

all impediments to knowledge being re-

moved, coll v. 13. So Sept. and mba
Job 23: 16, Is. 2% 14, Prov. 20: 22
srqy Is. 3: 17, — Tob, 12:7. Polyb. 4.
85.6.

* Avaxciunta, f. ye, pp. trans. to
bend or turn up or back; intrans. to turn
back, to return, Matt. 212, Acts 18: 21.
Heb. 11:15. Sept. for 3925 Ex. 32: 27.
— Diod. Sic. 3. 54. — Hence metaph.
Luke 10: 6 (4 sigiyy iuéy) ég Suite
Gyoxduyer, your salutation shall return to
you, i.e, the peace, prosperity, Didzi,
which you have wished them, shall not
happen to them. Comp. Is. 45: 23 et
55: 11, where Heb. 3383, Sept. dvactgd-
popat, °
* Avaxenpett, £. xaloopas, to be laid
or deposited, as offerings in the tem-
ples of the gods, Thuc. 3. 114.-Ceb.
Tab. 1. and so in the Jewish temple,
Jos. Ant.3.1.7, Comp. indyénua, In
this sense dydxespa: serves as the neut.
or pass, of the act, dvorioyus, In N.T.

1. to be laid out, as'a dead body,
Mark 5: 40 in text. recept.

2. in later usage, to recline, sc. at
table upon a triclinium, in the ancient,
manner of eating ; Matt. 26:7, 20. Mark
14: 18. 16:14. Jobn 13: 23 dvaxelusyos
& 16 xdlny 100 Inovi, reclining tn the
bosom of Jesus, i. e. next to bim on the
triclinium ; so Lat. in einu recumbo,
Plin. Ep. 4.22. See Calmet 8vo. Bost.
art. Eating. Campb. Prel. Diss. VIII.
ili, §6, — Eadr. 4: 10. Athenaeus 7. 35.
Polyb. 13, 6. 8. — Hence genr. to take a
meal, to eat, to dine, sup, etc. Matt. 9: 10.
Luke 7: 37. and 6 dyaxeluevos, one at
table, a guest, Matt. 22: 10:11, Luke 22
27 bis. John 6:11. 13: 28.—Instead of
Gvdxsysat, earlier Greek writers used
ne in this sense, Lobeck ad Phryn.
p. 216, 217,

* Avaxegahawe

‘Avaxegadarce, 0, f. dow, (ard
‘and xapelasoy sum, summary,) to sm
‘up, recapitulate, as an orator at the close
of his discourse; Quinct. 6. 1, “rerum.
repetitio et congregatio, quae Graccis
Svaxepalaiwcrs dicitur.” In N.T. civox
xepadascopas, ovpan,to sev-
eral things under one, to reduce under one
head. Rom. 13: 9 all the commandments
a as are comprehended Le
summed up in this one precepl, sc. of love.
Eph. 1: 10 dvexepadoudowodes 1 dr
ta ty 1 Xpsors, to bring all things into
one in Christ, i.e. to introduce a unity
of feeling and of expectation among ail
beings both in heaven and on earth, by
means of the christian dispensation,
especially between Jews and Gentiles;
cf Eph. 2 14, 15.—Epiph. adv. Haeres,
1.31. 90 niy & 17 otgariin nagovolay
adroit (Xqiotot] dni 75 dvoxepalauson-
oFas ta marta x. t. i

“Avaxdlvo, £. iru, trans. to cause to
Ke upon, i.e.

8) pp. fo lay down, spoken of an in-
fant, Luke 2 7.—Ml. 4, 113,

b) in later usage, to cause to recline,
sc. in order to take a meal, at table, upon
@ triclinium, etc. see in “Avdxsyuas 2;
and for this later signification see Lo-
beck ad Phryn. p. 216.— Mark 6: 39.
Luke 9: 15, 12: 37.—Mid. dvaxAivopet,
to recline, ac. at table etc. i. q. dvdxersos
q.v. Matt. 14: 19, Luke 7: 36. —Polyb.
31. 4. 5. Acta Thom. § 4.—In Matt, &
11 et Lake 13: 29, spoken of the feast
or banquet in the kingdom of heaven,
under which image the later Jews were
accustomed to describe the happiness
of the righteous in the Messiah’s
kingdom ; see Schoettgen Hor. Heb.
ad bh. 1. Lightfoot Hor, Heb. in
Lue. 16: 22. Jahn § 148, 4 Eadr. 2: 38,
6: 49 aq. Comp. Matt, 22:1 sq. 25: 1 8q.
26: 29, Mark 14:25, Luke 14: 15:q.
22: 16, 18, 30.

* Avaxonte,, £. xpos, to beat or drive
Back, Jos. Ant. 2.16.2 In N.T. trop.
to check, impede, hinder, trans, Gal. 5: 7
tly ipig dréxoye; where later editions
read évéxoye.— Wind. 18: 23 tiv dgyiy.
Philo de Monarch. p. 821.

"Avaxpato, f. te, to ery aloud, to

7

49

* AvadapBavo

ereloim, intrans, Mark 1: 23 6:49.

Luke 4: 88, 8:28, 23:18. Sept. for
RY Judg. 7: 20. yr571 Joo: 6: 5.
1 K.22:32,

ANy Joel 4: 16.—Jos.

arate or divide up ; in N.'T. trop.
1. to examine carefully, to investigate,

waquire. . ,
a) genr. Acts 17: 11 tag ypagas.
1 Cor. 10: 25, 27 pundév dvaxgivortes, not
anziously inguiring, sc. whether the
meat had been offered to idols ; see in
“Allaynpo. — Sept. for ph 1 Sam. 20:
12. — Jos. Ant. 5, 9.3 avixgeve tig sty,
4.6.2 Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 13

b) in @ forensic sense, spoken of a
judge, Luke 23: 14. Acts 4:9, 12: 19,
24: 8. 28; 18.—Susann.48,51. Xen. H.G.
5. 3, 25. Spoken in Greek writers of
an antecedent private hearing, to de-
termine whether a cause should be
brought at all before the judge in pub.
lic, Dem. 1066. 9.

2 to judge of, to estimate, trans. 1 Cor.
2 14, 15 bis, 80 to judge favourably, to
approve, 1 Cor. 4: 3 bis, 4. or to judge
unfavourably, to condemn, 1 Cor. 9: 3.
14: 24 dvaxpiveren, where it is parallel
with édéyzetan i.e. convinced of his
error and condemned, coll. v. 25.—
Phavorin. dvaxglve' 13 xpay Div kercite,
a xaldig F xomiis exgdizSn,

"Avaxprors, ews, 4, (dvaxglom,)
examination, ec, befere a judge, Acts
25: 26.—3 Mace, 7: 5. Polyb. 12, 27.3,
Phavorin. dvaxpuois* ééracis. Spoken
of an antecedent private hearing, see
*Avexglye, Dem. 1142.10.

* Avaxvnta, f. yo, (avd and xine
to bend forwards.) to raise one’s self up,
to rise up, sc. from a stooping posture,
Luke 13: 11 coll. v. 13. John 8: 7, 10.
Sept. for was xD Job 10: 15.—Jos,
Ant. 19, 8. 2, Ken. Eq. 7. 10.—Metaph,
to be elated, ac. with joy, Luke 21: 28.—
Jos, B. J.1. 8.5. Xen, Occ. 11. 5.

“AvaiapBaver, £.dpopar, aor. 4
GvilaBor, aor. 1 pass. avehipdyy, to take
‘up, trans. see 1

to

‘Ava dnys

a) gear. ec. from the ground, Sept.
for Eb “Judg. 19: 28. pz Josh.
4:8. ‘in N. T. only in the phrase dve-
WigOn els obgeviy, he was taken up, re-
ceived up, inte heaven, Mark 16: 19.
Acts 1:11, 10: 16. or aveigSy simply,
where ei, ror ovg. is implied, Acts 1: 2,
22, 1 Tim. 3: 16 é 30%n. So Sept. for

Tipb 2K. 29,10. sage bre ib. &
114 Mace. 2 58, Heclus. 48:°9, 49:
14, Philo Vit. Mos. II. p. 179. 5.—With
the nccesenry idea of bearing, Acts 7:
48 Svedefere tyr oxnriy tol Moléz,
coll. Amos 5: 26 where Sept. for & 3,
alluding probably to the manner ‘in
which the statues of heathen gods were
carried about in processions ; see Kui-
Boel in loc. Rosenm. ad Amos 5:26.
—BSpoken of arms etc. to take up arms,
to take one’s » Eph. & 18, 16.

+ So Bept. for sgh Deut. 1: 41. ns
‘Num. 25: 7.—2 Mace. 10s 27. Herodian.
2.6. 19. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.19.

b) toteke up or with, take 7, 8C. O88
companion or fellow-traveller, Acts 20:
13, 4. 23: 31. 2 Tim. 4:11. So Sept.

pb Gen. 24: 61. 45: 18. 48: 1. —
Sen. Oyr. 1.4.19, ib. 1.5.14. Jos.
sent. 2.10.2 dy orgatdy. 4. 5.1.

"Mvadmpes, sot, 4, (dralapBave
@..) a taking up, se. into heaven, Luke
9: 61.— Test XII Patr. Fabr.'Cod.
Peewd. V.T. 1. p. 585. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 15.

“Avadiona, f. leow, aor. 1 drj-
juaa, see Buttm, § 114. p. 267; to con-
sume, i.e. to Wisd. 13: 2. Jos.
‘Ant. 3.4.9. Ken. Mem. 2.7. 11.—In
N.T. to conrume, i.e. to destroy, traus. PT.
Luke 9: 54. Gal. 5:15. 2 Thess. 2:8
Sent for b>) ra 50: 7. zB. i, 5

Is. 32 : 30. ADM Prov.

* pave nite

et. Thom, §21 nol Savdry aizoig
Sralsion. Ken. Cyr. 2 1. a

* Aveaioyic, ac, fi, (ardloyes fe.
ii and héy0g,) ratio, proportion. Rom.

3% 6 sor thy dvaloylar mloroex, i.e

sgocerding to the measure of the gifts

end faculties with which we held to
. and manifest our. faithcomp. v.3 where
4 ts ptrpor.—Potyb. 9, 20. 1. Dem. de

Coron. ¢. 30 sat ovvlas cveleziay.

50

* Avapysryeme
Hoeyoh. nat dviderien nani piegor #

werfveedoy osert, & lowes, to real
on up, compute, a8 in arithmetic,
try, etc. Pollux. Onom. 4, 168.:In N. T.
to consider attentively, fo reflect wpon,
Heb. 12: 3.—3 Macc. 7:7. Jeu, Ant.
4. 8, 46, Diod. Bic. 20. 8,

“Avados, ov, 4, %, adj. (« pr. and
Gis salt.) not salt, i insipid, Mark 9: 50
ay 16 Gas valor yirqras, if the salt
become ‘not salt, i.e. lose its savour and
pungeney.—Plut. Symp. 4. 10.2. Tom.
VIII. p. 728. ed. Reisk. Zgror dvalov.

‘Aradvor, eas, {, (dvadie,) pp.
resolution, also departure,
eg. from a banquet, dx vol cusxocion,
Joa. Ant. 19.4.1. -Philo in Flace. ¥.
p- 534, 6. p.961—In N. T. departure so.
from life, 2 Tim. 4: 6, coll. Phil. 1: 2—
8o in full, évdhuces & tod Biov Philoin
Flacc. p. 991.

* Avalve,, £. toe, to loosen again,
to undo, e.g. the web of Penelope, Od.
2,105; to unfasten ec. the fastenings of
a ship and thus prepare for departure.
Od. 15. 548 ; Sept. to dissolve, metaph.
spoken of sins, to be forgiven, Ecclus,
15. — In N. TT. to depart, sc. from life,
Phil, 1:23; see “dvcilucug and Schootig.
Hor. Heb. in loc. — So axoliw Achan.
V.H. 5.6.—With the accessory idea of
going home or back; hence, to refura,
e.g. & tiv yoyay, Luke 12: 36.—Wisd.
21 2Macc. 8:1. Jos, Ast 6.4.1,
Aelian. V. HL 4. 23.

“Avapcigrros, ou, 4, %, adj. (©

pr. and &uaprdve,) without sin, faultless,
John'8: 7.—Sept. Deut. 29: 18. 2 Mace.
8:4, Ken. Mem. 4. 2. 26,

* Avameve, f. uxvis, to wait out, i. @.
to remain, Judith 7: 12. Herodot. 7. 42.
In N.T. to await, to expect, ac. with pa-
tience and confidence, trans. 1 Thess.
1: 10. So Sept. for m1p Job 7:2. Is.
50: 11. — Judith 8 18° Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6.18, Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 13.

“Avaprpvjoxea, £ prjow aor. 1
pam. erprioSy» with mid. signif.
Butm. § 136.2; 10 call upto mind, de re~
mind, cause to remember.
8) genr. and constr. with doub. accus.

* dvaprness
BCos. 4:17 3s duds avapajow tas Sbovg
wou, see Winer § 30.7. Matth. § 347.
2.2. Buttm. § 131.5. Sept for 217
Gen, 41:9, 1K. 17: 18 Bz. 2 19.—
With doub. accus. Diod. Sic. 17: 10.
Kens An. 3.211. Herodot 6. 140.
‘With gon. of the thing, Jos. Ant. 9. 6.3,
—In the sense of to admonish, to exhort,
2 Tim. 1: 6.
2 Mid. civaysporjoxopat tocall to mind,
to recollect, to remember, absol. Mark 11:
21.—With a gen. of thing, Mark 14: 72

» drqrrjcSy [rot Griparos, Buttm. § 132.5.

3. 86 Sept. for r>1 Gen, 8:1. Num,
15: 39,—Ecelus. 3: 14. Joa. Ant. 2.7.8.
Constr, ¢. socus.'2 Cor. 7: 15 rhy ine-
sof. Heb. 10: 32.— Xen. An. 7. 1. 26.

° Avaprnots, eos, 4, (avapyprjoxte
q. ¥.) remembrance, Luke 22 19. 1 Cor.
11: %, 25, coll. v.26. Heb. 10: 3. Sept.
for 11731 Num. 10: 10. -7z17 Ps. 38
1.—Wisd. 16: 6. Plato Phileb. § 67. ed.
Stall.

“Avareda, ob, f. dow, (ard and
v260,) to renew; Mid. avavecouas, ob
Ha, to renew for one’s self, etc. ©. g. "

1 Mace. 14: 18, 22. tdy dgxor
Thuc. 5. 18. In N.T. to renew one’s
self, to be renewed, ac. in spirit, 1§
seyetport, Eph. 4: 23, i. e. to be changed
from a carnal to a christian spirit and
life. Comp. dyn Ps. 51: 12, — Mare.
Antonin, 4. 3 dvavéov caavroy.

* Avarjge, f. ye, to become sober
again, sc. dx usIne Lucian. Hermot. §83.
In N. 'T. metaph. to recover sobriety of
mind, to recover one’s self, ac. éx tH tov
dcafdlov nay i8os, intrans. 2 Tim. 2 26.
— Jos, Ant. 6. 11. 10 é& S¢ivev. Philo
de Alleg. 3. p. 1098. ‘Ceb. Tab. 2

Avovias, a, 6, Ananias, Heb.
9213 (Jehovah hath given), pr. name
of three persons in N.T.

1. of a Jew at Jerusalem, who was
struck dead on being convicted of false-
hood by Peter, Acts 5: 1, 3, 5.

2. of a Christian at Damascus, who
restored the’ sight of Paul, Acts 9: 10
bis, 12, ¥3, 17, 22: 12

3. of a high priest of the Jews, about
A.D. 47, the son of Nebedeeus. He
was pent as a prisoner to Rome by
Quadsaine governor of Syxis, and Jon-

51

“Avance ,

sthan appointed in bis place ; but being
discharged by Claudius, be returned to
Palestine, and Jonathan being murdered
through’ the treachery of Felix the suo-
cessor of Quadratus, Ananias appears to
have performed the functions of the
high priest, as a 330 or substitute, until
Temaol the son Phabeus was appointed
to that office by Agrippa, about A. D.
63. Ananias was afterwards killed ina
tomult. Acts 23:2. 24: 1—See Jos,
Ant, 20. 6.2. ib, 20.85,8 B J.2
17,9. On the 730 or vicar of the high
priont, sce Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal,
1435 aq. Krehe Obes. in N.T. e Joseph.
p. Seq. 114,175, Comp. 9K. 25: 18.
* Avavilgenroc, ov, 5, 4, adj. (#
pr. dyzl and dgéu,) not to be contradicted,
Acts 19: 36. — Symmach.
Job 11: 2. Polyb. 6.7.7. ib. 28,11. 4.
* Avavigeytes, adv. Pp. without
contradiction ; hence without hesitation,
promptly, Acta 10: 29.—Polyb, 23. 8. 14.
* Avakios, ov, 6, 4, adj. (opr. aad
$104) unworthy, not adequate, s09. ge
1 Cor. 6 2.—Sept. Jer. 15: 29, Eoslus
25:8, Jos. Ant.6,1.4. Herodian. 2.7.6
" Avakicas, sav. umsorthity io. in
‘an improper manner, irreverently, 1 Cor.
11: 27, 29.—2 Mace. 14 42, Herodian.
2.7.6

see An IUOEE, ews, 4, (Grameen)

} quiet, sc. from occupation, 0]

prowisn, or torment. Rev. 4: 8 avi
mavow oix izovor—hiyortes, exclaiming
without intermission, etc. for the constr.
see Burt. § 144. a, 3. — Matt. Li: 29
ni dyanavow tals przaig ipay.
Rev. 14: 11, Sept. wane Jer. 45:3.
ringw Lev. 25 8. x. 16: 23,
al.— Wind. 4:7. Gece 9. Jos. Ant.
3.123 Dion. Halie, 4. 48. — Me-
ton. place of rest, “fised habitation,
‘Matt. 12:43. Luke 11:24. So Sept. for
who Gen. 6: 9. Ruth 21. mmy

1 Chr, 28: 2.—Ecclus, 24: 7,

* Avance, f. abow, to couse to
cease or desiat from, Ul. 17. 550. to cause
to rest, to give rest to, traps, Jos. Ant. 3,
2 5 Xen. Cyr, 7. 4;—InN.T.

a) metaph. fo give rest, so. to the mind,
te free from sorrow or care, to refresh, re>

« “Avaneido "52 * Avanohoyntos
create, trans, Matt. 11:28. 1 Cor. ancient manner; see in “Avcixerpas 2.
16: 18, 2Cor.7: 13. Philem. 7,20. — Matt. 15: 35. Mark 6: 40. 8: 6.

So Sept. for Hr] Prov. 29:17. Is, 14:3.
yt Ez. 34: 15,—Ecelus. 3:6.
b) ‘Mid. avanatopat, to rest, i. ¢. to
take rest, to enjoy repose, the idea of
vious exertion, anxiety, or suffering
being included. ‘Spoken of those who
are fatigued, Mark 6: 31. of those who

sleep, Matt. 26: 45. Mark 14:41. of those -

who enjoy a tranquil life, Luke 12: 19.
of those who quietly wait for any thing,
Rev. 6: 11. of those who die, Rev. 14:
18. So Sept. for 1119 Deut. 5: 4. Esth.
9 16. 3U7 Mic. 4:4, a%tar Job 10:
20.— Act. Thom. §4. Plut. Symp. 8.
7. 4.— For the constr. with é, Rev. 14:
18, see Matth. § 355. 0.1. So with and
Jos. Ant. 3.5.5.

¢) from the Heb. dvanavoyat, to
have a place of rest, to abide, to dwell.
1 Pet. 4:14 13 mvetua ig ipag avo
mecberas, coll. Rom. 8:11. S80 Sept. for
q2e Deut. 88:20. Is. 13:21. 32: 16.
ye 18:20, 27:10. ty3 Prov. 21:

6.

” Avanetdeo, f. low, to persuade over,
in N. 'T. in a bad sense, i. e. to seduce,
trang. Acts 18:13, Sept. for N*wjrq Jer, 29:
8—I Macc. 1:11. Xen, Mem. 3, 11. 10.

* Avanéuna, f. yo, trans. 1. to
send up, sc. before a judge, a tribunal,
ete. to refer, to remit, Luke 23:7, 11, 15.
—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.14 tiv Sésny tig iegay
nol. Xen. Cyr. 7.5.34. Herodian.
2, 12, 11.

*@ to send back, trans. Philem. 12, —
Plut. Pomp. c. 36.

*Avdnnoos, ov, 6 % adj. (ard
and mpés,) maimed, i.e. deprived of some
member or of the use of it, Luke 14: 13,
21,.—2 Mace. 8: 24, Ael v. iH. 11.9,
Hesych. dvenngog* mgs, tuphés, rors

*Avaninto, £ mecoipas, aor. 2
Gvinsaoy, aor. 1 mid. dvenecdpyy Luke
14: 10 et 17: 7 in later editions; see
Buttm. §96. n.9. §114. p.298. Lobeck ad
Phryn. p-794 ; pp-to fall upon or towards,
i.e. to fall down, to lie down, Sept. for
9°79 Gen. 49: 9, Susann. 36. Xen. Ove.
8.8. Diod. Sic. 4, 59.—In N. T. to re-

cline, ec. at table, at meals, ete. in the

John 6: 10 bis, 18: 12. 21: 20 én
75 or00s "Incot, reclined upon the
breast of Jesus, i.e. next to him on the
triclinium ; see in “Avdxepos 2, and
comp. John 13: 23, 25.—Tob. 2 1 dvé—
neoa tod paytiy. Judith 12: 15. Ec-
clus. 352. Lucian. Asin. § 23. — By
impl. to take a place at table etc. to eat,
Luke 11: 37, 22:14. —In the same
sense, aor. 1 mid. imperat. dvdzecas,
Luke 14: 10 et 17: 7 in later edit. for
Gvdnegoy or—ce in text. rec.—This sense
of the word belongs only to the later
Greek ; see Phryn. and Lobeck p. 216.

’ Avandngow, «2, £. de, to fll up,
to complete, e.g. a chasm, zéopc, Joa,
Ant. 7. 10.2. time, Sept. for xb Gen.
29: 28, Ex. 7:25, number, Xen. Vect.
4. 24.—In N. T. also to ill up, to fulfil, to
complete, trans.

a) spoken of measure, 1 Thess. 2: 16
dranngdous abtér ras duagtias, i. q.
10 pétgoy téy Guagtiéy in Matt. 23: 32 ;
for the sentiment. comp. Matt. 1. c. and
Gen. 15: 16. Dan. 8 23. 2 Mace. 6:
13—15.

b) spoken of prophecy etc. to
Mash 13: 14, — Bo dyentfowos sn

c) spoken of a work or duty, to fulfil,
to perform. Gal. 6: 2 toy yopov tod Xe.
the precept of Christ, coll. John 13: 14,
34, — Barnab. Ep. § 21 nacay évtolijy.
Jos, Ant. 6.13.4 ry tar vomstousreey
dranliigceas.

9) spoken of persons, dvaningoir ror
dmv tds, to fil the place of any one,
ive. to sustain his character, 1 Cor. 14:
16 & dvanagé tiv téxor tot iBuisov,
i.e, he who sustains the character of an
unlearned person, or who is such.—
Jos, B. 3.5. 2 5 orgatuiov ziti
Gvaingoir. So Lat. implere vicem Plin.
Ep. 6. 6.6, and Rabb, pip xb Buxt.
Lex. Ch. Rab. Tal. 2001. *

e) in the sense of to supply, make good,
sc. a deficiency, Sotégnue, 1 Cor. 16: 17.
Phil. 2: 30.—Joe. Ant. 5. 6. 2 20 dsinoy.
Diod, Sic. 3, (p, 148) ix_tis pisses

jcoy. Plut. de Puer. Educ. c. 13.
See Elsner Obs. in N. T. IL p. 250.

* Avanodoyytos, ov, 6, %, adj. (#

“Avanpeose

F: and dnoloyioua,) without apology,

Rom. 1: 20. 2:1. — Polyb.

12. 21.10.” Just. Mart. Apol. 2, p. 71.

Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 2 dranoléyrtés &
dots 5 wh moteboas.

“Avangdouw, v. 110, £. fu, to
make up, i. e. to call in, to exact, o. g.a debt,
in some Mos. Luke 19: 23, instead of
&+ ixgate.—Xen. Anab. 7.7. 31.

* Avantiooa, f. bo, (dvd and arie-
ow to fold,) to fold back, to unfold, Xen.
Eg. 12, 6. Sept. for ziqp Deut. 22:17.
nN. T. to unroll, ©. g. 16 Bipllor,
roll or volume, Luke 4:17. See Bi-
Moy, Sept. for wy 2 K. 19: 14.—
Herodot. 1. 125.

* Avante, f. ys, to light up, to kin-
die, trans. Luke 12:49. Acts 28:2. James
3:5. Sept. for nr Jer. 9: 12: "33
2 Chr. 13:11. erqh Mal. 4: 1—Polyb.
14.5, 1. Xen. Anab, 5, 2. 24,

- “Avagitunros, ov, 6, % adj. (a
pr. and dgr9yés,) innumerable, Heb. 11:
12. Sept. for oie Prov, 7: 26,
3307 Job 21: 33. TS

ied. 7: 11. Xen. Cyr. 7.4. 8,

* Avaceta, £. dow. to shake up or
backwards and forwards, e. g. the hands,
‘Thuc. 4,38.—In N. T. metapb. to stir
instigate, sc. tov Syloy,Mark 15: 11. Luke
23: 5. — Aquila for m°O7 Job 23. Diod.
Sic. 13.91, Dion. Halic. 8. 88 10 xlzFos.

“Avacxevatto, f. dow, (ava and
cxsudte fr. oxsi05,) lo pack up baggage,
etc. in order to remove, Xen. Cyr. 8. 5.
4. to lay waste, sc. by collecting and
carrying off every thing, Jos. Ant. 14.
15.8, 4, Xen, Cyr. 6. 2.25, to destroy,
Thuc. 4.116 ty» déxvPor xaSeloy xai
Gvacxrudous.—Hence, inN. T. metaph.
to destroy, €. g. tes yuzds, to pervert, ac.
from the truth, fatally, Acts 15: 24,—
Polyb. 9. 31. 6 S¢xovs. wad ovrdrjnar.
12, 25.4 ai sori pnty.

“Avaonde, @, £ dow, to draw up
wow Luke 14: 5. Acts 11:10, Sept.

ea Hob. 1: 15.—Jos. Ant. 2.11. 1.
lem. 3. 10. 7.

"Avdoracts, £005, 4, (cerlormps,) a
rising wp, 0. g. from a seat, Sept. for

53

“Avactuas

bap Lam. 8 68. Thuc. 1. 193. from
ambush, Polyb. 5. 70. 8. in order todo
ay thing, Sept. for nip Zeph. 3: 8.

rising, i.e. an inew Dem.
Olynth. 1. 1.—Hence in N. T.

1. a rising up, as opp. to 4 ntdat,
Fall; by moeton. the author or cause of
rising up, i.e. metaph. the author of a
better state, of higher prosperity, of eter-
nal happiness, Luke 2: 34.—Others here
take dvacrois in the sense of breaking
‘up, removal, as in Jos, Ant. 10. 9. 7;
and as referred to the mind,
agitation, perturbation ; comp. Is. 8: 14,
15. But see Olshausen in loc.

2. resurrection, se. of the body from
death, return to life, viz.

a) spoken of individuals who have
returned to life. Heb. 11: 35 women re-
ceived their dead & dvaotdaees, lit. from
resurrection, i.e, raised again to life;
comp. 1 K. 17: 17 6g. 2K. 4: 20 aq. —
So of the resurrection of Jesus, Acts 1:
2. 231. 4:33 17:18." Rom. 1: 4.
6:5. Phil. 3:10, 1 Pet. 1:3. 3: 21.

b) spoken of the future and general

TR resurrection at the end of all things, év-

afi doxeap wigg, John 11: 24; either
simply aydotac, or aydotucg toy
vexgisy or dx vengiay, Acts 17:32, 24: 15,
21. 26:23. 1 Cor. 15: 12, 18, 21, 42.
Heb. 6: 2. John 5:29 bis, sig tvdotaci
tui — sis dvdoraciy xplosws, resurrec-
tion unto life, i.e. eternal bappiness ;
resurrection unto condemnation, i.e. eter-
nal misery. Heb. 11: 35 tye xgelstovos-
Gracrdcens tizwosy, that they might ob- -
tain a better resurrection, sc. than that
just before spoken of, i.e. that they
might obtain the resurrection unto life.
—This general resurrection the Saddu-
cees denied, Matt. 22:23, 28, 30,31. Mark
12: 18, 23, Luke 20: 27, 83. Acts 4: 2,
23: 6,8. and also certain Christians,
2 Tim. 2 18,

¢) spoken of the resurrection of the
righteous, réiv dixader, Luke 14: 14, coll.
v. 15. 20: 85, 36, Matt. 22: 30. called
also the first resurrection, Rev. 20: 5, 6.
Comp. i Cor. 15: 23, 24, 1 Thess, 4: 16.
Bee aleo 2 Mace. 7: 9,14. 12: 43—45,
whence it would seem that the later
Jews believed only the true worshippers:
of God would rise, and not the Gentes ;
‘see espec. 2 Macc. 7: 14, coll. Is, 26: 14.

“dvacietoe

+d) by meton. the author of resurrection,
John 11: 25, .

* Avaciatow, @, f. dow, (drdore-
tos fr. avlornps,) found only in later
Greek, and equivalent to aveotatoy
sowtiy in earlier writers; see Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p.146. H, Planck de Indole,
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684; to drive out,
expel, Aquil. and Syrmnm. iatrans. for 712
Pa. 11:1. y*30y Ps. 50: 12. to devastate, de-
troy, a8 cities, Jos. Ant. 8. 12, 2. ib. 10.
6. 2. and 80 dydoraroy xouiy Thuc. 6.
76. — Hence in N.T. to disturb, to agi-
tate, to put in commotion, trans. spoken
of cities, Acts 17:6, 21: 38. of the minds
of Christians, Gal. 5: 12, coll. v. 10.

* Avaotavgew, @, f. dow, (dvd,
oravgde,) to raise up and fiz upon the
cross, to crucify, trans. Jos, Ant. 11. 6.10,
B.J. 2.14.9. Diod. Sic. 2.1. Xen.
An, 3.1. 17.—In N. T, metaph. Heb. &
6 [nid] dvacravpoivcas iavtcig tov
wloy tot Seos.—See Tittm, de Syo.
N.T. p, 235, and in Bibl. Repos, 111.
Pp. 63,

* Avastevato, f. ba, (dvd and

arveviites,) bo fetch up a a sigh,
i.e. to sigh deeply, Mark 8 12. See
‘Tittm. de Syn. N.T. p. 228 oq. and

in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 56, So Sept. for
yy Lam. 1: 4.—2 Mace. 6:30. Ecelus.
25:18, 22. Xen. Conv. 1. 15.

“Avaorpége, f. yo, aor. 2 pass.

Snarpcigny.

eit to turn up, to overturn, trans. e. g.

peta John % 15.—Ecclus. 36: 4
col ir 12. Judith 1: 13 ti» divopsr, i.e.
the host of the enemy. Philo de Nom.
mutat. p. 1082. Xen. Venat. 9. 18.

2. to turn back again, and intrans.
amd Mid. to return, comp. in”4yo no. 3.
Acts 5: 22. So Sept. for 33%) Gen. 8: 7,
9. 14: 7. al. saep.—Wied. 16:14. Xen.
Anab. 4, 3, 29.—By Hebraism, Acts 15:
16, dvacteiye sal aromodoujow my
axqriy Jofid, put adverbially for again,
like mgizg Gen. 30: 31. 2K. 1: 13,

20: 5, al. see Gesen. Lebrg. p. 828, Stu-
art § 533, Butem, § 144. n. 8. come
Amos & 11 where the Heb. is b°pi, of
which dvectgiye: xai ot isa
lax translation. Others, I will restore,
oct up again.

54,

" dvetdddeo

3. Mid. avacrgsgopas, and aor. 2
peas, (Buttm, § 196, 2,) to turn ons’ self
around, to be turned around, ete. i. q.
‘Lat, versari, or as in comm. Engliah, to
turn one’s self or one’s hand to any thing ;
©. €. éy 80q. dat.

8) spoken of place, to move about in
8 place, i.e. to sqjourn, to dwell in, Matt.
17:22 =2Cor.1:12 So Sept and
pp 71 Josh. 55. Ez, 19: & — Jou.

2.1. Heaych. dractpepéperos
nagugzouevos, — Spoken of a state, a
thing, etc. to be with, to be tn,
ive in, e.g. dy nldvp, 2 Pet. % 18—
Ecclun, 8 8 éy mapoiplaus. 39:3, 50:
%8, Wied. 13: 7. Jos. Ant.2 7.5 magi
vouds, i.e. to be employed in pasturing
flocks, ete. Xen. Ag. 9. 4.

b) spoken of persons, etc. lit, to move
about among, i. ©. to live with, be conver-
sant with, and hence genr. to live, te

2 one’s time, to conduct one’s
Epp. % 8 bral aah gute még Soe
otedgnuer nord [Brtec] dy rats ér
aus. Heb, 10: 33, 13:18. 1 Tim. & 15.
1 Pet. 1: 17. So Sept. for ‘J27 Prov.
20: 7. mipg Ez, 2: 7. — Xen. Anab.
25.14

“Avacrgogy}, 7s, 4, (éracteige
$710 farming about, Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 8
Sn mode of life, conduct, deport-

Gal. 1: 18 Eph. 4m, 1Tim. 4

ee

Hence, genr. iife, as made up of
actions etc. Heb. 13:7. 1 Pet. 1:15.

* Avaradoocomar, f. atone, (are
and técca,) to set up in order, to
trans. Luke 1: 1.— Plut. de Solert.
Anim. c. 12,

*Avarédda, £. 1016, aor. 1 dvézula,
perf. dvarizalxa,

1. trans. to cause to rise up,e.g. tor jluen,
Matt. 5:45. So Sept. for 179%7] Gen
3: 18, Is. 61: 11—Philo de Norn. mu-
tat. p. 1083. Diod. Sic. 17.7. Hom. Il.
5.77.

2. intrans, to rise up ; a) pp. spoken of
light, Matt. 4: 16. Sept. for mor Is.
58: 10.—of a cloud, Luke 12 54. ofthe
moming star, 2 Pet. 1: 19, Sept. Job 3
9. Is 14: 12.—of the.sus, Mat. 1% 6,

“hrertOnme

Merk 4:6, 162. James 1:11. Bo Kept.
for 11 Gen, 32: 31. Ex. 2 3. Judg.
9: 33. ot sxop——Paus. 2.23. Xea. Cyr.
8.3, 2—The earlier Greek writers use
dcresiiley of the sun, and énsvilieiy of
the stars; Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 194 99.

b) trop. ‘of the Meseiak’s descent from
the tribe of Judah, to spring, Heb. 7: 14,
ool, Luke 1:78. Sept. Num. 24: 17, —
‘Test. Xi Patr. in Fabre. 1. p. 686.

“Avarlinur, £. srojcopan, to
place upon, Poly. 1. 86.6. to lay wp,
‘suspend, a8 § gift in 2 temple, Judith
16: 17. Sept. for pry Lev. 27: 28.
tro 1 Sam. 31: 10. Xen. Anab. 5, 3.
5, 6—In N. T. Mid. aor. 2 dveSéuny, to
place before, i.e. to declare to any one,
to make known, trans. Acts 25: 14. Gal.
2: 2.—Sept. Mic. 7:5. 2 Mace. 3:9. Ar-
temid. Oneirocr. 2. 64 dvertiSipavds tere
x6 Byag. Diog. Laert. 2. 18. 16,

"Avery, 95, 4, (averilae q. v.)
arising, se. of the sun and moon, Sept.
Judg. 5: 31. Is. 60:19. of the stars, Ae-
Wien. H. An, 3, 30. Aristot. H. An. 9, 17,
277. See Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 125.
Hence in N. T.

L by meton. the day-spring, dawn,
or the rising sun. Luke 1: 78 dvatol} &
‘yous, i.e. the rising of the celestial sun
* from on high, the Messiah ; consp. Is,
& 2 60: 1,3-—Others, a shoot, as Sept.
: draco for myy Jer. %: 5. Zech. 3: 8

2. put in Sing. and Plur. for the east,
poken both of the heavens and the
earth, Matt. 2: 1,2, 9. 8:11, 2%: 27.
Luke 16:29, Rev. 7:2. 16:12, 21:13.
So Sept. arorolad for ND Num. 32:
19. Deut. 3:47.al. D4p Gen. % 8.
Joab, 7: 2.

" Avatgénco, £. yes, to overturn, over-
throw, trans. pp. Ken. Cyr. 2. 2. 5. Sept.
bar 118: 13. fn N. T. metaph. to eub-

vert, destroy, 2 Tim. 2 18 Tit. 1: 11.
Sept. for 4/33 Prov. 10: 3. — Diod. Sic,
1.77 viv alow,

* Avarpépa, £. Seiya, lit to nour-
ish up, i. . to bring up, aa child, trans.
Acts 7: 20, 21.—Wisd. 7: 4. Jos. Ant. 4.
8.24. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10. — Metaph.

35

" Avagesr io

spoken of mental culture, fo educate,
Acts 2 3.—Herodian. i. 4. 8
Avapatyer, £ pari, pp. to Hight
up, as lamps, Od. 18. 310. to make ap-
pear to howe, Xen. Conv. 4, 12 Sts pos
Kinylay dvapalvovow.—In N. T. _
Gragalropuas, to show one's self, to
Pear, Luke 19: 11. So Sept. Job 11: 1s
eraparsizal gos signa. — Pasa, to be
shewn, i.e. to Aave pointed out to one’s
self; Acts 21: 3 dvagavivtes iy Kixgor,
being shewn Cyprus, i. e. baving it point-
ed out to them as visible in the distance.
In the Act. dvapalve governs the acc.
of the thing and dat. of pers. as in Xen.
Cony. 4. 12 above; while here in the
Pase. the dat. becomes the subject, and
the accus, is retained ; Buttm. § 134.5,
6,7. Matth.§ 424.2. Winer § 40. 1.
—Theophan. p. 392 dvaqavivren 86 ob
adv sip viv dor arinois of oxyarrnyol.

* Avagéga, f. dvolow, aor. 1 éri-
seyna, aor. 2 dviveyxoy,

1. to bear upwards, lo carry up, to lead
up, sc. from a lower to a higher place,
trans. seq. sis c. accus. of pluce whither,
Mot. 17:3. Mark 9:2. Luke 24: 51.
Sept. for x73: 1 Sam. 17:54. 2 Chr.
29: 81. stem 1 Chr. 15: 8, 12, 14.
2 Chr. & 1, 3'4. — Lacian, Dial. Deor.
20. 9 tuxct.—Spoken of sacrifices, to offer
ep, ie. place upon the altar, én! 76 Su- .
cwaatiigwr, James 2:21. So Sept. for
Be Gen, 8:20. Nom. 2%: 2 Chr.

Hence also without éxi 13 Sue.
fin 7:27 bis, 13: 15, 1 Pet. 2:5, So
Sept. for rits7q Lev. 14: 19. Judg. 1:
31. Sept. 6 iepeic dvagigny for Eiht b
Lev. 6: 19,

2. fo take up and bear, ec. in the place
of another, t take from another upon
one’s self, to take away ; in N. T. spoken
metaph. of sins, rag apagrlag, to bear the % .
punishment of sin, to expiate, Heb. 9: 28. “
1 Pet, 2: 24 6¢ sag dpagriag sudiv aitog
aviveyxey by 16 couatt aitod énd tb Bi~-
Jor, who bore our sins in his own body +
upon the cross, i.e. himself bore the * ~
punishment due to our sins; comp. Is.
53: 12, where Sept. dvagdpey for wt:
So Num. 14: 83 dvoloove: oly xogrelar
Spsiv for Heb. wind. chee Gewtay af

"Avagerteo, , fou, to iit up
the voice, i.e. to exelaim, ery out. Luke

* Avayvos

1; 42 geri usyddp, for which construc-
tion see in “Avalide b. Sept. for
ype 1 Chr. 15: 28. 2Chr. 5: 13, —
Plut: Cie. 27. Polyb. 3. 33. 4.

* Avayvots, ews, 4, (dvazin to
pour out upon,) pouring oul, fusion;
inN,T. metaph. UPet. 4:4 als sy» abrir
tis dowtlas avdizvowy, into the same
dying out, excess, of dissolutencss, —
Spoken of the mouth of a river, etc.
estuary, Aelian. H. A. 16.15. Strabo III.
p. 206, 374,

Avaxzcopén, ti, fou, to go back,
to recede, spoken of those who flee, Sept.
for 1173 Jer. 4: 29, pr Judg. 4: 17.
In N.T. simply to go cway, to depart,
i. @. to go from one place to another, viz.

a) genr. Matt. 2: 12°13, 14,22. 4: 12,
1215, 14:13, 15: 21, 27: 5. Mark 3:
7. John 6: 15.—2 Mace. 5: 27. Jos. B. J.,
4.5.5. Ant. 4.6.8 Herodian, 1.12.2.

b) in the sense of to withdraw, to re-
tire, for privacy, etc. Acts 23:19, 26:31.
—Polyb. 1. 11. 15.—Matt. 9: 24 dvaya-
gtise, withdraw, i.e. give place.

Avawukis, Eos, %, (avayize q.v.)
refreshnen it, recreation, rest. Acts 3:20
xasgod dveyitens, times of refreshing, i.e.
‘of peaceful perso ht bliss fe the
Messiah’s kingdom ; cf. v. 20, 21. Sept.
for srry Ex. 8: 11 [15]. — Philo de
Abr. p. 371. Strabo XVII. p, 1137.
Hesych. dvdyutigs dvdnavars.

* Avaynize, £. $0, (dvd and yize
to breathe, to cool,) to draw breath again,
to take breath, i.e. to revive, be refreshed,
jorrans, Sept. for Up) Ex. 23: 12, m2
Judg. 15:19. a°ba7t Ps. 39: 13. 129
1Sam.16; 23. to refresh with cooling,trans.
Hom. Od. 4. 568. Bion 1,85.—In N.T.
genr. to refresh, recreate, trans, 2 Tim, 1:
16 Ste wolddxis us avdyrse, i. e. has often
delighted, gratified me. — Act. Thom.
§ 19 toig tePaqupdvors. Tgnat. ad.
Ephes.§2. Hom. Il. 13. 84 ploy jrog.
Herodot. 7. 59,

* Avdpanodiarps, ov, 6, (dvdga-
modife to enslave, fr. dvdgdnodor slave,)
@ manstealer, kidnapper, “1 Tim. 1: 10.
comp. ‘Ex. 21: 16. ‘Deut. 24: 7.—Philo
de Joseph. p. 529. Polyb. 12, 9. 2
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 6.

56

* Avahejpov

' Avdgdas, ov, 6, Andrew, pr-name
of one of the-Aposties. He was a Gali-
Jean, born at Betheaida, John 1: 45 ; and
was at first a follower of Jobo the Bap-
tist, John 1: 41 coll. v.35; but after
wards became a disciple of Jesus, along
with his brother Simon Peter, Matt. 10:
2. AL.

Avdotkea, f. low, (drig,) to render
manly or brave, Ken. Ove. 5.4.—In N.T.
Mid. cvdgiCouasto show one’s self'a man,
1 Cor. 16:13, Sept. for p3tt Deut. 31:
6,7. Joa. 10: 25. ‘yrak Josh. 1: 6, 9.
—1 Mace. 2: 64, Xen. Anab, 4.3.34.

* Avdgovixos, ov, 6, Andronicus,
a Jewish Christian, the kinsman and
fellow-prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16: 7.

* Avdpopovos, ov, & (arig and
pov0s,) a homicide, murderer, 1 Tim. 12
9.—2 Mace, 9: 28. Plato Eutyphr. c. 2.

’ Avdyxdytog, ov, 6, %, 9d). (@ pre
and ¢yxalde to arraiga,) pp. notarraign-
able; hence in N. T. unblameable, t-

il 1 Cor. 1:8. Col. 1: 22.
1Tim. 3: 10. Tit. 1: 6,7.—3 Mace.
5:31. Jos. Ant, 5.8.8 Xen. Mem.
2.8. 5.

Avexdpyijtos, ov, 8, % adj. (@
pr. and éxdinyéowas to relate,) what can-
not be related, i.e. unutter-
able, 2 Cor. 9: 15. — Spoken of God,
‘Athenagor. Apol. p. 10. So ddvjyyros
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.32. .

°* Avexdccdnros, ov, 6, 4 adj. (w
pr. and éxlaléw to speak out) unspeak-
able, ineffable, 1 Pet. 1: 8.— Ignat. ad
Eph. c, 19 10 ois abtod dvexddigtor qr.

” Avéxdecnt0s, ov, 6, %, (a pre-and
dadeinw to fail,) unfailing, ezhoustless,
Luke 12: 83.—Diod. Sic. 1. 36, ib. 4. 84.
Clem. Alex. Strom.° 4.

* Avexr05, 7, Ov, (drizopat,) toler
able, ; in.N. T. only in the
compar, Matt, 10: 15, 11: 22, 24. (Mark
6:11.] Luke 10: 12, 14, — Herodian. 6.
5.11. Polyb. 12.9.5. Thuc. 2. 35.

* Avehenpeor, ovos, 6, %, adj. (a
pr. and élsi:ov,) uncompassionate, cruel,
Rom. 1: 31, Sept. for 173% Prov. 5: 9.
11: 17,—Wiad, 12:5, 19:1.

*Avepito

Areptie, £. low, (trey0s,) to agi-
tate by winds, to toes, Pass. spoken
off waves, James 1: 6.— Not found in
‘Sept. nor in classic writers.

“ Aveuos,'ov, 6, (dw or ens to
breathe, to blow,) wind, i.e. air in mo-
tion.

8) pp. Matt. 11:7. 14:24. Mark 4:
41. Luke 7:24. Rev. 7: 1 pi) mvéy dye
0s. Spoken of violent, stormy winds,
Matt. 7: 25,27. 8:26. 14: 30 tov ve
Hor iogugéy, v. 32. Mark 4: 37, 39 bis,
Mark 6: 48,51. Luke 8: 23, 24,25.
John 6: 18. Acts 27: 4, 7, 14, 15. James
3: 4 ind oxiygay dvivwr. Jude 12.
Rev. 6 13. Sept. for 15 Job 21: 18.
Is, 41: 16, al. — Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 9. —
Rev. 7: 1 of tiowages Sveuos, the four car
dinal winds, So Sept. for nina, 278
Jer. 49: 36.—Jos. Ant. & 3.5 mgde 1a
xAlpora téy tecodguy aviuaw anopls-
mtorr. Hence

b) by meton. of réougss dvepon the
Sour quarters of the earth or heavens,
‘whence these cardinal winds blow,
Matt. U4: 31. Mark 13: 27. comp. Luke
13: 29. So Sept for niniy 9298
1 Chr. 9 24, Dan. 11: 4. aa

c) metaph, put as the emblem of in-
atability etc. dyepos tis diSacxalas,
swind of doctrine, i. e. empty doctrine, un-
stable opinion, etc. Eph. 4: 14.—Ecclus,
5: 9. So MAT Job 15: 2.

* Avévdextos, ov, 6, j, adj. (a pr.
and édiysras fieri potest,) impossible,
what cannot be, Luke 17: 1, coll. Matt.
18: 7,

" Avekegevvntos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a
Pr. and éegzvvda,) inscrutable, Rom.11:
33, — Bymm. for “ph Prov. 25:3.
apy Jer. 17:9.

“Avetixanos, ov, 5, %, adj. (évé-
Zope to endure, and xaxés,) patient un-
der evils and injuries, 2 Tim. 2 24.—
Hierocl. ad Pythag. Carm. Aur. 7. So
Gyetixoxtes Wied. 2: 19. Plut. Pelop. 25.

* Avektzvlastog, ov, 5, %, adj. (a
pr. and é:yyucifw to explore,) which can-
not be explored, metaph. inscrutable, in-
comprehensible, Rom. 11: 33. Eph. 3: 8,
Sept. for pit ry Job 5: 9. 9:10, 84:
24.—Prayer of Manass. 6. 8

57 “Avev
Arvenalozurroc, ov, 6, 4, adj. (0,
pr. and érarcyévouas,) without cause of
shame, irreproachable, 2 Tim. 2 15.

AAvenddyntos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (a
pr. and émdoufdve,) pp. not to be ap-
prehended ; in N.'T. metaph. # =
sible, unblameable, 1 Tim. 3: 2, coll, Tit.
1:7 where it is avéyxdqtos. 1 Tim. 5:7,

6: 14. — Clem. Alex. Paed. 1. 2. id.
Strom. 6. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.15. Plut.
Pericl. 10. . .

* Avépyouat, f. dvadsicouar, aor. 2
GyilPoy, to come up, to go up, to ascend,
se. from a lower to a higher place ; e. g.
els 15 8905, John G 3. ele “Iepoabhywa
Gal, 1: 17,18. See in *Avafalye a.
So Sept. for 5 bey IK. 13:12. wiz Judg.
21: 8.—Act. Thom. §37. Xen.H.G.2.4,
89. s0q.éntc.acc.of place Herodian.7.8.5,

“Aveste, eco, %, (&riqus to loose,)

a letting loose, remission, relaxation, viz.

a) from bonds, imprisonment, ete.
Acts 24: 23 iysuv dveouy, i.e. to be freed
from bonds, etc. — Sept. dvanty 30i-
‘vat, to remove bonds, to give liberty, etc,

2 Chr. 23:15. Esdr. 4: 62. Ecclus.
15: 20,

b) from active exertion, labour, ete.

2 Cor. 8: 13 od fra Aidors [4] Breas, not
that others may be freed, ec. from the du-
ty of contributing. — Jos. Ant, 3. 10. 6
10s toyoug Eveawy o& Biéacrr. 3. 12. 3.
Herodian. 8 5. 19.

¢) trop. remission, rest, quiet, either
internal 2 Cor. 2: 12. or external 2Cor.

7 5. 2 Thess, 1:7.—Jos. Ant. 1. 21. 1,
Act. Thom. § 19, Polyb, 1. 66. 10.
Hesych. tiveaig’ dyéavars.

*Averatto, £. dow, (dvd intens,
and érda,) to examine p to in-
quire strictly, Sept. for 23513 Judg. 6: 29,
Susann.13.—In N.T. in a forensic sense,
to examine sc. by scourging etc. Acts
22: 24, 29, -

“Avev, & prep. governing the gen.
(Buttm. § 146. n. 2,) without.

a) spoken of things, e. g. of the in-
strument, without the help of, 1 Pet. 3: 1
Gvev kéyov. So Sept. for x:
ye Ex. 21: 11, Also Dai
gugiiy for Chald. "1" 8
5, — Spoken of manner,

"Avev Feros

dvey yoyyvopiiy. So Sept. 1 Sam. 6:7
Boag tivev téxve, i.e. their calves being
left at home.—Diod. Sic. 1. 90.

b) spoken of persons, without the
Anouwledge or will of, Matt. 10: 29 Evev
100 margés, without the Father's knowl-
edge. So Sept. and 77% Amos 3: 5.—Bo
&vev S208 Hom.Od. 2. 372, Pind. O1. 9.
156, dvev Buotkios Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16.

” Avevdetog, ov, 6,4, adj. (a pr.
and st3eto¢ opportune,) not opportune,
not commodious, Acts 27: 12,—Hesych.
GnevGérou dzgiorov.

* Avavoioxe, f. yaw, aor. 2 avsi-
gor, to find out, ee. by searching, trans,
Luke % 16, Acts 21: 4. — Clem. Alex.
Strom. 7. 16. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 40.

* Avdyea, £. tu, to hold up, e.g. tas PI

xéigas Jos. Ant, 3. 1. 6. Hom.Od. 18. 89.
to hold up or back,sc from falling, og tbe
rain, Sept. for 937 Amos 4:7. the
heavens, Ecclus. 48: 3. to hold in or
back, restrain, stop, a8 horses, Ul. 2B, 426,
—Found in N. T. only in

Mid. dvéyouat, f. évétopes (Winer
§15); imperf. dvezzéury or with double
augm. ouny in text. recept. 2 Cor.
11: 1, 4; aor. 2 qveczouny Acts 18: 14; for
the double augm. see Buttm. § 86. n. 6.
§114. p.263; pp. to hold one’s self upright;
hence to bear up, ta hold out, endure ;
neq. genit. Matth. § 359. note.

a) spoken of things, to endure, bear

ly, ©. gen. 88 afflictions, 2 Thess.
wee Sibyow al; Grizeo Se, where
ol; is by attract. for dy, Buttm. § 143. 3.
Sept. for paanry Is. 42: 14. —2 Mace.
9:12. Hom. Od. 22, 423. Herodian. 8.
5.9. ib. 2, 10. 19.—Absol. 1 Cor. 4: 12.
2 Cox. 12: 20.

b) spoken of persons, to bear with,
hawe patience with, so. the errors, weak-
ness, of apy one. Matt. 17:17, Mark
9: 19, Luke 9: 41. 2 Cor. 11: 1 bis, 19.
Eph. 4: 2, Col. 3:13, Sept. for pean
In.63: 15. Sept. Ie, 46: 4.—Polyb. 3.82:5.

c) by impl. to admit, to receive, i.e. to
listen to, c. gen. spoken of persona Acts
18 14 2Cor. 11: 4. of doctrine etc.
2 Tim. 4: 3. Heb. 1% 22—Sept. Job 6:
26. Philo Quod omn. prob. p. 870. ib.

873 0534 nagnyoplas avétorras. Comp.
Eypke If p33.

58 “Amo
* Avanos, ov, 5, a nephew, Col 4:
10. Sept. for 343 43 Num. 36: 11. —
Tob. 7: 2. Jos, Ant. 1. 19. 4. Xen. An.
7.8.9, Hesych. drepwol- atalpov viol.
“Ayn For, ov, 16, ancthum, dill, an
aromatic plant, Matt. 29: 23.—Dioscor.
3,461. Plin, H. N. 19. 8.
* Avijxeo, defect. (vd and Fam) to
come up to any thing, to extend to, to
reach to, Herodot, 7. 60, 287. Xen.

any thing, i.e, o be ft, proper, becemsng:
only impers. dvfxsy Gan 8 and par-
ticip. neut. 70 avijxoy, ig Gvqxerta, that

i becoming, Eph. 5: 4.

"Arn uegos, ov, 6, 4, (a pr. and
jipegos gentle,) ungenile, fierce, 2 Tim. 3.
3. — Arrian. Diss, Epict. 1.2.7. Dion.
Halic. 1. 41, 42.

Arie, 6, gon. drbgds, Butte. § 47.
§ 58. p. 96.

1. 4 man, i. an adult male person,
Lat. vir, Heb. tax.

a) pp. Matt. 14: 21. 15: 88, Mark 6
44, Luke 1: 34. et, saepies.—Xen.Conv.
2.3. id. 4.17. — Spoken of men in va-
rious relations and circumstances,where
the context determines the mean-
ing ; e.g. kusband, Matt. 1: 16. Mark 10;
2, 1% Luke % 36. Gal. 4: 27. al. So
Sept. and 274 Gen. 2:23, 3: 6. — Fe-
clus, 4:10. Xen. Mem. 2. 2.5.— Or

a bridegroom, betrothed, Matt. 1: 19.
Rev. 21: 2. So Sept. and zi Deut. 2%
%3. — So a soldier, a8 we also speak of
an army of men, Luke 22: 63.—1 Meco.
3 89, 4: 1,28. Xen. An. 1.2.3 —In
the voc. in a direct address, ardgec,
men! gira! Acts 14: 15. 19:25. 27; 10,
1, 25.—Xen. Anab. 1.4, 14. — It hore
expresses respect and deference ; and
hence implies also a man of weight, im-
portance, ete, Luke 24: 19. Jobn 1:30.
James 2 2, — Ecclus. 10: 23 in antith,
with mroyds. 1 Macc. 9: 25, 81. Se
Esdr. 8: 27, parallel to Ezra 7: 28 where
Heb. nzatn, Sept. dgxowres, chigfe,

“Arbierue 59 "ArSpanwves

b) joined with an adjective or noun Sept. for print 2 Chr. 1&7, 8, comp.
it forme a poriphrase for a subst Lake Sept Sook Lo
Man 7” 14, ee ‘a ons me Xen. “Avbopoloyée, o, f jou, (arth
Ansb. 1. 3, 20.—80 with gentile adjec- 24 Suoloyéw q. v.) Mid. cvPopuodoyéo-
tives, as rie *Iovdaios, i.e. a Jew, Acta Ma, OUMat, pp. to mutually uller the
10: 28. So Acts & 27. 11: 20. 16 9, Same things ; hence spoken of two par-
Matt. 1241. Ina direct addres, Edges ties, 10 make an accord, Polyb. 5. 105. 2,
“Aypdios, Athenians, Acts 17: 2. SyBqe Also, alternately or mutually to confess
“Beptawws, Ephesions, Acta 19: 35. dvdgss °F Prefers, e. g. tas duagrias Jos. Ant.
* agunlizos, Ieraclites, Acts % 22.-3:19 8-10. 3. adr. 8: 91—In N.T. Mid. fo
5e35. 13:16, 21: 28. drdpes Talsddios, PTY ss publicty, i. ©. to praise, to celebrate,
Golileans, Acts 1: 13.—Jos, Ant. 3, 8.1. PP: shernately, as in the temple wor
Xen, An. 1.8.1. Acl. V. H. 12. 56.— Ship; eeq. dat. Luke % 38 xai airy arS-
Bo Ssbpes ddelgol, brethren, Acts 1:16, SHOloytixo 7H xuply, and she Hkewise
— Xen. An. 1.6.6 drdpse qlios. Praised the Lord, i. e. as Simeon bad just

©) trop. aig, a man, ec. of ripe un- before done. So Sept. for mim Ps. 79:
derstanding, opp. to a child, 1 Cor. 13: 18. and drFopoldyqors for nivim Ezra
11. Soin Eph. 4: 13 the progress of % 11.—Ecclus. 20: 2, and yn
Christians i likened to the growth of a 7% ib. 17: 27. Diod. Sic. 1. 70 arSouo-
child into a perfect man, i.e. in under. 7b tas dgetds tiv0s,
standing and true wisdom.— man, i.e." Avdtog, cog, +5, a flower, James
one worthy of the name, Herodot. 2 4; 10,11. 1 Pet. 1:24 bis. Sept. for y=
120. Xen. Hiero 2.1. Hom. Ul. 5.529. Num. 17:8, 12 Job 1% 33. m9 In

2. indef. a man, i.e. one of the bu- 5:94. — Aelian. V.H. 9. 8, Xen. Ven.
man race, @ person. Lake 11: 31 Baa 5.5, .

The creck 2a seta nett “Avi gaxia, ac, %, (drSeak,) a
18. 8: 27. 988. 11:81. Acts G11, bed or mase of live coals, John 18: 18.
James 1: 8, 20,23. 3:2 al. So Sept, 21: 9.— Ecc. 11: 32, 4 Mace. 9 20.
and Zw Prov. 16: 27, 28, 29, Ecclus, Athen. VIII. p. 361. D.

G3. Neb. 4: 18.— Xen. Occ. 1.7. “Avdpus, axos, 8, a coal, a live
Soph. Ajax 77. — Rom. 4: 8 wexdgsog coal, Rom. 12 20." So Sept. snd hha
Prov. 25: 22, whence the proverb is bor-

bey a gpk 1: aa, Sept. and ent sonoe, 4 Bede. 16:58
*Ardlomus, £ dynevtow, (att Art pancgeoxos, ou, & %, adj.
and forms) in N.T. only perf. éx94- Sie le het se ht are
sania Srcireyy, and impf Mid. "Co 9. 29. Sept Pe, 53:6. Fabr,
os se stand against, Mid. to set Coa Daoud. V.T. 1. p. 929. — A word

one’s self against, Buttm. § 107. II. ie. of the later Greek, see Lobeck ad
fo withstand, to oppose, to resist, other Piva O21.

absol. Matt. 5 89, Luke 21:15. Acts6: "Ard-eenevos, by, wor, (ir
10, 13:8, Rom.9: 19. 13:2 bis, Eph. Spemos,) human, pertaining to man, o. g.
& 18. 2 Tim. & 8 bis. 4:15. James 4: a) in nature or kind, James 3: 7
7 1 Pet. 5:9. Sept. for my Ps. 76:8. gicis drPounivn, human nature, ie. man.
‘Tein Job O19. Jer. 49:18" sammy 1 Cor. 2 4, 13 cople avPgurin, human
Jer. 50: 24, Chald. at Dan. 4: wisdom. Sept. for WII Job 10: 5. De
Xen. An. 7.3.11. Herodian, 2.10, 11. Num. 19: 16. — Wied. 12:5. Jos. Ant,
~Gal. % 11 sone nodcunor ering dvr 2.15.5. Keon. Mem. 1. 3. 12

downy, I withstood him te the face; 20 b) in respect to origin or adaptation.

* Avdganoxroves

1 Cor. 4:3 dvDgamlvy judge, human day
Of trial, i.e. a courtday. 1 Pet. 2 13
xtlag. 1 Cor. 10: 18 ipagpds dxPees-
mivos, i. e. common to men, not pecul
Rom.6: 19 dySgeimuvor léye, I speak
the manner of men, (Buttm. § 115. 4, i. e.
in a manner edapted to human weak-
nneas ete.—Jos, Ant. 7.7. 1 dySgoineréy
dots 10 oupBeBrxds.

* Avd-ownoxtovos, ou, 6, th, adj.
(GrSeemog and xtelve,) in N. T. as
subst. a homicide, a murderer ; spoken
of Satan, as the author of sin and death,
John 8 44; see Wisd. 2: 23, 24, coll.
Ecclus, 25: 24. Rom. 5: 12. — Constit.
‘Apost. 8. 5 5 dvPgomoxrdvoe Sgus, i.e.
Satan.—Hence a murderer, sc. in heart,
in purpose, 1 John 3: 15 bis,

. |“ Avbeanoe, ov, 6, %, subst. (be-
longs prob. to the family dvd, dye,
&vPos, avPéiw, without composition.)

1. a man, homo, i. e. an individual of
the human race, a man or woman, a
person. Sept. everywhere for DAN, UM,
also wiz.

a) genr. rand univers, Matt. 4:19, 12:
12 Mark 7:21. Luke 2: 52. 5: 10,
John 1: 4. 1 Cor. 4: 9. al. saep.— He-
rotian, 2.5. 11. Ken, Mem. 1. 1. 7. —
In a direct address, & dySgume, but
rather implying an inferior or common
person, etc. comp. in’Avig la. Luke
5: 20. 12:14. 2% 58, 60. Rom. 2: 1,3.
9: 20. James 2: 20, So Sept. and ny
Is, 2 9. 5: 15. See Gesen. Lex. art. DT.
— Xen, Cyr. 2.2.7. — So of dvPoartos,
men, i. e. the living, Rev. 9: 10, 15, 18, 20.
(Jos. Ant. 9, 2.2.) or those with whom we
ive, people, Matt. 5: 18, 16,19. 6: 1.
8: 27. 13:25, Mark 8: 24, 27. al. or
men of this world, this generation, wicked
men, Matt. 10: 17. 17: 22. Luke 6: 22,
26. ‘al. — Also of divPperos, other men,
others, simply, Matt. 6: 5, 14, 15, 16.
7:12. 19: 12. 23: 4sq. ‘Luke 6: 31.
11: 46. al. So Sept. and py Judg. 16:
7. 18: 28,

b) spoken in reference to his human
nature, a man, i.e. a human being, a

mortal.

(a) pp. Phil. % 7. James 5: 17 ‘HAlas
ErPqunos tiv Spowonads jyiv. 1 Tim.
2% 5 divPguamos Xpwrés. Rev. 4:7. 9:7.
et passim. Here is included the idea

60

" Avdgenos

of human infirmity and imperfection,
especially when spoken in opp. to God
and divine things ; 1 Cor. 1:25. 3 21.
Gal. 1: 11, 12, xotd ddgunor — nage
GySgamor, i.e. of human origin.—Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 21.— So déyay vel ledeiy
xaré SvPgumor, to speak after the man-
ner of men, i.e. in accordance with hu-
man views etc. to illustrate by human
examples or institutions, to use a

mode of , etc. Rom. & 5. 1 Cor.
9: 8. Gal. 3: 15. —1 Cor. 15: 32 ef nerve
GvSgumor s9ygcopdxnoa, if according to
man’s will, etc. i.e. ov xata Dedr, coll.
2Cor, 7: 9,11. 11: 17.—For the phrase
vids 105 drSecinov, see no. 4 below. —
The gen. &ySgsinov stands also instead
of the adj. rS-gcimiv0s, as 2 Pet. 2: 16
&y dySgemov gurj, with a human voice.
Rev. 18: 18 dgiduos dvSgemov, a man’s
number, i.e. an ordinary number. 21:
17 péreor GrPgdnov, human measure,
i.e. common, So Sept. and pix Ie
8&1.

(6) metaph. spoken of the internal
man, 6 iow dr Pumos, i. e. the mind, the
soul, the rational man, Rom. 7: 22. Eph.
3: 16. called 1 Pot. 3:4 6 spurs tis
xagdlas dyDeunos, the hidden man of the
heart, to which is opposed 5 uw drFpe-
06, the eternal visible man,2Cor. 4: 16,
— Philo de Gigant. p. 288 & mpac thy
GlijSuay GrIgamos. — So 6 melas
xa 5 xauvig drSgomos, i.e. the old man,
or the former unrenewed disposition
of heart, and the new man, or the dis-
position which is created and cherished
by the religion of Jesus, Rom. 6: 6.
Eph. 2: 15. 4: 22, 24. Col. 3: 9.—Act.
Thom. § 55.

¢) spoken with reference to the char-
acter and condition of a person, and
applied in various senses according to
the context, viz.

(a) a man, vir, i. e. a male person of

pe age, Matt. 8:9. 11:8. 25:24. Mark
& 3. Luke 19:21. John 1:6 &1.
Acts 4: 13, al. suep. — “AySgemos tod
S201, man of God, i.e. minister or mes-
senger of God, one devoted to his ser-
vice, 1 Tim. 6:11. 2 Tim, 3:17, 2 Pet.
1:21. So Sept. for nite ww 1 K.
18:1. 2K. 1: 9—13. 4: 7,9, 16,21 9q.
—Eaedr. 5:49. Philo de Gigant. p. 292.
Id. de Nom. mut. p. 1048.— "Av9gunog

“Avb unos

is épagelas, 2 Thees, 2: 3, see in ‘Auag—
tia 2a.

(6) 2 husband, in opp. to a wife, Matt.
19: 8,10 4 aitla toi dvSgerov parc
yovawxos. 1 Cor.7:1. So Sept. for we
Deut, 22: 30.—Esdr. 9: 40 dnd dvPgei-
mov fue yuvaixds, coll. Neh. 8: 2 where
Sept. and dvdgos for Uren. Test, XIL
Patr. in Fabr. Pseudep. V. T. I. p. 529,
ppuvdieas invircas inig rv éxS gence.

(7) a son, a8 opp. to a father, Matt. 10:
85, or a male child generally, John 7:
23. 16: 21.— Ecclus. 3: 11. Herodian.
1.5.14. :

(8) a master, as opp. to servants etc.
Matt. 10: 36.

(¢) @seroant, Luke 12: 36, coll. v. 37
So prob. yuyal dvFpcimen, female slaves,
Rev. 18: 13. So Sept. and DI% Pi
Ex. 27: 13. See in Pui. — 1 Mace.
‘38. Xen. Vect. 4. 14. So 4-dvPpontoc,
a female, Herodot. 1.60, Philo de Abr.
p. 384. coll. Viger. p. 77, 78

(0) of Spams dv 29 mde, i. e. citi-
zens, inhabitants. John 4: 28,—Xen.Cyr.
1.1.2,3.

2, indel. s»Spemos, iq. 226, any man,
‘@ certain man, i, €. one, some one, any one.

8) genr. tis d»Ppumos, a certain man,
Luke 10:30. 12: 16, 14:2, John 5: 5.
—Without tic, Matt. 9: 9 elder drSpo0-
nov xadyjpusvoy, 12:10, 13: 31. 16: 26,
21:28. Mark 4:26, 5:2. 10:7. 121.
Luke 6: 48, 49. Jobn 3: 4, 27. al. saep.
So Sept. for py Lev. 13: 2,8. — Xen.
Cyr. 6. 3. 9. — Eis divSpamos for ele 115,
John 11: 50. 18: 4, — So in a general
proposition, a man, i.e. any one out of a
number. Rom. 3: 28 nlotes dixosotc Sas
&ySgumor, a man is justified by faith, i. e.
any one who hss faith. 1 Cor. 11: 28.—
With a negative, no man, no one, Matt.
19: 6. John 5:7. 7:46, 2 Cor. 12: 4,
So Sept. for py x} Ex. 33: 20,

b) joined with an adject. or noun it
forms a periphrase for a subst. corffp.
“Arig 1.b. Matt. 11:19 &rSgumos gaiyos
zat oivonérng, a glution and winebibber.
18: 24, 45 &y9p. 1%, & merchant.
13: 52 dvSp. oixodsonorns, a householder.
18; 23. 21: 33, Luke 2: 15. Tit, 3: 10,
al.—So with gentile adjectives, as dy.
Keugrvdios, a Cyrenian, Matt. 27: 32.
Gy9q. *Popciios, ¢ Roman, Acts 16: 37.
Grd. *Tovdaios, a Jew, Acts 21: 39.—

61 “dvd pumos

So Sept. and wx Gen. 9: 5,20. Ex.2
U1. — Hom. Il. 16. 263. Od. 13, 123.
Xen. Anab. 6. 4, 23.

¢.) by impl. 6 dvPpawmog, with the
article, every man, every person, whoever.
Matt. 4: 4 én’ dete bjceras 6 &rIgamos,

coll, Deut. 8 3 where Sept. for Dx, as
also Gen. 8: 21. Lev. 5: 4. — Mait. 12

85. 15: 11, 18. Mark 7: 15, 18, 20. Luke

3, 6 &Ppumoc, with the article, i.q.
ainds or Lxeivog, this, that, he, otc, Matt.
1% 13, 45. 26: 72 ot oldu tov dv ge
mor, i.e. toy vPgemoy totter Sy Livers

as in Mark 14: 71, — Mark 3:3, 5. "th
21. Luke 6: 10 duer 1 axSpeiny,
where later edi sread airg. Luke

23: 4,6. Jobn 4: 50. 19: 5. So Bept.
and win Gen. 24: 29, 30, 32.—Ken. An.
2. 4.16. — Sometimes éxsivog is added ;
as Matt. 26:24 6 divdo. éxtivos. Mark
14: 21. James 1: 7.

4. vide rot dvBgeinoy, son of man,
from the Heb.

a) ig. GySgemos, @ mon; and so
sons of men are iq. men, Mark 3: 28
raven Spediioras 1a Syagnipara ris
vioie tév érDpeizen coll. Matt. 12 31,
where it is tolg dyOgemos. Heb. 2: 6
in the firet clause 11 doniy SPoumos,
im the second # vide drOgeimov. Rev. 1:
13 Gpooy vig drSgcinov, So DIRT
and Sept. vids rod dvFpeinov Ps, 8: 4.,

b) as a proper name for the Messiah,
with the art. 6 vid 100 arOgemou,
drawn from Dan. 7: 13, where Sept. for
Chald. 32x 72. It is used by Jesus
of himself’; but is applied to him by no
other person, except once by Stephen,
Acts 7: 56. It would seem to refer not
#0 much to his human nature, as to the
fact of his being the Messiah who is
described as coming from heaven Ss
vide 105 drSpcnov, in a human form,
Dan. 7: 13. 10: 16. Rev. 1: 13. 14: 14.
Comp. John 8: 13. 6: 62, coll. v. 58,—
John 12; 34, where 6 viog z. dv? and
& Xguotés are interchanged. So in
Luke 22: 69, 70 6 vidg tod dx. and 6°
vlog tod Deov, Matt. 16: 13, 16, 20, 6
vids 106 Seob, § vids sot dy Fgeirov, and
5 Xqutds. By using this name of him-
self before his judges, Jesus openly
professed himself to be the Messiah,

’ Avdunatevo

and was so understood by all present,
Matt. 26:64, Mark 14:62. Luke 22:
69, 70.—John 1: 52. 5:27. Not found
in the epistles. Ax.

* Avdunateva, f. chow, (ardina-
1105,) to be proconsul, Acts 18: 12.—He-
rodian. 7. 5. 2.

* Aviunatos, ov, 5, (avel and +
matos consul,) a proconsul, Aets 13: 6,
8, 12. 19: 38. — Polyb. 21.8. 11. Plut.
Gall. c. 8.—For the rank and authority
of proconsuls, see under “Hyzusiv. Cy-
prus was originally a pretorian province,
ot 4x, and not proconsular ; but
was left by Augustus under the senate,
and hence was governed by a proconsul;
Dio Cas. 54. p. 523. ed. Leuncl. See
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 158,165. Kuinoel
on Acts 13: 7,

* Aviyus, £ arjow, aor. 2 aviv,
sor. 1 pass. aré9qy, (ava and fyus,) to
send up or forth, Od, 4.568. In N.T.
to let up, to let go, trans, i.e.

a) to relax, to loosen, ©. g. tis tener
glas, Acts 27: 40, rc deoua Acts 16: 26.
—Wid. 16: 24 opp. to éxitelvey. Xen.
‘Mem. 3. 10.7 opp. to évsaivar, Eunap.
Max. p. 106.

b) to omit, cease ast enue
Eph. & 9.—Jos. Ant. 6.11.8 obs avjow
gly . — In the sense of to leave, neg
deck, not care for, Heb. 13: 5 08 pj os
<8, So Sept. for mp Deut. 31: 6.
nro Ia 5:6 bon 9: 5—Ec-
clus. 30: 8 Xen. Cyr. 7.5. 75.

* Avideas, «, 5, 4, adj. (a pr. and
Tews or aoe.) ‘uncompassionate, stern,
James 2: 13,

“ Avantos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
vlscres,) unwashed, Matt. 15:20. Mark 7:
2, 5.—Hom. Il. 6. 266.

‘Avlomus, £ dvacvjow, (ard and
Torus) sor. 1 ariormga, sor. 2 arory
and imper. dvdorq9s, by apoc. dvdora
Acts 12:7, Eph. 5: 14; see Buttm.
§107.n.1, 14, "hie verb is di rided be-
tween the trans. and intrans. significa-
tions ; comp. “Jor: and Battm. § 107.
TL. — Sept. usually for Dip Kal and
Hiph.

fut sad ene 1 ot the Active, te cause to
rise up, to reise up, cause to stand, viz.

62

* Avior

8) pp. spoken of those down,
Aco & a Bo Sept. ay. fn Fa

npr Lev. 26:1. oxqryy Num. 7: 1—
ean 6. 4.2. ib, 7. 8. 5. Polyb. 13,
7. 8.— Spoken of the dead, to rave sep,
recal to life, John 6: 39, 40, 44, 54. Acts
2:32, 18:33. So é vexpdy Acts 13: 34.
17: 31. — Hom. Il. 24. 551, 756. Ken,
Ven. 1. 6.

'b) metaph. to raise up, i. ©. to cause fo
exist, cause to appear, e.g. ondoue tevh
Matt. 22: 24, coll. Gen. 38: 8 where
Sept for D"pt. — sv Xpiotdy Acts 2

30. xgogitny, Acts 3: 22; 26. 7:37. So
Sept. and bri Deut. 18: 18. — Pass.
ings dr Heb. 7: 11,15.

I. Intransitive, in the perf. pluperf.
and sor'd Act ead in the Midsterieep,
to arise, viz.

8) pp. spoken of those who are sit-
ting or lying down, Matt. 26: 62. Mark
5: 42, 9:27. 14:60, Luke 4:16. 5: 25.
6: 8. 22: 45 dvactas awa tig meoosuriic,
rising up from prayer, i. ©, from a knee!-
ing or recumbent posture. 17: 19. al. —
Xen. Anab. 4, 4.11. Lucian D. M. 27.
7. Hom. Il. 1. 583. — Spoken of rising
from bed or from sleep, Luke 11:
7, 8 2%: 46,—Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 3.—So

vir dvaotiivas x vexgiir, to rise from the

dead, return to life, Matt. 17: 9. Mark 9:
9,10. Luke 16: 31. Jobn 20:9. Acts
17:3. al. So without é& iy, Mant,
20:19, Mark 8:31. 9:31. 10: 34. Luke
9: 8,19, 18: 33. 1 Thess. 4: 14, 16, al.
—2 Mace. 7:9 coll. v.14. 12: 44. Hom.
I. 21. 56, Herodot. 3. 66, 67. — — Trop.
Eph. 5: 14 dvdota & Gy vexpdy, i.e.
arise from the death of sin, put on the
new man in Christ. Comp. Clem. Alex.
Prot, 8, dvoséiow dyzousror imo xa-
slag tov GyOgunor.

b) metaph. to arise, i.e. to come én-
to existence, to be, Acta 7: 18 axiom
Baotheis rego. 20: 30. So Sept. for Dyp
Ek. 1:8. ‘ty Dan, 8 22, 11:2

¢) im the sense of fo stand forth, to
come fo to appear, Matt. 12 41.
Mark 14: 57. Luke 10: 25. 11: 32, Acts
5: 96, 87. 69, al. Bo Bept. for Mme
Che. Dt: SB deaorires dnl nsf

anst any one, to assault,

Mark 3: 26 So Sept. for big pip Gea.
4:8. by my 2 Chr, 20: 24, (24: 12.

4) by a species of oriental pleonasm

“Avva

it is often prefixed, eepec. in the parti-
ciple, to verbs of going, of undertaking
or doing any thing, etc. like the Heb.
Dap, see Gesen. Lex. bap no. 1. Winer
$67. 2. p. 489.—Matt. 9: 9 aragtag jjx0-
Aobdnoey, he arose and followed. Mark 1:
35 Greotas éij49e. 2: 14. 7:24, 10:1,
50, Luke 1:39. 5: 28. 15:18, 20. Acts
8: 26, 27. 9: 6,11, al. saep. So Sept.
and bap Gen. 22:3, Job 1:20. 1Sam.
24: 5. , Sam. 13: 31.—So also Rom. 15:
12 6 arorépevos dgzur svar, coll.
Is, 11: 10 where Sept. for 4739. 1 Cor.
10: 7 dvéormodd xalzsy, coll. Ex, 32 6
where Sept. for bap. Ax.

"Avva, 78, %, Anna, » prophetess
mentioned Luke 2 36.

“Arvas, a, 5, (for the gon. see
Buttm. § 34. IV. 4,) Annas, a high priest
of the Jews, called by Josephus Ananus.
He was appointed by Quirinus (Cyre- stand
nius) proconsal of Syria about A. D. 8;
but was deposed 11 years after by Vale-
rius Gratus procurator of Judes. After
several changes the office was at length
given te Joseph or Caiaphas, the son-in-
Jaw of Annas, A. D. 26. As Caiaphes
continued high priest until A. D. 35,
Annas appears to have acted as his *
car (739), or at least to have had great
inftuence with him. Luke 3: 2. John 18:
18, 24, Acts 4: 6.—See Jos. Ant. 18. 2.
1,2 Kuinoel on Luke 3: 2 Calmet’s
Dict. See in “Agxugets a

“Avonros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (o pr. and
vode,) pase, unthoughilef, unintelligible,
Wom. Hymn. Mere. 80. In N. T. act.
unintelligent, ynwise, foolish, spoken of
thase who are ro alow to understand and
receive moral and religious truth. Luke
MM: 25, Rom. 1: 14 copots te xa} avo
tox. Gal. 3: 1,3. Tit. 3 3. — Spoken
of lusts, imprudent, brutal, 1 Tim. 6: 9.
Sept. for 5778 Prov. 1 nie Prov.
15; 21. bos Prov. 19: 1. 593 Jer. 10:
8, Sept.xrqveciy dvornoug for ning Ps.
49: 13, — Sept. Deut. 32: 31. Ael.
H.2.8. Xen. Mem. 2.1.31.

* Avou, as, %, (vous ft. « pr. and
vot) want of understanding, folly, Sept.
for nbytq Prov. 22: 15. Wied. 15: 18.
Actian. V. H. 9, 14—Ia N. T. from the

63

*Avolyo

Heb. madness, wickedness, i.e. spoken
of rage, malignity, Luke 6:11. or of
foolish temerity, 2 ‘Pim. 3: 9.—2 Mace.
14: 5, 15:33 Jos, Ant. 8. 13.1 avo
nak morngle.

* Avoiyen, f. dvotte, (dvd and ofyey)
with irreg. forms, viz, sor. 1 dxéwta
and later jvos$a Matt. 211. John
9: 17,21, Pausan. 4. 26. 6, — Perf. 2
civépya intrans, Perf. Pass. arenyuas
and with triple augm. 7rdqynas Rev.
4: 1. 10: 8 — Aor. 1 Pass. avesiySyy,
later jvolz9qy, and with triple augm.
§regz9rp Rev. 0: 12—Aor. 2 Pase. late
sivolyny Rev. 11: 19. 1& 5—Fut 2
Pass. évouyqoopat—For all these forms
see Buttm. § 114. p. 203. § 84. 0.8,
§ 86. n. 2,6. Winer §12.6.b.— In
N.T. fo open, trans. and in leter usage
bale} ay ya intrans, fo be to

ttm. § 113. n.3 Matth.
$494. oa. Lobeck ad Phryn, p. 157.
Herodian. 4,2.14. Ael. H. A. 1. 45,
8) spoken of what is closed by a cov-
er, door, ete. Matt. % 11 Iycevpotc,
treasures, i.e. boxes, caskets, etc. So
Sept. and ning Jer. 50:26. — - Eurip.
Ton. 923.—Matt. 27: 52 1a prnytta, sep-
ulchres, which were closed by large
stones, coll. Matt. 27: 60,66. 28:2. Mark
16 3,4. So Sept. and nnB Ez. 37: 12,
18.—Trop. the throat of wicked men ie
called siqos évepypivos, an open sepul-
chre, Rom. 3: 13, as voiding forth noi-
some slanders against God and the
Bihioons 5 coll, a & fete one
AND I3Pp-—Most a
a ae ae ean Acta 5: 23. 1210,
14, 16. 16: 96,27. Rev. 4: 1. — Hero-
dian. 4, 2.14. Xen, An. 5.5. 20.— So
in order that one may enter, Matt, 25:
11. Luke 12 36. 13: 25. John 10: 3
or go out, Acts 5: 19, or view the inte-
rior, as vadc, Rev. 11:19. 15:5. 80d *
going sis aBievou, the pit of the abyss,
Rev. 9: 2, since in the Eset pits or wells
are closed with large stones, cf. Gen. 29:
2. To like manner 9-vga is implied be-
fore dvosyqoetas, Matt. 7:7, 8. Luke 11:
9, 10, i.e. the door shall be opened to re-
ceive thee as a guest. — Hence, metaph.
to open the door sc. of the heart, i.e.
receive willingly, Rev. 3:20. to open the

‘Avolyo

door sc. of faith or of the kingdom of
heaven etc. i. e. to afford an opportunity
of embracing the gospel of Christ, Acts
14: 27, Rev. 3: 7 bis, 8. to open the door
sc. for the gospel, for a teacher, etc. i. e.
to give opportunity to publish the gospel
and gain converts, 1 Cor. 16: 9. 2Cor.
2% 12. Col. 4:3, Sept. and nnp Is. 45:
1.—Metaph. Diod. Sic. 1. 67.

.,) spoken ofthe heavens, dyolyew toy
etgavor, tos odgayots, i.e. to open the
heavens, or to have the heavens opened or
divided, so that celestial things become
manifest, Matt, 3:16, Luke 3:21. John
1: 52, Acta 7:56. 10: 11. Rev. 19: 11.
So Sept. and 9p Is, 64:1. mg Ez. 1:
1. Ps. 78: 28.—Ecclus. 43: 14,

c) spoken of a book, i, e. a volume,
rolled up and sealed, Rev. 5: 2, 3, 4, 5.
10:2, 8. 20:12 bis, Spoken of the seals
of a book, tds opgayidas Rev. 5:9. 6:
1,8, 5, 7,9, 12. & 1. — Xen. de Rep.
Lac. 6.4 dvoitarras t4 ojperrga,

d) spoken of the mouth, 73 ordpe, to
‘open the mouth, e.g. of a fish, Matt. 17:
27. So Sept. and "xp Ps. 22: 14,—
In order to speak, i.e. to hold forth, to
apeak at length, to discourse, Matt. 5: 2.
13: 85. Acts 8:35. 10:34. 18:14, Rev.
13: 6. So Sept. and %B nnp Dan. 10:
16. yp Judg. 11: 35, 36. — Ecelus.
15:5. 39: 6. Lucian. Philops. § 33. —
Tn the senso of fo out one’s mind,
to, open one’s heart, i.e. to speak fully
and frankly, 2 Cor. 6:11. So not to open
one’s mouth, i.e. not to utter y
etc. Acts 8: 32, coll. Is, 53: 7 where
Sept. for" MND Nd Ps. 38: 14. 39:
10. — Spoken of the dumb, to have the
mouth opened, i.e. to recover the power y f

speech, Luke 1: 64. So Sept. and
"8 ny Tine Num. 22 28.—Trop. spok-
en of the earth, to open her mouth, i. ©.
to dpen, to form a chasm, Rev. 12: 16.
So Sept. and stp of the earth, Num.
16: 30. Deut. 11:6. mine Num. 26: 10.
Pe. 106: 17.—Demosth. 777. 9.

©) spoken of the eyes, tos Spal—
pots, to open the eyes, e.g. either one’s
own eyes, Acts 9: 8, 40. or those of an-
other, i. e, to cause to see, to restore sight,
Matt. 9:30, 20: 33, John 9: 10, 14, 17,
21, 26,30, 32, 10:21. 11:37, So Sept.
and mpp Is. 35: 5, 97:17. 4% 7. —
Metaph. to open the eyes ec. of the mind,

64 “ Avomos

i.e. cause to perceive and understand,
Acts 26: 18.

* Avorxodopde, 3, f. gow, to re-
build, trans. Acts 15: 16 bis. Sept. for
93 Amos 9: 11. — Herodian. 8. 2, 12.
Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 49,

“Avockec, Ecos, 4, (dvolye,) the act
of opening, Eph. 6:19, where é droite
toi erdparos corresponds to év maggn-
aig in the subsequent clause. Comp.
in Avolya d.—Thue. 4. 67.

* Avopie, as, *, (cévouos,) pp. law-
lessnest, i.e. violation of law, transgres-
sion, In N. 'T. spoken chiefly of the
divine law. viz.

2) pp. 1 John 3:4 bis, nds 6 nouty
iy duagtlar, xad viyy dvoplay mou *
xab # Guagrle oti 7 dvopla. — Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 44.—Hence

b) by impl. and from the Heb. sis,
iniquity, unrighteousness, Matt. 23: 28.
24:12. Rom. 4:7 dy dqéycay af avo—
plas, coll. Ps. 32: 1 where Sept. doles
for >wR, paralle] with dpagtla. —Rom.
6; 19° ta ply Spisv Sota tf dvoule sig
niy dvoulay, ie. obedient to depraved
desires 80 as to work iniquity. 2 Cor.
614. Tit. 214. Heb. 1:9 &
dvoulay, coll. Ps. 45: 8 where Sept. for
>v. Heb.’ 8 12 and 10: 17 téy Guag-
tay xal tay Gvopidy aitdy, coll. Jer.
31: 34 where Sept.'for DryNwr.—Hence
5 dgyatoperos or 6 noisy’ dvopler, @
worker of iniquity, i. e. wicked, impious,

7: 2%, 18: 41. So Sent. for for
i 'p Job 31:3. Ps. 5: 6—Spoken
of defection from Christianity to idola-
try, Le. aposiany, 2 Theas. 2 7. — Sept.

ay Ex. 34:7. 1.67. yin Ez.
18: ).” 83: 12. mazin Ez. & 6. 18: 12,
al.—Thue. 2. 53."

“ Avouos, ov, 6, 4, adj. ( pr. and
v6 p06,) lawless, i. e.

1a) without law, not subject to the law,
se. of Moses. 1 Cor. 9 21 quater, to
those not subject to the law (i. e. Gentiles)
I was as one not subject to the law,
(though not indeed without this law in the
sight of God,) that I might win etc.
Hence put for gentile, pagan, Acts 2: 23.
—Wisd. 15: 17. 1 Mace. 2: 44, 3 5,

b) by impl. and from the Heb, a vio-
lator of the divine law, a transgressor,

impious, wicked, 1 Tim. 1:9, 2 Pet. 2&8,

* Avopas
In the sense of malefuctor, Mark 15: 28.
Luke 22 37, — 2 Thess. 2 8, that im-
Pious ones i. |. GrPourog tig épagrias in
vy. 8, referring to the guilt of idolatry
etc. — Sept. for pvp Is. 53: 12. »:
Ez. 18:24, 33:8, 12, TIN BN Is. ee
—Xen. Mem. 4. 4.13.

* Avopes, adv. (dvopos,) without
daw ; Rom. 2 12 bis, those who have sin-
ned not being subject to the law sc. of
Moses, will be condemned, not indeed by
the (Mosaic) law, but by the moral law ;
comp. v. 14, 15.

“Arogdia, @, @, £ dow, (arc and
SeSou,) to set upright, to erect, trans.

a) pp. Aor. 1 Pass. avmp@adny
with mid. signif. fo stand erect, Luke 13:
13. cf. Buttm. § 136, 2 So Sept. for
‘Tyi9nT Pe 20:9, 74>] Ez. 16: Zn
the sense of to confirm, 10
establish, e.g. sa yovora Heb, 12 2
quoted from fs. 35 8 where Heb, PIN] or
and Sept. ioziwa.—Sept. for 77273 2
7: 13, 16, 26. Jer. 10; 11. Bh APY
Ps. 145: 14, 146: 8—Thuc. 6, 68.

b) to erect again, to rebuild, Acts 15:
16, quoted from Amos 9: 11 where Heb.
72a and Sept. dvomodopude.— } Herodot.
8,741, Xen. H.G. 4. 8. 12,

* Avoats, ov, 6, i, adj. (a pr. and
80106,) unholy, ungodly, regardless of du-
ty to God or man, 1 Tim. 1: 9. 2 Tim. 3:
2, — Jos. Ant. 2.3.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1.
il.

“Avozy, 6, 4, (arizw, dxbzouar,)
a Sack, delay, e.g. atruce, 1 Mace,
12: 25. Jos. Ant. 6.5.1. opportunity,
leisure, Herodian. 3. 6, 21. In N. T.
aclf-reatraint, forbearance, Rom.
24, 3:26, — Heaych. dvozy* uoxgo—
Sule.

“Anrayorlrouct, f. loops, (dvb
and Syenitopes,) ») te be an antagonist, to
contend with, srive against, c. c. 966 t,
Heb. 12 4. — Aelian. V. H. 2.8, Xen.
Oece. 10. 12,

“AndAdayua, aos, 6, (Gott
and Glddcow,) that which i exchanged
against any thing, equéoa-
lent, and hence genr. Matt. 16: 26
and Mark 8: 37, relly hs wor
winoi, the price of hs Wie. of elie

65

*Aviatnoy

erance from death; the phrase being
borrowed from the redemption of a
slave; comp. Elsner I. 83. So Sept. for
sng 1K. 21:2, Jer. 15: 3. Job 28:
15. yon Ruth 4: 7.—Ecelus, 6: 15.
26: 14. "Jos. B. J. 1. 18, 3.

"Arravandngoe, 0, @, f. cow, (aveh
and dvaniggéa,) to fill up instead of,
to make good, rans. Col. Pot enor
AngG ta toregipata tay Dilyswr tod
Xeioroi ty xij cagul pov, 1 {fill up, make
‘good, what is yet wanting to me of affic-
tions for Christ, i.e. instead of any de-
ficieney (drrl doregiuatos) I endure a
fullness (nisjgupe) of afflictions for
Christ. — Dem. 182, 22. Dio Cass. 44,
& See Titmann in Bibl. Repos, ILI.

* drrenobitons, £. dice, (derek and
GrodlScaps,) to give back instead of some-
thing received, to repay, to requite, c. dat.

a) s) spoken of good, to recompense, to
reward, Luke 14: 14 bis. Rom. 11: 35,
1 Thess. 3:9. So Sept. and > 1 Sam.
A: 18, Is, 63:7. a7ajrq 2 Sam. 22: 25,
Dye Prov. 25: 23,—Ecclus, 3:31. 30:6,

b) spoken of evil, to requite, to avenge,
etc. Rom. 12:19. 2'Thess. 1: 6, Heb. 10:
80. So Sept. and $3 1 Sam. 24: 18,
Ps. 103: 10, _3°gr] Gen. 50:15. 1 Sam.
25:21. phe} Gen. 44:4. Judg. 1: 7.—
Judith 7:15. Ecclus. 17: 23.

* Avvanodoma, atoc, 18, (érrano-
days.) requital, recompense, retribution,
e. g. of good, Luke 14: 12. of evil, Rom.
11:9, Sept. for 213 Pa, 284, 137:8
Joel 3: 4.—Ecclus. 11: 2. 14: 6.

’ Avrancdocs, Ecos, 4, (erteno-
8t8ems,) recompense, reward, Col. 3: 24.
Sept. for bing Is. 59: 18, Ps, 94:2. Jer.
31: 56. — Diod. Sic. X. p.104, 106. ed.
Bip.

“Arranoxgtrouat, (avs, rong
yopa) sor. 1 pase. éyran
mid, signif: Butt. § 136. 2; ee
again, to reply against, c. ¢. dat, and
790¢ tt, Luke 14:6 coll. v. 4. Rom. 9
20. So Sept. and my Judg. 5:29. Job
16: 8, 82:12.

* Avreinov, aor. 2, (drst, anor,
‘used as aor. of the verb dytuléyes, Buttm.

“Ankzo

§ 114. p. 2795 to reply, to contradict, to

IC. dat. Luke 21: 15. abeol. Acts

1:14, Sept. for ny Gen. 24:50. str.

Esth.8:9. Job 20:2, m2y Job 32: 1.—

1 Macc. 14:44. Acl. V. 113.26, Xen.
H.G.1.4.8.

” Avréyor, (artt, Bze,) to hold before,
and ‘intrens, to resist, Jos. Ant. 5. 8.6.
Mid. drrdyopat, f. arOdouas, to hold
before one’s self, om. Od. 2. 74.—In
N. T. only Mid. to hold fast to, cleave to,
i.e. So be faithfully attached to any per-
son or thing; ¢.c. gen, Matt. 6: 24.
Luke 16:13. Tit. 1:9, Hence, fatth-
July to care for, c. gen. 1 Those. 5: 14
‘tiv GoSerdiy.—Bept. for Wz Jer. 8: 2.
Zeph. 1:6. prt He. 06: 2,46. Prov.
3:18. “7270 v4: 6. ‘op Jer. 2 8
1 Maco. 15: 34. Pol. 5.1.8, Diod.
8.2.12, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 27.

“ddl, Prep. c.gen. pp. simply lal,

over against, if presence of, a8 Gexl twes
eriras Hom. HI. 21, 481. ies spoken
meteph. either in a hostile sense, against,
contra, Il. 15. 418. or by way of com-
perison, where it implies semething of
equivalent value, and denotes substitu-
tion, exchange, requital, ete. Battm.
$147. 2.2. SoinN.T.
“1. by way of substitution, én place of,
Snstead of. Luke 11: 11 dys} ixObos Spin.
Sarnee 4: 15 drni vob Ayeer pais. 1 Cor.
11: 15. As implying succession, Matt.
2° Bacideias dz ‘Hedidov.
—1 Mace. 2: 11. 16:3. Jos. Ant. 3, 10.
7. Herodot. 3. 59. Xen. An. 1. 1. 4.
Mom, 1. 2 64.—So John 1:16 Aéfouw
Zdguy cyt xeigesos, one favour in Place
Of, after, another ; grace upon grace, i.e.
most abundant grace.—Theognid. Bent.
844 dv andi evlag. Crrysost. de Be-
certo 6.18 Exegay dvd? irigas por

2 by way of exchange, roquitel,
equivalent, eto, in consideration of, on
Sheount of sp0
a) of priee, for, Heb. 19: 16 drt? fos
gous pcs. Sept. for cae Num 18: 21,
81.—Jos. Ant. 4. 6. 5.
b) of persons for “whom or for the’
sake of whom, in ‘of, Matt. 17: 27.
20: 28. Mark 10: 45.—Soph. Oecd. Col.

c) of retritnition, for. ‘Mam. & 88 bis,

‘Arctdeas

spOoducs ave SpPulpow, ote. Rom. 12:
17 xaxoy Gytt xoxot. 1 Thess. 5: 15.
1 Pet. 3: 9 bia —Ken. Cyr. 5. 5. 20.

4) of the cause, moti motive, occasion, ete.
on account of, because of Heb. 1 2
dyth tis mooxapivns atte zagtis, on ac-
count of the joy. Eph. 5:31 ave) sovreu,
Because of thi, i, . for this cause. Luke

12:3 dv dy, on account of which
i.e. wherefore. Sept. for bra Har il:
17. —Wind, 18:3. Xen. An. 1.3.4. —
But ove’ abv is more commonly acaus-
ative pesticle for & for dvti rovnov Sts, on this
account that, because that, or simply be-
cause. Luke 1: 20 dv ay ots éxioter-
cag: 19: 44, Acts 12:23, 2 Theas. 2 10.
See ’Butem. § 150. p. 435. So Sept. for
mea Re? 18. 9% 5. 2 Sam.
Deat. 28: 62. “yt by
Jer. 22: F—Jos. Ant, 7.6.2, Xen. Cyr.
6.1. 48,

Notes. In composition dvti denotes -
1. over against, as eotenivtey, 2. con-
trary to, as dvrihéyeiy. 38. reci 08
Greanodl3eps. 4, substitution, as é&rte—
Bassdeds, avS-inoros proconsul, 5. simi-
Invity oF correspondence, us dvtiB205,
Gytatws. Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 9.

* Avupadde, f. Bars, to throw in
one’s turn, a8 a weapon, Thue. 7.25. In
N. T. metaph. of words, to cast back-
wards and forwards, trans. i.e. to eom-
verse, Luke 24: 17.—2 Mace. 11: 13

* AvideattOnus, (art ond Siatt-
‘Snm,) to place or dispose over against. In
N.T. Mid. dvredcaticucs, to oppose
one’s self, to be adverse, 2 Tim. % 25,

~’ Avildcxog, ov, 5, 4, (arth, dixn,)
an opponent, accuser, e.g. the plaintiff
in a suit at law, Matt, 5: 25 bis. Luke
1258. .—Xen, Apol. 10. Demost. 226, 4.
—Hence genr. any adversary,
iq. weoees, Luke | 16 3.1 1 Pee Be,
In this latter passage there is an allu-
sion to the Jewish netion chet Satan is
the accuser, calumniater, of men before
God; comp. Job 1: 6sq. Rev. 1% 10
0q. coll. Zech. 8: 1.—Sept. for 29 Jer.
50: 34, 51: 36. 77H 1 Sam. & 10.
3°) wry Ie. 41:11.

wilt bens, 8008, 1% (GorssndSnas,)

esis, oppoeition. 1 ‘Tim. 6 90 dre
fon tie yeud. yrsoems, |e. opposite

“Anatom
opinions, contrary positions or doc-
tripes.

* Aruxadlome, £. orion, (arsb
and xaSiormp,) in the transitive tenses,
(Betim. § 107. Il,) to put in place of an-
other, Sept. Josh. 5:7. Polyb. 22. 15.11.
to oppose, Sept. Deut. 31:21. Ken. Cyr.
1. 6. 43—In N, T. aor. 2 intrans. to re-
isd, sland firm agoinst, absol. Heb, 12:
4.—Thue. 1 71.

“dv uxadés, 0, £. iow, to invite in
turn, oc. to a feast, trans. Luke 14: 12,
— Xen. Conv. 1. 15.

* Aritxemat, f. saloopas, to lie op-
spoken of a country, Herodian 6.
InN. T. to be adverse or
repugnant fo, eq. dat. Gel. 5:17. 1 Tita.
12 10. So & dvtualueros, an adversary,
7, absol. or seq. dat. Luke 13: 17.
gis. "1Cor. 16:9, Phil. 1:28. 2Thees.
4. 1 Tin. & 14 Sept for wz Ex
9) Job 13:25. 324m Is. 66
re bee tp edn 8 1, Sest, Empir
Hypoth. 2. 14.

sisi adv. (dyth) opposite to,
©. gen. Acts 20: 15.—Joa,
‘ant 10.2. Xen. H.G. 6.2.22

*"AviapBava, £ Ijpouas, to

take in turn, Xen. Cyr. 5.3.12, In N.T.
Mid. dyzsdayBdvopas, to take to one’s
seb fa taka art Gy to nde on’ olf
for, 864.
Spee spoken of things 1 Tim, 6 2 of
tig siepyeolag avs Le.
who also are partakers of, devoted fo, the
good cause, etc. it. dvtshaBousvos
GipOelos for tym Is. 26: 3. (Others
by Hebraism, firmly attached to; 88
Sept. for py 1K. 9:9. 2 Chr. 7: 22.)
—I Mace. 2: 48, Jos, Ant.5,4.3. Philo
im Flaee. p. 967. Ken. Cyr. 2.3.6.

b) spoken of persons, to aid, protect,
relieve, Luke 1: 54. Acts 20: 35. So Sept.
for Hiph. and Piel of prt Lev. 25: 35.
2 Chr, 28: 15. peeve RB Ps, & 6.
119: 116. Te, 63: 5. yy 2 Chr. 28: 23.
—Diod. Sie. 11, 13, Heaych. artidappe-
vevas* Bonde.

"Avidlyo, f. te, c, 0. dat. or ab-
sol. to ie.

a) J create he ie 45 bis, 28:
19, 82 — Ecclus. 425. Xow. Mons 4.

4.8.

67

* Aripusdia

4. &—Followed by py c. infin. to
Luke 20: 27, of.’ ye Prat iad

'b) to oppose, to disobey, to contemn or
revile, Luke 2: 34. John 19: 12. Rom, 10:
1. Tit, 1:9. 29, Sept. for 2°97] Hos.
44, 3407 1s, 50:5. 7h Is 6: 2—
Jos. Ant. 4:6, 2, Lucian. ‘D. Deor, 8. 3.

’ Avilanyus, ews, %, (érndoppe-
me) ai, relief ; aN T by meton. of .
abstr. for concrete, a helper, reliever,
1 Cor. 1% 28, where it refers to those
appointed to take care of the poor and
aick, i.e. the didxovos, both male and
female; comp. Acts c. 6, Rom. 16 1.
Bee Suicer. Thessur. s. h. voc. — Sept.
for rrayy Pa 2 19. v9 Pe 108
pny Ba. 83: 9. y

*“Aveloyla, as, %,(arudiye,)com
tradiction, i.e.

8) controversy, question, strife. Heb. 6
16. 7:7. Spoken of a controversy be-
fore a judge, Sept. for “37 Ex. 18: 16.
‘37 Deut. 25: 1. 2 Sam. 15: 4.—Polyb.
ay ssumely, reproach, Heb. 12 3,
— Matt. 26: 60 eq. 27:22 aq. 29,40
aq. 49, et al. — Jude 11, coll, Acts 18
45, Others rebelion —Sepe. for ym,
strife, i. Ps, 80:7. AQT
Num. 20:13, ohere itis i. q. ro Aedogain,
oll, ¥.3, 299 Deut. 21: 5. :

* Aritodopter, &, &.om, te revile
én turn, 1Pet. 2: 23.—Lueian. Conv. § 40.

*Arildvigov, ov, 16,(érth dixgor,)
ransom, price of 1 Tim, & 6
aysldvigor tnig xurtem, comp. Matt. 90:
28 Litgor Gxt} molléy. — Anon. Vers.
V.T. for “p> (reed pyre
where Sept. 77 aid vis | Lungeicsees.

“Ariipergdeo, 0, £. how, to meas-
ure out again or in turn, absol. Luke
6: 38, [Matt.7:2.] i.e. metaph. put for
to repay, requite, to render like for like,

“Arryuodla, as, %,(drehpodss,)

retribution, recompense, wages ;

of punishment, Rom. 1; 27,—Spoken of
reward, 2 Cor. 6:13 sHy ainyy arsyu-
Shey nLacivOyre xed iusls, i.e. by way
of recompense open ye your hearts to-
wards me in the same manner as I have
done to yeu; comp. v. 11.—Theopbyl
ed Autel. Bb. 1. p. 87.

* Avwoyeue

* Avuoyeut, ac, %, Antioch, the

name of two cities in N. T.
__ 1. Antioch of Syria was situated on
the river Orontes, and was the royal
residence and metropolis of all Syria,
It was founded by Seleucus Nicanor,
and called by him after the name of his
father Antiochus. This city is cele-
brated by Cicero in his oration pro fr-
chia, as being opulent and sbounding in
men of taste and letters. It was also a
place of great resort for the Jews, and
wards for Christians, to all of whom
invitations and encouragements were
held out by Seleucus Nicanor. The
distinctive name of Christians was here
first applied to tho followers of Jesus.
It was inhabited by great numbers of
Jews, Jos. B. J. 7.3.3. The modem
name is Antakia, Acts 11: 19, 20, 22,
26 bis, 27. 13:1. 14: 26. 15: 22, 23,30,
35. 18:22, Gal. 2 11.

2. Antioch of Pisidia was 20 called,
because it was attached to that province,
although situated in Phrygia. It was
founded by Seleucus Nicanor. Acts 13:
14, 14: 19,21, 2 Tim, 3:11. Comp.
Strabo 12. Plin, H. N. 5, 27.

* Avuozevs, soc, 3, a citizen of
» Acts 6: 5.
Avunapepyouat, f. deioopas,to
pase along over against, i.e. to pass by,
se. without stopping, Luke 10; 31, 32,
—Wibed. 16: 10.

’ Aviinas, a, 5, Antipas, pr. name
of a martyr, Rev. 2 13.

*Aviunatgle, Mos, %, Antipatrie,
pr. name of a city of Palestine, situated
two or three miles from the coast, in a
fertile and well watered plain between
Cesarea and Jerusalem, on the site of a
former city Xapagtafa. It was founded
by Herod the great, and called Antipa-
tris in honour of his father Antipater.
Acts 23: 31. See Jos. Ant. 13, 15. 1.
1b116.5:2, B. J. 1, 21.9.

* Avuntpay, adv. (éxth nigay,)
over against, on the opposite shore, etc.
Luke 826. Some Mas. read dvrenéoa.
—Jos, Ant. 2, 16.3. Xen. H. G. 6.2.9,

"Avuninio, £ mecotpar, pp. to
fall against or upon, 20. in # hostile

68

“Avidnue

manner, Herodian. 6, 3,132 In N. T.
metaph. to oppose, resist, strive against,
¢.dat. Acts 7:51. Sept. infin. for 73°79
Num. 27: 14.—Polyb. 25. 9. 5.

* Av ustpccrevouc,Mid.dep.( drei,
orgateie,) pp.to leadout an army agains,
Xen, Cyr. 8.8.26, InN. T. metaph. to
war against, to oppose, c. dat, Rom. 7:
23, — Aristenet. I. Ep. 1 ous cree
axgutsiey tolg dnspnpavoies piled.

*"Arvtrccow, f. tv, to draw up an
army against, to arrange in battle array,

Ken. Anab. 4, 8, 5. In N. T, Mid Mid.
drcardocouen metaph. to set one’s self”

to oppose, to resist, c. dat. or ab-
sol. Acts 18:6. Rom. 13: 2. James 4: 6.
5:6 1Pet.&: 5. S80 Sept. for 7!
Prov. 3: 34.

* Avilrunos, ov, 6, ty adj. (arth,
tinos q. v.) resisting a blow or impres:
sion, i.e. hard, solid, Julian. Ep. 54.
p. 441, Porphyr. p. 253. See Elsner
Obs. Sac. I. p. 407. In NT. dycd in
compos. here implies resemblance, cor-
respandence ; ‘hence, formed after a type
or mode, like, corresponding ; and neut.
Gvzievmoy, as subst, antitype, that which
corresponds to a type, Heb. 9:24. 1 Pet.
8:21.—Hesych. dyrizunos* aos, Sows.
Gregor. Naz. Oret. 11, Gregor. Damase.
Orth. Fid. 4.14. Constitut. A) &18
ta dotiruna puorigia 105 coatos nak
fuaros to Xeuotol, spoken of the
bread and wine, the symbols of the
body and blood of Christ.

Arriggcatos, ov, 5,
lit. an opposer of Christ, found only in
John’s epistles, and there defined to be,
collectively, all who deny that Jesus is
the Messiah, and that the Messiah is come
in the flesh, 1 John 2: 18 bis, 22. 4:3.
2Jobn 7. What class of persons the
apostle had in view is unknown; prob-
ably Jewish adversaries. See Suicer’s

esaUr. &. voc.

’ AvrAdeo, 0, £. jw, (Srthog a hold,
sink,) to draw out sc. water, wine, etc.
trans. or absol. John 2 8,9. 4: 7, 15.
Sept. for aNuj Gen. 24: 13, 3 my
Ex. 2: 16, 19.—Xen. Oec. 7. 40. .

“Avrdnua, arog, v5, twhatiedrawn,
Dioscor. 4. 64. In N.'T. a bucket, i. e.

ArrogiaAudeo

any vessel for drawing water, John 4:
rtd Heb. oT

“Anrogiahuée, G, f. jou, (arth,
SpFadpos,), to look at directly or in the
foce ; Baronb. Ep. c. 5 sig daiivas roi
Gilov drtop9aluious, Chrysost. in Jes.
6 2—In N. T. trop. spoken of a ship,
to look the wind in the face, i.e. to bear

against, to resist, to withstand, c. dat.
‘Rots a: 15, -— Wiad. 12 14. Polyb. 2
41.

“Avvdoos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
‘G8ug,) waterless, dry, as Sudo: tén01,

places, i.e. barren, sandy, desert,
Matt. 12 43. Luke 11: 24. The Jews
supposed that the abode of evil spirits
‘was in deserts; see Tob. 8:3. Baruch
4: 35. and comp. Rev. 18: 2. Sept. for
Pinrw7 Is. 43: 19, 20. 37 Ie, 41:
19. th Hos, 23, nivale. 44: 3.
—2 Mace. 1: 19. Polyb. ‘5. 80. balan
‘Trop. spoken of boastful deceiver
soducers, who are called znyat pation
2 Pet. 2:17, and repédas Srvdgos Jude
12, i. e. fountains or clouds that prom-
ise much water, but deceive those who
rely on them.

" Avunoxguog, ou, 6, 4, adj. (0 pr.
and tmoxplropar) real, true,
sincere, Rom. 12:9, 2 Cor, 6: 6. 1Tim.
1:5. 2Tim. 1:5, James 3:17, 1 Pet.
1: 22.—Wisd. 5: 18. 18: 16,

* Avunowaxtos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (0
pr. and totdcoo,) unsubjected, i. 0.
spoken of things, Pass. not made subject,
Heb. 2 8. Spoken of persons, Act.
insubordinate, lawless, refractory. 1 Tim.
1: 9. Tit. 1: 6,10. Symmach. for
byxba wy] Sain. % 12.

” Aveo, adv. up, above, denoting
a) place where, éy 1H odgarg Eye
Acta 2 19. Rev, 5: 3 in later edit. —
Hence 6, 7, 10 co», os an adj. (Buttm.
+§ 195. 6) shat is above, wpper, referred
to heaven, and therefore
tial. Bo od doe heveens Jone 8 95, 23,
comp. 3: 13, 31. & 38. 17:5. But ta
Gye, things above, or divine
kings, Cal. 8: 1, 2.-— Act. Thom. aa. Pe
— Gal. 4: 26 4 dive ‘Tegovoudsp, the ce-
lestial Jerusalem, Phil: 14 § ave xdijou,
the heavenly calling, iq. éxovpdriog in

69

*Avaregos

Heb. 3: 1. — Sept. for by Deut. 4:
30, Joab, 12 11. Ex, 204. phiby Je
7: 3. — Diod. Sic. 4. 55. Xen. An,
4.11.

b) motion to a higher place, upwards,
sursum, John 11: 41. Heb. 12:15, Sept.
for mbz7 Ie, 8: 21. 37:21. Eco. 3.
21. TChr, 2 5.— Xen. An. 4.8.28,
— John 2% 7 fag dive, to the very top or
brim. Sept. for m2sn5 12 2 Chr. 26 8.

* Avayeor, ov, t6, i. q. Aréyator
qv.

“Avader, adv, (z.)

1. of place, from above, from a higher
place, Matt. 27: 53. Mark 15: 38. John
19: 23.—Jos. Ant. 3. 7.3. Herodian. 8.
4.20, Thuc. 3, 21.—Hence spoken of
whatever is olgaydSey or éx tol olga-
04, from heaven, and since God dwelle
in heaven, it signifies, from God, in a
divine manner, John 3: 31. (3: 3, 7.) 19:
11. James 1:17, So James 3 17 4
Evade: copla, or divine wisdom,
(Buttm. § 125. 6,) i. q: 4 copla EveeSey
in v.15. Sept. for tan Ex. 26: 27.
Job 3: 4. — Clem. Alex. Protrept. 1.
Just. Mart. Cohort. p.9, Aelian. i.
An. 9. 30. Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 14.

2. of time. 8) from the firat, from the

Luke'l: 3. Acts 26: 5 xgo-
pordsoxortés ys divesder, from the fir, 1.0.
from the earliest age.—Dem. 1125, 24,
Herodian. 8. 6. 12 xox’ etvovay, jy elzor
mg0¢ aitoy GveaSer. Just. Mart. Dial.
¢, Tryph. 24. p. 123. — S80 Gal. 4: 9
ol; maduy tivwOer Dovietuy Siders, ogain
from the very beginning, i.e. wholly, as
if ye had never been Christians.—Wied.
19: 6.

b) again, another time, John 3: 3,7,
pone Gvader, to be born a
Others refer this to no, 1, and so far as
the sense is concerned, it is doubtless
ig. & 9208 yen¥dijras, in John 1: 13;
but Nicodemus in v. 4 takes it as synony-

mous with dstregoy, « second time.
“Avarepixis, 7H, ov, (Greizegos
ff. vey) upper, higher. Acts 19: 1 dre
tagind wign, the higher regions, i. e. the
inland parts of Asia Minor, comp. 18:

* Arbragos, @, ov, compar. higher,
superior, used in the neut. as the com-

"dvagekis
par. of dives, Buttm. §115.5. Luke 14:
10. Heb. 10:8 dyeiegor yey, having
said above, before, in the former part of
the quotation, Sept. for $3797 Lev. 11:
21.

"Avwipedys, dog, 8, 4, adj. (« pr.
and cipelée,) useless, unprofitable, serving

mo purpose.
8) pp. Heb. 7: 18. Sept. for in Nd
spoken of idols, Jer. 2: 8. Is. 44: 10,—
Lucian. Tim. § 127. Xen. Occ, 1. 16.
b) by impl. injurious, nézious, Tit. 3:
9.—Sept. Prov. 28:3, Pealt. Salom. 16:
8 épageia dvopelis. Test. XII Patr,

hin, Sy ty (Syrup ink ESe,)
on azt, Matt. 3:10. Luke 3:9. Sept.
for 7174 Deut. 19: 5. sap 1 Sam. 13:
20'Aelian. V. H. 12. 5. ‘Ken. Cyr. 6.
23

"Akws, fa, wv, worth, worthy,
¢.¢. gen.or absol.

a) value, of like worth, worthy
of 00 capers onparale Rom. & 18
Oim aio +6 nadjpara wi viv xagod
ager udldovoay 3dgar. So Bept. for

Prov. 8:15, 8: 11. Comp. Gen.
1 Chr. 21: 22, 24,—Hom. Nl. 8.
BBA. ib. 23, 885, Diod. Sic. 1. 51,

b) geur. worthy of, deserving of, either

good or evil, viz.

(a) of good, abeol. of persons, worthy
sc. of benefit. Matt. 10:11, 13 bis, 22 8,
Luke 7:4. Rev. 3: 4. — Seq. gen. of
thing, Matt. 10: 10 tig tpopis. Luke
10:7 tod poGob. 1 Tim. 5: 18. Acts 13:
15. 4:9. 6&1. Sept. for

7:4, — Wind. 6: 16, 9: 12.

face. 4:25. Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 62.—

gen. of person, i. @. 00 elval tiv0s,

lo be the friend of, or to be cher-

ished by, any one, Matt. 10: 37,38. Heb.

11: 38. — Wiad. 3: 5, — Seq. infin, aor.
Luke 15: 19,21, oix dftos xl Sivas

‘Acts 13: 25, Rev. 4: 11. 5: 2, 4,9, 12.

see Buttm. §140. 3. and § 137. 5.—Wisd.

1:16. 18:1. Xen. Occ. 21. 12—With

49a, John 1: 27.—Dem.Tom. I. p. 222.

(B) of evil, deserving of, abeol. Rev.
16:6, Seq. gen. xinysy Luke 12: 48.
twos Sardrov, deserving of death, Luke
9B: 15. Acts 23: 29. 25:11, 25. 26: 31.
Rom. 1: 32—Wind. 19: 4. Xen, Mem.
1. 2, 62 Sersizov.

70

* Anayyédho

e) by impl. suitable, congruent, cor.
responding to, c. gen. as xagnetg atlous
aig ustavolas, Matt. 3:8, Luke & 8
Acts 26: 20. 80 Luke 23: 41.—I Mace.
10: 54. Xen. Ag. 1. 1. — Hence deos
Zore, it is suitable, proper, etc. 1 Cor. 16
4. 2 Thess. 1:3.—Xen. Mem. 1.5.3.

“Aker, c, £. dew, (its) to re-
gard az deserving, to hold worthy of.

a) pp. c. accua. et gen. 2 These. 1: 11.
Pass, ¢. gen. 1 Tim. 5: 17. Heb. 3 &
10: 29,—Jos. Ant. 2.11.2, Xen. Anab.
3.2. 7. — Seq. infin. aor. Luke 7: 7,
comp. in “Atos b. a. — Sept. Gen. i:
28. Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 10.

b) to regard as suitable, to deem proper,
to think good, eeq. infin. aor. Acts 15: 38
‘Aitlov, wy cvpnagalaptiy totter. 28: 22.
— Act. Thom. § 11. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7.
4. — Others, to desire, to wish, etc. as
Sept. for wy Esth. 4:7. Dan. 1:8. for
Chald. 892) Dan. 2: 16,23. —Xen. An.
1.7.8 “Diba. Bic. 17.107.

* Aklos, adv. ssitably, property, ix
a becoming manner, seq. gen. Rom. 16:2,
Eph. 4:1. Phil. 1:27. Col. 1: 10. 1 Thess.
212, 3John 6. — Wied. 7: 16. 16 1.
Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9.

" Aopatos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
Sgce,) unseen, invisible, Rom. 1:20. Col.
1: 15,16. 1 Tim. 1: 17, Heb. 1: 27, —
Sept. Gen. 1: 2. 2 Macc. 9:5. Jos. Ant.
14. 4.4, Xen. Mem. 4.3. 13,

"Anayyéddo, £ yelé, imperf.
Gmiyysioy Acts 26:20 in later edit. aor.
1 amjyyeda, aor. 2 Pass. ai
Luke 8: 20, doubtful, see Butum. § 108.
n. 4. marg. —c. c. dat. of person and
accus, of thing or mzgl eeq. gen. or drs,
ng, or infin.

1. to give up intelligence, to bring word

vids. from any person or place, concerning

any thing, i. e.

8) to relate, to inform af; to tell, ac.
what had occurred ete. c. dat. of pers.
Matt.8: 33. 14:12. 28:8, 10,11, Mark
6:30. 16:10, 13. Luke 7: 18 8: 20,36.
9:36. 13: 1. 24:9, John 20:18, Acts 4:23.
11: 13, 1 Thess. 1: 9, Sept. for Tart
Judg, 13: 10. — Xen. Avab, 1. 7. 2.—
Beg. os, Luke 8: 94 damiyyeidon ele shy
xoluv nad cig tois Gygevs. Mark 6: 14

“Aneygo
in later edit. So Bept. for > YQ Amos
4& 18—Xen. An. 6, 4, 25.

b) éo ennownee, to make known, declare,
tel, ve. whet is dove cz to be done etc.
Matt. 1% 18, Luke 18 37. John 4:51.
Acts 5:25, 12: 14,17. 15: 27. 16 36,
‘28: 16, 17, 19. 28:21. 1 Joba 1: 2,3.
Sept. for 3% Josh. 2 2. 37137 Gen.
24: 49. 29: 15. Judg. 1% 6.—80 Heb. =
12 drayyas 16 Brom gov r0is ddehpois
gov, i.e. declare, make known ; so Sept.
for gD Ps.78: 4,6; bere quoted from
Ps. 22: 23, where Heb. "BD and Sept.

+, Others to celebrate,
as Sept. for p45: Ps. 89:2, 105: 1—In
the sense of to exhort, ¢. infin. Acts 26:
20 emiyzshov pstavotiv, — So also by
impl. to confess, Luke 8: 47. 1 Cor. 14:
25. So Sept. and ar Gen. 12: 18,

9. to bring back word from any one,
to report, c. dat. of pers. with or without
accus, of thing, Matt. 2: 8 11:4, Luke
7: %2, 14: 21. Acts 5:22. 22: 26. Sept.
for Tay Gen. 27: 42, 29: 12—Ken.
Mem. 1.2. 33.

* Anayxo, f. dytw, to strangle. In
N.Y. Mid. anayzoues, to strangle one’s
sof, 20. by hanging, to hang one's olf

2 Sem. 17:
93—Aelian, V.H. 5.8 "Xen. Hiero7.
18—Comp. Acts 1: 18, where Judes is
said soars yeroperos deseqcs phros 2.1.1.
ive having henged himself, and the
cord perhaps breaking, he fell with such
violence as to dash out his bowels.

*Ancyo, £. ta, aor. 2 éxtyayoy,
sor. 1 Pass. émiizSyy, to lead away, to
conduct away, trans,

2) gene. Luke 13: 15. 8eq. agds Acts
2B: for 9533 Gen. 31: is. Deut,
28: 37. phir Deut. 28: 36. 1K. 1:38.
al.—Ael. V. H. 1. 6. —Spoken in N.T.
chiefly in a judicial sense, to lead aay,
or bring, ac, before a judge or to prison,
eq. 965 or ex, Matt. 26: 57. 27: 2.
Mark 14: 44,53. 15:16, John 18: 13.
Acts 24: 7. or to punishment, Matt. 27:
31. Luke 28: 26. John 19:16. Henee
absol. dnayDijvas to be put to death,
Acts 12: 19, — Ep. Jerem. 18. Sept.
Sxmmyépaves, « prisoner, for YDH ete.
Gon. 30:22 40:3. 42 16. Hesych.

+ aks Oavatey DaxeoGar.
b) spoken of a way, seq. ois, Matt. 7:

71

*Anaddacow

13, 14, § 8835 4 dxéyouee de vip des
Amey v, es iy Conjy,—Jos. Ant. 4.6.10
sig pevtivoay. So &; aya, Jes, Ant.8.7,4
Gdois sas dyotoas ie “Iegoadiypa. Philo
de Vit. Mos. Il. p. 264.

©) Mid. etna yopee, lit. to lead one’s
self eway, to ge away, i. e. metaph. fogo
astray, be seduced. 1 Cor. 12: 2 pig to
eBdala, i.e. to the worship of idols.

“Anaibevros, ov, 4, %, adj. (a pr.
and xasdsbw,) pp. untaught, Xen. Mem.
4.1.4; hence, ignorant, stupid, foolish,
of persona, Sept. for 53: Prov. 17: 22,
B°03 Prov. 8:5, 15:15.’ Jos. Ant. 2.13,

—In N. T. of thin, trifiing,
sowed 2 Tim. 2: 23 Fe adion Saeq-
ous.

"Anciga, £. agi, (dnd, alge,) trans.
to take away, to remove, Herodot. 8. 57.
intrans, to go sway, depart, Xen. H. G.
6. 5, 32, Sept. for 9m) Gen. 12:9, 13s
11. al. saep. Comp, Buttm. §190. n.2.—
InN. T, only aor. 1 Pass. anrig@ny, in
the pass. sense, to be taken away, Matt.
® 15. Mark 2:20. Luke 5:35. or per-
haps with the mid. intrans. sense, to de-
pert; comp. Buttm. § 135. 3. § 136.

“Anauty, &, fou, (ax, aixéen)
to demand back from any one, sc. what
is one’s own, to require, trans, ©, did 11
vos. Luke 6:30. 12 20 viv yuriv cou
Gnasrotcw dnd cov, lit. they shall
thy life, indef. for the Pass. thy life shalt
be required ec. by him who gave it;
comp. Battm. § 129. 11. Stuart § 500.
‘Bept. for ‘ox Deut. 15: 2, 3.—Ecelus,
20:15, Jos.’Ant. 12.4.5. Theophr.
Char. 9 or 12.

* Anadyéo, 6, f£tjow, (and, Gayien)
Pp. to grieve out, i.e. to cease from griey-
ing, Thuc. 2.61. In N. T. to cease to
feel, to be unfeeling, i. e. without sense
ofdecorum, shame, ete. Eph, 4: 19. —
Heliodor. 5. p. 218. Hesych. dxqiymaé—
w85* avedoDytor 7eriyeros, Gnoxdportes.

“Anadieosa, v. atta, £. die,
(ané, @ALdeou,) to remove from, trans, 1}
and twos, Ken. Anab, 3.2.28. Sept. for
“yor Job 9 84. 27:5. Jer. 3% 31.
Hence in N. T.

8) Mid. dnaddccoopes, to remove
one’s self from, or intrans, te depard, te

* Anaddorgeo

leave, c. &d, Acts 19: 12,—So Act. in-
trans. Sept. Ex. 19: 22. Herodot. 1.16.
So Mid. Xen. Anab. 7. 1. 4 seq, é ib.
7. 6.2

'b) by impl. to free, to aet free, to dis
miss, trans, 90g. dd, Luke 1% 58
dnlldzSar an’ airot, to be set free, let
ge, from thy opponent, creditor, etc.
86. by private adjustment. — Seq. gen.
Wied. 12: 2, 20. Jos, Ant. 2. 3. 3, Xen.
om 29 6.— So metaph. Heb. 2: 15

i toutes Boos pohy Pavetov
Bogor fear Bovlslas. — Seq. gen. Philo
de spec. Leg. Pp. 793 annldazdd tig
dnt 16 Sovdry tiumplas. Jos. Ant. 11.
G12 Xen, Cyr. 5.1. 12.

’ Anaddorpwa, @, f. dow, (ind,
GAdorgisa,) to estrange, to alienate;
Pass. 10 3 akenated JSrom, to be a stran-
ger to, seq. gen. Epb. 2: 12. 4:18, absol.
Col, 1: 21. Sept. for 411 Ps. 58:4. 33
Job 21: 29,—4 Mace. 1:3. Diod. Sic. 3.
72. ib. 11. 48,

“Anados, 7, Ov, soft, tender;
spoken of a shoot of a tree, Matt. 24: 32,
Mark 13: 28. So Aquit, énala dagora
Lev. 2:14. Sept. dnaddrng for nip}
Ez. 17:4, So of flesh, Sept. for J
Gen. 18: 7.—Aelian. V.H. 3, 42. Xen.
Anab. 1. 5. 2,

“Anavice, w, fjow, (ind, dxcden)
eo in N. T. and Diod. Sic, 18. 15; but
usually £ jooues, as Xen. H. G.1.6.3; to
meet from opposite directions, fo fall in
swith, c.c. dat, Matt. 28:9. Mark 5:2.
44:18. Luke 17:12. John 4: 51. Acts
16:16. So Sept. for 3 1 Sam. 10: 5.—
Xen, Anab. 2, 3. 17.—Spoken of a hos-
tile encounter, Luke 1431. So Sept. to
fall upon, for 338 Judg. 8:21. 2 Sam.

i: 15.

“dAndvinos, e008, %, (axartdo,)

s encounter 5 found i in N.T. only

in the phrase aig andyrmow, used for the

inf. dnavtqy, to meet, seq. gen. Matt, 25:

1,6. 1 Thesa, 4: 17. seq. dat. Acts 28:

15, So Sept. for nxqpb 1 Sam. 9: 14.

Sor. 41:6 saop. "30" Chr. 12 17. —
Diod. Sic. 18. 59. ‘Polyb. 5.26.8,

“ Anak, adv. of time, once, i.e.
8) pp. one fime, semel, 2Cor.11: 25. Heb.
9: 7,26,27,28, 12: 26,27. 1Pet. 3: 18, (20.]

‘72

*Anagil

Sept. for mie Ex. 30:11. Lev, 16 34.
—Xen. Occ. 10.1. Herodian. 1. 10. 8.
—So drat xa} dis, once ond again, i.e.
several times, Phil. 4: 16, 1 These. 2 18.
So Sept. for b1aws pyp Neh. 13: 20.—
1 Mace. 3: 30.

b) trop. once for all, already, formerly,
Heb. 6:4. 10: 2. Jude v. 3,5. So Sept.
for ni Ps. 62 12. 89: 36.—Jos, Ant.
5.3.2.

* AnageBatos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a
pr.and xagafalve,) Act. not passing
over, i.e. not trans se, a law,
Jos, Ant. 18, 8. 2. Pass. not violated,
inviolate, e. g. 6 répos, Epict. Enchir.
50. 2. eyo Stiog Plut. de Fat. 1. de
def. Orec. 3.— In N. T. spoken of
Christ’s priesthood, Heb. 7: 24, either
Act. not transient, perpetual ; or: Pass.
immutable, unchanging.—Found only in
the later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 313.

* Anagaoxevactos, ov, 6, %, adj.
(a pr. magaoxevdte,) unprepared, 2 Cor.
9: 4, coll. v. 3.—Jos, Ant. 4.8,41. Ken.
Cyr. 2. 4. 15.

“Ana wdomcct, ovpen, f. Hooper,
depon, (ané, devéoua:,) fut. 1 pase
dnageSyjcopes in pass, sense Luke 12
9, comp. Buttm. § 113, 3. n. 6; to abne-
gate, to deny, seq. infin, Luke 2% 34
giv 4 sls dnagrion ys} eidévar pe. —
Herodot. 8.69. See Kypke Obs. Sac. in +
loc.—Hence spoken of persons, to deny,
i.e, to disown, to abjure, trans.

a) of Christ and his religion, Matt.
26: 34, 35, 75. Mark 14: 30, 31, 72
Luke 22: 61. John 13: 38, Of persons
denied by Christ, Luke 12: 9, Sept. for
pay Is. 31: 7.—Dem, 575. 25 10 ovowa.

Bic. 5. 24 adv yduor.

b) seq. Eavtéy, to deny one’s self; i.e.
to disown and renounce self, to hr
gard all personal interests and enj
ments, Matt. 16:24, Mark 8: 34, [Lute
9:23] Comp. Phil. 3: 7, 8

“Anagri, adv. of time, ig. dx” Sgn, %, 5
for which it is put in the later editions, v7

from now, from this time, i. ©.

8) henceforth, hereafter, Matt. 23: 39,
96: 29, 64. John 1: 52. Comp. axa 108
viv Luke 1: 48, — Whether the Attics
used it in this sense, is doubtful; Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 20, 21.

“Anaguouss

b) L. q. cers, but stronger, at this very
time, even now, Jobn 13: 19.-14: 7. Rev.
14: 13 paxdgios of rexgot of dv xvgly
dnoSrjoxorts dragrl, blessed, even now,
are the dead, etc.—Aristoph. Plut. 388.

* Anagtiopss, ov, 6, (anagriza to
‘complete,—a word of ie er Greek,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 447,) completion.
Lake 14: 28 eh izes 1a [Séovta] pie
Gnagriopsy,whether he has what is neces
sary for completion sc. of the build-
ing-—Dionys. Halic. de comp. Verb. 24.
p-570 ed. Schaefer.

‘Anagyzy, 4S, %, (dndgzoues to
offer first-fruits, to sacrifice, Sept. 2 Chr.
80: 24. 85: 7, 9,) pp. an offering of first-

fruits ; then, an offering genr. Sept. for
syn Ex. 25: 2, 3.—In N. T. the first-
fruits, ‘primitiae, which were usually
‘consecrated to God ; 80 Sept. for MZR7
Ex. 23:19, Lev. 23: 10.—Jos. Ant. 4.8,
19. Xen. Occ. 1. 10. — Hence

8) the first part, earnest, of any thing.
Rom. 11: 16 dxagyy 8c. pugsparos, the

frst fruils, first portion, ec. of the mase,
i.e. metaph. spoken of the patriarchs
and ancestors of the Jewish nation.

Rom. 8: 23 six daagzhy roi
savavperros, the first-fruits of the Spirit,
i.e. the first gifts of the Spirit, the ear-
neat, the pledge, é¢fefsr, of fiture and
still higher gifts —Ecclus. 32 8 énagy}

xugay cov.
b) spoken of persons, first in time, first
in any thing, i. ©. the first of whom any
particular thing may ibe Predicated ; i
a firsiling. Row. 16:5 ig lov dxapr}
tig “Aolas tig Xpuotdy, i.e. the firet in
Asia Minor who embraced the christian
religion, 1 Cor. 16: 15. James 1: 18,
Rev. 14: 4. In 1 Cor. 15: 20, 23, Christ
is called 4 Gragg) tiv nie.
the first who has risen from the dead,
‘Anas, wou, ov, (spe, nis) i. g.
Gs, but stronger, the whole, every, all to-
gether, Matt. 24: 39, Mark 16:15. Luke
17: 27,29. Acts 11: 10. al. saep. Sept.
for b> Ps. 22: 24. Jer. 18: 23.—Hero-
dian. 3.8.4. Thuc. 2. 13, — Spoken
aloo indefinitely of a large number,
without necessarily including every in-
dividual of that number, Mark 8: 25.
11: 8% Luke & 21. 8: 37. 19: 48, ete.
AL

10

73

“Anidaa

* Anaraw, «, f. ow, to deceive, to
delude, i.e. to lead into error, trans.
Eph, & 6. 1 Tim. 2 14 bis. James 1:
26. Sept. for n°g7z 2K. 18:32 eww
Gen. 3:13, mine Ex. 22 15,—Herodian.
2.1.22 Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 20.

“Anan, 1, 4, (Garda) decep-
tion, delusion; Act. tig anatny aitod
Judith 16: 8 N. T. Pase. spoken of
any thing which is deceptive, seducing,
etc. Matt. 13: 22, Mark 4: 19. Col. 28,
2 Thess. 2:10, Heb. 3: 48 coll. ‘Auagria.
no. 2.¢, 2 Pet. & 13.—Eph. 4: 22 éx-
Suplag rig dans, ie. deceitful-propen-
sities, which seduce to sin and lead to
disappointment ; Buttm. § 123. n. 4. —
Judith 9: 10,13. Jos, Ant. 2, 14.3
Xen, Cyr, 1.2.6.

*Anarog, opos, 6, (a pr.and ma-
tig,) without futher, Pollux Onom. 3. 2.
4. one who has lost his father, Eurip.
Orest. 310. In N. T. one whose father
ts nol recorded in the Hebrew genealogies,
Heb. 7:3. See ‘Ayijrag.

‘Anavyaouc, ats, x, (ané,
aizy splendour,) reflected splendour or
brightness. Heb. 1:3 dxatyaoua sie
8696 t08 S208, i.e. trop. in whom the
divine majesty is conspicuous, iq, tineiy
Col. 1: 15,—Orig. c. Cels, 5. 10 dmavy.
puros didlov.

* Aneidov, nor. 2, subj. anides, (ex0,
s8e,) used as aor. of apogaw, Buttm.
§114 under sw and spam; to look
away from one thing towards another,
seq. agég Thue. 7..71. seq. sig Act.
Thom. § 51. trop. to look at, to regard,
seq. mg6¢ Jos. Ant. 2.6.1. Dio Cass,
P. 396, ed. Reim. — In NT. eee ony
to sce through, i.e. to see to an end, to
Perceive, to know, Phil. & 23, Sept. Jo-
‘bah 4: 5 foro dnidy ol Evan 2 nd,
for mie}.

"Aneldec, es, 4, (Gees) wn

2. Epb. 22 5:6. Heb. 4: 6,11.—Jos.
Ant. 3.15.2, Clem. Alex. Protrept. § 11.
—Col. 8: 6 viet tis am by Hebr.
sons of disobedience, unbelievers, i. ©.
heathen, pagans ; comp. Gesen. Lebrg.
§:164, Ld. Stuart § 444.

“Ane bo

Anette, @, £. jam, (anwd%s,) not
to suffer one’s self ta be persuaded, to re-
fase belief in . to disbelieve, to be diso-

a) chook spoken of disbelievers in
Christ, Acts 14: 2. [17: 5.] 19: 9. Rom.
15: 81, 2 Pet. 2: 7. orlten of those
who are disobedient to God, Heb. 3:18.
2 Pet. 3:20, Rom. 11: 31. 0; 21 coll.
Is, 65: 20 where Sept. for 338
also Hos. 9: 18. Sept. for 772 it.
9:7. Is. 50:5. 63: 10,—Jos, Ant. 6.7.4.
Hom. Od. 5. 43'—Hence of ameInoar-

zag, unbelievers, i.e. heathen, pagans,
Heb. 11: 31. So Sept. for 3748 Is, 66:
14, Comp. in *Anelone.

b) seq. dat. of person or thing,'e. g.
1G vig Jobn 8:36. 2§ $2§ Rom. 11:80
coll, Num. 14: 43 1@ xvguj. So tH
Gig Gelg Rom. % 8, 1G Méyy 2 Pet. % 8.
3:1, ap sboyyelly 2 Pet. 4: 17. Comp.
Deut. 1: 26 +6 ¢ijports, 9: 23, 32: 53.

"Anedye, og, ods, 6, 4, adj. (a
pr. and 2ei9u,) unwilling to be persuaded,
cous, Luke 1:17, Tit. 1: 16. & 3
Seq. dat. of pers, or thing, Aets 26: 19.
Rom. 1: 30. 2Tim.3: 2. Sept. for

“yi Deut, 21: 18. V4 Num. 20: 10.
+79 Is. 30: 9. — Ecclus, 16: 6. 47: 21.
Herodian. 2, 4. 10, Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 19.

‘Anedéo, , £ row to threaten, to
menace, seq. dat, Acts 4: 17 dmedj ane
Anoriueda avzois let ws strongly threaten.
‘The use of deaf here is intensive ; see
in “Ayallide b, and *4xddeua, — Jos.
Ant. 5. 2.8. Herodian. 6. 8.13 Xen.
Mem. 1. 1, 18,—Hence in the sense of
to reproach, to upbraid, abeol. 1 Pet. 2
98 ndozav oim incl, So Sept. for
gq Nab. 1:4, nyy Is, 66: 14.

*Anecdy, He, 4, (anudies,) threat,
Acts 4:17 see in “Aresdéo. 4: 29. 9:1.
—Jos, Ant. 8. 13.8, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.18.
—Hence, , Eph. 6:
9. So Sept. for HzY Prov.! 19:12. mrsa
Prov, 13:8, 17:10. yy Hab. 3: 11."

“Aneuse, £.soopes, (iné, shut am,)
to be absent, 1 Cor. 5:8. 2 Cor.10: 1, 11.
18: 2,10. Phil. 1:27. Col. 2: 5.—Wiad.
9:6, Herodian. 2, 7.8. Xen. Conv. 8. 18,

“Anecus, (dnd stu go,)imphaxjey,

74

* Anadavve

Battm. § 108, V. to go away, depart, in-
trans, Acts 17: 10. — Jos. Ant. 1.2. 1.
Xen, Mem. 2. 6. 11.

“Ancinov, aor. 2, (amd, elxoy,) aor.
1 Mid. éxsindpyy, Buttm. § 96. x n. 1
§ 116 sub, ein Winer §°15 sins.
pp. to out or of i.e. to the end,
Hom. I]. 7. 416; or in the sense of to
refuse, to deny, ib. 1,515. Sept. Zech.
11: 12. or to tnterdict, forbid, Sept. 1K.
11: 2 Jos, Ant. 3, 12, 1.—In N. T. Mid.
to speak one’s self off from any thing, i. e.
to renounce, to disown, sc, with aversion,
trans. 2 Cor. 4:2. So Sept. for oan
Job 10: 3.—Wied. 11:15. Max. Tyr. 5.
5 “Auaog dxsinaro Holuxgatqy. Plat
Coriol. 8. Dio Cass. p. 605 od. Reim.
Herodot. 1. 59.

"Anslpactos, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr.
and nsipdte,) untried, untempled, i.e.
incapable of being tempted, seq. gen.
James 1: 13. Comp. Buttm, § 192. 6.1.
—Tquat. Ep. ad Philipp. vi xapatus x39
anelgactor. Constitut. Apost. 1.8 Un-
attempted, Jos, B. J. 5.9.8. ib. 7. 8 1.
Others, Act. not having tried.

“ Aneegos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
niga, inexperienced, ignorant, veq. gen.
Heb. 5:18 dmegos loyou, ignorant of true
doctrine. Comp. Buttm. § 132, 5. 1.
Sept. for Py Zech. 11: 15. maz eS
1 Sam. 17: 39—Wisd. 13:18. Jos: Ant.
7.14, 1. Plut, de glor. Athen. c. 6.

“Anexd&yopar, £ owes, depon.
(dnd, éxBizouas,) to wait out, i.e. te
wait long for, to await
expect, trans, Rom. & 19, 23, 2s.
1Cor,1:7, Gal. & 5. Phil. 3: 20.
Heb. 9: 28. 1 Pet. 3: 20 in later edi-
tions. ,

‘Anexdvouae, £. doopas, (ind,
éxdtouas,) depon. Mid. to strip off, to lay
aside, In N.T. trop. Col. 3: 9 to» xa-
lady tirPqumoy. So trans. to despotl,
Col, 2 15 rag dexds, ie. deprive of
power.—Act, Jos, Ant. 6. 14. 2 dnadig
thy Boodusly dodijra.

"Anéxdvotg, ews, 4, (nead opens)
@ putting of, metaph. renunciation, Col.
211 drixdvorg rol oxhwatos tig cagxds.

" Anedavva, vor. 1 darlace, (a6,
darive,) to drive away from, voq. én,

“Anedeypos
Acts 18: 16, Sept. for Sm Ez. 84: 12.
—Wied. 17: 8 Xen. Mem. 2 6. 12.

*Anedeypoc, ou 4, (dxeliyze,)
confutation ; by imy con-
tempt, Acts 19: 27 sig Po eciveie Goer,
i.e. anehéyzeadau, parallel to sis oddéy
Roy. Sijves,

"Anehevdepos, OU, 6, , adj. (and,
d@abSeg0g,) a freedman, 1 Cor. 7: 22, —
Jos, Ant. 7.11.2. Herodian. 4. 8.11.
Xen. Rep. Athen, 1. 10.

“Aneddye, ov, 6, pr. name of a
Christiin, Rom. 16: 10.

Anednie, £ tow, (dnd, antie,)
to hope out, i.e. to have done hoping, to
despond, 10 despair, Luke 6:35 Savelzens,
{xorrd] pndiv cedatzortes, i.e. lend, never
despairing nor doubting of requital, for
80 your reward will be great from God ;
comp. v. 34.—Sept. Is, 29:19. Judith
9:11. 2 Mace, 9:18. Diod. Sic, 2, 25.
Polyb. 3. 63. 13. — Others, to hope for
something in yeurn, ig. Uniew and
‘tuvog, comp. dxsoGluy Athen. 14, 0. 17
ed. Casaub. éna:tily Theophr, Char. 9
OF ID Lereda vite be tat 716 Be Low

* Anévarn, adv. (éné, Frart,) from
over against, opposite to, viz, -

8) pp. before, in the presence of, spok-
en of persons, Mass 21:2 27:2 ond
varts tol Bzlov. Acts 3:16. So Sept.
for ‘o> Ex. 14:2. Num. 7:10. "13;
Hos. 7:2. 1937 Gen. 21: 16. m3 Judg.
19: 10,—Spoken of place, Matt. 27: 61
tov tagov. Sept. for *20> Ez. 40; 49,

aieak

y Hebr. of what is fore
the mind, Rom. S18 oin Tos oes
S206 andvares si bi aitéy,
quoted from Pr, 96: 2, where Sept for
De Tae.

c) by abr. agains, contrary to, Acts a

17:7 dnivarns tev Soyudaer Kalougos.
So Sept, for ne p> 2 Sam, 10: 17.
gp Ez. 26 9—Ecelus. 37: 4.

“Andne, vee "Anion.

“Anépavros, ou, 6, ¥, adj. (o pr.
and migas limit,) wnlimited, 1 Tim.

t pomadoylan belpsrves ntermnaile ge
nealogies, i. e. which may be extended
Without limit, worthless. Sept. for

75

“Andoyouae

“npr W> Job 96 26. — Herodian. 8. 5.
21. Thue. 4, 36.

* Anegtonaoras, adv. (a pr. and
‘mtguaae to distract,) without distraction,
without solicitude, sc. about earthly
things, 1 Cor, 7: 35, coll. v. 32-34. —
Polyb, 2. 20. 12. Arrian. Diss, Ep. 1.
29,59. :

Aneplrwrros, ou, 4, adj. (ape
and
Sept. Be shy Gem I 116 Bx 12 48.
2 Mace, 1:51. InN. T. momph. Acs
7: 51 amaptrpsros Hi wagdlg xad
doly, uncircumcised in heart and _
i. e. whose heart and ears are still cov-
ered with the dxpofvcria of nature, 80
that they neither listen to nor obey the
divine precepts; hence obdurate, per-
verse. So Sept. and aS E247. 7.
Dry Jer. 6: 10.

"Anépyomat, f. éndeicopas, aor.
2 amfSor, perf. anedsgiv9a; for this
fiat. instead of the more usual dress, 800
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 37,38. Buttm. § 108,
V.5. §114 p. 282; to go away from
one place etc. to another ; hence

a) gear. to go away, to depart, absol.
Matt. 8 21. * fi 25, 38. 16 4, 18: 30.
Mark & 20,24. 6: 28, al. Seq. dxd,
Mark 5:17, Luke 1:38, 215. e357. aL
Sept. for ‘fbry Gen. 19: 2, 21:14.
ain Gen. 15: 15.— Herodian. 4, 3.14

3 Xen. Mena. 4. 2. 39, —‘Trop. spoken of
things, ete. e. g. of leprosy, Mark 1: 42,
Lake ‘6: 13. of fruits, Rev. 18:14 4

b) to go away to a place, i.e. to depart
for, to act off, to journey, ete. c. dat Matt.
‘2% 22 Sxov 8: 19—Seq. sig Matt. 8: 32,
83, 10: 5, 14: 15. 25: 46. al. — Luoian.
D. D. 16, 1. — Seq. 96s, Matt. 14: 25.
Mark 3:13. Rev. 10: 9. al. — Xen. An.
1, 9.29.—Spoken of a by water,
Matt. 8: 18. Mark & 32. John 6: 1, 22.
—Metaph. spoken of rumor, to go forth,
spread abread, Matt. 4: 24, coll. 9: 26

*Anéyeo

where it is 4291927.—Incloding the idea
of arrival, i.e. to go away quite to
a place, ie. to come to, to arrive at,
Luke 2%: 33 ani Sor "ind tov téx0v.
Bo Bept. anjlder dg’ iuas Pips for
wiz Gen, 42: 21.

¢) by Hebr. ¢, c. dnlaw tixés, to go
away after any one, i.e. to follow, e. g.
as companions or disciples, in the Jew-
ish manner, Mark 1:20, Luke 17: 23.
John: 12: 19. S80 dmiow caguos ixégas
Jude 7.—Heb. *35788 "727 Judg. 2 12,
18am. 6: 12, where Sept. rrogabopas
éniow, — In a similar sense, s6q. 965
zwa, Jobn 6: 68.

4) in the sense of to withdraw, to go
apart, Matt. 26: 36, Acts 4: 15.

e) spoken of those who turn back,
to go back, to return, soq. tis, Mutt. 9: 7.
Luke 1:23. Jobn 4:3. So Sept. for
370 Gen. % 19. 31: 13, Josh. 1: 15,
& 14, Job 1: —Herodian. 8. 8. 18,
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.—In Jobn c.e. sig ta
Inlow, fo turn back, Jobo 18: 6 fo re-
turn, 6: 66. Au.

" Anéyoo, & acpiteo, (dnd, to.)
1, t@ hold off from, as & ship from the
shore, Od. 15. 33; and hence to avert,
to restrain, etc. Hl. 1.97. Herodot. 8.27.
Bem. for 973 Prov. & 27. Hence in

ny ‘Mia. aindgyopas, to hold back one’s
self from, i. ©. to abstatn, to refrain from,
c. €. gen. or seq. ad, Acts 15: 20, 29,
1 Thess, 4:3, 5:22. 1 Tim. 4: 3. 1 Pet.
2:11, Sept. for 430 Job 1: 1,8 ban
Prov. 28: 4, — Herodot. 9. 73. Xen.
Mem. 4. 8. 4. ib, 4. 4. 13,

b) intrans, to be distant from, to be ab-
sent, suppl. éavréy otc. comp. Buttm.
§ 113. n.2. § 180. n, 2-—Luke 7:6. 151
20, 24: 13. So Sept. Is, 55:9 where
Heb. 7733. — 2 Macc. 12: 29. Jos, Ant.
4.6.4, Xen. An. 4. 3. 5—Trop. spoken
of the heart etc, Mau, 15: 8 and Mark
1: 6, ndggos rizes cn’ tuo, their heart
ts far from me, i.e. they do not reverence
nor regard me ; quoted from Is, 29:13,
where Sept. for pn:

2. to have off or out, i.e. to have all
that is one’s due, so as to cease from
having any more, to have received in full;
comp. Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. IIL p. 52,
53, Spoken of reward or wages, poder,

76

“Anwotos

Matt. 6 2, 5, 16. uxinow Luke 6
%. navta Phil. 4: 18. Spoken of a per-
son, to have for good and all, Philem. 15.
Sept. Gen. 43: 23 and Num.32: 19, where
Heb. x¢3. — Jos. Ant. 1.30.6. Plut.
Boon, c. 22.— Hence enéyee impers.
suficit, it is enough, Mark 14: 41, i.e. ye
have s'ept enough ; comp. Luke 22 45,
46, and comp. fxavér dots, Luke 22: 38.
— Anacr. Od. 38. v. 83 amiyes- Pine
yig ainjy. Hesyeh. dxizes- dnézen,
‘S&agxsi. — Others, it ts gone, if is over,
se. the hour of anguish.

* Anioréw, @, f. 4ow, (Sxv0r05,) fo
withhold belief, to doubt, to distrust, absol.
Acts 28: 24. Mark 16: 11. Luke 24: 41.
seq. dat. Luke 24: 11.— Wiad. 1:2. 12:
17. Jos. Ant. 2. 4.5. Xen. Anab. 2. 5. 6.
— Hence, to disbelieve, to be unbelieving,
i.e. without faith in God and Chri,
Mark 16:16. Rom. 3: 3—Wisd. 10: 7.
—By impl. to break one’s faith, to prove
false, 2 iro. % 13.

*Aneorle, ac, %, (xy
lief, ineredulity, Pai ea
declarations, doctrines, promises, etc.
Matt. 13: 58, 17: 20, Mark 6: 6. 9: 24.
16:14. Rom. 3:3. 4:20, 11: 20, 23.
80 1 Tim. 1:13 & dmotig, ie. ina
mate of unbelief, before embracing the
gospel.—Jos. Ant. 2.4.3. Diod. Sic. 11,
89. Thuc. 1. 10.—Hence by impl. vio-
lation of faith, perfidy, apostasy, Heb. 3:
12, 19.—Wisd. 14: 25. Polyb. 3. 99, 7.

“Antotog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
selotis.)

1. Pass. spoken of things, incredible,
Acta 26: 8 sb Emuotoy splottan — Jon
Ant. 6.10. 2 Spyor Emotor, Xen.Conv.
4.50. Hierol. 9

2 Ace spoken of persons, wit

us, Matt. 17:
7, Mark 9:19, Luke 9:41. John 20:
27. So of d&moto, those who have not
believed sc. on Christ, 2 Cor. 4: 4.—He-
rodot. 9, 98, Hesyeh. Gmotos* dwage’
muotos, dnwdig.— Henge by impl,
heathen, pagan, one who does not be-
lieve in and worship the true
1 Cor, 6:6, 7: 12, 13,14 bis, 15. 10:27.
14: 22 bis, 23, 24. So with the idea of
impiety, 2 Cor. 6 14,15, 1 Tim. 5: 8.
Tit. 1: 15. S80 Sept. for 9y Is. 17: 10.—

‘Andoog 7 "Ano
Farther, by impl faithless false, opostate, Mark 1:42 Acts 19: 12. of goods taken

Luke 12: 46. Rev. 21: 8.—Xen. Mem.
2. 6. 19.

“Andoos, ous ; én, 45 dor, oty 5
simple, i. e. not compler, easy, Xen. Cyr.
1.6.27. In N. T. metaph. spoken of the
eye, arn perfect, Matt. 6:22, Luke
il:

Aaiber, arog, 4, (dmdsos,)

simplicity, i. e. ;

a) genr. sincerity, candour, probity,
2 Cor. 1: baa So Sept. for br 2 Sam.
15: 11, Prov. 19: 1.—Jos, B. J. 5.7.4.
Polyb, 1, 78. 8.—So tv danddryst xagdias,

Of heart, sincerity, Eph. 6:

5 Col. 8: 22. So Bept. for 332 Vg"
1 Chr. 29: 17.—Wiad. 1: 1.

b) spoken of christian simplicity,
frankness, integrity, , ete, 2Cor.
‘U1: 3—So fidelity, 1 Mace, 2: 37, 60.—
‘As manifesting itself in liberality, Rom.
128. 2Cor. & a 9: 11, 13.—Jos, Ant.
7. 13. 4.

‘Andae, adv. (dir1d0¢,) simply, i.e.
in N. Tin simplicity, sincerely, in reality,
James 1:5, Sept. for tina Prov. 10: 10.
—Polyb. 32. 13. 14.—Others, liberally ;
see in “Andétns b.

"And, prep. governing the genitive.
Like é, magd, and éné, it expresses
what is strictly the idea of the genitive
case itself, (Button, § 192. 2,) viz. the
going forth or ing of one obj
from another. “476 is used of euch ob-
jects as before were on, by, or with, an-
other, but are now separated from it;
(not in it, for to this,é corresponds ;)
either in respect of place, time, origin
or source, etc. - Its general meaning is
therefore from, away from, gf, ete. Sept.

for’ 72 passim.

1, Of place.
from, away from.

a) genr. and put after words sei
ing departure froma Place, person, ete.
Matt. 8: 34 oxus parafy 6: ano tay ein
cindy. 1% 1 deldur dnd sig, olxlos
20: 29 éenogrvopiver aivriin ans ‘Tegizs.
24: 1, Mark 16: 8 Epuyoy dad 100 pry
palov. Luke 4:1. 9: 83 diaxagiferdas
Gx aitot. 24:31, 51. Acts 1: 4. 12:19.
13: 18, 14.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6.11. Anab.
7. 1. 4, — So trop. spoken of diseases,

1. Implying motion

Rev. 18:14. of error, wandering, I'Tim.
6: 10, James 5:19. of aversion Rom.
16:17. 1 Tim. 6 5. of desertion Acts
15: 38. 21: 21. and the like often. —
Put in like manner after words imply-
ing avy kind of motion Srom a
place or person. Matt. 5:29 fails dé ood.
26: 39, 28:2, Mark 7:33, 14:36. Loke
9: 5. John 18: 28, al. saep.—Bo trop. in
the constructio Praegnans, Acts & 2a

[xal droorgdgnss] a6 sig
xoxles. Heb. 6:1, 1John 3:17, 2'Thess.
2: 2, — Sometimes with the accessory
idea of down, down from, sc. a higher
place, after verbs of motion of any kind,
Matt. & 1 sarapfeives 38 aing émo cob
Sgors. Luke 9: 37, 17: 29. Acts 9: 18.
13: 29.

b) as indieating the place tohence any
thing comes, sets off, etc. Acta 12: 20,
15: 83. 28:21 ots yodppata setdpeda
Gxé tig ovdalas. 1 Thees. 3:6. Cor-
responding to udygs Rom. 15: 19. to fais
Matt. 1: 17.—Xen. Ansb. 5. 5. 4. — Put
after verbs of coming, , following, setting
off, etc, Matt. 21 pays Gro avaraley

mageyirorse. 3: 16 aviBy dnd to iero5,
i.e. away from, not out of: 4:25, 8 11.
Mark 1:9, 6:33. Luke 12: 54, Acw13:
31. Rom. 1: 18. So with &der etc.
implied, Mark 7:4. Luke 22: 43 —
Herodot. 8. 70,114. Diod. Sie, 1. 31.—
Prefixed 10 an adverb of the like sense,
dd SrwSer, Matt. 2: 51; see Lob. ad
Phryn. p.46.—Hom. Il. 8.365 & an otga~
v69ey, 2A. 499, — Spoken of order or
Foxopar and tiv0s, to begin
etc. Matt. 20:8. Luke 23:5. Joba
& 9, Acts 8 35.— ‘Theophr. Char. 2.
Xen. Mem. 3. 5, 15.—8o with detiperos
implied, Acts 28: 23. 17: 2 So Matt.
23: 34, Matt. 2: 16 amd disrots xa? xa~
tution, from tivo years old downwards.

2. Implying the separation, removal,
of one thing from another ; and put af-
ter words which denote this in any way.
Such verbe are often construed with a
simple genitive ; but the prep. may also
be inserted for the sake of perspicuity ;
Buttm. § 132, 3.—Thus

a) afler verbe implying separation,
Matt. 25: 32. Rom. 8: 35,39. 1 Thess.
‘2% 17.—Wisd. 1:3, Plat. Phaedo. c. 12.
— So in the construcio pracgnons

"Aro

Rom. 9: 3, see in dvd Sepa. 2Cor. 11: 3.

2 Thess. 1:9. Col. 2:20. *

b) after verbs of depriving, removing,

taking away, etc. Matt. 9:15. 13: 12.
. Luke 10:42 Luke 6:29 gee in Kadve.

So where this idea ied in the con-

text; a8 ddlsto dnd got, Rev. 18: 14.

So Sept. and 7 Jer. 18 18 —AE

ter verbs of concealing,

which removal is implied, Matt, 11: 25,

Luke & 45. 19: 42 So Sept. and

Pa AON Gen. 4: 14, Jy Erbe AK.

4: 27, — Ecclus. 17: 15, Hom. Od.

23, 110.—So after toregdu, Heb. 12: 15.

©) after verbs of demanding, desisting,
abstaining, , etc. as drasttiy

Luke € 30. defysdiv 11: 51. dglosyus

Acts 5: 38. GnézsoGas Acts 15: 20.

xeronavey Heb. 4:4. 1 Pet.3:10. és

Sineiy Rev. 6: 10. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 11.

) after verbs of , Le dey
and arodver, Luke 13:15. 16:18. 1Cor.

7:27. xocagyaty, Rom. 7: 2, 6—In like

saanner after verbs of freeing, purifying

Srom, healing, etc. and also after similar
sem eecden
ie yas .

Fussy eased Rom.

& 18,22. gis0Fes 15 31. nadaglvar

2Cor. 7:1. 2 Tim. 2% 21.

oSat Heb. 10: 22. dove Acts 16: 33.
By implic, Heb, 11: 34.
—After d9os Matt. 27: 24, tyuig Mark
534. 6s Acts 20:26. dlevd_pds
Bom. 7: 3. Gonos James 1: 27.— “Bo
‘with verbs of redeeming;-Rev. 14: 3,4, ea
comp.” Ayopate.

e) after verbs implying fear, caution,
aoidance, etc. 0. g. after pofsiodas
Matt. 10:28. Luke 12: 4 So Sept. for
Ja nNty Jer. 10:2—Judith 4:2, Mace.
8:12 "Bo péBos dxé twos Xen. Anab.
7. 2. 87. — After guldtrsw and pulas-
soos, 1 John 5: 21. 2 Thess, 3: 3
Luke 12:15. Sept. for 9 793 Ps. 18.
4.—Ecclus. 12 11.'Ken, Cyr. 2.3. 9.

— After xgocézsy Matt. 7:15. 10:17. you,

Toke 12 1° 20: 46. Sept. for 772 D4
2 Chr. 35: 21.—Eoelus, 6 13, 18: 8.—
After Bidz in the sense of to beware,
Mark & 15. 12: 38. gevyav to avoid,
1 Cor. 10:14,

&. Implying distance of one object
from another, Rev. 1% 14 spigaru—

78

"Ano

nd mporsaov soi Spins, i. ©. far from,
pind the serpent,—Xen. Anab. 3,
3.9. — Maxay dnd, far from, Matt. 8:
30, al. Sept. for 7a ptt Ex. 33: 7.
—So after diya, Luke '7: 6 dno ri
olsdas, 24: 18. — Xen. An. 4. 3. 5,
Diod. Sic. 3. 67.—In later Greek writers
and in N. T. daé is prefixed tothe noun
of messure, which marks the distance ;
as John 11: 18 ty 344 BySarla tyyis vier
“Tegocoltipem, og xo otudlaw Sexaméves.
1: 8 cis Gnd ryyiir Staxoclar. Rev. Ma
20, — Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 4 faildeew
meBor dd dizer cradle ris ‘lepszoirros.
18,3. 2 Diod. Sic. 1.51. The full
form seems to be elyat'and, to be distant
from, as Jos, B. 3.1.3.5. or yiveoGas
ano ; see Kypke Obs, in N. T. Lp. 390.
—Before an adv. of distance, éwo prax-
eoSey, Matt. 26: 58, Rev. 18:10. So
Sept. for pray Ps. 188: 6. pin and
Ezra 3: re on Lob. ad Phign, pg,
461.—Polemo Physiogn. 1. 6.

4. Found sometimes instead of é,
where the distinction between the two
(see above) is not definitely kept in
view; 80 after verbs comp. with é&, as
exBdies td xtiggos Gnd tot SpFudyor
Matt. 7: 4, coll. v. 5 where it is & tod
6p9, Acts 13: 50, coll. John 2 15, —
Luke 9 5 d&egzéuerov and wig mélees,
coll. Jobn 4: 30 és tiig mddsws. Matt.
17: 18 ilSev ax? airod 1d daspsémoy,
Mark 1: 25, 26, & attof. So
of thoughts, purposes, ete. Mark 7: 15

pevoueva dx’ airol, coll. v.90
a 105 ‘GrSocinov, and Matt. 15:11 dx
rot ovsjsarog. ib. 18, 19, dx sis naples.
Men. 18: 35 ob dgite dnd tay xadiier
34 magersduera, coll, Mark 12 30, 32
In many instances such verbs imply
extemal departure, and are then property
construed with amd, as Luke 5:8 alte
Gn dyed, comp. 1. a. above.—Put also

and 00 97: 64. 28: 7, ooll. Mark 6: 14, 16,
Jobn 12: 1,9. Acts 3: 15. 18: 90. ete.”
where it is dx saigdy. — So dé for ds
Xen. Mem. 27.2 LayBévouer obra dx
856 7lis ob0in—olies axa sity olaccy. Hi-

°
.
a
'
'

* Ano 79

If. Of time, i. ©. from any time on-
wards, since any time.
a) before a noun.
eas éxelyns. 1): 12 dnd xiv Gpsgey

Matt. 9: 22 dno

aig
. "Todrvov. Luke 1: 70. 8: 43, Acts 2%

23. 1 John 1: 1. — Xen. Anab. 7, 5. 6.
Plut. Lucull. c. 2—With the names of
persons, Matt. 1:17. Rom. 5: 14,—He-
rodian. 6. 2, 5. — Before events or cir-
cumstances, Matt. 1:17. 13:35. Luke
2 36. Acts 11: 19.—Herodot. 8, 54, 55.
‘Thue. 7.43. *

b) before a pronoun, as dg 4¢ 80.
udgas, from what day, i.e. from the time
when, since, Luke 7: 45, Acts 24: 11.
2 Pet. 3: 4. Fully written Col, 1: 6, 9.
comp. Acts 20:18, 24: 11. — Xen. H.
G. 4. 6, 6. — So ag’ ob 80. xodvov,
what time, since, Luke 13: 25, 24: 21.
Rev. 16 18. Sept. for qr Ex. 5: 23.
Hos, Ant. 4. 4. 6° Xen. Conv. 4, 62
Fully, dg 0 zoerov Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 13.

c) before adverbs of time, with or
without tod, ©. g. and tot viv, from

now, heneeferth, Luke 1: 48, Acts i8: 6.
dw gre ace in “Agr anid “Anagr, —
Gnd slevas, since a year ago, 9 Cor. 8
20. 2 dnd meal, from morning, Acts
BB: 23. dab aére, fiom that time, Matt,
4:17. al. see in Tére—Simplic. in Epict.
166. — See Lob, ad Phryn. p. 47, 461.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 210.

In. Of the origin or source of any
thing ; where dno marks the secondary,
indirect, mediate origin; while & de-
notes the primary direct,ultimate source ; H
and ino the immediate efficient agent ;
comp. Herm. ad Soph. Electr. 65. Wi-
ner § 51. p. 313.

1. Spoken of the place or quarter
whence any one is derived, or where
he belongs ; so with the art. Matt. 21:
11 6 sgogirms, 6 and Natagés, o Naza-
rene, Merk 15: 43. Acts 6: 9. Heb. 7:
13.—Ken, Cyr. 2. 1. 5. — Without the
art. Luke % 38 dvig dnd rob dzhov.
Tobn 1: 45 fy 08.5 @ienmos dnd Bnd
oaidd. Matt. 15:1. Acts 25. Gal. 4:
A, the Mount Sinai covenant. Mark 8:
11 onuéior dn’ cigavod. — Xen. H. G,
3217,

2, Of the source, i.e. the person or
thing from which any thing proceeds,
is derived, etc. Matt. 24: 32 awa rig
oveis pada thy rapafodgy i.e. the

‘Ano

parable drawn from the fig-tree. 2Tim.
1: 3 Aengeve dnd m » ne
whom ‘1 worship with a devotion in-
herited from my ancestors. Others, in
the manner of, see no. 3 below.—Thue.
4.108. Plut. Fab.Max. c.2.—So 1Thess,
2 6, ddtur otze aq tpéy obre an Hh
Jey, parallel to & GrScinen, i.e. hue
man applause. — Palaeph. Fab. 13, 40.
— Spoken of persons from whom one
hears, learns, asks any thing. Matt. 11:
29 péSere Gx’ spol. Col 1:7, Mark 15:
45 yroig dmb x08 xervpluvos. Luke 2:
71 trotoapsy and to ctopetos aitob.
Acts 9:13. So of any source of knowl-
edge, Matt, 7: 16,20, dx tay xagnév
airéy tmyrocse9s airots.—Thuc.1.25,

from —Here too we may refer the use of xd

to mark that which is the occasion or
indirect cause of any thing, e. g.

a) before the incidental cause, from,

ad

i. ©. by reason of, on account of, because 7z 4 4 /

of, consequence Matt. 18: 7 oad
4S sdomy and “at mnawdcien Luke
19: 3 oux qdivaro dnd tot Sylov. John
21: 6. Acts 20:9. 22:11. 2 Cor. 7: 13.
Heb, 5:7. Rev. 9: 18. So Sept. and
rr Ex. 69. 2Chr. & 6, 20: 9.—Ee-

clus, 41:17 2q. Jos, Ant. 9. 4.3 dyhiv,
Gq Aig dyvojoer ainoy Sushloy.

b) before the inciting cause, motive,
especially an affection of the mind, eB
Mate, 19:44 dd wig zaps airot indyen.
Luke 24: 41. 2% 45. xo. ane
is Avnns. Matt, 14: 26 dnd tod géfev

ey. 28:4, Luke 21:26. Acts 12
14, 2 Cor.2: 3.
- ¢) before the secondary: efficient
cause, or that which produces, exhibits,
bestows any thing, Matt. 12: 38 Siloyer
dnb cod onpsion ida, i. e. exhibited by
thee, but wrought ultimately ino tov
Soi. Acts 2% 21 ayy dnd ood énay~
yelay, i. . to be given, made by thee.
2 Cor. 3: 18 xeSemeg dnd xuplov nyei-
patos, Gel. 1: 1 dxdotolos otm ast dy
Sgeinen. — So aiczivopas én’ aitoi, to
be put to shame by him, i.e, to be
ashamed at his coming, before him,
1 John 2 28. Sept. for 4m v9 Jer. 2:
22.—After verbs of having or receiving
any thing from the author ete. 1 Cor. 6
19. 1Tim, 37. 1John % 20,27. 4:
21. So and O20d, ano xuglov, etc.
as the author or bestower, Rom. 1: 7.

“Ano

18:1. 1 Cor. 1:3, 90. 4:5, 2Cor. 1:2,
Gal. 1:3. Eph, 1:2. Phil. 1: 2, 28.
saep.—So cig’ Eavroii, of one's self, i.e.
Of one’s own accord, by his own authority,
Luke 12: 57. 21: 30. John 5: 19, 15: 4.

al. ‘dn’ Guavrou, of myself, etc. Jobn
5:90. 7:17. 14:10. al. ‘4n" dois, of
myself, by my own ity, John 7: 2%.

—Diod. Sic. 17. 56. See Kypke Obs.
in N. T. I. p.391.

d) put after neuter and passive verbs
to mark the author and source of the
action ; but not where the author is to
be conceived of as personally and imme-

diately active,—this latter idea being...

expressed by imé and xagd; Winer
§ 51. p. 318. Matt. 16:21 molda nadeiv
ed viv necopurigny. (Lucian D. D. 6.
5.) Acts 2:22 dv3pa cmd roi S208 dxo-
Uederyuéror, i.e. confirmed from God,
from heaven, etc. — Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 5.
—So Acts 10: 17, 21, dmectadpévos od
0% Kogrnllov, i.e. sent from Cornelius,
from his household ; comp. 11: 11 where
it ia dno Kawoagalas, and comp. aleo in

in

“a different sense Luke 1: 26° dmeotal,
ind and Joho 1: 6xagd. So James 1:
13 a0 tod F205 meipaitouar, i.e. tempted
from God, from heaven; comp. imo 10
dafoiov Matt. 4:1, Luke 4:2. al. where
Satan is represented as the immediate
agent. Rev. 12: 6, coll. Matt. 20: 3. —
Matt. 11:19. Luke 7: 35. Jude 23, —
‘Still dx¢ would seem in a few instances
in N. T. to be used less definitely where
x6 might be expected; Mark 8 31
Grodoxipac Divas cmd rei me a7.
Luke 9: 22, 17: 25. Comp. 1 Pet. 2:4,
where it is ix. Comp. Passéw sub
x6 C. 9.

3. Spoken of the manner or mode in
which any thing it is done, etc. e. g. Matt.
18: 35 to forgive dnd xagdieiv, from the
heart, i.e: heartily, fully —Bo dix6 yuris
‘Theophr. 19 or 17. dro yrsiune Aeschyl.
Eumen. 661. dz aizoydrov voluntarily
Xen. An. 1,2. 17.—Hence ano uégous,
@ ein ly, Rom. 11: 25.
15 15. 2 Cor. 1: 14, — Diod. Sic. 13.
108. — Luke 14: 18 dnd puis mapacsei—
oSas, with one accord; or better, amo
msds ac. poriis, with one voice. — Hero-
dian. 1. 4,21 é psd periis. Comp.
Sept. Gen. 11:1. Ex. 24: 3, —2 Tim.
1:3 dxd xgoydren, in the manner of one’s

80

"Ano
anceators ; others from, see in Hl. 2,

above.

4. Of the instrument, or instrumental
source, from; by means of, with. Luke 8:
3 dimdvour alts dnd tév txagyércen
abraiis. 15:16 yepdoas yy woidler dro
téy mgarloy, “Rev. 18: 15 of lowri-
cartes Gx airije.—Ecclus. 11:18. Jos.
Ant. 4, 8.9. Hom. Il. 24, 605. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 9.

5. Of the material, i.e. from, of ete.
Matt. 3: 4 ty8upa dnd toizev. — Esdr.
8: 57. -Herodot. 7. 65 siucta amo Eulew
amenomnpiva.

46 Spoken of dependence from or on
any person or thing, i.e. attachment to
or connexion with any one. Acts I 1
of dnd tig dexlyotag. 15:5 of dnd vi
alpicwss toy papiouley. 27:44 ini tere
tév dxd tov srholov.—Herodian. 7. 1. 11.
ib.7.9.2, Lucian. Conv.6. Comp.Lob,

ad Phryn. p. 164,

7. Implying a part in relation to a
whole, a part from a whole, in the sense
of from, of, ete. So after Zo8ie and
nlvw, to eat or drink of any thing, i.e.
a part of it, Matt. 15: 27. Mark 7: 28
Luke 16:21. 22: 18. (Rev. 2: 17.) Mark
7: 4 dmb dyogiie, eo in’dyops b. The
Attic writers employ here the gen.
witbout and, see Buttm. §1R42pe
—Sept. éoSlay dad for J b> Lev.1:
40, also doPley dx 28am. 12: 3. bre
dnd for 32 mG Jer. 51:7, also niver
é, Gen. 9: 21" Comp. Luke 22 16.
John 4:14. 1 John 4: 13. al.—So also
after other verbs, where an accus.
Would imply the whole. Mark & 43
fiqar—dnd reir by Dien, 122 1dhy axd
108 xagnod. Luke 20: 10, 24: 42. John
21: 10. Acts 2: 17,18. 5:2, 3. Rev. 2&
19. Comp. Winer § 30. 5.—Spoken of
a class or number of persons etc. from
which one is selected, of which he
forms part, ete, Matt. 27:9 én
[swig] dno tay vbdy “Toperjl. 27: 21
tha Oilers ano tév 3é0. Luke 16 30.
19: 39, Heb. 7: 2.—Xen. Cyr. 4.2. 47.
Thuc. 1, 116. Herodot. 6. 7.

Nore. In composition dnd implies
1, separation, from, off, as xodies, axo—
tiuver. 2. removal, away, a8 drxopiddles,
dndyo. 3. abatement or cessation, as
énalyie. 4. completion, in full, as
Giza, xoSyioxe, 5. restitation, re-

"AnoBatro
quital, es dxodi3ops. 6. like a priv. it

removes the force of the simple word,
as drolonspsiten, drcoxodinses,
*AnoBaiva, f. joopas, aor. 2 én-

Bq7, pp. to go away, to depart, Xen. de
Mag, Eq. 1. 16. Polyb. 24.6.1. In

“y “to go from, to descend from, ec.
a ship, ie. to disembark, to land. Luke 5:
2. John 21:9, Supply dm tay mloloy,
ete.—Xen. H. G.1.1.18. Pol. 1.29.5.

2 metaph. to result, to become, evenire,
seq. dat. ¢. als. Luke 21: 13 érofijorra
uly sic wagripioy. Phil. 1:19. Sept.
for > sb wit Job 13:16. > >
13:3. * nips Ex 24.
Xen. Mem. 1.1.6. Hesych. dofijee-
tas’ ylvetas.

* AnoBarAhes, aor. 2 énipador, to
cast away, to throw off, and spoken of a
garment, to lay axide, trans, Mark 10: 50.
—Sept. Is. 1:30. Aelian, V. H. 12. 38,
— Metaph. Heb. 10: 35 njy xaggrolay,
to lay aside i. ©. to lose confidence, etc. —
Philo de Incorr, mand. p. 951 dpSag-
olay Swig anofasiy adivator. Jos.
Ant. 5.1.8, Xen. Occ. 12.2 nj dna
vuplay. Comp. Loesner Obs, in N.T.e
Phil. p. 438.

"AnoBdénw, f. yo, pp. to look
away towards any thing, to fix the eyes
intently upon, c. c. ek, Polyb. 6. 308.
In N.T. , metaph. to regard, have respect
to, ©. €. sis, Heb. 11:26. Sept. for myn
Ps. 11: 4, 2129 Cant. 6: 1. Hos. 3: 11.
—Jos. Ant. 20.8.2. Philo de Vict. off.
p. 852. Polyb. 2.39.10. Comp, '4n-
dor. .

” AnoPanros, ov, 6, %, adj. (&x0-
Péide) pp. what should be cast away, ab-
ficiendus ; in N.'T, metaph. what ia to be

rejected, contemned, spernendus, 1 Tim.
« 4, — Symmach. for N20 Hos. 9: 3.
Hom. I 3.65. Lucian-Tim. § 37. p. 83,
ottos dndfiqrd so déga th nage toh
As.

“AnoBody, Hs, 4, (anoBdddw,) pp.
casting off, ©. g. tar Slay Plut, Legg.
12, InN. T. metaph.

a) rejection, Rom. 11: 15.

b) loss, deprivation, e. g. of life, Acts
27: 22, — Philo de Praem. et Poen.

11

81

*Anodelavupe

915. Jos. Ant. 2.6,9 énd naldur
Gnofolj. Herodian. 4. 14. 8. Plato
Phaedon, c. 20,

*Anoyérouat, wor. 2 aneyerdpr,
tobe absent from, e.g. tig psizns, Herodot.
9. 69. to depart, i. e. to die, Joe. Ant. 5,
1.1. Thue. 2, 34,— In N. T. metaph,
to die to any thing, i.e. to renounce, seq.
dat. 1 Pet, 2:24 rais duagrias. Comp.
Rom. 6: 4.

* Anoyoagy, 7! ei tb (Greyedom,)
registry, enrolment, 3 72 @
register, table, creep e.g. of those
capable of military duty, Polyb, 2. 23. 9.
or of citizens, their names, property,
ete. Jos. Ant. 18, 1.1, — In N. T. en-
rolment in @ public register, a census,
Luke 22. Acts 5:37. The former
Paseage seems to refer to a mere enu-
‘tmeration of persons, capitum descriptio ;
see Krebs Obs. p. 101 sq. and partic.
Calmet, art. Cyrenius, p. 326. The
latter was a census of persons and prop-
erty, see Jos. Ant. 18. 1. 1.

Anoypacper, £. ye, pp. to write of,
i. e. to copy, to delineate, Herodot. 8.198.
to write down, Sept, for 39D Judg. 8: 14,
coll. 3 Mace. 4: 14. 6: 88. " In N. T. to
inscribe, to enrol, BC. in a eee ete.
Heb. 12: 23 dnoyey
in allusion to the book of life, ot my
Ps. 69: 29.—Herodot. 7. 100, Polyb.
10.7, — Mid. gnoyedponas, to cause
one’s self to be enrolled, to give one’s
name to the census, Luke 2: 1, 3, 5. —
Polyb. 10.17.10, Ken. H.G.2 4. 8.

” Anodetxvute, f. daltu,to pointout, *
to shew, Xen. H. G. 4, 4.8. Sept. Job
33:21. InN. T.

1. to designate, i.e. to constitute, to

, 8c. to any office or station,
trans. 1 Cor, 4:9 5 Sede sis tobe dno
ardlous doxdtous axideter dig tnvPava-
tlovg—Susann. 5. Jos. Ant. 2. 11.2 ult.
7. 3.2, Herodot. 1. 124. Xen. Anab. 1.
1, 2. — So 2 Thess. 2: 4 droduxrtrta
iavriy ns dot} 946s, making himself God,
i, e. giving himself out as such. Comp.
Buttm. § 151. 1. 6

2. to shew by argument, to demonstrate,
to prove. Acts 25: 7 & oix tazvoy dmo~
Seigan, 2 2D dmodeBsryusvos Burdens,

* Anodes

approved, confirmed of God by miracles.
—Xen. Conv. 4.1. Hiero 7. 5.

*Anodeckes, Ewe, 4, (Grodsleryus,)
manifestation demonslration, proof, 1 Cor.
2 4.—3 Mace. 4: 20. Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 23.
Xen. Mem. 4.6, 13.

’ Anodexatde, 0, f. shovw, to tithe
off, trans. i.e. :

2) to tithe, levy tithes, se. of persons,
Heb. 7: 5 coll. v.8. So “yy and Sept.
1 Sam. 8: 15, 17.

b) to pay or give tithes of, Matt. 23: 23.
Luke 11:42. 18: 12. . So Sept. for “DE
Piel and Hiph. Gen. 28:22. Deut. 14: 22,
—Test. XII Patr. Fabr. p. 569.

*Anodextos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (ds0-
Sézopas,) acceptable, 1 Tim. 23. 5: 4.
—Hesych. dédertoy’ éralyetor.

*"Anodéyouat, f. digoua, Mid.
depon. pp. to take from another for one’s
self; hence genr. to receive, trans.

a) spoken of persons, to receive a8 &
friend or guest, to bid welcome, trans.
Luke 8: 40. Acts 15: 4, 18: 27. 28: 30.
—2 Mace. 3:9, 13:24, Diod. Sic. 1.
18, Polyb. 3. 66. 8. — ‘Trop. of doctrine
etc. to admit, to embrace, Acta 2: 41. —
1 Mace. 9: 71, Jos, Ant. 9. 8,5. Po-
lyb. 2.39. 5,

b) to accept with joy, to welcome, and
by impl. to to extol, Acts 24: 3.
—Jos. Ant. 6. 14.4, ib. 7. 1.1 énasviy
xab drodezdusvog 16 Egyov. Diod.8. 4. 46.

‘Anodnuce, 0, f.sjow,(ansdnpos,)
pp. to be absent from one’s
country, Xen. Mem. 2.3.12, Hence in
N.'T. to go abroad, to travel into foreign
countries, Matt, 21: 33, 25: 14 coll. Luke
19: 12.—Matt, 25: 15. Mark 12: 1. Luke
15: 13. 20: 9.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13,5. Xen.
Cyr. 8.5.1.

* Anodnuos, ou, 6, %, adj. (and,
Siipos people,) gone abroad, absent in
Sorcign countries, Mark 13: 34. — Arte-
mid. 2. 8,

“AnodiScoms, £, duéaw, aor. 1 ini
Sexo Luke 9: 42, see Buttm. § 106. 10.
§107. n. I. 8—aor. 2 dxider, Opt. dro
Sqny 2Tim. 4: 14, a later form, Buttm.
§ 107. n. I. 3, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 345.

1. te give away from one’s self, i. e.

or or

82 Anotuple

to deliver over, to give up, to bestoto, trans,
or absol.

a) genr. Matt. 27: 58 dnodoSijvas to
gépo, 2 Tim. 4:8. So Sept. for Jn?
2 Sam. 3: 14. Gen. 30: 26.— Xen. Cyr.
4. 5. 26.—Metaph. of evidence, Acts 4:
88. So dmodidovas loyoy, to give ac-
count, to render ‘Matt. 12: 36.
Luke 16: 2. Acts 19: 40. Heb. 13: 17.
1 Pet. 4:5. Sept. for Chald. 373; Dan.
6:2. avait 2 Chr. 34: 28, — Ecclus.
29:6.

b) spoken in reference to obligation
of any kind, to give in full, to render, to
Pay over or off; e.g. wages, moFovr,
Matt. 20:8. So Sept. for 773 Deut. 24:
15.—Tobit 4: 14. Xen. An. 1. 2, 12—
So of rent, tribute, expenses, etc. Matt.
21: 41, 22:21. Mark 12:17. Luke 10:
35. 20: 25. Rom. 18: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 2.
4. 14. — Of vows or oaths, Matt, 5: 33.
So Sept. for nw Deut, 23: 22, Job 22
27.—Ecclus. 18: 22, Jos, Ant. 11.1.3
Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 10.—Of duties in gen-
eral, 1 Cor. 7: 3, comp. Rom. 13: 7.

c) spoken of trees, fruits, etc. to yield,
Rev. 22 2. So Sept, for mz Lev. 26: 4.—
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38. — Metaph, Heb.12
11.

4) Mid. to deliver over for one'e self,
i.e, fo dispose of ac. by sale, to sell, trans.
Acts 5: 8. 7:9. Heb. 12: 16, Sept. for
yagi Deut. 28. 27 Gen. 25: 33.
37: 27,35. Amos 2: 6.—Philo de Joseph.
p. 560. Herodot. 1.70. ib. 2. 56, Xen.
Mem. 2. 5.5.

2. to give back again, to restore, trans.
absol.

8) genr. Luke 4:20. 9:42, Sept. for
°F Gen. 20: 7. 37:22 Ex. 2% 26.
—Xen. H.G. 2.2.9. Polyb.1.7.13.—
Spoken of debts, obligations, etc. to re-
pay, to refund, Matt, 5:26, 18: 25 big,
26, 28, 29, 30, 34. Luke 7:42. 12: 59.
19:8, Sept. for s7wry Lev. 25: 27, 52.
Num. 5: 7, 8—Herodian. 5. 1. 16,

b) in the sense of to render back, re-
quite, retaliate, either good or evil. Matt.
6:4,6,18, 16:27, Rom. 26, 12 17.
1 Thess. 5:15, 1'Tim.5:4, 2Tim.4: 14,
1Pet. 3:9. Rev. 18: 6, 22:12. 80 Sept.for
7try Prov. 24: 12, 17:18. Ps 94: 23.
S79 Is. 65: 6—Ecclus, 11:26. 12:6.

‘ Anodupier, f. low, (and, &ughw

* Anodoxmcttco

to set bounds,) pp. to set off by metes
and bounds ; in N.T. etapa divide
of, © separate, kavrovs Jude 19, i. e. to
create echiems, i. q. &poglZw Gal. 2 12.

* Anosoxipatoo, f. dow, (ind i,q.
weet, me “ stone m
reject, trans, en of a
jected or worthless, Matt, 21: 42. Mark
1% 10, Luke 20:17. 1 Pet.2: 4,7. So
Sept. and dit Ps. 118: 22. Jer. 6: 30.
— Xen. Occ. 19, 12. — Spoken of Je-
sus rejected as the Messiah by the
Jews, etc. Mark 8:31. Luke 9: 22.
17:25, Of Esau, Heb. 12:17. So Sept.
and Digg Jer G: 90, 7:28, 14:19. 31:
36. — Polyb. 3. 86.8. Xen. Cyr. 6.
2. 36.

*"Anodozn, 715, % (aoddzopan,)
reception, pp. of a guest, etc. Diod. Sic.
4.51. InN.T. motaph. arent, e7Pre-
bation, praise, 1 Tim. 1: 15. 4: 9—Di-
od. Sic. 4.84.” Jos, Ant. 6.14. 4,

* AnoPects, ews, 4, (@orlonp)
@ putting off, laying aside, trop. 1 Pet.
3:21. 2 Pot. 1: 14.—Clem. Alex. Strom.
A, 2.

* Anodyxn, 4S, %, (axorldnus) a
place where ony thing is laid up, reposito-
Ty © g. of armas, an arsenal, Herodian.
7,11. 14. Thue. 6 97. @ treaswy,
Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 8—In N.T. spoken of

in etc. a
Sine, 212. 98, 1 90. Luke 3:17.
12: 18,24. So Sept. for D337 Jer. 50:
96. Aquil. for DM7Dx Prov. 3:10 where
Sept. rapusia.—Jos. Ant. 9. 13. 3.

* Anobnoaveiie, f. low, to treas-
ure away, to lay up in store, Ecclus, 3: 4.
Diod. Sic. 5.40. In N.T. trop. 1 Tim.
6: 19, comp. Matt. 6:20. Rom. 2 5.

*Anod-AiBor, f. yer, to press from
every side, to crowd, abeol. Luke 8: 45.
Sept. for yr Num. 22 25.—Jos, Ant
25.2 Porgis dnoddiper sig quddny.
C£ Tittmann in Bib. Repos. III. p. 65.

*"Anodyjoxw, £. axoSavotpat,
aor. 2 dxéSavor, to die, intrans. i.e.

through the force of did, to die out, to’

expire, to become quite dead ; henee it is
Stronger than Srjoxe, though generally
Used eynonymously with it and instead

83

‘Anobrjoxo
of it ; eee Tittmann in Bibl. Repos. III.
p. 65.

8) spoken of persons, etc. Matt. 9:
24, Mark 5: 35,39. 9: 26. Luke 8: 42,
52, 53. John 21: 23, Acts 9: 37. Rom.
7: 2,8, Heb. 11:4. Rev. 14: 13 of éy
ugly dnodviaxorces, who die in the Lord,
i.e. in devoted fidelity to him. Rom. 14:
7,8, avrg, 1 xuply dnoSyijoxesy, to die
to or for one's self, to or for the Lord,
i.e. both in life and in death we belong
not to ourselves, but to the Lord, and
are bound to glorify him. Rom. 6:10
GndSuve th dpagile, he died for sin,
i.e, on account of it; Buttm. § 133, 3.
2. Sept. for ni Gen. 2:17. 3:3, 4,
al. saep. — Herodot. 2. 63. Xen. Mem.
Ae 3. — Spoken of a violent death, to

put to death, to be killed, to perish, ete.
Matt. 26:35. Acts 21: 13. 2511, Rom.
5:6, 7,8 Heb. 11:87. Rey. & 9, 11.
So of animals, to perish, Matt. 8: 32.
Rev. 16: 3, Spoken of the punishment
of death, John 19:7. Heb. 10:28. So
Sept, and nm Ex. Qi: 12, 18. 2% 2
Deut. 17: 6, 12. — Susann, 41, 43. Jos.
Ant. 4, 8.2, 3, Herodian, 3, 15.8 Xen.
Mem. 4.8.9.

b) of vegetable life, e. g. seeds, to rot,
John 12 24. 1 Cor. 15: 36. of trees, to
wither, to die, trop. Jude 12.

c) in an inchoative sense, Buttm.§112
10. n. 6; to be dying, i. e. to be near to
death, Luke 8: 42. or, to be exposed to
death, to be in danger of death, 1 Cor.
15: 81. 2 Cor. 6 9. also, to be subject
to death, to be mortal, Rom. 5: 15 coll.
v.17, 1 Cor. 15: 22, Heb. 7: 8 mortal

men—Bo Sept. and nin Gen. 48:21. ~~ -

d) metaph, Rev. 3: 2
lomé & iyaldor dnoSaritr,

igor ta
ich are

i to” reli ‘
ete. — Tamodinjones val ay

Mosaic law. Rom. 6: 2 17 duagsig,
which supply also in v. 7,8, Col. 2:3
Gneddvers yg sc. toils txd vis 7%6,
to earthly things.

°) trop. to die forever, to come under
of eternal death, i.e. ex-

clusion from the Messiah’s kingdom,

and subjection to eternal punishment for

*AnoxaStormue

sin, i.q. the ‘second death’ in Rev. 20:14.
— John 6: 50, where dnoSdrg is con-
trasted with [yosras sig tov aldva in
vy. 51, 58. John 8: 21,24. 11: 26 coll.
v.25, where physical and eternal death
are distinguished. Rom. 7:10. 8: 13.
AL

"AnoxaPiomur, also cnoxads-
ordw and -cvo, f.dxoxatacrice, to put
back into a former state, to restore, trans,
— For the form in -dw, Mark 9:'12,
comp. Sept. Dan. 2: 21. Herodot. 4. 103.
and see Buttm. § 106. 0.5. § 107. n.
For that in -dyw, Acts 1: 6, which
found only in Jate writers, see Buttm.
§112, 12, Passow sub voc.—Spoken

*) of restoration to health, etc. Matt.
12: 13. Mark 3: 5. 8:25. Luke 6:10.
So Sept. and 333 Ex. 4:7. Lev. 13:16.
—Test. XII Patr. p.535. Hippocr. Opp.
§6. p.12, ed. Foes, Xen. Lac. 6.3.

b) of the Jewish kingdom, govern-
ment, etc. which the Messiah was ex-
pected to restore and enlarge, Matt. 17:
11. Mark 9:12. Acts1:6. So Sept.
and 332) Ez. 16: 55. — 1 Macc. 15: 3.
Diod. Sic. 20. 32. Polyb. 4. 25. 7.

c) of restoration to one’s friends and
country, e.g. from prison, Heb. 13: 19.
So Sept. and a7zi7 Jer. 16:15. 24: 6.
— Esdr. 1: 31. Jos, Ant. 11.1.1. Po-
lyb. 3.5. 4.

* Anoxadviita, f. yo, to uncover,
Sept. for my Ruth 3: 4,7. Herodian,
7.4.10. InN. T. motaph. to reveal, to
disclose, to bring to light, trans.

a) genr. Matt. 10: 26. Luke 12: 2.
Sept. for 1°47 Josh. 2: 20. — So in the
Passive, of things which become known
or manifest by their effects; ¢.g. dia
Joyiopoh Luke % 35. Boazlar xvplov
John 12: 38, coll. Sept. Is. oe 1 for mba.
Te. 52: 10 for Heh. — dixasootyn S206
Rom. 1: 17, coll. for ma Ps, 98:
2, Jer. 11: 20.—dpy4 105 9208 Rom. 1:
18, comp. Is, 56: 1.'— 86% Rom. 8: 18.
1 Pet. 5:1. oearngles 1 Pet. 1: 5.—1 Cor.
B 18 dy wvgi dnoxadintstas, be revealed
by fire, i.e. be tried, proved, made known.
Gal. & 23 jy pdlloveay lore érroxa-
Avpdivar, ive. until Christ, the object
of faith, should be revealed. — Plato
Gorg. p. 311. D.

b) spoken of things revealed from

84

* Anoxalupes

God, i.e. taught, communicated, made
known, by his Spirit and influences,
Mott, 11:25, 16:17. Luke 10:21. 1 Cor.
2 10. 14: 30 supply 7) ax6 205 De0¥.
Epb. 3: 5. Phil. 3:15. 1 Pet. 1:12. So
Sept. and mba Dan. 10: 1. Chald. wed
Dan. 2: 19, 22, 28, 30, — Lib. Hen
Fabric. p. 189 2800S 1d purrigie nat
dneniiuye 1 aiéve 14 ty obgarg. Act.
Thom. §10 igus, 5 droxadinrrey prorj—

— Bpoken of things revealed from
God through Christ, Matt. 11:27. Luke
10: 22. through Paul, Gal. 1: 16.

c) spoken of persons, in the Pass. to
be revealed, i.e. to appear ; spoken of
Christ’s appearing from heaven, Luke
17: 30. So Sept. and mba 1 Sam. 3:
21.—4 Esdr. 13: 32. — Spoken of anti-
christ, 2 ‘Thess. 2 3,.6, 8.

"Anoxdluyre, ews, 4, (dxoxadi-
r0,) an uncovering, i. e. nakedness, Sept.
for "}9z 1 Sam. 20: 30. Plut. Cato
Maj. c. ‘30. ib, Am. Paul. c. 14.—In
N. T. only metaph.

a) of the removal of the veit of igno-
rance and darkness by the communica-
tion of light and knowledge, idumina-
Kon, instruction. Luke 2: 32 gag ee
Groxdlupiy ever, Comp. DIA TAN,
Sept pais é9rdr, Is, 42: 6.

b) in the sense of revelation, disclosure,
manifestation, e.g. of that which be-
comes manifest by the event, Rom. & 5
Sjusga droxadiyens, day of manifestation
of God’s wrath, i.e. when it will be
manifested. Rom. 8:19 dnoxdlvyne tv
vidiy to Seoi i. q. amor, tii BENS tev
vi t. Seoi, comp. v. 18, 21, ie. the
manifestation, disclosure, of the glorious
liberty, bliss, of the sons of God.—Ec-
clus, 11: 27. — So of that which before
was unknown and concealed, especially
the divine mysteries, purposes, doc-
trines, etc, Rom. 16: 25. 1 Cor. 14: 6,
26.—Ecclus, 22: 22. 43: 1.—Of revela-
tions from God or Christ, 2 Cor. 12: 1,
7, Gal. 1:12. 2:2. Eph. 3:3—Eph.
1:17 nvsipa dmoxakiyens, a spirit of
revelation, i.e. which can fathom and
unfold the deep things of God.—Spok-
en of future events, Rev. 1: 1, where it
makes part of the title of the book.

c) in the sense of appearance, and
spoken of Christ's appearance from

"Anoxapadoxla

beaven, 2 Thess. 1.7. Cor. 1:7. 1 Pet.
1:7,1% 4:13,

* Anoxagadoria, ac, %, fromthe
verb dmoxagadoxiw, (ad, xdga head,
Boxed to look,) i. q. 1H xapakf mpofhd—
mew Etym. Magn. i.e. ‘to look away
towards any thing with the head bent
forward,’ and hence io avomit, to expect
earnestly ; 90 Aquil. for >>4nn Ps. 37:
7. _Polyb. 16.2. 8. ib. 18,31, 4. Jos.
B. J. 3.7. 26. — Hence the subst. ein
xagadoxia in N. T. earnest expectation,
Rom. 8: 19. Phil. 1: 20. See Bibl. Re-
pos. I. p. 373.

* Anoxatadddcow v.-drre, f. fon
(dnd, xotd, Gldoow,) lit. to change
Srom one state of feeling etc. to another,
i.e. to reconcile, trans. and seq. dat. or
eis, Epb, 2 16 dx. roig auporigous
2§ Se. Col. 1: 20,21, the iovrdr,
comp. Eph. 1: 10.—Hesych. dsoxartai-
dfs gllor norjoas.

"Anoxarcoraorg, ews, 4, (ano-
xaSlormus q. v.) restoration, restitution,
sc. toa former state. Acts 3: 21 zgdvor
Groxaractdcews mavray, the time of the
restoration of all things, i.e. the Mes-
siah’s fature kingdom, i. q. xa:go} dva-
wees in v. 19, coll. Heb. 9:10. See
in “4rdyvts, and comp. Olshaueen’s
Comm. in loc.—Spoken of the restora-
tion of a state, city, ete. Jos. Ant. 11.
3.8 ib. 11.4.6, Polyb. 4, 23. 1.

* Anoxermat, £. soouas, to be laid
away, to be laid up, ec. for preservation,
Luke 19: 20, 80 Symm, for na Is.
10: 17—Ken. Cyr. 2.2, 15. Anab, 2.
8. 15.—Metaph. to be tn store for, to aroait
any one, c. c. dat. of pers, Spoken of
rewards, Col. 1:5 tay dinida rh» dmo—
xeisiray iptv by rots odgavois. 2 Tim.
4: 8 ovépav0s, — 2 Mace. 12: 45. Helio-
dor. I. p. 33 puodds. Jos, Ant. 6. 14. 7.
—Spoken of death, Heb. 9: 27 dxréxaizas
wis Grdpemo Gnat anodaniy. —
4 Mace. 8:10. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5. 8 zoi¢
xaxoigyoug anéxatas wadiiv,

* Anoxeqadleen, f. law, (én6, xepa-
An,) to behead, trans, Matt.14:10. Mark
6: 16, 27. Luke 9: 9. — Arrian. Diss,
Epict. 1. 1. 29 ind tot Négavos dnoxe-
galodijvas. 4, 1,121. Artemidor. 1.37.

85

* Anoxpivouae

Dio Cam. 71.28. Not found in Attic
usage, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 341,

* Anoxielo, f. slaw, to close up, i.e.
o shut to, to make fast ; @, g. thy Oipay,
Luke 13: 25. Sept. for 430 Gen. 19:
10. Judg. 3:23. $93 2 Sam, 13: 17, 18.
— Herodian. 5. 3. 26. Xen. Mem. 2. }.
16.

“Anoxonta, f. yo, to cut off, to
emputate, trans. Mark 9: 43,45. John
18: 10,26. Acts 27:32. Sept. for ny
18am. 31:9. yxp Deut. 25: 12,—Ae-
lian. V. H. 2.9, Xen. Cyr. 7.3. 8. —
Mid. Gal. 5: 12 Sqeloy xa éxoxyorras,
spoken of Judsizing teachers, I could
wish that in their own case they would not
only circumcise, but even cut off ec. the
parts usually circumcised, i. e. emascu-
late themselves. So Chrysostom, si Bov-
Jorrar, yi) mgeteuvicIwoay povor, Gla
xal mapixontioSucar. Bo Sept. and
7°93 Deut. 23: 1. — Arrian, Diese. Epict.
2.°20. 19. Lucian. Eunuch. § 8. See
Rephel. Obs. in N. T. in loc. — Others,
separate themselves, ec. from the chris.
tian community ; comp. Kypke and
Elsner in loc.

“Anoxgiue, actos, 10, (dnoxgive-
at,) an answer, judicial response, sentence,
eae H. A. 9.15. Jos, Ant. 14,

. 6. InN. T. ands 10 Surdrov,
senlence of death, 2 Cor 1:8, ie, con?
stant exposure to death, despair of life,
comp. v. 8.

*Anoxptvomat, aor. 1 dnexgird—
pny, aor. 1 pase. dzenglyy, fut. 1 pase.
GroxerSyconas, Middle form from Act.
dnoxgivan,to judge off i.e. to separate out,
to separale,genr. and so in Pass, Theophr.
de caus. Plant. 1. 6 olvos dopqy i
vey Sra dnexgidn te Sdarsides aired.
Thue. 2.49. Jos, Ant. 3.11.3. Herodot.
1, 60. Hom. Il. 5. 12—But Mid. ano-
xglvouas is every where to answer, to
respond, and 20 also the aor. 1 pass. and
fut. 1 pass. in later writers (Diod. Sic.
4. 31. Lucian. Demon, § 26.) which the
grammarians censure; see Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 108, — C. c. dat, of pers. or
also in Luke and Acts ©. 2965 20q. ac-
cus. Luke 4:4, 63. al. Acts 3: 12,
al. eo Sept. Gen. 23:5. Hab. 2:2. viz.

* Anoxguag

a) pp. to answer, to reply, ec. to a
question, Matt. 11: 4. 18: 11, 19: 4
Mark 12: 34, al. saep. Sept. for m9
1 Sam. 26:14, 2 Sam. 14: 19, — Xen.
Occ.19. 4. Lucian. D. Mort. 29.2—To
a judicial interrogation or accusation,
Matt. 26:62, 27:12, 14. Mark 14:61.—
Herodian. .2.— To an entreaty,
exhortation, ‘proposition, etc. Matt. 4:4,
12 89, 13: 37, 25:9. Luke 22: 68. al.
ssep. Sept. and m3y Gen. 23: 5, 24:50.
—Xen, An. 1.4.14. ib. 2. 1. 9, 10, 15,
H.G. 2. 2. 18.—By way of contradic-
tion, denial, etc. Matt. 3:15. 8: 8. 12
48, Mark 7: 28. 10: 20. John 2: 18.
39, Acts 25: 4. al. saep.

b) by Hebraism, to proceed to speak,
i.e. either, to continue the discourse Matt,
11: 25, 12: 88, 15: 15. 22 1. 26: 63.
Mark 9: 19. 10: 24. al. Sept. and m29
Gen. 18: 27. 27: 37, 39. al. or more
frequently, to begin to speak, prob. with
reference to what another had already
said. So Gmoxgials slxs, or xat dxe-

19m xat sine, Matt. 17: 4,17. 28: 5.

fark 9:5, 10:51. 11:14. 12:35. Acts
3:12. al. So Sept. and 1739 in later Heb,
Cant. 210. Is. 14: 10!" Zech. 1: 10.
3:4. 4: 11. al.—l Mace. 18: 19.—So of
an interrogation, Matt. 27: 21, coll.
Mark 14: 61 where it is égwtdw, Rev.
. 7: 13. So Sept. and 1129 Dan. 3: 14.

— So dndxping Act. “Thom. § 40.

Au.

* Anoxgtors, ecos, 4, (dnoxglvo-
at) an answer, a reply, Luke 2: 47.
20:26. Jobn 1: 22, 19 9. Sept. for
i379 Job 82 5. Prov. 15:1. Dy
«Deut. 1: 22—Jos. Ant. 7.6.1. Diod.
Bic. 14.25. Xen. Hiero 1. 35.

* Anoxginto, f. por, to hide away,
to conceal, trans. 13 &gyiguy, Matt. 25:
18. — Wied. 7:14. Jos. Ant. 3.6. 5.
Keo. Anab. 4. 4. 11. — Metaph. to hide,
ie. not to reveal, seq. and c. gen. of
pers. Matt. 11:25, Luke 10: 21. absol.
1 Cor. 2 7. Eph. 3: 9, Col. 1:26. So
Sept. and nvbsy 2K. 4:27, nos
Ps. 119: 19. — "Sos. Ant. 3. 4. 2 Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 29.

- "Andxgugos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (d0- “forth,
) hidden away, concealed.
p-Mark 4:28 Luke 17. So

86

"Anoxvém ,

Sept. for Chald. part. kro Dan. 2
22.—Xen. Conv. 8. 11. ‘

b) by impl. laid up in store, trop. Col.
2 3, So Sept. and Fang Te 45: 3.
pp. Sept. for m3727 Dan, 11: 43.—pp.
1 Mace, 1:

* Anoxtetve, aloo cnoxrére and
Gnoxtévve, £. énoxteré, aor. 1 dxé-
wrsiyo, aor. 1 pase. axextaSyy, to kill out-
right, to put to death, trans.—The form
Groxtive, occurs in Jater edit. Matt. 10:
28. Luke 12:4, but is doubtful, and
can belong only to the later Greek.
For amoxrévvey, in later edit. Rev. 6: 11.
Sept. Hab. 1:17, Dan.2 13, Esdr.
4:7. Wied. 16: 14. also as a form of the
later Greek, Nicarch. Ann. Br. XX, see
Gregor. Cor. p. 588, 597, ed. Schiifer.
Sturz de Dial. Mac. et Alex. p. 119,
128. Winer § 15. p. 76. marg. — The
aor. 1 pass, dnextaySyy, Matt. 16: 21.
Mark 8:31. al. though poetic, occurs
mostly only in later prose, e.g. Dio
Cass. 65. 4; see Winer § 15. p. 76.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 36, 757. Buttm.
$101. n. 6, § 114 tub xrslve.—Spoken

a) pp. to kill, to put to death, in any
way, Matt. 14: 5, 16:21. 21:85, $8, 39,
Mark 6: 19. John 18: 31. Rev. 6 8. al.
seep, Sept. for 377 Gen. 4: 8. Judg.
9: 5. al. saep. 1°75] Gon. 18: 25, Ee
4:24, spr Josh, 11:10. 1 Sam, 17:
46,—Herodian, 2.12.1. Xen. Anab. 1.
1.3, ib. 2.1. 11.—So dnonrelyew Eov-
toy, to kill one’s self, John 8: 22, coll.
Wisd. 16: 14.—Passive, to be slain, i. e.
to die, to perish, Rev. 9: 18, 20. al.

) trop, to Bill eternally o bring under
condemnation of eternal death; see in
“AnoSrionw &. Matt. 10:28 shy yurhr
dsorvirs, to Kil the soul, there

_ WY Grolous dy yeivrg,
comp. Luke 12 5.—Rom. 7: 11. Cor.
3:6.

¢) trop. to destroy, to abolish, wiv dy-
Sgdy Eph. 2:16. Comp. Sept. and 373
Ps. 78: 47. At.

* Anoxvéw, a, f. jou, (ans of

complet. and xvde to be pi with,
nd. 117. Jos, Ant. 1. 18. 1.) ‘he
finiah being pregnant with, i. 6. to bring

to bear, trans, 4 Macc. 15: 17.
enalon. L514 In N.T. metaph.
to beget, to bring forth, James 1: 15, 18.

*Anoxvdido

* Anoxvilrde, ko “ dnonviler,
£. low, to roll away, trans. Matt. 28: 2.
Mark 16: 3,4. Luke 24:2. Sept. for
dba Gen. 29: 3, 8, 10, — Judith 13: 9.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 87. Apollod. Bibl. 3.
14. 7,

*"AnolapBave, f. anoljpoua,
sor. 2 dmdlefoy, to take or have from
any one, i.e. to receive, trans.

a) strictly with the idea of complete-
ness, to receive én full, see in “Anizw

no, 2, Luke 16:25 dmilapes 1a dya-
Sd cov. Bo genr. to obtain, Gal. 4: 5
tay viodeclar. Sept. for np Num.
34: 14.

b) to receive back, to obtain again, e. g.
debts etc. Luke 6: 34 bis, 15: 27. —
Herodian. 4. 15.20. Xen. An. 1. 2, 27.
— Spoken of retribution, requital, ete.
Luke 18: 30. 23: 41. Rom. 1: 27. Col.
3: 24, 2John 8.—Xen. de re Eq. 2. 2.
Diod, Sic. 12. 45.

€) to take to one’s self from another
place or person, i.e. either to receive as
a friend or guest, 3 John 8. or, to take
aside with one’s , Mark 7: 33 ano-
eBbueros adxdy End x08 Splov sot
lay. — 80 dnohoBav v. dmohoBsuevos
tive xar idlay 2 Macc. 6: 21, coll. 4:
46. Jos. B.J.2.7.2. Appian. de Bell.
Civ. lib. 5. p.18, Philostrat. Vit. Apol-
lon. 7. 18.

“Anciavass, coe, % (dnoloie,)
enjoyment, i. e.

a) the act of enjoying, sis anchavow,
Sor enjoyment, i.e. to enjoy, 1 Tim. &
17.—3 Mace. 7: 16. Jos. 2.4.4. He-
rodian, 2. 3. 18. .

b) the source of enjoyment, advan-
tage, Heb. 11: 25. So
Symm. for pwwry Ps. 119: 143. —
Jos. Ant. 2.7.3, Polyb. 10. 19. 5.
‘Xen. Mem. 2 1. 33,

*Anoletio, £. yo, aor. 2 dni-
Juscoy, to leave away from one’s self, i.e.

a) to leave behind, trans, 2 Tim. 4:13
By drddurcoy dy Towdds, 4:20,—Joa. Ant. tao
4.8.21. Herodot. 3. 48. Xen. An. 6. 3
4. — Pass. to be left behind, to remain,
Sept for nage) Toe ae wp dae
Aslcars, there remains, Heb. 4 6, 9.
va 28—Polpb 3. 39. 12 coll. Wied.

87

*Anoddupe

b) to desert, to renounce, Jude 6 dxo~
Iumdrsag to tov ». Sept. for
a1y Prov. % 17. 9 6.—Ecelus. 17: 19.
Xen. Ag. 2.29, Lucian. D. Deor. 5. 1.

* Anodelzar, f. siga, to lick off, trans.
Luke 16: 21 of xéves dméheigoy 13 flan
aired, i.e. they licked his sores clean.
—Aristoph. Vesp. 27. See Tittmenn
in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 65.

“Ancdduue, f. dnolicw, perf. 1
Gnoisioa, pert. 2 dxélela, Mid. fat.
Gmoloipas, nor. 2 dmuliur. ‘The
force of dxé is here away, wholly, and,
the verb is therefore stronger than the
simple Slavs,

1. Active form, 1. to destroy, to
cause to perish, trans.

4) spoken of things, trop. 1 Cor. 1:
19 Gnold viv coglay tiv copéy, i.e.
bring to nought, render void, quoted from
Is, 29: 14, where Sept. for T2it. — pp.
Xen. Mem. 2 6. 38.

b) of persons, to destroy, put to death,
cause to perish. (a) spoken of physical
death, Matt. 2:13, 1214, 21:41. 22:7.
Mark 3: 6. 9:22, 11:18, 129. Luke
(6:9.] 17:27,29, 19:47. 20°16. John
10: 10. Jude 5. So Sept. foray Gen
20:4, Esth. 9:16. ‘tgi¢ Deut." 11: 4.
Eath. 4: 9, — 1 Mace. 2: 37. Jos. Ant.
1,21. Xen. Cyr. 3.212, Anab. 2. 5.
89, — In a judicial sense, Mate. 27: 20.
James 4: 12,

(8) spoken of eternal death, i.e. fu~
ture punishment, exclusion from the
Messiah's kingdom, etc. see in °Ano-
Ovijoxes ©. Matt. 10: 28, Mark 1: 24.
Luke 4: 34. 9: 56, Rom. 14: 15. Luke
9:25 kavroy dnolicas, to destroy himself,
i.e. subject himself to eternal death. —
Comp. Ecclus. 10: 8. 20: 22.

2, to lose, to be deprived of, trans. 0. g.
by Matt. 10: 42. Mark 9: 41. x90-
Bator Luke 15:4. - Seczpnqy Luke 15°68,
9.—John 6: 39, 2John 8. Sept. for
‘138 Prov. 29: 3.—Ecclus. 6: 4, 8: 15.
Xen Bt 25.—S0 thy pugny &o-

. to lose one’s life or soul,
Mate 10; 59 bia 16: 25 bis, Mark 8:
35 bis. Luke 9:24 bis. 17; 33 bis. John
1% 2.

Il. Middle and Passive forms, as
also perf. 2 dndlwle.

1, tobe destroyed, to perish, intrans.

* Anodivey

8) spoken of things, Matt, &: 29, 90.
of doxol drrolotrras, Matt. 9:17, Mark
222. Luke 5: 37—John 6: 27, James
1:1, 1 Pet.1:7. Rev. 18: 4 in later
edit. Heb. 1: 11 avzod [ol otpavol]
Gnolotreat, quoted from Ps. 10% 27

where Sept. for 30, as also Jer. 9: 11.
48:8, Ez. 29:8. 7.—Xen. H.G. 1.
1.36.

b) of persons, to be put to death, to die,
to perish, (a) spoken of physical death,
Matt, 8:25. 18:14. 26:52. Mark 4:38.
Luke 8:24, 11: 51. 13:38. 15:17. Jobn

88°

* Anokvipaas

one’s self off, |. ¢. to plead for one’s self,
to defend one’s self, before a tribunal or
elsewhere ; absol. Luke 21:14. Acts
25: 8. 26: 1. Rom. 2 15.—2 Mace. 13:
26. Jos. Ant. 4.7. 3.— Seq. dat. of

pers. fo or against whom, Acts 19: 33.
Con. 12: 10. So Sept. mods tive: for
3°77 Jer. 12: —BSeq. megi c. gen. Acta
26: 9—Jos. B. J. 4. 5.5. Xen. Cyr. 2
2. 13, — With an accus. implying man-
ner, Butt, § 181. 6. Luke 12 11 2
ano Acts 24: 10, 26: 24. —
Diod. Sic. 18. 69. Demosth. 1052.

11: 50, 18:9, 14, Acts 5:37. 1Cor.10: 25.

9,10: 2Cor.4:9. 2Pet.3:6. Jude
11. So Sept. and 73% Lev. 23: 30.
Esth, 9: 12, al.—Jos. Ant, 7.11.8, Ael.
V.H. 5.10 ult.

(8) spoken of eternal death, see I. 1.b.
&, above ; to perish eternally, i.e. to be
deprived of eternal life, etc, Luke 13:
3,5. Jobn 3:15,16, 10:28. 17:12,
Rom. 212. 1Cor.8: 11. 15:18, 2 Pet.
3: 9.—So of drroddtjavos, those who per
ish, who are exposed to eternal death,
1Cor. 1:18. 2Cor. 2:15, 4:3, 2 Thess.
2 10,

2. to be lost, e. g. Splt Luke 21: 18,
zi John 6: 12. — Spoken of those who
wander away and are lost, e.g. the
prodigal son, Luke 15:94, sheep stray-
ing in the desert otc. Luke 15: 4, 6.
trop. Matt. 10: 6. 15: 24. 18: 11. Luke
19:10, So Sept. and 't3¢ Ps. 119: 176,
Jer. 50: 6. Ez, 34: 4,

“Anoddveoy, vi vortos, 6, (particip.
of xoldiw,) <Apollyon, i.e. the destroyer,
i. q. *4Baddey q.v. Rev. 9: 11.

* Anodhavia, as, §, Apollonia, a
city of Macedonia, situated between
Amphipolis and Thessalonica, about a
day’s journey’ from the former place.
Acts 17:1.

"Anodes, @, 6, Apollos, pr. name
of a Jewish Christian, born at Alexan-
dria, distinguished for his eloquence
and success in propagating the christian
religion. His history and character
are given Acts 18: 24 sq.— Acts 19: 1.
1Cor. 1:12, 3:4, 5,6, 22, 4:6. 16:12,
Tit 3:13,

" Anodoyéouc, od mac, € joopes,
depon, Mid, (and and 16y05,) to speak

*Anodoyta, as, 4, (aroloyéopes,)
@ plea, defence, before a tribunal or else-
where; Acts 22:1. 2 Tim. 4:16. So
genr. 2 Cor. 711. Phil. 1: 7,17, tod
sbayysllov-—Wied. 6: 10. Polyb. 4. 16.
4. Xen. Apol. Socr. 4. — Seq. dat. of
pore, against whom, 1 Cor. 9 3. 1 Pet.
BIB, snagl ros Acta 25: 16. 96g tore
Acts 22: 1.—Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 5.

*Anodove, f. obcw, to wask of,
trans, Il. 18.345. Lucian, Lexiph. § 2, 4.
In N. T. Mid. dnodovopes, to wash
one’s self clean from, i.e. to wash away,
to be freed from; metaph. rés duagtias,
ive. the coni of sing, Acts 22:
16. 1Cor. 6: 11. So Sept. for YAN
Job9:30. Comp, Ps. 51: 4,9. ‘Is.1: 16.
Jer. 4: 14.—Philo de Nom. Mut. p. 1051
1d xota¢§unalvorta thy yupiy émolov-
vasdas,

/Anoddrgaos, 40, %, (dnolv-
‘t90w to let go free for a Sept.
for > oR Ex. 21: 8. Diod. Sic. 13. 24,)

redemption, i. ©.

2) deliverance sc. on account of a ran-
som paid; spoken of the deliverance
from the power end consequences of
ein which Christ procured for his fol-
lowers by laying down his life as a ran-
s0m, Aizpoy, of. Matt. 20:28. So Rom.
3:24. Eph. 1: 7,14. Col. 1:14. Heb.
9:15. By meton. 1 Cor. 1: 30.

Acts 20: 28, Col, 1:13 Heb. 2 14.
John 12: 31. — Clem. Alex. Strom. 7.

10.

b) deliverance, simply, the idea of a
ransom being dropped ; e. g. from ca-
Jamities and death, Luke 21: 28, Heb.
11: 85. So of the soul from the body

* Anolse
20 ite patson, Rom. & 28. Epb. 4: 90,
Comp. Rom. 7: 24. Wiad. 9: 15.
“Anodva, f. tau, to let loose from,
to lessen, to wnbind, eto. trans. and seq.
gen. of person or thing, pp. Hom. Od.
21. 46, Jos. Ant. 5.1.25 In N.T.
trop. .
8) to free from, to relieve from, neq.
Rep. tis eoPerelag Luke 13: 12. — Jos,
Ant. 2.5.2. Tob. 3: 6 dmb sig dvciyene.
Diod. Sic. 4.11. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 5,
b) to release, to let go free, to set at
Berty, trans. e. g. a debtor, Matt. 18:
’. OF persons accused or in prison etc.
Matt. 27:15. Mark 15: 6. Laake 22: 68.
John 19: 10. Acts 4: 21. 26: 32, 28;
18 al. seep, —2 Macc. 4:47. 6:22,
Xen. Mem. 4.8, 5. — Metaph. to over-
look, to forgive, Luke 6: 37.
¢) spoken of a wife, o let go free, i.e.
to put away, to divorce, trans, Matt. 1: 19,
31,82 19:3. al. So of a husband,
ee 12, — Diod. Bic. 12, 18 vopog
é is Hovelay 17 yrrual dnoliuy
Sin kviqe, Deal i eke se
4) to dismiss, simply, i. ©. to let go, to
send away, trans. €.g. tov dyloy, rovg
Szlevc, Matt. 14: 15, 22, 23, 15: 32, 39,
Luke 9 12. al or of other 8,
Man. 15: 23. Luke 8: 38. 14:4. Acts
13: 3. 15:30, 28: 22. al. tyr dednolay,
to dismiss the assembly, Acta 19: 40. So
Sept. for tin]. Pa. 34:
14.6. ib 5.28 Xen.
— So Mid. dnodvopas, to to
oay, Acts 28: 25, also 15: 33°80 Sept.
for 33 Ex. 33: 11. — Polyb, 2. 34, 12.
©) lo dismis ee. from life, to lef depart
or die, trans. Luke 2 29 viv aoliag
tbr Botlér cov ty elgriry. So Sept. for
313 Num. 20: 29,—Tob. 3:18. 2 Mace.
793. Ael. V. H. 5.6. So dnolvopet
to die, ib. 18.19, Ax
“Anopdoow, v. uor10, £ bo te
wipe off, 8c. 14 Sdagva Polyb. 15.26. 3.
IGN, T. Mid. to wipe off from one’s self,
80. zév worsogtéy, Luke 10: 11.
Anovdwcs, f. ws, to divide out, to
Prartans 9 asrign, Bept. for pin Dew.
419. Joa, Ant. 5.1.24, Polyb. 14.4.2,
In N. T. simply, to casign, to bestow,
trana, 1 Pet, & 7 dnovipovres tysiy. —
Jon. Ant. 1.7.1 sysir. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 7.2, Herodian. 1.8.1.
12

89

“Anogto

“Anovince, f. yu, to was off,
Bept. JF YAR Prov. 90:12. AOD IK.
@ 98. In N.T. Mid. anovinropac,
to wash off for one’s self sc. the hands,
to wash one’s own hands, ra zeigas, Matt.
27:94. 'Phis among the ancients was
a symbolical action to signify one’s in-
nocence ; see Deut. 21: 6,7. Jos. Ant.
4.8, 16. Scholinet. ad Soph. Ajax. 663.
—Theophr. Char. 25 or 16.

“Anontnta, sor. 2 éxéxeaoy, to
fall from, intrans, seq. G76 6, gen. Acta
9:18. Sept. for te? Job 29: 24.—Xen.
H. G.1, 6, 33,

*Anoniavaw, a, f. Yow, to cause
to wander from, to lead astray from, sc.
the right way, Sept. for 3350 Jer. 50: 6.
In N.'T. metaph. to seduce, t0 deceive,
trans. Mark 13: 22, Passe. metaph. to
Bo astray from, i. e. to swerve from, to
‘@postatise, 1 Tima. 6:10 mo tiie alate.
Sept. for p53 Prov. 7: 21. 132 Hiph.
2 Chr. 21: 11.— Ecclus, 4:19! Lib,
Henoch, Fabric. p. 180. Polyb, 3.57. 4.

“Anondéer, f{mdsbooiyto sail mocy anctederpa

to by ship, intrans. Acts 13: 4.
14: 26, 20:15, 27: 1.—Xen. Anab, 5.4,
2 HG.516

* Anonduve, £. uri, to wash of or
out, to rinse, trans. spoken of nets, Luke
5:2. Sepe for 0231 Sam. 19:24. Heys
Ez. 16: 9, — Hom. Ou. 6. 95, Joa, Ant.

S° 3.6.2 ib. 8 15.6,

*Anonviye, £0, to strangle, as by
drowning, trans, Luke 8: 33, Metaph.
spoken of plants, % choke, overpower,
Matt. 13:7. Luke 8: 7.—Tob. 3:9. He-
rodian, 1. 17, 24, Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21,

* Anopéen, ti, £. How, (Bogos with
out resource, fr. @ pr. and xdgos way,
exit) and in N.T.. Mid. cnogéopas,
Ovpat, to be without resource, i. e. to
know not what to do, pein ean
doubt and uncertainty ; eq. x19, c. gen.
John 18:22, ag ts Acts 25: 20. — 80
Grogées, Jos, Ant. 1.21. 1. ib. 2.12.2
Gropotpes Ael, V. HL 8. 5. Xen. Anab.
5.9.22, ib. 7.3. 20, — By impl. to be
perplexed, anzious, 2 Cor. 4:8. Gal. 4:20.
Bo Sept. for "yy Jer. & 18, Iy3 Gen,
‘32 8, — Wied. 11.6. 1 Mace, 3: 31.

*Anogla

"Anopla, as, %, (axogian q. v.) the
state of one who knows not what to dos
doubt, ity. Luke 21:25 ovvoyy
doviin by anople, disquiet of nations, with
uncertainty, ,8C. a8 to the event,
etc. Sept. for M773 Lev. 26: 16. Ax
Is, 8: 22, — Herodian. 4.14.1. Xen.
Anab. 1.3, 13.

*Anogeinta, f£. yo, to cast of,
throw aside, 12 Snla ete. Herodian. 8.4.
27. WN. T. with a reflex. pron. im-
plied, Acts 97: 43 dogilpartes sc. aru
tous, throwing or letting themselves off or
down sc. from the ship into the water.
Sept. for phair Ex. 22: 81. — Lucian.
Ver. Hist. 1. §38, direo duavtdy. Arrian.
Indic. ¢. 24. § 5, 7.

*Anoppaviter, f. law, (and, S9pa-
yog q. v.) to bereave of, sc. parents,
Aesch. Choeph. 246. In N. T. Pass.
to be bereaved of; seq. axé, i. 6. metaph.
tobe separated from, spoken of a teacher
separated from his disciples, 1 Thess.
217.

* Anooxevate, f. dow, and Mid.
Grooxevefopas, lit. to divest one’s self
of baggage, etc. hence genr. to remove,
to put out of the way, Sept. for 12m Lev.
14: 36. Jos, Ant. 1. 13.5, ib. 14, 16. 2.
B.J.1.31.1. Polyb. 2.26.6, Herodian.
1.9 .1.—In N.T. Acts 21: 15 dmooxeva-
aipevon donBalyouer sis Iegovoadiip,
divesting ourselves of baggage, i.e.
perhaps leaving part of it bebind ; see
Olshausen’s Comm. in loc.—Dion. Halic.
Ant. 9, 23.—Or dnooxevacdpevos sc. ta
adyta may mean, pulling aside or disre-
garding all impedimente, comp, v.12—14.
— Later editions read érioxsvacduevor.

* Anvoxiaopmc, arog, 16,(én6 and
onuite,) a shade, shadow ; metaph. the
slightest trace or vestige, James 1: 17.

*Anoonde, &, f. dow, to draw
from, to draw away, trans. e.g. 17

wazaipay, se. from the scabbard, Matt,
26: 51.—Herodot. 3. 159 rag milag, i.e.
to tear away. — Spoken of persons, fo
draw away disciples from another to one’s
self, Acts 20: 30. — Ael. V. H. 13. 31.
Joe. Ant. 18, 4. 7.—Aor. 1 pass. in mid.
sense, (Buttin. § 136, 2,)to withdraw one’s
self, to depart, to go away, c.c. and,

90

*Anootdddo

Luke 22 41. Acts 2): 1, — 2 Mace. 1%
10, 17. Diod. Sic. 20. 39, Clem. Alex.
Strom. 1. 1.

’ Anootaaia, as, *%, (&qlermpss)
apostasy, defection, a later word instead
of axéderaois, Lob, ad Phryn. p. 528.—
‘Acts 21: 21, 2 Thess. 2: 3. Sept. for
P79 Jer. 29: 92, bywhy 1 K. 21: 13.
by" Chr. 20: 19. “Plut. 'Galb. c. 1.

* Anoorcawy, cov, 16, (aplorms,)
defection, desertion, as of a freedman
from his patron, etc. Demosth. 940, 15.
InN. TT. divorce, repudiation ; and B:p-
Moy éxoctaclov, a bill of divorce, Matt.
19: 7, Mark 10: 4. So Sept. and
nN 72 WHE Deut. 24: 1% Is. 50:1.
Jer. 3:'8.—By meton. drocrdctoy, bill of
divorce, Matt. 5: 31, So Lat. repudium,
Suet. Calig. 36. et Tib. 11. Pandect. 24.
2,3.

*"Anosreyata, f. dow, to remove
the roof, to unroof, trans. Mark 2 4,
where it is not improbably spoken of the
awning drawn over the court of oriental
houses ; see Calmet, art. House, p. 506,
507.—Strabo 1V. p. 304. V. p. 542,

* AnostéAde, f. ores, aor. 1 dni
oseila, perf. dxéotadxe, Pass. perf. cri-
oralwas, sor. 2 éxeotddyy, to send away,
to send off, forth, out, trans, or sbeol. —
Construed as to the person fo whom, c.
dat. Matt.22:16. al. c.790¢ seq. acc. Matt.
21: 87. al. c. sig Matt. 15:24, al. — as to
the place whither, c. sig Matt. 14: 35. al.
c. év Matt. 10: 16. a. de Mark 11: 3,
—as to the person or place whence,
c. dé, Acts 10: 21. 11:11. al. maga c.
gen. of pers. John 1: 6.—Sept. for hz
passim. *

a) spoken of persons sent a8
messengers, etc. Matt. 10: 5,16. 11: 10.
1:1. Mark 1:2. 6:7. Luke 14: 32
al. sep. So of persons, i.e. prophets,
teachers, angels, sent from God, Matt.10:
40. 18: 41, 15: 24. 23: 37. Luke 1: 26.
John 1:6. 3:17. Acts 3:26. Heb. 1:
14. Rev. 1:1. Sept. for nbwj Gen. 32
3. 87: 12, al. saep.—Xen. Cyr. 7. 4. &
Polyb. 4. 66, 2. — In this sense the ac-
cus. of the person sent is often omit-
ted; John 5: 83, isis dxerrclaate
905 *oxdvrny. 11: 3. Acts 13: 15. 16°
36 coll. v.35. So dxoorsllas before an

“Anosregto

active verb; as Matt. % 16 dxocrellas
dveila mavtas, he sent out and slew ot6.
Mark 6:17. Acts 7:14. 80 Sept, and
nibe) Gen. 31:4, 41: 8, 14. Ex. 9:28.
Josh. 24: 9. al. — So mépyas Plut. de
Edue. Pueror.¢. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 6.
coll. Jos. B. J. 1. 12. 7.— In the eense
of to expel, to drive away, Mark 5: 10.
12%: 3,4.

b) trop. spoken of things, to send forth Salas,

ete, i, e. to proclaim, bestow, ©. g. sé 26-
yor Acts 10: 36. 13: 26. 13 cwnjguar
‘Acts 28:28. nijy énayyellay, the promise,
i.e, the thing promised, the Comforter,
Luke 24:49. So Sept. and nw Ex. 4:
28. 157, 93:27. m1: g
Deut. 28: 8.— Ecclus. 15: 9. 34: 6
Herodot. 9. 4. Aelian. V. H. 12, 57
omsia nai tigera. — So of physical
eg SC.
, sending off the present, etc.
— Ael. V. H. 12. 51 ny dmuoroliy.
Xen. H. G. 5. 1, 28.—Mark 4: 29 axo-
ovis 13 doénavor, send forth, i.e.
thrust in the sickle. So Heb. 537) nbs
and Sept. danoctiliw dpixava, Joel a:
9. [8:13] Sept. dxocrillw xiv yélow
for Heb. n nbw Ex. 9: 15.—Jobn 9:7
Ziwip, 5 topneiecas dmecralyivos,
Heb. 145t, i.e. the sent forth, as typical
perhaps of the fountain of spiritual
blessings which was to flow forth from
the temple as the symbolical seat of the
Messiah’s reign; comp. Olshausen’s
Comm. in loc.

) in the sense of to dismiss, to lt go.
Mark 8:26 dxdotads critiy tig téy olxor
@inoi. Matt[8: 31.) 21: 3. Mark 11:3
Luke 4: 18 dorreilas eS pauruérous dy
eepioe, to let the go free.
Plut. Moral. I. p. 24 ed. Tauchn.
Xen. Anab, 2.1.5. AL.

Anosrepéw, od, £. ow, to deprive
Of; to defraud of, construed strictly with
‘an accus, of pers, and an accus. or gen.
of thing. Xen. An. 6, 4.23. Mem. 1.2.
63. Comp. Buttm. § 131.5. § 132. 5.
Hence in N.T.

a) spoken of persons, seq, accus.
1 Cor. 6: 8, absol. Mark 10:19. — Jos,
Ant. 4, 8. 38. — In respect to conjugal
intercourse, 1 Cor. 7: 5, comp. Sept. for
x» i 21: 10.—Bo Mid. to suffer one’s

to 1Cor.6:7, Com
Besley af igrouded, P-

91

* Anostoparites

b) spoken of things, seq. eccus. tor

, and in the pass. conetruction
(Buttm. § 134, Fy) nom. 8 mods, James
46 6 Grootegnpsv0s, i.. wages
held back by fraud. Bo Hope and PE
Deut. 24: 14. Mal. 3: 5.—Eeclus, 31: 2%.
Philo Vita Mos.I. p. 624. Plut-Demosth,
c. 14, see ee oO rat Se.
1 Tim. 6 5 tity dmoctagnpiveer sig

defrauding themselves, i. 0. “.
fitute of, the truth. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 3.
Thue. 1. 40.

*Anostodn, 45, 4, (exocrilie,)
a sending off, expedition, ©. g. of sbips

‘Thue. 8. 9. Polyb. 26.7.1. of persons

Plat. Timol, ¢: 1. the thing sent, a pres-
ent, Sept. for ow 1 K. 9: 16. 1 Mace.

apostleship,
1Cor. 92 Gal. % 8.

*Ancotodos, ov, 6, (énocridiu,)
one sent forth, i.e. a messenger, ambas-

sador, apostle, viz.
r. a messenger, John 13: 16.

) gem
Phil. 2: 25, coll. 4: 18. So Sept. and
Be 1K. 14: 6.—Herodot. 1.21. ib. 5.

ey spoken of messengers or ambarea-
dors sent from God, and joined with
opie, Luke 11: 49. Eph. 3: 5.
Rev. 2: 2. 18: 20. - In this sense spok-
en of the Messiah, Heb. 3: 1.
¢) of the apostles of Christ, viz.
(a) of the twelve apostles, chosen by Christ
as the chief agents in propagating the
‘gospel, Matt. 10:2. Luke 6 18. 9: 10.
2% 14. Acts 1: 26. Jude 17. Rev. 21:
14, al. snep. These are called by Paul
of Smaghlay émdotolos, 2 Cor. 11: 5. 12
11. So of Paul, who was afterwards
reckoned to thera, as being xat dtoziy
the apostle of the gentiles, 1 Tim. 2 7.
2 Tim. 1: 11. — (6) in a wider sense,
spoken: of the helpers and
of the twelve, as aiding to gather
churches, 2 Cor, 8: 23. So of Paul
and Barnabas, Acts 14:4, 14. of An-
dronicus and Junias, Rom. 16:7. — So
Clem. Alex. Strom. 3.6. ib. 4.17. Ar.

"Anootomerrtteo, f. low, (és,
oxdpo,)i. ©. dio axdparos v. xb poriung
Lye, to repeat from the mouth or memory ;
80 Snidas and Tim. in Lex. Plat. also

*Anosrpeger |
Athen. 9. or, te repeat to pupils ec. in.
order that they may learn by heart,
Plato Euthydem. p. 216. G. pair. A.
(this was the common practice of
Athenian schoolmesters; see Ruhnk.
ad Plat. Tito. p. 43, 44.) aloo, to cause
pupils to repeat by heart ; Buidas, éxo-

pact toy Siddaxaior, 6 roy
salaies s39 ida liyuy dasa dno ot6-
yartog. Hence in N. T. to prepare ques-
tions to be answered off-hand, to ensnare
by questions, trans. Luke 11:53. See
Kuinoel and Olshausen in loc.

Anosrpéepe, f. ye, to turn away
from, to turn aside, to avert, trans. seq.
and c. gen.

a) pp. tiv dxory dnd rije Gly Seles, the
ears from the truth, 2Tim. 4:4. 80
Sept. and 370%] Prov. 4: 27. 2 Chr, 30:
9.—Ecelus. 4:5. Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Ken.
Cyr. 2,4,25.—Trop, Acts 3:26. Luke
23: 14 dnootgéqorta tov lady ec. dnd
tob Kalougos (v. 2) turning away the
people from Cesar, i.e. exciting to rebel-
lion. for 97} Job 38: 17, and
Mid. for 310 Josh. 22: 16, 18,—Ecclus,
46:11, Mid. Xen. H.G. 4. 8.4. — In
the sense of fo put away from, fo remove,
Bom. 11: 26 drocrgiyes abudag dno

? Tage, quoted from Is, 59: 20, where
Sept. for wy "yy. Sept. also for Ory
Ex. 23: 25. — Ecolus, 2% 4. 1 Maec.
3 8.

b) Mid. cnoorpeqopas, to turn one’s
self away from, seq. accus, Butte. § 135,
. either to forsake, to desert, 2Tim.
for Wty; Jer. 15: & or to
Matt. 5:42 Tit. 1: 14.

ag

* Anoowyéw, &, f.s4ou, lit. to hate
@ff, i.e. to avoid with hatred, to abhor,
to detest, trove. Rom. 12: 9. — Parthen.
Brot: 8. Eurip. Ion. 488. Herodot.

Anoréonis

ty se
Anosuvayoyos, ov, 6 4, adj.
(éné and owerer) excluded from the
synagogue, John 9:
2, es. 16a. There were three
species of this excommunication, viz.
77, OTD bre. ‘The first continued
for one month, and prohibited a person
from bathing, from shaving his bead, or
from approaching any nearer
than four cubits; but if he submitted
to this, be wes not debarred the privi-
Jege of attending the sacred rites. The
second involved an exclusion from the
secred assemblies, was accompanied
with heavy maledictions, and prohibited
all intercourse with the person sub-
jected to it. The last ies was a
perpetual exclusion from all the rights
and privileges of the Jewish people,
both civil and religious. See Lightfoot
Hor. Heb. and Kuinoel on John 9: 2.

Byatorf, Lex,Rab. Tel. 827, 1308, 2466.

"Anoracew, a 1a1100, £5, to er
range off, i.e. to assign to different places,
to separate, IMacc.11: 3. Jos.BJ. 3.4.2.
Xen. H.G. 5.2.40. In N.T. Mid.
Gnotascopas, to arrange one’s self
to separate one’s self from, i.e. te
leave of, to bid farewell to, €. c. dat.—In
this senee the word occurs only in the
Alexandrine Greek, especially in Jose-
phus and Philo; comp. Lob, ad Phrya.
Pp. 23, 24,

a) pp. Luke 9:61. Acts 18:-18, 21.
2 Cor. 2 13.—Jos. Ant. 8.13.7. Cha
rit. 2, 1. — In the sense of to dismiss,
tend away, Mark 6:46, comp. dsoliew
Matt. 14: 23.—Jos. Ant. 11. 876.

b) to Luke

trop. to renownce, to forsake,
” 14: 38, — Jos, Ant. 11. 6.8. Jamblieb.

Vit. Pythag. c. 28. p. 145.

" Anoredéo, i, £. baw, to finish of,
to perfect, 2 Macc. 15: 39, Xen. H. G.
3.2.10. Pasa. lo be perfected, completed,
Eodr. 5: 73. Polyb. 6, 29, 2.—In N. T.
Pass, to be perfected, i.e. to be grown up,
to be of full stature, Jameo 1: 15.—Trop.
Xen. de Mag. Eq. 7. 4 dvjg dmorerele-
opévos.

* Anorlnue, £. Sow, to put off, to
lay aside, Sept. for 7377 Ex. 16: 33, 34.
Lev. 16: 28. In N. T. and more comm.
in Greek, Mid. cnoriGeuas, to put of

" Anetaeocw 93

from one's wolf to lay aside, trans, e.g.

Acts 7: 58, — 2 Mace. 8: 35,
MeL 8.3. Xen. Cyr. 4.4. 1.
— Metaph. to renounce, to abjure, Rom.

13: 12 20: gye toi oxstos. Eph, 4:22, °

25. Col. 3:8. Heb. 121. James 1:21.
1 Pet. & 1,—Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 33 ayy

». Themist. Orat. 6 ry andySecar.
Aristaen. 1. Ep. 2 nj Eur.

“Anotwdoow, f. tu, to ahake off
trans, Luke 9:5 107 xovoprér. Acts
98:5 1b Syplor. Sept. for wt} 1 Sam.
10:2. 42 Lam. 2: 7.—Eurip. Bacch.
v. 253 axotivdcouy xlocor.

*Anorive v. tia, f. low, to pay
off, i.e. to repay, to make good, Philem.
19, Sept. for peut Lev. 24:18. qm
Ex.91: 19. >pw Ex. 2: 17, — Hero-
dian. 4. 15, 19, in. Anab. 7. 6. 16.

* Anorohucter, 0, £400, lit. to dare
Off ic.to come out boldly, Rom. 10: 20
Grotoluk xa} Lives, comes out boldly and
says, or, boldly declares; see Gesen.
Lehrgeb. p. 223. Stuart § 533. Buttm.
§ 144. n. 8.— Acta Thom. § 38. Diod.
Bic. 12, 17. Polyb, 2. 45. 2.

*Anoroula, ag, 4, (anorizve,)
Pp. @ cutting off; metaph. culting se-

, Figour, Rom. 11: 22
bis. —Diod. Bic. 12. 16. Plut. de Pue-
ror. Educ. c. 18 yy énoroulay +f wea
Oryte pryvivas,

* Anorojueg, adv. (anotépve,) met-
aph. sharply, severely, 2 Cor. 13: 10.

‘Tit. 1: 18. — Wind. 5: 23, Polyb. 17. *

11.2.
* Anorpéna, £. yo, to turn away
to avert, trans, Ecclus. 20: 29.
‘Ken.Conv. 4.47, In N.T. Mid. aorge-
opus, to turn one’s self away from, i.e.
avoid, fo shun, trans, 2 Tim. 3: 5.
boo But Buttm..§ 135. 4.—Plut, Fab. c. 16.
Eurip. Orest. 410 daldevtoy 3° dnotgé-
mov yay.
“Anovoit, 0, 4,(Exups)absence, *
Phil. 2 12. — Jos, Ant, 2.4.5, Xen.
Veet, 9.10, .

"Anozepize

Luke 16: 22. 1 Cor, 16: 3. Rev. 17: 3.
Qi: 10, Sept. for R373 2 Chr. 36: 7,
degirt Job 21: 32. Hos. 10: 6.—Esdr-
1: 18, Xen. Cyr. 2419,

*Anogeviyea, f. tes, to flee from, to

trans. in N. T.: metaph. 2 Pet..

2 18, 20. seq. gen. 2 Pet. 1: 4. — Ee-
clun, 2%: 22, Xen, Mem. 8. 11. 8.

“Anogdéyyouct, £. iytopas, to
speak out, to utter aloud, to declare, ab-
sol. Acts 2 4, trans. 26: 25. seq. dat. 2:
14. Sept. for 822 1 Chr. 25:1. Bop
Ez, 18: 9, — Diog. Laert. 1. 63. Jam-
blic. de Myster. 3. 12.

AnogoprZopat, f. laopar (ané
and pégros load,) to untade, trans, Acts
21:3; spoken only of the unlading of a
ship, either in port or in a storm at sea.
— Dion, Halic. Aut. 3.44. Athen. 11.
p. 87.C. Philo de Praem. p, 915.

Anozonocs, eos, %, (dxozedopas
to use up, Polyb. 1. 45.2) a wring up,
consumption by wae ; hence genr. use.
Col, 22 & ows maven sls gOogiy af
Gnozgioes xasc sé bridhuera dr Opersey,
all which, i.e. the touching, tasting,
handling, if indulged in (x9 drozqjou
in the use), are causes of destruction,
condemnation, according to these men,
ete.—Dion. Halic. I. p. 97 anézonets vis,
the use of land.—Others take andzenois
as meaning abuse ; 90 drozedouas He-
rodian, 1. ey but this gives here a
weaker sense.

"Anozapee, Gy £. ja to depart —

from, to go away, intrans. seq. a0 ¢.

gen, Matt. 7: 23. (coll. Ps. 6:8) Luke
9: 30. Acts 13:13. Sept. for 2403 Jer.
46: 5—9 Mace. 4:33, Jes, Ant. 1. 18.2.
‘Thue. 7. 73, Ken. Ag. 2. 25.

“Anoxaplo, f. low, to eeparate off,
i.e. to appoint, Sept. par-
ticip. for aie be 43:21, In N.T.
to to digjoin, Pass. Rev. 6: 14

3 obgavbs pane the heavens, i. e.
the. Srmament [39p) Gen. 1: 6), were
separated, rent, and ‘the parts rolled
gray an aecroll comp. Is, 34:4, where
Heb. 23 and Sept. Bayi = ti
to separale one’s self, Acts 15: 39 dose

eitoug ant didsien, v0
that they separated from one another.

* Anowpizoo

“Anoyize, f. $a, to breathe out,
to expire ; spoken of the dying, Philo de
Mund. ine, p. 961. Soph. AjFFlag.1656.
of those who faint away, Jos. Ant. 19,
1.15. InN.T. to be faint at heart, 2c.
fiom fear or terror, Luke 91:26 doy

zorcer dy Spenser xd g6Bov, coll. Matt. 09

28: 4 dost _—Hom. Od. 24. 347.
‘Arron. Diss. Epiet. 4. 1. 145. Alciphr.
TIL. Ep.72, 80 Lat. expir, Senec.Nat.
Quaest. 2. 59. exanimor, Terent.Andr.
1.5.17.

“Anmuos, ov, 6, Appius, i.e. Ap-
pine Claudius Cacear,a celebrated censor
of Rome, who built the Appian way

from Rome to Brundusium. Hencein 9)

N. T. Annlov pogov, Forum Appii, a
amall town situated on the Appian way

49Zrnenfa fowlmiles from Rome, Acts 28: 15, —

Comp. Hor. Set. 1.5.3. Cie. ad Attic.
210,13] -.4

“Angbaces, ov, 6, % adj. (a pr.
and mgdceyusto approach, nappreached,
unapproachable, inacceanible. 1 Tim. 6:
16 pais Sngdovten, ie. excessive. Comp.
Pa, 104: Ez. 1:4, 18, 26-28. —
Diod. Sic. m7 96 xaraguyy. Polyb. 3.
49.7 97. Philo Vita Mos. p. 146.

“Angésxonos, ou, 6, %, adj. (apr.
and mgooxémrw,) not stumbling, i. e.

a) Act. not causing to stumble ; pp.
spoken of a way, level, smooth, Ecclus.
35:21. Metaph. giving no offence, not
causing to sin, 1 Cor. 10: 32,

b) Pass. not stumbling, i.e. metaph.
not falling into sin, pure; Acts %: 16
Sngéoxonoy avveldnow. Phil, 1: 10.

*Angosonvdynras, adv. (« pr.
and ngocwnolyrtie,) without

respect of
persons, impartially, 1 Pet. 1: 17. For

the Hebraiam, eee in Aaypire and
Tscenoy.—So dngocundinmros spok-
en of God, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 6.
‘Theophy). in Gal. 6: 2.

“Antaistos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (a pr.
and zratw,) not elumbling, pp. of a horse,
Xen. de re Equest. 1.6. In N. T.
metaph. without falling énto sin, tame-
leas, i. q. Sunuos, Jude 24.—3 Mace. 6
39.’ Lucian. Amor. T. IE. p. 449 ed.
Reiz. 82 dnralotov xa} dxdwois lov
dxolines ts vigas 68etoa.,

94

‘Anodic

mt Epo Pat ome thing to
another, to aijoin, to epply, Hom. ‘Od.
21. 408. Hence in N. T.

1. spoken of fire as applied to things,
to set fire to, to kindle, to light, trans.
Izvor. Luke 8: 16. 11:83. 15 8. 13
Luke 2% 55. — Jos, Ant. 4. 3. 4.
‘"Theophr. Char. 18 or 28, Thue. 4. 100.

2 wig Judith 13: 13.

2. Mid. depon. axtopas, to apply
one’s self to, i.e. to touch, c.c. gen.
Butm. § 182. 5, 3-end 6, 3.

a) gonr. Matt. 8: 3,15, 9: 20. Mark 1:
41. 8:27, Luke 7: M4, 2:51. al. enep.
On Jobn 20: 17 see Olshausen in loc. .
So Sept. for 933 Ex. 19:12, 2 K. 13:
— Aelian, V. H. 3,32, Xen. Mem.
2.1.24,

b) in the Levitical sense, comp. Lev.
5: 2, 3, where Sept. for 3, end Lev.
+ 18—21. al, So Col. & 21 ux dyn
4 yevon, wndé Stynss oF perhaps here
by implic. in the sense to eat, which.’-= :
would make the climax stronger, viz.”
cat not, taste not, touch not. — So Philo
de Spec. Leg. p. 794 S00 cugnéy dr-
Souniven dntera Snola. Id. de Exsecr.
p.931. Hom. Od. 4. 60. Xen. Mem. 2.
1, 2 gltov dntoGa, —2 Cor. & 17
Gxaddgrou yi GxterIes, touch no un-
clean one, i. e. have no intercourse with
the heathen ; comp. Is, 52: 11, where
Bept. for 933 and see Gesen. Com. inloc.

ce) trop. “UnterGas yuvauxds, to touch a
woman, i.e. to have carnal intercourse
with her, 1Cor. 7:1. So Sept. for 932
Gen. 20:6. 5p Gen. 20: 4.—Jos. Ant
1.81. Plt Vit. Alex. Mag. ©. 21.
Xen, Mem. 1.3. 8.

4) by impl. to harm, to injure, 1Jobn 5:
18 6 movngs ody Sxreas aitov. So
Sept. and 93) 1 Chr. 16:22. Job 5: 19.
—Xen. H. G.1. 4. 19. Arian, Exped.
Alex. M. 4.4.1. AL

"Angla, as, 4, Apphia, pr. name
of a woman, Philem. 2. Chrysostom
and Theodoret suppose her to have
been the wife of Philemon.

"Anfb-éo, d,, £. ndow, (Buttm.
§ 114.) to thrust away, to cast off, Sept.
for n3t Ps, 43: 2. Herodot. 1.173. In
N. T. Mid. dno@copat, sor. 1 éxwod—
py, to thrust away from one’s ‘rif to cost
Off; to repulse, trans. Acts 7: 27 axdeato

w!

"Anche

aivéy. Sept for ptr) Be. 1: 16. ea
Jon. 2:5.—Joa. Ant. 5, 3.3 dxwodparos

arinots, i.e. the enemy. Herodian, 4. .

14. 18, — In the sense of to refect, to re-
fuse, ete. Acts 7:99, 18:46, Rom.
11: 1,2. 1 Tim. 1:19. So Sept. for
a8 Ee 5:1. my Pa, 60: 11. 106:

De Hos. 9: 17° 2K. 17: 15, 20.
ee ). — Jos, Ant. 4.6.4. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 26.

” Anwiece, ag, %, (anbdarps,) lose,
destruction, viz.
1a) spoken of things, waste; Matt. 26:
8. Mark 14: 4, Sept for 72M, some-
thing lost, Lev. 6: 3, 4.
b) spoken of persons, destruction,
death. Acts 25:16 zagizerGas twa sig
dndiletay, to deliver up any one to death,
i.e, to be put to death. Sept. for 37
Prov.6 15. “ygwir Deut. 4:26. Esth.
7:4, pot Is. 34:5. — Herodian. 8. 8.
9, sop. Fab, 48. — Spoken of the
second death, i.e. eternal ex-
clusion from the Messiah's kingdom;
see in ’AxoSrjcxo e. Matt. 7: 13. Acts
8: 20. Rom.9:22, Phil. "1:28, 3: 19.
1 Tim. 6: 9, Heb.16; 39. 2 Pet.2:1, 3.
3: 7,16. Rey. 17: 8,11. 2 Pet. 21
aligeces drole | i.e. fatally destructive
heresies, Buttm. § 123. n. 4. So in v.2
by meton. where later editions read
doedysiaug—In Jobn 17: 12 and 2 Thess.
2% 3 6 vlog wig dmlalas, the aon of per-
dition, i. e. from the Heb. one devoted to
ion, see in Tide. So Sept. técra
tijs Gnulelag for 4B waht Is. 57: 4.
Ad, as, %, prayer, i.e. eupplica-
tion, Hom. I. 15.598, InN, T. impre-
cation, curse, Rom. 3:14. So Sept. for
stbe Num. 5: 23. Is, 24: 6. Zech. 5:3.
STREP Prov. 26: 2. — Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 3.
1 5. Polyb. 9, 40.6. Diod.

Sic. 13. 69.

“doa or dpa, a particle illative
and interrogative. / As illative, it stands
in classic writers after othér words in a
clause, and is always written ga. As
interrogative, it stands first in a clause,
and in prose and the epic poets is writ-
ten aga; im other poets if, athe firet syl-
lable be long it is written dea, if short,
&ga. See Hermann ad Viger. p. 823.
Butt. §149, 2. p. 431. Passow sub dga.

95
“Winer p. 872, 425, 460. edit, 1830. —

“dow

In'N. T.

I. As illative, doa, therefore, then,

now, , marking a transition
to what natorally follows from the
words preceding.
4) PP Rom. 7:21 siglaxw gc, toy
voor, [find therefore a law. 8:1. 1 Cor.
15: 14, Gal. 3: 7. —~ Wiad. 6: 20. Jos.
Ant. 22. 1. Lucian. D. M. 13.1. Xen.
Anab. 1.7. 18, — So énei diya, since
then, since in that case, 1 Cor. 5: 10.
7:14. ,

b) where it does not directly refer to
any thing expressed, but still the idea
‘ according to nature or custom’ etc. lies
at the basis; then, now, indeed, perhaps,
ete. but often not to be expressed in
English. So rig doe, who now? who
then? i.e. simply who? Matt. 18: 1.
19:25, 24:45. Mark 4:41. Luke 8:25.
1% 42, 22:23. ri doa, what then?
what? Matt. 19: 27. Luke 1: 66. Acts
12 18, — Soph. Ajac, 1164, Lucian.
Amor. § 20.— So ef dpa, ¥ perhaps,
Mark 11: 13 Acts 7:1, & 22, deg
doa, if indeed, 1 Cor. 15: 15. — Sept.
Gen. 18:3. Num. 2211. Pe. 58 11.
Jos, Ant. 6.11.6. Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 2.
tay ga 1 Mace. 9: 8. — 80 ovx doa,
Acts 21: 38 ot Sga ot al 5 Alyintios,
art not thou then that Egyptian ? :also
pine digo: 2 Cor. 1: 17.

¢) contrary to classic usage (see
above) dga is used in N. T. as illative
at the beginning of a clause, and with-
out interrogation, therefore, consequently,
etc. Luke 11: 48. Rom. 10: 17, 2 Cor.
7: 12, Gal. 4:31. Heb. 4:9. See Wi-
ner p. 460. — Sept. Ps. 139: 11. Xen.
Ephes. 1, 11.— When 7 precedes, doa
in the apodosis may be rendered it fol-
lows that, etc, Matt. 12; 28. Luke 11:
20, 1Cor. 15: 18. 2 Cor. 5:14, Gal. 2:
21, 3:29, 5:11. Heb. 12: 8.—Ps. 58.
11. — In this use, &ga is sometimes
strengthened by other particles; e. 5 og
Goa ody, therefore then, so then, where-
fore, favourite expression of Paul,Rom.
5:18, 7:3,25. 8:12, 9: 16,18. 14:
12, 19, Gel. 6:10. Epb, 2:19, 1 Theas,
5:6. 2 Thess 215. Comp. Buttm.
§149. p. 431 marg.— Also dpa ye,
therefore then, so then, etc. Matt. 7: 20.
17: 26. Acts 11:18. Once after si, a8

"spa
3 dee 75 i perhaps, #f hoply, Acta 17: .

an As interrogative, dga, at the be-
‘ginning of a clause, serves merely to
denote a question, like the Lat. num,
and cannot be expressed in English.
Jt requires the answer to be negative.
‘Luke 18: 8 Gal. 2 17. Comp. Winer

p. 425. So for 3 Gen. 18 3
Neb. 3: 34, [4:2] — Jos."Ant. 6. 10. 2,
Xen, Mom. 2.5.2 Cyr. 1.4. 11. —
Strengthened by yé, as doa yé, num,
whether indeed ? Acts 8: 30,—Sept. Gen.
‘26:9, Jer. 4:10. Xen. Mem. 3, 2. 2.
Cyr. 1. 6 12

“Aga, see above in “age "Agayt,
“Apa ov, see in “Aga I. c.—" Aga 78,
see in “Aga II.

"Agu Bia, as, 4, Arabia, the name
of a large region including the desert
and peninsula which lies between Syria,»
Palestine, the Arabian and Persian
gulfs, and the Indian ocean or sea of

. Arabia. It is usually divided into 4ra-
ia Feliz in the 8. E, Arabia Deserta, in
athe N. E, and Arabia Petrea on the W.
and 8.W. SeeCalmet. InN.T.the
Arabia mentioned in Gal. 1:17 is prob-
ably the northern portion, not far from
Damascus ; in Gal. 4: 25 Arabia Petrea
is_ meant.

“Aoau, indec. Aram, Heb. D>
(high, 1 Chr. 2 10,) pr. name of a man,
Matt. 1:3, 4. Luke 3: 33.

ido, aos, 6, an Arabian, Acts
21

“tert, G, f. joe, (d976s,) not to
dabour, Xen, Cyr. 1. 2.15. InN.T. to
be inactive, idle, i.e. metaph. to be still,
do linger, intrans. 2 Pet. 2:3 16 xplua
obx dys, whose condemnation lingers

not, Le. will not be delayed. Sept. for >

ya Eco. 1% 3, Ezra 4: 24—Esdr. 2
30." Ecclus, 30: 27, Polyb. 3. 5. 8
Spoken of things, to be useless, Xen.Cyr.
6. 2, 32,

* Apyos, 7), ov, (contr. for depyds
fr. @ pr. and 1 Egyor,) | for which earlier
Writers use 6, 1), dgyés, e.g. Xen. Cyr.
ite otpatia agyés; for the inter

gee Artemidor. 1.32, Aristot
hoe An. 10, 27, Nicet. Ann. & 4.

96

* Agyvguy
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 105, — In N. T. net
. snactl

jy unemployed,

8) pp. Matt. 20: 3, 6 bis. With the
idea of choice, idle, 1 Tim. 5: 13 bis, —
Ecclus. 37: 11. Herodot, 5.6. Kea
Mem, 1. 2. 57. coll. Ael. V. H. 10.14,
Spoken of land, Herodian. 2. 4, 12.

5) by mpl. indolent slate, so:
metaph. 2 Pet. 1: 8, slothful in
tian duty. Tit. 1:12 yaoriges N
et, slow bellies, i.e. lazy gormandizers.
—Wisd. 15: 15 né80¢ apyod, So Sept
aepyég Prov. 19: 15, 15: 9,

¢) by impl. vain, empty, without fet,
in the sense of false, insincere; &
nav Gia agyér, Matt, 12: 96, i.e. the

language of a man who speaks one
thing and means another; see Olshst-
sen in loc. Tittmann in Bibl, Repos.
I. p. 481 q.—Stobaeus Serm. ¢. 34 1é-
705 Geyds. 80 the sophism 2éyos eyes
Cic. de Fat. c. 12. - Chrysostom Homil.
43 in Mate deri 033 send ner
parros xslusvor, 20 perdi, — Others, use:
tess, and then wicked, like
Chald. qa Buttort Ler ‘Chald. Rab.
Telm. 201." Symmach. for bap Let.
19: 7, where Sept. GOvtor.

Apyigeos,ovs; ca, a; eor, or
(Epyvgoc,) silver, i.e. made of silver, Acts
19: 24. 2 Tim, 2: 20. Rev. 9: 20. Sept
for ARR Gen. 4: 58, Ex. 3; 22—Xeo.

"Agyigeoy, lov, 8, (gree)
silver, i.e.

a) pp. Acts 36. 7: 16, 20: 33, 1 Pet.
1:18—Ael. V, H. 1.23, Xen, Mem.3.

1.9.
) meson for general, Matt
25: 18, 27. 28: ried Mark 1a 1
Luke % 3. 19: 15,23, 225, Acts& 2 |
— Herodian, 2.13.12, Xen, Mem. |

¢) meton. for a silverling, a piece of
silver, i.e. a silver coin, the Jewit
abekel, clidos,siclus, Mate. 96: 15. 27:53
6,9. Actsl9:19, Till the captivity the Jer
had no coins ; the shekel being prope?
a weight, and all the money being ee

oned by weight and not by tale; Geo

23: 15,16. Ex. 21: 32, Josh, TS |
Comp. Calmet art. Money. In

of the Maceaboos silver soina were St \
struck, 1 Mace. 15: 6, with the inset

* Apyupone nos
thom buw bpt, shekel of Ferasl, which
were equal to four Attic drachkmae or
one stater, Jos. Ant. 3.8.2; with which
agrees the weight of the specimens still
preserved, Eckhel Doctr. Numm. Vet.
III. p. 464. The Attic drackma was
equivalent to 15} cents nearly, Boeckh
Ath, Staatshaush. J. 17. If. 349, which
would make the shekel to be worth 62
cents ; but Josephus probably refers to
the value of the drachma as current
among the Romans, where it was equiv-
alent to the denarius and worth about 14
cents; which makes the value of the
shekel to be about 56 cents. The Sept.
translate Spuj by diSgazyor, « double
drachma; which may be reconciled
with Josephus by supposing either that
the drachma of Alexandria.was equal to
2 Attic drachmae, or that the Jewish
shekel before the captivity was less than
it was Comp. Gesen. Lex.
. Heb.art TR Jahn § 117. — In Acts
1s 19 it is matter of question whether
dgyigus means the Jewish siclus, which
would make the sum about $28,000;
or whether it stands for the drachma
or denarius, which would reduce the
sum to about $7,000. In either case
‘we must take into account the very
high price of ancient books in general ;
and especially of those prepared by the
yorzas or magicians.

"Agyueoxonos, ov, 4, (errvgos,
xénte,) a silversmith, Acts 19: 24. Sept.
for inf. 7% Jer. 6: 29, — Plut. de vi-
tand. Aer. 1» 7,

"Apyueos, ov, 6, (&eyés white,)
silver, by meton. silver work, e.g. images,
plate, vessela,ete. Acts 17:29. 1Cor.
3: 12, James 5:3. Rev, 18: 12—Xen.
Cyr. 8.7.25, — Put for silver money,
Matt. 10: 9.— Jos, Ant. 9, 4.4. Hero-
dot. 2.6, 11,

“Apews neyo, G.cgeiov nayou,
&, Areopagus, i.e. Mare’ hill, campus
Martius, a hill in Athens with an open
place, where sat the court of the Areopa-
gus, the eupreme tribunal of justice in-
stituted by Solon ; see Potter’s Gr. An-
tig. B. 1. ¢.19. Calmet in voc. Acts
17: 19, 22.—Herodot, 8, 52. Ael. V. H.
5.15. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 20

13

97

*"Agdras

uc Acoma tens ov, §, an freopa-

ite, a judge of the court of the Areopagus,
Acts 17: 34. On the form of the word
see Lob. ad Phryn, p. 599, 698. — Ae-
schin. c. Timarch. 104, Lucian. Her-
mot, 64.

"Apéomera, ac, 4, (dgsonm,) desire
of pleasing. Col. 1: 10 sig nétcay dgé-
oxsuay, i. e. 80 that ye may please God.
Sept. for qm spoken of personal beauty
etc. Prov. 31: 30.— Philo de Opif. Mundi
p.33 Id. de Profug. p. 463. Polyb.
6.2.12, In the sense of flattery, bland-
ishment, Diod. Sic. 13.53, Theophr.
Char. 3 or 5,

"Apéoxw, f. dgicw, aor. 1 jigera,
(Geo to adapt, cf. Buttms. §114,) to please,
intrans. and c. c. dat.

a) in the sense of to be pleasing, ac-

ceptable to, Matt. 14: 6. Mark 6: 22.
1cor. 7: 88, 34. Gal. 1: 10 OG ay
Seurrors dgdoxey; 2Tim. % 4. So 7
$1§, Rom. 8 8. 1Cor. 7: 32 1 Thess,
Sept. for 303 Josh. 2&
20, 33. Bath. % 4, 5: 15. — “Ael. V. HL
2.6. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47. 5 BY Bete.
Ggdoxw éveiniéy twos, to please in
sight of any one, i. e. to be acceptable to
him, Acts 6:5. So Sept. for es at
Deut. 1: 28. 2 Sam. 3: 36. 2 K.'3:10.
—I1 Mace, 8: 21.

b) in the senso of to seek to please o
gratify, to accommodate one’s self to, eto.
e.g. 19 mlgoloy Rom, 15:2. 1G baveg
15:1, 3. naw 1 Cor. 10:38. dvOgenog
Gel. 1: 10, where it isi. q. ford dpdoxey,
1 Thess, 2: 4.

* Ageotos, 7, Ov, (dgéoxe,) pleas-

ing, seq. das. Joba
8: 29 28 dgeotd 15 Ses. Sept. for 340
Deut. 12 ser to 48: 25. Xen.
Cyr. 2.3.7. Plut. de def. Orac. c. &—
By Hebr. 1a dgeota évermioy tol Seot,
1 John 3:22. So Sept. for 34 Is. 38: 3.
“Wr Ex. 15: 26. Deut. 6: 18. | 12: 25.
PR Ezra 10: 11. — Hence ageorov
Zorén, it is good, placet, Acta 6:2. Seq.
dat. of pers. it is pleasing to, it gratifies,
Acts 12 3, Sept. for "2°52 aid Gen,
16 6.

*Aoécas, a, 5, Arcas, a king of
Arabia Petre, whose daughter was
for a time the wife of Herod Antipas.

, "Agen

For a short time Aretas had possession
of Damascus, about A.D. 39 or 40.
2 Cor. 11: 32, See Jos. Ant. 18, c. 5.
Bibl, Repos. III. p. 264.eq. Calmet.

"Agen, 7°, i, virtue, ie. good

ity, excellence of any kind, e. g
agery iis Jos. Ant. 4.5.3. Gpporos
Xen. Hiero 2.2. mantiness, valour, Jos.
Ant. 3.2.4. Ken. Ag. 10.2. fortitude,
2 Mace. 6: 31. moral excellence, Diod.
Sic, 5. 71. — InN. T. spoken

a) of the divine efficiency, power, etc.
2 Pet. 1: 3 dic 8d8y¢ xal dgstiis,
through a glorious display of his e!
ciency. — Jos. Ant. 17.5.6 ager} tod
Selov.

b) meton. virtue, i.e. goodness of ac-
tion, virtuous deeds. Phil. 4:8. 2 Pet.
1: 5 bis. —Wisd. 4:1, 8: 7.—Spoken of
God, wondrous deeds, as displays of the
divine power and goodness, 1 Pet. 2: 9.
So Sept for thm Hab. 3:3, mbnn Is.
42: 12, 43: 21, 63: 7. ‘

“Aony obsol. G. aves by sync.
for dgévos, Buttm. § 58, a lamb, trop.
Luke 10:3. Sept. for mo Ts. 40: 11.
65: 25, 9D Jer. 54: 40. 33 Gen. 30:
32. Lev. 1: 10.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7, 13.

* Agutuea, G, £. jaw, (dgr9pd5)
to number, trans. Rev. 7:9, Pass. Matt.
10: 30. Luke 12: 7, Sept. for pd
Gen, 15: 5. Job 14: 16. — Xen. Conv.
4.43,

*"Aorduas, ov, §, number, i.e.
spoken of a definite number, Luke 22:
3. Jobn 6: 10 of drdges tov agedpor
dott nerraxiaz0u01, for which accus. see
Buttm. §131. 6. 0.3. (Sept. dat. dgrdua
2 Sam. 21:20.) Acts 4:4. 5:36, Rev.
7:4. 9:16. 13:17 tov dgedpsr tod dvé-
par0s, i.e. the number which the letters
of the name make out. Rev. 13: 18 ter,
dgrOpss dv9ednou dori, Le. a number
which is made out by the letters of a
man’sname, 15:2, So Sept. for BD
1Som. 6:4. 1K. 18: 31. 1 Chr. 7:'2.
Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.2, Anab. 1. 7, 10.—
Spoken of an indefinite number, ¢ mul-
titude, Acts 6:7. 1:21. 16:5. Rom.
9: 27, Rey. 20:8. So Sept. for BD”)
Flos, 1: 10. 283 Num. 1: 49.—Ecclus.
51:36. Xen. Cyr. 8.2 15.

98

“Apeotor

*"Aomatala, as, %, Arimathes,
acity or village of Palestine, Heb. 729.
There were two or three places of this
name; but that mentioned in N. T.
was probably the Ramah situated on
the borders of Ephraim and Benjamin;
called also D°m37°7, i
1 Sam. 1: 1, whence the Greek “Aeipe-
‘Sala is readily derived ; as aleo ‘Poys-
Sip 1 Mace. 11: 34. “Popadd Jos. Ant.
6.11. 4,5. It was the birth place of
Samuel, and lay five or eix miles north
of Jerusalem. See Calmet, Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 186.—Matt. 27:57.
Mark 15: 43. Luke 23:51. Jobn 19:38

* Aolorapzoc, ov, 6, Aristarchus,
a native of Thessalonica who became
the companion of Paul, was. seized in
the tumult at Ephesus, and was after-
wards carried with Paul, as a prisoner,
to Rome. Acts 19: 29. 20:4, 7:2
Col. 4: 10, Philem. 24.

* Aprordea, 0, £40, (Sguat0r q*.)
to breakfast, i.e. to take any meal be
fore the principal one or supper, intrans
John 21:12, 15, coll, v.4. So Luke li:
87, where others genr. to dine, but ut
necessarily. Sept. for bry boat Geo.
43: 25. — So the Greeks, of food taken
early, Xen. Cyr. 6.3.21, ib. 6& 4.1.
or in the course of the day before the
supper, ib. 1.2.11. Ael. V. H. 9.19

*Agcotegos, a, ov, left, lacrw-
Matt. 6:3 dguotega sc. zele, the 4fthand.
So plur. Luke 23: 33 4 dgwtegir &
pipwr. 2 Cor. 6: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 8.4.3

* AgeoroBovdoc, ov, 6, Aristobulu
pr. name of a Christian, Rom. 16:10.

* Agutoy, ov, 16, breakfast, i. e*
meal which umong the Jews cot
responded sometimes to our breakfast
and sometimes to our dinner. Their
principal meal was the Jsiror, suppet>
in the early part of the evening, whet
the heat of the day was gone.
Goustoy was a slight refreshment, taken
sometimes in the morning, or a litl
before noon, or just after noon, 88 cit-
cumstances might vary. Luke 1I:
14: 12. So Matt. 22: 4, where othet
unnecessarily make it i. q. deinvor. —
In Homer the gistoy is taken about

“Aguaros
sunrise ; in later times it corresponded
to the Lat. prandium, and was taken
about mid-day ; see Potter’s Gr. Antiq.
M1. p, 352,353. Adam’s Rom.Ant. p. 433.
—Sept. for prs 1K. 5: 2 [4:22]
gi 2 Sam. 24: 15. — Susann. 12
Tob. 2:1. Thuc, 7.81. Xen. Cyr. 4,
2. 38. ib. 1.2. 11.

* Agxstos, 7, ov, (Ggnde,) sufficient,
enough. Matt. 6:84 dgurtiy 1f, Sudeg
3} xaxle abrijc, for the neut. see Butt.
§ 129.6. Matt. 10: 25. 1 Pet. 4:3. —
Aquila for ~7 Deut. 25: 2. Anthol. Gr.
II. p. 402. ed. Jacobs.

“Aoxév, yf. fow, to hold back
from, to ward off, trans. Hom. Il. 6. 16.
Hence in N. T.

a) to aid, to assist, seq. dat. 2 Cor. 12
9 dgxst coe ¥ zdgus wou, which however
is better referred to no. 2, — Eurip.
Hecub. 1164. Hom. Il. 21.131, Od. 18.
261. See Kypke in loc.

b) by impl. to be strong and able sc. to
assist any one; hence, to suffice, to be
enough, seq. dat. of person, Matt. 25: 9,
Jobn 6:7. Sept..1K. 8: 27. Num. 11:
22 bia.— Wied. 14: 22, Herodian. 4.7.9.
Xen. Ao. 5 1. 13.— Hence impers.
Goxer revs, it ts enough, John 14: 8
So Sept. for 3 Prov, 80: 16. — Jos.
Ant. 9, 13, 2. — Mid. doxcopas, to suf-
fet nes wf with, 0 ta be sti tobe

content with, c. c. dat. of thing etc.
Luke 2: 14, 1 Tim. 6:8. Heb. 13: 5.
> 2 Mace. 5:15, Jos, Ant. 12, 7. 2
ox jigutito toi obow. Stob, Serm. 95.
Polyb, 1.20, 1, — Soc. ¢. én} tovrous,
3 John 10.

“Agxos in later edit. or “gxtoc,
ov, 5, 4, a bear, Rev. 13: 2.—So Signo
Ael. H. An. 1.31, Jos. Ant, 6, 9, 3.
Sensos Ael. V. H.13.1. Xen, Cyr. 1.
4.7.

“Aue, atos, 16, (dga,) a chariot,
Acts 8: 28, 29, 38. Sept. for 13273
Gen. 41: 43.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5.6, Aelia.
V.H. 2. 27.—Spoken of chariots of war,
Rev. 9:9. So Sept. and 573373 Joel
+ nie Ant. 5.1.18. Ken.'Cyr. 6.

* Apuayedtey v. Aouayedor,
indee. Armageddon, pr. name of a place,

99

*Agveouat

Rey. 1: 16, It seems to be formed
from the Heb. 44379 77, mountain of
Megiddo ; comp. 2 Chr. 35: 22, field of
Megiddo. The name Megiddo, Sept.
‘Meyed8 v. Maysd805, occurs in O.T. a8
‘a city situated in the great plain, but
pertaining to the tribe of Manasseh ;
Bibl. Repos. ¥. p.602, It was remark-
able as having been the scencofa double
slaughter, first of the Canonnites, Judg.
5: 19; and again of the Ieraelites, 2 K.
‘23: 29, Hence in Rev. it would seem to
beput symbolically for place of slaughter.

‘Aopoter, F. bom, (éguss,) to adept,
to fit, to join together, c. e. accus. et dat.
Hom. Od. 5. 247. Jos, Ant. 6.9.5.
intrans. to fit, to be adapted, Sept. for
$7283 Prov. 17:7. 3Mace. 1:19. Jos.
Ant. 2.4.1. Xen. Mem. 3,10. 10—15.
Hence, to join in wedlock, to marry 8c. to
another, trans. Sept. Prov. 19: 14. Joa.
Ant. 20. 8.1. Herodot. 9, 108, and
Mid, to marry to one’s self, to take as &
wife, Herodot. 5. 32, 47,—In N. T. Mid.
Gonofopat, to marry, sc. to another in
one’s own behalf, seq. accus. et dat. trop.
2 Cor, 11: 2. — Philo de Abr. p. 364,
p. 384, — In the trans. sense fo it, the
Attic form was doudsre, Greg. Cor.
p- 154. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 241.

“Apuoe, ov, 6, (&ge,) a joint, Heb,
4: 12, — Ecclus. 27; 2. Test. XII Patr.
p- 633 of puoi 05 coluarog. Xen, Ven.
5. 29.

“Aovéoucce, ovpat, f.joopar, de-
pon. to deny, i.e.

a) to contradict, to afirm not to bey
opp. to duoloyéiy, absol. Luke 8: 45.
John 1: 20. Acts 4: 16. Sept. for 213}
Gen, 18: 15.—Ael. V. H. 14. 28. Xen.
Mem. 4, 2. 10.—Spoken of Peter's deny-
ing himself to be Christ's disciple, Matt.
26:70, 72. Mark 14: 68, 70. Joho, 18:
25,27. Seq. accus. Luke 22 57 aitoy
8c. Inooiy, i. e. denying that he had any
connexion with him. — Seq. accus. Tit.
1: 16 dgy. téy Ded r0is Epyois, i. ©. to
deny by actions that there is a God.
1 John 2 22 bis, 5 dgvoduevog Gyr, and
5 dgvowivos tov naviga: xal roy’ vidr,

God to be the father of Christ,
and Christ to be the son of God. v.23
8 dgy. x6 vidy, denying Christ to be tha
son of God.—Dem. 955. 10.

"Agviov

b) fo refuse, seq. infin, Heb, 11: 24.—
‘Wind. 12: 27. 16: 16. 17: 10. Jas, Ant.
4.5.1, ib. 5.7.2, Herodot, 6. 13.

) in the sense of to renounce, to reject,
trans. e. g. to reject Christ, Matt, 10: 33.
Luke 12:9. Acts 3: 13,14, 7:35. 2Tim.
2 12. 2 Pet. 2:1. Jude 4. So my alate,
i,e.to desert the christian faith, to apostatize,
1 Tim. & 8. Rev. 2 13. So Rev. 3 8
15 Svopa Xgistov. Spoken of Christ as
rejecting men, Matt. 10:33. 2Tim. 2: 12.
— Trop. Luke 9: 23 dgy. éavréy (text.
recept. dragy.) to deny one’s self, i.e. to
disregard one’s personal interests and
enjoyment, But 2 Tim, 2 13 dgv.
beevtdy, to deny one’s self, i.e. to renounce
one’s own character, to be inconsistent
with one’s self. Tit. 2: 12 yy dosBeay.
2 Tim. 3: 5.

* Aoviov, ov, 16, (dimin. fr. deny,
gen. dovés,) a lamb, agnellus, Sept. for
$32 Jer. 11:19. Nx 73 Ps. 114: 4,6.
JRE Tye Jer. 50: 45,—Jos, Ant.3.8.10.
—InN.T trop. of the followers of Christ,
John 21: 15, of Christ himself, Rev. 5:
6, 8, 12, 13. 6:1, 16. 7:9, 10, 14, 17.
W211, 13: 8,11. 14:1, 4,10. 15:3.
17: 14 bis. 19: 7, 9. 21: 9, 14,22, 23, 27.
21,3.

"Agree, we “Agiy.

“Agorpuia, 0, £. dow, (igorgor,)
to intrans, Luke 17:7. 1 Cor.
9 10bia, Sept. for wr Deut. 22: 10,
Is, 28: 24.—Ecclus. 6 19. Theophr. de
Caus. Pl. 4. 14.—The Attics used agéa,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 254 sq.

‘A goreor, ov, 26,(dg6e,) a plough,
Luke 9: 62, in a proverbial expression,
comp. Jahn § 59. Sept. for mi Is. 2 4.
Joel 3: 10, — Jos. Ant. 2.5.6. Xen.
Cyr. 8.2. 5.

‘Apnayn, 78, 4, (dgnditea) plun-
dering, pillage, i.e. the act of spoiling,
Heb. 10: 34. So Sept. for bya Ecc. 5:
7.—1 Mace. 13: 34. Herodian. 1. 11. 6,
Xen. Ag. 1. 30, 82—Metaph. of a dis-
position to plunder, rapacily, ravening,
Matt. 23: 25. Luke 11:39.—Xen. Cyr.
5, 2. 17, — Others, spoil, prey, as Sept.
for rit Js. 3: 14, and Herodian. 1. 10.
4. Xen: H. G. 2 2. 26.

100

Aggapeiv

_ “Aonaypos, ov, 8, (guste) wp-
i. q. dgnayn, robbery, the act of rapine,
Plut. de Puer. educ. c. 15. Tom. VI.
89, 11. ed. Reiske.—In N. T. trop. ob-
ject of rapine, something to be eagerly
coveted, Phil. 2: 6. — Others, plunder,
spoil, i.e, something to be acquired by
force, not merit.

‘Aonata, f. dow, sor. 1 pes.
fendady, but aor. 2 pass. Hendyyy, &
later form, Buttm. § 114. Winer §155
to seize upon, to snatch away, trans.

a) spoken of beasts of prey, 6 Aims
Ggnate té géfara, John 10: 12. So
Sept. for 70 Gen. 37: 33, Ez. 2225,
27.—Xen. Mem. 2.7. 14. — Metaph. lo
seize with avidity, Matt. 11: 12 abrir x.
niy aod. tir odigardy, implying the
eagerness with which the gospel was
received in the agitated state of men’s
minds ; comp. Luke 16: 16, and see Ols-
hausen in loc, — Herodian. 2. 6. 10.
ib, 2.9.3. Xen. An, 6. 5. 18,

b) spoken of what is snatched sud-
denly away; Matt. 13: 19. Jude %
dx rod mvpd¢ denatorsec, coll. Amos 4:
11. Zech. 3:2. So Sept. for 12 25am.
23; 21.—Xen. Cyr. 4, 6, 4.—In the sense
of to rob, to plunder, John 10: 28, 2.
Sept. for bya Ez. 18:7, 12, 16, 1.—
Xen, Anab. 1. 2. 25.

€) to carry away, to hurry off, s- by
force and involuntarily ; spoken of pet-
sons, John 6: 15. Acts 8: 39. 2%: 10.
2 Cor. 1% 2,4. 1 Thess. 4:17. Rev.
12:5, Sept. for tart Judg. 21: 21.—
Xen, Anab.4.3.6.° |

“Aonak, ayos, 6, %, adj. (dgrctes)
ravenous, spoken of wild beasts, 1#0
diynayes, a8 the symbol of wicked men,
Maw. 7:15. Sept. for 571 Gen. 49:27.
—Oppian. de Venat. 3. 293, — Metaph-

ious, extortionate, a robber, Luke
1811. 1 Cor. 5: 10,11. 6:10. — Ac
Thom. § 12. Ken. Mem. 3. 1. 6.

* AébaBav, voc, 5, (Heb.73372)
an earnest, a pledge, ec. given to ratify *
contract ; Sept. and Heh. Gen. 38: 17,
18, 20, Stobaei Serm. 42. Plut, Gelb
c. 14.—In N. T. metaph. spoken of the
privileges of Christians in this i
especially the gift of the Holy Spirit,
being an earnest, a pledge, of future

“Ad6
bliss in the Messiah's kingdom. 2Cor.
1:22 5:5. Eph. 1: 14—Stobaei Serm,
50 fuss Torts dgjafiva my tégymy

. toi Giv. Act. Thom. § 51 xagézur tig
rlovesds cou tov dgguBiive.

"Agoagos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and gczre,) not sewed, having no seam,
John 19: 23 6 yitdy Egsagos, i.e. not
made of two pieces, but woven whole,
and having no seams on the sides or
shoulders; comp. Josephus’ description
of the tunic of the high priest, Ant. 3.
7.4, Jabn § 120.

“AGéryy, evos, 6, and dgéev, +6,
adj. (Att. for the old or Ion. &gonr,
Buum. § 16. n, 4,) male, i.e. of the male
vex, Rom. 1: 27. Rev. 12: 5,18. Sept.
for 721 Lev. 27: 7, — Ecclus. 3& 21,
Jos, Aut. 7.7.2. Xen. Occ. 7, 18.

Agéytos, ov, 6, %, (@ pr. and
Gnr0s fr. gsiv,) unspoken, Hom. Od. 14.
466. wrong to be spoken, Eurip. Here.
Fur. 174, Hecub. 198. Heliodor. IX.
P.4%. _ secret, private, Diod. Sic, 2. 18.
—InN.T. ineffable, 2 Cor.
12 4.—Clem. Alex. Strom. 2.2 Satya
Sgdreor.

‘Aééestos, ov, 6,%, adj. (a pr.
and geivyuns) infirm, feeble, spoken of the
sick, Matt. 14:14. Mark 6: 5, 13. 16: 18.
1 Cor. 11: 30. So Sept. for particip.
sign 1 K. 14: 5. Mal. 1: 8—Ecclus. 7:
37. Xen. Occ. 4. 2,

*Agaevoxoltys, ou, 6, (iigony, xolrm
bed,) a sodomite, i.e. one who lies with
a male as with a female, 1 Cor. 6: 9,
1 Tim. 1: 10. coll. Rom. 1: 27.—Diog.
Laert. 6. 65.

“Agony, evos, 6, and dovey, 15,
‘old or Ton. form for the later Attic
6dr, Butt. § 16. n. 4,) male, i. 0. of
the male sex, Matt. 19: 4. Mark 10: 6,
Luke 2: 23, Rom. 1: 27 bis, Gal. 3: 28,
Sept. for 21 Gen. 1:27. Lev. 1:3.
3:1.—Hom. 11.8.7. Od.13.16. Anacr.
52.5. Soph, Trachin. 1212,
* Agteucs, G, 6, Artemas, pr. name
of a christian friend of Paul, Tit. 3:12,

“Agrepus, eos or 0S, %, Artemis,
the Greek name of Disna, the goddess
of bunting, ete. among the heathen. Bhe

101

“doros

had a splendid temple at Ephesus ; see
“Besos. Acts 19: 24, 27, 28, 34, 35.

“Aoréueor, ovos, 5, (dgrawtohoist,)
@ top-sail, supparum, Acts 27: 40.—Oth-
ers, a jib, dolon,

“Aor, adv.of time, (digo) now, i.e.

a) just now, even now, spoken of a
time just elapsed, Matt. 9: 18, Rev. 12
10. is the prevailing ong
Attic writers ; see Lob. ad. a. p. 18,
20. Herm. ad Viger. p. 386%q.—2 Mi
3: 2, Diod. Sic. 19. 102, ee
1.5, Mem. 3. 6. 10.

b) now, i.e. at present, at this moment.
Matt. 3: 15 ages dor, suffer it now, i. e.
for the present. 26: 53. John 9: 19, 25.
18 7 opp. to peta taitg. 13: 33, 37
opp. to toregor. 16: 12,31. 1 Cor. 13:
12 bis, Gets — tre. 16:7. Gal. 1:9, 10.
4:20, 1 Thess. 3:6. 2 Thess. 2:7.
1 Pet. 1: 6, 8.—Jos. Ant, 2 12. 2 dqpértes
ity Bore xaromotcr viv. 1, 61 Kanna-
Sonos piv Gots xéxdnvras. Theoer. Id.2.
104, Id. 23.26, Xen. An. 7. 4,7. —
Hence 4 Sgr Spa, the present Kime,
1 Cor. 4: 11. comp. Buttm. § 425. 6.— So
Ewe cote, until now, i.e. up to the
Present moment, Matt. 11: 12. John 2:
10. 5:17. 16: 24. r .
15 6. 1 John 2 9.— For en’ dors,
from now, henceforth, vee” Ancor.

“Aouyéryaros, ov, 5, 4, adj
(gts and yerratds fr. yerveie,) just born.
new born; -metaph. those who have
just embraced the christian faith, 1 Pet.
‘2 2. — pp. Lucian. D, Deor. Mar. 12. 1.

“deuos, ov, 6, %; adj. (aga, dgrs,)
perfect, complete, spoken of a religious
teacher, who should be wanting in
nothing, 2 Tim. 3: 17.—Theophr. H. Pl.
27. Hesych. dora’ dmngtiouira, ti
ua, mgoonpuocpive.

Aeros, ov, 6, bread, Heb. phy, vie.

a) geor, bread, @ loaf, plur. Soro,
loaves. See Calmet, art. Bread. Matt.
4:3, 4. 7:9. 14: 17, 19. 15: 34, 36.
Mark 6:41. John 21: 9, 13. al, saep.
Sept. for bry Gen. 14: 18. 1 Sam. 17:
17, al. — Xen. Mem. 2.7.5. — Spoken
of the shew bread, Matt. 12: 4. Heb. 9:
2 So Sept. and ph Lev. 24: 7.
1 Sam, 21: 4, 6. — Of the bread in the

"Agric .

sacred supper, Matt. 26: 26. Mark 14:
2. Luke 2% 19. 1 Cor. 10: 16, 17,
LL: 23, 26, 27, 28. — Metaph. 6 dgro¢
dx 10v ovgavoi, heavenly bread, i. e.
that divine and spiritual aliment pre-
sented to the life and soul of Christians
in the person of the Son of God, Jobn
6: 31—58, sce v. 51—56 ; hence com-
pared with manna v. 49, 58, coll. Ps.
78: 2425. Wisd.16:20. Others under-
-stand here intellectual aliment, doctrine,
wisdom, etc. comp. Prov. 9 5, Eoclue.
15: 8. 2A: 21.

b) from the Heb. food, i.e. any thing
for the sustenance of the body. Matt. 6:
IL Mark 6: 8,36. Luke 11:3. 2 Cor.
9:10. al. So Sept. and pty Ex. 16: 4,
15, 29, Is. 58: 7. al, — Ecelus. 34: 23,
24.—B0 dgros av téxvory, i. e. food des-
tined for the children, Matt, 15: 26.
Mark 7: 27.—So in the phrases gayeiv
“Grow Mark 3: 20. Luke 14:1, 15; and
Ggrov ZoOlew Matt, 15 2. Mark 7: 5,
to eat bread, i.e. to take food, to take a
meal, toeat, generally. Comp. Sept. and
th bow Gen. 87:24. 39:6. 1Sam.
20: 83." 1 K, 13: 8-23. — John 13: 18
rgsiye wet tuod Sgroy, who ealeth
bread with me, i.e. who is my familiar
friend ; quoted from Ps. 41: 10, where
Sept.6 doGlay ti digrous pov for, sant doin.
Hence digrov puytiv maga tiv0s, to eat
the bread of any one, i.e. to be aupported
by any one, 2 Thess. 3: 8. Compare
Sept. and Heb, 28am. 9: 7, 10. So téy
favréy tigroy éoPley, to eat one's own
read, i.e. to support one’s self, 2 Thess.
B12 AL

‘A prica, £. tau, (dgu,) to prepare

ly, to set in order, trans. e. g. an army
for battle, Hom. Il. 15. 308. In N. T.
und later writers, to prepare food etc. by
seasoning, to season, Mark 9: 50 and
Luke 14: 34, where it is spoken of re-
storing to salt its Pungency ; comp.
Matt. 5: 18. — Symmach. ijerepéror for
rip Cant. 6:2 Athen. IL p. 67. —
Metaph. Col. 4: 6 Lyog igropévos dda,
discourse seasoned with salt, i. e. appro-
priate, ealutary. -

"Aogakid, 5, indec. Arpharad,
Heb. 793574, & son of Shem, Luke 3:
36, Comp. Gen. 10: 22,24, 11: 10,12,

162

“Aoxi

Aozeyyedos, ov, 8, (Sexier and
Gyyshos,) an archangel, 1 Thess, 4:16.
Jude 9. ie. a chief angel, de rar
Goxértom, Heb. peiwN DUN Br Te,
Dan. 10: 13; or a great angel, 6 Gozur
5 dyas, Heb, danart ven, Dan. 12 1.
Of these there are said to be seven, who
stand immediately before the throne of
God, Luke 1:19. Rev. 8:2. Tob, 12:15;
who have authority over other angels,
Rev. 12:7; and are the patrons of par-
ticular nations, Dan. 10:13. 12:1. ‘The
names of three only are found in the
Jewish writings ; Michael, the patron of
the Jewish nation, Dan. 10: 13,21. 12:1.
Jude 9. Rev. 12:7. Gabriel, Dan. 8: 16.
9:21. Luke 1: 19,26, Raphael, Tob. 3:
17, 5&4, 8&2 91,5. 1215. The
book of Enoch adds that of Uriel, Lib.
Henoch. p. 187, 190, 191, 193,

* Aozaioe, ata, aiov, (dgx%,) an-
cient, old, of former days, of old time.
Matt. 5: 21, 27, 33, where Christ is
speaking of Jewish traditions. Luke
9: 8,19. Acts 15: 7,21. 21:16. 2 Cor.
5:17, 2 Per 2 5. Rev. 12: 9, 20:2
Sept. for pI 1K. 4:30. Is. 37: 26,
Lam. 1: 8 “"jn‘}p Is. 43: 18 —Ecclus,
9:12. 2 Mace. 6:42, Diod. Sic. 1. 6, 3L.
Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 1.

* Aozéhuoe, ov, 5, Archetaus, a
son of Herod the Great, by Malthace
his Samaritan wife, Jos. Ant, 17. 1. 3.
Herod bequeathed to bim his kingdom,
ib. 17.8.1,2, 4. B.J.1.33,8. but Au-
gustus confirmed him in the possession
of only the half of it, viz. Idumea, Ju-
dea, and Samaria, with the title of eth-
narch, 29ydoyns, ib. 17. 11.4. B. J. 2
6. 3, After about ten years, he was ban-
ished, on account of his cruelties, to
Vienne in Gaul, Jos. B. J. 2.7.3; and
his territories were reduced to the form
of a Roman province under the procu-

srator Coponius. ib. 2.7. 3, and 2 8.1.
In N.TT. he is said Bacideveiy, to be king,
Matt. 2: 22, referring to the interval im-
mediately after the death of Herod,
when he assumed the title of king.

Aozi, is, 4, beginning, viz.

a) spoken of time, the beginning, com-
mencement, Matt. 24:8. Mack: 1. 13:
9. Heb, 7:8. Sept. for HtYN4 Job 40:

“Aori

Xen, Cyr. 5.5.16. Mem. 2. 1.
Hence agyny Aapeir, to begin, Heb. 2:
3. So Philo de Vit Mos. I. p. 614.

Ael. Vv. i, 2. 28. Polyb. 1.12, 9,—Jobn «

211 iy dezgiy tay onpelary, i.e. the first
miracle. Heb. 3: 14 niy deziy wis tno
oréasas, for viv indotuawy tiv ody,
i.e. our first confidence, our faith as
at the first; Buttm. § 123. n.4. So
Heb. 5: 12 1 oroigtion tis Sexi, ie
td oto1y. ta media, first

ments ; Butta, l. c. Heb, 6. 1. — With
Prepositions ete. viz.

(a) cin’ cigync, from the beginning,
viz. (1) of all things, from everlasting ;
Matt. 19: 4, 8. Jobn 8: 44, 1 John 3: 8,
or more fully dx’ dezijs tod xdopov v.
tijs xtloeas, Matt. 24: 21, Mark 10: 6.
13: 19, 2 Pet. 3:4. So Sept. for DIR
Hab. 1:12, wXqn Ece. 3:11. py
Is, 43: 18. — Herodot. 2. 104, 113, —
(2) of any particular thing, e. g. of the
gospel dispensation, or of christian ex-
perience, from the first; Luke J: 2.
John 15: 27, 2 Thess, 2: 13. 1 John 1:
1, 2 7 bis, 13, 14, 24 bis. 3: 11. 2 Jobn
5,6. of life, Acts 26: 4,

(8) é» coy7, in the beginning, ec. of
all things, of the world, Jobn 1: 1, 2.
So Sept. and n°zin33 Gen. 1: 1.—8o
of any particular thing, e. g. of the gos-
pel dispeneation or of christian experi-
ence, at the first, Acts'J1: 15. Phil. 4:
15.—Diod. Sic. 19. 110. Polyb, 4. 76. 8

(y) 2 oxic, from the degin

the first, e. g. of Christ’s ninistry,
John 6: 64. 16: 4. — Xen. Mem. 1.
4,5. 46.97.

(3) xox’ cipydic, at the beginning, 2c.
of all things, of old, Heb. 1: 10. So
Sept. for ovzp> Ps, 102 26. oyp Ps.
119: 151.—Piut/Solon.c.3. Plato The-
set. p. 185. B. Polyb. 4, 52.7.

(e) accus, ry» cpy7y, adverbially,
att the beginning, at first, Sept. for M571
Gen, 43: 18, 20. Dan. 8: 1. Jos. B. J.1.
3.1. Herodian.3,1.15.—Hence in N. T.
Srom the very beginning on, i.e. through-
cut, wholly. John & 25 wiv doriy ots
xat ald ipiy, wholly that which I also
aay unto you. See Olshausen and Kui-
noel in loc.—Philo de Spec. Leg. p. 796.
Herodot. 4. 25,28. 80 dozyv Herodot.
1, 9,193. Comp.'Herm. ad Vig. p. 80,

103
7a
14. mbrtp Hos. 1: 2. — Polyb. 3.1.1. “93, 80] — Others, that which 1 said to 8 2 0.

“Aornres

you from the beginning ; but then it
should read,’ 3,15 xad tiv cozy» lode
‘piv.

b) spoken by meton. of abstr. for’
coner. spoken of persons etc. the Jfirst,
primus, Col. 1: 18 &¢ dow deri, mee
‘tordxos éx rar vexgsiv.. So Sept. dey
adxven, first-born, for NV Gen. 49: 3..
Deut. 21: 17. — So dey xai iho, the
beginning and the end, i.e. the first and
the last, Rev. [1:8] 21: 6,” 2 13;
comp. under “4.—Rev. 3:'14 4 dort tis
xtloews, coll. Prov. 8: 2. — ‘Theophil:
ad Autol. lib. 2p. 88, obtos [2dyog] 1d
yetae doxh, Ste Gores xa xuguetes navror

OF aitov ivory, Tatian. Orat.
ad Graec. p. 144. Clem. Alex. Pro-
trept. 1.

¢) epoken of place, the extremity, cor-
ner, ©. g. of a sheet, Acts 10: 11. 11: 5.
So Sept. for }id 2 Chr. 20:17, Mp
Ez. 48:1, mzp Ex. 28: 23. 39: 15.—
Philo de Vit. Mis. I p. 638, Diod. Sic.
1, 85. Herodot. 4. 60,

4) spoken of dignity, the firat place, i.e.
power, dominion, Luke 20: 20. Sept. for
sibuay Gen. 1:16. Jer. 34:1. Mic.
4: 8.—Jos. Ant, 4. 6.11. Xen. Mem, 1.
1. 16, ib. 4. 6. 12—In the sense of pre-
eminence, precedence, princedom, Jude 6
Byyehous BI Inghoavtas Ty favréy
Sexy. So Sept. viok puldcvorts ry
eziy, 1 Chr. 26: 10. Comp. Sept. Gen.
6 2 Jos, Ant. 1.3.1. Fabric. Cod.
Poeud. V.T. I. p. 529, 179 eq. — By
meton. of abetr. for concrete, rulers,
magistrates, princes, etc. i. e. persons of”
influence and authority ; e. g. ¢ivil ru-
Jers, Luke 12: 11. 31. 80
and wx Mic. 3: 1.—Jos. Ant. 4, 8 16.
Herodian. 8, 6. 18. Xen. Cyr. 1.2 12
— Spoken of the princes or chiefs
among angels, Eph. 1: 2%. 3:10. Col.
210. among demons, I Cor. 15: 24.
Eph. 6:12, Col. 2: 15. genr. the powers
of the other world,Rom.8:38. Col. 1:16.
Comp. *Exovels.

“Aoynyos, ov, 6 (eer, Ey) one
who makes a beginning, i. ©.
a) the author, source, cause of any
thing, Acts 8:15. Heb. 2:10. 122
So Sept. for ney Mic. 1: 13. —

1 Mace. 9: 61. 10: 47. Jos, Ant. 7.9. 4

“Aoye-
molds dornyis xexitr, Xen. H. G, 8.
35.

b) a leader, chief, prince, ete. Acts
5: 31, comp. 236 and Eph. 1: 206q.
Sept. for “ip Is 30: 4. Judg. 5: 15.
stapB 2 Chr. 23: 14. — Thue, 1, 132.
Dem. 1378. 6.

"Axi, an inseparable particle
from dpyt, prefixed to names of office
or dignity like our Arch-, which is
equivalent to it and derived from it.

A pxregatixds, 7, Ov, (aexuegets,)
belonging to the high priest, pontifical,
Acts 4: 6.—Jos. Ant. 4, 4, 7. ib. 6. 6. 3.
ib. 35. 3.1. ,

. "Aoxegevs, eas, 6, (dex 4-v-
and iegets,) a high priest, chief priest, pon-
tifer maximus. Sept. for 549953 [121
Lev. 4:3; more usually iegets’ 0 péyos,
Lev. 21: 10, Num. 35: 25. al_—Esdr. 9:
40. 1Macc. 10:20. Jos. Ant.3.7.
coll. Pol. 23. 1. 2, ib, 32. 22, 5,—In N.T.

a) the high priest of the Jews, Matt.
26: 3, 62, 63, 65. Mark 2: 26, Luke 22:
50. al. By the original divine appoint-
sent he was to be of the family of Aa-
ron, Ex. 29:9. For his duties etc. see
Jahn § 366—370. Calmet, art. Priest.
—In the time of the Romans the office
had become venal and was given even
to foreign Jews ; 2 Mace. 4:7. Jos. Ant.
45,31. It was also no longer for life ;
‘go that there were often eeveral persons
living at one time who had borne
the office, and still retained the title of
high priests, Jos. Ant. 20. 9. 2. coll. 15.
3.1. see Krebs Obs, in N. T. e Jos. p. 3,
114, 178, There appears aleo to have
been a . & vicar or substitule
for the high priest, to perform his duties
on certain occasions; Buxtorf. Lex.
Chald. 8. voc. Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad
Luke 3:2. Jahn § 366, Krebs |. c.
p. 175, coll. Jos. Ant. 17.6.4. Such a
substitute is not expressly mentioned in
the scriptures, though such a person
seems to be implied in the mz 77j2
2K, 25:18, Jer. 52: 24. — In one of
these senses Annas is called high priest,
Luke 3:2. John 18: 13. Acts 4: 6.

b) @ chief priest, as spoken of those
who were at the head of the twenty-four
classes of priests mentioned 1 Chr. c.24,
and who are there called Spyortss tiv

104

* Apyepledaos

mexpuiin tibv lapsizy, v.6. So Jos, Ant
20.8.8. B.J.4.3.6. comp. Krebele.
p. 3, — Matt. 2: 4. 26: 3. Mark 1d: 1.
Luke 22:2. al. eaep.—These were mem-
bers of the Sanhedrim, and indeed the
expressions deziepeis xal yoouporis
Matt.24. al. and dpzugels xed @apacais

* John 7: 32, 45. al. seem to be pat by

way of circumlocution for 10 curpen,
the Sanhedrim ; and in some instances
the word deziagtic appears to be used by
itself in a general sense to denote the
same council ; as John 12: 10, coll. II:
47, Jahn § 244. 1.

c) in the Ep. to the Heb. ¢. 17.
3:1. 4:14, 5:5, 6:20. et passim, Chret
is called dgytegec and compared with
the high priest of the Jews, as having
offered up himself a sacrifice for sin;
comp. Heb. 9:7, 11,12 Au.

“Apyinotuny, evos, 6, (agxr wud
mousty,) a chief shepherd; metapb. of
Christ as the chief teacher of religion
and head of the church, 1 Pet. 5: 4.

“Apyinos, ov, 5, trekippus, ©
name of a Christian, Col. 4:17. Phir
lem. 2.

Apzovvayayos, ov, &, (ser
and cwaywyi,) a ruler or moderator of
the synagogue, i.q. & Goxon vis Tu
yoyiis (Luke 8: 41). There were #t-
eral eldere in each synagogue, whos
duty it was to preserve order, and (0
select and invite persons to read ©
speak in the assembly; comp. Acts 13:15.
The presiding elder was called cgz7~-
»dyoyog; though the name is sometit
applied to them all; see Jahn § 372
Vitringa de Synag. Vet. lib. 2. c. 1—
Mark 5: 22, 35, 36, 38. Luke 8: 49. 1
14, Acts 13: 15. 18: 8, 17.

* Moyerdercav, ovos, 6, (gx 4
isco) an archilect, master-builde,
1 Cor. 3: 10. — Sept. for <i9n Is. 2
—Ecclus. 38:30. Xen. Mein. 4.2.10.

*"Aozeredayng, ov, 5, (dex 4
talomis,) @ chief publican, i.e. a farmes
or chief collector of the taxes, Luke 1%
2, See Jahn § 242,

"Aoyupzlaaos, ov, 5, (ser
and tpizlivos, Lat. triclinium ; 90 Ct
met art. Eating, and Adam’s Rom. Ast

“Apyo

“p. 496,) the master of a feast, Lat. magis-
ter convivii, Adam’s Ant. p. 456 the
person who had the direction of an en-
tertainment, arranged the guests, etc.
John 2 8, 9 bis, Comp. Ecelus. 35: 1,
where he is called jjyotyeros. By the
Greeks he was called ovproclagzos,
oupnoolov éniuslnrys, teamtLonosds, etc.
Potter Gr. Ant. IL. p. 386. So Pollux
Ovom, 3. 41, p. 287, § 8 nértey sir
egh nyy botlacsy én > Tyee
Tomords. ib. 6. 13, p. 570.

"Aexze, £. bu, (deri) to begin, to be
frat in any thing, Xen. Conv. 7.1, In
N. T, to be firat in rank, dignity, ete. i.e.
to rule, to reign, c. c. gen. Mark 10: 42.
Rom. 15:12, Sept. for bin Gen. 1: 18.
Deut. 15: 6.—1 Mace. 1: 4. “Xen. Mem.
2.6, 25, ib. 4. 6, 12 — Mid. deyouas,
to begin, intrans, and followed by an
infinitive expressed or implied.

a) genr, Matt. 4: 17 Jigtato xygtocay.
Ui: 7,20, Mark 1: 45. Luke 4: 21,
Acts 1: 1.al.ssep. Sept. for $m] Gen,
6:1. 9:20. dim Deut. 1: 5. — Jos.
Ant 11. 7.1, Xen, Mem. 3.6. 3, 4.
Oece. 11. 8. — Lake 328 4 qv 6 "Ingots
sizah ériév touixorra dexéuaros, and Jesus
was beginning, entering upon, [the age

of] about thirty years, where the gen.

étay may be governed by évig under-
ood, or by dgzéuevos, as Jos, Ant. 7.

1 EgzeoGas pazns. — By Hebraism,
beta implying difficulty ete, to at-
tempt, to undertake, to venture, Mark 6: 7.
10: 28, 32, Luke 3:8. So Sept. and
Pa Gen, 18: 27. biyry Judg. 10:

b) part. dgfdusyog c.c. infin. and
G76 weq. gen. beginning from, express-
ing the terminus a quo, the point of de-
Parture in a narration, transaction, etc.
See °4n0 1.1. b. Matt. 20: 8 dnodog
ped dokdperos dd tiv daydreor, be-

sing from or at the last. Luke 23: 5.
Sear John 8&9. Acts 1: 22, 8: 35,
10:87. aloo Luke 24: 47 dgtiperov db

‘Ingovcadsjp, where the neut. isthe case

abeol. Buttm. § 145. n. 4,7. Herodot. 3.
91. or it may depend on smguy Sivas,
Bo Bept. destuevos for bt74] Come 44: 12,
—Theophr. Char. 2, Xen. Mem. 2.1.1.
s- Be the verb, 1 Pet. 4: 17 xaupos rob
Epkaodas 76 xghua Gnd sod olvov tod

4...

105

"Aoadevtos
S08. So Sept. for byry Ez. & & —
Xen, Mem. 3.5.15. Ax.

“Aozov, ovsoc, & (particip. of
Goze,) one first in power, authority
dominion ; hence a ruler, lord, prince,
chief person ; genr. Matt. meee At ‘acc
4:28. Rom. 13:3. 1 Cor. 26,8. Sept.
for ‘Tha Gen. 49: 20. Num. 2% 91.

fs. 14:5. NIM Gen. 25: 16. “ip
& 12 15, 2 Chr. 8: 9.— Xen. Cyr.
1, 2,2. Mem. 3, 9, 11.—Spoken of the
Messiah, as king of kings, Rev. 1: 5.
of Moves as a judge, Acts 7: 27, 35. as
the leader of Israel Acts 7:35,—Spoken.
of magistrates of any kind, e.g. the
high priest Acts 23: 5. of civil judges,
Luke 12 58. Acts 16: 19, — Herodian.
4.4.1, Xen. Cyr. 1.2.5.— Ofa ruler
of the synagogue, Luke 8: 41. Matt. 9
18, 28, coll. Mark 5: 22, So of persons
of weight and influence among the
Pharisees and other sects at Jerusalem,
who also were members of the Sanhe-
drim, Luke 14:1. 18:18, 2% 13, 35.
24: 20, John 3: 1 coll. 7: 45, 50.—John
7: 26, 48. 12:42. Acts 317. 45,8.
13: 27, 14:5, 80 Sept. for 630,
magnates, Neh, 4: 8, 13. 5:7. and Jos,
Ant. 20. 1. 2 Sezortss ‘Tegocolysstey.
—Spoken of the chief of the fallen an-
gels, Satan, dyer réir 3 Matt.
934, 12:24, ier ae Coke tt 15,
called lso deze 100 xécpov rovrov,
as ruling in the hearts of worldly and
wicked men, John 12 31, 14: 30, 16:
11. also &pzew tig eovolag tod dégos,
i.e. lord of the powers of the air, sc. of
the deemons who dwell and rule in the
atmosphere, Eph. 2 2

‘A pwpa, arog, 16, (ge) aroma-

tics, spices, spicery, e.g. myrth and aloe,
John 19: 40 coll. v. 39, Mark 16 1.
Luke 23: 56. 24: 1. Sept. for
2K. 20:13. 2Chr. 9: 1,9. Cent, 4: 10,
16, — Jos. Ant. 3, 1.6. Xen. Anab, 1.
5.1.
*Aod, 4, indec. Asa, Heb. ROK
(medicus), a pious king of Judah, Matt,
1: 7,8 Seel K. 15: 9—24. 2 Chr.
c. 14—16,

* Aoadevtos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (0 pr.
and calsien) unshaken, immoveable, Acts
‘27: 41. Metaph. firm, enduring, Heb.12:

“AoBestos

28.—Diod. Bic. 2, 48 dizv9aglar dagy-
Larrovexs dodlevtoy.

“AoBeutrog, ov, 6,4, adj. (a pr.
and oféyvvys,) not extinguished, Strabo
IX. p.606. In N. T. unquenchable,
spoken of fire, i. e. pe eternal,
Matt. 3:12. Mark 9: 43, 45. Luke 3:
17. Comp. Matt. 19: 8.—Hom. Od. 4.
584.

"Avera, as, i, (doxpri,) implety,
ungodliness, either in thought or action,
Rom, 1: 18. 11: 26. 2Tim. 2. 16. Tit.
2:12, So the genitive as adj. Jude 15,
18, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. Sept. for
smat Ez. 16:57. swim Jer. 5:6, Ez.
QU 24. yai9 Prov. 4:17. Ecc. 8: 8.
—Diod. Sic. 13. 90. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 6.

* AasBéo, 0, f-rou, (doxfrs,) to be
ungodly, to live impiously, intrans. 2 Pet.
2:6, Jude 15. Sept. for »vip Zeph. 3:
12. yy Dan. 9: 5.—Jos. Ant. 9. 13, 1.
Diod. Sic. 1. 77. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 10

*AoeBys, ee, ovs, 5, 4, adj. (a
pr.and gifouar,jimpious, ungodly, wicked,
1Tim. 1:9. 1 Pet. 4: 18, 2 Pet. 2: 5.
3:7, Jude 4,15 bis. Implying exposure
to punishment, Rom. 4: 5. 5:6. Sept.
for 3¢)1p Hos. 14: 10. yu Ps. 1: 1.
Jer ‘5: 26.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 8.27, Mem.1.

* Aoéhysc, eg, %, (doedyrs,) excess,
immoderation, intemperance, in any thing,
©. g.

a) in language, etc. arrogance, inso-
lence, Mark 7: 22.—3 Mace. 2: 26. Jos,
Ant. 4, 6, 12dodhyea tar doy

b) in general conduct, licentiousness,
madness, 2 Pet. 2: 2 tats cotlysiowg in
later edit. for tats dmmhelorg.—Jos, Ant,
aed 1 dodhyse xai porta. Dem. 131.

¢) particularly tantonness, lascivious
ness, Rom. 13: 13. 2 Cor. 12: 21. Gal.
5: 19. 2 Pet. 2 7, 18.—Wisd. 14; 26.—
In a wider sense, debauchery, dissolute-
ness, in general, Eph. 4:19. 1 Pet. 4:3.
Jude 4.

_Aonpos, ov, 6,4, adj. (a pr. and
o7ps,,) without mark, Sept. Gen. 30: 42.

of money, unslamped, Sept. Job 42: 11.
Herodot. 9. 41. In N. T. metaph. ob-

scure, ignoble, mean, Acts 21: 39.—Eu-

106

" Aoderéco

rip. Ion. 8 diy ox Gomsor. Herodian.
1.9. 12. 7

” dong, 6, indes. Asher, Heb. “wt
(blessed), eighth son of Jacob, Lake
36. Rev. 7: 6, Comp. Gen. 30: 13.

* Aoteveaa, elas, % (do8sris,)
want of strength, infirmity, weakness, viz.

a) genr. Rom. 6: 19. 1 Cor. 15: 43.
2Cor. 11: 30 14 tis doSerelas pow, i. gq.
tiy doStvaay pou, Buttm. § 128. n. 2
2 Cor. 12:5, 9 bis, 10. — Spoken of the
weakness and infirmity of human na-
ture generally ; 2Cor. 13: 4. Heb. 4:
15. 5:2. 7: 28.—Sept. Job 7: 37. He-
rodot. 8, 51.

b) apec. infirmity, sc. of the body, i. e.

i sickness, Matt. 8:17. Luke 5:
15, 8:2. 18:12, John 5:5. 11:4, Acts
28: 9, 1 Tim. 5: 23. Heb. 11: 34. Luke
13: 11 mveiiue doSevedag, i.e. an evil spir-
it causing disease, coll. v. 16, — 2 Mace.
9:21,22, Herodian. 1.4.16. Xen. Mem.
4,2, 32,

c) trop. of the mind, feebleness, de-

pression, want of , 1 Cor, & 3
for The Ece. 1%: 4.

Sept. dod. paniic for >
—Xen. Ag. 9. 5.

4) by impl. sorrow, affliction, distress,
producing depression and perplexity of
mind, Rom. 8: 26. Gal.4: 13, 80 Sept.
for n3xy Ps.16:4. diva Jer. & I.

"Aodevéeo, &, £. jow, (doSeris)
to want strength, to be infirm, weak, feeble,
viz,

a) genr. Rom. 8:3 & @ jodéve, in
that it was weak, i.e. not adapted to the
proposed end. 2 Cor. 13:3. Sept. for
Stay 1Sam.2 5. Lam. 2 8 by
2Bam, 3:1.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 2. 28.— So
to be accounted weak, 2 Cor. 13: 4, 9.

b) spec. to be infirm in body, i. e., to
be sick, to labour with disease, Matt. 10:
8. 25: 36. Mark 6:56. Luke 4: 40. 7:
10. 9:2 John 4: 46, 5:8, 7. 6: 2. 1:
1, 2,3, 6, Acts 9: 37. 19:12, Phil. &
26, 27, 2 Tim. 4: 20. James 5: 14.
Sept. for mtn Judg. 16: 7, 11, 17. Ez.
34: 4—Diod. Sic, 3. 46. Polyb. 31. 21.
7. Xen, An. 1.1.1.

c) trop. of the mind, to be feeble-
minded, faint hearted, timid, 2 Cor. 11:
21. So Sept. for $25 Is. 7:4.—1 Mace.
11: 49. Xen. Hiero 1. 23.—By Hebra-
ism, implying a want of firmness and

‘AP érnua

decision of mind, to be weak-minded, |. 0.
to doubt, to hesitate, to vacillate, spoken
of thoee whose minds are easily dis-
turbed, Rom. 14:2,21. 1 Cor. 8: 9, 11,
12, So doSmuiy 1 mlotes, to be weak,
not settled, in the faith, Rom. 4:19. or én
opinion, Rom. 14:1. So Sept. for bss
to totter, (see Gesen. Lex.) Ps. 27: 2.
Jer. 50: 82. Hos. 14: 2.

d) by impl. to be afflicted, to be dis-
tressed, sc.by want, oppression, calamity,
etc. Acts 20:85. 2Cor. 11: 29 bis,

12:10, gBo Sept. and bv> Job 4: 4.,

Pe. 107: 12. Dan. 11: 33, 34, 35.

*Aadérnuc, arog, 16, (dodevie,
perf. pass. joSévnuas,) pp. infirmity ;
metaph. doubt, scruple, hesitation, Rom.
15:1, See *AoSein c.

* Aaterys, éoc, ous, 6, %, adj. (a
pr. and oSivos,) without strength, infirm,
weak, feeble, viz.

fa) genr. Matt. 26: 41 4 det doSenic
dor, the flesh is weak, 3 ive. un-
equal to the task. Mark 14: 38. 1 Pet.
3: 7. Sept. for 199 Num. 13:19. Job
4:3, bow Bz. 17/14 — Wied, 2 11.
Jos. Ant. "3. 1.3. Herodian. 2, 10. 13.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4, 6,—Including the idea
‘of imperfection, 1 Cor. 12: 22, Gal. 4: 9.
Heb. 7:18. So neut. as subst. 1 Cor.
1:25 10 dodtwis tov Seod. v. 27 1a
09: 106 xdoyov, spoken of men.
Buttm. § 123. 3.

b) spec. infirm in body, sick, diseased,
Matt. 25: 39, 43,44. Luke 10:9. Acts
4:9. 5:15, 16. 1 Cor. 11: 30.

¢) trop. of the mind, faint-
timid, 2 Cor. 10:10. Comp. 11: 21 and
1 Cor. 2 3. — Implying a want of de-
cision and firmness of mind, weak-
minded, i. 0. doubling, hesitating, vacil-
Uating, in opinion or in faith, 1 Cor. 8:
7,10. 9:22 bis. 1 Thess. 5:14. See
in *Aoderiw c.

d) by impl. afficted, distressed, sc. by
oppression, calamity, etc. 1 Cor. 4: 10,
comp. v. 9,11 8q. Sept. for "29 Prov.
22:22. 30:14. "29 43 Prov. 31:5.—In
a moral sense, cached, diseared, ie.
in a state of sin and wretchedness,
Rom. 5:6 Bray judy doSwar, i,q.

Epagreney Sys, fy. in v. 8,

107

* doegyrs

‘dole, as, 4, Asia, i.e. mN.T,
Asia Minor, comprehending the prov-
inces of Phrygis, Ci Pamphylie,
Caria, Lycia, Lydia, Mysia, Bithynia,
Paphlagonia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Ly-
caonia, and Pisidia, On the western
coast were more anciently the countries
of Aolia, Ionia, and Doris, the names
of which were retained, although the
countries were included in the later prov-
inces of Mysia, Lydia, and Caria. Many
Jews were scattered over these regions ;
as appears from Acts, and from Jos.
Ant. 12.3.2, 14.10.11. 16. 2.3.—In
N. T. Asia is pat

8) for the whole of Asia Minor, Acta
19: 26, 27, 21:27, 24:18. 27:2, Rom.
16: 5 iu later edit.

b) for proconsular Asia, i.e. the re-
gion of Ionia, of which Ephesus was
the capital, and which Strabo also calls
Asia, lib. 14. init. Acts 2: 9. 6:9. 16:
19: 10, 22, 20: 4, 16,18. (1 Cor. 16: --
19, 2 Cor. 1:8.) 2 Tim. 1:15. 1 Pet. ».

4,1

provinces of Phrygia, Mysia, Caria,
and Lydia. Pro Flace. 27.

Aocavos, ov, 6%, adj. Ariatic, ie.
belonging to Asia Minor, Acts 20: 4.

> Aad, <> x

Aadezns, ov, 8, (’Aala, oxen)
an Asiarch, Acts 19: 31. — Strabo 14.
p. 960.—In the eastern provinces of the
Roman empire, persons of wealth
were annually appointed to preside
over the public worship, and to exhibit

and theatrical amusements at

their own expense in honour of the gods,
in the manner of the Roman aediles,
These officers received their titles from
the provinee to which they belonged, as
Zugideyns 2 Macc. 1% 2, Avauigyns,
Powders, Kaguigxns, etc. and of
course, in proconsular Asia, they were
called “Aciexas, They were ten in
number, selected by the’cities and ap-
proved by the proconsul ; of whom one
was the chief Asiarch and always re-
sided at Ephesus the capital ; the others
were his colleagues and advisers.
Comp. Euseb. Hist. Ecc. IV. 15. Wes-
seling Diss. de Asiarchis, Ultraj. 1753.
‘Wetstein and Kuinoel in loc.

?

weet wee oy

* doula

“Aorta, ag, 4%, (a pr. and git0s,)
abstinence from food, fasting, Acts 27:
21. Comp. v. 34—36, Jos. Ant. 12. 7.
1, Aristot. Rhet. 10. 9.

, "Aaeroe, ov, 6,4, adj. (see dcstta,)
not taking food, fasting, Acts 27: 33. —
Jos. Ant. 6. 14. 6. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.46,

* Aoxée, 0, £.s0w, to work up with
skill, ec. raw roaterials, e. g. elie Hom.
Il. 8, 388. to exercise, to practise, sc. an
art, ¢.g. njr inmnjy Xen. Mag. Eq. 1.
19. and 80 co ay io Xen. Mem. 1.
2.19. youzds nedc égeriy Jos, Ant. 4.
8. 41.—Hence in N. T. with the reflex.
pron. implied, (Buttm. § 130. n. 2,) to
exercise one’s self in any thing, seq. é
c. dat. i.e. to endeavour, to strive, Acts
24: 16—Symmach. for M02 Judg. 3: 1.
Xen. Mem. 2.1.6. Ag. Il. 4,

“Aoxoc, ov, 5, a bottle vc. of skin,
for water, wine, etc. like the oriental

. bottles of the present day ; sce Calmet
art. Bottle. — Matt. 9:17 quater. Mark
2% quater. Luke 5:37 ter, 38, Sept.
for 2 Josh. 9: 4,13, $3 Jer. 13:
12.—Jos. Ant. 1. 12. 3, Hom. 11.3, 247.
Herodot. 2. 121. Xen, An. 3. 5. 9.

* Aopdving, adv. (jonas, perf. part.
pase, joplvos,) gladly, with joy, Acts 2
41. 91:17, comp, Luke 8: 13.—2 Mace.
4:12 Jos Ant. 4.6.7, Xen. Mem. 3.
11.10. Ag. 9.8.

“Aoogos, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
8—p05,) ) unwise, i.e. without true wisdom
in Christ,Epb. 5: 15 —Xen.Mem. 3.9. 4.

“ Aonalouat, £. doopes, depon.
Mid. (once) pp. to draw to one’s self,
Hom. Od. 3.85. Hence to embrace, to

sale, trans, spoken of those who meet

o who separno. Ja the former case
jews sai t+} Judg. 19: 20.
Dav. 10: 19, mbes 2 Sam.
20: 9, coll. 1 San. 25: '
Ruth & 4, in N.T.
24: 36, John 20: 19, coll. Luke 10: 5.
Matt. 10: 12. — In the lator ca they
eaid oie
Bogs tye Judg. 18:6. in'N.T. trays
aignrty Mark 5: 34.—In N.T. spoken
“o sy of the those who meet, or are present,

ete, to aalute, to welcome, to greet, Matt.

108

“Aonls

10; }2, Mark 9:15. Luke 1: 40. 10: 4.

Acts 21: 19. Sept. for pibe> bare
Ex 18:7. Judg. 18: 15.— 1 Mace. 75
19, 33. 11: 6 Jos. Ant. 12.4.3. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 1. — Including the idea of to
visit, to pay one’s respects to, Acts 18:
22. 21:7, 25: 13.—Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 1.—
So to salute with a kiss, ty pulsar,
Rom. 16: 16. 1 Cor. 16: 20. 2 Cor. 13:
12. 1 Pet. 5: 14.—Spoken of the salute
given to a king, homage, accompanied
with prostration, Mark 15: 18, coll. v. 19.
—Jos, Ant. 10, 10, 5.

b) of those who separate, to Bake Leave
Of, to bid adieu, Acts 20:1. 21: 6.—Xen.
Anab. 7. 1. 40,

c) of sajutations sent by letter, etc.
Rom, 16: 3—23. 1 Cor. 16: 19 bis, 20.
2 Cor. 13:12. Phil. 4:21 bis, 22. Col.
4:10, 12, 14, 15, 1 Thess. 5:26. 2 Tim.
4:19, 21, Tit.3: 15 bis. Philem. 23.
Heb. 13: 24 bis. 1 Pet. 5:13. 2 Jobo
18. 3 John 15 bis.

d) by impl. to love, to treat with affec-
tion, Matt. 5: 47.—Herodot, 1. 122. Ael.
V.H.9. 4, Xen. Ag. 11. 3, where it ie
opp. to msosiy.

e) spoken of things, to welcome, fo
embrace, i.e. to receive gladly, e. g. ta¢
érayyellas, Heb. 11: 13.—Jos. Ant. 6
5.3 tyy ebvo. 7.8.4 tous Loyos.
Eurip. fon. 587.

* Asnaopos, ov, 4, (dometopes,)
salutation, greeting, either oral or by let-
ter, Matt. 23: 7. Mark 12: 38. Luke 1:
29,41, 44, 11: 43, 20:46. 1 Cor. 16
21, Col. 4:18. 2 Thess, 3 17.—Act.
Thom. § 11.

ntettdoe ou, 6, %, adj. (e pr. and

.) spotless, without blemish, spoken

or a victim, and trop. pf Christ, 1 Pet.

: 19,—Herodian. 5. 6.16. Greg. Naz.

Orat. 17, 325, — Metaph. unblemished,

pure ; spoken of doctrine, 1 Tim. 6: 14.

of moral conduct, James 1: 27, 2 Pet.
&14, .

* Aonke, Hos, %, an asp, a species
of serpent of the most deadly venom,
Rom, 3:14. Sept. for sway Pal40: 4.
7nQ Deut 32 32 + Hy Is. 30: 6.
5215by Is, 59: 5.—Ael. H. An, 1, 54, —
In Sept. and Greek writers also a shield,
Sept. for 737) 1 Chr. 5: 18. 1 Mave, Ht:
WA, Xen. Mem. 3, 9, 2,

“Aenovdog

“Aonovdos, ov, 6,4, adj. (a pr.
and oxovdy; libation, league, compact,)
without treaty, i.e. informal, Thue. 1.37.
ib. 5. 32. In N. T. averse to any com-
pact, i.e. implacable, Rom. 1:31, 2 Tim.
& 3. — Joa. Ant. 4. 8.24 éSeoig dom.
Philo de Charit.IT. p. 397.18 Gon. molé-
mot, Dom. 314, 16. Polyb. 1, 65. 6.

* Asoaguoy, (ov, +6, assarion, Lat.
as, Rabb. “°K, 2 brass coin, equal to

one tenth of the «lenarius or dazu, i.e.*

tonearly 1jcent. Comp. in’ Apyipuoy c.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p, 492, 498. Wood
in N.T. to denote the most trifling value,
like our mite, farthing, etc. Matt. 10:29.
Luke 12: 6.—Dion, Hal. 9. p-586. ib.10.
P- 674. Comp. Kypke I. p. 57 oq,

* daooy, adv. (compar. of #yz+ near,
Buttm. §115. 7,) nearer, next, i.e. close to,
Acts 27: 13. — Jos. Ant. 1.20.2. Hom.
Tl, 1. 335. Herodot. 3, 52. ib. 4.5.

“Asvog, ou, 4, Assos, a maritime
city of Myeia in Asia Minor, situated on
the Aigean sea about nine miles below
‘Troas, Acts 20: 13,14, It was also
called Apollonia; Plin. 5. 80.

*"Aorarke, dy £. joe, (Sorat0s un-
stable, wandering ; fr. a pr. and irrmy)
to have no fixed residence, to wander with-
out a home, intrans, 1 Cor. 4: 11. —

Spoken of the soa, to be tossed, agitated,
Appian, Bell. Syr. p. 221.

“Asteioe, ov, 5, %, adj. (&orw,) ur
bane, polished, Xen. Cyr. 2.2.12. In
N. T. elegant, and spoken of external
fornn, fair, beautiful, Heb. 11:23. Acts
7: 20 doteiog 1H 926, i.e. by Hebr, ez
ceedingly fair ; comp. for the beauty of
Moses, Ex. 2:2. Jos. Ant. 2.9. 6,7. and
for the idiom*comp. Sept. papain 1G
‘9eG for n° tNt Jon.3:3. Gesen.Lebrg.
P. 698, d. Stuart § 456.—Sept. for 210
Ex. 2 2—Judith 11: 23, Aristaenet. 1.
4,19. of a garment, Herodian. 4, 12. 4,

“Aommo, €0, 6, a star, spoken
of fixed stars, planets, meteors, etc.
Matt. 2: 2,7, 9,10. 1 Cor, 15: 41 ter,
Rev. & 13, 8:12. 1%1,4. On Matt.
i: 29 Mark 13: 25, comp. Joel 2:

Ez, 3% 7, Is, 13: 10, and Gesen, in
h, loc. ot in Ta, 24: 18, Sept. for a33>

109

“datgor

Gen. 1:16. Is. 18:10. Joel 3: 15.—He-
vodian. 1. 14. 1. Xen. Mom. 4. 7.5. —
Jude 13 dotiges mlavira:, wandering
sara, meteors, i.e. false and impious
teachers, — To Jesus is attributed 6
Gove 6 xgwirds, the morning star, as
the symbol of majesty and glory, Rev.
2: 28, 22:16. Comp. Dan. 8:10. Is.

~ 14: 12, and Gesen, in loc. — Trop. put

as the symbol of angels, Rev. 1: ¥6, 20
bis, 2:1, 8:1. Probably also as the
symbolic designation of an angel, Rev.
8 10,11. 9% 1, Comp. 9: 16q. ‘Luke
10: 18,

"Aoijgexroc, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and aryel{e,) not established, unstable,
metaph. spoken of those who have no
firm persuasion of divine truth, 2 Pet.
2 14. 3: 16.—Longin. de Sublim. 2. 2

“Aoroeyos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr.
and or0977 instinctive affection,) without
natural fection, inhuman, Rots I ol
2 Tim. 3: 8, — ASschin. 47, 29. Athen.
14. p. 655.

“Aowozéo, ©, f. toes, (Koroyos fr.
a pr. and ordzos mark,) fo miss the mark;
trop. to mise, to err, to swerve from, c. c.
gen. 1 Tim. 1: 6.— Ecclus. 7: 19. 8: 9,
Plut, de defect. Orac. c. 10. p. 414, doto—
Zoias toi mpémovros.—Seq.zzgl c. accus..

1 Tim. 6:21. 2 Tim. & 18—Plut. de
Audit. magi tag mouemas dotoxotrres.
Polyb. 3. 21. 10 mepl tuv0s.

*Astgany, qe, i, lightning.

a) pp. Rev. 4:5. 8:5. 11: 19, 16:18,
Sept. for p13 Ex. 19: 16. Jer. 10:12— -
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 11.—Pur as the symbol
of speed, celerity, Matt. 24:27, Luke 10:
16 17:94. So’ Sopr. and p33 Nab.
a 2

b) by impl. Brightness, splendour,
Matt. 28: 3. Luke 11: 36." So Sept:
and p73 Dent, 32: 41. Dan. 10:6.

Aorpdnre, f. dye, (éexpans,) to
lighten, sc. as lightning, Luke 17: 24,
Sept. for Pus Pes. 144: 6. — Diod. Bi
3.34. How. Il. 9. 237. — By impl. to:
shine, to be bright, Luke 24: 4. comp.
‘May. 28: 3. — Wiad. 11: 18, of shining
eyes.

Astgor, ov, x6, « constellation,
Xen. Mem. 4.3.4. In N.T. o star, i. q.

“dAovyxguos

datig, Luke 21: 25, Acts 27:20. Heb.
11:12, Sept. for 321D Ex, 3% 12.
Job 38: 7. — In Acts 7: 43 the star-god,
ive. an image of Saturn in the form of a
star ; see Calmet,-art. Chiun.

* Aovyxgrros, ov, 5,
name ofa Christian, Rom. 16: 14.

* Aovppevos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a pr.
and cipqunes,) dissonant, harsh, Wisd.
18:10. Arrian. Diss. Epict. 3. 16. 5.
In N. T. trop. discordant, disagreeing,
‘Acts 28: 25.— Diod. Sic. 4. 1 dovupe-
vous sivas mods GAAqjhous. Plut. Agesi.10.

Aovyeros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (o pr.
and auvetds,) void of underatanding,
dull of sion, foolish ; Matt. 15:
16, Mark 7:18. Sept. for t*p> Ps.
92: 7. — Wisd. 11: 15, Thuc. 2. 24. —
From the Heb. with the accessory idea
of impiety, i.e. impious, ungodly, as
neglecting the true wisdom, and con-
tinuing in sin, heathenism, etc. Rom. 1:
21,31. 10:19. So Sept. and ba; Deut.
321; comp. 3) Psd: 1. “Job 2
10, where Sept. dpgov.

* Aovviteroe, ov, 6, %, (o pr. and
ovril@tuar,) not compounded, Long. de
Subl.10.6. In N.T. covenant-breaking,
faithless, treacherous, Rom. 1: 31, Sept.
for gz and Tia Jer. 3: 7, 8, 10, 11.
—Dem. 283. 6.

*Aogadea, as, +t (dopaliis,)
firmness, fizedness, security, sc. from
falling, rupture, etc.

a) pp. Acts 5:23. Sept. for 71579
Ps, 104: 6.—Herodian. 1. 14, 4.—Trop.
in the sense of certainty, Luke 1: 4.
Comp. Xen.Mem, 4. 6.15.

b) Metaph. safety, security, ec. from
peril etc. 1 Thess. 5:13. Sept. for MD
Deut. 12: 10, Lev. 26: 5. wp Is. 18:
4. — 2 Mace. 9: 21. Jos. Ant. 2. 10. 2,
Herodian. 3. 12. 16. Xen. Mem. 3. 12.

*Aspadys, dos, ove, 6,%, adj. (a
pr. and opddlo,) not falling, i.e. firm,
fired, immoveable.

a) pp. Gyxtea, Heb, 6:19. Sept. for
‘yy Prov. 8: 28.—Wied. 4:3. Xen. Anab,
9.2. 19. — Trop. 16 coedé in the
sense of certainty, Acts 21: 34, 22: 30.
‘25: 26.—XKen. Mem. 2 6. 39.

110

“Aognpuey

b) metaph. safe, secure, sc. from peril
ete. (Xen. Cyr. 5.3.6.) ie, afording
safety, Phil. 3: 1. — Wied. 7:23. Xen.
Lac. 12.

Aapaatte, f. low, (éopalyc,) and
Mid. depon. copadlfopat, £. ioopss, to
make firm, to make fast, trans.

a) pp. as robs nodas eis to Edler, Acts
16: Sept. for prrtty Neb. 3: 15.—
Wiad. 13: 15. Polyb. 6°22, 4.

b) metaph. to secure, to make safe, sc.
against enemies etc. Matt. 27: 65, 66, 147
tagor. Pass. Matt. 27:64, Sept. for 72m
Is. 41: 10. — Wisd. 4:17, 10: 12. Jos.
Ant. 13. 1.5. Diod. Sic. 18. 52. Polyb.
4, 60. 5,

“Aopahac, adv. (éopadss,) firmly,
without falling, Xen. Eq. 9.9. de Mag.
Eq. 8.3. InN. T. trop.

a) certainly, assuredly, Acts 2: 36. —
Wisd. 18: 6. Xen. Cyr. 6.3. 18.

b) securely, safely, i. e. against escape,
rescue, etc. Mark 14: 44. Acts 16: 23.
Sept. for ny Gen. 34: 25.—1 Mace. 6
40, Xen. Mag. Eq. 6.2. ib.8. 12.

Aoznuoréa, &, £.rae, (dozipeer,)
to be deformed, Ael. V. H. 11.4. In
N.T. trop. and intrans.

1) to behave unseemly, to conduct im-
properly, 1 Cor. 13: 5. Sept, for 3742
Ez. 16:7, 22.— Ael. V.H.6. 12. Ken.
Eq. 11.6, 4! he. 8

b) to be disgraced, to suffer reproach.
1 Cor, 7: 36 ab 84 11g doynporety éni viv
nagSévoy voulter, if any one thinks him-
self exposed to disgrace in respect to his
daughter, i.e. if ie has fears of her being
seduced. So Sept. for mp3 Deut. 25:
3.—Diod. Sic. 14,10, Eurip. Hec. 407.

, qi «(ze

Aaynmoavyn, 18, % (azipom,)
pp- deformity, metaph. indecorum, inde-
cency, and by impl, shameful lewdness,
Rom. 1: 97.—Ecclus, 26: 8, 30: 13.
Jos. Ant. 16.7.6. Comp. dazzjuor Sept.
Gen. 34:7. Deut. 24:1.—By euphemism
nakedness, Rev. 16:15. So
Sept. and 5399 Ex. 20:26. Lev. 18

Aaynwc, ovos, 6, %, adj. (# pr.
and oyjjua,) pp. deformed, Herodian. 5.
6.24. In N. T. metaph. indecent, un-
worthy, 1 Cor. 1% 23, Sept. for Mbaz

“"Aowrla

Gen. 34:7. 793 Deut. 24: 1.—Wisd.
2 20. Hist. of Bus. 63. Ken. Ap. Soc.
7. Plut. Apophth, Mor. II. p. 171. ed.
Tauchn, .

. ov on “Aowtia, ac, %, (doutog not
“aweivdsaveable, incorrigible, dissolute, past

hope, Polyb. 14. 12. 3; from @ pr. and
osku,) dissolutencas, debauchery, revelry,
Eph. 5: 18. Tit. 1:6. 1 Pet. 4:4. Sept.
for >L'y Prov. 28: 7.2 Macc. 6:4, He-
rodian. 2.5.2, 2/024 »,

“Aowrug, adv. (see “Aceitla,) dis-
solutely, ete. Luke 15: 13. — Jos. Ant.
12. 4.8 dowitas tix. Dem. 1025. 19,

“Araxréo, &, £ jo, (daxt0s,) to
be disorderly, intrans. i ©. pp. to leave or
break the ranks, spoken of soldiers, Xen.
Cyr.7.2.6. In N.'T, metaph. to neglect
one’s dutics, 2 Thess, 3: 7, — Xen. Cyr.
8. 1.22. Oec, 5. 15,

“Ataxtos, ou, 6, %, adj. (a pr. and
dave.) disorderly, i.e. pp. not keepi
the ranks, a8 of soldiers, Xen.Mem.3. 1
7. InN. T. metaph. neglectful of du.
ties, irregular, dissolute, 1 Thess. 5: 14,
— Plot. de Pueror. educ. ¢, 7 Graxtoe
HOorval. Act. Thom. § 53. Test. x
Patr. p. 664 undév dzaxroy morsize.

Ataixrog, adv, (@raxros,) disor
derly, ive. metaph. irregularly, dissolutely,
as drdxwas megenattiv, ive. to live 2
disorderly life, 2 Thess. 3: 6, 11. —
So drdxrw tr Isoer. ad Nicocl. p. 25,
ed. Lange. pp. Xen. Mem. 3.1.7.
Herodian. 4. 11. 7.

“Arexvos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (apr. and
rixvoy,) childless, Luke 20: 28, 29, 30.
Sept. for °799 Gen. 15:2. Lev. 20:20.
Dady Is. 49: 21. box Jer. 18:21, —
Ecclus. 16: 3, Eurip. Hee, 512.

“Arevite, £. low, (dtenje, fr. o ine
tens. and talve, Buttm. § 120. n. 11,)
to fiz the eyes intently upon, to gaze upon
intently ; c.c. sic seq. accus. Acts 1:
JO. 84, 615. 7:55. 11:6, 13: 9.
2 Cor, 3: 7, 18, — 3 Mace. 2:26, Jos.
B.J.5, 12.3. Polyb. 6. 11. 7, — Seq,
dat. Luke 4: 20, 22: 56. Acts 312. 10:
4, 14:9, 28:1. — Bo dnaterizuy roig
Bospeay Synes. Ep. 1. See Math: Gr.
Gram. § 401.

cra

“Amuls

“Areg, adv. without, in the cbsence
of, ©. ©. gen. and chiefty poetical, Luke
M 6,35. Bee Butm. § 146. 1, 2
— 2 Mace. 1215. Hom. Il, 1. 498,
Od. 7. 325,

*Aumatta, £. dow, (dtipos,) to dis-
honour, to contemn, trans, John 8: 49,
Rom. 2: 28. Sept. for Mic. 7: 6.
bbp Niph. Gen. 16: 4, 5. — Xen. Mem.
2.1. 31, ib. 2, 2. 14. — In the sense of
to abuse, to treat shamefully, spoken of
persons, Luke 20:11. Acts 5:41. James
26. of things, 13 capa, Rom. 1: 24,
coll. v.27, Sept. for 193 Prov. 14:21.

Prov. 22: 22,—Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 20.
Aub. 10d

"Aware, see “Arise.

"Apia, as, %, (Gt1p0s,) dishonour,
shame.

8) pp. 2 Cor, 6: 8. 11:21. Rom. 1:
26 nddy driulas, i.e. shameful passions,
Buttm. § 123. n. 4, Stuart § 440. Sept.
for HEp2 Prov. 12:9. 32 Job. 12: 21.
Jer. 23: 4.—Ecclus. 5: 15. He-
ian, 2.4.9. Xen. Cyr, 2.2.13, —
In the sense of indecorum, 1 Cor, 11: 14.
b) in the sense of vilencss, meanness,
1 Cor. 15: 43. So sig driular, for a
mean use, Rom. 9 21. 2 Tim. 2: 20.
Sept. for Psp Prov. 11: 2 13: 18,
5722 Jer. 8: 1_—Epict. Ench. 24. 1,

“Amos, av, 6,4, adj. (a pr. and
yt) without honour, i. e. disho
diagraced, Xen. Cyr. 1.2.14. In N.T.

a) contemned, despised, 1 Cor. 4: 10.—
Wisd. 3:17. 5:4. Diod. Sic. 17. 66.
‘Xen. Anab. 7. 7. 46, 50.

b)low, mean, of small estimation, spoken
of cbaracter, reputation, etc. Mutt. 13:
57. Mark 6:4. of things, 1 Cor. 12:23,
So Sepr. for mbp3 Is. 3: 5.—Ecclus.10:
19.

“Arica, @, £ sow, (dros) to
dishonour, to affect with disgrace, trans.
Sept. for bt>; 2Sam. 10:5. Dem. 548,
8.—In N. T.'to abuse, to treat
ly, Mark 1: Sept. for mya Jer. 22:
%8._ 1 Sam. 10: 27.—Hermog. p. 345.5.
ex Demosth. Midian.

“Aruls, Gos, 4, vapour, ie. an
exhalation, James 4: 14. comp. Wiad. 2
2,4. Spoken of dense smoke, Acts 2

" Aromos

xanvo®, cloud of smoke, quoted
‘from Joel 3: 3, [2: 30,] where Sept. for
nina Sept. for 739 Lev. 16: 13,
Ez. & 11. inp Gen. 19: 28. — Eo-
clus. 22:24. Diod. Sic. 12.58. Hero-
dian. 4. 8.19.

“Aropos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
toy fr. téyv0,) uncut, undissected, Dioa-
cor. 1.82. not divisible, and by impl.
very minute, as an atom, Plut. Phocion
¢.3.—In N.T. spoken of time, év dréuy
80. zodrw,in a moment, instantly, 1 Cor.
15: 52.—Heaych, dy deduyy* dv gempars,
dy reyes.

“Atonos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (a pr. and
t0mos,) out of place, i. e. inept, absurd,
Xen. Mem. 2.3.15. Arrian. Diss. Ep.
3.2.17. unusual, strange, Thue. 3.38,
Philo in Flacc. p. 970. InN. T. im-
proper, i, e. evil, wicked ; spoken of per-
‘sons, 2 Thess. 3: 2.—Athen. VII. p. 279.
D. — Spoken of conduct, Luke 23: 41.
So Sept. for 71 Job 4: 8. 11: 11. —
2 Mace. 14: 23. Jos. Ant. 6.5.6, Plut.
de aud, Poet.c.3, So evil, in the sense
of nozious, hurtful, Acts 28: 6. — Jos.
Ant. 11.5.2, Herodian. 4.11.7. ‘Thuc.
2. 49,

*Arrd hua, as, %, Attalia, a mari-
time city of Pamphylia, situated near
the borders of Lycia, and built by Atta-
lus Philadelphus king of Pergamus;
now Antali. Acts 14: 25.

Adydta, £. dow, (aiy7,) to shine

~ upon, to enlighten, metaph. and c. c. dat,
2 Cor. 4:4, Sept. pp. for n>r2 Lev.
1& A, 25, 26, 28.—Clem. Alex. Protr.
6. pp. Eurip. Hec. 637.

Auyy, 78, is light, brightness,
spoken of the light of day, the sun, etc.
Acts 20: 11 zou aiyiic, till dawn. Sept.

ane 59: : 9.—Polysen. | Iv. + P. 386
wera Ty ngdnyy aiyny iis tpdgas.
Xen. Mem. 4.7. 7 abyy jdlov.
Adyovet0s, ov, 6, Augustus, a
surname conferred by the senate on Oc-
tavianus, the first Roman emperor ; see
Flor. 4. 12. Sueton. Aug. 7. Our Saviour
‘was born in the forty-second year of his
reign, Luke 21. He died A. D. 14,
act. 76, after a reign of fifty-six years,
reckoning from his first entrance on

112

Avan

public life, or of forty-four years: as
sole sovereign.

* Avdadns, sos, ous, 6, 4 adj.
(abxés, Hidouas,) selfcomplacent ; by

impl. assuming, arrogant, imperious.
Tit. 1: 7 2 Per. 210. Sept. for 12
Gen. 49: 8,7. 77 Prov. 21: 24, —
Theophr. ‘Char. 15 or 23, Plato Ap.

Delors, ou, 6, %, adj. (airs,
aigéopat,) self-chosen, voluntary, as Sa-
vatog Ken. HG. 6. 2. 36; in N. T. act

ing from choice, and a8 expressing an
adverbial idea, of one’s own accord,
spontaneously, 2 Cor. 8; 3,17. Buttm.
$123. n, 3,—Symm. for 3°93 Ex. 3% 5.
Lucian. Catapl. § 4, p. 430, sixeto ab-
Salgerds pot, Plut. de Garrul. 4.

Auberiéo, 6, £ sow, (ab dérrns
for avroérens, fr. adtds and ta Eyres
armour, arms; Le. o killer with one’s
own hand, either of others, Wisd. 12 6,
Jos, B. J. 2.12.5. Thue. 3. 58. or of
‘one’s self, Antipb. 671. 2-
author, Diod. Sic. 16.61, Polyb. 23. 14.
2, also in Eurip. Suppl. 442.and in later

p. 120.}—only in N.TT. and later, to have
authority over, c. c. gen. 1 Tim. & 12—
In ecc. writers, Basil. Mag. Ep. 52, 86.
Hesych. abSevssiv- dovardter.

Aiidka, «, f. jou, (abdds q. v.) to
pipe, i. e. to play on the pipe, intrana.
‘Mart. 11: 17, Luke 7.32, 1 Cor. 14: 7.
— Aelian. V. H. 14.8. Xen. Occ. 1.
10.

Avy, A, %;(d0,) « yard, a court,
i. e. any inclosed space in open air, ex-
posed to the winds and weather ; spok-
en in N. T.

8) of @ sheep-fold, into which flocks
are driven at night, John 10: 1, 16. —
Hom. IL 4.433. So of the cirele im
which nomadic shepherds pitch their
tents, Jos. Ant. 1. 11. 2.

b) of the court of an oriental house or
edifice, i.e. the open court in the mid-
die, eround which the house is built,
and which serves as a place of reception
for company etc. see Calmet art. House.
Jahn § 35.—Matt. 26: 58, 69. Mark 14:

Avayins

54, 66. 15: 16. Luke 22: 58, John 1&
15. So Sept. for sh Ex. 27:9. Neh.
8:16. Esth. 1:5, al. — Joa. Ant. 12. 4,
1. Ael. V. H. 3.4. — Spoken of the
exterior court, before a dwelling or edi-
fice, Rev. 11: 2.—Hom, Il. 24. 452.

¢) by synecd. of a part for the whole,
@ house, mansion, palace, Matt. 26: 3.
Lake 11: 21. So Sept. for 42h Is,
34: 13.—Jos. B. J. 2.17.6, Herodian.
2.12.8 Polyb. 5.26.9. Hom. Od.
4am .

Avdyrys, ov, 5, (ailéw,) a piper,
@ minstrel, Matt. 9:23. Rev. 18: 22, —
Xen. Mem. 1. 7. 2—On the custom of
employing minstrels in mourning, see
Joa, B. J. 3.9.5. Calmet, art. Mourn-
ing. Jahn § 211. Buxtorf Lex. Chald.
766, 1524,

AbALomen, £. looper, depon. Mid.
{oiat,) to pase the time in an ath4, pp.
spoken of shepherds and their flocks at
night, Hom. Od. 12. 265. ib. 14. 412.
Herodot. 9. 83. spoken of an army,
to encamp in the open air, to bivouac,
either by night, Xen. Anab. 4. 1. 11.
Polyb. 8. 94. 2. ib.10, 15.9, or by day,
Xen. Anab. 4.3.1. hence genr. to re-
main, to delay, sc. in a place, Sept. for
Fran 2 Sam. 15: 2, Esdr. 9: 2.
Xen. Abab. 7. 7.6. — In N. T. to pase
the night, to lodge, intrans, Matt. 21:17,
Luke 21: 37. Sept. for 395 Josh. 6: 11.
8: 9 Judg. 19: 6, 10, 15, 20.—Jos. Ant.
1.19.1.

Avads, ob, 5, (Ba, ate) « pipe,
tibia, 1Cor. 14:7. It probably had a
general resemblance to the flageolet.
See Jahn § 95. II. Buxtorf, Lex. Ch.
Rab. 766. Sept. for “211 1 Sam. 10:5.
Is, 5: 12—Ken. Conv. 6, 4.

Abteve, f. adtiow, aor. 1 qbtqoa,
tor, 1 pass. qibjoy; also Avtw,
Eph, 2 21, Col. 2: 19. Jos. Ant. 4.4.1.
Xen. Cyr. 5, 5.33, Conv. 7.4; to in-
crease, to augment, trans, and intrans,

a) trans. to give increase, to cause to
row, to enlarge, 1 Cor. 3: 6,7. in num-
ber, 2 Cor. % 10. Sept. for barr
Josh. 4:14. Sr Gen. 17: 20, 26:
ney aay Job“ 10—Jos. Ant. 7. 4.
2. Herodian. 3.8.9, Xen. Mem. 3.6.2.

15

13

Avragrena

b) intrana. av§dvm and ado in
later writers, and Mid. avtavopas,
£ sooum, aor, 1 pase. with mid. signif.
nitioqy, (Buttm. § 196. 2) to receive
increase, to grow, to grow up.—(a) Mid.
Matt. 13: 82. 1 Pet. 2:2. Metaph. 2 Cor.
10:15, Col. 1:10. Sept. for bya Gen.
21:8, Judg. 13: 24, wtp) Num. 24: 7.
mys Gen. 1: 22, 28, Ex. 1: 7.—Hero-
didn. 1. 11.8. Xen. Mem. 2. 6, 39. —
(8) Act. form, Matt. 6: 28, Mark 4: 8
Luke 1: 80, 2:40, 12:27, 18:19, John
8: 30. Acts 6: 7. 7:17, 12 24, 19: 20.
Epb. 2:21. 4:15. Col. 219. 2 Pot. 3:
18. — Jos, Ant. 2.7.7 o¥ vag nuts ec.
the Nile. 8,2, 9. sop, Fab. 48. Diod.
Bic. 4. 64.

Avknots, eos, 4, (abe) increase,
enlargement, Eph. 4: 16. Col. 2: 19
atte thy avtnow 100 Seo, i.e. which
God bestows ; for the accus, see Buttm.
§131.3,—2 Mace. 5:16. Jos. Ant. 1.
2.2. Xen. Oec. 5.1.

Abita, seo Aitéve.

Avguoy, adv. (atga morning air,
fr. de, aber,) tomorrow, Matt. 6: 30. Luke
12:28. Acts 23: 15,20. 25:22, 1Cor.
15: 82, Sept. for sr Ex. 8: 10, 23,
95,19, 28am. 13: 12al.—Xen. Cyr.
8.3.31. An. 4, 6. 8—Luke 13: 32, 33,
oripsgoy xat atigioy wal xf tolty'y. of
dzoutry, today and tomorrow and the
third day, ie. for a time, a definite
time; see Olahausen in loc. James 4:
13 tomorrow, i. ©. at some future time.
—With the art. ¥ avgsor sc. judge,
the morrow, the next day, Matt. 6: 34,
Luke 10:35. Acts 4:3,5. James 4:14,
Bee Butm. § 125. 6. — Polyb. 1. 60. 5.
Xen. An. 6. 4, 15. Ove. 11. 6.

Aiiornges, a, ov, (So, abe,)
austere, spoken of flavour, Dioscor. 5. 6.
Aquila for “yr; Deut. 82 14; in N.T.
metaph. of disposition etc, i.e. severe,
hareh, Luke 19: 21, 22.—2 Mace. 14: 30.
Polyb. 4.20. 7. Plut. de diser. Amic. 21.

Auiragxeue, as, 4, (airdgms,)
self-sufficiency, in 9 good sense, i. e.
sufficiency within one’s self, viz.

‘a) spoken of a mind satisfied with its
ot, contentment, 1 Tim. 6: 6—Diod. Sic.
Vol. X. p.81. ed. Bip. Diog. Laert. 10.
190, Clem. Alex. Paed. 2. 12.

Avragxns
b) spoken of the necessaries of life
ete. competency, 2 Cor. 9: 8.

Auraguns, 06, ous, 4, %, adj.

(ainds and dgxées,) suficient in one’s self
seff-adequate, Xen. Mem.
‘Ant. 4.8.23 p. 243. In
fied with one’s lot, contented, Phil. 4: 11.
—Ecclus. 40:18. Polyb.6. 48.7. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6, 2.

Avroxardxgetoc, ou, 6, %, adj.
(airs and xataxglve,) self-condemned,
Tit. 8: 11. —Chrysost. Hom. 1. Photius,
ob doeBiig exbroxerrdingit0.

Avtopatog, n, ov, (airds and
udpaca to strive for, fr. obs. des) existing
or acting of one’s self, spontaneous, in an
adverbial sense, Mark 4: 28, Acts 12:
10. See Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Sept. for
top Lev. 25: 5, 11.—Wisd. 17: 6. Joa.
Ant. 1.2.1. Diod. Sic.1,8, Xen. H. G.
6.4.7.

Avon, ov, 6, (adrés and bx-
roan) self-beholding, i.e. an eye-toilness,
Luke 1: 2.— Polyb. 1. 4. 7. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4, 18.

Adroc, 7,9, pron. self; in the
oblique cases him, her, it ; and with the

so Ott. the same; see Buttm. § 127, 2.

“Herm. ad Viger. p. 733 9.

I. Sdf, in all the persons, myself,
thyself, himself, ete.

1. Joined with a noun or pronoun,
a8 if in apposition ; and put either after
the noun, or before it and its article, viz.

a) self;empbatic, und apart from every
thing not self; ¢. g. with proper names,
Mark 12: 36, 37, abtis yaq 4afil8, David
Rimself. Luke 20: 42. John 4: 2 “tyooie
ainés, Jesus himeelf, i.e. in distinction
from his disciple. Luke 24: 15. 2 Cor.
10: 1 abrog 86 dye Haithos. Mark 6: 17
aizds 6 ‘Hodns. al. wnep.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 1. ib. 5. 2. 20. — With other now
Rom. 8:26 adré 16 mveiua. 1 Cor. 15:
2B artis 5 vide, Gal. 6: 13 ob88 79 of
megurquripsvos aitol. 1 Thess. 4: 16.
Heb.9:23, 3Jobn 12, Rev.21:3 avrog
8 9255-—Ken, Cyr. 1.6.8,9. Hiero 6.6.
— With personal pronouns; as airig
dys Luke 24: 89. Rom. 16 14. xyes
erieég Acts 10:26. Spsi¢ abtos Mark
31. 1Cor.11:18. ebro} dpuds John

114

Avws

3:26. — Sept. Job 13:8. 3 Macc. 3 13.
Herodot. 3. 83. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 9, 11.
Hiero 1. 24.—So with other ‘pronouns,
as aizo} otros Acts 24: 15,20. ¢ xab
aitdg Matt. 27:57. Mark 15: 43.—Xen.
08. Cyr. 2.3.4. Plut. Cacs. c. 5. Sept.
1 Sam. 10: 19.

b) with the sense even, implying
comparison | ‘and distinction. 1 Cor. 11:
14§j 0808 airy § tors diddoxss, does not
even nature herself teach? 2 Cor. 1:
4 aitas ise § Zavavdis, for even Satan

himself. Rom. 8:21. Heb. 11: 11. —
2 Mace. 4: 12. Hom, Il. 6, 451.

c) as marking the strongest emphasis
and prominency, the very. Jon 5: 36
aind ta doyd & mod, pagtugel, the very
works which I do, etc. Heb. 0: 24 tx aS
aitéy toy odgavéy.—Thuc. 2.3 aire 16

d) as marking the exclusion of all
else, self alone. 2 Cor. 1% 13 ants aya,
Talone, i.e. exclusive of the other
tles. Rev. 19: 12 dvopa & ovdeds oe,
8 py aitds, except himself alone.—Hom.
IL, 8. 99. Wolf ad Lept. p. 303.—With
Kév0s, subjoined, John 6: 15 "Fnovis
Gyezeignoe tig 10 Sgos avtos pores. — So
the Attics, Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.38. Wolf ad
Lept. p. 288, 4.4 e007 ? he bY.

e) Ff one’s self of one's own Second,
sponte, John 16:27 aitég yég 6 mari
ilel Spéis, the Father himself, of his own

loveth you. (1 Pet. 2: 24.) —
Hom. Il. 17, 254. Xen. Cyr. 5, 4. 27.
Anab. 2.1.5. Mem. 1.3.7.

2. Used alone, the pers. pron. being
omitted or implied; chiefly in ‘the
nominative for I myself, he Mimself, etc.
with various degrees of emphasis ; in
the oblique cases only at the beginning
of a construction ; Buttm. § 127.2. 1.b.

a) genr. and often having xa, Soin
the Nom. Luke 6 42 airis ov Blenee,
thyself not seeing the beam, etc. Phil.
A Ste xad ering tayieg deioopar, that 1
myself shall also come shorily. Luke 11:
4 xad yap avnod delay. Luke 11: 46,
52. 15:14, John 7: 4. 9% 21 bia, Acts
2 34, 13:14, 17:25, 21:24. Col. 1:17.
1 John 1:7. al, ssep.— Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
35 bis. 8.1. 4,10, Thuc, 6, 5.—So in
the oblique cases at the beginning of
construction, Luke 24:24 orimay dé ot=
aldoy, John 9 21 avzéy égurjouss, —

Autos
Xen. Hiero 6. 10. Plat. Lys. p. 204. A.
Dem. de Coron. 270. 19.

b) by way of special emphasis, put
for a person di from all
ethers, whom all know and venerate,
etc, Soof Jesus, i.e. He, for the Master,
the Lord, etc. Matt. 8: 24 airos 36 éxa-
Sede, Mark 4:38, 6:47. 8:29. Luke
5: 16,17. 8 54, 9:51. 10: 38. 11: 17.
14:1. So of God, Heh. 1% 5.—Sechol.
ad Aristoph. Nob. 218. beg ae
wizdg ipa of the disciples of Pyth
pee dizi, the master has said it, Jambi
chus Vita Pythag. ¢. 18. Cic. de Nat.
Deor. 1.5, © Matth. § 467. 1. p. 867.

3, Where several words intervene
between the subject and verb, airds is
put emphatically instead of repeating
the subject itself, viz,
in the sense of ovtos or éxsivog, this,
that, and often to be expreased in Eng-
gh by ap emphatic he, she, i, they, ote

D1 abeds yég odes thr lay
sieci ior as fe nother) shail save
his people from their sins. 5: 4 pondiguos
of xevdotvess Ors ait0} mi
for TH2x (of all others) shall be comforted.
V.5—10. 6:4 xa} 5 marie cov 5 Bléxer
dy 1 xpuntg, aitog anoddon got, BE
shall reward thee openly. 11:14 aizds

dowsy” Hidas, TH18 ts Elias. 12: 50, coll,
Mark 4: 35 where it is obtoc. Matt. 25:
17. Mark 1: 8, 14:15. Luke 1: 17, 36.
11:14. John 14:10, Acts 10: 42. 15:27.
Heb. & 9. 1 John 22. al. sxep. So
Sept. and Heb. xin Is. 53 5,7, 12
Pa. 19: 6.—Wisd. 12: 27 én} totrous ot
Binoy Seois, by zola{épevos.
Jos.Ant. 6. 13.4. Plat. Repub. 2 p.oi7.
Palaeph. Fab. 20. Hom. Od. 5.

b) with ordinals, aisés implies on
self with the others included in the num.
ber. Rev. 17: 11 ainds 5y8éo¢ dott, xad
dx tay bn dots, ux is the eighth, i.e,
he was with the seven and is of them.
Comp. 2 Pet. 2: 5.—Jos, Ant. 10. 11.1
atic Shyootds. Thuc. 1. 46, Xen.
H. G. 2.2.17. Comp. Vigerus, p. 73.
Kypke Oba, IL p. 442.

‘LL Put instead of the pers. pron. of
the third person, him, her, it, them, etc.
but only in the oblique cases and not at
the beginning of a construction; Buttm.
§127. 2. I, Herm. ad Viger. p. 735.
XL

115

Avis
1, As referring to a definite subject
or antecedent expressed, viz.

) gonr. and simply, Matt 3 16 bie,
xab iBoi aveqizdnour aing of obgavch,
nad dds to nvsipa 0b Ss0i—doyopsvor
df oinéy, 6:26 bis, 8: 10g. 11:25.
26:71, Mark 3:33, Luke 1: 21, 22
Jobn 1: 5,6, Acts 7: 21. al. saspisa,—
Plut. Cees. c. 2, Xen. Mem. 3 1. 3—
In this use of airéy etc. some irregu-
larities occur in N. T. viz.

(a) as in Heb. a transition is made
from the first person to the third, Luke
1: 45, coll. v. 44. Rev. 5: 10, coll. v. 9,
or from the second to the third, Rev.
18: 24, coll. v. 22,23, Comp. Gesen.
Lebrg. p. 742. Stuart § 565.

4
(8) sometimes aizéy, avzoi, ete. eae hie es ms

not to the nearest subject, but to a re- >"
mote one; Mark 8 22 “naponalovas “
aixsy (Inooin), tye otro (rupley oe
Gymnas So espec. Mark 9: 27, 28. — % -
Sept. Gen, 16: 6,7, ez ae 0,2.

b) for the sake of distinctness, aixés ~~ 5777 -

ete. is sometimes inserted after an an- “7 ‘~
tecedent by way of repetition, usually in
the same case ; Matt. 4: 16 ois xa Syd
voun— pas, Gricuder ainois. 5:40 7H
Sorn—iges wing. 25:29 dnd 83 soi

#1 Ezorcog asan avtov. John
oe 2. Rey. 1:5,6. 27 rp mxiwre
Bciow aizg. 6: 4, In adifferent case,
Matt, 12 36\—Gen. 16: 3 +§ “48qap—
aix§. Eadr. 6:1 én) coig Sovaloup—
4 ainots. Ken. Cyr. 1. 3,15 16 in-
ny —ouypareiy arin. Anab. 5. 6. 15 Ze
vopiivts sgdrvt—aaliy aitg sddxen
Comp. Winer § 22. 4, a. — Especially
does this take place after a relative s
Mark 7: 25 yuri, a6 slys to Suydtgvoy
ainis nvsiua dx Sogroy. 1:7, John It
27. Acts 15: 17 bg ais—én tin
Eph. 2:10. Rev. 3: 8 Sigay, F
Beers aicas ainiy. 7: 2 Sa wases
airois. 7:9. So Sept. freq. Ex. 4: 17.
Lev. 18:5. Num. 11: 21. Judg. 18: 5, 6,
1K. 13: 10, al. — Eedr. 3:5. 4: 54. Ju-
dith 16: 4, Baruch 2:17. Herodian. 8.
6.10 olf émuportiiow oritciz. Horodot.
2.10. Diod. Sic. 1.97 sis Sy—sig atréy.
Comp. Winer § 22, 4. b.—Of the same
Icind are those clauses commencing with
a relative, where the writer falls out of
the construction and with ai-
08 otc. 2 Pet. % 3 ols 23 xplua om dg-

é

Avro

78, wah § dndidna abcéir, for sad dv i
andilea. | Rev. 2: 18 xab of médeg ainob,
for xad o¥ of m6des. 17: 2.— Xen. Cyr.
3.1.38, Comp. Winer lc. note. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 170, 708. — Of a different
kind aré those constructions where ai-
toy ete. is put after a relative epexegeti-
cally ; Matt. 3.12 of 16 metoy by zug
aizod, as in Engl. whose fan ie in ais
hand. Rev. 7:9. — Sept. Judg. 6: 10.
Gen. 24:3. Comp. Winer l. c.

2. Where no definite subject or ante-
cedent is directly expressed, but avtoy
etc. stands in the ‘constructio ad sen-
sum;’ Winer § 22. 3.

a) as referring to names of places,
countriea, etc. in wi is likewise i
cluded the collective idea of thei
habitants ; Matt. 4: 23 xad mrepuiyer siqy
jy Tolidaler 8 é *Insois, dSdoxarv dy taig
ovvayuydis abzéiy, i.e. of the Galileans.
9:35. Luke 4: 15, Acts 8: 5 aizots, i.e.
the Samaritans. 20: 2 2 Cor. 2: 13.
1 Thess, 1: 9, coll. v. 8. — Soph. Trach.
259 ed. Erf. Herm. Eurip. Hec. 22. p.7
ed. Pors. Lucian. Tim.9. Dial. Mort.
12. 4. Dion. Hal, IV. 2117, Thue. 1.
196 5 08 Oxworoxdiig qsiyes dx IIshoroy-
migou ds Kégxugay, ay aiziy sisgyéms.

b) as referring to an abstraet noun
implied in a preceding concrete, and
vice verse, John & 44 yetorns dor} xa}
6 marge aitot, sc. rot petdous. Vico
versa, Rom. 2 26 div # dxpofvotla —
cig) } dug. abroG, i.e, of such an dxgé-
ucts. Luke 5: 17 avtots, i.e. toig
eaSercis, coll. v.15—Theodoret. 1. 914
tobt0 vis dnootohunis adgsros Troy >
airois yag, 8c. Grootdhosg.

c) as referring to an antecedent im-

fied in a preceding verb ; Acts 12: 21

“Hosidng sOnunyoges mgog abtous [roy
Siiuor). 0 84 Biyos exepeinsn. 1 Pet. 3:
13, 14, lp 5 xaxsiowy Suis — roy 04 6-
Bor airiir pw gofnDiixe, ec. ray xaxovr—
tow ty

d) where there is no grammatical
reference whatever to the preceding
context, but the antecedent is merely
+ presupposed ; Luke 1:17 ariris ngoclai-
astas autou, before nim, i.e. the Mes-
siah ; 90 1John 212 2Jobn6; comp.
above in I. 2. b-—Luko 2%: 22xaSapiopod
abréy,sc.of ther mother and child. 23: 51
s9 xgdte oritdy, i.e. ofthe Sanhedrim,zéy

116

Autos

Bovlevssir,tiir dpyspien xa) yomupertéeer,
coll. v. 50, and comp. John 7: 47, 50.—

“ohn 2: 15, coll. v.13, Acts 4:5 eiréy,

i.e. of the people, the Jews; and so
Matt. 11:1. 12:9. Heb. 8: 8 airois
Liye, sc. ois Kove viv Sadie vir
agsieny—Ken, Cyr. 5. 4. 42.

3. Sometimes aizod, airdy, ete. is
fonnd where we ) might expect the re-
flexive scvtod, atrot, ete, Matt. 21: 45
of @agioaior Eyrwcar, Sx megh circ
Liye, instead of mag) aixév. John 1:
48 elder 3° Ingots voy NaParaiya ters-

Hevov moos aitéy, 4: 47 xa ject ai
toy fva xexafh xa idonras otro’ [et
t00] tov vidy. In such cases the senti-
ment is expressed in the person of the
writer, not in that of the subject. Comp.
Buttn. § 197. 3, and n. 4. Winer § 22.
5, note.—Gen. 1&3 tga Ecxer etry
15 “ABoap dvdg) airs [airgs]. Jon.
Ant. 5.2.11 gar [ai
ws] fod ih 11. 2 oh, metree,
moootratas dveldiy dvdoa, piya pix wing
[aieg for ceovrg] ngds cormoiay Spelos
prrermivoy, Diod, Bie. 17. 64 wir
pig aisiv sbvoter, coll. § 65 otopyav
moos Sautdy. Arrian. Dies. Epict. 1. 19.
1. Herodian. 1.17.9. ib. 2 4. 13.

4. Sometimes, though not often, av-
toy etc. is omitted where it must be
supplied in the thought ; Acts 13: 3
silgas avrois dovihuour
(oirovs]. Mark 6 5. 1 Cor. 10: %
Eph. & 11. 2 Thess.3:15. 1 Tim.é
2. Comp. Buttm. §130:5. Winer §22.
1,— Xen. H.G.3.4.2 Dem. adv.
Conon. p. 728, B.

Ill. With the article, 6 atrés, § «d-
‘iy t aritd, the same. Buttm, §127.2. 11.
Herm. ad Viger. p. 735,

a) genr. the same, not different, ob-
jectively ; Mark dé: 89 toy ausoy cindy.
Luke 6: 38 19 ain pérgy. Rom. 9: 21
& 108 aitot gupdpatos. 10: 12 & yee
aitis xiguog mévter. 1 Cor. 12: 4—11.
Phil. 1: 30. al. So Sept. for ‘shy Job
31: 15. Ex, 36: 8.—2 Mace. 3: 33) Xen.
Mem. 3. 4. 6, 7.— So 26 aixd, sez oid,
the same, the same things, like things,
Matt. 5:46. Luke 6: 33. Acts 15: 27.
Rom. 21. 1 Cor. 1:10. Eph. & 9.—
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 6,7. — Hence the fol-
lowing adverbial phrases:—(«) ro. } avid,
the same, in the same manner, in like

Aviws
manner ; Matt. 27:44. 1 Cor. 12:25, —
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 5. — (8) éni x0 avze,
spoken of place or time; of place, in
the same place, in one place, Matt. 22: 34.
Acts 2:1, 44, 4:26. 1 Cor. 11:20. Bo
Sept. for 1m2 Pa 2:2, 2 Sam. 10: 15,
Comp. si 26 itd Joe. Ant. 5.2.12.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 17.—Spoken of time,
at the same time, together, Acts 3: 1.
Luke 17: 35. So Sept. for van Ps
87: 38. Deut. 32:10. 2 Sam. 21: 9.
{y) xara t0 avz6, at the same time, to-
gether, Acts 14:1. So Sept. and r7h>
18am.31:6, 28am.2:16.—Diod. Bic,
76, Herodot.7.106.—Others, in like man-
ner, as Sept. and 17h 1 Sam. 30: 24;
but comp. Kypke and Kuinoel in loc.

b) spoken subjectively, always the
eame, Le. not changing, immutable ; Heb.
1: 12 od 846 aixog sl, quoted from Pa.
102: 28, where Sept. for Natt. Heb. 13:
8° Iyootis Xp. 6 arizés. So Nae Ie, 41: 4.
> Thue. 2, 61 dyes piv 5 ainds sis, xa
im élotopos.

¢) constr. with a dat. the same with,
the same as if; 1Cor.11: 5 ty yg dors
xal rd aid xf tugnpiry. 1 Pet. 5: 9.
Comp. Buttm. § 133. 2.2, and n. 1. —
Jos. Ant. 4. 2. 2. Polyb. 3.95, 2. Ken.
Cyr, 2.1.15. ib, 3.3.35, An.

Auiroi, adv. of place, (pp. gen. of
¥6 aité,) here, there, in this or that place,

i,q. é avrod 105 sémou, Matt. 26: 36.
Acts 15: 34, 18: 19. 21: 4,
ya Ex. 24:14. Num. 2219,

lyb. 3. 65.3. Herodot. 1. 94. ib, 4, 9,
Comp. Schaefer ad Bos. Ellips. p. 885.

Ait0d, 7, ob, Attic contr. for
tavroi, Fg, 06, pron. reflex. of 3d pers.
Rimaelf, herself, itself, etc. Matt. 1: 21.
3: 12, Luke 5:25. 9: 14. Acts 15: 26,
2 Tim. 2 19. Rey. 16: 17, al. saep,
For aizoi instead of eiroi, see in Abrbe
IL. 3, —In Matt. 23: 37, some editions
read pis arinjx, which there would be
for 2 pers. i.q.. pds eeaveiy; comp.
Buttm. §197. 0.5. Ax.

Aixcqeopos, ov, 84, ad. ie,
geie,) pp. taken in the very theft, and
genr. of any crime, taken in the very act
‘Thue. 6. 38. Hence in N. T. é aizo—
otigg oF éxavtopeigy as an adv. in the

117

‘Agavitta

very act o offence ; e. g. adultery, John
8: 4 yurt xarethigOy éxevrogdgy wor
evopivy. —Aclian. H. Au. 14. 3 pougev-
opivi yuraixa tx’ airogegy xara
Aupeir. Jos.Ant.16.7.5, Lysins Orat.1.7.

Avrozerp, 008, 5, 4, adj. (airds,
xtlg,) aelf-handed, i. ©. doing with one’s
own hands. Acts 27: 19 aixozeigss—
Agglpapsy, with our own hands we threw
overboard ; for this adverbial use, see
Buttm, §123. n. 3.—Aristoph. Av. 1135.
Herodian. 7. 2. 17. Spoken chiefly of
one who kills another with his own
hand, Dem. 321.17. Xen. H. G. 7.3.7.
Jos. Ant. 6.11.9. ib, 10. 9. 3.

Avzpnoos, a, , (ands) duty,

irty, squalid, Xen. Mem. 2.1.31. In
wh by impl. murky, dismal, dark,
2 Pet, 1: 19.—Suidas, atzungéy> orv-
rin fi onarevdy,

“Apaupéw, o, f. ow, in text. rec.
Rev. % 19; f. 2 dgeld, aor. 2 dguitoy,
aor. 2 Mid. dgudduny, (dnd, algda,) to
take away, to remove, trans,

a) genr. a8 25 dyed05, Luke 1: 25,
So Sept. for sok Gen. 30: 23. Is. 4:1.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 23 rir pSdror.—So
Eqaigiiy rH» duagtlay, to take away sin,
i.e, the consequences of it, to
the forgiveness of sin, Rom, 11: 27.
Heb. 10:4. So Sept. for muon win: Ex.
34:7, Lev. 10: 17. al. pp Ie 97: 9.
sory Is. 6:7. Zech. 3: 4." mbp Ex,
HA: 9.—Ecclus. 47: 12, — Constr. with
dé t70s, to take away from any one,
Rev. 2% 19 bia, Mid. Luke 16: 3.
Pass, Luke 10: 42,—Sept. Num. 11: 17.
Deut. 12: 82, Gen. 31: 31. Lev. 4: 10.
Prov. 4: 16.—Seq. & tiv0s, Rev. 22: 19.
— Sept. Is. 2%: 19, Judg. 21:6 Xen.
Ven. 12, 9,

b) in the place of to cut off, e.g. 26
Grloy, 18 ots, Matt. 26: 51. Mark 14:47,
Luke 22: 50. So Sept. for n> 1 Sam.
17: 51. Is, 9:14. 18: 5.—Herodian. 2.
7.16. Ael. V. H. 3.1 x69 xdddoy.

> ate te ea

Aganys, eds, ovs, 6, %, adj. (w
Pr. and palyw,) not apparent, i. e. unseen,
hidden, concealed, Heb. 4: 18.—Ecclus,
20: 30, 2 Mace. 3:34. Jos. Ant. 7. 10,
2. Xen.Mem. 1.1.2 Anab. 4.2, 4,

“Apavit, flaw, (éqanis,) to couse
to disappear, to put out of sight, trons.

* Apaviouos
Diod. Sic. 220. Xen. Anab. 3. 4.8.
—Pass, to disappear, to be out of sight,
Jos, Ant. 4.8.48. Act. ~‘fhom. § 43,
InN.T.

a) Pass, to disappear, lo vanish, e. g.
Gaple James 4: 14. Sept. for pre Prov.
10; 25.—Philo de Char. p. 714 0 oxdtog
Seperizeran—Metaph. to fisint with terror,
to expire with fear, Acts 13: 41 quoted
from Hab. 1:5 where Sept for mon.
Bo Sept. for 19N7 Ez. 30: 9.

b) by impl. to” » to consume,
“Matt. 6: 19, 20, coll. Luke 12: 33 where
it is SiagSulge. So Sept. for naw
Ez. 36: 34, 35, 36. Joel 1:17. aw
Hipb. and Niph. Prov. 14: 11, Judg.
91:17. mejor Ex. 8: 9. Jer. 47: 4.—
Ael. V. H. 2 4. Diod. Sic. 15. 48,
Xen. An. 3, 2, 11.

€) trop. to deprive of a goed appear.
ance, i. . to deform, to disfigure, ©. g. 1
mgorwna Matt. 6: 16, i.e. by neglect, etc.
comp. v. 17. See Kypke in loc. L. p. 33,
—Stob, Serm. 72. p.445, yuri dgarlter
és Syesg ec. with pigments. ib. 46,
p- 333. Test. XII Patr. in Fabr. Cod.
N. T. p. 184, 192, 545. Jos. Ant. 9,
3.2.

" Apanouss, ov, 6, (agarite,) @
disappearing, vanishing, i... destruction,
“Bept. for meiwn Zep. 1:16.
Jer. 215, ° ming Jer. 51: 26,
Polyb. 5. 11.5. — In N. T. trop, aboli-
tion, abrogation, sc. of a covenant, Heb,
8:13, See Kypke in loc.

“Agarros, ov, 6, %, adj. (« pr.
and oalroues, 3 p. perf: pase. xéqaveas,)
ig. dganis, not apparent, not scent
hence dpavtos ysvicGas, to disappear,
to vanish, Luke 24: 31. — Eurip. Orest.
— Diod. Sic. 4. 65. Plut. de def.
j Orac. 1. 80 dparys yiverSas 2 Mace.
eh. Act. Thom. § 27. §43.

"Agedoar, @vog, 6, (and, fa

seat, stool,) a privy, Matt. 15:17, Mark
% 710. Floreatin. Geoponiec. 6, 2. 8.—
This word belongs only to a later age ;
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 150. Comp. in
Bept. Epedgos, menses, Lev. 15: 19, 20,
me al. Psalt. Sal. 8: 13,

Agetia, as, 4, 5 gma, pe opr.

and geidopas,) unsparingness, i.e.
eusterity, Col. 2: 23.—Ael. V. Wiese

118

"Apbopla

Agedorns, tyr05, 4, (agelis not
stony, level, and metaph. siople ener,
Ael. V. H. 12.1. Lucian. D. Deor. 4.5;
from a pr. and geldete stony ground)

simplicity, sincerity, Acts 2: 46.— So
qélsie Jos. Ant. 3.12.2 Ael. V.
3. 10.

“Agents, ews, %, (dpinus 9, ¥.)

1. dismission, i. ©. deliverance, sc. from
service, captivity, etc. Luke 4: 18 bis
Sept. for ‘wnt Ia. 58: 6. 74 Ler.
25:10, Is. G1: 1—edr, 4: 62, Polyb.1.
79. 12, Herodian. 7. 11. 3.

2 remission, i. ©. forgiveness, pardon,
ec. of sins, absol, Mark 3: 29, Heb. &
22.10: 18. seq. tay spagrisy, Mat.
26:28. Mark 1:4, Luke 1:77, 33
24: 47, Acts 2:38. 5:31. 10:43. 1838,
oa. Tay maganteps-

ip. Barnab. 6. Act.
Thom. § Speie of debt, tribute,
etc. Sept. Deut. 15: 3. Esth. 2 18
1 Mace. 13: 34. si¢ tysmplas Diod. Si
20. 44.

“Agy, 95, 4, (Exxee necto,) a lige-
ture, vinculum, sc. by which the differ-
ent members of the body are connected,
commissure, joint, Eph. 4: 16, Col. 219.
— Plut. Anton. 27.

_ Apdagola, as, %, (épdugrs)
incorruption, incapacity of decay ; hence
spoken of the future bodies of stints
» 1 Cor. 15: 49, 50, 53, 54.
So of their future life and bappine’s
2 Tim, 1: 10 {wny nad dqrSagatar, by
hendiadys for tomy cpSagror. 80
Bom. 2: 7, comp. 1Cor. 9:25 and 1Pet.&
4, Also Tit. 2: 7 in earlier editions—
Wind. 2: 23, 6: 18) 19. Plut, Aristid. c.6.
— Spoken of things, etc. perpetuity i
Eph. 6: 24 éy dgSagolg.
“Agitapros, ov, 6%, adj. (0
and gdagtos, fr. pPrlpe,) in
i.e. spoken of persons,
God, Rom. 1: 23, 1 Tim. 1:17. the
future bodies of saints, 1 Cor. 15: 52—
Wisd. 12: 1. Diog. Laert. X. 12—
Spoken of things, imperishable, enduring,
1 Cor. 9:25. 1 Pet. 1: 4,23. &4.—
‘Wind. 18:4. Jos, Ant. 3.5.3.

‘Zpregie, as, 4, (dip Soges &.¢
pr. and gdulgw,) pp. incorruption

“Apphyue

capacity of decay ; metaph. incorrupl-
ness, integrity, Tit. 27 in some Mas,

for éd:apSogia.
“Apinut, (éné, trun) £ dgiow,

Batun. § 108, I. — Anomalous forms :
2 p. pres. ageis, from dgée, Rev. 2: 20
in later edit. comp, Ex. 32: 32. Battm.
$106. a. 5. § 107. n. 1,2. Winer § 14. 3.
—Imperf. 7q0y from aglu, Mark 1: 34.
11: 16. comp. Eee. 2: 18, 5:11. Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. Buttm. § 108. 1. 5.
Winer 1. c. For the augm. see Buttm.
§ 86. n. 2.—Perf, pass. 3 plur. ag éovtas
Matt. 9: 2, 6. Mark 25,9. al. froma
form of the perf. act. agéaxa, Buttm.
§ 108. I. p. 281, marg. note. § 97. n. 2
‘Winer L c.—T send forth or away, to let
go from one’s self, trans.

a) pp. ©. g. toby Sylous, to dismiss,
Matt. 13: 36.— Ken. Cyr. 1.2. 8. ib. 8,
1. 6. — Spoken of a wife, to put away,
1 Cor. 7: 11, 12, 13. — Jos. Ant, 15.7.
10.— So Matt. 27: 50 dpijus 20 xvebpa,
he gave up the ghost, i.e. expired—
Sept..Gen. 35: 18, Joa, Ant 7. 13.3
tiv yupiy. 5.2.8, Ael. H. An.2 1.
See Kypko in loc.—Mark 15: 37 dels
periy psyddgy, sending forth a loud ery.
Sept. for bip nz Gen. 45: 2 — Act.
Thom. § 39. Jos. Ant. 8.13.3, Dem.
301.10. Comp. Kypke in loc.

b) to ket go from one’s power, posses-
sion, etc. ie. to let go free, to let escape,
Matt. ‘24: 40, 41. Luke 17: 34, 35, 36.
Sept. for sp-n Cant. 3: 4. Prov. 4: 12.
— Palaeph. Fab. 41. — Trop. to let go
from obligation towards one’s self, to
remit, e. g. a debt, offence, etc. seq. dat.
of Maw. 18: 27, 32, 35. Mark 11:

Sept. for nig Deut. 15: 2 —
1 Mace, 10: 29, Ael. V. H. 14, 4.
Dem. 1480. 11.—So of sins, to remit the
penalty of sins etc. i.e. to pardon, to for-
‘give, seq. dat. of pers. e.g. dpesdjpora
Matt. 6:12 bis. duagrlas Matt. 9: 2,5, 6.
12:31. Mark 2:5,7,9, 10. al. Blaopnplar
Matt. 12: 31, 32 bis, magamtcipera Matt.
6:14 bia, 15 bis. Mark 11:25, duagripare
Mark 3:28, 4:12. dvoudas Rom. 4: 7.
So Sept. for a2 Is,22: 14. wip?
50: 17, Ex a8, Pa. 24: 16. "32 mts:
mee er 4: 20. 10, 1a ee,

119

“Aplus

—Eoelus. % 12. 98:2. Act. Thom. § 6.
§24. Joa. Ant. 6 5.6, Herodot. 6. 30
iy aisle. Comp. Ael. V. H. 1.14.
ae, to let go from one’s further notice,
care, attendance, occupancy, etc. i. e.
to Leave, to let alone, viz.

(a) pp. to quit, to forsake, to abandon ;
spoken of persons etc. Matt. 4: 11. 8: 15.
15: 14, 26: 44, 56, Mark 4:36. John
10: 12. al. spoken of things etc. Matt.
4:20 26 dlecva, Mark 13: 34 ry olslay.
John 4:8 nip’ Iovdatay. Matt. 19: 27,29,
1a narra, So Sept. for to3 1 Sam.
17; 20,28. Jor. 12:7. — Wied. 10: 14.
Ecclus, 6: 27, Lucian. D. Deor. 6. 12,
-~ So to leave, sc. in any place or state,
0 let remain, Matt. 5: 24 Sees dt ob

Saigéy cov. 18: 12. Mark 1:20. Luke
10: 30. John 4: 28. ia 18, 27. Acts 14:
17. dqeévar rivet pdvor John 8: 29. 16:
32. So Sept. for nr Gen. 4% 33,
3H Ex.

1K.19: 3. 1 Chr. 16: 21.

9:21.
Ew
le im dase or take, Matt. 5: 40 dgpap
aixg xad — Comp. Ecelus, 15:

Ta. Jos. Ant.7. 11.4 sor viv Epes por
— Further, to leave behind, sc. at death,
Matt. 22: 25. Mark 12: 19, 20, 21, 22
Sept. for 173m Ps, 17: 14. Ecc. 2 18.
—So to leave remaining, and Pass. tobe
Left, to remain ; Heb. 2 8. Matt, 23: 38,
Luke 13: 35. So Matt. 2%: 2 ob ph
Ggadi dds Lido ént Sor, Mark 13: 2.
Luke 19: 44. 21: 6, Sept. for Ht
Judg. 2:23. 8: 1.—Jos. Ant. 10. 10.4.

(8) metaph. to leave, in various senses,
via. to desert, to quit, Rom. 1:27 iy
qraseiy zoiow. Rev, 2:4.—Or, to omit,
to pass by, Heb. 6: 1 dqpévtes tov ™¢
Gexis déyor. — Eurip. Androm. 302,
Arrian. Diss. Epict. 4. 4. 36. — So to
neglect, to omit, Matt. 23: 23 bis, 12

tot yopov. Mark 7:8, Luke
11: 42, Sept. for 1974 Ecc. 11: 6.

d) to let go, i. ©. io let pass, to permit,
to suffer, seq. acc. c. infin. expressed or
implied, Matt. 8: 22. 13:30. 19: 14,
Mark 1:84. 5:37. al. Matt.3:15. Mark
5: 19, 11: 6. Luke 13: 8. John 11: 48,
12: 7, Rev. 2 20 dtu dgeis (text. rec.
48) ty yuvaixd cov *Iefafel wc. 03do-
xuv. Sept. for 197 2 Sam. 16: 11.
Judg. 16: 26. jn2 Ex. 1% 23, Num.
2% 18, — Xen. Cyr. 1.2.2. Palseph.

"Apervéopar 120

Fab, 4—Seq. &a with the subjunct. in
the manner of the later poets after verbs
of command ete. Mark 11: 16 ots Hqusy
tra 24, Seo Hermann ad Viger. p. 852.
. — So the imperat. Epes, deste, is fol-
lowed by the subjunct. without iva,
©. g. depes, Wear, Jet us see, suffer us to
see, Matt. 27:49, Mark 15:36. apes,
éxBciier, ct me cast out, Matt. 7:4. Luke
& 42. See Winer § 42.4. Herm. de
Ellips. p. 183. Comp. Matth. § 516. B.
Viger. p. 315, — Arrian. Dias. Bpiet. 1.
9, ib.8. 12 dipes, Bo, AL.
“Agecréoucn, ovpat, f. Kowa,
depon. (did, ixvéopan) to come or go
away sc. toa place, ete. i.e. to arrive at, td
reach, c. ¢. tis, Jos, Ant. 1.8.3, Xen.
Cyr. 2.1.2, InN. T. metaph. spoken
of a report, rumour, to come forth, to
spread abroad, c. c. eis, Rom. 16: 19. —
Ecclus, 47: 17.

“Ageayados, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a

pr. plas, and dyadéc,) unfriendly, hostile «

to good and to good men, 2Tim. 3:3.

“Apudeigyugos, ov, 6,4, adj. (a
Pr. pliog and Seyugos,) not covetous, libs
eral, generous, 1 Tim. 3: 3. Heb. 13: 5.

“ Aepekee, ecg, 4, (qixréopas,) ar-
rival, Diod. Sic. 13, 112, Herodian. 1.
7.2. InN. T. departure, Acta 20: 29,
— 3 Mace, 7: 18, Jos. Ant. 2.2.4. ib.
4.8.47. Dion, Halic. Ant. 10.8. He-
odian, 3, 1. 1. Demosth. 1436. 6.

‘Apiomue, £. ow, (dxé, tornus)
‘trans. and intrans, See “Jomps and
Botun. § 107. IL.

I. Trans. in the Act. pres, imperf.
fut. and aor. 1; pp. to place away from,
fo separate to roman, omar oe

part, Sept. for “or 1 Sam. 18: 13.
Cape Is, 59: 11, Ecclus. 42: 9. Xen.

G. 7. 5.23. InN. T. to lead away,
to seduce, ac. & people from their alle-
giance, Acts 5: 87 dxéotnce Lady ixavor
Snlow cixod, he seduced the p to
follow him. Sept. for 3°93 Deut 7:4,
ta7gr] Deut. 13: 10.—Xen. An, 6,6, 34.
Herodian. 1.9.2. ib. 7. 7. 18.

II. Intrava. in the Act. perf. pluperf.
aor. 2, and in Mid. to separate one’s self,
i. e. to depart,

8) genr. to go away from, to leave,

“Agogle
C.¢. Gd seq. Luke & 37, 4: 13.
Acts 12: 10, 19: 9, Luke 13: 27
from Ps, 6: 8 where Sept. for 440, coll.
Matt. 7: 22 where it is dwoyugelte.
Sept. for 31> Num. 12 10, 1 Sam, 18:
12 —C. c. gen. Herodian. 1, 10. 6. ib.
6. 4. 8. Polyb. 1. 88, 12—In the sense
of to forsake, to desert, Acts 15: 38. So
Sept. for 9p? Jer. 6 8. Ez. 23: 17, 18,
— In the sense of to withdraw from, to
avoid, 1 Tim. 6:5, 2 Tim. 2:19. So
Sept. for 30 Lam. 4: 15. — C.c. gen.
Jos, Ant. 1, 18. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 80.
Thue. 7.7.

b) metaph. to desist from, to
from, to let alone. ow’ 88 onbrrye
Gnd tév GrSgcimow tote. 22: 2.
2 Cor. 12: 8. So Sept. for b44 Job 7:
16. 730 1 Sam. & 3, 28am: 2 22
23,—Polyb. 5. 46. 4. Dem. 78. 21.

©) to make defection from, to revolt, to

abeol. Luke 8: 13. seq. gen.

1 Tim. 4: 1, seq. dad c. gen. Heb.
12. Sept. for 9797 Ez. 20:8. yn
2 Chr. 26: 18. 28:'19,22. 39 Gen.
14: 4, Dan. 9: 9.—C. c. gen. Jos. Ant.
8.7.8 ib.9, 5.1. Herodian, 6. 2. 19.
Xen. Cyr. 4, 5. 11. seq. dnd 5. 4. 1.

“Ave, adv. (contr. from dparés
fr. a pr. and galve,) suddenly, unex

, Acts 2:2. 16: 26, 28: 6. Sept.

for or) Josh. 10: 9, Ecc. 9: 12, —
2 Mace.'3: 27. Diod. Bic. 1. 57.

_Agepas, adv. (a pr. and gdfos,)
boldly, Luke 1:74, 1 Cor.

Herodian. 7.2. L
*"Agomown, @, £ dow, (és,

"Xen, Hiero 7. 10.

Gporos,) lit. to liken off, i. e. to make like,
Pass. Heb. 7: 3. — Ep. of Jer. 5, 63, 71.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 2,

"Apopae, a, f. éndpopas, (and,
6gde,) to look away sc. towards a distant
object, Jos. Ant. 1. 20,3. Herodot, 8.
37. In N.T. metaph. to behold in mind,
to fiz the mind upon, seq, agc.ace. Heb,
12 2 cis toy “Inooty. — 4 Mace. in 10
tly tov Sedy. Jos. Ant, 7.5. 4 mg6¢ TH
GdjSuav. 8.12.1.

Appopiten, £. ui, (cmd, Sgltes) to set
off by bounds, to limit off, Sept. for Syaa77

: * Agoguy 121

Ex. 19: 12,28. Polyb.17.5.7. In N.T,

to set off apart, to separate, Matt. 13: 49,
25: 32 bis. Acts 19:9, 2 Cor. 6 17.

Gal.2 12. Sept. for Syyary Lev. 20:25. deep

Ts, 56: 3, — ae argh So to set
for any thing, to select, to reer
ies vs Aca1®S, Rom.
Gal..1: 15. Sept. for "337 Lev 2 0
26,-Act. Thom. § 44.—In the sense of
to excommunicate, Luke 6: 22. — Eurip.
Hee. 81.

* Agog, 96, %p (a6, gu, )pp. that
from which Bich any thing proceeds, viz.
‘means, material, apparatus, sc. for ac-
complishing any thing, Joe. Ant. 5. 1.
16, Xen. Mem. 3. 5, 11. Polyb. 14.9.8.
—InN.T. occasion, opportunity, Rom. 7:
B11. 2Cor. 5:12 11:12 bis. Gal. 5:
13, 1 Tim. 5: 14.3 Mace.3: 2. Jos.
‘Ant. 2.11.1, Herodian. 1.8.4. Diod.
|. 83.

Agpite, f. loon (dpgds,) to froth,
to foam, Mark 9: 18, 20. — Diod. Sic.
3.9.

* Agoss, ov, 5, froth, foam, Luke
9: 39, — Hom. IL. 20. 168, Jos. Ant. 6.
ee

Agpoovrn, 78, 4: (Spgen,) want
of wisdom, folly.

a) genr. 2 Cor. 11: 1, 17,21. Sept.
for nb1x Prov.18: 13, 19:3. 26: 4, 5,—
Xen, Cyr. 4.2 41.

b) from the Heb. want of true wisdom,
i.e. impiety, wickedness, Mark 7: 22.
So Sept. and mth Job 4:6. mha2
Deut. 22:21. mib3Q Eee. 7: 25. —
Wisd. 12 23,

“Agoay, ovos, 3, 4, adj. (a pr.
and ggoriw from pp77,) unwise, simple,
foolish.

a) genr. Luke 11:40, 12:20. 1Cor.
15: 36. 2 Cor. 11: 16 bis, 19. 12 6,11.
So Sept. for Set Prov. 11: 29, 5°02

Prov. 10:1. 33 Prov. 30: 22, $39
Eee. % 19.— Herodian, 5.7.1. Xen.
Mem. 3. 7. 5.

b) in the sense of uninstructed, un-
learned, ignorant, sc, of true religion,
Rom. 2 20. Eph. 5:17. 1 Pet. 2 15.
So Sept. and “pa Pes. 92: 7.

* Agunvow, @, f. dow, (Squares,
fr. dé and ixvos,) pp. to cease to sleep,

16

* Ayagisros

to awake from sleep, Authol. Gre. II.
p. 103. ed. Jac. In N.'T. and later
writers, to sleep away, i.e. to fall into a
and prolonged sleep, Luke 8: 23,
coll. Matt. 8: 24 et Mark 4: 88 where it
is xaSeide, So Sept. ed. Aldin. for.
n2W Judg. 5: 27. — Nicet. Ann. 11,6,
48.°B. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 224.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677.

“Agevos, ov, 6, % adj. (a pr. and
puri) voiceless, i.e,

a) dumb, not having the power of
speech, e. g. beasts, 2 Pet. 2: 16, idole,
1 Cor, 12:2, comp. Ps, 115: 5eq. Hab.
2 18, 19,—Aeschin. 88. 37.

b) mute, silent, ec. in patient suffering,
Acts 8: 82, quoted from Is, 53: 7 where
Sept. for DEN? —Ael. V. H. 12, 41,

ce) metapt. unexpressive, i. ©. without
expression, not having rv Sivas tis
puris, 1 Cor. 14: 10, coll. v. 11.

“Ayat, 6, indec. Aha, Heb. 1
{posesoor), an idolatrous king of Judab,
Matt. bis, See 2K.c.16, 2Chr.
c. 28,

" Ayaiia, ac, %, Achaia, a region
of Greece. In a more restricted sense,
Achaia was a province lying in the
northern part of the Peloponnesus, in-
cluding Corinth and its isthmus, and
put by the poets for the whole of Greece;
whence “Ayavol, the Greeks. In a wider
sense, Achaia comprehended the Pelo-
ponnesusand the wholeof Greece proper-
ly socalled, Augustus divided the whole
country into two proconsular provinces,
viz. Macedonia and Achaia ; the former
of which included Macedonia proper,
with Ilyricum, Epirus, and Thessaly ;
and the latter, all which Jay southward
of the former. Corinth was the capital
of Achaia, and the residence of the pro-
consul. In N. T. the name Achaia is
always employed in this latter accepta-
tion ; Acts 18: 12, 27, 19: 21. Rom. 15:
26. 16: 5 in text. rec. 1 Cor, 16: 15.
2Cor, 1:1, 9:2 11:10. 1 Thess, 1: 7,8.
See Kuinoel on Acts 18: 12.

* Ayaitxds,ov, 6, Achaicus, name
of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16:17, 25.

" Ayaguatos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (« pr.
and zapionas) unthankful,

“Ayele

Luke 6:35. 2 Tim. 3: 2A—Ecclus, 20:
17,25, Jos. Ant. 8.15.1. Xen. Mem,
221.

* Azelu, 4, indec. Achim, pr. name
of a man, Matt. 1: 14.

* Ayeponolytos, ov, 6, %, adj. (a
pr. zelg and rovda,) not made with hands,
Mark 14:58, 2Cor. 5:1, Col. 2:11.

” AyAve, Vos, 4 thick mist, cloud,
darkness, sc. which shrouds objects from
view, Hom. Od.7.41. In N.T. spoken
of the eyes, @ mist, sc. before the
eyes, Acts 13: 11 aylig xa oxdtos, —
Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 3 dgliv sais Spas avrdy
éniBaheir, Hom. ll. 5. 127. Themist.
Orat. 21. Spoken often in Homer of
the mist which cornes over the eyes of
the dying, Il. 5. 696. ib. 16. 344.

Azosios, a, ov, (apr. and zgsia,)
useless, unprofitable, pp. Epist. Jer. 17.
‘Xen. Cyr. 6, 3.21. Mem. 1.2.54. In
N. T. by implic.

a) slothful, wicked, Matt. 25: 30, coll.
v. 26, — Achill. Tat. V. p. 321. Comp.
dyguéms Tob. 4: 13.

b) spoken in humility, humble, of litle
value, Luke 17:10, So Sept. and dpa
2 Sam. 6: 22. "

. yw

Agee, 1, f. daw, (dxgtios,) to
render useless, Polyb. 3. 64.8. to mar,
to destroy, Sept. for 33N37] 2 K. 3: 19.
gr Jer. 11: 16, Esdr. 1°57. InN. T.
metaph. to corrupt ; Pass. to become cor
rupt, depraved; Rom. 3: 12, quoted from
Pa.14:3 or 53: 4, where Sept. for mbt.

Axonsros, ou, 6 % adj. (a pr.
and zgnords,) useless, unprofitable, pp.
Sept. for yHM Tw" Hos. 8: 8. Ecclus.
37:19. Herodian. 8. 4, 21, Xen. Oec.
1. 10.—In N. T. metaph. and by impl.
worse than weeless, wicked, detrimental,
veq, dat. of pers. Philem.1], coll. v.18,—
Wid. 3: 11 digo. igya. Eoclus, 16:1
where it is i, q. doeprs, coll. Wisd. 3:
12. Act. Thom. § 12. :

"Ayoc, or “Azors sometimes be-
fore a vowel, Buttm. § 26.4. Lob. ad
Phryn. p.14. pp. adv. of time (in N.'T.
also of place) marking duration, contin-
uedly ; with the genitive, as a preposi-
Aion, continuedly until, i. e. during, until,

122

“Axugoy

usque ad; with verbs, as a conjunction,

20 long as until, i, e. until, followed in

N.T. only by the subjunctive mood-
implying uncertainty ; Buttm. § 146.3,

and n. 1,2 Winer § 42.3,

I. As a prop. with the genitive
a) with nouns (a) of time, as Sygs xapoi,
during a. Luke 4: 18, Acts 1811,
20: 11 dxpus apyiis. — Jos. Ant. 6.11.
4 dxos sis bn—Acts% 2, 3:21. WB
28: 1. 26:22, Rom. 5:13. 1 Cor. 4:11,
2Cor. 3:14. Gal. 4:2. Phil.1:6.
6:11. Rev. 2: 26.—2 Mace. 14: 15. Jos
Ant. 4, 8, 23, Xen. Conv. 4, 37. — S80
Gyn suepsy nives, during i.e. ux for
days, or until, on, the fifth dy,
Acts 20:6. So of a point of tim,
e.g. Sos Savccov, Acts 2k 4 Rev.
210. 12:11. So Heb. 4: 12—(6) Of
place, Acts 11: 5 Seu tuov. 186
Gyoe Hiqov. 20:4. 28:15. 2Cor. It
18,14. Rey. 14: 20. 18: 5, — Lucian.
D. Deor, 7. 4.

b) with a relative pron. either witht
noun of time, as Syee js qpdpes, wail the
day when, i.e. until, Matt. 24: 38. Luke
1: 20, 17: 27. Acts 1:2,— or seq, 04, fo
zoe xgovev ov, until the time when, i
until; so that @ oes ov has the name
of a conjunction ; Acts 7: 18 dos #
dvéorn, until another king arose. 7:
Rom. 11: 25. 1 Cor. 1]: 26. 16: %
Gal. 3: 19, 4:19. Rev. 2: 25, %4—
Heliod. 8.7. Xen. H.G, 6. 4.37.—Wit
a verb in the present, Gypis ov signifies
20 long as, while, Heb. 3: 13 dou ov?
oripegor xadsiza.—Bo &zos 2 Mace, It
10.

¢) before particles, Rom. 1: 13
roi Bstigo, 8: 22 diyge tot viv, Phil 1:5
—Joa. Ant. 2.14. 5 dizgs née. Philo de
Abr. p. 375.

If, Asa conjunction, before vers
in the subjunctive, Luke 21: 4. Rev
& 17:17, 20: 8, — Jos. Ant. 12.7.6
Plut, de def. Orac.¢. 13,

“Ayuoor, ov, 16, chaff, pp- 8?
for i) Job 21: 18. Yr Te 1713
Polyby 1, 19. 13. Xen. Oee. 18 67,8
— InN. T. straw, sc. os broken up bf
treading out the gram, Matt. & 12
Luke 3:17. So Sept. and ee
25,32 Judg. 1919, bv>9 Is 90:4
Such straw was weed by the Hebrew?

"Aypevdys

as fodder, and for burning; see Gen.
Le. Judg. Le. and-Ex. 5: 7. Luke 12: 28,
Comp. Calmet, art. Thrasking. Jahn
§ 64, 65.

> A me

“Awpevdns, £05, ov, &, 4, adj. (a
pr.and yeudys,) incapable of falsehood, ve-
vax, Tit. 1: 2. — Symm. for 3p ee
Job 36: 4. Wisd. 7:18, Herodian,:

“Aywios, ov, 4, panes as
the emblem of poisonous bitterness,
Rev. 8: 11 bis; where, as the name of
a star, it is mase. 6 “Apw9os. Heb.

123

Baduve

mygb Prov. 5: 4 where Sept. zolq,
Aquila dpirdior, ‘The figure of waters
thus vonverted into bitter poison, is
drawn perhaps from Jer. 9: 15. 23: 15.
Lam. 3: 15, 19, (where Heb. 133%,
comp. Deut. 29:18. Heb. 1215, Ex.
15:93. — Xen. Anab, 1. 5.1 Sle
Suoy.

“Awpuyzos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (a pr. and
yuri.) inanimate, void of sense and life,
1 Cor. 14: 7.—Wisd. 14: 29. Polyb. 6.
47.10.

B.

Baad, 6, indec. Baal, Heb. 533
(master), Chald. by, bg, Bel, pr.name
of one of the chief gods of the Phe-
nicians and Babylonians, representing
either the sun, or more probably the

planet Jupiter.” Rom. 11: 4 ow Eeay-
par yérv of [shen] Beiad, quoted from
1K. 19: 18 where it is 79 Baal; comp.
Butim. § 195.5. Tho Israelites were
often seduced to the worship of this
god; Judg. 2:11, 13. 8:7. 8:33, 1K.
16:31. See Calmet, art. Baal.
Bafviey, dvos, }, Babylon, Heb.
593, Babel, (i. e. confusion, contr. for
ae from fom 322 Gen. 11: 9,) the cele-
Babylonia and the seat
he fecyrian aid Chaldean empires.
. For a full account of it, and of the
present un, see Calmet, arts, Babel,
ia. In N.T.
aN 1: 11, 12, 17 bis. Acts 7:
43. 1 Pet. 5: 13.
b) poetically and symbolically Baby-
Jon is put for the capital of heathenism,
the chief seat of idolatry, probably pagan
Rome, as being the successor of ancient
Babylon in this respect ; comp. Is. 21: 9.,
Jer. 50: 38, 51:7, 8. — Rev. 14:8, 16:
19, 17: 5. 182, 10, 21.
Be use, of, 8, (Balra,) a step, v0
of 8 stair, door, etc. Ecclus. 6: 36.
Sept. for yr 72971 Sam. 5:5. Plot. Romul.
©... In'N. T. a step of dignity, de-

gree, standing, 1 Tim. 8: 13.—Artemid.
2.42. Plut. Alcib, c.17. Lucian. Amor.
§ 53.—The Attic form is Buopds, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 324.

Bados, 203, ous, +5, (fad%s,)

a) pp. Matt. 13: 5. Mark 4:5. Rom.
8: 39. Eph. 3: 18. Luke 5: 4 eis 16 Ba-
Gos se. tig Paddoons, i.e. the deep,
deep water, the sea. Sept. for Dyp 2372
Ez. 27: 34. “Is 51: 10. mbaen Zecl
10:11. san Ez. 4, 18. — Diod.
Bic. 5, 36." "Xen. Occ. 19. 14,

b) metaph. (a) for greatness, abun-
dance, Rom. 11: 33 faPos mlotrou x...
— Sept. Prov. 18:3. Ael. V. H. 3. 18
mloinos Badis.—2 Cor. 8:2 sad B6-
Gos mruzsla, deep, abject poverty. —
(8) 20 Badn, dep depths, deep things, i. ©. the
secret unrevealed purposes of any one,
€. & to S200 1 Cor. 2:10. t0¥ cwrava
Rev. 2 24 in text. rec. So Sept. for
pe Ece. 7:24. Comp. Ps. 925. Dan.

Judith & 14. Ecclus. 24: 20.—
Hom. U. 19. 125 ggiy Badzia,

Badiven, £. wis, (Babdve,) to deepen,

to make deep. Luke 6: 48 Boxaye xa?

dBcidure, i. gq. Babies Konays, he dug
deep, whore by Hobraiom {9c Oure stands

. adverbially; Geson.Lehrg. p.823, Stuart

§ 583. comp. Buttm. § 144. n. 8. Sept.

fe Pe, 9% 6. Hiph. Ter.
ri Eien. Ti. 23, 421. Paes

Badus

Baduc, eta, y, deep, profound,
©. g. 1 geiag John 4: 11. Sept. for
Pry Job 11:8. Prov. 22: 14, — Xen.
An. 5. 2, 3.— Metaph. Acts 20: 9 irr
Bad, Luke 24:1 deS2ou adios, lit.
deep twilight, i.e. earlitst dawn, i. 4.
May noo Mark 16: 2.—Jos. Ant. 2. 14.
2. ,Aelian. V. H.9.13. Plato Crit.
c. 1.—So ta Badia tov carava, the deep
things, secret purposes, Rev. 2: 4 in later
edit, see in Bados b. 8.

Baioy, ou, x6, (Sails,) Plur. 14 Bata,
branches of the patm tree, John 12: 13.
Heb. nan niep Lev. 22: 40, Symm.
for D°:92 Cant. 7: 9.—1 Mace. 13: 51.
Test. XIX Patr. p. 668.

Bahacp, 6, indec. Balaam, Heb.
nya, pr. name of a soothsayer of Pe-
thor in Mesopotamia, who was hired by
Balak, king of the Mosbites, to curse the
Israelites ; see Num. c. 22, 23. Deut.
23: 4. Josh. 24: 9. Jos. Ant. 4. c. 6.
Io N.T. put as the emblem of false
and- seducing teachers, 2 Pet. 2: 15.
Jude 11, Rev. 214. See in Nixo-
Aatens.

Badeix, 6, indec. Balak, Heb. pia
(vacant), a king of the Moubites, Rev. 2:
14,—See Num, ¢. 22, Josh. 24:9. Jos.
Ant. 4, ¢. 6.

Badevuor, ov, 13, also Badlav-
Tov, @ purse, Luke 10: 4. 12: 83. 22
35, 36. Sept. for 4i4% Job 14: 17.

° Prov. 1: 14. — Herodian. 5. 4, 4.
Xen. Conv. 4. 2.

Baik, f. Padé, perf. péSdyxa,
aor. 2 Maloy, perf. pass. BéSlnuas, aor. 1
pass. é8i49yy, f. 1 pass, Bin djcouas, to
throw, to cast, with a greater or less de-
gree of force as modified by the context ;
trans. and seq. dat. or a prep.

8) genr. toy xAfjgoy, to cast lots, 8c.
into the urn or vessel, Matt. 27: 35 bis,
Mark 15: 24. Luke 23: 34. al. Comp.
Potter’s Gr, Ant. I. p, 833, Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 302. So Sept. for 5
1 Sam. 14: 42, Neh, 10: 34. 11: 1
Ecclus. 37: 8, Jos, Ant. 6. 3, 4. Comp.
Virg. Zn. 5. 491. — Spoken of a tree,
to cast ec. its fruit, Rev. 6:13, So fal-
Jay kavtov, to cast one’s self, and with
xcire, to cast one’s self down, Matt. 4: 6.

124

Badso

Luke 4:9, John 21:7. For Acts: 14,
see below in d.—Seq. dat. to cast to or
before any one, Matt. 15:26. Mark 7:
27. So Matt. 25: 27 Balaiv 20 dgyiguer
trois tgansbleass, i.e. to put oub to place

prepositions and particles, the significa-
tion is variously modified, though the
idea of to throw lies every where at bot-
tom, viz,

(a) seq. cind, to throw from one, fo
cast away, Matt. 5:29, 18: 8, 9. al. —
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1. 20 domeg to's
moorigors dpSalwois Gofal —_

(8) seq. éx, to cast out of, e.g. 10H
otépatos, to vomit forth, Rev. 12: 15,16.

(7) seq. &¥0, to cast out, i. e. to throw
away, to reject; Matt. 5: 13. 13 4
Luke 14: 85, John 15: 6. — Hesiod.
“Egy. 332.—Trop. to banish, sc. tor @-
for 1 John 4: 18,

(8) seq. e¢¢ €. acc. of place whither,
to cast into, e. g. sig 16 mig otc. Matt.
10, 5: 29. 6: 30. 18: 42, Mark 9:22,45
al. saep. Sept. for m9 Di 3: 21,5.
Lig tiy Palocoay, Mate, 21: 21. Merk
11:23. Rev. 18:21. Spoken of nets
etc. fo cast into, to let down into the te,
‘Matt. 4: 18, 18:47. 17:27. al. So Bept
for Pbuiry Is. 19: 8, — Eig qulonir,
cast tnto prison, Matt. 18: 30. Luke I=
58, Acta 16: 37. al. — Arrian. Dis.
Epict. 1. 29. 6. — Spoken of contribu
tions in money cast into a treasury, etc:
Mark 12: 41—44. Luke 21: 1—4. Alo,
to deposit, Mutt. 27:6. John 1% 6 —
Spoken of a sword, to thrust into, 8
the sheath, i.e, to put up, John 18: Il.
of a sickle, Rev. 14: 19, comp. in be
low. So of the finger, hand, etc. &
thrust into, to put into, Mark 7: 33. John
20:27. Comp. Heb.» nbz, Sept. éevsire,
Job 28:9, Dan. 11: 42, — James 33
tév Tinney tovs zadivois Bekddesw, to pus
to place, ec. bits in horses’ mouths —
Spoken of liquide, as wine and water
where we can only trénslate by to pu
into, to pour into, Matt. 9: 17 bis. Mark
% 22 bia, Luke 5: 37, 38. John 135
So Sept. and pin Judg. 6: 19.—Arris?-
Diss. Epict, 4, 13, 12, olvoy, tva Bale &
toy mlBor. Dioecor. 1. 94 idue fale
els dyyeiov,—- Metaph. Bddlew «6 ™

Baiho
ragdlay, lo put into one's heart, to sug-
gest to one's mind, John 13: 2, — Jos.
Ant. 6.13.4 pare sig vot eBaldunr.
7. 4.3. Plut. Timol. 3. Hom. Od. 1.
201. Pind. Olymp. 13. 21.

(2) 20q. Kuxgoadey v. dveimdy civ0s,
to cast before any one, sc. at his feet,
Matt. 7: 6, Rev. 2: 14, 4: 10,

(2) seq. nl, to cast upon, 0. g. Tov
anogoy dni tijs yiis, i.e. to sow, to scatter
seed, Mark 4:26. So Sept. for nip? Ps.
126: 6. — Bo to cast stones at any one,
John 8:7 én’ itl. v. 59 én aitoy. So
Sept. for ‘twit Ece. 3 5. and genr.
for 93 Ie. 37: 33. nit Ez. 21: 22,
|. 5:18. Ecclus, 22: 21.— So
Balduy viv donray ent yy yijy, to send
out peace upon the earth, Matt. 10:34 bis.
— Rev. 2 24 ob illo dg Spite Hite
Béigos, to cast upon, i.e. to put upon, to
tmpose, Spoken of a sickle, to thrust in,
Rev. 14: 16, and c. c. ei v. 19.—Spoken
of liquids, to pour, Matt. 26: 12, coll. v.7;
see more in 8 above.

b) Pas. perf: and pluperf. B¢Binwas,
to be cast, i.e. to be laid, to lie, i. q. xet-

jaa, comp. Buttm. § 113. 6. Matt. 8: 6
piineos ay aij olxlg magakutixds. v. 14.
9: 2.én} xdlvns BePinuivoy. Mark 7: 30.
Luke 16: 20. So the Act, Rev. 2: 22
Biddo aiciy ekg xlivqy, I will cast her
‘into a bed, i.e. will afflict her with dis-
ease, etc.

¢) seq. accus. of pers. to throw at any
one, Merk 14: 65 ganlopags abréy EBa-
Jor, lit. they threw at him with blows, i.e.
they gave him blows. Sept. Sdlles
Bélzot at USoug for 737 2 Chr. 26: 15,
aldny rékog for “17 Ps. 78: 9. —
Jos, Ant. 2.15.4 adog Ballay ta,
Comp. Xen. An. 1. 5. 12 ings (K2éapzor)
ah atl.

d) intrans. or with gavroy implied, to
cast one’s self, i.e. to rush forward,
spoken of a wind, to blow, Acts 27: 14.
See Buttm. § 130, n, 2. — Hom, Il. 11.
721 motopos tig Gla Ballow. At.

Bante, f. low, (Benta,) a fre-
quentative in form but not in fact, to
immeree, to sink, trans. e.g. spoken of
ships, galleys, etc. Polyb. 1. 51.6 xab
noldd tay oxapéy UBéncizor. ib.8.8.4.
ib.16.6.2, Epict. Fragm. ed. Schweigh.
14. Jos. B. J. 3.8. 5 xufegritns, Sots

125

Banriio

qupora Osdosneis m9 tig Duildys eBa-
suse ixcry td oxagos. Ant. 9. 10. 2.
Spoken of animale, Diod. 1, 36 tev
88 zagouluy Inglev ri olde piv ind
208 nosapod mepiingSivca SaqSelgeras
Bantitopwa, Polyb. 5. 47.2. Spoken
of men, partially, Polyb. 3.72. 4 tas
téy pactay of meted Bortuboperos.—
In N.T.

1. to wash, to cleanse by washing, trans.
Mid. and aor. 1 Pass, in middle sense,
to wash one’s self, to bathe, to perform -
ablution ; comp. Buttm. § 136, 2.—
Mark 7: 4 dav wy Bantiowrras, coll. v.3
where it ie viyerrsas, Luke 1: 38 é-
Paipager ox ob meso (Bantlody 96
rob delavov. Sept. for ay 2K. & 14,
coll. v. 10 where it is Ny and love.
— Judith 12:7 wat (Judith) Banxifeco dy
Ff nagsuBolij end rig. nyyie tod Heros.
Ecclus. 31: 25 amtifopsvos do vexgot,
comp. Lev. 11: 25, 28, 40. Num. 1%
18, 19.

2. to baptize, to administer the rite of
baptism, either that of John or of Christ.
Pass. and Mid. to be baptized or to cause
one’s self to be baptized, i.e. genr. to
receive baptism. In the primitive
churches, where according to oriental
habits bathing was to them what wash-
ing is to us, the rite appears to have
been ordinarily though not necessarily
performed by immersion. — Spoken

8) pp. and (a) simply, Matt. 3: 6, 13,
14,16. Mark 1: 4, 5. 16:16. Luke 3:

i . John 3: 25, 28. 3:

. 4: 1,2. 10: 40. Acts 2:
41. 8; 12, 13, 36, 38. 9: 18. 10: 47. 16:
15, 33. 16: 8. 22: 16. 1 Cor. 1: 14, 16
bis, 17. So Mark 6:14 "Iudvrng 5 Ba-
aeriger i.g. 5 Banturei¢.—With an accus.
of the cognate noun, Acts 19: 4” Indyryng
Spénne Bantiope petavolas, John bap-
of repentance, i e. by

whieh those who received it acknowi-
edged their obligation to repent. Luke 7:
29, Comp.Bottma.§131.3,-InLuke’s writ-
ings with a dative of the instrument or
material employed, i.e.3ats,wiTH water,
Luke 3:16. Acts 1:5. 11: 16. Else-
where with é tarts, 1x water, Matt. 3:
li, Mark.1: 8. Jobn 1: 26, 31, 33,
Comp. Matt. 3: 6 é 26 "Jopddem. See
Buttm. §133. 3.1. Winer § 31.5. Matth.
§ 396. n. 2. So with eis rd» “Jogdarny,

Baantio

baptized into the Jordan, Mark 1: 9,—
Plut. de Superstit. 3. Jos. Ant. 4. 4. 6,
(8) with adjuncts marking the object
and effect of the rite of beptian 5 chiefly
eig 0. accus. to baptize or to be baptized
unto any thing, i. e. into the belief, pro-
‘feasion, observance, of any thing. Matt.
Be U1 els purdvoray, Acts 2 B8-sis Spe
ow dagtdr. 19: 3 tis +0 “Tadvvov fa-
wtlope, i. e. the repentance into which
Jobn baptized. 1 Cor. 1218 sis fy
dpa, i.e. that we may become one
body. Rom. 6:3 sis Sdvatoy.—So with
ig c. accus, of person, to baptize or to
be baptized 1x70 80. a profession of faith
in any one and sincere obedience to
him ; Rom. 6:3 and Gal. 3: 27 tie Xgus-
tor, 1Cor. 10: 2 als toy Maiojy. Bo
als 70 Svopd twos, into the name of any
one, in the same sense ; Matt. 28: 19.
Acts 8: 16. 19: 5, 1 Cor. 1: 13, 15. —
Bo also in the same sense, én? 6 é6-
por. Incot, Acts 2:38; and év x6 3¥6-
bars r05 mvpiou, Acts 10: 48. — With
tndp, 1 Cor. 15: 29 bis, of BawniZiusror
nig tay vexgar, on account of
the dead, i.e. why baptized into a belief
of the resurrection of the dead, if in
fact the dead rise not? See more in b.
b) metaph. and (a) in direct allusion
to the sacred rite, fomtifay éy mveiuare
Gyly xad mvgl, to baptize in the Holy
and in fire,i.e. to overwhelm,richly
furnish, with all epiritual gifts, or over-
whelm with ‘fire unquenchable’ etc.
Matt. 3: 11. Luke 3: 16, See Calmet,
p. 144; and for the construction see
above in a. a. So with éy nvsipot:
ylg alone, Mark 1: 8 Jobn 1: 33,
Acts 1: 5, 11: 16.—(§) genr. but still in
allusion to the rite, to baptize with ‘ca-
lamities, i.e. to overwhelin with sufferings ;
(Matt. 20: 22 bia, 23 bis. Mark 10:88 bis,
89 bis, 16 Barticpa, 8 tye Bartlouat,
Bantadiiva, to receive the baptism with
twhich I must be baptized, i. ©. can ye en-
dure to be overwhelmed with sufferings
like those which I mustendure? For
the construction see above in a. a, Luke
1% 50. — Sept. (for myz) Is. 21: 4 9
Gvoula pa Bawsife. Jos. B.J. 4.3.3
of 37 Dotegor iBémticay wy nébluy, i.e.
the robbers who had broken into Jeru-
salem afterwards baptized the city, filled
it with confusion and calamity. Plut.

126

Bano

de Educ. Pueror. 13. 3, yuz} pe pe
eepyérgors 4 mévois, t0is Oe inceg—
Badlovorr forritera. Heliodor. Ae
thiop. 2.3 +f ovmpops Behertiopivor.
Diod. Sic. 1.73 idsbsas Bantifer talc
siopopais. Clem. Alex. Paed. 2. 2 ixo
wb9ng Barritopevos ais os Envoy. Jos. Ant.
10, 9. 4 Behantiopdros tic dvaoIyolav
xal invoy ixd sis wénc. Evenus 15,
in Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. I. p. 99, Baxti-
tes tovy.—Bo J Cor, 15: 29 bia, xt ross
covoww of Barrsttousros inig tay vexgdy *
— thal Bowrlforcas Snip abréy ; i.e.
if the dead, of vexpo/, do not rise, why
expose ourselves to so much danger
and suffering in the hope of a resur-
rection? comp. v.30, 31, where x»dv-
vet and drodrjoxe are substituted for
BansiZouas ; see alo Calmet, p. 145,
147, Comp. above in a. f.

Bantopa, arog, +6, (Banrizen)
PP. something immersed; in N-T’. baptism,
spoken of the rite, viz. of John’s bap-
tism, Matt. 3: 7. 21: 25. Mark 1:4. 11:
30. Luke 3: 3. 7:29. 20: 4. Acts 1:
22. 10: 37, 13: 24. 18: 25. 19: 3, 4. of
the baptism instituted by Jesus, Rom.
6:4. Eph, 4: 5. Col. 2: 12, 1 Pet.3: 21.
—Motaph. baptism into calamity, i.e.
affictions with which one is oppressed
or overwhelmed, Matt. 20: 22, 23. Mark
10: 38, 39. Luke 12: 50. See in Ba-
mike 2. b.

Bantopog, ov, 6, (Santiiw.)

1, washing, ablution, ac. of vessels, etc.
Mark 7: 4, 8. Heb. 9:10. Comp. Lev.
11: 32.

2. baptiom, i.e. the christian rite,
Heb. 6: 2.—Jos. Ant. 18: 5. 2, of John’s
baptism.

Banuorys, ov, §, (banrite,) «
baptizer, i. ©. the Baptist, as a cognomen
of John the Baptist, the forerunner of
our Lord. Matt. 3:1, 11: 11, 12, 14:2
8. 16:14. 17: 13, Mark 6: 24,25. 8:28.
Luke 7: 20, 28, 33. 9: 19. — Jos, Ant.
185.2.

Bainrea, £. yes, to dip in, to immerse,
trans.

. C.C. Big 20q. accus. Jobn 13:

26 oosloy, Bc. vig 20 ® reer,

Bagapfas

oq. fy tors Ruth 214. 2K. 815. Job
9: 31.—Xen. Anab, 2.2.9. seq. i tus
Hom. Od. 9, 392, — So trans. and seq.
gen. of the thing touched ; Luke 16: 24
‘Tra Parry 10 dxpor tot exrullov Waros,
i, e. by impL in a small portion of water,
which then is put in the gen. comp.
Buttm. § 132. 6, 3.-Winer § 30. 5. p. 166.
Matth. § 333. Herm. ad Vig. p. 881. —
So Hom. IL. 6, 508 dover Sas sorapoio.

b) by impl. to tinge, to dye, c. c. dat.
of means, Buttm. § 183, 3,1. Rev. 19:
13 ipdnor cree —Jos,
Ant. 3. 6. 1 rpszae xad Sogas xgoBarer,
zal ras pir doxlvSy BoBappiras, ts 34
goin. -Herodot. 7. 67 sipasa BeBop-
pive. Hom. Batrachom. 218 or -223
‘&Bartero 8 aiuerts Uyyn. Helladius in
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jac. II. p. 145,

BagaBBas, a, 6, Barobbas, Ara-
mean Nxt TZ (bon of the father), pr.
name of a robber, whose release the
Jews demanded of Pilate, Matt. 27: 16,
17, 20, 21, 26. Mark 15:7, 11,15. Luke
23: 18. John 18: 40 bis. Three Mes.
the Armenian version, and one Syriac
version, read in Matt. l.c. *Incots Ba-
gaffas ; see Olshausen in loc,

Bapetx, é,indec. Barak, Heb. p32
(lightning), pr. name of a Hebrew, who
in conjunction with Deborah delivered
Israel from the Canaanites, Heb, 11: 32.
See Judg. c. 4, 5.

Bagaylas, ov, é, Barackias, pr.
name of a men, Matt. 23: 35. He was
probably the same with Jehoida, 2 Chr.
24; 2,20; as the Jews often had two
pames. See Zayaglas, and Kuinoel
and Olshausen in loc,

BeeBagos, ov, &, « barbarian,
i.e, in ancient usage simply a foreigner,
viz.

a) dne who uses a different
1 Cor. 14:11 bis, Sept. for 195 Ps.
114: 1.—2 Mace, 2: 21. ‘Herodot. 2.158
Paghdigous ndvtas of Aiytntios xaléovce
tous pn ole: Suoyldccous, Herodian.
7. 3.2, ib. 7. 8, 2.

b) one who does not speak Greek, one
not a Greek ; Acts 28: 2, 4, where the
inhabitants of Melita (Malta) are s0
called, as speaking a dialect of the Phe-
nician language. Rom. 1: 14 “Edinol ss

127

Bapéws

net Pappiigoss, to the Greeks cad to those
not Greeke.—Jos. Ant. 4.2.1. B,J. 5.
1.3. So Clem. Alex. often calle the
Jews Hiigfages 0. g Strom. 6. 6 694

vopos piv xa npopirras BagBigors, pile
comple: 84 “EUncs—Col. 8: 11 “Eder xu
*Towdaiog — Beighagos, ZxiIns, where

BcigGagos seems to refer to those nations
of the Roman empire who did not
speak Greek, as the Jews, Romans,
Spaniards, etc. and 2xidy¢ to nations
not under the Roman dominion. —
Jos. B. J. proem. 5 “Eldnos xal BagBa-
(900s, i.e. the Romans, Jews, etc. So
of the Romans, Polyb. 5. 104. 1. ib. 9.
37.5.

Bapéo, &, f. sor, (Bégos,) in N.T.
only Pass. Pugéopar ovpat, aor. t
agi Oay, pert | Particip. BsSagnusros,
to be heany, to be weighed down, tobe op-
, only metaph. as Aefagnpévos
haa Luke 9:32, and so win ee im-
plied Matt. 26:43. Mark 14: 40. So
Sept. Bagive for my 1 Sam. 3:2, —
Anthol. Gr. ed. Jhe." IV. p. 177, eB.
‘Tnvy.—Luke 21: 34 jejnors Bagndéow
(text. rec. fagurddos) ai xagdlas tuaty
éy xpaindiy, i.e. lest ye be oppressed
through surfeiting etc. i. e. dull, heavy,
stupid. So Sept. for 132 Ex. 7: 14.—
Act, Thom, § 36, Hom.Od. 19. 122 ofvp
BeBagyéte. Comp. fagive Wisd. 9
15,—So to be to be borne down,
se. by evils, calamities, etc. 2 Cor. 1:8
5 4. — Act. Thom. § 21 8:6 zyx Atay
Sfagyon. Dion. Hal. Ant, 1.14 néhes
‘td molbuon x03 Elan xaxity BagnSeion,
80 fagive Jos. Ant. 6.3.2. Diod. Sic.
4. 38. — In the sense of to be burdened,
se. by expense, 1 Tim. 5: 16 wi Bagel
ow % sxelqola, Comp. in ’48agns and
* EniBagde.—Of this word only the par-
ticiples BeBagneis, SeBagnuévos, occur in
the early and Attic writers, as Hom,
Od. 3. 139. ib. 19, 122, Plato Symp.
p- 208. B. The present and other forms
oceur only in later writers; oy fut.
Bagioss Lucian. Dial, Mort. 10. 4 or 5.
‘See Matth. §227. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl.
IL p. 88. Comp. Thom. Mag. p. 141 oq.
Bags, adv. (Bapis,) ws
metaph. difficulty, as wig dc!
suc Hxoveey, i.e. to hear with dificulty,
to be dull of hearing, Matt. 13: 15

Bapiosopaios

Acts 28:27, quoted from Is. 6: 10, where
Sept. for Ty>71.—But £. dxovesy, to hear
with indignation, Xen, An. 2.1.9. Also
B. péguy, to be displeased, Sept. for 47
Gen. 31: 35. 2 Macc. 14:27. Xen. An.
214
Bapitodouaios, ov, 6, Bartholo-
12 (son of Tolmai),
37. the patronymic’ appellation of one of
-/'46he twelve, Whose proper name seems
to have been Nathaniel ; see John 1: 46.
21: 2,—Matt. 10: 3. Mark 3:18, Luke
+6: 14, Acts 1: 13.

Baig-cgoois,ov, 6 6, Bar jesus, Heb.
ywir}—7g, the name of a Jewish ma-
gician, Acts 13: 6.

Bag-tovas, &, 6, Bar jonas, Heb,
mzip—73 (eon of Jonas), patronymic
_ appellation of the apostle Peter, Matt.
“16:17.

BaovaBas, a, 6, Barnabas, sur-
name of Joses, a Levite, born in Cyprus,
who became the chief associate of Paul
in his Isboura, The name Barnabas,
Heb. 833773, is explained by Luke
(Acts 4: 38) to be iq. vids magaxdsjceas,
gee in Tidc.—Acts 4: 36, 9: 27. 11: 22,
25,30. 12: 25. 18: 1, 2, 7, 43, 46, 50.
VA: 12, 14, 20. 15: 2 bis, 12, 22, 25, 35,
86, 37,39. 1Cor. 9:6, Gal. 2:1,9,
13, Col. 4: 10.

Bagos, e0¢, ous, +6, weight, Xen.

Cyr. 3.3, 42 Ven. 6.5. In N.T. only
metaph.

a) weight, se. in reference to its pres-
sure, burden, load. (pp. Xen. Occ. 17. 9.)
Matt. 20: 12 faccatser 10 Bagos ris
ipigas, the burden, i.e. the heavy labour
of the day.—Act-Thom. § 57 dopigaw
5 cigos tig Apigas. — Spoken of pre-
cepts, of which the observance is bur-
densome, Acts 15: 28, Rev. 2: 24. —
Ecclus. 13:2. Clem. Alex. Strom. 3. 1.
Plato Legg.11. p. 971. E, vopur Beigos.
—Spoken of sinful conduct and its con-
sequences, trouble, sorrow, ete, Gal. 6:2
&linhay ta Bagn Baordzere—In a pecu-
niary sense, 1 Theos, 2 6 év feiges slya,
to be burdensome, comp. ¥.9, and see in
Bagée, Others, honour, authority, as in
Diod, Sic. 4, 61.

b) weight, ec. in reference to its cause,
i. ©. greatness, abundance, fullness, opu-

128

Baguteuos

Tene. 2 Cor. 4: 17 aieimoy Baigos B5EnS,
for Bégos alevlov détns, a weight, full-
ness, of clernal glory. For the constr.
comp. 2 Mace. 9: 10 ous O tig dopiis
Sepsgntoy Biigos, for 10 tis dopiis aqpo-
girou Bégos. Comp. Soph. Oed. Col.
297 naxogor dotw rig for merges 74s
Zorv. Herm. ad Vig. p. 891.—S0 Heb.
‘Ving Ps. 49: 17, Ie. 10: 3. 66:12. Soph.
‘Ajac-130 naxgod mlovrov fiign, Suidas,
Bagos* dvtt tod 16 miA Dos, vir ioxtr.
Comp. Sylos Bugis, a great army, Sept.
Num. 20; 20. 1 Mace, 1: 17, 20.

BagoaBas, &, 6, Barsabas, sur-
name of two men, viz. 1. of Joseph
mentioned Acts 1:23; see Iuojg. 2
of Judas mentioned Acts 15: 22; see
"Tovdas.

Bagriuaios, ov, 6, Bartimacus,
Heb. ‘Wot 1g i.e. von of Timneus,
name of a blind man, Mark 10: 46.

Baguvo, f. wis, (Bagis) in N. T.
only aor, 1 Pass, (Bagiv dry, to be heavy,
i. e. metaph. to be oppressed, dull, stupid,
Luke 21: 34 in text. recept. where later
editions read Pagéw, which eee.—Diod.
Sic. 4, 38. Xen. Lac. 2, 5.

Bapus, eta, v, (Bagos,)heany, viz,

a) pp. Matt. 23: 4 pogtla Bagéa, heavy
burdens, spoken metaph. of burdensome
precepts. So Sept. for his 385
of a yoke 2 Chr. 10: 4, 11. eclus, 40:
1, pp. Xen. Hiero 1. 5. Eq. 10. 6.

b) tro, ly . ©. important, Matt.
23: 23 ay Bapirege toi xéyou. Acts 25:
7 Bugda aitiopora, i, e. not trivial, ve-
vere. So Sept. for 9°27 Dan. 2 11.—
Herodian. 2. 14. 7.—Spoken of an epis-
tle, weighty, i.e. not to be made light of,
atern, severe, 2 Cor. 10: 10. — Herodian.
3.11. 6.

¢) trop. grievous, i. e. oppressive, hard
to be borne; e. g. precepts, 1 John & 3
Sept. for 732 Neh. 5: 18.—Wied. 215.
Ecclus. 29: 28. — In the sense of affic-
five, violent, as Ainos Bagtis, i.e. fierce
wolves, Acts 20: 29. Sept. ovyzvew
Bagtia for 132 1 Sam. 5: 11, coll. v. 6.
— 8 Mace. 6 5 6 Bugis *Asougiew
Bacideis. Wied. 17: 21. Ael. V. H. 1.
3. Sordrov sgénoy Pagiaror.

Bagurmos, Ou, 6, %, adj. (Bagis
and tysm,) of great price, precious, Matt.

vz

«Arial, Polyb, 22. 3.7.
27.7. Ael. V. H. 7, 18,

Bacaviza

26: 7—Heliodor. II. p. 113, Aeschyl.
Suppl 25.

Baseviga, £. law, (Bécaves q. v.)
pp. fo apply @ touch-slone ; metaph. to
examine, to scrutinize, either by words,

‘en. Cyr. 5. 3. 16." or by torture, Jos.

nt. 5, 1.2, Herodian. 3.5.13, Hence
in N.T. to torture, i.e. to torment, to
affict with pain, etc. trans.

8) spoken of disease, Matt. 8: 6 de1-
viig Bacavitoperos. Rev. So Sept.
for bh Mic. & 13, ny3) 1 Sam. 5:

: 6.—Spoken ‘of the pains
of parturition, Rev. 12:2. of punish-
29, Mark 5:7. Luke &
11:10 coll. v.6, Rev. 14:10,
20: 10.—Wied. 11: 9, 12: 23, 2 Macc.
1:28, Jos, Ant,2 14.4. genr, Arrian.
Dies, Ep. 2. 22. 35.

b) trop. to vez, to harass, 2 Pet. 2: 8
wuzny Sixalay. So physically, with toil,
Mark 6: 48, Spoken of a vessel tossed
by the waves, Matt. 14: 24.

Bacaviouos, ov, 5, (Bacarike,)
pp. examination, sc, by a touch-stone or
by torture. In N.T. torture, torment ;
Rev. 14: 11 xaimvog Bacomopoi, i.e. the
smoke of the fire in which they are
tormented. Rev. 9: 5 bis. 18: 7, 10, 15.
—4 Mace. 9: 6.

Basanoms, ov, 6, (Basarizu,)
pp. one who applies the torture, an inquis-
ttor, Dem. 978.11. In N. T. a pris
Keeper, jailer, Matt, 18: 34, i. q. 3eopo~
giles. — Symm. Bacononjg.oy for
NBT. Jer. 20. 2.

Basavog, ov, %, pp. «touch-stone,
the ancient lapis Lydius, for wying
metals, ete. Pind. Pyth. 10.106, Comp.
there the Scholia, and also Rees’ Cyclop.
art. Touch-stone. Hence, examination,
torture, Polyb. 15,
comp. Wisd.
2: 19.—In N. T. torment, pain, e. g. from
disease, Matt. 4:24, Sept. for rid
Ez. 12: 18. So of punishment, Luke 16:
23, 28. — Wisd. 3:1. 17: 13 1% 4,
Jamblich. Vit. Pythag. § 68. Spoken
of the pains of parturition, Anthol. Gr.
ed. Jac. II. p. 205.

Baathela, ag, 4, (Baoidais,) king-
dom, viz.

17

129

Bastihela

8) dominion, reign, i.e. the exercise
of kingly power, “i @ 13.] Luke 1:
33, 19: 12, 15, Heb. 1: 8, Rev. 17: 12,
17,18. Sept. for mzata 1 Sa
16,25. naz! bn 1 Sam. | 28:17. m
1 Sam. 13: 18 — Wied. 6: 4. Herodian.'6.
9.17, Xen. Cyr. 3. 1, 29, ib. 8. 3. 26.
H. G. 3. 3, 5. — So by meton. of alett.
for concrete, kings, Rev. 1:6 in later
edit. where the text, rec, has Bagssis.
Comp. cumigcoy for corre, Luke 2: 30.
nevla for névmues, Jos, Ant. 4. 3, 2.

b) dominions, realm, ie. # people and
territory under kingly rule, Matt. 4: 8
Mark 6: 23. Luke 4: 5.—Matt. 12: 25,
26. Mark 3: 24 bis, Luke 11: 17, 18.—
Matt. 24: 7 bis, Mark 13: 8 bis. Luke
21: 10 bis, Bo Heb. 11:33. Rev. 11:
15. 16:10. Sept. for nad 9 Chr.
82:15. Esth. 23. mobng Gen. 10:
10. Nom, 3 89, Joab. TH 16-—Eaclun
44:3, Ael. V.H. 4.5. Herodian. 4. 3.
i

£) Inthe phrase 7 Baosiela rou O2-
00, kingdom of God, Matt. 6: 33. Mark
1: 4,15. Luke 4: 43, 6:20, John &
13,5. al. eaep. also 7 Bus. tov Xgeo-
rod, Man. 1841 20: 21. Rev. 1:9. or
100 X. xal Qed Eph. 5: 5.° or tou
Aavid, os the ancestor and type of
the Messiah, Mark 11: 10; further,
9 Bus. rv ovpavar, Kingdom of heao-
en, but only in Matthew, as 3: 2. 4: 17.
al, for which we find in 2 Tim, 4: 18
Bac. ésovgcrios; and likewise absol. 71
Bacehela Maw. 8:12, 9:85. al. i. q. later

feb. write, nazby or Dyzary mae
All these éxpressions are’ in N. 'T.
synonymous, and signify the divine spir
itual kingdom, the glorious reign of the
Messiah. The idea of this kingdom
has its basis in the Prophecies of the
©. 'T, where the coming of the Messiah
and his triumphs are foretold; e. g.
Pa. 2 and 110, Ie, 2 1—4, coll. Mich.
4: 1 oq. (where in v. 7 the Targum has
Draw MAshy,) Is.11:10q, Jer.23:5 9q.
i: 3] eq, 8237 aq. 33: 140q, Ez. 34:
23 aq. ‘o ‘U.aq. and espec. Dan. 2 44.
7: 14, 27, 9:25.09. His reign is here figu-
ratively described as a golden age, when
the true religion and with it the Jewish
theocracy should be re-established in
more than pristine purity, and universal
peace and happiness prevail. All thie

10:

fae

Baoctela

was doubtless to be understood in ‘a
spiritual sense; and so the devout
Jews of our Saviour’s time appear to
have received it; as Zacharias, Luke 1:
67 sq. Simeon, 2 25.8q. Anna, 2:36 9q.
Joseph, Luke 23: 50,51. But the Jews
at large gave to these prophecies
a temporal meaning; and expected a
Messinh who should come in the clouds
of heaven, and as king of the Jewish
nation restore the ancient religion and
worship, reform the corrupt morals of
the people,- make expiation for their
sins, free them from the yoke of foreign
dominion, and at length reign over thé
whole earth in peace and glory ; comp.
Aisly 2. See Schoettgen Diss. de reg-
no coelor. in Hor. Heb. I. p.1147. Wet-
stein N.'T. I. p.256, Kuinoel on Matt.
3:2. Koppe Exc. J. in Ep. ad Thess.
p. 928q. Keil Hist. dogm. de regno
‘Mess. in Opusc. Acad. p. 22 6g. Ber-
tholdt Christol. Judaeor. p. 187 8q. —
Roferring to the O. T. idea, we may
therefore regard the kingdqm of heaven
etc. in the N. T. as designating in its
christian sense, the christian dispensation,
or ‘the community of those who receive
Jesus as the Messiah, and who, unit-
ed by his Spirit under him as their
Head, rejoice in the truth and live a
holy life in love-and in communion
with bi ‘This spiritual kingdom has
both an internal and an external form.
As internal, it already exiets and rules
in the hearw of all Christians, and is
therefore present, As external, it is
either embodied in the visible church of
. Christ, and in so far is present and
progressive ; or it is to be perfected in
the coming of the Messiah to judgment
‘and his subsequent spiritual reign in
bliss and glory, in which view it is fa-
ture. But theso different aspects are
not always distinguished ; the expres-
sion often embracing both the internal
and external sense, and referring both
40 its commencement-in this world and
its completion in the world to come.
‘Comp.Olsbansen on Matt, 3:2. Tholuck
Bergpred.p.72sq.—Hence inN.T spoken
(a) in the Jewish temporal sense, by
Jews and by the apostles before the
day of Pentecost, Matt. 18:1. 20: 21.
Luke 17:20 init. 19: 11. Acts 1: 6.

130

Bastiaews

(6) in the christian sense, ss a0-
nounced by John, where perhaps some-
thing of the Jewish view was ipter-
mingled, Matt. 3:2; comp. also Luke
93:51. As announced by Jesus and
others, Matt. 4: 17,23, 9:35. 10:7.
Mark 1:14, 15. Luke 10:9, 11. Acts%:
31, al.—In the internal spiritual sense,
Rom. 14:17 ob cig tory # B. 105 2
Boson xad méaig, Gadd Sixasociny wi
loivy xad yaoe &v syeiuars dle. Mat.
6:33. Mark 10:15. Luke 17:21. 1817.
John 3: 3,5." 1 Cor. 4: 20.—In the ex-
ternal sense, i.e. as embodied in the
visible church end the universal spread
of the gospel, Matt. 6: 10, 12 28 15
24, 31, 33, 41, 47. 16: 28, Mark 4:30.
11: 10. Luke 13: 18, 20. Acts 19: & aL
or as perfected in the future work,
Matt. 13: 43. 16: 19. 26:29, Mark It:
25. Luke 22: 29, 30. 2 Pet i: 11.
Rev. 12:10. al. In this view it denotes
especially the bliss of heaven which is t0
be enjoyed in the Redeemer’s kingdoa,
iq. eternal life, Matt. 8 11. 25:34.
Mark 9: 47, Luke 13: 28, 29. Acts It:
22. 1 Cor. 6: 9,10. 1 ). Gal, & 2.
Eph. 5: 5. 2 Thess, 1:5, 2 Tim &
18. Heb, 12:28. James 2 5.al—"
Spoken generally, Matt. 5:19 bis, & 2
vied sig Baodalag, sons of the Kingdon,
ive. the Jews, who thought the Me-
siah’s reign was destined only for them:
but viot aig 6. Matt. 13: 38, are the
true citizens of the kingdom of God.
Matt. 11: 11, 12 see in “Agmatu. 13:11,
19, 44, 45, 52. 18: 4, 23. 19: 12, 4. %
1. al. saep. Spoken also genr. of te
privileges and rewards of the divioe
kingdom both here and hereafter, Mat
5:3,10,20. 7:21. 183, Coh iB
1 Thess, 2:12 Au

Baalheg, ov, 6, %, adj.(Boods®)
royal, regal.

a) pp. 1 Pet. 29 Baclisioy legcrerps,
@ royal priesthood, consecrated to God
as kings and priests, i, e. in a distr
guished manner ; quoted from Ex. 1%
6, where Sept. for mzria nas0e
— Wiad. 18: 15. Jos, Ant, 2.102
Xen. Anab, 1. 10. 12.

b) as a eubst. 1 Bacidesoy, and plt-
16 Pagilea, (0c. dap or dehuate,) 6
royal mansion, palace, Luke 7:25, 5

Basdevs 131 Basthooa

Sept. plur. for yq nv Esth. 213, 8 13.3. comp. 7. 10, 3, and 8. 8. 6, 15.
note na all 2 13, 2 Nah. — Trop. spoken of Christians, as about
2 6." ‘sing. for Par Prov. “18: 19,— to reign with the Messiah over the na
fy lar. Joa, Ant. 13.5.3, Xen. Cyr. 1.1. tions, Rev. 5: 10. 1: 6 in text. rec.
5. Sing. Jos, Ant.6.12.4, Xen. Cyr. comp. 20:6, and see in Bauileiw b.
a7.1. Au
4 a
Baoulevs, dws, 6, a king, ie. ei vereion £ sie (Baosdsis,) to
one who exercises royal authority and a) genr. and c.c. éxt seq. gon. of
eee: Sept everywhere for country or accus, of pers. to reign over,
wks . etc. Luke 19: 14,17. 1 Tim. 615 6
8) pp- abd goor. of David, Matt. 1:8. Beasts a king: Spoken of Arche.
ie. Fries @. worst Acts 7210, 18, Jaus, who for a time had the title of
peror, Se cee em king, Matt. % 2, soe in *dgyilaos. 2-% =
Ceo a Ok enn ent semieh Sept. for F277 Judg. 9: 8,10. 1 Sam.
kings, Lake 10: 24—Herodian. 4.10.4. 8°" 1y! FG 86, Herod. 1 206.
, 1. —G. c. gen. 2.
P oly Lele seg? Seka wee Xen. Mem. 3. 2 2, — Spoken of the
20 Jesus as the Messiah is often Messiah, Luke 1: 33. 1 Cor. 15: 25.
called king, king of Israel, of the Jews, Notts 1
etc, Matt, 2 2, 21: 5, 25: 34, 40. Luke
19: 98, John 1: 50. 12: 13, 15 a So ,, >) sbeel. to reign, ie. to possess and

to exercise dominion ; spoken of God as
Bert end a3 ah ¢. Be a 4. 5. Vindicating to himself bis regal power,
Bpokee otitis! Rey. 11: 17. 19: 6. So Sept. and 522

aousis Paowier, ps 99. 1, 96: 10. 97: 1. 99: 1.—Trop.
King of Kings, by ‘way, of emphasis spoken of Christians who are to rei
“eon comp. Eva exten Geary. SOPPL- with Christ i ©. enjoy the high privi-
ME oe PAS leges, honours, and felicity of the Mes-
Stuart, § 455. «. pt. T39 siah’s kingdom, Rom. 5:17. Rev. 5: 10.
Ps, 5: 3. 29: 10, 47:3, 9: 2—Eccls. 99,'4 6. 025, So of Chri on
Si: 1. — Matt 5: 35 midis sof meyélov ar) to enjoy the h pai peed .
Baodins, ic. of God, viz. Jerusalem a8 9 ings, 1 Gor. 4:8 bis, Comp. Lat. «
the sent of tia worship; #0 Bept. end stag of regno, Hor. Ep. 1, 10.8.—Trop:
* to have dominion, to prevail, to be i
| more general and lower sense, sang @, g, death, Reid 17. sinand
of distinguished honour, vice- Sorbie @ ik
prince, leader, chief, otc. Thus Ste 0! bis. Gil
Herod the Great and his successors had == Baocdixdc, 7}, ov, (Bassdeis,)
the title of king, but were dependent kingly, royal, i. e.
for the name end power on the Ro- a) pp. belonging to a king, e.
mans; Matt!2:1,3,9. Luke 1:5. Acts territory, Acts 1220, a robe, 12: 21.
12 1, 25: 13.0q. 26: 20q. But Herod go Sept. for 3923 Num. 20: 17, 21: 22
Antipas was in fact only a tetrarch, 9 Sam. 14: 26, mazby Esth. 8: 15.—
(Matt, 14: 1. Luke 3 1, 19. 9: 7) Xen, Cyr. 8. 5.8—Spoken of 8 person
though he is called Baciievs Matt. 14:9. attached to a court, a courtier, a noble-
Mark 6: 14. So Aretas, king of Arabia man, John 4: 46, 49. — Jos, Ant. 17.10.
Petrea, 2 Cor. 11: 32, comp. Bibl. Re- 3 6. Polyb. 4. 76. 2.
pos. III. p, 266, 267. Also when ‘ b) trop. noble, excellent, (pre-eminent.
joined with iysudvec, Matt. 10:18. Mark James % 8 yéuos aciinds. — Clem.
18:9. Luke 21: 12. also Acts 4: 98. ‘Alex, Strom, 1.16 QBacealla. 5.14
Bo Sepe. and on Pa, 2%. 10% 16.— § ibyos Peiog xad Pacilixds. Jos. Ant.
Genr. 1 Pet. 2°13, 17. 1Tim. 2 2 6.4.5. Ken. Conv. 1.8 Bac. ndllos.
Matt. 17: 95. 18:23. Acts915. Rev. So regalis Cic. Off. 1. 13,
%& 11. So Sept. and ‘T4y Josh. c, 12, . ,
—Hom. Od. 1.394. Spoken of the Beotdcooe, n°, 4, (Baoweis,) o
sons of the emperor Severus, Herodian. queen, Matt, 12: 42, Luke 11: 31. Acts

+, 54m 4 mony, i.

Baosg

& 97. Rev. 18: 7. Sept. for m2

1K. 10:1. Esth. 1:9, 11, “alts, ede
— Polyb, 23. 18,2. Aristot. Occ. 9.
Xen. Occ. 9. 15.— The Atticists con-
demn it as a word of the later Greek
instead of Bagilaa or facwls, Phryn.
ed, Lob, p. 225. Sturz de Dial. Mac.
p. 151,

Bette, ews, 4, (Bubvo,) ao atep,
pace, Herodian, 6.5.12. a Soot, base,
‘on which any vg stands, Sept. for
42 Ex. 30: 18,28. In N.T. the foot,
as that with which we walk, Acts 3: 7.
—Wied. 13: 18. Jos. Ant. 7.5.5. ib. 7.
3

Baoxaivia, £. avd, (Séoxn, Bis,)
nor. 1 é3doxara, for which Mss, have
éSdexnvu, as also Herodian, 2. 4. 11.
comp. Buttm. § 101.4. 0,2; fo prate sc.
about any one, to slander, trans. Plut.
Pericl. 12. — InN. T. to prate to any
one, ive, to mislead by pretences, as if
by magic arts, to fuscinate, to bewitch,
trans, Gal. 3: 1. — Herodian. 2. 4. 11.
Diod. Sic. 4. 6, Aristor. Probl. 20, 34.
Theoer. Id. 6. 39, Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 462 sq. Wotstein N. 'f. ad
loc.

Baoraze, €. dow, (fdas) pp. to
raise upon a basis, to support ; in ordi-
nary usage and in N. T,, to take up and
hold, to bear, trans, viz.

8) to take up and hold, sc. in the
hands ete, John 10: 31 ¢Sdarator dors.
= Jos. Ant. 7.11.7 aotdeas rir wd~
zaigay amd tis vis. Herodian. 4, 2. 11.
— In the sense of to take up and bear,

‘Acts 21:35. 80 to take up and bear
to tae aay, Jobn 0: 15-—
© Jon, Ant. 7. 15. 3°59. 7. 1. Polyb. 1.

48, 2.—Trop. to take w upon one’s self and
bear, Matt, 8 17 tag xdcovs. Comp. Is,
S84, Foes aavay,’ tooners!

b) to bear, fo carry, in the hands or
on the shoulders, etc. Matt. 3: 11 1a
énodjpora, one’s sandals, which was
the duty of a servant. Mark 14: 13
and Luke 22 10 xegciusor Gato. Luke
14: 27 and Jobn 19: 17 téx cravgér,
Luke 7: 14, Jobn 1% 6, Acts 3:2. 15:
10. Gal. 6:5. Rev. 17: 7.—Ecclus. 6:
27. Bel and Drag. 36. Herodian. 4. 7.
Il. Polyb. 2. 24. Me ib. 8.7. 9,—Trop.

132

Bectos

Acts 9: 15 oxsiog r05 Bactices 16 ropa
pov dveimoy eOvaiw x. 2.2. to bear my
name, i. e, to announce, to publish, ete.
—In the sense of to bear up, to support,
Rom. 11: 18.—Metaph. to bear, to sup-
port, lo endure, e. g. labours, sufferings,
ete. Matt. 20:12 see in Bagor. Rev.
23, punishment, 13 xelya, Gal. 5: 10.
So Sept. for xp? 2 K. 18 14. Heb.
439 wig Lev. 5: 1,17. Is. 58:12 Ez.
93: 35." So to bear patiently, Rom. 15:
1. Gal. 6:2, Rev, 2:2.—Arrian. Diss.
Epict. 1. 3. 2.—Metaph. in the sense of
to receive, to understand, John 16: 12
mold — 0b divans Baordar Ger. —
Artian, Diss, Ep. 3. 15. 9 oxipms x5
modyna, xad vy carte’ qiowr, ti 3ire—
oa Baotdeat.
¢) to bear or carry aboul, sc. as
attached to one’s person; Gal. 6: 17
otizpasa dy 1§ odpar. So Sym. for
Ps, 89: 51, where Sept. éniyes. —
re 11: 27 xodla 4 Bactdcacd ot.
So Schol. Ms. in Hom. Hl. 6. 59 oy ¢v
yootgh4 primg—Bacrdtor, comp. Wet-
stein in loc. — In the sense of fo wear,
for which classic writers use @opée,
Luke 10: 4.— So gogée, Diod. Sic. 20.
54. Xen, An. 1. 8, 29.

I, Bacoz, ov, 4 or 6, @ thorn
bush, bramble ; fom. Luke 6: 44. 20: 37.
Acts 7: 30,35. So Sept. for 35 Deut.
33: 16. — Hom, Od. 24, 229. Polyb. 3.
71,1. Theophr. H. Pl. 3. 18, — Mase.
& Bdtos, Mark 12: 26 in later edit. So
Sept. Vatic, for 25 Ex. 3: 2,3, 4. So
the Attics, according to Moeris p. 99.
Thom. Mag. p. 148. Comp. H. Planck
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 667.

Il. Bérog, ov, 6, abath, Heb. nz,
a Jewish measure for wine and oil,
equal to the ephah for dry measure,
Luke 16:6. According to Josepbus,
Ant. 8.2.9, it contained 72 Sores or
sertarii; but the sextarius, which at
Rome was equal to 1 pint, and would
thus make the bath equal to 134 gallons,
varied much in different places, The
more usual estimate for the capacity of
the bath, is 7$ or 9 gallona, Comp.
1K. 7: 26, 38, Ez. 45: 10, 11,14, See
Jahn § 114. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p.
504.

Bengayos

Barpazos, ov, 5, «frog, Rev. 16
13, Sept. for y7x Ps, 78: 45, 105:
30.—Aelian. V. Hi. 1.'3. Arternid. 2.15
Bergayos 84 &yBpue yorjsag xa) Bayods-
ous mpocmpalvoves* trois 38 & Sylou
rogitouiross éyadéy.

Barrohoyéw, 3, f. jew, com-
Pounded from Aéye and Adrros, a word
derived by some from the Heb. xn2
to prate, to use many words, Lev. 5: 4.
or from 3, plur. Dz, empty words,
Job 11: 3 coll. v. 2 Is. 16:6. 44: 25.
By others it is regarded as of Greek ori-
gin, and even asa proper name. This
Battus, according to some, was a king of
Cyrene who stuttered, Herodot. 4, 155;
‘according to others, he was a silly lo-

* quasious poct, who made long hymns
fiall of -repetitione ; Suid. fatrotoyla -
4 molvloyia, ard Bdrtov tvdg paxpoig
xai nolvorlzous ipyous nowjoartos, txv-
toloylay tories. It is more probably
imitated by a sort of onomatopaia from
8 person who stutters or stammers; and
thus fattoloyio originally signified to
stammer, and then to babble, to chatter ;
80 Passow sub voc. — Hence in N. T.
to use empty scords, to repeat the same
thing over ond over, intrans. Matt, 6: 7,
where it is explained by moluloyta.
Comp. Ecelus. 7: 14.—Simplic. in Epic-
tet. p. 212. [340.] m2gl xaPnxdvtey 38

Baxtoloyén viy, Eustath. in Od. on. Jel disgust at, to

p. 833. 43, Burros, Bacileig, AlBus,—S¢
Soxit nagorlay doiras tot Barroloytiv.
See Wetstein ad Matt. 1c. Tholuck
Bergpred. p. 362 #4.

Bédhuyuc, arog, 16, (B8:kieoe,)
an abomination, i.e. any thing abomi-
nable or detestable.

8) gonr. Luke 16: 15 £8, éveisoy 106
Seow, opp. to 26 ey dvPganoig tymdor.
So Sept. for mayin seq. éveimior Prov.
11:1. seq. Evavts Deut. 24: 4. seq. dat,
Prov. 15: 8, 9, 20: 23, 21: 27. al.

b) spoken of what was unclean in the
Jewish sense, and especially of impure
idol-worship; hence, ‘idolatry, licen-

i abominable impurity, Rev. 17:
4,5. 21:27, So Sept. 14 Bbslvypara
tay iOyay for NI395M 2 K. 16:3. 21:2.
comp. Lev. 18:22 py Lev. 11: 10,
12, 13, img Jor. 11: 15, coll. v. 13,

133

BeBawe

17, — Test. XII Patr. p. 615 éy Bdedv-
Yuacw s9vér. — Here belongs the
Phrase 10 Adéluyua rH Zonuocene,
Matt. 24:15 and Mark 13: 14, quoted
by Jesus from Dan, 9: 27, coll. 11: 33
12%: 1, where Sept. for bywR

PP. an abomination causing

and applied by Christ to what was to
take place at the destruction of Jeru-
salem by the Romans ; comp. Luke 21:
20, and s0 also Josephus, Ant. 10, 11.7.
It is probably to be referred to the pol-
lution of the temple by idol-worship or
the setting up of images; though ex-
Press historical testimony is wanting ;
comp. 2 Thess. 24. See Olshausen
on Matt. 24: 15, So Sept. rij Aorei
Adciyuors Zdorle for write 1K.
U5. baba 1K.21: 26. pot Te. 17:
8.—Bo 8. tijs épnpcsoeax 1 Macc, 1: 54,
where it refers to the like pollution of
the temple by Antiochus Epiphanes,
who set up in it the statue of Jupi-
ter Olympius; comp. 2 Mace. 6: 2—5.
1 Mace, 1: 59, 6: 7,

Béeduxces, 7, dv, (Bdadiace,)
abominable, detestable, Tit. 1: 16, Sept.
for 395m Prov. 17: 15. — 2 Mace, 1:
27, Ecclus. 41: 5,

Bdehicow, £ sw, (fdie pedo,)
to emit a stench, to excite disgust; in
N.T. Mid. Béedvooouas, as trans. to
i to abhor ;
see Buttm. § 135. 4. Rom. 2: 22

Seluccopsvos ta dade. So Sept. for
234 Lev. 26: 11, ay Deut. 23: 7,
Amos 5: 10.—Wied. 11: 25. Polyb. 33,
16,20. ofa stench, Arietoph. Plut. 760,
—Particip. of the Perf. Pass. in a pase.
sense, {fdeluypev0c, abominable, detest-
able, i.e. polluted with crimes etc. Rev.
21:8. So Sept. for 29m) Is. 14: 19,
Job 15:16. sayin Lev.'18:30. Prov.
&7. pape) Hos. 9: 10,

BeéBoune, aia, ov, (Biv, Balyw,)
steadfast, firm, sure ; a8 dinig 2 Cor. I:
7. Heb. 3: 6. 6: 19.

Heb, 2 2, 3:14. 9:17. 2 Pet.1:10,19,
—Wisd. 7: 28. Jos, Ant. 4. 8.2 xtiow.
7.9.2 Xen, Cyr. 3. 2 9B cigtion

-Hiero 3.7 gilda.

BeBatow, &, £. daw, (BiPas0s,) to
make steadfast, to confirm, trans. spoken

BeBatoos

of persons, 1 Cor. 1:8, 2 Cor. 1: 21.
Col. 2 7. Heb. 13:9. So Sept. for d:
Pe. 119: 28. 3°27 Ps. 41: 13.—Spol
en of things etc. to corroborate, to ratify,
fo establish, ec. by arguments, proofs
eto. Mark 16: 20, Rom. 15: 8. 1 Cor.
1:6, Heb. & 3, — Jos, Ant. 1. 18, 6
Herodian. 6.8.15. Thuc. 3, 12.

BeBatwow, ens, %, (Befar6on)

i establishment, Phil.1: 7.
Heb. 6:16 eke BeSalecw.— Wied. 6: 18,
Thue. 4. 87,

BeéBrdos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (Galva,
Prtés a threshhold,) pp. of place, ce-
- cessible to all, Soph. Oed. Col. 10.
hence, common, profane, in opp. to dytos,
"Thue. 4.[97. Etymol. Mag. BéBnlog*
5 ya) bepdg témoc, axdPagros xad Boros
xécw. So Sept. for Sm Lev. 10: 10.
1 Sam, 21: 4,5. Ez, 22:26 Spoken
‘of persons, profane, i. e. not consecrated,
uninitiated, Ael. V. H. 3, 9. — Hence
In N. T. spoken of persons, profane,
j.e. tmpious, a scofer, 1 Tim. 1: 9.
Heb. 12:16, So Sept. for ddr Ez. 21:
25.—3 Mace. 2: 14.—Spoken of things,
as disputes etc. common, unholy, un-
sanctified, 1Tim. 4:7. 6:20, 2 Tim.
2:16,

BeByidw, &, £. som, (BiBrios,)
to profane, to violate, trans. Matt. 12:5.
Acts 24:6. Sept. for byt Ex. 31: 14.
Lev. 19: 8, 12. nab Ez. 43: 7, 8. —
Weliodor. 10. p. 513. Comp. H. Planck
in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 684.

BeedfeBovAa, 6, indec. Beelzebul,
the prince of the evil angels or demons,
i,q. Satan, Matt, 10: 25. 12 24, 27.
Mark 3: 22. Luke’ 11: 15, 18, 19. Heb.
‘Saar dys, i.e. deus stercoris, from 31,
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Tal. Rab. 641. — The
name in the O. T. is 2133 9B, Beed-
UeBowB, Beelzebub, i. e. lord of flies, fly-
god, 2K.1: 2, where Sept. Bdak
play ; comp. the Zsis ° Andpuos of the
Greeks, Pausan. 5. 14.2; and the Ju-

iter Myagrius of the Romans, Solin.
olyhist. c.1. This form is also found
in some Mss. of the N. T. but the form
Betlfefovd, applied in contempt by a
alight paronomasia, seems to have been
the prevailing one among tho Jews.

134

Begvixn

See Buxt. Lex. 333. Lightfoot Hor.
Heb. ad Matt. 12 24.

Bellad or Beditag, 6, indec.
Belial or Beliar, Heb, byxt3 (wicked-
nness,) 1 Sam. 25: 25; used as an appel-
lation of Satan, 2 Cor. 6: 15. The
form Bellag which occurs in later
editions is Syriac, the > being cbanged
to 5. So Test. XII Patr. p. 539, 587,
619. al.

Bedovn, 78, 4, (Bitos,) lit. point
of @ weapon; in N.T. and geor. a
needle, Luke 18: 25 in Mas. for gagés in
text. recept. — Aristot. de An. 2, 88.
Ammion, Epist. 17.96. Aclian. V. H.
9.8, See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 90.

Bédos, soc, ous, 16, (Bddde,) «
mitrile weapon, e.g. a dart, arrow,
javelin, ete. trop. Eph. 6: 16 rots Bidens
‘mi 01s, fiery darts, i.e. missiles
fitted with combustibles, etc. Sept. for
yn 2 Sam. 2 15. Pa 18: 15. 144: 6
—"Arrian, Exp. Alex. 2.91 xuppéga
Balq. Xen. Anab. 5.2. 14,

Bedtiwv, ovog, 6, %, better, com-
par. of dyadés, Buttm. § 68.1. The
neut. felsloy stands adverbially, 2'Tim.
1:18 Baltloy yuveboxssg, thou knowest bet-
ter sc. than I can write, etc. Comp.
Buttm. § 115, 4, 5.

Benauly, 6, indec. Benjamin,
Heb. 197-73 (eon of my right hand),
pr. name of the youngest son of Jacob
by Rachel; comp. Gen. 35: 18 sq.
Hence puli Bertaply, the tribe of Ben-
jamin, Acts 13: 21, Rom, 11:1, Phil. &
5. Rev. 7: 8.

Beovixn, ns, %, Bernice, eldest
daughter of Herod Agrippa first, and
sister to the younger Agrippa, Acts 25:
18, 23. 26:30, She was married to
her uncle Herod, king of Chalcis ; and
after his death, in order to avoid the
merited suspicion of incest with her
brother Agrippa, she became the wife
of Polemon, king of Cilicia. This
connexion being soon dissolved, she
returned to her brother, and afterwards
became mistrees of Vespesian and Ti-
tus. Jos. Ant, 19. 5.1. ib, 20. 7, 2, 3.
Tacit. Hist. 2.61. Sueton. Tit. 7.

Bépon

Bégour, as, 4, Berea, 0 city of
Macedonia, on the river Astraeus, not

far from Pella towards the 8. W. and 35:

near mount Bermius, It was after-
wards called Jrenopolis, and is now
called by the Turks Boor; by others,
Cara Veria, Acts 17: 10, 18—Thuc. 1.
61.

Bego.aiog, @, ov, of Berea, Be-
rean, Acts 20: 4.

BytaBaga, ae, 4, Bethabara,
Heb. 71923 nq (house or place of the
ford se.of the Jordan}, John 1:28; where
the bestMes. and later editions read BySa-
via. Thereading By Pafagescemsto have
arisen from the conjecture of Origen,
who found in his day no such place as
BrSevia, but saw a town called BnFa-
Bagd, where John was said to have
baptized ; and therefore took the liberty
to change the reading. See Orig. Opp.
II. p. 130, ed. Huet. Kuinoel in loc,

Brytavia, as, 4, Bethany, Syro-
Chald. "3°51 m3 (house of dates), from
Be "iit @ date, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Tal.

1, A town or village about fifteen fur-
Jonge E. from Jerusalem (John 11: 18)
beyond the mount of Olives; so called
from the great number of palm trees
which grew there. It was the resi-
dence of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus;
‘and Jesus often went out from Jerusa-
lem to lodge there. At present it is a
miserable village. Matt. 21: 17. 26: 6.
Mark 11: 1, 11,12. 14:3. Luke 19: 29,
M4: 50, John 21: 1, 18. 12: 1.

2. A place on the eastern side of Jor-
dan, where John baptized. ‘The exact
position of it is not known. John J:
28, in later edit. where others read
BnSeBage q.v. — Some derive it here
from 5138 Nn, i.e. house or place
of ships; and suppose it to have been
the same place as Bethabara.

Bydeade, 4, indec. Bethesda, 8y-
ro-Chald. an "a (houpe of compas-
sion) Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab, 798, a pool
or fountain at Jerusalem whose waters
had a healing virtue, with a building
over or near it for the accommodation
of the sick, John 592. See Calmet.
Jahn § 198.

135

Bia
.
Brydaedu, 4, indeo. Bethichem,
Heb. py mg (house of bread), Gen.

5: 19; ‘pr. name of a celebrated city,
the birthplace of David and Jesus. It. -
was situated in the limits of the tribe of =?“
Judab, about six or eight miles south
by west of Jerusalem, and probably re-
ceived its appellation from the fertility
of the circumjacent country. Matt. 2:1,

5,6, 8,16. Luke 2 4,15. John 7: 42.
—See Miss. Herald 1894. p. 67.

Bydoaida, 4, indec, also Byd-
Ouiday, text rec. in Matt. and Mark,
Betheaida, Heb. rx n°g (place of
bunting or fishing), pr. name of two
cities or towns in N. T.

1, Bethenida of Galilee (John 12: 21),
90 called perhaps in distinction from
the other Bethsaida, probably Jay near
Capernaum, being mentioned in con-
nexion with it, Matt. 11: 21,24. Luke
10; 13, 15. Comp. also Mark 6: 45 with
John 6:17, Eusebius says only that it
lay on the sea of Gennesareth, i, e. the
‘western shore ; as its name also would
imply. It was the birthplace of Philip,
Andrew," and Peter, John 1:[457

John 4: 45. 12: 21,

2. The other Bethsaida lay in Gau-
lonitis at the N.E. extremity of the
lake, near where the Jordan enters it.
This town was enlarged by Philip,
tetrarch of that region (Luke 3: 1), and
celled Julias, in honour of Julia the
daughter of Augustus. Jos. Ant. 18.2.1,
B.J.2.9.1. ib.3,10.7, Piin. H.N.
15.15, In the desert tract near this
city Jesus miraculously fed the five
thousand, and afterwards de] by
ship to the other side of the lake, Luke
9:10. Comp. Matt. 14: 13 5q. Mark 6
31 sq. John 6: 1, 2, 5.8q. 17, 22, 24, —
Hither Griesbach and others refer also
Mark 8: 22; see Kuinoel ad loc,

Byopay7, 4 indec. Bethphage,
Syro-Chald. 389 ny (house of figs),
Burt. Lex. Ch. Rab, 1691, pr. name of
@ village, xojpn, east of the mount of
Olives, and near to BySavia, Matt. 21:1,
Mark 11: 1, Luke 19: 29,

Biya, arog, v6, (Balre,)astep,ie.
a) @ pace, foot-step, Acts 7:5 ob8d

[45.—Matr. 4+.
11:21. Mark 6: 45. (8: 22.) Luke 10:18. 2.44.

Bipuados

.
Prue 0865, 1. ©. not # foot-breadth. Bo
Sept. fr ATA ‘JyVa Deut 2 5—

Xen. Cyr.

b) by impl. like the Engl. steps, i. e.
any elevated place to which the ascent
ia by steps, e. g. a stage or pulpit for a
speaker or reader, Sept. for 533 Neh.
8&4, Esdr. 9: 42. InN. T. spoken of
an elevated seat like a throne in the
theatre at Cesarea, on which Herod sat,
Acts 12: 21; comp. Jos, Ant. 19. 8, 2.—
Jos. Ant. 7.15.9 atas ég Synlordtou
Piperos § Paodets.—More commonly,
@ tribunal, sc. of a judge or magistrate,
Matt. 27:19. John 19:13, Acts 18:12,
16,17. 25:6,10,17. Rom.14:10. 2Cor.
5: 10. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 123.
see also in ArOdotgatos. — 2 Mace. 13:
26. Herodian. 1.5.4, Xen, Mem. 3.
61.

. Bygvados, ov, 6, 4, beryl, a pre-
cious stone of a sea-green colour, Rev.
Q1: 20.—Tob. 18: 17.: Jos. Ant. 3.7. 5.
H.N. 87.5, Sept. Bnpviiuoy for
i) Ex. 28: 20. 39: 11,

Bia, ag, %, strength, 2c. of body,
Hom, I. 1. 404, ib. 8.103, In N. T.

force, impetus, violence, Acts 5: 26. 21:
35. 24:7. 27: 41. Sept. for n14> Ex.
14: 25. Ex, 1:14, — Wiad. 4: 4.

5:12. Jos.
1,31.

Buctte, £. dow, (Gla,) to force, to
urge, Hom. Od. 12, 297, In N. T.
only feeCopes, both as depon. Mid. to
use re, to force, c. c. accus. 2 Macc.
14: 41. Xen. H. G. 6.1.4 ult. and as
Pass, to suffer violence ; comp. Buttm.
‘Ausf. Sprachl. § 114. Vol. II. p. 89.

8) Mid. trop. Luke 16:16 nag as
cisyy Biiteran, lit. every one uses violence
to enter into it, i. e. presses violently into
it; implying the eagerness with which
the gospel was received in the agitated
state of men’s minds; comp. Matt. 11:
12 and ‘Agmute a. Sept. for D> Ld
Ex, 19: 24. — Pp. Philo Vit. Mos
p. 618 tis xis drtos Buiferas. Polyb. 1.
7A. 5 sie vy mageupoljy. Arran, Exp.
Alex. 6.9, 4. Thuc. 7. 69, Xen. Cyr.
8. 3, 69 ef xal Bidcaurro slow.

_b) Pase, trop. Matt. 11: 12 # faciele
vir obpariy Buitecas, suffers violence,
i taken by foree, i.e, sought with eager-

nt. 2. 16,6. Xen, Cyr. 7.

136

Bipios

ness, in the same sense as above. — pp.
Xen, H. G. 5.2.23 mdlus tac PeSia-
opsvas.

Biaws, a, oy, (fia,) violent, vehe-
ment, spoken of a wind, Acts 2:2. So
Sept. and tz Ex, 14:21. x Is. 59: 19,
— Wisd. 19:7. Diod. Sie. 2.19. Xen.
Cyr. 1.3.17.

Buaxorye, ov, é, (BuiZa,) a violent
person, one who uses force, trop. spoken
of one who has a vehement desire for
any thing, Matt. 11: 12, comp. in Bei-
to a.— Philo de Agricult. p. 200. C.
(p. 312.)

BiBhagiscoy, ov, %, (dimin. fr.
BiBios,) @ small roll or volume, a little
scroll, Rev. 10: 2, 8, 9, 10. — Pollux.
Onomast. 7. 210.

BiBaior, ov, 16, (dim. a8 to form
of Pifios,) a roll, volume, scroll, such
being the form of ancient books, Luke

4:17 bia, Bifllor Hoatov 106 mpowyrov
—dvanrifus 16 BiBllor, v.20 seias to

Billo. John 20: 30, 21:25. Gal. 3: 10.

2 Tim, 4: 13. Rev. 5: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,7, 8,9.
6 14, comp. in * Anozuglia, 7. 2:7,
9, 10, 18 bis, 19. Sept, for’ Ses "Ex.17:
14, Josh, 24: 26. al.—Herodot. 1. 125,
Xen. Mom. 1. 6. 14. — Spoken of the
Mosaic law or pentateuch, Heb. 9: 19.
10:7. So Sepr. and TRE Ps. 40:
1 Mace. 12:9, — For to BiSllov tei
Rev, [18:8.] 17:8. 20:12. 21: 97, ix
19.) and ré fyflla 2c. of judgment,
Rev. 20; 12 bis, see in Biflog—Spoken
of letters or epistles, which were also
rolled up, Rev. 1: 11. perhaps 2 Tim.
4:13. So Sept. and 799 2 Sam. 11:
14.—1 Mace. 1: 46, — Spoken of docu-
ments, e. g. a Jewish bill of divorce,
Matt. 19: 7, Mark 10:4. Comp. Deut.
‘24: 1, 3, where Sept. and Heb. RD.

BiBdos, ov, 4, inner rind of the

, anciently used for writing, Joa.

Ant. 2.10.2, Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4. 9.
‘Herodot. 2. 38.—In N. T. a roll, volume,
scroll, i.e. a book, such being the an-
cient form. Mark 12 26 & sf Sifly
Moacins, i.e. the law. So Sept. for
Chald. “pp Ezra 6: 18.— Luke 3: 4.
20: 42. Acts 1:20, 7:42. 19:19. Sept.
for "RQ Josh. 1:8. 18am. 10: 25.—

BiBpdoxw

Herodot. 2. 100, Dem. 313, 14.—Spok-
en of a genealogical table or catalogue,
Matt. 1:1. So Sept. and 790 Gen. 5:

‘The phrase » BiBdoc ro tung

* is ig. DMN HD, Sept. fiShos Leivtuw,

Ps. 69: 29; comp. Ex. 32 32, 33, i.e.
in the figurative style of oriental poetry,
God is represented as having the names
of the righteous, who are to inherit
eternal life, inscribed in a book ; Phil.
4:3, Rev. 3: 5, [13:8] 20: 15, 2:19
in text. rec. So Sept. and “p> Dan.
12:1. — Different from this is he book
in which God has from eternity in-
scribed the destinies of men, Ps. 139:
16, coll. Job 14: 5; and also the books
of judgment, in which the actions of
men are recorded, 1a u8dla, Rev. 20: 12
bis, comp. Dan. 7:10. 4 Esdr. 6: 20,

BiBewoxc, £. fovicw, perf, pi-
Agexa, (Buttm. § 114,) to eat, John 6:
13 roig PeBpexdow. Sept. for 28
Josh. 5:12. 1 Sam. 30:12. Ez.4: 14,
—Hom. Ul. 22. 94. Xen. Hiero 1.24.

Biduvia, as, §, Bithynia, a pro-
vince of Asia Minor, on the Euxine sea
and Propontis, bounded W. by Mysia,
8. and E. by Phrygia and Galatia, and
E. by Papbiagonia. Acts 16:1. 1 Pet.
iL

Boog, ov, 5, life, i.e.

8) pp. the present life, Luke 8: 14,
1Tim. 22, 2Tim.24, 1 Pet. 4:3.
Sept for b%> Job 7: 6. 8:9, al. — Ael,
V. H. 3. 29, "Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 8.

b) meton. means of life, living, suste-
nance, Mark 12: 44. Luke 8: 43, 15:
12, 30, 21: 4. Sept. for n> Prov. 31:
14. mvza yim Cant. & 7. — Polyb. 2.
15. 3. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. — In the
sense of possessions, wealth, 1 John 2
16. 3:17.—Jos, Ant. 1, 20.1. Diod. Sic.
12. 40,

Buia, &, £ saw, (Blos,) sor. 1
‘loga rarely, more comm, aor. 2 éBi-

ey, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl, §114, Vol. II.
p. 90. Matth, § 227, Winer § 15. — to

- live, to pass one’s life, ete. 1 Pot. 4:2

Bisoas zodv0r. So Sept. moliv zodvor
Bidow for nMQ2 Mant Job 2: 18.

mt] Prov. 7:2. — Wiad. 12: 23. Jos.
ADL 3.5.1. éSleca, Lucian, Macrob.

§12, 17. Xen. Occ. 4. 8.
18

137

Biaogyuta

Bio, eas, 4, (Biba) life, i.e.
mode of life, Acts 26: 4, — Prol. to Eo-
clus. dut sig évrspou Bicbosws.

Buouxds, 7, dv, (Biwais,) per
taining to this life, Luke 21: 34. 1 Cor.
6: 3, 4.—Act. Thom. § 36. Aristot. H.
Anim. 10.16. Diod. Sic. 2.29. The
later Greeks used Biomixds instead of
the earlier form tod Aiov, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 355.

BadaBegoe, c, ov, (Bldrre,) hurt-

ful, noxious, 1 Tim. 6: 9, — Sept. Prov.
10: 26. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11. teen

Biaara, £. yu, to disable, to weak-
en, to impede, Hom.0d.13.22. 11. 23. 782,
Jos, Ant. 5.5.4, In N. T. to hurt, to
harm, to injure, trans, Mark 16: 18,
¢, doub. accus, Luke 4: 35. — 2 Macc.
12; 22, Jos. Ant. 3. 8.2. Xen. Mem. 4,
3.8. ib. 4.8.11.

Biacrave, £.jow,(Blactés,germ,)
to germinate, to put forth, intrans, end
trans,

8) intrans. fo sprout, to spring up,
Matt, 13: 26, Mark 4:27. Heb. 9: 4,
So Sept. for m5 Num. 17: 23. [8.]
NWz Joel 2: 22, Ken. Occ. 19. 2, 8.

BJ trans, to cause to spring up, i.e. to
produce, to yield, James 5:18. Sept.
for O37 Gen}: M. ba Num. 17:
23, [8.]—Ecclus. 24: 20. Philo de Ag-
ricult, p.191, Aeschyl. Frag. p. 619.

Badotos, ov, 6, Blastus, a man
who was cubicularius to Herod Agrippa,
ive. had charge of his bed-chamber,
Acts 12:20. Such persons usually had
great influence with their masters; see
Adam’s Rom. Ant. ‘p. 526.

Biraogynudo, @, f.jow, (Slécgn-
H0s,) to » i.e.

a) genr. and spoken of men and
things, to speak evil of, to slander, to de-
fame, to revile; absol. Acts 13: 45. 18:
6. 1Tim.1: 20. 1 Pet. 4: 4.—2 Mace.
10: 34. 12: 14. Herodian . piers

|}. accus. of or thing, Acts
a Tit. 3:2 James’ 7. 2 Pet. 2:10,
Jude 8,10. So 2 Pet. 2 12 éy ols, for
raira éy ols. Poss, Rom. 3: 8. 14: 16.
1 Cor. 4:13. 10:30. 2 Pet. 2:2. Sept.
for 1132 2K. 19: 6, 22—Jos. Ant. 6. 9.

Biaocgnuia

2, ib, 9. 6.3, Herodian. 2, 7. 8.—With
an accus. of the abstract noun, Mark 3:
28, See Buttm. § 131. 3—Spoken in
reference to Jesus while on earth, seq.
accue. Matt. 27:39. Mark 15:29. Luke
28: 39. absol. Luke 22: 65. Acts 26: 11,
coll. v. 9.

b) spoken of God and hie Spirit, or
of divine things, i.e. to revile, to treat
with irreverence and contumely; seq.
accus, Rom.2:24. Tit. 2:5. 1 Pet.
4:14. Rey. 13:6. 16:9, 11,21. Pass.
1 Tim. 61. Sept. for Yxzn7 Is. 52
5. —Jos. Ant. 6.9.3. Diod. Sic. 2
21. — Seq. tig c. accus. to blaspheme
against, Mark 3:29. Luke 12: 10.—Bel
and Drag. 10. Jos. B.J.2.17.1. Dem.
1229, 5. — Absol. Matt, 9: 3. 26: 65.
Joho 10: 36.

Bacognpia, ac, 4, (Bléogrpos,)
p ine.

a) genr. and spoken of men and
things, evil speaking, slander, reviling,
Matt. 12:31. 15:19. Mark 3:28, 7:22.
Eph, 4: 31, Col. 3: 8. 1 Tim. 6: 4.
Rev. 2:9. So in the gen. instead of an
adj. Jude 9 xplow Placgnplas, i. q.
Bddognpor xolaiy 2 Pet, % 11. Comp.
Buttm, §123. n. 4, So Sept. for MIN;
Ez, 35: 12—2 Macc. 10: 35. Joa. Ant.
3.14.3. ib. 6.13.7. Dem. 141. 2.

b) spoken of God and his Spirit or of
divine things, reviling, contumely, impi-

ous érreverence, Matt. 12 31. 26: 65.
Mark 2:7. 14:64, Luke 5:21. John
10: 33. Rev. 13: 5,6. So in the gen.
for an adj. dyopata Placgnplas for fld-
opma, Rev. 13: 1. 17:3; see above in a,
So Bept. for Chald. mbt; Dan. 3: 29.—
2 Meec. 8: 4. 15:24, *

Bicognuos, ov, 4, %, (Bhar or
uit and gyysi,) blasphemous, spoken of
words uttered against God and divine
things, Acts 6: 11, 103). So of words
ageinst men, slanderous, contumelious,
2 Pet. 2: 11.—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p.1012.
B. Aelian. V. H. 12.57, Herodian. 7.
8.21.— As a subst. a blasphemer,
sc. in respect to God, 1 Tim. 1: 13. —
Wied, 1:6. Ecclus.3:16.—Or in respect
to men, a slanderer, reviler, 2 Tim. 3: 2,
—2 Mace. 10: 36.

BAcupe, xros, 16, (Biéno,) seeing,

138

Bitno

ie. the act of seeing, or rather by
meton. the object seen; 2 Pet. 2 8
Bliguars x03 dxoj, with seeing and hear-
ing, i.e. with what he eaw and heard.
—In the sense of look, mien, Herodian.
4.5.17. Aelian. V. H. 6.14. ib. 8.
rR

Biéno, f. yo, pp. to use the eyes,
to see, to look, trans, and intrans.

1. to aee, viz. a) to be able to see, Le.
to have the faculty of sight, and spoken
of the blind, to recover sight, intrans.
Matt. 12: 22 dicre tov tuphoy Plémeer.
Acts 9:9 uy Shino, i.e. blind. Rev.
18 va Alénys, coll. v. 17. Rev. 9: 20.
So Sept. and F473 1Sam. 3: 2. Ps. 69:
24. min Dan. "325. nep Ex. 4: 1.
23: 8. —"Ael. V. H. 6, 12. Xen. Mem.
1. 8. 4.—So 16 Bléey as a subst. sight,
i.e. the faculty of seeing, Luke 7: 21.
Buttm, § 140. 5.—Trop. John 9: 39 fra
of pi Bléxortes Bléxeos, xad o5 fli-
mortes tuplol yivavra v.41. So by
Hebraism, with a particip. of the same
verb by way of emphasis, Sléxortss
Players, sevng shall see, i. e. ye shall
indeed see, Matt. 13: 14. Mark 4: 12,
Acts 28 26. Comp. Is, 6: 9, where
Sept. for 4n> 484, of which Heb.
idiom this is an imitation, Winer § 46.7.
Gesen. p. 778. Stuart § 514.

b) in the sense of to perceive, ac. with
the eyes, fo discern, to descry, trans.
Matt. 7: 3 ti 36 Adéneis 16 xdgpos 10 ty
16 dpPalus vot adehpod cov; 11: 4.
14: 30. 24:2 Mark 8:24. Luke 11:
3% John 1: 29, 21: 9. al. sxep. So
Sept. for mx 2 K. 9 17, Amos & 1.
—Herodian. “2. 9. 6—Rev. 1: 12 Bléxar
iy gomir to. see the voice, i.e, to see
whence it came. — Construed with an
accus. and particip, instead of a sub-
janet, or infin. Matt. 15: 31 A2érovre;
xapois ladoivtas x. 1.2. Mark 5: 31.
Jobn 5:19. 2 Cor. 12: 6 where supply
byta or xgducoyta. Comp. Buttm.
§144. 4, b.—Jos, Ant. 6. 14. 2. ib, 1.2. 1.
— Intrans. or absol. Matt. 6: 4, 6, 18.—
By impl. fo have before the eyes, spoken
of what is present, Rom. 8: 24 6 yag
Brine tig, th nat Unita; what one has
before his eyes (i.e. present) how can
he yet hope for it? v.25. Hence
part. Blenéuevos seen, i. q. present, Rom.

Bidno.
8 4 dandy 88 Phassopdvn obs Boriv lacs,

i.e. hope which is present can no
longer be hope. So sé Alexspera,
things seen, i.e. present things; and

1d poh Blendpeva, things not seen, i. ©.
future things, 2Cor, 4: 18, Heb. 11: 1,
3, 7—Jos, Aut. 6. 8, 2 aizG Blexouirg
xab rogérts.—Spoken of a vision, fo see
in vision, Rev. 1:11. also 6:1, 3,5, 7, in
text. rec. where others read 232. So Sept.
6 Gléxow, seer, for M5, 1 Sam. 9: 9.

c) metaph. to perceive, sc. with the
mind, to be aware of, to observe ; Rom.
7:23 flénw fxegor vépov by tots pideot
pov. Heb. 10: 25, For the particip.
instead of the subjunct, see above-in b.
So Sept. and "5 Neb. 2 17. — Jos,
Ant. 6. 10. 2 Aavidns Sweunpay dy eBié-
aeto.—So seq. bts, 2 Cor. 7:8. Heb. 3:
19, James 2: 22,

2. to look, i.e. to look at or upon, to
direct the eyes upon, to behold, trans, and
intrans,

a) pp. (a) spoken of persons; seq.
accus, Matt. 5:28 nag 6 Phixaw yuvai-
xa. Rev. 5: 3, 4, ode Blinew aizo ac. 7
BiBlloy, i.e. to look tnto it, examine it.
Sept. and ry Cant. 1:5. Hag. 2: 4.
— Hoop. Fab. 129. — So Matt. 18: 10,
of Gyyelos airéy Ssanartis Alérouos 1
ngdcumoy tod morgds pou, their angels
behold continually the face of my Father,
i.e. in accordance with the customs of
oriental monarchs, they have constant
access to him, are admitted to his pri
as his friends, So Heb. 27977
for which Sept. of dyyig: 10
Esth.1:14. of Sparsec 16 mgdcomor
toi) acide 2K. S19. of & goat
my tov Baoidus Jer. 52: 25. — Seq. sis
c. accus. to look upon, to behold; Acts
3: 4 Bliyor sig juds. John 18: 22.
Luke 9: 62 sig sé Snlow, to look back.
So Sept. for pxz7 Gen, 19: 17, — Ec-
clus. 40: 29, Herodian. 3, 11.5. Xen,
An. 4, 1, 28.—(8) Spoken of a place, to
look, i.e. to be situated, veq. xatd c. ac-
cus. Acts 27: 12° lipéve tis Koirns
Blinorta xota Aifo. So Sept. for 132
Ez. 40:23. 11792 Chr. 4:4. Ez. 46:
1, 13, 20. pp Ez. 40: 6, 21, 22, 46. al.
—Herodian. 2.11.16. Xen. Mem.3. 8.9.

b) metaph. to look to, to direct the
mind upon, to consider, to take heed;
seq. acc. 1 Cor. 1: 26 Blénsts thy xifiow

139

Boo

‘Spay. 10: 18.—Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 1.—Col.
2 15 zalpem nai Sine ipisy vy site
i.e. joyfully beholding, Gesen. p. 823.
Stuart § 538. So H = Gen. 39:
23. Ps. 37: 37. Is, 22 11. yon, B.J.
3.10.2, — Phil. 3: 2 Blénere toc xivas
x 7.2, ive. take heed to, keep an eye
upon, ete. and eo by impl. beware of 3
see Winer § 32. 1, p. 183.—Seq. sis.
accus. Matt, 22:16 ob yag Alénus eis
xgdcunoy dvDgdmey, i. e. thou regard-
est not, hast not respect to, the external
of men; see Hpéounoy, So é xara
aedouror Blinur, 2 Cor, 10: 7.—Polyb.
39.2. 10 dre pir ale rag dxopdous aizod
115 Bhéyess—ire 8° ale tov zepiopoy sisv
moayparer. Comp. Jos. Ant. 1.3.1
m9a¢ dgeriy Plénortes. — Seq. th and
mais, how, etc. Mark 4:24, Luke 8: 18.
1Cor. 3:10. Eph. 5:15. Seq. &,
1Cor. 16:10. Col, 4:17. 2 John &—
Spoken by way of caution, in the im-
perative, Plenéra, Phémere, look to it,
take heed, be on the watch, beware, absol.
Mark 13: 23, 33. seq. Eavrous etc. Mark
18:9, 2John8. So fAdnete bn, take
heed lest, seq. aor. subjunct. Matt. 24: 4.
Luke 21:8, Acts 18: 40, Gal, 5: 15.
1 Cor. 10: 12. rae 1 Cor. 8: 9.—So
dea jo} Lucian, D, Deor. 8.22, Xen:
fut. indie. Col. 2: 8.
— So Phenere and,
away i. ©, avoid, beware of,
Mark 8: 15, 12:38, See in “Ano I. 2.e.
Titum. de Syn. N.T. p.114, Ax.

Banyréos, a, ov, (Béldw,) & verbal
implying necessity, propriety, etc. to be
cast, to be put, Mark % 22, Luke 5: 38,
See Buttm. § 102. § 184. 8.

Boavepyés, indec. Boanerges,
Mark 3: 17, explained by viol Boortis,
sons of thunder ; Aram. 137 "23, sone of
commotion, the form Boars being per-
haps the Galilean pronunciation instead
of Bevt-. Applied by Christ as a sur-
name to James and John, probably on
account of their fervid impetuous spirit ;
comp. Luke 9: 54, where see Olshausen. |

Bote, 6, £. jaw, (Boi,) to cry
aloud, to exclaim; genr. and abeol.
Luke 18: 88. seq. i Acts 21:34. seq.
Gr Acts17:6. Sept. for pr72 Is. 5: 30.
pre 2K.212 x yp 18am. 4: 8—

Boy

Herodian, 2. 2. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 87.—
Spoken of exclamations of joy, Gal. 4:
97, quoted from Is, 54: 1, where Sept.
for bx. Sept. for gp Is. 14:7, 44:23,
—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 26.—So of terror or
pain, seq. poy weyciln, Acta 8:7, Mark
15: 34. Comp. Buttm. § 138.3.2. Sept.
for pzt 1 K. 8 18. Is. 15:5. Np Gen.
39: i 18 Comp. 2 K, 18: 28." Neh.
9: 4.—Plut, Coriolan. 25. Xen. Cyr. 4.
2. 28.— Spoken of a command or ex-
hortation given with a loud voice, as by
a herald, Maft. 3:3, Mark 1:3. Luke
3:4, John 1: 23, comp. Is. 40: 3, 6,
where Sept. for 847).—Diod. Sic. 12. 62,
Xen. An. 4. 3, 22.—Of a cry for help,
c. c. 90g teva, Luke 18:7. Sept. for
pet Judg. 10:14. Hos. 7: 14. pes
Gen. 4: 10.. Num. 12: 13, ap Judg.
15: 18, Joel 1: 19.—Seq. accus. Xen.
Cyr. 7.2.5.

Bon, 7, %, @ cry, outcry, exclama-
tion, sc. for help, James 5:4. Sept. for
SS 1 Sam, 9: 16. y7g Ex. 2: 24.
ian. V. H. 13. 46.° Xen. Anab.
4.7, 23.

Bonderce, as, 4, (Bondén'q. v.)
help, aid, succour, Heb. 4:16. Sept. for
a Ps, 21: 1, 124: 8, mye Judg. 5:

Ps, 38: 23, — Herodian. 2. 5. 5.
Thue. 3, 118, — Meton. Acts 27: 17 ab
Bor Selas, helps, means of help, e.g. ropes,
chains, etc.—Aristot. Rhet. 2. 5.

Bonitéa, «, £. joa, (Bor, Fé)
pp. fo run up at a ery for help, i. e. to
advance in aid of any one, Polyb, 5
76.5, Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. L—In N. T.
geur. to succour, to help, to aid, seq. dat.
Matt. 15: 25. Mark 9: 22, 24. Acts 16:
9. 21: 28. 2Cor, 6 2 Heb. 2 18.
Rev.12:16. Sept. for 3*vim Josh. 10:
6. “19 Gen. 49:25. 2Sam. 8: 5. al.
—Herodian. 2,7. 5. Xen. Mem. 2.6.25.

Bonios, ov, 6, (fontio,) a helper, gp
Heb. 13: 6. Sept. for 31> Job 29: 12.
mgn Ps.71:7. 1x Ps. 18: 3,—Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 14,

Boduvos, ov, 6, (65905) a pit,

itch, sc. as an emblem of destruction,
Matt. 15:14. Luke6:39. So Sept. for
nigp Ie. 2%: 18, Jer. 48: 43, 44. comp.
Ps, 40: 2. — Xen. Cyr. 19. 3. — In the

140

Booog

sense of cistern, Matt. 12 11, i.g. potag
in Luke 14:5. See Jahn § 45. Sept.
and nip 2 Sam. 18: 17.

Body, 7, %, (Bédla,) a cast, a
throw, spoken of distance, Luke 2% 41
Gael Liou Bolsiy about a stone's throw ;
comp. Buttm. § 131. 8,—Sept. Gen. 21:
16, Thuc. 5. 65 pézqr piv Aidov nad
dxovtiou Bolis éxcignoar.

Boao, £. low, (Bolls q. v.) to
heave the lead, to sound, intrans. Acts
27:28 bis.—Eustath. ad Il. e. p. 427.49.
&. p. 615, 53,

Boats, ido, %, (Bcide,) pp. some-
thing thrown, as the lead in sounding,
whence folifo q.v. InN. T. a mis-
tile, 1.0. 8 missile weapon, e. g. a javelin
or dart, Heb. 12: 20. Sept. for nbs
Neh. 4:17, ptt Num. 24:8. Ez. &:
16.—Plut. Vit. Paral. V. 6. 6.ed. Reiske.

Bost, 5, indec. Booz or Boaz, Heb.
tz (sprightliness), pr. name of a man
celebrated in the book of Ruth. Matt,
1: Sbis. Luke 3: 32.

BogBogos, ov, 6, dirt, mire, filth,
pp. such as accumulates where afimals
are kept, 2 Pet. 2: 22, where the ex-
pression is proverbial. Sept. for o°D
Jer. 38: 6. — Dem, 1259. 11, Arrian.
Diss, Epict, 4. 11. 29 dnsl9e xai zolpy

Ouadiyou, Fé BopSdon wi) xubiryras.
Jos, Aut. 10. 7. 5.

Bogéas, &, 6, (contr. for Bopsas,)
pp. the north or WN. E. wind, Sept.
Prov. 27:16. Xen, Anab. 4.5.3. In
N. T. by meton, the north, the northern
quarter of the heavens, Luke 13: 29.

Rey, 21:13, Sept. for jinx Job 37:
2. Gen. 13: 14. — Thuc. 3.4.

Bouxw, £. Boomjow, to Pasture,
to tend while grazing, trans. Mid. Bo-
Oxouat, to feed, i.e. to be feeding or

grazing ; Matt. 8: 30,33. Mark 5: 11,
14, Luke 8: 32,34, 15: 15. Sept. for
HIpq Gen. 29: 7, 9. 37: 11, 15.—Hom.
Od.'14. 108, Aesop. Fab. 131.—Metaph.
of a christian teacher, to instruct, etc.
Jobn 21: 15,17. So Sept, and msq
Ez. 84: 2, 3, 8, 108q. comp. for 7&3
1K. 12: 16.

Bosdg, 6, indec. Bosor, Heb. 92

Borary

(torch), Sept. Besig, Beor, Num. 22 5,
pr. name of the father of Balaam, 2 Pet.
21.

Boravy, ne, %, (Bdoxw,) pp. pas-
turage, i. e. herbage, grass, plants, Heb.
6&7. Sept. for NDZ Gen. I: 11, 12
aipy Ex. 9: 22, 25,—Aclian. V.H.2. 40.

Bexgue, vos, 6, a cluster, ac. of
grapes, etc. Rev. 14:18. See Buttm.
$50. Sept. for Sozig Gen. 40: 10.
Num. 13: 25.—Jos. Ant. 2.5.2. Xen.
Oce. 19. 18.

Bovievrjs, ov, 6, (Borisio,) a
counsellor, senator ; spoken ofa member
of the Jewish Sanhedrim, Mark 15: 43,
Luke 23: 50, — Thuc. 8, 69. Xen. H.
G. 2.3. 23,

Bovdeva, f. riaw, (Bovdiy) to re-
solve in council, to decree, Sept. for yz)
Te. 23: 8, Xen, Rep. Ath. 2.17 ag° dy
6 Bijuos eBoinevoer. to advise in coun-
ei, Xen. Anab. 2.5.16. to be a coun-
sellor or senator, Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 18.—
InN. T. only Mid. Bovdevopae, f, ei-
gopat, to take counsel, i. e. to consult, to
determine, to deliberate, ec. with one’s
self, or with one another in council;
Butt. § 185. n. 7,

a) to consult, to deliberate, spoken of a
single person, seq. «i Luke 14: 31.
Sept. for ysi3 1 K. 12: 28." 4293 Neh.
5: 7.—Xen. Mem. 3. 6.8. seq. di, Xen.
Cyr. 2.4.7. seq. th sostiy Jos. Ant.
1.21.1,

b) to resolve, to determine, to purpose,
se. after deliberation, seq. accus. 2 Cor,
1:17 ter. Sept. for port Is. 46: 10, ye
Is, 14: 26, 27. 19: 17.—Xen. An. 1.1.7,
— Seq. infin, aor. Acts 5: 33, 15: 37.
27: 39, Sept. for Esth. 3: 6. —
Wied. 18: 5. Herodian. 1. 16. 8. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 7, — Seq. iva, John 12: 10.
comp. Xen. An. 4, 3. 14 Sax,

Bovaj, 7, 4, a council, senate,
Esdr. 2 17. Xen. H.G.1.7.3. In
N. T. counsel; i. e.

8) determination, decision, decree,
spoken of God, Luke 7: 30. Acts 2: 23,
13: 36, 20: 27. Eph, 1:11. Heb. 6:17. of
men, Luke 23: 51. Acts 27: 12. So Sept.
for My Prov. 19:21. Ie. 5:19, Jer.
49: 20; 30.—Hom. Il. 1. 5, Od. 11. 296.

141

Bovdouer

b) by impl. purpose, plan, ete. Acts
4: 28. "5:38, 27: 42. “So Sept. and
my Ezra 4:5, Neh. 4:15. — Ae
lian. V. H. 2 4. — Spoken of the
secret thoughts, purposes, cogitations,
1 Cor. 4: 5. So Sept. for mzqthp Job
5:12. Is, 55: 7,8. — Ecelus. 30: 21.
Esdr. 7:15, comp. Ezra 6: 22 where
Heb. 35, Sept. xagdta.

Bovdnue, arog, 16, (Bovdowas)
Bp. that which is willed, i.e. will, purpose,
Acts 27:43. Rom. 9: 19.—2 Mace. 15:5.
Jos, Ant, 2. 14, 4, Dem. 1109. 15.

- Bovdomat, depon. Pass. 2 pers.
Aoties Luke 22: 42, see Winer § 13.2
Buttm. § 103. 111.3; imperf. ¢Soudépny ;
aor. 1 éfovlsjIyy James 4: 4, and fov-
AjSyy 2 John 12, see Buttm. § §3. 0. 5.
Hi. Planck . Repos. I. p. 662, —
to will, to be willing, to wish, to desire.
According to Buttmann, the dietine-
tion between fotouat and Sélo is, that
the latter expresses an active voli-
tion and purpose, the former a mere
passive desire, propensity, willingness ;
Lexilog. I. p.26. Or, Botlouas ex-
Presses also the inward predisposition
and bent from which the active volition
Proceeds; see Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
P. 124. Hence fothoucs is never
used of brutes. In speaking of the
gods, Homer uses fovdouas in the sense
of Sélw ; Buttm. 1. ¢. p. 27.—In N. T.
followed by an infin, expressed or im-
plied, either of the aor. or pres. comp.
Buttm. § 137. 5; once also with the
subjunct. John 18: 89; comp. Buttm.
§ 139. n. 7,

4) spoken of men, to be willing, to in-
cline, to be disposed ; Mark 15:15 Bovls-
Hevos 1G dzly 10 ixavdy mouijous Acts
17: 20, 18: 27. 19: 30, 22: 30, 23: 28,
25: 22. 27: 43. 28: 18. Philem. 13.
3Jobn 10. Sept. for mau Lev. 26:21.
Job 39:9. yon Deut. 25: 7,8. Job
9 3.—1 Mace. 7:30. Xen. Cyr.6.1.31.
H. G. 1. 2. 15.—In the sense of to have
in mind, to intend, to purpose, Matt. 1:

19 ¢ovkj_ AdSpa drolicas abniy.

Acts 5:28. 12: 4. “2Cor. 1:15. Sept.
for 79° Ezra 4: 5.—Xen. H.G. 3. 4.2.
—— So in a stronger sense, to desire, to
aimat; 1 Tim, 6:9 of Bovddueros xlov-
taiy James 4: 4. — Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 3.

Beredet.

9894

Bows 142

Xen. An. 2. 6. 21. — In the sense of to
choose, to to prefer, lo decide ;
John 18:39. Acts 18:15. 25:20. James
3:4, 2 John 12. Sept. for mxy Ezra
10:3. yen 1K. 21:6. 18am. 24: 3,
—Xen. Cyr. 6,1. 5,15. — As implying
command or direction, to will, i. e. to
direct, seq. accus. et infin. 1: 12
Botouas, i. e. it is my will. 1 Tim. 2
8. 5:14. Tit.8:8. Jude 5 txoprijoas
88 tpés Bothowas, I will that ye call to
mind, ete.—Xen. An. 1. 1.1.

b) spoken of God, i. q. Séhe, fo will,
ive. to to appoint, to decree; of
God, Luke 22: 42. Heb. 6:17. James
1:18. 2 Pet. 3:9. of Jesus, as the
Son of God, Matt. 11: 27, Luke 10: 22,
of the Spirit, 1 Cor, 12: 11. — Hom. Il.
1. 67. ib. 13, 345,

Bovvoe, ov, é, a hill, rising ground,
Luke 3:5. 23:30, Sept. for nz3q Ex.
17:9, 10. In, 40: 4, 55: 12,—Cebet. Tab.

15, [12] Polyb. 3 83.1. It is a word:
of the later Greek,Phryn. ed. Lob. p.355,
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 153.

Bows, Boos, 6,4, an ox or cow,
i.e. an animal of the ox kind, Luke
13:15, 14:5,19, John 2: 14,15. 1 Cor,
99 bis, 1 Tim, 5:18. Sept. for %;
Gen. 13:5.al. 19 Gen. 41:2, 3, 4.
‘Xen. Mem, 1.2.32"

BoaBeior, au, 16, (BgaBsis,) a
prize, sc. bestowed on victors in the
public games of the Greeks, such as a
wreath, chaplet, garland, etc. 1 Cor. 9:
UA, —Hesych. Soofsioy * éivsuoy, Era-
lor, ruerrigioy, — Metaph. spoken of
the rewards of virtue in a future life,
Phil. 3: 14.

BoaBevo, f. etoy, pp. to be 6
Boaficts, i, ©. to be a director, arbiter, in
the public games; see Potter Gr. Ant.
Vol. I. p. 441. to decree, to give the prize,
Wisd. 10:12, Heliodor. IV. 1.—In N.T.
to rule, to govern; metaph, to prevail, to
abound, intrans. Col. 3: 15 a igi tot
Xpworot Poapewira ty sais xagdlaus
Spsiv,—pp. Diod. Sic. 18. 58. Polyb. 6.
4.3,

Boadivea, £. wi, (gadis) to be
slow, to delay, intrans, 1 Tim. & 15.
2 Pet. 3:9 ob Boadives & sigus sic

Boagis

dnoyyedlas, the Lord will not be tardy,
slack, in respect to his promise ; Buttm.
§ 192, 6.1. Others, the Lord of the
Promise will not be slack ec. to fulfil it;
comp. >y3 Burt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 133. —
Sept. for “ry Deut. 7: 10. Is, 46: 13
sygrvaNT Gen. 43: 10.—Ecclas, 32: 18.
Ael.'V.'H. 3. 43,

Boaduniogo, a, f. jou, (Beadis
and 72éw,) to sail slowly, Acts 27: 7, —
Artemid. 4, 32.

Boadus, sta, v, slow, i.e. not
hasty, James 1: 19 bis—Jos. Ant. 3.1.4
Xen. Mem. 4. 2.5, — Metaph. slow of
understanding, heavy, stupid, Luke 24:
25.—Dion. Hal. de rhet. Attic. Bgadis
toy voix. Polyb. 4. 8.7,

Boadurjs, wtos, %, (Beadis,)
slowness, tardiness, 2 Pet. 3:9 dg tives
Boaduriiza jyoirra, as some consider it
tardiness, i, , that the Lord delays in
respect to his promise; see Seaddve.—
Jos, Ant. 7.4.1. Xen. H.G. 4.6.5.

Boayiwv, ovos, 6, the arm, Lat.
brackium, Xen. Eq. 7.8. In N. T. by
meton. like Heb. 947, strength, might,
power, Luke 1: 51. John 1238. Acts
13: 17. So Sept. for 2 Deut. 5: 15.
Is, 44: 12, 51: 5.

Boayusy sia, v, short, small;
spoken

a) of time, Luke 22 58 Spend Beart,
i.e. a little after. Acts 5:34. So Sept.
magi Peay’ for DyND > Pe. 94: 17. —
Wied. 12:10 xard f. Xeu. Ephes. p. 29
Beazt et Boaziy zodrox. Comp. Bos
EIL Gr, p. 103,

b) of place, Acts 27:28 Seay) duaony-
cavres, i.e. having gone a liltle further.
So Sept. and pz 2 Sam, 16: 1.—Ken,
Cyr. 5. 4.47.—Trop. of rank or dignity,
Heb. 2: 7,9, Beat t nag ayyélovs, a
little lower than the angels, i. e. Jesus
during his life; quoted from Ps. 8: 6,
where Sept. for nym necessarily of
rank, as the antith. in Heb. 2:9 also
requires.

¢) of quantity or number, small, few ;
John 6 7 yagi ty alittle. So Sept.
and B97) 1 Sam. 14: 29, 44, Ken. Mem.
1, 4. 8, — Heb, 13: 22 8:0 Beaztow ac.
Aoyar, i.e. in few words, briefly. So

Bodgos

Sept. Peayis dgvduds, for Deut.
26: 5. 28: 62.— Joa. B. 3. ren Lu-
cian. Tox. § 56.

Boégos, oc, ovg, +6, a child,
spoken

a) of a child yet unborn, @ foetus,
Luke 1: 41, 44.—Ecclus. 19: 11.” Hom.
Ti. 23, 266.

b) usually an infant, babe, suckling,
Luke 2 12, 16. 18: 15. Acts 7: 19, —
1 Mace. 1: 61, Jos. Ant, 2.9.4, Xen,
Mom. 2. 2, 5. Etymol. Mag. foégos-
16 royrir maudlor. — 80 2 Tim. 3: 15
dx’ Bosporus, i. ©. from infancy, from
the cradle.—Metaph. of those who have
just embraced the christian religion,
1 Pet. 2:2. Comp. 1 Cor.3: 2. Heb, 5:
12,13.

Boczar, £. ta. 1. to wet, to moisten,
trans. Luke 7:38, 44, Rev. 11: 6 fra pj
erie Botxn sc. thy viv. Sept. for nga
Pe. 67. ‘dom Niph. Is. 34:3, Sry
Ez, 22: 24.—Diod. Sic. 3.24. Xen. An.
1. 4. 17.

2. to rain, to cause to rain, i. q. Sey,
in the Attic poets and later prose writ-
ers; comp. Lob. ad, Phryn. p, 201.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 688,
pp. fully writen, Bosyssy tstoy Sept.
Joel 2: 23, Is. 5:6.—In N.T. absol.
Matt. 5: 45 6 D2is fgéze, So Sept. for
oR Gen, 2: 5. Amos 4: 7,—Polyb.
16. 12.3. Arrian. Dies, Ep. 1. 6, 30,—
Seq. accus. Luke 17: 29 (6 Osic) tSpege
wig xad Stioy dn oigarcd, So Bept.
6 xtigus Bp. x. x. 9. for “von Gen.
19: 24. Ez, 38: 22. comp. i. yailatay
for "707 Ex. 9: 24.—With the sub-
ject implied, as in Eng. it rains, etc.
James 5:17 bis, See Buttm. § 129. 9.

Boovry, ic, %, teunder, Mark 3:
17 viok Boortiis, see in Boavipyic. Jobn
12 29. Rev. 4: 5. 6&1. & 5. 10:3, 4
bis. 11:19, HM: 2. 16:18. 19 6. Sept,
for by Job 26: 14. Ps. 77: 19.—Hom,
HL 21. 199. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.3.

Boozhy, js, 4, (bgicw qv.) in later
usage, rain, Matt. 7:25, 27. Sept, for
neta Ps. 68: 10. 105: 32. See Lob. ad
Phryn, p. 291.—Geopon. 2. 39, 191.

votes, F “

'P0Z0S, ov, 6, & noose, snare ;
1 Cor. 7: 35 obm ives Bodzor iptv énifd-
Ju, not that Iwould cast a noose over you,

143

Bowus

i.e. impose on you any necessity. Sept.
for Win Prov. 2% 25. — Sept. Prov.
6:5. 7:21, Xen. Ven. 2 5,

Bouyucs, ov, 5, (Bgizw,) a grat-
ing or gnashing, ec. of the teeth, Matt.
8:12, 13: 42,50, 22: 13, 24: 51. 25:30.
Luke 13:28, The image is drawn from
‘@ person in a paroxysm of envy, rage,
pain, ete. comp. Acts 7:54, Sept. for pry
Prov. 19: 12, spoken of the roar or grow!
of the lion—Act. Thom. § 13. Suidas,
Bevypds* tgiopos bdérten.

Bouze, £.t0, to grate, to gnash, ve.
the teeth, trans. Acts 7: 54, Sept. for
Ph Job 16:9. Ps, 35: 6, — Hom. Il.

3. 393, ib. 16. 486,

Bova, f. tow, to be full, to abound,
to overflow, intrans. Diog. Laert. 1. 122,
Anacr. 58, 2.—In N. T. trans. to pour
forth, to emit ly, spoken of a
fountain, James 3: 11. — Act. Thom.
§ 87 nyt Botovea. Spoken of the
earth, Xen. Ven. 5, 12.

Bodper, aroc, wi, (Bippssoxe)
whatever i eaten, food, i. e. solid food
of meat or vegetables, and hence
to milk, 1 Cor. & 2. op.

8) pp. Mate. 14:15, Mark 7:19. Luke
& UL. 9 18. 1 Cor. 6: 13 bis, Sept.
for bye Gen. 41: 35 0q. Dent. 2: 28,
doen Gen. 6 21, 2 Chr. 9: 4,— Ael.
V.H. 3,20. Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 13, —
Spoken of meats permitted by the Mo-
saic law, Heb. 9:10, 13: 9.

serupled to eat, Rom. 14: 15 bis, 20.
1 Cor. 8: 8,13. 1 Tim. 4: 3,

b) metaph. aliment, nour
ishment. Jobn 4: 84 duév Body, i.e.
that by which I live, in which I de-
light. "1 Cor. 10: 8 fodua mreyparixdy,
spiritual food, i.e. the manna, as an
emblem of spiritual nourishment or in-
struction, So 1 Cor. 3: 2, coll. Heb.
5: 12,—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5, 10.

Bowormuos, ov, i, 4, adj. (Besos)
eatable ; Luke 24: 41 igeré x1 Bysiorpor,
have ye any food? Sept. for 5382 Lev.
19: 23, Ez. 47: 12,

Bodo, e008, 4, (Bifgeions,) eat-

ing, i. e. spoken
8) of the act of eating, 1 Cor. 8: 4,

Bowoxa

2 Cor. 9: 10 Geros eis Poder, bread to
eat, from Is. 55: 10, where Sept. for
b3x. also Mal. 3:11. Sept. for nant
Deut. 32: 24.—Jos. Ant. 1, 20.2, Xen.
Mom. 1.3. 15.—Trop. erosion, corrosion,
abstr. for concrete, Matt. 6: 19, 20, o7¢
xad Sdous, moth and corrosion, i. e. cor
roding rust; comp. James 5: 2, 3,
Aquila for vz, mot, Is. 50:9. Comp.
Ep. of Jer. 12 oi d:aowtorras dnd lod
zat Boowdrer, i.e. prob. mothe.

b) of that which is eaten, food, i. q.
Ppsue. (a) pp. John 6 27 thy fedaw
tay dmoldupéyny, i.e. food for the body.
Heb. 12: 16.. So Sept, for mb" 2 K.
19: 8 FoR, 2 Sam. 19: 42, baN Gen.
ere a) Jer.7: 31. 19: 7—Thue.
Jo Posious xa} méars, food and
is, “Rom. 14:17 ob yg dow 4

Bacidsla tod Se0i B, x. x. i.e. admis
sion to the Messiah’s kingdom does not
depend on an attention to meat and
drink. Col. 2 16.—(f) Metaph. aliment,
nourishment ; John, 4: 32 fgdow few
_ guytiv, iq. Bodua in v. 34, ee in Boss-
pa b. In John 6 27, 55, Jesus uses

jesors in the sense of food for the soul,
i.e. that spiritual aliment from above
which is proffered threugh him to
Christians. — Act. Thom. § 7. Clem.
Alex. Strom, 5.10 Besos xa xéow r08
fal you 4 yriiols dove vig Selas od-

Bowoxwo obsol. fends its forms to
Bifpdoxw q. v.

Bud Ka, f. low, (Bb90s,) to sink in
the deep, i.e. to cause to sink, trans.
Pass, to sink, Luke 5:7, —2 Mace. 12:

4 Diod. Sic. 5.4, — Metaph. 1 Tim.
6: 9 tis dleSgor. Comp. Ps. 69: 2, 3.
1%: 4,5.

Bvudes, ov, 6, depth, the ian
2 Cor. 11: 25 vuzSrjuegor dy 1H
ac. tig Saldoons. So Sept. for mb ened
Ex. 15: 5, Ps. 107: 24. — Artemid. 4.
53. Diod. Sic. 3. 21. the deepest part,
bottom, Xen. Occ. 19. 11.

Bupoevs, dos, 6, (Bigee, hide,)

144

Bopos

a tanner, leather-dresser, Acts 9: 43, 10:
6, 32—Artemid. 4. 56.

Buoowos, 7, ov, (Biaoos,) bys-
sine, i.e. made of byssus or'fine cotton,
Sept. oroly Bucoiyn for 121 Chr. 1
27, for yaa 1 Chr. 15: 27. for vy
Gen, 41: 42.—In N. T. neut. Biassror,
i. q. dye Booowor, a garment of byr
aus, Rev. 18: 12 in later edit. 18 16.
19: 8 bis, 14.—Diod. Sic. 1. 85.

Bvovos, ov, %, byssus, a species
of fine cotton, highly prized by the en-
cients, Luke 16: 19. Rev. 18; 12 in tex.
recept.—Various kinds are mentioned ;
as that of Egypt, Heb. zw, Ez. 2:7,
the white cloth which is still found
wrapped around mummies, and which
appears to have been about of the texture
and quality of the modern cotton sheet-
ings; that of Syria, Heb. yaz, Ez. 27:
16, here apparently distinguished from
that of Egypt (coll. v. 6), but in later
Hebrew i. q. zi, 1 Chr. 4:21. 2Chr.
3: 14. coll. Ex. 26: 31; that of Indis,
which was said to grow on a tree simi-
lar to the poplar, Philostr. Vit, Apollos.
2. 29; and that of Achaia, which grew
only in the vicinity of Elis, Pausa.
Eliac. 5. 5. or I. p. 204. ed. Xyl.—
Garments of byssus varied in colour
according to the tint of the material;
white are mentioned Rev. 19 8, 14,
and Pausanius (I. c.) says the byssus of
the Hebrews was yellow. They wert
sometimes dyed of a purple or crimson
colour; Hesych. Sicowa mopguyd:
comp. Luke 16: 19.—Sept. for 2 and
‘V1a as cited above. Jos. Ant. 3 6.1.
ib. 3. 7. 2. — See Pollux. Onom. 7. 17.
75. Plin. H. N. 19. 1. Kuinoel oo
Luke 16: 19. Gesen. Thes. Ling. Heb.
art. yin. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Byssus.

Bapos, ov, 5, (Balver, Beis) 0 xp,
base, pedestal, Hom. I. 8, 441. Od.7.
100.—In N. T. an altar, ec. to which
the ascent was by steps, Acts 17:23.
So Sept. for ray Ex. 34: 13. Nam.

1, — Jos. Ant. 17.1. Ken, Mer. 1.1.2 *

‘Tapoda 145 Ta3a

rT.

ToBada or TabBada, 4, in-
dec. Gabbatha, Syro-Chald. xn33,
(fem. of 3a, dorsum, the back,) i. e. an
elevated place, prob. tribunal, Jobu 19:
18, where it is explained by the Greek
ASéotgaror, a tesselated pavement ;
see more in ASéargetos. Comp. 33
Ez. 43: 13, and see Gesen. Thesaur.
p. 256, Buxt. Lex. 377.

TaBoupA, 6, indec, Gabriel, Heb.
daygyy3a (man of God), name ofan arch-
angel, ‘Luke 1: 19,26. See in “Agzdy-
pelos.

Ta: cyyoava, 7g, 4 (by redupl.
fr. yeu, yale, to devour, corrode)
gangrene, mo , which spreads
by degrees over the whole body. 2 Tim.
2% 17. — Plut, de Adul. et Amic. 36.

Teed, 5, inde. Gad, Heb. 1a (good
fortune), pr. name of the seventh son of
Jacob, born of Zilpah, Gen. 30: 10 sq.
—Spoker of the tribe of Gad, Rev. 7:5.

Tadagyvis, ov, 5, a Gadarene,
i.e. an inbsbitant of the city of Gadara,
Tudagd, the fortified capital of Perea
or the region east of the Jordan, Jos.
B.J. 4. 7.3. ib, 2. 20,4. According to
Eusebius (Onomast.) it was situated
over against Tiberias and Scythopolis,
in or near the range of mountains bor-
dering the eastern shore of the lake
and the valley of the Jordan, on the site,
as is supposed, of the present village
Om Keis, which lies S. E. from the
southern extremity of the lake, and not

_ far from the river Hieromax. Josephus
calls Gadara a Greek city, oli“ ElAqols,
Ant. 17. 11.4; and says it had many
wealthy inhabitants, B,J. 4.7.3, When
firet taken from the Jews, it was an-
nexed by the Romans to Syria, Jos. B.
3.1.7.7; Augustus gave it to Herod
the Great, ib. 1. 20.3; but it was re-
stored to Syria after Herod’s death,
Ant. 17. 11.4, — In N. T. Mark 5: 1.
Luke 8: 26, 37. So in Mss. Matt. 8: 28

, for Tegysonviy or Iegacqviiy, q. v.
* See Reland. Palaest. p. 773.

19

1. Fake, ye, 4, a treasury, ve. of
a king or state, Acts 8: 27. The word
is of Persian origin. Sept. for 122
Ezra 5:17. 6:1, Esth. 4: 7. — Diod,
Sic. 17. 64. So Lat. gazu Cic. de Of.
2.22, 2% px 5:

I. Lata, n¢, %, Gaza, Heb. m9
(the strong), a celebrated city of the
Philistines, situated on a hill near the
coast of the Mediterranean towards the
southern limits of the territory of the
Israelites, and constituting the key be-
tween Egypt and Syria. It was as-
signed by Joshua to the tribe of Judah, -
who subdued it; but the possession of
it was retained or soon recovered by
the Philistines ; Josb. 15: 47. Judg.
18. 16: 1sq. After having destroyed
Tyre, Alexander the Great laid siege to
Gaza also, which was then held by
a Persian gatrison, and took it af-
ter two months. He appears to
have left the city standing; but about
B. C..95, Alexander Jannaeus took it
after a siege of a year and destroyed it.
Gabiniue afterwards rebuilt it, and Au-
gustus bestowed it on Herod the Great,
after whose death it was annexed to
Syria. See Jos, Ant. 11. 8. 3, 4. ib. 13.
5.5. ib, 13. 18.3. ib. 14. 5. 3, ib. 15.7.
9. ib. 17.11.4. Strabo 16.2. 30, Ar-
rian, Exp. Alex. 2. p. 51. ed, Steph.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. 384.—
In N.T. Acts 8: 26 én wig iy ip
xaraBalrovsay and ‘Iegovoakip tis Ta-
tort ater toriy Upnuos, the way leading
from Jerusalem to Gaza, which [way] is
desert, i.e. whith leads through the
desert, where Philip met the eunuch.
Others refer Epnuos to Gaza itself; and
suppose the later city to have been
built on a different site. As however
Gaza was sacked and destroyed in
A. D. 65, during an insurrection of the,
Jews, Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 1, we may per-
haps regard atry éotly tyqpos as the
words, not of the angel, but of Luke,
implying that the city was desolate at
the time he wrote. Comp. Krebs Obe.
in N. T.e Jos. p. 205 0q.

picdncee Spcangis noe nae ds

Tegoguddxov

Tatoguadxov, ov, 16, (ato,
qvlax),) a treasury, i.e. a place of de-
posit for the public treasure ; among
the Jews, the sacred ly in one of
the courts of the temple, ¢ aiifj oixou
Seoi, Neh. 13: 7, coll. 10: 37, 38. 13: 4,
5, 8, where Sept. for rau, and for
332 Esth. 3: 9, According ' ‘to the Tal-
miudists the treasury was in the court
of the women, where stood 13 chests,
called from their form ninpiw, trum-

Pets, into which the Jews cast their of-
Ex. 30: 188q. See Buxt. Lex.
Chald. Talm. 2506. Jahn § 342, — In
N. T. Mark 12: 41 bis, 43. Luke 21: 1.
Spoken _ the court itself John 8: 20.

“Tati wios, ‘ov, 6, Gaius, Lat. Caius,
pr. name of several men in N. T.

1. a Macedonian, and fellow-traveller
of Paul, who was seized by the popu-
lace at Ephesus, Acts 19: 29,

2, a man of Derbe who accompanied
Paul in his last journey to Jerusalem,
Acts 20: 4.

3. an inhabitant of Corinth with
whom Paul lodged, and in whose house
the Christians were accustomed to as-
semble, Rom. 16: 23, 1 Cor, 1: 14.

4. a Christian to whom John ad-
dressed his third epistle, 3 John 1;
perhaps the same with the preceding.

Tétda, gxr9s, 16, milk, 1 Cor. 9:7.
Sept. for 5:1 Gen. 18: 8, 49: 12—Xen.
Mem. 4, 3.'10.— Metaph. for the first
elements of christian instruction, 1 Cor.
& 2 Heb. 5: 12, 13. — Clem. Alex,
Strom. 5. 10 yéda i xaviznors, oloved
ageiry nie tg0ph vondijoeras, — In
1 Pet. 2: 2, milk is put as the emblem
of pure spiritual nourishment, or of
christian instruction in general.

Takarms, ov, 6, « Galatian, Gal.
a1.

Tedatte, @g, 4, Galatia or Gallo-
graecia, a province of Asia Minor, lying
8, and 8. E. of Bithynia and Papblago-
nia; W. of Pontus; N. and N. W. of
Cappadocia; and N. and N. E,of Lyca-
onia and Phrygis, Its name was de-
rived from the Gauls, Faldra:; of
whom two tribes,the Trocmi and Tolis-
toboii, with a tribe of the Celts, Tecto-

146

Teddata

sages, migrated thither after the sacking
of Rome by Brennus; and mingling
with the former inhabitants, the whole
were called Gallograeci. The Celtic
language continued to be spoken by
their descendants at least until the time
of Jerome, 600 years after the migra-
tion. Under Augustus, about A. C. 26,
this country became a Roman province.
Galatia waa distinguished for the fertility
of its soil and for its trade. It was the
seat of colonies from various nations,
among whom were many Jews; and
from all these Paul appears to have made
many converts to Christianity. See
Strabo I. p. 301. ed. Tauchn. Pausan.
Phoe, 10. 23,9. Liv. 33. 16,18. Tacit.
Ann, 15. 6. Comp. Roseom. Bibl.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 210, — In N. 'T. 1 Cor.
16:1, Gal. 1:2 2 Tim. 4:10, 1 Pet.
11.

‘Tadarnos, 7, ov, Galatian, Acts
16: 6 Fohatixjy zupay, ive, Galatia.
18: 23.

Todyjrn, 06, % tronquillity, oc. of
the sea, acalm, Matt, 8:26. Mark 4: 39,
Luke 8: 24. — Hom. Od, 7. 319. Xea.
Anab. 5. 7. 8.

Taddata, as, §, Galilee, a region
of Palestine, which in the time of Chris.
included all the northern pert of Pales-
tine lying between the Jordan and
Mediterranean, and between Samara
and Phenicia, Before the exile the
name seems to have been applied only
to a small tract bordering on the north-
ern limits; Hob. bv] 1K. 9 1.
mbt 2K. 15: 29, “It was anciently
called’ also ‘Galilee of the Gentiles,’
pviary bby [s.8:23,addala cllopuler
1 Mace. 5:15, because many foreigners
from Egypt, Arabia, Phenicia, etc. were
mixed with the population, as is ex-
pressly stated by Strabo, 16. 2 34
comp. 1 Mace. 5: 15,21—23. Galilee
in the time of Christ was divided into
Upper and Lower, %j Gv xai % xdte
Talsiala; the former lying north of
the territory of Zebulon and abounding
in mountains; the latter being more
level and fertile and very populous.
Lower Galilee is said to have contained
404 towns and villages, of which Caper-

Taddaios

naum and Nazareth are the most fre-
quently mentioned in N. T. Comp.
Strabo 1. c. Jos. B. J. 3.3. 1—3. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. II.
Mark 1:9, Luke 239. 4:14. &
John 7: 52, al. freq, In Matt. 4: 15
Talslala vay é9ydv is quoted from Is, &
23, [9: 1,] for which eee above. 80
Sélaova vis Fadsalas, the sea of Gaki-
dee, or lake of Gennesareth, Matt. 4: 18,
15:29. AL.

Taddaios, a, ov, Galilean ; also
@ native or inhabitant of Galilee ; Matt.
‘26: 69. Mark 14: 70. Luke 13: 1, 2 bia.
22 59. John 4:45. Acts 1: 1. az
5: 37. The Galileans were brave and
industrious; though the other Jews
regarded them as stupid, unpolished,
and seditious, and therefore proper ob-
jects of contempt ; John 1: 47. 7: 52.
"They had a peculiar dialect, by which
they were easily distinguished from the
Jews of Jerusalem, Mark 14:70. See
Jog. B. J. 3.3.2, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab.
‘Tal. 434 0q.

Tadricv, vos, 6, Gallio, a Ro-
man proconsul of Achaia, Acts 18: 12,
14,17. He was the younger brother of’
the philosopher Seneca, and was called
Marcus Annaeus Novatus ; but took the
name of Gallio after being adopted into
the family of L. Junius Gallic. Like
his brother Seneca, he was put to death
by order of Nero, Tacit, Ann. 6. 3.
ib. 15, 73.

Topedaja, 6, indec. Gamaliel,
Heb. dxbna (benefit from God), Num.
1: 10. 2 90, a distinguished Phariseo
and teacher at Jerusalem, under whom
Paul was educated, Acts 5: 34. 22: 3.
According to the Talmud, he was the
eon of Simeon and grandson of the
celebrated Hillel (Buxt, Lex. Ch. Talm.
617); distinguished for piety and Jew-
ish learning ; and for a long time presi-
dent of the Sanhedrim. See Lightfoot
Hor, Heb. in Act, 5: 34.

Tapco, 0, (ypos,) ipl tyduoor
Luke 17: 27; aor. 1 Byqpa Luke 14: 20,
and in later Greek éyaunow Mark 6:17.
al. see Lob. ad Phryn. p.742. Buttm.§114,
HL Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. 667; perf.

147

Q—InN.T. wif,
. Mark 6:17, 10: 11. Luke 14:20. 16:18

Tapos
7rydeme ; vor, 1 pass. dyapmdny; to
‘marry, trans. and neut.

8) trane. spoken of men, to take as
fe, veq. accus. Matt. 5:32. 19: 9 bis,

bis.—Jos, Ant. 1.15, 1. Diod. Sic. 18.
25. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 8.—Neut. and ab-
aol. to take a wife, to marry, i.e. to enter
into the conjugal state, Matt. 19: 10.
22: 25, 30, 94: 38, Mark 12: 25. Luke 17:
27. 20: 34,35. 1 Cor. 7:28, 38.—2 Mace.
14: 25. Ael. V.H. 4.1. Xen. Hiero 1.
27.—Spoken of females, absol. 1 Cor. 7:
28, 34, 36. 1 Tim. 5: 11, 14. — Eurip.
‘Med.-598. ed. Elmsl.—Spoken genr. of
both sexes, 1 Cor. 7:9 bis, 10. 1 Tim.

“ aor. 1 pase. Zyan7Ony as Mid.
Buttm. § 136. 2; to marry, neut. i.e. to
enter into the state ; absol,
1 Cor, 7: 39. seq. dat. Mark 10: 12. —
Jos. Ant. 4,7. st Palaeph. de Incred.
82 abras pipaoPas ovderi iBouli Oncor.
Plut. Romal. 2, Demetr, 2.

Topica, £. law, (ycipos,) to marry,

i. e. to give in marriage, e. §- # daughter,
1 Cor, 7: 38 bis; reat instead of

exyoulte. .
Taploxe, i. 9. yoplter, to marry,
i.e. to give in marriage, Pass. Mark
12: 25.
Tetuos, ov, 6, @ wedding; nuptials,
i.e. the nuptial emai Otc. wrasse
8) pp. BSya yéuou, a wedding gar
ment, Mate 2% 11, 12. "Séinvey tot yo~

banquet, Rev. 19: 9, 900 —=-nan = 4.

pen muptiol *
low.—I Mace. 10: 58. Xen. Lac. 1. 6°
rivers os nostioGat. — More particularly,
the nuptial which continued
seven days, (Judg. 14: 12, Jabn § 154)
Matt. 22: 2 éroinoe yauors. v.3, 4, 8, 9.
25:10, John 21,2 So Sept end
sigzin Gon. 29: 22. Esth. 2 18.—Tob.
6: 14,8: 14. Lucian. D. Deor. 20. 28.
Xen. Ven. 1. 8.—The happiness of the
Messiah’s kingdom is represented under
the figure of a nuptial feast, Rev. 19: 7,
9; comp. Matt. 25: 1 sq. — By meton.
the place or hall where the nuptial feast
is held, Matt. 22: 10;

b) in common parlance, any festive
banquet, Luke 12: 36. 14: 8. Sept. for
mtn Esth. 9: 22,

Lag 148 Tag

¢) by meton.' marriage; i.e. the mar-
ringe state, Heb. 13: 4, — Wisd. 14: 24,
26. Jos. Ant. 6.11.2, Herodian. 3.
10. 10.

Tag, » causative particle, standing
always after one or morb words in a
clause, and expressing the reason of
what has been before affirmed or im-
plied; for, in the sense of because, etc.
Comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 428, Sturz
Lex. Xenophont. I. p. 565.

I. Simply, i.e. alone. a) after an
antecedent sentence expressed. Matt. 1:
20 uy gofydis nagalofely Mogicp~
3 pig dy air yer diy. v. 21 xaldons
1d Svopa abtov "Insoiy* adros yg oo
oe. Mark 1: 22, 6: 18, Luke 1: 45.
passim. After a clause of prohibition
or caution, Matt. 3:9, 24:5. Luke 7:
6.'al. We find ydg put after two words,
in a clause, Matt, 2: 6. Mark 1: 38.
Luke 6: 23. John 12: 8. Acts 4: 20. al.
—So ycig is often found in two consecu-
tive clauses, viz. where the same idea
is expressed twice, i.e. affirmatively
and negatively, or generally and speciai-
ly, John 8:42, 1 Cor. 16:7. 2 Cor.
11: 19. or where the latter clause is de-
pendent on the former, Matt. 10: 20.
Mark 6:52. John 5: 21,22. Acts 2:15.
or where two different causes are as-
signed, Matt. 6: 32. 18:10, 11. Rom.
16: 18,19. In similar circumstances,
ig is also found in three consecutive
clauses, Mark 9:39, 40, 41. Matt. 16:
25,27. Luke 9: 24, 25,26. Acts 26:
26. al. So Matt. 26: 10, 11, where
Upyov ydg and Balotca reg refer to the
act of the woman ; and mavtote yap to
the objection of the disciples. — The
7g is also sometimes repeated, where
the writer again takes up a sentence
which begun with ycg and was inter
rupted, as Rom. 15: 26,27. 2 Cor. 5:

Mi elliptically, where the clause to
which it refore is omitted and is to be
in thought; comp. Buttm. Lc.
In this case it merely assigns the motive
for an opinion or judgment, etc. Matt.
242 where is he who is born king of the
Jews? [he must be born,] sdower vag
autod toy dotéga, FOR Wwe have seen his
star, Matt. 27: 23 i yag xaxdy exoinae,

No! for what evil hath he done ? comp.
below inc. Mark 8:38 what can a man
give in exchange for his soul? [vain
hope!] &¢ yag dy, ron whoever etc.
Mork 12: 23, Luke 22 37. John 4: 44
he departed into Galilee, (not indeed in-
to Nazareth his wargis,) aitos yeg *In-
cots, for Jesus himself had testified, etc.
comp. Luke 4: 16 eq.—Acts 13: 36. 21:
13, 22:26. Rom, 2 25. 8 18 [yea, I
say suffer with him that we may also
be glorified with him,] Aoyiouas yae,
yor I reckon, ete. Comp. Stuart's
Comm. in loc. Rom. 14: 10. 1 Cor.
1: 18, al. saep. — Xen. Mom. 4. 2. 6.—
a quotation, where the preceding
clause is omitted, Acts 17: 28.—So xai
yoo, Matt. 8:9 and Luke 7:8, [this I
know by comparing my own case,}
xat ig ty, ron I too am, ete. Matt.
15: 27 val, xiges, xab yag 1a xuvdgu,
true, Lord, [yet still help ine,] vor even
the dogs, et ete. So ov yao Matt. 9:13.
Acts 4: 20, al.

(¢) elliptically and in common usage
76¢ in also simply intensive, and merely
serves to strengthen a clause, like the
Engl. then, truly, etc. (a) in questions
where @ preceding xo! may perhaps be
supplied ; comp. in b. (Matt. 27: 23.)
Jobn 7: 41 pi veo éx tig Faldalas 6
Xouots Loyera, shall THEN Christ come
oul of: Galilee? Acta 8: 31 nic yao cv
Sevaluny, hqwo can I rwex? 19: 35 tis
zig tou 3 GvOgumos, what man THES
is there? Rom. 3: 3 and Phil. 1: 18, ti
yg ; what taxx ? 1 Cor. 11:22. C
Butt. lc. Herm. ad Vig. p.
Jos, Ant. 9.4.6. Philo de conf. Ling.
p. 240. D. Aristoph. Nub. 218. See
Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 221.— (A) ina
strong affirmation or negation ; 3; Jobu 9:
30 dy dg tory Sarpactér dors, TRUELY

or, herein THEN is @ strange
thing. 1 Pet. 4:15 way yoig tg Suar
maozéro, let rHxn no one of you suffer
etc. Acts 16; 37 ov yap’ dia x tL
no THEN! no DEED !—{y) in exclama-
tions, as of wishing, with the optative ;
2 Tim. % 7 dein cig cor & xiguos, may
God tHEN give the, etc. — So more
comm. si 7a9, O that! Sept. Job & 2,
8 Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.38, Comp. Buttm.
§ 149. p. 493, Herm. ad Vig. p. 757.
d) put by way of explanation or

Tag
demonstratively ; (a) where it merely

takes up a preceding annunciation and

continues or explains it; like the Engl.
namely, to wit, that is to say, though it
is often not to be rendered in English ;
comp. Butt. § 149. p. 428, So after
oiex,, Matt. 1: 18 105 84°F X. i yintos
otros 37° Bmotsvdrions vag x. 1. 2. the
birth of Jesus Christ was thus, viz. his
mother being espoused, etc. — Jos. B. J.
7. 3.3 init. Xen.Mem.1.1.6. Ag. 3.
2, — (f) in a less strict sense, where it
introduces by way of explanation the
ground or motive of what precedes, for,
that is to say, since, etc. Matt. 6: 7, 16.
10: 35. 15: 4, 24:7. 1 Cor. 11: 26. al.
Soph, ‘Antig. 178, Ken. An, 7. 1. 29.

— In this sense it serves to introduce
parenthetic clauses; Mark 5: 42. 6: 14.
14: 40. 16: 4. John 4: 8, Acts 13: 8.
2 Cor. 5: 7. Eph. 6: 1. al. saep.

Il. With other particles,’ where
however each retains its own | separate
force and signification ; ©. g. édy yp,
Sor if, Matt. 5: 46. 6:14. ef yao, for
if, Rom. 3:7. 4:14. i800) yeig, for lo!
Luke 1:44, 48. 2:10. xat yaig, for also,
Jor even, Matt. 26: 73. Mark 10: 45.
Luke6: 32, Jobn 4:45,—Lucian D.Mort.
22.2 or 5. Xen. An. 2.5.5, ib. 3.3.4,
—So vig xab, for also, Acts 17: 28.
2 Cor. 2:9, and xa yg oix, for neither,
1 Cor. 11:9.—pév yao, veg. 06, for in-
deed, Acts 13: 36, 23: 8.- Rom. 2: 25.
Also where the clause with dé is wholly
omitted, Rom. 3: 2. 1 Cor. 11:18, or
is readily supplied, Heb. 6: 16, coll. v.13.
So seq. dddd, Acts 4: 16.—ps yap, for
not, James 1:7. ov yag, for not, Matt.
9:18. Mark 6:52. Luke 8 17. Rom.
4: 13, al. — Xen. An. 3, 4. 36. — ovd2
740, for neither, John 5: 22, 7: 5, 8: 42.
ove yao, for neither, Luke 20:36. Acts
4:12 1Cor.88, 1'Thess.2:5. Ax.

Taare, 7906, syne. Tp0¢, 4,
the belly, Sept for 423 Num. 5:22. Job
40:16. Xen. Mem. 1.3.6. In N.T.
spoken by synecd. only of the parts,
viz,

8) the stomach, pp. Sept. 7193 Job 15:
2, 20: 23. Hom. Od. 20, 25; ‘and trop.
for appetite, excessive eating, 3 Mace. 7:
11. Act. Thom. § 28. Hom. Od. 18.
2. Xen. Mom. 6. 8. ib. 2. 1.2.

hal free

Pat tor wean,

49

Té

in N.T. by meton. of abstr. for concer.
a glutton, a gormandizer ; ‘Tit. 1:12
Kites dsl—yactigns dgyal, the Crelans
are always slow bellies, i.e. lazy gor-
mandizers—Hesiod. Theog. 26 owpives
— yoarigss olor. Suidas, of the Syba-
rites, yaotiges jay xad toupyral,
Hesych. yaotéges * tpopiis morns
érypsloipavos, So yaotols Ael. V. H.
1.28. yaargi8ovios Diod. Sic. Vol. IV.
p. 33. ed. Bip. IT. p. 549, ed. Wess.

b) the womb, Luke f: 31. So Sept.
for qq Gen. 25: 23. Ps. 58: 4.—Diod.
Bic. 4. Herodian. 1. 5. 14—Hence
dy yaaryt Zyzuv, to be with child, Matt. .-
1; 18, 23, 24:19. Mark 13:17. Luke
21:23. 1 Thess, 5:3. Rev.12:2. So
Sept. for 1471 Gen. 16: 4. 38,25. 2K.
8: 11.—Artemid. 2, 18, ib, 3,32. -He-
rodot. 3, 32.

fy xuedio en spa

Té, an enclitic particle, which serves
to strengthen or render more emphatic
the word to which it is appended,
by placing it in opposition to othet
words, and thus fixing the attention
upon it; e.g. @ part in reference to a
whole, a single object in reference to
many, a less in reference to a greater,
and wice versa, Hence it often can-
not be rendered in English, but must
be expressed by a stronger emphasis in
pronunciation, etc, Its general mean-
ing is, at least, indeed, even, ete. Comp.
Buttm. § 149. p. 431. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 824 eq. Paseow eub voce.

I. Used alone. a) as marking a
leas in reference to a greater, at least,
ete. Luke 11:8 though he will not give
him, because he is his friend, (the greater
reason,) dui ye tiy dvaideay.airod, yet
at least because of his importunity (the
lesser reason) he will rise, etc. 18: 5.
Bo 1 Cor. 4:8 dpedéy ye, I could wish at
least, etc.—Sept. Job 30:24. Xen. Cyr.
1.6.4 dave.

b) as marking a greater in reference
to a less, etc. even, indeed, Rom. 8: 32
36 ys, who even, ete.—Eurip. Med. 1361.
Aristoph. Nub. 399. Comp. Herm. l.c.

In connexion with other parti-
cles, (a) add ye or ciddaye, yet at
least, yet surely, 1 Cor. 9:2, “had indeed,

moreover; Luke 24:21. Comp. in pid

ré 150

—(f) dgayg and dpcye, see in“Aga I.
cand ULE eye a ended
Wf 20 be, etc. seq. indic. and spoken

what is taken for granted; Epb. 3: 2
4:21, Col. 1:28. Comp. Herm. 1. ¢.
p. 833 aq. — Sept. Job 16:4. Lucian.

+ Jup. Trag. § 36. Xen, Mem. 1.5.3 slys

xaxoupyéxaroy dort x. t. 1.—So sive xal,

if indeed also, which 2a applying only 1}

to what is taken for granted, may be
given by since, although ; Gal. 3: 4 stys
al tief, i, e. since (in this case) it is tn
vain, 2Cor. 5:3 dye wad drdvoduevos,
although being now clothed, we shall not
ete. comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15: 51 eq. —
Ael. SV. 9 aya nal of naib andy
pusotes. Soph. Philoct. 652.—(3) ed 2
wigs, i,q. eb 08 py, but stronger, but if
not indeed, if otherwise indeed; and
serving to annul the preceding proposi-
tion, whether affirmative or negative.
So after an affirmation, but if not, other-
wise, Matt. 6: 1. Luke 10: 6. 13: 9.
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 883. — Xen.
Cyr. 8.7.22, 90 ef 34 yor, Xen. An. 7.7.
3. Cyr. 4.5.10, — After a negation,
where it consequently affirms ; if other-
wise, else, etc. Matt 9: 17. Luke 5: 36,
37. 14: 32, 2 Cor. 11: 16. Comp.
Buttm. § 148. n. 10.—(e) xalye, and at
east,Luke 19: 42.—Lucian. D. Deor.4.2,
—and even, yea even,Acts % 18.—Lucian.
D.Deor.20.14,24. Comp. above in I.e,b.
—(t) xalrosye, i. q. xadzor, but stronger,
though indeed, John 4:2. Acts 14: 17,
17; 27,—Lucian, D. Deor. 20.15. Xen.
Mem. 1.2.3. Comp. Herm. ad Vig.
Pp. 640.—(n) pevotinye, i. q. perody, a
stronger, yea truly, et
Luke 11: 28, Rom. 9: 20. 10: 18. Phil
3:8 Comp. Viger. p. 541. ed. Herm.
Sturz de Dial, Alex. p. 208.49) pyre
yz, iq. pots, but stronger, not to say
then, much more then, 1 Cor. 6:3. Comp.
Herm.|.c.p. 803. Buttm. § 150. p. 434,

Tedecov, covos, 6, Gideon, Heb.
we @ cutter off), the deliverer of Is-
m the power of the Midianites,

Heb. 11: 32 See Judg. ¢. 6-8.

Téevva, ns, 4, Gehenna, i.e. the
place of punishment in hades or the
world of the dead, i. q Téqrage 2 Pet
24. Upon toit stupis Rev. 20: H, 15.
eb aig wo alsnsoy, Matt, 25:41, Jude 7.

Tetosuary

Seo in 33ns, and comp. Judith 16: 17.
‘Ecclus. 7: 17. Fabr. Cod. Peoudep. V.
of T. I. p. 194, 645. — 80 simply yérve
Matt. 5: 29, 90. 10: 98, Luke I& 5.
James 3: 6, also yésrva toi

fire, Mast 5: 22 18: 9,

to Gehenna, coll. Jude v. “a tt is there-
fore a place of eternal fire, and of thick
darkness ; comp. Jude v. 6, 13. — The
name Iéevva is the Heb. ts7 874, valley
of Hinnom, Josh. 15: 8, the narrow val- /?:.
ley skirting Jerusalem on the south,
running westward from the valley of
Jehoshaphat under Mount Zion. Here
the ancient Israelites established the
idolatrous worship of Moloch, to whom.
they burned infants in sacrifice ; 1 K.

Vi: 7 2K.16:3, Jer. 7:81. 82 B5F-9-2-+

This worehip was broken up and the
place desecrated by Josiah, 2 K. 23: 10,
14; after which it seems to have be-
come the receptacle for all the filth of
the city, as also for the carcasses of ani-
mals and the dead bodies of malefactors
left unburied, to consume which fires
would appear to have been from time
to time kept up. Sept. éy 14 nolvar—
Splyy Jer. % 23, i.e. place of dead bodies,

It was also called ngn, To-

d

* Jer. 7: 31, i. ¢. abomination, vomit, $2.2 °

from AR exxpuere or, more probably, < t :?

since it bad this name also among idol- /.
aters, from MADR, i. €. place of burning °°
sc. dead bodies ete—By an easy meta-
phor the Jews transferred the name to
the place of punishment in the other
world, the abode of demons and the
souls of wicked men. See Buxt. Lex.
Ch. Rab. Tal. 395, 2623. Wetstein N.T.

I. p. 209. Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb.
280, ‘Tholuck Ausleg. d. Bergpredigt
p.182,

Tedonucvy, in Mes, also’ Jefen-
pave’, indec. Gethsemane, pr. name of a
small field or place just out of Jeruse-
Jem, over the brook Cedron and at the
foot of the mount of Olives. The
‘name would seem to be derived from na
(Grew) ood wera es Matt. 26: 36.
% folate Ke
em, 6 Aaeg. 2d:

o

Letter

Mark 14: 32 See Mise. Herald 1824.
p. 66,

Tetra, ovos, 5,4, a neighbour,
Luke 14: 12 15:6,9, John 9:8. Sept.
for jx Jer.6: 21, 43325 Job 26: 5. —
Jos, Aut.1. 18,3. Xen. Mem. 2.2. 12.

edo, ai, £ dew, Luke & 21, in
earlier writers f, écouas, Buttm. § 118, 4,
2. 7 j,¢0 laugh, ac. in joy and triumph,
intrans. Luke 6 2i, 25. Sept. for
Pie Gen. 17: 17. 18: 12, 13,15. pry
Law. 1:7. mip Job 2% 19.—Ael. V.
HH. 14. 36. Xen." Mem. 4. 2. 5.

Téaas, aos, 5, (yetdes) laughter,
se. of joy or triumph, James 4:9, Sept.
for Pn Gen. 21:6. pinto Job & 21.
—Jos, Ant. 4.8.31. Xen. Cyr. 2.2. 15.

Lewieo, £. ow, (yiyer,)to make ful,
to fll, trans. and seq. gen. of thing,Mark
15: 36. John 2 7 bis, 6:13. Comp.
Buttm. 132, 5, 2—Xen. H. G. 6. 2.25.
—So with dé, Luke 15: 16, see in °46
HII, 4. or with & Rev. 8:5. 15:8,
So yn Nb Ps. 127: 5. Jer. 51: 34.
Lev. 9: 17.—Absol. Mark 4: 37. Luke
14:

Teer, £. wi, to be full of, to be
stuffed with, intrans, and seq, gen. Matt.
23: 27. Luke 11:39. Rey. 4: 6,8 5: 8.
15:7. 17:3, 4. 21:9, Rom. 3: 18, quoted
from Ps, 10:7, where Sept. for aba
seq. accus. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5,2
— Diod. Sic. 13. 3, 84. Polyb. 4. 65. 2.
— So with é, Matt. 23: 25, like Heb.
Ja Win Ie. % 6. Ez, 32:6

lowers, spoken
of the Messiah ; quoted from Is. 53: 8,
where Sept. for 73; see Hengstenb,
Christol. Vol I. on Is. I. e. and in Bibl,
Repos. If. 358. (Others refer this to d,
below.) So Sept, for n>» Num, 13:
22. 943 Esth. 9:28. 943 Lov, 23: 48,
Gen, 17: 12—Jos. Ant. 1, 10, 3 oliqy
dy. 5.1.2. Polyb.20. 6. 6.
b) a sc, ina
logical line cranes oe descendents,

i

151

TDeveahoyia

Mant. 1: 17ter.” So Sept. for
1& 16, Deut. 223. nishin Gen, 25:
13.—Jos. Ant. 1.7.2. ib.7.'5.2. Philo
Vit. Mos. 1. p. 608... vs02 0-24 ues

c) spoken of the period of time from
one descent to another, i.e. the average
duration of human life, reckoned appa-
rently by the ancient Hebrews at 100
year, comp. Gen. 15: 16 with Ex. 12:
40, 41; by the Greeks at three genera-
tions for every 100 years, i. e. 334 years
each ; Herodot. 2.142 yeneat tosis de
decy ixarcy Ersé tots, Hence, in N.T.
of 8 less definite period, an age, time,
period, day, ete. a8 ancient generations,
i.e, times of old, ete. Acts 14:16, 15:21.
Eph. & 5. Col. 1: 26. of future ages,
Eph. 2:21. Luke 1: 50 sie yenetc yoncr,
io generations of generations, i. e. to the
Temotest ages, comp. Rev. 1:6. So
for tsiy ts Ps. 7% 5. 102: 25. In,
34: 17. The expression is strongly
intensive; Gesen. Lehrg. p. 692. c.
Stuart § 455. ¢. Matth. § 430. So genr.
Sept. and 47 Gen. 9:2. Prov. 27: 24,
Joel 3: 20.—Diod. Sic. 1.24. Xen, Cyr.
5.'2. 4, — Luke 16: 8 ele ai yevedy shy
doviéiy, i.e. are wiser in their day, 90
far as it concerns this life.

4) meton, spoken of the men of any
generation or age, ‘those living .in any
One period, a race, clase je. g. yer
aren etc. the ‘generation, Matt.11:
16, 12: 39, 41, 42, 45. 16: 4, 17:17. 8
36. 24:34. Mark 8: 12 bis, 38. 9: 19,
18: 30, Luke 7: 31. 9: 41. 11: 29, 30,
81, 32, 50, 51. 17:25. 21:32. Acts 2: 40,
Phil. 2: 15. Spoken of a former genera-
tion, Acts 13:36. Heb. 3:10. of the fu-
ture Luke 1: 48. So Sept. and sit
Deut. 32: 5,20. Ps, 12:8. 14: 5. 24: 6,

78:6, 8 —Lucian, de Astrol. § 20. De-

mosth. 1390. 25,

Teveahoylo, &, £. jou, (viv ye
yaiv liye, Yo trace one’s genealogy, Sept.
Ezra 2 ro Xen. Cony. 4, 51. i N. n
only Pass. yeveahoyéopas, otpar, to be
traced or inscribed tn a genealogy, i.e.
by impl to be reckoned by descent,
to derive one’s origin, Heb. 7: 6, Sept.
for Wronr 1 Chr. 5: 1. 9:1.

_ Teneadoyla, as, 4, {rereetoyin)
genealogy, genealogical 8c. of an-
ceators etc. 1 Tims. 1:4, Tit. 2:9, Sept

T17Gen yo.

Levéoa

for inf. whit 1 Chr. 7: 8,7, 9: 22.—
Polyb. 9.2.1.

Tevésta, ov, rd, (adj. yeréows,
natal, Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 7. Philo de Opifi
Mundi p. 10,) in earlier Greek writers,
solemn rites for the dead, feriae denicales,
Herodot. 4.26; comp. Cic. Leg. 2. 22.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 485. In later
writere and in N.'T. birth-day celebra-
tion, birth-day festival, Matt. 14:6, Mark
6 21. — Alciphr. Ep. 3, 18, 55. Dio
Cass. 47. 18, 503. ib. 56, 46. 843. In
this sense earlier writers used ta yevé—
9110, see Lob, ad Phryn. p. 1038q.

Léveaic, swe, %, (ylvopar, yévu,)

procreation, Xen. Lac. 2.1. In N. T.
irth, nativity, i. e.

a) pp. Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in
later edit. where text. ree. yévynoig.
James 1: 23 16 mpdcemor rie yericems,
i.e, native or natural face. Sept. for
nbin Gen. 31: 13. 32: 9—Jos. 4.8. 23,
Diod. Sic. 8. Herodian. 7.1. 5—
Trop. James 3: 6 rgdzos tig yevicews,
lit. the wheel of birth, i.e. which is set
in motion at birth and rolls on through
life, i. q. course of life. Comp. Judith
1218. Wisd.7:5. Others, nativity, in
the astrological sense.

b) in the eense of descent, lineage,
and fiflos yerdows, book of descent, i.e.

nealogy, genealogical tablp, Matt. 1: 1.
Bo Sept end itn se en, 5: 1. for
nisbin Gen. 2 4. 10: 1, 32,

Lever, 76, 4, (yered,) birth ; Jobn
9 1 de yeveriig, from his birth. — Sept.
Lev. 25: 47. Hom. Od. 18.6. Polyb. 3.
20. 4.

Ténue, ecrog, 16, (ylvouas, perf,
pase. yeyérnson,) produce, fruit, sc. of the
fields etc. Luke 12 18. Trop. spoken
of the rewards of christian virtue, 2 Cor.
9:10.—Text. recept. bas in both places
yirmpa, 4. ¥

Tevvaw, «, £. jou, (yérva poet.
for yivos,) trans, fo beget, spoken of men ;
to bear, spoken of women ; Pasa. to be

to be born.

1. Act. a)spoken of men, to beget,
Matt. 1: 2—16, where it occurs thrice
in each verse, except v. 6 bis, 11, 12 bis,
16, Acts 7: 8,29. Sept, for tb and

152

erence #iGen

Tavaw
phir Gen. 5: 3 2g, saep.—So of yerr4—
cartes, parents, Lucian. D. Deor. 22. 2.
Polyb, 3, 98.9. Xen. Mem. 2, 1.27.—
‘Trop, to generate, to occasion, e. g. pa-
xas, 2 Tim, 2: 23. — Jos, Ant. 6, 7. 4.
Polyb, 1, 67. 2.—Metaph. (a) spoken in
the Jewish manner of the relation be-
tween a teacher and his disciples, to
beget sc. in a spiritual sense, to be the
spiritual father of any one, i. e. the in-
strument of his conversion, to a new
spiritual life, 1 Cor, 4: 15. : Philem. 10,
—Philo Leg. ad Cai. p.1000. B, paidoy
aizoy 7 ob irtov tiv yoview yeyivrree.
Sanhedrin fol. 19. 2, dix, R. Jonath,
«si quis filium proximi sui legem docet,
hoc idem putat scriptura, ac si ipsum
genuisset.”—(8) spoken of God, to beget
sc. in ritual sense, i.e, to impart a
new spiritual life, which consists in
sanctifying, quickening anew, and en-
nobling the powers of the natural man,
by imparting to him a new life and a
new spirit in Christ, 1 John 5: 1. Hence
Christians are said to be born of God,
(see below in II. b,) and to be the sons
of God, comp. Rom. 8: 14, Gal, 3: 26,
4: 6, — Spoken of the relation between
God and the Messiah, who as the vice-
gerent of God is figuratively called his
Son, and whom therefore God is figu-
ratively said to beget, i. e, to appoint, to
declare, sc, a8 aking etc, Acts 13: 33,
Heb, 1: 5, 5:5, 80 Sept. and 2 Pa,
2 7, coll. v.6,8. Comp, in Tis. “Ge-
sen, Lex. Man, 33 no. 2.

b) spoken of women, to bear, to bring
Sorth, ‘Luke 1: 13,57, -23: 29, John 16

21. Trop."Gal. 4:24, Sept, and b>
215. Ex. 6:20. ororyEzre 10
oe See Fabs 2. Xen, Lac. 1.3.

TI. Pass. yevvcopas, Guar a) tobe
begotten ; Matt. 1:20 10 dy aity yerv_—
S4y, that begotten or conceived in her, i.e.
in her womb, the foetus. Heb, 11: 12,

b) to be born, genr, Matt, 2:1, 4, 19:
12, 26:24, Mark 14:21, John: 4 bis,
tuplés, 9: 2, 19, 20, 82. tig toy xdopor,
16: 21, — Acts 7: 20, 22: 28 ye
se, ‘Peyaios, Rom. 9:11, Heb. 11:23,
Gal, 4: 23, 29, xara odgxa, according to
the flesh, in the course of nature, Sept.
for 5243 Job 3:2, ab>, Ps. 87: 4, 5, 6,
— Joa, Ant. 4. 4, 4°~ Plut. Agesil. 3,
Lucian, D, Mar. 29, 3.—Seq. eé¢ final,

Tévrqua

denoting destination, John 18: 37. 2 Pet.
2: 12. — Seq. é& c. gen. of the moth-
er, Matt..1: 16. Luke 1: 35. c. gen.
of source ‘ete. John &: 6 é tis cagxds.
8: 41.—Seq. dy c. dat. of place, Acts 22
3c. dat. of state or condition, John
9: 34. Acts 2 8 dy 7 sc. duadéxry, i. ©.
our native dialect, — Metaph. ee deov
ve &x mvevparos dyer Ony v nyer
ynpat, only in the writings of Jobn, to

be born of God, or of the Spirit, ec. in a
spiritual sense, fo have received from God

anew Wife, see above in I. a.
John 1:13. 3: 5,6, 8 1 John 2: 29,
3 9 bis. . 5: 1 bie, 4, 18 bis. So
also as GveeSey,lo be born again,
i. qu &« G20 yey. John 3: 3,7. See in
“Arde 2 bd.

yw evyqua, arog, 16, (yervdes) lit.
what is born or produced, i. ©.

8) spoken of men, offspring, progeny,
Matt. 3:7 yernjpare dyidvdy, progeny of
vipers! so 12: 34. 23:33. Luke 3: 7.
Sept. for 74> Josh. 15: 14.—Ecelus, 10:
18, 1 Mace.'1:38. Act. Thom. § 32.

b) spoken of trees, ete. fruit, produce,
Matt. 26: 29. Mark 14:25. Luke 22: 18.
So Luke 12: 18 in text. recept, where
Jater edit. évnua. — Used in this sense
only by later writers, as Diod. Sic. 5.81.
Polyb. 1. 71. 1. ib, 3, 87. 1. See Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 286.—Metaph. spoken of
the rewards of christian virtue, 2 Cor.
9:10 in text. recept. Comp. in I
ras.

Devqoageét, i, indec. Gennesareth,
Heb. 33 (harp) Deut. 3:17, or hima
1K. 15: 20, later Heb. TRE, Josephus
Termotig, B. J. 3. 10, 8, the name of a
small region of Galilee on the western
shore of the lake, described by Josephus
Mg ¢.) as about four miles in length and

breadth, and as distinguished

Q fertility and beauty. It was so

called from an ancient city, Josh. 19: 35,

which also gave name to the adjacent

lake, 7332~p> Num. 34: 11. — This
lake is also called the Sea of Galilee,

Matt. 4: 18; the Sea of Tiberias, John

Qi. It is about twelve miles long

and five broad, and is still celebrated
- for the purity and salubrity of its waters,

and the abundance of its fish. Embo-
somed in lofty mountains, the er

153

Tepacnves:

around it is the most romantic and pic-
turesque in Palestine. It is subject to
sudden, though not long continued
tempests. See Jos. B.J. 3, 10.7. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 1768q. Cal-
met art. Tiberias.—In N. T. 4 i Tey.
Matt. 14: 34. Mark 6: 53. 9 Mury Dev.
Luke 5:1.

Térvrnots, tas, ty (yerviw,) birth,
nativity, Matt. 1: 18 and Luke 1: 14 in
text. rec. Others yérecig g.v. Sept.
for 12454 Ecc. 7: 1. — Jos. Ant. 2, 9. a

Levys, 1), ov, (verdes) born,
brought forth; Matt 11:11 and Luke 7:
2B dy yevrytois yurvaixdiy, among those
born of women. So Sept. and Heb.
sie maby Job 14:1. 15: 4, 25: 4, —
Diod. Sic.'1. 6 yerrnsév elras xbopor
voploartes. Comp. 4 texofed vos
Enurip. Alcest. 169, et ibi Hermann.

Téa evos, E08, ous, 76, (ylvowan) ge-~
nus, race, i.e.

2) offepring, posterity, Acts 17: 28, 29,
Rev. 2216, Sept. for 9} Jer. 36: 31.
—Herodor. 3. 159. Xen. H. G.6. 3. 4,

b) family, lineage, stock, Acts 7: 12.
18: 26. Phil. 3: 5. So Acts 4: a
others, sect, order. Sept.and 9 3 er
41: 1L—I Mace. 5:2, Xen. Cyr.

¢) nation, people, Mark 7: 26, rer
86. 7:19, 18:2, 24. 2Cor. 11:26, Gal.
1:14. 1Pet%9. Bo Sept. for py
Gen. 11:6. Esth. 2: 10.—Diod. Sic. 1.
4,19 ult. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2.

4d) kind, sort, species, Matt. 13: 47, 17:
21, Mark 9:29. 1 Cor. 12: 10, 28, 14:
10. Sept. for 7% Gen. 6: 20. 7: 14.
30 2 Chr, 4: 13-—Wied. 19:6, Ae-
schin. Dial. 2. 26. Xen. Oec. 7. 19.

Tepaonvos ov, 5,0 Gerasene,ie. a
native or inhabitantof the city or district
of Gerasa. This city was situated in
the eastern part of Perea or Gilead near
the confines of the Arabian desert, on
the parallel of Samaria, end was one of
the cities of the Decapolis. It was
large, opulent and splendid ; as is ap-
parent from the magnificent ruins still
remaining, which have been described
by Burckhardt and others. It is men-

3.3, ib.4.9.1, The place is now
called Jerrash. See Rosenm.Bibl.Geogr.

Lepysonvos

II. ii. p.28, Reland. Palaest. p. 806.
Legh, in Bibh Repos. III. p. 651, —
Many Mes. and also Knapp read I'sga-
onvay, Matt. 8: 28, where the text. rec.
has Tépysoyysiv, and other Mes. Tada-
gnvdy, which is read also Mark 5: 1.
Luke 8: 26,37, The city of Gerasa
lay too remote from the lake to admit
the possibility of the miracle’s having
been wrought in its vicinity ; if there-
fore the reading Igaonvaiy be correct,
it must be because the city gave its
name to a large extent of territory, in-
cluding Gadara and its environs; and
then Matthew only uses o broader ap-
pellation where the other evangelists
employ a more specific one. This is
not improbable ; since Jerome says
(ad Obad. 1) that ancient Gilead was in
his day called Gerasa ; and Saadias in
his Arabic version pute Jerrash for the
Heb. Gilead. Origen also testifies that
Trgacyydy was the ancient reading.
See in Figysonrds,

Tepyesyvos, ov, 6, a Gergesene,
Heb. »zig4 and Sept. Yugyeoatog Gen.
15: 21. "Deut. 7: 1. Josh. 24: 11; pr.
name of one of the ancient tribes of
Canaan destroyed by Joshua, and of
which Josephus says nothing remained
but the name, Aut. 1. 6, 2. Origen
however says, that a city Igyeca an-
ciently stood on the eastern shore of the
lake of Tiberias, and that the precipice
‘was still pointed out, down which the
swine rushed ; Opp. IV. p. 140. But
in the silence of all other testimony
this tradition can have litle weight;
and the reading egycoyyeiy in Matt. 8:
28, which rests on Origen’s conjecture,
is therefore less probable than Tsga-
onviy, which he testifies to have been
the ancient one. Comp. in Iegacyrés.

Tegovaie, ac, 4 (yegotais fr.
‘yigur,)a council of elders, a senate, Paus.
3.11. Xen. Mem. 4.4.6. So the elder-
ship, i.e. collect. the elders ainong the
Jows, either of the whole people, Sept.
for on22y Ex. 3: 16,18. Deut. 27:1;
or of particular cities, Deut. 19: 1:
21: Qaq. al. and later the Sanhedrim,
Judith 4: 8. 15:8, 1 Mace. 12:6. al.—
In N.T. Acts 5:21 10 curédgioy xad
dour ty yqovalay viv vider * Toga),

154

Tewgyos

i.e. either, the Sanhedrim xvan the whole
senate of Israel ; or else it here stands
for the elders of Ieraet in general, ie.
persons of age and influence who were
invited to sit with the Sanhedrim, i. q.
oi mgeoBizegor toi "Iogarjh Acts 4: 8
25: 15.

Tear, ovroc, 6, an old man, se-
nex, John 3: 4, Sept. for 121 Prov. 17:
6, —Herodian. 3. 15. 4. Xen. Conv. 4.
7.

Teva, f. eiow, to cause to taste, to
let taste, Sept. for prshr Gen. 25: 30.
Herodot. 7.46. In N.T.(and in Hom.)
only Mid. yevopat, f. stcouas, to taste,
depon. or trans, see Buttm. § 135.4. and
n. 2,

a) pp. and absol. Matt. 27: 34. Col.
2:21 seein “Ante. seq. acc. John 29.
Bo Sept. c. accus. for DYN 1K. 4: 29,
Job 12:11, 34: 3.—Ecclus. 86: 19. Jos.
Ant. 3, 1. 6. seq. gen. Xen. Mem. 3. 14,
5,—In the sense of to eat, to partake of,
absol. Acts 10:10, 20:11. seq. gen.
Luke 14: 24, Acts 23: 14, comp. Buran.
§ 192, 5.3. So Sept. and pst) 1 Sam.
14: 24 Ggrov. 2 Bam. 8: 35,.—2 Macc. &
20. Jos, Ant. 3.5.8 Xen. An. 1.9.
%.

b) metaph. to experience, to prove, to
partake of ; seq. accus. Heb. 6:5 ¢ijue
Drod. Seq. gen. ysieoGas Sardsou, to
taste of death, i.e. to die, Matt, 16: 28.
Mark 9:1. Luke 9:27. John 8: 59.
Heb. 2:9. Comp. Rabb. an by,
Buxt. Lex. Ch. Rab. 895. So Heb. 6: 4
yev. tig dageds. — Jos, Ant. 2. 10,1
tay dyaGiy, ib. 4. 8. 48. Philo de
Nob, p-903 rig ooo. Polyb. 15. 33.5.
—Seq, Sts, 1 Pet. 2:3 yeu. Ore zenotds
5 xigios. ‘So Sept. for byt Pa. 34: 9.
Prov. 31:18, .

Tecopyéco, ob, £. jaw, (ysmeyis,) to
Hill ec. the earth, Pass, Heb. 6:7.

for ry spy 1 Chron. 27: 26—Esdr.
4:6. Jos. Ant. 5.6.1, Xen. Oec. 14.2

Peapyv, ov, 16, (yeupyée,) «
tilled field, farm, pp. Sept. for 39 Prov.
24: 30. 31: 16. Strabo XIV. p.'687. 8.
In N. T. metaph. of Christians, 1 Cor.
39.

Tewpyos,ov, 6, (yi, yi, and Egy)
G tiller of the ground, husbandman, viz.

Tj

a) pp. 2 Tim. % 6, James 5:7. So
Sept. for 3s Jer. 14, 4. 31: 24. 51:23,
—Xen, Occ. 5. 16.

b) in N. T. also i. q. Gpmelovgyss, &
vine-dresser, keeper of a Mat,
21: 33, 34, 35, 38, 40,41. Mark 12 1,
2 bis, 7,9. Luke 20: 9, 10 bis, 14, 16.
Metaph. of God, John 15: 1, comp. Is.
5: 1sq.— So yeagyiiv, to tl the vine,
Plato Eutyph- § 4,

Th, 746, 4, (conte. fr. yin. q. yoiia,)
earth, land, i.e. one of the four elements ;
spoken

a) in reference to its vegetative
power, earth, soil; Matt. 13: 5, 8, 23.
Mark 4: 5, 8,20. Luke 14: 35. John 12:
2A. al. Sept. for r7z 1 Gen. 4: 2, 3.
YW Genk: 1,12. 5b Gen. 3: 14,19.
—Xen. Occ. 4.

b) as that on Sieh we tread, the
ground, etc. Matt. 10: 29. 15: 35. Luke
6: 49, 22: 44, 2A: 5. John 8: 6,8. Acts

9:4,8.al. So Sept. for m8 Ex. 3: 5.
28am.17:12 PRY Ex. $35. 1 Sam.
26: 7, 8.—Heredian. 1.13.2. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3. 3.

) in distinction from the sea, a lake,
etc. the land, terra firma, Mark 4: 1.
6:47. John 6:21. Acts 27: 39, 43, 44, al.
So Sept. and 77% Gen.8:7,9. sin?
Jon. 1: 1k Herein 2. 10. 8. pies
An. 1.1.7.

d) of @ country, region, territory, etc.
as yi Toganh, Matt. 2: 20, 21. Xavacy
Acts 13:19. Atyuntov Acts 7:11, 36, 40,
13:17. Iovdc Matt. 2:6. ZoBovieiv 4:15.
TermougtS 14: 34, Mark 6:53. Soof
the country adjacent to any place or
city, Matt. 9: 26,31. With a gen. of
Person, one’s native land, Acts 7: 3. —
Spoken perticularly and absol. of the
land of the Jews, Palestine, Matt. 23: 35.
27:45. Mark 15:33. Luke 4: 25. 21:23,
James 5: 17. Rom. 9: 28, coll. Is. 10: 23,
So in the expression xAngovomeiv ty
yy, to inherit the land, Matt. 5: 5, quoted
from Ps, 37: 11, coll. v. 9, 22,29. Ps.
25:13, Is. 60:21; where Sept. for
if WI; comp. Lev. 20: 24. Deut.

Here the tranquil possession
of the earthly Canaan, which was al-
ready used in the O. T. to denote
the coming of the Messiah’s kingdom,
is employed by Christ to describe the

155

Tngcoxes

privileges and retributions of his spirit-
ual kingdom in another life. See Tho-
Juck in Bib). Repos. TIL p. 705.—Sept.
igo for sre Ge mn. 47: 26. Num, 11:
12, Is. 1: 9..al—Xen. An. 1,3. 4.—By
meton. put for the inhabitants of a coun-
try, Matt, 10: 15, 11: 24.

€) the earth, i. e. the terrestrial | globe,
etc, (a) in distinction from 6
Matt. 5: 16, 35. 6: 10, 19. Luke 2 14.
Acts 2 19, 7:49. al. snep. Sept. for
Rae n.4: 1. 7:4. YN Gen. 1:

4. bon 1 Chr. 16: 30.—Hero-

dian. 2. i. Hom. I. 19, 258. —
Hence ra én} ris 7iig and 16 ty sole
obparcis, things on earth and things in
beaiinde e. the universe, Col. 1: 16, 20.

Yi xu}, a new earth, 2 Pet. 3: 13.
Rev. 21: 1.—(6) Spoken of the habitable
earth, 7 ob ivn, Luke 11: 31. 21: 35,
Acts 10: 12. 11:6. 17:26, Heb. 11:13.
Rev. 3:10. al. sap. Sept. for 1793
Gen. 6:1,7. Ia 24:1. yr Gen. €
5, 11, 12—Herodian, 1.2.9, Xen. Ag.
1, 36, — Hence ra éxt sijs ris, earthly
things, BC. _ Pertaining to this life,Col. 3:2.
1a ply tat dx aig pric, 3: 5.—By synec.
put for the inhabilants of the earth, men,
Rom, 9:17. 10:18 Rev. 6: 8. 11: 6.
1% 3, 19:2, So Sept. and yy Gen.
9: 19, 11: 1. 19: 31. So where things
are said to be done, or take place on
earth, which have reference chiefly to
men, Matt. 5: 13. 6:10. 10: 34. Luke
1% 49, John 17: 4. al. John 3: 31 6 dy
& nig Fig =1.1, i. ©. ‘be who is of hu-
men birth, is human, and speaks only
of worldly things, etc” AL.

-Tiigas, aos, we, 16, dat. Tiga’,
Teas Ton. gen. yrigeos, ovs, dat. resi,
yrigts; old age, Luke 1: 36 & yigg in
text. recept. and éy y7joe in later edit.
Comp. Buttm. § 54. n. 4, Winer § 9. 1.
Bopt. é piges for t3°pz, Ps. 92 15,
and 20 Ecelus. 8: 6. ‘ty 779¢ Gen. 15:
15. 1 Chr. 29: 28, — Dat. hee Diod.
Sic. 1. 84. Ken. Apol. Soc. 8. Cyr. 1.
5. 10,

Tnecoxa or yngaw, f. dow,
(yieas,) to be old, to become old, intrans,
Jobn 21: 18, Heb. 813, Sept. for 7py
Gen. 18: 18. 27: 1. Hipb. Job 14: 8—
Xen. Veet. 4. 22. Ag. 11. 14.

Tivopar

Teoma, earlier and Attic form
ipvouas, £. yericouas, aor. 2 tyerduny,
Perf. part. ysyernuévos, perf. 2 yéyore,
pluperf. 2 ¢yzyovew, Acts 4:22; also in
later writers and in N.'T. aor. 1 pass.
dyer dyp for dyevouny, Acts 4: 4, Heb.
6: 4. al. Diod. Sic. 1. J. ib. 3.40. Po-
lyb, 2. 67.8; comp. Lob. ad Phryo.
p. 108 eq. Buttm. § 114. p. 272. This
verb is a Mid. depon. intrans. with the
Primary signif. to begin to be, fieri, i.e. to
come into existence or into any state ;
and then also in the sor. and perf. 2, ‘to
have come into existence,’ or simply to
be, ease ; wo that ¢yévouny, dyer yy, and
7iyora, verve likewise as preterites of
elvat, Comp. Butim. |. c. and § 113.6.

I. To begin to be, to come into erist-
ence, etc. asimplying origin, either from
natural causes or through special agen-
cy, result, and change of state, place, etc.

8) as implying origin in the ordinary
course of nature, etc, (a) Spoken of
persons, to be born, John 8: 58, James 3:
®. seq. ix r1¥05, to be born of; to be de-
ascended from, etc. Rom. 1: 3, Gal. 4: 4.
1 Pet. 3:6, So Sept. for 14° Gen. 21:

in +S 8, 5, 9.—Wisd, 7: 3, Xen. An. 3.213

ty ale pats byivea 9s x0 érgdgrte. Mem.
12.2, 4 Ex tiv05.—(8) Of plants, fruits, etc.
to be pr to grow, Matt. 21: 19,
1 Cor. 15: 37. — Ael. V. H. 6. 1. Xen.
Mem, 2. 9. 4. — (y) Of the phenomena
of nature, etc. to arise, to come on, to oc-
cur ; ©. g. csvopos Matt. 8:24. dallay
Mark 4: 37. yadsy Matt. 8: 26. Mark
4:39, oxdtog Matt. 27: 45. Mark 15:33.
vepiln Luke 9: 34. Mark 9: 7. Beorry
Jobn 12: 29,—Xen. An. 3.1. 11 feorry.
—Bo also of a voice or ery, tumult, si-
lence, ete. gerry Jobn 12 30. al, xgavyrj
Mat. 25:6, SoguBog Matt.26: 5. 27: 24.
aries Luke 23:19. eylopa John 7:
43. Girqoug John 8:25. uy} Acts 21:
40, Rev. 8: 1.—Xen. An. 3, 4. 35 d3-
eufos. — So of emotions, etc. Luke 15:
10, 22:94. 1Tim. 6&4. Sllyig Matt.
18: 21. — (8) Spoken of time, as day,
night, evening, etc. to come, to come on,
to approach, Matt. 8: 16. 14: 15, 23. 27:
1, Mark 6:2. 11:19. 15:33. Luke 22
14. John 6: 16. 21: 4. Acts 27: 27,
— Jos. Ant. 4.8.41, Xen. H. G. 2, 4.
6 x90 Spigay éylyvero, Comp. inb. 9.
b) as implying origin through an

156

Tévopee

agency specially exerted, to be made, to

be created, ete. i.q. xovotpas, — (a) Spo- --

ken of the works of creation, John 1: '*

3,10. 1 Cor. 15:45. Heb. 4:3 11:3.
So Sept. for 1932 Gen. 24. Is. 48: 7.

—(6) OF works'of art, etc. Acta 19: 26
b:é zuspsiv.—Diod. Bic. 1. 43, —(y) Of
miracles and the like, to be wrought, to
be performed, Matt. 11: 20. Acts 4: 22
8:13, seq. dsc, Acts 2:43. 4:16. Mark
6:2, seq. dnd Luke % 7. 13:17. —
(8) Of a promise, plot, etc. to be made,
Acts 26: 6. 20:3. So of waste, cme-
lao, Mark 14: 4. — Xen. Hiero 9, 11
dancin. — (2) Of the will or desire of
any one, lo be done, to be fulfilled ; S-
Anpa, Matt. 6: 10. 26:42. Luke 11:2
Acts 21:14. altnua Luke 23: 24, —
(%) Of a repast, to be prepared, made
ready, John 13:2. of # judicial inves-
tigation, to be made, to be set on foot
Acts 25:26, So of'a change of law etc.
to be made, Heb. 7: 12, 18.—(7) Of par-
ticular days, festivals, etc. to be held, te
be celebrated, Matt. 26:2. Jobn 2 1. 10:
2, So Sepe. for nipyy 2 K. Rk 22-—
Xen. H.G. 4. 5.1—(9) Of persons ad-
vanced to any station | or office, fo be

made, constituted,
25. Heb. 5:5. 6: 20,
leo Sos éxdver, Luke 19: 19, — Hero-
dian. 2.6.12. Plat. Ages. c. 21.—(s) Of
customs, institutes, ete, to be
instituted, Mark 2: 27 x0 aioe tat
3: 17 6 yiyorog véuos.—Xen. An. 1. 1.8.
—(x) Of what is done to or in any one;
Luke 23: 31 é 1g Sypg th virgen;
what shall be done tn the 2 Gal, &
13 Xpuatis yerdusvos inig Suc xatége,
being himself made a curse for us, i.e.
suffering the penalty to which we were
subject.

two) ‘as implying a result, event, etc. to

take place, to come to pass, to occur, te be

done, etc. — (a) genr. Matt. 1: 24 roto
88 Sloy _yiyover, Mark 5:14. Luke 1:
20 tizgs Hs yérqras taito. 2% 15, John
3:9. Acts 4:21, 5:24 1 Cor. 15: 54
1 Thess, 3: 4. Rev. 1:19. Heb. & 15
Sardsov 71 death having taken
place, i.e. through his death. Matt. 1&
31. Luke 8: 34, James 3:10. 2 Pet. 1:
20. al. passim. — Herodian. 8 3 12.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 25. — So in the phrase
HT yévoer0, let it not happen! God for-

Tivopar

bid! an exclamation of aversion, Luke
20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31. 62, 15. ui
al. Comp. Sept. and Heb.
44:7, 17. Josh. 2% 29.
— Lue. D. Deor, 1.°2.: Arrian, Dien.
Epict. 1. 1. 18, ib. 2.8. 2,96. See
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 204. — (8) Seq.
dat. of pers. to to any one ete.
Mark 9:21. Luke 14: 12. John 5: 14,
1 Pet, 4: 12—Aesop. F. 94. Xen. Hiero
1.1. ib.3. 5.—Seq. infin. as subject, Acts
20: 16. Gal. 6:14. So Sept. ands nbn
Gen. 44: 7, 17. — Jos. Ant. 6 11. &
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 11. — With an adv. of
manner, Mark 5: 16. Eph. 6: 3.—Ael.
V. H. 9. 36.—(y) With prepositions, in
the same sense, as 216 teva, Acts 28: 6.
énl ren Mark 5: 88.—(8) With an in-
fin, and accus, expressed or implied, to
come to pass that, Mark 2: 23. Acts 27:
44 ottms éyéveto navtas Siacodijvas
28: 8, Matt. 18 13 dé yérqras svgsiy
ain, — Theogn. 639. ‘comp. Viger.
p. 281. V. —(s) So xa? éyévero or
vero 48, corresponding to the
tm, ‘andi came lo ass thal, always
with a notation of time, introduced by
‘Sra, is, dy, 0 gen. absol. etc. and fol-
lowed by a finite verb with or without
wad, e. g. with xaé repeated, Matt. 9: 10
nab dyiveo abtod dvaxeissrou xal idév.
Mark 215 zai dyéveto dy — xai olde}
x t.d Luke 2:15 zal dyivero op—xard
5 x 24. 5 1, 12,17. & 1, 2 2B,
211, 19:15, 24: 4, 15, al. saep.
Sept. Gen. 39: 7, 13, 19,
‘So without xi repeated, Matt.
7: 2B xat dyivero bts — denhjocorto of
Szhos. 18: 58, 19: 1. 26:1, Mark 1:9,
4:4, Luke 1:8 2 1. 6 12. al. saep.
So Sept. for 9-772 Gen. 22: 1.
4) as implying a change of sate,
condition, ete. or the passing from one
state etc. to another, éo become, to enter

‘upon aay state, condition, etc.

(«) spoken of persone or things which
receive avy new character or form.
(1) Where the predicate is a noun;
Matt. 5:45 Smug yévnade vio} roi marpds.
Mark 1:17 éude yevio Oar ddutis arOqei-
mov. Matt. 4:3 ta of Udos obtos gros
yhrortas. 13:32 yivsras dévdgor. Luke
4:3. 616, 23: 1 John 1: 12,14, 2:9.
Acts 2& 28. Rom. 4:18. Heb. 217,
Rey. & B. al. — Herodian. 1.8.16. Di-

157

Lope
od. Sic. 2.20. Ael. V.H, 2. 23.—Acts
12: 18 th ga & Mixyos dyévero, what

1. Peter was become, for ‘ what had become

of Peter’—So th yivepas Thue. 2. 52
comp. Matth. § 488.5. Herm. ad Vig:
p. 730. — (2) Construed with siz m as
the predicate, by Hebraism; Matt. 21:
42 iyeriGn ts xegalsy yerlas. Mark
12% 10. Luke 13:19. John 16: 20. Acts
5:26. al. 80 Sept. for > mr etc. Gen-

27. 18am. 30:25. 2 Sam. 5:3. al
Comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 816. Stuart
§ 507. b,(3) When the predicate is an
adjective ; Matt. 6: 16 yxy yiria@e omv-
Spurol, do not become of a sad counte-
nance, i. e. do not put on or affect sad-
ness etc. 10:16 yivaGe oby gpérisos
1% 45 ylreras ta Coxeter zelgove. 13:2
lores Gxagnos. 3:26, 2:32, 44 yl
os fromos, i.e. prepare yourselves, John
9: 89, Acts 7: 32. 10: 4. Rom. 3 19.
al. ssep. — Herodian. 1. 13.6. Thue.
8, 23, — (4) With a particle of manner

ye ete. Matt. 10: 25 fra yérqras tig Budde

zalos evtod. 18: 3, 28: 4 éyérorse Sow
vexgol, eq. dat. of pers. for or in se
spect to whom, 1 Cor. 9: 20, 22.45) Seq.
gen. of on or relation ; Luke 20:
14 boar sty yévrras 4 xdqgovopla. 20: 33.
Rev. 11: 15,—Xen. Cyr. 1.2.16, Occ.
3.8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 6. 14, 3 polis
bevro’ yevouévov.—(6) Bea, dat. of pers.
as possessor etc. Rom. 7:
GBgh inign, to become (married) to an-
other man. 80 Sept. and > m7 Lev.
22:12. Jer.3: 1.—Plut. Ages.11- Achill,
Tat. V. p. 323.

(8) construed with prepositions or
adverbs implying motion, it denotes
change or transition to another place,
ete. to come, viz. (1) Seq. €é¢, to come to
or into, to arrive at, Acts 20: 16, 2h: 17,
25; 15.—Herodot. 5. 38.—Trop. 4
Luke 1:44, edloyia Gal.3:14. evay-
yilsoy 1 Thess, 1: 5. Dixos Rev. 16: 2,
xen. G. 7.2. 7 xpuvyh els tiv n6—

uy, — (2) Seq. 2x, to come from a place,
etc. ©. g. 4 pert Mark 1: 11. Luke 3:
22. 9:35. But é& péoou yevicda, to
be put out of the way, 2 Thess. 2:7.—(3)
Seq. év, e.g. trop. Acts 12: 11 yavouévog
éy iavig, being come to himself; comp.
Luke 15: 17,—Polyb. 1. 49, 8 tayi 33 Ye
bourg yevousvos. Xen. An. 1. 5. 17.
See Herm. ad Vig. 749, coll. 858, —

Lalas
Murk 7!

Toone:
6, Seq, Eni, viz_ ¢ gre. fo come upen, bo

138
Gch 2 Mev MED Se 7 and sd.

Towa

Sor som Seb EA 2 1s Comp.

bo come oF drove near, Jobe & 19. trop.
Vph. 2 14—Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 780 ode,
hither, John 6 2%. ixsi, thither, Aew
19: 21 —Herodion. 4. 15. 13 dai.

11. Im the aor. and perf. to have be-

) seme. to be, to exist ; John 1:6
ioe Rom. 11:5, 1John

an & 1B, ew eaPae i, 209. Fexgo-

A

c0bv twos Jobn 1: 15,20, seq. én? ris
ia Rev, 16: 18, — Herodian. 1. 17. 26

Myov. % 2 ainn i dxoyoagy
dylonto, John 14:22, Acts 4:4. 1 Cor.
oi6. 2 Cor, 1: 16,19, 1 Thess. 2: 8.
‘Tit. & 7. al. — Lucian. D. Mort, 13. 1.
Xen. Hiero 6, 1—8o with a dat. of ad-

somos | Thess, 1: 7.—Herodian. 7. 3.1.
Xen. ye 4. With an adv. 1 Thess.
2 10, . p. 876. n. Matth.
§ 308, enw a gen. of age, Luke 2:
42 iste dyivtso dsv Sudexa, 1 Tim. 5: 9.
wee Buttm, § 182, 4. 4.—Plut, de Sanit.
wend, 24, So slyas Xen. An. 2. 6. 20.
Mem, 1. 2.40. — (4) Implying property
oto, Matt, 11: 96 and Luke 10: 21 otras
"rl ives auch went god plow
dat. col, i.e, such was thy
ure, 1. q. obras 1b8dmmoas ct—{7) Joined
with the participle of another verb it
forma like slvas a periphrasis for a finite
ones of that verb; Mark 1: 4 éyivero
"faaving Panriver, for Pantize. 9 3, 7.

ms

2Tm £17. Rev. 1:9—Ael
V. HL 4 15. — Spokes of condition or
: stase, to be in amy state, ere. Luke 2

44 yeriperes ty cui. Acts 22 17 ty
devrsee. Rev. 1: 10 and 4:2 éy xretpent.
Rom. 16:7 éy Xqers, ie. wo be in the
Phil 27 ¢7 Spesaimens yersperos. 1.9.

friends, 0
Xen. H.G. 4 1 35.—(y) Seq. neds c.
accus. to be towards, i.e. disposed towards

ove, 1 Cor. & 16: 10. — (3) Seq.
our, to be with, Luke 213. Ax.

Ladera, earlier and Attic form
bra ond £ yrdeopas, aor. 2 Ever,
perf, Eyrecs (for 3 plur. éyrixey Joho
17:7 instead of éynizaos, see Winer §13.
2. Buttm. § 103. V. 3) perf. pes.
Fyrecpas, aor, 1 pase. éyvsodyy, wai
pase. yrucSyjcouas, see Buttm. § 114;
to Db knw, both in an incboatiye,.and
completed sense ; comp. Heb: ‘pay and
Gesen. Lex. sub. h. v.

1. to know, in an inchoative sense, i.e.
to come to know, to gain or receive a
Knowledge of ; where again the perf.
implies a completed action, and is often
to be taken as a present, to know, Buttm.
$13. 6. Herm. ad Vig. p. 748, Pass.
to become known.

a) genr. (a) seq. accus. of ting
Matt. 12 7. John 8: 82

GdjSuar, Luke 12: 47. 16: 4. Ae. ~

1 Cor. 4: 19 nad yrobropas ov tov doyor,
Ghd vy Sivausy. 2 Cor. 29. With
an accus. implied, Mark 6: 38, 1 Cor.
1%: 9, Bo Sept and OF nme oo
21:2 2 Sam. 2: 2. — Died. Sic. 1. 8.
Xen. An. 1. 6. 7. — eq. &x revos, to
know from or by any thing, Matt. 12: 33.

Tadoxo

Luke 6: 44. 1 John 3: 94. 4:6,—Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6, 44.—Beq. év revs, to know by
any Jobn 13: 35. 1 John 3: 16,
19, 24. 4:13. 5: 2 So Sep: for 23°
Gen. 24: 14. 42:33 So seq. doer
1 Jobn 2: 18, and xara re Luke 1: 18.
So Sept. for 937 Gen. 15: 8.—(8) Seq.
accus, of person’; John 14:7 bie. Luke
24: 85. 19:15. Rom. 1:21. 2Cor. 5:
16. Gal. 4:9 yrovtes Sodv. 1Jobn &
3. 31. al. So Sept. and 937 1 Sam.
8: 7. —Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 24, — So with an accus. and irs, by
attraction, comp. Buttm. § 151. 1. 6.
Mott. 25:24 Eyvew oe, br oxdygds el.
Jobn 5: 42. 80 Sept. for 91° 1 Sam.
20: 32.—Xen. Mem. 1, 4, 18—(7) Seq.
‘Ste instead of an sceus. and infin. John
6: 69 éyviinaper, bt ov al & Xesotds.
7: 26. 8:52. 19:4. James 2% 20. al. saep.
So Sept. for 93> Gen. 8: 11. 42: 34. al.
— Xen. Cyr. 4°2, 2% Eq. 9, 2. — (8)
Pass. to be known, i.e. distinguished,
1 Cor, 14: 7.

b) ina judicial sense, to know by trial,

26. Acts 9:94, Seq. accus. of thing
expr. or impl. Mark 5: 43. Acts 21: 34.
Col. 4: 8, Matt. 9: 30. Luke 9:11. So
Sept. and 3'3> 1 Sam. 21: 2.—Palaeph.
2.10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 8 3. — Seq. ox,
Jobn 4: 1. Acts 24:11. Sept. and 933
1 Sam, 4:6. — Ael. V. H. 10. 15, — 80
with dmé twos, Mark 15: 45.

d) in the sense of to perceive, to ob-
serve, to be aware of, veq. accus. expr. oF
impl. Matt. 22 18 tiy mornglay. 16: 8.
26:10, So Sept. and 93> Ruth 3: 4.—
Xen. H. G. 3. 4. 8. — Seq. 31, John 4:
53. 6: 15. Acts 23: 6, So Mark 5: 29

tyra 1G oolpots Or. Sept. and on

1 Bam. 20: 83.—Ken. Cyr. 1. 3. 5.—Beq,
accus. and particip. Luke 8: 46 éye
Fyraw Bivaus AGoicar dx tuot.—
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40.

e) in the sense of fo understand, to

comprehend, seq. accus. expr. or iropl.

Matt. 13: 1] 2é pvonjoue. Mark 4: 18
xapofokds, Luke 18: 34. John 3: 10.
7:49 toy wopor. 1 Cor.2:8. John 10:

159

Taooxo

6, 12:16, 13 12. Acts 8: 30. Rom. 11:
94. 1 Cor. 214, So Sept. and 947
18am. 20: $8. Prov. Lh2—Xen. Cyr.
4. 2. 28,

f) by euphemiar, 0 lie with, 0.
person of another sex; spokeh of a

* man, Matt. 1:25; of a woman, Luke J:

34. ‘Sept. and 3°37 of men, Gen. 41,16
94:16. of women’ Gen. 19: 8. Num. 31:
17, 35. — Plot. Cat. Min. 7, Romul. 5.
Isseus 20. 5, Heliod. J. p. 14. So Lat.
novi, cognoeco, Justin. 5, 2. ib. 97. 3.
Ovid. Met. 4. 594,

2. to know, in a completed sense, i. e.
to have a knowledge of, etc.

8) genr. (a) seq. accus, of thing expr.
or impl. Matt. 6: 3 wu yraire 4) dgiotega
cov th mout 4 dette cov. 24:50, Luke 7:
39. 16: 4, 15. John 2:25. Rom, 2-18
2 Cor. 5 21. 1 Jobn 3: 20. Luke 2
43, Rom. 10:19, So imper. yevoioxere,
know, be asnured of, c. acc. Matt. 24: 43.
Luke 10:11, 12 39. elso Zore yuvai-
Gxovtes tovro, Eph. 5:5. Sept. and

DT} Job 20: 4. Ecc. 8:7. Jer. 3: 13,—
Lucian. D. Deor. 22.2. Xen. Mem. 3.9
6. — Seq. accus, and drs by attraction,
1 Cor. & 20. See Buttm. § 151. I. 6.
—Xen. Mem, 1. 4. 8.—Seq. accus. and
particip. Acta 19: 35 d¢ ob yrrdoxet thr
élur ovear—Ken. Cyr. 3. 1.20.—Beq.
adv. as Acts 21: 37 quot? yusboxeg 5
dost thou know Greek? Comp. Sept. Neh.
18: 24 oim émyivebaxovees adeiy * Iov-
Saori, for Heb. nya? 1|IT> Oy"D.
Xen. Oyr. 7. 5. 31 énloracdan Zuguasl,
Cic. de 1. 5 Graece scire.—(8) seq.
accus. of person, to know sc, by sight or
person, John J: 49. 2 Cor. 5:16. or to
know one’s character etc. Jolin 1: 10,
2 24, 14: 7,9, 16:3. Acts 19: 15. al.
So Sept. and 9°5 Deut. 34: 10. Ps. 87:4.
189: 1.—Dem. 589. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
21.—So c. accus. and particip.sHeb. 13:
23.{y) seq, 3+ instead of an ace. and
infin. Jobn 21:17. James 1: 3—(8) seq.
infin. alone, Matr. 16: 3, can’ 2%

b) in the sense of fo know ac. as being
what one is or professes to be, to ac-

seq. aceus, Matt. 7:23. Pass.
1 Cor. + Gal. 4:9. So Sept. and
DT Is. 33: 13, 61: 9. 63: 16,

€) from the Heb. with the idea of vo- 4 ase 5

lition or good will, to know and
or love, to care for, etc. seq. accus. of

Taeixos 160

pore. Tim. 19 Bye niqios tobe Sores

mat 1:23. qinot. John 10:14, 15,27 So Sept.

"of God, Ps. 144: 3. Am. 3 2
10, Nab. 1:7, of men Ps. 36:{11, Hos, 8:2,

$50. 704: te Seq. accu. of thing, Rom. 7: 15
os +22°£3 yap nategyazouat, od zlrworey, i.e. 1

approve not, allow not. Sept. and
372 Ps. 1:6." Or perhaps here by impl.
to will, to purpose, to resolve. So Jos.
Ant 1. 11.15 O25 fru tipmpjoar Sas
. 5. Pealt, Saloro. 17: 47
ie Eye & Gebg dvaavjoun Polyb. 5.
821. AL

y ‘devxos, 20g, ous, 16, (yhuxis,)
must, new wine, Hesych. 10 dmdctaype
aig orapuliig gly narq0f- Lue. Phi-
lopecud. 39, In N.'T. sweet wine, Acts
2% 13, So Sept. for 732 Job 32 19. —
‘Athen. IV. p. 176, D.

Taveve, sie, v, noeet, Rev. 10:9,
10. James 3: 11,12 H8ag yluxi, sweet
water, i.e. potable. Sept. for ping
Judg.14: 14. Is. 5: 20.—Xen. Mem. Yas

TAdooa, 7g, 4, (Attic form yhér-
10,) the tongue, i.e.

8) pp. as a part of the body, Rev. 16:
10. as the organ of taste, Luke 16: 24.
as the organ of speech, Mark 7: 33, 35.
Luke 1: 64. 1Cor.14:9, James 3: 5,
6 bis. So also personified, Rom. 14:
11 and Phil. % 11 néca yldooa, ie.
every person; comp. Js, 45: 23 where
Sept. for wh. Acts 2 26, coll. Ps.
16 9, So to bridle the tongue, etc.
James 1: 26, 3:8. 1 Pet. 3: 10. comp.
Ecclus. 28: 18 8q. Sept. for Jiw>
Judg. 7:5. Job 29: 10. 33: 2.— Ken.
Mem. 1. 4.5.

b) by meton. speech, language, (a)
genr. 1 Joha 3:18 wi} dyancper diye
nt 3H plasoop, Ueb us not love in word

in speech only. (Comp. yhooon
‘pllog Theoge 63, 13.) S80 Sept. and
wb Prov. 25:15, 31: 26,—Wisd. 1:6.

Ae |. 14.22. Xen. Occ. 13, 8.
—(A) of a particular language or dialect,
as spoken by a particular people, Acts

211. 1Cor.1%1. Bo Sept. and
ay Gen. 10: 5,20. Dan. 1: 4.—Ken.

lem. 3. 14. 7.—Put for the people who
use 6 language, e.g, gvial, Aaoi, xab
yiesooar, Rev. 5:9. 7:9. 10: 11. 11:9.
18:7. 14:6, 17:15. So Sept. and find

r ’ .
Ts, 66: 18. Chald. yuh Dan. & 4,7,
30, 32. al.—{y) In the phrases piedooass
éxégase v. xacvaig Aaderv, to speak in
or with other or new tongues, Act % 4,
Mark 16 17; yloicoatg Aadeiy, to
speak in or with tongues, Acts 10: 46.
19:6. 1 Cor. 12: 30. 14: 2, 4, 5 bia, 6,
13,18, 23, 27,39; npocevyéoPat yloic-
on, to in a tongue, 1 Cor. 14: 14;
% 08 dv yhoicon, discourse in a tongue,
1 Cor. 14: 19; or simply ylasoas,
tongues, 1 Cor. 12: 10 bis, 28. 13: 8. 14:
22,26. Here, according to the two
passages in Mark and Acts, the sense
would seem to be, to speak in other
Kiving languages ; but if the passages in
1 Cor. be taken as the basis, these
phrases would seem to mean, to speak
another kind of la i.e. referring
perhaps to a person in a state of high
spiritual excitement or ecstasy from in-
spiration, unconscious of external things
and wholly absorbed in adoring com-
munion with God, breaking forth into
abrupt expressions of praise and devo-
tion, which are not coherent and there-
fore not always intelligible to the mul-
titude ; comp. 1 Cor. 14: 2 4, 6, 7 9q.
Most interpreters have adopted the first
meaning ; some prefer the latter. Others
suppose there is a reference to two dis-
tinct gift. See Olshausen Comm. on
Acts2: 4, Neander Hist. of the Apost.
Age, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 249 aq.

) trop. put for any thing resembling
@ tongue in shape ; eg. ‘acm & 9
phévooas dot mupes, tongues as of fire,
i, e. lambent flames. 80 wig 7/05 Is.
5: 2.

Tawscoxouor, ov, 16, (yleoon,
tongue, reed, sc.of a musical instrument,
and xopses,) Pp. a bor for keeping reeds,
ete. dy atiqtad dnetlSecay rag yleoa—
cidas, Hesych.—In N. T. genr. any box,
case, bag, etc. e. g. for money, Joho 1%:
6. 13:29. Sept. for 7i7N the ark,
2 Chr, 24: 8, 10, 11. — Jos, Ant. 6.1. 2
spoken of a box attached to the ark.
Longin, 43. 9.[44.] Plut.Galb.16.—This
sense of the word is found only in later
writers ; see Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 155.
Phryn, ed. Lob. p. 98, 99.

Tvagevs, scos, 5, (yviqos a card
or teazle,) @ fuller, i.e. one who fulled

wor

T'joros

and dressed new clotha, or washed and
scoured soiled garments, Mark 9 8,.—
Sept. for oD, a freader, i. ©. washer,
fuller, 2K. 18:17, Is, 7: 3, 36: 2, —
Theophr. Char. 19 or 10. 4. Xen, Mem.
3. 7. 6, — The earlier pronunciation
seems to have been xvageis.

Tvjows, ov, i, %, adj. (yévos, yevi-
o10s,) genuine, legitimate; pp. spoken of
children ete. Jos, Ant, 1.16.3. Xen.
Cyr.8.5,19, InN. T.

a) trop, own, genuine, sc, son; spok-
en of the relation of « disciple to hia
teacher, é mlote, xaré xloty, 1 Tim,
1:2, Tit, 1:4.

b) by impl. sincere, faithful, true,
Phil, 4: 3,—Ecclus, 7: 18, Herodian. 3.

10. 9.—So 16 yvjos0», sincerity, 2Cor, |

& 8.—Comp. 3 Mace. 3: 19.

Tyoteos, adv. (yrjovos,) sincerely,
Phil. 2: 20,—2 Mace. 14:8. Jos, Aut. 2.
4.1, Dem. 1353, 28. .

T'vogos, ou, 6, (tr. vép0s, Eustath,
ad Il. p. p. 489. 16,) dense black clouds,
thick gloom; Heb, 12 18 yrogy xab

So Sept. for 5392
im. 22:10, 435, Deut.
4: V1. 5: 22—Ecelus, 45: 5.

D vain, 78, 1, (yerchoxes,) pp. the
mind, i.e, the sentient principle, i. q.
yogt, Xen. Cyr, 8, 8,10. Mem. 1. 1. 7,
9. InN. 'T. mind, in its various mani-
festations, ©. g.

‘a) a8 implying will, in the sense of ac-
cord, consent, Philem. 14. — 2 Mace. 4:
99, Jos. Ant. 1. 12.3. Xen. Cyr. 8.5,
20, — In the sense of bent, inclination,
desire ; 1 Cor. 1: 10 & 1% aity yroun,
in the same mind or will, Rev. 17: 13,
—Clem. Alex. Strom. 5.1. Xen, Mag.
Eq, 6. 1.— In the sense of purpose,
counsel, Acts 20: 3, Rev.
17: 17 bis, Jos. Aut. 4,3, 2. Xen. Cyr.
1.1.5. ib. 8.8.2.

b) as implying opinion, judgment, in
reference to one’s self; 1 Cor. 7: 40
xara vy duty yroipeny. — Wied. 7: 15.
Xen. Cyr. 6.1.3. —In reference to
others, advice, 1'Cor. 7:25, 2 Cor. 8:
10.—Ecclus. 6:23, Herodian. 7.

Tragiter, £. low Jobn 17: 26 ; fat.

At pra Co 4:9, see Buttm. § 95.
ai -

161

Tvoag

7 2q. to make known, trans. and seq. dat.
or még tiv Phil. 4: 6; viz.

a) to others ; (a) genr. to make known,
to declare, to reveal, Rom. 9: 22, 23. ¢. date
Luke 2:15. Acts % 28 quoted from Ps,
16: 11 where Sept. for "17. Eph.
3: 8,5, 10. Col. 1: 27. Gal. 3:11 where
for the attract. see Buttm. § 151. 1 6.
seq. mg0¢ Phil. 4:6. Sept. for git
18am. 16:3. 1 Chr. 16: 8, Ps. 25: 4.—
sAesch, Prom. vinet. 496. [487.] Hesyeb.
yrogloas* pavegorosiicas. — (B) in the
sense of to narrate, to tell, to inform, Eph.
6:21, Col. 4: 7,9. 2Cor. 81, comp.
Buttm. |. eI Mace. 14: 28.—{7) spok-
en of a teacher who unfolds divine
things, etc. to anni to declare, to
proclaim ; John 15: 15, 17: 26 bis, Eph,
1:9. 619. 2 Pet. 1:16. Rom. [14]
16: 26, Sept. for yYsir Ez. 20: 11.—
(8) in the sense of fo put in mind of, to
impress, to confirm, 1 Cor. 12: 3, 15: 1.

'b) to one’s self, i.e. to ascertain, to
find out, and by impl. to know, P'

22. So Sept. for “"27] ‘Job 34: 3. —
Herodian. 2. 1, 28, Aeschin. 11. 8, °

Tvasie, ecog, %, (ysveioney) knowl-
edge, i.e.

a) the power of knowing, i
comprehension, Eph. 3: 19 rv Spal.
lovoar tis yrearas dydnny rol Xq.
that love of Christ surpassing. compre-
hension.—Heaych. yvéiors: otveat, at-
Snore, vonovg.—Others, thal love of Christ
which is better than all ; comp.
1 Cor. 12: 31. 13:2, Rom. 8: 35.

b) subjectively, spoken of what one
knows, knowledge, etc. Luke 1: 77.
Phil. 3: 8. Rom. 11: 33 yrioug rob F208,
comp. Ps. 139: 6 where Sept. for nz¥.
Sept. and nyy Ps. 73: 11. Hos. 4: 6—
Dio. Sic. 5. 67. — So of a knowledge
of the christian religion, genr. Rorn. 15:
14. 1Cor.1:5. 8:1 bis. 2 Pet. 3: 18.
or of a deeper and better religious
knowledge, both theoretical and experi-
mental, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10, 11. 2 Cor. 11:
6—Spoken of a practical knowledge,

discretion, prudence, 2 Cor. & 6.
1 Pe. 7. 2 Pet. 1: 5,6. So Sept.
and ny Prov. 13: 16.

b) objectively, spoken of whet is
known, object of knowledge, i. e. gent.
knowledge, doctrine, science, etc. 2 Cor.

Tracing +

214. 4:6." Col. 2:3. Sept. and nyz
Dan. 1: 4, Mal. 2: 7. — So of religious
knowledge, i.e. doctrine, science, spoken
of Jewisb teachers, Luke 11: 52. Rom.
% 20, 1 Tim. 6:20. or of a deeper
christian knowledge, christian doctrine,
ete. 1 Cor. 12:8 doyos yreiceas, i.e.
the faculty of unfolding and expounding
theoretically the deeper knowledge or
fundamental principles of the christian
religion, i.q- what in Luke (11:52) ia call-
ed xleig rig yrooems, 1 Cor. 13: 2,8, 14:
6. 2Cor. 8:7. Hence, 2 Cor. 10: 5
suté tig yreioeus t05 Sz0i, ogainst the
true doctrine of God, i.e. against’ the
christian religion.
veo, ov, 8, (yudoxa,)
knower, i.e. one who knows, Acts 26: 3,
where for the anacoluthon, see Winer
§ 32. 7. comp. Buttm. § 151. 5,
Hist. of Sus. 42. Sept. for
viner, 1 Sam, 28: 3, 9.
Tvcoatds, 7, ov, (yrsaxe,) known,
a) gonr. and seq. dat. John 18: 15, 16.
Acts 1: 19, 15: 18, 19: 17. 28: 22. seq.
xatd c. gen. of place, Acts 9: 42, Sept.
for 9452 Is, 19: 21, 66: 14.—Xen. Cyr.
6.3,4.—So yrovardy Zoren, be it known,
weq. dat. Acts 2 14. 4: 10, 18: 38, 28:
28. Sept. for p37 Ez, 36:32. for
Chald. maa on “Ezra A n 13.—In
the sense of knowable, rd yvaord t08
roi, what may be known of God, or
knowledge of God, i.q. yrmarg,Rom.1: 19,
Bo Sept. for ngy Gen. 2: 9.—In an em-
phatic. sense, known of all, i.e. otable,
incontrovertible, Acts 4:16 yrewtoy on-
ploy. Bo Sept. yraotis & Std¢, ie
known, magnified, Heb. 232, Ps. 76:1.
b) asasubet. ¢ yvwards, an acquaint-
ance, Luke 2: 44, 23: 49. So Sept. and
33 IK. 10: 11. Pe. 8B: 9, 19.

Loyyitio, .tow, to murmur, The
Attic form was rordepiin or tardgite,
Phryn. ed. Lob, p. 358,

8) a i.e. to udler in a low voice

ly, seq. accus. and megi c. gen.
John 7; 32, — Phavorin. yoyyitey’
dnd Tig xepuateging Aéyeras.

b) with the idea of complaint, to mul-
ter, to manifest sullen discontent ; absol.
1Cor. 10: 10 bia, 80 Sept. for 7eNO
Nua, 11; 1.—Beq. sera c. gen. Matt,

162

Tovevs

20:11. Sept. for 7717 Ex. 16: 7.—Seq.
msol c. gen. John 6: 41, 61. Sept. for
Te Num, 14: 27.—Seq. m dsc. accus,

uke 5: 80. Seq. pet addydov John &
43, — Marc. Anton. 2.3. Arrian. Diss.
Ep. 1. 29, 55. ib. 4. 1.79.

Loyyvouss, ov, 6 6, (yoyyitee q.v.)
murmur, i. e.

a) genr. low and suppressed dis-
course, John 7: 12, coll. v. 13.

b) murmuring, i. e. the expression of
sullen discontent, complaint, Acts 6: 1.
So zuels yoyyuopiiy, without murmuring,
i, e, cheerfully, Phil. 2:14. 1 Pet. 4: 9.
Sept. for mzitn Ex. 16:7, 8,12 x
Is, 58:9.—Wisd. 1: 10,11, Mare. Anton.
9,37. Comp. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 358,

Loyyvarns, ov, 6, (yoryites,) a
murmurer, Jude 16.—Theodot. for BH
Prov. 26:21 where Sept. 2olDopos. .

Long, nros, 6, a juggler, diviner,
Aeschyl. Choeph. 818. [822.] -Herodot
2.33, In N.T. by impl. @ deceiver,
impostor, 2 Tim. 8: 13. — Jos. c. Apion.
214,16. Suidas: yong xdda8, ndc-
‘OG, GTrortsaiy.

Todyode, indec. Golgotha, Chald.
, Heb. nyska 2K.9:35,Le¢
as xpdnoy, calvaria, Hence the
name signifies xgavlov ré05, place of
skulls, Calvary ; and is applied to an
eminence on the N. W. part of Jerusa-
Jem, where malefactors were coramonly
executed. Here also Jesus suffered.
Matt. 27: 33. Mark 15: 22, John 19: 17.

Topogéa, as, %, and plar. To-
Hogéa, wy, td, Gomorrha, pr. name of
one of the cities which formerly stood
on the plain now covered by the Dead
Sea, Matt. 10:15. Mark 6:11. Rom.
9:29, 2Pet.2:6. Jude7. See Gen.
c. 19. Heb. m402.

Topog, ov, 4, (yéue q. v.) @ load,
sc. of an animal, Sept. for Niptg Ex. 2
5, InN. T. lading, i.e.

a)ofaship, Acts 21:3.—Dem.1283.21.
b) by impl. merchandize, wares, Rev.
18: 11, 12

Tovevs, cag, 6, , (ylropuas, viyore,)

a father; in N.'T. only plur. of yoveie,
, Mau. 10: 21. Mark 13: 12.
Luke % 27, 41. 8; 56, 1& 29, 21: 16

Tow

Jobn 9 2,3, 18, 20, 22,23 Rom. 1:
30. 2 Cor. 12 14 bis. Eph. 6:1. Col.
3: 20. 2 Tin. 3: 2.—Tob. 10:10, Ju-
dith 5:8. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 3, 6.—For
the accus. yortis Matt. 10: 21. al. see
Butt. § 52. ne .

Tévv, yovatos, 16, (poet. gen.
vows, ‘Buttm. § 58,) the knee; plur.
70 yovara, the knees, Heb, 12: 12.
Sept. for BID93 Gen. 30: 3, 40: 12, —
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 5.—Hence in, phrases:
(a) Osis, Ovrec, eBévtes ta yovara,
lit. placing the knees, i.e. kneeling down,
e. g. in prayer or supplication, Luke 22:
41. Acts 7:60, 9:40. 20:36, 21:5.
So of the mock homage offered by the
soldiers to Jesus, Mark 15:19.—(8) Luke
5 8 ngoctnecs rig yovace ‘Joo,
lit, fell at his knees, i.e, embraced them
by way of supplication —(y) xeqnrew
yovu v. yovard tev, to bend the knee or
knees to any one, i.e. to kneel, sc. in
homage, adoration, etc, Rom. 14: 11
uot xipya név yoru, quoted from Ie,
45: 23, where Sept. f for 733 92. Rom.
11:4, Phil. 210. in supplication, Eph.
%& 14.—Sept. for 137) 1 Chr. 29: 20,

Tovunetéa, 6, f. ow, (yorv and
miate, meoiiv,) lit. to fall upon one’s
knees, i. ©. to kneel, seq. accus. or dat. of
person; so by way of supplication,
Matt. 17:14. Mark 1:40. in reverence,
Mark 10: 17, in mock Romage, 200.

goody tiv0g Matt. 27: 29, — Eurip.
mer 300. [298.] Polyb. 15. 29. 9.

Tecppc, atos, 1d, (yedpo,) a
picture, Ael. V. H. 2.3, 44. In N. T.
lit. the written, i.e. something written or
cut in with the stylus, in the ancient
manner of writing, viz.

2) a letter, ac. of the alphabet. Luke
23: 38 yeduaos Uigruxoig. Gal. 6:11
analog yoappacs, with how many let-

163

TI papmatevs

—(y) writings, a book, etc. e.g. of Moses,
John 5: 47. of the O.T. i.e. the scrip-
tures, 2 Tim. 3: 15. So John 7: 15,
since the Jews had no other literature.
Sept. ft, Fr BO Bath. 6: 1.—Joa, Ant. 5.

Ye. ib. 16.10. 4 ult. — (3) trop. the
cortng, he letter, i.e. the literal or ver-
bal meaning, in antith. to the spirit, 10
aveipa; spoken of the Mosaic law,
Rom. 2 27, 29, 7:6. 2Cor. 3: 6 bis, 7.

c) letters, learning, a8 contained in
books, etc. Acts 26:24, Sept. "BQ
Des. oh 4.—Ceb. Tab. 34. Eurip. Hip-

954, (966.]

ae pammcrerc, dos, 8, (yedper)
@ writer, scribe.

a) in the Greek sense, a public officer
in the cities of Asia Minor, whose duty
it seems to have been to preside in the
senate, to enrol and have charge of the
laws and decrees, and to read what was
to be made known to the people; a
public clerk, secretary, etc. Acts 19: 35.
— Dem. 485, 18. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 37.
The office of yeappersis varied much
in different places. See Potter's Gr.
Ant. I. p.78, 88. Boeckh Staatshaush.
der Ath. I, p.1982q. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. 176.

b) in the Jewish sense ; in Sept. like
Heb. “9b, the king’s scribe, secretary of
state, 2 Sam. 8: 17, 20: 25. mililary
clerk, 2K, 25:19, 2 Chr, 26: 11. —
1 Mace, 5: 42, — Later, in Sept. and in
N. T. a acribe, i.e. one skilled in the
Jewish law, an interpreter of the scrip- :
tures, @ lawyer. The scribes had tho
charge of transcribing the sacred books, “
of interpreting difficult passages, and of
deciding in cases which grew out of the
ceremonial law. Their influence was
of course great; and since many of
them were members of the Sanhedrim,
we often find them mentioned with of

Birepos and of dozugeis, Matt. 2:4.

tera, i, e. at how great length; others mgsoBvrego.

refer thisto b.a. Sept. for n3n3 Lev.
19: 28.—Diod. Sic. 1. 81.

b) a writing, i.e. any thing written,
Eedr. 3: 9,13. In N. T. (a) an epis-
Ue, letter, Acts 28: 21. Gal. 6: 11, eee in
a—I Mace. 5: 10. Xen. H. G, 1.1, 15.
—(6) a bill, bond, note, Luke 16: 6, 7.—
Jos. Ant. 18.6.3. So of accounts of ex-
penses etc. Dem. 1202. 2, Lys. 906. 12,

5:20, 7: 20, 12: YB, 0: 18. 21: 15. al.
They are also called yopsxol,

cxalos, comp. Mork 12: 28 with Matt.
22:35, 80 Sept. for Heb. no pid
1 Chr, 27:32 Ezra7:6. Neh. 8:1.—
Ecclus. 10:5. 2 Mace. 6:18, — Hence
by impl. one i @ scholar, &
learned teacher sc. of religion, Matt. 13:
52, 28: 34. 1Cor. 1:20, An

Ipantos

Teantos, yj, ov, (yedqe,) writ-
ten, inscribed, trop. Roi, 2:15, Comp.
Jer, 31: 33.

Tcepi, 75, 4s (vetpo,) a picture,
Ael. V.H. 2, 2, 44. a writing, 1 Mace.
12; 21, Herodian, 1. 17. 9. Thuc. 1.
134,—In NT. ¥ yoags} and al yoagal,
scripture, the scriptures, i, e. of the Jews,
the Old Test. Matt. 21; 42, John 5: 39.
Acts 8 32. Rom. 9:17. al. yeapat
éylat Rou 2, Sept. for 3n> Ezra
6 18—In 2 Pet. 3: 16 some think the
writings of Paul and other apostles are
meent. — By synecd, put for the con-
tents of scripture, i. e. scripture declara-
tion, promise, etc. Matt. 22:20. Mark
12:24. John 10:35. Acts 1:16. James
2 23. al. scripture prophecy, Matt. 26:
54, 56. Luke 4: 21. Rom. 16:26. An.

Tecegeo, £ yw, to grave or cut in,
to insculp, Sept. for stp 1 K. 6: 28.
Hom. Il. 6. 169. to aketch, to picture,
Ael. V. H. 2. 3, Xen. Cyr. 1.2.13. In
N.T. to write, viz.

8) pp. to form letters with a stylus,
in the ancient manner, so that the Iet-
ters were cut in or graven upon the
material ; absol. John 8: 6,8. 2 Thess.
8: 17 oft vedom, i.e. this is my hand.
—Xen, Mem. 4. 2. 20.—In the sense of
to write upon, i.e. to fill with writing,
4. q. émiygdiqa, Rev. 5:1,

b) to write, i, e. to commit to writing,
to express by writing ; c. accus. expr.
or impl John 19: 21,22 3 yéyeaga,
yiygapa, 20: 80,31. 21: 24, 25. Luke
1: 63. 16: 6,7. Rom. 16: 22, Rev. 1:
11. 10:4. 14: Lal, Sept. for sn> Ex.
24:4. 1 Sam. 10: 25. — Herodian.
17.1. Xen. H. G. 3. 3. 10.—Spoken of
what is written or contained in the
scriptures, Mark 1:2. John 8: 17. Luke
34. al. So yéyoantac, 16 yeygappe-
vow, etc. it is written, as a formula of
citation, Matt. 4: 4, 6, 7, 10. 26: 31.
Luke 4: 4,8, 10. Rom. 1:17. 2:24, al.—
Constr. with prepositions, viz. dca tv0s,
by any one, Matt. 2:5. Luke 18: 31.
ént 10 Mark 9: 12,13, and énl un
John 12 16, of or concerning any one.
megl tog, of oF concerning any one,
Matt. 11: 10, 26: 24. John 5: 46. Seq.
dat. of pers. of or concerning whom,
Luke 18:31. In a similar sense, to

164

Tenyogta

write about, to describe, seq. accus. John
1: 46. Rom. 10:5. So Sept. for 3n3
Ezra 3:2. Neh. 10: 34, 36. — Comp.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4, 1.

c) to write, i.e. to compose or pre-
pare in writing ; e.g. Bifiloy Gnogta-
clov Mark 10:4. éxiypapiy Luke 2%
88. dnctodijy Acts 23:25. 2 Pet. 3:1.
Sept. for amz Ezra 4: 6, 8.— Plut.
Caes. 54, Xen. Ag. 1. 1.

d) to write to any one, i.e. to make
known by writing, seq. accue. and dat.
2 Cor. 1:18 od vag Elka yodqoper tpir.
Phil. 3:1. seq. dat. Rom. 15: 15. 2 Cor.
24, 2John 12, Rev.21. seq. dat.
and 614, 1 John 2 12, 13,14. absol.
2 Cor. 2:9, Sept. for 3n3 Esth. 3: 12.
—Plut, Cie. 37. id. Pomp. 29.— So of
written directions, instructions, infor-
mation, ete. Acts 15:23. 18:27. 25: 26
bis. 1 Cor. 5:9. 7:1, 14: 37. 2 Cor.
91. So 1 Thess, 4:9 ob zoelar §, Exes
recur iptv, and 5:1 od x0. iy. ¢
yedpeoGa1, see on these iGo. ‘Buum.
§ 140, 3—Hence yoages évrolijy tire,
to write a precept or command to any
one, i.e. to prescribe, Mark 10:5. 1 John
2:7, absol. Mark 12:19. Luke 20: 28.
So yéygamtan, it is prescribed, Luke 2
23. al. So Sept. and an2 2 K. 17: 37.
Ezra 3: 4.—Tob. 1: 6. Esdr. 6: 17, coll.
‘Ezra 5: 13. Ael. V. H. 6. 10 rouor. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 43, 44,

e) fo inscribe, e.g. one’s name in a
book, register, etc. Luke 10:20. Rev.
13:8. 17:8.al. See in So
Sept. and 3n2 Ps, 69: 28. 139: 16, Ax.

Tpacsdye, eoc, ous, 6, 4, adj.
(yenis,) old wife's, old-womanish, silly,
1 Tim. 4: 7, — Strabo Geog, J. p. 32.
A.

Tenyogew, @, £. sow, (tysign,
perf. 2 éygijyopa,) & new present form,
belonging only to the later age of
Greek ; Buttm, § 114 in éysige. Phryn.
ed. Lob. p. 118,119, Sturz de Dial.
Alex. p. 157.—to wake, to keep awake, to
toatch, intrans.

a) pp. Matt 24: 43, 26:.38, 40, 41.
Mark 19: 34. 14: 34, 37,38. Luke 12:
37, 39. Sept. for wz Neh. 7: 2
‘apo Jer. 5: 6.— 1 Mace. “12:27, Jos.
Ani. 11. 3. 4. ° Plut. Mor. II. p. 20. ed.
Tauchn. Achill. Tat. Erot. 4. 17.

Tvpvate

b) trop. to watch, i.e. to be vigilant,
attentive, etc. Matt. 24: 42, 25:13. Mark
13: 35,37. Acts 20:31. 1 Cor. 16:13.
1 Thees, 5:6. 1Pet.5:8, Rev. 3: 2,3.
16:15. Sept. for Ipu Jer. 1:12 Dan.
Od, ping (r. 7p) Lam. 1: 14, —
So yenyogity “tv 1H mooavzi xt. 1. tobe
assiduous in, Col. 4: 2,

€) trop. fo wake, i. €. to live, 1 Thess,
5:10, where aadevduy, to sleep, is in
like manner referred to death.

Tupvatter, £. dacs, (yourés,) pp. to
practise gymnastic exercises, as one of
the athletae, Arr. Diss, Ep. 4. 4, 11.
to exercise daily sc. in the palaestra,
ib. 4.4.8. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 10.

7
savtar m905 sbcéfeuey. Heb. 5: i ie
AL. — Arr. Diss. Epict. 1. 26. 3 yupvd—
Covew juds of prlocoges éni ris Feo
gas. Jos. Ant. 3.1.4. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 1. 5. pp. Athen. Lp. 25. D,’
wpd¢ OgreoIngevtinyy. — 2 Pet, 214
sagdlay veyouvaguivay nsoveslas, train-

d, practised, in covetougness ; for the
gen! sce Matth. § 346. n. 1. comp.
Buttm. § 192. 5. 1.

Tupvacia, as, %, (yypreite,) gym-
mastic exercise, sc. in the palaestra, Ael.
V.H.2.5. and 00 earlier yuurdaior,
‘Xen.Oec. 10.11. comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 517, In N. T. evercise, training.
1 Tim. 4:8 coparuch yunvacta, bodily
exercise, in antith. with v.7, i.e. ascetic
training, mortifiention of bodily appetites
etc. as described in v.3, coll. Col. 2:23.
— Hesych. yuzracta: doxnou, pedéry.
Comp. Arr. Diss, Epict. 1.7. 12. Polyb.
4.7.6,

Tuprnreva, £. riow, (yuprimns, fr.
yupves,) to be naked, or as in Eng. to be
half-naked, to be poorly clad, 1 Cor. 4:
11.—Nicet. Annal, 10. 6 yupy. Sxiov,
to be unarmed. So yuprjrys, 0 light-
armed soldier, Xen. An. 4.

Toupvee, Ty Ov, naked, i. e.

a) pp. in respect to the body, viz.
(a) wholly nude, without any clothing ;
perhaps Mark 14: 51,52. trop. Rev. 16:
15, 17:16, Sept, for pang Gen. 2:25,
Job 1:21, tiny Geo. 3: 7, 10, 1. —
Xen. Ag. 1. 28, — (8) Spoken of one

165

Tvvacxeiog

who has on no outer garment, and is
clad only in the tunic, zirer, rn2,
whieh fitted close to the body. John
21:7, Acts 19: 16, prob. Mark 14: 51,
52, See Jahn § 120, So Sept. and
Ding 1 Sam, 19: 24. Is, 20: 2.— Test.
XII Patr. I. p. 709, of Joseph, comp.
Gen. 39:12. Ael. V.H.6. 11. Xen.
An. 1. 10.3.—(y) Asin Engl. half-naked,
i. e. poorly clad, destitute as to clothing,
implying penury and want, Matt. 25:
36, 38, 48, 44. James 2:15. So Sept.
for ziaah "2 Job 31:19. ping Job
24:7, Is. 58: 7.—Trop. destitute'sc. of
spiritual goods, etc. Rev. 3: 17.

b) trop. spoken of the soul as disen-

* cumbered of the body in which it had

been clothed, 2Cor. 5:3, although being
now clothed, ob yupvol sign Dhodusde,
i.e. our souls will not strictly be
found naked, but our bodies will be
glorified, etc. comp. v. 4 and 1 Cor. 15:
51 aq, — Orig, c. Cele. 2. 43, (Xquotds)
Ypri}_ oeparos yeriuevos yurh tals
Yopvals coparen aplles yrzais. Clem.
Alex. Strom. 5. 11. Plato Crat. 20.
yupiy yypryy tot cepatos.

¢) spoken of any thing as taken
alone, abstractly, separate from every
thing else, naked, mere, bare, ©. g. yuprsy
xoxxoy, 1 Cor. 15: 37. — Clem. "om.
Ep. 1 ad Cor. §24 oxigueta dso
mtarruney sis viv yy Enga xab youd.

d) metaph. uncovered, open, manifest,
seq. ois d@pPalpois, Heb. 4:13. So
Sept. for ning Job 26: 6.—Clem. Alex.
Strom.1.5 yuprir léyor. Jos. Ant6.15.4.

Tupvorne, 1108, 4, (yuprds,) na-
edness, i.e, in N. T.

8) spoken of the state of one who is
poorly clad ; see in yupyos a. y. Rom.
8 35, 2 Cor. 11: 27, 80 Sept. and
tinry Deut. 28: 48.

b) by euphemism, for the parts of
shame, trop. Rev. 3: 18. So Sept.
yopreats for Heb. 1779 Gen. 9: 22, 23.

Tvvaixcguy, ov, 26, (dim. of
yuri) 4 little woman, muliercula, i. e. in
contempt, a weak, sity woman, 2 Tim.
‘3: 6.—Mare. Anton. 5. 11.

Tuvaxeiog, ela, siov, (wi)
womanly, womanish, female, 1 Pet. 3
7 cvvossvinis be doSererrigy oxsins 6
rraimaly, éxorduortes t1sir, where 25

Ton
urcuaxeley is dat. of the abstr. neut. 13
yuvainior, a woman, wife, iq. Uris
or else it qualifies oxeves in a similar
sense ; see Zxsios. Sept. for gen. Twit
Lev. 18 22 Deut. 22: Ken, Mem
27.5.

Tunj, auxes, 9, vor. & piv, o
woman, one of the female sex, viz.

a) genr. Maw. 14:21, 15:38. Acts 2%
4, 1 Cor. 11: 12. al, saep. Sept. for
mute Gen. 2: 22, 23,—Ken. Mem. 2. 1.
30.—BSpoken ofa young w maiden,
damsel, Luke 22: 57, coll. v. 56. (Gal. 4:
4.) So Sept. for mee Esth. 2: 4.—Of
an adult woman, Matt. 5:28. 9: 20, 22.

* 11: 11, Rev. 12: 1, 4. al. saep.

b) with a gen. or Eyes, or the adj.
tmavdeog Rom. 7: 2, it implies relation
to some man, viz. (a) one betrothed, a
wide but not yet married, Matt. 1: 20,

(comp. v. 18.) Luke 2 5, So
Sepe and wx Lev. 19:20. Deut. 22:
24, coll. v. 38—Xen. H. G, 4. 1.7. —
Trop. of the church as the bride of
Christ, Rev. 19:7. 21:9, Comp. Ez. 16:
8 sq.—(A) a married woman, wife, Matt.
5: 31, 32, 14:8, 18:25. Mark 6: 18.
Luke 1:18, 24, 8: 3. Rom. 7:2. 1 Cor.
7:2. al. eaep, So Sept. and suit Gen.
A: 3.eq. al. saep. — Xen. An. 1. 2.12
—(7) 1 Cor. & 1 dots puree sd
tot rears _Exsr, a stepmother, 80 Bept.
and ne Lev. 18: 8.—(3) @ widow,
with mee, ike 4: 26, absol. Matt, 22:
A, Mark 12 19. Luke 20: 29,

166

Aap -

¢) inthe voc. & yives, in a direct ad-
dress, expressive ¢ of kindness or respect ;
Matt. 15:28 6 ytvas, comp. 9: 22 where
it is Svyorep. Luke 13: 12. John 2 4.
4; 21, 20: 13,15. 1 Cor, 7: 16. — Joe.
Ant. 1. 16. 3. Hoi, Il. 3.204. Xen.
Cyr. 5.1.6. AL

Tay, indec. Gog, Heb. 352. This
name is applied in the O. T. Ez. c. 38,
39, to the king of a people called Magog,
inhabiting regions far remote from Pal-
estine. By Magog, the ancients would
‘seem to have intended the northern na-
tions generally, which they also called
2xv9ol. InN. 'T. the name Gog is also
apparently spoken of s similar remote
people, who are to war against the Mes-

siah. Rev. 20: 8,

Ponte, @S, %, an angle, a corner,
ie.
a) an exterior projecting corner, Matt.
6: 5 é tats yovlais tay mlatedy, at the
corners of the streets, i. ©. where several
streets meet, in the most public places.
—For 4 xpali yuvios, see under
oyemaios, Matt. 21: 42, Mark 12
10, Luke 20: 17. Acts 4: 11, 1 Pet. &
7. — Rev. 7:1 and 20:8 ai tivcuges
yevlas tig iis, the four corners (quar-
ters) of the earth. — Sept. for mp Ex.
R7: 2. Ez, 43; 20.— Xen. Laced. 12, 1.
b) an interior angle, and by impl. «
dark corner, Acts 26: 26 éy yavig, ina
corner, i.e. secretly. — Hist. Sus. 38.
Arr. Dies, Epict. 2. 12 17,

A,

<taBi, 6, indec. written also david

or Aavid as in Sept. and Josephus,
David, Heb, 177 (beloved), later 1717,
(Gesen. Lebrg. p.51,) the celebrated
king of the Israelites and founder of the
Jewish dynasty, reigned A.C.1055--1015.
For his life see 1 Sam. c. 16 —2 Sam.
fin. 1 Chr, c. 12—30, + In N. T. pj
Matt. 1:6,17. "1% 3, 2: 43, 45. al. Heb.
4:7 d» Safit, i.e. in the book of Duvid,
the Psalms ; comp. Ps. 95: 7.~'O vlog,

AaBI8, the son of David, i, 0. descended
from him ; spoken’ of Joseph the hus-
band of Mary, Matt, 1: 20; often ap-
plied to Jesus as a title of the expected
Messiah, Matt. 9: 27. 1223, 15: 22
20: 30,81, Mark 10: 47, 48. al. Sep
but not in John’s writings. So 4 ¢f«
4afid, in the same sense, Rev. 5: 5.
22: 16. coll. Is, 11: 1, 10, Hence the
kingdom or reign of the Measiah ia
designated

by the appellations: 7,

Aaipovizouat

Positsla rob dapld, Merk 11: 10. 6
4. Luke 1: a i, opi 4 4.

Apts 15: 16, coll. Amos 9: 11.

200 Japid, Rev. 3 7, coll. hates

and Matt. 16:19. At.

Aaporiouc, f. looper, (Saluer,)
i. q. daspdnor Fm, to have a demon, i.e.
to be afflicted, vexed, possessed, with an
evil spirit, fo be a demoniac ; Matt, 4:24.
8: 16, 28, 33, 9: 32 12: 2 15: 2
Mark 1: 32, 5: 15, 16, 18. Luke 8: 36,
Jobo 10: 21, coll. v. 20, — It is much
disputed, whether the writers of the
NN. T. used this word to denote the ac-
tual presence of evil spirits in the per-
sons affected, or whether they em-
ployed. it only in compliance with pop-
vlar usage and belief; just as we now
use the word lunatic without assenting
to the old opinion of the influence of
the moon. A serious difficulty in the
way of this latter supposition is, that
the demoniacs every where at once ad-
dress Jesus as the Messiah ; e.g. Matt.
8:29, Mark 1:24. 5:7. Luke 4: 34.
8:28, See Jos, Ant. 6. 8. 2, and 8.2.5.
Jabn § 1928q. Storr Opusc. Acad. I.
p. 53e8q. Kuinoel on Matt, 4:28, Ole-
bausen on Matt. 8: 28. Appleton’s
Lect. 255—27. — The form dasporlzopae
belongs to the later Greek, instead of
the earlier Saioréo, Blomfield ad
Aeschyl. Choeph. 558. Sept. c. Theb.

1003. —Syob. aK). 196, lo aaomeall
7 [pel oe ae ‘30, (neut. of adj.

Sarpdr.0s,) demon, i. ©.

. a) genr. a god, deity, spoken of the
heathen gods, Acts 17: 18,— Jos. B. J.
1.2 8. Diod. Sic, 20.20. Xen. Mem.
Ld

b) spoken of @ genius or tutelary de-
mon, e. g. that of Socrates, Xen. Mem.
4.8.1,5. Apol. Soc. 4. Comp. Dem.
415 ult. ib. 124. 46. — InN, T. in the
Jewish sense, a demon, i.e. an evil
spirit, devil, subject to Satan, Matt. 9
84. al. 8 fallen angel, ee in “Ayyelos 5
and i. q. mvetpa dxdSagror, Luke 8:29,
coll. v. 30.al. These spirits were sup-
posed to wander in desert and desolate
places, see the Sept. transl. of Is. 13: 21.
34: 14. Baruch 4: 35, comp. Matt. 12:
43 ; and also to dwell in the atmosphere,
Origen Exhort. ad Mart. §450q, id.c.

167

Aarpovuodns

Cels. 8. 20.89. Athenag. Apol. p.
comp. Eph, 22, They were thought -
to have the power of working miracles,

but not for good, Rev. 16: 14, coll. John ««: #8.

10: 21; to be hostile to mankind, John
8: 44; to utter the heathen oracles, Acts
16: 17; and to lurk in the idols of the
heathen, which are hence called Sayd-
via, devils, 1 Cor. 10: 20 bis, 21 bis.
Rev. 9:20, comp. Sept. Deut. 32: 17.
Pa. 91:6, 106:37. Baruch 4:7. They
are spoken of as the authors of evil to
mankind, both moral, | Tim. 4:1. James
2:19. comp. Eph. 6:12; and also physi-
cal, viz. by entering into a person, thus
rendering him a demoniac and afflict-
ing him with various diseases, etc. see
in SomorlZopas. comp. Jos. Ant. 6.8.2.
ib. 6. 11. 3. Fabr. Cod. Pseudep. V. T.
I, p. 588. So in the phrases: («) eio-
HAOer ta datpoven sig teva, demons
had entered into him, Luke 8: 30, coll.
¥. 33.—Jos. Ant. 6.11.2 tidy Jaiporlen
tyxad9elopivan, Fabr. Cod. Peeud. V-T.
I. p.678 8 Bicifolos obxerottas abroy ds
Tov oxsiios. — (8) datudvtov Eyerv, to
have a devil, i.e. to be a demoniac, i. q.
SarporiterBar, Luke 4: 83, 8:27. Spok-
en by the Jews of Jesus, John 7: 20.
8: 48, 49, 52. 10: 20. of John the Bap-
fist, Matt, 11:18, Luke 7:33.—(y) Z&¢o-
Hoda’ éx or and twos, to come out of,

latt. 17: 18. Mark 7: 29, 30. Luke 4:
35, 41. 8: 2, 33, 35,38, 11: 14.—(9) éx-
Baddety ro Gatpdrec, to cast out devile,
Matt. 7: 22. 9: 34. 10: 8, 12: 24, 27,28.
Mark 1: 34, 39, 3: 15, 22. 6: 13, 726.
9: 38. 16: 9,17. Luke 9: 49, 11: 14,15,
18, 19,20, 13:82, Pass, Matt. 9: 33,
This was done by Christ in his own
divine authority, and by the apostles in
his name, (Luke 11: 15, 9 1. 10: 17,
comp. Acts 19: 13.eq.) but the Jews
charged him with doing it by authority
of Satan, who is called éezav tiv Sa
povloy, Matt. 9:34. 12:24. Mark 3: 22.
Luke 11: 15, See the Jewish form of
exorcism in the name of Solomon, Jos.
Ant. 8, 2, 5.—(s) Where the acts ete. of
demons thus dwelling in persons are
spoken of, Mark 1: 34. Luke 9: 1, 42,
10; 17. John 10; 21.

Aatuovuadns, 205, ous, 6, 4, adj.
(csporior,) pp. godlike, divine ; in N.

Aolwer

‘T. demon-like, James 3: 15. —
Symm. for 17037 Ps. cy 6, where Sept.
Saysrior.

Aaiper, ovos, 5, i, demon, i. q.
Saypdrioy, i.e. a god, Hom. Tl. 1. 222;

in N.T. a demon, an evil spirit, devil, 10.

Mart. 8:31. Mark 5:12. Luke 8: 29.
Rey. 18:2. also 16: 14 in text. rec.
See Jaipdrov.—Act. Thom. § 12, 20,
40.

Aarxveo, £. diitopes, to bite, to ating,
trans. Aelian, V. H. 14.4, Xen. Anab.
3.2. 18. In N.‘T. metapb. to thwart,
ver, irritate. Gal 5:15 8 dd dldqlous
Scixrere—Arrian. Diss Epict. 2, 22 dci-
svey GAlylous xat Jodogeiadas, Xen.
Cyr. 1.4. 13.

daxgu, vos, 76, and daxquor, vou,
16,atear, Rev. 7:17. 21:4. r0ig ddxguew
Luke 7: 38, 44. rd déxgua, tears,
weeping, 2Tim.1:4, dud nol. &
2 Cor. 24, pert: Jaxgtew, Mark 9:24.
Acts 20: 19, 31. Heb. 5: 7. 12: 17.
Sept. & denguas for Bary Ps, 6: 7.
Lam. 211. | a Sdxguar' 2'K, 20: 5.
Lam. 1; 3. — Ael. V.H. 14. 22, Xen.
Occ. 10. 8.

Aaxpue, f. dow, (Sdxgu,) to shed
tears, to weep, intrans. John 11: 35 £6c—
zgvoer 6 "Inoois. — Jos, Ant. 2.4. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.7.

ext hug, ov, 6, (Sdxtvios) a
JSinger-ring, Luke 15: 22; given as a
mark of honour etc. comp. Gen. 41: 43
and Esth, 8: 2, where Sept. for n20.
—1 Mace. 6: 15. Xen. An. 4, 7. 27.

Aaxwwios, ov, 6, « finger, Matt.
23: 4. Mark 7: 33. Luke 11: 46. 36:24.
John &: 6. 20: 25,27. Sept. for 53x
Lev. 4: 6. Cant. 5:6. — Xen. Eq. 6.8.
—By meton. 6 dcixrvdos tot S208, for
the power of God, Luke 11: 20, coll.
Matt 1228 where it io zrvina to
Bo Sept. and ovjbx vaxy Ex. 8: 15.
Ps. & 4,

AahpavovPd, 4, pr. name of a
city or village near Magdala, Mark 8: 10,
coll. Matt. 15: 39; probably on the
‘western shore of the lake of Gennesa-
reth, a little north of Tiberias,

168

Aapacxos '

Aahuatia, as, 4, Dalmatia, a
provines of Europe on the east of the
‘Adriatic sea, forming part of Illyricum,
and contiguous to Macedonia. Hither
Titus wes sent by Paul to spread the
knowledge of Christianity. 2 ‘Tim. 4:

Aapata, i. 9. dapce, £. doe, to
subdue, to tame, trans. James 3: 7 bis.
Mark 5: 4. trop. ry yldooay, James 2:
8, coll, Ecclus. 28: 189q. Sept. for
Chald. bytt and >29 Dan. 2: 40, —
Xen. Mem. 4, 1.3, trop. Jos, Ant. 3.
5.3 godrmua. Hom. Il, 9.492 Sipor,

stewcdec, e005, 4, (Sapdte,) a
heifer, Heb. 9: 13, coll. Num. 19: 2 9q.
where Sept. for 7178 as also Hos, 4:16,
for riba Is. 7:21. ‘15 5.—Lucian. Dial.
Deor. 3.11. Comp. Jos. Ant 4, 4. 6.

Acpagic, dos, 4, Damaris, a
woman of Athens who was led by
Paul's preaching to embrace Chris
tianity, Acts 17: 34.

Aapasxnyoe, 7, oy, belonging to
Damascus, a Damascene, 2 Cor. 11: 3

Aapasxoc, ov, %, Damascus,
Heb. piggy, a celebrated city of Syria,
first mentioned Gen. 14: 15, and now
probably the oldest city on the globe.
It stands on the river Chrysorrhoes, or
Barradi, in a beautiful plain on the E.
and 8. E. of Anti-Libanus, open to the
S. and E. and bounded op the other
sides by the mountains. The region
around it, including probably the valley
between the ridges of Libanus and
‘Anti-Libanus, is called in the. Serip-
tures Syria of Damascus, DIX PPRt
2 Sam. 8:5; and by Strabo, Coclesyria,
16. p. 1095. In the days of Paul, the
city was so much thronged by Jews,
that according to Josephus 10,000 of
them were put to death at once; and
most of the females of the city were
converts to Judaism ; Joe. B. 3.2 20.2.
At this period the city was properly
under the Roman dominion ; but was
held for a time by Aretas; see in
*Agiras. It is atill called by the Arabs
Demesk, or also El Shém. See Calmet.
Rosenm. Bibl, Geog. I. ii. p. 284. —
Acts % 2, 3, 8, 10, 19,22, 27. 2% 5, 6, 10,

day

11, 96 12,90, 2Cor.11:92 Gal...
17,

ay, 5, indec. Don, Heb. 47 (a
judge), pr. name of the fifth son of Ja-
cob, born of Bilhab, and head of one of
the tribes. In the list of the tribes,
Rev. 7: 5, 6, that of Dan is found only
in a few Mas.

Aewvetta, £. slaw, (Séveor,) to lend
money, to loan, in N. T. without inter-
est, intrans, .

a) genr. Luke 6: 34 bis, 35; see in
“Andale. Sept. for 75 Deut. 28:
44, Prov. 19: 17. — Ecclus. 29: 1, 2
Xen. Cyr. 3.1.34. So énd réxy, Dem.
13. 19. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.25,

b) Mid. davecfopat, to cause to lend
moncy to one’s self, i.e. to borrow money,
Matt. 5:42. So Sept. and mb Neb.
&: 4. — Theophr. Char. 16 or 9. 3.
Xen. Mem. 2.7.2. See Lob. ad Phryn,
p. 468.

Aeevevov, ov, 16, (neut, of ddve-
os fr. Sdvos,) adebt, i.e. for money
lent, Matt, 18:27. Sept. for mp2 Deut,
24: 11.—Diod. Sic, 1.79,

Aavaorje, ov, 3, (Sareite,) a
creditor, Luke 7:41, Sept. for S131
2K. 4:1. Pe. 10% 11.—Herodian. 7.7.7.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn, p. 468.

Alavi, i, indec. Daniel, Heb.
deez v. basa (a judge from God),
Pr. name of the celebrated Jewish
prophet who lived and wrote at Baby-
Jon in the time of the captivity. Matt.
94:15, Mark 13: 14,

Aanavaw, &, f. jou, (Sandy)
to spend, to be at expense, trans.
Mark 5: 26. absol. 2 Cor, 12: 15.— Bel
and Drag. 3. Xen. An. 1.1.8, ib. 1.3.3,
—Acts 21: 24 andyqcor én’ airois, i.e.
be at the expense of their sacrifices, wc. on
the completion of a vaw; see Joa. B. J.
2.15.1. comp. Ant. 19.6.1.—In a
bad sense, to waste, to consume, trans,
Luke 15: 14. absol. James 4!3,—1Macc,
14: 82. Thue. 7, 47.

Aanavn, ne, 4, (Sante to devour,)
expense, cost, Luke 14: 28. Sept. for
Nnpo? Ezra & 4, 8 — 1 Macc. 3: 30.
Xen. ‘Mem. 3. 6. 6.

22

169

dé

Ae, a particle standing after one or
two words in a clause, strictly adversa-
tive, but more frequently denoting tran-
sition or conversion, and serving to
introduce something else, whether oppo-
site to what precedes, or simply con-
tinuative or explanatory ; see Buttm.
§149, p. 425. Winer § 57. 4, and 6. n.
Viger. p. 542 eq. and Herm. ib. p. 845.
Hence, in general, but, and, also, namely,
ete,

1. Adversative, buf, on the contrary,
on the other hand, etc.

a) simply, Mat. & 6 od 63, Stay
mgoorizn, deehde x,t. 2. ¥. 15 coll. v.14.
v. 17 coll. v. 16 Luke 1% 9, 10. John
1: 12. 15: 24, Acts 12:9. Rom. 6: 22
2Cor.6:10. 2 Tim. 216. Heb. 4: 15.
al. saep. — So before answers implying
contradiction, etc.’ Luke 12: 14. 13: 8.
Acts 12 15. 19: 2,3, 4.

b) in the formula péiv—dé, indeed—but,
though often not to be rendered at all
in English; see Buttm. 1. c. p. 426,
Acts 9:7. 23:8. Rom. 27,8. 1 Cor.
1:12. 15:39, 2Cor. 10:1. al. Comp.
in Mey,

II. Continuative, but, now, and, aleo,
and the like.

a) genr. and after introducing a new
Paragraph or sentence ; Matt. 1: 18 tod
88°T. Xo. i yéveas ottag jy. 29. 3:1.
Mark 16: 9. Luke 12: 11, 16, 13: 6,10.
15: 11,17, Acts 6.1, 2,8, 9. 9: 7, 8,
1 Cor. 14:1. 16: 1, 15: 17, al. saep. —
In this way it is sometimes emphatic,
espec. in interrogative clauses, as 2Cor.
6: 14,15, 16. Gal. 4:20 ijSehor 34, I
could wish indeed.

b) where it takes up and carries on a
thought which had been interrupted,
then, therefore, etc. Matt: 6: 7 ngoasuys~
wevor dé. Jobn 15: 26. Rom. 5:8. 2Cor.
10: 2. James 2 15—So in an apodosis
after a for dnel, Acts 11: 17 dy 8a sig
jiu. Comp. Matth. § 616.3. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 785.

c) as marking something added by
way of explanation, example, etc. bul,
and, namely, for example, to wit, etc.
Mark 4: 37 1a 3d xiwara éniBadey, and
the waves, i.e. #0 that the waves. 16:
8 lye 08 aibtds todpos, trembling also
seized them, etc. where some translate
Jor, i. gq. yd9, but without necessity.

Adena

John 6: 10 jv 88 zégros wobis ty 1H
tomy, now there was, or there ry much
grass, etc. Acts 23:13, Rom. 3: 22.
1 Cor.10: 11, 15:56. Comp, Winer
Le

6 Butter, A) sai dé, where xa! always has the

Gf aceortonse of alta, ie. and also, Mark 36

Wee
ner,

dé has

Hersse ,

& wah Gide 06 nloia jy st aitot. John
AGA: W%. Acts 5:32. See Buttm. lc
, 425. AL.

Aas Tes Aenorg, ec, 4, (Béouar,) want, need,

xai co #eAeschin. Dial. Soc. 2, 39, 40; in N.T.

Connohies,

as

prayer, viz,

a) pp. asthe expression of need, de-
sire, etc. supplication, petition, ac. for
one’s self, Luke 1:13, Phil. 4:6. Heb,
5:7. 1 Pet.3:12, So Sept. for npr
Job 27:19. mere Ps. 39: 13. 02
minn 1 K. 8: ; 30.—Baruch 4: 13.—
In_bebalf of others, Phil. 3: 19. James
5:16, seq. ing Rom. 10:1. 2 Cor.
4:11. 9:14, Phil.J:4. 1 Tim. 2:1.
seq. sxapi Eph. 6: 18.

b) genr. spoken of any prayer, Luke
% 87. 5:33, [Acts 1: 14.] Eph. 6 18.
Phil, 1: 4, 1 Tim. 5:5. 2 Tim. 1:3,

* Sept. for men 1K. 8: 45. 2 Chr. 6
40.—1 Mace. 7: 37. Herodian. 8. 4.25.
Dem, 53. 2.

Ai, imperf. Bes, infin, dev, impor-
sonal, pp. it needs, there is need of, sc.
something that is absent ar wantin,
seq. gen. Xen. Cyr. 4.3.10. ib.7. 38
In N.T. only with an infin, pres. or
aor. expr. or impl. and with or without
an accus. it needs, it is necessary, viz.

a) pp. from the nature of the case,

from a sense of duty, etc. one must.
Matt. 16: 21 Ste Ost abroy dmeldeiv tig
“Isgoooh
249. 4:43, Joho 3: 7,30. 1 Cor. 11:
19. Heb. 9: 26.—Polyb. 1. 54.4. Thuc.
2. 47,—8o spoken of what is made
necessary by divine appointinent 5 John
B14. U9 ase bet aiedy bx vexpdy
Gyacrivas, Acts 4: 12 dy g det owdiivar
pig. 14: 22. al.
Ep. Barnab. 5, te fve én} filou dy.
So of things unavoidable, must needs,
Matt. 24:6. Mark 13: 7. Acts 1: 16.
9:16. Rom. 1:27. 2 Cor. 11: 80.

b) spoken of what ie right and
proper in itself, or prescribed by law,
duty, custom, ete, it is right or proper,

170

.26: 35, Mark 14:31. Luke“

Aeluvus

one must, it ought, it should, ete. Luke
18: 14,16. Mark 13: 14. John 4: 20.
Acts 5: 29, 2 Tim. 2:6, Matt, 18: 33.
25: 27. — Sept. Job 15:3, Jos. Ant. 6
11.1. Herodian. 1.17.27. Polyb.7.5.
2. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 9.—So of what pru-
dence would dictate, Acts 27: 21.—See
also in Aéoy. Ax.

Aeiyuc, eros, 16, (Seberyus,) pp.

what is shown, a sample, specimen, Jos,
Ant.6.7.4. Polyb.3.69.3. In N.T.
an example, warning, Jude 7. comp.

2 Pet. 2: 6.—Theoph. ad Autol. lib. 2.
p-95,i.q.rémos. Lucian. Scyth. § 7.

Ascyporiveo, +f. low, (8diypo,) to
make an example to expose sc. to
shame, i. q. xagadeypariZw, absol. Col.
2: 15.— Others supply faurdy and
translate, to show forth one’s self, i. e. set
an example.—Not found in classic an-
thors.

Aetxvupe and decxvve, £. delge;
the former is the purer Attic form,
Buttm. § 106, n. 5; the latter occurs
Maw. 16:21. John 2 18. Rev. 228,
also Hesiod. “Egy. 421, 472. Ceb. Tab.
4.—lo show, trans. viz.

a) to point out, to cause to see, to pre-
sent lo the sight ; Matt. 4: 8 and Luke
4: 5 maoag tas facilelas tov xo;
Sohn Sth ok Ne 68, "So age
oeavtdy 26 ieget, show thyself to the priest,
i.e. present thyself for inspection, Matt.
8:4. Mark 1:44, Luke 5:14. So
Sept. for mar Deut 34:1, 4. Judg.
4:22, m9 3h'Ex. 15: 25, — Cob. Tab.
4, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 33.—So of what is
shown in vision, Rey. 1:1. 4:1. 17: 1.
21: 9, 10. 22: 1, 6, 8

b) to offer to view, to exhibit to display 5
John 20: 20 %eigey avtois tas ztigae.
Heb. 8: 5. Sept. for my Ex. 2% 9,
40.—B8o of deeds, etc. John 2: 18. 10:32.
1 Tim, 6:15. Sept. for PNT Mic. 7:
15.—Spoken of inward things, to maxi-

Jos, Ant. 3.5.5. fest, to prove, etc. James % 18 bis, 3:13.

comp. Sept. for "m1 Ps. 60: 5. 71: 20.
—Wied. 10: 14. Ken. Mem. 1. 2. 17.
c) to, show, to assign, so. for use,
e.g. avdyaipy piyo, Mark 14:15. Luke
22:12. Sept. for 4) Ex. 13: 21.
wal) metaph. to show se. by w
to direct ; Matt. 16 21. A

Aakle

H0:36.? 4 Cor. 1% 81. Bo Sept. for
srvimt I Sam. 12 93, "my Deut. 4: 5,
Is. 48: 17.—Xen. Mem. 1. 2 17, 18.

Audia, Gs, ty (eihis,) timidity,
2Tim. 1: 7 avsipa dallas, a spirit of
timidity, ig. nv. daddy. Sept. for 72°
Ps, 55:4. Singin Ps 89: 41.—1 Mace.
4:32, Herodian,' 2. 1. 22.

Aerhute, &, f. daw, (3ulds,) to be
timid, to be afraid, abeol. John 14: 27,
Sept. for 0073 Is. 13:7. ni} ff. no]
Deut. 1: 21. Josh. 10: 25, — 2 Maco,
15: 8. Classic writers prefer dsodelicie,
see Passow,

rion 7

Aches, 7, OF, (8elder,) timid, fear

eee Mark 4: 40. Rev. 21:

fy Judg. 7: 379

Deut oh 8 Eo jus. 37: 11. Joe. Ant,
6.11. 4. Dem. 405, 18,

Akiva, 6, %, 16, gen, dsivos, dat. 3sivs,
ace, dsive, some one, such an one; spok-
en of @ person or thing, whom one
does not know, or does not wish to
mame, Matt. 26: 18. Buttm. § 73.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 21, 704,

Avirg, adv. (Surds,) greatly, ve-

Matt, 8:6. Luke 11: 53.—Wisd.

17:3, Joa. Ant.3.1.1. Xen. H. G. 6.
2.25,

Aenvée, w, f. jou, (8:ixr0r,) to
mp, intrans. Luke 17:8. Sept. for p>
Prov, 23: 1.— Tob. 8 1. Ken. Mem. 2
7. 12.—Spoken of the paschal supper,
Luke 2% 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25, — Jos, Ant.
2, 14, 6.—In the sense of fo eat, to ban-
quet, as figurative of the Messiab’s king-
dom, Rev. 3:20. See in Iaipos a, —
Act. Thom. 5.

Aeinvoy, ov, 6, in Homer break-
Sast, D. 8.53, Od. 9.311; in Attic wri-
ters and in N.T. dinner or supper, viz.

a) pp. the chief meal of the Jews, and
also of the Greeks and Romans, taken
at or towards evening and often pro-
longed into the night ; hence genr. an

evening banquet, or a feast in general ;
Men 23: 6 Mark 6: 21. 12:39. Luke
‘Mz 42, 16, 17, 24. 20: 46. John 12 2.
So Sept. for Chald. nh Dan. ae _-
Jou, Ant. 1. 18.6. Hom, Od. 17,
Xen, Mem. 1.3. 6. ib, 3. 14 8. 7 bes

171

Aexanoks

Potter’s Gr. Ant. HI. p. 3520q. 361.
Comp. in “dgurov. — Ae figurative of
the Meesiah’s kingdom, Rey. 19: 9,17.
Bee in Tepos a.

b) spoken of the paschal supper, John
18: 2, 4. 21:90, of the Lord’s supper,
1 Cor. 11: 20; comp. in *ydxy 2.

c) meton. food sc. taken at supper,
1Cor. 11: 21. S80 Sept. for azmp Dan.
1:16. .

Aersdalpar, ovos, 6, 4, ad§:
(80ide, Salus) f fearing the gods, i.e. in
a good sense, reli; ly disposed, Xen.
Cyr.3.3.58, Ag. 11.8, in abad sense,

» Diod. Sic. 1, 62. Theophr.
Char, 22 or 16, — In N. T. in the first
sense, religiously disposed, spoken of the
Athenians, Acts 17: 22 decospomeors—
gous sc. 7 Glow, more than others;
see Winer § 36. 3, and n.3, Math.
§ 457. Comp. Pauean. Attic. c. 24 “497-
valous mepioadregsr 1 7 rots Eldous by
1a Oud ims onovdiig—Heaych. Suuot—
Salyer’ & eboePiig nad Sudig nage
Seog.

Aeadapovia, as, %, (Suodal-
par,) pp. fear of the gods, i. e. religioun
nesz, Diod. Sic. 1.70. Polyb. 6. 56. 7.
superstition, Theophr. Char. 22 or 16.
—In N.T. in the first sense, religious-
ness, ive. religion, Acts 25: 19. — Jos.
Ant. 10, 3.2.

Aéxc, of, af, ri, ten, Matt. 20: 24,
Mark 10: 41, al. Often put for any
specific number, Matt. 25: 1,28. Luke
15:8 19:13, 17, al. So Sept. and -
oy" Am. 5: 3, — Rev. % 10 Stiyig
Guigay dixa, of ten days, ic. for a
short time. So Sept. and yp Dan.
1:12 18am. 25: 38. Ax.

Aexadvo, twelve, Acts 19:7. 11.
So Sept. for may mnt; Ex. 28: 21.
sivy pry 1 Chr. 15:10. — The more
usual form is debdexa, Butum. § 70.

Aexanévre, fifteen, John 11: 18
Acts 27: 28, Gel. 1: 18. Sept. for
rryey_ WRyty Gen. 7: 20. — The more
usual form is mevtenaldex, Butt. § 70,

Aexcinodes, eae, %, (Sixe, 6115,)
Decapolis, i.e. the ten cities, a region 80
called embracing ten cities, all except-
ing Scythopolis ying im the country

Sexcrésoages

eset of the Jordan. Pliny and Ptolemy
agree as to eight, viz. Seythopolis,
‘po, Gadara, Dion, Pella, Gerasa, P|
delphia, Canatha; to these Pliny adds
Damascus and Raphana ; bat Prolemy

+ with more probability Capitolias
“Josephus aleo excludes Damascus ie
he calls Scythopolis the Iargest city of
the Decapolis. Plin. H. N. 5. 19.
Ptol. Geogr. 5.17. Jos. B. J. 3. 9. 7.—
Io N. T. Matt. 4:25, Mark 5: 20. 7:31.
See Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. II. ii. p. 11.
Reland, Palaest. p. 203.

Aexarésoages, cov, ob, ob, four-
teen, Matt. 1: 17 ter. 2Cor. 12:2, Gal.
21. Comp. Buttm. § 70.

Aexcitn, 6, %, (éxatos,) se. potga,
a tenth part, tithe, sc. of spoils, Heb. 7:
2,4; comp. Gen. 14: 20, where Sept.
for “p37. — Diod. Sic. 4, 21. Xen.
Anab, 5.3. 4, 13,—Spoken of the tithes
which by the Jewish law were to be
paid both from the produce of the earth
and from the increase of the flocks, etc.
Heb. 7: 8,9. See Lev. 27: 30, 31, 32,
where Sept. for nips72. Jabn § 390. —
Ecelus. 8% 9. Jos. Ant. 1. 19, 3.

Adxcctoc, n, ov, ordin. the tenth,
John 1: 40. Rev. 11:18% Hence +0
Béxatoy, the tenth part, tithe, Rev. 21:
20. So Sept. for “ity Lev. 27: 32.
nv eg Ler. 5:11. Ez. 45: 11,

Aaxccioa, 0, f. wow, (Sexirm,) to
fithe, trans, i.e. to receive tithes from,
Heb. 7:6, . q. Sexdzas hoyfidveey, in v.9.
Pasa. to be tithed, i.e. to pay tithes, Heb.
7:9, Sept. for vigg Neh. 10: 38.—Un-
known to the classic writers, who used
Sexateiw, a8 Xen. An. 5.3.9. See H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 677.

Aext0s, 1, OY, (Bizouar,) accepted,
{., metaph. acceptable, approved ; Luke
4: 24 obdels moogrmne Saxtds dors. Acts
10: 35. Phil. 4:18. Sept. for 71x73
Prov. 11:1. 14: 37, Te. 56: 7.—Ecelus.
2 5, G2 7. Hesych. dexrdg- dyeoros.
—By impl. favourable, propitious, spok-
en of a time, i.e. a time of favour,
Luke 4:19. 2Cor, 6: 2. Comp. Is,
49: 8, where Sept. for Fix>.

Aehectteo, £. caw, (Bileag bait,) to

172

Aekws

bait, to entrap, pp. Ken. Mem. 2. 1. 4.
In N. T. metaph. to entice, beguile, trans.
James 1:14, 2 Pet. 2: 14, 18 — Philo
de Agric. p. 202, & px ngo¢ Adorig
ddeacSiv exvotas, Jos. Ant. 8. 8. 4.
Herodian. 1. 12. 11.

dévdpor, ov, 10, a tree, Matt. 3:
10 bis. 7: 17 bis, 18 bis, 19, 12: 33 ter.
21: 8 Mark 11: 8 Luke 3: 9 bie.
6: 43 bis, 44, 21: 29. Jude 12, Rev. 7:
1,3. 8: 7. 9: 4.—Matt. 13: 32 and Lake
13: 19 ylreras dévdgor v. ele Bivdgor, ie.
tig dérdg0r, ec. in size, comp. Mark 4:
39, — Mark &: 24 Blinw tois dvoe. Ss
Bérdga, I see men as trees, i.e. not dis-
tinetly, larger than netural. Sept. for
Y2 Gen, 18: 4, 8. —Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 7.

Aekwia Bos, ov, 8, (skids, Lape
ye) lit. one who takes the right hand;
hence, prob. @ guard, a body-guard ;
Suldas nagapilat. ‘The word was
unknown to classic writers, and was
prob. the name of some kind of light-
armed soldiers ; Vulg. lancearit; Engl.
sptarmen, Acts 28: 23, — Theophyl.
Simoc. 4.1. Constant, Porph. Them.
1.1. Comp. Wetstein N.'T. in loc.

Aekws, a, ov, right, a8 opp. wo
left, viz.

a) with a subst. expressed, e.g. zig,
Matt. 5:30. Luke6:6, Acts3:7. Rev.
1: 16,17. 18: 16. mods Rev. 10: 2
dpSaluds Matt. 5: 29. od Luke 2
50, ‘John 18: 10. avaydy Matt. 5: 39.
1a dekic wégn John 21: 6. Sula ta debe
xat deurtegd, arms for the right and left,
i.e. of every kind, offensive and defen-
sive, 2Cor. 6:7. So Sept. for 7727
Gen. 48:14. Ex. 20:22, 1 Sam. 1: 2
53299 Ex. 20: 20, Lev. 14: 14, 16, 17.—
Xen. Anab. 1.7.1. Ag. 2.9.

b) without a subst. expressed,

(a) dekea, ac. zeit, fhe he right ha
Mau. 6 3, 27: 29. Rev.
1,7. Sept. for
15 12, a Xen, Bq. 7.3. ib. 12 6.
Gal. 2:9 ds8uic Bamay duo zai
zowerlas, they gave us the right hand of
Sellowship, in confirmation of a promize,
agreement, etc.—1 Macc. 6 58. 11: 62.
eomp. Ezra 10:19. Ez. 17:18, Jos,
Ant, 18.9.8, Ken, An. 1.6.6 zal datiay

xa Buxa. — Put for the right

viz.

Abopar

hand or side in general, the right, Heb.
1:3, & L122 So 1H deg or &
8h tod Da0d, ete. ‘Acta 2 33. & 31.
Rom. 8: 34. Epb. 1:20, Col. 3:1. Heb.
10:12, 1 Pet. 8:22. For the signifi-
cation of the expressions, see below in 8.
Sept and yn Pa, 16: 11.—Xen. An. 5.

7 1a dektd, ec. pign, the right parts,
i.e. the right, in general, e.g. é detusy,
on the right, Matt. 27:38, Mark 15:27.
Luke 23:33, Matt. 25: 33,34, Luke 1:
IL. & toig debits Mark 16:5. Sept. for
7792 Gen. 48: 13, Ex. 14: 22, 29.—Diod.
Bios 1. 47. Xen. An. 1. 8.4.—So xa9¥j-
adas v. sorpdvan & defssiy tot Xguotov,
Matt. 20: 21,23, Mark 10: 87, 40. or
tov Peov, Matt. 22 44. 26:64. Mark

12 36. 14:62. 16:19. Luke 20: 42, °

22: 69. Acts 2: 34, 7:55, 56. Heb. 1.
18; to sit or sland on the right of the
Messiah or of God, i.e. to be next in
rank and power, to have the highest
seat of honour and distinction ; comp.
Pe. 2:7. 1021. 1K. 2219. Jos. Ant.
8.1.2. ib. 6. 11. 9.—So é& deftdiy tev0s
alvat, to be at one’s right hand, i.e. to be
one’s helper, protector, Acts 2:25, coll.
Ps. 16: 8, where Sept. for 7°72 ; also
Pe.109: 31. ef ere) ros

Adopat, £. dsioopas, aor. 1 te4-
uy with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 136.2;
imperf. 8 pers. Ion. diet, Luke 8: 38.
so Job 19:16. Xen. H. G. 6.1.6;
comp. Buttm. § 114 sub dé, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 220.—to need, to want, Jos.
Ant, 5.8.3. Xen, Cyr. 1.4.1. In
N. T. to make known one’s need, i.e. to
ask, to beseech, to pray, etc.

a) genr. absol. Rom. 1: 10 desusvos,
making request. 2 Cor. 5:20.—Herodot.
5. 30.—Seq. gen. of pers. pp. Séouad
vos xord 11, eee Buttm. § 192. 5, 2.
Matt. 9: 38 et Luke 10:2, Luke 5:12.
8: 28, 38. 9: 38, 40. Acts 8: 34 Séopad
gov, I pray thee, 21: 39, 26:3. Gal. 4: 12.
Sept. for yz Deut, 3:23. 2K. 1:
13. Prov. 26: 25. — Jos, Ant. 2.13. 5.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 4.—Seq. accus, of thing,
or infin. for accus, 2 Cor. 8: 4. 10: 2.
—Act. Thom. 50 toit0 Siouedcd ov.

b) epoken of prayer to God in gen-
eral, diop, roi Deoi, Acts 8: 22. 10: 2.
905 tov slquoy, Acts 8: 24. absol. Luke

173

digo
21: 36, 22 39. Acts 4:31. 1 Thess,
3:10. Sept: S20p, tov Seov for pint
Dan. 6: 11. 90s téy x. for NYDN aio?
[s. 37:4. for JznNM Job & 5. Ps. 30:
—Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 4 popes mag Seovs
Senadpzvos.

€or, ovtos, %6, particip. impers.
of 89%, which see; necessary, proper ;
Sedy dott i. q. dei, must needs, e.g. from
the circumstances or nature of the case,
1 Pet. 1: 6.—Herodian. 1. 5. 22. — Or
in accordance with whet ie right and
proper, ought, Acts 19: 36. ta 3éorra
1 Tim. 5: 13. — Hesych. déorra~ ngé-
movta. Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 22.

Aéog, déous, +6, fear, Heb. 12: 28.
in some Mss. for aidois. — 2 Mace. 3:
17, Xen. Lac. 2. 3..15.

fegBaios, ov, 5, belonging to
Derbe, Acts 20: 4.

Akepn, 75, 4, © city of Lycaonin
in Asia Minor, situated within the con-
fines of Isauria. Acts 14: 6, 20. 16: 1.

Adguc,, arog, 16, (Sige) a akin,
sc. of an animal, Heb. 11: 37. Sept.
for 712 Lev. 13: 48. — Polyb. 7. 1.3.
Xen. Ansb.1.28. -

Aeguctrevos, 4, ov, made of skin,
leathern, Matt. 3:4. Mark 1:6. Sept.
for “49 2K. 1: 8 where see, and also,
Zech. 13: 4.—Jos. Ant. 9.2.1. Strabo
16. p. 1124. C.

Ad peo, £. d1g6i, aor. 1 Tuga, aor.
pass. dagyy, f.2 pase. Sugrcoucs, to
skin, to flay, Sept. for o°wp7 2 Chr.
29: 34. Hom. Il. 1. 459i N. T. to
beat, to scourge, pp. 80 as to take off the
skin; seq. accus. Matt. 21:35. Mark
12: 3, 5. Luke 20: 10,11. Acts 16: 37,
22:19. John 16:23 th ps dies; ig.
Roma gdimiopa inv. 2. 2 Cor. 11: 20
tig ngocwnoy Sige, i.e. treats with con-
tumely. With accus. impl. Luke 22:
68, Acts 5:40.—Aquila for b>: Prov.
10:8. Aristopb. Ran. 619, [632:] Diog.
Laert. 7, 23. — Pass. dag7joeoe, Mark
18: 9, c. c. accus, of manner, zodldg v.
Gllyag sc. mAnyds, Luke 12 47, 48;
comp. Buttm. § 131.4. § 134.7, and
n. 2; 80 Xen, Anab. 5. 8. 12 tot's0 piv
Gyingayoy mdvus S¢ dllyes xalousy.

' Aeopevo

Dem. 403, 4 Artian. Exp. Alex. 6. 12.
1R—Por cg dépesy, 1 Cor. 9: 26, see
in "Aje-

Aeopevo, f. xbaw, (Seouss,) to bind,
trans.

a) asa prisoner, with cords, chains,
etc. Acts 22:4, Sept. for ou Judg.
16: 11.—Xen. Hiero 6. 14.

b) to bind together, as a bele or bua-
dle; ©. g. goers, Matt. 23: 4, metaph.
‘for_the burdensome precepts of the
Pharisees. — So of sheaves, Sept. for
big Gen. 87: 7. Judith 8: 3,

Aeoukeo, @, £. jaw, (Seopss,) to
bind, se. with chains, ete. i. q. dscpevw, %
Luke 8; 29, — Anthol, Gr. IE. p. 207.
Comp. H. Planck im Bibl. Repos. I.
p- 676.

ce

Aeopn, 75, %, (dé0,) @ bundle,
sheaf, Matt. 13:30. Sept. for 73i
Ex, 1% 22—Dion, Hal. Ant. 3, 61.

Aéopuos, cov, &, (Seoute,) one
bound, a prisoner, captive, Matt.27: 15,16.
Mark 15:6, Acts 16:25, 27. 23: 18, 25:
14, 27, 28: 16,17. Heb.13:3. So déowiog
rob Xprorod, xuglov, &y xugly, spoken of
Paul, a prisoner, in confinement for the
sake of Jesus, i. 0. because of bis pro-
feesion of the religion of Jesus. Eph. 3:
1 41, 2Tim.1:8 Philem. 1,
[Heb. 10: 34.] Sept. for Stow Zech. 9
12,12. 07 Ecc, 4:14.—Wied. 17: 2.
2 Mace. 14: 27,33, Anth. Gr. J. p. 20.
ed. Jae.

Aeouscs, ov, 5, (8ée,) band, bond,

Fgament, viz.

a) Sing. spoken of a ligament by
which some member of the body is
impeded ; e.g. the tongue, Mark 7: 35.
the limbs, Luke 13: 16, coll. v. 11.
Sept. pp. for Wing Judg. 15:13. Chald.
yiott Dan. 4: 12, — pp. Herodian. 8. 4,
1. ‘Ken, Cyr. 3.1.24.

b) Plar. of deouol, and Attic ra
Geopa, (Buttm, § 56. 6,) bonds, impris-
onment, viz. (a) of deouol, Phil. 1: 1
and prob. elsewhere in the writings of
Pri etc. Phil. 1:7, 14, 16, Col. 4: 18.
2 Tim. 29, Philem. 10, 13 é +, decpois

sake, Heb. 11: 96. [10:94] Jude 6.
Sept. Sequel for MaDe Iudg. 15: 14.

174

3, Acta 7: 3 dvigo als viv.

Aesgo
1m Job 29:5. Ps. &3. Jer. aL
Plato Cria § 6.—(8) rot dope: in Luke's
writings, Luke & 29, Acts 16: 26. 20:
2B, 22: 30, 2: 29, Be 2, 31.—3 Mace.
6:27, Lucian. D. Deor. 15.3. Plato
Euthyphr. 10, — Moeris p. 127, dene,
oddsrigns, °arnixéic’ Seopol, apceritis,
“EAdqyixés. Thom. Mag. p. 204.

Aeopogirat, axos, 6, (deopds,
gihog fr, guidcow,) a prison-keeper,
Acts 16: 23, 27,36.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 1—
Sept. cox Deopoptiat for 757] NZ VD
Gen. 39: 21, 22, 23.

Acqunrj ger, dou, 10, (Seopow,)

Matt. 11:2. Acts 5: 21, 23.

16:26, Sept. for "rJO m2 Gen. 40:3.
—Plut. de Ed, pueror. 14. Herodot. 3.
3.

Aeopwrns, ov, 6, (depim) o
prisoner, Acta 27: 1, 42. i. q. déopsos in
28: 16. Sept. for 7p Gen. 39: 20.—
Jos, Ant. 2.5.1, Herodot. 3. 143. Dem.
764. 20.

Aeonorys, ov, 6, « master, viz.

a) as opposed to a servant, the head
ofa rfamilias, 1 Tim. 6: 1,2.
of een, Peon 1 Pet. & 18
Wiad. 18: 11. Jos. Ant.1. 10.4. Xen.
Cyr. 1.1.1.

b) by impl. es denoting supreme au-

9. thority, Lord; spoken of God, Luke 2

29. Acts 424. Rey.6:10. of Christ,
2Pet.%i, Jude4. Sept. for ae
1a 1:24, “7h Gen. 15:2,8. owyhi e
Job 5: 8. sim Prov. 29: 26. — Jos,
Ant, 1. 3.1.” of kings and emperors,
Herodian. 1. 6. 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 38.

Aevgo, adv, here, hither, i.e. to this
place or time, viz.

a) of “Place, here, hither, pp. Fa Ant.
2.6.3 susic deigo HlFousy. Ken. An.
7.6.9. In N.T. as an exclamation or
sort of imperative, here! i.e. come!
come hither! and having a plur. dette,
which see in its place ; Buttm.§115. n. 8.
So John 11: 43 dsiigo Ee, come forth !

Bepe. for 3
1K. 1: 53. 2K. & 1.—Aristoph. Pac.
1329.—With an imper. Seigo, dxolovSes
ot, Matt.19:21, Mark10: aE Lukel8:22.
So Sept. and *yia 2 Sam. 13: 11. 5
Judg. 9: 10,12, 2K. 5: 5.— With a
fut. indic. Acts 7: 34 sat viv detgo,

Aevre

amootsles o8 tig My. Rew. 17: 1. 21 9.
So Sept. and > 1 Sem. 1&1. Judg.
19: 11, 13, — Hom. iL. 23, 485. Lue.
Vitar. Auct, § 15.

bjoftime, dzge rod duigo sc. zedvow,
tunto this time, Hom, 1: 18, — 80 pézgs
Ssigo Jos. Ant. 7. 9.5. Plut. Vit.
Pomp. 24.

Aevre, adv. pp. dig Tes, Buttm.
$115, n.8, used as plur. of dego q. ¥.
here! i.e. come! come hither! spoken
to several; ©, g. deirs eis, come to,
Matt. 2%: 4. Mark 6: 31. detze mods,
come fo, Matt. 11:28. dete dnlow pov,
come after, follow me, Matt. 4: 19. Mark
1:17, Bo Sept. for “Me 13> 2K. 6
19. — With an imper. e. g. Seite, dro-
xtelyopey wtrdy, Matt. 21:88. Mark 12:
7. Luke 20: 14. So Sept. and 155 Gen.
37:19. So deine ters Matt. 28:6. John
4:99, Sept. and 15>2K.7: 14. Ps.
66:5, Also Matt. 25:34, John 21: 12.
Rey. 19: 17.—Wisd. 2: 6.

Aevregaios, aia, aiov, (dsire-
90s,) an adj, marking succession of
days and used only in en adverbial
sense, on the second day; Acts 28: 13
Suzepaios FIoper. Seo Buttm. §123.
n. 8—Jos. Ant. 1.10.1. Xen. Cyr. 5.
22. ,

Aevtagoneotos, ov, 6, 4, adj.
pp. the second first, found only in Luke
& 1, edfPator 23 deveegénguror, i.e.
prob. the second-firet sabbath, 08 8 sort
of proper name for the first sabbath
after the festival of unleavened bread
connected with the passover. The
paschal lamb was to be killed and
eaten on the eve of (preceding) the
14th day of Nisan, Lev. 23:5; on the
15th was the first day of the festival of
unleavened bread, a day of rest or sab-
bath, Lev. 23:6,7, and, when coinciding
with the weekly sabbath, called paydln
jipiga tov caffarov, a great sabbath or
high festival, John 19:31 ; on the mor-
row of this sabbath, or the 16th of Ni-
gan, the sheaf of the first-fruits was to
be presented, Lev. 23: 10,11; and from
this day, the 16:h, were to be counted
aeven full weeks to the day of Pente-
east, Lev. 2% 15,16. The sabbath of
the first of these weeks was probably
the cdffarar dsvrapéxqusor, being

175

Adgouer

she frat of the seven, but the second in
respect to the first day or eabbath of
unleavened bread. So Sealiger and
most interpreters, — Others translate,
the first of two sabbaths, and refer it toa
time when two sabbatical days would
immediately succeed each other ; e.g.
when the firet or last day of unleavened
bread (Lev. 2% 7, 8) fell on the day be-
fore the Mae pierand the former
would then be a oe org
toy. So Olshausen in een

Aev1Ep08, a, OV, ord. adj. second,
e. g. in number, Matt. 22:26. Jobin 4:
54. Tit. 10, in order, Matt,.22: 39.
Acts 13: 38. 1 Cor. 15: 47, comp. in
“Addy. Rev. 4:7. in place Acts 12: 10.
Heb. 9 3. in time, Acts 7:13 d ©
Sevrdgy 8c. Zodry. — Neut. adverbielly,
10 devtepoy, the second time, again,
2 Cor. 13:2, Jude 5. Sept. for my
Gen. 41: 5. Lev. 18: 5.—Aesop, Fab. 5.
—So without the art. devzepor, either
the second time, again, Jobo 3: 4. Rev.
19: & and with xaisy, John 21:16, or
secondly, 1 Cor. 12:28, Sept. for n°235
Gen. 22: 15, Jer. 83: 1.— Xen. An. 1.
8. 16. Cyr. 4. 6, 11.— So éx deurégov,
the second time, again, Mark 14: 72.
John 9: 24, Acts 11:9. Heb. 9: 28.
with xdliy Matt, 26: 42. Acts 16: 15.
Sept. for mzyj Joab. 5:2 Jer. 1: 13.
AL

Aézomen, f. fowat, depon. Mid.
Buttm, § 113. 3; perf. 8é8eypas Acts 8
14 with Mid. signif. Buttm. § 136. 3;
to take, ec. to one's self what is pre-
sented or brought by another, to receive,
trans.

8) pp. of things, etc. (a) to take, to
receive, sc. into one’s hands etc. Luke
2:28 dégaro ait tis tag Gyxclas airot,
i.e. from his parents. 16: 6,7, défas
cov + yedupo, take thy note, ec. back
from me. 22:17 defopsvog morjpror,
ec. from an attendant. Eph. 6: 17.
Sept. for bgp 2 Chr. 29: 16, 22.—Hom.
15. 227 pdorrye sal frla.—(f) gene.
to receive, to accept, ©.g. émiotoldg Acts
2 5. 2B: 21. ny zou, i.e. the col-
lection, 2 Cor. 8: 4. ta mag tpdr
Phil. 4: 18. Sept. for np Gen. 83: 10,
Ex. 20:25, $2 4. —1 Mace. 15: 20, 27.
Piut. Them. 28. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 10.

Ao

ib. 1. 5. 5. — (y) Metaph. viv Basdelar
to} Ssov, Mark 10: 15. Luke 418: 17,
Jéywa fire Acts 7:38. zcigsv 2 Cor.
6:1, Sept. for m2 Jer. 9: 20. 17: 23.
So of what is received by the ear, to
Near of, to learn, a8 10 siayyttsoy 2 Cor.
Il: 4.—Herodian. 1, 4. 20 dyyzllar.

b) of persons, ete. to receive, fo admit,
viz. (a) of persons, to receive kindly, to
selcome, as 9 teacher, friend, guest,
etc. €.g. tis 209 olxoy Luke 16: 4, 9.—
Arrian. Diss, Ep. 3. 26 eis oixiay. Xen.
Ap. 5, 5. 20.—So genr. Matt. 10: 14, 40
quater, 41 bis. 18: 5 bie. Mark 6: 11.
9: 87 quater. Luke 9:5, 48 quater, 53.
10: 8,10. John 4:45. Acts 21: 17 ac-
ives litarto pac. 2Cor. 7:15, Gal.
4:34, Col. 4: 10. Heb. 11: 31.—Hero-
dian, 7.5. 4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 8. 23, ib. 5,
6. 2.—So of being received into heaven,
Acts 7:59. So Acts 3: 21 dy 3: ob-
garoy ditaca, In the sense of to
admit, sc, to one’s presence, to the house
where one is, ete, tots Szlous, Luke 9:
11. Hence by impl. to bear with, 2 Cor.
11: 16 &¢ diggore détaodé ps —(8) Me-
taph. of things, to receive, to admit, sc.
with the mind and heart, i.e. by impl.
to approve, to embrace, to follow, absol.
Matt. 11: 14. tdy déyor, Luke & 13.
Acts 8:14, 11:1. 17:11. 1 Thess. 1:
6 213. James 1: 21. ta tov mvei-
poros, 1 Cor, 2:14. magdxdgow 2 Cor.
8:17. thy ayanny tig GinSeias, 2 Thess.
210. So Sept. for mz> Prov. 10: 9.
Zeph, 3: 7, — Jos, Ant. 1.13.4. Plat.
Them. 12. Thue, 4. 16,

1. Adc, to want, see Sei and Jéopas.

Il. déw, £ dyow, sor, 1 Fyca,
perf. 3é3exa, perf. pass. 3édeuar, comp.
Buttm. § 95. n, 4; to bind, trans.

a) of things etc. to bind together or to
any thing, to bind around, to fasten.
Matt. 13: 30 dicate aisa sty décuas.
Acts 10: 11. Matt. 21: 2 doy + aed
Mark 11:2,4, Luke 19: 30. Sept. for
“wp Josh. % 21. nripsy Judg. 15: 4.
— Xen. An. 3.5.10. ib. 5.8, 24.—
Spoken of dead bodies which are
bound or wound around with grave-
clothes; John 11: 44 deBspivog roe
médas xziglass, 19:40 Eycav ati b
39orlos. — Here belong also Matt. 16:
19 bis, and 18: 18 bis, 8 day Snons end

176

. bond, 8eq

do

Tis 77s, Toras Iedquivor ty x6iz obge-
voi, xt. 4, where the kingdom or
church of Christ is compared to an
edifice of which the apostles bave the
keys; Matt. 16:19, coll. Is.22:22. Rev.
3:7; and according as they sbut or
open the door to any one on earth, s0
shall it be also in heaven, i. e. whom-
soever they exclude or admit on earth,
be shall as a general rule be excluded or
admitted in heaven. The allusion here
is to the ancient manner of binding to-
gether the doors of houses with a chain
etc. to which a padlock was sometimes
suspended; comp. Adam's Rom. Act.
p. 521. Others here translate, to tater-
dict, to prohibit, i.e, to exclude, like
Chald. 7O¥ Dan. 6: 8,9, 14, 16.

b) of Pereons, fo bind, sc. the hands,
feet, etc. to put in bonds, i.e. to deprive
of liberty; e.g. ddicess, Mark 5:3, 4.
Acts 12: 6, 21: 33, — Wisd. 17: 18
comp. Sept. 2 Chr. 36: 6. c.c. iy us
Sept. Judg. 16: 7, 8. Xen. An. 4. 3,
—So genr. déw turd, Matt. 12:29,
22:13 diouvtes aitot mddas.
Merk & 27. 6:17 dye aixor ba
guioxj, i.e. bad cast him bound into
prison. 15:1. John 18: 12. Acts 9 14.
21: 11 bie, 22:29. Rev. 20:2. Pam.
Biouas, to be bound, to be in bonds, in
Prison, etc. Mark 15:7. John 1& 24
Acts 9:2, 21. 21:18, 22:5. 24:27. Col.
4:3. Rev. 9:14. Sept. for “Qe Gen.
42: 25. 2 Sam. 3: 34. 2K. 117: 4
Pass. for 3°58 Is. 42: 7. — Xen, Cyr.
1.4. 13. Mem. 1. 2. 49, — Trop. Luke
13: 16 #9 Bnoay & catavae, whom Saten
hath bound, i. e. deprived of the use of
her limbs ete. see v.11; Satan
here represented as the author of phys-
ical evil, see in Japornor. 2 Tim. &
9, Gad 5 Adyos 105 Seo oF Biderax, i. e.
the preaching of the word is not hin-
dered, restrained, because I am in
bonds.

c) perf, pass. d&depas, to be bound,
metaph. (a) spoken of the conjugal
- dat. to be bound to any one,
Rom. 12 2 1Cor.7:27, 39.—Jamblicb.
Vit. Pytheg. 11. 56 xadios iv, pir
Gyapor, oer ayy 36 mpag “irben
Sedeudeny, vivepr—(B) ‘Acts 20: 22 de
Sapéros 76 mvsiperts, bound in spirit, i.e.
impelled in mind, compelled ; comp.

Hh
18: 5-—Comp. Xen, 5. 1. 19 dedepivoug
iaxveorigg tw dvdyey. Pind. Pyth.
3. 96.

Aj, © particle which gives to a
sentence an expression of certainty or
reality, in opposition to mere opinion or
conjecture, and thus serves to increase
the vivacity of discourse ; indeed, then,
now, etc. See Buttm. § 149. 2. p. 431.
Viger. p. 495, 501, et ibi Herm. p. 829.

8) indeed, i.e, truly, really, quippe,
Matt. 13:23 3 34 xagnogogts. — Sept.
Job 15: 17 & 67 kdgaxa, dvayyeh con
Xen, Mem, 2.1.21 deg 34 xak mhet-
orotg dstiSelxvvtas.—In the sense of doubt-
tess, 2Cor, 12 1 xovydoSar 87 ob
ouppége por. — Lucian. D. Deor. 4. 5,
Xen. Occ. 1.14.

b) in an incentive or hortative sense,
now, then, come now, etc. Luke 2: 15
Bui Seper di) Log BySlesy, let us go now
to Bethichem. Acts 13:2. 15: 36, 1 Cor.
6: 20 Sotdcare 5: tév Geér, glorify then
God. — Sept. Gen. 18:4 Angditw 3}
Gdug for Heb. x2. Judith 13: 11. He-
rodian. 1.4.8. “Ken. Cyr. 3. 1. 10, —
For dynore and dyzou, see in their
order.

feat, Matt, 26:73. So dijlov sc. dori,
tt is evident, 1 Cor. 15: 27, Gal. 3: 11.
1 Tim. & 7. — Xen. Cyr. 5, 8, 30. ib. 8
1, 37.

Anise, &, £. dow, (di0s,) to make
manifest, to make known, trans. and
spoken

a) of things past, to tell, to relate,
1Cor. 1:11. Col 1: 8 ‘Sept. for
gvsin Esth, 2 22, — 2 Macc. 2 24.
Xen. Anab. 2. 1.1.

b) of things future or hidden, to re-
veal, to show, to bring to light, 1 Cor. 3:
13, Heb.9:8. 1Pet.t:11, 2 Pet. J:
34. Sept. for "#92 1 Sam. 3: 21,
grtin_Ex. 6 3. Dan. 4: 15.—Jos. Ant.
5.1.12, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 28.

¢) of words, to imply, to signify, Heb.
1%: 27 16 di, Ett Gnat, Indot—Jos, Ant.
3.7. Lévy Mavazaciy leyopevor* Bot
eras 8¢ cvvaxriiga pir Inhoir.

Angas, &, 5, Demas, « man who
was for a time associated with Paul, but

23

77

Ajuos

afterwards deserted hin at Rome. Col.
4:14. Philem.24. 2 ‘Tim. 4: 10.

chyunyogta, @, £. saw, (dipos,
_ byopien) to address a public assembly, to
» 204. ™Ed¢ cum accus. Acts
12:21. Sept. for 372 Neh. 8: 4.—
Jos, Ant. 8.8.4. Ken. Mem. 3. 6. 1.
«Inu ig.os, ov, 6, Demetrius.
1. a silversmith at Ephesus, Acts 19:
24, 38,
2. a Christian mentioned with com-
mendation, 3 John 12,

Anucoveyos, ov, é, (poet. dqu-
orgyés, fr. dijuos and Eoyor,) one, who
works or acts for the public, Hom. Od.
17, 383. Hence genr. and in N. T. an
artist or artificer, maker, author, Heb. 11:
10.—2 Mace. 4:1. Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 11.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 7, 9.

Ajuog, ov, 6, the people, populus,
Acts 12: 22. 19: 33, So tis xév dipor,
to the people se. assembled in the forum,
Acts 17: 5. 19: 30. — Jos. Ant. 3. 9.1,
Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 2.

* Anuooiz, adv. (pp. dat. fem. of
Inusoos,) publicly, in public, i. e. éy by-
poole zeigg, Acts 16:37, 18: 28, 20; 20,
—Jos. Ant. 3. 2. 4, Xen. Mem. 3.12. 5,

Anusovos, fa, ov, (diqs0s,) public,
i. @. belonging to the ic, for public use,
Acts 5 18. — Jos. Ant. 3.9.4. Xen.
Mem. 3, 11. 16.

Anvagrov, Cov, 16, a word adopt-
ed into the Greek from the Lat. dena-
rius, a Roman coin equal at firet (as its
ame imports) to fen asses, and after-
wards, to twelve and even sixteen, It
was reckoned of the same value as the
Greek dgazp1j, and equivalent to about
1M cents, according to the usual estimate;
see in “4gyiguov c, and Adam's Rom,
“Ant, p. 493, 495.—Matt. 18: 28. 20: 2,
9, 10, 13. 22:19, Mark 6: 87. 12:15.
14:5. Luke 7:41. 10:35, 20:24. John
6 7, 12:5. Rev. & 6 bis,

Agnore, adv. (34 and sére,) in fine,
in short, subjoined to relative words to
strengthen the idea of generality and
comprehensiveness. Johu 5:4 @ dyxo-
t2—vooyjyort. See Buttm. § 80, n. 1.

Ajnov

$116.9. Viger. p. 500.—Xen. Oyr. 3.
2. 26,

Anov, dv, (34 and noi,) indeed,
truly, verily, Heb. 2 16, Buttm. §149. p.
432, Viger. p. 499.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 12.

chet, prep. with the primary signif,
through, throughout, governing the gen.
and accus, See Passow’s Lex. Winer
Gr. § 51. i. § 58. ¢. Tittmenn in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 170 9q.

I. With the genitive, through, etc.
spoken

1. Of place, implying motion through
a place, and put after verbs of motion,
e 8 of going, coming, etc. as avazo-
géiv, Matt. 2:12 36 Gldne S800 axxo
qnoar. So with diaPaivew, Heb. 11:
99. SianogsitaSax, Luke 6:1. 3é9-
zeoP-eot, Matt, 12: 43. 19:94, siaigg. 7:13
via John 10:1,9. dxnogeterSa: Matt.

Tozwcs Mark 10:1. aga
A eee Mark 2 23, 9: 30. ma-
etx. Matt. & 28. drocreépey Acts
20: 3.—Diod. Sic. 20, 111. Xen. Hiero
2, 8.—So 87 spar drigzer Sas or ish
Sly, i.e. through your cily, Rom. 15:
28. 2 Cor. 1:16. — Xen. Av. 4. 8. 1.
— With many other verbs implyin;
motion, 2 Cor. 8:18 ob 5 Exasvoe dua
muséy tiv éxdnowiy sc. dayyélerar
Bo after Siéxuw 1 Cor. 13:12. diagé-
guy Mark 11:16. Acts 13:49, xadévo
Luke & 19, zaldfew 2 Cor. 11: 33.
Gs 3uc mupds sc. owdijvas, saved as if
through fire, i.e. as if passing through
the ordeal of fire, 1 Cor. 3:15. — Pa-
leepb. Fab. 13, xadipgy Jos. Ant.5. 1.
2 dyuy Xen. An, 4.5. 36. Batre
ib. 7. 3, 43. mgotiyey Polyb. 3. 77, 1,

2. Of time, viz. a) continued time,
time how long, through, throughout,
during ; Acts 1:3 88 iwzgsy tecoagd-
xorca, during forty days. Heb. % 15 dis
aaviig 105 bfr, during their whole life.
Bo dia navrag or Stanavrdg adverbi-
ally, sve in Aranarro¢. —Xen. Mem. 1.
2.61 dui marcos roi Blow Cyr. 2.1.19.
— Luke & 5 87 8ins tic rverds, during
the whole night, i.e. all night. Acts 23:
31, — Charit. 1.5. Xen. An, 4. 6. 22.
Polyb. 37. 3. 3 dsc udeag.—Spoken of
time when, i.e. of an indefinite time,
during a longer interval, vis, dia ti¢

vuntée, during the night, i.e. at eome 36:

178

Aa
time of tho night, by might ; Acts S: 19
duct rig v.jroske tas Sigas tig pulenis.
16:9. 17:10.—Palaoph. 1 satafalversss
bia vuxtig tig ter nde,

b) of time elapsed, after, e.g. Acts
24:17 OF daar slasiragfler many ers
i.e, many years being through, elapsed.
Gal. 2 1 dui Bexascocignn érév. Mark
2 132 jusgsy ec. uve. See Winer
§51. i p. 326. So Sept for Vee
Deut. 9 11, 15: 1. — Diod. Sic, 5
Herodot. 1. 62, Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 28 de

OVOY, alae, An Z Bid) trae ye

3. Of the instrument or intermediate
cause ; that which intervenes between
the act of the will and the effect, and
through which the effect proceeds;

through, by, by means of, etc. see Wi-
aaa. i. Spoken

a) of things, dy, by means of,
ete. Mark 16:20 ror Loyor BeBacoitrres dut
onpelery. Jobni1:4, 17:20. Acts 3: 18,21,
a & mgoxariyyecle bur oro perros: 137 ORY
tov, 5: 12 did tar zeigiiy tar dmoate-
Ler éylvero onpiia. 8:18, 10:43 1d v5
Syparos aitot, i.e. through 2 profes-
sion of faith in his name ete. 11: 30.
15: 82. 19: 96. 20:28 Sid ro eluates,
through the intervention of his blood.
Rom. 3: 20 due wopow. 3: 27. 5:10. & 3.
1 Cor. 3: 5, 4:15, 9 Cor. 1: & 109,
Gal. 2:16, 8 Jobn 18. al. snepicn —
Diod. Sic. 1. 31. Xen. Hiero 1. 14. ib,
Mag. Eq, 4. 9. —In the sense by virtue
Of, in consequence of, Rom. 12 3 iéyw
dia rig zageros tis JoPsiens por. Gal.
1:15, Philem. 22,—Xen. An. S28
Tnobtestations and exhortations,throwgh,
Rom, 12: 1 wogomas ipiig did tv of-
stcgpeiv tov Seov, 15: 30, 1 Cor. 1: 10.
QCor. 10: A. nee og HY

b) of persons through whose hands
any thing as it were passes, through or
by whose agency, ministry etc. an effect
takes place or is produced, the efficient
cause; Matt,1:22 1b ¢qSiv ind 108
dia toi npogyrov. 2:5,15,23. Lukel&31.
John 1:17, Acts 2: 22 & éxol-
qos & Seg Of airol. 243. 4:16. 129.
Rom. 2: 16. 5:5. 1 Cor. % 10, & 6,
Heb. 3, 80 Rom. 1:5. 5:1. 1 Cor.
11: 12 6 dnie dia tig yuvaunds. Gall. 1:
1 2Tim.&2 Heb. 2:2. 7:9. So
5 Foy evel the fault of, otc. Matt. 1& 7.

12, 1618 1 {or Ik

dai:
21. al. Bept. for 173 2 Chr. 20: 5,
Esth. 1:15. 1a,37:24—Aeachyl. Sept.
@. Theb, 219, [233.] Xen. H. G. 7. 3. 2.
Occ. 21.11. Ey.2.3.—In thiscoustruction
Oui may also refer to the author or first
cause, when the author does any thing
through himself instead of another; e.g.
#0 of God, Rom. li: 36 Sr a arbrol, xat
8 aitoi, xa} tig aixéy 14 mdyta. Heb.
% 10. 1Cor. 1:9 6 Osde, 8¢ ob dads ure
alo of Christ, Col i: 16 bts éy airy
baie5y 1a YEO — Tit ndvra de aitoy
xai tis aber Extras, Jobn i:3.—Xen.
Mem. 1.2.14 1h dndos Povlouérw va
xdrra 80 baviiy modrieFu. Cyr. 1.
1.4. Hiero 9, 3,— fo obtestations and
exhortations, Rom. 15: 30 xogaxale
dnd dud s08 xvplou x «2.1 Thess. 4:
2. 2 These. 312, Se on o7 oe!

4. Of the mode, manner, state, cir-
cumstances, through which any thing
as it were passes, i.e. takes place, is
produced, etc.

a) of manner, where dia with its gen.
forme a periphrase for the correspond-
ing adverb. Luke 8: 4 azs dt naga-
Bolig, lit. through a parable, i.e. by

* means of, with a parable, nagaBolixtig,
Acts 15:27 dé Aéyov, by word, i. e.
orally. Rom. 8 25 et Heb, 121 é°
Scopsrye, through or with patience, i.e.
patiently. Rom, 14: 20 da mpocxsppo-
0g, i.e. 90 a8 to give offence. 2 Cor.
10:11. Gal. 5:13 Eph. 618. So
John 19: 23 d¢ Glow, throughout. Acts
15 32 8:6 you xoldoi, i. ©. with many
words.—Aelian. V.H, 1.8. Diod. Sic,
11,44 Xen, Cyr.3. 1,18 Mem. 2. 1.
20,— So 86 Boaziey and o: dllyar,
briefly, Heb, 13:22, 1 Pet & 12. dia
wodday 2 Cor. 1: 11. — Lucian. Toxar.
56 d:6 Peayiev. Thue. 4, 95.

b) of the state, circumstances, emo-
tions, ete. through, ix, with which or on
occasion ef which any thing oxists, is
produced or done etc. the verbs elyas,
vhradar, WezerFas, and the like being
‘usually expressed or implied. Rom. 15:
R twa DSw xpds pig dd Pedjpatos
Swot. 1Cor.1:1, 2Cor. 8:5. Gal. 1:
15 nad xadéoas duc vig xeigeros aitoi.
2 Cor. & 8 die tij¢ xégew onovdijs, i. e.

on oreasion of, because of, Rom. 14:
14 ob0ty soursy [lord] 36 ire’, through
imelf, i.e. in and of its own nature.

179

Mea

2 Cor. & 7 dua mhotome negixatoiper,
od buat alBous, we walk by faith, not by
sight, i.e. we are Christians through
and in a state of faith in Christ, not of
sight or of Personal intercourse with
him. 1 John 5: 6 ottds dowry 6 Ody
62 iWeros xab alueros,
through, water and blood, i. e.

ceived baptism and suffered death,
whose baptism and death were testimo-
nials of his mission, Heb 9: 12 dia 10d
IBlov alpatos tieilSay, through his oun
Blood, i.e. offering himself as sacrifice.
— Eurip. Phoen, 20, 3 1554. Androm,
174.—Kom. 2:29] oi, ror did yocippertos
xat megeTouis Rogapaniy L[yevopevoy}. 4:
11 téiv mouvirrer 82 adxpofvotiag [Sr
. believers who are not circum-
1 Cor. 14: 19 déyoug did vodg

cised.
pov (Brrag] dadjow. 2Cor. % 4 dia

molloy Saxgie é, tyeaya, i.e. weeping.
BAL Sd aig dk [dor], fa
quévor. 5: 10. 6 7 bia, Phil, 1: 20 afva
buck Sore sits Buc: Sarczou, i. e, whether
I live or die. 2 Thees. z 2 dmuat0ls, as
33 juity [otval, ie. ws iueriga, 2 Pet.
1: 3 toi xaldoartog Siig duct 86tn¢ wad 2

geri, through glory and virtue, ie. the* eer

highest &éty and ager} of God being
thas conspicuously | exhibited. _—8ymm.
Ps. 55: 12 6 Sua udcous pos, where Bept.
6 puoir. Jos. Ant. 4. 6,2 8 sivolas
deas 1H eg. ib. 6 7. 4. Aeschyl.
Prom.130 3? mez Selag d.94ir, invisum
esse. Eurip. Phoen. 395 dua dou di-
Sei», desiderare. Ael. V. H. 13, 2 extr.
Sia tipis edeiy, honorari, Lucian.
Macrob. 22 avyyeageic dui nolléy
paSreitwn yerdperos. Xen, Anab, 2.5.
9 dua cxdtoug elvan, i,q. axotesvdr.

Il. With the accusative, through, by,
by means of; more generally on ac-
count gf ete. See Passow, Tittmann
Le, Winer Gr. § 53.c. Buttm. § 147.
2.2 Spoken

1, Of the instrument, the intermedi-
ate or efficient cause, as in I. 3, above;

by, by means of, etc.

a) spoken of things, John 15: 3
naSagol tore duis soy héyov xt. 2.
5: 14 86 ni Hier, through use, Rev. 12:
11, 13 14 mlavg—8id ta optic, de
ceives through, by means of, those miracles.
—Diod, Sic. 1. 4. ib. 3.8. Keo. Mem.
2.7.1.— 80 also Heb. 5: 12 di tov

“

2s?

fyi ate

anaaa

eo,

4,

he

xgévor, through the time spent, i. e. the
time spent should have made you
already teachers. 2 Pet. 3: 12 10d Ds05
Gpiga Be jy x22 the day of God,
through, in consequence of which the
heavens, etc. — Ael. V. H. 3. 37 ‘troly-
gotons 8n re aizois xal rig yreipng Out
toy zo6voy, i. &. through age.

b) of persons, comp. I. 3. b, above.
John 6: 57 bia, nay 06 duct rév natege
xdxtivos Gjoeras BY dus. Rom. 8:11 dud
10 évoixoty mvetpa. 8:20. Heb. 6:7 o¢
dis. Bo Sept. d¢ dud for 979 In. 50: 11.
Plut. Mor. IL. p. 25. ed. Tanchn. Xen.
Mem. 3.2. 3, ib. 8.3, 15 dia of. “14,

c) of emotions etc. through which,
“from which, one is led to do any thing,
etc. Matt. 27: 18 et Mark 15: 10 dia

évoy. Luke 1:78, Epb.2:4 dud t. 7.
aydnny. Phil. 1: 15. — Diod. Sic. 1.8
816 pofor. Xen. Lac. 4. 6 dui ry Eger.

2. Of the ground or motive, the
moving or impelling cause of any thing,
‘on account of, because of, propter, etc.

a) genr. Matt. 10: 22 pucotuevos dua
25 dvowd wou. 13:21 Hiyis 4 duoypds
dict tov Moyor, 13: 58. Mark % 4 did
toy Syhov. Luke 8: 47. John 4: 39, 41.
WZ11, Acts 22: 24, 28: 2. al. saepiss.
— Sept. Deut. 15: 10. Gen. 43: 18.
Diod. Sic. 1.7. Xen. An. 1. 9, 22 dua
moldé, i. e. on many accounts.—So be-
fore an infin. with the article 10, Luke
11:8. 23:8 Sua to Gxotew molid, Acts
18: 8 dict 16 Spdtezvor elras, Mark 5: 4
Sia 15 aitéy noldaxig dedéo Fes. Acts 4:
Q. al. saep. — Sept. Deut. 1: 36,
Sic. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 34. ro 1.
87.—Aleo in phrases, e. g, duct ri; on
what account ? wherefore? why? Matt.
11. Luke 5: 30, 33. John 13: 37,
written also dear/, Matt. 18: 10. 15:2.
Mark 2:18, 7:5. Luke 19: 28. John 7:
45. Acts 5:3. al. Sept. for 91379 Ex.
218 mb Num. 11: 1. agmty
Deut, 29: 23.—Xen. Mem, 3, 11. 17.—
—8o dic rodro, on this account, for
this cause or reason, therefore ; Matt. 6
25. Mark 6:14. Acts 2 26, Rom. 1:
26. 2Cor. 4:1. Rev. 18: 8. al, saep.
Sept. for jou Ie.49:4. q>b Mic. 3: 12,
—Palaeph. Xen. An. 1.7. 3.— 80
Oud toit0 seq. Sts, om this account —
because, John 5: 16, 8:47. inverted
Jobn 15: 19,

180

Ma Baive

b) in the sense of for the suke of, in
behalf of, etc. as marking the purpose or
object of an action, ete. Matt. 14: 3 et
Mark 6:17 dui “Hoedicda sity yoveiza
Mlinnov. 2:22 duc roig éxhextows,
for the elects’ sake. Mark 2:27. Jobn
11:15. Acts 16: 3. Rom. 11: B al.
‘saep.—Xen. Ag. 2, 21.—S0 didi rovr0,
‘for the sake of this, for this purpose.
Jobn 1% 27 dit sobre FAGor, for this
purpose I came, sc. to suffer death.
1 Cor, 4:17. With iva, in order that,
John 1:31, 1 Tim. 1:16. éxw¢ Heb.
& 15.

4,26/fe) os marking the occasion of any
thing, the occasional cause, that on oc-
cazion of, on account of, because of which
any thing takes place. Matt. 27: 19
moda EnaSor xa? brag 8¢ aicéy. Jobn
7:43, 10:19. Rom, 2:4 13 Gvopa roi
Gea5 IF Suds Placpnsstras tv wig E9-
yeas. 15: 15 dict vay zoig ti doOsicar
pou, i.e, because of, hy virtue of. 2 Pet.
2: 2—Xen. Cyr. 7. 8 10 37 eps.

8. Of the manner or etate through, or
ding which any thing takes place;
. I. 4, above. Gal. 4: 13 ofdate
9d, bee Bb be Sivua tig oageds ciny-
yauaodpry ipir, through infirmity, i. e.
during bodily weakness.—This sense of
Oud is rare with the accus. and comes
from the general idea of duration ; #0
Aristot. Mirab. Auscult, 68 dst tor ya-
pave, See Winer Comm. in Gal. I.c.
In composition did mostly

ification and refers: 1. to
space and time, through,
implying transition, continuance, etc.
as diafalva, Sronlie, Saylvones, dutye:
also trop. through, fo the end, marking
completeness, and thus becoming in-
tensive, as Siafléine, Sayirecse. 2 to
distribution, diffusion, etc. throughest,
among, every where, as dtayyilies, 3. to
mutual or alternate effects or endeav-
ours, through, belween, among sc. ove
another, to and fro, as

Siopdzoua. 4, to separation, i. q. Lat

dis, in two, in pieces, apart, etc, Bat.

6147. 0.9; 08 Pimple, duadier, Suaggs-

yruus. Comp. Tittm. in Bibl Repos.

TL p.50, Ax.

_ heaBaivea, £ Pioopan to pass
‘through or over, seq. acc. of thing. e. g.

Aeapeiddo ‘
viv Sélevvay Heb. 11: 29. 80 Bept.
and 739 Gen, 31:21. 1 Sam. 18 7—
Jos, Ant. 7.9.7 tov "Jopdcrqy. Xen.
An. 1.2.6.—Seq. sic, Acts 16: 9.—Xen,
An.7.2.9.—Seq. 965 ¢. acc. Luc. 16.26,

AaBaddo, £. Padi, to thrust
through, Diog. Laert. 1.118 diaBealérra
tis Sipas tor Saxtvhoy. to tr
carry over, Thuc. 6.30, Hence metaph,
and in N.T. to carry or deliver over to
any one in words, i.e. to report or in-
Sorm against, to traduce, to accuse ;
Pass. seq. dat. Luke 16 1 dufiidy
atx. Sept. for Chald. xzap bo
Dan. 3:8, 6: 25.—Seq. dat. Herodot. 5:
35. mg6¢ tv Jos, Ant. 7.11.3. Xen.
An. 1.1.3.

MuaBeBaww, @, f daw, to
strengthen throughout, to make very firm ;
in N.T. Mid. deapePacdopas, oouas,
metaph. to afirm strongly, to asseverate,
to urge, seq. melo. gen. 1 Tim. 1: 7,
Tit. 3 8. — Philo de Decal. p. 263, 24.
Polyb, 12. 12. 6.

haBréneo, £. yor, to look through,
i.e. to view attentively, Plato Phaedo. 37.
Io N. T. to see clearly, i. e. fully, Matt.
7:5. Luke 6: 4%

ha Bodos, ov, 5, %, subst. (510-
Addko q, v.) a calumniator, slaaderer,
accuser, Viz.

a) genr. 1 Tio. 3:11. 2 Tim. 3.
Tit. 23. So Sept. of Haman, for Heb.
Sx Esth. 7:4. 3753 ib. 8: 1.—1 Mace.
1: 36, Xen. Ag. il. 5.

b) with the art. 6 deafodog, the devil,
i.e. the accuser by way of eminence,
i. q. JOIDA, 6 caravdg, Satan, the prince
of the fallen angele, § dgzwy tay Sai
povler Matt, 9: 34. According to the
later Hebrews, he acts as the accuser
and calumniator of men before God,
Job 1:7, 12, Zech. 3:1, 2, coll. Rev, 12
9, 10 ; seduces them to sin, 1 Chr, 21: 1;
and is the author of evil, both physical
and moral, by which the human race is
afflicted ; seein dayéror b. InN.T.
6 diiBodos appears as the constant ene-
my of God, of Christ, of the divine
kingdom, of the followers of Christ,
and of all truth ; full of falsehood and
malice, and exciting and seducing to
evil in every posible way. Matt, 4: 1,

181

Aayroas
+5, 8, 11. 13: 39, 25: 41. Luke 4: 2,3, 5,
6, 13. 8: 12, John 13:2 Acts 10: 38,
Eph. 4:27. 611. 1 Tim. 6,7. 2 Tim.
2% 26. Heb. 2:14. James 4:7. 1 Pet.
5: 8, Jude 9, Rev. 2 10. 12: 9, 12. 20;
2,10. Sept. for yo 1 Chr. 28: 1,
Job 1: 6 sq. % 18q. ‘Zech. 3:1, 2 —
Wisd. 2:°23.' Test. XIE Patr. p. 672, 24.
Ol. Act. Thom. §32.—Hence éx rod
SiaBélov v. vids 106 SiaBélov elves, to be
the child of Satan, i.e. to be like
John & 44. Acts 13:10. 1 John 3:8
ter, 10.—In the same sense, John 6: 70
SuiPolos, a devil, i. q. vids 105 Buafdov,
coll. Acts 13: 10, i.e. an enemy of God
and man; comp. catavés Matt. 16: 23,
Mark 8: 33,

chayyélia, £. yas, (dd, eyyil-
Jw,) to announce throughout, i. e.

‘a) every where, generally, to publish
se. far and near, to proclaim, trans.
Luke,9: 60, Pass. Rom. 9:17. Sept.
for 185 Ex. 9:16. Ps. 27.

b) implying completeness, to an-
nounce fully, i. e. to give exact and cer-
tain information of, trans, Acts 21: 26,
Sept. for 724 Josh. 6: 10.— Jos. Ant.
7. 9,2, Xen, An. 1,6, 2.

Aucye, Luke 11: 8, seo in Té 1. a.

eerylvomet, aor. 2 buyerduny, to
be throughout, i. e. to be always, 2 Mace.
11:26, Xen. Mem. 2.8.5. InN. T.
of time, fo be through, i, e. to be past, to
have elapsed, Mark 16:1. Acts 25: 13,
27: 9.—Herodian. 1. 10. 1.: Ael. V. H.
3.19 rgidv pnviw Staysropéver.
haywooxa, £. yrdoopar, to know
ive. accurately, to distin-
guish, Sept. Deut. 2:7. Xen. Mem. 3.
1.9, InN. to inquire fully into, to
examine, to investigate, in a judicial
sense, trans. Acts 23:15. 24: 22.—Philo
de Agric. p. 204. C, xad dixarrds tog
negh ixdoto Biayrecousvous dmeki-
gwcar, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 14.
Aaryvoglt«a, f. tow, to make known
throughout, i.e. every where, to tell
one to publish, seq. mregh tsv0s, Luke

Auttyveoas, sas, 4, (Bayrrdiore, )
Pp. exact knowledge ; in N. T. in a ju-
dicial sense, examination, trial, hearing,

Ahayoyrute
Acts 25: 91, — Wiad, S18, Jon. Ant.
15.3.8 Diod. Sic. 1. 60.

Aayoyyvteo, £. bo, (3d, yoyyite
which see,) o murmur throughout, i.e.
to keep murmuring, ec. with the idea of
complaint, to 2 sullen discontent,
abeol. Luke 15:2. 19:7. Sept. by 43
Ex. 15: 24, 16: 2, 8. — Ecclus. 34: 24.
Heliodor. 7. 27.

Aeaygnyoptis, 3, f. How, (dd,
venyogia which see,) to wake through 4h;
ae. the night etc. to keep awake, Hero-

dian. 3.4.8. InN.T. to be fully awake,
Luke 9: 32,

Ataryco, £. fu, (Sui, Byo,) to lead or
bring through or over, ec. any place ete.
e.g. a river, Xen. An. 2 4. 28. fire,
etc. Sept. for W327 2 Sam. 12: 31,
water, Wiad. 10; 18." “In N.T. hipaa
of time, to bring ie. to
©. g. foiz.0r Blov, to lead a quiet life, to
Tive, ete. 1 Tim, 22. — 2 Mace. 12 38
odfBaroy. Jos. Ant. 8. 14.3 thy vinta.
Xen. Hiero 7.10, Aelian. H. An. 16,
28 roy Blor. — So absol. with toy Alor
implied, Tit. 8: 8.— Plut, Timol, 3.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5.

Aadédyomcn, £. dé5opas, to receive
through sc. others, i. e, as transmitted
from one to another through a series, to
receive in succession, to succeed to, trans,
‘Acts 7: 45 iy sionyayoy duabeSciperos
{ainjr] of naages. — Jos. Ant. 7, 14. 2
aiy Baodelar. Herodian. 4, 2,20, Sui-
das, iaDizopas* xi duct moldéiy texé-
pevor a trdgov sig Eregor ext dud Ssadé-

Aetdquer, actos, 16, (dadée to
bind quite eround,) a diadem, the
syrabel of royal dignity, Rev. 12: 3. 13:

. 19:12, Sept. for nq Esth. 1: 11.
zi, Bs Is. 62 3, — 1 Mace. 1:9,
Jos, B. J. 1.3. 1, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 13.

Aadidcus, £. ddow, 1. to deliver
through ec. verious hands, from one to
another in succession, to deliver over én
succession, trans. Rev. 17:13 in text.
rec, ayy Rovolay aint 16 Snel da~
Scicovew. Others &:ddacsv.—Thue. 1.
16 oi dgriy Siaddouivey sdsktuedu.

in

Comp. jeasddyoptes.
2. to deal out, to divide out, to distrib-

hacdyaq
tule, trane, or absol. Luke 11: 22. 18 22,

John & 11, Acts 4: 35.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
3.6 bia. 1. 4. 10 bie, 11.

Aeddozos, ov, 8, 4, (Ssadizoas
4g. ¥.) @ auccessor, 8c. in office, Acts 24:
27. — Ecclus, 46: 1. Jos. Ant. 1, 13.3
Xen. An, 7.2. 5.

Aeakovrupe, or datwrvien, far.
teboey to gird quite around, i.e. Grmly,
trans. John 13:4, i

thing around one’s self,
Aor. 1. Pass. with Mid. signif. John 13:
5. Sept. for sah Ez. 23: 15.—Lucian.
Qnomod. Hist. Conscrib. 3. — Used in
reference to the flowing robes of ori-
entals; see in “Avatevrups.

Auccthjxm, 18, 4, (Barton) 6
_ Aen (Oa

disposition, arrangem:

a) spokeu of a testamentary disposi-
tion, @ testament, a will, Heb. 9: 16,17.—
Jos. Ant. 17.9.7. Demosth, 1136. 12

b) a covenant, i.e. a mutual agree-
ment or mutual promises on mutual
conditions; Gal. 3 15. So
73 1 Sam. 18: 3, 23: 18. al.
Aristoph. Av, [434] 439, Suides, dea-
Stuy? curd, — In N. T. spoken of
God’s covenants with men, j. e. the di-
vine promives conditioned on obedi-
ence, viz.

(a) of the Abrahamic covenant, cou-
firmed also to the other patriarchs, of
which circumcision was the sign; see
Gen. 15 1—18. 17: 1—19. So Luke 1:
72, coll. v. 73. Acts 3:25. Gal. & 17.
Called aloo 4 dia. megsrowie, Acts 7:8.
Bept, and nv Gen. 15: 18. 17: 2,4. al.
—2 Mace. & 15.

(A) of the Mosaic covenant, entered
into at Mount Sinai, with sacrifice and
the blood of victims ; see Ex, 24:8—12.
Deut, 5 2 #q. where Sept. for nz—
Heb. 8: 9 bin, 9: 20, Called aloo 4
apoirn dicdyuy, the fret covenant, i. 6.
the Old or Jewish dispensation, in refer
ence to the gospel, Heb. & 15. So
Heb. 9: 4 bis, rij mfartoy tii udp

—ral al mains tig 5. ie. the ark which
‘was the symbol of God's presence un-
der the Mosaic covenant, and the tables
of the law which the people had cove-
nanted to obey. Rev. 11:19, comp.
Hob. &: 5. 80 Sept. and rma Nam.

Aalpeos 183

W: 83. Deut. 9: 9, 11. — The Mosaic
covenant was strictly the renewal or
confirmation of the Abrabamie ; hence
Paul uses the plural 8:a9:jxas, Rom. 9:
4. Eph. 2 12, — By meton. sinee the
ancient covenant is contained in the
Mosaic books, d&adsjey ie put for the
book of the covenant, the Mosaic

i.e. the law, Heb. Bei 9 Cor. 314
Gvdyrucns tis males: 3. So Sept. and
v2 Dent, 4: 13.—Ecclus, 24: 23 6/8-
hos biaDixns.—For Gal. 4: 24 see in 7.

(7) of the new covenant promised of
old ‘and sanctioned by the blood of
Christ, the gospel dispensation ; comp.
Jer. 31: 31 oq. al. where eps for nag.
— Heb. 8: 10 et 10: 16 et Rom. 11:
quoted from Jer. 31: 38, 34, coll, Is,
27:9. Heb. 10: 29, Called also Ȣa 3.
Heb, 12:24, xarv7 3. Matt. 96:28, Mark
34: 4 Luke 22 20, 1 Cor. 11: 25.
2 Cor. 8: 6. Heb. & 8. 9:15, xgelrrev
8. Heb. 7: 22, 8:6. 3. aisinvos 13: 20,
8. devriga (implied) 8: 7, — Hence, Gal.
4:%A v0 diePijxas, the two covenants,
i.e. the old and the new.

Muarigecrs, ecag, (d:asgiee,) division,
act of dividing, Xen. Cyr. 4.5, 55. In
N. T. distinction, diference, ete. 1 Cor.
1% 4,5, 6, diaigionc, 7. e. diversities,
differences, classes of gifts, etc. Sept.
of the classes or sections of the priests,
ete, for njitimg 2 Chr, & 14. Ezra 6:
18. — Diod. ‘Bic. 2 31 dsalgears air
zesvey.

Ahougto, &, aor. 2 duitdoy, (Bud of
sep. aleis,) to take apart, i. ©. to sepa-
rate, to divide, ec, into parts, Sept. for
“m3 Gen. 15: 10, al. Lucian, D. Mort.
16.8. InN. T. to divide out, to distrib-
ude, trans, Luke 15: 12, 1 Cor. 12: 11.
Sept. for pirt Josh 18:5. 1 Chr. 23:
6. — Jos. Ant. 5.1.23, Xen, Cyr. 4.
5.51.

Aaxadagive, f, sé, Buttm. § 95,
9. n.14; to cleanse throughout, i.e.
thoroughly, trans, Matt. 3: 12 et Luke 3:
17 hid Gieva, ec. by ventilation with | a
fon, 10 xtioy; hence i. q. lixpgy ryy
eva, Ruth &2. Comp. Calmet, art.

Jahn § 65.—So dranastal-
gen nix Gide, Alciphron, 3. 26.

Aranareddyyomas, £. tytopa to

haxovéo

(2d, waahéyropas) to eonfute in dep
tation, i. q. Speves xateliyye, neq.

- dat. Acts 18: 28.—Bo dieeninw, dratoted—

opas, to vie in drinking, in archery, ete.

haxovbeo, @, aor. 1 demnéryce,
comp. Buttm. § 86. n. 6, (S:dnoves,) to
serve, to attend upon, to minister unto, in-
trans. spoken

a) of persons, seq. dat. expr. or impl.
(a) genr. as & master or guest, Matt, &
15 nat Siqedves ccirois. 27:55. Mark 1:
31. 141. Luke 4: 39, 22:96. Phi-
Jem. 13. So Matt. 20: 28 bis. Mark 10:
45 bis. John 12: 26 bie. —Jos, Ant. 19.
1.6. Lucian, D. Deor. 4.4, Demosth.
362 ult. Xen. Cyr. 8,3. 8.—Especially
spoken of those who serve at
to wait upon, Luke 10:40, 12:37, 17:8,
22 27 bis. John 12: 2.—Ather. 4.10,
Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. An. 4. 5. 32—
(8) By impl. to minister to the wants of
any one, i.e. to supply one’s wants, ©. g.
food, clothing, ete. Matt. 4: 11, 2
Mark 1: 13, Luke & 3 dupévaw ang
Gino tév inegyortey aitat;. So of the
alms collected by the churobes, the dia-
tibution of alms, etc. Rom. 15: 25.
Heb. 6: 10 bis. 1 Pet. 4: 11. —(y) In
the sense of to be the attendant or assiat-
ant of any one; as Timothy and Ere-
tosthenes are said to be Saxovotrsee 16
Hatly, Acts 19:22, 80 Heb. Igy
Josh. 1:1. Ex. 24:13; where Sept.
tmovpyés and nageotyxais. — (3) inike
primitive chureh, to fill the office of a
Suatxovos, to fulfil the duties of a deacon,
i, e, to have charge of the poor and the
sick, etc, 1 Tim. 3: 10, 13.

b) of things, seq. accus. of manner,
and dat. expr. or impl. (Buttm, $131.
67) aso in the passive construction ;

to minister, ec. any thing to any one, to
administer, to provide, etc, 2 Tim, 1:18
Boa dy “Bplay Snsirz. 80 2 Cor, 3:
8 tmoroly Xpuotod Yaxorpdiion 4
tipsiv, ministered by us, i.e. written by
our ‘sid or ministry, by us, — Anacr. 9,
14, “Avoxgéovts Staxoris tocatza. The-
ophr. Char. 2 4.—By impl. to minister

any thing to one’s wants, etc. I Pet. 4:
10g beveois [i. q. sig GdAgdovs] aid
Stecxovoirres, coll. v.11. 80 of alms,
sets, collected by the churches, ete.
to administer, to distribute, Pase. 2 Cor.

chaxovia

‘& 19, 20.—Comp. Lucian. Asin. 53. —
Spoken of prophets etc, who minister,
he, announce, deliver ec, the divine
will, etc. 1 Pet. 1: 12.—Origen. Comm.
in Ps. 48: 4, of Ssaxovoirees 15 Adyoy.
Jos. Ant, 6, 13, 6.— Seq. dat. alone,
Acts & 2 diaxoraiy tgamnsaic, to serve
i. e. to have charge of the
alms and other pecuniary matters—
Heliodor. 5. p. 218, So ministrare velis
Virg. Aen, 10. 218, comp. Heyne’s
note,
Lhaxovla, ac, 4, (daxdv0s,) ser-
vice, attendance, ministry, viz.

a) genr. Heb, 1: 14.—Jos, Ant. 4.6.3.
— Towards a master or guest, at table
or in hospitality, Luke 10: 40. 1 Cor.
16: 15.—Xen. Occ. 7. 41.

b) ministry, ministration, i.e. the of-
fice of ministering in divine things,
spoken ly of apostles and teachers;
Acts 1: . 6:4 dian. 108 Adyou, 20:
24, 21: 19, Rom, 11:13, 1 Cor. 12: 5.
2 Cor. 3: 7, 8,9 bis, 4:1. 5:18. 6&3
Eph. 4:12. Col. 4:17, 1 Tim. 1: 12
2 Tim. 4: 5, 11. Once of the office of a
Sidxovos, Rom. 12: 7, where others take
it in the wider sense as above.

¢) in the sense of aid, relief, spoken
of alms, contributions, etc. Acts 11:29 sis
Siaxorlay néppas, Rom.15:31, coll. v.26.
2 Cor. 8:4, 9: 1,13. 11: 8. Rev. 2:19.—
Act. Thom, 56, éxéuicay zomata nolhé
tle Staxovlay tév yqodr.—Spoken of
the distribution, ministration, of alms
thus collected, etc. Acts 6:1. 12:25
coll, 11: 30. 2 Cor. 9: 12,

Audxovos, ov, 6, %, (either fr. dd
and xdvis, pp. & dusty i.e. hasty mes-
senger ; or better from obsol. dicixer,
Sujxes, to run, to hasten, Buttm. Lexil. 1.
p. 21 0q.) a@ servant, allendant, minister,
viz,

a) genr. and with a gen. of the mas-
ter or person served, Matt. 20: 26. 23:
1. Mark 9: 35. 10: 43.—Xen. Cyr. 8,
2.8 — Spoken of those who wait at
tableetc. John 2: 5,9.—Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1.
Xen. Mem. 1.5.2, Among the Greeks,
the dicixovor were a higher class of ser-
vants than the doidos, Athen. X. p. 192.
B. comp. Xen. |. c. Butum. Lexil. I.
p. 220. — Spoken of the servants or at-
tendants of a king, Matt. 22:13. So

184

, Maxglro

Romn. 18 4 bis, S200 dictnoves, i.e. the
servant, minister, vicegerent, of God.
Sept. for nq ym Esth. 1:10. 22, & 3
—BSpoken of'an attendant, a disciple, ete.
John 12: 26,

b) spoken of ministers, teachers, oc. of
divine things, who act for God, Christ,
etc, with a gen. as before, e.g. tov
S208 1 Cor. & 5. 2Cor kG EA
1 Thess, 3: 2, 20g. tod Xpiot0d ote.
2 Cor, 11: 23. Eph. 6 21. Col. 1: 7.
4:7. seq. tig éxxdgolas Col. 1:25. So
80q. t05 catavad 2 Cor. 11:15, coll. v.14.

¢) with a gen. of the thing to be
done or promoted by one’s service and
ministry, e. g- Rom. 15: 8 d:cxovos mage
ropij¢, a minister of circumcision, i. e. of
Judaism, or to the Jews. 2 Cor. 11:15
d:ax. Sixasocivns. Gal. 217. Epb.
37. Col. 1: 23,

d) as an officer in the primitive
church, one who has charge of the alms
and money of the church, an overseer of
the poor and the sick, an almoner, Phil. }:
1, 1 Tim. 3: 8,12, 4:6. See Acts &
1—6, Of a female i duixoros, who
had charge of the female poor and sick,
Rom. 16: 1.—Hence the English word
deacon, but in a different sense.

Aeaxdot, ax, a, (dig, txarér,)
two hundred, Mark 6:37. Joho & 7.
21: 8. Acts 23: 23 bis, 27: 37. Rev. Li:
3.12 6

haxova, f. ovcopar, (8:0, éxobe,)
to hear through or out, Xen. Hiero 7. 11.
In N.T. to hear fully, in a judicial
‘sense, seq. gen. Acts 23: 35. So Sept.
and 979% Deut. 1: 16.

chaxgive, f. i, to

throughout, i.e. wholly, completely,
trans, Mid, to separate one’s self, etc.

(8) pp. Jude 22 ois pay dherirs Juccxgs-
véusvot, on some (i, e. those not Chris-
tiaus) have compassion, separating your-
selves from them.—Hesych. draxexgicSu~
agogitiodu, duxprdivees” zogieDivtes.
Herodian. 3.1.9 6 Tatgos Siaxpives ta

Fon.

b) by impl. to distinguish, to make a
distinction, to cause to differ; Acts 15: 9
obdév Sudepeve prrati Ssiy. 1 Cor. 1:
29 pn dioxglewy 1 odipe tod xvplew, ec.
from common food. Mid. James 2 4

Aeetxprors

xed ob Ssomployre dy tevrots ; interrog.
and as apodosis, do ye not then make a
distinction in yourselves ? i.e. are ye not
partial? Others under d below.—Mid.
Herodian. 4. 6, 12. — With the idea of
preference, prerogative, 1 Cor. 4: 7 tig
rie os Svaxpla.—Trop. to distinguish,
to discern clearly, to note accurately, Matt.
16:3 13 npécumer 10% cbparot. 1 Cor,
14: 81 yg tov saviois duexgivopey, i.e. if
we took a proper view, formed a just
extimate of ourselves, 1 Cor. 14: 29,
q. Soxutte in 1 John 4: 1. Bo
Sept for }72 Job 12: 11.—Xen Mem.
1,9.9—1

¢) in the sense of to consider accu-
rately, to judge, to decide, e. g. Suaxgivas
Gra pioov siv6¢, 1 Cor. 6&5. So Sept.
for bbw Ex. 18:16. 1K.3:9. yy
Ps. 50:4. Prov, 31:9.

4) Mid, dsaxpivopas, sor. 1 pass,
Suexgidyy with mid, signif. Butem. §136.
2; to separate oneself from, i.e. to con-
tend with, pp. in battle Polyb, 2.22. 11,
Xen. Ag. 1.33. In N.T. metaph.
(a) to contend or atrive with, to dispute
with, seq. dat. Jude 9. seq. mpés'e. ace.
Acts 11:2, Sept. seq. dat. for 7332
Jer. 15:10, seq. mode for How Ez. 20:
‘35.—Luc. Pseudosoph. 5. Polyb. 22.27.
1.—{f) to be én strife with one’s self, i.e.
to doubt, to hesitate, to waver, Matt. 21:
21, Mark 11: 23. Rom. 4: 20, 14: 23,
James 1:6. 24 xab ob dtoxpldme ty
Sevrois, without interrog. and if ye do
this without hesitation ; comp. in b above.
So paiv Siaxgirdpsvos, without hesita-
tion, confidently, Acts 10:20. 11: 12,
James 1: 6. — Heeych. S:exgldy~ b:é-
otatey.

haxgiors, as, 4 i (Siaxglve,) o

istinguishing, a discerning clearly, i. e.
spoken of the act or power, Heb. 5:
14 xadot zat xaxod. 1 Cor. 12:10 ray
mvevpatey, comp. in Araxglyw b. —
Apoll. Rhod. 4. 1169.—By impl. Bom.
14:1 ph tly draxgloes dsaloysopioy, lit.
not for scrutinizings of thoughts, i.e. not
with searching out and pronouncing
judgment on their opinions; comp.
v. 5,13. Others, doubts, scruples.

Auaxohio, f. dom, to hinder

4 ©. to impede or forbid ut-
terty, trans. Matt. 3:14 5 88 Iedvrns 8-
24

185

dea hextog

excidver ecitéy, i.e. spoken in the imperf.
of a continued action, or de conatu;
see Winer Gr. § 41.3.c. Matth. § 504.3,
—Judith 127, Xen. H. G. 1. 6:28.

akarkieo, a, f.%00, to speak to
and fro, i.e.

a) to talk with any one, to converse
with; Lake 6: 11 dutdtovy mgo¢ dAdyj-
Rous, i.e. they communed, consulted.
—Polyb. 23. 9, 6, Eurip. Cycl. 175.

b) to speak of every where, i.e. to tell
abroad, to divulge, trans, So in pass.
constr. Luke 1: 65. — Symm. for wn
Ps. 51: 16.

Auaréyeo, £.tu, to gather out apart,
i.e. to select, Xen. Occ. 8.9, Mem. 4. 5.
11. In N.T, only as depon, Mid.
Seadeyouct, aor. ] pass, 6: with
mid. signif. Buttm. §198. 2; to speak to
and fro, i. e. alternately, to converse with,
viz.

a) spoken of a dispute, ete. to dispute,
to discuss, intrans, seq, dat. Jude v. 9 78
Dafély dsaxpiviperos diekéyst0. Bo ved.
‘gos Gldijlow, Mark 9: iy coll. v. $3,
Sepr. for mpi2 Is. 1: 18. seq. 1965 for’
a7 Judg. 8: 1.—Seq. dat. Xen. Mem.
1.6.11. seq. 96s ib. 1. 6. 1.

b) of public teaching etc. to discuss,
to discourse, to reason, to argue, intrans,

nd absol, Acts 18: 4. 19: 8, 9, 20: 9,
MA: 25. seq. dat. Acts 17: 2, 17, 18: 19,
20: 7. seq. mods c. acc, Acts 24: 12,
Sept. for “py Is, 63: 1. seq. mgd¢
Ex. 6: 27.—Ecclus. 14: 20. Xen. H. G.
2.2.11, Mem. 3.3.7. seq, dat. ib,
Anab. 2. 5, 41. — Trop. of an exhorta-
tion etc. to address, to speak to, seq. dat.
Heb. 12: 5. — Herodian. 1.5.2. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 4.

Atacdednea, £. yo, pp. to leave be-
tween, i.e. to leave an interval, ac. of
space or time ; hence in N. T. to inter-
mit, to desist, to cease ; seq. Perici.
Luke 7: 45 of Sidline xeragulotoa, she
has not ceased kissing my feet, ete. see
Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Sept. for S17 Jer.
44: 18. QT Jer. 17: 8.—Jos. Ant, 8.
12, 3, Xen. Apol. Soc. 16.

AuctAext08, ov, 4, (Beadsyoper q.¥.)
speech, language, as articulated through
or by the tongue, Aristot. H. An. 4. 9.
In N. T. language sc. a8 spoken by a

diaddacoo
province, a dialect, ic

Coe Acts 19. 2:6, 8, 21: 40. 2% 2.
26: 14. — Jos, Ant. 3.1.6. Polyb. 1.
67. 9.

ehadiedasm or arr, £ $0, (dui,
ddoaw,) to change between, i. e. to per
mute, lo change for another, to exchange,
2 Mace, 6: 27. Ken. H. G.1.6.4.. Trop.
to change in feeling towards any one, to
reconcile, traus, Xen. H. G.1.6.7. Vect.
—In N.T.only Mid. dtadkdooouat, 7),
aor. 1, pass, SinlldySqy with mid. sig-
nif. Buti. § 136. 2, to change one’s own
feelings towards, i.e. to reconcile one’s
self, to become reconciled, c. dat. Matt. 5:
A diadddynds 14 dchpG gov. So Sept.
for F2N7 1 Sam. 29: 4,—Esdr. 4: 31.
Jos, Ant.'16, 4.4. Thue. 8. 70.

chuochoy ope, £.isopas, to reckon

through, i.e. to complete or settle an ac-

* count, Dem. 1236.17. In N. T. trop.
to consider, to reflect, to reason, lo poniler,
via.

8) gens. 0. g. é zag xagdiaug, Mark 2:
G,8, where for tatza see Buttm. §131.7.
Luke 3: 15, 5:22. év Eavrgi Luke 12
17. & bavtoig Mark 2:8, mag ovrais
Matt. 21: 25. seq. x6 Jobo 1: 50,
neq. motamdg Luke 1:29. absol. Luke
5:21, Sept, c. accus, for sir Ps, 7:
6. 119: 59.—Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 20.

b) in a mutual or reciprocal sense,
to consider together, to deliberate, to de-
bate ; seq. by Eavtcis, Matt. fe 7, 8.
gas Gligjhovs Mark 8°16. meds fov-
tots Luke 20:14. absol. Mark 8: 17.
In the senso of to dispute etc. Mark 9:
38—Aelian. V. H. 14. 43. Xen. Mein.
35.1.

cheodoyrouos, ob, 8, (diadoyt-
Comes) computor adjustment of ac-
counts, Dem. 951. 20. In N. ™ ry

tion, cogitation, viz.

a) geor. Lake 38, 5:22. 6: 6°9:47"
Tames % 4 xgura} dealoyiouay morngsiy,
i.e. judges having evit thoughte, unjust,
pertiat; for the gen. of quality, see
Buttm. § 132, 4. 4. Sept. for mo
Ps, 92: 6, Ie, 58:7. 74°59 Dan. & 29,
30.—Arrian. Dias. Ep, 1. "9. 10. Polyb,
3.17.8. —So in different shades of
sense, @, g. for reasoning, opinion, Rom.
4:2). 1 Cor, 3:20, Rom. 14: I see in

186

4 ow.

Auapive

Atdagiss. Sept. for nygity Pe. 9: 11.
Sod pen bam ke;
and especially evil thoughts,
etc, Matt. 15:19. Mark 7: 21. Sept.
for magi Prov. 21:18. evil, Ps. 56:6.
Is, 59: 7.—In the sense of doubt, Luke
24: 38 Siadoyicpod dvofalzove, ie.
doubtful thoughts, suspense,

b) in the sense of, ait
§ Ball 3,

tention, Lake 5, 4,3
joigie yoyy' wah buw
BETS 9 15,

ai; rash

chadve, §. too, to dissolve; in
N. T, spoken of a collection of people,
to disperse, to break up, Pase. Acts 5:96.
—Jos, Ant. 4. 3. 1 tév ovldoyéy. Ken.
Cyr. 5. 5.43 ayy orgatiar.

chopagripoua, f. odpay, depon,
Mid. to call throughout to witness, viz.
gods and men, all beings, i. e. to qfirm
with solemn oblestations, Sept. Deut 4
26. Xen. H. G. 3, 2. 13—In N. T.
teatify through and through, i. ©. to bear
(full and complete witness, viz.

a) to admonish solemnly, to change eqr-
neally, to urge upon, seq. dat. Luke 1&
28. absol, Acts 2:40. 1 Thess, 4: 6.

BET Fanche: -

ae =

oer

Strengthened by the adjunct éveimer,

tot Seob x. tr. 2. 1 Tim. 5: 21.

214. 4:1. Sept. for 737q Ex. 19: 21.

Pe, 81: 9.—Fahr, Cod. Peoudep. V. T.
682 noldd Siapagrogdpay atreie

ro jij moufjoas. Polyb. 1.37.4 Kea.

Cyr. 7.1. 17.

b) to testify fully, i.e. to declare fully,
to teach earnestly, to enforce, trans. Acts
8: 25. 18: 5, 20: 21, 24, 23: 11, 28: Ie
Seq. dat. et Sr, Acts 10: 42, 20: 23,
absol. spoken of'a sacred writer, Heb. 2:6.
Sept. for syry Deut. 32:45. ~ tr
Ex. 18:20. ‘yin Ez. 16: 2 20: 4—
Jos. Ant. 9, 8. 3,

chopmeryouat, £. jouer depor.
Mid. to fight together, Xen. Anab. 7. 4.
10; seein Aid note. In N.'F. metapb.
to contend sc. in words, to dispute warmly,
Acts 23: 9,—Ecclus, 8:1. Thue, 3. 4%

recpéveo, £. v0, to remain through,
ive. permanently, fo continue, sc. in the
same place, Xen, An. 7.1.6. InN. T.
spoken of state, condition, cireum-
stances, etc. to remain the same, to com

2Tim.

Anpegtio

tinue, f endure, i.e. not to change;
Heb. 1: 11 dzopérers, quoted from Ps,
102: 27, where Sept. for 722, coll. v. 28.
So 2 Pet. & 4 marta ottw dropéves,
comp. Ps. 119: 90 where Sept. for 1729.
—Polyb. 1. 18.6, Xen. Mem, 4.7.
—With adjuncts, e. g. xempés, Luke Li
22, x05 twa, to remain to, i. e. to be
preserved to any one, Gal. & 5. So
Bstd t1v0¢, spoken of persons, to remain
with, i.e. to remain constant towards any
one, Luke 22: 28.—Seq. dat. Diod. Sic.
14, 48. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 44,

chapepivo, f. tow, to dispart, to
separate into parts, to divide up, trans.

a) pp. Mark 15:24 Siapéoizoy at bud
tia. Pasa. Acts 2: 3 diausgutopevas
yhéoou, disparted flames, i.e. divided
out to each person from one common
source.—Mid. in a recipr. sense, to di-
wide up for one’s self, or among one an-
other, Matt. 27:35bis. Luke 23:34. John
19: 24, — Sept. for ph Ps. 22 19.
abe Gen. 10:25. 1 fhe. 1: 19. comp.
Dei. 32: 8, — In the sense of to divide
out, to distribute, Luke 22: 17, Acts 2
45. Sept. for pth Judg. 5:30. 2 Sam.
6 19.—Xen, An.7. 1. 4, where others
Siapergtiv.

b) trop. spoken of discord, dissen-
sion ; Pass. to be divided sc. into parties,
abeol. Luke 12: 52. seq. ént c. nce. to
be divided against, to be at discord with,
ete, Luke 11: 17,18. 12: 53.

Mansons, ov, 6, (Srapeplew,)

portion, Diod.
Biell47." Be Sept. for npibthg Ez. 48: 29.
In N.'T. metaph. dissension, Luke 12:
51. — The grammarians condemn thie
word, Pollux VIIL. 136. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. SIL.
Aeovéuca, f. pis, to distribute
throughout, Jos. Ant. 9.13.9. Xen.Mem.

8.4.1. In N.T. trop. to divulge, to
spread nc. alg tv Lady, Pass.
Acts 4: 17,

Aavevica, f.cb0n, to nod or wink
repeatedly, i. e. to make signs with the
head, eyes, etc. Luke 1:22. Sept. for
$2 Yah Pe, So 19. — Becton $7: 22

rales. So sf zugh An-
thor Gr IML pak od sat

187

Aeevuxrepeio

chavonua, eros, 16, (Bevotopa,)
cogitation, thought, Luke 11:17. Sept. for
Is, 55: 9.—Ecelus. 22:16. Xen,
5.19,

-ectvota, ag, 4, (Ssavodouer,) pp.
@ thinking through, mature thought ;_in
N. T. and genr. thought, mind, i.e. the
power of thought, viz.

a) meton. the mind, thoughts, intellect,
i.e, the thinking and sentient faculty,
Matt, 22: 37. Mark 12:30. Luke 10:27.
Eph. [1:18] 4:18. Heb. 8: 10. 1 Pet.
1: 18. 2 Pet. 3: 1. So Heb. 10: 16
quoted from Jor. 31: 33 for 32, where
Sept. for 39. So Sept. for ‘sb Gen.
17: 17, 24: 45:2 Mace. 2: 2. Merodian,
2.9.15. Xen. Mem. 3, 12. 6,

b) in the sense of intelligence, insight,
1 John 5:20, So Sept. for nb Ex. 35:
25. 36:1.

¢) mind, i.e. mode of thinking and
feeling, the feelings, affections, dit
of mind, Col. 1:21 é9eot 17 dsavolg.
Eph. 2: 3, — 2 Mace. 5: 17. Ken. Occ.
10. 1.—So Luke 1: 51 émegipavos dia-
volg xagdlas. Comp. Sept.1 Chr. 20:
18, ‘Bar. 1: 22.

avoty, f. olfe, (dui, dvolye
which see,) to open through, se. what
before was closed, open fully, trans.
©. g. m7 psitgay, to open the womb,
apoken of the first-born, Luke 2: 23.
Bept. and Le) 378 Ex. 13:2, 34:19.
So diay. tag dueds, to open the ears, i. 0.
to cause to hear, to restore hearing, Mark
7: 34,35, So Heb. prt ming Js. 85:
5, Sept. dvolyw, — Metaph. diay. to's
SepParuots, to open the eyes of any one,
i.e. to cause to see what was not
seen before, Luke 24:31. Sept. and
Big npe 2K. 617, So diay. tov
s6tr, sie ‘xagdlar, to open the mind, the
heart, etc. i.e. to make able and willing
to understand, receive, etc. Luke 24:
45. Acts 16: 14.2 Mace. 1: 4, comp.
Sept. Hos. 2: 15. Themist. II. p. 29.
— Hence, diay. tag reeds, to open the
scriptures, i. e. to lay open the sense, to
explain, to inke A: 92. Acts
17:3. ‘So ring Ps. 119: 130, Sept. §
ilu Asya.

Aaruxtepeva, £. voce, (Sid, res
tegste, fr. vis,) to bring the night through,

havie

to pass the whole night, intrans. Luke 6:
12, — Sept. addit. Job 2:9, Jos. B.J.
2.14.17, Diod. Sic. 13. 62.

Aavio, £ tow, (Bd, dvio,) to
bring
to finish, Acts 21:7 tor aot —2 Macc.
12:7, Jos. Ant. 4.6.8 tov Bio. Ken.
Cyr. 1. 4, 28 586%.

Meanaviog, adv. (ing, 8: martes
zesv0u) through the whole time, i.e. con-
finually, alhoaye; comp. in did 1. 2 8.
Mark 5:5. Acts 2:25, 24:16. Rom.
11:10. 2 Thess. 3:16. Heb. 13: 15.
Spoken of what is done at all stated or
proper times, Tuke 24: 53. Acts 10: 2.
Heb. 9:6. Sept. for 372K Deut. 11:12,
Ps, 84: 2. 119: 44,—Xen.Cyr. 2. 4.3,4,

eanagargBi, 7} Ie, A, (Bie, ma
garerfy rubbing, contention,) vehement
dispute, wrongling, 1 Tim. G:5, in Mes.
‘and tater edit, less well for magadse-
29:07 q. v. See Tittm. in Bibl, Repos.
TIL. p. 61.

hanepaw, &, f. dow, to pass
through or over, absol. e. g. a lake, Matt.
o1. 14: 84. Mark 5: 21. 6:53, a gulf,
eq. 7945, ¢. nce. Luke 16: 26. the sea,
Beg. eis Acts 21:12. Sept. diam. tay
"Joodarny for Vay 2 Sam. 19:15. Hy
Sdlacver Is. 23: 2. — Polyb. 11. 18, 4,
Xen. Ven. 9, 18.

unit, , £. saw, to sail
through or over, e.g. to mélayog Acts
27: 5,—Herodian, 8, 6. 11. absol. Xen.
An, 7. 8,1.

chanovéo, @, f. jw, to labour
through, to produce or effect with labour,
trans. 2 Macc. 2: 28. Aristot. Poet.
25.5. to exercise with labour, Diod. Sic.
1,53. 1a ocipara Xen. Ven. 4. 10,
Pass. to be pained, burdened, Sept. for
ayy Kec. 10: 9.—in N.T. Mid.
Sratoveoues, ofuas, aor. 1 pass. dse-
mori Oyy, With mid.signif. Buttm. §136.2;
metaph. to pain or grieve one’s self, to be
indignant, Acts 4: 2. 16: 18.-Hesyeh,
SuanornSelg* lumnduls.

chenogevoper, f. sicopas, depon.
to go or pase through sc. 1 place ; 8eq.
accus, Acts 16: 4. seq. dit c. gen.
Luke 6:1. seq. nord c. acc. Luke 13: 32.

188

through lo an end, i. 0, to complete,

Auaggjyrpe
absol. Luke 18:36. Rom. 15:24. Sept.
for wiz Gen. 24:62. “gy Zeph. 2:15.

piu: Job % 2. — Seq, ace. Xen. An. 2.
5.18. absol. ib. 2. 2. 11.

Aenopéa, @, £. joe, (diet, do
gio q. 0 eErmughou in peplrity,
to be in much doubt, to hesitate
intrans. Luke 9: 7. Acts 2:12 10: 7.
seq. megl c. gon. Luke 24:4. Acts 5:
24. Jos. Ant. proem. § 4. Diod. Sie,2.
18. trig tuv0s Aclian. V. .

hengeypatevouar, f. ricopes,
depon. to work through or out, to go
through with, to examine closely, Plato
Phaedon. 24. In N.T. to do or effect
fn business, to accomplish by traffic, to
gain by trade, éatrans. Luke 19: 15. —
So xpayporeurys, a business-man, mer-
chant, Plut. de cupidit, Div. 4. de non
foener. 2. Hence Rabb. 5110720,
merchant, Buxtorf. Lex. Ch, Rab. Tal
1799,

hangte, f. low, to saw through or
asunder, Sept. for 30 1 Chr. 20: 3
Apollodor. Bibl. 8.15. 9, dsam. toig
d8drtag, to saw or grate the teeth wc. in
rage, Lucian, Calumn, 24, — Iu N, T.
only Mid. diamglowat, metaph. to be
enraged, to be moved with anger, ec. sais
xagdlag Acts 7: 54. abeol. 5: 33. —
Heaych. Sungiorto~ éSupoirso, Ereiter
tobg dddvtag.

Aeagnetta, £. dow or die, (But,
gnife,) to snatch asunder, i.e. to pil-

lage, to plunder, to spoil, rans. Matt. 12
29 bis. Mark 3: 27 bis. for 113
Gen, 34: 27, 20, Nah. 2:9, hya Deut

“—Diod, Sie. 4, 66. Xen. An. 1.2.26.

Heagenyvoue or deagoyoow,
f. bu, (dec, Oqyrvut,) to tear through, to
rend asunder, trans. @, g. iuatie, Matt.
26: 65. Acts 14:14. zitdive Mark 14:
63. dSixcvoy Luke 5:6. dso Luke
8 29, Sopt. for 9p Gen. 37: 29, 34.
al. 3p3 2 Sam. 23:16. pn? Pe % 3
—Ael. V. H. 9.35. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 21.
--The Jews were accustomed to rend
their garments from the bosom to the
girdle in token of grief, indignation, ete.
see Gen. 37: 29, 34. 44: 138: Num. 1é:
6, Josh.7:6. 28am.3:31. 1 Mace.

Aacagto

HH: 71, Jos. B. J. 2.15.4. Philo de
Joseph. p. 528, 557. Comp. Jahn § 211.

asagee, &, f. how, (dit, cagig
clear, manifest,) to make fully manifest,
Le. to make known, to inform of; to tell,
trans. Matt. 18: 31. Sept. for eq
Deut. 1: 5. — 2 Mace. 1: 18,20. Joa.
Ant. 2.2.2, Polyb. 1. 46. 4.

Auxsele, £. dow, to shake through-
out, trans. i.e. fo cause to shake vehe-
mently, Diod. Sic, 20. 87. trop. to in-
spire terror, as psydhes pov ta ote
Sidowrs for srpry Job 4: 14.—In N.T.
metaph. to harass, to oppress, to extort
JSrom, trans, Luke 3: 14.—3 Macc. 7: 21.
Alciphr. 3, 20.

Aaszogntze, f. law, to scatter

~ throughout i.e. abroad, to disperse, trans,

Lukel:51. Pass, Matt.26:31. Mark14:27.
John 11:52. Acts 5:37. Sept. for tz
Deut, 30:1. Ez. 4: 13. st Deut.
30: 3, Neh. 1: 8. — Jos. Ant. 8. 15. 4.
Ael. V. H. 13. 45.—Spoken of grain, to
scatter, 9c. to the wind in the threshing-
floor, to winnow, Matt. 25: 24, 26, So
Heb. sr} Ruth 3:2 et Is, 30:24, where
Sept. uxpcios. — Metaph. to dissipate, to
squander, Luke 15: 13. 16: 1. — This
‘word belongs only to the later Greek,
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 218.

haander, &, £. dow, to pull asun-
der, to tear in pieces, trans. in N.T. only
Pass. Mark 5:4. Acts 23:10. Sept. for
pz Hos 13: 8. yz Job 19: 10.
Pee Judg. 16: 9, 12.— Jos. Ant. 6. 9.

"Xen. Eq. 5. 4.

huroneigaa, f. 296, to sow hither
and thither, to scatter as seed, i.e. to
scatter abroad, to disperse, spoken of
persons; Pass. Acts& 1,4. 11:19. So
Sept. and 711 Lev. 26:95, Ez. 1215,

pr] Gen. 1: 9. Ex, 5: 12, — Jos.
Ant. 7.10.3, Ael. V.H.3.1. Xen. An.
1.8, 25.

Aasnoge, as, 4, (Siacntiga,)
dispersion, spoken of the state of dis-
persion in which many of the Jews
lived after the captivity, in Chaldea,
Persia, and chiefly in Egypt, Syria, and
Asia Minor ; Sept. Jer. 34: 17. Judith
5 19. Comp. Jos. B.J. 7.3, 13 ya
*FowWalay yivos noli piv mod navay

189

- chaorptéga

‘Diy olsoupdeny mugdonugtas sig dni
zeplons" mbsioroy 38 fj Zupie cvapaps-
ypsrov.—In N.T. meton. the dispersion,
for the dispersed Jews, i.e. the Jews
living in dispersion, James 1:1. 1 Pet.
1:1. In John 7:35 Sion. tar “ELjvar,
i.e. the Jews dwelling either among the
Gentiles generally, or among nations
that use the Greek language, e.g. in
Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hellenists.
— Bo Sept. Ps. 147: 2 for Heb. particip.
wire. 2 Mace. 1: 27.

hasréidw, f. 126, to put asunder,
e. g. viv oxriy Plut. Mor. II. p.29, ed.
Tauchn. to eet apart, . g. guigy, tosig
molug, Sept. for "50 Deut. 10: 8.
19: 2,7 to dis e.g. tas dia-
gogds Philo Vit. Mos. lib. 3. Hence
Mid. to state distinctly, to clearly,
Polyb. 3, 23. 5.—In N.T. only Mid. by
impl. to command expressly, to
to enjoin upon, seq. dat, Acts 15: 24.
absol. Heb. 12: 20. Followed by a
negative clause, it may be rendered to
forbid, to prokibit, etc. Matt. 16: 20.
Mark 5: 43. 7: 36 bis. 8:15. 9:9. Sept.
for “171 Ez. 3: 18-21. “33 Mal.
3: 11.—Judith 11:12. Philo de Somn.
p. 1197. D. . Polyb. 16. 28. 5.

hutornuee, arog, 16, (Sitornun)
distance, interval, ac. of time, Acts 5: 7,
—Polyb. 9.1.1. of place, 2 Macc, 14:
44. Xen. Ven. 2. 5.

Maorody, Hs, %, (Bacrélde q.v.)
distinction, difference, Rom. 3: 22, 10:12.
1 Cor. 14: 7.—Pol. 16. 28.4. Hesych.
Suaatols} duixguars, Siedgecis.

aarpepa, £. yo, perf. pass. dé-
orpaypes, Buttm, § 98. 0.3; to turn or
twist throughout, i.e. to distort, to tum
aury, Xen, Conv. 7.3, Ven.7.4. [0
N. T. metaph. éo pervert, trans. spoken

a) of persons, fo turn away, to seduce,
é mislead, Luke 23: a Acts 13; 8,

lept. for p°9 07) Ex, 5: 27 1K.
18: 17, 18 Fabr. Cod, Proud ¥. TL
p. 604, Polyb. 5, 41. 1.

b) of things, etc. to pervert, to
to corrupt, Acts 13: 10 2ay ob mop
i.e. to wrest divine truth, to turn it
aside. So Sept. for wpy Prov. 10: 9,
Mic. 3: 9. — Polyb. 8, 24.3, Diod. Sic.
12, 12. — Pass, perf. part. deearpafipe-

Araowteo

wos, perverted, i.e. perverse, corrupt,
viewous, Matt.17:17, Luke: 41. Acts
20; 30. Phil. 2: 15. Comp. Buttm. § 113.
6 So Sept. for nbnw-Deut. 32 5.

Ataoid{o, £. 00, to save through,
i. @. to bring safely through sc. danger,
sickuess, etc. to trans, comp.
‘Tittm. in Bibl. Repos. III, p. 50. So
1 Pet. 3: 20 ducsdycay Of Waros,
were brought safely through the waters,
Acts 27: 43. 28:1, 4. Sept. for nba
Job 29:12, Dan.11:41. 57a
10:9, Deut. 20: 4. — Jos. Ant, 1. 3.
6, 12.13, Xen. Mem. 2.10.2. H.G.

isos 7,2. 2. — With the idea of motion, to

bring safely through to any place or per-
son; Pass. to come to or reach safely ;
seq. oes, exh, ete. Acts 23: 24 Hatlor
Biacvioors 1906 Dijlsxa.” Pass, Acts 27:
44 éni vy viv. Sept. c. ei¢ for pbnz
Gen. 19:19, Is. 37: 38.—e. eis Jos.
Ant. 14.14.38. Xen, An. 5.4.5, ¢. mod¢
Jos, Ant. 5.1.2. Diod, Sic, 11. 44, —
So of the sick, fo bring safely through,
i.e. to heal, Matt.14: 36. Luke 7:3, Sept.
for D222 Jer. 8: 20, coll. v. 22,

AMerrayn, 98, %, (Bardoow 4g, v.)
a disposing in order, @ disposition, ar-
rangement, i.e.
fa) pp. Acts 7: 58 édere tov véuor eis
Sierayis dyyélon, i.e. into or conform-
ably to the dispositions or arrangements
‘of angele; comp. Gal. 3:19 6 yopos
Biuacayele 87 ayyélev, also Heb. % 2.
‘The plural form may refer to the fact
of the giving of the law in portions
and at various times. For this use of
ads, comp. Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11: 82,
See Eis 3.e.— The O. T. makes no
mention of angels at the giving of the
law, Ex. 20: 1, 19, 22; but the above
passages of the N. 'T. assume their in-
strumentality, in accordance also with
Jewish tradi 3.80 Sept. Dent. 33: 2
de Behidy adzod Syyelor pat aitod for

Le apd my we, 4x09. Joa. Ant.15. 5.3

Bbypora ta by rig vopors 3¢ dyyélow
naga tod 6:00 padérra. Comp. Winer
Gr. § 53. 0, ult. Olshausen’s Comm. in
Acts !.c. Also Winer § 82. 4. b, ult.

b) in the sense of ordinance, institute,
Rom. 13: 2.—Sept. Ezra 4: 11.

Aeraypa, aroc, r6, (Sunsiovw,)

190

Mmpto

ordinance, mandate, Heb. 11: 23.—Sept.
Bare 7:11. Wied. 11:7. Plut. Marcell.
fin.

earagdssw or arte, ftw,
to stir up throughout, spoken of the mind
ete. to disturb, to agitate; Pass. Luke 1:
29.—Pol. 8.16. 8. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 40.

Aearaoow or art0, f. fw, to ar-
range throughout, lo dispose in order, 2s
trees, Xen. Oec. 4, 21, 22; or troops,
2 Mace. 12:20. Xen. An. 1.7.1. In
N.T. trop. to set fully in order, to ar-
range, to appoint, to ordain, trans. viz.

8) genr. Gal. 3: 19 6 voyos Sidtayels
3? dyyiov, comp. in Saray; a —
Polyb, 2 13. 3 @éos diataydivres.
Hesiod. “Egy. 252.

b) in the sense of to direct, to pre-
scribe, to order, Matt. 11:1. Luke & 55,
Acts 18:2, 1Cor. 9:14, 16: 1.—So r¢
Ovareraypevov, what is appointed or
prescribed, Luke 3:13. Acts 23:31. also
ta dsayOevre, Luke 17: 9,10. Sept.
for D'pT Ez. 21/19, 20. myn Dan. 1:
5.—Herodian. 1.9.6, Xen. Cyr. 8.4.5.
—Hence Mid. dcatoccouat in the same
sense, Acts 7: 44, 24: 23. 1Cor.7: 17.
41: 34, Tit, 1: 5. Acts 20: 13 otte yag
Ay dvarsvaypsros Hathos, 20 Paul had
appointed, where the perf. pass, has the
mid. signif, Comp. Buttm. § 136. 3.
Matth. § 498. Winer § 40. 3.

arelio, &, f. bow, to bring
through to a full end, to finish fully, to
complete, Xen. H.G. 7.3. 4, spoken of
time, with toy zgdvoy or the like, to

ing through the whole time, to pass the
time, etc. Xen. Mem. 1, 2.6. — Hence
in N.'T. absol, to continue throughout, fo
remain; Acts 27: 33 dovros Suereleiee.
Comp. in Auiyw and Acarelfo.—Ael.
V. H. 10, 6 dietihecs pértos dvoaos. Ken.
Mem. 1. 6. 2. .

Mearngées, 03, £. soe, (dc, engéw,)
to have one’s eye upon throughout, to
watch carefully, to keep with care, trans.
Polyb. 1.7.7. ib. 7.8.4, Aristot. H.
An. 9.7. In N. T. trop.

a) to guard with care, to lay up, to re-
tain, vc. év +h xagdlg, Luke 2 51. So
Sept and "\30j Gen. 87: 11. — Eoolus.

b) with fevrdy etc. to guard or keep

chek

one’s self wholly sc. from any thing, te
abstain wholly, seq. i, Acts 15: 20.
Comp. Sopt.eeq, 4s 0. infin. for 72 3
Is, 56: 2 ‘

earl or duet vl, wherefore? see in
Ae U2 a.

Hearédnus, £. dadjow, to place
apart, i.e. to set ouit in order, to arrange,
to.dispose in @ certain order, etc. Sep.
for D°pr 1 Sam. 11:11, Xen. Mem. 2
1, 27.—InN.T. only Mid. dtariPenas,
f. iaD:{couar, to arrange in one’s own
behalf, to make a disposition of, trans,

a) genr. to appoint, to make over, to
commit fo, etc. e.g. tiv Bacuelay, seq.
dat, Luke 22: 29 bis. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 2.
7 viv Suyatiga.—So of a testamentary
dieposition, fo devise, to bequeath, ec. by
will; hence ¢ dsadepevos, a testator,
Heb. 9: 16, 17.—Joa. Ant. 13.6.1. Pol.
20. 6. 5. Dem. 1029, 27.

b) spoken of a covenant, fo make an
Grrangement with another party; and
SiatlSepos SiaSvixnv, to snstitute or
make a covenant with, seq. dat. Heb. 8:10,
coll. v.9. seq. 2965 c.accus. Acts 3:25.
Heb, 10: 16. So Sept. for m2 793,
seq. dat, Deut. 5:3, Josh. 9: 6,7: .
gos Ex. 24: 8, Deut, 5:2. 2 Sam. 3:
13.—Aristoph. Av. 439 ix joy did Swvtad
7 018s duaSiiene duol,

AeexrplBea, f. yor, to rub in pieces,
Hom. Il, 11, 846 or 847. to rub continu-
ally e.g. the eyea, Tob. 11: 8, 12. to
‘wear away or consume, ac. by rubbing,
ete. Ti . 921. Herodot, 7. 120. —
In N. T. spoken only of time, to spend,
to pass, trans. e.g. zodrov, Acts 14: 3,
2B. tipigas, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6. 25: 6,
14. So Sept. dias. juspas for 3} Lev.
14: 8. — zodvoy Polyb, 4, 57. 3. "Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 15.—So absol. or with zo6-
voy etc. implied, to remain sc. in a place,
to sojourn, to abide, with an adv. or
other sdjunct of place, Jobn 3: 22, 11:
54. Acts 12: 19, 15: 35. Sept. for 412
Jer. 35: 7.—Jos. Ant. 5.4.2. Herodian,
8.83, 14, Xen. Cyr. 1, 2.12.

Aueerpogy, He, 4, (Busrgipes) ai
ment, food, 1 Tin. 6: 8—1 Mace. 6: 49.
Jos, Ant. 2. 5.6, Ken. Vect. 4. 49,

Atauyditer, £ dav, (dud, abysizn,)

191

Ahavyye, fos, obs, 5, 4, adj. (dud,
and aiy%,) lit. shining through, i.e.
lucid, translucent, transparent, Ravan
21 in later edit. for Siagarys in text. rec,
—Aqnila for Heb, [Jt Prov.16:5. Joa
Ant. 3.1.7 diavyioraroy idnp. Arie.
taenet. 1. 1.

chagarijs, &oz, obs, &, 4, adj,
(dapaive,) diaphanous, pellucid, trans.
parent, Rev. 21; 21 in text. rec. Others

Savy. Sept. for Ex. 30: 34. —
Diod. Sic. X. p. 175. Bo Bip.

hagepe, f. tole, aor, 2 duj-
veyuor, see Buttm. § 114. p. 305,

1. to bear or carry through se. 9 place
ete. Mark 11: 16 iva tip Seviyan cxsiog
dia 108 iepo8.—Comp, Badr. 5: 85 [76
Prapigerr oxsDlag tis tdy” Toran Lipiva,

2. to bear asunder, to carry different
sways, Lat. differo, viz.

a) trans. but in N. T. only in the pass.
construction. Spoken metaph. of doc-
trine, Page, to be divulged, to be published
abroad, vay) 13: 49 Sugigeto 5 dbyos
tod xuplov 3° Gdns sii yerus.—Wied.18:
10. Plut.ed.R.V1. p. 622. pp. Xen. Occ.
9.8. — Spoken of a ship, Pass. to ba
borne hither and thither, to be driven
about, Acts 27: 27, — Lucian. Hermot.
2B GAY dviyn by 1H mehayw diopige-
oat, Plut. de Orec. def. VII. p, 650. ed.
R. tiy vaiy deapegouirnn,

b) intrans. or pp. reflex. with favrep
impl. to bear one’s self apart, te separate
one's self, sc. from others, comp. im
“Ayu 3; hence genr. to differ, as also
Lat. difero ; genr. Sept. Dan. 7: 3, 7.
Xen. Hiero1.2, In N.T. (a) ta dsa~
gegorta, things different, dis
Rom. 2: 18 et Phil. 1: 10 doxidtew za
Dapigoria, to distinguish things that
are different ; 80 Theodoret in loc. 16
Sarila dlnlois, Sixcuociryy xo d8inb-
ay, and Theophyl. xi 8:3 ngage nal-cl oh
3a npéfax — Andocid. Or, 4. p. 800.
Xen. Hiero 1. 3, Mem. 4. 3. 11.—Oth-
ore, better things, as in 7 below.—(B)
Impers. diageper, it differs, it makes a
difference, c. ¢. dat. Gal. 2:6 oi8t> pos

Meagerzo
Sceqdges. On this later use of the dat.
wee Lob. ad Phryn. p. 394.—Ael V. H.
1.25 duo yao ovdiv Siapégn. Arian,
Ties, Ep. 2. 19. 14. — (y) Seq. gen. to
differ from, to be other than, Butt. § 132.
4,1; rarely in a less degree, to be infe-
rior, Jos. Ant. 2.7.3 dilyy dvapigey
tot Pacrhten. Pol, 18,11.1. In N.T.
and usually, in a greater degree, to Be
than, to surpass ;
Luke 12:7. seq.
dat. néop Matt. 1% 12. Luke 12: 24.
seq. fy ss I Cor. 15:41. seq. ovdir
Gal. 4: 1, — Seq. dat. 2 Macc. 15: 13.
Jos, Ant. 4.5.3. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 10,
neq. & Diod. Sic, 5.57. Xen, Hiero 1.8
0q. obdéy Xen. Veet. 4.25. nodvd Diod,
Sic. 2. 34. Xen. Mem. 3, 1. 7.

Magevye, f. fa, to flee through,
ie. to escape by flight, absol. Acts 27:
42. Sept. for 29 Josh. 8: 22. hn?
Prov. 19: 5.—Seq. ‘accus, 2 Macc, 7:3),
Xen. Mem. 3. 12.4,

ecg phic, £ low, to rumor
abroad, to divulge, to ab
trans, 107 Adyov, Matt. 28:15. Mark 1:
45.—Dion.Hal.11. 46, Diod. Sic. T. X.
p- 151. ed. Bip. — Spoken of a person,
‘tivt, to epread one’s fame abroad, Matt.
9:31.

Magielgc, f. 296, aor. 1 pass.
SiepSdons, perf. part. pass, ign al
vos; to corrupt throughout, to to destroy,
trans, Pass. to decay wholly, to perish.

a) genr. Lake 12:33. 2 Cor. 4: 16.
Rey. & 9, 11: 18 diag Sriga toig 3,
Sept. for. batt Ecc. 5: 5. "Dan. 4: 20,

Judg. 6:4. 20: 21,25. 28am.
21. ib. 7.4. 1.

b) metaph. and in a moral sense, to
corrupt wholly, to pervert; 1 Tim. 6:5
BupPappivr dv voir, corrupted in
mind, i.e. men of perverse minds ; for
the accus, see Buttm. § 131. 6. § 134.
a, 2—Dion. Hal. 5.21. Comp. Kypke
in loc.—Rev. 11: 18 toig dapSelporras
ayy riiv, those corrupting the earth, i.e.
geducing the nations to ido! So
Sept. and mtr Judg. :19.—Heian.
5.7.11. Xen. Mom, 1. 1. 1. ib. 1, 2.8,

Aagboge, Go, %, (SapPeiga,)
}, destruction, Xen. Ven. 6. 3,

192

road, 3 Macc. 3: 3.

Addaxr0§

in a moral sense, Xen. Mom. 1. 2. 8.
In N.T. as arising from putrescence ;
hence idtiy duaqSody, to see ie
i.e, to die, Acts 2: 27,31. 13: 35, 36, 37.
So Sept. and nim rig Ps. 16: 10. —
Acts 13: 84 pnxdts Sroorpipey us da
Pogay, i.e. to die no more; comp.
Job SR 28. Sept. for mr Ps. 30: 10.
Is, 51: 14. —~ Soph. Aj. 1276. Suid.
SiapPogd* Sdvatos, Ddduors toh cur
Serot oeiparos.

Aucigogos, ov, 8,4, adj. (Biagi-
¢%,) different, i, e.

8) diverse, various, Rom. 12: 6. Heb.
9: 10, Sept. for bxgh2 Deut. 2% 9,—
Jos, Ant. 1. 8, 2. Xen. Mem. 1.3.2

b) in the sense of , better, ete.
Heb. 1:4. 8:6, Seein Jrapégw 2. by.
—Sept. Ezra 8: 26, Ken: Mem. 4. 4.15,

heaguiccoo or atta, f. fe, to

through i.e. ever, to protect;

Luke 4:10 tot diapuldta: os, where

for tov see Buttm. § 140. 0.1. Sept.

for “2% Gen. 28:15. Ps, 91: 11, —
Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 2

ayeipi&eo, £. low, to have pass
through one’s hands, to administer, Xen.
H.G.7, 4.34. Anab, 1.9.17.—In N.T.
Mid, duazeroltonan, to lay hande upon,
ie. to kill, to slay, trans. "et 5: 90" 26. 6

21, — Diod. Sic. 18.46, Pol. 8. 23. 8.
Herodian, 3, 12. 2.

Auazdevata, £. dow, (duc intens,)
to deride greatly, to scoff, abeol. Acts 2
18 in later edit. for zlevatw in text. rec.
—Pol. 17. 4, 4, Dem. 1221, 16.

Mayoolko, £. lav, to separate
throughout, i, e. wholly, Sept. for 57375
Gen, 1: 4,6,7, Xen. Occ. 8.11.
7.—In NT. Mid. draynoltones, to
separate one's self wholly from, i.e. to
depart, to go away, seq. cand tiv0s Luke
9: 33, Sept. for 57H Gen. 13: 9, 11.
—Susann. 13, 51. . Bic. 4. 53.

Adaxtnds, 7, ov, (5:déane,) di-
dactic, i.e. teaching, apt to teach, 1 Tim.
22 2 Tim. & A.

Adaxros, 4, 0v, (8diéown,)
taught, seq. gen. of the agent ; see Wi-
ner Gr. § 30. 4, Matth. § 345.

a) of persons, taught, instructed, John

Adasxaila

€& 45 mivess Bidextch Soot. Sept. and
rijay syd Is, 54: 13.
‘b) ‘of things ete. taught, imparted,
1 Cor. 2 13’ bis, — Soph.
Electr. 336. [344.] Comp. Xen. Occ.
12.10. Mem. 3. 9, 1.

Adacxadia, ac, j, (5:ddoxe,)
teaching, instruction, spoken

a) of the art or manner of teaching,
Rom. 12: 7. 1 Tim. 4: 13, 16, 5: 17,
‘Tit. 2:7, — Plut de Ed. Puer. 4. Xen,
Cyc. 8. 7. 24.—In the sense of monition,
warning, 2 Tim. 3:16. Rom. 15: 4, coll.
4 Cor. 10: 11.—Jos. Ant. 4, 8.24,

b) of the thing taught, instruction,
precept, doctrine ; a8 coming from men,
perverse, etc, Matt. 15: 9. Mark 7: 7,
Eph, 4:14. Col, 222, 1 Tim. 4:1.
So Sept. and rr1gbn Is, 29:13. or as
coming from God, divine, etc. 1 Tim.
1:30. 4:6, 6:1,3 2 Tim. 3: 10. 4:3.
‘Tit. 1:9, 2:1,10. Sept. genr. for HAd%
Prov. 2: 17.—Xen. Occ. 14.3. Eq. 11.5.

Adacxehos, ov, 5, (dex) a
teacher, instructer, master ; genr, Rom.
2: 20, Heb. 5:12, So of Jewish doc-
tors or lawyers, Matt. 9: 11. 10: 24, 25.
Luke 2: 46. 6: 40. John 3:10; hence i. q.
offi, Jobn 1:39. 20: 16. of John the
Baptist, Luke 3: 12. of Jeaus, Matt. 8:
19. 12: 38. 17: 24. Mark 5: 35. 14:14,
Jobo 11: 28. 13: 13, 14, al. of the
apostle Paul, 1 Tim. 2 7. of other
christian teachers, 1 Cor. 12: 28, 29, al.
—2 Mace. 1:10. Diod. Sic. 1.8, Xen,
Mem. 4.2.2 Ax.

Ahdcoxe, f. $v, (obsol. Iéw,) to
teach, to instruct, viz.

a) genr. and absol. Matt. 4: 23, 9:35.
Mark 1:21. Luke 4:15. 1 Cor. 4: 17.
11:14. Eph. 4:21, al.saep. Construed
with an accus, of person or of thing, or
both; see Buttm. § 131. 4,5. ‘Thus seq.
acc. of person, Matt. 5:2. Mark 9: 31.
Luke 4:31. John 7: 85, al. saep. So
Sept. for it Job 13: 23. 37: 19.
m57_Prov. 4: 4. — Diod. Sic. 1. 8,
Xen. Hiero 8, 1.—Seq. accus. of thing
Matt. 15:9, 1 Tim. 1 Ti
Bo Sept. for A347 Is. 9: 15.
12: 9,—Esdr. 9: 48. Xen. Cyr.
— Seq. acc. of both pers, and thing,
Jobn 14: 26. Heb. 5: 12. In pass, con-

25

193

ddvpos

struction, 2 Thess. 2:15 aig ddedetzOnte,
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6. So Sept. for
e-7in Prov. 222i. min Prov. 4:
i. rgb Deut. 11:9, Judg. 3:2. pass.
1Chr. 5:18. Cant. & 8.—Plut. de Puer.
Ea. 9. Xen. Cyr. 1.28 Mem. 3.1.
5 bia.—Instead of the accus. of thing is
eometimes found the infin. as Matt. 28:
20. Luke 11: 1. Rev. % 14 in text. rec.
So Sept. for gti Job 10:2 -vp>
Deut. 4: 1. 20: 18. — Xen. Cyr. 1.2.8
bis.—Or also seq. 611, Mark 8: 31.—Ael.
V.H.3.16, Xen. Hi. 1.10, — Or magh
¢. gen. of thing, 1 Jobn 2 27, — Comp.
Jos. Ant. 2, 11. 1.—Once in Griesbach
with a dat. of person, (accus. in text.
ree.) Rev. 2:14 éidaoxe 16 Bolds, like
the Heb. > gb Job 21:22, } min
Deut. 33: 10, Hos. 10: 12.

b) in the sense of to tutor, to direct, to
advise, to pul in mind, Matt. 28: 15.
John 9 34. Acts 21:21. Heb. & 11,
Rey. 2 20.—Ecclus, 9:1. Jos, Ant. 2.
11.1. Xen, Apol. Soc. 24, At.

Adayzy, Ae, i, (d8daxw,) teach
ing,instruction,i.q.8:2acxadle. 80 8uid.
8dazh arth tov diSacxadla, Spoken

a) of the art of teaching, Mark 4:2.
12: 38. 1 Cor. 14: 6,26 Tit 1: 9.

b) of the manner or character of one’s
teaching, Matt. 7: 28, 22 93. Mark 1:
22,27. Luke 4: 32,

¢) of the things taught, precept, doc-
trine, etc. Matt. 16: 12. John 7: 16, 17.
Acts 17:19, Rom. 6:17. Heb. & 2,
18: 9, al. — Anthol. Gr. IV. p, 282. ed.
Jac. AL.

Aibpazpor, ov, v6, (Bis, dgazpt,)
didrachm, a double drachma, a silver coin
equal to two Attic drachmae and also
to the Jewish half shekel ; see Jos. Ant.
3.8.2. This makes it equivalent to
about 28 cents. Matt. 17: 24 bis, spoken
of the yearly tribute to the temple paid
by every Jew, Ex. 30: 138g. So Aquil.
for spy and Spry mira Ex. 38: 26,
—Sept. every where for Heb. “py,
Gen, 23: 15,16, Neh. 10: 32. al. whence
probably the drachma of Alexandria
was equal to two Attic drachmae. See
particularly in “Agyiguy c. Comp.
Gesen. Lex. art, Spy.

ABupos, ov, 6, %, adj. twain, tring

3/

Adon

double, Sept. for bin Cant. 4:5. Hom.
Od. 19. 227. a twin, plur. twins, Bept.
for Dun Gen. 25:24, Lucian. D. Mort.
16.'4.—In N. T. as a survame of the
apostle Thomas, Didymus, i.e. the Twin,
Jobn 11: 16. 20: 24, 21: 2.—Act. Thom.
$1. Comp. Thilo ib. p. 92.

Ailaut, f. ddaw, vor, 1 Boxe,
aor. 2 i3ur, perf. diduxa, pluperf. édsd0-
muy; seo Buttm.§107. Lees usual forms
are: pres. 3 plur. Attic d:doacs Rev. 17:
19 in later edit. Buttm. §107.n.1, 1. Wi-
Ber §14. 1. b.—Aor. 1 Subj. 3 pere. dion
Jobn 17: 2. Rev. 8: 3, from an obsol.
tor. 1 dees, only in late writers; see
Lob. ad Phryn, p. 721, Winer § 14. 1.
note.—Aor. 2 Opt. 3 pers. doz later for
Soin, Rom. 15:5. Eph. 1:17. al. see

Lob. ad Phryn. p. 346. Winer §14. 1. g.

Butte, §107. n. 1, 3.—Pluperf. dedoinesy
without augm. Mark 14: 44. John 11:57;
see Butt. § 83. 0.6. Winer §12. 12—
The primary signif. is every where lo
give, xc. of one’s own accord and with

~ good will; trans. with accus. and dat.
expressed or implied.

a) to give, to bestow upon. (a) genr.
Matt, 4:9 taita nayra cot Sue. 13:12.
25: 8. Mark 2: 26. 10:21. Luke 6: 4.
12 33. John 4:5, comp. Gen, 48: 22.
al. saep. Sept. every where for jj,
Gen. 24: 53, 25:5,6. 1 Sans. 90: 11,13.
al. seep.—Palaeph. 7. Xen. Hi. 7. 8

(6) spoken of sacrifice, homage, etc.
to offer, to present; Luke 2 24 doivas
Svalay, Rev. 4: 9.—Hom. Il. 12, 6.

(y) spoken of a person who does any
thieg to or for another, from whom one
receives any thing, the source, author, or
cause of a favour, benefit, etc. to any
one ; te give, lo grant, te to pre-
sent, to cause, etc. — (1) gent. Matt, 21:
93 cls ces Eun 247 Movrlay tatty.
Acts 8: 19, Joho 4: 12 3¢ Sener tule
3 yeine 1Cor. 7:25. 2Cor. 8:10. al.

judith ®:9. Jos. Ant.4.4.2. Dem.
704.5. Thue. 3. 43. Xen. Ag. 2.3,
— Hence didovac ronoy, lo give place,
i.e to make way, to give way, to yield,
ete, Luke 14: 9. Rom. 1219. Eph. &
2%, 2 Thees 3 9,— Arrian. Diss. Ep.
8.26 Budde, Jog Eddow témor. Plut.C.
Gracch. 13 3éte tézor dyaSois, xaxod
wodtten. So Lat. dare locum, Cic, de Nat.

194

Aan:

Deor. 2.33. Ep. Fam. 11. 1.—e with
an accus. where the idea may often also
be expressed by the verb cognate with
the noun ; e.g Sidoras alvoy nH Sup,
i. q. to praize, Luke 18:43. (Palaeph. 43.)
843. drxéxguas, to give an annoer, iq. to
answer, John 1:22, 0:3. dqogury, to

ive occasion, 2 Cor. 5:12, 1 Tim. 5:14.
5a. Sitar 26 I2G, i
praise, to honour, Lul
24° Acts 12: B. p Sept ‘for 3739 im
Josh. 7: 19. 16. 848. é7xongy,
iq. to hinded, 1 Cor. 9:12. 34d. evroliy,
i,q. to command, John 11: 57, 12: 49.
(Dem, 250.13.) 813. xgocxomr, i. q. to
offend, 2 Cor. 6:3. 808. gamope,
fo strike, John 18: 22, i. q. ne
Dem.787.23. 33. zéoayuo, iq. zageo-
aur, Rev. 13:16. So 813. Sonuor loyor,
iq. sdojpos Myer, to distinctly,
1 Cor, 14: 9.—(2) Spoken of God or of
Christ as the author or source of what
one has, receives, etc. to give, to grant,
to bestow, to impart; Matt. 6 11 toy
Kgror iusir tov dnotoroy dog Suir oF-
tween. 9%: 8 debv to dérra Bousiae
ro1adtny toi; dySgeinos. 12:39. Mark
1 U, Luke 12:32. John 3: 27. 17:
22,24. Actes 7:5. 11:17. 2 Cor. 9:9,
Gal. 3: 22. Eph. 4: 8, 2 Tim. & 7.
Rev, 228, al. 80 dovves yayer or
i yages 1 doPeicn, to give or; confer
grace or favour, the grace given, benefit
conferred, James 4: 6, Rom. 12: 3,6.
1 Cor. 3:10. Eph, 3 8 al.—Aeschyl.
Prom. 827. comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18.
Passow Lex. in zagig 3. 8.—Rev. & 21
Bong’ ath xedvoy, I gave her, granted
her, time, etc.—Pol. 6. 17. 5. Dem. 399,
19. — So of rulers, Acts 13: 20, 21. —
Xen. Cyr. 2, 8, 4.—In various construc-
tions, viz. seq. gen. of part, ducw aire
tod parva Rev. 2:17, (Buttm. § 182 4.
2. ¢,) and seq. é twvog in the same sense,
1 John 4: 13, Seq. 866,88 Si80is (adroic)
vopors pou tig tiv Sudvotay or ent rag
xapdias Heb. 8: 10, 10: 16, Rev. 17: 17.
comp. Passow Lex. in syu A. 1. —
Construed often with the dat. and an
infin, a8 8 neut. subst. instead of an
accus. comp. Butm. § 140.5. Mat.
13: 11 duty dé8oras yrdivar ta provigus,
to you it is given, granted, to know etc.
Luke 1: 73 106 Jobvas suir age
Autgever aveg. John 5: 26 Boxe

Adopm

AG teniy Kyu by: serveg. Acta % 4,
Row. 1& 5. @ Tim. 1: 18. Rev. 64.
—Jos. Ant, 3, 12.2 Ael. V. H. 13.36.
Plat. C. Gracch. 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. iL

pag instead of the infin. Mark 10: 37.—
So with an accus. and infin. to permit,
to suffer, to Acts & 27 et 13: 35
ob08 Seats tor Soror coi idtiv Sagdo-
gar. 10: 40. 14: 3.— Hom. I. 3, 322,
Lucian. D. Mort. 9. 2, — So Rev. 3: 8
Siduxa iveiniy cov Digay drepyydyny
se. elvan, I have |, caused, an open
door to be before thee ; others under d
below.—Spoken of evil or puniehment
divinely inflicted, to give, to inflict, eto.
2 Thess. 1: 8 d&dienow, Rev. 18 7
Bacanopsy xad xivBoc, 2 Cor. 12 7
48694 pos oxdloy 17 cagxl, where comp.
Buttm. § 133, 3.2. Mab. § 389. bh. —
Homn. Il. 19, 270. Ken. Mem. 2. 2. 7.

(3) metaph. of things which are the
cause, source, occasion, of any thing,
etc. to give, to impart, to cause, etc.
Acts 3: 16 xal 4 mlotic Roms aitg Tyr
Sdoxdnglay, — Eurip. Suppl. 420, 422.)
Iph.Taur.722,[728.]—So with an accus.
where the idea may also be expressed hy
the cognate verb; James 5 18 derov 3:8,
i. q. dey. Matt, 24:29 5 airs aia.
i, g. piyyur. 1 Cor. 14:7, 8, guniy
818. i. q. gortiv. Comp. in 7.

b) to give, sc. to give up, to deliver
over, to present, to commit to, i.e. to put
fnto the hands, power, possession, of
any one, etc.

(a) genr. e.g. @ person, Luke 7: 15.
things, Matt. 5: 31 ddte ati énootd-
ovr, 19:7. 14: 8 865 wos ade nv xe

gahiy *Tedrrov. v.9, 24:45, Mark 6
41. Luke 11:7,8. John 6 51. 18: i.
Rev. 15:7. Aets 9: 41 dois 38 abty
gilga. al. sxep.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10, 11.
ib. 4.6.10 iy Sekudy. — Acts 1: 26
Bemav xlijpors ocizcir, they gave in their
lols ; others under d below, like Heb.
bya 13 Lev. 16 8, where Sept. +
pe Luke 15: 22 3éze daxséluor ele viv
ztlea.aizol, give or bring a ring for his
hand ; others under d below, like Heb.
‘dz qi Gen. 41: 42, where Sept. meg
th8qys-—Xeo. An. 1.2 27. — Beq. dat.
of pers. and infin. «. g. 313. ebtois ga-

195

Abou
yelv-et nivuy, Matt. 14: 16. Lake & 55,
15 16. John 4: 7. & 31. Rev. 16: 6—
Comp. Lucian, D. Deor. 7.4. Ael. V.H.
9. 15. — So 318, toig xvoi, Matt. 7: 6.
comp. Hom, 11.23, 21. Xen. Ven.7. 4,12,
6) in the sense of to commit, te cn-
trust, sc, to the charge or care of any
one; spoken of things, Matt. 1& 19
Boiow gor ras xdsis vij¢ Baoidelag 26 ob9.
25:15, Mark 129. Luke 12 48 16
12, 20: 16, John & 35. & 92, 1% 3. ah
Sept. and qn; Cant, & 11, — Xen, An,
1. 1.8 Cyr. 8.7, 11.80 of works eta,
to be done, John 5: 36. 17: 4, 8, 11,14,
Acts 7: 38.—Xen. Ove. 7. 6.—Spoken
of persons delivered over, commited
to one’s charge, teaching, ete. John 10:
29. 17: 6, 9,22, 24. Heb, 2: 13. — pp,
Xen. Cyr. 5, 1. 28—Hence
(7) didovas avr dy, to give one’s self,
to deliver one’s self, viz. (1) to consecrate
or devote one’s self, 2 Cor. 8: 5,—Hero
dot, 3, 19, Dem, 301. 20. — (2) Seq.
tig v. magi tsv05, 1. ©. to give or devole
one’s self oc. to death for any one, Gal.
1:4, Tit.2 14. s0q. avtiureoy, 1 Tim.
%6. So 16 atipa airoi Luke 2% 19,
iy odgxa aitov, John 6: 51. Bo also
313. tyr purty aitot Aérgor dvi, Mets.
20: 28. Mark 10: 45. — 1 Mace. % 50,
6 44. Jos, B.J.2.10.5. Eurip. He
rac. 551. Pheen. 1012. ed. Porson. —
(3) Constr. with sg c. aceus, of place,
to betake one’s seif'to any place, fo ge,
etc, Acts 19: 31 4x) Soives bavrér tic 1
Piargor. — Jos. Ant. 15. 7.7 et Diod.
Bic. 5. 59 Sidoig abtov ais tag demplas.
¢) to give, i.e. to give forth, to render
wp, to yield, ote, especialiy in return for
aby thing bestowed, as a gift, labour,
attention, etc. hence often found where
Gnodideus might have stood. (e) genr.
e.g, of persons, Rev.20:13 Kaas 9 Ou
Lagwa toig rexgois dv aitiy x. 6. 2. bin —
Soph. Phil. 664.—Of things, Luke 6:38
Sodrjoras ipiy* pitgor—dsicovew ae
toy xdlxoy tua. Metaph. léyor ddow
1G Ov@, shall render an account te God,
Rom. 14: 12, —Plut. de Puer. educ. 15.
Ken. Cyr.1, 4. 3.—(8) Spoken of what
ie given as a reward, recompense, for
labour, ete. to give, te reward, to pay,
ete, Matt. 20: 4, 14. Mark 14: 11. Rew,
11: 18. Or of the price of any thing,
tribute, tithes, etc. Matt. 16: 26 ot Mark

ABope

& 87. Matt, 22:17, 27:10. Luke 20:
22. 23:2, Heb. 7:4. Sept. for at
Zech, 11: 12.—Xen, Conv. 1.5 dgyi-
quor. Palaeph. 38 813. gogor. — (y)
Spoken of theearth, to give forth to yield,
ec. xagmoy, Matt. 13:8 Mark 4: 7, 8.
So Sept, and jnz Zech. 8: 12, — So
dodldeps Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 38.

4) from the Heb. used in the sense of
tlSnus, like 7n; for civ, comp. Gesen.
Lex. art. 1; 2,3; to put, to place, etc.—
(a) pp. and seq, at c. ace. to place or put
upon any thing ; e.g. to dey dgeor dnt thy
redmetar, to place upon the table
ee. of the broker, Luke 19: 1b: 33, comp.
Matt. 25: 27, i.e. to place at interest ;
comp. Sept. and 4N2 Lev. 25: 37.
Bo 318. té Sysdpara dni 1 Suovacry-

, Rev. 8: 3, i.e. to offer in sacrifice
fine) tais mpoosrzais etc. comp, Ec-
lus. [82] 35: 16, 17, Sept. and 4n2
Ez. 7:3, 4, al. comp. 39; Gen. 1: 7.
9% 18, where Sept. lOyus tr. So seq,
als Luke 15: 22, — Metaph. to apply, in
the Latinism dovvas fuyaolar, dare
param, to give labour, i i.e. to apply ef-

to endeavour, seq. infin. Luke 12:
'58.—Hermog. de Invent. 3. 5, 7, doya-
olay 1G émzugipars d:dovs. See dare
operam in Ernesti Clav. Cic. art. Opera.
Comp. onovdiy t9évas Pind. Pyth. 4,

‘ponere operam, Cie. pro Mur. 22.
pro oo clhent. 57.—(6) Spoken of miracles,
to do, to perform, to exhibit, Matt. ‘24: 24.
Acts 219 quoted from Joel 3: 3, [2
30,) where Sept. for nz, as also Ex.
-. seco 9, Deut. 18:1, Comp. Sept. £3nus
for nsip Deut. 6 22,—(y) With a
doub. acc. of person, to appoint, to con-
stitute, sc. az any thing, where the last
geo. is by apposition ; Eph. 1:22 abtoy
Rens xepaliy inig mirta. 4: 11. So
Bept. and 42 Ex. 7:1. and 73 Gen.
17: 5, Sept. oyu, So Sept. didora
alg for sivy Ez. 37: 22. Comp. Gesen,
Lebrgeb. 'p. 813. Matth. § 420. — (8)
Spoken of a law, ordinance, ete. to give,
ie. to ordain, to institute, to
©. g. ryor, John 7: 19. Gal. & 21.
megitopiis Acts 7: 8: mege-
‘touyy John 7: 22, So Sept. for m2
Lev. 26: 46. for o° Josh. 24: 25.
six Ezra 9 11. . BiaSienr, Sept.
and 9nz Num. 25: 12, and Heb. 702
Gen. 17; 2, Lev. 26:1, where Sept.

196

Adpzouce

16 qua—The classic form is Sxivas 75-
for, Whence yopodirns a lawgiver, ete.
comp. Pastow Lox. art. tims A. Be.
AL.

haysioa, £. gi, (dd, tyslge,) to
wake up fully, to rouse, trans. pp. per-
sous from sleep, Matt. 1: 24.° Mark 4.
38, 39. Luke 8: 24,—Jos. Ant. 2. 5.5.
Herodian. 2. 1. 13. — Trop. of thinge,
©. g. of a pea, lo agitate, pass. John &
18. Comp. Heb. 930 and Sept. Zeyeipe
Jon, 1: 13,—Of the’ mind, fo excite, in-
cite, atir up, 2 Pet. 1:13. 3: 1.—2 Mace.
1, 15: 10. Fabr. Cod. Pseud. V. T.
I. p. 650, Clem. Alex. Protr. 9.

chevdueéopat, ovpac, (dd, br
Supsones,) to revolve in mind throughout,
i.e. lo consider carefully, cq. gic. gen.
‘Acts 10: 19 in later edit, for é>Pepiowas
in text rec.

shgkodos, ov, ji, (80, Rodos,)
passage out through, a pass, Herodian.
8.1.11. comp. Sept. for xxi 2 K. &
21. {0 N. T. a thoroughfare, i. e. prob.
a place ina city where several streets
meet, and where many people usually
collect or pass; Matt. 22: 9, Others,
high-ways, ec. leading out of a city.

Aeaguyvevine, ov, 6, (Suguereiny)
an interpreter, 1 Cor. 14: 28.

hepunvevo, f. stow, (dui, intens.
Equnrete,) to interpret fully, to explain,
to expound, trans. Luke 24: 27, absol.
Acts 9: 36.1 Cor. 12:30, 14: 5, 13, 27.
—2 Mace, 1:36, Poly. 3. 22. 3.

Aozouce, £. dsioouer, (Bus, ie
zopa,) comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 37, 38.
Bum, § 108. V. 5. § 114. p. 282; te
come or go through, fo pass through, viz.

8) pp. seq. 84 c. gen. of place, Mart.
12: 43 et Luke 11: 24 dudpzerar 3¢ aevo-
Sear. Luke 4:30. 17: 11, Jobn 4: 4.
[8 59,] Acts 9:32, 1Cor. 10:1. &
daslog ne. 380%, Luke 19: 4. 82 Sua,
2Cor. 1:16. da 1 05 gapibos
Matt, 19: 24. Mark 10: 25. Comp.
Battm. § 147. n. 12, So Sept. for x12
2 Chr, 23: 15. Fz. 44:2. 739 1 Sam.
9:3, 4, Ez, 29: 11, — Seq. accus. of
place, Luke 19: 1 dujgyeto thy “Legare.
Acts 1% 10, 13: 6. 14:94. 15: 3, 41.
16: 6, 18: 23, 19: 1, 21. 20:2 1 Cor.

Agaric

16 5S bie, Heb, 4:14 dselghudéra rote
obgarovs, who has passed through the
4, i. @. all the heavens, quite up
to the throne of God, comp. 2 Cor. 12
2,4. Epb. 4: 10. Heb. 7:26, So Sept.
for ‘hr Josh. 18: 4. 1 Sam. 30: 331.
739 Gen. 41: 47, Ez. 9: 4.—Herodian.
8.1.7. Ken.Cyr. 1.1.5. An.3.5, 17,
——Absol. but with an accus, implied, as
ap iv, tiv noluy, viy zepar, etc. i. 0,
through the intervening country, the
region round about, ete. Acts 8 4,
40 Supyopevos siayyelizero tag aélag
doas. 10: 38. 17: 23. 20:25. eq. xara
xeipas Luke 9:6, So seq. fas c. gen.
of place, fo go or travel through ec. the
country as for as, Acts 11: 19, 22; and
hence simply, to go or pass to a place,
seq. ius, Luke 2: 15. Acts 9: 38. Trop.
as ndrtas GrOpemous § Sératos Suijl-
Sey, Rom. 5:12. Sept, pp. seq. sic for
52 2 Sam, 17:24. c. éxt for 439
Jon. 2% 4.—Xen. An. 6.3. 16. (6.1. 16.]
— Spoken of things, e. g. a sword, to
pierce seq. accus. Luke 2: 35.
— of a weapon, seq. gen. Hom. Il. 20,
100. — Trop. of a rumor, éyos, to go
out through sc. the country, to be
abroad, absol, Luke 5: 15,—Plat. Galba
7. Xen. An. 1. 4, 7 difdGe déyos.
b) spoken of those who pase over a
Pingr, lnke, sea, etc. Mark 4:35 et Luke
8; 22 dik Semper ekg 13 mégar, Acts 1%
14 ded Sevre¢ ano tig Hégyns, i.e. pase-
ing over by water from Perga to Anti-
och, comp. v.13, 18:27. So Sept, for
wa Deut. 4:21. ay Jer. 2:10. 48:
32. — Xen. An. 4.1.3," Hesych. dul
Supey* dsenepdanpey.
gorda, c, f. tae (Bid, tgo-
do) to inquire through sc. to the end,
till the inquiry is successful, i. e. to in-
quire out, e. g. iy oixiay, Acts 10: 17.—
Polyb. 5. 50,12. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.15
Mitng dingsita voy Kigor nétaga x. 1, 2.
cherye, fos, ove, &, %, adj. (8k,
Fros,) of two years, two years old ; Matt,
2:16 cixd duetoig [xadds] xad xotwtign,
i.e. from the child of two years old
and under. So Bept. dnd rguetois xad
dndvew for 335 ibd Qn, from the
child of three ‘years old and upward,
‘2 Chr, 31: 16, and eixovastots 1 Chr.
‘27; %3, Ezra 3:8,—Pollux. On. 2. 2 8.

197

Aefsrnue

—Others supply zpévov, comp. 2 Mace.
10:3. Jos, Ant. 2.5, 4. Herodot, 2. 2.

Ahatia, ag, %, (dietis,) space of
two years, biennium, Acts 24: 27, 26:30.

Amyékouat, oper, £. joouas, «
depon. Mid. (3c, sjyéopas,) pp. to lead”
or conduct through, uc. to the end;
hence trop. to go through with, to re-
count, to tell, to declare, ac. the whole of
any thing ; trans. or seq. és, Sor, negh,
etc, Mark 5: 16, 9:9. Luke 8:39. 9:10.
Acts 9 27. 12:17. Heb. 11:32, Acta
8:33 niy Ob yeredy abtod tls Sinyioctar,
quoted from Is, 53: 8, where Sept. for

3 see in Algw 4. a. Bibl. Repos.
p. 358 sq. Sept. for BD Gen. 24:
66. Josh, 2: 23, al. Macc. 8:2. Xen.
Cyr. 1.2.6. Occ. 7.9.

Aajynore, eos, 4, (Binyiowas,) nar-
ration, history, Luke 1:1. Sept. for
won Judg. 7: 15.— 2 Macc. 2: 32.
Pol. 3. 36. 4.

Auvexie. oc, ove, 6,4, adj. (Bue,
Jivenis, or fr. Suivayna aor, 1 of Siagpége,)
PP. carried through, i.e. extended, pro-
tracted, Hom, Il. 12. 134. Luc.Ver. Hist.
1.19 vuatt diqvexsi néica xotsizet0. In
N. T. spoken only of time, continuous,
perpetual, viz. eig t0 dsyvexts, adverb-
ially, continually, perpetually, Heb. 10:1.
Sorever, Heb. 7:38. 10: 12,14, — Symm,
for 321 b3iz Ps, 48:15. Heliodor. I.
P25.

Aidedacooe, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Bts,
Seikacoa,) between two seas, bimaris ;
80 of Corinth, Hor. Od.1.7,2. InN. T.
spoken prob. of a shoal or send-bank at
the confluence of two opposite currents,
Acts 27: 41.—Dio Chrysost. V. p. 83. D,
teayia xab d9dhara. Comp. Wetstein
N. T. in loc.

Ahixvéouat, oipat, f. diopar,
(31d, fxxiopers,) to go or pass through, i.e.
fo pierce through, seq. &xge c. gen. Heb,
4:12. Sept. pp. for naz Ex. 26: 28,
36: 98.—Heaych. Siiwotpsros* Bugzs—
Maroc.

Abdornuc, (die, Torns,) aor. 1 bid-
ormoa, trans. to place asunder, lo sepa-
rate ; aor, 2 diéotyy, iptrans. to separate
80, one’s self, to go away; seein “Ioms,

Siszuefopae

and Buttm. §107, 1. In N.T. spoken
of place, intrans. to depart, seq. and,
Luke 24: 51. Acts 27: 28 Boat 08 dta-
arjoartes sc. Eavtois, departing a little,
ive. going a little further.—Ecclus, 28:
14, Pol. 10, 3, 6. — Spoken of time, to
pass away, to elapse, Luke 22: 59.

ditszyvotlouct, £. tropes, depon,
Mid. (31d, toxveiZopas to affirm,) to af
firm through and through, i. e. to affirm
‘strongly, absol. Luke 22: 59. Acts 12:
15.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6. 4. Luc. Hermotim.
31. Dem. 447, 25,

Atxawoxgcata, as, %, (Stxavog and
xplovs,) just judgment, Rom. 2 5, comp.
2 Thess. 1:5. — Gr. Anon. fe ween
Hos. 6: 5, Test. XII Patr. in Fabric. I.
p. 547, 581. Just. Mart. de Resurrect.
p 213,

Aixavs, aia, ov, (prob. fr. diza,)
right, just, i.e. physically, like, even, equal,
e.g. numbers,Herodot.2.149, dgua Xen.
Cyr. 2. 2,26. just as it should be, i.e.
St, proper, good, e. g. yi Pollux On. I.
227, yidioy Xen. Cyr. 8.9.38. jus
tissima tellus, Virg. Georg. 2. 460.
Hence ueually and in N. T. in a moral
sense, right, just ; spoken

a) of one who acts alike to all, who
eee even-handed justice, just, equi-

table, impartial ; spoken of « judge, e.g.
God, 2 Tim. 4: 8 6 Sixatos xeric. Rev.
16: 5. of a judgment, decision, ete.
John 5: 80 4 xplorg’ 5 dui) Sexala dork,
7A. Luke 12: 57. 2 Thess. 1: 5, 6.
Rev. 16: 7, 19: 2. So Fe for FRR
Jer. 42: 5. Ez. 18: 8. 3
119: 137, — Jos, Aut. 7 oh ll.
Cyr. 1.3.17. Mem. 4. 8, 9.

b) of character, conduct, etc. just as
it should be, i. 0. upright, righteous, vir-
tuous ; also good in a general sense;
but & Sisauog ie strictly one who does
right, while 6 dyads is one who. does
good, a factor; fomp. Tittn. de
Syo. N.T. p. 20,21. Sept. usually
for p™72, see Gesen. Lex. eub. v, no. 3.
—Spoken of things, tye 1 John 3: 12.
érroly) Rom. 7: 12, and hence r0 dixas~
ov, what ts right, proper, etc. as wages,
Matt, 20: 4,7. Col. 4: 1. (Xen. An. 7.7,
14.) genr. Eph, 6 1,
1: 13,—Joa, Ant, 2,

198 Aanaivy

4.4,25.—Spoken of persone, viz. (a) in
the usage of common life, Matt. & 45
Beizes én? dixalovs xed Gdixovs. Mark 2
17. Luke 5: 32, 18: 9. 20:20. Acts 10:
22, Rom.5:7. 1Tim. 1:9. Heb. 11:4.
2 Pet, 2:7, 8. al. So Sept. and p'yx
Gen, 18: 23 8. Ecc. 3 17. 9: 1, 2.—
Jos. Ant. 6.1.4. Xen. H. G. 2. 4. 40.
Mem. 4. 8. 11.— Including the idea of
innocent, Matt. 27:19, 24. -80 Bept. for
wp? Job 9: 23, Prov. & 17.—Includ-
ing the idea of mild, clement, kind, Matt. -.
1:19, 1 Jobn 1:9, comp. Tittmann |. c.
—(8) Especially of those whove hearts
are right with God, righteous, pious,
godly, Matt. 13: 43 rose of dix. deleu-
‘pourty as 5 Gling. v.49, 23:29. 25: 46.
Mark 6: 20, Luke 14: 14, 23: 47. Rom.
% 13. 3:10, 5: 19. al. Rom. 1: 17 &-
wai0s de xlrvens, just through faith, i. q.
Sexcusdelg 3, x. and p™x Gea.
Pa, 1: 5, 118 15, 19, al. — Act,
Thom, 20, Test. XII Patr. Fabr. Cod.
Peeud. V. T. I. p. 571,609.—(y) Spoken
in the highest and most perfect sense
of God, John 17: 25. Rom. % 26.
1 John 2:29. of Christ, Acts 3: 14
7:52, 2214, LJohn%1. 3:7. Sept
for pre Ex.9:27. Deut. 32 4. Esra
AL.

Acxcosvvny, 78, %, (dixasos,) pp.
the ding or bing wha is jut and righ

.) the doing alike to all, i. e. justice,
equily, impartiality ; spoken of a judge
etc. Acts 17: 31 xgivew niy oixoupéray
oy Sixacooivn. Rev. 19: 11, Heb. 11: 33
teydcarro Sixasootrnp, exercised justice,
i.e. dispensed justice to the nations, ete.
Rom. 9: 28, quoted from Is. 10: 22,
where ar for Mp ss also Is. 5: 16.
9:7, for py Pa. $ 8.°35: 24 —Ecelus
45; 26. Jos. aoe 3. ren

b) of character, conduct, etc. the be-
ing just as one should:be, i.e. rectitude,

uprightness, righteousness, virtue, like
the the Heb, RY ARs comp. in di

xats0g b. Bo of actions, duties, etc... q.
1% dlxawoy, what ie right, proper, fi,
Maut.3:15 mlngsous nacar dixaocivey.
—Of disposition, conduct, viz, (a) in the
language of common life, Eph. & 9.
1Tim. 611. 2Tim.%22 Heb.1:9
7:2. Rey, 22: 11 in later edit. Sepe

Anawevrn
for Pa. 15: 2, Job 29:14. ba
1 sh ks. 23. Prov. 8 18, 20.—: Sonnet Ieee
Mem. 1.2.24. Conv. 3. 4.—Includiug
the idea of kindness, Uberality,
2 Cor. 9: 9,10, 2 Pet. 1:7. Comp. in
Sixaiog b. Also in later edit. put for
Zmpootrg, alms, Matt. 6 1, coll. v. 2.
Bo Betas, sIRH1Gen. 20: 13. +24: 23,

: rr Sam, 157,
seed Gb tan UP a
2)

Fabr. Cod. Peeud. V. T.
Spoken of that NeMeoumess which has

to God and the divine Jaw, viz.
either (1) merely external and consist-
ing in the observance of external pre-
copts, as dixarorivn 7 dy vony v. bx ¥6—
pov, Phil. 3: 6,9, where it is contrasted
with 4 dix, dst mlosews ; or (2) internal,
where the heart is right with God, piety
towards God, and thence righteousness,
godliness, i. ¢, vital religion ; genr. Matt.
5: 6, 10, 20. 6: 33, 21:32. Luke 1: 75.
Acts 10: 35. 24: 25. Roun. 6: 16, 18 sq.
Heb. 1:9. 5: 13. Jemee 3: 18. al. saep.
So Sept. and py Ps. 17: 15. 45: 8,
i ead 18: 19. 1K. 3:6, Ez. 14:

Jos. Ant. 1.21. ib. 8. 4. 4. comp.
Plut. Timol. 29 ult,—So loyl{eaPas tig
Sucxoctrgy, to count or impute as right-
eousness, i.e. to regard as evidence of
piety, Rom. 4: 3, 5, 6,9, 22. Gal. 3: 6,
James 2: 23 ; all quoted from Gen. 15: 6
where Sept. for ap. Hence 4 3:-
savosirn 4 &x v. dus mlotews, the right-
‘eousness which ts of or through faith sc.
in Christ, ie. where faith is counted,
imputed, as righteousness or as evidence
of piety, Rom. 9: 90. 10:6. Phil, 3: 9.
sora nloty, Heb. 11: 7. al. and by me-
ton. Christ as the source or author of
righteousness, 1 Cor. 1: 30. Hence too
Sixasovtyn tot Prot, objectively, i.e.
the righteousness which God approves,

bestows, Rom. 1: 17. 3: 21, 22," 80

requires,

7, 25,26. and by meton. 7 dix. Feot is i. q.
: Slxnios maga Seg, 2 Cor. 5:21. Sept.
and mint new Ps. 5: 9.—(3) Spoken
in the’ highest ‘and most perfect sense,
of God subjectively, i.e. as an attribute
of his character, Rom. 3: 5. perhaps of
Christ, John 16: 8, 10.

~¢) by meton. in the sense of being
regarded as just, i.e. imputation of
righteousness, justification, i. q. dixaleoes,
Rom. 5: 17, 21. 10: 4, 5. ‘cor, 29

199

Anawe

§ Sremories sic Sinaroctyag. opp.
‘Tis mertanplecees,

. Gareat, at i

Hee "Pur for the mode or way ¢f justi.
feation, Rom. 10:3 ter. At.

Axawa, &, f. dow, (Bixasos,) to
justify, i. ©. to regard as just, to declare
‘one to be just, trans.

a) as a matter of right, justice, etc. to

3° “Gbsolve, to acquit, to clear, ec. from any

charge or imputation, Matt, 12: 37 é&
adv liyow cov Suxawdrjon, xat bx 1. 1.
gov xaradicaadjon. 1Cor. 4:4. veg.
dxé c. gen. of "thing, Acta 18: 39 bis,
Rom, 67 dx duagtlas, coll. v. 18
where it is evSegow. Sept. for pss
Ex, 2%: 7. Dent. 2&1. 1K. 8 3%
So Sinasoiy savidr, fo justify one’s eelf,
to excuse one’s self, Luke 10:29. So
Sept. for pytxm Gen. 44: 16.—Ecclus,
10: 29, Test. XII Patr. p. 541.—In
classic writers in the wider sense to do
Justice to, i.e, both to defend the right
‘of any one, Polyb, 8. 31. 9. and aleo to
condemn, ete, Thuc. 3, 40, Herodot. 3.
29.

b) spoken of character, etc. fo declare
fo be just as it should be, i.e. to pro-
nounce right, etc. of things, to regard
as right and proper, i. q. dStow, Herodot.
1.89. Jos. Ant. 9. 9. 1.—In N. T. only
of persons, to acknowledge and declare
any one to be righteous, virtuous, good,
comp. in Aixawg b. Henee, (a) by
impl. to vindicate, to appreve, to honour,
to glorify; Pase. to receive honour, etc.

©. g. tov Sedy Luke 7:29! So Matt. 11: 7°"

19 et Luke 7: 35 eDexaushdy 4 co~ples xd
t6y téxvey aitis, i.e. true wisdom is
acknowledged and honoured by ber
real followers. 1 Tim. 3: 16, comp.
Bibl. Repos. II. p.49. Rom. 3: 4 quoted
from Pe. 51: 6, where Sept. for p3x.

eo Ez, 16: 52, — Pealt. Salom. in Fabr.
Cod, Paeud. V. T. Ps. 2 16, 3: 5. al.
Comp. Kypke I. p.240.—(8) In relation
to God and the divine law, to declare
righteous, to regard as pious, OB Luke
16:15 of Sixavotvtes tavtois dveimvoy
Tév Gr Pgeime, i. e. those who profess
themselves righteous, pious, before men,
—Spoken espec. of the justification, be-
stowed by God on men through Christ,
in which he is said to regard and treat
them as righteous, to approve and reward

Axaiopa

: reas trdy pious, i.e. to absolve from the
consequences of sin and admit to the
enjoyment. of the divine favour; Rom. 3:
26 3ix. ror dx nloteox’Ingod. v.30. 4:5.
8: 30 bis, 33. Gal. 3: 8. So Pass. of
men, to be justified, e.g. lots or éx
alotsag Rom. 3: 28. 5:1. Gal. 2 16.
3:24, & Epyay or otx é Epyew, Rom.
& 20. 4:2. Gal. 2:16 bis. James 2
21, 24, 25. ode dy vopy Gal. 3: 11. 5
4." geor. Rom, % 18, 3:24, 5:9. 1 Cor.
6 11. Gal. 217. Tit. 3:7, So Luke
18:14, Comp. Protevang. Jac. in Fabr.
Cod. Apoc. N. T. p. 77.

¢) in the sense of to make or cause to
be upright, etc. Mid. fo make one’s self”
upright, i.e. to be upright, virtuous, etc.
aor. 1 pass. in Mid. sense, (Buttm. $136,

2,) Rev. 22:11 6 Sixaog Sixcrordyjto Er, 35,

Ie Ghat is upright, let him be upright still;
so in text. rec. but later editions read
Sucasoeirgy nomnadte,—So Sept.for m3",
Pa, 73: 13.

Axatopa, eros, +6, (Sixave,)
any thing justly or righlly done; hence
right, justice, equity; ete.

8) spoken of a doing right or justice to
any one, & judi ‘ial sentence, ete. (a)
favourable, i.e. justification, acquittal,
Rom. 5: 16, opp. to xardxgipa.—(f) un-
favourable, i. e. condemnation, judgment,
implying punishment, Rev. 15: 4. So
Sayg Pe 11% 75, 187, where Sept.
xglsa. Comp. in Jixado a, ult. —
Hence

b) genr. a decree, as defining and
establishing what is right and just, i. e.
a law, ordinance, precept, e. g. 105 xuglov
Luke 1:6. Rom, 1:32. 0% ropov
Rom. 226, 84. sije Lorgelas, ie.
respecting worship, Heb. % 1. _ tig
cagnds, i.e. carnal, 9: 10. So Sept.
for pr Ex. 15: 25, 26, mph Lev. 25:
18. Dppa Ex. 2:1. Ni 86: 13.
“wm Deut. 30: 16—Jos. B,J. 7. 5. 2.
Thue. 1. 41.

¢) spoken of character etc, righteous-
ness, virtue, piety towards God, e.g. of
saints Rev. 19:8. of Christ, as mani-
fested in his obedience, Rom. 5: 18,
iq. traxor v. 19—Bar. 2: 19.

Anais, adv. (Sixaios,) justly,
rightly, i. e.

a) with. strict justice, Luke 23: 41,

200

Aidoyos

1 Pet.298. Sept. for pyx Deut. 1: 16,
Prov. 31: 9—Xen. Mem. & 1. 2. ib. &

5. 20,

b) as is right and proper, as one ought,
2 Cor. 15: 34. Sept. for bw Prov.
28: 18.—Xen. Hiero 4. 10.

) righteously, piously, 1 Thess. 2: 10.
meee. —Ignat. Ep. ed Epb.14. Clem.
Alex. Strom. 3. 6 dixalers Befseaxdtes.

Aixatwore, ews, 4, (Sixasdo,)jus-
ification, ec. which God bestows on
men through Christ; eee in dixause b.
2. Rom, 4: 25, 5: 18.— pp. Joa, Ant
18. 1. 3 Sixmedons [elvas] ols dgeris
dmerpdevors yiyore.

Acmasrys, ov, 6, (diate jus di-
co,) a judge, Luke 12 14, Acts 7: 27,
Sept. for ee om 2:14, 18am.
8 1, — Jos, Ant.4.8.1. Xen, Cyr. 1.
3.17.

Aan, nb, %, pp. righ justice,
espec. a judicial process, cause, Xen.Cyr.
1.3.16, Apol. 4. Lac. 13, 11. Henee
in N. T. punitive justice, viz.

a) as the name of the heathen god-
dess of justice, Alen, Nemesis, ven-

‘Acts 28: 4. Comp, 2 Mace. &
11, 18. — Dem. 422. 11. Soph. Antig.
538, (544.] Arr. Exp. Al. M. 4. 9. 9.

b) in the sense of judgment, sentence,
implying punisbinent, Acts 25: 15 sat
adrod dixqr.—Comp, Xen. An. 5. 8.1—

Hence genr. punial vengeance,
2 Thess. 1:9, Jude 7. Sept, for pz
Ex, 21: 20, 22. Deut, 32: 41. Ez.25

12-Jos, Ant. 7.9.4, Ken, Cyr. 1.6.
45, Mem. 2.2. 18.

Aixrvoy, ov, 16, @ net, fishnet,
Matt, 4: 20, 21, Mark 1: 18,19, Lake
5: 2,4,5,6, Jobn 2: 6,8, I bis, —
Jos. Ant. 9.4.6, Hom. Od, 22. 386,
a hunter’s net, Xen. Ven. 6.9. ib,
8.7.

Aidoyos, ou, 5 %, adj. (8% and
Adya,) pp. uttering the same thing twice,
repeating ; 80 didoytiv and diloyla Ken,
Eq. 8.2. Diod. Sic. 20,37, In N.T.
double-tongued, deceitful, i, 0. speaking
one thing and meaning another, | Tim.
3: 8.— So Theophylact. in loc. dle
poordiv xa Ghia hiyerr, Comp. Pa, 12
3 BI 3g7 3E3.

de

a0, covj. (i. 4. 82 3,) on which ae-
count, wherefore, therefore, Matt. 27: 8.
Luke 1: 35, 7:7, Heb, 3: 7. saep, --
Herodian, 1. 8.2, ib. 2.8.5. Ax.

Aeodevaa, f. siaw, (Bud, SBsin,) to
travel through, to traverse, seq. acc. of
place Acts 17:1, seq. xara c. ace,
Luke 8.1. Sept. for ay Jer, 50: 13,
Sten Gen. 13: 17, — "Wied. 5: 7.
1 Mace, 12: 82. Pol. 2. 15. 5.

Aovisis, ov, 6, Dionysius, an
Areopagite of Athens, converted under
Paul's preaching, Acts 17: 34,

hdneg, conj. (85 strengthened
by meg,) on which very account, wherefore,
1 Cor. & 13, 10:14, 14:13 Comp.
Buttm. §75. 3. § 149, p. 432. — Judith
8 17. Xen, Cyr. 5. 1. 13.

Aunens, for, obs, 6, 4, adj.
(406s gen. of Zris, and métw i, q. nixt0,)
fallen », heaven-descended ;
‘Acts 19: 35 tot dvonstots 2c. dydhuatos,
viz. the image worshipped in the tem-
ple of Diana at Ephesus; see Plin. H.N.
16, 40. Calmet arte, Diana, Ephesus.
Herodian. 1. 11.2 dyadpa diomerés,

ApFopc, arog, 15, (dgdéw
to rectify through,) an ion, re-
form, improvement, in Mss. Acts 24: 8,
where text. rec. xarégFepe. — Pol, 3.
118, 2.

Awe Foss, sas, 4, (d:099ben)

ion, reformation ; Heb. 9:10 xau-
%s Stop Peesms, i.e. the time of » new
and better dispensation under the Mes-
siah ; comp. in “4xoxardatacis. — Jon.
B. J.1.20.1. Diod. Sic. 1. 75.

Awogicow or vrta, £ gay (du,
Seton toow,) to dig through, ec. tv olxor,
ty oixday, i, e. the walls of bouses,
which in the East are built of clay,
earth, etc. Matt. 6: 19,20. 24:43, Luke
12: 39. See Calmet p. 511. So Sept.
and “Bh Job 24: 16. 80 Ez. 12:7 ray
toizov.— Xen. Conv. 4. 30. Thuc. 2. 3.

Addoxovpot, wv, of, (duds gen. of
Zevg, and xoigos ig. xdgos a youth;
written also Aisoxogos, Lob. ad Phryn.
p-235,) the Diosewri, ie. Castor and
Pollux, in heathen mythology the sons

26

201

Aiko
of Jupiter by Leda, and the patrons of

* sailors, Acts 28: 11.—Theocr. Id, 22.1.

Xen. Conv. 8. 29. Comp. Hor. Carm.
1.3.2 ib. 4.8 31,

Mou,
Sr, on account of this that, for this rea-
son that, i. e. simply, because, for, Luke
2 7, 21:28. Acts 17:31, Rom. 1: 19.
Gal. 2 16. al. Sept. for "> Zeph. 2 10,
hy Job 32: 2—Xen. Conv. 8,19. Mem.
1.2.54, Comp, Butum. § 149. p. 493.
AL acd’ Fame 1184,

Auorpegys, doc, obs, 3, (dibs
gen. of Zeis and rgéqes,) Diotrephes, pr.
name, 3 John 9,

Atndcos, obs; bn, 43 dor, ovr;
(Buum. § 71.8. § 60. 5.b;) two-fold,
double; pp. Sept. for mywn Gen. 43:
15. _ Ex, 16:5, Xen. An.7.6.7. In
N. T. trop. for any greater relative
amount, as of honour, 1 Tim. 5: 17, of
punishment, Rev. 18: 6 bis. So Sept.
and mycin Jer.16: 18.—Herodian. 6.7.7.
Xen.Cyr, 2. 3.28—Comperative dinié—
tegoy as adv. two-fold more, Matt. 23: 15,
Comp. Buttm. § 115. 5.

Aindow, G, £. chow, (8urb05,) to
double, trans. Rev. 18: 6 Sixlecats ai
tH Sonda lit. double to her double, i. e.
render back to her two-fold punish-
ment.—pp. Xen, H. G. 6. 5. 19.

As, num, adv. twice, Mark 14: 30,
72. Luke 18: 12. Jude 12 3 dno-
Puvévra, twice dead, i.e. utterly. So
Gnat xq) dls, once and again, often, Phil.
4:16. 1 Thess, 2: 18.

Aesretteo, £. dow, (8ts,) to doubt, to
be uncertain, intrans. Matt. 14: 31. 28:
17,—Diod. Sic. 4. 62,

Alstopos, ov, 6,4, (8s, otdpa,)
e. g.otapds Pol.34.10.5.
InN.T spoken ofasword, Heb,
4:12, Rev, 2 12, [19: 15 in Mes.) Rev.1:
16, comp. Gesen. on Is. 49:2 So
Sept. for nip 391 Pa. 149: 6. Prov.
5: 4. — Ecclus, 21: 3, Eurip. Orest.
1296, [1903,]
Ahayihwe, at, a, ord. adj. too
thousand, Mark 5: 13,

Aci dkkea, £. low, (Bud, tA) to f-

conj. (87 8t,) i. q. dsc totz0 Sapeecaleces

Ayavo 202 Aoypa
ter or strain through, sc.asieve,strainer, _Alapos, e0c, ous, +5, Beyeben, thirst,

ete. i.e. by impl. to strain out, trans.
‘Matt. 23: 24, where comp. Buxt. Lex.
Ch, Rab, 1516.—Artemid. 4. 48,

Aryeile, £. iow, (diza,) to divide
in too, pp. Artemid. 2,24. In N.T.
trop. to seé at variance, trans, Sizatery tive
xatd tiv0s, i.e. to excite one against
another, Matt. 10: 35. coll. Luke 12: 52,
53.

Ayoorasia, ac, 4, (Siza, orciors,)
dissension, discord, Ron. 16:17. 1 Cor,
%3. Gal, 5: 20.—1 Mace. 3:29, Dion,
Hal. Ant. 8. 72.

Ayoropéea, @, f. jaw, (diya and
tops), fr. riuve,) to cut in tivo, Jos. Ant.
8.2.2, Polyb.6, 28.2. to cut in pieces,
Pol. 10. 15. 5, which was a cruel kind
of punishment practised among the He-
brews and other ancient nations; see
18am. 15; 33. 2 Sam. 12: 31. Dan.

+2: 5, 8:29, coll. Heb. 11: 37. Herodot.
2. 189. ib. 3.18. ib. 7.39. Diod. Sic.
17. 83. Bueton, Calig. 27. — In N. T.
genr. and trop. to inflict severe punish-
ment, Matt. 24:51. Luke 12: 46. Comp.
Hist. of Sus. 55, 59.

Aupaw, ©, £. soe, the contraction
being properly always into 9 instead of a,
like {ce Buttm. § 105. n. 5; the form

Sipq instead of dxyi belongs to the later
Greek, John 7: 37. Rom. 12:20, Athen.
Ill. 474. Aesch. Dial. Soc. 3.5; comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 61. Winer § 13. 3.
—to thirst, to be athirst, viz.

a) pp. intrans. Matt. 25: 35,37, 42,
44. John 4: 13, 15. 19: 28. Rom. 12:
20. 1Cor.4:11. Sept. for wax Judg.
15: 18. Prov, 25: 22.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.
ll. Mem. 1.3.6.

b) metaph. to thirst after, to long for,
to desire vehemently, seq. accus. a8 Tir
Bixaosivyy, i.e. piety towards God
and its attendant privileges, Matt. 5: 6 ;
comp. Winer Gr. § 30.7. — 80 Sept.
for n7yx Pe. 63: 2.—Wisd. 11: 14. Jos.
B.J. 1.82.2 ult_—Hence absol. to thirst,
sc. after the disposition and privileges
of the children of God, of the Messiah’s
kingdom, Joho 4: 14. & 35, 7: 37.
Rev. 7: 16, 21: 6 2217, So Sept.
and Nx Ps. 42: 8.— Xen. Cyr. 5.1.1

OF ces bye iyi Bayt zaghieo das.

2Cor. 11:27. Sept. for wax Ex. 17:8.
—Xen, Mem. 1.4.13.

Atyuzos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (is, yuri.)
double-minded, i.e. inconstant, wavering,
James 1: 8, 4: 8. — Clem. Rom. 1. 23.
Constitut. Apost. 7. 11.

Aecoypos, oF, 6, (Bsebne,) prrsuit,
sc, of enemies, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.21. In
N. T. persecution, Matt, 13: 21. Mark 4
17. 10: 90. Acts 8:1. 13: 50. Rom. &
35. 2 Cor, 12 10. 2 Theen'}: 4
2 Tim, 9: 11 bis. — Sept. Prov. 11: 19.
2 Mace. 12: 23.

Auduryg, ov, 6, (Susiney) a perse-
cutor, 1 Tim. 1: 13.—Symm. Hos. & 8.

Aeadxco, (Bier o flee,) f. disitw Lake
21:12, John 15:20. Xen, An. 1.4.8;
better dieiowes, Winer § 15. Pasesow
sub voc. pp. te cause to fice ; hence
genr. fo pursue after ac. flying enemies,
Sept. for 39 Lev. 2&7. Xen. Cyr.
3.2.10. Hence in N. T.

a) to pursue with malignity, to perse-
cute, seq. accus. expr. or impl. Mact. 10:
23, WB: BA xod Sussfere [cris0ds] axd x5-
Jeoy tig méluy. Acts 26:11. Rev. 12
13.—] Mace. 5:21, Herodian. 1, 13.16
ib. 7. 11.10. Thuc. 1. 37.—So genr. to
persecute, to harass, to maltreat, seq. ac-
cus, Matt. 5:10, 11, 12, 44, Luke 21:
12, John 5:16. Acts 7:52. Rom. 1&
14, Gal. 1: 18,93. 6: 12 Sept, for
IQ Ps. 7: 1. Jor. 17: 18, — Wied. 16
16." 2 Mace. 5: 8.

b) genr. to pursue, to follow, ac. in
company or in order to find, overtake,
etc. spoken of persons, abeol. Luke 17:
23.—Ecclus. 27: 20. Xen. H. G. 1.1.13.
de Mag. Eq. 4. 5.—Metaph. of things, to

follow earnestly, to pursue after, in order

to acquire or attain to; Rom. 9: 30, 31.
1Cor. 14:1. 1 Tim. 6:11. Heb, 12
14, ubsol. to follow on, to press forward,
Phil, 3: 12,14. So Sept. and WIN
Deut. 16:20. Prov, 15:9.—Diod. Sic. 2
59, Ken. Cyr. 8.1.39. At.

Soypa, arog, 1, (Soxie,) @ de-
cree, edict, ordinance, ©. g. of a prince,
Luke 2: 1, Acts 17:7. of the apostles,
Acts 16:4. of the Mosaic law, i.e. ex-
ternal precepts, Eph. 2 15. Col. % 14,

Aoyuorlo

coll, v. 16,208q. Sept. of a prinee,

Chald. ny Das. 2 13, 6 8, 15, 15 oe
Dan, 3: 10. 6: 13—Ignat. ad Magn.

éy Doypais roi xvglov xad té7 Gxoct6-
dav. Xen, An. 3.3.5.

Aoyparke, £. tow, (Séype,) to
make a decree, to prescribe an ordinance,
intrans, i. q. déypa s+9éva4, 2 Mace, 10:
8. 15:36. Diog. Laert. 3. 51.—In N.T.
Mid. doyparigopas, to suffer a law to be

to one’s self, to be subject to
ordinances, Col. 2: 20, Comp. Buttm.
§ 135, 8,

Axio, @, f. 86fe, aor. 1, Bota,
Battm, § 114, to seem, to appear, neut.
and intrans. viz,

) with a reflex. pron. oxpr. or im-
plied, doxa ¢; fuavre, Soxtiv bavi, etc.
to seem to one’s self, i.e. to be of opinion,
lo think, to suppose, to believe, etc. seg,
infin. prues. Acts 26: 9 éyi piv oy
Toke duervrss, ity mold: npdtas x. 7. 1.
— Xen. Hiero 1. 6 Soxd por alodd-
veoSas. 1. 33.—Hence genr. as an act.
intrans. verb in the above sense, the
reflex. dat. being suppressed, viz. to be
of opinion, to think, ete. (a) Seq, infin.
with the same subject, Buttm. § 140. 1.
Winer § 45, 2; e.g. with infin. present,
expressing a continued action, etc.
Butrm. § 197. 5. Winer § 45. 8 med.
Matt. 3:9 px dotqts dyuy by bovtois,
think not, presume not, to say, ete. Luke
8: 18, 24:37, John 5: 39. 16:2 doty
errgeleey 1 ‘Acts 12: 9,
10s B18 sea0" 1L00 Gal, Tames
1: 26,—2 Macc. 9: 8,10. Xen. An. 2.2.
14, — With infin. perfect, implying an
action completed, in reference to the
present time ; Buttm. § 137. 2. Winer
§ 45.8 ult. Acts 27:13 Sdtavees tHe
mgodiors xexgaryxivar, 1 Cor, & 2
Phil. 3: 4—Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 6.—(6) Seq.
infin. with a different subj. in the accus.
Winer § 45.2, Mark 6: 49 83ofay pdv-

racpa slyas. 1Cor.12:23, 2 Cor. 11:
16. So Sept. for 3m Gen. 38: 15. —
Palaoph. 1. Xen. Cyt. 1. 6. 10. — (y)
Beg. 61s, instead of the accus. and infin.
Buttm.§149. p. 493. Winer §5705. Matt.
& 7 doscic: yoo St x2. 1 WG 53.
Luke 12: 51, 13: 2,4. 19:11. John 5:
45, 11:13, 18: 29. 20:15. 1 Cor. 4:9.
10:12, 2 Cor. 12: 19. James 4: 5. —

tonspato

for (8) Abeol Luke 17:9 of doi. oq. ff
Seg Matt. 24: 44, Luke 12: 40. seq.
nosy Heb. 10: 29.—Xen.Cyr. 5.3.30 ois
470 Soni, 7. 2.19, Anacr. 40.15 xécor,

b) in reference to others, to seem, to
ppear, ete. seq. dat, and infin. Luke
10: 36 tls ov» dont cos migoley ysyork-
yas, Without dat. but seq. infin. of the
same subject, which then takes the ad-
junctsin the nominative, Buttm.§142.2.1.
Acts 17: 18 Séve Saxorley Soxst saray—
yasig elvas, 1 Cor. 12: 22, 2 Cor.10:
9. Heb. 12 11, — Jos, Ant. 5. 7. 5.
Lucian. D. Deor. J. 2—Spoken also in
the moderation and urbanity of the
Greek manner, of what is real and eer-
tain ; comp. Buttm. § 1.0.1. Mark 10:
42 of Soxotivtes Kpzeir, i. q. of Kpxortes.
Luke 22: 24. 1 Cor. 11: 16, Gu 9,
Heb. 4:1.—Susann.6. Jos.c. Ap. 1.12.
Herodian, 2. 5. 10. Xen. Anab. L 9. 1.
Hi, 2. 1.—Gal. 2 6 of doxotrres elval 1,
who seem to be something, i. e. who are
persons of note, distinguished, comp.
v.9; and 80 of doxotytss, chiefs, leaders,
etc. Gal. 2: 2, 6. — Jos. Ant. 19.6.3.
Herodian. 6, 1. 3.

¢) impers, doxet pot, otc. it seems to
me, i.e. (a) to think, to. suppose, ete.
interrog. té doxet cos v. ipiv etc.
thinkest thou? Matt. 17: 25. 18 12. 21:
28, 22: 17, 42. 26: 66. John 11: 56.
Without interrog. Acts 25:27 Gloyor
7ée por Boxei.—Lucian. D. Desr. 6. 4.
Xen. H. G.2. 4. 18 cig 7 duot doxei, —
(8) st seems good to me, it is my pleasure,
ete. iq. pers. lo determine, to resolve,
seq. infin. Luke 1:3, Acts 15: 22, 25,
28, 34.—Eedr. 8: 11. Jos. Ant. 7. 9.7,
Xen, An. 2. 1. 2.—So particip. neut. 76
Soxoty pos, what seems good to me, i. e.
one’s pleasure, will, etc, Heb. 12: 10
xaté 13 doxoiy abroig, i.e. as they
thought best. — Thuc. 1. 84 maga +6
Soxotv ipiv, Ken. H. G, 6.3. 5.

Aoxipmetteo, £. dive, (Béxspos,) to
prove, to try, trans.

a) pp. to make trial of, to put to the
proof, to examine ; e.g. metals etc. by
fire, 1 Pet. 1: 7. 1 Cor. 8: 13, Sept.
and 713 Zech. 13:9. _5y32 Prov. 17:
8.— Ecclus. 2 5. Isocr. ad Dem. p.
7. B.—So of other things by fuse,
Luke 14:19; and genr. in any way,

+ Diod. Sic.

Aoxtpasia

Rom. 122 1 Cor. 11:28. 2 Cor. &
8, 22, 13: 5. Gal. & 4.. Eph. 5: 10,
1 Thess. 2: 4 1a¢ xagdles. 5:21. 1 Tim.
8:10. 1John Bo Sept. and jz
Pa17:3, Jer.11:20. pry Ps. 139: 1;
28.—Wied, 11:10. Jos. Ant. 1. 13, 4.
Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 1.—Spoken in respect
to God, fo put to the proof, i.e. to tempt,
i. q. mageituy, Heb. 3:9. So jt Mal.
3:15, Sept. d»Slornus.—Hence by impl.
to examine and judge of, i.e. to estimate,
to distinguish, Luke 12: 56 bis, coll.
Mat. 16:3, Rom, 2 18 et Phil. 1: 30,
see in Atapégw 2.0. . Sept. for 7727
Zech. 11: 13.

b) in the sense of to have proved, i. e.
to hold as tried, to regard as proved, and
genr. to approve, to judge fit and proper,
@. g. persons, 1 Cor. 16:3, 1 Thess.
2% 4 dedoxpaopsIa,—Jos. Ant. 3. 4, 1.
7. — Of things, Rom. 14:
22, seq. infin, Rom. 1: 28.—Jos, Ant. 1.
7.1, ib. 7.4,

Aoxmasia, ac, 4, (Boxidta,)
trial, probation, pp. Jos. Ant. 4.3. 4.
‘Xen. Mem. 2. 2.13, ‘In tho sense of
temptation, act of tempting, Heb, 3: 9 in
Mes,

fh A, 4, (I6uipos,) proof,

|. Ge

a) the state of being tried, a trying,
2 Cor. 8:2 ty noldj Soxpj Sisyear, ie.
through affliction.

b) the state of having been tried, tried
probity, approved integrity, Rom. 5: 4 his.
2 Cor. 2: 9, 9:13 80m, tig Staxoviag,
tried probity exhibited in this ministry.
Phil. 2; 22,

©) proof, in the sense of evidence, sign,
token, 2 Cor. 13: 3, coll. 12: 12,

cfoxtuior, lov, 16, (Béxip05,) proof,
test, Herodian. 2. 10. 12. Sept. for
HVS a crucible, Prov.27:21. In N.T.
proof, trial, iq. Soxipa, viz. Act. a try:
ing, James 1: 3, — Pase. tried probity,
sincerity, etc. 1 Pet. 1: 7.

Aoxtpos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Bézopas)
receivable, current, spoken of money, etc.
as having been tried and refined ; Sept.
for 739 Gen. 23:16. pprm 1 Chr.
29: 4. Sir 2 Chr. 9:17.” Hence in
N. T. motaph, fried, proved,
and therefore genuine, Rom. 16: 10,

204

Ae
1 Cor. 11: 19, 9 Cor. 10: 18 1% 7.
2 Tim. 215. James 1: 12—Ken. Ag.
1,23, Heaych, Séxipor* zeroipor, ci
duor.—By impl. acceptable, well reported
of, Rom. 14: 18.— Herodot. 7. 117.
Anth. Gr. III. p. 25, ed. Jac.

Aoxde, ob, %, a beam, joist, Matt,
7: 3, 4,5. Luke 6 41, 42 bia,
for ip Gen. 19: 8. Cant. 1:17, —
Diod. Sic. 2. 10.

Aohuos, bat, cov, (Bétos,) guileful,
deceitful,2Cor.11:18. Sept. for 999
Prov.1l: 1. $35 Ps. 120.2,3.—Xen.
An. 1. 4. 7.

Aodwro, 0, £. crow, (Béh05,) to wae
guile, to deceive, intrans. Rom. 3:13
tals yidoous attdy Molotcer, for
d8osoty, quoted from Ps. 5: 10, where
Sept. for prbtts. So for $2 Num. 25.
38. For this’Alexandrine form of the
3d plur. of the historical tenses, see
Buttm. § 103. V. 1. H. Planek in Bibl.
Repos. I. p.664. Lob. ad Phryn. p, 349.

Abhos, ov, 6, (Bile, diteag,) bait,
Hom. Od. 12, 252, Hence genr. fraud,
guile, deceit, Matt. 26:4. Mark 7: 22
14:1. John 1:48, Acts 13:10, Rom.
1: 29, 2 Cor. 12:16. 1 Thess. 2 3
1 Pet. 2 1, 22. 3:10. [Rev. 14:5.] Sept.
for 173979 Gen. 27:35. Is. 53: 9. m27
Job 13:7. "Ps. 32: 2.—Ken. An, 5. 6:99:
HL G. 7. 1. 46,

Foddeo, ci, £. ears, (8éh05,) to de-
ceive, trans. Xen, Cyr. 1.6.28, In N.T.
to falsify, i. e. to adullerate, to corrupt,
©. g. tor Adyoy too Se0i, by Jewish
traditions etc. 2Cor, 4: 2.— Ael H.
An. 16, 1. — Lucian, Hermot. 50
Hesych. dolot- @pSelgss, xaxovgy ii.

Abpea, aoc, 18, (88cm) « gift,
Matt. 7: 11. Luke 11:13. Phil. 4: 17.
Eph. 4: 8, coll. Ps. 68: 19 where Sept.
for mann, as also Gen. 25:6. Dan. 2
48. jrp Prov. 18: 16. — 1 Mace. 10:
28, Plut. Mor. II. p, 29. ed. Taucho.

' ‘ .
oka, 6, 4, (Soxéa,) a seeming,
an appécrance, Jos, Ant. 1.11.2 of 36
Sdtay aitg nagéozor da Susvrey. opi
‘ion ec. which one has of any thing, He-
rodot, 1.79, Ken. Mem. 4.8.10. orin
which one is held by othors, estima-

dota
Diod. Sic.2.29. Xen.Cyr.
888. Hence in N.T. honour, glory, viz.

a) spoken of honour due or rendered,
ie. praise, ete. Luke 14: 10
‘00a iota coe dreamy x,t. John
8:54. 2 Cor. 6:8. John 5:41, 44, Layufet~
vay Odfay naga age cv Drgcircory, and 1 Thess,
26 qneiv Bétav Zt crvd¢. applause from
men. John 12: 43 détuy arDouinuy the
applause of men, etc. So tytaiy tiv 30-
Ear tivds, i. @ to seek that one may re-
ceive honour, John 7: 18. 8: 50. al. —
Spoken of God, e. g. sis 3égar tot S208,
to the honour, glory, of God, i.e. that
God may be honoured, glorified, etc.
Rom. 37. 15:7. Phil 1:11. and so
gos détar 5, Seo, 2Cor. 1:20. tig
sis 86gy¢ 2. @. John U1: 4. 80 lapeiy
ayy dokay, to receive praise, glory, i i.e. to
be extolled in praises etc. Rev. 4: 11.
For the phrase doivas détar 1H dug,
see in Aiden a. y. So in ascriptions,
Luke 2 14 dd5a é dyloross Seg. Rom.
11:36, Gal.1:5, 1 Pet.4:11.al. Sept.
for i321 Chr. 16: 28, 29, Ps, 29: 9.
mm abbyy Ps, 104: 35. 106: 48.—Wisd.
16: 14." Diod. Sic. 1.62. Xen. Mem. 3.
12. 4.—By meton. spoken of the ground,
occasion, source, of honour or glory,
1 Cor..11: 15, 2 Cor. 8:23, Eph. 3: 13.
1 Those 2 20.—Comp. decus, Hor. Od.
1.1.

b) in N. T. spoken also of that which
excites admiration, to which honour
“ is ascribed, viz.

a) of external condition, dignity, if
splendour, glory; 1 Pet. 1: 24 néow
Boga tig capeds cc avtos. Heb. 2: 7,
quoted from Ps. 8:6 where Sept. for
‘tin2. So by meton. that which re-
fllects, expresses, exhibits, this dignity,
ete. 1 Cor. 11:7 bis, yur) 86 dda ar
S965 dozs.—Ecelus. 1:19. 2 Mace. 14:
9. Jos, Ant. 4. 2. 2.—Spoken of kings,
etc. regal majesty, splendour, pomp, mag-
nificence ; ¢. g. of the expected temporal
reign of the Messiah, Mark 10: 37, comp,
Matt. 20; 21 where it is Bacilela ; and
80 also of the glory of his second com-
ing, Matt. 19: 28. 24: 30. Mark 13: 26.
Luke 9: 26, 21: 27. Tit. 2:13. Sept.
and 3323 1 Sam. 2:8. 18.87. Si
1 Chr. 26: 25. Dan. 11: 21.— Also of
the accompaniments of royalty, ©. g. of
splendid apparel, Matt. 6:29. Luke 12:

205

dota
27. Bo for 28:2, 40,
mae Is. as, combe Hebets Esth. 5: 1.

9.— Of wealth, treasures,
ete. Matt. 4:8. Luke 4:6, Rev. 21:24,
26. So Sept. and tin> Gen. 31: 1.
Is. 10: 8, — Meton. spoken in plur. of
persons in high honour, e. g. 8dtas, dig-
nities, i.e, kings, princes, magistrates,
ete. 2) Pet.2:10, Jude 8. Comp. 1123
In.5:13 Others, angels ; comp. Philo
de Monarch. IT. p. 218.

(6) of an external hinges rend
brigh dazzling Wight, viz. (1)
Acts 22: i wie eee dak sis Bons
‘tov pards. 1 Pet. 5:4, So of the sun,
stars, etc. 1 Cor. 15:40, 41 quater ; also
of Moses’ face, 2 Cor. 3: 7, coll. Ex. 34:
29, 80, 35. or of the celestial light
which surrounds angels, Rev. 18: 1;
or glorified saints, Luke 9: 31, 32.
1Cor. 15: 48. Col. 3:4. Phil. 3: 21.—
Ecelus. 43: 9. 50:7. Bar. 4: 24. —'(2)
Spoken espec. of the celestial splendour
in which God sits enthroned ; the di-

vine effulgence, dazzling majesty, radiant
glory, (Rabb. my20 Buxt. Lex.Ch.Rab.
‘Tal. 2394,) genr. 2'Theas. 1:9. 2 Pet.
1:17, Rev. 15:8. 21:11, 23, coll. 22: 5.
as visible to mortals, Luke 29. John
12: 41, coll. Is. 6:1. Acts7:35. also as
manifested in the Messiah’s second
coming, Matt. 16: 27. Mark &: 38. So
Bept. for mm? 3123 Ex. 16:10. 24:17
where see. "1 K. 8: 11. Comp. Ps. 104:
leq. Ez. 1: 26, 27, 28. 1 Tim. 6 16.
Bar. 5: 9 16 gard ti¢ détys abzot.—So
2q0uBiu Békne, cherubs of glory, i.e. the
representatives of the divine presence,
Heb. 9:5. Comp. Ex. 25:22. Num. 7:
89. 2Sam.6:2, Song of 3 Childr. 31.

(y) of internal character, i. e. glori-
ous moral attributes, excellence, perfec~
tion ; viz. (1) spoken of God, inyinite
perfection, divine majesty and holiness,
‘Acts 7: 2. Rom. 1: 93 jatar my
8stur rot depSigrov Geos. Eph. 1: 17
6 marie tis 3dkns, i. e. possessing infi-
nite perfections. Heb. 1: 3. + So of the
divine perfections as manifested in the

of God, John 11:40, Rom. 6:4.
Col, 1: 11. 2 Pet. 1:3 see in “gery a,
or in his benevolence and
Rom. 9: 23. Eph, 1: 12, 14, 18. 3: 16.
So of Jesus, as the dratyacpa (Heb. 1:
3) of the divine perfections, John 1: 14,

Aokate

211. ofthe Spirit, 1 Pet. 4: 14.—Just.

Mart. de Resurr. p. 284.—Spoken also

of things, in place of an adjec-

tive, excellent, splendid, glorious, 2 Cor.

7 eb 86 § Sraxorla byeridn by déty.

¥.8,9. Eph. 1: 6 ale trasvoy 2étqs ws
TOG.

(8) of that exalted state of blissful
perfectiqu which is the portion of those
who dwell with God in heaven; e. g.
spoken of Christ, and including also the
idea of hie regal majesty as Messiah,
Luke 24:26, John 17: 5, 22,24, 2 Thess.
214. 1 Tim. 3:16, 1 Pet. 1:11. —
Spoken of glorified saints, i. q. salva-
tion, eternal life, ete. Rom. 2:7, 10.
8 18 1 Cor. 2:7. 2 Cor. 4: 17. 1 Thess.
212. 2 Tim. 2:10. Heb. p10. 1 Pet.
5:1, 36a tob Geol, the glory which
God will bestow, Rom. 5:2. 1 Pet. 5:
10, — Meton. the author or procurer
of this glory to any one, i.e. the author
Of salvation, ete. Luke 2: 32, i.q. xtguos
is Oo$ne 1 Cor. 2: 8, coll. v. 7. AL.

otal, f. dow, (8§«,) to be of
opinion, to think, etc. Xen. Mem.1.1.13.
to consider, to estimate, to judge, Sept.
Dan. 4: 31. Xen. Cyr. 5.5.46,—In N.T.
to glorify, trans. i. e.
fa) to ascribe glory or honour to any
cone, lo praise, to celebrate, to magnify ;
Matt. 6:2 Gnas dotacdiow ino iy
SrSgcmor. Luke 4:15. John & 54
guavtéy. Rom. 3. Acts 13: 48,
Heb. 5:5, Rev. 18:7. So Sept. for
1g> Lam. 1:8. 2 Sam. 6: 22.—Pol. 6.
53.10. Diod. Sic. 1. 82.—So dokatery
tov Pedy, ete. to glorify God, i. e. to
render glory to him, to celebrate with
, to worship, to adore, Matt. 5: 16.
9: 8. 15:31. Mark 2:12. Luke 2: 20.
5: 25, 26. 7: 16. 13: 13, 17: 15. 18: 43.
3:47, Acts 4:21. 11:18. 21:20, Rom.
1 Cor. 6: 20, 2 Cor.
% 1 Pet. 12. 4: 11,
16, 50 dvoya Stoi Rev. 15:4, mysipa
tol Seov, 1 Pet. 4: 14. So Sept. and
1g> Pe. 22 24. 86: 9,12. mbmp Is.
42: 10.—Ecelus, 43: 28, 30.
b) fo honour, i. e. to bestow honour up-
on, to exalt in dignity, to render glorious,

(a) genr. 1 Cor. 12: 26 eke dotazeras
tv pilos. 2 Theas. 3:1. So Sept. and

206

dims

332 1 Chr. 1% 3. Prov, 1% 18 “pt
Exth, & 6, 8, 9, 11. — Eoelus 48: 4
1 Mace, 2: 64. Diod. Sic. 12, 36—In
the sense of to render excellent, eae
etc. Pass. to be excellent,

ous; 2 Cor. & 10 bis, erat
Sept. pp. for jap Ex. 34: 29, 30, 35.

(8) spoken of and Christ, to glo-
rify, i.e. to render conspicuous and
glorious the divine character and attri-
butes; e.g. of God as glorified by the
Son, John 12:28 ter, 10 Sropa Swi.
18: 31, 32. 14: 13, 15:8. 17:1, 17: 4.
or by Christians, John 21: 19. Of
Christ as glorified by the Father, John
8: 54, 18: 32 bis. 17: 1,5. Acts 21%
or by the Spirit, John 16:14. or by
Christians, John 17:10. or genr. Jobo
11:4, 13: 31. Bo Bept, and 13> Lev.
10: 3. wp Is. 5:16. pass. for TY
Ex, 15: 6, th.

(7) spoken of Christ and his followers,
to glorify, i. e. to advance to that state
of bliss and glory which is the portion
of those who dwell with God in heaven ;
e.g. of Christ es the Messiah, John 7:
39, 12 16, 23, comp, Is, 52 13, where
Sept. pass, for xip2. Of Christians
Rom, 8: 30. — Barnab. Ep. 21 5 xoar
taita dy 17 Bac. tov Pod SokasPijorras.

AJognac, adoc, %, Dorcas, pr.
name of a female, Acts 9: 36,39; pp.
i. q. Heb. "2x, Syr. xn730, Tabitha,
gazelle, Cant, 2:7, 9. ‘Acts 9: 36,

Aas, ecag, 4, (ideuu,) a giving,
i.e. a gift, James 1: 17.—Ecclus. 11: 17.
Jos, Ant, 1, 10.2, Artemid, 1, 42, —
In the sonse of giving out, expenditure,
Phil, 4: 15 sis éyow Séoswe xad Iswpems,
in an account of and receipt,
or, of debt and credit; the gift of
money from the church being reckoned
in an account against the spiritual gifts
imparted to them by Paul.. we Ecelus Al:
19, 42:7 déerg nad Lijyes marti tv yeags.
Artemid. 1, 44, Arrian. Dise, Ep. 2. 9.
12, Comp. Cic. de Amicit. 16, “ ratio
acceptorum et datorum,”

Aving, ov, 5, (Biduun) a giver,
2 Cor. 9:7. Sept. for Vz 3D Prov,
9.—Bome Jos. Ant. 1. 18, 6. Ken. Cyr.
619,

Aovheywyéo

Aovierywy hee, 0, f. om, (Setdos,
Gye,) to lead a2 a slave, to make a slave
of, Diod. Sic. 12.94. In N. 'T. trop. to
Dring ide, ejection, to abd, absol.

. ann Qs, 4 (Soudsta,) slavery,
bondage, Sept. for stay, Ex. 6: 6.
Xen. An, 7. 7, 32, In N. T. trop.
spoken of the condition of those under
the Mosaic law, Gal.4: 24, 5:1. and 20
Rom. 8:15 nveipa dovielas, a slavish
spirit, opp. to my. vioSectas. Also of the
condition of those who are subject to
death, Rom. 8: 21, or to the fear of
death, Heb. 2 15 p6fy Sardisov Erozos
Spuielas.

Aovievia, £. riaw, (Sotdos,) to be a
slave or servant, to serve, c.c. dat. expr.
or impi.

8) pp. spoken of involuntary service ;
Matt. 6: 24 et Luke 16: 13 duo? xvglocs.
Eph.6&7, 1Tim.62 Sept. for 729
Lev. 25 89, Deut. 15: 12—Lucian. D.
Deon 13.2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 33 ter.—
Spoken of a people, to be subject to, etc.
Jobn 8: 33. Acts 7: 7. Rom. 9: 12, coll.
Gen, 25: 23 et 27: 40 where Sept. for
tay; aloo Gen.14: 4, Judg. 3: 8, 14—
Jos. Ant. 4.6.4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 13.—
Metaph. of those subject to the Mosaic
law, Gal. 4: 25.

b) trop. spoken of voluntary service,
to obey, to be devoted to; Luke 15: 29.
Phil. 2 22. Gal. 5:18, Rom. 12: 11
39: xa19 Soulelorees, §. e. doing what
the occasion demands ; but others read

15, 18, 20, 25, 29, — In a moral sense,
spoken as to God or Christ, ete. 3, 1
Sep Matt. 6:24, Luke 16: 13. Acts 20:
19. Rom. 7: 6. 1 Thess, 1: 9.
Xpuosg, Rom. 14:18. 16: 18. Col. 3: on
29 véuy Prod, Rom. 7:25. Sept. and
‘tay Deut. 13: 4, Judg. 2: 7. Mal. 3: 18.
—Ecclus. 2:1. — Spoken of falee gods,
Gal. 4:8. So Sept. and 739 Ex. 23:
33 — = 0 of things to obey, to follow, to
indulge in, e.g. paperg Matt. 6: 24,
Toke tet 13, Gpagrig Rom. 6:6. 14

tig Suagrlag Rom. 7:25. 1%
roll Rom. 16: 18. _tois otoszslous Gal.
4:9, énvSuplag Tit. 8: 3.—Jos. Ant.
15, 4.1 éxSuplous, Xen. Mem. 1.5.
5 ras iSovais. 1.6.8 yaorgh.

207

Aoidos

Aoidn, n8, 4, (Bebi0s,) a female
slave or servant, a handmaid, Acts % 18.
Bept. for me Lev. 25: 44. mittee}
1 Sam. 8: 16.— 1 Mace. 2:11. Xe
Cyr. 5. 1. 4.—Used in the oriental style
by a female in addressing a superior,
instead of the pers. pron. J, Luke 1: 38,
48. So Sept. and my 1 Sam. 25: 41.
1K. 1 13,17 sm 2 Sam. 14: 6.
2K. 4: 2,16. Comp. Gesen. Lehrg.
p- 7890q. Stuart § 475,

1. Sovdos, doudn, dovdoy, (dé)
serving, bound lo serve, in bondage, 104.
dat. Rom. 6: 19 bis. — Wisd. 15:7 Lod
350 zadagsy Foyar Botha oxein, Eu
rip. Hee. 134. [137,]

Ul. dovdos, ov, 6, as subst.
slave, servant,

8) pp. spoken of involuntary service,
eg.a p. to dziSeg0s, 1 Cor,
7:21, Gal. 8: 28, Col. 3: 11. ‘Rev. 6
15. So genr. servant, Matt. 13. 27, 28,
John 4: 51, Eph. 6:5. 1 Tim. & 3.
Acts 2:18 of dotdos pou, i. e. the ser-
yantg among my people. Sept. for
a Le 9 M4, Josh, 8 23. Judg. 6:

27,—Xen, Oce. 5.16, Ath. 1. 10 eq.—
Phil. 2 7 poggny doviov Laer, i. e.
appearing in a bumble and despised
condition,

b) trop. spoken of voluntary service,
@ servant, implying obedience, de-
votedness, etc. Jobn 15:15. Rom. 6:
16. 1Cor. 7:23. Gal. . So in
modesty, 2 Cor. 4:5; or in praise of
modesty, Matt. 20: 27. Mark 10: 44.—

: Ael. V. H. 9.19 0% ditoges Boiler tod

nljGoug sisl—Spoken of the true fol-
lowers and worshippers of God, e. g.
Botlos tot Seoi, either of agents sent

tq from God, as Moses, Rev. 15: 3, and 80

Sept. and 139 Josh. 1: 1. (Jos, Ant. 5.1.
13.) or prophets, Rev.10:7. 11:18, and 80
Sept. and “33 Josh. 24: 29, Jer. 7: 25.
or simply of the worshippers of God,
Rev. 2: 20. 7:3. 19: 5. al. So Bept.
and 933 Ps. 34: 23. 134: 1. al. — Used
in the oriental style of addressing a su-
perior, instead of the pers. pron. J,
Luke 2:29. Acts 4:29. So Sept. and
ed 18am. 3:9,10. Ps.19: 12. al, Comp.
in “Aotin. - Spoken of the followers
and ministers of Christ, dotios tot
Xguroh, Eph. 6 6. 2 Tim. 2 24.

Aovicw
expec. of the apostles, etc. Rom.
Gal. 1: 10, Col. 4: 12. James 1: 1.
2 Pet. 1:1, Jude L Rev. 22: 3.—
Spoken also in respect to things, of one
who indulges in, is addicted to, any
thing; seq. gen. e. g. Soidog tijs &
lag John 8: 34. Rom. 6: 16,17. 2 Pet.
2:.19.—Ael. V. H. 2. 41 pen .tot nivus
Soiidog. Ken. Occ. 1.22. Bh Moe 74

c) in the sense of minister, attendant,
spoken of the officers of an oriental
court; Matt. 18: 23, 26, 27, 28, 32, 22:
3, 4, 6, 8, 10. al. — So a@ satrap, Xen.
An, 1, 9. 29. ib. 2.5.38. AL.

Aovidw, @, f. dow, (Sotl0s,) to
make a slave of, to bring into bondage,
trans. Pass. perf. Ssdovdopar, etc. with
present signif. to be a slave, to serve, i. q.
sonnei Comp. Buttm. § 113. 6.

. Acts 7: 6. 2 Pet. 2: 19. —

Bept. Gen, 15:13, 1 Macc. 8:11. Xen.

Cyr. 3. 1. 11.—Metaph. dedovdonas, to

be in bondage, i. e. to be bound, to be held
1 Cor. 7: 15. Gal. 4:3.

b) trop. of voluntary service, to make
devoted to any one; Pass, to be or be-
come devoted, etc. Spoken of persons,
1 Cor. 7: 15 xéow duavtdy Mothoca,
ie. I have conformed; accommodated
myself to all, Rom. 622 19 25.
Pass, spoken of things, of) duxaoctry
Rom. & 18. olvy xolig Tit. 2:3. —
Porphyr. de Abeta, 1,42 dWowsdnper
1G 100 @éfov gporipats. So doulsiuy
ofr Liban, Ep. 319.

oxy, 95, %y (Bixopas) pp. recep-
tion ac. of guests; hence a banquet,
feast, Luke 5:29. 14:13, Sept. for
TTY Gen. 26: 30. Esth. 1.3, 5:40q.
—Athen. VIII. p. 348. F.

Agcxcr, ovr0s, 5, (prob. fr. 3ég—
xopar,) a dragon, a huge serpent, Sept.
for wm? Job 26:13. JAR yer, & 11
Jos. Ant. 2. 12, 3, Ael. V.H.13. 46.
—In N. T. symbolically, for & oardy,
Rev. 12 8, 4, 7, 9, 13, 16, 17, 18: 2, 4,
T1, 16: 13. 20: 2. ‘Comp. Gen. 3 1 0q.
—Act. Thom. § 30. Psalt, Salom. 2:29,

Apdoow or deatre, more comm.
Mid. dodocopas, £. foues, to grasp, ac,
with the hand, fo seize, to take, in N.T.
and later writers seq. accus, T:
1Cor. 3:19 dgacoiparos Tis copots.

208

Aivamos

So Heb. ARS Job 5& 138 where Sept,
xatalopfdve, Sept. pp.for yap Num.
5: 26,—2 Mace. 4: 41. Jos. B. J.3. 8. 6
dgacosueros ry Setudr. Herodot. 3.13,
Seq. gen. Judith 13:7. Diod. Sic.18.17.

Apazun, 7c, % (Sedovw,) «
drackma, an Attic silver coin worth
nearest 164 cents, or 3 of # dollar, ac-
cording to Boeckb, (Staatsbaush. I. p.
16,) but current among the Romans as
equal to the denarius, which was worth
about 14 cents; see particularly under
“Apyrigoy c, and also under Aldpuzpor.
Luke 15: 8 bis, 9.

Agé sco, woo Tyize.

Apénavoy, oy, 16, (Sgénee to pluck
off,) a sickle, scythe, i.e. a crooked
koife for gathering the harvest and
vintage, Mark 4: 29 see in "4roctile b.
Rev. 14: 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 bis, 19. Sept,
for 5222 Joel 8: 13, — Artemid. 2. 24.
Pol. 22. 10. 5.

Apouns, ov, 5, (deipe ig. sobre)

@ running, a race, Sept. for > 3
2 Sam. 18:97. ying Eee. 9:11,
An. 1. 2.17. Wd 8 95 a6 place of
running, stadium, Xen. Mag. Eq. 3. 6.
—In N.T. trop. course, career, ac. of
one’s life, ministry, etc. Acts 13: 25, 20:
24, 2Tim. 4:7. Comp. Sept. and
Haga Jer. 23: 10.

ApovolaAda, 45, %, Drusille,
youngest daughter of Herod Agrippe J,
sister of the younger Agrippa and of
Bernice, celebrated for her beauty.
She was first betrothed to Epiphanes
prince of Comagena; but was after-
wards married to Azizus king of Emes-
sa, whom Felix persuaded her to aban-
don in order to become his wife. Acts
24: 24.—BSee Joa, Ant. 19. 9. 1. ib. 20.
71,2

Aipt, wee Aire.

Abvapat, £. durjcouts, depon. —
Imperf. é3uvdpny, Matt. 22: 46. al. and
with doub. augm. durdyyy, Matt. 26 9.
Luke 1: 22, al. as also Aor. 1 3)3ur4 Sq,
Matt. 17: 16,19, al. comp. Butt. § 83.
2.5, Winer §12. 1b. For the 2 pera
sing. pres, don for divacas, Rev. 2 2,
aa also Anacr. 7. 11. Ael. V. H. 13, 2,

Aivapan

sed Birttm. § 187, p. 223, mmrg. § 114.
p. 276. Winet § 18. 2b. Lob. ad
Phrya. p. 359. — to be uble, Fenn, and
08 duvapias, to be unable, Icannot, both
in‘ a physical and moral sense, and as
depending either ou the disposition or
faculties of mind, the degree of strength
or skill, the nature and external cireum-
stances of the case, etc. It is always
followed by an infin. expr. or impl. be-
longing to the same subject, viz.

a) seq. infin. expressed, e.g. (a) of
the present, as expressing continued ac-
tion, ete. Buttm. § 187.5: Winer § 45.
8 med. Matt, 6: 24 ob divacde dovlsi-
sy Seg xt. 2. 7:18, Mark % 7, 19.
Luke 6 39. John 5:19, 30, 6: 60.
Acts 27:15, Rom. 15: 14.

23. 1 Thess. 2:7, al. pt.

Gen. 87:3, 43: 32, al—Xen. An. 3,1. it
—(8) more commonly of the aorist, im-
plying transient or momentary action,
either past or present, Buttm. § 137. 5.
Winer § 45.8. b. Mark 1:45 core
benxit aitiy Sivacdar pavegisg tig wOkLY
dolby, Luke 819 otx jdivarr0
ourytiy ainé. Mart. 3:9 divatas :
Sebg x rébv MbSey tydigas téxva x. 7. 2.

10: 28. Mark 6:5. Luke 5:12. John
7: 3A, 36. 10:35. Acté 4: 16, 17: 19,
1 Cor. % 14. James 4:2. Rev. 3:8
1% 4, al, So Sept. for S2> Gen, 15: 5.
19: 19.—Diod. Sie. 2.26. Xen. An. 1.9.
27.— So where the action in itself
might be expressed either as continued
or transient, but the writer chooses to
express it as transient ; see Winer § 45.
p, 276. Butt. 6137.5 ult. Matt. 5:14
ob Boratar nédis xgupiivar, Luke 1: 20,
22. John 3:3. Acts 13:39, Rom. &
7. Heb.9:9. Rev. 2 2. — (7) of the
perfect, to express completed action in
réference to the present time, Buttm.
4197. 2. Winer § 45.8 ult, Acts 26: 3
GxokkiSas Bivato 6 dvPgunos
xt, 2, this man could have been now

, ete.

b) with an infin. implied, which is
readily suggested by the context; e. g.
Matt. 163 od dévacde sc. diaxglvey.
Mark 6: 19,,,, Lake 9: 40, Acts 27: 39.
1 Cor. & 2;a. So Sept. for =r 1 K.
2: R.— Constr. with accus, 7), de-
pending on the infin. sroisty implied, ot
a8 eccus, of manner, Battm. § 131.6. 7.

27

209

cAovames

Mark 9: 22 oF 1 Séyaoms, 2 Cor, 18 6
0b Surdpedd 14—So a ts dévaurso Xen.
H.G. 7.5.15. Zig dévaros dnarra,
Hom. Od. 4. 237. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8
7.22 AL

Atuvaurs, eos, %, (Birepes,) pp.
the being able, i.e. ability, potver, strength,
fieacy, force, viz.

a) Spoken of intrinsie power, either
physical or moral, etc. comp. in Jiva-
pat init,

(a) of the body, Heb. 11:11 2aggor
Bévoper ey xarafoliy onéquatos Rape.
1 Cor. 15: 43 13 otpa — éyelpera by
Svvcipes, i.e. for Svratéy, opp. to é&
Gadesia ; 80 Heb. form sz and Sept.
éy loxti Ps. 29:4. comp. Gesen. Lebrg.
p. 646. 4, Stuart § 442. Sept. for 73x
Job 40:11. 43123 Job 39: 19.—Hom.
Ti. 13. 787,

(8) genr. Matt. 25:15 txdotp xora
ayy lay divayry. Acts 6:8. 1 Cor.15:
56. 2 Tim. 1:7 svsipa Surdpens, ie.

a spirit of strength, manly vigour, opp.
to my, dudlas. Heb.1:3 46 gi i
Svrcipews aitoi i. e. his powerful word ;
Baum § 123, n.4. (comp. aveiua Surd-
wind, Wied. 5: 23.) Heb.
6. 11: B4. Rey. 1:16 ds 6 Hduog
galyes by 17 dtvapss aire. Bo Sept.
and my132 2K. 18 20, Job 12 13,
Hp 1 Chr. 29:2 Ezra 2 69. 10: 13,
i> UChr. 13: 8.—Diod. 8. 4.45, Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 16.—So in various construe-
tions 5 e.g. xara duvapey, according to
one’s power, i.e. as far as one can,
2 Cor. 8: 3.— . 8. 14, 81 ult. Xen.
Mem. 1. 7. 4.— dndg divaper, Beyond
one’s strength, power, 2 Cor. 1:8, &: 3.
— Dem. won 2S. — by duvayes, pith
wer, i.e, adv, power, mightily,
bot 1:29, 2 Thess, 1: eae
Ourdpes, Acts 4: 33; comp. Butrm.
§133.3. So also Surdues and é duvd-
as intensive with a synon. verb,
Eph. & 16. Col, 1: 1J. comp. Buttm,
lhe,

(7) spoken of God, the Messiah, etc,
viz. Guvapes tov Peov, the power
of God, hie almighty energy, etc. genr.
Matt. 22: 29, Mark 12:24. Luke 2:35,
5:17. Rom. 1: 20. 9:17, 1Cor. & 14.
2 Cor. 4:7. 13: 4 bis, Eph. 1: 19. & 7,
20. 2Tim. 1.8. 1 Pet. 1:5. Pet.

Aivaus

1:3, Sept. for "ty Pe. 59:12, yy Ps.
Qi: 14, 74: 12. —‘Joined with bose it
implies the greatness, omnij
majesty, of God, Rev. 15:8; and hence
as abstr, for coner. omnipotence for the
Omnipotent, the Almighty, Matt. 26: 64
et Mark 14: 62 et Luke 22: 69 éx dsfuciy
sig Surdusor, coll, Heb, 1:3 dy dabg
tig usyahootrns x. 2.2, like the Rabb.
379223 as a name of God, Buxt, Lex.
Reb. Ch. Tal. 385, So Sept, and {>
Ps. 63: 3, 68: 35, 150: 1. — Meton.
spoken of a person or thing in whom
the power of God is manifested, i, e.
the manifestation of the power of God,
Acts 8:10 otd doty 4 Sivapis tov
Sev. Rom. 1:16. 1 Cor, 1: 18, 24.—
‘Where.the gen. roi eo expresses the
source, etc. i.e. power imparted from
God, 1 Cor. % 5, 2 Cor. 6:7. Comp.
in * Aycinn b.—Spoken of Jesus, as ex-
ercising x power to heal, Mark 5: 30.
Luke 6:19. 8:46, comp. Olshausen on
Matt. 9: 20. or as the Messiah, 4) du-
vapig Xotorov, genr. 2 Cor. 12: 9 bis.
So gy duvduss for the gen. roi Suvatod
Rom, 1: 4, comp. above in a. In the
sense of power, omnipotent majesty, Matt,
24: 30 et Luke 21: 27 arc Suvdpsoog xab
Sosne. Mark 9: 1, 13: 26. 2 Thess. 1:
7 pet dyyéley tis dvv. ainol, ie. the
angels who are the attendants of his
majesty. 2 Pet. 1: 16, — Spoken also
of the Spirit, divapus zou nvenparog,
the power of the Spirit, i parted by
the Spirit, Luke 4:14. Rom. 15: 13, 19,
Comp. in ’Aydmy 1. b. — Spoken of
prophets and apostles as inspired by
the Holy Spirit, Luke J: fo A: 49,
Acts I: 8, comp. Acts 2 4,

(3) spoken of mirac. power, Séva-
the power of
working miracles, Roin, 15: 19, explained
by 4 dv». 1. nvetzaros in the next clause.

Acts 10:38. 1 Cor. 2: 4, coll. 2 Cor. 12
12, 202 Thess 2:9, — By meton. of ef
fect for cause, plur. duvamecs is often put
for mighty deeds, miracles, Matt. 7:22. 11:
20, 21, 23. 13: 54, 58. 14:2. Mark 6: 2, 5,
14. 9:39, Luke 10: 13, 19:37. Acts 2: 22.
8:13, 19: 11. 1Cor.12: 10. 2 Cor. 12: 12,
Gal.3:5, Heb. 2:4, So Sept. for nix} 02
Job 37: 14, Heb. si7933 Ps. 106:'2
where Sept. Swacrelas, — Just. Mart,
de Resurr, p. 225.—Hence, as abstr. for

210

Avvapug

concrete, put for a worker of miracles,
1 Cor. 19: 28, 29 duvdpars, ing, obs 3L-
Doras tvegyipara Surcpser

(s) spoken of the essential power, true
nature and ¢ficacy, reality, of any thing ;
Phil 3 10 yréivan ayy Sivamy tig dxa-
ordoews avrod. 2 Tim. & 5 Kyortes
pégguae sboeBelac, riy 84 Sévair ai
tiis ngymusvon So also as opp. to Loyos,
speech merely, 1 Cor. 4: 19,20. 1 These.
1: 5.—Plato Phileb. 96. Xen.Oec. 9.2.
So of medical virtue, Diod. Sic. 1. 97.
ib, 4, 51. — Metaph. of language, the
power sc. of a word, i. e. meaning, sig-
ification; 1 Cor. 14: 11 ny Surauer
tii¢ pari. — Dion. Hal. 1. 68 Dio
Cass, 55. 3. So divapas Ael. V. H.
9. 16.

b) Spoken of power as resulting from
external sources and circumstances,
viz.

(a) power, authority, might, Luke 4: 36.
9:1, Acts 3:12, 2 Pet. 211. Rev. 13
2. 17: 13.—Ecclus. 44:3. Xen. Mem.
1. 2. 24.—Spoken of omnipotent sove-
reignty as due to God etc. e.g. in as-
criptions, Matt. 6: 13. Rev. 4:11. 5:12,
7:12, 1: 17, 1210, 1% 1. So Sept
and 71333 1 Chr. 29: 11.—Joined with
Bvoue “Acts 4:7, 1 Cor, 5:4. i.e. war
rant.—Meton. abstr. for concr. pat for for
6 dy duvdpss diy, one in authority, and
plur. Suvcpas, like Engl. cuthorities,
i.e. persons in authority, the mighty, the
powerful, sc. of either world etc. Rom.
8:38 1 Cor. 15:24, Eph. 1:21. 1 Pet.
& 22S Esth. % 18.

) in the sense of number, quantity,
abundance, wealth. Rev. & 8 gs
Izeg Sévapur, thou hast a emall number
sc. of membors, or perhaps of true be-
lievers. 18:3 é nijc Juvcpens tod orgy-
vous aitiic. — Jos. Ant. 3. 2, 4 xloutov
ptydlov Sivapsy xgooilafor. Xen. Cyr.
8. 4.34. Occ. 9. 15.— Metaph. for en-
joyment, happiness, Heb. 6: 5.

(7) of warlike power, like the Engl.
force, forces, i.e. host, army. Luke 10:
19 ént nxaay thy Sévauy adrol, i. e.
over the whole host of Satan, coll. v.20.
Sept. for boty Ex. 14: 28. 15: 4 ab
NIM 2 Sam. 10: 7. 17: 25, 20: 23. al—
1 Mace. 4: 8, 4. Jos, Ant. 4.5.2 Diod.
Sic. 14. 81 med. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 9.—
By Hebr. duvapecs tadv ovgaruiy, the

fuvapoe

hosts of heaven, i, e. the sun, moon, and
stars, Matt. 24: 29, Mark 13: 25. Luke
21: 26. comp. Rev. 6: 13. So Sept.
and Heb. nv7ury Nae Ie. 84:4, Dan.
8 10. al. See Gesen, Lex. and on
Is. he.

Avvapow, @, £. dow, (divous,)
to strengthen, Pass, Col. 1: 11 éy adoy
Surduss Suvapoipsror, see in Abrams
a. B. Sept. for.sty Ps. 68:29. 23
Ecc. 10:10. Dan. 9: 27, — Synes. do
Prov. p.100. B. See H. Planck in
Bibl. Repos, I. p. 683.

auvaarys, ov, 6, (Sopa) one
in power, i.e.

8) @ potentate, prince, Luke 1: 52.
1 Tim. 6 15, Sept. for yY Prov. &:
16. 7iT> Prov. 14: 28. “Syin Prov.
23: 1.— J Mace. 3: 24. Pol. 9.1. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 4, 5. 40.

b) one in authority, sc. under a prince,
@ minister of court, Acts 8:27. Sept.
of duvdota: Papas, Gen. 50: 4. for
pap Jer. 34:19. ding Lev. 19: 15.
—Xen. An. 1. 2, 20.

Avvarée, @, f. 400, (Svvates,) to
be able, intrans. Rom. 14: 4 in same
Mss. Hence, to shew one’s self able,
mighty, ete. 2 Cor. 13: 3.

Avvares, 7, ov, (Bévaye.,) able,
strong, powerful, viz.

a) genr. e.g. of things, 2 Cor. 10: 4,

Enla—duvare 19 eG xg6s x. 1. 2. ie.
mighty through God, etc. or also ex-
cecdingly mighty, like dottios 16 Seg
Acts 7: 20; see in "Aoteios.—Xen.Oec.
1. % atipa dvvardr neds 1. — OF per-
sons, 6 duvardg, the mighty, and spok-
en of God, the Almighty, ‘Luke 1: 49.
So Sept. and 923 -Ps. 24: 8.—Of men,
Ken. Cyr. 2.3.6, ‘Mem. 2 1. 19. —
Heuce, duvardg eins, i,q. dévapes, to
be able, I can, ¢. c. infin. (see in Jiva-
poe 2.) viz. infin. present, Tit, 1: 9.
Heb. 11: 19. (Xen. An. 7. 4. 24.)
an infin. aor. Luke 14:31. Rom. 4: 21.
Ui: 3, 14:4, 2Cor. 9:8. 2 Tim. 1:
12, James3:2. Acts 11:17 ya 3é thy
June Svrerés xwlicar, or comp. Buttm.
§140. 3. Sept. for S53 Num. 22: 38,
Ghald, dap2 Dan. & 17, — Metaph.

ax6s, strong, i.e. firm, fixed, estab-
Ushed, Rom. 15: 1 of Suvarol sc. ty nl-

211 vo

ou. . So Swvards sus without an infin,
to be strong, 2 Cor. 12: 10, 12: 9,

b) Suvates ty tit, powerful in any
thing, i.e, able, skilful, eminent, Luke
A: 19 Bur. ty toym xad idye, Acts 7:
22. 18:24 dy rate yeagais, i.e. eminent
in scripture learning. Sept. pass. for
Y32 2 Chr, 35: 3.—Ecclus. 21: 7 duv.
& yhdoon. Diod. Sic. 13. 101 dvr.
2éyy. Thue, 1. 37.

c) of dvvarol, the powerful, the
‘mighty, spoken of persons in authority,

sete. 1 Cor. 1: 26, [Rev.6:15.] of mem-

bers of the Jewish couneil or sanhe-
drim, Acts 25:5. Sept. for ran
Dan, 3: 27.—Jos. Ant. 12. 4. 9 of xaga
iy aihijy duvarol, BJ. 11.1 & af
x01, Xen, Mem. 1.1.8. Comp. Krebs
Obs. p. 260.

d) neut. duvatdy, able to be done,
i.e. possible. So ef duvardv, absol. or
with dorl, if possible, if it be possible,
Matt. 24: 24. 26: 39. Mark 13: 22. 14:
85. Rom. 12:18. Gal. 4: 15.—Jos. Ant.
4, 8. 45. Xen. Mem. 3, 7. 9.—Seq. dat.
of pers. possible for or with any one,
Mark 9: 23. 14: 36, Acts 20: 16.—Jos.
Ant. 3. 8.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 13 —Seq.
magd c.dat. possible with any one, Matt.
19: 26. Mark 10:27, Luke 18: 27.—
Seq. accus, c. infin. Acts 2: 24.—Hence
16 duvardy as subst. i,q. 4 Odvapes,
power, Rom. 9: 22 Comp. Buttm.
§ 123. 3. .

Avra, wor. 2 Bur, (Iie, Ips, to
go in, to immerse, Buttm. § 114 3éa,)
to sink, to go intrans. of the
sun, Mark 1:32. Luke 4:40, So Sept.
and iz Gen. 28.11. 2 Chr. 18: 34.
—Jos, Ant. 5.1.2. Xen. An, 2.2.3.

Avo, ob, ai, xd, two, indec. by the
Attics and in N. T.— the comm. gen.
and dat. Suoty not being found in N.T.
‘The irreg. and later dat. duct Matt. 6
24. 22: 40. Luke 12: 5. al. occurs aleo
in Jos. B. J.2. 8.7. Plut. Marcell. 29,
Pol. 4, 32.3, Aristot, H. An. 4, 1.131. al,
Bee Buttm. § 70.2. Winer § 9 2 b.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 210.—In N. T. Nom.
Matt. 9: 27 di0 tuphat, 20:21 of 30 viel
pov. Luke 7: 41. John 1: 37. at—Genit.
Matt. 18: 16 300 pagrigay. 20:24. Luke
12: 6, Jobn 1: 40. al. — Xen. Mem. 2
5. 2.—Dat. see above,—Acous. Matt, 4:

dus

18 elds dio ddalgots. Luke a 11. al.
seep.—So in phrases, viz. dvo rQeic,
two or three, i. e. some, a few, Matt. 18:
20. 1 Cor. 14: 29. (Xen. An. 4.7. 5.)
@va duo and xara duo, by two's, two
“and too, Luke 9:3, 10:1. 1 Cor. 14:
27. sig duo, in two, éazlady sig dv0
ec. pion, Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38. —
Lucian. D. Deor. 8.1 disdé pov sir
mepadny ds dio. Pol, 2. 16. 11 oxltrcas
ae 880 wign.—From the Heb. duo duo, guage,
two and two, Mark 6:7. So Sept. and
Heb. p23 Dw) Gen. 7:9,15. orzo
Gen. 6:19, 20. "Gesen. Lehrg. p.
703. Stuart § 466. At.

dus, an insep. part. implying diffi-
culty, adversity, the contrary, etc. like
the Eng. un, in, mis, ete. Buttm.
§120. 5.

AvoBaoraxtog, ov, 6, i, adj. (Bus,
igo.) hard to be borne, oppressive,
paar) Ja, Matt. 23: 4, Luke 11: 46.
Sept. Tor 2 Hag 27: 3 — Plot. 1X.
p. 625, ed. |
“Aocerrapia, | ag, 4, (dus, Evtegor
fntestine,) dysentery, flux, Acts 28: 8.—
Jos. Aut. 6.3.1. Pol. 32, 15. 14.

Avaepunvevros, ou, 6, % adj.
(dus, iguevsio,) dificult of explanation,
and by impl. hard to be understood, Heb.
5:11.— Philo de Somn. II. p. 649.
Artemid. 3, 67.

Ausxohos, ov, 6, %, adj. (dvs,
xélov food,) pp. ‘difficult about one’s
food ;’ genr. hard to please, morose,

Xen, Mem. 2.2.2 14 3texola,
‘unpleasant things, dificullies, calamities,
Bept. for ty Jer. 49: 8. — In N.T.
dificult, spoken of things, i. e. hard to
accomplish, Mark 10: 24.—Jos. Ant. 6.
3.6. Ken. Occ. 15. 10.

Avoxods, adv. (Sicxodos,) with
@Gicully, hardly, Matt. 19:23. Mark 10:
23, Luke 18: 24,—Jas, Aut. 4. 5.2.

Avonn, jc, 4, (dive g. v.) usually
only plur. ai dvoyai, the going down,
the selfing, ec. of the sun, a8 Svcpad rob
fdlov, Sept. for wiz Gen. 15: 12 al.
aiaq Deut. 11: 30, al. Xen. An. 6. 4.
26.—In N.T. by impl. the west, Mat. 8:
11, 2497, Luke 12: 54. 13: 99. Rev.

212
. 81:13. So Bept. for 349H Pe 7 e

Aéue

Ts. 43:5, 50:19. a7 Pa.'50: 2. 1183,
Mal. 1: 11.

Avovantos, ov, 6, %, adj. (es,
vontos fr. voie,) hard to be understood,
2 Pet. 3: 16.—Diog. Laert.9. 13 duarén-
‘tov 14 xab Svortiiy7t0r.

Avopnpéo, 0, f. Hom, (Sus, piper)
to speak coil i.e. to utter ill-omened lan-

, maledictions, etc. In N.T. to
defame, to revile, 1 Cor, 4: 13 in some
Moe. for Slaopmuotperon. — 1 Macc. 7:
41. Soph. Electr. 1182.

Avognuia, ac, 4, (dvoqnpies,)
evil-speaking, i.e. pp. il-omened x.
gist malediction, Soph. Phil.

ut. VIL p. 323. ed. Reiake. In N. 7
reproach, contumely, ill-repart, 2 Cor.6: 8.
— 1 Mace. 7: 38. Dion. Hal. 6 48.
Hesych. dvoqnpias’ xaxognpiag.

fico, we Aires,

Ausdexce, of, al, td, indec. toelve,
Matt. 9: 20. 14: 20. al. sep. 80 of
duidexa, the twelve, sc. apostles, cor-
responding to the twelve tribes, Matt.
26: 14, 20, 47. Mork 14 10, 20, al
Comp. Matt, 1% 28. Rev. 7: 5 aq. Ql:
12 sq. 22:2, alo Ex. 26:17. Num
17:2. V Josh. 4:5. 1K. 7:25, An

Aodéearos, 7, ov, the toelfih,
Rev. 21: 20.

hobexdiguioy, ov, 1G, (Sesdere,
quan,) collect. the twelve tribes, ac. of
Israel, the people of Israel, Acts 26: 7.

Aeiucr, ecrag, 26, (Béuer,) a Build
ing, a house, Hom. HI. 1, 222, 538. and
by eyneed. a hall, chamber, Hom. Il.1.
600. In N.TT. only in the phrase dai
Tou duijparos, upon the house, i. e. the
house-top, roof, Matt. 26:17. Mark 13
15, Luke 5: 19, 17:3). Acts 10 9
dnd 13 Osiua. So Matt. 10: 29 and
Luke 12 3, én} say Sepdroy, by impl.

publicly, comp. 2 8am. 16: 92. Sept.
for 33 Deut. 2% 8, Josh. % 6,8 Ie. 15
3, — ‘Jos. Ant. 6 4. 1. — Phe roofs of
oriental houses are flat, covered with a
composition of gravel etc. The in-
habitants spend much time upon them,
to enjoy the open air; and often sleep

oper:
there.. See Calmet p. 506,510. Jahn
§ 84.

Aged, ae, 4, (Baur) « gift,
Joho 4: 10. Acts 8:20. 11:17. Rom.
5: 15. 2 Cor. 9:15. Heb. 6:4. Epb.
4:7 natdé 1d pitgor tig dupes too
Xoucto}, i.e. in proportion to the gift
bestowed:on us by Christ ; others here
by impl. bengficence. Beq. gon. of that
in which the gift consists ; Acts 2: 38
and 10: 45 8. rod dy. 05. Rom,
517 tig Bexeuocirys. Eph. 8:7 8, vig
giiguros tod Dzo¥. Bept. for Chald.
s1g1a3 Dan. 2 6.—2 Macc. 4: 30. Jos.
Ant. 3, 8. 6. Xen. Hiero 11. 12.

Aogedty, adv. (accus. of duged,)
gratis, gratuitously. See Buttm. §115. 4.

a) pp. i.e. freely, without requital,
Matt. 10:8 bis. Rom. 3:94. 2Cpr. 11:
7. 2 Thess. 3:8, Rev. 21: 6, 22: 17.
So Sept. and bz Gen. 29:15. Num.
11: 5. — Pol. 18. 17. 7.

b) in the sense of groundiessly, with-
out cause, John 15: 25 dulonodiy tu 3
gear, Gal. 2 21 tiga Xpiotis due
gcay anéSars, i.e. then there was no
gause why Christ should suffer; see
Winer’s Comm. in loc. Tits. de Sy-
non. N.T. p. 161. Sept. and bit Pa,
3&7. 1 Sam. 19: 5.

Ez.

“Ber, inter}..(prob. for faz imperat.
of dte,) ah, alas, oh, expressing won-
der, complaint, indignation, ete. Mark
1:24, Luke 4: 34. Comp. Heb. rm
Judg. 6 22, where Sept. a, d. coll. Joab.
% 7 Joel 3: 15. —Arrian. Dies. Ep. 2.
‘24. Aristoph. Pit. 824. [825]

"Ea, conjunct, (for & $,) if,
contracted also into dy, see “4y M. It
differs from si ip that «& expresses a
condition which is merely bypotbetical,
ie. a subjective possibility; while diy
implieg a condition which experience
must determine, i. ©. an abjective possi-
bility, and yefers therefore always to
something future ; see eapec. Horm. ad

213

*Eay

Aapto, more coum. dagpdopac,
£ Hoouas, depon. Mid, (Suged,) to make
@ gift of, to give, to trans. Mark
15: 45. 2 Pet. 1:3, 4. Sept. for 131
Gen. 80: 20. 7n3 Esth. 8: 1. Prov. 4
2—Herodian. 1. 5.2. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.8.
An, 7. 8, 96, 27,

ctagnue, arog, 16, (dugie,) «
at, Rom. 5:16. James 1: 17. — Jos.
Ant. 4. 8.47. Xen. Hiero 8, 4.

AGgay, ov, 16, (Supn) a gif,
present, Matt. 2:11, Eph. 2:8 Rev.1i:

10. Sept. for ait Gen. 30; Bik)
Ex. %:8 1K.15:19 > 1K.
4:21. 1 Chr, 18; 2. — Plut. Mor. X.

p25. ed. Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.
— Spoken of gifts dedicated to God,
an offering, sacrifice, etc. Matt. 5: 23, 24
bis. 8: 4. 23: 18, 19 bis, Heb. 5:1. 8
3,4. 99. 11:4, Bo Matt. 15: § and
Mark 7:1], ddigoy ac. dati, i.e, it is
consecrated tp Gad. Spof money con-
tributed in the temple, camp. in 4i-
Spaypor ; Luke 21: 1, and v. 4 ifalor
tis ta déiga tov Seoi, they cast in, unte,
among, the offerings made to God. Bept.
for Finz Gen. 4: 4. 1 Chr. 16: 29.

FR. Lev. 1; 2,3, 2 4,5,7,12. Ie
—Hom, Il. 8, 203.

Vig. p. 834. Winer § 42. p.242. (Comp.
ai and day in 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 2 5.)
2kgy is usually construed with the Sub-
junctive ; in later writers aleo with the
Indicative; and very rarely in classic
writers with the Optative ; see Buttn.
§139. 8. 0,3. Herm. 1. ¢, p. 822. Matth.

§ 523,

I. Used alone, ie. without other
particles.

1, With the Subjunctive, and imply-
ing uneertainty with the prospect of
decision, Buttm. § 139, 9 2.

a) with the Subjunct. din
the apodoxia, (a) seq. indic. fut, Matt, 6:

23, decw ot é op Fades cou dnloty
> Slay tO copa cov qgatayer Eoras

"Bed:
day dx. 2.2, Luke 10:6. John 7:17.
Acts 5: 38. Rom. 2: 26. al. ssep. After
Sts referring to a previous clause, 1 John
5: 14.—Sept, Job 9: 15, 20. Ael. V. H.
4.16. Xen. An. 5. 8, 24.—The fut. of
the apodosis, or the whole apodosis, is
sometimes to be supplied ; John 6: 62
dav oby Stagiire x. 1.2. ie. how much
more will this offend you, tyas oxarda—
Mow, Acts 26:5. 1Cor.4:15. Fut.
for imperat. Luke 19: 31 nai day tH
Spic dqurg—oirus dgeice aitg. comp.
in “Ayandw b, Instead of the fut. in-
dic. is put the aor. subjunct. after od yj,
neo Buttin. § 139. 4. Acts 13: 41 igyor,
‘x ob pt muatatonte, aay tig dxSinyiton
‘tpiv. Comp. ob wx in My. — (A) seq.
imperat. e. g. Present, John 7: 37 wea
rug dG, Hoxeo9e 966 we. Rom. 12: 20.
oorist, Matt.10: 13 dey dy 7} 9 otxla d8la,
41.9itw x2, L. Mark 9: 43,—pres. Epict.
Ench. 48. perf. ib. 33.6. —ly) seq. indic.

Present, John 8: 16 xa} dav xgivw di
476, 4 xglows 4 duh Gp Sris dors, 18: 17.
‘Ql: W, Rom. 2 25. 1 Cor. 6: 4. 12
15,16. 2 Tim. 25, Matt, 8: 2. al.
After 61, a8 in a, Gal. 5: 2.— Plato
Apol. Soc. 21.— So seq. indie. perfect
‘in pres. sense, John 20: 23 ky [dav]

twvey xporiire, xexpatyyras, Buttm,
§ 113. 6.

b) with the Subjunct. aorist, comp.
Butte § 189,12, Matth. § 501. § 521 ;
and in the apodosie, (a) seq. indie. fut.
Matt. a9 taira nayta oo. Swow, dav
meocy m9 6 pos. 5: 18, 28: 14,
Mark & 3. John 8: 36. Rom. 10: 9, al.
saep. — Sept. Job 8: 18. 9: 12, 11: 10.
Ael. V. H. 2. 36 day dxoSavw. Lucian,
D. Deor. 5. 3. — With the apodosis or
the fut. implied, Mark 11: 32 ait éav
airaper, & dvSgeinen, sc. ye know
what will happen. Rom. 11:22. Comp.
Ael. V. H. 1. 34 ult. Fut. for imperat.
Matt. 21:3. 1 John 5:16. comp. above
in a. o. Instead of the indic. fut. is
put the aor, subjunct. after od yj, John
8: 51, 52. comp. in a. a, above, — Xen.
Hi. 11. 15,—(A) seq. imperat. e. g. pres-
ent, Matt. 18:17. 1 Cor, 10: 28. Gal.
6 lal. sorist, Matt. 18 15,17. 1Cor.
7:11, Col, 4: pres. Epict. Ench.
7.—So in prohibitions expressed by pj
seq. aor. subjunct. instead of the im-
perat, Matt. 24: 23. Heb. 3: 7. see

214

*"Eav

Buttm. §148, 3.—Epiet. En. 7.() seq.
indic. present, Matt. 18: 13. Mark 33: 24.
8: 36. John & 31, Rom. 7:3. 2 Cor.
5: 1. al.—Ceb. Tab. 3. Xen. Hi. 1. 28.
— So eq, indic. perf. in pres. sense,
John 20; 23. Rom. 7: 2. 14: 23. comp.
above in a. 7. —(3) seq. aorist subjunct.
1 Cor. 7: 28 bis, ef 34 xa yiups, obs
fwagres, x 1, 1. James 4:15, So after
Yva depending on a previous clause,
Mark 12: 19 et Luke 20: 28, John 9: 22,
11: 57. 80 with dnu Acts 9: 2.

¢) sometimes with both Subjunctive
present and aorist in the same clause,
. g. 8€q. indic, fut. in apodosis, 1 Cor.
14:23, eq. imperat. Matt. 5: 23. (Xen.
An. 7.1, 25.) seq. indic. present, 1 Cor.
14: 24. James 2:15. 1 John 1: 6&

2. With the Indicative, but only in
later Greek writers; in N. T. only
once and with indic. perf. as present in
the apodosis, 1 John 5: 15 dav ofSaper—
ot8auey St x. 1.2. comp. in a, 7, above.
— Sept. Job 22: 3. 9:14. Theodoret.
TH. p. 267. Aelian. V. H, 4.24. See
Herm. ad Vig. p. 822. Winer § 42.
p. 243, 244. Math. § 525. d.

3. Used in respect to things certain as
if they were uncertain, and hence equiv-
alent to a particle of time, when, i. q.
Stay, with the Subjunctive ; John 123.5
82 day ipods és tig ic, ndvtag Uxtow
mpeg duarvrér. 14:3. 1John 2. 80
Sept. and px Prov. 3:24. Ie. 24: 13.
Amos 17:2, So b& Gen. 38:9, where
Sept. Stay. Comp. Gesen. Lex. bit
C. 4. So Lat. ai, Hor. Ep 1. 7. 10.

4, Instead of Gy, in N. 1’. and later
Greek writers, used in relative clauses
and with relative words ; see in “ay 1.2,
‘Winer § 43 ult. Vig. p.516, and Herm.

p- 835. Such words are thus rendered

more general, imply mere possibility,

and take only the Subjunctive, Buttm.

$189. 8; ever, soever, Lat. cungue. Thus

(a) dy dev, whoever, ,, whalso-
ever, Matt. 5: 19. . 10: 4, 42, 12%
96. 14: 7. 16: 19. ep. Sept. Gen.
15: 14, 21: 22. al.—(8) dartg fav, who-
ever, whatsoever, Col. 3: 23. — (y) dog
dav, whosoever, as many as, etc. Matt.
18: 18 bis, Rev. 8:19. Sept. Gen. 44:
1.— (8) Gnov Zav, wheresoever, Matt. 8:
19, 24:28. Mark 6: 10. 14:14. al. —
(2) 05 dav, wheresoéver, 1 Cor. 16 6

‘Eaviov

Sept. Geo. 20: 18, — (0 og de, as %
manner, as when,

26; coll. Luke 11; 36. Saomeron Hem
15:24. Sept. Job 37: 10. Dan, 1: 13
xadors edt. — Ieocr, Panath. 32, p. 419
ed. Lange.—(n) xat éav, according to
whatsoever, 2 Cor. 8: 12. — (#) doaxeg
dav, 20 often as, Rev. 11: 6.

IL In connexion with other parti-
cles, where however for the most part
each retains its owa power. The fol-
lowing only require to be noted; all
With the Subjunctive, as above in Li

(a) dav d2 xal, and jf also, but if also,
Matt. 18:17. 1 Cor. 7: 11,28. 2 Tim.
25, Comp. in 4é II. d. Sept. Job 31:
14. non al.

(8) éav “1, f not, i.e. unless, except,
Matt, 5:20 day psi) nageoosioy 4 Sexo
ootrn Spiiy nbsiov x. 2.2. 6 15, Mark
3: 27. 7:4. John 3: 2, 5, 15: 6. Gal. 2
16. al. Sept. for #2) Ex. 3: 19. 4:1.
Nd px Ex. 4: 8, 9.—Pol. 3.38.2, Xen.
An, 5.7, 30, — In the sense of except
that, but that ; Mark 4:22 ob yag éoxl ts
xountiy, 8 diy poh garegud}y, i. 0, but
that it shall be revealed, i. q. ddd iva
in the other clause, Matt. 26:42 éay yx}
ari slum, i. e. a0 but that I drink. Merk
10:90 Ay po Li, ba that be abl ro
i.e. who shall not receive. Comp.
Mant. § 617. d. Winer § 59 ult. —
Aristoph. Eq, 2 2 Eurip. Med. 30

a yi.

(y) daw neq, if indeed, if now, Heb.
3: 6, 14. 6: 3. non al. — 2 Mace. 3: 38.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8,

(8) div ze, if it be, be it that, 2 Cor.
10: 8, Also as repeated day ts—éay te,
twhether—or, Rom. 14: 8 quater. non al.
So Sept. for px Ex, 19:13. Lev. 3:1.
— Xen, Mem. 2.4.6. Comp. Viger.
p- 517. Math. § 617.5. Ax.

“Eavrov, 1S, tov, accus. éav-
z0v, 1Hv, 10, reflex. pron. 3d pers. of
oneself, of itself, accus. himself, her-
self, itself; see Bum. § 74.3. The
contracted form is avrov, t7¢, 700,

215

‘Eaviov
Buttm. § 197, n. 5. Matth. § 489. 1
Thus for 1 pers. plur. usr aire ote.
ourselves, Rom. & 23 tyusig aitod iy
devtois otevdiZoyer. I Cor. 11: 81.
2 Cor. 1: 9, 10: 12,14, 1 John 1: 8.—
Thue, 1.82 aizéy. Plato Phaedo Pe 78.
B.—So for 2 pers. sing. axavtoi, i, of,
thyself, Rom. 13:9 dyamjous tiv mig-
aloy cov ts tavtor.—Ael. V. H, 1. 21.
Aeachyl. Agam,1308,—-Aleo for 2 pera.
plur. ipdiv aizéy, ete. yourselves, 1 C
6: 19 ox éoré kavtdy. eb, 10: 34, al.
—Pol. 18. 6. 4. Dem. Olynth. 9, 13. .

c) plur. in a reciprocal sense for
GAdydeiy, e. g iyortes mode tevtois,
ie. mpdg addndoug, to one another, one to
another, etc. Mark 10: 26, John 12 19,
gen Rom. 1: 24, Col. 3: 13, 16, Jude

20. — Xen. Mem. % 5.2, 16. Comp.
Math. § 489. IIL.

4) with prepositions, viz. (a) oi
éavrod, ove in “And INT. 2c. — (6) d°
éavrou, through or by itself, in its own
nature, Rom. 14: 14, mad év éaurg,
in himself, etc. ie. in mind, genr. Mai
13: 21. Mark 5: 30. 9: 50. Jobo 11:
Acts 10:17, I John 5 10. So diy:
v.tindly dy toed, to say within once
self, i.e. to think, Matt. 3:9. 9: 3,21. al.
So Sept. for 2:3 28 Esth. 6. Ps.
36:1. cleewhere dy xagdla, Ps. 10: 6,
11. 14:1. See Gesen. Lex. art. "72% 2.
— So in one’s own

In the phrase yiveoGas v. tgyeoOas ey
Saute, to come to one’s aelf; i. ©.
cover one’s recollection, senses, Acts
12:11. Luke 15: 17.—Xen. An. 1.5, 17.
Jos. Ant. 6. 8. 2 iavrod yiveodau, Died.
8.13.95 de savtois doyduevor.—(d) E
daurou, of or by one’s 8 Uf, 2 Cor, 3: 5.
—{e) nab’ éavroy, by himself, etc. i.e,
alone, Acts 28: 16, coll. v. 30. (Ken.
Mem. 3.5.4.) James 217 4 nlerig—
xa? bavny, in itself—(0) pe" éavrod,
with one’s self, along with, Matt. 12: 43,
Mark 8: 14. — (n) nag’ gure, by him-
at home, Fr. chez soi, 1 Cor,
Xen. Mem. 3, 13. 3.—(9) npg

Perera
2ohip. Ie

etc. which see in its order.

8) pp. of the 3d pers. sing. and plur.
Mant. 8: 22, 27:42, Luke 9:25. Jobo
5: 18. al. saepies.

b) as a general reflexive, standing
also for the first and second persons,

éuvréy, to one’s house, home, Luke Td: 44,

F2. John 20: 10.—Sepe. Num, 24: 25.444, 2-4
Jos. Ant. 7. 8.5. Pol. 5.98, 1—In the’. 4 ca) 4
sense with or in himself, i.e. in mind,24Za0nc%
7 though, Luke 18; 11.—Aristaen. Ep.

Srv,

” Bates

’Eaw, @, f.édow, aor, 1 aoa,

impf. tur, (augm. Buttm. § 84. 2,) fo
Let, to let be, etc.

'a) pp. to permit, to suffer, not lo hinder,
seq. accus. and infin. Matt. 24: 43, Luke
4:41, Acts 14: 16, 27:32. 28:4. 1Cor.
10: 13. Rev. 2: 20 in text. recept. So
with the infin, implied, Acts 16:7. 19:
30. Sept. for imper. 1377 Gen. 38: 16.
qnz Job 9:18.—1 Mace. 15:14. Lucian.
D. Mort. 13, 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 9.

b) to let alone, to leave, seq. accue..of
person, Acts 5:38 Sept. for "B77
Iudg. 11: 87. — 2 Mace. 6: 13,. Hom.
Il. 24. 684. Dem. 933. 7.—Spoken of
things, fo let alone, absol. to desist, Luke
QQ: 51 déire Fu toitov, desist! thus far,
sc. is enough.—Xeu. H. G, 4. 6.2

¢) to leave to, to commit to, spoken of
persons, fo leave in charge, Acts 23: 32,
OF things Acts 27:40 slay (nix vair)
aly tiv Sdlaccay, they committed the
‘ship to the sea, i. e. let her drive—Jos,
Ant. 2.9.4 dacay éx3 16 eg 17 oo
‘tyglav adzot.

“EBdounxovta, of, ai, ra, indec.

, Kets 7: 14, 28: 2B. 27: 87, —
Lake 10: 1,17 of §8dopxjxorta, the seventy
disciples sent out by Christ as teachers,
‘equal in number to the Sanhedrim.

“Epdounxovecxec, adv. seventy
dimen ; Mant. 18: 22 198. tnred, seventy
dimes seven, a frequent general expres-
sion for any large number; comp. Gea.
4:24,

“Epdojos, 7, ov, ord. adj. sev-
enth, John 4: 52. Heb. 4: 4 bis, Jude
14, Rev, 8 1. 10:7. 11: £5. 16:17. 21:
20.
"Eee, 6, indec. Eber or Heber,
Heb, 132 (over, beyond,) one of Abra-
hham’s ancestors, Luke 3: 35, comp.
Gen. 10: 21, 24, 25.

‘Efeccxcs, 7, ov, adj. Hebrew,
Luke 23: 38,—Jos. Ant. proem. 3.

“EBeaios, ala, ator, or ‘EBoui-
og, ov, 6, @ Hebrew, from Heb. °939
(passer over,) applied to Abraham
Gen, 14: 13, and to his descendants,
the Iaraclites generally, Gen. 39:14, Ex.
1:15. Deut. 15: 12, al ep. In N. T.

916

Eyylo

ol *. ard the Jetos of Palestine,
who use the Hebrew (Aramaean) lan-
guage, to whom the language and
country of their fathers peculiarly be-
long, the true seed of Abraham; it
opp. to of “ERnnotad, i. e. Jews bord
out of Palestine and using chiefly the
Greek language; comp. Hug in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 5472. So 2 Cor. 11: 22.
Phil, 3: 5 ‘Efeatos && “EBqaiay, emphat.
comp. in Bagieis a. In Acts &1
spoken of Hebrew Christians, in distinc-
tion from Hellenistic Christians.

“EBeais, ‘doc, 4, 2c. duddexves,
the Hebrew language, i. ©. the Hebrew-
Aramaean, or Syro-Chaldaic, which
was the vernacular language of the
Palestine Jews in the time of Christ
and the apostles. Acts 21: 40, 222
26:14. See Bibl. Repos. 1. p. 309 oq.
317 aq.

“EBpatari, adv. Hebraicé, in He-
brew, i.e. later Hebrew, Jobn 5: 2 1%
13, 17,20. Rev. 9: 11, 16:16, For
the force of adverbs in -.0t/ see Buttm.
H9. 15.

Eyy lle, £. lew, (dyyis,) Av. fot.
+ James 4: 8. Butem. § 95.7. 9aq. te
bring near, cause to trans.
Bept. for war? Gen. 48: 10. a pA
Js. 5:8. Pol. 8.6.7 éyyloavtes 1H 78
tag vatg. — More comm. and in N. T.
intrane, to draw near, to approach ; and
perf. Hiyyswa, to have drawn near, i.e. bo
be near, to be at hand, comp. Bute.
§ 113. 6 Spoken of persons, abeol.
Matt, 26: 46 et Mark 14: 42 jiyyexer
magadiBots ws. Luke 12: 33. 1
19: 87, 41. 24: 15, Acts 21:33, 23
Seq. dat. Luke 7: 12. 15: 1, 25, 2B
. % 6. So Sey
for waz Gen. 27: 21, 26. ap Ex.
19.—Pol. 17.4.1. Ceb, Tab.'35

Mark
: 2B.

BR SES

id

uve. — Seq. tis c. acc. Matt.
Bre Hyptoue tig “Iegoosiypa.
1, Luke 18: 35. 19: 29, 24:

J

e

of things, time, ete, Matt. 3: 2 fyyese 4
Buoisla tay obpeviiy. 4:17. 10:7. Mark
1: 15, Matt. 21: 34. 26: 45. Luke 21: 8,
20,28. 22:1. Acts 7:17. Ront. 13: 12
Heb. 10:25, James 5:8. 1 Pet. #7.

Eyxgage
Seq. éxé c. acc. Juke 10: 9, H—Trop.
Phil. 2 30 pazgt Surdrov fiyyia, he
‘was nigh unto death. So Sept. and
27j2 Job 33: 22. 5545 Pa. 88: 4. 1078
18.—Arri ies. Ep. 3. 10. 14.—Also
dyzitesy 19 G4q, to draw near to God,
ie. in Sept. to offer sacrifice in the
temple, for 232 Ex. 19:22. Ez, 44:13;
in N. TT. to do him reverence and homage,
to worship him with pious heart, Heb. 7:
19, coll, 4: 16, James 4:8. Matt, 15:8
quoted from Is, 29: 13, where Sept. for
BIR. So God is mid dyyliar trois
dP ounors, to draw near fo Christians,
sc. by the aids of his Spirit, grace, etc.
James 4: 8. So Sept. and 3972 Deut.
4: 2. comp. Ps. 145: 18.

"Eyroage, £. ya, (%, yedgu,) to
engrave, to insculp, Herodot. 4. 19. to
write in any thing, . g. in a letter, Xen.
Cyr. 8.2.17. to inscribe, i. €. to enrol,
1 Macc. 13: 40. In N. T. metaph, to
inscribe, to infix, oc. in the heart, etc.
2 Cor. 3 2, 3.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 12 dy79.
tovs répous tals wuxais.

“Eyyvos, ov, 8,4, adj. (éyyin bail,

pledge, fr. &, yuior,) yielding a pledge,
2 Mace. 10:28. In N. T. masc. 6 éy-
yvo¢, o surety, bondeman, metaph. Heb.
7: 92, — pp. Ecclus. 29: 15, 16, Pol. 5.
27.1. Xen. Vect. 4. 20.

*Eyyus, adv. near, spoken of place
and time; in later writers more fre-
quently of the latter, Passow sub v.

a) of place, absol. John 19: 42. Seq.
gen. John 3: 23, 6: 19, 23. 11: 18, 54,
19: 20. prob, Luke 19: 11. Acts 1: 12,
comp. Buttm. §146.2 Sept. for 3179p
Gen, 45: 10, Ez, 23: 12.—1 Mace. 4: 1
Xen. Mem, 4. 2. 1, — Seq. dat. Acts 9
88 dyyig 34 obeys Abdong 1H) "Ionny.
97: 8.—So. Sept. metaph. Pe. 34: 19.
.Dind. Sic, 1. 41 iyywta th digdela.
Comp. Matth. § 386. 6.— Trop. near,
nigh, absol, Phil. 4: 5 & wigsos dyyts, 8c.

217

"Eysigo

.the true God, opp. to of jaxgeiy, Gen-

tiles, Eph. 2:17, Sept. and ainp Is,
57:19, So tyyis ylrerSas, to become
‘near sc. to God by embracing the gos-
pel, Eph. 2 13. Comp. Wiad, 6: 19.
b) of time, abeol. dyyig 19 Ségos Matt,
24: 32. Mark 13:28, Luke 21: 30. 20

Beq. ft Figais Matt. 24: 33, Mark 13:

29. 5 naupés Matt. 26: 18, Rev. 1:8.

Perhaps Phil.
4: 5, comp. Heb. 10; 37. So Sept.
dyris 4 ude for 7p Ez. 30: 3.
Joel 1:15. 21. al—Hous. I. 2, 453.
neq. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2.3.2 & piv dyer
Sul byyis.

*Eyyvregoy, adv. compar. of éy-
7s, (Buttm. §115. 5, 7,) nearer, spoken of
time Rom. 13: 11.—Xen. Mem. 2 3. 19.

* Eyeigaa, £. iyigs, aor. 1 Hyupe, to
wake, lo arouse, to cause to rise up, trans.
Mid. Zyeloopus, to awake, to rowse ”
to arise, intrans, Buttm. § 135.3 ; aor. 1
pass. %i78¢917, and perf. pass. tririquas,
With mid. signif. to rise, to have risen,
But. § 136. 2, 3,

&) pp. from sleep ; implying also the
idea of rising up from the Posture of
aleep. Mapt. 8: 5 aires dxsSevds*
xal ob padysad iiyngay ainéy. Acta
127, Mork 4:27 xaOvidy ab dyslgnras.
Matt. 25:7, Sept. for Ra Prov. 6
22 yp? Gen. 41: 4,7. Bip Prov. &
9.—Plut. Pomp. 36. Xen, Oee, 5. is
‘Trop. from sluggishness, torpor, Rom.

1% 11. comp, Eph. & 14 below ind.
So trop. from death, of which sleep is
the emblem among all nations ; comp.
Hom, Il, 14,231. Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 21.
Virg. Aen. 6.278, Job 13:13, Ps. 1% 4.
Dan, 12:2. Matt. 27: 52, Thus dyel-
oer vexgous, to raise the dead ;

Matt. 10: 8 vexgoig dysigets. John 5: al,
Acts 6:8 1 Cor. 15 15,16. 2 Cor.
1:9, Also tyelguy de vexgiiv, to raise

asa helper etc, comp. v.6. So Pv, 34: from the dead, and Mid, seq. azo or dx,

19, 145: 18. Seq. gen, Heb. 6: 8. 8:13.
dyrés cou, near thee, i.e. close at band,
near by, Rom. 10: 8 quoted from Deut.
30: 14 where Sept. for 2174p. 80 of
dyro¢ as adj. (Buttn. §125. 6,) the near,
these are near, sc, the Jews, .as

, having. the knowJedge and worship of

8

fo rise from the dead; John 12:1 Sy
Siyvger tx vexgir. v. 9,17. Gal. 1: 1.
1 Thess, 1: 10. al. Mid. seq. dé Matt,
14: 2. 27: 64, 28: 7. al. weg. dx Mark
6 14,16. Luke 9 7, Jobn 2:22, al.
Absol. Matt. 16: 21, 17: 22 7: 63.
Mark 16: 14, Acts 5: 30. Rom. 4: 95.

"Bye

*Eya, gen. nov, pow, I, prov. of -
the fits person; see Buttm. § 72. 3.

are usually eoclitic, but are orthotone
after prepositions, except in mgds ma;
. , 2, 3.

éyoi, plur. sere, Matt. 8:7.
Acts 17:3. Matt. 28:}4, Mark 14: 58.
al saepise. So with a certain empha-
sis, Matt. 3: 11, 14. 5: 22, 28, 32, 34.
John 4: 26. a). Matt. 6: 12. 17: 19. 19:
AZ. al, snep.— Used sometimes by
aul xovvenixsis, i. e. where the speaker
puts himself as the representative of all,
“20r vice versa; e.g. ¢y0i for isis, Rom.

7: 9, 10, 14, 17, 20 bis, 24, 25. 1 Cor.
10: 30, jipsig for éyei, 1 Cor. 1:2, 3.
2: 10, 12, coll. v. 4. ib. 4: 8, 10. — In
the phrase ‘ov ytd, niigue, Acts 9: 10,
wand dyad xvgce, Matt. 21: 30, put by
‘Hebraism instead of an affirmative ad-
verb. So Sept. and °2371 1 Sem. ae 8.
np. WIM, nD.
+ 2 Sam. 20: 17. Seo Geen Le ae
p. 829, 6.

b) Gen. p08 (not guoi) and spay,
are often used instead of the cor-
Tesponding possessive duos ete. Buttm.
$9126] 7. ©. g. wot Matt. 2: 6, Luke 7:

John 6: 54. saep. ‘judy Matt, 6: 12,
Luke 1: 55, Rom. 6:6, saep. — So poi
iv6 of objective, John 15: 10 ev

4H dycny pov, i.e, love of or towards me.

e) Dat. in the phrase rf Zuol xal abi ;
tohal is to me and thee sc. in common ?
what bave I with thee? Matt, 8: 2.
Mork 5:7. Luke ate John 2:4. So
Sept. and hang mg Judg. 11: 12
2 Sam. 16: 10.°19: 23. Comp. Matth.
° §389%ia. An”

* Edagt{a, f. tow, (Bagos,) to level
toith the ground, to raze, to destroy, trans.
Luke 19:44. Sept. for tw Hos.14: 1.
Neh. 3: 10. pip Niph. Athos 9: 24,—
Pol. 6. 33, 6.

"Esagoc, 40g, ous, 10, (8os,)
pp. base, bottom, e. g. of a ship, Hom.
Od, 5.249. of a room, etc. floor,
Bept. for spp Num. 5:17, 1K.6
5. ofa river, Xen. Cyr. 7, 5. 18.—

arid

bed

In N.T. the d, Acts 22:7. So
SUP. Yor PE Ez, 41: 16, 20. 20—Eoolan
fis. Pole . 4. ib. 5,9. 3.

220

*Bovdors

‘Edoaios, ate, atov, (gu tr.
%8os,) seated, sedentary, Xen: Lac. 1. 3.
In N.T. metaph. fired, firm, steadfast,
sc. in mind and purpose, 1 Cor. 7: 37.
15: 58, Col. 1: 28. — Symm, for idz
Prov. 4:18. Tgoet ad Eph: §10 ideaior
4 alors So Wpaiws Herodian. 3.
14, 10.

“Edeaimma, arog, 16, (i8gaicu
fr, Wpaios,) Basis, foundation, 1 Tim.
3: 15. .

"Efextas, ov, &, Hezekiah, Heb.
INP or Mp (strength from Je-
hovah), king of Judab, Matt. 1: 9, 10.
See 2 K. c. 18—20, 2Chr. c, 29—31,
Is. c, 36—38.,

_ "Eteodenoxeia, as, 4, (tlw,
Sonsxzta,) soluntary worship, twill-sor-
ship, i. é. beyond what God requires,
supererogatory ; Col. 2: 23 dy ddale-
Sgnovely xab taxsivopeocing, prob. re-
ferring to the phrase Sélow ty tax. xai
Senoxsig 1a¥ dyyAuy, in v.18. Comp.
for the worship of angels, Test. XII
Pate p. 657, ittesé 1§ 9eG nal 16

ily 1G nagusrouiry tude its
obese dots futateng 9200 xui ar9 gece.

This was forbidden by the couucil of
Laodicea; see Wetstein in loc. So
prob, the Essenes, Jos. B. J. 2.8.7.
Comp. Rev. 19: 10. 2% 9. — Suid.
29eoPgnoxet* iin Yehipats offer to
Soxoir. Comp. é9eodovlea Lucian.
Nigrin, 23.

*"Etedo, see Galo,

Etl{e, £. low, (890s,) to accustom ;
Pass. to be accustomed, and of things, te
be customary, Xen. Eq. 7.7. Mem. 3.
14.6, 2 Mace. 14: 30—In N. T. Pasa,
particip. perfi neut. 10 eiOcouevor,
what is customary, and as a subst. cus-.

tom, rite, Luke 227. Battni. § 128.7,
—Comp. Xen. Hiero 9. 7.

"“Bovagzye, ov; 6; (Bbv0¢ amd
Gozo.) an ethnarch, i, &: tuter of & peo
ple, a prefect, ruler, chitf, 2 Cor. 13
—Spoken of Simon Maccabeeus, 1 Macc.
14: 47, 15: 1, 2, Jos. Ant. 13. 6& 6&
of Archelaus; Jos. B.J. 2.6.3. of the
Head of the Jews in Egypt, Jos, Ant.
414, 7. 2—Lueian. in Macrob. 17.

"Bovxds

sn rts 7, 6¥, (Fs) noe

tional, popular, Pol. 30. 10.6, In N.T.

ini the Jewish sense, gentile, heathen,

spoken of all who are not Teraclites,
Matt. 6 7. 18: 17. Comp. in “ESv0g.

*Bdvexcss, adv. (evade) “in the
manner of gentiles, Gal. 2 14.

“Edvog, €0¢, ous, 16, o multitude,
people, race, belonging and living w-
gether.

a) genr. Acts 8:9 15 ¥Svop tip Zopa-
slag, the people, inhabitants, of Samaria,
coll. v.5. Acts 17:26 may EGv0g dx
Dedman, I Pet. & 9. al. Sep. for
Jinn 2 Chr. 32: 7, Ie. 13: 4.—Hom. Il,
7, 115 %9v0¢ kraigar. Spoken of a
flock, swarm, etc. Il. 2. 87, 459, 469.

b) in the sense of nation, people, an
distinct from all others, Matt. 20: 25
Gezortes tay EGyur. Mark 10:42, Luke
% 5 dyan@ 10 Ebvo jude. John 11:
48, 500q. Acts 7: 7. 10: 22, al. So
Sept. and 743 Gen. J2: 2. Ex. 33: 13,
ny Ex1:9. Deut. — Herodian.
2.7.13, Ken. Cyr. 4.2.1.

c) in the Jewish sense, rot Z0r7, the
nations, i. e. gentile nations, the gentiles ;
spoken of all who are not Israelites,
and implying ignorance of the true God
and idolatry, the heathen, nations ;
Matt. 4: 15. 10: 5. Mark 10: 33. Luke
2:82. Acts 4: 27. 26:17. Rom. 2 14,
229. al.saep. So Sept. and nha Neh.
5:89. Is.9:1, Ez. 4:13 wey Jer,
10: 3 coll. v. 2. Ez. 27: 38, 36. 34: 13,
Au.

“Edoe, soc, ove, 4, a custom,
usage, manner, whether established by
Jaw or otherwise, Luke 1:9, 2: 42, 22:
39. John 19: 40. Acts 6: 14, 15: 1,
16: 21. 21: 21. 25: 16. 26: 3, 28: 17.
Heb. 10: 25.—Wisd. 14: 16, 2 Macc. 11:
at 13:4, Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 10. Mem. 3,

‘Edo, only in perf. 2 efw8a, with
pres. signif. to be to be wont ;
see Butttn. § 97. 9. 2, § 114 id~. comp.
§113. 6. Hence pluperf. iaiSeer as im-
perf. Matt. 27:15, Mark 10: 1.—Ecclus.
37: 14, Herodian. 1. 17. 7% . An. 7. 7.
& 4. — Partieip. ard 10 e(Gdg airs,
according to bis custom, ‘as be waa

wont, Luke 4:16. -Aots-17: 2, — Sept.
Num, 41. conip. Xen. Mem. 4. 1. 1

Ec, « conditional conjunction, yf,

expressitig a condition which ie merely
hypothetical and separate from all ex-
perience, i. €, a mere subjective pone
bility, and differing therefore from dy ;
see in Eady init Herm ad Vig. p. 834,
Winer § 42. p. 2400q. Paseow in Ki
Comp. aleo ei and ééy as used together
in 1 Cor. 7:36 Rev. 2:5.—Ei is con-
strued with the Optative ; more usually
with the Indicative; and rarely with
the Subjunctive; Passow |..c. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 831. Winer § 42 p. 243;

I. As a conditional particle ; used
alone, i. e. without other particles.

1. With the Optative, implying that
the thing in question is possible, but
uncertain and problematical, though
assumed as probable; Buttm. § 199.
9.3, Winer § 42. p. 242. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 813, 830. In N. T. followed only
by the indie. in the apodosis, affirming
something definite; ©. g. seq. pres.
1 Pet. & 14 eb xat mcozorre 3:6 Sara
ootyny, poxcigsor sc. tote, but even if ye
suffer (as is most probable) étc. comp.
8 aad in ILL. below. So seq. praet.
Acts 24: 19 obs Hu int cod nageivas
aah naryyoptir, a 1» Byouey mode pe—
Hom. I. 9.389, ei xad Lucian. Tox. 1.
Xen, Hiero 9.10. comp. Matth, § 524, 3,
Buttm. § 139. 10, 11. — Elsewhere in
parenthetic clauses, Acts 27: 89 sig oy
WBovlsivarte, &b Sévarto, avas tb
mhotoy. 1 Pet. & 7 ab Sélos, others
8 9sle. Bo ef rigor, should it 20
happen (ss is probable) i.e. # may be,
perhaps, 1 Cor. 14: 10, 15: 37. Here
the apodosie in each case lies in the
affirmation.—In Greek writers, the ase
of ¢ with the Opt. is much mote ex-
tensive.

2. With the Indicative, implying pos-
sibility without the expression of un-
certainty, a condition or contingency as
to which there is no doubt; Buttm.
§139.9.1. Passow in Ei A. 2. Winer
§42. p. 240 aq.

) with the Indie, present, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Matt. 19: 10 a
cite Zoxly 7 inka tot érBp. 0 evpgs-
9m youijou. Acté 5:89, Rom. 8: 25

E
1 Cor. 9: 17.—(f) veg. imperat, Matt. 4:
B al vidg ol 105 O208, abxd x, 5, 1 19: 17.
John 7:4. 1 Cor. 7: 9.—Xen.
. 11.—{y) neq. fut. Mark 11: 26
fig otm doplere, 088i 5 xarip

put the aor.

subjanet. after od pi, 1 Cor. 8 13.
see in Butt. § 139. 4. So also seq.
aor. subjunct. in exhortations, 1 Cor.
15 82 Gal. 5:25. Buttm. § 139, n.
7. — (8) seq. aor. Matt, 12 26, 28.
Gal. 2 21. — (0) seq. perf. 1 Cor. 15:
18, 16, e& rexgod oim dysigortas, oi8i
Kguoros éviyrgtan, i, e. admitting, sup-
posing, that the dead are not raised.
Rom. 4: 14. 1 Cor. 9: 17.—Dem. Ep.
2. p.114. B.

b) with the Indic. future, and in the

spodoin (a) eeq. pres. 1 Pet, 2:20, So
seq. perf. as pres. James % 11 « o¥ wo.
ations, porsvosis 38, yiyovas nagaBatns
vépov, Buttm. § 119, 6. — (f) seq. fut.
Matt. 26: 33 al artes oxardaliody-
corre 2y ao}, byes obdénoss oxavdaliody-
coum, Others read «i xal. — (y) seq.
imperat, after si yy, 1 Cor. 7:17.

c) with the Indic. perfect, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pros. 1 Cor. 15: 19
& sh Go save thmecinay dopiy dy X,
évoy, dssivdtego navta avde. do
15: 14,17, 2 Cor. 5: 16, ‘Acts 25: 11.
—Dem. c, Pantaen. p. 639, A.—(A) seq.

. imperat. Acts 16: 15.—(y) seq. fut. John
11: 12, Rom. 6: 5.— (8) seq. perf.
2 Cor. 2 5.

4) with the Indic. aorist, and in the
apodosis, (a) seq. pres. Rom. 4: 2
“ABoatp a Epyary Winarcrdn, Eyer xat-
gmpa, 15:27, 1 John 4: 11.—(6) seq.
imperat. John 18: 23. Rom. 11: 17 sq.
Col. 3:1. Philem. 18. — (y) seq. fut.
John 13: $2, 15: 20 bis. Rom. 5: 10,17,
—{8) seq. aor. Rom, 5: 15.

e) with the Indic. of the historic tenses,
and in the apodosis a similar tense
with &, expressing a previous condi-
tion on which depended a certain re-
sult, but iniplying that neither has
taken place; Passow in Ei A. 2. d.
Buttm. §139. 9.4. Winer § 43.2 See
in “4y 1, 8, — (a) seq. imperf. in the
sense would be, would do, etc. after im-
perf. c. si, Luke 7: 39 obt0s a 4 xgo-

222

|. done, etc.

EB

pity, dylomoney Ey, if he were a.

he would know, etc. Jobn 5: 46, 9: 41.
15: 19, 1 Cor, 11:31, after aor. c. i,
Heb. 4: 8, Gal. 3: 21.—(8) seq, aor. in
the sense would have been, would have
after imperf. c. ei, John 14:
2B ab siyandts ps, dxdgyte dy, f ye had
loved me ye would have rejoiced, ete. 18
30. Acts 18:14. after aor. c. si, Matt.
11: 21 a dyérorso—peteroqoar ay, of
these had been done, they would have re-
ented, etc. 1 Cor. 28. after a pluperf.
c. et, Matt. 1d 7 ek dyninute—oin dv
xateOixdcare. — (y) seq. pluperf. in the
sense would have been, etc. after im-
perf. c. ef, John 11:21 ob Hs dds, 6 adel
(76s pov obm Ev éxeOrjuar. 1 John 2 19,
after a pluperf. c. «i, John 14:7. Comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 902.—Diog. Laert. 3.
26, Lucian, Fugit. 1. Aegop. 31. L—
(8) In such constructions ay is some-
times omitted in the apodosis, e.g.
John [8: 39.] 9: 83. Rom. 7:7. John
15: 22, 19:11. Acts 26:32, So too
Matt. 26: 24.—Sept. Judg. 8: 19. Diog.
Laert. 2.5. 6,9. Comp. Matth. § 508.
n. 2, Winer 1. c.

f) with the Indic. sometimes where
the Optative would naturally be ex-
pected, viz. where a thing is uncertain,
thongh assumed 8 probable; see in
no, Labove, Acts 20: 16 tsnsude vag,
a duvativ Fy aing, yerdoSa x. 1. —
Hom. Il. 12. 59. Ael. V. H. 12. 40.
Comp. Winer § 42. p. 243, Herm. ad
Vig. p.904, Passow in £3 A. 2. c.—So
where there is no probability nor even
assumed possibility ; Mark 14: 35
duvardy tors, nagildn 4 doa. Mat,
24: 24, Mark 13: 22.—Comp. Hom. Il
5. 350.

g) in the urbanity and delicacy of
Attic discourse, e with the Indic. is
spoken of things not merely probable,
but certain, and dependent on no con-
dition ; Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Passow
in BLA. 2 c. Viger. p. 504 Math.
§617. f, penult. Thus

(a) after Sevudte, and other verbs
signifying an emotion of mind, where
it is equivalent to Oxe; Mark 15: 44
&aipacer, eb Hd té9¥qH2, he wondered
1F he were already dead, i.e. that he was
80 soon dead. 1 John 3: 13. (Jos. Ant.
14.7.2. Herodot. 1.155. Xen, Mem. 1.

Et

1.18) Luke 12: 49 xo? rl dle, of H8q
Grin. (Herodot. 1. 24.) Acta 26: 8 xi
dnurtoy xglveras, eb § Deig venxgovc éyel-
gus v. 22,23, jovpevos—ei na dy—
tog 8X. db mesos. mtd 2 Cor. 1:
15 ob pala ovy, eb x7. 2, (Sept. Gen.
45:28.) So perhaps Mark 9:42. Luke
17: 2.

(8) elsewhere also as equivalent to
Enel, i.e. since, as, inasmuch as ; Matth.
§617.f, ult. So with Indic. present, Matt.
& 30 ek 3d tdy ydgtoy x. x. 2 1” then the
grass,since, 7:11. John 7:23, 13:17.
Heb. 7: 15, Acts 4: 9.—Herodot. 5. 78.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 21.—With Indic. aorist,
Jobn 13: 14, 82. Acts 11:17, 2 Cor.
5: 14, — Lucian. D, Mort. 26:1. Xen,

1, 29.

a "1s, amy any one, etc.
used with a sort of emphasis for dots,
whosoever, tohatsoever, one who, etc.
Battm. § 149. p. 423. Matth. § 617. e.
So with Indic. present, Luke 14: 26
10g Bozetas m065 ps. Mark 9: 85, 1 Cor.
& 12, 8:2,3. 2Cor, 5:17, Gal. 1:9.
1 Tim. 5: 8. 63. With Indic. future,
1 Cor. 3: 14,15. Rev. 13:10. (Xen. An.
7.2.18.) With Indic. perfect, 2 Cor.
7:14. 10:7. With Indic. aorist, Rev.
20: 15.

h) with the Indic. before an aposio-
pesis, i.e. where the apodosis is not
expressed, but left'to be inferred; the
protasie being thus rendered more em-
phatic, viz.

(a) genr. Luke 19: 42 eb Tyveg xad ob
— 1a ne6s sigtyny cov, if thou hadst
Known, even thou, the things belonging
‘unto thy peace ! where the natural apo-
dosis would be, ‘ How much better had
it been for thee!’ Luke 2: 42. Acts
2B: 9, the apodosis jx) Seopazdusr in
text. recept. being a gloss, Rom.
9 22 ab Siler 6 Sedg drelgacFar
‘air Ogyiy x,t. 2. if then God, etc. where
the apodosis might perhaps be, ‘ What
then?” f we might repeat from v. 20,

ob he al 5 drramcapiviunv0s 19 Se.

#- See Winer § 68.8, comp. Buttm. § 151.

TV. 4. Viger p. 509,
(8) by Hebraism, like pit, in oaths

precation being omitted, ei comes to im-
ply a negative, not ; ©. g. Heb. 3 11 dg
Spoon by 3h Sex7 wou’ ab sicsheboorcas

223

E

tig ayy xatdmavoly pov, i. ©. they shall
not enter. 4:3,5. Mark 8: 12 diy Myw
piv’ eb Sodtioeray, i.e. there shall not:
be given. Heb.3:11 is quoted from Sept.
Ps. 95: 11 where Heb. nix "BRS “HITE
comp. Ps, 89:36. Gen, 14: 23.' Nuin.
30 coll. v. 28.
form is, DX Deyhe » mipgs-ria, Sept.
rade nowjous por 8° Se0g ei x. 1.2, 2K.
6: 31. comp. 1 Sam. 3 17. 2 Sam. &
35. See Gesen. Lex. nig C.c, Lehrgeb.

p. 844, Winer § 59. p. 41759.

Pe With the Subjunctive, rarely, both
in N. 'T. and early Greek writers, and
only where an action etc. depends on
something future, if, if so be, supposing
that, and with a negative, unless, except,
comp. # pr below; see Winer § 42.
p. 243, Paseow in Ei A. 3. Matth,
§ 525. b, Herm. ad Vig. p. 831, 902
So Luke 9: 13 ab wits mop. jutis dyoge—
comer, where others read ayopdcouey.
1 Cor. 14: 5 éetig ak pop Stequnvedn, oth-
ers Sieguavetes. Phil. & 12 diatem 04,
ti nat xeradaBe, comp. in 2 xul below.
Rev. 11: 5 bis, 11g Sédy, others Sila.
—More frequent in later prose writers.

II. As an_ interrogative particle,

. whether, Lat. an, viz.

8) pp. in an indirect question, after
verbs implying question, doubt, uncer-
tainty, and the like, with the Opt. and
Indic. as in classic writers, Buttm. §149.
p. 483, Paseow in iB, Math. § 526.
§617, 5—With the Optative, see above
in 1.1. Acts 17:11 dvaxplyorres tic
qeupis, a Fyos taixe obnwe. 25: 90.

Bo also ef Ggaye, if perhaps, whether
perhaps, Acts 17: 27. — Plot. Cace. 24.
Xen. An. 1. 8, 15.—With the Indicative,

see above in I. 2 So with Indic.
after tindiy Matt. 26: 63. after
dnagerty Mark 10: 2 Tuer Matt, 27:
49, Mark 15:36. wniZe Luke 14:28.
fovdsieodur Luke 14: 81. obn olda
Jobn 9%: 25, xplvar Acts 4:19. xvy-
Sérnodas Acts Jo38. axoveFas Acts
19:2 mugdtey 2 Cor. 13:5.
Soxyny 2 Cor. 2: 9. ete. BS
Mort. 20.3. Xen. Hi. 1. 7 Wah lodto,
future, Mark 3:2 aitoy &
Sugortian, Cor. 7:16 vl odes, o
x. L—Xen. An. 1. 3. 5.—With Indic,
aorist, Mark 15: 44 winby,
nalas anéSave, Acts 5: 8, 1 Gor’ 1:

1 Sem. 1d The alee =

EF

1» 10 So also ‘s? om, iiperhape, whether

<). "© perhaps, with indic, future, Mark 11: 13

Aad didy ab dow sigioen ts. Acts 8: 22.—

-c.ind, pres. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 2.

-b) in a direct question, Lat. num, ne,
awhere it implies some doubt, uncertain-
ty, inthe mind of the interrogator, which
cannot be expressed in English. Luke
13: 23 alud rig ang * sigus, af ddlyos of
‘outiperos ; Luke 22: 49 alney aig xi-

ai mardtouer by pozaleg; Acts 1:6.
“Bo Matt. 12:10. 19:3, Luke 14:3. Aets

TA, Ql: 87, 22: 25. So Sept. and ox
1K. 1:27, -Gen. 17:17. Job & 5, 6.

for 13 -Gen. 17:17, 1K. 13:14. Ruth

1: ¥9%. Job 6:6, Dan, 2: 26, 3: 14. —

+S 4-4 9. Tob, 5:5.—It is doubtful whether si is

“thus ysed by any classic Greek writer ;
but it would seem to have become cur-
rent in this sense in the later language
af. common life; comp. Winer § 61. 2.

JIL. Jn connexion with other parti-
clea ;. where however for, the most part
each, retains its own power. Only the
following require to be here noted, in
whieh a precedes other particles;
its usual place being at the beginning
ofaclause. For xal ¢i see in eb xab
below.

(a) ef Giga, see in “Aga I. c; and

above in IL. a,

size, seo in, Fé II. 7.

) ef 8é, where 3¢ has its ugual ad-
‘vereative or continuative power, but ¢f,
cand jf, eto. Matt, 12:7, “Luke 11:.19.
John 10: 38.al.ssep. So in ef dé xai,

and if also, etc. Luke 11: 18. 1 Cor.
4“ 2 Cor. 4: 3. 5: 16. 11: 6, non al.
comp. in 4411. d.— Ei 02 uy, but if not,
etc. always standing elliptically, (Winer
4 66. 6. note,) properly only after an
affirmative clause, of which it then ex-
presses the contrary .or negative ; e.-g.
John 14: 2 dy Wi oid tov worgds ov
spore . molded siow* 3° ai sinpy ay
- Spay, vA xiorevoeté wos & pt xt.
Rev. 2 5, 16. non her ‘So Gen, 24: 49,

30: 1. al—Xen. H. G,1. 4. 4. Ove. 15,
2.—BSometimes also after a negative
elause, of which it then necessarily
expresses the contrary and therefore
.affirms, if otherwise, ase; Mark 221
953s ‘siflgne dmiggdnte dnt huasly
Rodos 26 86 ply alge «th. v2 n00 ,

224

Ee

§617, b, Passow, in £3 yoj.—Herodet. 6.
56, Thuc. 2.5. Xen. An. 7. 1.8. —
Ei 82 un ys, see in Té 15]

(8) ¢¢ xa/, where xaé either refers to
the subsequent clause and then qseh
retains its own separate power, if also ;
or xai refers to the condition expressed
by ei, if even, i.e. though, although.
Herm, ad Vig. p. 832,—(1) genr. if also,
with the Indic. 1 Cor. 7:21. 2 Cor. 11:
15, non al. and 80 si 3s xai, wee in y
above. With the Opt. I Pet. 3: 14, see
above in I. 1. With the Subjunet.
Phil. % 12, seo above in I. 3. — (2) if
even, i. ¢. though, although, iroplying the
reality and actual existence of that
which is assumed ; thus differing from
the above use of # xai, and also from
xai ei, -which leave it uncertain;
Herm, ad Vig. p. 882. Buttm. § 149.
p. 423. Only with the Indic. eg.
present, Luke 18 4 si xab roy Saor ob
gopotuas, 2Cor.4: 16, 12 11,15. Phil.
2 17, Col. 2 5. Heb. 6: 9. imperf.
3 Corsa: 8, future, [Matt. 26:33.) Luke
1:8. aorist, 2 Cor. 7: 8 bis, 12, non al.
ce D. Mort. 9.1. Xen, An. 6
6. 27. — So very rarely.xai el, even if,
thaugh, i. q. sb wad, Mark 14:29, 1 Pec
81. ‘sad ag 2Cor. 13:4. wad pig
sinzg 1 Cor, 8: 5, non al.

(8) ef pnp $f nol, ic, unless, except,
expressing @ negative condition, suppo-
fition, etc. in which yj refera to the
whole clause 5 ; thus differing from s ov,
-where od refers only to some particular
word with which it expresses one ides ;
Winer § 59. 5, Buttm. § 148, 2, b, and
marg. Herm, ad Vig. p. 833, 890. —
(1) before finite verbs, | e.g. with the
Indic. Matt. 94: 82 3 prj éxolofieidtyenr
ai u, \Mazk 13: 20, John 9 33 &
wo} obrog mage Foot. 15:22. 19: 11.
vActs 26: 32,.al. .So,alea seq. Sva, Jobn
10:10, 3m 2 Cor. 1218. Epb..ds 9.
With the Subjunct. see above in. 1,3
Fob Martha ater eae
verb, Matt. 111.27, « po) 5.narte,

6 vidg, 1% 4,24, 39. Mark & 8. 29,
1 Cor. 7:17 3 pj

12,—8eq. infin, Matt, 5:13 ek ph Bindi
os Ko. Acts 21; 25. — Xen, WH. G. 2

1a, Comp, Buumi § 148.n,10. Math. 2 10..— (3) Zerg.e¢ 47; synless,. excapt,

Eidos
pleonastic for ab pj, 1 Cor. 14 5, 15: 2,
J Tim. 5: 19, non. al. See Winer § 67.
p- 487, Lob. ad Phryn. p.459. Comp.
in "Hetég b.—{4) a pijee, unless perhaps,
Luke 9:13. 1 Cor. 7:5, 2 Cor. 13: 5,
non al. — (5) ef 2 jr}, wee above in
#3 04, under y.

(0) af neg, if indeed, if 20 be, assum
ing supposition as true whether
justly or not ; Herm. ad Vig. p. 833 aq.
With the Indic. Rom.-8: 9. dineg aveipa
Droit oixst dy iptv. 1 Cor. 15:15, 1 Pet.
% 3. — Xen. An. 1.7. 9. — By impl.
since, i, q. stye, see in TH HL. y. 2 Thess,
1:6 sineg Sieavoy nagd Sup. Rom. 8: 17.
— xal cineo, although, 1 Cor.
& 5; see above in &t xal, Comp. Hom.
Od. 1..167.—non al.

(n) ei nec, if by any means, if pos-
aibly ; with the Opt. Acts 27: 12. Com
in I. 1, above. So Sept. for "44x 2 Sam.
16: 12.— Xen. An. 2.5. 2. — With the
Andic. fut. Rom. 1: 10. 11: 14? Phil. 3:
non al. So Sept. for "bax 2K. 19: 4.
—1 Mace. 4: 10.

($) eire—eize, whether—or ; Viger.
p. 515, Math. § 617. 5 ult. — (1) as in-
cluding several particulars; followed
by a verb e. g. in Indic. 1 Cor. 12 26,
2 Cor. 1:6, (Xen. Mem. 2. J. 28.) or
Subjunct. 1 These. 5: 10, comp. above
in 1.3, Or without a verb, Rom. 12:
6,7, 8. 1 Cor, 3:22, 8:5. 18:8, 15:11.
1 Pet, 2 13, 14, al. — (2) as expressing
doubt, 2 Cor. 12: 2,3. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 834.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2 13.

(}) i 14g, 900 above in Ig. y. Ax.

Eidos, cog, ovg, 16, (obeol. siBw,)
thing seen, external appearance, i. e,

8) pp. form, shape, appearance ; Luke
3: 22 caparing ste, 9:29. John 5: 37,
Sept. for aq Gen. 41: 2eq. Ex.
24:17, Num. 9:16, ain 1 Sam. 25:
3. Esth. 2 7.— Act. Thom. 8 Xen.
Cyr, 1. 2. 1.—2 Cor. 5:7 ob die at8oug
seginatoiper, i, e. our future bliss bas
yet no visible appearance, form.

b) trop. manner, kind, species, 1 Thess,
%R nd navrig elBoug xormgod. So
Sept. for mnpzin Jer. 15: 3—Ecclus,
25: 2 Jos. Ant. 10, 3.1 méy sldog no-
vaplas, Ken. Cyr. 8.2. 6.—Others here,
every evil appearance ; comp. Tittm.
Syn. N. T. p..117.
29

225

Eso

Eldo, to see, obaol. in the present
Act. for which égaw is used. The
tenses derived from the theme dw form
two families, one of which has exclu-
sively the signification to see, the other
that of to know ; see Buttm. § 114 ade.
§ 113. n. 10. § 109. HI, Passow sub
Yor.

I. Tb see, viz. aor. 2 eldov, opt,
¥orzs, subjunct, ie, infin. deiv, part.
ide ; for the imperat. Att. 284 Rom. 11:
22. Gal. 5: 2, later form i3e Matt. 25: 20.
Mark 3: 34. John 1: 29, see Buttm.
§ 108. 1. 4. c. Winer § 6.1.8. These
forms are all used as the aorist of Spee,
(Bum, § 114 sie, dgde,) in the sense
of I saw, trans, implying not the mere
act of seeing, but the actual perception
of eome object, and thus differing from

P- Blénuy ; comp. Tittm. Lex. Syn. N.T,

p. 114, 116,

8) pp. seq. accus, of person or thing,
Matt. 2:2 780 abxod ree dotigg.
5: 1 ieiy 88 tote dylovs. 21: 19. Mark
9: 9 1: 18, 20. John 1: 48. 4: 48,
Acts 8: 39, Heb, 3; 9. Rev. 1: 2. al.
saep. Sept. for M&4 Gen. 9: 23. Ex,

1. 2.3.
15.—8o seq. accus, with particip. Matt.
3: 7 ieby 34 woddois groudyous. 8 14.
24: 15, Mark 6: 33. Luke 5: 2 xat elds
to nloia totérta. So with an adj.
dyra being implied, Matt. 25: 88, 39, al.
Comp. Butum. §144. 4. b.—Hdian.4.9, 7,
Xen. Cyr. 8 3. 42, 43.—By Hebr. with
Particip. of the same verb by way of
emphasis, ‘doy eidov, Acts 7: 34,
quoted from Ex. 8 7 where Sept. for
°NTN] INT ; see in Blézo I. a—Seq.
St: with indie, Mark 9: 25, John 6: 22,
Rev. 12 13,—Abeol. Matt. 9: 8. Luke
2 17. Acts 3: 12. al. Hence of iddvres,
the spectators, Mark 5: 16. Luke 8: 36,
—Before an indirect question, Mutt. 27:
49. Mark 5:14. Gal..é 11. al.—Xen.
Conv. 2. 15.—Also in various modified
senses, viz. (a) to behold, to look upon,
to contemplate, Matt. 9: 96, 28: 6. Mark
8: 83. Luke 24:39. John 20: 27, ae
For, imper. 7de, behold pp © partic
wee “The Bept. for Daz Num. 12 8,
— Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 2.32, Xen.
An. 2, 1. 9, — (8) to ace, ac. in order to
know, to look af or into, to examine,

Eide
Mark 5: 14, 6 38. 12:15. Luke & 35.
14: 18. John 1: 40, 47. — Wied, 2 17,
where i. g. eigdta.—{y) lo see ec. face
to face, to see and talk with, to visit, i.e.
to have personal acquaintance and in-
tercourse with; Luke 8:20, 9:9. Joba
12:21, Acts 16: 40. Rom.
9. Phil, 1: 27. .
‘Poipny, Acts 19: 21.—Lu-
cian. D. Deor. 9. 1. Ken. Cyr. 1. 4, 28.
An, 2.4. 15.—(8) to see out, i, e. to wait
to see, to watch, to observe ; Matt. 26: 58.
27: 49, Mark 15: 36.— Xen. An. 1.2.
18. — (8) to see take place, to switness, to
live to see ; Matt. 18: 17. 24: 38. Mark
212, So ideiy ray iyigay surds, to see
‘one’s day, i. e. to witness the events of
his life and times, ete. Luke 17: 22.
John 8: 56 where comp, Olshausen’s
Comm.—Pol. 10. 4. 7,

‘b) trop, spoken of the mind, to per-
ceive, sc. by the senses, etc. to be aware
Qf, fo remark ; Matt, 9:2 dey my alow
airar. v. 4 Wir rag drOuwious abrir.
Luke 17: 15, John 7: 52, Rom, 11: 22,
Seq. Sss Matt. 2 16, 27:24. Mark 12:
34, Acts 12: 3. 16:19, Gal. 2:7, 14. al.
So Sept. and mxy Ecc. 2: 12,13. Job
82 5. “34* Tosh. 8: 14. Ia. & 9 coll.
Matt. 13: 1.

¢) by Hebr. to see, i. ©. to experience,
viz. either good, tocney, or evil, fo suf-
Ser, seq. accus. 0. g. Savatoy Luke 2
6. Heb. 11: 5. Heb. me, Sept.
Srroue, Ps, 89: 49, — diapPogay Acta
31. 13: 35 sq. Sept. and mR
re 16: 10. — xévGog Rev. 18:7, fyps-
as by. 1 Pet, 3:10, Sept. and my
fe 12—niy Bactslay 105 S20%, i.€,
to see and enjoy the privileges of the
divine kingdom, Joha 3: 3. Comp.
Bept. and 7 sod ba Vo 13, Ecce. & 6
— Fabr. Cod. Pa. V. T. I. p. 607 at=
seorine, obs el8or,

To know, viz. perf. 2 olde,
matpinet 86, infin. eidévon, particip. si
deg, pluperf. fouy, fat. idjow Heb. 8:
11; see Buttm. § 109, III, The plur.

forma, of8ausy John 9: 20 6q. ofdats

+ 1Cor. 9:18, ol3ac+ Luke 11: 44, belong
to the later Greek, instead of the better
ones tape, tors Heb, 12: 17, touas Acts
26:4; see Winer §15 aides, Math. §231.
Olda is strictly, to have scen, perceived,

3 hence it takes the present,

226°

Eide

signif. to know, and the pluperf. becomes:
an imperfect; Buttm. 1. 6, and §113.0.10,
a) pp. and gone t-te sequined
with, etc. & spoken of
things, Mat, 25: 18 oe obdare nip dd
gay. Mark 10:19. Luke 18:20. Jobn 4:

» 22, Rom. 7:7. 13 11. Jude 5, 40. ab
|. saep. Sept.and 93: Ex. 3:8, Job 8&9.

—Horodian, 8. 4.6. Xen. Mom. 3. 6. 17.
—Bbo in attract. 1 Cor. 16: 15 oldars 1H
olay Xnepavd Su xt. 1 Thee.
21, Bee Buttm. § 151. I. 6. — Spoken
of Matt. 25; 12. Mark 1: 34.
Jobn 6: 42. Acts 7:18, Heb, 10: 30. al
1 Pet. 1:8 Sy oix siddzss, uo. by sight,
personally. So Heb, 91> Gen. 2% 5,
Sept. yivioxm. — Xen. Mem, 4. 2. 96.
Conv. 4. 35.—So v0. accus, with an
adj. the particip. Svea being implied,
Mark 6:20 siddis aindy divdpe Sisaser.
Butim. § 144. 4, 6, (Xen. An. 1. 10. 16.)
In attract. Mark 1:24 ola o sls dl.
Luke 13: 25. John 7: 27. see Buttm.
§.151. 1.6. 80 Sept. and 99° 2 Sam.
17:8, — Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 36 ult. — Seq.
accus, and infin. Luke 4: 41. 1 Pet &
9. Seq. ots with the indic. instead of
aceua, and infin. Matt. 15:12. Mark 1&
14, Luke & 58, Acts 3: 17. all, seep.

Beq. epi tiv0s, Mart. 24: 36. Mark 1%
32 Absol. Luke 11:44. 2Cor. 11:11.
— Before an indirect question with the
indic. Mast Oa: 4 Mark 13: 35. Luke
12; 39. 1 Thess. 4:2, 2 Thees, 7.
Col. 4: 6. al. With the subjunct. Mark
9:6 om fide ch Aadjop.

b) in the sense of to perceive, to be
aware of, to understand ; seq. accua. of
thing, e. g. rag érOupjotg. Matt, 12 25, = -
inéaguowy andy Mark 12: 15. dsaroy-
pata Luke 11:17. th» xagafolyy Mark
4: 13, — Seq. S10 c. indic. Mark 2 10.
Loke 5:24, Jobn6&61. 1Jobn & 13.
Seq. és c. indic, 1 Tim. 3: 15. — Be-
fore an indirect question, Epb. 1: 18

c) by impl. to know how, ie. to be
able, ete. eq, infin. Matt. 7:11. Lake
12 56. Phil. 4: 12, 1 Thess. 4: 4.
1 Tim. 35, James 4:17, 2 Pet.29.
With info. impl. Mate. 27: 65° —
Cyr. 1. 6. 46.

d) from the Heb, with the idea of
volition, to know and or love;
hence spoken of men, to care for, to tabs
Gn interest in, 1 Thess, 5: 12 eedévas vovs

ah

Eidwheiov 227 Echengojs
2

wemsirons tr isl “49h Wee “tat' 93) 9.1 John 5:91. Bec things oftred,
Gen, 30: 6. Prov. 27: 23. Comp. in to ‘idols, 16 elduldduea q. v. Acta 15:8" 7*)
Tendoxn 2. 0.—Of God, to know God, 20, coll. v. 29.
ie. te scknowiadgs end adore God, Gal Eixy, adv, (eixattos,) without pur-
Tit. 1:16. Heb.& 11. 680 and POLO 5

. 8) inconsiderately, groundiesaly, with-
Bae di dn, eae em Job Pout couse, Mat. 5 32, Col. IS—Pob. fr /-8

Eidwdeltoy, ov, 15, (Wutor,) an
idgl-temple, fane, 1 Cor. 8: 10.—1 Mace.
1: 47, 10: 83.

Eideorsdvroy, ov, +6, (siutor,

Orie) idolsacrifice, any thing sacrificed
to idols, i.e. in N. T. the flesh of vietims
offered to idole, which remained over
and was eaten or sold ; see in”
Acts 15: 29. 21:25. 1 Cor. & 1, 4, 7%
10. 10: 19, 98. Rev. 2 14, 20. —Clem.
Rom. Homil. 7.8. Origen. c. Cela. ib.
8. § 29, 80.

Evooiarpeta, ag, §, (stBudor,
2urgsla,) idolatry, idol-worship, pp. and
genr. Gal. 5: 26. Spoken of partaking
Of things offered to idole, se aiduloe
Sura q.v. 1Cor. 10: 14. Of the vices
usually connected with idolatry, 1 Pet.
4: 3—Test. XII Patr. p. 615 dcslysiay,
youtiias xa} eldwlolarpsian Origen. de
Orat. 28 selargeias, nospelos, negra.
—Trop. of covetousness, Col. 3: 5.

Eidwdodarens, ov, 6, (stdudor,
Adrgis servant,) an tdolater, idol-vor-
shipper, genr. 1 Cor. 5: 10. 69. Rev.
21: 8, 22:15. Spoken of one who
partakes of things offered to idols, 6.
eidalsIura q.v. 1 Cor. 5: 11. 10:
‘Trop. of a covetous person, Eph.
coll. Col. 8: 5.

Eidoiov, ov, +6, (ios,) an image,

spectre, shade, Hom. Il, 5. 449. of the
de," on 11, 476 Agotéy Bolo xo-

‘image, figure, Xen. Mem.1.
wes 4 Io x T. an idol, i. e.

8) an idol-image, Acts 7:41. 1Cor.
1% 2 Rev. 9 20, Sept, for 0)
2 Chr. 33: 22, Is. 30:22.—Pol. 31.3, 13.

b) meton. an idol god, a heathen deity,
1Cor. 8: 4,7. 10:19. ‘Sept. pl. for psy bx
Num. 25:9. 21K.17:33 thay 2KT

5,

+17: 12, 21: 11, 20, — By impi. plur. 1a

dela, idols, for idol-vorehip, idolatry,
Rom, % 22." 2 Cor, 6:16. 1 Thess. i:

1.82.2. Xen, Ag. 2.7.

b) to no purpose, in vain, Rom. 13: 4.
1 Cor. 15:2, “Gal. 8:4. 4: 11. — Xen,
Cyr. 5. 1. 12.

Eixoot, oi, ai, 1a, indec. (wenty,
Luke 14: 31. Acts 27:28. An

1. Etxo, £. tw, to give place, to

i to yield, eeq. dat. Gal. 2: 5.—
GintnTh 257 Jou Rot Lt 5, Kon
Cyr. 3. 3. 8.

II. Exeo, obsol. whence perf. 2
Gosxa with pres. signif. to be likes
seq. dat. James 1: 6, 23, See Buttm.
§ 84. 0.6. § 109. IIL. 5. marg.— Sept.
Job 6:25, Jos. Ant. 3.7.7. Xen. Mem.
1.4.7 bis, ib. 1.6, 10.

Eixoy, Ovog, 4, (stn, Eosxa,) like-
ness, i. 0. Matt, 9:20,
image, figure, Matt.
wake, Fee eo. Rom. I: 28.
Of an idol-is atatue, etc. Rev. 13:
14,15 ter, 14:9, 11. 12 16:2. 1
20: 4. Sept for bp Deut.
dem Is, 40: 18, 20, nhy 2 K-11: .
ne 23: 14.—Wied. 14: 15, 17. Pol. 6.
_ 4. Xen. Ag. 11. 7.—In the sense of

representation, 1Cor.11:7. 2Cor.

ee Col. 1:15. So Heb. 10: 1 4 ai-

a txdy ty meaypdrer, i.e. the real

and perfect representation, opp. to 4

ouut, a shadowy and imperfect one. —

Wisd. 2 23, 7:26, Lucian. Imag. 28.

» abstr. likeness, sc. to any one, re-

¢, similitude, Rom. 8:29, 1 Cor.

18: 49 bis. 2 Cor, 3:18. Col. 3:10. So

Sept. for naz Gen. 5: 1. phy Gen]:
26, 27. 9: 6.— Ecclus, 17: 3.

Ethexgiveue, ac, 4, (esxgoris,)

clearness, - purences,

1 Cor. 5:8, 2 Cor. 3: 32, 2% 17.
Eitexgenje, 0s, ovs, 6, 4, adi.

(cds, aire) PP pp. judged of in sunshine ;
y impl. clear as light, manifest, Xen,

Hea 2,2. 3 aikenginis nig Gv ody Sdials

Etacoow

4 Gzagiotla ; — In N. T. metaph. pure,
sincere, Phil. 1:10. 2 Pat, 3: 1.—Fabr.
Cod. Peoud. V.T. I. p. 734 aid. xad
xadagd dudSecx. Pol. 4. 84. 7.

Eidlsow, €. tf, (lon. and poet. for
Wlaow, from’ Buf, eidée, Buttm, § 114,)
to roll up, or together, as 0 scroll, Pass.
Rev, 6: 14, — Hom. Il. 22.95. Auth.
Gr. IIL. p. 79. ed. Jac.

Eiul, £ tcopan (io) impert. i,
imperat, tos Matt. 2: 13, al. 3 pers.
Foros Matt. 5: 37. al. Buttm. § 108, IV.
— Lees usual forms are: Imperf. 2
pers. 7¢ Matt. 2: 21, 23. al. instead of
the more usual 03a Matt. 26: 69. Mark
14: 67. see Buttn. § 108. IV. 1, and
marg. Winer §14.2.¢. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 149. — Imperf. juny Matt. 23: 30.
Gal. 1: 10, 22. al. Lucian. D. Deor.
Mar. 2.2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 9. vee Buttrn.
§108, IV. 2. Winer §14. 2h. Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p.170. Lob. ad Phr. p. 152,

"= Imperat. 720 1 Cor, 16: 22. James
5:12, Plat. Rep. p.361.C, see Buttm.
§ 108, 1V. 1. marg. Winer § 14.2.0.
So 2 pers. plur. #ze for ters 1 Cor. 7: 5,
where text. rec, cvvégysoSe. — For the
persons of the present as enclitic, see
Buttm. § 108. 1V. 3.—Ziyt is the usual
verb of existence, to be ; and also the
usual logical copula, connecting subject
and predicate ; Buttm. § 129. init.

I. As verb of existence, to be,
to exist, to have existence.

a) pp. and genr. (#) in the meta-
physical sense, John 1:1 é doxi ir
6 Aoyos. 8: 50, 58. Mark 12:32. Acts
19: 2. Heb. 11: 6. a Of things, John
17:5, 2Pet&5. Rev.4:11. For dy,
ta dyta, etc. see belor a. —Philo de
Charit. p.709 goes 8 fs 73 pn oy
Gyevas tis 15 das, Xen, Mem. 1. 1.14.
ib, 2,2. 3 ots [naiBas] of yovtis &x ply
oix drtow éxolncay sivas, — Spoken of
life, to exist, to live, Matt, 2 18, 23: 30.
not to die, Acts 17: 28.—Jos. Ant, 7. 10.
5. Xen. Ven. 1. 11, — (8) genr. to be,
to exist, to be found, as of persons, Luke
4:25 noldat zigas jar. v.27. Matt.12
11. John & 1. Rom. 3:10, 11.—Lucian.
D. Mort. 22,1. Xen. H. G. 5. 4, 25.—
So of things, to be, to exist, to have place,
Matt. 6: 30. 22: 23, Mark 7: 15, Luke
6 43. Acts 2:29, Rom. 13: 1. al. saepiss,

228

Bint

So dori, cial, etc, there is, there are,
Rom. 3: 23. 1 Cor. 12 4, 5,6, Acts
27:22, John 7:12. Rev. 20: 6. 2h: 4.
seep. John 7: obne vag 49 mraipe
dy.oy, i.e. the giving of the Holy Spirt
had not yet occurred.—Hence by impl.
to be present, ing. mégerus but this sense
lies only in the adjuncts, Matt. 12: 10.

6. Mark & 1. Comp. Joa Ant. 7.
11.6 ty otcay dévouy. Xen. An. 4,
2. 3. — (y) Spoken aleo of time, genr.
Luke 23: 44 qv 88 doet dpa Erm. John
3: 40. Acts 2: 15, 2 Tim. 4 3 Mark
11: 18. —Ken, Cyr. 5. 4. 18 #29 Seat ay.
H. G.4.5.1 4y 6 par—Of feativals, etc.
Mek 15: 42. Acts 12: 3,—Xen. Cenv.
1

b) by impl. and by force of the ad-
juncts, to come to be, to come into exist-
ence, i. a. 7 ylropas, i.e. (ct) to come to
pass, to take place, to occur, to be dome,
ete. so in the fut. Zoras etc. Matt. 27:
7,21, Luke 12: 55, 21: 11,25. - Acts
Al; 28, 27: 25, Acts 23: 30, al. Luke
22: 49 16 dodusvor, i.e. what was abont
to happen, Matt, 24:3. Luke 1: 34. al
Seq. dat. of pers. Mark 16:22, Luke
14: 10.—Xen. Mem, 3, 2. 1 rotzro Soros.
Cyr. 2. 3.3. — So impers. xa? Zorat,
like Heb. 171, and t shall be, shall
come to pass, followed by a future, Acts
2: 17, 21, quoted from Joel 3: 1-5,
[2 %—32,) where Sept. for m7.
Acts 3: 23, (comp. Dent, 18: 19.) Rom.
% 26, quoted from Hos. 2 1, [1: 10,]
where Sept. for 711. — (8) from the
Heb. elvas gig re, Heb. > 37, to
be for any thing, i. 0. to become any
thing; Matt. 19: 5 et Eph. 5:31 zai
Zrovtas of 8i0 eis odgxe play, quoted
from Gen, 2: 24 where Sept. and Heb.
Luke 3: 5 coll. {s, 40: 4, Acts 1& 47
coll. Ie, 49:6, Eph. 1:12, Col. 22 al.
Gesen. Lehrgeb. -p. 816, 2. Stuart
$507. b, note.—Seq. dat. of pers. 1 Cor.
14: 22. 2 Cor. 6: 18, Heb. 1: 5. 8: 10.
James 5: 3. al.

c) dori seq. infin. it is proper, is in
one’s power or convenience, ete. licet ;
Heb. 9 5 meg) dy oix iets viv liye,
Of which we cannot now speak. So also
some 1 Cor. 11: 20, but less well. —

Ecclus. 39: 21. Ael. V. H. 13 33
Xen. Cyr,J. 6. 11. Comp. Passow sub
voc, 2,

Bini

d) particip. wy, ovoa, Sv, being, viz.
(a) joined with e noun or pronoun, it is
used in short parenthetic clauses, by
way of emphasis, to indicate an exist-
‘ing state, condition, character, etc. and
may be rendered by the case absol. or by
being, as being, as, etc. Matt. 7: 11 at
ody Gpsig, morngod vtec, olBate x. 1. 2.
John & 4. 4: 9, 9: 25, Acts 16: 21 &
oix Esotiy jpiy moutir, “Popalois ovo,
Rom. 5: 10. 11: 17. Gal. 6: 4. Eph. 2
4, Tit. & 11. James 3: 4. al. See Pas-
sow Ex 6. Buttum. §144. n. 4—Xen.
Cyr. 1.4.3. Mem. 2. 3. 1. — (8) With
the art. d aiv, rai dure, ete. it implies
real and true existence ; thus in the
phrase 5 dy sal 8 iv xa & dgysperos,
which is used ss a compound indec.
proper name of God and governed by
én6 Rev. in allusion probably to
the Heb. =} v. 8. 1): 17. 16 5.
Comp. Winer §10 ult.—Wied. 13: 1 oix
Yozvear eidiven tov Svea, i.e. God. —
So rd Gere and ta pr) Geta, things ex
isting and things non-existing, pp. Rom.
4:17, metaph. 1 Cor. 1: 28. — 2 Mace.
7: 2%, Philo de Creat. princip. p. 728
2a yaq pH Grea dxdlesey sig 46 slvas.
Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 1 bis, 7.

II, As logical copula, connecting
the subject and predicate, to be, where
the predicate specifies who or what a
person oF thing is in respect to nature,
origin, office, condition, circumstances,
state, place, habit disposition of mind,
etc. ete. But this all lies in the predi-
cate, and not in the copula, which
merely connects the predicate with the
subject. The predicate may be made
by various parts of speech, ete. Thus

a) with an adjective as predicate ;
which is strictly the more logical con-
struction. Matt. 26 oi, BySleip, ob

Baylor at dy roig iy. xt. d
18: 8. Mark 1:7, John 4:12 5:32

4 pagrugla oix Tor iiadis Acts 7: 6.

Rom 8: 29. 1 John 1:9.
Herodian. 3. 7.7. Xen.
—So with a neg. adj. oidi, it is
nothing, Matt. 23: 16. 1 Cor. 7: 19.
13: 2, 5 ably Gal. 6: 3, comp. above in
I. d. a. — Jos, Ant. 4.8.24, Plut. de
Exil 6. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 8.—With nu-
merals; Mark 5: 13 joay 08 ds 3iazlou.
So in the phrase e[¢ or éy elvas, spoken

229

Bint

of two or more, i. ©. to be ene in

and purpose, John 10: 30, 17: 11,

or to be one in rank, right, ete. 1 Cor.
3: 8. 12:12, Gal. 3: 28, —In this con-
struction, sid with an adject. sometimes
forms periphrasis for the cognate
verb; e.g. dards sius i... Odvopan
Luke 14: 31. Acts 11: 17, Rom, 4: 21.
Ednlbg thus ig. éxbmoipar, 2 Tim. 3:
9. — Herodian. 8. 1. 2 xgupids clus i. qe
sqtneropan—For the particip. a8 predic.
see below in f.

b) with a substantive as predicate,
in the same case with the subject.
() pp. Matt. 3: 4 3 rgogh adroit v
dxgides. 3:17 ottds deter 5 vidg
15: 14. Mark 2: 28, 10: 47. Acts & 32.
3: 25. 28: 6. Rom. 8:24. Heb, 11:1. al.
snepiss, Matt. 7:12 ovtds dotey 5 vopos,
i. e. is contained in the law.—Herodian.
3. 10. 10, Xen, Cyr. 1. 4.27. Ove. 14,
7 c, dat.—Sometimes the noun (or pro-
noun) of the predicate is not, directly
expressed, but only implied ; Matt. 14:
97 id shut, I am sc, the man, i.e. it
ta L John 13: 13 eiud ycig 00. 6 dipco-
alos. 18: 5 dyes tusae."Incois. So obtés
doz, Mark 6:16, Luke 7: 27. John 7: 25.

9: 9, al.—Seq. dat. of pers. or thing for
or i# respect to whom the predicate is
asserted ; Acts 1:8 xed iosods pos pag
‘Tugss. * 1B. Rom. 1:14. 1 Cor, 9 2
eb Gdloug cin sik andorolos, dlddys
‘yin eis, 1: 18, 2: 14. — (8) Trop. and
meton. the subst. of the predicate often
expresses, not what the subject actually
ig, but what it és like, or is accounted to
be, or signifies, viz. by comparison,
subetitution, etc. or as cause or effect ;
so that zipé may be rendered to be ac-
counted, to be like or in place of; to sig-
nify, etc. Matt. 5: 13, 14, ipiis dors 13
Glas wig ris, 13 pag too xdquov, 12:
50 aités pov adeloas xad adedqi xa}

sitng dociy, | 13: 87, 38, 39. 19: 6. Luke
8:11 6 ondgog fous 6 diyos, 1% 1.
John 1: 4 4 Lar fy 16 gag rar dvOge-
mon. ¥. 8, 4:34, 6:33, 35 dyes clus 5
Grog tis ferjs. v. 41, 48, 50, 51, 55,
Ui: 25, 12: 50. 15:1, 5. Acts 4: 1.
1 Cor. 3:10. 4:17, 10:4. Eph. 5: 8.
James 4:14. Rev. 4:5, 21: 22, al. saepies,
So in the words of Christ, tott0 éote
10 oped pov, toi dots 10 alus pov,
Matt, 26: 26,28, Mark 14: 22,24. Luke

Bi 230, Bid

M19, 1Cor. 11:34. The Romish
church takes these words literally. —
Xen, An. 31.13 H. G. 1.4.8 —~
(y) Here too eit with the subst. of the
predicate, sometimes forms a peripbra-
tis for the corresponding verb ; comp.
in a, ult 0. g. dnsPyurmie eius for dni

1 Cor. 10:6. Unlemig eis for
Grlée, 1 Cor. 14: 12. ete.

c) with a pronoun as predicate, in
the same case with the subject, viz.
obro¢, this, the following, Matt. 10:2 +a
Svépard tore taisa. John 1: 19 airq
deriv # pagrugla. 15:12. 17:3, Acts &
S82 al. avrds, Luke 24: 39, Heb. 1:
12. rig, 12, indef. some one, any thing,
1Cor. 10:19, metaph. of moment, im
portant, Acta 5: 36. 1Cor.3:7. Gal.
15. al. tig, ri, interrog. who, what, 2.
Jobn 5:13, Rom. 14:4. 1 Cor. 9: 18,
Heb, 12: 7. James 4: 12. Acts 21: 22 ti
‘ov dots, what is then? ec. to be done.
1 Cor, 14: 15, 26, motos Mark 12: 28.
xécog Mark 9: 21. rotansg Luke 1:
29. Sxoieg Acts 26:29. doris Gal.
& 10, 19. etc. etc. So the possessive
pronouns ; as duds, ods, John 17: 10,
Suitegos Luke 6: 20. ete—Xen. Mem.
8.3. 3.— Trop. as with nouns (b. f,
abeve) the predicate often expresses,
not what the subject actually ts, but
what it is acceunted to be or signifies ;
©. g. tl dotiy, 15 x. 7.2, what that means,
etc. Matt. 9:13. Mark 9: 10. Luke 20:
17. Epb. 4:9. Mark 1:27 ti éots totto;
Joba 18: 38 ti dony Gye; So Luke
15: 26 té sty taita, Acts 2 12, 10:17.
17:20, Luke 8 10 sig aly’ 4 magaBoiy
aim, Also rour’ Zoze, that is, that sig-

etc, Matt. 27: 46. Acts 19: 4.
Rom. 1:12. al. & dors, which is,
Mark 7:11. Heb. 7: 2, al.

d) witb a gen. of a noun or pronoun
es predicate, spoken (a) of quality,
character, etc. Luke 9:55 oix oldate
lou svsipards dots tic, Acts 9: 2
Heb. 12 11, Buttm. § 182, 4, 4.—Xen.
H. G, 2. 4, 36.—(8) of age, Mark 5: 42
Gy ye tay dedera, Acts 4: 22. al,
Butm, |. e.—Xen. An. 2. 6. 20. Mem.
1. 2. 40.—(7) of a whole, of which the
subject is a part, Acts 23: 6 16 fy
desi Zaddovnaley x,t. 4. 1 Tim. 1: 20.
2 Tim. 1: 15. Buttm. § 182, 4.2 ¢. —
Xen. An, 1. 2.3, — (3) of possession,

sAtoctive; Mut. 936 tow

property, etc. pp. Matt. 5: 8, 10, eiréy
dens § Basidsle tév obgaviy. Mark 12
7, %3, Luke 4:7. John 10: 12. 19: 24.
Acts 21; 11. al. saep. Matth. § 815. 1.—
Teoer. ad Nicocl. p. 19. B. Xen. Cyr.
7. 5. 73.—Metaph, of persons or things
to whom the subject belongs, apper-
tains, or on whom it is in any way de-
pendent; e.g. of God, 2 Cor. 4: 7.
1 Cor, 3: 23 of a master, teacher, b
guide, etc. Acts 27: 23. Rom. 14: 8.
1 Cor. 1: 12, 3 4. & 1% 2 Cor. 10:7.2 >
al. Of things which one follows after,
1 These, 5: 5, 8,—Xen, An. 2. 1. 11.—
So as implying fitness, propriety, ete.
Acts 1: 7 obz Sua dots yrivas resvou,
ath Heb, & 1 selaler 84 tone §
greed tgop). Matt, § 316, — Xen. Au.

yin the dative of 2 noun or pro-
noun as predicate, fo be To any one,
implying possession, property, etc. John
17: 9 Sts col silos, for they are thine.
Luke 12: 20, Acts 2 39. 1 Cor, 9: 16,
18. 1 Pet, 4: 11. al.—Xen. Cyr. 1.24
—By inverting the construction it may
be rendered to have, as Luke 7: 41 die
Xosupulire joar Sarucrs ter, a cer-
tain creditor had two deblors. 6 32, 33,
34 John 18: 39. Acts 8: 21, 21: 23.
Eph. 6: 12 ots fone suis 9 dln mQ6s,
we have not a struggle against, i.e. we
wrestle not against, etc.—Herodian. 1.
13, 11. Xen, Cyr. 1. 2.3—Or to 2
Matt, 19:27 +1 Goa Bora spiv, what
shall we receive? — Xen. An. 1.7. 8,
ib. 7. 6.1.

f) with a participle of another verb as
Predicate, viz. (a) without the article,
and then eius often forms with the per-

etc, ticiple a periphrasis for a finite tense of

the same verb, expressing however a
‘continuance or duration of the action or
state, like the corresponding conetrac-
tion in English ; Luke 5:1 nat arta dy
Sores, and he was » inetead of
imperf. fotn, he stood. Matt. 24: 9 xsi
Forge picotpevos ind xdvter, Mark &
6 jour 34 rive xaSrjperon v.18. 1%
25 of doréges Ecortes éxntrrovess. 9: 4
15: 43, Luke 3: 93. 5: 17. 24: 32. Acts
1:10, 2 2, 42. al. ssep: So with the
perticip. of the perf. pass. which how-
ever assumes nearly the nature of an

dowvdpévos

“a8.

Eipé

eed Mark 6: 53 dy yap
ia ainsy xenwgepiry. 1 Jobn
Lea Also in impersonals, as déor dots
for ds, Acts 19: 36. sgixov doth for
1 Cor, 11: 13, al. See Winer
§ 46.8. Math. § 559, Viger. p. 343.
comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 792. 2. Stuart
§ 530. — So Eurip. Here. fur. 312 0q.
Herodiap.1.3.5. Diod.9. 2.5. Xen. An.
2,2. 13. — In some cases the particip.
is not the predicate, and then sins is
not thus ao auxiliary, e.g. Mark 10: 33
Gear tv +4) 586 dvoBalvorneg siz “legos.
where dy 1 605 is the predicate, and
dvaBalvorts; is an adjunct. Luke 7: 8.
al. Comp. Winer Lc. — (8) With the
article, where the participle may then
be regarded es equivalent to a noun,
or as an emphatic shorter construction
instead of a ral tense of the verb ;
Maus. 3: obtos rig dors 5 Gq Otis tnd

prediced, inaeet of 8s agony Kio. 19.

fot 16 xoworrta Tor

2”

Bow. 3: 11.
Rev. 223, Rev. 14:4 obsol sinty of
GxolovSoivts, where comp. the _Pre-
ceding construction, ovtol sicy, of om

1 John 5: 5. Jude 19,

vwIneay, al saep. Comp. Buttm.
§125. 8, and n. 2. Winer §19. 1. c. § 46.
4. Matth. § 270. Viger. p. 349 9q.—He-
rodot. 9. 70. Ken. H. G. 2. 3. 43.

g) with an adverb as predicate ; e.g.
of quality or character, as ovrw¢, John
3: 8 otras dost még x. t. A, Matt. 19: 10.
So otras tora, Rom. 4:18, Matt. 24: 27.
Luke 17:24, 26. al. Seq. dat. Matt, 12:
45. Luke 1: 30, al. ravre as adv.
i,q. ottas, Luke 17: 30. 1 Cor. 6 11.
Comp. Batim. §115, 4. §128.0.4. ais,

as, Rev. 22: 12.—Of likeness,
as oc, Matt. 22 30, 28: 3. Luke 6: 40,
al. qonep, Matt. 6:5. Luke 18 11.
Seq. dat. Matt. 18: 17, — Of plenty or
want ; nsguocwrigns 2 Cor. 7:15. ze
o4s Heb. 12 8.— OF place, viz. place
where, e.g. éyyig Rom. 10:8. John
1d: 18. al, desi Matt. 18: 20. Mark 3
1, al. (Xen. H. G. 4. 8 14.) poxgay
Mark 12 34. John 21: 8 dou Merk Mark
& 40. Jobn 18: 1, 7:34, al. (Xen. Cyr.
24.81.) sot Matt. 22. Jobn 7: 11.
(Luc, D. Mort. 13,1 0r 3) dds Matt,
126,41. Rey. 12: 9, eto.etc. Of plase

231

Bid
whenee, origin, etc. xd0e Matt. 91:
25, John 7:27. 2:9. évre6Sev John
18 36. — Xen, An. 5. 6 24. ib. 6.
14.—Of time, dyyig Matt. 26: 18.

1h) with a preposition and its case as
predicate, viz. (a) dnd, Jobu 1: 45,
comp. “4x0 IL. 1.- aig, ©. ace, viz,
ee marking that which any thing be-
comes; comp. above in I. b. f. As
denoting direction, object, e1 mane
Luke 5: 17 sab Sivomis svplov
iaodas aitots. Ot's pean, ty te,
A Pet. 1:21 chars sv mlotsr Spioy ob
Axiba sivas sis Isdy, i.e. be or rest in
God. Adverbially, 1 Cor. 4: 3 dot 88
sig Daxroréy dover, iva 2.1.2. Comp.
Buttm. § 115. n. 5. Spoken of place,
whither or where, Mark 21 Gr eg
olxdy dors, 1% 16, Luke 11: 7. John iz
18, al. —(y) éx ©. gen. . ala | implying
origin ; ©. g. spoken of place, John It
47 bs Nalagit Sivaral 1 ayadov salvar s
Acts 2%: 34, John 4:22. So of family,
race, etc. Luke % 4, Acts 4: 6.— Of
persone or things as the author,
cans0, otc. Mark 11: 30 & odpavol jy
4 & drSgumer. Joba & 23 tycig tn
irr waives dati, dyed bx tay Give siul, Ve
19. 17: 14 bis, é& rob xdopeu sles, Acts
19: 25, Gal. 3: 21. Matt. 1: 20 dx svsb-

paris dovw dzlov, 5 37. John 7:17 4

bibazh & 100 Set dons. Acts 5: 88,
1 John 2% 16. Hence metaph. of a
person on whom one is dependent, to
whom he is devoted as a follower, etc.
©. g- John 8: 47 é tot Seot obs ton,
ye are not of God, i. e. not bis followers,
adherents, 1 John 3:10. 4:6 & 19,
Bo John & 44 ipsts dx sot dapsiow
ford. So of things, as & ric dinSelag
Johh 18: 37. 1 John & 19. a igyay
tod yopou Gal. & 10. Also Gal. 3 12
& vépos ote tony d& mloeens, i.e. the
law depends not on faith, has no con-
nexion with it—Of a whole in relation
to a parts 1 Cor. AR 15, 16, ode styl de
sot cduaros. Of persone, Luke 22 8
Grr & 105 dgrSpor tér Seiden, Matt.
26: 78 ob dg crinéiy el. Jobo 1:94. 10: 16.
18: 17,25. Col. 4:9. 2 Tim. 3:6.— |
Plut. Galb, 27. Herodot. 2. 46.—Of the
material, Rev.21:21 jy & tvog pagyael-
tov. Matt. § 374, b, note. See in "Ex,
(8) év 0. dat. implying a feng in a
place, thing, person, etc. Spoken ef

Eiut
place, part, etc. Mark 1:3 éy 17 dpruy.
John 2 2B éy rots ‘Iegogod, Acts 5: 12.
Rey. 9: 10. al. — Herodian. 8. 8. 10.
Xen. An. 5. 6, 13, 15. — Of things; &
sosy, in this, i.e. herein, John 9: 30.
1 John 4:10. or hereby, 1 John 2 3,
Bo éy sotto ios, be wholly in these
things, occupied with them, 1 Tim. 4:
45. (Jos. Ant. 2. 16.4, Xen. Cyr. 5.
2.5.) t oagnd elvas, to be in the flesh,
i. e, followers of the world, aliens from
God, Rom. 7: 5. ira 3 lors 4 Sir, ws}
B &y cogig dvGgciney, Gal &y Suvdun
‘Geof, i. e. consist in, depend on, 1 Cor.
&5. a state, condition, etc. & guces

dec, Mark 5:25. So Luke

23: 40. Phil. 4: 11. 1 John 2: 9.—Jos,
Ant, 7. 2. 1. — Of persons, to be in any
one, viz, where the subject is a thing,
Acts 25: 5 ef ts toriy dv 76 dvdgh tovsa,
in or on this man, i.e, in hie conduct,
etc. Joba 11:10 13 psig ob Eorey by ad—
16, i.e. in his path, around him. So of
faculties, virtues, vices, which are in
apy one, Jobn 1: 4, 48. Acts 4: 12. 20:
10. Where the subject is a person, i. e.
to be near and in intimate union with, to
be one wath, sc. in mind, purpose, feeling,
ete. So God and Christ, John 14: 10,
UU. Christ and his followers, John 15:
4. Christ in his followers, 2 Cor. 13: 5,
the Spirit in Christians, Joho 14: 17.
Christians in Christ, Rom. 8 1. 1611.
1Cor. 1:30, 1 John 5: 20. Seq. dat.
plural, to be among, Matt. 27:56. to be
tm the midst of, 1 Cor. 14: 25. — (¢) énl,
seq, gen. of place, upon, Luke 17. 31.
Jobn 20:7. metaph. of dignity, station,
over, Acts & 27. Rom. 9: 5.— Seq. dat.
of place, upor, in, at, Mark 4: 98, Matt.
1: 83. — Seq. accus. of place, a8 sivas
én} 26 aixd, spoken of conjugal inter-
course, 1 Cor. 7: 5 of person, ¢
ni swe, lo be or reat upon, metaph. Acts
4: 33.—(0) xara seq. gen, salvar xara
tuvos, to be against any one, Matt. 12: 30.
Gal, 5:23. — Seq. accus. of thing, slvas
errd 11, to be according to, in accordance
with, 2 Cor. 11: 15, Rom. 2: 2. Luke
17: 390. — raw eta seq. gen. yar pad
vos, to be with any one, i.e. present
with, in company with, Matt. 17: 17.
Mark 2 19. Luke 23: 43. al. to be for
or on the side of any one, as an ad-
« herent, helper, etc. Matt. 12: 30. John

232

Elnov

& 2 Acts 7:9. 18:10, Phil, 4:9.—Joa.
Ant. 15. 5. ore abr: aleatabeed
one, ete. 2 John 2, 3.—(9) aed, 909.
gon. slyat maga t170s, to be from siny one,
i.e. eent by any one, John 6: 46, 7:29.
or received from any one, John 17: 7.
— Seq. accus, of place, to be by, on, ab,
Mark 5: 21.—(+) mg0, seq. gen. of place,
to be before, Acts 14: 13. metaph. of
dignity, Col. 1: 17. — (x) mode, eeq. ae-
cus, of place, etc. slvas mds 1, to be
near to, by, etc. Luke 24: 29, Mark 4: 1.
— Achill. Tat. V. 343, —Of te
be near, with, among, Mutt. 13: 56, Mark
9 19. — (i) avy 20g, dat. edvas abv tury,
to be with any one, i.e. present with, in
company with, Luke 24: 44, Phil. 1: 23,
Col. 2 5. 1 Thess, 4:17. or asa fol-
lower, disciple, Luke 8:38. Acts 4: 13.
or asa partisan, Acts 14: 4.—Xen. H. G.
3.1. 18.—(u) umeg seq. gen. elvas még
tavos, to be for any one, on his side,
Mark 9: 40." Seq. accus. of pers. tarig
twva, to be above any one, trop. Luke 6
40. — (v) tind neq. accus. to be under,
spoken of place, John 1:49. 1 Cor.
10: 1. of person or thing, to be subject
to, Rom. 3: 9. Gal. 3:10. 1 Tim. & 1.
Nore. As copula, the forms of sil
are very frequently omitted ; e. g. Matt.
9: 37. 18: 54. Mark 9:23. 1 Cor. 10
26. 11:12, al, enepise. See Buttm. §123.
12. Marth. § 306. Winer §66.2 Ar

Eis, to go, in Mes. for stud John
7:34, 35. See Buttm. § 108. V.

Eivexa, see “Evexc,

Eineg, eve in HI. &

Efinov, sor: 2; imper. eixé, opt.
sEroys, eubjunct. ein, inf. cinsiv, per-
ticip. einer, — Also lon, aor. 1 eine,

vas Matt. 26:25. Mark 11:3. al. imperat.

eindy Acts 28: 26, cimitwcav 94: 20,
used likewise by the Attics, Xen. Mem.
2.2, 8. al. Comp. Baum. $96. n. land
9. § 114 sub eaoy. Winer § 15 sub
elxoy. — With theee aoriets from an ob-
sol. theme ine or dire, the Grocke
employed gnul as a present, Baum.
Le. and §109, I. 2; and likewise, as
aleo in N. T.the fut. oct from slew (only
pent) 3 ithe perf. si¢nxa from obsol.

plu; sigtxew, perf. pens, Lonnes,
aor. 1 pass. dsiSny or lon neue te

Nand

RHYME G22

. Enoy

‘Say Lob. ad Phr, p, 447, fut. 1 pass,
¢rOrjoopan, fut.3 pase. sigicoper, Butum.
Le. Winer 1. c.—To say, to speak, i.e.
to utter definite words, and hence im-
plying more than iadiiy; see Tittm.
de Syn, N. T. p. 79, 80.

8) genr. to say, to speak, with an ac-
cus. of ‘the thing said; Matt. 26: 44
toy eitiy léyov einey. Luke 12: 3.
Joho 2 2. Acts 1: 9. 2 Cor. 126
GdjSuar 7ég des. Rom. 35 et G1
ab abv egoiuer ; Heb. 7: 9 ax tog
maiz, £0 to speak, Buum. § 150. p. 438.
Matth. § 545. See Raphel. Annot. in
N.T. I. p. 671 0q.—Xen. Ap. Soer. 15,
—The aceus. is often supplied by the
words or clause spoken, as Matt. 2 8.
4: 3, Luke 5: 18. John 4: 27. 6: 59. al.
Hence elze is inserted like tq in the
middle of a clause, Luke 7: 42.—With
an accus, of person, once, John 1: 15
Sy lnor, as in Engl. whom 1 said, i. e.
of whom I spoke, i. q. meg? of in v. 30.
— Along with the accus, expr. or imn-
plied, are also further constructions of
the person fo whom, the manner, etc.
(a) seq. dat. of pers. John 16: 4 taira
88 ipty Uf doris oix slnoy. Matt. 16 8.
Mark 2: 9. Luke 4:3. Jobn 14: 26,
Rev. 17:7. Luke 7: 40 ize cod te sinsis
comp. Lue. Tim. 20. Aristaen. 2. 1. —
(8) seq. #i¢ ©. accuis, of pers. to speak
against, Luke 12 10. — (y) 209. xara
c. gen. of pers. to against, Matt. 5:
11, 1% 82, — (3) weq. negi c. gen. of
pers, or thing, to speak of or concerning,
ete. John 7:39. 10:41. 11:13 c. dat.
of pers. Matt. 17:13 John 18: 34. —
(2) 8eq. ngd¢ c. accus. of pers, to speak
or say to any one etc. Luke 11:1, 12:
16. John 6: 28. Acts 2: 37. Heb. 1: 13.
al. (Luc. D, Mort. 1.1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
13) In the sense of for, with reference
to, Mark 12: 12. — ec. acc. of thing, to
say in respect to, Rom. 8:31. — (t) 969.
adverb, or a prep. with its noun, imply-
ing manner; ©. g. Suolag Matt. 26: 35.
doatras 21: 30, xabeic 28: 6. Bo
xalés elnas, thou hast well said, i.e.
right, correctly, Luke 20: 39; and ab-
sol. with xais¢ implied, Matt, 26: 25,
64, ov akras. - Hence with an accus. of
pers. xadoig eineiv twa, to speak well
of any one, Luke 6: 26; and xaxcig
Atte vet speak eo of, Aom 2:53

233

EXnor

see Buttm. § 131. 4. Mauh. § 416.—80
sixty ty mapofolais, Matt. 21. dus

magafohig Lake 8: 4. Also eintiy noes
éavrots or mpd¢ dlsjlovs, to say among
themselves or to one another, Mark 12: 7.
Jobn 7: 35. Luke 2 15, Jobn 16: 17.
19:94. al. dy déervrois, among themselves,
Matt, 21: 38, — Metaph. from the Heb.
einsiv dy 14 xagdig avrov, to aay in
one’s heart, i.e. to think, Matt. 24: 48,
Luke 12: 45, Rom. 10:6. So 42ba 772%
and Sept. Ps.10: 6,11. 14:1. Is. 49: 21.
Comp. Gesen, Lex. “7% 2. In the
same eense also, sinciy éy evry, Matt.
9:3, Luke 7: 39. 163 1&4, Sept.
for jaba Vga Esth. 6: 6. — (n) seq. in-
fin. with aceus. Rom, 4:1. with accus.
implied Matt. 16: 12. — Xen. H. G. 1.
6. 6. — So with elvas implied, where
ainsiy may he rendered to call, fo name,
etc. John 10: 85 éya slua, Seo dota"
ai dxalyoug elne aot x. 1.1. 15 15,
1 Cor. 12: 3.— Comp. Xen. i. G.1.6.7
einésy GPhetatous slyar trove “Eldnvas.
Apol. Socr. 15. Herodian. 6, 1. 15. —
(9) seq. dre, Matt. 5: 81. John & 55,
1 Cor. 1:15. with dat. Mark 16 7.
Jobn 6: 65.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 25.

b) as modified by the context, where
the sense often lies not so much in
ainely as in the adjuncts; e.g. spoken
(a) hefore interrogations, for to ask, to
inquire; Acts 8 30 xa) sinew’ pays

yrvdoxug 2.4.2 Matt, 9: 4. 11:3. 18
10. John 8: 10. Acts 19: 2, 3. — Xen.
Cyr. 1. 3. 16.—(8) before replies, for to
answer, to reply, etc. viz. to a direct
question, Matt. 15: 34. Mark 8: 5. Luke
8: 10. ‘and so preceded ano~
xgidals or dmexgln xal, Matt. 11: 4. 15:
43. John 7:20. Acts 5:29. . Without a
preceding question, Matt. 14: 18. Acts
5:9. 11: 8 with dzoxgiDalc, Matt. 4:
4. 1% 39, Mark 6 37. al. —(y) of nar-
ration, teaching, etc, for, to tell, to make
known, to declare, etc. Matt. 8:4. 16:20.
18: 17. Mark 11: 29, 16:7, 8, John 3:
12, 12: 49, Rev. 17:7. al. saep. Sept,
for Way 2 K. 22: 10. Ie. 41: 22.
min Job 12: 7. — (3) of predictions,
to foretell, to predict, ete. Matt. 28: 6.
Mark 14: 16. Luke 18. Jobn 2 22.
al. Here used especially in the passive
forms, ©. g. én Rom. 9: 12, 26,
Rev. 6:11. sgyros Luke 4:12. Heb.

Etnos

4:7. 26 eignuévor Luke 224. Acts %
W. al. 8 GrDels, lit. the foretold, Matt.
& 3, 1 gndir, that foretold, etc. Matt.
1:22, 215, 17. 22:31. al sxep. — (8) of
gras i oni with authority, for to direct,

etc, Matt. 8: 8. Mark

4. zado bid, to command,
date cation. Luke 7: 7. 17:7,8, 19: 15.

get

2 Car. 4:6. James % 11.al. Seq. ta,

* Matt.4:3. Mark 3:9, Rev.9:4. Sept.

for ma Ex. 35:1. Lev. 6. At
Eins, see in Ei UL. 9.

Exonveve, £. rica, (sigirn,) to

make peace, lo be at peace, Sept. for
wihgirt 1 K. 2% 44, Polyb. 5.8. 7x6
ea x nadouod signbevonivn. Diog.
2, 5.—In N. T. metaph. 1 re peace
harmony, concord, etc, absol. 2 Cor. 13:
M1. éy kavrots 1 Thess, 5:13, éy cl-
Ijlow Mark %& 50. sec nartur Rom.
1% 18,—Ecelus, 6: 6. 28: 9, 18,

Eien, 7S, %, peace, viz.

a) pp. in a civil sense, the opposite
of war and dissension, Luke 14: 32.
‘Acts 12: 20. Rev. 6: 4. al. — Xen. Ag.
1. 7. — Among individuals, peace, con-
cord, Matt. 10: 34, Luke 12: 51. Acts 7:
26, Rom. 14: 19. al. Heb. 7: 2 Baoudels
signs, i. e. pacific king,—Trop. peace
of mind, tranquillity, arising from recon-
ciliation with God and a sense of the
divine favour, Rom. 5: 1. 15: 13, Phil.
4 7. Comp. Is. 53: 5.

b) by impl. state of peace, tranquillity,
securily ; Luke 11: 21 dy eigiry dot} za
fndgzorta aizot, 2: 20, A 16: 33.
1 Cor, 14:33.
5:3, So Sept. for 0
nig Is, 14: 30, Ez. 38: 8, 11.

peace, i.e. health,
welfare, prosperity, every kind of
good. Luke 1: 79 403 donras, way of
happiness. 2: 14. 10: 6 ulig signrns, son
Of happiness, i. q. ove worthy of it. 19:
42. Rom. & 6, Eph. G: 15 sbayyilior
‘Tic slenyns, govpel of bliss, i. e. which
leads to bliss, 2 Theas. 3: 16. So é
Geog sigiyns, i.e. God the author and

"giver of bliss, Rom. 15: 33. 16:20. Phil.

4:9. 1 Thess. 5:23. 2 Thess. 3: 16.
Heb, 13: 20. Comp. Dine, Sept.
Sexev cigrivas, Is. 9: 6.—So tignvn ipa,
ive, the good or blessing which you
have invoked by way of salutation,

234

Eis
your benediction, Matt. 10: 13. Luke 10:
6 John 14: 27. Hence pat Eaibes
with good wishes,
‘hots 15: 93. Heb. 11: 31. é deve,
1 Cor. 16 11. So Sept. and Heb.
nibga Gen. 26: 29. Ex. 18: 23.—Hence
also in the formulas of ealutation, either
‘at meeting or parting; see in “doxe-
Topas. Jahn §175. Gesen. Lex. big,
B.1. Thus on meeting, signvy Upir,
‘peace unto you, i.e. every good, Luke
‘M4: 36. John 20: 19, 21,26. Also in
letters, ete. Rom. 1:7. 210. 1 Cor.
1:3. 2Cor.1:2 Gal. 1:3, al. (Act.
Thom. §27.) Luke 10:5 sein of olee
So Sept. and Heb. agar’
jude. 19; 20, FT Chr. 12 18.
At parting, ixays sic eigirny, ape
into peace, Mark 5: 34. dn: ty signirg,
go in peace, James 2: 16. rrogetoy as
signivay Luke 7:50. 8:48. 09. d» sienrg
‘Aes 16: 36. ‘Comp. in Eig no.4. Sept.
for Heb. Diby> Th Judg.1& 6, 1 Sem.
1:17. 20; 42, © Au.

Etgynixds, 7, Ny Ov, (eigrion,) peace-
ful, pp. relating to peace, Xen. Occ.
1.17 dennixat éxorjpas, In N.T.

a) pacific, disposed to peace, James 3:
17, Sept. for nibw urn Ps. 37: 37.
comp. Deut. 2:26."

b) from the Heb, healthful, wholesome,
Heb. 12:11 xagrros donnads. Comp.
aigiyy for DASY in Elgin c

Etpnvonoée, 6, f. jow, (Le
aigivny nove, to make te make
reconciliation, Col. }: 20,— Sept. Prov.
10; 10,

Etgnvonaws, ov, 3, a peace-
maker, pp. of an ambassador to treat of
peace, Xen. H.G. 6.3.4. In N.T.
trop. one disposed to peace, Matt.5: 9.

Higa, £ igi, s00 in Ener.

Eig, « prep. governing the accu-
sative, with the primary idea of motion
info any place or thing, and then also
of motion or direction fo, towards, upom,
any place, thing, etc. The antithesis is
expressed by és, out of. Sept, overy-
where for ah dy bey, ete. See Winer
§ 53 @ Maub, § 578, Passow Lex.
Eig, Schweighiuser Lex. Herodot.
art. "Ee.

Es

1. Of place, which is tho primary
and most frequent use, info, to, viz.

a) after verbe. implying motion of
any kind into, or also to, towards, upon,
any place or object ; e.g. verbs of going,
coming, leading, following, sending,
throwing, placing, delivering over, and
the like, ete. etc. Matt, 2:12
aig thy zoqur aitéy. 4:8, 5: 1 axifn
ais 36 50s. 6: 6 SrelSe els 13 topsibr
gov, & 18 dnaheiy ake 16 niger. 12:
44 dmargiye tls vor oluéy pov. 15: 1,
17 may 10 siowopevdpevoy tig 13 crops,
0d tle depedgdiva txfdlderas, 20: 17 éva-
Balror tis“Iegoodiywa. 21: 18, Mark 1:
a 5: 91, 6 45. 9% 31 waged/doras ale

giigas dvSpenen. 13:14 peiyur ce 14
Sqn, as in Engl. to flee into the mown:
tains. Luke 8: 23, 26. Jobn 1:9. 7:
14, Acts 16: 16. 26:14. Rom. 5: 12.
10: 18. Rev, % 22 see in Balle b.
&: 5, al. saepiss. — Xen. Mom. 4.2.1.
Ap. 1.3.17, ib, 3,1. 5.—Bo in ‘constr.
praegnans,’ John 16:21 éyanj9n sie tov
xdoyor. 1 Pet 3:20 as iy [xsBersév]
Sliyal yrzad SuccsSqoar 36 iBetos. —
‘Xen. An. 2, 3, 18, — So sic c, secus. of
thing, imply; lying place; as John 18:6
GnidGor cig ta Slow. 7:8, 10, eis Ty
Sogn so. at Jerusalem, Mark 13: 16.
4:2 tis gargéy 19y. John 1: 1 sig
xc isa FAGe, Acts 15: 38 eis 28 dgyéy.
21: 6. John 16: 32.—With an accus. of
person, but referring always to the
place where the person dwells or is,
and implying to, among, etc, Luke 10:
38 dunsoty els sobs Igosde. 21: 24. Acts
18: 6 aig ta B99q, mogstoowas, 20: 29t2ic-
adsicorcas Minos Bagiis sic Spi. 22: 21,
Rom. 5: 12, 16:19, 2 Cor. 9:5. 10: 14.
i Thess. 1: 5. Rev. 16: 2. al. See
Buttm, § 147. 0. 5. Winer § 53. a.
Matth. § 578.—Hom. Il. 15. 402. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8.6. Mom. 1. 1. 14. — Spoken
also of persons into whom demons have
entered, Mark 9: 25. Luke 8: 30. comp.
Matt. 8:31. Luke 8:32. al. Aleo Luke
15:17 tig kaveoy dein, having come to
Kissel, i.e. to bis right mind—Diod.
Bic, 13: 95 sig Lavroig doxdpevos.

b) after verbs implying direction
‘upon or towards any place or object;
©. g. verbs of hearing, calling, announc-
ing, shewing, etc. etc, Matt. 10: 27 et
Acts 11: 22 éxotuy tig ra ota, Luke 7:

235

Ess
. Matt. ‘ma:3 xaldous sis toi yépots.
: 4. Mark 5:14 dmiyyadey tic tiv
xdliy, U1: 8 lorpavay sig ry SBéy. 1S:
10 ais meivta ré By dsb myguz Sire.
Luke 24: 47. Jobn 8: 26 taita liye sis
Tey xdqpor. Acta 7: 39 dovgeipqour tals,”
xaghlag ainéy sig Alyvarer, W: 6
1 Cor, 14: 9 tig diga ladeivix. 2 Cor.
8:24 sig ritoig érdeiteoGe. 11: 6. al.
eaep. — Xen. Anab, 5. 6, 28, 37.—
Especially after verbe of looking, ete.
Acts 1: 10 dxevifortes sig toy oi'gaxcy.
3 4, Matt. 22: 16 od Plénag sis xpde-
wor arSgdnoy. John 13 22. 19:37.
Acts 1:11, Heb. 11: 26, al. So Matt. 5:
35 sudows tis ‘Iegooéiyuc, towards Je-
rsalen, i.e. turning or looking towards
it—Hom.

sig Dapaoxor, i. e. directed to Damascus.
Rom. 15:31 4 Stoxorla pau ¥ cig ‘Isgow-
calip. al.

c) metaph. of a state or condition
into which one comes, after verbs of
motion, direction, ete, Matt. 2: 46
dnchevoorras tig xdlocw akeivion, as
beny aisiviov. Mark 5:26 26 16 yélgow
ASobca. "9: 43. Luke 2% 33. 24: 20,
Jobn 4: 38. 5:24. 16:13. Acts 2& 18,
2 Cor. 10: 5. Gal. 1:6, Phil. 1: 12.
ll. 1 Tim. 24. 36,9. Heb. % 10,
al. seep. For tmays v. mopstou ais sigh
sy, go into peace, see no, 4 below. —
Xen. Ath. 1.9, Mem. 1. 2, 22.—So in
‘constr. praego” fartituy sl; ives ¥.
els Svopa tiv05, i.e. to baptize into the
obligations incumbent on a disciple of
any one, etc. Matt, 28:19. Acts & 16.
Rom. 6 3, 4 al. See in Bama 2.

“ft Of time, viz. a) time then, im-
plying e term, limit, to, up to, until ;
Acts 4: 3 sig wiv atipiay, lll the morrow.
Matt. 10: 22 sig rilos. Phil. 1:10 tis
Susur Xguotoi,, i. ©. the day of
Christ, 2:16. 2 Pet. 3:7. “Acts 13: 42.
1 Thess, 4:15. 2 Thess, 2:6. 2 Pet.
2 4, al. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 3,26. Ove. 17,
10.—So with accus. of person, as mark-
ing the time when one lives, appears,
ete, Gal. 8: 17, 24, sis Xpsotoy.—Hero-
dian. 2. 9. 8. Herodot. 3, 97.

b) time how long, marking duration,
Sor, ete. Matt. 21: 19 tig tov akdva, for
ever. Mark 3:29. John & 35. 2 Pet.

clés

Luke 1: 50 sig yereag yeveim.
1 Tim. 6 19.
. 9 15. al. — Ken. Lac.

F
1,

2 Srenicaly, as marking the object
or point to or towards which any thing
tends, aims, ete. Spoken

a) of a result, effect, consequence,
marking that which any person or thing
tends to or becomes. Matt. 13: 30 d9-

ign. (Sept. Ez. 37:22, Po-
Iyb. 2. 16, 11. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.4.) Jobo
17: 23 tatadesempivos tig fy, Acta % 20

pstactpapiaerar eis oxdtos, eg ola
Rev. 11: 6. Rom. 10:10 xagdlg mo-
teisrar tis Sixuogirgy. 15: 2. 1 Cor.
Il: 17 obs sig 19 agsittor Gad eke to Fx-
tov ovmigzwhs, 15:54. Acts 10:4 ai
mgoctuzal cov avéfnoay es pynpoouvoy
«4, Eph. 2: 21,22, Heb. 6: 6, 8.
1 Pet. 1: 22. al. saep—Hom. Il. 9, 10.
Diod. Sic. 19. 33.—So with an infin. as
subst. Rom, 7: 4 tig 13 yerioSas spits
x th v5, 123. 1 Cor. 9 18, Gal.
817, Heb, 11:3. al. saep.— Xen. An.
7. 8, 20. — So from the Heb. where eis
corresponds to the Heb. bs see Gesen.
Lehrgeb. p.816. Stuart §'507. b. Thus
Joylzopas [t1vd, 11] alg 14, to reckon or
count yor, as, any thing, Acts 19: 27.
Rom, 2 26. 9:8. So Sept. for > agin
1 Bam. 1: 13. Is, 29: 17, — Wiad. 9: 6.
e. double accus. Wisd. 5: 4. 15: 15. —
Also doylecSal tee stg t1, to reckon or
impute to any one ror, as, etc. Rom. 4:
38 ais Stxasovivny. v. 5, 9,22. Gal. 3: 6.
al. quoted from Gen. 15: 6 where Bept.
for + 33h, as also Ps.106:31.—1 Mace.
252! So after verbs of constituting,

: making, becoming, and the like ; Acts

18: 2 iiyagey adrois tov Aphid ag
facia. v.47 idea aa es pas.
(Comp. Sept. and > rip Ez. 37: 22.)
With elvas, as forces dy plar,
instead of iz. cagt pla, Matt. 19: 5.
Mark 10; 8. al. comp, Gen. 2: 24 where
Sept. for > srry, Luke 5:3, comp, Ie.
M4. B01 Gor, }4: 22” 9 Cor. 6: 18,
Heb. 1:5, al. sep. With yinsodas,
as Luke 18: 19 ¢yiveto sis dévdpor piya.
Acts 5: 36. Rom. 11: 9, quoted from
Ps, 60: 23. So 1 Cor. 15: 45, Jobn
16: 20, Rev. 8: 11. al. saep.

'b) of measure, degree, extent, etc.

236

Es
perbaps Matt. 5 25 dvozos eis thy yisw—
vay, i.e. guilty even to Gehenns ; bot
wee in “Eveyos. Chiefly by way of
peripbrasis for an adverb ; Winer § 53.
ca §55. 1. b. ‘Matth. § 578. d. Lake
1% 11 ds 10 xavrelis, i. €. entirely, and
Heb. 7: 25 with the idea of perpetuity.
(Ael. V. H. 7.2. ib.12. 20.) 2 Cor. 4:
17 ue imegBolgr, exceedingly. (Lae. D-
Mort. 27.9 or 14.) 2 Cor. 10: 13 ig ta
psrea, immoderately. 2 Cor. 13: 2 ek;
10 naliy, again. So sic xeror, in vain,
2 Cor. 6: 1.-Gal. 2:2, Phil. 2:16. (Diod.
Bic. 19. 9.) — Comp. Herndot. 8. 144
1a pdywta. Polyb. 1. 20. 7 sig rdlos.
Xen. Mem. 3. 3.4 sis 10 duvartay.

c) of a direction of mind, i.e. as
marking an object of desire, good will,
also aversion, etc. (a) In a good sense,
towards, for, in behalf of; Rom. 10: 1 5
aidoxia vig duis xagdlas inig avin
dow sig curnplar. Jude 21 16 eos roe
snug. I. X. tig fonhy alebrsor. Rom. 1:97
dy 1h doite ainar sig dylovs. 14: 19.
Phil. 1: 23 éxvSupla eis 10 cvahions.
Matt. 26: 10 pyor xaléy sigydaare tis
éué, Rom, 12:16. 2Cor. 10:1. 1 These.
4:10, & 15. 2 Pet. 3: 9, al. — Judith
617. Thue. 1, 38. — So after nouns,
©. g. dyani) els tive, Rom. 5: 8. 2 Cor.
24,8. Epb.i:15.al. zaguopa ak ave,
2Cor. 3:11. So Acts 20:21. 2 Cer.
9: 13. — 2 Mace. 9: 26, — After adjec-
tives, genato} ely dlisjlous Eph. 4: 32.
piléteros sig GdAqRous, 1 Pet. 4: 9.—Po-
lyb, 1. 16, 10, — Here helangs the con-
struction of 2dn/tw and meorevie with
ig, (usually c, dat,) these verbe implying
an affection or direction of mind towards
& person or thing, i.e. to place hope or
confidence 1% or vow; ¢. g. Jobn 5: 45
et 2Cor, 1:10 tis Gy fmlzaper, comp.
Acts 24:15 dala dyin sig rév Srey.
(Herodian. 7. 10. 1 tig Ov qlnixewer,
Plut. Galb. 19.) Matt, 18: 6 ray stotev-
Greuy sig dud. John 2 11. all. So
nk sad nioric ate tua, 1 Pet. 1:21.
mlotg Acts 20: 21, 24: 24. al. sawol-
Onow 2 Cor. 8: 22,— (8) In an un
friendly sense, against ; ©, g. Matt. 1&
15 et 1 Cor. 6: 18 dyagrdvesy eis. Luke
1% 10 S¢ dest doyov tly tév vide 108
FR ptoenicn veipe, Mark 3 29 6 &

Gy Placgnurcy sis 20 mvsipe to éysov.
Luke 22; 65, Acta 8: 1. Col. 3. 9. ni

Es
Ael. V. H. 11. 10, Thue. 1, 180. ib. 3.
85. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2. 2.—So after nouns,
Heb. 12:8 dytuoyla sis windy, Acts 23:
380 émsBouds als teva. Rom. 8: 7 Ey Sga els

Soin.—Ken. H. G. 7.4. 84 byxdyps eg 2.

robs Deovs.

4) of an intention, purpose, aim, end,
i.e. eigfinel. (a) In the sense of unto, in
order to or for, i.e. for the purpose of, for
the sake of, on account of, ete. Matt &
4 38 dégor sis pagriguoy airols. v.34
4 x6heg LiAGer wks cvvarenasw 16 Inood.
27: 7 jyogacay rev dygoy sic tapiy.
v.10, Mark I: 4 Baxtiopa petavolas tig
Ggeow suagrén. Luke 5:4 zaliours
1 Dlxeve sis Sypar, 219 roti wows
eis ti diy dvdprqow. 24:20. Jobn J:
7. 9: 89. Acts 4: 30. 11:29, 14: 26.
Rom. 1: 16,17. 5: 21. 6: 19. 9: 21. 10:
4.:1%18. 1Cor, 27. 2 Cor, 212
Eph. 4:12 bis, 1 Tim. 1: 16, al. seep.
So Matt. 811 fantifur sig petavolay,
unto repentance. 1 Cor. 12:13 sic fy
oiipe BortiaOnuey, sis ty mvt dno-
cloSnuer, i.e. in order that we may be
one in body and spirit, Matt. 18: 20
cumppives sks xi iusy Sroya, i.e, on
my account, for my sake, in order to
promote my cause, etc. So before an
infin. o. art. in order to, in order that, etc,
Matt. 20: 19 as to dunaisas, Mark 14:
55 tig 10 Savardou aitéy. Luke 20:20.
Rom. 1:11. 11: 11. James 1: 18, al,
saep.—Herodian. }. 6. 20. Herodot. 2.
103. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.5. An. 6, 5. 14.
©. infin. Xen. Mem. 3.6.2. Ag. 9.3.—
Hence ei¢ r/, to what end? wherefore ?
sohy ? Matt. ova 31. Mark 15: 34. al.
4ig touTO, to this end, for this
therefore, Mark 1: 38. Acts 9: 21. Rom.
9:17.al. Eig 6, to which end, whereunto,
etc. 2 Thess. 1: 11. 1 Pet. 2: 8. — (A)
In the sense of to or for, implying use,
advantage, etc. and equivalent to the
‘dat. commodi et incommodi,’ but
more emphatic ; ‘Winer § 53. ¢. 3. Matt.
10: 10 ye} arqenoda migar sis 586%.
dyer cin. Mark 890,20 voy

ito’. Mat Gre robs
Fon sig tots mevtamozidsous
witb Luke 0 13. 14: 85 otte ais yin,
otte tis xon sbOst0y dots. Matt, 5:
13, John 6:9, Acts 2: 22, Rom. 11:36
et 1 Cor. & 6, ei aizéy, for him, i.e.
for his honour and glory. Rom. 15: 26.

Foxatrm Hy weirave Ate 210g.

237

Hs

16 6 2 Cor. & 6, Gal. 4: 11. Eph, 3:
5 aig atrér. 3:2 yagis Sotvion por sig
tuiic. 1 Pet. 1: 4 xingoroplay tergn-
pray tis Spas. al. sxep. — Xen. An. 1.
27, ib, 3. 3,19, H. G. 4.2.9, — So
Luke 7: 30 shy foul 105 S206 jéem—
cay sic Saviors, i.e. to their own detri-
ment.

e}genr. as marking the object of any
reference, relation, allusion, inlo, unto,
towards, i. e. with reference to, etc. Pas-
sow in Eis no. 5.—(a) pp. im accordarice
with, conformably to; Matt. 10: 41, 42,
6 dezepavos ngohtyy eis Sroua npogy-
tov x. t. 1. i.e. in accordance with the
character of a prophet, or 4s. prophet,
Matt. 12: 41 et Luke 11: 32 peteréqouy
ls 16 miguypa "Tend, into, i, e. con-
formably to or ar the preaching of Jo-
nah. Acts 7:53 élapets toy voor cig
diatayis éyyéley, into, i.e. conform-
ably to or in consequence of the ar-
rangements of angels, ete. — (6) genr.
in the sense of as to, in Sep a,
concerning, etc. Acts 2:25 da;
Liye up. ainin, hens
Eph, 5: 32 et Heb. 7: 14. (Comp.
Kypice Obs I, p. 15.) Acts 25: 20 éxo-
govperos dye ais say Girmow. Luke 12:
21 pels tor Seor mlovtéir. Rom, 4:20
tls tay trayyeller ob dugxpldn. Rom.
18: 14 mgovola sis éxeOuplac. 16: 5
snort wis’ Alas tig Xquotér. 16: 19
copois pir tis 40 ayadoy, axrgalovg 8
alc 10 xaxdy, 2Cor. 2:9 si tig navre
‘tmjpool tore. 9: 8, Gal.6: 4. Eph, 3: 16.
1 Thess, 5:18. 2 Tim. 214. 1 Pet.
3: 21. al. saep. — Diod. Sic. 2.57. Luc.
pro Tinag. 23, Xen, An. 2. 6. 30. ib, 4,

- “Bometimes tig c. acens. is found
where the natural construction would
seem to require éy c. dat. as after verbs
which imply neither motion nor direc-
tion, but simply rest in a place or state.
In such cases the idea of a previous
coming into that place or state is either
actually expressed, or is implied in the
context. See Passow, Eis no. 6, Wi-
ner § 54. 4. b, Matth. § 596. Comp.
Buttm. § 151. 1. 8. Bo Mart, % 98 d1-

mgtowwr sis és owvuyuyas,
comp. 7 whore Epo ae

tgouires weponétess, Mark % 1 wal

Es

eoihter sis Kanegracip, xa} jxotodn
Sus tig dots, i. e. that he was come
into the house. 13: 9,16. Luke 11:7
th masdla pou per euot sis viv wolmgy
Roly, as in colloquial Engl. my children
are to bed, 21: 37. John 9: 7 tnaya,
vhpas els cpr xolynBiPgar cod Zdeap,
Acts 7: 4. 8:39, 40, mvsijua xuglov ig

mage toy Pllunnoy, sigiiy, 08 tg "die
tor. 18: 21. 21; 13, coll. avafalvay in
v. 12, 23: 11, al. — Hom. Il. 15. 275
dpsion lig te SD6r. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 4 75~
my cis sis i davté zegas Exactos tovrew
meiguas. a5 Ane 1. 2,94, Ael. V.
H. 7.8 bn ‘Homotioy tig ExBitave
GneSave, Diod. Sic. 5, 84. — Here be-
longs also in N.'T. the apparent con-
struction of sig with a genitive through
the omission of its noun ; jas tig Gdou,
‘Acts % 27,81, i.e. for sic olxov Gdov,
Buttm. § 132, n. 9, Matth. § 578. g.
Pessow |. c. no. 7. The phrase in Acts
is, dyxaradslnes sig Gov, quoted from
Ps, 16: 10 where Sept. for > 313, i. e.
to leave or abandon to the grave or
Shedl ; not strictly to leave un it, Comp.
Gen, 44:31.—In other instances «is and
é are used alternately, according to the
different shape of the thought ; e.g.
Tobn 20: 19, 26, HaSey 5” Inaoig xad Eory
alg tb piooy aitéy, but Luke 24 36
tare dé cindy Aalotrtuy aitoc 5 *Iy-
avis tory & psow ainar. Here the
attention of Jobn is fixed more on Je-
uta’ coming and standing ; that of Luke
on his actual presence. John 21: 4,
comp. 8: 3, 9. Acts 4: 7. (Xen. Cyr. 4.
1.1 otdg ee 13 péoor.) So xadjoous
als Mark 13:3, coll. Matt. 13:2; and
xadjoFas ty, Matt. 26: 69. al. Comp.
Schweightius. Lex. Herodot. "H; no. 1.
Also, Mark 1: 9 ide» ’Iqoois xat dor

tloGy ind *Iexivvou sly tov *Togddvny 5
but Matt. 3: 6 xa? maou 4 maplyagas tot
*Topddvov—sfanrizorto by 1’ Topdtiny

evroi, i. e. the attention in the lat-
ig fixed upon the act of

ism 5 the former, also on the
coming of Jesus to tho Jordan.—S0 too
in the phrases tmoys ¥. mogetou sis

(peace OF IN peace, i.e. INTO Or IN the
‘enjoyment of peace, geod, etc. the idea
being et bottom the same, but expressed
under different aspects; Mark 5: 34.

238

Eis
Luke 7: 50. al, James 2: 16. Acts 1é
36. Comp. in Exgrivy ult.

Norg. In composition sig implies
J. motion into, as sieddyoucs, elorps,

eloégxopas, eiopéga, etc. 2. motion ordi-
rection fo, towards,as siaxove,ete. AL.

Eis, uda, ty, gen. évdc, pas,
by6s, one, the firet cardinal numeral; see

5
2

@ negative, equivalent

none ; Matt. 5: 18 ida ty

Fa

where Sept. for “thy~pa
Sept, and ing ag ND J
comp, Ex, 9: 7. ‘Gesen. Lebrg. p. 40.
Bo ovde elo, ovd2 &, not one, not even
one, more emphatic than obdels, Boum.
§ 70, 1, Matt. 27:14 ngos 0088 ty gape
John 1:3. Acts 4: 32 at 0083 al Heyer,
Rom. 3: 10 oi tots dixesos 088s abs.
1 Cor. & 5. al. — Xen. Cyr. 1.3210
Mem. 1.6.2.—With the art. 6 ds, to i,
the one ; Matt. 25: 18, 24, 20 Ey tetdowrrov.
1 Cor. 10: 17 é& t0% brig Sigrov. — Xen.
An. 5, 4. 11. — Seq. genit, pertitively,
Buttm. § 132 4. 2. Math. § 318 0q.
Matt. 5:19 ploy tov évtoldy sovrer.
Mark 6: 15 els aé5v ngogmray. Lake &
3. John 12:2. al. So with 2x seq. gen.
Matt. 18:12 ty é avrdy. Mark 9:17
aly é& 100 Syhov. Act# 11:28. Rev. 5:5.
b) used distributively, viz, (a) slo—
alg, one—one, i.e. one—the other, Matt.
27:38. John
20: 12. al. Allao & sis—5 els, the one—the
ge Mar. fo. aly vor Eva 1 Thess,
BL. de tmig vob bog 1 Cor. £6
Bo elg—elo—el¢, Matt.17: 4. Luke 9: 33.
Mark 4: 8. al. or a sty Lev.
12:8. 2Chr, 3: 17. for Sma) re
1 Sam, 10:3, 13: 17,18, 31:3
Xen. Cyr. 1.2.4 — Ip. like moenaer,
dp—5 Fragos, one—the other, Matt. 6:24.

FS
3)

Eis

é Eragos, the one—the other, Matt. &
9A. Luke 7:41 Acts 28:6. 6sip—6 dios,
Rev. 17: 10.—{6) el¢ Exaczec, each one,
one, Acts &6,. 20:31. Col. 4:
al. (Xen. An, 6.6.12.) Seq. gen. perti-
tively, Luke 4: 40. Acts 23. Eph, &
7.al. For dra sly fxactog Rev. 21: 21,
see in dvd 2.—(7) xa oie, xa? iy,
one by one; singly, pp. for ds xa5? fra,
ete. John 21: 25. 1 Cor, 14: 31. of
xa? Fve Eph. 5: 33. 208? ty ixaotor,
each one singly, x09 & here qualifying
Santor, Acts 21: 19.—Xen. Ven. 6. 14,
x. & Sxaorory Cyr. 1. 6,22. Apol. 15.—
So év xad’ iv, one by one, one after an-
other, singly, Rev. 4: 8. From the
apalogy of this correct form bas sprong
in N.T. the anomalous el¢ xad" ge
‘one by one, etc. instead of els xad” Er
Mark 14:19, John 8:9. ‘Aloo 5 34 x09?
ek, Rom. 12:5.—Lucian. Psoudosoph. § 9.
c) emphatic, one, i.e. (a) even one,
‘one single, only one, Matt. 5 36 of we
vegas phar cola Levey 7 péleurar 701%
ous, 21:24, Mark 8: 14. 10:21. 12: 6
Jobn 7: 21. 1 Cor. 10:17. 2 Pet. &
Sal, For dws puis Luke 14: 18, soe
? xo IL. & (Xen. An. 4, 7.9.) In the
-aonse of only, alone, Mark 2:7 si pny ols
& eds. James 4:12. sic va toxow
John 20: 7.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.17.—{6) for
one and the same, Rom. % 30 aly 6 Se05,
S¢ Sinascdoes x. t. 2. 1 Cor. 3: 8, Gal. 3:
98. Phil 22 Heb. 2:11. Rev. 17: 13.
So Sepe. and 3x Ger. 41: 25, 26.—
‘Wied, 7:6. 17:17.” Plut. Alex. 22. —
Fully written, ¢v xa} 10 itd, 1 Cor.11: 5.
12: 11.—Diod. Sic, 11.47. cree ot
d) indef. one, some one «
certain, i. q. tis, Matt. 19: 19:16
Say. With subst. Matt. 8: 10 ek poe
poreis, i. q. Peappareds ts. Mark: 12:
42 pla yiea, i. q. ziga ts. John 6: 9.
Rom. 9%10.al. Seq. gen. partit. Luke
5:8. 20:1. Sept. for shy Gen, 22: 2,
4%: 16, So Im¥ Sept. ric, Gen. 26: 10.
97: 44.—Lne. ax 15. Herodian.
2.12.11. Thue. 1. 85. Comp. Kypke I.
p. 45, —Bo ele re, a certain, Mark 14:
Si alg tig sncrloxos. eq. gen. v. 47.
seq. és, Luke 22 50. John 11: 49, —
Died. Bio. 11. 47,— In this use ss
sometimes has the force of our indef
article a or an; as Matt. 91: 19 owiw
play, James 4:13 dueveds ira. Rev. 8:

239

Ecodéyouee

13, 9 13. al. So Sept. and ss Fi re
4:8. Dan. 2:31. & 3, Comp.
Lebrg. p. 655. Stuart § 412, n. 3.

e) from the Heb. ‘as an ordinal, the
first, mostly spoken of the first day of
the week, Matt. 28: 1 eis play (sjpdoar)
tév cofBarer, Mark 16:2. Luke 24:1,
Acts 20:7. 1 Cor. 16:2. al. So Sept.
and ®18 of the first of the month, Gen,
1:5. 8 13. Ex. 40:2, 17. el. See Ge-
sen. Lehrg. p. 701 8q. Stuart § 465.
—Jos. Ant, 1.1.1 airy aiid
ener jniga” “Move 8 bey
elne—Joined with deitep0s, sie ote.
Rev. 9:12 4 oda? 4 pla, comp. 11: 14.
—Herodct. 4. 161. Eurip. Bacch. 680.
Comp. Gesen. Thesaur. Heb. p. 62.
AL

Eisayw, £. do, (dyu,) to lead into,
to bring in or into, trans. and seq. tig
c. accus. of place. Thus of person,
Luke 22: 54 dajyayor ator ube sor
olxoy tod deztegiag. 2 27, Acts 9: 8.
21: 28, 29,37. So eis ayy aidiy John
18:16, coll. v.15. Alvo ciodyur sig tr
olxoupsrny, i. e. to » #0 introduce,
into the world, Heb. 1: & Beq. ods,
Luke 14: 21. Sept. for a°373 Gen. 8
9, 24: 67. 2 K. 9: 2.—Palaeph, Fab.19.
Xen, An. 1. 6, 11.— Of things, Acts 7:

45.—Act. Thom. 13. Xen. Athen. 2.3.

Excaxovaa, £. obcopar, (éxote,) to
hear to, to listen fo, i. e.

8) to give heed to, to obéy, ne
1 Cor. 14: 21 088? Panek ae air
pov. Bo Sept. and yr} Deut. 1: 43,
4: 30. al, — Ecclus. 3:6.” absol. Thuc.
5.45. Ken, H. G. 5. 2. 12,

b) from the Heb. spoken of God's
hearing prayer, to hear, i.e. to hear fa-
veurably, to grant, in N.'T. only in Pass,
Matt. 6: 7, Luke 1:18. Acts 10: 31.
Heb. 5:7. So Sept. arid srw) Ps. 4:
2,4.6:9. ay Pe. 4:2. 18: 4,"

Etadezyouac, f. topes, depon. Mid,
lo receive into se. one’s house, city,
country, or te one’s self, in hospitality,
ete. ‘Wied. 19: 16. Xen. H. G. 1.1.21

Heb. ¥3p, where Ged ie said to gather,
to collect, the exiles of Ieracl into their
own land, Jer. 93:3. Ez. 11: 17, 20:

Btsecme

34, 41, al. — Hence in N. T. 2 Cor. &
17, xyes elodixoues Sic, and I will

gather you, etc. quoted apparently from fav

Jer. 32: 37, 38, where Sept. cuvaye for
YR ‘and. targige for Heb, 2°23;
comp. Zeph. 3: 19, 20, where Heb. ery
Sept. sodézopos,

Evoesuc, imperf. sojuy, (eis, lus
to go, Butt. § 108. V,) fo go into, to en-
ter, neq. tig c. acc. of place, Acts 3: 3.
21:26. Heb. seq. 7965 ¢. acc. of
pers. Acts 2) 18, Sept. for xiz Ex.
28: 29, 35, — Jos, Ant. 3. 11.4, Xen.
Apol. 15. c. eds Mem. 3. 11. 1.

Etsépzoucr, 6. sissdetcouas, (see
Buwm. § 108. V. 5. § 114 Zgyouas ult.)
aor, 2 eiafidor, to go or come into, to
enter, spoken

a) of persons etc. seq. tig c. acc. of
place, Matt. 6: 6 stole tis 1b topsior.
24: 38. Mark 3: 27. Luke 9: 34. John
18: 28. Acta 11:20, Rev, 22: 14.
saep. With eis c. ace. implied,
9: 25, Mark 13: 15. Luke 14:23, 17:7.
‘24: 3 coll. v. 1. 24:29, 1 Cor, 14:23, 24,
al. Sept. for x2 Gen. 6: 18. 19: 3. al,
sacp.—Palneph. Fab. 14. Xev. Cyr. 7.
5.57 dodpgera: vig 14 Baollua, 1.4,
18. seep. — Beq. ely c. ace. of pers.
Acts 16 40 tig thy -Avdlay, i.e. into
her house ; #0 text. Tecept. but later
edit. xgdg. Acts 19: 30 sis to Sijpor, i.e.
unto the people, into the sseembly.
(Pol. 8. 44.:10.) Acts 20: 29 als iui,
among you. Spoken of demons enter-
ing into persons Mark 9:25. Luke 8:
80, 22:3. al. into swine Mark 5: 12,
18. Luke & 32, 83. With sis implied,
Matt. 12 45. Luke 11: 26, — Seq. éy,
c. dat. of pers. Rev. 11: 11 mvsipa Corie
slojhder & airois, (text. rec. én’ attots,)
i.e. life entered and remained in them ;
see in “Ey 4, and comp. Winer § 54.4.
Matth. § 577. — Beq. naga c. dat. of
pers. fo enter in by or with any one, fo
lodge with, Luke 19 7.— Seq. ngéc
c.accus, of pers. to enter to any one, i.e.
into his bouse, ete. Mark 15: 43, Acts
10: 8. 17: 2. Rev. 3: 20. — Ceb. Tab,
99, Xen. Mem. 3, 10. 1. — Seq. ind,
c. ace. of place, e.g. ino ty oriyny,
Matt. & 8. — Seq. ed Mat. 26: 58.
Grow Mark 14:14. de Matt, 22: 12,

b) metaph. of persons. seq. sig c. ace.

240

“2 Pet. 1: 11.

Ettoodog

of sate, condition, etc. Matt. 16: 8, 9,
tig vir Cariy. Mark 9: 43, 45. cig Ty
wislay cov Seot, Matt. 5: 20. 183.
19: 4, Mark 9: 47, John 3: 5. sl. tis
iy zagdr roi wvglov, Matt. 25: 21, 23,
as tiv xatéxavery, Heb, 3 11. 4: 4 3
With sis implied, Matt. 7: 13 23: 14.
Luke 11: 52. 13: 24. — So Matt. 26: 41
ticigzer9as ss megaopor, to come into,
i.e. to fall into temptation. Jobn 4: 38
Suats sis tar winoy airéy sloelghoders,
ye have entered into their labours, i. ©. ye
succeed them and reap the fruits of
their labours.

c) of things, to enter in or into, equiv-
alent to siogdpopen, ‘to be brought or
put into ? e. g. food, sis 10 cropa, Matt.
15:11. Acts 11: 8. Comp. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 17 1a eiotovta.—Metaph. Luke 9: 46
soWlGe Sscdoyopas ty avtois i.e. there
arose a dispute among them. (Jos. Ant.
14.14. 4 “Avteimoy olxtog sivigyttes.
Plat. Phaedo. 2. Herm. ad Vig. p. 759.)
James 5:4 af foal es t¢ ta xvplov
tiewglidaow. Of hope, Heb, 6:19 sie
egxipevoy tig 10 dacitsgor x. 2. 2. entering
in, i, e. extending even unto ete.

d) from the Heb. eiocpyonas xed
Ecoyouct, to go in and oul, i.e. to per-
form one’s daily duties, spoken of one's
daily walk and life; e. g. of Jeaus, Acts
1:21 dg judc, i.e. among va, in our
company. ‘Trop. John 10:9. Comp.
slow, nad dxnogsvoues, Acts 9:28. So
Sept. and Heb. NYT) ND, 2 Chr. 2: 10,
for which Sept. sion. nab den
Deut. 31:2. 1 Sam. 18: 13,16. sie-
odos xad itodos, 1 Sam. 29:6. Is. 37:
28. AL

Etoxaréa, &, f. tow, to call or
invite into, sc. 8 house, etc. Xen. Occ.
4.15. In N. T. Mid. eloxedéopas,
ovpat, to invile into sc. one’s own
house, Acts 10: 23.

Eivodos, ov, 4, (sis, 6365,) pp. way

Sept. for sian Judg. 1:24, 25. Hence
in N.T. entrance, i. e. the act or power
of entering, seq. eis c. acc. of place
seq. gen. “Heb. 10: 19.
eq. ze0¢ c. acc. of person, a coming to
any one, access, -1 Thess. 1: 9. 21.
absol. Acts 13: 24. Sept. and im
“1 Bam. 16: 4, ‘Mal. 3: 2,

Exeanseo

Etonntae, 0, £.4ow, to leap in-
to, to spring in, e.g. slg to» Syloy,
among the people, Acts 14: 14. absol.
Acts 16:29. Sept. for xia Am. 5: 19,
— Herodian. 7. 5.6. Xen. An. 1.
5.8.

Etsnopevouan, f. sbaopas, depon.
(xogstiouat,) to go into, to enter ; spoken

a) of persons, seq. tig c. secus. of
place, Mark 1:21. 6:56, 11:2. Acts 3:2.

With eis implied, Luke & 16. 11: 33.
19: 30, coll. Mark 11:2 Sept. for xiz
Gen. 23: 10, 40: 29. al. — Xen. Cyr. 2,
3, 21, — Seq. dou, Mark 5: 40. ob
Luke 22:10. seq. xaté tog olsovg,
from house to house, Acts 8: 3, — Seq.
mg0s c. accus, of pers. fo enter to any
‘one, i.e. into his house, Acts 28: 30.
Bo Sept. for win Gen. 44: 30, Eth, 2:
14.—Ceb. Tab, 29.

b) of things, fo enter in, comp. in
Eigigxouas ¢. So seq, sis, Matt. 15: 17,
Mark 7: 15, 18,19. — Metaph. for to
arise, to spring up, se. in the mind, Mark
4:19,

¢) froma the Heb. slonogevopae xal
exnogevouss, to go in and out, i.e. to

form one’s daily duties ; spoken of
one’s daily life and walk, Acts 9: 28,
Bee the Heb. in Eicsgyouas d.

Eisrpdzer, aor. 2 sividgapoy, (r9é-
ze,) to run into ahouse, etc. In N.T.

241

Ex
Efta, adv. then ; spoken
8) of time, i.e. afterwards, qfler that,

Mark 8: 25 elra nadiy éndOyxe. Luke &
32, John 13: 5. 19: 27, 20:27. James
1: 15.—Ptut. Mor. H. p. 19, ed. Tauchn.
Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 18. — By a eort of re-
dundance, before n participle, Mark 4:
17 dea yevopdrns Pllyeus 2.7.4, The
Greeks place it after the particip. Buttm.
§144. n. 6. §149, p. 429. Comp. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 772.—Xen. An. 1. 2, 25.

b) of order and succession, as xos-
tov—thta, 1 Tim, 2: 13, 3: 10, Mark 4:
2B bis, noctor, deizegor, rplror—slra,
1 Cor, 12: 28. Eresta—eirar 1 Cor, 15:
7,24. inverted, v. 5,—So mee ha
Xen. Mem. 1. 2 3. Av. 1.3.

c) as a particle of continuation, then,
40 then, consequently, ete, Heb. 12
See Buttm. § 149. p. 429.—Plut. de eeu
Anim. Or. II.2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13,14,

Eite, see in Ei UL 9
"Ex, before a vowel 22, (Buttm.
§ 26. 6,) a prep. governing the genitive,

another, (comp, in %
now separated from it, either in re-
spect of place, time, source or origin,
ete. It is the direct antithesis of sis.
Sept. chiefly for 12. See Winer § 51.
Pp. 313, 314eq. Matth. § 569. Passow

absol. to run in, Acts 12: 14.2 Macc. at. Ex,

5: 96 us viv moliy, Jos, Ant. 7. 14. 6.
Xen. An. 5. 2.16.

Ecsgéon, aor. 2 elavjreyxor, aor. 1
dlonveyna, (pige,) to bear into, to bring
into, trans. and neq. sis c. acc. of place,
1 Tim. & 7 obdéy sloqriynower ig tor
xéopor, Heb. 1311. With se impl.
Luke 5:18, 19, Sept. for wary Ex. 40:
19. Num. 31: 54. al.—Jos. Ant. 3. 8, 2.
Xen.Cyr. 8.8.10, Conv. 2. 11.—Spoken
of persons, and seq. tig c. ace. of state,
condition, if to lead into, 0. g. sis
mt 7, tt, 6: 13, Luke 11: 4—

areertin Men 1 tl tds dxocis thves, to
bring to (into) the ears of any one, i.e.
to announce, Acts 17: 20. — Eurip.
Dan. 55 ss des lowe. id. Baceb. 6D
tos Méyous yag eiepiges xavois asl.
Soph. Aj. Aj, Flagell. 149, Comp. Wetstein
in loc.

31

1. Of place, which is the primary
and most frequent use, out of, from, viz.

8) after verbs implying motion of
any kind out of or from any place or
object, e.g. verbs of going, coming,
sending, throwing, falling, gathering,
separating, removing, and the like, etc.
etc. Matt. & 6 xab ov BnOleip, tx ood
yie Geleboeras jyotperos. Mark 5: 2
Matt. 7:5 Exfals njv donor dx 105 o9-
Salpot oot. 13: 52. John % 15. Luke
% 4 dvdfn "Inone tx ndlawe Natagit sis
ayy “Jovdalar. Mark 1: 11 geerh dyivero
de rir obgevisy. 9:7, Matt. 17:5. Lake
10: 18 é 10d ovgavot mevdrra. 17: UA,
2% 55. John }: 1Sanioreder && “Tegoooh,
18:1, Heb. 3:16, Matt. 15 i Aiytmrey
dadlsoa tov vidy pov. 18: 49 apogicde:
gobs morngoie tt mlowv . dx. Mark 11: 8
Exomtoy dx tev Rom. 11: 24.
Mark 12: 9 tmovestn Toe dadecroig x

*Ex

‘tity Te00. 2 Thess. 2 7 éx

sr itlte'akea ewey, Rev 25.
Mark 13: 15. dak 14 éx tig olxiag, Matt,
24: 17. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.5.) Mark 16:3
tig dnoxullots tor USor &x tiie Pbqas.
Acts 23: 10, 27:29, 30 guyeiy dx tov
aiolov. al. saepias. Comp. 1% Gesen.
Lex. 2.—Herodian. 1.15.2. Xen. H.G.
1,1. 32 puyaiy dx. An. 2.3.24 happd—
vuy én, — With a gen. of person, out of
or from whose presence, number, etc.
apy person or thing proceeds, etc. John
8: 42 dye yao de 10d Seod &tAAGor, Acts
8: 22, 23, 19:34, 20:30. 1 Cor. 5:13.
Heb. 5:1. 1 John 2:19, al. Mark 7:
20 16 dx 105 avDg. mopsvdusvoy. — Xen.
Ven. 12.9. Mem, 3. 6, 17. — Spoken
also of persons out of whom demons are
cast, or depart; Mark 7: 26,29. 9: 25,
Luke 4: 35, Here it is interchanged
with and, as Luke 4: 41. 8: 3, 33. al,
see in ’Ané I. 4. — So by Hebraism,
MioxraGar x tie doprtos turds, to come
forth out of the loins of any one, i. e. to
be born to him, Heb. 7: 5, coll. v. 10.
So Sept. and yh ax: Gem 85: 11.
2 Chr. 6: 9.

b) after verbs implying direction
‘out of or from any place, etc. thus mark-
ing the terminus de quo, the point from
which the direction sets off or tends.
Luke 5:3 é3i3aoxey és tot niolov. John
19:23 dx tev Grwdey tpartés. Mark
11:20 ouxijy éneappsrny éx g.tav. (Sept.
sariotoeps éx gifsiv Sen for B22 Job
28: 9.) Acts 28: 4 xpsucipsvoy to Suplor
de tig ze1g0¢ airov. (Hom, Od, 8. 67.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 13.) v.17. Rev. 9:13,
‘Comp. Math. § 574. p. 1133,—Jos, Ant.
14.7.1. Herodot, 4.10, Xen. An. 1.
8.10 alzov 16: Jpinava tx tiiv ative tis
sddy.oy dnorsreptya.—So by Hebraism,
in constr. praegoans; Rev. 18: 20 xg
var & Grog 1 xgiva tyiin a adriis, and
19: 2 d&eSlanos 10 olua téiv Sothew ad-
00 tx Tig zupos aitiig, i.e, God has
avenged or taken vengeance of or
from her, cic. S80 Sept. &xdiiw dx for
Roy oe: 2K. 7. Sept datyrio dx
for 779 DY wy Gen, 9: 5. yt. Set
tw v. spine & for Akers 1 Sam. 24:
16, 2 Sam. 18: — So in eonstr.
prooga: of » diferent nee, Acts 12
sobs macros dx toi Snelov x. 1. ds i, a.

these who come off conquerors from

242

Ex
or over the beast, etc.—As implying the
direction in which one is placed from
or in respect to a person etc, ee
lordvas, slvas, dx debsac, dx Setuir, O5
rieriuor, where in Engl. we use at
or on; Matt. 20: 21,23, 22 44, 25: 33,
26: 64. Mark 10: 37. Luke 1: 11. Acts
% 25,34. Heb. 1:18. So Sept. and
BR Ex. 14: 22, 29, 1 Sam. 23: 19, 94.
16: 8. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 79 3. c.
— Polyb. 5.7.12. Xen. Cyr. 8.5.15
bx Oikidis 7 dpioregds. An. 4.8.2 Eq.
7.3, Comp. also Lat. a dextra, a fron-
te; Fr. dessus, dessous, etc. Winer § 51.
p. 315.
¢) metapb. of # state or condition,
etc. out of which one comes, is brought,
or tends; after verbs of motion, direc-
tion, ete. John 10:39 étfldev de ie
xegos aitay, i.e. out of their power.
v.28, Rom, 18: 11 4 tavov dyepdijres,
Rom. & 4 iyigdn Kqurtis be renpée.
v.9. 7:4, al. Acts 17:3 avactives és
sexgiiv. v.31. 4:2. Rom. 6 13 Carrey
dx vexgtiy, 11: 15. Col, 1: 18 mgetoroneg
dx vexgiv. Rom. 7: 24 als us 6vorrens ds
* ta, Luke I: m4. 2 Cor. 1:10. &8.
Gal, 3:13 Xp. suas euyégurw be a tis
sardoas. John 12: 27 owooy pe
digas tai. Heb. 5: 7. ute: 71.
(Xen. An. 3. 2 11.) John 17:15 fw
Trenons aixois éx 00 soryged. (trop.
Acts 15: 29.) Rev, 8:10. 2 21 pe
tavojjoar &x tiie mogrelas. v. 22 9: 20,
Q1. Acts 1:25 dmocroly ef ie magiiy
"Toisas. Also Jobn 5:24, 2 Tim. 9:
26. James 5:20. 1 Pet.1: 18 et 1 Cor.
9:19, 1 Pet.&9, 2 Pet, 221. Rev.
14: 13 dvanatowrcat éx toy xine at
tov. al, saep.—Hom. Il. 10. 107. Hero-
dian. 7. 12, 13,
2. Of time, viz. of the beginning of
8 period of time, a point from which om
ward any thing takes place etc. So &
oilas pnepds, Matt, 19:12, Luke 1: 15.
al. (Sept. for “ew 7Q30 Pa Sh ML
‘et 1380 Ps. 40:1.) & vedrgrog Matt.
19: 20, ‘dx zQ0ven ixavéiv, Luke & 27.
& dexiis John & 64. de yareriic & 1.
& 100 aidvos 9:32. So Acts 9: 33
415 21, 24: 10. al. — Ael V. H. 3.4
Herodot. 3.33, Herodian. 6.2.7. Kea.
Ove. 3.10. Cyr. 8 5 12 — Hence it
may sometimes be rendered Lea Toad oe
Rom. 1:4 € dveoviewn rings, Rev.

"Ex
19: 11 de téy beta tots, after the seven,
i.e. their suceessor. So by Hebraism,
2 Pet. & 8 suigay d suégas, lit. day
aut of or as in Engl. day ajfler
days so Sept. for pi" Di Gen. 39: 10.
comp. Lev. 25: 50. Deut. 15: 20.—With
an adject. or pron. it forms sometimes
am adverb of time, e.g. & airiig se.
Soas, lit. from this time, i. e. immedi-
ately, Mark 6:25. 4 ixavel ac. zoévov,
of « long time, of old, long, Luke 23: 8,
és robrev se. zodvou, from this lime, i. ©.
afterwards, Jobn 6 66, é& deveigov,
i. e. & second time, again, Acts 10: 15.
é& roitov, Matt. 26: 44. al. Winer
§ 55. 1. c.—Diod. Sic. 15. 43 & aris.
Xen.Cyr.1.2.8 é& zoirov. Mem. 2, 9.8.
& Of the origin or source of any
thing, i. e. the primary, direct, immedi-
ate source, in distinction from dnd;
wee "4x6 III. init. Winer § 51. p. 313.
‘This is strietly the primary sense of the
genitive case itself, which is also s0
used both in N. T. and in Greek writers;
e.g. 2Cor, 4:7. 1 Thees. 5:8, Xen.
Cyr. 1.2. 1 ter—Spoken
‘8) of persons, viz. of the place, stock,
family, condition, etc. out of which one
is derived, or to which he belongs,
e. g- (a) of the place whence one ia,
where one resides, etc. Luke 8: 27
dong 115 bx viig nélews. 23:7 dus bx THs
Govolas * dock, John 3: 47.
Acta %: 84. al. So 5 a psi, of you,
i.e. of your city, ete. Col. 4: 9, 12—
‘Theocr. 1.65. Herodian. 6. 7. 7. Lu-
cian. D. Mort, 27. 9 or 7. Diod. Sic. 16,
61 ult.—So Luke 11:13 6 many & &
etgavot, heavenly father ; . eleewhere
usually dy otgarg Matt. 5: 45. 6 9, 7:
‘21, al. Comp. Xen. An. 1.2.18 of &
‘sis Gyopés, i. e. market-people. Epict.
Fragm. 161 of é sadalozpas, i.e, ath-
Tetae. Viger. p. 601—{6) of family, race, pov.
ancestors, ete. Luke 1; 5 iageis tg a
deonurgles ua v.27 et 24 a olov
JaBls. Acts 4:6. 13:21. Rom. 9: 5, 24,
Heb. 7:14. Acts 15: 23 adspos of é€
@9yGy, ie. Gentile Christians. Rom.
9: 6 of a "Togayd, i.e. Israclites, Acts
17: % &§ brig alpatos. John 3: 6 yeyer.
& tie Brnanes 7 Ogee Ba ueier
dytiga 1H “ABpadp. So ex ondg-
pootds twos, of or from the seed i.e.
family, race, of any one, John 7: 42.

243

‘Ex
Rom.1:3. 2Tim.2 8, (SoSept. for
syp-yo Ruth 4: 12, 1K. 11: 14)

Seq. gen. of the mother, yerrarSas bx
yurasés, Matt. 1: 3, 5, 6, 16, Gal. 4: 4,
22, 23. — Hom. Il. 5. 896. Arr. Exped.
A.M, 2.16.2. Herodian. 5. 7. 1.—(y) of
condition, state, etc. Jobn & 41 Sysis dx
nogrilag ob yeysrripeOa. Bo ol bs
Regetopii¢ motol, i.e. believers out of
the cireumcision, Jewish Christians,
Acts 10: 45. Rom. 4: 12. Gal, 2: 12,
b) of the source, i.e. the person,
thing, etc. out of or from which any
thing proceeds, is derived, to which it
pertains, etc. (a) geor. Mark 11: 30, 31,
38 Pémwuapat *Toxivvou d ofgaros ina
& drSgeiner, Matt, 21: 19 pris dx
oot xagnés yirmras. Luke 1:78 dvavoly
8 yous, John 4:22 § cermela te toe
*Tovdalaw torly, i. e. is first revealed to
the Jews and proceeds from them e
others. Jobn 10: 16 & otm Eater be vi
aidie tars. v.32, Luke 10: 12. John
4:18, 3:31. 1 Cor. 1% 47. 2 Cor. &
2 35 df odgavof, i, e. heavenly. Joba 2
25 Sirnog é&x tay padytéy,
ceeding from the disciples of woh.
y.27. 7:22, Acts 5: 38, 19:25. Rom.
2: 29, 10: 17, 12: 18 ro ef tpsiy, i.e. 80
far as it is of or from you, depends on
you, ete. (Hom. Il. 1. 525.) Heb. &
11. 7:6 IJohn4:7. Rev. 15 8, al.
seep. So 1 Cor. & 12 10 mvsiue 30 &
Sect, i.e. divine. 2 Cor. 8:7. 9:2
Spoken of an affection or state of mind
out of which an emotion flows, 1 Tim,
1: 5 dydiny éx xaSapas xagdlas 1 Pet. 1:
22. 2 Cor. 2% 4 dx mollis Fliyens xad
evngis xagdlas Bygaya Uyir bus ». %. 2.
—BSpoken likewise of any source of
knowledge, Matt. 12: 83 éx yég tot xag-
0% 16 dévdgor yuresonstas. Luke 6: 44.
John 12 34 susig ttxotvoapey be 20b vo—
. Rom. 2 18, (Ken. An. 7. 7. 48
fis) Or of proof, James 2 18 dsitw cor
bs sy Toya pov tiy xlowy pov. 3: 13.
Or of the source from which any judg
ment is drawn, from, out of, where in
Engl. by, according to ; Matt. 12: 87 é
pig tay Liyeer cov dxausdion x + 2,
Luke 19: 22 & 205 otbyanss cov piv
oa. Rev. 20: 12. — Sept. én voli xingow
pegutic thy xdngavouley Num. 26: 56,
where é& for "g~by. Xen. Cyr. 22.
21 de sé7 Igyew sab aired nqwdperes,

’Ex

ib. 2, 3. 6.—(f) As marking not only the
source and origin, but also the character
of any person or thing as derived from
that source, ete. implying connexion,
dependence, adherence, devotedness,
likeness, ete. John 7: 17 yroboeras mepi

tis Sidaziis, métsgoy & rob Sot fous.
8 47 6 Gly bx 100 D208 1a Gijpora 10d
S208 droves, x42, 1 John % 29, 3:9,
10. 4: 1, 2,3, 4,6. al. John 8: 44 é tot
S.aBétov, 1 John 3:8. John 3: 6,8, éx ris
augris. John 3:31 dx tig 7g, bis. 8:23
& tar waite, & tay dive, John 17: 14,16,
& tot xdopov. 1 Jobn 2: 16. 4:5. al—
Trop. of the source of character, quality,
etc. implying adherence to, connexion
with, etc. John 18: 37 mag 6 chy éx tig
din Salas. 1 John 2: 21, 3:19, Gal. 3:10
Boor yiig 4s Sgyeer rdpou slaty. v. 126 d8
vopos obs tory éx mlorews. Hence éx with
its gen. preceded by the article, forms a

ripbrasis for an adj. or particip. . g.
6 é& sloteox, lit. a person of faith, a
Believer, ig. 6 motedwx, Rom, 3: 26.
Gal. 3:7,9. Rom. 4:16 6 é& mlotsug
“4Boadp, i.e. a person of Abraham’s
faith, who believes as he did, etc. Bo 6 dx
vopou, one of the law, i.e. one under
the law, an adherent of it, etc. Rom. 4:
14,16, Also Rom. 2 8 of & dosSelas,
i. g. Uglortes. v.27 9 de piozws dxgo-
verte, iq. puoi. Tit. 2 8 8 & évav-
tas, i. q. 0 évartlos.

€) of the motive, ground, occasion,
whence any thing proceeds, the in-
cidental cause, from, out of, ive. by
reason of, because of, in consequence
of, etc. John 4: 6 xeomaxsle dx tis
Sdouroglag. James 4: 1 oix éresider bx
tiv jdordy «1.1. Rev. 8 11, 13 obal
& tiv Loinciy puvey x11. 16: 10,31, 21.
So 2Cor. 13: 4 doravgaidy & doderias,
GUG Oj de Suvdpens Fe0¥, x... 1 Tim.
6: 4, Heb, 7: 12 & dvayxij. (Herodian,
1.4.12.) Phil. 1:16, 17, of wav a dyo-
aig, of 83 a de.9elas. al_—Herodian. 1.
14, 4. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 31. An. 2. 5. 5.
Conv. 8, 22.—S0 dixaroiy, duxasorSivos
& nlotews, from faith, i.e. on account of,
by, through, etc. Rom. 3 30, 5 1.
Gal. 2 16. 3:24. al. (elsewhere c. dat.
alates, Rom. 3:28.) dix, & tgyar, Rom.
3:20, 4:2, Gal, 2: 16 bis. al. dixaos
&& nloteog Rom. 1:17. dixasovtrn dx
lotews Rom. 9: 30. 10: 6.

244

d) of the efficient cause, agent, etc.
that from which any action or thing
proceeds, is produced, effected, from, by,
ete, Rom. 9:12 et Gal. 5: 8 é 100
xalotrsos. 1 Cor. & i 6 ert.
2 Cor. 1: 11 de woldeey 40 sig Hyttg zo-
oropa. So 2E guenron, of myself, John
12: 49, Likewise Matt. 1: 18 é yoorg?
Kyowa be my. dy. v.20 16 dy anh yw.
dx mreiperdg tovwv dyiov. Rom. 9:10 &
drag wolrqy Kzouse, comp, in Kobra. —
Bo especially for iné or mugd after
passive verbs, where in the active con-
struction the gen. after éx would be-
come the nominative ; Buttm. § 134. 3.
Matth. § 574. p. 1135, John 6: 65 dar
Mj Bsdopivor aing tx 105 margés pov.
2 Cor. 22 & dumotpsros & euod. 7: 9.
Epb, 4:16. Phil. 1:23. Rev. 2:11. 92,
18.—Hom. Od. 7. 70. Herodot. 2. 151
16 noipSiy be e905. ib. 7.175. Xen.
H. G. 3. 1. 6. Hiero 7. 6

) of the manner or mode in which
any thing is done, etc. out of, from, im
Engl. in, with, etc. Mark 12: 30, 33,
dyangy & dlys tiie xagdlas xad & Slag
tis puris xt. 2 Luke 10: 27, Acts &
37. Romn. 6: 17 é& xapdlac, i.e. heartily.
Eph. 6: 6 é& yogis. (Xen. Oce. 10. 4.)
Rom. 14: 23 bis, ox éx nlotews, not owt
of faith, i.e. not in or with faith.
1 Thess 2 3 otn de micvys, ob8i &
éxaSagelas, obre ty ddly.—So where in
Engl. of, according to, ete. 2 Cor. 8 11
& tot Eu, ie. according to your
ability. v. 13, [14,] 4 iodeytos. (Hero-
dot, 7. 135 é& isov.) Matt, 12 34. John
3: 31 de tis vig Aaded, & 44. 1 John
4:5, 1Pet.4: 11 a iogtoc fe mah
—Arr. Dive, Ep. 1. 22.1. ib. 2,17, 22
Herodian. 1.4. 21. Ael. V.H.1. 21. Xen.
An. 4,2, 23, ib.6.4,9.—So in an adverbial
tente, ©. g. dx megiavoi, abundanlly, ex-
ceedingly, Mark 6:51. 14:31. éx psgows,

ex parte, i. e. in part, partly, 1 Cor. 12
27. 13: 9,10,12. é& pérgou, measurably,
moderately, John 3: 34. dx cuppeivov,
i.e. by mautual consent, 1 Cor. 7: 5.
Comp. Winer § 55. 1. c. — Herodot. 6.
85. Polyb. 2.46.1. Xen. Mem. 3, 11.8
H. G. 6. 5.16. Thue. 3. 43, 67.

f) of the means, instrument, instru-
mental cause, from, i.e. by means of, by,
through, with, etc. Luke 16: 9 D sonjouss
favtols pllovg & soi papewd, ie. by

‘Eu
means of. John 3 5 day py 21g yerrg Ohh
& Bats. 1 Cor. 9: 1d de vob ebeyyallov
gj, coll. v.13. John 9: 6, Heb, 11: 35.
Rev. 3: 18 zovoloy mexugousivor bx
wuges. 17: 2, 6. 18: 3,19. So with
verbs of filling, being full, ete. Matt, 23
25 iawie yivovow a égnayis xad

Gdixlas. Jobn 12:3, Rev. 8: 5. Comp.
Math. § 996. n. 2 § 574. p. 1133. —
Judith 9: 10, Ecclus. 13: 11. For. Hee,
573, Soph, El. 308, Aj. 537. Ken. Occ.
13.6. Apol. 4. — Hence aleo of the
price, se nae Of seauitiog apy thing
etc, Matt, oy joag psta sar
loyacur tx Sgragtan, col v in 7:7
Syoqagar & airisy (steyughi) roy dypéy.
Acts 1: 18. Here é& c. gen, is equiva-
Jent to the simple gen. which is the
usual construction ; Buttm. § 132, n. 1,
and 6. 2. Math. § 364. Winer § 51.
p-316.—Ep. Jer. 25. Palaeph. 46. 3,4.

8) of the material, viz. of, out eh from,
Matt. 27: 29 arigavoy & ai
Joba % 15 gparitlioy, te oxoolar,
Rom. 9:21. 1 Cor. 11:8. Eph 5 5: 30.
Heb. 11:3, Rev. 18: 12. 21:21. Comp.
Matt. § 374. b. 0. Winer ]. ¢. p. 314.
— Herodot. 2. 71, 96. Herodian. 8. 4,
27. Diod. Sic. 1. 20. Xen. Conv. 8. 32.

h) of a whole Jn relation to a pert,
a whole from which « part is spoken
of, ie. Partraly 1 Cor. 12: 15, 16,
ote siut v. obx Fats 100 cepetos. Acts
10:1. So after toSia, giyoua, ahve,
to eat or drink of any thing, i. e. part of
it, ©. g. €oSie dx 1 Cor. 7. 11:28. pa-
yous & Luke 22:16, John 6 26. Rev.
2:7, selves dx Matt. 26: 27, 29. John 4:

12, 13,14. Rev. 14:10. 18:3, al. The
classic writers employ here the simple
genitive, Buttm. § 192. 4.2.d. Sept.
doSiss bx for 7 b3 2 Sam. 12: 3.
2K.4:40. geyouos éx Ecclus. 11: 19.
nivuy é for yQ TiN 2 Bam. 12 3.
Geo. 9: 21. Comp. the like use of dxé
in ’ 4x6 UI. 7.—Also after other verbs,
where an aceus. would imply the whole,
and where classic writers put the sim-
ple genitive; e. 8 Mate. 25: 8 dozs pir
& 100 Dalov tpi. . John & 11. (1 Chr.
2:14.) Sobn 1: 16 é roi ‘mAngehuatos
einai pals mavres Wafoper. Rev. 18: 4.
1 Cor. 10: 17 maivees tx tot big Egrov
perizoper, Matt. 13: 47 cairn bx navris
Yio, ovvaydyovca. Comp, Buttm.

245

“Exastos

$189. 4.2 c.—Spoken of a class or
umber out of which one is separated,
@f which be forms part, ete. Jobn 1:
UA of oar tx tiv Cue
oaley. 2 Tim. 3:6. Mark 14: 69 ovrog
& aiséy tony. Luke 2% 3. Acts 21: 8
— Xen. Mem. 1. 0. ib, 3 6 17.
Comp. in Bip! I. b. 7.— 80 Phil. 4:
22 of dx tii Kaloag jog oixlas, Acts 6: 9,
Rom. 16: 10 of dx ter “ApiatoBotilou—
Thue. 8. 92 of éx roi Gotsax. Plut. Cie.
3. Xen, Cyr. 8.3.5. H. G. 2.3. 18—
After a numeral or pronoun; e. g. lg
etc, Matt. 10: 29 f» é aide. Mark 9:
17. Luke 15: 4, al. 80 Mark 16: 12,
John 1: 35. mivts & abréiy Matt. 25:2,
moéinog & Acts 26:23. dextrny dx Heb,
7:4, (Xen. H.G. 1.2.9.) After rig i in-
def. Heb. fi tes 4 tpdiv. James
2:16, tsvég Luke 11: 15, Acts 12: 20.
Rom. 11: 14. (Herodian. 3.2.18. Dem.
1265. 28,) After sis interrog. Matt. 21:31
tls éx tay 800. Luke 11:5. John 8: 46.
al. After oi8eds John 7: 19. etc. — So
with sk, ruvés, implied, Matt. 23: 34,
Luke 21: 16. Jobn 9: 40, 16:17, Rev.
3 9, Comp. Winer § 51. p. 314,

Nor. In composition é& implies
1. removal, out, from, off, away, as dx
Balve, dfcidle, éxpign. 2. continu-
ance, as éxrsive, 3. comple-
tion, in full, as éxdanavee. 4. Hence
genr. intensive, as ixdylos, danctae,
éxragdoow. AL,

“Exaotos, 7, ov, (superl. fr. txds . -
separate, Buttm. § 78. 3,) each, every one,"”.~
sc, of any number separately.

2) genr. Matt. 16: 27 dnodioss Exiory
xara Thy meat aitos. Luke 6: 44
Secrvor dérdgor. John 7: 53. Rom. 2

6. al. Seq. gen. plur, Matt. 26: 22
Sxaotos aitéw. John 6: 7. Rom. 14: 12.
al.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 6. — This idea of
separation or singling out is expressed
still more strongly by eg Zxacrog, each
one, Acts 20: 31 vyovSerar fra
Eph. 4: 16, Rev. 21:21. al. Seq.
plur. Luke 4:40, Acts 2: 3. al. (Xen.
‘An. 6.6, 12.) So in xa? ixcoryy jpd—
gay, where it strengthens the distribu-
tive force of xatd, Heb. 3:13, Rev. 22:2,
—Xen. H. G. 2, 1. 27,

b) distributively, in construction with *
plural verbs, where it is in apposition

“Exaowore

th a plur, noun implied ; Matt. 18:
tar pi doe Leaoes 16 Shing
hn 16: 32, Heb. 8: 11. al.
ple. ‘Acts 11: 29. (Xen. Cyr.
Bo ie Exaotos, Acts 2 6 —

yer
bei

1 Cor.1% 18,—Xen.H.G. 7.1.92 Ar.
“Exaotore, adv. (Esactos,) each

time, ever, always, i.e. assiduously,
1 Pet. 1: 15.—Xen. Conv. 1. 14.

‘Exatoy, of, of, ta, a hundred,
Matt. 18: 12, 28. John 19: 39, al. —
‘Adverbielly, an hundred-fold, centuple,
Matt. 13: 8. Mark 4: 8. al, comp. Luke
68 A

‘Exarovradiys, ov, 6,4, or éxa~
sovrasrng, £0¢, ous, 5, ty adj. (Exator,
Fros,) a hundred yeare old, Row. 4: 19.
Sept. for m2g may 14 Gen. 17: 17. —
On the form and flexion comp. Buttm.
§ 56. n. 4. § 70.0.2 Ausf. Sprachl.
$56. n. 7. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 407,

‘Exarovianiactor, ovos, 5, 4,
adj. (Buttm, § 71.3) a hundred-fold,
centuple, Luke 8 8 xagray ixert. Matt. 19:
20. Mark 10:30. Sept. for vas mR
2 Sam. 24: 3.—Xen. Occ. 2, 3.

“Exatovrapyns and éxator—
tapzos, ou, 8, (ixetdr, Kez) a cen-
turion, see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 370.
In -n¢, Acts 10: 1, 22. 24: 23,
31.—Jos. Ant. 9. 7. 2, Herodian. 5. 4.
12, — In -o¢, Matt. 8: 5,8, 13, 27: 54,
Luke 7: 2, 6, 23: 47, Acte 21: 32. 22
25, 26. 23: 17,23. 27:6, 11,43. 28. 16.

Sept. for ning ap Ex. 18 25. Deut.
1: 15, — Herodian. 2. 13, 8, Xen. Cyr.
5. 8. 41 bis.

* ExBatvoo, sor. RESiBr9, to go out;
20 Griesb. Heb. 11: 15 dg 4 efrcar,
for &j1Goy in text. rec. Sept. for mby
Josh. 160g Jom. Ant. 15. 1.3 Xen.
H. .

Depaaio, aor, 2 é3éfalor, plupf.
without augm. éfefdjxer Mark 16: 9,
comp. Buttm. § 83. n. 6; to throw out,
to cast out, trans. Comp. in Belle.

a) genr. and with the idea of force,

246

ExBaces

impulee ; neq. 29 c. acc. of place, Matt.
15:17 aly dgsOgava Uxdlletes, Acts
27: 38, Matt. 8 12. 25: 30. Sepe. for
They Lev. 14: 40.—Ceb. Tab, 14. ab-
vol, "Xen. Vect. 4, 2.—Seq, cEar c. gen.
of place, Matt. 21: 39 é8¢f. Eka rot ap-

j meldivos. So Ew ©. gen. imp), Luke 20:

12, John 8: 34,35. 12:31. Comp. Sept.
Lev. 14: 40. — In the sense of fo force
out, to thrust out, to urge or drive ott,
ote. Mark 9 47 tir Sp Sadypr. Mark
12 16 mmipa aitor éxfallas tis
Egnuor. +Jobn 10: 4 xgéfera
comp. dye in v.3 Seq. de ©.
of place, John 2: 15 xavras def. & ro
iagoé. 3John 10. Seq. Ew ¢.
Luke 4: 29 tw rij¢ molsws, Acts 7: 58.
ie c. gen. impl. Luke 8 54 John &
37, ec. rig Bacislas, 12:31. - x8
c. gen. of place, Acts 13: 50 i ex
réy iglav. Absol. but a place
impl. Matt, 9:25. Luke 19:45. Acts
16: 37. Gal. 4: 30. Spoken of demons,
to cast or drive out, fo expel, sc. from the
body of any one, e. g. x0 tuv0g Mark
16:9. % suvog Mark 7:26. genr. Matt.
7: 2. Mark 1:34, 39, Luke 9: 40—In.
the sense of to send oul, sc. doytres sig
tor Dequopoy Matt. 9:38, Luke 10:2
Bo to send eway, to send of, James &
25.—Metaph. in the sense of fo cast out
se, to scorn and reproach, to rgect, Luke
6 22 draw dnfiders 16 Broa Spar ds
xorngoy tena x. +2. i.e. when they
shall falsely slander you, i.g. sixes:
ny nomosr Gina x8? incr

Syexev x,t, 1, Matt. 5: 11, — Ael. V. HL
18, 16 of a rejected actor. Dem. 449.
19.

b) the idea of force being dropped,
to take out, to extract, to remove, ete.
Matt. 7: 4 éxBdihee 10 xdggpos ane ret
99. v. 5 dx tod bp. Luke 6: 42. So
to bring out or forth, etc. Luke 30: 35.
Matt. 12: 35 bis. v. 20 fac dv dxBeily ais
vleog tiv xplovy,, quoted from Is, 42 8,
where Sey. sis aljSear olen aplew
for Heb. baz x's nyKt.
throw out, i. €. not te
Rev. 11: 2 niv atdjy viv KeSer ixfels
Kio; a0 the writer explains it by add-
ing the neg. xab wy aingy psteyege.

"ExBeats, enc, 4, (ixpelve,) «
going out, egress, Pol. 4.64,5. InN. T.

rel

"Bxpoh}

spoken of egress from life, exif, end, Heb.
3% 7 Exfenis tig avacrgogiis. — Wied.
%17. comp. Pol. 3.7. 2,—Trop. of the
exit of any thing, i. ©. result, event, end,
1 Cor. 10: 19. — Wind. 8: 9. Phavor.
Eefasw* viv xijquow, iy xabory,

‘ExBody, 78,4, (txpédde,) a cast
ing out, sc. of the iading of a ship in

order to lighten her, Lat, jactura. Acts
Q7: 18 &foljy éxovodrto. So Sept. for
Dror Jon. 1: 5, — Aristo. Eth. 3,1.
Dem. 926. 17.

*Exyayite, f. low, to marry out,
trans. i.e. to give in marriage, abtol.
1 Cor. 7: 38 bie, comp. T'aplfe. Pane.
Mau. 22: 30. 24: 38. Luke 17: 27.

* Exyatoxea, i. q. éxyoplie, Pass,
Luke 20: 34, 35.

* Exyovos, ov, 4, 4, adj. (dxylvopes,
perf. 2 txyiyove,) lit. sprung from, born
Qf; Jos. Ant. 2.12. 1 &yaSdr xad peyd-
Jey dvdquy ixyoror. Hence a descend-
‘ant of any kind, as son, daughter, grand-
chiki, etc. Ammonius p. 47, Hom. Il.
5. 813. ib. 20. 206. al.—In N. T. neut.
ta Exyova, descendants, spec. grandchil-
dren, | Tim. 5: 4 rixva @ txyova, Sept.

nr. for Is, 49:15. te Deut.
5.10. ote, op Deut, 7: 13. Is, 14:

29. — Herych. bye a+ tha tizver.
genr. Xen, Lac. 1

"Exounardo, op £.tjow, to spend
out, i. e. entirely, fo consume; Pass. to
be consumed, to be entirely spent, spoken
of one’s life, powers, etc. img tiv0g
@ Cor. 12: 15,—Pol. 17. 11. 10. Comp.
Kypke ad loc.

"Exdcyouat, f. fopar, to receive
from any quarter, trans, Ecclue. 18: 14.
"Herodot. 2. 166 ult. or in succession,
in turn, Hom, Hl. 13.710, Herodot, 4.
39.—In N. T. inchoatively, to be about
to receive from any quarter, i.e. to wait
Sor, to look for, to expect, trans, Jobn 5:
B dxdsz, vir toi YWar0g xlrnauy. Acts 17:
46. 1 Cor. 11:33, 16:11. Heb. 11;
James 5:7. absol. Heb. 10: 13. [1 Pet.
3: 2OLPol. 3. 45.6. ib. 20, 4. 5.

“Exéndos, ou, 6,4, adj. (d intens.

BFilos,) iq. Silos but stronger, guile
2 Pim. 8: 9.—3 Mace.

» conspicwons,
& 5. Pel. 8. 8. 4.

247

* Exdiamas

*Bxdnpdeo, &, £. sam, (tedyos,)
to ge out from one’s people, to Be absent

from one’s country, Jos. Ant, 9.4.6 te

Onpiioartos 08 cig Japacxdy “Elisoalov
rob xpopytov. Arr. Diss. Ep. 1. 4.22
Comp. E&Bnuos Xen. Cyr. 8. 5, 26.—In
N.T. genr. fo be absent from any place,

person, ete, 2 Cor, 5: 6, 8,9. Comp.

*Anobndes.
"Exdidome, £. txdsiow, to give out,
i. ©. to pisblish, e. g.a book, decree, ete.
— & 4. Pol. 2. 37.6. to deliver out
» @&. g. @ person, Pol. 3.8.8, 10,
Xen An. 6, 6,10, 18. to place out sc.
in marriage, to give in marriage, Sept.
Ex. 2 22. Herodian. 1.8, 6, En ‘to give
out on hire, to let out, Ael. V. H. 14. 15.
Pol. 6.17. 2—In N. T. Mid. éxd’dopes,
to let out, to hire out, se. for one's own
benefit, e. g. duxeléva, Matt. 21: 33, 41.
Mark 12: 1, Luke 20: 9,

*Exdayyéoucn, ovpes, £. joopes,
(Binyiowas,) to tell out, to relate in full,
trans, Acts 13 41, 15:3, Sept. for

“agp Ez, 12: 16. Heb, 1:5, — Ecclus,

33: 8. 42:17.

* Exdexéo, ©, £ hoe, (iebenos,) to
execule right and justice, viz.

a) to do justice t0, o maintain one’s
right, to defend one’s cause, Luke 18: 5.
Bo in constr, praegn. Luke 18:9
Bianasy pa dd 105 dvniBlzow
fn “Ax 1. b.—Sept. Ps, 37: 28. 1 Mace,
6: 22, 1% 6.

b) fo avenge, i.e. to make penal satis-
faction; Roun. 12: 19 yo dovtoig dx
Scxotrtes, coll. v. 17,20. 80 to take
vengeance of, +lo, punish, eg in the
constr. praegn. 10 alua and tev0s or te
suv0s, blood from or at the hand of any
one, Rev. 6: 10. 1% 2, Comp. in "Ex
1.b. So Sept. for 13 0B? 2K. & 7,
comp. also for 772 74 Deut. 18: 19.
28 Hos, 1: 4. — Herodian. 2. 6. 13,
Dein. 801. 24.—In the seuse fo punish,
simply, 2 Cor, 10:6 adcay napaxoqy.
Bo Sept. and oe? Ex. 21:20. opp
Ob, 21.—Ecclus, 3. 28: 21.

" Exdixnoce, eae, %, (dxBicdey) exe
cution of right and Justice, viz.

a) maintenance of right, support, pro-
tection ; hence noseiv éxdixnosy, i. q-
bdinir, to maintain one’s right, to de-

“Exdinog 248 * Bxeivos
one’s cause, seq. gen. of pers. for Matt. 2% 18 nad tds det Sage. t.d &
whom, Luke 18: 7, 8. seq. dat. of pers.” 24, 6: 21.12 45. James 23.01 So

whom, Acts 7: 24. Comp. Sept.
Tudg. 11: 96, 2 K. 22: 48.

b) avengement, vengeance, i.e. penal
retribution, Rom. 12:19, Heb. 10: 30.
Sept. for 72723 2 Sam. 4: 8. Ps, 79:10,
Jer, 11: 20. PB Hos. 9: 7,—In the
sense of vindictive justice, punishment,
Luke 21: 22 sugar Exdimjorus. 2 Thess,
1:8 1 Pet.214. So 2 Cor. 7:11,
referring to the evil doer ; comp. v. 12.
Comp. Sept. for Dp: Mic. 5: 15.—Ec-
clus, 7: 17. 47: 95,"

“Exdixos, ov, 6, 4, (é dle) pp.
executing right and justice; hence, a
retributer, avenger, punisher, Rom. 13: 4.
1 Thess, 4: 6. — Wisd. 12: 12. Ecclus.
30: 6. Aristaenet. 1.27. Herodian. 2.
M4. 6. ,

'Exduoxa, f. te, to pursue out,
to drive out of or from a place etc.
Sept. for m1 Deut. 6: 19. on
Joel 2:20, Chald. ‘170 Dan. oa,
Hence in N. T. to persecute, trans. i. q.
isin, but stronger, Luke 11: 49,
1 Thess. 2: 15. Sept. for AT} Ps.
119: 157,—Eoclus, 30: 19.

“Exdoros, ou, 6, 4, adj. (éxdi3eapn)
delivered out or up, Acts 2: 23, — Bel
and Drag. 26, Jos, Ant. 6.13.9, He-
rodot. 6. 85, 2 /

"Exdozn, 78, %, (&dizouas) o
waiting for, expectation, Heb. 10: 27.

* Exdva, f. 400, as intrans. to go or
come out of, tdi psydgoro Hom. Od.
22, 334; hence in the trans. relation, fo
pul off ec. clothes ; comp, Buttm. § 114

jie. — In N.'T. to put of, to strip
one of hie clothes, fo unclothe; with
two accus. Matt. 27: 31 &h3uay aitoy
ayy glapide, Mark 15:20, c. acc. of
pers. Matt, 27: 28. Luke 10: 30. See
Boum. § 131. 5. Sept. for nvip Gen.
87:92. Num. 20: 28,—Xen, Cyr. 1.3,
17. ¢. ace. of garm. ib. 1.4. 26, absol,
An. 4.3.12. — Mid. to lay off one’s
clothes, fo unclothe oneseff, trop. of the
mortal body, 2 Cor. 5: 4, vee in Ty
vis be

* Exet, adv. of place, there, i. e.

8) of place where, there, in that place,

by impl. Luke 13: 26 duet Eotas 6 xlerv—
Spo x. 1.4, a8 in the corresponding
paseagen, Matt. 8:12. 13: 42,50, 24:
51. 25:30. Also of éxti, those there, i.e.
‘those who were there, Matt. 26: 71.
Sept. for bs} Gen. % 8, 12.—Xen. H.G.
3.2.14. of, éxet ib. 1, 6. 4.—By Heb.
joined with dnov, as Onov éxei, where,
Mark 6: 55, Rey. 12: 6,14. So Sept.
for py “wi | Sam. 9: 10, Gen. 13: 4
Comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 743. Stuart
§ 478. b.

'b) by attraction, spoken of place
whither, thither, to that place, after verbs
of motion, instead of éxéiae, vee Buttm.
§ 151. I. 8. Winer Gr. § 58. 7. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Matt. 2: 22 épofty—
On tut Gmeldeiy, i.e. for the sake of
remaining there. Mark 6: 33. Luke
12 18. 17:37. John 11:8 183, al
So Matt. 17: 20, coll, 21:21. So Sept.
and py Deut. 1: 87. Judg. 18 3
2 Sam. 18. for rmauy Deut 4: 42,
—Herodian. 4.8.9, Xen. H. G. 1.29.
ib, 7.1.27. Ax.

’ Exet@ev, adv. (det, Buttm. §116,
6,) thence, from that place, Matt, 4: 21
woop dxcidey. 5:26. 9:9,27. Acts 1%
4, 20: 13, al. So of éutiSey, those from
thence, i.e. those who belong there,
Luke 16:26. Sept. for nin Gen. 2&
2, 6.—Xen. H. G. 1. 6 40." An. 5. 6, 24,
of duiSey Eur. Hec. 719, ed. Porson
AL,

*Exetvoc, n, 0, pron. demons.
(éxsi,) that, that one there, plur. these
equiv. to an emphatic he, she, if, or to
he there, she there, it there. When in an
antithesis or opposition, it usually refers
to the person or thing more remote or
absent ; elsewhere to the next preced-
ing, which it thus often renders more
definite and emphatic. Matt. § 471.
Passow Lex.

8) in antithesis etc. referring to the
more remote subject, e. g. with otros,
Luke 18: 14 xatiBq obrog 8eBucunyeérog
# yap éxtivos. Jumes 4:15. So genr.
Matt. 13: 11 dpi dé80ra1—dxalvors 36 oF

* dé8ores. Mark 16: 20. Jobn 5: 35, 47.

8: 42. Heb. 12 25. al. saep. So Luke
18:4 coll. v2, 19: 27 coll, v. 14, 96.—

‘Exetvos

Lue. D, Mort. 14. 6 or 9, Xen, Cyr. 1.
4. 19 obto1—éxtivos, An. 3, 1, 91,29,

b) without antith. referring to the
person or thing immediately preceeding
or Just mentioned. (a) genr. Matt. 17:
27 sigioes orariga: dxivor lefar 36g
xt, Acts 3:13 Tddrov, xplrarrog
dxelvov. Mark 3: 24, 16: 10, 11,13, John
4: 25, 5: 19, 48. 7: 45, 18: 6, 27. Rom.
14: 14. 2 Cor. 8: 9. James 1:7 6
SvSpurros éxsivos. 2 Pet.1:16. 1 John
5:16, al, Comp. Winer § 23. 1. Math,
lc. Passow sub voc. — Xen. Mem.
1,3. ib. 1.3.13, Cony. 2. 25.—So with
a subst. of time, and referring to a time
more or less definite, e. g. é tats jud-
gag éxzivous Matt. 3: 1 Luke 2:1. 4:2.
al. &y dxelyag rats ip. Matt. 24: 19,
Mark 1:9, 2:20. al. dy tf fu. easly
Matt. 7:22. 13:1. al. dy daakry th ie
Matt. 22: 23. Mark 4:35. al. da’ deel-
yng tis Gp. Matt. 22 46, (Xen. An. 1,
7. 18.) So Matt. 8:13, 10: 19. 9: 22,
11: 25, 12: 1, Acts 12: 1. 19: 23, —
(8) Emphatic, like the Engl. that, he, ete.
where however the emphasis lies in the
construction, and not in the word itself.
‘Thus where it is put instead of repeat-
ing the subject ete. (comp. in Airés I.
B.) Mark 7:15 6 dsnogevipera én’
aritol, dxiive dows x. 1. 2 v.20, Jobo I:
186 povor eric vidg—baivos auyjooto.
5: 116 moujoas we tyti, dxtivoc wor elnev.
9: 37. 10: 1. 12 48, 14: 26. Rom. 1
14, 2 Cor. 10: 18, al. — Xen, Cyr. 6.
1,17. ib. 6. 2. 33.—Or whore it intro-
duces a following clause, e. g. before a
relative, John 13: 26 éxaivos gots, dh x.1.2,
Rom 14: 15. Jobn 10: 35. Heb. 6: 7.
11:15. So neut. divo before drs,
Matt, 24: 43 desivo yucoxere, Sts x. 1. 2.
—Xen. Cyr. 2, 1.3,21.—Especially for
persons well known and celebrated ;
comp. in Aittos 1.2.b. Matt. 27: 68

duis 5 mldvos. Bo of J 0 = eb ds
11 nob dow dagy 2 8
1 Jobn & 3, 5, 7.,*Lue. Derif t

Ael, V. H. 2. id Dem. 308. 18, -ila
like manner 9 ‘iuéga éxelyn” refers
to the time of Christ’s second coming,
Matt. 7:22, 26:29. Acts 2:18. 2 These,
1: 10. Rev, 16: 14, of. ahem 118-48 o:8

2) git. éxelyg,anan adv. for éealrns
Sdo%, that way ; Luke 19: 4 drs daslrns
Hyslls 3udgxeoGas, whore text. rec. hat

32

249

“Exdetos

22 dxelons. Comp, Buttm, § 115, n. 3.
Matth. § 377.1. § 486. Ax.

” Exetae, adv. (det Buttm. § 116.
6,) thither, to that place, Ken. H. G. 1. 6,
10. ib. 2.2.2. In N. T. by attraction,
instead of éxzi, there, in that place, comp.
in “Ket b. Buttm. § 151.1. 8 Herm.
ad Vig. p. 790, 893. Acts 21: 3, 22 5
xad tous éxtioe Ovtas.—Sept. Job 39: 29,
Act. Thom. 8. Jos. Ant. 3.2.1 ta éxei-
as idvy, Herodian. 2.9.15. Only in
later writers, cf. Passow.

* Extntdeo, 0, £. jou, to seek out,
to search out, ec. any thing lost, Sept.
for w77 Ez. 34: 11. apa Ez. 34: 12,
IoN.T. metaph. viz.

a) to inquire diligently, to scrutinize,
©. €. megh revo 1 Pet, 1: 10, where it is
parall. with degevrde. Sept. for “ph
Ps. 44: 22.—Ecclus. 39: 3,

b) to seek after, i. @. to endeavour te
gain, to solicit, trans. Heb. 12: 17 pera
Saxgien dxtqeqoas aii. Rept. for
wen Pe. 122 9. waz 1K. 14: 5.
Mic. 6:8. — By Hebraism, in the sense
of to require, lo demand, e. g. batt vb
alud T1v0¢ cid tevos, i, 8. to avenge, to
punish, Luke 11: 50, 51. S80 Sept.
2 Sam. 4: 11.

wy

¢) from ‘the Heb. Exinrety tov Geo,
to seek out God, i.e. to turn to him,
humbly and sincerely to follow and
obey him, Acts 15:17. Rom. 3: 11.
Heb. 11:6. So Sept. and tp Deut.
4:29. Jer. 29: 13. Deut. 4: 29.
2 Chr. 15: 2, 18,—Ecclus. 24: 34.

’ ExdapBéa, ©, f. jow, (bedop-
Bos,) to astonish outright, to amaze,
Aquil. for nga Job 33:7, Ecclus, 30: %
—InN. T, Pass. ZxSapPeopat, ovat,
to be greatly amazed, astonished, sc. from
admiration, Mark 9:15. from terror,
“Mark 16: 5,6, from distress of nzind,
Mark 14: 33, where it is paral. with
umtioSar Matt. 26:37. Comp. Tittm.
de Synon. N. T. p. 134.

"Exdaupos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (ts,
SapBos,) quite astonished, greatly amaz-
wed, Acta 3: 11.—Pol, 20. 10.9.

" Exd-erog, ov, 5,%, adj. (das Onps,)
exposed, e. g. 08 an infeat; hence Acts

*Exuadaige

7:19 mowiy ExGera 1a Boden, ig. éx-
tiSivas 16 Boden, i.e. to expose. Comp.
Ex. c. 2, — So Philo de Vit. Mos. I.
p. 604 toy maida xnSiaos ib. ddeadgy
tot exredévtos Bedpous. Ael. V. H. 2.7.

" Exxadaipa, £. agé, (xadalge,)
to purge out, i.e. to cleanse thoroughly 3
pp. 1a¢ donldas txxxaSuguivas, i.e.
burnished, Xen. An. 1.2.16, In N.T.
metaph. c. acc. of pers. Savtdy and t1v0¢
2Tim.% 21. Sept. for yx Judg. 7:
4.—Xen.Conv. 1. 4.—Seq. sec. of thing,
to cleanse out, to put away, ete. 1 Cor.
5:7. — Dinarch. contra Aristogit. p. 67
nad. niv dwpodoxlar. pp. Sept. Deut.
26: 13,

*Exxcaceo, wor. 1 pase, sexadyy,
to cause to burn or flame out, i. ©. to kin-
die, trans. Herodot. 4. 134, Sept. for
sz Ex. 22:6, Judg. 15: 5. metaph.
xéy" méiepor Plut. Agesi. 31 med.—In
N. T. Pass, or Mid. to burn out, to flame
up, intrans, i. e. to be inflamed, to burn
vehemently ; metaph. éy tf dodger, with
Just, Rom. 1: 27.—Of anger, Sept. for
axa Ps. 212. Jer. 4: 4. jwiy Deut,
29:20. So Diod. Sic. 14. 108, “Pol. 9.
10.10. pp. Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 14.

’ Exxaxdo, @, £. io, (dx, xaxds,)
pp. to turn out a coward, i.e, to lose
one’s courage; in N.T. genr. to be
fainthearted, to faint, to despond, se. in
view of trial, difficulty, etc. intrans.
Eph. 3: 18 alrofpas yeh dexaxeiy dy aig
Sdiysol pov imig Sar. 2 Cor. 4:1,16.
— In the sense of to be remiss, slothful,
se. in duty, Luke J8: 1. Gal. 6: 9.
2 Thess. 3: 13. — Hesyeh. dexaxodpey *
Gushoium, aaydiduer. Pol. 14. 19. 10,
where others éyxoxéon

* Exxertéo, dy f. jou, to prick oul,
to pierce out, trans. @. g. tous B@Iahpots,
Ael. H. A. 17. 20. comp. Valckn. Diatr.
p- 203. In N.T. to pierce through, to
trangfir, trans. John 19: 37. Rev. 1: 7.
Comp. Zech. 12:10, where Sept. for
“py 9s also Judg. 9:54. for 395
Num. 2% 9. — 2 Mace. 12:6. Pol. 5.
56. 12.

* Exxcco, @, f. dow, aor. 1 pass.

RndéoGyy Buttm. §98. 0.6. § 100.3;
to break out or off, trans. ¢. g.a branch,

250

*Exadlro

Rom. 11: 17, 19, 20.
Lev. 1: 17.

* Exxieto, f. dow, aor. 1 pass. 45-
exlsloSy Buttm, § 98. n. 6. §100.3; to
shut out, to exclude, trans. pp. Pol. 25.
1. 10.—In N. T. trop. to exclude, sc.
from the intercourse and instruction of
‘any one, seq. accus, Gal. 4:17, (So
Groxleio Plut. Aleib. 4.) Pas. to be
excluded, i.e. to have no place, Rom.
3: 27.

” ExxAnota, as, %, (texkntos called
ont, summoned, from &xaléo,) a conso-
cation, assembly, congregation, Viz.

2) pp-of persons legally called out or
summoned; Acts 19: 39 éy 1f| érvéuep &—
sinolg ee. of the people; and hence
also of a tumultuous assembly not legal,
Acts 19: 32, 40, — Judith 6:16. 14 6.
Ael. V. H. 5.12. Xen. Mem. 3.7. 6.
‘Av, 1.3. 2.—In the Jewish sense, con-
gregation, assembly, of the people for
worship, e.g. in a synagogue, Matt. 18:
17. or genr. Acts 7: f, Heb, 2 12
quoted from Ps. 22: 22, where Sept. for
by also Deut. 18:16, 2 Chr. 1:3,
1 Mace. 2: 56, 4: 59.

Sept. for 3>U

Ecclus.

b) in the christian sense, an assembly
se. of Christians, genr. 1 Cor. 11: 18
ounpzsuevos ty texdnolg. Hence, @
church, the christian church, viz. (a) &
particular church, e. g. in Jerusalem,
‘Acts 8 1, 11: 22. al.
11: 26, 18: 1. al.

Antioch, Acts
in Corinth, 1 Cor. 1:
2. 2Cor.1:1. of Asia Minor, 1 Cor.
16:19. of Galatia, Gal. 1:2, at Thes-
salonica, 1 Thess. 1:1. 2 Thess. 1: 1.
at Cenchrea, Rom. 16: 1. etc. etc. So af
bad. téi9 é9yiiy, i.e. churches of Gentile
Christians,Rom.16:4. Also 7 xax’ olxov
revog éxxdyoia, i.e. the church which
meets at the house of any one, Rom.
16:5, 1 Cor. 16:19. Philem.2. So
éxxd, 10 Xguotod, Rom. 16: 16. dod.
tot S200, 1 Cor. 1:2 10:32 al, —
(8) The church universal, Matt. 16
18. 1 Cor. 12: 28. Gal. 1: 13. Epb. 1:
22. 8: 10. Heb. 12: 23. al. So él. rod
Seo, 1 Cor. 11: 2 15:9. 1 Tim. &
15. al. Comp. Sept. ded. xigiov for
mint bop Deut 23:2, 4. Ar.

"Exudive, f. vi, to bend out, to
turn aside or away, intrans. e. g. é& tH

"ExxoduuBaw 251

6806, Sept. for #192 Num. 22 23, in
flight, Pol. 1. 19, 2. "Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.23
— In N, T. metaph. of those who turn
Gway or swerve from piety and virtue,
Rom. 3: 12, quoted from Ps. 14: 3. 53:4,
where Sept, for 90.—Seq. dnd c. gen.
to turn away from, to avoid, Rom. 16: 17,
1 Pet. 3:11. So Sept. for 77 nD Ps.
37: 28. Prov, 3: 7.

*ExxoduuBaa, a, £400, to nim
out, sc. to land, Acts 27: 42,—Diod. Sic.

* Exxoula, f. iow, to bear out, to
carry out, sc. a dead body for burial,
Luke 7: 12.—Herodian. 2. 1. 5.

"Exxon, £. yr, to strike out or
off, to cul of oF out, trans. e.g. a branch
or scion, & tivog Rom. 11: 24, absol.
v. 2, paral. with dadde in v. 17, 19, 20.
Bédgor, i.e. to cut down, Matt. 3: 10,
7% 19. Luke 3: 9. 13: 7,9. amy detlay,
Matt. 5: 30. 18: 8. — Ael. V. H. 5.17.
Xen. An. 1. 4. 10. Occ. 17.14. Sept.
for ny> Jer. 6:6. 22: 7. — Metaph.
Bir dgoguiy bxxémrer, to cut off occa-
sion, i.e. to remove it, 2 Cor. 11: 12,
Sept. éxx. ayy dinida for 992 Hiph. Job
19: 10. — Hieroel. Carm. aur. Pyth. &-
xérres tag apogpds. Jos. Ant. 8, 12.1.
Pol. 5. 104. 10,—So in text. rec. 1 Pet.
37 ale 6 a) bexérrregSas tas mpooe-
as ipé'y, that your re be not cut
off, rendered fruitless; in later edit.
dyxdrese0 901,

"Exxgéuapac, Mid. form intrans.
of dxxgeudrryus, (Buttm. §114 xpqudr-
upt,) to hang from ; trop. of those who
listen closely to a person speaking, as
in Engl. to hang on the lips of any one ;
20q, gen. of person, Luke 19: 48 & lads
as aired dxotwr, — Comp.
Sept. Gen. 44:30. Philo de Abr. p. 373.
E, 6 38 x68 dlixy cob maibog b-
xgeucperos. Id. de Vict. off. p. 856. C.
Plut. VIL. p. 851. 14. ed. Reiske.

*Exiadko, &, £00, to speak out,
i.e. to tell, to disclose, trans. c. dat, of
pers. Acts 23:22 under} éxdadijous, where
for the infin. instead of the imperat. see
Bum. § 142, n. 5. Winer § 45.7. —
Judith 11: 9. Dem. 354. 23.

"Exddyo

“Exdapanc, f. yo, to shine out, to
be resplendent, Matt. 13: 43, in allusion
to Dan. 12: 3 where Sept. for 7717,
comp. Wied. 3: 7.—Ecclus, 48: 5. Pol.
15, 2. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.2.

*Exdavbecve, £.dxdjow, (éx intens,)
to make forget entirely, Hom. Il. 2. 600.
—InN.T. Mid. éxtarOavouas, pert.
pass. in mid, signif. éeldopar, to for-
get entirely, eq. gen. Heb. 12: 5. ‘Bee
Buttm. § 114 davPdver, § 136. 3.—Jos.
Ant. 4.3.3. Pol. 5. 48,6. Aeschin. Dia).
Soe. 3. 16.

"Exiéya, ft, pp. to lay out to-
gether, Passow Lex. iéyw no. 2, i.e. to
choose out, to select, trans. Jos. B. J. 2.
8.6, Xen. H. G. 1. 6, 19. Mem.3. 5.2.
—InN. T. Mid, éxdeyouae, £ Sopa, to
choose out for one’s self, ie. genr. to
choose, to select, trans,

a) gonr. of things, Luke 10: 42 ry
dyad paglda éelétato. 14:7. So
eq. tva of purpose, 1 Cor. 1: 27 bis,
28. Sept. for “173 Gen. 13: 11—Jos.
hotties 2.8.9. Xen. Mem. 1.6. 14.—OfF

, 86q. ace. simply, John 6: 70,
Tor 16 I 16 bie, Acts 1: 72 mA. & 5. Acts
15: 22,25, Woke soig dmootélors—éx-
Ietausrous trdpas miyyar i. e. either, to
send men who let themselves be chosen,
Winer § 39. 5, Buttm. § 135.8; or else
&dzfopdvous is in the accus. by anaco-
Iuthon instead of the dat. as also the
nom. yecyartes in v.23; Winer § 64.2,
Buttm. § 151. II. 5. Sept. for “irs
1 Sam. & 18. 10: 24.—Xen. Occ. 7.11.
Cyr. 8. 6. 7.—Beq. 2x c. gen. John 15:
19 éx rot xdopov. (Ecclus. 45: 4.) 20g.
no c. gen. Luke 6: 18. (Ecclus. 45:
16.) With an infin. implied, James 2
5 Geoe desli$ato tote mrmzois (elvas)
mlovalovs x. 1, 2. Seq. ty, , Acts
15:7 6 Dede bv. jive orto id £08
ardpords pov dxotoas 16 F0rn x. 2.1.1.0.
God chose among us that through my
mouth, etc. Comp. Winer § 32. 3. a.

b) by implic. to choose out, with the
accessory idea of kinduess, favour, love,
etc. Mark 13: 20, Jobn 13: 18, Acts 13:
17, Eph. 1:4. So Sept. and ha
Deut, 4:37. Ps.65:5. Zech. 3:2. Bo
in Mss, Luke 9: 35 éxteeyuivos for
Gyanntds.

*Exdetnoo

* Exdeinea, £. yu, to leave out or off,
trans. i.e. to relinquish, to desert, Xen.
An. 4.1.8, H.G. 1. 1. 19. —In N.T.
intrans. to leave off . to fail, to cease;
2.8. # mong Luke 2: 32, So Bept.
for Tae Jer. 7:27. So 6 try Heb. 1:
12, quoted from Ps, 12% 28, where
Bept. for pm Niph. Sept. also for
mba Gen. 21°15. 722 Josh, 3: 13.
—Xen. An. 4.5.15, Vect. 5. 12.—By
ipl. to cease to live, i. e. to die, Luke
16:9. Sept. for 9} Gen. 49: 32, Lam.
1:20, mim Jer. 42: 17,22.—Jos. B. J.
4.1.9. Apollodor. Hibl. 3 4. 3. Comp.
Pol. 2. 60.7 éxlemsiv 18 Gir. Xen. Cyr.
8. 7. 26 in éxlimeiy por qaivera 7
yen. roe

* Exdexros, 7, ov, (éxliye,) chos-
en, elect, i.e.

1a) select, choice, excellent, 0. g. ldug

1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, quoted from Is, 28: 16
where Sept. for j17z, coll. Ezra 5:
Lib. Henoch. Fabr. Cod. Peeud. V. T.
1. 184, 1490 &xdextoh, gems. — OF por-
pons, chosen, distinguished, e.g. yévog
édexroy 1 Pot. 2:9, Sept. for 372
Te. 43: 20. So of angela, 1 Tim. 5: 21.
Comp. Jos. B. J. 2. 16.4.

b) by imp!. chosen, with the necessory

idea of kindness, favour, love, i. q.

beloved, etc. Luke 23: 35 6
Xeuotdg & rol sob éxdextds, Rom. 16:
18, coll, v.12, 80 Sept. and a2 Ie.
4% 1. Ps.105: 6 1 Chr. 16: 13. —
Fabric. Cod. Pseud. V. T. 3. p. 747,
(Messiah) éxdextog Seot.— Honee of
éxiexrol, the elect, i. , those chosen of

God unto salvation or as members of 72>

the kingdom of heaven, and who there-
fre enjoy his favour and lead a holy
communion with him, i. q. saints,
bait comp. diysos in “Aytos 1. b. 8.
Beq. rob Poot, Matt. 24: 31. Luke 18: 17.
Mark 13: 27, Rom. 8: 33. Col. 3: 12,
Tit, 1:1. absol. Matt. 90: 16. 2: 14.
94: 92, 24, Mark 13:20, 22. 2 Tim.
2:10. So genr. with asubst. 1 Pet. 1:1.
2 John 1,18, Rev. 17: 14.—Clem. Alex.
Strom, 7, 2.

*Exioyy, 185 fi, (éxdéyon) choice,
election, selection, viz.
a) gear. Acts 9:15 oxsiios dxloyijs,
achosen vessel; comp. Buttm. § 123.
n, 4.—Pol, 5, 63.11. Diod. Sic. 12. 80.

252

"Expuxingio

b) election, i.e. the benevolent pur-
pose of God by which any are chosen
unto salvation, so that they afe led to
embrace and persevere in the religion
of Christ and the enjoyment of its priv-
ileges and blessings here and hereafter.
Rom. 11:5 xo éxloyyiy zégeros. 11: 28.
1 Thess, 2 Pet. 1: 10.—By meton, of
abstr. for coner. i.q. of éxdexrod,Rom.11:7.

c) by impl. free choice, free will, liber
voluntas; Rom. % 11 4 xot éxloyiy
ebSeaig, the purpose according to free
choice, i.e. the free, spontaneous put
pose of God, uninfluenced by extei
motives.—Jos. B. J.2. 8. 14 én’ dvDgei-
nov dxloyjj 18 te xaloy xal 1b xuxdr
meoxsiras, Pealt. Salom. 9:7 ré fgya
iudiv dy txdoyh xad ovele ris yzis
jjuév. Comp.Raphel.Ann.e Polyb. inloc.

"Exduco, £. bo, to loose out of, to
set free from, Cob, Tab. 24 xaxiiv & dy
od Stvarra edioa tavrovs. Pol. 16.
6.12 to loosen out, to relar, to weary,
Sept. for mtbr Jer. 12:5. Diod. Sic.
13.77. Xen. Ven. 5.5,—In N.T. Pass.
or Mid. Zxdvope, to be weary, to be ex-
hausted, to faint ; Gal. 6:9 pi dxvdperes,
i.e. in well-doing, paral, with y
Spoken of the body, Matt, 15: $2, Mark
8 3. also Matt. 9: 86 in text. ree.
where later edit. éoxvdpsvor. Sept. for
22 1 Sam. 14: 28, 2 Sam. 23: 16.
Are 2 Sam. 16:14. 17:29. sQ9 Lam.
2°11, 19, — Jos. Ant. 5.2.7. Bol. 20.
4,7 rots couact.—Spoken of the mind,
lo faint, to despond, Heb. 1% 3 yuzais
Spaiv dxdvdpsvor. absol. v. 5. Sept. for
>) Deut. 20:3.—Judith 14:6, 1 Mace.
9:8. Pol. 20.4.7 tats puzats. 29.6. 14.
Diod. Sic, 20. 1.

“Exucoow or att, f. bute
wipe off, i. e. to wipe dry, trans. Luke 7:
38, 44. John 11: 2. 1% 3. 1% 5. —
Eoelus, 12: 11. Ep. of Jor, 13, 94
Aristot. H. An. 9. 40. Dion. Hal. Ant
9.10. A word of later ure in this
sense, for which the Attics sald dxo-
Bégyreus and eopdgyyysu, Thom, Mag.
p. 649. Moeris p. 949. Sturz de Dial.
Alex. p. 163.

*Expux pte, f. iow, (é intena,
and puree, to tnro up the nose ast,

to scorn, fr, sueri the nose, scorn,) to
deride out and out, to scoff at, trans.

‘Exvvo

Luke 16:14. 2%: 35. Sept. for ay Ps.
2 4, 22: 8.—Esdr. 1:51.

*Exvevea, £. vbw, to nod out, i.e.
spoken of a horse, to throw out the head,
intrans. Xen. Eq. 10, 12. also. trans,
fo shake off by throwing out the head,
ib. 5. 4. ‘Then genr. to incline out, 8c.
with the head, intrans, Xen. Ven. 10.
12, also trans. fo avoid by inclining the
head or body, Diod. Sic. p. 675. C. ed.
Rhod. 5 88 frepos Boaz’ nageyadivas,
iy emupepoutyny minyiy eivevee. ib.15.
87 elev x6 piv ééveve, Comp. Sept.
Mic. 6: 14.—Hence in N. T. intrans. to
turn aside, to turn away, absol. John 5:
13.5 yég "Iysots eévevcer, dyhov bvt0¢
4 1H tong, i.e. be turned away, went
aside, withdrew. So Sept. for 43d
Judg. 4:18. min Judg. 18: 26, comp.
2 K. 2: 24, 23: 16. — Philo Vit. Mos,
P- 690. E, not tug tydmatan, moi tug be
veboy 5 Plut. VIII. p. 280. 5. ed. Reisk.
dxrstoas pixpor vig S808. Pind. Ol. 13.
163. Jos. Ant. 7, 4.2 5 Aavidns éxrsi-
cas ast zueloy. trop. 3 Mace. 3: 22,
‘Trane. Jos. Ant. 9. 6.3 16 dgua eis iré-
gay Sdov éivevee. — Others derive the
form éivsuce from fxviw, f. stow, to
swim out, i.e. to escape by swim-
ming, Thue. 2. 90; and hence genr. fo
escape, to withdraw privately, etc, See
Kuinoel in loc. Krebs Obs. e Joa
Kypke Obs. etc.

"Exvijge, £. yw, intrans. to sober
out, i. e, to beeome sober out of drunk-
enness, Sept. for 77> N¥> 1 Sam, 25:
37, 7122 Vp? Gen. 8:24." yspn Joel
1:5, Aretaeus 4. 3.—In N. T. metaph,
to rouse up, to atoake, sc. from a state of
torpor, iguorance, delusion, ete. 1 Cor.
15: 34. Comp. Sept. Ps. 78: 65.

“Exovsig, ov, 6, §, adj. (éxerr,)
willing, voluntary; Philem. 14 xaté
ixotevoy, i.0. willingly, spontaneously.
Sept. xaS & for na433 Neh. 15: 3—
Xen. Mem, 2. 1. 18,""*

“Exovoiee, adv, (ixoveros,) wil-
Kagly, voluntarily, Heb. 10:26, 1 Pet.
2 Sept. for 2322 Pa, 54: 8—Jon,
Ant. 5.2 3, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18,

“Exnadat, adv. (ndday) of old,
long since, 2 Pet. % 8, & 5. — Plut.

253

* Bxninie

Aristid. 17, 365. Appian. Maced. 9. 4.
517. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 45 0q.
where the word is shown to belong
only to the later Greek.

*Exnecpat, f. dow, (é intens.)
to try out, i.e. to put to the teat, lo tempt,
trans, Matt. 4:7. Luke 4: 12. 10: 25.
1Cor. 10:9, Sept. for D2 Deut. &
16 where see, 8: 16. Ps. 78: 18,

* Exncuna, f. ya, to send out, to
send forth, Acts 13: 4. 17: 10, Sept.
for nbw Gen. 24: 54, 56, 59.——Bar. 4:
16. Xen. H.G. 1. 1.32.

"Exnegtoote, adv. (meguaaiig,)
abundantly, exceedingly, vehemently, Mark
14: 31 in Mes, for é& negucaov,

“Exneravrums, £. dow, (nerévrys
But. § 114,) to spread out, to expend,
to atreich forth, e.g. the hands in eup-
plication, Rora. 10: 21, from Is. 65: 2
where Sept. for 7p, as also Ex. 9: 30,
84, — Ecelus. 48: 20. 1 Mace. 3: 48 10
Biflior. Pol. 1. 44. 3,

"Exandae, &, fou, to leap out,
to rusk forth, intrans. Acts 14: 14 é&en,-
Syouy tig toy dzhor in later edit. for sie
enydeouy in text.rec.—Judith 14: 17 é-
emidqoev tig tév Lady. Jos. Ant. 6, 9. 5.
Xen. Cyr, 1. 4.8

"Exninte, £. tenootpar, perf. tx
néntong, aor. 2 dinscor, aor. 1 dime
Gal. 5: 4, comp. Buttm. §]97.[n. 9, 6114.
p-298. Winer §13.1.a. Lob. ad Phryn.
P-724 5 to fall out of, to fall from or of,
intrans.

4) pp. spoken of things which fall
out of or from their places, ete. ©. g.
mars from heaven, Mark 13: 25, coll.
Matt. 24: 20, and In. 14: 18 where Sept.
nig iénsaey &x 108 obgarod 5 iwapegos,
for $92. So of lowers, Jamee'ls 11
and 1 Pet. 1:24 dSog adroi dsinece,
comp. Sept, for >3; Is. 28: 1,4, So
of chains from the bands, Acts 12:7.
a boat from a ship, Acts 27: 32, — He-
rodian, 3.7. 8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4.8. —
Spoken of a ship, to fall out or to be
driven out of its course, usually seq.
ads c. acc. of place, to be driven upon ;
Acts 27:17 go8. i eg thy Zip’ b-
néowor. v, 26, 29. — Diod. Sic, 2. 60 t0

1 90

*Exnigkeo

nlowgiov—ixnacriy sis Epos. Pol. 1.
51. 1. Xen. An. 7. 5.12. Comp, én.
é sic 5805 Xen. An. 5. 2.31, — Trop.
to fall from any state or condition, i. e.
to lose one’s part or interest in that
state ; seq. gen. tis zagitos Gal. 5: 4.
tod Wlov ormprypod 2 Pet. 3:17. x6-
Sev tex. Rev. 2 5 in text. rec, where
others méxtwxas, — Jos. Ant. 7.9. 2,
Lue. D. Deor. 1. 2 or 4. Thuc. 8. 81.
b) metaph. to fall away, i. e. to fail,
to be without effect, to be in vain, § dyény
1 Cor. 13:8. 5 déyos Yeoh Rom. 9: 6,
So bp2, Sept. xinro Josh. 23:14. 2K.
10: 10" Stanixtw Josh. 21: 45.— Plut.
de Audit. VI. p. 140. 1. ed. Reisk. 4éyos
dxnlnton.

"Exnaéo, £. siouss, to ait out of,
to sail from, a port or harbour, seq. #5,
‘Acts 15: 39. 18: 18, seq. dnd 20: 6. —
e. alg Xen. H.G. 4.8.82, seq. and
An. 5, 6, 23.

*Exndngsw, &, £. doe, to fil out,
to complete in full, trans. e. g. in measure
or number, 2 Mace. 8: 10. Xen. Cyr.
5. 4, 32, — InN. T. metaph. to ful,
e. of a Promise, Acts 13: 32, — Pol. 1.

1 dnidas.

*Exnkjgoos, E006, 4, (demdngdo,)
@ filling out, completion, "9
In N. T. of time, fulfilment ; Acts Qi:
26 Srayyilen vi» kextiqmoy iy 5ysgsy
rob dyv. announcing the fulfilment [fall
obeorvance] of the days, i.e. that he
was about to keep in full the proper
number of days, etc. comp. Num, 6: 9.
—So tenlnpder, Diod. Sic. 2157 réuyior
e ainots bore i jy decay spropiver, wed
tay zor x9ir totroy dxxdygwcartes, kxov-

prralldreur, Comp. ningce
1M Mace. 3: 49.

*Exndyjoow v. tra, £. fw, aor. 2
pass. exdayny (« instead of 7) in such
compounds as signify ‘to terrify,’ etc.
Buttm. § 114 mhijzow ; pp. to strike out,
to force out by a blow; but found only
trop. to strike one out of his senses,
his self-posseasion, i.e. to strike with
astonishment, terror, admiration, etc.
Xen. Mem. 4.5.6. Mag, Eq. 8. 19. —
In N.T, only Pass. to be struck with
astonishment, admiration, etc. i. e. to be
astonished, to be amazed, genr. Matt, 19:

254

Mace. 6: 14. Pero!

* Exnogevopar

25. Mark 10:26, Sept. for byw Eec.
7: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 3, 67.—Especially
of admiration, comp. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 184. absol. Matt. 13: 54. Mark.
6:2. 7:37. Luke 2:48, Seq. énic. dat.
Matt. 7: 28 éni 17 Sidayi. 2293, Mark
1; 22; 11: 18. Luke 4: 32. 9: 43. Acts
18: 12.—Hesych. endéyy* éSaipaser,
earn. Seq. éxi c. dat. Ael. V. H. 12.
Al. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27. seq. dat, ib. 6,
3.15, seq. 2 Mace. 7: 12. Jos.
Ant. 8. 7. 5, Herodian. 1. 15.10,
’Exnvée, a, f. ebow, to breathe out
or forth, trans, Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII.
238.6. Plato Phsedo. 16. In N. T.
intrans. to expire, to die, Mark 15: 37,
39. Luke 23: 46.—Soph. Aj. FI. 1045.
Plut. de gen. Socr. 32. — The accas.
iy yuriy is strictly here implied ; 80
in full, Eorip. Orest. 1163 dxxview viv
yuris. Phoeniss, 1475,
*Exnogevomat, f. etcoua, to go
out of, to go or come forth, spoken
2) of persons, seq, éx c. gen. of place
whence, Mark 13:1 deropevouévou ai-
rot & soi Tegot, Seq. dxd, Matt. 20:
29 xnopsvopivar adrin and ‘Iegizs.
Mark 10: 46. Ew c. gen. Mark 11: 19.
duidey Mark 6:11. magd c. gen. of
0 from whom, John 15:26. ab-
sol. Luke 3: 7. Acts 25: Spoken of
demons, absol. Matt. 17: 21. Sept.
cs és for Pq REY » Pa, 19:6. ¢. dé Ex.
& 2. c. Deut. 11: 10. — c. &
Pol. 6.58.4. abeol, Xen. Ag. 2 25.—
‘Seq. sis c. ace, of place whither, Mark
10: 17 éxmogevouivou aitot sis Sdér.
John 5:29. éxi c. acc. of pers. Rev.
16:14. mgds ¢. ace. of pers. Matt. 3: 5.
Mask 1:5. Sept.c. eis for 8x+ Ex. 3%
7. cab Ex.7:15. c. ngég Judg. 9: 33.
—e. ee Xen. An. 5.6.33. éntib. 5.1.8,
b) of things, to go forth from, to pro-
ceed out of ; veg. & ©. gen. & tod de
Socdnov, Mark 7:20, é& tis xagdias
7:2), & t05 otdpatos, Man.
15: 11,18. Luke 4: 22 Eph. 4: 29.
Also symb. of a sword, Rev. 1: 16. 1%
15,21. (comp, 2:16. Ie. 49:2, Hoa &
5.) of lightning, Rev. 4: 5. fire, 9: 17, 18,
11:5, a river, 22:1. Seq. ano Mark
7:15. dud c. gon. Matt. 4:4. red
Mark 7:23. Sept. c. é for xx Num.
8294, Ez. 1: 18, for 9 wzin Deut. 8:

"Exnogrevo

3. 98: 24. — Seq. sie c. ace. of place
whither ; spoken of rumour, Luke 4:
87 dtenog. azo mag) aired sls marca
sénoy. In the senso of to be gected, es
sv dqedecira, Mark 7: 19.

¢) from the Heb. in the phrase e/a-
nogevopas xal éxmogevopmas, to go in
and out, i.e. to perform one’s daily
duties, Acts 9:28; see in Hlomopeionas
¢, and Eicigyouar d.

*Exnogvevea, £. stow, to whore it
out; i.e, 10 practise fornication, to be
given to lewdness, intrans.Jude7. Sept.
for ¥ mt Gen. 38: 24. Ex. 34: 16.—Fabr.
Cod. id. V. T. I. p. 653.

° Exntvo, f. tow, to spit out, Hom.
Od. 5, 382. In N.T. motaph. to loathe,
to reject, trans. Gal. 4: 14. comp. Rev.
3: 16, — So éxonréw Eurip. Androm.
607. Hesiod. Op. et D. 724,

"Expclow, &, f. dow, to root out
or up, trans. Matt, 13:29, 15:13. Luke
17: 6. Jude 12 dérdpa spkadevca, i.e.
the same as rooted up. Sept. for tin?
wh 1:10. “py Zeph. 2 A. — Wied.

4:4,

“Exoraors, ens, %, (dlomps) pp.
@ putting away, removal, ec. of any thing
out of a place etc. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX.
p. 727.8 Exoracig Sepudrytos. ib. 728. 9.
In N. T. and commonly, metaph. ec-
stasy, i. e. the state of being out of one’s
usual mind ; Hesych. pgevis Exctaces,
6 tis kavtoy pq dv. Thus

a) genr. as arising from any strong
emotion, astonishment, amazement, e. g.
from admiration, Mark 5:42. Luke 5:
26, Acts 3:10. from terror, Mark 16:
8. Bept. for tray Jer. 5:30. tyrman

Deut. 28: 28. “yy Gen. 2: 3
sme 2 Chr. 14:14.” “Sg@_ Ez, 27: 85,
— Test, XII Patr. p. 538. Plut. ed.
Reisk. VI. 136. 8 éxotdveis xa) ragayas
xal mrolas xupiguy.

b) a france, i. e. a state in which the
soul is unconscious of present objects,
being rapt into visions of distant or fu-
ture things, Acts 10; 10. 11:5. 22 17.
comp. 2 Cor. 12: 28q. Ez. 1: 1.—Arte-
mid, 2.37, Comp. Sept. for ngaye
Gen. 2:21. Hesych. ites
sp0for.

255

"Extarys

"Exorpdégar, f. yo, to turn out of
8 place, trans. e. g. a tree or post éx Tig
zig, Are, Exped. Al.M. 3.29. to turn
inside out, as a garment, Schol. in Aris-
toph. Nub. 89. — In N. T. metaph. to.
change, sc. for the worse, i.e. to subvert,
to pervert, perf. pase. Tit. 3:11. So
Sept. for ‘Jor Am. 6:12. Pass, for

2p Deut. 3% 20.—genr. Aristoph.
Nub. ‘89 Exotgepor ds adyiote toig
oavtod tgdn0rs,

*Exiapdoce v. 110, £.$0, to shiz
up wholly, to disturb greatly, to agitate
greally, trans. e. g. trop. ti mliy, Acts
16:20. Sept. for ngz Pa 18:4. myx
Ps. 88:17. — Wied. 17:8, 18:7. Andocid.
de Myster. 6 34 ryy noluy Siyy exrageitas.

° Exretra, f. card, perf. rirexa, to
stretch out, to extend, e. g. tor tedznloy
Xen. Eq. 1.8. or the body for sleep,
Xen. Conv. 4.31. In N. T. spoken

a) of the hand, iv ztiga éxtelvuy, to
stretch forth the hand, genr. Matt.12: 13 bis.
26:51. Mark 3:5 bis. Luke 6:10. Acts 21:1,
Sept. for 37 7103 Josh. 8:19. Ex. 15:12,
sp Me Gen. 19: 10, 22:10.—Cob. Tab,
35, Xen.Eq.7. 2.—So for the purpose of
healing, Matt. 8: 3. Mark I: 41. Luke
5: 13, Facts de 30. of assisting, Matt.
14: 31. of entreaty, John 21: 18. —
Seq, éxd c. acc. of pers. to stretch out
one’s hand upon, i.e. genr. towards,
Matt, 12: 49; or i. q. to lay hands up-
on in a hostile manner, Luke 22: 53;
eo Sept. for 37 m2 Ex. 7:5. Jer. 6:
12 Ez. 6: 14.—1 Mace. 12: 39, 42.

b) of an anchor, i. e. fo let go an an-
chor with its cable, to cast anchor, Acts
27: 30,

* Exreddo, 0, f. iow, to finish out
or off, to complete fully, abeol. Luke 14:
29, 30. Sept. for nD Deut. 32; 45.—
Pol. 10. 26. 1. Xen. Lac. 10. 7.

* Exrdvece, as, 4, (dxrsives,) exten-
sion, Herodian. 7. 2, 8.—In N. T. trop.
inteniness, assiduity ; Acts 26:7 éy dete
rig, i.e. intently, assiduously. —2 Mace.

a: Phalar. Ep. 68. A word of the
later Greek, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 311.

* Exxevis, £05, ob, 5, 4, adj. (-

, tales) pp. extended; trop. intent, earnest,
fervent, ‘Acts 12:5 meaorury ft. 1 Pet.

* Exteveos

4: 8 dydénn, — 3 Maco, 5: 29, Pol, 22.
5.4. Chiefly in later writers, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 311.—Neut. compar. éxreve-
aregoy as adv. more earnestly, Luke 22:
44, See Buttm. § 115. 5.

* Exrevisc, adv. (éxreniis,) intently,
earnestly, 1 Pet. 1: 22, Sept. for pina
Jon, 3: 8.—3 Mace, 5: 9. Diod. Sic.'2
2%. Pol. 8.21.1. A later word, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 311.

"Exridnut, £. kedjow, to place out,
to expose, trans. viz.

a) an infant that it may perish, Acts
7:21 detetivca 83 adxdv, in particip.
aor. 1 pass. comp. Buttm. §107. n. I, 16.
—Wied. 18: 5. Ael. V. H.2.7. Diod.

Bie. 3. 58, ib. 4. 64. comp. in” ExDetos.

b) Mid. Exr/Bepau, to set forth, to ex-
pound, to declare, Acts 11:4, 18: 26,
28:23. Sept. for mba Job 36: 13.—Jos.
Ant. 1, 12,2, Athen. VII. p. 278.

*Extvdesw v. tra, dtu, to shake
‘out or off, e. g. toy xonogtiy tii moda,
Matt. 10:14, Acts 13: 51. téy zotv
dren, +, 208, Mark 6:11. 14 bude, Acts
1& 6. These were symbolical actions,
signifying the total breaking off of all
further intercourse. Comp. Lightfoot,
Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 10: 14.—Plut. Cato
Maj. 14.

“Extog, n, ov, ordin. num. (3)
he sixth, as Ecrn Giga, the sizth hour, i. e.
in the Jewish reckoning, noon, Matt.
20: 5. 27:45, Mark 15:33. Luke 2%
44. Jobn 4:6. 19:14, Acts 10:9. Also
Luke 1: 26, 36, Rev. 6 12. 9: 43, 14.
46 12, 21:20, Sept. for *aiti Gen. I:
31. 30: 19.—Hom. Od. 3. 415,

Beets adv. (&,) out of, without,
i,

%) pp. of place, with the art. 20 dxrds,
the outside, Matt. 23: 26 10 éxrig cireir.
Bawm, § 125. 6, 7. — So 1a éerds, Arr.
Diss, Ep. 3. 7. 2. Pol. 3. 46. 2,— Asa
prep. with a gen. out ¢f, 2 Cor. 12: 2, 3,
sis éxvig 100 cehuartos. 1 Cor. 6: 18 may
dusigeypa bxtis 105 oxiparis tors i.e.
does not pertain to the body, is not
physical. ie Od. 12 219, Xen.
Mag. Eq. 7.

b) trop, vstiont, i, 0. except, beaides,
as prep. c. gen. Acts 26: 22 oi8iv dnae

256

ew ty x42. 1 Cor. 15:27. Sep.

for 325 1K. 4:23. Judg. 8:26. abn
1K. 1é 13, Dan. 11: 4—Xeo. H. G.
1.2 3 ib, 1. 6.35.—By pleonssm pre-
fixed to ti og as dxros ef rj, without
perhope, enlee 1 Cor, 14:5 é-
3g ab ph Suequevedy. 15:2.) Tim. 5
19. See Winer § 67. p.487. Lob. ad
Phryo. p. 459. — Luc. D. Mort. 16. 4.
quom. Hist. conscr. 13, 21, 38. pro
Imag. 23, 28.

"Exrpén, £. yor to turn out or
away, trans. sc. from a place, course,
etc. &. g. 10 Gdn désgexs Thue, 5. 65.
Mid. and aor. detgenyy a Mid. (Buttm.
§ 136. 2,) to turn one’s self away from
a way or course, i.e. fo turn aside

to deflect, intrans. e. g. tig 6805
Ael. V. H. 14. 49. ft mio odo% Arr.
Exp. A. M. 3.21.7. abeol. Xen. An.
4.5.15.—Heance in N. T. Mid. metaph,
to turn away from, intrans, viz.

a) from the true course, spoken of
those who abandon the truth and em-
brace error, 1 Tim. 1:6 éeteanyoay
els poraoloylay. seq. éxl 2 Tim, 4: 4.
seq. dniow 1 Tim. 5: 15, abeol, Heb,
1213 fa py 1d zeddy etgany, viz.
‘make straight and level paths, thet
the lame may not be driven to turn
aside into other paths, but may be
healed,’ i. e. that those who are waver-
ing in faith may not be led to turn quite
away, but rather be brought back and
established. Others here render é-
toanjj, be wrenched, dislocated, but
without sufficient authority.—Polyb, 6.
10. 2,7, sig xaxlas. Jos, Ant. 8. 10. 2,
Plut. ed. Reisk. VI. 428. 7.

b) seq. accus. of person or thing, te
turn aioay from, to avoid ; 1 Tim. 6: 20
dxrgexépevos tas Bepiilovs xeroperlas—
Jos. Ant, 4. 8.10. Epict. Ench, 31.2
Plat. ed. Reisk. VI. 282 1.

"Exrpdge, f. ixSpiye, to nowrish
out oc. in full, fo woerish sp, bo bring
‘up to maturity, e.g. children.
for 533 Kal and Piel, 1 K. 12: 8, 10
Je, 28:'4, 49: 21, Xen. An. 7. 2 3% —
In N. T. genr. to nourish up, to cherish,
e.g. viv dated oigxa, Eph. 5c 29.
Sept. for 34> Gen, 45 11.—Acel. V_H.
2314. Xea. 17. 10. — In the sense
of to train up, to educite, trans, Eph. Ge

“Extgoua 257 *Exyéo
4 derplgere absé to nastelg x 1.1. — greatly terrified, Mark 9:6, Heb. 1221.

Sept. Prov. 23: 24. Pol. 1.65.7 év mat~
Sedens nad vopors x. 6. 2.

“Exrgopa, actos, 16, (éxrirgcioxe
to wound out, i. e. ‘to cause or suffer
abortion,’ Diod. Sic. 3. 64. ib, 4. 2.
Herodot, 3. 32,) an abortion, one born
prematurely, trop. 1 Cor. 15:8, coll. v. 9.
Sept. for te Job 3: 16. Ece. 6: 3.—
Aristot. H, An. 10.27. Philo Leg. Al-
leg. p. 54. C. — Found only ip Tonic
and later writers; the Attics said dp-
Alopa, Phryn. p. 208 et ibi Lob. Thom.
Mag. p. 318 eq, Sturz de Dial. Alex.
p. 164,

"Exgéoe, £. Solow, sor. 1 tiveyxa,
aor. 2 dttveyxoy, to bear out, to carry out,
to bring forth, trans,

a) pp. out of a place, Luke 15: 22
34» otolsjy, sc. from its place. Acts 5:
15 tots dodersic, sc. out of the houses,
1 Tim. 6:7. Sept, for x35 1 Sam.
5:1. wwir Gen. 14: 18. Judg. 6: 19.
—Herodian. 2. 1. 3,4. Xen. Cyr.5.2.7.
—So of a dead body for burial, Acts 5:
6, 9, 10. — Pol. 1. 80. 10. Xen. An. 6.
1.6. Mem. 1. 2 53,

b) spoken of the earth, to bring forth,
to yield, trans, Heb. 6:6 tag dxdvSas.
Sept. for xvzim Gen. 1: 12. Hag. 1:11.
—Diod. Sic. 2. 47. Xen. Ove. 17. 10.

"Exgevye, f. itouar, to flee out of
place, intrans. Acts 19:16 éxpuytiy
é& toi olxov, absol. 16: 27, — Ecclus,
‘27: 20. Xen. Cyr. 6.1. 40, An. 4. 7. 6.
—Trans. to flee from, to escape, seq. acc.
e. g. calamities, Luke 21: 36. tas zei-
ects tiv06, i, e. out of the power of any
one, 2 Cor. 11: 33. (Susann. 22, 2 Mace.
6: 26.) 15 xgiva tod S:0¥, Rom. 2 3,
(2 Mace. 7: 35 xgicty.) also c. ace. imp).
1 Thess, 5: 3. Heb. 2:3. coll. Ecclus.
16:13. Sept. for 345 Job 15:30. Son
Prov. 10: 19.—Diod. Sic. 1.31. Hero-
dian, 1. 9. 16,

"ExgoBteo, a, £. jou, (éx intens.)
to frighten outright, to terrify greatly,
trans. 2 Cor. 10:9. Sept. for 4 hT
Lev. 266, Zepb. 3:14. mnt Job7:
14.—Jos. Ant. 2. 5. 5. Pol. 14.10. 3.

“ExgoBos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (éxpopite,)
Srightened outright or out afene's senses,

Bept. Exp. siul for “(33 Deut. 9: 19.

"Exguw, f. tow, aor. 2 tiger, to
generate out, to produce, to put forth,
trans. Matt. 24: 32 and Mark 13: 28
Srav 6 xdadés—ra lla dxpin, in sub-
junct. pres.—Symm. for 8°x17 Ps. 104:
14, Sept. ayaysiv, Plot. ed. Reisk. VII.
732. 10.—Others in these passages read
éxepuij, which is the subjunct. of éepiny,
a later form of the aor. 2 for guy,
(intrans, as also the perf.) to egerminate,
to shoot out, to put forth, i. e. the leaves
put forth. See Buttm.§114 pia, Pas-
sow sub giv. Winer § 15, p. 81.—Jos.
Ant. 2.5. 5 orazias éxpvertas, Pa-
laeph. 6.1. Hesych. éxpivas’ éxla~
orijous, yerrgSjveu, perf. Hom. Il, 11.
40.

"Exzéeo, also éxzuveo a later form
disapproved by the grammarians, Lob,
ad Phryn. p. 726 ; fut. éxysdi, instead of
the Att. éxyde for éxyetow, Butem. § 95,
.9 § 114 yéw. Ausf. Sprachl. IL
p. 436, Marth. §182.n. 1. Winer §13, 3,
— Aor. 1 éizeo, Butem. § 96. n. 1.
Matth, §185. n. For the 3 pers, eor. 1
&ézes John 2 15, al. see Buttm. § 105,
n. 2.° — Perf, Pass. éxxéyyyat, Buttm.
§98. n. 4.—Aor. 1 Pass. eydyy, fut. 1
Pass, éezvdyjopai; comp. Buttm. §114
x4u.—To pour out, trans.

a) pp. Matt. 917 and Mark 2: 22, 6
olvos éxysitas, the wine is poured out, i.e.
spilled. Luke 5:37. Jobn 2: 15 ééyes
(aor, 1) 10 xépza, i.e. he poured out the
money, scattered it upon the ground,
ete, Acts 1:18 éeytdqy aayta te
onldyzra airoi, i. e. his bowels gushed
out, Sept. for ow Ex. 4: 9. Judg. 6
20. of ashes and dust, Lev. 4: 1%
14: 41. yadxdy Ex. 16: 35. eteyi9y
xordle avrot 2 Sam. 20: 10.—Hom. Il.
8, 296 olvoy. Arr. Diss. Ep. 4. 10. 26.
Herodian. 4. 4. 18 mavra, Ken. H. G.
6. 5.50 émirj3eic.—In the phrase alu
inyéer, to pour out blood, to shed
blood, to kill, Acte 22:20, Rom. 3: 15.
Rev. 16:6. So particip. alua éxyuvd-
pévor, Matt. 23:35. Luke 11:50. Spok-
en of the blood of Christ shed or poured
out as a sacrifice for sin, magh v. inig
moldéy, Matt. 26: 28, Mark 14:24. Luke
92: 20, Sept. for Dy ype) Gen. 9 6.

1 Sam. 25:81. 2K. 21:16, coll. Deut.
19:40, Ps, 79: 10. — By meton. of the

container for the contents, dy. t77
guddqy, Rev. 16: 1, 2, 3,4, 8, 10, 12, 17.

b) metaph. to pour out, o shed abroad, 21

to give largely ; seq. é, Rom. 5: 5 4
oven 105 Seow dexiguran ey vais xagdi—
aug ipdr. seq, and c. ace, of pers. e. g-
10 mvstua, Acts 2:17, 18, 33, 10: 45.
Tit. 3: 6. So Sept. and pz Pa. 79:6.
Jer. 14:16. veda Joel 2: 28, 29. 4:
19. Zech. 12: 10, — Ecclus, 1 . RAs
35.

°c) trop. Puss, or Mid. to be poured out,
spoken of persons, i.e. as in Engl.
intrans, to pour forth, to rush tumultu-
oualy, Hom. Od.8. 515. Plut. ed. Reisk.
IIL. 761. 2, eis ry 53d. Comp. Sept.
Judg. 9: 44. 20:37. In N.'T. and later
writers spoken metaph. of a passion or
direction of the mind, fo rush into, to
give one’s self up to, ©. g. tH mhavy tod
Baléap Jude 11,—Ecclus. 37: 32, Test.
XII Pate. p. 520 wogvela dv 7) ateyvdny
dys. Plut. Vit. Mare. Anton. 21 tig tov
Sutady xa} dxdlactoy Biov exxey vives.
Pol, 32. 11. 4. Comp. Lat. ‘ effundantur
ad luxuriam, Liv. 94. 6. ‘in ainorem
effusus,’ Q. Curt. 8. 5.

*Exyuveo, seo in *Exzia.

*Exzapéa, d, fou, to depart
out of a place, to go away, to fice out,
Luke 21:21, Sept. for my Aim. 7: 12.
—1 Mace. 9: 62. Ael. V. H:3.21.

* Exynize, £. fo, to breathe out, to
expire, to die, intrans, Acts 5: 5, 10,

1% 23. — Sept. Ez. 21: 7 [12]. coll.
Jud, .

Exuy, obec, ov, willing, volun
tary, usually in an adverbial sense, Rom.
8:20. 1 Cor. 9:17, See But, §123.
n. 3, — Sept, Ex. 21: 18, Herodian. 2.
4.5, Xen. Cyr. 1.1.4,

Edata, ac, 4, an olive, viz.

a) the tree, an olive-tree, symbolically,
Rom. 11:17, 24, Rey. 11: 4. Sept, for
my Gen. 8 11. Judg. 9: 8,9. syrab.
Zach. 4: 3, 11, 12, — Xen. An. 6. 4, 6.
—Eleewhere, 20 poe rary Chasey, the
Mount of Olives, i. e. the high ridge ly-
ing east of Jerusalem parallel to the

city, and separated from it by the val-

258

“Edaocay

ley of the Cedron; it was formerly
planted with olive-trees, of which few
remain; see Calmet, art. Jerusalem
p. 564, and art. Olives, Mount of. Matt.
24: 3, 26: 30. Mark 11: 1.
14: 26. Luke 19: 29, 37. 21: 37. 22: 39.
John & 1. Sept. for n°nsr3 “3 Zeph.
14: 4, comp. 2 Sam. 15: 30.—Joe. Ant.
20. 8.6. B.J. 5.2.3. — On the value
and culture of the olive, see Jahn § 71.
Rees’ Cycl. art, Olea.

b) the fruit, an olive, James 3: 12. —
Xen. An. 7, 1. 37. Ocec. 19. 13,

* Edauny, ov, 16, (Gala) oil, ie
olive-oil, of various qualities and uses;
e. g. for lamps, Matt. 25: 3, 4,8. for
wounds and anointing the sick, Mark
6: 13. Luke 10: 34. James 5:14. as
mixed with spices for anointing the
head and body in token of honour ete.
Luke 7:46, Heb. 1:9, see in "Aleipe.
Jahn § 148, Oil was also an article of
traffic, Luke 16: 6, Rev. 18:13. Sept.
for y7q¢} Gen, 28: 18. 1 Sam. 16: 1, 13.
al.—Xen, An. 4. 4. 13. Conv. 2. 4.—By
meton, and genr. oi? is put for the fruit
or the tree, Rev. 6: 6. comp. Is, 40:10.
Hag. I: 1.

*Hiauwyv, dvos, 6, (Gale,) on
olive-yard, pp. Sept. for mvt Ex. 23: 11.
2K. 5: 26.—In N, T. as 0 name of the
Mount of Olives, Acts 1:12; see in
*Elala a.—Jos, Ant. 7, 9.2.

* Edapiing, ov, 6, an Elamite,
an inbabitant of Elam or Elyimais, a
region of Persia near the extremity of
the Persian gulf, between Media and
Babylonia, and forming part of the dis-
trict of Susiana or the modern Khusis-
tan, of which Susa was the capital;
‘Acts 2:9. Comp. Is. 21:2. Jer. 49: 34
eq. Dan. 8:2, — See Rosenm. Bibl
Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.

*Edaocay v. tay, ov0s, 6, 4, adj.
pp. compar. of @azis an old epic word,
but used as compar. of juxpés, Butt,
§68. 4, i.e. less, minor, e.g. in quality,
inferior, a8 wine, John 2 10. in age,
younger, Rom, 9:12. (Sept. for 7x
Gen. 25: 23.) in dignity, Heb. 7: 7—
Herodian. 5. 1. 14,—Neut. adverbially,
leas than, 1 ‘Tim, 5:9. comp, Buttm.
§115, 5.—Diod. Sie. 1.32. .

*Edariovée
*Bdastovéa, @, fou, (drcer,)
ie. trans, fo diminish,
Bept. Prov. 1: 36. for Dy Lev. 25:
16. “ON Gen. & 3, 5.—In N. T. in-
trans. to be less, in respect to quan-
tity, i.e. to lack, to fall short, absol.
2 Cor. & 15 5 15 dllycy, obu thavtévnce,
quoted from Ex. 16: 18, where Sept.
for "Or. also for orsnM Ex. 30: 15.
—Ecclus. 19: 5,7. A later word in-
stead of datrée, Passow sub voc.

"Eiartoa, ©, f. daw, (dddrier,)
to make less, trans, e. g. in dignity,
"Iqooiw magi wis dyzilove, to make
lower than, Heb. 2: 7,9, quoted from
Ps. 8: 6 where Sept. for TOM. Sept.
also for wvn7] Num. 26: 54.—Ecclus.
18: 5, 4% 29. Philo de Opif. p. 20. A.
Xen. H.G. 1. 4. 16.—Pase, or Mid. in-
trans. to become less, to decrease, John 3:
30. Sept. for NOM Jer. 44: 18. — Ee-

clus. 18: 19, 20. 41:2. Jos, Ant. 7. 1.1.
Philo de Gig. p. 287. C. Plut. Vit.
Pyrth. 26 init.

* Elavva, f. dow, perf. Ugloxa,
to drive, to impel, to urge om, trans. In
N.T.

a) of ships and clouds driven about
by winds, James 3:4, 2 Pet. 2 17.—
Joa. Ant. 5.5.3 tov ister Flaws ere
pos. Spoken of oxen, Ecolus. 38: 28.
horses, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 29. al. —Metapb.
of a person, Luke & 29 jlevveto ind
tot 8 x, t. L—Wisd. 16: 18. 17:
15. Xen, Mem. 2.1.5.

b) by impl. to impel sc. a vessel with
oars, ie. to row, absol. Mark 6: 48.
Jobn 6 19. So Sept. for U7} Is. 33:
21. — Hom. Od. 13. 22. Thue. 3, 49,
Xen. H. G. 6. 2,29. Fully written c.
amy var, Hom. Od. 15, 502. Xen. Ath.
1.2.

Edagoia, ac, 4, (hagess,) light-
ness, pp. in weight, Heaych. faggla-
xougorys. In N.'T. metaph. spoken of
mind, lightness, inconstancy, 2 Cor. 1:
17.—Hesych. dlaggla* pogle, A word
of the later age, Lob. ed Phryn. p.
343.

’ Eragoss, &, ov, ke, h not Keay,
easy to bear; Matt. 11: 30 gogrlor
pov Ragedy doy, i.e. trop. my

259

*Ekeyyo

Precepts, requirements, are light. —
Hom. Il. 12 450, Xen. Ven. 6. 11. ib,
4, 1.—Metaph. 2 Cor. 4: 17 10 haggoy

Tig Pdlyear, i. q. Laped Sdiyrs, comp.
Baum, $193. 3, and w. 4.

“Edd eat0s, 4, ov, pp. superl. of
the old epic Zayés, but used as superl.
of mexgds, comp. in *Fldcowy, Butun,
§ 68. 4, i.e, the least, minimus, e. g. in
magnitude, James 3: 4. in oumber
and quantity, Luke 16: 10 bis. 19: 17.
in rank or dignity, Matt..2:6. 5:19
Ady. sdqDyaeran 25: 40, 45. 1 Cor.
15: 9. in weight or importance, fat. 5:
19 értolat diay. Luke 12:26. 1 Cor.
6:2, 4:3 see in’ Eyl Uf.b. 8. 80 Sept.
of dignity for 1°9x 1 Sam. 9: 21. Job
30:1. JEP 2K: 18: 24. of impor-
tance, for 7 Prov. 30: 24. — OF dig-
nity Wied. 6: 6, Xen. Mem. 2 1.6.
H. G. 7.1. 4.

* Edayiotoregos, 7, ov, (compar.
from the superl. dicigiotos,) far less, far
inferior, Epb. 3: 8.—Such double com-
parisons, though used by the poets, are
elsewhere found only in the prose of a
later age, Buttm. § 69. n.3. Winer
§.11.2b. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136.

‘Edo, f. didow, see Flair.
Ededtag, 3 6, indec, Eleazar, Heb.

Sqzby (God his helper), pr. naroe of a
ais ia 15 bis. »

“Exdeykec, eae, %, (déyze,) convic-
fion, reproof'; 2 Pet. 2 16 Hayter Byur,
i. q. AdyzeoSus, to have conviction, i. e.
to be convicted, reproved. — Sept. Job
21: 4,

“Eheyzoc, ov, &, (déyze,) con-
vincing argument, f, Ael, V. H..7.
19. Arr. Dias. Ep. 3. 10. 11. fo N.T.
conviction, i... by meton, certain per-
suasion, Heb. 11: 1.—Aleo in the sense
of refutation, sc. of adversaries, 2 Tim.
3:16. Sept. for nityin Job 13: 6, 23:
4. mitzin Hos 5: 9,—Long. de Sub-
lim, Fragm. 8. 11.

’ Eddyze, £. tu, to shame, to dis-
grace, only in Homer, as Od. 21. 424.
11. 9.518 or 522,—Usually and in N. T.
to convict, to prove one in the wrong, and
thus to shame bim, trans,

-Jos, Ant, 4.6.7. Diod.

*Edeewosg 260

a) pp. to convict, to show to be wrong,
ete. John 8:9 ind tig ovverdijozws hey
zouevor, ee. mei John 8: 46. 16: 8.
Also 1 Cor. 14: 24. James 2:9. Sept.
for "Din Ps. 50:21. Prov. 30: 6. —
Jos, Ani 8.15, Ael. V.H. 12. 51.
Xen.,Cyr. 3. 1. 12,—Hence, to convince
of error, to refute, to confute, Tit, 1:9
robs dytidévortas déyyay. v. 13, 2: 15.
So Sept. for train Joh 32:12. APR
Prov. 18:17, — Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 1. 32.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 1.

b) by impl. to reprove, to rebuke, to
admonish ; “Luke 3:19 éeyyiusvog tn
aitot meh “Hoondiddos. Matt. 18: 15.
1 Tim. 5:20. 2 Tim. 4: 2. Sept. for
tin Gen. 21: 25. Prov. 9: 8. — Ec-
clus. 19: 12, 18, 14, 26. Ael. V. H. 13.
24. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47.—Hence from
the Heb. in the sense of to reprove by

“ chaatisement, to correct, to chastise, in

a moral sense, Rev. 3:19 ééyye xat
oudetw. Heb, 12:5 quoted from Prov.
3: 11, 12, where Sept. for nn>in.
Sept. also for 1247 Job 5: 17.
2. 38: 2.

c) by impl. spoken of hidden things,
to detect, to demonstrate, to make manifest ;
John 3:20 where élezy97j is parallel with
gavegndf in v.21. So Eph. 5: 11,13.
— Pol. 9. 22.9. Herodian. 3. 12. 11.
Ael. V. H. 12. 5. Xen. Conv. 8 43.

* Edeewos, 3, ov, (ie0s,) inclined
to pity, merciful, Herodian, 1.4.3. In
N. T. deserving pily, pitiable ; by impl.
wretched, miserable, 1 Cor. 15: 19. Rev.
3 17, — Suid. dlssvos* 6 didovs Ekos.
ic. 13. 28, The
“Attic form is Yesvds, Lob, ad Phr. p. 87.

’ Eladeo, wy £. oe, (i20s,) to pity,
to have compassion on, to have mer-
cy on, ee. @ person in unhappy cir-
cumstances, trans. Pass. to be pitied,
to obtain mercy ; implying not merely =
feeling of the evils of others, (sympa-
thy, olstigyds,) but also an active de-
sire of removing them; see Tittm. de
Synon. N. T. p. 69 sq.

a) genr. Matt.5:7 abzol len dyjoorras,
9:27 Uincoy spas, vid AoBld. 15:2.
17: 15, 18: 33 bis. 20: 30,31. Mark 5:
19. 10: 47, 48, Luke 16: 24. 17:13, 18:
38,39. Phil. 2:27. Jude 22 see in Sia-
Sept. for 4311 2 Sam. 12: 22.

Edeos

2K, 13:22 Pe G&2 pr Deut. 13:
17. Is, 13: 18,—Ael. V. H. 14. 40. Xen.
‘Mem. 2. 6. 1.—Spoken perhaps of those
who had charge of the poor etc. Rom.
12:8. Comp. Sept. and 421 Prov. 14:
21, 33. 28: 8.—Of those who are freed
from deserved punishment, in the Pass.
to obtain mercy, to be spared, 1 Tim. 1:
13, 16. Comp. Sept. and 434 Deut. 7:
2. ban Is. 9:19. Ez. 7: 4,9. — By
impl. and from the Heb. to be propitious
towards, to bestow kindness on, Rom. 9:
15, 16, 18, quoted from Ex, 33: 19 where
Sept. for 7:1]. comp. Gen. 43: 29.

b) spoken in N. T. of the merey of
God through Christ, or salvation in
Christ, i. q. to bestow salvation on;
Pass, to obtain salvation; Rom. 11: 30,
31, 32. 1 Cor. 7: 25. 2 Cor. 4: 1.
1 Pet. 2: 10,

Edenuosvyn, ys, 4, (Osiper,)
mercy, compassion, Sept. for 19] Prov.
21:21, yy Te, 38: 18, Callim. Hymo.
in Del. 152.—In N. T. by meton. of ef
fect for cause, alms, charity, money
given to the poor, etc, Matt. 6:1 in text.
rec. where others d:xaioetry q.v. Matt.
6:2, 3,4, Luke 11: 41. 12:33. Acts
‘& 2, 3,10. 9:36. 10: 2, 4,31. 24: 17.
Sept. for Chal -pztx Dan. 4: 24 [27].
— Ecelus. 3: 14, ft 3. Diog. Laert. 5.
17 novngg dS ony dhenpooirar Temes.

"Edejjpow, ovos, 6, i, adj. (Beos,)
merciful, compassionate, i, e. actively 50,
Matt. 5:7. Heb. 217. Sept. for Fan
Ex, 22:27. Ps, 10% 8. ston Jer. &
12, cimy Ps. 145: 8, — Hom. Od. 5.
191. Lysias 168. 40.

I. “BaAeog, ov, 6, merey, compes-
ion, i. e. active pity, see Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 69.89. Comp. in” Eleéee above.
Matt, 23:23, Tit. 3:5. Heb. 4:16. Sept.
for ix) Is. 60: 10.— Hom. IL, 24, 44,

* Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 26. Lue. D. Deor. 13. 1.
— From the Heb. goodness in general,
and espec. piety, Matt. 9: 13 and 127,
quoted from Hosea 6: 6 where Sept. +3
Besos for 45%, parallel to éniyruss
Se0i for EIEN NE.

Il “Eieoc, gous, 1é, found oaly
in Sept. the N.T. and ecclesiastical
writers, i.q. 6 Eleos which alone is
used by classic writers; comp. H.

*"Edevbegia

Planck de Indole ete. in Bibl. Repos. I.
P. 668; mercy, compassion, i.e. active
Pity 5 see in “Eleos I, and comp, in
“Easi above.

a) genr. Luke 1: 50, 78. Rom. 9: 23.
15:9. Eph. 2 4. 1 Pet. 1: James
& 17. Sept. for tr; Neb. 13: 22, Ps.
51:1. al. saep. ot Deut, 13:7. Is.
63:7. So nossiv eos pstd tiv0s, to
do mercy with any one, i. €. to show mercy
to, ig. dletiv, o.g. Luke 1:72. 10: 87.
James 2 13, Sept. for ate
Gen, 24: 12, 1 Sam. 15: 6. al.” seep.
Also peyadivery Hog pete ti0s, Luke
J: 58. —In the phrase prnoOyvas
Zhéous, to remember mercy, Luke 1: 54,
i.e. to give a new proof of merey and
favour to Israel, in allusion to God’s
ancient mercies to that people ; comp.
Pe. 25:6. 89: 29,50. Sept. for yao
2 Chr. 6:42, Jer. 2: 2, — Spoken of
mercy as exhibited in the remission of
deserved punishment, James 2 13.

Comp. Sept. for hr] Num. 14: 19.
also Bechis, 16:13. Song of 3 Childr,

14,
b) spoken of the mercy of God through

Christ, i.e. salvation sc. from sin and
misery, in the christian sense. Jude 21
13 Besos Inoot, i. e. the salvation of or
through Christ. Rom. 11: 31. So in
benedictions, including the idea of mer-
cies and blessings of every kind; e. g.
Bein eos 5 xtgios, 2 Tim, 1: 16, 18,
ulso joined with eipyyy etc. Gal. 6: 16.
1Tim.1: 2 2 Tim. 1:2 Tit. 1 4.
2John 3. Jude 2

"Elevitegia, ac, 4, (Bet9s905,)
ym, liberty, ac. to do as one pleazes,
1 Cor. 10:29. 2 Pet. 2: 19. (Diog. Laert.
7. 121.) From the yoke of the Mosaic
Jaw, Gal. 2: 4, 5: 1,13 bie. 2 Cor. 3:
17, coll. v. 6,7. 80 from the yoke of
external observances in general, 1 Pet.
216. From the dominion of sinful
appetites and passions, James 1: 25, 2
12. (Ken. Mem, 4.5.2.) From a state
of calamity and death, Rom. 8: 21.
‘Erevidtepos, gpa, ov, pp. ‘one
who can go where he will,’ from obsol.
side i,q. Hoxowars hence, free, at
Viz
@) in a civil sense, (a) 1Cor.
1% 13. Gal. & 2. 4: 22, 23, 30, 31.

261

*Edwud

Eph. @ 8. Col. 3:11. Rev. 6: 15. 1% 16,
19:18, Trop. of the heavenly Jeruse-
lem, nobler, Gal. 4:26. Sept. for bn
Neb. 13: 17, Ecc. 10: 17.—Esdr. 3: 19,
Xen. Mem, 2 7. 3, 4, 6. — (8) freed,
made free, John 8: 33. 1 Cor. 7:21, 22.
Sept, for “inn Ex. 21: 2, 26, 27, _
(y) free, exempl, ‘sc. from an obligation,
Jaw, etc, Matt, 17: 26. Rom. 7:3 ot
1 Cor, 7: 39, comp. Sept. for zRe
Deut. 21: 14.—Herodian. 1. 10. 4, —KE
80 free, from external obligations in
general, 80 as to act as one pleases,
1 Cor. 9: 1, 19, coll. v. 4. (Xen. Hi. 1.
16.) Or in respect to the exercise
of piety, 1 Pet, 2: 16, — Metaph. free
fom the slavery of sin, John &

b) in the sense of free from, without,
destitute, Rom. 6:20 disiFsgos 1h Sixes
ootrn, destitule as to righteousness,
i.e. without righteousness ; for the dat.
see Winer § 31. 8, Math. § 400. 6.
Buttm, § 133. 3.

‘Eievdegou, @, f. dow, (dsi-
Fegos,) lo free, to set at liberty, trans,
pp. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 28, In N.T.
metaph. fo make free, sc. from the power
and punishment of sin, John 8: 32, 36.
seq. dzxé ¢. gen. Rom. 6 18,22 From
the yoke of the Mosaic law, Gal. 5: 1,
or of its condemnation, seq. éx5 Rom.
8:2, From a state of calamity and
death, Rom, 8: 21.—Xev, Cyr, 8. 7. 21
j Yup) pdluota UevOegoiras. pp. seq.
|. G. 5, 2, 12.

"Edevotg, ecg, 4, (obsol, detder
i. q. Hezouan) a coming, Acts 7: 52. —
Act. Thom. § 28. Hesych. életoeus -
apiteag.

"Edegavitvos, 7, ov, (Bepas,)
tvory, adj. i, e. made of ivory, Rev. 18:
12. Sept. for 7B 1K. 10:18. Am. 3:
15,—Herodian. 4. 2. 3, 13.

Edcaxelp, 6, indec. Eliakim, Heb.
mnpthe (God appointed), pr. name of a
man, Matt. 1: 13 bis. Luke 3: 30.

*Bdudeg, 5, indec. Etiguer, Heb.
“TP (God his help), pr. name of
meine a2, —_ .

*Edwoué, 5, indeo, Elind, pr. name
of a man, Matt. 1: 14, 155; prob. comp.

*Edoa Ber

from Heb. be God, tim praise, but
not found in O. T.

’Edesa Bet, §, indec. Elizabeth,
the wife of Zacharias and mother of
John the Baptist, Luke 1: 5, 7, 13, 24,
36, 40, 41 bis, 57. — Comp. prob. from
Heb. by God, and 533) to swear, or
221) to satiate ; } not found in O. T.

"Edtsoaiog, ov, 6, Elisha, Heb.
verb (God his deliverance), the cele-
brated” prophet of the O.T. Luke 4:
27. See 1K. 19:16 oq. 2K. c. 2
4 0q. c, 13: 14.8q.

“Edisow v. treo, £. $e, (Bg, eéw,)
to roll up, to fold up, asa garment to be

* Inid away ; trop. of the heavens, Heb. 1:
12, quoted from Ps. 102 27 where

95, Anthol. Gr. IV.
“Edxog, soc, ovs, 14, (xe,) a

wound, Hom, I. 11, 812, In N.T.
and later writers, on ulcer, @ sore, Luke
16: 21. Rev. 16: 2,11, Sept. for 5
Ex.9: 9, Job % 7,—Pol. 1. 81. 5.

Eq. 5.1.

“Edxow, a, f. daw, (2x0s,) to ul-
cerate, trans. Pass. to be full of ulcers,
Luke 16: 20—Xen. Eq. 1.4. ib. 5.1.

‘Edxvo,, «later form i. q. 8x0 q.v,
Paseow in voc.

"Elza, £. Bxiow from Uxie, Poli

Buttm. § 114, aor. 1 eilxuca, to draw, to
drag, trans. ©. g. a net, John 21: 6, 11.
asword, John 18: 10. Sept. for *
Pa, 10:9. Jer. 38: 13. 5
22 17.—Uxboarte; Xen. H.'G. 7.
Exe Herodian. 4 9.14, Xen. ‘An. 52
15.—Of persons, to drag, to force away,
e.g. before magistrates Acts 16: 19 efi-
wvoay. James 2: 6 Gxovow. or out
of a place Acts 21: 30 slixor.— Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 1. Cyr. 8. 1. 32. — Metapb.
to draw, i. e. to induce to come, John 6:
44, 12: 32. So Sept. and ee Cant.
1: 4.—Comp. Xen. Conv. 1. 9.
“EAdas,ados, 4, Hellas, Greece.
At first this was the name of a city in
Thessaly founded by Hellen the son of
Deucalion, Hom. Il. 2. 683 ; then of the
adjacent portion of Thessaly inhabited

“Eid

by the Myrmidons; afterwards of the
whole central part of continental Greece,
as for north as to Thesprotia, excluding
the Peloponuesus and islands, Hes. Op.
655. Herodot, 8. 44, 47. Plin. H. N. 4.
11. In this sense it seems to be used
in Acts 20:2, where it is distinguished
from Macedonia. Comp. Arr. Exp. Al.
M, 2. 10, 11. ib, 4. 11, 14. See in
“Azdia.—Eleewhere in the classics it is
likewise spoken of the whole extent of
Greece, including the Peloponnesus,
the islands, Macedonia, etc, Xen.Vect.
1, 6. and so as opposed to Asia Minor,
Xen. H. G. 3. 4, 5. but sometimes also
including Ionia, Herodot, 1. 92, where
Ephesus is said to be éy rf ‘Edd. —
‘The Heb. name for Greece is 113 i. a
* Tenia, Sept, "Ieniay Gen. 10:2, but the
Sept. translate it also by “Ellas, Is, 66
19, Ez, 27:18.

Eddny, nrog, 6, Hellen, pr. name
of the son of Deucalion, Hes. Fr. 28;
then of his descendants, “Ellqves, the
early inhabitants of the Thessalian Hel-
las, Hom. Il. 2, 684; afterwards a gen-
eral name for all the Greeks, Herodian.
3.2. 14. Xen. Cyr. 6. 3 11.—Hence in
N.T. “Elan o Greek, of “Ellqves the
Greeks, viz.
8) pp. as opp. to of BépBago, under
which term are comprised all who are
not Greeks, Rom. 1: 14, where the

habitants of Corinth in distinction from
the Jews; but the reading is uncertain.

2 —Philo de Conf. Ling. p.347.E. Xen.
* Veet.1.4. Comp. Loesner Obs. e Phil.

p. 243.
b) as opp. to of "Jovdatos it means
the Greeks, in the broadest sense,
i.e. all those who use the Greek lan-
guage and customs, whether in Greece,
Asia Minor, or other countries ; and as
this was then the prevailing language,
the name Greek was often used to de-
signate all those who were not Jews,
i, q. Gentiles; comp. Hug in Bibl
1. p. 547 aq. Acts 16: 1, 8, 19:
10,17. 20; 21. 21: 28. Rom, 1: 16. &
9, 10. & 9. 10:12, 1 Cor, 1: 22, 23, 24.
10: 32. 12:18. Gal, 2:3, 3% 28, Col. 3
1}. So Acts 11:20 in later ed. for

“Eddyveros

“EAdqmotdg in text. rec, John 7:35 bia,
where 4 diacnopd tev ‘Ellavon is the

dispersed among the Gentiles. — Comp.
Sept. for Drrwiip Ie.9: 11. 1 Mace. &
18, 2Maec. 4:36. Jos. Ant. 12.5.1.

c) spoken of a Gentile convert to Ju-
anism, a Greek proselyte, John 12 20.
‘Acts 14:1, 17: 4. 18: 4.

“Eddy noc, 7, ov, Greek, Grecian,
Luke 23: 38, Rev. 9: 11,—Sept. Jer. 46:
16. 50:16. Jos. Ant. 12, 5, 1,5. Xen.
Cyr. 22, 28,

“Eddyvic, ioc, 4, (fom. of adj.
“Eddny,) pp. Greek, in fom. 2 Mace. 6: 8.
Xen. An. 5.1.1. InN. T. @ female
Greek, i. q. 8 Gentile, Mark 7:95 yun}
‘E42, Acts 17: 12. Comp. in"Edxy b.—
Palaeph. 35.

“Eddqneorys, ov, 6, (Wanniga, to
Hellenize, i.e. to speak Greek, Thuc.
2. 68, Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 25, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 379 q.) a Hellenist, i.e. 0
Jew by birth or religion who
speaks Greek ; used chiefly of for-
eign Jews and proselytes, whether con-
verted to Christianity or not, Acts 6:1.
9:29. So text. rec. Acts 11: 20, where
Inter edit. “Etnras. See Hug in Bibl,
Repos, I. 547 8q. Winer §3. p28, n.*
‘Wetstein on Acts & 1.

“Edannestt, adv. (Bagrlen) in
Greek, i. e. in the Greek language, John
19: 20, Acts 21: 37. — Xen. An. 7. 6. 8,
Comp. Buttm. § 119. 15. ¢.

* Eddoyéa, ©, f. ov, (#, d5y05,)
to reckon in, i.e. to put to one’s account,
Philem. 18, Metaph. of sin, to impute,
Rom, 5: 13. — Hesych. doysi* xara-
Royloat,

*Eduodau, 6, indec. Elmodam,
pr. name ofa man, Luke 3: 28.

"Edntto, £. law, (nls) fat. Att.
dnd Buttm. § 95.7, to hope, to hope
Sor, to expect, trans, and absol.

a) pp. absol. 2 Cor. 8: 5. seq. infin.
aor. Luke 6: 34 nag Gy dinigece dxo-

RaBtiv, %:8. Acts 26:7. Rom. 15: 24.
1 Cor. 1 7. Phil, 219,23. 1 Tim.
& 14. 2 John 12. 8 John 14. seq.
infin, perf. 2 Cor. 5: 11, — Herodian. I.
12.9, Thuo. 7.91. Xen. Ag. 7.6 —

263

"Edng

Beq. dts instead of an infin. Luke 94:
Qi. Acts 24:26, 2 Cor. 1:13. 13; 6.
Philem. 22. Comp. Winer § 45. 2 ult.
—Seq. accus. of thing, to hope for, Rom.
& 24, 25, 1 Cor. 13:7. Hence Pass.
16 éimiféuav, Heb. 11: 1.—Xen, Mem.
4.3.17.

b) in the constr. to hope in or on facd
one, ie. to trust in, confide in
genr. seq. dat. Mat. 12 21 1 arsuers
aizot E9vq daoies, in later edit. but
text. rec. éy 1H dy. Bee below. Seq. ee
e, accus. John 5: 45 sig oy énlxats,
So Sept. for tr Is. 51:5. aziy Ps.
145: 15, (Herodian. 7. 10, 1.) Seq. ént
tors, Rom, 15: 12 dr? axieg 88¥n Umiotes,
1 Tim. & 17. Sept fr rz Judg. 9

1.1, Seq. “tal wa, T Pet] 3,

Sept. for Ma Judg. 20: 36. Ps. as
11. — Spoken of those who put their
trust in God ; #eq. #ig c. acc. 2 Cor. 1:
10. Seq. éxic. dat. 1 Tim. 4:10. So
Sept. for nog Ps. 26: 1. al. comp. Is.
11:10, Seq. éxé c. secus. 1 Tim. 5:5.
1 Pet. 3:5. So Sept. for ntgz Ps. 37:3, 5.
Wy Ie. 11: 10. — Spoken of trusting in
Christ, seq. é c. det. 1 Cor. 15: 19,
Sept. ob for nto 2K. 18:5. Pe, 33:
21. Comp. aida ‘yey ty wx, Xen.
Mem. 4. 2.28, coll. Pol. 1. 59, 2.

* Ednis, (os, %, hope, confident ex-
pectation, ec. of good,

a) genr, Rom. 8.24 sf} aids too
Snpay, in hope are we saved, as yet
only in expectation, not actually. 2 Cor.
10: 15, Phil. 1:20. With a gen, of
the thing hoped for, Acts 27: 20 xéoa
dintg tod oeifeoSas, 16 19, 26: 6,7.
2B: 6 magi tnidos xad dvactdcems, in-
stead of megi dinidog tig avactacens.
or of the person hoping, Acts 28: 20.
2Cor. 1:7, Sept. for mpm Job 14: 7.
1715, Ez. 87:11. ayy is, 31: 2—
Herodian. 2. 7. 9, ib. 6.2.8, Xen.Cyr.
1.6, 19. H. G. 4. 8. 88.—So mag’ éi-
ida, against hope, i.e. without ground
of hope, Rom. 4:18. Also én’ éin/ds,
lit. on hope, Engl. in hope, i.e. with
hope, full of hope and confidence, Acts
2 26. Rom. 4:18, 8:20. 1 Cor. 9: 10
bis, Sept. for m3 Ps. 4:9. 16: 9.—
By moton. spoken of the object of hope,
Rom. 8: 94 bis, diig 34 Plaxopiry obs

“Edupas

Sous dixie, comp. in Bléxe 1. b. 1 Cor.
9 10 wig dinidog ysrizey in text. rec.
Be Sept. TL
Ep. 20.

salvation, Col. 1: 5. Gal. 5: 5 éx
idises ania Sixasoctrns, i.e. the
hope or salvation resulting from justi-
fication by faith. Tit. 2: 13. Heb. 6: 18.
7: 19. — Meton. also of the source,
ground, author of hope, e. g- Christ

Col. 1:27.
219,
Fs bod oni se ar ava
trust, confidence, etc. seq. sis, Acts 24:
15 dnida Byer eis tov Decy 1 Pet. 1:
21. seq. dal tux, 1 John 3: 3. Comp.
in ’Eanke b.
* Edugas, a, 5, Elymas, i,q. 5
péyos, a magician, as explained by Luke,
Acta 13:8. It appears to come from
the Arabic mts, wise, learned.
"Eto, Elo, interj, Aram. nba,
my-God, Mark. 15: 34, quoted from Ps.
Bk 2 where Sept. 5 Peis wou for Heb.
‘vu, which Matthew writes qd, Mate.
27: 46.

1Tim. 1:1. genr, 1 Thess,

*Euavrov, 76, ov, reflex. pron.
of J pers. found only in gen. dat. acc.
sing. of myself, to myself, myself, etc.
Luke 7: 7. Jobn 5: 31. 6: 14, 18, 54,
1Cor. 4:3, 2Cor. 21. al For da
duarvtot and é& ¢uavtot, sce in 4nd IIT.
2c. "Ex 3. d.— Sometimes used
merely as the simple quod, Matt. 8: 9.
Luke 7:8 John 12: 32. Philem. 13. al.
Bee Math. § 148. n. 2. Buttm. § 75. 3.
p.3 AL

*EuBatve, (+, folre,) in N.T.
only in sor. 1 évéfny, inf. iupivas,

264

"Eupisno

part. dufiis, to go in, to enter, intrans,
Jobn &: 4, supply sg 10 tdug. — Jos.
Ant. 5.1. 3. Xen. An. 4. 3, 20.—Eise-
where only as followed by els 16 xlolor
etc. to go on board, to Mau.
8 23. 9: 1. 18: 2. 14: 22, 32, 15% 39.
Mark 4:1. 5:18. 6: 45. 8: 10, 13. Luke
5: 3, 8: 22,37, Jobn 6: 17, 22, 24. —
1 Mace. 15: 36. Pol, J. 25.2. Xen. An.
1.3.17.

"Eupadsa, f. Bars, (é, Bélim,)
to cast in, Luke 12: 5 dufaldy cic niv
Sept. fo for oH Jonah 1: 12,
|. — Ael. V.
en. e o. 17.21.

“"BuBdaro, f. yor, (4, Betmres,) to
dip in, sc. into any thing, trans. Matt.
6:23 5 dup. viv ziiga br 16 roePlde
Mark 14: 20 & duperrépevos (Mid.) ate
15 rgufllor. John 13: 26 uf. 13

se. tig 10 19.—Test. xl Paur. p. 637.

Aristoph. Nub. dvifays sls roe sqgbr 1a
wé80, Athen, IX. p. 967. B.

"EuBareva, £. viow, (dr, Boras
i. q. Balve,) pp. to go in, to enter, e.g.
tig to Spog Jos. Ant. 2.12.1. Acach.
Pers, 449. Dion. Hal. Ant. L p. 196.
in a hostile sense, sig tir zegar i.e. te
tavade, 1 Mace. 12: 25, 15: 40.—In N. T.
metaph. to go into & matter, to in
vestigate, and with the idea of imperti-
nence, to pry into, to intrude into, seq.
accus. i. q. with eis implied, Col. 2 18
4 idgaxey duBareiwr.—2 Mace.
30! Philo de Plant. Nod, p. 225. de
Opif. p. 16. Xen, Conv. 4. 27 in some
editions.
EupeBateo, £ dow, (ty, Pfite)
fo cause to go in, usually spoken of a
ship, to embark, to put on shij
trans, Acts 27:6 dnspifaow Raed a
aid sc. td mloioy. Comp. in “Eufaive.
—Pol. 1. 49.5. Xen. An. 5.3.1.

*EuBdéno, £. yo, (ir, Bléze,) to
look in, pp. into a place, Bel and Dreg.
40. Hence in N. T.

8) to look in the face, to fiz the cyes
upon, to regard fizedly, seq. dat. Mark

Te 2 *Inoois duplipas adtg. v. 27.
14: 67. Luke 20: 17. 2% 61. Joba 1:
86, 48, Matt, 19: 96. — Pol. 15. 98.3.
Xen, Cyr. 1.8.2. — Seq. ey ¢. acc.

"EuBoeucopar

Acts 1: 11 aig ta” odgaver, comp. v. 10
where it is drevlorres. So in the
sense of 40 look at or upon, i.e. to con-
template, to consider, Matt, 6: 28 sig ta
nstuyd, coll. Luke 12:24. So Sept.
and oosr Is. 5): 1, 2, 6 — Ecclus,
210,

bb) by impl. to look at distinctly, i.e. to
see clearly, to discern, trans, Mark 8: 25,
coll. v. 24, absol. Acts 22: 11,

"EuBorudouat, omar, f.joouas,
depan Mid. (é, Besstopas v. dopas to
be enraged, indignant, Xen. Cyr. 4.5.9,)
to express indignation wc. agsinst any
one, seq. dat.

a) in the sense of to murmur against,
to blame, Mark 14: 5.—Suid, éveforjj-
caro’ pst doyiis dedgoer.

b) by impl. to admonish sternly, to
charge strictly, i.e. to threaten with
one’s indignation for disobedience ;
Matt. 9: 30 évefgipjooto aizois. Mark
1: 43. — Symm. for i wa Is.17: 13.
Heasych. éuBorpijoas: frotipiioa, xilei—
oan, Td. duBgrpeiperos* wet aneihiig dy

pevos.

c) like Heb. m1, usually ‘indignatus
est? but also spoken of any great per-
turbation of mind, e.g. grief, to be
greatly moved, to be agitated, weq. dat. of
manner, John 11: 33 évefig. 14 sevstpart,
where it ie parell. with érégatey taveéy.
v. 38 é kavrg, So n*Ds't Gen. 40: 7,
Sept. srropeysiroy Cod. ‘Alex. oxv9gu-
wot, Dan. J:

"Bude, @, £. dow, to spue out, to

vomit forth, seq. acc. trop. in contempt,
Rev. 3:16. Sept. for x*p Is. 19: 14.—
Ael. V. H. 9. 26. Xen, An. 4. 8, 20,

"Eppaivoucs, £. ope, (¢, pat
vouas,) to be mad in or against any per
son or thing, to be furious against, neq.
dat, Acts 26: 11.— So duparis, furious,
raging, Wisd. 14: 23, Plut. ed. Reisk. IT.
p. 798.

* EupavouyA, 6, indec. Emmanuel,
Heb. 541299 Immanuel, i. e. God with
us, a name of the Saviour, Matt. 1: 23.
See Is. 7: 14. 8: 10.

*Eupaovs, 4, Emmaus, a village
60 furlongs or about 74 miles from Je-
rusalem, probably in a northern direc-

34

265

"Eues

tion, Luke 24: 18 The supposed site-
ia still pointed out, with rains of some
extent ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. Iii.
198, Joa, B. J.7. 6.6, waplor 8 xaldras
par "Auwais, dxkzes 34 rir ‘Isgoooli~
peer cradiors éjxorra. — Another Em-
maus lay in the plain of Judah, towards
Joppa, and was called by the Romans
Nicopolis ; it is not mentioned in N. T.
but often elsewhere, as_1 Macc. 3 40.
Jos. Ant. 14, 11.2. B. J. 2,20, 4

*Eupever, £. a6, (dr, sive) to re-
main in a place, seq. é c. dat. Xen.
An. 4.7.18. In N. T. metaph. to re-
main in, to continue in, ta persevere in,
seq. é ¢, dat. Gal. 3: 10 nats 8¢ ofm dy
pire iy naos toig yeyg. Heb. 8: 9—
Sept. Is. 30: 18. Pol. 3. 70.4 éy 19 mloves.
Plut. Artaxerx. 23 init.—Seq. dat. sim-
ply, Acts 14:22 2% zlota. So Sept.
for p°zr] Deut. 27: 26.—Pol. 1. 43, 3 +f
mlows. Ken, Ag. 1. 11.

"Eupog, 6, indec. Emmor, Heb.
srinty (ams) Hamor, Acts 7: 16. Comp,
Gen, 33:19. Josh. 24: 32. — On the
difficulty in Acts 1. c. see Kuinoel and
Olsbaueen in loc.

‘Ecg, 7, ov, possess. adj. of the
firet pers. cing. my, mine, viz.

) pp. marking possession, Property,
ete, Matt. 18: 20 10 duav Srope. J
29. 4: 34, Rom, 10: 1. al, seep. ‘on
Conv. 5.5.) 70 éudy, ta End, my own,
i. e. my property, etc. Matt. 25: 27. 20:
15, Luke 15: 31. Emphat a duh zeved,
with my own hand, 1 Cor. 16: 21. Gal.
Gin Co. 4: 18. — Implying power,
office, etc. obx Sotsv ducr 8c. Sotvas, tis
not mine to give, Lat. meum non est,
Matt. 20: 23. Mark 10: 40.—Comp. Jos,
Ant, 2. 16. 1 ody dors dxnogiteur.

b) spoken of things which proceed
from any one as the source, author,
agent, etc. Mark 8: 38 tous duovs Aoyous.
Luke 9: 26, John & 38. 7: 16, 8: 16.
14:97. Rom. 3:7. al. enep. 80 10 duc,
i.e, my doctrine, John 16: 14, 15.

c) objectively oe passively, Winer
§ 22.7. n, 3. Matt. § 466.2, Spokea
of that which ia appointed, destined, for
8 person, a 5 xaugés § duds Joba 7:6, 8.
4 Susan 4 tye, John 8: 56. xeugis si
duiic avalices 2 Tim. 46 or of that

"Eynacyuor}

which Is done to or in respect to a per-
son, as eis thy duny dvdpvnosy, in my
memory, i.e. in memory of me, Luke
9: 19, 1 Cor, 11: 24, 25. dyann 4
dash, i. ©. love of me, Jobn 15: 9.—Joa.
Ant. 1. 3, 8 Gipeitor eis xyy due shot
fluor, i.e. sig dus, towards me. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1.28 qulie rH éuf. 8. 3. 82 iis
dulig Sagsis, i.e. the gift tome. AL.

"Eunaryporn, Ae, 4, (unaten)
derision, scofing ; only in later edit.
2 Pet. 3:3 dy durarypori dumolixrar i.e.
intens, for shameless scoffers. Gesen.
Lebrg. p. 671. 3. Stuart § 456. Not
found in Sept. or Greek writers.

"Epnacyuss, ov, 6, (tunalte,) de-
rision, scofing, mocking, Heb. 11: 36,
Sept. for Fea
25. Ecclus 27:28, A form of the
Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn. p.
21. n.

Eunaikeo, £. alte, (d, nalge,)
aor. 1 événorta, a later form instead of
the earlier évinaoa, Buttm. §114 nalter.
Phryn. et Lob. p. 240; pp. to sport in,
with, against any one, Lat. iudere,
Eng. to illude, to mock, i.e.

to deride, to scoff at, seq. dat. Matt.
évinaskor aitg, Myorts;. v. 31.
Merk 10: 34. 15:20. Luke 14: 29, 22:
63. 23: 36. absol, Matt. 20:19. 27: 41.
Mark 15:31, Luke 18: 32, 28:11. Sept.
for pry; Gen. 39: 14, 17. been Ex.
10: 2 1 Maco. 9:96, Anthol. Gr.
IIL. p. 58, 115,

ogg b) in the sense af to delude, to deceive,

Pass, Matt, 2: 16.—Sept. Jer. 10: 14,

*Epnaixme, ov, 6, (dunalfe,) o
mocker, scoffer, spoken of impostora,
false prophets, etc. 2 Pet. 3:3. Jude
18, See Matt. 24: 24 5q.— A word of

the Alexandrine age, Lob. ad Phryn.
p- 241. n,

"Eunegcnatée, , £. oo, (&,
sapinarie,) pp. to walk about in a
place, 6. g. hy yy, Sept. for weann
Job }: 7, on alse iad. 19 91,
ia NT. metaph. to walk in oF among.
a people, to Hee wmong, i.e. to be

conversant witrabnal 200

ite

®
f

266

"Euxddso

Eyuntrdnme, £. teniiow, (éy, mip
minus, the p being dropped after
Buttm. §114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 95,) aor. 1
drininoa, aor. 1 pase, évexlijoSqy, par-
ticip. pres. gummldy Acts 14: 17, from
a form éunitido less usual in this tense
and not Attic, Buttm. § 114 mindy
§ 106. n. 5. § 107. n. 1, 2. — To fill in,
Lat. implere, i. e. to fill up, to make full,
trans, Sept. for kb Gen. 42:25, Prov.
24: 4, Herodian. i.'12.5. Xen. Mem.
1.4.6.—In N.T. spoken only of food,
to fill with food, to satiafy, to satiate,
absol. John 6: 12 cg 38 éveninoInoar.
Sept. for pay Lev. 26: 6. Ps. 78: 29.—
Xen. Cyr. 1.3.4, Mem. 1.3. 6. — 80
trop. to fill, to satiate, sc, one's desire
with good, absol. Luke 6: 25. .
ace. and gen. Luke 1: 53, Acts 14: 17.
comp. Buttm. § 182. 5.2 Sept. for
nbn Is. 27:6, Pe. 107:9. 93% Jer.
81: 14.—Ecelue, 16: 30.—Metaph. Pass,
to be filled with any person or thing,
ive. aa in Engl. to enjoy the society,
intercourse of any one, Rom. 15:24 éay
Spéiv §undno9,—Cormp. Hist. of Su-

sann. 32.

*Euninrea, £. nscoipas, (é7, inte)
aor. 2 évézsaor, to fall in, 80g. sig c. nee.
of place, to fall into; Matt 1211 sis
BoSvver. Luke 14: 5 slg gpdag. So
Sept. and bp9 Ex.21:33. Prov.96:27.—
Esop. F.117 wie duxecoioa sis zorper.
Xep. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 tke sdigpou. Au 5.
7.25.—Of persons, to fall in with, to fall

, to meet with, Luke 10: 36 tig rods
Agowis.—2 Mace. 5:12. Arr, Epict. 3.
18. 3 Stay eis lords dunéooma. Xen.
Cyr. 8.1.4. ib. 8.5. 14 — Metaph. te
fall into any state or condition, to
come into, to incur, seq. eis, 1 Tim. 3
6 ds xgiya. v.7 the Grediopor. 6 9,
Sept. and bb: Prov. 17: 21. 28: 10. —
1 Mace. 6:8. Ael. V.H.5.2. Xen, HG.
7. 5, 6.—So tuneativ tig ztigas Seo, te
fall into the hands of God, i. e. into his
power, for punishment, Heb. 10: 31.
Bo Sept. and 'p: 2 Sam. 24:14. 1 Chr.
21: 13.—Ecclus, 2:[19] 88: 15,

* Eundexeo, f. iu, (27, xléen,) to
braid in, to interweave, pp. Ael. V. H.
18. 1 évanhéxovto of erttol ualamods Sér
Oo0u.—In N. T. metaph. fo involve én,
to entangle; Mid. to entangle one’s seif

*Bunayo
fa, 2Tim. 2% 4. Pass. 2 Pot. 2% 20. —

Tsocr. 181. E. Pol. 1.17, 3. ib. 25. 9. 3,
Comp. Sept. Prov. 28: 18.
"Epndjico, sce” Euxininus.
’Eundoxy, 72, 4, (iendéae,)
braiding, intertwining, plaiting, ac, of
the hair in ornament, 1 Pet. 3:3. Comp.
1 Tim. 2:9, Judith 10:3. Jahn §125.
‘Emnvéw, a, £. eoow, (dx, xvia,)
to blow in or upon, to breathe én, intravs.
€. g, ablots duvets, Anth. Gr. IL. p. 103.
How. IL. 17.502, genr. to draw breath, to
breathe, i. e. to live, Plut. Eumen. 5 ult.
Aristoph. Thesm. 926 or 933. Eurip.
Phoen. 1440. Sept. éumvéoy for wz
Jooh. 10: 28 0q. ‘Trop. trans. to brea!
in, to inspire, ©. c. ace. ot dat. Wied. 15:
ll dunvetoora até yuziy tioor.
Hom. Od. 9. 381 Sdgoos. Il. 15, 262
stvos. — In N. T. trop. and intrans. to
breathe, to respire, and seq. gen. fo
Breathe of any thing, i.e. to be full of,
to be ready to buret with; Acts 9 1
dprviay anulijs xat povov. See Matth.

§376, Buttm. § 182. 5. 2. — S80 mria, gos

Anecr. 9. 3 pigey tocovroy mretic.
Aristaenet. I. Ep. 5xvéer Supod. Achill.
‘Tat. 2. p. 65 Egetog xvei. Aristoph. Eq.
435 xaxias xvi. See Kypke and Elever
in loc, Comp. Heb. 11D> Ps. 27: 12.

Eunogevopat, f. edoopas, depon.
Mid. (é, xogstouat, or iynogos q. v-)
to go tn, to enter in, seq. acc. Sept. Gen.
BA: 24. 80q. E05, . to any one, to
have intercourse wi ‘Plat. ed, Reisk.
VI: 119. to travel about in, to journey,
Soph, Elect. 405. Oecd. T. 456 or 464.
Pol. 28. 10. 5.— In N. T. and usually,
to travel about sc. as a merchant or
trader on a large scale, i. e. to trade, to 27.
trafic, viz.

a) genr. and abeol. James 4: 13. Sept.
for “iQ Gen. 34: 10. 42: 34, 2 Chr.
9: 14.—Diod. Sic. 5.39, Xen. Lac. 7.1.

b) eeq. accus, to trafic én, to make gain
Of, 2 Pet. &3 ipiis dumogeicortar, i.e.
they will deceive you for their own
gain. — Jon Ant, 4. 6.8 (virgins) of
dunogevoipsvas tix Gene voi oshuatos.
ao) it p 508. F. See Winer

” Texopla, as, 4 (iymoges,)
seurney for trafic, Arr. Epict. 3. 24, 80,

267

“Epngooder

InN. T. trade, trafic, commerce, Mast,
5. Bept. for mnQ Ez. 27: 1.
si5257 Ez. 28: 5.—Pol, 3.'28. 4. Thuc.
@. 44. Xen. Hi. 9.9.

"Eundgeor, ov, 16, (Surogos,) em-
portum, mart, John 2 16 olzoy dunoglov,
‘a mart-house.—Sept. Is, 23:17. Ez. 27:
8. Thue. 1. 13. Xen. Vect. 3. 3.

'Epnogos, ov, 6, (é, n6gos, par
sage, transit, fr. melons, nagde, sopées,)
Tit, @ passenger from one place to
another, 6 dy mogy dy, one on 6 jour-
ney, a traveller, etc. Soph.Oed. C. 456,
Oecd. T. 25,503. Espec. a passenger by
ship who pays fare; and this indeed
seems to have heen the earlicat use of
the ward, (for which later éxiSary,)
Hom. Od. 2. 319, ib. 24, 300. et ibi
Schol. — In N. T. and usually, a mere
chant, trader, one who tredes to
foreign countries by sea or land on &
large scale, a wholesale dealer ; distin-
guished from the xdnylog or éyogaios,
who purchased his wares of the
and dealt them out at retail; see
Boeckh Staatshausb. J. p. 336. comp.
Passow iumogos et xannlos. Ken. Vect.
3. 12, 18. Mem. 3.7.6 Cyr. 5. 4. 42.
Plat. Rep. 2. 12. p. 371. D.—So Rev. 18
3, 11, 15, 23, Matt. 13: 45 dvSpues
Yenogos, oe in “ArSgemos 2b, Sept.
for “nid Gen. 37: 27. 1 K. id: 28.
Ez, 97:12 $35 Ez. 27: 15, 20 0g. —
Jos. Ant. 2, 3. 3. Herodian. 4. 10. 9.
Xen. H, G. 1.6.38. Mag. Eq. 4.7.

"Eunorieo, £ jou, (t, 9%)
Lat. incendo, to inflame, to set on fire, i.
to destroy by fire, yy méliy Matt. 92: 7.°
Sept. for 7D Deut. 13: 16. Judg. 18:

27.—Herodian. 3. 7, 16. Xen. G1.
24,

“Epengoodey, adv. and prep. (é, °
gooder,) before, viz.

1. As adv. of place, after verbs of
motion, forwards, Luke 19: 28 drogst-
0 or before @ person implied,
19: 4. — Joe, Ant. 7.8.5. Xen. Cyr.
4,2, 23. — Bo 14 uxpocSen, things be-
(fore, Phil. 3: 14. Comp. Buttm. § 125.
6, 7.—Ken. An. 6, 3. 14. Mem. 2. 3. 19.
— Of the body, before, in front, Rev. 4:
6. So Sept. and nvm Ez. 2 10.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 801. Xen. An. 5. 4. 82.—

aso

*Epnwwo
In Sept. and Greek writers spoken also
of time, Ruth 4: 7. Judg. 1: 1. al.

Ael. V.H.2, 41. Xen. Veet, 4, 28.
2, As prep. seq. gen. Buttm. §146.
Spoken

a) of place, before, e. gen. of person,
after verbs of motion, etc. John 3: 28,
10: 4 Tung. adzciy mogstetar. Matt. 6: 2.
M1: 10, Mark 1:2. Luke 7: 27. Sept.

presence of,
& 16, 61. 10:'32 bis, 83 bie. 17: 2,
82, 26:70, 27: 11,29, Mark 9:2. Luke
5:19, 12: 8 bie. 2. 19: 27. 2h: 36.
John 12:37. Gal. 2:14. 1 Thess. 2: 19.
Bo Matt. 7: 6 Beier tune, ne Br
18 of 14 xdelare nv Bac, tay odg. tung.
ta dyBp. to shut up before, 90 a8 to pre-
vent from entering ; comp. Sept. avoltor
Sung. aizod Yugas, for
Act. Thom. § 7 of Fung. airs tnn-
jivtes. — Hence and from the Heb.
eungoader 100 Oz0u, before God, in
the sight of God, i.e, God being wi
ness, God knowing and approving;
1 Thess. 1:3. 39) 13. 1 John3:19, Comp.
Heb. “59355 Pree, Sept. Shecvoy dver—
lov, Geo. 7: 1, Bo Matt. 11: 26 et
Luke 10:21 ottes dyivsto eidoxia Eu-
gordiv cov, vee in Tivoum 1. b. 8.
Men. 18: 14 9ddque Burg. cov. So Heb.
i) ap yy Sept. sidoxla eveimor
18, dextéy vars xuglov
a 38. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art.
mp D. 1. b, Lebrg. p. 820.9 u
Seq. gen. of thing, before, at, Matt. 5:
24 Sung. 10d Svoraornelov. Acts 18: 17,
2 Cor. 5:10. Rev. 19:10. 22:8.—Comp.
Sept. and Ly Neh. 8:3. 2 Chr. 5: 5.
Ceb. Tab. 1.
b) of time, before, seq. gen. of pers.

“John 1: 15, 27, 30. 80 Sept. and

sgh 2 K. 17:2. 23: 25. al. — Herodot,
wa pat

*"Buntwe, fou vie) to apt
in or on, seq. sis, a8 sig 16 ngdownor,
to spit in one's face, Matt. 26: 67. genr.
27: 30. Sept. sis 16 x. for p> Num.
Ih 14. xane 25 xg. Deut. 25:9, See
Jahn § 180 ult, — Plut. ed. Reisk. VI.
715, 14, duariny avd sig 10 096

|. dat, Mark 10; 34, 14:65. 15:19.
Pass. Luke 18: 32. — Ael, V, H. 1. 15.

268

*Eugqvoac
Athen. 9.11, Comp. Lob. ed Phryn.
p. 17. Thom. Mag. p. 507.

"Eugarys, gos, ovs, 4, 4, adj.
(dupatver, Pass. to appear in e.g. a
mirror, Xen, Conv. 7. 4,) pp. appearing
in an; thing; he 6 genr. apparent,
and éugayng yivopat, to become ap-
parent, i. q. éuparizouc:, hence to a

pear, to be seen openly, Acts 10: 40, —

Ael. V. H. 1. 21. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7, 23—
Metaph. to become manifest, known, etc.
Rom. 10: 20, quoted from Is. 6% 1
where Sept. for w42. Sept. for 9143
Ex. % 14.—Plut. Romul. 23 init, Pol.
22.15, 7.

Epguvizc, flow, (tuparis,) to
make apparent, fo cause to be scen, to
shew, trans, Pass. to appear, to be seen
openly.

8) pp. Matti 27: 53 duparledyrar
noldcis. Heb. 9: 24 tuparoSives wp
ngossiny toi Seo inig wer, ie. in
our behalf; for the cunsiruction ¢pq.
14 mg. comp. Sept. and Heb. Ps. 42 3,
coll, 95: 2—

b) trop, to manifest, to make known, to
declare, to shew, seq, dat. Acts 23: 15
dupavigars v5 xehucigues tmog x,
Seq. acc. et mg0¢, 23: 22 ratte QOS ee
seq. Ors Heb, 11: 14. Sept. tert 1s for
“yay Esth, 2: 22, — revi 14 Jos. Ant. 8.
4,20 Diod, Sic. 14. 11. Xen, Mem. 4.
3 4. tobro Or Xen, Cyr. 8, 1. 26.
ss Jos. Ant. 14, 10. 8, — In a judicial
sense, req. dat. et xard tiv0¢, to inform
against, to accuse, Acts 24:1. 25: 2
80 mah ard * 15.—Jos. Ant. 10. 9.3
xard. 14, 10, 12m Of © person,
duparliur bavriy has to manifest one-
self, i.e. to let onevelf be intimately
known and apprehended, John 14: 21,
22. So Sept. for Sr Ex, 1B—
Wid. 1: 2,
bo “Bugopon ou, 6, 4, adj. (47, go

6s) Pp. in fear, i, e. terrified, affrighted,
‘Luke 24: 5,37, Acts 10:4, 22:9, 24:25.
Rev, 11: 13.—1 Macc. 18: 2. Theopbr.
Char. 24 or 25. 1.

Euquoan, 0, f0w, (iv, quede,)
to bloto in or on, to breathe on, absol.
John 20: 22, Sept. for mp2 of wrath
Ez, %% 21. of a wind 37:9. n=r
Ez. 21: 31. — Dioscor. 5. 99 saigtas

“Emguros
deqvontiv. Comp. Hom. Il. 19.
159.

“Eppvros, ov, 6,4, adj. (dupiw,)

implanted ec. by nature, Wisd.

12% 10, Pol. 9. 11.2. Xen, Mem. 3, 7.
5. InN. trop. implanted,

“se. from ‘another source, tor fuputor
Jéyor James 1: 21, the gospel be-
ing here represented under the figure
of a seed or shoot implanted or en-
grafted, as elsewhere by seed sown;
comp. Mark 6:14 0q.—Barnab. Ep.c.9,
4 tug. Suagec tis idazis x. Sot. He-
rodot. 9. 94 Eupuros porrex}.

’Ey, prep. governing the dative,
with the primary idea of rest in any
place or thing, as also on, af, by. As
compared with sig and éx, it stands be-
tween the two, sis implying motion info,
éy the being or remaining t, and é mo-
tion out of. See Passow in "Ev. Winer
§ 52.0. Math. § 577.

1. Of place, which is the primary
and most frequent use, and spoken of
every thing which is conceived as being,
remaining, taking place, within some
definite spece or limits, in, on, at, by,
ete. Sept. usually for Heb. 2

a) pp. é, within; Luke 11! 1 dy 16-
wey tori, Matt. & 6 é aij oixig. Acts 2
46 iv 16 isp. Luke 22:55 é péoy tis
ablig, Matt, 4:23 & tals ovvaywyais.
4:21 dy 1 mloly. 11:2 Mark 5:3.
John 5: 28. 11: 17, 19: 41. Phil. 1: 13,
Lake 9: 57 ot 19: 38 é 1} 586. Matt.
6: 2,5, dy tals gipeus, 11:16 ey dyogais.
Luke 7: 32. Matt. 20: 23 éy aj ode. 13:
24, 27, dy 163 dyeg. al, saep.—Herodian.
1.9.7. ib, 1. 1212 Xen, Cyr. 1. 4.5,
‘An. 1. 2. 8, 26. — With the names of
cities, countries, places, etc. Luke 2
boner osha set 2:1, 5, éy Byd-

com. 1: 7 4 “Peiy, Matt, 2:19 dy

Miyinty. Acts7: 96 te 7 diy, Matt. 9:
81. 8 1, 3,-é ti dgriua rig Iovdalag.
4:13. 6:4. Acts 9: 36. 10:1. 1 Thess.
1: 7, 8 al. enep.—Herodian. 1. 3, 1. ib.
3.2.7, Thue. 7.21.— S80 dy rH $n
Luke 16: 23. comp. Matt. 10: 28. Rev.

269

‘Ey

al, comp. 1885. ay 19
ote. Matt, 5 19, a4, erie ae
Rom. 9 17, Matt. 25 18,25. dv 19
‘sdopm, John 13: 1. Col.1: 6. al. dy 19
Saldoon Mark 5:18. tv piow vig Sal.
647. 1 Col. 11: 25.—Of a book, writ-
ing, etc. Mark 12: 26 év <7 Bifly Me-
ciws. Loke 2 23. 20: 42. al, Acts 1&
33 dy 16 podus wg Seve. Heb. 4:5. 5 6.
So Heb, 4:7 éy Jafis, i. e. in the book
of David, the Pealms. Jobn & 45 dv
ois mpoprisars. Rom. 11: 2 dy * Hide,
i.e. in the section respecting Elijah —
Of the body and its parts, Rom. 6 12
dy 1 Org ooipan, 2 Cor. 122,
Matt. & 12 dy 1 onal aitod, Rev. 65.
11: 9. al, (Xen. An. 6.1, 9.) Matt. 7:3,
4, dy 1H dpSadpg. Matt. 1: 18, 23, or
yeoorg) izuy, i.e. to be pregnant, see
in Teotyg b. Luke 1: 44 dy 3

Trop. é toig péleos Rom. 7: 5. James
4:1, dy 1h xagdle, ty raig xagdlasc,
Matt. 5: 28, Luke 2: 51. Matt. 9: 4
Mark 2: 6,8. dy otopass 1 Pet. 2: 22,
—Spoken of persons, pp. in one’s body ;
Matt. 1: 20 10 éy ait yarrq9iv. 6 28.
Acts 20:10. of a demoniac Acts 19:
16, Trop. Kom, 7: 17, 18, 20. al.

b) spoken of elevated objects, a sur-
face, ete. in, i.e. on, upon, as a fig-
tree, fy abr Mark 11: 13. a moun-
tain, éy 16 Bge, Luke 8:82, John 4:20.
Heb, 8: 5. (Sept. and a7 Ex, 31: 18.
Lue. D. Deor. 4. 3. Xen. An, 4. 3. 31.)
Matt, 8: 24 cucpis ty 1h Saldooy, on
the lake. Luke 12 51. Jobn 20: 25.
Acts 7: 33. 2 Cor. & 7 drcerenmpivy
dy Lido. Rev. 3:21 & 15 Deore. (Hom.
Od. 8, 422) Rev. 13:12. 1819. ‘Trop.
Jude 12 & ois éydinais tpi om
dades.

c) in 8 somewhat wider sense, im-
plying simply contact, close proximity,
etc. in, i.e. at, on, by, near, with, equiv-
alent to naga; ©. g. dy debug siv0¢, Heb.
1:3. 8&1, 10: 12. Rom. 8:34. al (Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4,2) 80 Matt. 6 5 é tals yoo
has réy mdorraciv, 24: 36 et Acts 2 19
d 36 obgari, in or on the sky. (Hom.
Nn. 2.318) Luke 13: 4 5 svgyos dv 3§

Qi: 8, dy cigar, by t0ls cigars Zidecip, af or near the fountain, comp.
‘Matt. 10,20, Luke 15: 7. Matt. art 512. Jos. B,J. 5.4.1. Luke 16: 23 et John
16.10, aleo of God, § mang 3 dy 19:93, ace in “Aycxeysas 2. Matt. 7: 6

rots cdg, an adj. i. «| reine pimots xatanatioucw ty tois ool
heavenly Father, Matt, 5:12, 45, 7:11. aitdy, i.e. at or under their feet. John

“4e

‘Ey
Bc 4 day pa (35 adie) poly dv 2G Sy
wile, ie, remains on, attached to, the
vine. 19: 41. Rev. 9:10. John 11:10
Sts 15 gig oix ion dy arity, i.e. by
him, around him, in his path. So trop.
1 Jobn 1: 5. — Herodot. 1. 76. Pol. 2.
66.10. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.45, H. G.7. 5.
18, An. 4, 8. 22.—Trop, ¢. dat. of per-
son, ie. (a) spoken of those with
whom any one is in near connexion,
intimate union, oneness of heart, mind,
purpose; especially of the union by
faith of Christians with Christ, who are
then in Christ, asa branch in oronavine,
John 15:2, 4,5. So John 6: 56, 14:20.
Rom. 16:7,11. 1 Cor. 1: 30. 91, 2,
2 Cor. 5:17. Eph. 2 13. al. saep.
1 Thess. 4: 16 of vexgol dy Xprotg, i. @.
who died in union by faith with Christ,
a Christians. 1 Gor. 15: 18. Rev. 14:

genr. i.e. in connexion with Christ, in
the Christian faith, Rom. 12: 5, Gal. 3:
2B mavsec isis ic dove dy Xo. 5: 6. &
15. Phil. 4:1,7. 1 Thess 3:8. 1 Jobn
2:24. al. Vice versa of the union of
Christ with Christians in consequence
of their faith in him; Jobo 6: 56. 14:

20. 15: 4, 5. 17: 23,26. Rom. 8: 9. Gal.
220.al Ofa union with God,
and vice versa, 1 Thess, 1:1. 1 Jobo
2A, 36,24. 4:13, 15,16. al. Ofthe
mutual union of God and Christ, John
10: 38. 14:10, 11, 20.nl, Of the Holy
Spirit in Christians, John 14:17. Rom.
89,11 bis. 1 Cor. 3:16. 6:19. 1 Pet.
1: 11. al. — (6) Of those in, with, on
whom, i.e, in whose person or charac-
ter any thing exists, is done, (comp.
magd,)e. g. in external life and conduct,
John 16: $8 et 1S: 4 6, ofy tlglonw ty
aing aisloy, Acts 24:20, 25:5. 1 Joba
%10. 1 Cor: 4:2. So genr. of any
power, influence, efficiency, e. g. from
God, the Spirit, etc. Matt, 14: 2 dia
roito ab Suvdues évegyovow by aing.
John 1:4 14:13. v. 30 éy duol ovm Eyes
ovddy. 17: 26. 1 Cor. 12:6. 2 Cor. 4
4,12, & 12. Gal, 4:19. Phil. % 5,13,
Col. 1: 19, Heb. 13: 21. 1 John 2: 9,
15. al. So éy garg, in, with or of
oneself, etc. Matt. 13 21. John 5: 26,
& 53. 1 Cor. 11:18. 2 Cor. 1:9. ab

270

‘ky

—(y) Of those in or with whom, i.e. in
whose mind, heart, soul, any thing ex-
ists or takes place, (naga,) e. g. virtues,
vices, faculties, etc. John 1: 48 ty 9 86-
Jos obx ou. 4:14 ey airG, i.e. in hia
soul. 17:13, Rom.7:8, 1 Cor. 2 11.
8:7. 2Cor. 11:10. Eph. 4: 18. Phil.
6. al. So xpintecSas & 926, ie. in
the mind and counsels of God, Col. 3:8.
Eph. 3:9. So éy éuurg, év éauroic,
fm or with oneself hemseloes, i. ein
one’s heart, Matt. 3:9. Luke 7: 39, 48.
Jobn 5: )41.! "Rom. 8: 23. Eph. 1
Tames 2 4, al.

d)of anumberor multitude, asindicat-
ing place, fn, among, with, equivalent to
& poy, in the midst; Mant. 6 De
aloty & wig iysoow “Tovde, 11: IL
otx tpiyeqras &y yerrqrols yurasmiy, v.
21 of yerdpsvos dy ipir, 20: 27. Mark
10; 43, Luke 1: 1. Jobn 1: 14. 11: 54,
Acts 2:29, 20:32. Rom. 1:5,6. 1 Cor,
11:18, Epb, 5:3. 1 Pet.5:1,2. 2 Pet.
2 8. al. saepiss, So év éaucvic, among
themeelves, Mutt. 9: 3, 2): 38. Acts 28:
29, (Thue. 7.67.) év addrjdorg, with one
another, Mark 9:50. Jobo 13:35. Rom.
15: 5. (Luc. Asin. 19.) So with a dat.
sing. of a collective noun, Luke 4: 25,
27, & 1H *Tegail. 1:61. % 44. Joun
7: 43. Acts 10: 35, Epb. 3: 21. 2 Pet.
21, al. Sept. for 2 2K. 18:5. ys
Gen. 23: 6, Lev. 16: 29, — Tob,
Hom. 11.13.689, Ael. V.H.1,31. ‘Loc.
Deor. 23. 1. tb. Alex. 2. Xen. An.2.%
15. Cyr. 1.8, 2.—Hence with dat. plar.
of persons by whom one is accompe-
nied, escorted, etc. Luke 14: 31. Jude
14 Hoe xiguos dy pupusa dylaus einai.
So Sept. and 3 Num. 20; 20.—1 Mace.
117. 7:28,— ‘ith @ dat. plur. of thing,
1 Cor. 15: 3 éy mgeirors, among the first,

i.e. adv. first of all, — Xen. Occ. 4. 4.
Cyr. 1.6.24,
¢) of persons, by implic. before, in the

presence of ; Mark 8:38 8¢ éx "=
tf yereG toring, Luke 1:25. Acta 6
8. 24: 21 borag dy adroit, ec. as judges.
1 Cor. 2&6. 2Cor. 10:1. Col. 1: 2
‘Trop. and from the Heb. Luke 4:21
twig dciv indy, comp. Sept. and 2
Deut. 5: 1.—Judith 16: 1. Plut, Leg. 10.
p. 886, E, dy doxpiow év-
Serimoss. Arr. Dies. Ep. 3. 22.8. Pol.
17.6.1. Hom. Il, 1. 587. Xen. Cyr. 1.

‘Ey
5. 6& — Hence metaph. in the sight of
any one, he being judge ; Luke 16: 15
18 fy GxOpsinorg tynidr, i.e. in the
sight, judgment, of men. 1 Cor. 14:
11 6 daddy, dy duod BagBagos. Col. 3:
20, — Demosth. 764. 15. ib. 813. 10.
Barip. Hipp. 1335. — So by Hebraism,
dr Bq Ialpoig Spier, in ie. before your
eyes, in your judgment, Matt. Qi: *o.
Mark 12 11, "So Sept. and "p “2°73
Pa.118:23, Comp. Gesen, Lehrg. p.820.
—I Mace. 1: 12.

f) spoken of that by which one is

surrounded, in which one is enveloped,
ete. in, with. Matt, 16:27 ipyerSae dy
ah dof. 25: Bl. al. Mark 13: 96 dy
vepélats. Luke 21:27, al. Acts ac 30 &
ploy} nugés.—Hom. I. 15. 192 odgards
& albigs xa) vegdipor—OF clothing,
Mat, UU: 8 é Syertloug Hyspe-
sepivoy. & 29, 7:15. Mark 12: 38. Heb.
11: 37. -James 2: 2.al. of ornaments,
1 Tim. 2°08. of bonds, Eph. 6 20,
So 2v cegni, in the flesh, i. e. clothed in
flesh, in the body, 1 Jobn 4:2. 2 John
7. Civ dy cagxt, Gal. 2:20. Phil. 1: 22.
Sept. and 2 Deut. 2% 12. Pa. 147: 8.—
Joe, Ant. 18.6.7 5 & 1H mogguplds,
Pind. Isth. 6. 53, Herodian. 2. 13. 5.
‘Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 4. Hence of that
swith which one is furnished, which he
carries with him, etc. 1-Cor. 4: 21 &
($688~ So, Heb. 9: 25, Pariah tee Luke
E17 dy nveipats xad duvdi
Rom. 15: 29. Eph. 6: 2. Bept. =}
Gen, 3% 11 é géfdy. Josh. 2:
1 Sam. 1: 24. Ps. 66: 13—Jos. Ant. 6.
9.4 ob par enbozn pos br Goupaly x.1.2.
Diod. Bic. 18. 16 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2.3
14, Mem. 3. 9.2.

2. Of time. a) of time when, i. 0. a
definite point or period, in, during, on, at
which any thing takes place, etc. Matt.
21 dy spionic ‘Houidov. & 1. 8: 13.
IR1,2 oa Béry., Acts2:7. 1Cor.
11: 23. al. saepine. John 11: 9, 10, é& 1H
fuses, ty tf rurdl, i.e. by day, by night.
— Palaeph. 52. ‘L Herodian, 1. 5. 1.
Ken. An. 1. 5, 16. — With a neut. adj.
Acts 7: 13 1 Bevrégn. 2 Cor. 11:6
oe sent we redry Phil. 4:6. So Acts
fy Bile er. xeon, shortly, and
Bliry wal @ molds, in short

Jong; comp. Kuinoel. (Luc.
+ 9.1, Ken. H.G. 4.4.19 é»

oa 38

271

‘Evy

3ilyy moll Exsoor. Plato Apol. 7:
comp. in fall, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.2.) With
a pron. abeol. e. g. # @ 8c. zodvy Mark
219, John 5:7. (Thue. 7. 29. Xen. An:
1.10. 10.) So witb ert. and adv. Luke
7:11 éy aH Bens. & 1. Jobn 4: 81 & 18
perati,—Ken. Conv. 1. 14.—Spoken of
an action or event which serves to
mark a definite time ; Matt. 22: 28 év 1§
Gracrdoe, Luke 11: 31, 32, dv sf xelou.
John 21: 20 éy 16 delnvy. 1 Cor, 15:
52 dy th doy. cchmyys, 2 These. 1: 7.
1 John 2 28, al. saep. | 80 ev olf, ve.
xgcypact, i.e. during which things,
meanwhile, Luke 12: 1.—Lue. Alex. 36
dy 1G lows. Diod. Sic. 14, 68. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 32. Herodian. 5. 1. 4 é ofs.
—Espec. ¢. dat. of art. and infin. in, i.e.
on or at an action or event, while it is
taking place ; Luke 9: 36 é 14 riveodes
ay perjy. 1:8, 2:6, 5:1.
8:6. al. saep.—Sept. 1 Sam.
Sic. 1.21. Xen. Cyr, 1. 4.5.

b) of time how long, i.e. @ space or
period within which any thing takes
place, in, within, dy tol apdoas,
tn three days, Matt. 27: 40, Mark 15: 29,
al. So Sept. and 2 Is. 16: 14. — Ael.
V.H. 1. 6. Diod. Sic. 20. 83 ult. Xen.
Ag. 1. 84 éy dvoiy eroiv.

3. Trop. of the state, condition,
manner, in which one is, moves, acts
of the ground, oceasion, teans, on, in,

through which one is affected,
moved, acted upon, ete.

a) or: the state, condition, or cireum-
stances in which a person or thing is,
viz.

(a) genr. either external or internal ;
comp. Passow "Ey 2, Winer § 52.
p. 830. Matth. § 577.3. E. g. of an ex-
ternal state ; Luke 7: 35 & T9UpT indig-
orns, 8:43 yun} oboa ty gion aluaros.
2% 20 et 11: 21 dy cigiisy, comp. James
2 16 tnoyste dy signiyn for which sve in
Bis 4. Luke 16: 23 # Bacdvoss. 3: 12
dr BySoq. v.40, Bom. 1: 4 vidg Sre0b é
Suvaues. 8: 37. 1 Cor. 7: 18, 20, 24.
15: 42, 43, 9 Cor. 6 4,5. Gal. 1: 14 d
18 "Tovbaiows. Phil. 2:7. 2 Thess.
& 16 éy navti teomy, i.e. in every state,
at every turn. 1 Tim, 22 al. ssep—
Herodian. 1. 3.3. Pol. 8.10.4. Thuc,
6. 35. Xen. Mem. 3. 3.9 é vooy. An.
‘2. 5.38.—Of an interne! state, sc. of the

‘Ey
mind, feelings, ete. Acts 11:5 dy tx
orden. Rom, 15: 32 & ugg. 1 Cor.
1:10 d 1G ang vot tL 23 by a
oSerig wat y gofy. 14: 6 ty dxoxa~
Abpea x. t. 2. i.@. in the state or condi-
tion of one who receives and utters a
revelation. 2 Cor. 11: 17, 21, é dggo-
gin. Eph. 3: 12 5: 21. 1 Thess. &
17. 1 Tim. 1:13. 211. Heb. 3: 11.
James 1: 21. % 1. Jude 24, al. saep.—
Hom. li. 7. 302, Thuc, 3,22, Xen. An.
29. 6. 98. Cyr. 5. 2. 5.—In this usage éy
‘with its dative is often equivalent to an
adjective; Rom. 4:10 sy éy dxgo-
juoig, dv mepsrouf, i. e. as uncireumn-
cised or circumcised. 2 Cor. 3: 7, 8,
et Phil. 4: 19 éy d0$n i. gq. Evdotos.

Tim. 2 7, 12, 14. Tit. 1: 6 éy xaty-
“yoolg, i.e. accused, 3:5 Iga si by

wxasoovrp, i. q. tc Sixava.—Lue. Amor.
“60. Xen. Cyr. 8, 5.15, HG. 7. 5. 8—
70 also adverbially, Acts 5: 23 dy nach

p. 512. C, Xen, Cyr. 4.
(8) of the business, employment, a
tions, in which one is en;
Passow & 2a. Winer § 52, p 30.
"Thus Matt. 21: 22 é spoceyj. Mark
4:2 & 1h didazh aitoi, i.e. a8 he
taught. 827 ot Luke 24: 35 &y 1H 588,
i.e. in the walk or journey. Luke 16
30. John 8: 3 dy otzele eradnudryr.
Acts 6: 1. 24: 16. Rom. 1:9 é 1 ebay-
yall, i. e. labouring in the gospel. 14:
18. 15:58, 1Cor. 15:1. 2 Cor.7:11
é marth Col. 3: 10 ty mart Koy.
4:2, 1 Tim, 4:15 dy tobroig fobs.
17, Heb, 6: 18 éy ols. 11: 34, James 1:
8 4:3. al. ssep. So Matt, 20: 15 no
fous 8 Silo tr ris tuois, i.e. in my
own affairs, 2% 15, 23: 30 xosvevol dy
39 alyaty i.e, in slaying the prophets,
qo Xen. Cyr. 3.1.15 Kigos &v sotrois

> Gy. ib. 1. 6,16. Herodot. 2, 82 of ty

soujou. Plat. Prob. p. 317. C, sul ty

39 tdyrp—So c. dat. of person, i. e. ‘in

the work, business, cause of any one ;’

Rom. 16: 12 irs dxonlacer ty

Eph. 6:21. al, Rom. 63 tois curepyots

pou ty Xuorg. 1 Cor. 4: 17. al.

(7) implying én the power of any one;

Pessowéy J.f Matth. § 577.6. Acts

5:4 dy 3H of Movolg, comp. 1:7 et John

272

Ey

S: 85. Acts 4: 129 oie Tors by Gilde oi
Si} ji comypia. 80 de nveiwars, i.e.
in the power or under the influence of
the Spirit, in a state of inspiration, in-
spired, Matt. 22:43. Mark 12: 36. Luke
% 27. 4: 1, 9% 1, 1 Cor. 123. also
Matt, 12: 28, 1 Pet. 3: 19, Rev. 1: 10.
4:2. 17:3. al. Of demoniacs, éy xveo—
wate daaddgry, i.e. in the power of,
possessed, Mark 1: 23. 5: 2—Jos. Ant.
3.1.5. Aristoph, Av. 1677 dy t§ Tet-
Bally név 16 medypa. Herodot. 6. 109.
Xen. Occ. 6, 14 dy oot nara dole. —
Hence, yevépsros év Eautg, having come
to himeelf, Acts 1211. Comp. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 749, 856. Matth. § 577.
6 ult.

b) Of manner or mode, i, e. the state
or circumstances, external or inter-
nal, by which any action is accompe-
nied, tn, with, in reference to which it ia
performed, viz.

(a) genr. of manner etc, oop
"Fe 8. e, Matt. 2% 37 dyangy dr Sly
ti xagdle x. x. 2. quoted from Deut. 6 5
where Heb. 3, Sept. é, as also Mark
1% 30, 33. So Mark 4:2 d.déoxur d

Surduss éxevdcoss, 21: 25 ovrazi {Ovi
é anogig. John 16:25 ty nagowpleus
Aadsiv. Bs 24 jy by nveipaw
xa dinOelg, i.e. to render sincere and
spiritual rorhip. Acts & 46. 10: 48

‘iva & 1H cropats 105 xugons,
comp. in Bamtige 2, a. 6, Rom, 1:9 d

2 20.
ES
#
$0
~
s
5
=
5
g
@
ar

He Fite

ainiy today nln Bes in an od-
verbial sense ; Matt. 2% 16 éy cdg Oaig
Bddoxus, i.e. truly, in reality. Mark &
1 dy Bédy. Acts 12:7 et 22 18 dy reizm.
(Thue. 6, 92 init) Acts 17: 31 et Rev.
19: 11 xplew dy Sixarocivy i.e, right-

eously. 26: 7 dy continually.
Col, 4:5. Eph. 6:9 dy waggnoig, boldly.
Rov. 18: 2 kxgatey év iozi—Judith 1:
Ll. Wind. 18: 9. Xen, Cyr. 6 1.11 dy
89 dose xcisy, vicieaim,

‘Ey 273 ‘Ey

(P) of a rule, low, standard, in, by,
according to, conformably te; comp.
Passow é 1. h. Winer § 52. a. 3. b.
Matth. § 577. 3 ult, So Matt. 7:2 é @
xeluets xolvere, xgvIyo2792. Luké 1: 8
é 4h ta8et, comp. 1 Cor. 15: 23. Phil.
1: & 1 Thess. 4: 15 éy doy xvglov.
1 Tim. 1: 18 éy abrais 9c. mpogytelas.
Heb. 4: 11. So of a rule of life etc.
Luke 1: 6 nopsudueros &v nica tals
érrolais.—Pind. Pyth. 4.105 é roiry
Réyy. Thue. 1.77 & rots Spoios ¥5-
pos ras xplous nouir, Xen. Conv. 2.8,
Cyr.1.2.2. Mem. 3.9. 1.—So c. dat. of
person ; 2 Cor. 10: 12 dy tavroig kav-
tog pergoivtec. Also ‘in conformity
with the will, law, precept of any one;
John & Qi ty Geb dot deyacuiva.
1 Cor. 7: 89 éy xvgla. Eph. 6: 1.

(7) in the sense of in respect fo, a8 to;
Luke 1:7, 18, xgoeprxivas dy judgas.
Gal. 4: 20 dts dsrogotpau dy iptv, comp.
Winer Comm. in loc. Eph. 2: 11 f9¥n
é caged, Tit. 1: 13 tra tycadymow by 1H
méozes, James 2:10 et 3:2 mraisw ey
inh, by déyy. So ev navri, in every re-
spect, 2 Cor. & 7, 9:8, 11. & pnderl,
in no respect, 2 Cor. 7:9. James 1: 4.
dy obdevi Phil. 1: 20. Also after words
signifying plenty, or want, Rom, 15:
13 nsgiocevay dv tH dibs. 2 Cor. 3: 9.
& 7. Col. 27 et Eph, 24 mhotorog
dy Gis, 1 Cor. 1:5. 1 Tim, 6:18. al.
1 Cor. 1:7 doxegsio Fan ey under? zagio—
pars—Soph, Oed. Tyr. 1112 éy paxgi
Pee Furdde 158s tavdpi, ‘in high old
age he accords etc.’ Palaeph. 28. 2
‘imugpigur by. Diod. 8 5 57 7 drape
dy, and po Xen. Hi.

¢) OF the ground, eeasion, in,
on, upon which any thing rests, exists,
takes place, etc. Thus

(a) of @ person or thing in or on
which as a substratum any thing rests,
exists, is done, etc. Matth. § 577.1.
Winer §52 2. 3.0, Soc. datofthing,
1. Cor. 2:5 fra § alors Susy py 7 ev
coolg dvde. x.2.2, 2 Cor. 4: 10 et Gal.
6 17 dy 44) asipats, Gal. 4: 14, Eph. 2
11 magirop} é cogel. Seq. dat. of pers.
i, @. in the person or case of any one,
in or by his example, etc. Luke 22: 37
tobto 33 teleo Sivas iy dpol, John % 3.
Acts 4:9 xaruyyildey dy 28 *Inaot shy
Gydateow, Rom. 9 17. 1 Cor. 4: 6 ba

35

& jpiy pode. 2 Cor. 4:3. Eph. t:
20. Phil. 1: 30.— Plato Meno. p. 8%
A, dnidsiervadar ty tun. Xen. Cyr. 1.
6. 29,—8o after verbs implying ‘to do
anything in one’s case,’ i.e. to or for
one, where the acc. or dat. might stand ;
Matt. 17: 12 énolycay ty aitg Sou
89inoor. Luke 23: 31. 1 Cor. 9 15.
1 Thess, 5: 12 roig xomuiirrag ey duly,
ie. for your benefit. So too duoloyety
v tevr, to confess in one’s case or cause,
i.e. to acknowledge, Matt. 10:32, Luke
12 8. Comp. Winer § 32.3.b, Also
oxardadilecBas é reve, to take offence
in any one, i.e. in his case or cause,
Matt. 11:6, 13:57. 26: 31, 83, al—Lue.
Philopatr. 18 i) iregoidy xz woujons &
éuol.—Spoken also of that in which any
thing consists, is comprised, falilled,
manifested, ete. John 9: 80 dv yap t0v-
1]! Sorpactéy dou, Rom, 13: 9 é
rotry 1g léyy dvoxepalavotras, Gal.5:
14.6 mag vopog dy tnt loyy mingotras
Eph. 2:7, 5:9. Heb. 3: 12. 1 Pet. 3:
4. 1 Jobn 3:10 et 4:9 éy toirm épa-
veg09n. 4:10,17. al. So from laxness of
expression, Matt. 22: £0 ” tatrars tals
dvaly frtolais Shog § vopos x ob mg.
xgeyarras Also Acts 7: 14 é yuyats
£88. névze, consisting in 75 souls ; comp.
Deut. 10: 22 where Sept. for 2, and
see Winer § 52. p. 334, e. — Herodian,
2.3.17 ob ya é 1h xaPsdole 4
ola, aad dy r0ig teyous-—Here 00 we
may refer the use of é by Hebraism
after verbe of swearing, to mark the
ground, basie, object, on which the oath
rests, in Engl. by, sometimes upon 5
Matt. 5: 34, 85, 36, H) Oudous by 19 ob
ears, &y th yf, ev 1h xeqadf gov. 23: 16,
18,208q. Rev.10:6. al. Sept fir Ba
1 Sam. 24:22, 28am. 19:8.
(8) of the ground, motive, ‘hie
cause, in consequence of which any ac-
tion is performed, én, on, al, by, ie.
because of, on account of,
Winer § 52. p. 331. Matt, 6 7 Bru dy 2h
noluloyla adtéiv ticaxovS;jeorra. Acts
7 2 lguyer by we byw toiry.
1 Cor. 11: 2 & Tovry ovx bra
wi, 2 Cor. 6: 12 & iptv, 1 Pet. 4: 16.
¥. 14 th dvadlqsoSs dy dvopats Xororot,
comp. Mark 9: 41 dy dyéuats 81s Xoo
toi fore, So Sept. and 3 2 Chr. 16: 7.
— Eoelus. 11:2 bis. Xen. Eq. 9. 11.

‘Ey

Cyr. 1.6.19 @& siots An. 8.1.1 et
Thue. 5.3 éy tats onovdals. — So dy
tour, herein, , i.e on this ac-
count, therefore, John 15: 8. 16: 30.
Acts 24: 16. 1 Cor. 4: 4. (Ken. Cyr.
8.17.) év rourq yerevoxecr, to know
herein, hereby, i. e. by this, etc, John 13:
35. 1 John 2: 3,5. al. é» @, equiva-
lent to éy tov Gre, herein that, i.e. in
that, because, Rom. & 3. Heb. 2: 18,
1 Pet. 2: 12. (Thuc. 8, 86.) wherefore,
Heb. 6: 17. — In this sense of propter,
é does not occur with a dat. of person,
‘Winer § 52. p. 332,—Spoken also of the
authority in consequence of which any
thing is done, in, by, under, i.e. by
virtue of etc. Matt, 21: 23 et Luke 20:
2 & mole Hovelg tata mous. Acts
4:7 b molq Buvduss, | by molp dyduars
John 5: 43 et 10: 25 éy 1G dy. to8 ma-
1965. Matt. 21:9. John 12 13. 14: 26.
1 Cor. 5:4. 2 Thess. 3:6, al, So ai-
téeo dy 1G Ovoperts Incot, to ask in the
name of Jesus, i. e. under his authority
and sanction, Jobn 14: 13, 14. 15: 16.
16: 23, 24, 26.

(y) of the ground or occasion of an
emotion of mind, after words exprese-
ing joy, wonder, hope, confidence, etc.
and the reverse; so c. dat, of thing,
Luke 1:21 ¢Satyntor éy 1G zeovitur
avréy. Rom. 2:23 og dv vou xovydoas.
(Sept. and a Jer. 9: 22,23.) Acts 7: 41
siqgatvero & r0is Epyois. Luke 10: 20
é robre ys) Zadgere, Eph, 3: 13 pn éx—
saxiiy by rois Pliyesi pov. So Matt. 12:
Q1 dy 36 dy. avrod F8vy danvobwr. (Sept.
for 3 nigz Ps, 33:21.) Mark 1: 14 m-
otsiite & 1G ebayyelin. Phil. 3:3, 4,
menovSivas ty cagxd, and so Sept. for

mgg Jer. 48: 7. — Epiet. Ench. 40.

lol. 1.59. 2.—Seq, dat. of person, Rom.
%7 ot 5: 1 xovzaoas dy Seg. 1 Cor.
15: 19 qamuxdres dopir dy Xquatai pévor.
Eph. 1:12. 1 Tim. 6:17, 2Cor.7: 16
Sage dv iptv. Seprdaziver dv fora nora
Hos.10:13, 2K.18:5,—Xen.Mem,4.2.28.

d) Of the means by the aid or in-
tervention of which any thing takes
place, is done ; én, i. e. by means of.

(a) c. dat. of person, by whose aid or
intervention, in, by, with, through whom,
any thing is done etc. Winer § 52.
p. 332 ult. Matt, 9: 34 dufdddes ea Seu-

pire dv 1H Gpxorts tay 3, Acts 4: 9 dy

274

‘Ev
tins obtog ctoworas, 17: 28, 81 ty dvBol.
1 Cor. 15: 22. Gal. 3: 8 shloynSyjoorras
éy col navta ta 3997p, IN and through thee,
comp. Acts3:25, Heb.1:1. 1John5: 11.al.
—Hedot.8.100. Thuc.7.8 é 1¢ ayyily.
Soph, Aj.1136. Dem. 31.10. ib, 710. 18.
(8) c. dat, of thing, but used strictly
only of such means as imply that the
object affected is actually in, among, sur-
rounded by them, pp. tn and through ;
Passow “Ev 4. Winer § 52. p. 332. Matth.
§ 57. Jatt. 8:32 dnéSavor ty trois
‘Sdaot, i.e. in and by the waters. 1 Cor.
8: 13 dy mugh droxahinteras, Rev. 14:
10. 16:8. al. So Sept. and 3 Lev. &
82. — 1 Mace. 5: 44 et 6:31 ey ved.
Hom. Il, 24. 38 xalay é mupi —
Hence genr. where the object is con-
ceived as being in, or in contact or con-
nexion with the means etc. Matt. & 11
Bamrifes éy Hare, 5: 13 dy thre alec dy
gexas. 17: 21 éy moocerzi. 25: 16. Luke
21: 34 dy xqasnddy x. 4. 2, Acts 11: 14.
20:19. Rom. 10: 5,9 day dpohoyqons
& 16 otdpath gov. 1% 21. 1 Cor. &
20, Heb. 10: 29, 13: 20. Rev. 1: 5. al.
seep. So dy yaigi tivos, én or by the
hand of any one, Acts 7:35. Gal. &
19. Sept. and 2 Judg. 16:7. Num.
36: 2, Job 18: 8, — Esdr. 1:40. Soph.
Ajnc. 488, Thuc. 7. 11 Tore dy Elles
dxustohais. Xen. An. 4. 3, 8 Beter ty
midaus Se8éoFes, id. Ath. 1. 2, 4.—
Hence in N.T. and later writers simply
of the instrument, where classic writers
usually employ the dative alone, Wi-
ner I. c. Matth, § 577. 9, § 396. n. 2
Luke 22: 49 ed xerdSoper dy pazalog:
Rom. 16: 16, James 3:9 é airy (ry
yieiooy) etloyotper. Rev. 6: 8 dnoxtss-
vos by Goupalg x. 1.2, 12:55, 13 10. al
80 Sept. and 3 Gen. 48: 22. Deut. 15
19, Jer. 14: 12. Hos. 1: 7, — Judith &
19. Ecclus. 46: 6. Plato Tim. 1081. B,
tePeappivas ty ydlaxts. Aristot. Probl.
90.5. p.218S8ylb, Hippocr. Aphor.2,36.
() from the Heb. spoken of price or
exchange, of that ‘by means of? which,
with which, any thing is purchased or
exchanged, ete. Rev. 5:9 tiydenvas Te
eG jus by 7H alparl cov. So Sept.
and 2 Lam. 5:4. 1 Sam. 24:24. Ecc.
4: 9.— Rom, 1:28 jlkatay viv Ooter
Se0b dy Suoreiwats, for an image ete.
v.25, So Bept. for 3 7°] Pa. 106

‘Ey

20. — Comp. the dat. of price or ex-
change, Lys. c. Epicr. 178. 16. Hom. ll.
7, 472, Herodot. 7. 152. also éy c, dat.
Soph. Ant. 945 gsig dlddSas dy yodxods-
tog athaic, Maith. §304.n. § 365. 0.2,
4. Sometimes éy c, di found
where the natural construction would
seem to require sg ¢. accus. as after
verbs which imply not rest in a place
or state, but motion or direction into or
towards an object. In such cases, the
idea of arrival and subsequent rest in
that place or state is either actually ex-
pressed or is implied in the context.
See the converse of in Eig 4. Pas-
sow é 6. Winwr § 54.4, Matth. § 577.
p.1141, So after verbs of inotion,
Matt. 10:16 dnogtille ipds dy wiow
Adzem, in the midst of wolves, by whom
ye are already surrounded. Luke 5
16 4» inozagay éy tats ignpors, i.e. he
withdrew and ahode in deserts. 7:17
aEi1Ger 5 Lbyos dv Sly th *Tovdale, i. ©.
‘went out, spread abroad, in the whole
land. John 5:4 xaréBawer dy 1H xo-
Avfi og xab érigaoce Rev. 11: 11. al.
Bo Matt. 14:3 sto & gvlexh, es in
Engl. ‘to put in prison,’ for into. Mark
15: 46 et Luke 23: 53 xatéOyuey aizéy
dy peynusly, as in Eng. ‘they placed bim
in the tomb.’ Mark |: 16 Bddlortas
Suoplf & 1f Palddoo, comp.
Matz. 4: 18 sig 17 3 Jobn 3: 35 nayte
Sédencey dy 17; zug) adtod, has given i.e.
has put, placed, all things in his hand.
Trop. Luke 1:17. So Sept. and 2
Judg. 6 35, Ezra 7: 10.—Ael. V. H. 4.
18 Ste xatqdSa Maton dy Fixelle. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1.73. mgly Aivelay Sev by
*Tradlg. Arr. Dise. Ep. 1, 11.92. ib. 2
20, 23. Act. Thom. 32 sicedav & 1g

nagodsiow. So Hom. J. 1.44: dy 00) ge

sida, ib. 1. 593.—Metaph. after words

expressing an affection of mind towards
any one; ©. g. dann dy july 2 Cor. &
7. 1 John 4:9, 16, dgyy dy 7G Lod
Luke 21: 23 in text. rec. Comp. Sept.
and 2 2 Satn. 24: 17.—Lib. Henoch. in
Fabr. V. T. Pseudep. p. 161.

Nore. In composition éy implies:
1, a being or resting in, as Eres, du-
péve. 2, into, when compounded with
verbs of motion, 98 éufutye. 3. con-
formity etc. as Er8ux0s, mroHos. 4. par-
ticipation, as Svozos.

275

"Evdgxouac

EvayxadQomer, €. lous, (67-
xaliZouas fr. dyxdiy,) to take in one’s
arms, Matt. 9:36. 10:16, Sept. for
Fr3t Prov. 6: 10. 24: 33.—Plut. de frat,
Amor, ult, Diod. Sic. 3. 58.

* Evade, ou, 6, %, adj. (dy, Gds,)
belonging in the sea, marine, James 3:7.
—Hom. Od. 5. 67. Aristoph. Theamoph.
325. [833.]

“Evavit, adv. (arth) pp. over
against ; hence,-in presence of, before,
seq. gen. Luke 1:8. Sept. for 7z5>
Ex. 26: 26,99. al. seep. 3°92 Gen.
38:7,

*Evaviioy, adv. (neut. of évavtlos,)
PP. over against ; hence, before, in the
presence of, seq. gen. Mark 2: 12 éj1-
Se lvavtloy nortan. Luke 20: 26,
Acts 8: 32, Sept. for 73! 30 > Gen. 20:
15, 41:46. “287m Ex. 7:20, sy73b
Num. 20: 8. — Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 1. —
From the Heb. in the sight of, seq. gen.
‘Acts 7:10 ieney wine zigu darter
Pagasi, i.e. with him, q. d. ‘he won his
favour,’ comp. Ex 1]: 3, 12 36. al.
where Sept. for %;.93. Luke 24: 19
Svvares évartloy r08 St0b x. x. 2, in the
sight of God, i.e. God being judge;
comp. Sept. for "p32 Gen. Qi: 11, 12
al. %2p5 Gen. 10: ‘9. See Gesen,
Lehrg. p. 693 d. p. 820.9, Stuart§ 456.

*Everiios, % om, (civelog fr. a
31,) over against, op)

8) pp. Hom. 13 1 100) in N.T. of a
wind, contrary, ‘adverse, Matt. 14: 24,
Acts 27:4. seq. dat. Mark 6: 48,—Luc.
D. Deor. 25.1. Ken. An. 4. 5. 3, — So
FE Zvavtiag or dtwverrias, as adv. 2eq.
n. over against, Mark 15: 39, comp.
Burm, § 123.8. § 115. 0.5. Sept. for

3 Josh, 8: B. 3349 Neb. 3: 27, —
Tl nue. 4. 33.
b) metaph. contrary, adverse, hostile,

seq. dat. 1 Thess, 215, Acts 28: 17,
So trartia moicouy veq. meds c. acc.
26:9. comp. Sept. Ez. 18 18.—Thue.
7.01. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 22.—80 o
fvavriag, i. q. 6 dvartlos, an adversary,
an enemy, Tit. 2: 8. See Buttm. §125. 6.
—Xen. Eq. 11.3.

*Evcozoma, £ Spas, (Sexopas)
to make beginning i, i, 0. to begin, to

Dari,

“Evaros
commence, absol, Gal. 3:3. seq. accus.
Phil. 1: 6. comp. Matth, § 336, Sept.
for Siy71 Deut. 2: 24, 25, 81.—Seq. gen.

1 Mace. 9: 54, Luc. Soma. 3, Pol. 5.
13.

“Evatoc, see “Evvatos.

*Evdene, ove, 6, 4, adj. (edie) in
want, needy, destitute, Act 4:34, Sept.
for T1738 Deut. 15: 4,7. Is. 41: 17. —
‘Ael. V-H. 1.31. Xen. Mem, 2,2. 10.

” Evderymar, aroc, 16, (érexrrpt,)
indication, token, proof, 2 Thess. 1: 5.—
Dom. 423.13.

* Evdecxvupe, £. dee, to point out
én any thing, lo shew in any thing, trans,
Sere Josh. 7: 14sq. Thue. 4, 126 alt.—

In N.T. only Mid. evdecxrrput, to
shew forth, to manifest, se. any thivg ro-
lating to or depending on one’s self,
oq. accus. Rom. 2: 15 dvdslx. v5 koyor
so vopou yoanriy dy watz wagBlang ai-
tiiv, 9:17 ty Sbvaply wou. v.22. 2Cor.
8: 24. Eph. 27. 1 Tim. 1: 16, Tit. 2:
10, & 2 Heb. 6: 10,11. Sept. for
et Ex. 9: 17, — Wiad. 12: 17. Jos.
Ant.'7. 9. 5. Xen. An. 6.1. 19.—Hence
by impl. to manifest towards any one,
i.e. to do to any one, seq. aces et dat.
Q Tina. 4: 14 mold: pros none évede!$aro.
Bo Sept. for 472 Gen. 50: 15, 17. —
Song of 3 Childr, 19, Diod. Sic. II.
p. 631. ed. Wess, or X. p. 171. ed. Bip.
peyidey Hg th ngropalg dedeltaro.
pp. to point out, to shew, Pol. 3. 54. 3.

“Evdeckec, gnc, i, (évdeixvem,) a
pointing out, pp. with the finger, Pol. 3.
38.5. In N.T. trop.

a) , declaration, Rom. 3:
25, 26.—Philo de Op. Mund. 1. p.9.50.

p. 20. A.

as) indication, token, roof
duyua, 2 Cor. & WA. Phil, 1
énldutis Jos, Ant. 4. 3, 3.

* Evdexar, ol, ai, 14, card. num.elenen;
in N. T.only of the eleven disciples, af-
ter the apostasy of Judas. Matt. 28: 16.
Mark 16: 14. Luke 24:9, 333. Acts 1:26,
2 14,

* Evdéxcetos, 7, ov, ordin. eleventh,
Matt, 20: 6,9, Rev. 21: 20.

jp Bye
+ 28, — So

276

“Evdokos

” Brddzopnc, . touan, to take or re-
ceive in, to admit, Luc. Eun. 9. Thc.
3.31. a N.'T. only impers. évd¢ysrae,

it is admissible, posible ; Luke 13: 33
ox évBiyeron,it is impossible.—Herodian.
4.8, 8, Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 23.

*Evdnudeo, Oy £ tow, (Eronuos,)
pp. to be among one’s people, to be at
home, Jos. Ant. 3.11.3. InN.T.trop.
to be present in any place, or swith
any person, 2 Cor. 5:9. seq. dy ib.
v.6, seq. mgé¢ ib. v.8. comp. Phil.
1:23.

* Bvdeduoxe, i. q. evi or bdive
q. ¥. (by redupl. and change of ending,
Buttm. § 112. 10,) to clothe in a gar-
ment; Mid. to clothe one’s selfi
seq. necus, Luke 8: 27, 16: 19.
for %
9:1.

“Evdcxos, ov, 6, 4, au. (6 év dixy,)
conformable to right, i.e. right, just, Rom.
3:8 Heh. 2: 2 — Anth. Gr. L 216 1
pijrduxe. IV. p. 53.

"Epdopenots, écoc, 3, (er8open,)
pp. something built in, us a mole in a
harbour, Jos. Ant. 15.9.6. In N. T.
genr. a structure, building, Rev. 21:
13.

Sept.
2 Sam. 1: 24. 13: 18.—Judith

“Evdokaca, & doo, (Bdogos,) fo
cnuse to be ey d6tn, ie. to glorify, i. q.
Botate q.v. Pare. or Mid, 2 These i
10,12. So Bept. for 252 Ex. 1&4.
Fz, 28: 22.—Ecclus. 38 6.

“Evdogoc, ou, 6, 4, adj. (év, 835)

pp. in honour, in glory, ive.
a) of persons, honoured,

noble, 1 Cor. 4:10. Sept. for 3233
1 Sam. 9:6. Is. 23: Herodian, 1. &
18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 56.—Of deeds, te
dota, glorious, memorable, Luke 13: 17.
Sept. for ning? Ex. 34: 10. Job & 9.

f external appearance, splendid,
glorious, of raiment, Luke 7:25 Sept
for "2% Is. 23: 9. mpix Te 22 18
xtor 2 Chr. 2: 9.—Herodian. 1. 16. 7.
—Trop. dedyola Evdatos, i.e. the church
adorned in pure and splendid raiment,
as a bride, Eph. 5:27, coll. v.25 et Rev.
19: 7,8 21: 95q.

"Evdvna

“Evévyce,, arco, vy (bvdive, b-
Bies,) clothing, raiment, a gorment, Matt.
& 25,28. 28:3. Luke 12:23. Sept. for
133 2 Bam. 1:94. Prov.3h 22 wasn
Zeph. 1: 8.—Act. Thom. §7. Auth. Gr.
IV. p. 141. — Spoken of the outer gar-
ment, Matt. 3: 4 tdupa and toizdr
xapriov, the usual garment of the an-
cient prophets, comp. 2 K. 1:8, Zech.
18: 4, Jahn (122, (Sept. for 423 2 Sam.
20: 8. #0 Wisd. 18: 24.) Also tduza
yépou, « wedding garment, Matt. 22: 11,
12, presented to guests in token of
honour, according to oriental custom ;
comp. Gen. 45 22, Judg. 14: 12 9q.
2K. 5:5, 220q. Jahn §178. Act. Thom.
§ 7. — Metaph. 15 é édipaos
mgofaten, i.e. externally with the meek-
ness and gentleness of lambs, in con-
trast to the apirit of wolves.

“Evduvauon, @, f. doo, to
strengthen in, i.e. to render strong, to
impart strength to, trans. Pass. or Mid.
to acquire strength, to be strong, spoken
of the body, as made strong out of
weakness, Heb. 11: 34. — Trop. of the
mind ete. Acts 9:22. Rom. 4:20, Epb.
610. Phil.4:13. 1 Tim.1:12. 2Tim.
1. 4:17. — Sept. for 79 Pa 52: 9.
Aquila for 734 Gen. 7: 20,24. Not
found i in the classics.

"Evdvve or cvduea, £. tom, (Bie
to go in, to envelope, Buttm. §114 déu,)
aor. 1 érédvoa, aor. 1 pass. éidvdyy,
perf. pass. érBidyzas. Aor. 2 évédvy is
not found in N. T.

1. to go in, to enter in, seq. tis tag
oixtas, 2 Tim. 3: 6,—Herodot. 2. 121. 2,
drdirt0s sc. és 10 otxnpa. Heaych.
Bivas- sladtvan, sist Dev.

2. to put on se. a garment, (pp. ‘to
cause to go into a garment,’ Buttmn.|.c.)
4. . to clothe, to dress, trans. and c.c.
dupl. accus. §. ©. of pers. and thing,
Buttm. § 13). 5,—Pass. to be clothed, and
Mid. to clothe oneself, c. ¢. aceus. of
thing in or with which, Buttm. § 134.6.
6136, 4.

a) pp. Matt. 6: 25 J br8ionods ; bag
11, 8%: 81 dridvoay abtéy 1a Indra a
rob. Mark 1:6. 6:9. 15: 17, 20. Luke
32: 22. 15: 9%; Acts 12: 21. Rev. 1:13,
15:6. 19: 14. Bept. for wy> Gen. 41:
42. Ex. 29: 5, 8. eee 10, 1—

277

*Evedgevoo

Ecclus, & 31. Ael. V. H. 4.22. Xen.
Cyr. 1.3, 3. Mid. ib, 8, 1. 4.—Spoken
of armour, t¢ Snia etc. Rom. 13: 12
Eph. 6 11,14. 1 Thess. 5:8, Sept.
and wa} 1 Sam. 17:5. Jer. 46:4, —
1 Macc. & 3. Herodot. 7. 229, Xen.
Cyr. 6. 4, 2.

b) metaph. (a) of the soul as clothed
with the body, 2 Cor. 5:3 dys xai dv
Sveduevos, comp. in Ts II. 7. Fupvds b.
Sept. und wa Job 10: 11. — (A) of a
pereon as clothed, i.e. endued, furnished,

with any power, quality, etc. Straus Pepe

Luke %: 49. dgSagelar, ¢Pavaclar, /
1 Cor. 15: 58 bis, 54 bis. oxleyzva oix-
tuguod, i. e, compassion, Col, 3: 12,
Sept. for wah, c. divamy Ps. 98:1,
comp. Ez.7: 27. 2Chr.6: 41. Job 2
14. al. — Ecclus. 17:3. Test. XII Patr.
p. 587 é8. sigpooirm. — (y) of one
who puts on, i, e. assutnes, a new char-
acter,ete. tor xarror &rSo. Eph. 4: 24,
Col. 3:10, #8. tov Xgrortay, i.e. to be
filled, imbued, with Christ’s spirit, to
be like him, Rom. 13: 14. Gal. 3: 27.
— Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 5, 70» Tagxi-
roy dxtivor dydvéueros, Comp. dno
Bvedperos tby IvSayégar Luc. Gall.
19.

“Evdusce, eco, %, (érdie,) the put-
fing on sc. of clothes, wearing, 1 Pet.
& 3.

‘Brivo, sce “Lydirve,

“Evedga, ce, i, dy, Foe.) a tying
‘in wait, pp. in war, an ambuscade, Sept.
for 2747 Josh.€:9. Thue. 3.90. Xen.
Cyr, 1.4.23. In N. T. in order to kill
any one, Acts 25:3, aleo 23: 16 in
later ed. where text. rec. has iveSgor—
1 Mace, 1: 36.

*Evedgeva, £. stow, (tridga,) to lie
in wait for, trans, pp. in war, to lie in
ambush against, Sept. for 298 Lam, 4:
19, Diod. Sic. 12.47. ib. 19.69; in
N. T. in order to kill any one, Acts 23:
21, Sept. for 29% Deut. 19: 11.—Dem.
1011. 8. — By ipl. to lie in wait for
as prey, in order to ensnare or seize, to
watch narrowly, Luke 11:54. S80 Sept.
and a7 Lam. 3: 10.—Ecclus. 27: 14,
2. Jos. Ant, 5.2, 12. Xen. Mem, 2.

“Evedger

“Eredgoy, ov, *é, in text. ree.
Acts 23: 16, i. q. évi8ga, which is sub-
stituted for ii later editions. Sept.
for 37372 Judg. 9: 35.

* Evedée, Gi, fou, (eidée, Butt.
§114,) to roll up in, fo wrap wp in, trans.
and seq. dat. of thing, Mark 15: 46.
Sept. for bb 1 Sam. 21: 9.—Artemid.
1, 13 or 14.

“Evequ, to be in any place,
Xen, An, 2. 4.21, 27. trop. to be in or
with any person, Xev. Mem. 1. 2. 28.—
In N. T, impers. éeoze, but only in the
form vz, (i.e. the Jon. form of the
prep, éy, the verb being dropped, Buttm.
§117, 3.2. Winer §14, 2. n,) there is in,
with, amang, @. g. In sc. ty intr,
Gal. 3:28 ter; others dy Xeuig, comp.
°By lec. a Col. 3: nu Gmov om iv.
James 1:17 nag 6 obx tv,—Test. XII
Patr. 783, Palaepb. 14.1. Aristoph.
Plur. 348. pp. Xen. An. 5. 3, 1!.—So
ra évdvta, things within, that which is
within, pp. 1 Macc. 5:5. Xen. Ag. 2
19, H.G.2.3.7, InN. T. Luke 11:41
26 bvovra Sits Oenpootrny, i.e. in the
figurative discourse of Jesus, give that
within the cup and platter as alms, comp.
v.39, here spoken of the inner man,
the heart, viz, ‘give alms from the
heart, and not merely externally ;?
for the doub. accus. comp. Buttm. §131.
n. 5, Others here prefer the sense
[xord] té évévta, pro facultatibus, ac-
cording to what you have, (Hesych. éro"
dwvatoy fj évumagzoy,) but the more
usual construction would then be éx ta
drévtoy, a8 Epict. Frag. 108.

"Evexa, Luke 6:22, Acts 26: 21.
Rom. 8: 36; more frequently #vexey ;
also poet. and Att. eivexey, [Luke 4: 18.]
2 Cor. 7: 12; comp. Buttm. § 117. 2
Winer § 5. p. 43. n. — prep. governing
the genitive, on account of, because of,
for the sake of ; Matt. 5: 10, 11. 10: 18,
39. 16: 25. 19: 29. Mark 8: 35. 1
18: 9, Luke 6:22. 9: 24. 18: 29, 2.
Acts 28:20. Rom. 36. 14:20. 2Cor.
8: 10 Evexey rig tm. ddtys, because of,
by reason of. 7: 12 bis, Sept. for "3° 2
Gen. 20: 11,18. $12 Deut. 18: 1
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 13. al.—Also Evexey rov-
rou, for this cause, therefore, Matt. 19: 5.

278

“Evegyteo

Mark 10: 7. Acts 26:21. ob Erma, for
which cause, wherefore, Luke 4:18, th
vos fvexa, for what cause, wherefore, Acts
19: 32, — So civexey roo oxy. infin.
2 Cor. 7:12 alvexty tol qarequdivas,
‘in order that, etc. In such construc-
tions fyexa is often omitted; comp.
Buttm. §140. n. 1. $130. o. 1.

“Eveos, see “Evrcos,

"Evdpyeca, as, 4, (rere, eneray,
pp. ‘the heing in work,’ i. e.

iency, active power, etc. Eph. 1: 19
xavd vy trigyniay ro xgdrov abr06,
according to the effciency, active exbibi-
tion, of his might, ec. in raising up Jesua.
87, 4:16, Col. 1:29, Especially as
exhibited in mighty works, miracles,
e.g. of God, Phil, 3:21. Col 212 of
Satan, 2 Theas, 2:9, — By meton. pat
for the works or miracles themselves,
2 Thees, 2 11 érigytiay mldwng, ie.
falee miracles, delusive signs, viz. thoes
mentioned inv. 9, 10, — Wied. 7: 26.
18: 22 3 Mace. 4:21. Pol. 1. 4.7. ib.
89.2,

Evepyéo, @, f. joo (dneris,)
pp. ‘to be in work,’ i, e. to work, to be
effective, operative, etc.

a) neut. to work, to be active, to pro-
duce effect, spoken of things; Matt. 14:
Qet Mark 6:14 ai durdpas dregyoiew
éy ait, i.e. the power of miracles
works, miracles are wrought by him.
Eph. 1: 20 #v [évégyeay] érigryser, vee
Buttm. § 131. 3. Eph. 2: 2, Phil. 2 13
1 dneyiiv, With a dat. of pers, Gal.
28 bis, 6 éreeyioas Tirgy tig xt.)
erigynss xai uot tig ta E9vq, i.e. be
who effected in the case of Peter tbat
he should be the aposile of the Jews,
effected also in my case that I should
go to the Gentiles; comp. v.7 So
Sept. seq. dat. yuny o: dvegyat tH
dxdQh sig aeayade, for ta, Prov. 31: 4
— Wisd. 16:17. Arter llor2
Pol. 4, 40, 4. Diod. Sic. 4. 38.

b) trans, fo work, to effect, to produce,
neq. accu, spoken of persons; 1 Cor.
12: 6 6 éregyén ta dora, v.11. Gal. &
5, Eph, 1: 11. Phil. 2 13 3 évegréiv tv
jpiy to Silay x1. 4. Sept. for bp
Is, 41: 4. 53’ Prov. 21: 6.—Jos. B. J.
4.6.1. Diod. Sic. 18. 95 ult,

c) Mid. to shew oneself active, i. e.

"“Evégynpa

neut. to work, to be active, to operate,
spoken only of things, Winer § 39. 6
P. 212, Rom. 7:5 éregysixo dy toig pd-
Asay fpr. 2 Cor. 1:6, 4:12. Gal. 5:
6. Eph. 3: 20. Col. 1:29. 1 Thess. 2:
13. 2 Thess. 2 7.—Pol. 1. 13. 5. ib. 9.
13. 9.—Panticip. Zvepyouperos as adj.
working, effective, as James 5: 16 ding
Sregyousirn.

“Evépynuc, arog, x6, (inpyiv,)
pp. ‘what is wrought,’ i.e. effect pro-
duced, operation; 1 Cor. 12: 6, v.10
drcopiuata Surdpeo, operations of mir-
acles, i.e. put for miraculous effects,
the gift of working miracles. — Pol. 2
42.7. Diod. Sic. 4. 51 penult.

"Bveoyie, dos, ove, 6, 4, adj.
(4, ieyor,) energic, pp. ‘in work, i. e.

ing, operative, active, effective, Heb.
4:12. 1 Cor. 1&9 Sige por dvigys
beydin nab dnorric, effective, i.e. pre-
senting opportunity for great effects.
Philem. 6. — lever. p. 282. C. Pol. 2.
65. 12. ib. 11. 23, 2,

*"Eveote, sce * Evioms.

’ Evevioyéo, Gy f.4aw, to bless in
or through any one; in N.T. only
Pase, Acts 3:25 ty 1G oniguarl cov
drevioy, micas ak nargsat, (Gal. 3: 8.)
See in “Ey 3. d.a. Comp. Gen. 12: 3.
18: 18, 26: 4. 28: 14. al. where Sept.
for 773.

"Evéxco, £2 tw, pp. to have in any
thing, viz. :

a) to have in oneself, seq. dat. im-
plying @ disposition of mind towards
@ person or thing, e.g. favourable,
Jambl. Vit, Pyth. 6 évézwy [voty] mods
16 pavSdruy; in N.T. unfavourable,
Mark 6: 19 “Howduis évciger [yd10v] ad—
9. Luke 11: 53 duuvtig diyuy. So
Sept. for ty» Gen. 49: 23.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 682 éeizor 16 "Ion. Heaych.
dntizor" dzélowy, deyltorte. In full,
Herodot. 1. 118 sgintor roy of dvelyes
X6lov. 6. 119 éveizd age deivoy zélov.

b) Pass. év¢ yous, to be held in or by
any thing, trop. fo be entangled in, sub-
ject to, seq. dat. Gal. 5:1 mah Cryg
Sovislas érigzg9.a4.—Plut. ed. R. VIM.
P. 518 dvix. doypaow. Lucian. Disp. c.
Hes. 2. Herodot. 1. 90. ib. 2. 121. 2,

279

*Evlompe

’Evéade, adv. strengthened form
for iv9a, viz.

a) of place where, Buttm. § 116. 7,
comp. § 79.5, here, in this place, Luke
24: 41. Acts 10: 18. 16: 28. 17: 6. 25:
24.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4.9. Cyr. 1.3. 15,

b) of place whither, Buttm, § 116. 2,
hither, to this place, John 4: 15,16. Acts
25: 17. — Jos. Ant. 4.6. 8 Hom. Il. 1.
365. Xen. H. G. 1.7. 16

“Ever, adv. demonstr, Buttm,
§ 116. 6, hence, from this place, Luke
16: 26, for érteiSey in text. reeept. —
Hom. Od. 6.7. Jos. Aut. 4. 8,48, Xen.
Cyr. 1.2.2.

*Evdupcouar, ovat, £. jooua,

depon. Mid. (é, upds,) aor. 1 pase.
with mid. signif.’ Butt. § 196.2; to

have in mind, to revolve in mind, to think -
‘upon, trans. Matt. 1:20. 9:4. seq. nagd”

c. geo. Acts 10: 19 in text. rec. where
later edit. 31erD-ypdoues.—seq.ace. Wied,
3 14. Thug. 5, 32. Xen. Mem. 1.7.2.
neq. magh Wied. 6: 15,

*Evdupnor, cas, 4, (drOuuiouas)
thought, cogitation, Matt. 9: 4, 12: 25,
Heb, 4; 12. — Thue, 1. 182 — In the
sense of excogilation, inveniion, Acts 17:

“Eve for inots, see “Boop,

*Evcavios, ov, 5, « year, John
Ji: 49, 51. 18: 13, Acts 11: 96, 18: 11.
Gal. 4: 10. Heb, 9: 7, 25. 10: 1,3, James
4:13. 5:17. Rev.9: 15. Sept. for mz
Gen. 17: 21. Ex, 1% 2. al. — Jos: Ant.
3.12.2 Xen. Ath, 3.4. Mem. 3 6. 13.
— By Hebr. put for any definite time,
era, Luke 4: 19 inavrby xvglo dextor,
quoted from Is. 61: 2, where Sept. for
mg.

*Eviorut, (iorus) in N.T. only
fut. Mid. dvorjoouas, and perf. act. dy
dorqxa, part. évornxeig, Heb. 9:9, contr,
éroreie, Butm. § 110.10; intrans. to
stand in or upon, Butt. § 107. HH. leq.
In N.T. trop. to stand near, i.e. to be at
hand, to impend, 2 Thess, 2:2. 2 Tim,
8: L—2 Mace. 4: 43. Pol. 2.28.9. ib,
3.6.1. — Part. perf. Zvearaig, instant,
i.e. present, Rom. i

88 obte dvotéra,
obss uildoria, 1 Cor, 3:22. 7:96, Gal.

wy
y

* Enoyou

1:4, Heb. 9: 9.—Eedr. 9 6 Jos, Ant.
16. 6,2. Ken. H. G. 2.1.6.

* Enozua, f. tou, (iozbe,) pp. to
be strong in any thing; in N. T. to
un-strengthen, i. e.

a) intrans, fo be invigorated, to become
strong, Acts 9:19, Sept. for prhn?
Gen. 48:2. pitt 2 Sam. 16:21. Dan.
10: 19.—Trop. Diod. Sic. 5. 28 énoztes
nag avis 5 MvOayégeu léyos. ib.
1, 18,

b) trans. but only in Sept. and N. T.
40 invigorate, to strengthen, i.e. to cause
to be strong, seq. acc. Luke 22 43.
Sept. for pr Dan. 10: 18, Judg. 3: 12.
Sie 2 Sam. 22: 40. pax Is.
Comp. on the causative signi
$118. 2, and n. 1.

* Evvatog, 7, ov, ord. adj. (évréa,)
the ninth, Rev. 21:20. Elsewhere only
in the phrase 4 sig 4 crvdrn, the ninth
hour, ec. in the Jewish mode of reckon-
ing, corresponding to our 3 o'clock P.M.
the hour of evening sacrifice and
prayer, (see Acts 3: 1,) Matt. 20: 5. 27:
45,46. Mark 15: 33, 34. Luke 23: 44.
Acts 3: 1. 10: 3, 30.—Some Mss, read
Bvarog in Matt. 20: 5. Acts 10: 30. See
‘Winer § 5. p. 44.

” Evvéa, oj, of, te, card. num. nine,
Luke 17: 17.

* Evveryxovtaevvéa, of, al, ed,
ninety-nine, Matt. 18: 12, 13. Luke 15:
4,7. Some Mss. write éveynxovt. which
in better; Winer § 5. p. 44. Butun.
‘Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 283.

*Evvenc, a, ov, better evedc,
Passow sub voc. Winer § 5. p.44, (prob.
iq. Gvewg fr. du, avw,) speechless,
dumb, with amazement, Acts 9: 7,
coll, 22: 9.— pp. dumb by nature,
also a deaf-mute, Sept. for DyX Is. 56:
10, Ep. Jer. 41. Jos, Ant. 4.8.32. Xen.
An. 4. 5. 33. .

’ Evvevea, f. rbow, to nod or wink
towards any one, Lat. innuo, i.e. to
make signs with the head, eyes, etc.
Luke 1:62. Sept. drveves 6pFadug for
YIP Prov. 6 13. 10: 10.

“Evvowa, as, 4, (%, vote) pp.
“what is in the mind,’ e. g. idea, notion,

280 “Evozos

Diog. Laert. 8. 79 Brot xalod. Pol.1.
15,13, In N. T. thought, intent, Heb.
4:12, Sept. for ray Prov, 3 21.
comp. 23: 19,—Susann. 28. Wied. 2: 14.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.1. —In the sense of
mind, disposition, mode of thinking and
feeling, 1 Pet. 4:1 rv ainjy Error,
sc. with Christ—Isocr. p. 112. D.

“Evvouos, ov, &, 4, (é, vépt0s,)
pp. ‘within the law,’ or ‘conformable
to law, i.e. ;

a) legal, legitimate, Acts 19: 39 dy +H
érvipy txxdgqalg.—Lucian. Cone. Deor.
14 éxxlnolas érvopou ayopirns. Pol. 2.
47.3,

b) under law, subject fo law, 1 Cor. 9
21 rvopos Xpuors.

“Evvuzos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (e, 708)
nocturnal ; neut. Zrvuzoy as adv. in the
night, by night, Butem. §115.4. Mark I:
35 aout Urruzor ay, very early, yet im
the night, i. q. Sp9gov Badiog Luke Us:
1,—adv. 3 Macc. 5: 5. fem. Hom. H.
1L 716.

’ Evo, &, f. jou, (otxde,) to
dwell in, to inhabit, c. c. dv, Sept. for
307 Jer. 4% 1, Xen. Occ. 4.1% In
NP. metaph. to dwell in or with any
one, to be in or with, seq. ¢v, spoken of
the indwelling of the Holy Spirit in
Christians, Rom. & 11, 2 Tim. 1: 14,
of the divine presence and blessi
2 Cor. 6 16, comp. 1 Cor. & 16, Lev.
26:12 Ex. 29:45. Ez. 37:27. So of
4 low 2 Tim. 1:5. 6 déyos 108 Xe.
Col. 3: 16, — Test. XII Patr. p. 539.
Jos. B, 3.6. 1. 6.

" Evovia, 1é, see “Even

“Evoing, mr08, 4, (th) oneness,
unity, Eph. 4: 3, 18. — Test. X11 Patr.
p. 642, Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 13 by. 5
laren.

"Evozdéa, ©, f. saw, (byhée fr.
Uzdog,) to excite tumult in; hence genr.
to disturb, to trouble, to annoy, ec. &
community, person, etc. absol. Heb.12:
15,—abeol. Xen. Cyr. 8.3. 9. seq. dat.
Xen. An. 3.4.21, seq. accus, Xen.
Mem. 3.8.2. Esdr. & 22, 29.

“Evozos, ov, 4, 4, adj. (dxizopes,)
iq, évaxépsros, pp. held in, contained ix,

“Entadua

JSastened in or on any thing, Antb. Gr.
P. 179 év dyxigns Erozor Baigos. In
N. T. meteph. subject to, liable to, ob-
norious to, viz,

a) pp. and usually c. c. dat. Math.
§370. n.4; so seq. dat. of tribuaal,
for the puvishment inflicted by* that
tribunal, Matt, 5: 21, 22'bis, 17 xgiow,
16 ounigly v.22 Boros the riy yéerva
i,q. Brozos PéldeoSas tis yizrra. Comp.
Num. 35 81 Evozog dvaigedijvax, Tho-
luck Bergpred. p. 182. Winer § 31. 2.
p- 173. Comp. in Eis 8. b. So Sept.
Frog. tH @ Sdvary for m7" nin Gen. 26:
Te Aeseb. 2.36 143 voy. Lue. bis ac-
cus. 89, Pol. 12, 14.1. Xen. Mem. 1.
2. 64 13 yoagi.. —Construed also c, gen.
Matth. |. c, Heb. 2:15 ivoyor Sovlsiag,
as in Engl. subjects of bondage. So of
punishment, fozos Savarov, lit. a sub-
ject of death, i.e. guilty of death, Matt
26: 66. Mark 14: 64. ty. aie. es
Mark 3: 29. — Dem. 1229, 11
Ssopo8.

b) in the sense of chargeable with,
guilty of, seq. gen. of that tn or in re-
spect to which crime is committed ;
1 Cor. 11: 2% &, toi oop, x. tod ay,
105 xugiov, James 2: 10 navtwy Evozos.
— Sept. Is. 54: 17, 2 Macc. 13: 6
Philo de Joseph. p. 558 rij¢ xlomijs Ero-
zos. Lys. in Alcib. 5. p. 140. init. &
Assmoragiov. c. dat. Sept. Deut. 19: 10.
Diod. Sic. 1. 77 penult.

“Envadua, tog, 16, (évrélopas,)
i. q, évtolj, mandate, precept, ordinance,
jatt. 15:9. Mark 7:7. Col. 2:22 Sept.
for m7 Job 23: 1 : 13.

"Enragtio, f, dow, (értdiqios, fr.
dy, tages, pl. 16 évrdgic grave-clothes
and ornaments, Enrip. Hel. 1404 or
1424. Ael. V.H. 1.16) to prepare
Sor burial, i.e. to.lay out in the érid-
ga, to decorate, to embalm, in the
Jewish manner, see Jahn § 204, 205.
trans. Matt. 26:12, John 19:40. Sept.
for D2 Gen. 50: 2, 3.—Test. XII Patr.
p- 619" undele ps éytaqudon molvrelét
doSium x. t.4, Plut. ed. Reisk. X. 138,
14 Goneg vexgoy drtaguditortes. Auth.
Gr. IV. p. 187,

"Evrapeaopos, ou, 5, (érsapectton,)
preparation for butial, i. e. 5 one

281

“Evusos
out, embalming, etc. Mark 14: 8. John.
12:7,

“Evrdéddopece, f. tshotpas, depou,
Mid. (ride to cause to exist etc.) perf
pass, évrézadues, with mid, or act
nif. Acts 13: 47. Herodian. 1. 9. 23,
Buttm. § 136. 3; to enjoin upon, to
charge with, to command, c.c. acc. of
thing and dat. of person, one or both
of which are often implied ; Matt. 28:
20 Goa everedduny iyiy, 15:4. 17:9.
Mark 10: 3. 11: 6. John 8: 5. 14: 31.
15:14,17. Acts 1: 2, 13: 47. seq. megd
c. gen. of thing, Matt. 4: 6. Luke 4:10.
Heb, 11: 22. seq. fa Mark 19: 34.
seq. infin, Matt. 19:7. Sept. for m1
Gen. 2: 16. 21: 4. E: al, saep. —
Jos, Ant. 8. 14.2 fa, Herodian. 3. 11.
19, 20. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2 12,—By Hebra-
ism, Heb. 9: 20 Biadrjxns He [i] tert
Jaro meas Tyas & 9265, which God en-
Joined upon or towards you, quoted from
Ex. 24: 8 where Sept. diad. Ho QeeOero
noes inés for Heb. tan n 72; but
elsewhere Sept. often d:adyeny *iversl-
Jato tyiy for Heb. pany n°73 My,
$8 Pew #18. Tosh. '23: 16, * Ju ug.

*Evted dey, adv. etrengthened form
from trSey, Buttm.§116.7, hence, thence,
from this or that place, Matt. 17: 20.
Luke 4: 9. 13: 31. 16: 26 in text. rec.
John 2: 16, 7:3, 14: 31. 18: 36. — Jos,
Ant. 1, 21.3, Xen. An. 1.2.7, 10,11. al.
—So dvtsi dev nal evtaider, hence and
¢, hence, on this side and that side, on
each side, Jobn 19: 18. Rev. 22 2.
Sept. for myai mr Num. 2% 24,
mrt] mary Dan. 12:"5.—Trop. of the
cause or source, hence, James 4: 1.—
Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 18. Herodian. 2, 10. 13,

“Erteviic, ews, 4, (évtvyzdve,)
pp. a falling in with, meeting with, com-
ing together, Ael, V.H. 4.20. access,
audience, Pol. 16, 21, 8 ib, 25, 6. 6

ition, Jos, Ant. 15.3.8. Diod. Sic.
16. 55. — Io N. T. supplication, prayer,
se, to God, 1 Tim. 21. 4: 5. — Plut,
-Numa 14 penolt. nowioSar tag meg to
Stiov irisiteus. Clem. Alex, Strom.
27

“Evicpos, ov, 6,4, adj. (dy, tyst,)
PP. in honour, i.

"4 hal

"Brody

a) honoured, estimable, dear, Luke 7:2-,
14: 8. Phil. 2:29. Sept. for min
Neh. 2: 16. 4:14. 4332 Num. 22: 15.
— Herodian. 2. 1. 10) "Xen. Cyr. 8
24 edad Kfh. £0299.

b) precious, costly, spoken of a stone,
trop. 1 Pet. 2: 4, 6, comp. Is. 28: 16
where Sept. for 7727.—Dem. 1285. 18,

*Evtoan, 9, 4, (¢rélhopar) in-
struction, charge, command, i. ©.

8) pp. charge, commission, direction;
Jobn 10: 18 évtoljy EaBor maga tov
matgos. 12: 49, 50. Acts 17: 15, | “Col 4:
10. Heb. 7:5. al. Sept. for F a 2K.
2 Chr. 8: 15.—Herodian. 3. 5. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 30.—In the sense of a
public charge, edict, from magistrates,
John 11:57, Sept. for m}x3 2 Chr.
35: 16. ‘

b) in the sense of precept, command-
ment, law, spoken (c) of the traditions
of the Rabbins, Tit. 1: 14, — (8) of the
precepts and teaching of Jesus, Joha
18:34. 15:12. 1Cor.14:37, 1 John
2: 8, al.—() of the precepts and com-
mandments of God, in general, 1 Cor.
7:19,- 1 John 3: 22,23, al, Sept. and
ry) Deut. 4: 2, 40. al. saep. (8) of
the precepts of the Mosaic law, in whole
or in part, Matt. 5: 19, 19: 17. 22: 36,
38,40, Mark 10: 5,19, Rom. 7:8 sq. al.
— (e) genr. and collect. évrohi, or 7
. ro} Seot, put either for the lav, i.e.
the Mosaic law, Matt. 15: 3, 6. Mark @
8,9. Luke 23: 56, Sept. for ATR
2K. 21:8 2 Chr. 12: 1.—or, for the
precepts given to Christians, christian
doctrines and duties, 1 Tim. 6: 14. 2 Pet.
2:21.32, An

* Evcoaing, ov, 6, %, adj. (v, t5-
‘mos, pp. in the place, spoken of one
who belongs in any place, a resident, an
inhabitant, Acts 21: 12. — Porphyr. de
Abst, 1, 14, Plato Phaedr. p. 1232.
D.

’ Evtoc, adv. (é,) in, within ; aloo
aa prep. c. gen, Lake 17: 21 Bacusia
tod Sted brig Suy tow, the kingdom
« O God is within you, i.e. its seat ix in
your heart and affections, not external.
Bo te értis, the inside, Matt. 23: 26,
Buttm. §125, 6,7. Sept. for 3 ez Ps.
~ 30: 4, 109; 22, — Lucian, D. Daor 14.

282

* Evipvgaw

5 16 évséc. Herodian. 2, 15. 15, Hero-
dot. 7. 47.

"Evroenan, £. per, Lat. inverto, Eng.
to invert, i. e. to turn about, trans. e. g-
1a vita Herodot. 7.211. to turn beck,
Diog. Laert. Socr.11.29. Trop. to turn
one in upon himself, to bring to reflee-
tion, i. q. to affect, to move, Ael. V. H.
3.17 pen. Hom. I, 15.554, Hence
in N. T.

a) to shame, to put to shame, trans.
1 Cor. 4: 14 odm dvtpinar ipas yeape
tatro, Pass. 2 Thess. 3: 14. Tit. 2: 8.
Sept. for aon Ps. 35: 26. 40: 15. 83:
16, pb>2 Is.41: 11, Ez, 36: 32—Esdr.
8:74, Ecc 25. Plato Crit. 14.

b) Mid. Zvrgénopas, to shame oneself
before any one, i.e. to feel respect or
deference towards, to respect, to reverence,
in N.T. and in late writers seq. accus.
Matt. 21:37 et Mark 12:6 éxtganijoorras
tov vidy pov, i.e, Pass. as Mid. comp.
Buttm. § 136. 2. Luke 18: 2, 4. 20: 13.
Heb. 12: 9, — Wisd, 2:10. Diod. Sic.
19. 7. Pol. 30.9.2. Plut. ed. Reisk.
V1. p. 882. 15. In earlier writers seq.
gen. Soph. Ajac. 90. Xen. H. G. 2.

3. 33,

"Evrpéga, f. trSpipe, to nourish
up in any thing, to bring up or train up
in; hence Pass, trop. to be skilled in,
imbued with, seq. dat. of thing, 1 Tim.
4:6 értgepopsvos toig Adyou. Comp.
for the particip. pres. Winer § 46. 5.
p. 289, 291.—Philo de Vict. off. p. 855
dvrg. vouorg. de Alleg. p. 59. Herodian.
5.3.5. ib.5.5.4. pp. Eurip. Phoen.
379. [381.] Max. Tyr. 18.9, or Diss.
3c.

“Evrgouoc, ov, 6, %, adj. (7, t96-
os,) in trembling, i.e, trembling with
fear, terrified; hence Evrgopog yi-
voua v. tut, to tremble, Acts 7: 32, 16
99, Heb. 12°21. Sept. for 1177) Dan.
10: 11.—1 Mace, 13: 2. Plut. Fab. Max.
3. genr. Anth, Gr. I. p. 23. p. 211.

3

"Evrgony, Is, 4, (érpéme q. ¥.)
shame, a pulling to shame,.1 Cor. 6: 5
moos évtg. iuiv liv, 15¢ 34. Sept.
for rmh3 Ps. 35: 26. 69: 8, 20.

*Evrpupae, &, £. tow, to live deli-
cately or lururiously in, to revel in, ©. g.

*Evwyyave

fr tots Symes, 2 Pet. % 13 in some
‘Mes, but the comm. reading is éy tos
ndzass, ic. trop. to revel in their frauds,
orby meansof them. Sept. for 339n"7
Is, 55: 2,—c, dat. Philo de Jos. II. p. 70.
15, Herodian. 2, 3,22. Diod. Sic, 19.
71.

’ Evrwyzatva, f. rebtopes, to fall in
with, to light upon, seq. dat. genr. Xen.
‘An. 4.5.19, fo meet and talk with, Xen,
Mem. 3. 2. 1. ib. 3. 6. 2.— In N. T. to
come fo, to address, to apply fo, seq. dat.
Acts 25: 24 mg} ob may 19 mlij9og évé-
revzor pot.—2 Mace. 4: 36, Pol, 4.76.9.
Plot. Theseus 26 med. — In the sense
of to intercede, to make intercession for or
against any one, viz. Beq. dat. expr. or
impl. et mig v. xatd c. gen, Rom.11:
2 ts bsuyzives 16 Seq nave s0U * Tagan).
8: 27, 34 tnig dylwy, inig judy. Heb.
7:25. — 1 Mace. 10: 61, 63 xoté, Jos.
Ant. 14, 10. 13 ‘nég.

’Evwaloow v. 11a, £. tu, to roll
up in, to inwrap, trans. c. dat. of thing,
Matt. 27: 59, Luke 23:53. Also to fold
or wrap together, John 20: 7.—Hesych.
drevilsgey* iniliooe,

’Evtunca, @, f. dow, (vevaos fr.
ty, vir0s,) to instamp, to impress, to en-
grave, Pass. 2 Cor. 3: 7. — Aristot. de
Mund. 6. Plut. ed. Reisk. VIII. p. 672.
Hesych. érrunotpsvoy * éyypapopevor.

“Evupoko, f. Lares, (dy, UBglfer,) tobe
contumacious in or towards any one,
to treat with despite, to contemn, eeq. acc.
Heb. 10: 29 23 nveipa sii5 269. drupgl-
as. — So seq. ace. Jos, Ant. 5. 8. 12.
ib. 1.8.1. seq. dat. Herodian. 8. 5. 3,
Pol. 10. 26. 3.

*Evunvectto, also tvunnatopas
depon. (évinvoy,) to dream, intrans.
spoken of visions in dreams, Acts 2: 17
brinna brexnacdjoora, where for
the accus. of the cognate noun, see
Buttm. §131. 3. Comp, Joel 2:28 where
Gen. 28: 11.—pp. Plut.

the act. Aristot. H. An. 4. 10.—Trop.
drmnatiperos, dreamers, i. 0. holding
vain and empty opinions, deceivers,
Jude 8. Comp. Lat. somnio, Cicero de
Divin. 2. 71.

283

* Evenwy

*"Evinvoyr, ov, 15, (t, dxve,)
pp. ‘what comes in sleep,’ a dream,
spoken in N. T. of visions in dreams,
Acts 2:17, comp. in "Evummuite. Sept.
for pibn ‘Joel 2:28. 1K. 3: 15.—pp.
Herodot. 7. 16.2. Xen. Conv. 4. 48,

*Evonoy, (pp. neut. of trumios,
fr. dv, Sy,) prep. governing the gen. in
the presence of, before, found only in
the later Greek, Buttm. §146.2. Sept.-
every where for 93°52, "705; in N, T.
used chiefly by Luke, Paul, and in the
‘Apocalypse.

8) pp. mostly of Persons, but also of

things, as dvuitoy tod Dedvov, before, in
front of, Rev. 1: 4. 4:5, 6,10. 7:9, 11,
15. al. 80 Sept. and 9; Josh. 6: 4.
1 Sam. 5: 3. . M524 Gen. 30: 39. —
Eleewhere of persons, before, in the
presence of, in the sight of ; Luke 1: 17
ngothstortas évcimor abzot, as a herald,
i,q. mgd meoownov abrot in Mark 1: 2
Luke 1:19 Tapguid, 6 mageoryniis tvei- ;
mov 0% Se0d, comp. in “Agxdyyelos. ,
So xgooxursiy v. nintay dveiniy tiv05,
to prostrate one's self before any one,
Luke 4: 7, Rev. 3:9, 4:10. 5: 8, 15:4,
(Sept. for "70> Ps. 22: 30.) Acts 9 15
dvinuoy trav x +. 1. Luke 13: 26
dgdyouey troimisy cov, see in Eodle,
Luke 5: 18, 25. Acts 6: 6. 10: 4, 31. al.
Sept. for °2° iz. 15: 26. Jer. 7: 10.
2D) Lev. Num. 17: 10.

6) as marking the manner, and espec.
the sincerity in which any thing is
done; évcinuoy toi Seod, in the sight of
God, i. e. God being present and wit- +
ness, Rom. 14: 22. 2 Cor. 4:2. 7: 12,
Comp. Sept. and *;p> 1 Sam. 12:7.
28: 18.—-So in obtestations, before God,
God being witness, Gal. 1: 20, 1 Tim.
5: 21, & 13, 2 Tim. 2: 14, 4:1.

c) metaph. in the sight of, i.e. in the
mind, will, purpose, judgment, of any
one; Luke 1: 6 dixatos éyamioy tot
Prof, v.15 piyas dveimoy xuglov, v.75.
15: 18, 21 juagror évcinér cov. (Sept.
and mpd 1 Sam. 20: 1.) 16: 15 dsxar—
obvres bavtods dvaimioy dySocinur. Acta
8:21. Rom. 12: 17.” 2 Co ‘21, al.”
So Sept. and %3"7a Deut. 4:25. 1 Ke
11:53, 98. al. “75 Neb. 9:28. Ps, 5:~
9. 19:15.—From the Heb. évaimidy ‘B55,
where in Greek a dat. is usual, Luke

‘Eves

15 10 zagé ylvesar bvcimvoy sibv dyyi-
lay, i.e. joy to them, they Tejoice.
24: 11 dpdrcay dveimioy adray dosh Aj-
gos, ie. seemed to them, Acts 6:5
figeasy 5 lbyos trimoy mavtic x,t. 2
ive. was pleasing fo all. So Sept. and
op 93 Num. 13:34. Deut. 1: 23. 2 Sam.
8:36. Also in the phrase sigloxe yd—
guy daciméy ww05, to find favour in the
sight of any one, Acts 7: 46, elsewhere
maga tit, Luke 1:30. So Sept. for
syyq Ex. 93: 13,17, Num. 1: 11.
AL.

*Evas, 6, indec. Enos, Heb. =e
(man), pr. name of a man, Luke 3: 38,
comp. Gen. 4: 26.

"Evorouet, £ loova:, depon,
Mid, (é, os ‘crds,) to receive én the ear,
ive. to give ear to, to listen to, seq. acc,
Acta2:14, Sept. for per Gen. 4:
Job 37:14. awiprt Jer 8: 6.— Wied.
& 2% ‘Test. XII Pate, p. 520. Alex.
Comm, 3.9. Hesych. dvenlou- év roig
Girlouw dizov.

"Eva, 3, indec. Enoch, Heb. $534
(dedicated), the patriarch who walked
with God, Luke 8: 37, Heb, 11:5. Jude
14. Comp. _ 5 8 aq.

"ES, wee

"Es, of, ai, td, six, Matt. 17: 1
Mark 9:2. Au.

* Ekayyéddo, £. i, (dy dyyélion,)

to give out intelligence, e.g. from one
camp to another, Demosth. p. 45. 3.
Ken. An, 2, 4. 24. In N.T, to an-
nounce abroad, i.e. by Hebraism, to
make widely Known, to celebrate, c. g.
16s dospac t00 Sst 1 Pet. 2 9. Sept
for ABS Ps. 9: 15. 79:13. — Ecclus,
44: 15.

"Ekayopater; f. doa, (tx, dyogdzu,)
to purchase out, to buy up, sc. from the
possession or power of any one, trans,
Plot. M. Crass. 2. Pol.3.42.2—In N.T.
to redeem, to set free, sc. out of service
or bondage; Gal. 3:13 dx rip xardgas

x08 ripen 4:5, Comp. in “Ayopdto b.
— Mid. pp. to redeem for' one’s use,
trop. Eph. 5: 16 et Col. 4: 5 étayopaté-

peevos Tor saipir, redeeming redeeming the time, i.e,
pening an improving every oppor-

284

"Ekeuréo

tunity to do good. — Comp. Marc, An-
tonin. 4. 28 sigharcioy tO wager.

* Betyeo, £. dite, (ds, diye) te lead
out, to conduct out, sc. out of any place,
c. aceus. of pers. e. g. out of prison,
Acts 5: 19. 16: 37, 39. seq. dx 12: 17.
Sept. for wzin Ps. 142: 8. Is. 42 7.
Also out of Egypt, Acts 7: 36. seq. éx
v.40, 13:17. Heb.8:9. Sept. for xin
Ex. 6:7, Lev. 25: 38. Genr. Mark 15:
20. Aets 21: 38. seq. &w Mark 8: 23.
Luke 24: 50. So Sept. seq. itw Gen.
15:9, 19:16, As a shepherd his flock,
John 10: 3.—Dem. 1090.10. Xen. H. G.
6.4.37. seq. &x Dem. 845. 17. ib. 865.
6. Xen, H. G. 6.5.18. seq. 3 Dem.
1278, 3.

Ekacpéo, a, £. joe, (tx, alge)
aor, 2 éeidoy, aor. 2 mid. irreg. éeero
Acts 7: 10 et 12: 11 in some edit. see in
“Avaipie ; to take out, trans. i, e.

a) fo pluck out, to lear out, e.g. an
eye. Matt. 5:29 tor Sq Faludy. 18: 9.
—Heliodor. 2. p. 84 10¥ 69. Plut. ed.
Bei. VIL. p. 471. 7 ray ogo. Xen. 2.

. 16,

b) to take out from a number, to
select, Mid, to select for oneself, to choose,
ec. ace. Acts 26:17, Sept. for ara
Deut. 31: 11. Job 36: 11.—Jos, Am. 4.
8.5. Xen. An. 2. 5.20, act. Hom. i.
16. 56. Xen. An. 5. 3, 4.

¢) Mid. trop. to take out sc. of the
power of any one to one’s self, i.e. to
rere, te feliz, eq. nce. and c. c. és,

cts 12:11 éSelderd bx zeigos “HM
Sou 7:10, Gal. rc. res. faa
7: 34, 23:27, Sept. for bv277 Gen. $2
11, 37:20. al, saep.—Dem. 256.2, Pol.
ii.

" Etaioco, £. age, (&, atou,) to take
up out of any place, to from,
Plot. Marcell. 15 med. <a Cyr 24a
19. In N,T. to take away out of or
JSrom, to remove, trans. and seq. & eC. gen.
1 Cor. 5: 18 véy movnger ¢ Spd, i.e.
to expel, to excommunicate. So v.2
intext.recept. Sept. for "¥2 Deut. 19:
19. Judg. 20: 13. al, “Dry Joah. 7:
18. my> Ez. 14: 8.—Ael. 2.24. An-
thol. Gr. III. p. 98.

"Efauréw, ©, £.j0u, (by atria) to
ask out and out, to desire to have, to de-

"Bgaigrys
wend ; Mid. to demand for oneself, eq.
accus, Luke 22:31. Comp. Job 1: 6 0q.
2 11 oq—Test. XII Patr. p. 729. Dem.
346.21. act. Diod. Sic. 11. 33.

Egaigryg, adv. (x, alprns i. 9.
atpres, Hqra, q. v.) suddenly, unez-
pectedly, at once, Mark 13: 36. Luke 2
18. 9:39. Acts 9%: 3. 226. Sept. for
banp Prov. 24:2, Jer. 6:26. 935 In
47:9,—Paus. 3.5.9. Xen, Mem. 4.2.6,
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 18. n, Battm.
§:115. n. 5.

"Etaxodovidéw, &, £. jow, (tx,
Gxolovdia,) to follow out, i, e. trop. to

copy after, to conform to, voq. dat. piForg
2 Pee 116. dodyelas 2:2. 2H Sdg
tuvog 215. Sept. for mp Is. 56: MM.
—Jos. Ant. prowm. 4. Pol.'17. 10,7.

“Etaxoowt, at, a, six hundred,
Rev. 13: 18. 14: 20. Butt, § 70. 4.

"Ekadeigor, f. ye, (éx, éleiga,) pp.
to smear out, i.e. to blot out, to expunge,
trans.

a) pp. a8 15 Svopa éx rife BIBlou tig
Cais Rev. 3:5. So Sept. for m3 Ps.
69:29. Ex. 3% 31, 32. — Lucian: pro
Imag. 26. Xen. H. G. 2. 3. 51.—In the
sense of fo abrogate a law, 10 ze96-
reaper Col. 14. Dem, 468. 1 répor.
‘Lys. 96. 10. — Trop. for to pardon, tag
Gpagtias Acts3:19. So Sept. and m7
Ps. 51: J. Ia. 43: 25, Jor. 18:23.—Lys.
106, 34.

_b) by impl. to wipe off or away, 26
dv tb déxgvoy dxd sav dq, Rev. 7:
17. 21: 4.

* Eka Adopac, f. chotpe, (&, #-
‘Aopsen,) to leap out, e.g. from a house,
Plut. Agesi. 34 pen. from a chariot,
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8. 25.—In N. T. to leap up
or forth, sc. from the place where one
eat or was, Acts 3:8. Sept. for Ip)
Joel 2:5.—Plut. Pelop. 32 med. Pomp.
58 pen. ,

"Eterdorace, 2006, 7, (Bavlorm,)
a rising up, Pol.3. 55.4. In N.T.
resurrection from the dead, Phil. 3:

i.

"Ebdavarédda, £. edi, (dx, dvorilde
4. ¥.) to spring up out of any place,
the ground, etc. spoken of plats, fo

285

*EfanoctdAle

shoot forth, to sprout wp, intrans. Matt.
1%: 5. Mark 4: 5. Sept. of light, for
THY} Ps. 112: 4.—Trane. of plants, Sept.
for tgury Gen. 2 9. Ps. 104: 14,

“Etaviornmt, forjoe, (dx, avlor-
#4) trans. to cause lo rise up out of, to
raise up out of; intrans. to rise up out

of. Buttm. § 107.11,

a) trang. pp. of soldiers out of am-
busb, Thue. 7. 77. Xen. H. G. 4. 8, 37.
of beasts out of their laira, Xen. Cyr.
2.4.20. InN. T. in aor. 1 Act. from
the Heb. to raise up sc. seed, offspring 5
Mark 12: 19 et Luke 20: 28 ‘Baraorion
onigua 19 ddelgd airoi sc. éx tis
yoraixés. Bept. for sh Gen. 19: 32,
34. md Gen. 4: 25,

b)intrans. in aor. 2 Act. to rise up ont
of sc. a place, a number or body of per-
sons, etc. to stand forth, Acts 15: 5.
Sept. for nip Gen. 18: 16. 19:1. Judg.
3: 20.—Pol. "5.31. 2. Dem. 284, 23.

* Etanataco, cd, £.%oo, (éx intens.)
i.q. dmarciw but stronger, to deceive wholly,
to beguile, to seduce, i.e. to lead out of
the right way into error, trans, Rom.
7:11. 16:18. 1 Cor. 3; 18, 2 Cor. 11:3.
2 Thess. 2: 3. — Susann. 56. Jos. Ant.
10.7. 3. Xen. Mem. 4, 2. 19.

"Ebcnuva, adv. later form for é§-
anions Ton. for daipras q. ¥- suddenly,
unexpectedly, Mark9:8, Sept. for EXD
Josh. 11:7. Ps, 64: 5, Num. 6 9. —
Zonar. 7.25. ib.10.37. See H. Planck
in Bibl, Repos. I. p. 678.

"Ebanopdopar, ovpac, (es in-
tens.) i.q. d7ogéopas but stronger, to
be wholly without resource, to ut-
terly, seq. gen. 05 fix 2 Cor. 1: B.
comp. Buttm. §182. 6.1, _absol, 2 Cor.
4:8, Sept. for 319 Ps. 68: 16. — Plut.
Alcib. 5 pen. Pol. 3. 48, 4.

*Ekanootéddw, f. owls, (ix, axo-
crilia,) to send awcy out of the place
where one is, fo send forth, trans.

a) genr. as an agent, messenger, etc.
Acts 7: 12. 1: 22. 12:11, Gal. 4; 4,
seq. tic of place whither, etc. Acts 9:
30, 22: 21. Gal. 4:6. Sept. for nv
Gen. U4: 40. Ex. 8 12. Jer. 26: 22, —
Dem. 251 5. o. sig Pol. 21. 14. 9..
©. moe 8.11.1.

*Ekagito

b) simply, to send away, to dismiss, to
Bet depart, Acts 17: 14, Sept. for n=33
Gen. 45:24. 1 Sam. 9: 19, 26. — Pol.
10. 35, 2—In a stronger sense, to send
away sc. peremptorily, c.c. accus. et
adj. Luke 1:53 moutotrtas dan. xsvous.
“20: 10-11 adtéy xavdy. So Sept. and
nbw -Gen. 31: 42. ‘Deut. 15: 13. Tob 2:
9, — Pol. 15. 2. 4 rove mpioBes dvaro—
aglrous tan,

"Ebgagrige, f tow, (dm, dgrize fr.
digtios q. v.) to complete fully, trans,
spoken of time, to, to bring to an

“end, Acts 21: 5 rag jpseas. Spoken
of a religious teacher, to make thoroughly
perfect, to furnish out, 2 Tim. 3: 17. —
Jos. Ant. 3.2.2 moleusiv mods dv9e.
voig Enact xalig enetiopévorg. Luc.
Ver. Hist. 1. 33, of a house.

"Efaorpante, f. yo, (dy dorgd-
mte,) to flash out, as lightning, Sept.
Ez.1:4. Ia N. T. of raiment, to shine

out, to glitter, intrans, Luke 9: 29. comp.
Mew. 17: 2. Sept. of armour, for Pe?
Nah, 3: 3. bp Ez17,

"Etauing, adv. (é, airis,) lit. from
this ac. time, i.e. forthwith, presently,
immediately, Mark 6:25. Acts 10: 33,
11: 11, 21:32, 23:30, Phil. 2:23, Bee
in ’Ex 2 b.—Pol. 2.7.7. Diod. 8.15.
43. Seo Lob. ad Phryn. p. 47. n.
Schiifer ad Bos Ell. Gr. p. 443.

Exeyeipa, £. epi, (é, tyslge,) to
wake out of sleep, to arouse out of sleep;
pp. implying also the rising up from
the posture of sleep, trans. Ecclus. 22:7.
Xen. H. G. 6. 4.36. Cyr.8,7.2, Hence
in N. T. trop.

a) to raise up out of 8c. death, iq.
dyelow de téiv vexgiiy, comp. in “Bylaw 0 a.
1 Cor. 6 14. Sept. and yrps Dan.
122

b) to raise up, i.e. to cause to arise or
exist, spoken of Pharaoh, Rom. 9: 17,
quoted from Ex. 9: 16 where Heb.
‘TRB, Sept. Sesrngi Sqn. —Jos, Ant. 8.
nh Lema vag esyelgeras ix’ éuod,

“Bbequt, (ty eiut to be,) see
rh

TL. “Ebecut, (4, aus to go,) to go
out of a place, intrans, seq. éx, Acts
1& 42 dx sig ovvayuyits. 27: 43 txt viv

286

"Ebdozouce

7, i. ©. out of the water. — c. és, Lu-
cian, Eun.6. seq. gen. Jos. Ant. 7.9.4.
abeol. Herodian. 7. 9, 8.— In the sense
of to go away, to depart out of a
place, absol. Acts 17: 15, 20: 7.— Jos.
Ant. 5.2.8. seq. gen. Herodian. 3
15.12.

* Eteddyzor, f. Su, (éx intens.) i. q.
éiéyzo but stronger, to convict fully, to
shew to be wholly wrong, Dem. 92. 9.
Xen. Ovc. 2.9. In N. T. to rebuke
sternly, to condemn, to punish, Jude 15.
So Sept. and main Ia 2 4. Mic. 4:3

*Ekddnc, £. xbow, (tx, Dx q.v.)
to draw out, to drag out, trans. pp. from
aplace,house,etc. Sept. for $73 Gen.
37: 28, Herodian. 8.8.14. InN. T.
trop. to draw out ec. from the right way,
ie. to draw away, to hurry away, James
1:14 tnd sig Blog UvPrplag eteded-
pevos.—Test. XII Patr. p. 702 eis 0g-
velov ue E&dxivaro, comp. Ael H. An.
6. 31 dnd tig Boris Elxopevos,

* Ek&éde, see * Exaigéo.

"Etépaua, aros, +6, (tepdw to
vomit out, eject, Dioscor. 8. 9,) vomit,
that which is thrown up, 2 Pet. =
22 éni 15 ior eSpaya. Comp. Prov.
26: 11, where Heb, inputs, Sept. éxd
tov bavtot Tusror —Dioecor. 6. 19.

* Ekegevvcar, 0, £. show, (dx, égev-
vain,) to search out, to trace out, to ex-
plore, trans. i. e. assiduously, diligently,
[rd] megt tivos, 1 Pet. 1:10. Sept. for
won Prov. 2:4. Zeph. 1:13. pt
1 Chr. 19: 3, — 1 Mace. 3: 49. Pol. 14°
1,13.

Ektépzomcn, £. &esicouos, (comp.
Buttm. § 188, V. 5. § 114 Zpyoua ult.)
aor. 2 g7l9or, to go or come out of
apy place, etc. Sept. every where for
x? Spoken

a) of persons, fo go or come forth,
(a) with adjuncts implying the ‘place
out of which, etc. seq. gen. Mant. 10:
14 aepzopevos rig olulas. Acts 16: 39.
comp. Matth. § 354. 3, Seq. é& c. gen.
of place, Matt, 8: 28 é& ray er
éfeqz. John 4: 30, Acts 16:40, 1 Cor.
5: 10. al. (Sept. for NE Gen. 8: 16,19.
al. Xen. H.G. 6.'5. 16.) Seq. Be,
Matt. 26: 75. John 19:4, Rev, 12

"Ebepzouar

seq. Bw c. gen. Matt. 21: 17 ite rij¢ x6-
deus. Heb. 13: 13. (Eurip. Phoen. 476
or 486.) Seq. dxé c. gen. of place, to
depart from, Matt. 13:1 &l9av dna tis
oixlas. 24:1. Mark 11:12. al. Seq.
adv, Matt, 5:26 éxeider. 12: 44 oder.
comp. Aesop. Fab. 129. — (8) With an
adjunet of person out of or from whom,
etc. as of those out of whose bodies
demons depart; seq. é c. gen. Mark 1:
25,26. Luke 4:35. al. seq. dnd, Matt.
12; 43, Luke 4: 35. abeol. Acts 16: 18.
Of those from whom, from whose pres-
ence, one goes forth with authority etc.
i, a. “to be sent out’ by s any one, seq.
dné c. gen. John 13:3 do Sov ejAde.
16: 30. (So Sept. for spyQ Gen. 4:
16. ney Nx: Ex. 8: 8)" ‘seq. maga
¢. gen. John,i6: 27 naga tov Geoi é-
§A9or. 17:8. comp. Sept. Num. 16: 35.
So genr. to depart from any one, i.e.
from his presence, intimacy, etc. Luke
5: 8 BedGe dx’ duod. 2 Cor. 6: 17 agi
Sere x pioou aizéiv. — (y) The place
whence being not expressed but im-
plied, to go out, i. e, to go away, to de-
part, etc. Matt.9: 31 of O83 é&elDértes
Steqipicay x t. 2 Mark 2:12. Luke
4: 42. Acts 7:7, Rey. 6:2. al. Soof
demons departing from the body, Matt.
8: 92, Acts & 7.(3) With an adjunct
of the place whither any one departs etc,
seq. €/¢, Matt. 11:7 af dtjlSere sig tHy
Boquoy x. t. 1. Mark 8:27. Luke 10: 10.
John 1: 44, Acts 11:25, al. saep. (Pa-
laeph. 38. 5. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 21.) 80
c. tis final, Mark 1: 38 sig toito. Matt.
8: 34 els dindvinow. Seq. dnt c. acc.
Luke & 27 dA9évte emt viv iin, 8c.
from a vessel, Acts 1:21. Seq. naga
ce. acc, Mark 2:13 éyAdey maga iid
Sdlaccay. Acts 16: 13. Seq. ngog
ec. acc. of pers. Jobn 18:29, 2 Cor.
8: 17.

b) metaph. of persons, (a) to go forth
Srom, to proceed, | from, Matt. 2: 6 é& oot
ag Eedevostar syoiperos. Acts 15: 24.
Also from the Heb. digzerdar éx 1746
OGogvos tirds, to come forth out of the
loins of any one, i.e. to descend from
any one, Heb.7:5. So Sept. and Heb.
pwd az? Gen. 35:11. 1K. 8: 19.
Gen."15: 4. Lib, Henoch. in
Fabr. Cod. peeud. V.T. I. 196. — (8)
John 10: 39 4241947 bx tod zips ear.

287

“Ekeote

lit. ‘be departed out of their hand,”
escaped from their power.—(y) 1 John
4: 1 moldod pevdortgogirat elnhiSacw
alg toy xdopor, i.e. have gone forth,
gone abroad, into the world.

c) of things, to go or come forth, to
proceed from, viz. (a) of a voice, doc-
trine, rumour, etc. Rev. 16: 17 é&jlde
gar} and 105 yaod. 19: 5. “Of doc-
trine, rumour, ete. to go forthito spread
abroad, 1 Cor. 14: 36 ag’ psy 3 doyos
toi Deov &Fl9er. With place whither or
pr seq. ti c,ace. Matt.9:26 etl der

ign airy sig Slqy iv piv dxslryy,
Rom. 10:18. John 21: 23. seq. dy c.
dat. Luke 7:17, ‘I Thess. 1: 8. seq.
xatd c, gen, Luke 4: 14. — (8) of
thoughts, words, etc. & ig sagdlag
Matt. 15:18. é& rod oxduatos, James
8: 10. of healing power or virtue, to
emanate, & tatrod Mark 5:30. 2ag
airod Luke 6:19. of an edict, to be
published, promulgated, nagé Kaloagos,
Luke 2:1. 80 of lightning, to come out
of, to appear from, dn’ dvatoléy, Matt.
24:27. Sept. and Nx Zech. 9: 14. —
(7) of liquids, for to,iéw out, John 19:
34 dSi19er azar xa} Uda. Rev. 14:20
é tis Avot. — (8) of a hope, to depart,
i. e. to be at an end, to vanish, Acts 16:
19. 80 of time, Sept. &ijA2 10 tos, for
bin Gen, 47: 18. Xen. An. 7. 5.4.

‘d) from the Heb. efoeoyouas xal éf-
eozopat, Acts 1: 21. John 10: 9; vee
in Eivégyonas d. At.

"Exeote impers. verb, particip, &867,
(fr. Hers not otherwise in use,) it is
possible, one can, referring to moral
poseibility or propriety, ine. tt is lawful,
it is right, it , one may,
Buttm. § 150. p. 48; constr. c. dat. of
pers. et infin. expr. or implied. - &
c. infin, pres. marking prolonged or
customary action, Matt. 14: 4 ox Beast
vos ize aitiy. Mark 6: 18, Acts 16:
Qi. 22: 25, With the dat. impl. Matt.
12:2,10,12. Luke 6:2. — Xen. Mem. 1.
4.9. Hi, 1. 26,—Seq, infin. aor, mark-
ing transient action, Matt. 20: 15 ote
Reorl pos modjoar 3 ido x. 7, 2. 19:3.
Mark 2: 26, 10:2. Luke 20: 22. John
5: 10, 18: 31. Acts 21:37, Bo part.
toy jy Matt. 12:4. dey sc. doth, i. q.
reer: 2 Cor. 12: 4. With the

Ekeralo

impl. Matt. 2217. 27: 6 Mark 3: 4,
1% 14. Luke & 4, 14:3, and so with
part. doy sc. torw Acts 2 29.—Ael,
V.H. 2.7. Xen. An. 4.3, 10, Occ. 7.
41 bis.—With the infin. implied, Mark

2% 4 S oim Teor sc. aitoig norsiv.
Luke 6:9. Acts 8:37. 1 Cor. 6: 12 bis.
10: 28 bia.

” Eteracca, £. cow, (é intens, érdter
fr. dx6c, ére6¢, true, real,) pp.to verify out,
ie. to examine, to explore, sc. whether
any thing is true or not, i. q. érafe but
stronger and more used by the Attics ;
Passow in voc. Hence

a) genr. to inguire out, i.e. to seek
out the truth by inquiry etc. seq. xegl
cc, gen, Matt, 2: 8, seq. sis interrog.
10: 11. Sept. for w744 Deut. 19: 18,
—Eeclus, 11: 7. Herodian. 4. 5. 5.
Dem. 23. 29. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 36.

b) by impl. to question, to ask, seq.
ace, of pers, John 21: 12.—Act. Thom.
§8. Phavor. finde ders.

"Einyéouan, ovpar, £ jooues,
depon. Mid. (éx, ijyiouas,) to lead out,
i, e. to take the lead, be leader, Ken. An.
6.6.34. c.dat.H.G.1.6.9. InN. T.
to lead or bring out, i.e. to make known,
to declare, trane.

8) genr. fo tell, to narrate, to recount,
Luke 24: 35 etyyoireo ta ty th 586.
15: 12, 14. 21: 19. ” Sept.
for SO Judg. 7:13. — Pol. 4. 22.7.
Thuc. 5. 26, Xen. Lac. 4. 2.

b) of a teacher, to make known, to
unfold, e. g. toy Gedy, to reveal, John 1:
18. comp. Matt. 11:27. So Sept. for
pryin Lev. 7: 57. — Diod. Sic. 4. 49.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 6.

“Etnxovia, of, al, td, sixty, Matt,

18: 8, 23, Mark 4: 8, 20. Luke 24: 13,

1 Tim. 5:9. Rev. 1:3. 12: 6. 13: 18,

“Ezje, adv. (pp. gen. of obsol,

_ a8} fi. Byw, Fo, Buttra. § 115. 0. 3,) in

' order, successively, Sept. Deut.’ 2: 34.

Xen. Athen. 1.6.—In N. T. only c. art.

as adj. 4 Eg sc. Huda, the following

day, the nezt day, comp. Buttm, § 125.

6, 7. in full Luke 9:37. with tude

mpl. 7:11. Acts 21:1, 25:17, 27:18 —
Test.
in
2

XII Patr, p. 595. Jos. Ant. 3.5. 6.
full Jos. Ant. 4.8.44. So genr.
lace. 7:8, Pol. 1. 52, 4.

288

"EXlornuc

Eknyéa, a, £. how, (b, txia,) to
sound out, to sound abroad, Sept. for
yinr Joel 4: 14. Pol. 30.4.7. In N.T.
Pass. to be sounded abroad, trop. of the
gospel etc. to be proclaimed, | Thess.
1: 8.—Hesyeh. dyyisas’ esiaSer, den
etx.

‘Ets, eas, 4, (izw, Efw,) habitude,
sc. of body Xen. Occ. 7.2, of life,
habit, Mem. 1.2.4. In N. T. habitude,
as the result of long exercise, practice,
Heb. 5: 14. — Ecclus. prol. Arr. Diss.
Ep. 1. 4. 22 Pol. 10. 47. 7.

"Ebkiornuc, aloo ésorde Acts 8:9,
(comp. in “dxoxaPlornpt,) aor. 1 &
gorqoa, aor. 2 é3iotyy, trans. to put out
of place, Sept. for pry Ex. 23: 27.
Josh, 10: 10, intrans. tobe put out, to be
out of place, etc. spoken of the joints,
Test. XII Patr. p. 653. to recede from,
to yield, Thuc. 2. 63. to depart, Xen,
An. 1, 5.14. See Buttm. § 107, I. 1.
—In N. T. only trop. comp. Tittm. de
Syn. N. T. p. 134, 196.

a) trans. in pres. sor. 1, and later
perf. ééoraxa Butim. §107. I. 5, to put
out of oneself, i. g. t0is dr9g. To qpo-
vei é&lotnus, Xen. Mem. 1.3, 12; hence
genr. to astonish, to fill with wonder,
Luke 24: 22 étéotmoay suds. Acts 8:9,
11, — Athen. I. p. 19. F. Luc, de Do-
mo 19. Dem. 537, ult. taita élorges
drdodnoue aitay.

b)intrans, in perf. and aor. 2 Act. and
in Mid. to be beside oneself, to be out of
one's mind; Mark, 3: 21 ileyor yig,
Bre dor, 2 Cor. 5: 13 its yap diary.
as is said of us. So Sept. trans.
it: Job 12: 17.—Jos. Aut. 10. 7.

&éorm ray gorvar. Di
—Hence genr. to be astonished, amazed,
filled with wonder, Matt, 12: 23 Sloravre
magtes of Szlot. “Mark 2 12. 5: 42 é-
fomoor totéon tydig, comp. in
*ayalludo b. (Sept. Gen. 27: 33. Ez.
26: 16.) Mark & 51 éy savtois. Luke
2 47 elotarto én th ourton x 1.2
Moth. § 399, n. (Sept. Ex. 18:9.) Luke
8:56. Acts % 7,12. 8:13. 9:21. 10: 45.
1216. Sept. for 17917 Ex. 19:18, Ruth
2:8. rn Gen. 43: 33, Job 26: 11.—
An. Diss. Ep. 2, 22.6. Xen. Mem. 2.
M4

*Eiuwzvo

” Ekogueo, f. dow, (dx intens) i. q.
ioxte but stronger, to be in full strength,
to be fully able, seq. inf. Eph. 3:18. —
Ecclus, 7:6. Ael. V. H. 6, 13.

“Etodog, ov, 4, (é, 636s,) pp. way
out, exit, Herodian. 7. 12. 14. Plu.
Flamin. 20 med. In N. T. exodus,
journey out, departure, Heb, 11: 22,
Sept. for mxy inf. of xx? Ex. 19: 1.
Num, 33: 88. al. — Jos. Ant. 5, 1. 20.
Xen. An, 6. 4. 9.— Trop, of departure
from life, exit, decease, Luke 9: 31.
2 Pet. 1: 15. — Wisd. 7:6. Jos. Ant. 4.
8.2 én’ d86dou toi Civ.

*Etododgeva,, f. evoru, (éx intens.)
i.q. ddoSgeve but stronger, to destroy
utterly, Pass. seq. &' t05 aot Acts 3:
23. Sept. for tare Deut. 7: 10. c.
for_na> Ex. 30: 33, 31: 13, al.—Test.
XII Patr. p. 541. Jos. Ant. 8 11.1.
ib. 11.6.7. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex.
p. 166 sq.

“Ekouoroyéa, &, £. sow, (éx in-
tens.) i. q. 6uodoyéw but stronger, pp. to
speak out the same things ac, as another;
hence in N. T.

1, Act. and Mid. to concede, to ac-
knowledge, to confess fully, trans, e. g.
tag dyagsias, Matt. 3: 6. Mark 1: 5.
Acts 19: 18, James 5:16, Sept. and
rryist Dan. 9: 24.— Joa Ant. 8.4.6
tag Gpagrias. B.J.5.10.5, Plut, M.
Anton. 59 pen. my aijSuay. — In the
sense of to acknowledge openly, to pro-
fess, €. g. 46 Bvopc tw0¢ Rev. 3: 5 in
text.rec, So seq. ts Phil.2:11. comp,
Tob. 11: 17. — Hence Mid. to make ac-

sc. for benefits, i.e. to
give thanks, to praise, seq. dat. of pers.
Matt. 11: 25, Luke 10:21. Rom. 14: 11.
15: 9, quoted from Ps. 18: 50 where
Sept. for mir. also Pa. 57:10. 1Chr.
16:4, 2 Chr. 30: 22, al. saep. — Act.
Thom. § 25. Philo de Alleg. p. 1105.
¢, ace, Tob, 12: 22,

2. Act. to assent fully, to agree, to
Promise, absol. Luke 22: 6 s&wpoléyyoe.
—So dpoloyia, Jos. Ant. 6.3.5. ib. 8,
4.3. Xen. An. 7. 4, 13, 22,

"Eto, vee ”Eteott.

"ESopxtco, £ low, (ts, Sgxite,) to
exact an oath, i, e. to pt to an oath to

289

* Etousia

adjure, trans, Matt, 26: 63. Sept. for
yraury Gen. 24: 3. — Diod. Sic. 1. 21
med. Dem. 1285. 16.

_ "Ekopxcorye, ov, 6, (éogeite,) an
ézorcist, pp. one who hinds by an oath;
genr. one who by adjuration and in-
cantation professes to expel demons,
Acts 19: 13, — Anth. Gr, III. p. 23 ult.
— Comp. for the process of exorcism,
Jos. Ant. 8.2. 5. Suicer. Thes. in v.

"Efopvcow v. rr, £. key (bm
Sgéoom,) to dig out, trans. Mark 2 4
Kogitarres ec. ry otiyny, digging out
or removing the tiles, earth, etc. But
comp. in “Anocteydtu.—Ken. Occ. 19.
4.— Trop, Gal, 4:15 épSalyois tpdiv
Sopiterres, denoting entire devotedness,
Sept. pp. for 393 Judg. 16:22, 1 Sam.
11: 2. — Jos, Ant. 6.5. 1, Herodot. 8.
6.

"Etovdevon, &, £ dow, (x ine
tens.) i. q. odderdw but stronger, fo set
out at nought, i.e.to despise, to contemn,
to treat with scorn, and by itnpl. to reject
with contempt, trans. Mark 9 12. So
Sept. for dN 1 Sam. 15: 23, 26, 16: 1.
Ps, 58:6. rita Ecc. 9:16, 2 K. 19:
21.—1 Mace. 3:14. Lib. Hen. in Fabr.
p. 162, ° Test. XII Patr. p. 564. Eu-
strat. in 1, Nicom. p. 9. B. Basil. Ep. 61.
91. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 182. H.
Planck in Bibl, Repos. I. p, 678.

"Eboud-erdo, &, £. How, (ee ine
tens, and odSerée fr. ofS4y later form
for ovdéy, Butt. § 70. 1. Lob, ad Phr.
P. 181 6q.) i,q. ovSevio but stronger,
to set out at nought, i.e. to despise, to
contemn, to treat with despite, trans,
Luke 18:9 &ovSer0ivza tols Louois.
23:11, Rom. 14: 3,10. ‘1 Cor. & 4,
16: 11. Gal, 4: 14. 1 These. 5: 20.
1 Cor. 1: 28 et 2 Cor, 10: 10 &ovdery-

0s, contemptible, abject. Sept. for
ine naire Ez. 8, 2 Chr,
36: 16, — Buseb. HE. 5.1.208. Comp.

Lob. ad Phr. p. 182,—By impl. torefect
with scorn, Acts 4:11, comp. Matt. 21:
42. Sept. for D2 1 Sam. 8:7.—Psalt.
Sal. 2:5. Act. Thom. §14. °

*Efovota, as, 4, (Beat) power,
he
a) the power of doing any thing,

* Etovola

ability, faculty ; Matt.9:8 dévra ovolay

rowaitny tots avOgernors.John19:11. Acts
& 19. Rev. 13:12 Seq. gen. of thing
to be done, Luke 10:19 &&. tod nareiy
1.1.1, Seq, infin. of thing to be done,
© &, infin. pres, Matt. 9: 6 éovelay Eyer
5 vide dquévau'x. 1. 2. i. 0. is able to for-
give. Mark 2: 10, Luke 5: 24. John 5:
27. seq. infin. aor. Luke 12:5 &ovglay
Syovta éuBadsiy x. 1.1. John 10: 18 bis.
19: 10 bis, Rev. 9: 10. — Thuc, 4. 39.

. gen. Ecclus, 9: 13. seq. infin.
Thuc. 7.12. Xen. Mem. 2. 6, 24, 35.
— In the sense of strength, force, eff-
ciency, Rev. 9: 3 bis, 9:19, So Matt.
7:29. Mark 1:22, é éovalg as adj.
powerful, Luke 4:32. xaz dovclay,
dy dovcig, as adv. i.e. with intrinsic
strength, with point and effect, Mark 1:
27. Luke 4: 36.—Dem. 111. 12 rolhois
&y nig olsévag Tos mag’ fir werd msl
ovog étovolas &,te Bovdovtas diyortas #
“td

b) power ac. of doing or not doing,
i.e. licence, liberty, free choice, Acts 1:
7 dy i ig ovale. 5:4, Rom. 9: 21.
1 Cor, 7: 87 Bovclay Eyes 1492 106 idlov
Sedsporos, ie. if it stands in his own
free me & 9. 9: 4, 5, 6, 12 bie, 18.

2 Thess, 3:9. Rev. 22: 14. — Ecclus,
25:25, Ael. V. H. 3 35. Herodian. 1.
10, 12, Xen. 5

©) power BC. e etrusted, i.e. com-
mission, authority, full-power ;
Matt, 21: 23 bis, é aii art id
mous; v.24, 27. Mark 3: 15, 11:28 bis,
29,33. Luke 20: 2 bis, 8. John 1: 12.
Acts 9:14, 26: 10, 12, 2 Cor. 10: 8.
13:10. Heb.13:10. Rev.13:5.—1 Mace.
10:6, Jos, Ant.2.9.5. Porphyr. Vit.
Pythag. 8. Diod. Sic. 17. 54 pen. Pol.
32. 15. 5,

44) power ec. over persons and things,
dominion, ai jy Tule, viz.

(a) pp. and genr. Matt, 28: 18 43659
pot mitva Kovcla tr obgavg wai éxd is,
Matt. 8:9 et Luke 7:8 tnd dovclay
lvas, i, e. subject to authority, rule.
Mark 13: 34 ty éovclay ac. aizoi.
Jude 25. Rev. 13: 2,4. 17: 12, 13, 18: 1.
Sept. for mb ae 1g Ps. 136: 8,9. Chald.
TESS Dan. 3:24. 4; 21.—Eeclus, 17:2.
Diod. Sie. 1. 58. ib. 18.50. Herodian.
3. 10. 12. ib. 7. 10. 4.—So seq. gen. of
pers. to whom the power belongs,

290

* Etovurateo

Luke 20: 20 4, rot sjyeudvos. Rev. 12
10 a. rob Xp, Acts 26: 18 &, t00 cate—
vas. Luke 22: 53 é&. tot oxdtous. Col.
1:18. Seq. gen. of the object sub-
jected to the power, Mark 6:7 éfovsia
Toy mveup, Tév dxad. i. e.
unclean spirits. Matt. 10:1. John 17:2.
Seq. énl c. gen. Rev. 226 a. éxi tar
Ovary, ie. power over. 11:6 14: 18
20:6, Seq. éni c. ace. in the same
sense, Luke 9:1. Rev. 6:8, 13:7, 16:9.
Seq. infin. c. dete impl. Rev. 11: 6,
comp. Matt. 10: 1. Seq. érave c. gen.
Luke 19: 17,

(8) meton, put for (1) | what is sub-
ject to one’s rule, do domain,
juriediction, Luke 4: 6, 23:7 éx tig &.

‘Hosdov. So Sept. and mbwnn 2K.
ao! 13. Ps, 114: 2— Herodian. 3. 8. 4.
Plut. Reip, ger. Praec. 19. Mor. V. p. 91.
ed. Tauchn, — (2) in plur. or collect.
thore invested with power, as in Engl.

the powers, viz. for rulers, magistrates,
Luke 12: 11, Rom. 12 1 ter, 2,3. Tit.
3: 1. (Ecclus. 10: 4. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 7.)
So for the celestial and infernal powers,
princes, potentates, e.g. angels, erch-
angels, Eph. 1: 21. & 10, Col. 1: 16.
210. 1 Pet. 3: 22 Comp. Test. XII
Patr. p. 597, 598. Or demons, Eph. &
12. Col, 2: 15. Eph. 2:2, see in “Aig.
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 546. So
genr. of the powerful adversaries of the
gospel, 1 Cor. 15: 24. Comp, in “ae-
xi a. — (3) 1 Cor, 11: 10 dpesded §
yoni Kovelay Byar énd tis aapaliig td
‘00¢ dyyélovg, prob. ‘ emblem of power,’
i.e. a veil or covering, (comp. v. 13, 16,)
as an emblem of subjection to the power
of a husband, a token of modest ad-
herence to duties and usages estab-
lished by law or custom; lest spies or
evil minded persons should take ad-
vantage of any impropriety in the meet-
ings of the Christians. Comp. Sept. ny
try rob mpoodnov for Dv°y PADS
Gen. 20: 16. Gesen. Lex. “Heb. art.
maDd3.

*Etoverato, f. dow, (dovcia,) to
have power, to exercise power, seq. gen.
Buttm. §182. 5. 3.

a) in the sense of to have leave, to be
permitted. 1 Cor.7:4 bia, tob iSlov oss
Betos ox éovordte, i.e. one hes no

power over +

boxy

, Separate power or liberty over his own

body, to use it ashe will. Sept. for

bg Eco. 5: 18. 6 2. — Dion. Hal. 9.
, water i.e. licentius agens.

) to serreise authority, to rule, to reign,
Luke 2: 25 of Sotdiones einer,
their rulera, princes, for bwin
Neh. 9: 37. Ecce. 10: 4. he Neh, 5:
15, 8:9. — Pase, seq. ‘ind 1105, to be
ruled by, i.e. to be under the power of, to
be in bondage to, trop. 1 Cor. 6 12,

"Ekoyz7, 7s, %, (ééze to be promi-
nent)prominence, projection, . g. 8 point,
corner, ete. Sept. for qt Job 39: 28.
Herodian. 4, 15. 6, tn N. T. metaph.
eminence, distinction, Acts 25: 23 Gy-
Sges of xav ioxny Srres, i.g. of Bozos,

Efunriio, £. tow, (Eumvos,) to

wake out of sleep, trans. re, of the
dead, Jobn 11: 11. yp. for
1K.&15. “ay Job 14: Be pp.
‘XII Patr. p. 568, 660. Plut, M. ‘AD
ton. 80. also Vol. X. p. 75, 76, od.
Reisk. — A word of the later Greek in-
stead of the earlier dgumvifw, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 224. H. Planck in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 676.

Egunvos, ov, 6, 4, adj-(éx, Eros)
BP. out of sleep, i.e. wwakened, awake,
Acts 16: 27 Bumvog 88 yeriuavos, i. 0.
awaking.—Eadr. 3: 3.

“Efqo, adv. of place, (é«, &) alo
prep. c. gen. Buttm. § 146. 2, oud, with-

viz.

a) of place where, without, out of doors,
Joris, after verbs not implying motion,
‘as icrdvas ete. John 18: 16 Ilizgos
slovjxes moos th Sigg ie. Matt. 12
46, 47. 26: 69. Mark 3: 31, 82. So
genr. without a place or city, abroad,
Mark 1: 45 Be dy dopo tomo. Luke
1:10. Rev. 2% 15. Sept. for vara
Gen. 24: 31. Ezra 10: 18. — Herodian.
4.2.11. Xen. Cyr. 7.5.31. An. 7. 6.
24. — So of Ea as adj. external, those
without, Buttm. § 125. 6,7. Acts 26:11
aig tag Hw modus, even to’ foreign
cities. (Sept. 2 K. 16: 18. Xen. H. G.
6.1.5.) Trop. of those not belonging
to one’s society, church, ete. not Chris-
}, 1 Cor. 5: 12,13. Col. 4:5. 1 Thess.
4:12. of those not belonging to the
number of the apostles, Mark 4: 11.

291

*Etodéo

(Kem. Occ, 10, 8.) So 5 tee qpsir Sr
Seewnos, our outward man, the body,
2 Cor. 4: 16.—As a prep. seq. gen. out
Of, outside of, Luke 13: 33 Ee “Tegoure—
Jn. Heb. 13: 11, 12, 18—Ael. V. H.
2.10, Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 14.

b) of place whither, oul, forth, out
of doors, foras, ec. from a place, af-
ter verbs implying motion or direc-
tion, Jobn 19: 4 Gyw ipiy atroy Be.
Matt.5:13e} yo} Aly divas Eee. 18:48. Luke
14:35. 1John 4: 18 John 11: 43 defgo
Bo. Acts 5:34 mosfjoa tw. 16: 80 xgo-
ayayey Be. So after verbs of motion
compounded with é, as ddye Luke 24: °
50. Gigyopar Matt. 26:75. Jobn 19
4,5. al. é3dide, Luke 8 54. Acts 9
40,—Pol. |. 50.2, Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 16.
An. 5. 5. 19.—As prep. oeq. gen. Matt.
21:17 AAG Bo wig mélews. v.39.
Mark 5:10, 8:23, Acts 4:15, 14: 19.—
Herodian. 4.2 VW. Xen. An. 5. 7.15.
AL. .

“Ekobev, adv. of place, ie) from
without, i.e. oudwardly, externally, viz.

8) pp. Matt. 28: 27, 28. Tuke 11:39.
2Cor. 7:5. Sept. for yang Gen. &
M4, Ex, 25: 11. al.—Herodian. 2. 8. 10.
Thuc. 2. 49. Ken. Mem. 2. 1. 14.80
6 EerPey a8 adj. outward, external, | Pet.
33. Rev. 11:2. sd iaPer the out-
side Matt. 23:25. Luke 11:40. that
from without, Mark 7: 18. Trop. ob
ekader, those from without, i.e. not
Christians, 1 Tim. 3: 7. Comp. Buttm.
§125. 6, 7.—Xen. H. G. 5. 1.22.

b) ig. Bes, out of, without, 98 prep.
seq. gen. Mark 7: 15 i. ot deSgamov.
Rev. 14: 20 RwSer tig néhews, in some
edit. Sept. for yar Ex. 40:20. Lev.
24:3, _mixan Jer. 14: 6. 44: 17, 91.—
Soph. Elect, 1449, Xen. An. 5. 7. 21.

*Ekadco, a, f. jow and idow,
(tx, &Sde0 Butem, § 114,) to thrust out, to
drive out, ac. from a place, viz.

8) PP. of a nation, to expel, trans, and

'" % for Tt

priryis Joel 4:
6. Ael. V.H. 3.17

b) as a naval term, to thrust forward
a ship from the sea towards the
shore, to propel, to drive out on shore,
trans. Acts 27: 39 aiyloy, sic Sy

’ Ekorepos
sBoviaicarro &ho0110 tloior.—Thuc.7.
52 tag mdcas vais HOn tar’ ADqvalon
aiecsdovr és viv iy. 8.105. Ken. H.G.
4. 3. 12 bie.

*Etategos, a, ov, compar. from
Be, outer, uttermost, Matt. 8: 12 1d
oxdtos 1 éeitegoy ultermost darkness,
i.e. far remote from the light and
splendour of the feast within (v. 11),
and put for the infernal regions or Tar-
tarus, 22:13, 25: 30, Sept. for ix
in the sense of outer, exterior, Ez. 10: 5.
40: 20. :

“Bograrza, £. dow, (togri,) to keep
4a festival, to keep holyday, intrans. 1 Cor.
5:8 Sept. for 2347 Ex. 5:1. Ps, 4% 5.
—Jos, Ant. 5.1.4, Hdian. 5.6.12. Xen.
Ath. 3, 2.

“Eo, Ae, ti, @ feast, festival,
holyday, Col. 2: 16 prj 11s tis xpivtro
dy dgas Eogriig 7 vounnvlas. Acts 18:21
et John 5: 1, where it is uncertain what
festivalis meant; comp.Olshausen in loc.
Sept. for 344 Ex. 10: 9. Hoe. 2:11. Am.
8 10. tyfq Lev. 23:2, Num. 10: 10.

+ —Herodian. 3, 10. 3, Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.
— Spoken of the passover and the fes-
tival of unleavened bread connected
with it, the (festival, see
“Abywog and Aavregonguros. 4
fogt} zo mdoga, Luke 2: 41. Jobn 13:
1. éy 1g maya by tf booty Jobo 2
23. 4 fog. tay agiuow Luke 2 1.
4 footy simply Matt. 26: 5, 27: 15.
Mark 14: 2, 15: 6. Luke 2: 42. 23: 17.
John 4:45 bis. 6: 4. 11:56. 12:12, 20. 13:
29. Sept. for att Ex. 12 14, 34: 25.
and &. ray agupor Ex. 23: 15. 34: A
— Allso of the feast of tabernacles, 4 bor,
4 oxnvonnyla, John 7: 2, 8 bis, 10, 11,
14, 37, Sept. for art Deut. 16: 16. 31:
10.

"Enayyedia, ac, %, (énayyilie,)
annunciation, announcement, viz.

a) pp. 1 John 1:5 in toxt. rec. where
later edit. dyyelia, Sept. for 3170
Ez, 7; 26.—Arr. Exp. Alex. 1. 19. Pol.
24. 10. 8 in some edit.

b) by impl. order, mandate, Acts 23;
21.—Pol. 9, 38, 2 ta xara thy énayye-
day.

c) by impl. promise, viz. (a) p

promise given, 2 Cor. 1:20 dea yag

292

"Enayyéido

dnayyelias toh Seot. Epb. 6:2 évtoly
nam dy tnayyelig. Eph. 1: 13 2
aysipon tiie énayyedlas, the spirit prom-
ised, Buttm. § 123. n.4, 1 Tim. 4: 8.
2 Pet. 3:4. v.9, see in Beadiva. Sept.
for rip Esth. 4: 7.—1 Mace. 10: 15.
Jos, Ant."3. 5.1. Diod. Sic. 1.5 alt.
Pol. 1. 72. 6. — So of special promises,
e. g. made to Abraham, Acts 7: 17 coll.
v. 6. Rom. 4: 20 coll. v. 18. Heb. 6:15
coll. v.14. Heb. 7:6, 11:9 bis 79 éx-
ayyellas i.e. promised land, Buttm.
§123. n.4, So in respect of Isaac,
Rom. 9:9, Gal. 4: 23. of a spiritual
seed Rom. 9:8. Gal. 4:28. Or as
made to Abraham and the Jewish pa-
triarchs and prophets in general, e.g.
of a future Saviour, Acts 13: 23, 32.
26: 6. of future blessings and the en-
fovement of God’s favour, Acts 2 39.

m. 4: 13, 14, 16, 9:4. 15: 8. 2 Cor.
7: 1. Gal. 3: 1G, 17, 18 bis, 21, 22, 29,
Eph, 2 12, 3:6. Heb. 6: 12,17. 11:17.
of the salvation in Christ, 2 Tim. 1:1
ot énayysllay fwijc, sc. an apostie in
respect to the promise of eternal life in
Christ, i. e. appointed to announce
it, Heb, 4: 1. 8 6 9:15. 1 John &
5.

(8) meton. put forthe thing promised,
Heb. 11: 13, 33, 39. of the salvation io
Christ 10: 36. of the Holy Spirit, rar
éxayy. tod mates, Luke 24: 49, Acts
1: 4 So tiv énayy. tod mvevparos
afer, ig. 10 my. To énayyshiouevoy,
i.e. having received the promised effu-
sions of the Spirit, Acts 2 33. Gal. 3:
HM. Comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4. — Test.
‘XII Patr. p. 725. Psalt, Sal. 12 8
Bovor xupiov xdggorouticauey énayyelies
xuplov.

* EnayyéAda, £.26, (eri, dyyile,)
to bring word to or up to, i. e. to an-
nounce, e.g. events etc. Hom. Od. 4.
775, Herodian. 1.6.23. or by way of
appointment, command, Dem. 1041. 5.
Xen, Cyr. 3.1. 10.—In N. T. as depon,

enayyéAdouat, to announce oneself,

. a8 doing or about to do any thing,

to promise; with perf. pass. éxiyyelpas

in mid, signif. Rom. 4: 21, Buttmn.§136.

3. but also as Pass. Gal. 3:9, 2 Macc.
4:27, Buttm. §113. n. 6.

a) genr. fo promise, c. ¢. acc. et dat.

*Enayyeduc 293

expr. or impl. James 1:12 crépavoy rig
tenis Oy énnyyetdaro é xiguos toig &ya-
now oitéy. 5, 2 Pet. 2:19. 1 John
2% 25. Rom. 4: 21. Tit. 1:2. Heb. 6:13.
eeq, dat. et infin, Mark 14: 11. Acts7: 5,
absol. Heb. 10: 23. 11: 11. 12:26. Pass.
impersonal c. dat. Gal. 3:19 @ émiy-
yeas, i.e..to whom the promiee was
made. Sept. and “ya Esth. 4: 6,
—Jos. Ant. 3.1.5. Pol. 5.89.6. Xen.
An, 5. 6. 26.

b) in the sense of to profess, to make
profession of, seq. accus, SeocsBeay
1 Tim. 210. yveiow 6: 21.—Wisd. 2:
13, Xen. Mem. 1.2.7. ib. 3.1.1.

"Endyyedua, tos, 16, (énayyil-
dopat) a promise, 2 Pet. 1: 4, 3: 13, —
Dem. 397. 3.

"Endyw, sor. 1 particip. éxdgas
2 Pet. 2:5, (on which form gee in “Aya,)
to lead up to, to bring upon, to introduce,
pp. to a place, Sept. Ez. 14: 15. Thuc.
2.2, ib.5.5, In N, T. upon persons,
c.c.ace, et dat. 2 Pet. 21 dnedstay.
vy. 5, Sept. seq. ént for x37 Gen. 6:
17. Ex. 11:1. Lev. 26: 25, — Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1018 xlv8urov ex. Pa-
Jaeph. 6.7. Hesiod. “Egy. 242.— Seq.
dnl, Acts 5:28 énayaytiv by) judg 10
iva, to bring upon us, i.e. to impute to

us, make us answerable for. Sept. for
W371 Gen. 20:9, spp Ex. 34: 7. —
Dem. 275. 4.

’Enayovivouat, £. isopar, (ext,
GywviZouar,) to contend upon i.e. for or
about, seq. dat, of thing for which, Jude
3.—Plut. Num. 8. c. dat. of pers. with
or against whom, Plut. Fab. Max. 23.

"Enad pois, £. olow, (ent, éSgot-
$e to collect,) trans. to collect together to
or pon any place etc. Mid. intrans,
énaBooitouat, to collect together to or

to crotod to, upon, Luke 11:
:29.—Plut. M. Anton. 44.

*Enaivetog, ov, 6, Epenetus, a
Christian, Rom. 16:5.

*Enawéo, 6, (bxb, aivie,) Att.
£. dour, Rom. 15:1), Xen. H.G. 3.
2.6. Buttm. §113. 6. n. 7, but also fut.
sow, 1 Cor, 11: 22, Xen. An. 5. 5. 8,
Dem. 414. 8.—lit. to praise upon, i.e. to
applaud, to laud, commend, trans.

* Enaigo

Luke 16: 8. Rom. 15:11. 1 Cor. 11: 2,
17, Qbis. Sept. for nyu) Ece. 8: 15.
‘Dor Gen. 12: 15. Ps. 10: 3—Jos. Ant.

4. 3.1. Ceb. Tab. 31. Xen. Mem. 3.
2.2.

“Enawog, ov, 6, (ént, alvos,) lit.
praise upon, i.e. applause, commenda-
tion, praise. Eph. 1:6 sig Enasvov tis
dbkns x. 7.2 v.12, 14. 2 Cor. B 18.
Phil 1:11, 1 Pet. 1:7, Meton. object
of praise, something praiseworthy, Phil.
4: 8. Sept. for “3 1 Chr. 16: 27.
1) 2: 4, — Ecc. "44: 8, 15. Pol. 1.
1.1. "Thue. 1. 76 ult. Xen. Hi. 1.14.—
In the sense of ion, commenda-
tion, Rom. 229 0b 6 Ex. obx # dvdq.
13:3.—Meton. reward, 1 Cor. 4:5. Pet,
2: 14.—Wied, 15: 19.

*Enaiga, f. aga, (ént, algo,) to
take up, to raise up, trans.
a) pp. as a sail, fo hoist up, Acts 27:

.40, (Luc. V. H. 2. 88. Plut. Theseus

17, 22) Pass. to be taken up, to be borne
upward, Acts 1: 9. comp. Mark 16: 19
et Luke 24: 51. Spokeb of the hands,
to lift up, se. in prayer and benediction,
Luke 24:50, 1Tim. 28. So Sept
for py Ex. 17:11. xivs Ps. 194: 2,
—Xen. Eq. 12, 6.—Trop. to lift up, e.g.
tots dpSadpats, i.e. to look upon, Matt,
17: 8. Luke 6: 20. 16: 23, 18: 13. John
4: 35, 6:5. 17: 1. (Sept. for xin3 Gen.
13:10. Ez. 18:6.) 237 gorip'i.e. to
ery out with a loud voice, Luke 11:27.
Acts 2 14. 14: 11, 22:22 (Sept. for
Nv? Judg. 2 4. 9: 7. Philostr. Vit,
Apollon. 5. 33. Dem. 449. 13.) ay
xegahjy én. i.e. to take courage, Luke
21: 28, thy mtgvay ext tive, to lift up
the heel against, sc. in order to attack
and injure, Jobn 13: 18, quoted from
Ps. 41: 10 where Sept. is different.

Sept. énijge 26 dogu axl for>1% 1 Sam,
20: 32. :

b) Mid. éxalgopas, to lift up oneself,
to rise up, sc. against any thing, seq.
sord, 2Cor. 10: 5 néy Tyawe érarpsue
voy xatd 15 yr.100 Seo. Sept. for
wipann Ezra 4: 19. Dan. 11: 14.—Me-
taph. to be lifted up, to become elated,
2 Cor. 11:20. Sept. for m3 Jer. 13:
15. 2 Prov. 19: 18.—Philo de For-
. Ael. V. H. 815, Xen. Cyr.

*Enauozuvopar

* Enacozuvopat, only Mid. (aiozi-
vw,) aor, 1 pass. éxpoyvvOyy and fat. 1
pass. éxaucyyydjoouas, both in mid.
signif. Buttm. §136, 2; to shame onerelf
upon, in, at any thing, to be ashamed of,
seq, accus. Mark 8: 38 bis, ds ag dy
dnauszw9F ps x. 7.2. Luke 9: 26 bis,
Rom. 1:16. 2 Tim. 1:8, 16, Heb, 11:
16 see below. absol. 2 Tim. 1: 12.
Comp. Matth. § 414, 12.—Sept. Job 34:
19. c, dat. Plut. ed. Reisk. IX. p. 408.
Hot, 9.85.—Seq. éni c. dat. Rom, 6: 21
dg ols viv éxaucz. _ 80 Sept. for MOH
Is. 1:29. Comp. Matth. §399. n. 1.—

. infin, pres. Heb. 2:11. So Heb.
11: 16 ov éxovozivercs aizois 5 Peds,
Stig éniudsioGas addy, where the
latter construction is epexegetical,
comp. Matth, § 532. d. § 472.2. b. For
ttraction comp. Buttm. § 151. I. 6.
. Sic. 1. 83.

’ Enactéa, ow, £. joe, (enh, airées,)
pp. to ask thereto or for more ; hence to
beg, to ask alms, absol. Luke 16: 3.
Sept. for bxw Ps. 109: 10. — Ecclus.

40:28, Hom. ll. 23. 598 ed. Wolf. <4

SP axodovd do, @, f. jaw, (ént,

Gxolov9ie,) to accompany, to attend up-
on, to follow upon. Mark 16: 20 dd
tGy éxaxolovdotrrer onpeluy, the ac-
companying signs. seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5:
24 tol 38 xab énaxolovdoictw ec. ab
Gpagrlas, and some they follow after, i.e,

- are manifest only subgequently. Sept.

for “hie ‘Fert Job 31: 7. Prov. 7: 22—
Diod. Sic. 16. 61. Plut. Timol. 3 med.
—Motaph. 1 Pet. 2:21 fra éxax. rois
Sgreaty aivx0l to follow upon his footsteps,
i.e; to follow his example. Sept. for
“ymtt Deut. 12: 30. — Philo de Hu-
manit, p. 385. 44. —1 Tim. 5: 10 wart}
Toye d7096 tmaxolobdyar, has followed
close upon every good work, i.e. been
studious of, devoted to. Sept. for
sayttee Nbr Josh. 14: 8, 9.—Luc. Para-
sit. 3. Dem. 805. 24 tois niédoouy. :

*Enaxova, (én, dxoiw,) f. otow
200 in “Axover, to hear to, to hearken up-
on, i. ©. to hear any thing at which one
is present, Xen. An. 7.1.14. In N.T.
to hear to, to hearken to, i. e. to bear and
answer prayer, seq. gen. 2 Cor, 6: 2
éxynoved cov, Sept. for 13> Gen. 35:

294

*Enavancvo

3. 1 Sam. 7:9. 928 Gen. 17: 20.
2K. 18: 4. — Hdian. 4.5.9. Luc. Ti-
mon 34.

*Enaxpodoper, apac, depon.
Mid. (él, dxgodouas,) to hear to, to
hearken upon or to, i.q. draxovw q. v.
eeq. gen. Acts 16: 25.—Test. XII Patr.
p.710. So Sept. éraxpcacss for 3°27
1 Sam. 15: 22,

* Encty, conj. for exe} Sv, whenever,
60 s00n as, c. c. subjunct. comp. in “Ay
1.2, b. Matt, 2:8 éndy 03 signee, Luke
11: 22, 34. — Jos, Ant, 8 12,3. Xen.
Cyr. 3, 2. 1. Comp. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 786, Matth. § 521.

* Enavayxes, adv. (pp. neut. of
obeol. énavdyans, fr. dl, dveiyan,) neces
sarily, and 10 éxévayxeg necessary Acts
15: 28, Buttm. §115. 4. §125. 6. — Jos.
Ant. 16. 11.2, Arr. Diss. Ep. 2. 20. 1.
Dem, 706. 21. Hdot. 1. 82.

"Enavayo, f. d$e, (tcl, aréye,)

1. to lead up upon, in N. T. asa nau-
tical term, to lead [2 ship] up or out upon
the sea, fo put oul to sea, sis 10 Bados,
Luke 5:4, absol. v.3. See in“Avaye b.
—2 Mace. 12:4. Xen. H. G. 1. 6. 40.
ib, 2. 1, 24,

2. to lead back upon or fo a place, to
cause to return, Herodian. 6. 6. 4. ib. 7.
67. InN.T. intrans, to return to, e.g.
aig thy néluy, Matt. 21:18. See “dyw 3
—2 Mace. 9: 21. Diod. Sic. 16. 26 ult.
Pol. 33. 5. 5.

* Enavapimrpoxe, £. prjow, (xi,
Gvopsrijoxe,) pp. to call up the mind
upon, i.e. to remind of, to put in mind
upon or of, seq. accus, of pers. Rom.15:
15.—Dem. 74. 7.

*Encvanave, f. aioe, (bi, ae
amave,) to couse to rest upon, Eustath,
praef. Iliad. p. 1.20. Mid. to rest ome-
self upon, to lean upon, Sept. for FyS3
2K. 7:2, 17, Heian, 2. 1. 3—In N.'T.
only Mid. Znavanavopar, to rest upon,
metaph. viz.

a) to abide upon, to remain with, Luke
10: 6 éxavonevorvas tx oitév 5 dey
dusiv. So Sept. and 192 Num. 11: 25,

%. 2K. 215,
b) to confide in, to rely upon, seq. dat.
Rom. 2 17 éxavanaty 19 vouy. Matth.

*Enavépzouac

§ 999. c, Sept. 0 ni ta for wy
+ Mio. 3: 11.—c, dat. 1 Macc. 8:12. Ar
Diss. Ep. 1. 9. 9.

*Enovégzouat, aor. 2 éxavidFoy,
(énl, évigzopas,) to come back ypon or to
a place, to return hither, thither, etc.
abeol. Luke 10: 35. 19:15. Sept. for
wiz Gen. 33:18. 310) Gen, 50: 5. —
‘2 Mace, 4: 36. Hdian. 6.6.2. Xen. An,
6. 5, 32,

*Enaviornue, (ént, éviorqus,) in
N. T. only Mid. énavlorapat, f. ory-
Gopat, fo rise up upen i.e. against any
one, seq. éxé tive Matt. 10: 21. Mark
13: 12, Sept. for pip I Sam. 17: 35.
Mic. 7:6. ny Dan. 11: 14.—2eq, dat.
Pol. 2, 53. 2 "Hdot. 3. 61, 62, absol.
Thue. 5. 23.

"Enavepdoas, £06, 4, (dnavog-
Sow to right up again, to set to rights
again, to restore, Plato Rep. X. 302,
‘Thue. 7.77. comp. Lob. ad‘ Phryn,
Pp. 250,) a setting to rights, reparation,
restitution, e. g. of a city 1 Macc. 14: 34.
of laws etc. Jos. Ant. 11.5.5. Dem.
707.7. of a loss Pol. 1.11. 2.— In
N.'T. trop. ion, reformation, se. of
heart and life, 2 Tim. 3: 16. — éx. tot
Aiov Philo Qu. Deus sit imm. p.319. B.
Arr, Diss. Ep. 3. 21.15. Pol. 1. 35. 1.

*"Enava, adv. (int, &v,) also
prep. c. gen. Buttm. § 146.2. pp. up
above, i. e, above, over, upon, etc.

a)as an adv. of place, above, over,
Luke 11: 44, Matt.2:9. Of number,
above, more than, 1 Cor. 15: 6. Mark 14:
5 where the gen. of price depends on
the verb, So Sept. for mbs7_ Ex. 30:
14. Lev. 27: 7.—comp. Dem. 1390. 26.
‘Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 172,

b) as prep. c. gen, of place, above,
over, Matt. 27: 37 éncve ris xepadijc
avrot. Luke 4: 89. Rev. 20:3. Sept.
for by Is 14:14. byan Ia 14: 13,
Gen, 22:9, 80 Matt. 5: 14 én-
dive S9ous xasdyn. 21:7 bis, 23: 18,20,
22, 2%: 2, Luke 10: 19. Rev. 6: 8
Sept. for by Gen. 40:17. a by Gen.
1:99. 7: 18—1 Maec. 6 46, — Spoken
of dignity, over, Luke 19: 17, 19 viv
tnave xtyts nélewy. Jobn 8: 31.—Jos.
Ant 4 84 Arr. Dies. Ep. 1. 12,

295

"Eneyeigo

* Enagxéo, 0, £. tow, (dat, dgniv,)
as in comm. Engl. to hold up or in, i.e.
to hold back sc. from going further, to
restrain, to ward off, cic. acc. et dat
Hom. ll, 2.878, — In N.T. by impl. to
aid, to relieve, seq. dat. 1 Tim. 5: 10,
16 bis, — Pol. 1. 51. 10. Xen. Mem. 2.

1.

*Enagyia, as, %, (Hxagzos pre-
fect, fr. éxh dgz7i)) province, prefecture,
ac. of the Roman empire, Acts 23: 34.
25: 1. — Arr, Diss. Ep. 3. 8. 12. Pol. 1.
15.10. So Festus is called Eragzog
Jos. Ant. 20, 8.11. comp. Krebs Obs,

“Enavitc, ewe, §, (dnl, ath) «
Sold, stall, Sept. for 532 Num. 32 16,
24. Pol. 5. 35. 13, ‘countrydwelling,
cottage, tent, etc. Sept. for “Zt Josh.
15: 44, 47. Diod. Sic, 12. 45. “In N.T.
genr. house, dwelling, abode, Acts 1: 20,
quoted from Ps, 69: 26 where Sept. for
iryD. — Judith 3:3, .

* Enaviguoy, adv. of time, (ént, ab-
guor, ) upon the morrow, tomorrow ; hence
in N.T. 9 énedgeoy ve. sjuiga, the mor-
row, the next day, comp. Buttm. §125. 6,
7. So Matt, 62, Mark 11:12, Jobn
1: 29, 35, 44. 6: 22. 12: 12. Acts 10: 9,
23, 24. 14: 20, 20: 7, 21: 8, 2 30, 32
25: 6, 3, Sept. for me yMgD Gen. 19:
34, Lev. 23: 11, 16,

“Enavropaipe, s00 in Aizéqugos.

*Enageds, @, 3, Epaphras, a
Christian, Col, 1: 7. 4: 12. Philem. 23.
This name is not improbably contracted
from “Enaedd:tos q. v. both designat-
ing the same person.

"Enageia, £. low, (ént, agolte,)
to foam upon, to foam out, trop. to pour
out like foam, trans, Jude 13. Comp. Is.
57: 20.—pp. Mosch. Id. 5. 5.

’Enagoodttos, ov, 6, Epapkrod-
itus, a Christian, the companion and
helper of Paul Phil. 2:25. 4:18, Comp.

“Eneyeloa, £. agi, (th, tyelge,) to
wake up, to rouse up, sc. out of sleep,
trans. Xen. An. 4.3.10; trop. Plut.

Brut. 1.—In N. T- trop. to rouse up upon*

Le. against any one, to excite against,

"Enel

trans, and eq. p dnt teva Acts 13: 15.
xara Tev0s vey 2. Sept. for 3°71 2 Chr.
21:16 mpr 1 Sam. 22:8. Am. 6:14,

*Ened, conjunct. (éx4) as, spoken
of time and motive, viz.

a) of time, as, when, after that, seq.
indic. aor. Luke 7:1 én 38 éxhjgace
ndvta x. 7.2. Sept. for ym Gen. 46:
30. pin Tah Josh. 7: 8.— Lue. D
Deor.6.2. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 21.

b) of ground or motive, as, since, be-
cause, in as much as, always in the apo-
dosis, which however may stand first ;
seq. indic. Matt, 18: 32 dna} wagexdleous
pe. 27: 6. Mark 15:42. Luke 1: 34.
John 13: 29, 19: 31. 1 Cor. 14: 12,
2 Cor. 11: 18. 13: 3. Heb. @ 14, 5: 2,
UL. 6:13. 11: 1. ene? prfnore, since
never, Heb. 9: 17, comp. Winer § 59. 5.
p. 407. énet odv, since therefore, Heb.

_ 4:6. ened doa, since then, since in that
case, 1 Cor. 5: 10. 7: 14.—3 Macc. 2: 16.
Xen. Mem. 2.7. 14. Cyr. 2.2. 14. —
Hence, before questions implying
negative, and before similar hypotheti-
cal clauses, it stands in the sense of for,
i.e. by impl. for then, for else, for other-
wise, ete. comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 423.
Passow énxei no. 2. Matth. § 618. Rom.
3: 6 ted még nouvel & Gade téy xdopor ;
1 Cor. 14: 16, 15: 29, Heb. 10:2. So
Rom. 11:6 bis, éned #1 zdgus ovxéts ylve-
trae zdgig x.t.1. i.e, for then, for other-
wise, ete. v.22. Heb. 9:26.—Sept. Job
35: 7. Lue. D. Deor. 4. 2. Xen. Cyr. 2.
2. 31.

’Enecdy, conj. (deh, 34,) a8 indeed,
as now, spoken in N.T. only of a
ground or motive, i.e. since indeed,
since now, because now, in as much as,
and always in the apodosis, which
however may stand first ; seq. indice.
Matt. 21: 46 éneid4 oie poqiieqy aixoy
elgoy. Luke 11:6, Acts 13: 46. 14:12.
15:94. 1 Cor. 1: 21, 22, 14:16. 15:21.
2 Cor. 5: 4. Phil. 2: 26,—Sept. Jer. 48:
7. Job 9:29. Hdian. 4, 4,4, Xen. Mem.
4, 3. 4, 6, 9. Comp. Viger. p. 404. —
Spoken of time, Xen. Cyr. 2 1. 1.
H. G. 3.2.3. Comp. in "Exel a.

” Enecdyneg, conj. (énesdi, mig on-
clit.) since now, tn as much as now, i. q.
éxudq but stronger, Luke 1: 1. — Jos.

296

“Enea

Ant. 5.1.20, Aeschin.
12. Thuc. 8. 68. Comp.

iger. p. 404.

* Ensidoy, aor. 2 to pres. 2gopae,
see in E¥8q; to look upon, to behold,
Sept. for m3 Jon. 4:6. Plut. Pomp.
ult Xen. Cyr, 8.7.7. In N.T.
from the Heb. to look upon, to regard,
to attend to, ¢. g. for good, with
Kindness, Luke 1: 25 éy ipdgaus ols
dntidey Gpelaiy iq. dxiidiy pe dqeliiv
xt. / So Sept. and myn Ex. 2 25.
Ps.31: 8 Also for evil, with disfavour,
neq. én c, eccus, Acts 4:29 Ende wis
Gnulas aitéy. So Sept. and may Ex.
& i.

“Enecue, (éal, du to go,) to go up-
on, to come on, to Hdian. 7.5.2.
Xen.Cyr. 3. 3.61. of time, Xen. H.G.
2.14.—In N. T. part. énoy, noise,
éniéy, Buttm. § 108. V, spoken only of
the sueceeding day or night, the coming,
the following, the nezt, Acts 7: 26 19 3
éxwoton jig. 80 without juga Acts
16: 11. 20: 15, 21: 18, (Comp. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 464.) Acts 28: 11 79 8 éx.
yvuxti, Sept. for bi Prov. a 1,—Jos.
a pre 1.6. Hdian, 2, 14.5, Xen. An.
1.7

"Enetneg, con}. (énel, még enclit)
since indeed, since now, i. q. ened but
stronger, Rom. 3: 30. See Herm. ad
Vig. p. 403, 786. — Plat. de Rep. V.
p. 452.

"Enewoayoyi, 15 4 ty (éxt, dow-
yori) lit. o leading in upon, ie. the
bringing in, introduction, sc. of some
thing additional, trop. Heb. 7: 19 érao.
xgelttovos éhnidog. — pp. Jos, Ant 11.
6.2

“Enecta, adv. (ni, dea,) marking
succession in time, thereupon, then, af-
terwards, next, comp. Buttm. § 149.
p. 429, Matth. § 603 ult. Luke 16: 7
Exera frigy sine. Gel. 1:21. James
4:14, Sept for “he Prov. 20: 17. —
Hom. Hl. 1. 121. Xen. An. 4. 8 11. —
For the sake of emphasis, placed _ be-
tween a verb and preceding
Mark 7: 5, coll. v. 2. Buttm. §144 n. &
Herm. ad Vig. p. 772. (Xen.Cyr. 1.2.2
ib. 1.6.11.) So along with a more
definite notation of time, John 11: 7

,
*Endxewa

Exura yard tofr0. Gal. 1:18 x, phd
rq t9ia. 2 1—Also in enumerations,
when the preced. clause contains like-
wise a notation of time ; genr. 1 Cor. 12:
2B, 15: 6, 7,23, Heb. 7:27, So nestor
—tnata, firt—then, nezt, ete. 1 Cor.
15: 46. 1 Thess, 4:17. Heb. 7:2. James
3: 17.—Hdot. 2. 29. Xen. Cyr. & 3. 24.
mgéitor—in, Xen. Cyr. 1.3.14. ib. 7.
3:1,

’ Encewva, adv. (be extive, Butt.
§115. n. 5,) beyond, seq. gen. Acts 7: 43
érixuiva Bafvlévos. Sept. for mghrya
Am.&7. Gen, 35: 21. — Diod. Sic. "3.
50. Hdot. 3 115. Xen. H. G. 5. 1.
10.

*Enextetva, £.1ev6, (nl, éxralro,)
to stretch out upon, to extend towards ;
Mid. to reach forth towards, seq. dat.
trop. Phil. 3: 14—Suid. cvvogiyvoiuevos
dniSupotirass, trextesvdpevor.

*Enevdurng, ov, 6, (dnerdiw,) up-
per garment, tunic, i. e. the usual tunic,
Att. zizem, in distinction from the inner
garment next the skin, which was
called trodirns, Att. zerarlaxog, Lat. in-
dusium. Jobn 21:7. Comp. Jahn § 120.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p, 418. Sept. for
be57 1 Sam. 18: 4. 2 Sam. 13: 18, —
Buid. Sno8inq~ 15+ Zowegor Sudrior,
exevdurny 88 16 éxdvo, Moeris, zit0-
vloxog xad zlrow Aruxd* txodirns xab
enevdurng “EAlqnixa.

’Enevdve or vve, f. toe, (énl,
dydiee or vw q.v.) to put on over, Jos.
Ant. 5, 1. 12, — In N. T. only Mid, to
put on over sc. one’s other garments etc.
to clothe upon, trop. of the new spirit-
ual body, 2 Cor. 5: 2, 4. Comp. in
Tvpyis b. — pp. Plot. Pelop. 11 érerd.
doSijras yovauxeiag t0ig Figats,

* En€pzomet, f.taeetcoues Butt.
§108.V. 5. §114 Zpgopas ult. aor. 2 éx-
jASor, to go oF come upon or over any
place ¢ etc. seq. acc. aygor Hom. Od. 16.
27. 5 Nellog énigz. 10 dilra Hdot. 2.
19. | Sept and xia Ez. 47:9. In
N. T. to come on, upon, to, any place or
person, viz.

a) of place, to come lo, i.e. to come
thither, to arrive, absol. Acts 14: 19 éx-
qrdov 84 and “Avwozelag. Bente for

297

*Easporae

win Judg. 18: 17.—Pol. 2. 7. 3. Thuc.
7. 42, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 13.

b) of person, to come upon, e.g, in a
hostile sense, fo invade, to attack, Luke
11:22, Sept. and Nin 2 Sam. 30: 23.
2 Chr, 22: 1. — absol. Hdian, 8 4, 8.
seq. dat. Jos. Ant. 6. 4. J. Hdian. 4. 5.
10, Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 24. — So of evils,
calamities, etc. fo come upon, to befall,
seq. éni c. acc. Luke Qi: 35. Acts 8: 24,
13: 40. Sept. and xin Judg. 9: 57.
2 Chr. 20: 8,. Mic. 3: 11.—Lue, Amor.
23. Hdot. 1. 30. ib. 6. 107.—Spoken of
the Holy Spirit as resting upon and ope-
rating in a person, seq. éxi c. acc. Luke
1: 35. Acts 1:8. Comp. Sept. for $p2
1 Sam. 11:7.

c) part. Znegyzduevog, spoken oftime,
seazon, destiny, etc. coming on, , impend~
ing, future; Eph. 2:7 é tote aides
103s bxegzopivorx. James 5: 1. Luke 21:
26. Sept. for minx Ie. 41:22. nierin
Is, 44: 7, 45: 11, — Fabr. Cod. peeud.
V. T. p: 191 rélog énepyoperor. Comp,
Hoot, 6.2, ib. 8.11. Pol. 6, 19. 6.

*Ensgoraa, @, £. ow, (th, dow
de.) to ask at or of any one, fo inquire
Of, viz,

a) genr. and c. Lo dupl. accus. Mark
11: 29 émegwrjow tpdis xyes Eve léyor.
Luke 20: 40, See Buttm. § 181. 4, 5.
Matth.§417.c. Sept. for bite) 2 Sam.
14: 18,—Hdot. 9. 93. — Seq. accus. et
magi c. gen. of thing, Mark 7:17 éxy-
Qeitey airdy mag} tis magafolijc. Comp.
Matth, 1. c.—Hdot. 1. 32. Diod. Sic. 3.
59 pen. Dem. 1072. 12. —Seq. accus. of
person and diye or the queation itself,
Matt. 12: 10 xal énngoitnoay aitov, dé
yortes. Mark 5: 9. Luke 3 10, 14.
Acts 1: 6. 1 Cor. 14: 35. al. Absol,
Matt. 22: 35, Acts 23: 34. Sept. for
beg Gen. 38: 21. 43: 7. — 2 Mace. 3:
87." Xen, H. G, & 4.2. Occ. 6. 6.—
In the sense of to require, to demand,
seq. acc. of pers. and infin. Matt. 16: 1.
So Sept. and baw Ps. 137: 3.

b) in a judi sense, to to
interrogate, c.c. dupl. accus. John 18:
21. seq. acc. of pers. et Adywy, Matt.
1. Acts 5 27. absol. Luke
23: 6. .

¢) from the Heb. éxigandw rdv Oecy,
to ask or inquire qfter God, i.e. to seek

"Enegea mua

God, comp. in *Exfqtéw c. Rom. 10: 20,
quoted from Is, 65:1 where Sept. for
wpa AL.

*"Enepwrnuc, arog, 16, (énepu-
zdex,) a question, inquiry, Hdot. 6. 67.
Thuc. 3.53. In N. T. spoken of a

ion put to a convert at baptism, or
rather of the whole process of question
and answer, i. e, by impl, examination,
profession ; 1 Pet. 3: 21 Admnope, ovy-
eudjoeus dy. émepoirnuat tis Oedv, wc, a8
marking the spiritual character of the
baptismal rite in contrast to a mere exter-
nal purification, Comp. Neander‘Gesch.
der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr. Kirche,
1. p.2088q. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p.2720q.
—Others render dx, els Deédy, inquiry,
longing, after God, comp. éxegurde sis
2Sam.11:7. So Bretschneider in Lex.
‘Winer § 30. 2. p.159.—Others still, de-
tire, petition to God, se. for salvation 5
comp. Heb. rag Sept. éxegurde dv,
Tudg. 1:1. 18:5." See Steiger Comm.
in Joc,

* Enéza, £. tpste, aor. 2 éxéozor,
(dat, Box) to have o hold upon, ©. g.
Seve nodag énsize Hom. Od. 17. 410.
to hold out towards, to direct upon, e. g.
dior oxiny énizey Pind. Ol. 2 160.
Hence in N. T.

a) trop. spoken of the ‘mind, to fix the
mmind upon, to give heed to, to mark, 8eq.
dat. and with voiy implied. Acts 3:5
6 88 énsigey adzois. 1 Tim. 4:16. seq.
mag, Luke 14: 7—Aristoph. Lysist. 490,
Hoot. 6.96. Pol.10, 41.8. in full Luc.
Alex. 4 ult. dsb rote weylotors anézay
toy voor.

b)asin comm. Engl. to hold ap or on,
i. q. to hold back or in, viz, (a) in the
sense of to retain, not to lose, trop. Phil.
% 16 Asyor {orig éxézortes, i. e. perse-
vering in the -acknowledgement and
practice of the christian doctrine. —
Hesych. énézortes* xparoivtes. — (8
more usually to keep back, to detain a
pereon, Hdian. 6 5, 18. Thuc. 1. 9;
io N.T. intrans, or with éavréy imp].
(comp. “Ayw 8) to hold one’s self back,
i, @. to remain, to stay, Acts 19: 22 abrig
éxiaze xg0vor tig tiv “Aolay. Sept. for
bry Gen. 8: 10. bn 2 Chr. 18 5, 14.
—2 Mace. 5: 25. Philo Leg. ad Cai.

p.1029, Xerl. Cyr. 5. 4. $8,

298

‘Eni

* Enfoccttor, f.doe, (émjgus threat,
insult, fr, éxd and Hom. dged,) to misuse,
to treat despitefully, to insult, trane. Matt,
5:44. Luke 6: 28. —c. dat. Philo in
Flace. p. 972. D. Xen. Mom. 3. 5. 16.
absol. Hdian. 7. 7. 7. —In the sense of
to traduce, to accuse falsely, seq. accus.
1 Pet, 3: 16.—Herodian. 2. 4. 16. ib. 7.
34, :

* Ent, prep. governing the genitive,
dative, and accusative, with the primary
f. on, upon, viz.

I. With the genitive. E. g.

1. Of place, in a great variety of re-
lations, which may however be com-
prehended under the two leading ideas
of rést upon, on, in, and of motion upon,
to, towards ; comp. Passow Eni I. A.
Buttm. § 147. n. 4, Matth. § 584.

a) of place where, after words imply-
ing rest upon, on, in, etc. (a) genr.
and seq, gen. of place; Mar. 4: 6 éxi
xzigiiv Ggoics ot, 9: 2 dnt addons Befig-
wérvoy. % 6. 16: 19 bis, dnt sig iis. 18:
19, 24: 80 dodusvoy ext ray replay.
27:19 xaOqévov aixod én? toi Piparos.
(Jos. Ant. 4.8.12) Mark 8:4 éx’ dgquier,
i.e. on or in the desert. v. 6, 14:51.
Luke 4: 29 Sgors dg ot ¥ mous qxod.
(Diod. Sic. 3. 47.) Luke 5: 18. 123.
John 6:19 meginatotvra int tig Saldio-
ong, walking on the lake. 19: 31 fra py
pelyy ént rot craugod. 20:7. Acts &2R,
20:9 ént sig Sugidos, upon or in the
window. 21: 40, James 5:5. Rev. 1: 20
dnt rijg deuce pov, i.e. on or én the bol-
low of my hand, coll. v.16, 4:9 x09.
éxt ro Dgdvov. 5: 10,13 ent tig Sa-
Adaong & eat, i.e. on the bottom of the
sea, in the deep. 7:3. 10:1. 19: 19
xadnp, dnt rob innov, 20: 11. all. saep.
So Luke 22: 21 ysig wet duod ext rag
tganétns upon the table; and 90 v. 30
Gye eoPinns xad nlyyte ent cig teeméses

) mov, i.e, of the things upon my table, in

Engl at at my table; comp. Winer § 51.
&. p. 322, Also Matt, 21: 19 idev cusqy
plas ext tig 680%, upon the way, i.e. by
ae way side. John 21: 1 én tig Sadao

ie. on the shore of the lake. So
Sept. ond bs 2K.%7, Dan. & 2 —
Pol. 1. 44. 4 én} ti¢ Sal. icrycar, Xen.
An, 4. 3, 28, — Trop. Matt. 8:16 éxi
aréparos 300 pagriper ¢ sgisy orad5

‘End,

xv Gio. Mark 12 26 et Luke 20: 37
ént tis Baitov, i. e. on or in the passage,
Section, of the bush, etc. comp. Rom.
11:2 in "By 1, a, Seq. gen. of pers,
Acts 21: 23. dvdge¢ eiyty Bornes dg
favréy, having a vow upon them.

(8) io the sense of before, in presence
of, chiefly of judges, witnesses, etc. 08
is said in Engl. ‘to be led or brought
‘up before, to stand before a court,’ ete.
Matt. 28: 14 day dxove9f tofto énd
rot tiyeudvos. Mark 13:9. Acts 23:
30. 24: 19, 20 ordvrog pou én) rod
gundplov. 25: 9 xglvscGas én’ dud.
vv. 10,26. 26:2. 1Cor.6:1,6. 1 Tim.
6 18. So genr. 2 Cor. 7: 14 4 xadyn-
aig ¥ én) Tirov, i. e. our boasting before
‘Titus, comp. ef te ade xexatyquan ibid.
Comp. Matth. § 584. n. Winer § 51. g.
p- 822. — Dem. 1367. 17 én) tod dixa-
ergiov. Diod. Bic, 11. 65 én} z05 x01-
voi avndolov réiv Edjruy. Luc Philops.
22, Ken. H. G. 6.5.41 obx én’ diye
magrigar. Vect. 3. 14.

b) of place whither, after words im-
plying motion or direction upon, to, to-
wards, etc. with sul uent rest upon.
Matt. 26: 12 Badotoa 10 pigoy éxd tof
ocuartés pov. Mark 4:26 dip sv oxé—
gor dni tis ris. 9: 20, 14: 35. Luke 8
16. 22: 40 yerspevog 84 énd 105 rén0v.
John 6:2 onptice & doles éxi tov Gods
yotrtay, which he did upon, to, the sick.
(Aet.Thom.16. Others, o7, in the case of;
the sick ; comp. Matth. § 584. % So
Teocr. ad Nic. p. 25. A. Plat. Rep. 5.
p.475. A, é’ duoi, in my case, by my
example.) Jobn 6:21 16 wi. dyévero éxt
tis yiic, at the land, i.e. on the shore.
19: 19 E9yxey txt tov oravgod. 21: 11.
Acts 5: 30 xpeudoavrtes éxi Evdov, (Sept.
for >» Gen. 40: 19.) Acts 10: 11. Heb.
6: 7. James 5:17. Rev. 10: 2. 18: 16
fa Saou aitots zagayua éni rig 21905
x, t.4, Trop. én xagdlas Heb. 8: 10.
10: 16. — Sept. Job 17: 16. Jos. Ant. 4.
5.1, Hdian. 6.3.4 én Pjyaros dv dein.
Thue. 1.116 aleiv én) Zdpov. Xen.
Cyr. 7,2. 1 dnt Zégdeow tipeuye. ib. 3.
3. 27 avaBarcas te xnav.

2. Of time when, as in Engl. upon a
time, i.e. on, af, én, during, ete. Heb. 1
2 ot 2 Pet. 3:3 dozdrov xiby Husger.
— Lue. D. Mort. 11. 2 dg? pudis jydoas.
Hdot. 5. 117. — Of time as marked

299

"Eni

by cotemporary persons, events, etc.
Buttm. § 147. n. 4, Matt. 1: 11 ént wis
pstousclas Baf. i.e. at the time of.

‘Acts 11:28 én} Kiavdlov, in the days of, 4°77

under. Mark 2:26. Luke 3:2, 4:27.—
Sept. Zech. 1: 1. Diod, Sic. 17. 14
Xen. Cyr. 1.6.31. ib. 8. 8. 15, 22 —
So of actions as specifying time, e. g.
ént 1dr nooceuzdiy pou, in my prayers,
i, e. when I pray, Rom. 1: 10, Eph. 1:
16. Philem. 4.—Diod. Sic. 4. 3 ént té
debnvony.

3. Tropically, spoken a) of dignity,
authority, etc. upon, over, Matt. 2 22
Bavilsies tm) vig *Tovdalas, over Judea.
Rom, 9:5 et Eph, 4: 86 6 oy a evton
Seis. Acta 8:27 8; Hy bal dons sie
zétys abris. 12: 20 r5y exh roi worrdvos.
(Arr, Diss, Ep. 8.22. 15 of ént xosriivos.)
So xaSlermus él, Matt. 24: 45, Luke
12: 14, Acts 6: 3. (So Sept. for
3 TPEM Gen. 30: 5.) Rev. 2 26 de
yo sovclav én} réiy COvév. 9:11, 17:
18. 20:6. Comp. in *Eovola d. a.
So genr. Sept. and 43 Gen, 44: 1, 4.
Dan. 6 7. — Athen. 13. 7 5 éi tis
*Egdoov, Diod. Sic. 13.47 of éxd tix
ipyer. Dem. 309.9. Xen. An. 3. 2. 36.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 164, 474.

b) of @ subject of discourse, on, of,
concerning, only after verbs of speech,
writing, ete. comp. Patsow ént I. C.ult.
Gal. 3: 16 ov éyes dig emt molkdv Git
Gs dp boc. — Ael. V. H. 1.30. Lue.
Philopat. 15. Djod. 8. 1. 12 és} rod
Seot Aiyovre. Dem. 1392. 23. Plat.
Charmid. p. 155. D.

¢)of manner, where éxi c. gen. forme
a periphrase for an adverb, e.g. é&
Gin Galas, Vit. upon the truth, ie. of a

re

truth, truly, i. q. GhqOiis, Mark 12: 14,4. <>:

32. Luke 4:25. Acts 4:27. 10:34. 80
Sept. for D208 Job 9:2. 19:4. Dip
Dan. 2 47; — Esdr. 6: 10 én? onvubis.
Jos. Ant. 5.1.2 é¢ adslas i,q. adecig.
Diod. Sic. 18.12 é jovzlas. Dem.
484, 20 én} xaugod.

Il, With the Dative. E. g.

1. Of place, in the same sense and
circumstances as éni c. gen. so that the
Greek poets often use the gen. and dat.
interchangeably, while in prose the dat.
is more usual ; see Passow in *Exi II. A.
Buttm. § 142. n. 4. Winer § 52 c.
p. 335.

‘Eni a

8) of place where, after words im-
plying rest upon, on, in, etc. comp.
above in I. 1. a. (a) pp. Matt, 14: 8, 11,
dnt mbox, Mark 2:4 tg) g xatixesto.
4:38, 6:39 dnb 16 z6grw dvaxdivas.
v. 55 ént roig xpaSfdrois. 11: 7. Luke
Mh: 44 Udo ent iGy. 21: 6, John 1:
88. Acts 27: 44. Rev. 19: 14 ég’ ixnors
Asuxots. al. saep. — Hdian. 8, 1.8 ént
madly. Hdot. 5.12 dyyos éxb tf xepahj
Fyousay, Xen, Cyr. 5.2.1 Kigos é”
inn,—(6) As implying close proxim-
ity, contact, upon, at, close by, Matt. 24:
83’ éyyig dors emi Figai, John 4: 6 &
xaditero én) th mnyii, by the fountein,
i.e. on the side of the well. 5: 2.
Acts 8: 10 én} 1 wily, v.11. 5:9 ént
th Sigg. Rev. 21:12, Comp. Math.
§.586. y. Winer lL c.—Jos, Ant. 4, 8.1.
Hdian. 8,2.6 nélig éxt Saddrty mgoxe—
pany. Xen, An. 5.3.2. ib. 1.2.8 ent
taig mnyais. Cyr. 1. 3. 2,—(y) Seq.
dag. plur. of persons, i. q. with, among,
Acts 28: 14 én airois éxiusivar, 2 Cor,
77 dg iyiv sc. dy,—Eur. Iph. in Aul.
656. [660.] Diod. Sic. 14,113 duvarag
Gy and tois myjSeow, Xen. Mem, 2
1. 27.

b) of place whither, after words im-
. Plying motion or direction upon, to, to-
wards, etc. and including the idea of
subsequent rest upon. (a) genr. Matt,
9:16 et Mark 2; 21 ovdels emfddle
éniSqua bd jyorie raha. John 8: 7
Uidov én aizi Badéren Acts 8: 16, Matt,
16: 18. Eph. ‘210. So Mark 5: 33 6
yiyorey bn ainj, Acts 5: 35 dnt ois
GyO9. roirorg x willere nedoaur. Trop.
Heb. 10:16 d:doi's voporg td rats xaydi-
ais. Sept. Sdxrvdoy émsPivtes éxi atd-
pars, Hob. >, Job 29: 9, — Hdian. 2. 9.
7 dgduevoy tnd roig vairous. Xen. An. 5.
2.12. Hom. Il. 1. 55 dni qgeot Seva.
Luc, Toxar. 23 ixgatey én’ aitols, Eur,
Aph. in Aul, 1108, [1111.] Hdot. 3. 14,
Comp: Math. § 415. n. 2, — (8) Trop.

of a direction of mind towards any one,
e.g. ina friendly sense, 2 Cor. % 14
xéquy rob Deoi dg’ dpiv. Luke 18: 7
paxgodyudy én’ aitoic. (Sept. and by
2 Sam. 14:1. Xen. Cyr. 8.7.27.) Also
in a hostile sense, against, Luke 12:
52, 53, Ssopemspiopivos totic ént dvo} xat
dio dnh rpial* mani dg’ vig xad vlog
dn} xargl. Rev. 1217 doyiody éxd ry

300

“End

yvvcixt,—Ecclus, 7: 12. Jos. Ant. 2.9.
7. Dem. 701. 14. Ael. V. H. 4.5 inte
dx} Oy Bars. Comp. Math. § 586. 3.

2. Of time when, chiefly as marking
a definite period of time, upon, at, in,
viz.

2) genr. Heb, 9: 26 én} curralaig ror
aidivar. As designated by cotemporary
institutes, actions, ete. 2 Cor. 3: 14 éxi
Th dvayveoe tig nal. Ssesdrjxns, ie
during the reading, whenever it is read.
Phil. 1:8 én} ndon 1h poeig Susy, at
every mention, as often as I think of
you. Heb. 9: 15 én} xij mporry Sia diem,
during the first covenant, while it was
in force. So as implying merely co-
existence in time, 2 Cor. 7:4 én} ndey
1h Dlye. Guay, i.e. in, during, under
all our effictions, Eph. 4: 26 6 ilsor

Mi) éniduitw ent 16 magogyioum tpar,
during, i.e. while your wrath continues;
comp. Dent. 24: 15, where Sept. for be.

3. 51. 12. Hdian, 2, 6,19 éai 17 opi,
during. Xen. Cyr. 1.8.12 éxi 1G dei
nvy. Mem. 1. 5.2

b) in the sense of after, immediately
following upon, Acts 11:9 Sdigews is
yoouirs éxi Zrepivy, ie. itamedistely
afier Stephen. John 4:27 ént rot,
upon this, thereupon.—Xen. H. G. 4. 4.
9 tay ext rf yuxti juégar. Dem. 927. 3.
Xen. An. 6. 1. 11, 12, éni roite.

8. Tropically, spoken a) of power,
authority, care over, etc. Matt. 24: 47
et Luke 12:44 éni aot toils Smdgrover
abtol xataonjoet aitéy. Comp. Matth.
§586. % Lob. ad Phr. 164, 474.—Dem.
21.19. Xen. Cyr. 6.3.28. An. 4.1.13

b) as marking accession or addition
upon or fo something already mentioned
or implied, upon, unto, besides. Matt.
25: 20, 22, Gide ritavta éxipSyoa ox
ainois. Luke 3: 20, 16: 26 én macs
rovrois, besides all this. Eph. 6 16.
Col. 3:14. 1 Cor. 14: 16 még eps 10
Gpiy dnt +i of) ebxaquotly. Phil. 2 97
Jinn ént Minn in text. rec. Heb. & 1.
Comp. Buttm, |. c. Passow “Ent Il. C.
Matth. § 586. y, ult. — Test. XII Patr.
Pp. 523 ént mitot tovrors. Philo de one.
Mund. p. 16. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.36 én
totross, Praeterea, Mem. 1.2.25. Eur.
Iph. Taur. 197, povos én géry. Lue. D.
Mort. 1. 3.

‘Eni

c) of that upon which any thing rests
as a basis, foundation, support ; comp.
Winer § 52. c. c. In various specifi-
cations, viz.

(a) Senr. Matt. 4: 4 et Luke 4: 4 tiv
oix én’ dorm wory, GAL dnd waved grporrs
x1. 1, to hve upon, ike, to sustain or
support life upon, quoted from Deut.
8 3 where Sept. for by rt11.—Athen.
10. 43, Max. Tyr. 27. 6 Biotstay én)
1 ov. Plut. Alcib. 1. init, éxt tod-
01g pévo1s Liv. Comp. Kypke on Matt.
1. e, — So after words implying hope,
trust, confidence upon or in any person
or thing. Rom. 15:12 én aig Evy
Unwiow. 1 Tim. 6:17, (2 Mace. 2
18) Mark 10:24 menor9orag ént roig
zejpaciy, Luke 11: 22, al. Luke 24:25
motsiuy int naow ois ut 1 Pet. 2
6. Acts 14:3 nagjnowatouevor éxd rh
xvgig Also in the phrase én’ Zanidt,
‘upon or in hope, i. e. resting upon hope,
Acts 2: 26. Rom. 4:18. 8: 20. Tit, 1:2
al.—Xen, Mem. 2. 1. 18
y.—Here belongs the phrase
vouari t1v0s, upon the name of
. to do any thing upon or in
the namie of a person, on the ground of,
under colour of his name etc. comp.
Winer |, c. marg. Acts 4: 17,.J8 dda~
oxay én} 16 Bropare Inaoi,toteach upon
the name of Jesus, i. e, resting upon bis
name, upon him as the ultimate teacher
and author. -5: 28,40, Luke 24:47. So
‘Luke 9: 49 én 1g 67. cov éxfallorca
x¢ daiéria, casting out demons upon
thy name, i.e, resting the efficacy of
their exorcism upon thy name. Also
“Matt. 24: 5. -Acts 2: 38 Bonticdijtw éni
wh ov. I. by. 7 Xe. be baptized upon the name
of Christ, a e. the baptism being
grounded upon the profession of his
name, etc. ‘Matt. 18: 5. o¢ day détqtar
asdior ty éxt 1H Sropart pov, ie. a8
resting upon or professing my name,
as a Christian. ‘Mark 9: 37. ‘Luke 9: 48.
So Sept. for Dwa-Deut. 18: 20, — Luc.
Pise. 15 yortas dat 15 jipstign dvéuorts
mollé xal wad mgdrtortas. Dem. 495.
7 said tri tg tay Sea dvépars mover
917. 2%.

(8) of the subject of an action or
of discourse, upon, tn reference bo.
Mark 6:52 ob cvvinay (13 omuiion 13
xunoimpiver] ni ‘roig dgrois, i. e.

301

“Eni

wrought upon or in res; t to the
loaves.—Hdot. 3. 14 tatxo éxoinos 15
zal ant 19 Svyatgl —Of discourse, ete.
on, of, concerning ; John 12 16 dr
subse bt airé yiyeaupive. Luke 23:
38. Rev. 10: 11 mgopntiioas én Lacie
mtd, 22:16 Hoos bat rac éx—
xdnoias. Heb.11:4, Comp. Winer § 52.
c. 7. Matth, § 586, « — Barnab. Ep. 5
6 npogyteier tx’ aixg. Hdot. 1. 66.
Lue. D. Deor. 10,12 Adyoug éxt tors,
Thuc. 2.34.

(vy) of « condition, law, sanction,
upon or under which alone any thing
takes place. 1 Cor.9:10 én dinids
Georgy x. 2. 2. Heb. 7:11. 8:6 3ady-
x7 Hirug exh xgeittoow énayyediaus. ver0-
podéryrus i.e. under the sanction of,ete.
9:17 Biadien zag ent vexgois Befala,
i, e. a testament is only valid the testa-
tor being dead. 10: 28 éni dualy 7 zie
pdgrucw dxoSnijoxs, i.e. was put to
death under two or three witnesses,
comp. Deut. 17: 6 where Sept. for
“e-by,, coll. Deut. 19: 15 where Sept.
éxi otopatos for ‘B~by. See Matth.
§ 585. 6. Passow éaé LF, — Jos. Ant.
2.10. 2 peu. ib. 5. 2.6. Luc. D. Deor.
1,2 ult. Xen. Cyr. 3, 2. 23 én} rovrors
Boca xai Rapor ndvres te moré. H.
G. 3.2.19...

(8) of the ground, motive, exciting
cause of any action, upon, at, i.e. on
account of, because of. Matt. 19: 9 ps}
dni nogrelg, Luke 2: 20 aivoirseg x5
Deby tai ndow x, 1. 5:5 bak 16 Gi
part cov zaldow 1 dietvoy. Acts 3: 16
énl oj nlotes. 4:21. 26: 6. 1 Cor, 1:4.
8 11. 2 Cor. 9:15. al. Seq. dat. of
person, tn’ aitois Acts 21: 24, see in
Jonaviw. Comp. Matth. § 585 ult.
Passow éxi 11. E. Winer § 52.0, 8.
—Jos. Ant. 4.5.2 ixapvoy én diye.
Hdot. 1. 137. Luc. Hermot. 80: Xen.
Mem. 3. 14.2. Conv. 3. 10. — Hence
2g" gy for ént r0v2m S11, on this account
that, because, Rom. 5: 12. 2 Cor. 5:
4. P 10. Comp. Butun. § 150.
p. 495.—Diog. Laert. 2, 12. 5, ‘Thom.
Mag. eg qh, cert} toi didts, ob zeger.

(2) of the occasion upon or at which,
in connexion with which, any thing
takes place, upon, al, over, after words
signifying an emotion of mind, as joy,
sorrow, compassion, astonishment, etc.

“Ed 30:

Comp. Matth. § 399. n. 1. Passow éxt
II, E. Mgt. 18:13 zaiga: év aire pal
Jov xt. 1. Luke 1: 14, 47 jyadllacs
éxl 1G Sag. 15:7. Rev.11:10. a1, Mark3:
5 oullunoiuevog dni tf magoeion sig x
10:22, 24. Luke 19: 41 Elavoey én’ oi
aj. Acts 8:2. James 5: 1. Rom. 18: 9,
Tol. Mate. 14:14 domdayzylo6n bx’ a-
tots. Mark 6:34. al. Matt. 7:28 ete-
mijocovto éxt +7 ayy aizod. 22: 33.
Lake 1: 29 dsetagdydy én 1d ddyy.
5: 9, 9: 43. Acts 3: 12.—Jos. Ant, 6.6.
34 ént tf ving zagd. Xen. Mom. 2.6.
85. yalgew éni. Test. XII Patr. p. 521
sway tnt 1 duagrig. Lue. D. Deor.
IZ1. ib. 25. 3 éF aixg daxgtovsa.
ib. Toxar. 24. Ael. V.H. 12. 41 éx-
mloyalg ent, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.27. — 80
of the occasion of penitence and shame,
2 Cor. 1221 pi peraronodyran bnd oj
dxadagolg. Romi, 6:21 ty ols viv dine

aaziveads.—Ken, Mon, 228 eg g

poxtrdy.

ai of the object, purpose, end of any
action, etc. upon, unto, for ; comp. Wi-
ner § 52. ¢. . Matth. § 585. 8. Gal. 5:

13 ipsic vag we devdegle exh Ores.
1 These. 4:7. Eph. 2:4, 2Tim. 2:14.
Phil. 3:12 ég° G, that for which. So

‘Acts 15:14 ént 1g dyduats adroit in text.
rec. where later edit. omit éxé,—Wied.
2:28. Hdian, 2.1.18 én 3169p, én
oornglg. Thue. 1. 73, Ken. Mem. 2.3,
19, An. 5, 7, 34 dyeoSas éad Sordry.—
Hence ég' g, for what, wherefore, Matt.
26: 50 in text. rec. for which others
dp 0.

af of the norm or model upon or to
which any thing is adjusted or con-
formed, upon, after, fo. Luke
1: 50 duidovy abre ént 1G dvdpate t0i5
margo¢ avrod. id

Rom, 19 ult. ‘salto Bas iv Pojuny ext
*Puydhy viv noluy. Plato Parm. p.147.D.
= Also Rom. 5:14 of duagmicartas
anh 1G Suossiuars tis x. x. 1. 2 Cor.
6 bis, 6 ontlguy én’ evloylas, i.e. adv.
bountifully.—Aeschy). Supp. 628,(636,]
2 ainda.

TIT. With the Accusative. E.g.

1. Of place, and generally combining
the ideas of rest and motion upon;
where sometimes however the idea of
motion upon is more prominent, and

2

‘Eni
rarely, rest upon. Comp. Winer § 53. 1.
Matth. § 586. c.

8) as implying rest and motion cgm-
bined, where it marks an extension or
spreading out upon or over any thing,
a stretching or spreading out in vari-
ous directions, distribution upon, over,
among; hence pp. along upon, along
over, throughout, etc. or else simply,
upen, over, at, among, the direction
of the implied motion being determined
by the adjuncts. E. g.

(a) genr. Matt, 27: 45 oxstos éyévero
én) néour viv rir, 10:34 Palate loin,
péxaigay, dni tiv yy. 14: 19 rots Bz—
Lous dvankeDijvas ext tois zégrovs. v.96
én} sv Sdtacoay megenaroivea, v. 2B,
29, 15: 35. 18: 12 dni rd Bey mopsvdely
about upon the mountains. 22:9. 24:
16. Mark 4:38 éxi ro my
xaSeidoy i.e. stretched upon. Luke 5:
96 émiflne deifdddes én ipdtior. John
9: 6. Acts 7:11. 21: 3, Rev. 2:17. 7:1
11: 8. 20: 4 ot Dofor x8 zéeayua bi
0 pitomoy. v.9.al. So Matt. 18: 26
Szlos énd toy aiyraldy siovyxes, stood or
had stationed themselves pon
the shore. Rev. 15: 2. Matt. 19: 28
xadloee Se isis ént desdex0 Fpsrors, i.e.
along upon the row or circle of thrones,
as in Rev. 4: 4. 20; 4. — Hom. Od, 11.
577 dx drvie xiizo milsSga. 14.120 int
mola aig Ony, Palaeph. Fab. 1.10 & ox
trgezor txt ta Sen. Diod. Sic. 1. 27 5
otgaretoas ni nacoy yopar. Hdian. 4.
11. 12, Xen. H. G. 6. 5. 21.—So with
accus. plur. of persons over, to-
wards all of whom, Matt, 5: 45 bis éai
mornpous xad dyaSous ». . 2, 12:49 te
telvas thy zéiga tnd robs wadjras. Acts
19: 12. Rev. 14:6 in some edit,—Hom.
Il, 10, 218 xléog mavzag én’ drDgeinovg.

(8) where the motion is directed toa
higher place, implying elevation or
Placing upon, i.e. up upon, up over,
up to, out upon, ete, or simply upon,
over, Matt. 4: 5 Tornosw intr et txt
sregiywov toi iepot, 5:23. 9: 18. 13:48
dvaBiBicarces éxt sév aiysaléy. 2: 5
ériBefnmdre tx) Svov i.e. mounted upon.
2: 16 gevytswour ind xi qn. BW: 29.
Mark 8: 25. 10: 16 teDzig tas ztlpas et
aind. 11:2. 15: 22 sad o atséy
én} TolyoSa sénov. Luke 5: 11,19 ave
Beivres dx} 40 Séipe. 8:97. Acts 17: 19.

‘End

-20: 18, 27: 48, 44 vee in Aveosite. Rom.
12: 20, — Palaeph. Fab. 1. 9 dvafifa-
carts ént ois tanous, and so Xen.
Cony. 9.7. Cyr.8.1.4 éxb Adqor xorva-

gsiye, Thue. 7.37 én} ta telyn.—So of '

a yoke, burden, taken up and placed
upon any one, Matt. 11:29 &gare tov
fuyor pou dg’ ipdic. Acts 15: 10, Matt.
23: 4 gogrla — dusniSiacw tnd roig
Gyous tay dxFg. trop. of a covenant,
Heb. 8: 8. — Metaph. spoken of fear,
evils, guilt, punishment, which come
upon any one as a burden, as some-
thing laid upon one ; 20 after yiroSan
iniozsrGan, FoxeaSas, éxanintey, and
the like ; Matt, 23: 35 3nug D9y ig
Sas néy alua Siaasor, v.36, Luke 1:
12,65 xa} dyévero ext nércag popfos.
21: 34,35 dic mayis éneletossa dred ney
tas. John 3: 36. 18: 4. Acts 5: 28. 8: 1.
13: 11 zéig xuglov én? of. 18:6. Rom.
18. 15: 3. 1 Pet. 5:7. In like man-
ner of good, rosperity, etc. Matt. 10:
13 diditw % eigen Suir dx ciniy 20.
my oixiay, Luke 10:6. Gal. 6:16. Acts
4: 33. zigis qv én} rdvtas, Rom. 3: 22,
—8o of a lot i.e. any thing imposed
by lot, Acts 1:26 émiow 6 ‘Maijgos ent
Merdiar. Sept. for by D942 bp. Jon.
1:7, for 33 mby Lev. 1 : 9.—Comp,
Diod. Sic, 4. 42 deavelDeiv [sbv xdijgor]
sig ‘Hosovny.

(y) where the motion is directed to a
lower place, Matt. 10: 29 ty 4 aisdy
ob mecsizas tx) ryy yay. 13:5, 7. 21:44.
26:7 xatézeey éxi. Luke 22: 44. Acth2
B. Rev. 8: 10. 16: 2. 22: 5 6 S20¢ po-
tuté drt aitots, ac. like the sun.—Diod.
Sic. 2.19 of pay end viv yy Enertor.
Xen. Oec. 18. 7.—Trop. of the divine
Spirit or power descending and abiding
‘upon any one. Matt. 3: 16 18, meveipo
xatopdivor xai doysusvoy bx? aitév. 12
18. Luke 1:35. 2:25. 24 49, al. 2 Cor.
12:9, Rev. 7: 15.

b) of place whither, implying motion
‘upon, to, towards, any place or object as
a limit, aim, end, with subsequent rest
thereupon.

(a) pp. and genr.e. g. after nintu,
driniaxta, 8 nintuy xd xgdcomnoy, i.e.
forwards, Matt. -26: 39. Luke 5: 12.
Rey. 7:11. al, (Xen. Ven. 10.13 ai
say inh otopa.) Matt. 1: 20 éxénsoey
dni 69 spdzqlor eisai. John 21: 20.

303

*Eni
Acts 10: 25 mecdy én} rovs xddac, upon,
i.e. at his feet. Also Luke %& 62 én
Palsy thy ziiga tx Egatgoy. Phil. 3:14
xara: axonay Sutin én) 10 Boupsior. —
Jos. Ant. 6, 11.8 dxdyrva Raddy én roy
oxonoy, Diod. Sic, 2. 19 dx airy
toSsious, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6 29 én} oxondy
Badisy.—Bo after verbs of going, com-
ing, conducting, collecting, etc. equiv. to
pos c. accis. Matt. 3: 13 téx0 magoyt-
vetas & "Inoois dnb tig I’. én} cov *Tog-
dcr, upon the Jordan, i.e. to the region
of Jordan. 12; 28 ipdoacew ig apas 4
Baoihela s. 9. 5: 21 ourizon Szlos no-
Ais én aindy, 27: 27. Mark 11: 13
Luke 24: 24. Jobn 6: 16. Acts 1: 21,
21: 32,35. 2Thess.2:1. 2 Tim. 4:4.
Heb. 6:1. Rev. 7:17. 18: 7. al. So
owaydijvas v. cvvigxe$as ini ro vee
i.e. upon or to the same place, together,
Matt. 22:34. Acts 4:26. 1 Cor. 11:20.
also 1 Cor. 7: 5, see in Eiué II. b. 2 —
Palaeph, 2.10. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1 ult.
Hdian. 8. 5. 13 én} njy ‘Poiumy zugiious,
Xen, An, 1. 4. 11 dvted Ger elorives ent
iy Eigedtyy.—Of judges, tribunals,
upon, unto, i.e. up before. Mart 10:
18 xa dnt jyepdvas xod Bacsdsis dy dyj—
ow: Luke 12: 11, 58. Acts 16: 19,
(Hdot. 3. 156, Xen. Lac. 4.6 aya ab
tov J éxt roils *Epogous. Comp. An. 6. 6.
6 dyuv mgd.) Of an oracle, miracle,
testimony, etc. upon, unto. Luke 3:2
dyivero gia Oso’ txt *Tudvryy. Acts 4:
22 tg bv dyeyéves 16 oypeloy. 2 Thess,
1: 10 10 pugrigioy jms [yivperor] ee
tas, Pag by AQT wy 1 Chr. 22 8,
Sept. dat . wok, Usually Heb. biz, Sept.
7966, Jer. 1: 4,11. al.) Also as imply-
ing accession, addition, Matt. 6 27
mgooStives énd thy Hunley aizod nijzuy
fa. Rev. 22: 18.

(8) where the motion or diregtion
upon implies also an affection of the
mind for or against, E. g. favourable,
kindly, Luke 1:48. 9:38 éxiPLepas éni
aby vlor 1 Pet. & 12 of dg9. xu
lou én? roig dizalov, i. ©. are directed
upon, quoted from Ps. 34:16 where
Sept. for Si, comp. Ps. 31: 8, —BSo of
disfavour, upon, against, Acts 4: 29
comp. in EnsiSov. 1 Pet. 8:12 96~
ounoy xuglou éxi nowirras xaxd, i. . is
directed against, quoted from Ps. 34:
17 where Sept. for 3. In a hostile

“Eni

pense, Matt. 10:21 éravaorjoovras tée-
va éni yoviis. Luke 14: 31 éyousrm én’
airoy. 52,53. John 13: 18 Acts
7:37 Geunoor én airdr. Acts 13: 50,
51. 19: 16, 2Cor. 10:2, 2 Thess. 2:
4, So Sept. and Gen. 16: 2. —
Diod. Sic. 2. 19, ib, 15, 41. Hdian. 7.1.
18, 16. Xen. Cyr. 1.5.3, 4.—Trop. of
conduct or testimony against any one,
Mark 10: 11 woizdra x’ airy. Luke
9:5 sls uagriguoy én’ airots. Soin an
imprecation, 2 Cor, 1: 23 Begruga toy
Deby exweadotpas ént viv dujy yoyiy.

(y) trop. of measure, extent, upon,
uno, i.e. up to, about, Rev. 21; 16 é-
patonca tiv wéluy én) cradlous deidexa
yusddwy. Comp. Matth. § 586. c. p.1169.
Winer § 53. p. 345.—Ael.V. H.3. 1 init.
15 pifuos én) teosagéorea Sujets oradl-
ow. Xen. An. 1.7.15—S0 é' dao,
in a0 far as, in as much a2, Matt, 25: 40.
Rom. 11: 13, énd ndsiov, further on,
further, the more, Acts 4:17." 2 Tim. 2
16. 3:9. Comp. Vig. p.628.—%9 Scov
Diod. Sic. 1.93. Luc, Amor. 18. éxt
nléioy Ael. V. H. 1. 30 ult. Plato
Phaedr. p. 261.

©) rarely of place where, after words
signifying rest upon, on, in, at,
where however the. idea of previous

_ motion upon is ilnplied. Rev. 5:1 éxt
chy Sefdy, upon i, e. in his right hand.

dri 10 tehomov, Acts 10: 17 énéotycay
dnt toy muldiva, 11:11. Rev. 3:20. 8:3,
Comp. above in Ll.a. IL 1a £—
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3, 12 nagsivas dm sig i
3. 3. 68. — So otivas éni tog
sxé808, fo stand up upon the feet, Acts 14:
10, 26: 16. Rev. 11: 1L.—Also éni 10
avzd, lit. upon the same place, as adv.

+ Luke 17:35. Acts 1:15, Comp.
in Ainds TIL a. 8.

2 Of time, viz. a) time how long,
during, for, Luke 4: 25 éxlelo9y 5 ot
gavos ext Fey rola. 13: 31. 18: 20. 19:
8, 10. Heb. 11:30. Comp. Winer § 53.
p-845, Matth. §586.c. p.1169.—Palaepb.
28.2. Thuc. 2.35. Xen. An. 6, 6. 36.
—8o si xesvor, for @ time, Luke 18: 4,
(Fedot. 9. 22) ég dcor zodv0r, 20 long
as, Rom. 7:1. Gal. 4:1. ég daor ve.
xesvor, 20 long as, Mate. 9:15. (Arr.

304

‘Eni

Diss. Ep. 4.10.16.) é9 Sxavdy sc.
xgsver, a long while, long, Acts 20: 11.
So adverbially, én} xolv, éxir0lt, long,
Acts 28:6. éni mlsioy, longer, further,
Acts 20:9, 24: 4,—énenoly Luc. Toxar.
Pam Thue, 2. 64. én} aiéoy Hdian. 8.

b) implying « term or limit of time
upon the coming of which any thing is
done or assigned, upon, at, aboul. Mark
15:1 (tO dag ‘ent 10 mp 0it. Luke 10: 3
éxt viv atgioy. Acts 3:1 éxt ti» Sear
ig mooaeuyiig.—Arr. Alex. M. 3. 18. 11
éxi rh fw. Hom. Od. 7, 268. Pol. 10.
8. 7. — Joined with an adverb in the
later usage, ©. g. én? role, up to thrice,
i.e. thrice; Acts 10:16. 11:10. See
Winer § 54 ult n. 1. p. 356. Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 46, 48.—Comp. eg tls Joa.
Ant. 5. 10. 4. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 4.

3, Tropical, spoken 8) of pow
er, authority, care over, upon, over
Luke 1: 33 Baoidevoe “end by ler
"TaxiB. 9:1 Sirquy xad Bovsiay éxt
Scuporia, 10: 1A Acts 7:10. Rom. &
14. Heb. % 7. 3: 6 Xe. ts vig éxi tor
cheer aizot. Rev. 13:7. al. 80 Luke 2

8 quidccorsss qulaxits én) niy oly
aingy. Sept. and 59 Gen. 39:5. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 474.—Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
58 iat tos neous xadoravn, H.G. 3
4, 20.

b) as marking accession or addition,
upon, over, Phil. 2: 27 Aimy éxt Atmyy,
where text. rec. has éné c, dat. see above
in IL, 3. bb,

c) of an object or substratum upon,
over, in reapect to which any thing is
done, felt, directed, etc. Comp. above
in IL. 3.c. Winer §53.p. 345. E.g.

{a) of the subject of an action or
of discourse, upon, over, in to.
Mark 15: 24 Badlovtes xlijgor éx aries.
(Plut. Rep. 10. p. 617. B, glyas siggous
énb tive.) 1 Cor. 7: 86 see in” Aozy—
kori b. James 5:14 npoortdoGuray
4 cindy, let them pray over him, i.e.
in his behalf, in allusion also perhaps to
the posture. Winer lc. p. 345 marg.
—So of a subject of discourse, writing,
etc. spon, of, concerning. Mark 9: 12
iyqartas int roy vier tod dr9p. v.13.
Rom. 4:9, 1 Tim. 1:18. Heb. 7: 13%

“Sept. for by Jer. 25. 13,—Palaeph. 49.

3 dg Sy Goua éxoines.

“Eni

(8) of that on which the mind, heart,
feelings, are directed, either in kind-
ness or hostility, upon, over, towards.
E. gin kindness, Matt. 14: 14 éomlayy-
wlan sx aitots. 15: 32. Luke 6: 35
z9nTTOs boty ext tois dy. x. 1.1. Rom.
9:23, 11:22, Eph. 2:7. Sept. for by
Gen. 47: 29.— Theopbil. ad Autol. I.
p- 71 zenotds dots (6 Seis) end tors
Gyandvcus oitéy. Not used in this
sense in earlier classic writers. — § So in
hostility, against, Matt. 12: 26 dp kav
ir deploy, Mark 3: 26. Luke lI: 17.
Acts 7: 54 Bpuyor ois 6dérsag bx’ ai-
tr, — Dem, 73.27. ib. 587.5 tyes tay
agyip éxt Mudiar. Xen. Mem.23.10.
—Hence also of the object of trust, con-
fidence, hope, Matt. 27: 43 méxosdev
dni toy Sov. Acts 9:42 moldol éni-
orevoay éxt oy xigsoy, 11:17, Rom. 4:
5. 2Cor.2:3. Heb. 6:1 xlotig ént
Sedy. 1 Tim, 5:5 Famer dnt tov Seor.
1 Pet. 1: 13, 3: 5.—Also of the occasion
or object upon or over which joy or sor=
row is felt, Rev. 18:20 siggalyou ex”
airy in text, rec. others én airj.
Luke 23: 28 yx) xdaiste én? dud Rev. 1:
7. So Sept. of joy, for > Is. 61:10. Ps.
32: 11. of sorrow, for by Zech, 12: 10,

(y).of that on which the will or in-
tention is directed, the end, purpose,
aim of an action etc. upon, for, for the
sake of, after. Matt. 3:7 épxouivous Ent
19 Bdnciopa atzod, i.e. in order to be
baptized. 26:55 ds ém Anoniy. Luke
7:44 Udug éxd roe 630g wor, water FoR

my feet. 15: 4, 23:48, Comp. Buttm.
wa. n. 4 ult, Matth. § 586. c.— Pa-
Jaeph. 19.1. ib. 40.4. Hdot. 3. 14 isvas
én} tug. Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 12.—So of a
result, 2Tim. 3:13 éni 26 zelgor. Heb.
12: 10.

(8) from the Heb. spoken of persons
upon or over whom a name is called,
who are called by that name, implying
property, relation, etc. James 2: 7.
Acts 15: 17 dg ots drcixdxdaytan 10 Svope

quoted from Amos 9:12 where
Sept. for by ng x p32, as also 2 Sam.
12: 28. Jer. 14:9, Comp. Gesen. Lex,
art.. Np Niph. &. — Bar, 2: 15.

Nore.’ In composition éxt implies
1. motion upon, towards, against, as
éndye, tnigzoua, ete. 2, rest upon,
over, at, an énize,

1, tnavancio, etc.
39

305

*"EntBadio

3. accession, addition, as émowaye,
dnastio, 4, succession, as Exups, dui
rdoow, 5, repetition or renewal, as
dnavogducu. Very often it cannot be
expreased in English, and is then to us
simply intensive. Comp. Vig. p. 628.
Passow dni no. V, ult. AL.

*EnBaive, f. qoopar, to go upon,
to tread upon, intrava. Sept. 7i7 dy ig
dnsfn for 79% Deut. 1:36. Hdian. J. -
12,18, Xen.Cyr.3,3.61. Hencein N.T.

a) to set foot upon, to come upon or
into, to arrive im a country, province,
etc, eg tiv “Aolay Acts 20: 18. tj éx-
agzlg 25: 1. — Diod, Sic. 14, 84 init.
ig Bowntiay, 16. 66 pen. 7 Zixsllg.
Thue. 1.103 ¢. gen. .

b) to go up upon, to mount, intrans.
e.g. dni Svay Matt.21:5. Soof'a ship,
to > embark, ec. slg 10 whoioy Acts 21: 6.
15 mol 27: 2. absol. 21: 2. Sept. for
miby Jer. 46:9, 335 1 Sam. 25: 20.
Gen. 24: 61. — Hom. fl. 5, 255 taney
éuiB. Thuc. 1. 111 et Xen. H. G, 3. 4.
1 émi 10 motor, Thuc. 7, 70 tals

vavoly.
"EntBacdda, £. Bali, to cast upon
or over, to lay trans.

) pp, and seq. dat. Mark 11: 7 éep.

a fudtea, 1 Cor, 7: 35 Bedzor
Sas 7 tniBde, Sept. seq. éi c. acc. for
72 Num. 4:6,7. Hos. 7:12. 1 33tt
Nuon. 19: 2.—Hdien. 6.8.11. Xen. ‘Xo:
3. 5. 10. Ven. 10, 7. — In the sense of
to put upon, i. e. to sew on sc. a patch,
Matt. 9: 16. Luke 5: 36. —Hesych. t-
Pali exdggiyer sou émpgaye. — In
the phrase éneBadlew rrv yeioa v.
tag yeivas, seq. énl teva or dat. to lay
hands upon, i.e. (a) to aeize, to do vio~
lence to & person, seq. éxé tive Matt.
26: 50. Mark 14: 46, Luke 20: 19. 21:
12. John 7: 30, 44, Acts 5: 18. 21: 27.
eeq. dat. Acts 4: 3, and by attraction,
Acts 121 éniBaley sig xiipas xoxdoab
sivas, for ink tuvag dots xaxdoas aitots,
comp. Buttm. §151. I. 4. So Sept. for
1 mibwi, seq. dnt tive Gen. 22: 12,
Esth, 6: 2, — Seq. dat. Pol. 3.
5.5. Diod. Sic. lib. 38 init. ed. Tauchn.
or X. p. 205. ed. Bip.—{6) in the sense
of to lay hold of, to undertake, Luke 9:
62 taf. +. x. dx Spotgor. So Sept. for
nibujn Deut. 12 7, 18.

“EuBagéo

b) intrans. or pp. with tevrdy im-
plied, to cast oneself upon, i.e. to rush
tupon, to fall upon ; comp. Buttm. §113,
n. 2. §130. n. 2. Marth. § 496. 1. Wi-
ner §39.1. So seq. tis c. acc. Mark 4:
87 1a xipora énéfader tig 10 mloiov.
Also absol, 14:72 xad émBahay Exave,
i.e. rushing forward sc. out of the
hall, comp. Matt. 26: 75 et Luke 22: 62,
(1 Mace. 4:2. Hom. 04.15. 297. Diod.
Sic. 18.14 med.) Others, énfakay ac.
iudoy, i.e. covering his face or head,
comp. 2 Sam. 15: 30. 19:4. Jer. 14: 3,
4, Others, by impl. beginning, as in
2 Macc. 12: 38.—Hence impers. to fall
upon, to fall to, i. e. to pertain or belong:
fo any one, Luke 15: 12 10 émifdllov
(uot) pégos, i, e. the portion which falls
to me. — 1 Mace. 10: 30. Hdot. 4. 115.
Dem. 312. 2.

*EniBagéa, f. how, lit. to burden
upon, in N.'T. oly metaph., to be bur-
densome upon, e. g. in a pecuniary sense,
seq. accus, | Thess. 2:9, 2 Thess. 3:
8. In 2 Cor. 2: 5 fra pj emsBage mtv

rag ind, that I may not burden you all, ”

i.e, bear too hard upon you all in my
censure. Others take ta yi} émifaga
as parenthetic, that I may not be too
severe, and then x. duds depends on
Jahier. — Seq. dat. Appian. Syr. p.
180. B.C. 4. p. 978,

*"EneBeBatla, f. dow, to cause to
mount, trans, e.g. an animal for riding,
neq. dni c. acc. Luke 10: 34 énuf. aitoy
dni 10 10, xtivog. With éxt impl. Luke
19: 35. Acts 23: 24, Sept. for 23571
1K, 1: 33, 2K. 9: 28.—Hdian. 3.7. 12
¢. gen. Diod. Sic. 2. 11 . 296g ts.

* EntBdéna, £. yo, to look upon, to
fir the eyes upon, Sept. seq. éxl c. acc.
for pvary Num. 21: 9. veq. ace, Hdian,
5.3.15. In NT. trop. to look upon, to
have respect to, eeq. éni c. acc. sc. in
kindneg, favour, Luke I: 48. 9: 38.
ii i james 2:3. Sept. for 7X4

. 916. zp Lev. 26:9.

" . Ps, 25: 16.—Judith 13: 4.—
Bo tqogeie Jos. B. J. 6. 2.4.

’EntBdnua, actos, +6, (énypdidon)
lit. any thing put on, an addition, hence
a patch, Matt. 9: 16, Mark 2: 21. Luke 5:

36 bis. — Sept. Is. 3: 20. Arr. Alex. M.

306

* Encpevooxo

6.29. 8 rdnqra ériPlysaser Bopule-
vier.

*EncBoae, a, f. jou, (¢nt imens.)
to cry out upon, to exclaim vehemently,
absol. Acts 25: 24.—rivt Pol. 10. 12. 5.
Thue.5.65. c.acc. to invoke, Wisd.14:1.

EneBovan, 98, %, (Bovdi,) pp-
counsel upon or against ; hence plot,
conspiracy, insidiae, Acts 9:24, 20: 3,
19. 28:30, — Sept. Esth. 2.22, Jos.
Ant. 2.11. 1. Xen. H. G. 3.3. 4,5,

’ Enryaupoevo, f.rbou,(yousgeiw
fr. yaufods,) to contract affinity with, to
intermarry with, Sept. for jntins Gen.
34:9. 1 Mace. 10: 54, 56, of’ a son-
in-law 1 Sam, 18: 21, 22.—In N. T. to
marry by right of affinity, trans. Matt.
22: 24, (comp. Mark 12: 19, Luke 20:
28,) spoken of the marriage of a broth-
er’s widow according to the Jewish
law, Deut. 25: 52q. comp. Ruth. c. 4.
Gen. 38:8,12. See Jahn §157. Sept.
for nz" Gen. 38: 8. — Test. XII Patr.
p. 599.

Eniyeos, ov, 4, %, adj. (¢xt, 74.)
upon earth, i. e. earthly, terrestrial, viz.
belonging on earth or fo the earth, as
ta oeporsa 1 Cor. 15:40 bis, 2 Cor. &
J, persons, Phil. 2: 10. (Lucian. Icar.
2. Diod. Sic. 1. 13 a
earthly things, i. e.
to this life, John 3: 12, Phil. & 19.
cola éniysios, earthly wisdom, i.e. im-
perfect and perverse, James & 15.—
M. Antonin. 6. 23 or 80 ek; xagads Tig
eniyelou Lovie.

*Encyivomat, toarise upon, to come
on, intrans. e. g. of a wind, to sprit
Acts 28: 1:
syiveto. Pol. J. 54. 6,

"Entyrdoxe, f. yrécopas, pp. te
know thereupon, i.e. by looking on as
8 spectator, Hom. Od. 18.30. Hence
geor. with éxi intens. to knew fully, both
in an inchoative and completed 3
see in Fuvoioxe init.

1, to know fully, inchoative, i.e. to
come to know, lo gain or receive full
ceed @; to become fully acquainted

8) genr. seq. acc. of thing expr. or
impl. Luke Ie 4 fra beayrgs Sir segs

‘"Engowoxw

Auey, Acts 2% 24. 2 Pet. 2: 21 bis.
1 Cor. 14: 37 where for the attraction
with 6t:, see Buttm. § 151. I. 6, 7 ult.
Seq. epi c. gen. Acts 24:8, absol.
1 Cor. 13:12. Sept. for #33 Jer. 5: 5.
Jon. 1: 7,—Plut. Lysand. 31 pen. Pol.
2.11.3. Xen. Oece. 9. 12. Plato Apol.
Soc. 7. — Seq. ace. of pers. toy widy,
x6y noviga, Matt. 11: 27 bis. So with
dnd t1v95, to know from or by any thing,
Matt. 7: 16, 20. — Pol. 1. 65.6 Ee tuv0s.

b) in the sense of to know well se.
from others, fo ascertain, to Jind out, to
learn, seq, 514, Luke 7:37 émiyvotea brs
Gycxsirat x, t. 2. 23:7. Acts 19: 34.
22: 29, 28:1. absol. Acts 9: 30.—
1 Mace. 6: 17. absol. Thuc. 1. 132.

c) in the sense of to perceive, to be
fully aware of, seq. acc. Luke 5: 22
day, tois dialoywopots. Mark 5: 80,

where for the particip. see Buttm. § 144.
4.b. (Xen. Cyr. 8.1.33) Seq. Sr
Mark 2: 8. Luke 3: 22, 0. e¢ 7.

d) in the sense of to recognise, to
know, oc. by sight or person, seq. acc.
of person, Matt. 14:35. Mark 6: 33, 54.
Luke 24: 16, 31. Acts 3: 10. et 4: 13,
where for the attraction with dz, see
Buttm. § 151. 1. 6, 7 ult. 80 of things,
Acts 12:14 dniy. thy gumiv tivo. 27:
89 thy viv obx éxeylywoxoy, i.e. did not
know it from any other. Sept. for
wart Gen, 42:7, 8. Judg.18:3. 1 Sam.
26:'17.—Teat. XII Patr. p. 543. Plut.
‘Agesi. 21 pen. Arr, Dies, Ep. 1. 6. 42.
Xen. H. G. 5. 4. 12.

2. to know fully, in a completed sense,
to have a full knowledge of, etc.

a) genr. and seq. acc. of thing, Rom.
1:22 10 Sinaloa tod Peod émiyvivess.
Col. 1:6. 1Tim. 4:8 Seq. acc. of
pers, in attraction with om, 2 Cor. 13:5,
comp. above in 1.d. Absol. Acts 25:
10, Pass. 1 Cor, 13:12 xa} 2xeyvec ny.
So Sept, for bar Job 34:27, oT
Ez. 6 7.

b) in the sense of to acknowledge sc,
as being what one is or professes to be,
a prophet, apostle, teacher, | etc. Matt.
17: 12 7Hilas 400 9s, xo odx dnéyro-
gay aitéy, 2 Cor. 1:14. 6:9. So of
doctrines, an epietle, etc. 2 Cor 1: 13
bis. Sept. and 51° of « prophet, Jer.
28: 9, — Ecclus. 44:28 of an heir. 12:
12, Hdian. 2.1.24.

307

*Enwdetxvupe

c) from the Heb. with the idea of

good will, to know and approve, to ac-

and care for, to cherish, seq.

ace. 1 Cor. 16: 18 émyiveioxare ovy toi

rowbrous. So Sept. and 93" Num. 16:

5, ort Ps. 14%: 5. Ruth 2 10, 19.
See in Tiveloxe 2. c. «4 atl, ol.

*Entyvooe, eas, 4, (éaryirioxe,)
1 knowledge, i. ©.

®) the act of coming to a full knowl-
edge of any thing, cognition, acknowl-
edgement, e. g. émy. vig GySeiag,
1 Tim. 2:4, 2 Tim, 2: 25. 3:7. Tit.
1:1, day. dya9oi Philem. 6. émy.
rob xuglov. 2 Pet. 1: 3. 2% 20. So
diy, Guagriug Rom, 3: 20.—Pol. 3.7. 6.
Hien. 7.6, 15.

b) objectively, full knowledge, spoken
of what is known, in N. T. of God,

» Christ, divine things etc. Rom. 1: 28

toy Deby Exe dy éntyvisari,to retain God
in knowledge, i.e. to retain a knowledge
of him. 10:2. Eph. 1: 17. 4: 18. Phil.
1:9, Col. 1: 9, 10. 22. 3: 10. “2 Pet.
1: 2, 8. Heb. 10:26 peta tO LoBsiv viv
én. tig Gln Pelas. Sept. for n3z Prov.
2: 5. Hos, 4: 1. 6 6.

*“ Encyoay, js, ty (extyqdqu) on

nse superscription, e. g. on coin,
Matt, 22: 20, Mark 12: 16. Luke 20:
24. on the breast or over the head of
one crucified, stating his name and
crime, Mark 15:26, Luke 23: 38. For
this Roman custom, see Sueton. Dom.1.
Calig.320r38. Adam's Rom. Ant.p.274.
—Pol. 3. 56. 4. Thue. 2, 43.

"Emypage, f. pos, to make a mark

mn, to , 8. aS B Weapon,
Hom. Ih 30. a N. T. to inscribe,
sc. with a stylus, etc. pp. of a putlio
inscription, only in Pass, Mark 15: 26,
Acts 17: 23, Rev. 21: 12. Sept. for
n> Num. 17: 2, 3, -Ael. V. H, 2, 33.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3. 17, — Trop. to impress
deeply upon, 0. g. répous ti xagdlag ori
réy Heb. 8:10, and yéuous éxd tar
Biavovdy 10: 16, both quoted from Jer.
31: 33, where Heb. an3, Sept. eae.
So Sept. éiypape for Sn2 Prov. 7:3.

* Enidedcevupe, £. delte, to shew up,
to shew before any one, i.e. genr. to
shew, to exhibit, trans. the idea of motion
up to, towards, any one being implied.

*Encdézyouee

8) pp. Matt. 2% 19 éiBelfard pos 1d
Luke 20: 24, 24:40. Mid,
Acts 9: 39 éndsxvipeves zerdivac, i.e.
shewing their tunics, etc. So Luke 17:
14 dnd, kavroig tot; iegois, shew your-
selves, i.e. present yourselves before
the priests. — Hdot. 2. 42. Xen. An. I.
2.14, Mid. Jos. Ant. 10.4.1. Diod.
Sic. 13. 27 ult.—So of deeds, miracles,
to shew forth, to exhibit, Matt, 16: 1.
—Lue. Somn.:10. Aeschin. 60. 8.—In
the sense of to point out before or to any
one, @. g. adm tag olxodoucs, Matt. 24:
1.—Hdot. 3. 105. Xen. Ove. 9. 4.

b) trop. to shew sc. by arguments, to
demonstrate, to prove, c. acc. Heb. 6: 17.
¢. ace, et infin. Acts 18:28,—Ael. V. H.
3.7. Xen, Mem. 3. 9. 11 bis,

*Endézouct, f. dione, depon,

” Mid. to receive upon or up to oneself, i. e.
genr. to receive, to in N.T. in
kindness, hospitably, trans. 3 John 10.
Acts 28: 30 in some edit.—1 Mace. 12:
8, ‘Pol. 22. 1.38. — Trop. to admit, to
assent to, 3 John 9. — Ecclus. 51: 26.
Pol. 6, 24. 7.

*Encdnuceo, &, £. row, (énl3nuos,)

to be among one's people, to be at home,
7.5.7 alts éedqudiv—alte xa

Grodnpav. — In NT. to come among a
people sc. a8 a stranger, to reside as a
stranger, intrans, Acts 2: 10 of éni-
Snpotrres “Poyaior, i.e. Roman resi-
dents at Jerusalem. 17: 21 of én
e, resident foreigners.
Hdian. 8.2.9. Xen.

“ Mem. 1. 2. 61.

"Enwdeatavcouac v. arrouat,
£ dfoua, (érl and Mid. Sierdecouas,)
to arrange upon, to superadd unto ec. of
oneself, e.g. other and further conditions,
trop. Gal. 3: 15. — Comp. dmvdiadrin,
Jos, B. J. 2. 2. 3, 6.

"Encdidomt, £. dec, to give upon
i.e. in addition to, Hom. Il. 23. 559,
Xen. Cyr. 8. 5. 19. — Io N. T. to give
‘forth se. from oneself upon or to another,
to give over, to deliver over, i. 0. to put
into one’s hands, trans.

8) gonr. Matt 7:9 ui) 1idor émdcion
aig. v.10, Luke 11: Bt bis, 12. Luke
4: 17 dnsB699 aitg Biphioy ‘He, 24: 30,
42, John 13: 26 Acts 15: 30. — Toe

308

"Endytéo

XII Patr. p.702 é13. riy Stalray. Diod.
Bic. 14. 47 émotolds. Hdian. 7. 6. 19.

b) trop. to give over, to commit to, as a
ship to the wind, Acts 27: 15 émsdérrec
sc. 15 mhoioy v. ti tore 16 driup]
dpepsusda. — Plut. de Fort. Rom. 319.
D. or VIL. p. 267, od. R. ériBidou 1§
rugi 16 iotia, xod dizou td mvciua, ve
nyiovts muptevoy. Lue. Hermotin. 28.
comp. Achill. Tat 1. p. 45 Bois os
favtoy 1H tol Spspou mreipatt. See
‘Wetstein and Elsner in loc.

’Endwog toa, £. dow, pp. to make
straight upon, i. ©. to put further lo rights,

to arrange further, trans. In N.T.only
Mid, Tit. 1: 5 to delnovte: dnd
Comp. Matth. § 496. 7.—Philo in Flace.
IL, p. 535 megi tig tay Asindvtor éni-
diog Seicears.

*Eadve, £ diae, (Sim or dive
4. v.) to go down upon, spoken of the
sun, to set upon or during any thing,
seq. éé tis, Eph. 4: 26, comp. in *Exi
IL. 2a, So Sept. and xiz Deut. 24:
15.

” Encetxecer, ac, ty (értenig,) pro-
priety, probity, moderation, Dem. 919. 4.
In N.'T. gentleness, clemency, Acts 24: 4,
2 Cor. 10: 1,—2 Macc. 2: 22, Jos, Ant.
6.7.4. Hdian, 5. 1. 12.

“Enceexye, éog, ove, 6, %, adj.
(sixdg fr. Forxe,) pp. fi ing upon, i @. fit,
suitoble,proper, hence neut. r0 écecxes,
i. q. émusixesa, propriety, probily, modera
tion, Phil. 4: 5.— Act. Thom. 20 15
Gnhoiy abtod xat to énceixés. Thuc. 1.
76.— By impl. mild, gentle, clement,
1Tim. 33. Tit, 3: 2 James 3: 17.
1 Pet, 2:18. Sept. for nro Ps. 8& 5.
— Acl. V. H. 19.2 init. mpiog xa? di
axis. Heian, 1. 2.5.

"Encgnréa, @, f. ow, to seek for,
to inquire after, trans,

a) genr. Acts 12:19 éxtynjous avror
xal uj eigev. Luke 4: 42 in later edit.
Sept. for zpa2 Ecc. 7: 28, — Joa, Ant.
4. 8. 29. Dem. 271. 16. Xen. Cyr. 2 4.
25.—In the sense of to seek at the hands
of any one, to require, to demand, Matt.
12% 89 onusioy émifyted. 16: 4. Mark 8:
12, Luke 11:29, So Phil. 4:17 to
Sua. Acts 19: 39 z} regi éxigeer, —

*Encdavawos

1 Mace. 7: 18. Jos. Ant. 6.7. 4. Pol. 1.
5.3

b) to seek to acquire, to strive after, to
long for, trans, Matt. 6:32 taita ta
Fovq! dmtqrd. Luke 12: 30. Rom. 11:
7. Phil. 4: 17 tov xagady. Heb. 11:14.
18 14, — Ecclus, 40: 26. comp. Diod.
Sic. 17. 101. — Seq. infin. to desire ear-
neatly, Acts 18:7 éxebijmosy dxotcas toy
doyor +. 920%.—Pol. 3. 57.7.

*"Endavanos, ov, 6, 9, (Fd-
yutos,) appointed to death, condemned,
1 Cor. 4: 9,—Dion, Hal. Ant. 7. 35.

"Enldeos, et, 4, (éxetoqus,) a
placing upon, laying upon, i
‘sc. of ands, the emblem through which
the Holy Ghost was imparted, Acts 8
18 1 Tim. 4:14. 2Tim.1:6. Heb.
& 2. Comp. Num, 27: 18, 23. Deut. 34:
4. Matt. 19: 13. — genr.
Flue ed. Reisk. VI. p. 387. 3.

*Encdupéa, 6, @, f. joe, (Iupds,)
to fiz the desire upon, to desire earneatly,
to long. for, viz.

8) genr. seq. gen. Acts 20: 33 dgyu-
glov—oideric éneFipnoa. 1 Tim, & 1.
See Buttm. §132. 5. 3.—1 Mace. 11:11,
Pol, 4.33.12, Xen. Mem. 1.6, 5.—Seq.
infiv. aor. Matt. 13: 17 éxed. Weiv, Luke
15: 16. 16: 21, 17: 22, 1 Pet. 1: 12,
Rev. 9:6, Luke 22:15 ée:uplg éns-
Sipnoa toixe 1b ndaya qaysiy, comp.
in “Ayallidw b. Seq, infin. pres. Heb.
6: 11. — Susann. 15, aor. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4. 6, pres. ib. 1. 4, 25, nor—Seq. xara
tsvog Gal. 5:17, — absol. 1 Cor. 10: 6.
James 4: 2. — Sept. for 73% Deut. 14:
26. 2Sam. 3:21. Prov. 21: 10.

b) spoken of unlawful desire, to covet,
Rom. 7:7 et 13:9 obx ésxvPujouss, comp.
Ex. 20: 17 where Sept. for 731], also
Dout. 5: 18 for 73%. — In regard to a
women, to lust after, seq. gen. Matt. 5:
28.—Plut. ed. Reisk. VILL, p. 347, Xen.
An. 4. 1. 14,

*Enecdupyniys, ov, 5, (énvdupio,)

a erie, one eager for any thing, 1Cor.

0:6 gniSvuntad xaxcy. Sept. for

‘um. 11: 34.—Jos, Ant. 8, 7. 8.
Diod: Sic, 16. 55. Ken. Ap. Soc. 28.

*Enduuia, as, 4, (drPupse,)
earnest desire, longing, viz.

309

”Enixaddo

a) genr. Luke 22: 15 see ‘in "Beidv-
pho a. Phil. 1:23 chy éxvduular Eger
tis 10 Gvalioa:. 1 Thess. 217. Rev.
18: 14. Sept. for 7% Hos. 10: 10.
sin Prov. 10:24. 11:23. saat Dan.

. 16: 3, 11. — Pol, 3. 63.6. Xen.
Cyr. 1.1.5.

b) more frequently in a bad sense,
irregular and inordinate desire, cupidity,
appetite, lust, viz. (a) genr. Col. 3:5
énvOuplay xoxjy. Mark 4: 19, Rom. 6:
12, 7:7, 8. 13:14 sig éxvduplag for its
i.e, to satisfy the carnal appetites.
1Tim. 6:9, 2 Tim. 3: 6, 4:3. Tit. 3:
3. James 1:14, 15. 1 Pet.1:14, 4:2,3.
2 Pet. 1: 4. 3:3. Jude 16,18. So ém-
Duplas cagxds, i.e. carnal desires, appe-
tites, Gal. 5: 16, 24. Eph. 23. 2 Pet.
218. LJobn 2:16. éd. cagmxal,
1 Pet. % 11. éx, xocpexah, worldly de-
sires, Tit. 212. tx, tay dpSaluin,
1 John 216. é. puacpod, ie. pol-
luted desires, 2 Pet. 2: 10, comp. Buttm.
§.123. n. 4. All the above refer to
those desires which are fixed on sen-
sual objects, as pleasures, profits, hon
oursetc. Further, énsSuplas tijs ama- -
ms, deceitful lusts, Eph. 4: 22, comp.
Buttm. Lc. én. veeregixal, youthful
Tusts, 2 Tim. 2: 22. So Sept. for s18R
Prov. 21: 25, 26.— Ael. V. H. 3.18,
Plat. Phaedon. p. 82. C, of Spdiie gald-
copes énézorsas tiv xard 13 oijpa br:
Sywéy dxaciv. Xen, Mem.1. 2, 24,64,
— (8) Spoken of impure desire, lewd-
ness, Rom. 1:24. 1 Thess, 4: 5—Jos.
Ant. 4,6.6,7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 34. —
(y) Meton. lust, i.e. object of impure
desire, that which is lusted after, John
& 44. 1 John 217. So Sept. and
myary Dan. 11:87.

"Encxadile, £. low, (xa9ifw,) to
cause to sit upon, to seat upon, trans,
Matt. 21:7 énexdSicay [ator] éxdve
avréy, in text. rec. they set him upon
them, 80 Sept. for 3°29 1 K. 1: 38,
44. Comp. in Kao.—Intrans, to sit
upon, e. g. as others here read, éxexd dicey
dxdve airéy, i.e. he sat upon them. So
Sept. for 955 Gen. 31: 34. Lev. 15: 20.
Comp. Pol. 4. 61. 6, Buttm. §113. 2.

’Enxaréa, @, f. tow, to call up-
on, viz.

1. to call upon e. for aid, in N. T.

* Encxadéo

only Mid. to call upon for aid in one’s
own behalf, to snvoke, trans.

a) pp. of invocation addressed to
Christ for aid, Acts 7:59 Zrépavor,
Exixoloiperoy [sbv xigoy} xa) liyorsa,
So Sept. for NP 1 Sam. 12 17, 18.
2 Sam. 22: 7.—Test. XII Patr. p. 562.
Diod. Sic. 5.73 Sedv. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.
35 xovs Seovs. — Hence genr. to in-
voke, to pray to, to worship, spoken
of God, “téy_xiquor, Rom. 10: 12, 14.
Q Tim. 2: 2, seq. 13 Sroua xvglov,
Acts 2; 21. 9:14. Rom. 10: 13, .Sept.
genr. for Nop Deut. 33: 19. for

9 wap Joel 5 Gen, 4:25. 26: 25.
Also of Christ, seq. 10 Svopa tot
Iyood X. 1 Cor. 1:2, Acts 2

16, 90 Acts 9: 21.

b) in adjurations, imprecations, ete.
to call upon, to invoke | ‘sc. a8 8 witness ;
9Cor. 1:23 wagruga tov Gedy imxalo’-
pas dx iy duchy yuzrir.—Pol. p.874 pen.
(ed. Gronov. 1670,) iusis 86 tote tots
Stig busalicsas pagtigas. Heliodor.
I. p. 46. comp. Hdot.3. 65. Ken. H.G.
2, 3. 55.

¢) in a judicial sense, to call upon, to
invoke a higher tribunal or judge, i.e.
to to, e.g. Kaloaga, Acts 25 11,
12, 25, 26: 32. 28: 19, eeq. infin. Acts
25:21 Tathov éamxalerapivov ryen Divas
airy tig x.1.1. i.e. demanding by appeal
that ete.—Plut. Marcell. 2 pen. tous 3-
peipzous dnixalovperos. Caes. 4 init.

2. to call a name upon, i.e. to name
in addition, t@ surname, c. dupl. acc.
Matt. 10:25 énexdlecay in Inter edit.
Sept. and xp Num. 21:3. Judg. &
3% So Mid. "I Pet. 1:17 eb natiépa
dnmaldioSe tiv xgworta «1.2 ie. if
ye call him your Father, comp. Jer. 3:
19 where Sept. Mid. for 842. — Else-
where only Pass. fo be rurnaned, viz.

fa) pp. Matt. 10:3 6 énudndelg Oad-
datos. Luke 22: 3. Acts 1:23. 4: 36,
10: 5, 18, 82. 11: 18, 12: 12,25, 15: 22,
‘Also Heb. 11: 16. So Sept. for RP?
Dan. 10:1. 847 impers. Mal. 1: ae
Hdian. 1.7.6. Luc. Macrob. 15. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 2.

b) from the Heb. James 2 7 et Acts
15: 17 dg ode duxdudyren 10 Syopd pov,
upon whom my name is called, i. e. who
are called or suroamed by my name,
implying property, relation, etc. quot-

310

*Enapivo

ed from Amos 9:12 where Sept. for...

dy Dw NDP? 28 also 2 Sam. 12: 28.
Ser. 14:9. al. Comp. Geeen, Lex. art.
wp Niph. 6.—Baruch. 2 15.

"Enexd Ayppe, arog, 10, (én
xolinte,) a covering, Sept. for TaOP
Ex. 26:14. 3x 2 Sam.
N. T. trop. a cloak, pretext, ipaie
—Menand. Frag. p. 30 mlotros di xol-
liv énlxalypp totiy xaxéy. Comp.
Kypke I. p. 431.

*Encxadintes, £. yes, to cover over,
pp. Sept. for o> Num. 4: 11. Xen.
Ven. 8.1. InN.‘ trop. to cover over
sins, i.e. to forgive, to pardon, Rom. 4:
7 quoted from Ps, 32: 1, where Sept.
and 3.

*Encxatagatos, ov, 6, 4, adj.
(xardigeros,) pp. ‘one upon whom a
curse rests,’ i.e. accursed, devoted to
curses, doomed to punishment, Jobn
7: 49, Gal. 3:10, Sept. for sin Geo.
9: 25. Deut. 27: 15 aq. — Wiad. 3 13.
14: 8.—So Gal. 8: 18 émixdrapatos nae
3 nptuduevos én} Eédow,
Deut. 21: 23, where Heb. =

*Endieemat, f. doopes, (xiizas,) to
lie upon, to be laid upon, intrans.

8) pp. seq. énl tun, John 11: 88 ddo¢
Gréxsito tx’ eitg. ‘ absol. John 21: 9.—
2 Mace. 1: 21. Xen. Occ. 19, 13 rxi—
Metaph. to be laid upon, imposed, e. g.
necessity 1 Cor. 9:16. by law Heb.
&. 10 tba. . 15 of a fine.

) by ipl. to lie heavy upon, to press
upon, ¢. dat. Luke 5: 1 éy Bie Sylor
drunio9as aing. So of a tempest, ab-
sol. Acts 27: 20. — Jos. Ant. 6, 14.2
rots molewlorg émexiodas Bagtis avrg.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 28—Trop. to press up-
on, to be urgent, sc. with entreaties, ab-
sol. Luke 23: 23 — Jos. Ant. 18. 6 6.
ib. 20, 5.3.

'Enixovgetoc, ov, 6, an Epicu-
rean, a follower of Epicurus the Athe-
nian philosopher, Acts 17: 18.

Encxovela, ac, (éstxorgos belp-
ing, fr. él, xotgas,) help, Acts 26: 22.—
Wied. 13:18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 53.

"Enexolva, £. vi, to judge upon,
i. ©. to confirm by a like judgment, Plut.

*EncdapBave

Lycarg. 6 pen. Hdian. 614 InN.T.

to give judgment upon, , Beg.
inde Like a 24.-°3 Mace 1:2 Dok
Sic, 5.71. Dem, 238. 12,

* EnchapBave, £. isyoua, to take
hold upon, to seize upon, to surprise, seq.
accus. Hdot. 8.116. Ael. V. H. 7.8.
Thuc. 4, 27.—In N. T. only Mid. éne-
AauPavouat, to take hold upon, to lay
hold of, sc. in order te hold or detain
to or for oneself; construed usually
c. gen. of the part, but also of person,
where however only a part is implied ;
see Buttm. §132. 6, 3. Math. §330, 331.
Winer § 30. 5. 2c. Sometimes ap-
parently c. sccus. which however de-
pends more on the force of the subse-
quent verb, Acts 9: 27, 16: 19, 18: 17.
See Matth. § 632. 7,

a) genr. to take hold of, @. g. tis xs1p66,
to take the hand, i.e. to take by the
hand, Mark 8:23. Acts 23:19. trop.
Heb. 8:9. Sept. for puns Jer. 3l:
32. Zech. 14: 13. — Diod. “Bic. 17. 30.
Xen. Ath. 1.18. An. 4, 7. 2.—Seq. gen.
of person expr. or impl. denoting that
some part is laid hold of, e. g. in order
to lead, to conduct, etc, Luke 9: 47.
Acts 17:19. apparently c. accus. Acts
9:97 BagraBas d6 eridaBopevos ator
Fyaye xt. 1 i.e. iyays aizoy, see above,
(Xen. An. 4.7.13.) So in order to
succour, to heal, etc. Matt. 14:31. Luke
14: 4, trop. Heb. 2: 16 bis, Sept. for

syne] Judg. 19: 25. Is, 4: 1. — Arr.
Bish. 3.24.75 Dem, 503 ule Plat
Gorg. p. 527. A. — With the idea of

Violence, to lay hold of, to seize, sc, by
foree, as @ prisoner etc. Luke 23: 26.
Acts 21: 30,33, seq. accus. apparently,
see above, Acts 16: 19. 18: 17. So
Sept. for ts Judg. 6: 12. 16: 21.—Pol.
8.20.8. ib. 8.22. 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31.
—Trop. spoken of language, to lay
hold of one’s words, i. e. to cavil at, to
censure, Luke 20:20 tra énslaifuer-
sas abtot Aoyou. v.26. — Isocr. 223. B,
énil. tay signuévoy. Plut. ed, Reiak. VI.
p. 467.3, Plato Gorg. p. 469. C. Xen.
A. G. 2. 1. 32.

b) trop. fo lay hold of in order to
obtain and possess, 1 Tim. 6:12 ém-
depot, sais erie bovis. v. 19.—Test.

atr. p. tay tymlsy énadao-
peda. Ael. V. H. 14. 27,

311

* Encdnopovy

‘Bachavdava, f.tndsow, to cause
to forget upon over or in conse-
quence of something else, Hom. Od. 20.
85.—Hence Mid. EnthuvOdvonas, f. dye
gopas, aor. 2 ixeladousy, to forget upon
or over something else, Hom. Od. 1. 57.
In N. T. and genr. Mid. to forget.

a) pp. and seq. infin. aor. Matt. 16: 5
et Mark 8: 14 énsladorr0 dgrovs apy.
seq. Soto; James 1:24, Sept. c. gen.
for m2W Gen. 40: 23. al.—Ael. V. H.3.
31. c. gen. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 21. —

b) in the sense of to neglect, not to
mind, not to care for, seq. gen. Heb. 6:
10 énid. r08 Epyou ipsiv, 13: 2,16. veq.
accus, Phil.3:14'ta pi onicw én. See
Buttm. §132, 5.3, Matth. § 357. b, and
n.2. Sept. for mow, c. gen. Deut. 4:
3. 612. c. ac K. 17:38, Ps. 119:
88. —c. gen. Luc. Nigr. 4. Xen. Ag. 2
13. H. G. 4.2.3. ¢. ace. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4.28. — So Pass. perf. particip. Luke
12: 6 ty & abtéy ox tony enibehqopévor
evdnwov 105 Geol, is not forgotten, ne-
glected, befoye God. So Sept. particip.
for mB Ie. 23: 16.

"Encdeyeo, £. fu, to speak or say
upon i. e, besides, in addition to, Thue.
6.28. Xen. An. 1.9.26, InN. T.

1, to say or utter i.e. by impl.
to name, to call, John 5:2 4 indeyout-
m1 Weaiort BySeodd.

2. to choose upon, in addition or
succesgion to another, Mid, to chooe for
oneself, c. accus. Acts 15: 40 énslata-
evo Zihay. So Sept. for ~Mz2, Act.
Ex. 17:9, 18: 25. Mid. 2 Sam. 10:9,
—Act. Hdot. 3. 44, Mid. Jos. Ant. 4, 2,
4. Hdian. 4. 7.3, Hdot. 3. 157.

* Encdelna, £. yo, pp. to leave or
forsake upon i.e. in or during any
thing; hence by impl. to fail, not to suf-
fice, weq. ace. of pers. Heb, 1: 32 éi-
Ielyes ydg ps diny. & xgdvos. Comp.
Mauth, § 412. 7.—Ieoer. p. 4. A, éxidinos
3 dy Sgids 8 mas zebvos. Dem, 394. 17
frre 18 4 Sysiga Méyorsa, Ken. An,

* aednouor’, HS, ty (tederde-
vowa,) forgetfulness, James 1:25 dxgo-
aris dndnoporic, i.e. a, hearer,
for dxp. tndnopey, Buttm. § 123, n. 4.

—Ecelus. 11:27. éxsdnoweiv Xen. Mero.
4, 8 8.

*Entdotnos

*Enthocnos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (énl,
lomnés,) remaining over, remaining,
spoken of time, 1 Pet. 4:2. So Sept.
for 93 Is. 88:10. ni3 Lev. 27: 18.
—Isocr. 39. A, tov én. zpdvor. Pol. 15.
10. 3. Luc. Tim. 42.

*“Enddvors, £008, tj, (émthiw q. v.)
solution, i.e. in N.T. trop. exposition,
interpretation, 2 Pet. 1:20 néow mg0-
grea yeas las éxdiceas ob yive-
tat i.e. ‘no prophecy is of, comes from,
any private exposition’ sc. of the will
andp urposes of God by the prophets
themselves, i.e. it is not Saiyan dy
Sgoinov, but td svetuatos dylov, as in
v.21. Comp. in Fivopas I. c. a, Oth-
ers less well : ‘no prophecy is [capable]
of private interpretation’ sc. by the
prophets themselves, i. e. the prophets
cannot explain their own predictions,
— Aquila for 7719 Gen. 40: 8 where
Bept. dracapnois. “Philo de Vita cont.
p. 901. A. Heliodor. 1.18 dyegdrar
énldvots. 4.9 tay zonoSévtwy éxlivory.
See Bibl. Repos. II. p. 241 sq. Loesner
Obs. e Philon. p. 488. Knapp. Script.
var. Arg. init. Steiger Com. in I Pet.
p. 114 9g.

’Encdva, f. 40m, to let loose upon,
as dogs upon a hare, Xen. Ven. 7. 8
ib.9.18. of letters, to break open there-
upon, Hdian. 4. 12, 14.—In N. T. trop.
to solve, trans, the idea of further being
implied, viz.

a) in the sense of to explain, to inter-
pret, Mark 4: 34. Sept. for -np Gen.
41: 12 in Cod. Alex.—Jos. Ant. 8, 6. 5.
Atheneus X. p. 449. F,

b) in the sense of to determine upon
ac. 8 doubtful question, Acts 19: 39.

*Enpagrupen, a, £. sou, to tes-
tify upon, to attest, c. c. accus. et infin.
1 Pet. 5: 12.— Jos. Ant. 7. 14.4. Plut.
Lysand. 22 med.

‘Encuedsia, as, %, (éxipédopar,)
care for, altention. Acts 27:3. éry
suztiy, i. ©. to enjoy the kind attentions
of his friends, — 2 Mace. 11: 23, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 16, Mem. 4.8. 10.

"Entmédopar, or couat, ovat,

f. oops, (uide, vee Passow s. voc. 3,)
+ depon. Passive, see Buttm, § 113. 3.

312

* Enopxto

§ 186. Z to have care upon or over, to
take care of or for, seq. gen. e. g. of the
sick, Luke 10: 34, 35. of the church,
1 Tim. 2 5. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3,
Sept. for b°2°2 DVDr Gen. 44: 21.—Jos.
Ant 1.2, 1. Xen. Mem.1.1.19. ib.1.3.11.

"Enmedds, adv. (érysshijs,) care-
Sully, sedulously, Luke 15: 8. Sept. for
Ch. ey 9Bde Ezra 6: 8,12,12—2 Mace.
8:31. Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 2,

Enero, ‘f. vd, aor. 1 éxéuerver, to
remain upon, i.e, in addition, longer,
whence genr. fo remain, to continue, in-
trans.

a) pp. in a place, seq. aitod there,
Acts 15: 34. 21:4. seq. éy c. dat. of
place, 1 Cor. 16:8. Phil. 1:24. seq.
dnl c. dat. of pers. Acts 28: 14, seq,
mod¢ c. acc. of pers. 1 Cor. 16 7. Gal.
1:18 with an accus. of time how
long, Acts 10: 48. 21:10, 28: 12,14
Sept. for naman Ex. 12: 39.—c. &
Hodian. 4. 5, 1. Ken. Cyr. 5.3.52. éxt
1H 68g Xen. Cyr, 5. 3. 52.

b) trop. to continue in any state,
course, etc. to be constant in, to perse-
vere in, c.c. dat. a8 ti iow ‘Col. 1:23.
aij zaigers Acts 13:43. tH Guagtig Rom.
6:1. So Rom, 11: 22,23. 1 Tim. 4
16 éxiuevs arinois, i. e. in one’s duties —
Jos. Ant. 8.7.5, Xen. Occ. 14.7, —
Seq. particip. Acts 12:16 éxéusve xpovenr,
as in Eng. he continued knocking. Jobn
8: 7.—Philo de Agric. p. 197. D, dav &
dnedéy éxquéyy. Comp. Buttm. 144, 4
and n. 3.

* Ena, f. ebow, to nod or wink
upon, i. e. to assent to by a nod or wink,
Lue. D, Deor. 20. 2. ib. 25.2. In N.T.
genr. fo assent, to consent, intrans, Acts
18: 20. — 2 Mace. 14: 20. Pol. 21. 3.3.
Dem. 360.7.

"Entvott, ac, 4, (éxt, vois,) pp.
thought upon, i.e. cogitation, purpose,
Acts 8: 22. — Wiad. 15: 4. Jos. Ant. 5.
6.2. Thue. 3. 46,

*Enuogxée, 0, f. jou, (énlogros
q. ¥.) comm. fut. étrogxjcouas, Buttm.
§ 118.4, and n. 7. to fornoear oneself,
ie. to swear falsely, not to fulfil one’s
oath, absol. Matt. 5: 33, — Endr. 1: 48.
Wied. 14: 28. Hdian. 3.6.16. Xen. An.
2, 5. 38, 41.

’ Entogxos

*Enlopxog, ov, 6, i, adj. (th, 89-
x05,) forswearing, false-swearing, per-
jured, pp. ‘taking oath upon oath,’
lightly, and therefore breaking all,
Aristoph. Ran.150 érlogxor pxor cxuoce.
In N.'T. of persons, ns subst. a for-
swearer, a perjurer, 1 Titm. 1: 10. —
Hesych. énlogxoy* Senor pi} pgortizorra.
Hian. 8, 3. 10. Xen. Ag. 1.12.

* Enwovoa, fem. part. eee in” Breit.

* Entovous, ov, 6, 4, adj. a word
found only in N. T. Matt. 6: 11 et Luke
ll: 3 Ggtor judy toy émotoioy, and
formed, according to Origen, by the
evangelists, de Orat. c.27. One class
of interpreters derive it from the parti-
cip. émoica ec. jusea, and then ceros
éxiavovs would be tomorrow's bread,
bread for the coming doy, ig. daily
bread. Others, because this gros éxi-
ovevos is asked not for tomorrow, but
today, ciwzpor, derive émovows from
dni and oivia being, existence, and
translate, bread for sustaining life, ie.
by impl. sufficient, necessary. So Ori-
gen, tov sls viv oiler cupBaldiperoy
Gqror—Suidas, § tn? of oboig judy
Eguoter, #5 radratgmi See Tholuck
Bergpred. p. 4

Seentave, t ‘mecoian, aor. 2 éx-
éecor, perf. éninintome, to fall upon,
im N. T. only in respect to persons,
viz.

8) pp. i. q. £0 throw oneself upon, seq.
dat. Acts 20: 10 énémeosy ott, i.e. up-
on his body, comp. 1 K. 17:21. 2K.
4: 84 64. — Seq. él c. ace. Luke 15: 20
Eninesey int tov tedzmloy anol, i.e.
embraced him. Acts 20:37. So Sept.
and bp: Gen. 46; 30. 50:1. (Philo de
Joseph,’ p. 563. ¢. dat.) Jobn 13: 25
dxuneady tnd 1b ot4905 adroit, i. e.
throwing bimeelf back on Jesus’ breast
as he reclined at table; see in “Avd-
xensas 2, — In the sense of to rush or
press upon, seq. dat. Mark 3:10 dove
éxiniztuy aitg. — In a hostile sense,
ce. dat. Pol. 1.24.4, Xen. An. 4. 5. 17.

b) trop. to fall upop, to come upon or
over any one, seq. ani c. acc. of pers.
e. g- goog Luke 1:12, Acts 19: 17,
(Sept. and be Ee 15: 16.) Exotaos
Acts 10:10. (Bept. and 592 Dan. 10:

40

. 313

"Eneggante |

7) Gydvg 13: 11, dresdegpol Rom, 15:
3, comp. Pa. 69:10 where Sept. and 502.
— Hdian. 1.4.15, Thut. 3. 87 vdc0s
dnéx. roils "ASqvalois.—Se of the Spirit,
16 mpetipa, to deacend upon, neq. ext tive,
Acts 10: 44. 11: 15." éxt tu 8: 16.
So by: Ez. 11:5, Sept. Emeos dx tue
my. xugiov.

*Enendjsoco or tte, £. fu, to
strike upon, to give blows upon, to beat,
Hom. Il. 10.500, In N. T. trop. to
chide, to rebuke, seq, dat. 1 Tim. 5: 1.—
Joa, Ant. 1.16.2, Pol. 5.25.5. Xen.
Occ. 13. 12.

"Enunvize, £m, to choke upon, to
strangle, in some Mes. Luke & 7 for
dronvlya, which see.

* Ennodéo, @, f. joe, (ode fr.
n6905,) to desire upon’ i. e. over and

above, besides, Hdot. 5. 93. Plato Pro-+ --

tag. p. 329. D. — In N. T. by impl. to
desire earnestly, to long for, seq. infin.
Rom. 1: 11 énsn09S yap ideiy Spas.
2Cor. 5:2. 1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1:
4, Seq. acc. of thing, 10 yala 1 Pet.
2:2. So Sept. for M48 Mic.7:1. avn
Ps. 119: 174. Seq. ace. of person, to
long after, to regard with longing, to love,
2Cor.9: 14. Phil. 1: 8, 2:26. Comp.
Ecclus, 251 21. — Diod. Sic. 17.101. —
Seq. mpés 11, to incline towards, to tendto,
James 4:5 ngds pSévov éninodt 10
mveiya xt. 1. So Sept. neds Sedv for
dy ayy Ps. 42: 2.

"Enenodnots, ecos, 4, (¢mnodie,)
earnest desire, strong affection, 2 Cor. 7:
7, 11.—Aquila for 733% Ex. 23: 11.

*Enunddytos, ov, 8, %, adj. (tm
xoSiw,) much desired, longed for, Phil.
4:1.

Eninodla, as, 4, (denote, iq.
grind Seve) earnest desire, Rom. 1%

* Bnenogecoue, f. eboopas, to go
or come upon, i. e. to a place or person,
seq. mgdg abréy, Luke 8:4. Sept. for
‘a9 Ez. 39: 14.—2 Mace. 2: 29. Dion.
Hal: 10. 43, seq. én teva Pol. 4. 9. 2.

"Enigpantes, f. ye, to sew upon,
trans. and seq, ési c. dat. Mark 2 21

‘Enugglrre

tnlBiqwe txigidnras ix Inarly nada.
Comp. Sept. Job 16: 15.
’Eniginta, f. yo, to throw or
cast upon, trans. and 224. dnl ce. acc.
Luke 19: 85 énigg. 14 fudria ent tor
aGhoy, comp. Matt. 21: 7 et Mark 11:7.
Sept. for Evi) Num. 35: 20. Ez, 43:
A, — Jos. B.'J. 4. 5.3. Xen. An. 5.2.
23. Trop. of care etc. fo cast off upon,
in filial confidence 1 Pet. 5: 7, quoted
from Ps. 55:23 where Sept. for I°=<,71-

’Entonuos, ov, 6, %, adj. (enh,
oja,) lit. ‘having a mark upon,’ e. g.
of money, stamped, coined, Jos. Ant. 17.
8.1. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.40, In N.'T. trop.
noted, i.e. in'a good sense, distinguished,
eminent, Rom. 16: 7. — 3 Macc. 6: 1.
Jos. B. J.6.1.8, Hdot. 2.20. — Ina
bad sense, notorious, Matt. 27: 16. —Jos.
Ant. 5.7. 1. Plut. Fab. M. 14.

*Entotropos, ov, 6, (émonifo
to supply with food, fr. a:tite, ott0s,)
food, vicuals, Luke 9: 12, Sept. for
srg Josh. 1: 11. 9: 5, 11.—Hdian. 6.
7.3. Xen, An. 7. 1.9.

*Enoxénropac, f. youat, depon.
Mid. of which the present is rarely found
in earlier Attic writers, Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. Il. p.434.—To look upon, to look
al, i.e. genr. to view, to inspect, Xen.
Cyr. 6.8.21. InN. T.

fn) fo look at sc. in order to select, to
look out, to seek out, e. g. persons for
office, trans. Acts 6:3. Sept. for “¥
Lev. 13:36. Ezra G1, 277 Ez, 20:
— Did. 8. 12. 11 ofzog 88 émonrpape-
vog—f8eAéaro,

b) to look upon, i.e. to visit, to goto
see, to look after, eeq. accus. (a) pp.
Acta 7: 23 émoxiyacdat tots adehgors.
15: 86. Sept. ond 7p Judg. 15:1,
—Xen. Cyr.5. 4. 10. — $0 of those who
visit the sick or poor, Mett, 25: 36, 43.
James 1:27, — Ecclur. 7: 35. Hdian. 4.
2.7, Ken, Mem. 3. 11, 10.—(A) From
the Heb. spoken of God, who is said to
visit men, to inquire as it were into
their situation and afford them relief or
aid, eeq, aceus. expr. or iropl. Luke 1:
68, 78. 7:16 émoxiyato 6 Seog tiv lady
ino’. Acts 15:14 5 Sede dxeoxiyaro
[rar Bon) Aafeiv xe. 2 Heb. 2:6 or
duioxintn eitéy, quoted from Ps. 8:5

314

*Entoxony

where Sept. for pe, a8 also Gen. 50:
24, 25. -Ps. 106: c Ecclus. 46: 14.
Test. XII Patr. p. 549.—In Sept. often
also to visit in order to punish, for 7773
Ps. 89:33. Jer. 14:10, Ecclus. 2 ur

* Entoxevatta, f. dow, (oxewite,)
to put all in readiness upon or for any
thing, to furnish out upon, to equip, e.g.
a ship, Pol. 3. 24. 11. Xen. H. G. 1. 5.
10. horses, Xen.ib.5.3.1. pack-horses,
ive. to load, ib. 7.2. 18. a temple, Jon
Ant, 9.8.2—In N.T. only Mid. to fir-
nish out oneself upon, i.e. fo make prepa-
ration for a journey, absol, Acts 21:
15 in later edit. See in *Anooxavele.

*Entoxnvow, , f. daw, pp. to
pilch lent upon, and genr. fo come and
dwell upon or tn, Pol. 4, 18,8. ib. 4.
72.1. In N.'T. trop. of a divine influ-
ence, fo descend and abide upon, to rest
upon, e.g. én’ dud 2 Cor. 12:9.

*"Enwxato, £. dow, (oxdte,) to
cast a shadow upon, to overshadow, c. ac-
cus, Matt. 17:5. Luke 9: 34. ¢. dat.
Mark 9:7. Acts 5:15. Sept.c. for
pias > Ps. 91:4. c. exits for tou Ex.

1G: 32, — Anth. Gr. I. p. 114 repBos
énzoxiacer. Ael, V. H. 3.1 med.—Trop.
of a divine power and influence, to over-
shadow, to rest u; Luke 1: 35 dive
pus tylotov érmace: ot.—Just. Mart.
Apol. 2p. 75 ¥ 76 ‘@ Siroms tpiorov
ExskBofon 1h 0998, treoxtasey ei
thy ath

*Encoxonée, @, f. jaw, (oxoxie,)
to look upon, to behold, Xen, Ven. 12.21.
to inspect, Xen. H.G. 3.2.11. to visit
rc. the sick ete. Xen. Occ. 15. 9.— In
N.T. to look after, to see to, to take care
OA absol. 1 Pet. 5: 2 énuxonoivtes tok-
ing care of sc. 10 molymor. Seq. neg.
ui tus, to take care lest, Heb. Terie
Sept. for U3 Deut. 11: 12—Lycurg.
159, 83. Xen. Oec. 9.14. Lac. 2 2

"“Encoxonn, 75, ty (éxtoxonian,
énioxonos,) visitation, spoken
a) of the act of visiting or being vis-
ited, inepected, ete. in N. T. trop. of
God, who is sgid to visit men for
comp. in "Zavoxéxtopas b. B. Luke 18
44 toy naupey éxioxexiig cov, ie. the
time when God visited thee, was pres-

* Entoxonos

ent to favour thee. 1 Pet. 12. So
Sept. for 132 Job 10: 12. sz Job
‘34: 9.—Eedr. 6: 5. — In Sept. also for
evil, in order to punish, Ex. 13: 19. Is.
10: 3. Jer. 10: 15. Wisd. 14: 11.

'b) of the duty of visiting, inspecting,
i.e. charge, office, genr. Acts 1:20 quoted
‘from Ps, 109: 8, There Sept. for =17p 8,
as also Num. 4: 16.—Spoken of the
fice of an inloxonos, i.e. the care and
oversight of a christian church,-1 Tim.
3:1.

* Ealoxonos, ov, 6, (énuoxixtopan)

an inspector, overseer, guardian, e. g. of
treaties etc. Hom. Il. 22.255, Hdian. 7.
10.6. of laws etc. Plut. Sol. 19. of
wares, Hom. Od. 8. 163. of public
works, Sept. for tn’) 2 Chr. 34: 12,
17. of citiese. g.a prefect, Sept. for a2
1s.60:17. Jos. Ant.10.4.1. or a patron,
as Minerva of Athens, Dem. 421, 27.
Hence in Athens énicxoros were mag-
istrates sent out to tributary cities to
organize and govern them, see Schol.
in Aristoph. Av. 1023. Boeckh Staats-
hausb. der Ath. I. p. 168, 256. Nean-
der Gesch. der Pflanz. u. Leit. der chr.

174 .4/ Kirche, I. p. 178) and in Bibl, Repos

‘Iv. p. 254.—InN. T. spoken of officers
in the primitive churches, an overseer,

superintendent, Acts 20:28. Phil. 1: 1.
1Tim 3:2. Tit. 1:7. Trop. of Jesus,
1 Pet.2:25. This name was originally
simply the Greek term equivalent to
ngsoBiregos, which latter was derived
from the Jewish polity ; see Neander
Lc. and comp. Acts 20: 17, 28, Tit. 1:
5, 7. 1 Pet. 5: 1, 2—Afterwards, a
bishop.

* Enwonaa, a, £. dow, to draw up-
on, to draw to, e. g. th» Sugary, to shut,
Xen. H. G. 6.4.36. In N. T. Mid. to
draw upon or over sc. in respect to one-
eelf, viz. to draw over the prepuce
again, 1 Cor. 7:18 pj émondade, i.e.
“let bim not become as if uncircum-
cised.’ The allusion is to 4 mode of
removing the mark of circumcision,
described by Celsus 7. 25, and prac-
tised by Jews who abandoned their re-
ligion and national customs. 1 Mace. 1:
15. Jos. Ant. 12.5.1. The Rabbins
eall such persons D1wm, see Bux-
torf Lex. Rab. Ch. 1274 0q. Schoottg.

315

*Enoréddo

Hor. Heb. 1159.09. — Heeych. prj éx—
odode * pi Dxvite rd dope.

*Enistapen, £. ovjoopas, strictly
Mid, to Zplorqut ‘with Ionic form, and
used to express the particular sense of
delornus tov voir, etc. Math. § 234.
Buttm. §114. p. 280. Passow in épiotnps
1.d. Hence pp. to fir one’s mind upon,
. e. to understand, to know how, seq. in-
fin. Xen. Mem. 1.1.9 bis. Iu N.T.

a) t0 know well, to have knowledge of,
seq. ace. of thing, Acts 18: 25 ¢awra~
pev0g udvoy 16 Bérticue *foo. James 4:
14. of pers. Acts 19: 15 Iatloy éni-
Grape. seq. megi tore Acts 26: 26.
dig Acts 10: 23. Gre Acts 15:7. 19:25.
22:19, mis 20:18. od Heb. 11: 8.
Sept. for 933 Deut. 28:36. Josh. 2 5,
9. al.—e. ace. “Lue. D. Deor. 25.2. Xen.
An. 1.3.12, ds Xen. Cyr. 2.3. 22
61 Hdian.2.5.15. Xen. An.1.4.8, —Seq.
ace.and particip. Acts 24: 10 Svra oz xgt-
tiv éntotapevos. Comp. Buttm.§144.4. 5,
—Luc. D. Mort.9,2. Xen. An.6.6.17.

b) in the sense of to understand, to
comprehend, o. aceus. Mark 14: 68 obx
oda, 0808 éxlorayes th ob déyes: 1 Tim.
64. Jude 10. Sept, for ~zivz7 Is. 41:
20.—Xen. Cony, 3. 6.

"Entorame, ov, 6, (éplotapas to
be wet over,) pp. ‘one set over,’ a pre-
fect, master, spoken of a king, Xen.
Cyr. 8.1.8. of a commander of a
ship, Xen. Occ. 21.3. of a military
officer, Sept. for pp 2K. 25:19. of
a director in gymnastics, naudorgling,
Xen. Mem. 3.5.18. and genr. of di-
rectors of public works, Boeckh Staats-
haush. der Ath, I. p. 218. — In N.T.
only in Luke and addressed in the voc,
to Jesus, master, as having the authority
of a teacher, a1, among his disciples,
comp. master and teacher in English
Luke 5: 5. 8: 24, 45. 9: 33, 49.
So fa 6t Marki@35, and xtquos Matt.17:4,
coll.Luke 9:33. So iddoxalos Mark 4:38,
coll. Luke 8:24. Comp. Kypke I. p. 227

*EncatéAde, £. 0d, to send upon,
to send to, i. e. to send word to any one
verbally or by letter, e.g. verbally
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 26.—In N. T.

a) to send word by letter, to give direo-
tion by letter, abeol. Acts 21:25. ©. dat.

"Enceorjpeov 31

Acts 15: 20 dmiotitlas aisoig tod axé-
xeeGas x, 2. 4, where for the infin. with,
tov see Buttm. § 140. n.1. Matth. § 540. -
n. 1. Winer § 45. 4. p. 269.—Jos. Ant.
8.2.7. Hdian. 4, 12.7. Xen. H. G. 1.
5.2. + .

b) in later usage, simply to send a
letter, i. q, to torite to, seq. dat. Heb. 13:
22, — Ael. V. H. 10. 20. Plut. Agesi.
21 ult.

*Entstjucoy, ovos, 6, 4, (éxi-
crapan) knowing, endued with knowledge,
James 3:13, Sept. for 71>; Deut. 1:
13, 4:6, — Ecclus. 10:25, Xen. Occ.
21.5.

* Enorngéso, £. tow, to place firmly
upon, Pass. or Mid. to rest or lean upon,
to be supported on, Sept. for j2%:3 2Sam.
1:6. 4 Is. 36: 6. Lucian. adv.
Indoct. 6,—In N. T. trop. to confirm, to
establish, trane. Acts 14: 22 tas yuzas
ady padnriy. 15: 92, 41. 18: 23.

’ Encotody, 98, 4, (énotéla,) an

i letter, Acts 15: 30. 23: 25, 33,

ym. 16: 22. 1Cor,5:9. 16:3. 2 Cor.
31. 7:8 bis. 10:9, 10, 11. Col. 4: 16.
1 Thess. 5: 27. 2 Thess. 2: 2,15. 3:
14,17. 2 Pet. 3:1, 16. Trop. 2 Cor,
3:2, 3. Sept. for eax Ezra 4: 8, 11.
Vr Neb. 6: 5, 17.—-Diod. Sic. 1. 95.
Xen. Ao. 1. 6,3. — By impl. letter of
authority, despatch, Acts 9: 2, 22: 5.
So Sept. for myx Neh. 2: 7, 8.—Xen,
Ag. 8.3.

’Encoropive, £. low, (éxi, ordpa,)
pp. to put upon the mouth, i.e. to slop
the mouth sc. with a bit or curb, Philostr.
eon. 2.18. to check, to curb, Philo de
‘Agric. p.201. B. {nN, T. trop. to stop
the mouth, to put to silence, seq. acc. Tit.
1: 11.—Dem. 85. 4 émeatomisiy toi o-
3) ayriléyortag. Plut. Cato Min. 38,
Lucian. Icarom, 21.

"Encorpépe, £. ye, aor. 2 pass.
dxeorgcepry (Butt. § 96.3,5, §100. n. 5)
with mid, signif. Buttm. § 136.2, to turn
upon, to turn towards, trans. Hom. 11. 3.
370. trop. 16 vonpa es t+ Theogn.
1079.[1083.] ras Spas sis favryy Heian,
5.3.15. InN. T. trans, and intrans,

1, trans, in a moral sense, fo turn
on or fo, to convert unto, Luke 1: 16

6 *Encaigepo

nolloig énvorgépu: tnd roy xigier. v.17
drurrpiyes sagdlas mariguy éxi visve.
So Sept. for 37 Ezra 6: 22, comp.
Mal. 4: 6. — Ecclus. 48: 10. — In the
sense of fo turn back again upon, to
cause to return, sc. from error, with dx}
tiv Gls} Seay or the like implied, James
5: 19, 20. Sept. pp. for a9zr7 1 K.13:
18, 19, 20.—pp. Xen. H. G. 6.4.9.

2. intrang, i,e. in Act. with sauroy
implied, Buttm, §113, n, 2. §130. n. 2
Matth. § 496.1. and also in Mid. to
turn oneself upon or towards, i.e. to
turn towards or unto, ete.

a) Act. intrans, (a) pp. Acts 9 40
ngo¢ 15 cdpa. Trop. e. g. émwrpipay
éxi toy Sear v, xiguoy, i.e. to turn to
the service and worship of the true
God, Acts 9: 35, 11: 21. 14: 15. 15: 19.
26: 18,20. mgdg xiguoy 2 Cor. 3 16.
1 Theay. 1:9, et tov momtva 1 Pet.
2: 25. Sept. for m5 Deut, 31: 18
pp. Gen. 24: 1 Chr. 12 19.
sav Josh. 19: 34, Hos. 5:4. Am. 5:6,
8. — Ecclus. 17: 25. pp. Susann. 47.
Pol. 7. 11. 4, — (8) by impl. to turn
about upon or towards. Rev. 1: 12 bis,
xal éndorgtpa Blénew ny poriy pet
éuot x72. absol. Acts 16: 18. Sept.
for 2B Judg. 18: 21.—Xen. Eq. 8, 12.
Ven. 16. 15.—Hence, (7) to turn back
upon, to return unto, pp. and seq. éxiow
Matt. 24:18. eis ta oniowm Mark 13:16
Luke 17: 81. (Ael. V. H.1.6.) eq. ais
c. acc, Matt. 12:44. seq. éxé c. ace.
2 Pet. 2:22. [Luke 17:4] abso). Luke
2: 20 in text. rec. Acts 15: 36. So of
the breath or spirit returning to a dead
body, Luke 8:55. Sept. for 320) Ruth
1:7, 10, 2Sam. 6:20. 1K. 230—
Xen. H. G. 4. 5. 16—Trop. spoken of
a return to good, fo refurn, to be
absol. Luke 22: 32, Acts 3:19. So
Matt. 13: 15. Mark 4:12 Acts 2& 27,
all quoted from Is. 6:10 where Sept.
for 210. Also to evil, to turn back un
Jo, Gal. 4:9 néig Cmcotgipere malay éxi
Tae mtwxd oroisia. 2 Pet. 21 én
orpdyas tx rig ersoliig ac. éxt chy @Ie-
gay, coll. v. 19.

b) Mid. intrans, with aor. 2 pas see
above. (a) by impl. to turn about upon
or towards, Matt, 9: 22 5 3a ’ Inwote
énvotgagels. Mark 8 33. John 22: 20.
dn, dy t dzlg, Mark 5: 30, Bept. for

'B .
3nd Num. 2% 6. — Wisd. 16 7. Ken.
Cyr. 6. 4. 10.—{(8) to turn back upon, to
return unto, Matt. 10:13 4 tigryn mpd¢
Spas éxorgagire. for 31d Rath
1: H, 12, 15. — Plut. de Lib. educ. 17
mid. 'f, VI. p. 43.1. ed. R.—Trop. to re-
turn 8c. to good, to be converted. Jobo
12: 40 duoteapde:, vomp, Is. 6: 10 and
in #. 7, above-—Dem. 133. 24.

‘Encorpopy, 75, %, (énotgign,)
a turning about, conversion, Pol. 5.72. 8.
In N. T. trop. conversion, sc. to good,
to Christianity, Acts 15: 3. — Ecclus.
18: 21, Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 1. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 6.

’ Enmovvatya, £. die, (ovrdye,) to
lead or bring together upon a place,
to guther together, to assemble, trans.
Matt. 28: 37 bis. 24: 31. Mark 1: 33,
13:27, Luke 12 1. 13:34. Sept. for
HON Is, 52:12, Zech. 14: 2, ap 1K.
18 30. bmp 2 Chr. 20:26. — 2 Mace.
2 14, 18. Pol. 5.

* Encovvayoyy, 98, ty (dmovrd-
yes) act of assembling, a gathering to-
gether, 2 Thess, % 1. Hebs 10: 25. —
2 Mace. 2:7 assembly.

*Entovvrgeza, £. Settopas, (ov
rgizo,) to run together upon or to the
seene of any action, Mark 9: 25.

Barsdaracig, ews, §, (trevriora-
pa to come together upon,) @ concourse,
crowd, whence nossty énuciotaciytoexcile
a concourse, to raise a tumult, Acts 24:12,
Sept, for s19 Num. 16: 40.—Esdr. 5:
90, Jos. ¢. Ap. 1.20. Sext. Empir. Eth.
127, — Spoken of a crowd, constant in-
gress of Persons coming to any one,
2 Cor. 11: 28 4 dmrboraals pov i x0
jjudgar, i.g. quotidiani hominum impetus,
Cic. pro Arch. 6.

"Encogaare, éoe, obs, 6, 4, (tx,
ogdidoua,) lit. ‘near upon falling,’ i.e.
ready to fall, not firm, metaph. insecure,
dangerous, Acts 27:9 imapalois toi
mhoos. — Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 16. Diod. Sic.
18.77, Dem. 22, 14,

Enuszue, £. tow, (nt, iozie,) to
upon i.e. in addition, to

make stronger, trans, rv olay Xen.
Occ. 11, 13. — In WN. T. intrane, to be

317

*Enaedioa

stronger, to grew stronger, trop. to be
more violent, to grow more feree, Luke
23: 5 énlazvoy liyorsss.—Se of power
1 Mace. 6:6. Ecelus, 20: 1.
*Entowgeva, f. ebau, to heap up
‘upon, to accumulate, trans. toi vexgovs
Plut. Pyrrh. 22 pen. In N.T. trop.
55 jacxalovs 2 Tim. 4: 3,— Plut. de
alien. 6 IX. p. 298 ult. ed.
. 3. 66.

*Encrayy, 7 7S, %, (srdow,)charge,

injunction, command, e. g. of Christ,
1'cor. 7: 6,25. 2 Cor. 8:8. of God,
for will, decree, Rom. [14] 16:26. 1 Tim.
Li, Tit 3 genr, Tit. 2:15 per
ndang éxitayig with all injunction, i. e
strongly, severely.—Esdr. 1: 46. Wiad.
14: 16. Pol. 13, 4. 3,

* Enctdose or r100, £.0,(séooe,)

to arrange upon, e. g. soldiers i. ¢. to ar-
range in ranks one upon another, seq.
acc. and dar. Xen. H. G.1.6.29. to
station sc. aa 8 garrison, 1 Macc. 4: 61.
—In N. T. by impl. to enjoin upon to
charge, to command, seq. dat, Mark 1:
27 ric nveipaos col; Gxad. ineacou.
Luke 4: 36. 8: 25. Sept. for 73 Gen.
49: 32, Esth. 3: 12.—2 Macc. 9:
Cyr. 4.2,33.—Seq, acc.and dat. Philem.
8 énitdicouy cos 70 ayijxor. c. acc. impl.
Mark 9: 25.—Jos. Ant. 1. 9. Xen. Occ.
7. %. — Seq. dat. and infin. aor. Mark
6 39, Luke 8: 31. inf. pres. Acts 22.
—Xen. An. 7. 3. 13. An. 2. 3. 6.—Seq.
acc. and inf. Mark 6: 27 éxérater éveg—
Sivas thy xspadyy. — Sept. Dan. 6: 9.
‘Xen. Lac. 5. 8.—Absol. Luke 14: 22.

* Enciedéeo, 2, £. doe, (ént intens.)
to bring through to an end, to finish, to
perform, trans.

a) pp. spoken of any work, business,
course, etc. Luke 13: 32 icons. Rom.
15:28. 9 Cor. 71 dx. dywovvan, ine.
to practise. 8: 6,11 bis. Phil 1: 6
Heb, 8: 5 éx. tiv oxnyiy, i. e. to make.
Sept. for ya Zech. 4:9 yg Num.
23: 23, — 2 Mace, 3:23. Pol. 1. 37. 7.
Xen. H. G, 1. 1.96. — Heb. 9 6 tas
largelas ixsteloivess, performing the sa-
cred rites,—Philo de Soran. p. 658 éxe-
talaly lecsovpylas. Hdot. 2. 63 Svalas.
Diod. Sic. 1. 45.

b) Mid. to come to an end, to finish,

"Enarjdeos

dntrans, and seq. dat. of manner, Gal.
& 3 dvagkiperos mrcinens, ‘vir ‘cage
dnurdiiode; having begun in the Spirit,
do ye now end in the flesh? i.e. in at-
tachment to carnal ordinances. So
Sept. Fotowas xad émixdlaow for m2
1 Sam. 3: 12,

c) trop. spoken of sufferings etc. to
accomplish, ie. to undergo, to endure,
Pass. 1 Pet. 5: 9.—Mid. éniteheio Sas ta
‘r08 yigus, Ken. Mem. 4. 8 8. id. Apol,
Soer. 33,

Encrydewos, a, ov, (daerpdis adv.
see in Passow,) apt, proper, Wisd. 4: 5.
Xen, Cyr. 1, 4.17, In N. T. by impl.
needful, necessary, James 2:16 ti tx
rjdua toi acipatos, things needful for
the body, i, e. the necessaries of life.—
1 Macc. 14:34, Jos. Ant. 2.15.4. Xen.
‘Mem. 2. 2. 10.

Eneridqut, £900, (2b9qus,) aor.
1 éxiSypa, aor. 2 énéyy. On 3 plur.
pres, éxit:Séacs Matt.23:4, see Buttm.
$107. n. I, 1. for the imper. pres, éx—
wide. 1 Tim. 5: 22, see Buttm. l.¢. n.1,5.
and for the accent in imperat. aor. 2
dnldes Matt. 9: 18, see Buttm. 1. c. 0. I,
18.—To place or put upon, to lay upon,

to impose, trans.
a) pp. and (a) font 9, éni c. accus.
Matt. 23:4 gogria éxiniPiacsr én) soig

yous ray 2vGg. Luke 15: 5, Acte 15:
10 dtivar Cuyov nh voy rpcznlov
td. Mark 4: 21 digvor én) ryy duy-
vlay, Matt. 27: 29. John 9:15. Acts
28: 3. So Sept. for pripry Gen. 21: 14,
Josh. 10: 24. 12 Gen. 25: 20, 30. —
Palneph. 32. 14. Xen. Cyr. 7.3. 14. —
Seq. acc. and dat, Acts 15:28 énitt-
SeaGas iyty Beigos. Luke 23: 26. John
19:2, Trop. of'a name, Mark 3: 16,17,

for pyury Dan. 1:7. 5: 13.—Jos,
ao, Qult. Hdian. 4.7. 12. Xen.
Oecc. 17, 9. — Seq. éni c. gen. Luke 8:
16 duzvor tn) Avgvlas. 909. ndve c. gen.
Matt, 21: 7, 27: 37.—(8) In the phrase
dneriPévas env rv xia ‘tag ztigas, to lay
the hand or hands upon, as the symbol
of healing power, ete. seq. éxi c. ac-
cus. Matt, 9: 18. Mark 8: 25, 16:18.
Acts 9:17, seq, dat. Matt. 19: 13, 15.
Mark 5: 23, 6: 5. 7: 32. 8: 23. Luke 4:
40. 18: 13, Acta 9: 12. 28: 8, — or for
benediction, inauguration, etc, 00q.éni

318

* Examao

e. acc. Acts 8:17. seq. dat. Acts 6: 6.
& 19, 13 3. 1% 6. 1 Tim, 5: 2
Comp. in *Enteo. So Rev. 1: 17
di, viv debidy altoid én? dps in text.
ree. Sept. ¢. él for 720 Lev. 1: 4.
& 2, 13. — (y) Spoken of stripes, to lay
on i.e. to inflict, mlnyas énudivtes Luke
10:30. . dat. Acts 16:23, . éxi te
Rey. 22 18. — Of punishments Diod.
Sic. 11.19, Xen. Cyr. 1.22 So Cie,
pro Sext. 19 plagas impono.—(3) Trop.
of gifts, to lade with, to supply with,
cc. dat, Acts 28:10 énéGevto ta ngos
tiv zoslay.—Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4.

b) Mid. to set oneself upon or against
any one, to set upon, fo assail, seq. dat.
Acts 18: 10 ob8es éndyjoetal co. So
Sept. for byonr Gen. 43:18. zip
2 Chr. 24: 21,25. — Jos, Ant. 1. 20. 1.
Ael. V. H. 3.19 med. Xen. Mem. 2
1,15. in war, Xen. An. 2, 4. 3.

c) by impl. to add upon, to
seq. mds c. acc. Rev. 22:18 day ny

dev9 nods taita. — Hom. Il. 7. 364.
Dem. 165. 2.

*"Enctuae, ay £. joe, (syde,) to

further honour upon, to honour e. g.
the dead, Hdot. 6. 39. Plut. Artax. 14,
Of things, to set a further value upon, to
estimate higher, e.g. in price, Dem. 918.
22. to adjudge, to confirm by a judg-
ment, Hdot. 4. 43.—In N.T. spoken of
an estimate or judgment put upon what
is wrong or contrary to one’s will, and
hence to admonish, to reprove, to rebuke,
seq. dat.

a) genr. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 16:22,
19: 13 of 88 padyra énetlunoar abroie.
Mark 8:32, 33. 10:13. Luke 9:55. 17:
8, 18:15. 19:39. 23:40. absol. 2° Tim.
4:2, Sept. for =va Gen. 37: 10. Ruth
2:16,—Jos, Ant. 5. 1. 26. Dem. 558.27.
Xen. Oce. 11. 24, — With the idea of
punishment, Jude 9 éxitisjoas cos xv-
gos, quoted from Zech. 3: 2 where
Sept. for 23. comp. Jos. Ant. 18. 4.6.
— Seq. dat. of thing, and implying a
desire of restraining, e. g. spoken of
winds and waves, Matt. 8: 26. Mark 4:
39, Luke & 24, So Sept. and ~sa
Ps. 106:9, and 90 “33 Nab. 1:4 where
Sept. dnediw. Of a fever, Luke 4: 39.

b) by impl. fo admonish strongly,
with urgency, authprity, i.e. fo ergot

*Enuula

upon, to charge strictly, the idea of re-
buke or censure being implied, ©. g
demons, seq. dat. Matt.17:18, Mark 1:
25. 9:25. Luke 4: 35, 41. 9:42. Of
persons, c. dat, Luke 9:21. So seq.
dat, and fa, Matt. 20:31 6 dé dylos
dxetipnoey acirois, ive. cvwnfowow. Mark
10: 48. Luke 18: 39. Matt. 16: 20 in
Mss. Seq. dat. and iva ys, 5. q. to for-
bid strictly, Matt. 12: 16. Mark 3: 12.
8: 30.

*Enetuda, ac, 4, (eceripdes) the
being in good repute, i.e. in fall citizen-
ship, Dem. 230. 10. Diod. Sic. 18. 18.
In N.T. spoken of the estimate fixed
upon a wrong by a judge, a judicial in-
fliction, i. e. penalty, punishment, 2 Cor.
2:6 Win, & 10.” Philo de Preem. et
Poon. init. Classic writers prefer é-

Wor.

’Enuigéna, f. yor, (sgén0,) aor. 1
dréxqeya, nor..2 pass, dxargdnqy Acts
28: 16. Butum. § 96. 3, 5. § 100. n. 5.—
to turn upon, to direct upon, trans. i. 6.
by impl. to give over to, to commit to,
Hom. Od. 2, 226. Xen. An. 6,1. 31.
Sept. for 319 Gen, 39: 6.—In N. T. to
permit, to allow, to suffer, c.c. dat. of
pers. and infin. of object expr. or im-
plied, see Winer § 45. 2. Butum. § 140.
1, Matt. 8: 21 Enlrgspor yor mgétoy
Gnuddiy xa Fdyos toy maréga pov.
v. 31. 19: 8. Mark 5: 13. 10: 4, Luke
8: 32 bis. 9: 59, 61. Acts 21: 39, 26: 1,
27:3. 28:16, 1 Cor. 14:34. 1 Tim.
2 12. — Sept. Esth. 9: 14, Job 32: 14.
Jos. Ant. 4.8.21. Ael, V. H. 2 5.
Xen. Cyr, 8. 4.29. An. 1. 2. 19.—Ab-
sol. John 19: 88, Acts 21:40. 1 Cor.
16: 7 day 6 xiguog emerging, if the Lord
permit. Heb. 6: 3, — Xeon. Cyr. 5.5.
22.

‘Enitgony, 76, %, (éntgéna,)
commission, charge, full-power, Acts 26:
12.—Arr. Dise. Ep. 2.8.5, Pol. 3.15.7.
ib. 18, 22. 5,

’Enitgonos, ov, 6, (éngina,)
pp. ‘one to whom a charge is commit-
ted, ie. a steward, m 7» agent,

2) pp. Matt. 20:8. Luke 8 3 Xoutd
Encigénov ‘Hosidou, i.e. the manager
of his private affaira—Jos. Ant. 18.6.6
where king Agrippa makes Thaumastus,

319

*Engavea
a freed: tis ovolas dxixgonor, Xen.
Occ, 12, 2 ib, 21.9.

b) ig. 5 aadayayds, which seo,

@ tutor, guardian, curator, usually #
e or freedman, to whose care the
boys of a family were committed, who
trained them up, instructed them at
home, or accompanied them to the
public schools, Gal. 4: 2, — Plut. Cie.
P, 880. B. xi oy obu éxizgomoy aii
toy toi taxon guidcots; Ael. V. H.-
18. 43 or 44, ‘Ken. Mem. 2. 1. 40.

"Encwvyyava, sor. 2 tnivuzor,
(teyzdve,) to light upon, to chance to meet,
o. dat. Thue, 8 14. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.5.
to hit a mark, to attain one’s aim, Arr.
Diss. Ep. 4, 6, 28. — In N. T. genr. to
attain unto, i.e. to obtain, to acquire,
seq. gen. Heb. 6: 15 éniruze ip bray-
yallas. 11: 33. ©. ace. tott0 Rom. 11:
7 in later edit. see Herm. ad Vig. p. 762,
Absol. Rom, 11:7. James 4:2.—c.
Sept. Prov. 12: 27. Pol. 21.3.8. Xen.
Oec. 2.3, absol. Thuc. 6.38.

*Engaiva, f. gard, aor. 1 txt-
Qrva, sor. 2 pass. éxeparny, pp. to cause
to appear upon or to, to shew before, to
exhibit, trans, and trop. 3 Macc. 2: 19.
Theogn. 359. Plot. Marcell, 1.— In
N.T. Act. with favtéy implied, and
also Mid. or Pasa. to shew oneself’ upon
or f0, i.e. to appear upon or to, spoken
of light, to shine upon, intrans. Butun.
§118. n. 2, §130. 0.2 Matth. § 496, 1.

a) pp. in Act. pres. absol. Acts 27:20
Bird cotgey éxupanvdrtery. aor. 1 seq.
dat. Luke 1: 79 dvaroliy & tyous—éni-
gavat tots éy oxotes, where for the
form énipaévat instead of éxigivas (Act.
‘Thom. § 30 pen.) see Buttm. §101. n.2.
Lob. af Phryn. p. 24 sq, — Ael. V. H.
18.1 pen. xai_ dngodmrag tnigyre,
Gong devi, Pol. 5. 6.6 den sig
Sagas éxupawotons. Pass. Ep. of Jer.

b) trop, in aor. 2 pase. to be
ous, tole known and manifest, Ea

11 4 zdgu. 3 4. Comp. Sept. for
maa Gen. 35: 7.
"Engavae, ac, 4%, (éeupaives,)

@n appearing, appearance, spoken of the
advent of Jesus, 2 Tim. 1:10. of his
future advent, 2 ‘Thess. 2:8 1 Tim.

*Enuparys
614. 2 Tim.4: 1,8. Tit. 2:)3, Comp.
Luke 1: 78, 79. — Of splendid celestial
eppearancee in aid of Tarael, 2 Mace. 3:
4. 5:4. al. of the pillar of fire, Jos.
Ant. 14.4, genr. Pol, 3.94.3. Diod.
Bic. 1. 25.

“Eneparys, os, ovs, 8, i, adj.
(éxepalyopas,) appearing upon or to,
visible, Thue. 7. 19. clear, manifest,
Xen, Mem. 3. 1.10. In N.T. splendid, oq.
i.e. trop. illustrious, memorable. Acts
2: 20 niiy fudgay xiguon thy wsydiqy xa
dnigarij, quoted from Joel 2: 31 where
Sept. for X53, asalso'v.11. Heb. 1:7.
—Pol, 1. 36.3, ib. 1.78.11. of per-
sons Jos, Ant. 5.8.2. Ael. V. H. 3.19.
Xen. Ag. 3. 2.

*"Enpaveo, £. wiow, (pate, pee)
to appear unte, to shine upon, trop, to
‘give light to, to enlighten, c. dat. Eph. 5:
14.—Act. Thom. § 94 éndgaves 7g jot
and geortidos. Not found in the clas-
tics, see H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I.
Pp 660. Also the form gave exists only
in the grammarians, see Passow in

gories.
*Enugége, £. trolow, aor. 2 imj- TE

mynor, to bear or bring upon or to 8 per-
son, viz.

8) pp. t bring fo any one, seq. ént
. ace. Acts 19: 12 a dots fat tovs doGe-
votvtas tmgigertas and tod yourds
eit’ covddgia. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 22,
Thue. 4. 87.

b) in the eense of to add upon, to su-

to, Phil. 1:17 otéusvos Olly

tnupiguy tots Sepots pou—Philo Leg.

ad Cai. p.1009 mig émpdgow nugh
Aristoph. Rhet. 3. 6.

e) to bring upon i.e. dgainst, ina
judicial sense, of accusation ete. Acts
95: 18 altlay. Jude 9 xplow,—Jos. Ant.
4. 8, 23 post init. Hdian. 3.8.13. Pol.
5. 41. 3,—So of wrath or punishment,
Rom. 3:5 éxuploay rh» doyiy, i.e. in-
fiicting punishment. — Jos. Ant. 2.14.
2 Glas rots Aiportiong dxupign ninyyy.

"Enupeovées, @, £ sow, to cry out
upon i.e. thereupon, Luke 23: 21. in
acclamation, Acts 12: 22.—Esdr. 9: 47.
Plut. de Herodot. malig. 34.—Seq. dat.
of person upon i.e. for or against
whom outcry is made, Acts 2% 24.

320

* Enomodopéo

Comp. Buttm. §183. n. 2, Matth. § 388.
—Plut. Timol. 36.

Enipooxc, (paaxu, piis,)to grow
light upon, to dawn upon, intrans. Matt.
2% 1 af éxupwoxoveg sc. juigg Luke
23: BA. Diod. Sic. 13, 18 in some edit.
comp. Hdot. 3. 86.

*Enczecpée, «, £. jou, (x0ig,) to
dey hands upon, e.g. delnry, chy, Hom.
24, 386, 395. to attack, Jos. de
itn bas 44.—In N. T. trop. to take in
hand, to undertake, to attempt, c. c. infin.
Luke 1: 1 woldol éneysloncay dvardta—
oSas Sujynow. Acta 9:29, 19: 13. —
2 Macc. 2:29. Pol. 1.47.3. Ken. Mem.
3.6.1. Ove, 10. 8.

Enizéwo, f. stow, (zéa,) to powr
upon, trans. e.g. upon wounds, Luke
10: 34. Sept. for Px? Gen. 28: 18.
35: 14—Jos, Ant, 2.163, Ken, Occ.
17.9.

Enizoonyée, &, £. jou, (zoey
q. ¥.) to furnish upon i.e. besides, in
addition, to further, to superadd,
trans, 2 Cor. 9:10 6 ény oy
onelgort. Gal.3:5, 2 Pet. 1:5, 11.
Comp. Is. 55: 10 where Heb. 7
8iSeops.—Ecclus, 25: 22 of a
brings with her a large dowry. — Mid.
ina in a resiproce| sense, to one ane
to furnish aid mutually, Col. 2 19
® tb ody eropnyeisoror wai cup Pipes
jsvoy, where 10 cduer is put collectively
for all the or members, comp.
Eph, 4: 16 10 cde cvvaguoloyotperer
mad oupp.
"Entzognyia, as, 4, (enizognyion)
supply, aid, help, Phil. 1:19. Eph, 4: 16
dia naons aGis Tis dni mytag tl
all the joints of supply, i. e. virbich afford
mutual aid, comp. in’ Exizoynyée.
’Enizoiaa, €. tavw, (zgles,) to rub or
smear upon, to anoint upon, seq. ace,
and én c.acc. John 9: 6 énézgios tov

aalov émi rove SpFadpots. Seq. ace.
of the thing anointed, v. 11 énégguwi

pov tois dpakpots sc. rH -
Lucian. Quom. Hist.conser. ed ge

cas 38 tirdve 8c. To dvope.
’ Enoxodopéo, @, f. you, (éxt,
oleoBopie,) fo build upon sc. ax a foun-

’Enoxdldo 321 “Eno

dation, Pass. seq. éxi c. dat. Xen. An.
3.4.11. — In N.T. only trop. to build
‘pon, spoken of christian faith and
christian life, both in the whole church
and in its individual members, as built
‘upon the only foundation, Christ, and
implying the constant internal and ex-
ternal developement of the kingdom of
God and the visible church, like a holy
temple progressively and unceasingly
built up from the foundation; comp.
1 Cor. 3:9, 10. See Neander Gesch.
d. Pflanz. u. Leit. der cbr. Kirche, J.
p. 166, and in Bibl. Repos. IV. p. 245.
Be Pass. seq. dai c. dat. Eph. 2:20 éxoi-

vceg éxh 1 Seually tésv dx0-
orélay xt. 2, Col, 2:7. Act. seq. acc.
et éxt c.ace. 1 Cor. 8: 12, seq. acc.
v.14, absol. v. 10 bis. — By impl. to
build up further, ac. in the faith and
upon Christ, seq. accus. of pers. expr.
or impl. Acts 20: 32 74 Suvapiry éxos—
xo8opijoa 8c. Spies. Jude 20 éxoux. tav-
tots. — Comp. Plut. de Monarch. et
Democr. 1 init.

*Enoxédha, f. dd, (bxillo i. q.
xdlde,) to drive or force upon, e. g. a ship
upon a shoal, etc. to run aground, trane,
Acts 27: 41 énoixedoy thy yotr.—Hdot.
7. 182 thy véa. Pol. 4.41.2. Thuc.
4. 26,

’Enovopatta, f. dow, (énh, dvope-
_, Gew,) to name upon or after, i.e. in allu-

sion to some other name or circum-
stance, Sept. for N7jz Gen. 4: 17, 24,
25. al. In N.T. Pass. to be named in
addition sc. to some other name, tobe also
called, Rom. 2:17 av *IovSaiog éxovo-
Barn. — Pol. 1. 29, 2. Ken. Occ. 6. 17.

* Enontevo, f. sdow, (dntede,) to
look i. €. to oversee, to inspect, tH
Zgva Hom. Od. 16. 140. Hes. Op. et Di.
765. [712] In N.'T. genr. to behold, to
contemplate, trans. 1 Pet. 2: 12, 3:2. —
Pol. 5. 69.6. Dem. 168, 13.

*Enoning, ov, 6, (éndyopar far.
to épogda,) a looker-on, spectator, eye-
witness, 2 Pet, 1: 16. — 2 Mace. 7: 35.
3 Macc. 2:21. overseer Dem. 47. 4.

” Enos, £06, ous, 16, (clxor, ina,)
@ word, Heb. 7:9 ss Enos tintiy 30 to
speak, vee in Elzoy a. init,
41

"Enougarws, é dou, 6, %, (dnt, of-
gards,) pp. ‘upon or above the heavens,’
fe. heavenly, celestial, viz.

- spoken of those who dwell in
heaven; Matt. 18:35 6 mano 5 éxougd-
oa Phil. 2 10 of énovgavios, i.

— 2 Mace, 3: 39. Hom. Od. 17.
ri Il. 6. 129, — Of those who come
from heaven, 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, 49, coll.
v. 47 et Phil. 8: 21, — Of the heavenly
bodies, the sun, moon, ete. 1 Cor. 15:
40 bie, coll. v. 41.

b) neut. plur. ra éxovpavea, i.e. the

Eph. 1:20 é defsg ad-
x08 éy roi drougayiois. 2:6. 3:10. 80
of the lower heavens, the sky, the air,
as the seat of evil spirits, Eph. 6 12,
comp. in Otgayds and *Ayg. — Test.
XII Patr. p. 546 sq.

c) spoken of the kingdom of heaven
and whatever pertains to it, see in
Baoilsta c. E. g. of the kingdom it-
self, 2 Tim. 4: 18 eis viv Baw, tye éxov-
garry. S0 Heb. 3:3 xtijiors éxoupavios.
6: 4. 8 5. 9: 23. Ik 16. 12 2, coll.
Rev. 21:2, Also r@ Znougavea, things
pertaining to the kingdom of God, Eph.
1: 3. or genr, things spiritual, John
& 12.

‘Enret, of, al, rd, indec. seven, Matt.
15:34,36,37. Acts20:6.al. The number
seven was often put by the Jews for an
indef, round number, Matt. 12: 45, 22:
25. Luke 11:26.al. comp.Gen.18:418q.
Ruth 4: 15. 1 Sam. 2: 5. Is, 4: 1.
Prov. 26: 25. Likewise as a sacred
number, of good omen, as also among
the Egyptians, Arabians, Persians, etc.
Acts & 3. Rev. 1: 4,12, 16 21. al.
comp. Gen. 21: 28, Ex. 37: 23. Lev. 4:
6,17. al. See Gesen. Lex. Heb. art.
pa AL.

“Entetxeg, num. adv. (intd,) seven
times, put for an indef. round number,
Matt. 18: 21,22. Luke 17: 4 bis. Sept.
for yay Ps. 119: 164. tonyp v3
2K. 5:10, 14, “

“Entanoytdeot, at, @, (zids0s,)
seven thousand, Rom. 11:4, quoted from
1K. 19: 18 where Sept. mre zuduides.
Sept. for mvp nsqw Nom. & 2.
1 Chr. 29: 4.

“Enco, see Einr.

“Egaatos 322

“Epastos, ov, 6, (égcu,) Erastus,
pr. name of a Christian, Acts 19; 22,
Rom, 16: 23. 2 Tim. 4: 20.

“Epyatomat, f. doopas, depon.
Mid. (igyor,) impert. sleyatouny, aor. 1
deyacapny, perf. pass. eyaopas as
depon. 2 John 8, Ken. Mom, 2 6.6.
comp. Buttm, §136.3. but also in pass,
signif. John 3: 21, Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 9,
comp. Buttm. § 113. 0.6. For the
augm. see Buttm, § 84. 2,— To work,
intrans, and trans.

1, intrans. to work, to labour, i.e.
(a) pp. é& 1 Gumsdaivs Matt. 21: 28.
at a trade, Acts 16: 3, 1 Cor. 4: 12.
1 Thess, 2 9. 2 Thess, 3: 8. genr.
Luke 13: 14. John 9: 4 ult. 1 Cor. 9:
6. 1 Thess, 4:11. 2 Thess. 3:10, 11,
12, Sept. for 139 Ex. 5: 18. Deut. 5:
18 — Test. XU Patr. p. 626 doy. éy
Yyous vic. Dem. 1048 pen. Xen. Mem.
1.2. 57 bis, ib. 2.7, 12. — (8) In the
sense of fo be active, i, e. to exert one’s
powers and faculties etc. John 5:17
bis, 5 xanig doydteras x. 1.4, Rom. 4:
4,5. — (7) Aleo, to do business, i. e. to
trade, to traffic, Matt, 25: 16 sigydcato
dr ecbtoig—Dem. 957. 27 vl,

2, trans, to work, to form by labour,
i.e. to do, to perform, to produce, etc.

a) genr. of things wrought, done,
performed, ¢. g. miracles, John 6: 30 «i
dgydty sc. onusiov. Acts 13: 41 pyor,
comp. Hab. 1:5 where Sept. for “se.
Of sacred rites, ra begé égyag. 1 Cor.
18. So genr. Eph. 4: 28. Col, 3: 23.
Iya tot Ss0d eoyaterSus John 6: 28.
9:4. gyor toi xugiov 1 Cor. 16: 10.
‘Toya ty Se6 tigyaopiva, wrought in God,
ice. in conformity to his will, John 3:21.
Sept. for tay Num. 3:7. 8:12. typ Job
88: 20, Ps."7: 16, — Hdian. 8. 7. 14,
Xen. An. 6, 3. 17. Occ. 7,20 Ai
phon, 14. 84 dey. Egor roxotr0r.—Aleo

a Spyor xalay els twa Matt. 26:
‘10. 1B wun) Mark M4: 6. 3 John 5.
19 dyadiy mois nciveas Gal. 6:10. x8
xaxoy turs Rom. 13: 10, comp. Prov. 3:
30 where Sept. for tnx. — ¢. de
twa Dein, 1252. 20. Palaepb. 1. 8, 11.
two ts Luc, D. Mort. 2. 1. Xen. Conv.
4. 30.—Trop. fo work, sc. good or evil,
to do, to commit, to practise, c. acc. as td
dyadéy Rom. 2:10. ty dumocinny

Egyarms

Acts 10: 35, but Heb. 11: 33 see in
Aramoriy a. vay dvoplay Matt. 7:23.
uagriey James % 9, Sept. drouler
dey. for b9@ Pa. 5: 6. 6:9. Job 34: 32.
—Jos, Ant. 5. 1. 18 pévor, Plut. Ageai-
283 mid. igyor 3uvdr. Thue. 3. 66.

b) in the sense of to till, to cultivate,
e. g. iy viv, Sept. for 13% Gen. & 5,
15. Xen. Occ. 1. 8. In “N.T. wop.
spoken only of the sea, ty ‘Sélonowe
deydterSar, to cultivate the sea, i.e. as
in Engl. to ply the sea, to follow the sea,
se. as an occupation, as seamen, mer-
chants, etc. Rev. 18: 17.— Appian. Hist
R82 vaval 18 xosiusros, xal vy Sa-
Jacoay ola Poiraes lpyatoperor. Plut
de Solert. An. 23. X. p. 61. ed. R. roig
doyatouivors thy Saharrar. Aristot.
Prob]. 38.2. S80 Sadarroupysiv Pol. 6.
52, 1. Sakaroupyol of fishermen
Xen. Occ. 16. 7.

€) in the sense of to work fer, to labour
Sor, to carn, e.g. ty Beso Joha 6:
27, genr. 2 John 8. Sept. for sno
Prov. 31: 18. — Palaeph. 21.2. Dem.
1858. 12. Xen. Mem. 1.3.5.

Eoyasia, ac, 4, (g7stouan)
work, labour, Hdot. Vit. Hom. 3 axe
deyasing zugév. InN.T.

a) labour, i.e. trop. pains, effort, in
the Latinism égyaclay 6:3évos, operam
dare, Luke 12:58, see fully in diBups
d. a. — Jos, Ant. 3, 1. 7 a atv xing
pn fpyacig. Pol. 5. 100. 4.

b) a working, doing, i.e. practice, per-
formance, se. of evil, with els final, Eph.
4:19 tig égyaclay dxad. aeons, i. e. 90
as to work all uncleanness. Comp.
Sept. for 2N5n 1 Chr. 6: 49. 28: 20,

— Aeschin. Dial. 2. 36 mods égyacias
xoayudtor poxInedy.

c) work, i. e. occupation, trade, craft,
Acts 19:25. Sept. for oxtn Jon. 1:
& comp. Ps, 107: 23, — Bem.’ 503. 17.
Xen, Oce. 6. 8, 9.

d) meton, earnings, gain, sc. from le-
bonr, Acts 16:16,19. 19:24.—Act. Thom.
16, Dem. 1283. 28. Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 1.

Eoyarys, ov, 6, (egrétoues,) a
worker, labourer, viz,

a) genr. sc. in the fields, Matt. 9: 37
5 piv Sepiopas molic, of Bi lgyditas éli-
yor. v.88, 10:10, 90: 1,2,8 Luke 1
2 bis, 7. 1 Tim, 5: 18, James 5: 4, —

“Egyoy
Ecchi, 19:1. Plat. Cato M. 4. Xen.
Mom. 1. 6. 11.— Trop. by Paul of a-
beurers in the church, i. e. teachers, etc.
2 Tim. 2: 15 deycrmy drmalozurcor.
So with censure, 2 Cor. 11:18, Phil. 3:2.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 746 dgydens xugiov.
b) c. gen, a worker, doer, of any thing,
i. q. 6 dovatéweros, Luke 13: 27 deydsas
Tis Gduxdas, workers of iniquity, evil-
aay Macc. 3:6. Xen. Mem. 2. 1.
cc} @ workman, artisan, Acts 19: 25.
—Luc. Somn. 2, Xen. Hiero 6, 11.

“Epyor, ov, 16, (obsol. Zpye to do,)
work, i. e.

a) labour, business, employment, some-
thing to be done, viz. (a) genr. Mark 13:
34 nal doug Eedory 15 tgyoy aitot. Eph.
4:12 sis Egyoy diaxovlas. 1 Tim. 3:1.
Sept. for saxubn Gen. 2: 2, 39: 11.
Ex. 35: 2—Lite. D. Deor. 17. 1 & igyy
jay. Xen. Occ. 7. 6. ib. 20. 16, 19. —
Of the work which Jesus was sent to
full on earth, 26 igyoy John 17: 4.
34 Hoya John 5: 20, 36. 10: 38, 13 %-
yor rod sargds sc. 8 didoxd pos iva
movjow, John 4: 34. 9: 4. eomp. 17: 4.
So 1d Eyyor tod xuplou, the work of the

Lord, i.e. which he began and left to geod deed,

be continued by his disciples, i. q. the
cause of Christ, the gospel-work, 1 Cor.
15:58. 16:10. Phil. 2:30. Also of thie
work as committed to apostles and
teachers, 2 Tim. 4: 5 igyov aolqcor
sbayyeluotod, Acts 18 2. 14: 26. 15:
38. Phil. 1: 22. Further, Egyoy too
20%, work of God, i. e. which God re-
quires, duty towards him, John 6: 28,
29. Rev. 2: 26.—(8) in the sense of un-
dertaking, attempt, Acts 5:38. 2 Tim.
4: 18. Sept. for trp Deut. 15: 10.
S777 Job 34: 21.—Wied. 2: 12.

b) work, i.e. deed, act, action, some-
thing done, viz. (a) genr. as iver dgyd-
SeaFat, to work a work, to do a deed,
Acts 13: 41 bis, quoted from Hab. 1:5
where Sept. for bys byp, comp. Buttm.
§ 131. 3.—Hadian. 2.3.17. Xen, Conv.
1. 1. Mem. 3. 5. 3. — So of the works
of Jesus, . miracles, mighty deeds,
Matt. 11:2. Jobn 7: 3,21. 14: “ae ni, 12,
15:94, Of God, Heb. 3:9 eldor 2d doye
pov, from Ps. 95: 9 where Sept, for
mbye.

323

“Egyov

(8) where doyos and Egyos, word and
deed, stand in contrast... Luke 24: 19
Suverrig & By ry xad by iy. Col. 3:17
dy dey Hv tory. Acts7:2. Rom. 15:
18. 2 Cor, 10:11. Tit. 1: 16.—Ecclus.
3: 8 Lue, Toxar. 35. Xen. Hi. 7.2
comp. Joe, Ant4.2.3.—Soby imp. James

1:25 odx dxpoarijp—cdla nornris Epyou,
i.e. not a hearer of the word only, but
a doer of the deed.

(y) of the works of men in reference
to right and wrong, as judged by the
moral law, the precepts of the gospel,
ete. (1) gear. Matt. 23: 8, 5 narra ta
loys aire xovies mpie 10 Ssadivar
wis évOg, John 3:20,21, Acts 26: 20.
Rom. 3:27. Gal.6:4, So xara ta Egya
Gxodidova, etc. to reward according to
one’s works, Rom. 2:6. 2 Cor. 11: 15.
1 Pet. 1:17, Rev. 20:12. So Sept. and
by's Prov. 24: 12. Jer. 50: 29. — (2) of
good works, with epithets, ¢. g. Zoyoy
dya8dr, Wgya dyadd, a good deed,
good works, i. ©. either benefit, kindness,
Acts 9: 36. 1 Tim. 618. or, well-
doing, virtue, , Rom, 2:7. 13: 3.
Eph 2 10. 2 Thess. 2:17. Heb. 1%
21. (comp. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.12 Mem.
2.1.20.) goyor xaddy, ya xald, a

good works, i, e. a pious act,
well-doing, virtue, ete, Matt. 5: 16.
Mark 14: 6. Tit. 2 7, Heb. 10: 24.
1 Pet. 2: 12, (comp. Xen, Mem. 2. 6
35.) 16 Foye dy duxauoiry i. q. 10 OI
nae, Tit. 3:5, igyov téhsor, perfect
work, i. e. full, complete in well doing,
James 1:4. Without epithet, John 8:
80 ra love tod "ABgadu. James 3: 13—
(8) of evil works, with epithets, ©. g.
Epya novnod, wicked works, evil deeds,
John 3 19. Col, 1:21. 1 John 3: 12.
teva vexgé, dead works, i.e. sinful, Heb.
G1. ya Svopa 2 Pet. ® 8. Yera
GoxBslas Jude 15. igya ob oxsrows,
i, e. of moral darkness, sin, Rom. 13: mw
Joya tiig oupeds, carnal works, Gal. 5:19.
(Xen, Cyr. 1.2.3 yy. xad
aiszyodry. An. 5, 7. 32 igya avafiic)
So without epithet, by impl. Rev. 2:6
Sas mosis 2 Foye tay Nixolainéy. v.13,
22. 31. 18: 6. 1Cor.& 2 Jobn &
41, coll. v.44.—(4) of works of the law,
oye tov vopov, i.e. required by or
conformable to the Mosaic moral law;
20 of a course required by thie law,

at. 8h

* Egediteo

Rom. 2:15 13 igor tod véuov. or con-
formable to this law, Rom. 3:20. Gal.
216. So with tob yoyou implied, in
Paul’s writings, Rom. 4 2,6, 9: 11. 11:
6. Eph. 2:9. 2 Tim. 1:9. al.—(5) of
works of faith, Zoya nioreog, i.e.
springing from faith, combined with
faith, e. g. Soya nlctews, 1 Thess. 1:
3. 2Thess 1:11. So with tie al
otses implied Heb. 6:10, and in the
Ep. of James c. 2: 14, 17-26, comp.
esp. v.22, 26. See Bibl. Repos. 1V.
p- 696 sq.

c) work, i.e. thing wrought, some-
thing made, created, genr. of men,
Acts 7: 41 dy rots Egyois rar zupai, i.e.
an idol. 1 Cor. 3: 13, 14,15. 9:1. Sept.
for rity Deut. 27:15. 2 K. 19: 18.
tye Pa. 9: 17. — Huian. 8. 4.4. Xen.
Mem. 3.10.7. Occ. 6. 13.— Of the
works of God, genr. Acts 15: 18 yraotd
16 Se mavta ta Egya aixod. Rom. 14:
20. Phil. 1:6. 2 Pet.3:10. Rev. 15:3,
Heb. 1: 10 igya tar zuigsy gov cioty of
odpavol, quoted from Ps. 102: 26 where
Sept. for mipgr, as also Ps. 103: 22.
104:[32] comp. Is, 64:8. for bye Ie.
45: 11.—Hom, Il. 19, 22.—So of works
implying power, and put for power,
might, ©. g. of God, John 9: 3 fya gavs-
Qudy xa doya tod Se0t & airs. OF
Satan, 1 John 3: 8 fa dvoy tit Soya tod
SraBodov, i. e. destroy his power. AL.

"Eped tke, £. iow, (égé9u, Egis,) to
excite, pp. to anger, i.e. to provoke, to
irritate, trans. Col. 3:21 16 téva dpi.
—1 Maco. 15: 40. Test. XII Patr. p.650
iq. magotivay, Hom. ll. 4.5, Xen.
Ven. 10, 14, 15,—Also to action, i. e. to
incite, to stimulate, 2 Cor. 9:2, — Arr.
Diss. Ep.2.23.13, to enjoyment, Anacr.
2.5. .

* Eoetda, f. dow, to fiz firmly, trans,
Hom. Ii. 22.112, Pol.2.33.3. InN.T.
intrans, ¢. javréy impl. to become fired, to
stick fast, ae a ship upon a sandbank
Acts 27: 41. Comp. Butum. § 130. n. 2.
— Hom, Od. 22. 450. Gr. Anth. 1.242
pars én) wordy dgeloas. trans, Pol. 3:
46.1. See Buttm. Lexil. p. 112 aq.

*Eosvyoua, £. Somes, depon. Mid.
pp. ‘to eject through the mouth,’ hence
to vomit, Hom. Od. 9. 374. trop. of the

324

“Eenuos

sea, a voloano, Hom. Od. 5. 408. Pind.
Pyth. 1. 40. of a river emptying ine,
Diod. Sic. 2 11. App. B. Mithr. 108.
of a cry of men or animals, to beich ol,
to bellow, Theoer. Id. 13. 58. Hom. Il.
20, 408.—Hence in N. T. and in Alex-
andrine usage, to speak out, to wiler,
trans. Matt. 13: 35 égev!

Sept. for yvary Ps. 19:2. 119: 171. 145
7. See Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 1679.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 63 9q.

"Epevvcca, &, £. jou, to search ix
to, to investigate, to explore, trans, 1s
yeaa John 5: 39, 7: 52. vac xagdias
Rom. 8: 27. Rev. 223, ra fady wi
Seoi 1 Cor. & 10. w0q. motos 1 Pet. I:
11. Sept. for ziptt Gen. 44:12. 1K.
20:6. pr 2 Sam. 10: 3—Hdian. 7.
6.12, Xen, Cyr. 1.2. 12

’ Eos, soe in Elxov.

Egyycer, cc, ti, (Eqnpos,) avolied,
desert, i. e. an uninhabited and unculi-
vated tract of country, Matt. 15 3
Mark 8:4. 2Cor. 11: 26. Heb. 11:38.
Sept. for ay Ez. 35: 4. — Jos Ant
3.10.3, Xen."H. G5. 4.41, Comp.
Calmet art. Desert, Jahn §17.

“Egnuos, ov, &, %, adj. slo,
desert, viz. :

a) pp. of a place or region uninhsb-
ited and uncultivated, Matt 14: 13 &
Fonuov ténov. v.15. Mark I: 35,
6 31, 32, 35. Luke 4: 42. % 10,12
Sept. for an Jer, 33: 10, 12—Hdien-
8. 4. 23, Xen. Cyr, 3.2, 1. —In he
sense of deserted, desolate, laid wor
Matt, 23: 38 et Luke 13: 35 6 olxos iui
Yonuos, and 20 Acts 1:20. comp. Ps
8: 26 whero Niph, s7qZ2, Sept. it
pBepivy, Acts 8: 26 see in Tafa Il. $
Sept. and 3731 Neb. 2 17. v
Lev. 26:31, 33.—néddug Pol. 9.8.9. Xeo
An. 1. 5, 4.—Spoken of a female, so
tary, destitute, sc. of a husband, unto!
ried, Gal. 4:27 nolda ra rixve Hs
pou x. t. 4. quoted from fs. 54: 1 where
Sept. for mmiai. — Diod. Sic. 16.7
Tonos cuppdyer. comp. Xen. Cyt 7

b) as subet. 7 gpnuos se. wee,
@ solitude, desert, i.g. éonpie, i.e a
inhabited ‘and’ uncultivated. tact of
country, Matt. 3: 3 ony Bosses & 1

Bonuceo .
» and so Mark 1:8. Luke & 4,
1: 98, all quoted from Is. 40:3
where Bept. for “3°72. Matt. 11: iA A:
26, Luke 5:16 inoyugaiv ty tais dey,

7: A. 8: 29, Rev. 12: 6, 14. 17: 3. Of
a desert as adapted to pasturage, i.e.
uninhabited ete. Luke 15: 4, coll, Matt.
18: 12 ra 3on.. Jahn §17. — Spoken of
the desert of Judea, i. e. the southeast-
em part of Judea, from the Jordan
along the Dead sea, which was mostly
uninbabited, Matt. 3: 1. Luke 1: 80. 3:
2. Mark 1: 4, coll. v.5. comp. Judg. 1:
16 where Sept. for 7272. Of the
desert or mountainous region where Je-
sus was tempted, probably near Jericho,
Matt. 4: 1. Mark 1: 12, 13. Luke 4: 1.
Of a desert prob. between the Mount of
Olives and Jericho, Acts 21: 38, comp.
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.6. John 11: 54 see in
*Eqpoaij.—Of the Arabian desert, be-
tween Mount Sinai and Palestine, Acts
7:30 dy th dg. tod Bpoug 2. v. 36,38,
42,44, 13:18. John & 14. 6:31, 49.
1 Cor. 10: 5, Heb, 3: 8, 17. So Sept.
and 93172 Ps.78: 15,19. 136: 16. See
Bibl. Repos. Il. p. 765 .sq. Calmet
p. 4128q.

Eonuoa, a, f. dow, (Egnuos,) to
desolate, to lay waste, trans. Sept. for
37907 Is. 37:18. Thuc. 5.4. In N.T.
only "Pass, to be made desolate, to be laid
waste, 0. g. Baosdala Matt. 12:25. Luke
7. —méhig Rev. 18: 19. — stloittos,
e. to be destroyed, to come to nought,
Rev. 18: 16. So of a person, Rev. 17:
16 Hensopéyny moujoovow thy mogrny,
i.e. shall make her desolate, shall de-
spoil ber. So Sept. for 3417 Jer. 26:9.
Ez. 26:19. Niph. pt2 Ta. 54:3. Ez.
32: 15. — Ecclus. 21: 5’ motto. Ken.
Ag. 1.20 zaiga,

——

Erp uaars, ecos, 4, (dgnuées,) deso-
lation, ‘a laying waste, Luke 21: 20.
Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13: 14 13 Adddvypo
Fis denusiorn, seein Bddlvypa b. Sept.
for mah Jer. 7:34. vrgwi Jer. 4:7.
2 Chr, ‘36: 21.— Arr Al’ M. 1.9.18.

Eke, £. iaws, (gis) to strive, to
wrangle, Hom. I.1.277. Lue. D. Deor.
18.1. In N.T. by impl. to ery out, to
be vociferous, like wran; intrans,
Matt. 12: 19 obx doloes, ovdd xpavydon,

ai}

325

‘Eguavata

quoted from Is. 4% 2 where Heb,
iB) NED PIE NE, Sept. oF xmpd-
{atou, 0988 ayqoe, i. e. he shall not cry,
neither lift up, sc. his voice.
*Eotiteia, as, %, or éotBea, (dr
Sxiw to work for hire, to be hireling,
venal, sc. in striving for office, Aristot.
Polit. 5. 3, fr. Zg:dog a hireling, a la-
bourer, Hom, Il. 18. 550, Dem, 1336. 6,)
party-strife, contention, rivalry, Phil, 1:
17 of pay &F lgvPelas. 2:3. James 3
14, 16. Rom. 2:8. _plur. 2 Cor. 12: 20.
Gal. 5: 20. — Ambitus, veval strife for
office, Aristot. Polit. 5. 2,3. Hesych.
dghSua* § bic Abyor qutoreunta.
“Epwoy, ov, 16, (dim. fr. 13 Egos,
elgos, but only as to form,) wool, Rev.
14, Heb. 9:19, where comp. Lev. 14:
4aq. 492q. Jos. Ant. 4.4.6. Sept. for
Pi Is. 1: 18, Prov. 31: 13, — Hdian.
6. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 12, 13.

“Eguc, eos, 7, ace. Egy Phil. 1:15,
see Buttm. § 44. plur. tgideg 1 Cor. 1:
11, also fgets 2 Cor. 12: 20, see Winer
§9.p.61. Matth. §80.n. 8.—Strife, con-

tention, Jing, Rom.
xad mG, 1 Cor. 1: 11.
12: 20. "Gal. 5: 20.

3: 9,—Ecclus, 40: 5,9. Ael. V. #H.2.21.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3,15. — Meton. love of
strife, Rom. 1: 29, Phil. 1: 15.—Hdian.
3.2.13,

"Epig«oy, ov, +3, (dim. of tgepos,)
a young ki, kiding, Matt. 25: 83, coll.

coupes, ov, 6, 4, @ kid, young
goat, pp. Luke 15:29. Sept, for “3
Gen. 27:9, 38:17. tz Ex.12:5.
Gen. 37: 31.—Theoer. Id, 8. 50. Luc.
Bacch. 1.—In Matt. 25: 32, kids are put
as the emblem of wicked men, because of
their inferior value, lecbery, etc, comp.
Lev. 16: 5—26.

“Eouas, a, 6, Hermas, pr. n. of a
Christian, Rom. 16: 14.

“Eouyveia, a, ty (igunvedes,) in-
tion, explanation,

terpretation, 1 Cor. 14: 26,
Meton. for faculty of interpreting, as a
cbariama, 1 Cor. 12: 10—Ecclus, 47: 17,

Luc. quom. Hist. conscr. 45. speech,
asthe interpreter of thought, Xen. Mem.
4.3, 11.

‘Egunrevo 326

. , , A
Eopunveveo, f. ebow, to interpret,
i.e. to explain, to declare, Luc. Abdic. 18.
Xen. Mem. 1.2.52. In N. T. to trans-
” late sc. from one language to another,
Toho 1: 39, 43, Knods, 8 kouqveieras
Tlixgos. 9:7. Heb. 7:2. Sept. for Ch.
aq Ezra 4: Xen. An. 5, 4. 4.

“Eouns, ov, 6, Hermes, pr. name,

@) of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16:14.

+ —b)i.g.Mercury inheathen mythology,

the eon of Jupiter and Maia, the mes-

senger of the gods, the patron of elo-

quence, learning, and traffic. Acts 14:
12,

“Eguoyevns, 20s, ous, 6, Hermo-
genes, pr. b. of @ nian who deserted
Paul, 2 Tim. 1: 15,

“Eonetor, ov, 16, (pp. neut. of
ignerdg creeping, fe. fonu,) a creepi
animal, reptile, Acts 10: 12. 11:6. Rom.
1:93, James3:7. Sept. for oA Gen.
1:94. 6:7, YY Gen. 1: 20. Lev. 11:
41 oq.—Pind. Pyth. 1.25, Lue. Philops.
9. comp. Xen. Mom. 1. 4, 11.

*Epvidgoc, a, ov, red, in N.T.
only in 4 égv99a Salacca, the Red Sea,
Acts 7:36. Heb. 11:29. On the pas-
sage of this sea by the Israelites, eee in
Bibl, Repos. II. p.753eq. Sept. for
srp—bs Ex. 10: 19. 13: 8. al—1 Mace.
4:9, Hdot. 1.1. Diod. 8. 3. 18.

Epzopat, £. Ustoouas, ‘aor. 2 H-
Sor, perf. dijlvda, pluperf. dinodur.
In the common Greek the forms of elus
‘were more used for the imperat. imperf.
and future, but in N. T. imper. Egzov,

. Matt. 8: 9. John 1: 40. al.
instead of T9:, Irs; imperf. jexsuqr
Mark 1: 45. al. Plato de Leg. 3. p. 685.
A, instead of jay or ya; fut. devoopas
Matt.9:15. 1 Cor. 4:19, instead ofthe more
Attic lus, as also in Hdot. 1.142. ib. 5.
125. See Buttm. §114. p. 282. §108. V.
4,5, Matth. § 234. Winer § 15. p. 78
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 685. —
To come, to go, to move or pass along,
imtrene. ec, in any direction, as marked
by the adjuncts or often simply by the
context. The forms from éSds, how-
ever, more frequently signify to come,

a

“Eegoue

so that ¢. g. dey is rarely used of one
who goes from or away (Luke 44),
while the forms from ipyerSae are used
indifferently of both directions; see
Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II, p. 13719.

1. to go, with adjunets implying mo-
tion from a place or person ée another.

a) present and imperf. 20g. sis c.2ce.
of place, John 6: 17 agzorto niger tis
Salacons tls Kaxsgvacip. Seq. we.
689, to go one’s way, Acts 9: 17, comp.
Butt. § 131. 2,3, (Xen. An. 2 2,10)
Seq. oty tut John 21: 3 —Prosent ins
practer sense, in serm. obliq. Heb Il:
8. see Buttm. $137. n. 7.

b) improperly aor. 2 qGor, abeol,
Mark 11: 13, seq. mgd teva Luke Ik
20, coll. v.18. seq. acc. of distance,
880r judpas, Luke 2: 44, Buttm, §131.8
—Xen. An. 3.1.5, 6. See abore.

2. to come, with adjuncts implying
motion to or towards any person ©
place, viz.

a) pp. spoken of persons. (a) abeol
Maw. 8:9 diye covry, sopsidq, mi
mogeisrar* xa) Gide, Epyou, xa igre
Mark 4: 4. 6:31. Jobn 1: 40. Acu
15, al. snepiss. — Xen. An. 1.3. 10.—
Present in an historical sense, i.¢. it-
stead of the Aorist, Buttm. § 137. 1.7.
Matth. § 504.1. Winer § 41. 2.¢. Matt
25: 11 dezegoy 38 Egrorras xa} ai lovee
nagdivos, coll. v.10. Matt. 25:19. Mark
218. John 20: 18, 3 John 3—Pre
ent apparently in a future sense, bat
only of what is certainly to take ples,
Winer § 41.2. Matth. § 504.3. Luke
38:16 Epyerae 88 6 iazugeregds pa. Jobo
4:25. 14: 3,30. 1 Cor. 4:5. Rev:
7. Especially in the phrase o éey’-
Hévos, the coming, i.e. the future on
he who shall come, the Messiah, Mat
11: 3, 21: 9. Luke 7: 19,20, Joba l®
13. also John 6 14. 11:27. So inthe
periphrase of the name Jehovah, ¢&
nal 6 qv xal 5 doyduevos Rev. 1:48
4:8, See in Eins I. d.—By a species!
pleonasm, the particip. 24Grer ia pre
fixed to other verbe in which the 4e
of coming is already presupposed, i*
order to render the idea more fall 104
complete, Matt. & 23 sal ddur svt
snow tis xélss Ley, Watagir, a0 in Eat
he came and dealt, & 2 Mark 5B

*Epzouae 32

1214, . Luke 7:3. Eph. 2: 17. al.
Comp. in *4y Il. d. See Winer
§ 67.2, Matth. § 557. 0.1. Passow #.
voc. 3 c.—Hom. Il. 16. 521. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2.6.

(6) with adjuncts marking object or
purpose, e. g. 8eq. infin, Matt. 22 F1-
Sous mpocxvriia: ait. Mark 2: 17.
Luke 4: 34. Buttm, §140. 2. Winer
§ 45. 3, b.—Seq. particip. fut. Matt. 27:
49 ef tpyeras "Hiias occur aindy, Acts
8:27, Buttm. §144. 3.—Plato Euthyphr.
1, Xen. Ao. 7. 1. 28.—So c. part. pres.
implying purpose and manner, Luke
13: 7 rola ¥en ipyonas yray xagnér.
comp. Passow s. voc, 3. c. — Plato
Phaedo. p. 100. B.—Seq. ia, John 10:
10. 12: 9, 46, 47.

(y) c. dat. of pers. either pleonastic,
in respect to, for, Winer, § 31.3, Buttm.
$133. n, 2. Matth. § 389, or directly for
moée teva, Winer § 31.2. p.174. Matt.
21:5 6 faces cov tpretal con Rev.
5, 16.—Comp. Fabr. Peeudep. V. T. I.
p. 594 tig Ad Popey Wy mode, Hdian, 3
1. 6 “Argrvod 34 Hi8or aixh cippoxon
— So c. dat. of thing, as manner or in-
surum. John 21.8 of 84 altos waPqral
5 mlowwgly Hoy. Buttm. §133. 3.

(3) ce. adv. of place, Matt, 8:29 Hades
3s xt. Mark 5: 27, Luke 10:1.
John 4: 16. 8:14. So c. adv. et infin.
Of purpose, John 4:15 p9dé iprawes
érSdds crilsiv. Also ipz. dds tis tovs0,
Acts 9: 21.

(e) construed with prepositions, viz.
(1) and e, gen. of place Acts 18:2 éin-
Av9ira and tig ‘Irodles. Mark 1:9.
7:1. el. (Palaeph. 6.6.) c. gen. of pers.

from a person, Mark 5: 35. John 3: 2,
‘Gal. & 12, — (2) aig c. ace. of place, to

come into, e. g. sis tiv oixlay, to enter,
Matt, 2:11. Luke 14:1. a country,

7 "Eeqopat 7
Matt. 24: 30 ént tay vepelsiv.—e. ace. of
place upon or to which one comes,
Mark 6:53 éai yy yi Tey, Luke 19: 5.
2A: 1. Acts 12:10. ¢. acc. of object or
purpose, Matt. S:7 én? 16 Barnicpa av
tot. c. acc. of person, to come to or
before any one, Acts 24: 8, to come up-
on any one, e. g. 70 aveiya, Acta 19: 6
Matt. 3: 16, (Test. XII Patr. p. 545.)
also, to come against, Luke 14:31.—Xen.
An. 3.1. 2A.—(6) éc tug aivol, Luke 4: 42.
— (7) xara ¢, ace. to move to,

along by, Acts 16:7, Luke 10: 33, —
(8) wera c. acc. of pers. to come after sc.
in time, to follow, to r later, Acts
18: 25, 19: 4, — (9) drow co.’ gen. of
pers. to come after, i.e. to follow, trop. to
become the follower, disciple, of any
one, Matt. 16: 24, Luke 19:23, 14: 27.
OF time, to come after, to appear later,
Matt. 3:11. John 1: 27. — (10) naga
©. gen. of person, to come from any one,
i.e, as sent, Luke 8: 49. — c. ace. of
place, al, near, along, s. shy Sdlacoay
Matt. 15: 29.—(11) mode c. acc. of per-

son lo whom one comes, and this is the. - eee

more usual construction, Matt. 7: lat
Mark 213, Luke 7:7. John 3:2. 11:19...
14: 6, 23. al. saep. ¢. acc. of thing,*
John 3: 20, 21. >
b) in the sense of to come forth sc.
before the public, to appear, to make
one’s appearance. Matt. 11: 14 aixés
éouy "Hilas 6 zany. 19.
Mark 9 11,12. Gal. 3: 19. 2 Pet. 3:3.al.
Pres. in fut.sense, Matt. 17:11, 1 Cor.
15:85, Comp. above in a. a.—Beq. part.
Pres, of manner, comp. above in a. f.
Matt 11:19. Luke 7:33. Jobn 1:;
So év cagel, i. e. come, in the
flesh, spoken of Christ, 1 Joka 4 4:2,
2John 7. (Ep. Barnab. c. 5.) én} 1g
brduarh tiv0s Matt, 2: 6, 00 in” Ed Th.

city, etc. to come to or into, Mark 5:1. 3c.

8:10, John 11:38. Acts &40. Gal. 2
11. 1 Tim, 1: 15, al.—e. ace. of Pur-
pore, i, e. es final, Jobn 1: 7 obtos 7il-
Dev sig wagruplay, 4: 45 sic tiv kogtiy,
i. ©. to attend the feast. 11: 56. With
sig repeated, both of place and final,
Jobn 9: 39. 2 Cor. 2:19.—(3) zx c. gen.
of place whence, Luke 5:17. John 3:
BI. 7:41. dx et aig John 4: 54.—(4) fy
Sa dat. of manner, Luke 23: 42.—(5) dal

- gen. of thing, implying rest upon,

) in the sense of to come

back, to return, abaol. Cae ee
Sey, of the prodigal son, Rom. 9: 9.
Heb, 18: 23. © fg Epyopas, Luke 19: 13.
John 21: 22. Gow pleonsstic, see
above ina. a. Matt 5:24. Luke 18: 8,
al. So seq. infin, of purpose, 2 Thess.
1:10. seq. particip. pres. of manner,
John 9%: 7 Hide Adnan, he coms back
seeing, comp. above in a, 8. seq. eis
c. acc. of place, Matt. 2:21. seq. meds

fin
ee te

“Ege
©. actus. of person, John
18, 28.

) metaph, of persons, e. g. 8¢q. did,
as 6 diy 82 Uatos xa aluatos, 1 John
5: 6, see in Aa I. 4. b. — Seq, eis, a8
als bavtoy dSoiv, coming to kimself, i.e.
recovering his right mind, Luke 15: 17.
tly ztigor USoica, growing worse,
Mark 5:26. ee docedeypdy Acts 19: 27,
ais plow, i.e. to be condemned, John
5A, tic éxlyveow 1 Tim. 2 4. (Cebet.
Tab.12 cig ray aly deviy nardelav Udtir.)
2 Cor. 1214. tig thy Sigay tavryy,
John 12: 27, — Xen. Cyr. 6. 2, 29, —
Seq. &, Rev. 7: 14 éx rijg FAlpeas, i. e.
have escaped from.

@) trop. spoken of things, ©. g. (a) of
time, a8 Gstoorras judge: Matt. 9: 15,
Ade v. dsidvdey 4 See, John 16: 4,32,
Acts 2:20, 3:20. al. Present in a fu-
ture sense, of a time near and certain,
to be coming, to be near, comp. above
in a. a. Luke 23: 29 ido Epzovtas fpd-
au. Jobn 4: 35, 9: 4. Heb. & 8. So
part. Zozduevog, coming, i. e. future, as
atcy Mark 10: 30. Like 18: 30. ta
doxdusva émayyehst John 16: 13. (Sept.
for iia Ts. 44: 7.) Sogn Acts 18: 21.—
Jos. Ant, 6, 9.1, ib. 6. 11.9. — (8) of
the kingdom of God, to come, i.e. to be
established, Matt. 6: 10, Mark 11:10. al.
— (y) of good or evil, ©. g. of @ good
result, Rom. 3:8. seq. e t+ Phil. 1: 12,
neq, él tive, to come upon, ©. g. # elgrrn
Matt, 10:18, So of evil, guilt, etc.
seq. tnt tiva, to come upon, i. e. to hap-
pen to, to be laid upon, e. g. xdvta John
18:4. doy Eph, 5: 6, and so Rev. 11:
18. 18:10. 4 do77 4 doxousyn, the wrath
to come, 1 Thess, 1: 10. of guilt, aiya,
Matt. 23: 35. So of offences, to come,
to arise, Matt. 18:7.—(3) genr. ofa voice,
c. éx, Mark 9: 7, of a star, Matt. 2:9.
of floods, Matt. 7:25,27. of rain, Luke
12: 54, Heb. 6: 7. of wind, John 2: 8.

[of utensils, to be brought, Mark 4: 21.
So of a law, faith, etc. to come, i.e. to
be announced, made known, Rom. 7:9.
Gal. 3:23. Egy. cig 16 pavegor, to come
abroad, i.e. be manifested, Mark 4; 22.
Sra 34 DGp 1d cilavor, when that which
is perfect is come, is established, 1 Cor.
18:10, Ax.

“Epc, see in Elxor.

7: 45. Md:

328 .

*Est-io

*"Eporaw, @, f. jou, (kindred
with %ouas,) fo ask, c.c. acc. of per-
son and also acc. of thing or other ad-
junct, Buttm. § 131. 4, 5.

a) to ask, i.e, to i to inquire
Of, c ace. of pers. Matt. 16:13 jguta
toig padyrds atxod Lyav. John 1: 19.
16:5. Sept. for by Gen, 24: 47, 32
17.—Luc, D. Deor. 71. Xen. Cyr. 8.
5. 19.—Seq. ace. of pers. and of thing,
Matt, 21:24 dpwnjow iui: déyor Era.
Mark 4: 10. Luke 20: 3. Sept. for
Buy Jer. 38: 14, — Xen. Cyr. 3.3. 48,
— Seq. ace. of pers. et nepl c. gen. of
thing, Luke 9:45. Sept. and bag Jer.
45: 11.—Huot. 1. 32 énegetco.—Abeol.
Luke 22: 68, Sept. for “p17 Deut. 13:
14.—2 Mace, 7:2. Xen, An. 1. 6.7.

‘t ch, .C, ate. |
pers. Matt, 15: 23° jocirwr avroy, léyor-
teg., Luke 14: 18, 19. John 12:21, Phil.
4:3, So Heb. bw Is. 7: 11, Sept. ai—
ti —Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 14, — Seq. ace. of
thing, ra m9d¢ thy elgjymy, Luke 14: 32
So Sept. and byw Ps. 12% 6. — Seq.
acc. of person and prepositions, e. g-
megl tivog Luke 4: 38 Jobn 16: 26.
‘mig tiv0¢ 2 Thess, 2 1. Comp, Heb.
daw 1K. 222, Sept airées. — Seq.
ace. of pers. and fva or Sax. Mark 7:
26 figcita attoy Wa x,t. 2, Luke 7: 36
John 4:47. 1 Thess. 4:1. Smeg Luke

Seq. ace. of pers.

7:3. Acts 23: 20. s
and infin, aor. Luke 5: 3, Jobn, 4: 40,
Acts 3: 3. pres, 1 Thess. 5:12 AL

. ara z

Evdye, 7106, 4, (Erryst, EoSyy,)
a garment, vestment, raiment, Luke 2%
11, Acts 1:10, 10: 30. 12:21. James
% 2 bis, 3.— Esdr. 8: 73, Jos. Ant 12
4.3, Xen. Mem. 2. 1, 22.

‘Eodnace, ccs, 4, (bode, dod%s,)
a garment, raiment, Luke 24: 4.—Aquil.
for 7937 Is. 23: 18.

*Eatie, strengthened form from
obsol. %a, Att. fat. Zoya, aor. 2 Epayor
from obsol. root gaye, see Buttm.
§114. p. 282, § 95. n. 18. Marth. § 234.
§183—Later fut. payouat, Winer § 15.
p- 81. Lob, ad Phr. p. 327, 347. Sturr

de Dial, Alex. p. 199, Butt. Ausf.

2 pers. fut. eé-

Sprachl. § 95. n. 21.
see Buttm. § 103.

yeras Lake 17: 8,

"Esl

III. 1. — 7b eat, to take food, spoken
both.of men and animals,

‘8) genr. and absol. of persons, éo9isir,
Matt. 12: 1 rday ordyvas xal do diay.
14:21, 26: 21,26. Mark 7:3, Luke 6:1.
‘Acts 27:35. 1 Cor, 10:28, al. gayziv,
Matt. 15: 37. 26: 26, Mark 6: 42. 8: 8.
Luke 9:17. ¢. infin. final, d:dovas turd
payiir, Matt, 14: 16, 25: 35, 42, Mark 5:
43. al.’ Buttm. §140.2. Sept. for 234,
doSiuv 1 Sam. 1:7, 8. gayiiy Gen.
18. 18:8.—éod. Ael, V. H. 2.17. Xen.
Mem. 2.7.7. gay. Luc. Paresit. 12
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 18.—Beq. were c. gen.
to eat with any one se. at table, to take
a meal | with, Luke 7: 36 figeira 88 tus
ator, va payn avtov. Matt. 9:11
daSlur. Bo dvansby tuv05, to eat before
any one, in his sight, Luke 2: 43.
Sept.payéiy for box, c. pata 1 Sam. 1:
18. ¢. évomoy 2 Sam, 11:13.

b) with an adjunct of the object, or
thing eaten, viz. (a) Seq. gen. once,
Luke 15: 16 xepatlew cy jjo9t0r of zo1-
gos i.e. of which, partitively, Buttm.
§132 4, 2d. comp. Matt. §327. But
the gen. is here more prob. by attrac-
tion instead of the accus. as below. —
(8) Seq. éx c. gen. to eat of any thing,
i. e. a part of it, by Hebraism instead
of the Attic simple gen. comp. Butt.
1 ¢. Matth. § 327. So £09. dx rod grou
1 Cor. 11:28. gdéyo Luke 22: 16, John
6: 26, 50. Rev. 2: 7. So Sept. for
7A D2N, oF. 2 Sam. 123. 2K. 4:
40. pay. Num. 6:4. Ecclus, 11: 19,—
In the sense of to live from, 1 Cor. 9: 7,
12 Heb. 13: 10. comp. Jos. B. J. 5.13,
6 & abtot r9épe09a. — (y) Seq. and
. gen. to eat from i.e. of any thing, 8
part of it, as in 8, comp, Matth. lc.
80 do Sle, spoken of dogs, Matt. 15: 27.
Mark 7: 28, pay. Rev, 2:17 in text.
rec. Sept. gaytiy for 7 bow Gen. 3:
1, 2, 5. Lev. 7: 8, 11. — (3) Seq. accus.
of the thing eaten, viz. (1) genr. a5
gpaytiy 10 neoza Matt. 26: 17, Mark 14:
12, 14, al. xagaoy Mark 11:14. also
Mark ba 26. Rev. 10:10, So of fowls,
etc. atigxas pay. to devour, Rev. 19: 18.
trop. Rev. 17: 16. So Sept. for 238
Gen. 3: 14. Ex, 12: 8. — Ael. V. H. 1
1 may Suir gay. ib.2. 40, Aesop.
Fab. 47.—1 Cor. 11: 20 xupiaxoy dsinvor
parity, i. e. to celebrate. — (2) from the

42

320

* Eotsm

Heb. doroy doGlesy v. quysiv, to cat
bread, i, €. to take food, ie a meal,
e.g. oS. Matt.15:2. Mark7:5. gay.
Matt. 15: 20. Jon 6: 23. al. 80 Sept.
for Dn $3, doo. 1K. 21:5. gay.
Gen. "QK.4:8, Trop. of a
banquet i in the kingdom of God, Luke
14: 15, see in “Avandive b. For the
phrases Serer pes magi 05 Thows
& 8, and tor davray

Ggroy toSluv
. & 2 Thess. 3: 12, see in “Agros b—{3) by

impL to eat sc. in order to support life,
to use as food, to live upon, Mark 1:6
doSies dxgldag wad pile éygior. John &
8116 warren, Rom. 14: 2, 3,6. 1 Cor.
10: 8, 25, 27, al. Trop. John 6: 53. With
a negat. Luke 4:2, 1 Cor. &: 13.—Xen.
‘Ag. 9.3. Cyr. 8, 1. 44.—(4) in a parti-
tive sense to eat of, to partake of, for dx
v. amd tog a8 above, 1 Cor. 8: 7, 10.
11: 26, 27, Rev. 2 14, 20.

¢) from the Heb, in the phrase
Jodie v. gaysiv xai mlvecv, to eat
and drink, absol. orc, accus, (a) sim-
ply for to take a meal, etc. Luke 10: 17.
17: 8 bis. Sept. for mye) bow 1K.
19: 6,8. 2K. 6: 93,—Bel and Drag. 6

—(8) for to live Be. inthe usual manner,
Matt. 11:18 yojte doSlav pste alver,
ie. not living as other men, com
Matt. 3: 4,etc. Matt. 11:19 qldey 6 vlog
tod dv99. dolar xab nivuy, i.e. like-
other men. Luke 7: 33,34. 1 Cor.
9% 4. Hence in antith. with rnoreduy,
it signifies not to fast, Luke 5: 33. But
with a neg. ob gaysiv obdE musty, not to
eat or drink, to abstain from food, to fast,
Acts 9: 9, 23:12,21. So Sept. Ex. 34:
2%. 1K, 13:8, 9.— (y)by impl. to feast,
to banquet, Luke 12:19 ;avanaiov, ga-
72, nis, eopgalvov. 1 Cor. 10:7. 15: 32.
With the idea of luxury, revelling, etc.
Matt. 24: 49. Luke 12: 45. 17: 27, 28.
1 Cor. 11: 22, coll. v.21. So Sept. for
vin) bet 1 Sam. 30:16, 1 K.1: 25.
Job'1:4, 18. al. — (8) seq. éveiaiér twv0s,
to eat and drink in the presence of any
one, i.@, tolive in acquaintance and inter-
course with him, Luke 13:26. So trop.
Luke 22:30 tya darts nad mlyqre dnt

tis teasing pou éy tH Bac. pov, i.e.
that ye may feast at my table, live in
familiar intercourse with me, etc. comp.
in “Avaxlive b.

d) trop. to devour, to consume, trans.

*Bodt

of fire, Heb, 10:27. of rust, James 5:
3 Bo Bept. and b2W of fire, Is, 10:17.
‘doe and Sept. xatapayey Deut. 32:22.
of fire, Hom. Il. 23,182, Ax.

"Eo, 6, indec. Esti, pr. n. of a
man, Luke 3: 25.

“Eoontgor, ov, 16, (i.q. sioontgor,
fr. sis, Syopan) a looking-glass, mirror;
James 1: 23 orxey dvdgi xatavooives —
dy dsdsge. 1 Cor. 13: 12 Bléxoper d¢

Mexldaiareor ty aivlyyar, i.e. we now eee

only a reflected image, obscurely, and
not face to face as we shall hereafter.
— Eeclus. 12 11. Anacr. 11. 3, Plut.
ed. R. VI. p. 528. 8, 12.—The mirrors
of the ancients were usually made of
polished metal, see Ex. 38: 8, Job 37:
18, Plut.}.c. comp. Gesen. Comm. zu
Jes. 8: 23.

“Eonégc, as, %, (pp. fem. of fo-
n1g0s,) evening, Luke 2: 29. Acta 4: 3,
28:23, Sept. for 33% Gen. 1:5, 8. al.
—Hian, 3. 12, 23, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 17.

"Boge, 6, indec. Esrom, Heb.
i7sty (walled in) Hezron, pr. n. of the
grandson of Judah, Matt.1:3bis, Luke3:
35. comp. 1 Chr. 2 5.

“Eozatos, &tn, tov, (prob. tyw,
Eayor,) the last, the extreme, uttermost,
spoken of place and time, viz.

a) of place. (a) pp. extreme, remotest,
and neut. as subet. 1d toyator, the ex-
iremity. Acta 1:8 et 13:47 fag éozctrov

” sig iis. Sept. for ONY Jer. 16:18. rsp
Deut. 28: 49, Is, 48: 20.—Ael. V. H.
18 med. Diod. Sic. 1.60. Xen. Veow
1. 6. — (8) trop. implying rank or dig-
nity, the last, lowest, least. Luke 14: 9,
10 ale téy toy. t6n0y, So genr. Matt.
19: 80 bis, woddo} Ecovtas npditos Eoxeros,
wal Zozatos neato. So geor. Mark 9
35. 10:31 bia. Luke 13: 30 bis. John
& 9 1 Cor. 4: 9.— Comp. hominer
postremi, Cic. pro Rose. Am. 47.—(y) of
‘order or number, the last, utmost, Matt.
5: 26 row kay. xoSgdveny. Luke 12: 59.

h) of time, the last, the latest, only in
the later Greek. (a) genr. of persons,
Matt. 20: 8, 12, of icyatos, i.e. the la-
hourers latest hired. v.14,16his, 1 Cor.
15: 26, 45 6 tozarog “Addy, i. g. 6 dei-

ego inv. 45. (Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 135

330

“Bozaros

loyatov psigtups magiyuy.) Inn ad-
verbial sense, Mark 12: 6, 22 dozary
xévtay EnxiGare val yuri, comp.
Butm. § 123. n. 3.—Of things, the last,
and in reference to two the later, latter,
©. g. 1 Eaxatd riv0s, the latter state-or
condition of any one, Matt. 12 45.

Luke 11: 26. 2 Pet. 220. Sept. and
nvatie, Job &: 7. 42:12, Bo q kez.

Also, év 1h ay. oudmsyys 1 Cor. 15
i.e. the trumpet of the last day. Neut _
fozarov as adv. 1 Cor. 15:8 fog. mein? * |
tay. — (8) With a noun of time, as 9. .~
éoyarn npéoa, the last day, e.g. of a
festival, John 7: 37. or of the world,
the day of judgment, John 6 39, 40,
44, 54. 11:24. 12: 48. Further, in the
phrases Zy Zoyaracs ruéoues, in the
last or latter days, Acts 2:17. 2 Tim.
& 1. James 5:3. én’ dayeisou viv Sui-
2 Pet. 3:3, dy nage
dozaty, tn the last time, 1 Pet. 1: 5.
coxdsy ze6ry, in the last time, Jude 18,
Ef loxara résv zodver 1 Pet 1:20.
doxdey Soa dori, it is the last hour,
1 John 2: 18 bis, all which refer to the
last times of 6 aidy obres, the times
since the coming of Christ, in which
the power of this world is in part
broken, but will be wholly destroyed
only at his second advent, i. q. te ily
téiy aicvey 1 Cor. 10:11; comp. in
Aldy 2, and Baousla c. These ex-
pressions seem therefore strictly to
cover the whole interval between the
first and final advent of Christ ; bot
they sometimes refer more perticularly
to the period in which the secred writ-
ers lived, adjacent to the first coming,
as Acts 2:17, Heb. 1:1. 1 Pet. 1:20.
Jude 18. 1 John 2:18 bis; and else
where more to later times, before the
second coming, as 2 Tim. 3:1. James
53. 1 Pet. 1:5. 2 Pet. & 3. —(y) In
the phrase 6 noorog xai 6 Zoyaros,
the firat and the last, spoken of the Mes-
siah in glory, Rev. 1:11, 17, 28 WW
18, prob. in tbe sense of efernal, the
beginning and the end; comp. Heb.
east 731 PISA Tay Ue. 44:6 et
12. coll. Is. 41: 4." Bee Gesen.
Comm. ad Is. 41:4. 48:12 Others,
the only One, the Supreme, i.e. the be-

"Eoxarws

ginning and end, the source and sum

last, i.e. all, 2 Cbr. 9: 29. 12: 15, al.
‘Test. XII Patr. p.617. See also Clem.
Alex. Strom. 4. 25, a8 quoted under
art. 4, p.1.

* Eoyatos, adv.ertremely,i.e. in ex-
tremity, a8 doctor tzey, Lat. in extremis
esse, to be at the last gasp, at the point
of death, Mark 5: 23. — Artemidor. 3,
61. Diod. Sic. Excorp. Valen Pp. jie
rvdo toy xu & dy
Tara eh lie agarose 6
dozivug Bicxapas Diod. Sic. 18. 48 et
ibi Weeseling. Pol. 1. 24.2, Else-
where, norjgus Syuv Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
75. iguy Arr. Epict. 3. 26.
dxiSavariag Fyuy Ael. V. H. 13. 26 or
27. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 389.

” Eow, adv. of place, (pp. tow fr.
t5s,)énto, fn, within, opp. to Be.

a) pp. implying motion into a place
ete, Matt. 26: 58 xab siodSey ico.
Mark 14: 54. c. gen. 15: 16 ow tic
aiding. Sept. for 72°28 2 Chr. 29: 16,
18,—Hdot. 5.20. alow Xen. Cyr. 7.5.
20. c. gen. Xen. Hi. 2. 10.

b) of place where, within, John 20:
26. Acts 5:23. Sept. for mvap Gen.
39: 11. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 128.
— Hence 6, 4, 16 Zow, as adj. inner, 3 in
terior, Buttm. § 125.6. metaph. 5 ico
Gro. the inner man, the mind, soul,
Rom. 7:22 Epb. 3:16. of iow, those
within sc. the church, Christians, 1 Cor.
5 12.—pp. Xen. Ven. 10.7. Luc. Navig.
38 10 alow.

“Eowder, adv. of place, (im)
from within, pp. implying motion from
within, Mark 7: de tiig_ nog
Slog x. 1.1. ¥. cn bere 11: 7.—Epiet.
Eneh. 16. Arr. Bpiot, 4 1.5 4157, ae
impl. like Eow, within, internally
sons Matt. 7:15 Sowdey 8
a t% LW: BW, BW, W. 2Cor. 7:5.
Rey. 4:8. 5:1. So Sept. and n
Gon. 6: 14, Ex. 25:11. snrz Ex. 39:

18—Arr. Epict. 2.8.14, Xen. An. 1. sige!

4.4.—Hence 6, 4, t0 ZomPey a8 adj.
the-inner, the inside, trop. for the mind,
heart, etc. Luke 11: 89, 40. 2 Cor.
16, Comp. Bator: §.125, &

331

"Etegos

* Eowepos, a, ov, (compar. fr.
Yow,) inner, interior, Acts 16: 24. Heb.
& 19, comp. Lev. 16: 15 where Sept.
for mgn~by.

“Exaigos, ov, 5, a companion,
comrade, friend, Matt. 11:16. Bept. for
22 2 Sam, 13: 3, 16: 17.—Hdien. 2. L
10, Xen. Cyr. 5.1.1. Mem, 26. 1b

12. %6: 50.—Suid. oub fraige 3 7d-
ter xai of dos qudcopes rots yrqclow
dgactiis tiv Adyew ixuigous éxakoiy.

‘Exegoydroooe, ov, §, §, adj. .

(Eeegos, yléooe,) other-tongued, of an-
other language, 1 Cor. 14: 21 é&
phoiacous se. Adyoug, or perhaps neut. for
qisicouss trdgass, with allusion to Is. 28:
"21."— Aquil. for, 195 Ps. 114: 1. Pol.
“41.9.5.

“Exepoddacxahdo, @, f. jou,
(iq. Frege 3:dacx.) to teach otherwise,
other doctrine, ete. 1 Tim. 1:3, 6 3—
Ignat. ad Polyc. § 3. Euseb. H. E. 3.
32. Not found in classic writers,

Exegotuydeo, @, £. os (tregs-
Suyos pp. having adifferentyoke, Phocyl.
Sent. 13 cradpo , bregof an unequal
balance, Sept. for BINED of hetero-
geneous animals, Lev. 19! 19,) to bear a
different yoke, to be yoked unequally,
heterogeneously ; in N. T. only trop.
of Christians living in familiar inter-
course with pagan idolaters, 2 Cor. 6:
14, coll. v. 158q.

“Eregos, a, ov, correl, pron. the
other, other, Buttm. § 78. 2, and n. 1.
$197. 5.

a) pp. and defin, & Fregos, with the
article, the other ec. of two, where one
has been already mentioned, as Matt.
6 24 roy Bye mover, wal tov Eger
dyomjoe, Luke 5:7. 7: 41. 23: 40. al.
Luke 4:43 éy tals Erdgaig moheow, in
those other cities where the gospel has
not yet been preached. In distinction
from oneself, another person, i. q. to”
lov, Rom. 2: 1. 1 Cor. 4: 6, Ie
17. Gol. 6:4. James 4: 12, — Hdian. 5.
7.1, Xen, Cyr, 2.3.17. — Bo 7 érépa
a. the other i.e. the next day, the
day after, Acts:20: 15. 27: 3—Xeo. 4.

tone

wn

“Erdgus
6.10 fir aigioy Ins mga, xi} triga dy
aillqoo mag pi

b) indef. and without the art. other,
another, some other, i, q. Ghdos, but with
a stronger expression of difference;
Buttm. § 127. 5.

(a) pp. Matt, 8: 21 fregos 3é tow
padnray. Luke 8 3. John 19: 37.
‘Acts 1: 20. al. Eph. 3: 5 éy Erdoaig ye-
veais, i.e. former. Sept. for rx Gen.
4: 24, 8: 10. al.—Hdian. 5, 7. 13. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 3. 5. — Joined with rig indef
Fregog 11g, some other one, any other, Acts
8: 34. 27:1. Rom.8:39, 1 Tim. 1: 10,
— So distributively, either repeated, as
1 Cor. 15: 40 Frege pir—itega dis of
with other pronouns, Matt. 16: 14 of
pév—addor 58—Eregos 04 x. 1.2. Luke
Tl: 16. 14: 19, 20. 1 Cor. 12: 9, 10.
Bept. for wrx Gen. 31:49. asx Ex.
26: 3. Matth. § 288. n. 6.

(8) of another kind, ete, another, dif
ferent, i. q. dddotos, 0 g. & ition wool
‘Mark 16:12, yyos Rom. 7:23. eday-
yéluoy Gal. 1: 6. 586¢ James 2: 25.
(Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 2.) So of a priest out
of a different line or family, Heb. 7: 11,
15, prob. also of a king from another
race, Aéts 7: 18, comp. Jos. Ant. 2.9, 1.
—In the sense of foreign, strange, and
by impl. wonderful, Jude 7. Sept. for
st Ex. 30: 9. "For the phrase irépacs
Pldaoas v, dv zelheow irigaig Audet
Acts 2: 4 et 1 Cor. 14: 21, see in Tdo-
oa b. y. Comp. Is, 28:11. Ax.

“Brégwe, adv. (Sr2gos,) otherwise,
Phil. 3: 15. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14.5, Hom.
Od. 1. 234. .

“Ers, adv. yet, still, viz.

a) implying duration, e. g. (a) spok-
en of the present timo, yet, still, hitherto,
Lat. adhue, Matt. 18: 46 in adtob
Ladoirtos. 27:63 ely ins far. Luke
9:42, 24:6. John 20:1, Rom. 5: 6, al.
—Jos. Ant. 7. 4.2. Luc. D, Deor. 2, 1.
Plut. Mor. II. p. 39 ult. ed. Tauchn.
Xen. An. 1.6, 8, Orne 2 8-OF the
present in allusion to the past, yet, still,
even nov, wc. 08 before. Mark 8 17.
Luke 24: 41. Acts 9:1. Rom.3:7. Gal.
1:10.al. So fr vin, yet now, even now,
1 Cor. 3: 2. — Jos. Ant. 2. 14. 6 viv Fr,
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 16 viv 8 Fre, — In the
wense of even, already, Luke 1:15 i: éx

332

‘Eromalo

soudlag pntgds. Heb. 7: 10.—(8) Of the
future, yet, still, still further, longer.
Luke 16:2 ob yag Sunjon Ere of
Mark 5: 35, John 4: 35. 7:33. 14: 19.
Rom. 6: 2, 2 Cor, 1:10, al. — Xen.
Mem. 2. 6.20. Apol. Soc, 33 tod Ere
tiv. — Espec. with a negative, not fur-
ther, no more, no longer, Lat. non ampli-
us. Matt, 5: 13 cis odd inyiea Ere.
Luke 20: 40. John 14: 30. Gal. 4: 7.
Heb, 8: 12. Rev.3: 12. 7: 16. al. Comp.
Buttm. § 149. p. 430.—Lue. D. Deor. 3.
1, Heian. 8, 11.13, Xen. Cyr. 4. 2.26
oidéva Er. Comp. Oixér.

b) implying accession, addition, etc.
yeh more, further, besides. (a) genr.
Matt, 18: 16 xapdlage werd cov Ets fra

4 8b0. 26:65. Heb. 11: 32, 36. al. —
Hidian. 5.2.13. Xen, An. 6.6.13 — So
Ere dé xai, and further also, moreover
also, Luke 14: 26, Acts 2: 26, 21: 28.
—Hidinn. 3. 5.4. Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 14.—
(8) With a comparative, intens. ed
much, far, Phil, 1:9 tre pador wad
Heb. 7:15, Comp. Winer § 36, 3. n.1.
— in padov Jos, Ant. 20.4.2 Xen.
Cyr. 3, 2, 18. Hi. 2.18 Ax.

Erommaga, £. dow, (Erorpos,) to
make ready, to prepare, trans.

a) pp.c. g. mv Gddy, the way, ec. of a
king, as was customary before oriental
monarchs in their journeys, pp. Rev.
16:12, trop. of the Messiah, Matt. 3: 3.
Mark 1:3. Luke 1: 76. 3:4, all quoted
from Is. 40:3 where Sept. for =2E.
Sec Jos. B.J.3.6.2. Arr. Al. M. 4. 36.
Diod. Sic. 2. 13, — Of a meal, banquet,
ete, Matt. 2:4. Luke 17:8, 13 ms
Matt. 26: 17,19, Mark 14: 12, 15, 16.
Luke 22: 8, 9,12,13. So Sept. for
J'271 Gen, 43: 16.— Hom. i. 19. 197,
—Of a place, domicile, ete. toxor John
14:2,3, Rev.126, mddiy Heb. 11: 16.
Serlay Philem, 22, Luke 9 52 Sepe
for 7271 1 Chr. 15: 3, — So ér,
adv Luke 1:17. Comp. Sept. 2 Chr.
27: 6. Ecclus. 2 18.— Of persona, to
prepare, to put in readiness, e. g. soldiers,
Acts 23:23, a bride, éauray Rev. 19:7.
21:2 a servant or minister, savter,
Rev. 8:6. 9: 15. Luke 12:47, Pasa
particip. yzocuaouevos, prepared, i. e.
trop. apt, ready, 2 Tim. 221. pp. of
horses, #. sig xolesov, Rev. & 7.—genr.

‘Exomoole

1 Mace. 13: 22. Pol. 1. 38.3. Thus. 6.

95, — In the senso of to eg,
Gecuore Luke 23: 56. 24:1. dyade
Luke 12: 20, coll.19. So Sept. and

P31 2 Chr. 26: 14,

b) of God, es having in bis counsels
Prepared good or evil for men, i.e. to
destine, to appoint, Matt. 20: 23: 25: 34,

Luke 2: 31. Mark 10:40, 1 Cor.
28, So Sept. for ror Ex. 23: 20,
Is. 41:21, tart Gen. 24: 14, 44, —
Tob. 6 17.

“Exotmaota, @g, %, (Frozpos,) prep-
gration, i.e. readiness, alacrity, Eph. €:
YS éxodnodueras ois nédas by fromaalg
tod ebayyellov, shod as to your feet
with readiness, alacrity, in bebalf of the
gospel, i. e. let your feet be ever ready
to go forth to preach the gospel, comp.
2Tim. 221. For the gen. see Winer
§ 30.1. Sept. for qr37q Ps. 10: 17—
Jos, Ant. 10. 1.2. Artemid. 2. 57.

“Exocuos, 7, ov, also Erosos,
6, 4, Matt. 25: 10, in the classics some-
times froiuos, 1, ov, Winer § 6. p. 49.
—ready, prepared, viz. of things, e. g. a
banquet, Matt. 22: 4,8. Luke 14: 17.
chamber, Mark 14: 15. a contribu-
tion, 2 Cor. 9:5. of time, John 7: 6.
of things done, ta Froiua, 2 Cor. 10: 16.
(Thue. 1.70.) Seq. inf. ready ec. to be
done, coxnglay kroiuny dmoxalupSjras,
1 Pet. 1: 5. — Wiad. 16: 20. Hdian. 2.
121. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 10. ib. 7. 5. 34.—
Of persons, Matt. 25:10 ai Froyos sio-
G8or. v0q.-mgds ts, ready for any
thing, Tit. 3: 1. 1 Pet. 3: 15. seq.
infin. ready sc. to do etc. Luke 2% 33.
Acts 23:15, c. inf. impl. v.21. frowsos
ylvowar, to become ready, be prepared,
Matt. 24: 44. Luke 12:40. So Sept.
for 722 "277 Ex. 19: 15, 34: 2.—c. mods
Xen. Mom: 4 5.12. c. inf. Luc. Asin,
93. Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.1. — 80 é trol
Eyuy, to be in readiness, seq. inf. 2 Cor.
10: 6.—Pol. 2. 34. 2,

“Erxoiuaog, adv. (Fro.pos,) ready, in
readiness ; hence trolues Eyaiy, to be
ready, Acts 21:13, 2 Cor. 12:14. 1 Pet.
4:5. Sept. for ny ne Dan. 3: 15.
— Jos. Ant, 12.4.2" Ael. V. H. 4. 13.

“Enos, 206, ovs, +6, a year, Luke
& 1. Acts 7:30, Heb. 1:12. al. Sept.

333

Evayysdizo

for M70 1K. 15:1. Jer. 1: 2,3—Hdian,
1.16, 5, Xen. Mem. 1.4.12—Dat. plur.
as marking a period in or during which,
John 220. Acts 13:20, Accus, plur.
of time how long, Matt. 9:20. Luke 2
36. Jobn 5: 5. al. — Xen. Cyr. 1.29,
— In the phrase elvas v. yivopas trav,
to be of such and such an age, Matt. 5:
42 iy yag Esow deidma, i.e. twelve
years old, Luke 2: 37, 42, Acts 4:22, al.
(Sept. Gen. 5:32. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 40,)
Bo John 8:57 nerejxovea Fry oes Eyes,
thou hast not yet 40 years, i. e. art not 40
years old. — Ket ito, year by year,
every year, Luke 2: 41. — Jos, Ant. 7,
5.1 Au

Eo, adv. (pp. neut. of tis) well,
good, viz.

a) pp. with verbs, iva ev cos yérnras,
that it may be well with thee, that thou
mayest be prosperous, Eph. 6:3. Sept.
for 30°) Gen. 12: 13. Deut. 4: 40. —
Arr. Epiet. 2. 5. 30. — Mark 14: 7 ab
motjoul vc, to do good to any one.
Sept. for 2°47] Gen. 32: 9, 12. Deut. 8
16.—Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 3, Xen, Mem. 2.
1.19. — Acts 15: 29 e) mgdocuy, to do
well, i.e. to do right, to act well. So
3on 1K. 8: 18. 2°K, 10: 30, — Jos,
Ant. 4.8.38. Arr. Epict. 4.6. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9, 14.—Others in Acts 1. 0. to
do well, i.e. to be prospered, comp.
Jos. Ant. 12.4, 1. Xen. Mem, 1. 6. 8,

eat) in commendations, i. q. «tye, Lat,

» twell! well done! Matt. 25: 21 «
Sells byad. v. 23. Luke 19: 17. —
Xen. Vou, 6.20, col 9 she,

Nore, In composition, is well,

good, and hence is often intensive.

Eva, ac, 4, Eve, sh (life), pr.
name of the first woman, 2 Cor. 11: 3.
1 Tim. 2:13.

Evayyediio, £. low, (sdayyilos

messenger of good,) aor. 1 siayriuos
for the augm. see Buttm. § 87.2, to

found in Mark nor in the Gospel and
Epistles of John, only once in Matthew,
and twice in Rev.

L. Act. ¢.c. ace. of pers. with an
ace. of thing impl Buttm. § 181. 4, 5;
in N.'T. twice, to announce unto, to pub-

Evayysifo

lish unto, sc. as glad tidings, Rev. 146
sbayyellaws co's xaPquivors x. 1. 1, 10:
7 6s einyyilucn toi kavtod dovious tots
‘mpogrras, where text. rec. has dat. 107
Sodlog x 1.2. Sept. c. dat. for EB
1 Sam, Sl: 9. 2 Sam. 18: 19, 20. —
Dio Cass, 61.13. Polyaen. 5.7. The
Active form is not found in earlier
writers, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 268. Pas-
sow 8. voc. 2,

IL Mid, in earlier writers (Lob.1.c.)
and in N.'T. fo announce, to publish, sc.
as glad tidings, etc.

a) genr. and c. acc. of thing, Acts 10:
36 evayysligouerog signray. Rom. 10:15
bis, quoted fr. Is, 52: 7 where Sept. for
“Vp, 28 aloo 1K. 1:42. Seq. ace. of 7
thing and dat. of pers. which was the
more usual construction, Lob. ad Phr.
PB 268. Winer § 31. 1. Luke 1: 19
exwotchyy sie; oor tavta,
2 10. Eph. 217. 1 Thess. 3:6. So
Sept. for mga i Chr. 10: 9, ©. iy tue
1 Sam. 1: 20. Ps 40: 10.—Jos. Ant. 5.
1.5. Lue. Icarom. 34, Aristoph. Eq.
G43. cavd epi civ0s Jos. Ant. 15.7.2,

+ Phut, Quaest. Rom. 9.—With an acc. of
thing impl. Lake 4: 18, comp. Is. 61: 1.
—Dem. 392, 9. —Seq. acc. both of thing
and of person in later Greek, pp. Al-
cipbr. 3. Ep.12. Heliodor. IL. 16. p. 64.
Euseb. Vit. Const. 3.26; in N.T. by
attraction before Sr» Acts 13:32, comp.
Buttm. § 151. 1.6, Lob. Le.

b) spoken of the annunciation of the
gospel of Christ and all that pertains to
it, to preach, to proclaim, the idea of the
glad tidings being of course every:
where implied, viz. (a) svayy. Tr
Bacilelay 106 Scot ¥. 1a ne) tig Bac.
+. 9. to preach the kingdom of God, etc.
Luke 8: 1. Acts 8: 12. . dat. of pers.
Luke 4: 43.—So with ri Bagislay
imppl, absol. Luke 9:6. 20:1. _c. acc.
of pers. Luke 3: 18—{8) svoyy. *Inootv
Xp. V. toy xigioy *Inooiy, etc. Acts 5:
42 11:20, 17:18, c. dat. of pers.
Acts 8: 35. seq. dy t0is E9yss Gal. 1:
16. So Eph. 3:8 toy mlotroy 100

ty roig Eves. — (7) genr. bayy. 16 5 ais zdgutos

stayydlioy, tov loyor, TH mlotiy, etc.
Acts 8: 4 tor Aéyov. 15: 35, Gal. 1: 23
ayy nlowy. seq. dat. of pers. hn?
15 1,9 ebayyilioy ity, 2 Cor. 11:

Gal. 1: 8 bin—With +0 siayyilioy, tor

334

Evayyéiuv

déyor, etc. impl. i. ©. to preach the gospel,
. dat. of pers. Rom. 1: 15, Gal. 4: 13.
c, acc. of pers. (Winer § 32 1. p. 182)
Acts 14: 15. 26: 10. Gal. 1: 9. 1 Pet. I:
12. c. acc. of place for pers, Acta 8:
95,40, 14:21. 90q, eis c. acc. marking
extent, 2 Cor. 10:16. Absol. Acts 14:7.
Rom. 15: 20. 1 Cor. 1:17. 9 16 bis,

Pass. to be announced, to be
published, sc. a8 glad tidings, viz. (a)
Pp. with a no: e of the thing an-
nounced, which in the Active construc-
tion would be the accus. of thing,
Buum. § 134. 2,5. So Luke 16: 16 4
Bootsla +. Seot. Gal. 1:11 25 sday-
yauoy, 1 Pet. 1:25. c. dat. of pers.
1 Pet. 4: 6. — (8) with a nominative of
person, which in the Active construc-
tion would be the dat. or accus. of per-
son, Buttm. § 194. 5.1 S80 genr. Heb.
4:2 nal yég dower einyyrhiopives sabe
mtg xéxtivol, i.e. to us has good tidings
been proclaimed, as well as unto them.
v.6, So Sept. for spantt 2 Sem.
18 31. So in respect to the gospel,
etc. to have the gospel to hear
the gospel tidings, Matt. 11: 5 et Luke
7: 2 mrezor stayysdZorras,
Evayyéaoy, ov, 16, (sityyalos,)
reward for good news, Hom. Od. 14.
152. Aristoph. Eq. 661. good news,
glad tidings, Sept. for myioa 2 Sam.
18: 20,22. App. B. C. 4° 968: Cie. ad
Att. 2. 3.—In N. T. spoken only of the
gid tidings of Christ and his salvation,

gospel. Not found ‘in Matthew and -_-

Luke a nor‘in the gospel and epistles of
John, twice in Acts, once in Peter,
once in Rev.

a) pp. in the sense of glad tidings
everywhere except in the writings of
Pani. (a) 76 sayy. rip Bactdelag oc. tod
Prov, Matt. 4: 23. 9: 35, 24:14. Mark
1:14. and so by impl, Mark 3: 15.
13:10. 14:9, Matt. 26: 13, Rev. 14&
6 sbayy, aismsoy, comp. Luke % 10.
Meton. annunciation of the gospel, 9c.
through Christ, Mark 1:1. Also sbayy.
. Sod, ac, a8 manifested in
Christ, Acts 20: 24. — (8) In reapect to
the coming and lif of ons ‘as the

708 shey-
yellov. 16:15. Acts 1&7. 1 Pet. 4:17.

Bvayyehors

— Hence Inter, gospel, in the sense of
‘a bimory of Jesus’ life,’ etc. as in the
titles of the first four books of the
NLD Lote. eed 4 96 nl her 2
b) in the writings of Paul, the gospel,
ie. (a) genr. ‘the goepel scheme,’ its
doctrines, declarations, precepts, prom-
izes, etc, Rom. 2:16 xara 23 svayyéli
pov, i.e. the gospel which I preach.
11: 28, 16:25. 1 Cor. 9: 14 tois 23 ebay.
xatayyillovaw. v.18. 15:1. 2 Cor.
4:3,4. 9:18 10:14, Gal. 1: 11 36 stay.
16 sbayyelodiv én. dud. 2% 2,5, 14.
Eph. 1: 18. 3:6. 6:19, Phil. 1: 5,7,
16, 27 bis, 2:22, Col. 1: 5,23. 1 Thess,
15,24, 2Tim. 1:10. 2 8& So
306 vay. tov Xgsoros, the gospel of
Christ, made known by him’ as ite
founder and chief corner stone, Rom.
15: 19, 29. 1 Cor. % 12,18, Gal. 1:7.
1 Thess. 3:2 2 Thess. 1:8. sday, roi
De0i, i. e. of which God is the author
through Christ, Rom. 15:16. 2 Cor.
11:7, 1 Thess, 22,8, 9. 1 Tim. 1:
11.—By antithesis, Zregov evayyédiov,
@ different gospel, including other pre-
cepts etc. 2Cor. 11:4. Gal. 1:6,—
genr. Barnab. Ep. 5. Clem. Alex. Strom.
6. 13.—(8) Meton. the goapel-work, i.e.
the preaching of the gospel, labour in
the 1, ete, Rom. 1:1 dpagiopévos
ais, sbayyilior Scot. v. 9,16, |] Cor. 4:
15. $14 x,r00 say. Sv. v.23. 2 Cor.
2 12. 8: 18. Eph. 6:15, see in ‘Exo
paoig, Phil.1:12. 4:3,15, 2 Thess.
2 14.8 Tim. 1:8. Philem. 13 é rots
Seopois tov siay. in bonds on account
of labours in the gospel. Gal. 2: 7
menloteysas 10 siay. rie dxpoBvotlas,
i, e. I was entrusted to preach the gos
pel to the Gentiles. 80 Rom. 10:16
névus txjxoveay 1§ ciayyslly, all
have not obeyed the preaching of the gos-
Pel, i.e. the gospel as preached.
Evayyshorjs, ov, 5, (svayyal-
Lopas,) Pp. ‘amessenger of goed tidings;
in N. T. an evangelist, a preacher of the
gospel,’ not located in any place, but
travelling as a missionary to preach the
gospel and found churches, Acts 21:8.
Eph. 4:11. 2Tim. 4:5. | See Nean-
der Gesch. d. Pflanz. u. Leit, d. chr.

Kirche, I. p. 185. in Bibl. Iv.
p. 259. ‘Theodoret. ad Eph. 4:11, dxai-
‘vos meguiovtes éxjoutzoy.

335

Evdoxko

Evapeoréc, 0, £.4ou, (eixigectos,)
perf, eingéoryxa, for the augm. seo
Bottm. § 86.2, to please well, c.c. dat.
Heb. 11: 5,6. Comp. Matth. § 393, 5.
— Bept. Gen. 5: 22, 24. Ecclus, 44: 16,
Diod. Sic. 14, 4. id, to take
in, to be pleased with, c. c. dat. Heb. 13:
16. Comp. Matth. § 411. n. 2. — Diod.
8.20. 79. Diog. Laert. 4. 6.

Evdgeotos, ev, 5, %, adj. (eb,
Ggéoxee,) well-pleasing, ap-
proved, ee dat. expr. or impl. Rom, 12:
1 sicigsotoy 1 Se. v.2. 14:18, 2Cor.
5&9, Eph. 5:10. Phil. 4: 18 Tit. 2:9,
—Wied. 4: 10.—Seq. ércinsdy tivog in-
stead of a dat. Heb. 13: 21. comp. in
“Byimuy c. Seq. ty c. dat. of pers.
dy xvgle Col. 3: 20, where toxt. rec, has
10 xvgi. Comp. in “Ey 1. e.— Wind. 9:
10 napa cos.

Evagéoroe, adv. (sidigeotos,) 90
aa to please, acceptably, Heb, 12: 28, —
Arr. Epict. 1, 12. 21,

Ev Bovdos, ov, é, Eubulus, pr.v.
of a Christian, 2 ‘Tim. 4: 21. "

Buyerye, cos, obs, 6, 5, adj. (ed,
yi05,) well-born, noble, of high rank,
Luke 19: 12. 1 Cor. 1: 26, Sept. for
bisa Job 1: 3,— Jos. Ant. 10, 10.1.
Hdian. 1.8.10. Xen. H. G. 4, 1,7, —
Metaph. noble-minded, generous, Acts
17: 11, — Jos, 12. 5. 4 sa yuzag ab-
yori, Cie. ad Att. 13, 21 penult,

Evdla, as, i, (68:0, fr. 3 and ”
Abs gen. of Zevig,) serene sky, fui
weather, Matt. 16: 2 ote ao. ea
Ecclus. 3: 15. Pol. 1. 60. 8. Ken. H.G.
2.4.14,

Evdoxéa, &, £. jou, (xt, Soxde,)
aor. 1 si0éxqoa, aleo qidéxnca Luke 5:
22, see Buum. § 86.2; Pp. to seem good,
by impl. fo think good, see in Joule a,
found only in the later Greek, Sturz de
Dial. Alex. p. 168. Hence genr. to be
well-disposed sc, towards ‘any person or
thing, seq. dat. e. g. of pers. to Savor,
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. ib. 14, 61. of thing,
te assent to, 1 Maec. 1: 43, Diod. 8. 4.
23, ib, 14. 110.—In N. T. to think good,
i, @. to please, to like, to take pleasure in,
viz. .

a) genr. to view with approbation,

Evdoxia

¢,,dat. of pers, Matt. & 176 vids
dy @ ebdéxnoa. 17:5. Mark 1: 11.
1Cor. 10: 5, Heb. 10; 38.
dat. of thing, 2 Cor, 12: 10.
12, So Sept. for 2 7En
22: 20. Is. 624. ayy Pa
1 Chr. 29: 3. — 1 Mace. "8: 1.
Ecelus. 31: 19. Polyb. 2. 12. 3. — Seq.
alg c.acc, of pers. implying direction *
mind, Matt. Pe 18 is oy
uv. 2 Pet. I: 17.—Seq. ace. of
Paral y Hebr. Heb. 10: 6, 8, Sloxer’-
«. x. d. oi ed8dxnoas. So Sept.
for zy Ps. 51: 18. ‘yo Ps, 51: 21.
b) ie the sense of oes, to desire,
‘seq. infia. expr. or impl. viz. (a) genr.
to be willing, to be
H MaAoy &xBnyrous tx rob cop.
A Thess, 2 8.—Ecclus. 25:16. 1 Mace.
€: 28, Pol. 1. 8. 4.—(8) by impl. to de-
termine, to resolve, the idea of benevo-
Jence lence being implied, Rom. 15: 26 «i-
dimgeas 750 Mesoborin xal “Azote x12.
eas. 3:1. Spoken of God,
Tune 1% 32 eidcxnoe 0 mati spar
Sotvas iptv viv Bac. 1 Cor. 1:21. Gal.
1:15, Col. 1: 19, —1 Mace. 14: 46,
47.

Evdoxta, as, 4, (rb8oxie,) a being

pleased, , viz.

a) pp. delight in any person or thing,
and hence good-will, favour, Luke %
14 é dvOpeinoig eidoxla, sc. on the part
of God. Comp. in Eidoxiw a. 80
Sept. and ix Ps. 5:13, 19: 15. 80

327) Prov. 11: 1,20, Sept. dards, mgoo-
ectés. — Ecelus. 11: 17, — Of men,

good-will, kind intention, Phil, 1:15 3¢
Cider toy Xo. xngdooousw. By impl.

=
Bye
pe

desire, longing, Rom. 10: 1. Comp.
Ecelus. 18: 31.
b) in the sense of good-pleasure, will,

purpose, the idea of benevolence bein;
included, spoken of God, Eph, 1 i
xard why sbdoxlay rol Selipatos abrod.
y.9, Phil. 2:13. 2 These, 1: 11 sly-
gsoy xivar eidoxlay dyaducing, i.e.
fulfil in you the virtue which his good
eure hath purposed, i. q. nécur
GyaSwotvy eidéxyroy, Butt. § 123.
n.4. Winer § 34.2 a So Matt. 11:
26 ot Luke 10: 21 obtuse éyivero sbdoxta
JaxgooSer cou, such was thy good pleas-
ure, see in Tivowas I. b. A. ”Zungo-

336

ready, 2 Cor. 5: 8°

Evdupdo

ody II, s. So ity, Sept. Filme,
Ps. 40: 9, 108: 21.

Evegyesia, ac, i, (siegring,) a
good deed, benefit, Acts 4: 9.— 2 Mace.
9: 26. Jos. Ant. 2: 10.1. Xen. Mem. 3
11, 11. — Also genr. well-doing, duties,
sc. as required by the gospel, 1 Tim. 6:
2, see in “Avrdapfdve 2.. (Hom. Od.
22. 374.) Others, beneficence, as in Clem.
Alex. Paed. 3.7. Xen. An. 2. 5. 22,

Evepyerceo, o, £. jou, (ebegyims,)
to do good, to confer benefits, absol. Act
10: 38. Sept, for daa Ps. 13: 6.—Jos.
Ant. 4, 8.13, Ael. V."H, 12. 59.

Evegyérs,ov, 6, (2b, obeol. igvw,)
@ well-doer, benefactor, 2 Macc. 4: 2.
Xen. Ag. 4.4 InN.T. as a title of
honour, Euergetes, “Bentfactor, corre-
sponding to the Lat. pater
Luke 2% 25 of s€ovosstortas ebugrizes
xaloivtas.—Comp. Ptolemy
king of Egypt, Ecclus. Prol. Joe BJ.
3.9.8 cusiign wal sinpyienr dvoxaloie
es. Diod. Bic, 11, 26 droxalsiv stng—
yyy xal coniiga, Xen. An. 7. 6. 38.

Evderog, ov, 5,4, adj. (ot, thoqus,)
wwell-situated, convenient, Diod. Sic. 2.
57 mnyas tis Lourgn sv9itous. InN. T.
ft, meet, proper, Luke 9: 62 obs e69. ele
‘iy Bas. t. ov. 14: 35.— Sept. Ps. SE
6. Susann. 15. Diod. Sic. 5. 37..—By
impl. useful, Heb. 6: 7.

Evdéac, adv. (cbd%s,) straightway,
immediately, forthwith, Matt. 8: 3. 13:5.
Mark 1: rd Acts 12:10, al. exep. Sept.
for pane Job 5: 3. — Hdian. 1. 1. 7.
Xen. Cyr. 2 4. 18.— By impl.

3 Sobn 14. AL y Impl. shorts,

Evdvipouea, &, f. sow, (side,
Sgdpos fk. tesye,) to run fh @. g
of a ship, fo eait a straight course, seq.
tig c. ace. of place, Acts 16:11. 21:1.
—Philo 2 Alleg. p. 102. C. de Agric.
p. 213. A,

Evduudw, o, £. jou, (ebdyp0s,)
to be of good cheer, to be of cheerful mind,
Acts 27: 22, 25, James 5: 13.—Symm.
for 35-340 Prov, 15: 15, Sept. jougaten.
Plut. de tranquill. Anim. 2 et 9. VII.
p. 822, 897.ed.R. Mid. Xen. Cyr. 2.
3. 19.

Bedvuos

a ee 2,
Birbpt0¢, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ed, Sopds,)
well-minded, i.e. well: , benign,
Hom. Od. 14. 63. In N. T. of good
cheer, cheerful, Acts 27: 36. —2 Mace. 11:
26. Xen. Ag. 8. 2. — Hence neut. of
comparat. sdoupsregor as adv. the
more cheerfully, Acts 24: 10 in text. rec.
—Xen. Cyr. 2: 2, 27,

Ev dupeas, adv. (2b9ypos,) cheer
ful Acts 24: 10 in Griesb. and Mss.
in Bv9upos—Pol. 3. 34. 9,

nine f. v9, (sb8%s,) to make
atroight, trans,

8) pp. of a way, fo make straight and
level, trans. tq 6dor, John 1:23. Comp.
Matt. 38, and see in ‘Erowmdto a.—
trop. Ecclus, 26, 37: 19.

b) genr. to guide straight, i.e. to di-
rect, to steer, sc. a ship, and hence

[i]etSivow, « steersman, pilot, James 3:
4. — Luc. D. Mort. 10. 10. Eurip. Hee.
39. horses, Philo de Abr. p. 360. B.

Edius, eta, v, straight, viz.

8) pp. as adj. Matt, 3:3 et Mark 1: 3.
et Luke 3: 4, evdelag nouies tag TelBove
airol, i. e. make the ways straight and
level before the king, quoted from Is. 40:
3 where Sept. for "17; see in “Eromsd-
twa. So Luke 3:5, from Is, 40:4
where Sept. for iwi7. Acts 9: 11.—
Lue. Zeux. 10, Xen. Cyr. 1.3.4. —

of the heart and life, right, true ;
Acts 8:21 4 xagdia. 13: 10 68006 xuglov

» 2 Pet. 215. So Sept. and
“zs 1 Sam. 12:23. Hos. 14:10, 1K.
13:33,

b) evdus, es adv. of time, straight,
‘inmediately, q. sbSéess, Matt.
3: 16. 13: 20, 21. Mark 1: 12,28, (11:2.)
John 13: 32 19: 34. 2h 3. Comp.
Buttm. § 115.'n. 4. §.117.1. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 144 6q. — Jos. Ant. 11. 6, 9.
Hiian. 1. 7. 12. Xen. Cyr. 8, 8. 2.

Evdurns, tyros, 4 (e05%s,) caution,

straightness, trop. rectitude. Heb. 1: 8
§ci8805 eeobero, i. q. §af805 civic,
@ just sceptre, quoted from Ps, 45:7,
where Sept. for “ini%3. Comp. Buttm.
§123. 0, 4.

sm etnaecto, @, f. How, (stxawpes,)

and 7ixalgouy, for the
sop awe pig: dg § 86.25 pp. to have
43

337

EviaBéopes

00d fae, i.e. to have leisure, opportunity,
etc. genr. Mark & 31 odd gaydiy q~
xalgovr, 1 Cor. 16: 12, — Pok 20.9, 4
Plut. Mor. IL p. 138. Tauchn. or VI.
Pp. 835, ed. R.—So neq. eis final, te have
leisure for, i. e. to spend one’s time in
any thing; Acta 17:21 "ddyraios ind
bday simalgowy, # Myew x 7.
obo Phd. in Flace, 7. 369 whjOos 2°
doriy érevxaugoty diefolaig xal Blaryy-
plats. — The ward belongs only to the
later Greek, Lob, ad Phr. p. 195.

tin ny Sa Sa ale
Hime, opportunity, Matt, 26: 1 e
pod 6—I Mace. 11: 42 Ael. V. H. 12,
10. Plato Phaedr. p. 272, A. Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 126,

Edxaupos, ov, 6, 4, (2, sn98)
toell-timed, opportune, Mark 6:21 yero-
warns Hsigas eixalgou, coll. v.19. Heb. .
4: 16. —2 Mace. 14: 29. Hdian. 1. 4.7
naigds ebxaigos. Diod. 8.9, 48,

Evixccigeoc, adv. (sixaigos,) in good
ime, opportunely, Mark 14: 11. 2 Tin,
4: 2 see in ” Analgwes, — Eootus, 18: 29,
Xen. Ag. 8.3.

Evxonog, ov, &, %, (eb, xdx0s,)
easy, facile, Ecclus, 22:15, Pol. 18, 1.2
In N.T. only neut. of comparat. edno-
mebtsgor, easier, lighter, Matt. 9:5, 19:24.
bet 9. 10:25. Luke 5:23. 16: 17.
18:

EvdaBuc, ag, 4, (dlapie ov.)
» circumapection,. Dem. 1408. 1:
y, fear, Wiad. 17: 8. Hdian. 5.2.5.
Io N.T. fear of God, reverence, picky.
Heb. 5: 7. 1% 28. — Philo de Cherub,
p. 113 sid, S00. Plut. Camill. 21
10 Sziov wih. Diod. Sic. 13. 12.ult, See
‘Tittm, de Synon. N. T. p. 146.

EvraBéouct, ovpa, f. joopas,
dopon. Pasa, (sidaftis q. v.) to act with
to be circumspect, Kon. Mem. 3,
6.8, "in NT. to fer, 804, hy Acts
10 silapydele 6 20h, wi Sracwad§
6 Hathos. Sept. for R37 1 Sem. 18
29.—1 Maco. 3 30. Jos. Ant 1.19. L
Diod. Sic, 16, 22.—In reference to God,
to fear, to reverence, Heb. 11:7. Bept.
for nom Zech. % 13. ory Nab. 1: 7.
See . de Synom NT. p. 146. |

Bviapns

Evdapys, os, ovs, 6, 4, adj. (eb,
Aapfére, LoBeiv,) pp. ‘taking well hold?
i.e. carefully, cireumspectly, comp. Ael.
H. An. 3.18; hence, cautious, circum-
spect, Arr. Epict. 2. 1.2, Hdian. 2. 8.2.
timid, fearful, Jos. Ant. 6.9.2,.—In N.T.
spoken in reference to God, God-fear-
ing, pious, devout, Luke 2:25, Acts 2 5.
a8. Sept. for “7OY} Mic. 7:2.—Clem.
Alex, Strom. 4. 21.

Evroyéa, @, f. ow, (st, loyos,)
imperf. niddyour, aor. 1 sdidynoa, for
the diff. augm. see Buttm. § 86.2; pp.
to speak well of, to commend, Teocr. 191.
B, tots dyadoig Gvdgas shore. ib.
Arehid. 43, Polyb. 1.14.4. iq. av déyes,
which is preferred by Thom. Mag.
p. 389, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 200, —
In N.T. to bleas, traus. spoken

a) of men towards God, to bless, i.e.
to praise, to celebrate, sc. with ascrip-
tions of praise and thankegivings ; Luke
1: 64 sidoyay tay Gedy. 2: 28. 2: 53,
1 Cor. 14: 16. James 3:9, 80 Sept.
and ‘13 1 Chr. 20: 10, 20, Ps. 16 7. al.
aaep. — 2Mace, 3: 30. Jos, Ant. 7. 14,
ll.

b) of men towards men and things,
to Wess, pp. ‘with praise and thanks-
giving to invoke God’s blessing upon,’
viz. (a) c. acc. of pera. expr. or impl.
i, q. to pray for one’s welfare, etc. Matt.
5: 44 eidoytite tots xaragupérors Epis.
Mark 10: 16 ri9eig ['Inoots] tas xeivas
te aind 20, ti maidia, quloye atta.
Luke 2 34, 6: 28. 24: 50, 51. Rom, 12:
Wbis, 1 Cor. 4:12 1 Pe. 39. So
Melchisedee Abraham, Heb. 7: !, 6, 7.
Tease and Jocob their descendants, 11:
20,21. So Bept. for Jaz Gen. 14: 19.
27: 2, 27. 48: 9, 15, 2.—Joa. B. J. 6.
5. 3 penult. — (8) c. acc. of thing expr.
or impl. in N. T. only of food, a meal,

etc, to bless, i.e. to ask God's blessing
upon, genr. €.g. Serous Luke 9 16.
L. Mate. 14: 19 etddynos, xad xdicag

at. 2, Mark & 41. 8:7. So of the
Lords supper, where we may render
by impl.to consecrate, Matt. 26: 26. Mark
14: 22. Luke 24:30. 1 Cor. 10: 16 13
sorigioy 6 ebloyotue. Bo Sept. and
‘TT2 of a sacrifice and feast, 1 Sam. 9:
18,—For the Jewish formulas of bene-
diction at the pasebal supper, see Light-

338

Ewioyla
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26 26. Comp.
Jahn § 354,

c) of God towards men, to bless, i. e.
to distingwish with favour, to prosper, to
make happy, c. acc. Acts 3: 26 awéores-
lev aitey [’Inooir] siloyoirra ipdis.
Eph. 1: 3 5 Seis, 6 shloyjoas qpas ty
ncon eloyla mreausg. Heb. 6 14
sbloyéy stloyjow oe, quoted from Gen.
22:17 where Sept. for Heb. 5 BAT
of which this is an imitation; Winer
§ 46.7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778. Stuart §
514. Pass. to be blessed sc. of God, Gal.
3:8,9. Sept. genr. for 713 Gen. 2: 1,
35. Ps. 45: 3. 67: 2, Pass, Is, ,.
—Hence Pass. particip. perf. eddoynue-
06, blessed, favoured, sc. of God, happy;
so in joyful salutations, ete. . g. of the
Messiah and his reign, eiloy. 6 éoyo-
pmevos ey Gv0, xvgiov, Matt. 21: 9.
23: 39. Mark 11:9, 10, Luke 18 35.
19: 38. John 12:13. So Matt. 25: 34
of sidoynuivos tod args. Luke 1:28
adloynuivn ob ev yurastly, i. e. blessed
above all women. v.42 bis. So Sept.
and "Janz Deut. 28: 3. Ruth & 10.
1 Sam, 26: 25,

Evaoynros, ov, 6, %, adj. (tiho-
ie) blessed, in N. T. only of God, ie.
‘worthy of praise, adorable, Lat. vene-
randus, Mark 14: 61. Luke 1:68. Rom,
1:25. 9:5. 2 Cor, 1:3. "11: 31. Eph.
1:3, 2 Pet. 1:3, So Sept. and 4:72
Gen. 9: 26. Ex. 18: 10, al. — Tob. & 5,
15.—In Sept. spoken of men, for A712
Deut. 33: 24. Ruth 3: 10. .

Evdoyla, as, 4, (sidoyiw,) eulogy,
commendation, Lycurg. 153.35. ‘Thue.
2.42. In N.T. in a bad sense, fair
speech, adulation, Rom. 16: 18. — Else-
where in N. T. blessing, viz.

a) from men towards God, blessing,
praise, in ascriptions, implying also
thankegiving; Rev. 7: 12 4 eiloyle mal
# ddte wd, 1g Seg mar. 5: 12, 13.
—Jos. Ant. 11. 4.2.

b) from men towards n ind things,
Blessing, i.e. benediction, invocation of
good ec. from God; upon persons, Heb.
1217, James 3: 10 sidoyla xa} aotcige.
So Sept. and "392 Gen. 27: 12, 35.0q.
—Keclus. 3: 8, 9. "Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44, 48.
— Also upon things, 1 Cor. 10: 16 ro
xorjouoy stloylac.& evloyoiuar, the cup

Eaimesadoros
Of Blessing, i.e. of benediction, conse-
cration, in allusion to the 71>
drunk at the paschal supper; comp.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 27.
Jabn § 354.
¢) meton. blessing, i. e. favour con-
ferred, gift, benefit, bounty, viz. (a) from
God to men, ete. Rom. 15: 20 &y mhg-
1 sbloylas tod ebay. +. Xp. i.e. in
the full, abundant, blessings of the gos-
pel. Gal. 3 14 4 eloyle tot “ABpadu,
the blessing promived of God to Abra-
ham and his seed, Eph. 1:3. 1 Pet. &
9, Sept. and 4393 Gen. 49: 25. Is,
bat eeaiea ‘Thou. § 26. — So Heb. &
7 4 7a wmaloupére sdloylas dno s05
Srot. Comp. 123 MGR, Sept. derdg
shloylas, Ez. 34: 36. — (8) from men to
men, gift, bounty, present ; 2 Cor. 9:5
yy ng0x. eiloylay ipéy, i. e. your gift,
contribution. So Sept. and 272 Gen.
33: 11. 1 Sam. 25: 97. 2 K.'5: 15.
Hence by impl. for liberality, generosity,
& Cor. 9: 5 we eitoylay, nal 4 es eheo-
velar. v.6bis, x’ eiloyias as adv.
Uberally, generously, comp. in ’Ext II.
Ben
Evperadoros, ov, 6, 4, adj. (5%
sevadldexpu,) ready to impart, i.e. liberal,
Sountifid, 1 Tim. 6: 18. — M. Antonin.
3. 14 38 sdpetddoroy xad einospetindy.

Evrley, 4, Eunice, pr. n. of the
mother of Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5.

Evvoda, £. jou, (etvoos fr. a, rots,)
to be well-minded, to be twell-
e.€.dat. Matt, 5:25 Tod eivoar 6
dynding cou tazi, i. e. be reconciled.—
Hdian. 8. 8. 11. Xen. Cyr. 8, 2.1.

Evvota, as, 4, (zivotw,) good will,
willing mind; Epb. 67 pst sivolac
Sovisvortes. By euphemism, 1 Cor. 7:
3 in text. rec. — 1 Macc. 11: 33, 53.
Diod. Sic. 1, 54.

Evvouziven, £. law, (sivoizos,) to
eunuch, to make a cunuch; Pase. to be
made a eunuch, pp. Matt. 19: 12, — Jos.
Ant. 10, 2.2.—Trop. sivougiiuy iaveéy,
to make oneself a eunuch, i.e. to live
like a eunuch in voluntary abstinence,
Matt. 19: 12.

Eivop os, ov, 6, (svi bed, tyw,)
Pp. ‘bed-keeper, keeper of the bed-

339 Bunegedgos

chamber; hence eunuch, one who has
been emascalated, such persons. onty
being employed as the keepers of orl-
ental harems. In N. T.

8) pp. a eunuch, Matt, i 12 sivotzou
of tuveg eby. tno ta Sept. for
0°99 Is. 56: 3,4. Esth. arate
Lue. Eun. 6,7. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 60. —
‘Trop. Matt. 19: 12 bis, of thoee impo-
tent from birth, and also of those whe
live like ewnuchs in voluntary abetk
nence.—Clem. Alex. Paed. 3. 4. Strom.
al

b) by impl. @ minister of court, Acta

8 97, 84, 36, 33, 89. Eunuchs: often
rose to stations of great power and
‘trust in eastern courts; so that the
term apparently came to be applied to
any bigh officer of court, though not
emasculated; 20 prob, Gen. 37:6, 3:1,
(comp. Jos, Ant, 2. 4. 1,) where the
‘Targum renders Heb. ony! by a)
prince, Sept. sivoizoc.
Lex. Heb. art. 0°90. —Comp. Bee, Gosey,
105. Test. XII Parr. p. 716 cpzsevrod-
18 agi of 6 ape, Eyer povciixas xab
modlexag xat

Evodla, as, 4, Euodia, pr. name
ofa female Christian, Phil. 4: 2.

Eriodow, 0, £. da, (sbodos, fr. #8,
5865,) to Lead tn a good way, to prosper
one’s journey, pp. Sept. for m2 Gen.

9A: 27, 48. Theophr. de Caus. Plant.
5.6. Trop. to make prosperous, ta give
success to, Sept. for rez Gen, 24:
21,40. Neh. 220.—In N.'T. only Pass,

to be led in a good way,

a) pp. to have a prosperous
Rom. 1: 10 sire ty need ee aed eeobeiyen
pos dSiy xgd¢ twas. Others trop. as
below.

b) trop. to be prospsred, 1 Cor. 16 2
Pyoavelkur, 8,11 sdoderau. John 2 bis.
Perhaps Rom. 1: 10, if I shalt be pros-

sitted, to come unto you. So
Sept. for (hxry 1 Chr. 21s 2 Chr.
92 90. Prov. 98: 13, — Toot. KH Patr.
p. 684, ‘Hdot. 6, 73.

Eunegedgos, ov, 5, , (2%, mage
3905 assessor, Dem. 1332 14,) pp. ‘ sit-
ting diligently by, i.e. assiduous, c. ¢.
dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 gag 13 simdgedgor ti

suple, i. q. assiduity, devotedness, Text.

Ewnedas
q. ¥-—Heayeh. ot
gov’ xalsis magapivoy wai

ace. has sixes
Buid. simeg
Supmiic.
Evnedye, éoc, ove, 26, bs , adj,
(cb, melSoucn,) easily persuaded, compli-
, ant, James 3: 17. wHidian. 3.8.10. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5, 5.

Evasgioratog, ov, 6, 5, (eb, xegs-
Jexopes to stand around,) pp. ‘standing
well sround,’ i. e. easily besetting, 05
sonag. dpagrle, Heb, 121. Bo Cixy-
wost. Tyr sixdles migiiotapivny ipa.
Comp. Elener Obes. Bac. ia loc—Oth-
aqurioes vometimes signifies
impediment, calamity, e.g. 2 Macc. 4:16.
Max. Tyr. Dias. 20. p. 207, tmnelete
einegletatey Guagtay by the sin se full
@ peril, which s0 easily eubjects one to
calamity. See Kypke Obes, Sac. in loo.

Evnouie, a5, 4, (simouder,) well
doing, i.e. a. doing good, bensficence,
‘Heb. 12: 16.—Jos, Ant. 7.15.1. Arrian.
Alex. M. 7. 28.8. Lue. Abdic. 25. This
word is disapproved of by Pollux 5.
140, comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 353.

Evnogio, & @, f joo, and as de.
pon, Pass. scnogdoqat, oijat, immer
aimogotuny, (etmogo¢ well to live, pros-
porous.) to be well to live, to be
‘ous, absol. Acts 11: 29 xadie nimogesrd
us. For the augm, see Buttm. § 86. 2.
Sept. for sei Lev. 25: 26, 49. — Pol.
1. 66.5, Luc. bis Accus. 27, Active,
Diod, Bic. 4. 98, Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 4,

Evxopia, as, 4, (strogée,) pros.
perity, genr. Xen. An. 7. 6,-37, coll, 38.
InN, T. abundance, wealth, Acts 1% 25.
— Diod. Sic. 1. 45, 55. Xev. Cyr. 3
a7.

Evagencca, as, 4, (ringers well-
Beauty, Ja meh rae for

james ay
Lam, 1: 7. bon Ce oe
1.11.3, Thue.

‘Biingdabentos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (x8,
youcs,) well-received, i.e.
approved, c. dat. Rom, 15 31.

1 Pet.2:5. abeol. Rom. 15:16. 2Cor.
8: 12.—Plut. ed. R. IX, p. 196. ult—By
-impl. favourable, a8 xaigos sing. 2 Cor.
G2 i.e. a time of favour, from Js, 49:8

340.

here Heb. 73%" ny, Sept. sauges
See

Evingdaedgos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (8,
mgdasdgos,) pp. i. q.. sinciged pos, assidu-
ous; hence also 10 elmgcasdgor, assi-
duity, devotedness, ¢. dat. 1 Cor. 7: 35 in

text.rec. See in Binnigedpos Comp.
‘igoasBgev Jos. c. Apion. 1.7. Diod.
Bic. 1. 63.

Evnpocando, ©, £. jou, (s-
sgdcenos well-faced, beautiful, Sept.
Gen. 12: 11. Xem. Mem. 1.3. 10. epe-
cious, Hdot, 7, 168. Dem. 277. 4,) to
make ¢ fair shew, to strive to please, Gal.
& ren, found in the classics.

Wocoxe, f. sigzow, aor. 1 unus.
signoa bn ee 18: 14. Aesop. Fab. 131.
comp. Winer §15, p. 79, Lob, ad Phr.
p. 721. — por igqua, aor. 2 sFgor, aor.

2 pass. eigé9qy, aor. 2 mid. later aipe-

pay once Heb. 9 12. Paugan, 7.11.1
Aideocid. 9. 7. see Buttm. § 96, p. L
marg. Winer §13.1, Lob, ad Phr. p. 139.
For the augm. not found in N. T. and
rarely elsewhere, see Buttm. § 84. n.
§ 86.2. Winer § 12,3. Lob. ad PI
p. 140.—T» find, trans,

8) gonr. fo find, sc. without
fo mect with, to light upon. (a)
eq. acc. of pers. Matt, 18: 98

I Rp

tay ovvSoiloy. Jobn 1: 12, 46 &
14. Acts 9: 38, 28: 14. Heb. 11: 5. al
Seq, acc. of thing, Matt. 13; 44. Luke
4:37, 18:8, John eee 14 Acts 21: 2

ry
Be

Sept. for nx:
1 Sam. 10: 2:
Jon. 1: 3.—Hdian. 3. 2.7. of thing, ib.
3.8.12 Xon. An. 4.4. 13.—(8) Trop.
to find, i. ©. to perceive, to learn by ex-
perience, sc, that a person or thing is
or does 80 and so; the accusative usu-
ally having lar it a participle or ad-
jective, viz. (1) c. ¢, acous, et particip.
comp. Buttm. $1 4. b. Mat. 12 44.
Mark 7: 80 ebps 15 Saupérioy Btelylv Sic.

Luke 8: 35. 24:2. John 11: 17. Acts
® 2. 2Jobn4.el. So in the Pass
construetion, Matt. 1: 18 eighty by
yeorgt Sowa. Luke 17: 18. — Hdian,
8.5.2 Plut, Lucul. 18. Xen. Cyr. 2
2.14. — (2) ¢. c, accus, ot adj. or other
adjunct, the acc. of éy bei implied ;
Acts 5: 10 of marion vigor ainiy

ba
ocr
aris

sUebewse Gace cael, elvae Do
. ind tare aoe
“ Sale’ 2301 C

7 es Rene Chane -

Evpiaxo

vegey. 2:5. Rom. 7:18. 2 Cor. 9:4.
Rev. 2: 2. So in Pass. construction,
Luke 9 36 eigé9n porog, Acts 5:
Rom. 7: 10. 1'cor. 4:2. 2Cor.
1 Pet. 1: 7. Rev. 5: 4. al,—Hdian. 21

8 otdéve obtwe éitmSusoy eiguoxoy. Xen.
HH. G. 7, 4.2, Mem. 4, 3, 14.

b) to find, sc. by search, ingle eto.
lo find out, to discover, trans, (6) pp.
and abeol. Matt. 7:7 {jreize xal rigy-
ovr, v.8, (Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 51 tiem wal

sigious.) Seq. sec. of pers. expr. OF
ipl. Mark 2:37 xarsdletay airoy, xad
sigorsss cindy, Luke 2 45, John 7: 34,
35. Acts 5: 22. 8: 40, 2 Tim, 1: 17.aL
Seq, accus, of thing expr. o imp Maw
7:44 Bdlyos sloly of

ayy widgy. 12: 43. 13: 46. Mark Ii: in
Luke 1% 4. John 10:9, Acts 7:11. al.
Bo of a jadge, efter examination, Joho
18: 38 dy6 obdeplay aitlay efgloee
caring. 19: 4,6, Acts 18: 28. 23: 9. al.
Soeemt, and we of pers, Joab. iho
1 Sam. 9: 18. 1 of things,

9: 4, 2 K. 12 10, 18. comp. igen
29: 3, 6, 8. — Luc. Asin. 45. Xen. Cyr.
4.2.21. of things Xen. H. G. 5. 3. 23.
Veot. 4. 4. (8) ‘Trop. in different
senses, viz. (1) evgioxesy Bacv, to find
God, i.e. to be accepted of him on
humbly and sincerely turning to bim,
comp, in “Exfqrie c. Acts 17:27 fqra
tar Sec i Ggays aitar xai sigour.
Pasa. Rom. 10:20, quoted from Ia. 65:1
where Sept. and *%3, as also J Chr.
28: 9.— (2) spoken ‘of computation,
measurement, etc, to find, to make out,
Acis 18: 19 eigoy doyiqiou pupuidas
mar. 27: WB bis, sigor deyuds tlkoas
x. , L—Ken. Cyr. 8, 2. 18. H. G. 3.2
10.—(8) to find out mentally, i. e. 16 in-
vent, t contrive, before an indirect
clause with 13 expr, or ipl. Luke 19:
48 ola Sgvonor 20, 10, oh nougecy. Acta
4:21. 0 5: 19 jx elportas molag eio-
eviynucsy aizéy. eee XII Patr. p.
637 sigor, 1h Emaser. ¢, acc. Paleeph.
16. 2

2) Mid. li Sor oncael i.

bo ac-

quire, to oblain, auce c. acc. Heb.
12 clowlay Lixgacr sbpspsyos, — Jos.
Ant. 1.19.1 dotay ageris sipdpsros.

Arr. Alex. M. 1.7.16. Ken, Ap. o 1,8,
— Bo algo the Act, in N. T. but less
often in classic writers, Lob. ad Phryn,

x1

Bisspio ;
B 140, to acquire, te obtain, to get, for
oneself or anather ; Matt 10:99 9 ob.
eer iy yoriy 2.4.1, Luke 9:12

& Bgaory énvostiopsy. John 21:6. Rom.
4:1. Heb. 12 17. Rev. 9 6. 36 14
6. dat. Matt. 11: 29 siphaere drvimavees
sig puzaig Susy. ets 7:46 heir ony
supe eG 8x6, comp. Sept. and >

Ps, 13% 5, 80 Prov. & 13. — Boel
6 16. Luc. Asin. 35. Hian. 4. 13. 6.
— By Hebr. in the phrase siglome
Jaorw naga sq Iq, to find grace, to
tain fevour with God, Lake 1: 30. td
xiey 108 S200, Acts 7: 46. absol. Heb.
4:16. Bo evgely Beos nagd xvplev,
2Tim.1: 18, Bopt. and qr WER Gen.
68, 825. 47:25. Ax.

Evigoxdvdeayr, avos, 6, Eurody-
don, tempestuous wind, Acts 27: 14,
from Evoos, Eurus, east-wind, and alee
Ser & wave. Comp. Heb. D*p, Bont.
mveipa Plawor, Ps. 48:8. Gesen.
art Drip —Other Moe read Rivals
Bory, Euryelydon, from eigts broad, and
sdider, Cod, Alex. and the Vulg, have
Evgaxilev, Euroaquilo,

Evigizegos, ov, 6, i, (sighs, x6-
0s, xeiga,) pp. ‘broad-epaced,’ i. o.
spacious, a8 % 866, Matt. 7: 13,
Sept, for ar Is. 30: 23. — Esdr. 9%
Al. Jos, Ant. 1.18.2, edpuzugia Xen.

Cyr, 4, 1. 18,

EvodBeca, ag, 4, (sdousris,) piety,
reverence, in N.'T. only as directed to
wards God, and denoting the spontane-
ous feeling of the heart, thus differing
from eiddBas, see Tittm. de Synon.
N.T. p. 146; hepee, godliness, religious
ness, Acts 3:12, 1 Tim. 22 4:7, 8
6:3,5,6,11. 2 Tim.3:5, Tit.1; 1. 2Pet.
1:8,6,7. 3:11. Sept. for B4m3 Ne?
Prov. 1: 7. Is. 11: 2—Jos, Ant.'3. 2S.
Diod. 8. 19. 7. Ken. Ag. 3, 5.—Meton.
for religion, the gospel scheme, 1 ‘Tim,
3 16, Comp. Jos. c. Apion. 1. 18 4 xorra:
tots ropous nagadsdoptry jesce.

EvseBde, @, £. ow (chaxpis,) to
be pious towards any one, ¢.¢. accua.
Matth. § 413, 11; e.g. towards God, to
reverence, to worship, Acts 17: 23. to-
wards parents, etc. [voy olwoy, to respect,
to hanour, 1 Tim. 5: 4 — Jos. Ant. 10.

Evoepys
3.2 tiv Suér, Toor, 96. B, 1a igs s
Srots, gonr. Xen. H. G. 1. 7.26/26

EvoeBns, os, ove, 8, 4, adj. (et
iBouas,) piows, in N. TT, towards God,
» devout, Acts 10: 2,7. 22: 12
2 Pet. 29. Sept. for pryx Is. 2d: 16.
26: 7.—Ecclus, 11: 17, 22. “Xen, Mem.
4, 6,2,4.
EvoeBas, adv. piously, religiously,
‘2 Tim, 3 12, Tit. % 12,—Jos, Ant. 8.
12.8. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 13.

Evonuos, ou, 6, 4, (st ojo.) pp-
“+ well-marked,’ trop. of good omen, Plut.
J. Cacs. 43, In nN. T distinguishable,
sc. by certain marks; trop. of speech,
cary to be understood, distinct, 1 Cor. 14:
9.—Pol. 10. 44. 8. Porphyr. de Abstin.

‘2.4. Hesych. stonpor* »
of _

Evontayzvoe, ov, 6, 4 (sv ine
tens. owldyzvoy q. v.) tender-hearted,
full of pity, compassio
1 Pet. 3:8.—Prayer of Manass. 6. Test.
‘XII Patr. p. 537.

Evozquovas, adv. (ebozrpoun,) be-
-comingly, decorously, in a proper man-
ner, Rom. 13:18, 1 Cor. 14:40. 1 Thess,

ee: 12, — Xen, Cyr. 1.3.8, 9. Mem. 3.
aiete UE

Evazquosvvn, 78; 4h (eboxiven,)
Becomingness, decorum, of dregs etc.
1 Cor. 12: 23.—Diod. Sic, 5. 32. Ken.

Cyr. 5.1.5.

Evozjuor, ovos, 8, 4, (e, oxi-
os fe. ies) well-fashioned, well-formed,

a) pp. 1 Cor. 1% 24 wd sbugipora
fut, t0., pllay — X: ‘en. Eq, 1.17.—
Metaph. 25 stogqpoy, decorium, propriety,
1 Cor. 7: 35.

b) trop. in the later Greek, of high

,, honourable, noble; Mark 15:
43 siogiuey Bovletrns. Acts 15: 30.
17; 12 — Jos. de Vita s. § 9. Plut
Parall. 15. or VII. p. 230, ed. R. Comp.
Phryn. et Lob. p. 333, H. Planck in
Bibl, Repos. I. p. 645.

Euroves, adv. (etzoves, fr. at, sel

ves,) intensely, i. e. powerfully, vehemently,
Luke 23: 10. Acts 18: 28,—Sept. Josh,
6 8. Diod. Sic. 11. 65. Xen. Hi. 9. 6.

342

nate, Eph. 4:32. -

Evgoaive
Evrpanedla, ac, 4, (siege:

well-turned, courteous, sportive, fr. et
tgéna,) pp. urdanity, Jos, Ant. 12. 4.
3% Cic. Ep. ad Div. 7.32. humour, wit,
Plot. M. Anton. 43. Diod. Sic. 15. 6.
In N. T. ina bad sense, levity, jeating,
frivolous and indecent discourse, Eph.
& 4, — Aristot. Ethic. 1. 31. Diod. Sic.
20. 63 wir fy t0%5 méro1g eitgameliar.

*

Evruzos, ov, 6, Eutychus, pr. n.
of a youth, Acts 20: 9.

Eriqnuta, as, 4, (etpruos,) words
#f good import or omen, Plut. ed R.
‘VI. 125.8. Jos, 10.11. 7. acclamation,
Hdiun. 1.13.18. In N. T. good report,
good fame, 2 Cor. 6: 8.— Diod. 8. 1. 2
Ael. V. H. 3, 47.

Evignuos, ov, & iy (8 omen,
rut) pp. ‘ well-spoken, well-worded ?
hence, of good import, siprpoug oiamiots
Dion. Hal. Ant, 1.16. laudatory, e. g-
Myovg Pol. 31. 14.1. In N.T. of good

report, praiseworthy, laudable, Phil. 4:8,
eantbal Gr. IV. p, 183, aiozpay én”
sbprpors dékay dxcynouiry.

Euqogda, &, f. saw, (siqoges,
piges,) to bear well, to yield abundantiy,
jntrans. spoken of the earth, Luke 12
16. — Jos. B. J. 2.21.2 obeys 8 THs
Talsolas Aaiogsgon piduora wad rina
sbgogreles So stipogos fertile, Hdian.

Eugoatva, f. avs, (geir, opour
glad-rainded,) to make glad-minded, to
make glad, to cause to rejoice, trans.
Mid. and aor. 1 pass. in mid, signif.
Butt. § 136. 2, to be glad, to rejoice, to
erult, intrans.

1) geor. in Act. once, 2 Cor. 2 2 xat
tig dow 6 siggalvay we; Sept. for
ra Ps. 199 Ecole. 4 21, Xen
Cyr. 8. 7. 12. — Mid. Luke 15: 32 «b-
poardijvas 38 xad zagiivas Be, Acts &
26. Rom. 15:10. Rev. 11:10, 1& 12
Gel. 4:27, comp. Is. 54:1. 0. ¢. & ais
Acts 7:41. dnt twa v. tl, to rejoice
over, Bev. 18: 20. Sept. for 724 Deut.
32: 43. Is. 126. mg 1 Chr. “16: 10,
31. c. dy 1 Sam. 2: 1.— Ael. V.H. 2
Q1, Xen. Occ. 9.12. . dy ib, Hi. L.
16, c. éxh ib, Conv. 7. 5.

b) as connected with feasting, Mid.
to rejoice, to be merry; Luke 1% 19

EBugpacns
gays, nls, dbggaivev. 15: 98,24. Sept.
for rinip Deut, 14: 26, 27:7. — Hom.
Od. 2, 311. Ael. V.H.10. 9, Xen.Conv.
115, — Hence by impl. simply, for to
ferst, to banquet, Luke 15: 29. 16:19. ~

Evgodrys, ov, 6, Euphrates, Heb.
nQ Gen. 2 14, a large and celebrated
river of western Agia, rising in the
mountains of Armenia, and flowing
through Syria and Mesopotamia into
the Persian gulf, Rev. 9 14. 16:12
Bee Calmet art. Babylonia.

Evggosivn, ne, % (sipgam,)
glainess oy ‘Acts 2:28. 14: 17. Sept.
for mq Esth. 9: 18, 19. Ps, 4: 8. —
Ecelus. 4: 13. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.7.

Bizageorée, 0, @, f. joo, (ciao
o705,)a0r.1 sizapioryca and gia
Bom. 1:21 in inter edit. Buttm. 386.

2; pp. ‘to shew one’s self grateful, i.e.
fo requite a favour, i. gq. Seddon zo
Dem. 257.2, Im later Greek and in
N. T. to give thanks, to thank, i. q. tidi- 9g
wat zagiy, to express one’s gratitude,
Lob. ad Phrys. p. 18; ¢. c. dat. of per-
oon, Lake 17: 16 sizepurvin aing ‘2c.
*Feoot. Rom. 16: 4. — Jos, Ant. 14, 10.
7. Plut. de Garral. c.7 pen. — Else-
where in N. T. used only in reference
to God, to give thanks to God, usually
seq. 1 Dep etc. and also otheradjuncts,
an with mipl, émig, brs, a, etc. Luke 18:
11, & qagioatos ratra mpoonizso* &
Geis, rizagutS cos x.t.2. John 11:
41. Acts 28: 15. Rom. 1: 8. 7: 25,
1Cor. 3: 4,14. 14: 18. Eph. 5: 20,
Phil. 1:3, Col. 1:3, 12. 3:17, 1 Thess.
Padi? 2Th 33, 213. Phi-
. 4. Rev. 11:17, abeol. Eph. 1:16.
Them. 518 Pass. c. acc. 2 Cor. i
11 tra eizaguotn dy (1§ Deh) 16 zeguoycr,
comp. Buttm. § 134. 6, and n. 2, — Ju-
ith 8: 22, Jos, Avt.1.10.5. Arr. Epict.
1. 4. 82. Diod. Sic. 16. 11. absol.
Philo de Somn. p. 1145. A.—Spoken of
giving thanke before meals etc. ‘seq.
eq Sey, Acts 27:35. Rom. 14: 6 bis.
asbeol. Matt. 15: 36. 26: 27. Mark 8:6.
14: 23, Luke 22: 17,19, Jobn 6: 11, 23.
1 Cor, 10: 30, 11: 24.—By impl. for to

+, to bless, to worship, Rom. 1: 21,
A Gor. 14:17 xaddic stgagseseis, cor-
wesponding to sidoyjogs in v. 16,

343

Eig

Evzagutia, as, 4, (viziguotos,)
gratitude, thankfulness, Acts 2: 3.—
Philo de Plant. Nod p. 231. Dem. 256.
19. — In Paul's writings and Rev.
thanksgiving, thanks, i.e. the expression
of gratitude to God; so seq. dat, 19
Sup etc. comp. in Eizagsctia, and
Matth. § 390. 2 Cor. oi, 2 Rev.
4:9, 7:12, genr. 1 Cor. 14: 16. 2 Cor.
4:15, Phil. 4:6, Col. 2:7. 4:2, 1 Thees.
&9 1Tim. 21. 4:3,4. So im the
Pauline usage Eph. 5:4, where others
grateful discourse. — Aquil, for 734m
Am. 4: 5. Wied. 16: 28. genr. Joa
Ant 4.8, 25, Pol. 8. 14, 8.

Evzeouoros, ov, 5, 4, (et, zagl-
towas) grateful, i.e. pleasing, Xen. Cyr.
2.21. Sept. yuri siz. for ety
Prov. 11: 16, — In N. T. grateful, i.e
thankful, full of gratitude to God, Col.
3 15.—Jos. Ant 16, 6.2. Xen. Cyr. 8.
3. 49. — Others, by mpl. well-plearing,
acceptable, s¢. to God. Others liberal,

as in Diod. Sic. 18, 28.

rt ew

Evgy, Hs, %, (sixopas,) 1. prayer,
sc. to God, James 5:15, coll. v. 16,
Sept, for meen Job 16: 17. Prov. 1%
9, — Aeschin. Dial. 3. 10. Xen. Conv,
8.15,

2. a vow, spoken of the vow of the
Nazarite, Acts 21: 23. So Sept. for
1y Num. 62,21. See Num. «. &
Jabra § 38. Tn the case of indigent
Nazarites, it was customary among the
Jews for others to be at the expense of
the sacrifice by which their vow was
terminated, who thus became partners
in their vow; see the passages from
the Rabbins cited by Wetstein in loc.
and Jos, Ant. 19.6. 1.— Acts 18 18
sagdparos Tir xupaljy ty Keyzouaig,
ays yag siziy, prob. a votum civile,
usual among the Jews as well as the
Gentiles, by which persons in distress
or danger or: any necessity vowed in
case of deliverance to cut off their hair
and offer sacrifices in honour of God ;
see espec. Jos. B. J. 2. 15.1. Luc, de
Merc. cond. 1. Luc. Hermotim. 86.
Diod. Si 18. comp. Wetstein in loc,
Some, supposing such a vow to be in-
consistent with Paul’s views, refer xegd-
paves to Axilag. Others suppose the

Euzouar

vow of a Nazarite tobe meant.—Diod.
Bic. 1. 68, Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.

Bozouar, f. tous, depon. Mid.
imperf. edyopny et yizopry, Buttm. § 86.
2, pp. ‘to speak out, to utter aloud?
hence, to pray, sc. to God, Xen. An. 4.
8.13. to vow, Ken. An. 4.8.25. to
Boast, Pol. 5, 49, 1. — In N. T. only in
the first signif. to pray, viz.

8) pp. to God, c. dat. 14 Seg, Acts
2629, see indy I. 1. a. mg0¢ tov Oxde
2 Cor. 13:7. absol. et seq. émép tive
James 5:16. Sept. for byanm Num.
Wi: 2 91: & ng Ex. & 29, 30.—
c. dat, Demosth. 225. 1.'Xen, An. 4. 8.
Boe args 9 Macc. 9: 13. Xen, Mem.
1.3,2. Gzip Act. Thom. § 9.

b) by impl. to pray for, i.e. to wish
Sor, to desire earnestly, c. accus. et infin,
“Acts 27:29 yizorto Spiga yerioSas,
Bom. 93, 3John 2. c. ace. rott0,
2 Cor. 13:9, Sept. for yan Jer. 42:
92. — Acschin. Dial. 3. 6, Xen. An. 1.
4.7, 17. Conv. 4. 33.

Esyonoros, ov, 6, i, adj. (sb in-
tens. zodoue,) very 2 Tim. 2%
1, 4: 11. Philem. 11.—Sept. Prov. 1:
36. Diod. Sic. 5. 40. Xen. Mem. 3.
as

Biyuyde, ©, £. How, (siyrzes,

yyi,) to be animated, to be in good
spirits, Phil. 2 19. — Anth. Gr. IV.
p- 275. So sbyvzla good spirits, cour-
age, Dem. 1408. 15. Plut. ed. R. VIII.
318. 2,

Evadia, as, %, (sboSins, fr. te,
pf. Blwds,) good odour, sweet savour,

pp Eoelus.24:15, Xen.Conv.
2.3. In N.T. only trop. of persons or
things well-pleabing to God, 2 Cor. &
15, Eph. & 2 Pbil. 4: 18 Comp.
Sept, and riz 1) Lev. 1: 9, 18, 17.
Num. 28: 18, ‘aleo Test. XII Patr.
p. 547,

Bicivupos, ov, 5, i, i Srous)

q ‘name, honoured, Hes. Theog.
ee OL 2.13 Hence, of good
‘omen, used by way of eupbemism in-
stead of dquatagds, the left, which was a
word of ill omen, since all omens on
the left were sinister or regarded as
unfortunate by the Greeke, aud in part
by the Romans; see Potter’s Gr. Ant.

344

m .
1. p.82%. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. $01.
Viger. p. 92—In N. TT. the left, spoken

chiefly of the left hand, in opp. to
right, Mast. 90: 1, 23, 2 $3, 41.
38, Mark 10: 87, 40, 15:27. of
left foot, Rev. 10: 2. So adverbialty,
Acts 21:3 xatalendvres ainiy sbeh

fe. on the left hand. Sept. for bent
Josh. 23: 6. Neh. 8: 6. — Hdot 7. 1
Pol. 5.7.11. Xen. Ven. 10. 12.

"Ege ddopac, f. alotpas, (él, d-

owas) to leap or spring upon, i.c. to
assault, seq. ens c. acc. Acts 19: 16.

SRF

Sept. for by of ro mvsipea rushing
Saul, 1 . 10: 6. 11: 6. 16: 13%
— Hom. I. 11. 421. of mounting a

horse, c. dat. Plut. ed R. VI. p. 526.

*Expanag, adv. (dnt, Snot) lit.
“upon once, i.e. once, once for all,
Rom. & 10, Heb. 7: 27. 9: 12, 10:10.
Bo 1 Cor. 15:6 once, i.e. not several
times.—Lue, Demosth. Ene. 21.

*Epeotvoc, 7, ov, Ephesian, of
Ephesus, Rev. 2 1 in text. rec.

* Eeptowos, to, ov, Ephesien, on
Zpherien, Acts 19: 28, 34, 35 bis. Zl:

"Egeaos, ov, %, Ephesus, 0 cele-
brated city, the capital of Ionia, on the
western coast of Asia Minor, between
Smyma and Miletus. It contained a
temple of Diana, 60 splendid as to be
reckoned one of the seven wonders of
the world. When this was burnt by
the fool Herostratus in A.C. 356, in or-
der to immortalize his name, it was
rebuilt at the common expense of all
Greece. See Pausan. 7. 2 Pliny 5
87. Strabo 14. 948. Here was also
gathered one of the chief Christian
churehes of the apostolic age. Acts 1&
19, 21, MW. 19: 1, 17, 26. 20: 16, 17.
1 Cor. 15:32. 16:8. Eph. 1:1, 1 Tim.
1:3. 2 Tim. 1: 18 4:12 Rev. 2: 1.
See Calmet, art. Ephesus.

*Expeugerys, ov, 5, (4pevelom wo
find upon sc. any one, Hom. Od. mM.
145, to invent, Pind. Pyth. 19 18,) am
inventor, deviser, Rom. 1: 30 épevgerag
sarxiry,—Comp. xaxéer rigetel, Philo in
Place. p. 968. /s24tevers corner Zor +

“Eqnuepia

Epyuspia, as, ts (pipes)
not found in the classics; in Sept. pp.
daily service of the priests in the temple,
for 3x57 2 Chr. 13: 10, comp. v. 11.
Endr. 1: 16. Suid. 4 14¢ tiyépas de
tovgyla, — Hence in N. T. meton. a
course, clase, into which the priests
were divided for the daily temple-ser-
vice, each class continuing for a week at
a time, Luke 1:5,8, Seo in’4fut, and
comp. 1 Chr. c. 24, 2 Chr. & 14. Jos,
Ant. 7.14.7. So Sept. for nitnn
1 Chr. 23: 6. 28:18. “awn Neh. 12
mA. Pyyea 2 Chr. 25: 8.' Neb. 12: 9.
—Eodr. 1:

"Epuepos, Ou, 6, i, adj. (emt jis
9%) pp. ‘for the day,’ 6 dg jjuigay dy, i.6.

Thuc. 2.52. In N.T. daily,

James 2:15 sig Apyuigov tpogiis. —
Diod. Bic. 3. 32 xis Apnudpous roopes.

EXVEOMOLL, OVUM, BOF. 2 epi—

dyer (én, ierioues,) to come upon or to
any one, to arrive at, seq. Syge c. gen.
2Cor. 10:13. seq. eis c. acc. 2 Cor.

10; 14.—Pol. 3. 81.3. Xen. Cyr. 1.1.5,

*Eqplorus, £. irvorjow, (th, torm-
pe) eae to place upon or over, Hdian.

15. Xen. H.G.3.1.7. to set over,
Xen. Lac. 2.1. — In N. T. only in the
intransitive forms, Act. aor. 2 énéory,
perf. particip. 2peorac, and Mid. ég/-
GOzapat, to place oneself upon or near,
to stand upon, by, near, etc. See Buttm.
§107, II. 1 and 3.

a) pp. of persons, to stand by, near,

etc. gent. Luke % 38 xal aini) aing 17

dmotéca x. 7.1. Acta 22: 13, 20,
c. dat. of pers. Acts 23: 11, seq, dnd tu
Acts 10:17, 11:11. érava tiv05, to
stand by and over, Luke 4: 39. Sept.
for 327 1 Sam. 17: 51. Zech. 1: 10, 11.
¢, éxava 2 Sam. 1:9, for 323 Gen. 24:
43, Amos 9: 1. — Dem, 346.2, Xen,
Conv. 2. 7. c, dat. Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2.
ce, éxh Pol. 4. 40. 1.

b) implying also approach, to come
and stand by, to come to ot upon any
person or place ; Luke 20; 1 énéornaay
of dozugsis x. 2.2. 10: 40. — Dem. 66.
23. Hdian. 3, 12. 18.—So with the idea
of sudden appearance, Acts 12:7 &y-
yalog xuglou ce. dat. Luke 2 9,
24: 4. — Plut. Amet, Narr. 3, Hdot. 5.

44

345

* Ex8pes

56. — In a hostile sense, to come upon,
to assail, genr. Acts 6:12. 23:27. ¢. dat.
Acts 4:1. 17:5. Sept. for pith? Jer,
21: 2.—Jos, Ant. 7. 11. 1.

©) trop. (a) of persons, fo sland fast
to be instant, pressing, earneal ;
2 Tim. 4:2 énloryos sinalges éxalgus
8c. xngvoowr tor loyor. — Dem. 70. 16.
— (8) of things, ©. g. evil, to come upon,
to fall upon, to befall, seq. ink c. acc.
Luke 21:34. c. dat. 1 Thess, 5:3, So
of a tempest, Acts 28: 2,—Wisd. 6: 5, 8.
19: 1. Goqog Pol. 18. 3, 7. — In the
sense of to impend, to be at hand, 2 Tim.
4:6 6 xaugog épéotyxs.—Jos, Ant. 2.4.3,
Dem. 287. 5.

*Egoaiu, 6, indec. Ephraim, Heb.
beqpy, in N.T. pr. 2. of « town oF
city, jobn 11: 54. Eusebius says it
was 8 Rom. miles north of Jerusalem,
while Jerome with more probability
makes the distance 20 Roman miles,
Onomast. in voc. Josephus mentions
Epbraim and Bethel as being small
towns, apparently near each other,
B, J. 4. 9. 9, Comp, 2 Sam. 18: 23,
2 Chr. 13: 19, Reland Palaest. p. 765.
Rosenm, B. Geogr. II. ii. p. 148.

’ Eqgada, Epkphatha,an Aramean
imperative, i. q. SsavoigOrs1, be opened,
Mark 7:34. It comes from the verb
inp to open, and is either for imper.
Niphal nnov, or imper. Tthpael rnp.

“EzSoa, ae, th, (pp. fem. of dy-
Seés,) enmity, hatred, Luke 23: 12.
Rom. 8: 7. Gal. 5: 20. James 4: 4,
Sept. for muzip Num. 35: 20. Prov. 26:
26. — Hdian. 3. 6. 10. Ken. Mom. 1. 2.
10. — Meton. cause of enmity, Eph. 2
15, 16. 7

"Ey8-p0e, a, ov, (i¢os,) 1. Pass.
hated, odious, object of enmity; Rom.
1: 28 &Feoi de tpdc, in antith. with
6; iyamytol. — Wisd, 15:18. t0ig Dedig
dzS9os ‘Ael. V. H. 2.23. Xen. Cyr. 5.

7 ‘Act. inimical, hostile. a) pp. 98
adj. Matt. 13:28 drdebe dS qumos, i.e.
. 5: 10 dyDgol oveas.

ser Eath.7:6, Xen. Mem.

” b) as subst. 3 ép996s, an enemy, aulser-
sary, Buttm. § 198.3. (e) genr. and

“Egedva

seq. gen. of pers. Matt. 5: 43, 44. 10:
36, 13: 25, Luke 1: 71, 74. 6: 27, 35.
19: 27, 43, Rom. 12: 20. Gal. 4:16.
2 Thess. 3:15. Rev. 11: 5,12. ¢. gen.
of thing, Acts 13:10. So Sept. for 37&
Gen. 49: 8. Lev. 26: 7. al. saep.—Dem.
1121, 12, Thue. 6. 18.—(f) of the ad-
versaries of the Messiah, seq. gen. Matt.
2: Ad Sung diy 9G oie by Seog cou tno-
odioy x. 1.4, 80 Mark 12:36. Luke
20: 43. Acts 2: 35, 1 Cor. 15:25. Heb.
1:13, 10:18, also 1 Cor, 15:26. Phil.
3:18 r0¥ arevpod. So zy. rou Beou James
4: 4—{) spec. 4 dy Gods, the adversary,
Satan ; Luke 10:19 én} nécay viv 30-
vauiy tov éxSgov, comp. v.18. So
Matt. 13: 39, — Test. XII Patr. p. 657,
658. Act, Thom. § 29, 30,

“Ey.dva, ne, Ay (xis, « viper,
Acts 28 3, — Diod. Sic. 2, 43, Luc.
Alex. 10. —Trop. of wicked men, yer
njpora tzdrey, progeny of vipers, Matt.
3:7, 12:34, 28:33, Luke 3:7.—Eurip.
fon. 1262. [1276.]

"Eywo, £. fe, also oxjaw, imperf.
alzoy, sor. 2 Eazor, perf. taxnuc, see
Battm, § 114 sub voc. to have, to hold,
i.e. to have and hold, implying continued
having or possession, trans,
pp. and primarily, fo have in one’s
hands, to hold in the band ; Rev. 1: 16
Kyun & 1 B0hiG aro zuigh dovdgas En-
ta. 6:5. 10: 2. 17: 4.— Hom. rei 114
éy zeal Bzav. al. saep. Lue. D. Deor.
11. 249 doug pir Szor. comp. Hdot. 7.
16.—8So by impl. Matt, 26:7, Heb, 8:3,
Rev. 3: 1. 5: 8, 6:2 8:3, 6. 9 14. al.

b) genr. and most frequently, to have,
to possess, sc. externally. (a) c. accus.
of things in one’s possession, power,
charge, control, etc. (1) genr. and
simply, e. g. property, Matt. 13: 12,
19; 21, 22. Mark 10: 22, 23. Luke 18:
24. 21:4. al. pnday Eyeiy,to have n
to be poor, 2 Cor. 6 10. (Hon. I. 2.
262 Xen. Cyr.2.4.9.) Hence in later
usage, éyesy simply, with 1a Agipara
or the like impl. to have sc. much, to be
rich ete. and ov v. ux Zzesv, to have not,
to be poor, Matt, 13:12. 25:29, 1Cor.
11: 2%, 2 Cor. 8: 11, 12, James 4: 2.
—Palaeph. 49.1. Dem. 1123, 25. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 8. 44, coll. 45. — Bo of flocks,
xpofarer Syuy Matt. 12:11. (Lue. D.

346

“Exo
Deor. 4.2 ult.) of produce, estates, ete.
Luke 12: 19. 18:6, xlggoroulay trop.
Epb. 575, and pégos pera tives John
18: 8, comp. Gen. 31: 14. Num. 18: 20.
Deut. 12: 12, — Of arms, utensils, etc.
Luke 2% 36 bis. Rev. 18: 19. (Lue, D.
Mort. 11. 1.) garments, Luke & 11.
9:3. provisions, Matt. 14:17, Mark &
1, 2, 5,7. John 23. 1 Tim. & 8.
(Hdian. 3. 9. 17. Xen. An. 2 3. 27.)
a home, place, ete. Matt. 8: 20, Mark
5:8, Luke 12 17, members or parts
of the body, era Matt. 11: 15. dqSai-

pots Mark 8: 18. (Palaeph. 32.1.) Luke
$4:99, Rev. 0:10. Act 11:3 cexgofu-
orlay Syortes, uncircumcised, gentiles.
xagdlay heart, trop. Mark 8:17. 2 Pet.
2 14, power, ‘faculty, dignity, etc.
John 4: 44. 6: 68. 17:5. Heb. 2 14.
7: 24, Rev. 9 11. 16:9, 17: 18. — Pa-
laeph. 29.3, Plat. Cat. Min. 16. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 11, — 80 of any good, advan-
tage, benefit, ete. piodor Matt & 46.
Zags npd¢ tor aor, i.e. favour with,
‘Acts 2: 47, (Sept. for 37 Ex. 33: 12.)
Acts 24:16. Rom. 4: 2. 5: 2 9: 10.
nlowy faith, as a giftetc. 14:22. 1Cor.
18:2, James 2 1, 14,18, ony aidmor
John 3: 36. 6: 40, 47, 53, 54. al—Of a
law, etc. John 19: 7, 1 Cor. 7: 25.
1 John 4:21. So of age, years, John
8: 57. 9: 21. —Jos. Ant, 1. 13.2 Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6. 34. — OF a ground of com-
plaint, etc. seq. xatd tiv0s or 905 Teva,
Matt. 5: 23. Acts 19:38, 24:19. 25: 19.
1Cor. 6:1. Rev. 2 4,14, 20. ora
ground of reply, 2 Cor. 5:12. Of a
definite beginning and end, Heb. 7:3
Unie doxny judg prire Corie télos Eran.
— (2) With an adjunct qualifying the
accusative, e.g. an adj. or particip. in
the accus. Acts2:44 elzoy drrarra round.
Acts 20:24 0884 Era tiv yuri wow
tiplay nor do T hold my life dear. Luke
19: 20. So with @ noun in apposit.
1 Pet. 2 16 a dig dmixdluppa Torre
tig xoxlag ty Gavdeglav. — Lue, D.
Deor. 9. 1 sosdiba yap tiv xapaliy Eras
—(8) By impl. with the notion of
charge, trust, ete. Rev. 1: 18 tye tas
xbtig to Savdrov. 12:12. 1% 3, 6,
Ryovrag winyds breed x.1.1.—Dem. 1153.
4.—(4) In the sense of to have at hand,
to have ready, 1 Cor. 14: 96 Sevres
palpoy Ezas x. 1. 1.

"Eye

(6) & accus. of person, implying
some special relation or connexion, viz.
(1) geor. and simply, e. g. of a husband
or wife, Matt. 14: 4 03 Soi cov dyur
ainjy ec. asa wife. 22:28. Mark 12:
23. al. John 4:17 4 yur) ena oix
Tze dvdea. v.18, Comp. Schaef ad
Grog. Cor. p. 981, — Schol. Ven, ad Il.
6. 398 4 709 yun) Exet0, 5 O8 avig Ey.
Odyes. 4. 569, Luc. D. Mort. 16. 1. —
So dduqois tyuy Luke 16: 28. doz
agéa Heb. 4:14. (ixatoy Plot, Cat. Min.
21.) Bsondrag 1 Tim. 6 2. oixordpor
Luke 161, twa Tit1: 6. viois
Gal. 4:22. giloy Luke 11:5. yjpas
1 Tim. 5: 16. etc. etc. Matt. 9: 36. 27:
16, 65, Luke 4:40. John 5:7. Rev.
2 14, 15, al—Xen. Cyr. 1.6.11, An.
3, 4. 13.—{2) With an adjunet qualify-
ing the accus. eg. 8 noun in apposit.
Matt. 8:9 masiga iy “ABpacip.
Jobn 8: 41, Acts 13: 5 slyoy 38 xab *To~
divvqy inngiray. Phil. 3:17, Philem. 17.
Heb. 12:9, Sic. 4.61.) With an
adj. or particip. in the accus, Luke 17:
7 Sobhor yee a Ggotguivea, 14: 18, 19
ys us nag: » 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13.
Phil. 2: 20,29. (Hdian. 1. 16.9.) So
with a prep. and its case, Acts 25: 16
aigly i xaci medaumnoy Fos tvs xarnyé—
ous. Matt, 26: 11 Syste
davis. Jobo 12, 8. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4
17.) So izuy in? tavedy Matt. 8 9.
Luke 7:8. ég Savroii Rev. 9: 11.

(y) where the subject is a thing, to
have, implying the existence of some
thing in or in close connexion with the
subject 5 c. ace, of thing, Matt. 13:5
om tye piv noldjy—hie 13 pi Eyuv
Bados ris. v. 6, 27. Luke 11: 36, 20:
24. Acts 27: 39, So Acts 1: 12 dgos
sopBirov Ezov 53y, having a sabbath
day's journey, i, e. being thus far from
the city. 1 Cor. 1223. 1 Tim. 4:8
2 Tim. 2:17 youty Se i.e. shall eat
around, spread. Heb. 9:8 éyovons otd-
ow, having yet a standing. James 1:
Rev. 4: 7, 8.—Plut. Cat. Min. 5. Diod.
Bie. 5. 13.

¢) spoken of what one is said fo have
in or on, by or with himself, i.e. of
any condition, circumstances, state, ex-
sernal or internal, in which one is, etc.

(a) genr. of any obligation, duty,
course, etc, Acts 21:23 sizyy izortes

347

. towards any one, Lat.

“Eye

dg buviisy, 18: 18. Rom. 12: 4 xpath.
2Cor. 4:1 dtaxorlay, Phil. 1: 30 et Col.
% 1 dydva, (Plut. Cat, Min. 24.) Luke
12: 50 fadrtigpe 36 tye Banniodivas,
see in Banrlico 2b. Ofsin, guilt, ete.
dpagslay tye Joho 9: 41, 15:22. Fy-
sdqua Acts 23:29, xgiva 1 Tim, 5: 12.
But xpluara tyur, to have lawsuits,
1 Cor. 6 7. (Lat. lites habeo, Hor. Sat.
1.7.5.) v. 4. Acts 28:29. — So relog
Execy, to have an end, i.e. Pp. to come
to an end, be destroyed, as 6 Zurmvats,
Mark 3:26. or trop. to have uu ac-
complishment, be fulfilled, as prophecy,
Luke 22: 37. — pp. Diod. Sic. 16. 91.
trop. Hom. Ii. 18 378, — Of effects or
results depending on the subject as a
cause or antecedent; Heb. 10: 35 irs
Fyes pio Sanodoclay peydley, i.e. which
has or brings with it great reward.
1 John 4: 18 6 goBos xdlacw Eyes.

(8) of any condition or affection of
body or mind, where one is said to have
such and such an affection, ete. (1), OF
Be body, a8 paorlyas v. de Berdas

ey, to infirmity, e
Mark 3:10, Acts 28:9, Heb. 7: 28.
wounds, Rev. 13: 14, dasévoy v.
nveipa Gxddugroy kyuy, to have « devil,
etc, to be possessed, Matt. 13:18. Mark

peF 3: 22, 30, 9:17, Luke 13: 11. Acts 16:

16. 19: 13.—(2) Of the mind, as dyasiy
Tuy, Jobn 5: 42, 1% 85. dvdyeqy
Luke 14:18, 23:17. (Jos, Ant. 16. 9. 3.
Plut.Cat.Min.24 fin.) dvanavow Rev.
4:8. eignrq John 16: 33. Acts 9 31.
(comp. Dem. 18,12.) dnida Acts 24:
15. (Hdian. 2.3.4.) éeFuplay Phil.
1: 23, BAlyw 1 Cor. 7: 28. Syusy
Rev. 12:12. vody Xpitod 1 Cor. %
16. sagénolay Eph. 3:12. alow,
as an affection of mind, Matt. ta 20.
mvtipa Xqiot0t Rom. 8:9. ay. dysor
1 Cor. 6: 19. sevsia Jude 19. advo
Col. 4:13. géfoy 1 Tim.5:20, zagdr
3 John 4. zaps tu, to have favour
habeo,
i. q, to thank, Luke 17: 9. 1 Tim. 1:12
(Dem.12.11. Xen.Cyr. 5.1.4.) goelar
Eyer, to-have need, to be in want, seq.
gen. Matt. 6:8 ov zoslay Syste, Luke 5:
31. 1 Cor, 12:21. eb. 5:12, genr.
Mark 2:25. Acts 2:45. 4:35. seq. in-
fin. Matt. 3:14, 1 Thess. 1:8. seq.
Yva, John % 25. 16: 30. 1 John % 27.

“Exo

— Arr. Epict. 1.29. 27. Pol. 9, 12.1.
— By an inversion of the subject and
predicate such an affection or emotion
is in Greek writers often said to have,
to possess a pervon;, in N.T. only
Mark 16:8 elye 8° errs respos ab Be
gradu. — Hor. Il. 18, 247 marcas yee
Bye tosuos. 3. 342 Sciyfios. 1. 82 x6-
dog. Hdot. 4. 115 géfos. Xen. H. G. 7.
2.9 xlavolyslos. Bee Passow in “Eze
Lb

(y) pp-of things which one has in,
on, or about himself, including the idea
of to bear, to carry; ¢. g. in oneself, as
& avrg) Eze, to be pregnant, Matt. 1:
18 et Rev.12:2; see in Tactge. Trop.
2 Cor. 1:9, 4:7. Phil. 1:7. — 80 on
oneself, gf garments, arms, ornaments,
ete. i,q. to bear, to wear ; Matt. 3 4
alge to Bydupa. John 12: 6 10 yleooo-
sopor slze. 18: 10 udzaigar. Rev. 9:17
Seigaxas. So seq. énl expr. or impl.
1 Cor. 11: 10. Rev. 9:4. 13:17, 14:1,
14. 162 19: 16,—Lue. D. Deor. 2. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 96. ib. 7.5. 29. c, ini
Lue. D. Deor. 26. 1 med.—1 Cor. 11:4
Ezeer norres xaqpadiis, to have upon the head, x
pp. 80 as to hang down from it, like a
veil, toga, ete. .Comp. Plt, Quaest.
Rom. 14 tev nore xapadig 23 ipdtior.
—Trop. of persons wearing an appear-
ance, etc. Col. 2; 23. 2 Tim. & 5.
Rev. 3:1. (Hdot.7. 138.) Ofatreehav-
ing leaves, Mark 11: 13.

(8) in the sense of to contain, i. e. to
have within oneself, Heh. 9: 4 bis. Rev,
Q1: 11.—Trop. ¢ay dv faveai, Matt. 18:
21. Mark 4:17.

d) trop. and intens. fo have firmly se.
in mind, to hold to, to hold fast, viz.

(a) genr. e. g. of things, John 14: 21
3 Yywr ras bvroldg pov xal moay airas.
1 Cor. 11:16, Phil. 3:9. 1 Tim. 3: 9.
2 Tim. 1: 13. Heb. 6:19. 1 Pet. 2:12.
1 John 5:10. Rev. 2 24, 25.—So Eyaw
Se6y, tov nariga, tor vidy, to have God
and Christ, to hold fast to them, i.e. to ne-
knowledge with love and devotednese,
1 John 2 23 bis. 5: 12 bis. 2 John
9 bis.

(8) by impl. to hold for or as, to re-
gard, to count, ¢. ace. of pers. with a
noun in apposit. Mate. 14: 5 og xpoqy-
typ aindy [ odvryy) elyor, they counted
Aim as a prophet, 21: 26,46, So Mark

348

Exo

11: 32, where for the attraction, see
Battm. § 151. 1. 6, — feocr. p. 239. A,
tlvas ovy Byw menasdeypivors x 1. 2
‘Theogn. Sent. 487.

e) 8eq. infin. strietly with an aceus,
ti, oidéy, etc. viz. Eyor r¢ [Son] tixeiy
v. mosfeat, or the like, as in Engl to
have something to say or do, i.e. by
impl. to be able to say or do something,
ican, implying only an objective or
external ability, and thus differing from
Sivaper q.v. Usually ¢. infin. aor.
Luke 7: 40 yw ool ts ciniiv, 1% 4 pay
izir meg. 14 wosjoas, Acts 4: 14 of

Biv elyoy avtuniy, Acts 23: 17, 18.
25: 26. 28:19. c. infin. 2 John
12, — Ael. V. H. 2. 28 slyoy ws sinsiv.
Hdian. 6. 1. 24. Palaeph. 32.10. Xen.
Cyr.7.5.42 obdéy dv Fyorusy pipportas.
ec. infin, pres. Xen. An. 2 2 11,—More
direct is the meaning fo be able, Fean,
when the accus. is suppressed, ¢. g.
eq. infin, aor. Matt. 18:25 py Forres
84 citod dmodoivas, lit. he not having to
pay, i.e. not being able to pay. Heb. 6:
13. ¢. infin, pres, John 8:6 tra Eyee:

iy airob, 2 Pet. 1: 15.—. inf.
aor. Jos. Ant. 8.1.1. Lue. D. Deor.
26.1 Eyes pos ebnsiy xérepos x. 1.2. Xen,
Mem. 2.7.11 oty Rw dxodoive. c. inf.
pres, Sept. Prov. 3:27. Luc. D. Deor.
17.1 Se aad tyw Eeyyeldr. Xen. Cyr. &
3.7 dg dy riiy Roper ofp x xh —
So where the imfin. ppreseed ;
Mark 14:86 foyer atry [x 8), exos—
noe. Acts 3:6 0 38 kyu [ateoee Twi
cot 8iScqss.—Dem. 425. 10 058° 3x6 x99
mousiv Beers.

f) intrans. or with éevedy ete. impl.
Buttm, §180. 0.2. Matth. § 496; always
with an adverb or adverbial phrase, to
have oneself 20 and 60, to be circum:
stanced, to be, ete. e.g. stoluec ize, to
be ready, Acts 21: 13. Cor. 1% 14.
comp. in “Brojues. (Ael. V. H. 4. 13.)
lozsires Iyer, to be at extremity, Mark &
23, see in Bopitar, So'xaxsic Eyer, to
be sick, Matt. 4:24. Luke 7:2. (Xen.
Ove. 3.11.) xadsig Bzesv, to be well, i.e
to recover from sickness, Mark 16 18.
aloo John 4: 52, (genr. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.
a7) nee Ugur, to be 20, Acts 7: 3.
iS. al, weig 15:96, Glee 1 Tim.

se Xen. An. 8. 1. 82 otras. Acl.

V. Hi. 2. 86 mois. — Acts 24:95 vb viv

sate PGR tet

“Eus
zor wogeton, as it now is, as the matter
now stands, i. e. adverbially, for the

Comp. Viger. p. 9. — "Tob. 7:
“1. Plut. Amator. 1. Lac, Anachar, 40
ult_—Seq. dy c. dat, adverbially ; John
& 5,6, dy doSavalg iyny. 2 Cor. 10: 6.
So of place, Eyer éy, to be in a place,
John 11:17 forte dy 1H .—Tos.
Ant.7.1.1. comp. Arr. AL M. 6.17.9.
8) Mid. Zyouas, to hold oneself upon
or to, to adhere to, Hom. Il. 7. 248.
gen. of person, Sept. for Pat Deut. 30:
20. Theogn. Sent. 32. to be near to,
adjacent, contiguous, seq. gen. Diod. Sic.
2. 49 init. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 20.—In N.T.
only particip. Zyduevog, 1, ov, near,
next, c.g. of place, Mark 1:38 tis 145
dzopivas xmpondlas, i.e. next, adjacent.
—Jos, Ant, 6. 1. ‘} Xen. eee 10.
— Of time, + OMEWN BC. 1 the
next day, in arene 26. abeol.
Luke 13: 33, Acts 20:15, 19 38 dy.
caffary Acts 13: 44.—Sept. 1 Chr. 10:
8. 2 Mace, 12:39. Jos. Ant. 5. 9,2.
Pol. 3, 112, 1—Trop. Heb. 6: 9 xe: éyo-
para cortnolac, things pertaining to sal-
vation, conjoined with it.—Luc. Her-
mot. 69 stair dinldos ob puxpag dysueva
Iéyas. Plat. Euthyd. p.213. A. comp.
Xen. An. 6.3.17. Au.

“Eze, adv. and later also as prep.
c. gen,

I. Asadv. a) until, i.e. s0 long as
until, marking the continuance of an
action up to the time of another action,
and followed by the Indicative, Sub-
junct. or Opt. according as the latter
action is certain or uncertain; Buttm.
$146.3, Matth.§ 522.1. Winer §42. 3

a) Seq. Indic. of a past action;
Matt. 2:9 Fug 2h Dew tory, 2A: 39.—Ken.
Cyr. 1.3.7.—Of a future action, where
the earlier Greeks ‘Prefer the Subjunc-
tive, but Jater writers employ the fu-
ture; comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 927.
So with igzona: in a fut. sense, see
“Fexouas 2. a. Luke 19:13 fos Epzonas,
John 21: 22, 23. 1 Tim. 4: 13, coll. 3:
14.—Plut. Lycurg. 29 diy dxalvoug du-
paresv x. 2.1, Lore Emctvesasy tx Aelepsy
@inds, for the fut. signif. see Buttm.
108. V. 5.—(8) Beg. Subjunct. aor. with
Gv, where the latter action is only prob-
able; here in Lat. we find the fut. ex-

349

"Bos

sctum, and ia Engi. either the first or
second future; Matt. 1. c. p.1010. Wi-
ner I. c. p.245. Matt. 2: 13 Sug dy eines
gos, 5: 18, 26. 10: 11. 12: 20, Mark 9:
1, 12 36, Lake 27. 13: 35, 21: 32.
1 Cor. 4:5. James 5:7. al. .—_Bept.
Job 27: 5. Xen. An. SLi, Oyr3-3,
46, — With Gy suppressed, see Matth.
§ 522, note, Lob. ad Phryn, p. 14,
Mark 6 45 Sng aires éolien tor Szlor.
14: 82. Luke 154. 17:8. 2 Theas, 2
7. Heb. 10:18. Rev. 6:11. 20: 5.

b) by impl. 20 long as, while, i.e.
doting the continuance of another ac-
tion, until it ends, etc. John 9 4 fag

§uiga dovlr, 12: 85, 26, bag 25 ig Evers,
foetus. 30: 20. Dem. 15.5. Plato
Phaedo. 38 ult. fg Fre gai dows. Xen.
An. 2, 6.2. Comp. Buttm. 1.’o. ete.

II. As prep. governing the genitive
in later writers, until, unto, marking a
terminus ad quem, and spoken both of
time and place; comp. Passow sub voc.
1b. Winer § 58.6.

1, Of time, viz. a) seq. gen. of a
noun of time ; Matt. 26:29 fag sig ine
gas dxelyns. Merk 15: 33. Luke 1: 80.
‘Acts 28: 23. 1 Cor. 16:8 al. (Sept.
for ‘ty 2 Sam. 6: 23, Ezra 9:4.) Seq.
gen. of person or event, Matt. 1: 17 ter,
ig Duld, tos vis wrvowctas Bop. bus
rod Xgwrov. Luke 16: 16, Matt. 28:20.
Luke 11: 51. al.—Diod. Sic. 1. 4 fag sig
*AlsbdvOgou tehevtiis. Dion. Hal. de
Demosth. 24. T-1. p.178.26, ed. Syibew.

b) seq. gen. of a pronoun, e. g-
(a) Zw 08 ec. zpdvov, until what time,
until when, i.e. simply, until, c. c, Indic.
or Subjunet. like fag above in I... So
seq. Tadic, Me 1: 25 fag ob Fema tox

icy x,t. A. 13: 33. Acts 21: 26. — Pa-
inoph 4, 2.—Beq. Bubjunet. aor. with-
out ay, see above ; Matt. 14: 22 fu oF
anolian tovs Szlovs, comp. Mark 6: 45.
So Matt. 26: 36, coll. Mark 14: 32. also
Matt. 17: 9. 18: 30. Luke 12: 50, 59.
24:49. John J3: 38. Acts 23: 12, 14,
21. al. — Sept. Ecc. 12: 2, Act. Thom.
§16. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 8.—(8) Zwg Srov
Be. zQovov, until when, until, c. Indic.
as above, John 9: 18 fuss Ss0u dpeirncer
xt 2, Matt, 5:25, e. Subjunct. with-
out dr, soe shows Luke 13: 8 Sug Stow
orion mh oxy, 15:8coll.v.4. 9%
16,

"Ews
seq. adv. of time, with or without

wei, Lob-ad Phryn. p- 4529, 80 fag
05 viv, until now, Matt. 24: 21. Mark

tug tis avjpegor Mait, 27: . 11:
83 but fue oxjuepor 2 Cor, 3: 15.— So
genr. without 70%, more usually in
later writers, but sometimes thus found
in earlier ones, Lob. l.c. Winer § 58. 6.
p.395. Zug dere, until now, see in
"4gts, Matt, 11:12. John 2:10. al. Fog
Ore, until when ? i.e. how long? Matt.
17:17, Mark 9:19. Jobn 10: 24. al.
Sept. for mae 19 Pe. 18: 2. ona 59
2 Sam. 2:26." Comp. fas dre, Zosim.
Hist. 1.5. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 25.

2. Of place, as far as to, unto, etc.

a) pp. in various constructions. (a)
e0q. gen. of place, Matt. 11: 23 fag tov
eigavol, to, up to, heaven. 24: 31, 26:
58 Eus wis atdfis tov dey. Luke 2:15
Bug BySdsip. 4:29, Acts 1:8. 11: 22,
WB: VB. 26: 11 Fong wad ely rg oo adders,
to and even into foreign cities, the con-
mruction being here adapted to sig and

ZaBovday, 5, Zabulon, Heb. jibay
(dwelling), pr. n. of the tenth son of
Jacob, born of Leah, Gen. 30; 20, In
N. T. meton. the tribe of Zabulon, Matt.
4: 18, 15, Rev. 7: 8.

Zaxyaios, ov, 6, Zaccheus, Heb.
prob. "2% (pure), pr. name of a chief
publican, Luke 19:2,5,8. Comp. Jahn
§ 242,

Zape, é, indec. Zara, Heb. my
(dawn, rising,) pr. n. of a son of Judah
by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3. Comp. Gen.
‘38: 30.

Zazaglas, lov, 6, Zacharias, Heb,
S179] (God-remembered), Zechariah,
pr. b. -of two men in N. T.

1, The father of Jobn the Bantiet a
priest of the class of Abia ; ect.
Lake 5, 12, 13, 18, a1: 40, 59, 67,

350

Zio

not to fas. So c. gen. of pera as
marking a Place, Luke 4: 42. — Diod.
Sic. 1,27 fue cmeavot. Ael. V. H. 3.
18 med. — (A) seq. adv. of place, e. g.
Feag dive, to the brim, John 27. Ewe
xéiren, to the bottom, Man. 27: 51. tag
Kow Mark 14: 54. foes de Luke 2%: 5.
—(y) seq. prep, and its case, e. g. wg
aig BnSavlay, as far as into Bethany,
©. quite thither, Luke 24: 50,—Diod.
ic. 1.27 Eu sig sods douirous témous.
Ael. V. H. 12.22.—So tug fEa rij x6-
aus, as far as to without the city, i.e.
quite out of the city, Acts 21: 5.

b) trop. seq. gen. of a term or limit
marking extent ; Matt. 26:38 tag Sarc-
tov, (Sept. for 9 Jon. 4: 9. Tes.
XII Patr. p. 520, Jos. de Maec. 14 ult)
Mark 6: 23. Luke 22: 51 édts fag rot-
tov. Seq. gen. of pers. in a like sense ;
Matt. 20: 8 fas tary ngestow. John & 9.
Acts 8: 10, Rom, 3:12 oix tory tur
&y6¢, not 20 much as one. — Dion, Hal
Ant, 6. 37 fag dxyéver, AL.

2. A person killed in the temple,
Matt, 23: 85 et Luke 11:51 Za,
viod Bapaylov. The allusion is prob-
ably to Zechariah the son of Jehoida
(prob. also called Barachias), who was
stoned by order of Joash, 2 Chr. 24: 20
8q. Others refer it to the prophet
Zechariah son of Barachiah, Zech. 3:1;
but history gives no account of his
death. Others again make the refer-
ence to Zacharias the son of Baruch,
who was slain by the Zelotae in the
temple just before the destruction of
Jerusalem, Jos. B. J. 4.5.4; but the
aor. éporsicate is against this supposi-
tion. See Olshausen on Matt. 1. c.

Low, &, Ss, Thy infin. to, Butron,
§ 105. n. 5; fat. Cyjo0 Rom. 6: 2, Heb.
12:9, Aristoph. Plut. 263, Plat. Rep. V.
p.,465. D. X. p. 591. C. also later fut.
Crcomos Matt, 4:4. al. Dem. 794. 19.

Zew

aor. 1 iqoa Rev. % 8. Ael. V. H. 3.
23. Hdian. 3 12.26. ‘The Attics rarely
employed this verb except in pres. and
imperf. supplying the other tenses from
Beow, Butt. § 114. Math. § 236. Wi-
ner §15. p. 79.—To live, intrans,

a) to live, to have life, spoken of
physical life and existence, as opp. to
death or non-existence, and implying
always some duration. (a) geor. of
human Hife etc. Acts 17:28 é aing
yaQ Caper, 22: 22. Rom. 7: 1, 2 8
i Cor. 15: 45. Heb. 9:17, Bre Say Matt.
27:63. Giorreg xo} vexgol Acts 10: 42.
Rom. 14:9. 1 Pet. 4:5. +6 tj, subst.
Fife, Phil. 1:21,22. 2Cor.1:8. Sept.
for "ty Gen. 27, 9. 43:7. mstt Gen.
422 Ex. 19: 18. —Xen. Cyr. "7. 3.3,
ib. 8 7. 8. 1d of» Jos. Ant. 2. 3. 1.
Diod. Sic. 1. 21. — Of persons raised
from the dead ; Matt. 9:18 4 Duy. you
Sgn eehetrmoe Gla AGdr—2al C-
oer, Mark 16:11, Luke 24:23, Joho
5:25. Acts 1:3, 9:41. Rev. 20:4, 5. al.
So Sept. and 17 2K. 13:21. Spoken
also of those restored from sickness,
not to die, by impl. to mend, to be well ;
John 4: 50 & vids cov fF. v. 51, 53,
comp. 52, So Sept. and i712 K. 8
8, 9.—(8) In the sense of to exist, abeo-
Hately and without end, now and here-
after, to live forever ; 80 of human be-
ings, Matt. 22: 32 oix totiy & Ssdg vex-
@y, Gide Loivror, Mark 12:27. Luke
20: 38. (Jos. de Mace. 16 ult.) John 11:
25, 14:19. 1 Thess, 5:10. 1 Pet. 4: 6.
by impl. Heb, 7:8. Of Jesus, John 6:
57. 14:19. Rom. 6:10. 2 Cor. 13: 4.
Heb. 7: 25, Rev. 1: 18. 2:8. Of God
John 6 57 & Civ mavig, ig. & kre
Sery dy svg 5:26, also in an oath
by Hebr. Rom. 14: 11 {6 dye, Uys xt-
40s, as I live; so Sept. and *:
Num, 14: 21, 28. comp. Judg.
1 Sam. 17: 56. — Part. Cory, ever living,
eternal, 5 Seog 6 Cary, Matt. 16:16, Rom.
9:26, 1 Tim. 617. Heb. 3:12, 12:22.
Rev. 4: 9, 10. 10:6. and as opp. to
idols, which are dead, non-existing,
Acts 14:15. 2 Cor. 6:16. 1 Thess. 1:
9. So Sept. and "7 Deut, 5:26. 2K.
19: 16—Bel and Drag. 5.—{y) Trop. of
thingssonly i in particip. Civ, fovea, Cav,
living, lively, active, also r, Opp.
to what is dead, ‘orpid, meses, and

351

Law

also transient; e.g. 1 Pet. 1:
lively enduring hope. Rom. 12:1 dvales
& living and constant sacrifice, opp. to
the interrupted sacrifice of slaughtered
vietims. Heb, 4: 12 6 ldyog +. S200, the
divine threatnings are living, sure, never
in vain; aleo 1 Pet. 1: 23 6 déyos ¢. o.
the living, efficient, enduring word.
1 Pet.2:4 UGos tar, of Christ as the
corner-stone of the church, not inactive
and dead, but living and ediciones 80
of Christians in v.5. So idm bar,
water, i.e, the water of running
streams and fountains, opp. to that of
stagnant cisterns, pools, marshes, John 4:
10,11. 7: 38 Rev. 7:17. So Sept.
and D™f 72772-Gen. 26: 19, Lev. 14: 5,
50. ‘Zech. 14: 8.—By impl. and also by
Hebr. part. Cosy, life-giving, like Pi. 7",
e.g John 6: 51 6 dgtos 6 tiv, living,
ie. ‘giving bread, which imparts
eternal life, comp, the foll. clause.
Acts 7: 38 léyia forte. Heb. 10: 20
6855 ica. Comp. below in d. 80
Sept. trans. jody ws x 2.1. for mrt
Pa. 19: 25, 37, 40, 50. al. Ez. 13: 22.

b) to live, i.e, to sustain life, to live
on or by any thing. Matt. 4:4 ot dx”
gry pory Gionas 5 dvBg. 1 Cor. 9: 14
é 105 eiayysllov tiv. — Dem. 1309, 26.

c. di Ken. Mem. 3, 3, 11.

c) to live in any way, to pass one’s
ife in any manner; Luke 15: 13 {ar
dodros. Acts 26: 5 Eyoa gagwaios.
Gal. 2:14 éduxdig Gy. 2 Tim. 3 12
eborBis Civ. Tit. % 126 cupesvang
nth Luke & 36 gicace im part
Gyd965. Rom. 7:9 ur zwgic ruov.—
Wied. 11: 28. Jos. Ant. 12. 4.7. Xen.
Ag. 11, 8. Cyr. 8. 1,33. — Hence Ci»
tev, &v uM, xara tia, to live to, in,

to any one, i.e. to be devoted
to, to live conformably to the will, par-
pose, precepts, example, of any person
or thing; e.g. 1 Seq, Luke 20: 38,
Rom. 6: 10,11. Gal. 2:19. 29 sugly,
Christ, Rom. 14:8, 2 Cor. 5:15.
nreipars Gal. 5:25, toveg Rom. 14:7.
2QCor. 5:15. th dixavoctry 1 Pet. %
%4.—Alciphr. 1. 37. Dem. 80. 26 @ilin-
ny Girne xab od th kauri margld.—
So éy éuagrig, under the power of sin,
Rom. 6:2. éy zlota, full of faith, un-
der the power of faith, Gal. 2:20. dé
xdope, in conformity tothe world, Col.

Zepedaios

220. & aixols 3 7. — Ael. V, H. 3.
183 & dy olvy. ‘Comp. vivo in litteris,
Cic. ad Div. 9. 26.—Kara ctigxa fiir, to
Live afler, according to, the flesh, Rom. &:
12, 12 —Jos, Ant. 4. 8. 44 yo) xed roils

wipous.
d) by impl.tolive and prosper, to be bles-
sed, gonr. Romn.10:5et Gal. 3:12 éxovjoas
alze Gjowas é erivois, comp. Lev. 18: 5
where Sept. for "hy. 1 Thess. & 8 dn
viv Caer, we live, feel ourselves happy.
So Sept. and mon Deut. 8:1. 1 Sam.
10:24. Pa. 22: 27.—Dem. 434, 6. Comp.
vivo Catull. 5.1. — In the sense of to
Aave eternal life, to be admitted to the
bliss and privileges of the Redeemer’s
Kingdom ; Luke 10: 28 roizo mole, xat
Diop. John 6: 51, 58. Rom. 1:17. Gal.
B11, Heb, 12:9. 1 John 4: 9 fre f7-
acopey 37 aixoi ac. tod vic. At.

ZeBedaios, ov, 6, Zebedee, Heb.
TIBI Zabdi,_ i. g. HIRT (Jehovah's

pr.n. of the husband of Salome
and father of James and Jobn, Matt. 4:
Q1 bie, 10:2. 20:20, 26: 37. 27: 56.
Mark 1: 19, 20. 3: 17. 10: 35, Luke 5
10. John 21: 2.

Zeores, 7, OY, (téor) boiling, hot,
Dioscor. {estoy tdug. In N. T. trop,
_fervid, fervent, Rev. 3: 15 bis, 16.

Zaviyos, e0¢, ovs, tb, (Cevyrus)
4 yoke, i, ©. two or more animals yoked
cor working together, Luke 14: 19 feta

jody jyogaca mévrs. Sept. for 7
ee wee Is, 5: 10. Ka. v. we
25, Ken. Mem. 2. 4. 5.— Hence genr.
a pair, couple, e.g. of doves, Luke 2
24. So Sept. for prmy Lev. 5: 11. —
Pol 31.3.5. Xen. Oec. 7. 18,

Zevarnoia, as, 4, (Gavwrig, briy-
vums,) a band, fastening, Acts 27: 40.
Comp. Eurip. Hel. 1586 or 1556.

Zeic, ws, 6, Jupiter, the su-
preme god of the heathen mythology.
Acts 14: 12, 13 Aidg toi dvvos med tis
soleus, i. e. whose temple wes in front
of the city.

Zio, £. tow, to boil, to be hot, of
water, Hom. 11. 21.365. Od. 10. 360.—
In N.T. trop. to be fervid, fervent, +6

+ Acts 18: 25, Rom. 1% 11. —
Act, Thom. §34 {sovsa Gycnn. Anth.

352

Zqlbo
Gr. HI. p. 169. v. 218, 219. — The
forms of this verb are not usually con-
tracted, Buttm. § 105. n.2. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 2200q.

Znheveo, f. via, ig. taléw q. v-
Rey. 3:19 in some Mss. — Simpl. in
Epict. c, 26, p. 181 ed. Salmas.

Zijdog, ou, 6, (Cie, for Gielog,) zeal,
fervour, viz.

8) gent and in a good sons, arden,
for any person or cause, e. g.
of that for which, John 2 We 3 dies
rob olvov cov. Rom. 10: 2 iloy Sov
Tova. seq. inde c. gen. 2 Cor. 7:7.
Col, 4:13. absol. 2 Cor, 7:11. 9: 2
xara Gjloy, zealously, ardently, Phil. 2: 6.
Sept. for 2p Ps. 69: 10, 119: 138. —
1 Mace. 2: 58, ‘Test. XII Patr. 600,
Plut, Lycurg. 4 med. — 2 Cor. 11: 2
Tas yap ipas Pod Gide, Iam zealous
for you with a zeal from God, inspired
‘of God, see in Zyldw a, Others by
Hebr. ardent zeal, intense affection, comp.
in "Aataiog,

b) in a bad foes viz. (a) heart-
burning, envy, , Acts 1% 45.
Rom iia." "Cor: 3 3. James 3: 14,
16. Plur. fijdor, 2 Cor. 12: 20, Gel. &
20. — Etym. M. 5 piév0s. 1 Mace. &
16. Hdian. 3,2. 16. Plut. Thes. 6 uk.
— (A) anger, indignation, Acts 5: 17.
Heb. 10: 4 sal mughs Giles (ery vara
Buttm. §123. n. 4. So Sept. and mazp
Zeph. 1: 19. 3: 9.

Znica, @, £. daw, (Clos) to be
zealous towards, i.e. for or against, any
person or thing, trans,

a) genr. for a person or thing, and
usually in a good sense, e.g. of things,

q. to desire ardenlly, to be eager for;
1 Gor. 12 81 Cylotre 88 te zaplopere
ce xgeirtova. 14:1, 39. So Sept. for

Prov. 3 31. — Ecclus. 51: 18.
2) face. 4: 16. Diod. Sic. 1. 95 med.
Dem. 500. 2 dgznjy.—Of persons, in
fa good sense, i. q. to have ardent affec-
tion for, to love, 2 Cor. 11: 2 see in Z5—
Joga. Gal. 4: 18. Sept. for mp
2 Sam. 21: 2, Prov. 24: 1, (Soph. Ajax
552. Electr. 1027.) In a bad sense, to
make @ shew of zeal, to profess affection
for any one, in order to gain him as
follower, Gal. 4: 17 bia —Abeol. Rev. &
19 in text rec.

* Eyles

b) «8 person, to be jnlou CA
to envy; Act 7:9 Gylabouress br "Tee
og. absol. 17:5. 1 Cor, 13: 4., James
4: 2 qoravers xat Tqloie, lit. ye kill and
envy, i. e. ye have heart-burnings even
20 as to kill one another.

Zqheoris, ov, 5, (dia) 2. «
zealot, i.e. one zealous-for any thing,
eagerly desirous of, gent. 1 Cor. 14: 12
Undead dors mveyudtrer. 214. —
Hdian. 6, 8. 5. Pol. 10, 25. 2, — So of
zealots in behalf of the ancient Jewish
law and institutions, Acts 21:20 {qlorad
tov vopov. (2 Macc, 4:2.) Acts 22:3.
Gal. 1:14.—Comp. Num, 25: 13. Jos. c.
Ap. 1. 22.—In the age of Christ the
name Zyloral, Zelotae, was applied to
an extensive association of private per-
sons, who professed great attachment to
the Jewish institutions, and undertook
to punish without trial those guilty
of violating them ; under which pre-
text they committed the greatest ex-
ceases and crimes, See Jos. B.J. 4. 3.
9. ib. 4.5, 1nq. ib, 4, 6.3. ib. 7.8 1.

2, Zelotes, a surname of Simon one of.
the apostles, probably so called from
hia baving been one of the Zelotae.
Luke 6: 15. Acts 1: 13. See more in
Kavayvitns.

Zyuca, as, %, damage, loss, detri-
ment, Acts 27: 10, 21. Phil. 3: 7, 8,
fysiodat fyslay, to count as loss.—Test.
XI Potr. p. 651. Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 29.
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 6.

Zypuce, &, f. show, (Smula,) to
bring loss upon any one, Ael. V. H. 3.
28. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.30. pp. with two
accus. Matth. § 411. 4. Buttm. § 181.
4,5.—In N.T. only Pass. or Mid. fo
suffer lose, to receive detriment, 1 Cor. 3:
15. é pendevl 2 Cor. 7:9. Phil. 3:8 sa
adivra Enuseidyy, I have suffered the loss
of all things, where for the acc. re-
tained in the pass. constr. see Buttm.
§ 134. 6—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 16. — Aor. 1
Paso. UnptciOnv in Mid. signif. to bring
loss upon oneself, i.e. to lose, @. g. THY
yoriy jo Matt 16: 26. Mark 8:96. ° tov.
167 Luke 9:25. See Buttin. §136. 2.

Zyvas,a, 5, Zenas, prob. a chris-
tian teacher, Tit. & 12.
45

353

Zante

Zyréeo, a, f. ou, to seek, trans,

8) pp. to seek after, to Look for, to
strive to find; (a) genr. e.%. absol. in
the proverbial phrase, Matt. 7:7,8 yretrs
xal tignorte. seq. acc. of pers. Matt. 2:13
Untsiv 10 naidior, Mark 3: 32. Luke 2
45. Jobn 7:11. Acts.9: 11, 2 Tim. 1:
17, al. Sept. for 279 Gen, 37: 15.
(Xen, An. 2.3. 2.) So fyriiv toy Dedy,
to seek after God, i. e. to turn to him, to
strive humbly and sincerely to follow
and obey him, Acts 17:27. Rom. 10:.
comp. Is. 65: 1 where Sept. for Tay.
Sept. fore Ea Ex. 83:7, Ps. 24:6. See
in "Extqréac. — Seq. ace. of thing, P|
something lost, Matt. 18: 12 % 1d mae
pevor. Luke 19:10, c. acc. impl. Luke
15:8. So Sept. and Zp2 1 Sam. 10:
2, 14. (comp. Xen. Veet. 4.4.) gear.
Matt. 12: 43 dvdnavery, 26: 59 yeu.
Sopagtugiay, Mark 14:55. Luke 13: 6,
7 xagniy ty aith, 2:6. Rev. 9: 6 tor
Sévaroy, So of what one seeks to buy,
e.g. wagyagitas Matt. 18:45. (Theophr.

Char. 6 or 23. Xen. Cyr. 2 2 26)
Hence from the Heb. Greiv rajv yugny
tuvog, to seck the life of any one, i.6. to
seek to kill him, Matt. 2: 20. Rom. 11:
3, comp. 1 K. 19: 10, 14. So Sept. for
Ex. 4: 19, 2 Sam. 16 11.
Jer. 44: In the constr. Cyreiv nag,
to seek how, i.e. to seek opportunity,
Mark 11: 18, 14: 1, 11,— (A) to seek, in
the sense of to endeavour, to try, e. g.
seq. ace. of thing, to try to gain, to strive
after, with the idea of earnestness and
anxiety ; Matt. 6: 33 Onreies 08 meG-
tov iy Bagislay to eof x, 2. 1,
Luke 12: 29 wy Cqretts tl geiyats
x td, Jobo 5:44, 7:18, 8:50. 1 Cor.
10: 24, 33. Phil. 2:2}. Col. 3:1. Sept.
and cpa Ps.4:3, 34: 15, —} Mace.
2 29. Luc. Phalar, prior 5. Plut.
Mor. II. p. 40. ed. Tauchn. — So genr.
to endeavour, to strive, seq. ty 1 Cor.
14: 12. seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt. 21:
46 Gytotrvteg abtéy xgotiicas. Luke 5:
18. 17:38, John 10: 39, 19:12 Acts
13: 8, 16: 10. Rom, 10:3, . inf. pres.
Luke 6: 19. Gal. 1 0. ec. inf. mpl.

John 5: 80 ob fed 2b Délqua 10 dudr’.

sc. mowir, Sept. for t7z2 Deut. 13:10.

1 Sam. 19: 10. — Plut. Thes. 35 med.
Kee an 5, 4. 83, —(y) by impl. to de-
sire, to wish, seq. infin. aor, Matt. 12

Nagy se

Zjrqua

46, 47, Grroteees ait ladfioas. (com
Luke 8: 19.) Luke 9: 9 dijre: itty av
voy, 11:54, John 7:4. Acts 27: 30.
seq. accus, Jobn 1:38 et 4:27 tb fnteies
(Sept. and cpr Gen, 37: 14.) 2 Cor.
12 14 od fqre ta ipdir, Gad ipiig.
QT ph Cixes Riour « ... sh) vee
Soph. Oed. R. 6580q. Xen.
5.

lem, 4. 2.5.
b) to aeek, for to require, to demand,
. to expect, c. ace, of thing, 1 Cor. 1: 22
of “Edinns coplay tyrotaw. 2 Cor. 13:
3. Heb. 8: 7. seq. mage tevos Mark 8:
M1 Gysotvtes mag attod onptior. Luke
11: 16. 12: 48, seq. by tur 1 Cor. 4: 2
Uquiras dy r0ig olxoropous twa x. t. 1
e. ace. of pers. Jobu 4:23. Sept, for
Opa Neb. 5: 12, 18, — Aristor. de Gen.
et corrupt. 2.5. c. nagd Dem, 374. 16.
€) by impl. to inquire, to ask, c. c.
sagl, John 16: 19 nig tovrov tyreire
pet Glijlow ; — Ael. V. H. 2. 13 pen.
Xen. Cyr. 8.5.18 An

Zprmua, arog, +6, (Snré,) pp.
sometbing sought or inquired about,
question, i.e. topic of inquiry or dis-
pute. Acts 15: 2 megt tod fyrijportos
sotrov, 18:15. 23: 29. 25:19. 26: 3.
— Cic. ad Div. 9. 26, ad Att. 7. 3.

Zyrnocs, ews, 4, (batia,) act of
seeking, search, Jos. Ant. 6.4. 1. Thuc.

. In N.T. inguiry, discussion,
John 8: 25 éyévero Lirmows.
4.—Hdot. 2, 54, ib. 5, 21. —
Meton. i. q. Cqrmza, question, i.e. topic
of inquiry or dispute, Acts 25: 20.
1 Tim. 6: 4, 2 Tim, 2:23. Tit. 3: 9.

Zikanovr, ov, 16, zizanium, Suid.
4 & #6 cite alga, Lat. Lolium, a general
name for weeds in grain, like our
cockle, darnel, etc. In N. T. spoken of
a plant common in Palestine, which
infests fields of grain and resembles
wheat in appearance, but is worthless,
bastard wheat, triticun adulterinum, Matt.
18: 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 36, 38, 40," The

Rabbins call it 721 bastard, comp.
Buxt. Lex. Rab, sq. Wetstein on
Matz. 13: 25,

ZopoBa Bed, §, indec, Zorobabel,
Heb. 5327] Zerubbabel, pr. n. of the

leader of the first body of Jewish exiles
from Babylon to Jerusalern, Matt. 1:12,

354 Zupow

18, Luke 3:27, Comp. Eara22. &
2,8 1 Chr. 219.

Zoqos, ov, 6, (kindr. with yriges,
vé—p0s,) darkness, murkiness, thick gloom,
Heb. 12: 18 {ope in Mes, for oxory in
text. rec. Elsewhere of the darkness
of Tartarus or Gehenna, see in “Aids;
©. g. 2 Pet. 2: 4 exgais Lopov ragrags-
cas magiBomey x. . 1, thrusting them
down to Tartarus into chains of darknest,
i, e, where darkness lies like chaios
upon them. Jude 6, Intens. topos 108
oxdrovs, thickest darkness, 2 Pet. 2 17.
Jude 13. See Gesen. Lehrg. p. 671.
Stuart § 456. — Hom. Il. 15. 191. Pol
18. 8. 7. Luc. Contempl. 1.

Zuyos, ov, 6, (Ceiyrpn) « yr
serving to couple any two things to
gether, e.g. cattle, Ael. V. H. 514
Sept. for $49 1Sam.6:7. HenceiaN.T.

a) trop. a yoke, («) as an emblem of
servitude, 1 ‘Tim. 6: 1 dé fuyor doila.
So Sept. and S49 Lev. 26: 13. — Den
322. 12 fuyds dovdootrns — (6) as do-
noting severe precepts, moral bondage,
e.g. of the Mosaic law, Acts Ii 10.
Gal. 5:1. Hence by antith. the pre
cepts of Christ, Matt, 11: 29, 30, Sept
for b49 Jer. 5:5.

b) beam of a balance, which unite
the two scales, hence by synecd. a ba-
ance, pair of scales, Rev. 6: 5 ben {vyir
é ti x. Sept. for pstw9 Lev. 198
Hos.12:7.—Ecclus. 21:25. Ael.V.H.106.

Zon, 78, %, (prob. fe,) lesves,
sour dough. Matt. 13: 33 et Luke 15
21 Spola dors 4 Bac. adv odg. Lipyetl
Matt. 16:12. Sept. for “io Ex. 1215
13: 7.—Jos, Ant. 3. 10. 6. Plut. Quest.
Rom.109, Mor. ed. Tauchn. II. p. 28.
ed. Reiske VII. p. 164. — Hence, #
leaven causes to ferment and turn sour,
spoken proverbially, 1 Cor. 5 6 et Gal.
5:9, wuxge Cin lov 1d prpaue tyes
@ Fite Teawen Teavens the whole
i,q. ‘a few bad men corrupt e moli-
tude.’—Trop. for yj perverit>
ness of life, doctrine, heart, etc. Matt
16: 6, 11. Mark 8: 15 bis, Luke 1&1.
1 Cor. 5: 7, 8 bis,

Zupor, c, £. cores, (Cipen,)te leaves,
to make ferment, trans. Matt. 13: 33
Luke 13:21, Proverbially 1 Cor. &6

Loypieo

et Gal. 5: 9, see in Zipy. Sept. for
Yar Ex. 1% 34, 39. Hos. 7: 4.

Lay oe, @, £. jaw, (tads, dy geve,)
to lake alive, Hom. ll. 6. 46. Xen. An.
4.7.2. InN.T. trop. to take, to cap-
ture, for to win over, trans. Luke 5: 10,
UoSpsmovg Kan Laygdr, comp. v.11,
and see in Kiul I. f. Pass. part.

2 Tim. % 26 duyenuivor ix aizod,
taken captive by him, Satan, in a moral
sense, i. q. ensnared, seduced.

Loo, He, 4, (tie) life, Le.

8) genr. physical lif and existence,
as opp. to death and non-existence.
(a) pp. and genr. of human life etc.
Luke 16: 25. Acts 17: 25 didois xaos
tony. 1 Cor. 3:22 15:19. Heb. 7:3.
James 4:14. Rey. 11:11, 16:3 in later
edit. yrx} bois, b 9. yogi Céoa in
text. rec. every living soul. Sept. for
pwr Gen. 27. 25: 7.—Lue. Tox. 38,
Plat. Pheedo 16. — Of life or existence
after rising from the dead,onlyof Christ Ax.
Rom 5:10. 2Cor. 4:10, 11,12. trop,
of the Jewish people, Rom. 11: 15. —
(A) In the senee of existence, life, atvso-
lotely and without end, Heb. 7: 16
nora Sivoysy wig axotadvtov. 80 H-~
Jov twits, tree of life, which preserves
from death, Rev. 27. 22:2,14. (Sept.
Gen. 2: 9. 3: 22.) ‘Bde Cuijc, waler of
life, Rev. 21:6. 221,17. But dni Yarig
anyés idaray Rev. 7: 17 in later edit.
is equivalent to dnt {Sous mnyas ia-
tow in text. rec. to living fountains of
water, i.e. perennial ; see in Ze a. 7.
gros fw John 6: 35. Comp. below
in c. &.—Meton. of God and Christ or the
Logos, life, absolutely, for the source of
all life, Joho}: 4, & 26, 1 Jobn 1:
1,2

b) life, i.e. manner of life, conduct,
in a moral respect, Rom. 6:4 év xasro-
tate Cwiig neginerjowper. Eph. 4: 18
aig twig 105 S208, i. e. which God re-
quires, a godly life, 2 Pet. 1: 3. ;

c) Ue, i.e. bappy life, welfare, happi-
ness, (a) genr. Luke 12: 15, John é&
51 dnie tic toi ndcpov Loris, 2 Cor. =
16 dopm {eric savour of life,
tary. Acts 2:28 Sdous Luijc, aye
of life and happiness, from Ps. 16: 11
where Sept. for Dwr. 1 Pet. 3: 106
78g Filer Cony dyangy, from Ps, 34:13

355

Leooyoren

for p°sh.—(f) In the christian sense of
eternal life, i.e, that life of blise and
gléry in the kingdom of God, which
awaits the true disciples of Christ after
the resurrection ; 80 {on aiwrtos Matt.
1%: 16, 17. John 3 15, 16 5: 2A. al.
4 bor i pillovoa 1 Tim. 4:8, 4 dy-
tag Lj 6:19. abeol. 1j Cv, Matt. 7:
14, 18 8, 9. John 5: 40. 6 33, 53.
Acts 5:20 16 Griuata Tis wie tacrH,
the words, doctrine, of eternal fe. Rom.
5: 17 dy Fay Bacdsioovss, v.18. 7:10.
8: 2,6, 10, Phil, 216, 2 Tim. 1:1.
1 Jobn 5: 12, 13, 16, 3:14. al, For
Biflos v. BiBrlov Lwiic, vee in Biplos.
Bo & axigaros rij Lesiic, crown of life,
reward of eternal life, James 1: 12,
Rev. 210. zac rig tis, gif Of eter-
nal life, 1 Pet. 3: 7.—Meton, for the au-
thor and giver of eternal life, John 11:
25. 14: 6. Col. 3:4.

ermal fe, John 5: 89. 12: 50. 17:3.

Zan, 78, 4, (tir) avons,
Matt. 3:4. 10:9. Mark 1:
6. & 8 Acts 21: 11 bis. Rev. 1:13,
15:6. Sept. for ity 2 K.1:8. man
1K. & 5—Hdian. 1. 11. 13. Ken. An.
1, 4. 9—The girdle was worn by both
sexes among the Jews, because of their
Jong flowing dress; it was often bol-
low, and served as a pocket or purse
for money, Matt. 10:9. Merk 6:8. In
this sense the Rabbins call it #7340 and
RIND, see Buxtorf. Lex. Rab, 1753,
Jahn § 121. — Plu. Symp. IV. qu. 2
§ 3, Comny zaluots Exousar, Liv. 33.29
argentum in zonis utes,
Zovvuue v. Covvven, f. tow, te
gird, to put on a girdle, John 21: 18 bie,
Sept. for “yx Job 38:3. 40:2. “ah
Ex. % 9, 2 K, 4: 28,—Hom. Od. 18,
76. Theocr, Id. 16. 81° Pausan. 9. 17.

Zeoyovéw, o, f. jou, (twoyéros,
fr. Gade and obsol. vives) to bring forth
alive, and Pass. to be born alive, Diod.
. 1.7, 10.—In N. T. to preserve
Luke 17:33. So Sept. and
h. Ex. 1:17, Judg. & 19.
} 81. — Theoph. ad Autol. 1.
pm, 4 xvo} 1, Seed Lwoyord v0
may.

L John 1:2. Sta town erase
20. For the cause, source, means of ¢--<

Zao

Zaov, ov, 16, (buds fr. taiw,) a
living thing, animal, beast, Heb. 13: 11.
2 Pet. % 12, Jude 10, Symbolically,
Rev. 4: 6, 7 quater, 8, 9. 5:6, 8, 11, 14.
16: 1, 3, 5, 6,7. 711. 14:8. 15: 7. 19:
oq. Ez, 1: 509.
.c. Ps, 68: 11, —

Xen. Mem. 4. 3. 10.

Zoonoeeo, @, f. jou, (twonods,
fir. Lands, norées,) to make alive, to endue
with life, to quicken, trans.

a) pp. 1 Tim. 6:13 tod Se0d rod
Gwonovoivtos ta mevta. Sept. for m3
Pi. Hiph.2 K. 5:7. Neb. 9: 6.— Act.

366

“H

Thom. 10 5 Stig tor xdopov Yuonosiew.
—Of the dead, to recall to life, to quicken,
to reanimate, John 5: 21 Bom. 4: 17.
8 11. 2 Cor, 15: 22, 1 Pet. 3: 18, —
‘Tet. XII Patr. p. 679 tots vexgois feo-
morijcos. — Of seeds, to quicken, Pass. to
germinate, 1 Cor. 15: 36.

b) by impl. to give eternal life, to make
alive sc. forever in the bliss and priv-
ileges of the Redeemer’s kingdom,
comp. in Zen} c. John 6:63. 1 Cor. 15:
45, 2Cor. 3:6. Gal. 3:21. Comp.
Sept. and srn Ecc. 7: 12.—Clem. Alex.
Strom. 5, 11.

H.

"H, « particle disjunctive, inter-
fogative, comparative; see Passow in
voc, Buttm. §149. p. 424. Matth. § 619.
Winer § 57. 3. p. 370.

1, Disjunctive, or, aut. a) genr.
Matt. 5:17 dr vopor Hf tots mpogiiras.
v.96, Mark 4:30. Luke 9:25. John 6:
19. Acts 3:12, Heb. 2: 6. al. saepiss.
— Hiian, 3. 15. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
18. H.G. 3. 3.9.

b) 7-7, repeated, either—or, aul—
aut; Matt. 6:24 j yag tov fra puojoes
i bbs dvSégeras, Luke 16:13. 1 Cor.
14:6. 2 Cor. 1: 18.—Luc. D. Deor. 18.
lor 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 16.

2. Interrogative, where however
the primary force or is strictly re-
tained, or whether? or if perhaps? an
forte? comp. Butta, lc. Winer § 61.

a) pp. indirect, in the latter clause of
a double interrogation after méttgor,
whether—or, e.g. John 7:17 yreiceras
xéregor bx . S200 dons, i} tye x4. 1
Winer l.c. Matth. § 619, 2, Luc. D,
Deor. 20, 3. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2, 15.
So genr. where wotegoy or something
equivalent is implied, Matt, 9:5. 22:17.
Luke 7: 19, 20. Acts 8: 34. Rom. 2; 4.
—Xen. Conv. 4. 52,

b) genr. and in a direct question,
where the interrogation implies a nega-

tion of something preceding. Matt. 7:9
tls dovsy & tusv aySeemos ; 2: 15.
Rom. 3 29. 1 Cor. 1: 13. 9: 6, 8, 10.
2 Cor. 1: 17, al.

3, Comparative, than, e.g. a) af-
ter comparatives and words implying
comparison. Matt. 10:15 avextctegor—
tf mode dusivy, Mark 10:25, Luke
16: 17. Joho 4: 1. Rom, 1% 11. pal-
Joy jj, more than, rather than, Matt, 18
13, John 3 19, Acts 4:19." piv %
sooner than, before, Matt. I: 18. Mark
14: 30, Luke 2: 26, Acts 2:20. comp.
Buttm, §149. 1. pr430. So after Side,
1 Cor, 14: 19 Séle nivts loyous dia tov
yobs pou odious... %} puploug oy. x12
— Luc. D. Deor. 18, 1, Xen, Occ. 10.
6. Conv. 2.3, c. dédw Arr, Epict. 3.1.
Comp. Buttm. § 149. 1. p. 424. Maub.
§ 691.3.

b) after diddos, Frsgos, and the Tike:
Ace 17: 21° A9nvaios sig otdiy Exegor

» § lyur x Comp.

Matty. 1c, —Xen. Cyr. 3.2.17. Occ.

3.3.—So with Gddos etc. implied, Joba

13:10 6 Aelowpévos ob xosiar (ddigr]

ae i TOUS modus x t.d, Acts 24: 21 ti
Dba [Lov] F magh puis x, x. 1,

c) after the positive, where it may be
rendered rather than, more than, i. q.
vaioy #, #0 that the positive with ¥ is
equivalent to the comparative. The

an ;

grammarians supply péddoy, but the
construction is found also in classic
writers, perhaps from negligence, and
in N. T. would seem to come rather
through the Sept. from the Heb. mode
of comparigon with 72; see Winer (36,

“1, Math. § 457. n. i. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 884. Matt, 18: 8 xadér aor éoxwy elo
9dr cig civ Cony zoldy i mlor, F
dio zeigas tyorra Blndijsas tis vo nig 10
aicirtoy. v.9. Mark 9: 43,45, 47. Luke
17:2. 18:14, So Sept. and 772 Gen.
38:26. 49:12, Ps,118:8, Jon. 4:3, al.
—Tob. 3: 6. Ecclus. 22: 15. Menand.
xador +8 ps) Gir, Civ GMa. Phocyl
77. Soph, Ajax 945 or 966. Diod.
Bic. 11.11. Thuc. 6,21. Hdot. 9. 26.
Comp. Plaut. Rud. 4. 4. 70, ‘ tacita mu-
lier est bona semper, quam loquens.’
See also Kypke ad Matt. 18: 9.

4, With other particles, viz. (a)
GAN’ 3, unless, except, see in “AIAG 4, —
(f) 4 xal, or also, or even; Luke 18:11
Ste obx sid domeg of Lowol .. .# xa} ds
obtog x. t, 4 1 Cor. 16: 6 2 Cor. 1: 13.
Interrogatively, Luke 11: 11,12, 12:41,
Rom. 4:9. 14: 10. non al. — (7) #ineo,
than perhaps, than indeed, after udllov,
Jobn 12: 43. non al. — 2 Mace. 14: 42,
Lue. D. Mort. 6. 3.—(8 roe, i. qe i,
or, but stronger ; in N.T’. only jjro1-—i,
tohether indeed—or, Rom. 6: 16. non al.
See Herm. ad Vig. p. 787, 410. — Me-
nand. XIII, in Poet. Gnom. 2 155. ed.
‘Taucho. Xen. Mem. 3. 12,2. ib. 4. 6.
13, At.

“AL, « particle of affirmation, truly,
assuredly, certainly, in N.T, only in the
connexion 9 jt7jy, the usual intensive
form of oaths, most certainly, most surely.
Heb. 6: 14 3 iy edloyay sthoyjaw oe,
quoted from Gen. 22:17 where Sept.
for 2, 28 also Gen. 42:16. for BX
Num. 14:23. py "3 Judg. 15:7. See
Buttm. §149. p. 424, 482. | Paseow in
no, 1.—Jos, Ant. 5.1. 2 dudcartes 7 pir
odour aimjy. Xen, An, 2. 3,26. Cyr.
6. 1. 3,—In the classics used aleo as an
interrogative, Buttm, |. ¢. p. 424,

“Ayenoveva, f. ebow, (yes) to
go before, to go first, c. dat. Hom. Od. 3.
386. ib. 8.4. to be a leader, chief,
c. gen, Ael. V. H. 12.17. Xen. Ag. 1.
3.—In N. T. to be governor ac. of a Ro-

357

“Hyspay

man province, c. gen. either as a legatus
Caesaris, Luke 2: 2 tij¢ uplas, or asa
procurator, Luke 3: 1 nig "Jovdalag.
See in “Hyrpor 2.

“Hyeuovie, as, %, (iyeusir,) lead
ership, dominion, reign, Luke 3:1 i ye

porla TiBspiov Kaicagos. — Jos, Ant.
ne 2. 2. Hdian. 1.5, 26. ib. 2 9. 12.
Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 83.

“Hysuav, ovos, §, (ijyéouas) a
leader, guide, Hom. Od. 10, 505. Xen.
An. 4,2. 1, Zonar. Suid. Phavor. sjys-
paly* 5 tiie 6305 Fyotueros. leader,com-
mander of an army, i. q. ozparnyés,
Xen. Mew. 3.2.4. Sept. for ip Jer.
42 1, 8,—In N. T.

1. a leader, chief, head. Matt. 2 6 é
toig tiyeuoosy “ovda, quoted from Mic.
5:1 where Heb. my) "pbxz, Sept.
by zasdow *Jovda. * But pete in Mic.
1. c. is pp. the families into which each
tribe was divided, the heads of which
were called np ps Zech. 12: 5,6; and
Matthew by meton. puts jjyeudves heads
of families, for the families themselves,
and so for the cities in which they
dwelt. So Sept. jysuow for Fade Gen.
36: 15, 16 q.—Jos. : Ant. 11. 4. 4 of tay

matgiasy jpepoves riiv Iogaydetor, OF 7/

Lacedemon as the leading state in
Greece, Xen. An. 61. 27. Conv. 8, 39,
genr. Ag. 1.3 dats od Sevtigar noe
tstovawy, GAR jy epover hyeporsiovery.

2. a governor, president, prefect, of w
Roman province, whether proconsul,
legate, or procurator, Augustus made
a new partition of the provinces of the
Roman empire, into provinciae senato-
riae and provinciae imperitoriae vel Cae~
sarum, fragzlas tot dipou v. Kalagos,
the former being left under the nominal
care of the senate, while the latter‘were
under the direct contro! of the emperor.
Of the latter kind was Syria, includ-
ing Phenicia and Judea. To the for-
mer the senate sent officers for one
year, called proconsuls, av9imatot,
though sometimes only of praetorian
rank; they bad only a civil power, and
no military command nor authority over
the taxes, both these latter being under
the care of persons appointed hy the
emperor. Those sent to command in
the provinciae Caesarum were called

“Hyéopac
fegati Cacsaris pro consule, propractores,
i consulares, etc. They were usu-
ally, but not always, chosen from among
the senators, during the pleasure of the
emperor, and had much greater powers
than the proconsuls. Such were Cyre-
nius, Lat. Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, and Vi-
tellius, Jos. Ant. 18, 4.2, For a list of
all the presidents of Syria in that age,
see Bibl. Repos. If. p. 381. — In all
these provinces, of both kinds, there
was, besides the president, an officer
called procurator Caesaris, who bad
charge of the revenue, and also had a
judicial power in matters pertaining to
the revenue; they were chosen usually
from the equites, but occasionally were
freedmen. Sometimes a procurator
discharged the office of a governor or
president, especially in a small prov-
inee, or in a portion of a large province
where the president could not reside ;
as did Pilate, who was procurator of
Judea which was annexed to the prov-
ince of Syris, Suet. Vesp. 4. Tacit.
Ann. 12, 23. Hence he had the power
of punishing capitally, which the pro-
curators did not usually possess, ib. 15.
4. ib. 4. 15. So also Felix, Festus,
and the other procurators of Judea, for
‘a list of whom see Bibl. Repos. II.
p- 382. See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 165
eq. Jabn § 241. Krebs. Obss. e Jos.
p. 61 2q.—Hence spoken

a) genr. of a proconsul, legate, presi-
dent, Matt. 10: 18, Mark 13: 9. Luke
21:12, 1 Pet, 2: 14.—Hdian. 2. 9, 12.

ib. 6. 2.2,

b) of the procurator of Judea, viz.
Pilate, Matt. 27: 2, 11 bis, 14, 15, 21, 23,
27, 28:14, Luke 20:20, Felix, Acts
23: 24, 26, 93,34. 24: 1,10. Festus,
Acts 26: 30.—Jos, Ant. 18, 3.1, Me-
tos 6 tig "Iovdalas jyeuc. The usual
Greek word for procurator is éxizgonos,
vo of Pilate, Jos. B. J. 2.9.2. Philo
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1083. E. gonr. Haian,
7.4.5, 11. ib. 4.6.8 sjyedvag os xa
dautgorovy.

° “Hyéouen, ovpat, f. qooua, de-
pon. Mid. (ye) to lead, ive. to go be-

fore, to go firat, to lead the way, Hom.
Ga'10, 263, Jos, Ant. 6.5.2. Xen.
Cyr. 4.5.18. to be leader, chief, in war,

iq, exganmyie, Xen. Mem. 3.2.4. of

358

“Hyéopac
a tarts Xen. Ap. 1. 4.2 — — Hence in
N.T.

1 ‘tobe a leader, chief, genr. only in
part. iyovuevos, 6, a leader, chief,
iq. tiyquir, So Acts Md: 12 6 j7ov-
Heros tod Adyou, chief-speaker. Comp.
Jamblic. de Myster. init. D20¢ 6 tev lo—
yor tiyepery & “Equiig. Luc. Peeudolog.
24, — Spoken genr. of those who have
influence and authority, Luke 22 26.
Acts 15: 22. of officers and teachers
in the churches, Heb. 13: 7, 17, 24.
of a chief magistrate, as Joseph in
Egypt, Acts 7:10. of the Messiah, a
ruler, prince, Matt. 2:6, quoted from
Mic. 5:1 where Heb. dyin, Sept. dozer.
Sept. 4 Syotperog for =n 2 Chr. 7: 18.
9:96. Thy Ez 43:7,9. oxa Deut
8. 5:33, “wo 2 Sam. 3: 38. Jer.
51: 57.—Ecclus, 32 [35]: 1. Diod. Sic.
1:4 x09 Sy dyotpsvos T'diog *Totluos
Koiizag. Pol.1.15.4. comp. Xen. Lac.
14.5.

2. “Hyotjas and slso perf. jiynwee
Acts 26:2. Phil. 3: 7, with pres. signif,
Buttm. §113. 6, like Lat. ducere, trop. to
lead out before the mind, i. e. to view, to
regard as being so and 0, to esteem,
to count, to reckon, spoken e. g. of
things, c. acc. 2 Pet. 3:9 dg tevig Ape
durijra jyobreas. c.acc.et infin. PhiL&
8 bis, jyotpas mdvra fyular elvas ..

fyotpar oxiBale eva. (Hdian. 3. 12.7.
Xeu.Cyr.6.1.8) c.acc. et elves impl.
2 Cor. 9: 5 dvaynaioy oly iyqoduyy
Tragoxaliget x,t. i Phil. 225, 2 Pet.
113. James 1:2 xdoas gogay aie
caod:, Stay 1.4. c. dupl. ace. et
alvas impl. jyticGas th, to think tobe
such and such, to esteem as any thing,
Phil. 26. 8:7 raiza fynume Cyuiar.
Heb. 10; 29. 11: 26. 2 Pet 213 &
Job 41: 19.—Wisd.
2.1, Xen. Cyr. &
1, 47,—So of persons, to hold or esteem
one as such and such, e dupl. ace. et
slvas impl. Acts 26:2 jiymas 4
wansiqur. Phil. 2 3 1 Tim. 1: 12,
Heb. 11: 1. pg exS per
2 Teen 3:15, Sept. for 311 Job 19:
11, 33: 10, — Wied. 1: 16. Xen. Cyr.
3. 1. 20. — With an accus. and adverb,
1 Thess, 5: 13 fydeda adrots txse-
sxnegiccod év ydnp, i. ©. to regard them
as very highly deserving of love.

“Holos

Hobos, adv. (§8%s,) sweetly, i. 0.
with relish, of eating Xen. Mem.1.3.5.
To N.T. trop. with pleasure, giadly,
Mark 6:20. 12:87, 2 Cor. 11: 19. —
2 Macc. 6:30. Jos. Ant. 3: 8, 1. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4. 10,

8) in reference to time past and pres-
ent, marking an action as completed ;
Matt, 3: 10 §j8y 3i xa j d&ivy xsizas x,2.2.
5: 2B i8q duolyevory ainiy. 24: 32.
Mark 15: 42, 44. Luke 7:6. John 3:
18. 4:35. al. anep. 1 Jobn 4:3 viv
4i0y now even already, Phil. 4: 10 #8y
movi, now at length. — Tob. 8:6. Joe.
Ant. 5.1.13. Hdian, 1.9.10, Xen.
Cyr. 4.1.4, 43q xoté Dion, Hal. Ant.
7. 51.

b) by impl. of the immediate future,
now, presently, soon. : 10 stirang
48 mosd siodeeDrjoouas x1. 2. if perhaps
I may shortly or at length be ‘prospered
fo come etc. See Viger. p. 413 eq. —
Jos, Ant, 3.14. 1 shy pdy 8q Byers, tiv
8¢ in AjysoSs. Luc. D. Deor. 4.2 bis.
Thue, 8.69. Ar.

“Hotere, adv. pp. acc. plur. neut,
‘of #8ot0¢ superl. of 43v¢, Buttm. §115.
5, lit. most sweetly, i. e. with high relish,
‘of eating and drinking Xen. Mem. 1.
&5, In N.T. trop. most gladly, 2 Cor.
12% 9, 15.—Xen. Mem. 2, 7, 10. Comp.
in ‘Hddeoe.

“Hiov7, 15, 4, (i808, Hoya, dr
3civu,) pleasure, gratification, enjoyment,
in N.T. only of the pleasures of sense,
Luke 8: 14 id jdoréy tot Blov. Tit.
3:3, James 4:3, 2 Pet. 2 13—Test.
XII Patr. p. 605. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 1.
‘Xen. Cyr. 8. 2. 4.—Meton. desire, appe-
tite, lust, James 4: 1.—Jos. Ant. 4, 5. 2.
Xen. Mem. 1, 5. &

“Hévoopoy, ov, v6, (neut. of adj.
#2voopos sweet-scented, fr. 43vs, Bous,)
aint, mentha eiridis Lion. garden or
spear mint, i,q. ulyOy, Matt. 23: 23.
Luke 11: 42. The Rabbins call it
F377; it was strewed by the Jews on
the floors of their houses and syna-
gogues, Buxt. Lex. Rab, 1228,—Dioscor.
8. 41, Adtoopor, of 34 ulrdyy, yreigiuor

Borinvon,

359

“HM

"Hos, eo¢, ous, +6, (Ion. for ¥90g
fr. fowat,) accustomed sect, haunt, divel-
ling, of animals and men, Hom. ll. 6.
511. Hes. Op. 169, Hot. 1. 15. In
N. T. wont, custom, usage, Plur. ra
900, manners, morals, character, 1 Cor.
15: 33, quoted from Menander in
Sentent. Comicor. Gr. p. 248 ed. Steph.
p. 78 ed, Cler. — Sing. Ecclus. 20: 26.
Luc. Phalar. pr.7 zenotoy #905. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 3. Plur. Hdian. 2. 6, 1.

“Hexa, £. im, later sor. 1 Tta Rev.
225. 8:9, see Lob. ad Phryn. p. 743
eq. Winer § 15. Buttm. Ausf, Sprachl,
§114. p.146; to come, i, e. to have come,
to be here, in the sense of a Preterite,
Buttm. |. c. p. 155, Gram. § 137. n, &
Marth. § 504. L 2. Genr, of persons,
seq. dé c. gen. of place whence, Matt,
8:11 et Luke 13:29 dno dvaralay xa}
Suoudy jfouen Mark 8:3. seq. dx ©.
gen. John 4: 47, and in the sense of to
come forth, to arise, Rom. 11: 26. seq,
mess c. acc. of pers. Acts 28: 23 Fxop
90g acinar sig 19 Eevlay. (Sept. for xix
Ex.2024, Ael.V.H.3.19 pen.) trop. John
6:37. seq. dni tia, to come upon one,
in a hostile sense, Rev. 3: 3 bis, (Sept.
for wiz 2 Sam. 17: 12. Dem. 319, 7)
abeol. Matt. 24: 50 ftw & migiog sod
Sovhov dxelvov, Luke 1% 46," 15: 7.
John 8: 42 tx roi 0d &FASI0y nal i
i, q. GehSory xm, Heb, 10: 7,9. (Sept.
for win Ps. 40: 8) v.37. 1 John 5:
20. Rev. 3: 9. 15: 4. Sept. for xin
1K. & 42. Zech. 8: 20, 22—Hidian, 2,
1.20, Xen. An. 2.1. 3. — Trop. of

8, . g. of time, John 2:4 Soa xs,
Luke 13: 35, 2 Pet. 3: 10, (Sept. and
win Ps, 10% 14. Dem. 11, 26.) of the
end or consummation of any thing,
Matt. 24: 14, of evils, calamities, Rey.
18:8, Bo seq. éxt twa, to come upon
any one, i.e, spoken of evil times,
Luke. 19: 43. of guilt and its punish.
ment, fo be laid upon, Matt. 23: 36, —
Dem. 624. 19.

“HAC of ‘Eft, 6, indec. Heli, Heb.
sy Eli, pr. n. of the father of Joseph,
Luke 3: 23,

*HAL, indec. Heb. *2x, oki, i. 0.
my God! Matt. 97: 46, from Ps, 22: 2,

*Hilas

*HiAlas, ov, 6, Elias, Heb. robe
and 1mbet (my God is Jehovah) Elijah,
the celébrated prophet of the O. T. and
the expected forerunner of the Messiah,
Mart. 17: 12, Mark 9:13. Luke 1: 17.
4: 25, 26. al. See 1 K.c.170q. Mal.
B23 [4:5] An.

“Hiaexia, as, %, (fides adult, full-
aged,) adultness, maturity, of li, mind,
Person, ie.

age, full-age, vigour ; John 9: 21
ety “Bley Fyu. v.28, Heb. 11:11,
Luke 2: 52.—2 Mace. 4: 40. Jos. Ant.
7. 8. 4, Diod. Sic, 2. 5 init. Ken, An.
3.114
b) stature, size. Luke 19: 8 +f Hlarie
puxgds. Matt. 6:27, Luke 12: 25. trop.
Eph. 4: 13. Sept. for mip Ez. 13:
18,—Plut. Philop. 11. Hdot. 3. 16.

‘Haczos, 7, ov, correl. pron. (7s5,)
how great, quantus, Col. 2: 1. James 3:
5,—Jos, Ant. 8.7.7 fin. Diod. Sic. 1.
55. See Buttm. § 79. 6.

"Hawes, ov, 6, (Ey) the au

360

‘Hydpa

Sudeg oouyis, as for the day of slaugh-
ter. So #eq. gen. of a festival etc. 9
fipéga té cépfatey v. to coppirou,
sabbath-day, Luke 4:16. Jobn 19:31.
Sept. for muir i> Jer. 17: 24, 27.
fiw. tay Gtiuar, day or days of unlear-
ened bread, the passover, Acts 12 3.
20: 6. Luke 22:7. see in “Azupos a.
fuiga tig mevtexoctiis, day of Pentecost,
Acts 2: 1. 20: 16. — Often in specifica
tions of time, viz. in the Genitive, of
time when i. i. indefinite and continued,
©.g. TS rjuépas, in a day, every day,
Luke 17: 4. comp. Buttm. § 132.6 4.
(Xen. Av. 1. 7.18.) In the Dative, of
time when i. e. definite ; Matt. 16:21 13
aglty suign dyspSivan Mark 9: i.
Luke 9: 22, 13: 14. John 2: 1. Acts 7:
8 al. Buttm. §183. 3. 4. (Xen. An. a
7.21.) By Hebr. 2Cor. 4: 16 jjuigg
xak joa, day by day, every day, daily ;
so Heb. 01°) Dir, Sept. x09” ductoryy
tuégar, Esth. 23:4. Dd Din, Sept. jjpi-
gay xad? jusgay, Ps. 68:20. See Gesen.
fohrg. p.669, Stuart § 438.c. In the

,; Accusative, of time how long, implying
18: 43, Mark 1:32 al, Sept. for gi” duration. Matt. 20: 6 Slqy wiv ipiger
Gen. 15: 12, 17. — Dem. 197. 7. Xen. dgyol. 28:20 ndcas ras suigag ie.
Mem. 3.8.9. — Meton. for light, day- always. Mark 1:13, John 1: 40. Acts
Hight, Acts 13:11, Comp. Ps. 58:9. At. 9:9. Gal. 1: 18, Rev. 11:9. So Mam.

"Hog, ov, 6, a nail, John 20:25 20: 2 oyspurijoas ... dx Sqragiou rir
jiuigar, for a denarius the day, i.e. for

Bi ram ne Han Bape Ohe aE works cw 49 aay Sa
9.12 ed every day, i.e. the whole time.
ios 7 . Pet, 2: 8 jjuigay é& jjwigas, wee in

“Hydoa, as, i, l.dayie. "Ee 2 Bee Butte. §131.8 Matt.

a) pp. the time from one sunrise or § 495.2, (Xen. An.6.4. 1.) In these
sunset to another, i q uz Srjuegor. and similar specifications of time, juége
(a) genr. Matt. 6: 34 dgxexdy xf jjuigg is very often construed with a preposi-
soxnles airs. Mark 6: 21. John 11:9 tion, viz. in the gen. after om e70t,
Ggas rig Sucgas, Acts 215, BW: 26. dict, Zug, mgd; im the dat. after éy:
Rom. 14: 5, 6. al. Luke 9: 28 dice) jui- in the ace. after sit, éxi, xard, werd,
gas xtc, us a parentbetic clause, see mods; for which constructions see
‘Winer § 64. 1. p. 436. So Matt. 15:2. these prepositions reapectiely. = —(5
Mark 8:2. (Comp. donuigas, Arr. A.M. Emphatically, a certain day, set
3,26. 3. aleo Lue. D, Meretr. 10.1, ob Acts 17:31 didts Extycer ipigen é
7ie, tegaxa, nolis
ag iuir.) Luke 24: 21 tgleqy saicyy 4: 3 wee in “ArOgeinevos b. — Dem.
Susear diye, seo in “Ayo 2. a, 2 Pet. 10722717) Spec. sjuepa rou xvgiov,
2:13 ny d» jude tevpyr, daily riot; day of the Lord, when the Saviour will
others under b below. Rev. 2 10 return to judge the world and fully
Sliyis Gpegdy déxe, affliction of or for establish his kingdom, 1 Cor. 1: 8 coll.
ten, days, Buttm. §132. 4.4. Luke 1:23 v.7. 5:5. 2Cor.1:14. 1 Thess, 5:2,4,

5 judgas rig lascovgylas avtoi, the days coll. 4: 130q. 2 Pet. 3: 10. al, Luke
of hs officiel duty. James 5 5 dc dy 17: 24 6 vlog tot dvDp. dy juigg avres,

in xysves, aitoy piles xglruy x 1.2. Heb. 4:7. 1 Cor.

‘Hypa

comp. v.30 7 juigg 5 vids rod ave.
dnoxadimreras, absol. 1 Cor, 3:13. So
dxelvy 7} 7juE9a, that day, the great day
of judgment, Matt. 7: 22. Mark 13: 32.
2 Thess, 1: 10.. With a gen. of what is
then to take place, e. g. sudga xplaeug
Matt. 10: 15. dk: 2, 24, 36. al. comp.
Rom. 2 16 é jwigg dre xgived 6 Sede
xt 2 and Jude 6 as xplow pryaliis
fiwigas. Also iy. doyiig Rom. 2% 5.
Rev. 6: 17. jiu, dxoluigeicsug Eph. 4:
30, Further, xj Zozdrn judge, John
6: 89,40, So in the constr. 1 1juéoa
tov @e0u, the day of God, by whose
authority Christ sits as judge, 2 Pet. 3:
12.—Once 4 judga xvgiov, of Jehovah,
Acts 2: 20, quoted from Joel 3: 4, [2:31,]
where Sept. for timm7 ir, the day of
God’s retribution "in general; comp.
Joel 1:15. Is. 2: 12 13: 6, Ez. 13: 5,
80: 3, Zeph.1:7,14. Also 4 su. 4
maydhn tod Seot Rev. 16:14. prob.
‘Heb. 10: 25, comp. v. 27, 31.
b) day, day-light, from sunris
set, e. g. in antith. with vis,
of time when, seas xab ruxrés or vu
5 nal imdgas, by day and by night,
Luke 18: 7. Acts 9: 24. Mark 5: 5.
1 Thess, 2:9, comp.above in a, (Xen.Cyr.
2.3.23.) or in Accus. of time how long,
Matt. 4: 2 ynotstoag jjpégac tea0. xal vin
tag te0. and 80 vixra xa duigay, night
and day, i.e. continually, incessantly,
Mark 4: 27. Luke 2 37. Acts 20: 31.
26:7. comp. above i ina. (Xen.An. 6.1.14.)
mor. Rev. 8: 12 § ju. yy galvy . .. xab
4 vif Spolus.—Simply, e. g. ras fysdoas,
the days,-i.e. during the day time,
every day, Luke 21: 37. (Xen. Cyr. 1.
3. 12.) So iydoas uions, at mid-day,
Acts 26: 13. jjuigas yevouirns, day be-
ing come, when it was day, Luke 4: 42.
Acts 12 18. 16: 35. al. (Xen. An. 7. 2.
BA.) 4 auipa abe, the day declines,
Luke 4: 42. (comp. Ael. Alex. M. 3. 4.
4.) John 9 4 fag juioa éosl, 20 long
as it is day. 11:9 megunateiv ey 1H Hus—
eg. — Trop. for the light of true and
higher knowledge, moral light, Rom.
18: 12. 1 Thess. 5: 5,8. 2 Pet. 1: 19.
2. time, in general, nearly i.q. x06v05.
a) sing. of a point | or period of time;
Meu. 18:1 by 84 xf Hmigg éxelyy ee Ddy
Sr John 14: 20. Eph. 6:13 & 1f
Ge. (tH morngg. (Ken. H. G2 437).

den FS

Lease

361

“Hywous

Seq. gen. of pers. Luke 19: 42 & a
‘a gou toiry, in this thy time, wi
iene: livest ete. So She 8 56 ba
in thy spigay eury, my time, the er
of my manifestation. Seq. gen. of
thing, ©. g. fos judgas dvadeltews Luke
1:60. jp, cwrnplag 2 Cor. 6:2 aim.
108 merpacuod Heb. 3:8. zip. émuoxonys
1 Pet, & 12, see in *“Emixomy, 2 Pet,
3: 18 gu. aidvog i. q. ie aieivios, time
eternal, for ever; Buttm. § 123. n. 4,

b) from the Heb. plur. mucous, days,
ie. time, (a) genr. Matt, 9:15 det-
corres 38 jpigat, Mark 2:20. 18: 20, Luke
17:22. c. adj. Acta 15:7 dy spagay
dezalar. Acts 2 17 et James 5:3 dy
tai dozdrars jpigais, vee in “Eoxatos.
Acts 3:24 xarayy. tag jyigas savras.
11: 27, al. Matt. 3:1 dy taig jy, dxel-
yous. Mark 13: 24. Rev. 9:6. al. also
Heb. 10: 32. 12:10. Seq. gen. of pers.
Matt. 11:12. Luke 4:25 é sais su.
"Mov. Acts 7:45 bag tov ip. Japid,
Seq. gen. of an event, ¢. g. Luke 2 6 af
jy 10i vixay ainjy, Acts 5: 37 dy raig
‘iw. Tig Gmoypagiic, Heb.5:7. Matt.24:38,
So Heb. n> aod Sept, Ex. 211,
Judg. 18: 1. "2 Sam. 21:1. 1K. 10:
21, Jer. 1:2, Gen. 25:24.—(6) spec. the
time of one’s life, i.e. one's days, years,
age, life, ©. g. fully, Luke 1: 75’ nécos
ads *iuégas cis Lwijs, comp. Gen, 47:8, 9.
Absol. Luke 1:7 mgoBeBrrotes ty tails
psoas avtay, advanced in years, in age,
and so v.18, 2:36. genr. Heb. 7: 3.
So Sept. and Heb. nrg. Gen. 6: 3.
Job 32:7, bara 82 Gen: U:1. Josh,
13:1. AL

“Hue egos, a, ov, (jjusis,) possess,
pron. of first pers. plur. our, our own,
Acts 2:11, 24:6, 26:5. Rom. 15: 4,
1 Cor. 15:31. 2 Tim. 4:15, Tit. &
14, 1 John 1:3, 2: 2—Xen. Cyr.2.1.
4, Comp. Butt. § 72.4.

‘Hudarye, eos, ous, 6, 4, adj.
(ius for fiysow, Sion) half dead Lake
10: |. Sic. 12. 62.

“Husous, era, v, Att. gen. ax,
plur. 49, half, dimidiue, a, wm, Xen,
H.G. 5.3.21, In N, T. only neut. 0
jusou, as subst. a half, gen. sjploovs
Matt. 6: 23, plur. ré julon Luke 19: 8
both being forms of the later Greek,

‘Hpusgioy
Battm. § 51. n, 5. Winer §9. 1. a, and
2.. “Lob. ad Phr. p. 246 sq. — Mark
6: 23 fae Hulooue is Pacidslas. Luke
19: 8. Rev. 11: 9 tyuégus t9sis xat usov.
ve1L. 1214, Sept. for "sry Ex. 24:6,
Zech. 14: 2. — Tob. 8: 21. Jos. Ant. 7.
6.114 julon ta» yevslov. Xen. H. G.
2, 4.10.

“Huwdproy, ov, 6, (ips for tps
ov, Sga,) a half-hour, half an hour, Rev.
8&1.

“Hyixa, correl. adv. when, when-
ever, Buttm. § 116.4. constr. e. indie.
2 Cor. 3: 15, _c, subj. et dy v.16. — ec.
indie. Sept. Gen. 31: 10. Xen. Cyr. 1.
4.27. c, subj. Joa, Ant, 5.1.2

“Heo, eee in “H no. 4. 7.

“Hruwog, ov, 6, %, adj. mild, gentle,
kind, 1 Thess. 2: 7, 2 Tim. 2: 24. —
Hdian. 2 6. 3. Hdot. 3. 89.

“Ho, 6 6, indec, Er, Heb. 4 (awake),
pr. n. of a man, Luke 3: 28.

“Hosuos, ov, 6, 4, adj. placid,
quiet, tranquil, 1 Tim. % 2 ieqpoy xat
fobguoy Blov. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 63 iige-
phorigos ylyvorras se. of dirSpumos,
Comp. Passow in ijgéua. Tittm. do
Synon. N. T. p. 65.

“Hoadye, ov, 6, Herod, pr. u. of
four persons in N. 'T. Idumeans by de-
scent, who were successively invested
by the Romans with authority over the
Jewish nation in whole or in part.
‘Their history is related chiefly by Jo-
sephus, os cited below; comp. also
Noldius de vita et geatis Herodum ap-
pended to Joseph. Opp. Tom. II. ed.
Hlaverc. Relandi Palaest. p. 174 aq.
Schlosser Gesch. der Familie Herodes
Leipz. 1818.

1, Herod, surnamed the Great, Matt.
2% 1, 3, 7, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 22. Luke
1: 5. He was the son of Antipater an
Idumean in high favour with Julius
Caesar, and at the age of fifteen was
made procurator of Galilee, in which
he was confirmed by Antony with the
title of tetrarch, about B.C. 4]. Being
driven out by the opposite faction, he
fled to Rome, where by the influence
of Antony he was declared king of Ju-

362

dea ; he now collected an army, recov-
ered Jerusalem, and extirpated the
Maccabean family, B.C.37. After the
battle of Actium he joined the party of
Octavius, who confirmed him in his
possessions. He now rebuilt and deco-
rated the temple of Jerusalem, built
and enlarged many cities, especially
Cesarea, and erected theatres and gym-
nasia in both these places. He was no-
for his jealousy and cruelty,
having put to death his own wife Mari-
amne and her two sons Alexander and
Aristobulus. He died A. D. 2, aged 70
years, after a reign of about 40 years as
king. See Jos. Ant. 14. c.90q. 15. ¢.
oq. 16.c. 5eq. et al. Jos. B. J. lib. 1
passim. — It was near the close of hie
life that Jesus was born, and the mas-
sacre of infants took place in Bethle-
hem, Matt. 2: 16, comp. Macrob. Saturn.
2.4, At Herod’s death, half his king-
dom, viz. Idumea, Judea, and Samaria,
was given by Augustus to his son Ar-
chelaus with the title of etbnareh, see
in *Apyélaog,—the remaining half being
divided between two of his other soos,
Herod Antipas and Philip, with the title
of tetrarche, Jos, Ant. 18.5.1, the for-
mer having Galilee and Perea, and the
latter Batanea, Trachonitia, and Aure-
nitis (now Haouran.) Luke %). Jos
Ant. 17. 1. 4.0 Seere, Zoos
2. Herod Antipas, *Avtixas, often
called Herod the tetrarch, Matt. 14: 1, 3,
6 bis, Mark 6: 14, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21,22
8:15. Luke 3:1, 19 bis, 8: 3. 9: 7,9
13: 81. 28: 7 bis, 8, 11, 12, 15. Acts 4:
27. 13:1, He was the son of Herod
the Great by Malthace, and own brother
to Archelaus, Jos. Ant. 17.1.3 After
hin father’s death, Augustus gave him
Galilee and Perea with the title of
tetrarch, Luke 3: 1, comp. above;
whence also he is called by the very
general title Bacwstc Mat. 14:9, Mork
€& 14. comp. in Beowets b. He first
married a daughter of Aretas, whom he
dismissed on becoming enamoured of
Herodins; see in *Apétas. ‘This latter,
his own niece and the wife of his brother
Philip Herod, he induced to leave her
husband and live with him; and it was
for his bold remonstrance on this occa-
sion that John the Baptist was put to

‘Howdavot

death, through the arts of Herodias.
(Mark 6 7 6q. al.) Herod went to
Rome at the instigation of Herodias, to
ask for the title and rank of king; but
was there accused before Caligula at
the instance of Herod Agrippa her own
brother, and banished with her to Lug-
dunum (Lyons) in Gaul, about A.D. 41.
His territories were given to Herod
Agrippa. Jos. Ant. 18. ¢. 5. @7.— In
Mark & 15 ‘Hosidng ia put collectively
for “Howd:avol q. v.

8. Herod Agrippa, the elder, called
by Josephus only ’Ayeinnas, Acts 12
1, 6, 11, 19, 20,21, 23: 35. He was
grandson of Herod the Great and Ma-
riamne, and son of Aristobulus. On
the accession of Caligula be received
with the title of king the provinces
which had belonged to his uncle Philip
and to Lysaniss, see above in no. 1,
and in’4fidqnj. To these were added
those of Herod Antipas, see in no. 2;
and Claudias afterwards gave him in
A. D. 48 all those parts of Judea and
Samaria which had belonged to Herod
the Great. He died suddenly and mis-
erably at Cesarea, A.D. 44. Acts 12
1. Jos. Ant. 18. c. 50q. 19. c. 4a

4. Herod Agrippa, the younger, called
in N. T. and by Josephus only Agrippa,
“Ayginnas, Acts 2%: 13, 22, 23, 2H, 26.
26: 1, 2, 7, 19, 27, 28, 82, He westhe
aon of the elder Herod Agrippa, and at
bis father’s death veceived from Clau-
dius the kingdom of Chalcis, which hed
belonged to his uncle Herod, he being

then 17 years old. In A. D.53 he was.

transferred with the title of king to the
provinces which his father at first poe-
sessed, viz. Batanea, Trachonitis, Aura-
nitis, and Abilene, to which other cities
were afterwards added. It was before
him that Paul was brought by Festus,
Jos. Ant. 19. c.9. ib, 20. 5.2. ib, 20.
ce. 66.7.

“Hoewdtavol, wy, of, Herodians,
Matt. 22:16, Mark 3:6. 12:13. Prob.
partisans of Herod (Antipas) and there-
fore supporters of the Roman domina-
tion, which the Pharisees were not.
Hence prob. in general i. q. Sadducees;
comp. Mark 8: 15 with Matt. 16: 6.

“Howdrac, ados, 4, Herodias,

363

‘Huon

granddaughter of Herod tbe Great and
sister of Herod Agrippa the elder. She
‘was first married to her uncle Philip
(Herod), but left him to live with Herod
Antipas; see in “Hocidn¢ no. 2,—Matt.
14:3,6. Mark 6:17,19,22. Luke &19.
‘Headior, avos, é, Herodion, a
Christian whom Paul calls his kins-
man, ovyyeri¢, Rom. 16: 11.
“Hoainc, ov, 6, Esaias, Heb.
Am35D7 (Jehovah’s deliverance) Isaiah,
the’ celebrated Hebrew prophet, Matt.
8:3, 4:14, Mark 7: 6. al. — Meton., for
the book of Isaiah, Acts 8: 28,30. AL.
"Heap, 5, indec. Esau, Heb. 1123
(hairy), pr. n. of the elder son of feaac
and brother of Jacob, the ancestor of
the Edomites, Rom. 9; 13. Heb. 11: 20.
12: 16. See Gen, 25: 25 aq. 27: 6 eq.
“Hovyato, £. daw, (jovzos,) to be
quiet, trenguil, still, intrans. spoken of
life, 1 Thess. 4: 11. Sept. for npy
Judg. 3: 11, 30. — Thuc. 1.12 ib. 6,
38. — By imp. to rest, se. from labour,
Luke 23: 56. (Hdian. 7.5.5.) from
further cavil, discussion, etc. to hold
one’s be silent, Luke 14:4. Acts
11: 18 21: 14. Sept. for wh" Neh.
5: 8.—Jos, Ant. 1. a 1, Hdian’ 8. 3.7.

“Hovyla, as, %, (iovzos,) quiet,

tranquillity, stillness, ©. g. nist lit
‘2 Thees. 3: 12, — 1 Mace.
V.H. 3.17. Dem. Ms 90. ta on
sense of stillness, silence, Acts 22: 2.
1 Tim. 2: 11, 12. — Sept. Job 34: 29,
Joa. Ant, 3, 4:1, Hodian, 3. 12, 18,

Houjos, ov, 6, 4, adj. i. q. jow-
706, quiet, tranquil, undisturbed from
without, 1 Tim. 2: 2. 1 Pet, & 4.—
Sept. Is. 66:2. Hom. Il. 21.598. Dem.
150. 11.

“Hot, see in “H no. 4. 3.

“Hrrdopar, ope, f.joopas, de~
pon. Pass. (jrtwy,) to be inferior, genr.
2 Cor. 1% 13 sh... 6 rep dats trig Tas
2, éxxd.— Ael. V. H. 2.30. Xen. An. 2
3.23. — Hence, to be overcome, to be

by one, c. dat, 2 Pet. 2
19} ydg tH as 2.2, Butt.
§134. 4. absol. 2 Pet, 2: 20.—Jos. Ant.
1.19.4 gers jenSuls. Jo war, Hdian.

“Hugua

5. 4.10. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 24. — An Act.
attdiw, to subdue, is found in a few late
writere, Sept. Is. 54: 17. Pol. 1. 75. 3.
ib. 3.18.5. Passow s. voc, Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. If. p. 146.

“Heuer, arog, 16, (ijrtdopan) a
Being inferior, a worse atote, ec. 88 com-
pared with any other or former state,
duty, etc. Rom, 11: 12 ijrempa aitay,
ive. their being brought into a worse
state, i. q. diminution, degradation.
Hence, failure, faull, 1 Cor. 6:7.—Sept.
Ts, 31: 8 defeat.

“Heroy or juowy, ovos, 5, ty,
used as an irreg. cotnparative to xax0s,
viz. worse, inferior, weaker, see Buttm.
§ 68.2. In N.T. only neut. joaor,

Oaddaios, ov, 5, Thaddeus, a
surname of the apostle Jude, also
called Lebbeus, the brother of James
the less. Matt. 10:3, Mark 3:18. Comp.
Luke 6: 16.

Oadacoa, Att. tra, ne, %, (prob,
Gig) the aca, a sea, viz.

a) genr. and as implying the vicinity
of land, Matt. 18: 47 cayqrn flnSelon
ay thy Sdlacoay. 18: 6 nélayos rijs
Sad. depth of the sea. Mark 9: 42. Luke
21:25, Rom.9: 27, 2Cor. 11:26, Rev.
18: 17 see in "Egydtoum 2. b. Sept.
for i" Gen. 22:17. Is. 5: 30, — Ael. V.
HL 9.6, Xen. An, 1.5.1. ib. 5. 1.2,
—Also for the ocean, Rev. 20: 13, 21:1.
4 7 xad 4) Pddacca, land and sea, for
the whole earth, Rev. 7: 1, 2, 3, 12:12.
(Jos. Ant.1,19.1.) obgards, 4 7%, xal
4 Séleowa, heaven, earth, and sea, for
the universe, Acts 4:24. 14: 15. Rev.
& 18 So Sept. and by Ex. 20:11.
Hag. 2: 7.—Jos. Ant, 4. 3: 2.—Poet. of
the waters above the firmament, on
which the throne of God is said to ba
founded, Sdlacoa takivm, crystal sea,
Rev, 4: 6. 15:2, Comp. Gen.1:7. Ps.
20:10, 148: 4. Others compare the

364

Ocuag

217 abe 1d irtor for the
jomnn. 18 ef tus xpo6 1
irra: dnoxdlves, — Adv. 2 Cor. 1215
ayrtov dyanduas, the less am 1 loved —
Dem. 104. 13. Thue. 1. 8.

"Hyée, @, £. sou, (iz05) to sound,
to resound, intrans. 1 Cor, 13: 1 yolxos
iizav. — Sept. Ex. 19: 16. Hes. Theog.
42. — Of tha sea, to roar, Luke 2: %.
Sept. for Arar Jer. 50:42, 51:50.—Hom.
Il. 1. 157.

“Hyoe, ov, 4, (i. q. sizh) sound,
noise, Acts 2:2, Heb. 1219. Sept.
for 3p Ps. 150: 3.—Jos. Ant. 11.4.2
Hdian. 4. 8. 19,—Metaph. fame, renew,
Luke 4: 37, comp. Mark 1: 28 éxej.

brazen sea or laver, ts, 1K. 7%
2K. 25:13. .

b) of particular seas and lakes, viz
(a) by impl. the Mediterranean, Acts Itt
6,32. 17: 14.21, So Sept, and ps Gen.
18: 14. Jon, 1: 4. — (8) the Red ves, 4
dove Sciacca, fally Acts 7:36.
sol. 1 Cor. 10: 1, 2 Sept. and t» Ex.
18: 18, 14:2 al. See in “Eyviges.—
(7) the sea of Galilee or Tiberias, § 94.
tig Faialas ¥ tig TiPepiados, fully
Matt. 4: 18, Mark 1:16, John 21: 1.al
absol. Matt. 4: 15. John 6 16, 17,18
19, al. Sept. and n> Num. 3: Il.
Seo the description of this lake upder
Tevmycagét.—Aristot. Meteor. 1. 13, #7
toy Katxagoy Alurn, jj xoilover obi
Sdlartay, AL.

Oadnco, £ yo, to warm, to met |

warm, by fire, Hom. Od. 21, 179, 346.
by warmth imparted, Sept. 1 K. 1:2,
4, Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 3. ofa fowl brood-
ing, Deut. 22 6, — In N. T. trop
cherish, to nourish, trans, 1 Thess. *7
Gs dy tQ0peg Suknn ra saviiig tire
Eph, 5: 29.—Jos. B. J. 4,3. 14. Anth-
Gr. II. p.239. IIL. p. 167.

Ocueg, 4, indec. Thamar, Hob

Oap peo

“Wn (palm-tree), the widow of Er, Matt.
1:3," See Gen. c. 38.

Oap Peo, «; f. hoe, (Stipfos,) to
be astonished, to be amazed, Acts 9: 6
Tgiver te x0l Sopfar.—Sept. 1 Sam.
14: 15, Hom. Il. 8 77. Od. 1. 383, —
Later also trans, Sept. 2 Sam. 22:5;
and hence Pass. GapPtouas, to be
astonished, to be amazed, Mark 1: 27.
10: 24, 32.—Wisd, 17:3. I*Mace. 6 8.
Plut. Caes. 45.

OauBos, e0¢, ous, 16, (Sdopas,)
astonishment, amazement, from admira-
tion, Luke 4: 36. 5:9. Acts 3: 10. —
Hom. I. 4.79. Thue. 6. 31.

Oavetaruos, ov, 6, %, adj. (Scva-
105,) deadly, e. g. poisonous, Mark 16:
18,—Jos, Ant. 4. 8. 34. Diod, 8. 1. 87.
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 651.

Oavarngogos, ov, 4 4, adj.
(Sézan05, pigo,) death-bringing, deadly,
Janes 3:8 pect) tod Sav. Sept. for
mand Num. 18: 22,—Diod. Sic. 3. 50.
Xen. H. G. 2.3.82, Comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 651.

Gaivecrog, ov, 6, (Irion, Fuveiy,)
death, the extinction of life, naturally or
by violence.

a) genr. and of natural death, Jobn
11: 4 ain} 4 Godiva oix ion ngic
Savatoy. v.13. Rom. 8: 38. Phil. 1:
20. Heb. 7: 23. al. So yeteoPue v.
iddiv toy Sdvaroy, see in Tstw b. Ei
da I.c. Also Matt. 26: 38 et Mark 14:
34 sragihumos fag Saxctou even,
‘unto death, comp. Engl. ‘to grieve one-
self to death” Rev. 13:3 sig Savatoy.
ib, mlny} Gavdrov, deadly wound ;
Buum. § 123. n,4, John 12: 33 ole
Savdry jusdler & , by what
death he should die, 18: 32, 21: 19,
comp. Buttm. §133, 3. 2.—Epict. Ench.
5. Xen, Ag.10.3. Sardty Sani Hom.
Od. 11.412, oly Parity Act. Thom.
§21.— Plur. Sdvaros, deaths, i.e. ex-
posures to death, 2 Cor. 11: 23, — Plut.
Romul. 2, lords Sardrous par alr
Blovg deBgeinars Ever vbawv éxipigar.
— Hence meton. for
Rev. & 8. 18:8. So Sept. and nya
Ex. 10:17. Jer. 18 21. Sept. for 3%
1K. 8& 37. Jer, 21:7. al.

365

averos

b) spoken of a violent death, e. g. ax
a punishment, ivozog Savatov, Matt. 26;
66. Mark 14: 64. atos Say. Luke 23:
15, Acts 23: 29. al. xa 198
Savery Matt. 20: 18. Mark 10: 33,
Sdvaros oravgod Phil. 2 8. _genr.
Matt. 10: 21. Mark 13:12. Luke 23: 22,
24:20, Acts 22: 4, 2Cor.1: 9,10. Rev.

So of the death of Jesus,

Phil. 2: 8. Heb. 2 9.
5:7. as piacular, Rom. 5: 10. Col. 1:
22. Heb. 2:14. 9:15. Also by Hebra-
ism, Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 10 Savdry
televidte, quoted from Ex. 21:17 where
Sept. for m3" nin, comp. v. 17. Rev.
2: 283 10 téxva aitis droxterd iy Sard—
tq, and so Sept. for n997 min Ex. 22
18.—Hdian. 2.2.14. Xen. An.2.6.29bis,

c) Heb. nq and Sept. Sdvaros often
have the sense of de
misery, implying both physical death
and exclusion from the preeence and
favour of God, in consequence of sin
and disobedience, opp. to Dwh Sept.
{em life and happiness; so Deut, 30:
19, Prov, 11: 19. 12: 28. Is. 25: 8. Pa.
16:11 coll, Acts 2:28. In N. T. this
notion is applied with more definiteness
to the gospel scheme; and as fom is
used to denote the bliss and glory of
the kingdom of God, including the idea:
of a joyful resurrection, (see Zanj c. f,)
80 Savatog is put for the opposite, viz.
rejection from the kingdom of God, in—
cluding the idea of physical death as
aggravated by eternal condemnation 5
the idea of physical death being some-
times more prominent, and sometimes:
that of subsequent perdition. John 8:
51 Sdvator oF pi) Seugron sis tov aicwa.
Rom. 6: 16 doilos duagtlas sis Scivaror.
¥. 21 10 yg télog txtlvay, Sdvatos.
v. 2%. 7: 5,10, 8:2, 6. 2 Cor. 2 16.
3: 7. 2 Tim. 1: 10 xatagyyicartos pir
‘tor Saveror, purjcartos 54 lamy... due
108 stay Heb. % 15, James 5:
20. 1 John 3:14. 5: 16,17. 81. Called
also 6 devzepog Pavarog, the second
death, Rev. 2: 11, 2k 6, 14. 21: 8
Comp. in “4x09rjoxw e. — In this
sense 6 Savatos is used in a species of
half-personification, the idea of physical
death being prominent, Rom. 5: 12, 14,
17,21. 1 Cor. 15: 26, 54, 55, 56, coll.
Is, 25: 8. Hos. 13: 14,

Gavaroe

d) poet. 6 Ocivarog personified, death,

as the king of Hades, Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13,

14. 21:4, also 1:18, Acts 2:24. So

Sept. and nzQ Ps. 49:15. comp, Job

18: 18,—Meton. for Gong itself, Matt.

16 et Luke 1:79 év zeipg xa} omg Scevd-

tou death-shade, the shades of Orcus,

i.e. thickest darkness, quoted from Is.

+ & 1 where Sept. for ny2h¥. Comp.
Prov. 7:27, Au.

Oavarcw, @, £. daw, (Sdvatos,)
to putto death, in N. T. by the interven-
tion of others, i. q. to cause to be put to
death, to deliver over to death, trans,

a) pp. Matt. 10: 21 Savareicouw ob-
wots. 26: 59, 27:1. Mark 13: 12. 14:
55. Luke 21: 36. 2Cor.6:9. 1 Pet.
& 18. Also hyperbol, Rom. 8: 36,
quoted from Ps, 44: 23 where Sept. for
a7. Sept. for nvary 1K. I: 40,

Jer.'88: 15.—Pol. 24. 4.5. Xen. An. 2. Have
64

b) trop, to mortify, to subdue evil de-
sires, etc. Rom. 8:13, Pass. to become
dead to any thing, to be freed from its
power, c. dat. Rom. 7: 4,

Odinte, f. ye, aor. 2 éxdqyy, to
Funeral rites, pp. including

perform
burning and burial, Hom. Od. 12.12. #7?

Il. 24, 323, In N.'T. genr. to bury, to
ater, trans, Matt. & 21, 22 14: 12,
Luke 9: 59, 60. 16: 22. Acts 2:29, 5:
6,9,10. 1 Cor. 15:4. Sept. for “3p
Gen. 23: 4 sq.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8,6, Hdian.
4.3.19, Ken. Cyr. 5. 4.93,

Odga, é, indee. Thara, Heb. nj
Terah, pr. n. of the father of Abraham,
Lake 3:94. See Gen..11:24 aq, Josh.
A: 2.

Gagbee, «, £. How, (Siggos Inter
Ait. for Scigaos,) to be of good cheer, to
have good courage, to be full of hope

and confidence, intrans, 2Cor. 5: 6

Saggotrtes oby mériors, v.8, Heb. 18:

6, — Sept. Prov. 1:21. Ceb. Tab. 30.
“. Ken, Mem. 2. 6, 32. — Seq. & tu, to
have hope and confidence in any one,
2 Cor. 7:16. comp."Ev no. 3... y. So
Sept. Sagfei te’ wing for 3 MD2 Prov.
31: 11, (Pol. 5.29.4 éet'tin.) Seq.
ais tua, to be bold towards any one,
2 Cor. 10: 1, 2,

366

Oavpateo
Oapota, 63, £. ou, (Scigens) ig.
Sagfio q.¥. In N.'T. only irapera.
Pagoes, Gagatire, be of good cheer,
have good courage, spoken by way of
encouragement, Matt, 9: 2,22. 14:27.
Mark 6: 50. 10: 49, Luke 8 48. John
16:33. Acts 23:11. Sept.for east
Gen, 35:17, Joel 2:21, 92.—Feclus. 19:
10, Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 18.

Oarpooe, 205, ous, x6, cheer, i.e,
cheerful mind, courage, apiri, e. ¢.
Lapfdver Gdgaos, to take courage, i.e.
to be encouraged, to be full of hope
and confidence, i.q. Saggée, Acts 2%
15. — 1 Mace. 4: 35, Jos. Aut. 5.5.4
Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 5.

Gaver, eros, +5, (prob. Séopas)
@ wonder, Xen. An, 6.3, 23. In N.T.
toonder, admiration, Rev. 17: 6 édei-
Saipa piyo, comp. Buttm, $131.3
—Sept. Job 17:8. Hdian. 1. 1.8, Xeu
Ag. 2. 27.

Oaupoto, £ doopas Rev. 17: 8
comp. Buttm. § 113, n. 7, aor. 1 éai-
paca, (Saips,) to wonder, viz.

a) intrans, to be astonished,
amazed, absol. Matt. 8: 10 6°h.

tp be
d9e-

4: 13. 13: 41. Rev. 17: 7, 8. Sept for
penairt fs. 41: 23, — 2 Mace, 1: B
Luc. 'D. Deor. 23.1. Xen, Cyr. 7.16
— With adjuncts, to wonder at suy
thing, e.g. seq. acc. of pron. as remote
object, John 5: 28 yi} Savy, voite
Luke 2%: 12. See Butum. § 131 7.
For Rev. 17: 6 see in Guiue. S04.
va t+ Mark 6 6, John 7:21, io tu
Luke 1: 21, comp. “Ey 3, ¢. 7. xls
Mark 12:17. Luke 2 93, 4:22. 943
20:26, Acts 3:12, comp. ’ Bat II.3.¢.+
megi twos Luke 2% 18, Seq. ort, #
wonder that, because, ete, Luke 11:8
John 8:7. 4:27. Gal. 1: 6 (Keo. Vo
1.3.) Seq. ef, to wonder sf, whether
Mark 15: 44. '1 John 3: 13, Comp
Bi 12g. o—Xen, An. 3, 2.35.

b) by impl. trans, fo wonder at, i.e
admire, c. acc. comp. Matth. § 317. 0-
Luke 7:9 6 °Jq. (Satpecw aver.
‘Acts7:31. Pass. 2 Thess, 1:10.—Diod-

Oavpcacos

Sic. 4. 31 nix dgerqr. Lue. D. Deor.
16. 2, Xen. Lac. 1. 2—From the Heb.
Jude 16 Saydtorses xpdowna, admirers
of persons, i.e. having respect to per-
sons, partial ; 80 Sept. for D°20 Nip? Is.
rca Job 13:10. 22:8, “rT Lev. 19:
15. In constr, praegnans, Kev, 13:3
Sarudtur sniow tod Syplov, to wonder
after the beast, i.e. to admire and follow
him, to become his worshipper, comp.
v4
Oavpcows, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Sav
pale,) wonderful, admirable, Luc. D.
Mort. 20. 5. Xen. An. 2.3.15, InN.T.
neut. 10 Pavudotoy, « wonder, miracle,
Matt. 21: 15. Sept. for xtp Ps. 77: 12,
15. ntwby2 Josh. 3 5.” Pe, & 2, —
Ecelus. 48: 4,

Oavpacrss, xarssy Ty Ov, (Sevpetes,)
wonderful, admirable, » wondrous. 1 Pet.
2X9 sig 1 Sxyarrdr abrod puss. Rev.
15:1, 3, onudioy, oye, Sop. Matt, 21:
42 et Mark 12 11 ain} [for toizd] fore
perypaoty dy Spd. ip. quoted from Ps.
118: 23 where Sept. for mith? a},
comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 661. ‘Btuart
§ 436, Sept. for “77x Ps. 8:1. x yi3
Ex. 15: 11. 34: 10.—Lue. Somn. 9, 10.
Hdian. 2. 4.11, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 7.—In
the sense of strange, unusual, 2 Cor.
1: 14 xab od Savpactér, no wonder.
John 9: 30.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 17. Cyr.
46.4

Ged, ce, 4, (fom-of S65) a god-
dess, e. g. Diana, Acts 19: 27, 35, 37 in
text. rec.—Xen. Ven. 1. 6.

Oecouct, f. doopas, depon. Mid.
(Sia, Pciopas) aor. 1 pase, sFecSqy in
pass. sense, Buttm. § 113. n. 6 ; to see,
to look at, to behold, trans.

8) pp. including the notion of desire,
pleasure, ete. Titm. de Syn. N. T.
p. 111, 120, So Matt, 11:7 et Luke
94 sb qlGeta SedoarGas; Matt. 2211.
Luke 23:55. John 1:14, 4:35, 11:45.
1 John 1: 1. 4:14. 80 mpég 15 Sea
Sivas avroig in order to be seen By them,
‘Matt. 6 1. 23: 5, comp, Butum. § 134.
4,—2 Maco. 2: 4. Jos, Ant. 3. 6.-4 pen.
Hdien. 3, 4, 11. Xen. An. 3, 5, 13.—{n
the sense of to visit, Rom. 15:24. So
Eom and t srg] 2 Chr, 22 6,—Jos, Ant.

L

367

Oxors

b) simply to see, to pereeive with the
eyes, i. qe ide, c. aceus. John 8: 10
pndiva 5 » Acta 21: 27. 29.
1 Jobn 4: 12, Pass. 893d tn’ atic
Mark 16: 11.—Joe. Ant. 1.11.2. Xen.
Oee. 8. 11. — Seq. ace. and particip.
Mark 16: 14. Luke 5: 27 ¢9adceto re
Letyay ... xaSrjpavoy x. t. 2. Jobn Iz
32, 38. ‘Acts 1: 11. (Ken. Cyr. 7.1.17.)
Seq. ors John & 5. Acte 8: 18,

Gearpier, f. low, (Piargor,) to be
an actor in the theatre, Suid. sub v. #90-
2éyos. Also to bring upon the theatre,
to present as a spectacle, trans. Hence
in N.'T. genr. to make a public spectacle
Qf, to expose to public scorn, Pass, Heb.
10:33. Criminals were sometimes ex-

posed and punished in the theatre, see
Philo in Flace. p. 977.

O&arpor, ov, 10, (Sedoper,) thea
tre, i.e. place where dramatic and other
public spectacles were exbibited, Ael.
V.H. 3.8. Xen. H.G. 4.4.3. Here
too the people were accustomed to
convene on other occasions, to hear
harangues, to hold public consultations,
etc. see Xen. H. G. 6. 5,7. Diod. Bic.
16, 84. Pol. 29. 10, 2. Jos, Ant. 17, 6,
3 B.J. 7. 3.3. Cic. pro Flace. 7.
comp. Kypke II. p. 100. Wetstein II.
p- 585. So Acts 19: 29,31. Meton.
@ spectacle, public shew, trop. 1 Cor.4:9.
comp. Heb. 10: 33.—Aesch. Dial. Socr.
3.20 Sarge nostic.

Geioy, ov, 16, (prob. neut.of Stes,
see Paseow sub v.) sulphur, brimstone,
Rev, 19: 20 riy xesopirw & 1G Oily.
So mig xab Diior, fire and
i, e, sulphurous flames, Luke 17: 2.
Rev. 34: 10. 20:10. 21:8. nig xad
xarvig xa Seioy, sulphurous flames and
smoke, Rev. 9:17, 18. So Sept. and
nb] Gen. 19: 24. Ez. 38: 22—Act,

: ‘Thom. § 53, Hdian. 8. 4. 26,

Oeios, a, ov, (926s,) divine, per-
taining to God, 2 Pet. 1: 3, 4,
aytiya 9. for prrfte Ex. 31:3. 35:
29. — Hdian. 1. 11 0" Xen. Mem. 2.
1, 32.—Neut. x0 Oeioy, the divine na-
ture, divinity, Acts 17: 29. — Diod. Sic.
16. 60. Xen. Mem. 1. 4, 18.

Oewrs, yr08, %, (Sxbs,) deity,
Godhead, i.e. the divine nature and

Oesdns
perfections, Rom. 1: 20. — Wisd. 18: 9.
Clem. Alex. Strom. 5. 10.

Oewwdns, e06, ous, 6, 4, (Seior,)
sulphurous, i. e. made of sulphur, Rey.
9: 17. — Philostr. Imag. I. 27. p. 802
Aform only of the later Greek, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 228.

OeAnua, wtos, 16, (Fée,) a form
not Attic, Lob. ad Phryn. p.7, will,
i. e. active volition.

a) pp. twill, the act of willing, wish,
good pleasure; Matt. 26: 42 yernSrjr0
0 Pehqu gov. Acts 21:14. 1 Cor.
1612 oix Fy Sélqua. Eph.5:17. 1 Pet.
215, 4:2,3,19. IJohn 5:14. So
Péknua cagxds, carnal desire, John 1:
13 Sept. for yay Psd: 2 psy
Dan. 8: 4. 11: 3, — Ecclus, 8: 15.

b) meton. will, thing willed, what
one wills to do or to have done, Matt.
7:21 Gad 5 rowdy 16 Délqua rob margds.
12 50. 21:31. Mark 3:35. John 5:
30. 4,6: 38. Acts 13: 22. Rom. 12: 2.
Eph. 6:6. Heb. 13: 21. al. Eph. 23
a Gehjpata tig cagxds. Sept. and
yan 1K. & 8,9, jrx7 Ps. 103: 21.

'10.—Hence by impl. will, i.e. pur-
pose, counsel, decree, law. Matt, 114 4
otras ofm Bory Pilqua tune. roo wa
905. John 6: 39, 40. Acts 22: 14. Heb.
10: 7, 9, 10, 36. So collect. 10 Seinpa
08 S108, the counsels, the eternal pur-
poses of God, Matt. 6: 10. Luke 11: 2.

4) meton. will the faculty of willing,
Sree-wnill. 1 Cor, 7: 87 éfovalay Eyes negi
‘toh lov Paljyoros. Luke 23: 25,
2 Pet.1:21. of God, Eph. 1: 5, 11.
1 Pet. 3:17 eb Séles 26 Félqua tod Feot.
AL

OkAnate, ecos, 4, (Fie) will, good-

e of God, Heb, 2: 4.—Sept. Ez.
18:23, 2 Macc, 12:16. A form of the
later Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 7.

Ogio and *Hddda, f. djow,
both forms being used alike by the At-
ties, though not indiscriminately ; for
the distinction see Passow in Sélw and
¢9du, Lob, ad Phryn. p.7—Tb wil, to
wish, to desire, pp. implying active vo-
lition and Purpose, and thus differing
from Aovhopas, see in Bothouos init,

a) pp. to will, i. ©. to have th mind, to
purpose, te intend, to please, viz, (a) of

368

Odio
God and Christ, seq. inf sor. Rom 9%
2 ab 88 Silev 6 S06 6 TD,

Col. 1: 27, (Hom. Il. 13. 743. Hdot. 2.
18.) seq. inf. et acc. 1 Tim. 2 4, (Xen.
Mag. Eq. 9. 9.) absol. c. inf. impl.
Joho 5: 21. Acts 18: 21 tot Seod Sil-
ovtos. 1 Cor. 4:19, James 4:15. —
Hom. Il, 20. 243. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.19 ult
—(6) of men, seq. infin. e. g. aor. Matt.
5: 40, Mark 6:19 xai 79sler abtor
Groxtéivas, John 1: 44. Acts 7: 28. al.
c. inf. pres. Matt. 19: 21 ei Sele rédsos
elyas, Jobn 6: 67. Acts 14: 13. 10: 10.
24: 6. al. seq. inf. et ace. Luke 1: 62.
absol. c. inf. impl. Matt. 8: 2 dé Dilys.
Mark 3:13. 1 Cor. 7: 36. Rev. 11:6. al.
(Palaeph. 24, 4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10.)
So c. neg. ov Oéhe, not to will, nol te
have in mind, and by impl. to will not,
to determine not to do tbis or that, te
refuse, etc. seq. inf. aor. Matt. 218
ovx FO magaxkn diver. Mark 6 26.
Luke 15: 28, al. c. inf. pres. Jobn 7:1.
2 Thess, 3: 10. absol. c. inf. impl.
Matt. 18: 30. 21:29, Rom. 7: 15 0q—
Palaeph, 2, 6. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 10.—In
antith. of to will and to do, Rom. 7: 18
2 Cor. 8 10, 11. Phil. 213. Comp.
Winer § 65. 6.—Further, with a nega-
tive the idea of Sélw sometimes ap-
proaches thet of Séropar, to be able, I
can, e, g. Matt. 1:19 px) Séley airar
nogaduypericas, being unwilling, una
ble, i.e. not being able to bring himself
to do so and so. Luke 18: 13 obm §oe
dey 0088 to's dq2. éxégas, would not,
could not, dared not. Comp. Passow
in é9ilw. Schaef. in Greg. Cor. p. 135.
—Hom. Il. 13. 106. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 16.
H. G. 5. 4. 61. — (y) trop. of the wind,
Jobn 8:8 Sxov Sile, mvs, i.e. pro
lubitu.—Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 19 3,n. Duley,
of an eagle.

b) genr. to wish, fo desire, to choose,
seq. infin. e. g. aor. Luke 8: 20 ide ov
Pélovtes. 23:8. c. inf. pres. John 16:
19, Gal. 4: 20. . infin, et accus.
1Cor. 7:7. 1:3. 145.
absol. c. inf imp

yendyta cos os Piles.

Mark 9: 13. John 15:7. 1 Cor. 4:21.
(Palaeph. 28 3.) So c.neg. ov Otles,
ee will nol, to be unwilling, to choose not,
. infin. sor, Luke 1914 ob 9+
oper rotnow Pacilstous bg dpi. Gude. 1 Cor.

Otho

30: 20. (Palaeph. 39.3.) ¢. inf. pres,
Rom. 1: 18. 1 Cor. 10:1, 2 Cor, 1:
8. (Luc. D. Mort. 2.1 ult.) absol. c,
inf, impl. John 21: 18.— Seq. ef, Luke
12 49 2h Sil, ob $3n avigdn; some-
times with an accus. simply, where
however an infin, is strictly implied,
e.g. Luke 5:39 oie muy nalasiy,
eb dbus Diles viov ac. nivuy. 2 Cor. 11:
12.1aiv Dedovtwr dpoguizy wc. sigeiv, —
Seq. iva c. subjunct. Matt, 7: 12 S00 dy
Didgre ba modo. yy of dyOp. Mark
& 25, John 17:24. So in interroga-
tions, seq. fut. indie. or more properly
aor. eubjunct. pp. with iva implied; e.g.
Matt. 20: 32 14 Salers [Bor] mosjow tyiv
as in Engl. what will ye (that) I should
do unto you? 26: 17, Mark 14:12 15:
9,12, Luke 9: 54. al. (Anecr. 12. 1,
. fat. Lue. Navig,
ti, iq. to choose
rather, to prefer, 1 Cor. 14: 19, see in
“H 3. a. — Sometimes ¢Silay (but not
Side») when followed by an infin. is to
be rendered as an adverb before a finite
yerb, willingly, gladly, as John 6: 21
Orlov ov» api aixdy sis 13 xloior,
they gladly received him into the vessel.
See Buttm. § 150. p.440. Winer § 58, 4,
— Xen. Hi. 7. 9. Cyr. 1.1.3, ib. 5
1, 20.

¢) by impl. to be disposed, inclined to
to delight in, to love, i. q.
seq. infin, Luke 20:46 rar
Sdérrey mgsmariiy ty orélasg, xa?
giotrrer doxaopots, comp. Mark 12
38 19 Sthévter éy ot. meginattiy xai
Gancopovs, where it seems to take the
accus. as being synonymous with piddes,
But this is better referred to Hebraism,
comp. Winer § 58.4. So by Hebraism
¢. acous, Matt. 27: 43 ei Sites cindy,
quoted from Ps. 22:9 where Sept. for
Sm yQM. Sept. and yor c. aco. Ez.
18 23. Also Matt. 9:13 "Beor Site,
zal ob Svciay, quoted from Hos. 6: 6
where Sept. for ptt c. ace. Heb. 10:
5, 8, quoted from Ps.'40: 7 where Sept.
for YDH c. acc.—Seq. iv tiv, to delight
in any thing, Col. 2: 18 Sidwy & rene
vopgortry x..4. So Sept. and 3-25,
1 Chr. 28: 4. ore

4) by impl. to be #0 and 0 minded, to
be of opinion, to afirm. 2 Pet. 3:5 iav-
Pawn yag civose toixo Dilorsas, for it
47

369

Oued

escapes them who affirm this, who are
thus minded, comp. v, 4.—Hdian. 5.3,
11 dixdva 18 iidwor dvipyactoy slras Di-
Jovary. ib. 5.6. 10. 30 volo Cic. Acad,
4.14, 1

e) Silo seq. infin. is sometimes
nearly i. q. példon, to be about to, i. ©. it
serves merely as an auxiliary and gives
e in fin. a future sense, but only of
inanimate things, e. g. Acts 212 et 17:
20 sb dy Silos tovr0 sivas; what then
will this be? or as in comm. Eng.
« what is this going to be ?? — Hdot. 1.
78, 109, ib. 2.11, 14. See Schweigh.
Lex. Herod. in é94i0. Passow in
49ile. Viger. p. 2630q. At.

Oeuchiog, 6, %, adj. (Sua, iOyps,)
Pp. placed or laid as a foundation, fun-
damental; hence in N. T. as subst.
foundation. Moeris, Psuilia xa) Sad
‘duoy obderdgus, artis Saudlio nal
Pepdhiog, xorvag.

a) masc. 6 Pepeliog sc. UIog, Pp.
Soundation-stone. Heb. 11: 10 tix tory
Sep. Brousay néhiv. Rev. 21: 14, 19 bis,
Sept. for 702 1 K.5:17. “is* Job
22:16. new Ezra 4:12 5: fe, —
Esdr. 6: 20, Pol. 1.40.9, Thue. 1. 93,
—Trop. of elementary doctrine and in-
struction, the foundation, 1 Cor. & 10
Seuthioy 89ux0, Eph. 2:20. Rom. 15:
20. Heb.6:1, ofa fundamental doctrine
or principle, e. g. Christ 1 Cor. 3:11, 12,
Also 1 Tim. 6: 19 Seudhioy xalév, a
good foundation, ec. on which hope and
salvation may rest. — Meton. 2 Tim. 2:
19 Depélios tov Sov, that which God
hath founded, God’s building, the gos-
pel scheme.

b) neut. rd Oéuehcoy, foundation, in
Luke’s writings, Acts 16: 26 1d Seudisa.
Luke 6: 48, 49. 14: 29. Sept. for
nvyoin Prov. 8 29, Is. 58:12. 59
Lam. 4: 11. Mie. 1: 6. — Diod. Sic. 5:
66. Xen. H. G. 5. 2.5.

Oeusdwa, f. daw, (Sepddsos,) to
lay the foundation of any thing, to found,
trans, Matt. 7:25 et Luke 6: 48 rede
psllorto vag énd iy nétgay, where for
the omission of the augm. in plupf. see
Buttm. § 83, n.6. Heb. 1:10 quoted
from Ps, 102: 26 where Sept. for 3D.
also Josh. 6: 26, al.—Xen: Cyr. 7.5. 11.
—Metaph. to ground, to establish, to com-

Ge0didaxtos

(firm, Epb. 3:17. Col. 1:23 tf lores
aaSepelieptvor. 1 Pet, 5:10. — Diod.
Sic. 11. 68. ib. 15. 1.

GOeodiSaxtog, ov, 6, %, adj. (986s,
dWaoxe,) taught of God, 1 These. 4: 9.
comp. 3:Saxro} rol Izod John 6: 45, —
Theophil. ad Autol. II. p.87.

@ecroyor, ov, 6, (ads, dye)
theologue, one who treats of God and
divine things, a8 Epimenides Diod. Sic.
5.80. Pherecydes Plut. Sylla 36. In
N. 'T. spoken of Jobn, the divine, the
theologian, in the inscription of the
Apocalypse, as maintaining the divine
nature and attributes | of the Logos,
comp. Rev. 1:2.

Osopazeeo, w, f. soe, (Psoudyos,)
to fight or contend against God, Acts 23:
Q in text. rec. — 2 Mace. 7: 19. Ken.
Occ. 16. 3.

Ozopezos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Feds,
ndzonas,) fighting against God, contend
ing with God, Acts 5: 39. — Symm. for
peNe Prov. 9: 18, 21:16.

Geonvevoros, ov, Py th (F205,
vit.) God-inspired, given from God,
2 Tim, 16 niu youpi Seénrevetos.
— Plut, ed. R. IX. p. 583. 9, role dvel-

tog Szonvebetous. Phocylid. 121
sig 08 Seonvevotou coping déyos torte
Hgurt0s. Comp. Jos. c. Ap. 1.7 [ab
zeapal] tiv xgoprtdiy xara vyy eni-
Tvotay THY and tov Dot padévrar.
Cic. pro Arch. 8, poetam ... quasi di-
vino quodam spiritu inflari.

Oede, ov, 6 God, the divinity ;
for the derivation see note below. On
the voc. Ge Matt. 27:46. Act. Thom.
§ 44, 45, instead of the Attic voc. Se0s,
see Buttm. § 35. n. 2, Winer § 8 2. c.

genr. God, the supreme Lord and
Father of all, Jehovah ; 80 6 Ged¢, Matt.
1:2 2&9. 5:8 6:30. John 4: 24,
9: 24, Rom. 16 26. James % 19. al.

iss. Without the art. Ges Matt. 6:
24, 19: 26. Luke 2: 14,52, 3:2. John
1: 6, 18, 3:2. Acts 5:29, Rom. 1:7,
18. 1 Cor. 4:1. al. saep. Comp. Winer
418. p. 108. Sept. everywhere for
pretba Gen. 1: 1, 20q. seepiss, Also
xbgvog 6 toc, "Matt. 4: 7, 10. 2: 37,
Mark ok 129, 90. Luke 1; 16,32, 1 Pet.

370

Oe0s
& 15. . Rev. 4:8. 11:17. 80 Acts 2
BB xigiog 6 Seg tudr. 7:37. So Sept.
for ovritie Firm Gen.215,16,189q. 3:
14. more freq.c. gen. for "D 7] >8 nim
Is. 43:3, Jer.3:13, Ez.44:3. al. Bee
Gesen. Heb. Lex. rij. 8. — In con-
struction : (2) before a genitive, e.g. of
person, 5 Seés tiv0s, the God of any one,
i.e. his protector, benefactor, the object
of his worship. Matt, 22 89 8 Beds
“aBoadp x. 2.1. Mark 12 26. Luke 3:
68. Acts 5:30. 7: $2, 46.al, Bo voc.
Matt. 27:46 Sei pou, Sed pov, and Mark
15: 84 6 Dedg pov, 5 H0¢ pov, quoted
from Ps, 2% where Heb, wig Yet
Sept. 5 debe 6 Sedg pov. Seq. gen. of
thing, i.e. God as the author and giver,
the source of any thing, e.g. Seis ris
imoporig xab vig opaxtijoses Rom.15
5. 8. tig Unidos v.13. 9. tis enone
16:20. Phil. 4:9. Heb. 13:20. 3.
éxaraotaclag 1 Cor. 14: 33. 9. mstons
zégrtos 1 Pet, 5: 10.— (6) Genit. &zov
after other nouns, e. g. a8 active or sub-
jective, denoting what comes forth, is
gent, given, appointed from God, Matt.
3: 16.nveipatod 9, Luke 11: 494 evpia
tov +. 3: 38 (vide) tod D208. 9206
Xgwrie rol 9. Acta 28: 4 tov dezuepie
roi 9. Matt, 6:33 § famisle rob 9.
2 Tim, 3:17 6 dr9p. 100 Seod the
man of God, taught, furnished of God.
1 Thess, 4: 16 4 calasyt S205 trump of
God, which sounds by command of Ged,
iq. 4 toxérn odlmyt 1 Cor. 15 SE
See Winer § 87.3 Also in a passive
or objective sense, Winer § 30.1. Luke
Il: 42 4 dydny tov S20 love To Ged,
see more in ’Ayany b. Luke & 12
ngostuz tov Deol prayer to God. Mark
11: 22 lous tot D. faithin God. So
olxog tol &. i. e. consecrated to God,
Luke 6: 4. 1 Cor. 3:9, Rev. 1x2 si-
Sagas x. S2ol harps for the praise of
God, comp, 1 Chir.16:42, Winer §87.3
Further, rot rod G00, the things of Ged,
@. g. his counsels, purposes 1 Cor. % 13,
‘or things pleasing to him Mart. 16 23.
Mark 8: 33, or things belonging, per-
taining, to bim, Matt. 2221, Mark Pie
17. Luke 20: 25, (Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 90.)
In this last sense also | we find t& «eos
oy Oe6y, things ing. to God, bis
service and worship, Rom. 15: 27. Heb.
2 17, 5: 1. — (y) Dat. OG, 6. g. after

Qacs 371

ailjectives, a8 dotting 1p Sop Acts 7:
20, and Suvaté wg Seah 2 Cor. 10: 4, 08
ap intensive from the Heb. exceedingly,
see in “Aorsiog and duvards. Winer
§ 87. 3. Elsewhere after verbs etc.
To or For God, e.g. Rom. 6: 10 et Gal.
219 Gir 1G Sag, i.e. to his honour
and praise, in accordance with his will,
2 Cor. 5: 13. 9: 11. al.

b) spoken of Christ, the Logos, who
is declared to he 6 ede, ©. g. Jobn 1:
1, 20:28, Rom. 9:5. Phil. 26, 1 Tim.
3: 16, Heb.1:8. 1 John 5:20. Rev.
19: 17 coll. v.7! 2 6.—So the Saviour
is called 6 Ssdg in Test. X11 Patr.Fabr,
Cod. Peeud. V. T. Vol. I. p. 542, 6
Drds dpa Lapin towow uinrois’ ava~
rious 769 xiqsos [167 owrnijga] Deby xab
ErSqumar. p. 644, 645, Syerde Deor by
oxipars drSocnov. p. 672 dporyjoeras
Pade, xarorxiiy by dx Peano émd vhs 7s.
Pp. 696 Seis cic Svdqu Snoxperiperos.
Comp. also Justin, Dial. c. Tryph. p.
284. Origen c. Cels. 5.39. ib. 6. 60.
Comm. in Joann. Tom.!. 42, I1.§2—6.
VI. § 23.

¢) from the Heb. spoken of kings as
the representatives of God in the Jew-
ish theocracy. John 10: 34,35 aye tha,
Seok tore; sh dxelvous slne Seous x. 1.2.
quoted from and in allusion to Ps. 8%
1, 6, where Sept. and Heb. nity,
comp. v.7. .

d) in the Greek sense, 5 Sede, a god,
the deity, of Seol, the gods, i.e. the
heathen gods, Acts 7:43 5 sig iusir
“Pappa. 12: 22. 14: 11 of Deol. 19:26.
28:6. 1 Cor. 8: 4,5. Gal. 4: 8 | So
Satan is called 6 Se0¢ rot aidivog rovrov,
the god of this world, ita leader, etc.
2Cor.4:4. Indeed the Jews regarded
all the heathen gods as evil spirits, see
jn Jatyéroy b.—Diod. Sic, 1.9. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 18, 19. ib. 4.7, 6. — Once
fom. 7} 8806, a goddess, Diana, Acts 19:
37 in come edit. So Xen. An. 3. 2.12.59
*Agriuds... af Pap. ib, 5. 8.6,7, 9.
s mage, idol, Acts 7: 40.
Sept. for Diy Is. 44:17. mgey
2 Sam. 5: a x

Nore. The earliest derivation of
Gods is from thIqus, e.g. Hdot. 2, 52
Sig 34 ngocarspaody opens dnd 108
tovoirou, Sts xoouw Pévreg ta neve
Agiypate sai nacas youas elzav. So

Gapeneia :

Clem. Alex. Strom. I, Seis 34 naga ty
Stow donsas xai rkir, hy diaxdounow.
— Plato derives it from Siw to run, re-

garding the deity as having been first
recognized in the sun and moon an

earth and stars and heavens, dre yoiv
aire Sgdirzes mivre ded torte Ogdum xad
lovee, axe tabrns tis phar Tis

Bein, Doug abtovs éxovopacas,Plato Cral
16.p.397.D. This idea is paraphrased b
Theophil. ad Autol. I. p. 71, iq. t9é-
Zur, xvi, lipy tiv, teipuy, ngovotty xal
xupegriy, xad Luomoutty re medvtu.—But
more prob. Sede is of the same family
with Zeus, duds, .Eol. dete, Lat.deus. AL.

Beove Pera, ag, 4, (SeoceBis,) rev-
erenee towards God, godliness, 1 Tim. 2
10. Sept. for owt PR? Gen. 20:
11.—Baruch 5: 3. Xen. An. 2. 6. 26.

OcoueByjs, gos, ous, 6, 4, adj.
(926s, céBopau,) reverencing God, godly,
a worshipper of God, John 9:31, Sept.
for priba ayn Ex. 18: 21. Job 1: 1,8.
— Judith'11: 17, Xen, Cyr. 8.1.25.

Geoaruyyc, gog, ous, (Seis, ov
yie,) pass. hated of the gods, Eurip.
Troad. 1243 or 122). In N.T. act.
hating God, impious, Rom. 1: 30.—Eu-
rip. Cycl. 395 or 396. Suidas, Ssoory-
7s" Stoplonton of ind Goi wwootusvos
nat of Foor pucoivtes,

,

Georne, wt0s, %, (Bxs,) deity,
Godhead, the divine nature and perfec-
tions, i. q. Sudans, Col, 2 9, — Lue.
Icarom. 9.

Gedgedos, ov, 5, Theophilus, pr,
n. of a person of distinction, ngertcotos,
to whom Luke inscribed his Gospel
and the book of Acts, Luke 1:3. Acts
1:1, Elsewhere unknown.

Oeganeia, ac, 4, (Segaxzias,) vol-

service, attendance, ministry, gour.

Diod. Sic. 1. 21. Xen, Cyr. 5. 5. 29.
InN. T.

a) care of the sick, and hy impl. re-
lief, healing, Luke 9: 11 zosiay izorsas
Segumlas idto, Rev. 28 2—Jos, Ant.
19, 1. 16. Palaeph. 2.4 Xen. Hi. 8 4.

b) meton, and collect. attendants, do-
mestics, retinue, Matt. 24:45. Luke 12:
42. Sept. for DMI Gen. 45: 16, —

Oeganevoo,

Jos. Ant. 4. 6.4 oty Segamelg fa-
oulixf. Heian, 7. 1.10. Xen. Mem.
3114.

Oepanevan, £. stow, (Sgdmar,) to
toait upon, to minister unto, i.e. to ren~
der voluntary service and attendance ;
see Passow sub v.

a) pp. Pass. Acts 17:25 oidé (6 90s)

O zeipdy avIgdnoy Sepansistat, —
Diod. Sic. 2, 20. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.7. ib.
5. 5, 29.

b) to take care of tho sick, to tend,
genr. Xen. An. 7.2.6, Hi. 8. 4, In
N.T. by impl. to relieve, to heal, to cure,
absol. Matt, 12:10 et Luke 6:7 é tq
cuppdry Sepansiey. c. acc. of pers.
Matt. 4: 24 mapalvrwots* xal éSugd-
nevowy abtots. Mark 1:34. Luke 10:9.
‘Acts 4: 14, al. Seq. ace. ot dad, Luke
7: 21 &Segdnevoe nolhois dnd véowy,
8: 2—Tob. 12:3, Palneph. 2.4. of a
physician, Thue. 2. 47. Xen, Cyr. 3,
2. 12.—Seq. acc. of disease, Matt. 4: 23
Stganeiaw nicay vécor. Rev. 13: 3
my #egansbGn, AL.

Ocpanwr, ovr0s, &, (prob. Digan
to cherish,) an attendant, minister, im-
plying always voluntary service and at-
tendance and therefore different from
dodlos; onceof Moses, Heb.3:5. Sept.
for 133 also of Moses Ex. 14: 31. Num.
12%7,8. of Job, c. 1:8, 2 3.—Hdian.
3 10, 7. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.16. Comp.
Passow sub v.

Gepiie, f. law, (Sigos summer,
harvest-time,) to summer intrans. Xen.
An, 3.5.15. In N. T. to harvest, to
reap, viz.

a) genr, and absol. Mait, 6: 26 od
enclgovair, 0084 Pegifovew. Luke 12:
24. James 5:4 of Pegloartes the reapers,
Sept. for -up Ruth 2 3sq.—Plut. ed.
R. Vi. p. 4, Xen. Occ. 18. 1.—
Hence in proverbial expressions, e, g.
Seplor Sov oi tonugas i.e. turning
the labours of others to one’s own prof-
it, Matt. 25: 24, 26, Luke 19: 21, 22,
In a like sense John 4: 37 flog éorly 6
omelgur, xad Glhos 5 Seplter. Comp,
Job 31: 8. Mic. 6:15. Further, 6 day
aoxslgy drPpwnos, totro xad Suplors, i.e.
he will be rewarded according to his
works, Gal. @ 7; and in a similar

372

Ogos

sense 2 Cor. 9: 6 bis, Comp. Sept. and
“gp Jer. 12: 13.

bj trop. fo reap the fruits of one’s la-
bours, to receive in recompense, ¢. ac-
cus. 1 Cor. 9:11 té& cagexd. Gal. 6:
Shis, 9. So Sept. and xp Prov. 22
8,—Test. XII Patr, p. 576. — Fig. also
of a christian teacher gathering in con-
verts into the kingdom of God, John 4:
36 bis, 38 dyes déozeila ipas SepiZar S
oiy tpsic xexonidxate, comp. Matt. &
37 et Luke 10: 2.

c) by impl. to cut down, to destroy,
Rev. 14: 15 bis, 16 xat 4 79 édagloOy,
ive. the iniquity of men is fully ripe
and is cut off. Comp. Joel 4 [3]: 13.
Is. 17: 5. 7

Gegeopoc, ov, 5, (Segites,) harvest,
horvet ing. Jobn 4:35 bia, 5 Sequayes

pzetat,... Asvaad sios 906 or.
Matt. 13: 30 bis, 39. eared
Sept. for “*xp Gen. 8: 22. Jer. 50:16.
—Pol. 5.95.5. Xen. Oec. 18. 3.—Me-
ton. the harvest to be gathered, produce
of the harvest, pp. Sept. for “xp Jer.
5:17; in N. T. trop, for the converts
th be gathered into Christ’s kingdom,
Matt. 9: 37, 38 bis. Luke 10: 2 ter.
Also of those whose iniquity is fally
ripe for punishment Rev. 14: 15, comp.
in Oro c

Oegeoins, ov, 6, (Fepifer,) « har-
vest-man, reaper, Matt. 13: 30, 39.—Bel
and Drag. 40. Xen. Hi. 6. 10.

Geguaivea, f. avi, (Sseuds warn,
fr. S49e,) to warm, Hom. I. 14.7. In
N.T. only Mid. #eonalvoucs, to warm
gneself, 0. g. by a fire Mark 14: 54 xt
‘iy Sepuasropevos meds 16 pax. v. 67.
John 18: 18 bis, 25. with clothing
James 2:16. Sept. for tnt Is. 44: 15,
16, 1K. 1:1, 2,— Hdian. 8, 4. 27.
Xen, Mem. 4. 3. 8.

G&oun, 7S, ty (Seguds, Digu,)
warmth, heat, Acts 23: 3. Sept. for tin
Job 617. | s7g Pa 1%: 7.—Eeclus,
3& 28. Thue. 2, 49.

Odoos, cog, ous, 16, (Sigu,) eum
mer, i. e. the warm season, in Palestine
corresponding to the whole of our
spring and summer months, eee Jahn
§ 21, So Matt. 24: 32, Mark 13: 28.
Luke 21:30. So Sept. and we Prov.
& 8. 30: 25. — Diod. Sic. 5. Xea.

Ocooadorexavs

Ven. 6. 13. Mem. 1.-6, 2.— Elsewhere
also harvest, Sept. for wap Err 26 1.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8, 21. Dem. 1! 1.

Oecoadovixeve, ks, 5, 0 Thes-
salonian, Acts 20: 4. 27:2. 1 Thess. 1:
1, 2 Thess, 1: 1.

Qecoahovixn, 7°, % Thessalonica,
sow Saloniki, a city of Macedonia at
the head of the Sinus Thermaicus. It
was anciently called Therma, but was
named by Cassander Thesealonica after
his wife, the daughter of Philip. Under
the Romans it was the capital of one of
the four divisions of Macedonia, and
the usual station of a Roman praetor
and quaestor. The Jews had here a
synagogue ; and it was to the church
gathered here that Paul wrote his ear-
Tiest epistles. Acts 17:1, 11,13. Phil.
4:16, 2Tim. 4: 10.—Comp. Diod. Sic.
19, 52, Strabo VII. p. 509, Liv. 45.
29. Rosenm. Bibl. Geog. III. p. 395 aq.

Oevdas, &, 6, Theudas, an im-
postor who excited tumult among the
Jews, Acts 5:36. He is probably to be
placed during the interregnum after the
death of Herod the Great, when Judea
was disturbed by frequent seditions,
see Jos. Ant. 17. c.108q. Judas too,
who came after him, (Acts 5: 37,) ap-
peared under Cyrenius and nius,
A. D. 6—9; see Jos. Ant. Tent, ib.
90. 5. 2. — Josephus mentions another
‘Theudas, an impostor, under Claudius,
while Cuspiue Fadus was procurator of
Judea, about A. D. 45.

Ozaopeco, Oy f. joe, (Seugés spec-
tator, fr. Sedoua,) pp. to be a spectator
@f; i. ©. to look on or at, to behold, trans,
nearly i,q. Pecopas q. v. comp. Tittm.
do Syn. N. T. p. 120.

8) pp. including the notion of atten-
tion, wonder, ete. (a) genr. c. acc. of
thing, Luke 23: 48 Seagoivres 1a yevd-
para, John 2:23. 17:24, Acts 8: 13,
c. ace. pers. Rev. 11:11, 12. seq. més,
wov, Mark 12:41. 15:47, absol.
‘27: 55. Mark 15: 40. Luke 14: 29, 23:
35. Acts 19:26. Sept. for myn Ps. 27:
4, Chald. sym Dan. 5: 5, 7:21. —
‘Theophr. Char. 13 or 6 Xen. Cyr. 4.
3.3 of public spectacles Luc. Tim. 50.
Arr, Epict. 1.25. 27. — (8) to look at, te

373

Onidtte
view whh attention, Matt 28.1 & sé.
tagor. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) Trop. to ‘onde,
Heb. 7: 4 Scugsize 8, mmlinog ottos, —
Diod. Sic, 12. 15. Dem, 19, 23.—(7) to
look a by impl. to comprehend, to recog-

» €. acc. of pers.
John 4 40 més 6 Seagiv sév vidy. 12:
45 bis. 14: 17.—Wisd. 13: 5. Diod. Sic.
19, 52 roi¢ doyous.

b) simply to see, to perceive with
the eyes, fo behold, nearly i. q. ii.
(a) genr. seq. acc. pers, Mark 3: 11.
Luke 4: 37, John 9:8. 14:19. 16: 10,
16, 17,19. Acts 3: 16. 9: 7. 25: 24.
¢. part. added Luke 10: 18 &9esigour tiv
Zoravéy mecérta. A: 39. Mark 5: 15.
John 6: 19, 62, 20: 12,14. Seq. ace.
of thing Luke 21:6. John 7:3. Acte
20: 38. ¢. part. add. Johu 10: 12 9.
tov Aixor dzépsvor. 20: 6. Acts 7: 56.
10: 11. Sept. for tq Ps. 22:8. 31:
12. — 1 Mace. 13: 29." Diod. Bic. 13.

57. — (8) to perceive, to mark, to note,
eeq. Sts Mark 16: 4. John 4:19, 12:
19. Acts 27:10. 96q. mécog Acts 21:
20, Seq. acc. of thing Mark 5:38 xal
Searged Sogufoy. Acts 4:13.

c. part.
add. Acts 17:16. 28:6. Seq. acc. of
pers. c. part. 1 John 3:17. c. part.

impl, Acts 17: 22.—2 Mace. 9:23. Diod.
8. 13, 28.—(y) from the Heb. to see, for
to experience, ©. g. t0¥ Savatoy John 8:
51. See in Elgoy I. c.

Geagia, ac, i, (Semgin,) a be
holding, viewing, Diod. Sic. 1.94. Thue.
6.16, InN. T. a sight, spectacle, Luke
%3: 48. —3 Mace. 5:24. Arr. Epict. 1.
2.12.

Onxn, 7% 4 fem) Pp. place
to put or wet apy thing, repository, re- |

e.g. for a sword, a 2»
Joba 18: 11.—Jos. Aut. 7.11.7. cell,
chamber, Xen. Occ. 8.17. sepulohre,
Cyr. 7.3.5.

Onda, f. dow, (Onis breast.)
|. pp. causat. to suckle, to give euck,
abe Matt. 24: 19 ota} tats Sylator-
eas. Mark 18:17. Luke 21:23, 28
29, Sept. for pr] Gen. 21:7. Ex.
2: 7.—Ael. 13. 1 init.

2. immed. to suck at the breast, for
which more usually 2: Lob.
ad Phr. p. 468. Seq. ace, Luke 11: 27
wore) of &Sjdeous. Part. Sulzer,

a Mee ae 90

Ondus
suckling, Matt. 21: 16, quoted from Ps.
&3 ‘where Sept. for 257. 80 Sept.
pacts ebrjlaca for p32} Job 3: 12,
Cant, 8: 1.—Theoer. 3.15 pasdois 40)
date. Plut. Romul. 6.

Oijavs, Onleve, O7dv, adj. female.
8) 7 Onde, as subst. a female, a

woman, Rom. 1: 26,27. S80 Sept. for
sap) Lev. 27: 4 oq—Hiien. 1. 14. 16.
Xen. Lae. 1. 4.

b) 20 Biju, only in the phrase Egaey
xad Oyjlv, male and female, Matt. 19: 4.
Mark 40: 6, Gal. 3:28. So Sept. for
api Gen. 1:27, 6: 19.—Luc, de Bal

Hot. 2. 85 18 Sjlu yivos.

Oroa, as, 4, (Prig,) hunting, the
chase, Hom. Il. 5. 49. Xen. Cyr.1.4. 5.

, game, Od. 9, 158. Xen. Ven. 6.
ia iN, 'T. meton. destruction, i. e.
cause of destruction, Rom. 11:9 yen-
ijrw 4 tganita aixér tle maylba xab sie
Srgar x 1. 1 quoted laxly from Ps.
9:23 where there is no corresponding
word in the Heb. text. But Sept. for
ING, net Pa, 35: 8.

Onpevaa, £. rice, (Sigs,) to hunt,
to take in hunting, Xen. An. 1.2.7, ib.
5.3.9. InN. T. trop. to catch at one’s
words, to lay hold of, ©. acc. Luke 11:
54 Sqrotvees Snprivvad te bx sot ordpatos
«avrov.—Comp. Sept. for 378 to lie ir
weit Ps. 59:4. Pol. 23.8. 11 ty stvoay.
Ken. Cyr, 8. 2,2 ry» pillar,

Onowpazta, cb, f. jou, (Suglor,
pazouas,) to fight with wild beasts, like
‘condemned persons in the public spec-
tacles ; see Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 344,
‘bool. 1 Cor. 15: 32 ef xara Sr Sguexor
SOngioudzyoe ty “Eqéoy, prob. figura-
tively in allusion to Acts 19: 2089. if to
human view, a8 men would count it,
T fought with wild beasts. 80 Tbeophyl.
Snqiopapiir xalid cy xpde * Todalove
wal Sryntgiow tov Goyugoxdoy payny.
—trop. Ep. in Rom. c. 5 ano Zv-
las usxeh ‘Pripne Snoropoys—Orhers,
lit. f 00 far as depended on man’s will,
1 fought etc. supposing that the infuri-
ated multitude (Acts I. c.) may have
demanded that Paul should be thus
punished. So Chrysost. Boor cig ay—
genous x07, kPyqvopsiyyoa.—pp. Ar-
tamid. H. 59. Diod. Sic. 3, 43 ult.

374

Oyyevo

Onplor, ov, ws, (ia. Hie) «
beast, wild-beast, Mark 1:13. Acts 10:
12. 11:6, 28:4,5. Heb. 12 20. James
3:7, Rev. 6:8. Sept. for mara Deut.
2&6. Jet. 7: 31. sy Gen. 1: M.
Deut. 7: 22. — Hdian. 1.13.17. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4, 5, 7. — Trop. of brutal, sav-
age men, Tit. 1: 12—Aristot. Moral. 2.
5. Joa Ant. 17.5.5 ult. comp. Xen.
Mem. 3. 11. 11. — Elsewhere symbol-
ically in the Apocalypee, e.g. Rev. 11:
7. 18: leq. 14:9, 11. al.eacp. Ax.

Onocupiver, £. low, (Syoevpss,) to
treasure up, to lay up in store, seq. ace.
et dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 6: 19, 20,
Syowvelters Suiy Luke 12
Q1. 1 Cor, 16:2. 2 Cor. 1214. Sept.
for 28 2K. 20:17, Am.2:10. a3
Zech. 9: 3. — Baruch 3: 10. Ael. V. H.
612. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.24, — Trop. of
evil, punishment, Rom. 2 5 deyyy.
James 5:3, coll. v.5. Sept. for jor
Prov. 1: 18—By impl. to keep in store,
to reserve, Pass. c. dut. 2 Pet. 3: 7.

Onoauecs, ov, 6, (ridmus,) 1.
treasure, any thing laid up in store,
wealth, e. g. temporal, Matt. 6 19, 21.
18: 44. Luke 12: 34. Heb. 11:26. Sept.
for 9ZiN 1K. 14: 26. Prov. 15 17.
ying Gen. 43: 23. Prov. % 4.—
1 Mace. 1:24. Hdian. 3.9.20. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 33.— Trop. of spiritual
treasures, pertaining to the mind or to
eternal life, Matt. 6:20. 19:21. Mark
10; 21. Luke 12: 33. 18:22, 2 Cor. 4
7. Col. 2: 3. — Ecclus. 20:30. Xen.
Mem. 1. 6. 14.

2. treasury, place where treasures,
stores, are laid Up, store-house, Matt. 13:
52 oixodsonsrns Gov exfdlles de tot
Oyo. airot xosya x. t.2, Trop. of the
storehouse of the mind, where the
thoughts, feelings, counsels are laid up,
Matt. 12: 35 bis. Luke@:45bis. Sept.
pp. for “wh Neh. 13:12 1 K. 7:51.
— pp. Diod. Bic. 17.71. Xen. An. 5.4.27.
—Hence of a chest, box, casket, in which

‘ious things are kept, Mat: Nn

eavtes TOUS Syoaupois air avrcw.—Jos,
Ant. 9. 8, 2 Eiliwvor Sycaugsr, comp.
2K. 12:10, dees
** Ouyyatveo, £9 teouen, aor. 2 E9700,
a lengthened form of the pres. inetead

Ope

of Size, Buttm, §112. 1% §114. Math.
§ 287; to touch, ¢.c. gen. Heb. 12: 20
nv Sngloy Siyn tod Sgovs, comp. Ex.
19: 12 where Sept. for 332. abeol.
Col. 2: 21,—-Diod. Sic. 3. 57. Xen. Cyr.
1.3.5. — Intens. to touch forcibly, i. iq.
to smite, to harm, Heb. 11: 28 ta py 6
Slodeeiar Glyn citar. So Heb. 333
Gon. 32: 26, 33, al. Sept. dxtoyas.
Act. Thom. § 12 dy ai PldBas orétad ob
Styydvowes.

OALBaa, f. yor, to press, to press up-
‘on, trans. e.g. the lips by a kiss Theocr.
20.4. InN. T.

a) i
oa poy DUBworr orindy.—Ecclus, 16: 28.
Artemidor. 2. 37. — In the sense of to

press

‘se Lipyssyos, pressed
row, whence Matt. 7: 14 wePlippirn 4
886g narrow is the way. — comp. Wisd.
15:7 xepapeis dnalyy yy Sipow. Arr.
Epict. 1. 25.

b) trop. fo oppress with evils, to afflict,
to distress, 2 Thess. 1: 6 tote SiBovow
duis. Pass, 2 Cor. 1: 6 4: 8 7: 5.
1 Thess. 3:4, 2Thess.1:7, 1 Tim.
510. Heb. 11: 37, Sept. for pur
Deut. 28: 53, 55. yh Ex. 2& 1.
syury 1K. & 37. 7 Ps. 98 5, —
Diod. Bie. 12. 66. ib. 18.109.

Giiyss, 8006, %, (Pdifon) pressure,
compression, straitness, Artemid. 1. 79.
Hesych. Siiyic~ ctévaiceg. — In N. T.
‘only trop. pressure from evils, affiiction,
distress, 2 Cor. & 4 tx noliijg IUyeog
nal cvvoziis xagdlas typaye. Phil. 1: 36.
Of a woman in travail John 16:
Sept. for -x Deut. 4:30. myx Ne,
9 37.—I Mace. 5: 16. 2 Mace. 1: 7.—
Ofeoet by meton. evils ls by whieh one

is pressed, affliction, distress, calamity,
Matt. 18:21 yevonivns 84 Ollyaug. Acts
710,11. Rom. 5:3. 2 Cor. 1:4. Heb.
10: $3. al, In apposit. Mark 19: 19
Yoorsas jigs dalvas Skiyis. So with
eynon, a8 Slivis xa? crevozugia Rom.
% 9. G1. sab dvayen 2 Cor, & 4.
1 Thess. 3: 7, Sept. for “x Ps, 119:
143, qx 18am. 10: 19. Is. 8: 2—
Ecelus. 51:5. 1 Macc. 12:13, Au.

Orjoxc, f. Sarciipas, aor. 2 19a
vor, perf. ré0yqec, inf, sedvives, Butt.

375 Opava

§114, to dia, in N, T. only perf. r289n-
uu, to have died, i.e. to be dead, ima
present sense, Buttm. §113. 6. Matt. %
20, Mark 15: 44 si 8 1899qe2. Luke
7:12. 8: 49. John 1: 21, 39, 41, 44
12 1, 3: 33 Acts 14: 19. 25: 19.
1 Tim. 5:6 {Goa té9yqxs, though living
‘is dead i.e, a8 good as dead. Sept. for
nv 2 Sam.12:18. 1K, 21:15.—Hdian,
8.8, 19. Xen. An. 2.1.3.

Ommds, 9, 1), Ov, (Srjowes,) mortal,
e.g. odpa Rom. & 12. & 11. ig
2Cor. 4:11, Neut. rd Ovyrdy, mortal
nature, mortality, 1 Cor. 15: 53, 54.
2 Cor. 5: 4.—Sept. Is, 51:12. 3 Mace.
3: 29. Lue. D. Deor. 16. 4. Xen. Cyr.
8. 7. 19 bis.

GoguBéa, @, f. joe, (Ségufos,) to
make a noise, uproar, clamour, spoken of
a multitude, genr. Xen. Cyr, 4. 5. 8.
fy spplauding or r diseenting, Diod. Sic.

Dem. 60.27. Ieocr.233.B. In
ae T.

a) Mid. spoken of loud lamentation,
wailing, to make a noise together, among
themselves, to wail fogether, Matt. 9: 23
iv adiqrie xab Szloy Sogufoipsroy,
Mark 5 39. Acts 20:10. See Jahn

b) trans. to act in an uproar, to excite
tumult in, e. g. a city, 77 nohiy Acts 17:
5.—Dion, Hal. Ant. 9, 68 xa} éS0gdjin-
cay ixavis thy moliy.

Ocgufos, ou, 6, (kindr. with Sgo-
05) noise, uproar, clamour, of a multi-
tude, viz.

a) genr. Matt. 27: 24 pallor Sdgufec
ylrevas, Acts 21:34, 24:18. Sept. for
myinn Jer. 49; 2, — Jos. Ant. 4. 4.2,
Luc.D. Deor. 12.1. Xen. An. 1. 8. 16.
of applause or disapproval Diod. Bie.
17.15. Dem. 242. 26.-Of loud Jamen-
tation, wailing, Mark 5: 38, comp. in
Gopupio a.
ont) popular commotion, tumult, Matt.

5 iva pi) OdquBos yivmras dy x
dag. Mark 14:2. ets coll. ard
ow in 19: 40.—Hdian. 5. 8. 15 tovs ab-
lous otdvaug xad Sogipov.

Opavica, f. ou, perf. pass, ripe
epat, to break in , to crush, 0g.
‘tods AbGous Pol. 16, 1.5. Hdot. 1. 174,

DR ye. 7

Opduna

— In N, T. trop. to break, to crush, sc.
the strength of any one; hence tePgero-

, crushed, bruised, oppressed, Luke
4: 18 droctiiles eeSgavonirous by aps
as, quoted generally from Is. 61: 1, 2,
but with this clause inserted from Is.
58: 6 where Bept. for yx7. — trop. of
hope Hdian. 3. 2. 4.

Ogeuuc, tos, 16, (rep) pp.
nursling, thing bred, breed, and hence
cattle, flocks, herds, John 4: 12. — Jos.
Ant, 7.7.3, Xen. Occ, 20. 23.

Opgyréo, w, £ How, (Sgiire5,) to

sweep aloud, to wail, to mourn, viz.

“5 intrans, Jobn 16: 20 sdaivers xat
Sonnioete isis, Sept, for 3x Ez. 7:
12 dyhv7q Joel J: 5. Zeph. 1: 12.
Aol. V. H. 3.18, Hdian, 4, 13. 14. —
Of hired mourners wailing for the dead,
Matt. 11: 17. Luke 7: 32 Sept. for
piy2 Mic. 4. 434p Jer. 9:16. comp.
2am. 1:17. 3: 33—Hom. Il. 24.722.

b) trans, in later usage, to bewail,
Luke 23:27 xa é8gyvour airéy. Sept.
for bvby7y Jer. 51:8, Fip Ez. 9% 16.
—Hoian. 3. 4. 13.

Opijvos, ov, 6, (Sgia, Ipdouas,)
loud weeping, wailing, Matt. 2:18. Sept.
for nI"p 4y'7 28am, Ii? AD. 810. 73
Jer. % 17, — Diod. 8, 1.72. Xen. Ag.
10. 3.

Gonoxeta, as, 4, 4, (Senoxeias, Deij-
ox05,) a » worship, often with
the idea of superstition, e.g. Sg. tar

Col. 2: 18, comp. for this wor-
ship Tob. 12: 12,15. Test. XII Patr.
p5d7. p.657 dyylieres§ S26 xadeg yy
dy 16 nagastomive iyds. BSoofasevere
mode or form of worship, Acts 26:5.—
Wind. 14: 27. Luc. Sacrif. 10. Hdian.
5.3. 8 ae Genr. of the worship of
God, and hence religion, piety, James 1:
26, 27.—Jos. pene yee

Opjoxos, ov, 4, 4, adj. (Spém,
Pedopas, vee Passow,) fearing God, pi-
ous, religious, James 1: 26. — Hesych.
Sees: sowie v. cuhapis, ducal

plan Beso, £ ow (Selappos
hymn in honour of Bacchus, also tri-
umph, Diod, Sic. 4, 5 bis,) to triumph,

376

Oporos

to hold s triumph, Plut. Marcell. 4.
Hdian. 2. 6, 16—fn N. T.

8) to lead én triumph, to triumph over,
¢. aceus. Col, & 15. — Plat, ed. R.L p.
158, 1, Baosdsis s2quipBevce nat hyeo—

7™4)) exusat. to couse to triumph, ce. ace.
2 Cor. 2: 14,

Og, rorzés, 4, plur. rolzes, dat.
pl. 9986, hair, plur. the hair, ac. of the
head, sing. Matt. 5: 36. Luke 21: 18 et
Acts’ 27: 84, comp. 1 Sam, 14: 45 ot
1K, 1:52." Plur, Matt. 10: 30, Lake 7:
98, 44, 12:7. John 11:2, 123 1 Pee
3:3, Rev, Ir 14. 9:8, Sept. for “319
Num. 6 5, 18 Judg. 16: 23, Exre'&
3.—Hdian. 4.8.13. ‘Thue. 1. 6 — OF
the hair of animals, Matt. 3: 4, Mark 1:
6. Rev.9:8, Sept. for n*yy Ex.2% 4
35: 6, 24—Ken, Ven. 4. 6. ib. 5 10.

Ogodi, c, f. sav, (9960s, Seiey)
to make a clamour, tumult, Aecechyl
Prometh. 608 or 612, Jos, Ant. 19. L.
16, — In N. T. and late usage trans. te
disturb, to trouble, to terrify, Pas, Matt.
U: 6 ph SoorieGe. Mark 13:7. 2 These.
2:2, Sept. for m7gry Cant. 5:4.—Teat.
XII Patr. p. 651.

Oop Bos, ov, 6, « large drop, chet,
Luke 22: 44 idgais carat Spdpfoe haan,
his sweat was as it were clots of blood.
—Dioscor. 1. 44, 102. Hdet. 1. 179.

Ogsvos, ov, , (obsol. Igdu to
seat, comp. Spiros, Ipiives,) a seat, pp.
a high seat with a footstool, Hom. Od.
1.145. ib. 3.389. ib. 16.408. Xen.
Conv. 9.2,3. Comp. Hom. Od. 10.
414 eq. 466 eq. ib. 8, 422, Later and
in N. T. a throne, as the emblem of re-
gal authority.

8) pp. as attributed to kings, Luke }:
52. Acts 2:30. Sept. for waz 1K.
10:18. Job 36: 7. al. — Hdian 1.8.8
Xen. An. 2. 1. 4.—Also to God, as the
sovereign of the universe, Matt. 5: 34.
Bi Acts 7: 49. (comp. Is. 66 1.)
Heb. 4: 16. 12:2. al. Sept. and x03
rr 9. 108: 19. al. To Jesus as the

Messiah, Matt. 19: 28. 25:31. Rev. 3
21. 20:11. al. To the apostles ie the
kingdom of God, see in Bacuste b.
Matt. 19: 28. Luke 2% 30. Rev. 20: 4,
also symbelically to the elders around

Oudrega
God’s throne, Rev. 4: 4. 11: 16.—Fur-
ther, to Satan Rev. 2: 13. 18:2. (Act.
Thom. § 32) Symbolically to the
beast Rev. 16: 10.

b) meton. for dominion, Luke 1: 32
xal dees aitG tov Sgdvov Jefid. Heb.
1: 8 quoted from Ps. 45: 7 where Sept.
for ROD, as also 2 Sam. 3: 10. 7: 13,16.
— Wisd. 7: 8. — Also for a
higher power, Col. 1:16 alte Spovor, x.1.2.
where Sgdvos is spoken generally of
earthly or of celestial potentates i. e.
archangels. So too Test. Xf Patr.
p- 548, where the seven heavens and
classes of angels are described, in the
seventh are said to be Spdros, dovelat,
& & (obgarg) dad ipvos 1g Sap mgoopé-
orca. Ax.

Ovatega, wv, td, Thyctira, a
city of Asia Minor, anciently called
Pelopia and Euhippia (Plin. 5. 29), now
Ak-hisar, situated on the confines of
Lydia and Mysia, neer the river Lycus,
between Sardis and Pergamus, Acts
16: 14. Rev. 1:11. 2 18, 24. It was
famous for the art of dying purple;
comp. the inscription found there, in
Kuinoel on Acts l.c. See Rosenm,
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p.179, 21 aq. Miss.
Herald 1621. p. 251.

Guyane, tépoc, Teds, ty (see
Buttm. § 47,) a daughter.

a) pp. and genr, Matt, 9: 18. 10: 35,
37, 14: 6. 15: 22,28. Mark 5:35, 6: 22.
7: 26, 29,30. Luke 2: 36. 8: 42, 49, 12;
53 bis. Acts 2: % 7% 21. 21:9, Heb.
31:24, Sept for 4 Gen. 5: 4,7. Ex.
2 5, al. enepiss. — Xen. Cyr. 3, 3.3.—
‘Trop. as expressing a relation of kind-
mess and tenderness, 2 Cor. 6: 18 sig
viois xal Suyatégac sc. Seov, comp. Jer.
31: 1,9. Also voc, in a direct address,
Matt. 9:22 Sdgoss Siyatee. Mark 5:
34. Luke 8& 48. So Sept. and na
Ruth 2: 8. 310,11.

b) from the Heb. daughter, i. a fe-
male descendant. Luke 13: 16 Suy.
*Apgadp, 1:5 tx ty Suy.’Aagdy, Bo
Bept. and ma Gen. 36: 2, Ex. 2:1. al.

c) from the Heb. pot before names
of places, e. g. Luke 23: 28 Suyaréges
“Isgovoadyp daughters of Jerusalem, i. e.
born and living there, fomate inhabi-
tants. So Sept, and nia Cant. 2:7.

48

377

Ovprae

&S 7h niay Ie B16, 17. 4 —
Henee in Sing. Svyanip Zev daughter
of Sion, pp. collect, for the inhabitants
of Sion, and in poet. personification put
for Sion imelf i.e. Jerusalem, Matt. 21:
5 et John 12:15, quoted from Zech, 9: 9.
See Gesen. Comm. on Is. 1:8. Heb.
Lex. ng no. 5. So Sept. and Heb.
yee na Zech. |e. Is 1: 8, 10:32,

Ouyargeny, ov, 2d, (dimin. of Sv-

“yanig,) @ little daughter, feraale child,

Mark 5: 23, 7: 25,— Athenseus 13.
p. 581. C.

Ouddac, n¢, 4, (Sw, a tempest,
whirkoind, Heb. 12:18. Sept. for 2RO%
Deut. 4: 11. 5: 22, —Hom, Od. 5. 317;
Aristot. de Mund. 4. Luc. Contempl. 7.

Ouivos, 7, ov, (Svie,) thyine, Rev.
18: 12 §tloy Siivor, thyine wood. See
Wetstein ad loc. The Svéa or Sin
‘was an evergreen African tree with
aromatic wood, from which statues ac-
cording to Theophrastus and costly vee-
sela were made, Lat. citrus; but it is
not agreed whether it was a species of
cedar, savin, or lignum vitae, which
latter constitutes the modern genus
thuja or thyia, Many suppose it to be
the Juniperus oxycedrus Linn. while
others refer it to the Thuja articulata
Lion. See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Thuja
init. and art. Juniperus.

Ouplape, arog, 18, (Susie, in
cense, burat in religious worship, Rev.
& 8. 8:3, 4. 18:13, Sept. for ner
Ex. 30: 7, 8. al. — Jos. Ant. 3. 6. I.
Diod. Sic. 1. 62. — Meton. Luke 1: 10
Gea tov Sup, and v.11 Suseorigior
106 Sup. hour and altar of incense, i. 0.
for burning incense. Sept. dvovacty-
gtor tod Gun, and nop Ex. 30: 1, 27.

Ovmearjouy, cov, 1é, (Syuuda,)
@ censer, for burning incense, Heb. 9:4
Sept. for n QP 2 Chr, 26: 19. Ez. &
11.—Jos, Ant. 3. 8. 3. Diod. Sic. 13. 3,
Thue. 6. 46.— Others altar of incense,
as in Jos, Ant. 3. 6, 8.

Oupice, a, f. dow, (Stp0, De,)
to burn incense, abso). Luke 1:9 Haze
100 yucca. Sept. for OPN Ex. 30:
7, 8. al. — Jos, Ant. 3. 8.3, Diod.Sio.
1, 84.

Oumopazto

Guuopazder, @, £ dom, (Sunde,
péizoues,) to Aight flercely, Diod. Bic. 17.
38. InN. T. to be greatly offended, to be
enraged against, seq. dat. Acts 12: 20.

*— Pol. 9. 40. 4.

Oupos, ob, § (Ste, see Plato
Cratyl. p. 419. B,) pp. mind, soul, . g.
as the principle of life Hom. Il, 4. 470,
524. ib. 16, 743. as the seat of the
will, desire, Il. 6, 439, 444. Hdot. 1. 1.
‘or of the emotions, passions, Il. 1. 196.
Od. 4, 366. ib. 14. 361, Theocr. 2. 61.—
Henee genr. and in N. T. passion, i, e.
violent commotion of mind, indignation,
anger, wrath, differing from dg77j in the
mode of conception rather than in the
thing signified, see Tittm. de Syn. N.T.
p-1315q. Luke 4: 28 éxdjodnoay wr
reg Oypot. Acts 19:28, Eph. 4: 31
Supds xai doyy. Col. 3:8, Heb. 11:27.
Rev. 1% 12. Sept. for 51% Gen. 49:6, 7.
Deut. 6:15. s1gry 1 K.11:20, 2Chr.
‘94: 21. — Hdian. 3. 11. 17. Xen. Eq.
9, 2.— Plur. Supol, bursts of anger,
2 Cor. 12:20. Gal. 5: 20.—Jos. B, J. 4.
5.2 Aristot. Probl. §30, Plut. Corio-
Jan. 1.—Spoken of God, and including
the idea of punishment, punitive judg-
iments, Rev. 15:1. Rom. 2: 8 dupos
xo dey7, the direst judgments, comp.
Sept. and Heb. ny Jer. 36:7. Ez.5:13,
rmqt] Gen. 27:44, Further, by the Heb.
prophets Jehovah is represented ae
giving to the nations in his wrath an
intoxicating cup, so that they reel and

to destruction ; hence also in

N.'T. olvog 105 Supod toi Geol, wine of

the wrath of God, Rev. 14: 10. 16: 19,
aleo 14: 8. 18: 3, and with olvos impl
Rev. 15: 7, 16:1. Comp. Sept. and
Heb, Jer. 25:15. Is. 51:17, Job 21:20.
Ez. 23: 31, 32, 33. See Geven. Lex.
Heb. art. 053. By a similar figure, §
dyros to5 Pryod rot S08, Rev. 14: 19
et 19: 15, the wine-press of the wrath
God, in ausion to Ya 63: 3, comp.
Joel 4: 18, See Gesen, Comm. on
Toa, J. c.

Oupcw, @, £ dou, (Gupde,) to
prowke to anger, Pass. to be angry, to be
wroth, Matt.2: 16. Sept. for mn Judg.
14 19, 1 Sam, 20: 29. for py3r] NbR3
Esth. 3: 5. 5: 9,—Xen. Cyr. 5.5. 11,

378

Bupis

Ovpc, as, 4, adoer, plur. al Sbgas
doors, i. ¢ perhaps double-doors.

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 6:6. 2% 10.
Mark 1: 33. Luke Il: 7. 18 25 bis,
Jobn 18:16, 20:19, 26. Acts 5:9. 12
13 niy Sugar tol xuldvos ie. a small
door or wicket within « larger. So
door of prison Acts 5: 19,23. 1% 6
16: 26,27. of the temple Acts & 2.
21:30. ofa fold or enclosure Jobn 10:
1,2, Mark 11:4, Symbolically Rev.
8:20 bis, 4:1. Sept. for ny Gen. 19:
6,9, 10. mng Gen. 18: 1, 2, 10. al. —
Diod. 8.18.71. Ken. Cyr.7. 5.22 Ag.
8.7. — Hence x6 xgag tiv Sugar, i. q.
33 mpd9vgor, vestibule, poreh, Mark 2
2. (14 mpddvgu Xen. Cyr. 7.5.22) So
ini Odpasg elvat to be at the door, i.e.
near at hand, Matt. 24: 33, Mark 13:
29. also James 5: 9 go Super
Earmper.

b) by impl. entrance, e. g. of a cave
or sepulchre, mouth, Matt. 27: 60. 28:2.
Mark 15: 46, 16: 3,—Jos. Ant. 10. 11.6,
Hom. Od. 9. 243,—Metaph. access, op-
portunity, as dvolysy tiv Sigay, te set
open a door, i. @. to give access, to pre-
sent opportunity, Acts 14:27. 1 Cor.
16:9, 2Cor.2:12, Col. 4:3, So Rev.
3: 8 Stiga dvewypirn, free access to one-
self. See in -Avolyw a, Moton. one
who is the medium of access to any
thing, John 10:7, 9, dyed eps 4 Sri
tii meofdize. — Iguat, ad Philad. § 9
[Xeuotis] § Suga rob marpic, 8° 4 ele
dgxortas “Afgan xat of xpopiiras,

Ougeos, ov, 5, (Sige,) pp. a doer,
i. @. @ stone for closing the entrance of
a cave, Hom, Od. 9. 240, 340.—In later
Greek and in N.T. a shield, nc.
and of an oblong shape like a door, trop.
Eph. 6 16 toy Supsoy tic slozeens.
Sept. for y20 2 Sam. 1: 21. ms
1 Sam. 17: 42.°2 Chr. 9: 15.Jos, Ant.

of 8.7.2 Pol. 6.23.2 Diod. 8. 5 30.

See Lob. ad Phr. p. 368.

Oueis, (os, %, (dimin. of dige,)
a little door, aperture, Pol. 12.25.3. Io
N.T. a window, Acts 20: 9 xaSypsros
dnt rig Sugidos, where in Eng. 1x a
window. 2Cor. 11:33, Sept. for 33"
Tosh. 2: 15, 18, 21. Judg. 5: 28,—Diod.
8, 20. 85. Plut. Cato Min. 2.

. Ovpepos
Ovpwoes, ov, 6, 4, (Pipa, od90x,)

@ door-keeper, porter, male or female,
Mark 43: 34 ie "Jobo 18: 16, 17 4
Sve. Of a shepherd keeping watch at
the door of a fold, John 10: 3. — Sept.
28am. 4:6, Luc. Navig. 22. Xen. Cyr.
8. 8. 20.

Ovole, as; 4, (Sbu,) sacrifice, i.e.

8) pp. the act and rite of sacrificing,
mactation, Matt. 9: 13 et 12: 7 Bsoy H-
Ae xai ob Suclay. (comp. Sept. and nay
Hos, 6:6.) Heb. 9: 26 did wis Svolag
aixov. 11: 4, So 10: 5, 8 quoted
from Ps, 40: 7 where Sept. for n31 —
Hidian.5.6.21. Luc. deSacrif.1. Xen.
Cyr. 8.3, 34,—OF an expiatory sacrifice
for sin, Eph. 5:2. Heb. 5:1 9.
Gyagtiéy. 7:27. 8:3. 9:9,23. 10:1,11,
12,26, Heb.nxwn, comp. Lev.c.4. c.9.

b) meton. the thing sacrificed, victim,
the flesh of victims, part of which was
burned on the altar, and part given to
the priests, see Lev. c. 2. c.3, Mark 9
49 néioe Sugla al} Eliodjoetas, (comp.
Lev. 2 13 where Sept. for busti-D)
Mark 12 33, Luke 13:1. Acts 7:41,
42. 1 Cor. 10: 18 of doPlortes tay Sv—
olus who eat of the victims, as wan done
by the priests and persons offering the
sacrifice, see Lev. 8: 31, Deut, 12: 6, 7,
16,27 1 Sam. %138q. So Sept. and

Deut. 12 27. Ee "Od: 15. So of
as a sin-offering, Luke 2: 24,
comp. Lev. 12: 6. — Hiian. 8, 6. 14.
Luc. de Sacrif. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.
— Metaph. 1 Pot. 2 5 nvsupatixad Sv-
ola, comp. Ps, 51:19. Rom. 12: 1 na-
Qacriicas 1a celpesa Suclay {iscar, 800
in Zaw a. 7.

c) trop. of service, obedience, praise,
offered to God, offering, oblation, Phil.
217 Sola ric mlatans. 4:18. So
Svola aivicsus offering of praise, Heb.
18:15,16. Sept. for rnin 3y, Ps.107:
22, 116: 17. comp. 56: 23,

Ovoraary prov, ov, 25, (Sueudter,)
on altar, gour. Matt, 5: 23,24, 23: 18,
19,20. Rom. 11: 3. Heb. 7:13. James
221, Sept. for trai Gen. 8: 20. 12
2 al. saep. — Jos. Ant. 8. 4. 1, Philo de
‘Vit. Mos, III. p. 151. 13, tar 8 dy in
aldqy frapiy suds xaledy Svowmord-
gtor. — Spec. of the altar for burnt
in the temple, Matt.22:35, Luke
So 1 Cor. 9: 13 bis, et 10: 18

11:51.

379

Ocipak
xosrwvo} 10 Dus. and Heb, 1% 10 ga-
7siy tx 105 Sve. i.e. of the victims laid
upon the altar, Symbolically in heaven,
Rev. & 9. 11:3. 14:18. 16:7 jjxovs
tot Sua. Myortos i. . a voice from the
altar. Sept. and tar Ex. 30: 27. 35:
15. — Of the shar of incense in the
temple, made of gold, comp. 1 Chr, 28:
18. 1 Mace. 1: 21. pp. Luke 1
symbolically in heaven, Rev. 8: 3 bis,
5. 9:13. Sept. and mE Ex. 30: 27.
85:14.

Ove, £. tow, perf. pass. 19 ype,
aor. 1 pass. #d9qy, (Buttm. § 18, 0. 2.
§ 9. 24) to sacrifice, to Kill and offer

to tmmolate, absol. Acts 14:
13 ous Yiuy. ¢, dat. v.18. ¢. ace.
et dat. 1 Cor. 10:20 bis. Sept. for nyt
Gen. 46:1. Ex, 3: 18. 8: 26. al. saep,
— Hdian. 2. 13,4. Luc. D. Deor. 4. 1.,
Xen. Mem, 1. 3.3. ib. 2.213.—S0 ro
udoza Ouecy, to kill the
8c. a8 a species of sacrifice, Mark 14: 12,
Luke 227, 1Cor.5:7. So
and Heb. nogit M31 Deut. 16: 2, 4, 5,
6. alo Sept. for MORN bys Ex. 12
21.— Hence, as sacrit were con-
nected with feasting, (see in Ovgla b,
and comp. Gen, 31: 54. 1 Sam. 9: 12,
13, Bag) Siew is ee ey
to slaughter, sc. for a feast,
Matt. 22 4. ‘Luke 15:23 séy toy
ostevtoy Sigate. v.27,30. Acts 10:13.
11:7, genr. Joho 10: 10. 80 Sept. and
my 1Sam.28:2%4. 1K. 19:21, Deut.12:15,

Oupcs, &, 5, Thomas, (Heb. tery
twin,) one of the twelve apostles, also
called Ji3uyos q. v. Matt. 10: 3. Mark
8: 18. Luke 6: 15. John 11: 16, 14: 5.
20: 24, 26, 27, 28,29. 21:2. Acts 1:13,

Owpat, axos, 6, « breast-plate,
ewirass, Lat. lorica, i. e. armourcovering
the body from the neck to the thighs,
consisting of two parts, one covering
the front and the other the back, Potter
Gr. Ant. Il. p. 29. Calmet p. 101. Bo
pp. Rev. 9: 9 bis, 17, Sept. for Pye
Jer. 46:4. ivyts I Sam. 17: 5. Neh.
4: 16, — Ael. V.H. 3.24, Xen. Mem.
3.10. 9. — Trop. Eph. & 14 tor Stig.
aig Ssumocirys. 1 Thess, & 8 Ssh
nlotees. Comp. Sept. Is, 50:17. Wied.
5:19.—In late writers Sagat is also the
breast, chest, therax, see Passow.

"Tdagos

"Taexgos, ov, 6, Jairus, Heb. 1? ,

(he gives light) Jair, an officer of &
synagogue, Mark 5: 22. Luke 8: 41.

"Taxa, é, indec. Jacob, Heb. 397
i.e, heel-catcher, eupplanter, Gen. 25:
26. 27: 36, pr. name of two persons in
N.T.
nation, Matt. 1:2. Luke 13:28. Acts 7:
8,12, 14. al. Trop. for the posterity of
Jacob, the Jewish people, Rom. 11: 26.
— b) the father of Joseph the husband
of Mary, Matt. 1: 15, 16. — Josephus
writes the name “Idxofos, Ant. 1. 18.
leq. AL.

* TetxwBos, ov, 6, pp. i. q. Taxis
q. v. James, pr. n. of two of the apostles:

1. James the son of Zebedee, the elder,
own brother of John, Matt, 4:21. 10:2.
Mark 3:17, Acts1:13.al. He was put
to death by the elder Herod Agrippa
about A. D. 44, Acts 12 2

2. James the Less, 5 puxgds Mark 15:
40, the brother of Jude, ("Jovdag 6
G8:lgos to *TaxeiSov Jude 1. Acts
1: 13. Luke 6: 16,) and like bim the son
of Mary sister to our Lord’s mother
and wife of Clopas or Alpheus Matt. 13:
85, 27:56, Luke 24: 10, comp. John
19:26; hence called the son of Alpheus
Matt. 10:3. Mark 3:18, Acts 1:13; and
also the brother i.e. kinsman of our
Lord, 6 ddshpég 106 xvplov Gal, 1: 19.
Matt. 18: 55. So aleo Acts 12: 17. 15:
13, 21: 18. Gal, % 9, 12; and accord-
ing to all tradition 1 Cor. 15 7. James
1:1. According to Josephus, Ant. 20.
9.1, James 6 ddskpas * Fycot tot leyo-
pivov Xoictod, was put to death by
Asenus the high priest after the death
of Festus and before the arrival of his
successor Albanus, about A. D. 62, —
Others unnecessarily suppose James the
apesile, James the brother of Jude, and
James the brother of our Lord, to be
three different persons. Ax.

380

Teuc, arog, v6, (idopas,) healing,
cure, a8 zaglopare iopdrer 1 Cor. 12:
9, 28,30. Sept. for > raab9 Jer. 46: 11.
PR Jer. 33: 6.—Pol. 7. 14. 2, Thuc.
2. 51.

"lapBoys, ov, 6, Jambres, see

a) the patriarch of the Jewish "Javviis.

*Javva, 6, indec. Janna, pr. n. of
aman Luke 3: 23.

"Tavvis, ov, &, Jannes, and *Iap-
Bois Jambres, names of two of the
Egyptian magicians who withstood Mo-
ses, 2 Titn, 3: 8, comp. Ex. 7: 1] 9q-
Not found in O. T. but derived by
Paul from tradition, which is also pre-
served in the Targumns, Talmud, and
Rabbins. See Buxtorf, Lex, Rab. Talm.
945. Fabric. Cod. Peeud. V.T. I. p.816.
Plin. H. N. 31. 1.

"Taopen, dpe, f. doopat, depon.
Mid. to heal, to cure, trans. The Present,
imperf. isiuqy, and aor. 1 mid. taodpenr,
have the active signification; while
perf. pass, Tayat, aor. 1 pass. idSyy, and
f. 1 pass. iadycouct, retain the passive
sense, Buttm. § 113. 0.6. So c. acc.
Luke 5: 17 sic 13 ido San aitots. 6 19.
9: 2, 11, 42, 14: 4. 22 51. John 4: 47.
Acts 10:38, 28:8. Pass, Matt. 8:8 xal
jadjoray & mais pov. v.13, 15:
Luke 7:7. 8:47. 17:15. John & 13
Acts 3:11, 9: 34. Pass. eq. dx6, to
be healed from or of any thing, Mark 5
29. Luke 6:17. Sept. for #7 Gea.
20: 17. Lev. 14:8. 2K. 20: & — Pol.
5.11. 1. Xen. Ven. 1.6. Mem. 3. 1. 4.
—Metaph. of moral diseases, to heal, te
save, sc. from the consequences hebedd
sins, Matt, 19:15 poiwore.... émetgé
xad idocpas oitots, and 80 Jobat Aa 40 40
et Acts 28: 27, quoted from Is, & 10
where Sept. for xp. 80 Luke 4: 18,
comp. Ie. 61: 1. 12: 13, James 5:
16 «1 Pet. & %4, comp. In S& 5.

*Iages
Sept. for ey Te Te. 53:5, 61:1, and parall.
with oogev Jer. 17: 14.
*Teiged, 6, indec. Jared, Heb. 492
(descent), pr. n. of a man Luke 3: 37.

“Tacts, ews, %, (idouas,) healing,
cure, Luke 13:32. Acts 4: 22,30. Sept.
for naxD Proy. 3: 8. &E579 Prov. 4:
22, Mal. 4:2.—Antiphon. 140. 34. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 712.

“Taontg, cos, 4; jasper,a precious
stone of various colours, as purple, ce-
rulean, green, ete, Rev. 4:3. 21: 11, 18,
19. Sept. for maz Ez. 28: 13. ‘Bee
Rees’Cyclop. art. Jasper, common. Oth-
ers in Rev. I. c. adamant, because Sept.

"Tava, ovog, 6, Jason, a kinsman
of Paul Rom. 16; 21, and his host at
Berea Acts 17: 5, 6, 7,9.

Largos, ov, 6, (idopa,) a physi-
cian, Mark’5: 26 nolla xodoiva ind
modléy iacgdy. Matt.9:12. Mark 2:17.
Luke 4:23. 5:31. 8:43, Col. 4: 14.
Sept. for eps 2 Chr. 16: 12, Jer. &
22, — Hdiao. 3.15. 4. Xen. Mem. 1.
2.51.

“Ide, once dé Gal. 5: 2, 8s being
the later form for idé imper. aor. 2 of
al8oy to see, comp. Buttm. §103. I. 4. c.
Winer § 6.1. a. Comp. in Eiw I.
IN. T. often as a particle of exclama-
tion, see, lo, behold! ©. g. as calling at-
tention to something present, Matt, 25:
20, 22, 25. Mark 13:21. John 1: 48.
19:5 8s 6 dvSeamos. v.14. Addressed
apparently to several, but directed to
one, Mark 3: 34, John 1:29. 7: 26.
11: 86, 19: 4, — In the sense of behold,
observe, consider! Mark 15: 4. John 5:
14, Gal. & 2, Av.

*[déa, as, 4, (s18a,) aspect, appear-
ance, Matt. 28: 3. Sept. for “3772
Dan. 1: 13, 15.—Test. XII Patr. p. 742.
Diod. Sic. 1. 12. Thue. 6. 4.

“Jdtos, ke, ov, own, one’s own, i.e.

8) as pertaining to 0 private person
and not to the public, private, particular,
individual, opp. to dypios Hom. Od. 3,
8%, to Iqucerg Xen. Veot. 4.21, t0 wor
woo Jos, BJ. 4.4.2, Xen. Hi. 11.1.

381

“Jdcos

Hence in N. T. adverbially (a) ile,

j, severally, (opp. to Inuoole
Xen, Hi, 11.9, to sow Mem. 2 6. 38,)
1 Cor. 1% 11 diasgot ig ixiory
xaddg Poileta See Buttm. § 115. 2.
— Luc? Tox. 49. Xen, Cyr. 6.2. 34.
ib. 8.1. 2—(8) xax’ idiav, privately, by
oneself, apart from others, e.g. of an
individual, alone, Matt. 14: 13, 23 éréq
als 10 d90¢ wert lar. 17:1. Marke &
B1.al. Of several as apart from alt
othere Matt. 17: 19. Mark 4:34, 9:2,28,
Acts 23: 19. Gal. 2 2 al,—Jos. B. J.
4.5.5. Pol. 4.84.8. opp. to nowy
2 Mace. 4: 5.

b) as belonging to oneself and not to
another, own, proper, peculiar, viz. (a)
denoting ownership, that of which one
is himself the owner, possessor, pro-
ducer, my own, thy own, hie oun, ete.
Of things,|Matt. 22: 5 ele tor TBior rete
25:15 incory nord vy iar 36
Mark 15: 20 dnidvoay aitoy ta ican
1a Tia. Luke 6: 41,44. John 5: 43 éy
dropars vp iy. 7:18, 10: 3, 4. Acts
20: 28. 28:30. Rom. 10: 3 tiv ilar
Sixasootony, 14: 5. 1 Tim. 3: 4, 5.
2 Pet. 1: 20 idlac émslicens, see in
°Ealdvoy. 3:17. al. So sig tiv lan
xxéluy, one’s own city, where one resides.
Matt. 9 1, or the seat of one’s family
Luke 23. éy 29 idiq marglds John 4:
44. Ploonast. with a gonit. of person
in addition, John 10: 12 ob ode sos te
nedfore ia, 2 Pet. 3: 3, 16. — Sopt.
Job 211, Ez. 21:30, Hdian. 4. 11. 8.
Xen. Cyr. 1.1.1. . gen. add. Dem.
1244.24. Plato Menex. p. 247. B,
Gorg. p. 502, E. See Lob. ad Phryn.
p, Me 441. — Hence rai fdte, genr. posses

property, Luke 18: 28 in Mes,
(Ker, Hi. 10. 5.) spec. own house, home,
John 19: 27 afer 6 padyrys aiziy sig
ta isa. 16: 32. Acts 21:6. (Sept. for
nrg Esth. 5:10. 6:32 Jambi. Vit.
Pythag. 19. Jos, Ant.8. 15. 4,6, Pol.
2.57.5.) own nation, people, John 1:
11 ader sig re The, Alao mpdoosiy va
ia to do one’s own business, duties,
1 Thess 4: 11, (comp. Phryn. et Lob.
P.441.) adaiy de rcv Tlur to speak
out of one’s own heart, disposition, char-
acter, John 8: 44.—Spoken of persons,
©. g Fog ddalgds John 1: 42. anie
husband 1 Cor. 7:2. dsonceys 1 Tim.

*[ducsing

6:1, Ooblog Matt.25:14, xégiog Rom.
14: 4. mane John 5:18. vidg Rom.
& 32, avupulitas countrymen | These.
214 1. npopiras their own

i.e. of their own country 1 Thess, 2: 15,
and with a genit.added id:os aizéy ago-
greys Tit. 1: 12, comp. Lob. ad Phr.
p. 441. Winer § 22. 7. (Palaeph. 31. 5.
Hdian. 2.6.19.) Hence of Zdtos, i.e.
own household, family, 1 Tim, 5:8; own
Friends, companions, John 13:1, Acts 4:
23, 24:23; own John
1:11. Collect, 13 i8coy John 15: 19, —
‘2 Macc. 12:22. Jos. B.J. 4.4.6. Diod.
Sic. 13, 92,

(8) in the sense of peculiar, particular,
as distinguishing one person from otb-
ere, e.g. iia dutlextos Acts 1:19, 2%
68. duoda 25:19. zdeug
1 Cor, 7: 7, — Jos, c. Apion. 1, 22 init.
Diod. 8. 11. 26.

(y) as denoting that which in its na-
ture or by appointment pertains in any
‘way to a person or thing, eg. Acts 13:
36 Jofid par yag dig yevsi innstioas
his own generation, in which he lived.
1 Cor. 8: 8 tir Wiov paddy .. . xénor.
15: 23. Jude 6. Acts 1:25 sis to itor
einoy to his own place, i, e. proper and
appointed for him, (Clem. Rom. Ep. I
ad Cor. Ignat. ad Magnes § 5, fxaotos
tk toy Wioy toner wile zageiv.) Bo
xaugis Tes, xaugod Tor, own time, i. &
due, proper time, as determined of God,
Gal. 6: 9. 1 Tim. 2% 6 & 15. Tit
La

(8) sometimes 3:0¢ is put instead of
8 possessive pronoun, without any em-
phasis, e.g. Matt. 22:5, 25:14, 1 Pet.
31,5. Also ig. Savrot, 1 Cor. 7:2
Exactos thy bavtot yovaixe, xa) indoor
tov toy vdga. Jobn 1: 42. See Lob.
ad Phryn. p.441. Winer § 22.7. Au.

"duos, ov, 6, (t8.05,) « private
citizen, opp. to one in a public station,
Ael. V.H. 4. 5, Xen. Ag. 11.6. an
individual, opp. to the many Jos. Ant. 3.
9.1. a private sc. soldier Xen. An. 1.
3 11.—In NT picbeian i.e, unlettered,
unlearned. Acts 4:18 dvS9. dyoa
tov nai iBuizon. 1 Cor, 14 16; 2 2.
2 Cor. 11: 6, — Ael. V. H. 4. 15, Xen.
Mem. 3.7.7. See Wetstein N. T. IL
p. 161, 206.

382

*Téovpata

*Jéov, « demonstrative particle lo!
behold! (pp. for i80% imp. of sor. mid.
dduqy,) serving to call attention to
something external, exterior to oneself,
usually put at the beginning of a clue
or only with xaé before it, but sometimes
in the middle before words which
are to be particularly noted, e. g. Mat.
‘23: 34. Luke 13: 16, Acts 2:7. Con-
strued

a) with a nom. and finite verb, Matt.
1:20 Wot Syyelos xuglou nar’ bree igé-
yy airg. 21,13, Mark 3: 32 Lake
210. John 4:35, Acts 9: 11. al. sep.
So in quotations from O. T. Matt. 1:23.
21: 5. Mark 1:2, Rom. 9: 33; comp.
respectively Is, 7: 14, Zech. 9:9. Mel.
3: 1. Ts, 28: 16, in all which Sept. end

ua sym.—Luc. D. Deor. 20.10, Timon ll.

b) from the Heb: with a nom. simply,
where the verb of existence is implied,
Matt. 3: 17 ot qari éx sir obgerix.
Luke 5: 12. John 19: 26,27, Acs &
27,36 idod tdup, 2 Cor. 6:2. Rev.é2
So Sept. and m2 Josh. 9: 25, and
sit Num. 23:17. Gen. 47: 1. al. whore
Sept. inserts elvas.— Seq. dys or an
equivalent word, expressing ressnt-
tion, obedience, Luke 1: 38, Heb, 213
quoted from Is. 8: 18 where Sept for
“324 737. So in answers, Acts 10
Wot “dye.” Sept. for %3277 Gen. B il.
1 Sam. 3: 8. Is. 6:8. Ax.

"[dovpata, ag, §, Tdvnes, oly
Mark 3: 8. Heb. bt and yp Tt
the land of Edom or” Mount Seir, the
name Idumea being the softened Greek
pronunciation for Di, Jos, Aut. 211.
‘This country lay to the 8. E. of Pale
tine along the great valley, El Ghor,
which extends from the Dead Sea to
the gulf of Akaba, and chiefly on is
eastern side which is rough and mout-
tainous. Here dwelt the descendants of
Esau, who were always hostile to the
Jews ; they were conquered by Deri,
28am. 8:14 ; but were first completely
subdued by John Hyrcanus about 125
B.C. Jos. Ant. 13.9.1. During the
Jewish exile they had taken possessiot
of the southern parts of Pelestine as fir
as Hebron, so that the later name Ido-
mea includes aleo this region ; oP.
1 Mace. 5: 65 with Ex. 365. For *

“Tepes
full description of the people and coun-
try, see Bibl. Repos. 11. p. 247 aq.
“[dpwe, wr0¢, 6, (Wos,) sweat,
Loke 22 44 see in Opopfos. Sept. for

sist, Gen. 3: 19. — 2 Macc. 2: 26, Xen.
Mem. 1, 4. 6.

"JeloBna, 4, indec. Jezebel, Heb.
‘Dgy (prob. chaste), ‘comp: the mod-
‘orn Isebella, pr. n. of the impious and
idolatrous queen of Ahab, put in N. T.
as the emblem of false and idolatrous
teachers, Rev. 2 20. Comp, 1 K. 16:
31. 18: 4. 19: 2, 21: Seq. 2K, 9
30 0q.

‘Tepanoks, 0s, %, Hierapolis,
a city of Phrygia celebrated for its
warm baths, now called Bambuk Ku-
tasi, Col. 4:13. It was situated near
the jonction of the rivers Clydus and
Meander, not far from Colosse and Lao-
dicen. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii
P. 207, 229,

“Jegareta, as, 4, (legatetes) priest-
‘hood, i.e. priest's office, Luke 1: 9. Heb.
7:5. Sept for m3773 Ex. 2% 9, Num,
8 10.—Arimtot. Polit. 7. 8,

‘Teparevua, x06, 16, (Lepareie,)
i, meton. and collect. for priests,
i.e. Christians, who are said dveviyxas
sveyperixds Puolag 1 Pet. 25, and are
called also Baclnoy lepateiua v. 9, 800
in Baoidnos a.—Sept. Ex. 19:6, comp.
¥s.61:6. Rev. 1:6. 5:10. 20:6, Comp.
also Test. XII Patr. p. 613.
‘Teparevo, £ evow, (legavs,) to be a
priest, to Bite as priest, Luke 1: 8.
‘Sept. for Ex. 28: 1,8, 4. — Jos.
Ant. 3.81. “Hdian. 5. 6.6.
“Iegenias, lou, 6, Jeremiah, Heb.
MAW or aA (appointed of Je-
hovah), a celebrated prophet of the O.T.
Matt. 217. 16: 14. In Mart. 27: 9
text. rec, a quotation is is referred to Jere-
miah, dca“ osplon 08 mgogitou, which

ia not found in his writings but in Zech."

11: 12,13. Somé Mes. here read (Za-
zaglov, others simply 3:4 x08 mgogrjzov.
See Olshausen in loc,

“Tegevs, cos, 3, (isgés,) « priest,
one who performs the sacred rites, t0
Joga. E. g. of heathen pricete, 5 di iagets

383

“Tepages

rob Aids Acts 14:13, Sept. &. 100 Betad
for qeID 2K. 11: 18, 2 Chr. 23: 17, —
Hdian. 1. 9. 6, Xen. Conv. 8. 40.— Of
the Jewish priests, the descendants of
Aaron, geor. Mutt. 8:4 ceavtoy dsitov
we leged, 12: 4,15. Mark 1: 44. 2 26.
Luke 1: 5. 5:14. 6 4. 10:31. 17:14.
Jobn 1:19. Acts 6:7. Heb.9:6. They
were divided into 24 classes for the
service of the temple, 1 Chr. ¢. 24, and
the heads of these classes were some-
times called doysagiis, see in "Agzsapebs
b. These seem to be meant Acts 4: 1.
Sept. everywhere for q712, as Lev. 1:
5eq.— Spoken of the high pri

G lepevc, or tapadg pdyas (Heb. 10:21),
Acts5:24, Heb. 7:21, 23. 8: 4 bis. 10:11.
So Sept. end pip Ex. 35: 18. 38: 21.
646 péyas for 513 yrip Lev. 21: 10.
Num, 35: 25,28. So of Melebisedee
as a high priest of God, Heb. 7: 1, 3
Of Jeeus as a spiritual high priest, Heb.
5:6 coll. v. 5. 7: 11, 15,17, 21. 10: 21.
—Trop. Christians also are called iagdig
16 Sch, priests unto God, a8 yielding
him spiritual sacrifices, Rev. 1: 6. 5:10.
20: Comp. 1 Pet. 2 5, and see in

‘Jepezo, 4, indec. Jericho, Heb,

4m 7, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Benjamin, about 20 miles east of Jeru-
salem and 5 from the Jordan, situated
at the foot of the mountains which bor-
der the valley of the Jordan and Dead
Sea. It was destroyed by Joshua,
Josh. 6: 26, but was afterwards rebuilt
1K. 16 34, and became the seat of
echools of the prophets 2 K. 2: 5, 15.

‘The land around Jericho was exceed-
ingly fertile, abounding in palm-trees
and roses, (DY72F) "3, éhis porrlaey,
city of palm-trees, ‘Deut. 34:3. dg gu-
30 §600v ty ‘Iegizg Ecclus. 24: 14,) and
yielding large quantities of the opo-

balsam, or balsam of Gilead, 20 highly
Prized in the East. Jos. Ant. 4.6.1,
“Tegiyes nohig balan aim, goorons oy
giguy dyad), nab Bdlaguor vevouérn,

comp. Calmet art. Balsam. Its site is
now oceupied by an inconsiderable vil-
lage called Richa. See Reland Palacet.
p. 829, Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
p. 153 eq. Calmet art. Jericho, — Matt.

20: 29, Mark 10: 46 bis, Luke 10: 30.

18 35. 19: 1. Heb. 11: 30.

“Jepoduros

“Tegsdur0s, ov, 8, i, adj. (fapds,
Dies) offered in sacrifice, sacrificed, spok-
en of the flesh of victims, 1 Cor. 10: 19,
28, in Mes. for the commion eidwkéSutor.
—Aristot.Oec. 2. 20. Plut. ed. R. VILL.
p- 909.14. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 159.

ov, 16, (pp. neut. of ispds,)
@ temple, i.e. a consecrated place, in-
eluding the proper temple or faue, vade,
and all its courts and appurtenances,
gomp. Diod. Sic. 1. 15. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 178 aq. Spoken of a heathen
temple, Acts 19: 27 ° Agrépudos iepév. —
1 Mace. 10: 84. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 32,
Xen. A Elsewhere only of the
temple in Jerusalem, Heb. mim* nq
Bept.olzos xxplow 1 K. 6:1, 87. 7:12, Is,
66:1, mata mg Sept. olvog tot
G05 Ezra'3: 8. In NT. always in
reference to the temple as rebuilt by
Herod the Great, and minutely de-
scribed by Josephus, Ant. 15. 11. 3.8q.
‘B. 5.5. 5.199. According to him the
whole cirouit of the temple, 16 fepdv,
consisted of three parts or enclosures,
szpifolos, viz. the proper temple oF
vads (B. J. 5, 5. 1,°4) in the midst, and
two cireular courts or areas around it,
one exterior tothe other. The first or
outer court or enclosure, xegifoios,
which was aleo the lowest and sur-
rounded the whole temple, was open for
all, and contained the porches, piazzas,
where the people collected, and where
thinge and animals pertaining to the
sacrifices were bought and aold, and
also money exchanged, nin Boxt.
Lex. Chald. 793 ; it is often called by
christian writers the ‘ court of the Gen-
tiles,’ Lightfoot Opp. 1. p. 415, 590. ed.
Ultraj. rom this to the second or in-
ner court or enclosure, 13 dsvregor kepdy
Jos, B. J. 5.5.2, was an ascent of four-
teen steps, and then of five more; this
‘was divided into the court (or separate

place) of the women sod the court of

384

“Iepos

and highest enclosure, rgifoles, was
the temple itself, vase, 10 lephy epersy
Joa.Ant. 15. 11. 5, into which only the
priests might enter, comp, Luke 1: 9,10,
and which was divided into two parts,
the sanctuary, 16 ysor, and the holy of
holies, +6 dysoy Gylay. The whole
temple therefore consisted strictly of
two parts, 6 yadc, and 1d ™gdvaoy oF
the courts and appurtenances. Hence
15 lapdr ia. put for the whole, and also
for the xgévaoy, but not for the rads.

Eg.

‘i genr. and for the whole, Matt. 24:
1 bis, rag oixodopeg tod isgod. Mark 1%
1.3 Luke 21: 5. bad 52.

b) of the courts, xpéraor, Matt, 12 5
ob iegsig dy 1 lage 20 cafBator
dove, Mark 11:11. Luke 2 27, 37.
18:10, Acts 246, 3:1eg, 21: 26eq. al.

c) of the outer court, where things
were bought and sold, Matt. 21: 12
tots nwlotytag xal ayopdtortas dy wp
hegg. v.14, 15. Mark 1: 15, 16. a
Here too Jesus disputed and taught,
bates 3. 26: 55. Mark 11: Wb

§ mepixatoirtos abrot. Luke 2
46 John 5:14, 7: 14, 28, al, So the
apostles Acts 5: 20, 21, 25, 42.

d) Matt. 4: Set Luke 4:9 16 mragi-
yoy to ispoi, the pinnacle of the temple,
je. prob, the apex or summit of Solo-
mov’s porch, which Josephus describes
(Ant. 20.9.7) a8 being exterior to the
yads on the east side, and built ap to
the giddy height of 400 cubits (?) from
the foundation in the valley of the Ce-
dron below ; comp.-Ant. 15.11.3, An

“Tepongenfe, 0g, ov, 5, Hy adj.
(ieges, ngére,) pp. becoming to a sacred
place or person, hence becoming to re-
ligion, Tit.2 3 a xareoriwats tego
moendis i.e. in their conduct adorning
the christian profession, comp. 1 Tim.
2: 2, — Jos, Ant. 11. 8.5. Plut. ed. R.
VI. p.37. 12. Xen. Conv. 8. 40.

‘Tegos, c, ov, sacred, consecrated

Siei cat Trrael{or of the Priests); it is called by
to God, Hdian. 5. 5. 5. Xen. Aa. 4.7.21.

> a4 Josephus 1. . éysoy, and none but such

LMG es were clean were permitted to enterit; In N.'T.
‘fone? “here too the sacrific a) 2 Tim. 3: 15 x4 lage ypcgyparte, the

Prepared
vecasd x, and offered, for herel stood the altar
of athe marat burot-offerings before the entrance
of the vads, Jos. Ant. 8.4.3. ib. 15. Jos, Ant, 216.5 é talc legate pip-
14:5. comp. Matt. 2% 35 The thind Joss.

S tte fscsete

sacred writings, holy scriptures, i. e. the
O. Test. comp. v. 16, — 2 Mace. 8 23.

Ws.
tthe! a, tn ha vould g

“Tepooddupa

b) ze eget, sacred things, sacred rites,
1Cor. O13 cf na lps dgyotinsros, those
performing the sacred rites, ministering
in boly things —Lue. Psoudol.12, Xen.
Cyr. 7. 1.1.

“Tepoodduucr, Jerusalem, see in
“Inpoveadjp.

“Jepoovdvylrys, ov, 6, a Jerusa-
lemile, one from Jerusalem, Mark 1: 5.
John 7: 25.—Jos. de Vita sua § 65,

“Tegoavieeo, ©, f. Haw, (tagdovios,)
to rob temples, to commit sacrilege, trop.
to rob God of due honour, worship,
obedience, Rom.222.—pp. Pol.31.4.10.

“Tegdovdosy ous ov, 4, 4, (tegdr, ov-
Jeiws,) robbing temples, sacrilegious, as
subst. temple-robber, Acts 19: 37. — 2
Mace, 4: 42. Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 62,

Lepougyee, @, £. tom, (iegovgyés
fr. lair ad obeol lg) q. te hepa
doydte, to perform sacred rites, epee.
sacrifice, to oficiate'cs priest, Jos. Ant.
6.6.2, Hdian. 5.216, InN. T. trop.
in the cbristian sense, Rom. (15: 16
igovgyotvra 1 sbayyéiov mi
as a priest [in respect to] the gospel.
Buttm. § 131. 6, — 4 Mace. 7: 8: rods
Ingoupyotirras toy vépor idle aluers,

“Tepovoady, 4, indec. Jerusalem,
Chald. b2win7, Heb. nbzan7 (for
Haan “divelling of peace) i jin the ear-

lier books; so once in Matt. 23: 37
and Mark 11: J, often in the writings of
Luke and Paul, and usually in Sept.
Also “degoodhupe, wy, ta, Heb. dual
rb" in the later books, perhaps in
allusion to the two parts of the ‘city, 4
dive dyogd xat jj nce moles; 80 inallthe
-Gospels, in Acts, and thrice in Gala-
tians ; also in Josephus. Further “/e-

oadiuna, indec, only Matt. 2:3

: 5, meton, for the inhabitants.—This
celebrated city, the capital of Palestine,
‘was the seat of true religion under the
Jewish theocracy, and also the chief
scene of our Saviour’s ministry and the
ential point from which his gospel
‘was promulgated. Hence it is often
called the Holy City, and among
the Arabs of the present day its cur-
rent name is Ej Kods, the Holy. It is
situated near the middle of Palestine,

49

385

‘Tegovacdyes ,

among the mountains, nearly 40 miles
distant from the Mediterranean, and
some 25 from the Jordan and Dead Sea,
It lay on the confines of Judah and
Benjamin, mostly within the limits of
the latter, but was reckoned to the for-
mer. Its most ancient name was Sa-
lem, Heb. pty, Gen. 14: 18. Pa. 76: 3;
then Jebus, 0133, a8 belonging to the
Jebusites, Judg. 19:10,11. David firet
reduced it, 2 Sam, 5: 6, 9, and made it
the capital of his kingdom, whence it is
also called the city of ‘David, 517 “"9-
It _was destroyed by the Chaldeans,
2 K. c. 24, 25, but rebuilt by the Jews
on their return from exile; and at
later period Herod the Great expended
large sums in its embellishment. Jeru-
salem as it existed in the age of Christ,
is described by Josephus, B.J.5, 4. 10q.
‘The city was built chiefly on three bills:
Sion on the south, which was the bigh-
est, and contained the citadel, the pal-
ace, and the upper city, called by Jose-
phus 4 dw dyoge ; Moriah, on which
stood the temple, a lower hill on the
northeast quarter of Bion, and sepa-
rated from it by a ravine; cra, lying
north of Sion and covered by 7 site
x04u¢, the most considerable portion of
the whole city. After the destruction
of Jerusalem by the Romans about
A. D. 70, they endeavoured to root out
its very name and nature as a sacred
place, from the hearts and memory of
the Jewish nation. In A. D. 136 the
emperor Adrian caused all the remain-
ing buildings to be demolished, and
erected a new city which he called
Adlia Capitolina ; and it was only in
the beginning of the fourth century, af-
ter Constantine had embraced Chrie-
forng that the name Jerusalem was
|. Bee Josephus L c.
Boland Palaest. p. 8320q. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. Il. ii, p. 2020q. 235 aq.
Mies, Herald 1824. p. 40.—In N. T.

a) pp. the city itself, as # “Iagove.
Mark 11:1, Luke % 25, 38, Rom, 15:
19, 25. al. a “Jeg. Matt. 2&1. 4:25,
Mark 3: 8. Gal. 1: 17,18. 1. al.

b) meton. for the inbabitants of Jera-
salem, only in fem. 3j‘Isgoodivpa. Matt.
23 ndoa ‘Ing. & 5, 4 ‘Iegown Man.
23: 87, Luke 13: 34.

“Tapoovrn 386 "Ixempia
e) metaph. Jerusalem for the Jewish Buttm. § 199. 6. Luke 2% 38 inavov
state, church, cals diaper (a) dots it is enough, desist. Sept. for +5

later o or Christian scene the Re-
deemer’s kingdom, of which the spirit-
ual Jerusalem is the seat. Gal. 4:26 7
rw ‘Iegoveckip, Heb, 12: 22 ‘ie.
Hrovednos, Rev. 8 12 § xan) ‘Tg.
21: 2,10. As.

“Tegcovdvn, 96, 4, (lages,) priest-
had grist 2 office, Heb. 7, 11, 12, 14,
Mace, 2:54. Jos. Ant. 5, 10. 4.

Plato de Leg. 6. p. 759. B.

"Teooal, é, indec. Jesse, Heb, "+
(rich), pr.n. of the father of David Matt.
£56 Luke 3:82, Acts 13:22, Rom.
15: 12,

"TepPde, é, indec. Jephthah, Heb.
Tiny (he delivered), a leader, now, of
Ierael, whose rash vow fell upon his
daughter, Heb. 11:32. See Judg. c.11,

*Jeyovlas, ov, 5, Jechonias, Heb.
pp. PIz4: (Jehovah appointed) Jeho-
dachin, “aleo'written S1925> and 977957
Techoniah, a king of Badan abou"
B.C. eon of Jehoiakim and grandson of
Josiah, Matt. 1:11, 12. Comp, 1 Chr. &
15,16. 2K. 24:80q. 2 Chr. 36: 8q.
2 K. 25 27.—In Matt. 1c. he is said to
be the son of Josiah; the name of Je-
hoiakim, "Iecxels, being omitted in the
wenealogy in text. recept. though found
in Mee.

"Inoovs, 6, gen. and dat. *Incot,
ace, ’Inooiy, Jesus, Heb. $723
vah his help), contr.
pr. n. of three persor

1, Jesus, the Christ, the. Seviour of
men, Matt. 1: 1, 16. al. saepiss. AL.

2 for Joshua, the successor of Moses
and leader of Israel, Acts 7:45. Heb.
4: 8. non al.

8. Jesus, surnamed Justus, a fellow-
labdurer with Paul, only Col, 4:11.

“Jxexvos, 11, Ov, (fas, ixdvee,) pp.

coming ¢o, reaching to, and hence suj-
Sloing, i.e.

2 eet go met te
RCor. RE _
ant aie where he the 4 o

Is, 40:16. Ex. 3&5. by Gen. 30:
15.—Diod, Bic. 1. 60.ult. Xen. Mem. 4.
2. 38. — Hence 10 ixavor sabiefaction,
eB 10 ix. wosiv tuys, to make satiefac-
tion, to satisfy, Mark 15:15. (Pol. 32.7.
18, App. de Reb. Punic, §74.) 25 im.

competent, ees
raita sls ixavds ; (Pol. 23.174.) Seq.
infin. aor. 2 Cor, 3: 5. 2 Tim. 2 2
Jos. Ant. 1.1.1. Xen. Cyr. 1.2 10,15)

in the sense of competent, worthy,
eeq. infin, aor. Matt. 3: 11 ov ov slat
fxavig td ix. Boordice Mark 1: 7.
Luke 3:16. pres. 1 Cor. 15:9. (Hdet.
8.96. Dio Chrys. VII. p.117. D.) seq.
tra, Matt. & 8 Luke 7: 6,

b) spoken of number or magnitude,
abundant, great, much, plur. many. Matt
2B: 12 deyigua ixard. Bo Sylos tnaris
a great multitude Mark 10: 46. Luke 7:
12, Acts 11: 24,26. 19:26. des ix
Acts 5:37. aloo Luke 7:11, & 32
23:9, Acts 12:12, 14:21. 19: 19. 20:
8,37. 2%6. 1Cor. 11:30, Sept. for
39 Ez. 1:24. — 1 Mace, 13: 49. Jos.
Ant. 5.7.4. Xen. An. 4, 8, 25.—So of
time, feared joa, many days, Acts S
23,43. 18:18. 27:7. — keavds

a long time, genit. Acts 27: 9, dat. Acts
B11, acc. 14:3. ace. xpor0dg ine
vous Luke 20:9, 80 & inoviw
of a long time Luke 8: & lnave’
id. Luke 23:8. dg? inavoy a Tong while
‘Acts 20: 11.—Palneph. 8. 2% Aristoph.
Plut. 1093, ake

“Txavorme, 9108, Fa (ixevds,) ny:
ability, 2 Cor. & 3.

ficiency, competency,
— Lysias Frag. 27. 35. Hosych. tans

ras" Obvapss, ke voxis.

‘Ixavom, @, f. dow, (ixards,) be
make sufficient, to render competent or
worthy, ¢. acc. 2 Cor. 6. Col. 1: 12
— Pass. to be satisfied Dion. Hal Ant
2A.

‘Ixemola, as, i, (fom. of faerg-
(005 fe. lndeys,) pp. the anpptiant-brench
ie. the ‘olive branch which suppliants
held in the hand, dala or being
impl. Hdot, 5.51. Diod. 8. 17. 22, 262
wee ~~ In N. T. supplication, Heb. 5: 7 Saj-

“Tepes
osrg xa berryplag-—2 Mace. 9: 18. Pol.
3,112. 8.

‘Ixpas, &dos, 4, moisture, damp-
ness, Luke 8:6, Sept. for 532° Jer. 17:
8.—Joa, Ant. 3.1.3, Plut. ed. R. VIII.
p. 788. 9.

*Ixdnoy, av, +6, Iconium, a large
and populous city of Asia Minor, now
Kench, It ley near the confines of
Phrygia, Lycaonia, and Pisidia, and is
assigned to Phrygia Xen. An. 1.2. 1,
to Lycaonia Strabo 12, p. 385. Plin. H.
NN. 5,27, to Pisidia Amm. Mare, 14.6;
probably, oa account of the shifting
boundaries of these provinces.—Acts 13:
Sl. 14:1, 19,21. 162. 2 Tim. &
i.

“Tdagos, a, ov, (Da0s,) Lat. hila-
ris, ice. cheerful, joyous, e. gt. dérye
2 Cor. 9:7. Sept. for 77¥ ait Prov.
22: 8, Luc. D. Deor. 18.3. Xen. Mem.
2.7.12,

“Tagine, nrog, 4, (Wagés,) cheer-
faeen aloe, pair eg wat
105, cheerfully. Sept. for pe3
faa te 2 — het Thom. § 14.
Bic, 16, 11 init

“[Accoxomart, f. doopat, (faos,) 0
Middle verb without an Active form
except in a later age, see Passow 8. voc.
Buttm. §114. §113, 3. — to reconcile to
oneself, se. by expiation, to Propitiate,
toy Sedy Jos. Ant. 6.6, 5. tots Seog
Xen. Occ. 5.20. In N. T.c. acc, ta¢
Spagtlas to propitiate 48 ro sins, to

for sins, Heb. 2: 17.
by Sept. c. dat. for "93 Ps. 65: 4. 79:
9. — Aor. 1 imperat. “Ldodnt in the
pase. sense, be propitious, be merciful,
c. dat. Luke 18: 13, Comp. Buttm. §113.
n.6. Sept. for np Ps. 25:11. Dan.
9: 19. — Phavorin. UdoSqre* Deeks wos

“TAaopog, ov, 6, (idoxopes,) pro-
pitiation, expiation, for concr. propitie-
tor, 1 John 2:2, 4:10. pp. Sept. for
mito Ps, 130: 4. p99 Num. 5: 8.
neon "Ez. 44: 27.—2 Maco, 3: 33,

“Ldaorjouos, a, ov, (idoxopay)
p & 8. OL prio

in N. T.

387

“Ines

a) masc. 5 Lacrigios, a repitate,
exw who makes propiiation i ®

b) neut. 1d Laonjgior, mercy-seat,
Heb. 9: 5, pp. the lid or cover of the
ark of the covenant, Heb. nje2 i.e.
simply cover, but rendered by Sept.
Raripioy in allusion to Pi. TBD to
make expiation, and because the high
priest was accustomed once a year te
sprinkle upon the lid of the ark the
blood of an expiatory victim, see Lev.
16 11sq. Sept. for njep Ex. 25
17-22. Lev, 16: 13—15.

“Jdews, 0, 6, 4, adj. (Attic for
Diaos,) of the gods, @ppeased, propitious,
Xen. Cyr. 2 1. 1. of men cheerful
Ael. V. H. 2. 10.—In N.T. of God,

propitious, merciful, c. dat, Heb, 8:12
Beas Eooums taig adixlag i.e. 1 vat
pardon them. So Sept. Hees elud fo
nbo 2 Chr. 6: 25,27. Jer. 31: ‘34 36.
¢. dat. pers. Ken. Cyr. 1.6.3. Mem.1.
1,9. — From the Heb. ieaig cos 80,
Bore 5 Bede, God be merciful to thee,
God forgive thee, i. q. God forbid, yy
yévorro, far be it from thee! as an ex-
clamation of aversion, Matt. 16:22. So
Sept. for > meth 2 Sam. 20:20, 2:
17.1 Che 14: 15. — 1 Mace. 2 21.
Comp. in Fiyopas I. c.

*TAdupexoy, ov, 16, Myricum, now
Alyria, « country of Europe on the
eastern shore of the Adriatic gulf, north
of Epirus and west of Macedonia.
ino fia formed a part of it. Rom.
15: 19.

“Iucte, dvioc, 6, « thong, strap,
of leather, genr. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 32
In N. T. spec.

a) pl Dongs with which the bands
of captives or criminals were bound
and then drawn up into the position
for scourging, Acts 22 25 xgotrares
aitéy ois ipdor. — Ecelus, 30: 28.
4 Macc. 9:11, Lue, Asin, 23,—Others,
@ scourge.

bya @ Shoe latche, the thong by which
a shoe or sandal was fastened to the
foot, Mark 1:7. Luke 3 16, . John 1:
2." Bopt. for Fi Ie. Sk W7.—Plut.
Symp. IV. qu. 2 §3 An 4
5.14.

‘Iperko

“Tuartio, £. law, (hudtior,) to
dlothe, in N.T. only Pass. perf. part.
i jsivos, clothed, Mark 5:15. Luke
35, — Suid. iuaropsvos’ tucirua dy
Ssdupivos.

“Iuduov, ov, +3, (po, dpa) a
garment, e. g.

a) genr. any garment, Matt. 9: 16
dni pasly xalaup. 11:8, Mark 2: 21.
Luke 5: 36. 7:25. Heb. 1: 11. al. saep.
Plur. ro iueria, garments, clothing, rai-
ment, including the outer and inner gar-
ment, mantle and tunic, Matt. 17: 2 1
88 incre abtod dyévero hevad. 2A: 18.
27: 31,35. Mark 15:24. John 13: 4, 12.
James 5:2. Rev. 4: 4. al. sxep, So in
the phrase to rend the clothes, Matt, 26:
65. Acts 14:14. 16:22. 22:23. Sept.
sing. for 433 Ps. 102 27. Is. 50: 9,
Plar. Gen. 27:27. 38:19. also 2 Sam.
41:2, 331, 2K, 5: 8. — Luc. Dial.
Meretr. 8. 1. Aeschin. 26. 14. Xen.
An. 7.5.5,

b) the outer garment, mantle, pallium,
different from the tunic or ziteiv and
worn over it, comp. Acts 9:39, Ael.
V. H. 4.22. Diod. Sic. 4.38. It seems
to have been a large piece of woollen
cloth nearly square, which was wrap-
ped around the body or fastened about
the shoulders, and served also to wrap
oneself in at night, Ex. 22:26,27 ; hence
it might not Se taken by a creditor,
though the tunic could be, comp. Ex.l.c.
Matt. 5: 40. Luke 6: 20, See Jahn
§122, So Matt. 9: 20,21. 14:36. John
19:2. Acts12:8.al.eaep. Plur.rd iuersta,
ouder garments, which were often laid
aside, Acts 7: 58, 22: 20. Matt. 21: 7,8,
al. Sept. for mbyip and mati
22 26,27. 1 Sam. 21: 10. Is'3: 6, 7.
— Luc. D. Mort. 10. 8. Palaeph. 52. 6.
Xen. Mem. 2.7.5. Au.

“Tucotespos, ov, 6, (Suerite,)
clothing, raiment, i. e. genr. clothes,
garments, Luke 7: 25 of by Suaniops ér-
Gdk~ imcigzortes. 9: 29 coll. Mark 9: 3,
Acts 20: 33. 1 Tim. 29. So Matt
27: 85 et John 19: 24 quoted from Ps.
92:19 where Sept. for wand. Sept.
also for nwa 1K. 2% 30, 2 K.
7: 8.—Pol. 6. 15. 4. Put, Alex. M.

39 pen.

388

“Ive

“Iuelow, also tueipomae de-
pon. (fuspos,) a defective verb, sec Pas-
sow fn voc, Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. YI.
P- 156—to long for, and hence to have
@ strong affection for, c. c. gen, 1 Thess,
28 in text. rec. fusipoyeros tpar.
Others Susipdusros g.v. Sept. for 7131
Job 3: 21.—Pol. 1. 66.8. Dem, 422.6.

“Ivar, conjunct. that, construed usu-
ally with the Sabjanetive, seldom with
the Optative, often with the Indicative,
PP. tedundig or final, as marking the end,
Purpose, cause for or on account of
which any thing is done, to THE ENB
THAT, IN ORDER THAT tt might or may
be 20 and 30 ; but aleo 9, ecba-
tic, as marking simply the event, resalt,
upehot of any action, that in which the
action terminates, so THaT i twas, is,
will be, s0 and 80. Some late writers
have denied this ecbatic use of fa, e.g.
Fritzsche Comm. in Matt. p.896. Beyer
in Winer'’s Neue krit. Journ. [V. 418
Lehmann ad Lucian. T.¥. p. 71. On
the other hand it has been amply estab-
lished- by Steudel in Bengel’s Neue
Archiv IV. p. 504 eq. and especially by
J. A. H. Tittmann De usu Particularom
in N. T. subjoined to his work De Sy.
non. in N. T. Lib, 1. Lipe.1832. p.320q.
translated in Bibl. Repos. for Jan. 1835.
See genr. Matth. § 620. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 850 9q. p.556eq. Winer § 42. p.237.
§ 57. p. 882q. Still, these two signi-
fications are often so nearly related,
that the distinction then consists rather
in a different mode of conception than
in any thing essential,

1, pp. teeedis, as marking the final

. end, purpose, cause, to the end that, in

order ta, and Zr 11, i order that net,

A) With the Subjunctive. a) pre-
ceded by the present or an aorist of any
mood except the Indicative, or by the
perfect in a present sense, John 6: 338
Here the Subjunct. marks what it is sup-
posed will really take place, comp.
‘Winer § 42. b. p. 287. Matth. § 518.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 791, 850.—Matt. & 6
iva Ob cidite... tors Liye, to the end
that ye may know, comp. Mark 210 et
Luke 5:24, Matt. 18:16, 19:16. Luke
8 10. 12: 36. John 1: 7 obzos qlder

“Tra 389 “Iva
ais 7, lou pagrugney xagh m.2. em also the Subjonet. Winer
Py rye sea hate aes cit & jatth. § 518, p. 996. Matt. 27: 96
38 narafifqea tx tot 0, o8g a "Incoty magidumay, fa crovged;. Mark
ove 26 Dilger vo dpir, 1:4. 17:21 G41 nal Wide vols waSyeais, bra nage
fra 6 soopos miotsion. Acts 16: 30. dao erbrois. 9: 16,22. 10: 13. Luke
Rom. 1:11. 1 Cor. 912, Cor, 4:7, 19: 4 driBy ext » Toe py ad

10,11. Gal. 6 18, James 4: 3. al.
saepiss. iva uy Luke 8:12. John 7:
23. Rom. 11:25. al.—Hom. Od. 2. 111.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.9,

b) preceded*by the imperative, ‘the
Subjunctive as above in a. E.g. after
imper. pres. Lake 21: 36 éyeuariies ...
fra xotatdire xt. a John 7: 3
1 Cor. 7:5 bie, Eph. 4:28. 63. 1 Tim.
5:7. al iva py Matt. 7:1. John 5:14.
1 Cor, 11: 34, al. After an oper. aor.
Matt 14:15 Gmxdlucor toig Szlous, tra

Gyogciowarw x... Mark 15
32 Luke 169. 1 Cor. 3: 18. Eph. &
13. al. ive wx Matt. 17:27, Jobo 4:
15. Heb. 12:13, al, 80 after an ex-
hortation, e. g. éyeqsy Mark 1:38, also
Luke 20:14, Rom. 2:8. After an im-
perat. implied Matt, 26: 5. John 1: 22.
1 Pet. 4:11. — Sept. for yyn> Josh. 4:
6. Hom, Od. 1. 302. ib. kn

c) preceded by the future, the Sub-
jomet. as above ins. Luke 16: 4 tyrer
‘si xoujow, fy Sitwrrad us x. 1.1. 1 Cor.
166. 2Cor.12%9. Epb.6:21. 2 Thess.
2% 12, al. interrog. Matt. 19: 16. John
65. ive wr} Luke 18: 5—Hom. Od. 2.
307. te yj Luc. de Dom. 21.

d) preceded by a past tense; here
the Subjunct. strictly stands instead of
the Opt. and marks.an action which in
itself or its consequences is still con-
tinued, or which the speaker regards as
certain, comp. Winer § 42. b. p. 237 eq.
Matth, § 518.1. Herm. ad Vig. p. 850.
— (a) genr, Mark 3: 14 dodges deidexa,
ie ns pt aire’ xad fv x. 7. 2. Luke
1 cos yocpas, Twa én,
xt 4 Matt. 12:10. Joba 1: ae
16,17. 8: 6, Acts 27:42, Rom. 1: 13.
1 Cor, 1: 27, 28. 2Cor.2:4. Gal. 1:
16, 2 4, 5. Heb. 2 14,17, al. sacp.
Wa uy 1 Cor. 12: 25. Eph. 2 9, Heb.
dk 2%. So elliptically, John 1:8 ait
{iiGer] fa wt. 4 9:3 dad [roix0
dykraxo) Toa garaged; xt. 1, al. sae.
— Hom. Il. 1, 208, Od. 3,77. Hdian.
& 5. 11.—(f) In simple narrations,
where Thucydides and later writers

vor. v.15. Jobn 1:19. al. ssep. tra
wm John 18: 28, 19: 31. — Ael. V. H.
12. 3, 30. Hdot. 1. 29,

‘B) With the Optative, preceded by

the present, where the Opt. marks what

‘may possibly take Place ; in N. T.
twice, Eph. 1:17 o¥ xaéopes sézequrtéey
«oo. Bra 6 Osis Odin ipiy mvetpe x. 5. 1,
3:16, See Winer §42, b. p.287. Herm.
ad Vig. p.851. Passow ta no. 2.

C) With the Indicative, but in N.T.
ouly the Indic, future and and
not with a past teuse as often in classic
writers; see Matth. § 519. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 851. Passow in iva no. 3.

a) c. Indic. future, in the same sense
as the Subjunctive in A. a, above, and
preceded only by the present. 1 Cor.
30:3 dir naga oodpa povlva
copes or xavdvjowmas, where
cupas and also 1 Pet. & 1 ba.

agin Sjowrtas are corrupt forms of the
Jater Greek, as if of a future Subjunc-
tive, Winer § 13. 1. e. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 751. So fut. and Subj. together,
Rev. 2 14 ba Fora 4 tovela adtey

s xa} eilSwor eke viv nélur, Eph.
6 3 aed oo yeryras, vai ton poxgo-
zeéres, where however ion may be
taken independently of Ba, ine. and
thou shalt live long, ete. — Act, Thom.
§§ 7, 87, 39, 45, comp. Thilo ad p. 61.
Epiphan. 11. p.832.B, Classio writers
here use Ges, Winer § 42. p. 239.
bye. odie preset the sume sense,
preceded by the present etc. twice, Gal.
4:17 Glotow ips .... tra adroig by
Joie, 1Cor. 4:6 ba ph qunotods,
This is a corruption of the later age,

not found in classic Greek, Winer I. ¢. ©

Herm. ad Vig. p. 851 ult.—Geopon. 10,
48. 3 tra pry ais toiv0 dozolotyra:
Himer, 15, 3. comp. Act. Iguat. p. 358,
ed. Ittig.
2, dxBarinéig, ecbatic, as

simply the event, result, upshot of an
action, so that, so as that, in N. T. only*
with the Subjunctive implying some-
thing which really takes place; in

te

\Fhave.S:6|

‘ “le

classic writers ofteier with the Indica-
wen past tense, see Tittmann |. c.

Po recoded by the present eto. Lake
2: WO wad Siarldeuar dpi .
deSinss vad slyqse dx) sg tpaxitns ie
éy 1 Bos. pov. John 6 7 S¢r0s ote

oy hua, a Exxowos atean Boe

zi w lay. Rom, 3: 19 6 wa tr

19 rduq dais, tra nity crop poay;
é&1. mt 13. 15: 6, 16, 31, 32. Rev. tt

18 xal, Myes 13 nveiya, [anoSrjexovsi} 21: 4.

ba a Cental «1.2. comp, Winer
$57. p. ive wn Aots 2:25. Gal,
& 17. Pep far jeune 4:6. Hom.
Od, 18. 157. Jos. B. J. 4, 3.10 (p. 276
ult, ed. Havere.) eos tocotroy jxouer
suppogar, iva ijudic dejowos xad modé-

Mare. Antonin.11.3. Set. _Em-
pir. Pyrrb. If. 50 éxaplyrvsas 18 axbrnor
arti uiges 10% iasoe, xol nagersalveras
aing Oly, ra citus 4 xpdioig yivyras.
Hen) Mart, p. 508, ‘seis Le

rt “precoded by the imperative, Acts
& 19 Séra xipol ny dovolay taiemy,

++. doupiiry xt. James 1: 4.
1 Pox 13. 5:6, 1Jobn 2:98. iva

Tit 3: 14, Rev. 3: 11. — Aristoph.
fie 58 doug 2.9 ty xdgs. Comp,
‘Tittm. |. c. p. 37.

e) preceded by the future, John 5:20
paltova roirur Belts arg toa,
Spalg Serypcityes. Luke 11: 50 & aban
Srroweeroies xa} éxdustovow, You bey

97 3 clua adveew tay xgog. Jobn 16:
Ba ntk

a 2 Cor. 1:11 gioeta: . .
Phil. 1: 26. al. — Marc. ‘Ant
serra 00 Sogs pstaBalat 7 x

ta dad reapig 7 6
xOopos. Just, Mart, p. 504.

d) preceded by a past tense, comp.
above in 1. A. 7 athe % 45 of 38
fiyriow 6 gies Boas poh ob
aio, ‘John & 2 tls Gpagtey
«. boa suphig yerndys Rom. 5: 20.
e468, 11: 11 py Exreucey, fre nécwos 5
¥. 81.—Ariatoph. Vesp. 311,312, Mare.
Antonin. 2 11 4 tay Slew givig ots
magiider obra tpagtey . ... ba ta dyo-
Oc nad sc none txlong tis te dyaOois
ned hie naxcig ouppairy.

Ep. 74 (Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 31)
16 Ghowsiigas iBdle téshquay
Spariqeve, oa eos br pryignss mildon.—-

390

alngwdy 4 7oepy, To Gpdin, ero. used
as formula of quotation, and implying
that something took place not in order
that a prophecy might be fulfilled, bot
40 that it was fulfilled ; not ix order To
maxe the event correspond to the

prophecy, but so that the event pp
correspond to it. Comp. Tittm. 1c.
p. 43,44. Matt. 1: 22 roito 3é Slov
prover, fru ningu dy 1) dadiv. % 15.
26:56. John 15: 25.al. Witha
past tenso implied, Mark 14: 49. John
18: 18. al. See in

‘3. In the Jater Greek, iva in various
constructions loet the power of marking
either pufpose or event, and became
simply a conjunction, like
our that, i. e. merely pointing out that
to which the preceding words refer, or
introducing something already implied
in the preceding words. In this way
va c. Subjunct. came often to be em-
ployed where earlier writers used the
infinitive or other particles, e. g.

8) used instead of the construction
with the infeniioe, originally perbape
because the infinitive also often i
Purpose; comp. Buttm. § 140 1, 2
Mattb.§ 531.1. Thus (a) after words
and phrases implying command and the
like, aa in Engl. ‘I command that you

fa do it) for, ‘1 command you to do it?

comp. Math. lc. Winer § 45.2 0
§.45.9.0. comp. § 44.4. Titm. Lo
p. 460q. E. g. éreidowas, Mark 13: 34
14 Supmog évereLiaro, lve yenyoes. Joba
11 57 dabcencer drroliy, Yoo x. +.
18 34, Acts 17:15 ériolgy, ve
1.1 So ive after ayyageiw Matt. 27:
82. dxayyilw Matt. 28:10. éxe-
ordlles Acta 16:36. yodpe Mark 12
19. dictidoses Mark 13: 34. abvor
Mew, 4:8 Mark & 9. Rev. 6 1L
d€ogadte Matt. 26: 63, desrypcies Matt.
1216. Mark 3:12. diye Acts 18 4
Jobn 13:29. 1 John 16, sagay-
illo Mark 6 8. (c. inf. Mark 8: 6)
curridysar John 9:22, So aleo 23604
aincis Iva Rev.9:5. ot Hquey be
Mark 11:16. With some word of eom-
wand implied Eph. 5: 38. — Test. XI
Patr. p. 543, 671 be. p. 59

Odéveeg mgootdieo: ve. Anthol. Gr. J. pad

wa fro, Azr. Epict. 4. 11.99 Saalds

“Iva

sad. zolow Siadtyou, te by foofioy pi
svilqras,— (8) After verbs of entreaking,
persuading, and the like, comp. Winer,
Mah. Tium. Le. E.g. déopas, Luke
9: 40 nad d307,Oyy tev ay cou tre
EBdlaosy ais, 2232. (c. inf. 2 Cor.
8&4. 10:2) So after dapagtigopas
1 Tim, 5 21. . deere Mark 7: 26.
Luke 7:36. Jobn 17: 15 bis. al. aga-
xadion Matt. 14: 36. Mark 5:10, Luke
8 81,32, al. sgoceézopeu Matt. 24: 20,
(aig. o. inf. 2 Cor. 13: 7.) — 80 dtopas
neq. iva Eade. 4: 46. Jos. Ant. 12, 3.2
Dion. Hal. {I. p.666, seq. infin.8 Macc.
1:16. Jos, Ant. 9.14.3. Dion. Hal,
Ant. 8. 46. seq. Snag Thuc. 5. 36.
Hdot9.117, wagexal6 iva Chariton.3.1.
—Also after ne/tta Matt. 27: 20; where
Greek writers usually put dor the in-
fin. see Matth. § 581. n, 1. § 538 3 —
(7) After verbs of desire, and the like,
comp. as above, and Winer § 45.9. b.
E. g. Sila, Matt. 7:12 rdsta S00 ay
Déde foe: nolewir ‘piv x. 1. 2, Mark 6
25, Luke 6:31. 18: 41. John 17:
al.eaep. Sélnpd dow: ra, Matt. 18: 14.
John 6: 39,40. 1 Cor. 16:12, tqrsi-
tat iva 1 Cor. 4:2. With Side ete.
impl. Gal. 2: 10, — Side a Test. X11
Patr. p, 704. Arr. Epict. 1.18.14. So
Bovdicas fro Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb.
P.2060q. dasIrpsiy fra Teles ap. Stob.
‘95. p. 524. Comp. Schaefer Melet. p.
121. — (3) After ose in the sense of
to cause, to effect, etc, where in earlier
Greek the infia. is used, Matth. § 531.1.
Herm. ad Vig. p.761, or also Snug
Hot. 1, 209. ib. 5.109. comp. Passow
in modo no. 1.¢. John 11:37 ovx é50-
vato obto¢ mosiiout, tra xal ovtos pH
dmoSdvn; Col. 4:16, and so in an
attraction Rev. 3: 9. 13: 12, 15,16.
comp. Buttm. § 151. 1.6. In Rev. 3:
9 the future also is joined with the
Subj. after iva. —(e) After words imply-
ing fitness, sufficiency, need, and the like,
e. g. agids, John 1: 27 dyc ovx atiog sius
fra iow x. 1.1. After ixavds Matt. 8:
B. Luke 7: 6 dgxetdg Matt. 10: 25.
xovlay Eur Wa John 225, 16: 30.
i John % 27, Rey. 21:23, For the
coustruetion of all these with an infin.
see Matth. § 588.3, and in "ANés,
“Iuarés, “Byes c. §.—Also after impers.
orppiges, Matt. 5: 29 ovnp. rip vos, be

391

“Iva

Grdlgres ty x. 2,2. v.90, 18: 6 ‘John
14:50, 167. c. infin. see in Zuppége.
After Avostehi Luke 17:2 ¢. infin.
Tob. & 6. Comp. Matth. § 532. d.—
() After a word or phrase followed by
a defining or explanatory clause, this
latter is sometimes introduced by ta,
where the classic construction would
be with the infin. see Matth. § 582, d.
comp. § 280. E. g. Joba 4: 34 duoy
Boapa tons, ta now 16 Silqya 105
nduyartos ps. John 18; 39 kets 38 ovry-
Suc dir, tu fra Syir dxoltow. 1 Cor.
4: 3 duol Bi ele Aagworiy tons, ra og
ge deeds. ‘So especially after

airy, soto, used emphatically or
Sustinds in reference to a following
clause, comp. Winer § 45 penult. p. 282.
Luke 1: 43 269er pos roiiro, fra B94 |
prime %. x. 06s gus; more usual in John
©. g. 6 29 toizd ton 28 Egyor s0% Grol,
a motetoyee. v.89 roit0 Bi dots tH
Pima... be néy nh I 8

1 Jobn 3 11, 23. 4:21. 2 John 6.

. (Test. XII Patr. p. 606.) So & rotry

Ya, 1 John 4: 17. Jobn 15: 8 dy tourp
SotioGy § narig, fra xagnéy gigqn,
i,q. classic &v np ip, xagniy péguy.
-Algo John 15: 18 psiova tating dydnny
obduds Eyer, ra 11 OF x 1.1. 3 John 4.
So with otros or dy ‘ovr implied,
1 Cor. 9: 18 sig obv pos dorly § po Dds 7
[otzog v. éy totry] fra x. t. 1. — Comp.
Wisd. 13: 9 ab yag tocoitor Toxucay
dir, a x4. Arr. Epict. 2.1.15
Bye dors 108, Ba fx. t. de
b) instead of dus, after verbs of
taking care, endeavouring, and the like,
Matth. § 531. n. 1,2. § 623.2. comp.
§519. E. g. flénei, 1 Cor. 16:10
Plénere, tyu dqéfwos yévqtax, Col. 4:17,
RJohn 8. Yyldw 1 Cor. 14:1. asd
1 Cor. 14: 12. pageyvciw 1 Cor. 7: 34.
qrideor$e fra px 2 Pet.3: 17. So
with,a verb of this kind implied, 2 Cor.
8: 7.—Comp. omovdiir Fzw seq. Snag et
fou Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb, p. 298.
tyrdv Bae Luc. de Merc, Conduct. 41.
¢) instead of ry, @. g. after yottme,
Mark 9:12 xad nas yiypunvas... bo
mold nd9y x. +. 1—c. bts Rom. 4: 28,
1 Cor. 9: 10. Xen. An. 2 3.1. Comp.
Winer § 57. p. 386. — For Rov. 14: 13
see above im 2,8, ‘Prob. to bewo taken
afer dpabhdes, John 8:56 fyalluionte,

§

‘val

toa Wy viv Hiudeeey vy7 dui, Comp. the
Grequent construction zalge 3c: in N.T.
Luke 10:20, John 11:15. al. Sept.
Ex. 4 31.

4) ef time, bat only in John, after
qu instead of the more usual zs or é 7.
Jota 12:3 iivder Gos, Sea, fra dotacdh

306 dvSpeinov. Be 1. 16 2,32
Bo aa the hour ts come THAT the son
of man should be |, for, when or
in which —c. drs Jobn 4: 21, 28. 5: 25.
«. dy 7 5: 28. — Or we may take fra
here as echatic, 90 that he shall be glo-
rified. Comp. Winer § 45. p. 262. —
‘Others regard fva here es an adverb of
place, used trop. of time, like Engl.
toherein. Comp. Aristoph. Nub. 1235,
_ Hom. Od. 6. 27. Tinm. Le. p. 49.
Passow fa B.c. Ax.

“Tvatt, or ive ti, a8 an interrog.

particle, elliptically for ba xf yivnran,
‘tn order that what ec. may take place ?
iq. to what end? fore #
Buttm. §149. 1. p. 423, Winer § 25. Lult,
Herm. ad Vig. p. 849. Mate. 9:4 ixani
Susie ‘2 xomed ¢ 27: 46. Luke
13:7. Acts 4:25. 7:26, 1 Cor. 10:29,
Sept. for rm Pa = 1 ry~by Num.
‘22: 82,—Aristoph. Eccles. 714 or 719.
Plato Apol. Soc, 14,

“Jonny, 78, 4, Joppa, 80 in N.T.
and Josephus, in classic writers ’Isran,
Heb. 85D? or 47 Japho, now Jaffa,
celebrated” and very ancient city and
port of Palestine on the Mediterranean,
about W. N. W. of Jerusalem. Acts 9:

36, 38, 42, 42. 10: 5, 8, 23,32. 11:5, sent ou, emitied, |

18, — Sept. Josh. 19: 46. Jos. B. J. 1.
20.3, Strabo 16, 2.28 See Reland
Paizest. p. 864. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
IL. ii, p. 339.
"Jopdavnc, ov, 3, Jordan, Heb,
my aow El Sheriat,, i.e. the Ford,
the largest and most celebrated river of

Palestine. It takes ite rise not far from °°

the village Paneas or Banias, near Ces-
area Philippi, and is joined by another
stream which rises in the higher parts
of the adjacent Antilibanus. After a
course of about 15 miles, it
throngh the lake or marah of Merom
or Samecbon, and after flowing about
the same distance further falle into the

392

passes deios, supp. 7%.) Judea, Heb, srr
territory

"Tovdaia

lake of ‘Tiberias or sea of Galilee.
Leaving this Ike, it fows through «
fertile valley of considerable width into
the Dead Sea, receiving in its course
some nrinor streams, The great valley
of the Jordan has been ascertained by
Burckhardt to be continued from the
Dead Sea to the eastern branch of the
Arabian Gulf or Red Sea; so that it is
highly Probable that the "Jordan orig-
inally pursued its’ course to that gulf,
until the convulsions which destroyed
Sodom and Gomorrah, and the subse-
quent filling up of the bottom of the
valley by the drifting sand, caused the
stoppage of its waters. — Between the
two large lakes, the average breadth of
the Jordan is from 60 to 80 feet, and
its depth about 10 or 12 Ht bes
double banks, i.e. those of its usual
channel, and others at the distance of
40 or 50 rods on each side, The low
ground within the higher banks is ever-
grown with reeds ard trees, affording a
covert for numerous wild beasts. The
stream of the Jorden is rapid, and its
waters turbid. It is subject to floods,
which sometimes, though not often,
rise above its usual channel and over-
flow the space within its higher banks.
Matt. 3:5,6,18. 4: 15,2 19:2. Mark
1:5,9. 2&8. 10/1, Luke & 3. 4:1.
John 1:28. 3:26, 10:40, See Reland
Palaest. p.2700q. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
TL. i. 196 9g. Calmet p, 232, 414, 577.
Bibl Repos. Il. p. 775 99.

“Ids, ov, 6, (iys,) pp. something
hence a missile weapon,
arrow, Hom. I. 15.451. Sept. pera
13. InN. T.

8) rust, as being emitted on metals,
James 5:3. Sept. for yds Ez. 24:6,
—Ep. Jer. 12,24. Theogn. 443 or 451.
Pol. 6. 10. 3.

b) poison, venom, as emitted by ser-
ts etc. James 3:8. Rom. 3: 13 ios
Goni3ev, quoted from Ps. 140: 4 where
Sept. for mngtt.—Ael. H. A. 5.31. Lac.
Fugit. 19.

*Tovdaia, as, 4, (pp. fom. of” Iov-

pr. p. strictly’ of the of

the tribe of Judab, but usually employed
in a broader sense. Under David it

*Tovdaito

denoted the territories of Judsh and
Benjamin, Josh.11:21 coll. v.16, 28am.
&5. 1Cbr.21:5. So after the seces-
sion of the ten tribes, it was applied to
the dominions of the kingdom of Judah,
in distinetion from that of Israel, and
of course included the whole southern

of Palestine. After the captivity,
as most of the exiles who returned
were of the kingdom of Judah, the
name Judea (Judah) was given gea-
erally to the whole of Palestine-west of
the Jordan, Hag, 14, 2:2. Under
the Romans, in the time of Christ,
Palestine was divided into Galilee, Sa-
maria, and Judea, (John 4: 4, 5,) which
Yast included the whole southern part
west of the Jordan, and constituted a
portion of the kingdom of Herod the
Great. It then belonged to Archelaus
(q, v.) but was afterwards made a Ro-
man province dependent on Syria and
governed by procurators, see in “Hysyev.
For a time also portions of it belonged
to Herod Agrippa the elder, comp. in
“Heddns no. 3. See Jos. BJ. 3.3.5.
Relandi Palacet. p. 31, 174,178, Jabn
$25, Rovenm. Bibl. Geogr. IL. ii. p.149.
— Matt. 2: 1, 5,22. 3:1. 4:25, 19:1.
Luke 1: 65. al. Meton. people’ of Judea
Matt. 3:5. Au.

"Tovdaite, £. low, (Iovdaios,) to
Judaize, to live like the Jews, to follow
their manners, customs, rites, Gal. 2 14,
parall. to "Iovdaixess Cir. — Ignat. ad
‘Magnes. 10. Comp. Esth. 8: 17. — For
such verbs see Buttm, $119. 3.4.

"Joudaixds, 7, or, Jewish, cur
rent among the Jews, e.g. pvdos Tit.
1: 14,—Jos, Ant. 20. 11.1, 4

"Toudaixass, adv. Jewishly, in the
Jewish manner, Gel. 2: 14.—Jos. B. J.
6.1.3

*Tovdaiog, aie, ov, (’Iovdas, Sept.
*Fobba, Judab,) pp. adj. Jewish ; in N-T,

a) fem. pp. 9 “Fovdala zoga v.
Yi, the land of Judea, Mark 1: 5,
John 3:22. 4’Jovdala yuri, a Jowess,
Acts 16:1. 24:24, non. al.—Sept. 1 Chr.
4:19. Jos. 11, 1.1.

b) masc. ¢ “Jovdaiog, as adj. see be-
low; waostly as subst. a Jew, pp. one of
the tribe or country of Jodab Sept

33

"Tovdas

2 K. 16:6, but in later usage applied to
all the inhabitants of Judea or Palestine
and their descendants, Esth. 3: 6, 10.
Dan. 3: 8, 2 Macc. 9:17. So in N. T.
John 4:9. Acts 18: 2,24. al. Usually
plur. of “Joudatoc the Jews, Matt. % 2.
28: 15. John 19: 21. Acts 10: 22, 20:
19. al step. "Jovdaier xal"Eligves Acts
14:1. 18:4, 19:10, 1 Cor. 1:23, mm.
See in “Ely b. By syneed. of "/ou-
Gatos is put in John for the chigf men,
leaders of the Jews, John 1:19. 5: 15,
160q. 7: 1,11,13, 9:92. 18: 12,14.
Acts %: 20, comp. v. 14.2q. Once in-
eluding Jewish proselytes Acts % 5 coll.
y. 10.—As adj. joined with a noun, @. g-
Gre *Iovdaiog Acts 10: 28, plar. & 4.
22:3. yerdexcogren Acts 13:6. deri
egstg Acts 19: 14.—Esth. 2: 3, Jos. B. J.
3.7.31 AL

“Ioudaiopos, ov, 6, Judaism, the
Jewish religion and institutes, ¢. g. a8
opposed to heathenism 2 Macc. 2 21.
14: 38, In N.'T. as opp. to Christianity,
Gal. 1: 13, 14,

“Tovdas, a, 5, Judas, Heb.
(renowned), Sept. "Zov8«, Judah, pr. 0.
of eight persons in N. T.

A. Judah, the fourth son of Jacob and
head of the tribe of Judah, Matt. 1:2, 3
Luke 3: 33. — Meton. for the tribe or
posterity of Judah, Matt. 2: 6 bis. Luke
1:39, Heb. 7:14. Rev.5:5. 7:5. So
olxog *Iovda, the house, i. e. kingdom of
Judah, opp. to that of Israel Heb. 8: 8.

2. Judas or Judah, two of the ances-
tors of Jesus, elsewhere unknown,
Luke 3: 26, 30.

‘3. Jude, an apostle, called also Leb-
beus and Thaddeus, brother of James
the Less and cousin of our Lord, see in

*TéxesBos 2. He also wrote the Epistle
of Jude. Mat. 13: 55, Mark 63. Luke
616, Jobo 14:22, Acts 1:13. Jude 1.
Comp. Matt. 10: 3.

4. Judas surnamed Iscariot i. e. man
of Kerioth, an apostle, and the traitor
who betrayed our Lord. He seems
previously to have been dishonest,
though he enjoyed the confidence of
the other apostles, comp. Jobn 1% 6.
On the manner of his death, see in
“Andyzo. Matt. 10: 4. 26: 14, 25, 47.
27: 3. Mark 3: 19. 14: 10, 43. Luke

“Iovaia

22: 3, 47, 48, John 6: 71, 12% 4, 13: 2,
26, 29, 18: 23,5. Acts 1:16, 25.

5. Judas surnamed Barsabas, a Chris-
tian teacher sent from Jerusalem to
Antioch with Paul and Barnabas, Acts
15: 22, 27,32.

6. Judas, a Jew living in Damascus,
with whom Paul Jodged at his conver-
sion, Acts 9: 11,

7. Judag surnamed the Galilean, 5
Talitaios, Acts 5:37, 80 called also
by Josephus, Ant. 18, 1.6. ib, 20. 5. 2.
B J. 2.8.1, but likewise 6 Faviovings
Ant. 18.1.1, In company with one
Sadoc or Sadducus, he attempted to

+ raise a sedition among the Jews, but
was destroyed by Cyrenius (Quirinus)
then proconsulof Syria and Judea, See
Josephus Il. cc.

*Tovaéa, ag, %, Julia, pr. n. of a
female Christian, Rom. 16: 15.

*TouAtos, ov, 4, Julius, pr. 0. of
the centurion who conducted Paul to
Rome, Acts 27: 1, 3,

*Tovvlag, a, 6, Junias, pr. a. of a
Jewish Christian, a kinsman and fellow-
prisoner of Paul, Rom. 16 7.

"Tovatos, ov, 6, Justus, 1. pr. a.
of a Christian at Corinth, with whom
Paul lod, , Acts 18:7, Some read
Throw bv. “Ioberov,

2. as surname a) of Joseph called
also Barsabes, nominated as an apostle,
‘Acts 1:23. b) of Jesus a friend and
fellow-labourer of Paul, Col. 4: 11.

“Inneve, ecos, 6, (éxmos,) a horse-
man, Plar. inti cavalry,
Acts 23: 23,32. Sept. for wy Gen.

“Innixog, 4, ov, (innos,) equee-

trian, trian opp. 10 ‘akands Ken, Cyr. 2.4, 18,

skilled in riding, w horeeman, Xen. Mag.
Eq. 1.612. Io N.T. neut. ro ina-
xGy collect. the horsemen, cavalry, as in
Engl. the horse, Rev. 9: 16.—Pol. 2. 66.
7. Xen. Ag. 1. 15, 23.

“Innog, ov, 6, a horae, James 3: 3,
Rev. 6: 2, 4, 5, 8. 9:7, 9, 17 bis, 14:20.
18: 18, 19 11,14, 18,19, 21, Sept. for
aD Gen. 7. al.—Xen. Cyr. 5, 2.1.

“Ips, edos, 4, (“Ipis 0 goddess,)

394

*Tootcuos

ace. foda and Igy comp. Buttm. § 44,
a rainbow, iris, Rev. 4: 3. 10: 1,—Ael.
V, H. 4.17. Hesych. igus 4 ty obgany

*Toudx, &, indec. Isaac, Heb. T="
(derider), pr. n. of the eon of Abraham
by Sarah, Matt. 1:2. 8: 11. 22 32 al.
Comp. Gen. ¢.210q. Ar.

Todyyedos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (Sos,
Hyyidos,) like to angels, angel-like, Luke
20:36.—Clem. Al. Strom. 7.12, Comp.
the Homeric isc Szog Li. 2. 565.

"oazap or Ioaazag, 6, indec.
Insachar, Heb. 93059, Keri "307
(purchased), pr. n. of the ninth son of
Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30:18. Meton.
for the tribe of Issachar Rev. 7: 7,

“Tone 0 false root to which the

forms icpsy, lors, toacs, were formerly
referred ; see in olda under Ete IT.

"Joxagedtys, ov, 5, lreariat,
surname of Judas the traitor, Heb.
NPP Ce ie. man of Kerioth, a town
in the territory of Judah Josh. 15: 25,
—Matt. 10: 4. 26:14. Mark 819, 14:
10. Luke 6 16. 2% 3, Jobn & 71.
12:4. 18: 2, 26, it 2.

‘Ioog, ton, coor, like, alike, equal,
spoken of measure, quantity, condition,
and the like. Matt. 20:12 loous dpi
aitois én ras. Luke 6: 34 iva exo-
Ades té ica. Acts 11:17. Rev. 2:
16. Sept. for ti Ez. 40:5, 6.—Diod.
8, 1.20. Xen. Cyr. 5. 2, 1.—So of ne-
ture and condition, Jobn 5 18 isor bev
tiv mouiv 1§ Seg. Phil. %6 ody ée-
mayysy ... 13 vas lou 9e6, where for

neut. pl. ‘es soe Matth, 6443.1. §446.7.
comp. Buttm. §129. 6. §115. 4 ult. Greg.
Cor, ed. Schaefer p. 130,1055, See in
“Agnaypos. Comp. loa Sects Hom. Od.
11. 303, Diod. Sic. 1. 89.—Hence atike,
consistent e.g. uagruglas Mark 14:56, 8.

"Ioome, ros, %, (loos,) Beness,
quality,

Zeux. 5. Pol. 6. 8. 4.) In the sense of
equily, what is equitable, Col. 4: 1. —
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 367. 2 0084 Ssmaso-
otyn, ot8 igorys. Clem. Al. Strom.6.6.

‘Tooteuos, ov, 6, §, adj. (loos, we
Wh) alike honoured, alike priced, i.e. of

‘Loowuzos
equal honour or standing, Jos. Ant. 8.
8.1. Xen, Hi.8.10. In N. T. alike
precious, of like value or estimation, |. ¢.
gear. a ec. dat. 2 Pet. 1: 1 tots
toon Jazotoy nlony. Buttm.
133, 2 Hain, 3.6, 10.

“Tospuzoc, ov, 4, %, adj. (loos,

yuri,) like-minded, Phil. 2:20. Sept.

for °292 Pa. 54: 14.

"Iopaya, &, indec. Israch, Heb,
daqo? (wrestler with God), a name
given to Jacob after wrestling with the
angel, Gen. 32:24 eq. In N.'T. spoken
only in reference to bis posterity, as 6
alieog” I, Matt. 10:6, Acts 7:42. 6 la-
oc 7°, Acts 4: 10. 13: 17, viod *Z. Acta
7: 28, 37. 9: 15, al.—So ger. Israel for
the Israelites, the children of Israel, spok-
en in O.T. of the kingdom of Israel
in opp. to that of Judah ; but in N. T.
applied to all the descendants of Israel
then remaining, and synonymous after
the exile with of "Jovdaios, see in *Iov-
Saios b. Matt, 2: 6, 20,21. 8 10, 15:
31. Rom. 10: 1,19. AL.

“Isgandirys, ov, 6, an lnraclite,
in N.T. ig. 6 ’Sovdaios, see in’ Iopa2.
Jobn 1: 48. Acts 2:22. 3:12 5:35.

13:16, 21:28. Rom. 9:4, 11:1. 2Cor,.

11: 22.—genr. Joa, Ant. 2, 9. 1.
“Torus, £. ovjow, aor. 1 iomon,

2 lor, pert. Errqxa, pp Eoroyea:
= sioryxuy Matt.

muy Luke 8 20 and
46, Buttm. § 107. 2. 1, 7; eet inde
boryxtvas contr. bosdvas,, perf. part. So7%}-
nebg contr. boteis, dow, og, Bart. § 107.
U3 ; aor. 1 pase. dordSyy, fut. 1 pase,
See in general, Buttm.
$107 passim. A less usuel form is
pres. icra Rom. 3: 31, Buttm. § 106.
n.5. § 107. 0. 1,2 Plopert 8 pers
plur. ionjzecay Att. for Soxjxacuy Rev.
7: i, seo in Mattaire Dial. p. 67. ed.
Reitz. — The significations of this verb
are divided between the trans. to cause to
stond, to place, and intrans. to stand,
see Buttm. § 107. II.

I. Transitive, in the present, imper-
fect, fut. and aor. 1, of the Active, to
cause to stand, to set, to place.

8) pp. c. acc. and with an adjunct
implying place where, e. g. es avzovs
before them, Acts 22: 30 Hatioy tor_cay

395

“Tornue

als abrots. Bo 2x defuiy Matt. 25: 33.
Z pice, comp. in "Ev no. 2. Matt. 18:
2 John 8:3. Acts 4:7. also é& 19
oumdgl Acts 5:27. (Dem. 1370. 25.)
evaineov tevos Acts & 6, Jude 24.
(comp. Lev. 27: IL.) éxi . ace, Mave.
4: 5 foray abtor tnd 13 mtepiysor,
Luke 4:9, (nd tov Palacph. 9.) naga
c. dat. Luke 9: 47, Genr. to cause to
sand forth, Acts 1:23 xai trqoar 860,
6:13. Opp. to falling Rom. 14: 4.
Sept. for 723] Gen. 47:7. Lev. 14:11.

|b) to establish, to confirm. Rom. 3:31
yopoy, 10: 3, Heb. 10:9. Sept. for
wrpry Ex. 6:4. 1 K. 6: 12.—So of time,
to fix, to appoint, Suigay Acts 17:31.

c) to place ac. in a balance, i. q.
weigh, ©. ace. ett Mss 2618 Foe
cuy aith teuxora deyigia they
weighed out to him etc. Sept. for 2
Ezra 8: 25, 26, 33. Ta, 46 6. — Diod.
Sic. 1. 83. “Xen. Mem. 1.1.9. Fully
Iotaos cradps pds dpyiguy rac tgl-
xaos Hdot, 26 — Metaph. fo impute,
©. g. tur) wiv dpagriay Acta 7: 60.

If, Intransitive, in the perfect, pla-
perf. and aor. 2 of the Active, in the
Mid. and by impl, in aor. 1 and fut. t
of the Passive, (comp. Buttm. § 136. 2.
§118. n. 2,3) fo stand, and so perf. Act.
as present, whence plupf. borj—
2 seiy as imperf. Buttm. §107. II. 2.

a) pp. and absol, e. g. a8 opp. to fall-
ing 1 Cor, 10:12 5 doxéy iotivas,

ire ph nion. So in prayer or
sacrifice Matt. 6:5, Heb. 10:11.—With
an adjunct implying place where, e. g.
an adv, Matt. 12: 46 Sw. Mark 11:5
éxat, 13: 14, Luke 9:27, 17:12, 18:13.al.
Beg. ei¢ ¢. acc. poe in Eig 4, sky x6 pd
gor Jobo 20:19. ax defuiv Luke J: 11.
(1 Chr. 6: 39.) éy c. dat. of place, Matt.
20: 3 dy tf Gyopg. John 11:56. Acts
& 20. 7:33. impl. Matt. 20:6 coll. v. 3.
John 7: 37 coll. v. 28. (Ken. Cyr. 6.2.
17.) dy abroig among i.e. before thom
Acts 24:21. gvarmedy tuv0g Acts 10:
30. Rev. 7: 9. énl c. gen. of piace
Luke 6:17 Sory én} ténov medsvod. Rev.
10: 5. (Xen. Cyr. 3, 3. 66.) and 90 éxi
im the sense of before, Acts 25: 10 én
sof Piperos. 24: 20 én) rol ouredgbov.

. Josh, 2 11.—Xen. H. G.

“Tornue

Mark 1&9. c. ace. of place Matt. 13: 2.
Rev. 7:1. (2 Chr. 23:19.) also éni tots
680g to stand upon the feet, Acts 26: 16,
impl. Acts 3:8. (Sept, 2Chr. 3: 12.)
perc rivog John 18: 5. magd ¢. acc.
Luke 5:1. 7:38, (2 Chr. 9: 18.) HE
tig Sal. John 6:22. nod rar Suga
Acts 5: 23. ago¢ ti Sue John 18:
16. (Judg, 9: 35.) ¢. acc, mgog 10 ur
psloy 20:11. avy adsoig Acts 4: 14,
‘Also x‘aly si7ds round about any one
Rev, |. phos psty Lerner John 1:
26. — Without an adjunct of place ex-
pressed, but in the senso of to atand by,
near, there, according to the context,
iq. to be Present Matt. 26: 73 ‘goo-
ative of borates enoy 15 Iitg@.
Luke 19:8, 23:35, Juhu 1:35. 3:29,
18: 18, Acts 2:14, al. Joined with an
adj. or particip. Acts 9:7 elotjxeray dy—
yok Eph. 6:14. (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 8.)
o of persons standing before a judge,
either as accusers Luke 23: 10, or as
accused Acts 26:6 Soryxa x9 xgLvOpe705.
Matt. 27:11 tuxgosGer 105 tyenévor,
comp. also sbove in constr. with éxi,
Also before Christ as Judge, where itis
by impl. to stand erect, firm, in the con-
sciousness of acquittal and final ap-
proval, Luke 21:36.—Spoken of fishing-
Boats, to stand, to be stationed, in Engl.
bo lie, Luke 5: 2.
b) trop. fo stand fast, i. ©. to continue,
to endure, to persist, 0. g. of things, 4
Baowea Mott, 12: 25. Luke 11: 18,
Suuiliog 2 Tim. % 19, Of persons,
‘Acts 26:22 dyos tis utgas catmys Lory
xa, 1 Cor. 7:37 ietyxa tdgaios. Col. 4:
12, John 8: 44 éy sf ddqdulg oby Lory-
+ wy. Rom. 5: 2, 1 Pet. 5:12 ade iy
bonjuorte, comp. Eis no. 4, 2 Cor. 1:
M4, Bo Sept. and sng 2 K. 23: 3.
Ece. & 3, In, 66:22, “thp In. 46: 10.
2. %3.—So
to stand fast against an enemy, Opp. to
gsiy=, Eph. 6,13. c. meds ts v, U1.
Sept. for 4y5 Ex. 9:12 Nah. 2 8.
(Pol. 1. 19, 15." Xen. An. 1. 10.1.) 80
against evile, i. g. to endure, to sustain,
pxeee 6: 17,—In the sense of to be estab-
hed, confirmed, Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor,
ie Viva dat oxduatos 360 pagrigan 7
seiév orad] nay gio, in allusion to
Deut, 19; 18 where Sept. for pip. also
Num. 30: 5, 12.

396

"Iozueos

c) Zerny and Zora Gyr, to tend still,
to stop, e. g. of persons, Matt. 20732 xad
orig 6° Iqgots. Mark 10:49. Luke 7:14.
i 40. Of things, Matt, 2:9. Acts &

fo cease Luke 8: 44. Sept. for
in 3:11, Jon, 1: 15, Josh,
13,—-Hdian. 1.13.10, Xen. Cyr. 7. L&
Av.1,.32 Au
“Toropéca, od, £. sow, (Saresp fr. ob
Sévat,) to ascertain sc. by inquiry and
personal examination Pol. 9. 14.3. ib.
10.7.1. to know, to have seen person-
ally Jos. Ant. 8.2.5. In N.'T. to see,
to visit a person in order to make
his acquaintance, Gal. 1: 18 iasogqoes
Jos. B. J. 6, 1.8. Arr. Epict.
2.14.28, Hesych.icroped~ Seg. Comp.
Winer’s Comm, in Gal. 1. c.—More
usually to-narrate Pol, 1. 37,3. Heian.
3.7, 15,

‘Sozvecs, &, ov, (iaziny) strong,

a) Fs persons, spoken of the powers
both of body and mind, physical and
moral. Matt. 3: 11 iozupstegds pow éoxiv.
Mark 1: 7. Loke & 16, Heb. 11: 34
Igzugo) éy molipm, and so Matt. 12 29
bis sictldey sis thy oixlay tot iczugor.
Mark 3: 27 bis, Luke 11:21,22. 1 Cor.
10:22, So 1Cor.1:25. 1 John & If
atrong, i.e. firm in faith, Of angele
Rev. 5:2, 10:1. 18:21. of God Rev.
18: 8, So Sept. for “baa Judg. & 13.
Josh, 10:2, of God Deut. 10:17. de
of God Neb. 1:5, 9:32 pry Num.1&
19, Josh, 17: 18. — Ael. V.H. & 94.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 7.—Trop. strong in ia-
ence and authority, mighty,
able, 1 Cor. 4: 10, Rev. 6:15 in later
edit. 19:18, 1 Con 1:27 ta i a for
coner. of iszogol. Sept. of ioz. tas yas
for prbit 2K. 24: 15, also for ying
1 Chr. 7: 7, 40.—Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 9.

b) of things, strong, i. e. vehement,
great, ax dveyos Matt. 14: 30. apis
Luke 15: 14. xgavyyj Heb, & 7. gaxy
Rey. 18: 2 In some edit.
19:6. Sept. Gen. 41: 81.
Dan, 6 20. (Xen, Cyr. 1. 6. 34, 39 ze
‘pev.) Also firm,

Xen, Cyr. 3.3, 48 — OF tre,
foie ev. 18:10 Ba. 4 mle Be

*"Toxus

Sept for pyr Ba 96 17. —
7.5.78.

“Toxic, vos, 4, (ty Yoxo,) strength,
might, power, spoken of the powers both
of body and mind, physical and moral,
@. g. once physical, Rev. 18:2 ixpater
dy iozit i.e. mightily, vehemently. Comp.
Sept. Is. 58: 1. Sept. for bony Dan, 34
4:11, — Hdian. 6. 8, 2 jez. osjuerzos.
Xen. Ven. 13. 14.—Of mental and
moral power, might, ability, faculty.
Mark 12: 30 4 Sins tis lagtog cov with
all thy might. v. 83% Luke 10: 27.
1 Pot. 4:11. Sept. for Hp Gen. 31:6.
“sity 2 K, 2225. Also genr. power,
potency, pre- Pre-eminence, 0. g. with duvauic,
2 Pet. 1 dyzalor iezti xa) divapes
pelfores. Eph. 1: 19 et 6:10 xgesog tig
lagbog i.g. xgdtos iazugdy, mighty power.
2 Thess. 1:9. Comp. Buttm. §123. n. 4.
—So in ascriptions to God, Rev. 5: 12
7:12. Sept. for rip Jer. 10: 11. 27:4.
3217. 134 Ia. 11:2, Others here
render it Fram like Heb. 19, Sept. Zuree
alvos, Pa. 8: 3,

“Ioyve, £. sow, (iozis,) to ‘be strong,
i.e. to have strength, ability, power,
both physical and moral.

1) physical, to be strong, robust, Matt.
9:12 et Mark %17 of iogvortes the strong,
i.e. the well, mot the weak and sick.
Sept. for pth Josh. 14: 11. comp, Ie,
89:1. Ez, 34; 16.—Ecclus. 30:14 tyeie
xa’ ioziew. Xen. Mom. 3. 12. 4.

b) genr. to be able, I can, seq. infin.
Matt. 8: 28 doze pr) toziew turd magel-
‘Oeiv, 26: 40, Mark 5:4. 14:37. Luke
6:48, 8:43, 14:6, 29,30. 16:3. 20:26.
Jobn 21:6, Acts G: 10, 15:10. 25: 7.
27:16. c. inf. impl. Mark 9:18. Luke
13:24. Phil. 4: 13 wave igziw i.e.
can do or endure all things etc. Better
perhaps mavta as acc, of manner eto.
Buttm. §131.6.—Sept. 2 Chr. % 6. Diod.
Sic. 1. 83 ult.

c) iq, to have efficacy, to avail, to
have force and value, Gal. 5:6 et 6:15 ot--
14 egstous ts logit, Heb.0:17. Jameo
5: 16. aig odddy iozias it has no value,
is worthless, Matt. 5: 18. — Jos. Ant. 3.
12, 3, Ael. V. H. 2. 38. Diod. 8, 2. 38.

a) iq. to prevail, neq. xara tH 05,
eemet or over any one Acts 19: 16.

abeol. Rev. 1% 8 80 Sept. ¢. mpés for

Xen. Cyr.

397

“Tyres

Boz Den. 7:21. Ps. 13: 5.—1 Mace, 10:
49. .” Comp. iextuy ind Luc. Ni a,
—Trop, i. q. to spread abroad, to acquire
strength : and efficacy, as Acts 19: 20 6
Aoyos tov x. qitevs xai toxver.

“Tome adv. (laos,) pp. equally, alike,
Dem. 35. 26. In N. T. st may be, per-
haps, doubtless, Luke 20: 13. Bept. for
Shan Gen, 3% 21. Jr Don. 4:94 [27].
—Ael. V. H. 11. & Xen. Cyr. 2. 1, 13.

*Tradla, ac, 4, aly, Acts 18; 2.
27: 1,6. Heb. 13: 24.

*Ttadexds, 9, ov, Rakan, sc.
ontign q.v. Acts 10: !—Arr. Tactic,
p. 73.5. Comp. Wetatein N. T. in loc.

"Troveaia, ac, 4, Burea, a region
of which the exact situation is doubtful,
though it made part of Coele-Syria,
Plin. A, N. 5. 23.—Luke 3: 1 Oilénnov
‘areserebyog og” Howpaes 0) Teor
aides zens, Philip being tetrarch

posed of Trachonitis, Batanea, and Au-
ranitis, without any mention of Itu
Ant. 15.10.1. comp. 17. 11. 4. B.J.2
6 3. Hence Reland and others sup-
pose Iturea to be the same with Aura-
nitis, Rol. Palaestina p. 106q. Cellaris
Notit. Orb. II. Jib. 3. ©, 13. § 251 dq.
According te Miinter, de Reb. Ituraeor.

p. 4, Iturea lay westward of Damascus
tad eastward of Hamatb, around Mount
Hermon, whose dguvc this’ people in-
habited. The Itureans were celebrated
as ekilful archers and daring robbers.
Cic, Phil. 2, 44. ib. 13.8. Virg. Georg.
2. 448, Lucan. Phars, 7. 230,514. Stra-
bo 16.2. 18 ra piv oly spend Trou
advea Iroupaiol 12 wat "Apeiive, xaxote—
you navtes. Heb. “3% Gesen. Lex.
s. voc. See Rosenm. Bibl, Geogr. I.
ii, P, 5.

"Tydvdwv, ov, 16, (dimin. of

IgGs) a emall fish, Matt. 15: 34. Mark
8: 7.—Plut. ed. R. X. p. 138.

"1z8ve, vos, 6, « feh, Matt.15:36.
17: 27. Luke 5:6. Jobn 2I: 6, & al.
Sept. for 24 Gen. 9: 2.—Xen. H. G. 4.
1.16 AL.

"Ixves, 405, ous, 16, (teu, lnrdopas)
@ footstep, Xen. An. 7.3.42. InN. T.

*Toacdan
only trop. in the phrase fo walk or fol-
low in one’s footsteps, i. e. to imitate his
example, Rom. 4: 12 otoszoios tots
Yess toi *4Boad 2 Cor. 1% 18.
1 Pet. 2: 21. — Ecclus. 21: 6. Pol. 4.
cs

"Toadap, 5, 4, indec. Jotham, Heb.
bn} (Jehovah is perfect), pr. n. of a
king of Judah, the son and successor of
Uzziah, r. 759—743 B. C. Matt. 1: 9
bis, See 2 K. 15: 7, 320q. 2 Chr.
©. 27.

‘Inara, 7S, %, Joanna, fem. of
"Iadyeng, pr. n. of the wife of Chusa,
brat of Herod Antipas, Luke 8 3.

10.

"Iaovvas, &, 6, Joannas, pp. i.q-

* Iescivvns, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke 3: 27.

"Icocerns, ov, , Joka, Heb. y2h74
(Jehovah-given) Johanan, pr. n. of four
persone in N. T.

1, John the Baptist Matt. 3: 1, the son
of Zacharias and forerunner of Christ,
beheaded by order of Herod Antipas,
Luke 1: 13, 60, 63, Matt. 3: 4,18, 14.
14: 2,3, 4,8, 10, al. exep. Comp. Joa.
Ant. 18. 5, 2

2. John the apostle, the son of Zebe-
dee and brother of the elder James,
especially beloved of our Lord, Matt. 4:
Q1. 10:2. 17:1. Mark 1:19,29. Luke
3: 10, al. seep.

3. John, one of the ‘kindred’ of the
high priest and a member of the Ban-
hedrim, once Acts 4: 6.

4, John surnamed Mark, the com-
panion of Paul and Barnabas, and writer
of the second Gospel, only Acts 12: 12,
25, 13: 5,13. 15:37, AL.

"Taf, 4, indec. Job, Heb. rit
(ill-treated), the patriarch of the O. T.
whose afflictions and patience are cele-
brated in the book of Job. James 5: 11.

"Teoma, 8, Joel, Heb. bir (Jeho-
vah his God), one of the minor Hebrew
prophets, Acts 2:16, Comp. Joel 1:1.

’ Tavary, 6, indec. Jonan, pp. i. q.

°Iuvais, one of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke 3: 30.

"Teves, a, 6, Jonas, Hob, 7125

398

*Teoony
(dove) Jonah, pr. n. of two persons in
N.T.

1. A noted prophet of the 0. T.
Matt. 12: 39, 40, 41 bis. 16:4, Luke 11:
29, 30, 32 bis. Comp. Jon. 1: 1 eq.

2. The father of the apostle Peter, a
fisherman, Jobn 1:42 21: 15, 16, 17.
Comp. in Biig-tennas

"Jopau, 6, indee. Joram, Heb.
pm? (Jehovah is high) Jehoram, pr.n.
of'a king of Judeb, the son and succes-
sor of Jehoshaphat, r. 891—884 B.C.
Matt. 1:8 bis. See 2K. 8 16 0q.

“Toopetu, 6 6, indec. Jorim, perbape
i. q. "Iupdp, one of the ancestors of Je-
sus, Luke 3:29.

Tasagpet, 6, indec. Josaphat, Heb.
ppwir (Jebovah-judged) Je
a pious king of Judab, the son and suc-
ceasor of Asa, r.914—889B.C. Matt 1:
Shia. See 1K. 15:24 22 41 oq.

"Jeon or 7, 6, indec. Jose, pp.i.q.-

*Teoyjs, one of the ancestors of Jesus,

Luke 3: 29,

‘Teooys, 6, indec. Joses, pr. n. a)
of a brother of James the Less, a kins-
man of J Mat. 13: 55. 27: 56.
Mark 6 3, 15:40,47. — b) of Barnabes,
the‘ companion ¢ of Paul, Acts 4: 36.

"Ieoonp, 5, indec, Joseph, Heb.
Ain't (be will add), pr. n. of seven per-
eons in N. T.

1. The patriarch, the eleventh son of
Jacob and head of the half-tribes of
Manasseh and Ephraim, Jobu 4: 5.
Acts 7: 9, 13 bis, 14,18. Heb, 11: 21,
2. Rev. 7:8 guj ‘Taorg, put for the
balf-tribe of Ephraim, comp. v. 6.

2. Three of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke 3: 24, 26, 30.

3. The busband of Mary the mother
of Jesus, Matt. 1: 16, 18, 19, 20, 24. &
18,19. Luke 1: 27. 2 4, 16, 83, 42
3:23. 4:22. John 1: 46, 6: 42—Act.
Thom. §2 Ae

4. Joseph of Arimathea, a member of
the Sanhedrim, fovlsunis, a disciple of
Jesus, who assisted at his burial, Matt.
27; 57, 59. Mark 15: 43,45. Luke 23:
50. John 19: 38,

5. Joseph called aleo Bareabes and
Justus, nominated as an apostle in the
place of Judas, Acts 1:23.

"Iosias

*[walas, ov, 5, Jorias, Hebarran?
(whom Jehovah heals) Josiah, pr. n. of
@ pious king of Judah, the son and suc-
cessor of Amon, r. 642-611 B. C.
Matt. 1:10,11. See 2K. 2 Jog.
2 Chr. c. 34, 35.

399

Kebenve

‘Te5rex, +3, indec. iota, Heb. youh (>)
the smallest Heb. letter, trop. for the
minutest part, Matt. 5: 18. For the
Rabbinic usage see Wetstein N. T. ad
Matt, 1. c,

K.

Keyos cresis for xat dyes, dat.
xapol, acc. xape, and F, ete, the xab
everywhere retaining its own separate
power just as if written separately, see
im Kal, Matt. 2:8. Luke 2: 48. John
1:34. 2 Cor. 11:22. al. Dat. Luke 1:
3 Acts 8:19, 1 Cor. 15:8. non, al.
Ace. John 7: 28. 1 Cor. 16: 4. non al.
— I is often written with iota subscript,
xgye, but improperly, see Buttm. § 29.
n.2b. Ibid. n. 7. Ax

Kade adv. pp. for x09 é (Buttm,
§ 115. n, 5,) lit. according to what, i.e.
according as, or simply as, Matt. 27: 10
nade ovritaté pes 6 x Sept, for
“pND Gen. 7:9, for > Gen, 19:8. —
Pol, 3. 107.10. Xen. Occ. 15. 3.

Kadaipencs, ewe, 5, (xaPapio,)
a pulling down, demolition, e.g. of a for-
tress, 2 Cor. 10: 4.—Pol. 23.7.6. Xen.
HH. G. 2. 2, 15. — Trop. of religious
knowledge and experience, demolition,
destruction, opp. to oixoBops), 2 Cor. 10:8.
13: 10.—Comp. 1 Mace, 3: 43. Hdian. 2.
4.9.

Katacpéo, o, f. joe, (xortd, ol
gso,) aor. 2 xaSsloy, to take down sc.
from a bigher place, trans. e.g. from
the cross, Mark 15: 36 ei igyeras ° Hllas
xaddsiv aindy. v.46, Luke 2 53,
Acts 13:29, Sept. for "4m Josh. 8:
29. 10: 27, — Philo in Fiace. p. 97.
Pol. 1. 86. 6. — With the idea of force,
violence, ¢. g. to pull down, to demolish,
as buildings Luke 12: 18. (1 Macc. 5:
65. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.20.) a people, to
overthrow, to conquer, Acts 13: 19 xa92—
aby 39vy bores. (Sept. for DH Jor, 24:6,

"42:10, Hdian. 3, 4.16.) ‘princes, po-

tentates, to cast down sc. from their
thrones, to dethrone, Luke 1: 52. — Ael.
V. A. 2, 25. Hdot, 2. 152. — Trop. to
subvert, to destroy, a8 viv uryadacrma
Acts 19:27. doyiopots 2 Cor. 10: 4.
Sept. x09. riv Ugur for n> Zoch. 9:
6. — Jos. Ant. 6. 9. 2 tH dlatorslay.
Diod. Sic. 4. 8.

Kadalpa, £. agi, (xaPagis q. v.)
to cleanse from filth, trans, Lue. Necym,
7. grain by winnowing Sept. 2 Sam.
4:6. Ken, Occ. 18.6. In N.T.

8) to cleanse a tree or vine from use-
less branches, fo prune, John 15: 2,—
Philo dé Agric. p. 189. A: de Somn.
Pp. 1116. E. Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 155,

b) trop. to cleanse from sin, to puri
ec. by expiation, Heb. 10: 2, Sept. for
svmgit Jer. 13: 37.—Jos. Ant, 5. 1. 14.
Xen. An. 5, 7. 35, 7

Kadeinep adv. i.e. xa90 strength-
ened by mp, according as, i. q. as, even
as, Rom. 4: 6 xaSimeg xa) dupt3 lyn.
2 Cor. 1:14. 3:13, 18. 1 Thess. 2 11.
36,12. 4:5. Heb. 4:2 5:4. Seq,
otras or obras, 90, Rom. 12 4, 1 Cor.
1% 12 2Cor. 8: 1. Sept. for “winD
Gen. 12: 4, Ex. 7: 6, 10. — Jos. c. Ap.
1.7, Xen, Mem. 1.2, 29,

Kavenre, € dyes (xard, dss)
to adapt, to fit down upon eny thing,
whence to bind or fasten upon, trans.
Pol. 8. 8.3. Xen. Ven.6.9, InN. T.
intrans. or with evedy impl. i. q. Mid.
xatdmtouas, to fiz oneself upon, to fasten
on,seq. gen. Acts28:3 fyidva . . . xadNiye
‘sis zugds avsot, comp. Butt. §192, 6,
3. See aleo in “dye no. 3—This is a
Inter Active to the earlier and more

Kadapivo
‘usual depon. Mid. sadxtoyas, Passow

sub vy,

Kadepiia, f. isu, (xadagss,) «
Jater verb instead of the earlier xodat-
Qu, to make clean, to cleanse, trans.

4) pp. Matt, 23: 25 xaSapiters 10 Peo
Sty 100 normelov, v.26. “Giake 11: 39.
— Sept, Ps. 12: 7.— Spoken of lepers

~ afflicted with a filthy disease and ac-
counted as unclean, to cleanse i.q. to

heal,. Matt, 8: 2,3, 10:8, 11:5, Mark

1: 40, 41, 42. Luke 4:27. 5: 12, 13.

7: %_ 17:14, 17, Praegn. Matt. 8: 3 xab

sbdiog aisod 4 lingo his

was cleansed and rémoved, i.e.

was healed, comp. Luke 5: 13 et Mark

1:42. So Sept. and iy Lev. 14:7, P

8,11. 15: 97.
b) trop. tocleaneei in a moral sense, i.e.
oy from sin or pollution se. by expia-
to purify, Heb. 9: 22,23. seq.
ie e906, 1 Joh 1:7 16 elua *Incot
Suds dud mdons épagrlas,
from the guilt of sin and its conse-
quences. v. 9. So Sept. for qa AND
Po, 51:4. \p3 Ex. 20:37. So Tit. 2
14 fra xaduglon kavtg lady, that be
might purify, sanctify, etc. — (8) genr.
and without expiation, fo cleanse, to pu-
rify, to free from moral uncleanness,
cc. dad suv0s, 2 Cor, 7: 1 sedaglroner
kavtots and mariig polvapot- cag:
Witbout and, Acts 15: 9. Eph. ‘e 26.
Heb. 9:14. James 4: 8,—Ecclus. 38; 10.
Jos. Ant. 11. 5. 4 ult. de Macc. § 1.
¢€) in the sense of to declare clean, i.e.
Levitically, i.q. to make lawful, trans,
Acts 10: 15 & 6 Seg dxadiguos, ob pi)
xolvov, 11:9, So Sept. and 17% Lev.
13: 6, 23, 28, 34. — — So Mark 7: 19 ny
1b Ruder slono .
Agedocra txnogeistar, xaFagior xdvca
a Bosiuara, i.e. making lawful all
meats, shewing them to be clean and
lawful, where the part. xaSagiZoy refers
to the whole preceding context by way
of apposition, comp. Buum. §181. n. 5.
‘Winer § 48.1. b.

Katagispss, ov, 5, (xeSagife,)
@ cleansing, purification.

a) pp. g. of the Jewish washings
before meals, John 2: 6, comp. Matt. 15:
2. Trop. of the ceremonial purifica-
tion of lepers, Mark 1: 44. Lake & 16

400

“21:18 bis, 21, 221.

Kadddpa

and see Lev. c.14. Also of a women
after child-birth, Luke 2 22, see Lev.
oc 12 Sept. for “77 Lev. 14: 32,
srr Lev. 15: 18, Bo.of baption as
8 rite of purification John 3:25,—Clem.
Alex. Strom. 6. 6.

b) metaph. purification from sin, ex-
piation, Heb. 1: 3. 2 Pet. 1:
Ex. 30:10. Job 7:20. expiatory of-
fering Luc. Asin. 22.

Kadapua, vce Hepixé Segue.
Kadages, c, ov, clean, pure,
unsoiled, unalloyed. it is a primi
word having no affinity with alge,

ece

Pessow. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T.
26,

22) Pp, Mut. 28 26, 97:50 ered

aixo cw8dn xaSag§, Heb. 10: 22 &-
dar xadagg. Rev. 15 6 1% 8 14
trop. Luke11: 4,

see in” Eyes, Sept. for 971m Ez, 36

+ 25. Ex, 25; 31, 96. Chald. Np? Den.
* 7:9, — Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 5 ot

Ael.
V. H. 13.1 med. dara, en. Ove. 10.
7, 12. —Trop. in the Levitieal sense,
John 18: 10 dot} xaPupds Glos. By impl.
lawful, not forbidden, Rom. 14:20, Tit
1:15 bis, xévtaxadage, obdiv sa Suger,
b) metaph. clean, pure in » moral
sense, i.e, (a) guiltless, innocent, Acta
18: 6 xaSagog dye |. dnd te¥05,
Acts 20: 26 xa. tye dno tod a!
Bo § . for "3 Gen. 44: 10. Job 4:7.
ce. dd for ya “BR? Gen. 24: 8. — Joa.
Ant, 4. 8,16. Ael. V.H. 85. Dem.
122.17, — (2) sneer, upright, void of
evil, Matt. 5:8 of xadago) ti
Jobn 13:10 tutis xaPagot dere. v. i.
1Tim. 1:5. 3:9, 2 Tim. 1:3. 222
Tit. 1:15 toi James 1: 27.
1 Pot. 1:22, So Jobn 15: 8, the figure
being taken from the vine, cleansed,
pruned, see in Kadalgw. Sept. for 92
Pa, 24: 4, ity Ps. 51: "1, tin Gea.
20: 5, 6 —Comp. Xen. Cyr. 8 7. 20, 23.
Kadagere, 7108, 4, (xaSagée,)
cleanness, purenesz, in the Levitical
sense, Heb, 9: 13.—pp. Ken. Mem. 2.1.
22, trop. Clem. Aler. 6.6 # s06 Alou x
Katédga, as, %, (xadRopes,) «
seat, Matt. 21: 12 et Mark 11: 15 reg
téy molpivtay, Matt. 93: 2 xedifuy ini
sie mabiBeus Muciag to sit in Moses’

Kat{omac

‘seat, trop. to occupy his place as an ex-
pounder of the law. Sept. for 3330

1 Sam. 20: 17, 24. 1K. & 13,
10: 19, — Eoolus. 12: 12, Pol. 1. 21, 2.
Hdian. 2. 3. 17.

Katfopct, (xaxd, Roper) im-
pert. dxadefouny, for the augm. see
uttm. § 86.n.2, pp. to seat oneself,
i.e. to sit to sit, Matt. 26:55.
Luke 2 46. John 4: 6. 20:12. Acts 6
15, Jobn 11:20 dy 1G olkp dxaditero
i. ©. continued , Buttm. § 137, 4.
Bept. for 30> Ez, 26: 16.—Act. Thdm.
§ 99. Hdian’ 4.2.5. Xen. Conv. 1. 8
Katesis ie. sai ds, ce in Hy
by
Kadelnc, adv. (xard, stiis,) lit.
“according to the order or succession,’
ie. consecutively, in con-
nected order. Luke 1:3 xadetiis cot
vempas i.e. to write a connected nar-
rative. Acts 11:4. 18: 23.—Ael. V. H.
8.7. Test. XII Patr. p. 618.—With the
art. 6 xadetnc, successive, ie. subse-
quent, following, spoken of order Acts
3: 24 xod ray xadebic sc. moopytdy.
of time Luke & 1. — Among classic
writers detije is more usual, see Pas-
fow.

Kadevdo, (xan, s0du,) imperf.
4xd9avdor, for the augm. see Buttm.
§ 86. n. 2, pp. to lie down to sleep, Hom,
Tl. 1. 611. Od. 4. 304. Sept. for a>u
1 Sam. 3: 2,3, 5eq. In N. T. genr. fo
sleep, to go to sleep, and imopf. to be
asleep, intrans, Matt. 8:24, 13:25, 25:5.
26: 40, 43, 45. Mark 4: 27, 38. 13: 36.
14:37 bis, 40, 41. Luke 22: 46. 1 Thess.
5:7 bis, So Sept. for qui Cant. 5: 3.
323 Gen. 28: 13. 2 Sam. 12:3, —
Hdian. 7. 1, 22, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3, 42, —
By impl. to be én a deep sleep, in a state
of unconsciousness like one dead, Matt.
9:24 ob vig dméSave . .. Gddd xaSeiden
Mark 5:39. Luke 8:52. Hence spoken
of those really dead, 1 Thess, 5: 10 sits

piper site xaSsidaper, So Sept.

for JO) Dan. 12:2. Heb. 220 Sept
Gnodrjoxa 2 Chr. 12: 16, al. — Trop.
for to be slothful, secure, not vigilant,

Eph. 5: 14 Bysigs 6 xaSeidor. 1 Thess,
5: 6.—Xen. An. 1.3. 11.

Kadnynrys, ov, 6, (wed nrionan)

401

Kednua .
@ leader, guide, in N. T. in the sense of
teacher, master, i. q. afpl, Matt. 23: 8,
10 bie.—Plut. Alex. M. 5. ib. T. VII.
p. 511. 1. ed. Reisk
Kadyxco, (nerd, jxon) to come or
reach down to, a8 mountains to the sea,
8.1.12 Xen. H. G. 5.4.17.
pers. xaSrxes, i is becom-
ing, it i fit, right, absol, Acts 22: 22 o¥
xadijvay (text. rec. xadijx0r) anor Sf.
Part. neut. 10 xaSijxov what is right,
Rom. 1: 28 sé pip xadrjxorze i.e. by
ipl. things abominable. —Ecclus, 10: 23.
Xen. Cyr. 8, 1.4, part. 2 Macc. 6: 4.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 5.

Kadnuct, (nord, jyas,) 2 pers.
dy Acts 23: 3 and imperat. xéSov
Heb. 1:13, later forms instead of xdSy-
ca and xd9qco, Buttm. § 108. 11. 3.
Lob. ad Phryn. p.359.—pp. to sit down,
but ip common usage i. 1. ues, ail,
intrans, and more frequent than 7; qpas
itself, Buttm. 1. c.
a) pp. (a) to ait down Matt. 15: 29.
‘7: 36. John 6:3, al. Sept. for avy
Gen. 21:16.—Hom. I. 1.569.—(8) genr.
to sit, absol. i. e. to sit there, to sit by,
Matt. 13:2, Luke 5:17. 1 Cor. 14: 30.
With an adjunct of Plaee, | e.g. éxss
Mark 2:6, ov Acts2:2 ade James
23. and so with a prep. e.g. ané-
vaytl tos Mau. 27: 61. (Sept. Gen, al:

16.) eig ¢: acc. of place Mark 13: 3,

comp. in Eig no.4. x defuiy Matt.
22: 44, Acts 2:34. comp. in "Ex no.1.b.
éyc. dat. of place Matt. 11:16. Mark 4:
1, Luke 10; 13. (Sept. 2K. 6:32. Xen.
H.G.4.4.3) dy dated v. dy tots Sebsote
Col. 3:1, Mark 16:5, nave tuv0g
Matt. 28:2, Rev. 6:8. éni c. gen.
Matt. 24:3, Acts 8:28, Rev. 4:2. 9:17.
(Sept. 1 Sam. 1:9. Esth. 5:1. Diod. 8.
1,53.) ¢. dat. of place Acts 3: 10,
(Sept. Ie, 96:12. Xen. An. 4. 2. 6.)
c. acc, Matt. 9:9, Mark 214. John 12:
15. Rev. 6: 2. (Sept.. Jer. 25: 30.)
ped c. gen. of pers. Matt. 26: 58,
mage c. acc. of place Matt. 13:1. Mark -
10: 46. magl c. ace. of pers. areund
whom, in whoes circle one sits Mark 3:
82, 34. (Ken. An. 4. 2.5 dugh mip.)
moog 16 pis Luke 2% 56, tnd 10
tnonddior James 2:3,—BSept. Judg. 4:5.
1 K. 18: 147) Spoken of any digni-

itn get

M4. 1613 1Cer. 10: 7,

Kad sjudoay
tary who sits in public, e. g. as a judge
Matt. 27:19. Acts 23: 3, @ queen,
Paolsaca, Rev. 18: 7. — Sept. Ex. 18:
14. Philostr. Vit. Apol. 8, 2.

b) in the sense of to abide, to dwell, to
be, eq. év c. dat. of place Matt. 4:16
bis, toig xaPmpdvog by zoiog xal omg
Saratov, quoted from Is, 9:1 where
Sept, xatoxde for ay. Luke J: 79.
Acts 14: 8, (So Sept. ‘for aw Neb. 11:
6,25, Ecclus. 50:26. sedeo Cic. ad
Div. 16.7.) Seq, énd . gen. of place
Rev. 14: 6 xa. én} rijg vic, where text.
rec. xaroixotveas, c. ace. Luke 21: 35
nad, txt modcenor sig vis. — Alciphr.
LEp.25 éxito, AL.

Kad judpev, day by day, see in
Kava 11. 2.

Kadnuepirds, 7, dv, (xan, iu-
ga.) daily, Acts 61 é +f daxorlg +f
2a. in the daily ministration sc. of alms.
— Judith 12 14, Jos, Ant. 12, 5, 4.
Plut. Pyrrh. 14, A word of the later
Greek, Lob. ad Phr. p. 53.

Kathiteo, (nari, Yu) f. xadiow
Matt, 25: 31 instead of fut. xad:fjow or
Att, xaDud, vee Butt. §114 Zo, Matth.
§181. n. 3. Passow sub v. Aor. 1 éxd-
Swe, augm. see in Buttm. § 86. n. 2.—
Trans. to cause to sit down, to seat, and
intrans. to sit down, to sit.

1, Trans, to cause to sit down, to seat,
©. g.c. dy of place, Eph, 1: 20 xa} dud
_ Sure [aitéy] by beh atrot. Sept. for
37d 1 K.2:8, 2Chr. 23: 20,—Diod.
Sic. 2.8. Xen. An.2.1.4. H.G.5.4.6.
Bo to cause to sit, to act, sc. an judges,
1 Cor. 6: 4 tovsows xadifsre ac. xgescig
¥. dixaotés.—Fally Lue. Tox, a od 7ég
dxaSloapiy tive Sixnotiy vod loyov.
Jos. Ant. 20.9.1, 6. Dion, Hal. Aut.
3. 30 ult. ib. 11, 19.

2 Intrans. or with gavréy mpl. and
also Mid. te scat oneself, i. ©. to sit down,
to sit, see in.“4ye no. 3, and Buttm.
§113, 0. 2

8) pp. end genr. Matt. 5: 1 dxifq sic
8) O90¢° sal xaPioavr0s witod x. +. 1,
13: 48. Mark 9:35, Luke-4: 20. 5:3.
14: 28, 31. 16:6. John &2 Acts 13:
Sept, for
2y2 Gen. 87:24 Neb. 1: 4.—Xen. Cyr.
8. € 2—With an adjunot af place, e. g.

402

Kableryu:

aired here Matt. 26:96. &de Mark 14:
32. Bo with prepositions, zig tev veer
105 9. 2'Theas. % 4, comp. in Eig no. 4.
(Xen. Mem. 4.2.1.) dx» Sefsder Matt.
20: 21, 23. Mark 10: 37, 40. 16: 19.
dy c. dat. é 1G Sgory Rev. 3: 21 bis,
éy 0ehG Heb. 1:3. 8 1. 10:12 1:
(Sept. Jer.89:3.) gat c. gen.
you Matt. 19: 28 bis, 25: 31.
30, Acts 2 90, (Bept. 1K.
20. Xen. Eq.7.5.) éxd rod
of a judge etc. John 19; 13. Acts
21. 25: 6,17. (Diod. Sic. 1. 92.)
19 Mesinriag x01 Matt. 23: 2,
in KaBidpa. c.dat. én2 ain oc.
meileg Merk 11:7. 0, 200. dg Sy
11:2 Luke 19: 30, John 12: 14.
20:4, trop. Acts 2:8, (Sept. Gen.
Thue. 1, 136.) | xarévavst uvos Mark
1% 41, era tivos Rev. 3: 21 bia,
auy tvs Acts 8 31,

b) by imapl. to abide, to continue, e. g-
& +H ole Luke 24:49. abeol. Act
18:11, Sept. for "43 Jer. 49:32, ads
Ex, 16: 29, Judg. 9: 41.—1 Mace. 2 7,
29. Test, XI{ Patr. p. 644. comp, s-
deo Cic, de Div. 16,7.

Kecdinuc, f. dadrjoe, (were, tps,)
aor. 1 six, Butim. § 108. 1. pp. f
send or throw down, i, e, in N. T. to lt
down, trans, eq. thy Luke & 19 xaOizey
cindy «.. as 10 péoor. Acts 2:95 mod.
81a toi talzoug. (Palaeph. 18.3.) Pam
or Mid. pare. nao seq. bx} the ie
Acts 10:11. & 10d 6 ook We
Sept. 1] Sam. 216. Jos, Ant. DRA
ete Xen, An. 6. 5, 25,97. Mag. Eq.

Kadiomu, also xa@cordes Acts
“WH 15 comp. in “Jorn: init fut. xeve-

v
»

z
i

F
ok

@Y

oi

ate

Ht

to be set, to be, etc. Comp. Buttm. §107.2
8) to act, to cause to stand, pp. Sept.
px 53 Xen. An. 7.7.22 Mid or
Pasa. 46 stand, Xen.Cyr. 8.31. In
N.T. trop. sa9lotapa: to stand, to be
set, ing, to be, James 3: 6 ottus ¢ ylew-
on sadlavaves t sole pllect. a4—
Thue. 4, 92 xaSloreta:. — Hence aleo
Act. xadletmss, to cause to be, to render,
to make, 2 Pet. 1:8 raira ote é
[Spite] seDtomow at. 2. Pass. to be

Kado 403

Kades

made, to become, Rom, 5: 19 bie, duag- fully armed, Luke 11: a1—Bopt Je. A

sulol sertetdSqoay of nolo} at 9

Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6 tov Sed aitois
secootioo. Xen. An. 6, 218

b) of persons, to set, fo constitute,
@. g. seq. acc. ot dni c. gen. to set one
over any thii Mace 24: 45 Gy surieny-
ow & xugios citol éxt sig Seganalas ai-
tod. 25; 21,23. Luke 12:42, Acts 6:3.
dui c. dat, Matt 24: 47. Luke 12: 44.
dni. acc. Heb. 27.—éni c, gen: Sept.
for Jn2 Gen. 41: 41,43, c. ace. Jer. 1:
10. Xen. Cyr. 8.1.9. H.G. 7.1. 45.
— Seq. dupl. ace, of pers. and station,

sartotyos Sixcoryy § papioryy bg ips;
Acts 7: 10, 27, 35. Oe. 7: 28. So
with acc. of pers. omitted Tit. 1: 5.
(Xen. An. 3. 4, 40.) Pass. seq. aco. of
tanner Heb. 5: 1, see Buttm. §131. 7.
woq. sig te 8:3. Sept. for mip Ex.
14. Gen. 47: 6. al, — 1 Mace. 11: 59,
Palaeph. 23.4. Diod. Sie. 19,15. Ken.
Ag. 3.5. ale 1s Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.7.

¢) as in Engl. to set one down ona
journey, ie. t0 accompany, to conduct,
out of respect or for security, Acts 17:
15 of saducrévses 20y Hailor. J
for wary 2 Chr. 28:15. Hyr Josh.
6: 23. — Hdian. 2, 8.10. Xen. An. 4.
88

Keoc90 adv. for x08? 3, lit.“ accord-
Ing to what) i. q, xaSd, as, according as,
Rom, 8: 26 xad0 Osi. 2 Cor. 8: 12 bis,
a5 day Fyn 11g x. 1.1. in proportion as.
1 Pet, 4:13, Sept. for “wise ny Lev.
o: 5. Comp. Phryo. et Lob. p. 425.

Kadoduds, 7, dv, (xarrd, Shos,)
catholic, i. e. general, universal, found in
many editions in the inscriptions to the
Epistles of James, Peter, John and
Jude, i, ©. the catholic epistles, 20 called
as being addressed not to any particu-
Jar church, but to Christians at large.—
Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 2. Pol. 8, 4. 11.

Kadodov adv. i. q. x08 Sov pp.
Groughout the whole, i.e. wholly entirely,
and xaddlov py, not at all, Kets 4: 18.
fo Sept. c. neg. for "Abad Ez. 13: 3,
22, 17:14.—Diod. Bic. 45. Xen. Eq.
8.1.

Kebonake, f. low, (xara intens.
Sxiiie,) te arm fully, trans. Pass. to be

Jos, Ant. 2, 16,3. Xen. Cyr.2.1.11.
Kedopaer, o, (nerd, Sgde q, v.)
to look down upon, from » higher place,
to ‘behold, Sept. for mx Num. 24: 2,
Xen. Cyr. 3.2.10. InN. T. genr.
and trop. to perceive, to ace clearly, Pass.
Rom. 1: 20.— 3 Mace. 3: 11. Luc.
Pseudom, 25. pp. Hdian. 4.15.7. Xen.
An, 1. 8, 26.

Kader adv. for x09 311, Tit. ace
ceeding to what,’ i.e.

a) according as, as, Acts 2 45 ot 4:35
xadon ay 115 zosiay dye. Sept. for
Teng Ex 1 13,17. 2 Lev. 27:13,

Sic. 4.5. Thue. 4. 34, 118.

b) for that, Because that, inasmuch as,
Lake 1:7 xa9du EL 4 ouign. 19:9,
Acts 24.—Sept. for Chald. “Dan. 2
& Pol. 18, 21. 6.

Kaitos adv. (xatd, ds.) 0 later
form instead of zac, Phryn. et Lob,
p-4250q. Sturz de Dial, Alex. p.748q.
— Pp. according as, i. q. simple de, as.

8) pp. implying manner, (a) genr.

Matt. 21:6 xadeg jakey orbtois 6°I.
Mark 11: 6, Luke 11:1. John 1: 23,
Acts 10: 47, 1 Cor. 4:17. Gal. eT
al. ssepias, Praogn. Mark 15: 8 %
ssn page Mart 8 gto
to demand [that he should do} according
as he had ever done to them. Jobn 6: 58.
With alps, i. q. such as, 1 These. 2: 13,
1 John 3: 2. comp. in Kius II, g. 80
with otrws responding, John’ Fs 14.
2Cor.1:5, 1 Thess, 2: 4. al.
Luke 6 31. Sept. for 13 Ex. 10: 29,
comp. 1 Chr. 24: 31. 26: 12.—Palaeph.
52.7. Himer. Or. I. 362, Plot. de Pyth.
Orae. 21. Vol. IIL p. 124. ed. Tauchn,
comp. Greg. Cor. p. 319. ed. Schaef—
(f) after’ vorbe of speaking etc. how,
Acts 15: 14 Zuypedy dnyjoore, xedec
oatoy x. x, 1, 3 John 3.— (y) in the
sense of proportion, comparison, Mark
4: 83 xadeig iSivarto Gxotay. John 5:
30. Acts 11:29. 1 Pet. 4: 10,— Sept.
Num. 2& 54, Pol. 7. 9. 15.

b) im a causal sense, as, i. ¢. even as,
inasmuch as, John 17:2 xadeig Bones
aig x t.2, Rom. 1:28 1 Cor. 1:6.
a7 Eph. 1: 4. Phil. 3: 7.

¢) of time, as, when, Acts 7:17 xabes
a irrite & zpéree—8 Mace 131, Aw.

Kat

Kai copulative conjunction, and,
also; a particle which occurs perhaps
more frequently than any other word
in the Greck language. Its significa-
tions have been ynnecessarily multi-
plied, and may properly be reduced to
the two above given. See Pussow in

- Kak Winer § 57.2 sq. Buttm. § 149,
p- 424. Matth, § 620.

1, And, copulative. a) as simply
joining single words and clauses, c. g.
nouns, } Matt. 2:11 zovodx xad UBavor
xa) opiqvar. 13:55. 23: 6,7. Luke 6:
38 ;+ and so when the latter noun is in
place of a genitive, by Hendiadys, Acts
23:6 meg) ddnldos xa} dvactdczws, Rom.
220, (Sept. Gen. 1:14, 3:16.) Pro-
Rouns, Mat 29 1 duot xut col, see in
"Bye ©. Adj. Roni, 7: 12 tyroli) dyla
xo dixala xai Vayadh Verbs, Mark 4:97
nadeidy nob dyelonras .... Bhaotdry xab
pneivnras, Acta 1:21, 7:17, 9:28 ;-and
80 where one verb is taken adverbially,
Luke 6: 48 Zoxaye xat é8ddure, see in
Badiva. Rom. 10: 20. al. Adv. Heb.
1: 1 molyepiig xad molvrgénus. So
clauses, Matt. 7: WH xot xareBy i 4 Boor,
xad {Sor of norayo}, xad Envevoay off
yepor, xt. 2, Matt.1:17. John 1: 1.
Rom. 14: 7; al.—Hence xal is mostly a
simple confinuative, marking the prog-
ress of a continued discourse, e. g. Matt.
1: 23 dy yaorgs Ee, xat ré8sr0n vidv, xat
xaliooves x. 1.2, 2 11, Mark 4: 32.
Luke 2 34, 11: 44. 1 Cor. 12: 5, 6. al.
—Hdian, 3. 12. 5, Xen. An. 4. 1.15 8q.
—So as connecting negative clauses,
where the negative particle may be
omitted in the latter, which is then
rendered negative by the continustive
power of xai, e. g, James 3: 14 sj xorra-
xavzaods xab eidecds x,t. 2. 2 Cor.
12:21. comp. Matt. 13:15, Mark 4:12.
John 12340. Acts 28:27. See Winer
§ 59.6. p. 413, Passow in xai no. 13,
(Jes, Ant. 2. 15. 5 init.) But in two ex.
amples after otre, the xa does not thus
carry forward the negative, as John 4:11
otze Ervtinua Eysis, xad 26 peiag dot
pads. 3 John 10.—Lue. Dial. D. Mar.
14. 1 obze thy aida Adlenoey, rd
H8n té9vqee. Seo Winer 1. c. p. 412—
The use of xaé in this continuative
sense takes a strong colouring in N. T.
from the Heb. use of }, espec. | con-

404°

Kai

versive both of fut. and praet. which is
also continuative, see Gesen. Lex. arts,
yand 1. Lebrg. § 88, Ewald Heb. Gr.
Pp 547. Hence the simple zat is put
vory frequently in N. T. particularty in
the narrative style, where classic writers
either put nothing, or use some other
particle, as 3é, éld, tose, and the like.
So espec. in Matt. Mark, Luke, and Rev.
e.g. Matt. 14: 9.8q. 27: 288q. Mark I:
Bl eq. 3:18 sq, Luke 2: 258q. 4 140g.
Rev. 11:78q. al. saep. Comp. 7
Sept. xal 1 Sam. 15: 88q. Is. 11: 1299.
Ez. 5:1.q. comp. 1 Mace. 1: 1 sq.

b) as continuative in respect to time,
i.e. connecting clauses and sentences
in the order of time, viz. (a) At the be-
ginning of a seritence where any thing
is narrated as done immediately or soon
after that which the preceding context
narrates. Here xai is equivalent to the
more usual 26re, then, after that, Matt.
16. 4:8, 21 xat xpofas éxziSer. 10: 1.
14: 12,14: Mark 1:29. 4:21, 24, 26. ab
comp. tére Matt. 15: 12—Xen. Hi. 1. &
Cyr.1.3.11. An.4.1.11. Hom. 1.92
—Here belongs the form xal éyivero
then it came to pass, corresponding to
the Heb. +7777, see Gesen. Lex. art. 3.
Ewald Heb. Gr. p.595eq. Usually with
e, e. g. by Ste Matt. 7:
|. 0s Luke 215. &
c. dat, Mark 1:9. 4:4. Luke 1: 59. &
18 14: Jal. perc Luke 2: 46. seq.
genit. absol. Matt. 9:10. seq. acc. et
inf. Mark 2: 23. Elsewhere éyéveto 36
id. Luke 3: 21. 5:1. 6: 1.— (8) In the
apodosi, e. g. where any thing is said
to follow at once, immediately upon that
which is contained in the protasia, i. 4
and immediately, Mark 1: 27 voig scvevu.
axa. dntdoow xab txaxotovny airs.
Luke 8: 25, Matt. 8: 15. Mark 2 14
Luke 4: 36, Matt. 26:53, Also where
the time is less definite, i. q. and then,
and afterwards, without any Rotation of
time, Mark 12: 1 wal ééoro aide youg—
7oig. Luke 1: 56 unre 38... aves
‘otis, xal iniorgeyer x, 7.2. John 4: 40
6:58. Acts 5:7. 7: 7.—Theoer. Id. 7.
10—12. Comp. Passow in xaé no. 5.—
So with a notation of time, Mart. 28: 9

xt. (Xen. An. 1.10. 15 12) So af.
tor, xa dyévero or t dykvevo 34 with a note

accerdamy Te Tiny, tke O47 Sar 8 >
aor

Kai

of time, see above in a. Matt. 9:10 x03
ov. Mark 2:15, Luke 5:1. 215,21.
9: 28, 51. Spec. in the construction
Spur 4 ge web x1 Mast. 26: 45,
and gy 3 Soa tolry xal x. 1, 2. Mark 15:
25, Luke 2% where others need-
lesely take sai as in the place of a rela-
tive.—Soph. Qed. R710 or 718, Thuc.
1, 50 dq 34 Gy Syd, nad of KugirGr0s
=. 2, Xen. An. 6 4, 26 ¥8q pir dpa
Slow dvopas Hy, xab ob “Eldgres x. tb.
Bee Matth. § 620. p. 1257.

c) as continuative in respect to sense,
i.e. before the apodosia and connecting
it as a consequent with the protasis as
its antecedent, viz. («) where the apo-
dosis affirms what will take place pro-
vided that is done which is contained in
the protasis, i. q. and so, and thus, and
then, usually seq. fut. or pres, in a fu-
ture sense. Soc. imperat. in the pro-
tasia, Matt. 4: 19 dsize énicw pov, xat
moujow tude Gleis arOgemer. 5:15,
7:7, 9 18 bnides ray ztlgd cou tx ai-

ny, xal Gjorat, 11:29. Mark 6: 22.
31: 29. Luke 685, John 2 19. 4:35.
7:33, Acts 9:6, 2Cor.13:11. James
1: 5, al, saep. (Sept. and) 1 Sam. 15:
16. Epict, Ench. e, 21,23. Xen. Mem.
2.3.16 pH coves .. -xal xt. 2.) Also
gear. Matt, 27: €4 sad Keres 4 ozciry
axlcom xelour vig npsings. Luke 12: 19.
Heb. &: 19 xa} Blinouay. 129. (Sept.
and } Gen. 24: 40.) So after «i or iy
in the protasis, then, James 4: 15 dav 5
xbguog Selsjon xa Licwpey, xai wosjoo
Hey x1. 2. if God will and we live, THEN
twe shall do this or that. Rev. 3: 20 gar
«al, So Sept. diy...

Judith 5:20. Xen. Cyr. 8.7, 22.+Once
9eq. imper. John 7: 52 dgetynaov xab Ie,
where the second imperat. is equiv. to
a fut. and so thou shalt see. See Winer
$44.2. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 776. Stuart
§ 505, a. — Baruch 221. comp. Luc.
D. Deor. 2,2 aive xal Sye. Comp.
Lat. divide et impera, — (8) Where the
spodosis affirms what is or will be done
in consequence of, because of that which
is contained in the protasis, i. q, and so,
and i. q. 80 that, wherefore.
E. g. seq. fat. Acts 7:43 x03 pstomed
dud x. 2.2, quoted from Amos 5: 27
where Sept.and 3. Rom. 11:35. Seq.

405

Kai

pres, Matt. Ll: 18, 19, xa} déyouss.
John 7:23. Seq, praet. Row.4:3. Gal.
216. 3:6, James 223. Acts 10:28?
Sep and ] 1 Sam. 15: 23.—Xen. Oce.

> as an ezplicative copula, i. q.
namely, to wit, even, between words and
clauses, see Viger. et Herm. p. 525,
838. (a) Between nouns which are
strictly in apposition, e. g. Matt. 21: 5
dnt Syor xab ndlor vidy imojvylov. Be
in 5 Dtog nad when alone, I Cor.
15: 9%. James 1: + 3% 9. + But in the
phrase 3. 9. x. xamjg tod xugiov I. X. it
is merely copulative, 2 Cor. 1: 3. 1:
31. Eph. 1: 138. ‘al. Also Matt, 19: 41
nevra 16 oxdrdela xab tos x,t, 2, Ror.
1:5. Comp, } 1 Sam. 28: 3. 17: 40.—
Luc. Tox. § Xen. An. 4.5.9 yu
voixag xi xdgas. — (8) Before a clause
added by way of explanation, (xaé ep-
exegetic,) e. g. Matt. 1: 25 éolnasy
be xgoctsatey ing... xa} napdlape
Tir yuraina, Luke 5:35 Geboortas Ob
Suigas xad Stay énag95 2.7.3, John %
16 xal age dvs} zegstos. 1 Cor. & 5.
— Xen. An, 2.5, 88 Eyes tiv Sleny wad
té9yquey. Comp. Winer § 57. note, ¢,
Fritzeche Comm. in Matt. p. 56.

e) as having an inéensive force, viz.
(a) Where two or more words are con-
nected by al, and xcé is then also in-
serted emphatically before the first
word, xal—xal, Lat. et—et, Engl. both
—and. Matt. 10:28 popy Sate toy duva-
por sal yuzin xo) copadnolicas Mark
9:22, Acts26:29, Rom.14:9bis. Phil.4:
12,16. — Hdian. 3. 6.15. Xen, Cyr. 1,
8.15, ib. 2.3. 1—(8) Before compara-
tives, and even, Matt. 11: 9 val, xad a-

gogitov. Luke 7:26, Jobn

guocotegoy 7
10: 10. Comp. Passow xal no.6, Matth,
§ 620. p. 1258. d. — Hom. Il 10. 556.
Xen. An, 6. 6. 35.—{y) Before interro-
gations, where in strictness it js simply
copulative, and, but serves to add -
strength and vivacity to the question,
and, and then, then, comp. Viger. p.
524, Matth. § 620. p. 1258.c. So be-
fore a pron. or adv. Mark 10:26 dé
yorwss” xai tle trates cwSivas; and
twho, who then (in that case) can be saved ?
Luke 3: 14. 10:29, 2Cor.2:2. xa}
nodey Mark 12: 37. xai nég Luke 20:
44. Jobn 14: 9. genr. Acts 2% 3,

Kai

1 Cor. 5:2, — Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2 xa} 2b
mMoy fu; Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10, 11.
al x&s Hi. 7.11. — (8) Before an im-
perative xaé is often intensive in the
classic writers, see Viger. et Matth. l.c.
Some apply this also to several pas-
sages in N.T. as Matt. 23:32. Mark
5, 11:29, Luke 12:29, 90:3, Eph.
4:26. But in all these xal is simply
copulative, without any intensive force,
and inay be referred to some of the
siguificatious above given. See Winer
§ 57. 2, note, a — (2) Where a part is:
subjoined to a whole by way of em-
phasis, xl may be rendered and espe-
tally, inprimis, Mark 1: 5. 16:7 strats
tole padytals orisod wad tH Litoy.
1 Cor. 9: 5, Matt, 8:33. Comp. Pas-
sow xai no. 6 ult.—Acschyl. Pers. 747.
—Vive verse, where a whole is sub-
joined to a part, as in a summing up of
particulars, i.g. and in a word, yea.
Matt, 96: 59 of dezuapels nad of ger Pi
‘wages nab 15 curédgsoy Slov the chief
phests and the clders and [in a word,
Yyee,] the whole Sanhedrim. Mark 15: 1.
See Winer § 57. 2. note, d. Fritzsche
‘Comm. in Matt. p. 786.—Dem. 36 ult.
Comp. Plato Phaedo. 13 xa} dvdgela

cupgorirn xa} Sixasoctey sa) Bul~
Aipdqw adyDiig ager

ts

2/f) apparently” ad adversative, ‘but only
““‘where the opposition or antithesis of
the thonght is sufficiently strong in it-
self without the aid ofan adversative

Dotios, xat avaltios tics, John t: 10. 6:
70, 7:19, 9:80, 17:25 wat 5 xbcwos
oe otx Fyre and yet the world hath not

4. — Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 45, Mem.

a1
32, — Bo Heb. 3:9 Wonipacor ps,
dor

tag yo ger

406

. Matt. 6:10 cig év of)

Kai

ftrily use but, 6. Matt 2 20 omeier
defeat sad onpioy ob os ob
j. 18:14, 17, 17: 16. 26 60 xed edz

Mark 9:18 14: 55,56. John
10:25. al. ssep. In all these passages
the rendering but is admissible bat not
necessary ; in others it would destroy
the true sense, e.g. Heov Side nal of
Svolad ive. I will have mercy and net
[merely] seerifice, Matt. 9:13 et 12 7,
quoted from Hos. & 6 where Heb. 1
and Sept. ad sonsum, Hsos Sides [wil-
Joy] § Gurley. See Passow in wel 20.13.
‘Winer § 57, note, b. —(y) Rarely in a
strong antithesis without a negative sai
may be given by but, though not neces-
sarily, ©. g. Acts 10: 28 xa} duot § Saag
‘Wake, but see above inc. 8. Mark 12
12 dyrovr ciniy sgatioes, set bpopi-
Sycar tov dzlev, where we mey also
render and yet, and nevertheless, as in a.
Ton ine cee Comp. Winer
Le

2. Also, tee, not merely copulative
bat likewise emphatic, implying ie-
crease, addition, something more, e. g.
always so in the connexion dd xsi
or xal dé, and also, i.e. and in addi-
tion, and likewise, see in 4é d. Battm.
§149. p.425. Comp. Passow xaé no. 3.

a) genr. Matt, 5: 39 oxpdyor abnp sat
ayy Gldqy, 6 12. Mark 2 16,28 Luke
1: 85, 6: 16 G¢ nad, John 8: 19 a

Thy otolgy
sab 6 norig ind . For nolid sad Gila v. Erage, soo
= 80.99, 125 of begeis 53 od etor BaPy—

“Aldos a.

b) in comparisons, e. g. Otte nai, 20
lao, after Ss, dowep, aaPeis, ote. 1 Cox.
U1: 12 dome’ yée j = Ores mal
3 drig. 15:2." So with ine impl

, nul dx? sie rae.
Luke 6: 31. John 12: 15, ‘Act 7: SI Si.
Gal. 1: 9.—Xen. Mem. 1. 6.3. Lue. &
4 ote impl. Hdot. 7. 198 oi 8
éxad ines, nad éxoles tase. Plut. Apo-
theg. Gelon. in Mor. IL. p.9 ed. Tauchn.
or VI. p. 668. 7 ed. Reisk. Thue. 8.1
ult—Also xadeig xal, as also, even as
aa al Coca ie 14: 34. ag wad, as
leo, 1 Cor. 7:7. Acts 11: 17, where sai
is pleonastic, see Winer § 67. p. 487. e.
Comp. Matth, § €20. b.—Xen.Cyr. 4.2.1.

—Esth.7:8, Luc. D. Deor, 5.4. Xen.
Geo. 18. 9 tmiorcipavos nad melas Cyr.
5.233 ad tos, dlvas xat toir0 Hdn.
Mem. 4.2.12 Comp. Winer § 57.
note, e. Passow xed no. 6.

‘8, With other particles, chiefly xexl dé
and also, but also, likewise Si xal but also
Matt. 3: 10. John 15: 24, see in 4é
Ii. d. Buttm. § 149. p, 425. te xa/,
see in TY. Buttm. }. c. p. 44,—Others
are: Add xal but also, eee in "Ae
La. pci xal seein Tég ll, diy dé
xal,see in’Eay Wea, ef xal, sb yag
wal, & ye xal, oi 34x04, see in Ei M11.
7-8 TNILy. _ 9 xal sce in "4. B.
Hite yi Tég Ii. xal ye seo in

wai dé vee above. —xai ei,
eal ie a zal ydg ainsg, seo in Ei

Kaitégas, a, 3, Caiaphas, Aram.

we (depression, Bart. Lex. Ch. +1076)
of a high priest, *Ideynos 5

TKaidpas Jon Ant 182. Ho was ap-
peinted by Vaterios Gratus the prede-
cessor of Pilate, A, D. 26, and deposed
by Vitellius ia A. D. 35, Jos. Ant. 18.
4.3, See in “drves, — Matt. 26: 3,57.

407 |

Kawos

Luke 3:2. John 11: 49. 18 13, 14, 24,
28, Acts 4:6.

Katye, vce in Yi MU. .

Kaiiy, 4, indec. Cain, Heb.
(possession), ‘the first-bora of rota
and the first homicide, Heb. 11: 4.
1 Jobn 3 12 Jude ll. Comp. Gen.
a4

Kaivay, 6, indee. Cainan, Heb.

"7 (possession), pr.n. a) ofa son of
Be Luke 3: 37, comp. Gen. 5: 9 q,
—b) of 'a son of Arphaxad according to
the Sept. Gen. 10: 24. 11: 12, but not
found in the Hebrew. Luke follows
the Sept. c, 3: 36, where several Mas,
omit Kaivay.

Kawvos, 7, ov, new, 10. 9f- #605.

8) pp. newly made, not impaired by
time or use, a8 doxod Matt. 9:17, Mark
2: 22. Luke 5: 38. (So Sept. and 34h
Josh. 9:13.) pomusioy Matt, 27: 60.
John 19:41. fuertioy Luke 5:38, (Sept.
1K 1: 29 0q.) So Matt. 13: 52 xcuver
ta nolo garments new and old.
Also 10 xauvéy Mark 2:21. Luke 5:96
bis. — 2 Macc. 2: 30, Xen. H. G. 3. 4.
2.

b) new, i.e. not before known or cur-
rent, newly introduced, ¢. g. d:dagy
Mark 1:27. Acts 17: 19. drc0ly | Jobn
18:84, 1 John 2:7,8. 2John 5. 6:

Rev. 2 17. 3:12. Sept. for Wn In.
62 2. — Hdisn. 3. 18, 15. Luo.’ Rhet.
Praec. 17, Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 10.—Com-
parat. Acts 17:2) Myey s+ xa) Bxotur

coves xasvass with new i.e. other
new to them—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3.

€) new as opp. to old or former +5
salads, 16 Rotrtor, and hence imply-
ing also better, ©. g. nawvy CuaStiag,
new and better

twine new, in its best state according
the Hebrew tase, Matt. 26 29, Mark

Kaworys

14:25. Bbq xawy a new song, i.e.
nobler, loftier strain, Rev. 5:9. 14: 3.
Sept. and wyh Ps.33:3. 40:4. Is.
4% 10. Also ‘for renewed, made new,
and therefore superior, more splendid,
e.g. xvod odgavo xa) xaurip yi 2 Pet.
3% 13 bis. Rev. ak: 1 (Sept. Is, 65: 17.
68: 22) § sawh ‘Tegoucadips Rev. 3:
12, 21:2, So Rev. 21:5 xuva névra
z016,—Metaph. of Christians as renewed
and changed from evil to good by the
Spirit of God. 2 Cor. 5:17 bie savy
atloy, Gal. 6-15 x. &vSgamos. Eph.
2:15, 4:24. Sept. savy for
WyHy.a) Ez. 18 31. 36: 26,

’

Kacvorns, 7108, 4, (xawos,) new-
‘nese, 6. g. in a moral sense, Rom. 6: 4 é
xauvorrts Cesiig i. q. ay Ceafj xourfj, comp.
Ze b. But. § 123.0. 4. So also
Rom. 7: 6.—pp. Thue. 3. 38.

Katneg conjunet. (nad, n2g,) al-
though, comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 432.
Math. § 566.3, Seq. particip. Phil.
4, Heb. 5:8. 7:5. 12:17. 2Pe 12,

* Seq. fin. verb Rev. 17:8 xalsp ragiotas,
where later edit. read ‘xai,—c, part.
Xen. Ag. 1. 11. Conv. 2, 12.

Keugos, ov, & pp. right propor-
tion, just measure, Theogn. 401. Xen,
Mem. 1.3. 6,7. Conv.2,19. InN.T.
only of time; season, i. ©.

wot time, proper season, viz. (a)

i. q. opportunity, occasion, Acts 24:
3 spor 36 prralofir. Rom. 1% 11
xaigG Sovisvorres vee in Joviziw b,
2 Cor. 6:2 bis. Gal. 6 10. Eph. 5: 16
et Col. 4:5 see in ’Eayogetw. Heb.
11: 15. xougos tpétegog John 7: 6.
1 Macc. 1a. Jos. Ant. 18. 6. 6. Pol.
1.36.4. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.8 — (8) ap-
pointed time, set time, certain season, i.e.
@ fixed and definite time or season.
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 13:30 # xaigg
106 Segicpot in the time of harvest,
i,e. the usual season. 21: 34, 41.
Mark 11:13 xaugos teem. Luke 1:
20. & 18. Acts 8 20 xmpot dva-

times of refreshing sc. appointed
of God. Luke 19:44. 2 Tim. 4:6, Heb.9:
10. 1: 11. (Sept. for AY Ece. 8: 1eq.

Xen, Apol. Socr.7.) Seq. gen. of pers. 5°

or @ pron. as é pou v. 6 duds, my
bime, on appointed of God, e. g. in which

408

Kaloag

Tom to suffer Matt.26:18, or sceom-
plish any duty John 7: 6,8. Luke 21:

é9vey. 2 Thess. 26. Rev.
tt 18. So 210g xaspég one’s own due
fine, Gal &9. 1 Tim. 26 & 1K

Acts 121. Rom.3:26, 818, 11:5
2 Cor. 8:14. Eph. 212. Also seupos
Koqotog 1 Pet.i:5. 1 Tim.
4:1, x. bveoryuds Heb. 9:9, — Gear.
Acts 17: 26 xj judvous naigots. Gal.
4: 10. ‘2 Tim. 4:8 Yovas yo eaupés Bo.

appointed of God. Rev. 1212 dat
1G xauge at the proper season, Mark 12
2. With prepositions, e. g. azgi_ xe

08 for or during a certain season Luke
4: 13, Acts 13:11. (uszpl Diod. Sic. L
3) av xaugg in due timeMatt. 24: 45.
Luke 20:10. 1 Pot.5:6. é § mug
Acts 7:20. (Xen. H. G. 7.2.8) xare

Rom. 9:9. * ae H.G.1.1.82) g¢
is before the proper time 1 Cor. 4:5.

time 1 Thess. 2: 17.—So in allusion tothe
set time for the coming of the Messiah in
his kingdom or for judgment, Matt. & 29.
16: 3. Mark 1: 15, 13:38, Luke 1256.
21:8 Acts 1:7, Rom.13:11, 1 Cor.
7:29, Eph. 1:10, 1 Thess, 5:1. 1 Pet.
1:11. 4:17. Rev. 3, 2210.— Plur.
xaigol absol. times, circumstances, ap-
pointed of God, 2 Tim. 3: 1.

b) genr. time, season, i. q. zesros.
(a) pp. Luke 21: 36 éy xavti © dec—
pevon Eph. 6: 18. — (8) a season of the
Year, a8 naiged magnopdgos frucifful sea
tons Acts 14: 17. — (y)in the prophetic
style put for a year, Rev. 12: 14 ter seu
ges xal xagod xa plov xasgoi, i.e.
three years and a half (comp. v.6) in
allusion jo Dan. 7:25 where Sept. for
Chald. 735, ‘and where xapos stands 2s
here for the dual, two years, comp. Wi-
ner § 27. 2. p. 150.—So zgovog in later
writers for a year, see Passow in zeéres

4.

Katoae, agos, 6, Cassar, pp.
surname of the Julian family at Rome,

Kawapec

but applied, after Julius Caesar, to his
successors of the same family as the
usual title of dignity. Ata later peri-
od, it became the title of the heir appa-
rent. In N.T. the title Caesar is ap-
plied to Augustus Luke 2:1. Tiberi
Luke 33: 1. 20: 22, 24,25. al. Claudius
Acts Nero Acts 25:8 sq. Phil.
4: 22. Caligula who succeeded Tibo-
rius ia not mentioned. Ax.

Katccpeca, ac, 4, Caesarea, pr.
un. of two cities in Palestine

1. Caesarea Philippi, a city of Upper
Galilee near the sources of the Jordan
at the foot of Mount Hermon, called
also Paneas. Matt. 16: 13, Mark 8: 27.
It was rebuilt and enlarged by Philip
the tetrarch, and named in honour of
himself and Tiberius, Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1.
It bore afterwards for a time the name
of Neronias, in honour of Nero, Jos.
Ant. 20.9, 4." It is generally supposed
to have occupied the site of the ancient
city called Laish or Leshem Judg. 18:
28. Josh. 19:47, and Dan Judg. 18: 2.
At present the village Banias occupies
the site of its ruins, See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. {I. i. p. 197. ii. p. 13, Burck-
bardt Travels in Syria ete. p.38q.
Reland Palaest. p.918 sq.

‘2. Caesarea of Palestine, on the coast
of the Mediterranean, southward from
Mount Carmel. Its ancient name was
Zrpdtevos wigyos Jos. Ant. 15. 9. 6
Strabo 16, 2.27, Stratonis turris Plin.
H.N. 5.13, Herod the Great rebuilt
it with great splendour and strength,
created an artificial harbour, and named
it Caesarea, in honour of Augustus, Jos.
Le. and 16.5.1. Josephus calls it
one of the largest cities in Palestine,
and says the inhabitants were mostly
Greeks, B. J.3.9.1. It was the seat
of the Roman procurator, and after the
destruction of Jerusalem became the
capital of Palestine. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. II. ii. p. 326 sq. Reland Palacst.
670 sq. — Acts 8: 40, 9:30, 10: 1, 24.
Ii: 11, 1219. 18: 22, 21: 8, 16. 23:
2B, 33. 25: 1, 4, 6, 13,

Keadtoe or xab 101, and yet, never-
theless, although. Heb. 4:3 sb eioslev-
corre sig chy xotdnavoly pou" xatzos
tiv Boyan ano xarapolis xonnon pe

409
Dévcen, they shall not enter into my rest,

Kaxsivos

the works nevertheless having been fin
ished at the foundation of the world, i. ©.
the rest here spdken of, ur rest, could

not have been God’s resting from his,”

works, Gen. 2: 2, for this rest, the sab-
bath, had already existed from the cre-
ation of the world.—Luc. D. Deor. 12. 2.
Xep. Ag. 8. 8. Comp. Buttm. § 149.
p. 431. Herm. ad Vig. p. 840.
Kairorye, see in Fé UW. %

Kata, f.xatow, aor. 1 pase. éxeri~
Sap, comp. Battm. § 114, to burn, i.e.
a) causat. to make burn, to kindle, to
light, e.g. a fire, lamp, etc. Pass. part.
aaidueros burning, flaming. Matt. 5: 18
0888 xaloves hig (Mark 4:21.] Luke
12: 35, Heb. 12:18 xexavuéry ugh
fianing fee Rev. 4:5, & 8,10. 19:

; 8, Sept. Ley, 24:3, 4 where
ie. JIe. * Pass. for 53 Deut. 4: J.
5: 23, comp. Dan. 3: 68q. —Tbue. 7.
80, Xen. An. 7. 4. 18. — Trop. dizre¢
xaidpevog xa) palvar, a burning and
shining light, spoken of Jobn the Bap-
tist as a distinguisbed teacher, John 5:
35. comp. Ecclus, 48: 1.— Metaph.
xalopas to burn, i.e, to be greatly moved,
of the heart, Luke 24: 22, — Test. XII
Patr. p. 671 dxudpny tots onde yzvoes.
b) trans, to burn, i.e. to consume
with fire, John 15:6 x02 xalssos sc.

xa adware. [Matt, 13: 40.) 1 Cor, 18°

38, see in “Iva 1. C. a. 8g for 9
Lev. 4:12. 1K. 13:2 Son Te. 5:
—Jos. Ant.4, 8,23. Lue. Tim. 9. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 2. 33.

Keixet,, crasis for xat éxei, each re-
ing its own signification just as if
written separately, see Kal and "Ext.
Buttm. § 29. n.7. and n. 2b. Matt. 5:
23, 10:11. 28:10, Mark 1: 35, be
Jobn 11:54, Acts 14:7, 17: 13,

10. 25:20, 27:6. Sept. for Sy ath
1; 17.—Xen. H. G, 1.2.9.

Kaxeidev, crasia for xad ixtdsy,
comp. in Kéxstabove. Mark 10:1. Acts
7:4. 18:21. 14:26, 20:15. Qk: 1. QW:
4,12, 28:15, Sept. for nyini 2 K. 2
25,—Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. H. G. 1.
6.8.

Kaxetvos, 1; 0, by crasis for xa?
éxeivog, n, 0, where each retains its

Kaxia

own power just as if written separately,
see Kad and ’Exsivos. Buttm. § 29, 0.7.
and n. 2. b. Matt. 15: 18, 20: 4, 23: 23.
Luke 20:11. 22:12. John 7: 29, 14:
32. al.—Luc. D. Deor. 2.3. Xen. Cyr.
5.5.29. An

Kania, ac, 4, (xaxds,) badness, ©. g.
external, as of water Jos. Ant, 3. 1. 1,2,
of a soldier cowardice, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.
27. InN. T. evil, in a moral sense,
viz.

a) of heart, life, character, wicked-
ness, Acts 8: 22 perovénoor oy dro tig
xaxlas gov tavrys, James 1:21. 1 Pet.
2 16. 1 Cor. 14: 20 tH xaxige vnmidgere,
opp. tals qeech comp. Matt. 18: 3.
Sept. for mpq Ex. 82: 11,13. 71 Ie.
29; 20,—Xen, Mem. 1. 2, 28,

b) in an active sense, malice, malig-
nity, the desire of evil to others, espec.
where joined with rormela, Rom 1: 29.
1 Cor. 5: 8 é fiun xoxlag xa} womelas.
Eph. 4: 31. Col. ri 8 Tit 3:3, 1 Pet.
21. Sept. for 9) Prov. 1:16. Agq
Nah. 8: 19, — Jos. Ant. 1.1.4. Diod.
Bic. 1.1 ult.

c) evil, i. ©. trouble, affliction, Matt. 6:
34. So Sept. and m57 Ecc. 7: 14. —
1 Mace. 10: 46. Thue. 3, 58,

Kaxontete, as, i, (wax ng evil-
disposed, mischievous, from xaxd¢,90¢,)
mischief, malevolence, malignity, the de-
sire of evil to others, Rom. 1: 29. —
8 Macc. 3: 22. Arr. Epict.4.8.1. Plut.
VIL p. 250. 1et 15, ed. B. In the senso
of bad habits, corrupt morals, Xen. Ven.
18, 16.

Kaxoloyée, 0, £. tu, (xaxole—
yog fr. xaxds, éya,) to speak evil of, to
yevile, seq. ace. Mark 9:39, Acts 19: 9.
—2 Mace. 4:1. Plut. ed. Reisk. VI.
p. 671. 18. Isocr. p. 136. C.— As opp.
to tysde, by impl. to dishonour, to con-
temn. Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7: 10 6 xaxo-
Joyéy matiga 7 pytéga, quoted from
Ex. 1: 17 where Sept. for Sbp to
curse, as also Prov, 22: 20. Ez, 7
‘The earlier form was xaxds lye, see
Lob. ad Phr. p. 200.

Kaxonadee, ag, j, (xaxonadie,)
a suffering of evil, i.e. genr. suffering,
affiction, James 5:10. Sept. for mtn
Mal. 1: 13. — 2 Mace. 2: 27,28. Dem:
1412, 25.

410 Kaxos

Kaxonadéo, 0, f. jow, (xenon a-
Ong fr. xonds and naFos, maoyes,) to suf-
fer evil, to be afficted, intrans. 2 Tim.
2:9, James 5: 13. — Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2
Xen, Mem, 1. 4. 11.—Especially of sol-
diers and others, to endure
trop. 2Tim, 2:8 xaxomdnoor og xa-
23g otgariesens, 4: 5.—Joa, Ant.20.11.1.
Hdian. 8.7. 14. Comp. Sept. for >
Jon. 4: 10. Ken. Mem, 2.1. 17.

Kaxonoréa, «, £. jou, (xexconouss,)
to do evil, i, e.

a) to others, i. q. to injure, to harm,
absol. Mark 3:4. Luke 6:9. Sept. for

93%} Gen. 31:7. 1 Sam, 25:4. for
Chald, pyr] Ezra 4: 13, 15. — ©. ace.
Diod.Sic. 15.45. absol. Ken. Cyr. &
8. 14.

b) genr. and abeol. i. q. to commit sin,
1 Pet. 3:17. 3 John 11. Sept. for
m)37] 2 Sam. 24: 17.—Xen. Oec. 211.

Kaxonows, ov, 6, %, (xomds, xox
éu,) an evil doer, 1 Pet. 2 12,14. 3:16.
4:15. malefactot, John 18: 30. — Pol.
15, 25.1.

Kaxoe, 7, dv, bad, worthless, 2c.
externally, as a breastplate, Xen. Mem.
3.10.12, soil Oec.16.7. of a sol
dier, coward, craven, Xen. Cyr. 2. 2.2%.
In N. T. evil, viz.

a) in a moral sense, wicked, vicious,
bad, in heart, conduct, character. Matt.
21:41 xaxodg xaxiig dxdlern oitots.
24: 48 6 xaxog Sotdos. Phil. &2 Rev.
2:2 xaxove i.e. impostors, Of things,
Mark 7:21 Siatoyopo} of xaxol. Rom.
13: 3 xaxév sc. teva. 1 Cor. 1& 3
Suter xoxal. Col. 3:5. Sept. for 39
Prov. 15:3. 28:5, 42% Prov. & 18.—
Luc. Parasit. 1L Xen. Mem. 1.2, 20 bis.
—Neut. 20 xaxéy, plur. ri sexe, evil,
evil things, i.e. 2, fall, crime,
Matt. 27:23 rl vag xoxsy énolnors. Mark
15:14. Luke 23:22. John 18:23 Acts
23:9. Rom. 1:30. 29. 3:8, 7:19,
21. 9:11, 14 bis, 16:19. 1 Cor.
10:6. 2Cor. 5:10. 187. 1 Tim. &
10. Heb. 5:14, James 1:13. 1 Pet. &
12, 3John 11. Sept, for 94 TK. 29.
Prov. 3: 7. al.—Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 4.

b) act. causing evil, ie. hurtftl, bane-

Sul. Rom, 14: 20 dle xoxdy 19 sroes-
ay xt. 2, Rev. 16: 2 Elsog xox. Tit,

Kaxovpyos
1: 18 naxd Sygla ravenous beasts. Sept.
for 99 Am. 6 3, Prov. 16: 5. — Xen.
Mem.’4. 1. 4. — Neut. ro xaxdv, evil,
i. ©. cause or source of evil James 3:8;
evil done to any one, harm, injury, Acts
16: 28, 28: 5. Rom. 12: 17 bis, 21 bis.
13:10, 1 Cor. 13: 5. 1 Theas, 5:15
bis. 1 Pet.3:9,11. in words, evil-
apeaking, 1 Pet. 3:10. Sept. for pal
Mic. 7: 3. — Plur. ta xaxa, evils, i.e.
troubles, affiictions, Luke 16:25 ‘Adtagos
_ Spots 1c xoxc sc. dzélafe. Acts 9: 13.
2 Tim, 4:14. Sept. for 99 Gen. 44:
34, 48: 16. my Is 46:7. Jer.
14: 8

Kaxovgyos, ov, 6, 4, (for xaxé-
epyos fr. xaxés, obsol. %oya,) an evil-
worker, malefactor, genr. 2 Tim. 2:9.
Sept. for 738 bye Prov, Qi: 15.—Xen,
An. 1. 9. 13.—Of robbers, Ayotal, Luke
23; 32, 33, 89, comp. Matt. 27: 38.—Ael.
V. H. 3. 44. Diod, Sic. 20. 81.

Kexouzéa, a, £. je, (xaxds, txe,)
to hold or treat ill, to maltreat, in N. T.
only Pass. part. xaxougovperos, mal-
treated, afflicted, Heb, 11: 37. 13: 3.
Sept. for my 1K. 2°26. 11: 39. —
Diod. Sic. 3.'23 ult. Plut. VI. p. 436, 2.
ed. Reiske. ’

Kaxda, @, £. saw, (xaxds,) to af
Sect with evil, i.e.

8) physically, to do evil to any one,
to maltreat, to harm, to afflict, c. acc. of
pore. Acts 7: 6, 19 éxdxace tovs matégas
fipéy. 12:1, 18: 10, 1 Pot. 3: 12,
Sept. for prry Judg. 2:18. sy Ex.
5:22 myx Gen. 15:13. Num. 24:24.
— Hom. Od. 4. 754, Hdian, 6. 6, 10.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1, 23,

b) in N. 'T. and Josephus in a moral
sense, to make evil-affected, to exasperate,
e.g. tag wuzds Acts 14: 2. — Jos. Ant.
16.1.2. ib. 16.7.3 ‘Hoeiéng éxaxotto
tmoylus. ib. 16.8.6. See Krebs Obs.
Jos. p. 224.

Kaxas, adv. (xaxés,) badly, il, evil.

a) physically, e. g. in phrases: (a)
xaxdis Ezuy, to be sick, see in “Exo f.
Matt. 4:24. 8:16. 9:12, 14:35, Mark
1: 32, 34. 2.17, 6: 55. Luke 5:31. 7:
2. — Ael. H. An. 11.34, Xen. Occ. 3,
11.—(§) xaxds xéozny, to nuffer badly
i.e. grievously, Matt. 17; 15.— Hom.

411

Kadapos

Od. 16. 275. Pol. 3. 90. 18.—(y) xaxovs
xaxtis drolécas malos male perdere, i.e.
to destroy miserably, utterly, Matt. 21:
41. For the paronomasia see -Winer
§ 62 1.— Jos. Ant. 12.5.4 ult. xaxol
xaxiig dndloyro. -Ceb. Tab, 32 dnél-
Avras xaxds xaxiis. Ken. Occ. 5. 18. —
(8) genr. in the sense of grievously,
Matt.15:22 xandig Senporlteras.—Hesych.
wants. Ssuriis,

b) morally, e. g. (#) xaxiig gsiy, to
speak evil of any one, to revile, seq. ac-
cus, Butt. §131, 4. Acts 23:5 degorte
rob lao cov ovm psig xaxtic, quoted
from Ex, 22: 28 where Sept. for 178,
as also Is, 8: 21.—Luc. Pisce. 6. Xen.
Ath. 2, 18. Comp. in Elnoy a. &. — (8)
genr. xaxcig Addey abeol. to speck evil,
i.e. amiss, John 18: 23. So James 4:
3 xaxiis airsiode, ye ask amiss. — Luc.
Mere. cond, 5 xaxdig Pefoulsio Pas,

Kaxwore, ewe, 4, (naxden) evit
condition, affliction, Acts 7: 34 eldoy rhy
x. 100 aot pov, quoted from Ex. 3: 7
where Sept. for "39, as also v.17.
Hian, 6.6.11, Thuc. 7, 82. 4.92, 43.

Kaien, ns, 4, the stalk of grain,
Xen. An, 5.4.27, In N.T. stubble,
straw, after the ears are removed,
1 Cor. 3:12. Sept. for wp Ex. 15: 7;
Joel 2:5,—Theocr. 1d. 5.7 et ibi Schol.
Xen. Ven. 5, 18.

KéAauos, ov, 5, a reed, ices a
plant with a jointed hollow stalk grow-
ing in wet grounds.

8) pp. the plant itself Matt. 11: 7.
Luke 7: 24. Matt. 12: 20 xdloyor ovv-
‘etgispévoy, quoted from Is, 42: 3 where
Sept. for 2p, as also 1 K. 14: 15,
Job 40: 16.—Luc. Hermotim. 68. Ken,
An. 1.5.1.

b) of the stalk as cut for use, a reed,
ie. (a)as a mock sceptre, Matt. 27:
29, 30. Mark 15: 36.—(8) a rod or staff
Matt. 27: 48, Mark 15: 19.—(y) a moas-
uring reed, measure, Rev, 11:1. 21:15,
16. Sept. and ER Ez. 40: 3, 5, 6. —
(8) a reed for writing, calamue, 3 John
13. Sept. for py Ps. 45:2. Lat. cala-
mus, see Adam’s Rom. Ant. 508.—The-
mist. II. 31. C. Liban. Ep. 849. Plato
Phaedr. p. 1241. D. Comp. Wetstein in
loc.

Kaito

Kaiéo, w, f. dow, Buttm. § 95.
n. 3, aor. 1 éxdleca, perf. xixlnea,
aor. 1 pass. édj yy, Buttm. §114, §110.
11.—To call, trans.

1. to call to any one in order that he
may come or go any where.

a) pp. with the voice, as a shepherd
his flock, John 10:3 ta ise meofata
xodtt xa Svoua. Luke 19: 13 xaléoag
84 3éxa Sovdous Savrod i.e. calling them
together. Matt. 20: 8. Matt. 4: 21 et
Mark 1:20 éxcihecey abroi se. to follow
him and become his disciples.—1 Macc.
_ Hdian. 3, 11. 20, Xen. Conv. 2.
I

b) genr. to call sc. in any way, to
send for, to direct to come. Matt. 2: 7
UdGpa xalécas tovg Mayous. Seq. &
c. gen. of place Matt. 2:15 & Aiyténrov.
¢. & impl. Heb. 11: 8 Comp. 8p
Hos. 11:1, Sept. stoxodde.—Xen. An.
1.3.4. Mem. 2. 10. 5.

¢) to call with the idea of authority,
to call forth, to summon, e. g. before a
judge etc. Acts 4:18, 24:2. (Hdian. 7.
3.5. Xen. Apol. Soc. 1 sig wijv dixny.)
‘Trop. of God, Rom. 4:17 xalotyros ta
Bi} Syta dc Syra calling forth and dis-
posing of things that are not, even as
though they were, i.e. calling them in-
to existence eto. So Sept. and X49
Is. 41: 4, 48: 13. — Philo de Creat.
p. 728 16 px} Svta exddecy tig 13 elvas,

4) in the sense of to invite, pp. to a
banquet, as eis tog yduous Matt, 22: 3,
9. ss toy vapor John % 2 absol.
Matt. 22:8. Luke 7: 39, 14: 8 bis, 17.
1 Cor. 10: 27. — De 02, 15. Luc.
Jov. Trag. 15. éni dsinvoy Xen. Mem.
2. 3, 11.—Metaph. to call, to invite, ac. to
any thing, e.g. of Jesus, x. eis petdvouay
to call to ¢, to exhort, Matt. 9:
13. impl, Mark 2:17. Of God, Rev.
19: 9 tip 16 Beinvor tot yépou toi ae
ylov exinudyor, see in Téyog a. 1 Tim.
6: 12 sig thy Lamy aidvior. 1 Cor. 1: 9.
2 Thess. 2:14. 1 Pet. 2:9. 5:10. So
xalety tig ti» Baotlelay tot S208, to the
duties, privileges, and final bliss of the
christian life here and hereafter, 1 Thess.
@ 12, and 90 by impl. Rom. 9: 24.
1Cor.7:15,178q, Gal. 5: 8,13. 2 Tim.
1:9, Heb.9: 15. 1 Pet. 2:21. al. saep.

2) in the sense of to call to any station,
iq. to appoint, to choose, Heb. 5: 4

412

Kaito

Goxregeis ... . xalodpevos tnd rob S208.
Gal. 1:15. Comp. Bept. and 8p Is.
49:1. 51:2.

2. to call, i.e. to name, to give name to
any person or thing.

4) pp. and spoken (a) of # proper
name or surname, e.g. of persons, seq. To
3voua and the name in apposit. Matt. I:
QI xaléces 16 Bropa aitod” Inooty, thou
shalt call his name Jesus. v. 23, 25.
Luke 1:13, 2:21. Rev. 19:13. Pase.
with tb ec. 3voua Luke 1: 62. Comp.
Matth, § 420. b. p. 769. So Sept. and

8 IP Gen. 27: 36. 29:34.—comp. Plato
Cratyl. init, Seq, ace. of pera. and the

name in apposit. Matt. 10: 25 ed ray ot-
xodsondryy Beelfefovd éxdlecey in text.
rec. others énexd, In the passive con
struction Luke 1: 60 Gila xlqdvjorcas
*Iudveng. Acts 1:23, Rev.12:9. So
of places, Matt. 27:8. Luke 2 4 ims
xolsitas BySlep. Acts 3:11, 21.
Rev.1:9. So Sept. for Nyp Gen. 31:
47, 2K. 18: 4. —Jos. B.J, 1.1.1.
Hdian. 4, 12,2, Xen, Mem. 2. 1. 26.—
With én} t§ éyduar added, i.e. after
the name of any one Luke 1: 59, see in
> Eni I1.8.c. 7. Pass. with dat. to o70-
port, by name, Luke 1:61. 19:2, So
¢, éy, Rom, 9:7 et Heb. 11: 18 é” Jowax
xkgSyostal cos onigua, i.e. in and
through Isaac, in his line, shall thy seed
hear name, quoted from Gen. 21: 12
where Sept. for 2 87. Comp, in’ Ey
3. d. a. — (8) Of'an epithet or appella-
tion, e. g. of persons, Matt. 2:23 Nete-
Quiog xlndjostan 22: 43 mesg ov» do-
BUS xiguov acbréy xadei; 23: 7, 8 poy xly-
Site GaBBt. v.10. Luke 6: 15. 15 19,
21, Acts 14: 12. Rom. 9:26. James =
23, 1 John 3&1. Of things, Acts 10:
1, — Palaeph. 1.8. Xen. Oec. 7. 2,3,
Cyr. 1. 2, 13.—Hence
b) Pass, in the sense of fo be

ed, accounted, i. q. to be, Matt. 5: 9,19
bis dd ziotos xknDyjocrae dy 1H Bao. tear
cdg. x 1.2. ‘Luke 1: 92, 35,.96,76. 2
23. 15:19. 1 Cor. rd. Heb. & 13.
Matt. 21: 13 et Mark 11: 17 olzog spoe-
eugiig xin 9:jotras, quoted from-Is, 56:7
where Sept. for 8713, as also Is. 3% 8.

“47:1, 5, 48:8. “Bee Gesen. Lex. ep

Niph. no. 2 ult. -Passow in xalée no
ult—Hom. Il. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Pind.
Pyth. 3.119. An.

Kadduddaws

Keddehavos, ou, 5, %, adj. (xe-
és, Baw) pp. ‘yielding fine oil? and
hence 4 xaddcelasog sc. dale, a good
olive-tree, i.e. cultivated and yielding
fine oil, opp. to dygeilasos, Rom. 11: 24.
— Aristot. de Plant. 1.6. Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 15.

Kadiiwy, ovos, 6, %, (compar. of
mados,) better, once neut. as compar. of
adds, Buttm. § 115. 4,5, Acts 25: 10
Gg xab ot xdlsoy émuyiveioxsig, a8 thou
also better knowest, i.e. better than I can
explain, Comp. in Bedzluv.

Kaodideoxados, ov, é, 4, adj.
(x06, Bsddoxalos,) teaching that which
is good, and as subst. teacher of good,
Tit. 2 3. Comp. Buttm, §123.3. Not
found in the classics.

Kadoi Acuéves, (xodds, depyy,) o8
pr.n. plur. Fair Havens, comp. Engl.
Fairhaven, a port in the island of Crete,
Acts 27: 8.

Kadonoo, ©, £. fou, a later
form for the earlier to xaloy v. xaliis
now, Lob. ad Phr. p. 199, 200; to do
well, to live virtuously, 2 Thess, 3 13.
Others, to do good ac. to others. Sept.
in cod. Alex. for "17 Lev. 5: 4.

Kaos, 7, ov, handsome, beautiful,
Pp. a8 to external form and appearance,
Bept. for 7p? Gen. 1% 14, Xen. Mem,
2.6.12 In'N. T. of quality etc. good,
handsome, excellent, viz.

a) /, a8 to quality and character,
(a) geor. 7 Matt. 13: 8, 23. Mark 4: 8,
20. Luke 8 15. dédgor Matt. 12: 33
Luke 6:43. onégua Matt. 13: 24, 27
37,38. pdrgor iq. Engl. handsome
measure Luke 6: 58. 08 xaléy not
good, i.e. bau, worthless, 1 Cor. 5:6.
Sept. for 24t Gen, 1:4. Ez. 17: 8 —
Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 6. — (6) by impl. choice,
excellent, ©. g. xagnés Matt, 3:10, 7:17,
18, 19. ‘Luke 3:9. 6:43, olvos Jobn
210 bis. (Hdian. 5.5.16.) papyagizes
Matt. 13:45. 2090 Like 21:5. also
Matt. 13: 48. Rom. 7:16, 1 Tim. 3:1,
13. 4:6 didaoxalle. 6: 12,13 Spoloyla.
v.19, 2Tim.1:14, Heb. 6:5. So
10 xaléy the good 1 Thess. 5:21. Sept.
for 34t Gen, 27: 9. 30:20. Zech, 1:18,
— Heian. 1.16.7, Xen. Mem. 3.1.9.—

413

Kados

(7) in the sense of honourable, distin-
and gwished, 1 Tim. 1:18. 3 7. James 27
16 xadoy Svopa.—Xen. Cyr. 7.3 11.

b) good, as to effect, influence, etc.
useful, profitable, e. g. dlag Mark 9: 50.
Luke 14: 34. so 1 Tim. 1: 8. 4: 4.
Sept. for nit Gen. 2: 9,—Ecclus. 14:3.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 4 sq. — Hence xadov
Zors it is good, profitable, juvat, seq. acc.
et infin. Matt. 17:4 et Mark 9:5 et
Luke 9: 33 xadéy dots tds ods elvan.
seq. dat. of pers. et inf. az subj. Matt. 18
8,9. Mark 9: 43, 45,47, 1 Cor. 7:1,
25 bis. 9:15. seq. , Matt. 26: 24 et
Mark 14:21. 9:42 xalév douy aing
MGALoy ef x. 1. 1. it were better for him if
etc. seq. div 1 Cor. 7: 8,

¢) good in a moral sense, virtuous,
spoken (a) of at feelings, ac-
tions, e.g xe ovm a good con-
science Heb: 13:18, a dvaaroog James
3: 13 et 1 Pet, 212, 1 Tim. 6: 12
x ays, 2 Tim. 4:7. 1 Tim, %3 et
5: 4 toite, yg xaldy ivimoy toi Deoi,
comp. in > Evomvoy c. Once xadog xa
dyad%— spoken of 4 xag8ia, where
Gyadés refers to the disposition of the
heart itself, and xald¢ to the externat
manifestation, Luke 8: 15.—Ael. V. H-
3.10. Luc. Alex. 30. Xens Mem. 2.
16. Comp. Sturz. Lex, Xenoph. xaldg
no. 20. — So ipyov xaldv, toya xald,
74 sald Foye, @ good deed, good werks,,
i. e. (1) genr. well-doing, virtue, pp..asine
Engl. a handsome act, noble deeds. Comp.
ia” Egyor b. 7.2% Matt.5:16. I Tim.
5:25. Tit. 27,14. Heb. 10:24. 1 Per.
2: 12. (Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 32. Conv. 8.10,4
32.) So with toya impl. Rom. 12: 17.7.
2 Cor. 8:21. Tit. 3: 8 1a xadd.—Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 27. al. — (2) or in the sense
of useful work, i, e. benefit, etc. Matt. 26:
10. Mark 14:6. John 10: 32,33. 1 Tim.
5:10. 6: 18, Tit. 3: 8, 14.—(8) Neut. ro-
xakdy, pp. that which is handsome, good,
right, Rom. 7:18. Heb. 5:14. Soto
xaloy nouty to do good, i.e. to do well,
to act virtuously, Rom. 7:21. 2 Cor.
18:7. Gal. 6:9, James 4: 17.— Xen.
Cyr25, 32. — Hence xaldy dows i és
good, i is right seq. inf. Matt, 15: 26.

fark 7:27, Rom. 14:21. Gal. 4:18,
ioe 13: 9.—(7) Of persons in reference
to the performance of duty, e. g. 5 no1-
pay 6 nado Joba 10: 11 bie, 14. duct

Kaduppa 414 Kepol

sovos 1 Tim. 4:6. orpanuiens 2'Tim. 6:26. Comp. Buttm. § 131.4 Hixor
2% 8. oixorduos 1 Pet. 4:10. — Xen. a. f, — (A) madiog Exess, to be wel, te re-
Mem. 1.6. 13. cover sc. from sickness, Mark 16:18

Kédvuger, arog, x6, (wabinra,) 80° in “Exe £— comp. Xen. Cyt.7.5

ule ; 47.10) xadiig movsiv veg, accus, of dat
« covering, vel, 2 Cor. 3:19. Comp. EX. 15 a woll fo any one, fo beng, Ma ©

34: 33.0q. where Sept. for "202 — 44° Luke 6:27. abso, Matt 1212,
‘Trop. for impediment, 2 Cor. 3: 14, 15, 16, * . Max
see in “Avaxalirere, — Act. Thom. §34 COMP: Buttm, § 131. 4.
ov xal 20 xdhynper mponyeicas oxdt0¢. + Kaye, see in Kaye.
Kahinwes, 6 ys, (hinds. with m5 Keunies, om a i, acon wat
di v xhértes,) to t 4, Bi pt. for by2 Gen.
we dia enteape aa oT °° OF 39:16, 24: 100q.—Diod. 8.3 GL Xen
a) pp. Matt. 8: 24. Luke 8 16 xaas- Cyt. 6. 1. 30.—In proverbs, e.g. Mat.
piu agri gneiss, 2:30, ‘Sept.for rig 19: 24 et Mark 10: 25 et Luke 1835
Gen. 7:19. Ex. 8 6. al. — Lycurg. p. %*0%erepdy dots xdunloy dra teurips-
159. 7, Xen. Eq.12.5. Cyr.5.1.4. 76, Gapidos Suldeiv, applied to that
b) by impl. to hide, Matt. 10: 26 oddéy which is extremely difficult or imposs-
xexalyupiver, 2 Cor. 4: 3 bis, So bles comp. Buxtorf:Lex.Rab.Talm.172.
James 5: 20 ot 1 Pet. 4: 8 xadiyer mij 50 too Matt. 23:24 of dutliZorns ww
‘Soe duagriéy, shall cover, hide, a multi. *07%G, thy Od xdyndoy xatanivors,
tude of sing, i.e. cause them to be over- "Poken of those who are formal sd
looked, not punished. Coup. Sept and “ligent in the observance of lester d-
mop Ps, 32 1. . ties, but negligent in the discharge of

. , higher ones; comp. Buxtorf. lc. 1516

Kadds, dv. (xakés,) pp. hand- Kees, ov, % «fi fw
somely, in N. T. well, good, bent, in v8 smelting metals, burning pottery, et.

4) as to manner and external charac- MeL 18: 50 og furence Rev
fe a sy Gat eatably, Properly. 1:15. $9. Sept. for 732 Gen 12%

_ aheis sc. Galgom 45 Jer, 11:3" Anse Dan. & 609 —

Acts 10: 33. 1 Cor. 7: 37, 98. 14:17. Diy gin 5 a7, Wek Vere AS
Phil. 4: 14. Heb. 13: 18. James 2: 8, BO by 17: F 0b gaigo. Buk Be
19, 2Pet.1:19. 3John6 So ob

*

oe:
wupueo, f. doe, (contr. for nete-
xaléis not well Gal. 4:17. Sept. for d,) to shut down, to close, se. the eye
3°07 1K. 8: 18 — Ael. V. H. 14. 25. 80 a8 not to see, trans, Matt. 13:15 ¢
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 6 Cyr. 1. 3, 1.— Acts 28:27 tots op 9. ainciv dexippurer,
Spoken in regard to office or duty, quoted from Is. 6: 10 where Sept. fr
well, faithfully, 1 Tim. 3:4,12,13, 5:17, 993 Hiph. — trop. Philo de Somn. p.
—1 Mace, 8:23, Xen. Cyr. 4.5, 45.— 589.—This is a later form, not used by
With emph, very well, excellently, Mark Attic writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 3%}
%: 87. Gal. 5: 7 éxpdyete xadis. Troni- Sturz. de Dial. Alex. p. 173 eq. Some
cally, Mark 7:9 xadic aGetsire yy dv suppose it to have been used by Xeno
tolqy t. S200, 2Cor.11:4.—Ael.V.H. phon, Cyr. 8.3.28; see Sebaster od
1 16, — I the pence, of honourably, Bos. Ellips. p. 368 eq.
James 2: 3 oi xaGou wide xalis. G A ,
b) an to effect, tendency, etc. well, — BY, f xopih nor. 2 ne
see 4 perf. xéxuqua, Buttm. § 110. 11, &
i.e. justly, aptly, as of declarations ete, “faint, sc. from labour, intraxs
Matt.15:7 xalds mgoepytevos epi dpciy. Ret %- 3 loca al od ‘eee
Mark 7: 6. 12: 28 éxe xadiic dnexgl eee

dn. 10: 1, Xeu. An.
v.32, Luke 20: 99, John 4:17. 8:48, Heb 123 “Sep, Job 161. Bhs

Acts 28: 25, 11:20.— oe .
Xen Mem. 2.7.11. Rom 1:20 5 tigi wig mlotews osoe eon
c) in phrases, e.g. (a) xaddis sintiy Diod. Sic. 1. 25. Xen. Mem. 1.

to apeak well of, to praise, eoq.ace. Luke -Kapoé, eee in Kays.

Kanto

Keiunteo, §. pu, to bend, e. g. try
Hom. I 4, 486, In N.'T. spoken only
of the knees.

a) trans, voq. 15 vu, to bend the knee
se, in homage, worship, seq. dat, Rom.
11:4, and so Sept. for > 97) 1K. 19:18.
Seq. mpd¢ c.ace. Epb.4:14,—genr. Hom.
Il. 7. 118. comp. Xen. Eq. 1. 6.

b) intrans, ray yoru xduyes, every knee
shall bow, i.e. bend iteelf, in homage,
worship, seq. dat. Rom. 14: 11 quoted
from Ie. 45:23 where Sept. for "5 9913.
Seq. é Phil. 2:10.

Key crasis for xa} der, and if, also
ff, sometimes written xg» but improp-
erly, Buttm. § 29. n. 2. b, and n. 7.

a) and if, ©. Subj. aor. or perf. and
in the apodosis the fit. or of usc. Subj.
James 5:15. Mark 16: 18 xay Sarior-
piv te lage = 1.2 Luke 13:9 xd
pay moujon xagndr, wc. xaleis.—Ken. An.
3. 1. 36.

b) also jf, even if, although, c. Sub-
junct. (@) genr. c. Subj. aor. and the
apodosis with fut. Matt. 21:21 xéy w
Sees roiry x 1 2 John 11: 25 xdy
anoSdvp, Gierrar Heb, 12:20. Also
c. Subj. pres. and the apodosis with
pres. or fut. or Subj. aor. Matt. 26: 35.
John 8: 14, 10:38.— Luc. D. Deor. 20.

— (8) even, tf but, at least, where
wad is intens. by way of diminution,
Pessow in xai no. 8, Herm. ad Vig.
p. 839. Seq. Subj. aor. and in the

apodosis the fut. Mark 5:28 xiv av

iuatlor aio’ dympar owdrjcouan El-
lipt. without apodogis, Mark 6: 56.
Acts 5:15. 2 Cor. 11: 16.—Hdian. 4,
4. 15. Lue. D. Deor. 5. 2,

Kavé, 4, indec, Cana, Heb. 932,
a village of Galilee a few miles N. F.
of Nazareth. John 2:1, 11. 4:46. 21:2.
—Jos. B. J. 1. 17. 5.

Kavavaios, ov, é, in some Mas.
for Kavayleng q.v.—Act. Thom. § 1.

Kavavime, ov, 6, Cananite, an
epithet derived from Heb.
TSEP Zeal, and signifying i.
q.¥. Hence Ziuer 6 xayariens is the
seme as ison Enlonss, Matt. 10: 4.
Mark 3:18. comp. Luke 6: 15 et Acts 1:
13. Perhaps the same with Simon the

415

Kannievoo

brother of James and Jude, Matt. 1%
55. Mark 6: 3,

Kavdaxn, 72, 4, Candace, a name
common to the queens of Ethiopia or
Meroé in the age of Christ, Acts 8: 27.
‘This country was then governed by fe-
males, Strabo lib. XVII. p. 1134. B.
p.1175.D. Dio Cass, lib. 54. p. 335.
Plin. H. N. VI. 29,

Kavey, ovo, 6, (xiva,xdévva,reed,)
a reed, rod, staff, employed to keep any
thing stiff, erect, asunder, Hom. Nl. 8.
103. ib. 13.407. a measuring rod or
Kine, ‘Test. XII Patr. p. 662. Aeschin.
p. 62.5. Dion. ‘Ant. 3. 67, In
N. T. trop. canon, i. e. a standard, rule,
e.g. of life and doctrine, Gal. 6: 16 dcos
16 xavine toinw otougioouy. Phil.3:16
in text. rec.—Eurip. Hec. 602 xaviy toi
xadod, Dem. 327.25. Xen. Ag.10.2.—
Tn the sense of limit, sphere of action or
duty, assigned to any one, 2 Cor. 10:13

xarté 15 pitgoy tot xavdros x. 7.2, v.15,
16.—Jos. c. Ap. 2, 17.

Kansgvaoip, 4, indec. Caper-
naum, written also Kagagvaovp, Heb.
prob. pan? “> (village of Nahum),
‘a town or city of Galilee in the confines
of Zebulon and Naphtali and on the
N. W. shore of the sea of Tiberias not
very distant from the confluence of the
Jordan, comp. Matt. 4: 13 sig Kaz. ny
magatoacclay ty glo Zafovidy xai
NepFadsiu. It was for a time the resi-
dence of Jesus (Matt. .c.) and was
much frequented by him; hence called
4 la moh, Matt. 9: 1 coll. Mark 2: 1.
Capernanm is not mentioned in the
0. T. and only once’ by Josephus, de
Vit. sua § 72; it was probably there-
fore buik after the exile. The exact
site is at present uncertain, but is sup-
posed to have been at a place called
Tel Him between Tabagha and the
Jordan. Comp. Reland Palaest, p. 682.
Roseum. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 68. —
Matt. 4: 13. 8: 5. 11: 23, 17: 24, Mark
1:21, 2:1. 9:33. Luke 4: 23,31. 7:1.
10:15. John 2:12. 4:46, 6:17, 24, 59,

Kannieva, £. ebow, from § xémq-
Jos a retailer, huckster, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.
42. a vintner, inn-keeper, Aci, V. H.
10. 9. For the difference between

'

Kanvos

xdnmlog and Europes, see in “Eyrogos.
‘The xénlo. were notorious for adul-
terating their commodities, Sept. Is. 1:
22. Luc. Hermot. 59 donee of xrnhot,
sapacdpayos xad Soloicartes xab xaxops-
tpotvtes. —Hence xanyAev is pp. tobe
@ retailer, vintner, Heaych. xannisiss*
prtanulti, oivonwles xab td meds tag
Teopis xa néaeg. In N.T. trop, to
adulterate, to corrupt, trans. 2 Cor. 2: 17
xanqlevoreas tov diyor tod Seot.—Phi-
* Jostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 13. ib. 5. 36.
Anthol. Gr. IIT. p. 130 rigy xennlstovea
sndyea tov lov. comp. Philo de Carit.
p. 707, C, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1021. D.
Kanvos, ov, 8, smoke, Acts 2: 19.
Rev. 8:4. 9:2 tor, 3,17, 18. 14:
8. 18:9, 18. 19:3, Sept. for .
19: 18. Josh. 8: 20.—Ael. V, H. 12. 87.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 5.

Kannadoxia, as, 5, Cappadocia,
a province of the interior of Asia Minor;
bounded N. by Pontus, W. by Lycao-
nia, 8. by Cilicia, and E. by Syria and
Armenia Minor. Acts 2:9. 1 Pet. 1: 1.
The country was celebrated for the
production of wheat, for the excellence
of its horses, and for the dulness and
vice of the inhabitants. Hence the
virulent epigram :

‘Vipera Cappadocem nocitura momordet ; at ills
justato periit sanguine Cappadocia.

Kapdle, as, 4, (kindr. with xiag,
xj¢,) the heart, as the seat and centre of
circulation and therefore of life in the
buman system, Hom. Il. 10. 94. ib. 13.
282. InN. T. only trop.

a) as the seat of the desires, feelings,
affections, passions, impulses, etc. the
heart, the mind, (a) genr. Matt.5:8 of xa-
Pagol tf xagdlg. v.28, 6:21. Mark 4:15.
Luke 1:17. John 14:1. Acts 11: 23,
Rom. 25. 1 Cor, 4: 5 reg Bovis tay
xagdiar. 2 Tim. 2 22, Heb. 3: 8, 12.
10; 22, al. saep. , So Sept. for 3 Ps.
51: 12. Prov. 31: 11.—Plut. ed. B. VI.
p. 314.4. Xen. Conv. 4. 28. — (8) In
phrases: 2x v. ano xagdlas, from the
heart, i. ¢. willingly, Matt. 18:35. Rom.
6:17. (Luc.Jov.Trag.19.) & Sing tijg x.
and dy Shy 1H xagdlq, with the whole heart,
‘Matt. 22:87, Mark 12:30. Sept. for
abwbox Deut. 6 5. Ps. 119: 34. (Luc.

416

Kagdia

Philopatr. 18. Theoer. 1d.29.4. M. Av-
tonin. 2.3.) 4 xagdla nad 4 yur} pia
one heart and one soul, i.e. entire une-
nimity Acts 4:32, éySypeiodas v. du-
JoylieoGas by 1] nagdig ainoi, to om
sider with oneself, to reflect, Matt. 9:4.
Luke 3: 15. cupfdlias dy tf x. lope
der in mind Luke 2 19. dvoBairay iy
1B x v. dx) ayy x. to come up in or ints
one’s heart, Luke 24: 38, Acts 7:23
(Sept. Is. 65: 17. Jer. 3:16) fella
aig viv x. to put into one's heart, to uf
gest, John 13:2. Siddvas dnt neplles
to place upon the hearts, i.e. put into
them Heb. 10:16 coll. & 10, Bev. It
17. (Sept. Neh. 7:5.) Ezety ev xoghis,
to have in one’s heart, i.e. to love, 0
cherish, Phil. 1:7, elvas éy vf x
to be in one's heart, to be the objectof
his love, 2 Cor. 7:3, dong sata iv
xagdlay tevd¢ a man after one’s own heat,
i. ©, like-minded and therefore #-
proved and beloved, Acts 1%22 é
xguntis tig xagdlas &rSgunos io é
Tow drSgumog 1 Pet. 8: 4. —(y) By
necd. put for the person himself, in
cases where yarious affections, passions
ete. are attributed to the heart or mind,
comp. Gesen, Lehrg. p.752, 753. Stuart
$475.2. John 16: 22 zagyartas ipiv
7 xagdle. Acts 2: 26 riggdrdy 4+
pov. 14:17, Col. 22 2 Thess. 217.
James 1: 26. 5:5. So in sinay v.lt
yer by th xagdle to say in one’s ket,
i.e. to think, see in Elroy a. ¢ Mat.
24: 48. Rom. 10:6. Rev. 1&7. S*
Gesen. Lex. “7288 no. 2.

b) as the seat of the intellect secord-
ing to the Heb. views, the heart, mish
understanding. Matt. 13: 15 bis, x=!
xagdle ovméor Mark 6:52 Luke
25. John 12: 40. Rom, 1:21. 2 Pet!
19, Eph. 1:18 in lat, edit, whore tet.
rec, Savole. So Sept, and 33 1610
Job 12:3. 34:10. comp. Gesen. Let
33% no. 1, ¢—Hom. Il. 21. 441.—§
HioGas v. Sserrngeiy dv 17 xaghle to ley
up or keep én one’s mind Luke I: 65.
51.—In the sense of conscience, Rom
15. 1 John 3: 20 bis, 21.

¢) trop. the heart of any thing for Bt
middle, midst, the central part, &-*
sig yiig Matt. 12: 40. So Sept. and 22
Ez. 27:4. Jonah 24, AL

Kagdeoyraains

Kagdoyrearye, ou, 6, (xagdle,
_yivcoxe,) heart-knower, searcher of hearts,
‘Acts 1:24. 15:8. Found only in N. T.

Kagnos, ov, 6, fruit, produce,
both of trees and plants and of the
earth,

a) pp. Matt. 8: 10 3é3por mowwiy
ogni xaloy. 18:8. Tie i 17 of
Ezu noi ovrdte toig xagnois pov. 13:
6,7,9. Jobn 1224, 2 Tim. 2:6, al.
Allegor. John 15 2 ter, 5, 8. Also
GodsSévar xagmots to pay over the fruits
ec. a share of them as rent, Matt. 21: Al,
Luke 20:10. Sept. for“s5p Ps. 1: 3.
Jor. 12: 2.—Diod. 8, 2. 36, 49 init. Xen.
Ove. 4. 8. Vect. 4. 6, 9.—By Hebraism
of of hide, offspring, as xagnds tis

woilas fruit of the womb Luke 1: 42,
x Tis baqiog fruit of the loins Acts 2
30, So Sept. and Sp Gen. 30: 2.
Mic. 6: 7. al.

b) metaph. fruit, i. e. (a) for deed;
tworks, conduct, Matt. 3: 8 osjoure xag-
mov Gbvoy tis pstavolas. 7: 16, 20, 2:
43, Luke 3:8. al. Sept. for
Prov. 10: 16.—~(8) for efect, result, Rom.
15: 28. Gal. 5: 22 6 xagnic 108 nveipa-
tos. Eph. 5:9. Hob. 12:11. James 3
17. Sept. and” 8 Jer. 17:10, Mic.
7: 18. — (y) by impl. for prof, adoan-

John 4: 36 nad ¢urdyes xag-
mov sig Loy aidroy. Rom. 1: 13. &
21,22 James 2: 18. al. So Sept. and

Ps, 58: 12.—Hdian. 8. 3. 15. Xen.
one. 2.11.—{8)xagnig ribv xashiany fruit
of the lips i.e. praise Heb. 13: 15, in
Susion fo Sept. Hoa, 3 nagnas ze-
so for *>2, where the Heb. now reads
DMB calves, bullocks. Comp. Sept.
and Heb, Prov. 12: 14. Is, 57:19. *At.

Kégnos, ov, é, Carpus, pr.n.of J

a man 2 Tim. 4: 13.

ere dy fg @, £ sow, (nage
;90¢,) to bear fruit, intrans.
OEP. Mark 4: 28 airomsiry ye 4 yi
xagropogs:. Sept. for mB Hab. 3:16,
—Diod, Sic. 2. 49. Xen. Vect. 1. 5.

b) metaph. of life and conduct, gent.
Col. 1: 10 xagnogogoirts éy nar} tpyy
dyads. Matt. 13:23, Mark 4:20, Luke
8:15. Seq, dat. commodi et incom.
©. g. 1§ O25 Rom. 7: 4, 1 Savdty v.5,
i. @. to live worthy of God or of co

417 Kata

e) Mid. to bear frusit to oneself, |. ©. to
propagate oneself, to increase. Col. 1: 6
ae dats xagnopogotpercy sal
a

Kagnogogos, ov, 6, %, adj. (xag-
6s, piga,) fruit-bearing, fruifful. Acts
14:17 xawgod xagn. Sept. flor x. for

sp Vz Pa 48:9, 77 Pe. 107: 34.—
Diod. Sic. 1.74 zupa, Xen. Cyr. 6.2,
22 qolmxes, .

Kaprepdo, a, f.jooy (xagreges fr.
saigros i. q. xptitog,) fo be strong, firm,
to endure, to persevere, intrans. Heb. 113
27 thy dégatoy ts Spéir. teagrdgncs.—
Ecclus, 22. Diod. Sic. 3.5 ult. Xen.
H, G. 3.1.17,

Kapgos, eos, ous, +6, (xdgge to
become dry,) pp. something dry, i. e.
any small dry particle, as of chaff,
wood, ete. @ twig, mole, bit, put as th
emblem of lesser faults, opp. ddxos,
Matt. 7:3, 4,5. Luke 6: 41,42 bis, For
the Heb. proverb see Buztorf. Lex. Rab.
2080.—Sept. Gen. 8:1. Anthol. Gr. Iv.

Shp p.23. Luc, Astrol. 29, Hesych. xigqpos*

Ezugor, Zogros, segala Sbdov denty.
Kagyniay, Ovog, 4, (pp. pr. 2.
Carthage,) in N.'T. a carbuncle Rev,
21: 19 in Mss. for zadendeiy chalcedony.
Kara, ‘Prep. governing the geni-
tive and accusative, with the primary
signif. down, i. ©. down, from, down

upon,
down in, etc. Buttm. §147. n. 4. Matth. 4.5. 7#

§581. Winer § 51. p.927. §53, p. 840.
Passow in xeta.

I. With the genitive. E. g.

1. Of place, i. ©. a) of motion down
from higher to a lower place, e.g,
‘xard 08 nenuvot ele Stileccar down
m i.e, down a into the sea,
Matt. 8: 32. Mark 5:13. Luke 8: 33
So sard xepaliig fysey to have depend-
ing from the bead, 1 Cor. 11: 4, see in
“Ew 0. '7.— Jos, B. J. 1.7. 5 nate tay

xonuvaw Ugglnrovy kavtots. ib. 2.3, 3.
Xen. An. 4. 2. 17.

b) of motion down upon a lower
place, upon, Mark 14:3 etter avsot
ard tig xepahiig—Ios. B.J. 2.3.2 xard
sapaliis aitéy jplecar ta Bila ec. from
the porticoa. Ael. V.H. 8.14. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 1.5.— Trop. 4 xara fadous
wtezela lit. poverty down to the very

Kare

depths, i. ©, deepest poverty, 2 Cor. 8: 2.
—oomp. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.5.

¢) genr. of motion or direction upon,
towards, through, any place or object.
(a) pp. ¢.g. in the sense of on
Acts 27:14 Efahe az’ odriis

Eveuos tupominds. — Hdian, 6. 7. 18.
Dem. 408. 3. Comp. Matth. et Passow
1.c.—{8) In the sense of through, through-
out, where xara ¢. acc. is more usual.
Luke 4:14 giiun dite xa? ding aig
megizsigov. 23:5 didioxwr xa9" Bing
tic “Iovdalas. Acts 9: 31, 42. 10: 37.
For adv. xa9° Slo, soe Kadélov. —
Hom. Od. 6, 102. Ael. V. H.1.14. Pol.
1.17.10. Comp. Passow xara no. 3, —
(y)after verbs of swearing, i.e. to swear
upon or by any thing, at the same time
stretching out the hand over, upon, to-

wards it. Matt. 26:63 d&ogxltn os xote
rob Seov, Heb. 6: 13bis, dpoos xad
favtod. v.16. Sept. for 3 gratin

2 Chr. 36: 18. Ie. 45: 23. — Dem. 553,
17. ib, 1268. 24. Comp. Passow I. c.

2. Metaph. of the object towards or
upon which any thing tends, aims, etc.
upon, in respect to, 1 Cor, 15: 15.
Jude 15 mosjous aglow xara marrow. —
Plut, de puer. educ. 4 init. (I. p. 3.
Tauchn, ) 8 xotd toy texviry xad rey er

npr Myuy cidbSaper, Xen. Cyr. 1.2.
16. 6 Apol. Soc. 13, Comp. Buttm. Matth.
Lc. Lob, ad Phr. p. 272.— More usu-
ally in a hostile sense, agains, after
words of speaking, accusing, warring,
and the like. Matt. 5: 11 may aov. gi
pa x08 dudy, v.28 tyes 1) xatd oot.
10: 35. 12: 14 orppotdior Hafor xo?
aisod. v.306 py dy pet euot, sor
dyot dort, 26: 59. Mark 11:25. 14:55
aq. Luke 23:14 dy xasnyopeirs nav ai-
rot, John 18: 29. Acts 4:26. 16: 22.
21; 28. 2 Cor. 13: 8 Gal. 5:17. al.
sacp.—Palaeph. 6.3. Jos. Ant. 4.2. 3.
Lue. D. Deor. 12.1. Xen. Mem. 1.1.1.
Comp. Passow no. 5.

IL. With the accusative, where the
primary and general idea is down upon,
out over, etc. Sec the grammarians as
above cited, and Winer § 53. d. p. 340.

1. Of place, i.e. a) of motion expr.
or itnpl, or of extension out over, through,
throughout a plice. Luke 8:39 xad"
Bigw nv nélur wygtoowr, 15:14 yéve-
10 lipes xara thy zepay éxelygy. Acts

418

Kae

5:15. 8:1, 1:1 Sytec xava thy’ Iowelor
who were throughout Judea. 15: 28. 2:
12 Bo mogiviodus xara iy dor wo
travel through i. e. along the way Acs
8: 96, and genr. xatc civ doy along or
By the way, while travélling upon it,
Luke 10: 4. Acts 25: 3. 26: 13, — Jos
Ant. 1. 7. 6. Diod. Sic. 1.72 of xeni 17
Aipomoy. Ken. Cyr. 6.2.2. Mea.3
5. 1 dquotevovess ad xaré iv mle
Gal, Thuc. 5,3 xaX addy. — Hence
from the idea of motion throughat
every part of a whole, arises the dir.
uutive sense of nord, e. g, Matt. 2:7
xaré rénoug throughout all place, in
rious parts. Luke 8: 1 dtoideve aati si-
day xab xoiuny, throughout city and village
i.e. every one, gonerally. v. 4. 6. I8
RR. Acts 2: 46 xdévrés te xacv leon by
toy i. e. from house to house, & 3. i
23. 15: 21, 36. 22: 19, al.—Diod. 8.2
28 xaté xojpas. Hdian. 2. 15. 11. Thoe.
1, 122, Hdot. 1. 196 xerrd: xebuas tase,
Comp. Passow xara II. 2. See behw
in no, 3.

b) of motion or situation upos, &
near to, adjacent to, ete. Luke 108
yerdpevog xara toy tonoy. v.33 #
ad airor, Acts 2 10 rig Apis 1
nari Kugivqy. 16: 7. 27:2 roix at
tiv delay ténovs i.e. places on wi
nesr the coast of Asia Minor. ¥.7.—
Diod. 8. 1. 22. Xen, An. 5.2, 16,2

¢) of motion or direction upon, i.
towards any place. Acts & 26 srogeirt
wari: peonppolay, 27: 12 Lypivn Sie
morta xara Aifa. Phil, 3:14 sod. or
iy dino. — Thue. 7. 6 Smeg sad
toig 7p i. q. over against. Xen. An.7. i
2.1,—Trop. xara noocwnor env
aryjvat, to withstand one to his fore, Ot.
2 1. — Soph. Trach, 102 xa? 6x

payors.

Xen. Hi, 1. 14 nav

4) of place where, i. e. of being #
in, within a place, where sometimes”
might be employed though not
synonymous, just as in Engl. ‘at
house’ and ‘ina house’ maybe
interchangeably, comp. Winer | &
p. 340 mare. (a) 0g. ace. gee
as Rom. 16: 5 sjy sat
téy éxxdnolay the chureb at ee
their house i.e. accustomed to met
there. 1 Cor. 16:19. Philem.2. Aets!8
1 foay vard nyv éudqolar xpogite

Kore

s.r. L—Lue. D. Deor: 20. 18 xa? dary
Gr. Diod. Sic, 2, 28 tots xaré xy mé-
din, Palaeph. 5.3 xpiyas xatd yi.—
(6) 2eq. ace. of pers. implying place, in,
with, among. Acts 21: 21 roils xard ra
¥8ry Towdalovs the Jews dispersed among
(pp. , throughout) the Gentiles. 26: 3 tov
xara *Iovdaloug E969. 17: 28 uvis tov
xaF tpis noimray ie. your own poets,
18: 15. Eph. 1: 15 iv xa? ipa niacin,
— Diod. Sic. 4.8 & tot xad? ainoig
lov. Xen. Cyr. 5.1.11. —So xad"
dautdv in or with oneself, pp. in one's
own house, chez sot, and hence genr. by
or for oneself, alone, Acts 28: 16 péveir
xaF savté». Rom. 14: 22, James 2: 17.
Comp. Matth. 1. c. p. 1155. — Xen. An.
6. 2. 11. Cyr. 7. 4, 15.—(7) seq. ace. of
thing implying place, e. g. xard mgdce-
név twos in the presence of, before any
one Luke 2: 31. Acts 3:13. c. gon.
impl. ¢. g. airod Acts 25:16. ipay
2Cor. 10:1. So xox spPalpois. se.
ipéy Gal, 3: 1. Metaph. of a state or
condition in which any thing is or is
done, thus implying also manner ; e. a
zat Svag in or by a dream, Matt. 1: 20.
2: 12, 13. (Jos, Ant. 1. 19.1 xate tobe
Unvows.) 1 Cor. 21 Hldorv ob xaP?
‘inegoziy léyou I came not in excellency
of speech. “Adverbially, xa? éovclay
Mark 1: 27, see in *Biovela a. xara
xgatos seme vehemently, Acts 19: 20.
(Thue. xat iBlay in private, seo
in” 1iog wi xaré drag see in Kara-
So xa SnepBoliy i. ©. exceed-
7:13. Gal. 1:18, 2 Cor.
“TegBolj ; or excellently,
par’ excellence, 1 Cor. 12:31. Also of
xot S&oxzy those in distinction i. q. the
distinguished Acts25:23, Comp. Buum,
§125. 6.

2. Of time i.e, of a period or point
of time down upon which, i. e. in, at,
during which, any thing takes place,
©. g. sant 16 abtd at the same time, to-
gether, Acts 14:1 see in Anos III. a. ar
Ron. 5: 6 nari xaigéy in due time.

Acts 1% 1 xa? éxeivov tov xargdr during
that time. 19: 23, Rom. 9:9, Acts 13:
7. 1625 nord 13 pscorixeer about
midnight. 27:27. Heb. 1:10 o} x0?
Gozas in the beginning, of old. 3:8 xasd
tHy jusgay tov mtupaopod the
time of temptation. 9:9. Sept. for 2

419

Kora

Gen. 18: 10. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 3 B.3.
Passow xard 11.7. Winer §53.d. p.340.
—2 Mace. 11:12, Diod. Sic. 4.9. Hdot.
1. 6%. Thue. 3. 99. — So distributively,
comp. above in no. 1. a, also no. 3 be-
low. E.g. x09 judgay daily, every day,
Matt. 26 55. Mark 14: 49.
#09 jwigay Luke 11: 3. 19
Frog, xa’ énavtdr, yearly, every year,
Luke 2: 41. Heb, 9: 25, 10: 1,3. xata
dogryy at each passover Matt. 27:15.
Luke 23: 17, xaté xcugdy at certai
times, from time to time, John 5: 4.
xara ploy caffcraw every first day of
the week 1 Cor. 16: 2. Also Acts 17:
17 xara maar jpiguy. 18:4. Heb, 3:
13 xaW? Exctoryy ju. Rev. 22: 2x. pave
fva. Exaotoy.—Luc. D. Deor.24.2. Thuc.
3. 37,58. Xen. An. 3. 2, 12.

3. In a distributive sense, derived
strictly from the idea of pervading all
the parts of a whole; 80 of place see
above in no. J. a, and of time see in
no.2, Also genr. of any parts, number,
etc. e.g. xord pépos i.e, part for part,

Heb. 9:5, (2 Mace. 2 30.

particular
Pol.1.4.8°6) OF number, x00" fa

one by one 1 Cor. 14:31, see in Eig b. y,
as also for of x09 fra, xa8? fy, ele x0F?

ds, ete. Also xara dvo two and two"

1 Cor. 14:27. Comp. Passow xard II. 2.
Matth. 1c, Winer. c.—Ael. V, H.2.1.
Xen, An: 4.7.8,

4. Tropically as expressing the rela-
tion in which one thing stands towards
another, thus also every where imply-
ing manner. Spoken

a) OF accordance, conformity, etc.
E.g. (a) of a norm, rule, standard of
comparison, ete. according to, conform-
ably to, after, secundum, see Passow II. 4.
Matth. |. c. p. 1153. Winer I, c. p. 340.
Matt. o 29 nova thy zloty Sudy yn
Siro 4 ‘Apiy, 23:3 xota ta Bova ainty wm
mowtive, Mark 7:5. Luke 2:22 xara toy
yopoy M, v.39, 23: 56. John 8: 15
xara thy odexe xpivere i. e. from exter-
nal circumstances. 19:7. Acts 22: 12.
23: 81. 26: 5. Rom. 2:2 dowd xates aag-
Saray i. q. dott ddndris. v. 6,7. 8: 4,
5, xara odgxa, xara mvsipa, i.e. con-
formably to the will of the flesh or of
the Spirit. 10:2. 14:15, Eph. 4: 22.
Col. 28. al. sop, Sept. for > Ps.7:9,
al.—Palacph. 32, 11. Diod. Sic. 1. 73.

a

Kae

Xen. Cyr. 1.6.3, ib, 2.3, 15, 16.—Bo
©. acc. of person, i. e. according to the
will of any one, Rom. 8: 27 xara Sedy.
2 Cor. 7: 9,10, 11. 1 Pet. 4:6. Rom.
15:5. 1 Cor. 128. by command of
any one 2Cor. 11:17. aecording to
the narrative or writing of any one, only
io the inscriptions of the gospels.
(2 Macc. 2:13. Plat. Phaedr. 1 sata
Hirdogor 23 Pindar says, Cratyl. 18.)
Gal. 1: 11 bx kos. xatd S»Squmor, is
not human i.e. of human origin.—With
the idea of proportion, Matt. 2: 16. 25:
15 iadory xara tiv iiay divapsy.
Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. 3:8. 2 Cor. 10:
13.—Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 1.—Adverbially,
es Luke 10: 31 atc ovyxuglay by
chance, accidentally. (Hdot. 8, 87 xara
siqyy.) John 10:3 xav Svoua, Acts 18:
M4 zara Aéyor reasonably. (Lue. Iearom.
18.) 1 Cor. 14: 40, Eph. 6:6, Phil. 3:
6 notc Gidoy zealously. 1 Pet. 3: 7
xaté yréow discreetly. Bo xaté th
how? Luke 1: 18,

(8) of an occasion, ty virtue of, be-
cause af, for, by, through, where the
idea of accordance, adaptedness, still
lies at the bottom, comp. Winer 1. c.
P. AL. Matth. Lc. Matt. 19:3 amolt-
Cas thy yuvaixa aitot xetc macay ai-
tlav for any cause. Acts 317 xara
Eyvoves because of ignorance, ignorantly.
Rom.2:5. 2Cor.8:8. Gal.n4, 22
Eph. 1: 58q, 33. Phil, 23 4:11.
2 Theses. 29, 1Tim.1:1. Philem.14
xat avdyxyy. Heb. % 4. al. saep. —
2 Mace, 6 11. Jos. Ant. 4.8.23 xav
Gny aitlay. Diod. Sic, xat dvayxny.
Xen. An. 7. 3. 39.

(y) of any general reference, allusion,
etc. in respect to, as to, Winer and
Matth, 1. c. Rom, 1:3 & ontop. Aofid
xeri: cdgua. 9:5, 11:28, Phil. 3:6 xere
iy Bixwootrar, Tit. 1:4. Heb. 9: 9
sore auveldnow. 1 Pet. 4: 14, — Jos,
B.J.4.4.3 xav duavtor, Palaeph. 32.
5 xara yévos Aidlomes. Hdot. 1. 49. ib.
2 3, — Hence eeq. acc. with a preced.
article it forms a periphrase for the
cognate adjective, e.g. Rom. 11: 21 of
xeta iow natural sc. branches. Col. 3:
W roig nasa cdgxa xvplo. Sora xara
tov Haihoy Paw’s affairs, his cause,
Acts 95: 14. ta xar dud my affairs
Eph. 6: 21. Col, 4: 7.2 Mace. 3: 16.

420

in me lies, Rom. 1: 15,

Acl. V. H. 2.42 Thue. 1, 138, Xen
Cyr. 7.1.16 sa nad? suas. — Aloo in
phrases, ©. g. xara mavra in all respects,
in all things, Acts 3:22. Heb. 217.
(Thuc. 4, 81.) xara meévea tpdnor in
every respect, every way, Rom. x2
ec. neg. 2 Thess. 2 3. Buttm. § 147.
p. 412, (2 Mace. 11: 31. Pol. 1. 8811)
xa cov by how much, i.e. inasmuch
quatenus, Heb. 3: 3,7: 20. xatk w
ooirtoy insomuch 7: 22. 20 nat ii,
lit. ‘as to what concerns me,’ 20 far s
1 Cor. 1&8
see in Ongropayle—Xen. H.G.1.6.5
taser éué. Comp. Math, § 283. Butts.
$125. 0.5.

b) Of likeness, similitude, ete. tit,
after the manner of. 2 Cor. 1:17 It
2 nore odgxa i.e, like a frail and feeble
uian. Hob. 5: 6, 10 xara syy sabe Ma-
qiowix i.e. of an order like thet of
‘Melchisedec, Acts 13: 22 vee in Kay
dia a, 6. Sept. for > Deut.4:32 Lan.
1:12, (Luc. Muse, Ene. 1, Hdot 2.9
péyaSog xaté ijhor.) Bo , ect. f
pers. Gal. 4: 28 sera “Ioacts like loo,
as Isaac. Rom. 3:5 et Gal. 3:15 st8
GrSqemor diye I speak as a man, wd
aleo with the idea of a common mem
1 Cor. 3: 3.—Lue, Pisc, 12. Arr. Exp
Alex. 3.97. 10. Xen. H, G. 23. 0—
Adverbially, xa’ Gy rodxoy ao
as, Acts 15: 11, serra verins, thah
Luke 17: 30. (6: 23,26.) sad? apo
‘tyta, like, similarly, Heb. 4: 15.

c) Of the end, aim, purpose,
which any thing is directed, for, by
rete. 2 Cor. Us 21 xorra axyslan [te
¥. Sper v, aves] Léyee I say it by 0]
of dieparagement, reproach. 1 Tm &
3 i xav sigéBeoy OSazj, 2 Tim. tl
Tit, 1: 1. — Jos. Ant. 3. 11. 4 set 17
tity tod De0b tooco mows. Palaepb
43, 4. Thuc. 6, 31 xara Sier
Hdow 2, 152. singlet

fore. In composition sara impli:
1. motion dowmoards, an eatofelr,
xaSaigée, xavanlare, etc. 2 ageitts
in a hostile sense, as xataywsom st
yoga, wasatadion. 3. distribation, #
xaraxdggodotie. 4, in a gene
down, down and :
where it ‘often cannot be expressed ia
Engligh, and is then to us simply

KataBatvo

tensive. 5. Sometimes it gives to an
intrans. verb a transitive sense, a8 xot-
eeyée, Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 9.
Passow xard IV., Viger. p. 638. Ax.

KaraBatva, £. Bioopes, (Baive,)
aor. 2 xatéfqy, imper. xatafnds and
xarafe Mark 15:30, Buttm. §107. n. I,
14. §114 Balye.—Tb go or come down, to
descend, ec. from a higher to a lower
place, intrans.

8) spoken of persons etc. seq. dnd
©. gen. of place whence, Matt. 8:1 xota-
Bars 86 ang dnd x00 Bgovs. 17:9,
Mark 9:9. Matt. 14: 29 a ano t0b molov.
Mark 15: 30 xara dxd toi otavgod.
Sept. for $7 397 Ex. 34: 29, ,Judg. 4:
M4. (Xen. Cyr. 5: 5. 6.) Seq. eis | c.ace,
of | place whither, Mark 13: 15 yy xoto-
Pirew sis xiv oixiar. Acts 8: 38, Eph. 4:
9. Sept. for 393 Job 7: 9. Jonah 2 7.

Hdian. 8.2 i." Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 5.)

int tm» Sdlagoay down upon the sea-
shore sc. from the mountain John 6: 16,
(Ken. Ag. 1.18.) mg03 ta Acts 10:
Qi. 14: 11. Sept. for 193 Ex. 19: 14.
Abeol. Matt. 24:17, Luke 6:17. John
5: 7. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 8. — Spoken of
those who go from a higher to a lower
region of country, e. g. a6 “Iegovealyp
Mark 8:22. Luke 10: 30. seq. eis,
John 2 12 sis Kamegraoty. Acts 7:15
tig Aly . 14: 25, 16: 8. al. Absol.
Luke 2: 51. John 4:47. Acts 8:15. 24:
1, Bept. for 377 Gen, 12: 10. 42 3.
al. saep.—Hdot. 5° 206. Xen. H. G. 3.
4. 11, — Spoken of those who descend,
come down from heaven, e. g. God as af-
fording aid to the oppressed, Acts 7:
84 quoted from Ex. 3:8 where Sept.
for 733-_ Of the Sou of man, s0q. é
John’ € 88, 42. seq. dxé 1 Thess. 4:
16. Of the Holy Spirit, seq. éx John 1:
32. dni ta Luke 3: 22. Jobn 1: 33,
Of angels, seq. 45 otpavct Matt. 28: 2
é c. dat. of place whither Jobn 5: 4,
see in Eig no. 4. dnb va John 1: 52
wee in "Avafalye. Sept. for 779} Gen.
28:12, Of Satan as cast down from
heaven, Rev. 12: 12, comp. v. 9, 10.

_b) spoken of things, e. g. a way lead-
ing down from a higher 1 toa lower tract
gf country, Acts 8: 26 Sddy nir xaref.
Gnd “Impovg. sig Taay. So I> Sept.
sandiye Prov.7:27. Of things déecend-

421

KareBepato

ing from heaven, i. e. let down or sent
down from God, e. g. a vessel Acts 10:
11, 11: 5. spiritual gifts seq. dno yx
James J: 17. the new Jerusalem qe

sorop. tx 100 ofp. dnd. Seob Rev, & 7

12 in an anacoluthon, So genr. from
the heavens, the clouds, to fall, e. g. 4
Booz} Matt. 7: 25, 27. (Jos, Ant. ar ie
3.) dallay Luke & 23. nig éxé sot
oig. Luke 9:54. mig dx toi ob. Rev.
13: 13, So Sept. and 133 2K. 1: 10,
12, — Also in the general sense of to
fall, to drop, e. g. of sweat, diol Fedufor
aipertos xatap. dt my viv Luke 22:44,
—Ecelus. 32 or 35: 15 Scxgua Yn} ova-
yove sovopalve. AL.

Karapadro, f. Bari, (Bidie,) to
cast down, trans. e. g. from heaven,
Rev. 12: 10 xeraflySy & xanjyogos.
(Pol, 1, 24.12, Xen. H. G. 5. 2 41)
In the sense to prostrate, 2 Cor. 4: 9.
Sept. for b"gry Ps. 73: 18, — Luc. D.
Deor, 14.2, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3,14. ib. 1.
4. 8,—Mid. to lay down sc. « foundation,
Heb. 6: 1. — Jos, Ant, 15. 11.3. Pol.
10, 27. 9.

KaraBagda, ow, £. jaw, (Bake
q.¥. ult.) to bear down, to weigh down
se. as a burden; in N. 'T. trop. fo bur-
den in a pecuniary sense, c. acc. 2 Cor.
12 16. Comp. 2 Sam, 13: 25. — genr.
Diod. Sic, 19. 24, Pol. 18. 4. 4.

KoraBagive, | q, xaraPagée, to
sweigh down, to oppress. Pass. of the
eyes, Mark 14:40 of 399. xaraSapurs—
pevos in later edit. for PeBagnpévos in
text. rec.—pp. Sept. Joel 8. 2 Sam.
14: 26. trop. Ecelus. 8: 15.

Kona Baote, ews, 4, (xarofaive,)
going down, 0. g. towerds the coast
Xen Av. 7.8.26. In N.T. descent,
i. @, place of descending, declivity,
Luke 19:37 xataf. 108 Spoug tév Macy,
Sept. for 19472 Josh. 10: 11. Mie. 1: 4,
—Pol. 11. 15. 8. Ken. An. 3, 4. 37,

KarapeBate, ¢. dow, Lesbdim)
to cause to descend, to bring down, e.
fag qdov Matt. 11: 3. Luke 10: 4
Sept. for im Ez. 31: 16, 18. 28 8,
—Hdot. 8,119. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.18, H.G.
465.

Karapoay

KaroBody, 7 7S, %, (xaraPaddes,)
a-casting down, i.e.

8) a laying down, founding, founda-
tion, in N. 'T. only in the phrase xataf.
105 xdopov foundation of the world i. e.
the creation, beginning of the world,
Matt. 13: 35. 25: 34. Luke 11:50. John
17:24, Eph. 1:4. Heb. 4:3 see in Kal-
ror. 9: 26, 1 Pet. 1: 20, Rev. 13: 8.
17:8, — Plt. Aq. et Ignis Comp. 2.
Mor. V. p. 422, Tauchn, dua tf mpory
xatafolf tH dvGgoray. Diod. Sic. 12,
32. Pol. 18. 6.2.

b) of seed, a casting in, trop. Heb. 11:
11 Stvauy Bapey eis xaraBoliy omig-
jiato6, lit. strength for the casting in (im-
planting) of seed, i.e. strength for con-
ception, procreation. —Hippocr. Apho-
riem. LV, ta xvotiueva by piv 16 ngehry
z96ry_ vis xarafohiig 108 oniguetos.
‘Arr. Epict. 1. 13,3 vids & ry aindy
ontguatey xol tis aitiis Gvadev xara
Bokijs. So xarapdllsw oniquate, ©. g.
M, Antonin. 4.36 oxdguata ei viv
piirgay xotaBaldipera. Galen. de Po-
tent. I. This seems to have been a
technical mode of expression, see the
passages collected by Wetsteia in loc.

KaroPeaBevo, £. rion, (Bea-
Bete q. v.) to give the prize against any
one, to deprive of the palm, Zonar. in
Can. 35 Cone. Laod. t6 yi) toy yuxy-
cara atts rot Pyopelov, Git kxégy
Oiddyas aided adixoyssvo 20 runioart0s.
In N.T. trop. to deprive of a due re-
ward, to-defraud, trans. Col. 2:18, —
Dem. 544 ult,

Karayyedeis, doos, 6, (xavayyit-
dan) on aouncer, proclaimer, Acts 17:

" Karayyéada, f, yakdi, (xara in-
tens.) aor. 2 pass. xarnyyilyy Acts 17:
13, see Buttm. § 101. n.4; pp. to bring
word down upon any one, i, q. to bring
it home to him, trans. Hence

a) to announce, to proclaim, to publish,
Acts 13: 88 tiv dqeag dpagtuiy xox
ayyéldsras, — Jos. Ant. 3.8. 6. Pol. 4.
53.2. Xen. An. 2, 5. 38.—In the sense
of to laud, to celebrate, Rom. 1: 8.
1 Cor. 11: 26.

b) by impl. to preach, to set forth, to
inculcate. Acta 4:2 sesoyyilay ‘thy ave~

_ 422

Karayo
crac thy & vexgay. 13: 5. 15: 36. 16
17,21. 17: 8, 13, 23. 26: 23. 1 Cor.

21. 9:14. Phil. de a Xquvoy xmray.
v. 18. Col. 1 28

"Katazekio, 6 3, f. daw, (yalden)
to laugh at se. in scorn, to deride, seq.
gen. Matt, 9:24 sat xare, atrou,
Mark 5:40. Luke 8:53. Comp. Buttm.
§ 132. 5.3. Sept. for ab Job 21: 3.
Prov. 17:5. pity Job 36: 1. — Ael.
V. H. 9, 87. Ken. An. 2, 6. 23,

Kareywooxe, £. yrdcopas, (71-

yebaxes,) to know or note against any one,
to his disadvantage, Sept. for 9p 17 Prov.
28:11. Xen, Mem. 1. 3. 10. Henee in
N.T. to think il of, to condemir, to blame,
seq. gen. Buttm. § 152, 5.3. 1 Jobn 3
20 diy xaaysvchony juciy ¥ xagBla., v.21.
Pass. Gal. 211 St» xateyrencuéros tr
because he had incurred blame ; others,
‘he deserved blame.’ See Winer Comm.
in loc,—Ecclus. 14:2, Jos. Ant. 4. I. 1.
Dem. 1402. 24. Hdian. 5. 2. 12.

Karetyvus, £ xardga, aor. 1
satiate, aor. 2 pass. xataiyyy, for the
aug. se Winer $12.2. Bum. §114

§84.n.5, Anom. fut. Att. xet-
tafe Matt. 1220, prob, to distinguish it
from fat. of xardye, Paseow sub si
Battin. §114 Gyrvs, Matth. §222. p. 429,
To break down, to break in two. Man.
12: 20 suilapor ovre. ob xoredten. John
19: 31 tv xareayGow airay 1 axils.

y. 82, 33. Sept. for 943 Jer. 48: 25.
—Pol. 1. 87.2, Xen. An. 4. 2, 20.

Karetyo, £. dite, (iiyw,) to lead
down, trans,

a) of persons, to bring or conduct
down, sc. from a higher to a lower place,
region, seq. ti; Acts 9: 30 xanjyayer
aitéy ae Kawégesay. 2:20, 28, 20.
mg6¢ tiv 23: 15. absol. 2% 30. Rom.
10:6. Sept. for Sim c. aig 1K. 1:

83. mods Gen, 44: 21.—Heian. 8, 1.3
aig. Luc. D. Deor. 7. 4. Xen. Ag. 3.
18.

b) as a nautical term, £0 bring down to
land se. a ship, Luke 5: 11 xasaydyoves;
36 mhoia éx tiv 7ip-—Sext. Empir. A.
Phys. 2. 68 vijes el ivigous xarayercas
Jupévas, Xen. An. 6. 6 3.—Hence aor,
1 pass. xarjyOny, to come to land, te
land, to touch, Acts 21:3, 27:3, 28:12

KarayorZouac

—Jos. Ant. 14. 14. 8 sig Bosrriosr
xardystas he (Herod) landed at Brun-
dusium.

KarayoviZouce, £. icopat, depon.
Mid. (&yorlZouas,) to contend against,
and by impl. to conquer, to subdue, ©. g.
Basshelas Heb, 11: 33,—Jos. Ant.7.2. 2.
Ael. V. H. 4. 8.

Karadde, £. djou, (Bie) to bind
down, ty deops xoradioas Hom. Od.15.
443. Luc, Asin. 16. In N.'T. to bind

, to bind up, sc. wounds, toa
para Luke 10:34. Sept. for van Ez.
84: 4, 16.—Ecelus. 27: 21.

Karetdyiog, ov, 6, 5, adj. (xard
intens. dijos,) most evident, Heb. 7:15.
— Jos. Ant. 10.10, 2. Xen. Mem. 1
4.14,

Katadixato, f. dow, (Sixctge,) to
give sentence against any one, to con-
demn, in N. T. seq. acc. of pers. Mutt.
12: 7,37. abeol. Luke 6: 37 bis, James
5:6. So Sept. for s3w77
— Jos. Ant. 7.11.3. Diod. 8
More usually in classic writers seq. geu.
of pers. Xen. H. G. 7. 4. 33, Comp.
Passow sub v.

Karadixn, ns, %, (dixn,) sentence
against, condemnation, Acts 25: 15 in
some Mss, for dixn.—Jos. B. J. 4. 5. 2.
Hdian. 7. 4. 15.

Karadudne, f. $0, (xatd intens.)
to pureue closely oc. an enemy Xen. An.
4.2.5. Sept, for IT Judg. 7:25. —
In N.T. to follow closely, sc. in order to
find, seq. acc. Mark 1:96. So Sept.
and 537 Ps. 23: 6.

Karadovase, 3d, £.éau,(Boviéo,)
pp. to slave down, i.e. to bring under
bondage, to enslave, trans, 2 Cor. 11:20.
Mid, to make a slave for oneself, Gal. 2
4 yo suis xaradoviéowrras that they
might make us their slaves. Sept. for
sas] Ex. 1:14. 6:5,— 1 Mace. 8:10.
Thuc, 3. 70. Xen. Mem. 2, 1. 13.

Karadvyacteva, f. stow, (Svva-
exci fr. Bonior) to ezrin power
against any one, i.e. to overpower, to
oppress, eq. gen. James 2 6 od of
motors xatadvraotsiovew tudy; Pass.
aa if c. accus. Acts 10:38, Sept. c. gen.

423

Kataxaio

er 0232 8am.8:11. ¢. ace, for M2507

1. 2 3, — c. gen. Diod. Sic. 13.73.
e. acc, Xen. Conv. 5. 8

KareSeua, atoc, +, sriely
from xototiSnus and hence pp. ‘
ing down ;’ but in.N. T. Prob,
rupted for xarardSma i. q. dodSqua
but stronger, a curse, Rev. 22:3 in later
edit, for xozavdSepa in text. rec. Not
found in profane writers.

Karateuarivo, £. iow, (xard-
Sepa q. v.) to curse, absol. Matt. 26: 74
in later edit, instead of xatavaS:uatite
in text. rec. from which it is prob.
corrupted.—Chrysost. in Ps. 77. Tren,
ce. Haer. 1. 18, 4. ib, 1.16.3, Not
found in profane writers.

Kariaoguva, f.wis, (aiozive,) to -
bring down shome upon, i. e.

8) to dishonour, to disgrace, trans.
e.g. ty xqaljyy 1 Cor. 11:4, 5, i.e.
to offend against decorum.— Ecclus,
22:5, Jos. Ant. 20, 4.2, Hdian. 5. 1. 17.

b) i. q. aigytve but stronger, to shame,
to pul to shame, trans. (a) pp, Luke 13:
17. 1 Cor. 1: 27 bis, fra tots copoig
xatoozivy. 11:22 2 Cor. 7:14. 9:4.
1 Pet. 3:16. Sept. for wary 2 Sam.
19: 5. — Luc. D, Deor. 22. 3. Ken. An,
3.1.30.—(8) From the Heb, by meton.
of cause for effect, to frustrate one’s
hope, to disappoint. Rom. 5:5 4 38 diaig
ov xoraugyives, 9: 83 et 10: 11 et 1 Pet.
26 mas 8 motsioy én oitg ob xtc
ogvySjoera, quoted from Ie, 28: 16
where Sept. for 2.11. Sept. for W371,
Ps, 22: 6, 44: 8, 119: 31, 116.—Eeclus.
2: 10.

Karaxaic, £, xebow, (xale,) aor.
2 pase. xortexciyy, fut. 1 pass. xoraxavdy-
couos Rev. 18: 8, and also in the later
usage fut, 2 pass. xotaxejoouas 1 Cor.
3:15, 2 Pet. 3:10, comp. Winer §15.
p. 79. Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 161.
—To burn. down, to consume utterly, i. q.
in Engl. to burn up, trans. Matt. 3:12
1) tiqvooy xovoxcton nugh dopiory.
13: 30, 40, Luke 3: 17. Acts 19: 19,
1 Cor. 3:15. Heb. 13:11. 2 Pet. 3: 10.
Rev. 8:7 bis. 17:16, 18:8. Sept. for
Ayyip Ex. 32: 19. Lev. 6:30. — 1 Mace,
5:68. Diod. Sic. 1.59. Xen. Cyr, 4.
6.1.

Keraxodinie

Kataxadvnta, f. yes, (xalinee,)
to cover ac. with a veil etc. which hangs '
down, comp. in Kora I. 1. a, hence
to veil; in N. T. only Pass. or Mid. to
be veiled, to wear a veil, absol. 1 Cor. 11:
Gis. seq. niy xepalyy v. 7, comp.
Butt. § 134. 6, or § 135.4. Sept. for
; > Gen. 38: 15. Is, 6: 2. — Jos, Ant.

1.5, act. Xen, Cyr. 64. 11.

” Karaxavydouat, open, £.400-
pes, depon. Mid. (xovydouas,) to boast
oneself against any person or thing, to
glory over, weq. gen. Rom. 11: 18 bis,
ro serrexeuz Tey adder x, 1.1, 20q.
sata James 3:14. Hence James 213
seraxeuzéras Haos [for coner. 5 éss7]
xelosws i.e. the merciful man glories
over judgment, fears not condemnation.
Comp. Buttm. § 132. 5. 3. — Sept. Jer.
50: 10, 38. Aeschyl. Pers. 350 or 352.

Karcxecpeat, f. sloopat, (xiipas,)
to lie down, i. ©. to lie, to be recumbent,
intrans. Comp. Buttm. § 109. II.

) spoken of the sick, seq. part. Mark
1:30 xerréxesro she lay sick
fa fever. Acts 28: 8. seq. ext c, dat.
Mark 2 4. Luke & 25. Acts 9: 33.
geq. vy John 5:3 absol. v. 6. — Lue.
{carom. 31 xerexssras yoosy. Demosth.
in Conon. joins és Sevcir dyes xeextlprqy.
enn) {2 rectine oc. at table in the ori

manner, see in “dvaxsyse: no. 2.
Mark 14:3. Luke 5 20. c. & Mark 2
15. 1 Cor, & 10.—Athen. 1.19. p.22.C.
Xen. Conv. 1.14. ©. é& Luc. Tox. 44.
Xen. An. 6 1.4

Karaxdae, 0, £. dow, (xlsia,) to
break down, te break in pieces, ©. g. To's
Sqrous Mark 6 41. Lure 9: 16. — Jos.
Ant. 2.14, 4. Dem, 1251.93.

Karandeie, £. dew, (xsi) to
shut to 2c. a door, fe clase, Ken. Cyr. 6.
410. Ja NT. ofa person, pp. t sat
down 2c. in a subterranean prison,
gear. like Engl te aha ape be etnean
ont tant dy gulexg Luke & 20. Acts

‘M& 10 where text. rec. c. dat. guiaxsic.
Sept. . & for xia Jer. 32 3 — Wied.

We: Qe. da Hdian. 5.8 12. &.
hare bern ©. &. Xen.

Keraxdneodore .
(es dint pet epee B

424

Kataxgnurito

sdijgos and 3i3cy,) to give by lot to eack,

to distribute by lot, trans. Acts 1% 19 in
text.rec. Others xataxingoropée. Sept.
for bmn Deut, 21:16 et Josh. 19: 51
in ed. ‘Ald.-et Compl. — 1 Macc. 3 36.

Kataxdngovouceo, @, f. §ou,
(soca distrib.) to distribute by lot, trans.
Acts 13: 19 in later edit. for xataxly-
godoréw. So Sept. for pn Josh. 1&2
Soni Num. 33: 54. Josh, 14: 1. —
Used ‘by Greek writers only in the
sense to inherit down sc. from an ances-
tor, and construed with a genitive ; in
later writers with an accus. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 129. Sturz de Dial. Alex.
p. 160.°

Karaxdivo, f. v6, (xlive,) pp. to
make incline, i.e. to make lie down, genr.
1 Mace. 1:3. Xen. Cyr. 6.4.11. In
N.T. only of the oriental posture at
meals, to make recline, trans. Mid. te re-
dline 8c. at a meal, see in “Avcxespan
Luke 9: 14 xatexlivats aitoi's xdscias.
Mid. Luke 14: 8. 24: 30. — Act. Ael.
V.H.8.7. Xen. Cyr. 2.3.21. Mid.
Xen. Conv. 1. 8.

Ketaxluzo, f. fom, (10h to
dash,) to dash down upon, i, ©. to over-
flow, to flood, Pass. 2 Pet. 3:6 & rén
moopos “Wdors xevexleeStic smeilere.
Sept. for ROD Job 14:19. Jer. 47: 2
—Diod. Sic. I. 19. Ken. Ven. 5. 4.

Karaxdvopoc, ov, 6, (xerexté-
te) @ flood, deluge, spoken of Nosh’s
flood, Mat. 24: 38, 39. Luke 17: 27.
2Pe.% 5 Sept. for ban Gea. & 17.
7: 6 oq. — Joe. Ant. 1. 3.6 Diod. Sie.
1.10.

Karaxolovit-ce, &, £ fou, (nase
intens, dsolow9ie,) to fellow clesdy,
e. dat. Acts 1617. absol. Luke 2% 55.
—Pol. 6 42.2 crop. Joa. Ant 6.7.4
Pol. 2 56.2

Karaxonte, £. pu, (sixre,) to
ew or cut down, to cut in pieces, Pol. 5.
3 Keo H.G.L53 In NLT.
Sear. and intons, te beat, fe cut, te eonnd,
trane. Mark 5 5 sareséatew ievsse li-
Dem Aseail 26. Xen. Mag. Eq.

Karaxenurize, £. tow, (agesvi-
Gn fr. nequerss,) to cast down from a preci-

.
Kardxpipa'

pice, to cast down headiong, trans. Luke
4: 29 ius bgetos tod dow... . cote
xataxpnyvica: aixéy. Sept. for wm
2 Chr, 25: 12,—Jos, Ant. 9.9. 1. Diod.
Sic, 4.31, Xen. Cyr. 1.4.7.

Kataxgcua, tos, 16, (xataxel-
ye,) ji against, condemnation,
Rom. 5: 16, 18. & 1. — Hesych, xard-
Riper xarrdixguots, xorradley,

Karaxgérea, f. vis, (xgivn,) to give
judgment against, to condenin, construed
in Greek writers with a gen. of pers.
and ace, of punishment, Matth. § 378,
p. 694 pen

a) pp. and in N. T, seq. ace. of pers.
et dat. of punishment, Matt. 20:18 xata-
xgsvoiiow critoy Saraty, they shall con-
demn him to death, Mark 10:33. 2 Pet.
2:6. seq. ace. of pers. et infin. Mark
1d: 64 xatéxgsvoy windy -slvas Erozov
Savdrov.—Hist. of Bus. 41. Xen. Hi, 7.
10, — Seq. ace. of pers. the crime or
punishment being implied, Jobn 8: 10
oideds o8 xarixgivay ; v.11. Rom. 2:1.
absol. Rom. 8: 34. Pass, Matt. 27: 3.
[James &9.] of the last judgment
Mark 16: 16. 1 Cor. 11: 82. Trop,
Rom. 8 3 xaréxpive niy duogtiay ty 1H
cael i.e. hath condemned, passed een-
tence upon, all carnal lusts and pas
sions, in antith. to v. 1; comp. 6: 1 8q.
—Hist. of Sus. 48. Hdian. 7. 6.7.

b) by impl. to condemn se. by con-
trast, i.e, to shew by one’s good con-
duct that others are guilty of miscon-
duct and deserve condemnation, seq.
acc. Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 11: 31, 82.
Heb. 1:7. Pass, Rom. 14: 23,

Karexpunc, E008, 4, (xataxgiver,)
condemnation, 2 Cor. Jn the sense
of censure, blame, 7: .

Keatraxvoreva, £. sow, (xgest,)
to lord it against i.e. over any one,
ive.

a) genr. fo exercise authority over,
seq. gen. Matt, 20:25 of derortss ray
éDvay xoraxvessvover citéy, Mark 10;
42, 1 Pet. 5:3. Sept. for bya Jer. 3:
14. bwin Ps. 19:14. — Ecclus, 1
Not found in classic writers in this
sense,

b) by impl. to get the mastery of; to
overpower, to subdue, neq. gen. ase 19:

425

KaralapBavo

16. Sept. for 23> Gen. 1:28 Num.
32: 29.—Diod. Sic. 14. 64.
Karaharlo, &, £. jaw, (dali,)
to speak against, i, ¢. to speak evil of, to
alander, seq. gen. Buttm. § 192. 5.3.
James 4: 11 ter, ux) xoctadalsire Glaser
med 1 Pet. 212. 3:16. Sept. for
ya Ps. 44: 17. gy Ps 78: 19.—
Luc. Asin. 12, ©. acc. Pol. 3. 90. 6.

Katedadla, ag, %, (xotadadée,)
@ speaking against, evil speaking, slan-
der, 2 Cor. 1220. 1 Pet. 2: 1.— Wiad.
1:11. Test. XII Patr. p.678, A word
of the later Greek, Thom. Mag. p. 565.

Keraredos, ou, 6, 4, adj. (xara-
Aadio,) speaking against, as subst, @
a , backbiler, Rom, 1: 30.

Karadau Bava, f. sjpouas, sor.
2 xatideBov (xortd intens.) to take, to re-
ceive, sc. with the idea of eagernees etc. _
trans,

8) pp. to lay hold of, to seize, with the
idea of eagerness, suddenness, e. g. &
criminal, John 8: 3, 4 airy 4 zur)
surtlsip9y éxerrropeige porgevopérn. —
(Ael. H. An. 11. 15 quoted in Aisoge-
os. Luc. Conv. 82.) Bo of an eyil
spirit which seizes, takes possession of
ademoniac, Mark 9: 18, — Ael. V. H.
3. 9. — Trop. of darkness, evil, fo come
suddenly upon, John 12: 35 Yer py oxo-
tle judi wetade fn. 1 Thess. 5: 4 jys-
ga. Sept. for p37 Gen. 19: 19. Dea)
1 K. 18: 44. — Jos, Ant. 4.4.6. Arr.’
Exp. Alex, 1. 5.17. Pol. 9, 18, 3.

b) in allusion to the public games, fo
obtain ec. the prize, with the idea of
eager and strenuous exertion, to grasp,
to seize upon. Rom. 9:30. 1 Cor.
24 obtw spdyets, fra xataldfnse ec. 10
BeaBiior, Phil. 3: 12 bis, Sccmes oa, ab
xab xorraldBo [10 AoaBeior v. 14], dg &
xa} xatehigoyy ind tov Xp.ot08, ie. for
which very end 1 also have been won
es a prize by Christ, v. 13. — comp.
Hdot. 6. 39. Thue. 3. 30.

) trop. to seize with the mind, to
comprehend, John 1: 5 4 88 cxotla’ ob

|. xatélaBey abto.—Clom. Alex. Strom. 1.

16 xarahapBiver 15 pdye9os tic-dhn-
‘Galas. — Hence Mid. to comprehend for
oneself, to perceive, to find, seq. S11, Acts 4:
18 xotalaBcperor: Sts SrPpornos dyedp—

Kesahéyoo

parol shor, 10: 84, seq, ace. ot inf. 25:
25. 1 indic, Eph. 3: 18, — c. 8rs Arr.
Epiet. 1.5.6. c. acc. Pol. 1. 61. 3.

Karadeya, f. §o, (dMya,) to lay
down, Mid. to tie down sc. to sleep.
Horm. Od. 14. 520, ib. 19.44, to lay
down or out ec. apart from others, i. .
to select, Xen. Ag. 1.93, In N.'T. to
lay down to or among, others, 3.0. fo
yeckon under or to a number, to enrol,
Pass, 1 Tim. 5: 9.—Pol. 2, 24. 14. Xen.
Cyr, 3.4, 11.

Karadeupa, arog, 6, (xora-
delno,) @ remnant, Ecelus. 44:17, In
N.'T. by impl. a small part, few. Rom.
9:27 xatdleyspa ewSyosras, quoted from
Js. 10: 22 where Sept. for 78s.

Keatahetneo, £. yo, (size) aor. 1
xarilaye Acts 6:2, a later form, Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 7138q. Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. § 114. If. p. 181.—pp. to leave
down to one’s heirs, i, e. to leave behind
#0 as to descend to them, Hom. Od. 1.
3. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 10, — Hence gent.
and in N. T. to leave behind, pp. at one’s
departure, trans.

a) pp. e. g. at death, Mark 12:19 xai
sarilixs yuvaixe, Luke 20: 31.—Sept.

Deut, 28: 54. Palaeph. 32.7. Epict.
Fragm. 145 ed. Schweigh. — Geor. in
any Place, trans. Mark 14:52 xotaliney
asp owwdora. Jobo 8:9. | Seq. ¢ c.dat.
of lace, Luke 15:4 of setaleinn 1a
dv. by tH dgipg. 1 There. 3: 1 dy
Soateat ‘Tit. 1:5. seq. otto there
Acta 18:19. seq. ae @dov Acts 2: 31
fee in Eig no. 4, So ¢. ace. and predi-
cate of condition, Acts 24: 27 xetduns
viv Hotloy 8sBepivor. 25:14. Sept.for
317 Gen. 39: 12, 13, Josh. 8: 17.—Jos.
Ant, 2.4. 5, c. dy Ael. V. H 13.2
‘Xen. Cyr. 1.4.17. ¢. pred. Hdian. 8.
& 16,

b) in the scmee of to leave, to quit
wholly, to forsake, i.q. Isfre but stronger.
(a) of place, Matt. 4:13 satalindy 17
Notagid, Heb. 11:27, So by impl.
Acte21:3, Sept. for ayy 1 Bain, 31:
— Hdian, 8.2.10. Xen. Aa. 42. 7.—
Hence of persons and things, to leave,
to forsake, oc. 90 as to have nothing
more to do with them, Matt. 19 5 x. ror
Batiga xai thr wytiga Mark 10:7. Eph.

426

Kosadupla

5 31. Mart, 16:4, 21:17. ¢. predic.
povos Luke 10: 40. Of things, Luke
2B xotalinoy Gxavta. Acts 6:2. 2 Pet.
215. Sept. for a37 Gen. 2:24. 44:22.
Deut. 31:17.—Jos, Ant. 8.7. 5. Hdian.
8.3.12. Xen. An. 3.1.2,

c) to leave remaining, i. q. te have left,
to reserve, Rom. 11: 4 x. duaveg ixta-
maz. Gvdgas, quoted from 1 K. 19: 18
where Sept. for “7x Pass, Heb.

4: 1—Xen. Ag. 5. 1.

Karadituteo, £. doe, (xaré in-
tens.) pp. to stone down, i. q. 1cDcizee but
stronger, fo stone to death, trans. Luke
20: 6. — Comp. Sept. Ex. 17: 4. Nam.
14: 10. -_

Karedrayy, 76, %; (xaradiecon,)
exchange ec. of money Dem. 1216, 18.
In N. T. reconciliation, i.e. restoration
to the divine favour. Rom. & 11 3°
ob viv ny xa. UsBoper. 2 Cor. 5 18,
19. Rom. 1: 15 xaralleyy xOgpor,
i.e, the means, occasion of reconciling
the world to God.—genr. 2 Mace. 5: 20.
Dem. 10.15.

Karaidacow v. 110, f. te, (al-
Adoou,) to change against any thing, te
exchange for e. g. money Hdian. 2. 13.
12, In N.T. to change towards, i.e.
one person towards another, to reconcile
to any one, (thus differing from d:al-
Idooe which implies mutual change,
‘Tinm. de Syn. N. T. p. 101 9g.) ee.
ace, et dat. 2 Cor. 5: 18, 19 ssepor sar

tovrg. Pass. aor. 2 xeryi-
Jdyny to be or become reconciled t any
one, c. dat. Rom. 5: 10 bis, xermllayqucr
1G OG xt. 1 Cor. 7: 1. 2 Cor.
5: 20, — 2 Mace. 1:5. Jos, Ant. 5. 2 8.
Xen. An. 1. 6,2.

Karadonos, ov, 6, %, (doexes,)
Left over, remaining, Plur. of xernilernos
the rest, the residue, Acts 15:17 quoted
from Am. 9:12 where Sept. for n*ye=.
So for "ez Ezra &8 n> Deut.
3: 12.—Pol.'2. 11. 6.

Kataduya, aioe, +6, (xaradie,)
Pp- 2 place where one puts uP, lode
place, inn, in the East's
carevanserai, comp. | Calmet Pp. 10. ou
§ 0 Luke 2 7 ob 3v avrote tomes tr
1@ xotelipats, By syneed. Mark 14:
Wet Lake 2211 wot dove v6 xatddepa ;

Karahi

i.e. a room where we mey sup and
lodge. Sept. for ibm Ex. 4: %4.
aq> 1 Sam. 9: 22 — Ecclus. 14:
25. “Pol. 2. 36. 1. Diod, 8. 14. 98.

Karedvieo, £. tow, (dies,) to loosen
down, i. e.

8) pp. to dissolve, to disunite the parts
of any thing; hence spoken of build-
ings etc. to throw down, to destroy, c. acc.
Matt. 26: 61 xetalécas rév vady, and 80
‘27:40. Mark 14:58, 15:29. Acts 6: 14,
So Matt. 24:2, Mark 13: 2. Luke 21: 6.
2Cor.5:1. trop. Gal.%18. Sept. for
Chald. sind Ezra 5: 12.—Hdian. 8.4.4,
Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 1.9.—Metaph. to
destroy, to put an end to, to render vain,
©. g Tor yopor Matt. 5:17 bis. ipyor
Acts 5: 38, 39. Rom. 14: 20. —2 Macc.
2 22. Diod. Sic. 12, 80. Xen. Mem. 4.
4.14. Cyr. 1.1.1.

b) to unbind, e. g. tog famous from a
chariot Hom. Od. 4. 28, Hence of
caravans, travellers, etc. to halt for rest
or for the night, to put up for the night,
when the beasts of burden are un-
harnessed and unloaded, Sept. for 7ib72
Gen. 42: 27. 43: 21, Xen. An. 1.6.1.
— InN. T. genr. to lodge, to take lodg-
‘ing, iotrans. Luke 9: 12. 19: 7 sioqlda
xatalicas, Sept. for 335 Gen. 24: 23,
25.—Lue. Asin. 4, 17, Thue. 1. 136.

Karapavtave, £2 pad joopm,
(«ard intens.) to learn thoroughly, fully,
Xen. Ooo. 11.6, In N. T. to note ac-
curately, to observe, to consider, c. acc,
Matt. 6 28 x. 16 xglza sob dygot. Sept.
for mupy Gen. 34:1. Lev. 14: 37. —
Ecelus. & 5. Arr. A.M. 5.11.2. Dem.
6D. 2. ve sear oon,

Katapagrupeo, @, f. sow,
(uagrugies,) to witness against, lo testify
against any one, seq, gen. Buttm. §132.
5.3. Math. § 378. Matt, 26: 62. 27:
13. Mark 14: 60. 15: 4. Sept. for
by ert 1 K. 21:10, 18. 3 rez Job
15: 6.—Hist. of Sus. 43. Dem. 1115. 26,

Kataudva, f. vis, (xara intens.) to
remain fizedly, to abide, to dwell, intrans,
Acts 3:13, Sept. for 32:3 Num. 20: 1.
Josh. 2 22.—Judith 16: 8. Xen. Cyr. 7.
1.45.

Karapovas, adv. (nasi, svos,)
alone, by oneself, Mark 4:10, Luke 9

ve

427

Karavoeo

18. Sept. for 193 Jer.1517. T7399
Mic. 7: 14,1 Mace. 12 36, Thue. 1.
32, 37. Comp. Buttm. § 115. n. 5, and
pee in Kard Il. 1. d. 7.

Karavatepa, arog, 16, (xatd
intens.) a curse against any one, i. q.
Gvc9epa but stronger. Meton. accursed
thing, for coner. one accursed Rev, 2%
3, in text. rec, See in KordSeua,

Karavateuarti{o, f. low, (xoré
intens.) to utter curses against, i. ¢. to
curse, iq. dvaSeuatifes but stronger,
‘Matt. 26: 74 in text.rec. See in Keta-
Pepertifer,

Katavadisxa, §. lesow, (sata in-
tens.) to consume ac. wholly, i. q. avo-
Mone but stronger, e. g. of a fire, abeol.
Heb. 12: 29 ig saravalloxoy.
for bax Lev. 6 10. Deut, 4: 24.
Sic, 17. 108, Xen. Mem. 1. 2.

Karavagxcio, a, £. jou, (nate,
vagusia,) to become torpid against i. e. to
the detriment of any one, intrans.
hence in Paul's writings i. q. to be bure
densome to any one, 2.
sense, seq. gen. 2 Cor. 11:
ov xaravagujow ipdy, comp. Buttm.

iow
§$132.5.3, §147.n, 12, Marth. § 378.
—Hesych, satwrdgmea sigur. ib.

rf ov xarafdpnoa, In -
Greek writers found only in the pas-
sive, Passow 2, voc. According to Je-
rome its use hero is a Cilicism of Paul,
Algas. Qu. 10. See Wetstein N. T. II.
p. 206.

Karavevar, £. sbow, (veie,) to nod
or wink towards any one, i.e. to make
signs to any one, with the head, eyes,
etc. to beckon, c, dat, Luke 5: 7.—Hom,
Od. 15. 462 sq. Luc. Asin. 48. Pol. 39.
1.3.

Karavodo, a, f. jou, (xard in-
tons." voden) to ace or discern distinelly,
to perceive clearly, trans, x. id

a) pp. Matt. 7: 3 doxby ob xaravosis ;
Luke 6:41. Acts 27:39, trop. Luke
20: 23 x tiv mavoupylay. Sept. for
D°ary Pa. 91:8, — 2 Mace. 9: 25. Xen.
Cyr.32.2 trop. Xen, An.7. 7, 45.

b) i. q. fo mind ,
to consider. Luke 12:94 », s0ig sbpaxas.
v.97 r&xglve, Acw7: 81,32. 11:6.

to observe, = ==

Kenoniew

Heb. 3:1. Jnmes 1: 23, 24. Sept, for
sie In. 5:12. Num. 32 8, 9. — Jos.
Ant. 3.14.1. Luc, Demon, 20. Xen.
Hi. 1. 22, — In the sense of to have re-
spect to, to regard. Rom. 4: 19 of xar-
evénos 15 bavtod odpa xt. 2, Heb. 10:
24. Sept. for yar Is. 57: 1. — Xen.
Cyr. 8. 3, 35,

Karavicica, 0, £. ove, (nortds dv
xéer fr. dtl) lit. to come down ogainst,
i.e. to come down to or upon, to arrive
ata place ete, Acta 20: 15 xarnrrigayey
Greixgi Xlov we arrived over against
Chios. Elsewhere in N. T. always
with eg c, nec. Acts 16:1 xanjytqae tig

at Derbe. 18: 19,24. 21:7. 25:
13, 27,12. 28: 18—2 Mace. |. Pa-
lseph. 15. 2. Diod. Sic. 3. 34. — OF
things, to come or be brought to any one,
seq. Hig 1 Cor. 14: 36. to come upon, to
happen to, i. e. in the time of any one,
seq. sig 1 Cor. 10: 11.—Pol. 6. 4. 12.—
Trop. to attain to any thing, the pos
session of it, seq. ts, i,q. fo oblain.
Acts 26:7 sls jv (¢rayyeliar).... dl
nite xoravtijus. Eph. 4:13 Phil. 3:
11. — 0. mods 2 Mace. 6:14. eis Pol.
4.34, 2,

Kardvvtec, €0c, 4, (xarartoon
q: V.) pp. @ piercing through, trop. vehe-
ment pain, grief, Heaych. xatavutis* #
Aten, So in profane writers. But
Bept. bes the verb xarariccw for Heb.
B23 to be silent, dumb, Ley. 10: 3.
Ps. 4: 5.ah for pha: id. Dan, 10: 15,
and for DI to in deep sleep,
stupor, Dav. 10:9, Hence also Sept.
xotavutis for Heb. > pick ls) deep sleep,
stupor, Ps, 60:3 and “in 99: 10, which
last passage Paul quotes in Rom. 11: 8
Boner aitois 5 Stig rveipa xarart Seog.
Others derive it in this senso from
xotayvotate,

Keravinse v. 110, £. $0, (xord
intens.) to prick through, to pierce, Pass,
metaph. fo be greally pained, to be deeply
moved, Acts 2: 87 xareviynoay 17} xag-
Sig, Sept. for axd:-Ps. 109: 16, —
‘Ecclus. 14: 1. Mesyeh. xotevéyyour*
xotalvayoygay.

Karakuo, @, f, coow, (nord intene.

‘Stwwe,) to count worthy of any thing, in
NT. only Pass. to be counded vorthy,

428

Katanave
seq. tot 2002 Thess.
h Haas infin, Luke 20: 35, 21: 36.

Acts 5: 41. —c. gen. Jos, Ant. 15.3. &
Diod. Sic. 2.60. ¢. inf. Dem. 1383. 11.

Karanatéw, &, £. joe, (aacvées,)
to tread down, to trample down, trans.
Matt. &: 13. 7:6 piscote xotonariowocy
airots ino trois nocly abtéy. Luke & 5.
1% 1, Sept. for oy3 2 Chr. 25: 18.
Ez. 34: 18.—Pol. 1. 34.5. Xen. Ag. 1.
15, — Metaph. es a mark of scorn and
contempt, Heb. 10: 29 tor vidy tov Saez.
— 1 Mace. 3: 51. Hom. Il. 4, 157.

Kardureuote, eos, %, (xrcaneries,)
a resting, rest, 2 Macc. 15:1. Io N.TT.
from the Heb. rest, i, e. place of rest,
fized abode, dwelling, comp. in Kara-
‘mato a. 8, 80 Acts 7:49 tis téxes
ig xatam. pov, and what the place of my
reat, abode? i. e. of God in allusion to
a temple, quoted from Is. 66: 1 where
Sept. for m3, as also Ps, 132 14
where God is representei! as searching
through the earth and selecting Zion as
his dwelling-place, comp. Ecelue. 24:
Gsq. Baruch 3: 208q. Also of the rest
or fixed nnd quiet abode of the Israel-
ites in the promised land after their
wanderings, Heb. 3: 11, 18 et 4: 3,5 &
daelstaovtas tig tir xxtanavely pov ie,
the rest which I have promised, quoted
from Ps. 95: 11 where Sept. for ty:22,
as also Deut. 12:9. See in Keizo. —
Hence trop. the rest, quiet abode of these
who shall dwell with God in heaven,
in allusion to the rest of the sabbath,
Heb. 4: 1, 3, 10, 11. Comp. Wind. 4 7.
Act. Thom. § 36.

Karanava, fom, (nate,) to quiet
down, i.e,

a) trans. (a) pp. fo cause te cease, to
make desist, and 3o to restrain, Acts 14
18 pdlig xatinavoay trois ézhows. So
SepnTob AGT where Hee 337. Septfor

ON Ps. 85: 4.—Pol, 1. 9, 8, Dem. 808.
Hy |. — (f) to cause to rest, to give rest te,
i.e. to bring into the state of rest and
happiness of those who dwell with God,
Tleb. 4: 8 coll. v.1,9. The allusion is
to Joshun’s giving rest, i.e. quiet pos-
session and dwelling, to the Israelites
in the promised land, Sept. for tz
Josh, 1: 18, 15. 22: 4.—genr. Xen. Veo.
72.

Katantieque

b) intrane. from the Heb. to cease
from, to rest from, seq. nd c. gen. Heb.
4:4 seténavory 6 O0d¢ and 1.1. igyo
aired. v.10. So Sept. for 12 nav Gea.
22,3, mpd Gen. 49: 32, x 3h 17—
Test. XII Pate. p. 541 xeraxavoes § 7H}
ano tagaziis. — The classic form is
xatanavecSal tivos, comp, Passow sub
v. Matth. § 355. 4, and n. 1.

Koranéiacpa, arog, +6, (xota-
setdvryu,) a covering, veil, which bangs
down, Act. Thom. § 11 16 xeraméracp
10% rympairos. In N.T. veil, curtain,
se. of the tabernacle and temple, of
which there were two, viz. one before
the external entrance, Heb. 752 Sept.
xaranitacpe Ex. 26:37. 40:6 Jos.
B. J. 5.5.4; and the other before the
holy of holies separating it from the
outer sanctuary, Heb. n2"{p Sept. xot-
anétagpa Ex, 26:31. 27:2). 40:3. Jos.
B. J. 5, 5. 5. Comp. Wetstein N. T. J.
p. 539. — Hence 1 xotanéragpa tod
yaoi may be either the outer or inner
veil, Matt. 27:51. Mark 15: 38. Luke
28: 45. But 10 dsitegoy xaz, the second

* or inner veil, Heb. 9: 3.—Trop. Heb. 6:
19 16 dastegoy 208 xataerdopatos that
within the veil, i.e. the inner sanctuary,
holy of holies in the heavenly temple,
comp. v.20 and 10:19. So Heb. 10:
20 where it is emblematic of the body
and death of Jesus,

Kataniva, f. xiopas, (lve,) to
drink down, to swallow dewn sc. as in
drinking, i. q. in Engl. to swallow up,

, trans,

a) pp. of persons etc, Matt. 23: 24
tly 08 xdpnhor xatanivortes. 1 Pet. 5:

8. Sept. for sks Jon, 2: 1.—Tob. 6: 2. .

Ael. V. H. 1.3. “Luc. D. Marin. 14. 3.
— Of things, e.g. the earth, to absorb,
Rev. 12: 16, (Diod. Sic, 1. 32.) of the
sea, to overwhelm, to drown, Heb. 11: 29.
(Pol. 2, 41.7.) metaph. 2 Cor. 5: 4

b) trop, to overwhelm, to destroy, 1 Cor.
15: 54. 2 Cor. 2:7 dim xaraxod% 3
‘torottos. — Aeschin. 13, 29 x, ty ma-
teyay ovclay.

Ketaniaia, £. nesotpas, (ninta,)
to fall down, e. g. prostrate, sig ri» vir
Acts 26 14. yexgdy 28:6. Sept. for
bp3 Ps. 145: 14. — Ecclus. 7:3. Xen,
Mem. 3. 3.

429

Kardpa

Karantéo, £. siow, (née) be
sail dowri sc. from the bigh sea to land,
comp. Ketdye b; to sail to any place,
to come by ship to, 6eq, eis Luke 8:26.—
Pol. 1. 58,2. Xen. H. G. 1.4. 1.

Karanoveto, &, £. jaw, (movies)
to work down, to wear down by labour,
Plot. Alex. M.§40. In N.T. Pase.
trop. to be weary, oppressed, afflicted,
Acts 7:24. 2 Pet, 2: 7.2 Mace. 8: 2.
Ael. V. H. 3.27. Diod. Sic. 13. 51.

Karanoriila, f, low, (norsize fr.
ROrtog sea,) to sink in the sea, trans.
Mid. to sink, intrans, Matt. 14: 30. Pass,
genr. Matt. 18: 6 fo be sunk, drowned,
ac. dy 1G maléyes tig Sadsooys, where
the allusion is to the punishment of
drowning, practised by the Egyptians,
Greeks, and Romans, though appa-
rently not by the Jews, See Casaubon
ad Sucton. Octay. c. 67. Wetstein N. T.
I. p. 441, Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 274.
Cic. Or. pro Sex. Rose. Am. 25, 26, —
Jos. Ant. 14.15.10. Diod. Bic. 16. 85
tots 8 thous se iegoothous xatendytics,
Plut. Timol. 13. Pol. 2. 60. 8. The
Atticists seem to prefer the form xata—
nortdw, Lob. ad Phryn. p, 361.

Karaga, as, 4, (rata intons. dgc,)
PP. imprecation againsl, i. 6.

8) pp. and genr. imprecation, cursing.
James 3: 10 éx t. a. orcpertos dbégxerms
siloyla sab soncga. Sept. for mp
Gen. 27: 12, 13. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6. ‘5.
Pol. 16. 3.7. Plut. Timel, 5.

b) from the Heb. curse, i.e, a devot-
ing or dooming to ntter destruction, see
in *4vdSepa, and hence i
doom, puni Gal. 3: 10 Sn6 werté—
gar sick are subject to the curse, i. q.
dmuxasdgato.. v.13 bis, de ie xetdpac
tod vouou, yerdperos indy Hpsiv xecciga,
i.e. from the curse, doom, which the
law threatens, being himeelf made a
curse for us, i. e. meton. accursed, i. q.
drinardigatos. 2Pet.% 14 sordgay rex
va i.e. on whom the curse abides. So
Sept. for mtx Dan.9: U1. mbbp Judg.
9: 57. Deut. 28: 15,45. > 9 Prov,
3: 33, Mal. 2: 2 — Aleo of the earth,
Heb. & 8 7... xatdgas tyyis near
to the curse, almost accursed, i. e.
doomed to sterility. So Gen. & 17

Katapaopac

my Ba Sept. éeimarcpatos,
comp. Le

Karapdouat, agar, f. écopet,
‘depon. Mid. (dpciouas,): pp. to wish or
pray against any one, i.e. to wish evil to,
-to curse, c. acc. .& B: Opp. to oe
Matt. 5: 44 zoig xatagupérous
Luke 6: 28. Rom, 12: 14. James 3: °.
So Sept. for a7% Gen. 12:3, Num.
‘2: 9. — c. ace, Xen, An. 5.6.4. of-
tener c. dat. Jos. Ant. 4.6.2. Diod. Sic.
1.45. Xen. An. 7. 7. 48. — From the
Heb. to curse i. e. to devote to destruc-
tion, comp. in Katdga b. So of a fig-
tree Mark 11:21, comp. in Kardga b ult.
Pasa, part. xarnoapevog accursed, i. q.
dxuxartdgotos, Matt. 25:41, comp. Buttm.
§113. n. 6, — Sept. for mb! 7) Deut. 21:
23, Ecclus, 3:16. Sept. for b3pn Job
24: 18. Wied. 1% 11.

Karagyéo, o, f. fou, (xard c. vi
trans. dpyin,) to render inactive, idle,
useless, trans,

a)pp.e.g-of land, tospoil, Luke 13:7 f-
ats xal sh}y viv xaragye.—Comp. xortag—
77 zeigas to letremain idle Eurip.Phoen.
760 or 765. Comp. dgyog of land Aris-
tot. Dec. 2. Diod. Sic. 19. 42 — Trop.
to make without Sech, to make vain, void,
fruitless, 0. g viy nlowy vot 9105 Rom.
23. vdpor v.31. Eph. 215, deayysllar
Rom. 4:14. Gal,’ 17. Hence by
impl. to debase, 1 Cor, 1: 28.

b) by impl. to cause to cease, to do
anvay, to put an end to, 1 Cor. 613. 12:
11 xanigyyen ta 108 onnlov I put away
childish things. Sept. for 52 to make
desist, Ezra 4:21, 23—Hence to abolish,
4o destroy, Rom. 6:6 23 odpa wis duag-
lag. 1 Cor. 15: 24 Srey setapyion
naoay Goyny x. 1.1 v. 26. 2 Thess.
can 2 Tim. oe Heb. 2 14. — Test.

alr. Pp. 1 xaxsagyjou Bellag xat

tots inignotrras airy. Just. Mart. de
Reourr. p. 242. — Pane, xarapyéopat,
cota, to cease, to be done away, 1

2:6, 18:8 bis, sits xpopnniiat, xotegyy—
Sjoorven x 1.2 v.10. 2 Cor. & 7,
11, 18, 14, Gal. 5:11. 80 xatagyowas
diné 1905, to cease from, i. @. to cease be-
ing under or connected with any person
or thing, Eg. ano toi vépou to be
freed from ais Taw Rom. 7: 2,6, i. q. dev
Sig dor dns tol vopev inv.3. Also

430

Karaguspos
oa & Amey ems okyrat

Gee Theory ‘well, aranisien mr
veerlay Fyers yard rot X.
Karagidusw, @, £. jou, er
Spics,) to number under or among, Pass.
Acts 1:17. xarngsSys fy & ig.
Sept. for wine 2 Chr. 31: 19.—Diod.
Sie. 4. 85. Piut. Solon. p. 64. D.

Ka ragiilo, f. doe, (xord inten.
Sorlte, &grios,) to make fully ready, t
Put in full order, to make complete, trans.

8) pp. («) espec. of what is broken,
injured, ete. which is also the more
usual classic sense, to to repair, le
mend, e. g. ta Sixtua Mare ah ak
1:19. Sept. for Chald. S:oz Em:
12,13,16.—Arr. Epict.
Bic. 12.3. Hdot. 5. 106, — Trop. oft
person in error, fo restore, to set righ
Gel. 6: 1.—Plut, Marcell. 10. — () By
impl. and in the proper force of xv,
to make perfect, i. ©. such as one should
be, deficient in no part. Of persons,
Luke 6:40. 2Cor. 13: 11 satagrizeht
be ye perfect. 1 Pet.5:10. 9q. iv
fn any thing, Heb. 13: 21 sategrien
‘pds ty x. Toye dyad§. 1 Cor. 1:10.
— Pol. 5.2. 11 Maxedives sais gevies
sarngtigpivo.—Of things, 0. gra ir
givere, to fll out, to supply, } Thess *

oy gone. to prepare, to set in order, le
constitute, in N. T. only in Pas. sxd
Mid. Rom. 9:22 oxain oeyis sw
twopdva sig axeileaay. Moko abe,
from Ps, 8 3 where Sept. for ‘R):
Heb. 10: 5 osiua 8a sarsyetiow post
body hast thou prepared for me #. #
8 sacrifice to thee, quoted from Ps. 407
Beoe wher the Heb. is different. pa
at Tous asenras
buod ia Were Coated sete
comp. Sept. Ps. 74: 16 oi) sarge
Sjhuoy nat oelivmy for Heb. 7127 Pe

2
1 Cor. 89: 88.—Diod. Sic. 11.75. Pol. 1. 214.

Kardguss, ecog, 4, (naragtio)
perfection, i.e. the being made or be
‘coming perfect, 2 Cor, 13:9. Comp. #
Koragtifo a, 8.—Plut. Alex. M. 7.

Karaprouss, Ov, 5, (narngth)
«a perfecting, i.e. the act of making Pe
fect, Eph. 4: 12.

Karavetco

Karaceia, £. stow, (xoxd intens.)
to shake violently to and fro, e. g. build-
ings Ael. V.H. 3. 16. Thue. 2.76. In
N. T. to move to and fro, to wave the
hand, to beckon, sc. a8 a signal for si-
Jence and attention, ¢. ace. Acts 19:33
xatagsloas thy xsiga waving the hand.
c. dat. Acts 13: 16 xatactleas 15 yugl
waving with the hand. also ¢. dat, of
pers, 21: 40 », tf x. 1H lag. 1217, —
thy z- Philo Leg. ad Cai. 1018. B. 1f
Jos, Ant. 8.11.2. Heliodor. 4. 16.

Karacxdnrco, f. ye, (oxinres)
pp. to dig down under a building etc.
to undermine, and hence to overthrow, to
destroy, to rase, ec. cities, buildings, ete.
Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 46, Hdian. 8. 4. 24.
Xen. H. G. 2, 2. 28. — So in N. T. as
quoted from Sept. e.g. Rom. 11:3 1a
Svaserriigid cov xatécxayay, from 1K.
19: 10 where Sept. for Dan. Part. pass.
Acts 15: 16 1a xatsoxoppive, ruins, from
Am. 9 11 where Sept. for nioan.

Katacxevate, f. dow, (xaté in-
tens.) to prepare fully, to put in readi-
ness, trans, e.g. a way before an ari-
ental monarch, yy 63dy Matt. 11: 10.
Merk 1:2 Luke 7: 27, quoted from
Mal. 3:1 where Heb. 38, Sept. én
Plénopas See in “Eromdte a, Luke 1:
17 lady sateoxsvecuivor a people fully
prepared sc. to receive the Messiah. —
Diod. Sic. 1.1. Xen. Mem. 3.11. 4,
H. G. 2 4. 9.—Spoken of buildings ete.
for to build, to construct, e.g. olxoy Heb,
33,4, siferéy the
ark of Noab 11:7. 1 Pet. 3: 20, —
Jos, Ant. 8 8 4. Hdian. 5, 6.14. Xen.
Cyr. 6, 1. 27.—Of God, to create, sc. 16
marta Heb. 3: 4. Sepr. for aya Is.
40: 28. 43: 7.—Wisd, 9: 2. .

Karasxyrea, &, £. dow, (oxy)
to plant down a tent, i. ©. to pitch a tent,
Diod. Bic. 14. 62, Xen. Cyr. 6 2 2.
In N. T. genr. to sojourn, to dwell, and
spoken of birds, to haunt, seq. é rots
sheidorg Matt. 13: 32, Luke 13:19. ind
iv oxlay Mark 4:32, So Sept. for >
Ps. 104: 12, Dan. 4: 18. coll. Dan. 4:9.
— Jos. Ant. 3.8.5, Diod. Sic. 19. 94
ult. xij tot xasacenvoty ty obsess.
Pol. 85. 2. 4. — Trop. to rest, to remain,
Acts 2: 26 4 ocigt wou xetaoxyrcioss bx?

431

Kaiusr0dy

aids, quoted from Ps. 16: 9 where
Sept. for jay.

Karaoxjroste, ewe, 4, (xora-
cerita) the act of pitching a tent, build-
ing, Sept. for min 1 Chr. 28:2., @
tent pitched Diod. Sié. 17.95. In N.T.
dwelling-place, abode, and spoken of
birds, @ haunt, Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58.
Bept. for 19% 2 Chr. 6:21. Symm
for qatin Ps. 46: 5.—Tob. 1:4. 2 Mace.
14:

Katacxitlo, f, dow, (oxdte,)
to shadow down upon, i... to overshadow,
trans. Heb. 9: 5,—Anthol. Gr. I. p. 116,
Plat. Artax, 18 fin.

Karavxondo, a, f. jaw, (xia
intens. oxoméw,) to view accurately, to
contemplate, Xen, Mem.2.1.92. to in
apect Pol. 10.20.2, In N.'T. with
sinister intent, to spy out, to explore,
trans. Gal. 2 4 xotaoxonijous thy dev
Srplay indy. 86 Sept. for 645 28am.
10:3. 1 Chr. 19: 3,

Karasxonos, oi, 5, (xatacxonie,)
@ scout, spy, Heb. 11:31. Sept. for
ayy Gen. 4% 9,1. — Pol. 14.3.7,
Xen. ‘Cyr. 3. 3, 25,

Karacog{ouat, f. laopas, depon.
Mid, (coplZouas, copite,) pp. to be wise
against any one, i.e. to deal
with, insidiously, deceitfully, c. acc.
Acts 7: 19 xaracopudueros 13 yévos
jue, in allusion to Ex. 1:10 where
Sept. for rarinn. — Judith 5:11. Jos.
Ant. 6, 11.4, Lue. D. Deor.1.2. Diod.
8. 15. 74,

Korraarédda, f. até, (rildes,) to

or let down, to lower, 0. g. tag Saf
Ieee the fasces Dion. Hal. ron Tone,
44, InN. T. top. to put down, i. ¢. to

to assuage, to pacify, e.g. toy
Bie nets ote om 27a ved
Jos. Ant, 14,9, 1. Plut, ed. R. VIII.
p. 162, nl,

Keraompa, arog, 16, (xadiory-
Ht) position, i.e. state, condition, spoken
of external circumstances and deport-
ment, Tit. & 3 dy xosacripets legongs—
wtig.—3 Mace. 5: 45. Joa. B. J. 1.1. 4.
Plut. Marcell. 23 pen.

+ Karactoay, 7s, %, (xaracritie,)
lating don, ie, the letting fall og.

Kasacipdgo

‘of a garment, the adjustment of it, on
and around one’s person, x. mepifoliis
Plut. Pericl. 5. In N.T. collect. for
raiment, apparel, 1 Tim. 2:9 éy sara-
orohj xooply. Sept. for m3 Ie. 61:
3.—Jos. B. 8.4. ” ,

Karacrpepe, £. yo, (axgipa,) to,
turn down, to turn under, e. g. with
plough Xen. Occ. 17.10. In N. T. to
overturn, to overthrow, trans. Matt. 21: 12
tas teanslas tiv xollyfiotiv. Mark 11:
15, So Sept. for "joj Job 28: 9. Hag.
2: 22.—Anthol. Gr. II]. p. 38. Also x.
tag molsis to destroy Jos, Ant. 2. 10, 2.
Diod. Sic. 16, 71.

Karaorpyruta, o, £. dow, (orgn-
vudw q. v.) to revel against, to run riot
agains! any one, seq. gen. 1 Tim. 5: 11
Stay ya xatastenracwos tov Xprotou,
against Christ, i.e. they lead a life of
luxury and gaiety in neglect of Christ,

_ to the detriment of his cause. Comp.
Marth. §378, Butt. §132, 5. 3.—Basil.
Ep. ad Amphil, LL. p.28. C. Nicet.
Annal. X1X. 4. 368, D. Comp, Lob. ad
Phr. p.881. See more in Zrgnvuto.

Karaorpogy, 76, 7, (xortarrgécper,)
catastrophe, i. e. overthrow, destruction,
of cities, 2 Pet. 2: 6 dg molti . . . xerta—
org0ph xoréxgive. Sept. for mp] Gen.
19: 29, “SY'B Job 15: 21.— Hdot. 1.6,
"Thue. 1, 15.—Metaph. subversion, opp.
to 10 zowpor, 2 Tim. 2 14,

Karcorporvrume, €. otgaion,
(cxgsivveys,) to spread down, to strew
down, trans. ¢. g. persons, 1 Cor, 10:5
nuteorguS nour by éoriuy, ie. they were
strewed 8 corpses in the desert, were
destroyed. Sept. for Dog Num, 14:
16, — Judith 14: 4, Ael, H. An. 7. 2
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 64 of Mgcas. ... wol-
ois xaxsotgeiryucar. Comp. Diod. Sic.
15, 80 sév témov vexpsiy xotéctgecs.

Karacvga, f. 96, (vign,) to drag
down, to force ©. g. a8 @ torrent
tog doug, EUda, ty» &ppor Tost. XIL
Patr. p. 643. 10 Slervoy Alciphr. Ep.
1. 1.—In N.T. of @ person, to drag or
haul sc, meds xpsryy Luke 12: 58.
— Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1010 die wéang
xatéougor Gopi. So detrahere in ju-
dicium, Cic. pro Milon. 14.

432

Karaipézo

Keiaospato or xarasgarra,
£, ce, (open or oxpeirtor) to slaughter
down i. e. genr. to butcher, to kill, trans,
toi ézPoote Luke 19: 27. Sept. for
33m Zech, U1: 5.—2 Mace. 5: 12, Adel
V.H. 13.2 Xen. An. 4, 1,93.

Karaogpayfa, f. low, (xa in-
tens.) to seal down i.e. to, in Engl to
sal up, e. g. 1 BrSMoy a book or roll,
Rev. 5:1. Sept. for nytt Job 9:7.—
‘Wied. 2:5. Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 82.3

Karaozecte, eas, %, (xarizng*)
@ possession i.e. thing possessed, in
N.T. a dwelling, land. Act doives
alg xatdozsow avriy sc. thy yin 1.6
éy 1H xataczioe, see in Ey no.4. 80
Sept. for 717% Gen. 17: 8, Neb. 11:3.
Ps. 2 8.—Judith 9: 18. Jos. Ant. 9.1.2

Kerearidnue, £. doe, (reps)
put or lay down, to deposit, trans.

a) pp. e.g. in a tomb, Mark 15 46
xacréSypery arity by pornuslon —Ael. V.H.
13.2. genr. Jos, Ant. 4.4.2 Xen,

7.

Eq. 6.7.
b) Mid. to deposit for oneself, i. 4. ia
Engl. to lay up for future use, gest.
Xen. Cyr. 7.5.34 An. 7.6.9.
N.T. trop. xaratlGeaSas zagiy ¥. 28
tag c, dat. to lay up favour with any 006,
to win his favour, comp. Engl. ‘to cu
ry favour with.’ Acts 24: 27 Sil 1
Zagutas xatadioFar rots *Iovd. 6 Oils
25: 9.— 1 Mace. 10: 23. Diod. Bie. 15.
91. Dem. 416, 5. Xen. Cyr. 8, 3. %8

Kararopy, Hc, %, (nararioe 0
cut through or off,) concision, ive.
cutting off, mutilation. So Phil. 3%
contemptuously for the Jewish circum
cision in contrast with the true epirit
circumcision, v. 3, Comp. in “4x
xonte.

Karerogevia, f. eboes, (rofetu) #
shoot doton sc. with an arrow or dart, Pass
c. dat. Bolids Heb. 12: 20, in allusion to
Ex. 19: 13 where Sept. for 797-10
D. Deor. 19. 2, Hdot. 3, 36.

Kecreergdzco, aor. 2 xaribgaper,
(reézm,) to run down sc. from a highet
to a lower place, Acts 21:32 xarépau”
dt aixods he ran down to them ec. from
the tower Antonia. Sept. for pu K-

.

Koragayw

19: 20, — Hot, 7. 192, Xen. An. 7. 1.
20. Ina hostile sense Sept. Lov. 26:
37, Xen, Cyr. 7.2, 5.

Karageyc, vee in KaterSle,

Karagéga, f.xatolow, aor. 1 pasa,
xaenriz Snr.

1. to bear or carry down from a higher
to a lower place, Palaepb. 10.2 Plut.
M. Anton. 69. lo bring down ac. with
violence, as a blow Luc, Tim. 53. to
throw down Jos, Ant. 2.9.7. Hdian. 4,
15.9. — Hence in N. T. ovly Pass,
maragegeoiat, to be borne or thrown
down, to fall. Acts 20:9 xaterez Stic dnd
tod tnvov insce, i.e. he sunk down
from sleep, lost his balance and fell. —
Ael. V. H. 8.5, Hdian. 1, 11. 3.—Trop.
to be borne down, oppressed, ee. with
sleep, inrw Acts 20: 9. — Symm. for
By7: Ps. 76:7. dg ive Dion. Hal.
Ant.4. Luk. sig invor Jos. Ant. 2. 5,
5. Diod. Bie. 3.57. Plut. ed. R. VI.
p. 409. 5,

2 naragéges piipor, with xard intens,
to give a vote, to vote, 3.9. gégu piipor
but stronger, implying alacrity, zeal,
Acts 26: 10 xarjveyxa yiipor I gave my
vole, assented, comp. 22: 20.—S0:
vigor Dom. p. Wik. Plu. Coriol,
P. 220. C, wij tipdpas & 7 tir yagor
Be gigew evonions.— Others, to give
one’s vole against any one, i. q. gégeiy
igor nice tv0s, ©. g. Jos. Ant. 10, 6.
2 mivrss Fveynay yigovs xo airoi.

Karagevya, f. topo (geiye,) to

” flee down to any place etc. i.e. to lee for

refuge, e.g. slg tig molng Acts 14: 6.

trop. seq. inf. Heb. 6:18, Sept. for
13 Num. 35: 26. Deut. 4: 42.—Hdian.
7.11.12 Xen, H. G. 4 8, 28,

Karagtelero, £. e96, (nord in-
tens.) to spoil utterly, to corrupt, trans,
Loc. Tim. 36. xarupd. tir zopar to
lay waste, Diod. Bic. 1.56, Pol. 2. 64. 3,
Hence in N. T.

a) trop. to corrupt, te deprave, e. g.
thy voir, Pasa, 2 Tim. 3: 8. Comp.
Batm. § 134. 6. Sept. xaragd. nyy
S8év for m*tTzimy Gon. 6: 12. .

b) by impi. fo destroy, Pass, to perish,
2 Per. 2 12, So Sept: or ba3 Ee, 18,
18. notin Gen. 6:17. 2 Chr. 24:23,
7-2 Mace, & 14. Diod. Bie. 1. 16,

55

433

Karéveru

Karagueéw, 6, £. Gav, (sere in-
tens.) to kiss tenderly, deosculor, stronger
than guilds, trans. Matt. 26: 49 coll.
v.48. Mark 14:45. Luke 7:38, 45. 15:
20. Acts 20: 37, Sept. for dz Gen.
‘31: 28, 55. Ruth 1: 9, 14, — Lue.” Asin,
51. _espec. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 33.

Karaggovée, &, £. jou, (pgo-
vien) to think against any one, i. é. fo
think lighlly of, to despise, seq. gon.
Buttm. §132. 5.3, Matt. 18: 10 py xore-
PeoMjonte kvog tay puxgeey tovrey. Rom.
24. 1 Cor. 11:22, 1 Tim. 4:12 Heb.
IRQ 2 Per. 10.—Wind. 14: 30. Diod.
Sic. 1. 67. Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 12,—In the
sense of to not to care for, Matt.
G: 24 et Luke 16:13 app. to drdyzrFau,
1 Tim. 6: 2. — Hdian, 5, 4. 8, Xen.
Mem. 3. 12.3,

Karaggornrye, ov, 6, (narapeo-
vie,) a despiser, pikicnen ‘Acts 13: 41,
quoted from Sept. Hab. 1: 5 where
Heb. prsaz. Sept. for 75 Hab. 2 5.
—Jos. Ant. 6 14, 4. Plut. Brut. 12,

Karazéo, & stow, (xé0,) to pour
down upon, and so genr. to pour ¥por,
e.g. dnl thy mp. Matt, 26:7. ‘xara:
Tis xep. Mark 14: 3. — Sept. Job 41: 15.
Hoian, 8, 4, 26, Dem. 1123 ult.

Karazdonos, cov, 5, i, adj.
(zStiv) under-ground, subterranean, put
for Gone and its inhabitants Phil. % 10,
— Anthol. Gr, IV. p. 257. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 2. 10. > ,

Karaygaouat, ope, f. joopet,
depon, Mid. (xerrd intens.) £0 use overs
much, to over-use, anil so fo misuse, seq
dat. 1 Cor. 7: 81 of zpsiusvor 1H) xdounp
Sg yeh) xxrazpsiusror, 9: 18,—Ael. V. H.
3. 13. Hdian, 8, 4. 22,

Karecpriyor, £. tu, (yize,) to cool
down, to cool, i.e. to refresh by cooling,
¢. ace. niy yléocay Luke 16: 24.—Sept,
Ez, 26; 19, Diod. Sic. 3. 8 pen.

Karaidodos, ov, 6, 5, (xovd in-
tons, eiBalor,) full of idols, given to
idolatry, Acts 17: 16 xetsl3aloy otvay
iy sélsy, Comp. the forms sénog
xarrdderdgog Diod. Bic. 16,31. ton. werd
puto Pol. 18, 3, 1.

Katdvert, adv. (xard, torts)
Pp. down over against, i. €. at the ‘point

Kawyonwy

over agolnst, and hence genr. i. q. over
against, opposite f, voq. got. Mark Li:
pe sine Tyy xarivares Yor, 12:41. 13
3 Also c. art. 6, xarévavts, a8 adj.
, Luke 19: 90 aig tiv xardvarte
xeleny. Butm. § 125.6, Sept. for 133
Ex. 19:2. ayb 1 Chr. 5:11. 49759.
Zech. 14: 4,—Beclus. 2% 18. — In the
sense of before, in the sight of, Rom. 4:17
xarivayts ov dnlarever Soi, by attract.
for xotivarts Sot @ énlorsves, comp.
Buttm. § 143.4, So Sept. for *29-ni
Ex. 32:10. spb 2 Chr. 26. Ex, 325,

Kaaevasnior, adv. (nartd, évcinsoy,)
pp. down in the presence of, in the very
presence of, and hence genr. before, in
the sight of, seq. gen. 2 Cor. % 17 sat

, srimiar 100 Sto¥. 1219, Eph. 1: 4.

Col, 1:22. Jude 24 xerx. riig dotne abtod,
in the presénce of, for
my Lev. 4:17. 7282 Josh. 21: 46,
920 Josh. 1: 5.

Karetovorette, f. dow, (stoves
%u,) to exercise authority against i.e.
over any one, c. gen. Matt, 20:25, Mark
10; 42,

Karegyafopar, £. dcouas, depon.

Mid. (xatd intens. égydfopat,) aor. 1
+ pans. xerreigydoGyy with pase. signif

2 Cor. 12: 12; comp. Buttm, §113. u. 6;

to work out, trans. i.e, to bring about, to

accomplish, Xen. Mem. 3.5.11. InN.T.
a) to work out, i.e. to effect, to produce,

to be the cause or author of, Bom. 4: 15
6 vopos dgyqy xarrepyateras, 5:3. 7: 8,
3 1518, 2 Cor. 4:17. 7: 10 bis, 1.

9:11. Phil, 212, James 1: 3, 20, —
Xen. Mem. 2 3, 11. Lac. 9, 1.

Db) to work *
to vanquish, e.g. dxavta Eph, 6 13,—
Joa, Ant. 2. 4, z Hdian. 1,9, 3. Xen.
Cyr. 4. 6. 4 say déovra.

‘c) genr. to work, to do, to practise, the
foree of xard being not indeed lost, but
still not easily expressed in English.
E, g of actions, Rom. 1: 37 njr doznuo-
obrny xe dusvon, 2:9 «10 xumdr.
7: 15, 17, 18, 90. 1 Cor. 5:3, 1 Pet.
4:3, (Xen. Hiero 1. 82.) Of miracles,
onssia, pasa, 2 Cor, 12: 12, (Hdot. 9.
108.) In the sense of to make, to form,
¢.acc, et dat, 2Cor. 5:5, Sept. for
dam Ex. 15: 17. comp. 35: 30,

434

Karwduvve

Karépyouat, aor, 2 sarildor,
(Fexopen te go ot come down, to
descend, e.g. of persons going from @
higher to a lower region of country, to
the sea-const, etc. seq. sig c. acc. of
place Luke 4: 31, Acts 8: 5. 1% 4.
seq. née. gen. of place Luke 9 87.
Acta 15:1. 18:5, 21:10, seq. sig et
dno Acts Hi: 27, 1219, aeq. eds
¢. ace, of pers. Acts 9: 32. —c. sig Ael.
V. H. 4. 25, Hdian. 1, 16, 3, — Of per-
sons coming from the high sea down to
land, seq. els Acts 18: 22 27: 5. —
Hdian, 4. 8, 1.—Trop. of divine gifts,
James 3: 1§ copla Grader
see in “AvaSer nol. f/xacatadve &

KatecPico, aor. 2 xetipayor, (xand,
doSie q. v.) to eat down, to swallow
down, to devour, trans.

4) pp, of animals, nord. Matt. 1&4
TAGs ta mevava nad nord airs.
Mark 4:4. Luke 8:5. Rev. 124. Sept.
for boxy Geo. 37: 19, Ex. 10: 15.—Pa-
Jaeph. 1 xarteo. — Of pervons, ©. g-
iPlagl8.ov saxagaysiy, to devour a beck,
as emblematic of a perfect knowledge
of its contents, Rev. 10: 9,10. Comp.
Ez. & 1, 8, where Sept. for bau. —
Xen, Lac. 15. 4 sarap. Diod. Sic. 1. 90
xatesd.—Trop. xaragayéiy ror to

one’s saben Lake 1590.
— Hom. Oa, 15.12, Aeschin. 13. 38
xatapaytiy thy margsiay 0

b) trop. {o) of things, ©. g. of fire, te
consume, Rev. 11: 5 xatsod. 29
sarip. Sept. for $e, xarsc9. Is. 29: 6.
Joel & 5. xareg, Lev. 10:2 Bo of

-zeal, John 2:17 5 Gjdog tod olsov cou

sasigays ps, quoted from Ps. GB: 10
where Sept. for b>u.—Test. XII Patr.
p. 538 6 Gijdog atta xateoSle. Jos. Ant.
, 8, 1. — (6) OF persons, e. g. Gal. 5:
15 Gldilous xa Slay, i, q. {e commune
or destroy one another. (trop.
boy Is. ery Xen. An. 4, 8. 14.) .
the sense of to pillage, to plunder, by
extortion etc, xered. teva 2 Cor. 11:
20. ras olslas rai yngce Matt. 22: 13.
Mark 12:40. Luke 20:47.—comp, Hom.
Od. 2, 237.

Kursvdvve, f. ova, (nerd, 090-—
¥,) to guide straight towards or upon
any thing, i.e. genr. to guide, to direct,
©. ACC. @. g. One's Way or journey to &

Kareplornuc

place, 1 Thess, 311 3 niques servis
vas (optat.) niv S86y jus 906 Spaic.—
Plot. Alex. M. 83 init-+Trop. robs é-
dee es ny Ste he sheers Luke 1: 79.

tle to 2 Thess. 3:5. So
Sept. x nj dey for “is Hiph, Pe 5:9,

x. qv sagdlay for 31" Chr. 12: 14.
19 8,—Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 71 ult.

Karepiorps, £. ovjon, (iqlomps
4. ¥.) i N.'T. only in aor. 2 xatenéotny,
intrans, fo sland forth against, and by
ipl in a hostile sense i. q. fo rush up-
on, to assault, seq. dat. 1G Ioily Acts
18:12. Bee Meith, 5 401, Comp. ‘Epl-
ors b.

Karéyoo, £. xa9itw, sor. 2 xatéczor,
(xaré intens.) to have and hold fast, to
hold firmly,trans.

e) geor. in various senses. (a) to re-
tain, to detain a person; Luke 4: 42 xal
sariiyor aixéy toi px} nogsieadas, Phi-
Jem. 13, Sept. for “ty Gen. 24: 56.
“OM Gen. 42: 19.— Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1.
Xen. Mem. 2 6.9, 11. — In the sense
of to hinder, to repress, 2 Thess. 2: 6,7.
Some also Rom. 1: 18, see below. —
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6 4 bis. — (8) to possess
i, 0. to hold ia firm and secure possee-
sion, 1 Cor. 7: 80 xat of a;

#04 sorizornss. 2 Cor. 6: 10, Rom, 1:18
sir viv ddjSunr ty ddualg sarezérrer,
i.e, possessing a kvowledge of the
truth bot living in unrighteousness,
Sept. for Chald. Aph. yore Dan. 7: 18,
92.—Ael. V. H. 7.1. Pol.'1. 2. 3. Xen.
Mem. 3, 5. 26. — (y) trop. to hold fast
in one's juind and heart, to keep in
mind ete, e.g. téy loyoy Luke & 15.

sig wagadéous 1 Cor. 11:2 53 saléy id

1 Thess. 5:21. also Heb. 3: 6, 14. 10:
98. in memory 1 Cor. 15: 2. — Dion.
Hal. Ant. 4. 29. Theophr. Char. 26, or
Bea. ‘Taucho.— (2) Pa tobe Ald fest

i.e. trop. to be bound by a law, é
serayéuea Rom. 7: 6. (comp. Sept. for
19% Gen. 39: 20.) also of disease,
John 5 4 § Siwore xaralzero voojpors
by whatever disease he was held bound.
So Sept. and the Jer. 13: 21.—Hdian.
1.12.1, ib. 1.4.39. Aristid, IL. p. 508
sq. comp. Xen. Cony. 1. 10. —() Ase
nautical term, xorezesv [thy rein) is as

- tov alywadéy, to hold a ship firm towards
the land, i.e, to steer towards the land,

435

$ 243, Ack V, H. 1.10. — Gene i 4."

Karjyue

Acts 27: 40. — Hdot. 7. 188 seréozs. . .
ds tor aiyiadsy. Pol. 1. 25,7. Plat, Thes.
21. Thue. 8.23. fully Hom. Od.
455 é notglda yaiar rie xanoziusva
With éxi Xen. H. G. 2. 1. 29.

b) by impl. to lay fast hold of; to seize,
Matt, 21: 38 xosavzoper riy sdigor.
Bo to take , toy Toxatoy toxoy
Luke 14:9. Sept. for thy 2 Sam. 4:
10. 20: 9. — Diod. Bic. 19, 82. Xen.
H.G.2.1.2,

Karnyopéw, @, f fom, (xard,
Gyogete,) to speak against ec. in public,
before a court, eto, i. ©, to accuse, e. g.

@) pp. in a judicial sense, seq. gen. of
person expr. or impl. Buttm. §132. 5.2
Matth. $369. Matt. 12:10 fre
cuss aixod. Mark 3:2. Luke Ik: oA.
23: 2,10. John 8:6, Acts 24: 2, 19.
25: 5. 28: 19, Rev. 12: 10, — 1 Macc.
7:6. Xen. An, 5. 8. 1. — Seq. gen. of
pers. et acc. of thing, Math, § 370. n.2.
Mark 15: 3 xarnyogowy aitot molld.
(1 Mace. 7: 25. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 14.)
orc. gen. of thing by attract. Acts 24:
8. 25:11. 20q. migé c. gen. of thing
Acts 24: 13, — Isccr. ad Nicoc. p. 51.
ed. Lange. Xen. H. G. 1. 7, 2. — Seq.
xara c. gen. of pers. also seq. gen. of
thing by attract, Luke 23: 14. — Pass.
where the subject i is a person, Acts 25:
16 6 xarnyogoipsros. eq. ox0 tiv05
Matt, 27: 12. (Hdot. 7. 205.) Where the

- subject is a thing, seq. mage 3 8705, Acts

22: 30 25 th nermyogdras naga tev’ Iovd,

— Thue. 1. 95,

or genr. i,q. to complain of, 209. gon.
d John &: 45 bis, yx} Soules Ses
sarmyogiow ipéy x, +1. Rom. 2

13, = Hien. 6, 9. 1. Xen. Hi, 1. 14.

Karyyopia, as, %, (xamyopies)
accusation, @. g. judicial, Luke 6 7.
John 18:99, 1 Tim. 5: 19, —Joa, Ant.

dounlas. » -

complaint. Ti
—comp. Dem. An 4.
Karjyogos, ov, 3, (nayyogie,)
en accuser, John 8:10. Acts 28: 30, 35.
24: 8. 25: 16,18. Of Satan Rev. 12:
10 in text. rec. Comp. in AuiBolog b.
—2 Mace, 4: 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 9.
Karjyap, ogoc, 8, (naryyogée,)
an accuser i.e. Satan, Rev. 12:10 in

Karngeue

Inter editions for xeniyoges. Comp. in
Aréfolos b. — Not found in profane
Greek writers, but lit. i.g. Rabb, \23°OP.
accuser, Buxtorf. Lex. Rab. Ch. 2009.
Karjgea, ac, 4, (xorg with
cast-down eyes, dejected, Luc. Sacrif. 1,
fe. nated, gdos,) defection, sorrow, James
4: 9.—Jos. Ant. 2. 6.4. Thuc. 7.75.
Kainzéw, @, £. sae, (zie) to
sound forth towards, againat, around any
one, Luc. Jup. Treg. 39. Hence trop.
and in N.T. to teach, to instruct, ec.
orally, by the sound of the living voice.
a) pp. and spoken of the oral instruc-
tion, preaching, of the apostles and
early chri teachers, seq, acc. of
pers. J Cor. 14: 19 ive xat dddovg xorty-
give, imph Gal. 6:6, (Act. Thom.§16.)
Pasa. c. acc, of thing, Buttm. § 134. 6.
Acts 18: 25 -xarnynpivos thy Soy 10h
xuplov, Gal: 6:6. seq. mel c. gen.
Luke 1: 4. seq. dx, c. gen. Rom. 2: 18.
—Jos, de Vita sua 65 ult. Luc. Asin. 48,
b) genr. fo inform, to apprize of, and
Pass. to be informed of, to hear by report,
weq. magi c. gen. Acts 21:21, 12 meg
tuv0g v. 24, — So xarnynDele megi tov
ovppefrxdter Plut. de Fluv. X. p.736.
1. p.741. 2. ed, Reiske.
Kas’ Wéay, see in “Idiog 0. 8.
Keriseo, £. csow, (xavc intens. ise
fr. dg q. v.) to couse to rust, to corrode
with rust ; Pass. to rust out, to be cor-
roded, byperbol. James 5: 3 8 zovods

ise wad 8 Gpyvgog xarlates. “Comp.
p. of Jer, 24. Lam. 4: 1. — Arvian.

Diss. Epict. 4.6 ds dnddgea éxulyera
xorleetau.

Karcozur, f. tow, (tozba,) to be
strong against any oue, i.e. to prevail
against or over, ©. g. it a hostile sense,
to overcome, to vanquish, seq. gen. Matt.
16: 18 08 xatlazouny uiris. — Ecclus,
7:36. Ael. H. An. 5.19. id. V. H. 12.9,
Diod, Sic. 1. 24. — Geur. to prevail, to
get the hand, abeol. Luke 23: 23,
—Jos, Ant 16. 3.1. Pol. 6 SL 6,

Kesonda, &, £. jae (oixie,) to
setite down in a fired dwelling, to dwell
permanently, viz.

a).treus, fo divell fixedly in a place, to
iahabit, (a) pp. c. ace. of place, Acta:

436

Kavantpivo
19 vate aasomoioey “Ieqoveulip. & 9,
1d, 4:16, 9:92, 85 soup sasemeivees

Adder, 19: 10,17. Rev. (12 12.) 17:2
So Sept. for aus Gen. 13: 7. 4: B—
Luc. D. Deor, 18. 1. Diod. Sic, 5. 16.
Xen. H. G, 2. 4. 38. — (f) trop. of God
88 manifesting his constant presence in
the temple, Matt, 23: 21.

b) intrans. to dwell fizedly, to reside,
e.g. seq. e/g c. acc. see in Eig 10.4
Mat. 2:23 @ocv noreeanoey eis néler
Jey. Notagér, 4:18, Acts 7:4. seq.dr
c. dat. Luke 18: 4 xetoioiytas ty ‘Ie
gous. Acts 1:20, 25, 7:24. 2B
Lb: 29, 13: 27. Heb, 11: 9. Rer.
13:12 seq. émf c. gen. dnt rig 75
Rey. & 10. 6 10, 8:13. 1: 10 bis
18: 8, 14 bis, (14: 6.] 17:8. o, ace. tai
nay 1d ngdownor tis yas Acts 17:36.
seq. wot, brov, Rev. 2% 13 bis, di
Matt, 12: 45. Luke 11: 26, impl, Acs
22:12, Sept, for agi c. dy Gen. 1212
19: 29, ¢. dnt Lev. 30: 22 2%: 18,19.
éxti, Gen, 11: 2. — c. dy Diod. Sic. 48
Xen. An. 5.37. adrod Paleeph, 31.
11.—{) trop. of God, seo above ins. 6
cc. éy Acts 7:48. 17:24. (Sept and 32°
Po, 2:4. 9:12 Test. XII Paw. p, 652)
OF Christ as being eves present by his
Spirit in the heart of Christians, éy tis
xagdlass tpav Eph. 3: 27. “OF 10 2i-
gape tig Sxdrtes which was in Jems,
0. dy Col, & 9.°1: 19, Of the spirit or
disposition of mind, Janses 4:5. Soin
prosopop. § dixasooivg 2 Pet 31%
comp. Sept. Jer. 32: 16.

Keerotznate, sews, 4, (xotoxis)
dwelling, habitation, Mark 5:3, Set.
for 3472 Gen, 10: 30. — Plat. Lysud.
28 med.

Kecrocxgrjgeny, ou, vi, (to
wor) dheelling-place, dioelling, @. 5. ¥t
ror, as boing ever present by be
Spirit iw the henrss of Chriatinos, Eph.
222, x. Suspeiver Rev, 1&2 Sept
for j>77 2 Chr. 30: 27, Nab. 2 lh
agin Ex. 122 ngy 2 Chr Cx

Karola, as, i, (xarowi)
dveelling, habitation, Acts 17:26. Sep
for sui Ex. 35:3, Lev. 3 17-—Pol?.
82. 4.

Karoarpiceo, & low (size
mirror, comp. ”Faonsper,) to leh look

Kerdgdone

@ mizror, Mid. to look in a mirror, to be-
hold in a mirror, Diog. Laert. de Plat.
3. 39 tig wePvover cuvefouleve xortot-
teliecSos, Artemid. 2.7.—In N. T.
Mid. to behold as in a glass, c. neo.
2 Cor. & 18 thy Sdgay xorortgt
Toperes, i. e: beholding the glory of the
Lord aa reflected and radiant iv the
gospel, in antith. to v. 15.—Philo 2 Al-
leg. p. 79. E, yn3i serxomtgiouleny dr
Eddy sort ai ofr Bier f ty col 1G Ses.
Comp. Loesner Obs. p. 304.

Karogtoua, @106, 16, from xat~
09960 to set upright, to establich, Sept.
2 Chr. 83:16. 1 Chr. 28:7. 10 direct
successfully, to achieve prosperously,
Ael. V. H. 11.9. Xen. Mem. 3.1.3—
Henee in N.T. xaroodope, any thing
happily achieved, noble deed, Acts 2: 3
Ty x +. 2. many things having been hap-
pity achieved for this nation, ac. in refer-
ence to the government and institu-
tions, spoken in flattery to Felix. — Of
military achievements Jos, Aut. 6.11. 3.
Diod. Sic. 17. 51. Plut. ed. R. VI.
p. 676. Not used by earkier writers,
Leb. ad Phryn. p. 250 .0q.

Kain, adv. (xasd,) dewmocrds,
oun. rat. werescepes Matt, &
16, comp. Butrh, Ausf, Sprechl. II.
p. 270. n, 4,

1, Of place i. o (a) of place. whither,
implying motien down, Maw. 4:6 pale
ceauror xero), Like 4:9. John & 6, 8
Acts 20:9. Sept. for mm Exc, &
21. Is. 97: 31.—Hdian. 3.11. 5. Xen.
Ap. 4, 8. 20;

b) of place where, Belew, underneath,
Mark M4: 66 dv 17 atlfi xeveh Acte2:19.
Matt.27:51. Mark 15:38. Sept. forma
E2127. 19hn Ez.3116—Heion 831)
Xen, Mem. 3}. 7.—So 6. art. 6, 4, 76.
xarel, an adj. that which is Below, the low,
i.e. cathly John 8:28 Baw. §125. 6.
Toa B. J. 5. 4. 1 4 ners cdss. Biod.
Sic. 1, 49. Thae. 1, 120,

. Sr time, comparat. Matt. 2:16
Grd didtoug xa) xorrertigw of tio years
old and under, i, cree down. So

‘Sept. xare for mig I Chr. 27: 23. —

Diod. Bic. 1.3 xataréow,
8.17 wate,

Kawstegec, a, ov, (coreperat. fn.

Ael. V. H.

437

Kavyaopae

sortes,) lower down, i.e. lower. Eph, 4 900-2. H::
srrdfn ele vd xarchege: pion Tie lis be Leger? -
descended into the lower parts of the earth, “7°,
eased ;
became subject to death, comp. 1:20. 4
So Sept. tig ta xatoitata tig ig for“ an

iq. Gms, d4ae0;, implying that Christ

YW Nieptnn i.e. Sheol, Ps. 6% 10.

comp. Is. 44: 23, Ez, 26: 20.
Kararéoe, see in’ Kare,
Kavya, arog, 16, (nades,) burning,

heat, Rev. 7:16. 16: 9. @ept. for tn

Gen. 8: 22.—Ecelus. 14: 97. Xen. Mem
43.9

Kavparizo, £. iow, (xatpa,) to
burn, to scorch, trans, Matt. 13:6. Mark
4:6, Rev. 16: 8, 9, — Arr. Epict. 1. 6
26. Plut. VI. p. 378. 4, ed. Reiske,

Kaiios, eos, 4, (salu,) « burnings
burning up. Heb. 6:8 fo 1d tiles chy
saigwy, i.e. the end of which is to be
burned. Sept. for 23 Pi. inf. Te. 40.
16. 44: 15.—Pint. ed. HE. VI. p. 481. 10.

Kavocopar, ovpar, (xavorg,) on-
Ty Pans. to be set on fire, to burn, 2 Pet.
3: 10, 12.—trop. of a fever, Gal. et Dioa-
cor.

Kavowr, cvoe, 6, (xales, xavow,)
burning, heat, ec. of the sun, Matt. 20
12. Luke 12:55. James 1: 11.—Ecelus.
18: 6. 43: 27, Artemid. III. p. 73. B—

Others in James I. c. @ scorching wind, “::

i.e. the east wind from the Arabian
desert, aa Sept, for np ty Jer. 18=
17. Ez.17:10; and for simp. tp Job
27: 21.

Kovingutte, £ dow, (nenrrestg too
cautery, bramd-iron, {&. xxfv,) to eau~
terize, to brand with a hot’ iron, Paes.
1 Tim, 4:2 xsxeviygiaopivos shy itor
ounidnow branded in their orn con-
aciencee, having.the marks, stigma, of
their guilt burnt in upon their own con-
sciences. — Hesych. xemcvingiarudyos
Bi Erorces viv curdbyow by. Comp.
Diod. Sic. 28. 54 raig yuzaic tay Frdur
Gontg xavrigid tive npociys Cio. de
Off. 3. 21 qni conscientiae labes et
vulnera in animo habent.—Orhers,
impl. ‘being seared, bardened, in hoe
consciences,’ see Reitz ad Lue, F. p, 645.

Kouydopos, spat, 6 qeoues,

Kovzque

438

Retun

ot (Bow 7

2 pers, pres. xavyaica: Rom. 2% 17, 23.
seo Buttm. § 103. III. 1, marg. p. 199,
‘Winer §13. 2. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 360.—
"To boast oneself, to glory, to exult, both
in a good and bad sense. E. g. absol.
1 Cor. 1: 29, 31 6 Suavos. 4: 7.
2 Cor. 10: 13, 17, 11: 18,30. 12: 1,6, 11.
Gel. 6 14. Eph. 29. Seq. accus. of
thing as fo which, of which one boasts,
comp. Buttm. § 131. 6,7. 2 Cor. 9: 2
« savzaues Maxdéow, 11: 30.
€. ace. of degree 11: 16. Seq. dy c. dat.
of that in which one glories, e. g. of
things Rom. % 23 3¢ dr roum xavyacas
§:3, 2 Cor. 5:12, 10:15, 16. 11:12
1% 9. Gal. 6:13, James 1:9. 4: 16,
of persons, Rom. 2 17 # Sag. 5: 11.
1Cor.1:31, 3:21, 2Cor. 10:17. Phil.
& 3 2 Thess. I: 4. Seq. dni c. dat.
Rom, 5:2 és dani, xara c. ace. as
to any thing, 2 Cor.11:18. xep/ c. gon.
2 Cor. 10:8. unég c. gen. 2 Cor. 7:
MM tig Spay x 9:2. 1% 5 bis. Sept.
abeol. for Mayn 1 Sem. % 3. for
Dern c. acc. Prov. 27:1. ¢. dv Jer.
9: 22,23, c. éxl Prov. 25: 14. — Pind.
OL 9. 58. ¢, éh Ecelus. 30:2. Diod.
8.16.70. ¢. ace, Lucian. Ocyp. v. 120,
dat. Hdot. 7. 39.
Kev ynua, arog, 16, (xavzdopas,)
@ boasting, glorying, exulting, i.e.
a) pp. the set of glorying or exulting
én any thing, c. gen. Heb. & 6 0 xav-
arpa tis lasidos, i.e. the hope in which
we glory. So umég tev0g 2 Cor. 5: 12,
9:3. abeol. 1 Cor. 5: 6. — Pind. Isth.

4 Gor. & 15, 162 Corl
14 Gal 6:4, Phil 1:96, 216. Sept.
for mir Deut. 10: 21. Jer. 17: 14.
NBGA Prov. 17: 6—Ecclus, 10: 22.

Kaviznacs, 2005, 4 (nvgdiopa,) «
» glorying, exulting, i,q. xert-
but found only in ‘ator writers,
‘HI. Planck in Bibl, Repos. I. p. 670.
Pe pp. the act of glorying or exulting
any thing, 2 Cor. 7:14 § satyoe
4 xt Thov, eee in Ent I. 1. 0. 8.
9: 4, Us 17, 1 Thess, & 19
xaugiooes, i.e. the crown in
ich we glory, exult, James 4: 16.
tivos 2 Cor. 8: 24. So Sept.

ae

ibe

ee
i

for n yA Prov. 1é
31. Ez. 16:12, 23: 42.
b) meton, object of boasting, goed
lorying, erultation, Rom. 3: 27 xb
ovy % xeugnogs 2 Cor. 1: 12, 11:10,
de Xguorg Rom, 1517, tui ipir
2Cor.7:4. So 1 Cor. 15:31 rh sir
dpsrigay saiznow iy Kee, i. 9. iv me
nas inig ipaar v. by iyir.—Bepe. Jee.
12: 13, Etymol. Mag. 400. 38.
Kagapraovp, see Kanagrooiy,
Keyyoeat, av, of, Cenchres, te
eastern port of Corinth, about 70 sada
from the city, Acts 18: 18. Rom. J&L
comp. Strabo VIIT. p. 262
Kdgoc, ov, 4, cedar, Heb. 1,
a tree celebrated in O. T. and growing
chiefly on Mount Lebanon, where a
the present day only a few remain, 9
Calmet art. Cedar. — Hom. Od. 5. 6.
Ael. V. H. 5. 6. — Not found ia N.T.
‘except in the falee reading rol xupiiin
triad 18: 1 im text. rec. See
in Kedgey.
Kedpon, joa, &, indec. Cedron, Heb.
7p (turbid) Kidron, Josephus K+
pia Gvos, Ant, 8.1.5.al. prof
torrent which riaus a little to the north-
ward of Jerusalem, and flows througt
the valley between the city and th .
mount of Olives, pdgay$ tot
Joa, Ant. 9.7.32 BJ. 5 4.
then passes along the valley of
ahaphat and 80 eestwardly by the
vent of St. Sabe, into the the Dead
Tt is mostly dry except in the rainy
season. See Rosenm. Bibl. 3
i, p. 206. — InN. T. oho 181 670°
ago ro Kabir, the brook, forrest of

ht
ee
con
Bee.

Eaten So Sept. 5 zely. Kedgur for
baud ney 15: 18% 6
oot Toole. ab Fos. Ant. & zalp Ke

Spdvog Ant. 8 1. 5.— Out of this, ler
tanscrtbare uaoweained with 46
wr
nidqur, brook of cedar, Jobin I. inte
reo, and also in Sept. 2 Sam. 15%
1K. 1&13

Ketwcce, £. saloope, to lie, and
to be laid, i.q. Perf. Pass, of sidyps 0°
Buttm. § 109, IT. ‘

8) pp. to lie, to recline, of persons, ©.
an hut bo of gary Lake = 186

Kegla 439

dead body Mat. 98:6, Luke 23: 53.
John 11:41. 20:12.—Hdian.2.1.19. Xen,
An. 1. 8, 27.—Of things, Luke 24: 12 ta
oSdne xelueva pore. John 20: 5, 6,7.
21:9, seq. and c. acc. 2 Cor. 3: 15, —
c. dy Palaeph. 46. 8. Luc, Pisc. 41,

b) i. q. perf. pass. of rSqu, i.e. to be

|, set, placed, 0. g. 08 & foundation

a throne Rev. 4:2. ves-
sels John 2 6. 19: 29, (Xen. An. 7.3,
22) ede te to be laid at, a8 a blow,
Matt. 3: 10. Luke & 9. So to be laid
, reposited, Luke 12: 19.—Xen. Occ.

7: 36.—OF a place, to lie, to be situated,
Rev. 21: 16 molig tergdywrog xeitas
Matt. 5: 14.2 Macc. 4: 33, Diod. Bic.
1.30. Xen. Av. 5. 4. 15.—Trop. of per-
sone, to be se, appoine, te Gil or
any thing Tuke % 34. Phil.
1 Thess, 3:3, Of laws, to be dine
made, c. dat. 1 Tim. 1: 9, — Xen. Mem.
4, 4. 16,

c) i..q. to be sc. in any state or cendi-
tion darably, c. év, 1 John 5:19 6 xsopog
xstras ty 1 xovnge, is wholly given to
wickedoess, — 2 Macc. 3: 1]. 4 31.
comp. Hom. Sei dy yotrass xizas
Od, 1, 267, 400. Pind. Pyth. 8. 107.

‘vexgots. InN. T. only in the latter
sense, Jobn 11: 44, where it is nearly
ig. 690n07 John 20: : 5.—Origen ad Joh.
Le. siglo vexgaiv sios Seopoi.

Keéiges, £. xgé, pp. to wear away,
to eat away, sc. by rubbing, goawing,
cutting, ete. Hom. Il. 11. 560. ib. 21.
204, Od. 11.578; see Passow sub v.
Hence genr. and in N. T. to shear, trans.
“Eom iene 32, from Is; 53:7
wi r 112. Espec. the head,
to cut off the hair, ‘Acts 18; 18 xzipeiparos
thy mpalijy having shorn his head, i. 0.
having had it shorn. 1 Cor. 11: 6 bis.
80 Sept. for 314 Job J: 20. Jer. 7: 28.
riba 2 Sam. 14:'26,—Ael. V. H. 11. 10,
Xen. H.G. 1.7. 8,

Kedevoma, ceroc, +6, (xeleing) cry
of incitement, of urging on, oulery,
dlamowr, sho. 1 These, 4: 16 5 stpuog

seleiopati, by poory a ryélov xad
adiniyy S208, park Speer ies ax’ of

Keves

gevrot. — Of the shout of sailors at the
oar Lue. Catapl. 19. of soldiers rush-
ing to battle Thuc, 3.14. of a multi-
tude Diod. Sic. 8.15. of a huntman
to his dogs Xen. Ven. 6. 20, °
Kadeva, f. sion, pp. to set in mo-
tion, fo urge on, Hom, Il. 98. 642. comp.
Passow s, voc. In N. T. and geor. to
command, to order, sc. something to be
done. Seq. ace. et infin, aor, Matt. 14>
19 saletoas tog Szlovs éraxldives.
v.28, 18: 25. 27: 58, 64. Luke 18 40,
Acts 4:15, 8:38, 22:30. 23:10, 25:6,17,
c. ace. impl. Matt. & 18. 14:9. Acts 5:
A, 12:19, 21:33—Judith 121, Xen.
Cyr. 2.2.9. ¢, acc. impl. Diod. Sic, 4,
61.—Beq. ace. ot inf, pres, Acts 21: 34
bedlavor EyeoGas avtdr. 22:24, 2% 3,
85. 24:6. 25 21. 27:43. c. ace. impl.
Acts 16: 22—Xen.Cyr.1.4.17. ¢, ace.
impl.Hdian.2.3.8, Xen.Cyr.2.2.2.—Seq.
dat. et inf, aor. Matt. 15: 85 x02 ddlevos
r0ls Bylo: évereciiv. Absol. Acts 25: 23,
—Xen. Cyr. 1.3.9. absol. 1. 4.18,

_Kavototia, as, %, (xsrddotos,)

vain-glery, empty pride, Phil. 23, —

Wish 1014, Lie. D, Mort 10.8 Plz
VIII. p. 164. 10. ed. R.

Kerddogos, ov, 6, i, (xaris, d5te,) -
vain-gloricus, full of empty pride and
ambition, Gal, 5: 96. — Pol, 97. 6. 12,
ib, 99.1. 1.

Kevés, 7, dv, empty, opp. to xii
en fill, e.g. mélis drSeciman xo
Hien. 8 1.9. Xen. An. 1.8.20. In
N.T.

2) pp.as aitéy... dxiotuday xevéy,
i.e. with empty hands, having nothing,

“Mark 12 3. -Lokp 90: 10, 11. | 1: 53,

So Sept. for 645 Gon, 31: 42: Deut.
15: 138.—Judith £11. -Hom, Od. 10, 42.
b) metaph. empty, vain, i.e. (a) frusit-
less, without utility or success, Acts 4:
% nad aod duedésnoay xavei. 1 Cor. 15:
10 4 des ob xo tyerion, 15: 14 bis,
58. 1 Thess, 21. eg xevdy in vain
2 Cor. 61. Gal. 22. Phil. % 16 bis.
1 Thess, 3; 5, So Sept. for Dp" Is,
S51 sone. Sen rg
Jer. 6: 29, 18:15. — Ken. An. 2% aa
alg x. Diod. Sic. 19, 9. — (8) of that in
which there is nothing of truth or re-
alley, flee, fallacious, e.g. wel dyes

Kevogovia

Eph. 5:6. dndry Col2:8,, 80
Sept. for 4$8' Ex. 5: 9. Ba fos. 12:
1. (Dem, 19! 11.) Of persons, empty,
foolish, James 2% 20. — Arr. Epict. 2.
19.8.

Kevogeovia, ag, %, (x:vés, puri)
lit. empty voice, i.e. vain words, fruitless
disputation, 1 Tim. 6: 20. 2 Tim. 2
16.—Hesych. xeopemlas’ pataoloylas.

Kavi, &, £. sae, (xerds,) to emp-
Ty, to make emply, trans. Sept. Jer. 14: 2.
Luc. Alex. 36 ai olla: dxeridyoay,
Thue, 8.57. InN. T. only trop.

a) xavoiv kavréy, to empty oneself, i. 0.
to divest oneself of rightful dig-
nity by descending to an inferior con-
dition, to abase oneself, Phil, 2:7 éxé-
voce tavtoy, i, q. éranelvacey tavtéy
inv. 8 So Sept. xerés for pry Neb. 5:
13., Orig. Homil. in Jer. 1:7.

b) to make empty, vain, fruitless. Rom.
4:14 xexdvertor § nlotig, 1 Cor. 1:

Hence to falsify ie. to shew to be potter,

without ground, fallacious, e.g. xavynua
1 Cor. 915. 2 Cor. 9:3, — Hesych.
xaver]* peitouos anopav dy.

Kevrgov, ou, +6, (xavtie to prick,)
a prick, point, gen. Hence in N. T.

a) @ sting, e.g. of locusts, scorpions,
Rey. 9: 10.—Ael. H. An. 1. 60 of bees.
Lac. Contempl. 15, — Trop, as a thing
of venom, venomous weapon, ascribed
to death personified, 1 Cor. 15: 55, 56
mo¥ cou, Savors, t0 xivtgoy; ...10 O08
xivtgoy 106 Susdrou 3) duagtia, i.e.
ating, 1. q. that with which death de-
‘sstroys, that through which death is so
destructive, viz, sin; quoted laxly from
Sept. Hos, 13: 14 where Heb. ZoR
plague, pestilence, Comp. Hos. 5: U
Sept. for 225 rottenness,

b) @ goad, stimulus, i. e. @ rod
or staff with an iron point for urging
on horses, oxen, etc. pp. Hom. I. 23.
387, 430. Hdot. 3. 130, Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.
29, In N. T. only in the proverbial
expression gi¢ xivsga haxtlfesy, to kick
against the goads, i.e. to offer vain and
rash resistance, Acta(9: 5, 26714. Soin
Greek and Rom. writers, Aeschyl. Agam.

Lion f2916% or 1638. Eurip. Bacch. 795. Pind.

Pyth. 2.174, “ Lat. adversum_stioulum
ealcare Terent. Phorm. 1. 2. 28. con-

440

Keparyr

trad acumina cealcitrere Amm. Mare.
18, 5.

Kerrvpiwy, vos, 5, (Lat. ceow-
rio,) @ centurion, originally the com-
mander of a hundred foot-soldiers, i. q.
Exortértagzos, Mark 15: 39, 44,45. See
Adani’s Kom. Ant. p. 370.

Kevais, adv. (zarés,) vainly in vis,
to no purpose, James 4:5. Sept. for
rvs Is, 49: 4—Arr, Epiet. 2 17.6

_ Kegaie, as, 4, (xbgas,) pp. ite
horn, i.e. a point, extremity, e.g. of &

jl-yard Luc. Navig. 4. Pol. 14.10.11.
of an island Philostr. Vit. Sopbist 1.21.
2. InN. aper, point of a letter, e.g.
of 3, ,%, >, 5, put for the Least particle,
Matt. 5:18. Luke 16: 17.— Philo in
Flace. p.984, B. Plut. ed. R. Xp. 5
pen. {vyopazily magi oulleper ssi
mgasir. =~

Kegamss, coc, 6, (nigapmn) #
, Matt. 27: 7, 10. Rom. & 2
Sept. for 33> Ie. 29: 16. — Pol. 6
35. 2,

Kepajurce, 7, ov, (upeptis)
or made by a potter, Rov. 2:27

ia ’s vessels, qui
PEED where Bope eis belt
agit *ha—Plat. ed. R. Vill. paw.
sageysxed' vpezok, Comp. Lob. od Pir
p. 147.

Kegapcor, ov, +8, (pp. newt. f
ailj. xepduios earthen Xen. An. 3.47)
Pp. an earthen vessel i. e. a pol, picker,
amphora, e. g. sige por idares 0 wel
pitcher, Mark 14:13. Luke 2210. Se
for 5733 Jer. 35: 5.—Jos. Ant 8 122
Xen. An. 6. 1. 15,

Keépapoc, ov, 6, (perhaps foe
szocrruus,) pp. potter's clay, dian. 3°
10. any earthen vessel i. q. =gcpe”
Hdot. 3.6. In N.'T. a file sof bum
clay for covering roofs, Luke & 19.—
Hdian, 7, 12, 11. Xen. Mem. 31.7.

Kepavrupe, f. xegien, pert pt
wenipecten Butt. § 114, Lob. ad Phe.
P. 582 ; to mix, to mingle, e.g. wit "
‘water or spices Sept. for '7R Is 5 4
Xen. An. 1, 2, 23, gear. Died. Sic. :
26. In N.'T. by impl. to prepere
draught, fo pour out ve. for drinking, #

Keépes

‘
fa one's cup. Rev. 14: 10 xexsgaouévou
‘Gxpdrov dv si momple. 18:6 bis. So
Sept. for Jom Prov 9:2, 5, Is. 19:5,
— Thue, 6, 32 xegdcarteg xpariigns

Keégag, arog, +6, plur. ta xigate
uncontracted, Buum. § 54. n. 1, @ horn,
ihe.

8) pp. of a beast, Rev. 5:6. 12.3, 13:
1 bis, 11. 17: 3, 7, 12,16, Sept. for
JR Gon. 2: 13. ‘Dan. 7: 7,8. — Ael.
HH. An. 12. 19, 20. Ken. An. 7. 2. 23.—
From the Heb, as the symbol of
strength, power, Sept. and TP Jer. 48:
25. Ps. 75:11. Ecclus.47: 5,7, 12; and
hence meton. Luke 1: 69 xégas curnglag
horn of deliverance, i. q. strong deliverer.
So Sept. and Heb. *3t> 777 Pa. 18: &
2 Sam.22: 8. Comp. Gesen: Lex. tp
no. 1, .

b) trop. of any extremity, projecting
point, resembling a horn, e.g. upon the
four corners of the Jewish altars, Rev.
9 13, Comp. Ex. 27: 28q. where Sept.
and ay Vp. See Calmet p. 46.—Of the

ote army 2 Mace. 15: 20, Xen.
Cyn. 2.4, 29,

Kegeuoy, ou, 76, (dimin. fr. xé-
905) pp-litile horn ; in N. T. pod, carob-
pod, Luke 15: 16, i.e. the fruit of the
carob tree, Rabb. 3394, in Greek xega-
tela (horn-tree), the ceratonia siligua of
Linnaeus, Germ. Johannisbrod-baum,
‘This tree is common in Syria and in
the southern parts of Europe pro-
duces long slender pods shaped like a
horn or sickle, containing a sweetish
pulp and several brown shining seeds
Jik8 beans. ‘These pods are sometimes
used as food by the poorer classes in the
East, and swine are commonly fed with
them. See Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. 821.
Rees’ Cyclop, art. Ceratonia. — Galen.
de fac. Aliment. II.

K:piatva, £. avis, (xépSos,) later
fut. and aor. 1, xepdijcopas, éxég3noa,
Buym. § 114. Lob. ad Phr. p. 740;
fut. 1 pass. x290nSijcoue, 3 plur. mgd
Sijourras 1 Pet. 3: 1 see in “Iva 1. C. a,
‘— To gain, to acquire as gain, to win,
trans.

8) pp. of things, e. g. tor xdoyor Siov,

the wealth of the whole world, Matt.,

16: 26. Mark 8: 36. Luke 9: 25,
trade ¢. acc, Matt. 25: 17, 20, 22.

In
ab-
56

441

Kegaaar

sol. James 4: 13.— Ael. V. H. 2.19.
Xen. Mem. 2. 9, 4.—Spoken of any loss
or evil, fo gain, i. e, to save, to be spared
Srom, to avoid, Acts 27: 21 xepdijoas (33s)
‘tir iBouw tavtay x. 7. 1. and 80 to. have
saved, avoided, this loss. — Jos, Ant. 2.
3. 2 Heliodor. 8. p. 380, Luc. Ty-
rann. 8,

b) trop. of persons, to gain, to win
any one, i. e. (a) asa friend, or patron,
e.g. Xgurréy Phil. 3:8, 2d» adelgdr
Matt. 18: 15. —(() to gain over to one’s
side, in N. T. to win over to Christ and
thus bring to salvation, 1 Cor. 9: 19, 20
bis, 21, 22, where it is i. q. castes in'v. 22.
1 Pet, 3: 1, coll. 1 Cor. 7: 16 where it is

Kégdos, coc, ove, 6, gain, profit,
Phil. 1: 21, 37. Tit. 1: 11. — Lue.
de Merc. cond. 40. Plato Apol. Socr.
32

wo teas arr0s, 16, (xalgu q. ¥.)

@ small piece, bit, hénee collect.
Peal coin, change, oh 2:15,—Jos. B.J.
2.14; 6. Dem. 549, 27,

Keguariorgs,ov, 5, (xequarite
fr. xigua,) a money-changer, broker, Jobn
2 14, i,q, xoddeBcorys in Matt. 21: 12,
The annual tribute of each Jew to the
temple was a Jewish half-shekel, Ex.
30: 18 sq. and this the money-changers,
sitting in the outer court, furnished to
the people as they came up, in ex-
change for Greek and Roman coins.
Comp. Buxtorf, Lex. Rab. 2032.

Kegadacor, ov, +é, (pp. neut. of
adj. xepalatog fr. xepads,) head, ©. g. of
a bird Diod. Sic. 3, 28. In N. T. and
genr. trop. the head, i. e.

a) the chief thing, main point. Heb. 8:
A xepddaor 88 dni sols Leyopéror, i.e.
the great and essential point in what
has been said. So Suidas in reference
to this passage, xepddauoy éxi 10 péyio-
roy liystay.—Luc, Vit. Auct, 23. Dem,
520. 3. Thuc. 6. 6.

b) sum, amount, in computing, sum-
ming up, Theopbr. Char. 25 or 14.
Thue. 1.36. Xex.Cyr. 6,3. 18.—Hence
of money, a sum, capital, Acts 22: 28
odio xepaloiov. So Sept. and =X
Lev. 6: 4. — Jos, Ant, 12. 2. 3 med.
Aeschin. 68. 26.

Kegodaww

Kegedawo, &, f. daw, (xepi-
devon) fo sum xp, Thus. 2.67. — In

N. T. iq. xepailfu, to wound on the
head, trans. Mark 12: 4 xdxeivoy 169o-
foljoarns tigalaiveer, comp. Luke
20: 12 where itis teavparloartes. Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 95.

Kegady, ie, %, the head, i.e.
a) pp. of man Matt. 6:17. 8:20. 27:
+ 80, Luke 7: 38. al, saep. as cut off
Maw. 14:11. Mark 6:27. of avimals
Rev. 9:17,19. 12:3, al. Sept. for wit7"
Gen. 3:15, 40: 1 Hdian. 4. 8, 4.
Xen. An. 2.6, 1. — By synecd. as the
principal part, put emphaticall; for the
whole person, Acts 18: 6 13 clue 5 pew
dnt viy xepahiy Spar, your blood be on
your own heads, the guilt of your de-
struction rest upon yourselves. So
, Sept. and wan 2 Sam. 1:16. 1K. 2:
33,88. So Rom. 12: 20, quoted from
Prov, 25: 22 where Sept. and wn >.—
Aristoph. Plut, 526 sig xepadyy cos for
sig o& comp. Hom, Il. 11. 55. Od. 1.
343. Ael. V. H. 12, 8.—Trop. of things,
the head, top, summit, e. g. xepali) yorlas,
the head of the corner, i. e. the top-stone
of the corner, the cope-stone, Matt. 21:
42, Mark 12:10. Luke 20:17. Acts 4:
1. 1 Pet. 2:7, all quoted from Ps.
116: 22 where Sept. for m3p UN. —
Comp. in *Axpoyamatos. — Sept. Gen.
8:5. 11:4. Xen, Occ. 19, 13.

b) metaph. of persons, i.e. the head,
the chief, one to whom others are sub-
ordinate, e.g. a husband in relation to
a wife, 1 Cor. 11: 8 xepady Trorauxig 6
aye. Eph, 5:28. Of Christ in relation
to his church, which is his body, ono,
and its members his members,’ usin,
(comp. 1 Cor. 12:27,) 1Cor. 11:3. Eph.
1; 22, 4:15, 5:23. Col. I: 18. 2:10, 19.
Of God in relation to Christ 1 Cor. 11:
3. So Sept. and was Judg. 11: 8, 11,
2 Sam. 22:24. Ax.

Kegaiie, ios, 4, (xspadt,) pp.
a little head, ©. g. bulb of garlic Lue.
Dial. Meretr. 14, 3. head, knob, of a
column etc. Philo de Vit. Mos. Tt. Pp.
146. 50. Jos. Aut. 12,2.8, In N. T.
prob, the head, knob of the wooden rod
‘on which Hebrew manuscripts are rol-
led, and hence meton. for a roll, volume.

442

Kyovt
Heb. 10: 7 xepadis Pifilov, quoted froma
Ps, 40: 8 where Sept. for MHO-NEIN.

Knuso, G, £. dow, (eps mauz-
zle,) to muzzle, i. q. pyssw for Which it
stands in some Mas. 1 Cor. 9: 9.—
Xen. Eq, 5. 3,

Kijvoos, ov, 5, Lat. census, ie.
pp. an enumeration of the people and
valuation of property, see Adam’s Rom,
Ant. p. 79, 128 sq. in Greek dxoypaqy
qv. InN.T. tribute, poll-taz, paid by
each person whose name was taken ia
the census, i. q. énxepeilasoy. Matt. 17:
25, 22:17 et Mark 12:14 dotvas xirsor
Kalaugs. Matt. 2 19 rpiopa vot mir
gou the tribute-coin, i,q. Srrdguor in
Mark 12: 15. — Hesych. x¥jrcos*
soulowaros, émepilavor.

Kijnos, ov, 6, « garden, any place
planted with herbs and trees, Luke 1%
19, John 18: 1,26. 19:41. Sept. for 53.
Deut. 11: 10. ‘Am. 4: 9. — Jos, Ant 9.
10. 4. Xen. Occ. 4. 13.

Kynouges, ov, 6, (xiiwos, obges,)
garden- , John 20: 15.—
Diod. Sie. 1. 59, Pol. 17. 6. 4.

Kngior, ov, +6, (mmeds wax,) «
honey-comb, sc. full of honey, Luke 24:
42, Sept. for m3 2 Prov. 24:13. 19: 11.
— Jos, Ant. 6, 6. 3. Diod. Sic. 5. 26
Xen. An. 4. 8, 20,

Knovype, atoc, 6, (xygtoeu)
proclamation by a berald, Hdot. & 41.
Dem.917. 24, edict thus proclaimed
Xen. Cyr. 4, 5.57. lo N. T. annunc-
ation, preaching, spoken

a) of prophets, e. g. the denunciation
of Jonah against Nineveh, 13
"Tove Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11:32 Se
Sept. for MAP Jon. 3: 2.

b) of Christ and his apostles, preacking
se. of the gospel, public instruetion,
1Cor.1:23. 24. 1514 Tit, 1:3
Meton. for the gospel preached, Rom.
16 (14): 25. 2 Tim. 4: 17.—Clem. Alex.
Strom. 6. 5,6.

Knovt, vxoe, 6, a herald, public
crier, Xen. Cyr. 2.1.31. An. 5.7.34
In N.T. a preacher, public instructor,
e.g. of the divine will and precepts, as
Noah 2 Pet.2:5. of the os
Paul 1 Tim. 2:7. 2 Tim. 1:11.

Kyeicco

1 «ee- Kngvsqo v. rre, £. te, (xigut,)

fo be a herald etc, Hom. Il. 17, 325,
Luc. D. Deor. 24.1. to make procla-
mation oc. through a herald etc.sDiod.
Sic. 17, 109. Xen. H. G. 7. 2. 23.—In
N. T. to proclaim, to announce publicly,
fo publish, trans,

a) genr. Matt. 10: 27 xnouvtare txt ty
Suparer, Luke 12:3. Acts 10:42. Rev.
5:2 Sept. for xp Ex. 325. Esth.
69,11, 9977 Joel & 1. — Joa. Aut.
14.15.2, Hdian. 1.7.2. Aeschin. 75.
30. — In the sense of to noize or blazen
abroad, to laud publicly. Mar 4: 45
Figkaro xagtcour molla xab 17.
320, 7: 36. Luke 8: 39.—Pol. 30. 20. 6.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 4, :

b) espec. to preach, to publish, to an-
nounce, sc. religious truth, the gospel
with its attendant privileges and obli-
gations, the gospel dispensation. (a)
genr. e. g. of John the Baptist, Matt. 3:
1 sngtoowr éy 1 dori nai déyor, Mark
1: 4,7. Luke 83. Acts 10:37. Of
Jesus Matt. 4: 17,23, 9:35. 11:1. Mark
1: 14, 38, 39, Luke 4:44. 8&1. 1 Pet.
3: 19, Of apostles and teachers, Matt.
10:7, 24:14, 26:13. Mark 3:14, 6:12,
13:10. 14:9, 16:15:20. Luke 9:2. 24:
47. Acts 20: 25, 28:31. Rom. 10:8, 14,
15. 1Cor.9:27, 15:11. Gal. 2:2. Col.
1:23, 1Thees.2:9, 2Tim. 4:2 x. td»
2éyor.—Act. Thom. §1, x t6v déyor. —
— So rv Xgrordv xngiccey, to
preach Christ, i.e. to announce him as
the Messiah, and exhort to the recep-
tion of his gospel, Acts 8:5. 9:20. 19:
13, 1 Cor. 1:28. 15:12. Cor. 1:19.
4:5 ob yap bavtois xngtovoper, alld
Xquotéy, 11:4 bis. Phil. 1:15. 1 Tim.
‘3: 16. — (6) In allusion to the Mosaic
and prophetic institutions, to preach, to
teach. Acts 15: 21 Maiioye.... r0bg
sapiacortas aitéy tzu. Rom. 2%21 6
smgbooon wi) shire, Gal. 5:11 eb megs
rouyy Fre xngécow, Luke 4: 18, 19,
quoted from Ie. 61:1 where Sept. for
NIP, as also Prov, 8: 1. .

ee ta razyedte, he

” Kjos, tc, ous, 3; any large
Sah, sea-monster, Matt. 12: 40. Sept.
for D453, 3 ‘Jon. 2: 1—Palaeph. 38. 1.
Diod. Sic, 4.42. £8 68 vey 9, cen

Knypas, &, 8, Cephas, later Heb.
hp2 (rock, Buxt, Lex. Ch. 1032) a

443

Koapopor

surname of Simon Peter, i. q.
John 1: 43, 1 Cor. 1: 12 8:22, 9 5
15: 5. Gal. 2 9,

KiBurce, ov, %, an ark, ie
wooden chest, coffer, Ael. V. H. 9. 13.
Lysies 121. 5.—In N. T. spoken of the
ark of the covenant, Heb. 9:4, Rev. 11:
19. Sept. for zine Ex. 25:10. Lev.
16 2. al. saep. — Jos, Ant: 4. 8. 44, —
Of Noah’s ark, Matt. 24: 38, Luke 17:
27. Heb,11:7. 1 Pet.3:20. 80 Sept.
for 3m Gen. 6:14 sy. 7: 18q. Jose-
Phus calls it also Adgvag Ant. 1. 3. 20q.

Kidega, ag, %, (xbPagss,) whence
Lat. cithara, Engl. guitar, though the
modern instrument is different, the an-
cient cithara or lyre being without a
neck, and with the strings open like the _
modern harp; henee genr. [yre, harp.
See Rees’ Cyclop, art, Cithara and
Lyre, also the plates of Musical Instru-
ments, — 1 Cor. 14: 5:8. 14:2,
15: 2 Sept. for 4) len. 31: 27.
1 Chr. 9:11, Josephus describes the
Heb. 7423, xuviga, as having ten strings
end as struck with y, Ant. 7, 12.3.
Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. aap. — Ael.
V. H. 14, 23, Luc. Imag. 14,

Kidagiveo, £. law, (xt9ag,) to
play upon the cithara, i.e. genr. to harp,
to play the lyre, 1 Cor. 14:7. Rev. 14:2.
Sept. for 313 Is. 23: 16.—Ael, V. H. 3.
32. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 4.

Kidagedes, ov, (xddga, doudss,
$86s,) a harper, lyrist, one who plays on
the harp or lyre and accompanies it
with song, Rev. 14:2, 18:22, — Ael.
V. H. 3. 43, Lue. Vit. Auct. 3,

Kedixta, as, 4, Cilicia, a prov-
ince of Asia Minor, bounded N.. by
Cappadocia, Lycaonia, and Isauria ;
8. by the Mediterranean; E. by Syria;
and W. by Pemphylis. The western
part was called zgayeia, aspera, and the
eastern ed:v7, campestris. This coun-
try was the province of Cicero when
Proconsul, and its chief town Tareus
‘was the birthplace of Paul. Acta 6:9,
15: 23,41. 21:39, 2% 3. 23:34. 27:5.
Gal. 1: 21,

Kwduspoy, ov, +i, cinnamon,
the aromatic bark of the Laurus cinna-

Kuduvive

“ momum, which grows in Arebia, India,
and especially in the island of Ceylon.
The ancients employed, it in their in-
cense and perfumes. Rev. 18:13, Sept.
for 3p Ex. 30:23, iwi 3p Jer.
6: 20, —'Diod. Sic. 2. 49. Comp. Plin.
HN. 12. 19, _

Kuevduvevar, £. sbow, (xivduvos,) to
be in danger, in peril, intrans. Luke 8:
2%. 1 Cor, 15:30. seq. inf. Acts 19:
27, 40.—Ecclus, 31 [34]: 12, Jos. Ant.
4,8, 2, Xen. H.-G. 1. 4, 15.

Kiévduvos, ou, 6, (prob. fr. xivéa,)
danger, peril, Rom. 8 35. 2 Cor. 11:
26 octies. Sept. for 372 Ps. 116: 3—
Hdian. 3. 3.6, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 8.

Kuréa, ©, £. jo00, (xda,) to move,
to put in motion, trans, Matt. 23: 4 of
Sdover sxurjcw aitd vc. ta gogtia.
Sept. Pass. for nim Is. 41:7. 172 Job
18: 25.—Xen. Conv. 2, 22. — So xiveiv
iy xegaliy to move i.e. shake the head,
in derision Matt. 27: 89. Mark 15: 29.
Sept. for BN 9’ 2K. 19:21. Job
16:4, Ps, 22: 8.—Ecclus.12:18. 13: 7,—
Mid. to move oneself, i. e. to move intrans,
Acts 17: 28 fauey xat xivoiue9a.—Sept.
Gen. 7: 21, Ael. V. H. 1.6, Xen. Cyr.
1, 4, 19—Metaph. to move, to stir up, to
excite, ©. g. ordoiy Acts 24:5. 21:30
dxav Iq § 1OUg B1y.—Ios. B. J. 2.10. 4,
Xen. Ag. 1. 37.—Seq. éx 108 téz00, i. q.
to move away, to remove, trans, Rev. 2:5.
6: 14.—Jos. Ant. 4. 8.18. Hdian, 6.1.6.

Kérnoss, eae, 4, (nviv,) motion,
John 5:8 riyv 205 Watos xlynow.—Diod.
Sie. 1. 7. Xen. Ven. 10, 12.

Kiég, 6, indec. Kis, Heb. wp Kish,
pr. n. of the father of king Saul, Acts
13:21. Comp. 1 Sam. 9:4.

Kikzonus, £ zonow, (i. 9. zedon, see
Butim. §114. p. 307, 308,) to lend, trans,
Luke 11:5 zojjoéy por tests grou. —
Sept. Ex. 12: 36. Acl. V. H. 14. 10.
Xen. Mem. 3. 11. 18.

Kiddo, ov, 4, (xAdo,) a shoot,
sprout, branch, pp. young and easily
Broken off. Matt. 24: 32 Srav ijdn 6 xdd—
bog abtiig yévgras dnalég xal ré pide
degiin, 13:82, 21: 8. Mark 4:32 13:
28. Luke 13:19. Sept. for ni*>q Jer.

444

Kiavdus

11: 16, Ez. 31: 7.—Ael, V. H. 2. 14.—
‘Trop. and allegor. of xlddos branches for
offepring, posterity, Rom. 11: 16, 17,18,
19, 21.—Theophr. Char. 5 or 21 xaos
Malstaios. Comp. Sept. gcif005 ls 11:1.

Kiato, f. xtatcopas Burtm. (ll,
in,N. T, fut. shadow Luke 6: 25, comp.
Winer § 15; to weep, to wail, to lanent,
implying not only the shedding of tears,
but also every external expression of
grief.

a) intrans. and absol, Matt. 26.75
Ealavos mixgiic. Mark 14:72. Luke 2.
52. John 11: 31,33. 1 Cor.7:
30. al.” Seq. éni c. dat. to weep for
over any one, Luke 19: 41. dni. ace
Luke 23: 28 ys xdalers én dpi nth
Joined c. ddaddZery Mark 5:38, ¢. de
guBciy Mark 5:39. ¢, Sgnreir Jon lé
20. - c. xémtecGas Rev. 189. cde
Rafer James 5:1. c. merdtiv Mark IE
10. Luke 6: 25. Rev. 18: 15,19.
x ait] v.11. Sept. for 123 Gen 3
4. Num. 14:1. ¢. énd sive Judg. 14:1".
2 Sam. 19: 1.— Ecclus, 2:9, 10. Ad.
V. H. 12, Linit. Xen. Cyr. 2.218

b) geq, ace. to beweep, to dewai
lament for, e. g. the dead, Mau. 218
“Paxhh xhalovea ta vinva aii
3 Gen, 37: 34. Deut. 38
: 20. Ael. V. H. 6.1. Xe
Cyr.5. 2.3% Ax

Kadors, ecog, 4, (xhdo,) « beat
ing, i.e. net of breaking, e. g. 4715
oa rod dgtou Luke 24:35. Acts22—
Theophr. de Caus. Pl. 3. 19 sé
duniloy.

Kidope, eros, 16, (sew) fre
ment, bit, e.g. of food, Matt. 14:90.
37. Mark 6: 43, 8: 8, 19,20, Luked: 7
Jobo 6: 12,13. Sept, for ng Ler. FE
Judg.19:5. bw 1 Sam. 30:12—Died
Sic. 17. 13. Xen. Ven. 10. 5.

Kaan, ys, 4, Clauda or Clot
now Gozzo, a smal] island off the & W-
coast of Crete, Acts 27: 16,—It is also
called Kiatdos Ptol, 3. 7. Gow
Mela 2. 7, Plin. H. N. 4. 2

Kaiavdle, ag, §, Claudia, pr
of a christian female, 2 Tim. #2.

Kaaaidwog, ov, 6, Claudiu, Pl
1. Tiberius Claudius Nero Gernenos

Kiavd nos 445

the fifth Roman emperor, successor of
Caligule, r. A. D. 41—54. Acts 11:28,
18:2, In the fourth year of his reign
‘occurred the famine foretold by Agabus
Acts 11: 28; see Jos. Ant. 20.2, 6. ib.
20. 5.2. ib. 3.15.3. Tac. Ann. 12. 43,
Sueton. in Claud. 28. Krebs Obs. in
N.T. p. 210. At first he was favour-
able to the Jews, Jos. Ant, 20. 1.2;
but in his ninth year he banished all
the Jews from Rome, Acts 18: 2, Comp,
Sueton. in Claud. 25.

2. Claudius Lysias, e Roman tribune,
zillagyos, commanding in Jerusalem,
Acts 23: 26,

Kiavitucs, ov, 6, (xdale,) weep-
ing, wailing, Matt. 2:18. 8:12, 13: 42,
50. 22: 13. 24:51. 25: 30, Luke 13: 28,
Acts 20: 37. Sept. for "22 Gen. 45: 2,
Ezra 3: 13. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 325.

Kiao, f. xlaow, to break, i.e. to
break off or in two, Hom. Il. 11. 584.
Diod. Sic. 4. 35. Plut. Romul. 28 med.
In N, T. only in the phrase xdaoac.
t0y doroy, to break bread, ec, for distri-
bution as preparatory to a meal, the
Jewish bread being in the form of thin
cakes. Also geur, Matt. 14: 19, 15: 36.
Mark 8: 6,19. Luke 24: 30. Acts 27:
35. So Sept. and Heb. nyb D8 Jer.
16: 7., comp. Ia. 58: 7,— Bo in the
Lord’s supper and agapae, Matt. 26: 26.
Mark 14:22. Luke 22:19. Acts 2: 46.
20: 7,11. 1Cor. 10:16. 11:24,—Act.
Thom. § 27, 20.—Metaph. of the body,
capa, of Christ, as typically broken in
the eucharist. 1 Cor. 11: 24 15 odua
10 imég ‘piv sdeipevoy, where the allu-
sion is to the death en the cross, —
pp. Jos. B. J. 2. 8. 10.

Kiets, d0¢, i, ace. xleiy and xdst-
8a, acc. plur. xdeidas and contr. xdsis,
Buttm. § 44. § 58. Winer § 9. p. 61; @
key, for locking and unlocking, in N.T.
‘as the symbol of power and authority.
Matt. 16: 19 doiow cos tag xdelg Hg
Baoislag toi P20i, i.e. the power of
opening or shutting, of admitting to or
excluding from, the Kingdom of God.
Rev. 7 6 igor ny adeiy 105 dapld, in
the same sense, in allusion to Is, 22: 22
where Sept. iy xliida ofzov doji3 for
vr m2 fino. Rev. 1: 18 rag xdsic

Kadéntys

wot Gdov. 9:1. 20:1. Metaph. Luke
11: 52 thy xlsida tis yraciag, key of
knowledge, i.e. the means of attaining
to true knowledge in respect to the
kingdom of God, comp. Matt. 23: 13,
—pp. Sept. for rinp7a Judg. 3:25. Ar-
temid. 3.54, Luc. Tim. 13.

KaAeto, £0, perf. pass. xixisiouas,
aor. 1 pass. éxleloSyy, for the o see
Butum. § 98. n.6 ; to shut, to close, trans.

a) pp. Matt. 6:6 xlsious tx Svgay cov.
25:10. Luke 11:7. John 20: 19, 26. Acts
5:23, 21:30. Rev. 20:3. 21:5. Sept.
for 30 Gen. 7:16. Josh. 2: 7.—Hdian.
2.1, 13. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 27.—So of the
heavens, 6 gigavds, i.e. ‘the windows of
heaven go that no rain can fall, Luke 4:

25, Rev. 11:6. Comp. Gen. 7: 11, 8: 2. «

Job 38: 37.

b) metaph. (a) Matt. 23: 13 xlelere jy

Bas. ry og. to shut up the kingdom of
heaven, i.e. wilfully to prevent men
from eotering, comp. in Kiss. So of
auth rity to exclude or admit, Rev. 3:
7 bie, 8. — (8) 1 John 3:17 sdeicas 14
onliyyva dnd tos, to shut up one's
bowels from any one, i.e. not to let one’s
compassion flow out, to be hard-hearted.
Comp. in Znddyzvor.

KaAguua, arog, 10, (xdénto,) theft,
Rev. 9: 21. — Dem. 736. 5. Xen. Occ.
14, 5. g stolen Sept. Ex. 22: 2, 3.
Lue. Asin, 19.

Kiéonas, a, &, Cleopas, one of
the two disciples to whom Jesns ap-
peared on the way to Emmaus, Luke 24:
18. Different from Kiama q. v.

Kaéoc, doug, 16, (xléw fr. xalén,)

report, rumour, Hom. Il. 2. 486. Od.

Th 45. In NP, and genr. fame, re-

nown, glory, 1 Pet. 2:20. “Bept. for

pay Job 2: 22.— Ael. V. H. 2.32,
Thue. 2, 45, Xen. Ven. 1. 6,

Kadening, ov, b, (xdénta,) a thief,
Matt. 6: 19, 20. 24:43, Luke 12:33, 39,
Jobn 10:1. 12:6. 1 Cor. 6:10. 1 Thess,
5:2,4, 1 Pet.4:15, 2 Pet.3:10. Rev.
3:3, 16:15, Sept. for 323 Ex, 22: 2
Joel 2: 9, — Ecclua. 5: 14." Luc. A
46, Xen. Mem. 3, 1.6.—Trop. of false
teachers, deceivers, who steal men away
from the truth, John 10: 8, 10, So
Sept. and Hos. 7: 1.

Kaéniw

Kadnio, f. liye Matt. 19: 18.
Rom. 13: 9, instead of the more usual
f. sldyouos Buttm. § 113. 4, and n. 7.
Winer §15. p.80.—Tb steal, absol. Matt.
6 19, 20 drogvocovss zal xlintovon
Mark 10:19. ‘take 18:20. John 10: 10,
*Rom.2:21 bis, Eph. 4:28 bie, Fut. ov
Ages as imperat. Matt, 19: 18. Rom.
13:9, see Winer § 44.3. Matth. § 498. c.
‘Sept. for 323 Ex. 20:15, Deut. 5: 19.—
Lue. Asin. 41. Xen, Mem. 4, 2. 15.—
In the sense of to steal away, to take by
stealth, seq. acc, as a dead body Matt.
‘27: 64, 28:13, So Sept. and 234 2 Sam.
‘21: 12,—Hdian, 2. 1. 5.

Kanjuc, arog, 1, (xdéw,) shoot,

branch, i. q. x1c80g, pp. such as

are easily broken off; in N. T. only of

the vine, shoot, tendril, John 15: 2, 4, 5, 6.

Sept. for nivhy Ez. 12:6, 7. mqDt

Ez. 15: 2.—Jos. Ant, 2. 5.2. Ken. Oec.
19, 8.

KaAnpys, evrog, 6, Clement, pr. 0.
of a Christian Phil. 4: 3, not improbably

Clemens Romanus.

Kangovoudo, @, £. jou, (xdngo-
wouos,) to receive by lot sc. a portion
thus distribated, Sept. for bn) Num.
26; 55. Josh. 16: 4. Hence, as an in-
heritance might also be distributed by

fot (Ecclus, 14: 15), to inherit, to be heir owe

to any person or thing, in classic writ-
ers seq. gen. e. g. of pers. Luc. D. Mort.
9.4. ib.11.3, of thing Dem. 171, 25,
Comp. Lob, ad’ Phryn. p. 129, — In
N. T. gen

a) fo inherty to Behe, absol. Gel. 4a
30 od vag py xdngorourion & vide tiie
nasdloxng ward x,t. 2. quoted from Gen.
21:10 ‘where Sept. for w7, as also
Gen. 15: 4. Num. 27: 11.

b) in later usage simply to obtain, to
acquire, to possess, seq. acc. in N. T.
spoken only of the friends of God as
+ receiving admission to the kingdom of

heaven and its attendant privileges.

Matt, 5: 5 sdngovouiiooves thy iv they

shall quietly possess the land i.e. prima-

rily the land of Canaan, but understood
in a spiritual sense of the ‘Messiah’sking-
dom; comp. Sept. and Heb. Ts yw?

Po, 87: 9, 11, 22, 29, 25:18. ‘Tholuck

Bergpred. p. 83 9q. Bibl. Repos. ILI.

446

Kiijgos
p.7040q. Soxl njv fasdelar rod Seow

» Matt. 25:34. 1Cor.6: 9,10. 15:50. Gal.

5:21, xd.Cofy aldmoy Mat.19: 29. Mark
10:17, Luke 10:25, 18:18. apo

1 Cor. 15:50. also Heb. 1:4,14. & 12
1217, 1Pet3:9. Rev.21:7. Sept.
for W33 Gen. 15:7. Deut. 1: 21.—genr.
seq. acc. Ecclus, 4:13, Jos. Ant. 8. 13.
8 xl tod Nafoidou dunclara mgoia.
Diod. Sic. 1.24. Pol. 227.5. See
Lob. ad Phr. p. 129, Sturz de Dial.
Alex. p. 140.

KAngovopia, aS, th (xygoropéer
q. V.) inheritance, i. e.

a) pp. from one’s ancestors, patrimony,
Matt. 21:38. Mark 12:7, Luke 1212
20:14. Sept. for mbit) Num. 27: 7, 8
9,10,11.—Isocr. 393. - Hdien. 5.1.12

b) genr. portion, ‘posseasion, espec.
the land of Canaan as the possession of
the Israelites, Acts 7: 5. Heb. 1: &.
So Sept. and mbty2 Deut. 4: 38. Josh.
11: 93. — Hence trop. of admission to
the kingdom of God and its attendant
privileges, Acts 20:32. Gal. 3:18. Eph.
1:14, 18. 5: 5. Col. 3:24. Heb. 9: 15,
1 Pet. 1: 4.

, © tae

Kangovopos, ov, 6, (xliigos, w-
popes) pp. ‘receiving by lot’ sc. a por-
tion thus distributed ; hence in N. T.
and genr. an heir, see above in Jigge-

8) pp. Matt. 21: 38, Mark 12:7. Luke
: 14, : Sept. for w-y4" Jer.
8: 10, 28am. 1 7.—Ael. V. H. 13.11.

sings which God bestows upon his
children, implying admission to the
kingdom of heaven and its privileges,
Rom. 8:17 bis. Gal. 4:7, So Gel. &
29 niqgordpos sc. tod *ABgacip, heirs of
the blessings promised to Abrabam.

b) genr. i.q. possessor ac. of any thing
received as a portion, possession, ©. g.the
kingdom of heaven etc. Rom. 4: 13, 14.
Tit. 3:7. Heb. 1:2, 6:17. 11:7. James
25

KaAnjgos, ov, 6, (prob. fr. xlém,)
lot, i. e.

8) pp. a lot, die, any thing used in
determining chances, comp. Potter’s
Gr. Antiq. I. p.333. E. g. ulijgor Bal-
duy, Engl. to cast lots, Matt, 27: 35 bie.

. ‘KAngow

Mark 15:24. Luke 23:34. John 19:24.
Acts 1: 26 bis exer xijgous... xad
Exeawy 6 xijgos. Sept. for 5343 Ps. 22:
19. Neb, 10: 34. Jon. 1: 7.—Luc. Her-
mot. 40, Hom. Il. 7.175. é xdigy by
lot Xen. Ath. 1.2

b) meton. Jot, i.e. part, portion sc. a8
assigned by lot, Acts & 21 od Eats cov
pegs 0888 siigos ty 15 ldyy totzy. So
Sept. and 34a Deut. 10:9. 12: 12.
(Jos. Ant. 4.7.5.) So of an office to
which one is appointed by lot or other-
wise, Acts 1: 17,25 laptiv téy xlijgor
iis Staxovlac, comp. v.26.—Hence genr.
Portion, possession, heritage, trop. Acts
26: 18 xdiigor éy toils Hyracpivors. Col. 1:
12. Plor. id. 1 Pet. 5:3 nd? cig xota-
aupisvortes tii xiijger, not as Jording i
over the possessions, heritage, 8c. 0
or Christ, the church.—Wisd. 5:5. So
Pp. *dijgor estates, lands, Hdot. 1. 76.
ib. 9.94. sing. Ael. V. H. 12. 61.

KAngoa, &, f. soe, (xdiigos,) to
cast lots Hdot. 1.94. Mid. to aequire by
‘lot Xen, Cyr. 1. 6.46. — In N. T. only
Mid. xAngvouat, ofpas genr, to obtain,
ty receive, absol. Eph. 1:11 é @ zai
dedqgebdnper «ats 15 slvan jis x. +.
i.q. through whom we have attained to
be etc. through whom it has been
granted us.—Act. Thom. § 24 fya xdy-
Qué ah0s yerdoGas x. 2.2. Acl H.
An. 1. 13, Aleiphr, 3. ep. 49.

Karjore, ews, %, (xatée,) a call,
i.e. summons Ken. Cyr. 3.2.14. invi-
tation to a banquet 3 Mace. 5: 14, Xen.
Conv. 1.°7, Hence in N. T. trop,
@ call, invitation se. to the kingdom of
God and its privileges, i. e. that divine
call by which Christians are introduced
into the privileges of the gospel. Rom.
Tl: 29 % xdijoug tod Se0t, Eph. 4: 1.
Phil.3:14. 2Thess.1:11, 2Tim.1:

1. 2 Pet.1:10, Eph. 1:18
Is tijs xdvjoeax, i.e. the hope

istian’s call permits him
to cherish. — Clem. Alex. Strom. 6. 17,
— So 1 Cor. 1: 26 flénete viv xiow
‘pd, i.e. the manner of your call, how
ye were called. 80 too 1 Cor. 7: 20
Eeaot0s ty tf sdjou f bain, dy rave
» evita, ie, 08 he was called, 0 let him
remain. Others here compare Dion.
Hal. Ant. 4.18 sdijorg i, q. classes, sub-

447

Kain

divisions of the Roman people ; but

this was neither a Greek nor Hellenistic
use of the word.

KAyroe, 7, ov, (uadiw,) called, in-
vited, 0. g. to a banquet, Sept. for eR
1 K. 1: 41, 49. Aeschin. 50.1. Hence
in N. T. trop. called, invited, sc. to the
kingdom of heaven and its privileges,
geur. Matt. 20: 16 et 22: 14 molded yap
slot sdqtod, bliyod Oi éxdextol, Also
emphat. of those who have obeyed this

call, i. q. saints, Christians, Rom. 1:6,7 ,

sdgrol *Inaoi x... . xdqtoh dyton. 8: 28,
1 Cor. 1: 2,24. Judel. Rev. 17:14,
Comp. Heb. x7jpx Is. 48: 12—In the
sense of appois chosen, sc. to any
office, see in Kadéw no.1.e. Rom. i:
1 et 1 Cor. 1:1 xdgrig dsrdotolos, comp.
Gal. 1:15,

KaAiBavos, ov, 5, an oven, sc. for
baking bread, Matt. 6. 30, Luke 12:28,
Sept. for Heb. 419m Ex. 8:3. Lev. 26¢
26.—Hdot. 2.92. Artemid.2.10. The
Attic form was sgiBayos, Lob. ad Phr.
p.179. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 176,—
The Heb. 413m, Gr. xdifavos, was a
large round pot of earthen or other ma-
terials, two or three feet high, narrowing
towards the top ;_ this being first heated
by a fire made within, the dough or
paste was spread upon the sides to bake,
thus forming thin cakes. See Calmet
art. Bread p. 208. Jahn §140, Harmar’s
Obs. I. p. 401 sq.

Kaiucr, atos, 16, (xhlve,) inclina
tion, declivity, Jos. Ant. 14.15, 2. Pol.
2.16.3 xdiue tiv cody. So of the
supposed inclination of the heavens to-
wards the poles in ancient geography,
whence the northern hemisphere was
divided into seven xdduata, climates, by
lines parallel to the equator, Vitruv. 1.
1. Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Climate.—
Hence in N. T. and genr. climate, i, e.
clime, region, Gal. 1: 21 sig 16 xlipasr
tig Zuglag. Rom.15: 23. 2Cor.11:10,
— Pol. 5. 44.6. Jos. B. J. 5.122.
Hdian. 2 11. 8

Kiivn, 78, 4, (xdlve,) a bed, couch,
any thing on which one lies, reclines,
etc, For the Hebrew beds, see Jahn
+§ 40. Calmet art. Bed. InN. T.

8) genr. and only of the sick, Mark 7:

.

Kiwidwor

30 et Rev. 2 22 see in Bddlm b. ‘So
Sept. and r1t%; Gen, 48:2, 49:3, genr.
2 Sam. 4:7. 1 K. 17: 19.—Lue. Asin.
8. Diod. Sic. 4. 59. Xen, Cyr. 5. 2. 15,
—Of a bed in which the sick are borne,
Matt. 9: 2,6, Luke 5:18. Acts 5: 15.
Comp. Sept. and 5172 Cant. 3: 7.—So
of a bed or bier for the dead Jos. Ant. 7.
1. 6. Hdian, 4. 2. 3sq.

b) spec. a couch, sofa, divan, for sit-
ting or reclining. Luke 17: 84 Yoovras
8bo ent xdivag quds, i.e. two persons
shall be sitting or reclining together ;
comp. the’ expression in Matt. 24: 40,
and see below. Mark 4:21. 7:4. Luke
8 16. So Sept. and mun Am. 64,
comp. 3: 12. — Or, in all these passages
xdivy may be taken in the sense of tri-
clinium, i.e. the couch or sofa on which
the ancients reclined at meals, see in
“Avixsisas no. 2 So Sept. and mB
Esth. 7: 8, Ez. 23: 41.—Ael. V. H. 12.
51. Xen. Cyr, 8.8.16. tnd tf xdlyy
Luc. de Merc. Cond. 17. Tox. 28.

Kiuridtor, ov, 16, (dimin. fr. xt
y7,) @ little bed, Luke 5: 19, 24, comp.
y. 18 where it is xdvj.—Dion. Hal. Ant.
7,68, Plut. Coriolan. 24. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn..p. 180.

Kiva, £. vi, perf. xésdina, to in
cline, trans, i. e. to bend any thing from
‘a straight position, whether downwards
or horizontally.

a) genr. to bow, e. g. 10 mgdoeroy tig
ajy yay in reverence Luke 24: 5. rijy
xepaljy as one dying Jobn 19: 30, or
genr. to recline or lay the head ec. for
rest Matt. 8: 20. Luke 9: 58. Comp.
Sept. and $13 Ps, 144: 5. 2 K.1
—Diod. Sic. 15, 32. Ken. Eq. 5. 5.
trans, to"incline oneself, (comp. in” Aya
no. 3,) spoken of the day as declining,
Luke 9: 12, 24:29 wéxhixey 7 jjudoa.
So Sept. for 372 Judg. 1% 11 "02
Judg.19:8, 1130 Jer.6: 4.—Arr. Alex.
M. 3.4.4 dyxivartos 88 ob jllov é
forégdy. Hdot. 4. 181 dxoxdive.

b) i. g. Lat. inclinare aciem, i.e. in
military language, to make give way, to
rout, Heb. 11:34 zageuBolac dldotplow
Eeluyay. — Jos, Ant. 14, 15, 4. Hom. Il.
5.37, Pol. 1.27.8

Katolar, as, %, (xdivm,) pp. ‘place
where one may recline or rest,’ hence

448

5
Kyidos ’
hut, tent, Hom. Od. 16.1. I. 1: S22
triclinium, i. e. couches, for reclining at
a meal Pind, Pyth. 4, 237. a table-party,
company recliving around a table, Joa.
Ant. 12.2. 11, Hence in N. T. accus.
xhuolag adverbially, by table-parties, in
companies. Luke 9: 14 xataxhirate ot—
toig xdolag ava mevtyxorra. Comp.
Butum. § 115. 4. Herm. ad Vig. p. 882.
Kiony, 7S, %, (xbéntes,) theft,
Matt. 15: 19. Mark 7:22. Sept. for inf.

of 523 Gen. 40: 15, — Ecclus. 41: 19.
Xen. Cyr. 1.2.6.

KAvdwr, ovos, 6, (xiixer to dash,)
pp. a dashing of the sea, surge, billows,
‘Luke 8: 24. James 1: 6. Sept. for
yp Jon, 1:4, 11, 12.—Jos. Ant. 9. 10.2
Pol. 1. 27. 4. Diod. Sic. 3. 21.

KivdorGopmat, f. isouer, depon.
(xAiday,) to surge, to be tossed in billows,
trop. to fluctuate. Eph. 4:14 xleder—
Zousvor navr avéup Sioaoxalias.
for W739 Is. 57: 20.—Jos. Ant. 9. 11,
3.5 diuog tapacvdperog wal xlvdeerits-
pevos. Aristaen. 1. ep. 27.

Kionés, &, 6, Clopas, John 19:
25, elsewhere called Alpheus, see in
"Algaiiog no. 1.

Kriya, Att. xvce, £ xrjow, te
rub, to scratch, Mid. svjoarPas xo ots
to scratch one’s own ear Luc, bis Ace. 1.
chy xepaliy Plut.Pomp. 48.ult. Hence
to tickle, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 86. 8, ss
peg GpoiPiy, Os Myetan xj Sey older
Gyvog tov dvoy. — In N. T. only Pass. to
be tickled, to feel an itching, trop. 2 Tim.
4: 3 xvpFouevor tHy Gxoqy, lit. being
tickled, itching, as to the ears, i.e. baving
‘an itching to hear something pleasing.
So Hesych, xvqSduevor yy axony > Ty-
cotvry th dxotcas xaF idoryr. For
the accus. see Buttm. § 134. 6. Winer
§32.5. Onthe form x779e eee Battm.
§ 112, 11, Lob. ad Phr. p. 254. — So
aviois drew Plut. Vi. p. 638. 4 ed.
Reiske.

Kridog, ov, % Cnidus or Gnidus,
a town and peninsula of Doris in Caria,
jutting out froma the 8. W. part of Asia
‘Minor between the islands of Rhodes
and Cos, celebrated for the worship of
Venus. Acts 27:7—Strabo XIV. p. 965.

Kodpavms
C. Phin. HN. 96,15. Hom, Od. 1.
30.1.

Koépavrng, ov, é, i. q. Lat. quad-
rans, the fourth part of an as, aovdgioy,
qv. It was a sinall brass coin, equal
to two Aéwray, i.e. nearly to two-fifths of
5: 26. Mark 1% 42,
See in “4ovdguor. Jahn§ 117, Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p, 492.

Koda, Ge, fh, (xothog hollow,) the
belly, e.g. the exterior, Sept. for 13
Judg. & 21. Pol. 39.2.7. In N.T.
only of the interior, viz.

a) genr. the belly, the bowels, as the
receptacle of food, put ae often in Engl.
for the stomach, either in men or ani-
mals, Matt. 12: 40 éy 17 xoulig 108 xijro1s.
15:17. Mark 7:19. Luke 15:16 yeuloas
ah woddey aire’. Rom. 16:18, 1 Cor.
6: 18 bis, Bespara tf xoidlg xx. 2. Phil,
& 19. Rev. 10:9, 10. Sept. for ts
Jon. 2. Num. 5:22. Ps, 22:15, —
jas Cynic. 6. Hdian. 1.17.23. Thue.

49.

b) from the Heb. by synecd. for
the womb. Matt. 19: 12 dx xordlag uqrgds.
Luke 1: 15, 41, 42, 44. 221. John &
& Acts3: 2, 14:8, Gal. 1:15. As
Personified, put for the women herself,
Lake 11: 27, 23:29. So Sept. and 193
Gen. 25 24, Is. 44: 2. D579 Gen. 25:
|. for pry Job 3 11.

€) trop. from the Heb. for the inward
part, the inner mao, as in Engl, the
breast, the heart. John 7:38 morapol éx
Tijs xoMas airod x. +. i, So Sept. and
Fi Job 15:85, Prov. 90:27. Dey
40:9,

Komctco, @, f. Hau, (kinds. with
xiipat,) lo.make sleep, to put to sleep,
Hom, il, 14. 206. eos ib, 12. 981. —
Honce in N.T. and genr. Pass. xocpei-
Ouat, Gps, with fut. Mid. goouas, to
fall asleep, to sleep, intrans,

2) pp. Matt. 28: 18, Luke 2% 45 xo

Gd tHe Linns. John 11: 12.
Acts 126, Sept. for qui Is, 5: 27.
3,9 Ruth & 8 1 Sam. 3 15.—Ael.
V.H. 9. 24. Xen. Mem. 4. 5.9.

b) spoken ofthe sleep of death, forte die,
to be dead. Matt.27:52, John 11:11. Acts
7:60 toitto eixey dmoups} Oy, 13:36. 1 Cor.
7:90. 11:80, 15¢6, 18, 90,51. 1 Thess,

57

449

°
Kowovds

4 18, 14,15. 2 Pet. 3:4, Bept. often
for 325 1K. 2 10. 11: 43. Is. 48 17.
— 2 Mace. 12: 45. Hom. I, 11. 241.
Soph. Electr. 509.

Koiunuc, soc, 4, (eosin) 9
sleeping, sleep, meton. reat, repose, John
1:13. Becus. 46: 19. 48: 14.

Kouwoe, 7}, ov, common, i.e.

8) pp. pertaining equally to all. Acts
2 da chor Gravee conve, 4:32, Tit}:
4, Jude 3.—Wisd. 7: 8. Diod. Sic, 1.1.
Xen. An. 3, 1, 43,

b) in the Levitical sense, ‘not per-
mitted by the Mosaic precepts,’ and
therefore common, not sacred; hence
i. q, ceremonially unlawful, unholy,
Sane. Mark 7:2 xoivaig zegot, soit ae
@vintorg. Acts 10: 14 ovdénore Epayor
Ray xowoy ij axdGagror. v.28, 11:8.
Rom. 14: 14 ter.—1 Mace. 1: 47, 62. Jos.
Ant. 13. 1. 1 xowéy Blov.—Trop. under
the gospel dispensation, unholy, uncon-
secrat-d. Heb. 10: 29 16 alua tiig Siadhj-
28 xowwdy Thynodueros, i. e. Unconse-
crated and therefore baving no atoning
efficacy. Rev, 21: 27 in later edit, Otb-
ere, polluted.

Kouwow, &, f. sau, (wivés,) to
make common, to communicate with oth-
ers, Pol. 8, 18.1. Thuc. 1.39.—In N.T.
in the Levitical senee, to make common,
i. ©. to render unlawful, , unclean,
to defile, ceremonially, c. ace. Matt. 15:
11 bie, 18, 20 bis, 1a xo.voivta tor &r9e.
xt. 2, Mark 7: 15 bis, 18, 20, 23. Heb.
9:13, So to regard as common, to call
unclean, Acts 10: 15, 11: 9. — Hesych,
i xolvou* xt dx Sagtor ldye—Hence
genr. to profane, to desecrate, to pollute,
Acts 21: 28 16» Sy:oy sémoy. — absol,
Rev. 21: 27 in text. rec.

KooSrda, wb, £. sou, (mowers,
to be partaker of or in any thing, with any
person, i. e. to share in common.

a) of things, seq. gev. to partake of
any thing. Heb. 2 14 xexorvurnes cag-
ig xa aipetos, Comp. Buttm. §132. 4,
2c. Winer § 30. 5. a, —2 Mace. 5:20.
Hdian. 3, 10.15, Xen, Mem. 2. 6, 22.
— Seq. dat. to partake in any sing.
Rom. 15: 27 eb ya toie mveurarexois
tGy xourtivnoay ta BFyy, 1 Tim, 5: 22.
1 Pet. 4:18, 2John 11, Rom, 1% 13

Kowovia

raig zeus tay dyla xowwrobrtsg,
sharing in the necessities of the saints,
i.e. aiding them. — c. dat, Wisd. 6:
25. Plut. Arat. 8. Dem. 1436. 11.

b) of persons, fo partake with any one,
seq. dat. ot éy, Gal. 6:6 xoiworvsiza 34 5
aurnyoipevos toy loyor 16 xatnzoire ty
nGow ayadois, let him that is taught
ahare with his teacher in all good things,
i.e. let him communicate to his teacher
of bis good things. c. ei Phil. 4: 15.—
ce. dat. of pers. et gen. Pol. 2. 42. 5.,
Ael. V.H. 3.17. c, dat. et is Act.
Thom. § 26.

Kowovia, ag, 4, (xoivaviv,) act
of partaking, sharing, i. ©.
‘8) participation, com fellowship,
Acta 2: 42. 1 Cor. 1:9, 10: 16 bis, obz)
xowowla tod aluatos . . . x. tov oopatos
105 Xe. 2 Cor. 6:14. 8: 4 x rie dia-
xoylac, part, share in transmitting this
alms, 13:13 x 105 dylov mvsipotos.
Gal. 2:9 detla xowwriag right hand of
fellowship, the pledge of communion
etc. Eph. 3: 9 in text. rec. Phil, 1:5
Say als 1b bayydlioy, i, e. your partici-
pation in the gospel, accession to it.
2:1, 3:10. Philem.6, 1 John 1:3 bia,
6,7. — Jos. Ant. 2.5.1 x, rig Spolas
ovupopds. Hdian. 8.2.11. Ael. V. H.
14. 14.
b) communication, distribution, genr.
Hdian. 1.10. 3. In N. T. meton. for
contribution, collection of money in be-
half of poorer churches, Rom. 15: 26.
2 Cor. 9: 13. Heb. 13: 16. — Phavor.
dequooivn.

xotverla* 7

Kowarixds, 4, ov, (xowends,)
communicative, i. e. social Pol. 2, 41. 1.
In N.. T. communicatir e. ready to
give, Kberal, 1 Tim. 6: ue. Timon.
56 np5s dvBga, oldy on, éxloixoy xai x67
Srtay xorvwmnoy. M. Antonin. 7. 52,

Koweovos, ov, 5,4, (xoWvés,) a par-
taker, partner, companion, absol. 2 Cor.
8:28 tnig THrov, xo.vewde duds. Philem.
17.—Ecclus. 41:18. Hiian. 2. 8, 5. —
Seq. gen. of pers. of whom one is the
companion, with whom he kes in
any thing, Matt, 23: 30. 1 Cor. 10: 20.
Heb. 10: 33. (Sept. for 31 Ia 1: 23.
Heian, 4. 14. 4.) Seq. dat. of pers. to
or with whom one is partner, Luke 5:

450

Koxxeog

10 xowavod rH Ziverr, Comp. in Zips
IL e, — Seq. gen. of thing, 1 Cor. 10:
18 xosverv0} 205 Su ie. of the
vietims sacrificed. 2Cor.1:7. 1 Pet.
5:1, 2Pet.1:4.—Ecclus, 6:10, Hdian.
1.8.6. Xen, Mom. 2. 6 24, 26.

Kolin, 76, %, (xtipay) alying down,
ac, for reet or sleep, Hdot. 1. 10 aeq
ig xoleng bed-time. Hence genr. and
in N. T.

8) place of repose, bed, Luke 11: 7 te
nodle pet thy shy xolrqy.—Jon.
Ant. 6. 4.2. Pol, 4, 57.9, Xen. Mag.
Eq. 11. 7. — Spoken of the marriage-
bed, meton. for marriage itself, Heb.
13: 4.—Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 5. Plut. de Flav.
D-18 pj Siler puolvery vip woleye voi
yernijgartos.

b) a lying with a woman, cohabitation,
whether lawful or Unlawfo Rom, 15
meginatiioapser « “BD xolzaug, i. ©. DOC
in lewdness. Bept. for 2307 Lev. 1&
22, Num. 31: 17, 18, 35. — Wied. 3:13,
16. Pind, Pyth. 11. 39, Eurip. Hippol.
154,—Hence from the Heb. meton. for
seed, semen, as necessary for conception.
Rom. 9: 10 é& trig xolry Eyovee, ie.
having conceived by one etc. So Sept.
ab Bend tg tHy xoleny aired éy ool for
Heb.nj2U jn2 Num. 5:20. Lev. 18:
23. more fully Sept. ddéves soicw
oniguatos for Heb. yxy) N20) nz
Lev. 18: 20. Also Sept. zolry
rere 333 Lev. 15: 16 sq. 31.

Kottwy, vos, 6, (xoirn,) « bed-
chamber, Acts 12: 20 6 éxt rot zorrisees
rot Baowdns i.e. the king's chamber
attendant, valet-de-chambre ; see in
Bléoros, Sept. for 900 Ex. & 3
a7tp Vt] 2 Sam. 4: 7."— Luc. Asin.

‘Diod. 8. 11. 69, Not used by the
Pest wiiory Lab od Phage Pp. 252 eq.

Koxxog, n, ov, adj. from sie
0g pp. grain, kernel, and also the coccus
ilicis of Linn. or kermes, a small insect
found adhering to the shoots of a spe-
cies of oak, quercus coccHfera, in Spain
and western Asia, in the form of smooth
reddish-brown or blackish grains, about
the size of pea. These grains or ber-
ries, as they were thought to be, were
used by the ancients for dying a crim

Koxxos

son or deep searlet colour; but have
been superseded in modern times by
the cochineal insect, coccus cacti, which
gives a more brilliant but less durable
colour; see Rees’ Cyclop. art. Coccus
, and Kermes. Plin. H. N. 9. 41.
ib. 16.8. ib, 22,2.—Hence xdxxzevoc,
coccus-dyed, crimaon, Matt. 27:28 zla-
Bide xoxxivyy, for which in Mark 15:17
mogpipay. Heb. 9:19. Rev. 17: 3, 4.
18: 12, 16. Sept. for nvbin Ex. 25: 4.
28:5. 73 Josh, 2 18, 21. — Plut. ed.
R. VI. p. 546. 8.

Koxxos, ov, 6, a kernel, grain,
seed. Matt. 13:31 x. civanewg. 17: 20.
Mork 4:31. Luke 13:19, 17:6. John 12:
24 x. rob otrov, 1 Cor, 15: 37.—Hdot.
4.143. See also in Kéxxsvog.

Kolato, £. doopar, (xdtos, xolofss,
i. q. poet. xolove,) pp.to mutilate, toprune
ec. trees, xoldtuy ta dévdga Theopbr.
de caus. Plant. 5.9.11. trop. to cor-
rect, to moderate, Ael, V.H.11. 3. Plut.
od. R. VILL p. 312. 8, Xen. Oec. 20, 12.
— Hence in N.T. and genr. to disci-
pline, to punish, c. ace. Acts 4: 21 nds
xoldowrtas ainots. 2 Pet. 2:9 xole-
Copérous typsiy i. 8. to reserve as subject
to punishment, see Winer § 46. 5. p.
290. Buttm. § 144. 3, Marth. § 566. 6.
—2 Mace. 6: 14. Hdian, 3.5.13. Xen,
Mem. 3.13, 4.

Kodaxeda, as, i, (xiiat flauerer,)

Sattery, adulation, 1 Thess, 2: 5. — Jos.
B. J. 4. 4.1. Hdian. 1.1.3 Dem.

1099. 9.

Kodaore, ewe, 4, (xoléte,) pp.
mutilation, pruning, ©. g. xdlaoig ra”
8érdgur Theophr. de caus, Plant.2. 4.4.
InN. T. punishment, Matt. 25: 46 eis x6—
lasw aidsvoy. 1 Jobn 4: 18 see in
“Byoo c. «.—Wisd. 16: 2, 24. Ael. V. H.
7.15. Diod. Sic, 1. 77 pen.

Kodacoatl, see Koloovat,

Kohaglto, f. tow, (xdlagos,
xoldrrr,) to strike with the fist, to buffet,
. acc. Matt. 26: 67 et Mark 14: 65
dxoleégway aincy. Hence genr. to buf
fet, to maltreat, 1 Cor. 4:11, 2 Cor.
12:7. 1 Pet, 2: 20. — Test. XII Patr.
708 xolapife, re téxye. Unknown to
the Attics, who used xorduie, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 175,

451

KodduBrorys

Koddcw, &, £. jou, (xdlda glue,)
to glue together, to make cohere, Luc.
quom. Hist. conecr.51. Diod. Sic. 2. 58.
—In N.T. Mid. xoddouas, Spas, aor.
1 pass, dxolljdyy with mid. signif.
Buttm. § 136. 2, to adhere, to cleave to,
pp. of things, seq. dat. Luke 10: 11 ror
xonogtor tor xoldnGévca iptv. Rev, 18:
5 in constr. praegn. in later edit. Sept.
for p27 Ps. 102:6. Job 29:10.—Anthol.
Gr. L. p. 231.—Trop. of persons, to join
oneself unto, c, dat. of thing, e.g. 19
Geuars, to follow, to accompany, Acts &:
29. 1 dya9G, to cleave to, Rom. 12: 9.
Sept. and ies 2K. 3:3. Seq. dat. of
pers. e.g. to become a servant to any one
Luke 15:15. to follow, to cleave to, ©. g.
3h dg 1 Cor. & 16. (Ecclus. 19: 2.)
1 xugly v.17. Sept. and poy 2K.
18: 6. fo follow the side or party of
any one, to associate with, Acts 5: 13.
9:26. 10:28. 17:34. Sept. and poz
2 Bam. 20: 2,—1 Macc. 3:2, 6 21.
Plat. ed. R. VI. p. 355, 3.

Koddovigeor or xoddvgror, ov,
16, (dimin. of xoldvga a coarse bread or
cake,) pp. a small cake, cracknel, Sept.
for DvP2 1 K. 14: 8 in Cod. Alex.
InN. T. collyrium, eye-salve, resembling
the dough of the zoddvga, Rev. 3: 18—
Arr. Epict.3, 21.21. Luc, Alex. 21 bia,
xothuglou* oxevactiy 3 soité tony é&
nirrys Bovrilas, xa dagddrov, xad d-
Sov 106 diapavots rexguupsvor, xak x9
Q0%, xat wactiyns, x x2, Other kinds
are described in Cels. de Med, 6. 28q.
ib. 7. 4, Dioscor. 1, 2.

Koddufrorgs, ov, 8, frou x6l-
AvBog @ amaHl coin, change, Aristoph.
Pax 1196, 1200 ov3é xolddfou, where
Schol. s1d0¢ etta20%s vowlopatos at} roi"
ob3¢ BBolad. Also agio, premium of
exchange, 4 doyugléy diay; Poll.
Onbm. 3. 9. ib. 7.30. Cie. Verr. IIL
78. as also Rabb, yabip Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 2032, — Hence xoddvBiorns, a
money-changer, broker, i.q. xequotiori,
Matt. 21:12. Mark 11:15. Jobn 215,
‘They had their seats in the outer court
of the temple, eee in Kaguatioris.
Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 501. —
Lysias Fragm. 34 ult. The gramma-
rians condemn this word, Lob. ad Phr.
p. 440,

Koddvpuy
Koddveuor, se Kollotgor.

+ & in cad. KohoBow, @, £. sow, (nohopis

4,00.

mutilated, fF. xd10¢,) fo mutilate, trans.
Sept. 2 Sam. 4: 12. Diod. Sic. 1. *apen.
— IN. T. trop. of time, to cut off, to

shorten, Pass. Matt. 2t: 22 bis, et Mark
18: 20 xolofwSyjcorras al fimigas, So
Bek ‘up Prov. 10: 27, Sept. dlsyo-

"Kolocoat or Kodasoal, or,
ef, Colosse, a city of Phrygia Major,
situated near the junction of the Lycus
with the Meander, and not far from
Hierapolis and Laodicea. With these
cities it was destroyed by an earthquake
about A.D. 65. A modern village
near the site is called Konos. See
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p, 204, 228.
—Col, 1:2

Kodoccaevs, ews, 6, plur. Koloo-
eatis, Colossians, only in the spurious
subscription to the epistle.

Koanos, ov, 6, the bosom, i.e.

8) pp. the front of the body between
the arms; hence Joba 13: 23. dvoxst-
pavos dy 1 xdlnw rob *Inaod, reclining
on Jesus’ bosom, i.e. next to him on the
triclinium at supper, so that his head
‘was opposite to Jesus’ bosom ; comp.
in “4ydxees no. 2, Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 496, Calmet art. Eating —Lat. in si-
a recumbo Plin. Ep. 4. 22. — Trop. to
be in or on the bosom of any one, i. q. to
be in his embrace, to be cherished by
him as the object of intimate care and
dearest affection, comp. in n Engl. bosom-
friend ete. John 1: 18 6 dy shy tor x0l—
mov Tod matgos, ig. 6 aViIg VidG.
So Luke 16: 22 ss y xolrer 100
“Afgasp, and v.93 Adtagor tv vols x61-
mous [comp. Engl. embraces) aizoi, i.e.
in near and intimate communion with
Abrabam, as being one of bis beloved
children, So Josephus de Mace. § 13
[4 Mace. 13: 16) ottw yég Sarérras,
pais “AS pac od? Tougs wat Torte % tno
Békorras sig toig sbixous ainiiy. Comp.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb, in loc. Sept. 4
Pon; by 1§ xing cov for Heb. [RINGS
“Deut. 13: 7. -28: 54,56. comp. 2 San.
1% 3,8 Is, 40; 11.—Ecclus. 9: 1. An-
thol, Gr. II. p. 75. [V. p.120. Plat.
Cato Min. 33 ult. Toflvoy, de say

452

Koutyo

xdlzen GvPguner. Comp.Cic-
ad Div. 14. 4 “tu vero sis in sinu semm-
per et complexu meo.” — Others refer
Luke |, c. to a banquet in the kingdom
of heaven, comp. Matt. 8: 11. Luke 33:
29, vee in "Avaxilve b.- But the scene
is here laid in dns, and not in the Mes-
siah’s kingdom.

b) te bosom of an oriental garment,
which falls down over the girdle, and
is often used for carrying things, as a
sort of pocket. Luke 6: 38 Secours sis
toy xdlmoy indy. So Sept. and pr:
Is, 65: 6. Jer. 32: 18. — Hom. Od. 15.
469, Pol. 3.33.2, Hdot. 6.125. Comp.
Hor. Sat. 23,171. Liv. 21.18 “tune
Romanus, sinu ex toga facto, etc.”

¢) put for a bay, gulf, inlet of the sea,
Acts 27: 39,—Jos, Ant. 3.1.5. Hdian.
8.1.12 Xen. H. G. 6.29.

KoduuBew, &, £. ow, to swim,
Acts 27: 43. —Hierocl. Facet.1. An-
thol. Gr. IIT. p. 41.1, Moeris p. 267
vei uot vigeoGas, Aruxis? xoloppgs,
“Eldynixdig.

KodupByopa, os, 4, (wolwppfecen)
Pp. swimming-place, hence pool, pend,
any reservoir of water for swimming,
bathing, fish, etc. e. g. genr. 4 zol. tev
Zang Jobn 9% 7, i, a healing bach
OF pool, peg : i, John & 2, 4,7.
Bone. f for 43532 K. 18 17. Neh. 14
1s.7:8,—Jos. Ant.15. 33. Diod.3.11.25.

Kodovia, ag, 4, Lat. colonia, i.e.
a Roman colony, Acts 16:12 Philippi
is here 80 called, because Augustus had
colonized thither many of the partizans
of Antony, Dio Cass. 51. 4. p. 445.
Kuiacel in loc. Comp. Adam's Rom.
‘Ant. p. 728q.

Kopetco, c, £. jo, (xis) to have
long hair, to wear the hair long, 1 Cor. 11:
14,15.—Jos, Ant.4.4.4. Xen.Lac. 11.3.

Koun, 79, 4, hair, head of heir,
1 Cor, 11:15. Sept. for 99g Nam. &
5. — Hdian. 1.7, 9. Ken. Cyr. 1.22,

Koplyeo, £. tow, Att. £ 66, (wopeder,)
to lake care of, to provide for, Hom. T
24. 541; 80 of one fallen in battle, i.e,
to take up and bear away Hom. fl
13, 196; hence genr. fo take up, fo cor.
ry Qf, 0g. ex booty Hom. Hi. 2. 875,
ib. 11. 738, In N. T. gessr.

Kopuyorepoy 4

8) t0 bear, to bring, trans, Luke 7: 87
soplouca dhiBootgor pigov—Eadr.
Ar. Alex. M.7. 22.8. Xen. Cyr.3. 3.2.

b) Mid. xopifouas, Att. £, xomsotpas,
to take for oneself, to bear or bring to
oneself, i, @. to acquire, to obtain, to re
ceive, trans. Matt. 25: 27 dxopsodpay ay
26 pir. | 2 Cor. 5:10. Col. 3: 25 xoys-
eiras 3 4 8lenoe. Heb. 10: 36 x. thy én
ayydlay, 11: 89. 1 Pe. i: 9. & 4.
2 Pet. %18 seq. maga c. gen. Eph. 6
8. — 1 Macc, 13: 37, 2 Macc. 8: 33.
An. Alex. M. 5.27.3, Xen. Cyr. 1.5.
10.—In the sense of to receive again, to
recover, trans. Heb. 11:19. So Sept.
for mp Gen. 38: 20. —2 Macc. 10: 1.
Jos. Ant. 18. 4, 1. Diod. Sic. 12. 80.

Kouyoregor, adv. (comparat. of
xdpyes elegantly, well, Xen. Cyr, 1. 3.
8,) better, in the phrase xopdrsgor byetr,
ge melius habere, to be better, to mend,
John 4:52. See in” Eye £—Arr.Epict.
3. 10. 13 xoppas Eze. Cic. ad Div. 16.
15 belle habere.

Korvica, o, f. dow, (xorla dust,
slacked lime,) to while-wash, sc. with
lime, trans, Matt, 23: 27 rdpoig xexovie—
pdvosg, white-roashed sepulchres, in ac-
cordance with an annual custom of the
Jews on the 25th day of the month
Adar, see Jabn § 207 and n. II. Wet-
stein N.T. in loc. Acts 23: 3 totzs xexo-
vscyuivs thou whited wall, i.e, thou hypo-
crite, fair without and foul within.
Sept. for 1% Deut. 27: 2, 4.—Diod. Bie.
19. 9. 4, Plut. Cato Maj. 4 pen.

Koveoptos, ov, 3, (xorla, Bere) 5
dust, pp. a8 oxcited, flying, Matt. 10: 14.
Luke 9: 5. 30: 11. Acts 13: 51, 22: 23.
Sept. for pat 9:9. Nah “pe
Deut. 9: — Pol. 5.85.1. Xen. An.
1.88

“Sata, f. dow, (xém0s,) pp. ‘to be
beat out, weary,’ iq. xomaw, hence
genr. to relar, to remit, to cease; in
N.T. of the wind, to lull, intrans. Matt.
14: 32, Mark 4: 39, 6:51. Sept. for
29 Gen. 8:1. pnw Jon. 1: 11,12,
— Ecclus. 43: 23. “Hilo. 7.

Konarcs, ov, 6, (xdmeopes q. V.)

7, 80, ns accompanied

with beating the breast ete. Acts 8: 2.
Sept. for 192 Gen. 50 10 Zech. 1%

53 Konog

10, 11.—1 Mace. 4:39. Dion. Hal. Ant.

5. 11. 31.

Kory, 7, 4, (xénre,) slaughter,
carnage, Heb. 7: 1, in aflasion to Gen.
14: 17 where Sept. for inf. nizn. Sept.
for 720 Josh. 10: 20.—Jadith 15: 7.

Kondo, @, f. dow, (xonia i,q.
winos,) pp. i. q. Engl. to be beat out, i.e.
to be weary, faint, intrans,

8) pp. Matt. 11:28 deire nods ps mis
115 0b xomdrnes. Rev. 2 3, seq. &
John 4:6 x, & 16 68oenoplas. Sept. for
323 Is. 40: 41.,— Jos, Ant, 2. 15,3 x.
ind rig Sdoinoglas. Aristoph. Thesra.
795. Athen. X. p. 416.

b) in N. 'T. to weary oneself sc. with
Jabour, like Heb. 93%" i. e. to labour, to
to abeol. Lake 5: 836 Sing tig rexrig
somuicartes ovdiv Aepoper, Matt. 0: 28
et Luke 1% 27 ta mpiva... ob noms
0088 vnPe, ‘Acts 20:35, 1 Cor. 4¢ 19.
Epb. 4:28. 2Tim.26, Trop. of a
teacher who labours in the gospel,
Joho 4: 38 bis. 1 Cor. 25:10. 16: 16.
Sept. for Heb. 93° Josh. 24: 18. 573;
Ps. 127: 1, — Anthol. Gr. IV. p, 184. §
1 198ze, j, xonla. — Seq. 2», to labour
tn, ©. g. trop. dy dye 1 Tim. 5:17. iy

serie i.e, io the work of the Lord
Rom. 16: 12 bis. dy iy among yi
1 Thess, 5:12. (comp. Ecclus. 6 19)
Seq. aig c. ace. of perm upen or for
whom, sis judo Rom. 16: 6. tis ud
Gal. 4:11, (Keclus, 24:34.) . eis final,
as cig toi 4 1 Tim. 4:10. aig 8 Col,
1; 29, tis xzvoy in vain Phil. % 16.
Ser x. tig xavdv for 93) Is, 65: 23, Jer.

1: 53,

Konoe, ov, 5, (ednte,) pp. a beat-
ing, hence wailing, grief, ec. with beat-
ing the breast etc. i.q. xomstds q. v.
Sept. for 33> Jer. 45: 3 Aeschyl.
Choeph. Also the being beat out, weari-
ness, Xen. An. 5.8.3, Hence in N. T.
toil, labour, i. e. wearisome effort, genr.
Joho 4: 38 tig tov xdmoy citiiy
sioedghiGore, 1 Cor. 3: 8. 15: 58 6
somos tyén . 2 Cor. 6: 5.
10: 15, 11:23, 27. 1 Theas.1:3 5 smog
tis Gyanng labour of love i, e. work of
beneficence. 29, 35. 2 Thess, 3:8,
Heb. & 10, Rev. % 2, 1413. Sept.
for 9°93" Gen. 31; 42, — Ecclus, 14: 15.
Bion. id. 15. 16. Anthol, Gr. IV. p. 99

Sh feet

Konola

antep.—In the sense of trouble, vezation,
in the phrase xomoug nagezecy trl,
iq, to trouble, to ver any one, Matt. 26:
10. Mark 14:6. Luke 11:7, 18:5. Gal,
6.17, Sept. xinos for bag Job 5: 6.
Tor. 20: 18. — xéxovs napiysv Aristot.
Probl. sect. qu. 38, ‘The earlier Greeks
said xévoy nagdzew Eeclus. 29:4. Hdot.
1 7. modypate rapdzew Hot. 1.155,

"Konpla, ais, 4, (xd 906) pp. dung-
hall Sept. for risa 1 Sam. 2:8. Arr.
Epict. 2.4, 48q. ‘In N.'T. dung, ma-
nure, Luke 14: 35. 13:8 in text. rec.
Sept. for ny 2 K. 9: 37. Jer. 25: 33.
—Arr, Epict. |. c. Artemid. 2. 9.

_ Kengur, ov, %6, (neut. of adj.

nimguos,) dung, manure, plur. xémgie
Luke 13% 8 in later edit.— 1 Mace.
% 62 Anthol, Gr. IIT. p. 85. Arr.
Epiet. 2. 4. 5.

Korte, f. yoo, to beat, to cut sc. by
a blow, trans.

a) pp. e. g. branches of trees, to cut
off or down, Matt. 21:8, Mark 11:8
Sept. for n> Num. 13:24. Judg. &
48,—Xen. An. 4, 8. 2,

b) Mid. xdmropas to beat or cut oneself,
i.e. the breast etc. in the loud expres-
sion of grief; hence put for to lament, to
wail, to bewail, absol. Matt.11:17. 24:30.
Luke 23:27, seq. acc. Luke 8: 52. seq.
éxito Rev.1:7. éxi ti 18:9, Sept.
for 3pb abso. 2 Sam. 1:12 c, ace.
Gen, 23: 2, 50:10. seq. éni tiva for
by typ 2 Sam. 11: 26. éni tis Zech.
1% 10. — abeol, Jos. Ant. 7.1.6. Diod.
8i 14, Hdot. 6.58, Active, xéntew
tiv Dogar Lue. Nigr. 2. x. mods 1, i-
gay Luc. Asin. 2.

Kogat, @xos, 6, a raven, Luke
12.24.” Sept. for a-19 Gen. &: 7. Lev,
11: 15. — Ael. H, An. 1. 35, 47. Hdot,
415. 7

Kogaswy, cov, +,
xégn,) girl, maiden, damsel, Matt. 9: 24,
25. 14:11. Mark 5: 41,42. 6:22, 28 bis,
opt for rag Ruth 2 6 2. 1 Say.
95: 42.—Arr. Epict. 3.2.8. Luo. Asin,
6, 36. The word belongs rather to
the aye of familiar discourse, like

» Madel, Lob, ad Phryn. p.
ae

vo, (dimin, fr.

454

KogewSos
KopBar, 6 6, indec. aloo xopBaras,
@, 6, Heb. rai corban, i.e. a git,
offering, ‘sc, to God, Lev. 2 1,
4, 12, 43. InN. T. devoted

a) pp. xopBay, something leve to
God, Mark 7: 11 sopfar, 8 dors Sigor,
x5 h—Jos. Ant 4.4.4 of xogBar ai
roils dvoudourees 1§ 9x}, Bipor 3d roite
ontodyes x. €. .

b) xopBavas, spoken of money offered
in the temple, the sacred treasure, and
by moton. the treasury, i. 4. 7aopulemor
qv. Mat 2 :6—Jon B. 3.29. 4 car
gr oe ngheieas 31 xogBevaic.

Kars & ie Core, Heb. mp
(ice) Korah, pr. n. of a Levite who re-
belled against Moses, Jude 11. See
Num. c. 16.

Kopévvupe, f. xopicw, perf. pes.
xexdgeouat, aor. 1 pass, éxogésDyy, to
sate, to satisfy, sc. with food and drink,
Passe. or Mid. to be sated, to be full, i.e.
to have eaten and drunk enough, seq.
gen. of thing, Pass. Acts 27: 38 soge-
aStvte¢ 38 tg0@i¢. ‘Trop. abeol. 1 Cor.
4:8.—c. gen. Ael. V. H.4.9, Ken. Mem.
3.11.13. trop. Hdian. 1. 13, 10.

Kogivid:s, a, ov, Corinthian, «
Corinthian, Acts 16:8, 2 Cor. 6 11.

Koguos, ov, %, Corinth, a cele-
brated Grecian city, the capital of
Achaia proper, situated on the isthmas
between the Peloponnesus and the
main land, and hence called bimaris,
Hor. Od. 1.7.2 It lay between the
gulfs of Lepanto and Egina, on cach of
which it had a port, im on the
former and Cenchrea on the latter.
The city was famous for the worship of
‘Venus and for every species of expea-
sive debauchery ; whence the Horatiaa
proverb: Non cuivis homini
adire Corinthum, Hor. Ep. 1. 17. 36.
Corinth was destroyed by L. Mummius
during the Achaian war, about 146 B.C.
It was restored by Julius Caesar, asd
became the capital of the Roman pror-
ince Achaia and the seat of the pro-
consul, Acts 1812, Here Paul re-
sided for more than 18 months (Acs
18: 11, 18) and gathered « large church,

which was not -wholly ex-
empt from Corinthian yices. Acts 1& 1.

Koprijiug
18 1, 1 Cor. 1: 2 2 Cor. 1: 2, 23,
‘2 Tim. 4: 20.

Kogyyuos, ov, 6, Cornelius, pr.
hn. of a Roman centurion at Cesarea,
Acts 10:1, 3, 7, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25, 30, 31.

Kopgos, ov, 6, corus, Heb. “ip cor,
the largest Hebrew dry measure, equal
to the “7n, i.e. to ten baths or ephabs
Ez. 45: 14, and aleo to ten Attic padtpr0s
Jos, Ant. 15.9.2, The Attic medimnus
‘Was equal to six Roman modii, and ac-
cording to Ideler and Boeckh contained
2602 Paris cubic inches, Boeckh Stants-
b der Athener I. p. 101. The
English bushel is usually estimated at
1801 Paris cubic inches ; hence the At-
tic medimnus and Hebrew bath were
nearly equal to 1.445 bush, English, or
about 114 gallons ; and so the Hebrew
cor, xdgos, to 14.45 bushels English.
Comp. in Besos (1. Adam’s Rom, Ant.
P. 505.— Luke 16:7 txatdy xdgous ol-
tov, Sept. xdgos for > 2 Chr. 2 10.
27:5. for “jr Ez. 45: 13,

Koapew, &, £. jaw, (xéopos,) to
order, i.e. to put in order, ©. g. an army,
to draw up Hom. Il, 14. 388. In N.T.

8) to adjust, e. g. lamps, to trim, Matt.
25: 7 éxdopnoay tég lapnidag So
Sept. soousir riy spdnttay for Jay Ez.
23: 41.—Xen. Cyr. 8. 2.6 tganetor.

b) to decorate, to adorn, e. g. 169 olxoy
as if for a new dweller Matt, 12: 44,
Luke 11: 25. a bride, viugmy, Rev.
21:2 genr. 1 Tim, 2:9. Luke 21:5.
Rev. 21:19. Sept. for iT 19 Jer. 4: 30,
Ez. 16:11—Hdian. 5. 3.12." “Ken.Mem.
3. 11. 4. — 80 Matt. 23: 29 sooyetes 14
prnpele, ye decorate the etc,
ee. with garlands and flowers, or by
adding columns or other ornaments,——
Diod. Sic. 11.38. Xen. H.G. 6. 4. 7.
Mem. 2. 2.13. Comp. Ael. V. H. 12,7
“Aditardqos toy “Ayilding cépor dovegd-
vot. — Trop. to honour, i.e. to make
honourable, to dignify, Tit. 2: 10 nip 8

jwoxalior, 1 Pet. 3:5 al dys proved
x06... éxdouor tovtde. — Ecclus, 48:
11. Hdian. 6. 3,5. Xen. Conv. 8. 38,

Koopexcs, 4, dy, (xéopos world,)

h terrestrial, opp. to éxoupeiviog.

Heb. 9: 1 dyiov xoopisdr, comp. v. 23.
— Plut. ed. BR. VI. p. 455. 3, xoopsxy

455

Keoopog
Sudxafis.—Trop. worldly, as conformed
to this world, belonging to the men of'
this world, Titus 2: 12 éer9yplar oo
posal luste.—Clem. Alex. Paed.
1, 18 déyos ... she xouusxie cvrndalas
Hagndter tov krFounor.

Koopzos, ov, 5, #, adj. (xdopos,)
twell-ordered, decorous, modest, in a moral
respect, 1 Tim, 29, 2—Pol. 8.11.7,
Xen, Hi. 5.1, Mem. 3. 11, 14,

Kocpoxparap, opos, é, (xsopos,
xpatéw,) pp. lord of the world, Schol. in
Aristopb. Nub. 397 Zecayzeous § Bao
leig rev Aiyumtlan, xoopoxedrug yeyo~
vis x.t.2. In N.'T. of Satan as the
Prince of this i.e. of worldly men,
Plur. Eph. 6: 12 mgog roi i
toi axotors 100 aidivos totrov, i.e. Satan
and his angels. Comp. John 12 31.
2 Cor, 4: 4. — Ignat. 1. 1 Sscifolor, Sy
xai xoopoxedroga xalovow. The Rabbing
also adopted the epithet TD Pintp,
see Buxt, Lex. Ch. 2006,

Keopos, ov, 6, ( prob. xopie,) or-
der, i.e. regular disposition and ar-
rangement, Hom. Od. 13. 77
xaSizuv. Pol. 1. 21.1. Ken. Oec. 8. 20..
Hence in N. T.

1. decoration, ornament, 1 Pet, 3: 3
otz 6 Bwder ... xéouos. Sept. for
773 Ex. 33: 4, 5, 6. Jer. 4: 30,—Hdian,
3.6.19, Xen. Cyr. 8. 4.24

2. order of the universe, the world, “i
Lat. mundus, firat 0 used by Pythago-
ras and then as a technical tarm of phi-
losophy, see Passow in voc. n0.2, Bo
Plato Gorg. 63. p. 508. A, gaa 83 of
Gogol, xa} odguréy xat yiiy ual Ssobg xa}
GrSgdnorg tiv xowvarlar ovrizuy sak
gillay xai xocpdrmza xed o ‘;
zal Sucaubryea, sal 7 Sloy ‘roe Bis
tatre xdouoy xélotor. Plin, H.N. 2.8,
“nam quem xéouor Graeci, nomine or.
namenti, appellaverunt, eum nos a per-

absolutaque elegantia mundum.”

Comp. Cie. de Nat. Deor.2.22. Hence

8)genr. the world the universe, heavens
and earth etc. Matt. 18:35 dnd xotaforii

50. John 17: 5,24. Acts 17:24, Rom.
20, Heb. 4:3.—2 Mace. 7:23. Ael. V. a.
8.11, Luc, Icarom. 4. Xen. Mem. 1, 1.
nH dnus 5 xalotperos ind tip cogistey

Keapos

ndoyog Kysx—Mioton. for the inbabitants
of the univaree, 1 Cor. 4: 9 Séatgor
Cd TP noopy, nal ayydilow xad
Jnou. — Trop. and symbol. as in
Engl. a world of any thing, for an ag-
gregate, con, James 3:6 5 yiéoos
« abopos 8ixlas, a world of iniquity.
Comp. Sept. Prov. 17: 6 tov microb clog
6 wégpos rév aeudrar, coi di dnlorou
0508 ofolés.

b) by ayneed. the earth, this lower
world as the abode of man. (2) PP-
Mark 16: 15 mogeudévres tig toy xdoyor
dxarta. John 16: 21, 28. 21:25. 1Tim.
8:16, 1 Pet. 5: 9. 2 Pet. 3:6 6 tors
xooues. So lpzsrGa tig toy xdcpor
and the like, to come or be sent into the
world, i. e. to be born John 1:9; or to
ge forth into the world, to appear be-
fore men, John 3: 19. 6 14. 1 Tim.
3:15, Heb. 10: 5. also 1 John 4:1,
@Jobn7. John &17. 1 John 4:9.
Hyperbolically, Matt. 4:8 sdous 1a¢

6423. Baadslas ret xoopou. Rom.1:8.—Comp.

Luc. de Astrol. 12. — (8) meton, the
world for the inhabitants of the earth,
men, mankind, Matt. 5: 14 vile doe
16 gis tod xdopov. 13: 98 6 38 aygo

_ Ba, 6 xéopos. Joho 1: 29, 3: 16 otrw
“vag ivénnosy 5 dbs rév xdopor. Rom.
3:6,19. 1 Cor. 4:18. 2 Cor. 5: 19.
Heb. 11:7. 2 Pet. 2:5 dgyalov xiouov.
1 John 2 2. (Wied. 10:1. 14: 6, 14.)
Bo hyperb. the world for the multitude,
every body, Fr. tout le monde. John 7: 4
parigacoy Gsavtoy tH .xoopy, opp. &
aguntg. 12:19, 14:22, 18:20. 2Cor.
1:12, 2 Pet. 2: 5 xdapos aosfav. Put
aleo for the heathen world, i. q. te 79¥9,
Rom. 11: 12, 15, comp. Luke 12: 50.

c) in the Jewish mode of speaking,
the present world, the present order of
things, a8 opposed to the kingdom of
Christ ; and hence always with the idea
of transientness, worthlessness, and evil
both physical and moral, the seat of
cares, temptations, irregular desires, ete,

It is thus nearly i. gq. 6 aldy ovros,

DeivT, 8 see fully in Aisy Ro. 2—

(ah geod, c. ‘obt05, John 12: 25 6 wustiy
Bp yuri aixot br 1G xcopy wiry
app. sis Lejy aidvor, 18: 36 bis, 9
Booidsles 4 dyn oin Bote ix toi wiopow
wpinov x th 1 Cor. 5: 10. Eph. 22,
. LJohn4:17, Withoutottos,1 John 215,

456

KodBaros

16,17. 3:17. Spec. the wealth and en-
joyments of this world, this life’s goods,
Matt. 16:26 al yi dpdsira: Sr 9 ¢ex0r,
day t6v xdopor Blor xegdion s Mark &
36. Luke 9:25. 1 Cor. 3:22. 7: 31,33,
34. Gal. 6:14. James 4:41 John =
17. — (8) Meton. for the men of this
world, worldlings, as opp. to those ™
seok ‘the kingdom of God, e.g. with
obtos, Jobin 12: 31 ¥ splots 205 = totes.
1 Cor. 1: 20 copla tou x, rovrov. 2% 19
Gal. 4: 3. Col. 8 As subject eo Se-

tan, John 12 31 6 dozuy seu x. rooren
14:30, 16:11. Without etzos, Jobe 7:
7 ob divaten 6 fir tyes, et
u, 19, 97, 81. 16 8. 17:6,9. 1 Cor.

1:21, 2 Cor. 7:10. Phil. 215, James
ete. AL. .

Kovaproc, ov, 5, Lat. Quartes,
pr. n. of a Christian at Rome, Rom.
16: 23.

Kove, cumi, i.e. Hob. imperat
fora, “3p arise, expressed in Greek
letters, Mark 5: 41.

Kovorwdia, as, 4, Lat. custedia,
ig gue, in N. T. meton. for coeer.

watch, guard, sc. of Romen soldiers st
the sepulchre of Jesus, Matt. 27: 65, 66.
98: 11, — Heaych, soverudia fog ous
orgersseetype}.

Kopi, f. law, (xotpos,) to be
light, intrans. Hes. Op. 465. Sopb. Phi-
loct. 735. In N.'T, trans. to lighten, se.
a ship by throwing things overboard,
Acts 27: 38, _ Bee for bt Joa. 1:5.

Angst. 16:9, Mark &
48. 8:19. Luke 9: 17, Jobn & 13.
for wa Pa. 81:5, bo Judg. & 19. —

Buidas xdqevos * mhextée. Aris-
toph. Av. 1310. Xen. Mem. 3. & 6 —
The xéguvog was proverbially the Jew-
ish travelling-basket, comp. Juv. Set, 3.
15 “Judaeis, quorum copbinus foenum-
que supellex.” 6, 542

KpaBBatos, ov, 6, Lat, grab
Batus, i.e. @ small couck, which might
easily be carried about, or for travelling
ec, called by the Grecke cxlsxewr,

Kodte |

. Mark 2 4,9, 11, 12. 6: 55.

John 5: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Acts & 15. 9

33. Comp. Mark 1. c. with Luke 5: 18,

24.—Act. Thom. § 50,51. Arr. Epict.

B. 22.74, Used only by very late wri-

tere, Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 62 oq. Sturz
de Dial. Alex. p. 175 sq.

Koctter, £. xexgd$opar, sor. Expata,
perf. 1 séegaya with the signif. of the
prevent, Buttn. § 113. n. 13. Paseow 6.
This is strictly an onomatopo-
etic verb imitating the hoarse cry of the
raven, Germ. krdchzen ; hence genr.
and in N. T. to cry, to cry ou, intrane.

) of inarticulate cries, clamour, ex-
clamation, e. g. from fear, &x6 tov go-
Gov Matt. 14:26; from pain Matt. 27: 50.
Mark 15: 39 coll. vy. 87, Rev. 12:2;
from abhorrence Acts 7: 57. Of demo-
niacs Mark 1: 26, 5: 5, 9: 26, Luke 9:
39. (Sept. for pst 2 Sam. 13:19. Jer.
25:34.) So in joy, by hyper. Luke
19: 40 of 190s xexpdtortar. Sept. for
797 Josh. & 16. Ps 65: 14.— Arr.
3.4.4 xdga$ Stay pi) alovor xe
xpcyy. Luc. Tim. 11. Xen, An. 7, 8. 15,

‘b) of any thing uttered with a loud
voice, to cry, to exclaim, to call aloud, e.
g. followed by the words uttered, Mark
10: 486 3én0lAG pallor txpater' vid da-
BIS 7.2. 15:13, 14. Luke 18: 39.
John 12 13 xa} Expator’ ‘Aoarvd. Acts
19: 32, 34. 23: 6.al. So ©. gorf ueyc-
Ay Acts 7:10. dy orf psydiy Rev. 14:
15. Followed i by a tense or particip. of
Daye ete. ©. g. txpate Liyor Matt. 14: 30.
Mark 3:11. Jobn 1: 15. Exgatay liyor-
reg Matt. 8:20, 27:23. xodlov xab iyo
Mork 5:7. Luke 4: 41. xpatovres xad
Uiyortes Matt. 9: 27. 21: 15. xedSas xab
tixe Mark 9:24. So c. govj peydiy
Rev. 6: 10. 7: 2, 10. 19: 17.

ce) of urgent prayer, imprecation, etc.
Rom. & 15 é § xgdtouer’’ 48a 5 na-
nig. Gal. 4:6, © Metaph. James 5:4 5
mois tay epyardy .... xpdtee se. mods
xtguoy, for vengeance. Sept. for pee
Po, 28:1. 30:9. pet 2 Som. 1%
Jer. 11: 11,12 An.

Kounddy, 8, 1h, (as if for dg-
adn or gandin from denate,) pp. seiz-
ure of the head, and hence intoxication
and its consequences, giddiness, head-
ache, etc, Lat. crapula, Luke akth

457

Koarto

npasndy xa wéSy J. e. in constant re-
yelling, carousing.—Plut. ed. R. VI. p.
227,10. Hdian. 1.17. 7.

Koavior, ou, xé, (dimin. of xpa-
yoy,) a skull, Lat, cranium, Matt. 27: 33.
Mark 15:22. Luke 23: 33. Jobn 19: 17.
Sept. for nziba Judg. 9:58. 2K. 9:35.
—Lue. D. Mort. 23, 3. Hdian. 7.7.8

Koconedor, oy 3h 18, (kindr. with
xgoaaes, xpdcvas,) pp. the edge, margin,
skirt, e. g. of a mountain Xen. H. G.4
6.8 of a garment Theocr. 2.53. In
N. T. fringe, tassel, Heb. rx Num.
15: 38 eq. where the Jews are directed
to wear them on the comers of the out-
er garment. Mart. 9:20, 14: 36. 23: 5.
Mork 6:56. Luke 8:44, Sept. for
noxty, Num. bc.

Koaraswe, &, ov, (xgctt0s,) strong,
mighty, e. g. 4) x. zelg rob Seot 1 Pot. 5:
6. So Sept. and pyn Ex. 3: 19. Deut,
3: 24,—Ezdr. 8: 47." Pol. 2. 69. 8.

Koararce, f. dow, (xparasds,) to
make strong, to strengthen, trans. a form
found only in Sept. N.T. and later
writers, for the earlier xgative, Pas-
sows.y. Active, Sept. for pth] Sam.
23: 16, 2K. 15: 19.—In N. T. only -
Passe. to be strong, to grow strong, I Luke
1:80 et 2:40 épataoiro mveipats.
Eph. 3: 16. 1 Cor. 16:18. Sept. for PY"
intr, 2 Sam. 10:12, 2 Chr. 21:4, pat
Ps. 31: 25.—1 Mace. 1: 62.

Koardo, a, f. sow, (npdtog,) to be
strong, mighty, powerful, i. e. seq. gen.
of pers. to have power over, to rule over,
Hom, Il. 1.79, 288, In N. T. seq. gen.
of thing, or accus, of pers. or thing,

8) 8eq. gen. of thing, fo have power
over, to be or become master of, i.e. to
gain, lo atlain to; comp. Tittm. de Sy-
non. N. T. p. 89 sq. Acts 27: 13 sig
mooPiczs. feb. 4: 14 having therefore
such an high priest... xgatdus the
Spoloylag let us attain to the full benefit
of our profession in him, i. q. 6: 18 xpari-
cat tig mpoxeipérns dinidos. See Tittm.
l.c. p. 91 aq.—Sept. Prov. 14: 18 of xa-
vovgyor xganjaovew alodyjosong. Joa.
Ant. 6.6.3 pi) x 10% Joyispod. Diod.
Bic. 16. 20 x. tig meodiceax. — Hence
genr. xpareiy rijg zeigds t1v0s, to take the

Kearco

hand of any one, Matt. 9: 25. Mark 1:
81. 5: 41. Luke 8& 54. comp. Buttm. §
182, 6.3. So Sept. and pr Gen. 19:
16, 2 Sam. 1: 11.

b) seq. accus. (a) fo have power over,
to be or become master of, nearly i. q. 969.
gen. in a above, but always implying 8
certain degree of force with which one
geta a person or thing wholly into his
power, even when resisting ; see Tittm.
de Synon. in N.'T.p.89, Hence genr.
to get into one’s power, to lay hold of, to
seize, to take, ©. g. a person, Matt. 14:3
5 7a “Hosidns xgarjcas tor *Iadrrqy,
ESnoev airdy. 18:28, 21: 46, 22: 6. 26:4,
48, 50, 55, 57. Mark 3:21, 6:17, 12:12.
14:1, 44, 46, 49, 51. Acts 24: 6. Rev.
20: 2. So an animal Matt. 12: 11. Sept.
for tris Cant. 3: 4. 2 Sam. & 6—pers,
Palaeph. 2. 7, 9. ib. 32.2, anim. Test.
p- 589 rae oguddas dxpdsouy
bud rob dg6; Arr. Epiet. 2. 7. 12.
Xen. Ven. 5, 20.—Hence genr. xgattiy
twa tig 21906, to take one by the hand
i. e. against bis will, Mark 9:27. comp.
Battin. § 132. 6.3, (Test. XII Patr. p.
50.) Also Matt. 28:9 dagdrmoar ai-
toi robs w68as, i.e. they embraced his
feet. Sept. for p*riir Judg. 16: 26.

(B)tohavein one’s power, to be master of,
ie. to hold, to hold fast, not to let go, €. 8.
things, Rev.2:1 6 xpatGiy soiy ita do-
‘teas 17 uksF abr07,comp.1:16 where
it is Eye. Rev. 7:1». rove te00. avd—
povs fa wy x. 1.2. Pass. Luke 24: 16
0f OpSuduod aitéw éxpatotrr0, ‘OF per-
sons, to hold in subjection, Pass, Acts 2
WA xaSdr ode Hy Svvatoy xparciodas
abtoy in’ aitoi ac. Suvatov. (Aristoph.
Av. 419, Xen. An. 5.6.7.) So to hold
one fast, i. e. tohold fastto him, to cleave to
him, ©. g. in person Acts 3: 11 xgaroiy-
105 88 adsot x3 Iérgoy x. 1. i. or in
faith Col. & 19 thy xepadijy i. ©. Christ.
—Metaph. spoken of sins, fo retain, not
to remit, John 20:23 bis. Also to keep
to oneself, e.g. tov oyoy Mark 9: 10.
(Sept. xpatoiyera for Chald. TN
enigma Dan. 5:12. Test. XIL Pair. p.
683.) Gent. to hold fast in mind, to ob-
serve, Mark 7:3 xgatotvees rhy magddo-
ow tay noeopurigar. v. 4, 8. 2 Thess,
215. Rev, 2:13, 14, 15, 25. 3: 11.—
Tost. XII Patr. p. 665 xparsiv 10 Dély-
pa tod Soi.

458

Kpéas

Kodust0s, 7, ov, pp. super. of
Poetic xparts, (xpartos,) used also a8 a
perl. of dyaGde, Buttm. § 68.1. §@
n. 15; most excellent, most noble, used in
addressing persons of rank and author-
ity, Luke I: 8 xgcnore Osdpds Acs
23: 26. 2:3. 26: 25.—Jos, c. Apion.
1.1. Ant. 4, 6. 8. Loogin, 39 init The
opbr. Char. 3 or 5.

Kpatrog, eoc, ous, 16, sroeth
physical Hom. Il. 16, 524. ib. 4. 2%.
Io N. T. might, vigour, power, viz.

4) genr. Acts 19: 20 xatd samy
mightily, vehemently, see in Kara 00 |.
dy. (Xen. Ag. 2.3.) Eph, 1: 19 wt
thy bvigyeay tod xparous vis laze
toi i. ©. of his mighty power, comp it
*Joxis. Eph. 6:10. Col. J: 11, Comp
Buttm. § 123, n. 4. So Sept. for 7s
Is. . Comp. Sept. for nisi Fs
89:10.—Meton. might, collect. for mel
deeds Luke 1: 51 doings xgdros rte
lov. x... Comp. Heb. 1 7%
Sept. noseiv Sdvapsy-Ps. 118: 16.

b) power i.e, dominion. 1 Tim. & 16
} typo} xad xgdzog alesrior. Heb, & It

I Pet. 4: 11, 5: 11. Jude 25. Rer.1:6
5: 13.—2 Mace, 9:17. 11:4 Jos Ast
1. 19. 1. Hdian. 7, 7. 12.

Koavyette, £. dow, (spent) *
ery out, to clamour, intrans. i. ¢- 4%
Matt, 12: 19 odx dglots, obdé xp
see in *Epife. 15:22. John 1:8 9
vf wey. Uxgaby, 18: 40. 19: 6,15. Ae
M223. Sept. for yy] Exe t ne
Arr. Epiet. 3, 4. 4. Dem. 12
Comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 337.

Koay, se, 4, (opin) Be
ery, ©. g. for public information Mae
6. Rev. 14: 18, (Ken, An. 2217)
tumult or controversy, *

9. Eph. 4: 31. (Pol. 5.70.6) Oe
row, wailing, Rev. 21:4. Ser. if
mpss Ex. 12 90, (Xen. Hl. @ 6

16) Of supplication Heb. 7. 5
for mj9x Job 34: 28. .

Koéas, arog, aor, ™ pe
spdara contr. xia, Burm. § 5 0
flesh, i.e. not living, Rom. 1 8
Cor, 8 13. Sept. for 93 °F x0,
Deut. 12: 15.—Jos, Ant.3 9. 33°
Mem. 4. 3. 10.

Kopstsov 459

Koeloowy or trey, ovos, 6, 4,
(pp. xgalcowy,) comparat. of poetic xga-
‘rus, used also as comparat. of ayadds,
Better, Butun. 68. 1. Passow s. voc.
Comp. in Kgsiziptos.

a) better i. e. more useful, more
able, only neut. 0 xpfisaor, 1 Cor. 7:
9, 38. 11: 17. 12 31, MPhil 1: 23, Heb.
11: 40, 12 24, 2 Pet. 2:21. Sept. for
sip Ex. 14:12 Prov. 25: 25.—Xen.
Occ. 20. 9.

b) better in value or dignity, nobler,
more excellent, Heb. 1: 4 roaotrg xgelr-
sow yeropsros. 6:9. 7:7, 19,22 8: 6
bis, 9: 23. 10: 34. 11: 16, 35. 1 Pet, 3:
17, Sept. for 31D Judg. 8:2. Prov.
8: 11.—Hidian. 3. 2, 6. Xen. Ag. 11. 15.

Koeudvrume, £. sgeusoo, aor. 1
pes. éxpycodyy to hang, to suspend.
trans. Mid. xgéuapas after the form
‘Yorapas, to hang, to be suspended, intrans.
A present xgeude is found only in very
late writere, Passow sub y. Buttm. § 114.

a) Act. c. acc, impl. et seq. ént c.
gen. Acts 5: 30 et 10: 39 spepdoarnas
(ccizcy) én? Evdov. Pasa. seq. sis Matt.
18: 6, absol, Luke 23: 39. Sept. seq.
él for mbm Act. Gen, 40: 19, 22. Pass.
Eath. 5: 14° 7: 10—Xen. An. 1. 2. 8.
Pass, Xen. Eq. 10, 9.

b) Mid. Acts 26:4 xpsudpavoy x3 Sy
Qlor éx tis ze1pd¢ erizov, hanging from

hie hand. Seq. én) fhou Gal. 3: 13.
Tron oy dy, Matt. 22: 40, see in *Ey
no. 3. c. a. Sept. xpeucpavos for “bh
Deut. 21:23. 2 Sam. 18: 10. trop, Deut.
28: 66.—Jos. Ant. 7.10. 2. Hdian. 1.
14. 1. 20q, é Xen. Mem. 3.10.13 trop.
Philo T. Ll. ed, Mang. p, 420 dy oi sot
9 v0us dimldes éxpiuavro,

ne Sees OV, 5, (xpqudrryss,) a
cep place, precipice, pp. overbanging,
Man. 70:58.) Mock &15, Luke & 38
Sept. for 3'Q 2 Chr. 25: 12.—Jos, Ant.
5.1. Diod. 8.1. 33.

Kors, 710s, 5, a Cretan, Acts 2
Wi. Tit, 1: 12 Koiess dst yetora,
quoted from Callim, Hymn. in Jov. 8.
comp. Pol. 4. 8. 11.— Ael. V. H. 1. 10
of Keiris slow tphtiuy dyadel. Xen.
An. 1,2. 9,

Koyoxns, nvios, 6, Crescens, pr.

Kpiua

n. of a Christian at Rome, 2 Tim.
4: 10.

Kopyrn, 78, %, Crete, now Candia,

acelebrated island of the Mediterranean,
opposite to the Egean Sea. It was

profit- anciently celebrated for its hundred

cities, whence the epithet Eardprolis
Hom. 1. 2. 649. The Cretans were
celebrated archers, robbera, and liars,
see in Kors and espec. Pol. 4. 8. 11.
Here a Christian church was left by
Paul in charge of Titus. Tit. 1: 5. Acts
27: 7, 12, 13, 21.

Kocd7, 75, i,barley Rev.6:6. Sept.
for nqD Deut.8:8.—Xen. An.1. 2, 22.

KoiBeros, 7, o», (29193) of barley»
as Egros aglGuvos barley-loaves John 6:
9,13, Sept. for Dy=Dip 2K. 4: 42—
Jos. Ant. 5.6.4. Xen. An, 4. 5. 26, 31.

Kolua, arog, v6, (xpive,) judg-
ment, i.e.

a) tho act of judging, giving judg-
ment, i. q. xgloss, spoken only in re-
forence to future reward and punish-
meat. John 9: 80 sis xpiuor dyes els tov
séayor §dGor for judgment am Icome in-

the world, i, e. in order that the
npvons may be approved and the
wicked condemned, as is figuratively
said in the next clause. 1 Pet, 4:17. So
of the judgment of the last day, Acts
24:25. Heb, 6: 2. Meton. for the pow-
er of judgment Rev. 20:4. So He.
7a Sept. ug Lev. 19: 15. ut.
bi Heb. a 32,

b) judgment given, decision, award,
sentence. (a) genr. Matt. 7: 2 & @ ya
xpluats xplve, xgijow9n, Rom. 5:
16. Plur, Rom. 11: 33 +6 xgluata avzol,
the judgments of God, his decrees. Sept.
for. topwin Zech. 8:16. Pa. 17: 2. Plur.
of God' Ps. 19: 10. 119: 75. — Pol. 24.
1. 12 dyxadoives t0is xgluaciy ds maga-
BrBoofevudyorz— (8) Oftoner sentence
ec. of punishment, condemnation, imply-
ing also the punishment itself as a cer-
tain consequence, Matt. 23: 18 d:a tott0
Ijyeade magirostegor Mark 12:
40. Luke 20: 47, 23: 40, 24: 20. Rom.
22315 xplua vol Sood. 9:8. 13:2.
1 Cor. 11: 29, 34. Gal. 5:10, 1 Tim. 3:
6 5: 12. James 3: 1. 2 Pet. 2 3. Jude
4. Rev. 17: 1. 18:20 see in “Ex no. 1. b.

So Sept. and opin Deut. 21: 2. Jer.
4: 12—Ecclus. 21: 5.

c) from the Heb. law-swit, cause,
something to be judged, e. g. xgivara
Eyuy to have law-suite, to go to law,
1 Cor. 6:7. So Sept. and avin Job
23: 4. 31: 13. ,

Koetvor, ov, 25, a lily, Matt. 6*
28, Luke 12: 27. Sept, for yeis Cant.
216. 4: 5.—Anthol. Gr. Tp. 254.
Theoer. 11. 56, .

Kotva, f. wi, aor. 1 Exgeva, perf.
xéxgixar, nor. 1. pass. dxpldny, i. q. Lat-
cerno by transpos. of the vowel, pp. to
separate, Hom. Il, 2. 362, ib. 5. 501. to
distinguish, to discriminate -between
good and evil, Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 9. ib. 4.
8.11, to select, to choose out the good,
Xen. An, 1.9. 30.—Hence genr. and in
N. T. to judge, i.e. to form or givo an
opinion after separating and consider-
ing the particulars of a case.

8) tojudge, se. in one’s own mind as
to what is right, proper, expedient, i. e.
to deem, to decide, to determine, seq, in-
fin, Acts 15:19 3:d tye zolve ui) aig—
evoglaiv toils x. t. 2. i. e. my decision is
ete. 3: 18 xglvarcos dxelvov drohser. 20:
16. 25: 25. 1 Cor. 2: 2. 5: 3, Tit. 8: 12,
Seq. r08 c. inf, Acts 27: 1 de 3é éxolSn
‘200 émonlsiv sas x. +. 1. —3 Mace. 1:
6. Jos. Ant. 7.1.5, Xen. An. 3. 1. 7.—
Seq. ace. ot infin, Acts 21: 25 xolvarres
pndir towitoy sngsiy aizots. With in-
fin. slvas impl. comp. Matth. § 534. n,
1. Acts 13:46 xa? odx dflous xglvets iav-
ois 19 ak. Caijs,and judge or deem your-
selves unworthy of eternal life. 16: 15,
26: 8. Rom. 14: 5 bis, S¢ piv nplver sui
ge [slvex]} mag’ tpspay, ¢ 34 xpdves nS—
cur sudoay, one man judgeth, deemeth,
one day to be above another; another
judgeth every day 20. to be alike, a8 we
must supply from the force of the an-
tithesis, comp. Matth. § 634. 3. —c. inf.
Diod. Sic. 12, 20, Xen. Hi. 1. 17. inf.
impl. Wied. % 22 Joa. Ant. 4.8, 2
xgeOalqra ‘cbdaiporicratos. Xen. Cyr. 3,
Lu Comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 13 a
Tetmperiy naga ta¢ Tes padjose
sgokxperey 6 ropodizas.—Beq. ace. of
thing, to determine on, to decree, Rev. 16:
5 es rabre Kaguras, “Acta l6.4 36 dsy—
para th empustve. (Isocr. Paneg. p.

460

Ketvw

50. A. Pol. 8.6.7.) Seq. accus reine
as introducing the infin. c. art. x6, Rom.
14: 13 dada robto xeivare pallor, 10 yi
Sivas x, 1.1, 3 Cor. 2 1. 1 Cor. 7: 7
robr0 xixpixey, tov tnpeiy x 1. 50
tobx0 bts, 2 Cor. 5: 14.

b) to judge, i. e. to form and express
a judgment, opinion, as to any perma
or thing, more commonly unfavourable.
Seq. acc. of pers. John 8 15 fy6 01
xpive oddiva. Rom, % 1, 3. &7. 143
4, 10,13. Col. 2: 16. Seq. ace. of thing,
1 Cor. 10: 15. (Xen. Veet. 5. 11.) Abeol
Matt, 7:1 bis, 2 bia, Luke 6:37 bi,
John 8:16, 26. Rom. 21 bis. 1 Ca.
4: 5, 10:29. Seq. interrog, ¢. ti, Acs
9. genr. 1 Cor. 1: 13. (a Thue
130, noregoy Xen. Cyr.4.1.5.) Sowih
an adjunct of manner, e. g. xpivuy #i-
avy John 7: 2%, comp. Buttm. § 131.2
ng. 10 Sinaioy Luke 12: 57. dg Late
7: 43, xorg Spur John 7: 24, xara oops
& 15. — By impL fo condenen, seq. at
Rom. 2:27. 14: 22, James 4: 11 ter, 2
So Sept, and 2™71 Job 10: 2

€) to judge, ins judicial eense, wz.
(a) to sitin j on. any pert, #
try, eeq. ace. John 18: 31 xara ror r+
por ipisr xplverca cindy. Acts 2:3 %
6. 1 Cor. 5: 12 bis (Pol. 5. 29.6 Xe
An. 6. 6.18.) Pass. xpivona, lo
judged, to be tried, to be on tri. Ads
25:10 ob pa det Fos, Rom. 3 +
(Sept. for Dow Ps. 51: 6.) Seq. 8
‘suvos for any thing Acts 2 6 22
éxl rive for, Acts 26: 6. di raros bfat
any one Acts 25: 9, 20. —Dom. 407. 3.
Xen.H.G. 1.7.7. o. maph ib. 3 5.%¢
dnl tuvog comp. Max. Tyr. 9. 4. Com
Wetstein N. T. IL p. 120.—Spte
in reference to the gospel di
to the judgment of the great dane
of God a8 judging the world thew!
Christ, John 5: 22, & 50. Acts I
xelruy thy olxoupéryr. Rom. &6
nglves 6 Seog tov xoopor. &16 AE
nea. 1 Cor, 5: 13, James % 12. 1Pe.Y
17, 2:23. Rev. 11: 18. 20:12 hore
Jesus as the Messiah and judge J
5: 30, 16: 11. 2 Tim me

’dovt0s xghveiy Lortas wb 74
Fou. 4:5. Rov. 19:11. Figurine)
the apostles, Matt. 19: 28. Luke ? se
1 Cor. 6: 2, 3. ey ipiir npireres o
qos 1 Cor. 6 2 Comp. in Bandew

Keios

Wisd. & 8, Ecclus. 4: 15.— Diod. Sic.
19. 51 t%ig” Olysmiddos Exolune otons év
niios Moxsdéa1 xp:9ivar, Comp. Wet-
sein N. T. II. p. 120,—(6) In the
sense of to pass judgment upon, to con-
demn, c. acc. Joho 7:51 yi 3 vépos
Sud apie tov dydp. x. 1.2. Luka 1%
2 Acie 13 27. - As implying also
punishment, | Cor. 11: 31, 82. 1 Pet. 4:
6. — genr. Ael. V. H,8. 3. Dem. 215.
4. Xen. An. 5. 6, 83.—So of the con-
demnation of the wicked and including
the idea of punishment as a certain con-
sequence, i. q. to punish, to take ven-
geance on; e. g. of God as judge, Acts
7: 7 nal 10 Boos... xgivd éyei, quoted
from Gen. 15: 14 where Sept. for 74.
Rom. 2 12 1 Thess, % 12. Heh. 18:4
xal porzois xpiti 5 Seds. Rov. 6:10.

ib. v. 20 seo in Ex no. 1. b, 19: 2
of jesus, John 3: 17 od... twa xplry
roy xéopor. v. 18 bis. 12: 47 bis, 48 bis.
James 5:9. Sept. and pew Is. 66: 16.
Ez, 38: 22. — (y} Once from the Heb.
i. q. to vindicate, to avenge, Heb. 10: 30
xigiog xgivti téy Lady avroi, the Lord
will avenge his people i. e. by punishing
their enemies, quoted from Deut. 32:
26 or Ps. 135: 14 where Sept. for $°3,
also Gen. 30: 6, Pa. 54:3,

d) Mid. xpivopas, pp. to let oneself
be judged, i. . to have a law-suit, to go
to law, seq. dat. with any one, Matt. 5:
40. seq. were tuv0s with 1Cor. 6: 6. seq.
dnl tuv0g before uny one 1 Cor. 6: 1, 6.
Sept. c, meta tuvos for Heb, by Jy Ecc.
6: 10. ©. m9ég twa for, py 3%) Job BI:
13, —Eurip. Med. 609. comp. Anthol.

Rene, vay lah 6 4
OF IEP y teem oy

Koisrs, ecos, 5, (xglve,) pp. sepa-
ration, trop. division, dissension, Hdot.
5. 5. ib. 7. 26, decision, i.e. decisive mo-
ment, crisis, turn of affairs, Pol. 9. 5. 4.
ib. 16.4.8 In N. 'T. judgment, i. ©.

a) genr. opinion formed and express-
ed. John 7: 24 s97 dsxalay aglory xpi
vars. 8: 16. Comp. in Kelvw b. — Jos.
c. Ap. 1. 24 of tytalvovtes 17 xglow. Pol.
17. 14, 10. Xen. Mom. 3. 5. 10.

b) judgment in a judicial sense, i. e.
(2) the act of judging, in | reference to
the final judgment, e. g.¥ iuiga xpl-

ores day , Matt. 10: 15. 11:
22, UA: 1% 96,” Mark G11. 2 Pet. %

461

Koios

9, 7. 1 John 4:17. dea xeissac Rev.
Vs 7. xploug psyddng jydgas Jude 6.
So simply xpioig for xgloig ey. sp
Matt. 12: 41, 42. Luke 10: 14. 11: 31,
32. Heb, 9:27. So John 12: 31 viv
xplotg éoti t0¥ xécpov, now is this world
judged. 16: 8, 11. John 5:27 et Jude
15 xplowy moutiv i. q. xplvev, comp. John
5:30 and in Kglyw c. a. Meton. for the
power of judgment John 5: 22. Sept.
for pew Lev. 19: 15. Deut. 1:17. Is.
28: 6.—Jos. Ant. 6.3.2. Hdian. 1.11.
12. Xen. An. 6. 6. 20.

(8) judgment given, sentence pro-
nounced, genr. John 5: 30. 2 Pet. 2: 11
Bhiognyor xplow, and Jude 9 xpicg
Brocgnplas. (Dem, 322. 15.) Spec.
sentence of punishment, condemnation,
e. g.todeath Acts 8: 33, sce in Alga no.
4.0. Olshausen in loc. So Sept. and
pawn Jer. 39:5.— Ael. V. H. 13. 38.
Diod. Sic 1. 82 pen. — Usually imply-
ing also punishment, as a certain conse-
quence, e. g. from God, Sixavay ak xgl-
otis adtod Rev. 16: 7. 19: 2, 18: 10 coll.
v.8 2 Thess. 1:5 coll. v. 6, So Sept.
and uBr% Jer. 1: 16. Of Christ as
Judge of the world condemning the
wicked, judgment, condemnation, e. g-
Matt. 23: 33 xglow tijg yeéyyns. Mark 3:
29. John 5: 29 drdatacug xplozws. Jobe
3: 19, 5:24. Heb. 10: 27. James 2:13
bis, see in Koraxavydopar, 2 Pet. 24.
So 1 Tim.5:24 rivsiv dv Dgcimuw ai duag-
rlas ngodnhol sias, ngodyoucas tis aglow,
i, e.in some men their sins lead on to
condemnation, i, e. accuse them, cry for
condemnation, and by impl. are repent-
ed of; in others their sins also follow
after, i. 0. they persevere in them al-
though conscious of present guilt and
future condemnation.

(7) Meton. court of justice, tribunal,
judges, i i.e. the smaller tribunals ostab.
ished in the cities of Palestine, aubord-
inate to the Sanhedrim; comp. Deut.
16: 18. 2 Chr. 19:5. According to the
Rabbivs they consisted of 23 judges;
but Josephus expressly says the num-
ber was seren, Ant. 4. 8. 14. B. J. 2,20.
5. See Krebs. Obss. p. 19. Tholuck
Bergpred. p. 180. — Matt. -5: 21, 22
Broyos tutas 1 xolou. Comp. Sept.
and Dew Job 9:32, 22: 4.

¢) froin the Heb. right, justice, equity,

Kotenos
Mutt, 23:23, Luke 11: 42 sapdgysre
wir xplaw. So Sept. and pew Deut.
32 4. Gen. 18:25, Jer. 2% 15. — Also
for law, statutes, i. e. the divine law, the
religion of- Jehovah, as deyeloped in
the Gospel, Matt. 12: 18, 20, quoted from
Is. 42: 1, 2, 3, where Sept. and DEwn .
Comp. Gesen. Comm. in loc.

Koéonos, ov, 6, Crispus, pr.n.of
the ruler of a synagogue at Corinth,
Acts 18:8, 1 Cor. 1:14,

Komigur, ou, 36, (xpetrg,) crite
rion, rif of judging, Arr. Epict. 1.11.
8q. judgment-seat, tribunal, Sept. xo-
Pech dnd xgetnglou Judg. 5: 10. In
N. T. trop. court of ju ice, tribunal.
James 2:6 Exovary ipas sis xperyigea,
1 Cor. 6:2, 4. Sept. for Chald. x33
-Dan. 7: 10, 26.—Susann. 49. Pol. 9. 33.
12. ib. 16. 27,2—In 1 Cor. |. c. others
by impl. cause, law-suit, but unnecessa-
ily ; 80 Syr. Vers.

Kocr7s, ov, 6, (give) a judge,
i. e. one who decidds or gives an opin-
jon in respect to any person or thing.

a) genr. James 2:4 xpecad Staho-
yropsiv nov. seein Acaloyiauds a. Matt.
12:27, Luke 11:19. In an unfavoura-
ble sense James 4:11, Sept. for 4>3
1 Sam. 24: 16,—Wisd. 15:7. Pol. 9. 33,
12, Xen. Conv. 5. 1, 9 10.

b) in a judicial sense, one who site
to dispense justice, Matt. 5:25 bis,
Luke 12:58 bis. 18:2,6. Acts 18:15,
mk 10. Of Christ the final Judge, Acta
: 42 xputys téiv Loivtow xad vexgdv. 2
Tete James 5:9 coll. v. 8. Of
God, xgurfi Sef ndytor Heb. 1% 23,
Sept. for jry Ezr. 7:4. op Deut. 16:
18. Job9: 34. of God Ps.7: 12. 50:6.—
Diod. Sic. 1. 92. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 3,

c) from the Heb. i. q. a leader, ruler,
chief, Heb. bb's) , spoken of the Hebrew
Judges 80 called, from Joshua to Samuel,
‘Acts 13:20. Comp. Judg. 2:16 2q.
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. pnw no. 2,—Jos.
Ant. 6, 5. 4,

Koerexoc, 7, ov, (xgiris,) skilled
in judging, quick lo discern and judge of
any thing, seq, gen. Heb. 4: 12 xpsrurds
tySupjotuy x 2, —Heaych. xpinixos
ArSuuiose Siaxglvwr loyoyots.

462

Kouaio

Koovo, f. ou, to knock, to rap, ©. 8-
ata door for entrance, seq. 147 Stgar
Luke 13: 25. Acts 12: 13, absol. Matt.
7:7,8, Luke 11: 9,10. 12:36. Acts 12
16. Rev. 3:20, Sept. for pay Judg. 19:
2. Cant. 5:13.— Judith 14: 14. x. yr
Seay Xen, Conv. 1.11. The more
usual Attic phrase was xoxtay ry7 St
ax, Lob. ad Phr. p. 177.

Kovarn, 76,°%, (pp. fom. of gr
anxés,) 0 crypt, secret cell or vault, Luke
11: 33 tig xgémrqy t19qes in some edi-
tions. —Athen, V. p. 205. A.—Text. rec.
has els xpureqy, as if by Hebraism for
neut. sis xgumtoy, see Gesen. Lebrg. p.
661. Stuart § 496. Comp. also sis pa-
xpdr, etc.

Kounzoe, 9, ov, (xginrey) hid
den, concealed, and therefore secret, Matt.
10: 26 obdty dom... oy 3 ov
oSyoerat, Mark 4: 22, Luke 8:17. 12
2 dy 1G xgunts in secret, where we
cannot be seen of others, Matt. 6 4 bis, 6
bis, 18 bie. dv xpumtd, in secret, private-
ly, John 7: 4, 10. 18:20. Luke 12: 33 sis
xpunmnjy, seo in Kote above. 1 Cor. 4:
5 ra xpunté tov cxdrous secret works of
darkness. 2 Cor. 4: 2 see in Aigzivy c.
Sept. for “079 Jer. 49: 9.—Hdian. 5. 6.
7. Xen. Mag. Eq. 4. 10—Trop. 4 xgu-
arta tevoc the secrets of one’s heart, secret
thoughts, Rom. 216, 1 Cor, 14: 25, 1
Pet. 3:46 xpumtic ric xagdlas arP—eu-
m0, i.e. the internal man. Rom. 22)
6 év 1G xpuntg "Jovduios, a Jew at heart.
—Ecclus, 1: 30, 4:18,

Kovnra, f. yu, to hide, to conceal,
Pass. or Mid. to hide oneself; to be
hid; Aor. 2 pass. 2xpufny as pass. fe be
hid, Matt. 5:14, Luke 19: 42; and
with mid. signif. to hide oneself Joba &
59, 12: 36. Buttm. § 136. 2, Comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 317 sq.—Mat. 5: 14 ot dive.
rat midis agupfivan, 13: 35. v. 44 Se et

paw Expuye. 1 Tim. & 25. Heb. 11: 23
fier. £17 106 Hdvva Tol xexguspiron,
of the hidden manna, as symbolical of
the enjoyments of the kingdom of
heave allusion to the Jew-
ish tradition that the ark with the pot
of manna was hidden by order of king
Josiah, and will again be brought to
light in the reign of the Messiah ; comp.

Kouoraaaioo

‘Wetstein N. T. and Schoettgen Hor.
Heb. in loc, Seq. év tus, Matt. 19: 44
af xexguapiry by 1H byog. 2:
Beep ONES” Boy hire Re
6: 15. seq. cind tev0¢ to hide from, John
12: 36° Inoois GnalSdy tagifn an av-
zy, hid hi them. Luke 18:
34, 19: 42, Rev. 6:16. So John &
59 Ingoig “88 kegifn, xad &AAGey bx tod
Gogo i.e. Jesus hid himself and [after-
wards] went out of the temple; or we
may render éxgifn adverbially, he se-
cretly went out etc. comp. in “Anoroluces,
Perf. part. xexgyzmévos, hidden, as adv.
secretly, John 19: 38, see Buttm. § 123.
pn. 3 Sept. for anatny Gen. 3: 8, 10.
Is. 42:22. spon Gen. 4:13. 5
Josh. 7:19. yp ‘Prov. 1: 11.—Hdi
1.14.7. c,d Hdian, 3.4.14. ©. eis Di-
0d. Bie, 4.33. c, dé Hom. Od. 23. 110.
Kovorarrlleo, £. tow, (xptoral-
1og,) to be as crystal, clear and sparkling,
Rev. 21: 11.

Kovoraddos, ov, 5, (xgios, xu
oralre to freeze,) crystal, pp. any thing
congealed and pellucid, e. g. ice Sept.
for MIP Job 6: 16, Hom. Nl, 22. 152,

In N.'T. prob. rock-crystal, Rev. 4: 6.
22 1.—Diod. Sic. 2. 52 init.

Kogupaios, a, ov, (xginr,) hid-
den, secret, in some Mss. Matt. 6: 18

1g xgupaly for éy 1H xpurtd. Be
for WhO Jer, 23: xen, Hi 10-6.

Kovgi, adv. (xpimras,) secretly, not
openly, Eph. 5:12. Sept. for nda
Deut. 28: 57.—Xen. Conv. 5.8, Comp.
Burm. § 115. 0. 3.

Kicopat, dpa, f. joouas, depon,
Mid. to get for oneself, to acquire, to pro-
cure, by purchase or otherwise, perf.

sus pres. to possess, see Buttm.
$113.6. Seq. acc. Matt. 10:9, Luke
18: 12 névta boa xépau. 1 Thees, 4:4
16 kavroii oxsiog xsdoSas, to procure for
himself a wife, in the oriental tree
ner by purchase, see in Zxetoe. With
an adjunct of price, e. g. gen. Acts 22:
28. didi c. gen. 8: 20. éx c. gen. 1:18
obtos dxnicato zuglor éx 105 woS0i x.
1.2 i.e. wag the occasion of purchas-
ing etc. Seq. év c. dat. trop. Luke 21:
19 & 17 tnopor iar xrjoaode tis

wuxas ipiiy, through your patience pur-

463

Kilo

chase your lives, procure your safety,
comp. Matt. 10: 22 et 24: 13. Sept. for
map Gen. 4: 1. 25: 10. — Ecclug, 51:
28." Acl. V. H.5. 9. Xen. Mom. 1.
6.3,

Kajna, arog, 16, (xéxrnpm,) « pos-
session, properly, any thing acquired
and d, estate, Matt. 19: 22 ot
Mark 10: 22 dy vag Sur xrjpota nolid.
Acts 2: 45. 5: 1 coll. v. 3 where is yo
glor. Sept. for mbi3 Job 20:29. my
Prov. 31: 16. mp Prov. 23: 10.—Lue.
Tox. 62, Hdian. 7. 12, 13, Xen. Mem,
3.11.5.

Kujros, 20g, ous, 16, (xrdopes)
Pp. i. q. xtijua, possession, property,
spec. flocks and herds of every kind,
Xen. An, 4.5.25, Pol. 12.414. In
N.T. a beast, domestic animal, e. g. as
bought or sold Rev. 18:13; as yielding
meat I Cor, 15: 39; as used for riding,
burden, ote. Luke 10: 34. Acts 23: 24.
Sept. for nar Ex. 9: 20. Josh. 8: 27.
v9 Num. 20:8. s13p7 Gen. 13: 2, 7.
NS’ Gen. 30: 44H.
horses and camels,

Kijrag, ogos, 6, (rcouas,) posses.
sor, owner, Acts 4: 34 xnjroges zenplay.
—Diod. Sic. X. p. 102 Bip. or VI.
p. 196, Tauchn.

+ Kilo, f. low, (kinder. with xrd-
opas,) pp. to bring under tillage and sel-

e.g. a land Hom. Ii. 20. 216.
to found a city Od. 11.263, Joa. Ant.
4.8.5. Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—InN. T. to
found, i, 6. to create, to form, trans. of
God as creating the universe or any of
its parts, Mark 13: 19 jg Eetice 6 Fede.
Rom. 1: 25. 1 Cor. . Eph. 3:9,
Col. 8 1, 1 Tim. 4: 4 11 bis,
10: 6,. Qf Christ Col. i: 16 bis. Sept.
for XYZ Deut. 4:32, Ps. 89:13, —
Wied. 11:17. Ecclus. 17: L—Trop. of
a moral creation, renovation, Eph. 2:
10 xnioPévreg by X.°F. tnt Epyous ayo
Doig, v.15. 4: 24. So Sept.and xa
Pa, 51: 12, 6 2. 979. need

Kiiars, scos, 4, (utiu,) @ found-
ing of cities Jos. c. Ap. 1. 2. Diod. Sic.
2.4, Thue. 1.17, In N.'T. creation, i.e.

a) the act of creating, Rom. 1: 20d
xelaees xéopov.—Pealt. Salom. 8: 7.

b) genr. created thing, and collect.

an. 4. 15. 13 of

Kilopa

created things. Rom. 1: 25 Udrpevcay
139 wslou naga tév xtloavee, 8:39. Heb.
4: 13, — Wied. 2: 6. Ecclus. 49: 16, —
Collect. (a) creation in general, the uni-
verse, ©. g. dx’ doris xxloeus Mark 10:
6 13:19, 2 Pet. 3: 4. Col.
toxog naan milozas. Rev. |. Spec.
the visible creation, Heb. 9: 11.—Judith
9: 12. 16: 14.—(6) meton, for man, man-
Rind, Mark 16: 15 sngigare 13 sbayyili-
ov ndoy ‘ow Col. 1:23, 80 Rom.
8: 19, 20, 21, 22, creation for human crea-
turea, all mankind; others creation in
general. 2 Cor. 5:17 et Gal. 6:15 xasry
ssioug a new creature in a moral sense,
i. q. xaurde EvPpomog in Eph. 4:24.

©) by impl. ordinance, institution. 1
Pet. 18 tmoxdyyts oly ndon dv9qu-
aly xsioes,

Krlope, aros, %0, (xthe,) created
thing, creature, 1 Tim. 4: 4. Rev. 5:13,
8:9.— Wied. 9:2. 18:5.—Metaph, James
1:18 dxagy ri abzoi xriopatem, i. 9.
xauyi xtiois, see in Krloug b. B.

Kuorje, ov, 6,(xalfw,) founder of
a city Diod. Sic. 11. 66 fin. In N.T.
creator, spoken of God 1 Pet. 4: 19,—
Ecelus. 24: 8. 2 Macc. 1:24.

KuBela, as, %, (ios cube, die,)
game at dice, Xen. Mem. 1.3.2. Occ.
1.20. In N.'T. trop. game, gambling,
©. g. &v xupelg drPouiro, i.e. a8 a thing
of mere hap-hazard, Epb. 4: 14.—Oth-
ers, trick, fraud, as xuBevew Arr. Epict.
2, 19.28, Rabb. x37 Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1984.

KuBéornoce, sas, (xvBegrie) pp.
@ governing, direction, for coner. govern-
or, director, sc. in the pri
1 Cor. 12: 28. Sept. for n’
11: 14.—Plut. Phocion 2 pen.

KuBeornrne, ov, 6, (xvfegrde,
Lat. guberno, to govern a ship,) gov-
ernor of a ship, i. e. the ateersman, pilot,
who had the solo direction of the ship,
Acts 27:11. Rev. 18:17. See Potter's
Gr. Antiq, II.p. 144. Adam’s Rom, Ant.
p. 406. Sept. for 83h Ez. 27: 8, 27, 28.
—Pol. 1. 37. 4. Xen. Mem. 1, 7. 3,

Kuxdoder,. adv. (xtxlos,) from
around, round about, Rev. 4:3, 4, 8
Boq. gen. Rev. 5:11. Sept. for 393079
Judg. 8 34, 1K. 4: 24, 3990 1 K.6:5,

464

Kupeor
—Lys. 283. 14. Dio. Chrys. Or. 6. 216.
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 9.

Kvxiow, &, £. sos, (xinlos,) to
encircle, to surround, trans. John 10: 24.
Acts 14:20. Of besiegers Luke 21: 20
xvaloupivry ind otpatonidur thy Feo.
Heb. 11:30, Rev. 20:9. Sept. for 239
1K. 7 15, 1 Sam. 7: 16. matt Is. 20:

nr. Diod. Sic. 18. 59. in“a hostile
sense Pol. 1.17. 13. Diod. 8. 15. 65.

Kiixdos, ov, 6, a circle, in N. T.
only in dat. xxi as adv. around, round
about, comp. Buttm. § 115.4. Mark &
BA mepifleyeipsvos xixly, 6:6,36. Luke
912 Hom. 15:19. Beq. gon. Rev. 4:6
xbxly tol Sedrov, (5: 11.) 7: 11. Sept.
for 3°30 Gen. 23: 17, Ex. 30: 3 seq.
gen. for inf. Agr Josh. 6:3.—Hdian. 1.
15. 5. Xen, iG. 6. 5. 7. 90q. gen.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5.5.

Kudtey, £. tow, (later form for xv-
Uy8a,) to roll, trans. e. g. USovs Sep.
for $b Josh.10: 18. sidoy Luc. Quom.
Hist. conecr. 2. In N. T. Mid. to roll
intrans. to wallow, Mark 9:20 éxulisre
Ggoitear.—Jos. Ant. 5. 6.4. Arr. Epict.
4.11. 29. Diod. Sic, 1. 87.

Kudeoue, artos, +6, (xvdée,) pp.
something rolled, a wheel, Symm_ for
baba Ez. 10: 13. In N. T.
place, i q.xudlorga, 2 Pet. & 22 ic..
xtluopa BogBogor. See in Boepoges
Poll, Onom. I. 183, So xllcrga Xen.
Eq. 5. 3.

- Kvadce, 7, ov, (kindr. with
xothos,) pp. bent, crooked, e. g. the band
as held out in begging, Aristoph. Eq.
1083. Also of the limbs, and hence
geor. and in N.'T. crippled, lame, espec.

* jn the hands, Matt. 15:30, 31. 188

Mark 9: 43.— Anthol. Gr. TIE. p. 31.
Aristoph. Av. 1379.

Kuper, ar0e, 26, (xvw,) a wave, ba-
low, Matt.8: 24. 14:24, Mark 4:37. Acts
27:41. Jude 13. Sept. for ba Job 38: 1L.
Is. 48: 18.—Luc. Navig. 8. Pol. 10. 10.3.

KupBeador, ov, +8, (xipfos ba
son,) @ cymbal, 1 Cor. 13: 1. Sept. for
nby 1 Chr. 13:8. Ezra 3: 10.— Joa.
Ant ?, 12.3, Xen. Eq. 1.3.

KRupeoy, ov, +6, cumin, cominen
sativum of modern botany, Heb. jz3

Kuveguar
Gem. Kimani, an wsobeliifesous plant
‘with aromatic seeds of a warm and bit-
terish taste, very similar to carawsy-
seeds; they were used by the ancients
as a condiment, as they still are by the
common people of Germany. Matt.
2% 23. Sept. for zis 1s. 28: 25, 27.—
‘Thoophr. Char. 19 or 10. Comp. Plin.
HN. 19.8

Kuvaguy, ov, +6, (dimin, of
fatt. 15: 26,
. ophr. Char.
5 or 21. Plato Euthydem. 27 med. p.
298. Xen. Cyr. 8.4.20. Comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 180.

Kinguos, ov, 3, « Cyprian, Cyp-
we Cyprus, Acts 4: 36. 11: 20.

Kungoc, ov, 4, Cyprus, large
and celebrated island of the Mediterra-
nean, net far from the coasts of Syria
and Asia Minor, extremely fertile,
and abounding in wine, oil, alhenna,
and mineral productions. The i
habitants were luxurious and effemi-
nate. The presiding divinity of the
island was Venus, who hada famous
temple at Paphos, and is hence often
called the Paphian goddess. Of the
Cyprian cities, Salamis and Paphos
are mentioned in N.T. Acts 11: 19.
13:4, 15: 89. 21:3. 27:4. Comp.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 378 9q.

Kunze, f. yo, to stoop, to bow one-
self, intrans, Mark 1:7. Jobn 8: 6, 8
Sept. for 73p 1 Sam. 2:9. 1K. 1:
16, 31.—Plut. “Agesil. 12 med. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 7.

Kugnvaios, ov, 6, a Cyrenian,
from Cyrene, in N. T. apoken of Jews
born or residing there, Matt. 27: 32.
Mark 15: 21. Luke 23: 26. Acts 6: 9.
11: 20, 18: 1.

nr <

Kugiyn, 7s, %, Cyrene, 0 large
and powerful city of Lybia Cyrenaica
in northern Africa, situated ine plain
@ few miles from the Mediterranean
coast. It was the resort of great pum-
bers of Jews, who were here protected
by the Ptolemies and by the Roman
power. See 1 Macc. 15: bee Ant.

465

Kupox

14.7.2 ib. 16.6.5, c. Ap.24 Bo-
senm. Bibl Geogr. UI. p. 367.—Acta
2 10.

Kugirus, ov, 6, Cyrenius, Eat.
Quirinus, Luke 2: 2, i. e. Publius Sul-
Pitius Quirinus, a Roman eenator, of an
obscure family, but raised to the high-
est honours by Augustus, Tacit. Ann.
3.48. He was sent es governor or
Proconeul to Syria, in order to take a
census of the whole province with a
view to taxation; and this ceneus be
completed in A. D. 8, according to the
usual chronology, Acts 5: 37. Jos, Ant.
18.1. L. ib. 18. 2. 1—The census spo-
ken of in Luke 1. c. was probably 9
mere enrolment of persona, (see in
“Anoygagh,) and is therefore mention-
ed by no other historian; but bow
could it have been made by Cyrenius,
who first came as proconsul several
Years later? and when too at the time
specified by Luke, Saturninus and not
Cyrenius was proconsul of Syria? Not
improbably Cyrenius may have been at
that time joined with Saturninus es
his procurator, and is therefore called
fyiuer, just 8 Volumnius had been
before, Jos, Ant. 16, 9. 1. ib, 16. 10. 8;
and just es Coponius afterwards was
joined with Cyrenius bimeelf and 90
called jysuev, Jos. Ant. 18, 1.1. Pro-
fane history does not indeed assert that
Quirinus bad thus been procuretor of
Syria at a period some years before he
was sent thither as proconsul; but
neither does it amert any thing in
contradiction to such an hypothesis;
which is favoured alao by the mode of
expression in Luke: This tas the inst
census under Cyrenius, etc. Bee in
Calmet Act. Cyrenius p. 326.

Kuola, as, 4, (fom. of migsos,)

sistress, lady, used a8 an honorary title
of address to a female, as in English,
2 Jobn 1,5. Comp. in Kegiog A. c.—
Epict. Ench. 40 ai yuvaixes sa
Jotrras and teccageoxaldexa sey,
Bept. for ny Gen 164, 2K 3
Xen. H. G. 3.1. 12. — Others regard it
a8 a pr. 0. fem. Cyria, which was not
unusual amang the Greeks, comp. Gru-
teri Joscript.

Kugeaxos

Kupraxdc, 7, ov, (xigws,) per-
taining to the Lord, to the Lord Jesus
Christ, as xugsaxoy Stinvoy the Lord's

< supper 1 Cor. 11:20. xvg. jpéga the
Lord’s day Rev. 1: 10, ayes Thom.
§31, Clem. Alex. Strom. 7. 10.

Kugrevea, f. stow, (xigios,) to be
lord over any person or thing, to have
dominion over, seq. geu. Luke 22:25
0k Baowsis tir 8Ovav xvgievovniy abtém.
Rom. 14:9. 2 Cor. 1: 24. Part. 6 xv-
geste, a lord, potentate, 1 Tim. 6: 15
xiquos tir xuguvdrter Lord of lords,
comp. in Bacueis a. ‘Trop. of things,
Rom. 6:9,: 14 dyagrle yiig jusiy ob xv-
gute. 7:1. Sept. for bain Judg. 9:2.
Is. 19: 4.— Pol. 5. 34. 6. Xen. Mem. 3.
5.11. ,

Kupeng, ov, 6, (xigos might, pow-
er,) lord, master, owner.

we), Generally a) as the possessor,

ower, master, e. g. of property, Matt. 20:
8 slpios 08 6 Gpmehisvog. 21: 40. Gal.
Sept. & xigios toi taigov Heb.
d¥a° Ex. 21: 28, 29, 34.—Pol. 3. 98. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 44—So the master or
head of a house, Mark 13: 35 sgios rig
olxéos. Matt. 15:27. (Sept. and byz
Ex. 22:7.) The master or possessor
of persons, servants, slaves, Matt. 10:
9A. 2: 45 dotdoc... x xatéorncer 3
wigios aizot x. 1. 1. v.46, 48, 50. Acts
16:16, 19. Rom. 14:4, Eph. 6:5, 9.
Col. 3:22, 4:1. al. So Sept. for D7 abd
Judg. 19: 11. Ex. 99:7. Gen. 24: 9 eq:
—Lue. Charid. 19. Diod. Sie. 4. 63.
Xen. Conv. 6. 1.—Spoken o of ahusband,
1 Pet, 3: 6 cis Fagge tmjxovee 19
*ABeaty, xiguor airoy xaloica. So
Sept. for pine Gen. 18: 12. — Plut.
Mor. II. p. 210, Tauchn. or VI. p.
82.13, Reiske. — Sey. gen. of thing,
and without the art. lord, master of any
thing, as having absolute authority over
it, e. g xbgiog 10 Segiopow Matt. 9: 38.
Luke 10:2. x. 100 cagfdrou Matt. 12:
8. Mark 2 28.—Jos, Ant. 4, 8. 19 xv-
gi0¢ alven Th gute xagnoieda. Dem.
36. 27. Xen. Cyr. 8.5, 22,

b) of a supreme lord, sovereign, e. g.
the Roman emperor Acts 25: 26.—Phi-
lo Leg. ad Cai. II. p. 587. 42. Arr.
Epict. 4, 1.12 Plot. T. VI. p. 673. 13.
ed. Reiske. —Of the heathen gods, 1

, 466

Kuges

Cor. 8: 5 Gonsg sia? Io} walled xed xo-
905 moldol, i.e. prob, gods superior
aad inferior, i. q. demons. — Pind. Ieth.
5. 67 Zsis 6 ndvrww xtigio. Diod. Sic.
1.65,

c) as an honorary title of address,
especially to superiors, as in Engl.
Master, Sir, Fr. Sieur, Monsieur, Germ.
Herr. E. g. from a servant to his mas-
ter Matt, 13: 27. Luke 13:8; ason to
his father Matt. 21: 30; to a teacher,
master, Matt. 8: 25. Luke 9: 54, (comp.
in Emotaryg,) and so doubled Matt. 7:
21, 22, Luke 6 46. comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 679; toa person of dignity
and authority, Mark 7: 28. Jobn 4: 11,
15,19,49; to the Roman procurator
Matt. 27: 63. Aleo in the respectful
intercourse of common life, John 12
21, 20: 15, Acts 16: 30. Comp. Seneca
Ep. 3, ‘obvios, si nomen non succar-
rit, dominos appellamus’ Sept. and
Pie Gen. 19:2, 23:6, 11, 15, al —
Arr. Epict. 2. 20. 30. ib. 3. 10.15. Pol.
7.9.5.

B) Spoken of God and Christ. a)
of God asthe Supreme Lord and sove-
reign of the univeree, usually in Sept
for Heb. =}: Jehovah. With the art.
6 xvosoc, Matt. 1:22. 5:33. Mark &
19. Luke 1: 6, 38. Acts 7: 33, Heb. &

8. Hob. 7:21, 1 Pet, 1:25. al, see
Bo Sept for nym 8 wip. Job 1: 7. aie
33.

brine)
e- Gen.
Job Sie xt
xg. Job G4, 14 —
With adjuncts, without the art. e. ¢.
xUpOG 6 Bs0¢ twos Matt. 4: 7, 10. 2
37, Luke 1: 16.al. Sept. for sri432
ming Is. 25: 8. Ez. 4:14. (Judith &
14, 16) xugto¢ cafaad Rom. 9: 29,
James5:4. Sept.and Heb. nie '
1 Sam. 15:2, [s. 1: 9, xipuog nan
xpcirap 2 Cor. 6: 18, and sipiog 5 Seep
5 marroxgdrog Bev. 4: 8. I: 17. al
Sept. for nisaz mye 2 Sam. 7: 8
Nab. 2 14. xugsog ror xupievorzer
Lord of lords | Tim. & 15, com
pare in Bagiris a. xvgiog ovpavor

Kegs

wal yijg Acts 17: 24; and so sppli-
ed alyo to God as the Father of our
Lord Jesus Christ, Matt. 11: 25 notég,
xigu 100 oigayoi x. t.2. Luke 10: 21.
Comp. Heb. bai Tbe maT Sept.
xipiog § S4d¢ 100 odpavod 2 Chir. 36: 23.
Ezra 1:2. Neh, 1:5.

b) of the Lord Jesus Christ. (a) In
reference to his abode on earth as a
master and teacher, where ii q.
Gaf81, and éniotarys, comp. Matt. 17:4
with Mark 9 5et Luke 983. comp.
also John 13: 13,14. So chiefly in the
evangelists before the resurrection of
‘Christ, and with the art. 6 xdguos THE
Lord emphat. Matt. 21:3 6 wiguos ai-
tiv zoelay Bye, 28: 6, Luke 7: 13. 10: 1.
John 4: 1, 20:2, 13, Acts 9: 5. 1 Cor.
al. seep. With adjuncts,e. g. 6 xiguos
& diddoxahos Jobn 13: 18, 14. 6 xigsog
° Ingoiig Luke 24: 8. Acts 1: 21. 4: 33. al.
—(6) As the supreme Lord of the gos-
pel dispensation, Head over all things
to the church Eph. & 22, Lord of all,
5 yg aitis xiquos ndvtev Rom. 10: 12,
comp. 9: 5. 1 Cor. 15: 25 aq. Heb. 2 8,
8:1, Rev. 17:14. With the art. o
sxugsog Mark 16: 19,20. Acts 8: 25. 19:
10. 2 Cor. 3:17. Eph. 5: 10, Col. 3: 23,
2 Thess. 3:1, 5. 2 Tim. 4:8. James 5:
7. al. saep. So c. gen. of pers, 6 xiguig
povetc. Matt. 22: 44. Eph. 6:9. Heb. 7:
14. Rev. 11:8, Without the art. xv-
@vog Luke 1:76, 2 Cor. 3: 16, 17, Col.
4: 1, 2 Pet. 3:10. For d+ xvplp see be-
low. 77 With adjuncts, e. @. gc. art 6 xv
gr "Inooig or “Iyooisé x. 1 Cor. 5:
5. 11:93, Rom. 4: 24. 5 wip.
*Inootg Heb. 13:20. 5 x. jyity Xeuords
once Rom. 16: 18. 8 x.’Inooig Xeuotée,
or’L Xg. 6 xig, Acts 16:31. Rom, 13:
V4. al. Rom. 1:4.1 Cor. 1:9, al. 8 aig.
aiusiv’L Xg. 1 Cor, 1:2, 10, Gal. 6:
18. al. saep. "EL Xed wie “nsiy Eph.
B11. 1 Tim, 1:2 2 Pet. 1:2.
without the art. e. g. ‘taoots
Rom. 10: 9, 1 Cor. 12: 3. Phil. 2:19. al.
Xeiords sxigios i.e. the Messiah Luke
RAL, wigws “Iqovig Xquords, or *L.
X¢. wigiog, Rom, 1:7. 2Cor. 1:2. Phil.
1:2 al. 2Cor. 4: 5. sigue sina *L
Xo. Gal. 1: 3. — Further in the phrase
ry xuglep, in the Lord, without the art.
found only in the usage of Paul except
once Rey. 14: 13, and to be explained

467

Ku

from the fact, that believers are repre-
sented as one with Christ, as members
of his body Eph. 5:30 comp. 1 Cor,
12% 27, or of one spiritual body of
which he is the Head Col. 3: 19 comp.
Eph. 2: 20, and are therefore in Christ,
see in Ey no. 1. c.@, Hence éy xupla is
(1) in the Lord, after verbs of rejoicing,
trusting, ete. Phil. & 1. 1 Cor, 1:31.
Phil. 2:19. (2)in or by the Lord, by
his authority, Eph. 4: 17. 1 Thess, 4:1.
(8) in or through the Lord, through his
aid and influence, by his help, 1 Cor.
15: 58. 2 Cor. 9:12. Gal. 5:10. Eph.
221, Col. 4:17. (4) in the work of the
Lord, in the gospel-work, Rom. 16: 8,
13. 1Cor, 4:17. 9:2, Epb. &21. 1
Thess, 5:12. (5) as marking condi-
tion, one in the Lord, i. e. united with
him, his follower, a Christian, Rom. 16
11. Phil. 4: 1. Philem. 16, (6) as de-
noting manner, in the Lord, i. e, as be-
comes those who are in the Lord, Chris-
tians, Rom. 16: 2,22. 1Cor.7:39. Eph.
6 1, Phil. 2: 29, Col. 3:18. Ax.

Kuper, rr06, 4, (igu0s,)lord-
ship, dominion, for concr, lords, princes,
rulers, Eph. 1: 21. Col. 1: 16. 2 Pet. &
10, Jude 8.— Not found in classic
writers.

Kupoa, 0, £. daw, (xigos,) to give
authority, to establish as valid, to con-
firm, trans. ©. g. Ssadjmy Gal, 3: 15.
2 Cor. 2 8 xupioas sig aizby Gyényy.
Sept. pass. for Drip Gen. 23: 20. — Jos.
a 10. 11, 6 Pol. 1.11.1. Thue. 8.

Kiwy, xuvog 6,4, « dog, plur. of
wives dogs.

a) pp. Luke 16:21. 2 Pet. 222
Sept. for 383 Ex, 2% 31. Judg. 7:5. —
Ael. H. An. 8, 9, Xem. Men. 2.7, 183—
In the East dogs are mostly without
masters; they wander st large in the
streets and fields, often in troops, and
feed upon offals and even corpees ;
comp. 1K. 14:11. 16:4. 21:19. Ps.
50:6, 142q. They are held as unclean,
and to call one a dog is a stronger
expression of contempt than even with
us, 1 Sam. 17:43. 2 K. 8:13 The
Jews called the heathen dogs, just as
Mohammedans do Christians at the pres-

Kehov

em day, comp. Schoettgen Hor. Heb,
‘p. 1145. Soe Jahn § 51.-Catmet art.

* trop. for an impudent, shameless
person, Phil. 3: 2 where it is spoken of
Jadaizing teachers, comp. Is. 56: 1}.
(Hom. fl. 6.344, 856. Od. 22. 35.)
Matt. 7:6 joi Sér2 03 Syior r0%s xv, lit.
give not consecrated meat to dogs, i. &
fenr. proffer not good and Holy things
to thee who will sporn and pervert
them. —-Alsd plar. for Sodomites, cat-
amités, Rev. 2% 15. So Sept. dnd 32,
Dein, 23: 19.

Koy, ov, ‘13, (perh. xilde,) a

Uimd, member, of the human body Eu- 3.

rip. Phoeniss. 1192 or 1201. Apollo-
lor, Bibl. 3,5. ofan animal Diod. Sic.
. 28.—In N.'T. plur. ro xavdee for car-
caas, corpse, as in Engl, bones, Heb. 3:
17. & Sept. for 439 Num. 14: 29, 82.
Ys. 66: 24,

Kalver, £. tow, (xédos, kindr. with
xolata, oloou,)pp. to cut off, to weak-
en, and hence genr. to hinder, to pre-
vent, & réétrain, pp. seq. acc. of pers.
etd 'gub.Of thing, Acts ‘27: 48 dxileriy
kheods t06 Boudtpetzos, Bo Sept. for

9 927'1 Bam. 25: 26. — Xen. Ag. 2.

Arr. 1. 6, 2.—Seq. ace. of pers. et
infin. Acts 8: 36 zl xodie gs Pant
oD ives, 16: 6. 24:23, 1 Thess. 2: 16,

Reb, c,‘ace. itnpl. Luke 23: 2.
1 Tith, 4: 9. Mate. 19: 14. c, inf. impl.
Murk -b: 88, 39. 10: 14. Luke 9: 49.

TL: 52, 18: 16, Acts 11:17, Rom, 1:
18, 3 John 10, absol, Luke 9: 50.—
Hdian. 1. 12.5. Xen. Mem. 4. 5. 4. c.
ace, impl: Jos, ¢, Ap. 1. 22 xattougs of
vopos Esvixoig Sexous duyiey. Ken.
Mem, 2. 6.26. c. inf. impl. Xen. H.
G. 7.5.26, absol. Xen. An, 4,2. 25 ult.
—Seq, accus. of thing, 1 Cor. 14:89 xa}
16 Jabiiv yléoca wy xealiete, 2 Pot.
2% 16. c. tod et inf, Acts 10: 47 yarns
33 Bug xohioa ... 105 pi) Barce9i-
ya tovtovs, comp. Buttm. § 140. n. 1.
Winer § 45.4, b. — Hdian. 3, 1.13,
Xen, Mem. 4. 5. 4, 5, — By Hebr. soq.
acc. of thing and dad. gen. of pera
Luke 6 29 dnd roi alporsdg cov 50 ips
bua ad tov zutéiva yy xalions. 80
Pt. for $2 NSD Gen. 23: 6.
2 Sam. id ae ¥ Lanta

468

Kavoy

Kapn, 95, 4, (xilpes, somes)
il hamlet, in the country and with-
out walls, comp. Jahn § 41. .

8) pp. e. g. ras méleig xad tg xedpas
Matt. 9: 35. 16:11. Luke & 1. 33:22
Gygot xa} xipos fields and villages Mark
6:36. Luke 9:12 xdpos f moles §
dypol Mark 6:56. % xauq, af xepos,
simply, Matt. 14: 15. 21:2. Mark 6 &
11:2 Luke 5: 17. 9: 6, 52, 56. 10: 38
17: 12. 19: 30, 24: 18, 28. John 11: 1,
30. So John 7:42 of Bethlehem, sc.
before the time of Rehoboam who for-
tified it 2Chr. 11:6. Meton. villages
for the inhabitants of villages Acts &
|. Sept. for wp 1 Chr. 27: 25. Cant.
7: 12—Pol. 2.17.9 Gxour xorre seize;
Gxezlotovs, Xen. Cyr. 8.3, 28.—Mark
8: 27 at wien Koicageias, the villages
of Cesarea, i.e. lying around and de-
pendent upon it, Sept. plur. for nix
Tosh. 15: 45. Ye: V1. Axty Josh. I=
81.sq. 19: 6 eq.

b) apparently of'a large fown or city,
perbaps without Walls or partly in ro-
ins, e. g. Bethsaida prob. of Galilee,
Mark 8: 28, 26 bis, comp. V. 22 et Joba
4:45. Sept. for 9 Josh. 10: 37. 1
9,—Hiian. 3. 6, 19 of Byzantium, sa-
Od 8 4 Rohis coy xOb... wartes
se ndopov xab rupie apasgeDiy, 05 Be
Pdrtioy asin Boulitesy Ilegir Ploeg 3a-
av 48657,

Keponoks, ewe, 5, (nein, x6-
dug,) lit, @ village-city, i.e. large vi-
or town like a city, bat withow
walls, Mark 1:38,—Strabo KINI. p.687.
B, nab 10 "Ihioy, 3 viv toth sepémelk
He
Kesos, ov, 6, a feasting, reed,
Lat. comissatio, « carousing or merry-
making after supper, the guests of-
ten sallying into the streets and going
through the city with torches, music,
‘and songs ‘in honour of Bacchus ete.
Rom. 13: 18, Gal. 5: 21.1 Pet. 4:3 —
2 Macc, 6.6. Diod. Sic. 17.72% Ael. V.
A. 18. 1 pen. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5%.
Comp. Passow in voc. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. “454. Plutarch de Soer. ‘Ge-
nio §29, Tom. VIIL p. 354 aq. ed.
Reiske.

Kavay, wnos, 6, 4, 0 grat, co

Kas

tex, a8 found im acid wine and vinegar,
Matt, 2% 24, see in Kepylos.—Aristot.
H. An. 5.19 05 88 xebvornes dx oxedsjxoiy,
OF ylrovtas dx tijg magi 1 dt05 isos.
Geor. Hdot. 2. 95. Later Heb. NPR
and wina?, Buxt, Lex. Reb. Chald.
1516, 927, 342,

Kas, 4%, gen. Ké, aco. Kiy and
KG Bute. § 37. n. 2, Cos or Co, now
Stan Co or Stanchio, a small and fertile
istand of the Egean sea, near the coast
of Caria in Asia Minor, almost between
the promontories on which the cities
Cnidus and Hualicarnassns were situa-
ted. It was celebrated for its wine,
silks, and cotton of a beautiful texture.
Acts 21: 1 eis thy ‘Kar. — 1 Mace. 15:
23 eis KG. Jos. Ant. 14.7.2.

Kose, 6, indec. Cosam, prob.

469

Aalto
Heb. ppp, pf. nm. of a man Luke
3: 23.

Kogeec, 7, dv, (xénta,) pp. blunt-
ed, dull, e.g.0 weapon Hom. Il. 11.
390. InN. T. trop. of the senses and
faculties,

8) blunted, lame, as to the tongue, as-
to speech, i. e. dumb, Matt. 9: 32, 33
Uddnoey 6 xopds. 12: 22 bis. 15: 30,
31. Luke 1:22, 11: 14 bis, Saupsrvioy
xugoy, comp. in “Alalos, Sept. for
DEN Hab. 2: 18,— Hdot. 1.34. Xen.
Cyr. 7, 2. 20.

b) Blunted, dull, as to hearing, deaf,
Matt. 11:5 xai xagol dxovovgs, Mark
7% 32, coll. v. 33. v.37, 9:25 nvsipa
Slaloy xat xwpédv, see in”Alalos. Luke
7:22, So Sept. and wan Ps, 38: 14,
Ts. 35: 5. 43: 8. — Luc. Vitar. Auct. 27.
Xen, Cyr. 3, 1.19,

A.

Aayyzave, £. lijtopes, aor. 2 Da-
Zo», to obtain by let, to have fall to one-
self, viz.

&) pp. and seq. gen. Luke 1: 9 Raye
tob Sysco, the different portions of
the daily service being assigned by lot,
see Wetstein N. T. in loc. Comp.
Matth. § 328. Winer § 30.5 ult. —c.
gen. Thue. 2. 44, absol. Jos. B. J. 3. 8,
7. Diod.Sic, 4. 63, Xen. Cyr.6. 3. 34.
—Hence by impl. to decide by lot, to
cast tote, seq. segl c. gen. John 19: 24
Acizeoney regh abrot, rlvos totan—absol.
Diod. Sic. 4. 63 Zhazov, xad cvvify 16
xdijog hayty Onoia.

b) genr. to obtain, to ‘receive, c. acc,
Acts 1: 17 Bays ty xdijgor, see in Kij-
goo b, 2 Pet. 1:3. Comp, Matth. 1. c.
p. 637, — 8 Mace. 6:1. Luc. Hermot.
57. Xen. An. 4, 5, 24.

AdiLagos, ov, 5, Lazarus, pr. n.
8) of the brother of Mary and Martha
of Bethany, raised by Jesus from the
dead, John 1: 1, 9 5, 11, 14, 48. 12 1,
2, 9, 10, 17. —b) of the poor man in

our Lord’s parable, Luke 16: 20, 23,
‘25. Hence the modern Lazaretto, %

Adiga, adv. (tadtiv, LarSéve,)
secretly, privately, Matt. 1: 19 dO
drolica, 2:7, John 11:28, Acte 16

37. Sept. for nDz Deut. 13: 7. Job
31:27. why 1 Bam. 18: 22 — Diod.
Bic. 14. 75. “Ken. H. G, 4. 8. 16,

Aathay, anos, %, tempest, sc. of
wind with rain, ind, hurricane,
Mark 4: 87. Luke & 23. 2 Pet. 2: 17,
Sept. for v0 Jer. 35: 32. 390 Job
38:1. mpd Job 21: 18.—Pol. 8d, 14,
6 Hom. I}. 17, 57.

Axe, see Adon

Aaxrive, f. low, (adv. 1as,) to kick,
to strike with the heel, e. g. mgd¢ xir—
1g Acts 9: 5. 26: 14. See in Kévzgoy,
— Lue. Hermot. 33, Xen. Mem, 2.2.
7. An. 3, 218,

Aadées, 0, f. Hoe, to speak, to talk,
Pp. to use the voice, without any ne-
cessary reference to the words spoken,

sbadéo

and thus differing from eineiy and Js-
yay; see Tittm. de Syn. N. T. p. 79,
80. Espec. of children, to talk much,
to prattle, Germ. lallen, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
12 nasddgor dy, deerdtarog Lakeiy £80-
xovr diya, Plut. de Garrul. init, Comp.
Heb. 47% and 733, Gesen. Lex.—In
N. T. genr. to speak, to talk ; less fre-
quent in profane writers.

8) pp. of persons, absol. Matt. 9: 33
Alddnoer 6 xupeg. 12: 22. 15: 31. Mark
5: 85 Ets abrod ledoivtos. Luke 7: 15.
Acts 18: 9, James 1: 19. al. saep. Sept.
for 933 1 Sam. 3:9, 10. Is. 1: 2—Lue,
de Domo 3 ult. Hdian, 2. 4. 14 its da-
Joiria roy... porevoucs. — Seq. adv.
John 18: 23 a xaxiig diddgoa. 1 Cor.
18 11 dg mins ddlow. ddsc
Mark 7: 35, ottms Acts 7: 6. Heb. 6: 9.
‘orpa 995 oropa mouth to mouth i. e.
face to face 2 John 12. (Sept. for
rae my ET Num. 12: 8, jddug
Dem. 578. 16.) “With other adjuncts
of manner, ©. g. dat. as xaggnoig bold-

» openly, John 7:26. Acts 26 idig

jadixry. 6: 10, 1'Cor. 13: 1. genr.
yreioous ladsiv seo in Tiéoca b. 7.
‘Also c. prep. e. g. ei¢ diga 1 Cor. 14: 9
see in "dye. éx c. gen. of manner or
source Matt. 12: 34. John 8: 44 & tar
Wloy dabei dv c. dat. 1 Cor. 12:3 dy
nveipat: 9. adéy. Seq. particip. of
manner, Luke 1: 64 xa) dda siloyay.
2 Cor, 11: 23. — In various construc-
tions designating the person or thing
to or of whom one speaks, e.g. (a)
Seq. dat. of pers. to speak to or with any
one, Matt. 12: 47 {qrotrris gos ladijoas.
Luke 1: 22, John 9:29, 19: 10. Acts
7: 38. Rom. 7:1. (Sept. and 737 Gen,
18: 33. Arr. Epict. 3, 13.7. Dem. 578,
16.) With an adjunct of manner ad-
ded, e. g. dat. xagfnolg John 7: 13.
Eph. 5:19 Jalotvtas Eauroty pahyois,
i.e. singing together. Seq. év c. dat.
1Cor. 14:6, 21. negl twos Luke 2
38. Seq. Ayan, giving
definiteness to the idea of Aaleiy, Matt.
14: 27 dddyoey aitois 6 “I. léyor. 2: 1.
28: 18, Luke 24:6. al. So Sept. for
“Ward 197 Gen. 17: 3 34:8. ID
“jo Gen. 22: 42. See Gesen. Lex.
art. “V2 no. 1, — (8) Seq. wera tev05,
to speak with, John 4:27. 9: 87 6 la-
daiv wate: cou. With iyo, Mark 6; 50

470

Malka

dines ust adver xad Uw. Rev. 21:
Qdiyer, Sept. for py 72zq Num. 11:
17. ng 5 Gen. 35: 13. — (7) Seq.
n90¢ tva, to speak to, found only thrice
except in Luke's writings, (1 Theas. 2
2 Heb, 5:5. ls 18; see below.) Acts
4: | lalotysar dé attéy xeds tor Aaor.
21: 39, Sept. for by “zz Gen. 18: 27,
29, (Luc. Asin, 5. Plut, de Garrul. 1.)
Followed by svayyeliZouaz Luke 1: 19.
Acts 11:20. yew Acts 8: 26. 26: 31,
28: 25, With déyor impl. Heb. 5 5,
11: 18. So Sept. for be 37. Toe
impl. 1 K, 21:5. 2K. 1: 1. comp.
Gen. 41: 17. Ex. 3% 7. See Gesen.
Lex, art. "23 Piel no. 1. ¢.—(8) Seq.
meg t1v06, to speak about or of any one,
John 8:26. 12:41, Sept. for a 27:
Ez, 33: 30.—(¢) Seq. accus. of a ki
dred noun or of'a pronoun, in a gene-
ral or adverbial sense, and thus differ-
ing from déysy c. acc. which implies a
definite object or is followed by the ex-
press words spoken; see Buttm. § 131.
3.and 7. Comp. in Engl. to talk non-
e. foolishly, to talk strange
things, i.e. strangely. Matt. 12: 34 xa
Sivacde dyad haley. John 8: 20 g4-
para, Rom. 15: 18 22. 1 Cor. 9: 8 tai
ta, 14:9, 2Cor. 12:4, 1 Tim. 5 1
So Mark 27 dale Placpmules. Acts
& 13 ¢ijpora Blacp. John 8: 44 so
ysidos. Jude 15,16. Sept. and ~37
Ex. 4: 12, (Luc. Demonax 51 duis
piv laldy, mola 3 axovur. Plut. de
Garrul. 23, Xen. Cyr. 1.4.1.) With
other adjuncts, e. g. acc. et dat, of pers.
Matt.9: 18, Jobn 14: 25. 15: 11. (Sepe
Gen. 28: 15.) c. dat. of manner etc.
Mark 8: 32 tor léyor maggnole deiden
1Cor. 14:2, dia c. gen. of manner
1 Cor. 14:9. 2 c. dat. of manner 2
Cor. 11:17. & Xguorg i.e. by bis au-
thority 2 Cor. 12: 19. 2 xara mw9:.8
i. e. according to 2 Cor. 11: 17. 0 aca
tuvog Eph, 4: 25. (Sept. Gen. 31: 29.)
13 negi tuvos Luke 2: 33, 13 xg0¢ tose
Acts 11: 14, Luke 24: 44. gos 16 ots
Luke 12 3. Sept. for by 137 Gea.
18: 19,

b) as modified by the context, where
the sense lies not 80 much in Aaleiy as
in the adjuncts, e. g. (a) of one teach-
» for to teach, to preach, absol. Luke
5:4. 1 Cor, 14: 34, 85. 1 Pet 4: 11.

Maiko

seq. adv. John 1% 50. Acts 14: 1. Eph.
6: 20. seq. Gné v. é& ©. gon. of source
or occasion John 7: 17, 18, 12 49.
seq. #x c. gen. of manner John, 3: 31.
seq. dat. of manner, qheisoars Tadeiv,
Mark 16: 17. Acts 2: 4. al. see in Tdo-
oa b, y.— With adjunct of pers. to
whorn, e, g. dat. Jobn 15:22 1 Cor.
8: 1; also c. xaggnolg John 18: 20,
dy c, dat. of manner Matt. 13: 10 dtott
dy nagaBolais Ladeig adtoic ; 13: 34 id.
et zaps nagaforiis. c. énd 16 Sropatt
tuvog Acts 4: 17, 5:40; see in Eni HM.
Be, a migl twos Luke % 11. So
ngos tia Acts 11: 20, — Seq. acc. of
the thing taught, comp. in a. 2, abeol.
John 3: 11. 8: 30, 40. 18: 20. Acts 16:
14. 20: 80, Tit. 1; and eo in refor-
ence to the doctrines of Jesus, John 8:
28,38. 12:50, Acts 5:20. 17:19. 1
Cor, 2 6,7. Ladsiv xat diddoxey Acts
18:25. With pers. to whom, e. g. dat.
Mark 22 didle abrois tov Miyor. 4:
33, John 6: 63. Acts 8:25; also soa
éy c. dat. of manner John 16: 25. 14-

yer Matt. 13:3. 12 mp0¢ tivo Acts 3:
22. 1 Thess. 2:2 aakijoas mpds Spas tO
ebayyélsoy.— (8) of those who tell,
relate, » announce any thing,
Jobn 1: 87. meds tia et adv. Luke 2
20. megl two John 9: 21. (c. dat.
‘Theophr. Char. 7 or 24.) Seq. acc. of
thing, comp. above in a. «. Acts 4: 20.
Matt. 26: 13; 2eq. acc. et dat. of pers.
Acts 23: 28, and with déye» imp!. Matt.
18:93, comp.above in a. 7. Alsoc. neal
tivo Luke 2: 17. Acts 22: 10. xaF ov
redxov 27:25. nagd twv0¢ Luke 1: 45.
—‘y7)_ of prophesy, predictions, etc.
for fo foretell, to declare, 2 Pet. 1: 21.
James 5:10. Acts 3:24, 26:22 meds
ava Acts 28:25. seq. acc. of thing,
comp. above ina. Luke 24: 25 ois
by attr. for &. Acts 3: 21. eq. acc. et
dat. of pers, John 16: 1,4. So ofa di-
vine promise, Luke 1: 55, 70.— (8) of
what is said with authority, for to di-
rect, to charge, to prescribe, seq. dat.
Mark 16: 19, ¢. acc.et dat. John 15:
i. ace, et eis et regi Heb. 7:14. For
to publish, to promulgate, authorita-
tively, Heb. 3:5. 9: 19.—(s) trop.
to speak by writing, by letter, 2 Cor.
11: 17 bis, Heb, 2:5, 2 Pet. 3 16. Of

471

AapBevo

one dead who speaks, exhorts, by his
example, Heb. 11: 4.

c) meton. of things, e.g. (a) of a
law, i. q. to prescribe, Rom. 3: 19.8)
of the expiatory blood of Jesus, Heb.
12% U xgsirrov Laloives wage: tov” ABel,
speaking better than [the blood of)
Abel, since this Iatter cried only for
vengeance, Gen. 4: 10, —(y) In the
imagery of the Apocalypee, spoken of
a voice, Rev. 1: 12, 4:1. 10:4; of
thunders, which are said Aadsty tas fav-
tGy guavas Rev. 10: 3,4; of a beast,
Rev. 13: 5, 11, 15. ‘Bo Heb. 7722 of
the serpent, Gon, 3:1, 4, Sept. ebtey.
Au.

Aarhut, ce, 4 (Lodéen) prattle, lo-
quacity, Theophr. Char. 28 or 7. Aris-
toph. Nub. 929 or 931. In N. 'T, speech,

ive.

a) manner of speaking, e.g. a di-
alect, brogue, Matt. 26: 73. Mark 14:
70. Sept. for “3179 Cant. 4: 3,

b) meton. what is uttered, words,
talk, John 4: 42. 8:43. Sept. for 433
Job 33: 1. comp. Sept. Is. 11>3.—Pol.
32.9. 4. 1, 32. 6.

aud 0 or Aappa, lama, i. e. Heb.
gh or rng, why? wherefore? Matt.
146 et Mark 15: 34, from Ps, 22: 2
where Sept. ivaté.

AapBeveo, f. ifyopuas, aor. 2 Ra-
Bor, perf. etnga, to take, actively, and
also in the partially passive sense fo re-
ceive, trans,

1, to take, a) pp. with the hand,
Seq. acc. expr. or impl. (a) genr. Matt,
14: 19 tad LaBeby rode rdvre Ggrous. 25:
1 oBotvas tag Aapnddas. 26: 26, 52.
27: 6, 30, 48, Mark 9:36, Luke 22: 17.
John 12: 8, 13. 13: 4, 12,30. 1 Cor. 11:
23. Rev. 5: 8, 22:17. ©. & tevog John
16: 14. Rev. 5:7. Sept. f “ction
18:8. Num. 16:17, 18. NT; Josh. 6
4. Is, 2: 4.—Hdian. 8. 8.15." Xen, Cyr.
6. 4.4.—Trop. rysiy avrg 2, Heb. 5:
4. Sévau Rev. 1: 17. — Xiphilin,
Gab. p. 187 roulfwr ove eidnpdras rir
doxiv, éllé dsdéo bas aing.—Part. la~
Boiv is often used before other verbs
by a species of pleonasm, in order to
express the idea more completely and
graphically, comp. in" Avlotmuc II. d.

” Be

ake te

Mando

AepBavo

p. 852, Passow in Aaupeioe | ult.

Mag ‘3:31 de laBav Sr9quxos Fam
gm. v.33, Luke 24: 43. Acts 16: 3—
Sept. Josh. 2: 4. Luc. Scyth. 6. Xen,
Cyr. 8.3, 6, 7.—(8) Of taking food
‘or drink, c. acc. John 19 30, Acts 9:
19.0) lafery rgogyiy. 1 Tim, 4:4, ab-
sol. Mark 15: 23. So Heb. np, comp.
Gesen. Lex.—{y) In the sense of to
take to or with any one,e. g. Mat. 16: 5
dealdSorto Ggrovs lafily. v.7. 25: 4,
John 18:3. ity bovrdy Mart. 25: 3,
(Xen, Cyr. 2 4. 22) So AapBavesy
yovaina, lo take a wife, to take as a
ai, Mark 12 19, 20, 21, 22 Luke 20:
28 oq. Sept. for mp> Gen. 6:2, 11:
29,—Joe. Ant. 1. 16. 3. Plato Crito 12.
p.50.D. Xen. Cyr. 8 4.16.3) to
take upon oneself, fo bear, trop. Matt.
"10: 38 tor cravgdr. 8: 17 tag dodersiag

: seurbee quoted from Is, 53: 4 where Heb.

mip? Sept. qéper.—{e) to take up, to

~ © gather up, Matt. 16:9, 10 xécovg xopl-
vou Wafers, comp. Mark 8: 19, 20.
‘Trop. lafsiv 14» yugyy, a8 opp. to +194
p John 10: 17, 18. — Xen. Occ. 8, 2,
ib, 9. 10,

b) to ‘take out from a number, to
choose. Acts 15: 14 lafeiy é éSvdiy da-
dy. Heb. 5: 1.—Sept. Amos 2 I1. Pol.
2. 38, 11. Xen. An. 1. 1. 6.

€) totake, i. ©. to seize, to lay hold of,
with the idea of force, violence. (a) pp.
Matt. 21: 35 xal LaPdrtee toig dovlog
airot, oy dy Bsipay x, 1.1, v. 39,
Mark 12:3, 8. John 19: 1. absol. 2 Cor,
11; 20, — Lue. D, Deor. 21, 2. Xen.
Cyr.2, 4,23,—So in hunting or fish-
ing, to take, to catch, Luke 5: 5. trop.
2 Cor. 12: 16 dédy Suis Hafor, comp.
Matt. 4; 19.—Palaeph. 28 3. Xen. Cyr.
1, 4.9. (8) Trop. of any strong af-
foction or emotion, fo seize, to come or
fall upon any one, €. g Heater Hofer
dravcas Luke 5: 26. qofog 7:16. sa-

1 Cor. 10: 12 Sept. for they
x 15 15: 15.—2 Mace, 9.5, Jos, Ant. 2.

6.8 Xen. Cony, 1. 15.—So of an evil
spirit, demon, Luke 9:39. comp. Jos.
Ant. 4.6.5.

4) to take away, e.g. from any one
F825 py force, Matt. 5: 40 xad toy zurcivd
ve Lapiir, Rev. 3 11 to pndels dip

472

AauBave
Sept. for mph Geo. 2 95. Sk: k. —
Pol. 4. 3. 11. . Ap. 2 1. 10.

©) to take up a person, i. 6. te reeeine
him as a friend or guest into one’s
house, society, etc. i. q. Sizouas. (a)
gear. John 19: 27 Hofer 6 padyrye ot
ayy eg ta Tra. 2Jobn 10 sis oixiay
John 6: 21 sig 10 wloior. — Hom. Od.
7, 255.—Trop. of a teacher etc. fo re-
ceive, ta to embrace and
follaw his instructions, John 1: 12 &
43. 13: 20. 14:17. So of doctrine, te
Faded admit, e.g. toy eyor Mau.

Merk 4: 16 tHe

John 3: 11, 32, 33,1 John 5: retin
pasa Jobn 12% 48. 17:8.—(6), From
the Heb. lop favesy mpdowncr teres,
to receive the person of any one, Heh.
D'2p Nina, pp. spoken of a king or
judge who receives or admits the visi
of those who bring bim salutations and
Presents, and favours their cause, see
espeo. Job 13: 10; henee to favour aay
one, both in a good and bad sense, sce
Gesen. Lex. art. #0} no. 3b. In NL
T. only ia a had sense, to accept one's
person, i. q. to be partial towards him,
¢. gen. Gal. 2 6 apdcunor Sag Ops
mov od AayBdve. absol. Luke 20: 21.
So Sept for o°7p wip? Ps. 8% 2 Lev.

f) trop. in phrases, where Aap faire
with its accus. is often equivalent wo
the verb corresponding to the accus
©. g. apynvy lapBavesw, iq. to bexin,
Heb. 2; 3. ,(Ael. V. H. 2 28, Hien.
7.11.1.) dgogury AauB. to take ecca-
sion, Rom. 7: 8, 11. (Diod. Sic. 1. 60
xaugsy,) Bapsog AapP. to take courage,
iq. Saggéa, see in Gdgaos, Acts 2
15. Yxavov Aaup. to take security,
Acta 17:9. AnOny 1. to forget, 2 Pet
1:9, (Ael. V.H. 3. 18, Jos, Ant. 2.9.
1.) moggny tiv0s 2. to take the likeness
or form of any ane, to liken oneself to
him, Phil. 7. ergy Aaup. to make
trial of, i.e. to attempt, Heb. 11: 29.
(Hdian. 1.8, 10. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. +4)
or also i. q, to have trial of, to expeni-
ence, Heb, 11:36. (Ken. Oec. 17. 1.)
ovpBovlsov apf. to take counsel, i. q.
to consult, Matt. 12: 14. 27: 1,7. 28:12
Undderyuc sive Lap. to take say ome
(an example James 5:10. Undurg-

Aapparvo

sy app. to recollect, to remember, 2
Tim. 1: 5 ydoaype twos lamp. to
take or adopt the mark of any one, Rev.
14:11; 90g. ded c. gen. 14: 9. 20: 4.

2. to receive, sc. what is given, im-
parted, imposed, to obtain, to partake of.

8), ent. ©. g. absol. Mutt. 7: 8 nas
ye 6 airy Lapfavei. 10:8. John 16:
‘24. 1 Cor. 4:7. c. é& of source John
1: 16. Seq. ace. Matt. 20: 9 Hafor
Give dnrdguor. v. 10, 25: 16 wévrs taller.
tat lof. Mark 10:30. 11:24. John
4: 36. Acts 3: 3. ‘Rom. 4: 11. 1 Cor. 9:
24. Gal. 3: 14, Phil. 3:12 comp, in
Katolapfdrw b. Heb. 11:35, James
1:12 1 Pet. 4:10. Re dl. Seq.
‘%_ tog partitively, see no, 3, bh,
Rev. 16: 4 tx tv minyax ainiis foo ph
2éPrte-—Palaeph. 52.3, Ael. V. H. 9.
31. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3.7.— With an ad-
junet of the source etc. ©. g. and c.
gen. from, 1 John 2:27. naga c. gen.
from any one Acts 2: 33, James 1: 7.
Rev. % 27. (Hdian. 4, 7. 3.) spoken de
conatu, John 5: 34, 41 26 5ey, mage: Gy
Decimov oF laufdve, v.44. inde. gen.
2 Cor, 11: 24 id *Jovdalov ... Rafor
se. slnycs, comp. Ken. Cyr. 1, 3. 16.
Bos, Ell. Gr. p. 385 sq.

b) of those who receive an office,
station, dignity, either as committed or
transmitted, ©. g. énioxomgy Acts 1: 20.

v.25. legerslay Heb. 7:5, Bae
oudelay Luke 19: 12,15. c. maga rivos
Acts 20: 24, — Hdian. 3,15. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5. 2. — Also of a successor in
office, lafity Bddoyor Acts 24: 27,
comp. Jiadézouas. Lat. successorem
acespere Plin. Ep. 9. 13.

) of persons appointed to receive
tribute, rent, etc. to collect, to exact,
Matt. 17: 24 of 14 8lBgazuas Laypervorees,
i.e. the receivers, collectors. 21: 34.
Hob. 7:8. . &xd tivog Matt. 17: 25,
3 John 7—Xen. Mem. 1.6.3. c, na-
e@ Luc. D. Mort. 22. 1. Xen. Mem. 1.
56

d) trop. to receive instruction, i.q.
ta be instructed, to learn, Rev, 83 pry
poreve ovv még etnpas xad tf

Diod. Bic, 2. 29 PrBalns| Esarra haypd- brightness,

vourw, i. @.
®) trop. in phason, © comp. above in
no 1. f E, g. dvsodny deppaveer, o

473

Aapngors

receiwe commandment, naga tives John
10: 18, 2 John 4. agi tsvog Col. 4:
10. gdc tv Acts | 17:15. (Act. Thom.

$36.) ch Maron hes ei to be
xolua AopBp.
to receive condemnation, i. q. to be con-

demned, Matt. 23:13, James 3:1. c.
dat. reflex. Rom. 13: 2. ofxodopyy
AapB. i. q. to be edifed 1 Cor. 14: 5.
magayyeAlay 2, to receive a charge Acta
1& 24. negsroury auf. i. q. to be
circumcised Jobn 7:23, Av.
Auex 6 6, indec. Lamech, Heb.
3, pr. n. of a patriarch, the father of
Noab, Luke 3:36. See Gen. 5: 25 sq:
Aapupc, ve Ada.
Aapnds, ddog, 4, (ddipne,)a light,
e. g. a torch, lat Tantern, ete. genr.
Acts 20:8 laynddes inaval. Rev. 4: 5.
Sept. for "pb Gen. 15: 17. Ex, 20: 18.
Prob. a torch, Rev. 8 10. John 18: 3
Sept. and. seb Indg. 15: 4, 5. — Jos.
Ant. 5.6.5. He 4, 2, 20.— Also a
lamp, fod with oil, Mate. 25: 1, 3, 4,7,
8. So Sept. and 795 Judg. 7: 16, 20.
On the form of ancient lamps see Jahn
§ 40 ult. Calmet art. Eamps.
Aapnoos, &, ov, (Adipnw,) shin-
ing, bright, radiant, viz.
a) pp. ofa star, Rev. 2166 dorig
6 lapness 6 xpuives. — Ep. Jer. 51.
How. Il. 4.77. Xen. Mem. 4. 7.7.
Of raiment, radiant and hence white,
spoken of angels Acts 10: 30. Rev. 15:
6. 19:8. Of the robe put by Herod
upon Christ in mockery, as Pilate’s sol-
diers afterwards put on hima purple
rohe, Luke 23: 11, comp. Mark 15: 17
ete. — Pol, 10.4.8. Diod. 8. 1. 91.—
Hence by impl. splendid, sumptuous, of
raiment, James 2 2,3 dog Laynod.
So genr. Rev. 18: 14 ra layxed, coaly
things.—Diod. 8, 20.7. Xen. Cony. 1.
4.

b) clear, limpid, Rev. 2 1 moropy
Japnosy ie xgvotallor. — Xen. H. G.
5. 3.19,

Aapngorms, myros, 4, (lopagés,)
splendowr, 2, 105 silov Acts
26:13. Sept. for rr33 Is. 60:3. “rit
Dan. 12: 3—Pol. 11.9, 1. Xen, An. 1.
2. 18,

Aapngas

Aaxungeas, adv. (Lapmeds,) splen-
didly, i. ©. sumptuously, Luke 16: 19. —
Jos, Ant. 6. 1.3. Xen. Cyr. 2 4.1.

Aamnc, f. yw, to shine, to give
ight, intrans. c. dat. Matt. 5: 15 Jap-
es néias sols dv 1] olxlg, absol. 17: 2
Ropys +3 xodowner adtos. Luke 17:
24, Acts 12:7, 2 Cor. 4:6 dx oxdtovs
gas léuyas Metapb. Matt. 5:16, 2
Cor. 4:6 Sept. for m3: Prov. 4: 18.
vay Dan. 12: 3.—Jos, Ant. 3. 8, 9.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 7.

Aavicva, aor. 2 Bader, to lie
hid, concealed, to be unknown, absol.
Mark 7: 24 oix j3urj9y ladsir. Luke
8: 47. — Ael. V. H. 4, 20 init. — Seq.
ace, of pers. to be hid as ro any one
i.e. from him, to escape his knowledge
or notice, Acts 26: 26 dt» obx Rade yag
avroy tc totter, 2 Pet. 3:5,8. See
Matth. § 412. 5. comp. Buttm. § 131. 4,
8.—Hdian. 5. 8. 8. Ken. Mem. 2, 1. 13.
—Joined with the participle of another
verb it has the force of an adverb, i. 0.
secretly, unawares. Heb, 13: 2 Heddy
tung tevloartes Gyyshou. See Buttm.
§ 144. n. 8. Winer § 58. 4. —Hdian. 5.
8.6. Xen. An. 1.1.9.

Aakeurds, 7, OY, (hagsie, fr. as,
fie) stone-hewn, rock-hewn, i. e. hewn in
a rock,e. g.a sepulchre, Luke 23: 53.
Comp. in Actouée.—Sept. Deut. 4: 49.
Aquil. Num. 21: 20, 23: 14,

Aaodixera, ac, 4, Laodicea, the
chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana in Asia
Minor, situated on the river Lycusa
little above its junction with the Mean-
der, and not far to the southward of
Colosse nnd Hierapolis, Its earlier
name was Diospol
by Antiochus II,
Laodicea after his wife.

About A. D.
65 it wos destroyed by an earthquake,
along with the two cities just named ;
but was rebuilt by Marcus Aurelius,
It is now in ruins, and the place bears

the name of Eski-hissar. Comp. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 205, 228. —
Col, 2:1. 4:13, 15,16. Rev.1:11. (3:14.)
Aaodixevs, ewe, 6, a Laodicean,
Col. 4: 16, Rev. 3: 14,
Aaog, ov, 8, people, viz.

474

‘Aaoxo .

a) a people, nation, tribe, i. 0. the
mess of any people, and not like J%jpos
a community of free citizens. Luke 2
10 firg Zoras mavtt tH Jag. v.31. Rev.
5:9, Acts 4:25 quoted from Ps. 2]
where Sept. for DX. Sept. for t= Job
86:31. Ez. 20: 41. — Hom. Od. 6. 194
Hdot. 5. 42.—Spec. of the Jews as the
people of God’s choice, absol. or c. toF
Seov etc. Matt. 1:21. 2: 4,6. Mark 7:
6. Luke 2: 32, John 11: 50. Heb. 7: 5.
al. saep. So Sept. and py Ex. 3:20.
8: 1. Deut. 2 4. al. sxepiss. — Trop. of
Christians as God’s spiritual Iarael, Tit.
2 14, Heb. 2:17, 4:9, 13: 12,

b) genr. the people,
multitude, the ic, ei

or of a multitude collected in one place.
Luke 7:29 xal mac 6 lads Gxotwas. &
47. 9:13 sig mavta toy lady tortor for
all this multitude, 18: 43. 23: 27 ali
90g 109 aod xab yuraxir. Acts 39,
NM, 12 5:87, 18 10.— Hom. IL 18
502. ib. 23. 728. — Espec. the commen
people, the populace, the inhabitants of
any city or territory, e. g. Jerusalem
Acts 2: 47. 21:30, 36; of Galilee Mar.
4; 93, 9:35. So Sept. and ny Gen. 1%
4, 23:7, 12,13, (Hom. Od. 13. 158)
Asdistinguished from magistrates etc.
Matt. 26: 5 iva yy Sogufos viverra
aG dog. 27: 25,64. Mark 11: 32

ie
Luk
19: 48, 20:6, 23:13. Acta 6:12 ab
So Sept. and py Ex. 18: 22, 26. Josh.
68,10. AL

Adguyk, vyyos, 6, larynx, the
throat, gullet, a8 an organ of the voice,
Rom. 3: 13 quoted from Ps. 5: 10 where
Sept. for Fina.—Ecclus. 6: 5. Ari
Ran. 575 or On the diff. betwees.
Adguy$ and gdgvyé, see Lob. ad Phr.
pp. 65, 470.

Aacala, ac, §, Lasaca, = mari-
time city of Crete, on the southern

coast, not mentioned in profane wri-
ters. Acts 27: 8.

Adox, f. haxioe, to crack, te
knack, to snap, Hes. Theog. 694. Hom.
Il, 18 616, In N.T. and later, t
crack open, to burat, Acta 1: 18 Qaxws
phos. — Act. Thom. § 33 5 34 dgdaer
vondtis daxyos. Zonar. Lex. 691 ar
#2 105 doxloon,

Aonropndo

Aerropdeo, 0 f. jaw, (derspos, fr.

Aas, tépves,) to cut stone, to hew in stone,

©. g. prnution, 3 Uarounoey by 17 nétgg

Matt. 27: 60.’ Mark 15: 46. 80 Sept,

and ayy Is, 2% 16, Deut. 6: 11.—Jos.
Ant. 12.'7, 6. Diod. Sic, 5. 39.

Aargeia, ag, sj, (hargeien) ser-
vice, pp. for hire, or as a slave, Ael.
V. H. 3.9. Soph. Ajax 503, In N. T.
only in respect to God, service, worship,
Jobn 16:2. Rom, 9: 4. 121, Heb. 9
1,6. Sept. and pryay Ex. 12: 25, 26,
Tosh, 22: 27.—1 Mac

Aargevi, f. rbow, (hergls one
hired, hireling,) fo serve, pp.for hire or
asa slave, Palaeph. 45. 1,4. Xen. Cyr.
3. 1.36, i. q. Sovdedeay ib. § 41. In N.
spoken in respect to God, to serve, to
worship.

a) genr. seq. dat. Matt. 4: 10 et Luke
4: 8 xiguoy tov Seév ... citg udrw da-
teetons. Luke 1: 74. 237. Acts 7:7,
42. 24:14, 27:23. Rom. 1:9, Phil.3:3.
2 Tim. 1:3. Heb.9:14, 12:28. Rev.22:3.
absol. Acts 26:7. So Sept.and3ayDeut.
6 13. 10:12 Josh. 24:15. Once of
idol-worship, Rom. 1: 25 Adrgevoew ti
xtloss x,t. 4. So Sept. and ‘122 Deut.
4: 28, Judg. 2 11, 13. —c. acc. Eurip.
Iph. Taur. 1115 or 1122, Electr. 131.

b) of an external ritual worship,
to officiate as priest, Heb. 8: 5. 13:1
and so in the celestial temple Rev. 7:
15. Also geur. for to offer sacrifice, to
worship, Heb. 9: 9. 10:2. Comp. Sept.
and 329 Ex. 3: 12 7: 16.

Aayavor, ov, +6, (lazalra to
dig, totill,) pp. ‘a plant in tilled ground,’
hence a garden plant, herb. Matt. 13:32
pallor tay hozdvwy naytoy. Mark 4: 32.
Luke 11: 42, Rom. 14:2. Sept. for 23°
1K, 21:2. p97 Gen. 9: 3—Luc, Phe
lopseud.8. Plut. VI. p.499. 9. ed. Reiske,

AsBBaios, ov, 6, Lebbeus, a name
of the apostle Jude, also called Thad-
deus, Matt. 10: 3.

Aeyewv, vos, 5, Lat. legio, a le-
gion, pp. the largest division of troops
in the Roman army, varying greatly in
number at different periods, as 3000,
4200, 5000, 6600, etc. See Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 366 sq. Rees’ Cyclop. s.

475

Ago

v.—In N. T. legion, for an indefinitely
great number, e. g. of angels Matt. 26
53. of demons Mark 5: 9,15. Luke
8:30. So Rabb. 7735, see Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1123,

Aéya, £. $0, primarily to lay,
Germ. legen, e. g. to lay or let lie down
for sleep Hom. Il. 24. 635, and Mid.
to lie down for sleep Od. 17. 102. to
lay together, i. e. to collect, Il, 23. 289.
Od. 24.72, Also to lay before, i. €. to
relate, to recount; and hence the pre-
vailing Attic and later siguif. fo say, to
speak, i.e. to utter definite words, con-
nected 4nd significant discourse, i. q.
to discourse; thus differing from Ladeiy
q.¥.and also from smty in so far as
this latter refers only to words spoken
and not to their connected sense; see
Titm. de Synon. N. T. p. 79, 80 8q.
Sept. usually for 3728.—In N. T.

1. to lay before, i.e. to relate, ©. g.
nagafolsjy, to put forth, to propound, ¢.
dat. of pers. Luke 18: 1 Baye 38 xa} xa-
guporiy abrois. 13:6. c. mode tue
Luke 12: 41. 14: 7. * Soof events ete.
to narrate, to tell, e.g. t0ir0, taita, ©.
dat. Luke 9:21. mgd twa 24: 10. —
Palaeph. 18, 1. Huian. 1.11.2. ib. 7.
12, 20 ua de Enopeve tv roig Eig dex Dy-
osras, 8.1.1.

2 to say, to speak, to discourse, see
above. a) genr. and construed: .

(a) With an adjunct of the object,
i. e. the words spoken, the thing or per-
son spoken of, ete. (1) followed by
the words uttered, Matt. 1: 20 &yyehog
«+ &pdon ait§, dyer Tuohy x. xd.
8:2. Mark 6:2. Luke 2 13. 12: 54,
John 1:29 xa} dys te & duvide roo
Sot. v.36. Acts 4:16. Rom. 9: 25,
Heb. 1: 6. 8: 13. James 3: 23, al. sac-
piss. (Ken. Conv. 4.1.) So seq. Sx
before the words quoted, Matt. 9: 18,
Mark 2: 12 iyortag: Sr obdénore ob-
tog dBouey, 3:21. Luke 4: 41, 23: 5.
John 8: 33. Acts 2 13, 6:11. Rom. 3:
8. al. saep. Comp. Buttm. § 149. p,
423. (Palacph. 6. 7. Hdian. 8.3.4)
Hence particip. A¢ywy, Atyovres, say-
‘ing, is often put after other verbs or
nouns implying speech, like Heb.
sary » 88 introducing the exact words,
i. q. tn these words, ©. g. Matt. 5: 2 él

od 9618.7: 39. 20: 3. Joba 4: 31, 51. Acts
- "13, 40, 24: 2. Heb. 12: 26. Rev. 6: 10.
val. saepiss. but not found in the ac-
knowledged epistles of Paul.

and “N32 Gen. 1: 22, 2 16. Lev. 1:1.’ 62
al. ssepiss. — Palaeph. 7.7.{2) Seq. 5

ace, of thing or person, e. g. the thing”
spoken, Matt. 21: 16 dxotes th obtos Ad:
yovow; Mark 11:23. Luke8:8 rata 1é-
yor. Joho 5:34. Rom.10:8, Eph.5:12. °
al. saep.
18: 34. Acts 8: 6. (Hdit
toudde, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 1
Seq. acc. of person spoken of, but only’:

~ £105 6. Winer § 63.3. &. John 8: 54 0 matig,”
5

ae 2, cL"... Ov Dpsig Myere, Sts Osis tpiiy dow

<.°. %&19. Comp. Xen. Conv. 4. 46 lyar

a sole gidous, oftuvés siot. — (3) Seq.

. et inf. comp. Matth, § 537. p. 1056.

John 12: 29 Haye Boovtyy yryovivan

Matt. 16: 13, Luke 11: 18. Acts 4: 32.

5: 36. Rom. 15: 8, 2 Tim. 218. c. al-

yas impl. Rev. 2; 20. — Hdian, L 7.9.

Xen. Cyr. 1.2.1. — (4) Seq. dts

stead of the accus. and inf. comp. in

“Or no. 1. c, Buttm. § 149. p. 423. Wi-

ner § 45.2. Mark 9: 11. Luke 9 7.

John 4: 20 ad ists héyere, Bue dy Tegoo.
doriv § témog x. 1.1, 1 Tim, 4: 1.

with 31s and the apodosis impl. in te

7é-cphrase ov deyesc, Matt. 27: 11. John

: 4+: 48: 37. comp. Luke 2: 70 dysis Aéyere,

Bre doh sis, — Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 17—{5)

Seq. adv. or adverbial phrase, John 13:

18 xed xodds déyets, (Xen. Mem. 2.7.

11.) Rom. 3:5 et Gal. 3: 15.2. woe diy-

Squmor. Metaph. Rev. 18: 7 &y 17 xap-

Bg aibeiig Lives, aud Matt. 3: 9 Aéyeey dy

Savtois, to say in one's heart, in or

among themselves, i. e. to think, comp.

in Eloy af Geven, Lex. 3728 no. 2,

(8) With a further adjunct ‘of the

person fo whom one speaks, e. g. c.

dat. ped, meds; and also of whom,

e.g. cts, meg, indy. ‘The adjunct of

the object is then always presont or im-

plied, in some oneof the preceding con-

structions. (1) Seq, dat. of pers. e.g.

with the words uttered, Matt. 8:26 xai

Liyes ainoig vl Sestok dora x, x, 14:4.

‘So Sept. . comp. above in a. 1 A
bees axtnby wad Lies ous
4.7.1 With an ecc. of thing,

Joh 167, 2 Thees 25. Rev. 27,
acc. of pers. of whom, as object, Jobn
827, Phil 318. With Sr jomead of
ace, et. inf, Matt. 16 18, John 16 96.

Hence za Aéyoueva Luke With an adverbial construction of man-
. 4. 14, 8 Rete +
An, 7.7, 43.) abtois, 4:2 1% 38. With m

1, a8 Mark 3: 23 dy agafolais Dsye
regs anos
Matt. 11: 7.— (2) Seq. mex” ciddyjdaey,

2 2 imatraction with dy, see Butum.§ 151, LS with one another, with the words ‘spo

Ken, jot 11: 56. — (3) Seq. xede e
pec. of pers. to whom, e. g. with the
words utered, Mark 10: 26. Luke it
7. Jobn 4:15. Heb. 7:21. (Xen. Cyt.
1.3, 14.) with dn of citation Luke €
21. With an acc. of thing, 11: 53
With nagh sivos 7: 24.—Further with
an adjunct of pereom of whom one
speaks: (4) Seq. eic c. ace. of, coneerm-
ing any one, geur. Eph. 5: 32 with
the words uttered, Acts 225. with an
ace, of thing Luke 22 65.— Xen
Mem. 1. 5. 1—{5) Seq. negi c. gen. of
pera. with the words uttered, John. I:
48. Matt. 11:7. c. acc. of thing Acs
& 34. John 1: 22, 9:17. Te 2S c
Sts pro inf. Luke 21: 5.—{6) Seq. xp
caavtoi, to speak for oneself, Acts 26: 1.

b) as modified by the context, where
the sense lies not 80 much in diye, as
in the adjuncts, e. g- (a) before ques-
tions, for to ask, to inquire, followed by
the words spoken, Matt. 9:14, Mark
5:80, 14:14, Luke 7:20. Joho 7: 11
xai Elyor nov tot éssivos; Rom.
10:19, c. dat. of pers. Mark 6 37.
Luke 16: 5, 2211, Seq. e2 whether,
Acta, 25: 20, c. dat. of pers, 21: 37—
(8) before replies, for to answer, to re-
ply, followed by the words spokea, e. g.
after a direct question, Matt. 17: 25
John 18: 17. c. dat. of pers. Matt. 1&
22, 20: 7,21; also c. drs of citation
Matt. 19: 8, John 20: 13. preceded by
Gmoxg9elg Mark 8: 29. Luke 3 11.
‘Without a preceding question, c, dat.

Atyo 477. - Adtupa
of pers. and the words |, Matt. 6 18. c. Sze for ace. and inf. Gal. 8:2.
4: 10. 26: 35. Luke 16: 20. John & 4. toito Sts 1 Thess. 4: 15. 8eq. adv. eto.

with dons del te. Mark 9 1. Luke
—{7) in affirmations, for to affirm,

dn me day x3, 2,
Gel. 41.1 Jobn 4. ‘Seq. ace. c. inf.
Maw. 2% 23 Luke 2% 2 2%: 23 of 14-
rw ecitéy Tir, ©. nee. impl. James
@ 14. 1 Jobn 2 6, 9. Seq. Sts inetead
of acc. et inf. Matt. 17: 10. Roi: 4: 9.
—With a dat. of pers. in the formulas
Adyoo oo8 v. tuiv, duty Liye ipiy, etc.
in solemn affirmations, genr. Matt, 11:
92, Mark 11: 24, Luke 4:25, c. dysiy
‘Matt. 5:18. 25:12. al. duty, éuiy, Jobn
1:52, 3:3. 8 51. al. comp, in %
no. 3. So in the middle of a lato,
Matt. 11: 9 val, Liye ipiy, xad nepiood-
ragoy moogirou. Luke 7: 14, 11: 51,
15: 10, Seq. Sts for sec. c. inf, Matt.
3: 9. Mark 9: 13. Luke 4:24, John 3:
11.—(8) of teaching, for to teach, to ine
culcate, ©. g. with the proposition
taught, Matt. 15: 5. c, acc. Acts 1:3,
©, acc, et infin. Acts 21: 21. acc. impl.
15: 24. c. acc. et dat. of pers. Matt.
10:27. John & 16. 16: 12.—absol. Xen.
Conv. 4. 13.—(e) of predictions to fore-
tell, to predict, c. acc. et dat. Mark 10:
82. c. acc. Luke 9:31. ¢, dat. John
12: 19.—(¢) of what is spoken with au-
thority, fo command, to direct, to
absol, Matt. 28: 3 Myovos dg, xa} ob
mower, ¢. 860. Lake 646. C. Bcc. ot
dat. Merk 13: 37. John % 5. . dat.
-of pers. et imperat. Matt. 5:44 dye 38
liye ipirr dyaniixe x. 2.1. 8 4, 20:8.
Mark 5:41. 610, Luke 5: 24. John
27,8. ce. dat. et inf. Rev. 13: 14. ¢,
in Rom. 2: 22. seq. iva Acts 19: 4,
(c. inf. Xen. An. 1.3.8, ib. 7.1. 40.)
So in the sense of to charge, to exhort,
¢. dat. Acts 5: 38. c. dat. et inf. Acts
21:4. ©, tito seq. inf. Eph. 4: 17.—
(a) of calling out, i. q. to call, to exdlaim,
ete. Matt. 25: 11 Aéyovoas' siges, xigce,
&voigor quiv. Luke 13: 25. Acts 14:
11.—{9) trop. to say or speak by writ-
ing, by letter, etc. e. g. with the words
written, Luke 1; 63 tygays, liyaor x. t.
4, 20: 42. c. acc. 1 Cor. 7:6, impl.
Philem. 21. ¢, ace. et dat. 1 Cor. 15:
51. ¢. dat. 1 Cor. 6 5. 10: 15, 2 Cor.

2 Cor. 7:3, 11:16. Phil. 4:11. — 80
Sept. and “jt; 2 K. 10:6. Jos. Ant,
18. 4. 1. Hdot. 3, 40.

°), meton. of things, e. g. (a) a voice,
eur} Matt. 3:17. Rev. 6 6.
¢, dat. Acts 9:4. Rev. 16:1. ¢. dat. of
manner Acts 26:14, —(8) a writing,
scripture, 4 ygag7, with the words quo-
ted John 19: 37. Tames 4:5, 6. at Rom,
4:3, Gal. 4:30. With 4 yeagy impt.
Gal. 3: 16. Eph. 4: 8, — hoa
ib. 8. 22—(y) a law, 5 vouos, c. ace.

Cor. 9:8, absol. v.10. 14:34, — 8)
geor. 3 zemsationds Rom. 11: 4. § Oe
xasootrn as personified, 10: 6.

4) trop. for to mean, to have in mind, 2% 4
comp. above in a. a. 5. Gesen. Lex. .7
“VQN no, 2, Seq. imper. Gal. 5:16. c.
ace. of thing, 1 Cor. 10:29 cuvsldnow
88 Ryo xt.2 1:12 Gal. 3: 17. o
ace. of pers, John 6: 71 iheys 33 xr
*FowSay. Mark 14:71. — Jos. Ant. 6. 5.
5. Ael. V. H. 2.36. Xen. Occ. 17. 8.

3. to call, to name, i. q. xalée, pp. to’
speak of as being or being called so and

| dupl. acc. Matt, 19: 17 sb ye
Myuss eyadin; Mark 15: 12 Sy ddysta
Baoléa tiv “Iovdaley. Luke 20: 37.
John 5: 18, 15: 15. Acts 20: 28, al,
Pass, Matt. 13: 55 4 unsig atrot Ayeras
Magidp, Heb. 11:24. Part. o ine
v0¢, called, named, Matt. 2: 23 sig xo-
day Leyopseny Natogid 9: 9 GSgunor,
MatSaioy dsyopevoy. 26: 3,14. Mark
15:7, Joho 4: 5, 9:11, 22:1. Acts &
2 Eph. & 11 al. Also surnamed,
Matt. 4: 18 Ziuonve tov Leyopsvor Mi
10:2 4: 11, — Esdr, 8: 41. "Joa. Ant
12.3.2. Palaeph. 7.6. Xen. An. 1.8
10.—With the idea of translation into
another language, ©. g. fully, John 1:
39 fap fi, 8 Léyeras Egunvevdpsvoy, didd-
onahe. 19:17 o¢ Myzras §Bpaios}, Tolyo-
Oa. Acts 9: 36, Simply, John 4: 25
Mecolas, & leydperog Xgurrds, i. ©. in
Greok. 11: 16 Ompéig 5 Aayépevos Aidv-
pos. 20:16 gaffowt, 3 Mystas didé-
oxads, comp. 1: 39. Ax.

Aeippe, atos, +6, (laine, 4 rem
nant, what is left, meton. of pers. some
remaining, Rom. 11:5. So Sept. for
sy) Josh. 13:12, mynd 2 K. 19: 4.

Atiog 478

—pp. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 289. 18, Hdot.
1.119. .

Atos, cx, ov, smooth, level, plain,
opp. reazis. “Luke 3: 5 ely 380i Aelas,
quoted from Is. 40: 4 where Heb.
sepa Sets nila hel.V. F3.

eu Erg. 1. 286, et Xen. Mem.
i 20 Lely 5365.
Aino, f. yes, to leave, to forsake,
p. trans, Huian. 1.10.2. Xen. Ven. 3.
g WN. T.

8) Pass. to be left, forsaken of any
thing, i.e, to be destitute of; to lack, veg.
gen, James 1: 5 04 11g dudy lelneras
coglas. ‘2:15. Comp. Buttm. § 132 5.
2 Seq. & nde James 1: 4, i, e. to
be, wanting in nothing, i. q. rdluos,
3déxdn906-—Comp. Jos, Ant. 9.11. 2 of-
8b pus dgarig Grxalsinero.

b) intrans. to fail, to lack, to be want-
ing, ©. dat. of pors. Luke 18: 22 irs iy
gos dele. Tit. 3: 13. 1a deinonta
‘Tit. 1: 5. — Wisd. 19: 4. Pol, 13. 2. 2.
Diod. 8.1.5. On the derivation of
the intrans, from the trausitive signif,
see Passow s. v. no. 4.

Aswroveyéa, &, f. How, (lertovg-
795 q. ¥-) PP. fo perform some public ser-
wice, to serve the public, sc. at one’s own
expense, intrans. Dem. 833. 25. Ieocr.
161. C. In N. T. genr. to serve, to

a) publicly in religious worship, e. g.
the priests of the O. T. absol. Heb. 10:
11; of christian teachers, seq. 7 xugl
Acts 13:2 Sept. for nw Num. 18:
9. Deut. 10: 8, — Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 2
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 22,

b) by impl. in a more private sense,
to minister to any one, to supply pecu-
niary aid, c. dat. Rom. 15: 27. — Test.
XII Pate. p. 689 ot olxrelger lerzovg-
yoirta ang ty xaxi. Comp. Xen.
Mem. 2.7. 6.

Aetoueyla, as, % (tuxovpyés q.
v.) public service, public offce, i.e. such
Athens and elsewhere were ad-
ministered by the citizens in turn andat
their own expense, as a part of the sys-
tem of finance, Jos, Ant. 16.5.3. Ael.
V. H. 6. 6 Dem. 1209.2 Comp.
Xen. Ooec. 2.6. Boeckh Staatshaush.
der Athener I. p. 480, IL p. 62. Pot-

Ants

ter’s Gr. Ant I. p. 85—In N. T. genr.
service, ministry, &. &

a) wa) ofthe public ministrations of the
Jewish priesthood, Luke 1:23 af spd-
gas tic Aesoupylas aiod. Heb, & 6
$:21. ‘Trop. of the ministry of « chris-
tian teacher in bringing men wo the

faith, Phil. & 17 des tis iors
Guar. Sept, and maz Ex. 3& 2.
Num. & 22— Jos. B.J.4.1. 4, Diod.
Sic. 1. 21.

b) by impl. friendly service, kind of-

fice, gour. Phil. 2: 30. Spoken of ales,
i.e. public collections in the churebes,
2 Cor. 9: 12.

Aecroupyixcs, 7, Ov, pertaining
to the public service e. g. of the temple,
Sept. oxein 2. for nwt ee) Nom. &
12. myay > Num.
act. ministering, rendering service to
others, Heb. 1: 14 Lectougyixd sevetuate,
sc. eg Siaxovlay etc. Comp. on the
ministry of angels Ps. 34: 8. 91: 11 sq.
Matt. 13: 49. 16:27. Philo de Gigant
p. 286.

Asuroveyos, ov, 6, ( dads, Listes
v. dsizog popular, able, and ig7or,)
@ public servant, minister, such as im
‘Athens performed or administered the
Jarovpyia: at their own expense, comp.
in Aetougyla, and Boeckh and Pouer
as there cited. — In N. T. a mémister,
servant, viz.

a) genr. e.g. tol Seoi, Rom. 1% 6
Heb. 1: 76 6 mouy tous lutovpyois «o-
toi wugd¢ @loya, quoted from Ps. 104:
4 where Sept. for nyt, comp. 1 K.
10: 5.—Ecclus. 10. 2.

b) spoken of a priest in the Jowish
sense, Heb. 8:2 sav dylew Lerrougyés.
Bo Sept. and nwWy Neh. 10: 39. Jer.
33:21. Of Paul as a minister of Christ,
of the gospel, Rom. 15: 16. — Dioa.
Hal. Ant. 2. 73 2. taiv Secry.

¢) by impl. Phil. % 25 lecroupyio nie

xezlas pow, a minister for my wants, ie.
one who ministers to my wants.

Aégvuoy, ov, 16, Lat. lentexm, a
linen cloth, ¢. g. a towel, apron, worn
by servants and persons in waiting.
John 13: 4, 5.—Sueton, Calig. 26 suc-
cinctos Linteo.

Anis, idos, 4, (déxos, téxw,) o

Aénga

scale, crust, 6. g. from the oes Acts 9:
18. Sopot tabs for nigptop Lev. 11:
9, 10,—Diod, Sic. 10. Bi si hin plates,
lamina,

Adnga, as, 4, (lagds,) leprosy,
in which the skin becomes scaly etc.
Bee Jahn § 188 eq. Calmet s. v. Rees?
Cyclop. sv. Matt. 8:3. Mark I: 42,
Luke 5: 12, 13. Sept. for ny x Lev.
13: 2, 3 aq.—Joe. Ant. 3. 11. 3,4.” Hdot.
1, 138, .

Aengos, ov, 6, (hénos, denls,) pp.
scaly, scabby, hence a leper, one dis-

479

Anves
04, c. & 5 eq. Joa Ant 9. 13, 3.
Jahn § 362 oq.

Asvittxos, 7, ov, Levitical, per-
taining to the Levites, Heb. 7: 11.

Aevaaive, f. avi, (dnnis,) to
whiten, to make white, e.g. tag otohdg

for abr Ps. 51:9. Is. 1: 18, — Hom.
Od, 12.172, Eurip. Iph. Aul. 157.

Aevxos, 7, ov, (tute, isvaow, Lat.
luceo,) pp. light, i. e. emitting light,
shining, glittering, radiant, and hence

‘ant white.

eased with leprosy, Matt. 8&2 10:8. radiant

11: 5, Mark 1:40. Luke 4:27, 7:22.
17: 12 luv & amgds, Simon the lep-
ez, i. e. who bad been aleper, Matt, 26:
G. Mark 14:3 Sept. for siz Lev.
18: 44, 45, 97x 2 Sam. 3:29. 2K
7: 8—Jos, Aut. 8.'11. 4,

Aentoy, ov, 18, ( neut. of lentés
thin,) the name of the smallest Jewish
coin, like Engl. mile. Its value was
balf'a Kodedveng q. ¥. or the eighth
Part of an’ Accagioy q. v. and it was
therefore equal to about one fifth of
one cent. Comp. Jabn § 117. Mark
12: 42. Luke 12: 59, 21:2—pp. derséy
xdgpa Alciphr. 1. Ep. 9. dentor vous
gpa Pollux On, 9, 92.

Avi: or Aevitt, accus. Asviv Wi-
ner § 10.1, Levi, pr. n. of four per-
sons in N. T.

1. The third son of Jacob and Leab,
the head of the tribe of Levi, Heb. 7:
5,9. Rev. 7:7.

2. Two of the ancestors of Jesus,
Luke 3: 24, 29,

8. One of the apostles, the son of
Alpheus, called also Matthew, Mark 2:
14. Luke 5: 27,29, Comp. Matt. 9: 9.

Aevi‘ing, ov, 5, a Levite, one of
the posterity of Levi, spoken in N. T.
of the descendants of the three great
families into which this tribe was di-
vided, the heade of which were Ger-
shom, Kohath, and Merari, Num, 3:
17 sq, These were appointed by the
Mosaic law to be @ie ministers and ser-
vants of the priests, and to perform
the menial offices of the temple and
temple service, Luke 10: 32, John 1:
19. Acts 4: 36. See Num. 1: 50 8q.

8) pp. of raiment, espec. that of an-
gols etc, Mark 16: 5. John 20: 12. Acts
1:10. Rev. 84, 5,18 4:4. 6 I. 7
9,18. 19:14. Luke 9: 29 6 iuarsopds
atrod lavxds Gaotgeixrer. Matt. 17: 2
Anat tig 10 aig, 28: 8 et Mark 9: 3 2
sie isl, comp. Dan. 7: 9 where Sept.
for 717. Ofa throne Rev. 20: 11. —
Hom. Od. 6.45. Il. 14. 185: xgijdeuvor
Aauxdy sédios dis.

b) genr. white, e. g. hair Matt. 5: 36,
Rev. 1:14, astone Rev.2:17, a cloud
14:4. 0 horse 6: 2 19: 11,14. 8
field ripe for the harvest John 4: 35.
Sept. for a> Lev. 13:3, 4. Zech. 1:
8. 6:3, —Hdian. 5. 6.16. Xen. Ag.
1.28.

Aor, ovzoc, 6, a lion, Heb. 11:
33, 1 Pet. 5: 8, Rev. 4:7. 9: 8, 17. 10:
3. 1&2 Sept. for "4% 1 Sam. 17:
34, 36, 37. rqR Judg. ‘14: 5, 8, 9. —
Pol. 5. 35.13, Xen. Ven. 11. 1.—Trop.
for a cruel adversary, perseculor, 2 Tim.
4:17 ég§badny ex otdpetos déortos,
where some understand Nero, and oth-
ers Satan; comp. Ps. 7:2. Prov. 28:
15. Ez. 22:25, (Jos, Ant. 20. 6. 10, of
Tiberius.) Also for a hero, powerful
deliverer, Rev. 5:5 léwy 6 dv tx quliig
*Toida, comp. Neb. 2: 13. Jer. 49: 18,

Aihy, 48, 4s (harder) forget-
fulness, oblivion, e. g. IjSyr lopBévesr
1. g; to forget, 2 Pet. 1:9, comp. in Aap-
Béve no. 1, £—Jos. Ant. 2.6.10, Ael.
H. A. 4, 35. Xen.'Mem. 1. 2, 21.,

Anvos, ov, & e %, @ trough, e. g.
for drinking, watering, Sept. for 03.
Gen. 30: 39, 42, Hom. Hymn. in Merc.
104. Iu N. T. winedrough, wine-vat, viz.

Aggos

a) the upper vat or press, into which
the grapes were cast und trodden by
men, Rev. 14: 19, 20 bis, 19:15. Sepe
for jeh. 18: 15, Is, 63: 2. — Diod.
Sic, 3. 63. Anacr, 52. 4.—It was some-
times hewn in a rock, and had a gra-
ted opening near the bottom through
which the liquor fowed off into a low-
er vat. See Jahn § 69.

b) the lower vat, dug in the rock
‘or earth as above, i. q. dzolsyoy, Matt.
21:83, coll. Mark 12: 1; also Is, 5:2
where Heb. 37°, Sept. xgokjrior. Sept.
Aqvés for 32% Prov. 3: 10. Joel. 2: 24.—
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 259. 3. Schol. in
- Aristoph. Bed 154, Wetstein N. T. I.
p- 466. - oa AS

Aiigos, ov, 6, tattle, idle talk, Luke
M4: 11.—Jos, B. J. 3.8.9, Xen. An. 7.
7.41.

Agorys, ov, 6, (iste, AniZopas to
plunder,) a plunderer, robber, Matt. 21:
13 dnilaioy dyotiir. 26: 55, Mark 11:
17, 14: 48. Luke 10: 80,36. 19:46, 22:
5. John 10: 1. 18: 40. 2 Cor. 11: 26.
‘Matt. 27: 38, 44 et Mark 15: 27, comp.
Luke 23: 93 xaxoigyos, Trop. John
£0: 8, comp. in Kidneys. Sept. onqlas-

oy inotéy for Dep ny Jer. 7:
11. — Hdian. 1. 10, 3° Xen.'H. G.&
4.35.

Aijyns, sos, %, (hayBérm) a re~
ceiving, receipt, only Phil. 4: 15, for
which see in co. —Ecclus. 41: 19.
47.

Ale, adv. much, very, exceed-

e.g. with a verb, Matt. 2 16
Bees0e Gat and take m8,
Th. 4: 15. 2John4, 3John3. Sept.
for “in Gen. 4:5. 1 Sam, 1: 15—
Xen. An. 6. 1.28. — With an adject.
Mat. 4: 8 gos tyyléy Mav. 8: 28,
Mark 9:3. Sept. for INQ Gen.
— Paleeph. 28.1. Kon. Ag. 5.
With other adverbs, Mark 1: 35 get
Frvugoy May, see in”Evrugos. 6: 51. 16:
2.—Lue. Pise. 34.— For of trig May 2
Cor. 11: 5, 12 11, see in ‘tnaghtay.

AcBavos, ov, 6, pp. arbor thuri-
fora, the tree which produces frankin-
‘cense, growing in Arabia and around
Mount Lebanon, Hdot. 4, 75. Lob. ad

480

Apiy

Phryn. p. 16799. Comp. Plim. H. N.
moral. Thoophr. H. Plame. 9. 1,
3 4 Later and in N. T. frankincense,
ia t and fre-
grant gum ‘which disile from inelions
in the above tree, and was used by the
ancients as incense, comp. Ex 30: 34
In modern times it is classed among
drugs, and is sometimes called like.
num. Matt. 11. Rev. 18:13. Sept.
for Heb. m5 Ex.l.c. Lev. 21. 5
I1—Diod. Sic. 3. 41. Hdian. 4. & 20,
See Rees’ Cyclop. art. Frankincense. 3;
AtBaveros, ot, 6, (luBerds, q v.)
pp. frankincense, Ael. V. H. 11 5.
Haan. 5.5. 12' InN. 'T. mete. «
censer for. burning incense, thurse-
lum, Rev. 8 3 tzur Lifaretéy zovsvir.

VB Pte tak Bi
AiBegtivos, ou, 6, Lat. libertinns,

a Whertine, i.e. a freed-man of Rome,
either personally made free or born of
freed parents, see Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 94, 41 sq. InN, T. Acts 6:9 reriz
tiv bx Tis cuvayeriig this Reyouseng fs
Begrlver, certain m of that belonging to the
synagogue of the Libertines 20 called.
‘These were probably Jews, who hav-
ing been carried as captives to Rome,
and there freed by their mesters, had
settled down as residents in that city,
ie. as Roman freed-men. Philo ex-
pressly affirms hat a large section of
the city beyond the Tiber was occupi-
ed by Jows of this character, Leg. ad
Cai. p. 1014. C, or Opp. IL p. 568.
‘Tacitus also relates, that under ‘Tyberi-
us 4000 freed-men who professed the
Jewish religion were at once trans-
ported to Sardinia, Annal. 2. 85. Comp.
Sueton. Tiber. 36. See Loesner Ob&
in N.'T. p. 180. Kuinoel IV. p.220.—
Others read by conject. Aivotiner,

|. Libyans.

AcBuin, 8, 4, Libya, Acts % 10, 0
region of Africa, west of Egypt along
the coast of the Mediterranean, and ex-
tending back indefinitely into the des-
ert. The tract slong the coast wes di-
vided under the Romans into two
parts; on the east Libya Marmarica,
and towards the west Libya Cyrenaica,
go called from ite chief city Cyrene,

Adale

‘and called also Libya Pentapotie from
the five cities which ft contained,
Apollonia, Arsinoé, Berenice, Cyrene,
Prolemais. In all these cities there
dwek many Jews. Plin. H. N. 5.5.
Jos, Ant. 14 7.2 Comp. in Kugiry.

AF e500, f. cow, (MIo5,) te stone,
to pelt with stones, in order to wound
or kill, seq. acc. John 10: 31, 32, 33.
41:8, Acts 5:26. 14:19, 2 Cor. 1:
25, Heb. 11: 37, Bo Sept. and bp 2
Sam. 16: 6, 13.—Pol. 10. 29, 5,

Aédcv0g, 7, Or, (19e5,) stone, of
atone, i.e. made of stone. John %6
Tglas Al Fords. 2 Cor. 3:3. Rev. 9: 20.
Sept. for 738 Gen. 35: 14, Ex. 31: 17.
—Lue. Demon. 67. Ken. An. 3.4. 7, 9.

ArdoBorda, &, ¥ gow, (2190s,
Bidda,) to throw stones at any one, to
stone, ec, in order to wound or kill, i. q.
Mdétee, weq. accus, Matt. 21:35. 23:37.
Mark 12 4, Luke 13: 34. Acts 7: 58,
59. 14:5. As a Mosaic punishment,
John & 5. Comp. Lev. 20: 10 et Deut.
22:22, coll. v. 21 where Sept. and Spo.
Heb. 12: 20, comp. Ex. 19: 13 where
Gop. end po. Also for 03> Lev.
20: 97, 24: 14,16. Comp. Jahn § 257.
Plt. X. p. 202. 15. ed. Reiske.

Alvos, ov, é, a atone, a) PP as
of small stones, Matt. 4:3 ive of USor
otro: Gero: yévewras. v, 6 7:9, Mark
5 5. al Eept, and a fai Chr. 12; 2.

0. 5.2.14.) OF
mm Matt. 24:2. Mark
13: 1 1e noramo? Udo. v. 2, Luke 19:
44. For the size and beauty of the
stones with which the temple was
Dyilt, see Jos, Ant. 15, 11.3. B,J. 5.
5.18q. Ezra 5: 8 where Sept. Udo.
Exdexros for 553 RS. (Xen. Mem. 3,
1.7) Of am ne 2, puluxds Mark
ae Rev, 18: 21. (Hdien, 31. 14)
Of a mone for covering the door or
mouth of a sepulebre, Matt. 27: 60, 66,
%8: 2. Mark 15; 46. Luke 24:2. John
11: 38. al. Sept and 739 Gen. 29: 2,
3,8, 10. (Luc. de Luctu 19.) Of
stone tablets 2 Cor. 3: 7, comp. Ex. 31:
1,4, OF idols carved in stone i.e.
statues of marble Acts 17:29, So Sept.
and 73% Deut 4: 28. 2& 36, Of pre-

61

481

Aiitosrpotos

clones mones, d:e¢ Rev. 17:4,
1G: 12, 16, 21: 11, 19. crop. 1 Cor. 3:
12. USo0g iaome Rev. 4: 3 Qe i.
Sept. and J: Fs he 2 1% 30.
1K. 10:2, 11. 2 op, Ex. 3525, Ez.
10: 1.—Jos, Ant 10, 2,2, Hdian. 4. 8.
2.
b) trop. spoken (a) of Christ, as
éxpoyuriaiog, Eph. % 20. 1 Pot.
2:6; see in “dxgoyursaies. As 6 U-
Sos tir 1 Pet. & 4, vee in Zéw a. 7.
As 6 180g xgosxdppatos, stone of stum-
Ding, Rom. 9: 32, 33. 1 Pet. 27, i.e.
the occasion or cause of fall, destrue-
tion, to the Jews, since they took
offence at his person and character,
and thus rejected their spiritual deliv-
erer. Comp. Is. 8: 14 et ibi Gesen.
comm. — (8) Of Christians as sos
Cowres 1 Pet. 2:5, vee in Zw a. 7. AL.

Aidda1g0r0¢, ou, 6, %, adj. (-
‘Gos, oxgcivryne,) stone-strowed, paved,
App. Bell. Civ. 3. 26 é lSootperty xé-
du. Art. Epict. 4.7. 87 oot piles nag
ay ty srog [olxjpoos) oxjoyre,
i.e. houses decotated with tesselated
or Mosaic pavements, as was customa-
ry at Rome after the time of Syila,
Plin, H. N. 36. 25 or 64. Sueton. Cues.
46. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 529.—In N.
T. neut. ro AsGvorgeroy, pavement,
i.e. a tesselated pavement of Mosaic
work as above, common not only at
Rome, but imitated also in the prov-
inces. Suetonius relates (L c.) that Ju-
lius Caesar in his military expeditions
took with him pieces of marble ready
fitted, in order that wherever he en-
camped they might be laid down in the
practorium, Hence John 19:13 6 de

« iyayer Ew tov’ Inooty, xa bec
Sune énl rot Briparsos tig ténow hays
paver LuSéorgenor, “Eppaiat: 81 yapBa-
9%, i. e. he led Jesus out of the praeto-
rium, whither the Jews might not en-
ter, and took bis seat upon the public
tribunal, Bjjua, which stood upon a tes-
gelated pavement, comp. Jos. B. J. 2.
9. 3. Others suppose the similar
pavement in the temple to be meant,
Jos. B. J. 61.8. ib. 6. 3. 2; buta
Roman magistrate could hold no such
proceedings in the temple. ‘ See Wet-
atein N. T.in loc. Krebs Obs. in N. T.

Anpaw

PI 158 9q.—Sept. for F1%> Cant, 3: 10.
2 Chr. 7:3. Esth, 1: 6 Comp.
in EBB ada.

Auxpcioa, &, £. joes, (haxpdg a win-
nowing-fork,) to winnow sc. grain,
which in the East is done by throwing
it with a fork ageinst the wind, which
ecatters the straw and chaff, Horn. Il.
5.500. Xen. Occ. 18, 2, 6. Comp.
Jahn § 65. Calmet art. Thrashing p.
891. Hence by impl. to scatter, to dis-

peree, Sept. Is. 17:13. Amos 9:9, Wied.
i: ih 1.—In N. T. trop. Matt. 21: 44 et

Luke 20: 18 dg’ Sy 8° dy méon [5 1l905},.

Lixpioes airoy, it shall scatter him to the
winds, i.e. crush bim in pieces, make
chaff of him. So Sept. for Chald. 55
Aph. Dan. 2: 44, gig Job 27: 21.

Acuny, évos, 6, a haven, harbour,
port, Acts 27: 12 bis, v. 8 see in Kalob
1. Sept. for tim Ps. 107: 30.—Diod.
Bic. 3, 38. Xen. An, 6, 4. 1.

Aiurn, 98, 4, (Aeifo,) pp. any
standing water, pool, lake, e. g. the lake
of Gennesareth, Luke 5: 1 maga tiy 2.
Tevmpougit. absol. 5:2, 8: 22, 28, 33.
Of a lake of burning sulpbur, e. g. ye
dvva_q.v. Rev. 19:20. 20: 10, 14, 15.
21:8. Comp. in“Aidqs. Sept. for D3
Pa. 107: 35, 114: 8, — 2 Mace. 12: 16,
Diod. Sic. 2. 4. Xen. HL. G. 3.2. 19.

Anos, ob, 5, (letra, dédeyypeu,)
also Dor. 7 suds in Mes. Luke 15: 14,
Acts 11:28, comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 188;
<Pp. failure, want, wc. of food, hence
hunger, fomine.

a) of single persons, hunger, 2 Cor.
11: 27 dy ipa xad Sipe, Luke 15: 17.
Rom, 8:35. Sept. for 395 Lam. 5: 10.
—So Ayuse ¥ dtpos Luc. Tox. 58. Ken,
Mem. 1 4 12

b) of cities or countries, famine, scar-

‘ity of grain, Matt. 24: 7 scovras Aypod
zat Joysol Mark 13:8, Luke 4:25, 15:
V4, 21:11, Acts 7:1L 11:28. Rev. 6:8,
18:8. Sept. for 399 Gen. 12:10. Ruth
1:1. al. —1 Ma 24, Diod. 8.1.
$4 init. Ken. Cyr. 7. 5.7.

Avvoy, ow, +6, flax, e. g. the plant,

Sept.for mizcp Ex. 9: 31. Xen. Ath. 2
1,12. In d gene. what is made
of flax, Jinen, e.g. raiment Rev. 15:

482

Aoykopat
6 tdedyuivos Urey xadagée. Comp.
Sept. and mize Is. 1%: 9. — Hom. IL

9, 661, Od, 13. 73, — Put aleo for the
wick of a candle or lamp, i. e. a strip of
linen, Matt, 12: 20 Livor tupopever ev
oféaes, the smoking wick he will net
ive, the faint and almost ex-
piring light he will not extinguish, quo-
ted from Is. 423 where Sept. and
mintig. Sense: the Messiah will speak
peace and comfort to the oppressed,
and will not add to their sorrows, See
Geeen. Comm. in loc.
Atvos, ov, 6, Linus, pr. a. of a
Christian, 2 Tim. 4: 21.
Aineegos, c, Oy, (Ar0s,) fat, e. g.
Xen. Cyr. 1.4.11. 9 7 Sepe
Neh. 9: 85. full, fresh, ruddy, e. g. the
goddess Gis Hen, Theog. 901. L-
mago} 16 modcwna Plut. Agesi. 29. In
N. T. of things, espec. as belonging to
ornament and luxury, shining, precious,
sumptuous, Rey. 18:14 ndvea va laxegs
xat td laymgd dxdleo—Hom. 0. 2
406. Pind, Olymp. 8. 108 usages moe-

Me fdrga, as, 4, Lat. libra, @ pound,
sc, in weight. Jobn 123 lafotes i-
tear pigor. 19: 39.—Pol. 22.26. 19. —
‘The Alrga varied in different countries;
the Roman libra was divided into 1?
ounces, and was equivalent to about
12 ounces avoirdupois. Adam's Rom.
Ant. p. 490. Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath.
I. p.17, Jahn § 117. Rabb. eye,
Buxt. Lex. 1138 04.

Aity, ABos, 6, pr. 0. for the south
or south-west wind, Pol.10, 10.1. Hdow
2.95. Sept. for ay Pe. 7& 26. In
N.'T. meton. for the south, the south-
ern quarter, Acts 27:12 Sept. for
233 Gen. 13: 14, Tra Num. % 10.

Aoyila, ac, i, (liye to collect, «
collection sc. of money 1 Cor. 16 1,2
Suid, Joylax tiv culloytr. So Theo-
doret and others in loc. Not found
in classic writers.

Aoyifouct, f. icone, depon. Mid.
(26705,) aor. 1 doywépqy. Also aor.
1 pass. doyic9n» Mark 15: 28. al. and
fut. 1 pass, loyicSyjcopes Rom. 2 26,
in the passive sense, comp. Buttm.
$113, n. 6 Math, § 495. e Even

Aoyopee

the present of this verb is also used
passively Rom. 4:4, 5,24, 9:8; see
Winer § 39.7... Comp. Buttm. Ausf,
Sprachl. § 118. n. 7.— Tb reason, i. ©.
to use the reason, to think, to consider,
to reckon,

a) geor. Mark 11:31 xa} doyitorro
x65 iavrovs. seq. Sts Heb. 11: 19,
oito Sts 2 Cor. 10:7. Seq. ace. of
thing, fo think upon, to consider, Phil. 4:
8 rove loylieoSe, — Wisd. 2:1. Plut.
ed. R. V1. p. 398. Teocr. p. 79. B.
Xen. Hil. 11. c. dr Xen. H.G. 2
4.28, atta Thue. 7. 73.—In the
gonse of to reason out, to think out, to
find out by thinking. 2 Cor. 3:5 obx
ixavol dopey dq’ tavecy, loyloasSal 1
x1. Comp. Sept. and azn Jer. 11:
19. 50: 45. iban. XLIV. p. 914. D,
dg iavtéy aita doyifusro: nad oxo-
otraegob Ouocsal sie.

b) of the result of reasoning, to con-
clude, to judge, to suppose, to hold, seq.
ace. et inf. Rom. 28 loyiféusda vite,
SixarobcSas nlotss &rPgumoy. Phil. 3:
18, 2 Cor, 11:5. Rom. 6 11. 14: 14.
seq. Sx instead of acc. et inf. Rom. 8:
18 doyltonas yap, dre oie Gta x. 1. 1.
weq. tobt0 Sts 2 3. 2 Cor. 10: 11. absol.
1 Pet. 5:12. Sept. and sun Is. 53: 4.
— Hin. 2. 11.14. Diod, 8. 13. 112.
Xen. Vect. 4. 43.:Mem. 3.9.6. c. Ste
Hien. 3, 8.6. 0 Jos. Ant. 7.7.3. —
So genr. to reason, to judge, absol. 1
Cor. 18: 11 s vii dhoyitouqr. seq.
sig teva 2 Cor. 12: 6. Also in the sense
of to purpose, 2 Cor. 10:2 Loylouce

So Sept. and str Neh, 6:
2.—Xen. An. 2, 2, 13.

¢) to reckon as or for any thing,
fo count, lo regard, to hold, c. acc. et
neq. 036, 1 Cor. 4:1 ottes suds doyits-
a8e drOpunos, a; inngétas Xp. 2Cor.
10: 2ult. Rom. & 36 quoted from Ps.
44: 23 where Sept. and Sar, a8 also
Am. 6. 5. (c, dupl. ace. Wisd. 5:4. 15:
45.) Seq. tie ©. ace. for or as any
thing, see Eig no. 3.0. Acta 19: 27 sig

aidir loyiedivas. (Wied. 9: 6.) Rom.
&: 26. 9 8 ta tixva... doylteras tie
onigua, where oy iereas i is either pass.
or we may supply 5 Sed¢, 41 yeagy, etc.
Sept, for > sot 1 Sam. 1: 13, — Seq.
METG ©, gen, to reckon with or to, i. ©. to
count as. Mark -15: 28 et Luke 2% 37

483

Aoyws

usta dvéper dloyleGy, quoted from Is.
58: 12 where Sept. for mig 123 Niph.
So Heb. ,by awn, Sept. mpooloylte~
oOas pstd, Ps. 88:'5,

4) to reckon or count to any one, pp.
to put to one’s account, seq. dat. Rom.
44 6 88 Seyatopiry & puodos ob,
loylerras xavi xdqu. — Dio Chrysost.
XLVIIL, p. 534. B, 0884 ob yordis cole
Ténvorg dt} tay avalemcdroy ta sizag
JoyiKorre:. Ael. H. An. 3, 11 ult.
comp. Thuc. 2. 40, — Hence trop, to
tmpute, to attribute, pp. seq. dat. of pers.
and ace. of thing, but often in the pass,
construction. (a) genr. Rom. 4: 6 ¢
6 S20g Ioylferar dixarocivay yogis Eo-
yer. v.11. 80 of evil, to impute, to
lay to one's charge, and with a neg. net
to impute i. e. to over fo forgive,
Rom. 4: 8 paxtiguos dng @ ob un oyl-
oyras xiguos Guagtiay, quoted from Ps.
32:2 where Sept. for > awit. 2 Cor.
5: 19, (comp. Col. 2: 13) Tim. 4:
16. 1 Cor. 13: 5. So Sept. and 33h
2 Sam. 19: 20.—(8) Also seq, eZ¢ 11, &.
g. Rom. 4: 5,9 dloyladn 1G *ABguéys 5
mlotig alg Sixavocingy, i.e. Abraham's
faith was imputed to him as righteous-
ness, he was treated on account of it
asif righteous. So with 4 nlotis or
the like impl. Rom. 4: 3, 22, Gal. 3: 6.
James % 23. ¢. sig impl. Rom. 4: 10,
23,24. Comp. Gen. 15:6 where Sept.
and 3aihy —I Mace. 2: 52,

Aoyixes, 7, dv, (iéyos,) rational,
pertaining to the reason, mind, under-
standing, not material. Rom. 12 1 do-
yrs hargela, comp. John 4:23 et Rom.
7:25. 1 Pet. 2:2 yada loyindy i. ©. nu-
triment for the mind.—Test. XII Patr.
P-547 xgorpigoucs xugly Loy wiv mpoo-
goody. Opp. to Gloyos Arr. Epict. 1.
2.1, Anthol. Gr. III. p. 87.

Aoyioy, ov, x6, (neut. of 267105,)
something uttered, effatum ; spoken of
God, an oracle, a divine communication,
e. g. of oracles in the O. T. Acts 7: 38.
Rom. 3: 2. So through Christ, the
doctrines of the gospel, Heb. 5:12 1
Pet. 4:11. Sept. for syn Ps. 12 7.
—Diod. Sic. 2. 14. Huot. 4. 178.

Abyung, ov, 5, 4, adj. (dyes) Att.
learned, erudite, i. q. nolvietmg, Dion.

Aoyioucs ;

484

Asyos

44a eee

Hal, Ant. 1.7. Hdot.9.77. fo N.T.
eloquent, on orctor, i. q. loruxée, Acts
18: 24 dvig Adyios. —Jos. Ant. 17. 6. 2
Lue. Gall. 2, Plut, Ciecro 48, Bee
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 198.

Aoytopse, ov, 8, (toyKouan) pp-.
reckoning ji. e, the art, arithmetic, Xen.
Mem. 2.7.8. In N. T. reasoning,
thought, cogitation, e. g. of conscience
Rom. % 15. — genr. Wied. 9: 14, Jos,
Ant. 5.1.26. Dem, 127. 24.— In the
sense of device, counsel, 2 Cor. 10: 5 o-
rapors xaS-arpoivres. Bept. for maZNN
Prov. 6:18, Jer. 11: 19, Conip. in
Aoy tZopas b, ult.

oyouazdo, @, ow, (oyope—

x05; fr. léyos, poizn,) to strive about
Zonda, 10 dispute about trifles, 2 Tim.
= 14,

Aoyouazia, as, % (id. ) word-

strife, diapute about trifles, 1 Tim. 6: 4.

Aoyos, ov, 5, (déye,) word, as spo-
ken, any thing spoken ; also reason, ox
manifesting itself in the power of
speech ; hence both Lat. oratto and ra-
tio. Comp. Passow « v.

I. Word, both the act of speaking
‘and the thing spoken, Lat. oratio,

a) word, as uttered 1 the living
voice, a speaking, speecl h, utterance, Lat,
pas; Matt G8 poveo ah aim’ Jer. Luke
7:7. %3:9. 1 Cor. 14:9, Heb, 12: 19,
al. Sept. for 733 Gen. 44: 18.—Hdian.
8.6.16. Hdot.‘. 61. Xen. Cyr. & 4.
5.—So alxsiw leyer xate tiv0s, to speak
avord against any ove, Matt. 12: 32.
ake vera id. Luke 12: 10.—Jos. Ant. 15,
3.9—Aleo ¢ Adyos rou O08, the word
of God, bis omnipotent voice, decree,
2 Pet. & 5,7. So Sept. and 133 Ps.
3& 6 comp. Gea. 1: 3. Pe. 148: 5.

b) sword, emphat. i. e. a saying, dee
laration, inane Lat. dictum,

hem, (a) genr. John & 60 oxdngos
Corot s 6 hoyos. Luke 20: 20. me
7:%A dong dxotes pou rods léyovs tov

tov. v.26. 10: 14. Luke 4: 22, al. ie

Sept. and Prov. 4: 4, 20. (Ael. V.
HL 14.15 rots Zomperous Adyous.) So
in reference to words or declarations,
e.g. which precede, Matt. 15: 12 of

Sxoteurtes toy doyor, ac. in
we Seq 1% 3 ool, v.21, Mark 7:20

coll. v.98, Jobn&® WM 4 50, 7: 40
coll. v. 87, 10:19. Actes 4. Ti &
8. Rev. 19:9. (Xen. Mem. @. 2 22)
Or which follow, John 1838. Acts 20:
85. Rom. 13: 9, 1 Cor. 15: 54. 1 Time
&1. Sept.and a33:1K.2 4, Seq.
gon. of thing, @. §. Méyos tmayyalios
Rom, % 9.) si¢ Sgaapooles Heb. 7:
28. Also 6 Aoyog rou npogyreu ete.
the word, declaration, ef the prophet, ie.
prediction, prophecy, Luke 3: 4 Joba
12 28, Acts 1& 13, 2 Pet. 1: 1% Rev.

1:3, Inthe sense of preverd, mazia,

Joha 4:37. — Ach V.H. 1.10. Lys, Lye

religious duties, ete, i. q. doctrine, pre-
Ate 3815 36 me jou pas

Botner 1 Theos, 1a. a Tim. >
17. of a teacher J 20. fe
5 Meet of |, 28,—1 Mase.

divine Rom. as Heb. 4:2
(Sept. and as Pa 224. 56 5) or
evil, Heb. 4:12, Ror. a4 from Pa
51:6 where Bept, asd "27. Rom &
28 from Is, 10: 92, 23, where Sept. for
rhe. (Bar. % 1.) In relation to de
ties, ete. precept, John & 55, 5! a
Mark 7:13 Bept and 24 Ex. 2 1.

So of the divine declarations, precepa,
oracles, relating to the instructions of
men in religion, the Word ef Gedjie
the divine doctrine, the doctrines and
precepts of the Gospel, tax Gosrss i-
self. Luke 5: 1 dxotey tor loyer vei
Swi. John 17:6. Acts 4:29, 31. &
14, 1 Cor, 14: 36. 2Cor. 4:2. Col. iz
25, 1 Thees, % 12, Tit. Heb. 1
7. 0. tou Oso ipl. Mark 26:20. Lake
1:2, Acts 19: 44, Phil}: 14. 2 Tie.
4: 2 sijgvSov toy léyor. James 1:21. 1
Pet. 2: 8. Rev. 1% 11. 80 6 doyos rig
aly Stias 3. 2 Tim. 15

Acts 13:26, 2. tiie Paaileiag Matt. 1%
19, and with tijg A. jimpl. v.20 oq. Mark
4:14 oq. 2. tad ebayyaldew Aces 15 7.
1 rob craved 1 Cor. 11K 6 1. His
zéqst0s eitos Acts 2: St In the
ame souse of Christ, d ldyes ros X¢.

Abyos

John 5 WA. 14:28, 4, Col. & 16. a
206 wuglov Acta & 25. 6 1. tile xeigstes
abrob Acta 14:3. |

©) word, words, i.e. talk, discaurse,
apeech, Lat. sermo, the act of diseours-
ing, holding forth, harangue, ete. | (s)
Pp. and (1) genr. Matt, 2215 dnes
abrir xaydsowcw by Li7y. Luke %
2B. Acts 14: 12 6 fyotpsros rot Adyov,
2 Cor. 10: 10. by lire ‘in word, in dis-
course, James 3:2. 1 Tim. 4:12, é&
Aoye xoloxelas flattering words 1 Thess.
25. dea ldyou by werd, by discourse,
orally, Acts 15:27. 2Thess, 2:2, 15.
im antith. lyes and igyoy, word and
deed, Col. 3:17. 2 Cor. 10:11. comp.
in” Zgyoy b. 8. (Dion, Hal. Ant. 6. 87
ult. Xen. Mem. 1.2.59.) ldyos and
Stvapig 1 Cor, 4: 19, 20. 1 Thess. 1:5.
Also negi ab nods iptv 5 doyos of
whom we have much to say, Heb. 5: 11.
e. gen, 1 Tim. 4: 5 dua Aoyou S20 xa
dvsziteers through prayer to God and

ication, comp. in Ayding b. B. —
Jos. Ant. 4. 8 24. Palaeph. 21. 2.
Hdian. 1.4.1. Dem, 319. 9.—(2) Of
teachers etc. discourse, feaching, preach
tng, instruction, Matt. 7: 28 Ste cuvesé-
Asow 6 °F. tovg léyous sovsovs. 26: 1.
Luke 4 32, 86. John 4: 41. Acts 241.
18: 15. 20: 7 nagéteve 109 Aéyor. 1 Cor.
4: 17, & 1,4. 1 Tim. 5: 17 év oye xab
SiSuoxedle. 1 Pot. 81. So in antth.
deyos and Upyor Luke 24 19, Acts 7:
2; above, (Xen, Mom. 2.3. 6.)
5 doyos dhnBeleg 2 Cor. 6:7. James 1:
18. 61 xaradlayiis 2 Cor. & 19 coll. v.
18. — (3) Of those who relate any
thing, i. q. narration, story, John 4: 39,
Acts % 22. (Ken, Cyr. 1. 2.16, of 3..1.)
Meton. history, treatise, i. a..a book of
Barration mspl tuvog Acts 1: 1.— Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1.74, Ael. V. H. 7.14. Xen.
Ag. 10. 3.—{4) In the sense of conver-
sation, colloguy, Luke 24: 17.—Ael. V.
H. 13.31 or 32 Xen. Ag. 3.5, —
Hence answer, repiy, Matt. 5: 37,

(A) meton. for the power of speech,
delivery, oratory, eloquence, 2 Cor. 11:
6 ibsitas ¥G Aye. I Cor. 12: 8. Eph,
6 19-4, q. dévayes Adyeey Heian, 7. 5.
20, comp. Passow Aéyos A. 10.

(7) meton. for the subject of dis-
course, topic, matter, thing, e.g. (1)
Gem. Mat. 19: BI, Luke 1:4 tre éxs-

485

Aayas

Go stag) Sx naviiz Ing Myon
toe. Acts 8; 21 coll. v.12, Sept. and
saepiss. e.g. 2 Sam. 8 13 11:

Tye bape 2

ALB

ie Pa, 8.14,5, Hdot. J. 21, — (2).% adr 29

Spec. matter of dispute, discussion, 7 *;- +”
ion, e. g. judicial Acts 19: aa** °~

(Dem. 942. 17.) moral, Matt. 2]: 24
dgunijow iuds mye Méyor Fra. — Diog.
Laert. Stilpo I. 116 sowtzay siya de
yor ipuriicas,

d) word, i.e. talk, rumour, repert.
Matt. 28: 15 xal 3s 6 Abyos ob~
tog x 1.4. Mark 1:45. John 21: 23.
seq. megh tuv0g Luke 5:15, 7:17. Acts
11: 22.” So Sept. and 33 1K. 10: 6
— Jos, Ant. 15.3.7. Xen. An. 1.4.7.
c. nagt ib. 6. 6, 13. — Hence for mere
talk, pretence, shew, Col, 2:23 léyen
pir iyorta coglay. — Diod. Bic. 13.
4, opp. to digSua, Dem. 93.5 idyos
yairn xak meope

‘Il. Reagor, tho reasoning faculty, as
that power of the soul which is the
besis of speech, Lat, ratio, Dem. 783.
2 padixet tx déyou saina cxonsite.
Arr. Epict. 1. 12,26. InN. T.
_.8) @ reason, ground, cause.” Matt. 5:
BY magexsig Liyou nopralas. ‘Acts 10:
29. Sept, éx} Joyou for Heb. 733 dig
2 Sam. 18: 22, — Pol. 28. 11.7.
An. 6. 2, 10.— 80 xara Adyor iq.

with reason, reasonably, for good cause,
Acts 18; 14. —- 8 Mace. 3: 14. Luc. D.
Mort, 30, 3. Thuc. 3. 39.—In the sense
of argument, Acts 2: 40 according to
some, where however the sense of
words, discourse, is more appropriate.—
Ken. Mem. 1. 1.1.

b) reason, as demanded or assign-
ed, i. e. reckoning, eccount, (a) pp. ovr
algay Léyor yard tiv0s to take up an
account with any ove, i.e. to reckon
with, Matt. 18: 23. 25:19. énodidéras~
Réyor, to render an account sc. tis of—
xovoulag Luke 1&2, 80 Phil. 4: 15,
17, bee in Abas. — Diod. Sic. 1. 49.
Plu. Apothegm. VII. p. 707. 17. ed.
Reiske.—() trop. account, i. @, the re-
lation and reasons of any transaction,
explanation ; 80 dnod.dévas v. dedéves
Royor, to give account, e. g. tig evatgo—
is Acts 39: 40, seq. magl te905 Matt,
12 36, Rom. 14: 12. abwol. Heb, 13:
17.1 Pet. 4:5, S80 déyor adreiv mept
torog 1 Pet. 3 15, Also Heb. 4: 13

ans

Aoyxn 486 Aownss

npis Br Spy 5 léyos. Sept, dx0dsd. 15-
_ yor for Chald. Nast) Dan. 6: 3.—Diod.
Bic. 1, 37 dmodid. déyor nepl. 3. 47.
Dem. 227.26 8:dévas loyor. Xen. Occ.
11, 22.—{7) trop. Adyow mosovpas, to
make account of, i, e. to regard, to care
for, Acts 20: 24 oidevog léyor movoipar,
i.e. [ make account of none of these
things, am not moved by them. — Jos.
Ant. 2. 5. 3. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 50 do-
yor oiderdg aitcry nomoaueros. Ken.
Cyr. 5. 8, 26 sav EALoew slur yor léyos.
Ill, The Word, the Logos, in the
writings of Jobn, John 1:1 bia, 14. 1
John 1: 1, [5:7.] Rev. 19:13. It here
stands for the pre-existent nature of
Christ, i. e. that spiritual and divine
nature spoken of in the Jewish wri-
tings before and about the time of
Christ, under various names, e. g. co-
gla, wisdom, Prov. 8: 12, 22 eq. Eeclus.
A; Gise va, vids rol avdgamov,
‘Son of man, Dan. 7: 13, comp. Prov.
30: 4; Chald. min2 1 ay, Word
of Jehovah, in the Targums' for Heb.
FIT} Gen. 20: 3. Is, 45:12, Comp.
Buxt, Lex. Chald. 125; also in Philo
5 ngsoPinertos tol 9205 oyos, Opp. I.
p. 207, On this divine Word, 737%,
the Jews of that age would appear to
have had much subtile dischssion; and
therefore probably the Apostle sets out
with affirming: éy deyf qv 6 hoyos, xat
4 Loyos ay nods tov Feoy, xad Sag Fv 6
Aéyos John 1: 1; and then also de-
clares thet this Word hecame flesh and
was thus the Messiah, v.14. Comp.
in Oe b, See Tittm. de Synon. in
N. T, p. 267, and in Bibl. Repos. I. p.
418. Olehausen Comm. on John 1: 1,
Kuinoel IV. p. 84 aq. — Some take 6
Aéyog here for 6 lsyéuevog the promis-
ed, i. q. 6 dgzousvog; others for 5 liyesy,
the teacher; but both of these hypoth-
coos are without philological support.
Ab y xn, 75, ty point of a weapon,
pp. the triangular iron head of a lance
or javelin Hdot. 1.52. Xen. An. 4.7.
16, In N. T. lance, spear, John 19:
34. Sept. for mun Judg. 5:8. Neh.
4: 13, 16. —2 Mace. 5:2. Dion. Hal.
* Ant. 2.70. Xen. An. 2, 2.9.

Mordogde, a, f. jaa, (Loidoges,)

to rait at, to to resile, ¢. ace.
John 9: 28 dords attéy, Acts %
4. Pass, 1 Cor. 4: 12 1 Po. 22
Sept. for 3% Deut. 33: 8, —Diod. Sie.
20. 33, Xen. An. 3. 4. 49. Coop
Math. § 384. n, 2.

Aordopia, as, %, (Lowogie,) rei.
ing, reproach, 1 Tim. 5: 14. 1 Pet 9
bi LowWogiay dvtt LosBoglas. Sept. fe
37 Prov. 20; 8.—Ecclus. 22 U4. Xe.
Hi. 14,

Aoidogoc, ov, 6, %, adj. railing,
reviling, a8 subst. a railer, revile, |
Cor. 5 11. 6 10, Sept. for Tn
Prov. 25: 25. — Ecclus. 2% 8, Pu
Apoth. II. p. 15 ult. Taucho.

Aoiuos, ob, 5, pestilence, plage,
Matt. 24: 7 et Luke 21: 11 2ospot dewr-
tos. Sept. for we 7:6 BA
—Ael. V. H. 6. 10. Diod. Sic. 4 4—-
Trop. of a malignant and roischieros
Person, a pest, Acts 24: 5 steers rt
toy Griga nofron Rowdy. So Sept fr
hyska 1 Sam. 2% 12, 25:25. y:h
1: 1. “yey Ez. 7: 21.—1 Mace. 10:6)
Dem. 794.5, So pestis Cie. in
21. bag pbagas

Aowes, 7, dv, (tata) fh ™

ining, other.

GUMINS i :

a) plur. Matt. 25: 11 af Loseel xa
Stvos, Acts 237 roig losers axerr
Jovg. Rom. 1: 13, 2 Cor. 12 13. 2 Pt
3: 16, al. Abeol. of Aosol the res,
others, Matt. 2% 6, Mark 16: 13. Late
16:9. Rom. 11:7. Rev, #4. New
ta losna Mark 4: 19. Lake 1824 |
Cor. 11:34, Sept. for “f Josh. 4
27, 2 K. 1: 18, ynyia_ Josb. 1
aga) Ezra 4: 7, — Laie. Vi, Aue
Hdian. 4. 2. 20. rei 2. Xen, Ag-22

. . ne
b) adverbially, (a) oi para

Zeovor, in future,
Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 437. 4
ad Vig. p. 706.—Hadian. 8. 4, 17.

Aouxas
acc. losnoy, aloo 8 84 loenéy 1 Cor, 4:
2, as to the rest, finally, but, now, 1 Cor.
2:16. 4:2, 2 Cor, 13: 11. 1 Thess. 4:
1. 2 Tim, 4:8. Acts 27:20. Comp.
But, |. c.—Palaepb. 52.7. Arr. Epict.
1.94.1, Ael. V. H. 8.14. AL.
Aovxcs, &, 6, Luke, contr. from
Lat. Lucanus, the writer of the Gospel
of Luke and of the Acts of the Apoe-
tles. He was the companion of Paul
in several of his journies, and came
with him to Rome, comp. Acts 16: 10,
40. 28: 16, He is probably tho same
who is called § iatgde Col. 4: 14, but
must not be confounded with Aovxos
Twcius in Acts 13: 1.—2 Tim. 4: 11.
Philem. 24. Col. 4: 14.

Aovxwos, ov, 5, Lucius, the Latin
name of a teacher in the church at Anti-
och, a Cyrenian, Acts 13:1. Rom. 16:1,

Aourgor, ov, 28, (tobe) a bath,
Heian. 3.6.19, Xen. Ath. 2.10, wa-
ter for bathing, washing, Hdian. 7. 2.
12. Diod. Sic. 1. 84.—In N. T. the act
of , washing, ablution, spoken of
baptism Eph. 5:26, Tit. 8: 5. — Act.
‘Thom. § 25. pp. Sept. for Biel
Cant, 4:2. Hdian. 1. 17.19. Xen. Gyr.
7.5.59.

Aoi, f. om, to bathe, to wash,
trans, spoken only of persons, ete. seq.
ace, Acts 9: 37 dotourres O4 ainiy. ¢.
aco, impl. ot eeq. dé, Actn 16: 33 Dev-
ov [aitoic] axo tay minyéy, Pass,
John 18: 10. 2 Pet. 2: 22 Heb. 10: 23
Asloumives 6 capa Wan xadags,
where for the acc. comp. Buttm. § 131,
6. § 184. . 2. and for the dat. § 133,
3. Sept. for yn Lev.8:7. Ruth 3:
3. — Lue. Kronos 17, Xen. Mem. be
13. 3.—Trop. to cleanse, to
ace. et ad, Rev. 1: 5 lovoarts 4 dus
Gnd tér Gpogtisy x, x. 2. Comp. Sept.
and yt Ia. 1: 16.

Avddez, 45, 4, Lydd, « large vil-

487

Avnko

adealer in purple, Acts 16: 14, 40, —
Aleo the name of a province on the’
western coast of Asia Minor, the form--
er kingdom of Croesus, of which the
cities Thyatira, Sardis, and Philadel—
phia, are mentioned in N. T.
Avxcovia, as, 4, Lycaonia, a re-
gion in the interior of Asia Minor,.
bounded N. by Galatia, E. by Cappa-
docia and Cataonia, 8. by Cilicia and
Teauria, and W. by Phrygia, It was.
adapted to pasturage ; and of its cities,
Iconium, Derbe, and Lystra are men-
tioned in N. T. Acts 14: 6.— The Ly-
caonians spoke a peculiar dialect (v.
11), which Jablonsky supposes to have
been derived from the Assyrian, Opusc.
ed. te Water III. p.3aq. Others re-
gard it as corrupted from the Greek,

Avxaovuti, adv. Lytaonice, in

the Lycaonic dialect, Acvs 14: 11, see in
Avxaorle, Comp. Butum. § 119, 15. .

Avxia, as, 4, Lycia, a province
on the 8. W. coast of Asia Minor,
bounded E. by Pamphilia, N. by Pry.
gia, W. by Caria, and 8. and & W.
by the Mediterranean. ities
only Patara is mentioned in N. T
Acts 27: 5.

Avxog, ov, 6, 0 wolf, Matt. 10:
16. Lyke 10:3, John 10:12 bis. Sept
for Sat Is. 11: 6.—Xen, Mem. 2. 7, 14,
—Trop. of a rapacious and violent
person, wolf-like, Matt. 7:15. Acts 20:
29, — Act. Thom. § 25. Comp. Sept.
and S87 Zeph. 3:4. Hom, Il. 4. 471.

Avpatyouet, depon. (diun) pp.
to stain, to disgrace, sc. by insult, in-
dignity, i.e. to insult, to treat with in-
dignity, c. dat. Hdot. 9.79. InN. T.
to injure, to make havoc of; to destroy, ©.
ace, Acts 8: 3 Zailos 84 dosalyero riy
dxlnolay. Comp. Matth. § 415. a. §
891. Sept. for nt} Jer. 48: 18. Am.
1:11, — Pid. Sic. 1.60. Xen. Cyr. 6,

lage not far from Joppa, Acts 9:82, 35, 3, 94,

B.—Jos, Ant, 20. 6,2 Aid8a saiun, né~
Jaws 105 peyiSoug obx aro8toura. Heb.
prob. ib Lod 1 Chr. & 12. Comp.
Rosenm. Bibl, Geogr. IL. ii, p.334 sq.
Avdia, as, 4, Lydia, pr.u. of a
woman of Thyatira residing at Philippi,

Aunt, 0, £. jou, (Linn,) to grieve,
to affict with sorrow, trans. Pass. or
Mid. to be grieved, fo be sad, sorrowful.
Matt. 14: 97 17:23 dumjSyour opd8oa,
18: 81, 19: 22, 26: 22,37. Mark 10:
‘22, 14: 19, John 2: 90, 21: 17. 2 Cor.

Asan
%2Qbis, 4,6 bis, 6: 10, 7:8 bis, 9 ter,
V1, 1 Thess. 4: 13, 1 Pet. 1:6. Sept.
for 97 Deut, 15:10. Jon. 4:1. S27
9 Bam. 19: 2. — Hdian. 6.7.7. Xen.
Mem. 2: 2. 8. — In the sense of to ag-

eve, to offend, Eph, 4: 30, Rom. 14:
15 ef dud Bosiuare & G8elpés cov hunsi-
tos, — Ael. V. H. 12, 16. Xen. Cyr, 2
4.10.

Abnn, Ae, 4 grief, sorrow, Jobn
16: G, 20, 21, 22 Luke 22: 45, Rom. &
® @Cor21,3,7. 7 10 bis 9 7
Phi, 2 27 bis, Heb. 12 11. Sept. for

xe Gon. 42:38. hz Jonah 4: 1. —

Halen. & 15, 5, Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 8.—

Meton. for cause of grief, grievance,

| trouble, 1 Pot. &: 19.—Sept. Prov. 31: 6.
‘Xen. Lac. 7. 6.

Avodreag, ov, 8, Lysanias, pr.
n. of a tetrarch of Abilene, Luke 3: 1.
Bee in “4B.

Auaias, ov, 6, Lysias, i.e. Clau-
dius Lysins, a Roman tribune, alag-
ze commanding im Jerusalem, Acts
23} 26. 24: 7, 22.

Avorg, Ecos, 4, (Aim,) a loosening,
disjunction, pp. of or from any tie, coo-
straint, etc. spoken in N. T. of the
conjugal tie, separation, divorce, 1 Cor.
7: 27.—In the sense of liberation from,
¢. g. 1 tay xaxiy Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 4.
Pol. 15. 15. 4, Thuc. 2. 102, solution,
Sulerpretation, 2. tiv ainypéron Wied.
8:8. Sept. for “tin Hee. 8:1.

Avarreréa, a, £. joe, (hvovrsisis
fr. Lie, télos,) pp. ‘to pay or make
good expense incurred,’ bence to make

useful, to be useful, profitable.

Luke 17: 2 huovtelst orth... Hx

4. e. st were better for him... than etc.

—Ecclus. 2:11. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 12.

gent. Ael. V. H. 13. 39 or 40, Xen.
fet. 2.1. 15.

Avorga, ag, 5, or or, 10, Lys
tra, a city in the southern pétt of Ly+
caonia in Asia Minor, now Eatik, Acts
14: 6, 8, 21. 16: 1,2, 2Tim. 3: 11.
Pliny also refers it to Lycaonia, 5. 32;
but Ptolemy assigns it to. [aauria, 5. 4.
Comp. in’ Ixértov.

Aurgor, ov, %, {diw,) loosing-money,

488

Avzros
ransom, i.e. fine paid for letting love,
setting free, ete, trop. Matt. ‘20: 28 et
Mark 10: 45 dotvus iy yorye ebred
Aingor dis} noldéy, i.e. a2 @ ransom
for the deliverance of many sc. from
the consequences of sin and guilt:
Sept. for A Lev. %: 24,51. “>
Ex. 30: 12. "Num. 35: 31, 32, — Joa
Ant 1414.1, Hdian. 4.6. 12. Thue.
6.5. ,

Avigoa, &, f. sow, (Adrgor,) to
ransom, i. ©. to let go free for = ransom,
Diod. Sic. 19. 73 ult. In N. T. only
Mid. Autgdopas, £. eicopet, ‘to cause
to let go for a ransom,’ i. e. se rea-
som, to redeem, to deliver, sc. by paying
arangom oneself, trop. c. cc. Lake 2¢
21 AvrgotoS.as tay’ Ioperjl, vc. from the
power of the Romans and genr. from
thei t fallen state. Also seq.
and, Tit. 2 14 2. Guitc ded moe ore
plac, i.e. from the power and comseques-
ces of iniquity. Aor. 1 pase. dlvage-
oOny in a pase. sense, 0. é 1 Pet. 1:18
Buttm. § 113. 0.6, Sept. for tea a
44: 22 sq. also for 12 ST1@ 0. cao -Pa
119: 134, ©. ée-Pa. 1 —1 Mace. &
11. Act. Thom. § 15. pp. Plut. Cimon
9 uk. Died. Sic. 5, 17.

Adrpwers, eos, 4, (Avegcopes)
redemption, deliverance,‘Lake 1: 68. &
38. Trop, from sin and its conse
quences, Heb. 9: 12. Sept, for 38s
Lev. 5:48. mang-Ps. 11:9. 190: 7.

Aurparjs, ov, 4, (kutpdopes,) «
redeemer, deliverer, Acts 7: 35, Sept.
for Syn Ps. 19:35. 78 35. — Aet
Thom. § 10, 57.

Auyria, as, %, (dixres,) a Tigit-
stand, tan ick, a word
of the later Greek for the earlier o
duzploy Lob. ad Phr. p. 313 eq. Man.
5: 15 GAL éxt chy Luria. Mark 4: 21.
Luke 8:16, 11:93. Heb. 9:2, Sept.
for aa Ex. 25:31. Lev. 24: 4—Ec-
clus. 17, Joa. Ant. 3. 8&2 Luc.
Asin. 40,—Emblematically in the Apoc-
atypee, of a obristian chureh Rev. 3:
12, 13, 20 bie, & 1,55 of a christen
teacher or prophet Rev. Mt 4, in allw-
sion to Zech. 4 289. where Sept. and
ayy.

Aayvos, ov, 6, light, i.e. pore

Ado

ble, as a candle, lamp, lantern, ete.
Matt. : 15 03s xaloves lizvor. Mark
4:21. Luke & 16. 11: 33,36. 12: 35
Esracay ipdiv... of Aizvos xasdpsvos let
your lamps stand burning i.e. be ye
ready, watch, comp. Matt. 25: 7 eq.
Luke 15: 8. 2 Pet, 1:19. Rev. 18: 23.
22:5. So 5 Lizvog r08 cxiuertog for the
eye, Matt. 622 Luke 11:34. Sept.
for 33'Ex. 25: 37. Zech. 4: 2. — Arr.
Epict. 2. 17.37. Luc. Asin. 51. Diod.
Bic. 3.12 pen, — Trop. of John the
Baptist asa distinguished t teacher, Joba
5: 35; of the Messiah, 13 dgrior, Rev.
21: 23. Comp. Sept. and 4% Ps. 119:
105. Prov. 6: 23, .Zee, eee

Ava, f. bau, to loose, to loosen, sc.
what is fast, bound, i. q. to unbind, to
unite, trans.

8) pp. of a ligature or any thing
fastened aby, it, Mark 1 7 hioos tov
indvta sev tmodmpdter abso’. Luke 3:
16. Joho 1:27. Acts 7: 33. 13: 25.
(Sept, for buig Ex. 3:5. Hdian. 1. 11.
12 my tomiir.) trop. toy deopor tic
yldoong i. . impediment Mark 7: 35.
tag ddivas tod Savarov Acts 2 24, see
in *28l. (comp. Ael. H. An. 12. 5.)
Here belongs also the phrase & dv Av-
ong éni tii vis, Foros slupsvoy dy t0ig
ovgavots Matt. 16: 19 bis. 18: 18 bis, i.
@. whatsoever ye shall loose (open) on
earth etc. see fully in
‘ers, to permit, to allow, like Chald. x70
and “7F77 as opp. to 7Du, see Buxt.
Lex. Chald. 2524 eq. Mid.’— OF ani-
mals tied, e.g. tv niloy Mark 11: 2,
4,5. Luke 19: 30, 31, 33 bis, absol.
Matt. 21:2. seq. amo tig parriis Luke
13: 15, (Sept. for mng Job 39: 5.
Xen. An. 3. 4. 35.) ‘Of a person
swathed in bandages, grave-clothes,
Jobn 11: 44.

b) spoken of persons bound, to le

Maa, 6, indec. Maath, pr. n. of
an ancestor of Jesus, Luke 3: 26.

Maydaha, 4, indec, Magdala,
prob. i. q. Heb. bya tower, Chald.

+ 489

Maydahe

go loose, to set free, ©. g. prisoners,
Kets 22°30 thnoed andy db nay duor
pay, 24: 26, Rev. 9: 14, 15. 20: 3, 7 &x
tig quhaxis. trop. Luke 13: 16. 1
Cor. 7: 27 ékucas dnd yureuxds, i.
art thou free from a wife, in anti
Gidecax Sept. for WAT Ps, 105: 20,
146: 7.—Act. Thom, § 45. Jos. B. J. 1.
5,2. Xon. Cyr. 3.2.12. c. gen. sloxrig
Dem. 764. 11.

©) to loosen, to dissolve, i. e. to sever,
to break, ©. g. tag apgayidas Rev. 5:2,
5. Acts 27: 41 4 38 mgipva dhisto, bul
the stern went {0 pieces, from the vio-
fence of the waves. Trop. of an as-

, to dissolve, to break up, tiv cvy-
cyuyie Acts 13: 43. — Diod. Sic. 19.
25 ayy éxxknolar. Hom, Il, 1. 305 éyo-
gi.—Henee

“d) by impl. to destroy, e. g. buildings,
to demolish, John 2 19 Avours tor
vaoy totrov. Eph. 2: 14, trop. 1 John
3:8. So of the world as to be destroy-
ed by fire,to dissolve, to mell, 2 Pet. 3:
10, U1, 12—Eedr. 1: 5 2, te telyn “Te-
gous. Hom. II. 2.118. ib. 16. 100. —
‘Trop. of a law, institution, to loosen its
obligation, i.e. either lo make veid, to
do away, John 10:35 ob Bivatas tv-
Sivar 4 yoagy. Matt. 5: 19, see Tho-
luck Bergpred. p. 148. (Dem. 31. 12.)
or else to break, to violate, John 7: 29
iva pi Lf 6 vdpos M. 5: 18 13 cd8Ba-
tov. — Thue. 6.14 robs véuous. Xen.
An. 3.2.10 tag onovda¢ xab toils 59-
x00.

Acts, ios, i, Lois, pr. n. of a
ebristian matron, the grandmother of
Timothy, 2 Tim. 1: 5.

Aer, 6, indec. Lot, Heb. 11> (veil),
pr. n, of Abraham’s nephew, Luke 17:

28,29, 32. 2 Pet.2:7. Comp. Gen,
T:81. 13:5aq. 14: 120q. 0. 19.

M.

2

b7972, a place on the western shore

othe lake of Gennesaret, south of Ca-
pernaum anda few miles north of Ti-
berias. Seetzen and Burckhardt found
here a miserable village still called EX

+ Maydadnry

Madjdel, Matt. 15: 39. See Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria ete. p. 320.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. If. ii. p. 73. —
Some Mss. read Mayaddy or Mayeduy.

Maydccdnvy, 98, 4 Mogdatene,
i.e. of Magdala, a distinctive appella-
tion of one of the females named Ma-
ry in N. 1. i. q. Mary of Magdala,
Matt. 27: 56,61, 28:1. Mark 15: 40,
47. 16: 1,9. Luke 8: 2. 24: 10. Jobn
19: 25, 20: 1,18. Comp. in Magia.

Mayeta, as, 4, (uéyos,) magic,
plur, paytias magic arts, sorceries, Acts
8: 11.—Jos, Aur. 2. 13.3, Plut, de Su-
perst, VI. p. 653. 9. ed, Reiske.

Maryevio, £. show, (udyos,) to prac-
tise magic, sorcery, etc. intrans. Acts 8:
9.—Luce. Asin, 4. Plut. Numa 15 med.

Mayos, ov, 5, magus, pl. payor,
magi, the name for priests and wise
men among the Medes, Persians, and
Babylonians, pp. great, powerful, Heb.
Hf and from the same stein comes
the Gr. wiyas, Lat. magis, magnus.
Comp. Jer. 39:3. Gesen. Lex. Heb.
art. 92. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.51. ib, 7. 5,
57. Ael. V. H. 2 17. ‘Hdion. 4. 12. 6,
8. Cici de Divinat. 1. 23. Wetstein N.
T. I. p. 240.—Their learning was con-
nected with astrology and’ enchant-
ment, whence Sept. patyog for Chald.
HY enchanter, magician, Dan. 1: 20.
22, 27. 5:7; ig. Chald, DxDh Sept.
cogss Dan. 2 12, 18, 24,27. 5: 7,8,
comp. 5: 11, 12—In N. T. spoken

a) of the Magi, wise men, from the
East, i.e. Persia or Arabia, who
came to salute the new-born Messiah,
Matt. 2: 1, 7, 16 bis.

b) of aimagician, sorcerer, diviner,
Acts 1% 6, 8. Sept. for HEX see
above. — Act. Thom. § 20. Hdian. 4.
12. 6, 8. Aeschin, 73. 13 tosotros pct-
os wad ying.

Mayoy, &, indec. Magog, Heb.
343K, pr.n. of a son of Japhet Gen.
10: 3, and aleo of a power nation or
assembly of nations in the extreme re-
gions of the north, who are to invade
the holy lavd in future times, Ez. ¢.
38, 39, i, q. the Seythians according a
pay Ant, 1.6.1. Comp. in Foy. Rev.

&

490

Maivopace

Maséiay or Matcp 5, indee,
Madian, Heb. 9339 Midian, pr.n. of
an Arabian tribe deecended from Abra-
ham by Keturah, Acts 7:29. Comp.
Gen. 25: 2, Their territory would
svem to have heen along the eastera
shore of the Gulf of Akaba, where Jo-
rephus and the Arabian geographers
place a city Madyan; and also to bave
extended as far as the borders of Mosb
and the vicinity of Mount Sinai, comp.
Ex. 3:1. 18:5, Num.c. 31. Judg. ¢.
6—8. Jos. Ant. 2. 11. 1.

Meadyreven, f. alow, (ua Pyrig) &
disciple, i. e.

a) intrans. fo be the disciple of any
one, seq. dat. Matt. 27:57 xai atte:
duadjxevos t§ “Inoot. — Plut. Vic X
Rhet. init. ed. R. IX. p. 307. p. 330.5
duadjreves 3 airs sui Ocdmopewos.

b) in N. T. also trans. to train ae

disciple, to teach, to instruct, Acts HM:
21 padnestoarses ixerois. Mate 1
28: 19.
Hadyrje, ov, 6, (uarScre,:
disciple, scholar, follower of a teach-
er, genr. Matt. 10: 24. of the Phar-
sees Matt. 22:16. of John the Bapts
Matt. 9:14. Mark 218. Luke & 3
John 3: 25. of Jesus Matt, 5: 1. Mat
8: 27. Luke 8 9. Jobn 3: 22. al. se
piss. Spec. of the twelve aposic
Matt. 10:1, 11:1. 20:17. Luke &1.
Enpphatic, for true disciples, John It:
35. 15:8, After Chris's death the
term disciple takes the broader sense
of follower, believer, i.q. Christian, Acts
6: 1, 2. 11: 26.—Jos, Ant. 6 5. ¢ Luc.
Tim, 51. Dem. 928.7, Xen. Mew. |.
227, Au

Matyigea, ag, 4, (uadyris,) «
female disciple, i. 0. 0 female Christian,
‘Acts 9: 36.—Diod. Sic. 2. 52. Moeris,
wadrrtels, drrxme padre, Adxnincs.

Madovseda, 6, indec, Mathusa-
ta, Heb, mb yar (dart-man) Afcthuse-
lah, the oldest of the patriarchs, har-
ing lived 969 years, comp. Gen. & 21
q.—Luke 3: 37.

JMaivar, 6, indec. Mainen, pra
m. Luke 3: 31.

Hetvomar, £. perotpen, depos. te

Maxagizo

Be mad, fo rave, intrans. spoken of per-
sons who so speak and act as to seem to
others to be out of their senses, John
10; 20. Acts 12: 15. 26: 24, 25. 1 Cor.
14; 23.—Sept. Jer. 29: 26. Hdian. 7. 8.
2. Xen, Mem. 1.3.11.

Maxagiza, f. iow, (udxag,) Att.
fut. 16, Buttm. § 95. 9, to call happy, to

0! te, c. ace. of pers. Luke 1:48,
James 5:1). Sept. for Wa Gen. 20:
13. Is. 3: 11. — Ecclus. 11: 28. Diod.

S. 33, 58. Xen. Mem. 1. 6.9.

Alaxcgue, a, ov, = prose form
4..q. poet. udnag, happy, blessed, e. g. of
God 1} Tim. 1: 11. 6:15. Genr. Matt.
5: 3.0q. Luke 1:45. 6:20 eq. Rom.
4:7. ol. saep. With paddoy, Acts 20:
85 pdxagesy dors uddlov more blessed is
it ete. Compar. paxagisitsgos 1 Cor,
7:40, Sept. for “Gs Ps. 1: 1. Deut.
33: 29.—Ceb. Tab. If. Hdinn. 2. 4. 17.
Xen. Cyr..6. 14. Au

Maxagispos, ov, 6, (uaxaglyn,)
a calling happy, declaration of blessed-
ness, congratulation 3 hence dsyay toy
Hoxagioper tH70¢ i. 4. paxapize, Rom.
4: 6,9. Gal. 4: 15 tig oby ay 6 w. dpay,
how great then was your self-congratu-
dation etc.—For the later nouns ending
in opos, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 511.

Meaxedovie, ac, %, Macedonia, a
country lying north of Greece proper,
joining 8. on Thessaly and Epirus, E.
‘on Thrace and the Agean, W. on the
Adriatic and Illyria, and N. on Dar-
denia and Moesia. Tt was the original
kingdom of Philip and Alexander;
and was afterwards subdued by the
Romans under P. miliue, who
ded the country into four districts
comp. in Ozogaloylxn, and Liv. 45, 29,
The Romans afterwards divided the
whole of Greece into two great prov-
inces, Macedonia and Achaia; see in
“Agata, Of the cities of Macedonia
proper, there ure mentioned in N. T.
Amphipolis, Apollonia, Berea, Philip-

* pi, and Thessalonica? — Acts 16: 9, 10,
12. 18: 5, 19: 21, 22, 20: 1,3. Rom.
15:16, 1 Cor. 16:5 bis. 2 Cor. 1: 16
bis, 218. 7:5, 8:1. 11:9. Phi
15. 1 Thess, 1: 7, 8. 4: 10. 1 Tim.
tend Hanbeter.

491

Maxpodupto

Maxedav, ovo, 6, a Macedoni-
an, Acts 16: 9, 19: 29, 27:2. 2 Cor.
24.

Mexeddoy, ov, 16, Lat. macel-
Lum, i. e. a meat-market, shambles, where
also all kinds of provisions were expo-
sed for sale, 1 Cor. 10: 25, — Plut.
Quaest. Rom. 54. T. VII. p. 122.5.
ed. Reiske. See Adam’s Rom. Ant,
p. 569.

Haxgav, alv. (pp. ace. fom. of
paxgés,) strictly for paxpar 53éy, a long
way, Buttm. § 115.4, as in Engl. a
great way, far, far off. Luke 15: 20
naxgiy anizortos, Acts 22: 21.
ano Tav0s, Matt. 8: 80 qy 38 cy ae
airy. Mark 12:34. Luke 7:6. John
21:8. Acts 17: 27. Sept. for ping
Josh, 9: 22, Judg. 18: 7.—Pol. 3, 45. 2
Xen. (An. 3. 4. 42, — With the art. of
paxgdiv, those far off, the remote ec. from
God, i.e. the Gentiles a8 opp. to of dy~
os the Jews, Eph. 2: 13, 17, coll, Ie,
57: 19 where Sept. and Pin, Comp.
in"Byzis a, So ob cig paxgaiy Acts &
30, comp. in 2is no. 4. See Buttm. §
125. 6.

iMaxpoitey, adv. (waxpés,) from
Sar, Mark 8:3 paxeéSe jxovow, 11:
13, Luke 18: 13, 22: 54, 23:49. Sept.
for pinya Gen, 22: 4. 87:17, 2K. 2
7—Ael. H. An. 2.15. ib. 15, 12, Stra-
bo IIL. 409. ‘The form belongs to the
later Greek, Lob, ad Phr. p. 93.—8till
ese pure is the synon. forin dnd _wax-
0008», from far, Matt. 26: 58 ijxolobdes
airg dnd paxgéSe. (comp. Luke 2
54.) Mau. 27:55, Mark 5: 6, 14: 54,
15: 40. Luke 16: 23. Rev. 18: 10, 15,
17, So Sept. for pinay 2K. 19: 25.
P7932 Pa. 138: 6.—Polemo Physiogn.
1.6. ‘Greg. Naz. Or. XXV. 484. C.
See Lob, ad Phr. p. 46 ult.

Maxgoduuco, G, f. heey, (yr
e69twos from paxpds, Dupde,) to be long-
minded, i i.e. slow to anger, passion, ete.

a) i. q. to be long- , forbear-
ing, to Bear patiently, absol. 1 Cor. 13:
49 dydnn paxgodupet, r4, tig tue
2 Pot. 3:9. end tart, Luke 18: 7 pox
eodumdy én? avrols i.e. though he be
on their account long-suffering, slow
to punish. Matt. 18: 26,29. gag v8

Maxpodupla

1 Thess. 5: 14. - Sept. for Dobe TET
Prov. 19: 11. —¢. éxd tw Bcell Te

11. 32 [35]: 18. absol. Plut. ed. R.
VIII. p. 345, 14.

b) to wait patiently, to be patient, ab-
sol. tate 6: 15 otto paxpoduproas ix-
drugs tijg éxayyellas. James 5:7, 8.
éni wn James 5: 7, — Artemid. 4. 12
méivca poxgoS-ysty xehedes, xa pi) x8¥0-
onovdeiv.

Haxgotuuca, as, %, (uaxgodv-
pies,) longanimity, i slowness to an-
ger, passion, etc. i. q. long-eufering,
forbearance, ‘patient endurance, genr.
Rom. 2:4 r7¢ poxgoduplas 100 od
xatapeortic; 9:22, 2 Cor. 6: 6. Gal. 5:
22. Eph, 4:2. Col. 3:12. 1 Tim. 1:16.
2 Tim. 3: 10, 4:2, 1 Pet. 3: 20, 2 Pet.
& 15. 80 Sept. and ovex ‘778 Prov.
25: 15, Jer. 15: 15. — Plut. Tian 33
desriy pir dnedabervte xad poxgoPuulay
Siyeusvos dyaSod. — Spec. patient en-
durance of evil, patience, Col. 1: 11.
Heb. 6: 12. James 5: 10.—Sept. Is. 57:
15.

Maxgodipuc, adv. patiently, i.
e. with indulgence, with clemency,

Marxgce, c, ov, long. a) of space
e.g. from one point to another, and
henee far, far distant. Luke 15: 13 et
19:12 ‘ee zoigav paxedr. Sept. 58g
paxed for Pin ‘J71_ Prov. 7: 19.—
Hdian. 6. Z 10, Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 42, —
Adv. poxgdy see in its order.

b) of time, e. x. waxed xoorp Hdian,
5.3.5. InN. T. only neut. pl. waxed
as'adv. long, as waxgd mgocsuzéuevos

praying long, making long prayers,
Mert, “12! 14° ‘Mark 12:40. Luke 20:47.
—Jos, Ant. 6.11.10. Luc. Tim. 38.
Ael. V. H. 5. 6,

Maxpozgovwe, ov, 6, 4, adj.
(waxpés, xedvec,) lit. ‘long-timed,’ i. e.
long-lived, Eph, 6:3 iva. yévy, quoted
from Ex. 20: 12 et Deut. 5: 16 where
Sept. for F777 FADS

Meakaxice, ae, %,(uadaxis,) soft-
nesa, trop. for timidity Pol. 3. 79. 4. ef:
feminacy, luzury, Lue. D. Deor. 10. 6,
8.—In N. T. weakness, disease, & B of
body, Matt. 4: 23 Stpazeiay xdoov

492
paloxtar, 9 35. 10:1.

Mairor -

Sept. for “>t
Deut. 7:15. 2 Chr. 16 12—So pala—
xiferSos to be sick Jos. Ant. 18.6.8
Acl. V. H.3. 19. padoxas Ezesr Lac.
D. Deor. 9. 1.

Makaxos, &, ov, soft, sc. to the
touch, spoken of raiment as made of
soft materials, fine texture, fuera pual-
“axct Matt. 11: 8 bis. Luke 7: 25.—| ‘Luc.
Saturn. 1 Ze9iras cleric xad polos;
Hom. Od. 1. 437 w. yetey, Xen. Mem.
2.1, 30.—Trop. effeminate, spoken of #
eatamite, scortum virile, 1 Cor. 6: 9.—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7,2. Plut. VI. p. 328.
4, ed. Reiske.

Meadekend, i, indec. Malced,
Heb. er (praise of God) Mahale-
eel, pr. n. of the son of Cainan, Luke

3: 37. Comp. Gen. 5: 12.
Méidcora, adv. (ouperl. of paix
very.) most, moat of all, Acts
38 ddvvoipsvos wtliote dx? ap Le;
x td, 25:26. 26:3, Gal. 6:10. PhiL
4: 22, 1 Tim. 4: 10. 5:8, 17. 2 Tim. &
18, Tit. 1:10, Philem. 16. 2 Pet. 210
—Lue. Somn. 18, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.4.

MéAdov, adv. (comparat. of pais
very,) more, rather, in various coanex-
ions.

a) geor. 1 Cor. 14: 1 tydoiee od
mveyatixd, wider di [Cqlotre] free
4.2, v5, 2Cor. 5:8. c. gen. 1 Cor,
14:18 rdvtey Spar pallor yléooas le
day, (Xen, An, 3.12.1.) noddep pas
ov much more Matt. 6:30. Mark Ik
48. Luke 18:39. Rom. 5:9, 10, 15,
17. 1 Cor, 12: 22, 2 Cor, 2:9, 11. Phil
2:12, Heb. 12: 9,25. noaw palior
how much more Matt. 7: nm 10 3
Luke 11:13. 12: 24,28. Rom. 11: 12,
24. Philem. 16. Heb, 9: 14. rogotrg
4. 20 much the more Heb. 10:25. pai-
doy xai uailoy more and more, Phil LE
9 Fre p. xal w. megiccein.—Diog. Laer
9. 10. a ft w. Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 6 —
With 7 or jjneg, ie. pallov % more
than, rather than, Matt. 18: 13° zoiges
ae aitg uddloy 7 dnt roig x. 1. 2. John
3: 19. Acts 4:19, 5:29. 211. 1Tim.
1:4, 2 Tim, 3:4. pallor jnep John 12
43, (Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 17. comp. Herm,
ad Vig. p. 720.) So ellipt. where ¥
and its verb are to be supplied in

Madhoy

thought, e. g. Philem. 9 waitor sages
os v0. i tntdoow, 2 Cor. %,7 tora
pallor ipis zagioaoSas ec. ¥ bnsryisy.
12 9 jidiore ov pallor xaugyoouas év
Taig aa Garslous Hor, 8c. 4 by ti inegBo-
Ajj ta dnoxaliyenr v. 7, i e. most
gladly therefore will I rather glory in
my infirmities sc. than in the abundance
of the revelations. — Also as intens,
the more, the rather, still more. Matt. 27:
QA Gla pallor Iogufos yivetas i. q.
Baloy Sopuseitas comp. v. 23, i.e. but
that there was still more a tumult,
Mark 14: 31 coll. v.29, Luke 5: 15.
Jobn 5:18 did toit0 oy pallor éy-
tov aitiy dmoxteivas, comp. v. 16,
John 19:8, Acts 5: 14. 9:22. 22:2
coll, 21: 40. 2 Cor. 7: 7. Phil. 1: 12. 3:
4. 1 Thess. 4:1, 10, 2 Pet. 1: 10.
(Thuc. 5.44.) So od waddor in inter-
roget. 1 Cor. 9:12, 2 Cor. 3 8 goll.
v7

b) joined with the positive, uéddov
forms a periphrase for the compara-
tive, like Engl. more. Matth. §458. So
$24. %h, Acts 20: 35 paxsigsér dors pad
dor d:ddvat, 7} LayBeivuy, i.e. it is more
blessed ete. 1 Cor. 9:15. Gal. 4: 27.
c. &h, Mark 9: 42 xaldy dori aitg pith
dew, ix. 2. d.—c. gen. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1.

c) joined emphat. with a compara.
tive, either in form or’ sense, comp.
‘Mautb. |. c. Passow pada no. 2. ¢. Wi-
wer §36 3 n.1. Herm. ad Vig. p.
719 eq. Merk 7: 96 pallor msguodte—
gor. 2 Cor. 7:13. Phil, 1:23 nollg yag
palloy xgeiacor. (Hdot. 1. 31, 3% Xen.
Cyr, 2.2.12 ult.) So with verbs of
comperison, Matt, 6 26 ody dusts paid
Jor diapégete incr; Heb. 11: 25 pah-
Jor iépsveg.—So yu. Hicdas Dem. 946.
7. Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 4.

d) after a negative clause or probi-
Dition expr. or impl. rather; 90 02 wad-
Aov, but rather, Matt. 10:6 nogauscds
85 pddor x. +, 2. v.28. 25:9, Mark 5:
26. Luke 10: 20, Eph. 4:98. Heb. 12:
13. (Thue. 1. 123) aiddet pallor, but
eather, Rom. 14: 13 mits obv dldjlory
agleper’ Gd roix0 xpivate pallor.
Eph. 5:4. 1 Tim, 6: 2. 1 Con. 7 7:21
#008 pslizes GAY sb nal... pallor
a¢ia., impl. 1] Mark 15:11 toa ec. rl
tov Iyvoiy adda) paler tov B. axoki-

493

Maridcre

on absots, comp. v.9. S80 ouz? pad~
fori in interrog. 1 Cor. 5: 2. 6:7 bis,

e) intens. waddoy 3é before an anti-
thetic clause, or rather, yea more, Rom.
& 84 Xe. 6 dxodariy; pallor dé xad
dyspSelg; Gal. 4:9. Eph. 5:11. Comp.
Buttm. § 150. p. 437. Passow pide no.
2.0. — Ael. V. H.2.13, Xen. Cyr. 5
4, 49,

Medzoc, ov, 5, Malchus, Heb.
s7>2 (counsellor) Malluck, pr. n. of a
servant John 18: 10.

Mappn, 5, %, grandmother, 2
Tim. 1: 5.—Jos, Ant. 10. 11. 2. Hdian,
5.3.7. Plut. Agie, 4. A word of the
later Greek for the earlier 7799, Lob,
ad Phr. p. 133 aq.

Mapoves, or pappovas, a, 6,
mammon, i. e. wealth, riches, Chald.

7iayQ, xzin2, from Pax, pp. that in
which trusts, eee Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1217 sq. So Luke 16:9, 11;

and personified like Gr. nlottos, Matt,
624. Luke 16: 13, — Suid. paperae
mhoittos yijivos, xqvods.

Mavany, 6, indec. Manaen, pr. n.
ofa christian teacher at Antioch, Acts
13: 1,

Mavasons, 4, 5, Manasses, Heb.
mn (making forget) Manaseeh, pr. n.

1. the son of Joseph, adopted by
Jacob, Rev. 7: 6,

2 aking of Judah, son of Hezeki-
ab, r. 699—644 B. C. noted for his
idolatry and cruelty, Matt. 1: 10 bis.
Comp. 2 K. ¢. 21. 2 Chr. ¢. 33.

Maviave, f. padjcopa, aor. 2
FuaFor, to learn.

a) pp. intellectually, from others or
from study, observation, etc. to learn,
fo be taught, absol. Matt. 9: 13 nogev-
Sires d4 paders, th lots x. x. 1, John &
45. 1 Cor. 14:31. 1 Tim. 211, 2 Tim.
8:7, seq. dé tivog Matt. 11:29. Seq.
ace. of thing, Rom. 16: 17 ijy tpats duc
Gste, 1 Cor. 14: 35, Phil. 4: 9. 2 Tim.
3: 14. Matt. 24: 32 et Mark 13: 28, eee
in4né VII. 2. 1 Cor. 4: 6 oa dy api
padere 16 yy inde x. 1, 2 in us i.e. by
our example. Also c. ace. impl. John
7:15. seq. dud sev0g Col. 1:7. xage
tuv0g 2 Tim. 3: 14, Seq, ace. of per-

Mavla

won, to learn any one, i. e. his doctrines,
preeepts, Eph. 4:20. Sept. c. ace. for
sw Ps. 119: 7), 73. Deut. 5: 1.—ab-
eol,’ Hdian. 8.7.8. c. inf. Ael. V. HW.
& 8% e.uce, Xen. Mem.3.9.3. ie
tiv0g Occ. 13,6. magd tuv0¢ Cyr. 2. 2.
@, — In the sense of to learn by infor-
mation, to be informed, seq. Sr: Acts
27. and rwv0¢ Gal. 3:2.—Ael. V. H. 2
42. Ken. Cyr. 6. 1. 31.—Also to under-
stand, to comprehend, Rev. 14: 3.—Luc.
D. Mort. 16. 4. Xen, Cyr. 1. 3. 10.

b) morally, to learn, sc. from expe-
rience, i. q. to do habitually, to be wont,
eq. inf. expr. or impl. Phil. 4: 11 éyo
780 kuaDor . .. adtcgnns elves, 1 Tim.
54,13. Tit. 3:14. c, ace. Heb. 5: 8.
—Xen. An, 3. 2. 25,

Mavic, ag, %, (uolvopar,) mania,
wnadness, insanity, Acts 26: 24.—Wisd.
5:4. Hdian. 1. £5.17. Xen. Mem. 1.
2.50.

Mavva, 16, indec. manna, the mi-
reeulous food of the Israelites in the
desert, Heb. 572, Sept. 15 pay Lev. 16:
31,35. 16 pavva Num. 1}: 6, Jose-
phus {pda Ant. 5.1.4. In N.T.
John 6: 31, 49, 58. Heb. 9:4; symboli-
cally Rev. 2:17 seein Kgintw. Comp.
Ex. 16 31 sq. Jos. Ant. 3, 1. 6.—Jose-
phus relates that in his day inanna
was still found around Mouut Sinai,
Ant, 3.1.6; and the same fact bas also
been abundantly ascertained by mod-
ern travellers. The modern manna,
manna Arabica, is a sweet resin like
honey, which in the desert of Sinai
aod some other oriental countries, ex-
udes in summer chiefly from the leaves
of the tamarisk or tarfa. This the
Arabs collect, and regard itas the great-
est dainty which their country affords.
But the quantity is trifling, not amount-
ing, according to Burckhardt, to more
thun five or six hundred pounds ench
year. It has been ascertained within
the last ten or twelve years, firet by
English naturalists and more fully by
Ebrenberg, that the manna flows out
from the leaf in consequence of the
puncture of an insect nearly allied to
the cimer genus. See Burckbardt’s
‘Travels in Syria etc. p. 599 8q. quoted
in Calmet. art. Manno. Niebuhr's

494

Magia

Deecr. of Arabia p. 145. Germ. Asiat.
Res. XIV. p. 182 sq, Gesen. Lex. art.
lice

Mavrevomat, f. etsopas, depov.
Mid. (udvtig diviner, prophet,) to utter
reaponses as from an oracle, to divine, to
foreell, Acts 16: 16. Sept. for top
Deut. 18: 10. 1 Sam. 28 :8.—Ael. V. H.
2.17. Luc. D. Deor. 1. 2

Magaives, f. ari, pp. to put oxt,
to extinguish, e. g. fire etc. Hom. H.
Mere, 140. Pass. to go out, to expire, Il.
9.212. Hence to make pine away, to
dry up, cause to wither, Sept. for 37
Job 15: 30. Anthol, Gr. I. p. 22. 1.
Pase. to wither, to fade away, pp. of ro-
ses Wisd. 2% 8, of the body, person,
Jos. B, J. 6.5.1. In N. T. trop. 6
mlovasos James 1:11.—Anthol. Gr. 1V.
p. 35. Plut, Marcell. 24 init. 1H geben
pagasropéry.

Magadv cic, maran-atha, Are-
maean ANY 8779 i. g- xigios Epyetan,
the Lord will come sc. to judgment, 1
Cor. 16: 22.

Magyagirns, ov, 6, (nigrages,)
pp. adj. ec. 6 1905 pagyagizns, a pearl,
Matt. 13: 45, 46 fa molitpor pagyo—
gitny. 1 ‘Tim. 2: 9, Rev. 17: 4, 18: 12,
16. 21:21 bis. Trop. Matt. 7:6 comp.
in Kiev b, — Ael. H. An. 10.136 &
10% yuu! Sayacrig pagyagitns.
Theophr. Fragin. [de Lapidib.] 2. 36.
ed. Schneid. Comp. Pliv. H.N. 9.35.

Mapa, 75, %, Martha, a sister of
Lazarus, Luke 10: 38, 40, 41. John 11:
1, 5, 19, 20, 21, 24, 30, 39, 12 2

Magia, as, %, oF Hapeep, *
indec. Maria, Mary, Heb. D392 Miri-
am, pr. n. of several females.

1. Mary the mother of Jesus, Magia
Matt. 1: 16, 18, 2 11. Mark 6:3, Luke
1:41, Acts 1:14, Also Maguiy Matt.
1:20, 13:55. Luke 1: 27, 30, 34, 38,
39, 46, 56. 2: 5, 16, 19, 34.

2. Mary Magdalene, i.e. of Magdala,
Magia, Matt, 27: 56, 61. 2% 1. Mark
15: 40, 47. 16: 1,9. Luke 8: 2. 24: 10.
John 19: 25, 20: 1, 11, 16, 18.

3 Mary, Magia, the mother of
James the Less and Joses, sister to Je-
sus? mother and wife of Alpheus or

Meagzos
Clopas, see in “Alalog no. 1, aud “fax-
ewfos no. 2, Matt, 27:56,61. 28:1. Mark
15: 40, 47. Luke 24: 10. John 19: 25,

4. Mary, Mogia, sister of Lazarus
and Martha, Luke 10: 39, 42, John 1]:
1,2, 19, 20, 28, 31, 82, 45. 12: 3.

5. Mary, Magla, mother of John
surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12.

6. Mary, Mogidjy a christian female
at Rome, Rom. 16: 6.

Mapxos, ov, 6, Marcus, Mark,
the writer of one of the four Gospels,
pp. John surnamed Mark, Acts 12: 12,
25. 15: 37; the nephew of Barnabas
Col. 4: 10; the companion of Paul and
Barnabas on their first journey, and of
Barnabas on his second in opposition
to Paul, Acts 15: 39 coll, 12:25. He
is later again mentioned among the
companions of Paul, Col, I. c. Philem.
4. 2 Tim. 4:11; and is also affection-
ately called son by Peter, 1 Pet. 5: 13,
comp, Acts 12; 12, 2 Tim, 1: 2.

Maguegos, ov, §, 4, (uaguaten
to glitter,) stone, rock, Hom. Il. 12. 380.
Later and in N. T. i. q. Lat. marmor,
marble, Rev. 18: 12. —Ep. Jer. 72. Di-
od. Sie. 3. 14.

Méorug, see in Magrvg,

Magrupéo, o,f. jou, (udgrus,)
to witness, i. e.

a) to be a witness, to be able or ready
to testify, ¢. dat. commodi, John 3: 28
abo} ipsis wos pagrogeite, bts x. 1. he
Acts 22: 5, absol. 2 Cor, 8: 3. — Xen.
LG. 1.1.31,

b) to bear witness, to tealify, sc. to
the truth of what one has soen, heard,
knows, ete. (a) pp. aud genr. seq.
mags c. gen. to bear witness of or con-
cerning any person or thing. Joho
7, Biva pagrugicn negh 105 pir0s. v.
15, 225. 5: B1, 32. 8: 18, 14, 18. 15:
26. 2: A. c. 67:7. . megh impl.
15: 27 coll. 26. Seq. drs as equiv. to
ace. et inf, Winer § 45. 2. p. 266. comp.
Buttm. § 141.9. Jobn 1: 34 xa prwag-
aWonea Sts obtos dors x,t. 4:44. 1%
17. 1 John 4: 14, also c. dat, comm. v.
incommodi Matt. 23: 31 pagtugeits Sax
t0ls, Bra x. 1.4, Rom. 10:2 Gal. 4: 15.
Cob 4:43. xara reves 1 Cor, 15: 15.—
©, 6x4 et dat. Xen. Cyr.8.8.1.—Follow-

495

Magrvedo

ed by the words temified, after léyey,
alne, 3% of quotation ete, Jobn 1: 32 xad
duogrignesy “Iadveng liye Ste x. 3. 1.
4:39, 13:21. ¢. dat. comm. Acts 13
22, Seq. accus. expr. or impl. e. g. of
& cognate or synon. noun, John 5: 32
pagrugia iy wagrress megt duoi, comp.
1 Jobn 5:9, 10. So 1 Tim. 6:13 pw,
ayy xaljr Spoloyluy. Bee Buum. §
131.3 (Arr. Fpict. 4. 8. 32) Soc.
ace. of thing genr. to testify any thing,
to bear witness of or concerning any
thing. John 3:11 8 éupdxapey pagrv-

ue. v.32. 1 John 1: 2 Rev, 1:2
Gg duugrigncs tor Aéyor rod deod, 22:
20 6 pagrupdy ratte, i.e. causative,
comp. v.16. seq. acc. et dat. Rev. 22;
16 pagregjoo tuiv ratte. With an
acc. impl. from the context, e. g. ta
megh (uot Acts 23:11, zobro ete. John
19: 35, Acts 26:5. Heb. 10:15. 1 John
5: 6, 7,8. c. dat. Acts 26: 22 pogry~
gotperos waxed x1. 1, i.e. Mid. bear-
ing this mr testimony before small and
great. — Ael. V. H. 9.11. Dem. 1131.
23. c. acc. et dat. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 145,
— Seq. dat. of pers. or thing to or for
whom, in favour of whom one bears
testimony. John 3: 26 g oi urpagrign-
zag. 5: 33. 18: 37, 3 Jobn 3,6. Pass.
c. ind Rom. 3: 21. — Xen. Cyr, 8, 8. 1,
27,—In the sense of to prove by testi-
mony, John 18: 23.—Xen. Conv. 8 12.
— (6) Trop. of God as testifying by
his Spirit, by signs, miracles, etc, seq.
megl John 5: 87. 8: 18. 1 John 5: 9, 10.
bre of quot. Heb. 7: 17, 143 doy, to, in
favour of, Acts 14: 3. OF the scrip-
tures, prophets, etc. c. xegl John 5:
39. c. dat. et seq. inf, c. acc. Acts 10:
43. (Huian. 3.12.5. Ken. Mem. 1. 2.
20.) So of one’s deeds, works, c. meg?
John 5: 86 26 oye & bye oss, wary
get megi uot. 10: 25, — Sept. Gen. 31:
48. Plut. Pericl. 22 init, Ken. Hi. 9.3.

¢) emphat. to testify strongly, to bear
honorable testimony, and Pase. to be well
teatified of, to have good witness, 0. da
Heb. 7: 8. c. inf. Heb Il: 4 of te
dpogrug} iy var dixaos. v. 5. Henoo
genr. to speak well of, to applaud, seq.
dat. Luke 4: 22 navzss duagrigow ai-
a. 11: 48. Acts 15: 8, absol. 3 John
12. ¢. éxi tu Heb, I:
M4, 10.2. Ael. V. 1. 1. 30.

Maprupia

lauded, to be of good report, Acts 6: 3.
©. tnd Acts 10:22 162. 2212 3
John 12, c. é 1 Tim. 5: 10, Heb. 11:
2% , dia v. 39,—Jos. Ant. 3,25. M.
Antonin. 7, 62.

d) iq. wagrigouas, to call as wit-
nese, pp- Dion, Hal, 7. 49 ult. pagre-
goipsros Ssoig 12 xa} dvOpeinous. Diod.
Bic. 4. 54. Hence in N. T. i. q. to pro-
test, to make an earnest and solemn
appeal, to exhort solemnly, 1 These. 2:
12. Comp. Sept. and 1973 Gen. 43: 3.

Maprvoela, as, i, ( waptupder, )
witness, testimony, a8 borne, given,
. in Magripior.

ial, Mark 14: 56, 59 ov8é ot-
tus Ton Hy 4% pagregla erizéiy, Luke 22:
71, John 8:17. pag. xetol tiv0g Mark
14: 55. Sept. for 1p Prov. 25: 18. —
Jos, Ant. 4. 8. 15. Dem. 846. 24,

b) genr. to the truth of any thing.
Jobn 19: 35 xai 6 Eagaxids peyagrignes,
wal dag dim) aixod dow ¥ pagrugla, 21:
24, 1 John 5: 9 ti» p, tov arPge nay.

3 John 12, So of 'a poet Tit. 1:138.— 4.

Joa.c. Ap. 1, 21. Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 86.
Diod. Sic. 3. 72 or 73, — Elsewhere
only in reference to Jesus and his doc-
trinea, i. e. to the truth of his mission
and gospel, e. g. gear. Joho 5:34 ob

sags arPgenou Tir pe. hayBdve, 1
Sokn 5:10 ys. dy Eevtg. So from John
the Baptit 3 Jobo 1: 7, 19. 5: 36; from
other teachers Rev. 11:7. 12:11 da
‘toy léyor tis wogrugiag aizéy i.e. the
word, gospel, to which they testified.
Acts 22 18 3 quod. Also from
God, Jobn 5: 32. 1 John 5:9 bis, 10,
11, Of Christ’s testimony respecting

himself, Jobn & 11, 32, 53, 5:31. 8: °

13,14, So in the phrase 7 pagrugias
t00 "/nood, the testimony of Jesus, i.e.
what he testified and taught respect-
ing himself and his gospel, and hence

‘reenea
LX. v.9, 20:4, 19:10 § pag pagrvple
08 1. Kos ob mosis si ¢oprraas for
the testimony of Jesus is [comes from,
has for its author) the same Spirit of
which acts in me. Hence
Ezeey thy yw. tot "Ingoii, to hold fast the
testimony of Jesus, Rev. 12: 17. 19: 10.
impl. & 9, Comp. John 14: 21. 2
John 9,

496

Magrs

c) emphat. honourable testimony, good
report, 1 Tim, 8:.7. — Ecclus. 31 or 34:
23. Jos, Ant. 6, 10.1.

Magprig.oy, ov, 1, iene
witness, testimony, as borne, given,
pagevgla. Thom. Mag. wagtiguoy wat:
tov jj pagrugia.

fa) geur. 2 Cor. 1: 12 +3 ye tig ove
Sijaews. So historically, Acts 4:33 to
tijg dvaatdceus tol xuglou i.e. of, con-
cerning the resurrection etc. Heb. 3:
5 tie p. tory lady Pyoopévesr i. ©. for giv-
ing testimony, testifying. — Ael. V. H.
25. Xen. Conv. 8, 34, — So in refer-
ence to Jesus and his doctrines, e. g-
from teachers 2 Thess. 1:10. Also to
1 105 Xgust0b, the testimony of Christ,
i.e. what he testified and taught re-
specting himself and his gospel, and
hence equiv. to the gospel, 1 Cor. 1: 6.
2 Tim. 1:8. 1 Cor. % 1 16 pw. toi Seo
id.—Genr. in the sense of
evidence, proof, e. g. éi¢ magtugtoy av-
toig as @ testimony unto them Mart. 8:
|. 24: 14. Mark 1: 44. Luke 5: 14. 2):
13; also against them Matt. 10: 18.
Mark 6: 11. 13: 9, James 5:3, and s0
an airois Luke 9: 5, Also 1 Tim. 2
615 xaigoig iSlou, in appos.
with aytidutgor, So Sept. for 12 Deut. ©
31: 26. Josh, 2% 27. — Hdot. 8. 120.
Xen. H. G. 1,7. 4.

b) from the Sept. fj oxy) tot pagre
glou, tabernacle of witness, put for taber-
nacle of the ion, Heb. brik,
‘tgin, Acts 7:44. Rev. 15:5. So Sept.
for 1347 dpi Ex. 20: 42, 44. 40: 22,
A, deriving 3352 from 783 to ‘testify,
instead of from ‘Ig to assemble. See
Gesen. Lex. art, 7347 no. 2.

Maprwpopat, depon. Mid. (uig-
‘tug,) to call to witness, to invoke as witness,
e.g. the gods Dem.799.6, Comp. Buttm.
Ausf. Sprachl. II. p. 184. Hence in
N. T. to protest, to make an earnest
and solemn appeal e. g. by way of af-

iy Protestation. Acts 20: 26
Magrigouas ipiv Sts x. 2. 2. i. q. I eol-
emaly affirm, 1 call God to witness,
that etc. Gal. 5: 3. — Jos. B. J.3.8. 3
— Also by way of exhortation, to ex-
hort solemnly, to obtest, veq. acc. et inf.
Eph. 4: 17,—Pol. 13. 8. 6. 6. Thue. 6.80.

Meiprvs, vpos, 6, i, « witness,

Magus
dat patgrvgs, nee. pagrope, dat. plur,
usigrvcs. The nom. belon,
to the Aolic dialect, wera fond
in N.T. In later ecclesiastical writers
it became current in the sense of mar-
Poe See Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. § 58.

p. 235,

16 hpi ina judiejal sense, Mat. 18:

otpart0s vo aay 9) TOL
otad% nay Giipa. 26: an ite
Acta 6: 13, 7: 58. 2 Cor. 13: 1. 1 Tim.
5: 19. Heb, 10: 28. So Sept. for 33
Deut. 17:6. Prov. 24: 28.—Dem. 1025,
22. Xen. H. G. 1. 7.6.

b) genr. one who testifies or can
testify to the truth of what he has seen,
heard, ‘kuows, 1 These. 2 10 ipsig
Hagruges xa 6 Feds, cig Soles x... 1
Tim. 6:12. pagrus doriy 6 Sedg Rom.
1:9, Phil. 1:8. 1 Thess, 25. pdg-
ruge 1. Sedv enxadsiy 2 Cor. 1: WB.
‘So in allusion to those who witness a
public game, Heb. 12 1. So Sept.
and 39 Gen. 31: 50, comp. Sept. Ie.
43: 10,— Jos. Ant. 15. 5. 3. Prue. Pha-
lar. prior 1. Xen. Ag. 4.5. Ina public
game Longin. de Subl. § 14.—Espec. of
those who witnessed the life, death aud
resurrection of Jesus, who bear wit-
‘ness to the truth as it isin Jesus, Luke
DA: 4B dpcis Bi dered ys tobrem.
Acts 1: 8,22, 232, 315. 5:32 10:
39, 41. 18: 31, 26: 16. 2 Tim. 22 a
jxoveas mag two dict moldy wogri-
guy, ive. confirmed by many other
witnesses, Seq. dat. Acts 22: 15. 1
Pet. 5: 1. — So of one who bears wit-
ness for God, and testifies to the world
what God reveals through him, i.e.a
teacher, prophet, genr. Rev. 11:3; of
Jesus, § pdetrs § morés Rev. 1: 5. 3
14. Comp. Jobn 1:9. 14: 6,

¢) a martyr, one who by hie death
bears witness to the truth. Acts 22: 20

toi wagrueds gov. Rev, 2: 13,
17: 6. —Euseb. HE. 2.1, Frequent
in ecclesiastical writers, see Suicer
‘Thee, Eccl. voc,

Mavodopat, Guat, f. jooucs, al-
#0 paodopat, depon. (udove,) to chew,
to gnaw, &. g. 865 yleicoas in pain Rev.
16: 10,—Sept. Job 30: 4. Jos, B. J. 6.
3.8. Theophr. Cher. 15 or 20.

Mastryow, &, £. dow, (udvrst,)
63

497

Moxacome

to scourge, trans, ©, g. persons as crim-
inale, Matt. 10: 17 90: 19, 28 34,
Mark 10: 34, Luke 18: 33. John 19: 1.
Sept. for mam Ex. 5:14, Deut. 25: 3,
— Ael. V. H. 12, 62. Xen. Cyr. 1.3,
18.—Trop. of God, to chastise, to cor-
rech Heb. 12: 6 paotiy0t 84 xarca vior
dy magadiyeras, quoted from Sept.
Prov. 3 12, where Heb. 343, i.¢. asa

father. Sept. and M277 v. 17: 10.
Tob. 13:2,5.
Macrio, £. ite, (pdort,) to

scourge, trans. 9. g..@ person as crimi-
nal Acts 22:25. Sept. for m2 Num.
22 5. — Wisd. 5:11, Lue. “Tim, 28.
Plut. Alex. M. 42 ult.

Meork, eyo, 4, awhip, scourge,
Acts 22: 24. Heb. 11:36. Sept. for
ptm 1 K. 12 11,14. Prov. 26: 3.—
Luc. Asin. 44. Xen. An. 3. 4,25. —
Trop. @ scourge, from God, i.e, disease,
plague, Luke 7:21 and réowr xo} po-
otlyey. Mark 3:10, 5: 29,34. Sept
for 2x50 Ps, 3% 10. 933 Ps. 30:12
89: 83, — Eeclus. 40: 9. 2 Mace. 9 11.
comp. Hom. Il. 12 87. 7-4. v-e. 447

Macros, ov, | 6, the breast, pap.
Luke 11: 27 paxdgios of wavrod obs
Sjlavas. 23:29. Rev. 1:13, Sept.
for 3 Job 3: 12, Cant. 1: 12. — Pol,
15. 31, 13. Xen. An. 4.3. 6.

Mearawdoyla, as, %, (ueraels-
705,) vain talk, empty jangling, 1 Tim.
1: 6,—Porphyr. de Abstin, 4. 16. Plut.
ed. R. VE. p. 21. 9.

Meacretodoyos, ov, 6, %, (uattaros,
Liyw,) given to vain talking, subst. vain
talker, empty wrangler, Tit. 1: 10,

Mareuos, a, ov, (psieny,) vain,

, frvilless, Tit. 8:9. mlons 1 Cor.
15:17. Senoxela James 1:26. S01
Cor. 3 20, quoted from Ps, 94: 11
where Sept. for 5377, a8 also Zech.
10; 2, for 7 Is. 31: 2.— Hdian. 6. 7.
2, Xen. fect. 4. 41.—From the Heb.
1d drasa, vanities, nothings, for idols,
idolatry, Acts 14: 15, 80 Sept. and
‘bar 1K. 16: 13, .2 K. 17: 15, Jer. %
5.& 19, Hence also warraud dvactgo-
Gi 1 Pet. }: 18, i,q, idolatrous walk,
practice of idolatry.

Mecrawdrys, 4105, 4, (warearos, )

Mocraweo

vanity, emptiness. 2 Pot. 2 18 taigoyxa
78Q paradtqtos poeyyoperor, Sept.
oP Ps, 4:3.—In the sense of frail-
ty, dransientness, Rom, 8 20 aij ya wo
tadryte 4 xtloig insdyy. So Sept.
for $373 Ps. 506 & 10. Eee. 1: 2,
14.—From the Heb. for folly, perverse-
ness, wickedness, Eph. “ae ‘So Sept.
and arg Ps, 26:4. 119: 37, 144: 8, 11.

Mearawe, o, £. doc, (piraros,)
pp. to make vain; in N.T. fromthe Heb.
only Pass. to become vain, i.e. foolish,
perverse, wicked. Rom. 1: 21 ¢uataui-
Syoar dy roig Sialoyopoig ater, in
reference espec. to idolatry, comp. v.
23, and see in Maratos ult. So Sept.
and bry 2K. 17:15, Jer.2:5. Comp.
Sept. for 5203 2 Sam, 13: 13, 26: Qt.

Many, adv. in vain, to no pur-
pose, fruitlessly. Matt. 15:9 et Mark
7:7 p. 08 iPortal pe. Sept. for xyw>
Jor. 2 30.—Hdian. 1.4.7, Xen. Coc.
7. 40,

Mar@ains, ov, 5, Matthew, the
writer of the first Gospel, one of the
apostles, called also Levi, originally a
pablican, 6 elobyng, Matt. 10:8. 9: 9.
Merk 3:18, Luke 6:15. Acts 1: 13.
Comp. Mark 2: 14, Luke 5: 27.

Maritay, 6, indec. Matthan, Heb.
JR (gift), pr. n,m. Matt. 1: 15 bis,

Mattar, 5, indoc. Matthat, pr. n.
of two men, Luke 3: 24, 29,

Martlac, «, 6, Matthias, (prob.
i. q. MoriaSlas,) pr. n, of the apostle
chosen in the place of Judas, Acts 1:
23, 26.

Martada, 6, indec. Matlatha,
Heb. rin (gift of Jeboveb), pr. n,m.
Lake 2 a1.

Marradlag, av, 6, (i. q. preced.)
Mattothias, pr. n. of two men, Luke 3:
25, 26.

Mezaupa, as, 4, (prob. paizn) a
knife, slaughter-knife, worn by Homer's
heroes along with the sword, Il. 3, 271.
Hdot.2, 61. Ael. V. H. 8, 8.—Ia N. T.
@ sword, pp. for cutting, Matt. 26: 47

é pazaigcy xal Eilen. v. 51 dri-

ee
exacs Ty paxaigay airol. v. 52 ter,

498

5.
»
Act

Meyadecorns

Mark 14: 48, 47, 48, Lake 91: 34.
36, 88, 49, 52 Jobn 18 10, 11.

ts 16: 27. Heb. 4:12, Rev. 6 4. 1%
10 bis, 14. trop. Eph. 17. Sept. for
5h Gen. 34: 25. Judg, 3: 16—Diod.
Bic. 16.94. Xen. An, 1.8, 6,—So for
the sword of justice, i.e. of the execu-
tioner, Acts 12:2, Rom. 8:35. Heb.
Ii: 84, 87. Hence gooily pagaigerr, to
bear the sword, i. e.to have the power
of life and death, Rom. 1% 4. — Aes-
chin, 88.11. Philostr. V. Apollon. 7.
16, comp. Sueton, Vitel. c. 15.— Me-
ton. sword for war, opp. sieyry, Matt.
10:34 Bo 391 Sept, molapos Lev.
26: 6. Sept. and 3>N] Jer. 14: 12.

Maryn, 78, 4s (capi, aizp,)a fight,
battle, Hdian, 8.5.1. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.
29, In N.T. genr. strife, contest, con-

1, 2Cor. 7:5 Twde pizo. 2
Tim. 2: 23. Tit. 3: 9 paizas vomscts ie.
controversies respecting the Mosaic law.
James 4:1. Sept. for 3% Gen. 12
7. yir1g Prov. 15: 18.—Arr. Epict. 4.
5.3. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5, 38.

Meizouce, £. sooner, ( pire) to
fgkt, pp. in war, battle, Hdian. 4, 15.
15. Xen. Cyr. 3.3. 29,30. lo N. T.
genr. to strive, to contend, e.g. physi-
cally in a private quarrel, Acts 7: 26.
So Sept. for 23 Ex. 21:22 2 Sam.
14:6. Also in words, to strive, to dis-
pute, ©. g. x9os Glisilovs John & 52
recipr. 2 Tin. 224. James 4:2, Sepe.
for 2%) Gen. 31: 36. Neh. 13:25,—Arr.
Epict. 4, 1. 146, Xen. Mom. 3. 5. 16.

Meyarauyéo, ©, £ jow, (uiyes,
aizée to boast,) to boast largely, to play
the James 3: 5.—2 Mace. 15:
32, Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 6 pen. I. p.
243, ed. Tauchn. Diod. Sic. 15. 16.

Meyadsios, a, ov, (ubyas,) great,
glorious, wonderful, ©. g. td peyalsta,
great things, wonderful works, Luke 1:
49. ‘Acts 2 11, Sept. for nidsa-Pe
71: 19.—Ecclus. 18: 4, ‘Ken. Mem. 4.
5.2 ,

Meyaheworys, qr05, % ( pye-
Lsiog,) greatness, majesty, glory, €. g. Te¥
S00 Luke 9: 43. 0% xuglov 2 Pet. 2:
16, tig “AgréusBog Acts 19: 27, Sept.
for nyRM Jer. 3k 9.—Eedr. 1: 5.
Jos, Ant. , 4, 3.

Mayadongenys 490

Mayadonpenys, 40g, os, 6, 4
24h (eres, ebm) pp. ‘becoming to 8

great man, » Xen. Me
3105. oN. T. con
splendid, of things, 2 Pet. 1:1 Sd vie
ery. Boing. — 2 Mace. 15: 13, 3 Mace.
2 9, Xen. Hi. 22,

Meyadivo, f wi, ( piyas,) to
make great, to c. acc,

a) geor. wa ad spdeneta tor ty
“Matt. 23: 5. 10 Bisog wrt tev0¢ to shew
cone great mercy, do him great kindness,
Take 1:58, Be So Sept. and Heb. 5*4377

Bi Gen. 19: 19. comp.-Ps, 57: 11. —

‘Thue, 5, 98.

b) i. to magnify to praise, Lule
46 toy xiguoy. ‘Acts 5: 12. -10: 46. -19:
17, -2 Cor. 16: 15. -Phil. 1:20, Sept.
for 33 ‘Pe. 34:4 -69: 31. “2 Sam. 7:
26. —Ecelus, 43: 31, Diod. Sie. 1. 20.
Xen. Ap. Socr. 32.

Meycdas, adv. (uiyes,) greatly,
much, Phil. 4: 10 dycigny psyddeos. —
Sept. 1 Chr. 29: 10. Xen. Hi. 4. 5.

'

Meyaheoovry, ns, %, (pdyas,) ma»
jeaty, i.e. the divine majesty, meton.
for God himerlf, Heb, 1: 3, 8 1. Also
in ascriptions Jude 25. So Sept. for
dria Deut. 3% 3. an Chr. 29:
ii. Ps. 145: 6 — Act. Thom. § 15.
Test. XII. Patr. P. 586. meton. for
God, Lib. Henoch, in Fabr. Cod. Ps.
V. T. p. 187. The usual word in
Greek writers is uéye9os.

Meéyas, weyddn, wéya, Gen. po-
yélov, ns,ou; Comper. uelfeor, Superl.
Hiytavog once 2 Pet.1: 4. A double

compar, is patorsgos 8 Jobn 4, see un-
der “Fdazsaréreg0s. — Great, large, pp.
of physical magnitude.

a) of men or animals, great in size,
mature, John 21: 11 iydvs. Rev. 12:3
Sein. v.14. OF persons, i. full-
grown, Heb. 11: 24 piyas yevopsvos,
and s0 puxges xa) pdyag small and
Acts 8 10, 26 22. Heb. & 11. Rev.
1: 18, Bept. for Ding Ex. 29: 3. 17:
3. Gen. 19 11.— Palaeph. 40. 1, 2
dian. 2. 9. 6. pers. Lue. Tox. 44.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 14, 17.—Hence of age,
& psltwr, the elder, Lat, major natu,
Rom. 9:12, quoted from ‘Gun, 2: W

Meéyes

where Sept. for 24. Comp. Xen,
Ven, 9. 8.

b) of things, great, e.g. (a) in size,ex-
tent, Matt. 27:60 MGor. Mark 18:2ois-
as. Luke 1218. 16:26 zaoye, (Palaeph.
99.5.) Luke 22: 12 Acts 10:11. 1
Cor. 16:9 Siga, Rev. 8: 10. 11:8, 14:
19, 18:21. al. Trop, of guilt John 19:
11, Sept. for 5473 Josh.10:2,11. trop.
2 Sam, 13: 16, — Hdian. 3.7. 5. ib, 4.
15. 14, — (8) in measure, e. g. tall,
large, Luke 13:19 dévdgoy. Matt, 1%
32. Mark 4: 32; orlong, Rev. 6: 4 pa
xauga; or broad, large, Rev. 9: 14 né-
tapos. 20:1 dives. — Heian. 3. 3. 10,
ib, 3, 7.9, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 17 zereiv. —
(7) of number or amount, Mark 5:11
ayily, 1 Tim, 6: 6, Heb. 10:35. trop.
Jobn 15: 18. Acts 4: 33 zéeu. James
4:6. Sept. and sy . 8: 66, 2
Chr. 7: 8. —Hdian. 7. 4. 9 21j905.—(3)
in price, cost, great, costly, splendid,
Luke 5:29 Soyq. 14: 16 deinvor. 2 Tim.
2: 20. Heb. % 11. Bept and bing
Gen. 21: 8, Jer, 52 13 Of a day,
celebration, great, solemn, John 7: 37.
19: 81; elsewhere of the day of judg-
ment Acts 2 20, Jude 6. Rev. & 17.
16 14. So Sept. and $444 Mal. 4: 5.
Joel 2 11, 31.—(e) trop. great in esti-
mation, weight, importance. Matt. 22:
38, 38 drtoly. Eph. 5: 32 et 1 Tim. &
16 pvorjgsor. 1 John 5: 9 pagruele. 1
Cor. 9 11. 80 slew greater, more
important, Matt. 23: 19. 1 Cor. 13: 13,
Heb. 11: 26. péysoros 2 Pet. 1: 4.
Sept. for ti 1 Sam. 22: 15. — Dem.
1866.22. Diod. Sic. 3.72 Xen. An.
2.6.14.

¢) trop. great in force, intensity, ef-
fect, e.g. (a) as affecting the exter-
‘nal senses, great, vehement, violent, Matt,
8: 24 ceopss piyos. Luke 21: 11. (del
V. H. 6.9.) Mark 4: 37 daliay,
yalsjm, John 6: 18 dyepos. (Dem.
3213, 27.) Rev. 11: 19 zdlata, 16: 21,
So likewise wréosg Matt. 7: 27,

yee
great Luke 6:49, er Matt. 24:31. ( ian,

1.8.12) spavyy Acts 23:9. Rev. 14:
18. sgétur peitov adv. more vehe-
menlly ‘Matt. 20: 81, (Hdot. 2. 141. 4)

‘Aloo sugerég Like 4:38,” somards Acts’.

8&2. Bept. Gen. 50: 10.— (f) as af-
fecting the mind, causing emotion, e.
g Mat, 2 10 yagdy yxy. 3Jobn 4,

Méyas

Mark 5:42 Excraow p. Luke 29 g6-
Bor. Rom. 9: 2 linn. Rev. 12: 12 d-
wos w. (Aeschin. 63, 10 dgy7. Ken.
Cyr. 4.2, 10 péfos.) So of events etc.
Matt. 24: 21 Stig. Luke 4:25 diuds.
21: 23, Acts 8: 1 dimyyds. James 3: 1
xglya. Rev. 16: 21 nlnyy. (Sept. Job
213. Aeschin. 55. 10. Xen, Av. 5. 8.
17.) Of things exciting admiration,
great, mighty, wonderful, e. g. onpein w.
great signs, mighty deeds, miracles,
Matt, 24:24. Luke 21:11. Acts 6: 8.
Ourdpag Acts 8: 13. divas p. Acts
4: 83. 8: 10. So pellova sc. toya
John 3: 51. 5: 20. 14: 12. Joined
with Savpaotds Rev. 15: 1,3. 2 Cor.
11: 15 af pda: oby what wonder then?
comp. v.14, So Sept, and 413 Deut.
& 22, 10: 21. 29: 8, — Dem. 1046. 10.
Aeschin. 79, 13.

) trop. great in power, dignity, au-

thority, ©. g. of pryélos the great, i.e.
nobles, princes, Matt, 20: 25. Mark 10:
42. Matt. 5:35 rob pay. Baoitéos, (Ael.
V.H. 12.1, Hdian. 6.4.8.) Heb. 4:
14 Goytepde: p. 10: 21. 13: 20, Of God
Tit. ¢ 13, Rev. 19:17. of Diana Acts
19: 27, 28, 34, 35. So genr. great, dis-
tinguished, Matt. 5: 19 obtos usyas xdn-
Syorra. Mark 10: 43. Luke 7: 16 mgo-
grits. Acts 8:9, So pelfwy seq. gen.
Matt. 11: 11. Luke 7:28. John 13: 16,
1 Cor. 14:5. simply Matt. 18:1. Luke
22:24, 2 Pet. 2:11.—In a bad sense,
great, noted, 4} xégry Rev. 17:1. 19: 2.
Bept. and 5443 2 Sam. 7:9. Neh. 11:
14. — Dem, 116.8 Hdian. 1. 6. 17.
Xen. An. 8, 2 10. mdgvog Aeschin.
22, 28.

e) implying censure, i. q. too great,
i.e. lofty, boastful, arrogant. Rev. 13: 5
otépa laloiy prydha xab Blaognuics.
So Sept. and Chald. 32939 Dan. 7: 8,
20, Heb, Sing Sept. peyaloggrpar Ps.
12 4, — Hom, Od. 22, 288 siya: eimiiv.
Sept, Ajax 384 or 386. Dem. 1124. 25
paya daaty, comp. 981.25, AL.

Méyedog, eos, ove, 2, (uiyas,)
greatness, trop. Eph. 1: 19 20 p. tijs du-
vipews aitov. Sept. for S14 Ex. 15:
16.—Aeachin, 82. 16, phys. Haian, 8.
2.10, Xen, Mem. 1. 3, 12,

Meycoraives, cov, of, (uiyus, pi-

yoeros,) the great, Lat. magnates, i. ©.

500

Madodela

chiefs, nobles, princes, Mark 6:21, Rev.
& 15. 18: 23, Sept. for v3 Jer.
14: 3 Nah. 25. pita Jon. & 7.
poy 2 Chr, 36: 18. Chald. 73797.
Dan. 5: 1 sq. — Act. Thom. § 7. Jos.
Ant 11.3, 2. ib, 20.2.3, Artemidor.
1.2. ib. 3.9. Sueton.Calig.5. tis a
word of the later Greek, Phryn. et Lob.
p. 196 sq. Sturz de Dial, Alex. p. 180
0q. Sing. weyioray occurs once Ee-
clus. 4:7,

Méyist0¢, see in Miyag init. and
ba

Meteounveve,, f. rbaer, (nerd, bg-
Envete,) to translate over sc. from one
language into another, to tnterpret; in
N. T. only Pass. Matt, 1: 23 & dove pa
Pepynvevousvoy. Mark 5: 41. 15: 22, 34.
Jobn 1: 42, Acts 4: 36, 13: 8. — Jos. c.
‘Ap. 1. 10. Diod. Sic. 1. 11.

Méoy, 75, 4, (usdv mulled wine,
Germ. Meth, mead,) drunkenness, drunk-
en-frolic, Luke 21: 34. Rom. 13: 13.
Gal, 5:21. Comp. in Kgasrdly. Sept.
for 71930 Ez, 23:33, 39: 19.—Ael. V.
H.3. 14. Xen. Ag. 5. 1.

Meda, £. perooriow, (ura,
forms) also peOcorctvw 1 Cor. 13: 2,
comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 112. 12, —
To set or move over sc. from one place
to another, to trangfer, to remove ; in N.
T. only in the transitive forms,

a) pp.c. acc, 1 Cor. 18:2 sors deg
peDotavay, seq. eis Col. 1:13, Sept.
for win Is. 54: 10,— Jos, Ant. 9, 11. 1
ult. Hdian. 6, 4.14.—Trop. to draw over
to another side or party, to seduce, c.
sce. Syloy ixavey Acts 19:26. Sept.
for "Ory Is. 59: 15.—Xen, H. G. 2.2, 5.

b) of persons, fo remove sc. from of-
fice, trans, e. g. a king, to depose, Actg
13: 22, coll. 1 Sam.c. 16.; a steward,
to dismiss, Luke 16:4 Stay pstoorede
tis oixovoulas, where for the genit.
comp. Math. § 353. Winer § 30.6. So
Sept. for 37Ory 1 K. 15: 13.—Pol. 4. 87.
9, seq. axe c. gen.

Metodela, ag, 4, from the verb
peSodeie to methodize, (yard, 63éc, piSo-
60s,) i. e. to trace out with method and
skill, Diod. Sic. 1, 15, 81; to treat me-
thodically, Philo Quod det ins. pot. p.

Medopros

175.C. de Agric. p. 191. B ; to use art,
to deal artfully, Sept. 2 Sam. 19: 27.
Polyb. 38. 4. 16, Hence peSodsia,
snethod, in the sense of art, wile, only in
N. T, Eph. 4: 14. 6: 11.— Hesyeh. pe
Bodsias réyras. So dndey xab pido
80g Artemid. 3. 25.

Medogue, ov, 6, j, adj. (uerd,
3e08,) bordering upon roti, e.g a6
dus Jos. B. 3. 4.11.2. ij Thue, 2. 27.
In N.T, neut. plur. ra peOcgea 80,
zepla, borders, confines, Mark 7: 24 ra
B Tigo xai 2:3dy0g.—Hdian. 5, 4. 10.
Xen. Cyr. 1.4.16,

Mesvoxe, f. to, (uid, comp. in
MiOq,) to make drunk; Mid. to become
drunk, to be drunken, comm. Engl. to
get drunk, and by impl. fo carouse; Aor.
1 Pass, éus9vo Sey in Mid. signif, Buc,
§ 136.2. Comp. Buttm. § 114. p. 201.
§ 112, n. 6.—Absol. Luke 12: 45 nivew
xal pedioxecPas, John 2:10. 1 Thess.
&7. e.dat. ofv@ Eph.5:18. Trop. dx
roi olvou rij¢ mopyelas Rev. 17:2. Sept.
Act. for "3g Jer. 51:7. Hab. 2 15.
Mid. for mind Prov. 4:17, 4-2 78
Prov. 28: 30: — Lue. de dea Syr. 2%.
D. Deor. 6. 3. Pol. 4, 57.3,

MeéPvooe, 5, 4, adj. (uiSv,) drunk-
en, subst. a drunkard, 1 Cor. 5:11. 6:10.
Sept for 83D Prov. 23:21. “iui Prov.
26: 9, — Luc. Tim. 55 js, xad mcgosros.
Plut. Cato Min. 24, Earlier writers
used péFva0¢ only of females, later ones
also of men, Lob. ad Phr. p. 151 9q.

Medve, ( widv, comp. in Méoy)
only in pres, and imperf. all other forms
belonging to pedigxe q.v. Buttm. § 114.
Passow sub v. — Tb be drunk, to get
drunk, and by ‘impl.to carouse, absol. Matt.
24: 49 pera tay peSvovrav with the
“drunken, Acts 2 15. 1 Cor, 11: 21.
1 Thess. 5:7. Trop. éx tot aipatog Rev.
17:6. Sept. for \2G1Sam.1:13, Job
12 25. _ trop. od do olvov for Jn >t
Is, 51: 21. comp. Deut. 32: 42,—Ael. V.

_ H.2.40. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 21.

MetZav, Mesloregog, see in Mé-
70s init.

Méday, avoc, +0, (neut. of pédas,)
any thing black, 0. g. ink. 2 Cor. 3:3
dnuet0)4 ty ytygapyéry ob pilav, 2Jobn

501

Meiisows

12. 8 John 13, — Dem. 313. 11.
Jahn § 87 ult.

Meéhas, awa, av, black, Matt. 5,
36 Seis. Rev. 6:5,12. Sept. for “maj
Lev. 13:37. Cant. 1:5.—Luc. Paras, 41.
Xen. An, 4. 5, 13.

Medeas, a, 5, Meleas, pra. m.
Luke 3:31.

Mézet, ivpf. tues, fat. pedjon, im-
pers. forms from pelo, to be for care
and concern to any one, drPgairouas psb-
dw Hom. Od. 9.20. Hence pehet, sf
concerns, c, dat. of pers, and usually to
be rendered personally, i. e. to care for,
to take care of, pp. 8eq..gen. of the ob-
ject, Buttm. §132: 5.3. 1 Cor. 9: 9 yi
tiv Bocoy piles 926 ; i.e. does not God
take care of oxen? c. gen. inipl. 1 Cor.
7: 21.—Jos, Ant. 7. 1. 6. Luc. D. Mort.
2.3, Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 30. — Seq, neg
¢. gen. Matt. 22: 16 ob yéles cos meg) oF
Ssx6¢ i. €. thou carest for no one, art im-
partial. Mark 12:14, John 10:13, 12:6.
1 Pet. 5: 7,—1 Macc. 14: 43. Jos, Ant.
12. 4,2. Xen. Hi. 9. 10.—Once with a
nominat. Acts 18: 17 ovdéy tovtew Tal-
Mani tueler, i, e. none of these things was
matter of concern to Gallio, he cared for
none of them. See Math, § 348. n. 2
comp. Buttm. § 129. 10. — Hom. Il. 5.
490. Eurip, Hippol. 104. — Seq. ozs,

Mark 4: 38 ov péles cou, dts dnoddipedas
Luke 10: 40.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 2. 13,c. os.

Medetcw, o, £. jou, (pide, widen)
to care for, to take care for any jhing,
i. e. 80 a8 to be able to perform it, comp.
Tium. de Synon. N.T. p. 176; hence
Lat. meditare, to meditate, c. acc. of
thing, Mark 13:11. 1 Tim. 4:15 tata.
péléza, Acts 4:25 th duelérqoay xevd 3
quoted from Pe, 21 where Sept. for
rary, aleo Prov. & 7. Is, 59: 3, 12.
misty Ps. 119: 148, — Dem. 1129. 9.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 21.

Meds, cog, 16, honey, Lat. mel,
Rev. 10:9, 10. Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1:6
pals Gyouor, see in “Aygtos. Sept. for
S37 Gen, 43: 1). Judg. 14: 8, 18.—Di-
od, Bic. 19.94. Xen. H. G. 5. 3.19.

Meésoieg, ov, 6, 9, adj. (pio
aa hee,) of bees, made by bees. Luke 24:
42 dxd yu. xnglou of bee-comb,

Merlyn

Medtzn, 75, 4, Metite, now Malta,
tn island of the Meditetranean, lying to
the southward of Sicily, Acts 28:1.
Here Paul was shipwrecked, after being
driven up and down for fourteen days

* jn the Adriatic Sea, between Sicily and
Greece, see "Adplas and Acts 27: 27 aq.
Hence he sailed again on a direct course
by Syracuse and Rhegium to Puteoli,
Acts 28: 11sq.— There was another
small island of the same name in the
Adriatic Gujf, on the coast of Illyricum,
now called Meleda, which some bave
thought to be the place of Paul's ship-
wreck ; but its position does not accord
with the account of the subsequent
voyage to Puteoli; nor can we well
suppose a vessel bound from Alexan-
dria to Pateoli to have wintered in this
island. Comp. Acts 28: 11.

Médheo, £. jaw, (kindr. with die)
imperf. ushloy and jusllor Buttm. § 83.
0.5; to be about to do or suffer any
thing, to be on the point of, 8eq. infin. of
that which one is about to do or suffer,
mostly the inf. future, (in N. 'T. least of
all,) freq. inf. present, and rarely inf.
@orist, which latter Phrynichus con-
demns p. 336, though it is found in the
earliest writers and even in Ionic and
Attic prose, Lob, ad Phrya. p. 745 9q.
Comp. Passow sub v. Winer § 45. p. 276.
For the force of the inf. pres. et aor. af-
‘tor ilies as implying duration or tran-
sientness, see Buttin. § 137.

a) pp. and (a) genr. seq. inf. present,
Luke 7:2 Suelds talavegir, was about to
die, was at the point of death, John 4: 47.
Acts 21: 27, 27: 33. Seq. inf. aorist,
Rev. 3:2 puddles GnoSaveir, 12: 4.—
c. pres, 2 Mace, 9: 18, Ael V. H. 1.11.
¢. aor, Hdian. 2 10,9. Thuc. 6. 31. —
(8) Also as implying purpose i. q. to
ave in mind, to intend, to will, seq, inf.
pres, Matt. 213 példes yag ‘Hoodng ty-
‘tal 16 nasdlor. Luke 10: 1. Jobn 6 6.
Acts 3 3. 126. Rev. 10:4. Seq. inf.
aor. Rev, 2 10 doi péddes Palsy. 3: 16.
—c. pres. Xen. An.5.7,5. ¢, aor. Ael.
‘V.H. 3,97. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 16.

b) i. q. ought, should, must, as imply-
ing necessity, accordance with the na-
ture of things or with the divine ap-
pointment, and therefore certain, des-

502

Meédog

tined to take place. So seq. inf. pres.
Matt. 11: 14 "Halas 6 pdllew iozeeSas.
20: 22, Mark 10: 32. Luke 9: 31, 44.
John 11: 51. Acts 28:6. Rom. 4: 24.
8 13, Heb, J: 14. James 2 12. Rev. 2
10 @ pilus micysv. Seq. inf. aor.
Rom. 8: 18 1} pildovsar dobar exoca—
Lvpdyras Gal. 3: 23, Seq. inf. fut.
Acts 11: 28 Aiysy wiyor wilder tosodes,
U4: 15,—c. pres. Diod. Sic. 2. 31. Xen.
Lac. 1.3, . sor. Xen. 6.1.40. . fat.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 5. — Hence particip.
Melk, ovge, ov, impending, future,
¢. inf. impl. as BescPa, tezerGas ete.
Matt. 3: 7 dio tijg pelLovons dgyiic. 1%
82, Rom. 5:14, 1 Tim. 4:8. Heb. 9: 11.
18: 1d. td példovta things to come,
Rom, 8:38. 1 Cor. 3:22, ais 16 piles,
in future, hereafter, Luke 13:9. 1 Tim.
6: 19. — Lue, D. Mort. 3.1, Heian. 1.
14.3. Xen, Cyr. 6. 1. 13.

c) i. gq. may, can, will, imply-
ing possibility, probability, what one
hopés or fears, seq. inf. pres. Matt.
24:6, Luke 22:28 5 rotzo pdllew xpda-
guy, who might or could do this. Acts
20:38. 1 Tim. 1:16, Seq. inf. fut.
‘Acts 27: 10 Ssmpe Ste wera tBgeus . .
pildsiy tose Das tov mloby.—c. pres. Xen.
Cyr. 4.33. c, fut. Xen. An. 4. 7. 16.

d) i. q. to be ever about to doa thing,
i.e. lo linger, to delay. Acts 2% 16 xai
viv ol pills ;—Jos. Ant. 3.2.3, Hdian.
2.2.21, Xen. Cyr. 1.315. An.

Meé2os, sug, ous, 16, a limb, mem-

“ber, se. of the body.

2) pp. Matt. 5: 29, 30 fy rei paler cov.
Rom. 12: 4 bis. 1 Cor. 12: 12 bis, 14, 18,
19, 20, 22, 25, 26 quater. James 3: 5, 6.
—Hom. Od. 11. 599. Hdot. 1.119, Ael.
V. H. 14. 7. — Plur. rot wédn, the mem-
bere, collect. i. q. the body, as the seat of
the desires and passions, Rom. 6 13bis,
10 pély Spar Sala ddixlas v. dixcsoad-
ys. v.19 bis, 7: 5,23 bis, Col. 3: 5.
James 4:1. 1 Cor. 6: 15 ter, ra coiprtet
Spar din Xesotod dowwr . .. xégras pis,
i. e. your bodies are Chris's bodies,
they belong to Christ end not to a
harlot.

b) trop. member of the church, of
which Christ is the head, 1 Cor. 12: 27.
Eph. 5: 30. Gldijder ily members of
one another, i, e. as intimately united in

Madyl
christian fellowship, Rom. 12 5, Eph.
455,

Medyze, i, indec. Melchi, Heb. prob.
5252 (my king), pr. 0. of two of Jesus?
ancestors, Luke & 24, 28.

Medzuoeddx, 6, indec. Melchise-
dek, Heb. p'yR—*3" 22 i. ©. king of right-
eousness, pr. 0. of a king of Salem or
Jerusalem, and a patriarchal priest of
Jehovah, cotemporary with Abraham,
comp. Gen. 14: 18 aq.—Heb. 5: 6, 10. &
20, 7:1, 10,11, 15,17, 21—Comp. Jos,
Ant. 1. 10. 2,

Meio, vee in Miu.

MeuBpava, m6, 4, Lat. nembro-
na, ie, membrane, skin, parchment, 2
Tim. ‘4: 18. —Comp. Pin, H. N. 1311
or 21.

Meéupopec, f. youos,depon, Mid. to
Sad fault with, to blame, to censure, ¢. dat.
Heb. 8: 8 pewpopavos yao adroit dies.
Absol. Rom. 9: 19. Mark 7:2 in text.
rec. —c. dat Jos, . Ap. 1.20. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 20,

Mepyluoigos, ov, 6, 4, (udppo-
pasion) pp finding foul with one's
e. discontented,

, Jude
tebe de cohib, Ira ¢. 13. T. 111. Pp
252, Tauchn. Luc. D. Deor. 20. 4.

Méy, conjunct. implying affirma-
tion or concession, indeed, truly, and at
the same time pointing forward to some-
thing antithetic, or at least different,
which is then commonly subjoined rip
d¢ or an equivalent particle ; 80 that 4
and d¢ correspond to each other, and
mark the protasis and apodosis. Where
the antithesis is strong, pér—dé may be
rendered indeed—but ; in many instan-
cea, however, they merely mark a tran-
sition, or are continuative, and cannot
well be given in English, See genr.
Butem. § 149. p, 426 eq. Passow in péy.
Mauh. § 622, Herm. ad Vig. p. 841.
The place of pév is regularly'after the
word to which it belongs in sense, i. e.
waually after one, two, three, or even
four words ina clause (John 16: 22),
rel at the beginning, see Winer p.

a) Where there isa distinctand definite

503

Mey

antithesis, and jz¢y reteins its concessive
power, indeed, e. g. (c) soa. é¢ in the
apodosis, 90 that puis—8dis i. q. indeed —
dut. Matt 3:11 Gyo pir Basal Sua
hee «£8 xlow yaw lopiere, &
87 6 piv Sepuopos molic, oF 34 dpyctes
Gddyo, 17:11. Mark ‘tk 8. 10: 39, 40,
John 16: 22. Acts 1: 5. 2%: 9. Rom. 2
7,8 1 Cor. 11: 14 6g, 12: 20, Phil. 3
1. Heb. 3 5,6, 1 Pet. 1: 20. al. snepies,
Placed irregularly, i, e. before the word
to which it refers, Acts 22:3. Tit. 1:15.
Comp. Winer p. 460 2q.—Sept. Job 4%
5. Ael. H. A. 2,31. Xen, Mem. 1.6.11.
—So too with yg and ovy, where each
Heian its own proper force, e.
& wey yoe—te, fe Teneo Acts
Tat 36 Jopid piv 159 bi 8 Stdg
Hyuger = 1.1. for Dosid indeed . «but
etc, 2 8, 25: 11, Rom. 2 25. 1 Cor,
11:7. 2 Cor. 9% 1, coll. 3, Heb, 7:18
Inverted Acts 28: 22. (Wisd,
7: 80. Xen, Mem. 1.2.5.) u2v ody—
&é, whore oty is illative and piv refers
to Bi, indeed therefore of then—but, Acts
1& 140g. pay ovr dv adlamud ts...
ab 84 Oiryua x. 1.2, 19: 38 eq. 1 Cor.
25, Phil. 22%2—Xen. Mem. 4.2. 40,
—{8) With eome other particle in the
apodosis, comp. Passow piv no. 2. f
Buttm. p. 427. Math. 1c. Winer p.
448. EK. g. pév—adla Rom. 14: 20.
pay yéq—élde Acts 4:16 q, 1 Cor. 14:

17. (Luc. D. Deor. 8 pen. Ken. Ove. 8. ~

6.) pér—énesra Jobn 11:6 0q. James
317. comp. Matth, § 622. 6. (Xen,
Mem. 1. 4. 11.) péo—xad Acts 27: 21
oq. 1 Thees, 2 18. (Lue. D. Deor. Ma-
Fin. 8.1.) dr—ndrjy Luke 2% 22,
(Hdian. 6. 7. 11, 20.) Bo pir oty—wab
‘Acts 26: 4 coll. v.6. piv oby—tarby
‘Acts 17: 30.—(y) The adversative par-
ticle (3¢ or the like) is sometimes want-
ing after udy, either because the antith-
esis ia expressed in some other way, as
Heb. 12: 9; or because the apodosis it-
self is omitted, e. g. (1) where the apo-
dosis is obviously implied, Winer p.
448, Passow piv no.2. g- Motth. § 622.
6. Acts 19: 4 “Iudvyng piv Barnes f.
petavolos x. ¢. 4, supp. ‘but not so Jesus,’
Rom. 7:12 dote & piv ropos Sy10¢, supp.
* but not this abuse of it,’ comp. v. 7 9q.
Col. 2 23, Heb. 6 16.— Soph. Antig.
1386,—{2) where through a change of

Me

construction the writer neglects the ap-
odosis, Winer |. c. Acts 1: 1 tor po
mosiror léyor x.t. 2. where the apodosis
would regularly corhe in before v. 3,
“but in this second book etc.’ but the
writer neglects it and turns to some-
thing else, Rom. 1:6. 10:1. 2 Cor.
1% 12 piv yag 1: 4—(8) or some-
times the apodosis is thus as it were ob-
Titerated, and then py serves to insulate
some person or thing, and thus to ex-
clude every thing else which might otbh-
erwise be expected or implied, Lat. qui-
dem, Butum. p. 427. So espec. with a
pers. pron. as ¢yo piv, I indeed, I at least,
1 Cor. 3: 4, Rom. 11:13. 1 Thess, &
18, dy6 pir oby Acts 26:9. So yey
yoo, 08 nestor pir yég Rom, 3:2. 1
Cor. 11: 18,—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 12, Conv.
2.5. —(8) Vice versa, dé sometimes
stands in the apodosis without péy in
the protasis, e, g. Luke 11:47. See
Passow uéy no. 2, g. Matth. § 288. 4.
b) Where the antithesis is less definite,
fo that péy—dé serve to mark transition
or are merely continuative; here the
foree of péy cannot well be given in
English, while dé is rendered by but,
and,ete, ‘Thus (a) simpl. wer 2eq. 34,
Matt, 25: 33 ovjos 14 piv medare be
dekediv arbtod, ta 38 dolore x. t. 2. he shall
act the sheep on his right hand, but (and)
the goats on his left. Luke 13: 9, 23: 56
coll. 24: 1, Acts 14: 12, Rom. 8: 17. 1
Cor, 1:23, 2Tim. 4:4. Jude8. Comp. as
Buttm. p. 427. Matth. § 622.—2 Mace.
%& 40 coll, 4: 1. . Xen. Cyr. 2. 1. 10, ib,
4, 5. 15.—(8) With ovr, i.e. wav ovr,
Engl. only therefore, then, e. g. (1) seq
84, Mark 16: 19 6 pév obv xiguos andi
gon... dniivor o6 eelO6ries x. 1. h
Jobo Is: 24 sq. Acts 1:6 sq, 2:41 coll.
42, 5:41 coll. 6:1. 8 4 8q. 9 31 5q.
12%: 5, 18: 4 coll. 6. 14:3 aq. 15: 3 eq.
23: 18 oq. 28: 5 aq. — (2) without 34,
where dy ody then serves as a contin-
uative, with a certain degree of illative
foree, Engl. then, therefore, Lat, et qui-
dem, comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 841. n.
BAR Acts W: 2 _ 1 Cor. 6: 4. Hi
11, (Xen, Mem. J. 1. 2 ib. 4.3.1)
Beq. xal, Acts 1; 18. 26:4 coll.6. Comp.
Xen. Cyr. 1.23, Or also with an af-
firmative power, yea, indeed, certainly,
verily, comp. Viger. p. 541 et Herm. p.

504

Mba

845. n. 343. Acts 2&9. Heb. & 1.2
Cor. 6:7 H8n wir ody Shes reqs irr
dow, btu x. +. 1, now assuredly there is
wholly a faull among you, that ete—
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 37, — Bo alle psy or
Phil. & 8.

c) In partition or distribution, («)
joined with the art. 6, #, 70, or the relat.
45, 4, 3, Buttm, §126. 2,3. F.. g. weq. 8,
a8 6 ptv—d de, the one—the other, tis—
that, Phil. 1: 16, 17. Heb. 7: 5, 6, 21 aq.
also one—another, and plur. some—eth-
o%, Matt, 22: 5,6. Acts 14: 4. 37:32

didlos 84, one—another, Matt. 16
i Jobn 7:12, So og uee—oe de, the
one—the other, Luke 23: 3% 2 Cor.2
16. 8s pér—é di doDercir, the ome—but

plur. some —others, Matt. 13: 8 ‘Acts Z:

44. Rom,9:21. Jude 22. 1 Cor. 12
28 ob piv, where the writer falls outol
the construction and proceeds with
ngaror, dsinegoy, toltor. Further,
piv=-Gidlos 5¢, one—amother, Matt. 124
8q.. Mark 4:4,5. 1 Cor. 12: 8 sq. —
Seq. xal, a8 &¢ uiv—xal Eregos, one—end
another, Luke 8: 5 9q.—(8) Joined wick
other pronouns, as dye piv—tye oi wer
1Cor.1:12, &ldog we ae foe
15:39, a ir—rig 86 PL. Ts 15. tor
10 piv—toito dé, partly—partly, Heb. It
33, comp. Matth. §288. n.2, Herm. ad
Vig. p. 702. — Isoer. Panegyr. p. 44D.
Hot. 3.106, —(y) Joined with an adv.
as cds pir—tes 34 Heb. 7: 8, comp.
Batim. Pp. 427. Genr. John 16 999.
be

Mevovy, better uiv oty, see in Mix
a,b. Later ecclesiastical writers place
it first in a clause, contrary to earlier
usage, Phrya. et Lob. p. 342. Comp. ia
Myr init.

Mevovrvye i.q, pir oty but strong-
er, yea indeed, yea verily, comp. in Mix

b.f,2. Luke 11: 28, Rom. 9: 20. 10
18. “Phil. 3: 8. Comp. Viger p. 541. —
Nicet. Annal. 21. 11. p. 415.—In N. T.
and ecclesiastical writers it is placed
first in a sentence, contrary to earlier

) usage, Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.203. Lob.

ad Phryn. p. 342, Comp. in Meroiy,

Meéyroe conjunct. (pév, tos enclit)
Pp. i. q. mév affirmative or concessive,

Méa
but stronger, indeed, truly, certainly, for-

sooth, eapec. in negative clauses and an-
swers, see Buttm. p. 431. Paseow in
wir B.12, Matth, § 622. Herm. ad Vig. 1
Pp» 843 aq. — Plato Phaedon. p. 73. D.
p. 82, C. Xen. Lac. J. 1.— Hence in
N.T.

a) though, yet, nevertheless, John 4:27
OBDs%s pivtos elna* th (yteis ; 7:13. 12
42 Suns pivtos. 20:5. 21:4 2 Tim,
2:19. Jude 8.—Jos. Ant. 1.18, 6. Xen.
Cyr. 2.1.5. Spo wéytos Ceb. Tab, 33.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3, 22,

b) once in the primitive sense of
each particle, pp. piv 101, indeed there-
fore, indeed then ; or, the force of pir
being lost in English, Merfore, then, ieg.
pay ob, see in Miy b. 8.2. Seq. 33,
James 2: 8.—Xen. H. G. 4. 8.5. Hiero
1.25.

Meéveo, £. psvis, aor. 1 fusiva, perf.
Bapéryaa, vee Buttm. § 101. n. 9. § 112.
5, 8; pluperf. 3 plur. pepenixsicar
1 John 2 19, see Buttm. § 83. n.6. Wi-
ner § 12. 12.

1. intrans. to remain, to continue, to
abide, Lat. maneo, spoken

a) of place, i. e. of persons remaining
or dwelling i io a place, seq. adv, Matt.
10:11 xéxei pestvorte. 26:38. John 2: 12.
Seq, Zv c. dat. of place Luke 8:97 éy of-
ade oix Zuever, John 7:9. 8: 35. Acts
20:15, 27:31. 2 Tim. 4:20. ©. dys
oixig impl. Jobn 8: 35, Acts 16: 15.
Beq. pera: c. gen. of person Luke 24:29,
and with the notion of help John 14:16,
Seq. nape c. dat. of pers. John 14: 25.
Acta 18; 3, 20, and with the notion of
help John 14:17. xa@" éauroy pérny
to duvell by oneself Acts 28: 16 coll. 30.
Seq. avy c. dat. of pers. Luke 1: 56,
In the sense of to lodge, seq. noi John
1: 39, 40. seq. éy c. dut. of place Luke
19: 5. seq. mage c. dat. of pers, John
4: 40. Acts 9: 43, coll, 10: 6, Sept. for
Sw? seq. wert Gen. 24: 55.—c. adv.
1 Mace. 11:40. Xen. An. 1 31 cd
Hdian. 4.3.10. pera Plot. Apoth. Imp.
IL p.25. Tauchn, raged Ceb. Tab. 9.
—Bo of things, weq. dd c, gen, John 19:
31 tre pt wtlyy éx)105 orarvgod 14 oeiuata.
(comp. Hdian. 4. 4.9.) Trop. seq. én
¢. dat. 2 Cor. 3: 14,

b) of a state or condition, seq. adv.
1 Cor. 7: 8, 40 day obtw psiry. vt iy

505

Mévo

¢. dat. John 12: 46 dy 1h} cxoria wi pesirg.
1 Cor. 7: 20,24. 1John 3:14. ©. &
impl. Phil. J: 25 coll. 24, (Hdian. 2. 1.
dat. of pers. to remain to one,
in hia power, Acta 5: 4. (Sept. Dan,
433, comp. Hdias. 3.7.6.) With a
subet. or adj. implying condition, char-
acter, ete, 1 Cor. 7:11 pirates Syopos.
;, Tim. 2:13 éxsivog miotos pives. Heb.
re kegevs. Also things, Jobn 12:
Beare [6 xéucxos] povos pévss, i.e. ste
rile. Acts 27:41 4 pix xosiga
Gaddevtos. With an adj. impl. e. g.
dodkevros, firm, stedfast, Rom. 9: 11.
Opp. to xovonalec Sas 1 Cor. 3: 14. Part.
Bévor opp. to meade ” ine. un-
sold, Acts 5: 4 oizi pévoy, cod
comp. above. — Luc. D. Deor. 8 pe.
Soph. Trach. 176, Hdian. 8,5, 1.—With
an adjunct of time during or to which
& person or thing remains, continues,

endures, 1 Cor. 15: 6 of mislovg
aw bug Sgrs, Matt, 11:28 payg vis oF-
pegor, John 21: 22, 23 dar Sie

pivuy fos Epzouas (Ken. An, 2 3. 94.)
Rev. 17:10 odlyor aizy 3ei psivas, i, e.
retain his power, opp. mseiy. John
12: 84 tig ro aidva, and so 2 Cor. 9 9.
1 Pet. 1:25. (Sept. Ps. 9: 8 112 6, 9.)
eds Gory alcirioy John 6: 27. Hence
abeol, with the idea of perpetuity, i.q. to
remain or endure forever, to be perpetual,
e.g. christian graces, rewards, insti-
tutes, ett. 1 Cor. 13: 13 viv 38 pévee
nlots, dinis, aydxn, Heb. 13:1. Jobn
15: 16. Heb. 10: 34. 1227. 2Cor.
311.

¢) of the relation in which one per-
son or thing stands to another, chiefly
in John’s writings; thus, fo remain in or
with any one, isi. q. to be ‘and remain
united with him, one with him, in heart,
rind, will; e. g: seq. év c. dat. of pers.
John 6: 56 éy éuod piver, xdyed by ang.
14: 10. 15: 4, 5,6, 7. 1 John 26, 3:24,
4:15,16. ere tivog 1 John 2:19. So
to remain in any thing is i. q. to remain
steadfast, to persevere in it, @. g. seq. &
c, dat, John 8 Bl dy 1G Moy, 15: 9 et
1 John 4: 16 é tH dyany. 1 John &
10 v 16 ort. ry John 9 &v xf d:days.
So 1 Tim. 2:15 dav petvaos dv mote.
(2 Mace. 8: 1.) Vice versa, and in a
like general sense, the same things are
said fo remain in a person, e. g. seq. »

Megito 506

¢. dat, of pers. John 5: 38 tiv Aéyor ab
rob oie tyere pévorsa bv ipity, 15: 11. 1
John % 14, 3:17 sig § dycinn tod Gob
fina dy aixs ; 2 Jobn 2, Comp. in
“Eze c. 8, ult.—In a kindred senee, spo-
ken of divine gifte, privileges, seq. ext
sa Jobn 1: 52, 83 +3 nvtipa xorapar
svow xa éx @brdy. 1 John 3: 15
c. 4 aing. So of evils, John 3: 36 4
Beri tot D wires tx’ anor. 9 41 § oly
Spagrla ‘tycy piver ec. dy duds, i. q. ye
remain in your sin.

2. trans. fo remain for any one, to
twait for, to avait, c. ace. Actu 20: 5 of
106 Euevoy suds dv Tomtds, v. 23 Seopa
ge xat Olpus pdrovor. Sept. for m2"
‘Is, 8 17.—2 Mace. 7:30. Dem. 50. 26.
‘Ken. An. 4. 4.20. Av.

Mepivar, f. law, (uegls,) to part, to
divide into parts, trans, pp. Xen. An. 5.
1.9. JoN.T.

a) Mid. weolowat xe perc siv0s, to di-
wwide any thing with another, to share
swith, Luke 12:13 wrglaasSos pet Suod
wiv sdggovoulay, Comp. ny p>ty and
Sept. Prov. 29:24.—Dem. 913.1. comp.
Jos. Ant. 1.8.3. Hdian. 3.10. 12,—
Pass. trop. to be divided sc. into parties
and factions, to be disunited, Matt. 12:
25, 26. Mark 3: 24, 25, 26, (Pol. & 23.
9.) Also in the sense to be distinct, to
eiffer, e.g. 1 Cor. 1: 13 pysiguotar 6
Xqutds; is Christ divided? i.e. are
there distinctions in Christ, or are there
different Christs? 1 Cor, 7:34 pepi-
grater 3 yuri) xai i) wag Sév05¢—Hdien.
3. 10. 6.

b) by impl. to divide out, to distribute,
2. %. tous iyGvas Mark 6:41. Sept. for

bry Ex, 15: 9. Joah. 14: 5.—Hdian. 1.

7. 3.—Henee genr. to distribute, for to

assign, to grant, to bestow, e.g. God

Rom. Blom. 1 3. 1 Cor, 7:17. 2 ‘Cor. 10: 18.

gear. Heb. 7: 2. — Sept. Job 31: 2. Ec-
clus, 45; 20 or 28,

Mépuuve, ac, 4, (uegls, megizo,)
care, anziety, ax dividing up and dis-
tracting the mind. Matt. 13:22 et Mark
4:19 pdgspvas tod addvos rotroy, i. e.
for this worll’s goorls, worldly cares,
Luke 8: 14, 21:34. 2 Cor. 11:28, 1
Pet. 5: 7.—Sept. Ps, 55: 23, Ecclus. 31
[84]: 1. Hesiod. Op. 176 or 180.

Megeorys

Meoruvdco, o,f. jaw, (uégipre.,)
to care, to be anrious, troubled, to take
thought, absol. Matt. 6:27 ris 38 2 tpav

pequivay Sévara:x 1.2. v.31. Luke 12:
OO Phil 4:6. seq, dat. for which, Matt.
6: 25 wh pepiurdte of yuh Susy. “Luke
12: 22, seq. els 16 atgioy Matt. 6: 34.
eq, magic. gen. Matt. 6:28. Luke 12:
265 also c. ace. Luke 10:41, seq. Snig
ce. gen. 1 Cor. 12: 25. seq, eis Mate.
10: 19. Luke 12: 11.—Dem, 576.23 pe
quusgr va Sieua léyur.—Seq, accus, of
thing, pp. as fo or for which one cares,
Buum. § 131.6; hence by impl. to care
or, to take care of. 1 Cor. 7: 3%, 33,34
bis pepysrd rd 108 xuplov ... 1a 108 xdo-
pov. Matt, 6:34 ra Sauris. Phil, 2:20
1d negh Sor. —Wisd, 12:22. Xen, Cyr.
8.7. 12 xal 16 mold peguurde,

Megic, ‘doe, %, (psg0s,) @ part,
e.g.

a) of acountry, i.e. a division, prov-
ince, Acts 16:12; see in Maxedovla. So
Sept. and re Josh. 18: & Comp.
seesdderne Mace. 10: 65. Jos. Ant. 12.

a part assigned, portion, share, trop.
Acta 8:21 of tors oor pegls... év 76
Jéyy rotry. Sept. and port Gen. 31:
14, Deut, 12: 12.—pp. Plu’ Agesil. 17.
Dem. 1039. 22.— Also portion, lot, desti-
ny, a8 assigned of God, Luke 10: 42 nix
dyaSiy wsolda dtelétar. So Sept and
ptt Ecc, 3: 22. 9:9. Dan. 4: 12.

¢)'asimplying participation,

2 Cor. 6: 15 tls pepie miotG gate dnl
erov; Col. 1: 12 sig ni pegida roi abe
02, i.e. no as to be partakers of the in-
heritance etc. So Sept. for ny fbr
Deut. 10: 9. Ps. 50: 18.

Megeoucs, ov, 6, (uepiter) 0 te-
ter noun of action, Thom. Mag. p. 49.
H. Plank in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 682; par-
tition, division, i. ©. separation, Heb. 4:
12.—Theophr, Caus, Plant. 1. 12 6.—
Also distribution, and so for gift, Heb.
2: 4 mveiparos dyiov morgue, comp. ia
Megifa b. Sept. for ngtna jision,
clas, Josh, 11:23, Ezra 6: 18, — Pol.
31. 18.1.

Mepeorye, ov, 5, (uegit,) @ di-
vider, distributor, Luke 12: 14.

Meégos

_Mégos, 205, ous, v0, (kindr. with
Baigomon,) a part, . g.

8) part of'a whole, i. 6. (a) a portion,
piece, ebsol. John 19: 23 bis, réccaga
pion x. 1. 1. Rev. 16: 19. Seq. gen. of
the whole, Luke 15:12 16 émifddlor ué-
0s tig obclas. 24: 42 iy Siog Smrod pd-
ges. ¢. gen. impl. Luke 11: 86 ps} Eyor
Te migos oxoteiv6r, Bc. t0¥ cuuaros, and
so Eph. 4: 16. (in full Hdiau. 8. 4. 27.)
Acts 5: 2 supp. rijs tysi¢. 23: 6 supp.
20% ourdplov coll. v. 1, and so v.9; or
it may here be rendered party. 19: 27
zoit0 nirbureiee 16 wépos, this part i.
this branch of labour, of our trade, ete.—
Diod. Sic. 1.28. c. gen. Hdian 7. 12,
43. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.14. . gen. impl.
8, 4, 29.—Hence often in adverbial sig-
nifientions, e. g. necus. weoc re in some
part, partly, 1 Cor. 11: 18, Buttm. § 132.
6. (Thuc. 2.64.) cind utgoug in part,
partly, in some degree, 2 Cor. 1: 14. 2:5.
Rom 12:25. 15:15, 24. (Diod. Sic. 13,
108.) 2x 4 gee in particular, individu-
ally, 1 Cor, 12: 27 ; also in part, partly,
i, @. imperfectly, 1 Cor. 13:9 bis, 12.
v.10 26 éx pdgous this in part, this piece
meal knowledge. xara yég09 particu-
larly, in detail, Heb, 9: 5, see in Kata
HL. 3. — Pol.1.4.3% Thuc. 4,26. —
(8) Spoken of a country, the earth, etc.
@ pari, tract, region. Matt. 2: 22 sig 1a
ston tic Tadiaias. 15:21, 16:13. Mark
8 10. Acts 2:10, absol. 19:1. 20: 2
So Eph. 4:9 ra xaairega udon ris 7s,
nee in Ketsitegos. Sept. for zm Neh.
& 15—Hdian. 2.11.8, ib. 6.5.15. —

of a ship, part, i.e. side, ler,
John 21:6 sa debid pion 10d Toler
Sept. for Wag side Ex.32:15. shy 26
35. ma2 2 K. 19: 23,—1 Mace. 9
12.—(y) Trop. of some part of a general
topic, ete. @ particular. Col. 2 16 é
éger boprijs 7 voupqrlag x,t. 1. in the
particular of a festival, i. e, in respect of.
So é 2 pdpes toby, in this parlicular,
in this respect, 2 Cor. 3:10, 9:3. 1 Pet.
4: 16.—Philo in Flace. p. 989.D. Ael.
V. H. 8. 3.

b) part assigned, portion, share. Rev.
2:19 dpaugion 6 Deb 16 pigos airod.
Adv. dvi pigos pp. each in his part or
turn, by course, one after another, 1 Cor.
14; 27.—Pol. 8. 55.8.—Also portion, lot,
destiny, og ssuigned of God, Matt. 24: 51

507

Meconorapia

ad 13 polgos arixot peri tiby Songrrcy
yee. Luke 12: 46, Rev. 21: 8. Sept.
for phy Ecc. 5: 18; comp. in Megls b.
—Sopb. Antig. 147, Thue. 1. 127.

c) a8 implying participation, fellow
ship. John 18:8 obx Sysig pdgos wet duo’.
Rey. 20:6, Comp. in Mepis c.

HeonuPigic, as, 4, (wéaoe, juiga,
comp. Buttin. § 19, n. 1,) mid-day, noon,
Acts 22:6, Sept. for nia Gen. 43:
16, 25. — Hdian. 1.17.1. Xen. H. G..5.
3. 1. — Meton, the mid-day quarter, i. ©.
the south, Acts 8: 26.—Jos. Ant. 4, 5. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 1.1.5.

Meotag in some Mes. for Mecsalus
qv

Mestrevar, f. bow, (usotrys,) to be
a mediator, arbiter, Jos. Ant. 16.4.3 ult,
Diod. Sic. 19.71. to mediate for any
one, to intercede, Jos. Ant. 7. 8.5. — In
N.'T. to intervene with any thing, i.e. to
interpose.. Heb. 6:17 Spey usclteves
he interposed an oath se. between him-
self and the other party, by way of con-
firmation, pledge. Comp. peoltns Jos,
Aut. 4.6.7.

Mesitng, ou, 6, (uiaos, sips to go,)
@ go-belween, a mediator, one who inter-
venes between two parties, viz.

a) 0s an interpreter, internuntius, @
mere tnedium of communication, e.
Moees, Gal. 3: 19, 20.—Jos, Ant. 16. 2, 2.
Diod. Sic. 4. 54.

b) as an intercessor, reconciler, 80 of
Christ, 1 ‘Pim. 2 5 peotsys S08 xad dr
Sgcinow. Heb. 8: 6. 9: 15. 12: 24,
Sept. for M310 Job 9: 33.—Plut. Is. et
Osir. 46, IIL. p. 44. Tauchn. The ear-
lier Greeks used pisos duaonjc Thuc.
4. 83, or pecldiog Aristot. Polit. 5. 6.
See Lob. ad Phr. p. 121 9q.

Meoovuxtioy, cov, 1%, (nent. of
adj. pecorixrios, from ioos, 68.) mid-
night, Luke 11: 5. Acts 16: 25. 20: 7.
Put for the midnight watch Mark 19:35,
comp. in @udoxj. Sept. for mbve "EH
Judg. 16:3. Ruth 3:8. — Luc. Mere.
cond. 26. Diod. Sic. 20.48. Used by
the later prose writers, although Phryn-
icus assigns it to poetry, Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 53.

Meconorapia, ag, 4, (soos, %0-

‘ttyds,) Mesopotamia, the fertile tract of
country lying between the rivers Eu-
phrates and Tigris, from near their
sources to the vicinity of Babylon. Acts
29. 7:2 Tho Hebrew name was
D172 DN Syria of the tro rivers Gen.
24:10; also t ne r plain of Syria Gen.
25: 20, 28: now belongs to the
Turkish Slominien under the name of
El Djezirat, i.e. the peniusula. See
Rosemn. Bibl, Geogr. II. ii. p. 133, 155.

Mésoc, 7, ov, (kindr. with peré,)
mid, middle, midst,
. phon aivéog mid-

of the earlier pécoy jpsgas (comp. Acts
27:17), pecotva juiga, peompSela, comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 53 8q. 465. — Sept.
Ex. 1: 4, 1K. 8: 20. Esdr. 9: 41.—In
an adverbial sense, Buttm, § 123. n. 3,
Luke 23: 45 dozlo9q 16 sutanttosua
tov yao pécov. John 19: 18, Acts i
18. Seq. gen. John 1:26 péaos 38 Suc
forma i. e. in the midst of you. Matt.
14:94 x5 84 motor in picor sijg Sakcio-
ong jy the vessel was now mid-way of the
lake. Comp. Buttm. § 132. 4. 2. b.
, Matth. § 354.9. Sept. for WHR Gen.
15: 10. — Luc. Conv. 43. _c. gen. Jos.
B. 3.8. 81. Hdien, 3. 9.5, Eurip.
Rhes. 532,

b) neut. z0 wéoow as subst. the mid-
dle, the midst, only with prepositions.
(a) ava peor, in the midst of, among,
eq. gen. of pers. or thing, Matt. 13: 25.
Mark 7: 1Cor, 6:5. Rev. 7: 17,
See more in “Ava no. 1.—(8) dea uéoou
through the midst of, seq. gen. of pere.
or place, Luke 4:30. 17:11. John &
59. Sept. for 7’ at Jer. 37:4. Plut
Solon. 14, Xen, An. 1.4. 4.—{7) ei we-
ov, sig td y, into the midst, ec. of an
assembly otc. Mark 3:3 fyrigas sis ro
picor. Luke 4: 35. 5:19, Also by at-
tract. in Mark 14: 60. Luke 6: 8. John
20: 19, 26; see in Big no. 4, Sept. for
pewby Ex. 14:23. sina Ex. 1: 4.
—Lue. adv. Indoct. ‘~9,' Xen. An. 1. 5.
14.—(3) éx péoou out of the midst, seq.
gen. of pers, from among Matt. 13: 49.
Acts 17: 33. 23:10. 1 Cor, 5:2. 2 Cor.
6:17. Sept. for Timm Ex. 7:5. 37579
Ex. 31: 13. Absol. algsy éx sod poov

508

Moros

to take away from the midet, tollere ¢ me-
dio, i, e. to abolish, to destroy, Col. 2s
14; and 80 ylvecSas é wéoov 2 Thess.
% 7.—Xen. An. 1. 5. 14 dx x08 piorov dS—
loracdan—(2) tv wéow, é 2h dor, im
the midst, absol. Matt. 14: 6 dpzyjoaro é”
14 dow i.e. before Herod and his guests.
John 8:9, coll. v. 2. (Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 46.)
Seq. gen.ofthing or place, Mark 6:47 éy yu.
tig Paddoons. Luke 21:21. 22:55, Acts
17:22, Heb, 2 12, Rev. 1:13, 2:1. [27.]
4:6, 5:6. 6:6, 22:2, Seq. gen. of pera.
in the midst of, among, Matt. 18:20. Luke
2: 46 dy wiow rir Sidaoxchow. 22:27,
55, U4: 36, Acts 1: 15, 222, 27: 21.
1 Thess, &: 7, Phil. 2:15. Rev. & 6.
Also by attract. in Matt. 10: 16. 18: 2
Mark 9: 36. Luke 8: 7. 10:3, Jobn 8
3. Acts 4:7; see in’Ey no. 4. Sept. for
Jina Gen. 1:6, 23:10. agpa Deut.

: 11—Xen. Cyr. 8.5.8, ib. 8. 6 22.
(0) xara uéoor tij¢ yuxrds about mid-
night Acts 27:27. Sept. for 3773 Josh.
1: 11. — Xen, An. 6.2.17 sate me 45g
Opgxns, comp. Cyr. 5. 3. 52.

Mesororyor, ov, 16, (uioog, tot-
x05) middle-wall, partition, trop. of the
Mosaic law aa separating the Jews and
Gentiles, Eph. 2: 14, Prob. in allu-
sion to the wall between the inoer and
outer courts of the temple; see in ‘Inger
and Jos. B,J. 5.5.2. comp. Rev. 11:1,
2.—Clem. Alex. 6.13. Athen. VIL p.
281 ed. Casaub.

Mesovgarnue, 108, 16, (uéaog,
odgards,) mid-heaven, the midst of the
heavens, Rev. 8: 13, 14:6, 19: 17.—Ea-
stath. ad 11. 8.68. Comp. pecovgarée
Porph. de Abetin. IV. 8, Plut. ed. R.
VII. p. 147, 467.

Meovw, 6, f. dae, (uéoos,) to be in
or af the middle, in the midst, mid-way,
ins, John 7: 14 rijg kogrtiis mscotons
i.e. at the middle of the festival.—Sept.
Ex. 12: 29, Thue. 5. 57.

Meovtas, ov, 3, Messiah, Heb.
ttn i.e. the anointed, i. q. Xgeotds
which see. John 1: 42, 4: 25.

Meoroz, 7, ov, full, filled, stufed,
seq. gen. of that of or with which a per-
on or thing is full, Buetm. § 132 5. 2.
John 19; 29 axsiog dsous meatér. 21: 11.

Meordw

James 3: 8. Sept. for whi Ez. 37: 1.
Nab. 1: 10. — Hdian. 5. 4. 4. Xen. An.
1. 4.19, — Metph. Matt. 23: 28 peotos
ove ‘mongioess. Rom. 1:29, 15: 14.
James 3 17. 2 Pet. 2: 14.—Sept. Prov.
6: 84. Xen, Cony, 1. 13,

Meoroa, a, f. dow,{peords,) to fil,
Pass. to be filled, to, be full, seq. gen.
Acts 2:13 ylavxoug ‘pepeotopévos ail.
Comp. Buttm, § 132. 5. 2.—3 Mace. 5:
10.

Mera prep.
governing the geniti
in the poets also the dative, with the
primary signif. mid, amid, Germ. mit,
i.e. in the midst, with, among, implying
accompaniment, and thus differing from
iy which expresses conjunction, union.
Bee Passow s. v. Matth. § 587. Winer
§ 51. p. 823, Tium. de Synon. N.T.
p- 176,

I. With the Genitive, implying com-
panionship, fellowship. E. g.

1. with, ie. amid, among, in the
midst of, as where one is said to be, sit,
stand, ete, with or in the midst of oth-
‘ers, seq. gen. plur. of pers. or thing.
Matt. 26: 58 ded Srto prt téty Snngersy.
Mark 1: 13, 14: 54, 62 dozspavor eta
tay regula 108 obpavod. Luke 24: 5.
John 18: 5. Acts 20; 18. Rev. 21: 3. al.
Comp. Passow pera A.1. Matth. 1. c.—
Hom. Od. 10. 320, Eurip, Hee. 209.
Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 16.

2 with, i. ©. together with, ©. g.

a) pp. and seq. gen. of pers. (a)
where one is said to be, go, remain, sit,
stand, etc. with any one, in bis company;
#o with a notation of place added,
Matt. 5:25 fag Srov el dy tf 03g pat
avzov. Luke 11: 7. 22: 21. John 3: 26.
11: 31, Rev. 3: 2 Often without
notation of place, e. g, wéveiy, diapirey,
aepinaniiy, oixly pstd 1105, to abide,
walk, dwell with any one Luke 24: 29.
22: 28. John 6:66. 1 Cor. 7:13. trop.
ptvery usta t1v05, to continue on the side
of any one, of his party, 1 John 2 19.
So elvas werd rér0g, to be with any one,
i.e. in his company, Matt, 9:15 é
Boor et aitay torey 6 vyuplos. Mark
5:18. Luke 15:31. John 7:33. 2Tim.
4:11; also yeréoPes pate tiv0g id. Acts
7:38, 9:39. c. elves impl, Mark 9: 8

509

‘Mere

John 18: 26, trop. 2John 2, Hence
of Oytes Vv. yevouevos peta tiv0s, Of were
111906, those with any one, his companions,
Matt. 12:3, 4. Mark 16:10. Luke 6:3, 4.
Tit. 8: 15.—Ceb. Tab, 14. Xen. Cyr. 8.
1 25.—Trop. to be of ‘one’s side or oF party.
Matt. 12: 30 6 un Gy pst duoi, xat
fon, (Thuc. 3. 56. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.7.)
to be present with any one se, for aid,
og. G Goa Jobn 3:2 day pn 9 5 Sede
fat aitot. 8:29. Acts 7:9. 2Cor. 18:11.
¢. slvac impl. Matt, 1: 23. Rom. 15: 33.
trop. #j zig xuglov Luke 1: 66. Acts 11:
21. So of Jesus Matt. 28:20, ¢. elvas
impl. 2 Thess, 3:16. of the Holy Spirit
John 14: 16, Also c. elvas impl. to be
ever with any one, i.e. to be ever be-
stowed, given, e. g. the divine favour,
blessing, as in the closing benedictions
of the epistles, Rom, 16: 20, 24. 1 Cor.
16: 23, 24, Heb. 13:25. 2 John 3. Rev.
22; 21.— (8) Where one is said to do ot
suffer any thing with another, implying
joint or mutual action, influence, auffer-
ing, ete. Matt. % 3 ‘Hoeidne éragd yon
xai naa ‘Iegoadiuja pet’ airot. 5: 41.
12: 80 wy ovrciyeoy pet duod. v. Al. 18:
23, Mark 3: 6,7. Luke 5: 29, 30, John
11: 16, 19: 18. Acts 24: 1, Rom. 12: 15
bis, 1 Thess, 3:13, Heb. 18: 23. Rev.
3:20. al. enepies. (Hdian. 3, 4, 12° Xen.
Cyr.2.1.12.) So, a8 often in English,
where with is equivalent to and, i.e.
where wai might stand. Matt. 2 16°
dnoceiilovesr aig tis padytis abrey
pate tv “Heesdizvii, i. q. their own dis-
ciples and the Herodians. 2:11, 19:10.
1 Cor. 16: 11.—(y) Seq. gen. of
pron. after verbs of or
with oneself. Matt, 15: 30 Eyorteg
davtéiy zoodaic x,t, 2. 25:3. Mark 14:33,
2 Tim. 4: 11. — Diod. Sic. 20, 4. — (8)
‘Where the accomnpauiment implies only
ity, etc, Matt. 21:2 xat
nélov pat abriig. Rey. 14: 1. Acts 228
mingious ps siggocinns werd 105 mg0-
awmou gov, i.e. tn thy presence, near
thy person; quoted from Ps. 16: 11
where Sept. for yB~Ny. — (8) After
the verb dxolovdéw ‘to follow, Luke 9:
49 oix axolovd: F iptv. Rev. 6:8,
14:13. This construction of the
later Greek instead of the dat. see Phryn.
et Lob. p. 353. comp. Matth. § 403.
p. 738.—Dem. 608. 13.—(2) After verbs

Mera

vompounded with ovy, instead of the
tmore usaal dative, Math. § 405. Acts 1:
26 cvynereynplody psté tar cnociher.
2 Cor. 8:18, Gal. 212. Maw. 17:3
20: 2.—Diod. Sic. 13. 62, Dem. 330. 2.
‘Aristoph. Acharn. 277, See Lob. ud
Phryo. p. 353, 354.

b) trop. seq. geu. of thing, e.g. (a)
an designating the state or emotion of
mind which accompanies the doing of
any thing, with which one acts etc.
Matt, 28: 8 deASotcas razi peta gofou
zai zopis peydins. Mark 3:5. Luke
14:9, Acts 20: 19, 24: 3, Eph. 4: 2 bis.
2 Theses. 3:12. 1 Tim. 29. Heb. 10:
22, al, sxcp. Comp. Matth. Ic. —1
Mace. 7: 28. Hdian, 2,18. 4. Diod. Sic.
18, 108, Xen. Ven. 13. 15.—(8) as de-
signating an exterval action, circum-
atance, or condition with which another
action or event is accompanied, e. g.
Matt. 14: 7 uaF Sgxov Suolbynosy abtj.
A: B1 amootelel tots dyyllous aitot pe-
40 odlmryyos paris psydhns. 27: 66 to-
gether with a guard. Mark 6:25. 10: 30
comp. Winer p. 323, Luke 9: 39. 17:

20. Acts 5: 26. 13:17, 14: 23. 24: 18.
2 Cor. 8: 4. 1 Tim. 4: 14. Heb. 5:7. 7:
Q1.al.saep. (He 3.6, 7. Thuc. 1.
18 ult. 6,28. Xen. 1,33.) Also

‘often’ where it is equivalent to xaé, as in
English; comp. above ins. 8, ult. Eph.
6:23 elgivn . .. nad ayénn pata levees
xt Cold: U1. 1 Tim, 1: 14. 215,
8:4, 2 Tim. 2:10, Heb. 9 19, al—(7)
Seq. gen. of thing which one has or
takes along with him, or with which he
is flurnisbed, comp. above in a. 7. Matt.
80 peta Suvdpews xt Soins. Mark
14:43 Byhog nolis werd pazasper x. t. h.
Jobn 18:3, Acts 26:12, comp. 9: 2 et
2% 5. — Lue. Philope. 8. Thuc. 6, 28.
Lys. 101. 17 pu’ ofvou élSeiv.—{8) Af-
ter the verb pdyrunt to mingle, Matt. 27:
BA tog wera okie sutyytror. Luke
1% 1 ew v6 alua Mddros taste perc roby
Svoy aitéy. — Plato Tim. p.35. A,
pyri 86 posta tig obolas xal é&x tar
‘eusiy mocnociperos fy. The more usual
construction is c. dat. Matth. § 403. b.
comp. Hdian. 5, 5. 16,

c) from the Heb. usage, werd is some-
times put like py, ni, etc. where the
common Greek construction is differ-
ent, espec. after verbs and nouns imply-

510

Mara

ing joint ov matual ection, inflaenee,
suffering, etc. where in Engl. sleo we
way with, é.g. (a) after words imply-
ing accord or discord, Lake 23: 12 éye—
vorto oi giles... .pet alajhew. (ce. dat
Xen. Mem. 2.1, 83.) Rom. 12 18 pest
névtov dvOpeney signretortes. (Sept.
1K. 22:45. c, dat. Job 5: 23. Ecclus.
6:6.) Heb. 12: 14. 1 John 4: 17 ayeny
eS? jus our mutual love. Comp.
Buttm. § 133. 2.—Jobn 3: 25 fymnous - - -
perd 159 Tovdalur, 1 Cor. 66,7. Rev.
216 molesjow pet obra, 11:7, 1D
17, 17. Here the dat, is more com-
mon, Masth, § 404. c.— (8) After poc—
eb, ropreia, etc. Rev. 22 robs
zeborsas ust airiic. 17:2. 18:3,9. ab
60 14:4, So Heb, m2y seq. nx Jer. 23:
17. seq. 3 Sept. éy Ez. 16:17, See
Gesen, Lex. 1137 no, 1. ‘The common
construction isc. accus, see under these
verbs—(y) After words signifying par-
ticipation, fellowship. 2 Cor. 6: 15, 16
als wept mot pet axlotov x +. 2
John 13: 8 obx yes pégos pet uot. 1
John 1:3, 6,7. Commonly c. dat. as
tt cos xai uot Matt. 8: 29. Comp.
Matth, § 380. i. a.—S0 loylierOas pate
tev0s, to be reckoned, counted, with any
one, Mark 15:28 et Luke 22 37 set ae-
1a dvdpen Ehoylady, quoted from In, 5&
12 where Heb. nit 71392, Sept. é. —
comp. c. dat. Hdot. 8, 136. — (3) After
verbs implying to speak or talk with any
‘one, Mark 6: 50 xal sidieg dddyoar pact
aitéy. Rev. 4:1. So John 43. 16
19. So “37 seq. bY Sept. pert Gen.
81:29. Sept. xgog Deut. 5:4. seq. rey
Sept. mods Gen. 23: 8. 42: 30. Forthe
more usual dat. see in alin, Stalive,
ete.—{e) moseiv rs tera t1v06, to do with
any one, i. @. to or towards him, corres-
pondiog to Heb. ny ring. ‘Luke I: 72
Rorijoas teog were Tey wartégeen. +10: 37.
‘Acts 14: 27.:15: 4. So Heb. and Sept.
“Gon. UA: 12, Sept. éy ‘Gen. 40: 14.
Also weyaduvers rs pera teres Luke 1:
58, for Heb. ty $7377; see in AMrya-

Tl. With the Accusative, peta strictly
implies motion towards the middle, into
the midst of any thing, Hom. fl. 2. 376 ;
and then also motion after any person
or thing, i. e. either 80 as to follow and

, Mea

be with a person, or w feteh a person
or thing, sec Passow pera C. no. J.
Winer § 53. Hence- aleo spoken of
succession either in place or time, after.
In N.T.

1. of succession in place, after, be-
hind, Heb. 9:3 peta 10 Setzegoy xorra-
nétaope. — Hom. Od. 2, 406, Paus. 3.
1,1. Thue. 7. 58.

2 of succession in time, e, g with a
noun of time, Matt. 17:1 we? qucpas &
after siz days. 25:19 std 84 zodvor
moliy. Mark 8: 31, ‘Acts 1% 4, 28: ath
Gal. 1: 18. So pri ob moldie jnigas
Luke 15:13, opera moles Tovres jpigag
‘Acts 1:5, comp. in 03, and Winer § 23.
p. 140, — Palaeph. 5.3. Hdian. 5.6.2.
Ael. V. H. 9, 21.—With a noun of per-
son, Acts 5: 37 perc toitoy dvéom "Iov-
dag. 19: 4, (Hdian, 6.2.18. Xen. Cyr.
2.2.4.) With a noun marking an event
or point of time. Matt. 1: 12 pera dé thy
petouzclay BoBvidvos, Murk 13: 24,
Luke 9: 28. John 13: 27, 21 Pet. | 1:15.
—Hian. 4. 9.3—Also perd ravza v.
sotto after these things, after this, Mark
16:12. Loke 5: 27. John 3:22. al. (Di-
od. Sic. 1.7. Xen, Cyr. 7. 2. 22.) Seq.
adj, Luke 22: 58 std Boaz’, seo in
Boayis. Acts 2:14 perc od nold. (Jos.
1.122) Seq. infin, c. art. Matt. 26:
B2 perce 34 16 dyegDfral ws, je. after
that Tam risen again. Mark 1:14, Luke
12 5, Acts 1: 3.7/1 Cor. 11: 25. Heb.
10: 26.—Hdian. 2. 9. 6.

Nore. In composition perc implies:
1. fellowship, partnership, as wrradi3oq,
perzzo, prtahapBeeve, etc, 2 Proximity,
contiguity, as ue9dgior, 3. motion or
direction after, as peSodela, peramépro-
es, 4. transition, transposition, change,
over, Lat. trans, as psteBalve, perortoy—
#4, pePlornus. Comp. Buttm, p. 414.
Paseow psta F.no. 8. Ax.

MeraBatvo, f. Broopasr, (Bava
q. ¥.) to go or pase over sc. from one
Place to another, to remove, e. g. & olxlas
as oixlay Luke 10:7. trop. John 5:24.
1 John 3: 14, — Lue. Vitar. Auct. 5 é
Go [osipa) peraforw. trop. 2Macc.
6:9, 24. Plut. Thes. 5. — Hence gear.
to pass over or away, to depart, veq, daxé
Ma 8:34. seq. & ot x9¢¢ Jobn 13:1.
woq..ady. Matt, 11: 1 porin dnitDey. 1%

5

Margxedko

9, 15:29. 17:20bie. John 7:3, Acts
18: 7. — Hom, Od. 12. 312, Pol. 21.
10, 12,

MeraBadde, f. ads, (Bildw,) to
throw or turn over, e. g. with a plough
Xen. Ove. 16. 18." to turn about Hom.
IL 8, 94. to change Diod. Sic. 1. 12.—
In N. T. Mid. to change oneself, i. e. one’s
mind, Acts 28: 6,— Jos. Ant. 1.3.1,
Dem. 205. 19. Xen. H. G. 2.3. 31.

Maracyeo, £. ta, (dye,) to lead over,
from one place or country to another,
to transfer, Diod. Sic. 20.3 fin. ‘In N.T..
to move or turn about, from one place
to another, James 3: 3, 4.

MeradiSome, £. dcsoee, (8U8os,) to
share with any one, i.e, to is to
communicate, seq. dat. Luke 3: 11 5 Fev
bo zeriivas, petadére Ty 17 Fyortt. Eph.

1. Absol. & petadidous, one who
ributes alms, an officer of the primi-
church, Rom. 12: 8. Seq. acc. et
dat. Rom. 1:1 a 1 paradé zeqiopa
piv myeuparixdy, 1 These. 2:8,—c. dat.
Luc, Paras, 1. Xen.Cyr. 7.1.1. c.dat,
et acc, Hdot. 9.34. Xen. An. 4, 5.5,
See Matth. § 326. n.

Meradects, cas, 4, (uerathoquy)
smetathesis, transposition, a setting in
another place. Hence

8) pp. translation, removal from one
ples fo another, Heb. 11:5.—Diod. Bie
1,

b) mutation, change, Heb. 7:12 vépov
petaSecrs. 12: 27.—2 Macc. 21: 24.
Thue. 5. 29.

Meraipa, £096, (atgo,) pp. to lift
away, to take away, from one place to
another, Dem. 395 ult. Sept. for mbar
2K.25: 11, In N. T. intrans. or c,
Saviéy ipl. to take oneself areay, i.e. to
go away, to depart, Matt. 13:53 perf
gey éxsiPey, 19:1. Comp. Buttm. § 113,
1.2 § 190. n. 2 — Aquil. Gen. 1% 8
xad paviigay bette for BWR PRN,
Sept. anéon.

Meiaxahto, 6, £. dow, (xadéor,)
to call off or away, i.e. from one place
to another, to recall, Sept. for xy
Hos. 11:1,3, Pol. 14. 1.3. Thuc.
11—In N. T. to call ateay to oneself, to
call for, w invite, c..acc. Mote 7: 14 js

Meranvio

xaligaro tov narign airot "Taxsp. 10:
32. 20: 17. 24: 25.—Achill. Tat. IV. p.
243. comp. Diod. Sic. 16.10.

Meranivio, o, £. sou, (mvia,) to
‘move from one place to another, fo move
away, to remove, trop. Col. 1: 23 wi) we-
sanivotperor amd tijg dimldog not moved

away from the hope etc. i.e. not fallen
awe, not wavering. — pp. Hdot. 1. 51.
Xen. Eq, 7. 6.

MeradapBave, f. isyouas, (Lop
Piive,) to take a part, share, of any thing,
Pp. with others, i.e. fo partake of, £0
share, seq. gen. 2 Tim, 2: 6 téiv xagnay
patalayBavey. Heb. 6: 7. 12:10. So

‘Teopiis pxtalapfavew to partake of food,
hee geur. to lake food, Acts 2: 46. 27:
33.—Ael. V. H. 9.5. Xen. H. G.3.5.2,
— Hence genr. to take, to have, seq.
ace, Acts 24:25 xougdy Ji peradapiy.
Comp. Math. § 325. n, 2,—Pol. 2, 16.15,

Maradnyne, evs, 4, (ueroloppa-
vw.) a partaking of any thing. 1 Tim.4:
8 tis jrrdinyiy i.e. to be partaken of,
enjoyed. — Pol. 31. 21.3 perdinyus tie
doris.

Meraddcoce v: tra, f. $a, (ad-
Aéove,) to exchange one thing foranoth-
er, seq. ace. et éy, Rom. 1:25. els
v. 26.—Sept. 2: 20. Test, XII. Patr. p.
666. seq. sig Diod. Sic. 4. 51.

Merapedoper, f. joo, (ushopos
to let be for care or concern to oneself,
to care for,) aor. 1 pass. pereuels Sqr
with mid. signif, Buttm. § 136. 2, pp.
tochange one's careetc. Hence, to change
one’s mind or purpose, after having done
any thing, e. g.

8) simmpl. Matt. 21: 29 dorsgor 3é pe
sapelndele. v.32. Heb. 7:21 quoted
from Ps, 110: 4 where Sept. for nN.

b) with the idea of regret, sorrow, to
repent, to feel sorrow, remorse. Matt. 27:
3 of Judas, 2 Cor. 7: 8 bis,—1 Macc.
11:10. Diod. Sic. 15.9, Xen. Cyr. 4
6.5.

Merapopqoa, 0, f. ba, (uoppéu,)
to transform, to trany e.g. bauréy
Ae). V.H.1.1. Athen, VIII p.334.C. In
N. T. Mid. to change one’s form, to be
trangfigured, Matt. 17: 2. Mark 9: 2, —
‘Trop, to be transformed in mind and

512

Meravou

heart, Rom. 12 2 ustapoppoiwds +3
Graxaivedoss toi woos. 2 Go eI

Ael. V. H. 14. 8.

Meravoeo, a, £. jou, (voéw,) pp.
to perceive afterwards, to have an after-
view, and hence to change one’s views,
mind, purpose ; Sept. for nhz-Zech. 8:
14, Jos, Ant, 2. 14. 5, Diod. 15,47.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.3.—In N. T. to change
one’s mind, to repent, implying the feel-
ing of regret, sorrow, intrane.

a) genr. Luke 17: 3 xa day pstevor-
on, ips aité. v. 4, seq. dnt c. dat.
2 Cor. 12: 21.—Jos, Ant, 2.15.3 Ep-
ict. Ench. 34. Diod. Sic. 13, 53.

b) in a religious sense, implying p pious
sorrow for unbelief and sin, and the
turning from them unto God and the
Gospel of Christ, absol. Matt, 3:2 pera
votite, jiyyixe vig 4 Baciela tar obga-
vow. 4:17, 11:20, Mark 1: 15. & 12.
Luke 13: 3,5. 15:7, 10. 16:30. Aces
2: 38. 3:19, 17:30, 26:20 uetavosiv zai
druotgéguir ind tiv Seéy repent and turn
to God, i.e. from idolatry. Rev. 25 bis,
16,21. 3:3, 19. 16:9. Praega. seq.
dnd, Acts 8: 22 petardnooy ano tHg xa-
lag repent [and turn] from this evil.
Seq. éx, Rev. 2: 21 x rIj¢ mogreiag, v.22,
9:20,21. 16:11. Sept.c. do for by bert
Jer. 8: 6. —Jos. Ant. 7.7.3 seq. magi
—As attended with acts of external sor-
row, penance, Matt. 11: 2) dy éy oui

zal an00G prcardnoar. 12:41. Luke 10:
13 11: 32, ‘Comp. Jonah 3% 5—10.

For tig in Matt. 12: 41 et Luke 11: 32,
seo in Eis e. a.—Test. XII Patr. p. 520,
607; called also psrévoe tig cageds
p.6ll.

Meravore, as, 4, (ueravoée, change
of mind or purpose, . ‘

8) genr. Heb. 12: 17 prtavolas vig
ténoy oi ehge, he found no place for
change of mind, i. e. in his father Isaac,
comp. Gen. 27: 34, 37 6q.—Jos. Ant. 4-
6.1! Pol. 4, 66.

penitence, implying pious sorrow for un-
belief and sin, and a turning from tbem
unto God and the Gospel of Christ.
Matt. 3:8 xagndy Gfiov rij ustavotas.
voll. 9:13, Mark 1:4. 2:17, Loke3:3,8.
5 BP xalioas ... duagrolois eis usrd-
yowar, 15:7, 24: 47, Acts 5 31 doives

Maraty

pxrdvownr 16 Iogarh nat di dgeow dpuagr-
Se. M1: 18 ny psteivosay sis Yoni. 18
QUA. 19: 4, 20: V vyp aig Pedy pstavoray.
26:20. Rom. 2: 4. 2Cor. 7: 9,10. 2
Tim. 2: 25. Heb. 6: 1, 6. 2 Pet. 3: 9.—
‘Wiad. 12: 19. Jos, Ant, 4. 6. 10 fin.

Meaty, adv. (uetd, pioos,) also
ce. genit. Buttm. § 146 2 in the
midst, i.e. betwixt, between, of place
Wied. 18:23. Hom. II. 1.156, See Bum.
p. 439. InN. T.

a) abzol. only of time, mean time,
mean while, e. z. év 76 statu sc. zedvw,
in the mean time John 4: 31, comp.
Buttm. § 125. 6. — Xen. Conv. 1. 14.
fully Hdian, 3 8. 20.—Also ¢ yeratd,
intervening, intermediate ; put for next
Sollowing, next, as Acts 13: 42 $8 perodi
eapBatoy, the next Sabbath. Buttmn. |. c.
—Jos. B. J. 5. 4.2 dapidov re xa) Zo
Iopéives, er) 88 rév ustaty rol rev Bao
2éor. Pluved. R. VI. p. 891. 17. p.
892. 3.

b) seq. gen. of place or pers. Matt.
2B: 35 peratd tod yaod xai 100 Fuora-
azmmolov. Luke 11: 51. 16:26. Acts 12:
6—Jos. Ant. 7.10, 4. Ael. V. H. 3.1.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.10. — Trop. of pera.
Matt. 1& 15 psragi cov xa} aitot uorov,
Engl. between thee and him alone. Acts
15:9, Rom. 2 15 wstatl cddilow, be-
tween one another, i.e. in turn, alter-
nately. — Plut. de Discr. amic. et adul,
init.

Metanguna, £. ye, (xéiune,) to
send after, to send for, Thuc. 4. 30. ib.
7.15 In NT. Mid. perantyno-
pac, f. popas to send for to oneself, to
invite to come, Acts 10: 5, 22,29 bis, 11:
13, 24: 24, 26. 25:3... Poss, Acts 10:
29, Sept. for rty37q Nuin. 23: 7, — 2
Macc. 15:31, Hdian. 3.5.7. Xen. Mew.
39.11.

Meraczpega, £. yo, (orgéqe,) to
turn about, se. from one direction to
another, Plut. Otho 4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.
28. In N.T. to turn into eomething
else, to change, trans. et seq. sic, James
4:9, Acts 220 6 Hdios peraorpapricerar
tig axdt05, quoted from Joel 3:4 [2:31],
where Sept. for jr Niph. — 1 Mace.
9: 41.— Ina bad sense, to change for
the worse, to pervert, Gal. 1: 7 verona

5

513

Dakzo

yur 10 evayyéleor. — Ecclus, 11: 31.
Test. XII Patr. p. 688.

Meraoznuariva, £. loo, (oznpa-
ike, oxhiee q. v.) to transform, to change
the form or appearance of any thing,
trans, Phil. 3: 21 S¢ peraozmparions 16
ope tis taxuvdcros. Mid. oeq. es,
to transform oneself into another shape,
character, ete. 2Cor. 11: 13 wsrooyn-

Hartikogtevos tig dxoorolovs. v.14. eq.
ds v. 15.—Jos. Ant. 7. 10.5 pen. Diod.
Sic. 8 12 pen. Mid. Test, XII Patr. p.
530, — Trop. to transfer figuratively, to

apply metaphorically, seq. es tere bene

ten Bean! om Raat

Cor, 4: 6,

Merarionu, £ Sice, (sl 9ryss,) to
transpose, to put in another place, and
hence fo transport, to transfer, to trans-
late, trans. Acts 7:16 xat pateréSqoay
{aixér] sls Zuzép. Heb. 11: tt bis, "Evoz
usterédy ec. ekg tor obgavdy x. th.
Comp. 2K. 211. (Sept. Gen. 5: 24.)
Heb. 7: 12 psrarSeuéons is lrguerir,
the priesthood being transferred sc.
Christ or to the tribe of Judah, comp.
v.11, 14 (Others, being changed, as
Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 14) Sept. for mbar
Jer, 5% 25, 26, 29. — Ecclus, 44: 16.
Jos. Ant. 12. 9.7 niy tyxjy. Diod. Sic.
17. 20. — Mid. to tranafer oneself; to go -1--
over-from one site or party to another,
seq. dd et els to fall away from one to
another, Gal. 1: 6.—2 Mace, 7: 24. A-
then, VIL p. 281. E. Pol. 3. 111. & —
Metaph. to transfer to another use or
purpose, fo pervert, to abuse, Jude 4 ry
Zigw 100 Deo perarsDivas tis dodhyuay
perverting the grace of God unto licen-
Siousness.

Mecénecra, adv. (Exeta,) lit. gfter
then, i. e. thereafter, afterwards, Heb, 12:
17. — Judith %7. Jos. Ant. 6 4.6
Hdot. 1. 25, ib. 7. 7.

Merézo, f. pedis, sor. 2 usréozor,
(Zw,) pp. to have with another, i. e. to
partake of, to share in, to be a partaker
etc. seq. gen, Buttn. § 192. 4.2. 1
Cor. 9: 10, 12 ei ciddoe rig tudy éouclag
patézovory. 10: 21, 30 impl. Heb. 2: 14,
7:13 pulije Erégas peréozrxevhe had part
in another tribe, belonged to another
tribe. Seq. é 1 Cor. 10: 17, comp. in
"ke 3, h, So to partake of food, i.

Menragio

take as food, e. g. yéloxtos Heb. 5: 18.
—2 Mace. 5: 10. Diod. Sic. 1.5. Xen.
Mem. 2. 2.3.

Mereootbo, f£. law, (uevienpos high,
floating in the air, from ward and doiga
or aisiga, Th. dalge,) to lift up on high, to
raise in the air, Ael. H. An. 11, 33 bav-
tay tolg ntsgois petewglcas. Trop. of
the mind, to animate, to incite, Diod. Sic.
38.72. ib. 13, 53. to elafe, an with pride,
2 Mace. 5: 17. Diod, Sic. 4. 70, Also
to render hesitating, fluctuating, to make
of doubtful fidelity, as if floating in the
air, Pol. 5.70. 10, Diod. Sic. 17.5 pats-
welfadas myis énéotaary. — Hence in
NT. Pass. or Mil. wereoroitopuc, to be
in suspense, to be of doubtful mind, anx-
ious, fluctuating between hope and fear,
Luke 12:29.—Comp. prtiogos tuts 8:a-
voles Pol. 3, 107. 6, ib. 5. 18. 5.

Metorxeata, ag, 4, (uatorxée i,q.
patorxlze,) change of abode, migration,
and henee for the Babylonish exile,

Maw 1: 11, 12, 17 bis, Sept. for mbha
“ig K. A: 16. "1 Chr. 5: 22. — Anthol.
Gr. I. p.175, Comp. Munthe Obe. p. 1.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 670.

MeroxiZo, £. low, Art. far. 16,
Buttm. §95. 9, (oixlge, oixos,) to cause to
change one’s abode, to cause fo remove or
migrate, trans. Acts 7: 4 pexgieyse abtor
aig typ yay tatrgy. v. 43 stoves dni
xuyva Buf. Sept. for mi. 373 1 Chr. 5:6.
Am. 5: 27.—Diod. Sic.1f-'88 pen. Ael.
V. HL 1.11. Thue, 1. 12,

Meroyy, He, ts (uerize,) pariner-
ship, fellowship, 2 Cor. 6: 14, parall. with
xovverrta.—Pealt.Saloin. 14:4. Hesyeb.
patozy* xovvanla, aziats.

Meétozos, ov, 6,%, adj. (ueréza,)
partaking, subet. a partaker, Heb. 3: 1
xdjosug éxovpavioy pitozos. v.14. 6 4,
12:8.—Anthol. Gr. LV. p. 263. Hot. 3.
52,—In the senee of pariner, companion,
fallow, Luke 5:7, Heb. 1:9 quoted from
Ps. 45: 8, where Sept. for \3".—Dem.
M41. 4,

Merpéa, a, f. ow, ( pétgor,) to
measure, trans. ©. g. of capacity, withan
adjunet,of manner, in the proverbial
Phrase @ v. dy @ udtow pstgsite, uston-
Syosras, Matt. 7:2 bis, Mark 4: 24 bis.

514

Méspov

Luke 6 38 bis. Sept. for 79 Ex. 16:
18, — Dem. 918.11. Plut. Marcell, 25
pen. — Of length etc. as measured by
the rule, xdloyos. Rev. 11: 1 jitenoor

‘toy vady tot trod. v. 2. 21: 15, 16, 17.
Sept. and 3179 Num. 35:5.—Xen. H.G.
8.2.10. Mem. 4. 7. 2.—Trop. for to es-
timate, to judge of, 2 Cor. 10: 12 éy baw
t0lg bavtous petgotrres.—Hdian. 1.6. 2.
Dem. 324. 24. Comp. metior Hor. Ep.
1.7 fin.

Mergniye, ov, 6, (usreée,) pp.
measurer, then metretes John 2 6, i. e.
the Attic amphora, a measure for liquids
containing 12 zoss or 144 xorvle:, and
equal to # of an Attic medimnus or He-
brew bath. Hence the petennis was
equivalent to about 333 English quarts,
or to 89 gallons. See particularly un-
der art. Kégos, and Boeckh Staatsh. der
Ath, L. p.107. The Roman ampbora
was smaller, being only equal to 3 of
the werent. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant.
Pp 504.—Sepr. for na 2 Chr. 4:5. Pol.
2.15. 1. Dem. 1045, 6.

Merpeonadda, 0, £. jou, (uetge
onatris of moderated passions, from
irgros, na:B0s,) to be moderate in one’s
passions, to have one’s passions mode-
rated ; hence to be indulgent,
compassionate, 00q, dat. lowards any one,
Heb. 5:9 petqomadeir Surdpevos reig
dyrootes x. +. 2. — Philo de Joseph. II.
p. 45, 37. Jos. Ant. 12 3.2 comp.
pstpscite ib. 5. 7. 7.

Merotas, adv. (uitgios, pétgor,)
measuredly, moderately, pp. with mod-
eration, Pol, 3. 85. 9. Xen. An. 2.3
20. InN. 'T. little, and ot pergdess not
a litle, i. e. much, greatly, Acts 20: 12.
—Hdian, 1.3, 12. Xen. Mem. 4 1. 1.

Meécgov, ov, 16, measure, a) pp.28
of capacity, in the proverbial expression
Matt. 7:2. Mark 4: 24, Luke 6 36 bis.
Trop. measure of sins Matt, 23: 32
Sept. for nz 2 Chr. 2:10. mew Lev.
19:36. Dent. 25:14. (Hdot. 4,196, Xen.
An. 3. 2, 21.) Of length or surface, a
measure, i.e. a measuring-rod, xcidapos,
Rev. 21: 15 in later edit. 21: 17 pitgor
GySeeizov, man's measure, i.e. common,
ordinary, Sept. for my Ex. 26: 2, 8
Es, 4% 16 oq. tp 2K. 91:13, (Xen.

Mérwnov

Mem. 4.7.2.) Genr. and adv. é uésgou
by measure, i. g. pateless, i.e. moderately,
sparingly, John 3: 34. See in "Ex
no. 3, e.

b) meton, measure, for portion as
measured off or allotted, allotment, pro-
portion. Rom. 12 3 is. 5 Suse. duig
lovee, Eph. 4:7, 13, 16. 2
Cor. 10: 13 bis, see in Kaveiy, — Luc.
Imeg. 7, Anth. Gr. L p. 81 ult.

Meévonov, ov, 16, (werd, &y,) the
Sorehead, Rev. 7:3, 9: 4, 13: 16. 14:1,
9. 17: 5, 20:4. 22:4. Sept. for ma
Ex. 28; 33, 1 San. 17: 49, — Hdian. 1.
15.7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.8,

Meézoe, aso Mézorg sometimes
before a vowel, Buttm. § 26.4, Winer
§ 5.1. b. Lob. ad Phr. p. 14; a particle
serving to mark « terminus ad quem,
both of place and time. | It differs there-
fore from &zou, iv that dyge fixes the at-
tention upon the whole duration up to
the limit, leaving the further continu-
ance undetermined ; while uéggs refers
solely to the limit, implying that the
action there terminates. See Tittm.de
‘Synon. N. T. p. 33 89. Passow . v.

I. As Prep. with the genitive, unto,
uatil, usque ad.

a) Of place, unto, as far as to. Rom.
15: 19 pézos tod "Mavelxov, Sept. for
Fip-ty Job 38 11. — Palaeph. 21. 1.
Hdian. 1. 12. 15. Ken, An. 2. 2. 6.

b) OF time, until, (a) c, gen. of a
subet. Matt. 13: 30 udyg: 105 Sepiopod.
‘Acts 10:30, 20:7. Rom. 5:14 pizos
Mecies, i.e. death reigned from Adam
until Moses without there being any
written law, but not so afterwards, comp.
Tittm. lc. 1 Tim. 6: 14. Heb. 3: 6, 14.

9: 10. Sept for ng 2 Ps. 105: 19. —
Hian. 1. 1.5, Xen. Venat. 4. 11—(6)
wezotC 08 sc. xedvov, until what time,

i. @. until, as a conjunct. with the sub-
junctive, where the thing is uncertain.
Mark 13: 30 péygis of xdvta taita yé-
ymtat, See Buttm. § 146.3. comp. in
“Ewg I. a. Matth. § 480. b.—Hdot. 4. 119.
c. impf. indic. Xen. An. 5. 4. 16, —(8)
Bixgs Tis oijpegoy, until this doy, Matt.
Ti: 23, 28:15. Here dzos might prop-
erly have been used; but the writer em-
ploys wéygs prob, as not looking at all
beyond the present time; the present

515

My
moment being all he bas to do with ;
comp. Tittm. 1. c. p. 35—S0 pizgs sot
yin Palaoph, 17.2. pizgs téiv0e ta xau-
ga Diod. Sic. 4. 19.

c) Trop. of degree or extent. 2 Tim.
2: 9 xewonads pizos decpisy, Heb. 12:

woe 4 pixous aluatos. Phil. 2:8 wdzgs Sura

tov. v. 30, — 2 Macc. 13:14. Hdian. 1.
15, 16. Xen. Mom. 4. 7. 3.

IL. As Conjunct. until, before averb in
the subjunct. where the thing is either
pres. or fut. and therefore uncertain,
Butun. § 146. 3, comp. in “Bas J. a.
Eph. 4:13 piygs xorarnjomer «.. os
Grdga tilsuor x, t. L—Xen. H. G. 1.3,
Li a «-» pizees 97. ©. impf.
indic. Thuc. 3. 10.

M7, « negative particle, not, imply-
ing every where a dependent and condi-
tional negative, i. e. depending on the
idea, conception, thoughts of some sub-
ject, and therefore subjective; while
ov expreseesthe direct and full negation
iependently and absolutely and is
therefore objective. That is, 44 implies
that one conceives or supposes a thing
not to exist, while ov expresses that it
actually does not exist; and hence ui
refers to the predicate, o¥ to the copula,
The same distinction holds good in all
the compounds of yj and ov, Bee
Buttm. § 148. Passow in yj. Winer
§ 59. Herm. ad Vig. p. 796 8q. 804 sq.
Math. § 608. 5.

I. Asa negative particle, nof, where
the following special uses all flow from
the general Principles above stated. E.
& #7, and not of, is used :

2) in all negative conditions and sup-
positions, in N. 'T. after gov and ei,
Buttin. § 148.2... g. dav yj, Matt,
5:20 day pi mequceion @ Bixasootry
ipay x 2, Mark 3:27. Luke 13: 3,
5. Tit. 1:6. al. see in “Edy no. IL B.
Bo ef pus), Matt, 24: 22 ab rj dxoloSd da
cay ai qpspas, Mark 2:7, John 3: 13,
Acts 21:25. al. see in Ei no. TIL «
With day or si implied, Mark 12: 19.
Luke 10: 10. John 12: 47. 1 Cor. 13: 1,
2,3. James 2: 14.—Sometimes a is fol-
lowed by od, but od then refers not to
the condition, but to the verb alone,
which it rendera negative, as Matt. 26:
24 naldy Fy aitg, sb ode dyer Or, i.e.
the not being born would have been bet-

My

ter for him; here nj would have im-
plied doubt whether he had been born
ete. Mark | Th: 26, Luke 14: 26, 18: 4 ef
nai Sedv ob goBoipay, io, to not fear i-g,
tocontemn. John 10: 37 si ob noe ta
Sgya rob nareds wou, i. @. to not do i. q.
to leave undone. 11:8, James 2: 11.
See Battm. § 148. 2. b, and marg, Wi-
ner § 59. 5. Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 389.
Comp. in Obe.

b) after particles implying purpose,
also resulf auticipated or supposed, i.e.
in N.T. after iva, oon, Gore, Buttin,
§148.9.c. Math. § 608. 5.0, Winer
§ 60.2. Eg. iru rj, Matt, 26: 5 iva
Bi Sopusor yérnras, Luke 8 10. John
3 18. Acts 5: 26, Heb, 13:17. al. So.
Matt. 5: 29, 30. Mark 4: 12, John 1:
50,al. see in “fra no, 1,2. So dong

Bn, Matt. 6:18, Luke 16: 26. Acuw 20:
fe. 1 Cor, 1: 29, — So before an infin.

o 67a od oexprossing purpose ete. either inf. sin-

ply, or with dove, eis, 96s, did, ete. sce
below in d.

¢) ufter relutive pronouns, ns Bg, otis,
Soos, wherever they refer not to definite
antecedents, but to such as are indefi-
nite and general, or implied, Butum.
§148.2.¢. Matth. § 608. 5.c. Winer
$59.4. E.g. Matt. 10:14 S¢ day pi)
Bétqron tas. 11: 6, Luke & 18. 1 Pet.
2 9. Mark 6:11 doo dy 1, désevrae
Suds, Luke 9:5. Acts 3: 23 fing dv wh
Gxotoy. Rev, 13: 15. — But ov is put
after os, Gorss, where these refer to 8
definite antecedent, as Luke 14: 33; or
where any thing is said actually not to
be or to be done, as Matt. 10; 38, 13:
12. Mark 9: 40. Luke 14: 27.

4) with the Infinitive ay being depend-
enf upon another finite verb or word
expressed or implied; here the infin.
may usually either itself be rerolved in-
to a supposition, or the verb on which
it depends expresses supposition, con-
dition, thought, purpose, ete. Buttm.
§148.2.g. Passow poi 1.3, Winer §59.
2, Herm. ad Vig. p.806 ult. Thuy (a)
Inf. simp]. Matt. 22:23 of éyortes pi} af-
vai dvdctaay, i.e. as they suppose aud
believe. Luke 2:26, 20:7. 21:14. Acts
15: 19, 38, 23: 8. 25: 24, 27 doydy poo
Sout... yh xad tag xt abtot altius
omdvas. Rom. 13:3 Sélus dé pi go-
fieiaGeu viv dSovolur, 1 Cor. 7:1. 1 Tin,

516

’

My
1:20. 9 Pet. 221. After dei, bqalles,
ete. Buttm. |. c. Matt, 23: 23 ratte Ede0
motijoat, xexeive pi) cpeiras, Luke 18: 1.
Acts 2a 21, Rom. 15:1, 1 Tim. & 3
dei oby daloxonor. ... prj meigosvor, pat
aljanp, sc. sivat, v.8. Tit, 1:7,
3, 9,10, After dporps, implying fa-
ture purpose, Heb. 3: 18 slo 33 spose
Hi tithavore Sas x, 1.2. eee Herm. ad
Vi. p. 807. After verbe of command-
ing, entreating, e.g. ¢. inf. pres, as con-
tinued, Acts 1: 4 wagiyyailer avtois do
‘Feqoo. jh zuogitoGas, 21: 4. Rom. 2
21,22. Eph, 3: 13 3:6 alrotpa py dx-
xoxtiy, 2Tim.% 14. (comp. Luc. D.
Mort. 1. 4.) ¢. inf. aor, as transient,
Mart. 2; 12. 5:34. Luke 2240. Heb.
12 19. } By pleonasin -after verbs im-
plying n negative. e.g. of denying, Luke
20: 27 of dvtidéyovtee drdotaaty py rivet,
22: 34. See Matth. § 534. n. 4. Winer
§ 67. p.487. Vice versa after od 3iva-
was, where the negatives have each its
Proper power, nud constitute an exn-
phatie affirmative; Acts4:20 ob 3urd-
pada & atdoper... yij Laleiy, i.e. we
cannot but peak. Butt. § 148. n. 7. &
— After Gore, in N. T, marking a re-
sult anticipated or supposed on the part
of the speaker or writer, Matt. 8: 28
dors wi ioziuy twa nogedey. Mark &
20. 1Cor. 1:7, 2Cor.3:7. 1 These. 1: 8
—Xen. Conv. 4. 54, — (8) Infin, c. x08
e.g. us dependent on a subst. Rora, 1:
8 pSadpol roo py Pliner x 1. 2 ot
1 Cor. 9: 6 ofx Eyouey eoveiar rot pq
deysirodar; i.e. implying possibility,
but uot the will, After verbs of hinder
ing or being hindered, Luke 4: 42, 24:
16, Acts 10; 47 idug xwhioas .. . 108
4 Banrie9iva rovrory. 14: 18. 20: 27.
Rom. 11:10. 1 Pet.3:10. So by impl.
Heb, 11:5. James 5: 17.
ing purpose or result, where
Gore might stand instead of tou, comp.
in 8. Rom. 7:3 alivdiga | dour xd rob
vopov, tod wh slvas airny
Comp. Winer § 45. 4. p. 270, b, Buttm.
§ 140, n. 1, —(y) Infin, e. 199, 2 Cor.
2% 12 16 gay ebgeiy pa ‘itor, i.e. mark-
ing a cause as existing in the mind of
any one. — (8) Iofin. c. 6, where the
infin, is then equivalent to a subst.
Rom. 14:21 xadéy 19 pi) payed xpsa, iq.
fone would eat no meat, Buttm, § 148.

My

Bg. 1Cor. 4:6. 10:2 prered. by

sovro, Rom. 14:13. 2 Cor. 21. 1 Thess, 2. f.

4:6 coll. v.3, So with the prepositions
sig and sgd¢ as marking purpose, sup-
posed result, ete. e.g. ei¢ 10 payj Acts 7:
19, 1 Cor, 9:18, 10:6, Heb.11:3, 1 Pet.
%&7, mgd¢ 10 wy) 2Cor.%13, 1 Thess.
29. 2 Thess. 3: 8. With dia as
marking the probable or supposed cause
of any thing, Matt. 13: 5 dia 10 wy Bye
Baédog vig. v.6. Mark 4:5, James 4:2.
—Cebet. Tab. 24.

e) with participles, when they stand
elliptically for any of the above con-
structions, or refer to an indefinite sub-
ject, or in general where they imply
supposition, condition, purpose, any
thing subjective, ete. Buttm. § 148. 2. f-
§ 144.2 Winer§ 59.3, E.g.(a) When
tho participle may be resolved into the
construction with ¢, ééy, etc. comp.
above ina Butt. he. Luke i: 36
ab ody 10 ciiud cov lov purerér, 1
Egor +3 pigos xv. 4. Rom. 5: 13. Gal. 6:
9 nmigG yee Wig Seolaoper, wi) xdvope-
vos, Col. 1:23. 1 Pet.3:6.—(8) Where
the part. either with or without the a1
cle, is equivalent to a relative referring
to a genera! or indefinite antecedent,
comp. above in b. Buttm. i ce. E.g.
oO BN ©. part, Matt. 12: 30 6 yoo} Gv pes
duoi, i.e. whosoever, i. q. if any one,
where od would only have referred to
some particular and definite individual.
Luke 11: 23. John 3: 18 6 pq muotebuy,
comp. Winer § 59.1. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 805. Jobn 10:3. 12:48 1 Thess,
4:13, al. Matt. 25:29 daxé z0¥ ys Bzovt05.
Luke 3:11. 19 26, 27, Rom. 4: 20,
James 4:17. 1 Cor. 7: 87. nas Bn

c. part. 1 Thess, 2:12 mdvtes of ys) me
orsvocrvtes. 1 John 3: 10, Matt. 3: 10.
13: 19 mavtis cxovortos .. . xad ph ov-
wisvt05, John 15: 2. So genr, Matt. 9:
36 deel ngifare ps} Erorta moipéra. 10:
28. Lake 12: 47. Acts 20; 22 ido eyes
- + + pi eddeic, where the subject or ante-
cedent is indeed Specific, but tbe part.

tainty. 14. 1Cor, 7:29 sq.
9:21, 1 Jobu 2: 4.al, Here too belong
such phrases as ra py déovta, 1a pi
xaDjxorta, iq. drove py dei etc. 1 Tim,
5: 13, Rom,-1:28, (Ceb. Tab. 25.) ro!
117 Evra ing, Etuve po dori, Rom. 4:17.

517

My

trop, 1 Cor. 1: 28. Comp. Buttm. § 148.

posed or apparent cause or occasion of
any thing, Passow in yi no. 4. Buttm.
§ 144.2. Mate. 1: 19 *"Inoig dé 6 dnje
abriig, Slxavog Ge xad pi) Stlov x. 1,
18: 25 po Eyortog 84 aeitod axodoiven,
éxdhevoty x. 1.2, Mark 2: 4, 12: 24.
Luke 5:19. 9:33 Acts 9: 26, 12 19.
2 Cor. 3: 14, Heb. 4: 2.—Eurip. Herac.
283 or 284, — (8) Where the part. with
ru) expresses & ‘supposed or apparent
result, like Sots wy seq. infin. comp.
above in d.a. Luke 7: 30. Acts 20: 29
tigehedwortas . .. hinor Bagels cis tps,
1 geddperos 200 moyirlov, 2 Cor. 4:2
Phil. 1:28. S80 Acts % 9' ty iwipas
totis 1} Blinon, xat obx Epaysr, he was
for three days apparently blind, eo as
not to see, i.e. he was supposed to be a
blind man; but ot pays relates a spe-
cific fact. Also with «al as equiv. to
Got, comp. m Kal no. 1.c. 8. Luke
20 kop ovamnsiy, nad pi) duvdpsv0s ladj-
gov, 1% 11. Acts 27: 15,

.£) in all negative expressions of wish,
entreaty, command, where gf then often
stands at the beginning of a short inde-
peudent clause, the idea of wishing etc.
not being expressed, but retained in the
mind. Buttm. § 148. 2. c, and n. 5.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 804. Matth. § 608, n. 1.
‘Thus to express a negative wish, uy is
construed with the Optative ;
tive entreaty and command,
Imperative and Subjunctive, as follows:
(a) With the Optattve, implying a ne;
tive wish, in the frequent exclamation
HM yévotro, may it not be! let it not
happen! Luke 20: 16. Rom. 3: 4, 6, 31.
1 Cor. 6:15. Gal. 2:17. So Gal. 6: 14,
2Tim. 4:16 ph adrois AoyiaFehy, Comp.
Buttm. |. c. Passow ys} no. 6. — Hom.
Od. 1, 386. ib, 20. 844. — (8) With the
Imperative always, (which never takes
oi) usually with the Imp. present im-
plying continued action and forbidding
what oneis already doing. Buttm. $48,
3. § 137. 5, Passow yj no. 5. a, Winer
§ 60. 1. Matt, 6:16 ys} ylveo9e éomsg of
drongeral. v. 19, 25. 17: 7. 24: 6 dgtira,
i SeosiaSe, beware, be not troubled.
Mark 9: 39, Luke 23: 28, John 2 16,
‘Acts 10: 15, 1 Pet. 4: 12. al. ssep. Im-

My
erat. 8 pers. pres. Rom. 6:12" yx od

Perot 4 uecrla by 6 Some Stir
TR, 18. Col,

¢. imper. impl. Luke 13: 14. Sone 16
40. Gal. 5: 13. Rom. 12: 11, 16, 19.
(Lue. Tox.56.) | So in antithetic clauses,
as Col. 8: 2 ta dive qpeoveite, pi) ta dnt
yg. James 1:22. 1 Pet, 3:9. 2 Cor.
7. pi—dla Luke 22 42. John 6:
27. Phil.2:12.—Very rarely jr is found
with the Imper. aorist, (in N.T. only 3
pers.) implying transient action, and
forbidding that which one may be about
to do, eg. Matt. 6: 3 yy rose 4 dg
oregd coum. 2.2, 2:18. Mark 13:15 yi
xorupdre els tiv olxday. v.16. Luke
17:31. Comp. Buttm. Passow, Winer,
Lc, — Hom. Od. 16. 301. Ken. Cyr. a
5.73.—(y) With the Subjunctive in neg-
ative entreaties, commands, exhortations,
etc. where the action is to be expressed
as transient and momentary, Buttm. l.c.
and § 139. n.7. Passow, Winer, |. c.
E.g.in 1 pers. plur. Subj. present, where
it stands in place of 1 pers. Imperat.
comp. in 8. Gal, 5:26 py yivepsda xe
wddotor. 6:9. 1 Thess. 5:6. 1 John 3:
18. aorist, Jobn 19:24 ui} ozlowper ai-
téy, Buttm. § 199. n.7. Winer § 42.4.
En 2 and 8 pare Sebi, aorist, Matt, I:
fig. 8: 9 ph Bete Liye. Se
>. 6 13. 10: 5,9, 1 Mark 5:7. 14:2.
Rom. 10: 6. 1 Cor. 16: 11, Col, 2: 21.
Heb. 3: 8. 10: 35. James 2: 11. al. sae-
piss. Soc. yernSi or the like impl.
Matt, 26: 5. Mark 14: 2.

&) genr. in any construetion, where
the negation is from the nature of the
case subjective, conditional, or matter
of supposition. Matt. 19: 9 3g &y dmo-

ton Ty yuvaixa aixod, uy énl mogveig,
i. e. wm here either depends upon the
preced. relative, or it expresses condi-
tion, if not for fornication. Mark 12:14
Boys, Fuh Seiusy ; implying sub-
jective uncertainty. John 3: 18 St: yx
scenlotevaey, because, by the very supposi-
tion, he has not believed, comp. Herm. ad
Vig. p. 805. (Lue. D, Deor, marin. 5.1.)
Rom 3:8 sh kts xdtyd ds dpagrelos
xplvovas; nal yr, x. 1.2. bypothetical-
ly, and why not rather? i.e. and why
should it not rather be the case etc,
Col. % 18 & pH deiganey dufersier,i,e. 20.

518

My

into what he cannot possibly haveseen,
or be supposed to have seen; here ov
would have expressed that he had not
seen them though he had ‘the power.
1 Thess. 4:4 ps dy nodes éxeDvplas,
where yf refers to the preceding infin.
xtGoSee. Rom. 14: 1.

‘h) coupled with ov, in the order
OU jm, a8 an intensive negative, (uy ob
is in N. T. only interrog. see no. I1f,) in
emphatic assertions and assurances re-
ferring to the future, not af all, by no
means, construed pp. with the Indic. fu-
ture, or more commonly with the Subj.
avrist, Buttm. § 148. n.6. § 139. 4. Pas-
sow in of ui, p. 405 aq. Winer § 60. 3.
Herm. ed Soph. Oed. Col. 853. (a) 2eq.
Indic, fut, Mott. 16: 22 ob wo Koren ove
rotro. 26:35 od py oa am
Luke 22 34. John 8: 12. 20:35. Rev.
3&5. 9:6. al. So in emphatic interro-
gation Luke 18 7, John 18: 13. — (8)
seq. ‘Subj. aorist,e. g. aor. 1 pass. Mart.
24:9 oF pi) ded Oda ULG05. Luke 2
16,18, Heb. 8: 12. 1 Pet.2:6. al. Aor.
Qact. and mid. Matt. 5: 18,20. 18:3
Lake 1: 15. John 6: 37. Rev. 3 3, 12. al.
Mid. Mark 12:19. So as strengthened

otsére Mart. 14:25, Luke 22 16.
ovdé Matt. 24:21, .In emphatic inter-
rog. John 11:56, 18: 11.—Further, con-
trary to the doubtful rule of Dawes, seq.
Aor. 1 act. Matt. 10: 23 of ph) teléoyns
tas mékes x. 1.2, Mark 9: 4). John 4:

14, 48, Acts 13: 41, Heb. 8: 11. 2 Pee.
1:10, c. obxérs Rev. 18:14. Mid. Matt.
16: 28, Rom. 4:8. See Buttm. § 189.
4ma

. Passow in ob py. Winer § 60.
23,

As a Conjunction, that not, lest,
Lat. ne, in N.T. only after verbs ex-
Pressing fear, anziety, foresight, with
which both the Greeks and Latins con-
nect a negative implying a wish thet the
thing feared may not be or happen ;
Buttm. § 148, 4. Passow jj 11.5. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 797. Matth. § 520. Con-
strued variously :

a) with the Subjunct. where the pre-
ceding or governing verb is in the prea-
ent; see Buttm. Passow, |.c. Winer
§ 60. 2 Bo ater verbo of fearing ete
‘Acts 27: 17 8 pn akg thy
Zier éxxtcuc, 2 Cor. 1% 21, coll.

©. pofedzeos impl. 2 Cor. 1% 6.

My
Or, the preced. verb may be a preterite
except in pe Indie, as Acts 2: 10 sb-

14 Sacred 6 Hailes.
Comp. Plate "Apel. Soo. init. yey ab-
Iafiio Fas ps in’ dpod daxaty dite. —
After verbs of foresight, or caution, the
verb being in the present,” Matt. 18: 10
Spare, poh xarapgorjoyts big x. 1
Mark ape 2 Cor. 8: 20, Gal. 6: 1.
Heb. 12:15, 16, Rev. 19:10 et 229 ope
Bi 8c. morons torso.

b) with the Optative, where the pre-
ceding verb is in a preterite of the In-
dic. See Buttm. Passow, Winer, 1. c.
So after a verb of, Acts 27: 42
xdy Bi orqatuniy forks lyéreo, iva +.
0. dnoxrelyoes, ps} tis dexolyupricas da-
giyos, where however later editions
read diapiyy in Subj. eee Winer § 60.2.

c) with the Indicative, less often, and

. implying that the thing feared already
exists or is about to bappen, Passow yr
IL 5 fin, Winer § 60, 2. b,_ 80 c. indic.
pres. Luke An: 85 oxdres ody pr 10 pag
10 dy cob oxétog donly. c. indie. fut. Col.
2: 8 Blénste prj tug ips Fores 6 cvlaye~

a7.
7 d) with the fyfnitive in negative
wishes or admonitions, implying a fear
of the contrary, i.e. ¢. acc. et infin.
2 Cor, 61 magexalotper pi} cig marie
shy zégu 100 Ss00 BétarFos duds. 13:7.
See Passow py IL 4c, — Hom. Od.
9. 530.

III, As an emphatic interrogative
particle, which bas lost its own negative
power; but expressing a degree of fear
or anxiety, and implying the expecta-
tion of a negative answer; while od in-
terrog. demands an affirmative answer.
Butt. § 148.5. Matth. § 608. n.3, Wi-
ner § 61.3. b. Passow yj no. III,“ Con-
strued with the Indic, of all the tenses,
Paseow |. c.

8) simply, . indic. pres. Matt. 9: 15
1h Bbvarcas of vied 105 ryppiives mev-
Sdiyxt.d. John3:4. Acts 7:28. 1 Cor.

12 29, 30. James 214. cc, dori etc.
impl. Rom. 3:5. 914, 1 Cor. 12:29 sq.

519

Myst

Rom. 10:18 £226 Léyes* px} ox Fuovoess
have they not heard? where the answer
must still be negative. v.19 4 “Jo-
aq oix tyre; hath then Israel not
known? i.e. is he then ignorant? 1 Cor.
9: 4,5, 11: 22, — Xen, Mem. 4. 2. 12,
AL,

Moye, see in Fé no. I, 8

Mrydayas adv. (ypSayds for yn8d
auss,) by no means, Acts 10: 14 et 11:8
Siaov xai guys’ 6 da sine’ undapdc ac.
xoito yévorro. Comp. in 247 Lf. a. Sept.
for nb*bn Gen. 18 25.—Lue. D. Deor.
4.2. Ken. Cony. 2.3.

My, conjunct. (pn, 84) diftering
from oi8d as prj from dé, and having
the same g eral signification as pH,

see in My init. pp. and not, also not,
ted hence neither, not even, as con-
necting whole clauses. or propositions,
Buttm. § 149, p. 427. Math. § 609. Wi-
ner § 50. 6.

8} in continued negation, at the be-
ginning of a subsequent clause, neither,
nor, mostly preceded by Ph Matt. 10:14
8g ddv poy Bébreas duds, wnBd dxovog rods
Aoyous tpsy. Mark 6: 11. Luke 16: 26.
Jobn 4:15. Rom. 14:21. 1Tim. bk: 4
prec. ustrw Rom. 9: 11—Hadian.
ib, 6. 2.9.—So in continued prohibiti
usually after yj, and then it takes the
same construction as cal with the Im-
perat. or Subjunct, see in Mino. Lf.
a Yr Beg. imperat. pres, expr. oF inp

wees 7} indy
ral (ce) of co
kc 13: 11 st mpopequsrane ... . pndd
jaleréze, Rom, 6:13, Heb. 125. pon
Selg—pndé 1 Tim. 5: 22. Aor. 1 pass,
1 Pet.3:14. Seq. Subjunct. pres. 1 pere.
plur. in exhortations 1 Cor. 10: 8,9.
1 John 3: 18, for. 2 and 3 pers. Matt.
7:6 pi Sore... und Badges. Mark 13:
15, Col. 2:21. 2Tim. 1:8. pendi—pndd
Mark 8: 26. ysndels—pn di Luke 3: 14.
Seq. infin. depending on a verb of pro-
Acts 4:18. 1 Tim. 1:4.—

Luke 22: 35 yn tuvd¢ totegycate. Once in antithetic apodosis, seq. imper.
John 7:48, Rom. 11:3. perf. John 7: 2 Thess, 3:10 sf 11g od Sides doydterSas,
47, fut. Matt, 7: 9, 10. Rom. 3:3. pnt doSuite.

b) as used before ov, ie, (MN ov,
‘where us| is interrogative, and ov belongs
solely to the following verb, Winer |. c.

b) im the mide of w claus, na oem
Mark 22 dove posits xergeiy undid te
eis vay Sigay. 1 Cor. 5: 11, Eph. 5

Mybee

3 Buttm. § 149. p. 428. Passow pnd
no. 2.—Lue. D, Deor. 6.2, Xen. Hi. 4.
4 AL 7

Mypets, wndepiz, pydér, (yundi,
sls.) not even one, no one, i. e. no one
whoever he may be, from the indefinite
and hypothetic power of yy, differing
from obdels as yx} from ot, seo in My
init. :

a) geor. Matt. 16: 20 fra pqdert etiroe-
ow. Mark 6:8 tva pndév aiguow cis
édoy. John 8: 10. Acts 4:21, 1 Cor.
1: 7, Heb. 10: 2. al. — Xen. H. G. 5. 4.
20.—With ps, unxits, or undsls repeated,
in astrengthened negation, comp. Buttm,
§ 148. 6, 1 Pet. 3: 6 ws poBotpevos pn-
Seulay wroqow. Mark 11: 14 pests dx
aot pndelg xagndy giyon Acts 4: 17,
2 Cor. 6: 3,—Xen. Mem, 1. 2. 39.

it ibitions, e. g. seq. Imper.
pres. Luke 3: 13 pndiv xléoy .. . ngdo-
ore. 1 Cor. 3:18,21. Tit. 2:15. James
1: 13. ec. imper. impl. Matt, 27: 19.
Phil. 2:3. c. dupl., neg. Rom. 13:8.
{Lue. D, Deor. 24.1.) Seq. Subjunct.
aor. Matt. 17: 9 pndert etanre 10 Spapo.
Acts 16: 28, (Luc. D, Deor. 1.2.) Matt.
8:4 Soa, wydod anys. c. dupl. neg.
Mark 1: 44.

¢) neut. undev, nothing. (a) asadv.
not at all, in no respect, e.g. undiv dia-
xgsvouevos Acts 10:20, 11: 12. James 1:
6. After verbs of profit or loss, defi-
ciency, etc. Mark 5:26 xat pndév crpely-
Sea. Luke 4: 35. 2Cor. 11:5, Phil.
4:6, Comp. Passow in pndels. (Lue. D.
Deor. 1.2 Xen. Oec. 11.9.) So dy
pndevi in nothing, in no respect, 2 Cor.
7:9. Phil. 1: 28. James 1: 4.—(8) Me-
taph. pndév ody, being nothing, i. e. of
no account, no weight of character,
Comp. Bum. § 129.6. —
Dem. 562. 23. AL.

Mydénore, adv. (p98é, nord.) not
even ever, never, 2 Tim. 3:7.—Xen. Cyr.
1,6. 10.

Mydéna, adv. (undi, x00,) even not
xyet, not yet, Heb, 11: 7.—Luc. pro Lap-
au 15, .

Midos, ov, 5, a Mede, Acts 2:9,
—The coumry of Media, Maile, lay
between the Caspian sea on the north,
and Persia on the south, extending on

520

’
Myy

the North and West to Armenia It
was incorporated with the kingdom of
Persia; and comprieed the following
provinces of modern Persia: Shirvan,
Adserbijan, Ghilan, Masanderen, and
Irak Adjami, See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr.
Lisp. 276,

Miyxe'te, adv. (us, Brt,) no more, 10

further, no longer, in the general sense

of yj, and construed in the same man-
ner; eee My init. Eg. after ira, comp.
Mi 1.b, 2 Cor.5:15. Eph. 4:14 ta
préte yey yinco.. — With the ings,
comp. W441. d. Acts 4: 17. 25:24 éa-
Bosvres un Seiv Civ airor popitt. Eph.
4:17. (Xen. Mem. 4.3.8.) ¢. inf af
ter Goze Mark 1:45. 2:2, c. inf. etsod
Rom. 6:6. sig 16 pay seq, inf. 1 Pet. &
2. — With participles, os expressing &
eanse, comp. My I.e. 7. Rom. 15%
uni dé aqxéts ténoy Ezaw xt), Them *
8:1, 5. (Hdian, 1. 15. 1.) As express
ing result, Acts 13: 34, comp. fj 1.
8.— Luc. D. Mort. 6.1. — In negative
expressions of wish, entrealy, command,
see Mi I. f. Seq. Opt. implying a neg-
ative wish, Mark 11: 14 jnxéts &x oot pr
des xagnov gion. Seq. Imper. pres
John 5:14 et 8 11 pneits dpagror.
Eph. 4: 28. 1 Tim. 5: 23, (Ken. Cyr.3
2.13) Seq. Subjunet. pres. 1 pers. plut-
Rom, 14:13. Aor. 2 and 3 pers, Mark
9:25, Matt. 21:19. Comp. in Mil.£7-

Mixos, e0¢, ous, 16, length, Ret.
21:16 bis. Metaph. Eph. 3:18, Sept
for J Gen. 6: 15 al. eaep. — Act. ¥-
H. 3, 1, Xen, Occ. 19. 2.

Unyxiveo, €. vi, (ines) to matt
long Xen. Mem. 3.13.5, InN. T-Mid.
Lnxdvopa to lengthen oneself, spoken
of planta, i.e. to grow up, Mark 4:27.
So Sept. in Act. for bys Is. 44: 14.

Mnydory, is, 4, (uitor a sheep) 6
sheep-skin, as used for clothings Heb. Me
37, Sept. for myx spoken °
prophet a mantle re : 13, 19. 2K
2:8,13, 14, Comp. ‘Jucrvov b, and“
8yya. — Poll, Onomust, 10. 45 or 176.
Clem. Rom, Ep. 1 ad Cor. 17¢--4~' **

yy « particle of strong sie,
tion, yea, assuredly, etc. Buttm, § 7
p. 432, InN. T. only in the connes
ion # pny, eee in 7H, and Battm. |

Myr

Myy, unyéds, 6, a month, 2) pp.
Luke 1: 24, 26, 36, 56. 4:25, Acts 7:
20. 18: 11, 19: 8. 20: 3, 28: 11, James
5:17, Rev. 95, 10,15, 11:2. 13:5,
22:2. Sept. for cin Gen. 7: 11. & 4,
5, et sep, — Hdian. 1. 14. 17, Xen.
Mem. 4.8.2

b) meton, for new-moon, which was
the first day of the month and a festival,
Gal. 4: 10." So Heb. win Sept. veopn—
yla Num. 28:1. Ps.61:4. Comp. Jabo
§ 352,

Myvi, £. sae, to make known, to
show, to disclose, sc. something before
unknown, trans. Luke 20: 37. John 11:
57 dey 115 9G nol loth pqvion, 1 Cor.
10: 28, ¢. dat, Acts 23: 30.2 Mace. 3:
7, Jos, Ant. 1. 11.2 Thue, 2, 42.

IMy ov, vee in My no. I. b.

Mynorz, neg. partic. (yj, nord,) in
the same general sense and uses as 17}

Asa negative particle, not even,
never, in no supposable case. Heb. 9:
47 dxsh pore iz ies [SsaPajxn) Ste CF 6
Sia 94usr0s.—Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.

II. Asa Conjunction, that not ever,
that never, lest ever, i. e. lest at some
time or other, indefinite, i. q. lest
haps, comp. My no. II. So after verbs
implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and pre-
ceded by a future, a present or aorist,
or a pret. Indic. as in “Iva 1. A. a,c, d.
So c. fut. preced. Matt. 4:6agotel os, pr-
nots mgooxdyns x. ti. Luke 4: 1. c.
Pres. v. aor. preced. Matt. 5:25 to9s ei-
vosw ... pinotd 2 nagadg x,t, 2. 7:6.
13: 29. 27: 64. Mark 4:12, Luke 12:
38. 14: 8,12. iva wfmore Luke 14: 29.
¢. praet. preced. Matt. 13:15. Acts28:27,
Seq. Indic. fut, Mark 14:2 pijrors 96-
ufos Zotar tot Aaot, comp. in My IT. c.
—After verbs implying fear or caution,
seq. Subjunct. Matt. 15:32, Luke 21: 34
Roogézers Eavtois, wiimote BagnPdct x
1.4 Hob. 21, 4:1. = with prec. verb
impl. Matt, 25:9. Acts 5:39. (Xen. Cyr,
1.6.10.) Seq. Indic. fut. Heb. 3: 12,
comp. in My Il. c.

JIE As an interrogative particle,
comp. Passow in moré, e. g. in a direct
inquiry implying a negative answer.
John 7: 26 piinore GySas tyrucay of

66

521

My

Gexorres ; do the rulers: then certainly
know ? do they perhaps know etc.—In-
direct, whether perhaps, if perhaps, seq.
Opt. Luke 3: 15 dialoyfopivar xdrcor
Himors airos sly 6 Xguotés. Seq.
junct, 2 Tim. 2:25. See Herm. ad
Vig. p. 810, Math. § 514. c.

Mina, adv. (yi, x0,) not yet, Roma,
911, Heb. 9 8—Xen, Mem. 4.4 23.

Majneog, conjunet. (uj, m0,) that
in no way, that by no means, i... teat in
any way, lest perhaps; 20 after verbs
implying purpose, seq. Subjunct. and
preceded by the pres, comp. in My II.
1 Cor. &: 27 tmemmidter wow 33 oSpe
++ primers Gddors xngifas abrog Burp0s
yeropar, 2Cor.2:7. 94, ¢. Aor. pre
ced. Gal. 2 2, comp. Winer § 60. 2. p.
421.—After verbs implying fear or cau-
tion, e. g. seq. Indic. comp. in yj II. c.
Gal. 4:11 gofotpas Spas, pnjmees eel me
xonlaxa sis Sis. Seq. Subjunct. aor.
‘Acts 27:20. Rom. 11: 21 [Bléxere] pot
nox ovd8 cot gelontas. 1 Cor. 8:9. 2
Cor. 11:3. 12: 20 bis, where supply at
theend sigeDéios, Once construed with
both Indic. and Subjunct. 1 Thess, 3:
5 Exeuya sig 10 proves iy nlotsr per,
pijnas énalpacer tis 6 xeigazer wal sig
xavir yivqtas 5 xo mos Hparr, i.e. [fearing]
lest perhaps the tempter etc, eee in Winer
§ 60. 2, p. 421.

Myoos, ov, 6, the thigh Rev. 19:
16, where comp. Cic. Verr. II. lib. IV.
43, Sept. for "J37 Gen. 24:2,9.—Lue.
D. Deor, 9. 1. Xen. Cyr. 7.3.6

Myre, con). (us, 14,) @ continuative
referring usually rather toa part of a
proposition or clause, and not, also not ;
hence neither, not even. See Buttm.
§ 149, p. 427, Winer § 59, 6.

a) in continued negation, at the be-
ginning of a subsequent clause, after ps},
neither, nor. Etph. 4:27 6 ijlsos pi éi-
Suites . . . prize Slots tonor 1H diaBsy.
2 Thess. 2: 2, —Hdian. 4. 15. 19.—Re-
peated, prits—pojre, neither—nor, before
different parts of the same clause, Matt,
5: 9A oq. poh Sudoas Shag, pine bo 16
obgarg,... pare dv th yi +» mite as
Steger. w here 23: 8, 12, 21. 1 Tim.
1:7, James 5: 12, al.—Xen. Lac. 15. 3.

b) alone in the middle of a clause,

Mime

not even, Mark 9:20 dors px Stracdas
adrove prize Egroy paysiv. — Xen. Lac.
10.7, AL

Mime, 00s, 2906, 4, 4 mother,
comp. Butt. § 47.

1a) pp. Matt. 1:18. 2: 11,18, 20, al, seep.

Trop. of one in the place of a mother,
Matt. 12: 49, 50, Mark 10:30, Je John 19:
27, Rom. 16:13. Sept. for 5& ON Gen. 2
94, 44: 20.—Xen. Mem. 2.2.1. trop.
Hom. Il. 6. 429.

_b) genr. for parent, a ancestor, progeni-

trix. Gal, 4: 26 4 3é Sr “Iegovs. dlav-

Sige. doris, rug dowd [Zégga} prjene mar
sun jar, i.e. which represents Sarab
our common mother, comp. v. 22, 24,
26. BoBSept. and fix Gen. 3: 20. Oth-
ers metropolis, as Di and Sept. entgo-
solig 2 Sam, 20: 19.—Trop. of a city as
the parent or source of wickedness and
abominations, Rev. 17: 5 Bapuliy 4
piiryg tay nogviiy xa ray Bdedvypdren.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 539. p.735. Aw.

Mare, neg. partic. (1,1? indef,) not
at all, not perhape, vee Buttm. § 150,
p.434. In N.T.

a) as negat. only in the connexion ab ponds

perhaps, unless perhaps,

2 Cor, 13: 5.

—Aleo prjrsye i. q. write but stronger, not

at all then, i.e. for Engl. not to say then,

much more then, 1 Cor. 6: 3. Comp.

Buttm. § 150, p. 484. Herm. ad Vig.
803.

b) as interrog. whether at all ? whether
perhaps? i.e. is or has then, perhaps?
Boum. lc. Matt. 7:16 prs ovdléyovor
dnd dxavFav ctapuliy ; 12:23. 26: 22,
25, Mark 4: 21. 14: 19 bis. Luke 6: 39.
Jobn 4: 29, 7: 31. 8: 22, 18: 35. 21: 5.
Acts | : 2 Cor. 12:18. James 3:11.
pits Gg 2Cor.1:17, Sept. for 5] Mal.
& 8 iy Gen. 20:9.

Myuye, see in Miz a.
Myreg, pron. interrog. (py, tie in-

def.) whether any one? is or has any one?
Jobn 4: 83, 7:48. Comp. My IIT.

Mijroa, as, i, (wire) matris,
womb, Luke 223, Rom. 4:19, Sept.
for eT Num, 212 Jer: 3, pH

1:5,6.—Acl. V. H. 10.3, Hdot.
3. ce. es

522

Mio

Mn ardgias, ov, 6, Attic pare
Jotas, (uit, Gdosae i.q.clodetothresh,
to smite,) a smiter of his mother, a matri-
cide, 1 Tim. 1:9. Comp. Rom. 1: 30—
‘Thom. Mag. p. 695. Attic form, Lue.
Deor. Concil. 12. Lys, 116, 43. Plato
Phaedo § 62.

Myrpsnoke, eos, i, (sizng, x6-
14s,) metropolis, 1 Tim. 6: 23 in the spa-
rious subscription —Xen. An. 5.2. 3.

Mia, see in Bs.

Miatvoo, £. avis perf, poss. pepl-
aopat Tit.1: 15, comp. Buttm. § 101. 0.8;
perf. pass. 3 pers. sing. prylavres Tit. 1:
15, comp. Buttm. §101, 0.7; aor. 1 pass.
dude Sqy, comp. Butt. §110. 0.3; pp-
to colour, to tinge, Hom. IL. 4.141. An-
thol. Gr. IL p. 153. to stain, to pollute,
Hdian. 1.15. Luc. Phalar. prior 12—In
N. T.. lo defile, to pollute, trans.

a) in the Levitical sense, John 18: 28
Ba ph mardGew, Gt toa geen. ob
ndoza, So Sept. for xan Lev. 5 3.
22: 5, 8.—Tob. 2: 9.

b) in a moral sense, Jade 8 ecigner pir

fyovnt, Pass. to be polluted, corrupt,
‘Tit. 1: 15 bis. Heb, 12: 15.—Hdian. 2. 5,
10. Thue. 2. 102,

Miacua, aos, 26, (uselves,) mes a
colouring, staining, Suid. Bags ; and
hence pollution, defilement, in a moral
sense, 2 Pet. 2 20 ta pu rol xoguou. —
Judith 9: 2, Luc. Tim. 43, Dem. 1374
1h.

Miecopcs, ov, 8, (yalre,) pollu-
tion, defilement, in a moral sense, 2 Pet
2 10 dy émiSuplg praopoi, i.e. in pol-
luted desire, unclean lust, comp. Buttm.
§ 123. n. 4. — Wied. 14: 26. Test. XII
Patr. p. 583.

Miéyuar, atoc, 16, (ulyreps) miz-

ture, John 19: 39 pines opigrns xat
Gdns. —Ecclus. 38:

Méyvont, £. ple, to miz, to mingle,
pp. c. accus. et dat. and in Pass. c. dat.
Rev.8&:7 meptzpeve eluant. 15:2 See
Matth. § 403. b. — Diod. Sic. 1.2 pen.
Xen. Mem. 4. 3.6. — Also c. ace. ot

¢ tev0¢, 800 in Meta 1.2, b. 3. Lake

4B 1 Go 16 clea Tiddves Kouke pote vow

Meeges
Svcsiie obsisy, Matt. 27: 34.—Plato Tim.
p35. A.
Mexgcc, , Ov, small, little, com-
Pert, Mexgoregos emaller, less; pp. opp.
Of péyas large.

a) of magnitude, Matt. 13: 82 puxgd—
1290 naivtor tar onegudter. Mark 4:
31. James 3: 5,— Palaeph. 52.1. Xen.
Occ, 8, 11. —0f stature, Luke 19: 3 17
itelg puxges qv. Sept. for bys Ez. 17:

6. (Xen. Cyr. 8, 4.20.) Hence also of

age, small, young, pot Brown OF up. Acts
810 ens psngod Ews peydlov. 26: 22,
Heb. 8: 11. Rev, 11: 18. 18: 16. 19: 5,
18. 20: 12. Comp. in Méyas a.—Ina
compar. sense for less, younger, Lat. mi-
nor nat, Mark 15 40 soi “Tax. toi jum
08 of James the less.

b) of quantity, a little, 1 Cor. 5:6
penge: Gipm, Gal. 5:9. (Xen. Mem. 3.
14.1,3) Trop. Rev.3:8. Adv. wrepér
2 Cor. 11: 1, 16. Sept. for oz
Job 10: 20. Prov. 6 10.—So of space,
neut. puxgdy as adv. a little, mpoelSov
puxpéy Matt. 26:39, Mark 14:35.—Xen.
Cyr, 4.2.6.

ec) of number, little, few, Luke 12:32
1d puxpor noluvior. Sept. for br Gen.
80: 80. 47: 9.—Xen. Occ. 2. 8.

d) of time, John 7: 33 puxgor zodvor.
12:35. Rev. 6:11. 20:3, Hence absol.
plxgov 8c. xodvor, a little while, pp. acc.
of time how long, John 13: 33. 14: 19.
16: 16, 17, 18, 19. Heb. 10:37, So pe-
2 yuxgdv, after a while, a little after,
Matt. 26: 73, Mark 14:70.—Jos. Ant. 4.
7.1, Ken. Eq, 7.15. ib. 8.7. iid vasa,

e) trop. of dignity, authority,, “Low,”
durmble, Matt. 10: 42 S32 ray pungerr tol-
‘tay, spoken of the disciples. 18: 6, 10,
14, Mark 9: 42. Luke 17:2, Matt. 11:
11 6 88 puxgétegos dy. +.B. Luke 7:28.
9:48. Comp. in Beltlav.—Ael. V. H. 2.
27. Xen. An. 3. 2. 10,

MiAnros, ov, %, Miletus, a roari-
time city in the southern part of Ionia
on the confines of Caria, a few miles
south of the Meander. It was celebra-
ted for a temple of Apollo, and as the
birth place of Thales and A
der. A few ruins now mark its proba-
ble site, near a village called Palat or
Palaich. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. I.
ii, p. 187.— Acts 20: 15, 17. 2 Tien. 4:90.

523

Miuprjoxeo

Mihov, lov, +6, « mile, Matt. 5
Al, i.e. the Roman milliare or mile of
1000 paces, whence its name. It is
usually estimated at 1611 yards, while
the English mile contains 1760 yards,
Comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. mt P- 503. Rees’
Cyclop. arts. Measure, Mile. — Pol. 34.
11, 8. Strabo V. p. 332.

Mipeopac, f. joopas, depon. Mid.
(sipos,) pp. to mémic, but in a good eense,
i@. to imitate, to follow, oc. a8 an ex-
ample, c, ace. 2 Tim. &7 meg Bet pups
oSae 4 Mav. 9. Heb. 12:7, 3 John 11.

Heian. 4.9.5. Xen..Cyr.

Late.

Miuaniys, ob, 6, (sypiopes,) anin-
italor, follower} only in the phrase ~
entis (Yivopes, to become an imitator,
i. @. lo imitate i. q. uxpéonas. 1 Cor. 42
16. 11:1. Eph, ae 1 Thess, 1: 6. &
14, Heb. & 12, 1 Pet. 3: 13.—Jos. Ant.
6.6.12. Hdian. 6, 8, 5. Xen. Mem. 1.
6.3.

Miprjoxer, £. prion, to recall to
one’s mind, to remind, Hom. Od, 12. 38.
Il. 1. 407. — InN, T. only as a partial
depon. Mid. psyrrioxopat, f. uricopar
aor. 1 pass, durioSyy both as mid. and
pass. Buttm. "(138.2 § 113. n. 6; perf.
part. usuynuévos 2 Tim. 1: 4, as. pres.
Butt. § 114. p, 202. comp. Matth. § 495,
b.— To call to mind, to recollect, to re-
member, usually c. c. gen. Buttm. § 132.
5.38.

8) pp. pres, Heb. 26 or4 ab.
tov, quoted from Ps, 8: 5 where Sept.
for "31. Heb, 13:3. Aor. 1 as Mid.
Matt. 26:75 durian 5 Lézgos to gina
tog. Luke 1: 54 diéoug. v.72. 23: 42,
24:8. Acta11:16. 1Cor.11:2, 2 Tim.
1:4, 2 Pet. 3: 2, Jude 17. Heb, 8:12
et 10: 17 réby dvomisy aixay ob
096 %,i. q. I will pardon ager
ted from Jer.31:34 where Sept. for >
“Joy, and so Sept. for MQ Jer. 33:8.—
Lue. D. Deor. 2. 1. Xen. Mem. 2.1.33.
— Seq. dts Matt. 5:23, 27:63, Luke
16: 25. John 2: 17, 22. 12: 16, seq. ais
Luke 24: 6.—Ecclus. 7: 16 or 18, Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1.47.

b) aor. 1 durjoSyy as pass. Butt.
§ 113. n. 6. Matth. § 495.0; to be re-
membered, to be had in remembrance, éve-

Muto

soy 106 S208, for good, as prayers Acts
10:31, coll. v.4; or for punishinent Rev.
16:19, So Sept. for 9212 Ez. 18: 22.
comp. Num. 10:9. Pa. 109: 14.

Miséa, &, £. sow, to hate, trans.
Pass. to be hated, odious.

a) c, ace. of pers, usually implying
active ill will in words and conduct, a
persecuting spirit. Matt. 5:43 pojous
tov é9ecv cov, where for the fut. inan
imperative sense comp. in “Ayanéw b.
v.44, 10: 22 EoeoGs pucotperos. 24: 9,
10, Mark 13:13. Luke 1:71. 6:22,
19: 14. 21: 17, John 7:7 bis, 15:18 bis,
19, 23 bie, 24,25, 17:14. Eph.5:29. Tit.
3:3. 1 John 29,11. 3 13,15, 4:20,

_ Sept. for zy Gen. 37:3. Lev.26:17.—
Hdian. 1. 13.'5. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.7. — By
impl. i. q. to persecute, Rov. 17:16 oros
puciooues tie nogrny. So Sept. and
iu 2 Sam. 5: 8. 22: 18.

bj seq. acc. of thing, i. q. to detest, to
abher. John 3: 207 Rom. 7: 15 8 woe,
sotto mod. Heb. 1:9. Jude 23. Rev. 2
6 bie, 15. 18:2.—Tob. 4: 15. Xen. Cyr.
4. 2, 37. ,

c) spec. in antith, with dyande it is
i,q. not to love, to love less, to slight,
c. ace, of pers. Matt. 6: 24 tor Eva pio
ozs xad tov Stegor ayanijou. Like 14:

26. 16:13, John 12:25, Rom. 9 13.
Bo Sept. and Nzip Gen.29:31. Deut. 21:
16. Mal. 1:3, See Tholuck Bergpr.
in loc, eras Fore.

Mud anodosia, as, % (moda-
s0d6t7s,) pp. ‘full payment of wages;
hence recompense, requital, 6. g. in the
sense of reward Heb. 10: 35. 11: 26;
also punishment Heb. 2: 2. — Constit.
Apostol.6.11, comp. s.7Godoia Thue.
8, 83.

Mesd- anodes, ov, 5, (uid,
Gnodidmps,) pp. ‘a payer in full of wa-
ges;’ hence requiter, rewarder, Heb. 11:
6.—Constit. Apost. 4. 6.

Mistios, fa, cov, also of two
endings, (j109ds,) hired, and as subst,
one hired, a hired servant, Luke 15: 17,
19, . Sept. for sip Lev. 25: 20. Job
%:1.—Tob. 5: 11, Ecelus. 7:20,

Dhaiog, ov, 6, hire, wages, recom-
pense,

524

Migana

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 20:8, Luke 10:
7 disuog vag 6 toyarns 100 mc9ot abtod
dotey. Acts 1:18 pioSo¢ adidas, i.e. the
wages of his crime. Rom. 4:4. 1 Cor.
3:8. 1Tim.5:18. James5:4. 2 Pet.
2:15 pudds ddixlas, i.e. wages got by
iniquity. Jude 11 pucdod i. e. for hire
or gain, comp. Buttm. § 132. 6. 1,2
Sept. for 72 Gen. 30: 28. Mal. 3: 5.
njaH2 Gen. 7. — Ael. V. H. 8. 8.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 5.

b) in the sense of reward, Matt. 5: 12
5 pioSeg ipay molig éy rots oigercie.
v. 46, 6:1, 2,5, 16, 10:41 bis, 42. Mark
9:41, ‘Luke 6: 23,35. John 4:36. 1 Cor.
3:14, 9:17, 18. 2 John 8. Rev. 11:18.
22: 12. So Sept. and 2p Gen. 15 1.
—Hdian. 1.3. 5. Xen, An. 2, 2. 20.

¢) in the sense of retribution, punish-
ment, 2 Pet.2:13 wuodig dduxiac. > 2
Mace. 8:33. Callim. Hymn. in Dian.
264 ob88 vag "Argeldns dliyy émexipmace
ick

Mustou, a, f. daw, (ucdds,) te
hire out, to let for hire, Ael. V. H. 6. 1.
Diod. Sic. 12. 56.—In N. T. only Mid.
BoPdopat, ovpas, f. doopan, to hire out
to oneself, i. q. simply to hire, trans, see
Buttm. § 135. 8. Matt. 20:1 puoPaca-
oSateydras, v.7. Sept. for >in Judg.
9: 4, 2 Chr. 24: 12.—Ael. V. H. 14, 17.
Xen. An. 6.°4, 13,

Mistauc, aroc, 16, ( wodse,)
hire, wages, rent, Sept. for 72m Deut
23:19. “Ael. V.H. 4. 12, Hdot. 2, 180,
—In N.'T. a thing hired or rented, e. g.
a lodging, hired dwelling, Acts 28: 30.

Miusdaros, oi, 6, (wodde,) one
hired, a hired servant, Mark 1:20. John
10; 12, 13. Sept. for srw Ex. 12 45.
Lev. 19: 13.— Lue. de Mere. Cond. 36.
Dem. 1199. 21.

Maervayyn, n¢, 5, Mitylene,the cel-
ebrated capital of the island of Lesbos,
Acts 20:14. It was the birth-place of
Sappho, Alcaeus, Pittacus, etc. and is
now called Castro. Rovernn, Bibl: Geogr.
AIL p. 872,

Miyana, 6, indec, Michael, Heb.
bio. i. e. who as God ? pr. n. of an
archangel, the patron of the Jewish na-
tion, Jude 9, Rev. 1% 7, See in “Agz-
éyyalos. :

Mra

Mod, cc, 4, Lat. mina, pp. Greek
weight containing 100 dJeazual, and
larger than the Roman libra or pound
in the proportion of 4 to 8. Hence as
the latter is usually reckoned at about
Woz, Engl. avoirdupois, the urd would
be nearly equivalent to the Engl. pound
avoirdupois; see Boeckh Stantsh. d.
Ath. I.p. 19. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 490.
Rees’ Cycl. art. Weights.—Hdot. 2. 180.
—InN.T. pod is a silver coin, esti-
mated by weight, containing 100 3paz-
pai, and being itself the 60th part of a
talent. According to Boeckh lc, p. 16,
the Attic usd was nearest equal to 164
dollara, comp. in Agaypd. It varied
however in different countries. Luke
19: 13, 16 bis, 18 bis, 20, 24 bis, 25.—
Dem. 1231. 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 5. 2 sq.

Maou, see Miprioxe.

Mvaacor, covoc, 5, Mnason, pr. n.
of a Christian, Acts 21: 16.

Myrefe, ac, 4, (uiprjoxe,) recollec-
tion, remembrance, Phil. 1: 3 éx} +5 uvela
ipdy. So preiav Eyeev to have remem-
brance of, i.q. to recollect, to remember,
1 Thess. 3: 6. 2 Tim. 1:3. Also pvel-
ay noseiotas lo make remembrance of,
i.e! to bear in mind, to make mention
of, Rom. 1:9, Eph. J: 16, 1 Thess, 1:2,
Philem. 4. Sept. genr. for 121 Ia. 26:
8. pr, nowioGan for “3% ring Ps. 111:
4. for "21 Job 14: 13.—Ael. 'V. H. 6,
1. pw. guy Aristoph. Eccl. 1154 or
1162. Iscer. p. 89. D. pr. mosioSas
Aeschin, 23. 5. Isocr. p. 105. B.

Mrqjuc, aros, 18, (prijoxe, pp.
@ memorial, monument, intended to pre-
serve the memory of any person or
thing, Hom. Od. 15. 126; hence sepul-
chral monument, cenotaph, Hom. I. 23,
619. Dem. 1310. 15.—In N. T. meton,
tomb, sepulchre, see in Mrnutiov. Mark
5: [8], 5. Luke 8: 27. 23:53 29x09” ab-
10 (10 oda) & prjpats dagerty. 24: 1.
Acts 2 29, 7:16. Rev. 11:9. Sept. for
1. Ez.37:12. 9939 Ez.
; Jos, Ant. 7. 1.3. Diod. Sic.
18. 86. Xen. Cyr. 7. 3.11.

Mynueioy, ov, 16, (usprioxes,) pp.
a memorial, monument, i. q. urge, Xen,
‘sepulchrat

Ag. 6.2; hence o monument,

525

née Rev. % 5.

Monucourar

eenotoph, Dem. 1125, 16. Thue. 5. 11.
—InN.T. meton. a tomb, sepulchre,
Matt. 8: 28. 27: 52 xa} rd pornstar dea)
zonouy, v. 58. 28: 8 Mark 5:2 al.
So Mate. 23: 29 xoopsirs ta: pynysio, and
Luke 11: 47 olxodousire tc parqutia, i.e.
ye adorn or build up (repair) the sepul-
chrea. of the prophets, see in Koopéo
b, and Kovide, Comp. 1 Macc. 13:27,
Jos. Ant. 13. 6.6, Sept. for 132 Gen,
2%. 6,9, 49:30. maIap Gen. 35: 20,
—Xen. H. G3, 214) 15.—The sepul-
chres of the Hebrews were often cay-
erns, Gen, 23: 9 0q. or were hewn by
art out of rocks or in the sides of hills,
in various forms and sizes, sometimes
with several compartments. They were
closed by a door or layer of stone, and
the entrance was often decorated with
ornaments and whitewashed. See Cal-
met Art. Sepulchre. Jahn § 206. § 207,
and notes, At,

Myryjun, 99, 4, (uipnioxes,) remem-
brance, recollection, ©, g. uriuny novei-
oat to call to mind, to bear in recollection,
2 Pet.1: 15. Sept. for 321 Ps. 30: 5.
— Ael. V. H. 5.3, Diod. Sic. 1. 2 init,
by. moutiaSau Thue. 2. 54.

Mynuoreva, 6. sive, (uripen, pie
prjoxe,) to remember, to call to mind, to
bear in mind.

a) pp. absol. Mark 8 18. Seq. gen.
comp. Buttm. § 132. 5.3, Luke 17: 32
prnporeiere tig yuvcixde Aci, John
15: 20 tof Aéyou, 16:4, 21. Acts 20:35,
Gal, 2 10. Col. 4:18. 1 Thess. 1:3,
Heb. 11: 15. 13:7. So Sept. for 437
Ps, 63: 7.— 1 Mace. 12:11. Luc. D-
Deor. 4. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 21.— Seq. ac-
cus, comp. Math. § 347. 0.2. Winer
§ 30. 7.c, Matt. 16:9 tote derous. 1
‘These, 2:9 sy xénor. 2 Tim. 2 8. So
God is said to remember sin, i.e. to pun-
ish it, Rev. 18:5. Sept. for 27 Ex.
13:3, Ie, 43: 18,—2 Mace, 9:21. Hdian.
6. 1. 16. Xen. Mem. 2, 7. 7. — Seq. drs
Acts 20: 31. Eph. 2:11. 2 Thess. 2: 5,

nag 3: 3. Comp.

‘Muurioxe a.

b) by impl. to mention, to speak of,
seq. megs, Heb, 11:22 meg? rig &20dou...
éuynusvevos.—Hdian. 1.1.5. Xen. Vect.
4. 25.

Mynuoouror, ov, +6, (pp. neu.

Mrnorwe 526

‘of adj. pernpoovvos commemorative,) &
memorial, monument, i.q. urnusior, Hdot.
2. 136, 148. — InN. TT. geor. memorial,
ie. any thing causing or preserving the
remembrance of a person or thing. Matt.
26: 13 ot Mark 14:9 els pmudovvor a
‘tig for a memorial of her, i. e. in memo-
ry of her, to her honourable remem-
Dranee, fame. Acts 10: 4 af moorvzat
gov... avéfnoay eis pv. dvoimoy 1. O.
thy prayers . + Gre come up as @ memo~
rial, into remembrance, before God, Sept.
for 31 Ex. 17:14. Ps. 102:13. 7)931
Ex. 12: 14, Mal. 3: 16.—Ecelus, 10: 17.
‘A: 20.

Mrysreva, £. eboouas, (urdopas,)
to ask in marriage, to 1000, trans. Hom.
Od. 18. 276. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 37. Mid.
id. Ael. V. H. 10. 15. — In N. T. only
Pass, pp. to be asked in marriage, hence
to be betrothed, afianced, c. dat. of pers.
Matt, 1: 18 ponotevOalons wis unrgds ai-
s00 Magias 1 “Iemjg. Luke 1:27, 2:
5. So Sept. for Pu. Ok Deut. 22:23,
25, 27, 28.—Artemid, 2. 12.

MoycAcdog, ov, 6, %, (udyss, doe
és) speaking with difficulty, stammerer,
Mark 7:32, Sept. for Dye pp. tongue-
tied Is. 35: 6.—Aetius VIII. 38. Phavor.
polis 16 @Siype dogSobr durdpsros.

Moyic, adv. (uéyos labour, pains,)
with difficulty, hardly, Luke 9: 39. — 3
Mace. 7: 6. Xen. An. 3. 4. 48.

Modze, ov, 6, Lat, modius, a Ro-
man measure for things dry, equal to
one sixth part of the Attic medimnus,
and containing therefore 1.916 gall.
Engl. or nearly one peck ; comp. in
Képos. Boeckh Staatsh. d. Ath. I. p.
300 sq. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 505. —
. ‘Luke 11: 33,
—Jos. Ant. 9. 4. 5. Dinareb. 95. 37.

Morzadls, ios, i, (io pourds
fem, to poizés,) an adulteress, Rom. 7:3
on bis, 2 Pet. 2 14 dp9ahyod wero wor
qarlbos eyes full of an adulteress, i. e.
gazing with desire after such persons,
Sept. for mpxd Ez. 16: 38. 23: 45. —
Plut. Plac. Philosoph. 1.7. Tom. IX. p.
493. ed. R. Tom. V. p. 245. Tauchn,
See Lob, ad Phryn. p.452.—Trop. from
the Heb. one faithless towards God, as an

Moixes

adulteress towards her busbend; im
O. T. spoken chiefly of those who for-
sook God for idols, Hos. 3: 1. Is. 57:3,
70q, Ez.c. 16, c.3. InN. T. genr.
of those who neglect God and their du-
ty towards him, and yield themselves
up to their own lusts and

Janes 4:4. So yered morqgd xat

mo
i zadls, where wowzadis in apporit. expres-

seaan attribute, adulterous, i.e. faith-
leas, idolatrous, Matt. 12:39, 16:4, Mark
8: BB, eeceee Dif pve Mek a

Mo.zao, 0, f. jaw, (worzos,) to de-
file @ married woman, to commit adultery
with her; trop. tiv Sdlaccay, i.e. to get
possession of the sea covertly and with-
out right, Xen. H. G. 1.6. 15. — In N.
T. only Mid. pocyaopat, pas, genr.
to commit adultery, used both of man
and woman, intrans. Matt. 5: 32 me
mouti abrir pozdoSas wad Ss.
wGxos. 19:9bis, Mark 10:11, 12, ” ope
for Rtg Jer. 3: 8. 9: 2 — Different i is
Thom.’ Mag, p. 619, potziras 5 dixie,
posgetatar 88% yury.

Morzela, as, i, (worzsie,) adul-
tery, Matt. 15: 19, Mark 7:21. John &
3. Gal. 5:19. Bept. for o-py; Jer. 13:
7. comp. Hos. 2: 4 [2].—Wisd. 14: 25,
Luc. D. Deor. 17. 2. Hdian. 5. 7. 6,

Morzeroo, 6. vbaw, also Mid. wos
zevopet, (uoszés,) to commit adultery,
genr. and absol. Active Matt. 5:27 ov
porgetoes. 19:18, Roma.13:9. Mark 10:
19 a} pougedoys. Luke 18:20. James 2
11 bis; all in allusion to Ex. 20: 12
Deut. 5: 17, where Sept. for 2. For
the fut. as imperative, see Winer §44. 3.
Matth. § 498. c. Luke 16: 18 bis. Rom.
2: 22 bis. Mid. once John 8: 4. (Diod.
Sic. 1.78. Xen. Mem. 21.5) Seq.
acc. to commit adultery with any one,
Matt. 5:28 38n duolysvow ainjy. So
Sept. for m2 trop. Jer. 3: 9. — Lue. D.
Deor. 6.3, Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2. 14.
—Bymbol. once eeq. patd ros, Rev. &
22, Comp. in Motzadls fin.

Moxzos, ov, 6, an adulterer, Luke
18: 11. 1 Cor. 6: 9. Heb. 13: 4. Sept.
for 533 Job 24: 15. Prov. & 32. — Ael.
V. H. 10.13 Xen. Mem, 2 1. 5. —
Trop. from the Heb. one faithless
lowarde God etc. eee im Mosyelis fin.

Mons
Jamon 4:4. Bo Sept. and acy In

Modsg, adv. (uditos, uétog, labour,
pang) i. q. pov but less’ Attic, Buttm.
Ausf. Spr. § 16, n.2, Passow sub. v.
with dificulty, hardly, scarcely, Acts 14:
18. 27:7, 8,16. Rom. 5:7. 1 Pet. 4:
18.—Hdian. 3, 6 4. Xen. Conv. 4. 37.

Moog, i, indec. Moloch, Heb. 5572

K. 1i: 5, 2K, 23: 13, and’ cob
cam Jer. 49: 1, 3, pr. v. of an ‘idol of
the Ammonites, to which the Hebrews
also offered human victims, both during
their wanderings and afterwards in the
valley of Hinnom, Lev. 18:21. 20:2
oq. 1K. 11:7, ete. comp, in Ieévva,
‘The Rabbins describe the statue of Mo-
loch as of brass, in the form of the bu-
man body, but with the head of an ox ;
it was hollow within, was heated from
below, and the children to be immolated
were placed in its arms. Similar to
this was also the statue of Saturn among
the Carthaginians, eee Diod. Sic. 20.14.
Minter Religion der Karthager p. 19.
Hence both Moloch and the Carthagi

jan Saturn prob, represent the planet
‘Saturn, to which the Semitic nations
sacrificed human victims; see Gesen.
Lex. art. 30. Comment. on Isa, Vol.
IT. p. 343, Goll. p. 327 5q. Jahn § 411.
—In N. T. only Acts 7: 43 xad avela-
Baws si oxqriy to Moldz, comp. in
“Avolopfivw 2. This passage is quoted
from Amos 5:26, where Sept. Moléz
for Heb. ry5b7 your king, i. q. 732 -

Modive,, f. uri, to soit, to stain, to
defile, Sept. Cant. 5:3. for tan Gen.
87: 30. Joa, Ant. 3.6.1. Luc. Anarch.
v. Gymnas, 1.—In N. T. symbol, Rev.
8:4 obx dudluvay 14 judtsa. 14:4. Me-
taph. 1 Cor. 8: 7 4 ovveldnous aitaiy ..
polivesas, their conscience is hie.
is blunted, weakened. — Ecclus. 21: 28.
Artem. II. 26. Porph. de Abstin. 1, 42.

Modvouns, oi, 6, (uohive,) a soil-

ing, hence defilement, pollution, in» mor-
al senee, 2 Cor. 7: 1. Sept. for meet
po 2%: 15,— Esdr, 8:83, 2 Macc, 5:

Hope, 78, % (wippopes,) foult

’

527

Iovos

found, blame, censure, i.e. occasion of”
complaint, Col. 3: 18. — Eurip, Orest.
1068, 9, Aristopb. Pac. 663, 4.

Morn, 76, 4, (uéve,) pp. stay in &
place Xen. An, 5.1.5, In N.'T. abode,
dwelling, mansion, Jobo 14:2. So zor
dy porgy nage tort, to make one’s abode
with any one, i.e. to abide or dtoell with
him, trop. John 14: 23, comp. Rev. 21:
3.—pp. Jos. Ant, 8 13.7, Thuc. 1.13L

Movoyevys, eos, ove, 6, 4, adj.
(udv0s, yérvos from yivouet,) only born,
only Begotten, i, e. only child, Luke 7: 12
Hovoyenic 1 wnrgs. 8: 42 Suycrye wor.
qv. % 88, Heb, 11: 17,—Tob. 3: 15, &
9. Jos, Ant. 2.7. 4, Diod. Sic. 4.73—
In John’s writings spoken only of &
Aézos, the only begotten Son of God in
the highest sense, as alone knowing and
revealing the essence of the Father,
Jobn 1: 14, 18, 3 16,18. 1 Jobn 4:9.
Comp. 4éyog III. Others here by imp.
most dear, only beloved, as Sept. for 1°17
Ps, 221, 85 17. pew.

Movor, adv. see in Méros c.

Moros, 7, ov, only, alone, i. e.

®) Pp. without others, without com-
panions, e. g. of persons, Matt. i: bod
dros tv dxet. Mark 6:47 xal arog pd
vos dnd tig ys. 9:2 xav ilar wsrous.
y. 8, Luke 10: 40. John 8 9. Rom. 11:
3. 16:4. Heb.9:7. 2John 1. al. Sept.
for 73% Gen. 2: 18. 32:23. (Hdian. 3.
5.15. ‘Xen, Cyr. 6.1.36.) Trop. of
one acting by his own authority, alone,
John & 16; or as destitute of help from
another John 8: 29. 16: 32—Ael. Vv.

9, 40.—Of things, Luke 24: 12 18 G96
711 zshutva:uéve, i. e. without the body
of Jeaus, Jobo 12:24 5 xéwnog . .. ub
v05 evar, i. @. sterile, barren. — poken
adverbial sense, of persons and
things, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 3. Matt,
4: 4 ote dx gry pory Gioaras 6 drdy.
Jobu 5: 44 ty defer maga soo pérov
Soot ob oytsire. Jude 4. Rev. 15: 4.
(Xen. Mem. 4.5.9.) So after ei ua,
Matt. 12: 4 ab pi) toig legetos porous.
(comp. Acts 11:19.) Matt. 17:8, 24: 38.
Luke 5: 21. Phil. 4: 15. Rev. 9: 4.

b) alone of many, one out of many,
‘Luke 94: 48:01 pdros magesntis ‘Iagou-

eA Abe te

rat

Movegbadmos

eeldp x. t. 2. 1Cor. 9:6, 2Tim. 4:11.
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4,27, Mem. 1. 4. 11.

c) neut. wdvoy as adv. only, alone,
Buttm. § 115.4. E. g. simply, Matt, 5:
47 roi aehgois iudr pdvor. 9: 21 diy
pévor yeopat 109 Sarto airod. Mark
5: 36. Acts 18:25. 1 Cor. 7:39. Gal.
1:23. Heb. 9: 10. (Hian. 3.4. 19. Xen.
Conv. 5.2.) After +i yxy}, Matt. 21: 19
at ps} pidia pévor. Mark & 8, Acts 11:
19, With negatives, e.g. 7 sovoy
not only, simply Gal. 4:18. James 1:
22; in antith. or gradation, seq. alka
Phil. 2:12. seq. Gla xab but also, John
18: 9 yi robs nédas wou pévor, adhd xad
sig ztigag x. x. 2. (Heian. 2. 5.10.) od
tdvoy, not only, comp. in OU c; simply
James 2:24; in antith. or gradation,
seq. alla ‘Acts 19: 26, (Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.
16.) seq. cdAd xad Bul also, Matt. 21:
21, John 5: 18 3x. od uiver Bus 13 odf-
Parrov, didi ab 2 Wioy Daye tor
Pedy. 11: 52 Acts 21: 13, Rom. 1: 32,
Heb. 12: 26. al.—Hdian. 1. 12,14. Xen.
Cyr. 1.6.17. An

MovogSedpos, ou, 6, 4, (udvos,
dep Padpds,) one-eyed, having lost an eye,
Matt. 18:9. Mark 9:47. — Lue. Ver.
Hist. 1.3, The earlier Greeks said éxe-
g6p9alpos, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 136.

Movow, «, f. chow, (pév0s,) to leave
alone, Pass. to be left alone, e.g. asa
widow, to be solilary, prob. childless,
1Tim. — Diod. Sic. 19. 39, Xen.
Ven. 9. 9,

Mogg, 78, 4, form, shape, Mark
16: 12 év Sté9a poopy. Sept. for
Ie. 44: 18.—Xen. Occ. 6. 16. — PI
7 poggiy Sothov lafdy i.e. appearing
in a humble and despised condition,
Comp. Test. XII Patr. p. 744 rd fa-
oulia tay otg, tov én) 7ie gavivta ty
poggh avOganoy tanesveioea, i. q. P.
5A2 5 Gabe odiua Lapsir, and p. 644 09.
Suér tv ognpars drBgeino. Hence al-
20 Phil. 2: 6 8g dy pop} Sod indyzer
who being in the form of God, i.e. a8
God, like God, where the force of the
antithesis would seem most naturally
to refer to the divine majesty and glory,
as Sept. for 1"¢ Dan. 4: 33. comp. 5: 6,
9,10. Or popgr may here have the sense
of nature, wore, a0 that dy poopy Seot

528

Moxzbos

‘tndgzev would be i. q. being of that
nature, of the same nature with God ;
comp. Eurip. Bach. 54 poppy ¢ dye
peréBaloy sig Zv8goe Plato Re-
pub. II. 1p. 381. c, Sede sdllioros nal
Gouoros dv... pres ded Skis dv of ond
tov popph. comp. Jos, c. Ap, 2, 22.

Mopqew, «, £. dao, (wogpr,) to
Sorm, to fashion, trans, Sept. for 74R ra
44: 13. “Plut. ed. R. X. p. 207 ult.
N.T, Pass. to be formed, trop. Gal. v3
19 dzgug ob poppardy Xq. dy ipiy i.e.
until the very image of Christ be im-
pressed upon your hearts,

Mopgeac, oc, 4, (woogie) pp-
a forming ; hence form, Gppearance, ©. §-
mere external form, 2 Tim. 3: 5 tzovaeg
begga eiaefelas—Test. XII Patr. p.
742 ieiy civ p. tis Spears adtov. — By
imph a prescribed form, norma, Rom. 2
20 Ezear riyy p. tig yredozes.

Moozonoedo, oa, £. jow, (udazos,
mouie,) to make a calf, i. e. the image of
a calf or bullock, found only Acts 7: 41.
The all is to the golden calf made
by Aaron in imitation of the Egyptian
pia, comp. Ex. 32 4 1q. where Sept.
troljear wsazor.

Movzoe, ov, 5, pp. shoot of a plant,
young and tender, Hom. fl. 11. 105.
Dioscor. IV. 108. Hence a young axi-
mal, and espec. in prose and N. T.@
calf, a young bullock, Luke 15: 23, 27,
30.’ Heb. 9:12, 19. Rev. 4:7. Sept.
for bay Ex. 32:4, 8,19. “5 Ex. 20:
108q. Lev.4:3 sq. 22 Gen. 12:16, 24:

my
35.—Ael. H. An. 14. 1i, Hdot. 3. 28 of

the god Apis, i. e. a young bullock.

Movorxos, hy Oy, (uotwa,) devo-
‘led to the muses, i.e. to the liberal arte
‘and sciences, learned, Ael. V. H. 4. 15.
InN. T. skilled in music, a musician,
Rev, 18: 22 guy} uSagpdar xal power
xav xa} aidgréy, perh. here singers. —
1 Mace. 9: 39, 41. Luc. D. Deor. 7.3%
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 38.

Moz boc, ov, é, wearisome labour,
travail, iocluding the ilea of painful
effort, sorrow; in N.T. only as coupled
with xdnog. 2 Cor. 11: 27 éy xomy xal
pigSy. 1 Thess. 2:9, of An 8

Musios

Sept. for bny Dent. 26:7. Ece. 2 18
aq.— Wiad. 15: 10, Xen. Conv. 8, 40.

Muedos, ov, 6, marrow, Heb. 4:12.
— Sept. Gen, 45: 18, Eurip. Hippol.
255 or 257. Aleiphr. I. 23,

Mué, @, £. jou, (wiw to shut up,)
to initiate, to instruct, sc. in things before
unknown, Pass.’Phil. 4: 12, parall. with
parSére inv. 11.—Diod, Sie. 4.7 pvety
tols drSednous roiz0 8° tari, 16 di.
Sdoxerr 1a xald xa oyapigorva, sa} ind
3Gr dnaideirur dyrooiqeya. Spec. to
initiate into the heathen mysteries etc.
Diod. Sic. 5, 48. Hdot. 2. 51.

Mudoc, ov, 5, speech, discourse,
- Hom. Od. 11. 561. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 53,
In N. T. fable, fiction, a mythic tale,
mythic discourse, 1 Tim. 1:4. 4:7 tots
34 BePihovs vad qacideis uiPous nagar
rov. 2 Tim. 4:4, Tit. 1:14. 2 Pet. 1:
16. — Hdian, 1. 11.6. Diod. Bic. 1. 19.
Dem. 1219. 14,

Muxaouas, apes, £. joopas, (16)
fo moo, to low, pp. as the cow or ox,
Hom. fi. 18. 580. Luc. D. Deor. Mar.
15. 2. to bellow Il. 21. 237. Transfer-
red to other animals, Plut. ed. R. VIII.
p. 319 ult, Theocr. 26.20. In N.T.
of a lion, to rear, Rev. 10:3 Seneg 4é-
oy puxiitee.—Anthol, Gr. 1. p. 246.

Mux mote, £. tae, (uvrig nose,
pion) to turn up one’s nose in scorn,
and hence fo mock, to deride, Pasa. Gal.
6: 7 Gsdc ob prerneiteras, i.e. God will
not let himself be mocked. Sept. for
ag Job 22: 19, Ps, 80: 7, — Test. XII
Pair. p. 700. Lys, Fragm. 36.

Mu dexoe, 7, ov, (uiky mill,) be-
longing toa mill, ©, g. 180s pulunds a
mill-stone, Mark 9: 42,

Midos, ov, 6, (pidy from pildo,
pteo,) pp. @ grinder, hence a mill, a mill-
atone. ‘The mills used by the Hebrews
are still common in the East; they were
composed of two stones, of which the
lower was fixed, and the upper was
turned round upon it (Heb. 33% rider),
having « bole in the middle for receiv-
ing the grein. The grinding was most-
ly done by hand by female slaves, and
though.exesedingly laborious va ‘usu

7:

529

Mugorv

ally accompanied by song. Larger
mille were turned by an ase; whence *
the upper mill-stone was called ovixdg
Matt. 18: 6; or also vos, Heayeh. 370g"
6 dveregos Sos tov wihov. Xen. An.
1.5.5, comp. Lue, Asin. 28, 42, See
Jahn § 138, 139. Calmet art. Corn, —
Hence io N. T.

a) a mill, Rev. 18:22 xad pert pilov,
the song of the mill, i. e. the singing of
the maid servants when grinding, comp.
Jer. 25: 10. Sept. for p*19 Ex. 1: 5.
Is, 47; 2.—Plut. ed. R. Vil. p. 172.10.
1X. p. 301.5. Comp. Heeych. I. o.

b) by synecd. @ mill-stone, i.e. the
upper ove or rider, e.g. wilos dvds
Matt, 18:6, Luke 17:2. ps. wéyas Rev.
18:21. Sept. for 235 Judg. 9: 53. 2K.
Il: 21.—Anthol. Gr. II]. p. 46, 51.

Moder, covos, , (ubin) mil-house,
pistrinum, place where the mill is, Matt.
24: 41.—Lue. Asin. 42. Dem. 1111, 27.
See in Miios. :

Muoa, wy, +6, Myra, one of the
six principal cities of Lycia, on the 8.
W. coast of Asie Minor, Acts 27: 5.

Mugpuate, atdog, %, (uvglos,) a myr-
iad, i.e. ten thousand, Acts 19:19. Sept.
for xin> Ezra2:64, Neh.7:66. 329
Deut. 33:17, Lev. 26: 8.— Ael. V. He
2.95, Xen. Cyr. 21.6. — Putas in
Engl. for any indefinitely large number,
Luke 12:1, Acts 21:20. Heb. 12: 22
Jude 14. 5: 11. 9:16, So Sept.
and 773: 60, 1 Sam. 21:11.

Mupileo, £. low, (uiger,) to anoint
sc. for burial, to embalm, trans. Mark
14: 8 meoilufe pvploas pov 13 06}
Aristoph. Plut. 529. Hdot. 1. 195.
Mupgios, a, ov, very many, innu-
merable, Pind. Nem. 10.84. Theocr. 16.-
2. Plur. pugios id. Hom. Od. 8. 110,
—InN.T. only plur. pupios ten thow-
sand, pp. Matt. 18: 24 puglow tahevroy,
Sept. for pote nye Esth.3:9. 129
ic. 15. 59. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 5. — Put as in Engl, for any
indefinitely large number, 1 Cor. 4: 15
doy prplous nadayayois Eznre, i. e. ten
thousand masters, 14: 19.—Jos, Ant. 5.
8.2. Hdian, 2.3.14. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.13.

Mugoy, ov, 16, (Heb. “1a,) any ar

Musia

emetic baleam distilling of itself from a
tree or plant, espec. myrrh, uigga, omie-
va, Ael. V. H. 12.31. comp. Diod. Sic.
5.41, In N.'T. geor. ointment, unguent,
ive. perfumed, Matt. 26:7 dldBuctgor

2 ch sowet pigov, v. 9, 12 Mark 14: 3, 4. Luke z

Rev. 18:13. Opp. to ‘Davor, Luk i
46 Wale ty x29. pou obx iilayas airy
88 pigy iAsiyd wou toig nodes, comp.
Xen. below. Sept. for nit 7RW Ps.
183: 2, pRY Prov. 27:9. Cant. 1: 2—
Ael. V. H. 9.9. Pol. 31.4.1. Xen.
Conv. 2. 3, 4 opp. to Haor.

Musia, ac, 5, Mysia, the north.
western province of Asia Minor, lying
between the Propontis and Lydia, and
including the Troad, Acts 16:7,8. The
Mysian cities Assos, Pergamus, and
‘Troes, are mentioned ia N. T.

Muorjgior, cov, 16, (storys, wo
du q. v.) a mystery, i. e. something into
which one must be initiated, instructed,
before it can be known, something of
imelf not obvious and above human in-
sight. In N.T. spoken of facts doc-
trines, principles, etc. not fully revealed,
bat only obscurely or symbolically set
forth.

¢) genr. Matt. 3 tly Séborat
river 16 puoriigua tis fas. 16y ob. to
Know the mysterious things of the king-
dom of heaven, i.e. in a deeper and more
perfect manner than they were made
known to others, Mark 4:11. 8:10. 1
Cor. 14:2, Eph. 5: 92 13 prorjgioy 105
10 wore dorly, 2 Thess. &7 10 porry-

34s évoulas, mysterious wickedness,
ia Pe hidden as yet uoknown to Chrie-
tians, opp. dxoxaléztecGes in v. 8;
comp. Buttm, § 123. n. 4. (Jos. B. J. 1.
2%. 1 waxdag pvoriigior.) Rev. 1: 20 35
peor. tay beta dotéguy. 10:7. 17: 5, 7.
— Wisd. 2: 22, Hdian. 8.7.8, Ofthe
Elusinian myeteries, e. g. the lesser, 16
puxgd Diod, Sic.4.14; the greater Diod.
Sic.4.25, Dem. 29, ult, Xen. H.G. 1. 4, 14.

b) spec. of the Gospel, the Chri
dispensation, as having been long hid-
den and first revealed in later times.
Eph, 3: 9 et Col. 1:26 rd wuotiiguoy 13

dxaumguypivey dnd vay aicivow ty 1G
Seg. “Eph. 6: 19 13 p. sob abayyedlov.
Col, & 216 p. cob Soi. 4: 3 at Eph. 3:

530 ‘

Magaiv

4 tod Xe. 1 Tim. & 9 vig sleweess.
Rom. 16:25, 1 Cor.% 7. 4:1. 18%
Eph. 8 3. Col. 1:27. So of particular
doctrines or parts of the gospel, Rom. 11:
25. 1Cor.15:51. Epb.1:9. 1Tim.3:16.

Mvanetza, f. dow, (wiwy from
pba, Gy,) pp. to shut the eyes, i. e. to
contract the eyelids, to blink, to twinkle,
like one who cannot see clearly ; hence
hy impl. to be near-sighted, trop. 2 Pet.
1:9. — Aristot, Probl. Sect. 31. Suid.
tuuinaser’ Exqous 10is bP alucis ngee-

doze, puomdte 7ag 16 xappier,

Maroy, conog, 5, (ude, opeies) &
stripe, weal, i.e. mark of a stripe or
blow, trop. 1 Pet. 2:24 o0 1 eslesms
idSnte, i.e. collect. stripes, quoted from
Is. 53: 5 where Sept. for 22M .—pp.
Lue, Philopseud. 20. Plut. Aen. Pasl.

19

Mopcouce, dapat, £. joopen, de~
pon. Mid. (uiios,) to find fault with, to
carp at, to blame, c. acc. 2 Cor. 8: 20.
Aor. 1 duapiSer as pass. 2 Cor. & 3
iva 9 pence | Scanovla ince, comp.
Buttm. § 113. n. 6.—Wisd. 10:14. Lue.
D. Deor. 20. 2. Hom. Il. 3% 412,

Mepos, ov, 6, fault, i.e. fautr-
finding, censure, Ecclus, 18:15. Plut. ed.
R. IX. p. 268.6 In N.T. fawit es
found, blemish, trop. stain, disgrare, 2
Pet, 2 13 onilos xat papos, — pp. Sept.
for pi of a bodily defect, Lev. 12 16
‘sq. Deut. 15: 21. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 74,
75.

Mapaive, f. avi, (ueagés,) pp. to
make dull, not acule, see in Mugés.
Hence

a) of imprezsions on the taste, Pass.
to become insipid, tasteless, to lose its sa-
vour, as salt, Matt. 5: 13 et Luke 14:34
tay 86 19 Glog pwagard%. Comp. Tho-
luck Bergpred. p. 122

b) of the mind, to make foolish, i. e.
to shew to be foolish, c. ace. 1 Cor. 1:
20 tueigarey 5 Sede thy coplay 108 nbo-
pou. Pnss, Rom. 1: 22 gaoxortes elves
sopol tuugdrOycar, they became footish,
i.e. acted like fools. Sept. trans. for
bop de. 44:15. Pass. for o> 2 Sam.
4:10. 3933 Ie. 19: 11.— In profane
writere in this eenee is intrans.

Magia

to be foolish, to act foolishly, Lue. D.
Mort. 13. 3% Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 11.

Moogle, ac, 1, (uergs,) folly, fool
iakneas, absurdity, spoken of what seems
foolish and absurd, 1 Cor. 1: 18 6 Aéyos
++. 10g piv dmoldypivors pugla don.
v. 21, 23, 2: 14. 3: 19.—Ecclus, 20: 31.
Dem. 128, 10, Thue. 5. 41.

Mogoroyla, as, i, ( wepdtoyos
from jmpcs, Liye,,) foolish talk, empty
discourse, Eph. 5: 4. — 80 pmpoloysir
Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 669. 8.

Mugs, ct, ov, pp. dull, not acute,
e. g. of impressions on the taste, insipid,
tasteless, Dioscor. 4. 18. p. 122. Hip-
poer. de Dineta 2.27.2, Comp. Tho-
luck Bergpred. p. 122, In N.TT. of the
mind, stupid, foolish, and § pagds subst.
a fool; e.g. of persons, Matt. 7: 26
Spovdrjorras dvde umes. 23: 17 pagod
nal ruplol, v.19, 25:2 ai mévte papa
sc. nagSévo.. v.8,8 1 Cor. 3: 18, 4:
10. So prob, Matt. 5:22, where ot
render it wicked, impious, like Heb. 533
Sept. deur Pa, 14: 1. 53:2. Job 2: 105
but wagds no where else has this sense.
Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 178 sq.
(Arr. Epict. 3. 22. 85.) _Of things,
1 Cor. 1:25 26 pager ‘tod Seoi i.e.

531

Natagds

what men count foolish in the ordinan-
ces and proceedings of God, comp. v.
23,24, v.97 14 pupa 105 xdopov. 2
Tim. 2:23 et Tit. 3:9 tyrjous p. Sept.
of pers. for 533 Deut. 32: 6. Is. 32:5,6.
bop Ps. 94: 8.—Luo. Paras. 25, Xen.
Cyr.'3. 3. 45. of things Lue. Epigr. 1.
Xen. ib,

Moons or Maiissve, cee, 6, al-
80 Meteye, ov, and in some edit.
Mucijs, ov, Matt. 17:4. John 5: 46. al.
Moses, Heb, rj (drawn out se. from
the water), pr. n. of the great Hebrew
prophet and legislator. On the forms
and flexion, see Winer § 5. p. 44. § 10.
The form Mwojg, gen. tus, comes
from Heb. tin, and is found chiefly
in the Evangeliats, Matt. 8:4. 17:3, 23:
2. Mark 1:44. 94,5. Acts 3: 22 al,
—Moiiois and Meviioe;'s, also in Sept.
and Josephus, and in some editions
everywhere in N. T. are derived from
the Egyptian form, see Gesen. Lex. art.
Freya. Jos. Ant. 2. 9.6 16 vag tdug ar
of Aiyiptios xadoios, yong 6 t0ig &
‘tWaros cwSévtas, comp. c, Apion. 1. 31.
E. g. Muivis, gen, of, Acta 6:14. 7:
35, 37, Mau. 17:4. al. Moiostg Acts
15: 1,5. 2 Tim. 3: 8 al. — Meton. for
the books of Moses, the Pentateuch, Luke
16: 29, 33. 24:27. An.

N.

Naaowy, 6, indec. Naason, Heb.
PSH: (diviner), pr. n. of a chief of Ju-
dab,‘ whose cister was the wife of
Aaron, Matt. 1:4 bis. Luke 3: 82,
Comp. Ex, 6: 23. Num. 2:3.

Nayyat, 6, indec. Naggae, pr. n.
of a man, Luke 3: 25,

Nataged or Natager,j,indec. Naz-
areth, prob, Heb. 1%3, Aram. nN533,
(a'twig,) see Hengstenb. Christol. Vol. 11.
init, Bibl. Repos. 1V. p. 182 8q. pr. n.
of asmall city in lower Galilee, just
north of the great plain of Esdraelon,
‘and about mid-way between the lake of

Tiberias and the Mediterranean. It
Ties at the foot and on the side of a hill
facing the E, and 8. E. along a small
valley or basin entirely shut in by hilla,
except a narrow rocky gorge toward
the south leading to the great plain.
Here is now shewn the supposed place
where, the men of the city were about
to cast Jesus down from the precipice,
Luke 4:29. See Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr.

. i. p. 85 8q. Jowet’s Chr. Res. p. 128,
and in Calmet sub. v. Mise. Her. 1824.
p. 307: — Mat, 2:23. 4:13, 21: 11.
Mark 1:9, Luke 1: 26, 2 4, 39, 51. 4:
16, John 1: 46, 47. Acts 10 38.

Ne elagyvos

Natagnvos, ov, 6, « Nazarene,
i.e. an inhabitant of Nazareth, epoken
of Jesus, Mark 1: 24, 14: 67. 16: 6.
Lake 4: 34,

Nelapaioc, ov, 6, a Nazaraean,
i. q. Nazarene, an inhabitant of Naza-
reth, in some editions written Naugai-
og in Matt. 2: 23, 26:71. John 18:7. —
Spoken of Jesus, Matt. 10:47. 26: 71.
Luke 18: 37. 24: 19. John 18: 5, 7.
19, Acts 2: 22, 3:6. 4: 10. 6:14. 22:
26: 9. Matt. 2: 23 Exe Natweaios xkn9%;-
cetas he shall be called a Nazarene, i.e.
looking to the etymology of the name
(see in Nagagsd) he shall be called a
shoot, branch, in allusion to such pas-

ep as Is, 11: 7 Zech. 3: 8.
6 12, etc. but here also implying re-
proach, from the contempt in which
Nazareth was held, See Hengstenb.
Christol. Vol. I. init, Bibl. Repos. 1V.
p. 186 6q.—Once of Christians in con-
tempt, as the followers of Jesus of Naz-
areth, Acts 24: 5,

Nader, 6, indec. Nathan, Hab. 37}
(given sc. of God), pr.n. of a son of
David, Luke 8:31. Comp. 2 Sam. 5:
14,—Not the prophet Nathan 2 Sam. 7:
Qeq. 12: 1 aq.

NatavanA, 6, indec. Nathanael,
Heb. Sainz (given of God), pp.
@208ug0¢ "Theodore, pr.n. of a di
ple of Christ, supposed to be the same
with the apostle BagSolouaios q. v.
John 1: 46, 47, 48, 49, 50. 21: 2.

Naé adv. of affirmation, yea, yes,
certainly. ;

a) pp. in answer toa question. Matt.
9:28 moteiers Gre Sivapas toi mouij~
cat; lyovow ait val, xige. 13: 51.
17: 25, 21: 16. John 11: 27. 21: 15, 16.
‘Acts 5: 8, 22:27. Rom. 3: 29,—Ael. V.
H. 13. 4. Xen. Mem. 4. 2, 20.

b) as expressing assent to the words
‘or deeds of another. Matt. 11: 26 vai,
3 natie, (sc. dgGie mousis,] bt1 ovr x.
a. Luke 10:21, Rev. 16 7. 22 20
gad, Fezou xigrs, in soine edit. — Act.
Thom. § 17, 18. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 14.—~
Seq. sal introducing a subsequent limi-
tation or modification. Matt. 15: 27 et
Mark 7:28 vol, sigur wal yap ta xuve—
giant d, comp. in Peg Lb, fin. Vi-

532

Nas
gor. p. 424.—Arr. Epict. 2. 10, 20, Pia-
to Soph. p. 226, E.

c) intons, in strong affirmation, as
severation, Luke U: 5] vai, déve Sux,
dkny Sijoeras x. 1.2. 12:5 vad, liye
ity, toitoy pofyte, yea, I say unte
you, fear him. Philem. 20. Rev. 1:7 va,
Gynjy. 14: 18, 22: 20 vad, Epyopae raze.
(Arr. Epict. 2, 18.21. comp. Hom. ii.
1, 234. Pind. Nem. 11.30. Vig. p. 424.)
Also seq. xai, yea and more also, Matt.
11: 9 et Luke 7: 26 vai, téyo ‘piv, zat
Rigioddtepor mgoqirov, yea, and more
than @ prophet. — Xen, Conv. 8 4. —
With the art. 20 vai, yea, i.e. the word
yea, 2Cor. 1:17 iva j mag duod 16 va,
vat, xat 10 od, o¥. v. 20. James 5: 12.
c. art. impl. 2 Cor, 1: 18, 19 bis, Matt.
5:87. Comp. Tholuck Bergpr. p. 300.

Nai, 4, indec. Nain, a town of
Galilee situated accorJing to Eusebius
about two miles south of Mount Tabor,
near Endor, Luke 7:11. See Rosemn.
Bibl. Geogr. IL. ii, p. 94.

Naoeg, ov, 6, (vate to dwell,) pp.
dwelling, hence temple, fane,asthe dwell-
ing of god ; in classic writers mostly
i. q. tegov, though sometines spoken of
the interior and most sacred part of a
temple where the image of the god was
set up, Hdot, 1. 183.—Hence in N. T.

a) genr. of any temple, é» zetgorrosy-
toig vaoig Acts [7: 48.] 17: 24.—Hdian.
7. 3.13. Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 10,—So Acts
19: 24 noscw vaois apyugois “Agtéusdos
silver shrines of Diana, i.e. miniature
copies of the temple of Diana at Epb-
esus, containing « small image of the
goddess. Such shrines of other gods
were also common, made of gold, sil-
ver, or wood, and were purchased by
pilgrims and travellers, probably as me-
morials, or to be used in their devotions.
See Haminond and Weistein in loc. —
Artemid. IV. 84 Kgativos 5 spitegos,
Goyugiov yaoi eeyematarys dosas eivar.
Diod. Sic. 1, 15, 97. ib, 20. 14 Exqppar
88 xat rove ex rev iegisy zovsots vaots
toig dpidgipact meds 149 ixegiay. Heot.
2.63 16 d8 dyalya, dor dv m6 piney Eu
Are xaraxezouoouiry x. t. 1. comp. Di-
on, Hal. 2. 12 ra tij¢“E—pnoias Agrépsdos
Gpidpipara nag “Know.

b) of the temple at Jerusalem, or in

fane or edifice itself, in distinction from
lsgér, which: included also the courts
and other appurtenances, see ‘egy. —
(a) pp. Matt. 23: 16 bis ds dy dudon ey
1 vag... é 16 zQV0G 105 yaor, v.17,
21. v.35 petati rob vaed xad t08 Sun
aormelov, i.e. the altar of burnt offer-
ings which stood in the court of the
priests before the entrance of the vads,
see in ‘Iegdy. 27: 5 Glyoas 1a doyigue
4 16 vas, prob. in the entrance of the
vads, since Judas could not enter with-
in it. 26: 61 et 27: 40. Mark 14: 58 et
15: 29. Luke 1:9, 21, 22, John 2: 20.
2 Thess. 24. For the xarextracpa
rot vaod Matt. 27: 51. Mark 15: 38.
Luke 28:45, see in Kotanéragya. Sept.
for $377 1 K. 6: 5,17, Ps. 5&8, 11: 4.
— Jos, Ant. 8,4. 1. ib. 11. 4.3. — (8)
Symbol. of the temple of God in hea-
ven, to which that of Jerusalem was to
correspond, comp, Heb. 8:5. 9 1. So
Rev. & 12. 7:15. 11: 1, 2, 19 bis, jyol-

6 veds 208 9200 ey Tid odgavs) x. 1. 1.
14: 15,17, 15: 5,6, 8his, 16: 1, 17.
21: 2 bis — Test. XII Pate. p. 550,
comp. Wisd. 3: 14.—(y) Metaph. of per-
sons in whom God or his Spirit is said
to dwell or act, e.g. the body of Jesus,
John 219, 21. of Christians 1 Cor.
3: 16,17 bie, 6 19. 2 Cor. 6: 16 bis.
Eph. 2 21. — Act. Thom. § 12 yivoSs
yao} dios.

Naovp, 6, indec. Nahum, Heb.
‘Dam: (comfort), pr. n. of an ancestor of
Jesus, not the prophet, Luke 3: 25.

Nagdos, ov, %, nard, i. e. the ori-
ental or Indian epikenard, andropagon
nardus of Linn. Heb. 193, Sanscr.
narda, Plin. H. N. 12,12 or 26, See
Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 1 eq. Jones on
the Spikenard of the Ancients, iu Asiat.
Researches Vol. V. The ancients
extracted from it an oil or ointinent
which was highly prized, Theophr. H.
Plant. 9.7. Dioscor. 1. 66. comp. Ti-
bull. 2.2.7. Hor, Epod. 5.59, Ovid.
Art, Ain. 3. 443,—Hence in N. T. wo-
Gov vayduu morixijs ointment of pure
spikenard, i.e. the most precious, Mark
14: 8. Jobn 12 3.—Sept, for 443 Cant.
1: 1% 4: 13, 14, ,

- Naigazsoos, ou, 5, Narcissus, (pp.

533
allusion to it, but spoken only’ of’ the' a flower,) pr.

Neavisxoy

u. of a mar at Rome,
Rom. 16: 11. He is supposed to have

been the freed-man and favourite of the
emperor Claudius, comp. Suetom- Claud.
28. Tacit. Annual. 12. 57.

Navayéa, &, £. iow, (veveyég one
shipwrecked, from vate dyrups,) to make
shipwreck, i.e. to be shipwrecked, intrane.
2 Cor. 11: 25 gig évavéynoe. ‘Trop. 1
Tim. 1: 19 meq) ay miotiy. — pp. Dem.
910.7. Xen. Cyr. 3.1. 24. trop. Philo:
de Somn. p. 1128.D, G4 esc. 24.

NavxAnpos, ov, 6, (vais, xdijgos,)
ship-owner, nauclerus, i.e. the master or
owner of a trading vessel, who took
Pessengers and freight for hire, Acts 27:
11. Comp. Adam’s Rom. Aut. p. 406.
—Jos. Ant. 9. 10.2. Pol. 4.6.1. Xen.
Mem. 2. 6. 38.

Naves, gen. vecic, acc. vaiv, 4,
see Buttm. §58.p. 99, (from ra, vate)
@ ship, vessel, Acts 27:41. Sept. for
"a 1K. 9 26. mre Job 9:26, —
Hdian., 1.11. 11, Xen. A. G. 1.6. 19,

Nawvng, ov, 6, (vate) @ ship-man,
aailor, seaman, Acts 22: 27,30. Rev. 18:
17, — Jos. Ant, 9. 10.2. Xen. H. G. 7.
1,12,

Nayoo, 6, indee. Nakor, Heb.
‘ving (snorting, pr. n. of the grand-
father of Abraham, Luke 3:34, Comp.
Gen. 11: 22 sq.

Neaviag, ov, 6, (v:87, vios,)
youth, a young man, Acts 20:9. 23: 17,
18, 22. “Sept. for azz Judg. 16: 26, —
Hdian. 1.9.2. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.2. —
Spoken of Saul i.e. Paul, Acts 7: 58,
where however it determines nothing
definitely as to his age; since yearlas,
like yveavioxog, was applied to men in
the vigour of manhood, up to the age
of 40 years; see in Neavioxos. So of
soldiers, Sept. for 3772 2 Sam. 6: 1. 1

Chr. 19: 10. also Hdian. 6. 8.7. Xen.
Cyr. 2.2.6. of Mars Luc. D. Deor.
15. 3.

Neavisxog, ov, 6, (vedy, viog,) @
youth, a young man, Mark 14: 51 sls ug
yearlaxos. 16:5. Luke 7:14, Sept. for
sz3 1 Sam. 17: 55, Is. 3:3. Th: Ezra
10: 1, —Jos. Ant. 6.9.2 Ael. V.H. 9.

Neanods
90, Ken. An. 7, 2. 38, — So of young
men in the prime and vigour of man-
hood up to the age of 40 years or more.
Mass. 19: 20, 22, comp. Luke 18: 18
where it is Gpzar, Acts 5: 10 veavl-
‘oxos, i.e. the younger members of the
community, i. q. veoitegos in v.6. Opp.
to mpsoBirapos or maréges, Acts 2:17. 1
John 2: 13, 14. Of soldiers Mark 14:
51. So Sept. for 1y2 Gen. 41:
Josh. & 23. Josh. 2: 1, 23, —
Pol. 5.25.2. Hdina: 7. 6.3. Xen, Cyr.
5. 1.9, 13. Phavorin. vearlexos an’ stay
ainoaurguiiy Tus ery tgraxortaticodigay,
@ tecougexerta Evds.

Neanorec, ecos, 4, (véos, molic,)
Neapolis, a city and port of Macedonia
on:the Sinus Strymonicus, a few miles
E. 8. E. of Philij ‘on the confines of
Thrace, Acts 16: 11. — Strabo VII. p.
330. Phin. H. N. 14, 18,

Neeuacy, 6, indec. Naaman, Heb.
7222 (pleasantness,) pr. n. of a Syrian
‘warrior and captain, Luke 4:27. Comp.
2K.c. 5,

Nexgos, ov, 6, ( Ȏxvs,) dead, as
subst. and adj. pp. only of persons or
trop. in allusion to them.

1. Subst. one dead, a dead person,
and this isthe Homeric and carly usage,
see Passow in voc.

8) dead body, corpse, Matt. 23: 27 yi-
pourw doxiur vexgar. Rev. 20: 13.
Sept for m3) Deut. 28: 6. Jer. 7:31.
07.9.1. Hdian. 4. 15. 16.
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6.5. H. G.3.2.5.

b) genr. @ dead person, plur. the dead,
e.g. (a), as yet unburied, Matt. 8: 2
Déyas sobs vexgovs. Luke 7: 15. Heb.
9: 17. So for one slain Rev. 16: 3.
Sept. for m2 Gen. 22:3 aq.—Pol. 2. 34,
12, Hom. Il. 23. 51.—{4) as buried, laid
in a sepulchre, and therefore as being
in gong q. v. and see also Gesen. Lex.
art. dp ge Luke 16: 80 day tug ano
vexgdy noprvd{i mods aires. Jobn 5
25:08 Gxobvortas tis paris t. vot
+. & Acts 10:42, Rom. 14:9. Heb. 11:
25, Rev. 1:18. Se of vengol é Xgu-
at@ i.e. those who have died in the
Christian faith, Sept. for png Ecc.
9:5. Is. 8:19. (Luc. D. Mort. 3. 1,2
ib, 22,2. Hom. Od. 11, 34.) Ia refer-

534.

Naxgos

@co to. being reed agsin from the
dead, resurrection, e. §, (aires és ompsey
trop. Rom. 6: 18. beg és » op. LI:
15, see in Zon a. 0. 0 luomeutio teig
y. Rom. 4:17. dyslgesy toils rexgots
Matt. 10:8, John 521. Acts 26 8.
1. dyslguy tive de v. dx vex-
iy Matt, 14:2. 97: 64, Acts 3: 15.
Ga. Ii]. 1 Thess. 1:10. dvecrqyos

2. dx rav.vegdin Matt, 17:9, Luke 16:31.

Jobn 20: 9. trop, Eph. 5: 14. ave-
oraass tay venpdy Matt. 2% 31. Act 17:
82, Rom. 1:4. 1 Cor. 15: 13,21, 42
dx, dx vpn Acta 4:2, dkarderaoss
téyy. Phil. 3: 11.—(y) emphat. of vex—
gol the dead, i. e. utterly dead, extinet,
Matt, 22: 32 oim For 6 Sto vexgeey, ad
dai Ceivtow. Mark 12:27, Luke 20: 38,
— (8) trop. plur. those dead to Christ
and his Gospel, spiritually dead. Matt.
8: 22 digas toig vexpois x 1.2 let the
spiritually dead bury their dead, i. e. let
no lesser duty keep you from the one
great duty of following me. Luke 9:
60. So Rom. 6:13. 11:15. Eph. 5: 14,
see in B above.

IL Adj. vexga¢, a, ov, dead, in At-
tic and later usage.

8) pp. Matt. 26: 4 dyévorco Sam vex
got Acts 20: 9 xab Hoon was to

up dead, i, e. for dead. 2& 6. Rev.
seh Sept. for ng 2 Sam. 19:6, Is.
27: 36.—Luc. D. Deor. 7.4. ib. Philopa.
31. Arr. Epict. 1. 9.33.—Trop. for lost,
perished, given up as dead, e.g. the
prodigal son Luke 15: 24, 32, parall.
with dolades. — Aristoph. Ran. 420.
Menand, Incert. fab, 188. p. 249. ed.
Mein.

b) metaph. in opp. to the life of the
Gospel, e.g. (a) of persons, dead to
Christ and his gospel and s0 exposed
to punishment, spiritually dead, Rev. 3
1. cc. dat. of cause or manner, Eph. 2
1 spdieg Ovtas vexgois naganteipacs v.5.
seq. # c. dat. Col. 2: 18 90g. dui x,
Rom. 8 1013 cae vexgiy 8° dpagtier,
i, e. as to the body ye still remain sub-
ject to sinful passions etc. Others here,
mortal. — Vice verea, rexpis tlvas 1H
Spyagrlg, to be dead to sin, no longer
willingly subject to it, Rom. 6 11, i. or
dxoSanis of éu. inv. 2 — (6) OF
things, dead, i.e. inactive, inoperative, e.
& Gpagra Rom. 7:8. xletig James 2

¥
.
b
.
H

Nexpoo
17, 20,98, Bo Zoya venge dead worke
i.e external righteousmess, not preceed-
ing from a living faith, aod therefore
Sruitiess, sinful, Heb, 61, 9% 14. AL.
Nexpdw, &, f cow, (vexgds,) to
put to death, and Pass. to be pul to death,
fo die, pp. Anthol. Gr. IV, p.276. In
N.T. trop. to deaden, to deprive of force
and vigour, e. g. ta pély i. ©. to mortify
Col. 3:5. Pass. part. vevexpetyos, 1,
oy, -deadened, i.e. dead, powerless, im-
potent, as cape vevexg. Rom. 4:19, Heb.
i: 12, — Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 758.3,
gomp. Gmovexgovodas Arr. Epict. 4. 5.

Neéxgeotc, eas, 4, (vexgéu,) pea
putting to death, henee.
8) death, i. e. violent death, 2 Cor. 4:
10 niy vingwow cod *Fycoi ty 8 ose.
‘tipsie negupégortss, i. e. ever exposed to

suffer for the eause of Christ the same

violent death which he suffered. -+~.-/7

“BY trop. deadness, ti Rom. 4:

39. Comp. éxoréxgacrs Arr. Epict. 1.
5.4,

pxures, Néoc, @, oY, young, new, Compar.

Hrere0ne,3 younger, See Tittm, Synon.

N.T.

a) PP. ‘ot persons, » youthful.
‘Tit, 2 4 tre cupgorituds tag vias, opp.
mgeaBindas. Sept. for 132 Gen. 37:2,
Prov. 22: 15.—Jos, Ant. 4.6.10. Luc.
D. Mort. 12. 4. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 5, 31.
— Compar. vewregoe, younger, 8c. of
two or more, Luke 15: 12, 13, 6 recite
90s sixin 6». vids, Sept. for JOP
5. 42:13, (Xen. oe
) Genr.fora young per-
son, plur. t unger, the young, in o| opp. to
those older, Soha ‘21: 18 Sta 46 veahteg0s.
Acts 5: 6 of veeizegor, ig. of veavloxos
in v.10. 1 Tim. 51,2, 1, 14. Tit. ®
6. 1 Pet. 5:5, As implying inferior

jiguity Luke 22:26, Sept. for 753 Pa.
148: 12, Jer. 1:6,7,—Ceb. Tab.2. Dem,
242. 15. Thue. 1. 42,

, ») of things, new, recent, e. g. olvos,
9:17 bis. Mark 2: 22 ter.
Luke 5: 37 38, 39. Sept. for th
Ter. 28: 17. Cant. 7: 18. — Hom. I. 6.

42, Hdien. 1.5.26. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6,38.
—Trop. of the-heart, disposition, natare,
as renewed and therefore better, e.g. 1

535

Negding

Cor. & 7 fre $20 vir pipapu: Col. B
10, Heb. 3 3 Dundhjen oe

, Neossds, ov, 5, (vsds,) youngling, ,
the young of animals esp. of birds.
Luke 2 24 8i0 vovcvds mepioregar,
where some Mes, have the tater form
voscots, see Lob. ad Phr. p.206, Gtuwz
Dial. Alex. p. 185. So Sept. for 7m
Lev. 5:7. Prov. 30:17. mrp Dewt.

2%6.—Ael. V. H. 1.6. Xen. Ovc. 7.88.

Nedrye, nog, %,(ré0s,) youth, youth

Ful age. Matt. 19:20 é& recrmteg pow.

Mark 10: 20, Luke 18:20. Acts 26: 4.
1 Tim. 4: 12 pmdelg gov Tig xaroKpgo-
valtw let no one despise thy youth, ie.

conduct thyself ra the, wisdom of
riper nge, as is said immediately after.
Sept. for D193 Gen. 8: 21. Num. 30:
7. _nasd» Ecc. 11: 9, 10.—Hdian. 1.3.
3. Xen, Mem. 2, 1. 31,

Nedpuros, ov, 6, §,dj. {ré0c,pies,)

“‘ewly planted, Suid. vedqutor 20 vyewoss

guiwdiy, Bept. for 903 Job 14:9. Ps.
144: 12,—In N. T. as subst. trop. o nee-
phytes new convert, 1 Tina. 3 6,

Népav, wvos, 6, Nero, the Ro-
man emperor, only in the spurious
subscription 2 Tim. 4: 23.

Neva, £. vate, to nod, to beckon, 8
a sign to any one, aq. dat, John 18: 34
aves ob ait Zhuew, Acte%4:10,—Sept.
Prov. 4: 25, Arr. Epict.2. 18. 18 Ael.
V. H. 14, 22.

Negedn, nb, %, (dim. of vigos,)
pp. amall cloud, nebula, porh. Luke 12
54, comp. 1 K. 18: 44. Genr. a cload,
Jude 12 vepihas dvvdgor, [2 Pet. 2: 17.]

Sept. for 732 Gen. 9: 18, 14. ping Ps.
36:6. ay Judg. 5:4. Ece. 11: 4.—
Luc. D. Deor. 6.4. Xen. An. 1. 8.8.—

As accompanying supernatural appear-
ances and events, e..g. the pillar of
cloud in the desert, 1 Cor. 10: 1,2;
comp. Sept. and 139 Ex, 13:21,22, In
connexion with Christ, es with a voice
from heaven Luke9:35 ; or at his trans-
figuration, veqély qesers, Matt. 17:5 bie,
Mark 9:7 bis. Luke 9: 84-bis; as re-
ceiving him up at his ascension, Acts 1:
9; a8 surrounding him at his second
coming, Matt. 94: 90. 26:64, Mark 13:
126, 04; 62, Luke:21: 97, Rev. 1:7. 14:

Negdadeip

14¥is, 15,16. As surrounding ascend-
‘ing saints or angels, 1 Thess. 4: 17.
Rev. 10: 1, 11: 12.—Comp. of God, Ps.

Negi-are/
Heb. tiny: (my wrestling) Maphtali,
pr. n. of the sixth son of Jacob, born
of Bilhah, comp. Gen. 30:8. In N.T.

only meton. for the tribe of Naphtali,
Matt. 4: 13, 15. Rev. 7: 6.

Négos, enc, ous, 26, a cloud, pp.
Hdian. 1.14, 4. Diod. Sic, 1.38. Io
N.'T. trop. for crowd, throng, Heb. 12: 1
vigos wagriger.—Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4.
897. ‘Huot. 6.109 vigor tovoire ay See-
mur, Diod. Sic. 3. 29 1a vign tir ax-
eda. 7 FIP

Neggds, ov, 5, kidney, usually plur.
“of veqgoi the kidneys, reins, loins, Sept.
for nirt> Ex. 29: 13, 32. Job 16: 13,
—In N. 'T trop. for the inmost mind, the
seat of the desires and passions, Rev. 2:
23 égeuvdy vepoois xad xagdiag. Comp.
Sept. and ni%t> in the similar phrase
Pa, 7; 10. Jor. T1: 20, 17: 10. 20: 12.
Weadti by © fad. ’

Newxogos, ov, 6, (vad Att. vetis,
xopio,) pp. temple-sweeper, hence temple-
Keeper, prefect of a temple, who had
charge also of the decorations, Jos. Ant.
1.7.6. Xen, An. 5.3.6. Suid. vsoxd-

Qos, & xiv rede socuir xa sixgenizar,
* Gad ody 5 cagay. Hence for worship-

per, pp. one who frequents the temple
of God, e. g. of the Israelites in the
desert, Jos, B. J. 5. 9. 4 of 6 9265 baw
a@ veandgous syev, and 40 yewxogeiy ib.
—In N.T. as an honorary title assumed
by cities distinguished for the worship
of a particular deity, e. g. of Ephesus
a8 a worshipper, devotee of Dinna, Acts
19: 85 veaxdgos rij peyddns "Agréiusdos.
—It occurs in inscriptions and on the
coin of several cities, see in Wetstein
N. T. Il, p. 588,

Necoreguxde, %, 67, (vos, vesinsgos,)

‘ul, pertaining to youth, 2 Tim. 2

98 rag v. dxsPyulas geiye, —3 Mace. 4:
8. Jos. Ant. 16. 11.7. Pol. 10, 24.7.
Newtegoc, a, ov, 800 in Nios.

Nj @ particle of awearing, always

affirmative, and taking the accus, of that

536

Noystov

aby: which ove swears. Passow sab. v-
Buottm. § 149. p. 430. 3 Cor. 1& 34 79
tie dp. xatgnoss, i.e. by all my ground
of glorying in you, sc. I protest ete.
So Sept. for "rz Gen. 42 15, 16. — Luc.
D. Deor. 19. 1. Ael. V. H. 1.3% Xea.
Cyr. 1.3.10.

Nyda, £. rjow, (iq. rées, Buttro.
§114,) fo spin, absol, Matt. 6:28 et Luke
12: 27 ob8i mjSe, sc. t4 xgure. Sept.
for my Ex. 35: 25, comp. 26: 31. 3&
18,—Anthol. Gr. II. p. 63, 189. Comp.
H. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 676 sq.

Noynuette, £. dow, (njnss,) to be ax
@ child, childlike, intrans. 1 Cor. 14: 20
ti xaxig vpniatere, i-e. be ignorant of it,
comp. Matt. 18: 3. — Gr. proverb, ds:
géges 06 205 vqnlou xa9? HLixiay obdix &
& tails ppsot yymatow, comp. Wetstem
in loc.

Nanos, le, tov, also of two end-
ings, 6, #, (»n- insep. un, Enos) pp. not
speaking, infans, and hence an infant,
child, babe, without any definite Rmita-
tion of age.

a) pp. Matt. 21: 16 é& ordparog vqxi-
ay xad Inlatéytwy, quoted from Pa &
3 where Sept. for bsix. 1Cor. 1&1
quing. Ste Hyqy viniog x. t.. By impl.
@ minor, one not yet of age, Gal. 4:1.
—Sept. genr. for Sbi9 and S19 of =
child playing in the streets Jer.6: 11. 9:
20, asking for bread Lam. 4: 4, borne
in the arms Lam. 2:20, once of the
foetus Job 3: 16.— Hom. Il. 9. 440.
Hiian, 2. 15. 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 74

b) metaph. babe, for one unlearned,
unenlightened, simple, in a good sense,
Matt. 11:25 dnexalupas aire rqnlots.
Luke 10:21. Rom. 2:20. {mplying
censure, 1 Cor. 3: 1 og rqnloig éy Xeu-
ows, Gal. 4:3. Eph. 4: 14. Heb. 5: 13.
Sept. for “ne Sept, Prov. 1: 32, Ps. 19:

18] 119: 196.'— Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 128
pen.

Nypevs, dos, 5, Nereus, pr. 0. of
1 Christieh at Rome, Rom. 16: 15.

Nine, 6, indec. Neri, pr. v. of a
man, Luke 3: 27.

Noysiov, ov, 0, (dim. of viaos,) «
small island, islet, 0c. Kiatdn g.v. Acts
27: 16,

Nijoos 337

Nyjo0s, ov, %, (prob. vie to foet,)
@nvsland, Acts 13: 6. 27:26. 28: 1,7,
9,11. Rev. 1:9, 6 14, 16:20. Sept.
for "% Ps. 72:10, Ez. 26: 15, 18.—Diod.
Bic. 3. 44. Xen, H. G. 4. 8.7.

Nyoteda, ac, i, (ynotsio,) a fast-
ing, fast, abstinence from eating.

‘a) genr.e. g. for want of food, 2 Cor.
6S. 11: 27 dy Alu nad dies, dy yyotel-
aug olidxic.—Diod. Sic. 1.82. Plut. ed.
R. VIM. p. 327, 13.

b) in a religious sense, e. g. of the
private fastings of the Jews, Matt. 17:
‘21 et Mark 9:29 éy xgocsuzq xal yn-
ore. Luke 2:37. Acts]4:23. Teor:
5. To this kind of fasting great merit
was attributed, and the Pharisees prac-
tised it often, sometimes twice a week,
comp. Matt. 9: 4. Luke 18: 12, Dan. 9:
3. Is. 58: 38q. Tob. 12:8, Test. XII
Patr. p. 702,711 sq. In their longer
fastings they abstained only from the
better kinds of food, Dan. 10: 22q. Sept
& pix Dan.et Is.1.c. Ps, 69:

pec. the fast, i.e. the great annual pub-
i Otast of the Jews, the great day of
atonement, which occurred in the month
Tisri corresponding to the new incon
of October, and thus served to indicate
the season of the year after which the
navigation of the Mediterranean be-
came dangerous, Acts 27: 9. Comp,
Lev. 16: 29 #q. 28: 27 0q. Jos. Ant. 3,
10. 3, where also the time is marked,
§ 4 tgenopévov tov xaigod mgd¢ sy zeI-
péquoy Spar. Jahn § 103, 357. — Philo
de Vit. Mos. 2. p, 657, C. Plut. ed. R,
VIII. p. 669,12. genr, Ael. V. H.5. 20.

Nyoteva, £. stow, (riiors,) to fast,
to abstain from eating, in N.T. only of
private fasting, see in Nyotsla, Matt. 6:
16 bis, 17, 18. 9:14 bis, Mark 2:18 ter,
19 bis. Luke 5: 33. 18:12. Acts 10: 30.
13: 2,3. Sept. for pix Judg. 20: 26,
1 Sam. 7: 6.—Ael. V. H. 5. 20.—With
the notion of grief, mourning, with
which fasting was often connected, Matt.
9: 15 nevdsiv ... ryorsioavow, Mark
2: 20. Luke 5: 34, 35. Comp. 2 Sam.
12:16. Ezra 10:6. Neh. 1:4, where
Sept. and Heb. pix.—OfF the Saviour’s
supernatural fast of forty days, Matt. 4:
2. Orit may possibly be meant, that
his fasting consisted in sbaaining from

Neca

all usual food and living only on the
scanty enpplies of the desert; comp. : Act.
Thom. § 20 ryotaies ourezi, wai Sgror
dadies pévor w ta Ghatos, nai 10 wotoy
ebroi tug. 1 Sam. 31: 13. Dan. 10:
2 8q.

Nore, cos, &, 4, adj. (vq-insep.
un, de9in,) not having eaten, fasting,
plur. acc. vijoreg Matt 15:32 Mark
8: 8.—Plut. Cato Maj. 23 xjotw. Dion.
Hal. Rhetor. 9. 16 vyotes. Another
plur. vijorsdes occurs Athen. VII. 79. p.
126, See Lob. ad Phryn. p. 326.

Nogadcwe, car, cov, (ripe) sober,
temperate, abstinent, espec. in respect to
wine, Jos. Ant. 3, 128 « 2. comp. Antbol.
Gr. IV. p. 53. Plut. VI. p.504. 7. Reisk.
InN. trop. sober-minded, watchful,
circumspect, 1 Tim. 3: 2 8:3 ot écloxo-
nov elas ynpalioy x. . 2. v.11. Tit &
2. Comp. 1 Thess. 5: 6, — Phavorin.
snpdlids dover 5 dad vigew xab oiveaty
Bye th Hlixlg xardldqloy. — In 1 Tim.
3:2, 11, text. recepr. has the later synon.
form vygalgos, «, ax, comp. Passow
ay,

Nijge, f. yor ta be sober, temperate,
abstinent, expec. i in Fespect to wine, Jos.
B,J.5.5.7 and dxgesov vijportes. Xen.
Cyr.7.5.20. In N.'T. to be sober-mind-
ed, wateh ful, circumspect, intrans, 1 ‘Thess.
5:6 yeayopaue xat rigor. v.8. 2
Tim. 4: 500 64 viige dy nao. 1 Pet. 1:
13, 4:7. 5:8.—Jos, B. J. 2.12.1. Lue.
Hermot. 47 riges xad piuryoo dmvotiiv.
Hdian. 2, 15. 1.

Néyep, 6, indec. Niger, survame of
Simon a teacher at Antioch, Acta 13: 1,

Nexaveg, ogoc, 8, Nicamor, pr.
a. of one the of the seven primitive
deacons, Acts 6: 5.

Nixde, &, f. jaw, (rb) to be vie-
torious, e.

a) intrans. to come off vistor, to pre-
vail. Rom. 3:4 ba 9 38 xgl-
vecSat os, quoted from Sept. Ps. 51: 4
where Heb. 731 to be pure. Seq. in-
fin. Rev. 5: 5. — Dem. 1436. 18. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 17.

b) trans. to overcome, 10 conquer, to
subdue, ¢, ace. Luke 11: 22 & iozugore
905... vimjon obtéx. Rom, 12:21 bis,

Ney
pa vind (pase.) ind rod xanod, dle vlee
& 36 ayade 13 xaxdr.—Diod. Sic. 4.57.
Xen. Cyr. 1.10.4. Mem. 2. 6.35. —
Spoken of Jesus or his followers as vie~
torious over the world, over evil, over
all the adversaries of ‘his kingdom,
©. acc. expr. or impl. 1 John 5: 4 bis
ying toy xdopor x. 1. 2. v.5. Rev, 3:21.
& 2 bie, 12: 11. 17:14, Perf. for pres.
or fut. John 16:33 tye) verlanra tor xbo-
pov. 1Jobn 2: 18,14, 4:4. Hence
Part. absol. ¢ vexcov, the victor, he that
overcometh, Rev. 2: 7, 11, 17. 3:5. 2:
7. Nom. absol. Rev. 2: 26. 3: 12, 21.
comp. Buttm. § 145, n. 1. Winer § 28.3.
Praegn. seq. é 10d Pnglov Rev. 15: 2

"Bs Also of the adver-
ingdom as tempora-
rily victorious, Rev. 11: 7. 13: 7.

Néen, ng, 4, vietory, meton. for the

ground or pledge of victory, 1 John 5: 4
ainy dorly i vin... mlorig Sua. —
pp. Jos. B. J. 1. 27. 3. Xen. Cyr. 7.
1.10.
“Nixodnpos, ov, 8, Nicodemus,
(vietor populi,) pr. n. of a Pharisee
and member of the Sanhedrim, who
came to Jesus by night prob. as a seri-
ous though timid inquirer. John 3: 1,
4,9. 7: 50. 19: 39.

Nixodat me, ou, 6, a Meolaitan,
pp-a follower of Nixddaos, Rev. 2: 6, 15.
Many suppose this to be an heretical
sect sprung from some leader of that
ame. Or the word may also be sym-
bolical, referring to those who are
called in v. 14 roi xpatotrias tir O13d-
yw Baladp; since the Greek name
‘Nuxdlaog corresponds to the Heb. t9>2,
if this latter be taken es compounded
from 923 i.q. vixdm, and DY dads. So
Eichhorn in Comm. ad loc.’ Comp. the
symbolical use of "Ieee. in Rev. 2:20.

jius -gives to the name 5°23
tion and sense, i. e. from
bz and D9, q. d. non-populus.

Nixoiaos, ov, 6, Nicolas, (vie-
tor populi,) pr.n. of a proselyte of Anti-
och, one of the seven pritnitive deacons,
Acts 6:5.

Nexonodec, eos, 4, Nicopolis,
(pp. city of victory,) n city of Thrace,
now .ikopi, on the river Nessus (Ka-

538

Niawo

rasu}, which wes here the boundary
between Thrace and Macedonia; and
hence the city is sometimes reckoned
to the latter. Tit. 3:12, and in the spu-
rious subecription.—There were other
name, e.g. in Epirus, Moe-
sia, Armenia, etc.

Nixos, 0g, ous, 16, (vixn,) victory,
a later form for viz, Paseow 8. v. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 647. 1 Cor. 15:55 208 oov,
Gidy, to vixog; v.57. So aig vino adv.
vicoriously, triumphantly, Matt. 12: 20,
see in’ExBdddo b, and Keisis c. 1 Cor.
15: 54, comp. In, 25: 8. Comp. in Bis
no. 3. b, Sept. sig vixop for M¥zo
2 Sam. 2: 26, Job 36: 7. — Sept. Ez. &
8, Anthol. Gr, II. p. 242.

Nevevi, %, indec. Nineveh, Heb.
M7}, ie. dwelling of Ninus, the an-
cient capital of the Assyrian empire,
Luke 11: 32, !t was situated on the
eastern bank of the Tigris, opposite to
the modern Mosul, where there still ex-
ists a village called Munia; see Nie-
buhr’s Travels IT. p. 353, Germ, Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p. 94, 114
Comp. Gen. 10: 11, and the book of
Nahum. The Greeks and Romens
called it Nivos, Minus, Hdot. 1. 193
Plin, H, N. 6. 13.

Noeevimye, ov, 6, « Ninevite,
Matt. 12: 41. Luke 11: 30.

Nenme, 706, 6, (rixtw,) a wash-
basin, John 13: 5, — Pollux Onom. 10,
78 nodarintig.

Nina, £. yo, a later present form
for which the earlier writers used viZe,
£. yo, Passow s.v. Buttm. § 114. p. 2935
to wash, sc. some part of the body, as
the face, hands, feet. Ablutions of the
hands and feet were very common with
the Jews, e. g. of the hands before eat-
ing, comp. Matt. 15:2, Mark 7:3; of
the feet, as a mark of hospitality offered
to a guest on his arrival, and performed
by menial servants or slaves, comp.
1Sam, 25: 41, Gen. 18:4, 19:2, 24:32.
43:24. Judg. 19: 21.° Jahn § 123, 145,
149, Calmet art. Baptism, Foot.—Trans.
to wash, e.g. the fuce, 1b npdcemor Matt.
6:17; by impl. the eyes, toly 3@9al—
pots John 9:7 bis, 11 bis, 15; the hands,
as xeloag Matt. 15:2. Mark 7:3; the

Noto

feet, rods xodag John 13: 5, 6, 8 bis, 10,

12,14 bis, 1 Tim. 5:10. So Sept. for

713 of the face Gen, 43:31, the hands

: 20. Deut. 21:6, the feet 1 Sam.

25. 41. Gen. 18: 4. — Lue. Epigr. 19.
Artemid. 5. 55.

Noko, 0, f.sj000, (x60s, voig,) to see
with the eyes, to perceive, es sp9al-
pois voy Hom. Il, 24, 294. ib. 3, 396,
Xen. An. 3.4.44. In N.T. trop. to see
with the mind, i. e.

a) to perceive, to understand, to com-
prekend, absol. Matt. 16: 9 otzw yotire ;
Mark 8:17. +f xagdig John 12:40. c.
ace. expr. or impl. Eph. 3:4 dvayires—
oxortes voricat oivealy ov, v.20. 1'Tim.
4:, 7, Rom.1:20. seq, infin. Heb. 11:3.
seq. Sts Matt. 15:17, 16:11. Mark. 7:18,
Sept. for "353 Prov. 3: 2,6.—Ael. V. H.
5. 5. Diod. Sic. 5.31. Plut. Thes. 3.

b) i. q. fo have in mind, fo think of; to
consider, absol. Matt. 24: 15 et Mark 13:
14 6 dvayidoxey votre. c. acc. 2
Tim. 2 7 vée@ Uyw. — Ecclus. 11
Hom. Il. 9. 583 or 587. Arr. Ep

3

Nonuc, arog, 16, (rosa,) thought,
ie.

8) pp. what,is thought out, excogi-
tated, hence purpose, project device. 2
Cor.2:11 ob rag ait0i (r05 Zerard) 14
voipata éyrootuay. 10: 5. — Baruch. 2:
8. 3 Macc. 5: 30. Hom, Il. 10. 104.

b) meton. as io Engl. for the mind,
©. g. the understanding, 2 Cor. 3: 14
drageidy 1 vopata aitéy, 4:4; also
the effections, disposition, 2 Cor. 1:3
cite @9den tH vorpara Spar. Phil. 4:
7.—Hom. Od. 20, 82, 346.

No#oe, ov, 6, 4, adj. bastard, spu-
rious, Heb. 12: 8. — Jos, Ant. 5.7.1.
‘Xen. An, 2 4. 25.

Nout ‘is, %, (vio to pasture, to
) pasture, i.e.

a) the act of feeding, pp. Xen. Occ.
7. 20; in N.T. trop. a feeding, eat-
tag, spreading, as of a gangrene, and
hence vouiyy dye i. q. to eat, to spread,
2 Tim.2:17 5 lsyos avtéy ds yéyyoawva
vopiy &a.— So of an ulcer Pol. 1. 81.
@ of fire Jos. B.J.6.2.9. Pol. 1.48.5.

b) pesturage, trop. John 10: 9 rouay
tight e. shall have enjoyment, shall

539

,

Nopuxos

find happiness, Sept. for "2"172.Gen.
47:5. 1 Chr. 4: 39, 40, novn Ps. 74:
J. m2 Prov. 24: 15. — Hdot. 1, 110.
Xen. Cyr. 3, 2. 20,

Noutto, £. lees, (xpos custom,) to
regard or acknowledge as custom, to have
and hold as customary, viz.

8) pp. i. q. go do by custom, to be ac-

to be wont, and Pass. id. Acts
16:13 ob évopitsro mgoaavz;; elvas, where
according to custom was the proseuche,
i.e. maga motapory. For this custom,
comp. the decree of the city Halicar-
nessus in Jos. Ant. 14, 10. 23, by which
the Jews are | permitted tas 1
mortiaSas neds 1H Palaoon xara to nc
tesoy EFos.—Jos, Ant. 11, 1.3, Luc, D.
Deor. 9. 2. Xen. Cyr. 1.227. Act
Hiian. 6. 1.9. Diod. Sic. 13.113. Dem.
1077. 25,

b) genr. fo regard o acknowledge as
any thing, i i.e. in its customary charac-
ter, or in its customary manner, e. g-
ud Seb voulzuy Dinarch, 102.13. ™
alypalutéy yuraixa érouster Conon. Nar-
rat. 44. So pass. Luke 3: 23 is dvoul-
tero, as he was regarded, reckoned, i. ©.
according to Jewish custom. — Dem.
1022, 16 of roweEsuevos piv visi, pa) Som
{seg 86 yives & avtaw. Hdot. 4. 180. —
Hence genr. to regard, to think, to sup-
pose, e.g. seq. inf. ¢. ace. Luke & 44
vouloarueg O4 cindy dy 17 ovrodig elvat.
Acts 7:25, 8:20. 14:19. 16:27. 17:29,
1 Cor, 7:26. 1 Tim. G5. seq. inf. 1
Cor. 7: 36. Seq, Sts, Matt. 5: 17 uy ro-
plonte brs Soy x, x. 1. 10: 34. 20: 10.
‘Acts 21:29,—8eq, inf.c.ace, Ael. V.H.8.
6. Xen, Cyr.1.4.5. seq. inf. Xen. Ag.
2.8, s0q, 1 Ken. Cyr. 8.1, 22

_Nomuxse, Jy OM, (vepo5 law,) per-
to law.

a) genr. Tit. 3: 9 payas ropexad, i. €.
disputes relating to the Mosaic law. —
Adv. yoysxdis according to law, Plut.ed.
R. VIM. p. 11). 7, 8

b) of persons, one skilled in the law,
a lawyer. Tit, & 13 Zari tor vopuxbr
sgdneuyor, — Plut. Reisk. VIL p. 99. 13
of vomexol. Strabo XII. p. 813. C, of
nega ‘Paxalois ropsxol. Arr. Epict. 2.
18, 7. — In the Jewish sense, an inter-
preter and teacher of the Mosaic law, 20
called in Luke, (once in Mat) else-

Noplwoos

where youodvbioxalos and yeoppateds,
see in Foapparais b. Matt. 22: 35 et
Luke 10:25 yopsxds 115, comp. Mark 12:
28 yeappateis. Luke 7: 30 11: 45, 46,
52, 14: 3.—Jos. B. J. 2, 21.7.

Nopipenc, adv. (vopypos, répos,)
lawfully, according to law and custom,
1 Tim. 1:8 2 Tim. 2 5.—Arr. Epict.
3. 10.8 ti vopipes }9inoas. Xen. Mera.
4a

Noweoper, croc, 16, (voplZan) pp.
“any thing acknowledged and sanction-
ed by custom or law ;’ hence current
money, coin, Lat. numisma. Matt, 22:19
16 y. tod wjroov. — Joe, Ant. 14. 14, 1.
Hdian. 2. 15. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 12,

Nogodudioxadoc, ov, 5, (rdu0s,
Sidctoxalos,) a lw-teacher, i.e. a teacher
and expounder of the Jewish law, i. q.
youixdg and yeappareis, Luke 5: 17.
Acts 5: 34, See in Fgapparsic b. —
Spoken also of CI teachers who
obtruded themselves upon the churches
as expounders of the Mosnic law, 1 Tim.
1: 7 Sélovres elvas vopodiSdoxulos,

NopodPevice, cee, i, (vopoderios, )
law-giving, legislation, the giving of a
code of inws, Diod. Sic. 1. 94. Pol. 4.
81. 12 dx rie Arxovpyou vopoStalas.
In N.T. moton, legislation, i.g. the lavos
given, code of laws, the law, e. g. the
Mosaic code, Rom. 9: 4 dy al dscSijxas
xal jj ropoStela.—2 Mace. 6: 23. Dion.
Hal. Ant. Rom. 2.63, Plut, Reisk. VI.
p. 892. 2, 5 ug ob murtdnacw Saegibdn
tes ty Avxotgyou ropoSsalav.

Noybteréo, 0, f. qou, (vopeds-
19g,) to make or give lave, to establish as
law, to legislate.

a) pp-and seq. dat. for any one, Xen.
Apol. Seer, 15 Avotpyou tos Aaxedai-,
porlors ropoSerijeartes. Sept. for 14>
+Ex. 24:12 Hence in N.T. Pase. to be
legislated for, to receive laws, where the
dat, of the active construction becomes
the rom, to the passive, Buttm. § 134.
5. Winer § 40.1. Heb. 7: 11 6 dads yerg
dn alti revopoSéryro for the people re-
ceived the (Moxsic) law upon this condi-
tion, ec. of being under the Levitical

Priesthood.
b) te eatabbish, to sanction, pp. as law,

540

_ Nopoc
or by law, pass. Heb. & 6 Frig (ScaOspum)
ant agurtocw exayyedlars en.

—Jos. Ant. 3.15.3. Act. ¢. ace. Diod.
Bic. 1. 27. Xen. Mem. 4, 4. 25.

Nopoterne, ov, 6, (vopos, ttSyps,)
a law-giver, legislator, James 4:12. —
Jos. Ant. 3.7.7, Diod. Sic. 1.94. Xen.
Mem. 1. 2. 31.

Nouog, ov, 6, (viuw to divide outy
to allot,) pp. ‘any thing divided our, al-
lotted,’ what one has in use and pos-
session j, hence usage, custom, Sept.
and #5n 28am. 7: 19. Jos, Ant. 1.
13.3. Luc. D, Mort. 14.5, Xen. Cyr.
1.4.28. In N.T. only law, as pre-
scribed by custom or statute.

a) genr. and without reference to =

particular people or state. Rom, 4:15
od vag otx iors vopos, os nageiSesis.
5:13. 7:8. 1 Ti .—Dem. 774. 18.

Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 8q.

b) spec. of particular laws, statutes,
ordinances, spoken in N. T. mostly of
the Mosaic statutes, viz. (a) Of laws
relating to civil righte and duties, Jobn
7:51 py 6 vouos Hucy xglres tor GrSge—
noy x. t. 2. John 8:5 comp. Lev. 20: 10.
John 19: 7 comp. Lev. 24: 16 et Deut
13: 5, Acts 2% 3. 24:6. So the law
of marriage Rom. 7:2, 3. 1 Cor. 7:39;
of the Levitical priesthood Heb. 7: 16
Also Heb, 9: 19 xerrc: opoy i. e. accord-
ing to the ordinance or command, se.
respecting the promulgation of the law,
see Fix. 20: 18, 19, 24:20q. Sept. for
min Nun. 19: 14.—So of particular
laws among the Greeks, Dem. 325.
13. ib, 509, 24. Xen. H. G. 3.3.2 —
(8) Of laws relating to external relig-
ious rites, e. g. purification Luke 2 22
Heb. 9: 22; circumcision John 7: 23.
‘Acts 15:5, comp. 21:20, 24; sacrifices
Heb, 10:8. So Sept. and mim Lev.
6 9, 14, al. — (y) OF laws reiating to
the hearts and conduct of men, Rom,
TT & wopos Daye” obs émiFupieris.
James 2:8. Heb, 8 10 et 10: 16 didois
réuoug pou dnd xagdlas aizar, quoted
from Jor. 31:33 where Sept. for 73".
—(8) By impl. for a written law, a law
expressly given, i. q. 6 rouos Eyypaxtos.
Rom. % 14 i9yq 1a yx ropor Fzorta

«+ -bavt0ig alos répos. — Died. Sic. 1.
94 vapros

Néwos 541

©) the law, i.e. a code or body of laws,
in N. T. only of the Mossic code. (a)
pp. Mart. 5: 18 tera ¢ pet merged
9 dnd tod vipou. Qk 38 nolan évrold
perihy & 1G séyp ; Luke 1617. John
ropes 816 Meociog 8369n. 7: 19.
he 58. Rom.%13 sq, 5:13. 1Cor.
15: 56. Gal. 3: 100q. 1 Tim. 1:8, James
29,1. al Zoya vépov see in “Epyor
b. 7.4. Rom. 2:15. Gal. 2 16. 3: 10.
ol 2x vouov, of dy voum, of dnd ropor,
those under the Mosaic law, Rom. 4:16.
8:19. 1 Cor. 9 20. da0s &y vou id.
Rom. % 1%. Sept. and 7771 Deut. 1:
5. 4: 4, ol—() Trop. for the Mosaic
dispensation, Rom. 10: 4 tilog yag ¥6~
pou Xgotds. Heb. 7:12 10: 1. — (y)
Meton. for the book of the law, i. e. pp.
the books of Moses, the Pentateuch,
Mat. 12: 5. Luke 2 23, comp. Ex. 13:
2, Luke 10: 26. 1 Cor. 9 8, 9, comp.
Deut. 25: 4. 1 Cor. 14: 34, comp. Gen.
3: 16. So Sept. and sin Neh. & 2.
— As forming part of the Old Test. 6
wopog xal of mgopijra:, Matt. 517. Luke
16 16. John 1: 46. Acts 13: 15, 28:23.
Rom, & 21. (Joe, de Macc. 18.) duos
+ wal mpeg. xal ydilpos Luke 24: 44.—Al-
20 sinply & véuog for the Old Testament,
Jobn 10:34, 12:34. 15:25 coll. Ps. 35:
19. 1 Cor, 14: 21 coll. Is, 28: 11, 12 —
2 Mace. 2 18.
d) trop. 5 réuog tédsios, the more per-
fect law, put for the Christian dispenea-
tion, in contrast with that of Moses,
comp. above in c. 8, James 1:25 6 di
xapaxiyas tig ropor tileoy vor tig éhev-
Seelas. So without réeos, James 2:12.
4: 11. — Aleo of the laws, precepts, es-
tablished -by the gospel, e. g.0 rop0¢
Xquoroi Gal. 6: 2, abeol. Rom. 13: 8,
10 biome oly répou 4 dydny, Gal.

ae trop, lave, i.e. rule, norm, standard,
0, of judging or acting. Rom, 3: 27
316 nolov xépov téiv doyen ; oil al-
Je du vopou microg. 7: 2, 25. 8: 2,7.
8:31. In the sense of rule of He, dis-
cipline, Phil. 3:5 xate vépor, @agioalos.
—Arr. Epict. 1.26.1. AL
Noog, see Nots.

Nooéa, a, £. sou, (6005) to be
sick, pp, Hdian, 3, 15, 3. Thuo. 1. 138.
TaN. T. trop. vooeiv negl r6, to have 6

Nowgiw

sickly longing for any thing, to pine af=
ter, to dote about; 1 Fim. 6:4 vost
igh Unrjous xal loyopazlas.—migl
Plut. de Ira cohib, 14, or ed. Reiek. VII.
p. 812. 10. VIII. p. 16%. 3 wig mepl
8ctay youotcw. Plato Phaedr. p. 228. C.
ngés 11 Diod. Sic. T. VI. p. 227 ult. ed.
Taucho. or X. p. 155. Bip. c. dat. Ael.
V.H, 2.13.

Noonuc, aros, 16, (vowten) sick-
nesa, disease, i. 9. v6c0¢ John 5 4.—Lue.
Abdicat. 18. Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 27.

Nooog, ov, 6, 4, sickness, disease.
Matt. 4: 23 Seganevear nagar vocor. v-
A, 9:35. 10:1, Mark 1:34. 3:15, Luke
4:40. 6:17. 7:21. 91. Acts 19: 12,
Sept. for * 1 2Chr. 21:19. mbt Ex.
15: 26.—Huien. 1,3. 1. Xen. Mem, 1.
4, 13.—Metaph. for pain, sorrow,
Matt. 8: 17 xal rag vooous [susie] 436—
craoey, translated from Is, 53: 4, Heb.
angnga.

Nova, as, 4, contracted later
forin for Att. vrocoud, (from vsoaads,) @
nest ec. with the young, Sept. for RB
Ps. 84: 4. Pausan. 9. 30. p. 769. comp.
Hdot. 3.111. See Lob. ad Phryn. p.
246 98q. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 185, —
InN. T. a nest of young birds, brood,
Luke 13: 34 Sy rgonor d9rig thy kauriy
vooosay. So Sept. and jm Deut. 32: 11.

Novator, ov, 16, contr. for Att
veogaloy, see in yooud, (dit in, from
veog0ds,) @ young bird, Plur. 16 voaola
«brood of young birds, Matt, 23: 37,
Sept. for mer px Px, 84: 4.— B80 ra
veortia Aristot. H. An. 9,29. Ael. V.
H. 10. 3,

Nooads, see Neooeds.

Noopiveo, f. low, (vdegs apart,
‘away,) pp. to put apart, to separate,
Mid. to separate oneself, to go away,
Hom. Od. 11.73, Act. to take or match
away, to rob, Pind. Nem. 6, 106.—In
N. T. Mid. fo take away for oneself, to
keep back any thing which belongs to
another, to embezzle, to purloin, absol.
Tit. 210. Seq. ano c. gen. pantitively,
(v0e in “4nd ILL. 7,) Acts 5 2, 3 roopl-
cardas and tic Tpic. — c. dnd Sept.
Josh. 7:1. obdéy éx tivds Philo de Vit

Noros

Mos. 1. p. 641. E. c. aco, 2 Mace. 4:
82. Xen, Cyr. 4. 2, 42,

Norog, ov, 6, the south wind, or
strictly the south-west wind, Lat. notus.

a) pp. Luke 12 55 yoroy mvdortz,
Acts 27: 13. 28:13, Sept. .for ping
Job 37:17. ya Cant. 4: improp.
for DvIp Ex. 16: 13,—Hdot. 2.25. Xen.
An. BT ‘A

b) meton. the south, the southern
quarter of the heavens and earth. Matt.
1%: 42 et Luke 11: 31 facwloca vorou,
comp. 1 K.c. 10. Luke 13:29, Rev.
21: 13. Sept. for pinay Ece. 1:5. Ez.
40:25. 233 Josb. 15:2 y2"R Ex. 26
35.—Jos. Ant, 8, 13. 2, Hdot. 6. 139.

Novitesia, ag, 4, (vovPsté0,) pp.
a putting in mind, i. e. warning, admo-
nition, exhortation, 1 Cor. 10: 11 taita
dyeciqn noes rovSealay jiuay. Eph. 6:
4, Tit, 3: 10.—Jos, Ant. 3.15.1. Diod.
Sic. 15.7. The form vovSerla was re-
garded as more Attic, Lob. ad Phryn,
p. 512

Novderdo, 0, £. jou, (vois, 19y-
M4,) Pp. to put in mind, to put to one’s
heart; hence to warn, to admonish, to
exhort, trans. Acts 20:3 obx énavodiuny
«+. vovderiy Eva Exactoy. Rom. 15: 14,
1Cor, 4: 14. Col. 1:28, 3:16, 1 Thess,
5:12, 14. 2 Thess. 3: 15. Sept. for
“7 Job 4:3,—Jos, Ant, 4.8, 24, Xen.
Cyr. 8. 2. 15.

Noupyria, ac, i, Att. conte. for
veounvle, (vi0s, p3%,) pp. nevo-month, 5. e.
the newo-moon, a8 a festival, Col. 2: 16.
Bee in Myy b. Sept. for win mish}
Ex. 40: 2,15. ‘n Dx Num. 10: 10.
BI. win Chr. % 4. 29: 17.—Jos.
Ant. 4.4.6. Dem. 799 ult. Xen. An. 5.
6.23.

Nouvezde, adv. (voureyis baving
understanding, from voi, fye,) under-
standingly, discreelly. Mark 12:34 vom
nazis anexgldy, — Pol. 2.13.1. Diod.
Bic, 31. T. Vi Pp. 159 Tauchn. X. p.
41. Bip. 80 68 xad dydvtms voiy Plat
de Legg. III. 126. See Lob. ad Phr.
p- 604.

Nous, vou, ace. vod», 6, Att. contr.
for Néos, ydov; but in N. T. and the
Fathers only genit. ydo¢, dat. sot, Wi-

542

Nopuglos
ner §8.9. Lob. ad Phr. p. 453. Buttes
Ausf. Sprachl. § 36. n. 6; pp. the seer,
perceiver, i.e. the intelligent or intel-
lectual principle, the mind.

8) as the seat of emotions and affec-
tions, mode of thinking and feeling,
disposition, moral inclination, i. q. heart.

magi avis 6 o. sis
oy voiw. 12:2, 1 Cor. }:10. Eph.
4:17, 23 Col. 218. 1 Tim.6: 5 Se
Q9aquiver tov voiv. 2 Tim. 3 8. Tit
1: 15, So for firmness or presence
of mind, 2 Thess. 22. As implying
heart, reason, conscienee, in opp. to
fleshly appetites, Rom. 7:23,25. Sept.
for 33% Is, 10: 7, 12. — Hom. Od. 1. 3.
Luc, de Salt. 8. Xen, Cyr. 5.217,

b) understanding, intellect, Luke te
45 Suivoster aindy sav v0%7, 1 Cor. 14
14, 15 bis, 19. Phil. 4:7. Rev. 1& 18 6
izay tov voir, i.e. wise, Sept. for 23>
Josh. 14: 7. — Diod. Sic. 3. G& Xen
Mem. 3, 12, 7.

¢) meton. mind, for what is in the
mind, i. e. thought, counsel, purpose,
epinion ; ©. g. of God or Christ, Rom.
11: 84 thy yetg Eyre voty xvgiou, quoted
from Is, 40: 13 where Sept. for m4.
1 Cor. 2:16 bis. Of men, Rom. 14:5
—Judith & 14. Xen. An. 3.3.2

4) trop. of things, sense, meaning.
Rev. 17:9 de 6 vois 5 izuv sopiar, i.e.
the deep or hidden sense.—Synee. Kp.
108 oF xuxsig dnebiteo toy your Tis dei
erolijg. Aristoph. voir 8 5 in Turd; 92.
the words, Beredlel 62:31

Nougas, a, 6, Nymphas, pr.o. of
a Christian, Col. 4: 15.

Nuun, 76, 4, (obsol. réfu, Lat.
nubo, to veil,) a bride, spouse, newly
married. Seo Jahn § 154.

a) pp. John 3: 20 6 fywe tiv vopgry
rupplos tori, Rev. 18: 23. 21: 2,9. 2
17, Sept. for mp Jer. % 32 7:32
Joel 2: 16.—Ael. V. H. 4.3. Xen. Conv.
9.3.

h) as opp. to 4 mevSeoe, it ix put for
daughter-in-law, Matt. 10: 35. Luke 1%
53 bis. So Sept. and Mic. 7: 6.
Gen, 38: 11, Ruth J: 6, 7.—Tob. 11: 36,
17. Jos. Ant. 5.9.1.

Nouppios, ov, 6, (ripgm) o bride-
groom, spouse, newly married, Matt. &

Neugey

15 bi, 5 1, 5,6, 10, Mark 2 19 bis,
90, Luke 5:34, 85. Jobn 29, 3:29 ter.
Rev. 1& 23, Sept. for jnty Pa 10: 6.
Jer. 7: 82 —Hdian. 4. 11. 7.” Xen. Cyr.
465.

Nuvu MPEOY,, aves, “A (vine) bridal
chamber, where the nuptial bed wos
prepared, usually in the house of the
bridegroom whither the bride was
brought in procession; in N. T. only
in the phrase ofo} ro remparos, sons of
the bridal chamber, Matt. 9: 15. Mark 2
19, Luke 5:34, These were the com-
panions of the bridegroom, bridemen, "™
called by the Greeks magariygior, just
as the bride had also her companions
or bridemaids, Jahn § 154. Comp.
Judg. 14:11. Ps, 45: 14 0q. Jer. 7: 34.
1 Mace, 9: 37. Act. Thom. § 11.—Tob.
6: 1, 17. Act. Thom. § 9, 11. Suid.
woupiros' xorréives.

Noy, adv. also yuyd as strength-
ened by the demonstr. /, Math. § 607.
Bumm. § 80.2; now, Lat. nunc, Germ.
nun.

1. pp. as adv. of time, now, spoken
) of the actual present, as opp. both
to time past and future. Luke 6:21 of
Buavevees viv. v.25, John 4:18 xai viv
Sy gus x 1.2. 12 27 viv 5 yor pov
tetegextas, for the perf. as present see
Butt. § 113.6, Joho 16: 22. 17: 5,7.
Acts 2: 33. 10:33. 26:6. 1 Cor, 16: 12.
Gal. 2:20. 1 John 2:18. al.saep. Sept.
for sz Josh. 14:11. Is, 48: 7.—Hdian.
1.4.7. Diod. 8.1. 10. Xen. Occ. 20,
‘24,—In direct antith, to something done
in time past, e.g. vuy dé Luke 16: 25,
Gal. 4:9. Epb. 5:8 Phil. 3:18. Heb.
9: 26, James 4: 16. vei dé, in which
connexion chiefly is yuri found, Rom.3:
21, 6 2. 1Cor. 5:11 coll. v.9,. 2Cor.
3:11. Philem. 11. al. ddda viv Luke
22: 36. So in antith. to something fu-
ture, emphat Mark 10: 30 viv ty 16
xaigG tovty, opp. dy te aicrs 1H exo
biry.—Ken. Conv. 8.4 yiv dy 16 x0-
g6rte, — With the art. 6, 1j, ro yup, a8
adj, the now eristing, present, see Buttm.
$195. 6. Acts 2% 1 tig moog ipaig vu-
v dmoloylas. Rom. 3: 26 dy 19 vor

i 8:13. Gal. 4:25
2 Tim. 4:
ic. 2.5 fin.

543

Nw
Xen. Cyr. 4.6.8, ib, 6.6.18.) Bo and

TOU vw 8c. z96rov, from
forth, Luke 1:48, 2 Cor, 5:16. dzes:

5. Seas sob vty id. Matt. 24: 21. Mark
1819. rd viv or raviy adv. now, at
present, Buttm. § 125. n. 5. Acts 4: 29.
5:38, 17:30. 20:32. 27: 22. non. al.
(Soph. Elect. 421 or 423. Hot. 7. 104.
Xen. Mem. 3. 10. 15.) 0 vuv Ezor as
it now ts, i, e. for the present, Acts 24:
25, see in “Exes f;

noe reference to time just past, -
i.e. just now, even now, comp. Vi-
ger. p. 426. E. g. eeq. perf. John 14:
29 nai viv slgnxa ipiy nely yeriodas,
Acts7:52, Seq. aor. Matt’ 26:05. John’
1% 31. 21: 10, Rom. 5:11. seq. im-
perf. Jobn 11:8 rir disor os luSdous
of "Iovdaion.—veq. perf. Xen. Cyr. 5,2
‘27. impf. ib. 4. 5, 48,

¢) in reference to future time just at
hand, now, i. €. even now, presently, im-
mediately, comp. Viger. p. 426. Lob,
ad Phryn. p. 19. Matth. § 607. E. g.
seq. fut. John 12: 31 viv 8 grey 105 x.
1. &xBlySijorras Be, Acts 13:11. Phil.
1: 20, (Aristoph. Veep. 151. Xen. Cyr.
4.1.23) Seq. pret. for fut. as imply-
ing what is immediately to take place,
Winer § 41.2. Math, § 504.3, Jobs
4: 23 ozeras dga, xa viv devin. 16: 32.
John 12: 31 x37 xglow dort 108 xéopow.
16: 5 vin d3 indiye mods x. 1.2. Acts 2 +
17.

2. Asa particle of transition or con-
tinuation, mow. &) genr. now, as mark-
ing a present condition, i.e. in the
present state of things, as things are.
Luke 2:29 viv doling 267 dotdor cov.
11: 39. Rom. 5: 9. 2 Cor, 7:9. Col. 1:
4. xal voy Acts 3:17, 20:25. — In
antithesis, yur de 1 Cor. 13: 13; and so
as preceded by ¢/, Luke 19: 42, John
8: 40. 1 Cor. 7: 14. al. vol dé after
si, Rom, 7: 17. Heb. 8: 6, 11: 16 al. —
Xen. Cyr. 7. 2.16. c. & preced. Hdot.
3,25, Xen. Mem. 2,3. 14.

b) as implying that one thing follows
now out of another, thus marking a con-
clusion, inference, i. q. now then, now
therefore, i. e. since these things are
po. Acts 12: 11 viv olda alysis, 22:
16 xad viv sh példers ; 1 Cor. 14: 6 vey?
8. So viv ody Acts 16:36. 23: 15.

mow, Nemes aaa 5:12 4
Sa eeieg he

‘to viv until now, Rom. 8: 22. Phil. 1:7“

Neg

Unnterog. Kets 15:10. vir doa Rom.
& L—Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 54 vbr ot.

©) emphat. in commands and exhor-

tations, implying that what is to be done

should be done now, at once, on the

pot, comp. Passow viv no. 2. c. Viger.
P- 496.

1 John 2 28, Acts 7: 34 viv daigo. —
Hom. it. 2%. 485. Aristoph. Pac. 851.
AL.

Nes, vuxtos, i, night, Lat. noz.

8) pp. Mate. 14: 25 rerdgry quloxr
‘Wiig voxtos. Mark 6:48. Luke 2:8. Rev.
S12 x0) 4 vit Suolag. 21:25, WS,
trop. John 9: 4, Sept. for mbst Gen.
1: 5, Job 3 6, 7.—Hdii

ime,
‘comp. a.a. Genit. of time
tohen, indefinite and continued, Buttm.
§ 133. 6. 4. Eg. vuxrdg by night
Matt. % 14. 27: 64. John & 2 al. sui
gas xab vuxrés by day and by night,
i.e. contivually, Luke 18:7. Acts 9:
A, Rev. 4:8. yustds zal ju. 2 Tim. 1:
3. (Xen. HG. 1.111, ju % Xen,
Mem. 2.2.8 vx x. ju, Conv. 4. 48)
phons 38 vunrd Matt. 25:
tiie vy. Acts 27:27, bic tig vuxtos during
the night, i. ©. either the whole night
Luke 8: 5, or by night Acts 5:19. 16:
9. See Aud 1. 2.— Dative of time when,
definite, Buttm. § 183. 3.4. E. g.
Luke 12:20 tate tf vuxrt this very
night. Acts 12: 6, (Xen. An. 6, 1. 13.)

9. baie.
‘Ken. Conv.
1. 9,—Accus. of time how long, Butt.
§ 131.8. Matt. 4: 12 viwras Teggagdixoy—
ta, 12 40 rotis vixras. So rag vixrag
the nights, i.e. during the nights, Luke
1: 37. yinra xa) juiyar night and day,
continually, Mark 4:27. Luke 2 37.

ra
ae

Evia &e, Hi, (Sér05,) pp. guest-right,
alliance of hospitality, hospitium, Pol.
33, 16, 2. Xen. Ag. 8. 3,4. comp. Por-

544

Savin

Acts 26:7. 2 Thess, 3: 8. al. — Xea.
Conv. 4. 54 tds ». Hiero 7. 10 route
= ties

b) metaph. for a time of moral and
spiritual darkness, the opposite of gos-
pel light and day. Rom. 13: 12 4 vig
mooixoyor. 1 Theas. 5:5. AL.

Nvooe v. trea, f. 0, to prick, to

"pierce, ©. g. rir mlavedy Jolin 19: 34.—

Ecclus, 22: 20. Joa. B. J. 3.7.35. Plot.
Aemil. Paul. 20 pen.

Nvorec{oo, £. to, (vebu,) pp. to ned,
hence fo slumber, to drowse, intrans.
Matt. 25:5 évdotatar nivos xad dx Sev
gov. Trop. 2 Pet, 2:3. Sept. for 533
Ps, 121: 3. Nah. 3:18, — Ecclus 2%
8. Xen. Cyr. 8.3. 43.

Nuzdjpuegov, ov, 16, (rs, sui-
qu) a day and night, twenty-four
hours, 2 Cor. 11: 25.—Geopon. 5. 8. &
ib. 12,19, 18. Found only in very late
writers, see Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 186.

Nod, 6, indec. Nook, Heb. tri3
(rest), pr. 0. of the patriarch
from the deluge, Matt. 24: 37,38. Luke
‘3: 36, 17: 26, 27, Heb. 11:7, 1 Pet. &
20. 2 Pet. 2:5.

Nwi-g0e, ct, or, (i.q.ree9%s,) slow,
dull, stupid, pp. physically, Ecclus, 4:
29, Lue. de Astrol. 21. In N. T. trop.
of the mind, Heb. 5: 11 vaSgot yeyo—
vate tag axonis. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov. 2%
29, Pol. 4. 8.5. Plut. Lycurg. 18 med.

Novos, ov, 6, the back, of men or
animale. Rom. 11: 10 tov vértoy atter
coyxapyor, quoted from Ps.69:24 where
Sept. for 072 loins, Sept. for aa 1
K. 7:92, 43'2 K. 17: 14.—Plut. Vit.
Marii 33. Pansan. X. 27. The earkier
and more Attic form was 10 vérex,
Lob. ad Phryn, p. 290.

ter’s Gr. Ant. II. p. 416 oq. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 446 ; hospitality, entertain-
ment, Jos. Ant. 5.2.8. Acl. V. H. 9. 15,

Revo

Dem.81.20. In N.'T. place for a guest,
@ lodging, Acts 28:3 jxov pig avtoy
aig thy Serlay, Philem. 22.—Jos. Ant. 5.
2.8 penult. Hesych. gerlar imodoyi,
xerdhipa, xaraydiytoy,

Eevilen, £. loos, ($év0s,) 1. to re-
ceive as a guest, lo entertain, trans,
Pass. to be entertained, to lodge with any
one. Acts J0: 6 feviferar maga tvs ZL
poms Bupasi. v. 18, 23, 32, 21: 16. 28:7
aiucs puopodvens ééroey, Heb. 13: 2.—
Philo de Abr. p. 368. D. Ael. V. H. 13.
26. Xen. Cyr. 6.2.3 tercoderres tore
maga Kipy.

2. to appear strange to any one, to
surprise, trans, Joe. Ant. 1.1.4 ror Stor
érwow 10 xgarropevoy. InN. T. Part.
plur. ro Eevlfovrar, strange things, i. e.
novel, surprising, Acts 17:20. (2 Mace.
9 6. Diod. Sic, 12.53.) Also Mid. Ee
viCopat, to be surprised, to think strange
Of, seq. dat. of cause or object, 1 Pet. 4:
12 yi Soo 96 15 ey Spay nugcices, comp.
Winer § 31. 1. Butem. § 133.3.3, So
c. &y @ 1 Pet. 4: 4, comp. in "Ev no. 3.
c. y. — éni tums Jos. Aut. 1.1.2. Pol.
2 27.4,

Revodozéa, 0, f. jou, (teroddzos,

from §r0s, Béyouas,) to entertain stran- 9,

gers, lo practise hospitality, abeol. 1 Tim,
5: 10. — Max. Tyr. Diss. 82. 183. Dio
Cass. 78.3. The Atticists prefer the
form fer0doxée, Lob, ad Phr. p. 307.

Zévos, 7, 7, pp. adj. not of one’s
family, stranger. Hence

1, Bubet. ¢ Eevog, a guest, stranger.
8) pp. a friend allied in hospitality, hos-
pes, such an alliance being usual am
friends who lived in different ci or
countries, who then were entertained
at each other’s houses, see Potter’s Gr.
Ant. II. p. 416 eq. Adam's Rom. Ant.
p. 446. 80 Rom. 16: 23 Teiog 6 ttvog
pou xad wig dexdnolas Sins, i.e. here by
impl. entertainer, host. — Dem. 194. 19.
Diod. Sic. 17. 47. Xen. An. 3. 1. 4,

b) genr. a stranger, foreigner, a8
coming from another place or country,
Maw. 25: 35 févos jum. v. 38, 43, 44.
R77 aig repo tol Sevors. Acts 17: 21
ob énBqpotrtes Eivos resident strangers,
Soreigners. Heb. 11:13. Sept. for 3933
Roth 210. 28am. 15:19. 43 Job. 31:

69

545

Enpabo

92.—Ceb. Tab, 2. Hdien. 5.7.4. Xen.
Mem 4.4.17.—Trop. as not belonging to
the christian community, an alien, seq.
gen. Eph. 2:12 févoe 2657 Jia Syxsin, aliens
from the covenants, comp. Winer §30. 6.
‘Buum. § 182 6.1. (Soph. Oed. Tyr.
218 9q.) 80 absol. a 7, nob
Christian, Eph. 2: 19. 3 Jobn 5,

2 Adj. strange, i.e. foreign, unknown,
as coming from another country. Acts
17:18 daipsma tive. Trop. Heb, 1%
9 didazuig Séroug strange doctrines, i.e.
foreign to the christian faith.—Wied. 16:
2 Ael. V. H. 2. 13 gévos daiporss. Xen.
Ven. 11. 1. — Trop. strange, i. ©. novel,
unheard of, causing wonder, 1 Pet. 4:
12 ds Sévou duty cuufaivorsos. — Wiad.
i 5. Luc. Contempl. 13, Diod. Sic. 3.

ears, ov, 6, Lat. seztus or sez-
tarius, pp. a Roman measure, the 16th
part of © modius, containing about 1}
pint English, but differing in different
countries; comp, in Barog and Ké
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 504. Later Heb.
NNOP, see Buxt. Lex. Chald. 2076. —
1n'N. T. genr. for any smell measure
or vessel, cup, pitcher, ete. Mark 7: 4, 8.
xe Jos, Ant. 8.2.9. Arr. Epict. 1.

npaive, € avi, (Eyes) aor. 1
‘igdra James 1: 11, comp. Buum. §
101. 4; perf. pase. dSjgqppas Mark 3:
1,8, comp. Buttm. § 101. n. 8; also 3
pers. sing. djgavza: Mark 11:21, comp.
Buum. § 101.0. 7.— To dry, to make
dry, trans. Pass, to be dried up, to be-
come dry. E. g. of plants, Act. to dry
up, to wither, once James 1: 11 6 Hlsog
+++ W&igava toy zogror. Pasa. to wither
away, Matt. 13: 6 et Mark 4:6 3id 16 poh
izew kav enedrdy. Matt. 21: 19,720.
Mark 11:20, 21, Luke&6, John 15:6. 1

Pet. 1:24. In the eense of to be dry,
ripe, as 6 Degiouds Rev. 14:15, Sept.

for W3> Jer. 12:4. Hos. 9: 19,—Dem.
1978. 22. Xen. Mem. 4.3. 8.—Of fluids,
Pave, to be dried up, Rev. 16:12 13 Sdag.
Mark 5: 29 4 - Sept. for wi3°
Gen. 8:7. 1K. 17:7. Is. 19: 5, — OF
the body or its members, Pass. to wither,
to pine away, Mark 3: 1

Exar viv zeiga, v. 3. 9: 18 xai Enpalye—
tas and he pineth away. Sept. and v2

Enos

1K. 1% 4. Prov. 17: 22—Act. Thom.
§ 48.
Enoos, a, ov, dry. a) of atree,
dry, withered, Luke 23:31 # dy 19 tye
Bly taira nowovow, éy 14 Engg tt yérr-
tou; i.e. a green or dry tree as em-
blematic of the righteous and the wick-
ed, comp. Ps. 1:3, Ez. 20: 47 coll. 21:
3 Bert for wQ7 I. 56:3, Ez.
—Diod. Sic. 20, 42, Xen. Occ.
of the body or its members, John Qe
3. i zelg Matt. 12:10. Luke & 6, 8.
Comp. Sept. for Heb. prijs Hos, 9 17.
—Test. XII Patr. p. 585 7 ztig.

b) oj Engd sc. 7%, the dry land, as
opp. to 7 Suiaoon, Matt. 23: 15. Heh.
11:29, So Sept. and rrz'37 Gen. 1: 9,
10. Jonah 1: 9.—Strabo 4"p. 211.

Zvdurog, 4, oY, ($ikor,) wooden,
made of wood. 2 Tim, 2 20 oxain Fi-
duva. Rev. 9:20. Sept. for gen. V2
Lev. 11: 82, Deut, 10: 1.—Hdian. 4. 7.
8. Xen. An. 5.2.5.

. Evdoy, ov, 16, ($i) wood, i. e.

4) gear. for fuel, timber, ete. 1 Cor.
% 12 119005 rlove, Bila, xéptor. Rev.
18: 12 bis, see in vives, So Sept. and
% Gen, 22: 3, 6 aq. — Ael. V. H. 5. 6.

en, Cyr. 5. 3. 49.

b) any thing made of wood, e. g.
(a) a staff club, 8 rr wazaigtiy nab
Evhuw Matt. 26: a7, 55. Mark 14: 43, 48.

546

‘0, %, 6

Luke 2% 52.—Jos, B. J. 5.3.1. Hdian.
7.7.8. Dem. 645, 16.—(8) stocks, Lat.
nervus, a wooden block or frame with
holes in which the feet and sometimes
the bands and neck of prisoners were
confined, comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p.
272. Acts 16: bad robs nodag aiter
jogpalloato tig to Evdoy. Sept. for 33
Job 33: 11, — Luc, Tox. 29 1a oxily é7

ag Gly xaraxexdacpiva, Lys. 117. 32

Plut, ed. R. VIIL p. 361. 4.— (7) @
stake, cross, i. q. ataveos, Acta 5: 30 et
10: 30 xemdcarses én) Eidov. 13: 29.
Gal. 3: 13 see in "Exixatageros. 1Pet
24, So Sept. and yz Deut 21: 22, 22
Easth, 5: 14. comp. Josh, 10: 26, 27,

) living wood, i.e. a tree. Luke
23: 31 bv 1H iyo $idy, see in Zygdc a.
Rev. 2:7 & tijs Caric, see in Zoya. f.
22:2 bis, 14. Sept. for yz Gen. 1: 11,
12, 2: 9.—Palaeph. 34, 4. Xen, An. 6.
44,5,

Evoae, 6, f. jaw, (Sup6r, tie.) to
shear, to shave, se. the locks or wt
Mid. Acts 21: 24 tra
spay that they may shear their heads,
i, e. let them be shorn, comp. Buttm.
§ 135.8. Pass. part. fem. eugnpiy 1
Cor. 11: 5,6. Sept. for nts Gen. 41:
14. Num. 6: 9, 19. — Diod. Sic. 1. 83.
Pol. 30. 16. 3. -Hdot, 2.65. Some of
the grammarians regard fupéu as the
better form, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 205.

oO.

~'O, 4, 10, gen. rod, rHG, Toit, Bee
Tounn. § 75. 2, originally # demoustra-
tive pronoun, this, that, but in Attic and
later usage mostly a prepositive article,
the ; Butt. § 126.1, Matth, 264, § 286.
Passow Vol. III. p. 274.

I. Asa demonstrative pronoun, this,
ie Buum, Matth. Passow |.c. Winer
§ 20.

a) simpl. once in the words cited

from the poet Aratus, Acts 17:28 tod ..
aq xad yivos topir, for of THIB ONE yi

(him) we are also the ing. Butum.
$196.0. 7. Manb, § 206-—Hora Ik 1.

12 Soph. Ocd, Tyr. 1082 sie ag mi-
gua pqrgés. Xen, Ath, 2 8,

b) in distinctions and distril
with psy, 06, e. g. 6 udv—O dé, the one
—the other, that one—this one. Phil. 1:
16, 17 of wiv & aydnns é
Solas. Heb, 7: 5, 6 of pay. .
3,24. So distributively, one—another ;
plur, some—others. Matt, 13:23 5 pix
bxaroy, 6 36 iSqnevta. 22:5,6. of pir
of dé Acts 14:4, 17:32, 28:24. rote
iy... tote dé Rom. % 7, 8. rots pix
« tos 8¢ Eph. 4: 11, Aleo of péo—
idos 36 Matt, 16: 14. John 7: ma nei

0, 7, 36

tiwx—ol d¢ Acts 17:18, See Buttm.
§ 126. 2, and n. 4. Matth. § 288, and n.
6. Winer § 20. 1. — So Matt. 28: 17 of
88 diloraccy, but some doubled, i.e. in
antith, to ai as impl. in xgocexirnoar.
See Fritzsche Comm. in loc.

c) in the narrative style, o d¢ is used
by way of transition to another person
or party already mentioned, without a
preceding 6 pdy, but this one, i, e. but he,
and he, etc. Matt. 2: 5 of 36 slnov. 16
14, Mark 8: 28 of 83 dnexgldncay.
Luke 7: 40 6 88 gros. 8: 30, 48. Jobn
& 20. 8: 11, al. saep. So witha parti-
ciple intervening, Matt. 2: 9 of 8s axov-
ourtes... ixogesonger. M4, a6 by

me tO mi » Ah
re nme 20. 12: 99. Mark 1:
45. Luke 6:8. John 8:9. al. sep. See
Buttm. § 126. 4. Metth. § 289 ult. Wi-
ner § 20.2. — Jos. Ant. 6, 11.9, Xen.
An. 2.3.2 c. part. Jos, BJ. 4.11.1.

II. As the prepositive article, orig-
inally a demonstrative as above, but
having itsdemonstrative power gradual-
ly softened down sos simply tomark an
object es definite or specific. It corres-
ponds in many respects to the English
the, and French le, la, but more nearly
to the Germ. der, die, das; though it
is sometimes used where we still say
this, often: where we employ no article,
and sometimes even where we put the
indefinite a, an. Usually it is omitted
where the English omits it. The usage
of languages varies much in respect to
their articles ; and in Greek especially,
the usage seems in many cases never
to have become fixed, but to have been
left to the taste and judgment of the
writer or speaker ; as is also in some
messure the case with our English the.
Farther, to the writers of the N. T. the
use of the: Heb. article (+3) was ver-
nacular; and this could hardly fail to
impart a ebade of colouring to their
mode of employing the article in Greek ;
though probably not to such an extent
asisoften supposed. See Buttm. § 124
sq. Math. § 264—285. Passow Vol.
HL. p. 275 sq. Winer § 17 oq. Stuart
Gramm. of N. T. § 89 9q.

A) With Substantives, or words stand-
‘ing for substantives.

- 1. simply, i. e. without adjectives or

547

‘0, x6

other adjuncts, where the subst. is to
be expressed as ite or specific. .
a) genr. where the subst. refers toa
person or thing as well known, i. e. either
as already mentioned, or as of common

notoriety. Soin Englisb. E. g. (ay22 Ores

as already mentioned, Matt. 1: 24 6 dy-
yatog, coll. v.20, Matt, 2:7 robs pd 4/2.
yovy, coll, v.1. Matt. 5: 1 roig dzlovs,
coll, 4:25. Matt. 13: 25, 26 r0¥ olrov,

& zogros, ta Likavia, sc. there spoken of. £4. 443.7)

v.30. (But v.27 {itive indef.) 19:42
14, Mark 5: 39, Matt. 21: 18 eis rv 0-
Juy ie. Jerusalem, but in John 4:8 els
ayy mie. Sichem. Acts 9:17 sis rir
oisley, coll. v. 11.

J, Math. § 267. Winer § 17. 1. b—(8) 724:
As of common notoriety. Matt. 1: 22
2:6 roo mgogrir0¥, ac. Leaiah, but 2 15
Oa. =. Hosea. Matt. 24 rod loot
i.e. the Jewish people. 2:7 rod maudlou,
sc. for which the Magi were inquiring.
5: 1 tig 26. Sgo¢, i.e. near by. 5:25 dv
tf $89, 00. to the judge. 9: 28 sis niy
oixlay, i.e. where he was to lodge. 8:
12 8 xlavOuds xad 5 Bevyyis rar 68. 8c.
which are well known as belonging to
that place. 12 41 é 17 xglozs, i. e. the
day of judgment. 21:8 dno tiv dtr
dour, which grew there. 18:2 26 motor,
which was there, or which he had be-
spoken. 26: 27 16 monjgsoy, sc. usually
served at table. Mark 2: 24 et 3 2 dy
10k odfBacwy, i.e. on acertain sabbath,
(But Matt. 12: 2 éy caffirp indef) ,
Luke 5: 14 16 fagei, i.e. the proper priest.
v.16 é sais dorpors, ec. near the city."
12: 54 ayy veqélyy, the harbinger of
rain, 16:21 o5 xvve, sc. of that city.
John & 106 d:dcoxalos t06 “Fog. (seo
Winer § 17. 4. p. 98.) 13: 5 sig ty vi-
atijga, which belonged to the chamber.
21:20 é 1§ Selnvy, coll. 13:93 0q. Acts

12: 13.6 dyysdog, coll. 10:2 Acts 21:
38.5 Aiyintios, iq. in Engl that Byyp-
tian. Rom. 4:3 7geqn, the Serip-
tures. 5: 15 of wodtol, the many,

the great mass etc. 1 Cor. 10: 1,2 dy

a] naplly xad ty 1] Saldooy, i. 0. the
pillar of cloud and the Red Sea. James

2: 25 tovs dyyélous, the spies sent

by Joshua, Rev. 5: 13 1 dgvly 4 ad
Royle xad 4 voyn nad 4 Boker x. 2. 2 i.e.

the glory etc. which belongs to God

So by impl. Matt. 944 6: '4-94
211, coll. v.9, al. saepine, Buttm. § 194.74 “#4

‘0, %, x6

and: none other. Rom. 11: 36. al. sae~
piss, Winer § 17. 1. Buttm., § 124. n. 2
ult. Matth. § 267.—Here however it of-
ten depends on the feeling of the wri-
ter, whether the object shall be express-
ed as definite or not; as Matt, 12:1
sUlny ordyvas, i.e. some ears, indef.
but Mark 2:23 et Luke 6: 1 sidday trois
atdyvas sc. of the grain just before
mentioned. Mark 6: 8 ixa pndir algo-
ery eis 6éy i. ©. for journeying, for this
.r any other journey; but Luke 9:3
alg tiv 506y, i. ©. for this journey.

'b) with proper names of persons, pla-
ces,etc. Here the usage is various, and
seems to depend mostly on the will of
the writer, or on some special idiom.
(a) OF persons, as & “Iycois, Matt. 3:
13, 15, and 0, almost universally in
Matthew, and geuerally in the other
gospels, but less frequently eleewhere ;
also aitag 6 “Iqooig Luke 24: 15; with-
out art. e. g. “Ingovs Luke 2: 52. 4:1.
1 Jobo 2:22 al. esep. 6 "Iudveng Matt.
8: 13. 11: 1; without art, Matt, 3: 4. 9:
V4. 11:24. 6 Msddtog Matt. 27: 13,
17, 22, and so more usually ; but with-
out art. Luke 13: 1, 23: 6 Acts 13: 28,
8 Mattos Acts 14:11, 19, 15:25 with-
out art. 18: 16. 15: 86. al 6 Havdog
xab 6 Bagrdfas Acts 13: 43, 46; with-
out art, 15: 2, 12,25. 6 Frepaves Acts
& 9. 7:59. 8:2; without art. G: 5, 8.
al. saepiss. So before the compound
pr. n. for Jehovah, Rev. 1:4 aad roi 6
Gy xal 6 jy xt. i. Where the proper
name has an adjunct of title, office,
family, etc. the article is omitted, as
“Tndvrys & Borworys Matt.3:1. Mark 8:
2B, Tadeiny 19 iyepore Matt. 27:2, "Téx-
efor say d8slgor toi xuplov Gal. I:
Fly 6 xevavisys Matt. 10:4. Acts 1
I7.al. saep. Where the pr. name is
indeclinable, the article would ween to
be more necessary, iu order to mark
the case; but usage is here equally va-
riable, e.g. 5 Iaojp Matt. 1: 18, 24;
without art. Luke 2:33, 4: 22, tov
AaBi3 Acts 13: 22, Matt, 22: 42; usu-
ally without art. Matt, 1:20. Mark 2:
25. al. sep. Comp. the genealogies in
Matt, 1:12q. Luke 3:23 eq. Butten. 6124.
3. Winer § 17. 8.—(8) With geograph-
ical nawes; where as a general rule
names of countries take the article

548

‘O; 9, 10

more frequently than those of cities,
Winer § 17.7. Generally aleo where
two or more names follow each other,
only the first tukes the article, as Matt.
4:25 dao tig alsdatas xat Jeno. nad
‘Lego. xad "Tovdaiag x. t. 2. Luke 3: 1.
Acts 1:8, 2:9, 6:9. 9:31. 14:21. 1
‘Thess, 1:8. But see Acts 29 tH» Aai-
ay, und 1 Thess, 1:7.—Spec. (1) Names
of countries, as 4) “dala Acts 19: 10, 22,
26, 27, and a0 always except Acts 6& 9.
1 Pet.1:1, by the above rule. 4 "Azole
Acts 18: 12, 27, and usually ; but with-
out art, 2 Cor. 9:2. 4 Faletla 1 Cor.
Hi: 1, Gal. 1:2; without art. 2 Tim. 4:
10. 4 Tadao Matt, % 22, 4: 12, and
so always except Matt. 4:15, and Lake
17: 11. Acts 9:31, by preced. rule.
*Tovdala Matt. 2: 1, 5, and so always ex-
cept Matt. 4: 25. Acts 29, by preced.
rule. 4 “sala Acts 18: 2 and always,
4 Kémoog Acts 13:4. 21:3; without art
15: 39. 9 Maxsdovia Acts 16:10. 19:
21; without art. 16:9. 1 Cor. 16: 5. al
§) Zugla Maus. 4:24, Acts 18:18; with-
out art, Acts 21:3. The name iyv-
sstog never has the article. Comp. in
Engl. the Crimea, the Dekken, Germ.
die Turkey, die Schweitz, Fr. la France,
la Suisse, la Prusse, ote. Comp. Wi-
ner |. c.—(2) Names of cities have the
article least frequently, SBpe, after the
prep. 2, tis, é& E. g. 4 Aruogela on-
ly Acts 15:23. 4 Jopaoxos only Acts
9: 3, 22:6; once eis ti 4.212 §
“Bgeoos only Acts 18:21, 19:17, 20: 16.
& toig ‘Tegosolipos twice Joha 5 2
10: 22. ‘Isgovsalsip once Acta 5:28,
e. adj. Gul, 4:25,26, §

once Luke 4:93. § Netagd® twice
Maw. 4:13, Luke 4/16, "Pigg twice,

Acts 18:2 dx sig ‘P. 28:14. So Hdian.
1. 6. 14, but often without ert. see
Inmisch Index ad Hdian, _Tipes bes
not the art. in N.'T. but 9 Tugos Hdies.
3.3.6. Comp. Winer |. ¢.—(3) Nemes
of rivers take the art. as in Engl. e. g.
8 "Togdcivns, the Jordan, always, Matt.
5,6. al, & Evpgarme Rev. 1&12. ¢.
adj. 9:14. So Hdian. 6. 5. 3,—Names
of mountains do not occur in N. T. ex-
cept in connexion with 13 Bgos, ace in
“Elaia a, and wd. Names of nations
belong properly under d, below.—The
rule bas been laid down for geograph-

“0, %, 0
ical ‘names, thet where first mentioned
they are without the article, but take it
afterwards ; but the converse of this is
just as often troe. E. g. Acts 17:10 eis
Bigoser, v. 13 by of B. Acts 20: 15 ely
Mlisroy, v.17 duo tig 1M. But also ib,
vy. 18, 14 ag niv “doco, comp. v. 16,
18; alo 17:1, 11,18 181 et 1&1.
See too Katcagele.
¢) with nouns implying a person or
thing as alone or monadic, either as pre-
eminent above all others, or as alone
existing; thus approaching the nature
of a proper name, and sometimes pess-
eing over into one. E.g. 0 Xgearog
the Christ, the Messiah, Matt. 1:17. 2
4, and so almost always where it stands
alone; without the art. as a pr. naine
very rarely in the Gospels and Acts, as.
Luke 2%: 2. John 9: 22; but oftener in
the Epistles, Rom. 5: 6. 6: 4. 1 Cor. 1:
17, 23. (Winer § 17. 4. n. 1.) 6 log
t00 S208 v. tod dr geirrov, soe in Tiss.
6 diddoxalos Mark 14:14, So 6 dia-
Bolos the devil xort d&oyiy Matt. 4: 1,5,
8, and always except Acts 1 10, comp.
1Pet.&8. om the evil one Matt.
& 13, 1% 19, 25. 6 avslyguotog 1 John
2 18 5 mugdter 1 Thess. 3: 5. 6
Seiverog Rev. 6: 8. 20: 13,14, 6 Spur
Gog Rev. 8: 11. (Xen. Cyr. 3.3.4, An.
6.6.7.) 5 ZeBactds, Augustus, pp. the
Acts 25: 21,25. Comp. Winer
§17.6 Mauth. § 268. — — The names of
God, B2dg and xvgsos, (the latter aleo
of Christ,) often have the article, but
more frequently omit it, epee. in the
oblique oases ; see in Grd a, and Ki-
gue B.a,b. ‘The name nanje applied
to God bas usually the art. and-a gen-
itive, but aleo sinoply 6 zatjg Matt, 28:
19. "Luke 10: 22; also naga marede
John 1:14. 80 16 nveipa and ro
mvevpa &ytov, almost es pr. n. Matt,
‘28: 19. Acts 1:8. 10:19. Rom. 15 30,
1 Cor. & 10. 2 Cor. 1&3; without art.
) Pet. 1:2 Acts & 15. 1 Cor, 123,
Jude 20. See Winer § 18. p. 108, 110.
Buttm. § 124. n. 3. — Also with nouns
‘or names of single objects, concrete or
abstract, where also the article is often
omitted when they are otherwise 20
definite that no ambiguity can arise.
E. g. 6 ijatog Mate. 18: 43. Mark 1: 32;
without art. Matt. 13: 6. Luke 21: 25;

549

‘0, 4,38

and 80 too awd averediic iilow Rev. 7
2. 16:12 al. (Ael. V. H. 4.1, Xen. An.
1. 10. 15.) 6 odpavés, of odgavol, Matt.
% 2,16, and usually in the Gospels and
Apocalypee ; without art. Matt., 5: 45.
6 20. 1 Cor. & 5, and more usually ini
the epistles, 4 yij Matt. 5:13, 18; with-
out art. 1 Pet. 3: 5,10. Acts 17: 24. al.
So xdepos, Idlacce, peonufele, wk,
ete. comp. Winer § 18. p. 108 aq. (tno

xarafoliis xdopov always without art.
Matt. 13: 85, al.) Also 4 dyopa Matt.
0: 3. Acts 16: 19; but Mark 7: 4 dd
dyogas, comp. Engl. from marke. Lake
7:32. 6 vop0¢ the law of Moses, Matt.
& 18, 22: 36. John 1:17; without art:
Rom. 2 23, 3: 20, 21, ai. Gal. % 21.
2 al. 06 dypob Matt. 6:28, 30; but
Gx’ Sgyod as opp. to the city, Mark 15:
21. Luke 15:25. Comp. Winer |. ¢.—
So with abstract nouns, in respect to
which languages vary, e. g. in Engl.
virtue always without art. but truth or
the truth; Germ. usually die Tugend,
dic Wahrheit, French la vertu, ta vérité,
rarely without the article; while the
Greek inserts it or also omits it where
no ambiguity can arise. E. g. 4 dgeny
2 Pet. 1:5 bis; without art. v.3. 4
éyénn Rom. 13:10 bis. 1 Cor. 13: 4, 8;
without art. v. 2,3. 2Cor. ®8. 4
Gporgric Rom. 5:12. 6:1,2,17,18; with-
out art. Rom, 3: 9, 20. 5:18. al. 9
xaxootrn Rom. 5:17. 6:18, 19,20; with-
out art. Rom. 4:9. 5 21. 9: 30.al. §
niows Rom. 3: 30,31. 4:9; without
art. Acts 6:5. Rom. 1:17. 3:28. al. ete.
etc. See also Matt. 15: 19. Gal. 6:19
sq. Col. 8:8. Comp. Matth. § 264. p.
545. Winer § 18.1. Battm. § 124.

d) with nouns implying a definite
genus or class of individuals, distinct
from all others, Matth. § 264. p. 544.
Winer §17.1.c.- EB. g. (a) genr. in
Plur. ai Gdcimeneg Matt. 8:20. of alerod
24: 28. So of the dead Mau. 14:
2, 22:31, Mark 12:26. 1 Cor. 15: 29,
42; but more frequently also without
the article, espec. in connexion with
words referring to a rising from the
dead, as éysleny, dvactivas, avéaract,
etc. Matt. 17:9, Luke 24: 46, Acts &
15, Rom. 10:7. al. (ob. Luc, Necyom.
17. D. Mort. 17.2. without art. D. Mort,
8.1, %. 20.3.) Here belong wlso the

‘O, 4, 10

ural amen of nations, which ake the

article as generic, e..g. of ‘Iovdaios the
Jews, i. e. the whole vation, Matt. 2 2.
Luke 7:3, John 5:1; sometimes also
spoken of certain individuals or a par-
ticular class as repi the whole,
Mark 7:3. John % 18,20; but “ovdaios
Jews indef, Acts 2: 5,10. S80 of“ Elan-
veg John 7: 35, of ‘Papaios John 11:
48—(8) In the Sing. where the noun
expresses a generic idea, or stands as
the representative of a class, where in
English also we commonly put the.
Matt. 12 35 6 dyads drdpemos ..

ey 191 ROMMGSS. Mark 3: 27, Luke 10:7 é

22 edgy ang. Jobo 10:11 6 mousy 6 xadds.
Rom. 1: 17 6 Slxasog. Gal. 3: 20. 4: 1.
Here two we may refer 6 oxsiguy the
sower Matt, 13: 3. Mark 4:3, Also én?
tiv nizges, dx) yy Guyor, Matt. 7: 24,
26. Comp. Buttm. § 124. n. 2.—Xen.
Mem. 2 3. 16 bis. — For participles in
‘8 similar sense, see below in D.

e) with nouns in themselves indefi-
nite, which yet become definite as etand-
ing in some certain relation to the defi-
nite person or thing there spoken of,
Buttm. § 124. 0, 2, § 127.7. Winer § 17.
2 E.g. Luke 18 15 2 he
their own children. Jobn 5: 36. Acts
14:10 le weycidy 1H perf. 26:24. (Luc.
Saturn. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 3.) 1 Cor. 1a:
5 dxatemakinty xf xepalj, 00 in Engl.
with the head uncovered, i. e. her head.
Heb. 7: 24. Rev. 4: 7. — The definite-
ness of such nouns is often strength-
ened by the genit. of a pronoun, e.
Matt. 3: 4 6 "Textvyng elys 16 Evdupa av-
sot. Mark 8:17. John 19:2. Rev. %
18. So 28 Srowe aivod Matt. 1: 21, 23.
Luke 1: 13. pemtats Char. il or

8 éolovg 2 Pet, 214.
arn

f) where two or more nouns in the
game case are connected by xaé ete. if the
first have the article, the second takes

‘or ornits it in certain circumstances, viz. +

(a) If the nouns are of different gen-
ders the article is by rule repeated, as
Matt 15 4 sie vbv xeriga wal 4 oo

550

10, 4, 10

tie, v5, Matt, @:26. Luke 1496.
Acts 13: 50 tas yovaines .
gal cols mgeirovy x. 7. 1. 15 90. Roms.
&2 1Cor.% 4, Eph. 2:3, Col. 2 IRe
al. So as connected by obte 1 Cor. 3
7 Winer § 18.3. (Died. Bic. 1.50. Ple-
to Charmid. 17 i or p. 160. B, 28 tod
‘tdzous te nad vig SkitqTOs.) But some-
times the article is here omitted, espec.
where the nouns express kindred ideas,
Col, % 22 1a évedlpota xat ddeenadlos
téiv Grp. Luke 1:6, 14:23. 2 49.
Rev. 5: 12. — Plato Rep. 9. p. 586. E,

gah af dmg et i de Legg. p. 784.

—({6) If the nouns are of the same
gender, but express different and inde-
pendent objects, the article is repeated,
as Mark 2 16 of ypapparsis xal of @n-
quotes, v.18 of padytal tod Tudvves
xai oF ion, ae 13 Luke 1: 58.
11: 89. 12: 11, 23:4. Acts é 4. Rev.
1. al.esep. So with ts—xal, Act
17: 10, 14. al. Also where the art. is
necessary for distinctness, as 1 Cor. }:
28. See Winer § 18. 5.—Diod. Sic. 1.
90 dues iv duBplery nad vy omeivey x. ©. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 1.22 Ath. 1.4—{7) Bat
if jhe nouns be of the same gender and
stand in near relation to each other, the
article is more commonly not repeated.
E. g. when they all are parts of one
general idea, of a whole, etc. Mark
15: 1 of dozsgsts peré tiv mgecfurigee
xat yoayporéey, where the elders and
scribes stand as one division over against
the priests, Luke 14: 3, 21. Phil. 2% 17.

g. Col, 28,19. 1 Tim. 4:7, 1 Pec 225.

al. (Plato Phaedo p, 78. B, v@ piv ovr—
aeOivts 12 nah curSire Bris x7. 2 Hdot.
1.65 fin. Math. §268. n. 1.) | Or where
anoun is added for nearer explanation,
tiv Col. & 17 aiz. 16 Ses nad torte Eph.
1: 3, Phil. 4: 90. 2 Pet. 1: 11. 290. al.

article there is connected a genit. or
other adjunct which refer also to the
second, Phil. 1:25 as tyv iucir meoue—
wy xal zogay 4.x. 1 Thess, 212 &
7. Eph. 3:5. Acts 1: 25 s%¢ Scanovles
ravens xal axootolic. Winer § 18 4.
(Ael. H. An, 7.29, Diod. Bic. 1. 86 fia.)
Or where the nouns thus connected are
adjectives or other predicates referring
sa user irconede. 0. Bae
wal Savor am. Mark 9:

0, 4, 8

2%. Jobn 21:24. Phil. 3 3. 1 Thess, %
15. So with add Jobn 10:1. (Ael. H.
An, 2,32. Diod. Sic. 3.27.) Alao in
pr. names, when they all stand in like
relation, Acts 1: 13, 15: 23, .

&) with the subject or predicate of a
sentence ; here a common rule ie, that
the subject takes the article and the
predicate omits it, Matth. § 264. n. p.
546. Winer 17.5, But this is true on-
ly in 80 far as the former is wore fre-
quently definite than the latter; and
the case may be inverted ; or both may
be definite or indefinite ; 90 that strict-
ly speaking the subject and predicate
Gs auch neither take nor reject the arti-
cle, but are governed in respect to it by
the same principles as other nouns, E.
&- (a) The subject takes the article, but
not the predicate. John 1: 1 Sui av 6
Moyo. 4:9A avsipa 5 Seds, 6: 63 16 Gi
pate i dose xa fen dow. Rom
& 21, 93, A Jobn 3:15, 4:8 6 dsdg o-
yen tot, So Luke 1: 35. al. saepiss,
(6) Both subject and predicate have
the article. E. g. Matt. 6: 22 6 Ligvos
tod cduatds tows 5 6gSalyi. Joba
1: 44 to We gis ur ae 6 63.

dy ¥ avoplo. Rev. 18:23. al. saep, So
Matt. 13: 19-23, where the subject c,
art. is repeated by ovrog. Comp. Math.
‘Winer |. e—(y) The predicate has the
article, where the subject is without it.
E. g- where the subject is a proper
name, 1 Jobn 4: 15, 3 1,6; ora pro-
noun, as dye, Jobn 6: 51 ys siws 5 de
tos, Acts 7:32. pits, 2 Cor. & 2 §
dxsot0lh ipsr ipsty ior. Mau 5 13,
14. obtog, Matt. 3:17 ebtds doriy 6 vids

Mou x. th. Mark & 3. Joho 1:19 airy
dotiy 4 pagrvgla x. 1.2, Acts 4: 1L 1
Cor. 11: 24,25, So where the predi-
cate is a perticiple with the article, the
subject being still « pronoun, o. g. 47é
sis 6 pogrugén John 8:18. od rag ists
dots of Aadoivtes Matt. 10:20. ovrog
Mark 4:16, John 9:8. éxsivos Mark
7:15. So Luke 8: 21, where the sub-
ject without the art. is repeated by ot-
tos. Once the predicate bas twp nouns,
‘one without and the other with the ar-
ticle, John & 44 drs yeborns doth, nad

551

& yuri, parig, wails,

‘0, 9, 10

arte attod sc. rob yetdous, s06 In Ad~
aé5 L 2, b, — (8) But cometimes both
sabject and predicate are without the*«
article, Matt. 20: 16 modded ag sios aky-
rol, ddéyos 2s dxlewrol 2:14 Winer §
17. 5 ult, Mawth, § 264. note, — Ael, H.
An. 3,93 irle totter gio dyad”?
Tooer, ad Demon. p. 8. B, xalis Syoav-
90s ag dvd—l oxowals zeagis apalo-

b) with a noun in the nominative,
where it stands for the vocative, Winer
§ 20. Math. § 312 Buttm. § 38. 0. 4
$45.1. Matt 27: 29 zaigé, d Baoidsts
2.1. Mark 9: 25. 10: 47 6 vidg 4. aaé-
nosy ue. Luke & 54 ¥ nai, dysigov, 12:
32. John & 10. Acts 13:41, Rom. 8 15.
al.—Plato Symp. p.172. A. Xen. Mem.
314.4.

2. With nouns as accompanied by
adjuncts, Here the use of the article
depends on the definitenees of the noun,
either in itself, or as affected by the ad-
junct. The adjunct may stand before
the noun, i. e. between it and the article, .
if it have one; oralsoafterthe noun,and
then if the noun have an article, this ma;

be repeated before the adjunct, or not, -- "2, L
Buttm.

according to circumstances. See
§ 125.

a) c. Subst. as adjunct, either in the
genit. or in apposition. (a) In the genit.
and here each noun, both the leading
and the governed, takes or omits the’

art. actording to the general rules in“ *

no, 1 above. E. g. between the art. and.
noun, 1 Pet. 3: 20 4 100 Sued paxgodv-
pla. 2 Pet. 3:20; here the two articles
stand side by side, comp. Buttm. § 125.
2. More freq. the gen. is put last, as
Matt. 3: 2 jj Bacweia tay otgardy. 3: 1
dy sh boripap tig "Iovd. v. 8 thy S8oy xv-
glov. 6:22.enep. Here the art. is some-
times for the sake of emphasis
ed, a8 Matt. 26:28 +d alud pov 10 rip
xorg. SuarSrjneng. Mark 14: 24. 1 Cor.
1: 186 Aéyos 6 100 cravgod. Winer §
19. 1. Buttm. § 125, n. 2. Matth. § 278.
—Plat. Gorg. p. 481. E, 6 dijpos 6 °4-
Syvaceiy. — Where the leading noun is
readily understood from the connexion;
it is very commonly omitted, and then.
its article stands alone before the geni-
tive of the adjunct; ‘80 cepec. the words
whos, adeleés, ete.

ASO

21S ben

"04, =
>sComp, Buttm., § 125.4, 5. E. g. Mare.
1:6 ds nig s05 Odglov vc. yvaudg. 4:
QI sév t0b Zefedalov ve, vidy.
'T. this occurs mostly in apposition, see
below. — (8) In apposition, and here
the leading noun takes or omits the art.
asin no. 1; while with the adjunct the
article is inserted or omitted, according
‘as the latter is or is not intended to die-
tinguish the leading noun from all oth-
ers of the like kind or name, comp.
Matth. § 274. Winer § 19. 3, E. g.
Bom, 8: 28 eloSaclay dmeeBezduevor, a7
toi celpatos fysdr. John
feist 5 97 dxasv0s, 16 mveiipa *,
t 1 More usually with pr. names,
which then themeelves commonly omit
the art! as Matt. % 1,3 ‘Hoeidng & Ba-
gidsis. 3:1 “uderng § Bantoris. 4: 21
*Tedergy cov dBelepor aixot, 21: 11 'Tq-
ats 6 ams. 27:2 Mark 10: 47.
Acts 21: 8. 25:13. Epb. 3: 1. al. saep.
(Hdot, 1. 107, Xen, Cyr, 1.5.2.} Here
‘sto the article often stands without its
” substantive, see, above in a, fin. Matt.
10: 2 "IcinesBos 6 sob ec. vids.
¥.3, Mark % 14. 16:1 Magla 4 tot
“aio we. pie comp. 15: 40. (also
‘Luke 24: 10. comp.
Act 1: ey Jobn 19: 25 M. 4 sod zeyos
Klan ec. yurij. Acts 18:22.al. Comp.
Matt. |. c.—Hdot. 7.204, Xen. An. 3,
8. 20.—But where the noun in apposit.
is not thus meant for definite distinction,
it omits the article, as Luke 2:36 “Ayva
ngophitis, Suyarme Gavovj). 3: 1 Tiin-
elov xalaapos, comp. Winer § 19. 3.
Acts 6:5 bis. 7:10 ®apac Pacidies.
Mau. 12: 24. Rom. 1:1 Hatlos dotlos
"L Xe. Jude 1. al. So Luke 4:31 a
n moluy vig Tok. 23: 51.
mer. —Hdot. 1.1. Thue. 1.1. —
Sometimes « pr. name is thus added in
apposition, eapec. names of rivers, ei-
ther with or without the art. Rev. 16:
12 dnt xy motapéy thy iyo réy Bb
but 9:14 én} 16 m. 26 payee
err Or the name is put between
the art. and orouds, a8 Mark 1:5 dy 16
*Topdéry moray, comp. Matt. |. c. p.
559 ult. — Hdot. 1. 72 6 “Alug notapos.

- + Thue, 6. 50. Xen, An. 2.5.1.

b) ©. Adject. as adjunct. (a) pp. as
expressing an essential or intrinsic qual-
ny of the subst, and forming with it

552

‘0, 9, 10

one ides. Here if the subst. have no
art. the adject. takes none, and is put
either before or after the noun, as Mart.
14: 14 elder nohiv Sylov. 26:47 Szlog
molts. Luke 11:13 ayaa doperte. Matz.
7:11 Oopera éyade. Bur if the noun
have the article, the adjective may stand
between the noun and its article (i. e.
before the noun); or after the noun,
and then the article is repeated before
the adjective. Buttm. § 125, 1,3, Matth.
§277. a. Winer § 19.1.0. E.g. Matt
7 18 buat tig orevig wile. 12 35 6 a-
aos GvF9. 2BAI9 soi dylov wvevpatos.
Mark 6:39. Luke 1:35. Jobn 4:23.
t More common, after the noan,
Acts 12: 10 én} rhy tiv oxdnear.
Lake & 8 amt siy iv nv dyadyr.
Mark 18: 11 £5 mvriua 13 Gyr, Luke
21:34 yiga 4 xwz7. John & 13. 10:
11, James 1:9, 3:7. snepiss. - So where
the noun has also a genit. as Matt. 1:25
tiv vléy axinijs tiv mpertétonoy, 3:17. 6
6. Tit, 2: 11.—(8) Where the adjeet. is
the predicate of a clause or sentence, it
naturally stands without the article as
being indefinite, comp. in no. 1. g. Ie
place is then usually before the sul
Ms Matt. 7: 13 xlerda 4 xvi, xa eogu-
96865. Heb. 5: 11 megt ob solig
ues ios 2.3 But also after the
subject, as Matt. 9: 37 6 piv
solve, of 84 doydta dUlyon. James 226, --
Comp. Matth. § 277. b.—-(y) Where an
adject. connected with a noun having
the article, expresses, not an intrinsic
quelity belonging to the noun, bat a
circumstance or condition predicated of
it, the adject. then stands without the
art. either after the noun, or before the
noun and its article, and constitutes a
speciesof indirect predicate; see Butem.
§15,n.3, Matth, §27.b. E. g. Jobo
aah ie 68 Eze tiv pogruglay pele
rob “Tesivrow. Bo where an adj. has an
adverbial sense, Luke 23: 45 éayloOy 25
setunizacpa 105 va06 pdoor. (Lue. D.
Deor. 8.1 Kyaw tév miles Sbiraror.)
‘Also the adjectives of quantity dos and
mac, ©. g. Matt. 4:23 Siqy riy Fululaler.
Luke 4:14. 5:5 82 Ging sig vumrds.
Rom. 8: 36; also Matt. 16: 26 167 xée-
Boy dor, Mark 1:33 4 xolis 319. John
4: 58, Winer § 19. 1. marg. (Xen. Cyr.
2 1.24 Bleus s0s.2; 2.4.26 Sly wy

‘0, 4, 20

pinto, 2.1. 30 iv m, Biqy x. t.2.) 80
nag, Matt. 6: 29 é ndoy tH doin. Acts
1: 18, James 1: 8; also Matt. 9: 35 tag
nohus macus. Luke 12:7. Rev. 13: 12
Adj. Gnas follows the same rule, Matt.
28: 12. Luke 3: 21. Mark 16:15. Luke
19: 48, See Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. §
277, p. 564. § 265.2. Winer § 17. 10.
(Xen. H. G4. 12, 16) “Less fre-
quently xd¢ stands between the art. and
subst. and is then emphatic, Acts 90: 18
tév narra xoovor, Gal. 5:14. 1 Tim. 1:
16. Buttm. Matth. |. c.— To the above
rule belong apparently the following :
1 John 5: 20 4 feet) aiersog in text. ree.
Luke 12: 12 16 xvstpe aysor in text.
rec. 1 Cor. 10: 3 16 Bedpa nveysorixdr.
Gal, 1:4 105 aidivos moyngod. But in
all these the adj. expresses au intrinsic
quality ; and the construction is rather
to be referred to the later Greek usage,
which began in such cases to omit the
article; comp. Winer § 19. 1.0. Bern-
hardy Gramm. p. 323, — (3) Numerals
follow the general rule in @ above; e.

,. cardinals, Matt. 10: 1 tobe doidexa
dnootéiovs. 20:21 of dio viok pou. Mark
6:41 Ordinals, Matt. 20: 6 tiv by-
Sexdrqy Spay. Mark 14:12. Luke 1: 59;
also Mark 15:34 rf digg tf every. John
2:1. Heb. 4: 4.

c) ©. Pron. as adjunct, e.g. (a) Per-
sonal pronouns in the genit. used in-
stead of possessives, follow the same
general rule as the gen. of nouns, see
above ina. a. Buttm. § 127.7. E.g.
Matt. 5: 304 delid cov ziig. Rom. &
12 ty 8 SrmG Sudy oduats Oftener
after the noun, Matt, 3:17 3 vids wou
Gyanntis. Acts 2: 39 5 Sede jus. —
(8) Possessive pronouns follow the rule
Of adjectives, see above in b. a. Matt.
18: 20 sis 10 dudy Svoua. John 4: 42.
Rom. 15: 4; aud so where the subst. is
implied, as Luke 5:38 of 83 col sc. po-
Dyral, 22:42, 1John 2:2; also c. art.
after the noun, Joho 5:30 4 xglous 4
uy. 6: 88, 10: 27, 14: 27. 1 John 1:3,
essential to definiteness,
(7) Demonstrative
Pronouns are either put between the
art. and noun, as 2 Cor. 12:3 roy to1-
otxoy GrSgunor. Mark 9: 37; or more
commonly either before the article and
noun or after the noun, as aitds, ots,

70

553

"Os 45 18

éxdivog, ete. which being definite ueually
require the article along with the subst.
which they qualify. Matt. 3: 4 ainos
846 “fadveng. John 5:36 aire vi Foye,
Acts 16: 18 adrf 1% digg. John 16: 27.
1 Cor. 15: 28; ‘also Gal. 6: 18 of mregs~
tepviperos aitol. So Matt. 20:21 ov
tor 0b Sto viol pov. Luke 7: 44. 9: 48,
John 6: 51, 58; temo Matt. 3:9 éx tev
Mev rovrwy. 26: 8,31. John 2 19, 20.
So Matt. 27: 63 éxtivog 6 mlavog. 18:1
dxalyy 1H Gog. 4: 19; also Matt, 7: 25
3h oielg dxalyy, Mark 3: 24,25. seep.
See Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. § 265. 1
Winer § 17. 9. — But genit. avrod in-
stead of possessive pron. stand:
the genitives in a ‘above, and in a. a,
except that it
noun and article, as Matt. 2: 2 sidopey
aitod téy doséga, comp. Buttm. § 127.

7. For 6 avrog eee below in C, and

in Abtés.

d) c. Particip. as adjunct, where the
construction is nearly the same as with
adjectives, The particip. sometimes
stands between the noun and article,
e.g. Matt. 2 2 5 reySelg Baorders. v. 7..
3:7 rijg ueldotons dpyiic. 4:18. al. More
commonly it stands after the noun, and
then if the noun be definite, the parti-
ciple also takes the article when a defi-
nite, well-known, or special relation is
to be expressed, Winer §19. 1.c. Matth.

§ 275. Matt. 7: 13.4 dd0¢ 4 dndyoura.
20: 12, 26:28 15 alud pov... 10 m19h
moldy exxuviuevor, Luke 22:19. Acts 2-1
9:7 of 08 GvBges of ovvodsiornes airs.
Rom. 1: 3. 2 Tim. 3: 15.
tig Deby, tov dyelgarca. 3:5. 5:10. seep.
(Luc. D. Mort, 1. 1. Pol. 3. 48. 6.)
Elsewhere the article is not repeated,
and there arises the participial construe-
tion, in which the participle merely ex-
presses a predicate like a finite verb,
Batt, § 125, n. 2. § 144, Winer |. 0.
John 4: 6 6 abv Inoots, usxomiaxede x, 7.
2, v.89. Acts 3: 26. 23: 27 roy Grdga
totter oullnpdivta ind ty °F 26: 4,
Rom. 2: 27. 16:1. 1 Pet. &.5. saep. —~
Lue. D. Mort. 10. 9. Diod. Sic. 5. 34.
€) ©. Preposit. and its case ae adjunet,
i. e. a8 periphrasis for an adject. or the
like. Here if the leading noun be in-
definite the adjunct in general is so
likewise, esd ie put after the nouns, aa

put before both the «a, sted.20%

J Pet. 1: Qh 1%: -. 2

"0, i 6

1 Tim. 4:3 cig pssctdnypw werd edzags-

orlas. 1:5 dyami tx xadagas xagdlas.

Rom. 14: 17, Winer § 19, 4. — Plato

Rep. 2. p. 378. D. — But if the leading

noun have the article, or be in itself

definite, then the adjunct sometimes
+ stands between it and the article, but
’ more commonly after it, with the arti-
cle repeated or not according to ci
cumstances, E. g. Matt. 15:1 of ano
‘feqoo. yeoypariis. Rom. 9: 11 4 xax
adopiy medSe01g toi Ss0i.
mug éuod dsadyxy, Luke 1:
27:2. } After the noun, with art. repeat-
ed, Matt. 6:6 14 nargl cov 1H dv 1
xguntg. 7:3. Mark 4: 31. John 12:21,
Acts 4: 2, 5. 2 Cor. 8:4. 1 Thess.
1:8, seep. Winer § 19. 1.b. So for
the sake of definiteness or distinction
where the leading noun has not the ar-
ticle, as Acts 26: 18 slorss xf tls dus. 2
Tim. 1: 13 éy mlotes xad Gyann fj ev X.
"1, Tit. 8 5. See Winer § 19. 4.—Bat
vp vice verea the adjunct sometimes omits
? the article when it stands before the
‘leading noun, as Rom. 9:3 xiv cvy-
agers wou nari: oigua, 2 Cor. 7:7 roy
“Spiiv Gikor onig duo, Eph. 2 11 16
“7 B90 dv cagul 1 Cor. 10: 18 tov “Toga-

24a naté odigua, Bo Col. 1: 4 ni nisciy

ipaw dy Xqiotg Z. Eph. 1:15, See Wi-

+ ner § 19. 2, espec. par. 2. — Pol. 5. 64,
6 Xen. An. 1. 4. 4 16 wiv Towdey (wei.
206] 196 wie Killsas, opp. 13 34 Bye 15
90 thie Zuplas.

f) c. Adv. as adjunct, i. e. as placed
between the art. and subst, and thus
forming a peripbrasis for an adjective,
Battem. § 125.6. Acts 13: 2 0 paras
eéfBaror, Rom. 7: 22 xaré wor tow
fivSqunoy, 2 Pet. 1: 9. See also in
“Ave, Kato, etc.

Nore. In cases like many of the
preceding, where the article is repeated
with the adjunct after the noun, some
writers attribute to itthe nature and
name of a relative pronoun, especially
before participles, comp. in d; on the
ground that in English and other lan-
guages it is usually reudered by a rela-
tive. Bur thisis to confound the idioms
of different languages, In a still great-
er number of like cases the article is
not used at all; and in no case can the
Greek relative be substituted for it,

554

‘0, 4, 36
without also changing the adjunct imto
a finite verb.

B) With Adjectives. 2) Asconnec-
ted with nouns, see above in A. 2, b.

b) used as nouns, and then the arti-
cle ie employed or vot, precisely as with
nouns, (a) genr. as 6 dyadés the goed
man, generic, Rom. 5:7. of ruplol Mat.
9:28, of cogol, of cvvsrol, 1 Cor. 1:19,
27. of télevos 2: 6. al. Jobn 8:7 6 eve-
mdgrmros ius, definite, So 2 Cor, &
15 6 26 moll... xab 6 13 dliyéy ec. owl
2atos, quoted from Sept. Ex. 16 18, with
allusion to v.17. Comp. Buttm, § 123.
8. Matth. § 269. (Lue. D, Deor. 16. 1
ob aronror. Xen. Mem. 3, 9. 5 05 coped,
An. 7, 7. 36 16 molt.) In some adjec-
tives, a difference of signitication is thus
produced, as idog other, 5 ddos the oth-
er, Bee in "Ai2og, and also “Etegos, Mihai
wy, Holig, Mig etc. — (8) Neut. adjee-
tives with the art. are often put as ab-
stract noans, e. g. Sing. Rom. 1: 19 96
yrectoy rot Jsov. 2 4 ro Ld
8:3. 1 Cor, 1:25, 2 Cor. 4:17. & &
Heb. 6:17. 7:18. al. saep. Marth. § 269.
Buttm. § 128. 2. Winer § 34, 1. Bing.
‘as collect. Heb. 7:7 10 flarror, to xgeis—
tor, the less, the greater, Masth. § 445.
5, Plur. ec. gep. as 1a tie
Gx99. v, tis xagdlas Rom. 2 16. 1Cor.
14: 25, 4: 5. 2 Cor. 4:5. ra ei0y
aitot Rom. 1:20. So Luke 18: 27 w
divers naga drdgeney. Trop. for
persons 1 Cor. 1: 27, 2. » + So. Deut. ac-
cus. as adverb, zovvaveloy for 15 éves-
lov, 2 Cor. 2 7, Gal 2&7. 1 Pe. 2&9
See Buttm. § 131. n. 6. comp. § 115.4
Mauh. § 446. 7.(y) Mumerale used os
nouns follow the same rule, e. g. Card.
of Since Matt. 20: 24. 05 deidme Luke
81. Ord. ob mesros Matt. 20:10,
Srirregos nal 6 sprog 2: 26. — Neut. as
adv. with or without the art. Matth. §
446.7; ©. g. 16 ngdroy Jobn 10: 40.
12: 16. 19: 39; more comm. nestor
Mau. 6:23. 1 Cor. 12: 28, al. re dev-
repov 9 Cor. 13:2. Jude 5; dstreger
John 3:4. 4: 54. 1 Cor. 12 18 re
roirov Mark 14: 41. Joho 21: 17 bis;
teiroy Luke 20: 12 1 Cor, 12: 28. al—
Xen, Occ. 2 13 16 mpstor. Cyr. 2.2.2
16 debt. Ove. 4. 15 xparor, Sevtagon.

C) With Pronouns. (a) Prom. pos-
sessive, as connected with nouns, see

‘0, 9, 70

abovein A.2o, Asstanding fornouns,
these take or omit the article like nouns,
© g. 10 dysv lit. the mine, what is mine,
Matt. 25:27, 1a duet id. 20:15. Luke
15:31, John. 17: 10. comp. Butte. § 128.
1 ody Matt. 20:14, Luke 6:30,
08 ool thy family Mark 5: 19, of jyte-
(908 our fellow Christians, etc. Tit. 3: 14.
—{6) With demonstratives, @. g. 0 T06-
obr06, either as a generic idea, every or
alt auch, a8 a clase, Matt. 19: 14, Acts
BW alge and tig yiig tor rowiror.
Rom. 16: 18 of tovoiror. 1 Cor. 5: 11.
2 Cor. 10:11 6 rowoitros, Acts 19:25
16 tosadsa, Rom. 1:32; or asa definite
person already mentioned, 2 Cor. 12:2,
3,5. Comp. Buttm. § 124. n. 1. Math.
§:265. 7. Winer §17. 11 alt. With
orig the art. affects the signification, ¢ é
avrog the same, pee in Airs no. TI.
For nouns with obtos, éxtivos, see above
in AQ. 7.

D) With Participles. 2) As connect-
ed with nouns, see above in A. 2. d.

'b) absol. in the place of nouns, and
then the use of the article corresponds
to the usage with nouns. Matth. § 270,
271. § 570, p.1126. Winer § 17. 3. (a)
gepr. Matt. 4:36 mesgatwr the templer.
13: 3 5 omzlguy generic. Mark 5 14 of
28 Péoxortes aissoiig for the herdsmen.
‘Luke?:14. Rom. 4:4. Rev.15:2. Matth.
§ 271. So neut. as abstr. John 8: 6 20

yeywrmmstvor tx 2. cagnss. ©. gen. Phil.
38, Bute. § 128. 1.—(6) Where the
idea of verbal action remains in the
participle, corresponding in Engl. to he
‘who, those who, etc, Here the participle
in iteelf ie indefinite and general, but the
action which it expresses is thus made
definite and becomes limited to certain
‘specified individuals or a class, which
themeelves thus become definite and
specific. Matth. § 268 init. Winer § 17.
3. Eg. of 34 doSlovrse lit. those eating,
those who ate, not the same as ‘ the ea-
ters,’ Matt. 14: 21. 15: 38. So Mark 4:
96 Szev ora axovay, axoveres. 10: 42.
John 5:29 bis, v, 92 Gddos...5 pag.
Tupsw meg? dus. Acts 2: 47, Rom. 10: 5.
14: 3. 16: 17. 1 Cor. 9:13 of 1a isga
dpyuzéusvor. 2 Cor. 10: 17. 11: 4. Gal.
1:8, al. seep. (Soph. Electr. 194 or
200, ze Cyr. 4.5.6.) As followed
by obsog emphat. Matt. 26: 23, Mark

555

‘0, 9, 00

12 40, Luke & 14. John & 46. al As
fi iting a more general word, €. g. nas

6 aazion, mag 5 tqucir, Luke 11:10. meds
tues tole memosSéras tp tavtois Luke
189. Gal. 1

In apposit, with a
pl. Matt. 7: 23, Rom.

the occasional omission of the article
in suth cases in the classics, see Matth.
§ 271. n. — (y) c. Neut. accus, as adv.
e.g. 10 viv Syoy, for the present, Acts
24: 25, see in “Lyw f.

E) Before Prepositions with their
cases, which then form a periphrasis
fora subst. or adjective. Comp. Matth.
§ 272. b, Butt. § 125, 5, Winer § 55.

(a) genr. of pers. as of dd rijg "Frallas, «--¢. 9° 44
hose from Italy, i. q. the Italians, Heb.“~"<" **~

18: 24. Phil. 4: 22 of dx tig xalcagos
oixdas. Rom, 4: 14 of dx vépou they of
the law, 2:8 ot a doudelas the contentious.
Mark 3:21 of mag’ aizod.—Spec. before
neo c. acc. of pers, either as of meg} réy
Taihov, i.e. Paul and his companions,
Acts 13:13; comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 439.
Matth. § 583.c. 1. (Pol. 5.1.7. Xen.
An. 7.4.16.) Or, ai meg) Magar xad
Maglay i,
John 11:19, Buttm, 1c. Matth. Lc.
no. 2. (Hdian. 7. 9, 1. Xen. Mem. 3.5.
10.) Or also, of meg? avtoy those around
him, his companions only, Mark 4: 10,
Luke 22 49; comp. Matth. I. c. 00. 3.
—Xen, H. G. 7.5, 12. — (8) Neut. x6,
a, see Math. § 283. E. 8 ta iy th
as Eph. 1: 10 ta dy t0¥s odgavois xad 1
dnt aijg yiig the things celestial and ter-
restrial. Luke 25:33 16 dv 536 the evente
in the way. 10 & tivos, as Rom. 12:
18 16 & iysy as far as depends on you.
1 Cor. 13: 10 15 x pégovs, comp. ¥. 9.
16 v ico éxb Rom. 16: 19. Eph. 1: 10.
10 xara x adverbially, Rom. 9: 5. Luke
1:8. 7Acte 4: 187 ( faith. §283. Buitm,
§125"'n. 5.) rd'negl twos the things
concerning any one, Luke 2: 19. Acts
98: 15, Phil. 1: 27-14 mag) dud my af-
(faire, state, Phil, % 23, ta nagh tov t6-
‘mor the environs Acis 28: 7. Comp.
Matth. § 583. p. p. 1161. (Diod. Sic, 1
50. Isocr. ad Phil. p. 2 E) To 906
tuo, as Heb, 2: 17 et 5: 1 ta mpog tor
Seoy divine things. Luke 14: 28, 32, 19:
42. 16 dingo twv0¢ Phil. 1: 29. 4: 10.
F) Before Adverbs, which then usu-

imply Martha and Mary,

powered
fax

wt £298.

10, 4,36

ally stand in place of a subst. or adjec-
tive, Buttm. § 125. 6,7, E.g. (a) as
subst. Phil. 3: 14 sa onlow énidavSare—
eros. Matt. 11: 23 plygs sig ovjusgor.
Mark 5:1 sig rd mégar, 15:1 én 20
et. Luke 10:35 éxt ryv adgior. Joho
1:29. Rom, 8: 22, Eph, 2 17, Col. 3:
1,2 1Tim. 4: 8. al—{6) With the ad-
verbial sense retained, a3 ta yoy oF ta-
viv, now, at present, Acts4:29.al, Buttm.
§125.n, 5. See in Noy 1. a.

G) The Nzurza of the art. is pre-
fixed: a) absol.to the Genitive of a
noun, and thus expresses the abstract
idea of something having relation or
reference to that noun, as pertaining to
it or derived from it, as done by or to it,
etc, Butt. § 128. n. 1, Matth. § 284.
E. g. Sing. 10, Matt. 21:21 10 sie ouniie
the thing of the fig tree, i.e. done to it.
1 Cor, 10:24 26 éavrod, 78 rob éxégou.
James 4: 14, 2 Pet. 2: 22. (Plato Par-
men. p. 136. E. Xen, Oec. 16.7.) More
freq. Plur. ro, Matt. 1: 21 dnddora
14 valgogos, xalaogy nat ri x08 940%,
16 9x5. 16:23, Luke 2 49, Rom. 8:5.
14: 19 ‘sa tijesigtrns Ssaheampsr. 1 Cor,
2 1L, 18:11. Phil. 2: 4 ca favtay, a
iréguv. So 2 Cor. 11: 30 1d sig dove
valag pov xovzicopas, things pertaining
to my infirmity, or perhaps as a mere
peripbrasis for simply my infirmity,
comp. Buttm. |. c. note 2. Matth, § 285.
— Hdian. 3.2.10, Plato Phaedo § 44.
p. 95. A, Thuc. 8 31 ra “A9qrvalov
poortiv.

b) Sing. ré is prefixed to single words
and to whole clauses when they are to
betoken asindependent, orasthemselves
constituting an object, Buttm. § 125, 8.
2. Matth. §280. E. g. with single words,
Gal. 4:25 43 yag “Ayag, i.e. the name
Agar vs here \sed, signifies etc. 2 Cor.
1:17 10 vai vat, xa 10 od ov. James 5:
12, (Dem. 255.4. Plato Gorg. p. 496.
D, 10 d:ydrra.) = So with a plirase or
clause, Luke 22: 2 irow ...10 mag
Gyéloow attoy, Mark 9:23. Luke 1:
62. 9:46, 19:48, 22; 24,37, Acts 4:21.
22; 30. Rom, 8: 26, al. — Jos, Ant. 10.
10. 4, Plato Phaedo 8 init it. p. 62. B.
Rep. I. p. 827. C.. °

‘c) Sing. z6 is prefixed to 0 the Infini-
five when taken as a noun, which is then
employed ip all the constructions that

556

‘O, 4, 06

occur with real substantives ; Butun. §
125, 8. 1. § 140.5. Matth. § 540. Wi-
ner § 45, p. 263, 265, 268. Thus («)
‘Nominative c. x6, Phil. 1:21 uot yag to
Civ, Xgrotég xal 10 dxodavtiy, xégdos.
v.29. 1 Cor. 7% 26. 2 Cor. & Ll 10 dae
tlic. Gal. 4:18, saep, Matth. Lc.
p. 1060. Winer I. c. p. 262—(8) Gené-
tive c. 105, and this is the most frequent
construction: (1) As depending oo
nouns and verbs which elsewhere gov-
ern the genitive, e. g.on a noun, Acts
20: 3 éyévet0 yruun tod txoatpépey x.
td, Rom. 15:23 duimoSiay di ier
10d ddeiv meds ips, 1 Cor. 9: 6, 10.
2 Cor. 8:11 9 mooSuuia tod Silesy. Heb.
5:12. 1 Pet, 4: 17. al. ssep. So ine
Jaxer use of the genit. Luke 1: 57. &
Q1 jydeas Sure rod magetepaiy aitdr.
Rom. 11:8, Phil. 3:21. On an adj. as
G$10g 1 Cor. 16:4. Beadis Luke 24:25.

Fromos Acts 23: 15. also Luke 17: 1.
Ona verb, Luke 1:9 Haze ro Supssees.
So after verbs of restraining, hindering,
Luke 4: 42, 24: 16 of 38 og. atter
dxgaroirio toi 1, émsyroves avnér. Acts
10:47, 14: 18 wdhig xaténavoay tovs bz-
Jove 05 pr} Suey adrois. 20: 27. Rom
15: 22. 1 Pet. 3: 10. al. Winer |. c. p.
269.—(2) As referring to a whole sen-
tence and expressing purpose, where
many supply fyexa er the like, Buttm.
§:140. v. 1. Matth. § 540. n. 1. Winer
§45.4.b. Here it nearly accords with
the Engl. infin, with to, i. q. in order lo,
that, and so tod px, in order not to, that
not, leat, ete. Matt, 2:13 piles 7a ‘B.
Unteiv 26 nasdioy, 10% Gnolicw auto.
13, 13:3 &ider 6 omelgow tod ontiger.
Luke J: 73 coll. v. 68. Luke 1: 79 coll.
v. 78. 5:1,7. Heb, 10:7, al. -2aepies.
So negat, Acts 21: 12 magexadotper . .
tot yy dvafaivay 2.1.1, Rom. & 6
James 5:17. al. saep. Here it sometimes
alternates with the simple infiv. as Luke
1:77 coll. v. 76, 2:24 coll. v.22, Once
with fvexa expressed, 2Cor. 7:12. (Thue.
1, 45.) In this sense also after verbs of
deciding, commanding, etc. which of
course imply purpose, Acts 27: 1 og di
éxgl9n tov axonléiv x. 1.4. 1 Cor. 7:
37. Luke 9:51. 4: 10 t0ig diyyéloug @i-
100 dvtelézzas meg) coi, ro duapulat
ot, Acts 15: 20, Winer § 45. p. 270.
(3) Ina laxer sense expressing more

‘O, 9, 10

the notion of result, (like the later use
of fa, comp. “Ive no. 2, 3,) and put by
way of explanation, epexegetically,
where the simple infin. or dots c. infin.
might stand ; see Winer § 45. p. 270 aq.
‘Hore it alo accords with the Engl. in-
fin. with 40 as to, #0 that, etc. Acts 7:
19 obr05 éxcinwwrs tog mavigas jipéir, tod
reouty ExSea te xt, Once
after mosiv, Acts 3: 12 jyiy ob areviters,
Os... menounos tot regener ain
comp. in “fva3. a. 3, and Horde. no. 1.d.
So Rom. 1: 2A xapidener airois 5 oe
sis dxaSagalay, tod aryatsoPas 16 cos-
porta x. 1.1, 7:3 1Cor. 10:13. Here
too prob. belongs the difficult construe-
tion in Rev. 12 7, éyévero mélepos bv 33
otgamg: § Miyail xad of Eyyslor ainot
rod modyeiioas werd rob Spdxortos, where
& M. aud of yy. are in the nom. absol.
. the clause i is equivalent to Gore m0-
Aepijoat toy M. nal tors ayy. peta x 1.1.
‘Others read éroliuncy. Comp. Winer
§ 45. p. 271. —(4) After a preposition,
as Govt James 4:15. é 2 Cor, 8: 11.
2190 Matt. 6: 8, James 17: 5.— Ael.
H. 2. 34.—(yy Dative c. 16, a8 implying
cause 2 Cor. 2: 12, purpose 1 These. 3
3; after prep. Zy, see ’Ey no. 2a, fin.
Matth. § 541, Winer § 45. 5.—(8) Ac-
cusative c. 10, 08 depending on a verb,
Luke 7:21 ruploig woldois dyagioaro 16
@hénny. 1 Cor. 14: 39. 2 Cor. 8: 11 0
motijoas éntsdécate. Rom. 14:13. As
governed by the prep. dsa, ed¢, mo0c,
see in Aid 11.2.0. Bis no.3.a,¢,d. Leds
WI Ay

"Oydonxovra, of, ai, td, (dxtel,)
eighty, Luke 2 37. 16: 7.—Xen. An. 4,
8.15. |

“Oydoog, 1, ov, ordin. (dxru,) eighth,
Luke 1: 59, Acts 7:8, Rev. 17: 11. 21:
20.—Xen. An. 4. 6. 1. — In 2 Pet. 2:5
Bydoov Nae... épuhage, Noah the eighth
person, i. e. one of eight, Nosh and
seven others, comp. | Pet. 3:20. See
Winer § 38.2. Matth.’§ 469. 9. Comp.
Plato Legg. 3. p, 695. C, (dagsios) 2-
Sev els viv doxiy xal_hofaoy airy 6-
Sonos, dueldero x. 7.2. Dem.261.3. The
Greeks more usually add aizds, Thue.
1.46, Xen. H. G. 2. 2. 17.

“Oyxos, ov, 6, pp. mase, weight,

557

“Odouropla

magnitude, Ael. V. H. 14.7. Xev. Cyr.

6.2.32 trop. Jos. BJ. 4.5.2, a iu

mor, swelling, Diod. Sic. 2.36. Trop.

inflation Jos. B. J.7. 11.2. elation, pride,
Diod Sic. 18. 50.— In N. T. weight,

burden, impediment, Heb. 12: I Syner,
ndrce dnodisevos,—Xen. Ven. 8.8,
“Ode, ide, 10d, demonste. pron.
from 6, 4, 16, a8 pron, and enelix, de,
Butt. §76.1; this, that ; hic, have, hoe s
genr. equivalent to obtos, but stvenger-
Matth. § 470.1. F. g.

a) as referring to the person or thing.
last before mentioned. Luke 139 4-
de jy adugy. 16:25, Comp. Matth.
1 c.—Xen. Apol. 29,

b) as introducing what follows, i q-
the following. Acts 15: 23
«2. tads obaw.x.t.4, 21: 1L Rev. 2
J, 8, 12, 18, 3: 1, 7,14. Comp. Matth.

Lc, Passow 80s no.
¢) instead o! . for here, there,
i.e. Seuxtixdis, see atch. §.471.12. Pas-
sow no. 2. So James 4: 13 mopsvoss—
peels nivderxqy xéler.— Plot Sympos.
1. qu. 6. 1 rqvde 97 jpégar. .
‘Odevo, f. sdoas, (5505,) fo be on te”
way, to journey, to travel, intrans. Luke
10: 33, Sept. for 1K.6: 12, —
Jos. B. J. 3. 6. 3. Hdian. 7. 3. 9. é
Odnyéwo, o, f. gow, (6dnyés,) pp-
to lead the way, i. €. to, lead, to guile
trans, Matt. 15: 14 zugddg 3¢ sephoy
6dnyj. Luke 6: 39, Rev. 7: bars Sepe
for miqz Ex. 13:17. 373 Ps. 80: 2.
sphinr ‘Josh. 24: 8. — Phocylid. 22.
Hdian. 3, 3. 13. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 526.
1.—Trop. of teaching, Jobn 16: 13 68n—
how ips de nécay thy GyjGuer. Acts
8:31. So Sept. for mim Ps. 86: 11.
SPT Ps. 25: 5.—Wied. 9: 11.
Odnyos, ou, 8,(63ds, tiyéopas) pp.
way-leader, i, e. @ leader, guide, Acts 1:
16. Trop. of a teacher Matt. 15: 14.
23: 16, 24. Rom. 2: 19.—2 Mace. 5: 15,
Pol. 5.5.15, trop. Wisd. 7: 15.
“Odomnogda, @, f. jaw, (Sdomnéd—
05 way-faring, from 684s, "6g0s, 0-
gevouas,) to be on the way, to journey, to
travel, intrans, Acts 10: 9. — Jos. de
Vit. § 32. Ael. V. H. 10. 4.

“Odornogia, as, 4, (68oxopée, a

“Odes
Journeying, travel, John 4: 6 2 Cor. 11:

‘26, — 1 Maco. & 41. Hdian. 2. 25. 11.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 2 10..

“Odes, ov, 4 way, i.e. a) in
respect to place, a way, high-way, road,
street. (a) genr. Matt. 212 de aldije
Sdoi drexsigncay. 7:13, 14. 8: 28. 13:
4,19, John 14: 4, 5. Acts 8 26,
10: 20. James 2: 5. al. Sept. for 5
Num. 21: 4. Deut, 28.7. (Hdian. 3. 3.
1,2. Xen. Av, 5.3.1.) Of a street in
etc. Matt. 22: 9 én} rag dsetodous
v.10. Luke 14:23. So Sept.
Jer, 5:1. 7:16. (Hdian, 2.9,
6 Xen. An. 5.222) Also xara ryv
dddy along or on the way Luke 10: 4.
Acts 8: 36.—Hdian. 2. 12.2. Xen. An.
4.6.11.—{8) Seq. gen. of place to which
a way leads, comp. Passow 88d no. 2.
Matth, § 367. Heb. 9:8 4 rsiv dylow 5805
the way, entrance, into the sanctuary. 80

‘Lddig sob Ew vist for Heb.
71 ‘5717 Gen. 3:24. (comp. Haian. 8.
46.) Meton. for the whole region to
or through which a way leads, Matt.
10: 5 sig 6807 EOvew into the way i.e.
country of the Gentiles, 4:15 Sdoy Sa-
Adoons way of the sea, i.e. the region
around the sea of Galilee,
Is, 8: 23 where Sept. for ber ‘f
(y) In the phrases érocuateer v. xara-
oxevatecy t7v Oddy to prepare the way
sc. fora king, see in ‘Exoiuatw a. pp.
Rev. 16:12. trop. Matt. 3:3. 1
Mark 1: 2,3. al. So ebdivuy ryy S807
John 1:23, All in allusion to Is. 40: 3
where Sept. for $3 m3B. Comp. 7
6805 9 Bacsdgia Hdot. 5. 53. — (3) Me-
ton. of Jesus as the way, i. e. the author
and medium of access to God and eter-
nal life, Jobn 14: 6.
b) in action, way, i.e, a being on the

journey,
(a) genr. sig iy G8dy for the way, jour-
ney, Matt. 10:10. Mark 6:8, Luke 9:3.
48 6008 Luke 11:6, dy af 58g én or by
the way, on the journey, Matt. 15: 32,
Mark 8: 3, 27, Acts 9:17, 27. al. xara
ayy S8dy by or on the way Acts 25:3. 26:
13, Also 1 These. 3: 11 xotevdivas ty
S8b» Sysir. Acts 8: 99 mogetsoSas shy
day to go on one’s way, to continue
one’s journey, comp. Buttm. § 131. 3.
(So Sept. for F377 F277 Prov. 7: 19.

558

“Odes

Xeom Cyr.5,2.92) Sept. gone. for yz
Gen, 24: 21, 40, 42 25. 45: 21.—Hdran.
2.11.2. Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 5.—So Mark
2 23 nad Hebarro of wadyrad asco’ sdor
noiy slldovtes teig oraguos, and kis
disciples began to go plucking the ears
Of grain, i.e. they went along plucking
the ears otc. Here 5067 xosuiz is He-

Jeb... brainm for 557y7 S1iQz, a8 Sept. and Hob.

Judg. 17: 8, corresponding to the Lat.
iter facere. The more classic Greek is
Mid. nowiodas iy 636v Jos. Ant. 18.4
8. Xen. Ag. 2.1; aleo mowieOar wogsi-
ay Diod. Sic, 2.13. Ken. Cyr. 5.231;
but later writers employ the Act. e. g.
mouiy 63cy Xenoph. Epbes. lib. 3 init.
moutiy vi wogsley Polyaen.1.49.3. For
the sense comp. Matt. 12 1. Luke & 1.
(8) Seq. gen. of time, ae Luke ae
jipseas Sddv a day’s journey. Acts: 12
capfdcov Exew Scr, a sabbath-day's
journey, i. ©. according to the Rabbinic
limitation, 1000 larger peces, equal to
about 74 furlongs; see Buxt. Lex. Ch
art. 519, Lightfoot Hor. Heb. in Act.
Le, Jahn §113. VIIL Sept. 53. reser
Sq. for Heb, 7} Gen. 903 31: 3—
Jos. Ant. 5.3, 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.3.

€) trop. way, manner, means, i.e. (a)
way or method of proceeding, of dong
or effecting any thing. 1 Cor. 4: 17 ras
Sdovs pov sas dv Xe. 1231. (Dem. 733
20. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.4.) So al 5803 208
Soi the ways of God, bis mode of pro-
ceeding, administration, counsels, Acts
13: 10. Rom. 11:33, Rev. 15:3. Sept.
and "777 Ps, 18: 31.—(8) way or meane
of arriving st or obtaining any thing.
Luke 1:79 &86¢ signyns, i. e. the way to
salvation. Acts 228 Sd0us Loris. 16
17, 2Pet.2:2). Sept. and rm Prov.
10: 18, — Luc. Hermot. 14 680¢ 4 éxt
gdocogiay &yousa.—{y) way of think-
ing, feeling, acting, manner of life and
conduct. Matt. 21:32 949s “Ieeirrns &
686 i tong, i.e. living a just and
holy life. Rom. 3:17 585r sigtns peace-
ful life, quoted from Is, 59: 8 where see
Gesen. Comm. James 5: 20,—Seq. gen.
of pers. the way or ways of any one
ive hia mode of life, conduct, actions,
Acts 14: 16. Rom. 3:16. James 1: 8
2 Pet. 2:15. Jude 11. (Sept. for ‘Ty
Job 23: 10.) But the way of God or
the Lord, is also the way, walk, life which

“Otods
God approves and requires, Matt. 22: 16.
Luke 20: 21. Acts 18: 25, 26. Heb. 3
10. ( and 4 Job 2% 11.° Pa.
25: Pia es ad for the Christian
way, the Christian religion, Acts 9:2. 19:
9, 23, 22 4, 2: 14,22. Bo 2 Pet. 2:2
11 6806 tijg dln Selag the true religion. —
Judith 5: 8, 18. So a way or sect of
Philosophy Luc. Hermot. 46. AL.
“Odove, dovroc, 6, a tooth, Matt.
5: 38. 8:12 6 Bevypds ray S8dytaw. 18:
42, 50. 22: 13, 24: 51. 25: 30. Mark 9:
18. Luke 13: 28. Acts 7: 54. Rev. 9: 8.
Sept. for juj Lev. 24: 30. Job 16: 9. —
Lue. D. Mort. 6, 2, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 6.
“Oduraw, &, f. jou, (sim) to
pein, to distress, in body or mind, trans,
Jos, Ant. 7,21. Arr. Epict. 4. 1. 112,
—InN.T. only Pass, or Mid. to be
pained, distressed, to sorrow. Luke 2: 48,
16: 24 G8uvdpas dy 1H qloyd tavry. v.
25 oi 8% ddvrdouw, for which 2 pers.
Sing. comp. in'Kavecopas,’ Acta 20: 38,
Sept. for Hiph. *n7y Zech.9:5. Hiph.
“NH Zech. 12: 10.— Luc. Lexiph. 13.
Arr. Epict. 4. 1, 124, Aesebin. 9. 3,
*Odurn, 78, 4, pain, distress, sor-
row, of body or mind, Rom. 92. 1
Tim. 6:10. Sept. for Te Gen. 35: 18.
i Jer. 8 18, b99,Job 7: 3. — Lue.
‘ox. 61. Xen. Mem: 1. 3, 12.

*Odupuos, ov, 6, (3dugépas to be-

wail,) wailing, lamentation, mourning.
Matt 2 19 xludOpis nat ddveuos péyas,
quoted from Jer. 31:15 where Sept.
for D\a9Qn. 2 Cor. 7: 7. —- 2 Mace.
41:6. Jos, Ant.2.15.4. Ael. V.H. 14.22,

"Osias, ov, 6, Orias, Heb. zz
(might of Jehovah) Uzziak, a pious
king of Judah from 811 to 759 B.C.
Matt.1:8,9. See Chr. c. 26, and comp.
2K. c. 15, where he is called IW,
‘Abnglus, Azariak. See Gesen.” Lex.
Heb. ort. maq3.

“ Ofco, f. sees or sos, to emell, to have
@ scent, intrana. e, g. fragrant, Ael. V.
H, 13. 16, Xen. Conv.2.3. In N. T.
of a corpse, to stink, abeol. John 11:
Sept. for wya Ex. 8: 14.— Arr. Epict.
4.11. 15, 18

Oder relat. adv. whence, see Buttm.
$116.4.

559

Otxéens

8) of place, Acts 14: 26 392” Joav
magi 1H zdgits tov 9, 28: 12,
Matt. 12: 44, Luke 11: 24. Heb. 11: 19.
Sept. for 37072 Ps, 121: 1.—Xen. An. 2.
3. 14, 16.—In the sense of éxi9ev Snow,
thence “where, Matt, 25: 24, 26 ovrdyey
39 bi ducxdgmoas. Comp. Matth.
§ 473, n, 2—Thue. 1. 89.

b) of a source, means, i. q. whereby,
1 John 2 18 89 yivcicxoper. — Jos.
Ant. 2.3.4, Hdian. 1. 16. 4.

c) illative, as referring to a cause,
ground, motive, i. q. wherefore, where
upon, Matt, 14: 7 39e7 pe?” Sexov cpo—
oynosy, Acts 26:19. Heb. 2: 17. & 1.
7:25, 8: 3. 9: 18,—Judith 8 20. Xen.
Mem. 1. 1. 2.

Odorn, n6, 4, pp. fine white linen
Hom. Od.7.107. InN. T. genr. linen
cloth, ©. g, a sheet, sail, Acts 10: 11
oxsiog os bSéyqy usydiny, 11: 5.—Lue.
Jov. Trag. 48. Hdian. 5. 6. 21,

"Odonor, ov, x6, (dimin, from «2+

89697,) a smaller linen cloth, in**
N. T. only of bandages in which dead
bodies were swathed for burial, Luke
24: 12. John 19: 40, 20: 5, 6,7. Sept.
for Py Judg. 14:13, mingtm Hos. &
7,13. [2 5, 9.] — Pollux On. 4. 181
S96nor" 16 éxidsopor. Luc. Philope. 34.
sail-cloths Pol. 5. 89.2. Dem. 1145, 6

Ocda, see in Et8w no. I.

Ocxecaxds, 7, dv, vee in Oluands.

Otxeios, a, ov, (olnos,) Belonging
to the house, dometttc, familiar, Lue.
Eun. 7. Xen. Cyr. 8.115. In N.T.
only plur. of ofxeios tiv0s, those of one’s
house, i. gq. household, family, 1 Tim. 5:
8. Trop. for associates, kindred, e.g.
tod Se0¥, i. q. téxva t08 Ge08, Eph. &
19. wijg niotens Gal. 6: 10. Sept. Pp.
for “uj Lev. 18:6, 21: 2.— pp. Ael. V.
H. 14, 32, Xen, Mem. 1.2. 48. trop.
Diod. Sie. 13. 91.

Oceérnc, ov, 8, (olxos,) house-coin-
panion, one living in the same house,
Ecclus. 6: 11. Hdot. 8.106. InN. T,
@ domestic, a servant, slave, Luke 16: 13
ovd8s oixétns Sivata Sua? xvglotg Sov-
Avis, Acts 10:7. Rom. 14: 4. 1 Pet.
218, Sept. for 139 Gen. 9: 25. 27:37.
—Hien. 7. 4.10, Xen. Mem. 2. 1.9, 16.

Otndes

Oixdeo, &, f. Fors, (oteos,} to house,
to dweél, to abide, e. g.

a) intrans, seq. 49, to dwell in, trop.
‘of the Holy Spirit abiding in Christians,
Roin, 8: 9 mvedua Sob oixel ey juiy. v.
11. 1 Cor. 3:16. OF sin or a sinful
‘Propensity abiding in men, Rom. 7: 17
3 etxoica ty tuol duagtia. v. 18, 20.
Sept. c. é pp. for sui Gen. 4: 15, 19.
19: 30. — Ael. V. H. 12. 64. pp. Luc.
Mere. Cond. 3. Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 5.—Seq.
peta c. gen. to dwell with any one, and
spoken of man and wife, fo live with, to
cohabit, 1 Cor. 7: 12, 13. So Sept. and
3 Prov. 21: 19. comp. 1K. 3: 17.

B) trans. fo divell in, to inkabit, 1'Tim.
6:16 @éis oixdiy éngdcizor.—Sept. Gen.
%U: 13. Hdian, 2. 10, 15. Xen. Mem. 1.
1. 8—For # oixouzivn, seo in its order.

Oixnua, arog, 10, (oixéw,) pp. a
dwelling, a house, building, Thue. 4.115.
Xen. An.7, 4.15. In N.'T. and espec.
io polite Attic usage, a prison, Acts 12:
7 gis Dapyer by 16 obsjuars. — Plat.
Solon. 15 tois “A9nvalous Iéyoust. . .
Garelug inoxoglfecSar .. . olenua dé 10
Seopwriguoy xakoivtas. Dem. 789. 2.
Thuc. 4. 48. Of a brothel Ael. V. H.
6.1. Xen. Mem, 2. 2. 4,

cs nee”, ov, 16, (oixnrig, of-

xéu,) a dwelling, habitation, abode, e. g.
of angels, many of whom the later Jews
supposed to have relinquished heaven
out of love for the daughters of men,
Jude 6, See Lib. Henochi in Fabr.
Cod, pseud. V. T. I. p. 179 sq. Test.
‘XII Patr. p. 529 sq. Jos. Ant. 1.3.1.
comp. Gen. 6:2. Trop. of the future
spiritual body as the abode of the soul,
2 Cor, 5:2. Sept. for 1137 Jer. 25: 30,
—pp. 2Mace. 11:2, Jos. Ant. 8,5, 1.
Cebet. Tab. 17.

Oceéae, ag, 4, (olnos,) a house, dioel-
ling, habitation,

8), pp. and genr. Matt. 2 11 &ddyes¢
sig ayy olxlay. 7:24 8q. John 12: 3. al.
Matt. 5: 15 of éy 17 oixlg those in the
house, i.e, the household. Sept. for
mz Gen. 19: 4, Ex. 1: 21.—Hdian. 2.
4.18, Ken. Mem. 3, 6. 14.—Of heaven
asthe dwelling of God, John 14: 2 dy
af oledg 108 mages x. 7.2. Comp. Pa,
Ti: 4. Is, 63: 15. Am. 9: 6. Artemid. 2.

560

Oxxodopee

68 & odpavig Suitv dorly olsos. — Trop.
of the body as the habitation of the
soul, 2 Cor. 5: 1 bis, comp. v. 2.

*b) meton. a household, family, those
who live together in a house. Matt. 10:
18, 12:25 otxl, mepeaStioa xa" Laroriis.
John 4: 53 adds xad 4 olla aitod Shy.
1 Cor, 16:15. Sept. for nv2 Gen. 50
8.—Dem, 1358. 13. Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 6
—Spec. prob. domestics, servants, atten-
dants, Phil. 4: 22 of éx 195 xalcagos oi-
xlas. So Sept. and va Gen. 24:2
comp, Jos, Ant. 17, 5.8 (Arriscargor)
ds... tot xalcagos SupPugeore viv
oixtay.

c) meton. goods, property, i. e. one’s
house and what is in it. Mate. 23 Mu
xareoDlers tas oixlag 1a» ynosy. Mark
12 40. Luke 20: 47. So mz, Sept.
14 Sncipyerte, Gen. 45: 18,—Aek V. H.
4.2, Xen, Mem. 4.1.2. Av.

Odtxvaxds, 7, ov, (oisia,) belong-
ing to the house, domestic, i. q. oixziog, in
N, T. only plur. of oixeaxod t1v0¢ those
of one’s house, i. €, household, family,
Matt. 10: 25,36. Some Mas. have the
Soubefal form oixesoxds. — Plut. Cicero

Ocxodeonorée, @, f. Hoe, (ome-
deondrns,) pp. to be house-master, and
genr. to be hesd of a family, to ride a
household, absol. 1 Tim, 5: 14. — Lue.
Astrol. 20. Plut. Placit. philos. 5. 18.
A word of the later Greek, Lob. ad
Phr. p. 373.

Ocxodesnorng, ov, 6, (izes, de
ondrmg,) a hotcse-master, head of a family,
paterfamilias, Matt. 10: 25, 18:27, 52.
20: 1, 11. 21: 33, 24: 43. Mark 14: 14.
Luke 12: 39, 13: 25. 14: 21. Pleonast.
22: 11 oixodeon. tig oixtas. — Joa. c.
Apion. 2.11. Plut. Qu. Rom. 20. ed.
R. VE p. 99. 11. A later form, for
which the earlier writers said otxov v.
oislas Jeondryg, see Lob. ad Pr. p. 373.
H. Planek in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 668 aq.

Odxodouder, 6, £. 4am, (otxo3éu0,)
pp. to build a house, and genr. to build,
to construct, to erect, trans. Comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 487 aq, 587.

a) pp-e. g. olxiay Luke 6: 48. aop-
yor Matt. 21: 33, Mark 12:1. Luke 14:
28. vacy Mark 14:58. Luke 12% 18.

Okxodopy
Cc. hope st Lake 7: Shad ova
yuri ainos tui. Acts 7:
47, 49. Seq. die. gen. to build upon,
Luke 4:29, dni c. acc. Matt. 7: 24, 26,
Luke & 49. Abeol. Luke 14: 30. 17:
28 John 2: 20. Part. of of ivreg
the builders, Matt. 21: 42, Mark-12: 10.
Luke 20:17. Acts 4:11. 1 Pet. 2 7.
Sept. for 723 Gen. 4:16, 8:20. 0. dni
Ez. 16:31. — Diod. Sic. 3.55. Xen.
Mem. 3.8.8. acc. et dat. Diod. Sic. 4.
80.—Trop. of a system of instruction,
doctrine, etc. Rom. 15:20. Gal. 2 18
—Xen. Cyr. 8 7. 15.

b) by impl. to rebuild, to renew, 8c. a
building decayed or destroyed, Matt.
23: 29 roig sipous ra” wpogntay. Luke
11: 47,48. So Mate. 26: 6]. 27: 40.
Mark 15: 29. So Sept. and 723 Josh.
6: 26, Job 12: 14. Am. 9: 14,

c) metaph. to build up, to establish, to
confirm, spoken of the chrisdan church
and its members; who are thus com-
pared toa building, a temple of God,
erected upon the one only foundation
Jesus Christ, 1 Cor. 3: 9, 10, and ever
bailt up progressively and unceasingly
more and more from the foundation.
See Neander Geech. d Pflanzung der
chr. Kirche I. p. 166, and in Bibl. Re-
pos, IV. p. 245. (a) Externally, Matz
16: 18 dx} tatty ti xéteg oiscdouiow
(pou niy bodgalay. “1 Peek 5, Aus &
31.—(8) Internally, in @ good sense, to
beild up in the faith, to edify, to cause
to advance i in the divine life, 1 Cor.8:14
Gydny olxoBopst. 10:23 14: 4 bis, 17.
1 Thess, 5: 11. Ina bad sense, to em-
bolden 1 Cor. 8: 10.

» t»

Oixodoun, 776, %, (olxos, Sop) a
later word used for both oixoddunoig
and oixodcunua, Passow s.¥. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 487, 490,

1, « building up, act of building, e.

1. @ om. tay weugéey 1 Mace. 16:23.
Sept 1 Chr. 26: 27. Jos, Ant. 11. 5.8
init. In N.T. only metapb. a
up in the faith, edification, advancement
in the divine life, spoken of the chris-
tian church and its members, see in
Oixodouiv c. Rom. 14: 19 dteiuare .
x6 aijg olsoBopiis. 15:2. 1Cor. 14:5,12,
26. 2Cor. 10:8, 12:19. 13:10, Eph. 4:
12, 16,29. B80 1 Cor. 14: 3 Aadst oixo-

71

561 Ocxorcpos

Sousty i. 0. ta 19 oludopig. I Tim. 3:
4 in Mee. cdeodbu
2. a building, an edifice, i. q.

pnua, see Lob. Ic. and p. 42]. Matt.
24: 1 side olsodomds roi fepod. Mark 18
1,2 Trop. of the christian church as
the temple of God, see in Oinodouia c.
1 Cor. 3: 9 Se08 olxofous, dors. Eph,
21.—Spoken of the future spiritual body
as the abode of the soul, 2 Cor. 5 1.

Orxodouie, as, %, (oixodouse,) «
building up, act of building, Jos. Ant.
11.5, 7,8. Xen. Mem. 3.1.7. In N.
'T. trop. edification, christian improve-
ment, 1 Tim. 1: 4 in text. rec. Others
olsodous) or olxovoule.

Ocxodouos, ov, 6, (otxos, déues, )
lit. house-builder, i.e. genr. a builder,
architect, Acts 4: 11 in Mss. Sept. for
siz 2K. 12 12 2 6—Jos, Ant. 11.
5.8, Xen. H, G. 7.2.20, Comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 487 aq. 587.

Ocxovopdo, &, f. jos (olxordpos,)
pp. to be manager of a household, and
gent. to be manager, steward, etc. absol.
Luke 16: 2.—Diod. Sic. 12. 15 1a Eh
ware. ‘Xen. Mem. 4.5.10 soy saveot

Ocxovoula, as, % (oixoropser, )
economy, pp. management of a household
or of household affairs,

8) pp. i.e. stewardship, administration,
the office of a manager or steward.
Luke 16: 2 dnddog Aéyov tig oixovopters.
vy. 3, 4.—Sept. Te 22.49, Jos. c. Apion.
2.18. Xen. Occ. 1. 1. — Trop. of the
apostolic office, 1 Cor. 9: 17. Col. 1:25,
Eph. 3: 2,

b) an economy, i.e. disposition or
arrangement of things, a s dispensation,
scheme, Eph. 1: Oe ny hovel,
rob si (ort Og Téiv xarpaay. ph. »
Boats 4:4 in later edit—Hdian.
@ 1.2, Xen. Cyr. 5. 8, 25.

Ocxovopos, ov, 6, (olxos, vine, )
@ house-manager, overseer, steward.

a) pp. one who hed authority over
the servants or slaves of a family, to as-
sign their tasks and portions; with
which was also united the general man-
agement of affairs and accounts. Such
persons were themeelves usually slaves,

Otxos

Luke 12 42; s0 Eliezer Gen. 15:2. 24:
2; and 80 Joseph is called the eixorcpos
of Potiphar, Test. X1I Patr. p.715, coll.
Gen. 39:4. See D'Orville ad Chariton
p. 127 sq. But free persons appear al-
eo to have been thus employed, Luke
16 1, 3, 8, comp. v. 3, 4. The oixoré-

4 had also some charge over the sons
of a family, prob. in respect to pecuni-
ary matters, thus di 1g from the éni-
‘teonos or tutors, Gal. 4:2. Comp. Gen.
1: 8.—Lue. Tim. 14. xatdgaros ol-
xitns, 7 olxovopos, 7] aidorguy. id. de
Mere. Cond. 12. Plut. de Lib. educ, 7.
‘ed. R. VI. p. 11.18. Diod. Sic. 36. X.
p- 156. Bip. or VI. p, 228, Tauchn. 7i-
vera 34 rotten [oixersir] dexnyo¢ A9q-
vluv . . . oixorsyos dr Suoiy ddshpav
payadoniouro, Xen. Mem. 2. 10, 4.

'b) in a wider sense, for one who ad-
ministers a public charge or office, a
steward, minister, agent, genr. 1 Cor. 4:
2 So of the fiscal officer of a city or
state, treasurer, quaestor, Roi. 16: 23
olxor dos tig moleeg.—Diod. Sic. 1. 62.
‘Xen. Mem. 3.4.7,11. Of royal quaes-
tors Eadr. 4: 49, Jos. Ant. 11. 6, 12,—
‘Trop. of the apostles and other teachers
as stewards, ministers of the gospel, 1
Cor, 4:1. Tit. l: 2, 1 Pet. 4:10.

Oinos, ov, 5, @ house, duelling,

a) gonr. Matt. 9: 6 nays sis tov ol-
oy gov. v. 7. Mark 3: 20. Luke 1: 40.
John 7: 53, 11:20, Acts 10:22 al. So
%y ofxq at home 1 Cor. 11: 34, 14: 35.
xat’ olxoy, xat otxoug, from house to
house, in private houses, Acts 2: 46. 5:
42. 8:3. 20:20. ij xat oleoy tev0g dx-
sigala, Rom. 16: 5. al. see in “Exxdyole
b, Sept. genr. for n'a Gen. 39: 2, 16.
enepise.—Hdian. J. 17.7. Xen. Cyr. 8.
6.4—Spoken of various ki ds of hou-
sen, edifices, a8 6 olxos tot Bavikiag v.
+b dgzuging i. e. a palace Matt. 11: 8.
Luke 22 54, Sept. for nwa Gen. 12:
15. pare K. 20:18. Dan. 1:4. (Hdian.
3.10.9.) oleoc dunogio house of traf
Sc, bazar, John 216, Spec. olxos row
‘8200 house of God, i, e. the tabernacle
or temple where the presence of God
was manifested and where God was
said to dwell, e. g. the tabernacle Matt.
12:4, Mark 226. Luke6:4. (80 Sept.

562

Ocxoumévn
and nvg 18am, 1:7,2%4. al) ‘The tem-
Matt. 21; 18. Jobn =
Once for 6
vaés alone, Luke 11:51, comp. Matt,
23: 35. Also olxog tig mgooeuzas id.
Matt. 21: 18. Mark 11:17. Luke 19: 46.
So Sept. and n12 of the temple 2Sam.
7:18. Ezra 1: 2; 3 sq.—By synecd, pot
for a room or part of # house, e. g. the
coenaculum or large room for eating
Luke 14: 23; for the émegsior or place
of prayer Acts % 2, 10:30, 11: 13, —
Jos. Ant. 10. 11.2, Xen. Conv. 2. 18—
Trop. of persons, e. g. Christians as the
spiritual house or temple of God, 1 Pet.
5, comp. in c. OF those in
whom evil spirits dwell, Matt. 12 44.
Luke 11: 24,

b) ina wider sense, dwelling-place,
habitation, abode, asa city or country,
Matt. 23: 38 & olsos indi Epnuos aqpietas.
Luke 13: 35.—Xen. H, G. 3. 2. 10.

c) meton. a household, family, those
who live together in a house, Luke 10:5
dlgiyn 16 olxp robry. Acts 10:2. 11:14
oixad mas 6 olxd¢ cou, 16:15. 1 Cor. 1:16.
2 Tim. 1: 16. Tit. 1:11. al. Including
also the idea of household-affairs etc.
Acts 7:10. 1Tim.3:4,5, 12 So Sept.
and nwa Gen. 7: 1. 12: 17. al_—Ael. V.
H. 4.27, Arr. Epict. 4.6.31. Xen. Cyr.
1. 6.17. comp. Mem. 1. 5.3, — Trop.
olxog to S00, household of God, ie.
the Christian church, Christians, 1 Tim.
8: 15 dv oli De0d... ireg dort dxxlgeie
Seoii Ceavtog. Heb. 3:6. 10:21. 1 Pet
17. So of the Jewish church, Heb. &
2,5. Sept, and m4m)_ ng Num. 12:7.

4) meton. family, tineage, posterity,
descended from one head or ancestor.
Luke 1: 27 #& otxov dafid. v. 69, 24
So Sept. and nva 1 K. 12 16,19. Ex.
6: 14. — Jos, Ant. 8.4.3. Dem. 1053.
18,20, Xen. Cyr.3.6.2—By Hebraismn
extended toa whole people, nation, 28
descended from one ancestor, e. g-
"Toqaih, house or of Israel, Man.
10: 6. 15: 24, rene id. Luke 1:
olxos "Iovda Heb. 8: 8. So Sept.
dypin nrg Lev. 10:6, Jade Ba
ma Ex.19:3, + pm ms 1K.
12: ¥3, Jer, 31:31, Ax.

Orxovgeyn, 96, 1, (pres. part. Pass.

fom, of oixée q. v.) ec. 7, the inhabited
earth, the world, i. e.

Ocxoupyos

a) pp. a8 inhabited by Greeks, Dem.
85. 17. Ken. Vect. 1.6; and later by
Greeks and Romans, see Passow in oi-
iw no.2. Hence (a) the Roman em-
pire, Acts 17: 6. 24: 5 tots “Iowalog
‘tolg xara 11)¥ ob —Jos. Ant. 12,
3.1. Hdian. 5, 2. 5, —(A) of Palestine
and the adjacent countries, Luke 2 1
EnoypdgerSas, nicer sty otxousir,
comp. in Kupirios. Luke 21: 26. Acts
11: 28 see in Klevdiog. — Jos. Ant. 8.
13.4. B.I.5.5.1.

b) genr. in later usage, the habitable
globe, the earth, the world, sc. as known
to the ancients. (a) pp. Matt. 24: 14
xnguySjorras soito 10 ebayyéliov .. . dy
Sdn tf otxoussrn. Rom. 10: 18. Heb. 1:
6. Rev. 16 14. Hyperbol. Luke 4: 5
doug tig Buotlslag tig olnoupirns, i. q-
roi xdopov in Matt. 4:8. Sept. for YA
Te, 28:17. dan Ps. 19: 4, 24: 2,—Jos.
Ant. 4.8.2 Pol. 1.1.5. Diod. Sic. 1.
1.—(6) Meton. the world, for the inhabi-
tants of the earth, mankind, Acts 17:31

xglvay thy ix. dy Sinaoovyy. 19: uw.
For. 3:10. 129. So Sept. and >:
Pas. 9: 9, 96: 9.—(y) Trop. Heb. 2 5
otxoupdrn j lldovrs, ia Saiay 6 wél-
Aor, see in Aisiy no. 2.

Otxougyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (olxos,
gyov,) doing house-work, fem. a house-
sore, Tit.2:5 in some Mas. for oixougés.
Not elsewhere found, and prob. an er-
ror in copying.

Ocxougos, av, 6, i, adj. (olxos, ob-
gos watchman, guard,) pp. guarding the
Rouse, Artemid. 2.11. Aristoph. Vesp.
964 or 970 xiwy olxovgds, — In N. T.
eying the house, i.e. keeping at home,

domestic, spoken of females Tit. 2:5.
Comp. | Tim. 5: 13.—Philo de Exsecr.

». 802, Syortas xa yuvaiixas . . «

pores, oixougois, xad quldyBpous. Dio
Ease. 50. p. 201 Toni ordpoam, oixovges,
oixordpos, maiDorgegos. Dinarch. 100.
37. Comp. Hom. li. 6. 490.

Ocxrelga,, £. 290, (olxtos pity,) later
fut. oixtugroa, vee Passow sv. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 741 ; to pity, fo have com-
pasion on, eq. ace, Matth. §414, Rom.
9 15 olxsugiow by By oixrelgn, quoted
rom Ex, 33: 19 where Sept. fut. gow
or DY, a8 also 2K, 13 93, Mic. 7:

563 Oivos ©

19. Comp. Tittm. de Synon. N. T. p.
69 0q.—f. jouw Test. XII Patr. p. 632.
Jos. de Macc. §5. f. 296 Palaeph. 23.4.
Luc, Tim. 42. pres. Plut. Lucull. 19.
Xen. An. 3. 1. 19.

Ocxuguos, OU, 6, (oixreiges,) pity,
compassion, mercy, i. e. the feeling, less
strong than tos q. v. Tittm. de Synon.
N.T. p. 69 q. Col. & 12 onlayyre
oixtiguol, but text. rec. ond. oixtiguciy.
Elsewhere only plur. Rom. 12:1. 2Cor.
3:3. Phil. 2: 1. Heb. 10; 28. So Sept.
for Heb. nv'T3, Sing. Zech, 1: 16. 7:
9. Plur. 2'Sam. 24:14. Pa 144 9.
Dan. 9: 9.—Sing. Bar. 2:21, Ecclus, 5:
6. Plur. 1 Macc. 3: 45. Pind. Pyth. 1.
164.

Ocxrloucor, ovos, 6, 4, adj. (olx-
talga,) pitiful, compassionate, mercifuh,
Luke 6: 36 bie. James 5: 11. Sept. for
many Ex. 84: 6, Neh. 9: 17.— Ecclus,
231. Theoer. Id. 15. 75, Anthol. Gr.
IV. p. 219,

Ocuce, vee Oropar.

Otvondrnyg, ov, 6, (olvos, méxys
from alva,) a wine-drinker, wine-bibber,
Matt. 11:19. Luke 7: 34. Sept. for
122, G0 Prov. 23: 20.—Anthol, ‘Gr. IL
p. 94, Pol. 20. 8. 2.

Oivos, ov, 6, wine. a) pp. as of-
vog yéog new wine, must, Matt. 9: 17 ter,
18. Mark 2 22 quater. Luke 5: 37 bis,
38. Also Mark 15: 93 doyupriopivor
olyor, Luke 1: 15 olvoy xat atxega ov
py nly. 7: 33. 10: 84. “Join & 8 bis, 9,
10 bis. 4: 46. Rom. 14: 21. Eph. 5: 18.
1Tim. 3:8. 5:23. Tit. 2:3, Rev. 18:13.
Sept, for F Gen. 9:21, 24. 14: 18,
SythGen. 27:28, Judg. 9:19.—Hdian,
5.5.16. Xen. Occ. 17. 9.—Meton. for
the vine and its fruit Rev. 6: 6, S80
Sept, and win"n Joel 1:10. Comp.
Tahn § 66 9q. § 144.

b) symbol. olvoc rod Sypod rod
Be0v, wine of God's wrath, i.e. the in-
toxieating cup which God in wrath pre-
sents to the nations, and which causes
them to reel and stagger to destruction,
see espec. in Ovpde. Rev. 14:10. 16:19,
19: 15. Comp. Jer. 25: 15. Ie. 51: 17,
Ez. 28: 31 8q.—Also symbol. olvos soi
Supoii rig mogrelas, wine of wrath of for

Ovvogdvyia
nication, i. e. a love-potion, phiker, with
which a harlot seduces to fornication
(idolatry), and thus brings upon men
the wrath of God, Rev. 14:8, 18:3. So
ellipt. olvog tig mogrelag Rev. 17: 2
Comp. Jer. 51: 7.

Ovvopavyia, ag, 4, (olvéglus, ot-
voglvyia, from olvos, pie to overflow,)
wine-drinking, drunkenness, vinolency, 1
Pet, 4: 3.—Ael. V. H. 3 14. Xen. Ogg,
1.22, So oivoglvyéo Sept. for 839
Deut. 21: 20, Is. 56: 12.

Ovouac, contr. ofpat, Butt. § 114,
p. 128, Passow s. voc. to suppose, to

think, to be of opinion, pp. #eq. infin. c.
ace, or. John 21: 25 ob8d abzag
‘zegioas 16 yeapopera

16 TOY KOO BOY

$iflia, Seq. inf. simpl. when the sub-
ject of both verbs is the same, Phil. 1:
16 olopavos Siipsy éxipégeir toils Seopois
pov. Seq. 82s instead of inf. James 1:
7. Comp. Matth, §539.—c. inf. et acc.
Hdian. 4. 15.15, Xen. Cyr.1.4.10. c.
inf. 2 Mace. 7: 24, Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 15.

Otos, a, ov, a correlative relat.
prop. corresponding to motos, roios, ete.
Butem. § 79; pp. of what kind or sort,
what, such as, quatis.

a) pp. in a dependent clause, with
rosottos etc. corresponding, 1 Cor. 15:
4B bis, olog 5 zoinds, tovottor 0% zoixol,
% 4.4 2 Cor. 10:11. . 6 arog Phil.
1:80. ¢. toiotrog ete, impl. Matt. 24:
2 Dtiyig peyddy, ofa od yéyory. Mark
9: 8. 13: 19. 2 Cor. 12: 20 bis. 2 Tim.
% 11 olds pos dyévero. Rev. 16: 18. — c.
wooing Ecclus. 49: 14, Xen. Hi. 6. 8.
impl. Hdian. 5.5.1. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.

2.

b) in an independent clause it has
the nature of an exclamation, implying
something great or unvaual, what, what
manner of, how great, see Pussow a.
y. no. 1, Luke 9 55 ovx oldats oiou
nyeiuarég dors ‘ysis. 1 These. 1:5. 2
Tim. 311 ult — Joa Ant 10. 32
Haian. 7. 4.2

c) nent. ovz olov, adv. not s0 as, not
4a, usually followed by an antitb, as Gi-
1g, not so—but, Pol, 18. 18. 11. ib, 1.
20.12 Passow in olag np. 6.e. Hence
Rom, & 6 qiz aloy 88, dts darévoser 6
Aéres tai Seai, but nat a0 (sc. would 1

564

"Odlgos

reason) as that the promise of God is be-
come veid, apd then the antithesis fol-
lows indirectly in the general sense, and
directly in al’ v. 7. — Others take ov
olov da Sts, for oloy seq. infin. such that,
q. d. ob olay it is not possible ; comp.
Baum. § 150. p. 435. Matth. § 533 3.
comp. § 589. But thisaccords less well
with the coptaxt.

Ovi obsol. theme, see in #égee,

Oxvéw, 0, f. jou, (Sxv0s slowness,
tardjnese,) to be slow, tardy, to delay, in-
trans. c. inf, Acts 9: 38 pi oxrioas egal
Sev fos aitay. Sept. for >s3x; Jodg.
18:9. 99m Num. 2% 16 —Jos. de
Vita «. § 48." Luc. D, Deor, 6.1L Xeu.
Mem. 2, 3. 14.

"Oxrngds, &, ov, ( dxrbe,) slow,
tardy, slothful, of persone, Matt. 25 96
morngs Sovhe xa dxrmgé. Rom. 1% I.
Sept. for biz Prov. 6: 6, 9—Dem. 77.
5. Hdian.2. 4,10. Thue. 1.142—Neut
of things, tedious, tiresome, Phil. & 1
36 aitd ypdperv . ». 440d piv ote dary
¢or.—Theocr. Id, 24, 35.

Oxtonjmegoc, on, 6, 4, adj. (Sexes,
fyiga, comp. Buttm. §70. 9. 2,) an eighth-
day person or thing ; Phil. 3 5 scegero-
BA oxrajuegos, as to circumcision os

i ‘man, i.e. circumcised on the
eighth day.—Comp. Gregor. Naz. Orat.
25, p. 465. D, Xporis évlorenas wpciee
05, Adtapos texganyzpo.

Oxt0, of, of, 16, indec. card. num.
eight, Luke % 21, 9:28. 13: 4, 11, 16
Jobn 5:5. 20:26. Acts % 38. 1 Pet.
320.

“Oded poc, ou, 6, (61kyus,) destruc
tion, ruin, death. 1 Cor. 5:5 ag Sle9gor
tig cagxds. Of divine punishment, I
Thess. 5: 3 alpri8i0g 319905. 2 Thess.
1:9 1 Tim. 6&9. Sept. for Te Ob.
13, i Prov. 2h: 7.—Hdian. 8. 8. 10.
Xen. An, 1. 2 26.

Odtyontatos, ov, 6, %, adj. (ai
70s, nlows,) of little faith, incredulous,
Matt. 6: 30. 8: 26, 14: 31. 16: 8. Luke
12: 28.—Act. Thom. § 28. Not found
jin clagsic writers,

Odryos, n, ov, little, pp. opp. of
molig much.

> ’
Odyoyuzos

8) of number, small, in N.T. only
plur. oAlyos, at, a, few, Mats. 7:14 dic
706... obeigioxortes wbnyy. 9: 37 05 34
dgyaras oliyos. 15: 34, 20: 16. 2 14.
25: 21,23, Mark 6: 5. 8:7. Luke 10: 2.
12: 48 dagierta: Bllyas sc. mlnyds.
(Butm. § 134. n, 2.) Luke 13: 23, Acts
17:4, 12. Heb. 12: 10 nods llyas Hyus-
gos. 1 Pet. 3:20: Rev. 2 14,20. 3 4.
So Sept. for b2% Num. 13: 19. Is, 10:
7.— Hdian. 4. 13: 8; Xen. Cyr. 2.1.3.
Hence 1 Pet. 5: 12 37 éllyew Bypaypa,
i.e. in few words, briefly. Comp. Thue.
4.95 87 dllyov,

b) of magnitude, amount, little, small,
ia N.T. only in Sing, Luke 7: 47 4c
yor Ggleras, or dlyoy may here be an
adv. comp. below in d. Acts 12:18
igazos ov dilyos. 15:2. 19: 23, 24.
27: 20, 2 Cor. 8 15. 1 Tim. 4: 8 mgog
SUyor Spiligos profitable for little. 5:
23. James 3:5. Sept. for yn 1 K.
17: 10, 12.—Hdian, 1. 14. 4. Ael.'V. H.
4.27. Xen. Cyr. 5.4.25.—Hence Eph.
3:8 ty dilyy xgotygepa, in brief, briefly.
—Aristot. Rhet. 3, 11.

¢) of time, little, short, brief, Acts 14:
98 zodvov ob dilyor. James 4:14 ngds
Sliyor wc zgdror. Rev. 1212 So iv
dilyy sc. xodry Acts 26: 28, 29, see in
“Ey po. 2. 2.—Hdian. 2, 14.10. Xen. Ath.
BLL & dllyy Xen, H. G. 4. 4. 12, et
©. xoory Cyr. 2. 4. 2,

d) neut. Gi/yoy as adv. spoken of
space, amount, time, etc. Mark 1: 19
mooBag dllyor. 6:31. Luke 5:3. 7:47

565

*Ododuto

2 Pet. 2:8 in later edit. for ox
oat rec. — Hippocr, Aphor. lib.
1, quickly, speedily.

Ododpevins, ov, 4, (choPgeve,)
a destroyer, 1 Cor. 10: 10, comp. Num.
14. tie i. g. 6 ddoSpstur q. v. in
"LoS gsinn

“Oiodgevea, f. séaw, (3ie906,) to
destroy, trans, only in particip. Heb. 11:
286 dloSpsiaw té xgurdroxe. Sept.
for mnug Ex. 12: 23. Comp. 1 Chr.
21: 12, 15, 16, Sept. also for win
Josh. 3:10, Ty Jer. 25: 36, — Wied.
18: 25,

“Odoxavrapa, eras, 2, ( dlo-
savrée Jos, Ant. 1.18.1. Ken. Cyr. 8.
3,24, inane, from Stos, xale,) a ho-
locaust, whole burnt-offering, pp. in which
the whole victim was burned; but genr.
burnt-offering, Mark 12: 33. Heb, 10: 6,
8. Sept. for m¥y Bx. 18:12. 4:5, seep.
nye Ex. 30:20, Lev. 4:35, See Jahn
§ 379. — Conip, Sdoxavrder Jos, Ant. 3.
9. 1. Gloxontrevois ib. 4,

“Odoxdnpia, as, 4, ( Eléxdngos, )
wholeness, soundness, ec. of body, Acts
3:16. Sept. for ting Is. 1: 6.

“Oddxdngos, ov, 6, 4, (dios, xk
906,) tahole ix every part, i.e, genr. whole,
Sear Rec 1 Thens. 5:25 Skintagar
Spiiv 10 mpsipa nab 4 yur) xa 16 oes
your whole spirit, soul, and body, i. your
whole man, Trop. in a moral sense,

dyang élyor. 1 Pet. 1:6. 5: 10, Rev. James 1:4 Ya gra silevos nal Sldxdngos.cze vic
1h Salyer aitoy det Sept. Sept. pp. for nbu} Deut. 27: 6, DR Saree 900
for byR Pe. 37: 10,— Ael. V. H. 12,9, Ez. 15:5.— pp. Jos. Ant.3,12.2. Luce), ie

Xen. Conv. 1. 14, , seeps 8. trop, Wiad. 15: 3. Pol, 1B hag, ¢.
"Odtyopuzos, ov, 6, 4yadj.(3Myo, S ,
yori) so pie fecble-minded, faint.’ Ododviteo, £. §u, an obomatopoetic

hearted, 1 Thess. 5 14. Sept. for Zp
am Prov. 14:29, hay, 3axy, Te, 54:
6 — Artemid. 3, 5. ddsyopuziw Isocr.
p- 902. B. oo.
Odtyopees, 0, £. jaw, (iyagos
caring lite, careless, from dUlyos, cpa
care,) to care little for, to make light of,
ta contemn, eaq. gen. Heb, 12:5 py bli
igus na8slag xvglov, quoted from Prov.
%& 11 where Sept. for ow
Hdian. 1, 1. 1. Xen, Mem. 2 4.3.

"Odlyeos, adv. little, but a Witile,

verb, pp. to cry aloud to the gods, either
in supplication or thankagiving; eapec,
of prayers and hymns of joy uttered
by feraaleson festival days, accompanied
with shouts and shricks, Hom. Il, 6.
301. Od. 3. 450. ib, 22 408, 411. In
later usage, genr. to cry aloud, Lat. ulu-
lare, e.g. in joy, to shout, Theocr. 17.
64. InN. T. in complaint, to ahrick, to
howl, absol. James 5: 1 xtavoats sloli~
forse. So Sopt. for S377 Is. 13: 6.
15: 8. 16: 7. — Diod. Sic. 3.59, Dem.
333. 20, 21. ,

“Onos

“Okos, n, ov, whole, the whole, all,
including every part; for the coustruc-
tion with nouns having the article, see
in ‘0, 4, 10, 11. A.2.b. 7. p. 522. E.g.of
space, extent, amount, etc. Mat, 3]
Bigy iy Taddalar, 5: 29 dlov v5 siya.
16: 26 xdopor Slory xegdijo7. 21: 4 tovz0
83 Bor yiyorer, 22: 40. Mark 1:93 10-
sg Ody. Luke 1: 65, John 4: 53, 1 Cor.
5:6. Rev. 6: 12. al. Neut. Slory the
whole ec. mass, Matt. 13: 33. Luke 13.
Q1. 8¢ Siov throughout, in every part,
John 19: 23. Sent. for b> Gen. 25: 25.
Zech. 4:2, dbp Ex. 28: 27.—Hdian.
4.4.9, Xen, 2 3, 17.—Of time, Matt.
20:6 Sqy viv jpigar. Luke 5:5 or
Gdns tig yvates. Acts 11: 26 énavtoy
Sloy. 28: 30. al. Sa Sept. and > Ex.
10:13 bhp Num. 4:6. pwn Lev.
25: 90.—Jos. B, J. 1.2.8. Heian. 8. 4.
3.—Of an affection, emotion, condition,
Matt. 22:37 dv Sip 1jj xog8lq cov, nal dy
Gly tf wrzy cov, x +. 4 quoted from
Deut. 6: 5 where Sept. and >. Luke
10:27. John 9: 34 éy a ob dyer
wing Shes. | John 13: J 10.—Jos. B. J. 1.
2. 4 Blog ro nd Sous Fv. Xen. Mem. 2.
628. AL.

“Odoredye, gos, ovs, 6, 4, adj.
( Bdog, élog,) wholly ¢ le, perfect,
whole. 1 Thess, 5: 23 éyutous dps dho-
taleis, i. e. wholly, in every part, comp.
Buttm. § 123. n. 3—Aquil. dlorediig for
dba Deut. 13: 17.

“Odvunas, a, 8, Olympas, pr. v.
of a Christian, Rom. 16: 15.

“Odurdos, ov, 6, an untimely fig,

winter fig, grossus, i.e. such as grow opera,

under the leaves and do not ripen at the
proper season, but hang upon the trees
during winter, Rev. 6:13. Sept. for
ap Cant. 2: 13.—Dioscor. 1. 186. The-
opbr. H. Pl. 5. 9. 12. Hdot. 1. 193.

"Odeog, adv. (80¢,) wholly, altogeth-
er, in every part or sense, 1 Cor. 6:7
Shovg Hrtnue tyiy ovr, Also every where,
generally, 1 Cor. 5:1. Negat. ot v. us
Glog not at all, 1 Cor, 15: 29. Matt. 5:
34, — Luc. Tim, 13. Xen. Occ. 20. 20,
negat. Palaepb. 3, 5. Hdian. 1. 1. 5.

“OuBoos, ou, 6, @ heavy shower,
viskent rain, with thunder and tempest,

566

“Omvuue

Lat. imber, Luke 1% 54 Sept. for
Wek) Deut. 3% 2. — Hdien. 1. 14. 4.
Xen. Occ. 5. 18.

“Opetpouac, to long for, to have
strong affection for, seq. gen. i. q. hast
owas, for which itis eubstituted 1 Thea
2:8 in later edit. — Symmach. Ps, 6&
2 Sualgssan Hesych. Sueigéparos' Sysi-
gor éniSupoia. Photius p. 331.9

was dn Supoics. mp. Fri-
tuache IV Evang. II. p. 792 This word
is omitted in most modern lexicons.

Opcideo, cy £. joe, (Spslos,) to be
in @ crowd or in company with any one,
to have intercourse with, Luc. Tim. 45.
Xen. Conv.2.10. InN. T. to converse,
to talk with, absol. Acts 20:11. Luke 24:
15, seq. dat. Acts 24:26. seq.
GAljlous Luke 24: 14.—c. dat. Jos, Ant.
10. 11.7, Xen, Mem. 1.2.15. ¢. sxgé5
Xen. Mem. 4. 3, 2.

“Opsdic,, ag, 4, (Suidion) a being

, companionship, Xen. Mem. 3
Iu N. T. intercourse, converse, 1
15: 33 @delgourw 494 zoned
Spal saxal, — Ael. V. H. 13. 1 post
init. Diod. Sic. 16. 54 tale morggeis
Spidlaug Siig Pugs ta Hy tar ar Spaney.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19.

“Opsdos, ov, 5, (Spas, Spot, Dy
crowd,) pp. a crowding nies
crowd, multitude, Rev. 18:17 in text. ree.
—Hdian, 1.1. 1. Thue. 4. 112.

“Opdzan, ng, % (kindr. Spayée to
void water,) a cloud, mist, dark cloud,
2 Pot. 17 éulylas ind Aallanos dee
where some read ve Sept.
for $979 Job 38: 9. Joel 2 2 — Diod.
Sic. 1. 7 Xen. An. 4.2 7.

Oppe, arog, 16, (Spopat, Spypcat,)
pp. sight, thing seen, Soph. Electr. 903.
Usually eye, plur. ra Supara, the eyes,
Mark 8:23. Sept. for px2"y Prov. &
4. fo 87-—Joe B.S. 4.5.5, Xen. Conv.
1

“Oprvue and ouwwa, f. spotpes,
aor. 1 Syooa, Buttm. § 106. n. 5. gu.
p- 204. Moeris Suvtva, “Arniig- operd—
ay, ‘Ellyvixtis. — To swear, i. e.

a) genr. and absol. fo take or make
oath, absol. Matt. 26:74 et Mark 14:71

75 5.

“Opodvuador '
Hetero... Sparta. Matt. 5:34 oh Sub
eas Gleg-—Xen. Occ. 4. 10.—The per-
eon or thing by which one swears is
variously construed, e. g. accus. a8 167
odgaréy James 5: 12, comp. Buttm. §131.
n. 1. Matth, § 413. 10, (Jos, Ant. 5. 1.
1. Xen. An. 7.6.18.) With xara c.
gen. Heb, 6: 13 bis dna... Guoos xa?
favrot. v.16. comp. in Katd I. 1. ¢. 7.
Sept. for a vaw3 Is. 45: 23, Am. 4:2
(Lue. Conviv. ‘32, Dem. 1306. 21.)
Once with e/¢ ‘Tepovoadsa Matt. 5: 35,
see in Eig no. 1.b. (Hdian. 2. 18. 4.)
By Hebraism with év c. dat. see in "Ey
no. 3. ¢. a, ult. Matt. 5: 34 éy 14 obga-
9, by 1h yf. v.96. 2: 16 bie, 18 Lis,
20 bis, 21 bis, 22 bis. Rev. 10:6. So
Sept. for 3 vaviz Pe. 63: 12. Jer. 5:7.

b) spec. i. q. do declare with an oath,
e.g. followed by the words of the oath,
Heb. 3 11 et 4: 3 dig dpooe dv 17 doy75
pov ai doskeioorras, vee in Ei 1.2. h.
. Heb. 7:21. 0¢q. inf. & 18.—c. inf.
Plat. Galb. 22 fin. Xen. Ag. 1. 10. —
Hence, to promise with an oath, seq. dat.
et Ort, Mark 6: 23. c. Sox seq. dat. ot
infin, Acts 2 30 br Sgxm Spoow aing
& S055... dvaonjour, Beq. accus. et
dat. Acts 7:17 rig txayyzllas ie dpooe
& 9sd¢ 16 "Afgady, where je ie by attr.
for jj. Bo c. 2906 tv, Luke 1:73 Senor
by meds *ABeady, comp. Gen. 26:
3 dgnor dy Syoue 1H °A. Deut. 7:8, —c.
dat. et inf. Xen. An.7.7.40. xgdg m0
Hom. Od. 14. 331.

“Opodupador, adv. ( 5ud9up0s,
from ods, Suyuds,) with the same mind,
with one accord, all together. Acts 1:
14 obtos ndvtes jaar ngooxagrepotrtes
SpoSpadiy th mgoosuyh. 2:1, 46. 4:24.
5:12, 7:57. 8:6, 12:20, 15:25, 18: 12.
19: 29. Rom. 15: 6, Sept. for 13h
Ex. 19: 8. Jer. 46: 21.—Jos. Ant. 13.5,
2. Xen. H. G. 24. 17.

“Opocetteo, £. cow, (Sporos,) to be
like, intrans, Mark 14:70 4 dadid cov
Sposcites.—The simple verb is not else-
where found, but comp. magoyosdtw
Matt. 23: 27, ngooopordt Geopon, 2.
21.6.

“Opotonadye, dog, ovs, 6,4, adj.
(Bpos0s, xaSos from maozes) like-afected,
suffering like things, i.e. of like nature,

567

"Opuowa

affections, ‘condition ; hence genr. 1. q
Tike unto, seq. dat. Acts 14: 15 duele
Suotonadiis dozer inte SO peter. James
5:17, Butem. § 133, 2, 2—Wisd. 7: 3.
Jos. de Mace. § 12. Theophr. H. Pl.
5.8.

“Omoroc, a, ov, (Suds,) once Suot-
0¢ 6, #j, with two endings, Rev. 4:3 log
Syosog in later edit. see Winer § 11. 1.
Baum. Ausf. Sprachl. § 60. n. 3; like,
resembling, seq. dat. Buttm. § 133, 2. 2.

a) geur. e. g. in external form and
appearance, John 9:9. Rev. 1: 18 Sos
ov vig dvOpeinov. v.15. 2:18, 4: 3 bis,
6,7 ter. 9:7 bie, 10,19, 11:1. 13: 2, 11.
14: 14, 16 13, 21: 11, 18. (Ken. H. G.
3.2.27.) In kind or nature, Acts 17:
29, Gal. 5:21. (Xen. Mem. 3.1.7.) In
conduct, character, Matt. 11:16 [% verse
airy) Spoia dort maudloug x. 1. A. 13: 52.
Luke 7: 31, 32, 12: 36. (Xen. Ath. 2
10 Sporos toig polos eivol eigt.) In
condition, circumstances, Matt. 13: 3f
Spola éotly 4 Bac, xéy obg. xéxxy asva-
mies, v.83, 44,45, 47. 20:1. Luke 6 47,
48,49, 13: 18, 19,21. 1 John 3:2. Rev.
18: 18.—Hdian. 4. 13.17, Xen. Hi. 1.27,

b) iq, just like, equal, the same with,
e.g. in kind or nature, Jude v. 7 so»
Bpotor soto rgémor. (Palaeph. 29. 3.)
In conduct, character, once seq. gen.
John 8: 55 Ecopas Sposos Spsir, yedorns.
(Comp. Ecclus. 13: 16. Xen. An, 4. 1.
17.) In authority, dignity, power, Matt.
22: 39, Mark 12: 31. Rev. 13: 4.Ec-
clus. 44: 19. Jos. Ant. 8, 14.1 oix dy
Bpo.ns aire 4h oxgatig.

“Opowrne, mro6, 4, (Bpor0s,) Kike-
nese, similitude, Heb. 4:15, 7:15. Sept.
for 79 Gen. 1: 11, 12.—Jos, de Mace.
15, Plat. Gelb. 9.

“Opowa, «, f. daw, (Syo15,) to make
like, c. ace. et dat. Pass. aor. SuousSqy
to be or become like, c. dat.

a) genr. only Pass. e:g. in external
form, Acts 14: 11 of S203. . . Guorendéy—
tes avSoeimors. Sept. for 773 Is. 40:
18. (Diod. Sic. 4. 78) In conduct,
character, Matt. 6:8. (Ecclus. 13: 1,
Thue, 3. 62.) In condition, circum-
stances, Heb. 2: 17: tots adehqois Spor
Sivas. Once seq. dx, Rom. 9: 29 ois

Topogga &y SpousSnuer, quoted from

Omotoma
Ia. 1:9 ‘where Sept. so for > ay. —
Thue. 5. 108, 3 mt
b) in compatisons, to liken, fo com-
pare, Pass. to be Kikened, to be like, Matt.
a, a Spouiow ariror a 1 Ve
juowDjoeras dvBo) pups. 11: 16.
13: 24. 18: 23, 22 re a 4:30,
Luke 7: 31. 13: 18,20, Sept. for 13%
Cant, 217. 7:7. Ps, 102: 7. — Ecclus.
25:14. Philostr. Vit, Sophist. 2. 27.3
sal nov xal 1§ Holiwurs Sposoircur
airéy.
Opolopa, actos, t0, (Sporde,) pp.
“something made like,’ a likeness, i. e.
a) pp. form, shape, figure, Phil. 27
ty Sporenuare dcrPgesnov yerdperos, paral,
with poppy. Rev. 9:7. Sept. for nint
2K.16:10. 2Chr.4:3. pby 1Sam.
@ 5. mqm Deut. 4:16 oq. san
Ey 20: 4—1 Mace, 3:49, Aristot. Eth.
8
b) abetr, likeness, resemblance, simili-
tude, only in the sense of an adj. Butum.
§123. n. 4. Winer § 32.2. Rom. 1:23
dy ipouipats eixévos pIagrod dv Ogunov,
iq. dy sivins Guolg x 2.2. en image
like unto mortal man. 5: 14 én) 6 Spor

diuats tig napaBacrws “Addy, i.e. a J

snagremton like that of Adam. 6 5.

“Opotws, adv. (3p010;,) in like man-
ner, likewise, Matt, 22:26 spolag xat 5
Ositepos. Mark 4:16, Luke 5:10. John
6 11. 1 Cor, 7:3, 4. al. Spots mosey
Luke 3: 11. 10: 37. al.—Sept. Esth. 1:
18. Hdian, 1.10, 14, Xen, Mem. 4. 7.
8& AL

Opotwors, sos, %, (Sporde,) pp. a
likening, comparisen, Luc. pro Imag. 19.
—In N. T. hk }, resemblance, James
8: 9 tots d¥9e. toig xaF Spolwow Sood
yeyovsras, in allusion to Gen. 1:26 where
Bept. for n1273. So for nz Ez. 1:
10. Dan. 10: 16. . ntz4h Ez. 8:'10.

Opodoyeio, «3, £: qow, (eudhoyos,
from 6yds, dpot, Aye,) pp. to speak or
say the same with another, e. speak
the same language, c. dat. Hi .
ib. 2,18. to say the same things, i.e. to
assent, to accord, to agree with, c. dat.
Jos. Ant. 8.6.2. Hdot. 1. 23,171. Xen,
Cyr. 8. 3, 19,—Hence in N. T.

'8) to concede, to admit, to confess, 0.

Omoleyte

accus. ¢. g. & charge, Acts 24: 14 deo
loys O8 softs oor, Stent. Bo of
sins, t4¢ épagriag 1 John 1: 9.—Eoclus.
4:29, Hdian. 1. 6. 8. Xen. An. 1. 6.7.
—Hence to confese publicly, to acknowl
edge openly, to profess, ©. g. ©. ace. of
cogn. noun, 1 Tim. 6 12 epoléyqeus
ay” x. dpoloylay, comp. Buttm. § 131.3.
Beq. accus. genr. Acts 23: 8 Dapuaios
8a Spoloyotos 1a cuperga. Rev. 5
in later edit, Seq. inf. Tit. 1: 16 Seay
Suoloyotasw sidévax, (Xen. Mem. 2.3.
9.) Seq. particip. for infin. Butta §
144. 4.6. Maith. § 555. 2.2 1 Joho
4:2 ndy wvsiua 3 Suoloyed "Fgroby Xp.
dy cagxl dgludora, v.3. 2 John 7. ©.
part. 6vsa impl. John 9:22 Rom. 10:
9 dav Suoloytane ... xdgeor [Brea] “Ty-
covy. Abeol. but with particip. impL
Jobn 12: 42. Rom. 10:10. (Ael. V. H.
2. 44. impl. 2.4.) Seq. Su instead of
infin, Matth. § 539, 1, Heb. 11: 13
Suoloysources Gre Sino xal x. ety.
John 4: 15, (Ael. V. H. 12.2.) Seq.
Sx as citing the express words, Mast. 7:
23, Jobn ‘1: 20 bis. — Peculiar is the
construction Guoloystv év revs, to com-
fess in one’s case, i.e. to profess or ac-
knowledge him, see in “Ey no. 2c. «
Matt. 10:32 bis, Luke 12:8 bis. Comp.
Winer § 32.3. b. — By Hebraiam, s0q.
dat. of pers. to in honour
of any one, i. q, to give thanks, fo praise,
Heb. 19:15 zesdie 6 Uvtey tH o-
vouats aitov. So Heb, > stim, Sept
@Gouoloyéw, Ps, 75: 2 1 Chr. 2% 13.
dySopoleyle Ez. 8:11, Comp. in»
Souoloyie and "Efopoloyie no. 1.

b) to accord with or to any one, i. g
to promise, seq. dat, et infin. Matt. 14:7
m8? Sexov sipoldynaey ing dotres 3 tlw
aizjonra.—Jos, Ant.6.4.3, Plut. Con-
sol. ad Apoll. 5. ed. R. VI. p. 391 uk.
Xen, An. 7, 4. 22.

Omoroyia, ag, %, (Suoloyin,) as
sent, accord, agreement, Luc. Paras. 30.
Thue. 5. 91.—In N. T. confession, pro-
fersion, 1 Tim. & 12, 13 rir sally
Suoloylay, comp. in ‘Omoloyiw a. In
the sense of an adj. Buttm, § 123, n. 4
2 Cor, 9: 13 én} xf tmotay7 Hc Spale—

Sv xt. 1. i,q. your professed
subjection. Heb. 10: 93 xardgeyer Spo-
Loylav sig danidos, i. 0, the hepe we have

“Opodoyoupevas

Professed, i, e. the christian religion. —
Hence meton. profession for ‘ the thing
professed,’ sc. the christian religion,
Heb. 3:1. 4:14. Sept. for “733 vow
Jer, 44: 25.—Philo de Somn. I. 'p. 654.
16, 6 piv 84 piyes dgzsepais tig suolo~
lag x. 21

Opmodoyounévasc, adv. (part. pres.
pass. of Suoloyio,) by consent of all, con-
fessedly, without controversy, 1 Tira. 3
16.—Jos. Ant. 2.9.6. Diod. Sic. 13. 26,
Xen. Oec. 1, 11.

Opcrezvas, ov, 6, i, adj. (5ués,
sign) of the same trade, Acts 18: 3. —
Jos. Ant. 18.13, 4. Lue. Demon. 23,
Hdot. 2. 89.

[Ouov, adv. (pp. genit. neut. of
Syss,) at the same place or time, to-
gether, ©. g. of place, John 21:2; of
time John 4: 36. 20:4. Sept. of time
for 3117 Job 34: 29.—of place Aeschin.
21.12. “Xen. Conv. 1.3, of time Hdian,
1. 11. 13, Xen. An. 1. 10, 8.

Opopour, ovoe, 6,4, (suds, porn)
of the eaine mind, like-minded, 1 Pet. 3:
8 Comp. Rom. 12: 16.—Hes. Theog.
60. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 84. 80 dpo-
poerin Plt. Otho 9.

"Opceo obsol, theme, see in “Ou-
ao

‘Opec, advers. part, (suds,) i. q.
Engl. at the same time, i. ©. 7
notwithslanding, yet. E. g. as strength-
ened by érton John 12: 42 dps wérros

xa x. 1.1. i. q. in Engl. yet nevertheleas. p

—simpl. 15: 5, Hdian. 7. 7. 4.
Xen. Cyr. 8,221. c. pértos ib. 2.3.
22. Cebet. Tab. 33. — In the usage of
Paul, Sax is put before a comparison
with something inferior, out of which
there then follows a conclusion & mi-
nore ad majus, i. q. yet even, 1 Cor. 14:
7 Spas 1a Gyuza quviy Bierce x. %. 1.
i.e. yet even as to inanimate musical in-
Struments you require them to give
forth distinct sounds ; [how much more
then, etc.] Gal. 3:15 yet even a man’s
covenant, duly confirmed, no one ang
nulleth, ete.

“Ovag, +6, found only in nom. and
accus. Sing, a dream, in N.'T. only xar
_ 2

569

“Ovedos
3rag in a dream Matt. 1:20. % 12,

. 3 Gvag

Strabo 4.1.4. Artemid. 1.2.9, Ael.
V.H. 1.13. Earlier writers used sim-
ply drag, Dem. 429. 18. Xen, Conv. 4.
$3. See Lob. ad Phr. p. 421 0q.

*Ovaowy, ov, 4, (dim. of 8705) o
young ass, John 12: 14, coll. v. 15. —
‘Athen. 13. p. 582. C.

*Overditeo, £. tow, (3vu30s,) pp. to
defame, i. e. to disparage, to reproach.

a) genr. i. q. to rail at, to revile, to
assail with opprobrious words, in later
usage seq. acc. of pera. Matt. 5:11 ua-
wiguol tows, Srav dvudlawowy ipds, 2
44, Mark 15:32, Luke 6:22. 1 Tim.
4:10. 1 Pet. 4:14, Rom. 15: 3, quoted
from Ps. 69:10 where Sept. for 173s
as also Ps, 42:11. 2 Sam. 21: 21.—Ec-
clus, 22; 20, absol. Hom. Il. 7. 95. ib.
1,211,

b) spec. to reproach with any thing,
i. q. to upbraid, to chide, e.g. c. acc.

rs, et Ore, Matt. 11:20 rors jesato-
ovediey rag sdheg... ts ob usteron—
gay. Seq. ace. of thing f which,
Mark 16: 14 tiv dmiotlay attr. — 80
tad d:6rs Luc. Tox. 61. tiva elo te
Jos, B. J. 1.12.1. Diod. Sic. -20. 62.
sovits Hdian,3.8,12. tia Plato Phaedo
18. p.31. A. dee ib.17. p. 29. E—Ab-
sol. fo upbraid ec. with benefits confer-
red, James 1: 5—Ecclus. 41: 29, tub
ts Pol. 9, 31. 4,

* Ovedtopuos, ov, 6, (dedi) re-
roach, reviling, contumely. Rom, 15:3
of SvecBiouod reey Sraditorcey cs, ee in
*Ovadige a. 1 Tim, 3:7. Heb, 10: 33.
11: 96 soy dyed. sod Xe. reproach like
that of Christ. 13:13. Sept. for 1B"
Ps. & 10. v. 8, 11. Joel & owed
5:3. 1 Mace. 10: 70, Menand. Prot. p.
118. D, A late word, Lob. ad Phr. p.
512,

“Ovedos, e06, ous, *é, pp. fame,
name, report, good or bad, e. g. good
fame, renown, Eurip. Phoen. 828 or 835
‘xdddsotoy dyeidos. Usually and in N.
T. ill fame, i. ©. reproach, disgrace, Luke
1: 25 digehaty 13 SyeiBée wou, ac. for ster-
ility, in allusion to Gen. 30: 23 where
Sept. for p71, a8 also 2 Sam. 13: 13.

“Ovnat
Prov. 633. Comp. In. 4: 1.—1 Mace.
4: 58. Diod. Sic. 1. 93. Xen. Ven. 13.

8. Also reproach in words, Lue, Alex.
45, Dem. 19. 8.

“Ornus, v00 Ovirgus

“Oryjaros, ov, 4, (arlenen pp.
profiteble,) Onesimus, pr. n. of a slave
of Philemon, converted under Paul's
preaching at Rome, and sent back by

him to Philemon with an epistle, Col.
+ 4:9. Philem. 10.

*Ornaiqogos, av, 6, (Srnars, gége,

Pp. profit-bringing,) Onestphorus, pr. n.
7 a Christian at Ephesus, 2 Tit. 1:16.

‘Ovixas, 7, ov, (6905) pertaining
to an ass, e.g. pihos Gvixds, an ass-mill-
atone, i.e. turned by an ass, a large

upper-millstone, Matt. 18:6, Luke 17:
‘2. See in Milos.

*Ovlyyue, £. dvjcw, to be of use, to”
profit, c. ace. Ael, V.H.7.14. Xen. An,
B. 1, 38. to gratify Xen. An. 6. 1. 32.
In N.T. only Mid. cylvapas, sor. 2
Opt. dvaluny, to have profit, to have joy,
6. gan. of or from any one, Phil. 20 val,
dye cov dvalyny. Buttm. § 132. 4.2. d.
Math. § 327. 4.—Aristoph. Theem. 469
Boaleqy tibr tkxver. Dom, 842.10, On
the forms, expec. aor. 2 Ind. anipay
or dvapqy, see Buttin. § 114. p. 294.
Lob, ad Phr. p. 12 sq.

“Ovoma, arog, 16, name, i.e. the
proper vame or appellation of a person,
ste. Heb. Dy}.

a) pp-and genr. Matt. 10:2 séiv dad.
Saorsélaw +4 orépars dors ratte, Luke
1: 63 "Iuciveng dott 13 Bvopa aitod. 10:
20. Acts 13:8. 1 Cor, 1: 13, 15 eee be-
dow ind. B. Phil, 4:3, Rev. 13:1 dy-

ous Blacpyslas a blasphemous name, 17:
re 21:14 al, So Mark 6:14 gavsgor
79 tyiveto 10 Svopa aitoi his name had
become known abroad; others fame, but
unnecessarily. The verb xaiso to call
sometimes takes Svope with the name
in epposit. Matt. 1:21 xakioas 20 Svoma
witod “Incoiy. v.23, 25. See in Kaléw
no. 2a, Go Mark 3:16 éxédye tH
Zipem Brope Hitgor. v.17. Aleo xa
Ao rove x§ Sxépars roiny i. ©. by this
mame; Luke 1:61; = éxd 19 drspere

570

“Ovena

after the name of any one, v. 59; see fm
Kalio no. 2. 8, and “Eni II. 3.c.4, Fer-
ther, ob 10 Sropa [éors) Mark 14: 32.
10 Bropa aizod v. abtig [tyirero] Lake
1:5, Byopel por, cor, abe, i.e. my, thy,
his name, etc. Mark 5:9, Luke 2% 25.
Jobo 1:6. 3: 1.al, Matth, §306. (Hien.
4.12.1. Xen. Mem. 3.11. 1, An. 1.5.
4) Acc. vO gues « . = Touv0pa “Te-
cp ec. xaloijssvos, Matt, 27: 57. (Pa-
face. 0. 8 tobvope. Ael. V. H. 13 27
init. Xen. Cyr, 2211) But aleo dat.
GrOguenos . . + Ziyew Simon by
name Matt. 97:32. Mark 5:22. Luke
1:5. Acts 5:1, Buttm. § 133. 3.2. (Pa-
Inepb.2. 4, Xen. An 411) Adv.
nar’ Svowa by name, severally, Jobo
10:3, 3 Jobn 15-Meton. name is pat
for the person or persons bearing thet
name, e. g Luke 6: 22 xa éefiless 15
Bropa ipisy Se morngsr, aoe in “ExSille
a. Acts 1: 15 dy te dzlos dopartem x.
th. Rev. 3:4, 911: 1% So Sepe &
qrdu0d Svoudrar for nim} ABOR
Num. 26: 53, 55. Comp. Jos. Ant 1.
19,10 14 [pecora] éx! vipers 26 “Taxes
ov twtéuera, Lat. ‘nomen Cacninum’
for Caeninenses, Liv. 1. 10. ‘nomen
Extruscum,’ the Tuscan nation, ib. 7.17.
b) implying authority, ©. g. ‘te come
or to do any thing in or by the mame of
any one, i.e. using his name; es bie
messenger, envoy, representative ; by
his authority, with bis sanction. E. g.
dy dvopurl twos, Bee “En vo. Bc. Bp.
274, Actes? bv nolg duds, § oy xole
Matt. 21: 9 6 dexépares
suglou, 23: 99. John 5 43 bis
10: 25 dy ae Gy. tod margss. Mark 16
17 & es he Soiporna
Luke 10:17, 24: 47. John 14: 96, Acs
& 6 dv 16 bn. I. Xe. [Aéyee cos} Eynuge =
4.2. 9 97,28. 1 Cor. 5: 4 2 Thee 3
6. Jament: 14. aiteiy by 16 b0. “iqees
John 14: 13, 14. al. see in “Ey mo. 3c.
6. p.274, Comp. below in d, &. — 80
ent vo dvoparl tav0g, see in “Bei I. 3.
ca. p. 301. Mark 9: 89 ¢ mosjen 3
voy dn) dy. pou. Lake 9: 49. So
Iadsie v. diddanesy oxi 1H 30. Tyee,
eee in “Exile, Acts 4: 17,18. 5 28,
40. Of impostors, Matt. 24:5, Mark
18: 6. Luke 21: 8. — Dat. rq Gvdpati
i906, Matt. 7:22 16 of riper apoga-
rebomyer x. 2.1, Mark 988. Comp

fy 71:11:2. 1: 49 dyiov 20 53

“Ovropa 571

in Saspénov b. 3. — So tnd 19 av. Jos.
Ant. 4.1.1. Dem. 495.7. ib. 917. 27.
4x toi Gv. Jos, Ant. 7.1.5.

c) as implying character, dignity, i. q.
same and dignity, honourable appella-
tion, title, Matt. 10: 41 bis, 6 dezazevog
spogity ss Sropa neogitor, i.e. in
the character of a prophet, asa prophet.
v.42, See in Eig no. Re. Matt. 18:5
Sg dey Sétqras maidior Sy ent rH dvdpart
ov, i.e, in the character of being mine,
as my disciple. Mark 9 37. Comp. the
fuller expression in v. 41 év dyduarts Sts
Xewrod tore, Soe in “Eni Il. Bc. «
So Eph. 1:21 imagen . . . nartég 676
arog x 2. Phil. 29 Svopa 10 indy
may Gyopa, Acts 4: 12, Heb. 1:4. Rev.
1% 16.—Act. Thom. § 27. Jos. Ant, 12.
4.1 gégrns dvipar.—Hence mere name,
as opp. to reality, Rev. 3: 1 bvopa tyes
Sus Fig nad vengos al, i.e. thou art said to
live, thou livest in’ name only. — Jos.
Ant. 8. 13. 6. opp. to ieyoy Eurip.
Phoen. 512 where comp. Porson. ib.
Or. 448, Troad. 1241. .

4) emphat. 16 dvopa tod O400,

God, af Chris, as peripbrasis for God
himeelf, Christ himeelf, in all their be-
ing, attributes, relations, manifestations;
comp. Olsbansen Comm. on Matt. 18:
20. Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt. & 9.
E. g, geor. Matt. 2%: 19 Bansiforres ai-
ots ag 15 Svopa tol warps wat soi viod
xad soi dylou mveipatos, comp. below
in B, and see in Baxtit no. 2. a. 8. —
Spec. (a) of God, where his name is said
to be hallowed, revealed, invoked, } hon-
oured, and the like. Matt. 6:9 ayia~
ext to Svoud ov, i.e. all that the
name of God includes, God himself in
all his attributes and relations. Luke
aizov. John
12% 28. 17:6 éperignca cou 1d dvopa
t0ig dv99. Rom. 9:17. Heb.2:12. (comp.
Sept. and y-Ex. 9:16.) After énexa-
Age to invoke, Acts 2: 21, 9: 14, Rom.
10:13. also2Tim.219. So of praise,
homage, Rom. 15:9 19 drduats cov
yos. Heb, 6: 10, 13: 15. Rev. 11: 18.
So Matt, 28:19. Acts 15: 14 Aafeiy &
89vdy Lady 1H drépats aizoi, i.e. in
honour of his name, of himself, comp.
v.17; here text. rec. bas éni, seo in
"Kesh WI. 3. c.% John 17: 11, 12 a9gei7

Ovoua

cinoic ty 1G évopert cov, i.e. in the
knowledge and obeervance, enjoyrwent
of thy name, of thyself, Vice verse
Rom. 2:24 1a by. tod Sao de ipa
Blacgnpsttas x. t.2, 1 Tim.6:1. (2Mace.
8:4.) So genr. Sept. and ny Gen. 4:
26. Ps. 5: 12. 7: 18, 9:3, 11. fs, 26: 8.
saep. Comp. Gesen. Lex. ptj no. 2—
(8) Of Christ, as the Messiah, where
kis name is said to be honoured, revered,
believed on, invoked, and the like. Acts
19: 17 dusyadivero 15 Broa tot xuplov
“Ingots. Phil. 2 10. 2'Thess. 1:12. Rom.
1:5. Rev. 213, 8:8. Matt. 12: 21 &
16 dy. aitot EGyy dhmsotes, “John 1:19
trois motedovow sig to Svopa aitot. 2
23. 3: 18. Acts 3:16. 1 John 3: 23, 5:
13, After émixadéo to invoke, 1 Cor.
4:2, Acts 9: 21. 2216. After Bonl-
for, ©. g. aig 10 Svope Tob x. “Incod Acts
& 16, 19:5, Matt. 28:19, 8. él 1 ov.
°T, Acta 238. f. dv 1a dy. tot x, Acts
10:48, See in Baresite no. 2.0. 8. comp.
Rom. 6:3 fan. sig Xguotév. (Hence
by antith. also Ban. ey 16 by. Havhov 1

tod Cor. 1: 18, 15.) Where benefits are
wuplov, ted Xeutod, ete. the name of

snid to be received in or through the
name of Christ, John 20: 31 fra more
ovces Coniy Bente dv 1G dropare aizod.
Acts 4: 10, 80. 10: 43, 1 Cor. 6: 11. I
John 2 12. Where any thing is done

tn his nami and through him,
through faith in him, Eph, 5: 20 siza-
quotointes ... dv 2 bp. t08 x". Xe. 18

Seg nak xaxgh, where it isi q. 3 abrot,
e.g. Col. 3:17 ndvea (mossies] bv by.

suplov’L. sizagurtoiveas 19 Sei xal w. 82

aizot, Here can also be referred the
phrase alzsiy dv dyduars X¢. see above in
b.—Espec. the name of Christ stands
for Christ as the Head of the gospel
dispensation, i. q. Christ and his cause,
as Acts & 12 sbayyelefousvos 16. . . 108
ov. L Xp. 15. Matt. 18: 20 ovr;

vos tis 13 dudy Svoucr, see in Eig no. 3d.
@. p. 237. So where evils and seffer-
ings are endured 8:6. 18 Svopa tot Xp.
Matt. 10: 22 prcodpevos dia 1d dvopa
ov, i.e, on account of me and my cause,
as believing on me. Mark 13: 13, Jobn
15: 21, Rev. 2&3, & ov, Xq. 1 Pet. 4:
14, Evaay soi, By, Xg. Matt, 19: 29.
Luke 21:12, énig tod dvéu. Xg. Act
5: 41. 9:16, 21:13. 3John 7. al. Or
where one opposes and blasphemes te

"Ovopateo
Svope rol Xe. Acts 26:9. Jamea 2 7.—
(y) Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 28: 19, see
above. AL.

*Ovopato, f. cou, (Svops,) to name,
to call by name, trans.

a) genr. and 2eq. dyoya, to name the
name of any one, to call or pronounce
his name, eq. éxi tive Acts 19:13, Sept.
for 22 Lev. 24:16. Also to call upon,
to invoke, to profess the name of any
one, 2 Tim. 2:19 wag 6 dvoudtar 10
Svowa xvglov. So Sept. for sa 771 Is.
26: 13. Jer. 20: 9. Josh. 23: 7. (Huian.
5. 5.13. Xen. Apol. Soc. 24.) Pass. to
be named, i.e. to be mentioned, heard of,
Known, Rom. 15: 20 éaov dvopdody
Xouotds i.e. where Christ is already
known and professed. Eph, 1: 21. 5:3
pndt dvopatiodw éy duly let it not be 20
much as named among you, i. e. let it not
exist even in name. 1Cor.5:1. Comp.
Sept. for 972) Esth. 9: 4. — Act. genr.
Luc, Hale. 5. Hdot. 1. 86. Xev. Conv.
6.1. Pass. Hdian. 2.3. 15,

b) in the sense of to call, i.e. to give
a name or appellation, c. dupl. acc.
Luke 6: 13, 14 Gy xa} drduacs Létgoy.
Pass. 1 Cor, 5:11. Seq. ix tiv0g to be
named from or after any one, Eph. 3:
15. Sept. for mp Gen. 26: 18. Jer.
25: 20. — Wied. £13. Palaeph. 4.3
Hdian. 3.10.9. c. & tsv0g Xen. Mom.
45.12

“Ovoc, ov, 3, 4, an ass, male or
female, Matt. 21: 2, 5,7. Luke 13: 15.
14:5. John 12:15, Sept. for 7in'3
Gen, 12 16. zim Judg. 5: 10.—Lue.
Asin. 51. Xen. An. 2.1. 6

Oveeg, adv. (co, shul,) really, truly,
in very deed, Mark 11:32 Sts d»tag
xeopitn yy. Luke 23: 47, 24: 34. John
& 36. 1 Cor. 14: 25. Gal. 3:21. 2 Pet.
% 18 in text. ree. With the art. 6,4
Serres as adj. real, true, 1 Tim. 5: 3, 5,
16. Buttm, § 125.6. Sept. for nay
Num, 22: 37, — Hdian. 4. 12.9. Xen.
Conv. 9.5. 0, art. Jos, Ant. 15.3.5.
Ael. V. H. 2. 10,

“Okos, 80s, ovs, 14, (88%s,) Pp.
sharpawine, vinegar, Pol, 12.2.8, Xen.
An. 2.3.14. Also genr. vinegar, sour
toine, posca, vinum culpatum, i. ©, cheap
poor wine, which mixed with water

572

“Onder

constituted a common drink, espec. for
the poorer classes and soldiers; see
Adam's Rom. Ant, p. 393. Jahn § 144.
Sept. and yrin Num. 6:3. Ruth & 14
Plut. Cato Maj. 1 fin. ide 3° Escuver éxi
tis otgatelas, niiy nore Siyjoas megi-
phtyéis Btog Frqoer. Comp. Ulpian 12.
38. Mingled with myrrh or bitter herbs
it was given to persons about to be ex-
ecuted in order to stupify them, Babyl.
Tr. Sanhedrin fol. 43. 1. c. 6, “ Dixit
R. Chasda: Qui ducitur ad mortem, ei
datur bibendam granum turis in pocalo
vini, ut distrahatur mens ejus,” in allu-
sion to Prov. 31: 6& Comp. Galen.
Simpl. Med. 15. 19.—So in N. T. gear.
Matt. 27: 48 lafay ondyyor, mAjoos ve
BSous. Mark 15: 36. Luke 23:36. Joba
19: 29 bis, 30. Also Matt. 27: 34 Sfo¢
pita zolis psuypivoy, i. q. in Mark 15
28 dopvoriopivor olvor.

"Okus, eta, v, sharp, Ren, ie.

8) pp. having a sharp edge, e.g.
Goupaia, Igéavov, Rev. 1:16. 2 12
14: 14,17, 18 bis, 19:15, Sept. for sz"
In, 49: 2, Ez. 5: 1.—Lee. D. Door. 8 8
bis. Hdot. 3. 8

b) quick, swift, since the idea of sharp-
ness, keenness, implies also eagerness,
vehemence. Rom. 3: 15 é&is of. médeg
aitéy, comp. Is. 58:7. So Sept. for
bp Amos: 15. 777 Prov. 2% 28.—

dian. 1. 9.20. Plat. Romul. 10. Xen.
Eq. 1. 13.

*Ony, Fe 4, an opening, hole, e. g.
a fissure in the earth, rocks, ete. Heb.
11: 38; @ fountain, James 3: 11. So
Sept. for mp2 Ex. 33: 22 nyan
Obad. 3.—Jos, Ant. 9.8.2 Athen. 13:
p. 569. B. Ael. V. H. 4. 28.

“Oatatev, adv. (Bais a looking
back,) pp. from behind, Buttm. § 116. 1.
InN. T. only of place, behind, after, at
the back of any person or thing. (In the
classics also of time, Hom. Il. 9. 515.
Od. 23, 249, Pind. Nem. 7. 149.)

a) absol. Mark 5:27 &Sotea ty te
Sle SmicGev i. e. from behind. Matt.
9:20, Luke 8 44. Rev. 4:6, 5: 1 BiS-
Loy yrypoppivor tower xa} Emioder,
@ scroll written within and on the back.
— Arr. Alex. M. 1. 15. 12. Xen. Ao. 5.
6.9. .

*Oniow

b) s0q. genit. as prep. Buttm. § 146,
2, behind, after, Matt. 15:23 xpdtes bmi
oSey suey. Luke 2% 26, Sept. for re
Gen, 18: 10. Ruth 2 7. — Palaeph. 29.
5. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3, 25.

"Onioe, adv. (8n1g, comp. Buttm.
§ 115. 6,) behind, back, backwards, of
place and time.

a) gbeol. in N.'T- only of place, Luke

7: 38 orice éniow. Matt. 24: 18 pj
drotgeyare baie, sc. to his house.
Sept. for ni ny 1 K. 18: 37. — Jos,
Ant. 61.3 Luc. Asin, 51. Ael. V. H.
13. 3. — With the art. ra oniaw, pp.
things behind, and ei; 16 dniowi.q. back-
ward, back, comp. Buttm. § 125.6. So
Grtigy. sig 14 dntow to go back, to fall
Back, pp. John 18: 6 trop, from a
“teacher, 6: 66. lénw tis 1a dx. Luke
9:62 oreépouas tig ta Sm. to turn back
i.e. about, John 20: 14. dmotpeydtw
slg 10 3m. to turn back ec. to one’s house,
Mark 18:16. Luke 17:31, Trop. Phil.
3: 14 td Sxlow éribarSardparos, i. e.
former pursuits and acquirements, Sept.
alg 1a dn. for Virey 2Sam. 1:22. MT
Gen. 19:17, 26.—So tis roixlow Hdian.
5. 6.17. Thue. 4. 4,

b) eeq. gen. as prep. Buttm. § 146, 2,
often in N. T. and Sept. but not usual
in the classics; spoken both of place
and time. (a) Of place, behind, after ;
e.g. place where, Rev. 1: 10 jjxovea
Slow pou gumiy, behind me. Sept. for
sree Cant. 2:9. Is. 57: 8.—With verbs
implying motion after any one, i.e. a fol-
lowing as a disciple, partisan, or other-
wise,e. g. dxolov9ti éalow you Matt. 10:
38. Seize dmlow pov 4:19, Mark 1: 17.
Gey, duel Sti, Matt. 16: 24. Mark 1:
20. 8: 34. Luke 9: 23, 14:27. John 12
19. 80 Luke 19: 14, 21:8. Acts 5: 37.
20: 30. Trop. 1 Tim. 5:15. 2 Pet. 2
J0. Jude 7. Rev. 12 15, Praegn. Rev.
13: 3, see in Oavudtw b. Sept. pp. for
sQme 1 Sam. 13: 7, 2 K.'6: 19, trop.
Deut. 4:3. 2K. 13: 2. (Palaeph. 32.2)

motion behind any one,
to his rear, in expressions of aversion,
as txaye dniow uo, get theebehind me,
i. e. away, avaunt thee, Matt. 4: 10 in la-
ter edit. 16: 23, Mark 8: 33. Luke 4: 8,
Bo Sept. and *yhe 1 K. 14:9. Is, 38:.
37.—(8) OF time, after, as 6 dxlow pou

573

“Onov

dexépavos Matt. 3: 11. Mark 1:7. Joho
1: 15, 27, 30. Sept. for “rt Neh. 13:
19. ¢ 1K. 1: %. Ecc. 10: 4.
Chald. =z Dan. 2: 19.

“Ondita, f. low, (Sndov,) to furnish
out, to prepare, e.g. food or drink, Hom.
I. 11.641. a chariot, shipe, to equip,
ib, 24, 190. Od. 17, 288. to equip with
arma, to arm, Hdian. 1. 18. 5. Xen. Ag.
2.7, Mid.to prepare oneself for 2 work,
U7. 417. to arm oneself, to take arms,
Hom. Il. 8. 55. Hdian. 6. 9. 6. —In N.
T. only Mid. to arm oneself, trop. in a
moral sense, seq. acc. 1 Pet. 4: 1 iusig
nip abviw trvoev Snlicashs Buttm. §
185, 4.—Jos. Ant. 6.9.4, Soph. Electr.
991 of 996 Sodaos sada Sas,

“Ondov, ov, té, an instrument, im-

e.g. of ap artisan Od. 3, 433.
of a ship, plur. ropes, tackle, Hom.
Od. 15. 288. Hdot.9.115, InN, T.only

J

plur. ro dxda, instrumente, i
e.g.
a) of war, arms, armour,

Jobn 18: 3. trop, 2 Cor. & 7. 10:4 a
Srila tis orgatelas judy ob cagxixd.
Rom. 13: 12, Sept. pp. for np Jer.
21:4. 4379 Jer. 46:3. mby 2 Chr, 23:
10.—Hdian. 2.11.9. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.14.

b) metaph, instruments, with which
any thing is effected or done, Rom. 6
13 bis, tha Adixlas, Sula duxesootrns.
—Sept. Prov. 14: 7.

“Onotos, ofa, o¥oy, relat. pron,
correlat. to zroi0¢, toios, Buttm. § 79. 6,
what, i, e. of what kind or sort, qualis,
and with ro:oitroy, i. q. as, Acts 26: 29
rorotrors, énstos dys etus’ (Xen, Cyr.
1. 6 36.) Simpl. 1 Cor. 3: 13 igyor
Groisy for, Gal. 2:6. 1 Thess. 1:9,
James 1: 24.—Hdian. 6.1.1. Xen. Mem.
4. 4, 13,

“Onore, compound relat. part. of
time, (614) when, at what time, see Buttm.
§.116. 4, comp. §79. 4; ©. Indie. of what
actually took place at a certain time,
Luke 6: 3. Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p.
903, 917. Passow s, v.—Luc. D. Deor.
5.5, Xen, An. 2.1.1.

“Onou, compound relat. adv. of place,

(xoi,) pp. where, in which or what place,
see Buttm. § 116. 4, comp. § 79. 4.

“Onov

a) pp. and after express mention of
a « place Seq. Indic. Matt. 6: 19, 20 &
;» Sxov obra ong x. t. 1. Mark 9:

“ Luke 12: 33. John 1: 28, al. With
dst added pleonast. Rev. 126 éxov
Yyes éxti témov. v. 14. or also én’ atray
17:9. Bee in "Hus a, and Aizde II. 1. b.
Sept. for Dei TGR Judg. 18: 10, (Pa-
laeph. 15.2." Hdian. 2.7. 5.) Seq. Sub-
junct. of tbat which is indef. Mark 14:14,
‘Comp. Herm. ed Vig. p. 741. — With
dxet ‘emphat ii in the corresponding clanse.
Mau. 621 dxov yi don 5 9. Sua,
bul Toros xd 5 as id. Luke 12:
3%. 17: 37, Jobn Te 96 — Simpl. and
including the idea of a demonstrative,
there awhere, Matt. 25: 24 Sapite Sxov
oix iontees. v.26, Mark 5: 40. Joho
& 8. 7:34. Rom, 15: 20, al.—Xen. Cyr.
1. 4. 16.—With dy, as Grou dv, where-
soever, comp. in “dy I. 2.4. Bo seq.
Subject Mark 9: 18 dou dy aitoy xa-

ralofy. 14:9. Sov dy id. Matt. 24:
98. Mark 6:10. Seq, Indic. impf: Mark
6: 56.—Xen. Cyr. 4, 5. 41, c, Subj.

b) trop. in a wider sense, including
‘lso time, manner, circumstances, ete.
Col. & 11 Sov obs Bs “Eliqv x. x. 2
Pet.&11. Soc. éxsi emphat. James 3:
16. Simpl. i. q. there where Heb. 9: 16.
10: 18—Sept. Prov. 26: 20. Xen. Cyr.
2 8.11. ib. 6. 1. 7. — So in reasoning,
where, whereas, i.q. since, 1 Cor, 3:3
Srrov vag dv inte Gilog .. . obzi cagnxol
dots; Comp. Buttm. § 149. p, 424. —
Lue. D. Deor. 18.2 fin, Hdian. 2. 10.
18, Snov ys Xén. Cyr. 8. 4. 31.

c) by attract. after verbs of motion,
instead of whither, Buttm. § 151. I. 8.
Winer § 58.7. E. g. seq. Indic. John
8:21, 22 Sou dyes imiya, 14: 4, Heb.
620. So Snow dv c. Subjunet. Lake
9:57 Snov dy dndgxy. Janes 3:4. Rev.
14:4, Gov day id. Matt. 8:19.—Hdian.
2.11.8, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3,23, An

*Ontava, 00 ‘Updo.

"Oniasia, as, 4, (Sntdv0, oxtd-

a ance, espec. a vision,

Bari Lake 1-28 94 29 beraeian

Gyyiloy kugoxévas. 26:19. 2 Cor. 12:1.

Son. for miq-y2 Den. 9: 23. 10: 1, 7, 8.

—Anthol. Gr.'E. p. 121, A later word
for 8 Gyrs, Passow 8. v.

"Oars, 7, dv, (nude 16 roast,

574

“Ones

te.) roasted, broiled, cooked by fre,
Luke 24: 42 ipdviog S208 plgos.

for *Sy, Ex. 12 8, 9. Is, 44: 16.—Hom.
Od. 4.'66, Plut. ed R. VI. p. 481.2

“Onto, obsol. themé to fut. Spopas,
see in ‘Ogee.

"Onaga, as, %, pp. late remmer,
dog-days, that season of the year which
succeeded 13 Bépos, and in which Siri-
us or the dog-star is predominant, Hom.
Il, 22. 27, Xen. H. G. 3.2.10. Comp.
Il. 5, 5 and Heyne’s note; also Ideler’s
Kalendar der Griech. u. Rim. p. 15.
In the East it is the season in which
fruits ripen. — Hence in N. T. meton.
and collect. fruits, Rov. 18: 14 ¥ omega

tig dmPuplas tis yozie i.e. the fruits
in which thou hast delighted. So Sept.
d Psp Jer. 40: 10, 12, —Jow. Ant 4
8.21. Hdian.1.6.8. Xen.H. G. 2. 4.35.

“Ones, pp. relat. adv. of manner,
in what manner, how, Buum. § 116. 4
It passes. over alee into a conjunetica,
in the manner that, 20 that, ote.

I. As relat. Adv. in what manner,
how, once in N. T. seq. Indic. aor. in
the narration of an actual event, see
Passow s. voc. A. 1.d. Luke 24:20
ta nigh "Invot... Snag +2 wagédemar
abzby of égzugtis x 21. — Joa BS.
proem. § 2 dmesg xatéc ~ Hom.
10. 545. Xea. An. 1. 6, 11.

IL As Conjunct. pp. in such man-
ner that, and then genr. se that, thet, im
the various senses of ive, with which
it may be compared throughout, viz
‘teluxdig, final, as markiug end or pur-
pore, to the end that, in order that ; bet
also dxfarinds, ecbatic, as marking the
event, result, upshot of an action, se that
it was or is 80 and so. This later wee
of dro bas been denied and supported
ia the same manner and by the same
writers, as in tye. See in “Ive init.
Tim. de Synon. N.T. lib. LL p. 5309.
Winer § 57. p. 386. — In N. T. Gress
is found only with the Subjunctive ;
though in the classics it is construed
with other moods, like fre. Butsm.
§ 139. 4.

1. teluxtig, final, to the end that, in or
der that, and Snag jo in order that net,
dest, c. Subjunct.

t

“Ones

8) simpl. i.e. without &. (#) pre-
ceded by the present or sorist of any
mood except the Indicative ; and thea
the Subjunct. marks what it is supposed
will really take place; comp. im “Iva
20.1. A.a.” E. g- pres, Matt. 6:2 donee
of txoxgital nowovory Ons dofa-
oSGa. ind ritw GvBg. v. [5], 16. Heb.
9 15. impl. 1 Pet. 2:9. Aor, Mark 5:
%B dmiSiig adr} rae zilgac, Emus ow.
Lake 16: 28. John 11:57. Acts 9: 12.
2 Cor. 8:14. 2 Thess. 1:12 Sre¢ per
Acts 20:16. 1 Cor. 1: 29.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
2.5. Conv. 8. 25.—(6) preceded by the

» comp. in “Iva no. 1. A. b.
E. g. imper. aor. Matt. 2: 8 dnayyellaré
Hor, Greg waves Dev x. 1.2. 64, Acts
28: 15,23. 2Cor. 8:11. Ssreg po} Matt.
6: 18.— Xen. Cyr. 1 4, 10. — (y) pre-
ceded by the future, comp. in “Iva no, 1.
A.c. Acts 24: 26. — (2) preceded by a
past tense, see in “Iva no. 1. A. d. Pas-
sow Sag B. 1. b, Matt. 26: 59 sito
prvdopagruglay... Snag Savarecway
abréy. Acts 9:17, 24, 25:26. Rom. 9%
17 bis. Gal. 1:4 —Hdion. 4. 5. 8. Thue.
2. 3.

b) with ay, i.e. ime dy, see in “Ay
no. I. Qe. E. g. preced. pres. Matt, 6
5 im later edit, Rom. 3: 4 impl. (Plato
Gorg. p. 481. A. Bekk. Ysocr. ad Phil.
©. 49.) Preced. imper. Acts 3: 19 Snes
Gy Owes xargol x. x. 2. that at length
the times ete. may come, see Tittm. |. ¢.
p. 63,64, Preced. ful. Acts 15: 17. —
©. praet. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 6.

2. éxBortixtis, ecbatic, so that, 30 as
that, c. Subjunct. see in “Iva no. 2
B. g. (0) preced. pres, Matt. 5 45 xalds
woults tolg povbow indie xad ngoori-
gee... brug vipa de viol t05 args
eT hie. #0 ay that ye may thus imi-
tate your Father etc. see Tittm. |. c.
p.58, 5:16. ©. preet. us pres. Luke 16:
26 dope piye dovjguctar, Smug x. 1. b
—Hdot 1.8.—{8) preced. fut. Matt. 20:
35 Suites... Smug MIF bp tude war
alpa Sleasor x. 2. 1. —(7) preced. pract.
Heb. % 9 flinopsy “Foot . . . dovepa-

vor Omen zagrts Seou tuig morte
qevontas Savdrou, we see Jesus .
the suffering of death crowned with giory
and honour, s0 as that by the grace of
God he may taste death for every man
Here belongsthe phrase dnw¢ ningwOy

575

“Opaces
18 dndty x. 1. preceded by a part

tense or by toite yiyover implied,
2:23. 8:17, 1217, 18:35. It is whol-
ly equivalent to fra mingwOf, which
see in “Iva no. 2. d.—(3) Once ona a,
Luke 2:35. Comp. above in no. 1. b.
& After verbs of asking, entreating,
exhorting, and also of deciding, com-
manding, which in themselves imply a
purpose, Gag became equivalent to a
demonstrative conjunction, like our that,
simply pointing out or introducing that
to which the preceding words refer;
comp."fvano.3. The same verbs often
take after them the infin. or also ive.
E. g. déowes in imperat. Matt. 9: 38
Sep dyte ovr ... Saag bpitg derdros

9.117.) Boc. inf.
After dgurde, praet. Luke
inf, Acts 23:20 ; comp.
in “Iva Le. stiyopas and mooosizonas,
James 5:16. Acts 8:15. impl. Philem. 6.
comp. in “Iva lc. magaxaléo Matt. 8
34, comp. “Iva: 1. ¢.—After verbs of de-
ciding, Matt. 12: 14 oyfothior Dofor

zet witod... nas avtéy cnolicwct,
pot 15. Mark 3% 6. comp. Matt. 27:1
where it is dors c. inf. See Titm. |. c.
p. 61. So after verbs or phrases im-
plying decision, ator, command, 28
rhea émotohag . .. Seng x 5.2, Act
9:2, atrotpsvo: ‘te nav’ airot Seg
=. 1.4, Acts 253. Comp. in “Ive no.
aa.

Opapa, arog, x6, (sede) pp.
thing seen, a sight, spectacle, genr. Acts
1316 33 Muvois icv sSeipecs 3
Seapo. Matt. 17:9, coll. Mark 9: &
Sept. for > Bi Ex. 3: 3, Deut. 28 34,
—Ael. V.H.2 13. Xen. Cyr. 3 3. 66,
of a supernatural appearance,
e vision, Acts 9: 10, 12. 10: 3, 17, 19,
11: 5. 12:9, 16: 9,10. 18:9, Sept. for

my yD Gen. 46:2 pvt Dan. & 2
mim Gen, 15: 1, — ‘em. XII Pate,
p. 569,

“Opaace, ems, %, (ede) pp. the
right, sense of seeing, Wied. 15: 15,

. for Diod. Sic. 1. 59. Demad. 178. 41. In

N.T. appearance, i.e.

a) pp. i. q aspect, external form, Rev.
4:3 bis, Suoios opdon Udy icons x2.
i.e. in bis appearance ete.—Eeclus. 11:2,

“Oparos

b) 1. q. Seape, a sight, vision, pre-
sented to the mind, Rev. 9:17. Acts
217 Spcous Sportas, quoted from Joel
3: 1 [2 28] where Sept. for ji-yn.
Sept. for hie In: 1. Jer. 14: 14. —
Tob. 12: 19.

“Opatos, 7, ov, (Speier, seen, vis-
ible, Col. 1: 16 Sgard ead 26 ddgato. —
Sept. Job 34: 26, 87:21. Ken. Cyr. 1.
6.2

“Opaw, «3, less freq. énrdve, f.
Spouar, aor. 1 aiydpyy see below, aor. 1
pass. cipSqy; Aor. 2 sidoy; perf. éiga-
xa, plupf. Sugdxey, for which double
aug. see Buttm. §84. 0. 8.—Fut. dyo-
froin the obsol. theme O/T,
uttm. § 113.4; for 2 pers, sing.
Gye John 11:40, al. see Winer § 13. 2.
Battm. § 103. M1. 3. Aor. 1 pany is
late and rare, in Subjunct. Luke 13:28, al-
80 Liban, Decl. IV.p.611; in Opt. Anna
Comn. Xf. 342, comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 734. Pres. dmrevw is algo froin the
saine theme, comp. Buttm, § 112. 13;
only pass, Acts also 1K.8:8. Tob.
12 19. — For the 3 plur. perf. isigaxay
instead of bwgdxac, in Mes, Luke 9: 36,
Col. 2: 1, see Buum. § 103. V. 3. Ausf.
Sprachl.. § 87. n. 4. Winer § 13, 2, ¢.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 58. — Aor. 2 is
made throughout by el8oy q. v. in Eta
no. 1—To see, to perceive with the eyes,
to look af, trans, implying not the mere
act of seeing, but also the actual per-
ception of some object, and thus differ-
ing from fiéno. Comp. Tittm, de 8y-
non, N. T. p. 114 8q.

8) Pp. 8eq. accus, of person or thing,
comp. in Btw In. E. g. dpc, Luke
16: 23 S96 13 “ASqadp dnd paxpdder.
1:22 dmraciay fuigaxey. 9: 36, 24: 23.
John 4: 45. 5:37. 6:2. 9:37. 20: 18,
25,29. Acts 7:44, 22:15, JJoho 1:1. al.
Bpouan, Matt 28:7 dat airér Spode,
v.10, Luke % 6 dyeras naoa oagt 13
auriigioy tol Sso¥, comp. Is. 40: 5.
Luke 13:28, John 11: 40. Acts 2:17.
(Joe! 2: 28, or 3:1.) Rev. I: 7a cx
ace, impl. John . 1 Pet.1.8. Sept.
for TIN, deco Ex. % 12, Gen. 18; 15,
Byouat du, 35:2 Jer. 4: 21. -—ée. Dem.
168.1. Xen. Cyr. 5.4.31. dy. Luc.
Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 10. — So veq.
acc. and particip. Buttm. § 144. 2, 4. b,

576

“Opae
Heb, % 8 ome Sauer abr te warre
Sroresaypéva. Matt. 24:30 Sports tor
vidy rod divde. & , Mark 14: 62.
Luke 1s: 28. John 1:52. So Sept. for
me, 6g. Ex. 2: 6, 11. — ~ Se. Hdian. 1.
4.2." Xen. Cyr. 1.2.8, dy. Luc. Tim.
6. Xen. H. G. 3, 2. 9.—Also in various
modified senses: (a) to look upon, to be-
hold, to contemplate, once seq. «is, Joha 1S:
37 Sportan tie Sy euiyroay, from Zech.
12: 10 where Heb. wan, Sept éx-
linowa. Sept. dy. ¢. acc. for “7
Pa, 8: 4, Is. 17: 8. —dg. ¢. tig Hom. IL
24, 633. Ken. Conv. 5.6—(8) to see ec.
face to face, to see and converse with, i.
e. to have personal acquaintance and
intercourse with, &g. dyau, John 6: 36.
8: 57 nal “ASoady b 5 14:9 6 is
gaxas dui. 15:24. Syouas John 16: 16,
7, 19. 1 John 3: 2 Seq. ro xg0-
caréy rivop, to sce one’s face, id. 56.
Col. 21. Gy. Acts 20; 25. (Test. xu
Patr. p. 636.) So to see God, Sear, trop.
for to know him, q.d. to be acquainted
with him, to know his character, ete.
only in Joho’s writings, Joha 1:18. &
46. 14: 7,9, 15:24. 1 John 3:6 4: 20.
3Jobn 11, (Ecclus. 43:31.) In a wider
sense to see God, i. q. to be admitted to
Ais presence, to enjoy his intercourse and
special favour, the figure being drawn
from the customs of oriental courts, see
in Bline no. 2.0. Matt. 5:8 Oportes
tov Dsdv. Hob. 12:14. Rev. 22 4 Spor
Tas 1d modcwnor aitol, see in Blane |.
ce. Comp. 1K. 10: 8.—In the sense of
to visit, Sy. duds John 16: 22. Heb, 1%
23. So Heb. mx, Sept. id:ir, 2 Sam.

to witness, ©. g.

iy. THY Tusgay tur6s,
Luke 17: 22, see in Edu I. a.

b) trop. of the mind, to see, i.e. to
perceive with the mind, seuses, etc. (a)
genr. to be aware af; to observe, c. accus.

et particip. | Acts 8: 23 girdeqyor adi~
slag igé os Brea. Seq. brs Janes 2 24.
Sept. seq. dr for NT Gen, 26 28. —
c. ace, et part, Diod. Sic, 13,58, c. Sts
M. Antonin. 9. 27.—{8) of things, to see
and know, i. i.e, to come to know, to! learn,
Jobu 3:11 8 ofdaper Aaioiyer, xai 6 bor
Qdxapey papregoiper. v. 32. 8:38. In
the sense of fo understand, Col. & 18a
wi} ispaxey tufureior. Rom, 15: 21,
parall. with ovriqu. — Ecclus. 43: 32,

Opace
Eartp. Phoen, 752 or 757 sl arig ob
mir? Sg. Xen. Mem: 4.7. 3, 5.

©) by Hebr. to see, i. ©. to experience,
©. good, lo attain to, to enjoy, ax John
3: 36 obe Syeres fenjo. So Sept. ola
Syeras pais for m5 Ps. 49: 20. Comp.
in Ete I. c.— Lycophr. Cassandr.
1019 ior.

d) absol. to see to it, to take to
take heed, only in imperat, phrases.
(a) 60a, @. g. Heb. 8: 5 Spa yé9, ono,
mowmons mavta x, t. 2. quoted from Ex.
25: 40 whence Sept. for x7, Strictly
for dea Snes, comp. Matth. § 519. 7,
P.999.—Elsewhere only as followed by
Bi or its compounds, or an equivalent
Phrase, e. g. de prj, Seite psi, take heed
lest, beware ; seq. Subjunct. Matt. 8: 4
See, poder? sinyc. Mark 1:44. 1 Thers,
5: 15. Rev. 19: 10 89a yj sc. wolps. 22
9. Seq. Imperat. Matt. 9: 30. 24: 6.—
Epict. Ench. 19. Xen. Cyr. 3. 1,
So before another like imperative, seq.
and, iq. beware of, Matt. 16:6 Spare xat
moooizers dnd vis Cyne xt. 2. Mark 8:
15. Luke 12: 15. — (6) Fut. ov See,
‘psig Byes, see thou to it, look ye to if,
@ milder form for the imperat. Winer
§44.3 Matth. $498, c, Matt. 27: 4 af
96s suds; ob Dyes. v.24, Acts 18: 15,
— Arr. Epict. 2.5. 30. ib. 4. 6 11.
Mz, Antonin. 11, 13,

e), Pass, aor. 1 cipny, once fut. 1
Sp Scopes Heb. 9: 28, and once pres.
part. Sxtardpevog Acts1:3, c: dat. to be
seen by any one, to appear to any one,
Buttm. § 184.4. (a) pp. and spoken of
poe Pty, of place, Rev. 11:19 xed
Spdy 4 mparos... dy 1G vag airov.
12:1,3 c, dat. of pers. ‘Acts 2 3 nal
Sp Pnour adrots ... places soe mugs.
383. Bop. and Tug] Gen. 8:5, 9:14.

jpoken of persons, seq. dat. of

e. g. angela, Luke 1: 11 dp Sn 38 ting
Gyyalos. 22:43. Acts 7: 30, 35; of God
Acts 7: 2; of persons dead, Matt. 17: 3

aitols Maivoiis xs. 1. Mark
& 4, ¢, év of manner, Luke 9: 31 of
Opdivres dy 36k. Of Jesus after his
resurrection, Luke 24: 34. Acts 1: 3. 9:
17, 13:31. 26: 36, 1 Cor. 15: 5, 6, 7, 8
1 Tim. 2 16; or in his second coming,
Heb. 9:28. Bo Sept. for S92, of an-
gels Ex.-3:2. Judg. 6 12. ‘of God
Gen: 1% 7. 17: 1. — Heian. 2.11. 5.

13

577

* Opry

Luc, D. Mort. 23.1. ¢. i tevog Ael.
V.H. 2. 26. Xen. Ven. 12, 20. — () as
Mid. to shew oneself, to present oneself
to or before any one, Acts 7:26 dipdn
atrois uazopirors. So Sept. for "YIN
2K. 14:8. — Hdien, 1. 16. 8, 12. — (y)
Fat. 1 pass. dpOrjoopes as causat, Acts
26: 16 pigrupe oy te oy [r0vre
&] te dpdrjoopal cor, i.e. @ witness of
what thou seest and of what I will yet
cause thee fo see; see Buttm. § 185. 8.
comp. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 18 & [Sma] of 6
mdnnog énenolyro, Better perhaps, of
those things [as to] which I will hereafter
appear unto thee. See Winer § 40. 3.
no. 1, p.215, AL.

Opyn, As, %, (oersien diye.) pp.
‘the native character, disposition, tem-
per of mind,’ impulse, impetus, Hes. Op.
302 or 306. Pawan Thue. 6. 17.
Hence genr. and in N. T. passion, i.e.
any violent commotion of mind, indig-
nation, anger, wrath, espec. as including
desire of vengeance, punishment, and
therein differing from Sxyos, comp.
Titm, de Synon. N.T. p. 131 sq. p. 255,
and in Bibl. Repos, I. p.466. So Zeno
in Diog. Laert. 7.113 éeyq dots émi~
Sypia tipmglas 20% Soxotirt0s jOueeives

ob mooonxdrtex.
8) pp. and genr. Mark 3:5 mepiBlape-
abrovs pst Spyiic ie. indignantly.
Rom. 1219, Eph ke 1, Col. 3:8. AL
80 for irascibleness, fretfulness, 1 Tim.
% 8, James 1: 19, 20, tore wag rFger-
nog... Boadis els oeyiv: Sprig’ vag
x2, Sept. for }& 2 Sam. 12: 5,
Job 16:9, mM Prov.2i: 14. p>
Deut.32:19. 9X} Josh. 9:20.—Gnom.
Poet. order. 354. p. 183. ed. Tauchn,
irvoy Os Seri wh vapis 7, alle
Boadis. Huion. 4,3 8. Xen. Eq. 9.2,
Mem. 2. 6, 63.—Spoken of God, as im-
plying utter abhorrence of sin and aver-
sion to those who live in it. Rom, 9:
QW ed di Dele 5 Sede dydelgaodas thy
soyjy. Heb. 8:11. 4:3. So Sept. and
we Ex. 4:14, Deut. 29:20. nyt In,
10:5. quan Ex. 32 11. al. saep. —
Jos. Ant. 8. 7. 6.

b) meton. wrath, as including the idea
of punishment, e.g. as the penalty of
law, Rom. 4: 15 & yate vdpos opyijy xa
spyateras. 138:4,5-"Beclus- 7:16. Dom.

Ceri

528. A 1G Sgcirurrs F obn tony tiv Spray
« Frater 6 voyos.—Also of the punilive
wrath of God, the divine judgments to
be inflicted upon the wicked, e. g. dno
lig welovons doris 7. Luke 3:
7. 1 Thess, 1: 10. sera Sot on oi-
gurot Rowa. 1: 18. dey & juiga b9-
vis 2 5 bia, Rev. 6:17. So Luke 21:
B John 3: 36, Rom. 2: 8, 3 5. 5:9.
922 oxtin dori. Eph. 23 rixva pices
Seyiis. Eph. 5:6. Col. 3: 6. 1 Thess. 2:
16. 5:9. Rev. 6:16, 11:18. For the
hrase olvos tig Seyie v. rol Suuod rig
Ogyiis tov Beot, see in Orpds. Rev. 14:
10. 16: 19. 19: 15.—Psalt. Salom. 15: 6
plat mugds xab S673) Gdixa,
Opy tea, £. law, (397%,) to make an-
Bry, to provoke, c. acc. Aeschin. Dial.
Boer. 2.1. Xen. Eq.9.2. In N. T.
only Pass. or Mid. ooyitopas, por. 1
Seyladay, to be or become angry, a
woked, etc. absol. Matt. 18: 3
Luke 14: 21. 15: 28. Rev. ih: 318. ‘Eph
4: 26 do7izeaGe xab pi) dpagrdvere, i. e.
if angry, suppress your anger so as not
to sin, comp. Ps, 4: 5. Seq. dat. Matt.
E:Reaais 6 dorstoperos 1H ddedes adrov.
Seq. éxé rims, Rev. 1217. Sept. for
iTyt Gen. 81:6, ¢. dat. Num. 25: 3.
c. dat Nun. 32:18. 9p
Bi:14. ¢, énd Gen. 40-2 Are, © dat
Ts, 121. ¢. éxt 1K.11: Dem. 514.
10. Xen. H. G. 4. 8.30. c. dat. Hdion.
5.8.15, Xen. Cyr. 2.25.

"Opyidos, 9, ov, (Ber%.) prone to
anger, trascible, Tit. 1:7. Sept. for ww
nian Prov. 22:24. ma) 29: 22,
—Hdian. 4,9. 6. Xen. Eq. 9.7.

"Opyula, ac, 4, (ogtye,) a fathom,
pp. the epace which one can measure
by extending the arms laterally. Acts
‘27: 2B bis. — Ael. V. H. 2.22, Xen,
Mem. 2. 3. 19.

"Opédyro, f. fe, to reach or stretch
oul, eapec. tiv ztiga Hom. Il. 15, 371.
Jos, B.J.1.2. 4 gonr. Xen, An. 7.3.
29, InN.T. only Mid. doryouar, to
stretch oneself, fo reach after any thing,
and hence trop. to long after, to try to

in, to desire, eq. gen. Heb. 11: 16
mareldog xgelrtoros dgéyerat. 1 Tim. 3:
1, — Haian. 2. 15, 8. Xen. Mem. 1. 2.
15. pp. Hom. Il. 5. 851. Hes. Scut. 456,

dat. Num,

578

"Opoptew

—By impl. to indulge ix, to love, 1 Tim.
6: 10.—Jos. Vit. §13, Antiphon. 117.31.
. a .

Opecvos, 7, Ov, (6905,) mountain,
i.e. found on mountains, wild, e. g.
zogros Sept. for rt Prov. 27:25. of
mountaineers, Xen. An. 7.4.11. In
N. T. mountainous, a8 % Sgsiry ac. zsh
mountainous country, Luke 1: 39, 65.
Sept. for “57 Gen. 14: 10. Deut. 11: 11.
—Pol. 3. 17. 2, Xen. Cyr. 1.3, 3

“Opekec, ecos, i, (S9iyopan) pp. 6
reaching after, trop. longing, tust, Rom.
1: 27.—Eeelus. 2%: 6. Hdian. 3. 13. 14.

“Opdonodée, @, f. jou, (SeSée,

* movs,) pp. to foot it straight, to walk

straight, trop. lo walk (live) upright,
Grn, Leyop. Gal. 14,

"Opies, 7, ov, straight, right, i ie

8) pp. upright, erect, Acts 14:10 dae

arnt 59906, comp. Bum. § 123. n. 3.
—Eadr. 9: 46, Xen. Mem: 1. 4, 11

b) horizontally, straight and Level, not

crooked or uneven, trop. Heb. 12 13

Teozles Ggdas mbijcate. So Sept. for

Prov. 12: 16, 16: 25.— pp. sde5

3e jj Jos. Ant. 6.1.3, Lue. D. Deor.

25, 2.

Opioropen, 0, @, f. joe, (SeSere-
p06, from 3986s, tiyvo,) to cub straight,
to divide right, i. q. dg8ce tipereer in
Athen. VII. p. 303. E. Hence dgdo-
topsiy doy, Lat. viam recte secare,
pp. to cut a straight toay, ie. fo make
one's way straight and right, to direct him,
Sept. for “ws Prov. 3: 6; 11: 5. comp.
doi ebSeiag Freue Thuc. 2.100. Later
aloo intrans, to make oneself @ right wey,
i.e. fo go straight or I, OPP. necxes
Sdetur, Gregor. Nazifnz. Orat. Apol. +
Fogae, p. 23, 28.—In N. T. trop. to go
the right way, to proceed aright, 2 Tim.
2 15 Sg 9oropotvre tor éyor rig ely
‘Selas, rightly proceeding as to the word
of life, by impl. iq. ‘rightly and skik=--
fully teaching the word of life’—Con-
stitut. Apost. 7. 30 Je9oroustr ty roi; -
roi xxglov Séyuaow.” Comp. Euseh. H.
E, Tom. I. 8 nv ebSeiar zal Pawlenty
Eder deSoropoiee ¥ éxxinola tos Deok.

“Opd-oite, £. law, (9 9g05,) to rise
early, to do early in the sang: oe
praegn. Luke 21: 38 was 6 leos dig

> ’
Opdpercs
Dele mess cite do 6 leg m2 al
the people came early in the morning to
him in the temple. So Sept. for DDT
Gen, 19: 27, Judg. 19:9, yz Job "7:
Q1,—1 Mace. 11: 67. Tob. 9:4. The
Attic form was dgSpave:, 20 Moeris p.
22 do Seeias *Arninas, deSglfe ‘Eldy-
vixcig. Thom. Mag. p.656. Comp. H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p.675, 683.
‘Ops pacs, i ov, (3B¢05) ‘morn.
ing, early, a8 dovig Lapgas xa) B99 p-
wos Rev. 22 16 in text. rec. Sept. for
DDG Hos. 6 4. 13: 3.—Wisd. 11: 22.
Luc. Gall. 1. Antip..Sidon. in Anthol.
Gr. IL. p. 12. Posidipp. ib. p.42. ‘This
form is condemned by the Aticists,
who prefer 3¢9gs0s, but is found in the
poets and later prose writers ; see Sturz
de, Dial. Alex, p. 186. Lob. ad Phr.
p51.

“OpPgcos, a, ov, (5¢9g0s,) morn-
ing, carly, matutinus, as adv. Luke 24:

22 yevdperas Sg Sevas end 13 prqusior,
comp. Butim. § 123, 0.3. Sept. Job
29:7, Jos. Ant. 7.9.1, Plato Protag.
Pp. 318. B, 59910 jxwr. Comp. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 51.

“Opiooc, ou, 6, (kindr, with S9-
vupt, 99a, orior, ortus,) morning, day-
break, pp. the time before and about
day-break, while one still needs a light;

later also including the morning
ilight until near sunrise; Phryn. et
Lob. p, 275.

a) pp. Luke 24: 1 Se9eov adios,
comp. John 20: 1. — Aristoph. Vesp,
216 SeSeos fadis x z.1. Theoer. 18.
14, Plato Crito 1. genr. Jos, Ant. 1).
6.10, Diod. Sic. 14, 104. Xen. Ven.
6.6.

b) i. Tus or ies, morning twilight,
dawn, comp. Phryn.|.c. John 8259 9¢eu
Oi malar mugsyivero tig 10 legdr. Acts 5:
21. Sept. for spz Judg.16:2. ~Mw
Josh, 6:15. Cant. 6:9, Joel 2: 2.

"Ogdac, adv. (d9%6s,) straight,
right, ive. erectly, Xen. Eq. 7.5. In
N.T. of manner, righlly, correctly, pp.
Merk 7: 35 dices S99cis, Trop. in a
moral sense, Luke 7: 43 S99 Exguvas.
10: 28, 20:21. Sept. for 31 Gen. 40:
16 %bry Deut. 5: 28. — Wiad. 6: 4.
Lue. Cynic. 5. Ken. An. 1, 9.30.

579

“Ooxko

“Opikeo, £. low, (Bg0s,) to Bound, to
make or sel a boundary, Sept. for $133
Josh. 13: 27, Hdot. 2. 16. Xen. Cyr. 8
6.21. InN. T. and usually, to mark out
definitely, i. . to determine, to appoint, to.
constitute, seq. acc. of thing, Heb. 4:
7 nddey ‘urd Selies Huigar. Acts 17:
26. Part. perf. pass. aigiautvoc, 7, ov,
determined, decreed, Luke 22:22. Acts %
23,.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 3. Hdian. 1. 10. 11.
Xen. An. 7. 7, 36. — Seq. acc. of pera,
8 appointed to an office or station,
Acts 17:31 dy dvdg g Sy] dgica. Pass,
with a noun of office etc. i apposin
Acts 10: 42 arog dows & siguopivos ind
105 S205 xgirie Ceivrow xal vexgay, (Me-
leng. in Anth. Gr. I. p. 9, of Suoy dguas.)
80 Rom. 1:4 10d Sgiadirtos vob Saou
x.t.1. comp. Phil. 2:8 sq. Eph. 1:20
8q. Others bere render, declared, pub-
licly aet forth, against the usus loquendi.
(But Zonar, Lex. ¢. 1473 Sgitdévtos*
anodezdirt0s, GnogarSérr05) Seq. inf.
Acte11:29@goey Exactos...mespaux.t.2

“Opuy, ov, 16, (dim, of 590s, in
form only,) « bound, border, in N. T.
only plur. ta dgca, the borders, i. &.

8) pp. the borders of a land, the fron-
tiers, Matt. 4: 13. 19: 1 ale ta Ogee tig
“ovdulag migay 105 Topdévou. Mark 10:
1, So Sept. for diaz Gen. 10: 19,
Num. 21: 12—Ael, V. H. 6, 14. Xen.
Cyr. 2.1.1.

b) meton. and by Hebraism, for a
space within certain boundaries, re-
gion, territory, district, Matt. 2: 16 éy
ByPhsip xad dy naar role Sgloug avsig.
8: 34. 15: 22, 39. Mark 5:17. 7: 31 bia,
Acts 13: 50, So Sept. and 5433) Gen.
23: 17, Ex. 82 for yp Judg.
20: 6.

“Opie, f. low, (Sguos,) to put. to
an oath, to make swear, c. acc. Sept. for
src Gen, 50:25. Dem. 678.5. Xen.
Conv.4.10. InN. T.toadjure, c. dupl.
uce. of person whom and by whom,
Mark 5:7 Soxifw oe toy Szdv. Acts 19:
13. 1 Thess. 5: 27. Comp. Buttm.
§ 131. 4, and n.1. Matth. § 413. 10,
Bo Sept. dogeize c.dupl.ace. Gen. 24:3,
— The Auticists condemn this word,
though found in the best writers, and
prefer Ggxdw, see Phryn. et Lob.
p. 380 aq.

“Opnos

“Opxos, ov, 6, an oath, Matt. 14:7,
9, 26:72. Mark 6: 26. Luke 1: 73.
Acts 2:80. Heb. 6: 16,17. James 5:12,
Sept. for mya Gen. 24: 8, 26: 3.—
1 Mace. 7: 18. Pol. 3, 68,13. Xen. Cyr.
— Meton. what is promised
, Matt. 5: 33 droddons 1
xvgly tois Sgxore cov. Comp. Sept.
and mziag Num. 30: 3,

“Opxaunsia, ac, 4, ( dexmporso
from d¢xos, Suyuus,) pp. the swearing of
an oath, the taking of an oath, i.e. by

impl. an oath, Heb. 7: 20, 21 bis, 28. 30.

Sept. for rite Ez. 17: 18, 19.—Kadr. 8:
93. Plato Phaedr. p. 241. A.

Opucca, @, f. joe, (Souy,)to make
rush on, to impel, to incite, trans, Hom.
Il, 6.338. Diod, Sic. 8.53. Xen. Eq. 7.
17, 18, ‘More usually and in N. T. in-
trans, to rush on, to move forwards im-
petuously, seq. xh tua, Acts 7: 57 sig—
pnedy te Suodyuaddy én’ airdy. Seq.
25 th Acts 19: 29 tig té Sdatgor. Matt.

8: 82. Mark. 5:13. Luke 8: 33.—c. éat a

2 Mace, 12: 20. Jos. Vit. § 11. Heian.
85.1. deriva Xen. Cyr.7. 1.17. ets
. 1 Thue. 1. 87.

‘nt om. gp :
Ogur, 7, % (Serms) a rushing
on, onset, impetus, Acts 14: 5 dig 38 tyé-
vero Squi... iBglaat xal LPoBodijons
airots.—Sept. Jer. 47:23. Hdian. 2 5.
8 Xen. Cyr. 3,2 6.— Trop. of the
mind, impulse, purpose, will, James 3:
a epice Enola. 1, Xen. Mem. 4.4.2

“Oounuc, ccros, 16, (Sensi) pp
impetuous movement, a rushing on, Bept.
Deut. 28: 49, 1 Macc. 6:47. Hence
by impl. impetus, violence, e. g. as dat.
of manner, Rev, 18:21 Seumpats Syd
eros, i.0. with violence.—Etym, Maga.
618. 10. Comp. Hom. Il. 13. 356, 590.

“Opveoy, tou, 16, (dim. of ders, ia
form only,) a bird, fowl, e. g. carnivo-
rous, Rey. 18:2. 19: 17, 21. Bept. for
ai9 Gen. 6:20. wry Gen. 15:11. Ez,
39: 4.—Luc. Demonax 66. Xen. An. 6.
1,28,

“Oone, cos, 6, 4, a bird, foul,
genr. Lue. Mere, Cond. 17. Xen. Mem.
26.9. InN. T. ooly of pouluy, ie
hen, gallina, Mat , Luke 13: 34,
—Pol. 12. 26. 1. Xen. An. 4. 5,25,

580

“Os, » 6,

. Opodecia, ac, 4, (sgoderie from
Sos, tidyps) pp. a setting bounds, me-
ton. a bound, limit, Acts 17: 26 sgises
1+. 10 S90Declag tig xeroclos aveiey.
z Glossar. Hdot. p. 174. ed. Wessel.
odgor Sgodecla. Comp. Greg. Cor. p.
390. n. 58.

“Ogos, eos, ous, 16, plur. x6 Seq,
gen. tov dpiey Rev, 615. Sept. Ia. 1%
4, see Butun. § 49. n. 3. Winer § 9.2
C3 @ mountain, kill, Matt. 5: 1 cviy sis
20 Seog. v.14. & 1, Mark 5 5, Acts 7:

). al, saep. S80 40 Spo 1d xed. Lesa,
Luke 19:29, 21:37. ‘Kem: 12, See in
*Elala b. (Jos, Ant, 20.8.6.) Proverbi-
ally, to remove mountaine is i, q. ‘ to ac-
coroplish great and difficult things” I
Cor. 13:2, Matt. 17:20. 21:28. So
the Rabbins, comp. Buxt. Lex, 1653
Sept. for =r Gen. 8: 4, 5. ssep.—Hdian.
2, 11.16, Xen, An. 1.2.25, An

Oguacoco v. tra, f. tu, to dig, to

ig oul, c. acc. Matt. 21:33 cgutey iy
isp Aivoy. Mark 1% 1. absol. Matt.
25: 18. Sept. for ayty Ie. &2 son
Gen, 21: 30, 1193 Gen. 26: 25.—Diod.
Sic. 1. 50. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 10.
, Opparés, 7, dv, (kindr. with
Seprn, opgrds,) orphan, bereaved, pp. of
children bereaved of parents, James 1:
27 degavois xal yigas. Trop. of dis
ciples without a master John 14: 18
Sept. for pint Ps. 68: 6. Jer. 7: 5.—
Dem, 1390.19. Xen. An.7.2.32 trop.
Lys, 196, 13.

Oozdo, w, f. gow, (kindr. with
Serums) to take or lift up, to raize aleft,
rare and later form, i. q. purceespeix,
Plato Cratyl. p. 406, E. — Earlier and
more usual was Mid. dpzéonas, £ ee-
pass, to leap ee. by rule, to dance, intrans.
Matt, 11:17 et Luke 7: 32 qiddespar
ipiy xab oix dexjoards, Matt. 14: 6.
Mark 6: 22. “Sept. for 3p 1 Chr. 15

29, Ecc. 3:4, — Lue. 161.
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 10.

“Os, %, 8, genit. ob, ic, oF, see
Boum. § 75. 2, originally a demonstra-
tive pronoun, this, tha, (like & 4, #3, 4

v.) but in Attic and later asage mostly
@ postpositive article or relative pro-

Os, 4,6
woun, who, which, what, that ; Buttm. §
126, 1. Matth. § 289. n, 7. «

I. Asa demonstrative pronoun, this,
thal, only ii in distinctions and distribu-
tion, with péy, dé, as O¢ wer — Og de,
that one—this one, the one—the other, etc
less frequent in Auic writers than 0 nr
— 8iq. v. but equally common with
it in later writers and ia N. T. comp.
Buttm, § 126.3. Herm. ad Vig. p. 706.
Math. 1c. Winer § 20,1. E.g. 2
Cor. & 16 ols pir... ols 84, to the one,

«te the other, Matt. 21:85 by pir
Raeigar, Sy Bi Enéeruivay, i.e. one...
another. 128 5 piv... dé 25 15,
Luke 28: 83, Rom. 9: 21. al. saep. —
Lue, Asin. 23. Pol. L 7.3, Dem, 248.
18.—Further, 33 eer + @dog dé Matt.
18:4 oq. Ss yy... Eldog 3b... Erepos
86 1 Cor. 12: 8 0q. ple... xa) Fragor
Luke & 5 9q.

Il, As the postpositive article, or
felative pronoun, who, which, what, that ;
qui, ‘The construction with
the relative strictly implies two clauses ;
in the first of which there should stand
with the verb a noun (the antecedent),
and in the second the corresponding
telative, each in the case which the verb
of its own clause demands, the relative
alse agreeing with the antecedent in
gender and nuraber ; see Buttm. § 143.
2 § 123.1. Bat the form and power
of the relative is much varied, both in
construction, in signification, and by
connecting with it other particles. E. g.

1. Construction. a) As to Gender,
the relat. agrees regularly with its an-
tocedent, Matt.29 6 dase oy
Luke 5: 3, John 6 51. ssepiss. So
where it relates to a remoter antecedent,
asel Cor. 1:8 S¢ xab BxBauiou ipiic,
ive. & Szdg in v.4, comp. v.9. But
from this rule there are two departures
in form : («) Where the relat. with the
verb te be etc. conforms in gender to the
following noun, Buttm. § 143.7. Matth.
§ 440, 6. Winer § 24.3.0. 1. 80 Gal.
% 16 oxdguatt cou, 8s bors Xquotss.
Eph. 1:14, 6 17 pdgeugay, § dows gia
Sod. 1 Tim. 3: 15.—Hdot. 5. 108. Plat.
Leg. 3, p. 699. C. — (8) Where by the
constructio ad sensum the relat. takes the
gender implied in the antecedent, and
mot that of its external form. Rom. 9:

581 “0s, 4,8

ois

2 Pot. & 16 ty mdoms tals tmiovslate 7
[i a. vedppact], dv off x... 2 Jobn 1. 2
Corp. Math. § 434. 1. b, and note, -;-7~"-
Herm. ad Vig. p. 708. (Eurip. Suppl
12.) Bo neut. o often refers to a mase,
or fem. antecedent, taken in the gene-
ral sonse of thing, Matth. § 439. comp.
Buttm. § 129. 6. So in explanations,
Matt, 1: 28’Euparovi, 3 dors poOeppe-
veviurvor *.7. 2 27: $3. Mark 3 17.

1% 42 Lesa 800, 3 dots xodgarrac. 15

16, 42. John 1: 39, Col. 1:24, Heb. 7:

2 al. (Otherwise Acts 9: 39.) + Also
where neut. 6 refers to a whole

ing clause, Mark 15: 34, 1 John 2: 8,

b) As to Number, the relat. agrees
regularly with its antecedent, as in the
examples above cited. The departures
from this rule are rare, e.g. (a) Relat.
Sing. after a plural antecedent, once
Phil. 3: 20 é oigaveis . -- Bobash
where however ov may be taken as an
adverb, see below in no. 2. g.— (8)
Relat. plur. after an anteced. sing. col-
Tect. Phil. 2: 15 éy dow yevedis oxolsdig

+ & ole pairsa9s x. +. 1 here the con
stroction is ad sensum, both in number
and geuder, Matth. § 434, 2. b, § 475. a.
Batt. § 129.3. Comp. above in 1. 8.
(Judith 4: 8 4 yspovela ... of dxaPyvto..

2 3 comp. Hom. Il. 16. 368, Xen.
Mem. 2. 1.31.) + So where the anteced.
inclodes in any way the idea of plural-
ity, Acts 15: 36 sara adcay nol, iy
chan h 2 Pet. 31 dsvrigay énsato—
day, dy

els x. 1.1, i.e.im both which,

aldor. the first and second.

c) Asto Case; here the general rule-
is, that the relative stands in that case <<.
which the verb of its own clause de~".*

E. g, a8 subject, John 1:9 23 gis...
qerites nivia dvde, v.30 &
mgorDtv pov yiyovey, Acts
10: 26. saep. As object, Ace. Mi
9 6 dorig, br aldor, Acts & 3, 6.
snepisa, Dat. Acts & 10 avie..
moootizor novres. Col. 4: 27. 1
12, & 9, al. But the departures from
this rule are frequent, viz,

Paull S gy,

“Og, 4 6
stands in the genitive or dative, and then
the relative is attracted by the antecedent
into’ the same case with itelf, Buttm.
§ 1423 Math. § 473. Winer § 24 1.

yes AB g > went. Matt. 18: 19. John 4: 4

Seren, 0¥ dye) Gesoe, 7: 31 totrer, or
obtog txolgcer. v.39. Acts 1:1. Acts 2:
91, Eph. 4: 1. Jude 15. (Sept. Zeph. 3:
1L) Rey. 1: 20. al, seep. + Neglected,

am cit. Heb, 8 9 sig oxnriig, Hiv Eanter 6 xigios.

(Sept. Jer. 51:64. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 10.)
-ppative, Mark 7: 18, Luke 2: 20 én} na
cw Ob qxoway. 5:9. Jobo 4: 50 16
@ exer “Ingots. Acts 7: 16, 20:
3 SS Cor. 1%21. 2 Thess. 1:4. al. saep.
—Sept. Jer.15:14. Xen. An. 5, 4.33.—
Here the antecedent is often omitted,
spec, the detnonstr. pron. obt05, dxsivos,
comp. below in d; and then the rela
tive stands alone in a case not properly
belonging to it; Buttm. § 143.5, Matth.
§ 478, b. Winer § 23.2. The relative
itself then stands like Engl. what, for
that which, he who, etc. E.g. Luke 9%
36 obdiy cir keagdxaciy for obdér toute,
oe (ii) hengcinarowr, 28:41 ks eg (dael-
yee) dy ixgdtapsy x. +. 1 Acta 9: 24.
22: 15, 26: io Rom. 15: 18, 2 Cor. 12:
17. al. seep.—Jos. Ant. 8. 8.2 insjzover
oly dxilavos, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 26.

(8) by inverted Altraction, i. ©, where
the antecedent is attracted by the rela-
tive into the same case with itself, viz.
(1):Where the anteced. remains con-
nected with its own clause, and before
the relutive. Matt. 21: 42 U90y ov ane-

, obtos x T. & Luke I: 73
Sqeor [for Senor} Sy sivoce, 20: 17.

im, Cor. 10: 16 sév deror by xleipay, ody}
soguria x. t. 2, See Battm. § 151. 1. 4,
Meith. § 474 Winer § 24. 2. a, — Hip-
poe. Mosb. 4.11 ras anya ds eirdpoon,
ainasx.t. i. Plato Menon. p. 96. A c
Suoiopixausy dé 7%, nodyuarog ob pi~
we dSconalee pris wadqrad sliy, roit0

Sidextir pi slvr. Comp. Virg. Aen. 1.

877 ‘urbem quam statuo, véstra est.’ —

(2) Where the antecedent itself is at-

tracted over into the clause of the rela-
+ tive, and stands after it in the proper

case of the relative; see Butim. § 143. 2.

Math. § 474. a. Winer § 24. 2. b, Mark

616 ‘Hositns sluer* bre Ov dye dene

dca’ kecrrny, x6¢ dotiy, for obtdg tori

Reade, bv by axex, Lule 1:4. Acte

562

med
Os, 9, 6

21: 18 Byortes wag § kenodipsr, Mrd-
oom xt. i for r Gyorres Mydouve 2.1.1.
nae ® Sper, Rons.6:17. Philem.
10. 1 John & 25. Rev. 17: 8 Aluxovtev
for Blénortes. — Soph. Trach. 676 oq.
& Trqur ... xémy, rob? Fqdraten
Xen. An. 1. ry 19 46 Fexos yeigas. —
(3) This transposition may also take
place when the antecedent would al-
ready stand in the same case with the
relative, comp. Winer §24.2.n, E.g.
John 11:6 iyewver tv jv tony, forde tome
drgay. Matt.7:! dy @ xeluare, er ust9e, ie

for tv 1G xpluats @ ete. 24:44, Mark 15:

22; comp. Botm. $131.4, 5. (Hdot. 5.
106.) ‘Here belongs the adverbial
Phrase oy roenor, xa dy t96xor, for
xatd toy Tenor Ov, pp. in the manner
which, in the same manner es, and
hence i. q. as, Matt. 28: 37. Luke 13
84. xa? Sy t. Acts 15: 11. Comp.
Buttm. § 181. n. 3. § 115, 4.—Sept. Is.
14: 19, 24. 2 Mace. 15:39. Xen. An.
6.3.1. comp. Xen. Cyr. 8.2. 5. Hdot.
2.176, — No example occurs in N. T.
where after such transposition both rel
ative and antecedent take the proper
care of the latter, as in Greek writers ;
comp. Buttm. § 148. 4,

(7) often the case of the relative de-
pends on a preposition with which the
verb is construed, viz, (1) | geor. Matt. &
17 8 vide pov, dy @ sbdéaqoa, 10: 11.
11:10 obzog yuig dors, eomtas.
Luke 1:4, Rom. 10: Ma 1 Cor. & 6 bia,
ag S465 6 rare, & ov ta nave wt.
—Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 8. — (2) Sometimes
the prep. which stands with the ante-
ced. is repeated before the relative,
John 4: 53 éy rij Soa, by Ft sleey x 1.2
‘Acts 7:4, 20:18, Comp. Winer § 54.7.
p. 885. (Dem. adv. Timocr. p. 708, ®,
dy r0ig zodrois dv ob; yiygamtas x. x, 2.
Xen, Vect. 4. 18.) More commonly
when the prep. stands before the ante-
cedent, it is omitted before the relative,
Winer |. c. Matth. § 474. e, § 595 oft.
E. g. Matt. 24: 50 éy siusoa 7} ob meoo-
Soxg. Luke 1:25, 12 46. Acts 18 2
tie 1 Eoyor, 8 meooeixiquas airoty.
v. 39.—Plato Phaedo 21. p.78. B, 8:08-
vas lbyor magh totter de viv 8) Ciyower.
Xen. Conv. 4. 1. An, 5.7.17. —(3) By
attraction the relative is put with the
preposition belonging to the omitted an-

Os, 4, 6
tweedent, comp. above in c. a. John 6:
29 iva miorevoqts tis Oy anéoteiler ixti-
vos, for sig soitoy Sy x 5. 2 19: 37.
Rom. 14:22, 1 Cor. 7:1. Gal. 1: 8,-9.
Heb. 5: 8, 2 Pet. 2: 12,

(8) sometimes the relative is not de-
pendent on the verb, but on some noun
connected with the verb, and then the
relative ii is put in the seni ive, Matt. 3:
Lob ois sipt inavig 16 Snodjneta fa-
ardor, v.12 ob 10 ntber. Mark 14:
32. Luke 13:1 Gy 13 alya, Joho 1: 27.
4:46, 11:2 Acts 16:14, Rom, 2: 29.
Col. 1: 25. Rev. 13:12, — Sept. Dan. 2:
11. Act. Thom. § 6. Hdian. 8 3. 20
*Andldewa, ov xat tiv alxova. Bayor ting
mtd

d) As to Position ; here the relative
with its clause regularly follows the an-
tecedent, as in most of the preceding
examples. But for the sake of empha-
sis, the relative clause may he put first,
espec. where a demonstr. aivis, ovtos,
etc. follows; as Matt. 26: 48 by dy
ajow, winds tor. John 326 Ss ay
para cot... obtos Bantiter, Heb. 13:11.
2 Pet. % 19. Comp. Buttm. § 143. 2 fin.
Math. § 478.—Iu both these positions,
the antecedent, espec. the demonstr.
Pron. aixds, obtde, xtivos, ia very fre-
quently omitted; so that the relative
then stands like Engl. what, for that

ich, he who, etc. comp. above in c. a.
Buttm. § 143, 5, Matth. § 473. b. § 478,
Winer § 23.2. E. g. genr. Matt. 19: 17
Gxoivas & dxovers, for tata &.
‘Mark 2 24, Luke & 17. John {4
saep. So in the inverted position, Maw.

» 7:2 10: 38 xad bs ob Aappaver ... ox

Bowe pov disog. 13: 12 nai 6 Eye, agdy-
gatas, 19: 6, 25: 29. Mark 9: 40. Luke
Ag. 12: 40. Jobn 8: 36 bis, dye 3 fos
gana, dodd x 4.2. 13:27. Rom. 2:1.
fier’ 218, 1Joha 1:1,3, Comp. Math.
§ 478. — Here too belongs the elliptic
use of neut. 5 with ite clause before
another proposition, in the sense of as
to that, in that, quod attinet ad, the cor-
responding toit gars, 10t% gots ots, or
the like, being omitted hefore the latter
clause, Rom. 6: 10 bis, & yag dnidave,
$f Gpagtlg dxiSuver iinet’ 5 38 Gi,
tg Seg. Gal.220. See Matth.
$478, Button. § 151. IV. 5. — Plato
Euthyd. p.271.C, & 84 oi dgentgs viv
olor es
£m ot of a.abeerde
Laet Senn “pha eer
Ded Mb TI DP om Bb
oy 20 2D ee opt)!

Patek 9.

583

Os, 4, 6
coplay absety s. 2.1. Xen. Hi. 6, 12,
Occ. 15. 4. An. 2.31,

2. Signification The relative strict-
ly serves simply to introduce a depen-
dent clause and mark its close relation
to the leading proposition ; as Matt. 2:
9 6 daring, Sv eldor dy tf dvarolf, neom-
yy aizers. But in common use it was
employed in a wider extent, both as a
general connective particle, and also
sometimes as implying purpose, result,
eause, or the like, which would proper-
ly bé expressed by aconjunction. See
Buttm. § 143. 1. Math. § 479 8q. For
the sense what, that which, he who, vee
above in no. 1. d.

a) as a general connective, e.g. &)

. John 4: 48. 11:2 qv di Magla

a a tov niguor piggy... Hg 6 adel

pos 4. jodiven, Iv this way it is not
uncommon for Paul, and aleo Peter, to
connect two, three, or more clauses by
relatives, referring either to the same or
to different subjects; e. g. Acts 26:7.
Eph. 3:11, 12, Col. 1: 13 9q. 24—29,
1 Pet. 1: 8, 10, 12, 2 22 eq. 3: 19 8q. 4
4,5. 2 Pet, 2: 2,3. & 16. al. Comp,
Winer §24. 0.2.—(8) Where it is equiv-
alent to a demonstrative, and thie, these;
and he, they, ete. Luke 12 24 ols ofx
Sots tapsior, i. q. and they have no store~
house, etc. Acts 6 6 ol¢ iatncay, and
these, ete. 7:45, 11:30. Gal. 1:7. 1Pet.
1:12, 2 4. dg @ Phil. 3:12 dy
ols i. q. dy toro 36 Luke 12:3. sig S
i. q. eis tobro 8¢ Col. 1:29. This is
rare in early Greek writers, but more
frequent in later ones, Buttm. § 143. n.
1, Muth. § 447. — Apollodor. 1.1.3
Kgovog xaréniev ‘Earley, slra dn
xad"Hoay pe? cig Movtowe x. t. 1, Jos.
Ant. 14. 18. 7. Plato Apol. Soc. p. 35,
A. — (7) In the formula dy zgéze7, soe
above in no. I. e. AL:
b) as implying Purpose, equiv, to tra.

xatooxsvacss THY 6867 cov x.
ark 1:2 Luke 7:27. Comp,
Buttm. §148.1, Matth. § 481. ‘80 Heb.
“EN Sept. ive, Gen. 11:7. 2214 Deut.
4:40. comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 771.
Lex. art. TG B. 2.—Ken. Mem. 2, 1.
de xteivras, olf epvvoirres toig
Gdinotrras.
¢) as marking result, event, etc. equiv.

Os, 4, 6
to Wore, Be after tis, Luke & 21 ti;
det ovr0s, is delat Elawgrales 149
os xed Comp. Matth.
$479, ond v. L—Judith & 10, Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1, 34 ths otras tog 8s Svat
Sync Comp. pie setanerd
D. Plate Rep, 2. p. 360. B. — Hither
some neodlessly refer aleo Luke 11: 6,
cin tzu 3 magedijow airy, comp. Joba
5:7 otw Spe re,

4) as implying cause, ground, a rea-
aon, etc. equiv. to Sry, because. Luke
8: 18 obvoe gilar oi Tyo, of meds
sasgiy xiecacoues, Lat. ul qui, i. q. bo-
cause, since, etc. Luke 4: 18, Bo in
the formulas vd civ, dp’ gp, see ii
Yank 00.2. 4. “Ext I. 3, 8p. 01,
Comp. Buttes, § 143. 1. Math. § 480. c.
So more freq. ders q. v. no. 2c. —
Xen. Mom. 2. 7. 13.

e) once ég’ 4 in direct interrog. for
dul 34 Matt. 26: 50 Hraiga, dg 3 waged;
—Arr. Epict. 4.1.95. Comp. Aristoph.
Lysistr, 1101 or 1103 én? 1h xsigsote
Osigo ;—This direct use belongs to the
later Greek, although earlier writers
ezuployed d¢ indirectly like tls, as Plato
Meno p. 80. C, apt sigetifc, 8 deriv, dye

eix olde. Xen. Cyr. 61.46. See
Sie § 24,3, Math, § 485. Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 57.

f) including the notion of # parti-
cle of time, as 312, Sra. So ag’ a6
dudgas, i. g- x0 ci du, 514, Col. 1: 6,9.
Elllipt. dig ic, i. 9. axe wig sy. v. Spas,
Sry -Luke 7: 45. 2 Pot, % 4. Bee in
Land IL b. 80 yor ie Suégos, and
4x91 0b, see in “dyes L. b. éy ¢, B08
in ‘Ey no. 20. p. 271. feag 06, see in
“Beg 11.1. b. puc'yoeg 0%, eee in Mage
Lb A. Comp. Maub. § 480.

&) neut. genit. o¥, a8 adv. of place,
where, Matth. § 496. 1. (a) pp. Luke
4: 16 ob a ra9gaupivos. 22: 53. Acta l:
13 ob jour xatapsrortes. Col.3:1. Heb.
39, Rev.17:15 ra Cavs ...0f 4 xogry
sdSqrat.” trop, Rom, 4: 15. 5:20. So
with é&i emphat, corresponding, Matt.
18: 90 ob 7g stax Bio G stig... bxad =
ah 2 Cor. 3: 17, — Sept. Gen. 13: 4.
Ael. V. H. 3.19, Ken. An.2.1.6. c.
4a Ar. Epict, 2. 2. 14—With prepo-
sitions, as éxave of Mau. 29. d0¥
whence Phil. 3:20. See Winer § 54
1. p. 356, Lob. ad Phryn. p. 46 0q.—

584

Ovsos

(8) In attraction with verbs of motidn,
for whither, as in Engl. often where, see
Buttm. $151. L 8 So _Latke 10: § cig
nGour noluv wal téxev, ob winds
Tex Su, Be 30, 24: 98, Mats. 26: 16
So 05 fev whithersoever 1 Cor. 16:6, see
on "Hay 1. 4. — Xen. Cyr. 5.415. of
day 1 Mace. & 36.

3 Connected with other particles:
(a) O¢ ay, S¢ dév, whosoever, comp.
Butem. § 130.8. Bee in"4r 2a p.
41, "Edy I. 4—(A) d¢ ye, once Rom. &
32, sve in T¥1.b—{7) Go drinore, once
Jobn 5: 4, see in Ayxore. — (3) Genz,

ire, Sng, eho indeed, who names, i 9 iq.
0g but stronger and more definite 5
Mark 15: 6 iva déopiov, Sexe jroo,
i.e. the very one whom they demand-
ed, Buttm. § 75. 3 — Joa. Vit. § 18.
Luc. D. Deor. 8.1. ib. 10.2.—{s) Sexes,
eee in its order. AL.

“Oucexcc, adv. (B¢05,) pp. how many
times, how in N.T. only with &,
he. dcdiag dy, however often, a0 often as,

1 Cor. 11: 25, 26. Sodas day Rev. 11:
6. See in“Ay J.2.b. “Eav 1. 4—Plut.
Alex. M. 5. Xen. Mem. 3. 4, 3

“Os ye, see in Fé t.b.

“Ostos, a, ov, once perbape of
two endings Sacug, 6, 4, Winer § 11.1.
Matth. § 436.2. Butem. Ausf. Sprachl.
§ 60. n. 3; holy, pure, sanctus, pp. right
as conformed t God and his lawa;
thus distinguished frem diaaos, which
refers more to buman laws and daties ;
e.g. Pol. 23. 10, 8 16 nese tole creer
nov; dieave, nad 6 905 tois Deets Bee.
Hdian. 2, 12. 16. Xen. H. G. 4. 1,33
Titm, de Syo. N. T. p. 25—In N. T.

8) of persons, holy, e. g. of Godgne
the Personification of holiness and po-
rity, Rev. 15:4 Sn wdveg Seuss. 16 5,
Bo Sept. for Or Ps. 14517. VET
Dent. 32:4, Of men, i. q. pious, godly,
careful of all duties towards God ; Tit.
1:8 bel yap énlaxonor elvas... esiggore,
Sixaioy, dovor, x. t. 1. Elsewhere of
Christ, Heb. 7: 26, Acts 2: 27 et 1% 35
0036 Scions tov Sosy cou Weir 147 Sew-
pFogay, quoted from Ps, 16: 10 where
Sept. for 3°D1, as aloo Deut. 3% 8 2
Chr. 6: 41, Ps."4: 4, —Arr. Epict. 2 4.
2 Xen. Ag. 3. 5.

“Ooawwsrns

b) of things, holy, e. g.1 Tim.28
tralgorcas solovg ztigas, i.e. by impl.
pure, spotless. Sept. sola xagdia for
Pea) Prov, 22: 11.—Acts 13: 34 deiow

dy th Sota Aofid 1 muord, pp. Iwill

* give you the holy [promises] of David,
the sure promises, i. e. the things invio-
Iably promised of God to David ; in al-
lusion to Ie, 55:3 where Sept. for "RA
‘37'}, mercies, favours promised.

“Oosrys, ryr05, %, (Bo10s,) holi-
ness, i. e. godliness, piety, careful obser-
vance of all duties towards God ; dis-
tinguished from d:xasooiry as So10¢ from
Slxasos, see above in“Oows. Luke 1:
75 by cousqn xad 8 tng treinsoy
iso’. Eph.5.24. Sept. for az Deut.

“8:5. tin 1K. 9: 4.—Wied. 2: Xen.
Cyr. 6. 1. 47,
“Outs, adv. (S0105,) holily, piously,

godly, 1 Thess. 2: 10 Solus xad dinate,
comp. above in “Ootos.—Jos. Ant. 6. 5.
5 Xen. Cyr. 8, 5, 26.

*Oopr, 7s, % (Ste) « smell, odour,
bad 2 Macc. 9: 10, 12; of the hare,
Xen. Ven. 8.2. In N. T. only of fra-
grant odour, Jobn 123% dé olsla é-
mlngisdy bx tis dopsis tod pigov. Sept.
for My Cant. 1: 3, 11, 2 18—Ael. V.
H. 14. 39 dops téiv goduv. Xen. Conv,
2. 8—By Hebr. dou} siwdlas, odour of
fragrance, i. e. sweet odour, as accom-
panying an acceptable sacrifice, Eph. 5:
2 Phil. 4:18 Comp. Buttm. § 123,
n. 4, 80 Sept. and tints my Lev. 1:
9, 13, 17. % 2, 9. al. — Trop. 2 Cor. 2
14 wip dopny tiie yrdceas aitod pave-
gotvts OF aiuiy. v. 16 bis dou Savetov
«++ don Cais, comp. the Rabb, Dd
yom aroma v. pulvis mortis, bY ii}
aroma Vv. pulvis vitae, Wetstein in
loc. Buxtorf. Lex. 1494. Comp. aleo
Aristot. de mirab. Auscult. déyetas 3¢
xad tovg yimag ind tig tai wigan dopiig
GmoSyjoxuy. Ae). H.N.3.7 eiwdla 3
xab igor yuyply aisle Sardrov.

“Osos, 4, ov, relat, pron. correl. to
x6005, in N. T. to rogovrog or the like,
expr. or impl. Buttm. § 79. 3, 6; i. q.
Lat. quantus, a, um, i. e. how great, how
much, how many, as great as, as much
as, etc,

14

585

‘Ooog

8) of magnitude, how as great
as, Rev. 21: 16 x6 pijuos eciniig [rovobtd8
dots text. rec.} doy xa 20 nldtos. —
Xen. An. 8, 1. 19,

b) of time, how long, ds long as, ©. g.
Soor zedvov Mark 2% 19. dg’ Saov xo6-
voy Rom. 7: 1. 1 Cor. 7: 89, Gal. 4:1;

and 80 dg door Matt. 9: 15, see in "Emi -2,2=.4--

III. 2 a.—Act. Thom. § 36. Xen. Cyr.
5, 5, 8. — Repeated and 20 intens, Heb.

10: 37 Fre puxpév Scor Boor, like Engl.% vi. < «

yet a very very little while. Comp. Herm.’ 0
ad Vig- p. 726, Matth. § 486. n. 1 fin.
—Aristoph. Veep. 213 obx & i
May Goer Gor otldyy. Arr. Indic, 29.15,

¢) of quantity,’ number, multitude,
how much, how many, otc. (a) Sing.
ag much as, John 6: 11 é tiv Spapler
[rovets07] Soor HSelov.—Ael. V. H. 1.
4. Xen. Cyr.8.2.26. ©. root expr.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 6.— (8) Plur. doos,
Sous, as many as, all who ; Neut. doa,
as mony as, all that or which, all what,
etc. Matt. 14: 36 xad Seos jparzo, Sue
oudncar, Mark 3: 10, Acts 4:6, 34.
Rom. 2 12, 2Cor. 3:20. Gal. 3:10.
Rev.% 24. Neut. Luke 12:3 dca éy
fj oxorlg sere, Jobn 15: 14, Acts 9:
39. Jude 10, (Hdian. 4. 9,16. Xen. An.
2.1.1.) Preceded by smuvtss, whére
ndvee, 600s is i. q. Sos, but stronger,
Matt. 13:46. 22:10. Mark 12: 44, Luke
4: 40. al. (Hdian. 1, 10. 11. Xen. H. G.
With iro,

88 Dafor abrir, Wensy aizois =. 1. 1
Gal. 6: 16.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.9. Hi. 4.10,
— With div,-as Gog dy, 300g dcr, who-
aoever, , see in “dy I. 2.0.
“Edy 1.4, Matt. 18: 18 300 day Sion
én rig yiig. Mark 6 11 S001 dr pny 34-
gyrcas twas. Luke 9:5. John 11: 2.
Rev. 2 19, Strengthened by sdrtes,
Matt. 7: 12, Acts 3: 22,— Xen. Cyr. 1.
4.5—{y) Neut. doa by impl. expresses
alo admiration, how many and great
things, as in Eng}. what age i,q.
what great things. Acts 9: 13 300
drcolnes toig dyloug gov, v.16. 15:12 600
dnolqary 5 S206 onusian.t.4. So genr.
of great or unusual deeds, Mark 6: 80.
Luke 4:23, 9:10. John 21: 25; of
benefits conferred, Mark 3: 8. 5: 19,
20. Luke 8: 39, Acts 14:27. 15: 4. 2

“Ooneg

Tim. 1:18. Comp. Buttm. § 150, p. 434.
Matth. § 445. c.

d) of measure, degree, extent. (a)
before a comparative, as xaF dcor—
saré toaotroy, by how much—by 20 much,
Heb. 7: 20, 22. Say—rovotrg id Heb.
1:4. (Xen. Mem. 1. 4.10.) So daw by
how muck, c. tocotrw impl. Heb. & 6.
(Plut. Alex. M. 5.) With pallor omit-
tad after Soy, Heb. 10:25 xa} rootsy
pallor, boy Alénets x. 1. 2. Comp.
Matth. § 455, n. 7, — (8) Absol. neut.
Goo, adv. how much, by how much, Mark
7:86 Ba0v 8% airis airois dusoridiero,
paldoyx.1. 2. Plur. Sowid. c. rosotzer,
Rev. 18:7. 颰 Scoy, inasmuch as, Matt.
25: 40,45. Rom. 11:13. sad door, by
how much, a3, 869. otre, Heb.9:27, AL

“Ooneg, tineg, dnzo, 800 in “Os no.

"Ooréov, contr. ostovy ov, +6, Plar.
uncontr. dotéa, gen. dotéur, comp. Wi-
ner §8.2.d; a bone, pl. Bones, John 19:
8 doroir ob cerspifieeras. "Luke 24:
39 otigxa xal dorée, Matt. 28: 27 yi-
povory Gotéey, and 80 Eph. 5: 30, Heb.
11: 28, Sept. for bye, deroiy Gen. 2:
23. Num, 9:12. éotéa Lam. 3:4. 4:8,
usually dor Gen. 50:95. Ex. 13: 19.
doréew Gen. 2: 23, Prov, 16: 24.—Luo,
Pise. 36 detoiy. Luc. Amor. 46 dotée,
usually doré D. Mort. 18,1. Xen. Eq.
1 4,5. doriew Luc. Necyom. 15. d0-
% poe, éotéy Plato Phaedo 47. p.

“Ooue, Hreg, 6,1, compound relat.
pron, i. e. dg strengthened by t2s, Butt.
§75. 3. §77. 3; the neut. 6,7. being
written with the diastole in order to
distinguish it from the -conjunet, or,
Butim. §15.2. Genit. obtivog etc. does
not occur in N. T. but only gen. Grou
in the phrase fag Srov, see below in no.
2d. Buim.l.c. The only other forins
in N. T. ure Nom, plur, oftives, afrevse,
@tiva, and Acc. neut. 0,11, ative, — Pp.
any one who, some one who, whoever,
whatever, differing from ds in referring
to a subject only generally, as one of @
class, and not definitely, thus serving to
render a proposition general ; see. Pas-
sow s.v. Matth. § 483, It has mostly
the regular relative construction, Buttm.

586

"Oous

§ 143.2; for instances where it con-
forms in gender and number to the fol-
lowing noun, see below in no, 1. a, and
no, 2 ¢. Buttm. § 143. 7.

1. Inthe proper relstive sense. a)
pp. and genr. who, i.e. one who, some
one who, whoever, etc. Maw. 26 not
Kaeiostas syotpeos, Sot mopar
tov Lady pow, i. e. one who, 7: 94 rape)
pooriuup, Sonic Guodduyce. v.26. 135A
Luke 2 10 yaar psydigy, rg Sores
navel 16 low. 7: 37, 12 1. Acts 16:16
nardloxry tira ...4uigx.t. 2, 24:1. Rom.
16:6,12, 1Cor.7:18. Phil.220. Plar.
Matt. 16: 28 sick tives... oftives 08 py
xt. 25:1, dtive things which 1 Cor.
6: 20, Col, 2: 23. — Xen. Cyr. 1. 4 16
—In 1 Cor. 3 17 oftives agrees with
the subsequent dpsis instead of rads.

b) by impl. every one who, all whe,
whosoever, whatsoever, where the rela-
tive clause often stands first, comp. in
“Os no. 1. d. (a) genr. c. Indic, Man
5: 89 Sotis ot ganloss ... or eing
wth v4, 18:12, 23:12, Mark &
34. Luke 14: 27. (Xen. Mem. 1. 6 13.)
Once c. Subjunct. Matt. 18: 4, per. be-
cauee of dy impl. from v.3; see Winer
§.43. 3. b, fin. Plur. Mark 4:20 xe
obtol eigw ... oitives dxotouss ror loyer
xt 4, Luke 8: 15, Gal. 5:4. Rev. 1:

7.—Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 11.—() Streagth-
ened by zas, but only in Sing. the plu-
ral form being always xdvtes cos end
not martes of teveg, B06 Passow Seti b.
Math, § 483. b, ini, So Mutt, 7: 2
wag oby Gots x. td. 10: 32, Col. & Ww.
‘al. So by Hebr. néca yours, aris evn
1. Acta 3: 23. comp. Deut, 1: 39. —
Jos, Ant. 14.9.4.—(7) With av, which
strengthens the indefiniteness, ‘Pessow
lc, comp. in “4y 12a; whosoever,
whatsoever, in N. T. only with the Sing.
ce. Subjunct, Matt. 10:33 dots 3° oy
Gerjontai us. Luke 10:35. John 2 5.
1 Cor, 16: 2. Gal. 5:10. al. So 6,ts dar
Col. 3:23. 8 dav 1s for 3,4 day Eph. &
8 Comp. "kar I. 4. Math. § 483. p.
906.—Lysias p. 160 ult,

¢) sometimes dong refers to a defi-
nite subject, and is then apparently i. iq
Bs, e. g Luke 2 4 ls nolir dafid, Fruse
xalstas BySisi. Jobn 8: 53, Acts 11:
28. 1612 Rev. 1:12 11:8 Bat in
all these instances the ultimate reference

"Ootpdxevos
may perhaps be to a general ides, as in
Luke 2 4 to a city of David, one which
2 called Bethlehem ; and 80 of the rest.
John 8: 53 roi margds usw “ABoacy,
Sorig dxéGove, Abraham, a man who is
dead. Comp. Passow doris g. Matth,
§ 483, p. 906. — Hom. Il. 23. 43 od fol
Zieh boug re Ser tmatos x. x. 1. Hdot,
2151.

2 Like os, 80 also dots is employed
in a wider extent, both as connective,
and es implying result, cause, or the
like, where a conjunction might also”
stand ; comp. in “Os no, 2. Battm. §
143. 1. Matth. § 477,

@) as a general connective. Luke 1:

GF dv obn énlormous wis Nous
Hov> oFrivss ningerdjoortas x. x. 1. 23:
19. John 21: 25. Rom. 9: 4. Gal. 4:24.
Heb. 2 3. 8:5. 10: 11.a1. Comp, in
“Os no, 2. a,

b) as marking result, event, etc. equi’
to dors, Bo after rowotrog, 1 Cor. 5: 1
souairy nogrela, fxs 098 by 10g Fret".
Comp. in “Os no. 2.c. Math. §479. 0.1,
—Dem, 181. 16. Xen. An. 2. 5. 12.

©) implying cause, ground, or rea-
won, ete. equiv. to dre because. Comp.
in “Os no. 2. d. Math. § 480. c.. So
Matt. 7: 15 moodyers 34 and tai yerdo-
nooprtiir’ ottives Eorortas meds iuiis
2, Lat. ut qui, as those who, i.e. be-
cause such, for such come to you ete.
‘25: 3, Acts 10: 41, 47, 17: 11. Rom. &
2. Bo firs Col. 3: 5, 14, Heb. 10: 35,
Here it sometimes takes the number
and gender of the following noun,
Buum. §143.7. Comp. in 0¢ no, 1. a, b.
Eph. 3: 13 pi texoxtly iy tais Silpeot
Hou inde iusir, ing dott déta tudy,

Phil. 1:28. 1 Tim. 1:.4. Gal. 5: 19. —
» Eurip. Med. 221 or 22. Xen. Cyr. 4.
§. 99 fin, 3 9. 07) .
d) including the notion of parti-
cle of time, as Sts, Sroy, only in the
Phrase ug tov, until when, until, see in
Bog II, 1. b. 8. Comp. in“Os no. 2. f.
Matth. § 480. b, and note. Ax.
"Oorpaxivoc, 7, ov, (Sorgaxor
shell, burnt-clay,) earthen, 2 Tim. 2: 20.
‘Trop. as an emblem of frailty, 2 Cor. 4:
7. Sept. for Pei Lev. 6: 28. 15: 12,
—Arr. Epict. 3. 9.118. Diod. Sic. 3, 9.

“Oapenors, ews, %, (Boggairoyas

587

“Oray

to smell,) the emell, sense of smell, 1
Cor. 12: 17.—Dioscor. 5.119. Athen. 13,
98, meton. Hdian. 1. 12. 4. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p, 117.

“Ougve, voc, %, and plur. af é-
copies, the loing, the lower region of the
back, lumbar region, the hips, as opp.
to the shoulders and thighs, Epict.
Ench. 29.5. Arr. Epict, 3. 15.9 i808 .
cou rods dors, tois pygois, tiv dopir.
Luc. Lexiph. 8, of animals Xen. Eq.
1.12. Ven. 4.1. In N.'T. only as cor-
responding to Heb. nzny and n'zbn,
the loins, viz. ‘

a) external, i. q. the hips, where the
girdle is worn, Matt. 3: 4 et Mark 1: 6
Sorte Ssquerivgy meg tiv doqin aitoi,—
The orientals, in order to run or labour
with more ease, are accustomed to gird
their long flowing garments close about
them; hene> to have the loins girded,
is i. q. to be in readiness, prepared for
any thing, Luke 12:35, Eph. 6: 14,
trop. 1 Pet.1:13; comp. in “Avagdrryss.
Comp. Sept. and bring Ex. 12:11. 2
K. 4:29, 9:1. pavtt] Job 38:3, 40:7,

b) internal, as the seat of procreative
power in men. Heb.7:5 éépzeoGas dx
Tig Sopvos sx6s, see in “Eigzopas b.
Heb. 7:10, Acts 2: 30 xagnos tig 3-
opiog, i.e. children, offspring; comp.
Sept. xagmig xodlas Gen. Ps,

“Otay, adv. (51, dy,) ive. when, with
the accessory idea of uncertainty, pos-
sibility, i. q. whensoever, if ever, in case
that, 30 as, etc. Buttm. § 139. 8,
comp. in “dy I. 2b, Construed regu-
larly with the Subjunctive, referring to
‘an often repeated or possible aétion in
the present or future time; in Greek
writers sometimes with the Optative ;
and in a few very late instances with
the Indicative. Buttm.|.c. Marth, §521,
p. 1005. Winer § 43, 5. See espec.
Fritzsche IV Evang. Il. p. 85eq.8008q.

1. pp. with the Subjunctive, as above.
4) in general propositions, c. Subj, pres.
Matt. 15: 2 bray dgtor doPlucw. Luke
11: 21. John 16:21. 2 Cor. 13: 9. al.
Aor. Matt. 5: 11 drav dvadlowow ipas.
Mark 4: 15,16. John 210, 1 Tim. 5:
11, Rev. 9: 5, al.—pres, Luc. D. Deor.

“Or

11.2, Xen. Mem. 1.4.15. aor. Xen.
Cyr. 1.2.8, Hi. 2. 15, 17.—So in gen-
eral exhortations, c. pres. Matt. 6: 5, 6
oF Ob Steer 1 Mark 11:25. Luke

. 14:12 Aor. i,q. Lat. fut. exact. Luke

14: 8 Stay xn Dic dnd tivos. 17: 10. —
In a general comparison, c. pres. Luke
11: 36 dg Stay x,t. 2. Math. |. c. n. 3,
p.1008, Passow s, v.—Hom. Il. 11. 269,

b) in reference to a future action or
time, Matth. 1. c. p. 1006. E. g. c
Bubj. Pres. Matt. 26: 29 fare tie yn dx.
Brar adtd nives us” Susy x. 1.2. Mark
18 4, John 7:27. Rev. 10:7. 18:9. c.
tors corresp. 1 Thess. 5:3. Subj, aor.
i. q. Lat. fut. exact. Matt. 19: 28 Stay
xadloy 6 vidg to dvOg. Mark 8: 38,
Luke 13: 28. John 5:7. 15:26. Acts
23: 35. 1 Cor. 16:2, 3,5. Rev. 12 4.
al. . réta corresp. Matt. 9: 15, 24: 15,
John 8:28, al.—pres, Plato Gorg. p. 526.
E. Xen, Cyr. 1.3.14, aor. Sept. Jer.
34:14. Thue. 4, 60. — Once c. Indic.
fut. Rev. 4:9 xal Stay deicoves 1a Coa
x. t. 1. where Mas. read décv and dc-
coos, See Winer § 43. 5. n. Fritzache
1V Evang. II. p. 86.

2, With the Indic. imperf. in narra-
ting ao actual event, once Mark 3 wW
xal mrsipara sa dxcSagta, Stay aitoy
49sei9s,, i.e. whenever, as often as. Here
Greek writers would employ the Opt,
Math. § 521. p. 1006 init, p. 1007. n. J.
Winer § 43.5. p.256. Fritzeche |. c.

p. 86, 801, — Sept. Gen. $7: 9 Ssay tic-
Ferme Dan. 8: 7, — For Rev, 4: 9, see
in no. 1, b,

8. By impl. Stay is put like Engl.
since, while, in assigning a cause, res-
son, i. q. because, in that, seq. Bubj. John
9: 5 Grav by 16 xdouy &, pes sus x. 5. 2.
Rom. 2 14, 1 Cor, 15:27. See Fri-
tesche |. c. p. 86.—Aristot. de Mund. 4
wdhiora Stay 16 pay taigvotor f tér Sy-
ty. Plato Euthydem, § 56. Heind. So
ote in Greek writers, Passow in dts.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 918. Ax.

“Ore, adv, of time, when, correl.
with moté, tore, Buum. § 116. 4; cone
mrued regularly with the Indicative os
relating to an actual event, something
actually taking Herm. ad Vig.
p- 903,915. Rarely with the Subjunct,
see below in c,

588

“Ou

8) ©, Indic. pres. in general proposi-
tions, John 9: 4 vit, Sts oddele Sévaree
deydteoSas, Heb. 9:17. Comp. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 916.

b) usually of time past ; 90 ¢. Indie.
pres. in an historical sense, Mark 11: 1,
coll, Matt, 21:1. (Xen, Cyr. 2 4.6.)
Imperf, Mark 14: 126 Gta to doze BOvoy.
15: 41 Ste yy dy 19 Vadsdeig. Joho 17:
12 where Jesus speaks by anticipation.
21:18, Rom. 6: 20. 1Cor.1&11. Jude
9. c. word corresp. 1 Cor. 3 7. 1 Pet
%& 20. (Xen. An. 2.6.20.) Aor. Mar
7:28 Ste curetilecey 6 "I. trois ldyors.
12:3. Mark 1:32. Luke 2 21 9q. 2&
14. John 1:19, 6:24. Acts 1:13 1Cor.
13:11, Gal. 2 1 co Rev. 1:17. & 3
al. saep. Soc. s0ra corresp. Matt. 21:
1, Jobn 1% 16 (Xen. Cyr. 8. 4. 12)
Perf. 1 Cor. 1% 11 88a 88 ylyore: dre.

¢) of future time ; #0 seq. Indic. fat.
Luke 17:22 dsbcorris sudoms, Ste das
Supjoste x 2.1, John 4: 21, 23, 5 25.
16:25. Rom. 2:16. 2Tim. 4:3. Comp.
Paseow Sze no. 3,— Hom. Od. 18. 272.
Il. 17, 728. al.—Once c, Subjunct. Aor.
instead of Indic. fut. Luke 13 35 fa
An Ore lnyee x. +. 2. — Hom. I. 2.
323, ib. 12.286. See Matth. § 521. n
1. p. 1007. In the latest ages of the
Greek, the Subjunct. Aor. was thus very
commonly employed for the fut. Indie.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 722 oq. AL -

“0,18, 1,82, 10,r6,i.0. the prepos-
itive art. with td, 80 written to distio-
guish it from the adverbs Ste, tézz, ete.
It thus expresses simply the article in
connexion with the different senses of
té, for which see in Té,

“Oce, conjunct, demonstrative and
causal, like Engl. that, originally i. q.
neut. of Sot. As demonstrative it stands
pp. for rotro 3,5, as pointing out or in-
troducing that to which the preceding
words refer, i. e. their object, conteors,
argument. As causal it is pp. i. q. da
‘tobto 6,44, and assigns the cause, reason,
motive, ground of any thing, thet, be-
cause, etc. Construed in N.T, with
the Indicative; once by anacoluthon
before the infin. Acts 27: 10, see below
in no, 1. ¢. 7 ; in Greek writers sometimes
also with the Optative, Matth. § 529, 2.

1, As Conjunct, denonstretive, cc

“Ou

above. a) pp. after a demonstr. ‘pron.
as toito or the like expr. or impl Joba
8 18 airy 84 dor § xploug, Sts 10 gids
Aijlvde xt. Rom, 23. 2 Cor. 5:
14. Rev. 2: 6 &Ae totto izdsc, ots x. 2.
2 impl.v.4. 80 éy ++, 1
Jobn 3 16. 4: 9, 10, 13 é soirp ..

Su be dd eixo5 Sédueney iyiir.
Also John 16: 19 msgi totzov... drs
dhrov’ 5.2, Impl. Matt. 16: 7 dualo-

ziorvo & bavioig, Ayorsss: (rated dors
& Lym] Sts dgsois ob dcBoper. v. 17
dh Suadoy head, & bavscis [rata], ots
Ggrous obx déBers; Mark 8: 16, 17.
Comp. Mark 2: 8.

b) after a pron. interrog. e. g. ss, th
as John 14: 22 sf yéyorey, S1s fiir pil-
Jaga t.2, So ri ore for th dows ot,

pp. what cause is there that etc. Mark
216. Luke 2 49. Acts 5: 4,9. (Luc.
Tim. 28.) So with a pron. or subs.
Mark 4: 41 tls Giga obtds dots, Sts x. 1.2.
Luke 8: 25. Heb. 2 6 sh dow ErSqu-
moos, Ot mapriony atrrots i.e. what cause
je there in man, that ete, quoted from
Bopt. Ps 8: 5. 144: 3. Comp. Ex. 16:
7 Susig 38 1b dope, brs x, x, 2. Num. 16:
11. Job 15: 14. — Also after morands
Matt. 8: 27, Mark 4: 41.

c) mest freq. Sts c. indie. is put in
construction after certain clasees of
verba, to express the object or reference
of the verb; and is then equiv. to an
accu, ¢. infin. or to the corresponding
participial construction, and often alter-
nates with these in one and the same
verb; comp. Buttm. § 149. p. 423.
Matth. § 539. n. 1. § 624 med. Winer
§45. 2 p. 266. Viger. p.546. In Eng.
with the same classes of verbs it is like-
wise often optional whether to employ
that with the indic. or an accus. and
infinitive; in Lat. the regular construc-
tion is the accus, c. infin. The ten-
dency of the later Greek was in gene-
ra) to multiply particles, and therefore
it here often employed 6s in preference
to an infinitive; eee Winer I. c.

(a) after verbs signifying to say, to
speak, and all verbs including this idea;
see Matth. lc. also c. infin. Matth.
§597. p.1056. § 534. b, and n.2. Comp.
in Engl. ‘J say that it is 30, or ‘I say
it to be 80) Eg. after Atyoo Matt. 3:
9. 12:6. Mark % 28 Luke 10:24. 2

589

"Ou
Cor. 11:21 oe Se, 1 Tim. 4:1. al.’ For
the attract. in John 8:54. 9:19, see

Buttm. § 151. 1.6. After elnov
98: 7,13 Jobn 7: 42, 1 Cor, 1: 15. al.
Alleo after dvayyitle Acte 14: 27,

ge Mark 12: 19, 1Jobn 2 12,13, d-

+ Bdoxes 1 Cor. 11:14. dinydopas Acts 9:

27. pagevpdes Matt. 23:31. Jobn 4: 44.
paigrupa éxixaloiper 2 Cor. 1:93. 3p-
vups Rev. 10:6, Suoloyée Heb, 11: 13.
oppayite John 3: 33 —Sometimes déyee
or the like is implied in the preceding
verb or words; e.g. tagaxalém Acts
34:22, John 7: 85 nob otros pada
mogaies San (Aéyar) Sts Hutis ob vigr-
copsy aixéy; comp. Winer § 42. 4c.
p. 248, Acts1:5. So after a Heb. for-
mula of swearing, like °D, e. gt tys,
Or Rom. 14: 11, in allusion to Ia, 45:
23, comp. 49: 18. Comp. Gesen. Lex.
"> B.1. Here aleo belongs ou; ox
not that, at the beginning of acl
iq. od Aye Sr, used by way of ex-
planation or limitation of something
previously eaid, and equiv. to although,
John 6 46 ot brs tor natiga tic iciga—
way, 7: 22. 2 Cor. 3: 24. Phil, 3:12. 4:
MM, 17. Bo oty oloy dé St Rom. 9: 6,
see in Olos. Comp. Buttm. § 150. p.
433, 434. Matth. § 624. 4.

(8) after verbs signifying to shew, to
make known, etc. elsewhere c. particip.
‘Math. § 549. 5, and note. Ore. infin.
Mauth. 4 549. 6.0.2. Comp. in Engl.
‘I shew that it is so,’ or ‘I shew it to
beso” E.g. after desxvia Matt 16:
21, Jolin 218. dnodelxyvous 2 Thess.
24. dnddo 1 Cor. 1:11. dydoy ore
1 Cor, 15: 27, Gal. 3: 11. 1 Tim. 6: 7.
(Ken. Cyr.23.24.) Also after do—
xalinte 1Pet.1:12. duparite Heb. 11:
14, qavegde 2 Cor. 3:3. 1 John 2:19.

(y) after verbs signifying to hear, to
see, and trop. fo perceive, to know, etc.
elsewhere c. particip. Matth. § 548. 1,
2, and notes. § 549.3, 4,and notes. Or
c. infin. Math. § 549. 6.n. 2. So also
in Engl. E.g. after dxovw Matt, 20:
30. Mark 2 1. 10: 47. Jobn 14: 28. al.
(Xen. Cyr. 8. 8 18) After Préreo
Rev. 17: 8, 2 Cor. 7:8. James 2% 22,
eldov Mark 9: 25. John 6: 22, Mate. 2:
16. gd James 2:24. - Ssiouas John
65, Sunginy Jobe 9:8, Acts 27: 10
D. bu... pilduy Tooodus toy. mloiy,

“Ou

where for ors c. infin. in pHacolathon,
see Winer § 45 pen. -§ 64.2. c. Matth.
§ 681. p. 1299. After yevoioxw Matt.
21: 45, Mark 12: 12, Luke 10: 11. al.
59 dove Acta 28: 28, dvayiveioxe
Matt. 12: 5, 19:4. dmiytveioxes Mark 2
8 Luke 1:22. olda Matt. 6:32. Mark
10. 2Cor. 11:31, Also after ayroée
Rom. 6: 3. 7:1. éalotapos Acts 15: 7.
xatalappdre Acts 4:13. 10:34. vote
Matt. 15:17. cuvinus Matt. 16: 12.

(8) after verbs signifying to remem-
ber, to care for, etc. elsewhere c. parti-
cip. Math. § 549. 6, and-n.1. E.g.
after ucuynoxe Matt. 5:23, John 2
2. Ceoulumnots Jude 5. prrmuoveine
Jobn 16: 4, cles woe Mark 4: 38,
Luke 10: 40.

(2) after verbs signifying to hope, to
believe, to think, to consider, and the like ;
eleewhere c. infin. Matth. § 534. b, and
n,2, Soin Engl. E. g. after fanife
Luke 24:21. Acts 24:26.al, neared
Matt. 9: 28. Mark 11:23, Luke 1: 45.
srixosa, nénecopat, Phil. 2 24. Rom.
8: 38. 15: 14. (Ken. Occ. 15.6.) Also
after doxiw Matt. 6: 7. 26: 58. doyifo—
pos Heb, 11:19. diadoyitowas John 1:
50. vopliny Matt. 5:17. oluas James
1:7, dxolopfdve Luke 7: 43.

d) Sts serves also to introduce words
quoted without change, chiefly after
verbs implying to say etc. and is then
merely 2 mark of quotation, not to be
translated in English ; see Buttm. § 149.
p. 423, Matth. § 624. p. 1270. E. g.
Matt. 2: 23 10 gndiy ge, Natwoaioe
aydrjonas, 5: 31. 26: 74, Mark
& Q1, 2. 9: 28 of pad. Enngcizaw aixdy
xat lay’ Ste iycis obm AdurAIquer bx

siv aid; where Mes, read dsori and
Sts desi, comp. Matt. 17: 19. Fritzsche
IV Ev. II. p. 378. Luke 1: 25,61. John
1: 20, 32, Acts Tl: 3, 15:1. Heb, 10: 8,
Rev. 3: 17. al. So Sept. and Heb. 13
Gen. 29: 33. Josh. 2: 24. comp. Gesen.
Lehrg. p. 846. Lex. art. ‘> B. 1.—Act.
Thom. § 19. Pol. 1.80.9. Xen. Cyr.
3.1.8.

2. As Conj. causal, see above init.
Butem. § 149. p. 423. a) pp. after a
demonetr. pron. as tofto or the like,
that, because, €. g. Sut toto Sts, Matt.
18 13, John 8: 47. 10:17. 12: 30..1
John 3:1. dv totry dss, Luke 10: 20.

590

ov

Also oftrac Sr Rev. & 16—comp. roe-
ty ¥. tatty br Xen. Hi. 1.17. Ove.
18, 10.

b) after a pron. interrog. as tis, +i,
e.g. dsath, St, Rom, 9: 32 2 Cor. 1:
11. So zdgsy thvos, S14, 1 John 3 12.
—Xen. Cyr. 1. 3, 15, coll. 11.

c) absol. 51s ie put after certain classes
of verbs, and also genr. to express the
cause, reason, motive, occasion of the
action of those verbs, or of any action
or event mentioned, thal, i.g. seeing
that, because, for, etc.—(a) After verbs
or words signifying an emotion of the
mind, as wonder, joy, pity, sorrow, e. g.
Savpdto Luke 11:38. Johu 3: 7, Gal.
1:6. al. (Xep. Ven. 1.8) 3
Acts 10: 45. zalge q.v. Luke 10:20.
John 14: 28, 2 Cor. 7:9. al. ovyzalge
Luke 15: 6,9. onayyriZonas Matt. 9:
36. Mark 6: 34. xlale Rev. & 4
adale xat mevSice Rev. 18: 11.—{8) Af-
ter verbe or words expressing praise,
thanks, and the like, ¢. g, éxauréee Lake
16:8, 1 Cor. 11:17. (Ken. Mem. 1.2
41.) ote éxasvin 1 Cor, 11:2. opo-
Royle Matt. 11:25,98, sdzagiotie Lake
18 11. zetges Ste Rom. 6:17. 1 Tim.
1; 12, — Xen. Cyr. 8.7.3. Ove. & 16.
—(y) Genr. Matt. 2 18 oix Sas xaga-
alySivas, Sts oie sick Mark 1:27. 5:9
Leyedy Bvopd poss St wollol dom.
Luke 4: 36, 11:42 oda} duty, ore =.
¥. 43.0q. 16: 3, 23: 40 ob8i gofh oY tir
Srbv, bt0 x. 2.2. i. 6. seeing that ete, John
1; 30, 51. Acts 1:17, Rom. 615, I
Cor. 3: 18. 2John-7, Rev. 3: 4,8 al.
saep. Ellipt. 1 John 3 20 oti, dav §
xagdla jus... ox paler dotly 5 9.
ive. for if our own heart condemn us
[God will also condemn us,) for God
ete. — Plato Euthyphr, p.7.B. Xen.
Mem. 2.9.1. Ax.

“Orou, see in"Ootis init.and no. 2d.
Ov adv. where, vee in“ Os no. 2 g.

Ov, also ovx or ov 7 beforea vow-
el according as it is smooth or aspirated,
Buttm. § 26.5; usually without accent,
but written od when standing alone or
atthe end ofa sentence, Buttm. § 13.
8,4; 0 negative particle, not, no, ex-
pressing direct and full negation, inde-
pendently and absolutely, and hence

Ou
objective ; thus differing from yaj which
implies a conditional and hypothetical
negative, and is therefore’ subjective.
On this distinction both in meaning and
use between od and yi, which holds
good also in all their compounds, see
more fally under 34q init. and in the
authors there cited. E. g-

a) before a verb, where it then ren-
ders the verb and proposition negative
in respect to the subject. {a) genr. Matt.
1:25 wad obx dylwony aimyy. Mark 3:
25 od Sivatas cradivas % oixla éxaln.
v.26, 14: 68. Lnke 6: 43, 44. Jobo 1:
10, 11. 7:8 8:50, Acts 2:15 od yag
otto: psStovaw. v. 84. Rom. 3 11.
Rev. 2 2,3 al. saep'ss,—(8) With the
2 pers. future in prohibitions, where
the neg. fut. thus stands for a neg. im-
perative, precisely asin Engl. thou shalt
not do it etc, which is stronger than the
direct imperat. do it not ; Winer § 44.
3. § 60.1. n. Matth. § 498. c. p. 942
Matt. 6:5 oix kop Some of inoxgizal.
Elsewhere only in citations from the
Sept. and Heb. Luke 4:12, comp. Deut.
6& 16. Acts 23:5, comp. Ex. 2% 28.
1Cor. 9: 9, comp. Deut. 25:4, So from
the decalogue, Matt. 5: 21 o gorsvong.
v. 27, 33. Rom. 7: 7. 13% 9, al. So
in Heb, all neg. imperatives are made
by the fut, Gesen. Lebrg. p.771. Comp.
Xen. H. G. 23.34, Cyr. 8.3. 47—(7)
‘Where the subject is zag or also
and od is joined, not with wag (see be-
low in ef), but with the verb; here
by Hebraism és . “hor or also ov .
nas, is equiv. to ovBels, not one, none}
see Winer § 26.1. comp. Heb. $> ¥>
Gesen. Lebrg. p. 831. Lex. 5 no. 3.
Bo Matt. 24: 22 oix dy doddy nica
des, pp. all flesh would not be saved,
i, e. no flesh. Mark 13: 20, Rom, 3: 20.
Gal. 216. Eph. 5: 5 sd¢ xégvos .
ois dyu, Luke}: 87 ob aduvarhees wa
Qc 1G Suh may Gajuc. 2 Pet. 1:20. 1
John 2 21, Rey. 22:3, For 1 Cor. 15:
51, see below in “t, So Sept. and
Ba Wd Pa. 49:18, Sa py Eco. 1:9.
— Also ely. ov, not one, none, Matt.
10:29 iy a aitay ob meceiras, Luke 1%
6. So Sept. and &b nim Is. 34: 16.
But the like idiom is found in Greek,
Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. § 18 med.
play cin dy sigas tg calida x 1.1.

591

Ov

Aristoph. Thesm. 549, Dem. 873, 11.—
(8) Where o¥ with its verb is followed
by dade, i. e.0v + GAAd, pp. Matt, 9:
12 ob zoslay bzovawr of ioztoress iaxgos,
GLE 0} naspsis Ezovtec. 15:11. John 7416,
1 Cor. 7: 10. al. In other passages
some suppose oi is to be taken ina
modified or comparative sense, i. q. not
40 much as, etc. but this is unnecessary ;
e.g. Matt. 10: 20 of ig Stig doe ob
lalotvus, Gla 16 nvsipe x. 1 iq
Engl. it ts not you at all who speak, but
the Spirit etc. This is far stronger than:
it ta not 20 much you, as the Spirit ote.
John 12: 44, See more in b Comp.
Winer § 59 7. Also oby Gt... Gat
rs, Jobo & 26. 12: 6. 1 John 4: 10.—
(8) Sometimes od stands in a condition-
al sentence after ai, where the usual
negative is pri, see fully in 244 I. a, —
(2) As strengthened by other negative
particles ; e. g. 47 ou only in interrog.
see in My III. b. ov wy a8 an inten-
sive negative, see in My 1. h. Strength-
ened aleo by compounds of 04, e. g. ov
ode not even, Luke 18 18 obs 9921s ot
98 rovs de. indigas. Rom. 3 10 ovx
ovdels, oux oder, no one whatever, noth-
ing at ‘all, Mark’5: 37 xa) ox éginey
oddive x. 1.1 Luke 4:2. John 6:63.
8:15, 2Cor. 11:8. al. obs obdinw ot-
Sale Luke 23: 53. otm otxérs Acts & 80.
See Butum. § 148.6. Winer § 59. 8. b.
— Very rarely two negatives destroy
each other, and thus imply an affirma-
tive; 1 Cor. 1% 15 oF magi 0ir0 ote
Gory dx tod oopetos. For Acts 4: 20,
see in Myl.d.a, Comp. Batm. § 148.
n.7, 8. r § 59, 8.0. Matth. § 609.
p. 1227,

b) before the object of a verb, where
it then renders the proposition negative
in reg t to the object; e. g geur.
Matt. 9:13 Geor Silo, xab ov Suclar,
i Cor. 4: 15. Heb, 2 16, More fet
as followed by did, i.e. ov.
see above in a. 3. Mark 9: 57 id
Bézera, Gla tov x. 1.4 Acts 5:4, 10e
Wd: 22. Eph, & 12,

So obx Gu... ald
Also ovz iva av wark-

; John 6: 38 zore-

ii, bg Tree nos x x

ing object, pu
BeBnxa tx 208 0
2, 2 Cor. % 4, 813 For ovy 62s at
the beginning of a clause, by way of

Ov
limitation ete. see in "Ors no. 1.
ca
c) before the adjunct of « verb, adver
bial or the like, where it then renders
the proposition negative in respect to
the adjunct. e. g. hefore a noun implying
manner, 2 Cor. 3:3 od pilav, adda
mveipets x. 2. 2, 2 Pet. 1:21. 2 Cor. 5:
7. John 3: 84 ob yap dx pétgou didecw
35. Gal.%16, James 2:25. 1Cor.1:17
otx ty coplg x. +.4. Acts5:26. Before
‘an adject. as adv. Rom. 8: 20 ody ixod-
va, comp. Buttm. § 128: n.3. So be-
fore an adverb, 1 Cor. 5 10 iygaya
‘Spiy .. . oF maveas, i. e. not altogether,
not generally ; comp. Winer $65. 5
457. Jobo 7:10 oF gam ald, 2
5,12.—Bpee. ot udvor . .. Gd
dav. did nad, not only... but also, ex-
pressing a gradation of meaning, comp.
in Mévos ¢; 80 pp. as referring to place,
time, manner, etc. Acts 19: 2600 po-
ver alld x, 4.4. Rom, 9: 24.
2 Cor. 7:7. Eph. 1:21. 1 Thess. 1: 8.
2 Jobn 5:6. Also as referring to the
subject, Acts 19:27. Rom. 1:32. 1Tim.
& 13, al. or to the object, Acts 21:13.
Rom, 4:12, 2 Cor. 8 10, al. — Subj.
Ken. Cyr, 8.3.7. obj. Mem. 2.7.6

4) before participles, where a direct
and absolute negative is to be expressed ;
otherwise jj, see in My I.e, Winer
§ 59. p, 401. Matth. § 608d. So 2
Cor. 4:8 S4sPsuevos, aid’ ob crevozegot-
pevon x. 2.2, Gal. 4:97. Epb. 5 4.
Phil. 3:3. Heb. 14:35. 1 Pot. 1:8 2
10,—Luc. Philopseud. 5. Ael. V. H. 10.
11, Diod. Sic. 19. 97.

e) as affecting single words, o¥ not
only renders them negative, but often
gives them the directly contrary sense,
sometimes as a eort of compound, like
Eng. non, un; see Butt. § 148. n. 2,
3, comp. p. 416 marg. Math. § 608. 1.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 833, 889. Winer § 59.

+ 5. Eg. (a) With verbs, as oix aya-
mde to not love, i. q. to be careless of,
Rev. 12:11. otx dyrot i. g. to know
well, 2 Cor. 2 11. oix éde i, q. to re-
etrain, Acts 16: 7. (Hom. Il, 5. 256.)
ote dpalie i. q. t0 be careful, 2 Pet. 1:
12. ob File, nolo, to be wenwilling, Matt,
93: 87. 1 Cor. 10: 1. obx eld Ebies v.
dxavds, to be unworthy, etc. Matt. 3: 11,
Acta 13: 25, — (8) With nouns, as oix

592

Ove

FOv0g, ob dads, q. 5; 3; « now people, 1 Pet-
2: 10 of word ot Aads, viv 34 Anos Se0w.
Rom. 9: 26. 10:19. So Heb. &>, Sepe
ov, Hos. 225. Deut. 32 21. Comp.
Gesen. Lehrg. p. 832, Lex. > no. 4.
b. Butta. § 148 o, 3. Winer § 58.1. a
— Thue. 1. 187 4 o¥ duddvors. —(7)
With adjectives, ©. g. with més, where
in the form ov mag, ob mavess, it mere-
ly takes away the positive farce, i. q-
not every one, not all, Matt. 7: 21 ob xag
6 Mywr, 19: 11. Rom. 9:6 10: 16. 1
Cor. 15: 39, al. But nag... 0%, iq
‘0 one, see above in a.y. Once through
the force of the antith. mevteg . 0m
i. q. 08 martes, 1 Cor. 15: 51. See Wi
ner § 26.1. With other adjectives, it
expresses the contrary, e. g. o&x compos
not mean, i. q. renowned, Acts 21: 32
ob Sliyos no few, i, e. many, Acts 17:
4, 12 al. ed mollad 3 not seany,

i.e. a few, Luke 15:13. Johan 22
Acts 25: 6. — (8) With adverbs, o& pe-
ieles Acts 20:12, ctx sbdéeg Luke

A: 9,

f) in negative answers, no, nay, net,
i, q. not at all. Matt. 18: 29 é re toy
ob. John 1: 21. 2 Cor. 1:37. James &
12. of o& intens, Matt. 5: 37. With
the art. 15 of, i.e. the word ov 2 Cor,
1:17. James 5: 12, Comp. in Nad c—
Strengthened by other particles, as o
7&p Acta 16: 37, see in Tig Lc. 8. ov
navtag not at all Rorn. 3:9, eee Winer
Pp. 457. comp. ob sertus TI 29
or 305. Epipb. Heer. 38.6, ot xa
Xen. An. 6. 1. 26,

&) in negative questions, nonne? is
not? are nol? where an affirmative an-
swer is always preeupposed, 80 that the
neg. question stands instead of a direct
affirmation; see Buttm, § 148. 5. Winer
§ 61. 3. E. simply, Matt. 6 26 ony
Uptic pallor Svagigers city; 1% 3 5.
Mark 4: 13, 21. Jobn 6:42 1 Cor. &
2,3. So oin dmongley obdéy; Mark 14
60. 15: 4, — Xen. Cyr. 5. 5. 138.—With
other Particles, as oux Gi Giga Acts 21: 33,
see in “dea I. b ov pen, see in M5 L
bh. ay ov, eee in My TI. b. all”
ov, Heb, 3: 16 who now were they that
did provoke God ? Gd ov, yea, were
May" not all those ete. comp. in “Alls
no.2.b, Ax,

Ove, inter}. ah! aha! Lat. oak!

L
e
K

wa

Ovat

uttered in derision, Mark 15: 29.—Arr.
Epict. 3, 23. 24, 82, Dio Cass, 63. 20,

Ova, inter}. wo! alas! Lat. vae,
Heb. in, ‘im, uttered in grief, indig-
nation, ete.

a) pp. and in the later usnge c. dat.
see Paseow s. voc. Matt. 11:21 oval
gos, Xogagly. 23:13 eq. Mark 13: 17.
Luke 6: 24 aq. Jude 11. Rev. 12 12.
c. dat. impl. Luke 17:1, Thrice re-
peated intens, odal oda odat Rev. 8: 13,
comp. Gesen. Lehbrg. p. 670. Before
4] lug as oo. c. cod impl. Rev. 18: 10,
16,19. Sept. genr. for iw Num. 21:
29. Ip Is. 10:1, 5. 9K Ecc. 10: 16.
—Arr, Epict. 3. 2 mA.

b) a8 subst. indec. 1 Cor. 9: 16 obat
08 fork Engl. wo is me! So Sept.
ovat aitois dost for mb 71N Hos. 9:
12, comp, Prov. 23: 29.—Henee c. art.
fem. #} oval, a wo, calamity, Rev, 9: 12.
11: 14, Here one might expect the

neut. 13 obal, like 23 "4yag Gal. 4: 255

but the writer assigns the gender ad
sensum, a8 if i. gq. 9 OXiyus, 9 tahoe
gla, etc. Comp. Winer § 27 fin, Ax.

Ovdapede, adv. (od8apds for ods
Gyss,) in no wise, by no means, Matt. 2:
6. — 3 Mace. J: 31,12, Xen. Mem. 2.
3.15.

Ovdé, conjunct. (od, &,) denying
absolutely and objectively, and differ-
ing from y7éé as od from yj, pp. con-

“tnuative, and not, also nof, and hence
“nor, neither, not even, usually as connect-

ing whole clausesor propositions, Buttm.
§ 149, p. 427. Winer § 59.6. Math.

-§ 609.

a) in continued negation, at the be-
ginning of a subsequent clause, viz. (a)
and not, nor, neither, genr. preceded by
ov, Matt. 5:15. 6:20 Smov xléntes ov
Ssogiecovery, ods xléwtovow. v. 26 bre
oF onsigougiy, 0888 Sepifovary, ob38 cv
Gyovow x. 5.1. v.28. Mark 4:22, Luke
12: 33. John 1: 6: 24. Acts 8: 21.
Gal. 1:1, Rev. 21: 23, al. (Ken. Mem.
1.25.) od... ose 1 Thess. 2:
3. otmw... ov8é interrog. Mark 8:17.
Matt. 16: 9 2q. Preced. by otdels, Matt. 9:
17. Bev. 5: 3;-80 in apposit, with od-
d2is, e. & 004... ob, neither... nor
Mark 13: 32. a po}... o¥dé Rev. &

T

593

Ovdele

4. Once ot8é yn, preced. by o¥, obdé,
Rov. 7:16. — (8) also not, neither, in
stronger transition oF antithesis, e. g.

preced. by ov, Matt. 21: 27 otx oldaper
2+ « o08é tye Lives tyity x. 1. 2. Mark 12:

21 coll. v.20. Luke 16:31 « Df, ob
Gxotovoy, 0886... rucdieorras. John
15:4, Rom, 4:15, 1 Cor. 15: 13, 16.

(Hdian. 1.9.8, Xen. Cyr. 1.5.11.) od
Stig... oFdE John & HM. 1 Tim. 6: 16,
eidas «+» 0008 otmérs Matt, 22:46, day
«+» 0808 Matt. 6: 15. So with pre-
bed. neg . impl. in dquerde, Mark 16: 13
obi “telvou éxlaxevour, — With yoo
and did, aftera preced. neg. expressed
or implied in the context; e g. ovdé
yao, for not also, for neither, where ob
denies, 3é connects, and 789 assigns a
reason, John 7:5 ovdé yag of ddshpol
aitod éxlorsvoy x.7.1, Acte4:34. Rom.
8:73 strengthened by oidels, John 5:
22 obdi 769 6 marie xpives obdive. Gal.
1:12 oi pig... obre (Xen. Cyr. 1.
4.12) 80 add’ odd, yea neither, where
ee merely atrengthens the negation,
comp. in “Alid no. 2b, Math. § 613.
Luke 23: 15 obdiy sigor ... dad obd8
‘“Hgsidng. 1 Cor. 3:2. Gal. 2: 3. — Xen.
Mem. 2.3.8, An. 1.3.3. fully od povor

1+ GAR 08s Jos. B. J. 4. 2.3,

b) i. q. not even, not 20 much as, ©. g.
(a) in the middle of a clause, comp.
Buum. Matth, 1c. Matt. 6:29 déye
84 ipir, x4 obs Zolopdy dv néon i
86kq ainod x. +. 1. Mark 6: 31. Luke 7:
9, John 21:25, 1 Cor. 5: 1. (Hdian. 1.
12.13. Plut. Timol. 5 pen. Xen. Mem.
1, 3.11, 12) As strengthening od, i.e.
obs ob8é Luke 18: 13, comp. in O8 a. 2.
For ovde ef¢, see in Els a.— Aloo aad
ovid#, yea not even, comp. above in 8. 8.
‘Acts'i9: 2 dA ob8é eb aveipa dyséy do-
4, jxotoaper. 1 Cor. 4: & — Hdian. 2.
13. 13, — (8) In interrog. Mark 12: 10
0808 tiv youpiy tatiny avé; 3 Luke
6:3, 23:40. Comp. in Ob g.

Ovdels, oudeuce, ovder, (oid,
ely) decl. like deq.v. Later form neut.

ov8éy onee 1 Cor, 18:2 in text. recs ona no
Sept. Gen. 41:44. Ie. 41:28; see Buttm. 262.

§70. 1. Lob, ad Phr.p. 181 eq. Neg.
adjeet. denying absolutely and objec-
tively, and differing from ndels as ob
from pj, genr. no one, nothing, i. e. none

Oudels

at all; pp. emphat. not even ohe, not the
least, but in this sense it is commonly
written separately, oi8é els, oi86 fr, etc.
see in Hs a, Butt. |. c.

a) as adj. c. subst. no one, no, Luke

4:24 ob8ele mpogyrns. John 16:29 x3-

bd: 16: 88. 1 Cor. 8: 4.

al. Neut. Luke 23:4 oddéy atrioy. John

10:41. Acts 17:21, al_—Hdian. 4.2. 11.

Lue, Asin. 13, Xen, Cyr. 1. 1, 2.—Par-

titively, seq. gen. of a whole, Buttm.

“§ 182. 4, 2. Matth. § 318. So Luke 4:

26 35 ots obdeplay aivim, v.27 odds

Acts 5: 13. 18: 17 oir totran.

Tc Cor, 4. 9:15. So oddeig at abrciv
Jobn 7: 19. 17: 12. 18: 9.

b) absol. as subst. ovdeic, no one, no
man, no person, Matt. 6:24 ovdeis 5v-
varas dvi xugion doulaiey. Mark 5: 4.
Luke 5:36, 37,9. John 5: 22 6 nang
xglves obdéra. Acts9:8, Eph.5:29. Rev.
217. al.—Hdian. 7.6.8. Xen.
45.—With other negatives, for stre i
Buttm. § 148.6. €. g. after ov, Matt.
22% 16 oF pales cor wegh ob8év0c. John 8:
15. Acts 4:12. 2 Cor. 11: 8. (comp.
Xen. An.1.6.11.) ob8éra oddels Luke
‘% 53. od8ele oindts Mark 12: 34,

c) Neut. ond¢y absol. nothing, genr.
Matt. 10: 26 obdiv yelp dove nexcdypyivor.
97:24, Luke 22: 35. John 8 28. Acts

15: 9, Gal. 2:6, Heb. 2:8. al. srep.—

‘With other negatives for strength, Buttm.
$148.6. E. g. afer ov, Mark 14: 60
bm dmcoupivy otiv ; Luke 4:2. Jobn 3:
7. m7, oa 9 38 (Xen. Mem. 2 6.36.)

- otdt Mark 7: 12, obdér0
Stiee ibe 8:2. ebdéy.. «0b py Luke
10: 19. — Aceus. ovdéy adv. i. e. in no
way, in no respect, Acts 25: 10 Tovdal-
ovg ob8ty H0lxnoc. 1 Cor. 18: 3. 2 Cor.
IZM. Gal, 4:12, ©. o¥, John 6: 63
ote capelsl obdév.—Haian, 1.3, 10. Xen.
Mem. 4. 2. 9.—Metaph. nothing,
no account, weight, value,
ete. Comp. Matth. § 437.
Matt. 28: 16 S¢ dy Guson dv 15 vag, od
déy doxy. v.18. John 8: 54. 1 Cor. 7:
19, 18:2, 2Cor. 12:11. al. So tig ob-
dey yinoPas to come to nought Acts 5:
96. “els oddiy Royiediives to be set at
nought, to be contemned, Acts 19: 27.
Comp. in His ne. 3. a. — Sept. Ta. 14:
23. Plato Rep. 8. p. 556. D, dwges of

594 Ovxovy

fiptregos mlotowos loly obbiv. Xen. H.
G.4.8. 4 obdiy dopey. At.

Ovddnore, adv. (ob8i, wori,) not
ever, never, comp. in 03 init. So seq.
pres, in general propositions, 1 Cor. 1%
8 § dydny obdénora denies Heb. 10:
1, 1.—Hom. Od. 10, 464.—Seq. praet.
comp. Passow & voc. Lob. ed Phr. p.
457 oq. Buttm. § 149. p. 490. Matt. 7:
Bus oddinors Tyrer tpic. % SB
Mark 212. Luke 15 29 bie. John 7:
46. 10: 14. 11: 8, 14:8.—Xen. Mem. L
4. 16.—Seq. fut. comp. Passow, Lob. L
c. Matt, 26: 33.—In interrog. Matt. 21:
16 obdinore dviyvons; xt. BD v.42
Mark 2:25. Comp. in Ob g-

Ovddra, adv. (o%88, enclit. xa,)
pp. also not ever, i. q. not ever yet, net
yet, never, seq. praet. John 7: 39 oféxe
&okdody, 20: 9.—Hdian. 1. 3. 12, Xen.
Mem. 3. 6. 1.— Strengthened with ot-
dels Butt, § 148.6. E. g. of8érw of-
dele Luke 23: 53, John 19:43. obdéxw
ody 1 Cor. 8:2. Comp. Ovdeds b,c.

Outed, oideuia, obSty, see in OF-
dels,

Oux, see 08.

Ouxdrt, also ovx ics, adv, no more,
no further, no longer, in the general
sense of ob ; vee OU init. So gear.
Matt. 19: 6 cots oixits tick Sto. Mark
10: 8. Lake 15: 19. Jobn 4: 42. Rom
7: 17,20. 2 Cor. 1:23. Rev. 10: 6.—
Hdian. 2.8.10. Xen, Cyr. 1.4.5. —
With other negatives for strength,
Buum. § 148. 6. E.g. obs... oun
Acts 8: 39. ods... oixdéss Matt. az
46. obdels ... obuits Rev.18: 11. ob-
xite... obdelg Mark 7: 12. 15: 5. Luke
20:40. So otaits od uy intona. Mark
14; Luke 22: 16, Rev. 18:24. AL

Ovxovy, adv. (om of%) pp. imver-
Tog. nonne ergo? Germ. nicht woakr?
not s0 then? implying an affirmative
answer, comp. in Ov g; abd hence used
by the Attics as on affirmative illative
particle, therefore, then; see Buttm. §
149. p. 428. Passow s. voc. Herm. ed
ig. p-7942q. In N.'T. onee, John
18: 37 oixoty Paordads el or, either in-
terrog. not a0 then? thow arta king ; or

Ou wi
without theu art then a king.
Comp. Winer § 61:fiv.—Interrog. Xen.
Mem. 2.21. genr. Ael. V. H. 11.9.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 19.

Ov m7, se in My I. b.

Ody, conj. thereupon, i. e. now, then,
therefore, put after one or more words
in a clause, and expressing either the
merely exterval connexion of two sen-
tences, that the one follows upen the
other; or also the internal relation of
cause and effect, that the one follows
from the other. See Passow s. voc.
Matth. §625. Buttm. § 149. p.428 Wi-
ner p. 372, 380.

1. As marking mere external con-
nexion, and thus denoting transition or
continuation from what precedes to
what follows, erexpon, now, then, etc.
Comp. Passow ot» no. I. Matth. § 625.
p. 1274,

8) gear. Luke 6:9 slusv oby 8°F. ngds
arizots, then said Jesus unto them. John
12 1,9. 18: 11, 16. 19: 29 exsiog ovr
Hust Stove pooéy now there was set a
vessel etc. 21: 5. Rom, 11:1, 11. 15:17.
al. (Hdian, 3.5.11.) So where after
introductory matter, the, transition is
made to the thing iteelf, Matt. 3: 18,
Luke 20: 29 inta oby adelgol oar,
comp. v. 28. John 4: 5. 19:40. Acts 2:
38. 1 Cor. 7: 28, — Palaeph. 32. 11.—
Also p2y ody, comp. in Méva,b. E.
g,, with 8 following, Mark 16: 19 & pay

ody xigios.. .. dxtivos 3é, 20 then the Lord,
etc. Acts 1:6 5q. 8:4 .q. 19:38 aq. 23:
18, 31. al, (Diod. Sic. 16. 31 pen.)

Without 3%, Acts 23: 22. 26: 4,9, 1
Cor. 6:4. Heb. 7: 11.—Xen. An. 1.7.17.

b) joined with a particle of time, or
words implying time, Matth. 1. c. p.
1274, E.g. drav ov Mau. 21: 40;
but otherwise Matt. 6:2. Luke 11: 34.
(Gre ody John 2 2. 19: 6, 8, 23, 30,
‘ag aby Jobn 4:1, 40, 20:13. (Plato
Protag. 19. p. 316. A.) Alo savriig
ody Acts 10: 33. viv oly ibid. mdlur
ob, oby méilur, John 8: 12, 21. 10: 7,19,
31, 39. tore obv John LU: 14, 20: a
Haian, 1. 15. 11 ody xore, — So with a
participle which may be resolved by a
Particle of time, as Szay, Ste, as, with a fi-
nite verb. John 6: 14 of oby Gy Sgumo:iBar-
85 x +. 1, then those men, when they had

595

Our

seen oto. ¥. 15. 11:17. 1913, Acts 15
2 Rom. 15:28.al. Comp. Matth. §565,
1. Buti. § 144. 2.

2, As expressing the internal con-
nexion of two sentences, that the one
follows from the other as effect or con-
sequence from cause, therefore, then, con-
sequently, i, q. for thia cause, for this
reason, from these premises, etc.

a) genr. where any thing is said to
be done etc. tn of What is
previously narrated. (a) gear. Lako 15 Luke 15:
28 cheylaOn Bi, nad oin tian sioalSsly
5 ovm xanie aitod delday x. x. 1. Joho. -
7. 19:24. Acts 17:20, Rom. 9 19.
Eph. 4:1. 1 Tim. 5: 14, 1 Pet 27a
80 uently, espec. in, john, in the
puraet! easy ov, alnoy ovy, Jobn 4: 33.
8 13, 11:12 21:7. al. But such pas-
sages may often be referred to no. 1. a.
—Diod. Sic. 16. 91 rbdig obv Suclas x.
+. 1.—(6) In exhortations founded on
what precedes. Matt. 5: 48 ioasSs our
Sydls tél. Mark 13: 35 yonyogeite
ov. Luke 6:36. Acts319. 18: 38.
Rom. 11: 22, 1 Cor. 16: 11. Col. 3: 5.
Heb. 4:1. James 5:7. a|.—Eurip. Orest.
647 or 648. Luc. Conv. 36.—{y) Where
the consequence is connected with a
conditional or causal clavse, ©, he
ody if therefore Matt. 5: 23. Luke
Rom. 2:28, Jobn 6: 62, see in "Ear i
La. ef ody Matt, 6: 23, Luke 16: 11.
John 18:8. site oy 1Cor. 10:31. So
énel ody Heb, 2: 14. 4:6, (Xen. Mem.
3.9.5.) Likewise with participles equiv.
to éxai with a finite verb. Matth. §565. 2 2.
Bott. § 144.2. Acts 17: 29 yévos oby
imdezortes tod Seoi, ove dpellouey x. 7.
& Rom. 5: 1. 2 Cor, 7: 1. Heb. 4: 14,
1 Pet. 4: 1.

b) illative, expressing an inference
or conclusion from what precedes. (a)
genr. Matt. 3:10 ij ation... aiisas’ ma
Oty dérdgoy x. 1. 1. Mark 10:9. Luke
20: 44. John 3:29. 8:38. Rom. 6:4
Heb. 9 23. James 4: 17. 3 John 8. al.
So in doa ody, for which see in “Aga
Lc.—Ken. Mem. 1. 2. 10. — (8) After
an enumeration of Peticulars, oxpreas-
ing the general result or conclusion ;
ee Passow ody no. 2.0, Matth. §
625. p. 1272, Se Matt. 1: 7 mica
ei yond xd ys. 2.2. Jobo 7:
rors 17, aah ie 9q. Bo Luke &

seer Ison
pancrened
pare

Ovnw

18. John 20: 30,—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 16.
—(y) Where the conclusion is connect-
ed with a conditional or causal clause,
e. g. €4 ody in the sense of éne! ot, see
in HUI.2. g. 8. p. 92% Matt, 2 at
ody dyes oldats x. x. John 13: 14.
Acts 11: 17,

c) where @ sentence has been inter-
rupted by a parenthesis or intervening
clauses, and is again taken up; equiv.
to‘ T eay,’ ‘as before said, etc. Passow
ody no. 2b, Matth. 1. . p. 1278 eq.
Winer p. 372, So Matt, 7:24 nag oby
dotis x. t. 4. comp. v. 21. 10: 32, coll,
v.22. Mark 3: 3], coll. v.21. John 6
24, coll. v.22. 18:12, coll. v.3. 1 Cor. 8:
4, coll. v. 1. Gal. 3: 5, coll. v.2, Heb.
4: 11, comp. v. 6.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 20,
coll. § 1. Cyr. 5. 1.8, coll. 2.

d) in interrogative sentences, refer-
ring back to a previous assertion, sup-

. position, circumstances, etc. genr. Matt,
13: 28 Glug ovr dmelGovres oulddiaper
aird;—After interrog. particles: ti oy,
Matt. 17: 10 8 ot» of yeappateis iéyou-
ouy x. 1. Where ody prob. refers to the
circumstances of the transfiguration,
comp. v. 3, 4, and see Olshausen’s
Comm. in loc. Matt. 19: 7, Mark 12: 9.
Luke 3: 10. John 1: 21. Rom. 3: 1. 4
J. 1 Cor. 14: 15, 28, al, noder ody
Matt. 13: 27, 56. mag ovr Matt. 12: 26.
26: 54. John G: 42. 9: 19, Rom. 10: 14,
— nig oy Luc. D. Deor. 2.2 Xen.
Conv. 2.10, At

Odinca, adv. (ob, enclit. mw,) not
even yet, not yet, comp. Odi init. Seq.

pres. Matt. 24:6 G42 otme Zot} 10 téos.
John 2:4. 7. Heb. 2:8, Seq, praet.
John 3: 24. 7: 39, 11:30. Heb, 12: 4,

ome obdele Acts 8: 16.—c. pres. Hdian,
1.84. Xen. An. 1.5.12 c. pract.
Xen, An. 1.8.8.—In interrog. Matt. 15:
17 obra vouite; Stex. 1.2, 16:9. Mark
8:17. Comp. in Ob g. AL. -3-42-

Ovpa, ce, 4, tail of an animal,
Bev. 9 10 bis, 19 bis, 12:4. Sept. for
3:1 Deut. 28: 13. Job 40: 12—Lue. D.
Deor, 22.1, Xen. Eq. 5. 7.

Ovgdvoc, @, ov, Att. and in N.

T. ovganos, 6, Ty (otgarés,) heavenly,
celestial, i, e. dwelling in heaven, as 6

marie 6 obgtivsos, heavenly Father, Matt.

596

Ovgares

6: 14, 26, 82. 15:13. orgamd obperiog
heavenly host, angela, Luke & 13, comp.
in Oigarés d. Also as coming from
heaven, dnravia og. Acts 26: 19. — 2
Mace. 7: 34. Hdian. 1.7.9. Ken. Cyr.
713

Ovoaroder, adv. (oigards,) from
heaven, Acts 14: 17. 26: 13. — Hom. IL
1, 195, 208. Jos. de Macc. § 4. Jamblic.
Pythag. 32. 216. Aeschin. 73.5. A
poetic form, used in prose only by late
writers, Lob. ad Phr. p. 98, 94.

Ovgavos, ov, 6, plur. ovgarol,
ov, of, in imitation of Heb. Dyce,
heaven, the heavens. The plur. obgarat
is thus used most frequently i in atthew,
and always in the phrases 6 marie 6
01g otgavols, 7 Boossice 1dr oiga-
yar, and less often in Mark and the
Epistles of Paul and Peter ; in Luke's
writings only six timea, Luke 10: 20.
Ui: 2, 12: 33. 21: 26. Acte 2: 34. 7: 56;
and not at all in the writings of Joba
including the Apocalypse, nor in James.
—Spoken pp. of the expanse of the
sky, the apparent concave hemisphere
above us, which was regarded by the
Hebrews as solid, 2°77, Sept. ctegempe,
the firmament, Gen. }: 8, 14; and po-
etically as resting on columns, 2 Sam.
22:8, Job 26:11; but in common usage
including also the regions above the sky,
where God is said to dwell, Ps. 24;
and likewise the region underneath and
next the firmament, where the clouds
are gathered, the birds fly, etc. Gen. I:
20,26. InN. T.

‘) pp. and gonr. asineluding the vis-
ible heavens and all their phenomena ;
80 where heaven and earth are spoken
of together, e. g. opp. 1 Cor. & 5 site dy
oigari, tite dnt tig 7ijs. Heb, 12 26
2 Pet. 3:5, Also ¢ ovgards xal 4 77,
heaven and earth, i. q. the universe, Matt.

“5: 18. Mark 13: 31. Luke 10: 21. Acts

4:24, Rev. 10: 6. 14:7 tay obg. nal yr
piv xat id Sdlacoar. Col. 1: 16 ra
dv roig ot. xal ra ent ris y. So Sept
and TINT Daw Gen. i: 1 = 1
So 0 dxyov ovyavod, ta Gxpa odga-
var, the extremities of the heavens, where
they seem to touch the earth, Matt. 24:
31. Mark 13:27. und rcv ovparcy
under heaven i.e. on earth: Acts 4: 12.

Ovpavos
of ind tiv obp. Acts % 5. Col. 1: 23.
(Plato Tim. p.23.D.) # in? obgardy
ec, zeia, i. q, the earth or region « of the
earth, Luke 17:24 é sije in’ obg. eis
tiv in’ ode. from one part of the earth
to another, Further, ol voy ovgavol
2 Pet. 8: 7, and 5 mpsitos odpavdg Rev.
1: J, the present heavens, which are to
be destroyed at the final consummation
of all things, after which new heavens
are to appear, xvod oipavos 2 Pet. 3:
18, Rev. 21: J. Sometimes more than
one heaven is spoken of, Eph. 4: 10.
Heb. 4: 14, 7:26; see more fully below
in d. — Hom. Hi. 18, 483. Hes. Theog.
517. Xen. Occ, 19. 9.—Trop. syooi—
yar Ing rod odpavod, Lat. ad coclum
efferri, to be exalted to heaven, i, e. to be
highly distinguished, renowned, Matt.
11:23, Luke 10: 15. So praegn, xol-
laoBos dyes 101 odgayod Rev. 18:[15}in
later edit. Comp. agdiiva: mods toy
ovg. Plut. de Hdot. Malig. 31 fin, Mor.
V. p. 207, Teuchn.—— More specifi-
cally spoken
b) of the firmament itself, the starry
heaven, in which the sun, moon, and
stars are fixed. Mark 13:25 of dotiges
tov otgavod. Heb. 11:12. Sept. and
pry Gen. 1: 14, 15, 17. —Hom. Il. 6,
166.“ Xen. Mem. 4.3.8 — Hence, 4
otpand to obgavod Acts 7: 42, and al
Iuréuns rar of pavdy v. by toig obgarois
Matt. 24; 29, Mark 13:25. Luke 21: 26,
the host or hoals of heaven, i. e. the sun,
moon, and stars; so Sept. and XI¥
Drawer Is. 84: 4. Jer. 33: 22. Zeph. wi
5." Comp. Geren. Lex. art. 83x. Fur.
ther, the stars are said nintay dnd sod
odgavot, to fall from heaven, as em-
blematical of great commotions and
revolutions, Matt, 24:29. Rev. 6:13. 8:
10. 91. Comp. Is, 34: 4 et ibi Gesen.
Comm. The firmament itself, which
is spread out over the earth as a tent or
curtain Is. 40: 22. Ps, 104: 2, is likewise
seid to he rolled together as a scroll,
Rev. 6: 14. Comp. Heb. 1: 10 sq. Is.
Le—Trop. Luke 10: 18 é9scigauy to
Zatavay cig dorganiy éx tov odgavod
msgéyta, where the form of expression
ia in allusion to Is. 14: 12, the lightning
being emblematic of swiftness ; ‘for the
sense, q. d. the power of Satan is broken,
comp. John 12: 31. Rev. 12 7 9q. 20:

597

Ovpavd,

2sq. Others here refer obgavds to the ©
air, of which Satan is said to be prince ;
vee in Ang and Jaiponoy b.

c) of the lower heaven, or region be-
Tow the firmament, i. q. the air, atmos-
phere, where clonds and tempests are
gathered and lightning breaks forth,
where the birds fly, ete. E. Fet of clouds,
Matt. 16: 2 wugdatee yg 8 odg. v.3.
Luke 12: 56. Matt. 24: 30 éni rai vepe-
Aéy cob otp, 26: 64. Mark 14: 623 of
rain and hail, Rev. 16:21; of lightning
or fire from heaven, Luke 9: 54. 17:29,
Rev. 20°9; of signe, prodigies, Matt.
16:1. Mark 8 11. Luke 11: 16, 21:11.
Acts 2 19, Rev. 12: 1,3. So of birds,
Matt, 6: 26 sie 1a meter tod odpavot.
8: 20. Luke 8: 5, 9:58, Comp. Gen.
1: 20, 26, 28, 30. — Thue. 2. 77 B8ug
mohv odgavot. Xen. An. 4. 2 2 Cyr. va
2 15.— Trop. xlsiaas tor obgavdy to
shut up the heavens, i.e. to withhold’
rain, Luke 4: 25. Rev. 11: 6, i, q. We
pw Sept. cuvizeny roy odp. Déut.
Vi: 17, 2 Chr. & 26. 7:18. Comp.
Gen. 7: 11. Ie. 24: 19 et ibi Gesen.
Comm.

d) of the upper or superior heaven,
beyond the visible firmament, the abode
of God and his glory, of the Messiah,
the angels, the spirits of the just after
death, and generally of every thing
which is said to be with God. (a) genr.
©, g. of God, Matt. 5: 34 prjre bv 14) od
urd, x Igdvog dots 100 Stod. YW: W
Acts 7: 49, Heb. & 1. al. Hence
God is called § Sedg tod odg. Rev. ll:
13. 16: 11. (1 Mace. 3: 18.) xdpsos tod
ovg. Matt. 11: 25. Luke 10: a” (Sept.
Gon. U8), x bv rolg obg. Eph. 6 9.
Col. 4:1. 6 narng 6 év roig ougavoig
in the firet three gospels, Matt. 5: 16, 45,
48, 6:1. 10; 32, Mark 11: 25, 26. Luke
al. S mani’ é & odpar0t Luke
11:13, Of the Messiah, the Son of
God, as coming from heaven, John 3:
18, 31. 6: 33, 38, 41. al. or as return-
ing thither after his resurrection, Mark
16: 19. Luke 24: 51. Acts 1: 10, 11. al.
whence he will again come to judge
the world, 1 Thess. 1:10. 4:16. 2 Thess."
1:7. Of the Holy Spirit, Matt. 3: 16,
John 1: 32. 1 Per. 1: 12, [1 John 5: 7.}
Of angels, Matt. 18: 10. 24: 36.. Mark
12: 25, Luke 22: 43, Gal. 1:8. al. (Gen

Ovpavos 596

a 7. 11) Hence ealled t¢ otge-
separa 16 by obgard Rev. 19: 14, comp. third

Heb. eee Byrd and Sept. of angels,
br. 18: 18, Ps. 148: 2

dtthe righteous after death, as the seat
of their final and glorious reward, Matt.
5: 12 5 woes iwsiy modis tv ols otga-
voi. & 20 Syoaueds dy odgarg. Luke
1@: 20. 12: 83. 2 Cor. 5:1. Col, 1: 5.
1 Pet. 1:4. al. Jn heaven also is the
spiritual temple with its sacred utensils,
Heb, 9: 23, 24. Rev, 11: 19. 14:17. 15:
5, 16: 17; and there also the new Je-
ruealem is prepared and adorned, Rev.
‘3: 12, 21: 2, 10. — Henee to be or to be
done tv 1§ obparg, i. q. among oF
those who dwell in Reaven, Luke 15:7
096 tora ty § cigar}. Matt 6 10
perpdrite 13 Silyed cov, ds do
xed xd vig 7g. Matt. 16: 19. 18: 18.
Luke 11:2, a é roig ovgavoie,
the higher spiritual world, Eph. I
Col. 1: 16, 20; and so Eph. 3:15 noo
ratgla ty aipavois. So poetically, where
the heavens are said to rejoice, Rev. 12:
12 18:20. comp, Sept, and Heb. Is.
49:13, Ps, 96:11.—In various phrases
ete. e.g. (1) to look up to heaven, a8
the abode of God, dvefiléxuy tls’ sir
og. Matt. a: 19. Mark & 41. 7: 34. al.
axevitur sig sév tg. Acts 1: 10. 7: 55.
duplinue sis vay ob, Acta 1:11. énai-
‘tovs Sp. ais tov otg. Luke 18: 13.
jako 17: —— (9) t0 ascend or be taken
up into heaven, dvaPalsuy sig tor vig.
Youn 3: 18. Acts 2 34. Gralng divas
alg toy ov. Mark 16: 19, ‘Acts tl 10: 16,
“dveonigGus Acts 11:10, dxdoysodas
Luke 215. mogsiac9as 1 Pet. 3: 22,
1 (8) to come or bs sent from heaven,
Grocraljjvas dn’ obg.1 Pet, 1:12 ig-
eras é oi. Joba 3:31. xarofalve
dv, 9 og. John & 33, 98, 1 Thess,
4:16. al, xa9ierSas tx toi odp. Acts
11:5, So with ylsoGas expr. or impl.
iy Got iy Heb. 12:25, gary x
shiv iy Matt. 3: 17, coll. Mark 1:
11 peony éyévero ax 19 ode. Luke 3: 22,
al—(4) Alao heaven is said to be opened,
go as to let Pass in or out, to lay open
the interior, etc. @. B. of otg, dvegizdy-
car, 5 cig. dwayyés, of otp. cvapypivor,
Matt. 3:16. Luke 3:21. Jobn 1:52
Acts 7: 56. 10:11. Rev. 4:1. 19: 11.
of otp. ogeidusvos Mark 1: 10,

Ous

(8) dg rplrov 0: unto the

third heaven, 2 Cor. eens in allu-
sion to the three heavens as above
specified, viz. the lower, the middle or
firmament, ‘and the superior; bence
i. gq. the highest heaven, the abode of
God and angels and glorified spirits,
the spiritual paradise, v.4. Comp. Eph.
bi we soe Seon f Comp. also

eb. DQG cdpards tab
Bee od Bear i 14 1K.&27. Ec
clus. 16:18. So the spurious Lucian
makes a Christian say, é¢ rolrov of
voy depoferjoas Luc. Philopatr. § 12.
— Others suppose the apoatle refers to
the views of the later Rabbins, who
describe seven heavens, of which the
first is below the clouds ; the second ia
the region of clouds and tempests and
the abode of evil spirits; in the third
are the hosts of heaven, thestara; while
the other four above this are assigned
to the saints, the various orders of an-
gels, and the throne of God ; see Test,
XII Patr. in Fabric, p. 546, Wetstein
ad 2 Cor, 122. But then & sgézos ob
eavés could not well be i. q. 6 mageBer-
og in v. 4.

47) meton. and from the later Heb.

cvgards, odparol, like Engl. heaven, a
bag the abode of God, is often put
God himself; 0. g. elvas 43 allgenot

i q. dx so Geod, Matt. 91: 25, Mask i:
30, 31. Luke 20: 4, 5. 86d: és 108
odg. John 3:27. juagror ae tor obge-
vo» Luke 15: 18,21. Also in the for-
mula 20 freq. in Matthew ¥ Bevilale
tay ovg. Matt. 3:2. 4:17. 6 10a
elsewhere 7 fac. tov Ssoi etc. see im
Baoisla c. So Chald. xvg, Sept.
Wovcla odgdrog, Dan. 4:23 (26). Comp.
Buxtorf. Lex. Ch. 2440. Wetstein ad
Matt. 21; 25, Luke 15:18 Au.

OveBaves, ov, 8, Urban, pr. n. of
a Christian gt Rome, Rom. 16: 9.

Oupiac, ov, 6, Urias, Heb. m9 30
(flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. n. of the
husband of Bathehebe, Matt. 1:6. Comp.
2 Sam. 11:8 aq.

Ods, dxés, 14, an ear, plur. ra dra
the cars, Mark 7:33 ifals soig duc.
airod tig ta cota erttod. 8: 18. Luke 22
50. Acts 7:57. 1 Cor. 1216. Sept

Ovola . 599 Odr0s

for yy, ory", Ex. 29:90. Deut. 15:
17.—Hdien. 7,3. 7. Ken. Mem. 1.45.
—In hrases, e. 8. 6 igor Grav. & tis

iu Os a Gxove, cxovere, i. e. whoever
we, and understand, let him beer
and attend! Matt. 11:15. 13: 8, 43
Mark 4: 9, 23, 7:16, Luke 8 8. 14:35.
Rev. % 7, 11, 17, 29. 3: 6, 13, 22. 13:9.
wwBdvas sig +e dra to let sink into the cars,
to fix deep in the mind, Luke % 44,
comp. Ex. 17:14, Also to come sig ta
Grd tiv0s to oF into the eare of any one,
to be heard, Luke 1: 44. Acts 11: 22,
James 5 4. | (Bept. Ps. 18: 7. Is. & 9.)
Aadtiv v. &xovuv sig 10 ous, to speak or
hear in the ear, i. e. privately, Luke 12
3. Matt. 10: 27. (Ex. 11: 2.) So to do
eny thing éy tois aoly twos, i.e. in his
bewring, presence, Luke 4: 21. (Bepr.
Josh. 20: 4. Judg. 17:2) dea ede de
NOsy, i. q. Ota tod Dov dorsy ely 8, i.e.
‘God listens to prayer, 1 Pet. 3: 12, quo-
ted from Ps. 34:16 where Sept, for
BIT, comp. 2Chr. 6: 40, 7: 15. Neb.
46." For Matt. 13:15 bia, and Acts 28:
‘27 bis, see in Bagéuc. Rom. 11: 8 see
in M47 I. d. 8. Acts 7: 51 see in “Aregi-
‘aumros. — Poeticatly, obs as the organ
of hearing is put for the Person, who

hears, Matt. 13: 16 paxcigios ... 1a: dro”

Susir, bts dxoves. 1 Cor. & 9. Comp.
in Kegdle ay.

Ovola, ag, 4, (sid, part. dy, ovea,)
entity, essence, nature, Epict. Ench. 19.
2 i ovela rod dyaSod. Arr. Epict. 2.8. 1.
being, life, Soph. Trach. 911 or 913 Saag

etoia, In N.T.and usually, what és to

any one, what he has, i. e. substance,

Luke 15: 12, 13—Tob, 14:18,
hae 18.1.1. Xen. Mem. 2. 8. 3.

Ovze, conj. (0%, enclit. 12,) a con-
tinuative referring usually rather to a
part of a proposition or clause, and not,
‘alto not, i. e. neither, nor, not even. See
Battm. § 149. p. 427. Winer § 59. 6,

8) as introducing a neg, elause, with
or without a Preceding negation, neither,
‘wor, ©. B. obte yee, Lake 20:36. Acts 4;
12. (Hdian. 3.5.11.) obte... wert, a8
Jobn 4: 11 wiges, ota divshnua iyers, wad
wd plug x % 2 8 John 10. Comp.
espec. in Kai no. 1, a. (Eurip. Ipb. i in
‘Teor. 585.) Bore freq, repeated, ovre

. 0b8e, neither... ner, before differ-

‘ent parts of a clause, Matt. 6: 20. Luke
20; 35. John 5: 37. Acts 15:10. Gal. 5:
6.al. (Xew. Lac. 14.7.) Also three
times or more, obte, obte, obta, Acts
25: 8. Rom. 8: 38, 39, 1 Cor. 6: 9, 10,
Rev. 9:20, 21.—After another negative,
as ob... obs John 1:25. Rev. 20:4.
21:4, obds.. - ots Gal. 1:12. 1 Them.

b) in the wonse of not even; Mark 5:
3 xed otts Ghverow vides {Strut aitdy
Bows, Luke 1226. 1 Cor. 22 in tex.
ree, — Hdian. 4.6.1 edi reg fe peidss
fuaias, obts wizes rypcieey—But Mee. in
Mark and Luke |. c. and later edit. in
1 Cor, Lc. read eb04 Ax.

Ov0s, QuIH, TOUTO, gen. TovTOv,
‘sevens, tovzov, pron. demonetr, this, that,
pp. for 6 aixis, i) wit, 10 eitd, this
same, Bum. § 76. 2, and n. 1.

8) pp. as referring to a person or
thing before mentioned, i.e. to some-
thing preceding ; Passow obtog no. 1.
Mauh. § 470. 1. — (a) pp. to that next
preceding, Luke 1: 32 "Ingviv+ obveg
Eras péyor, % 25. Jobo 1: 2 Sais de
6 Abyog* obt0s fy dy doyf xt. A. 3:2.
6:71. Acts 1: 14, 10: 36. Rom. 14: 18
dy tomo. $1 Tin. & 8 2 Pet. 2: 20.
1 Jobe 5: 6, 26. al. svep. — Hdian. 4. 8.
11. Xen. Mem. 4. 2, 28,—Nent. plur.
tara sometimes refers only to one
thing; 3Joho 4 Luke 12: 4. Dobe 13:
17.) So sexé tase i, q. obra Luke 6:
‘23, 26, where later edit. read xava tavsa.
Comp. Winer p.140.—Xen. An
—(8) Sometimes ovses refers ne
earest, but to another porsca or thing, .
as being the chief topic of discourse, : -
Winer p. 198, Matth, Lc, Matt. &3.-
obtis yap dot, ec. "Iecerng inv. }
Luke 18: 3, coll. v. 1. John 1: 42 1
37 xab obto even thie mon, Lezarus.2-~
1: 24. Acts 4: LI obtds don & Ud0g,
po. Xgwtég. 7:19, Gal. 4:26. Joba 7. sin ra

rove. Mark 4: 13, coll. v. 20q.
Luke 1: 29, 24: 21. John & 11. Acts
19:17, Rem. 11: 27-1 John 2 1, 26.
—— Xen. Cyr. 1.3 15.

b) as referring to or introducing what
follows, with emphasie, as in Engl. thie,

Osr0g

‘the following,’ Passow I. ¢. 00. 2.
Winer § 23, 4. Matth. § 472. c,d. So
-aa followed by the express’ words, . g.
toirto, Gal. 3:17 roiro 38 déyw* Stady-
sqrt. 2, 1 John 4:2; or c, subst.
Matt. 10:9 +4 dyéuard fess tata, Luke
M12 Acts &: 32 4. 35 meqiogy ... Hy
ann’ ge. t. 1Cor.9& 3 Orbya
noun simply, as the predicate, 2 Cor.
18:9 sodr0 84 sizdpede, nyy Spdy xatde-
stm, 1 John 5: 4. (Luc, Navig. 3.)
Or by an infin, e. g. without art. Acts
24: 16, 26: 16. James 1:27. comp.
Winer l.c. Math, § 472. b. (Plato Apol.
Boe. § 29. p. 38.C.) ¢, art. Rom. 14:
18 zovr0 xplvate paildor, 13 pH tuDéven
«tL 2 Cor. 21. comp. Winer,
Matth. Le. (Plato Apol. Soc. §24. p.35.C.
Xen. Occ, 8.2.) So did rotto before
@ particip. of cause, Mark 12:24, éy
rovry 2 Cor. 3:2.—Also before drs and
iva, comp. in”Ors no, 1, and“Iva no. 3.
af Winer § 23.4. E &. 24. drs,
John 2): 23 Sihder ov 6 doyos obrog
«+ Oredpadyrig x. 1.2. Acts 20: 29.
Rom, 6:6. 1 Cor. 1:12. 1 Jobn 1:5.
al. saep, (Ken. Cyr.2.1.25.) Seq. tva,
€.g. of purpose, 2is tofr0 iva Rom. 14: 9.
1 Pet. 3: 9. 4: 6; dict toto ta John 1:
31. 2 Cor. 13:10. 1 Tim. 1:16; or
after a word of command, Jobn 15: 17
sop above in a, a, fin. “1 Jobn 8: 23,
or genr. John 6:29 roid docs t3
Heyor 106 920i, toa muateboye 1. 1.2.
¥. 89, 40. 17:8 aim deriv 9 aidnos
ten), va yurdoxwos x.1.4. 1 Jobu 4:
17. & 3. al.
¢) used Sextexsis, i. ©. as pointing to
@ person or thing present either to the
eyes or to the mind, Passow I. c. no. 4.
Matth. § 471.12. (a) genr. Matt. 3:17
obtds dor 6 vidg pou w.2.4, 17: 5.
Mark 9:7. Luke 9: 35. Matt. 17: 20.
26: 26 toixé dors 10 otipd pov. v.28.
Mark 14: 22,24, 1 Cor. 11: 24, 25. al.
Mark 12:43. 14:69, Jobn 1:45, 7: 46.
Acts 2:7. Matt. 8: 9 4 copia aitty, 26:
8A dy cainy 1 yued, Luke 12: 26 kaupéy
aoinoy. 21:6. Acts 1: 5.al.saep. Comp.
Winer p. 140. So Sept. for my
1 Sam, 2:3. (Xen. An. 4.8. 14, 26)
So with a numeral referring to time,
Luke 24: 21 roitqy taveny jusgay dyes,
seo in” Aye 00.2.8. 2 Cor. 1% 1 zg/-
tov tito Eprouas xpos tds. Comp.

600

Ovsog

Winer p. 205, Mattb. § 470. 8. So
Sept. rpltoy roizo for oY DG Ty
Num, 22: 28, 32, 33.—Lue. ‘be Mort. 1%
8 dy BaBulavs xslyas colryy 4 ipigay cai
tv. Hdot. 5. 76 téragtor robro cxied—
pevot, — (8) In admiration, Matt. & 27
morands tory obtog, Ou x. 1.2. 1% 2.
Luke 4:22 John 6:14—(y) More usu-
ally in contempt or aversion, i..q. Engl,
‘this fellow, etc. comp. Passow no. 4
Matt. 9: 3 obtos Placgnust 12:24. 1%
54. Mark 6:2,3, Luke 5:21. John &
42. Acts 7: 40, al. So toizo 1 Cor. &
2, 3.—Xen. An. 3.1. 30. Cyr. 1.3. 1L

d) inserted for emphasis: (a) after
the subject or object of a verb, ie. be-
tween this and the verb, Winer § 2 2
E. g. after a noun, Matt. 13: 38 13 3
xalov oxigua, obtoi siow ob viol x. 2.
See below in k. 21:42 Udor dry...
obt0g dyer On x. t. 2. see in “Os no lc. &
Luke 8:21. Acts 4:10. Rom. 7: 10.
1Cor.6:4, 1 Pet. 2:7. al. (Pol.3. 20.2
ib. 5. 111.2) After a relative pron.
comp. below in e. Matt. 5:19 os av
mowjon ... ovr0p wiyos hyd. x xD
where in the preced. clause ovo¢ is omit-
ted. Mark 3:35. Luke 9: 24. John 1:
33. Rom. 8 30. Phil. 4:8. al, saep.
(Xen. Mem.2.6.8. Ao.1.6.6.) After
8 participle, comp. Matth. § 472. 2
‘Matt. 13: 20 6 di... omagels ... obtd5
dot xt. 2, Mark 12: 40, Luke 9: 48.
John 6: 46. Acts 17: 6.—Pol. 1, 67. 12
Dens, 522, 20,—(8) In apodosis after «i,
Rom. 8: 8 # 04 116 mvzia Xp. obx Exes,
ottos ovx tatty aizov. 1 Cor. 3: 17.
Philem. 18. James 3:2. 1 Pet. 2 20.
Comp. Winer § 139.3. Matth. § 610 fin.
—(y) After a parenthesis or intervening
sentence, when the writer again returns
to the leading subject, comp, Passow
no. 7. Acis 7: 35 bis, todroy tor Mei-
oy... totroy 5 9b¢ x7. comp. v.3L
So v. 37, 38.—Ael. V. H.3.17 Zeropar
+. Obt0g dxtivos th a.

€) where o¥t0g is followed hy a rela-
tive sentence, ovtos—is, i. q. this whe,
he who, that which, Luke 9: 9 tls &¢ derer
obros, megh ov x. t. 2 1 Pet. 5: 12,
1 John 5: 9.—But both before and after
a relative obtos is frequently omiued,
and the relative then implies it and
stands for he who, that which, Engl. what ;

see in “Og I. 1. d. Math. § 473. b.

Ours

f) as strengthened by avros, i.e. ai-
rob obtos these men themselves, Suxrixds
for ‘ they themselves,’ Acts 24: 15, 20.
Oftener neut. eitd toi, toiz0 airs,
this very thing etc. e. g. as Feferring to
what precedes, 2 Cor. % 3 typaya tpiy
roit0 aixd. Eph. 6:18, c. relat.3...
air toizo Gal. 2: 10, comp. Math.
§ 472, p. 881 eq. As referring to and
introducing what follows, seq. té e. inf.
2Cor.7: 11. ot Phil. 1:6. tye Eph.
6: 22, Col. 4:8. dag Rom. 9: 17. —
Alo iro roito i. q. on this very account,
for this very reason, i,q. dé taire,
2Pet. 1:5. comp. Matth. § 470.7. Greg.
Cor, p. 29, 30.— Xen. An. 1.9, 21.
aizd ratra Plato Protag. p. 310. E.

g) after xai as xa} obtos, often genr.
in the foregoing senses, e. g. and this
man, and he, Luke 16:1; he also 20: 30;
Beextindis Luke 22 56, 59. — But spec.
xai ovr0g, xad toiTo, xab taza, and he
too, and this too, and that indeed, i. e.
where -a particular stress is to be laid
upon the connexion of two circumstan-
cea, ovtos is thus joined to xai, and then
always refers back to the former; see

(74 GPassow no. 12, Matth. §470. 6. Buttm.

§ 150. p. 436. Viger. p.177. So 1 Cor.
2: 2 eb wi) L. Xouorby, xad tovr0y éorav-
gupévoy. (Hdot. 6. 11. Xen. Ag. 1. 2)
Oftener neut. xa? zodzo, Rom. 13: 11
za roito tidéres, coll. v. 8. 1 Cor. 6: 6.
Eph. 28 xai sabre, 1 Cor. 6: 8 di-
Ad tptig Gduxtite, .. . xal tare Bedpods.
Heb. 11: 12.—plur. Jos, Ant. 10. 10, 4.
Lue, D. Deor. 8 med. Xen. Oec. 11. 3.

h) in distribution, rodz0 pev... cov-
20 dé, pp. as to this... ag to that, i..q.
partly ... partly, Heb. 10: 83. Comp.
in Méy c. B. Matth. § 288. n. 2. Passow
no. 10.—Hdot. 3. 106. Ieocr. p. 44. D.
Dem. 474, 25.

i) Neut. cadra ace. as adv. so, thus,
i. q. o8tas, comp, Matth. § 471.13. Pas-

- sow no. 14..b. So after xadig Jobn 8:
28. c. ovtwe altern. Mark 2: 8, tatra
elvat, to be thus, Such, 1 Cor. 6:11. As
referring to What follows, Luke 18; 11
taira ngoonizeo* 6926s, x. t..—Soph.
Ajax 1346. Hom. Il. 11. 694.

k) In gender efc. the use of odtog ex-
hibits some anomalies of syntax, e. g.
(a) Where odto¢ refers in sense to a pre-
cating noun, it yet sometimes a

. 7

601

Oviws

gender and number of a noun follow-
ing ; comp. Math, § 434. 1. b, and 2. b.

Matt, 13: 38 13 08 xadov onéoua, obtob tm. ss *

iow of viol xt. 4. comp. above ind?”
Luke 8: 14,15. So Matt. 7: 12, Gal.

4: 24.—(8) By Hebraism, the fem. airy
stands twice for neut. tobro, Matt. 21:

42 et Mark 12: 11 maga xuglov éyévex0
airy, i.e. roiz0, quoted from Ps, 18:23
where Sept. for Heb. nwt.’ For the
Heb. idiom, see Gesen. Lehrg. p. 661.
Stuart § 436. Ax.

Otros, also ov reo before a con-
sonant, demonstr. adv, (ottos,) in this
manner, on this wise, i.e. 20, thus, to
which corresponds relat. «ig etc. Buttm.
§ 116, 7, and n. 7. On the moveable
final , see Buttm. § 26.4. Winer §5. 1.
b. p. 42.

a) pp. as referring to what precedes,
and in complete sentences preceded hy
a relative adverb or, adverbial word. —
(a) With a preced. relat, adv. as...30,
©. g. xaBanep ... otzus, Rom. 12: 5,
coll. v. 4. 1 Cor, 12: 12 xaddmeg 79
16 cipa fy dots... ottw xad 6 Xpiotdg.
2Cor, 8:11. (Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 10.
T. I. p. 296. Tauchn.) xaddg... od-
tog, Luke 11: 30. John 3:14. 2Cor.1:
5. 1 Thess. 2:4. al ‘aig... otras Acts
8:32... Rom, 5: 15 ody dg 13 mage
Ha, obra xad 13 ydgiouc, 3 Cor. 7: 14.
UThess, 27,8. (Xen. Cyr. 8.2. 12.)
Gonég... ovtwg Matt. 12: 40. John 5:
21. Rom. 6: 4, 1 Cor. 11:12. al. Fur-
ther, xaP daov .. . ovtag Heb. 9: 27, 28.
Gy rg0noy ... ovtag 2 Tim, 3: 8, xatd
nip 535... obtuse Acts 24: 14, & [dc]
+ + + obrmg Acts: 18, comp. Math. § 480.
c. p. 899.—(8) Alone, and as referring
generally to the preceding discourse.
Matt. 3: 15 ow yag mgénov éotly Huiy
mlngdoat néoay dix. i. e. by being bap-
tized, comp. v.13. Matt. 5: 12. 6: 30,
coll. v.29, 30. Matt.9:33, 17:12, 18:14.
Luke 1: 25, John 11: 48, 1 Cor. 2 11.
7:26, 40, comp. v.24, Rev. 2:15. al. saep.
Interrog. John 18: 22, (Hdian. 7. 5. 1.
Xen. Cyr, 1.6.92.) So ai zatta otzag
Eyer i.e. 80 as they appear, are reported,
etc. Acts 7: 1. 17: 11. comp. in “Eze f,
—Cebet. Tab. 4. Xen. An. 7.7, 51. —
(7) In emphatic affirmation or probi-
bition, ovzag Zoras, 90 shall. itbe; Matt.

Ovtws

1% 45 obtag Eoras wal xf yerg Tovey.
13:49, 24:39, ovy orang orcas bv yy
‘Mowt.20:26. Merk 10:43. ¢. orasimpl.

Lyke 1221. 22:26. Comp. Passow™

ottm¢ no, 1. c. — Hom. Od. 16. 31. ib.
21. 257.

b) as referring to and introducing
what follows; in complete sentences
followed by a relat. adv. or adverbial
word.—(a) With a following relat. adv.
80» +. G8 ©. B ottws . . xa0d6, Luke
U: 2A nat ebgor obrw na deg xal ai yu
valines axoy. Rom. 11: 26. ouzms .
ee, John 7: 46 obdémors otras Adina
ErBgenos, ds obtog 6 dv9e., 1 Cor. 4: 1.
James 2:12. (Ken. Cyr. 2.3.3.) obra

+ Gore & inf, Acts 14:1, Ken. Mem.
1 2.1) ) otzeg... dy tgomoy Acts 1: 11.
xaF by 29. 27: 25.— (8) Alone, e. g. a8
followed‘ by direct narration or quota-
tion, Matt. 1:18 ro "1. Xo. 4 yévsatg ov-
tes 7° Monorevdelons x. 1.4, 2:5 otto
veg yiygantat... Katov BySisp. Jobn
21: 1, Heb, 4:4. Rev. 9:17. Or seq.
infin, 1 Pet. 2:15. Also seq. dre of
quotation, Luke 19: 31. Acts 7:6, 13:
34. comp..in “Ors no. 1.d. Seq. ta,
}Cor. 9:24 obtw spfyere, fvor xorsaeiiare.

€) used dsursxdis, see in Otros c.
Acts 21: 11 tir divdga . . . ott Sicovory
4"Iegovs. x. 1.1. Rom.9:20. With the
idea bf aversion, 1 Cor. 5:3 toy otra

, tobro xaregyacdpsroy, comp. in.Ovrose. 7.
* d) inserted for emphasis: (a) af-
ter Participles, before the following verb,
Tike obzos, see in Otros d. a.:Matth.
§ 610. p. 1235. But, §144.0.6, E.g.
+ Acts 20:11 dpudjoas dzgis aiyiic, otras
&Fl9m. 27:17. Bo prob. John 4: 6

5 ody “Tyoots momen... dxaditero
obras éxl xf mnyf for ofzus txadiiro,

—Hdot. 6. 104 fin, Plato Gorg. p.457. a.
Xen, Cyr. 2.1. 1.—(8) In apodosia, af:
ter #, bt, comp. Matth. |.c. So after

al, 1 Thess. 4:14. Rev. 11: 5 sf 11g ab-
tois Géles adixjoa, obtw dei airdy
dmoxte at, - But both these passages
may be perhaps better referred to a. B
above. (Xen. Cyr. 8.1.3 in most edit.)
With on causal, Rev. 3: 16 otra, Sts
sagas sh... pido os dpiow bx tod
erdpards wor, for St... ovtae péplor
x. t. 1.—Hdot. 9, 6 c. rong

2} spoken of degree, extent, #0, 20

to such a degree, in such & man-

602

Opecdeins ,

ner ; so with adjgptives and adv. Heb.
12:21 cite gofepor Hy 13 gartatineror.
Rev. 16: 18, vite razis Cal 1:6, In
terrog. Mark 7:18 ovte xal tpsic aovwe-
tol tore ; 4:40 cl Sachol date obte ; Gal.
8: 3.—Lue. D. Deor. 4. 4, Ken. Cyr.2
2.16. c. adv. Xen, Mem. 3. 11,7. —
With a verb, 1 John 4:11 2 oftas é
Sos iiyannoay Huss. Beq. dors c. in-
dic. Jobn 3: 16. Interrog. Matt. 26: 40
otras ox icyioure ular digar yenyogs-
oat; are ye then so unable? 1Cor. 6 5.
— Xen. Cyr. 1.3, 11. 90g. dose Lue.
D. Deor. 2.1. interrog. ib. 5.2 Ax.

Ovz, see in 08.

Ovzé, adv. not, a strengthened
form of ov, used espec. by the Attics for
emphasis, Buttm. § 117. 2.

a) genr, John 13: 10 aad od} merry
but not all, i. e. by n means all. vw
1Cor. 6:1. odg)...éddd 1 Cor. 10: 29.
2 Cor. 10: 18. — Luc. D. Meretr. 12 3
Xen. Athen. 2. 18.

b) in meg. answers, 10, nay, 4m =
means, comp. in Ob £3 only seq. adld
Luke 1: 60 7 wojryg attod elney* otzi-
Gla x,t, 1, 12:51. 13: 3. Rom. & 2.
So Sept. for "> xb Gen. 18 15. 19:2
—Xoen. Cyr. 1.3. 4,

c) often in neg. questions, menne?
is not? are not? etc. implying an af
firmative answer, comp. in Ob 8: Man
3-46 og) xad of teddivas tb avT0 most
os; 20:13, Luke 12 6. 17:17, John
U9, Rom. 3:29. al. Luke 17: 8 dit
bgt dpi atta; will he not rather
tay to him? see "AIAG no. 2. b.
for s533 Gen. 40: 8. Judg. 4: 6.— Xen.
Cyr. 8.2.46. alt odzs ib. 2 2 19.
AL.

enters, ou, 6, (Sqsite,) «
ant pp. Matt. 18 24 aly 39. propiaw

taldrwwr. ‘Trop.,of one indebted for
favours, Rom. 15:27.—Hesych, dgelé-

ts" xeecbotns.

™) metaph. debtor, one morally bound
to the performance of any duty; seq.
infin. Gal. 5: 3 Gpederng éotly Gloy ror
vopor morjoas, i. e. he is bound to keep
the whole law. Seq. dat. et inf, Rom.
& 12, So Rom, 1: 14 “Eliged ts xa
BaBcpors ... dpedisns cipl oc. evey-
ydloSa.—BSoph. Ajax 500.

*Ogedy
* ¢) from the Aramaean, debtor, i. q. de-
Kinguent, one who fails in the “porform-
ance of duty. Matt. 6:12 rois dpedirais
sins, i.e. those who fail in their duties
_ towards us, Hence genr. a transgressor,
sinner, i,q. duagtalos, Luke 13: 4, coll.
v. 2. — Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. p. 180,
Squditns Guages urydins. So Targ.
P22 debtors for Heb. nrxtatt sinners,
E11. Onk. aon for 799 Gen.
18 28. See Bust. Lex. Ch. 71

"Operan, hs, 4 (Salta) indebted
nest, debt, Matt. 18: 39 ndeay nv 3p
diy gins con Metaph. dusy duty,
obligation, Rom. 13:7, 1 Cor. 7:3 in
Jater edit. — Etymol. Magn. as from
Xen. Vect. comp. Starz Lex. Xenoph.
sub v. Lob, ad Phr. p. 90.

OgetAnuc, aos, +0, (dpelta,)

pp.‘ what one owes? a debt, Sept. Deut.
bo. 1 Mace. 15:8, Phryn. ed. Lob.
P. 463, dqsliqua’ 8 daveifed ts. In
N. T. metaph.

A) dy dy, eligtin Row. 4:4 ob
doy leva need zeigey, dct xara Sgpallqe.
—Thuc. 2. 40 obx és zéger, GAR ds Sqel-
Anyee,

*y from the Aramaean, delinquency,
i.e, a fault, cin, Matt. 6:12 Ses july
dgudjpara judy,i.g.1é xapanraipar
v.14, and ris duagrles Luke Tl: 4.
So Targ. ain deb, for Heb. natn sin,
Ps. 25:18. a). Comp. Buxt. Lex. Chald.
715, and in’ Opedsms c. — Greek writ-
ers said only deplnus uri 24 z9é0, Luc.
Saturnal. 5. Ael. V. H. 14. 24,

_ Ogetho, £. depacdsjoes, to owe, to be

8) pp. ina Pecuniary sense, ¢. acc, et
dat. expr. or impl. Matt. 18: 28
Soule aitG taroy Snvdgu, x 1.
Luke 7: 41. 16:5,7. Rom. ie. Phi-
Jem. 18. Sept. for tz Hiph. Deut.
15:2, Is. 94: 2. — Lue. D. Mort. 4.1,
Xen. Ag. 4, 4.—Pass. particip. neut. 20
Sepeslopevoy, pp. what is owed, debt, due,
Matt. 18: 30, 34.—Xen. An. 7. 7. 4.

b) metaph. to be Bound, to be obligated,
se. to the performance of any duty, i.q.
Tought, I must, seq. infin. So of what
fa required by law or duty in general,
£5 c. inf, impl. Matt. 2816 os dy

Spon. .

« bpaldss sc. dnodotvas y. 18,

603

"OpGaAucs
Elsewhere c. inf. Luke 17: 10 3 Sgal-
Roper noxious, manoujraper, John 18
14, 19:7 dqeller dxoSevely he ought to
die. Rom. 15: 1,27, 2Cor, 12 14. Eph.
5:28, 2 Thess. 1:3, 2313. 1John&é
3:16. 4:11. 3John8. Particip. 1 Cor.
7:8 in text. rec,—Wisd. 12: 15. Pol, 6
37.5. Hdot. 1. 41,42 Thue. 4 19.—
Also of what the circumstances of time,
place, person, etc, render proper, i. q.to
be ft and proper, I o1 Acts 17: 29,
1 Cor. 7: 36 xal ottey Spelles ylne Pas,
11:7,10, 2 Cor, 1211, Heb. 217. 58,
12 ‘Or of whats from the nature of the
case necessary, 1 Cor. 5: 10 éxe} Sgul-
Jats Higa éx tod M&elDeiv. 9: 10,

c) by impl. and from the Aramaean,
to fail in duty, to be delinquent, to be in

Sault towards any one, c. dat. Luke 11: 4.

See in "Opssdémms c, and ’Opsdinus c.

"Oppedoy, epic and later form for Att.
Sealor aor. 2 of delle, pp. Lought, but
used only j in the implied : sense of wish-
ing, ulinam, see Passow dgsilo no. 2b.
In earlier Greek writersit is still a verb,
seq. infin, and often preceded by cis, al,
3s, Hom, Il. 3. 173 Eurip. Med. 1.
Plat. Rep. 4. p. 432. C. Xen.An.2.1.4, *
See Math. § 513. n. 8. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 756 sq. Buttm. § 114. p. 295. § 150.
p. 437. — In later writers and N. T.
Ggpedoy is an indec. particle of wishing,
orinterject. Othat! would that! ubinam,
c. c. indic. see Winer § 42, 5. 2.2
Surz de Dial. Mac. p. 186. Buttm. 1c, °
and § us. n.7, So 1Cor.4.8 xat
Bqeléy ye MBacideboars, 2 Cor. 11: 1,
Gal. 5: 12, Rev. 3:15, Sept. for jr"
Ex.16:3. s5Num.14:2. 20:2 Sh
2K. 5: 3.—Arr. Epict. 2,18. 15. comp.
Lue. Philopseud. 1 fin.

“Opedos, cog, ous, *6, (dpilde to
further,) furtherance, profit, advantage.
1 Cor, 15: 82 si pos Spetos; James &
14, 16. Sept. for Sir Job 15:3, —
Diod. Sic. 13: 53. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.9,

"Ogdaduodoviela, as, 4, (ap-
Padpss, Sovisla,) eye-service, i.e. ren-
dered only under the master’s eye, Eph
6: 6. Col. 8: 22.—Not found elsewhere.

"OpSaiuss, ov, 6, (Spouar, part.

aor. bq8als,) an eye, lar ob bp Pudpos,
the eyes.

“Opes

a) pp. and (a) genr. Matt. 5: 29 6
Sp. cou 6 defids. v.38. Mark 8: 25.
Luke 24: 16. Acts 9: 18, 1 Cor. 12: 16.
15: 52 dv genfj OpSalyod. Rev. 3: 18. al.
Sept. for 779 Gen. 29: 17. 48: 10.—Pol.
12. 27. 1, Xen. Mem, 1. 4, 5. — (8) Ia
phrases: dg. dnlois, S99. movngds,
i.e. sound, or unsound, diseased, Matt.
6: 22, 23; but dp. orneds see also be-
low in y. For ace. roug opSadyous
in phrases after the verbs dvolyw, d:a-
voiya, topicou, éxalgu, xapptor, see
under these verbs respectively. For

1 Pet. 3:12, see in “Eni III. 1.b. 8. p. 303.
For 2 Pet. 2:14, see in Moszdius.

For

eye as the organ of seeing, is put for
the person who sees, Matt. 13: 16 ya-
xdgior of apo. Luke 2:30 eBoy of ag.
pov x21. 10: 23. Rev. 1:7. Sept.
and Heb, Deut. 3: 21. Is. 30: 20. saep.
— Further, as affections of mind are
_ manifested through the eyes, hence that
is attributed to the eyes which strictly
belongs only to the person, e. g. envy,
as Matt. 20: 15 6 dg. cou novngds tony,
Su dye dyadbs cus; Mark 7:22 399.

movness, evil eye, i.e. envy. So Heb.”

2 99, Sept. Bdexavos, Prov. 23: 6,

3: 22. Comp. Gesen. Lex. 779 no. 1.
h, 8q. — Ecclus. 14: 10 dp. ‘movngds
pPoveges.

b) trop. eye of the mind, the power of
perceiving and understanding; #0 ap.
tis Stavolas Eph. 1:18 in text. rec.
others 8@9. tig xapdlas. Elsewhere
absol. Luke 19: 42 viv 38 éxptfn ano
épSaludy cov, Acts 26:18, comp. in
°Avoiyw e. So John 12:40, Rom. 11:
8, 10. al. — Act. Thom. § 28 toig tig
uric dp 9adyoig—So by Hebraism, é
opFaducis tuvo¢ Matt. 21: 42 et Mark
32: 11, see in “Ey no. 1. e. anévavte
iby OF. see in “Anévavtsb. AL.

“Opes, ecoc, 8, a serpent, Matt. 7:
10 4 dquy exideiou airg ; Mark 16:18
et Luke 10:19, comp. Ps. 91:13. Luke
Il: 11, 1 Cor. 10:9. Rev. 9:19. OF
the brazen serpent, John 3:14. Sept.
for why Gen. 3:1. Ex, 4: 3,— Luc.
Tim. 25. Dom. 786. 4. Hdot. 8. 4. 1.—
As the emblem of wiedom or cunning,
@. g. jn a.good sense, Matt. 10: 16; in
a bad sense, 23: 33, Comp, Gen. 3:

604

“Oyios

Pealt. Salom. 4: 11 we Sug Sualvowe
soglay.—Hence symbolically for Satan,
2Cor. 11: 3, in allusion to Gen. & 1 9q-
which the Inter Jewish writings also
explain of Satan, comp. Wisd. 2:23, 24.
‘Act. Thom. § 31, 92. So Rev. 12:95
Boug 6 dozaiog... 6 Zaravds. v. 14,15.
20:2. Comp. in Jocixeir.

"Opeve, vo8, 4, brow, pp. eyebrow,
Sept. Lev. 14:9, Xen. Mem. 1.4.6. In
N. T. brow of a mountain, edge of a
precipice, Luke 4:20. See in Navage?.
—Hom. Hl. 20.151. Pol. 7. 6.3. Strabo
5.3.7.

"Ozréo, G, f. jou, (Bz2os,) pp. to
harase svith crowds, tumults, to mob, c.
ace. Hdot. 5, 41. In N.T. geor. to
harass, to ver, only pass, Luke 6: 13
bzlotperos txd merudrov dxadcgrer.
Acts 5:16.—Tob. 6:7. Act. Thom. § 12,
Hdian. 6. 3. 9.

” Ogdonoréa, «, f. Hom, (Szhog, mov
éw,) to gather a crowd, to raise a mob,
intrans. Acts 17: 5. — Not found else-
where.

“Oydos, ov, 6, crowd, throng,
multitude, pp. confused multitude, opp.
to diiuos a regular assembly.

a) pp. sing. Matt, 9: 23 iby... sé
Byhov Soguforpsvor. v.25. Mark 2 4
Luke 5: 1. John 5: 13. Acts 14: 14. al.
saep. So molis dylog Matt. 14: 14.
Mark 6: 84. Gylos wodvg Matt. 20: 29.
Mark 4:1. 6 oats dzdog Mark 12: 37.
6 mlsiotog 8. Matt. 21:8, méunodey &
Mark 8: 1. mag 6 0. Matt. 13:2 Mark
1. 8. rogobrog Matt. 15:33, 8. ia
yég Mark 10: 46. of pvguides rob &
Luke 12:1. Sept. for 74073 1 K. 20:
13. Dan.10:6. ty Num. 20:20.—Lue.
Amor. 12. Xen. Cyr. 7.5.39. solis
6. ib. 6.1. L- 6 mag 3. Ael. V. H. 26
— Plur. of dyloe intens. in the same
sense, like Engl. crowds, multitudes,
Matt. 5: 1 day 08 toic dylors. 7:23
Mark 10:1. Luke 4: 42. 5:3. Jobn 7:

12. Acts 8:6. al, So 3. woldol Matt. 4:
25, Luke 5: 15. sdvreg of 3. Matt. 12
23, Sept. for bmp Ez. 16: 40. — AeL

V. H. 14, 8, Hdian. 7, 12. 11. — Once
phar: of dylos of throngs or multitudes
out of different nations and thus i. q.
nations, tribes, Rev. 17:15 laod nal Szlos

Capt
Oxvecapa

eiot, xat ESyy xat yiéooa, — Hdian. 7.

b) spec. for the common » the
rabble, plebs. Matt. 14:5 e089 tor
Szhov. 21: 26. Mark 12:12. John 7: 12,
49 coll. 48. Acts 16: 22. 24:12, Plur.
of Gyloe Matt. 21: 46. Acts 17: 13.—Ec-
clus. 7:7, Luc, Herod. 8. Xen. H. G.
1, 4,13.

©) genr. a multitude, a great number ;
eeq.. genit. of class, Luke 5: 29 dylog
telovay mods. 6:17, Acts 1: 15, 6: 7.
Beq. de c, gen. John 12:9, 3. ixaxds
‘Acts 11: 24, 26. 19: 26. —e. gen. Joa.
Ant. 3.4.1. Lue. Necyom. 4. Xen.
An. 4. 1, 20,

a) by impl. tumult, uproar, Luke 22:
“6 diteg Sylov. Acts 24: 18 o8 pera Sylou
028% usta Fogtfov.—Suid. Sylou- taga—
gis. Xen.H.G.4.4.11. At.

"Oxipope, aos, 16, (dxvg60,
Szvgds fast, firm, fr. Eye,) a fastness,
Sortress, strong-hold, pp. Sept. for 92372
‘Josh. 19: 29, Te. 34:13. mrpasy 2K.
22:2, Xen.H.G.3,2.3,—In N. T. trop. of
any strong points or arguments in which
one trusts, 2 Cor. 10: 4. So Sept. for
Ts Prov. 21: 22, tym Prov. 10: 29,

Owe guor, ov, +8, dimin. only in
form from 16 dyor, Lat. opsonium, i. e.
any thing cooked and eaten with bread,
as meat, etc. Tob. 7:8, Xen. Cyr. 4.
5.4; later espec. fish, Sept. for 23 Num.
11:22, Plat, Sympos. 4. qu. 4. 2 0l-
Adv o1 oytoy Spor; exvevirpaey 6 6 izDig po-
yor, 7) palitd ye, dor xalsiodan
Thue: 1. 138.—Hence in N. qT. Owageov
@ fish, John 6:9 860 dysigia (comp.
Luke 9: 13.) John 6: 11. 21: 9, 10, 13.
— Plut. de tuend. Sanit. 7. VI. p. 478.
15, Reisk. “Athen, IX. p. 385, B, bySvog
peydlov . ++ xad sindytog tivdg Osotov
slyan bydgtoy x. 1. 2,

* Owe, adv. (8nis, Smot,) late, i. e.
after long time, Hom. Od. 7, 155. ib.
3.7. Heaych. syd pert noliv xodvor,
Bonding. Seq. gen. dyi jludas late in
Wife Ael. V. H. 2. 23. cyé rip jutoas
Thuc. 4.93. Absol. also late sc. in the
day or evening, late evening, Dem. 1303.
14. Xen. Mem. 21, 3. Ammonit
P. 108, toniga, 3 ust vy Siew illov
Gea: Gps 34, 4 peta mod sie Sicsms,

605

“Opis .

xu} xa9élov nerd nokiy zecror.—Hence
in N. T.

a) absol. late evening, Mark 11: 19 xa?
Se oyd tyévero, Put for the evening
watch, Mark 13: 35, see in ®vlaxy.
Sept. for 293 nz Gen. 24: 11. Comp.
above.

b) seq. genit. i.g. at the end of, at
the close of, after. Matt. 28: 1 dyad
86 cafBdrom, th émugucxoton els lay
x1. 1. at the end of the sabbath, i.e. after
the sabbath, the sabbath being now
ended, towards the dawn, i. q. Mark 16:
1 diayevouévov tot cafBdrov. For the
gen. see Buttm. § 132, 4, 2, b.—Philostr.
Vit. Apoll. 4. 18 dyé puoryolay after the
mysteries, Philostr. de Ludis Pythiis,
sha uy ayaviay magéxey tip yer,
dyd toirwr. ib, yd reir Tyoiniy,

-"Oyeuos, ov, 5, yy adj. (3y4) late,
latter. James 5: 7 ins dy lay terov
mouipor xal dypipor, the early and latter
rain, the former in the climate of Pal-
estine falling in October, and the latter
in March and April; see Jahn § 21,
So Sept. for wjoh79 m1 Deut. 11:14,
Jer. 5:24, Joel 223, fom. Il, 2. 325.
Aristot. H. An. 5. 19. 1. 10.
Xen. Occ. 17. 4,5. It is strietly poetic
for dyxos, but used also by later prose
writers, Lob. ad Phr: p. 51, 52.

“Oynos, a, ov, (ys) late, i, °

8) pp: Mark 11: 11 dylag %3q o¥one
tis Boas, i.e. it t being now late even-
ing; comp. in °Oyd. — Pol. 7. 16. 4
Dem. 1301. pen. Thue, 3. 74,

b) fem. 9 dyiase, dpa, a8 subst. eve-
ning, pp. late evening. The Hebrews
reckoned two evenings, viz. the first
from the ninth baur or about 3 o’clock
until sunset; the other from sunset on-
ward; comp: Matt. 14: 15 with v. 23,
Hence, the Heb. phrase De2957] [7B
between the evenings, when the passover
was to be killed and the evening sacri-
fice offered, denoted strictly the time
of sunset, as is expressly said in Deut.
16:6, comp. Ex. 12:6, Lev. 23:5; also
Ex. 29: 39, 41. But in the practice of
the Jews, this was reckoned from the
ninth hour or 3 o'clock onward, Joa,
B.J. 6.9.3, comp. Acts 3:1. See
Geeen. Lex, art. 2 In NT. dples
appearg to denote the former evening

vvele the

taine

se OU G ail hasenge
fn Matt. 8: 162 14: 15, 27: 57, Mark 4:
35. 15:42; and the latter in. Matt. 14:
28 coll. v.15. 16: 2 20: 8, 26: 20.
Merk 1:92, 6:47, 14:17, Jobn 6: 16.
20: 19}— This latter the Greeks called
dyple Bethy, vee Polyb, Demosth. Thuc.

12 padtodeas cited above.

“|
milo a

ter "Owes, sas, 4, (Bpowas,) the sight,

faculty of seeing, Pol. 3.99.7. Xea.
@ sight, appe

nme, am thing seen, Jos, Ant. 14. To iL, Hor

wich Uae

qos.”

. Heb. Eup

3.30, Xen. An.6.1,9, HenceinN.T.
spect, looks, etc.

a)iiq. the visage, face, countenance,
John 11: 44 4 Sg aitod covdagle

606

TeByres
* b) external shew, John 7:
24 yn xplvers xara Sp. — Jos, B. 3.3.
3,2 Thue. 6. 46,

> , Par 2.

Oyoror, ov, +0, (Spor, Sriopas
to buy,) Lat. opsonium, pp. ‘ whatever is.
bought to be eaten with bread,’ see in
* Oydgror, and comp. Speviw Ael. V.H.
3.34. Xen. Mem. 3.14.1. Hired sol
diers were at first paid partly in meat,
arance, grain, fruit, etc, see Caes. B. Gall. 1.
23.1. Pol. 6.99. 12.8q. Adam's Rom.
Ant, p.393. Hence in N.T. dyessor,
« stipend, woges, pp. of soldiers, Lake
8:14 dgnsiods roig Sperlous Spsr. 1 Cor.
9: 7. — 1 Mace. 3:28. Pol. 6, 39.12

ubibrn Rev. 1: 16. Sept. for Dion. Hal. Ant. 9.17.—Trop. and gear.
1) Gen. 24: 16. 20:37.—Ael. V.H. wages, recompense, 2 Cor, 11:8. Rom.
“Dem. 413, pen. 28 1a by, vig Gpagrias.
i.

Tay deco, £. wow, (nayls,) to lay
seares for, to snare, to trap, pp. Sept.
Bee. 9: 12, In N.T. trop. to ensnare, to
entangle, e. g. by difficult questions etc.
o acc. Matt. 22:15 tra naydatowow
ainéy ty déyy. — Symam. Prov. 6: 2
bray deb9ng by Gripacs ctdpatés cou, for

Comp. Sept. 1 Sam.

ler’, dos, 4, (miyrms) pp.
‘whatever makes fast or holds fast;’
hence a snare, trap, gia.

8) pp. Luke 21: 35 ois wayte yag dar
Jabercar, as @ snare shall it come upon
then, i, e. suddenly, unexpectedly,
Sept. for mp Ecc. 9:12, Am. 3: 5.—
Ecclus. 27:20. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 38.
‘Azitoph. Av. 194, 527.

b) wop. sazie sob SuoBélov, mare of
the devil, i, e. wile, stratagem, 1 Tim.
2:7, 2 Tis. 2:26, absol. 1 Tim. 69.
<—aleo by impl. for cause of destruction,
Rom. 11:9 yernbrirw % tpdmela aver
sig xeylda, quoted from Ps, 69: 23
where Sept. for mp, as also Josh. 23: 13,
abt: 18, wpin Prov. 18: 7.—1 Mace.

Trédquc, Q106, 16, (deze, xe-
Suir.) pp ‘what is suffered,’ suffering,
i. gq, made

8) pp. cod suffered, affliction, distress ;
once sing. Heb. 2: 9 dia 16 rade vod
Sardrov, i.e. suffering, even unto death,
the genit, being explanatory —Ken. Hi:
1.96.—Elsewhere only plur. ea xady-
weve, sufferings, calamities, Rom. & 18.
2 Cor. 1:5 ta wadipere tov Xqurses,
i, e. the sufforings which Christ endured
are renewed abundantly in us; see Wi-
ner p. 158, marg. v. 6,7. Phil. & 10,
Col. 1:24, 2 Tim. & 11. Heb. 2 10.
10:32 1 Pet i211. 4:13 &1,9.—
Jos. Ant. 2. 14.2. Xen. Eq. 9. 4.

b)meton. passion, j.0.affection of mind,
emotion. Gal. 5:24 ty» otigxa viv toils xe
Space xad tats dovFupla. Rom.7:5.—
Plato Phaedo43.p94E. Xen.CyrB 117.

eases ss ov, 6, 4, adj. (xé0ze,
nadtiv,) Kable to auffering, as
ooipore Plut. ed. R. IX. p. 501.10. In
NT destined to sufer ; Acts 6:23 liver
«+, si madres 5 Xpuoros, i.e. that Christ
most needs suffer, se. according to the
prephets; comp. Luke34:26, Winer p56.

Tafos

Tides, evs, ous, 2, ( mdozu,
nadziy,) suffering, e. g. affliction, calam-
ity, Jos. Ant, 2, 14.2. Xen. Mem. 4. 2
3B. In N.'T. passion, i. 0. affection of
mind, emotion, espec. Tutt, concupiscence,
Rom. 1: 26 x69 dsiulos infamous luste,
comp. Buttm.§ 123. n. 4. Col. 3:5.
1 Thess, 4: 5.— Test. XII Patr. p. 610.
Jos. Ant. 2.4.5. geor. Hdian. 5. 4. 2.
- Xen. Mem, 3. 10. 8.

_. x, Ladayeyos, ov, 5, (nats, tye,
“ae ‘dyeaph) « pedagogue, i. e, usually a slave
"". or freedman to whose care the boys of
a family were committed, who trained
-a,them up, instructed them at home, and
*. accompanied them to the public schools,
i..q. éaizgonog q.¥. Plut. de puer. educ.
§7. VL p. 11. ed. Reisk. Xen. Lac. 2
1,2 -ib. 3.1, Comp. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 37, 511.—In N. T. genr. an in-
atructor, school-master, with the idea of
authority, 1 Cor. 4:15. Trop. of the

Mosaic law, Gal. 3: 24, 25,

‘,, Hardcguoy, cov, +d, (dimin, of
‘ns) @ boy, lad, John 6:9, Matt. 11:16
in text. rec. Sept. for 153 Gen, 42: 22.
2 Sam, 12: 18. | 92 Gen. 2% 5, 12—
1 Mace. 2 46. “Pol. 10. 47.7, 9. of a
servant boy Ael. V. H. 2. 2.

Tlawdseia, as, %, (xasdeiw,) pp.
training of a child, and hence genr.
education, discipline, instruction, as con-
sisting in teaching, admonition, rewards,

punishment, ete.

a) genr. Eph. 6:4 dxrpépere aita tr
osdelg .. .xvplov, i.e, such training as
the Lord approves. 2 Tim. 3 16 7. ¥
dy duxcrovivy. — Huian. 5. 7. 13, Dem.

. 938.10, Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.6.

b) by synecd. of part for the whole,
correction, chastisement, Heb. 12: 5, 7, 8
11, So Sept. and 9% Prov. a LL.
22: 15.—Ecclus. 18: 14,

Haweviys, ov, 6, (nasdriey) an
‘instructor, 7, master, pp. of boys,
Plut. de puer. educ, § 7. VI. p. 13. 1.
ed. Reisk. InN. T.

a) genr. Rom, 2 20 naudevriv dys
vew.—Ecclus. 13: 19, :

b) by synecd. @ corrector, chastiser,
Heb. 12:9. So Sept. for 9779 Hos.
5: 2.—Psalt. Salom. 8: 35.

607

Tadtov

Tladevoo, £. siow, (nai) pp. to
train up a child, and hence genr. to edu-
cate, to discipline, to instruct, trans.
comp. above in a:dsla.

a) gonr. ©. dat. of thing, Acts 7: 22
tnaideion Muiois néoy coglg Alyy
atlay. ¢. xara 22:3, ree in
Jos. c. Apion. 1.4 yeduuaow brauBeo—
‘Syoay. c. acc. rei Diod. Sic. 1. 81.
Xen. Mem. 4: 2, 23. — In the sense of
to teach, to admonish, by word or deed,
2 Tim. 2 25 dy mgadrats xasdstovr.
Tit. 212. Pass. c. inf. 1 Tim. 1:20
a iaidevSios px) Ploognuely, comp.
Sept. Ps. 2: 10. — Wied. 6: 25. Ael. V.
H. 1. 34, Xen. H. G. 6.3. 11.

b) by aynecd. of part for the whole,
to correct, to chastise, to chasten, ©. g. a8
children, Heb. 12: 7,10. So Sept. and
10) Prov. 19: 18. 29:17. Spoken of
chastening from God by afflictions, ca-

lamities, 1 Cor. 11: 82.’ 2 Cor. 6&9. -

Rev. 3: 19, Heb. 12: 6, comp. Prov, & *
12 80 Sept. and 7p Lev. 26: 18,
Jer. 10:24, Hence of prisoners, to
scourge, Luke 23: 16, 2 naidsioas oby
aixéy dxoliow. Comp. Acts 16: 22—
‘This use of the word seems to occur
only in Sept. and N.T. So Phavorin,
naudeiuy: dvth 200 xoldtew ovals tar
“Grriqun elaw, did mags pérg 1h Sale -
yeapi toro sigloxetar. Thom. Mag.
sub rolddas, Winer p. 23.

Hawdwodev, wav. (nats, xaidlor,)
from a child, from childhood, Mark 9:21.
—Not found elsewhere ; though there
occursa later form naidd9ay, Synes. de
Prov. p.91.C. Joann. Zonar. IV. 184. A.
The earlier form was é& ma:ddg Xen.
Cyr. 5.1.2, or éx maudlov Sept. Is. 46:3.
Xen. Mem. 2. 2.8. Comp. Lob. ad
Phr. p. 93.

Lladioy, ov, +6, (dim. of xais,) a
little child, either male or female; plur,
rat masdia, little children.

a) pp-and gear. e.g. of achild or
children recently born, @ babe, infant,
Luke 18: 16, 17 1d xaudla, comp. v. 15
where it is 7& Bocgn. Matt. 19: 13, 14,
Mark 10: 13, 14, 15. Jobn 16: 21. Also
of those more advanced, Matt, 11: 16
in later edit, 14:21. 15:38. 18:2,3,4,5.
Mark 7:28. Luke 7: 32. 9:47,48. 11:7,

TTasddioxn

So Sept. for 4b: Geo. 30: 26, 1 Sam.
1:2, At Geo. 45:19.—Hdian, 7. 9. 19.
Luc. D. Mort. 10, 12.—Spec. of a male
child, boy, ©. g. recently born, Matt. 2:
8,9, 11, 13 bis, 14, 20 bis, 21. Luke 1:
59, 66, 76, 80. 2% 17, 21,27, 40, Heb. LI:
23. (Sept. for 752 Ex. 2:8,9.) Also
more advanced, Mark 9: 24, 36,37, John

4: 49, comp. v. a & Sept. for 352
Gen. 21: 14, 15. zz Gen. 21: 17, 18,
Otel V. H. 1,34, en, Cyr. 2. 3. 10,

—Ofs female child, girl, maiden, ec.
partly grown, Mark 5:39, 40 bis, 41.

b) trop. 1 Cor. 14: 20 xy) maudla yl-
veate geeaty, be not babes in understand-
‘ing, i.e. weak, puerile.—As an endear-
ing appellation for the followers of
Christ, Heb. 2: 13, 14, comp. Is. 8: 18,
So in direct address, i, q. carissimi,
John 21: 5. 1 John 2: 13, 18.

Tardioxn, 48, 4 (dim. from 4
naits,) a girl, young maiden, free-born
Sept. Ruth 4: 12, Pol. 14.7.6. Xen,
An. 4 3.11.—In N. T. a bond-maid,
female slave or servant, Matt. 26: 69.
Mark 14: 66, 69. Luke ‘12: 45, 22: 56.
John 18: 17. Acts 12: 13. 16:16. Gal.
4: 2 tva éx rijg noudloxnc, wai Eva &
tig Alav digas. v.23, 30 bie, 31. So Sept.
for mx Gen. 21:10. 30:3. mipw
Gen. 16: 1,2. 25: 12. espe. 1 Sam.
25: 41.—Dem. 1351.3, Hdot. 1.93. See
Phryn, et Lob. p. 239.

Tlaila, £. naltopas (nais,) aor. 1
Enawa, later form trata, Buttm. §114;

pp. to play or sport as a child, Luc. D.
Deor. 4.3. Xen, Mag. Eq. 5.10. In

N. T. to play, sc. with singing, leaping,

* dancing, as connected with worship ;

1 Cor. 10: 7 éxtduosy 6 lads qayeiy xab

sutiy, nab dvornoay alter, 9
Se

d from
See
2Sam.
‘Hom, Od.

ny
6 5. 1 Chr. 13:8, 15: 29.

23.147, Hes. Scut. 277, 282. Aristoph.,

Rap. 407 or 410,

Tats, rondo, 6, 4, @ child, male
or female; a boy, youth; a girl, maiden;
plur. of naideg children etc. Spoken
of all ages from infancy up to full grown
youth; comp. Matt. 2:16 with Acts 20:
12, coll. v. 9.

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 2 16 avcids

608

Haxatavy

mdvsag roig naidas toi by ByOlsin . . .
dnd duerots xai xarwrign. 2:15. Sing.
6 naig Matt, 17:18. Luke 243. 9:42.
John 4: 51 6 mais cov $7. Acts 20: 12,
coll, v. 9 where it is seavlas. Aleo 4
naiig Luke 8: 51, 54, eomp. v. 42 where
it is Suyding os érav Soidexa. Sept.
genr. for 3322 K.2:24. 6 m. for Jz

Prov. 4: 1" 4m. for 92 Ruth 26
792 Gen. 24: 28, 57. SA: 12, — Jos.
Ant. 9.7.5 xad dggeves aitg xad Sylsios

naides éyévorto, Xen. 4, 4, 20,
6 maig Hdian. 1.17.6. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.1.
4 mate Luc. D. Deor. 22.1. Xen. Cyr.
5.2.8.

b) like Engl. boy, Lat. puer, put for
servant, e.g. (a) pp. and genr. i. q.
Soitdos a servant, slave, Matt. 8: 6, 8, 13,
comp. v. 9 where it is Soilos. Luke 7:
7, coll. v. 3, 12:45. 15:26. So Sept
for 139. Gen. 9: 26, 27.- 24:2, 26: 15.
— Ael. V.H. 4.22, Xen. Mem. 3. 13. 6.
— (8) of an attendant, minister, as of a
king, Matt. 14: 2 einer [Hochdys] roig
nay aisot. So Sept and 73z Gen.
41:38. Jer. 36: 24.- 1 Macc, 1: 6." Diod.
Sic. 17. 36.—(y) 6 nuts rob Seon, the
servant of God, i.g. MIM 792, see
Gesen. Lex. 132 no. 2; spoken of a
minister or ambassador of God, called
and beloved of God and sent by him to
perform any service, etc. E.g. of David,
Luke 1:69. Acts4:25; of Israel, Luke
1: 54, comp. Sept. and 732 Ie. 41: 8.9
44:1,2, 45:4. Also of Jesus the Messiah,
Matt. 12: 18 ov 6 mais pou, in allusion
to Is. 42: 1 where Sept. and 333. So
Acts 3: 13, 26. 4:27, 30. Sept. and 723
Is, 49: 6. 50: 10. 52: 13, °

Tlata, f. naicw, to strike, to smite,
c.ace. e. g. with the fist, a rod, sword,
etc. Matt. 26: 68. Luke 22 G4. Mark
14: 47 et John 18: 10 Exauas tév Sotdor.
Sept. for mr) Num. 2%: 28. 2 Sam.
20: 10. — Jos. Ant. 4. 6.12. Hdian. 4.
13. 11, Xen. Cyr. 7.3.6. _ ib, 8. 5, 12,
— Of a scorpion, to strike, to sting,
Rev. 9: 5.

Haxatiavy, 7¢, 4, Pacationa, i.e.
Phrygia Pacatiane, the western part of
Phrygia as divided by the Romans, eee
in @pvyia; only in the spurious sub-
scription 1 Tim. 6:22. See Rosemn.

Wddae

Bibl. Geogr. I. il. p. 202. Cellarii Notit.
Orb. Ant. I. p. 172,

LHearAae, adv. long ago, of old, for-
merly.

a) pp. and ger. Matt. 11:21. Luke
10:13, Heb. 1:1 mddas 6 Seog Lady
solgmatpdow, Jude4. Hence ol nates
as adj. old, former, 2 Pet. 1:9, comp.
Butem. § 125.6 — Jos. Ant. 11.3. 1.
Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Xen. Vect. 4.2. c. art.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6. 14.

b) spoken relatively to the present
moment, now long, already long, a while,
Mark 15: 44 6 34 Hiddros .. . éxygeiey-
zy aindy si malas axéSaver, — Hdian.
7.5.1. Plat. Phaedo § 27. p.79.C. Xen.
Cyr. 8.7. 1.

Hadavds, @, Ov, (nddas) old, not
new, viz.

a) in age or time, old, former, not re-
cent, @. g. olvoc Luke 5:39 bis. {upy
1 Cor. 5:7,8. d:adyjxq 2 Cor, 8: 14.
drcolg 1 John 27 bis, 6 mak GrFo0-
zog Rom. 6:6. Eph. 4: 22, Col. 3:9;
see in “AvSgormos no. 1. b. f. Sept. for

> Lev. 25: 22.—2 Mace. 6:21. Hdian,

‘3.16. Xen, Mem. 2. 1. 33.

b) from use, old, worn out, e. g. Iuc-
tioy Matt. 9: 16. Mark 221 bis, Luke
5: 36 bis, coxol Matt. 9: 17. Mark 2
22. Luke 5:37. genr. Matt. 13: 52.
Sept. for m3 Josh. 9: 4, 5. Jer. 38: 11.
—Soph. ed: R. 290. Lys. 179. 37.

Tahawrys, THD, 4, (madasss,)
coldness, a2, Rom. 7: 6 [47]
seadausrnns yecypartos, i. q, d yeduuate
1 malag, comp. in Tpdupa a. 8. —
Spoken of extreme old age, second
childhood, Eurip. Helen. 1062 or 1065.
Aeachin. 33. 34,

Tladawo, &, £. daw, (nodass,)
to let grow old, Pass. to war old, to be-
come old, pp. in age, Act. Sept. Job9: 5.
Pass, Athen. I. p. 33. A, olvog enalau—
eopdvos. Luc. Philopat. 22, In N. T.
from use, Pass. to war old, bo be worn
out, Luke 12: 33 Bakivna pi) nalacot-
peva. Heb. 1: 1] quoted from Pe. 102:
27. Heb. 8: 13 10 88 madmovpsvor xa
ynesexoy, comp. Sept. Lam. 3:4. So
Sept. Pass, for m3 Deut. 29: 5. Josh.
9: 18, Ps, 102: 27. Is. 50: 9. —Metaph.
fo make antiyuated, to render obsolete,

17

609

Taiw

i. q. to abrogate, Heb. 8: 13 memalaions
‘Tyr nooirny sc. Siadiqy. Comp. Lat.
antiquare legem Liv. 5. 30. Cie. do Of
2.21, Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 93.

Tlean, 6, 4, (wélde to vibrate,) 6
wrestling, pp. Ael. V.H. 4,15. Xen.
An.4,8.27. In N.'T. trop. for straggle,
combat, Eph. 6: 12.

Tladeyyevesiaa, as, ty (wader, yi-
ve0u, )regeneration, reproduction, renewal.

a) in a moral sense, regeneration,
new birth, i. e. change by grace from a
carnal nature to a christian life, Tit. 3:
5. Comp, in “Avaxaiveots, “Avayerrdes,
Tevvée.

b) in the sense of renovation, restora-
tion, restitution, sc, to 8 former state,.
equiv. to aroxatdotos q. v. in N. T.
spoken of the complete external mani-
festation of the Messiah's kingdom,
when all things are to be delivered
from their present corruption and re-
stored to spiritual purity and splendour;
comp. in Bagiala o. Matt. 19: 28 dy
Hh fi nalyyyereole, Stay 6 vias 100
Gye. txt Peover d6iys aitod, comp,
Acts8:21. See Olshaus. Comm. in loc.
—IJos. Ant. 11.3.9 waliyy. tig zerol-
80g i.e, the re-occupation of Judea
the exile. So Cicero ad Att. 6. 6 calls
the restoration of his dignity and for-
tune maliyytysola,

TletAcy, adv. back, back again, again,
pp. as implying retwn back to a former
place, state, act, etc. like Lat. and Engl.
insep. partic. re, Comp. Passow 8. voc.

a) pp. e. g. of place, espec. after
verbs of motion. Mark 2:1 Taal adler
aoidde tls Kan. 5: 21. Joho & 15
Gvezdiqnosy malar tig x0 Bg0s. V1: 7. Mi:
3 ndduy Boyouas i. q. I will return. Acts
18: 21. 2C 6. 13:9 tay Dw ale
18 wader, Phil. 1:26 dud aie duiis wag-
ovslag mdliy meds opés, Gal. 1:17. 4:
9, al—Hom. Il. 18. 138. Ceb, Tab. 29,
Dem. 346. 19. Xen. An. 4.3. 20. — So
JapBavuy nidsy to take back again John
10:17,18, Acts 10:16, (Xen. An.4.2.13.)
Also Acts 11:10. olxodousiy ndlsv Gal.
2 18,

i) of time, again, another time, once

(a) genr. Matt.4:8 mie naga-
lapfcres aitoy 6 8uifolos. 20: 5. Luke

Tapundydet

23:20. John 4: 13, 16:16. Acts 27: 28,
Rom. 8: 15. Heb. 5: 12. 6: 6. James 5:
18. al. saep. Pleonast. nddiv éx deur
gov, Engl. again the second time, Matt.
26: 42. Acts 10: 15. — Ael. V. H. 1. 4.
Hdian. 6.7.1. Xen. Cyr. 1.3 15.—In
the sense at another time, genr. Jobn 1:
385, 8: 12,21. Acts 17: 32, Including
also perbapa the idea of place, iq.
‘again in another place” Matt. 4: 7.
John 12: 39, Rom. 15: 10,11, 12, Heb.
2:13.(8) Hence as a coutinuative par-
ticle, connecting circumstances which
refer to the same subject, again, once
more, further, Matt. 5:33 adliv jxotca-
we. 13:44 6q. 1 Luke 13:20, John
12; 22, 1 Cor. 21. Heb. 1:5, 6. 2
13, al.—Diod. Sic. 13. 25. Xen. Cyr. 3.
1, 18, — So where there is an implied
opposition or antithesis, again, on the
other hand, contra, Matt. 4: 7. 2Cor. 10:
7. Gal. 5:3 1 John 2: 8.—Hdian. 4. 8.
10, Pol. 10.9.1. Xen. Cyr.2.3,18, An.

Hapndndel, adv. (pp. dat. of
ayohndiis, fr. mas, mhj0s,) the whole
multitude together, all at once, Luke 23:
18, — Suid. nopslyGsd xa} nopmin dis,
Gyx) rob modi. Comp. mapnindric 2
Mace. 10: 24, Dom. 847. 8. Xen. Vect.
4.7.

Mlcipnodve, nopnéidy, népnolv,
(nas, nodis,) very much, very great, vast,
Mark 8:1 rapnoldov dzlov Grt05.—Jos.
Ant. 7. 5.3. Ken. Cyr. 1. 1.3.

Tlapguaia, ag, ij, Pamphylia, 0
district of Asia Minor, bounded E. by
Cilicia ; N. by Pisidin; W. by Lycia;
and 8. by « part of the Mediterranean
here called the Bea of Pamphylia. Of
ita cities only Perga is mentioned in
N.T. Acts 2:10, 13: 13. a MH. 15:
38. 27: 5,

Havdoyzsior, ov, 16, (nardozets,)
pp.‘ place where all are received, i. e.
an inn, in the East a menzil, khan, car-
avanserai, Luke 10:34, See Calmet
p.10,2780q. Jahn §110. Harmer’s Obs.
IL. p. 194. — Epict. Ench, 11. Lue,
Philopatr.9. Plut. de Sanit. tend. c. 15.
Tom, VI. p. 495. 12. ed. Reisk. ‘The
etter Attic form was maydoxiioy, sve
Phryu, et Lob. p. 307.

610

Tavougyos

Tlavdoyevic, és, 6, ( netvdexos,
from més, Séyouas) pp.‘one who re-
ceives all,’ i.e. the keeper of an inn or
caravgnserai, host, Luke 10:35. See in
MaySoydiov.-Pol.2. 15.6. Plat. de San.
tend. c. 15. Tom. VI. p. 495 ult. ed.
Reiske. The more Attic form was
mayvdoxets, see Phryn. et Lob. p. 307.

LHeavnyugrs, doe, %, (és, Hops,
&yoga,) pp. an assembly or convocation
of the whole people in order to cele-
brate any public festival or solemnity,
as the public games, sacrifices, ee.
hence genr. a festive convocation, jey-
ful assembly, Jos. Ant. 2. 4.3. Deed,
Sic. 2.55. Xen. Hi. 1. i, —InN.T.
only Heb. 12: 28 xal pugidow dyzilur
narny iget, xa bialnola mpatovéxaey 1.1.
and to countless throngs [even] the joy-
ful assembly of angels vc. as hymning
the praises of God around his throne;
comp. Rev. 5: 11 sq. Ps. 148: 2. Den.
7:10, Sept. for "yin Ez. 46:11. Hos,
QL. Hey Am. 5: 21.

Tlavorxi, adv. (nis, otxos,) sith off
one’s household, Acts 16: 34. So Sept.
Cod. Vat. for nva Ex. 1: 1. — 3 Mace.
& 27. Joa, Ant. 4.4.4. Philo de Vit
Mos. p. 603. C. Aeschin. Dial. Soc. 2.1.
‘This is a later form instead of the ear
lier navowlg and xavorxyolg, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 514 aq.

Tlavoniic, as, %, (xévondos, from
nas, Onioy,) panoply, co armour,
offensive and defensive, Luke 11: 22.
Trop. of spiritual armour, Eph. 6 11,
13, — Sept. 2 Sam. 2: 21. Jos. Ant. 20.
5.3. Ael. V. H. 3.24. Thue. 3. 114.

Havoupyia, as, %, (navoigyos,)
shrewdness, cunning, craftiness, Luke
20: 23. 1Cor. 3:19, 2Cor. 4:2 11:3
Eph. 4:14, Sept. for 77979 Josh. 9: 4.
—Lue, D, Deor. 7.1. Xen. An. 7.5. 11.
—In Inte writers also in a good sense,
Sept. for 799 Prov. 1:4. & 5. AeL
V. H, 2. 40.

Havougyos, ov, 5, %, adj. (mas,
Foyor,) pp. ‘doing every thing,’ and
hence shrewd, cunning, crafly, 2 Cor.
12: 16, Sept. for many Job 5: 12. —
Lue. D. Deor. 2.1, Xen. An. 2 5. 39.
—In late writers also in a good sense,

‘Terraydder

ivise, Bept, for DH Prov. 18 1.
Prov. 14: 8, 15, Eéclus, 21: 12, 20.

Tlavrayober, adv. (nds,) from all

sides, from every quarter, Mark 1: 45.—
dian. 2. 8. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 25.

Teervayou, adv. (xés,) in all places,
every where, Mark 16: 20. Luke 9: 6.
Acts 17:30. 21:28. 24:3, 28:22. 1Cor.
4: 17.—Jos. B. 3.1.8.4, Cobet. Tab. 7.
Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 2.

Tlavredns, oc, obs, 6, %, adj.
(nas, silos.) wholly ended, ‘all complete,
i. @. geor. perfect, entire, Jos, Ant.10. 9.
3 navtelys dnodele. Diod. Sic. 15. 17.
—In N.T. only adv. sig 28 navtelis,
wholly, entirely, i.e. as referring to time,
always, Heb. 7:25. un tig 10 7. i. q.
not at all Luke 13:11, Comp. in Eig
no. 3. b.—Jos, Ant. 6. 2.3. Ael. V. H.
12. 20,

Tlayrm, sdv. (néis,) every where,
xen. H. G.1.3.21. Venat. 4.5. In

of mapner, én » in all
things, Acts 24: 3 serpoeniees yiv0-
Brew ... dia tig aig mgovolas marty
xad navrezoi,—Pol. 25.5.9, Xen, H.G.
4.7.5. Comp. Butem. § 116. n. 5.

HevroSer, adv. (nis) from every
side or quarter, and hence on every side,
round about, Luke 19:43, Heb. 9: 4.
John 18: 20 in text. rec, Mark 1: 45 in
Mes.—Ecclus, 51:10, Jos, B.J. 4. 10.1.
Xen. Hi. 6 8.

Tlavtoxparag, opos, 5, adj. (nis,
) the Omni the Almighty,
spoken only of God, 2 Cor. 6: 18. Rev.
1:8, 4:8. 11:17. 15:3. 16: 7, 14, 19:
6,15, 21:22, Sept. where Heb. ningy
2 Sam, 5:10. 7: 26,27. for ya. Job
5:17. 8: 5.— Wied. 7: 25. 2 Mace. 1:
25, Anth. Gr. IV, p. 151.

Tlev rote, adv. (xés,) always, at all
times, ever, Matt. 26:11, Mark 14: 7.
Luke 15: 31. 18: 1. John 6: 34. 2 Cor.
2 14. al. saep. — Wisd. 19: 18. Dion.
Hal. Ant.11.14. Hdian.3,9.13, Found
only in lster writers, instead of the
earlier ixdorots, Sturz de Dial. Maced.
Pp. 187 eq. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10% A

pny

611

Naga

Tlayrae, adv. (nits,) wholly, alto-
gether, entirely,

8) pp. 1 Cor. 5: 10 nat od marron. 9:
10. 16: 12.—Ael. V. H. 5. 14, Hdian. 2.
10. 11. Xen. Cyr. 2.1.13.

b) genr. by all means, af all events,
assuredly. Luke 4:23 navrox dgitté pot.
Acts 18:21 dei pa mdvtox tiv bogtiy
mosjaar als ‘Iegor. 21: 22, 28: 4, 1 Cor.
9: 22 ta mavims tevag ooicw, Soins
neg. reply, emphat. Rom. 3:9 ob aav-
tes, not at all, not in the least. — Tob.
14:8. Ael. V.H. 1.82. in areply, Xen.
Cyr. 8. 4. 10.

Hage, prep. governing the geni-
tive, dative, and accusative, with the
primary signif. near, near by ; express-
ing thus the relution of immediate vi-
cinily or prozimity, which is differently
modified according to the force of the
different canes. Comp. in ’Ané init
See Passow in zagd. Buttm. §142. 0.3.
Matth. § 588. Winer § 51. p. 313,

I. With the Genitive, where as com-
bined with the force of the genitive it-
self, it expresses the sense from near,

from with, Fr. de chez, comp. Buttm.

§132.2,3, It is found in prose writers
and in N.'T. only with a gen. of person,
implying a going forth or proceeding
from the near vicinity of any one, from
the presence or side of any one, and
thus takes the general sense from;
comp. Viger. p. 580. Winer I. c. p.314.

8) Pp. after verbs of motion, as of
coming, sending, ete. Mark 14:43 ma-
eaylveras “Ioidag ... nal Bzlog modis

mage tay dexugéor. Luke &: 49.
John 15:26, 17:8. So after slvas, to
be from, i. q. to come from, John 6: 46.
7:29. impl. 1:14. “Of things, Luke
6 19 Sivayic mag aitod side a vir
tue went out from him, was diffused
around him.—Sept. Is. 57: 16. Luc. D.
Deor. 24. 2. Xen. An. 2.2.1.

b) trop. after verbs of asking, receiv-
ing, or those which imply these ideas
e. g. after verbs of asking, seeking, et
Matt. 2: 4 érurSdvero nag’ aiziy. v, 7.
20: 20 aizotod ts mag avtod. Mark 8:
1. Luke 12: 48, John 4:9. Acts 3:2
9: 2. James 1: 5. al. — Ael. V. H. 7.2
Xen. An, 1,3, 16.—After verbs of hear-

Taga ,

ing, learning, etc. from any one, John
1:41 dxousaytay naga “Iedrvov. Acts
24:8, 28:22, Gal. 1:12. 1 Thess, 2 18.
2 Tim. 1:13, 22. 3: 14 magd tiv0s
Spades. 2 Jobn 4, al. saep. — Luc, D.
Mort. 12. 4, Hdian. 1. 1. 4, Xen. Cyr.
2.2. 6. — After verbs of receiving, ob-
taining, buying, being promided, and
the like, from any one. Matt. 18: 19
penjortas aitois naga 100 marpés. (Ken.
‘An. 7.2.25.) Mark 12:2 tra maga tar
prmgy iv 168 x. 2.1, Luke 6: 34. John
5:4. Acts7: 16 g Sirjoare Benin
«maga tay vidv "Eupog. 9 14, 26:
2 Rom. 11: 27. Eph. 6: 8. ‘atPee 1:
17, Rev. 3: 18. al. saep.—Luc. D. Deor.
5.2 Ael. V.H. 9. 25. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.
25. — After sivas expr. or impl. to be
from any one, i. e. to come, be given, be-
‘stowed, from or by any one, John 17:7
mirta boa dédemaig yon nag cot bore
Acts 26: 22, 2 John 3. So of hospital-
ity or gifts, Lake 10:7. Phil. 4: 18 1a
nag inde. (Lue. D. Mort. 13.4 14 xa-
Q6 tig signs, Xen. H.G.3.1.6.) Or
genr. to come, to be derived or Possessed,
from any one, Mark 5:26 24 nag’ aisiig
nayra, i.e.all she had from herself,
all her own property. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 5.
13.) So of persons, of nagq tiv0¢ pp.
those from near any one, i.e. his kindred,
relatives, Mark 3:21.—Jos. Ant. 1. 10.5.
Luc, Tox. 51.22 cn Jo. f thet
c) trop. c. gen. of pers. as the source,
author, director, from whom any thing
proceeds, is derived, ete. (a) genr.
Matt. 21: 42 nagé xuglov dyévero ain,
quoted from Ps, 118: 22 where Sept.
© for mig. Luke 1:45, 2:1 dydge Ooypa
saga Kalragos. John 1: 6. Comp.
Matt. § 588.—Luc. D. Mort. 1. 3. Pla-
to Mevex. p. 236. E. Xen. H. G. 2.1.
27. —(8) Hence after passive verbs in-
stead of to, more in later wri-
ters, Acts 2% 30 10 1h xarnyogeitas
aga tay “Tovdaley. Comp. Buttm.
§.134.3 Winer l. c. p. 314, — Luc. D.
Deor. 4.2. Plato Symp. p.175.E. Xen.
An. 1.9.1.
II. With the Dative, both of person
and thing, expressing reat or position

near, by, with, and co. dat. plur.
amoug. See Passow, Button. Matt. Lc.
Winer § 52. p. 337.

612

Hoge

8) pp. of place, after verbe implying,
rest or remaining ina place. (a) ) genr.
and ¢. dat. of thing, John 19: 25 sani
xeway Oi mage tq octaves tot "I_aov.
Seq. dat. of pers. as indicating Place,
Mat.6: 1 poder ove izes wage
argh ipdv x. i. 1. 22 25 jor 2 mag
Guiy rtd ddelgol, i. e. with or emong
us, 28:15. John 1: 40. & 38. dt Wy,
23, 17:5 bis (Svra] mags oxaveg ...
elo naga gol, Acts 10:6. 1 Gor. 1&
2 nag iar w8irw, with himself, Fr,
chez soi, i.e. at bome. Col. 4: 16 wag
tyiv among you, in your presence.
2 Tim. 4:13. Rev. 2: 13, al.—Jos. Ant.
1.11. 2 exadifero mage tH Sugg. Luc.
D. Deor. 23.2. Ken. Cyr. 5. 1.15, 96
—() Rarely after verbs of motion, and
only when subsequent rest is also im-
plied, comp. in "Ey no. 4; #0 in Engl.
by, with, Luke 9: 47 “Inoots . . . éude-
Bopsvos madlov, Extnoer ait nag tov
1. 19: 17. Comp. Passow mage B. 2
Marth. § 588. b. — Xen. An. 2.5. 27 si
sana lect.

b) seq. dat. of person, the reference
being to the person himself witbout
regard to place. fo) PR: and gear.
with, among, Matt. 21: 25 of 84
torro nag’ favrois. Luke 1: 30 tees
ag xiguy nage 1H Oxp. 252 2 Cor.
1:17. 1 Pet, 2%20.—Luc, D. Deor. 22.2
Diod. Sic. 1.6. Xen. Cyr. 8.2. 28 —
(8) Metaph. with or before any one, ie.
in his sight, presence, judgment, he be
ing judge, etc. Acts 26:8. Rom.
13 dixaos naga 16 xp. 11:25. 1 Cor.
3:19. Gal. 3:11. James 1:27. 1 Pet.
2:4, 2 Pet.3:8 So 2 Pet. 211 wage
xugly before the Lord, ac. as judge. (Jos.
Ant. 7.4.2. Ael. V. H.10.15 nag
duot xgstjj. Hdot.3.160.) Also of what

the power of any one; Matt. 19:26
bis, mage tog dr Sganous totre edvre-
toy dows nage di 99g narza Suvare
So of moral qualities which are with
any one, i.e. . belong to his character,
Rom. % 11 ob yag dots ngocumolayia
nage 1H Sep. 9: 14. Eph. & 9. James
1:17,—Sept. Job 12: 13. Dem. 318.13
@P ob dots xai nag duol tis tyeasipia
rowaien—{y) Trop. 1 Cor. 7:94 Eeaetos
& § blq9n, dy roiny psvitw nope Te
‘Ouq, with God i,e.im union and fel-

’
Tage
bh yrith biee, deyated tp

ietians, i. q. dy xyglp v. 22.
With the Accusative, pp. ex-
pressing motion near by, near to a place
etc. See Passow, Buttm. Matth. |. c.
Winer § 53. p. 342,

a) pp. implying motion along or by

side of any thing, i. e. near, by,
along, after verbs of motion, c. acc. of
thing, Matt. 4:18 meginatéy as
maga tiv Sdlaccay, i.e. by the sea,
along the séa-shore. Matt. 13: 4. ‘Mark
218. 4:15 of mage tyr Odér ac. onsl-
gortats, i.e. by the way-side. Luke 8: 5,
—Jos, Ant. 2.5, 5 saga xorapdy Badi-
toy. Ken. An. 6. 2. 1, 18.

b) as expressing motion to 8 place,
Le. place whither, near to, to, at, after
verbs of motion, and so equiy. to meds
oF tis 0, acc. Matt. 15:29 yrrapig ..
ids naga tiy Idlaccay, he came near
to the sea, approached the sea. v.30
Eiger airoig naga toi né8ag rod
*Inooi, at his feet. Luke 8:
35. 7: 58,—Hom. Il. 1. 347
leny nage vias “Azaséiv. Luc. D. Deor.
9.2, Ken. Cyr. 1.3. 144 wag’ dué sio-
dos.

¢) sometimes aleo expressing the idea
of rest or remaining near 8 place etc.
ear, by, at, iq. mage c. dat. Here
howeyer the idea of previous motion
or coming to the place, is strictly im-
Plied ; comp. in Eigno, 4. Passow aga
¢. 3a) pp. after verbs of rest or re-
maining, Matt. 13:1 &d9n50 naps ny
@ddaoaar, i.e. he went and sat by the
sea-side. rk & 21. Luke 5:1. 7: 38
oréoa mage tig xbdag aitai oxice.
10: 38. Ellipt. with a verb impl. Mark
4:1. Acts 22:3. Heb. 11: 12—Ael. V.
H. 8. 16, Hdot. 8 140. Thuc. 7. 39.—
(8) Metaph. of the ground or reason by
or along with which 9 ‘conclusion fol-
lows, by reason of, because of, Lat. prop-
ter, e.g. maga r0Ur0, i. q. thereby, there-
fore, on this sccount, 1 Cor. i 15, 16
‘od age t0ir0 opm ketiv dx tov 063
comp. Matth. Winer lc. Sq Sept. for
azn by Deut, 2%: 5. — m. roiro Plut.
Camill.28. Xen. Mag. Eq.1.5. mags
Jos, B.J.3.35. genr. Pol. 1. 32. 4.
Dem. 545. 22.

d) as denoting motion by or past a

613

Tops

place, i. ¢. 9 paving by, gning beyund,
Thue. 7.18. Xen. Cyr. 5.2.29 nag
ainiy viv Bapuldra 86 negeives, — In
N. T. oply trop. ag implying @ failure
to reach the exact point of aim, a want
of coincidenge with any thing, either
from passing aside of it, or falling short,
‘or going beyond. Comp.’ Passow C. 4.
5,6. Winer l.c. Hence the general
sense, other than, viz. (a)i.q. Engl. aside
; from, not coincident with, not conform-
able to, i. e. to, against. Acts
18: 13 magd tov vomor pp. aside from
the law, i. e. contrary to law. Rom. 1:
26 maga qiosy. 4:18 mag snide. 11:
2A, 16: 17. Gal. 1: 8, 9, — Jos. Ant. 6.
13.2. Hdian. 6.3.6, Xen. Mem. 1. 1.
18.—(6) i. q. Engl. beside, in the sense
of except, save, pp. failing, falling ahort.
2 Cor. 11:24 tevcagdxorra mage play
forty stripes save one, i.e. falling short
by one, ig of one.. —Jos, Ant. 4. 8;
1 tcoagdxovta bray naga toLaxorR

: Suleas. Dem. 688. 25. Hot, 9. 33. —

(y) i. q. Engl. past, in the sense of be-
yond, besides, more than ; 80 genr. Heb.
11: 11 maga xougoy Sduslas Frouy, past
the proper age, failing the usual age.—
Jos. Ant 14. 14. 3. ‘Thue. 3. 54 mage
Stvouv. — More commonly i. q. more
than, above, beyond ; 20 genr. Luke 13;
2 duaprutol naga ‘géyeas. v. 4. Roni
1:25, 12:8 nag 8 ei goortiv.
in Kgivp a. Heb. 1:9, (Diod. ”
1Binit. Plato You. | p.539. E. Xen. Mem.
1.4.14.) Softer comparatives, where
mage ¢. acc. is equiv. to 7 xatd c. acc.
Math. § 588 p.1)74._ E.g. Luke 3:
13 pndiv wliov' naga 1b Ssatecaypévor.
Heb. 1:4. 2:'7,9. 3:3. 9:23, Ml: 4,
12:24, (Esdr. 4: 35, Hdot. 7.103. Thue.
1,23.) "After dildos, 1 Cor. 3: 1A Peué-
Juov Ghlov... nagé toy xalperoy. Comp.
Matth. | Ver—Plate Phaed. $42 p. 93. A,
088 wir ouciy 1 9294 74 paozuy Elo,
nag & dy diva i nog § mdoxy.

Nore. lo composition raga implies;
1, nearness, proximity, near, by, 94 50—
gaxadlin, nagloryu, nagadalacaios,
etc. 2. motion or direction near to, to,
by, 8 nagafdlle, magadidups, napize,
magatsiya, etc, 3, motion by or past
any place, a going beyond, as nagayo,
magiezouar, xaganie. 4, Trop. of

TapaBatvo

‘whatever swerves from 'the true point,
comes short of it, goes beyond it, like
the Engl. syllable mis, i. e. wrongly,
falsely, a8 xagaxovm, nagadsugén ; or
like Lat. practer, trans, implying viola-
tion, a8 ragapalre, nagavouien; also by
stealth, a8 naguodye, etc. AL.
TlagaBatver, f. Pjoopes, aor. 2
nagifrr, (Balve,) pp. to go by one’s side,
to accompany, sc. a3 one of the warriors
in a chariot, only epic, Hom. Il. 11.
522, ib. 13, 708. Hdot. 7.40. to pass
or over in silence, Dem. 298, 11.
Usually and in N. T. only trop. to go
aside from, to transgress, c.accus. Matt.
15: 2,3 iusig wagafalyste why éytoliy
sob Brod, absol. 2 John 9, Praoga.
Acts 1: 25 a ip [dnocrolie] nagspn
“Loidag i. ©. from which he by tranegres-
sion fell away, which he deserted by
transgression. So Sept. seq. é for
yo 7D Ex. 328. Sept. genr. for ray
Num. 14: 41. Josh. 7: 11,15.—Jos, Ant.
9.7.4. Dem. 624.1. Xen. Mem. 4, 4.21.

TagaBadsa, £. pads, (Bildw,) pp.
to throw near, to cast before, ax food to
animals, Luc, D. Deor. 12.1. Pol. 1.
84. 8.—In N. T.

1. to throw or place side by side, trop.
to compare, tb fy tive Mark 4: 30.—ri
tint Jos, Ant. 5,1. 21, Hdot, 1,198, 12
ode ts Xen. Mem. 2.4.5. ,

2. intrane. or c. éavzéy impl. pp. to
throw oneself near, i, ©. to betake oneself +
any whither, to go or come toa place;
see Buttm. § 130. 0.2. §113.n.2. Matth.
§ 496. Winer § 39.1. Espec. by ship,
as a nautical term, seq. is Acts 20:15
nageBchoper sis Zapor, — Jos. Ant. 18,
6.4. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. Hdot. 7. 179,

HagaBcos, 206, 4, (nagapaira,)
transgression, ©. g. tov yopov Rom. 2:
23. absol. 4:15, 5: 14, Gal. 3: 19.
1 Tim. 2 14, Heb, 2:2. 9:15. Sept.
for OQ Pa. 101: 8. — 2 Mace. 15: 10

x. visy Sgxer, Jos. Ant. 18.8.2. absol,
Plut, Pomp. 81. T. III. p. 872. 2. Reisk.

Hagapdins, ov, 3, (negapoirs)
Gn accompanier, companion, sc. as one of
the warriors in a chariot, Diod. Sic. 20.
41. Xen. Cyr.7,1.29,—In N.T. a trans-
gressor, ec. to youot Rom, 2 25, 27.

614

Tagapoiy

James 211. absol. Gal. 2:18. James29.
—Symm. for y77p Ps. 17:4. Ez. 18:10.

Taga Blatouat, f. éoopes, depoo.
Mid. (Blagw q. v.) to foree, to do violence
to, ec. contrary to nature or right, Jos.
Ant. 13. 4. 9. Pol. 26.1.3. Plut. ed. R.
X. p. 8 3 pen, BI nagefuiler Fas tais
Aidoraig xiv giow.—In N. T. to compe,
to constrain, sc. by overmuch entreaty,
seq. acc. Luke 24: 29. Acts 16 15
Sept. for -¥p 2K. 2:17. 516 YB
1 Sam, 28: 23,

Hapa Bodevouce, f. ebcowas, de-
pon. Mid. (mage Solos exposing oneself,
daring, Luc. Alex. 4, Diod. Sic. 19. 3;
from magaBdilopar,) to expose oneself to
danger. Phil. 230 in later edit. waga-
Bolevodperos tf yuzii exposing himself
in respect to his life, i. e. regardless of
his life ; for the dat. comp. Winer § 31.
3 Math. § 400. 6.—Chrysost. 1 ‘Thess.
Hom, 9. Hesych. wagaBolevodpsros *
ths Scivatov iavtdy éxdous. Comp. Wet-
stein N. T. in loc.

TlagaBoan, 45, %, (negePalle,)
Pp. @ placing side by side, as of ehipe ia
battle, Pol. 15. 2. 18. Diod. Sic. 14. 60.
In N. T. trop. co similitude.

8) genr. Mark 4:30 év wole 7
aefaliuer adniy; Heb. 1:19 tv xo-

odjy, i. ©. figuratively.—Ael. V. HL. 3.
g Pol. 1. 2.2—Io the sense of image,

aymboh, i. q. rim05, Heb, 9 9 ing

BT nonapolh dg toy xaugoy t0y dvects—

ine e. a symbol or type of spiritual
things in Christ, comp. v. 11.

b) spec. a parable, i.e. short dix

course, usually a narrative, under which
-something else is figured, or in which
the fictitious is employed to represent
and illustrate the real. This isa favour-
ite mode of oriental teaching, and was
much employed by our Saviour; #0
often in the first three Gospels, but not
elsewhere in N. T. So Matt. 13 24
Edney magoBoliy . v.81, 3B
15: 15, 21: 33, 45,538. Mark 4: 10, 13
bis, 7:17. 1212. Luke 5: 36, & 39.
8:9, 11. 12: 16, 41, 13: 6 1 3, 1&1,
9, 19: 11. 20: 9, 19. 21: dy xage-
Bolas i. ©. through or by means of par-
ables, Mark 4:11. Luke 8 10. dAadsiy,
Liver, elniin by xagafolats, Man. 13: 3,

TapaBovdevouce

10, 13, 34. 22: 3. Mark 3:23, 12:1.
c. é impl. Mark 4:33. d:ddoxsw iy
sagapolais Mark 4:2. alne duct naga
foie Luke 8: 4. zwels xapaBohis ov
aide oiroig Matt. 13: 34, Mark 4: 34.
and tis ouxis pede ry magofolyy
i.e. drawn from the fig-tree, Matt.
92, Mark 1:28. Seq. gen. of the ob-
ject whence the parable is drawn, Matt.
13: 18 x, t0% onelgortos. v. 36 =. tiv
Garvie. Once of a series of compar-
isons, including alsoa parable, Luke 14:
7, comp. ¥. 7—11, 12—14, 16—24. —
Sept. and Heb. Pui Ez. 17:2. 24: 3.

¢) in a wider sense, figurative dis-
course, a dark saying, i. @. obscure and
full of hidden meaning, Matt. 13: 35
Gyoltw éy magafolais 1d otopa pov,
quoted from Ps. 78: 2 where Sept. for
‘bw 8 sententious or didaetic poem ;
comp. Prov. 1: 6. Ece. 12: 9. — Hence
also iq. proverb, adage, Luke 4:23.
So Sept. and Sujy 1 Sam. 10: 12, Ez.
18: 2,

MagaBovisvopan, f. sboopas,
(Govdsve,) to misconsult, a doubtfal form
in text. rec. Phil. 2:30, where other
editions and Mes. read ziagaPolsvouas
q.¥. Not found elsewhere,

Hagayyedla, ag, %, (nagoyyitia,)
announcement, declaration, by authority,
Xen. H. G. 2,1. 4. In N.T. command,
charge, e. g. from magistrates,
Acts 5: 28 ot naga; magnyyeha-
per tuiv ; comp. in “dyallude b, Acts
16:24, Or as pertaining to religion,
1 Thess, 4:2 nagay, Sxarpay Diy
814 10% xvglov “Incos. 1 Tim. 1: 5, 18.
—sgenr. Pol, 6, 27. 1.

Tlageyyédda, f. 726, (dyyide,)
pp. to bring or send word near to any
one, i. e. to announce to avy one, Hdian.
1.5.3, Xen. H.G.2.1.4. Hence in
N. T. and comm. to direct, to command,
to charge, and nagayyélle px, to forbid,
seq. dat. of pers. expr. or impl. the thing
commanded heing put in the accus. or
infin. or with tye etc. 2) seq. dat. ec
accus, 2 Thess. 8:4 & mupayyéllousy
Spy. v.10 108t0 nagayy. ipiy, Ste xt. ke
¢. dat. impl. 1 Cor. 11:17, 1 Tim. 4:11.
5:7 taza nagdyyedde, fa x. 2.
Xen. Cyr. 4.2.19. Lac. 13. 5. — (A)

615

A: QW 1 Cor. 7: 10.

Tageytrouce

seq. dat, et infin. comp. for the use of
the infin. aor. as well as inf prea. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 747 oq. Winer p. 274.
E. g. infin, sor, Mark & 6 nogiyyads
16 Oxley Gvansotly én’ sis yi. Luke 5:
14, 8: 20, 56. Acts 10: 42, 16: 18. 23:
Inf. pres. Luke 9:
21 adroig nagiyyeile under) ldyuy totr0.
‘Acts 1:4. 4:18. 5:28 nee in Hagayys-
Ma. v. 40. 16: 23.. 17: 30. 23: 30.
2 Thess. 3:6. 1 Tim. 1:3. 6:17. ©.
acc, et inf, pres. 1 Tim. 6:13 c. dat.
impl. Acts 15: 5. — Aor. Jos. c. Ap. 1
26. Hdian, 6.8.15. Xen. Ag. 31.
Pres. Luc. Nigr. 34, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.4.
inf. c. acc. Xen. An. 1.2. 1—{y) Fur-
ther, seq. dat. et fa, comp. in “Iva no.
3 aa. Mark 6: 8 2 Thess 3: 12,
Seq. dat. c. sade 1 These. 4:11. o.
Jéye before the expresa words, Matt.
10: 5.

Hagayivopat, £. yerjoopas, (yl-
vouot,) pp. in pres. to become near, to
become present, i. e. to come, to
to arrive, thrice Matt. 3: 1,13. Mark 14:
43. imperf. once John 3:23. Else
where only aor. 2 nageyerouny to be
near, to be present, i.e. to have come or
arrived ; see in I's

a) genr. and absol. John 3:23 ma-
grylvorto xad dBansizoreo, Luke 19: 16.
Acts 11: 23 &¢ magaysdperog xa Webr.
25:7. 1 Cor. 16:3. al. Sept. for xiz
Gen. 26:32 Ex. 2: 16, 17, saep.—Ael.
V.H.12 init. Xen. Cyr, 8.1.3. —
With an adjunct of place whither, e. g.
seq. e/¢ c. acc. of place, Matt, 2:1. John
8:2. Acts 13: 14° 15:4. (Sept. Josh,
24: LL, Hdot. 2.4.) seq. Eni c. acc. of
place, Matt, 3:13. (Plut. Mor. IT. p. 35.
Tauchn.) c, ace. of pers, to come upon
or against any one, Luke 22:52. (Sept.
Josh. 10:9. ‘Thue. 2.95.) seq. ngdg
c. acc. of pers. Luke 7: 4. 11:6. Acts
20: 18. — Sept. Ex. 2:17. 18: 6. Diod.
Sic. 2. 13. — With an adjunct of place
whence, ©. g. dnd 0. gen, Matt. 3: 13,
4§ 680 Luke 11:6. magé tivog Mark
14: 43.

b) ig. to come or appear publicly,
e.g.John the Baptist, Matt.3:1. Jesus,
Luke 12: 51. Heb. 9: 11. — 1 Mace. 4:
45. Test. X1I Patr. p. 745,

¢) i. q. to come back, to return, Luke

Hagdyo
12:91. So Bept. for are Josh. 18: 8.

Num. 14: 56, — Philo. Leg. ad Cai.
p.1010,B. Ax.

Mapadya, f. dw, (dyu,) to lead
dlong near, to ledd by or past, Xen. H.
G. 4.5. 11, Hence

&) Mid. napayopics, to pass along,
to pass away, absol. 1 John 2:8 % oxorla
mogéyeras. ‘Trop. i. q. to disdppear, to
perish, 1 John 2:17 6 xbopos napa yetas,
Comp. below in b. Only in N. T.

b) intrans, napdya, fo pase along,
to pass by, comp. in “4ye no. 3, Matt.
20: 80 dxotvavtes Bre “Inoots nagdyen
Mark 2:14. 15:21. John 9:1. So Sept.
for 39 2 Sam. 15: 18. Ps, 129: 8.—In
the sense of to pass on further, to pass
away, Matt, 9: 9 xo) scigéyeer 5 "Inooig
éntSev. v.27, John 8: 59. Trop. i. q.
to disappear, to perish, 1 Cor. 7: 31 6
Oxia tod xéopou toirov mapdys. So
Bept, arid say Pa. 144: 4.

. Tagadeyparia, f. low, (nage-
Suyjia example, from ragadelxryss,) to
make an example of, to expose to public
shame, c. ace, Matt. 1: 19 jo} Sider orb
Sip magaduypurlows, Heb. 6: 6 where
it is coupled with dvaravgso. So
1'Num. 25: 4.—Plot. de
T. VIII. p. 65, 1. Reisk.

Hlagadetvos, ov, , paradize, a
word which seems to have had its ori-
gin in the languages of Eastern Asia ;
comp. Sanser, paradésha and paradisha
‘a land elevated and cultivated, Armen.
pardes a garden around the house
planted with grass, herbs, trees, for use
and ornament, see Schroeder Dissert.
Thesaur. Ling. Armen. praemiss. p. 56.
In the Heb. form 0349 and Gr. xagd-
8su0¢ it is applied to the pleasure gar-

and parks with wild animals around
the country residences of the Persian
monarchs and princes, Neh. 2:8. comp.
Eee. 2: 5. Cant. 4: 13, Xen. Cyr. 1.3.
14. HG. 4.1.33, Occ. 4.13. Diod.
Sic, 16.41. In like manner of the
parks and gardens of the Jewish kinge,
Jos, Ant. 7.4.14, ib. 8.7.3. Hence

.. . the LXX employ it of the garden of

Eden, nagaducos for Heb. 73 Gen. 2
8.eq. Jos, Ant. 1. 1.3. See Gesen.

616

Hapuddope

Heb. Lex, 0979. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr.
Li. p. 173 9q.—Hence in the later Jew-
ish usage and in N. T. paradise is put
for the abode of the bleased after death,

viz.

&) the inferior paradise, or the regiow
of the blessed in Hades, Luke 23 43.
See “4:86 i. ©. G2n¢ p. 18. Comp. Jos.
Ant. 18. 1.3.

b) x. tot Geot, the paradise of God,
the celestial paradise, where the spirits
of the just dwell with God, 2 Cor. 12
4, i. q. 5 teltos obgevds in v. 3, see im
Oigavés d.f. So Rev. 2:7, where the
imagery is drawn from Gen. 2: 8 9q.—
Pesalt. Salom, 14: 2. Test. XII Patr.
Pp. 586 aizig [6 vids toh 9.) avoites ves
Sigas rob magadsloov cov, xat... Secs
t0lg dyloug payeiy bx 205 ilov rg Cas.

TTagadézouct, f. foes, depoo.
Mid. (3ézope,) to take near or to oneself,
i. ©. to receive fo orieself, pp. from the
hands of any one, Xen. Cyr. 7.3. L
In N.T. trop. to receive, to admit, to ap-
prove, c. accus. e. g. things, Mark 4: 20
‘toy loyor. Acts 16: 21 9y, BE 18.
1Tim. 5:19. Sept, for ip Ex. 21.
—Arr. Epict. 1. 7.6, Luc. D. Mort, 28,
2—Of persons, by Hebraism, to delight
4a, Heb. 12: 6 vid» Sy nagadézeras, paral.
with dyaxde, quoted from Prov. 3: 12
where Sept. for m2.

Llagadiare¢Bn, 7s, 4, (wage, &-
argifi; pastime, employment, fr. Derpi-
Be q.v.) mis-employment, q. d. idle ocew-
pation, 1 Tim. 6& 5 intext. rec. This
is the better reading, instead of Siexa-
gargysy, see Tittm. de Synon, N. T.

. 233, and in Bibl. Repos. III. p. 61.

‘iner p. 88 sq. .

Tapadiae, f. nagaddiaes, (Bide-
Bt) to give near, with, to any one, to give
over, to deliver over or up, sc. into the
possession or power of any one, trans.
Spoken

a) of persons delivered over with
evil intent into the power or authority
of others, e. g. to magistrates for trial,
condemnation, seq. acc. et dat. Matt. 5
25 wrimord ot négadss 5 drtidixos Te
xgitj. Mark 15: 1 mapéduxay atvav ty
Thdary. Luke 20: 20, John 19:11. ¢.
dat. impl, Matt. 27: 18, Acts & 13, —

Tapadédope
Dem. 515. 6.—To lictors or soldiers for
punishtnent or ward, Matt. 5:25 xal 6
xgimg os magadp tH inngiry. 18: 34
nagiduxy attoy t0ig Bacowiotais. 20:
19 et Luke 18: 82 toig &dye0u i.e. the
Roman soldiers. Acts12:4. c. ais final,
Matt.20:19. Seq. ace. c. eis final, Luke
2A: 20 mag. adray sig Savcrov i.e.
tobe punished with death. c. iva, Matt.
27: 26 Inobv nagsSunzy, tra cravged i.
Mark 15: 15.—Dem. 1327. ult. Xen. An.
4.2. 1.— Se in general to the power
and pleasure of one’s enemies; c. accus.
et dat. Matt. 26: 15 xaye piv se
ow avtéy. Luke 23:25, Mark 10: 33,
1 Tim. 1:20, Seq. ace. simpl, Matt.
10: 4"Ieidas 6 xad nagadois abrir. 2:
10. Mark 3:19, 14:11. Luke 22: 21. al.
Pass, Matt. 4: 12. Mark 1: 14. (1 Macc.
14: 33. Ceb. Tab. 9. Ken. H. G.2 4.
41.) Instead of dat. seq. sig ouridgia
into i.e. before councils, Matt. 10: 17.
Luke 21: 12. (Dem. 1230.18.) Also
c. eig zeigag twos into the hands i.e.
power of apy one, Matt. 17: 22, Mark
14: 41. Luke 24:7. Acts 21:11. With
aig final, Matt. 24:9. 26:2 6 diag tod
GxG9. magadidotas sis 20 cravperdivas,
Acts 8&3 sig pulomjy. Mark 13: 12 et
2 Cor. 4: 11 sig Sdvaroy, and so with
aig Sdvatoy impl. wherever the refer-
ence is to the death of Jesus, Rom. 4:
25. 8:32 1 Cor, 11:23 ; also whero
Jesus is said savtdy nagadidéves, Gal.
2: 20. Eph. 5: 2,25, (Act. Thom. § 52.)
Once goor. sive tuys sig, 1 Cor. 5: 5.

h) of persons or things delivered over
to do or suffer any thing, in the general
eense fo give up oF over, to surrender, to
permit, c. ace. Acts 15:26 ardgemos
magadsunoos tis puzds airey men who
have given up i. e. jeoparded their lives.
©. ace. et iva, 1 Cor. 18 3 dey nagadss
10 odpd pou tra xavdjcopa. Sept.
for Chald. 3717 Dan. 3: 28.—Lue. Tim.
12. Plut. Mor. If. p. 32. Tauch. Xen.
Cyr. 3, 3. 47.—So of persons given over
to follow their pussions etc. c. acc. et
dat. of thing, Eph. 4: 19 favtois nagé-
Senay 17 doslyelg. c. acc. et infin. Acts
7:42. Beg. acc. et sls 4 into any thing,
i, e. into the power or practice of it,
Rom. 1: 24, 26, 28.—Ecclue. 23: 6.

¢) of persons and things delivered
over to the charge, care, kindness of

78

617

Tagadoas

any one, in the general sense to gize
up, to commit, to entrust, gent. c. acc. et
dat. Matt. 11:27 aavra pos magaddoy
xd vod nargés. 25: 14. Luke 4: 6. 10:
22. Acts 27:1 magsdidovy roy Mavhoy
«+. bxarovediggy x 4.2, 1 Pet 223.
2 Pet. 2:4, (Act. Thom, § 52. Diod.
Sic. 5.36. Xen. An.4.6.1.) So xaga~
Si8dvas cova 1H zagets tod Sot lo com-
mit or commend to the favour of God,
Acts 14:26, 15: 40. magadidéras 10
nvtiua oe. 1 Oa, to give up the ghost,
John 19:30, comp. Ps. 31:5, Ecc. 12:7.
— Also in the sense fo give back, to de-
liver up, to render up, 1 Cor. 15: 24. —
Xen. H. G. 2.3. 7.

) of things delivered orally or by
writing, i. q. to deliver, to declare, to teach,
trans. Mark 7:13, Luke 1:2, Acts &
14 14 899 & magidemer Suir Maioys.
16 4. 1 Cor. 11: 2, 23 5 xad wagédeexa
tiv. 15:3, 2 Pet.2:21. Jude3. Pass.
Rom. 6 17 sig dy magedoSyts tixoy 3i-
Baziic, for sig toy tixor 51d. Sy mageds-
‘Oyte, see Buttm. § 131. 5, and § 134. 7.
Winer § 24. 2. — Jos. c. Apion. 1. 12
Hdian. 1. 1. 3, Diod. Sic. 1. 3.

e) intrans. or c. avtéy impl. see in
TagaBdile no. 2, to deliver up oneself,
to yield oneself, e. g- as the harvest pre-
sents iteelf for the sickle, Mark 4: 29
Sray 84 nagads 6 xagnis. Ake

Hagadotos, ov, 6, 4, 8dj. (868,)
paradoxical, strange, i. e. aside from re-
ceived opinion, Lue. D. Deor.9.2. Ken.
Mag. Eq. 8.19. In N. T. by impl.
strange, wonderful, Luke 5: 26.—Ecclus.
43: 25, Jos. Ant. 4, 4. 2. Hdian. 1. 1. 5.

Hagadoste, ecg, 4, (nagadiSeps)
delivery, i.e. the act of delivering over
from one to another, Thue. 1.9. sur
render of a city, Jos. B.J.1.8.6. Thue.
3.53, In N. T.‘any thing orally de-
livered,’ precept, ordinance, instruction,
i.e,

a) of oral precepts delivered down
from age to age, tradition, traditional
law, Matt. 15:2 nagafalyove: thy magd-
Soawr rév mosoBviéguy. v. 3,6. Mark
7: 3,5, 8,9, 13. Gal. 1:14. Col. 2: 8
See Jos. Ant. 13. 10, 6.—Jos. Ant. Lc.
Pol. 12, 6. 1.

b) genr. precept, doctrine, 1 Cor. 11:2
xadic napddaxa ipiv, tas nagadooes

Tlagatndce

xordzats. 2 Thess, 2:15. 3:6.—Jos, Ant,
10. 4.1. Arr. Epict. 2, 28. 40, Pol. 11.
8.2

Hagatniow, a, f. daw, (eqide,)
Ppp. to render miszealous, i.e. to make
jeslous, to provoke to jealousy or emula-
tion, trop. spoken of Israel whom God
jealous of their own high
privileges, i.e. cause to seta right value
upon them, by bestowing like privileges
on other nations, trans. Rom. 10: 19
magatylece iuas én’ ofx Eve, quoted
from Deut. 32:21 where Sept. for 827;
® Rom. 11: 11, 14. Also to pro-
voke' God to jealousy or anger, sc. by
rendering to idols the homage due to
him alone, 1 Cor. 10:22. Sept. for x2p
1K. 14: 22, myn Ps. 37:1, 7, 8
—Ecclus. 30: 3.

Hagatadcostwe, «, ov, (Sélao-
ou,) near the sea, by the sea-side, mari-
time, Matt. 4: 13 sig Kamsgy. 13» maga-
Salacclay. Sept, for DY no-bs
Chr. 8: 17,—2 Mace. 8: Tl. Pol. 1. 20.
6. Xen. H. G. 1, 1. 24.

Tlagatengéo, a, f. jou, (Se
9é0,) to look at a thing by the side of
another, i. e. fo compare, Ken. Mem. 4.
8.7. In N.'. to look by any thing,
i,q. to overlook, lo neglect, to slight, pass.
Acts & 1 1 mageSewgoirro ab zigas
eiréiv.—Dom. 1414, 22, Diod. Sic. 35.
X. p. 135. Bip. or VI. p. 218. Tauchn.

Hagadyxy, 78, %, (nagattSqus,)
@ deposit, trust, something committed

to one’s charge, 2 1:12 Also
1 Tim. 6: 20 et 2 Tim, 1:14 in later
edit. for ragaxazad iq q. v. Sept. for

- PitzD Lev. 6: 2, 4, — Plato Comic. ap.

Phot. p. 280, Pol. 33.12.49. A later
form, i,q. the earlior nagexaradixn,
Lob.ad Phryn. p.312. Winer p. 89, 502.

Taga, 0, £. éou, (aivée,) pp.
to praise near, before, to any one; hence
4o exhort, to admonish, seq. inf. c. acc. of
pers. Acts 27: 22 napairas tuts sbIv-
pil, absol. v. 9.2 Muce. 7:25, Jos.
Ant. 9.7.2. Luc. Pise, 51. c. inf. Pol
1, 80. 3. Xen. Mem. 1. 3, 8.

Tagertéouat, ovat, £. yoopas,
depon. Mid. (aitées,) to ask near any one,
ic. at his bands, to obtain by asking,

618

Tapaxadto

Pind. Nem. 10. 56, Hdot. 124,90. In
N. T. to ask aside or atoay, to deprecate,
to get rid of by asking, i. q. Engl to
beg of from.

8) pp. and genr.to entreat that some-
thing may not take place, seq. inf. Acts
25: 11 ov mopastoipas 10 ExoDevir I
do not deprecate death, do not refuse to
die. So seq. uy c. inf. Heb. 12 19,
comp. in My I.d.—Jos. Vit. § B
Savty of nagaitotwon Plut. Romul. 3.
Thue. 5. 63,

b) i, q. to excuse on from. an
invitation, absol. Luke 14: 18 iefers
+. maparsiodas nevis. Perf. perti-
cip. as pass, ib. Eye wa nagytmusvor. ¥.
19. See Butm. § 113. n. 6—Jos. Ant
7.8.2. Plut. Jul. Coes. 68 Kisras...
duu tnd xaloagos tnt diisvoy eelsi-
aFus* mapartotperos x. 1. A.

¢) by impl. not to receive, i. @. to re-
fuse, to reject, c. acc. Heb. 12:25 bis,
magastiono9s tay lalotrra x. +. 2. 1 Tim.
4:7, 5: 11, — Jos. Ant. 3.88. Philo
2 Alleg. p. 87. A. Diog. Laert. 4. 42—
To the sense of to avoid, to shun, 2 Tim.
2 23. Tit. & 10.—2 Mace. 2: 31. Philo
in Flaee. p. 968. D.

Lagaxat lo, f. tow, (xaDiZe no.
2) to sit down near, to seat oneself near,
neq. magd c.ace, Luke10:39, Sept. for
2E> Job 2 13. — Arr. Epict. 2. 6. 23.
Mid, Xen, Cyr. 5. 5. 7. Trans. Pa
laeph. 41. 3.

Hagaxaddo, a, f. som, (xadia)
to call near, to call for, trans, Not found
in Jobu’s writings.

8) pp. i. q. to invite to come, Aco
28: 20 duit tatty ny aislar m
pas, ier w 1.1, — Ael. V. H. 3. 37.
Dem. 1265, ult. Xen. An. 5. 6 16.

b) i. q. to call for or upon any one,
as for aid, to invoke, e.g. God, Jos,
Ant. 13.5.8. Arr. Epict, 3.21.12 Xea.
H. G. 2 4. 17, — Hence in later usage
and N.T. genr. to beseech, to entreat,
c. acc. Matt. 18:32, Acts 16:39. 2Cor.
12: 18. With the aceun. expr. or impl
are also put other adjuncts, e. g. part.
Aéywr or the like, Matt. 8: 5 mgoos2Sw
Sxatévtagzos, nagaxaiay adtéy 203 li-
yur, v.31 of 64 duiuorss nagenilovy
ainéy, liyorns. Mark 1:40. &23, Act
1@15. 2&2. Also c. inf. sor. Mark &

Tagaxaduniea

17 Weterto napaxaliiy airs amaldaty
«1, Acts 8:31. 9:38, 19:31. inf
@or.c.acc. Acts 24:4. c. tod 21:12
(1 Mace. 9% 35. Arr. Epiet. 1. 10. 10.
inf. pres. Xen. ‘Cyr. 4. 5. 53.) c. fa,
Mark 5: 18. Luke 8: 31. 1 Cor. 16: 12.
2 Cor. 12:8, c. Smeg Matt. 8:34. (Plut.
Demetr. 38 pen.) c. magi tiv0¢ Philem.
10, comp. Jos. Ant |. c.—Comp. Suid,
magoxaliiy’ ... dxupor vag 13 disc Sat,
‘Thom. Mag. Pp. 684, HL Planck in Bibl.
Repos. I. p. 685.

©) i. q. to call upon any one to do
any thing, i... to exhort, fo admonish,
©. ace. of ore, Acts 15: 32 "Tovtas xad
Zhas . agexderey roig adelpors.
1 Cor. Ma: rary 2 Cor. 10:1, 1 Thess,
211. 1Tim, &1. Heb. &13—1 Mace.
12 50. Pol. 1.61.1. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4.15.
—Albo c. acc, and with further adjuncts,
©. g. with the express words, 1 Cor. 4:
16. 1 Pet. 5:1. c. inf. pres. Acts 11:
23 nagendhes névrus . . . xgoopiver 16
scvglgy. .Phil, 4:2 bia. 1 Pet, 211. (Plut.
Mor. II. p. 22. Tauchn.) . inf. sor.
Acts 27: 33 nagexdhes 5 IZ. &navtag ps-
talofiiy tpopis. Rom. 121. 2 Cor.
2:8. Eph. 4: 1. Heb. 13: 19, (Hdian. 6.
9.10.) ©. a 1 Cor. 1: 10, 2 Cor. &
6. 1 Theses, 4: 1,— Absol. c. ace. of
pers, impl. Luke 8:18, Rom, 12:86
stapaxadéiy. 2 Cor. 5:20. 13:11. Tit. 1:
9, Heb. 10:25. seq. déywy Acts 2: 40,
cc. inf. pres, 1 Tim. 2:1. . inf. et acc.
2Cor.6:1. 80 tabre didacxz, xal xo-
gexddes 1 Tim. 6:2. Tit. 2 15.

d) by impl. fo exhort in the way of
consolation, encouragement, etc. i. q. to
console, to comfort, c. acc. of pers. Matt.
2: 18 Poy slalova ... xad ods Heda
mogexln dives. 5:4, 2 Cor. 1:4 tor, 5
scagoxesiv jiuiis dnd wéoy tf Pdipesx. +. 2.
v6. 27 77. 1 Thess. 3:7. 4: 18.
Seq. rae xapdlag Spay, Eph. 6: 22, Col.
%2 4:8. 2 Thess. 217. comp. in
Kagdla a. y. 80 Sept. often for np
Gen. 24: 67. 37:34. Deut, 32:36, al.
— In the eetise of to make glad, Poss.
to be glad, to rejoice, Luke. 16: 25, Acts
O12 AL. ie 6.67 8 wad ce

Tagaxadince, £. yo, (nodes)
to caver over, to hide, pp. by putting any
thing near or before an object, e. g. rove

SpSalyots Sept. for phar Ez. 2: 96.

619

Tagaxanoy

Mid. id. Plot. Pomp. 60. Io N.T. trop.
Lake 9% 45\(r5 gua) ye
pévoy ax? aincy, comp. in?4né I. 2b.

Hagaxaradyjxn, 96, %, (xega-
xavotlSnut,) a deposite, trust, something
committed to one’s charge, 1 Tim. 6:20
and 2 Tim, 1: 14 in text. rec. where la-
ter édit. have the later form sagadyxn
q. v. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 312, — Jos. B.
J. 3.8.5. Diod. Sic. 15.76. Thue. 2.
72. Xen. An. 5, 3. 7.

Hagaxe poe, £. copes, (xtipas) to
Iie near, to be adjacent, Hdian. 3. 4. 11.
Xen. An. 7.3.22, In N.T. trop. tobe
at hand, to be present, prompt, Rom. 7:
18 18 yag Oéley mwagdxsrad por v.21.
— pp. Judith 3: 2, 3.

Hagaxdnots, ecos, i, (nagaxaise,)
pp. a calling near, invitation, Dem. 275.
20 of pay ix x as TUyxaLErOs.
In NT. as in the verb q. v.

a) entreaty, petition, 2 Cor. 8:4 jer
moldis magaxlnoing Seopsvor Hpi. v.
17, coll. v. 6 — Jos. Anca. 1. 5. Pol.
22.7. 2.

b) ezhortation, admonition, Rom, 12:
Bette 5 nagaxadin, &v tf} wagaxdjors,
1 Cor. 14:3, 1 Tim. 4:13. Heb. 12: 5.
A, Jos. Vit. 17.
Diod. Sic. 15. 56. — In the sense of in-
atruction, teaching, i. e. hortatory, Acts
18: 15 af dots Loyos éy ipiy nagaxijosas.
15: 31, 1 Thess. 2:3, So prob. Acts
4: 36 vide magadaoens, i. g. 8II~TD
Bagvéfas, where agaxiyog is ‘then
equiv. to mgogntela.

¢) consolation, comfort, solace. Rom.
15: 4 fra dud s..tiig magexdjoens tir
yoagay civ lsrida Kyouer, i. e. the con-
solation afforded by the Scriptures, 2
Cor. 1: 4, 5, 6 bis, 7. 7: 4, 7, 18, Phil,
2: 1, 2 Thess, 2 16. Philem: 7. Heb.
6:18. & S2dg 15 mapaxkjosws Rom, 15:
5, 2 Cor. 1: 3, So Sept. for oat Te,
57: 18, pyanzn Jer. 16: 7. Is.

(I Mace. 12: 9.) Including the idea °F
spiritual sid, assistance, i. q. ‘aid and
consolation Acts % 31% 7. rot dylov
nveipatos. Meton, for the author of
spiritual aid and consolation, the Mes-
siab, Luke 2: 25. So Sept. for DN39
Nah, 3: 7. So the Rabbins Dt often
asaname of the Messiah, see Light-

. EEL bea sig naganoie 10d brag &

Hapdéxdyros
foot Hor. Heb. ad Job. 14: 16. — By
imapl. in the sense of joy, gladness, Luke
6:24.

Hagaxdnzos, ov, &, §, adj. (ne
gawaléo,). pp. called upon, ac, for holp ;
hence as subst.

a) Lat, advocatus, an advocate, inter-
cessor, who pleads the cause of any
one before a judge ete. 1John 2 1 édéy
tug Gpdgrn, nagaxlntor tyouey mods tor
matéga, i, e. Christ—Dem. 343, 10,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 37. So Rabb.
BrEA7E or NENA TB for yr TNL
intercessor, angel of intercession, Job

: 28,

b) @ consoler, comforter, bestowing
spiritual aid and consolation, spoken
of the Holy Spirit, Jobn 14: 16,26, 15:
26, 16:7.

Tlagaxon, 75, %, (mogexote,) pp.
‘act of mishearing’; in N. T, neglect
hear, i. 6. disobedience, Rom. 5: 19
ov, 2
Cor, 10: 6, Heb. 2: 2—Just. Mart. de
Reourr. p. 213, dxoSriexoper vj r05
dvOp. napaxoj.

Hagaxoiovitdo, &, £. how, (éxo-
Aoviie,) to accompany side by side, to
follow closely, c. dat. pp. Diod. Sic. 20.
29. Xen. Cony. 8, 23. In N. T. trop.

a) of things, to accompany, i. q. to be
done by any one, c. dat. Mark 16:17
onpite 08 rls migtstougs taxa napaxo-
Jov9¥joe.—Comp, 2 Mace, 8: 11.

b) i,q. to follow out closely in mind,
to trace out, to examine, c. dat. Luke 1:
3 magan. wéos dxgufiss—Pol. 1. 12.7.
Dem 265.91.

¢) i. q, to conform unto, to compare, c.
dat. 0. g. ti Siacxallg 1 Tim. 4:6. 2
Tim. 3 10.—2 Mace. 9: 27,

Tagexovieo, £. co», (drove) to mis-
hear, i, e. to hear slightly, inattentively,
Acl. V. H. 5,9. Pol. 7. 11.9, InN. T.
to neglect to hear, i.e, not to obey, ¢. gen.
Buttm, § 132. 5. 8. Matth. § 362. Matt.
18: 17 bis, day 88 magaxoven abtéy
aah Sens. for oR MD Is, 45: 12,
rigs . 3: S—Tob, & 4. Jos.
We Dp. 4. Pol. 96.2.1.

Tlegoxunte, £. yer, (xinta,) to
stoop down near by any thing, to bend

620

Hopedappera

forward near, ec. in order to Kok a
‘any thing more closely.
a) pp. absol. Luke 24: 12 negariye;
ta GSdve. John WW 5. du,
John 20: 11 napéxvysy tig 16 porno.
Sept. for APU Prov. 7: 6. 1 Chr. 1s
29.—Ecclus. 21: 23 als obser, Act
Thom, § 52, Luc. Tim. 13. sbeol. Are
toph. Pax 983, Arr. Epiet. 1.1.16
'b) metaph. to Look tnto, to find out,
know, c. sis, James 1: 25, 1 Pet. 1:12

LHagarap Barve, £ iiyopas ley
ére,) to take near, with, to onexel;
‘and also semi-pass, to receive with or
oneself; comp. in Aayfave.

1. to take to oneself, e.g. ciy,ive.
to take in possession, to seize, Xen. i
G. 4.8 11.—In N. T. only of pero,
to take unto or with oneself, er. 28 an &
sociate, companion, ¢. accus, Met. I:
20 uh pofndis magulepiy Meyus
THY yuvaixd cov. ti (Sept. Cant &2)
Matt. 17: 1 nagadoppferss 6 "Fyovis 1
Tiéxgo x,t. 4, 20: 17, 26 37. Mark ¢
38, 5: 40, 9: & 10: 32, Luke % 10,2.
11: 26, 18: 31. Acts 15 39. Alo a
als c. ace, of place, Matt. 4: 5, 8. 27:2.
neq. psté c. gen. of pers. Matt. 1245
18:16. Mark 14: 33. weq. pds ¢. aoc
pers. John 14: 3, Sept. for mp>, ¢*
Nun. 23: 14. ¢. werd Gon. 2:
3.14. 17. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.15. ¢, 2 Ael
H. 2 18.—Part. nagelapeir is oe
times used hy partial pleonasm bef
other verbs, in order to express theide
more fully and graphically, comp ®
Aayféve a. Acts 16 33 xl xr

afew absoig.. . Hove axe of
aAgydv. 21:94, 26, 32, 23: 18. Bo ae
the verb itself with xai before pal
verb; Matt. 2: 13 mzpalafe 19
xal geiye, v. 14,20, 21. Jobo 1%:
So Sept. and mpd 1 Sam. 17: 3),5-
Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. rp? —Tre
of those whom Christ will tate 0
him, or receive into favour at bis com
ing, Pase, Matt. 24:40 5 oe
vera, rad 5 els depleran, v. Al, Lokel?
34, 35, 36, Also of a teacher, i#
receive, to acknowledge, to embrace

_ follow his iastructious, Joba 1: i
Comp. in Aappeire no. 1. ¢.

2. to vere ok cor to oneself,

what is given, imparted, delivered or*

Tagadtya
q.d. to take from svother into one’s
own hands, Xen. Cyr.7.214. InN. T.

a) pp. to receive in charge, as an
office, dignity, e. g. Ssaxovlay Col. 4: 17.
foorslar Heb, 12:28. Sept. for Chald.

23p Dan. 5:33. — Jos. Ant 15. 2.2.
Diod. Sic. 11, 68. Xen. H. G. 6. 4. 35.

b) metaph. to receive into the mind,
ig. to be to learn, c. acc. of thing,
Mark 7:44 » 1Cor.
15: 1,3, Gal. 1:9. Phil. 4: 9 @ sab
dud Gere xad sagedéfers. Col. & 6 tor
Xqioxér meton. for the gospel of
Christ. Seq. acc. ©. dnd tuv0g 1 Cor.
11:28. . sage: sevog Gal. 1:12. 1 Thess.
213 4:1, 2 Thess. 3: 6,— Routh
Fragm. Patr. 1. 464, thy xlouy iy &
Goris mageldBouey. Diod.Sic.1.5. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 22, .

Lagaddye, f. fe, (ddyw q. v.) to
lay near, and Mid. to lie near or with
any one, Hom. II. 2. 515. ib. 14. 237.
In N. T. only Mid. nagakéyouat, as 0
nautical term, to lay one’s course near,
i.e, to sail near, by, along a place or
const, §. q. magaxide q. v. seq. sccus.
depending on napa in composit. Buttm.
§147. n, 12. Matth. § 426. Winer § 56,
2 ©. Acts 27:8, 13 mugeléyorto wiv
Kgirnr.—Diod. Sic. 13. 8 nambSer H8n
magehéyorto viv Trallay.

Hapa duos, ov, 6, %, adj. (naga,
Gig,) elsewhere aleo ragsilsos, a, ov,
near or by the sea, maritime. Luke 6:
17 sig xagadlov [zeigac] Tigo, i. e. the
eea-cosst. Sept. for Dy Aim Gen. 49:
13. Deut, 1:7. 3 Joab. 11: 2, 3. Job
€ 8. — Jos. c. Ap. 1. 12 viv nepdlior
Dowwlang xoroimovrees. Pol. 3. 39. 3.
‘Thue. 2 56.

Hapadrayy, 95, % (nagallécow
to change side by side, to alternate,)

change, , alternation, vi » James I:
17 nag § [92h] ofx Bs sagadoyy. —
Plotin. Enn, 6. 6.3 jusgdy n90¢ vixcas
af mopaddayj. Plut. ed. R. VIL. p.
214. 2,

TagahoyQopat, £. loopas, (hoyl-
Zouas,) fo misreckon, Luc, D. Mort. 4. 1.
Dom. 82225. In N.T. pp. to deceive

circumvent,
Col. 2 4. James 1: 32. Sept. for tra

Tagapyd dope

Josh. 9:2. 1 Sam. 19: 17. — Jos. Ant.
17.1.1. Arr. Epict. 2. 20.7. Diod. Sic.
20. 8.

Hagadurinds, 7, ov, (nagadin,)
paralytic, palsied, Matt. 4:24. 8:6. 9:
2 bis, 6. Mark 2 3, 4, 5,9, 10.— Act.
Thom. § 12. Comp. Celsus de Medic.
3. 27, “Resolutio nervorum interdum
tota corpora, interdum partes infeatat.
Veteres auctores illud axomiytiay, hoc
nagdlvow nominarunt ; ‘nunc utrumqos
xagdlvow nominari video.” Jahn § 199.

Tlapadvcr, £. tow, (ies) to loosen
ator from the side, i. e. things joined
side by side, fo digjoin, Sept. for b
Lev. 13: 45. Pol. 8. 6.9. Diod. fed
106 ra céxxx, InN.T. to dissolve, ie.
relar, to exfecbl j only Perf. part.

"ass. Trapahehuper06, th OF, on
fecbled, feeble, dared

a) pp. Heb, 12: 12 nagedaluudva y6-
vata, in allusion to Is, 35:3 where Sept.
for 583. Sept. for mayb Gen. 19: 11.
—Ecclus. 25:23. Arr. Epiet. 2.18. Pol.
20. 10. 9, Diod. Sic. 20. 72,

b) in the sense of paralytic, i. q. ma-
galvrixds q.v. Luke 5: 18,24. Acts
8: 7 moldo} 84 magalelupivor xad zwlok.
9: 33. — 1 Mace. 9:55. Aeschin. Dial.
Boe. 3. 9.

Tlagapeve, f. i, (ives) to remain
near, by, with any one, hea 7965 tire,
1 Cor, 16: 6 mois tis 84 vuxér nape
pad. Absol. Heb, 7: 23 selsieo Sa
magapéyew eo. thereby, therein, i, ¢, in
the priest’s office—Judith 12:7. Plut.
Romul. 15, Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 3—Trop.
to continue in any thing, to persevere
therein, absol. James 1: 25.—Diod. Bic,
2.29 nm. & 16 waSypor,

Tagapvddopat, ovpat, f. joo-

jew, depon. Mid. (uvSiouas to speak,
Noo) to speak near or with any one, i.e.
kindly, soothingly, i. q. to soothe, to pac-
$y, Plut. Agesil, 37. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 23.
Henee in N. T.

a) to exhort, to encourage, c. acc. of

pers. expr. or impl. 1 Thees. 211 wa-
gaxadotvees Susis xad mi

Sia. "2 Mace. 15: 9. Xen, H. G. 4

8. 2B.

b) to console,, to comfort, c. nec. of
pers. John 11: 19 ta mag. obras meg

Tagapvdia

rot ai airy. v. 81.—Jos, Ant. 6.
3.4, Pol. 15. 29. 10, Xen. Conv. 1. 16.

Hapapvdia, as, 4, (nagopvdsc-

pas) exhortation, encouragement, Xen.
Ag.5.3. In N. T. ion, com-
fort, \ Cor. 14: 3—Wisd. 19: 12. Jos.
‘Ant. 2.3.4, Act. V. H. 12. 1 fin.

Hapapidor, iov, +6, (nagapy-
Séouas,) consolation, comfort, solace,
Phil. 2: 1, i. q. zagapv8le, comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 517.—Wisd. 3: 18. Jos. B. J.
6 3. 1. Thue. 5.108, Yess df 90

Tagavopéo, G, £. ow, ( magdvo-

oe réu0s) pp. to act aside from law, i. e.

violate law, to tranagress, absol. Acts

m3. Sept. for Yost] Pe. 119: 51.—

Jos, B. J. 7.2.1. Diod. Sic. 1.75. Xen.
Mem. 4. 4. 4.

Hagavouia, as, 4, (nagavopie,)

violation of law, 2 Pet. &
16. Sept. for 19 Ps. 37: 7.—Jos.
Ant. 18, 8.2. Pol. 1. 7.4. Thuc. 4. 98.

Haganxpaive, f. avs, (mxgat-
ye,) cor. 1 wagenixedra comp. Buttm. §
101. 4, found only in Sept. and N. T.
strictly ‘to make bitter with or towards’
any one, ‘to treat with bitterness,’
whence Pass. Sept. Lam. 1: 20 magams—

xpalvovce magenixgdySyy. More usu-
aly q. to imbitter, to provoke, e.g. God
by disobedience, Be wee. for 7)
to rebel, Ps. 5: 12. 17, 40, 56. Ez
20: 18, 21.—Hence in N. T. abeol. to
provoke sc. God, Heb, 3; 16,—Eedr. 6:

“ Hapanxpaouss, ov, 4, (naga-
suxgaive,) an imbitlering, provocation,
ac. of God by disobedience, Heb. 3: 8,
15. Sept. for 93°79 Ps, 95: 8. Not
found in the classics.

Tagantnte, sor. 2 nagénecor,
(xintes,) to fall near by any one, and
hence to fall in with, to meet, Pol. 15. 28.
4 Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 10. Also to fall aside
(from, to swerve or deviate from any
thing, e. g. t%¢ S300 Pol. 3. 54. 5. comp.
Buttm. § 132. 4. 1—Hence in N. T.
trop. to fall away ve. from the path of
duty, from the faith, to », absol.
Hob. & 6. Sept. for 592 Ez. 18: 24, 20:

622

Tapdntwpa
‘%7.—Wied. 6 9. Pol. 12. 7.2 tig cdg
Selas. Xen. H. G. 1.6.4.

Haganaée, f. ricopar, (xlém) to
sail near, by, past a place, e. g. ty” "E=e-
gor Acts 20: 16. For the acc. depend-
ing on nagd, see Buttm. § 147. n. 12
Matth. § 426. Winer § 56. 2. c.—Luc.
Nigrin. 19. Xen. Ao. 6.2. 1.

Hagandyoov, adv. (pp. neut. of
adj. naganijavg nigh by, like, from
mlyolos,) near by, nigh to, i. e. like, simi-
larly, seq. dat, Buttm. § 146. 1. § 133.2,
2 Phil, % 27 jo9émes magaxdjovr
Savdre.—Lue. Cynic. 17. abeol. Thue.
7. 19.

Tlagandnatos, adv. (wagandyer-
0s,) pp. near to, nigh by, and hence Like,
‘in the like manner, Heb, 2 14.—Jos.
Vit. §37. Dem. 36.1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1.25.

Tlaganopevomct, f. sboopas, (x0
ervouas) to go near or by the side of any
one, i. q. to accompany, Pol. 6. 40. 7.
ib. 10. 29. 4.—In N. T. to pass by, to
pass along by, intrans. Mark 11; 20 xal
ngat napanogeviueros, elder viv evayr
xt. i Part of nap the
Passers-by Matt. 27: 39. Mark 15 29,
‘Seq. duc: c. gen. of place through which,
Mark 2 23 dia tay oxogiuer. 9: 30.
Sept. for 29 Gen. 37:27. Josh. 6 7.
ce. dd for 3 it. 2: 4.—Pol. 2. 27. 5.
Arr. Indic. 3. 14.

Tlagantwuc, arog, v6, (nage-
alxre,)a misfall, mishap, Diod. Sic. 19.
100. InN. T. a falling aside or away,
sc. from right, truth, daty, a lapse, error,
Sault, viz.

8) pp. as committed unintentionally,
as arising from ignorance or inadver-
tence. Matt. 6: 14 day yag git Tots
GrDpoinon té nagamtepata avtey. v.15
bis, Mark 11:25, 26. So Matt. 18: 35.
Rom. 11: 11, 12, Gal. & 1. Sept. for
smgrag} Ps. 19: 13, Chald. 113331 Dan.

—Pol. 9. 10.6.

b) by Hebraism genr. for transgres-
sion, sin. Rom. 4:25 35 magedéoa des
tev magantdpore jue, Rom. 5 15,16,
20. 2 Cor. 5 19, Eph. 1: 7. % 4, 5
Col. % 13bia, James 5:16. Of Adam’s
first transgression or fall, Rom. & 15,
17, 18. (Wiad. 10: 1.) Sept. for +29 Ex.

Hagaggeo

14: 13, bys Ez. 3: 20. out Job 86 9.
Ez, 14: 11.—Act. Thom. §

Lapagééa, f. grbcopa, ianeer
2 magegginy in Act. signif. Buttm. §
114, p. 300 ; to flow near, to flow by, pp.
of a river, Hdian, 1. 11.7. Xen. Cyr.
4.5.4. trop. lo glide away, to escape Be,
from the mind, Lue. Disp. c. Hes. 5 af
115 dy 16 tig movjots Dodpy mapagguir
4aGn. Of a person, to glide along, ac.
by stealth, as a thief, Plut. de Solert.
Animal. §13 med. T. X. p. 40.5. Reisk.
mogagsuig yag arIgamog sig toy recy
200 ‘Aoxlqnio¥.—In N. T, once of per-

sons, trop. to glide aside from, to swerve 5°

or deviate from any thing, e.g. the truth,
law, precepts, etc. (comp. naganinre,)
absol. Heb. 2 1 dei jis mgoctzer cots
ExovSsior, prinors nogagguopey, i.e. lest
we glide aside from them, i. q. leat we
transgress; being thus parallel with
nagépacis and nagaxoj in v. 2. So
Sept. vié, 1 wapagguji 88 duty
. Poult», for Heb. 11> id. Prov. 3: 21. —
Clem. Alex. Paedag. HII. p, 246 tre en
magaggudas tijs dln Selas Sia zavréryta.
Eupol. ap. Stob. Serm. 4, p.53 palveral
1s xat magagges tay pgerdiy 15 o@ doyy,
comp. Kypkead loc. Suid. maga
per” napanicosy. Hesych. nagaggujs:
parengio Sis, nagandens. Id. nagaggus- 2
per’ Bolo Paper.—Others here prefer
the sense to glide aside, i. q. to stumble
and fall, to perish, so that then the ques-
tion néig sptic exqevddueda in v. 3 is
parallel. So Chrysost. nagag¢uiuer,
Tovrders, po} dodciusOa, px tenéoruer,
but this sense is not supported by classic
or other usage.

Tlagdonuos, ov, 6, 4, aij. (ofp0,)
by-marked, i.e. having a particular mark
or sig, in 8 good sense, trop. no-

i, ted, distinguished, Plot. Brut. 2. Hdian.
5. 8.15; also ine bad sense, of false
stamp, base, counterfeit, e. g. r6uiopa
Dem. 766, 6. Plut. ed. R. VI. p. 239.7.
trop, of pers, notorious, of ill fame, e.

ag Dem. 307.26. Plut. de Lib. educ,
e741 T. VI. p. 12.12 Reisk. Nout. ro
nagdanuor, sign, mark, badge, plur.
insignia, se. by which any thing is dis-
tinguished from others, 3 Mace. 2: 29.
Philo Leg. ad Cai. p. 1005. Diod. Sie.
33 Dion, Hal. Ant. 2, 67. Espee.

623

Tlagatsives

spoken of aship, Lat. parasemon, the
sign, badge, designation of a ship, com-
monly a picture or image on the prow,
and distinguished from the tutela or
figure of the tutelar god of the ship upon
the stern; though sometimes the para-~ -
semon and tutela would seem to have
been the same. Comp. Potter's Gr.
‘Ant. IL. p. 128 eq. Adam’s Rom. Ant.
p. 401. Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv. 18 pen.
VIL p. 616, Reisk. nvdopévoy zo6 2 rau
xdsjgou tolvous ... xad tig veeg 10 o-
gdonpor. — Hence in N. T. adj. having
G sign or badge, Acts 28:11 #& slolp
+ nagaciiuy Atoaxigos in, a ship

Hapaoxevarter, daw, (oxevite,) to
make ready near or for any one, to pre-

reat han @. g. food, abeol. Acts 10:
10 éyéveto 36 me je1Y0G . .. Hapaoxsve—
Girton 83 ee cn at oy
méoior. Hot. 9.82 dsinvor. Xen. Cyr.
4.5. 1,2 — Mid. or Pass. to prepare
oneself, to be ready, 2 Cor. 9:2, 3. 20q,
tg moliuor 1 Cor, 14:8, Sept. for 39
Jer. 50: 42, — Jos, Ant. 5.7.5. Hdian.
214.2. Xen. Cyr. 1.5.9. ib. 1.6. 18.

Tlagacxevy, 76, 4, (oxevi,) a ma-
king ready at hand, i, e. preparation,

face. 15: 21 rév Onda. Jos, B. J. 1.
11.8 10% deinvov, Hdian. 8.5.7. In
N. T. in the Jewish sense, preparation,
ive. the day or hours before the sabbath
or other festival, when preperation was
made for the celebration, eve of the
sabbath etc. Matt. 27: 62. Mark 15: 42.
Luke 23: 54. John 19:14, 31, 42.—Jos.
Ant. 16, 6.2 dy od SBacw #1] x90 tat-
tg magacxvj. ‘The same is also called
nocd Baroy Mark 35: 42. Judith &: 6;
and mgozdgrior Philo de Vit. contempl.
p.616. Comp.Jahn §348. Bibl. Repos.
TV. p. 115 aq.

Llagaredven, £. éve, (reve to stretch,)
to stretch out near, by, to; to extend near,
Sept. Gen. 49: 13, Plut. Pyrrh.20. Xen.
An. 7.3.48, In N.T. trop. fo extend,
to prolong, to continue, ac. in time, trans,
‘Acts 20: 7 magésessd ta tov Abo pizgs

xtiov.—Jos. Ant. 1, 3. 9 roy zQo-
vor, Polyaen. 3. p. 265, ror dxgofols-
ayer dizot Seldns nagéteve. Intrans. Diod.
Sic. 2.18. Plut. ef. R. LX. p. 309 pen.

Hapatpde

Haparygée, @, £. sou, (ripéen)
to have an eye near, to watch closely, viz.

4) pp. as the actions of any one with
sinister intent, trans. Mark 3:2 rags-
aigow abrir, a toig cdfBacw Sxpanst-
ou airov, Luke 6:7. 14:1. 20:20. So
tag milas Acts 9:54. Sept. for pnt
Ps, 37: 12, — Jos. Ant. 2. 9,2. Pol. 11.
9,9. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4.

b) of times, to observe carefully, to
keep auperstitiously, e. g. judoas, ynvas,
xt Gal. 4: 10, — Jos, Ant. 3.5.5
tae £BBonddas.

Tagarjonoss, sas, 4, (xagarn-
gies,) close watching, accurate observation,
Luke 17: 20 ody Egysras § Boost. 108 8.
peta naparngyasas, not with observation,
i.e. not so that its progress may be
watched with the eyes.—Arr. Epict. 3.
16, 15. Pol. 16. 22. 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 28.

Tlagartonus, £. Syow, (xtonps,)
to put or place near any one, trans.

8) ©. g. food, to set or lay before any
acc. of thing and dat. of pers.

ow ainois. 8 6 bis, 7. Luke 9: 16, 10:
8, 11:6 ob Sew 3 naquOiow wing. Acts
16: 34 rpdefor, 1 Cor. 10: 27. Sept

for *2p> jn} Gen. 18:8. 35> Dip Gen.
24: 33,2 Sam, 12: 20.—Jos, Ant. 8. 9.
1 tpdnetay, Luc. D. Deor. 24.1. Xen.
Conv. 2. 2 deinvor.
b) trop. as a teacher, to set or lay be-
_ fore, i. q. to propound, to deliver, c. ace.
et dat. Matt. 13: 24 adadny magapoliy
magéSymey abrots. v. 81. Mid. seq. Ste
Acts 17:3. Sept. for zd ni Ex. 19:
7. Qi: L.—Diod. Sic, 1.6. Xen. Cyr, 1.
6.14. Mid. Jos. Ant. 4, 8. 2 init.

c) Mid. nagariOeuat, aor. 2 mags
Dipry, aor. 2 imper. xagdSou 2 Tim.
2:2, not magadov, comp. Buttm. §
107. v. 1, 195 pp. to place with any one
on one’s own account, i. q. to give in
charge, to commit, to entrust, c. acc. et
dat, Luke 12: 48 xal § nagédert0 mol.
1 Tim. 1: 18. 2 Tim. 2 2. 1 Pet, 4: 19,
‘Also Luke 23: 46 sig zsigde cov naga-
Pieopar v xrsips pou, comp. Ps. 31:6
where Sept. for ‘p 722 ort. —Tob.
4:1. Pol. 33, 12.3. Diod. Biot 17, 23.
—In the wense of to commend, c. acc. et
dat. Acts 14:23 nagiSerto aitoig tH

624

_ Metaph. to be borne or carried

THagagpovéw
ugly, 20; 32. — Jos, Ant. 4. 8.2 mid.
magatudipnsos iusig romp cwpgorerns.

Hagawyyzare, aor. 2 magérezor,
(rvyzéve,) to fall in with any one, to
ha ‘near, part. of nagatuyzavortss,
Acts 17: 17.Jou. Ant 2 9. 5. Pol. 10.
15, 4, Xen. Apol. Socr. 11.

Tapaviixa, adv. (airies, eives,)

Tob. 4:18, Pol. 1.60.1.
de Synon. N.T. p. 184. Herm. ad Vig.
p. 783. Lob. ad Phr. p. 47. — In N. T.
once c. art. 6, 9, 10 mapaveize 2s adj.
instant, i. q. momentary, transient, 2Cor.
4:17. Comp. Buttm. § 125.6—Dem.
72. 16 § xagavely 580mm. Thuc. 2. 64.
Xen. Cyr. 1.5.9.

Ha pgagéga, aor. 2 ragireynov, (gé-
9%) to bear on near, to bring on befere,
Xen. Cyr. 1.3.6. Also fo bear along
by, to bear away, e. g. 28 does a stream,
Act. Diod. Sic. 17.55. Pass. Hdian.
8.4. 7. Diod. Sic. 18. 35. Hence in
N.T.

1) Act. trop. i. q. to let pase aseay, to
avert, @. g. evil, c. ace. of thing, Mark
14: 36 magéveyxs 13 monigior an’ épot
roiro. Luke 2%: 42 Comp. Matt 26:
39, 42, where it ig nagigysrPas.—Plur
Arat. 43 rots piv vy agrveyxs 16 Gadi.
Xen. Ven, 5. 27.

b) Pasa, pp. to be borne along by, to be
borne or carried away, @. g. clouds, Jude
12 regdlas Gvud gosto cviuerr nageyegs-
pavas, i, e. driven rapidly. | along.—Plat
Arat, 12 mpd¢ 04 piya mveipa .. . mage-
pegdusvos polis jyaro wis ” Adgle—
away in
mind. Heb. 18: 9 d:dazaic mocetlare..
is} nagapigeoS, where for the dat, with
the Pass, comp. Butum. § 134. 4.—Phit.
Timol. 6 otras ai ++. oalovras
zat nagapigortas §qSlex ind x. 2.2. Ach.
V. H. 9, 41. — In both these examples
text. rec. has megepégopat q. v.

Tlagaggovém, 0, £. jou, (eee
vie.) to be aside from a right mind, ig.
to be foolish, to act foolishly, absol. 2
Cor, 11:28 nagepooriey lals-
Zech, 7: 11. Ael. V. H. 12 51, Xea.
Mem. 4. 7. 6.

Hapagpovia

Tlagageovia, as, %, (nagaggo-
véor,) pp. ‘state of being aside from a
right mind,’ i. e. folly, madness, 2 Pet.
9:16, Comp. Winer p. 501.—Not found
elsewhere.

Hagazemedto, f. cow, (zepdto,)
to winter near or at a place, with a Per
eon, ivtrans. Acts 7:12, 28 11. 1
Cor. 16: 6. Tit. 3: 12—Dem. 909. 14.
Diod. Sic. 19. 34.

Tapazemanta, ag, %, (wagaze-
pste,) a wintering near or af a place,
Acts 27: 12.—Pol. 3. 34. 6, Diod. Sic.
19, 68.

Hagaxojuc, adv, pp. for maga 70
‘xbfwe, lit. * with the thing itself,’ at the
‘very moment, on the spot, i. q. . forth-
with, immediately, i. e. directly after
something else hes taken place ; comp.
‘Tium. de Syn. N. T. P. 184. Matt. 21:19
xa} &nqdv9n nagazgiiua 7 ovxi}, i.e. im-
mediately after being cursed. v.20. Luke
1: 64, 4:39. 5: 25, 8: 44, 47,55. 13: 13.
18: 43, 19: 11. 22: 60. Acts 3:7. 5: 10.
9: 18, 12:23. 13: 11. 16: 26,33. Sept.
for p&ne Num. 6: 9, 12: 14. Is. 30: 13.
—Jos, Ant. 15.3.5. Ael. V. H. 10. 3.
Xen. Cyr. 3.1.17.

Heagdaks, ecg, %, (nigdog) o

, leopard, Rev. 18:2, Sept. for

“ny Ie. 11:6, Jor. 5: &—Ael. V. H. 12.
89. ‘Ken. Cyr, 1.4.7.

Hagedgevoo, f. stow, (magedgos
sitting by, ft. fgc, Kouar,) to sit near,
i, q. to wait near, to serve, c. dat. 16

jy 1 Cor. 9: 13 in Mes. for
agooedgeie.—Pol. 29.11.10. Dem. 572.
10.

Tleipecpe, £. scope, (stub) to be near
dy, tobe present, to have come, absol. John
% 66 xaugos duos otra nageotiv. 11:28
& diddoxahos mdgsot, Acts 10: 21, 17:
6. 1 Cor. 5: 3 bis. 2 Cor. 10: 2, 11. 13:
2,10. Rev. 17:8in later edit. So 2 Pet.
1: 12 dy 1] magotey dAndelg i. e. the
truth which is with you, whieh ye
have received. Seq. év c. dat. of time
Luke 13:1, (Xen. Cyr, 1.2.4) Seq.
zig c. acc, of pers. Col, 1: 6, comp. in
Big no. 4. éni c. gen. of pers. before
whom, Acts 24: 19.

dp 3 vidg Gof dDeiv
mt

Hapasepyomac

Purpose Matt. 26: 50. bvesnidy siv0¢
Acts 10: 83. mpo¢ c. acc. Acts 12: 20,
2 Cor. 11:8 Gal. 4: 18, 20, Sept. for
siz Num, 22: 20, Lam. 4: 18.— Diod.
Sie. 17.8. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.23. . es
Jos, Ant. 1.19.4, Xen. An. 1.2.2. dnl
e. acc. Xen. Agel .32.—Part. rd nagdy
the present ec. time, Heb. 12:11 gos 10
magév.—Jos. Ant. 6.5.1. Xen. Cyr. 3.

1, 29, — Spoken of things, seq. dat. of
pers. to be present twith or toa person,
i, & the person has the thing, 2 Pet. 1:
9 vag wi mageon taira, he who
bas ‘not these things. (Wiad. 31: 1.)
Hence ré neigovra things which one has,
ie. Property, fortune, condition, Heb.
18: 5 dgxotperos toig negotaw, — Pho-
cylid. 4 dexioSar mageois, xa ddlo-

tolay dmiyso Pas. Xen. Conv. 4. 42.

Heapecocyco, f. $0, (stad 7u,) to lead
in by the side of others, to introduce
along with others, Diod. Sic. 1. 87, 96.
In N.T. to lead or bring in by stealth,
to emuggle in, trans. e. y. tac aigéosis
into the church, 2 Pet. 2: 1. — Pol. 1.
18,3. Plut. Pyrrh.29, Diod. Sic. 12.41.

Tageioaxios, ou, 6, 7, adj. (nag-
studyon) brought in by stealth, smuggled
in, ec. into the church, Gal.24 da
robs sr. Gdekpots. — Hesych, mageloux-
tov" GAlésgtoy.

Tageodvea, £. ow, (Sin, dive,
intrans. to go in, see Buttm.§114, Pas-
sow die B,) to go or come in by stealth,
to creep in unawares, sc. into the church,
Jude 4.—Jos. B. J. 1.24.1. Hdian. 7.
9.18. trop. ib. 1. 6. 2.

Tageccépzomac, aor. 2 nageoyl-
Soy, (Eoxopat,) intrans.

1. to go or come in near to any thing,
to enter in unto or with any thing, i.e.
so asto be present along with or by the
side of it, Rom. 5:20 ropos 88 mog—
soWhSey ac. ais xoopsy, but the law enter-
ed in thereunto, viz. unto or upon the
magdmtwua in v.18, comp. v. 12 éuag-
tla tiojle, i.e. the law supervened
upon the state of transgression from
Adam to Moses.—Test. XII Patr. p. 608
ylrevas widy, xa) maguodgyeras 4 dvas-

azure, Philo de Temul. p. 248. C,
Syvowe . . . prs pes pte Méyor an
. id. de Opif. p. 34.

Tlagssopépw

Here Loesner and others falsely take
wogucigzoves as being i. q. eivdgrouas,
Loesn. Obs, p. 252.

2. to go or come in by stealth, to enter
unawares, sc. into the church, intrans.

“oh: Gal. & 4 oftuneg maguaiilor’ xaraoxe-

“nijoas.—Plut. Coriolan. 23, Pol. 2.55.3,
Diod. Sic. 12, 27.

Heageopéga, aor. 2 nagenreyza,
(pége,,) to bear or bring in therewith or
thereunto, to bring forward therewith,
e.g. rouor Dem, 484. 1, 12—In N. T.
trop. to bring forward along with, to ex-
Ribit therewith, e, g. onotdiy nécar
2 Tim. 1: 5.

Hagextog, adv. (ér0s,) pp. near
by withord, i. q. Engl. out near, out by, on-
ly in very late writers and only trop. i. q.
Besides, ©. art. 10 magextés, the things
besides, over and above, 2 Cor. 11: 28
zeois tay nagextos, Comp. Buttm.
§ 125. 6, — With a gen. in the sense of
except, Matt. 5: 32 magexrog ddyou nog-
valag. Acts26:29, So Aquil. for "nat
Deut. 1:36. Gr. incert, for tah7 Lev.
28: 38.—Pamphil. in Geopon, 13.15. 7,

TTageuBoan, Ae, %s (nageppalio
to throw in by or between, to interject,
Dom. 1026, 20. Plut. Marcell. 26; from
Bédd,) interpolation sc. of sentences,
Aeschin. 23.41. ib. 83.21. Asa mili-
tary word, jurta-array, a certain method
of drawing up troops, Pol. 10,21.5. ib.
11. 82.6. Hence io N. T.

8) meton. array, for army, host, i. e.
as drawn up in battle-array. Heb, 11:
84 napeufolds Exdivav Glotgluy, see in
Kilve b. Rev. 20:9. So Sept. for
mgt Ex. 14: 24. Judg. 4:16, 7: 1. —
1 Mace. 5: 45, Pol. 3. 73. 8. Ael. V. H.
14. 46.

b) in late usage, encampment, i. e. pp.
juxta-arrangement in a camp, Pol. 6.
28.1. ib.6.31.7. Hence geur. a camp,
spoken of a standing camp, castra sta-
tiva, i. q. Engl. quarters, barracks, viz.
the quarters of the Roman soldiers in
Jerusalem, in the fortress Antonia,
which was adjacent to the temple and
commanded it, Acts 21: 34, 37, 22: 24.
23: 10, 16, 32,—Spoken also of the en-
campuments of the Israelites in the des-
ext, Heb. 13: 11; and in the wane con-

626

Tlagdgzope:

nexion trop. v.13. Comp. Ler. 4:12,
21, 16: 27, where Sept. for mytin. 80
Sept. genr. for myny 1 Sam, 45,6
2K. 7: 5, 7.—Jos. Ant. 7.4.1. Pol 3
74.5,9. Plut. Caes. 45. Galb.27. Phry-
nichus pronounces this use of the wort
to be Suviis Maxadorixdy, ed. Lob. p37.
Comp. Sturz de Dial. Maced. p. 305

Heapevoz Atco, 0, £. jou, (tralia
q. ¥.) to disturb along side of someting
else, to trouble besides, seq. dat. of pen.
Acts 15: 19 xglves, pei maperozlir ws
dx réy dOvey, Sept. for meth Ne.
6:3, -pryqr Job 16: 3.—I Mice.
14, Pol. 1.8.1. Diod. Sie. 14.27. ¢
ace, Sept. Judg. 14: 17. Pol. 1697.3

Hagentdnuog, av, 54,065. (ta
06, 800 dmsBnpses,) a by-resident, joer
er, among a people not one’s own, Heb
i: 18, TPet 1: 2% 1. Bept fe
awin Gen. 23: 4. Ps. 39: 13—Pol
22. A“EAAnvsc nagentoquos.

Tecgépzopere, £, nageisiapen et
2 nagilPor, intrans. On the forma
of the fut. see "Epzopas,

1. to come near to any permos or tha.
to draw near, to come, e.g. to atable et
Luke 12:37 magslder diene &
toig. 17:7, (Ecclus. 29:9.) Gear, Mat
6: 48 xed Saks raged Deby ecirovy, Wher
for the acc. as depending on zages®
Buttm. § 147.p, 12, Matt. § 44%
(Ael. V. H. 2 35 dad 86 tig atte 0
GS.) Others refer this to no. 2
a hostile manner, Acts 24:7.—Jos BJ.
3. 8. 2 Ael. V. H. 12, 39,.Xen. Coat
7

2. to go or pass near, to pass seme
ly. a) pp. and absol. Luke 18 $7
0 "Ingots 6 Nak. magégzera. Seq,
of pers. or place, sce above in m0.) |
(Mark 6:48.) Acts 16:8 xagelarns #
thy Musiar, Seq. dui vig 680i Mat
8:28. Sept. for az Ex. 15:16 Joly
11: 17, 19.—Xen. An. 2, 4. 25. 6.0%
Cob. Tab. 9. Xen. Cyr. 2 2. 7.—Spoket
of tine, to pase by, to be ‘past,
Matt. 14: 15 4 dpe on xoghlde, Act
27:9, 1 Pet. 4:3 6 wagelgludus 1°
vos. Sept. for “ay Job 17: 11. Cat
2 11.—Dem. 40. 13. Xen. Ao. 1.7. 16

b) trop. i. q. fo pase away, bo }
absol. (a) gens. Matt. 5: 18 fag 67 50

Hapeas

89, 8 by mad 9 yf. 24: SH, 35.
Mark 13: 30,31. Luke 16: 17, 21: 32, 33.
2 Cor, 5:17. James 1: 10. 2 Pet. 3: 10.
Rev. 21:1. So Sept. and 39 Pe. 37:
36.—Theoer, 27.8 tiga yap os napde-
amar, ds Brag, Py. Dem. 21. 12—(f)
Of words, declarations, ete. to pase
away without fulfilment, fo be in vain,
Matt, 5: 18 24: 35 of dé Adyos

od py mageldéor, Mark 13:31. Luke
21:98

€) trop. of evils, to pass away from
‘any one, i. q. te be removed, averted, seq.
Gixxé c. gon. of pres. Matt. 26: 39 wapel~
Ste dx tuot 16 wanjgior wire. v. 42.
Mark 14: 35—pp. Sept. Cant. 3:4. Ael,
V. H. 13.38

4) trop. to pass by or over, i. q. to neg-
tect, to tranagress, c. ace. comp. in no. 1
above. Luke 11: 42 njy glory. 15:29 éy-
foljy. So Sept. and 439 Deut. 26:13
Jer. 34: 18.—Jos, Ant. 14. 4.3. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1. 58, Lye. 107. 42 vopor.

Heigecte, eos, 4, (naginus 9. v.)
@ letting pass, pratermission, rewission,
ia the sense of overlooking, not pun-
iebing, Rom. 3:25; dif from Sqeris,
which implies perdon, forgiveness,
Comp. Tim, de Syn. N. T. p, 185—
Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 37 sqy pir ddoozegi
wager iz sigovro, Comp. xaginus
Ecclus, 2%: 2.

Flagézo, f. &e, (Bze q. v.) to hald
near to any one, Hom. Od. 18. 317. I.
18. 556. In N.'T. to hold out near or
towards any one, i. q. to present, to
offer, etc.

a) pp. c. ace. Luke 6: 29 wagézs xa?
xi Gldgy, 8c. o1ayéva. — Luc. D. Deor.
4.5. Ael. V. H. 13, 2, Xen. Mem. 1.
2. 54.

b) trop. i. q. to be the cause, source,
occasion of any thing to a person,
i. e. to make or do, to give or bestow,
to shew, to occasion, sc. in one’s behalf,
c. acc. et dat. expr. or impl. E.g.
xdnoy v. xonovg nagdzuy wish, to give
one trouble, i. q. to trouble, to ver,
see fully in Komog fin. Matt. 26: 10.
Mark 14: 6, Luke 11:7. 18:5, Gal. 6: 17.
(Pol. 1. 20. 10 dvazegslay nagézey.) Al-
80 deyaclay nagizey trl, lo make or
bring gain to any one, Acts 16: 16. (Jos.
Ant. 8&2 6 ploSor.) Acts 17:31 sions

627

Hapdévos
nagaczay mov, Lat. omnibus fidem fa-

ciens, causing belief in all, |. e. proving,
confirming to all. Comp. Fischer Pro-
lus, de Vit. Lex. N. T. p. 36 9q. (Jos,
Ant. 2.9, 4, Plot. Mar. 17. Pol. 4. 33.
7. Comp. Raphel Annott. in loc.) Acts
22 nagéczor Fouzlav they gave silence.
(Sept. for ape sy Job 34: 29. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 11, 32} Acts 28:2. quler-
Soantay. 1 Tim. 1:4. 6: 17.—Jos. Ant.
1,3. 1. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 28.—Mid. iy
youat, to do or show for one’s self, for
one’s own part. Luke 7:4 diids dots @
xapistes otto, for whom thou shouldst on
thy part do this, where for 2 pers. fut.
wagéte: see Buttm. § 103, n. I. 3 p.
200; but others read magéty. Acts 19:
2%. Col, 4:1 16 dlxacor ... tots Sothors
nagizes9e, show on your part towards
servants what is just ete. (Dem. 228.26,
Xen. An. 7. 6, 11.) C. dupl. acc. éavror
tt, Tit. 2:7 ceevioy magezousvos tumor
xadov Egyor. Comp. Winer § 39. 6. p.
211.—Xen, Cyr. 8. 1. 89. act. Plut. de
Lib. educ, ¢. 20. T. VI. p. 47. 4. Reisk.

Tlagnyople, ac, %, (nagnyogin to
bane Aen ase ee ing al
Ragiyegos, ayogrbe,) consolation, com-
Sort, solace, Col. 4: 11.—Joa. Ant. 48. 3.
Pint. de Exil. c. 1. T. VILL p. 964, &
Reisk.

Tlagevia, as, %, (nagdévos,)
vinginity, virgin age, Luke 2 36 Yjoace
Bey sts rd pie inetd xd magSevlag ai
aiis. i.e. with the husband whom she
had married asa virgin. Sept. for DY AIz
Jer. 3: 4, —Eeclus. 15:2. Jos, Ant. 4 8.
23. Diod. Sic. 3. 69 or 70.

Tlagdévos, ov, 6, %, adj. virgin, e.
&. yur nagSévog Hes. Theog. 514. tf
magdivg Suyatg) Aiyinrov Sept. for
sbang Jor, 46: 11, j xagdévos yi Jos.
Ant.1. 1.2 nag. xnyq Aeschy!. Pers.
612 or 615. In N.T.

a) Fom. # nagSévog as subst. « virgin,
maiden, (a) pp, one who has not known
man ; e. g. Luke 1:27 bis, x9d¢ magd4-
vor papynoteupéyay ... Maguey x. t 2.
comp. v. 34. Sept. for m>ina Gen. 24:
16. 1K. 1:2—Hdion, 1. 11. 12, 13,
Plat. Romul. 22—So Matt. 1:28 # nag-
Sivog dv yaotgh ses, quoted from Is. 7:
14 where Sept. for rmhy, apparently:

628

Tlagdes Tapiornue
referring bowever to the youthful spouse to let pase by or along, Hdot.S.72. trop.
of the prophet, comp. Is.8:3,4. 7:3 10: to let pass, to practermit, to neglect, Lac.

21. So mbang, Sept. riugn, Joel 1: 8
Sept. also veaing for 77N>3 Ps. 68: 26. So
also 4 nagdiros for youth/ul spouse, bride,
vipgn, Hom. 11.2.514 ots réxey Aas zn,
mag9tos aidoin, Soph. Trach. 1221.
The sense then in Matt.
¢Thus was fulfilled in
eral sense, that which the prophet spoke
in a wider sense und on a different oc-
casion.’ Comp. Gesen. Lex. 77953.—
‘Trop. 2 Cor.11:2.—(8) Genr. of 8 mar-
riageable maiden, damsel, Matt. 25: 1, 7,
11. Acts 2k 1 Cor. 7:25, 28, 34 Bee
Higuera % yuri xad 4, mag Sévos, i. a
Gyapos ibid. v. 36,37 4 nagdévos abrot,
i,q. bis virgin daughter, munrriageable
but unmarried. So Sepr. and my.
Gen, 24: 43, for 752 Gen. 24: 14,
34:3 of Dinah after she was defiled.—
3 Macc. 1:18. Diod. Sic 5.73. Xep.
Cyr. 4. 6.9. Mem. 1. 5, 2.

b) Mase. Rev. 14:4 obsoi slow, of
pad yuvaindir obx tyoliv Pycay’ nagdé-
vor yeig stow, i.e. chaste, pure, who have
not known women ; or else i.q. dyapot,
unmarried, ec. for the eake of greater
devotedness to Christ, 2,comp. 1 Cor, 7:
32,33—Buid. “4fed* obt05 nap dév0c xa}
Slxcuos tnijgzt. Photii Ampbil. Quaest.
188, p. 785, t00 nagSivou xad sbayysli-
oro0 uiyvou.

Heagidos, ov, 6, a Parthian, Acts 2
9, spoken of Jews born or living in Par-
thia—Jos. Ant. 10. 11.7. Hdian. 6, 5.
15.—Parthia proper was a large region
of Persia, described as bounded N. or
N. W. by Hyrcania ; W. by Media; E.
by Aria; and 8. by Carmania dese
and wholly surrounded by mountains.
In the later period of the Ronan repub-"
lic, the Parthians extended their con-
quests and became masters of a large
empire. They were esteemed the most
expert horsemen and archers in the
world ; and the custom of discharging
their arrows while in full flight, is pe-
culiarly celebrated by the Roman poets ;

“¥. eomp. Hor. Od, 2. 13.17. Virg. Geor. 3.

Bk Bee Strabo 10. p. 354, Q. Curt. 6.
al Cellar. Notit. Orb. lib. 3. ¢. 18 sq.

“Haginus, f, magnum, (Syst) perf.
pam. wopsizot, see Butem. § 107.1. 15

Hermot. 15, Xen. Mem. 1.1.12. zes—
er Pol. 1.33. 5. to let go loose, to re-
lax, @.g. tis teg9¢lous ropes, Aristoph.
Eq. 440 or 442, comp. 437.— Hence in
N.'T. trop. Pass. nagieas, to be relaxed,
enfeebled, only perf. part. as xeigse xeger-
pivas, hands enfeebled, hanging down
from weariness and despondency, Heb.
12:12 So Sept. for 799 Zeph. 3: 17.
— Ecclus, 2: 13, 25: 23, “Jos. Ant. 13.
12, 5. Diod. Sic. 14. 105, 111.

Laguotava, see in Hopiornps.

Tlagiornue, f. nagaorioe, (toms
4. ¥.) aor. 2 sagéotyy ete. Aleo prea
magsordve, a later secondary form,
Rom, 6:13, 16. Dem. 28.9. Pol. 2
113. 8; comp. Passow sub v. Buum.
§ 112. 12. § 106, n. 5.—Trana. to case
to stand near; intrans. to stand near;
see in “Jorqus. Butt. § 107. 11.

I. Trans. in the pres. impf. fat. and
aor. 1 of the Active, fo cause to stand
near, to place near by, Ael. V. H. 12. 1
post med. Pol. 3. 113. & Hence in
N. T. to place or set before any one, fo
present, to exhibit, e. g.

1) genr. c. acc. et dat. expr. or impl
Acts 23: 33 nagéornoay sal ror Hatler
airg. Luke % 22 1h xugly ec. in the
temple, 2 Cor. 4: 14 xat wagmoriou
[uss] ctv inte, sc. 1G Pijpars vod Xp.
etc. So ¢. dupl. acc. of object and

predic, teva th Acts 1: 3.9: 41. Rom.
E 13 bis, 16 & maguotdvsts iaveods Sot
hous. v.19 bis, 121. 2Cor. 11: 2
Eph. 5:27, Col, 1:22,28. 2 Tim. 215.
Sept. for. 4997] Lev. 16 7. asm
Gen. 47: 2—Liuc. Icarom. 24. Ael. H
An, 7.44, Hdian, 5. 5.11.

b) i. q. to place at hand, to furnish ;
Matt. 26: 53 me joes por nisious x. +.
Acts 23: 24 xtxjxn.— Luc. D. Mar. 6.2
Pol. 30. 9. 3.

ec) in the sense to commend, 1 Cor. &
8 Bodua 88 Suds ov maglornes top Sr.
— Jos. Ant, 15.7.3, Arr. Epice 1.16
aire énauvioat # magactices.

4) metaph. to set forth by arguments,
ine. to shew, to prove, Acts 2: 13 ota
magacticas Sivartas, meg) ov x. x. —
Jos. Ant. 82.5. Arr. Epict. 2, 23. 47.
Xen, Occ, 13, 1.

Tlaguevas

Ii. fatrans, in the perf. plupf. and
‘aor. 2 of the Active, and in Mid. to stand
near, to stand by.

a) genr. ig. to be presentetc. c. dat.
expr. or impl. Acts 1:10. 9: 39 xai en
gsornoay wits xdoes ai xian, i, e. st
around him. 27: 3. Mark 15: ae mo
geormneis devevilas, who stood by over
against him. Jobn 18: 22. 19:26. So
part. of nageotnxdreg, contr. of mags-
cosines, (Butte. § 107. IL. 2, 3,) the by-
atanders, Mark 14: 47, 69,70. 15: 35.
Acts 23: 2,4. drciniéy tuvog Acts 4:
10. Sept. for a7 Gen. 45:1. 1 Sam.
22:6,7. Wap Gen. 18: 8. Judg. 3: 19.
— Jos, Ant. 1. 21. 2, Hdian, 8.3.6.
Xen. Mem.3.11.2,—Trop. in a friendly
sense, to stand by, to aid, c. dat. Rom.
16: 2 xa) neguerite abtf, 2 Tim. 4:17,
—Epict. Ench. 32. Dem. 366.20. Xen.
H. G. 6. 5. 33.—Trop. and by impl. in
a hostile sense, absol. Acts 4: 26 magé-
arnoay of Baciliis rij yijs, quoted from
Ps. 2: 2 where Sept. for 2x17 .—Ec-
clus. 51: 3. — Spoken of time, a season,
‘etc. i.q. to be present, to have come, Mark
Sees 29 magéoryxey 5 Seguopos. — Dem.

b) iq, to stand before any one, in his
resence, e, g. ine forensic sense, be-
fore a judge. Acts 27:9 Kaloagl ot

Se nagactives, Rom. 14: 10, — genr.
Hiian, 1. 4. 1.— Spoken of attendants,
ministers, who wait in the Presence : of
a superior, ©. g. Luke 1: 19 éyei sive
Toapgria & nagsotinirs évainioy rob Sov.
Seq. dat. Luke 19: 24 coll. v. 13. So
Sept. and *2p> 4729 Deut. 1:38, 18am.
16: 21, 22. AW "Gen. 40: 4, Ex. 24:
18Ine, D. Deor. 2, 1 Bah. . xage-
11 rpg ie ale Bos.
ai Ets 18,45 7 6 Jak 65. Ane 32 109-
Tlaguevas, z 6, Parmenas, pr.
n. of one of the seven primitive deacons,
Acts 6: 5.

Hagodos, ov, %, (6845 4. v.) a way
dy, passage-way, in place Jos. B.J.1.1.
5. Thue. 3,21. Xen. An. 1. 7. 16, 17.

In N. T. in action, a way by, a passing
by. 1Cor. 16:7 éy magods by the way,
in passing—Luc. D. Deor. 24.2, Pol.
5. 68. 8. Thuc. 1. 126,

Heapotxéwo, 0, (oixies,) to dwell near,
fo be neighbour, Lac. D. Mort.2.1, Xen.

629

Tlagowog

Veet:3.5. In N.T. to be o by-dweller,
to sojourn, to dwell asa stranger, eC mud] .
Luke 94: 18 ob pévos magoiasis é ‘Te
govoalia ; Seq, els, Heb. 11: 9 mapq-
anor sig THY ri, ie. he came and so- -
journed, comp. in Eig no. 4, Sept. for
7a Gen. 20:1. 26:3. ays Gen. U4:
37.— Dio Chrysost. 46.'p. 521. D, xolt
7aQ xgtitroy puydda elves, xat nagosnsiv
dnl Sins, 9 tote nadir. Isoer.
Paneg. c. 43. p.74.D. Comp. in Za-
gouxos.

Tagorxia, as, th (magoide,) o
dwelling near, neig! i, Pealt. Sa-
Jom. 12:3. In N.T. aagjourning, resi-
dence in a foreign land without the
right of citizenship, Acts 13:17 dv rf
magoiulg dv yj Aiyixte. Sept. for ex
Ezra 8: 34.—Wied. 19: 10.—Metaph. of
‘human life, 1 Pet. 1:17; comp. Heb. 11:
13. So Sept. and 4 Ps. 119: 54,

Tlegorxos, ov, 6, %, adj. (olwog,)
dwelling near, neighbouring, c. dat. Plat,
Pyrch. 10. Hot. 7.235. In N.T. 5
magowos subst. a by-dweller, sojourner,
sc. without the rights of citizenship, a
foreigner, Acts 7: 6,29 mégoios t yf
‘Madiay. So Sept. for 4 Gen. 15: 13.
Ex. 2: 22.—Ecclus, 29: 26, 27.— Trop.
of human life, 1 Pet, 2: 11, comp. 1:17.
Also in respect to the church and king-
dom of God, Eph. 2: 19, -

Tlagocpte, ag, %, (mctgorpog by or
on the way, fr. oluos,) pp. ‘something
by the way;’ hence a by-word, by-speech,
ine.
8) pp. @ proverb, adage, 2 Pet. 2: 22
20 tig alnSoig magoyslac. Symmach,
for btn) Ez. 12: 22.—Lue. D. Mort. 8, 1,
Ael, V.H.12.22. Soph. Ajac. 664 or 673,

b) in John’s Gospel, i. q. nagafons,
which word is not used by John, comp.
in Hagofoly. Eg. (a) gonr. figura-
tive discourse, dark , i. obscure
and full of hidden mesning; John 16: 25
bis, dy a ality. v.29. Com
in “tagapeth c. So Sept. and bin Ha
short and sententious maxims, Prov. 1:
1, 25: 1.—Ecclus, 6: 35. 89: 3.— (8) @

parable, in the usual sense, John 10: 6,
Comp. in HagaBol4 b.

Hagowos, ov, 6, %, adj. (olvos,)

by wine, i ©. spoken of what takes place

Hapolzopus
by or over wine, revelry, 2s te nigowa
se. piln, drinking-songs, Boeckh Pind.
Fr. p. 555. In N.'T. of persons, i. q.

given to wine, pp. sitting long by wine, Sept.

1 Tim, & 3 Tit. 1: 7.—Lue. Tim. 55.
Lypias 101. 20.

, Hapgotzouat, £.xivopar, pert. xug-
gixruat, (olzopas to go,) to go along by,
to pase along, Hom. Il. 4, 272. In N. T.
only of time, to pase away, intrans. Acts
14: 16 dy taig nagyynudros yereais.—
Jos, Ant. 8. 12.3. Xen. An. 2 4.1.

Tlecgopocceteo, £. cio, (Sporciteq.v.)
pp. to be nearly like, i. ©. genr. to be like,
to resemble, c. dat. Matt. 23:27. Comp.
in ‘Opordgo.

A Stat

Tepoporas, ov, 6, %, adj. (Gp0105,)
pp. nearly like, i.e. genr. like, similar,
Mark 7:8, 13 nagépoim roaira nolid.
—Poll. On. 9.130 ragépovos* nag’ dllyor
Spores. Diod. Sic. 4. 26. Dem. 12. 8.
Xen. H. G. 3.4.13.

Tlagotuve, f. wi, (sgire, atis,) to
sharpen by or on any thing, se. by rub-
bing, to whet, e. g. sr waxaigay Sept.
for 74) Deut. 32:41. to sharpen by or
along with, thereby, i.e. with and for
seme other act or purpose, e. g. trop.
tov ger Plut. Marcell. 20. Metapb. to
sharpen the mind, temper, courage of
any one, to incite, to impel, Jos, Ant. 15.
3.5. Xen. Mem. 3.3,13.—Hence in N.T.
metaph. fo provoke, to rouse, sc. to anger,
indignation, only Pass. or Mid. Acts
1%: 16 magetivero 13 nvsipa obtot x. t.2,
1 Cor. 13:5, So Bept. for o*y277 Deut.
& 18. AYP Deut. 1:34. 9: 19.—Jos. Ant,
8.8.5. Dem. 10. 24. Thue. 6. 56.

Hagotvopss, ov, 5, (nagotivn,)
pp. @ sharpening, i. e. trop.

8) incitement if is pulse, ‘sc. to action
or feeling. Heb. 10:94 sis wagot. dya-
wife nad x. Foyer,

b) parozysm of anger, sharp con-
tention, angry dispute, Acts 15:39. Sept.
for ae Deut. 20: 28, Jer. 32: 37—
Dem. 1105. 24.

Tagopy@a, f. low, (Se7ize,) Att.
fat. xagog7ié Baum. § 95. hes Winer
18. Le; to angry by or along
Me ome other act or thing, to provoke

630

Tapowls

thereby, therewith, etc. ¢. ace. Epb. & 4
ph nagogyiere 1a viava ipair, Rom. 10:
19 quoted from Deut. 3% 91
for D°FDr1, a9 also Judg. 2: 12 1

K. 14:15.—Ecclos, & 16. 4:2, 3.

!
‘

-. ., a" F

wrath, Eph. 4:26. So Sept.
for RY; Jer. 21:5.—Not found in the
classic writers,

colpartos
—Hiien. 1. 3, 13, Dem. 674. 24.

b) @ coming, advent, genr. 1 Cor. 16:
17. 2Cor. 7:6 é 47 wugovolg Tirov. v.
7. Phil. 1:26 xagovola malay gas tpsic,
@ coming agaia, return. —2 Mace. 15: 21.
Pol. 23. 10. 14. Diod. Sic. 1. 2.—
Spoken of the final coming of Christ
to judgment, Matt. 24:3. 1 Cor. 15: 23.
1 Thess. 2: 19. 2 Thess. 2:8, 2 Pet. 3:4. 1
John2:28, wag. rod visi rovarDe. Matt.
24:27,37,99. nap. r00 xvglov 1 These.
13, 4:15, 5:23. 2Thesa.2:1. James5:7,
8 2 Pet. 1:16 coll. Matt. 24:30. Ina
like sense, 2 Pet. 3:12 nag. tijs tot Saat
uégas.—Alto of tbe coming i. e. man-
{festation of the man of sin, 2 These. 2:
9, comp. v. 3. '

Hlagowls, idoc, %, (Spor,) © by-
dish, side-dish, consisting of dainties set
on as a condiment or saves, Athen. 9.
2. p. 367. B. p. 368. A. Pollux Onom.
6. 56, Comp, Sturz. Lex. Xenoph. s. v-
In later usage and N. T. a side-plate, i.e.
a plate, platter, dish, pp. in which some
daintios are served up. Matt. 23:25 35
Reader soi nornglov xal ris agowlBor.
vy. 26.—Arr. Epict. 2.20, Plut de ad-
ulat, et Amic. ¥. T. VI. p. 197.3 Reisk.
Xen. Cyr. 1.3 4. The grammarians

Haggnoia 631

wondemn the word in this seuse, Phrya.
et Lob. p. 176.

Ha Ggnote, ac, %, (nts, Fovs,) PP-
‘the speaking all one thi q. free
spokenness, as characteristi of t ivank
and fearless mind; hence meton. and
genr. freeness, franknest, boldness, 28
of speech, demeanour, action, etc.

a) pp. and genr. Acts 4:13 Seagoty-
zag 88 thy tod Létgou naggnclay, i. ©.
bis free-spokenness, boldness. 2 Cor. 3
12 {7: 4.] — Sept. Prov. 13: 5, Diod.
Sic. 1.53, Ael. V.H.8.12, Dem, 1397.1.
—So in adverbial phrases, e. g. nagén
ole, i. q. freely, frankly, boldly, Jo
18, 26 ; or i. q. openty, plainly, without
concealment or ambiguity, Mark 8: 32.
John 10: 24, 11: 14. 16: 25,29; also of
actions, openly, done in the sight of all,
not privately, Jobn 11: 54 ovxdts moggn-
ol mepsendtts x. 1.2. 18:20, ty nag-
gral & ‘in or with boldness, i. q. freely,

ly, comp. "Ey no. 3.b.a. Eph. &
19, Phil. 1: 205 also i. q. openly, pub-
lidly, opp. & xgvx1g, John 7:4. Col.
215 Wuyydroe ty waggnole. (Wisd.
51) pera nagdnolag with boldness,
i. q. freely, boldly, Acts 2: 29, 4: 29, 31.
28: 31.—1 Macc, 4:18. Luc, Hermot. 51.
Dem. 95. pen.

b) by impl. i, q. license, authority,
1 Tim, 3:18 fadpor bavrots xadiv me-
Qeroioivra, xab moljy nagjnoiay by
nlovu x. 2.2. Philem. 8.— Jos. Ant. 4.
8B. 12 of voyor noldqy 905 duagtavortas
Rover xaggnclar. Zosim. 8. 7. p. 255
obx Bzew 34 nagiyolay, ole vdpou underds
aitg woise mosty éxsrpipartos.

¢) as implying frank reliance, confi-
ding hope, i. q. confidence, asrurance.
2Cor. 7: 4 noldy wos naggnola mpd¢
‘tpas x. 2.2. but referred by some to a
above. Eph. 3:12. Heb. 8:6. 4:16. 10:
19, 35. 1 John 228, 3:21. 4:17. 5:
14.—Jos, Ant. 5.1.18 waggnolay Lap—
Beivn mois tbv 9dr. Diod. Bic. 14. 65.

Hag 6norerLopcre, £ écoper,depon.
Mid. (naggnaia,) to be freespoken, to
apeak freely, openly, boldly, i. q. to be
Sree, frank, bold, in speech, demeanour,
action, etc, E. g. joined with verbs of
speaking, Acts 13: 46 nagfnesacdiusros
64-6 TL, xad 6 B, sinoy. 19: 8. 26: 26.
Genr. and seq. év, ©. g. of place, dy tf

Has

owuruyy Acts 18: 26; or of thing, ob-
ject, i. q. in behalf of, év aizg Eph. &
20; or of person, xaggnc. dy Sx i.e.
in faith and trust in God, 1 Thess. 2:2,
comp. 1: 1 and "Ey no. 1.¢, a; aloo dy
16 Gréwart taro, in one’s name, by one's
authority, comp. in “Ovopa b, Acts 9:27,
8. Seq. ent np xuply Acts 14: 3, vee
in “End IT. 3. ¢. «. p. 301. — Sept. Job
226. Xen. Ag. 11.5. c. dv of place
Plut. Marcell. 20. sosc tivog Pol. 12,
13.8, ede twa Xen. Cyr. 5.3.8

Has, n@oa, nav, gen. navtis,
naong, narros, all, Lat. omnis, viz.

1. as including the idea of oneness,
a totality, all, the whole, Lat. totus, i. q.
Glos. In this sense, the Singular is put
with a noun having the article ; and
the Plural also stands with the article
where a definite number is implied, or
without the article where the number
isindefinite. See in‘O, %, 16, 1LA.2.b7-
Winer §17. 10. Butun. §127.6. Matth.
$27.

A) Sing. a) before a subst. with
the article, Matt, 6:29 obdi y

dy dog th 868y aizod. 8:32 xéica §

Gyidn, Mark 5: 33. Luke 1: 10 nay to
mlijSog. 4:25. John 8:2 més 6 dads.
Acts 1:8. Rom, 3:19. 4:16, al. ssepiss.
So with the names of cities, countries,
etc. meton. for the inhabitants, Mat. 3:
5. Mark 1: 5. Luke 2 1. al—Hadian. 6.
4.1. Ael. V. H.6. 11. Xen, Ag. 1. 25.
—With proper names, sometimes with-
out the article, Matt. 2:3. Acts % 96.
Rom. 11:26, Comp. Winer § 17.10. a.

b) after a subst. c. art. John 5: 22 thr
aglow nicer diduxe 1G vig. Rev.13:12.
Comp. in ‘0, #, 10, Lc. Buttm. § 127.6.

c) rarely between the art. and subst.
where ads is then emphatic, comp. in
“0,4, 10, Lc. Buttm. Le. Acts 20: 18
tiv mévca zocvor. Gul.5: 14. 1 Tim.

B) Plur. a) before a subst. or oth-
er word, viz. (a) Subst. c. art. im-
plying a definite pumber, Matt. 1:17
macas al yeveat dd ABpacp bog AaflB..
4:8, Mark 3:28, Luke 1:6, Acts 5:20,
Rom. 1:5. al. anep. Comp. Winer §17.
10. b. Buttm. § 127. 6. Matth. § 265.2,
—Xen, Ao. 5.3, 9.—Without art. where
the idea of number is then indefinite,
‘Winer, Math. Lc. E.g. mavzss dp

Tas 632 Tes
Poen0s all men, all indef. Actn ted rational all men, i q. of
2% 15, Rom. 5: 12, 18. al, (Acschia. 1. artes, Gal. 3:22. Col. 1:20. 1 Tum. &

18) martes dyyilor Soi all ange
Heb

Comp. Winer, Matth. 1. c.—(8) Px

c, art. as subst. Matt. 4:24 maytag roUy
oniis Eyortag. 11: 28 névses of xomin-
sec. Luke 1:66, 71. John 18:4. Acts
2% 44, al. saep. — Hdian. 1. 4. 17. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 7. 6.—(y) Before other words
and periphrases with the art. in place
of substantives, e.g. Pron. possess. a8
xina ta dud Luke 15:31. Preposit,
with its case, Matt. 5:15 maat toig év 17
oinig. Luke 5:9. John 5:28, Acts 4:
24. al. Adv. Col. 4: 9.

b) after a subst. or other word, viz.
(a) Subst. c. art. as definite, comp.
Winer Buttm. Matth. |.c. Matt. 9: 35
‘105 mOle¢ macag sc. of that region. Luke
1%7. Acts 16:26. Phil. 1: 13, Rev. 8:
8. Hdian. 3.1. 3.—Xen. Mem. 1. 1.19
fin.— Without art. with a pr. name, Acts
17:21’ 49ayaios 8é xdyte5.—genr. Hdian,
4,2. 5.—(8) Particip. c. art. as eubst.
Acts 20: 32 éy tis jysaopudvors maou.
Heb. 5:9.—(7) Before other words or

periphrases with the art. in place of
subst. 6. g. Pron. possess. as ri duc: mix
‘sa John 17:10. Preposit. with its case,
Gal. 1:2 of civ duot navrac. Tit. 3:15.
Col. 4:7. Mark 5: 26,

c) between the art. and subst. as em-
phatic, Acts 19: 7. 21:21. 27:37; Comp.
Buttm. § 127. 6.

d) joined with a Pron. pers. or de-
monstr. either before or after it, as
fuse martes John 1: 16, mdivtes jusis
Acts 2: 82, x, ‘tsig Matt. 23:8. 0. x
Luke 9: 48. ofto: ™ Acts 1:14, m, ot-
tous Acts 4: 33, ait. .1 Cor. 15: 10.
taita noyta Matt. 4:9. Luke 12:30, 31.
x. tabta Mark 7:23. al. ssep.

e) absol. (a) c. art, of naivres, they
all, i. e. all those definitely mentioned,
Mark 14:64 of 88 mdvreg xatéxgivay ai
ay x. 8.2, Rom. 11:32, 1 Cor. 10:17.

» 4:13, Phil, 221, al. saep.—Neut.
ta tavta, all things, i. q. (1) the uni-
verse, the whole creation, Rom. 11:36 &
airod.... xab eis aizdy ta marta. 1Cor.
8:6, Eph, 3:9, Col.1:16. Heb.1:3. Rev.
4:11. Trop. of the new spiritual crea-
tion in Christ, 2 Cor. 5: 17, 18. (Xen.
Mom. 1. 1.11, 14.) Meton. for all crea-

of
1:6, névta 9¥q Rev. 14:8.

13; put also for all the followers of
Christ, Eph. 1: 10, 23. aL—{2) genr. all
things before mentioned or implied,
e. g. the sum of one’s teaching Mark 4:
11; all the necessaries and comforts of
life etc. Acts 17: 25. Rom. 8:32, Sol
Cor. 9: 22, 12:6 coll. v.5,6. 2Cor. 4:15.
Eph. 5:13. Phil. 3:8. coll. v.7. Col. &&
al.—{3) as a predicate ofa pr. name, e. g.
6 Ded¢ 1a marta dy naowy, all in all, Le
aboveall, supreme, 1Cor. 15:28, Col.3:11.
(8) Without art. navres, all, i. 9g. waxreay
Seamer, all men, Matt. 10: 22

Bevos tno mdvtor. Mark 2:12. 10: 44,
Luke 2 3 énogetorso martes, all went, i
e. all the inhabitants of Judea etc. &
15. John 2: 15, 24.—Neut. neera, all
things, Mau. 8: 33 émiyyalar xen.
Mark 4: 34. Luke 3:20, John 4: 25, 45.
Acts 10:39. 1 Cor. 16:14 narra tpav
i.e. all your actions, whatever ye do.
Heb. 2:8. James 5: 12. al saep. Accon.
mdvra as adv. as to or in all things, in
all respects, wholly, Acts 20: 35. 1 Cor.
9: 25. 10: 33, 11:2, (Jos. Ant. 9. & 2
Xen. An. 1.3. 10.) So xara ndrre as
to all things, in all respects, Acta 3: 22.
Col. 3:20. Heb. 2:17. (2 Macc. 1:17.)
als navva id. 2Cor. 29. &y naar im all
things, in all respects, 2 Cor. 11:6
1 Tim. 8:11, 2 Tim. 27. Tit, &9. 1
Pet. 4: 11. al. saep.

2. Sing. més without the art. as in-
cluding the idea of plurality, all, every,
i. q. Exactos, comp. Butt. § 127.6.
Winer § 17. 10. 2. (a) With nouns,
Matt. 3:10 nav ovr divdgor qi) movotr
xugnéy, 4:4, Mark 9:49. Luke 233.
4:13, 87. 10:1. John 1:9, 210. ab
saepiss—(f) Before a relat. pron. it is
intensive, e.g. née Sot, i. q. doves. bat
stronger, see in“ Ootis no. 2. a. 6. Matt.
7:24 mag doris dnoves every one whose-
ever, Col. 3:17, 23. még Gg Gy id. Acts
2:21. Rom. 10: 13, 1 Cor. 6:18. wats og
Gal. 3:10. ay ¢ Rom. 14:23. meton.
John 6:37, 39. 17: 2—{y) Before a
participle, e. g. with the art. where the
Particip. c. art. expresses the idea he
who, and becomes a subst. expressing a
class etc. see in ‘0, ¥, t6, D. b. 8. p. 555.
Winer § 17. 10. a. Matt. 5: 22 nas &
Seyikcpueros every one who ie angry.

Tacya

Luke 6: 47. John 6: 45. Acts. 10: 43.
Rom. 2 10. al. sxep. So after, e.g. 1
Sorts navci Matt. 25: 29.—Without the
art. where the participial sense then re-
maine, as Matt. 13: 19 navtég dxovortos
every one hearing. 2 Thess. 2 4. On
Luke 11:4 see in Winer p. 105.—(3)
Abeol. Mark 9:49 mis aig ugh élioGr-
orras, Heb. 29. dea mavtog wc. xodvou,
continually, see in dianerrés. So tv
navel in every thing, in every respect,
8. & 4. 7:5, 11,
16. 11:9. Eph, 5:24. Phil. 4:6, 12,

3. all, ie. ofall kinds, of every kind
and sort, including every possible vari-
ety, i. q. marrodands, savtoios, Herm.
ad Vig. p.!728.\ Passow nas no. 6. a.

8) genr. Matt. 4:23 Seganciwy nd-
gay vocoy xb nécay palaxtay. Acts 7:
22 non cogla Aiyuntluy. Rom. 1: 18,
29. 2Cor. 1:4. Col. 316, 1 Pet, %
1, al.— Xen. An. 3. 2. 8. ib. 6. 4. 6.

b) in the sense of all possible, i. q.
the greatest, utmost, supreme. Matt. 28:
18 48694 pos mace tovola tv ov
xot’ ént yas. Acts 5:23, 17:11 pera
dag. 23:1. 2 Cor. 12: 12.
29. 1Tim. 2:2 2 Tim.

i: 2. es 1; 2, 1 Pet. 218, Jude 3
— Hdian. 3.8.6, Pol. 1. 39. 3. Plut.
Timol 5. Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 22 tis mista
slydvvor FSor,

A With a negative, e. g. ov mac, ob
dives, not every one, not all, the nega-
tive here belonging to maz and merely
denying the universality, see in Ove.y.
Matt. 7:21 of még 6 Adyasw. 19:11. Rom.
2 6, 10: 16. 1 Cor. 15: 39. al. — But
NGS... ov, where od belongs to the
verb, is hy Hebr. i. q. obdels, not one, no
one, nothing, none, see fully in OU a. y.
Luke 1: 37, Rom. 3:20. Gal. 2 16.
1 Jobn 2 21. Rev, 2% 3, So Acts 10:
14 od8érors Epayor nav nosy, 2 Pet.
1:20. So nag... qr, 1 Cor. 1: 29
Bros py xovgjontas nao Sag. Eph.
4:29, Rev. 7:1. Also’nd¢.:-. 08 pi)
Rev. 21:27. See Ol. c. Giicaty se
1, Comp. Heb. > xb Gesen. Lehrg.
p-831. Heb. Lex. art, 3 no.3.—c. pi,
1 Mace. 5: 42 ys} depijte narra &ySqunoy
mogeyBaleiy. Ecelus. 30:20. AL.

Heaoyar, +é, indec. i. q. Heb. noe,
Aram. NITOR, the passover,i.e. a sparing,
80

633

Thioza

immunity, from FD® to pass over, to
spare. So Sept. usually for TOR, as

Ex, 12 11, 21. al. but also in 2 Chr.
gacix, 30: 15, 35: 1,11. gacxa Jos.
Ant. 5.1.4. The passover, the great
sacrifice and festival of the Jews, was
instituted in commemoration of God’s
sparing the Hebrews when he destroy-
ed the first-born of the Egyptians; it
was celebrated on the 14th day of the
month Nisan, which began. with the
new-moon of April, or, according to
the Rabbins, of March, belween the
evenings, see in’Opla b. For the in-
stitution and particular laws of this fes-
tival, see Ex. c. 120q. Lev. 23: 4 8q.
Num. 9:1 sq. The later Jews made

some additions; in particular they drank = - <<:

at intervals during the paschel suppe
four cups of wine, the third of whit
was called n2737 Dip the cup of ben-
ediction, 16 morjguoy tis sthoylas 1 Cor.
10: 16, comp. Matt, 26:27. See espee.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 26: 26, 27...

Bibl. Repos. IV. 113 sq. Jabn § 354.7

In N.T. 16 ndoze is spoken both of
the victim and the festival.

8) i. q, the paschal lamb, i. e, a lamb
or kid of a year old, slain as a sacrifice
(Ex. 12: 27) between the evenings of
the 14th of Nisan; see in Oyla b.
According to Josephus the number of
lambs provided at Jerusalem in his time,
was 256.500, which were slain between
the 9th and 11th hour, i. e. from 3 to 5
o’clock, in the afternoon before the
evening or commencement of the 14th
day of Nisan, B. J. 6.9.3. — (a) pp.
puzeiv t0 maoxa to eat the passover,
i, q. to keep the festival, Matt. 26: 17.
Mark 14:12,14, Luke 22: 11, 15. John
18: 28. Sept. Ex. 12: 43. Ezra 6: 21,
comp. 2 Chr. 30:18, droeuatesy td
mdoza to make ready the passover sc. for
eating etc, Matt. 26:19. Mark 14: 16,
Luke 22:8,13. Ovecy 1 doze to kill
the passover Mark 14:12. Luke 22:7.
So Sept. for mogrt bite Ex. 12: 21.
‘on nay Deut. 16: 2, 5, 6."— Jos. Ant.
3.10. 5 tiv Sualay xdoya dyopirny. —

(8) Metaph. of Christ, 1 Cor. 5:7.

b) i,q. the paschal supper, the festival
of the passover, on the eve of the 14th
of Nisan, which was also the com-
mencement of the seven days’ festival

Teszo

of unleavened bread, 14 type, Ex. 12:
15 sq. Lev. 23: 6 sq. Jos. Ant. 3. 10. 5,
See Bibl. Repos, IV. p. 120 sq.—(a) pp.
of the paschal supper alone, Mark 14: 1
fy 08 1 maoza xat 1 &tvpo, Matt. 26:
18 npés os mous v8 7m, i. ©. keep, cole-
brate. Heb. 1 menoinxs 16 7. i. 6.
Moses kept, jituted, the passover.
So Sept. for mogr migy Ex. 12: 48.
Nam. 9: 4 9q.—Jos. Ant, 2. 14. 6—(8)
In 8 wider sense including also the
seven days of unleavened bread, the
chal festival, Matt, 26:2 Luke 2 41
¥f logs t00 doze. 21% togry tay
atipew, 4 leyouérn méoza. John % 13,
23. 6:4. 11:55 bis, 12:1. 18:1. 18:39.
19: 14, Acts 12: 4, — Jos, B. J. 2. 1. 3
iis Tair akiuay bvordions bogriis, naoza
nage ois Tovdalog xalsitar. — Hence
the whole Passover is sometimes called
4 boot) raw Gtivay, gee in “Atyuos a.
5 fos. B. J. 5, 3. 1.

Heyer, f. loopes, aor. 2, ira—
Sov, perf. énoySa, to suffer,’ in the
most general sense, i. e, pp. to be af
Sected by any thing from without, to be

upon, to experience either good
or evil, intrans. and also-c. ace. of the
thing or manner.

8) of good, to experience, i.e. to have
happen to oneself, to receive, Gal. 3: 4
vocatra éxdSers sixfj; i.e. have ye ex-
perienced such things, such blessings,
in vain? comp. v. 2, 5.—Theoer. Id.
15. 188. Jos. Ant. 3. 15. 1 troprijou,
dou address airoi (Se0i], xad a9-
Lnwy sieeywoidy peralopérres «1. ).
Xen, Mem. 2.2.3 éyaSd. So ed nd—
oguy Ael. V.H. 1.34. Xen. H. G. 6.
5. 48.

b) of evil, to suffer, to be subjected
to evil, to calamity, Pp. xaxiig, xo-
xov te, Matt, 17:15 xad axis saoys.
Acts 28: 5.—Ael. V. H. 13. 17. Hdian.
3.2.10, Xen. H. G. 4.5.17. Mem. 4.
2.26.—Absol. in the same sense, 1 Cor.
12 28 aise meiozss fy pilos. 1 Pet. % 20,
23, 8:17. 4:16 wadedy éy cage. v. 19.
Heb. 2: 18, where comp. Meleag. oid«
nadir ded, in Anthol. Gr. I. p. 14.—
Hdian. 4.13.1, Xen, An, 1. 9. 8.—Seq.
acc. of manner, Buttm. §131. 6,7; e.g.
nolld, ta mind, tavta, é, etc. Mark 9:
42, Lake 13: 2, 2 Cor. 1:6. 2 Tim. 1:

634

Hatacow

12, Rev. 2:10. by atwract. Heb. 5 8.
(Ecclus, 3& 16. Xen. Mem. 2 1.5.)
‘With 2 preposit. marking source, man-
ner, cause ; ©. g, cixd vivo, Mast. 16:21
olla naSeiy and tov mosoB. x. 6.2
Mark 8:31. Luke aa 22, und use,
Matt. 17:12 piles ndozey ox. cites.
Mark 5:26. 1 Thess.%14. dea te
Matt.27:19. Sts 1 Pet. 3:14. (2 Mace.
7:92.) Unég wv0s Acts 9: 16. Phil. 1:
29, 2Thess 1:5, Seq. adv. 1 Pe. 2
19 ddixag. 4:15, 5:10.—Spoken of the
suffering and death of Christ, Luke 22
15 mgo 106 ps maddie, 17:25 molds.
24: %6 ratte. v. 46 obsus. Acts1:3 %
18. 17:3, Heb. 9:26. 1212 1 Ped
21 Exadey imig ipar. 8:18 agi dusgu-
Gy. 4: 1 dade jusr.—genr. Diog. La-
ert,5.61, Hdian. 5. 7. 1. Isseas 35, 19.
Ild1age, wy, wi, Petara, « mari-
time city of Lycia, Acts 21:1; celebra-
ted for an oracle of Apollo, who was
hence called Patareus, Hor. Od. 3. 4.64.
Virg. Aen. 4.144, where comp. Heyne
Excurs, I]. Strabo XIV. p. 980, 981.

Llaxdéaow, f. die, pp. intrans. t
strike, to beat, Lat. pulso, e. g. as the
heart, Hom. Il, 7,216, Later and ia
N. T. trans. to strike, to smile, 0. g.

a) gently, i. q. to louck, to tap, c. ace.
Acts 12:7 njy misugay roi Lécgoe. —
Diod. Sic. 1. 67 toig xovtois tas aexi-
bas mordtaress.

b) with violence, so as to wound, ¢.
acc, Matt. 26:51 natdtos tor Soiles tet
Gegxuigsay. Luke 22: 50. ©. dy of in
strum. v.49. So Sept. for 3m Ex.
21: 12, 18 eq.—Pol. 11. 18. 4. Thue. &
92. Xen. Eq. 7. 5. — Hence by impl
and by Hebr. to amite, iq. to Rill, to aley,
to destroy, Acts 7:24 xatstec sor Ai
poauor. Rev.19:15. (Ex.212) Man
26: 31 et Mark 14: 27 marate roy sxos-
piva, quoted from Zech. 13:7 where
Sept. for mart, aa also Ex. 12 12
2Chr. 33:25. ' Comp. Gesen. Lex. 2133
Hiph. no, 2.

c) trop. aud from the Heh, to smite,
Le. to inflict evil, to afflict with dis-
ease, calamity, etc. spoken only of God
or his angel, Acts 12:23 énatater evrow
dyysos xvglov. Rev. 11:6. So Sept.

+ Gen, 19:11, Num. 14:12. Mal.
3:24.) Fag Bx.1%33. Comp.

Tei to

Genen. Lax. 5192 Hiph. no, 1.6. —2
Maco. %

rv, 6 @, f. 900, (ndtog trodden
peth,) to tread with the feet.

a) trans. c. acc. i, q. to tread down,
to trample under foot, i. q. to profane
and lay waste. Rev. 11:2 ty xoliy
tiv dyley navigoves. Luke 31:24. Sept.
for D027 Is, 1: 12.— Luc. de Merc.
cond. 17, Hdian. 8, 5.24. Xen. Cyr.
7. 1. 37, — In the sense of to tread out,
€. g. grapes, riyy Anvoy, Rev. 14: 20, 19:
15. Comp. in Aqvés. So Sept. and
Ty Neb, 13:15. Is, 16:10, Lam, 1:16.
— Anacr, Od. 17.14. Xen, Occ, 18. 4
‘tor gitor.

b) intrans. to tread, to set the foot,
ete, seq. éndre, Luke 10: 19 xatiiv
dndvw dqewr, to tread upon serpents,
i. e. without harm. So Sept. for nw
oh Ie. 5% 20. Also for 527

ke,

iq. 00

* Hameo, oor, 1906, é, a father,
comp. Buttm. § 47, Spoken genr. of
men, and in a special sense of God.

A) Genr. a) pp. father, genitor, by
whom one is begotten, Matt, 2: 22 art
“Hosidou 105 matgds aizot. 19:5, Mark
5: 40, Luke 2: 48, John 4: 53. Heb. 7:
10. al. mop. (Xen. Cyr. 3 1.14, 15.)
Plur. of marépes, parents, both father
and mother, Heb. 11:23 Muiborie éxptiq
teluqvor ind ray notigay atzoy. Eph.
6: 4, coll. v.2, Comp. Passow no. 5. b.
—Parthen. Erot, 10 mage ‘acy matégoy
aimodusvos, aiviy jydyer0 yuraiza. Luc.
‘Tox. 8.— Of a reputed father or step-
father Luke 2: 48.

b) of a remoter ancestor, i. q. fore-
father, progenitor ; also as the head or
founder of a tribe or People, a Patriarch,
Sing, Matt. 3:9 marigh tyousy tov’ A~
Boadp, Mark 11:10. Luke 1: 32, 73.
John 4:12. Acts 7:2 Rom. 4:17, 18.
al.saep. Trop. in a spiritual and moral
sense, ©. g. of Abraham, Rom. 4: UL sig
0 ainoy nariga savtoy td n-
gtevévtay. v.12,16, So of Satan asthe
father of wicked and depraved meo,
Jobn 8: 38, 41, 44 bis, Sept. for ax
Gen. 17:4, 5. 19: 37. (trop. 1 Macc.
254.) Plur. of nazégec, fathers, i.e.
Sorefathers, ancestors, Matt. 23: 30 éy tas¢
imigasg sav wosigay, v.32. Luke 6:

635

Taxi

23: 96, John 7:22. Acts 3:13. Rom. 9: _
5. Heb. 1: 1. al. So Sept. and ning
Deut, 1: 11, 1K. 8: 2}.—Jos. c. Apion.

1. 31. dian, 2, 15, 2.

c) asa title of respect and reverence,
either honorary, or towards one who ia
regarded in the light of a father. E. g.
in direct address, Luke 16:24 matsg
*4Beadp, v.27, 30. (Hom. Od.7. 48.) So
of a teacher, as exercising paternal
care, authority, affection, Matt. 23: | 9
xad maréga ui par int tiie yas.
1Cor.4:15. Comp. Phij, 2:22, 1 Thess,
211. So Sept. and 3% of prophets,
2K. 2 12 6: 2. 13 14 Comp.
Schoettg. Hor. Heb. I. p. 745.—Plur. of
maréges, nom. for voc. fathers, as an
honorary title of address, Buttm. §33. n.
4, Winer § 29.1. E.g. used towardsel- *
der persons, 1Jobn 2:13, 14; also towards
magistrates, members of the Sanhedrim,
ete. Acts 7: 2, 22: 1.—Plut. Romul. 18
maréges ouyysygdppsror, Lat. patres con-
scripti, i. e. senators,

d) metaph, seq. gen. of thing, i. q.
the author, source, beginner of any thing.
Rom, 4:12 marie megsropis, i.e, Abra-
bam. John a 44 on ators dort, xad
6 xarje aitod sc. rod ysidous. So
Sept. and 3% Job 38: 28.—Plato Menex.
©. 10, p. 240, E, matéges sig dlevdeglas.

B) Of God, genr. as the creator,
preserver, governor of all men and
things, over whom be watches with
paternal love and care ; 80 Jos, Ant. 4
8. 2 nad adzig [92d¢] nanie s00 martds
dy9guinav yévovy. comp. Diod. Sic. 5.
72, Hom. Od. 4.341. Soin N. T. God
is called Father, e. g.

a) of the Jews, “John 8:41 fe matiga
Byouer, toy Sedy, v.42. 2 Cor. 6: 18,
Comp. John 11: 52. So Sept. and
Jer. 31:9. Is, 63:16, 64: 8.—Wied. 2: I

b) of Christians and all pious per-
sons, who are also called tixva Sot
John 1: 12, Rom. 8 16. al. So Jesus
in speaking with hie disciples calls God
mare tpydy etc. eB Matt. 6:4 6 xanig
aou 6 Alénay by 16 xgustg. v. 6,85 x.
dusy. v.15, 18. 10: 20, 29. 18: 43
Luke6:36. 12:30,32,al. Once ia Jobn,
& 20:17. So with the further adjunct
6 more tudy 6 dy toig obgavots Matt.
5: 16, 45, 48. 6: 1,9. 7: 11. Mark 11:
25,26. Luke 11:2.al. 6 odjgemios Matt.

Haxjg
6: 14,26, 32. 5 démoupdirios Matt. 18: 35,
5 4 odgayod Luke 11: 13. Comp. in
Oigayés d. — So the apostles speaking
for themselves and other Christians call
God merrijg fay etc.” Rom. 1:7 slenvn
dnd Sot matgdg quay. 1 Cor. 1: 3.
2 Cor. 1:2 Gal. 1: 4...Epb. 1: 2. Phil.
1:2 4:20. al. seep, Hence also absol.
in the same sense, Rom. 8: 15 ddfers
avtipa vioSealas, ty xpdtouw’ é6fa,
6 gorjg. Gal. 4:6. Eph. 2: 18, Col. 1:
12, James 1: 27. 3:9. 1 John 2: 1, 15,

16. 3:1. al.saep. Comp. Ps. .
Bo Heb. 12:9 1 argl roiy mvsypdtow
(insy], in antith. with tov¢ tig cagxos

jusr narégas, i.e. the Father of our
spirits, our spiritual Father.

_e) spec. God is called the Father of
our Lord Jesus Christ, in respect to that
peculiar relation in which Christ is the
Son of God, see in Tics. So where the
Father and Son are expressly distin-
guished, as Matt. 1h 27 obdsls emytve
ones sav vidy, ab poh 8 mornig x. 2. 2, 28:
19. | , Mark Ws: | 32 obdels oder... o¥d8
6 vids, of ui 6 naviig. Luke 9: 26. 10:
22. John I: 14, 18. 3:35 6 xanie ayanq
toy vidv. 5:26. 1 Cor. 8:6 se S206, 0
marng ... xat ee xiguog L. Xp. 1 Thess.
1:1, Heb. 1:5, 1Pet.1:2. 1 John 1:3.
222, 4:14, 2 John 3, 9, al. — Where
Jesus calls God marie pou, e. g. Matt.
V1: 27 mdvre wos nagede9y ind 08 na-
1965 pov. 16:27. Mark 8: 38. Luke 2:
49, John 10: 18, 25, 29. Rev. % 27. 3:
5,21. al. sep. So 5 navie you d ty
otparcig Matt. 7:21. 10: 32,33. $250. al.
6 obgeriog Matt. 15:13, Absol. in the
same sense, Matt. 24: 36 obdels otdev...
6h iy 8 marig pores. Mark 14:36. Luke
10: 21. 22: 42. 23: 84. John 4: 21, 23.
6: 27, 37, 44 89, 10: 17. 13:1, 3. 14: 6.
Acts 1: 4. Rotn. 6: 4. al. saepiss —The
apostles also speak of God as é mute
tot xuglov judy I, Xg. Rom. 15: 6.
2 Cor. 1:3. 11:31, Eph. 1:3, 3:14.
Col. 1:3, 1 Pet. 1: & Rev. 1: 6. al,
Absol. 1 Cor. 15:24 dray magadg niy
Bacwslar 1G 92h wad narel Gal. 1: 1.
Eph, 5:20. Cof. 3:17, 2 Pet. 1:
Jude 1. al. mnep. So Eph. 1: 17 5 Seog
rod xug. uci I. Xe. 5 nary tig Iotns,
i.e. God the glorious Father of our
Lord J. C. comp. Buttm. § 123, n. 4.

d) metaph. seq. gen. of thing, James

636

Haigixos

1:17 dro [Set] 100 waxgis tay gereer,
the Father of lights, i.e. the author, cre-
stor, of the heavenly luminaries; but
not like them subject to change. Comp.
Job 38: 28. AL.

expos, ou, 4, Patmos, Rev. 1:9,
now Patimo or Patmosa, a small sterile
island of the AEgean sea, lying S. W.
of Samos and reckoned to the Sporades.
Hither according to tradition the apos-
tle John was banished, some say by
Domitian ; see Iren. 5.30. Euseb. H.
E. 3. 14, — Strabo X. p. 747. B. Plin.
H.N. 4. 12. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. LIT.
p. 873,

Tlatgedpas, ov, 6, Auic xerge-
hola, (nanjg, ddoin,) a smiter of his
father, a parricide, 1 Tim. 1:9. Comp.
in Myrgadgas. — ‘Thom. Mag. p. 685.
Pollux Onom. VI. 152 natgalses wei
natgalolas. Attic form, Aristoph. Nub.
1327. Dem. 732. 14. Plato Phaedo § 62.

Llatgec, as, 4, (xavig,) paternal
descent, lineage, Hdot. 8.75. a family,
race, caste, Hdot. 1.200.—In N.'T. family,
Heb. a 2 ao as the subdivision of a
Jewiah tribe, pul}, oytj, which ‘family’
comprehended several households, of-
xot, MIBY NB; see Gesen. Lex. n°3
no. 10.

8) pp. Luke 2 4 & ofeov xad srorsgss
4ofi3, Trop. Eph. 3:15. So Sept
and mega. Ex. 6: 15,17,19. 1 Sam.
9: 21. al. —Judith 82 Jos. Ant. 6.4.1,
ib. 7. 14.7.

b) in a wider sense, i. q. tribe, peo
ple, nation, like guiy. Acts 3:25 xitom
al matgiat tic yi, in allusion to Gen.
12:3 where Heb. nach, Sept. pels.
So Sept. margicd t5y ‘ESver for ‘s=n
1 Chr. 16: 28, Ps. 22: 28, 96: 7. i

Herpucgyns, ov, 6, (xargs, de-
ah) @ patriarch, the father and founder
of a family or tribe, as Abraham, Heb.
7: 4; the sons of Jacob as heads of the
twelve tribes, Acts 7: 8,9.— Joa. de
Mace. § 16 fin. — 80 of David aa the
head of'a family, rarged, MIB, Acts
2: 29, comp. Luke 24; see in‘ Marge.
Sept. for nis tN5 1 Cbr. 29. Wt
31. 2 Chr. 19:8 comp. 1 Chr, @: a

Hargixos, 4, ov, (xevig,) pater-

Terps

nal, i. e. pertaining to one’s father, e, g.
Sivos Pol. 2, 48,4. gllog Xen. H. G.
6.5.4. In N. T. received from one’s
fathers, handed down from ancestors,
hereditary, e. g. wagaddas Gal. 1: 14.
—Lue. Abdic, 23. Dem. 410.10. Diod.
Bic. 1. 88 2. iepuctvas.

Tlargéc, (os, %, adj. (mdrgs0s, na~
tig,) pp. father-land, native country, 2
Mace. 4:1. Jos, B. J. 1.12.7. Dem.
296.15. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.7. In N.T.
one’s own city, native place, home, e.g.
Nazareth as the city of Jesus because
be was brought up there, Matt. 13: 54,
57. Mark 6:1, 4. Luke 4: 23, 24. John
4:44 see in Tug I.b. Trop. of a heav-
enly home, Heb. 11: 14, comp. v. 16—
Jos. Ant. 6.4.6 sis‘Papadar xéhi* ma-
19) rig iy aizg. Hdian. 8. 3,2. o//.%-
Pog Suef ices,

HatpoBas, a, 6, Patrobas, pr. n.
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14.

Hargonapadotoc, ov, 6, 4, adj.
(mario, xagadi3wus,) delivered down from
one’s fathers, handed down from ances-
tors, hereditary. 1 Pet. 1:18 dvacreoga)
nargor. i. e. a way of life derived from
one’s ancestors, — Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 8,
ib. 5. 48. Diod. Sic. 17. 2, 4.

Hatggoc, Ga, por, (narjg,) pa-
ternal, i.e. pertaining to one’s father,
e.g. gllos Luc. Tim. 12. Hdian. 3. 15.
13. patrimonial, transmitted from fa-
ther to son, Xen. An.1.7.6. In N.T.
received from one’s fathers, handed down
from ancestors, hereditary, e. g. ydpog
Acts 22: 3. Go Acts 28: 17, 24: 14
Aaspsia 7H matquy Sed i. e. our pater-
nal God, the God whom our fathers
worshipped and made known to us.—
woos 2 Macc. 6:1. Sed¢ Jos. Ant. 2
13. 1. Thuc. 7. 69. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7.

Tlaidos, ov, 0, Paulus, Paul, pr.
n. of two persons in N, T.

1, Sergius Paulus, a Roman procon-
sul in Cyprus, residing at Paphos, Acts
13: 7, See in “Av Oimartos.

2. Paul, the apostle of the Gen-
tiles, originally called Zathogq.v. He
was of the tribe of Benjamin and of
‘purely Hebrew descent, Phil. 3:5; but
born at Tarsus in Cilicia, Acts 21: 39.
2: 3, where his father enjoyed the

637

Tai hos

rights of Roman citizenship, of which
privilege Paul several times availed
himeelf, ©. g. Acts 16:87. 22: 27 0q.
At Tarsus, which was a celebrated seat
of learning (Strabo 14. 5), he probably
gained that general acquaintance with
Greek literature which appears in his
writings, and which was so important
to him as a teacher of the Gentiles or
nations of Greek origin. His Jewish
education was completed at Jerusalem,
where he devoted himself to the se-
verest discipline of the Pharisaic
school, under the instructions of Gamay
Tiel, Acts 22:3, comp. 5:34. Accord-
ing to the custom of learned Jews, he
appears also to have learned a trade,
viz. that of a tent-maker, oxqvonotds, by
which he afterwards often supported
himself, Acts 18: 3. 20:34. See Pirke
Aboth c. 2, § 2. comp. Neander Geach.
der Pflanz. d. chr. Kirche, I. p. 228.—
Paul, in the fierceness of his Jewish
zeal, was at first a bitter advereary
of the Christians; but after his mirac-
ulous conversion, he devoted all the
powers of his ardent and energetic
mind to the propagation of the gospet
of Christ, more particularly among the
Gentiles. His views of the pure and
lofty spirit of Christianity, in its wor-’
ship and in its practical influence, appear
to have heen peculiarly deep and fer- _
vent; and the opposition which he was
thus led to make to the mere rites and
ceremonies of the Jewish worship, ex-
posed him to the hatred and malice of
his countrymen. On their accusation,
he was put in confinement by the Ro-
sman officers, and after being detained
for two years or more at Cesarea, he
was sent to Rome for trial, having him-
self appealed to the emperor. Here he
remained in partial imprisonment two
whole years, Acts 28:30, Later ac-
counts, mostly traditionary, relate that
he was soon after set at liberty, and
that after new journies and efforts in
the cause of Christ, be was again im-
prisoned and at last put to death by or-
der of Nero. Comp. Clem. Rom. Ep.
ad Cor. §5. Neander I. c. I. p. 390.8q.
Planck Gesch. des Christenthums u.
8. w. II. p: 808q. See aleo genr. Ne-
ander Lc. p. 90 sq. and in Bibl. Re-

Hevo
pos, IV. p. 188.2q. For the chronolo-
gy of Paul’s life and the probable dates
of his epistles, see in Calmet, p. 731,
732. Neander 1. c. passim.—Acts 13:
9, 13. 18:5, 19: M. 23:1. Rom. 1: 1.
1Cor. 1:1. An.

Tava, £. nebow, Engl. to pause, i.e.

“a) Act. trans, to make pause, to make
leave off to restrain, sc, from any thin,
neq. ace. ot dd c. ne 1Pet. 3:10 mavea-
‘ta Thy yldovay avtoi arto xaxoi, in al-
lnsion to Ps, 34: 14 [13] where Sept. c.
Gxé for V2 WX2-—e. é Eurip. Electr.
987 xaivoy éx xaxav dui. The usual
Greek construction is c. acc. et gen.
e. g- Jos. Vit. § 19. Xen. Mem. 1.2 2.
Comp. Matth. § $45. 4, and u. 1.

b) Mid, intrans, to pause, to leave off,
to refrain, ec. from any thing. E. g.seq.
gen. of thing, 1 Pet. 4:1 néxavros: auag-
lag hath ceased from sin. Buttm. § 132.
4.1, Winer § 30. 6. For this use of the
perf. pass. see Buttm. § 136.3. So Sept.
¢. gen. for 70) Ex. 32:11. Josh. 7:26.
—Jos. Aut. 2. 3.3, Luc, D. Deor. 6.2.
Xen. Cyr. 6, 1. 36.—Seq. particip. in-
stead of infin. Buttm. § 144. n. 3. Wi-
ner § 46.1. Luke 5:4 os dé éradoato
Jaday, as in Engl. when now he left
speaking. Acts 5:42 ox énavedrro di-
Sdoxortss, they ceased not teaching. 6:13.
13: 10, 20:31. 21:32. Epb. 1: 16. Col.
1,9. Heb. 10:2, c. part. impl. Luke 11;
1, So Sept for ih Gen. 11:8. nba
Gen. 18:33, 14: 18, ‘Luc. D. Deor.
6.4. Hdian. 1.6.4, Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.2
—Abeol. i. q. to cease, to come to an end,
Luke 8:24. Acts 20:1. 1 Cor, 13:8 sits
ylécou, naicortas. So Sept. for ban
‘Ex, 9:34, 35.—Hdian. 1. 16. 6. Xen.
Conv. 4. 10.

Hegos, ov, %, Paphos, a maritime
city of Cyprus near the western ex-
tremity, the station of a Roman pro-
consul, Acts 13:6, 13. About 60 stadia
from the city was a celebrated temple
of Venus, hence called the Paphian god.
dess, Hom. Od, 8. 363. Hor. Od. 1.30.
1, Strabo p. 1002 aq.

Tlayuvea, £. vi, (nazis fat, gross,)
to make fat, Xen. Occ. 12.20. Pass. to
Become fat and thick, Luc. Ver. Hist.
22. Xen. Cony. 2.17. In N.T. metaph.

638 -

Dado

only Pass. to become gross, dull, callous,
se if from fat, Matt. 1315 et Act 2
27 dnazindy yég % xaghla tod Leod
‘tovrov, quoted. f from Is. & 10 where
Sept. for ab POST, comp. Deut. FE 15.
Comp. Tittm. de Byn. N. T. p. 185.—
Philostr. Vit. Apollon. 1. 8, waytvus
voir. So mais riv Siavolay Ae V.
H. 13. 15. Hdian, 2.9, 15,

Ted, n°, 4, (néla,)a fetter, shackle
for the feet, Plur. édai, fetters, Mark
5:4 bis. Luke 8:29, Sept. for pwr:
2 Sam. 3:34, 2 K. 24:37. by> Pa 105,
18.—Ecclus, 6: 26. Pol. 3. 82.8. Xen.
An. 4, 3, 8

LIledavds, 7, ov, (xsdior, xédox,)
plain, level, e. g. land, Luke 6:17 tery
ént vémou medsvoi, he stood upon a level
place, i. e, upon the plain, Sept. for
ising Deut. 4:43, bp} Josh. 9: 1.
2 Chr. 1: 15—1 Mace. 3: 40. Pol. 1.
84.4. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43.

Hefevco, f. stow, (nia foot,) to
foot it, to travel on foot, i.e. by land
and not by water, intrans. Acts 20:12.
—Pol. 16. 29. 11. Xen, Ao. 5. 5. 4 pi
196 traida txéfeveen % ovgetia.

Tel, adv. (pp. dat. fem, of adj.
sefég on foot, pedestrian,) on foot, Matt.
14: 13. Mark & 33. For this dat. as adv.
see Buttm. § 115. 4.—Jos, B. J. 4. 1.
5. Dem. 1046. 13, Xen. Cyr. 4.3. 22

Hedagyiea, o, @, £.roen (malSagror,
from nelPopas, &9z%,) pp. to obey a ru-
ler, one in authority; hence gear. fo
obey, c. dat. ©. g. magistrates, dezai;
Tit. 21. 1g Seg Acts 5: 29, 32—Jos.
c. Ap. 2.41 tots yéuois. Pol. 1. 45.4.
Xen, Mem. 3. 5. 19.—So to obey or fol-
low one’s advice, c. dat. of pers, Acts 27:
21.—Pol. 3. 4. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 27.

Tlevos, 7, Ov, (xst9e,) a form else-
where unknown, i. q. nuSaros or ai-
Savas, persuasive, winning, 1 Cor. 2 4
ox dy naiSois dr Seunlens copias Léyou,
Gi x1. Some suppose it to be a
contraction or corruption of msidavos;
others read ovm év nsBui dvp. copies
[Aéyor], 4? xc. 1. os if from subst.
nude q. Vv.

Heute, dog, ovs, 4, (mabey) pp.

Bethe

pr.n. Pitho, Lat. the of
persuasion, Hdot. 8.111, Pollux On. 4.
2,142 In N.T. ion, persua-
sive discourse, in Mee, 1 Cor. % 4, soo
in I1s965.—Pol. 2.1. 7. Xen. Mem. 1.
7.5.

Tleide, f. neiow, perf. 2 xénor-
Sa, perf. pass, nésiouat, aor. pass,
énslaSny, to persuade, pp. to move or
affect by kind words and motives.

I. Act. to persuade, a) genr. 0.
to the belief and reception ofthe ‘ruth,
i. q. to convince, and in this sense mostly
de conatu; pp. ¢, acc. of pers. Acts
18: 4 Enuds ois “Iovdalors x. 1. 2. i.e.
he sought to persuade and convince
them. 2Cor. 5: 11. Also c. dupl. acc.
of pers. and thing, Acts 28: 23 msidov
18 aitois t& megh tod “Igcot. Comp.
Boum. 9131. 6, and n. 4, So the ace.

being impl. Acts 19:8 ntlSuv
[ebrots] ta miglx 1.2. Aleo to alleged
error, absol. Acts 19: 26. — tiv Wind.
16: 8, Ael. V. H. 3.16. ib. 9.14 dud piv
ety 18 luz Div ob mei9e, Diod. Sic. 4. 26.
td ts Xen. Oec, 20.15. tl Thue. 3.
43 miigas vé Serdrare, Ken. Mag. Eq.
8, 5.—Seq. acc. of pers. c. infin. to per-
suade to do any thing, to induce, Acts
13: 43 ExuSov aizois duusrer tH zagets
105 Seoi, 26: 28 nee in “Ey no, 2. a. —
Jos, B. J. 5. 13.1. Diod. Sic. 11. 15.
Xen. An. 1. 3. 19,— In the sense of to
instigate, c. acc. of pers, et iva, Matt.
27: 20. ¢. ace. impl. Acts 14: 19,

b) i. q. ‘to bring over to kind feel-
ings,’ to conciliate. (a) geur. i. q. to
pacify, to quiet, e. g. an accusing con-
science, tag xmgdias 1 John 3: 19, comp.
v.20. See in “Or no. 2. c. 7. — Sept.
1 Sam. 24:8. Xen, H. G. 1.7.7 tor
Siipor, comp. § 4, 5. — (8) i. q. to win
over, to gain the favour of, to make &
friend of, c. acc. of. ‘pers. Gal. 1: 10 av
Socinous mele, jf to Gedy; (Ken. Ath.
2.11.) Prob. by presents, bribes, etc.
Matt, 28:14. Acts 12:20 nsloavtes tov
Blastov.— 2 Mace. 4: 45. Jos, Ant. 14,
16. 4 ‘Hgsidns nohkois zviweos melOes
toy "Arionoy. Xen. H.

Il. Pass. and Mid. la incl be
persuaded, to be persuaded, i. e.

a) genr. e. g. of any truth etc. i. q.
to be convinced, to Belleve, abool, Luke

639 Thode

16: 81 etd dey tg tx venpae évacth,
xugdiorsas, Acts 17:4, Heb. 11: 13
ip text. rec. Seq. dat. of thing Acts
28:24. c. inf. 26:26. (Jos, Ant. 8.6.5,
Lue. D. Deor. 21.1. ¢. dat. Xen. Cyr.
1.5.3) Perf, pass: nénecouas as prea.
Tam persuaded, convinced, comp. Buttm.
§ 3. 6. Soc. inf, et acc. Luke 20: 6,
seq. drs, Rom. 8: 38. 14:14. 15: 14,
2 Tim, 1:5,12, c. acc. td Heb. 6:9, @-< *.
comp. Butt, § 134. 6.—c. inf. 2 Mace. ;
9:27. ©. Ors Xen. Occ. 15.6. ¢. toto
Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 19.—So to be persuaded
to do any thing, to be induced, abeol.
but ¢. inf. impl. Acts 21: 14 wh nde
88 airod ac. wy dvaBalvay x, x, 2.
—e. inf. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 8
b) i. q. to aszent to, to obey, to follow,
seq. dat. of person, Matth. § 362. n.2
Acts 5: 36, 37,40, 23:21. 27:11 6 3& &,
26 xvptorirn ... bxab9et0 waldor. Rom.
2:8, Gal, [3:1.] 5:7. Heb. 13:17, James
%3.—Ael. V. H.3, 23. Hdian. 3.12.13.
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 8.
Ill. Perf. 2 nénoe#a, intrans, to be
persuaded, to trust, comp. Buttm. § 113.
1. ae

q.to be assured,
f. Rom. 2% 19 nénoidig 0 o-
ov slyasx.t. 4. c. dts Heb.
24. roto ote Phi
6, 25, comp. in Obzog b, £. “Ors no, I. a.
Seq. éni teva Sts, in respect to any one,
2 Cor. 2 3. 2 Thess, 3:4. ci sve
6n, id. Gal. 5: 107“ With the further
adjunct éy xugly in or through the Lord,
Gal. 5:10. Phil, 2:24. 2 Thess. 3: 4.
— Sept. genr. for m3 Prov. 10: 10.
Deut. 33: 28. comp. Job 12: 6.
|. to confide in, to rely upon, seq.
1:14. Philem. 21 nenodag
1h inaxovg cov. 2 Cor. 10:7 avrg.
Sept. for m3 Prov. 14:16. 2K. 18:20,
srgnp2 Is. 26:'17. (2 Mace. 8: 18, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 3. 50. Hdot. 9. 88.) Seq. év
c. dat. to trust or have confidence in any
thing, Phil. 3:3 é cagsl. ¥. 4. Seq.
énl twa id. Mark 10: 24, Luke 11: 22,
18:9, 2 Cor, 1:9. Heb. 2: 13. (Sept.
for 3 moa Ps. 25:2. Prov. 11: 28
3 nn Pa 2 12) 0 c. dnb sua id.
2:43. Sept. for mma 2K. 1&
21, 2.

Hewaw, o,f. dow, aor. 1 énslyaoe.

op eae:

Teiga

For the later mode of contraction into
4, a8 n2.¥q, instead of the Attic manner
into 4, as mayj, see Lob. ad Phryn.
p. 61, 204. Winer § 13.3, comp. Buttm.
§ 105. 0. 5.—, 7b hunger, to be hungry,
intrans.

a) pp. Matt. 4: 2 ynotetcos ajpégas
aeccagdxorta.. . Uotegoy énelyace. 12:
1, 3. 21: 18, 25: 35, 37, 42, 44. Mark 2:
25. 11:12, Luke 4:2. 6:3. Rom. 12:

+ 20, (Prov. ‘25: 22.) 1 Cor. 11: 21, 34.
Rev. 7:16. So Sept. and 3 Prov.
25: 22, 2 Sam. 17: 29, — meviiy Jos.
Ant.10.11.6. Plut. Aristid.25. esiy
Luc. D. Mort.17.1. Xen. Mem. 2.1.30.

b) meton. to famish, to be without
food, i. q. to be poor, needy, Luke J: 53
nuvértas tvinkyow dyadar. 6: 21, 25.

* 1Cor. 4: 11. Phil. 4:12, So Sept. ‘and
3g7 Ps. 107:9, sz Jer. 31: 12, 25.
—Ecclus, 4: 2.

c) metaph. fo hunger after any thing,
to long for, c. acc. 179 Sixcrootyny Matt.
5:6. Comp. in 4iyde b. Winer § 30.7.

” —Absol. of longing after spiritual nour-
ishment, aliment, John 6: 35.—Ecclus.
24: 21, c. gen. Xen. Occ. 13. 9 2, tot
énawoi. Conv. 4. 36.

Tega, as, 4, (mergce,,) trial, in
N, Tvonly in the phrase néigay Aap-
Bevery tuvos, pp. to take a trial of any
thing, i. q. xergatw, comp. in AapBdre
Lf Eg.

a) ig. to make trial of, to attempt,
tig Paddsons Heb. 11:29. So Sept.
for D2 Deut. 28: 56. — Hdian. 2, 2. 1.
Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 18.

b) i. q. to have trial of, to experience,
aa tunasypdr Heb, 11: 36.—Jos. Ant.
2. 5.1. Pol, 28.9.7. Xen. An. 5.8. 15.

Tlewpetteo, f. do, (ntiga,) to make
trial of, to try; spoken

a) of actions, i. q. fo attempt, fo assay,
seq. infin. Acts 16:7 énslpatoy sic thy
BiSwvlay nopsiec9as, 24:6, ‘Sept. for
$702 Judg. 6: 39.2 Mace. 2: 23, Jos.
B.J.1.8.4,

b) of persona, i. q. to tempt, i. 0. fo
prove, to put to the fest, seq. acc. (a)
genr. and in a good sense, in order to
ascertain the character, views, feelings
of any one. Matt. 22: 35, comp. Mark
1d 2-84. | John 66 rotro 3b Beye
ugater avtéy, & Cor. 18:5 tavtois

640

Tepaones

mugaters, Rev. 2. So Sept. for MOI
1K.10:1. Ps.262. AE Pa 17:3
—Jos. B. J.1. 10, 4. Plut. Cleom. 7.—
(8) In a bad sense, with ill i intent, Mat.
16: 1 neigeifovtes éxnpemmour citer. 1%
3 22:18. Mark 8: 11, 10:2, 12 15
Luke 11:16. 20:23. John 8:6, Hence
by impl. to éry one’s virtue, to tempt,
. q. to solicit to sin, genr. Gal. & 1 oa
Hi mugaodis xal cv lest thou also be
tempted, yield to temptation. James I:
18 ter, 14. Rev.2:10. Espec. of Satan,
Matt. 4:1 megacdijvas ind ro Siaféloc.
vy. 3, Mark 1:13. Luke 4:2. 1 Cor. 7:
5. 1 Thess. 8: 5 bis. —(y) From the
Heb, usage, God is said to try, to prove
men by adversity, to try their faith and
confidence in him. J Cor. 10: 13 6s
oix édozs tpas mugacdjvas tnég 5 di
vaoSs. Heb. 2: 18 bis. 4:15. 11: 18. 37.
Rev. 3:10. So Sept. and >
2:1. Bx. 20:20. Deut. & 2. “wed
11:9.) Vice versa, men are said te
prove or tempt God, by doubting, dis-
trusting his power and aid. Acts & 9
mugdoa 13 mveipa xupiov. 15: 10 xf
mugdters tov Sedv ; 1Cor. 10: 9, Heb.
8:9 ob énsigacay ps of matéges tpésr,
quoted from Ps, 95: 9 where Sept. for
502, as also Ex. 17:2, 7. Is. 7: 12—
ted, 1: 2

Tlegaopos, ov, &, (nupéte,) trial,
proof, a putting to the test, spoken only
of persons.

a) genr. trial of one’s character etc.
1 Pet, 4:12 poe nugaopor tpiy, i.e
to try or prove you. —Ecclus. 6:7. 27:
5 nugoouis dvOgdinoy tr draloytops
aizoi. v.7.—By imp. trial of one’s vir-
tue, temptation, i.e. solicitation to sin,
espec. from Satan, Luke 4:13. 1 Tim.
6:9.

b) from the Heb. trial, temptation,
comp. in Heugata by. E.g. (a) a
state of trial into which God brings his
people through adversity and affliction,
in order to excite and prove their faith
and confidence in him. Matt. 6: 13 et
Luke 11:4 yi eloevéyane fue els xeupe-
opéy, i.e. bring us not into a state of
trial, lay not trials upon us. Matt. 26
41. Mark 14: 38. Luke 8:13 22 40,
46. 1 Cor. 10: 13 bis, James 1:2, 12
1 Pet 1:6, 2Pet.2&9. So Sept. and

Tupac -
en Dent. 7:19, 29:2, (Ecelus. 2 1.
.) Hence meton. i. q. adversity,
fliction, sorrow, Luke 22: 2. Acts 2:
19 Coulater 16 xuple etd Saxgiwer nad
xugacpéir. Gal. 4:14. Rev.3:10. See
Tholuek ai ae on Matt. 6 13.
P. 434 sq. — (8) Vice versa, temptation
of God by man is distrust in God, com-
Plaint against him, comp. in Hagate
by. Heb.3:8 xara niy juigar 105
suigaopod se. tol Szoi, quoted from
Ps. 95: 8 where Sept. for man, a8 aleo
Ex. 17:7. Deut, 9:22 = *

yw

Tlepaw, a; f. dow, to try; more
usually and in N. T. Mid. xeigdonas, to
try for oneself, for one’s own part, fo
attempt, to asvay, sc. to do any thing,
eq. infin, Acts 9: 26 éreigdto xolddoas
toig padntais, 26: 21.—2 Macc. 10:12.
Hdian. 2. 11. 13. Xen, An. 4.3.5. Act,
Lue. Hermot. 36. Xen. Mem. 1, 2. 29,

Tecopovy, 75, 4, (72b30,) pereua-
sion, i, e. the being easily persuaded,
credulity, Gal. 5:8 wis dyas drixoye vf
Gq ele poy nelSe0Gas ; 5 nuspory oix
x t09 xal. x. x. 1, On the paronomasia
ove Winer § 62.1 fin, Others refer it
to Judaizing teachers, i. q. effort at per-
suasion.—Enstath. ad! Tied. p. 21°46,

, Odys. 7, p. 785. 22.

Tédayos, eg, ous, 13, the sea,
pp. the high sea, the deep, the main, re-
mote from land. Matt. 18: 6 dy 16 sld-
7st tig Saloons. Comp. Winer p. 492.
—Aristot. Probl. sect. 23. qu. 3, é 16
Ausivs sly doris 4 Scidacve, év Bi 1H
neldyus Bade. Apoll. Rhod. 2. 608
néh, tig Saddoons. Diod. Sic. 4. 77.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 16—Spoken of the
high sea adjacent to a country, Acts
27:5 13 x. xma nyy Kiluslay, i.e. the
ea of Cilicie.—Jos. Ant. 2.16, 5, Thue,
5. 110 28 Xontsdy nilayos.

Tedexize, f. low, (nitsxvg axe,) 4.
d. to aze, i. ©. to hew with an are, Sept.
for Sop 1 K. 5:18, In N. T. to behead
with Gh act, DP. c. cc. of pers, Pass.

v.20: 4 rag puzis Tair nenelexiopivew.
—Jos, Ant. 20.5.4. Pol. 1.7.12, Diod.
Sic. 19.101. Found only in late wri-
ters, Lob. ad Phr. p. 341. ‘

Héurtos, 4, or, on adj. (névt,)

641

Tépneo

the fifth, Rev. 6: 9, 9:1. 16: 10. 21: 20.
Sept. for wnt Gen. 1: 23—Dem.
260. 20. Xen. An. 4.7. 21.

MHTéunca, £. yoo, to send, trans,

8) of persons, i. q. to cause to go.
(a) genr. c. acc. Matt. 22:7 néupag ta
otpereipora aixod. Acts 25:5. Phil.
2:23. Seq. acc. et dat. of pers.to whom,
1 Cor. 4:17 Enenya ipiy Tipddeor,
Phil.2:19. 2ig c,acc. of place, Matt, 2
8. sg teva into one’s body Mark 5:
006 twa Acts 25:21. Eph. 6: 22, Col.

“4:8, Tit. 3: 12.—Xen. An. 4. 6, 19, ruxd
Hai

9.6, Ken. Cyr. 2.4.2 le
Lue. Asin, 45. gd¢ Pol. 2. 11. 4.—(8)
Spec, of messengers, agents, ambassa-
dors, ete. c.acc. Matt. 11:2 mépac dt0
Tay padytey wired. Luke 16:24, John ,
1:22, 13:16, 1 Thess, 3:2. 1 Pet, %
14, of reuqdivtes those sent, the messen-
gers, Luke 7:10. zig c. acct of place
Luke 16:27, Acts 15:22, mods tira
Luke 4: 26. Acts 15:25. c. infin. of
purpose, | Cor. 16:3, Rev, 2:16
intuya tov Syyeléy pov pooregioas x. +.
4.—Hian, 3. 14.8. eds ib. 1. 11.9, xegdg
ib, 6. 4, 6.—Also c, acc, of pers. impl.
i. q. 8eq. sig c. infin. of purpose, 1 Thess.
3:5 Exyupa ele x6 yrcrvas, as in Engl.
T sent to know. tig c. ace. of place,
Acts 10:32, 20:17. ngdg teva Acts 10:
33. 19:31. 28:30. (c. als et meds Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.4.) So particip. asupas before
8 finite verb, implying that one does a
thing by an agent or messenger, Matt.
14:10 xat népwas dnexepdhics to "Te
yr, comp. Mark 6: 27.—Hdian. 1.9.
19 vixcme 5 Koypodos méppas droriurss
aly xepalijy. Plut. de puer. edue. 14 fin,
VIL. p. 37. 10. Reisk. Xen. Cyr. 3.1.5.
—Spoken of teachers, ambassadors,
sent from God or in his name, e. g.
Jobn the Baptiet, c. inf. John 1:33 6
mipwas ys Bartifay. Jesus.as sent from
God, John 4: 34. 5:28, 24. 6:.88 h
16, 28. Rom.8:3, al.ssep. The
John 14: 26. 15:26. 16:7. Apostle
sent out by Jesus, John 13:20. 20:

b) of things, to send, to transmit, (&)
pp.c. acc. of thing and dat. of pers.
Rey. 11:10 85a miunovow dldqdors.
So ¢. ace. of thing impl. tiv ts] as A
Acts 11:29, Phil, i

7.2,

Héns

‘pon or among, c, acc. et dat. 2 Thess.
B11 mipya adtois 5 Sede srigyuay
aldyng. Bo c. ace. ipl. to send forth,
€. g. 16 dgénavor, i. q. to thrust in, Rev.
14: 15, 18, —Wied. 12: 25. Hom. Il. 15.
109. AL.

Tlévgg, 9t08, 6, 4, 06}. (mévopar to
work for a:living,) poor, needy, 2 Cor.
9:9. Sept. for 77°38 Ex. 23:6. Ez. 18:
12. "39 Deut. 25:11. Prov. 3; 20.—
Hdian. 2. 1. 10. Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 3.

- Levdepa, as, %, (wevdegdq) «
mother-in-law, e.g. the wife’s mother,
8: 14. Mark 1:30 4 38 1, Zhuervos.
38. Also the husbend’s mother,
in antith. to yipepn, Matt. 10:35. Luke
12:53 bis. Sept. for ninty Rath 1:14.
@ 11. 3: 1.—Dem. 1123. 1.

Tevdegos, ov, 3, a father-in-law,
John 18:3. Sept. for Dr Gen. 38: 13,
95. nh Ex. 3: 1. 18: 1 6q.—Tob. 10: 7,
10. Pollux On. 3. 3. 2, Hom. Il. 6. 170,

Tleviéo, ©, f. soe, (név905,) to
mourn, to lament, i.e.

a) trans, c. acc. of pers. to bewail any
one, to grieve for him, 2 Cor. 12:21
nySjow moddots.— More comm. for
one dead, Sept. for bax Gen. 37: 33.
mp3 Gen. 50:3. So 1°Mace, 12: 52,
Liic. D. Deor. 14, 1. Xen. H. G. 2.2.3.

b) intrans. to mourn, etc. e. g. at the
death of a friend, c. xAaiw, Mark 16: 10.
Sept. for 722 Gen. 23:2. So genr.i.q.
to be sad, sorrowful, Mutt. 5:4 axcigros
of meyGourtes. 9:15. Mid. for oneself 1
Cor. 5:2, ¢. xAaiw Luke 6:25. James 4:
9. Rev. 18:11, 15, 19. énd revs 18: 11.
So Sept. for bay Neh. & 11. Ez, 7: 27.
—Aeschin. 84. 14. Isocr. p. 213. C.

Ifévios, cog, ous, +6, (kindr. with
naSos,) mourning, grief, sadness, genr.
Tames 4:95 yélug ipiar sig mérS05 pe
rootgagire. Rev. 18:7 bis, 6. 21: 4.
So Sept. and b3y Lain. 5:15. nvr
Proy. 14:13.—Wisd. 19:3. Dem. 1399.
12. More comm. for one dead, Luc. D.
Deor. 25.2. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6.

Llevizoos, c, ov, (mivopas,) poor,
needy, i. q. névms, Luke 21: 2. Sept.
for "75 Ex. 22:25. bj Prov. 23: I:
Pol. 6 21.7. Dem. 422. 19.

Lev tarxeg, dv. (nivis,) fire times

642

Tleynppoor

2 Cor. 11: 24.—Sept. 2K. 18 19, Plat.
Marcell. 1 init.

Tlevrernvogzteot, at, o, (xisos,)

Jive thousand, pp. five times one thou-

‘sand, Matt. 14:21. 16:9, Mark 6 44
8: 19. Luke 9:14. John 6: 10. — Sept.
Ezra 2: 69, 2Chr. 35:9. Xen. H. G.
LQ

Hevrecxdcrot, at, a, five hundred,
Luke 7: 41. 1 Cor. 15:6. Sepa. for
ning tan Num. 1: 21, 38. — Luc.
Icarom. 1, Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 21.

Tévre, of, ai, sd, indec. fve, Mant.
14: 17,19. 16: 9. 25:2. Luke b
Acts 4:4. al. As an indef. small num
ber 1 Cor. 14:19. Sept. for cnk,
saint], Gen. 18: 28, Ex. 22: 1.—Lue.
Hermot. 48. Xen. Ag. 1.36. Ax

LTevrexadéxatos, 7, ov, ord. edj.
(merrexaldexe,) the ffleenth, Luke 8 1—
Sept. Num. 26:17, 2 K. 14: 23,

[ev vjxoy ce, 0b, ai, 1a, indec. ff,
Mark 6: 40 et Luke 9:14 aver serzqzor-
ta by fifties. Luke 7:41. 166. Joha
8:57. 2: 11. Acts 13: 20, Sepe. for
prstgh Gen. 6: 15, Ex, 26: 5. — Lee
D. Marin. 6.1. Xen, H. G. 1.4 21.

Tevjxoorj, 76, 4, (pp. fern. of
marrnxootés fiftieth,) a fiftieth part, a
species of impost, Dem. 568. 12. ib.
738.5. See Boeckh Staats. d. Ath. L
p- 337. InN. T. Pentecost, the day of
Pentecost, one of the three great Jowish
festivals, in which all the meles were
required to appear before God ; so
called because celebrated on the fifticth
day, 4 mevrmsour} jusea, counting from
the second day of the festival of um
leavened bread or passover, i. e. seves
weeks after the 16th day of Nisan;
comp. ‘Lev. 23: 15 sq. ‘Deut. 16: 9 99.
Jos. Ant.3.10.6. Hence called in Heb.
MivIz ary, Sept. fogry EBdoucdasy, fes-
tival of weeks, Deut. 1& 10. It was
a festival of thanks for the harvest,
which began directly after the passover,

called

“Deut. 16: 9 sq. and was heace

aleo O795271 Di", Sept. ipiga rae re
wv, day of lhe frrat-fevite,, Num, 28: 26.
Josephus relates that in his day great
numbers of Jews resorted from every
quarter to Jerusalem to keep this festi-

TerofOyos

yal, Jos, 13.4, b.-17. 1052,
“B. J. 2,3. 1.5, Comp. Jahn § 353, 355.
Jo N, T. Acts 2:1. 20:16. 1 Gor, 16:8.
— Tob, 2 1. +2 Mace, 12: 32. Joseph.
Mee. - Merns, 4 186 £ eet
oT ib P95, 456
lenotnors, soo¢, 4, (elu, né-
70s9a,) trust, confidence, only in Paul's
writings, 2 Cor. 1:15. 3: 4. 8:22. 10:
2 Epb. 3:12. % ts Phil. 3: 4, Sept.
for imma 2K. 18:20, Aquil. et Theod.
for moa Hos. 2: 18.—Jos, Ant. 1.3.1.
ib. 3.22 Philo de Nobil. p. 910. A.
Sext. Empir. Pyrrh.3.24. Found only
in late writers, Phryn. et Lob. p. 294 sq.

Leg, enclit. part. (from mept adv.
very, i. q. negusodig, Buttm. § 117. n. 3.
Mauth. § 594) pp. very, wholly, ever, in
N. T. found only as joined with a pro-
noun or particles for greater emphasis
and strength ; see Herm. ad Vig. p. 793.
Buttm. § 149. p. 432. Passow s. voc.
Comp. "Edyase, Etixsg, “Exsixtp, Ens
Sante, "Hat, Kadanep, Kalnep, “Orne,
Roxy.

Hépery, adv. (obsol. niga i. q. i=
@as,) beyond, over, on the other side, as
Prep. governing the genit, Buttin. § 146,
1,2. So migay toi “Togddvou Matt. 4:
225 19:1. Mark 3:8, John 1: 28,

0:40. mipay Tig Saddoons John
6:1,17,22,25, 7, soi zug, ta Kédgur
John 18:1. So Sept. for 439 Gen.
50: 10, 11. Num. 34: 15. — Thue, 5. 6.
Xen. An. 4. 3.3. — With neut. art. zo
népay, pp. that beyond, the other side,
i, e. the region beyond, comp. Buttm.
§ 125. 6,7. So did tov négay rod
“TogSdvov Mark 10:1. aly 8 1. tig Sa—
Rdoons 5:1. tig 13m. tig Uurns Luke
8: 22. absol. Matt. 8: 18,28. 14: 22,
16: 5. Mark 4:35. 5:21. 6: 45. 8: 13,
So Sept. for ay Num. 21: 13. 32: 19.
Deut. 1: 4.—Pol. 2. 32. 9. Diod. Sic. 3.
64 or 65. c. gen. Ken. An. 3.5.2

Ilégas, arog, 26, (obeol. xéga,) end,
extremity, e. g. of the earth, tis 7s, i.e.
the remotest regions, Matt. 12:42, Luke
11: 81. Rom. 10: 18, So Sept. for

umone Ps. 2 8. Cir s ti]
Ware ee 5. Ded Bee
SB init. sé x. tig vig Xen. Ag. 9. 4.
—Trop. of what comes to an end, con-
chusion, termination, Heb. 6: 16 dxtido-

643

Thegt
rigors, for "3p Nah. & 9
—Joe, B. J. 7, 5.6, Pol. 1.41.2. Ken.

Lépyapsos, ov, %, Pergamus, now
Bergamo, a celebrated city of Mysia,
Rev. 1:11. 2:12 It was situated near
the river Caicus, and was the metropolis
of the powerful kingdom of Pergamus,
which was so long famous under the
Atali. The kings of this race collected
here a noble library of 200,000 volumes,
which was afterwards given by M. An-
tony to Cleopatra, and added to the
library at Alexandria. Here aleo parch-
ment was first perfected ; hence called
pergamena. At Pergamus was also a
celebrated and much frequented temple
of Esculapius, who was usually repre-
sented under the image of a serpent ;
whence prob. the allusion in Rev. 2 13,
See Plut. M. Anton. 58. Plin. H. N. 5.
80. ib. 13. 11. Rosemn. Bibl. Geogr. I.
ii. p. 175, 219,

Tléeyn, 9°, %, Perga, the metrop-
olis of Pamphyli: uated on the river
Cestus about 60 ia from its mouth,
and celebrated for a splendid temple of

4: Diana. Acts 13:13, 14, 14: 25.—Strabo

14. 3, 2,

LTepi, prep. governing in N.T. the
genitive and accusative ; in the classics
also the dative; with the primary sig-
nif. around, about, in a local sense, im-
plying a surrounding and enclosing on
all sides. So expe, with ire derives
©. g. Sobgnxa 19 ory Serer Bure Hom.
11.3,932, dexrbLioy ag) +f) zeug) pégnr
Plato Rep. 2. p. 359. D. Comp. Winer
§51. p. 320.

I. With the genitive, where the genit.
then expresses as it were the central
point from around which an action
proceeds, about which it is exerted ; see
Passow epi A. Winer lc. Comp.
Buttm. § 132.2. But in prose writers
and with few exceptions in the poets,
magic, gen. is used only in the tropical
sense, about, concerning ; and the near-
est approach to the literal local sense is
in phrases like ss9) yqos patzorro
Il, 16. 1, wag Liatgéaleso mpodrs0¢ psi~
zeortas ib, 8. 476, i.e, to fight around
‘an object, in order to defend and.secure

Megl

it, where also the tropical sense about
oF for it, is also included; comp. Pus-
sow, A.l.c. This some apply inN. T.
to John 19: 24 ldyeusy megh adrod,
though not without force ; better under
b. a, below.—In a few instances in the
poets, and perhaps in some very late
prove writers, megl c. genit. stands in
the local sense after verbs implying
reat ete. like sepi c. dat. e. g. tstavvaeto
agi onsloug . . . iuegls Hom. Od. 5. 68.
Eurip. Troad. 824. Mosch.3.60. Comp.
Schiifer ad Dion. Hal. de comp. Verb.
p. 351. Winer p. 320 marg. This is
applied by some to Acts 25: 18 magi of
otadivtec,q.d. standing about him, comp.
v. 7; but it is more natural to connect

agi ob... obdqulay alzlay énigegor, and
then the pesenge falls under b. y, below.
—Henee in N. T. only trop. about, con-
cerning, respecting, etc.

8) where the genit. denotes the ob-
ject about which the action is exerted,
as in Engl, to speak or hear about or
ofa thing. Matth. § 589. Buttm. § 147.
1, 2—So after verbs of speaking, ask-
ing, teaching, writing, and the like 5 e
g.elvor, Matt, 17:13 Ore eq) "Tedyvou
+f. slaw cites. John 1:30, 7:39, al.
Aadio, Luke 2: 17, 33,38.al. diye Matt.
11:7, 21: 45. al. (Ken. Cyr. L 5. 13.)
dgerde Luke 9: 45, John 18:19. al. 3
Sdoxe 1 John 2:27, yeaqe Matt. 11: 10.
John 5:46, al. So Matt, 12:36. Joho 1:7,
8. 6 41. Acts 1: 1,16, 7:52. 1 Cor. 1:11.
1 Tim. 1:7. al, saep, (Plut. Apopth. Mor.
IL. p.25. Tauchn, Ael. V, H.2.10, Lue.
D. Deor, 1.2, Xen. An. 1.7.2, Cyr. 6,
1.6.) After nouns of like signification,
where the simple genit. might usually
stand, comp. Passow I.c.n01.d. Luke
4 4 Pien megh aitod. v. 37 hos meh
aitod., Actw 11:22 25:16, Rom. 1:3,
Heb, 5: 11,—Ceb. Tab, 38, Hdian. 2, 1.
6.—Afier verbs of Liaring, learning,
Knowing, and the like; ©. g. dxovw
. 9:9.aL. xeriy9nr
Acts a: Qi, 24, dn Foxpans Acts 26: 26,
yroctéy dees 28: 22.—dxol0 Plut. Mor.
11. p. 40. Taucha. Plato Phaedo e. 58
init Xen. An. 6.6. 34.—Afer verbs of
joquicing, deliberating, «loubiing, and
the dike; ©. g. byrtées, John 16: 19.1 Pet.
1:10. Bedfo Matt, 28 nov:
ets 22:20. SurSvpiopes Acts 10:12

644

Heph

Siadoyfouas Luke % 19. 10 after’ dew
xopdopas Luke 24:4. Acts 5:24. Sou
pos Matt, 22: 42. After like nouns, ss
barqow Jobn 325, Acts 18: 15.—2w9d9.
Lue. Alex.33. Ceb. Tab. 33 douss wos
Lue. D. Deor. 6. 4. oxoxée Ken. Mem.
1.1, 15.

b) where the genit. expresses the
ground, motive, occasion of the action,
i. q. on account of, because of, in Engl
often for, (a) genr. e.
reproving, accusing,
the like, ¢, gen, of thing; as Gézzm,
Luke 8: 19 ‘Hosidas . . . eyzoperog tx”
ebro’ megh “Hoodicdor x. 5.2. Jobo &
46, 16:8, Jude l5. éyzalée Acts 1% 40.
26:2. xerryyogdes 24: 13. 236.21,

Xen. H.G.1.7.2.
ib. 2.5. 25-—After verte signifying an af
fection of the mind, e. g.
Matt. 9:36. di Matt. 20:24, Mark
10:41, Sayucte Luke 218, xavzeqpes®
Cor. 10:8. Spec. and the
Tike, 1 Cor. 1:4. 1 Thess. 1:2. 2 Them
213, eiyagistiay awoddévas 1 Thess.
8:9, (geiger dxodi3éras Diod. Sic. 1.88.)
Also pide: wos Matt. 22: 16, Mark 12:14,
al. psgiuyde Matt. 6:28 Luke 12:96.
—So genr. sfter various verbs and
nouns, ¢, g. John 10: 33 wegl xalod ip
on ob U9ctoper ov, x. +. John I

mig) adtod, tives Serax
Mane 16:11. Mark 1:44, Luke 297.
Acts 15: 2, 19: 23 ragayos megi its Sd08.
Col. 2 1.—Hdian. J. 11.4. Dem. 10: 16.
Xen. Cyr. 2 1. 22 qulovuxlas wagd eaves.
—(8) Where the action is exerted ix fe-
vour of the person or thing denoted by
the genitive, i. q. on account of, in be-
half of, for, e. g Matt. 4:6 rois dyyéleuc
attoi évteldtas eg} cot. Luke 2% 32
tye 86 WepDqy x1gh oot, fre, x td.
Jobn 16:26, Eph. 6:18. Philera. 10.
Heb. 11:40, 1 Pot, 5:7 6 Gre ares piles
negh tar. After verbs of offering sa-
criGce, one's life, ete. in behalf of any
one, Matt. 26:28 70 alpa por
mw molds éxyuroperor. Mark 1494.
Gal. 1:4. Heb, 5:3. Comp. Winer p.
328 marg.—Eurip, Phoeniss, 534 er
527, comp. Cie. de Off. 3, 21. Xen.
Cyr. 2.2 18. ib.3. 3. 44—{7) Where
the action is exerted ageixel a person

Sdwopes or thing; 80 o. gen. of pore. after words

of avevsing, Acts 25 18 nzgi ov. .

* Hegt

.obdepler aller éxigsgor,
comp. v. y tis sat aitot aisles. iby.
35 nagh ob... drepdviay of apzupsis,
comp. v. 9 xard revo. —Comp. Jos. Ant.
44. 10. 12.—So in the phrase negi ine
paring, mag) épagtiar, on account of
sin, for sin, i. e, for doing qway or ex-
Piating sin. Rom. 8: 3 tov view méppas
wah & 1 Pet. &18 Xe.
é a5 mag) Syegry Exade. Also mo0d-
peed ¥. Sucla igi ap, Heb. 10: 18,
26. alua 18:11. Leopie magi dp. 1 Joba
2:2, 4: 10. Ellipt, sag) duagriag for Fu-
aia neg) dp. Heb. 10:6, 8, coll. v. 26,
quoted from Pa. 40:6 where Sept. for
Mon, comp. Lev. 5:8 9:10. 2 Chr.
29:24, Bee Winer p. 320, 348.

¢) where there is only a more general
reference or allusion to the person or
thing denoted by the genitive, i.

in relation to,
Mat. 18: 19 dar Bio spd oguperjeuens
magi artis xodyyaros x. x. 1. Luke 11:
53. Joho & 18 etx éxlowvoay 08 *Tou-
Seios magi abnod Sue cuplis Hy. 11:19.
15:22, Acts 28:21 jysis ote Yocppara
seugh ood dds$ipsOas. Rom, 15: 14 1
Cor. 7:37. Col 0 meg? o& dheiBers v-
solic. Heb, 11:20. al. snep—Dem,
12.9. Plut. Galb. 23. Diod. Sic. 19.36.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 15.—(8) Abeol. or
independ. usually at the beginning of a
sentenee, e. g. Matt. 22: 31 nugh tig dva-
ordosus tay vexgiv x. t. 1, a lo or
toucking the resurrection of the dead,
have ye not read, etc. Mark 12: 26,
Acta 28: 22. 1 Cor. 7:1, 25. 8:1, 4. 12:
1, 1 These. 4:9, 13 5:1. al. Comp.
Winer p. 321. Matth. § 589.—Diod.
Bie. 1.6,9. Plato Phaedr. p. 250. C.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 15. Cyr. 1. 6. 15,
—y) c. art. neut. ra negl t1v06, e. g.
c. gen. of thing, the things relating or
Petaining fo any thing, as ta megh
tog, Acts 1:3, 8

TR 1:8. aloo 24:2. Seq. gen. of
pers. i. q. one’s circumstances, slate,
cauee, Luke 22: 37, 24:19, 27. Acts
23:11, 15. Eph. 622 Phil. 1: 27.
Cot 4: 6—Xen, An. 2. 5, 37. H.G.
241,

4) by impl. from the primary idea of
surrounding and ineluding, ‘in the
Phrase meg? neivzeoy ete. pp. including
el, and hence i. q. more than all, above

645

Tege

all, Hom, ll. 1. 287. Pind. OL @.84.
Dion. Hal, Ant. 6. 45. Im N. T. once
according to some, 3 John 2 xsi iy
ran aizopal ox ebodotoGas... nates sb-
odoizal cou 4 yuzy, above all things I
wish thal thou mayest prosper etc. But,
taken in connexion with the latter
clause, it is perhaps better to render:
‘I wish that thou mayest prosper as to all
things [external], even as thy soul pros-
pers. Comp. above in c, a. Winer

I. With the accusative, where the
accus, then expresses the object around
or about which any thing moves, comes,
aud also finally remains.

1. Of place, around, about, ec. g-
place whither, after a verb of motion,
Luke 1: 8 fag Sov oxape magi abrir.
(Hom. Il. 21, 11. ed. Wolf) More freq.
of place where, implying the coming
and remainiug around, ©. g. seq. uce. of
thing, Matt. 346 “Tndyons cee od
vay duqu. negh viv Sogin aizod, Mark
9:42 Ui90¢ prulinig megh toy codzyloy
aired. Rev. 15:6. Seq. acc. of pers.
Matt. 8: 18 iddy da 5” Inaotig wolloix 3z-
ous meg) aixér. Mark 3:32, 94. Acta
22:6. Comp. Buttm. § 147. n.2. Mauth.
§ 589. c. Winer § 58. p. 343,—ace. rei
Luc. D. Deor. 11.2. Diod. Sic. 12. 44.
Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 9. pera. Diod. Bic. 19.36.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 59.—With the art. of,
ai, rd neoi c. ace. of place, Mark 3:8
of xegh Tigoy xal Zidiiva, they about
‘Tyre and Sidon, i. e. dwelling in and
around these cities. Acts 28:7 dy dé
toig megh toy ténoy dxaivor i. ©, in the
parts around, environs, Jude 7. (Strabo
12. p. 571. Ael. V. H. 12. 44, Hdot. 6.
105.) Seq. ace. of pers. of negi riva,
of a person and his followers. Mark 4:
10. Luke 22: 49, John 11:19, Acts 13:
13. See fully in ‘O, 4, 16, 555.

2. Trop. of that about whic!
tion is exerted, about, concerning, re-
specting, i.q. meph c. gen. Winer, Math.
Le. (a) of a matter or business about
which one is occupied, Acts 19:25 r0¥s
ugh to.aita teydras, lit. workmen about
like things, of like occupation, Luke
10:40 4 dé MagGa meguonito megd
molliy Oiaxorlay. v. 41. 1 Tim. 6&4.
Comp. Viger. p. 656.—IKyuy negh ts
Lue. D. Deor. 19.2. Ael. V. H. 3, 42

Tlepetzyeo
shan negh te D. Sic. 1.74, Xen. An. 3.
8.718) genr. i. q. a9 to, touching, 1
Tim. 1:19 neg) tiv nlony dvaveynoay,
6:21. 2 Tim. 2 18. 3:8, Tit. 2: 7,—Jos.
Ant. 5. 7. 8 Ael. V. H. 3.31. Plato
Phaedo 13, Xen, Mem. 4. 3.2.—{y) c.
Grt. neut. ta megl dud, my circumstances,
affairs, state, Phil. 2: 23.—Xen. Cyr. 6.
1.54 rat 29} t0bs migyous. Comp. above
ine y.
" 8. Of time, i.e. of a point of time
not entirely definite, about, Matt. 20:3
2g) tii toler cigar. v. 5, 6,9. 27:46.
Mark 6:48. Acts 10:9, 22:6, Comp.
Matth. Winer, 1. c.—Ael. V. H. 5. 13.
Hian. 3. 4.8. Xen. An. 1. 7. 1.

Note, In composition eos implies
in N.T. 1. a moving, being, spreading
around on all sides, around, round
about, a8 mepipeille, megePhine, megréze,
ete. 2 trop. as around and including
an object, and therefore more than, over,
above, as mipleyst, megrovdia. 3. genr.
emphasis, a completeness or strength-
enitig of the simple idea, Lat. per, i. q.
completely, very, exceedingly, as megily—
70g, meginiign, AL.

Teguetyw, £. dw, (dya,) to lead
about, i. e.

a) trans. of those whom one takes
as companions, 1 Cor. 9: 5 adegyy yu-
voixa neguiyer. Sept. for Phin Am.
2% 10.—Dem. 958. 15 resis naidag axo-
JobSoug negdyes. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.3.

b) intrans. or c. favréy impl. see “Aye
Do. 3, to go about, to go up and down,
absol. Acts 18: 11. Seq. acc. of place,
depending on sgl in composit. Buttm.
§ 147. n. 12, Matth. § 426. Winer § 56.
2c. Matt. 4: 23 meguijyer Olqy ayy
Tadidalay, he went about all Galilee. 9:
35. 23:15, Mark 6: 6. — absol. Cebet.
Tab. 6. Comp. segudyor savidy Plut.
Solon. 3.

Hepcarpew, a, f. sow, aor. 2 2-
guitlor, (aigén,) to take away what is
round about, trans.

a) pp. Acts 27: 40 rag dyxipas meps-

« shévtes taking up the [four] anchors round
about the ship, comp. v.29. So ofa
. veil, 2 Cor, 8:16 megsaigeiras 15 xcdyp—
pos, in allusion to Ex. 34:94 where Sept.
for “YOT, a8 also Gen. 41: 42. Esth.
% 10, for 77397] Jon. & 6,—2 Mace.

646

around oF upon any one, 0

TlegeBadse

4:98. Jos, Ant 19.2.3, ais Xen,
Cyr. 8.1.47. ta tolyy Dem: 135.3.
Xen. H. G, 2. 2. 22,

b) trop. to take axay whellyi.e. al
around. Heb. 10:11 ssgueleiv apeg-
tias, wholly to take away sins, to make
complete expiation for sins, comp. vA
Pass, Acts 27:20 mepingsito nave Usk,
So Sept. for 9°53 Zeph.3:16. W371
Ps, 119: 39, — Dion, Hal. An?
61. Dem. 942 ult. Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.21.

Tlepeaatpantes, £. yu, (eny-
are,) to flash around, to shine around,
ace. of pers. Acts 9: 3, comp. abore i»
Thgéye b. Seq. megl rive Acts 6,
see Buttm. § 147, n. 12, Winer § 52.2

HepiBadda, £. Pods, (Balle)
cast or throw around, to put around wt]
person or thing.

a) genr. _ et dat. Luke 1&8
mgipalotow ydgaxd cor. See Math
§ 402, d, comp. § 426.3. So Sept fr
syow) Bz. 4:2.— Pol. 5, 20.5 ofne
peor obte yopaxa xf napeutoly et
Baldo. Ael. V. H. 6, 12. ‘Xen. Mew. 2
1.14.

b) spec. of clothing, i. 4. 49 74%
fo clothe, e. g. (ct) Act. c. sce. of pom
expr. or impl. Matt. 25: 36 yor
megueBdheri ps. v. 38,43. (Bept nt

a garcst
7) eq. dupl ace. to pul » =
any thing, Luke 23: 11 mepsfalew ae
ts9%ra hoped. John 1% 2 S#
Battm. § 131.5. Comp. alao abore
Trgiéyab. So Sept, for 22 Be
7, 16. — tivd 14 Test. XII Pate. p98
Heian. 2. 8. 10 sy Baa. noppiee” (tr
toy] megialovtes. —(8) Mid. ale
to put on one's own garments, O,
oneself, to be clothed, absol, Mat. & 7
0888 Zolopay... maguspalero os &
wr, Luke 1227. Rev. S
Seq. accus. of garment, comp.
§ 185. 4. § 194.6, Acts 128 she”
405 33 Tuatssy cou. Matt. 3L. Fir
perf, Mark 14: 51 megs va
va. 16:5. Rev. 7:9, 18 101, 1
121, (17: 4.) 18: 16. 19:18 So Ser
for wat 1 Sam. 2 8 70307 B
19: 1,21 Mace. & 14, Aet ViHL YT
1, p. 156 ult. Tauehn. Keo. bo

TageBiéseo

> Deut. 22: 12. Ps. 147: 8. comp.
Be 14.—Onee seq, dat, of garment,
in text. rec. Rev. 17: 4 megiSsShnusyn
mogpieg xab xoxlvy. So Sept. for
b> 1K. 1:1. 11: 29, Wisd, 19:6.
trop. xexois Arr. Epict. 4.12.8. Dem.
‘740. 23. Diod. Sic. 12. 25. See Matth.
§ 402. d.

HepcBrdne,, £. yoo, (Blinw,) to look

upon, c. acc. Plut. Marcell. 7,

Xen. Cyr. 5.1.2. In N,T. only Mid.

ne Aerropae, f. pout, to look round
aiid nerf

a) intrans. i. q. to look around, abool.
Mark 9: 8 mepifleyduevor, oixtts oddéva
alder, 10: 23. Seq. inf. of purpose
Mark 5:32, So Sept. for mp Ex. 2
12. comp. 1 K. 20: 40. — Ecclus. 9: 7.
Arr. Epict. 8, 14. 3.

b) trans. i. q. to look around upon, c.
ace. Mark 8:5 meguBlayduevos aitots.
v. Sd. 11:11. Luke 6:10. Sept. for
“vrei Job 7: 8.—Pol. 9. 17. 6.

TegeBo dau, ov, 16, (nsgsBddde,)
Pp. something thrown around, i, ¢. @
covering, garment, e. g. spoken of the
outer garment, mantle, pallium, comp.
“Twitior b. Heb. 1:12 dost nspiBélavoy
&lkug aizovs, in allusion to Pa, 102: 27
where Sept. for wiab. So for mio
Ex.2%27. moon Ez.27:7.—Palaeph.
52.4. Dion. Hal. Ant. 3. 61.—By impl.
@ covering for the head, a
or perhaps a veil, 1 Cor. 11: 15.

Megudéco, £. dau, perf. pass. meg
Bédapas, (Sieg, v.) o bind around, Pass.
Tobn 11: 44 4 dyig adtod covdagly ms-
gididero. Sept. Act. for 08 J Job 12
18 — Jos. Ant. 5.4.2, Hdot. 4, 176,
Xen. An. 4. 5. 36 ai lect. ean.

Tlepidoduco, see Negirgizes.
Teprepyettoxct, f. doopas, (negl-
2970s,) pp. to work all around a thing,

op every side, i.e. to work carefully,
ly, to do with great and even

* excessive pains, Ael. V.H.2.44. Hence

in N. T. to overdo, to do with care and
pains what is not worth the paing, to be
@ bugy-body; 80 in the peronomasia
2 Theos. 2 11 pndiy ferettiininy ala
xsgueyatopivens, doing nothing, but ov-
er-dejag ; nat busy in work, but busy-

647

Tlapedgeo

hodies—Ecolus. 3: 23, Den. 150. 26
Sr Laps wab que Plato Apol,

Tpteeyot, ou, 6, %, adj. (igyor;)
pp. working all around, i. e. doing. care
fully, sedulously, comp. in Heguegydto-
wan In N.T. over-doing, doing with
care and pains what is not worth the
pains, or what is superfluous, i. e.

a) of persons, a busy-body, intermed-
ler, 1 Tim. 5: 18 od udroy dgyal, ddld
xat piivagos xad meglegyot—Arr. Epict.
_ 21, Plut. T. Gracch. 2. Xen. Mem.

as of things, 1d epleg7a, pp. over-
wrought, curious, superfluous, spoken of
magic arts, sorcery, Acts 19: 19 ixavod
88 rGy tc meplegya mpatdyse.—Aris-
tenaet. 2. ep. 18, Tren. adv. Haeres. 1. 20.
Isidor. [11. 139 of yy nagd Xaddalduy
miglegyor maldevaw Euador of naitdes of
roils xa) 6 dayujl. gent. Dem. 145.17.
Comp. Lat. curiosus Hor, Epod. 17.77.

Legedozoucc, aor. 2. xepsqidor,
(Fexowat,) to go about, to wander up and
down, abeol. Acts 19: 18, Heb. 11:37.
So of a ship sailing on an irregular
course with unfavourable winds, Acts

28:13, Seq. acc. of place, dependent oD
egi in composit. see in Tgiéyo bb
Tim. 5:13 mequpyspavas wits oixlag go-
ing about to houses, i.e. from house to
house. Sept. c. ace, for wrt Job 1:7.

©. ace. Diod, Sie. 1.88. Xen. Ag. 9. 3.

Megcé zu, f. tt aor. 2. meguiszor,

(&a,) intrans, pp. to have or to hold

oneself around, ® be around, comp. in
“Exe f; hence i. gq. to gurrqund, to en-
viron, as a mountain Dem. 1274. 15.
c. acc. Xen, An. 1. 2,22, In N. T. te
enclose, embrace,

8) to clasp around, to seize, c. ace. of
pers. trop. Luke 5:9 duos meguoxer
aitdr.—2 Macc, 4:16. Jos, B. J. 4. 12,
1, pp. ib, 6.3.1. Luc, Tox. 14

b) i. q. to contain, as a writing, ¢
ace. Acts 93:25 yedyas éxsotolgy magi
xoveay toy tinoy toit0y.—1 Maco. 1%;
2. Philo de Confus, Ling. p. 358. I.
Diod, Sia, 1. 4—Inmperg. ar with pe
impl. 1 Pet. 2:6 dude waguyes & af
veopi ov ~'s & where ore wupply 4

Tepilesvvye
“wequoyy or the Ti like; see Buttm. § 129.

6, 9.—Joa, Ant. 11. 4.7 Pothower 7h-— xn

verbs wicvcen neds by airy [éxuot0dj)
meeguizer.

Tlepelavvupn, £. tow, (torryps)
Yo gird around, Sept. for 1% trop. Ps.
18:40, 30:12. In N.T. only Mid, or
Pass. to gird oneself around, to be girded
around, spoken in reference to the long
flowing garments of the orientals, which
are girded up around them while en-
gaged in any business ; see in’ Avateir-
oups’ Mid. sbeol. Luke 12:37 megifer-
otte: xad avoxdivtd airots, 17:8, Acts
A&B. -c. acc. trop. stv dapin dy dlndele
Eph. 6:14. Sept. c. acc. for att Ie
S211. aye Jer. 1:17. &. éy for 2 Sept.
1 Chr. 15:27.—1 Mace. 3:58. Pol. 30.
‘13, 10.—Pasa, perf. part. negeeCmope-
v0¢, girded around; abeol. Luke 12:35

eoay tuay ab dopirs megustoopdras,
‘ke. be ye ready, prepared, comp. in
“Avoteivryus, So Sept. and “an Ex.
1%11. Seq. ace. of thing, girdle, ete.
"Battm, § 134. 6. 1:18 moputwops-
vov... tammy zovoiy. 15: &.—Diod. Sic.
1.72,

Hegédeors, ews, %, (megerlSyun)
a putting around, wearing, ec. of golden
cornaments, 1 Pet, 3:3 segidyog zovoi-
wy.—comp. Diod. Sic. 12. 21 mdi megs
shd:09as xovala.

Heputornuc, £.xeguoriaw, (iors 9.
vi) trans. fo cause to stand around, to

around, Hdian. 7. 10. 13. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5.1. In N, T. only Aor.2, Perf.
and Mid. intrans. to stand around, e. g.

a) pp. and absol. Jobn 11: 42 81d tor

Syloy tov aeguatéra. Acts 25:7 megi-

of xd ‘Iegoc. se. around the
tribunal. Sept. for 542 2 Sam. 13:31.
—Judith 6&1. Hdian. 5. 5, 19. Xen.
Cyr. 7. 5. Al.

b) Mid. mepitorayes, pp. ‘to place
‘oneself round about,’ i. e. by impl. at a
distance from, so as not to come near,
i. q, to stand aloof from, to avoid, ©, ace.
depending on zegi in composit. see
in Hequiye b. 2 Tim. %16 sag dé Be-
Pilovs xvopenlas nepiterace. Tit. 3:9.
ojos. Ant 1. 14 be. . ad EQI—
‘torercas. ib. 4. 6. 12. Jamblich. Vit.
Pythag. 31. Luc. Hermot, 86.

648

Tregtxecpar

HegexdSaguc, aroc, +8, (age
je to cleanse all around, wholly.)
ig. xaSague, but stronger, pp. ¢
ings,’ i. e. off-scouring,
as collected in cleansing, Phavorin. me
guxaddquara, orth 00 anoypiyuste,
sat Somep éxocageparo. Also an ex-
piatory victim, ransom, as cleansing from
guilt ‘and punishment; so Sept. for
‘JY> Prov. 21: 18 negiunaSague Sixeioe
Gvopos. Hesych. meguadagpete ~~
aiturea, ... megunadaigorres tag welzis,
in allusion to the custom by which, m
times of public calamity, malefactors or
other worthless persous were immele-
ted as victims, to make expistion for
the state. So xdPague, Schol. in Aris
toph. Plut. 454 xa@aguota aéyerso a
dnt fj xaDdgan Rowiod n190 tuv0g ij tives éxi-
gus xéc0u, Duipevos tole Seois. teire
3a 23 Fog xa meg) “ Payatoy érexgerrqes.
Comp. Wetstein N.T.1L.p.114. Munthe
Obs. in N. T.e Diod. Sic. p. 321 9q.
Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 326. J. Cees
Bell. Gall. 6. 16. — Hence genr. and in
N. T. meton. for a vile and worthless
person, a wretch, outeast, 1 Cor. 4: 13
is megixaSdguote tot scopou, where
some Mss. read Gomeg v. oomeged =~
Sciguarca in the eame sense.—Arr.
8.22.78. So xt Pogue Jos. B. J. 4. 4.
3. Lue, D. Mort. 2.1. Dem. 574. 14.
Lat. ‘purgamentumn servorum’ Q. Curt.
10. 2.7. Comp. Titm. Syn. N. T.
p. 186.

Hegixadunta, £ yes (xaliate,)
to cover around, e. g. 13 medcernor, i. q.
to Mindfold, Mark 14:65, c. ace. of
pers. id. Luke 2% 64. Pass. i. q. te be
overlaid e.g. with gold, Heb.9:4. Sept.
for 102 1 K. 7: 42 1Ke&7—
genr, Xen. Cyr. 7.3. 13”

Tlegtxecuar, f. xslcopas, (xeipmy)
Pp: to lie around, to be circumjacent, ©...
mountains Hdian. 211,16. In N. T.
to lie around, and also to be laid around,
iq. Perf. Pass. of mepitiOnus, s00 Butrm.
§ 109, 11.

a) i. q. to surround, to encompass,
dat. of pers. Heb. 12 1 sxagsselysve Spier
vigos wagriger. Comp. Meth. § 408. d.
—Hdian, 5, 6. 16, ib. & 1.2

b) iq. perf. pans, of apiéOqen to

Tepexegpaidaia
Be Laid or put around, and 20 to be hung
around, as the neck, 7292 rpdynlov,e.g.
490s, Mark 9:42, Luke 17:2. Comp.
Winer § 56.2. Buttm. § 147. n. 12,—
Hdian. 3.5.11. Xen. Eq. 5. 8.—Seq.
ace. of thing in the manner of passive
verbs, Buttm. § 134. 6,7. Acts 28:20
wiv hvow rabeyy meplasxsan, i. g. Lam
hung around with this chain, bound
with it, Trop. Heb. 5:2 doSivuay.—
Jos. de Mace. 12.3 1a Ssopd. Hdian. 2.
13, 17. trop. Theocr, Id, 23. 14 dfgur.
Legexepadata, ac, i, (adj. neg
xspalais, from xepads,) a head-piece,
helmet, trop. Epb. 6:17 et 1 Thess. 5:8,
in allusion to Is. 59:17 where Sept. for
9315, a8 aloo 1 Sam. 17:5, 2 Chr. 26
14.—Pol. 3, 71. 4, ib. 6. 23. 8,
Tlegixparys, eos, ovs, 6, 4, adj.
(xparéw,) pp. strong round about any
bing i. q. all powerful, Anthol. Gr. I.
P- 137 yoppaliios nepixgartéecow dgupvoy,
—In N.T. having wholly in one oe
er, being wholly master of, and magixgd-
wis ylroGas, to become master of, c.
gen. Acts. 27: 16 mapssguteis yerdodas
-Tiis oxcegns to become master of the boat,
i.e. to secure it 80 as to hoist it into the
ship, comp. v. 17, 30. For the gen.
comp. Matth, § 361. Buttm. § 132. 5,3,
—Hist. of Sus, 39 in Cod. Alex.

Hepxginieo, £. yer, (xginte,) to
hide all around, to hide wholly, carefully,
e. g- favrjy Luke 1: 24.—Luc. D. Deor.
10. 8 ,

Tegexuxdoe, 0, f. dave, (xvxdée,)
to encircle round about, to surround,e. g.
a city as besiegers, Luke 19:43. So
Sept. for mpm 2K. 614. 230 Josh.
7: 9.—Aristoph. Av. 346. Xen. An,
6.3.11.

Tlegedctuner, £. "yo, (Acpaey,) to
shine ©. ace, see in Tapicye b.
Luke 2:9. Acts 26: 138.—Jos. B. J. 6.5.
3 Plut. Camill. 17. Diod. Sic. 3. 12,

TegeAetnen, £. yo,(iskre,) to leave
over, Paes. to be left over, to remain over,
i. q. sagiylrowas, comp. in agi note.
Part, of megilanéuevos those remaining
over, the survivors, 1 Thess. 4: 15,
17.—2 Mace, 1:31. Hdian. 2 1. 16,
Pol. 1. 37. 2,

82

649

Tlepioxy

Tlepédunog, ov; 6, 4, adj. (megs
inteos, Atmy,) pp. environed with grief,
i. ©. wholly grieved, very 201 Matt.
26:38 magljunds dor 4 yyy pow Tog
Sardzov. Mark 6:26, 14:34. Luke 18:
23,24, Sept. for mitinur Ps. 426,
12, 43: 5.—Esdr. 8:71, 72.'Aristot. Eth.
4. 3. Plut. Thes. 20, 26.

Tepeudvea, £. v5, (nagl intens, pé-
‘v0,) pp. to wait around, about any thing,
J. ©, fo wait for it, to await in earnest
expectation, ©. g. ty éxayyalay Acts
1:4, Sept. for map Gen. 49: 18.—Jos,
Ant. 6.6, 2 Dem. 1814.6. Xen. Ao.
21.3.

Teg, (pp. i. q. gt strengthened,)
round about, ¢. gen. Pol. 1.45.8, In
N. T. as adv. c. art. 6, 7, 10 négeg, sur-
rounding, circumjacent, comp. Butim. §
125.6. Acts 5:16 10 2h§9o05 tar
néleow—Jos. Ant. 11.2. 1. Xen. Cyr.
1.5.2 genr. Xen. An. 4.4. 7,

Heproxdon, 0, £. raw, (neglosnos,)
to dwell around, ¢.ace. see in Heguiye b.
‘Luke 1: 65 rods meguoixobrsag atrots, i.
e. their neighboura—Xen. An. 5.6. 16,

Tlepiocxos, ou, 5, 4, adj. (otxos,)
one dwelling around or near, a neigh-
bour,Luke 1: 58. Sept. for J ‘Deut.
At 7.—Jos. Vit. § 14. Ael. V. a1
Thue. 8. 6, 22,

Teprovawos, av, 6, 4, adj. (negov-
ia what is over and above, abundance,
Property laid up, from neplaus,) having
abundance, superabundant, Heaych, 7e-
giotosoy* mold, megittéy. In N.'T. by
impl. one’s own, apecial, peculiar, a8 ta
bg megiotows Tit. % 14, i. q. dade ale
megsnolnaw 1 Pet. 2:9. So Sept. daog
mequotows for 11229 Ex. 19:5, Deut.7:
6. 14:2, 26:18.—'Hesych. megsoiovoy

nigunolsor. Theophylact. magi-
Legeoyty, 165 4, (msgsdzeeq. ¥.) cir-
cumference, circuit, compass, Jos, B. J.
5.4.3. Diod. Sic. 1. 91. contents of a
writing, argument in general, Hesych.
megioyn* xabindGe. Hence in N: T.
the argument or contents within certain
limits, a period, section, passage, Acts 8:
82 4 88 nagiox) sis yoagiic = +. —

Tlegenccréo

Stobaeus in Eclog, Phys.p. 164. A. Dion.
Hal. de Thucyd. 25. Cic. ad Attic. 13. 25.

Megenaréo, &, £. jo, (xavie,)
PP. to tread about, i.e. to walk about,
and genr.to walk, to be walking, intrans.

) pp. and genr. Matt, 9:5 Tynugas
xal megindtss, 11: 5 zuko} mspinazoion
Mark 2:9, 8:24. 16:12, Luke 24:17.
John 1:86. Acts 3:8, 9. 1 Pet. 5:8.
Rev. 9:20. al. Sept. for Ji11 Prov. 6:
22,—Ael. V. H. 2.5. Xen. Mom. 3,13.
5. Conv. 9, 7.—With an adjunct of
place or manner: c. adv. Luke 11: 4.
John 21:18 Brov Hues. ©. adj. yyprds
as adv. Rev. 16:15. So with preposi-
tions, ©. g. ded tod portds adriig Rev. 21:
24. év c, dat. of place, Mark 11:27 é
1g tag. John 10:23. Rey. 2 1. (Sept:
Gen. 3:8. Cebet. Tab. 1. Dem. 1258,
2) Jobn 7:1 megundrs 6 71 by 1h
Tadutalg, i. e. went about, remained in
Galilee; and 80 by impl. John 11:54.
ive. dat. genr. Mark 12:38 éy gvolais,
John 11:9 éy udog. v.10 & a7 vuxtl.
12:35 é tf oxotig. So trop. Jobn &

12 1 John 1:6, 7. 211. énd c. gen.
as én} tijg Salacons Matt. 14:25. Mark
6: 48, 49. Jobn 6:19. (Sept. 2 Sam. 1]:
2 Ecclua 9:13) énl c, acc. as éxd
ty Séleocay Matt. 14:26, 29. wera c.
gen. of pers. i. q, fo accompany, to aseo-
ciate with, John 6:66, Rev.3:4, , (comp.
Job. 34: 8. Prov. 18: 20.) Taga Cc. acc.
as maga ty Sdlaccay Matt. 4: 18.
Mark 1:16.

b) trop. and from the Heb. to live,
to pass one’s life, always with an ad-
junct of manner, circumstances, etc.
comp. Heb. Shr} Gesen. Lex. no. 2
E. g. c. adv. 13:13 etoznpévas

mepinarjow. 1 Cor. 7:17 ds. Eph. 4:1,
17. 5:8, 15, Phil. 3:17 oftes, Col. 3:
+ 10 dls. 2 Thess. 3:6, 11. So Sept.

for br 2 K.20:3. Seq. dat. of rule
or mariner, Winer § 31. 3. b. comp.
Buttm. § 133. 3. 2. Acts 21:21 toi Foe
a» meginarsiv. 2 Cor. 12:18 1H nvti-
pow, Gal, 5:16, 80 with prepositions,
@. g dict ©. gen. a8 31d mlotens 2 Cor.
S&7,e0ce in Jia 1. 4.b. dv c. date. g
of etate or candition, as év gagxi 2Cor.
10:3; alo of rule or manner, Rom. 6:
4 dy xauvdryte Corie x. 2 Cor. 4:2. Eph.
2:2, Col. &7. Heb, 13:9. dy ddndeig

650

Tlegenodpars

QJohn 4. 3 John 3,4. & Xguregs Col.
26, Seo in “3. b. & So Sept for
3 bry Prov.8:20. Ecc. 11:9. xarae.
ace, implying manner or rule, Mark 7:
5 ob 1. xara ny nagadocw x,t. 1. Rom.
8:1, 4 xota cages, 14:15. 1 Cor. &3.
Eph. 22, 2John 6. Comp. in Kets
no. 4.8, AL.

Tegeneipo, £. 96, (negli intens-
alge to pierce,) to pierce quite through,
to trangfz, pp. 80 that the weapon is
wholly surrounded and covered; ¢
ace. Jos, B, J.3.7.31 woldol dé seis
lous tguensigorto tlgsaiy. Lue. Zeax.
i! io bis. Diod. Sic. 16.60. In N.T.

1. 1 Tim. 6.10 éavtods Regula
eur , eSinwug mollais Philo’ in Place.
init. p. 965. A, [orizpic] ctrsadozoss mage
dnsige xanoig.

Tlegeninta, aor. 2 negidzcecor, (xi-
atai,) to fall around any one, to embrace
him, Xen. Ao. 1.8.28 In N.T. to
(fall into the midst of any thing, wo as wo
be wholly surrounded by it, i. q. te fall
into or among, seq. dat. Luke 10: 30
Aporais nepsémecey, James 1:2
uois nepinéoyes. Comp. Matth.§ 402.4.
Buttm, § 147, n. 12. —Agotaie sageineet
Diog. Laert. 4.50. Ael. V. H. 13. 46.
xaxoig 2 Macc. 10:4. Isccr. de Pac.
p. 176, A. svdivouy Jos. Vit. § 1S.
naSeu Thue. 2. 54.—Seq, sls téxoy Acts
27: 41.

Tegenoutca, o, £. soe, (mosses) to
make remain over and above, i.e. te lay
up, to acquire, Joa. Ant. 17. 10. 2 oh.
Plut. Phoc. 6. Xen. Oec.2.10. to pre-
serve, e. g. life, ty yuri», Isocr. p. 408. B.
Xen, Cyr. 4. 4. 10.—In N. T. only Mid.
to acquire for oneself, trans. Acts 20: 28
jv maperosioato bid vob lov alates
1 Tim, 3:18 BaSpor kevrots xadov magi-
nowirta, where for tavtoic with the
Mid. see Winer § 39.6. p. 211. Sepe.
for 29 Gen, 3: 18. rey Prov.&
82, — 1"Mace. 6: 44. Diod. Sic. 2.74
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 3.

Llegenotnors, soc, 4 (negenovia,)
Pp. a making remain over, a laying wp,
Le.

4) genr. acquisition, an obtaining, 1
Thess. 5: 9 obx BOmo Guds 6 See ds
Seynr, add tis ipsnolgow serregles

Hepiggyjyryue

2 Thess. % 14. Eph. 1: 14 dy amolt—
worse Tig meginolnows, i. q. tis GROL
aginoinStioar, the redemption ac-
quired for us by Christ; comp. Buttm.
§ 123. n. 4. Winer § 34, 2. b,—Meton.
Bring @ possession, 1 Pet. 2:9
ads sig xeguxolnow a people for a pos-
session, i.e. peculiar, one’s own, i. q.
Aads xagrotows Tit. 214. So Sept.
for me Mal. 3 17, Aquil. xxgiotovor.
«@ saving of life, Heb.
10: Hg alg magenolnow yuzie, opp. Gme-
dua. So Sept. for mat 2Chr. 14:12.
— Test, XII Patr. p63 ba yma
revpinoiney; 18 "Tesoyg. Comp. in Hs
gucories.

oe, P .
Tlepeggnyrupe, f. negiggiter (6i-
yr.) to tear from around any one,
e. g. fetters Diod. Sic. 4.44; in N. T.
only of garments, to tear off, ©. g. the
clothes of persons about to be scourged,
20 ipdue Acts 16: 22.— 2 Mace. 4: 38.
no Sic. 17. 35. Plut. Poplic. 6 ob O8
inagitas) eddie cublapérres soic vea~
vloxovs, mouggiyrvr ta Iadna, tas
Ziigus aniiyor onlow, §4f80. Easvoy ri
oopoce,

Hegeonca, @, £. dow, (onde,) to
draw from around any one, to draw off,
as xeguondcas 10 Osadque Plat. de Gar-
rol. 12. T. VIL p.24 7.ed.R. wy
sudgay Xen. Cyr.3.1.13, to draw about
or ¢. g. a stream into other chan-
nels, Plut.Camill.4; persons to another
object, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10.33. Diod.
Sic. 19. 10. — In later usage and N. T.
Pass. woncopas, spas, trop. to be
drawn about in mind, to be distracted,
over-occupied, sc. with cares or business,
seq. nephe. ace. Luke 10:40 34 Mipoa
mugueandto Siaxorlar. — 0.
sept Ecclus. 41:2. Pol. 3. 105. 1. Diod.
Sic. 1. 74 Weiy dows trois teyvhas magi
wOlLs 17 Savole negienepivors. ©. 7905
£7 Joa Ant. 5, 115. BJIL562 c.
dat. ib. B. J.1.11.7. In this sense
found only in late writers, Phryn. et
Lob, p. 415,

Tlegeaceta, ac, 4, (egsoocs,) more
fan Rom. 5
iy maqurculay sis xcigeros, i. 9. THY
superabounding

zigica shy meguosies,
grace, 2 Cor. 8:2. 10:15 sig meguoosi-

651

Heprsceveo

a» adv, superabundantly, exceedingly.

James 1: 21 sep. tic xoxlas, i. ©. super-

abounding wickedness. Comp. Buttm.

§ 123, n. 4. Winer § 34.2 So Sept.

for nin Ecc. 6:8. inn Ecc. 1: 3.
& 8.

Tlepiooevpa, aos, 1, (reer)
more than enough, i.

a) what is left over, remainder, resi-
due, Mark 8: 8 nigicvsipara av xlo-

up, superabundance,

i.e. wealth, Sane 2 Cor. 8: 13, 14

xa 35 daslreny ragleoeyua yirqras es 0b

a. Trop. Matt. 12: 34 et

Luke 6:45 éx tol mepioosiparos tig
xagdlas.

Legeaceveo, f. cia, (egiao6s,) to
be over and above, to overgo, to exceed in
number or measure, Xen. An. 4. 8. 11.
Conv. 4.35, In N.'T. to be more than
enough, i, e.

8) to be left over, to remain, intrans,
John 6: 12 16 mepioorioavee xldopara.
©. dat. v. 18 d naplocevas trois BeBgeni-
aw. Part. xd mepuaesior, remainder, res-
ius. &. tir xlopeiruy Matt. 14: 20.

5: 80 10 mgucoricar C. dat. Lake
Fs — Jos. Ant. 3, 9.2 & 3 dy megia-
ston, xataxaloves,

b) to superahound, to abound richly,
intrans. (a) of persons, i.q. to have
more than to have superabun-
dance, absol. Phil. 4: 12, 18. Seq. gen.
Luke 15: 17 meglecovew gta, comp.
Buttm. § 132, 5, 2, Seq. alg ts to or
for any thing, als niiv Igyoy dyadir
‘2 Cor. 9:8. ky tus in or in respect to
any thing, Rom. 15:13. Phil. 4:12. Col.
2:7,—c. dat. Sept. Jer. 90:10. Ecclus,
11:12 srogele megicosin. 0, dy 19: 24.
—(6) of things, i. q, to abound intens,
c. dat. Luke 12: 15 ox dy 16 mepiseri-
ww send bom adrod, Part. 30 mepio~
atidy tus. q. one’s abundance, wealth,
Mark 12: 44, Luke 21:4. (Tob. 4: 16.
Xen, Cyr. 6. 2 30 su dures maguo-
ostorta.) Seq. ei¢ teva, to abound un-
to any one, to happen to him abundant-
ly, Rom. 5:15. 2 Cor. 1: 5 see in d-
Spa. Seq. cig 14, to abound unto any
thing, to yeicund to beens 2 Cor. 4:

15 a ¥ zagi de iv
dster xed Sooke a2. "Aveo. Cor.1:5.

Tegisoos 652

So with the idea of increment, to abound
more and more, i. q. to increase, to be
augmented, c. dat. Acts 16:5 dmegio-
awvor 18 dguPps. ©. Br 1174 Phil. 1: 9.
Sut tev0g 2 Cor. 9:12. Phil. 1: 26.—(y)
Causat. to make superabundant, to cause
to abound, see Buttm. §113.2sq. Matth.

496. 2. So of persons, 1 Thess. 3:12
Spdis 08 8 wigios mleordous xa) nepia-
acbous of dying. OF things, 2 Cor. 9:
8 duvatas 6 ‘outs nicay xagir megiaaed-
cas tis dyads. Eph,1:8 in attract. Pass.
to be made to abound, of persons, j. q. to
have more abundantly, Matt. 13: 12.
25. 29,—Aquil. for Hipb, fut. 97° Prov.
12:26 maquscaiwr tév miqalor Sixavos.

c) by impl. in a comparative sense,

to bs more abundant, i. q. to be more con-
spicuous, distingwished, to excel, e. g. c.
mifioy et gen. Matt. 5: 20 éay py magia
oxion 4) Sixasooivn ipdv aheiov tiv
x xt.1, Beq. iy tu in or
tn respect to any thing, 1 Cor. 15: 58
meguosvortes dv th typ tov xupiov.
2 Cor. 3:9, 8:7 bis, Absol. Rom. 3:7
ab yag 7 Gly Sua cob S00... dnegic-
osvosy, i.e. has been maile more con-
spicuous, 1 Cor, 8:8 obte yag tdv pa-
yoousr, negusorvoper. 14: 12. 1 Thess,
4: 1,10. — 1 Macc, 3: 30, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 3. 11. Thue, 2. 65.

Tlegcaode, 7, ov, (meyh 1d, comp.
note,) over and above, more than enough.
a) Pp. as exceeding a certain measure,
©. gen. i. q. more than, Matt, 5: 37 15 34
xugiobv toirer lit, ‘the overplus of
these,’ whet is beyond or more than
these ; comp. Matth. § 334. Sept. for
Bian 10: 5. 2K. 4: 31. ania
1 Sam. 30: 9.—Jos, Ant. 10, 4.2 1a se
quociy ray zonudtoy. Acl.V.H. 14, 32,
Xen. Cyr. 8, 3.21. — In the sense of
superfluous, 2Cor, 9:1 mapioady pos dork
10 yodpuy ipiv.—2 Mace, 12:44, Hdian.
5.1.3. Xen. Oee. 18, 2—For the adv.
Unde ex negsoco’, see in “Tnepexne-
giacot.
b) genr. superabundant, i.e. abundant,
much, great, (a) Positive, only 9s adv.

©. g. ent. meguocor , in su.

bundance, John 10 ine tone
Freon xo) megisosy izwoir, So ex ne-
Qsac0v, beyond measure, vehemently,

Mark 6:51.14:31. Comp. in “Ex no 3,e,

Hepioows
— Toot. XI -Patr. p. 711 é wagereod
éxolgae-—(8) Comperat. negeaeoregos,
‘1, Ov, more more, greater ;
e. g. in number, Luke 12:4; in degree,
Matt. 23: 13 a Mark
12: 40, Luke 20: 47. 1 Cor. 12: 23 bis,
4. 2 Cor. & 7.—Neut. negsoadregor
as adv. more abundantly, more, more
eamestly or vehemently, abeol. Luke
1% 48 xegioastegoy aityoowny abrer.
2Cor. 10:8 dav xa} mepioostagsy ue mae
yivopas x. t.1. Heb. 6:17. seq. gen
1 Cor. 15: 10. ©. pallor Mark 7: 36,
comp. in Méddoy c. Winer § 36. 3. n. 1.
Also like yiidloy it forms with a posi-
tive a periphrasis for a comparative,
comp. in Maloy b. Heb. 7:15 sa
eguogorsgoy Ets xaradyloy tomy.

¢) by imp). in 8 comparativ: sense,
more abundant, i. e. ezel-
lent, Better, Matt. 5:47 11 xepiowey wo
Gre; Hence neut.t0 nagioooy, excellence,
pre-eminence, Rom. 3 1. Compers.
Matt. 11:9 xod megi xeogie.
Luke 7:26. Bept for Chald. 2 Den.
5: 12, & 4. — Isocr. Panegyr. Pot.
Romol. 121 bis. Diod. Sie 12 12. isi é ro
Mos obdér SpGtas meguizur copor § x2
geredy.

Llegrsoore pas, adv. of compar.
degree instead of the more usual form
xeguedrepor, Burm. § 115.5. Math.
§ 262; more abundantly, more, more
earnestly or vehemently, comp. in He-
gtovds b. 8. The object compared is
every where implied ; see Winer § 36.
3. - Mark 15: 14 in text rec. sagsewori-
gus ixgatay they eried oul more vebe-
mently, sc. than before. 2 Cor. 1: 12
megiovorigns 84 node {pis more aba
dantly towards you, sc. than towards
others. 24 iy Byes mag. tie duis, oc. than
others have, ete, 7:15. 11:23 bia, 12
15, Gal. 1:14, Phil. 1:14. Also the
more abundantly, the more, 1 Thess, 2
17. Heb. 21, 18:19, ¢. paddor 2Cor,
7: 13, comp. in Maloy c. — Test. XU
Patr. p.721 mequovorigns tycaqoay «t-
tows.

LTegusoas, adv. (migisots,) abun
danlly, exceedingly, vehemently, Matt.
neers ne Lot Expatey. Mark 10: 26,

cts 26: 11. Sept. for
Dan. 8: 9. — 2 Mace. 8: 27. Pion Gow

Tagiorega

sol. ad Apoll. 28 fn. Tom. VI. p. 443.
3. Reiske.

Heguatega,, ae, 4, a dove, pigeon,
Matt. 3: 16. 10: 16, 21: 12. Mark 1:10.
11: 15. Luke 3: 22. John 1: 32. 2: 14,
16. Luke 2: 24 840 reoccois meguote—
‘esi two young doves, the offering of the
poor, comp. Lev. 5:7. 14: 22, where
Sept. for 1719 32. So Sept. for s134*
Ts. 98:14, Neh. 2: 7.—Jos, Ant. 3. 9°3,
Ael. H. A. 3. 15. Xen. An. 1. 4.9.

Tlegeréuvea, £. s4s3, aor. 2 magi
‘apor, (téurey) to cut around, to cireum-
cise, Mid. to let oneself be circumcised,

‘eomp. Buttm. § 185. 8; only in the
Jewish sense, ‘ to remove the prepuce.’

a) pp. c. acc. of pers. Luke 1: 59
FAG ov mepereusiy 10 xadlov. 2:21, John
7:2. Acts 7:8. 1% 5. 16:3, 21:21.
Mid. Acts 15: 1,24. 1 Cor. 7: 18. Gal.
2% 3, 5:2, 8, 6: 12,13 bis, Pass. part.
pert. megssarpnstvos 1 Cor. 7:18. Sept.
for 549 Gen. 17:27. 21:4. Mid. ib.
84: 15, 17, — Jos, Ant. 1.10.5. Diod.
Bic. 1. 28. Hdot. 2. 36.

b) metaph. ina spiritual sense, i. q.
*to put away impurity,” Col. 2 11 ms-
guerujOnte megirous dyuigonouity. Bo
Sept. and 5479 Deut. 10: 16. Jer. 4:4,
Comp. Rom. 2:29.—Philo Abr. I. p. 450.

Tle gertopnuc, £. negedsjow, (xt Ins)

3 plur. pres. megeriddacs Mark 15: 17,
see Battm. § 107. n.1, 1; to put around,
to place around any person or thing,
seq. acc. et dat, expr. or impl. Matt. 21:
33 gedyuor airs migidSyxev. Mark 12:
1, Matt. 27: 28 mepdOyzay air zlo-
pid, 27:48 megsdais [169 ondyyor] xa-
Ady, \. ©. putting it around the end of
arod. Mark 15: 17,36. John 19: 20,
Sept. for Diy Ruth 3:3. w3h Lev.
& 13, wrabr Gen. 27: 16. — Eoclus,
6:81, Jos. Ant. 3.7.1. Hdian. 1.3.7.
Xeon. Eq. 5.1,3.—Trop. to bestow upon,
to give, 1 Cor. 12: 23 rotzou ost me
erccorigay negitiSeuer. So Sept. for

nz Esth. 1:20, Job 99: 19. — Hien.
5.1.11. Dem. 1417.2. Xen. Athen. 1.2,

Tegerour, ¥S, 4, (neqetture,) cir-
cumcision, in the Jewish sense, the re-
moval of the prepuce, as the distin-
guishing sign of the Jewish nation
from Abraham onwards; practised al-

653

Thepetpdyn ‘

80 by several ancient oriental nations,

and by all the Mohammedans of the

present day; see Gen. 17:10 8q. Lev.

12:3, Jos, Ant. 1. 10,5. c. Apion. 1.

2. Barnab, Epist. c. 9. Comp. Luke
1:59.

a) pp. ©. g. (a) the act or rite of cir-
cumeision, John 7:22, 93. magstojeir
AdpPava to receive circumcision, to be
circumcised. Acts 7:8. Rom. 4:11.
Gal. 5:11. Phil. 3:5. So Sept. thrice
for tun, miby, Gen. 17:12, Ex. 4: 26.
Jer. 11:16. “6 The state of circumcis-
ion, the being circumcised, Rom, 225
bis, 26, 27 comp. in Aud 1.4. b. Rom. 4:
10 bis, &v megitouy dv, i. q. being cir-
cumcised. 3:1, 1 Cor. 7:19. Gal. 5:
6. 6:15. So of é megsropiis, those of the
circumcision, i. e. the circumcised, put
for the Jews, Rom. 4:12; for Jewish
Christians, Acts 10: 45. 1:2 Gal. 2
12 Col. 4:11. Tit. 1:10.—(y) Meton.
and collect. 4 mepstojs for the circum-
cited, i. e. the Jews, the Jewish people,
Rom. 3: 30 S¢ duxauoss magsropiy bx
sloteng. 4:9, 12, 15:8, Gal. 2 7, 8,9.
Eph, 2:11. Col. 8:11.

b) Metaph. in a spiritual sense, i. q.
“the putting away of i impurity from the
heart,’ Rom. 2: 28, 20 megsroyt xagdlas,
Col, B11 bis meguanei Sate, magsron
Geigononry ... dv of negstoph tot Xpia-
zo%, i.e. the cireumcision which bas
Christ for its author and object. Collect.
and emphat. Phil. 3:3 juss dp dower
4 msgctopn, i. e. we are the true spirit-
ual cireumcision, the true people of God.

Tlegerpénw, £. yu, (roémw,) to
turn about, as a person, Plato Axioch.
init. p. 964, A. p. 370. B. to turn upside
down, to overturn, Wisd. 5:24. Plut.
Marcell. 7. Luc. Contempl. 7. In N.
T. top. to turn about inio any state etc.
i,q. to cause to become any thing, to
sake, seq. tis, Acts 26:24 oi tis parley
megetgénat, i. e. turns thee about into
madoess, makes: thee mad.—Jos, Ant.
2. 14. 1 sig dpyiy magsrguniy, Comp.
Lys. 210. 2

» Heperpezeo, aor. 2. nagddgapor,
(spize,) to run around in a circle, Xen,
Oce. 13,8. In N.T. to run about in a
place, c. acc. Mark 6:55 meg. eg
digy thy megizwgar, comp. for the acc.

Tlegupdpw

in Lhguiye b. Sept. for trai Pol. Jer.
5:1, Am. 8: 12.—Cebet. Tab. 14. Lys.
185. 13. Xen. H. G. 7. 2, 15.

Tlegupépeo, & nrgiolow, (pégo,) to
bear or carry around, pp. in a circle or
to a company, Xen. Cyr. 2.2.2, In
N.T.

a) to bear about, sc. hither and thith-
er, to various places, c. acc. Mark 6:55
Tos xoxdig Rportas mee 2 Cor.
4: 10 niy véxpaow toi “Inoot nspupégor-
seg dy 1g copons. see in Néxguasg a.—
2 Mace. 7:27. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 50.

b) Pass, to be carried or driven about
hither and thither, sc. by the wind, eB
clouds, Jude 12 vepélas Brvdoos ixé

migupepiuevar in text rec. but
later edit. read nagapepdusras, see in
Hagagign b. (Ofa ship Maxim. Tyr.31.
p-306.) ‘Trop. Eph. 4:14 segip. nave)
Grup vig 8Baoxodlas. So Heb. 13:9
in text. rec. see in Zagapiga b.

LTeguppovde, o, £. hae, (pgorin,)
to think round about a thing, to consider
it on all sides, Ael. V. H. 12.52, In
N. T. to think over or beyond a thing, i.
q. % overlook, to despise, seq. gen.
Buttm. § 132. 5.3, Matth. §378. nn
Tit. 2:14 pndels cov nepupgoretew, comp.
1 Tim, 4:12.—Plut. Thes. 1. Aeschin.
Dial, Socr. 3.2. ¢, acc. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.
24, Thuc. 1. 25.

Hegizcgos, ov, 6, %, adj. (zéigos
place,) around a place, i.e. circumjacent,
neighbouring, Ael. V.H. 1.34. Hence in
N. T. fem. 4 neglywgog sc. 7%, country
round about, circumjacent region, Matt.
14:35. Mark 1:28, 655. Luke 3:3.
4:14, 87. 7:17. 8:37. Acts 14:6, Me-
ton. of inhabitants, Matt, 3:5. Sept.
for b3¥] Deut. 3:13, 14. 939 Gen. 18:
10, 11.—So 1 meglyuga id. 1 Chr. 5:
16. Palaeph. 21, 2.

Tepiymuc, atos, +3, (mgiydw
to wipe or scrape all around,) pp. scrap-
ings, scum, filth, Hesyeh. neplympa:
weagiearsipaypa. Also, like megixePag—
Be, an ‘expiatory victim, ransom, | spoken
espec. of human victims, comp. in Zegs-
xaFogue. Heaych. aeglynya* Grtiu-
gor, drriyuzor. Suid, obtag éndleyor
[of APypatos] 26 xe8 érvovtdy ovrizorse

654

Heéropat

av xaxiy (al, ndvtur taxd)* maptpmses
Susir yéror, Hiro. curggla xab &xodttee—
aK" nad ovtes trifallor tf] Sadeoes,
Soave 16 Hogedim. Svoloy Gxotleves—
tes, Tob. 5:18 dpyigior .. . xsgdympa
r08 nadlou judy yérowo. — Hence in
N. T. meton, for a vile and worthless
Person, as in Engl. a }, Offscour-

ing, scum, 1 Cor. 4:13 navrer maglynus
fos &gts. — Symimech. for ayy Jer.

22: 28,

Heonepevouac, depon. Mid. (wig-
sragos 8 bosster, braggart, Pol. 40. 6.2)
to show oneself a boaster, i. q. to Boast
oneself, fo vaunt, 1 Cor, 13:4. —-M. An-
tonin, 5.5 xa} 3 cigudiion xarariioten,
xa dgtoxcSan xa) nepmegeicc Pas. Li
ban. Or. 14. p. 427. A. So dumegmages-
soGas-Arr. Epict. 2 1,34. Cic. ad Att
1, 14,

Lepats, iog, % Persiz, pr. n. of
a female Christian, Rom. 16:12.

THléguot, adv. (nigas,) the past year,
@ year ago, Ken. H.G.3.2.7; in N.
T. only with dé, i.e. dxd méguas pp.
since @ year ago, 2 Cor. & 10. on
Comp.in *4x6 ILc. Lob. ad Phryn. p.
47.—So mgd niguos Dem. 467.14. da
miguas Luc. Soloee. § 7,

Tetaopac, see in Hitopas.

Hereerov, ov, +6, (pp. neut. of adj.
ariurés flying, winged,) a bird, fowl, in
N. T. only plur. ra neresvd, Matt. &
26. 8:20. 13:4, 32. Mark 4:4,32. Luke
8: 5. 9:58. 12:24. 13: 19, Acts 10:12
11: 6, Rom. 1: 23. James 3: 7.
plur. for Aiy Gen. 1:26. Deut, 14: 19,
20. sing. for 29 Ez. 39: 4. — pl. Pa-
laeph. 23. 1. Hdot.2. 123. sing. Theogn.
1093 or 1097.

TTéropat, f. xevjoopas or xr}opes,
depou. Mid. to fly, intrana, Rev. 12 14
Tra méeqras ele rmx Eonuor. Part me-
‘ropevos, flying, in later edit. Rev. 4:7.
8: 13. 14:6, 19:17. Sept. for nay,
Apiy, Gen. 1:20. Te 81:5 —

13.2. Luc. Soloecist. 7. Xen. An. 1. 5.
3.—A later present form nercopas, Co
pat, whence part. neraxpevos, ia found
in text rec. in the four

quoted. Comp. Buttm. § 114 cole

Hdiga

Lob. ad Phr. p. 581. — Diod.
Sic. 4. 77 fin. comp. Luc. Dial. Marin.
15. 3 neganetaueros.

Ilérga, ag, 4, « rock, pp. a pro-
jecting rock, elif’

a) pp. Rev. 6: 15 tle rag métgag tar
Seéew. v.16. In such, sepulchres were
hewn, Mark 27:51, 60. Mark 15: 46;
see in Mrqutior. On euch also houses
and villages were built for security,
Matt. 7: 24, 25, Luke 6: 48 bis. Spok-
en of a rocky soil, i. q. mergadyg, Luke
8: 6, 13, Sept. for 920 1 Sam. 13:6.
Is, 2:21. Ps. 40:3. “ax Prov. 30: 19.
Is, 2 10. — Ceb. Tab. 15. Hdian. 8, 1.
13, Xen. An. 4. 7. 4.

b) trop. of a man of firmness and en-
ergy, one like a rock, Matt. 16:18, 80
Sept.and yy 28am. 22:2,—Of Christ,
in allusion to the rock whence the wa-
ters flowed in the desert, 1 Cor. 10:4
bis, comp. Ex. 17:6. Num. 20: 8 aq.
where Sept. for “1x, 92D. Also as 3}
mira oxardilov, a rock of offence or
stumbling, i. e. Christ es the occasion of
destruction to those who reject bim,
Rom. 9: 38 et 1 Pet. 2:7, quoted from Is,
8: 14 where Sept. for sax. Comp. in
Aldos b.

Tlétgos, ov, 8, pp. i. q. nérga, a
rock, stone, Luc, Navig. 44. Ken. Ao.
4.7.12, In N.'T, a8 pr. n. Peter, in
Aram. NDYD Knpéis a rock q. v. the
surname of Simon one of the Apostles,
son of Jonas, and brother of Andrew,
a fisherman of Bethsaide, Matt. 16: 18.
John 1:43, 45.7" He afterwards lived at
Capernaum, and was mertied, Mark 1:
‘29, 30, comp. v. 21. Luke 4:38. This
mame was given him by Jesus at the
first interview, Jobn 1: 43; prob. on ac-
count of the boldness and usual firm-
ness of his character. He was of an
ardent but unequal temperament; at
‘one time expressing unbounded devot-
edness to Jesus, and then denying him ;
‘Matt. 26: 33 9q. 69 aq. al. Although the
first to preach the gospel directly to the
Gentiles, Acts 15:7, 14, comp. c. 10,
yet be wavered in respect to the intro-
duction of Jewish observances among
them, for which he was openly re-
proved by Paul, Gal. 2: 11 sq.—In later
Years he is said to have gone abroad,

655

'
Thyyvue

and to have preached the gospel in the
Parthian empire, whence prob. bis firat
epistle was written; and a still lat-
er legendary account makes him to
have been the first bishop of Rome, and
to have suffered martyrdom in that
city along with Paul. See Neander
Geach. der Pflanz, u. Leit. d. Kirche
etc. II. p. 443 aq. 457 sq. AL.

Hetgw@dns, 205, ous, 6, % ad.
(wérgos, al3os,) rock-like, stone-like, i, e.
having the form of a rock Diod. Sic. 3.
AS. InN. T. roeky, tomy, and 3b ee
‘toides rocky grousid, stony soil, Mark 4:
wy id id. Matt, 12:5, 20. Mark
4:16,.— Joa. B. J. 2.6.1. Plut Sylla
16. On the form comp. Buttm. § 108.
14. b.

Lhjyavor, ov, 16, (miyreps) rue a
plant, rua graveolens of Linn. Luke
11:42.—Theophr. H. Plant. 1.15. Plut,
ed. R. VILL. p. 563. 3,

Ihyyn, 98, 4, 4 fountain, source.
a) genr. James 3: 11, (12). Sept. for

ye K. 1:9.—Hdian. 1. 6. 5. Xen.
Av. 1. 2, 7,—From the Heb. nyya} id=

tev fountains of water, Rev. 8 10, 14
7. 164, So Sept. and ov2 miss Ex.
15 27. Num, 33:9. 07977
185. 2K. 3: 19, 25. (Ju
Metaph. of life-giving doctr
14; algo as an emblem of the highest
enjoyment, Rev. 7:17. 24:6; comp. in
Zona. B. So Sept. and * 2 Prov.
13: 14. 14: ‘29.}-Ecclus. 21: 13,

b) i. gq. a well 18 pgiag. John 4:6
bis # anyi toi “Taxoif x, 7. 1. comp. v.
11 where it is 23 gpéag. 2 Pet. 217.

e) i. gq. an issue, luz, Fa A 10d Sm
tog Mark 5:29, i. q. 4 gtous tod
Luke 8 44. So‘Sept, for nv23 sips
Lev. 12:7.

Thyyvuae, f. mite, to fiz, to fasten,
to make fast and firm, Luc. Philopatr.
17. Thue. 5. 66. Xen. Venat. 6.7, 9.
to fiz or fasten together, to construct, to
butld, Pol. 3. 46. 1. Hdot. 5.83, In N.
T. of a tent, fo set , to pitch, Heb. 8:2
fv (oxy) Exnter 6 xtiquos. So Sept.
for 119; Gen. 26:25, 1 Chr. 161.—
Dion. ‘Hal, Ant. 1. 55.’ Pol. 6, 27.2.
Hdot. 6, 12,

Tydahor

Iipbeicov, cov, 16, (xsjdor, nidor,)
a helm, rudder, Acts 27: 40. James 3: 4.
—Ael. V. H.9.40. Xen. An. 5.1.11.

TTndkxos, 4, ov, pron. correl. how
great, quantus, corresponding to #A/xos,
tydlxos, Buttm. § 79. 6. Gal. 6:11 ie-
ta ayllsorg tpiy yodupac typapa tH
dui zeigs, i.e. either with what large let-
ters, implying « stiff and unpractised
band which made the Greek letters
large like the Hebrew; or i.-q. with
how large a letter I have written etc.
The former sense is given by Chrysost.
Theophylact, Jerome and other fathers;
the latter by Erasmus, Bengel, etc.
‘Trop. of dignity, Heb. 7:4. Sept. for
sngp_Zeph. 26 {2]—Lue. Haley. 2
Po}. 1, 2, 8.—Others in Gal. I. c. take
sealing as i. q. 006, what, of what kind,
qualis; and render, ye see with what
letters I write with my own hand, i. ©.
with what characters, what a hand,
perhaps i. q. cttw yeape in 2 Thess.
‘3: 17.—Heaych. mnlixoy* olor, éncior,
morandy, dicipogoy.

Tiydes, ov, 6, clay, mire, mortar,
Jobn 9 6 bis Errvcs zayad xad éwolgos
anlay dx tol mrbopatos xt. 2 v.11, 14,
15, So Sept. for “yh Job 30: 19. bn
2 Sam. 22: 43—Pol. 3, 79.9. Xen. An.

1. 5.7, 8.—Spec. potter's clay, Rom. 9 per

21. Sept. for “gh Is, 29:16. Dy Is.
41:25.—Ecclus. 38 [36]: 13 Pol. 12
15. 6. Dem. 313, 17.

Thea, ag, 4, a bag, sack, wallet,
Lat. pera, of leather, in which shepherds
and travellers carried their pro
Matt. 10:10 ys} niga ey 5060.
68 Luke 9:3, 10:4. 22 35, 36.—
Judith 13:10, Lue, D. Mort. 10,2. Plut.
Quaest. Gr. 13. T. VII. p. 179. 3. ed.
Reisk.

LTigusg, eos, 8, (kindr. with nayts,)
gen. plur. size, later form contr. ny-
z&r Jobn 21:8, Rev. 21: 17. Xen. An.
4. 7.16; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 245 2q.
Buttm. § 51.0.5. Winer p.61; pp.
the fore-arm, from the wrist to the el-
bow, Ael. V. H. 5. 19. Hom. Od. 17.
38.—In N. T. a cubit, the common an-
cient measure of length, equal to the
distance from the elbow to the tip of.

656

Tixgla

the middle finger, and umually reckooed
at 1} foot; comp. Adam's Rom. Aut.
p. 503, Matt. 6:27 aijyur to. Lake
32 25, John 21: 8. Rev, 21: 17. Sep
for sat Gen, 6: 15, 16.—Jos, B. J. 6
2.9, Xen, An. 4. 7. 16.

Mhecehoo, £. doe, (Dor. for xuive, 4")
Pp. to press, to hold fast ; hence lola
hold of, to take, to seize, trans.

a) persons, to take one by the bend,
¢, ace. et gen. of the part, Acts 37x
Gaus aio ris Sskuic zespos, Comp
Buttm. § 132. 6. 3. (Theoer. Id. 4.3!
Ina judicial sense, to take, to aru,
John 7:30 eirovy ody avior muon
v.32, 44, 8:20. 10:39. 11:57, Acu I
4, 2 Cor. 11:3%—Eeclus, 23:21.

b) animals, fo take in huoting «
fishing, lo catch, c. ace. John 21:3 45
vue éxlacay oddéy. v.10. Rev. 182
enudody td Syplor. So Sept. for MH
Cant, 2 15.

Théo, £. iow, (perh. kind. wit
uiter, to press, to hold fast, e. 5.008
hand Pol. 32, 10.9, In N. T. fo pre#
down, to make compact, e. g. HW
Luke 6: 38, Sept. for ci Mic. 618
—Pol. 18.1. 10. Xen, Mem. 3.1018
Mdavoloyla, as, % (ten
Persuasive, Xen. Cyr. 6. 4 5, and dirt)
suarive discourse, enticing vot
Col. 2:4.—B0 suPavo} 1éyor Jos. Ast
8.9.1. miPavoloyée Diod. Sic. 1.

Lxgaiver, f. dve, (pis) PA

8) 9. g. water, Rev. 8115
comp. Ex. 15:23. Meton. of the pe?
caused by hitter and poisonous food
drink, i. q. to make painful, 0 om
bitter pain, c. ace. Rev. 10:9 satent
cov tH xoillay. v. 10. Comp. Sep
"19 Hiph. Job 27:2,

by trop. of the feelings, om
ter, Pasa. to be or become bitter, i &”
be harsh, angry, Col, 3:19. 50 5
pass. for Mp Ex. 1620. Jor.
—Esdr. 4:31: Dem. 1464, 18.

Hexgia, ag, %, (02965) sitet

a) pp. and with the accessory etd
venom, the two being often ang
in the mind of the Hebrew, comp

Henpos

Deut: 20: 17, 924, Ant. 6 12, Rev, 8.
11.—So ht plate of au adj. comp. Butiin.
$198. n. 4. Winer § 4. 2, Heb. 1215

{eomp.
Bea Aaa Spal te
gles, 1, q. x. 71 pd. — Comp, mengszolog
Anthdi. Gr. IIT. 208.

b) trop. bitterness of spirit, of speech,
Epb. 4:31 nica mspla xod Syuds.
Rom. 3: 14 dy 16 ovspa cgas Ss aul mingles
iver quoted from Pa 10:7 where Sept
for ¥ HEY decoit Sept. for 7 Job 7:
. 17.—Pol. 8. 12.1. Dea.
1482, 21.

xpos, d, ov, pp. pricking,

poinlet as mi dierég Hom.
I. 4. 118, 134 se, 2, 206.
comp. Engl. pike. Hence gent. and in
N. ca of taste, bilter, acrid.

a) pp. and opp. to yluxis, James 3:
11. Sept. for "7 Prov. 27:7. Ex. 15
23,—Ael. V. H. 1.34. Xen. An. 4. 4.13,

b) metaph. of the feelings, spirit, bit-
ter, harsh, cruel, James 3: 14 {ior ni
sgév.—Diod. Sic. 1. 78. Pol. 7. 14. 3.

Tlagess, adv. (rixgds,) bitterly, its

N. T. of biter weeping, Matt. 26:75 trans.

et Luke 2:62 Ealawe mmgas. 80
Sept. for 4Q M28 Ie. 33:7. 99 Pi.
Te, 22: 4.—Aristen. 1.91 of 22. comp.
Hom. Od. 4.153, genr. Jos. B. J. 7. 2.
1. Pol. 9, 34. 1.

ITQecros, ov, 6, Pitek, i.e. Ponti-
‘tus Pilatos, the fifth Roman procurator
of Judea, see in ‘Hymsir 00.2, The
first was Coponius, sent out with Quiri-
nus after the banishment of Archelaus,
see in Kupiyios; the second was Mar-
cus Ambivius; the third, Annius Ru-
fus; the fourth Valerius Gratus; who
was succeeded by Pilate about A. D.
26. See Jos. Ant. 18.2.2 Pilate
continued in office about ten years ; and
being hated by both Jews and Samari-
tans for the caprice and cruelty of his
administration, he was accused by them

before Vitellius then governor of Syria, niydo;

and sent by him to Rome to answer to
these complaints before the emperor;
Joa, Ant. 18.3.1, ib, 18.4.1,2 Ti-
berius was dead before the arrival of
Pilate ; and the later is said to have
been basished by Caligula wo Vienna

83

637

Dindnps

itt Garil, and there to have died by his
own band about A. D. 4]. “Euseb. H.
E.2. 7,8. For the part taken by Pi-
Inte in the condemnation of Jesus,
comp. Jos, Ant. 18. 3,3. A spurious
tract called Acta Pilati wos current in
the early ages of Christianity, in which
Pilate was said to have made to Tibe-
rius a full report of the whole matter
conceming Jesus. This tract however
is apparently the same with the apocry-
phal Gospel of Nicodemus ; of, at least,
Js contained in this latter; which, to-
gether with Pilate’s pretended letters,
may be seen in the Oodex Apoer. Nov.
‘Test. p. 214 oq. ed. Fabric. or p. 487 oq.
ed. Thilo. Comp. also Thilo’s Prole-
gom. p. evili oq— Matt. 27:20q. Mark
15: 1 oq. Luke 18:1. 23: 1 aq. John 18:
20 oq. 19: 1 oq. Acts 8:18. 4:27, 18
8. 1 Tim.16é 13. Av.

Elen dye, £. xdsjow, sor. 1 Exly-
oa, aor. } pass. étl4oSyy, (from obsol.
wherice also the intrans. form
aljde, not found in N. T.) comp.
Burtn. ¢ 114.—To fill, to make full,

a) pp. aor. 1 Eraqoa, c. ace. Luke 5:
7; aleo c. gen. of that with which, Matt.
97:48, Joho 19:20 mkjoartes oxéyyor
Bows. Fran o, Gon. Mace 210 Comp.
Burm. § 132 5.2 Sept. for nya
Gen. 21: 19. 24: 16—Anthol, Gr. we

ing, seq. gen. of thi
dylov Luke 1:15,
41, 67, Acts 2:4. 4:8, 31. 9:17. 139.
Supot Luke 4:28. pofor 5:26. avel-
@¢ 6:11. also Acts 3:10. 5:17, 13: 45,
Meton. of a place, Acts 19:29. Sept.
for xtn3 Gen, 6:11, 13. Prov, 1222
Chald. Dan. 3: 19.— Ecclus, 37: 27.
Comp. Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 28. coplag
pero. Act. Dem. 1491. 9.—(8)
Of prophecy, to be fulfilled, accomplished,
Luke 91:22 206 ninoSives 16 7eygap-
ive, in later edit S80 Heb. m9
Sept. xingedras, 1 K. %27.—7)
time, to be fulfilled, completed, to be ful-
ly past, Luke 1:23 os énlioSnoay af

Tungnue

fipspas tiie Lescovgylas. -v. 57. 26,21,
22. So Nin, Sept. whypwdijvas, Gen.
m4, \

Tian gnue, §. ngow, to act on fire,
to burn, Ael. V. H. 12. 23. Comp.
Buttm. § 114, In N. T. Pass. only
trop. to be inflamed, to swell, to become
swollen, e. g. from the bite of a serpent,
Acts 28: 6.—Ael. H. An. 3.18. Luc.
Dipsad. 4 Sqig.. . dxwader, xa} ovfucs, xa}
nipngacdas noi.

Lovaxtdeov, ov, 16, (dimin. of
silva) a small tablet, writing-tablet,

lars, Luke 1:63. Comp. Pollux
‘On. 10. 83, 84. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p.
510, 511.—Symm. for ngp Ex. 9:2.
Arr. Epict. 3, 22. 74,

Ilivak, axoc, 6, (mag, comp,
Buttm. Ausf, Sprachl. I. p.74,) @ board,
table, spec. a woritis or tablet,
covered with wax, Jos, de Macc. 17.
Dem. 1055. 16. comp. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p.508. In N.'T. aplate, platter,
dish, on which food and the like was
served up. Matt. 14:8 én? mivaxe sy
xepaliy 100 "Tndvvov. v.11. Mark 6:25,
28, Luke 11:39.— Jos, Ant. 8. 3, 8,
Athen, 6. 3. Hom. Od. 1. 141.

Tlive, £. slopes Buttm. § 114. § 95.
0.18; 2 pers. xiscas Buttm. § 103. ITI.
15 aor. 2 Emcor, perf. méexa ; to drink.

a) genr. of persons, absol. Matt.27:34
obs jStls mutiy. Luke 12:19. Acts 9
9. 1 Cor. 11:25. trop. John 7:37,comp.
in Aide b. Infin. final, e. g. dovvas
mutly to give to drink, Matt. 27:34. John
4:7, 10. Rev, 16:6, airy auiy Jobo
4:9, Sept, for mini Gen. 24: 14, 18 aq.
—Lue. D. Deor. 7. i, Xen. Mem. 2, 1.
18. infin. final Antiph. 114. 15. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2. 8.—With adjuncts: (a) Seq.

é c. gen. of the drink, or meton. of

the vessel containing the drink, i. e. to

drink of any thing, a part of it, see in

"Ex h, and comp. Eo9iab, Matt.26:27

alere & atxod sc. tod normolov. v. 29.

John 4: 12,13, 14, 1 Cor. 10:4, Rev,

18:3, 14:10 xa adrog aber éx tod of

you 105 Sysod tov dob, see eepec. in

Gupos. So Sept. for 77 IN Gen. 9

Q). 2 Sam. 12: 3.— Ael, V. H. 1, 4,

Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 4. — (8) Seq. ano c.
. genofthe drink, eee in"Axé no. 7. Luke

Trop. John 6: 53, 54,

36, see in
. So Sept. for mrys Ex. 7: 18, 21.
K. 1818, 160q. Ie.'5 22. (Lue. D.
Deor, 4.3 xab réstag nig. Xen. Cyr.
6.1.10.) Meton. 15 xorjgcor siousx,

drink a cup e. g. of wine, pp. 1 Cor. 16
1; trop. of suffering, to drink the cup

which God » to submit to the al
lotments of his providence, Matt. 2k

phrase ZoGisw v. payé
in its various senses, see in ”EoSia c.
For roetyeiy xal nive Matt, 24: 33, see
in Tesye.

b) trop. of the earth, to
‘imbibe, c. acc. Heb. 6:7 9 7%
toy-—ietov. So Sept. and > Dea

}:11.—Hdot. 3.117. Xen. a

3.111.

Tlorys, mr08, 4, (xtem,) Sat, fat-
ness, Rom. 11:17 sig =. tao Qeies.
So Sept, for Ty Judg. 2 9 where see.
Job 36: bala 33 Zech, 4: 14,

Tlangaoxc, pert. ningene, pert
pase, i nor. 1 pass. éscqethp,
(megd,) pp. to traffic away, pp. beyond
sea, in other lands; hence genr. fo sel,
c. acc, Matt. 13: 46 mimgaxs xaxra cos
Acts 2:45, Pass. Mate. 1& 25
te. mgaDives, Mark
14:5. Acts 4:34. 5:4. Seq. gen. of
price, Matt. 26:9 xaSjvas solled.
Jobn 12: 5, Buttm. § 132.6.2. Sept.
"3Q Gen. B1: 15. Lev. 97:27. ¢. gee.
Deut. 21: 14.—2 Mace. 8:14. Hdian. 2
6.22 Xen. Conv. 4. 1. c. gen. Xen.
An. 7. 7. 26.—Trop. pass. to be sold to
or under any one, i. q. to be Ais slave,
0q, x6 c, ace. Rom. 7:14 mengepa
nv riy duagtlay, i.q.to be the slave of
sin, dévoted to it, Comp. Sept.and 935
1K, 21:25, Is, 50: 1.—1 Mace. 1: 15.
Dem. 215. 6.

Tinta, f. xecotpet, aor. 2 Exeaor,
aor. 1 Exec, Rev. 1:17, 5:14; comp

Tint

Buttm. § 96. n. 9. § 114, Winer § 13,
Ja. p, 68, Lob. ad Phr. p.724—7o c.
Jal, intrans, Sept. for Heb. 53.

8) pp. to fall, wc. from a higher toa
lower place, spoken of persons and
things; in N.'T. always with an ad-
junct ef lace whence or whither ; eB
2eq. cd, to fall from, Matt. 15:27 éxo

+ is tending. Luke 16:21. Acts 20:9.
Matt, 24:29 see in Oigarés b. Seq. éx,
to fall from, Luke 10: 18 éx 200 oi}

Acts 27:34. Rev. 8:10 et 9:1, see

Ovgards b. (Sept. and bp3 Job 1: a
2 néow téev dxax Sur, among, Luke 8:
7. dnl e. ace. to fall wpon any pers. or
thing, Matt. 10:29 én} sip yijy. 13: 5,7,
8. 21:44 bis. Mark 4:5. Luke & 6, 8.

20:18 bis, 23: 30. Rev. & 16, 8: 10.
Rev. 7: 16 ob84 pi nboy do aitois 5 jlu-
0s i, e, the burning sun shall Dot injure
them. Trop. ig. to seize, Rev. 11: 11

wad @éfos pdyas Exaoey ini to's x. 1.1, seq. bat

Beg, ei¢ 14 to fall into, among, upon, any
thing, Matt. 15:14 sig SéOvvor. 17: 15.
Mark 4:7,8. Luke 639. 814, John
12:24. Rev. 613. (Diod. Sic. 4. 77
aly Sdleovar. Xen, H.G.4.7.7.) Seq.
mage c.ace. of place, to fall at, by, near,
Mart. 13:4, Mark 4:4, Luke 8: 5.

b) of persons, to fall down, to fall
Prostrate, absol. Matt, 18:29 nace oly
© cérdoviog, in later edit. Acts 5: 5.
Joined with mgoosuvtiy, Matt. 2:11 sa
orcas 7 rary, 4:9, 18:26, Rev.
5:14. 19:4. So Sept. and bp2 2 Sam. 1:
2 Dan. 3:5, 6. (Anthol. Gr. I. p. 92.)
More usually with an adjunct of place
or manner, e. g. 90q. évaimsoy t1v05
Rev. 5:8; c. mgorxuriy 4:10. Beq.
ig c, ace, sig Bagos Acts 22 7, comp.
9:4, sig tovg ddag tude John 11: 32.
Matt, 18: 29 in text rec. (Diog. Laert.2.
79.) Seq. énlc. gen. of place, Mark 9:
20 én} tiis yijc. 14:85. _c. ace. of place
or manner, éx} siy yiiy Acts 9:4, én
toig médag tivdg 10:25, (Sept. 1 Sam.
25:94.) én? npdoomoy on one’s face
Matt. 17:6, 26:39. Luke 5:12; with
maga tog npdag Luke 17: 16. c. sg0oxv-

viv 1 Cor. 14:25, Rev. 7:11. 11:16. -

(Sept. add bp) 1 Sam. 25: 23. exh ay
Sys Jos. Ant. 6.9.5, én ovdpa Ken.
Venat. 10.13.) Seq. naga tots méda¢
tuvog Luke 8: 41. Acts 5: 10. comp.
Luke 17:16. ngdg soig 00. Mark 5:

+659 ‘ — Meatevo

22. Rev. 1:17. iunpoater rv x08i'r,
Rer. 19:10, 22:8. Seq.
gapat John 18:6. (Sept. Job 1:20.)
Spoken of those who fall dead, i. e. to
dic, to perish; Luke 21:24 nevotrtas
otopets pazalges. 1 Cor. 10:8. Heb.
3:17, Rev. 17:10, comp. Acts 5:5, 10,
Comp. Sept. and bp; Num. 14:43. Ex,
3227. Num. 14: 19, 32, Hdian. 3. 7.
10. Xen. An. 1. 8.28, — Trop. to fall
from any state or dignity, c. node
Rev. 25.
c) of edifices, walls, ete. to fall, to
in ruins, Matt. 7: 25,27. Luke 6: 49,
13: 4, Heb, 11:30. Trop, Luke 11: 17.
Acts 15:16 comp. in Zxy7j. So in
Propbotie in imagery, Rev. 11:13, 14:8
Enact, Execs Bafukeiv, 16:19. 18: 2.
Sept. for +3 Ia. 21:9. — Xen. H. G,
5.2.5.

4) of a lot, to fall to or “pen any one
- ec. acc, Acts 1:26. See in
*Ent III. 1.0.8. So Sept. and +7
Jon. 1:7, Ez. 24:6.

e) Metaph. of persons, to fall into or
under any thing, e.g. condemnation, ixe
aglow James 5:12. (Diod. Sic. 19. 8 x.
ft Kovalay iv dzPlosev.) Absol. to
fall into sin, i. q. to ress, to sin,
Rom. 11:22 14: 4. 1 Cor. 10: 12
Hence also to fall from happiness, i. q.
to be made miserable, to perish, Rom. dk:
I pi Extauay, ive nécoroe; Heb, 4: 11.
Bo Sept. and $p2 Prov. 11:28. 24: 16,
—Ecelus. 1:27.°2:7. comp. Hdot. 8
16. Diod. Sic. 13. 37. — Of things, i. q.
to fall to the ground, to fail, to become
void, Luke 16:17 # to »dyou uiay xepal-
ay msotiy, So Sept. and 503 Josh. 23:
14. 1 Sam. 3: 19.— Plato ‘Eutbyphr.
17. p. 14. D, 08 zopal more nsceizas 8,31
Gy sinps. Comp. Liv. 2. 31 ‘irrita ca-
dunt promissa.’ ,

ThowWéa, as, %, Pisidia, « district
of Asia Minor, lying mostly on Mount
Taurus, between Pamphylia, Phrygia,
and Lycaonia. Its chief city was An-
tioch. Acts 13:14, .14: 24,

Thoteva, £. rvaw, (nisws,) aor. 1
éxlotwoo, perf. nexiosewa, plupé mex
otsixay without augm. Acts 14: 23,
comp. Buttm. § 83. n. 6, Winer § 12.
12.—Th have faith, to believe, to trust, pp-
to have a firm persuasion, s confiding

Theteveo 660

belief, in the truth, veracity, reality of
‘any person or thing,

a) pp. to be firmly as to
any thing, to believe, seq. infin. Rom.
14:2 &¢ piv mioteins gaydle ndvra. 909,
ou Mark 11: :23, Rom. 10:9. Tumea
19, abeol. ibid. (c. inf. Hdian. 5. 4. 5,
Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 45.) So with the idea
of hope and certain expectation, c. inf.

Acts 15:11. ¢. 8s Rom. 6:8.—Xen. S208, §

‘An. 7.7. 47.—More commonly of words
spoken and things, e. g. eq. dat. of a
person speaking, whose words one be-
lieves and confides in, Mark 16: 13 ot-
84 dxslvoes dnlotevocy. John 5:46 &
789 dmowits Match, dniotebets ay
tae Acts 8:12. 1Jobn 4:1. ¢. Sr
fohn 4: 21, — Hdian, 2. 1. 23. Luc.
Hermot. 17.—With an adjunct of the
words or thing spoken, e. g. seq. dat.
Luke 1:20 ot éniotsucas rots hoyog
John 4:50. Acts 24:14. 2 Thess.
@ 11. (Hdian, 4. 9.10.) Seq. él c.
dat, Luke 24:25 én) naow. Seq. tv
6. dat. Mark 1:15 dy 36 ava; in the
glad tidings,i. ©. believe and embrace
the glad tidings announced ; 80 Sept:c.
& fora Mey Jer. 12 6, Ps. 78: 2.—
—Dion. Comp. verbor. p. 150.
ed. Bobect With an adjunct of the
thing believed, e. B69. dat. Acts 13;
41 Koyor, 6 of i) muctabonss, (Heian,
8.3.10.) Seq. accus. of thing, John
11: 26 suosatug tott0 ; 1 Cor. 18:7. 1
John 4:16, Hence Pass, 2 Thess. 1:
10 drs dmiotsb9y 16 pagripior jpar by
tpas, comp. Winer §, 40. 1. (Hdian. 8
3,92. Pass. ib, 2.9.4.) Seq. aig ty 1
» pagrvglar. Beg. Ore
ig, acc. et info. John 14:10 ob m-
orstus Sts dvd x. +. 2. Rom. 10:9.
seeph tiv0s, 8x4 John 9:18.—c. Sts Hdian.
1, 14. 10, Ken. Hi, 1. 37.— Abeol.
where the case of pers. or thing is im-
plied from the context, Matt, 24: 23.
Mark 13:21, John 12:47. Acts oa
ned giig éxlotavos, ac. 1 Didinay
sbayyidizauing, comp. v.12, Acts ie?

sal mataicar, 80. 1§ loyy rob whayy. 1 85,

Cor. 11:18,—Hdian. 4. 4.10. Thue. 1. 1.

‘b) of God, to believe on God, to trust
io bim,e.g. as able and willing to
help, to listen to prayer, etc. seq. dat.

of pers. c. 5t, Acts 27:25 sistsie ig d;

36 Dog Ets obcws Boras, Seq. tis, Jobo

1§ Oxg. I John & 10, Seq. ede c. ace.
pp. praega. i. q. fo believe ond rest
to believe in and profess; see Winer §
81. 2. p, 178. 1 Pet. 1;21 roby 37 etsed
muateborcar tis Oaby. Beg. tal c. ace. id.
Rom. 4:24, comp. Winer I. c.~ Absol.
Luke & 12, 13, comp. v. 11. Acu
18: 48,

¢) of a messenger from God, te be-
Hieve on and trust in him as coming
from God and acting under divine aa-
thority. (a) OF John the Baptist, ¢.
dat, aitg, Matt. 21:25, 32 Mark 11:
81, Luke 20:5.—(§) Of Jesus as the
Messiah; ¢. g. as able and ready tw
help his followers, c. dc John H:1;
or to heal the sick and comfort the af-
flicted, c. dts Matt. 9:28, ebsol. & 12
Mark 5:36. Joho 4:48. Genr. as a
teacher and the Messiah sent from
God ; eq. dat of pers. John 5:38 3
Gnéoreber éxtivos, roury fusis 08 maces
ete, 6:31. 10; 37,88. Acts 5:14. 2Tim.
1:12, Seq. btm Jobn 11: 97 dyes aexi-
orsuxa, te ob el 6 Xguotds. 20:31. 1
John 6:1, 5. John 624 diy yap pj
muoretonre, Sx deh clus. 18:19. 16: 27,
30. 17:8, 21. al. snep, Soc. ysreioxer
John 6 69, 10: 38.—Seq. ef3 c. ace. of
Pera. pp. pracg. iq. to believe and reat
upon, to believe in and profess, comp.
Winer p. 173. Matt. 16:6 rar pumear
rodter, tar motevivtes ele dud. Mark
9:42 John 251, 315, 16 4:38 &
. 7: 5, 88. 8:80 mollol inloteveay sig
aitéy. 17:20. Acts 10:43. 19:4. Rom.
10: 14, Gal, 2% 16. 1 Pet, 1:8. as
16 qéis John 18:36, So . eig 16 Soe-
He ‘/yood in a like sense, see in “Orene
i. q. ‘to believe oo Jesus and invoke
or profess his name.’ John 1: 19 seis

' Migrexds 661 Hiaus

sotspouasy ale 36 Spope abrefi. 223. 1 Rom. 1:80 ob nine Ku hw has

John 5:13, seq. 19 drépans wizel, id, faith, i.e. art Grmly , persuaded. v.

1 John 3 33-—Beq, dnl c. ace. of pers. big, Heb. 11:1, So with the ee
, Ss sore, comp. Winer p. 173, Acts hope and sertein expectation, 2 Cor. §&

11:17, comp, v. 21, So énie.
dat, 1 Tim. 1: 16, (Matt. 27: 42,)
Bom, 933 ot | Pet, 26 rlonus dy Zier
USoy...xad nig 6 morsier ix aire
& % d quoted from Is. 28: 16 where
Pass. 1 Tim. 16

believer, Chria-
Acts 2:44, 4:32, 19:18. Gal. 3:
‘Them. 1:7. 1 Pet. 2:7. al.
trans. i. q. to entrust, to cosumit in
fruat to any one; Luke 16: ]1 10 clad
soe hk Sule mntsinw ; Jobo %24.—
‘Wied. 14:5, Lue. D. Dor. 25,2. Xen,

ore,
dang,
m1

a)

Mom. 4. 4. 17. —~- Pass. neotevopal th
to be eimated wih nay shin, fo hare
qommilled lo one's charge, 264

bata 1 Thess, 24. 1 Tim. 1: 1.
Tit. 1:3 —Jos. Ant, 2.9. 5. Diog. Lasrt,
7.1, 2 xyerwwdiyros wir by Tegyapy
Pare Paen Son Diod. Sic.

” rhovws, 5 1h, Or, (lows, causing
belief or persuasion, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.10.
Sailhful, trustworthy, yuroixa matixjy
Artemid. 2. 38. p, 12]. Hence in N,
T. trop. true, genuine, pure, e. g. vagdod
xuotixiic’ Mark 14:3, Fyohn 1 3 So
Theophylact ad b. 1. f MBolog xa ard
xlotemg xaraoxeverdeloa. — Others de-
rive it here from zive, and render it
potable, liquid ; but without authority.
See Winer § 16. 3. p. 86. Fritzche IV
Evang. II. p. 596 sq.

Tiss, e0oe, %,(nlotos, nal ,) faith,
beli¢f, trust, pp. firm persuasion, con-
fiding belief in the truth, veracity, re-
aly of any person or thing.

) In the common Greek usage.
8) pp. and genr. Aews 19:81 xlory
Rupaszay néew, vee in Hapize b.

7 duct wleramg yoq naginatoipsr, ob due
aidovg. 1 Pet, 1:5, 7, 9.—Diod. Sic. 1,
30, 86, Plut. Romul. 8. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.
19. Hi. 4, 1.— Seq. gen. of abjest, 3
Thor 218 wie dines if the
truth, i. @. goapel truth, comp.

B. c,—Hdian, 2. 14. 8.

@. being faithful,
. im. 2 22, 3: 10.° Tit,
2 10 slow mavay byad%y all good fr
delity, Rev. 219. 1210. Se in the
ueage af Sept. for 33728 1 Bam. Mk
23. Hab, 2:4, Prov. 12: 22—Ecelus. 1:
26. Hdian. 8. 9.4. Diod. Bic, 1.79.
Xen. An. 8 8. 4.
¢) i. q. faith given, a pledge, promise ;
ao some Titn- 1:7 viv lows rvjomn
Pal, 2, 52. 4. Thuo. 4. 86. Xen, An,
1, 2.26. Comp. below in B, c.
B) Jn N. T. siesg a8 spoken in ref-

a ob erence to God and divine things, to

Christ and his gospel, beeomes in some
measure a technical word, especielly in
the writings of Paul, denoting thet faith,
that confiding belief, which is the o-

e.g. txt S2or Heb.
Deby 1 Thess, 1:8. cig
Pet. 1:21. ©. gon. Sood Mark
Col. @ 18, Absol, Matt. 17:20.
Luke 17:8, 6; comp. Mark he,
* Heb. 4:2. 10:92, 98 5 54 Sinasos dx xlo~
taws Cyerse: in allusion to Hab. 2 4
where Sept. for T2708 fidelity. v. 39,
James 1:6 airedre' 8d & niotu, i.e. in
filial confidence, nothing doubting. 5
15 4 sbz9 mheveeg. — Bpoken analogi-
cally of the faith of the patriarchs and.
pious men under the Jewish dispensa-
tion, who leoked forward in faith and
hope to the blessin, ee of the gospel ;
eomp. Gal, &7 eq. Heb. 11:12 So of
Abraham, Rom. 45, 9 doylody 18
“Apgadp 4 wlaws us bmarooioyy. v. 1,

~

lous

33, 33, 14, 16 bis, 19, 20. Heb, 6: 12.
Genr. of others, Heb. 11:3, 4, 5, 6,7
bis, 8, 9, 11, 13, 17, 20, 21, 23, 23, 24,
27, 28, 29, 30,31, 33, 39, Also Luke 18:8.
b) of Christ, faith in Christ, e.g. (a)
as able to Work miracles, to heal the
sick etc. absol, Matt. 8: 10 oi8i ty 16
*Tapaih tocaviyy nlotw sigor. 9:2, 22,
29. 15:28. Mark 2:5. S34. 10: 52.
Luke 5:20. 7:9, 50. 8:48, 17:19, 1&
42, Acts 3:16 bis. So mediately, Acts
14:9.—(8) Of faith in Christ's death, as
the ground of justification before God,
i. q. saving faith, only in Paul’s writ-
ing Rom. 3 28 Stsaioeiry 04 Sood Bud
alotens’T. Xe. v.25 Sut wharves ty
abrot aluar. v. 26 é& x. “Igooi.
from the connexion, absol. v. 27,
30 bis, 31. 1 Cor. 15: 14,17. So
Rom. 1:17 bis, 5:1, 2, 9:30, 32.
17, Gal. % 16 bis, 20. 3:2, 5, 7,
11, 12, 14, 22, 24. 5:5, 6. Eph. 2:8, &
12 da +. miotems aitod. Phil. 3:9 bia,
So of the faith of Abraham, see above
in a. Others in Rom. 1:17 take sig sos
* salotiy by meton. as i, q. sig ro¥p mires
ovtas, comp. 3:22—{y) Genr. as the
Moasiah and Saviour, the Head of the
gospel dispensation, c. tig, Acts 20: 21
aloviy thy sig tov x. "I. Xe. 26: 18. Col.
2:5. éy Xguotg Gal. 3:96. Eph. 1:15.
Col. 1:4. 1 Tim. 1:14, 3:13, 2 Tim. 1:
13. 8:15, od suplov’l. Xp. James % 1,
Eph. 4:13, c. gon. pot Rev, 2:13, i.e.
thy faith toward me. 14:12 Absol.
Mark 4:40. Luke 825. 22:32, Acts 6:5
Grdea mijqn mlosees xa my. dy. v. 8 11:
94. Eph. 8:17. Col.2:7coll.v.5. So Eph.
€& 16 Supecr tiie alotsec. 1 Thess. 5: 8.
c) genr. e.g. ¢. gen. 4 mlatis tod st-
ailov the faith of or in the gospel i. e.
goepel-faith, Phil, 1:27. =. nie Gly
Selag id. faith in the truth, i. e. in
the gospel, 2 Thess. 2: 13; comp. above
in A. a.—Abeol. in the same sense, i.e.
Christian foith, « firm and confiding be-
lief in Jesus and his goepel 8 genr. 1
Cor. 2:5 fre § lotus Spy pp
mt 2 2Cor. 4:13. Phil.
1:25, 217. 1 Thess. 1:3. 1 Tim. 1:
5. & 11, 12 2 Tim. 1:5. 2 18 Tit
1:1, Philem. 6. Heb. 12:2 James 2
5. 1 Pet. 5:9. Elsewhere also lotic
seemsto mark various predominant traits
of Christian character as arising from

8B pat

at

662

Thevos

and combined with Christian faith,
without implying however any sharp
distinction ; e. g. Christian
eapec. in Paul and James, Rom. 12: 3
ptrpor sig mlotee,. v.6. 14:1 ao Serew 35
slaves, 1 Cor. 12:9, 13:2, 18. Tit. 1:13. 2
Pet. 1:5. So in James, as opp. to igre,
James 2:14 bis, 17, 18 ter, 20, 22 bis, 24,
26. So of the Christian profession, the
faith professed, Acts 13:8 Crier Ssmorpe—
tov dvOtmaror Bnd wig lotsa. Le

92. 15:9.16:5, 1 Cor. 1613. 2 Cor.
4 fin. Gal. 6: 10. 1 Tim. 215. 2 Tim.

zeal, ardour in the faith, Rom. 1:8 én
4 mlows ipay xarey, med
11:20. 2Cor. 8:7. 10:15. 13:5. Eph.
23, 2 These. 1:4,11. Of Christian
love, as springing from faith, Rom. 1:12
4 b> didslog slows, i.e mutual faith
and love. 2Thess.1:3, Philem. 5
aloes i Beis gis viv wiguan wel mir
rag t0ds dylow. Of Christian life and

morale practical ith, 1 Ti 4:19

ylrov ..
we i lv, ie Sprle Sein e10.
Tit. 22. OF in. the faith,
Col. 1: 23 1 Thess. & 2,5, 6,7, 10
Heb. 13: 7. James 1: 3.

d) meton. of the object of Christian
faith, the faith, i.e. doctrines received
and ‘believed, Christian doctrine, and
genr. the system of Christian doctrines,

to the faith, i.e, embraced the gospel.
Rom. 1:5. 16:26. Acts 14: 27 Suge
mlovemg i.e. access for the gospel. 2:
2% Rom:10:8 2Cor.1:% init. Gel.
1:23, 3:23 bis, 25. Epb.4:5. 1 Tim
1:4,19, 3:9. 621. 2 Pet. 1:1. ions
5:4. Jude 3 fj dwat xagadoDeioy

Gloss nlotan v.90. BoTit. 213 ge
Loiveas sips é miata i.c. in the gospel,
as Christians. 1 Tim. 1:2 téxvow éy
nloces. Tit. 1:4. Emphat. the true

faith, trae doctrine, 2 Thess 22 1
évoopig Tim. 4:1, 6.°2 Tim. 3:8

Thats, 7, ov, (xions,x2i9«,) pp.
worthy of belief, trust, confidence, i. e.

Totes

iDou marols arOgenere. 1 Pot. 4:
19, Rev. 19: 11. Sept. for 73%, 1 Sam.
3:20. pane Prov. 20:6.—I uM

Al, Ael. V. H. 8. 6. Thuc. 3, 10. ae
An, 1. 6. 3—Hence i. q. true, sure, ve-

raz, Worthy of credit, as 6 pagrus 6

motis Rey. J: 5, 213 3:14; see in
Magrvs. So Sept. for 710% Prov.
5. JORg Pe. 89: 38, Is. 8:2, (Acl. V. H.
B18 fin, F 1G motos 5 Xtog Myur.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.42%) Of things, true,
sure, verus, ©, g. Loyos 1 Tim. 1:15, 3
1, 4:9, 2 Tim, &11,° Tit, 1:9. 3:8.
Rev. 21:5. 2:6. So Acts 13:34 ta
Sova Aus t& mtd, see in “Oosos
b, — Dem. 377, 27. Thue, 5. 14 Unis

muti.

b) faithful in duty to oneself and to
others, of true fidelity. Col 4:9 et
1 Pet. 5: 12 ddslpig motés. Rev. 2 10.
Of God as faithful to his promises,
1Cor.1:9 motos 6 Gads. 10:13. 1 Thess.
5:2, 2 Thess. 3: 3. Heb. 10: 23, 11:

* MM. LJohn 1:9, Of Christ 2 Tim. 2
13. So Sept. for myrnt Deut. 3% 4.
FANz Deut.7:9. ° Once miorog 386 Sods
as ‘an obtestation or oath, as God is
faithful, 2Cor.1:18; comp. Heb. *7y>Ka
PAX Is. 65: 16. — Espec. of servants,
ministers, who are faithful in the per-
formance of duty. Matt. 24: 45 5 motig
Botlog, 25: 21,23, Luke 12: 42 6 =.
cixoropos. 1 Cor. 4: 2 Eph. 6: 21. Col.
1:7, 4:7, Heb. 2:17, S80 c. ix tla
Matt. 25: 21,23. i tes Luke 16: 10
bia, 11, 12. 19:17. 1 Tim. 3 11. Heb.
8:5. c. dat. of pers. Heb. 3:2 So
Sept. for qi; Nun. 12: 7. 1 Sam. 2%
14—2 Mace. |: 2. Hdian, 2. 8, 8. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 2. 23.

c) Act. faithful, i.e. firm in faith,
confiding, believing, i. q, 8 muccevan.
John 20: 27 wh ylrov Emiotos, aide
motos. Gal. 3: 9.—Theogn. 283. Soph.
Oed. Col. 1081. — Seq. dat, 75 xuple
Acts 16: 15; also éy xupig, i.e. faithful
to or in the Lord, believing in him, i. q.
a believer, Christian, 1 Cor. 4: 17. Eph.
1:1. Col. 1:2 | Absol, id. Acte 10: 45.
161. 2Cor.6:15, 1 Tim. 4:3, 10,12.
5: 16 bis. 6:2 bis, Tit. 1:6, Rev. 17:
14. Adv. muszby scousiv to do faithfully,
in a believing manner, as a Christian,
3 John 5. . So Sept. for 72%) Pa. 101:
6.—Ecclus. 1: 14, 1 Mace. 3: 13,

663

Tarn

There, 0, f. tow, (msds) pp.
to make one faithful, trust-worthy ; hence
to make one give security, pledges, e. g.
by an oath, motoiy tive Sgxois, Jos.
Ant. 15.7. 10. Thue. 4,88. Pass. or
Mid. to make oneself or be made trust-

worthy, i, e.to give security, to

pledge
i oneself, Pol. 18, 22.6. Hom. Od. 15. 436.

—In N. T. éncoraddny to be made con-
Siding, believing, to be assured, comp. in
Datos ¢; hence i. q. to believe, 2 Tim.
3: 14 pbre by ole Yuades nal dmuatesoys,
by attract. for éy sovrow &.—So mote
Gels Soph. Oed. Col. 1089, i. q. mordg
ib. 1081.

Hacer, ca, £. Horr, (nhdvy,) to
make wander, to lead astray, c. acc.
Pasa. to wander, to go astray.

a) pp. e. g. persons, Heb. 11:38 éy
donlaus mlavdpevo Of flocks, 1 Pet.
% 25 cis nooPara mavopera. Matt. 18
12 bie, 13. Sept. for "3m Gen. 37: 14. .
Ex. 2%: 4.— Cebot. Tab. 8. Ael. V. H.
5.7. Xen. An. 1. 2. 25.

b) trop. to mislead, i.e. (a) to de-
ceive, to cause to err, Pass. to err, to mis-
take, to form a wrong judgment. Matt.
24: 4 et Mark 13: 5 Bléxers Ba tg pig
alavjon. Matt. 24:5, 11,24, Mark 13: 6,
1 John 1: 8. 3:7. Rev. 13: 14, Pass.
Matt, 22 D haviiode. Mark 12: 24, 27.
Luke 21: 8 yy mlovndise, John 7:47,
1Cor.6: 9, 15:33, Gal. 6: 7. Heb. 3:10.
James 1:16. So Sept. and sym Prov.
1% 27.— Jos, B.J.6.5.4, Moech. Id. 1.
25, Plut.-Thes. 27.—(8) to seduce, €. g.
a people into rebellion, Jobn 7: 12 mlarg
tov Sylor. Rev. 20:8, 10, Also to seduce
from the truth, Pass. to be seduced, to
go astray ; 1 John % 26 mag) ray la
yovtuy ids, comp. v. 21,2. 2 Tim.
3:18. Pape, James 5:19 div ws dy Spy
lard} and tig aiyPalag 2 Pet. 2
15. Part. of those seduced,
gone astray, Tit.3:3, Heb.5:2 Spee.
to seduce to idolatry, Rev. 2:20, 12
9. 18: 23. 19:20. 20:3. Sept. for
yin 2K. 21:9, Ez. 44: 10, 15, — Ec-
clus. 9: 8.

Tlacevy, 96, i, (porh. hiites) a wan-
dering, Sept. Ez. 94:12. Ael. V.H. 5.7.
In N. T. only trop. error, i. e.

a) gonr. delusion, false judgment or

Taryeys 664. Maat
opinion, 1 Thoms 2:94 xapdadeens fuir D. Deot, 6 4, ‘Trop. a iguest, Den,
du slavys. 2 Thess. % 11. — Sept. 1110. 18.

Jer. 23: 17. Diod. Sic. 2. 18.

b) Act. deceit, fraud, seduction to
errof and sin. Eph. & 14 pedodela tic
slayns. 2 Pot, 3:17. 1 John 4:6 16
vais sic nldrng o spiris of error, i.e
a deceiving spirit, a teacher who seeks
to seduce. Soa ion, froud, Mott.
27:64, Sept. for 172973 Prov. 14:8.—
Heesych, xlarg’ exary. or

©) of conduct, perverseness, wir
ness, sin, Rom. 1: 27, James 5: 20,
2 Pet. 2% 18 sovg dy salary aractgsqo-

Jude 11. Sept. for 0R Ex
‘33: 10-— Wied. 1: 12, 12: 24.

“MAavyrns, ov, 4, (xlarda,) one

wandering about, a wanderer, Sept. for

"9 Hos. % 17. Xen. Ven. 5. 17.

In N. T. aorjg mlaviens a seandering

sar, plant, top. of «false teacher, Jude

13, coll. v. 4. — pp. Jos. Ant, 3.6.7.
Diod, Sic. 1. 81. Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 5.

Tlhavos, ov, 6, 4, 04}. (a1ar9,) wan
dering about ; subst. « wanderer, vaga-
bond, juggler, Athen. XIV. p. 615 E.
InN. T. deceiving, seducing, 1 Tim. &
I mgovdyorres xripacs nidvous. Suber,
@ deceiver, is r, Matt. 27: 63 ducivog
4 havo. 2 Cor. & 8. 2 Joba 7 bia—
44j. Jos. B. J. 2 18. 4 mléves ZrO genee
nal anereGrry. Bubs. Lib. Hen, in

Fabe. p. 162. Act. Thom. § 45. Diod.

Sic. Tom. VI. 199. Tauchn.

Mak, ends, 4, ang broad and flat
surface, ©, g. of the sea, mldxa mortov
BaSelar Pind. Pyth. 1. 46, comp. Diod.
Bic. 5.36. In N.T. and genr. a table,
tablet, of wood or stone on which any
thing was inscribed, e. g. the two tables
of the decalogue given to Moses, Heb.
HA whdxas cig Sadjxns. 2 Cor. 3%
So Sept. and nims Ex.31:17. 8%: 14 sq.
34: 1, 4. al. — Jos. Ant. 3.5.4. Luc.
Somn. 3. — Trop. 2 Cor. 3: 3 éy nlf
xagdlas cagxivaug, comp. Rom. 2: 15 et
Heb. 8: 10. So Sept. and ti Prov.
& 3. Jer. 17:1.

Ticioua, arog, +s, (niéaow,) «
thing formed, e. g-by a potter, Rom.
90 pot ped 23 xlacua
ted from Is, 98:16 where Sept. for
anigy) s7qz9. — Anem. 1.56. Luc.

TDhdoow, Att. ree, f.aidew, comp.
Buttm. $92 0.2 § 98.8; to forn, b
fashion, to mould, e. g. any soft
‘tariée, as X potter the clay; ebeol. Ron

9: 20 see in Pass. 1 Tint
13 “Adip yd x cody, Sete
for 427 Gon, 2 7, 8. iggy In B16

— Wind. 15: 7,8. Lue. D. Deor. l)
Xen. Mag. Eq. 6. 1.

Maacords, 7, ov, (nddoon forma,
fashioned; metaph. feigned, fale, +
evitful, % Pet. 28 mleorody Myo.
Phut. Thos, 20 ypcipperta sclaore myer
pigu,

Tlaccceta, obo in Marts b.

Tlcitos, cog, 2b, (starts) bro,
Rev. 23: 16 bis. Eph 38
Sept. for Sh Gow. 6 15. Bx. Z:1-
Heise, 8 4.2 Xem. Cyr. 7.5.8—2e
20:9 15 wleteog tiie is fhe brow of
earth, i. q. wide plain, ouch as the cart
was suppowed to be. So Sep
Srp Hab. 1: 6.

Maarrives, £. wi, (nlerig) 1
pass. éxlativdyy, perf. pass salir
pas, 8 pers. sing. wanleroveas 2 Cor.
11, see in Butt. § 101. n. 7; fo se
broad, to

1a aire, Sept. for ny Et
1:94. Hab, & 8 —T Mace. 14:6 Pat
M. Anton. 36. Xen. Cyr. §.5 4
b) trop. i. q. Heb. 5 why &
broad or large to or for any one, Le
give him enlargement, deliverance fv
straits; 90 Sept. and Hob, Pa &%
“comp. Ps. 18:20, Hence in N.T. pe
to be enlarged, ice. to bare ealrrenes
to rejoice, opp. orerozugée, 98 DU.
juts 2 Cor. & 13 slerordn
hers comp, ¥. 12, Boo ne
a, ib. v.21. ap. '
Sk 2h 7 in a somewhat difers!
setse, Ps. 119: 32.
Matis, tier, 0, read, vite
8) Mate. 7:13 miaveis ails 8
for att Neb, 9: 35—Jos, B13
Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 98 58iy slenie
b) Subee. f wAcrectos, 0.586 8
way, wide street it 0 city, 00 388

Tagua 665 Masovaito
Matt. 6: 5 dv saitg say mlarady, 00 in Hogd III. d. Once seq. niyy

12% 19. Luke 10:10. 13:26. 1d: 21.
Acts & 15. Rev. 11:8 21:21, 22
So Sept. for aim Judg. 19:15, 20.
Zech. 8: 4,5, yar Is. 15:3,—Tob, 13:
17, Ecclus, 23: 21, Artemid. 3.62.

ITadyper, extog, 16, (nhéx,) pp. any
thing plaited, braided, woven, e. g. nliypa
BuBlsvoy, the ark or basket in which
‘Moses was exposed Jos, Ant. 2.9.4;
@ net, toil, Xen, Cyr. 1.6.28. In N.T.
@ braid of hair, braided hair; 1 Tim, 2
9 yi &v mdéypoour, comp. 1 Pet. 8:3:
dualoxf tgizér. — Aquil. and Theodot.
for 177°OS diadem, Is. 28: 5.

Iaetoros, n, ov, (nistan,) the most,
the greatest, very great, the usual super-
lative to wolig, Butten. § 68.6; in N.T.
only of number, Matt. 11: 20, 21:8 6
mltiotos dzhog, i. e. a very great multi-
tude.—Jos, Ant. 5.1.24. Xen. Ag. 3.1.
H, G. 7, 1. 28.—Neut, 20 miziotoy adv.
at most 1 Cor. 14:27. Comp. Burm.
§ 128. n. 4.

TMetov, ovos, 5, 4, neut. xisior
Matt. 5: 20. 6:25. Thuc. 7.63 Xen.
Occ. 7.24,25 ; more usually neut. xiéor
Luke 3: 13. Acts 15:28, Luc, Parasit. 5.
Xen. Cyr, 8.2.7; comp. Buttm. Ausf.
Sprachl. § 68.6. Matth. § 135. Plur,
contr. mlelovs, also selves Heb. 7: 23.
Xen. H.G.4.211; accus, xielove, also
mAslovas Matt. 21:36, Thuc. 2.37. Xen.
Mem. 3, 13.5; neut, wAelova Matt, 20:
10. Xen. Apol. 22. — More, the usual
comparative to molvs, comp. Buttn,
§ 68.6,

a) pp. of number, but also of mi
tude and in comparison expr. or impl.
E. g. seq. gen. Matt. 21:36 mielovas tay
moray more than the firet or former
ones. Mark 12: 43, Luke 21:3. John
7: 81.—Diod. Sic, 12, 21.—Seq. 3 than,
Matt. 26:53 wleloug 7 Seidexa, John 4:1,
(Diod. Sic. 1.79. Xen. An. 4. 8. 27.)
Before a numeral, jj is regularly omit-
ted, Acts 4: 22 éréiy mludvur tezvogd-
nova, 23: 13,21, 24:11. 25:6. Comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 410 eq. Matth. § 455.
1.4, (Plato Apol. Soc. p.17.D.) Once
nlioy 7 wévts Luke 9:13, Comp. Lob.
Le. Math. I, c, and § 487, n. 2.—Xen.
Cyr. 2. 1. 5,6,—Seq. nage, Luke 8:13;

84

c, gen. Acts 15:28.—So when the ob-
jectof comparison is implied, Matt. 20:
10. Luke 11:53. John 4:41. 15: 2.
Acts 2: 40. 18: 20, 28:23. Luke 7:43
10 mlzioy the more i. e, the greater debt.
—Hdian. 8 3. 11. Ken. Vect. 4. 32.—
Hence genr. and emphet. i. q. many,
very many, Acts 13: 31 S¢ cigdy dx?
Gusgas wlslous. 21: 10, 24: 17, 25: 14.
27: 20. So Heb. 7: 23 of péy mislords
los izgzic, in opp. to one.—Xen. Cyr. 1.
1.1. Comp. Xen. Venat. 5. 7.

b) plur.c. art. of delores, of xlsiovs,
the more, the most, the many, comp. Matth.
$266. Acts 19: 32 of mielous obx fide
cay x, t. 2, 27:12, 1 Cor. 9:19 ta
toig mislovas s2pdjou, i.e. that 1 may
gain, if not all, yet the greater part. 10:
5. 15:6. 2 Cor, 2: 6. 4: 15, 9:2. Phil.
1: 14. — Jos, Ant. 10, 7.3. Xen. H. G,
2.3, 34.

¢) trop. of worth, importance, digni-
ty, more, greater, higher ; seq. gen. Matt.
6:25 4 push mheibr lore ais tyoois. 1%
41,42 nlsioy Zolopsvos ade, Mark 12:
33. Luke Jf: 31, 32. 1223. Heb. 2:3
nisiove tyshy Eyes tod olxov. Rev. 2 19.
Pleon, c. megoosvay Matt. 5:20. Seq.
naga Heb. 3 3, 11: 4. — absol. Hdian.
8.4. 1. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 43, Ag. 2. 24.

d) Neut. sAeruv as adv. more. (a) ¢.
gen. John 21: 15 ayangs pe mlelov tob-
tov; impl. Luke 7: 42.—Hdian. 5. 2.7.
Xen. Cyr. 8.2.7,—(8) éni nieiov, fur-
ther, longer, comp. in "Ext TIL. 2. a3
spoken of space 2 Tim. 3:9. Acts 4:
17; beg. gen. dosBsluz, i.e. further as to
or in ungodliness, 2 Tim. 2: 16; comp.
Matth. § 340, 341. Winer § 30. 4. (Xen.
Eq. 1.9.) Spoken of time, Acts 20:9.
4:4.—Pol. 3, 58, 8.

LTéxca, £. 0, to plait, to braid, to
weave, trans, Lat. plico, plecto. Matt.
27: 29 mbéSarces criqaroy df dxavdiy.
Mark 15:17. John 19: 2.—Sept. Is. 28.
5. Xen. An. 3.3, 18.

ITAdov, woe in Malar.

Theovecteo, £. dow, (nhalesy, x1éor,)

to be more than enough, intrans.
a) of persons, to have or do more than
enough, to have an overplus. 2Cor. 8
15 6 26 molt, oix dledvace, quoted from

Tlieovexréo

Ex, 16: 18 where Sept. for 9™1953.—
Trop. to beimmoderate, excessive, Dem.
117. 5. Thue. 1. 120,

b) of things, i. q, to be abundant, to
bei more, to increase. Rom. 5: 20

mlsovcicy so magdntepa x. t. 2
6:1. 2Cor. 4:15, 2 Thee 113.2 Pet.1:8.
Seq. ale 21, to abound unto any thing, i. q.
to redound, to conduce, Phil. 4: 17.
Sept. for 35 2 Chr. 2:11. a4]
Chr. 4: 27,—Beclus, 23: 3. Pol. 4.3.12.
Diod. Sic. 1. 40. ib. 3. 49,

c) trans. fo cause to abound, to in-
crease, 1 Thess, 3: 12 ipdic 34 6 xigtog
nlsovéous [Opt]... fj dydnn x 1. 1
So Sept, for mz Num. 26: 54, Pa,
71: 21.—1 Mace. 4: 35.

TDeovexréeo, @, £. jou, (dior,
Eze) intrans, to have more than another,
i. q. mleior fo, Xen. Mem. 2.6.21. to
have an advantage, to be superior, Jos.
B. J. proem. 5. Xen. An. 3, 1.37. to
be & mleovéxeng, to covet more, Xen. Cyr.
1.3.18. to take , to seek un
lauful gain, Jos, Ant. 2.11.2. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 6 31. — In N. T. trans, to take
advantage of any one, fo sircunaen, Sor

1» 7 0

Pass. 2 Cor. 2 11! — Test. XII
Patr. p. 625. Act. Thom. § 12 zigar
alsovexrobyees. Pint. Marcell.29. Pass,
Xen. Mom. 3. 5.2.

TTaeovex yg, ov, 6, (ndéor, Fze,)
pp. fone who will have nore,’ i.e. a
covelous person, a defrauder for gain,
,\Cor. 5:10,11. & 10. Eph. 5:5: —
. Feclus, 14:9, Pol. 15.21.1, Xen. Mem.

IDeovedla, as, 4, (ndiov, ize) pp.
‘a baying more, i.e. a larger portion,

advantage, superiority, Jos. Ant. 5.1. ;,

20. Pol. 2.19.3. Xen. Mem. 1.6, 12.
InN. T. pp. ‘the will to have more,’
i.e. covetousness, greediness for gain,
which leads a person to defraud others,
Mark 7: 22 sleovetias, i. ©. covetous
thoughts, plans of fraud and extorti
Luke 12:15. Rom. t: 29. Eph. 4: 19,
5:3; Col. 3 5. 1 These 2:5. 2 Pot
2314 2Cor. 9: 5 obtas cig sddoylay,
wad pH cc mheovetioy, as bounty and not
as covetousness, i.e. a8 bounty on your

re

666

T1ajbos

part and not as covetousness 02 cur,
not as extorted by us from you. Sept
for 930°3 Jer. 22 17, Hab, 29. —Ad
V. H.3. 16. Xen, Gyr. 1.6.28.

Tlheuget, ae, %, the side,pp.ofte
body, John 19:34. 20: 20, 25, 97. Aca

‘127, Sept. for y=y rib Geo. 221

sz Num. 33: 55. 2 Sam. 216—Eochs
30: 11. Pol, 5. 26. 6, Xen. Ao. 41.18

Théo, £. siebcoper, usuelly o
contracted, see Buttm. § 105. n.2; 4
sail, abeol. Luke 8:23. Acts 27:%
Seq. sis c. acc. of place, Acts 21:34l+
omer sig 1. 27: 6, weg. baie we
Rev. 18: 17 in later edit. Seq. ox
place by or near which, i. e. of the wis:
Acts 27:2 mleiy tov xara vy ‘dir
romovg, i. e. to sail along or by ie
coast of Asia Minor ; see Marth. { 4@
4,—Xen. An. 5.1. 4. c. eis Jos. Ant.
10,2 Xen. H. G. 1.1.8 ¢. di le
Alex. 54. ¢. ace. Pol. 3.4. 10 xii #
neléyn. Xen. H. G. 4, 8.6.

ID ayy, 8, ty (adjoom) 6 ats
stripe, blow. j

a) pp. Luke 12 48 dha sly
Acts 16:23. 2 Cor. 6:5. 11: 3 “Se
for 119) Deut. 25:3. Prov. #
15. — 8 Mace. 3: 26, Jos, Ant. 2 162
Lue. D. Deor. 24, 2, Xen. Cyr. 1.36

b) meton. a wound, caused by!
stripe-or blow, Luke 10: 90. Acwlé
33 Rovaw [adroic] dnd si xlyyni
@. from the blood and filth of te
wounds; comp. v.23, Rev. Jd ©
3, 12 § manyy rob Savdrov i.e
wound, comp. Buttm. § 123. 2.4 Wr
ner § 34.2 So Sept. and m20/%
22.95. Ia. 1:6 — Jos, Ant. 10.51
Luc. D. Deor. 14. 2 Xen. Cyr.2.3#

¢) from the Heb, like 732, Pa
«stroke of blow inflited from Gt
‘ity. Rev. 9: (18), 20. 16 i

mlnyas int 1s dazdtas. v.68 16%
Q1 bis,

m1 &

18:4, 8. 21:9.

de Vit. Mos, p. 624, Joa. Ant. 656
ib. 14. 13. 8.

TTanitos, £08, ous, * (nies
li Sw,) pp. fulness, hence 6 sult,
a great number.

Tndive

ft) genr. Luke 5:6 slqdoc ipdiey

molt. John 21: 6. Acts 28: 3. Heb. 11:

12 James 5:20, 1 Pet. 4:8. 80 Sept.

and 35 Gen. 27:28. Is, 1: 11.—Hdian.
7.10.3. Xen.An. 4. 7. 26,

b) of persons, a multitude, throng ;
‘seq. gen. of class ete. Luke 2 13. Acts
4:32, 62 10 mhiSo¢ tay wader.
Acts 5:14 lyn dvdpdy xt. 2. i.e.
woultitudes. C. gen. impl. Acts 2:6
coll. v.5, 23:7. (Ceb. Tab. 1.) So nod
014905 c. gen. Luke 6: 17. 23: 27. John
5:3, Actw14:1, 17:4, s&y xdjSog c.
gen. Luke 1:10. Acts 25:24; ©. gen.
impl. Acts 15: 12 coll. v. 6 15: 30 coll.
v.22, Acts 6: 5 coll. ¥.2, dmav Aji9os ©.
gen, Luke 19:37; c. gen. inpl. Luke 23:
1 coll, 22:66, Seq. gen. of place, Luke &
37 Gay m)i}905 rig magiysgov. Acts 5:16.
Collect. with a verb plur. Mark 3: 7, 8,
Sept. for ziry 2 K. 7: 13, Is. 17: 12—
Hdian. 4. 6. 11. Xen. H. G. 4. 4. 12.

©) i,q. the multitude, |. ©. the t people,

, Acts 14:4 26 ali Pog sij¢ mole
‘eos. 19:9, 21: 22, 36. So Sept. and yin7
Ecz. 30: 15.—Hdian. 2.7. 5. Xen. Mem.
1.2 42,

Tindive, £. wi, (nindis i.
mhijdos,)" pp. to make full; hence to
multiply, lo increase.

a) trans, 2 Cor. 9: 10, Heb. 6:14 bis,
niqdivey nlg9vvé oe, quoted from
Gen. 22 17 where Sept. for Heb. SIRI
FIAT, of which Hebrew idiom this ia
an imitation ; comp. Gen. 3: 16. 16: 10.
‘Winer § 46. 7. Gesen. Lehrg. p. 778.—
Pass. nn Ovvopat, to be multiplied, in

creased, e. g.in number, Acts 6:7 xab
dnlqSiveco 6 desduds. 7:17. 9:81.
Sept. for 73% Deut. 11: Also in
magnitude, extent, Matt. 24:12 niqdur-
Diyas thy avoplay. Acts 12:24. Sept.
for 37) Gen. 7: 17,18. Seq. dat. of
person i. % to abound to any one, 1 Pet.
1:2 zdgis intr nad sigion marSurSeln,
2 Pet 1:2, Jude 2

b) intrans. to multiply oneself, to in-
crease. Acts 6:1 nljdurérter tér po~
Oyéy. Sept. for 39 Ex. 1:20. 33°
1 Sam. 14: 19.— Theophr. Caus. Plant.
1, 19. 5. Hdian. 3. 8. 14,

Tan Fo, woe Tipninus.
Tajxtns, ov, 5, (xdjoon,) « striker,

667

one apt to strike; trop. one contentions,
a quarreler, 1 Tim, 8:3, Tit 1:7.—
Plut. Mareell. 1. Pyrrh, 30.

Tlanupupa, as, 4, (niin, pign,
or prolonged from nasjua, xAyjen, comp.
Buttn. Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 39,) the tide,
flood-tide, and hence by impl, flood, in-
undation, Luke 6: 48, comp. Matt. 7:27.
—Hesych. myypiga’ 13 depqua ig
Saldaons, 7 éxiggverg. Anthol, Gr. 11,
p. 185. Plut. Romul. 3.

LTanjy, prep. and adv. (contr. for
nlgov,) pp. more than, over and above 5
hence besides, ¢3 but.

a) in the tniddle of a clause, ca3
neq. gen. Mark 12: 32 ix dovwr dildos
mljy avto® there is no other besides him,
i - but be. John 8:10. Acts 8: 1 sax

.miyy Sv dnoctiley. 15: 2B,
ae So Sept. for 12} Deut. 4:35.,
q. v. Lev. 23: 38. ont Ie. 45:14. 46:
9,—Pol. 3. 54. 4. Plut, Mor. II. p. $2,

x. 1. 1, except that, pp. knowing nothing
more than that, etc. Comp. Buttm. §
146, n. 1.—zday &ts Dion. Hal. de Comp.
Verbor. p. 13, 24 ed. Sylb. p. 176.

b) adv. at the beginning of a clause,
i. q. much more, rather, besides, passing
over into an adversative particle, i. q.
but rather, but yet, nevertheless, ete.
Matt. 11: 22, 24 niqy dye iptv, 18:7.
26: 39,64. Luke 6: 24,35. 10: 11, 14, 20.
11:4], 12:31, 13:33, 18:8. 19: 27, 2
21, 42, 23:28, 1Cor. 11:11, Phil. 1:48.
16, 4:14. Rev. 2:25. 80 Sept. and
ogy Num, 22: 35. Judg. 4:9.— Hdian,
1. 12, 6. Xen. An. 1. 8, 25.—So where
the writer returns after a digreasion to
a previous topic, Eph. 5: 33, comp. v.
25, 28, (Pol. 11. 17. 1.) Once corres-

ponding to piv, Luke 22: 22; comp. in
Mir a. B.

TIajons, 205, ous, 6, 4, adj. (nds
0,) full, filled.
a) pp. of hollow vessels, 20g. of that

"of which any thing is full, expr. or impl.

Buttm, § 132, 5, 2, Mark & 43 x0) fear
wdaoparer deidexa xoplrovs nisgee.

19. impl, Matt. 14:20. 15:37. ran
for wsm Num. 14:20. Deut. & 11. —
Hdian.8, 13.9. Xen. An. 2.3. 10. —

Tlaypopopda
OF a surface, fall, i. e. fully covered,
c. gen. Luke, 5: 12 dviig miens lémeas.
So Sept. wd ese 2 617, 7:15. —
Xen. An, 1.5. 1 nedlov ayrPiou miijgss.
Occ. 4. 8

b) trop. full, filled, i. e. fully imbued,
furnished, abounding in any thing, seq.
gen. Luke et Acts 7: 55 nanjens
sveiuaros dylov. John 1:14, Acts 6:
3,5,8. 9:36 mlijons dyadiv Iya.
11: 24, 13: 10, 19: 28. Sept. and by
Is, 51: 20, Jer, 5: 27. Ez. 28: 12,—Ee:
clus, 19: 26, Dem. 1445, 18, Xen. Cyr.
7.2.13,

c) trop. full, i.e. complete, perfect.
Mark 4: 28 oitog mAjens. 2 John 8
moFos nisjons. So Sept. and X>2 Gen.
41:7, 22 Ruth 2: 12—Philo de "Migr.
Abr. p. 399. Dem. 776, 9. Xen, An.
5.5 Sey ml.

Lfangopogdéo, &, how, (miigns,
gopéa,) pp. to bear or bring fully, and
hence to givt full assurance, to persuade
fully, trans.

a) of persons, Pass. fo be fully as-
sured, persuaded. Rom. 4: 21 mingogo-
endele Ors x. 2.2. 14:5, Sept. for 8
Eee. 8: 11.—Clem. Rom. Homil. 11,17.
Ctesins Excerpt. 38 (Roldois ow Royo
kat Sxois mlnpopogicavtes MeydButoy.
Isocr. Trapez. 6. p. 626. ed. Lange.

b) of things, to make fully assured, lo
give full proof of, to confirm fully ; c.
ace, 2 Tim. 4:5 tyy Siaxovlay gov xin-
gopsgnoor, sc. by fulfilling to the utmost
all its duties, Pass. to be fully assured,

d,to be fully established as true,
Luke 1:1, 2 Tim. 4:17,

ITangopogia, ac, i (mingopogées,)
fall assurance, firm peruasion. \"Thess.
1:5 dy sclnpopogle moldy. Col. 2 2.

_ + Heb. & 11 wi. rig dlmidos. 10:22, —
Not found in profane writers,

Tangoe, 0, £. baw, (sdijgns,) to
make full, to fill, to fill up, trans.

a) pp. a vessel, hollow place, ete.
Pass. Matt. 13: 48 jv, Ste éxlgowOn, wc.
4 cayien. Luke 3:5 nava geigay’ niq-
guOrjcras, quoted from Is. 40: 4 where
Sept. for nip. Trop. Matt, %: 32,
alngiicate 06 juitger téiw mario Sper
i.e. the measure of their sins; comp.

668

7 2 Tim.

TRingow

in “Avoxinpoe 2. Sept. pp. for mit
Jer. 13: 12, 2 K. 4:4.—Hdian. 3. 9. 10.
Diod. Sic, 2. 39. Xen. Eq. 1. 5.—Gear.
of a place, fo fill, by diffusing any sting
throughout; c. ace. Acts 22 szor
dnlijgueey Slory tay olxov. cae
gen. of thing from or with which, Joba
12:3 4 88 olnia éxlygadn éx tis Sepis,
comp. in Ex no. 2 f. Winer p. 163
Matth, § 574. p. 1133. Trop. c. ace. et
gen, Acts 5:28 renlypsinerra 2i9 ‘Ieger-
calip tig didazic txay, comp. Winer
p. 164, 165, So Sept. and win 2 Chr.
7:1, Hagg, 2:8.— Comp.” Liban
Epist. p. 721 adoas [xdleis] drixiness
tiv inde iiusw Léyer.—Trop. nageoir
tiv xagdlay tivds, fo fill the heart of any
‘one, to take possession of it, John 166.

. Acts 5:3.

b) trop. fo fill, i, q. to furnish abes-
dantly with any thing, to impart richly,
to imbue with, seq. acc. often also with
an adjunct of that with which any ove
is filled or furnished. E. g. (a) ¢. acc.
et gen. Math. § 352, Acts 2: 28 wlgee-
cus ps eiggoriens, 18:52. Luke 240
mingoiusvor coplas. Rom. 15 13, 14

Max. 5.—(8) Seq. acc. et dat. in Pom
c. dat. Rom, 1:29 sexdngapéroug acy
adie, 2 Cor. 7:4. Comp. Mamb. ¢
352. n.— 2 Mace. 7: 21. pp. Diod. Sie.
2.39, Eurip. Hero. Fur. 372—{7) Seq.
éy c. dat. instead of the simple dat
Marth. § 396. n. 2 Winer § 31.5. Eph
5: 18 miqgodods ty xvetpata — (5)
Seq. acc. simply, eg. macar 7
Susy, iq. to supply fully, Phil
Also’ ni. 14 névta Epb. 1:23. 4:10,
spoken of Christ as filling the universe
with his influence, presence, power.—
Hence Pass. ingoupus absol. to be
filled, full, to be fully furnished, to
abound ; Phil. 4: 18, Col. 210 é» aixs
ive. in Christ, in his work. Eph. 3 19
fra alygadijre aly nav to

‘tov S208, into or unto all the fulness of
God, i. e. either, that ye may fully par-
ticipate in all the rich gifts of God; or,
that ye may he received into full com-
mupion of the whole church of God.
—Also pass. c. acc. Col. 1:9 tra sdq-
eadire thy éxiyveoy xt. 2, Phil 1:11

TLAnpow
mankngepivo: xngniy dixcsordrns in le
ter edit. comp. in “Avagaive. Text re-
Copt. xagnér.

¢) iq. to fulfil, to perform fully, c.
ace. (a) spoken of duty, obligation,
ete. Matt. 3:15 mingdiow nacov Sesxens—
oct, Acts 12:25 mlygdoartes tir
Staxoviey. Rom. 8:4. 13:8. Gal. 5:
14, Col. 4:17,.—1 Macc. 2:55. Hdiau.
3.11. 9. w. dytolds. Pol. 4. 63. 3. — (8)
Of a declaration, prophecy, to fulfil, to
accomplish, e. ace. Acts 13:27 1é5 go
vag tev moogrtéy .. . énligeoay. 3:18,
Oftener Pass. to be fulfilled, accomplished,
te have an accomplishment ; Matt. 217
‘tore 3In 10 Gndev. 27:9. 26:54.
Mark 15: 28 éxingady 4 yeagy. Luke
1:20, 4:21. (21:22.) 24:44, Acts 1:16,
James 2:23, Here belongs the fre-
quent phrase tva mio, for which
gee in “Iva no. 2. d. Matt.” 1:22. 2 15.
4:14, 21:4, 26; 56, [27: 35., Mark 14:
49. Jobn 12:38, 13; 18, 15:25. 2.
32. 19: 24, 36. Also dno ahn-

gudy, see in “Ona, TI. 2. Matt. 2: 23,

gir 12:17, 13:35. Sept. for etn 1
K. 2:27, 2 Chr. 36:21.—Hdian. 2-7. 9
m. tag tmooziosis.

d) ig. to fulfil, ie. to bring to a full
end, to accomplish, to complete. (a) Pass.
of time, to be completed, ended.
Mark 1:15 neriigaras 6 xaigds. Luke
21:24 Gizos maggarPdct xaugol. John 7.
8. Acts 7:23,30. 9:23, 24:27. Once
Act. Rev. 6:11 in some edit. fa ob
mlngsioorcas sc. tor auger Vv. ¥. 9010%
comp. also in y. So Sept. and N2Q
Gen, 25: 24. 29: 21. — Tob. & 20.
Jos, Ant. 6.4. 1 xingerSivtos aitod sc.
08 zoévov-—(8) Of a biisiness, work,
etc. fo accomplish, to finish, to complete.
Luke 7:1 drat 8¢ éxijgucs marca ta
Gipora atrod. 9:31. Acts 19:25. 14:
26 sis 26 Yoyor, 8 éndiquoay. 19:21.
Rom. 15: 19 weniqgusdvas 10 sbayyilioy,
i. e. the preaching of the Gospel. Col.
1:25. So Sept. and my 1 K. 1:14,
Comp. Lat. implere messem Pallad. Jun.
2. So Rev. 6:11 in text rec. Sug y-
gedéics xat of cbvdovlos, i. e. until their
number is full, is completed.—Xen. Mag.
Eq.1. 8.—{y) By impl. to fill out, to com-
plete, to make perfect, c. acc. Matt. 5: 17,
Opp. xeradicas. Phil. 22 mingdoutd

669

TIdsjgcope

pov sy zagdy. 2 Those. 1:11. om
to be made full, complete, perfect, ©. 8. 4
zegd John 3:29. 15:11, 16:24, 17: 13.
1 John 1:4 2 John 12 13 ndoza
Luke 22 16, Szaxor 2Cor.10:6. oye
Rev. 82 Of persons, Col. 4:12 iva
oxire riletos xa nexiypepdvos ty mavtt
Sedsipors rob Soot.

ADjgcua, axos, +6, (xlagin)
fulness, filling, pp. that with which any
thing is filled, of which it ie full, the
contents.

a) pp. 1 Cor. 10: 26, 28 4 7% xab 15
alsjpeua aris, i.e. all that it contains ;
quoted from Ps, 24: 1 where Sept. for
Nbdn, as also Ps. 50:12 96:11. So
Mark 8: 20 néawy onvelday ahngsivard
alacudtwr Hoare; how many basket fulls
Of fragments? i.q. novus omigibas t9—
ges how many baskets full; see Buttm.
§123.0.4. Winer §34.2.—Philo Quod
omnis prob. p. 871. ¢, of a ship’s bal-
last. Vit. Mos. p. 451, of the animals in
Noah’s ark. Philostrat. Heroic. 10, §12,
of the Greeks in the Trojan horse. —
Also a filling up, supplement, that which
fills up; and hence i. q. éiiqua, «
patch, Matt. 9: 16. Mark 2: 21.

b) trop. fulness, i, 0. full measure
abundance.” (a) genr. John 1:16 ée 100
mingeiuaros attot. Eph, 3: 19 see in
TMiggow b. 8. Col. 29 16 mijgapa wis
‘Sedty0¢ i.e. the fulness, plenitude of
the divine perfections; and so absol.
Col. 1:19, Rom. 15: 29 é mAqgsipars
sihoylos t0% svayy. i, e. in the full, abun-
dant blessings of the gospel; comp.
Buttm. Winer }.c. So of a state of
fulness, abundance, opp. #rsya, Rom.
11: 12, — (8) Of persons, full number,
complement, multitude, Rom. 11: 25 10
rijgupa tov é9yay, i. e. the fall num-
ber, all the multitude of the Gentiles.
So of the church of Christ, Epb. Lh 3
tednolg, Hug tow 3 cipo aivod, 1
mljgape tod x. t. 1, see in Zggde b. 3.
[8: 19.] — In Greek writers often for a
ship’s complement, crew, Hdot. 8. 43,
Luc, Vera Hist. 2.37. Pol. 1. 21.1.
Xen. H.G.5.1.11. Also for the in-
habitants of a city, Aristid. Teg} tod
Sty xoumdeiv, ed. Cant. p. 282 naidas
88 nad yovotxas xa} mavre te tis wbleOS

Tanolov

xingdpata. p. 374 +5 nijgape nolo
Stuy i.e. cives Roma digni. Liban.
Orat. ed, Reisk. 1. p. 301.

©) i. q. fulfilment, a fulfilling, full per-
formance, i. q. 4 ringoioss, ©. g. t00 ¥6-
pou Rom. 13:10. Comp. ingde c, a.
zn de Abr. p. 387 sijpapa éimt-

d) i. q. fulfilment, i. e. full end, com-
pletion, (a) of time, full period, Gal. 4:
4919s td mhjgupe tov zoovov. Eph.
1:10 md rv xeupéir, — Hdot. 3, 22
ByBdixovta 8 Erea Ging mijqupe dvdgh
Haxpdtatoy ngoxis9as.— (8) By impl.
completeness, perfectness, comp. in Iy-
gow d.B. Eph. 4: 13 sks ddga tilsor,
thy pdtgoy Hlixlag sod mlngeipatos 100
Xe. as adj. i.e. to the full and perfect
stature of a man in Christ, to fall ma-
turity in Christian knowledge and love;
comp. Buttm. Winer, |. c.

Tanotoy, adv. (ninolos, nidas, xs
Adtu,) near, near by.

a) pp. and seq. gen. Jobn 4:5 x. rod
zeglov. comp. Buttm. § 146.2. Sept.
for byw Deut. 11: 30. $4 Deut. 1: L
—Jos, Ant, 5, 6.5. Hdien. 1.7.4. Xen.
Mem. 1. 4. 6.— Trop. eva: xlnolor
tv0g, fo be near any one, to be neighbour
to him, Luke 10: 29, 36. Comp. in b.
Winer p. 115.

b) c. art. d zAnaioy subst. one near,
a neighbour, fellow, another person of
the same nature, country, class, etc.
(a) genr. a fellow-man, any other mem-
ber of the human family; so in the pre-
cept, ayanjous tor mlyaloy cov ds s-

avroy, quoted from Lev. 19: 18 where
Sept. for 5, Matt. 19: 19, 22: 39.
Mark 12:31, 33. Luke 10:27. Rom.
18: 9,10, Gal. 5:14. Eph. 4:25. James
28 Also Heb. 8:11 in text. rec. So
Sept. and y7 aleo Ex. 20: 17. Deut. 5:
19 sq.—Luc. Contempl. 15. Pol. 12. 4.
13, Xen, Mem. 2.6.2.—(8) One of the
same people or country, a fellow-coun-
Acts 7: 27, comp. v. 24, 26. —
(y) One of the same faith, a fellow-
Christian, Rom. 15: 2, — (8) From the
Heb. @ friend, associate, like 99, opp. &
dc, Matt. 5:43, So 5, Sept. gi-

dos, Job 2 11. 19: 21. Prov. 17: 17.
TDanopovy, 7s, 4, (nipsigus,) &
ing, satisfying, sc. with food ; aleo

670

Tlhovows

fulness, satiety. Col. 2: 23 spac xly-
woriy caged. So Sept. for 73h Ex
168. sain Ex. 16:3.—Ecclus, 5:8.
Al. V. H. 9.26. Ken. Ag. 5.1. Mem.
3.1L 14,

TD djooc v. 1x09, £. fu, to srk,
to smite, Palaeph. 12. 2. Xen, An. 5.8
2,4. InN.T. from the Heb. to plagu,
to smite, i.e. to afflict with disense, a
lamity, evil, Pasa. Rev. 8. 12 élayy
teltoy sod aillov. So Sept. for “3
Ex. 9: 32, 33. Ps. 10% 5. Comp. Ie
tao c.

ILhout guy, ov, 16, (dimin. fra
mloioy,) a small vessel, boat, spoken of
the fishing vessels on the sea of Galike,
Mark 3: 9 coll. 4: 1. Mark 4: 36, Johe
6:22 bis, 23. 21:8.—Aristoph. Rev. 139.
Diod. Sic. 2. 55.

LDdotoy, ov, +6, (shée,) 6 ship, 9°
ael, genr. Acts 20: 13, 38, 21: 2,3 %
2, 6, 10 aq. James 3: 4. al. Spoken io
the Gospels of the small fishing vse
on the sea of Galilee, Matt. 4:21,
Mark 4:1, 36. Luke 5: 2,3. John 6:17,
19, al. Sept. for rz Gen. 4% it
Deut. 28: 68. Jon. 1: & 4, 5. — Loe D.
Deor. 26,2. Xen, Occ, 8, 11. élur
twa sloia Xen. H. G, 5. 1.93. Ab

I10o¢, conte. nloig, Gen. con 047
but in later writers also Gen. xls
Acts 27:9, Arr. Peripl. Erythr. p-176;
see Winer § 8.2 Lob. ad Phr. p- 49
8q. comp. in Nots; sailing, navigation
voyage, Acts 21:7. 27:9, 10. — Wet
MI. Aol. V.H. 2 14, Xen. An. 6
1.33, ;

Tiovaws, fa, or, (hoivog) rid
wealthy, in N.T. only in mase.

8) pp. Matt. 27: 57 avFounos
on Bs Salas. Luke 1216. 16
1,19. Luke 14: 12 pimdi ysirores #0
olovg, 18 23. 19: 2 Trop. len
prosperous, wanting nothing, 2 Cor-5~
Rey. % 9.317, Sept. pp oe"
9 Sam. 12: 1, 3, 4. Prov. 26 1L— ir
leeph. 35. 2, Hdian, 1, 8.10. Xen Me
2.18, — Suber. J doves, Plt s
mlotowr, a rich man, the rich Met”
23, 4 @ mlovovar ag +. Bot. 089 T
sdair, Mark 10: 95, 12 Ml mee
mlobovs, Luke 6 9A. 16:1, %

‘

IDhovoteos

21:1. 1 Tim. 617. James 1: 10,11.
26. &1. Rev. 615. 13:16. 80 Sept.
and "zy Prov. 22: 2,7. Jor. 9:22, —
Lue. Kron. 15, Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 37, 39.

b) trop. rich in any thing, abounding
tn, 20g. év o. dat. Eph, 2:4 20g mlover-
0s dy dy Cds, James 2:5 xi. dy lores,

Tiovatue, adv. (motovos,) richly, Pre

abundantly, largely, Col. 3:16. 1
Tim, 617. Tee 2 Pet. 1: 11.—Di-
on. Hal. de Demosth. 38. p. 186. 8.
Sylburg. 7

TDhoutéo, 0, f. soe, (x2ott0s,) to
be rich, intrans,

a) pp Luke 1:53 slovrotrras dxi-
ovals xvovs. 1 Tim. 69. Seq. and
of source, Rev. 18:15; é& Rev. 183,
19. Sept. for yzs Jer. 5:27. Hos, 12:
8, — Judith 15:6 Ael. V. H. 2 11.
Xen. An, 7.7.28. ¢. do Lue. D. Deor.
16.1.—Trop. Luke 12:21 yy xloviéy
eis Sedr not rich toward God, i.e. lay-
ing up no treasure in heaven. Also
i q. to prosper, to be happy, 1 Cor. 4:8,
2 Cor. 8:9, Rev. 3:17, 18.

b) trop. to be rich in any thing, to
abound, seq. év, 1 Tim. 6: 18 slovesty dy
Heyous GyaSois. Absol. Rom. 10: 12
wieios nlovrity els navsas, i.e. rich in
gifts and spiritual blessings towards all.

TioutiZeo, £. tow, (mioiros,) to
make rich, to enrich trans, in N.T. only
trop. ig. to bestow richly, to
abundantly ; 2 Cor. 6:10 ds ‘nrwzo},
moblovs 04 mlovtlfortes. Pass. to be
enriched, i. e. richly furnished, seq. iy
navi 1 Cor. 1:5. 2 Cor. 9: 11. — Sept.
Prov. 18:7. Xen. Mem. 4. 2. 9. pp.
Sept for \7y973 Gen. 14:23. Xen. Ag.

Thovros, ov, 6, (sos, or mold
Frog an abundant year,) also 20 ndotrog
in Mss. see Winer § 9. n.2; riches,
wealth,

a) pp. Matt. 18:22 4 andr 100 loi
tov. Mark 4:19. Luke 8:14. 1 Tim. &
17, James 5:2. Rev. 18:16. Mer
asa source of power and influence, in
ascriptions, Rev. 5:12. Sept. for “iy
1 K. 3:11. Prov. 818. fim Prov.
28:8. bet Is. 30: 6—Hdian. 3, 14.13,
Luc, Tim. 5. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2. 44. —
‘Trop. 6 wlotros tod S200 v. tov Xo-

671

Livwye

oro i 9 the rich gifts and blessings
from God or Christ, Phil. 4s
BE ae Ain eles
ym, 11: Jeb. 11:26,
b) trop. riches, i. qe richness, abun-
dance, usually before the genit. of ag-
other noun, i. q. adj. rich, abundant,
eminent ; comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4.
Winer § 34.2 pg tate good,
‘tof zonototytos, i. q. his ric!
2Cor.8:2 Epb.1:7 ah sie zéperor.
27. Col.2z2 So wlotros vig doing
i.e. the abundant, pre-eminent glory of
God, as displayed in his beneficence,
Rom. 9: 23. Eph. 1: 18, 3: 16, Col. 1:
z. Comp. in diab, 7-—Rom. i: 1B
© PaGos mlovsov xa) coplas xa
tans, O the deep richness bth of wiedom
and knowledge ! — Plato Euthyphr. 13
BRB As seeds ont ind nlotrov tig o0-

ITvveo, £. vv, to wash, to rinse,
espec. clothes, trans. Rev. 7: 14 inluvey
ade otoldg arizéy, 22 14 in Mes, Sept.
for 02 Gen. 49:11. Ex. 19: 10.—Hom.
Ti, 22.155. Artemid. 2. 4. Comp.
Theoer. 27. 5,6. Xen. Eq. 5. 7.

Lvevpa, atos, +6, (rio to
breathe, to blow.)

1. breath. a) of the mouth or nos-
trils, a breathing, blast, 2 Thess. % 8
vtipa tot otdpatos, breath of the mouth,
here spoken of the destroying power of
God ; #0 Sept. and Donps m7-Is. 11:
4; comp. Ps, 3% 6” ‘Of the vital
breath, Rev. 11:11 mvedua Ceiig breath
of life; 90 Sept. and Heb. neh Ha

“Gon. 6 17.°7: 5,22. — Hdian, 213, 9.

Diod. Sic. 2,12. Thuc, 2.49. Xen.
Venat. 7. 3.

b) breath of air, air in motion, a breeze,
Bast, the wind. ‘Jobo 38 15 meine,
Gnov Sides, vel. Heb. 1:76 noséiv tog
Gyyilous aitod nysipata, quoted from
Ps, 104: 4 where Sept. for 1771; as also

Gen. 8:1. In 7:2 — Jos. Ant. 2.16
3, 5. Hien. 5. 4. 22, Dem. 48 24
Xen. An. 6, 1. 14. 6.2.1.

Q spirit, ive. a) the vital spirit,

Ufe, soul, Lat. anima, the principle of
life residing in the breath, breathed into
man from God and again returning to
God, comp. Gen. 2: 7. Ecc. 12:7. “Pa.
104: 29.— Matt. 27: 50 gins 15 svedpa

w

Thvewpa

Re gave up the hast, expired. Joba
19: 30. Luke 23:46 sic ziigds cov maga-
Picopat tO mrtivs pov, comp. Ps. 31:5.
Ac 7:59. Luke 8: 55 dxdorpays 13
nvsipa attig xad dviory, James 2:26.
Rev. 13: 15, So Sept. and hin en)
Eee, Pa. ll. cc. “Gen, 45:27. Judg. 15:
yp. al Ecelus, 38:23, Eurip. Hee,
571 dgiixe nvtiva. Diod, Sic. 3. 40 25
aria tf Sotoy pice nals arcanide-
say. Anthol. Gr. Iv. P. 284, — Trop.
Jobn 6: 63 bis, 16 nvsiuc dor 16 Ywonor
iy x 1.216. a8 the spirit in man
iveth life to the body, so my words
and life to ther soul. Also 1
“Addy ee yuriy
Gioar” § di boy. “Adi [lore] eg eveipa
Gwomowiy, a quickening spirit, i.e. a
spirit of life, as raising the bodies of
hiv followers from the god into im-
mortal life; comp. Phil.

b) the rational spirit, nd soul, Lat.
animus. (a) gen. as opp. to the body
and animal spirit. 1 Thess, 5:23 15
avsipe xa 4 yoy) xab td osu, a8 3
peripbrasis for the whole man.
1:47 pryahivn 7 yup) you tiv xigior,
xa} jyaldlave 1) nveiwa pov. Heb. 4:
124, yoris 8 xa) nveiua—
tog. Rom, 2:29. 8:10 10 capo vexgor
+30 84 mvaipes Loni. 1 Cor. 5:3 is
5p dase 16 cepa, nagery 3
¥. 4, 5 sig Sis9gor ti cagais a

j- 620, 7:34. 2 Cor. 7:
|. Phil. 3:3. Col. 25, 1 Pet. 4:6, Heb.

96 marie sy mreiuater, opp.-ob
tig cagxds. (Comp. Sept. and
rym Nura. 16:22, 27:16, alo Zech. 12:

expressed ; Rom. 8:16 aisd x5 avsiya
(r05 Ge0i) oyppogrupss 1G meiner
ims the divine spirit itself testifieth to
our spirit, mind. Gal. 6:18. 2 Tim. 4:
22. Philem. 25. Also Rom. 1:9. John
ngocxmily 3§ narg) bv mvaipa-
t aah dlqdulg in opi and in ruth, Le
with a sincere mind, with a true heart,
not with mere external rites; comp.
Phil. 3: 3. — Wiad. 2:3 opp. cdipa, 16:
14 opp. yuz7}.— (8) As the seat of the
affections, emotions, passions of vari-
ous kinds ; e. 8, of humility, Matt. 5:3
mewgoh 1H mvetparte poor in spirit i.e.
lowly of mind. (Comp. Sept. and 19
Ps, 34:19.) So of enjoyment, quiet, 1

Rene

672

end

Cor. 16: 18*drixovewy yap 10 tpov meee
pa. 2 Cor. 2:12. 7: ite Sion Coke We
21 jyallidoato tH xveipou 6 “Inooks.
Of nrdour, fervour, Acts 18: 25 et Rom.
12:11 Gar 26 sveipas, Luke 1:17 é
aysipats xa} 31 jure ” Hox, i. e. in the
powerful, energetic Spirit of Elijah;
comp. Ecclus, 48: 1 dviory “Eiiag xeo-
pit, ds wig, nad 6 Idyos atrot os
layne txalsro, and v, 12 xed “Edwwosi
dvendjody xveipatos atrod. Of per-
turbation, e. g. from grief, indignatos,
Mark 3:12 dvacterdtas 1 xvsvpern: «>
tod. John 11:33, 18:21. Acts 17:16
nagetivero 1) xvsipa abtod éy eine.
Comp. Sept. and min Geo. 26 35. Is
65: 14.- Wiad. 5: 3. — (y) As referring
to dis fedlings, temper of caind,
Engl. Luke % 55 oix oldare of-
ov mvstparos dots tusis. Rom, &15
nveipa Sovlalas « slavish spirit, opp. 56
ny. vigSealeg q. v. infr. no. 2 Dobe
Rom. 11:8. 1 Cor. 4:21 et Gal. & 1 xp-
mogormos i ¢.0 mild, gentle spirit. 1
Cor. 14:14 15 sysind pou xgocrizetes,
6 88 voi pou dxagnos dots my spire
it prays, i. ©. my own feelings thas
find utterance in prayer, but what I
mean is not understood by others. v.
15 bis, 16. 2 Cor. 4:13, Wi& 1218
Epb. 2:2 see below in no. 3. A.b. Eph.
4:23. Phil. 1:27. 21. 2 Tim. 1:7. 1
Pet. 3:4, So James 4:5, comp. Prov.
21:10, 26, Ecc. 4:4. Comp. Sept. and
mm Ez. 11: 19, 1831. Num. 5: 30. —
Soph. Oed. Col. 612.—(3) As implying
will, counsel, Matt. 26:41 et
Mark 14:38 15 uiy svete med door, §
84 cage doSeris. Acts 18:5 ovrsdzero
16 gyeiots in text rec. 19:21 FOeco
Hrailog év 15 rev. 20:22 eee in ies, c.
8 So Sept. and nan 1 Chr. & 26
Ezra 1: 1.—Esdr. 2:2—(e) As including
the understanding, intellect, Mark 26
duiyroig 1g mvsipat. Luke 1:80 et %
40 15 34 xasdloy qifave vad dxpetesoine
myeipau miagotusroy ooplas, 1 Cor. &
1l, 12 ny. s0U xdopov, as compared with
my. tod Gvdg. in v.11. So Sept. and
may Ex. 28:3. Job 20:3. Is, 20:24. —
(} For xvaipa as signifying the mind
or disposition as affected hy the Holy
Spirit, see below ip no. 3. D. be

3. a spirit, i. e. simple, incorporeal,
immaterial being, posseming higher

a
t

’
Theva

capacities than man in his present
state.

A) Spoken of created spirits, viz.

a) of the human sou, apirit, after its
departure trom the body and as exist-
ing in a separato state, Lat. umbra,
manes, Heb. 12:23 mpooulghidara . .
neripacs Scaler + 107, i. elo
the spirits of the just advanced to per-
fect bape happiness and glory. 1 Pet. 3:19
dy @ xab roig by gulaxf mreipacs cogs
Seis dnjguter, in which [spiritual nature]
also he once preached [through Noah]
to. those spirits now in prison, comp.
2 Pet. 2 4, 5.. Others refer this to the
supposed descent of Christ into Sheol

.after his crucifixion, and his there

preaching the gospel. Acts 23: 8, So
of the soul of a person re-appearing after
death, a spirit, ghost, Luke 24: 37, 39.
Acts 23: 9,

b) of an evil spirit, demon, i.q. Sas—
vor, Salus, 4. V. moetly with the epi-
thet axad sigror, see in ‘Amidagtos b.
E. g. nveipe dvd. Matt. 10: 1. 12: 43.
Mark 1:23, 26,27. 8:11, 30. 5:2, 8, 13.
6: 7, 7:25, 9:25, Luke 4:36. 6:18. 8:
29, 9:42. 11:24, Acts 5:16, 8:7. Rev.
16:13. 18:2. Also my. Baiorlou axa
Sagror Luke 4:33. mrsipara Saysorl-
ow Rev. 16:14. mreipa worngsr Acts
19:15, 16, and <4 svevpasa sormed v.
12, 13. Matt. 12:45. Luke 7:21. 8:2.
11: 26, retpos Glalo» Mark 9:17, 25.
sveipa aoOsvalag a spirit of infirmity, i.
e. causing disease, Luke 13:11, comp.
v.16, xy. wbSeev0g o spirit of ‘divine
tion, soothsaying demon, Acts 16:16,
18, Abeol. Matt. 8:16. Mark 9:20.
Luke 9: 39, 10:20. Eph. 2:2 séy
Sezorsa vig Hovolas tod digas, 105
sevevpatos tov Seegyoirtos mth ie.
Batan, the gen. nvriperos being an
Anacoluthon for 6 myeipa. Or tod
zereiperos way bere be taken in the
sense of disposition, as above in no. 2.
b. 7. See Winer § 65. p. 465. —Test.
XII Patr. p. 657 Gnd toi Lasava xab
‘tay myeypcitoy airot. p. 729 14 my. 108
Behag.

c) ‘es often in plar. of angels, as
God's ministering spirits, Heb. 1:14
obz) neivaeg slot Lusougyund mveipare ;
Rev. 1:4 ano sa» inte

673

or
: dow frdimian coh Spbron wine is e
. 85

Thewpe.

the seven archangels, see in “Apydyyslos.
Rev, 3:1. 4:5, 5:6, — Jos. Ant. 4. 6.3
Gyyados ... Stiov nviiua.

B) Of God in reference to his im-
materiality ; John 4:24 mvaipe 6 Oxds.

C) Of Christ in his exalted spiritual
nature, in distinction from his human
nature. 1 Pet. 3:18 Savatwduls wiv
cagn), taonoindels 08 xvsipors, referring
to the spiritual exaltation of Christ af-
ter his resurrection to be Head over all
things to the church, comp. Eph. 1:20,
21, 22; in which spiritual nature also
he is said (in v. 19) to have preached
through Noah, see above in A.a, So
Rom, 1:4 xati mveipa dywweirns, opp.
sata odgxa, 1 . 3:16, comp. in
4ixadow. In the same manner Storr
and-others take xveijua alsmior in Hob.
9:14, in opposition to the perishable
beasts in v. 13, comp. 7: 16, 24; while
others understand here a divine spirit,
fluence, see in D. b. 6. — For 1 Cos.
15: 45 see in no. 2,a. 2 Cor. 3:17 see
in D. a. y.

D) Of the of God, Heh.
Dantes vy. mi? han, in N. T. 0
avi 1 tov Se0b v. xuglov ; j also to mvei-
Ha 35 Sysov the Holy and abeol.
16 nysiipa the Spirit, xav e&oyny; called
likewise the Spirit of Christ as being
sent or,communicated by him after his
resurrection and sscension, e. g. 13 7.
"Ingots Acts 16:7. Xgutod Rom. 6:9.
1 Pet. 1:13. “Snood Xg. Phil. 1: 19.
t0¥ xvolov 2 Cor. 3:17. tod viob Seo
Gal. 4:6. For the Heb. usage, see
Gesen. Lex. art. m9 no. 4, In N. T.
this Spirit is everywhere represented as
intimate anion with God the Father
and Son, as proceeding from and sent
forth hy them, as possessing the eame
attributes and performing the same acts
with God the Father and Son. — The
passages in N. 'T. iu which nveipa is to
be referred to this signification, may be
divided into two classes, viz. those in
which being, imelligence, and agency
are predicated of the Spirit; and me-
ton. those in which the effects and con-
sequences of this agency are’spoken of.

a) The Holy Spirit, as possessing be-
ing, intelligence, agency, etc.

(a) joined with 6 Oss v. 5 xanig
and 6 Xgurtés, etc. with the eame or

Thea

iovess abtovs eds 1d Svome toh ma-
1965 nal r00 vied wad 10d dylov
"ros, 800 in”Oropa d. 1 Cor. 124, coll
8, 6,15 8d absb mveipe—aal 5 airnos xi
gies—6 Bt axitds Feds. 2 Cor, 13: 18 4
Yess 200 xvplov "Incot Xputoi, xal §
dann 100 S400, xad i xosvuria tol dyiov
sevalparos werd nércow iphiv. 1 Pet. 1:
2 marke mQOy veneLY Deob martes & éyi0-

aveiperroc, cig inoxoiy sad gar
epor alpertog "Iqo00 Xgiorod. Jude 20
tr nrvipars é7ly noocevziuevor, tavrois
a bydny S200 Tagrours, noowdexsusros
‘6 Beog 108 xuglou Hysw Incot Xgrosos
tis Coriy aieerwov. (1 John 5: 7.]

(8) spoken in connexion with or in
reference to God, 6 92i5;6 zatig. E.g.
where intimate union or oneness with
the Father is predicated of 0 sveipo.
John 151 26 16 wreipa vig dinGalas, 3
nage tob marps éxnogsteta, comp. be-
jowind. Where the same omniacience
ts predicated of +5 aveipa as of 5 Obs,
1 Cor. % 10 v5 yag moni meiveu igev-
7, xat 14 Biddy tod Se0¥. v.11 obtw
al tq tol Geob ovdelg older, st us) 10
avtipa tot Seov. Where the same
things are predicated of 4 xveipu which
in other places are predicated of 6 S203, .
¢. g. Avanias and Sapphira are said to
Ne to the Holy Spirit, ete. Acts babe 3
priveodal os 19 mvsiva 1 Sysor, and
80 v. 9; comp. v. 4 oix eyetow avFpe-
oH, Glld 1G des.. —Asspeaking throngh
the Prophets of the O. T. Acts 1: 16

capri Rootins to nveive 13
109 Oi otopatos Aafi3, comp. 4: 34,
Bod 5 Sede... 5 dud oropat0s AupiB

. Hindi, and comp, 3:21 ot Heb, 3:1.
‘Acts 26: 25 xaléis 10 nvsipe to Gyr
Aadyor Bid ‘Todttov, comp. Is. 6: 8, 11
where it is "74x tp. Heb. 3: 7 anes
diya x6 mvctpa t3 Syior, comp. Ps. 03:
Phere ee Dent Pgs 3 10: 15
pagrope iv nai to nveipa td dpuy,
eomp. Jer. "Bi: B1 where it ie ae

Bo Heb. 98, comp. 1:1. Also gen.
as spettking and warning men through
prophets and apostles, Acts 7:51, comp.
¥. 52, — Where a person ie said to be
horn of the Spirit, spoken of the moral
renovation, the new epiritual life im-
riruid to those who sincerely embrace
the goepel. Jol 3: 5, 6,8 3 yrpernudves

674
Som, re 9c Aifferent Predicates. Matt. 2& 19
ag ent

Tvebpa

de ot sbeiparos; comp. Jobe 1: 13 és
508 S208 dyertSycay—Where 0 avcipa
ote, is taid to dwell in or be with Chris-
tians, as Kom. & 9 alereg Set
ob dy ipl, v.11 bia, of 3d 1d artipe
105 byalganrvog “Fnooin be voxpary lati br
tyie... id 1b browoin otro rete br
thir, 1 Cor. 3:16 vis ofdure Sus ress
S20t date, xed 1d svete toe Seed ota
& tpi ; 6:19 16 dps tpéy wads sob ty
pty dylov nvviperds ten, 2 Tim F
14 duct wevripertog ylov, 108 dvecsoivee;
by iyi, Compare’ 2 Cor. & 16 &

pie vadg Devt dene Cantos’ eaDues

& Sebe* Sts dvommow dy airsosy x. 1.1
comp. John 14:28. Eph, %22.— Where
‘10 mvzigra and 6 Sed are interchanged;
as 1 Cor. 1% 11 wévte 88 rotten évegyis
26 fy nud 10 adeo aesied, spoken of mi-
raculous gifts, comp. v. 7 where inisé
Sig 5 dvegyéin 16 néria by maou. Se
Boh. G17 pdzege tod avstpere, 5

sort Gijea Seo,

(7) spoken im connexion with orm
teference to Christ; ©. g. joloed with 6
Xeiotés in a fotm of awearing, Rom.
1 vuaria Lye, ty Xeon’ > ob yeide-
pas...é nti. Ina polemn ob-
teetation, Rom. 15:30 magexeles Si ipa;

« Stee 105 xvplou fiacer ‘Inge’ Xgearei,
aa) 8. ws dyémys tol xvecpares. Is
the renovation aud sanctification of
Christians, 1 Cor.6:11 didé dxebowensth,
Gd fyidoOyts, GL WixerbOrze, &y oo
Sriuare sob sxuglov “Fst aut & we
avsipars rot 9105 jpiir. 2 Cor. & 17
bis, 6 84 xigros tb xraijed donee (comp
v. 8), ob 08 10 mvedux xvglow, ded da
Segla. v.18. Heb. 10:29.—So 18 are-
pa and & Xgords are said to be e
dwell with men; compere the exem-
ples cited above in 8, with John 24:38
N54, 2 Cor, 13 5. Epb. 3: 17, — Abo
where 13 meeipa 13 dir te said to de-
etend, cupetixg alder, upon Jeons after
his baptism, Luke & 22. Matt, &
Mark 4: 10. John 1: 32, 33,

(8) 98 coming to and acting upee
men, Christinns, exering in and apea
them an enlightening, strengthening.
sanctifying influence. ‘Thua Where tbe
H. B. is represented as te author of
revelations te men, e. g. through te
Prophets of the D. T. see above in 6:
or ag commanicating & knowledge of

Trape
foture events, Acts 10:49 aw ing
(Hizey) 16 mmipa- Wot ardges seeig
Oyrovel os. 20: 28, 21:11. 1 Tim. 4: 1.
Rev. 19: 10 sep ia Magrogia bh. Ores
direeting or impelling to any act, Acts11:
12.—As communicating iustruction, ad-

monitions, warnings, invitations through Hol

the apostles; Rev. 27 6 fyaw ot¢ dxov-
edrw sh 1d mveiue Lives sais bodqolens.
v 4, 17, 29. 3: 6, 18, 22. 14: 13. m7
zal 16 mysipe xod

Fozov, i.e. the Spirit and the’ whole
Church. So 1 Cor. 2: 10, comp. aboye
in f.—As speaking through the diseci-
ples when brought before rulers eto.
‘Mots. 10: 20, Mark 13: 11. Luke 12:12.
As qualifying the apostles powerfully
to propagate the Gospel, sive
pur dxalSévre¢ toi dy, av. dq pag Acts al
1:8; af aiding in building up and com-
fosting the churehes, 9: 31; or direct-
ing in the appointment of church-offi-
‘cers, 20: 28 ; or assisting to speak and
hear the Gospel aright, 1 Cor. 2 13 é&
OiSaxr0ts myripatos dylov (iéyeus) a
twords taught, suggested by the

Spirt. v. 14 yrrunes oa rS quires ov
Sézrcas ta to mvstperos tod Soot.
Bimphat. es the Spirit of the Gospel,
2 Cor. & 17, eee above in y, and comp.
in b.7, below.— Aloo as coming to
Christians and remaining with them ;
impparting to them spiritual knowledge,
aid, consolation, sanctification ; making
‘intercession with and for them, and the
like. Jobn 14: 17, 26 6 38 sagaxlytos,
8 wren vo 7107, zhao Suis bse
mdrca, 15: 96 6 nagéeles
ths GlxGelag, i.e. that vine “apirit
who will impart the knowledge of
divine truth; as 16: 13 7 xvsipa vis
GdgSsles Sdnyqow ipits ss naar vy
Edjduey. Rom. 8 14 boo yag sxvst-
pores Geoii Byovras, sin viot G20t.
v.16 abso 15 mvsipa x. 2, v.26 bis,
27. 14:17, 15: 18, 16. 2 Cor. 1: Wer
5:5 d¢gafay rob mvsiparos. Eph. 3: 16.
6: 18. 1 Theas. 1:6. 2 Thess, 2 13.
1 Pet. 1: 22, — So where: any one is
said to grieve the Holy Spirit; Eph. 4“
30 wi} Aumtite 15 avsipe 1d Syiov tov
Set, dv § soqgaylodnyts, i. e. by whose
gifts and influences ye are strengthened
and confirmed, comp. Is, 63: 10 where
Sept. for FP WA.

675

Tlrevpa
b) Meton. the Holy Spirit, as put for
the effects and consequences of the
agency and operations of the Bpirit of
God, i.e. a divine influence, a divine
energy Or power, an inspiration, result-
ing from the immediate agency of the
Spirit, i. gq. Siveuss tov dylov
Acts 1: 8.—Spoken

(a) of that physical procreative en-
ergy exerted in the miraculous
tion 6f Jesus, Luke 1:35 avsipe dyser
dudsionas tai oi, where it is i. g. dd-
yous iylotov in the next clause. Matt.
1: 18,20, So in respect to the con-
eeption of Isaac out of the course of
nature, Gal. 4: 29,

(8) of that special divine influence,
inspiration, energy, which rested upoa

and existed in Jesus after the deseent

of the Holy Spirit Spon him at his
beptiam. Luke 4 1 “Inootig 34 xvsiipar
tos dylov niger, comp. 3:22. John
3: 94 ob yg ds phtgou Bidwarr & Sede xb
zvsiipe, i. €. the divine influence, ener-
89, reating upon Christ was not meas-

Holy sured and occasional, like that of pro-

phets and apostles, but ever abundant
and sonstant. Acts 1: 2, sia on og
syanmés wou. 2 yoo 10
circ, quited from In 41 wbate Bopt
for Win. Luke 4:18 xyripa xvelew
i dui, quoted from Is. 61:1 where
Sept. for ny PTE mam. Acts J0:
88 “Tnaoir . « 0S "Iquosy aizay 5 Seas -
smveiparts dyly ah durdua, 1 Jobn &
6 bis, 8 1 nveine, nad cd Sdup, xad wD
eiya, i, e. that divine spirit, energy,
which was in Jesus; by which ok.
so he wes sealed as a spotless victim
for his atoning sacrifice, Heb, 9: 14;
comp. above in C.—As prompting bim
to various actions, e. g. to go into the
desert to be tempted, Matt. 4: 1. “Mark
1 12, Luke 4:1 fysto éy 1§ srripets
aig ny Eqnuoy, and afterwards to return
into Galilee Luke 4: 14.—As enabling
him to cast out demons; Matt. 12: 98
0 6 bo mrripats Seod tye kxfiide v6
Garpérie, comp. Lake 11:20 where it
in ob Od by Se0t tafidde sit Bas
pone. In this connexion 16 avsipe +3
Gysoy is said to be Matt.
12: 31, 82, Mark 3:29. Luke 1% 10.
comp. Matt, 12: 28,

(y) of that divine influence by which

Lheiia

prophets nod holy men were excited,
‘when they are seid to have spoken or
got & rvsipat v. Out mvevpatos, in
through the Spirit, ice, by inepira-
tion. Matt. Rr: 43 ais ovy Aafid by
mruipars xigioy abror xald; Mark 12:
36. S02 Pet. 1:21 tnd mvsipetos dyiov
upusvoe Mdinoar, 1 Pet. 1:11 1) dy
ainois nveipa Xgurot. Of John in the
Apocalypee, as being é svetpan, i.e.
rapt in prophetic vision, Rev. 1:10. 42
17; 3. 21; 10.—Of the inspiration rest-
ing upon John the Baptist, Luke 1: 155
Zocharies J: 67 ; Elizabeth 1:41
eon 2: 25, 26, m7. So of
influence and mspiration
Christians, by which they are taught,
‘enlightened, guided, in respect to faith
and practice. John 7: 39 bis, x toito a
ana nisgh tod sysiparos, ... otmw vag
ay mrtipa Gyior, r6 6 [noob aan
MokacFy, comp. John 16: 13, 14. -
Luke 11: 13. Rom. 5 5, 1 Cor. me)
bie; obdtis dy xyniparts Suod Aakay, Lives
GvatepaIncoiy’ xa) otdsds Siveccas
sinaiy xigior “Iqooiv, &b iy by mvsipars
Gyig. 2 Cor. & 3 Amiatod « - aye
7eapuirn ob piavs, Gla mveipors S208
Barres. Gal, 5:5. Tit. 3:5 kowoer Aus
Bic Lovigod naliyyereolag xa) dvoxas-
suicee%s nveiparos Gylov, ob dizny ig’
pas wlovolas. Heb. 6: 4. 1 Pet. 4: 14.
‘So when the disciples of Christ are said
to be baptized wth the Holy Spirit, i.e.
to be richly furnished with all spiritual
gifts, see in Bantife no. 2.b. Matt. 3:
IL aitos ipéic Bantioes ty avsipars dl
wad mvpi. Mark 1:8, Luke 3:16. John
1:83. For Acts 1:5 et 11: 16, see _be-
slow in 38, — So 10 diyioy nvsiua Wied.
9 17.— Emphat. us the Spirit of the
Gospel, put for the Gospel in opp. to
the letter of the Mosaic law, 2 Cor. 3 6
bis, 8; comp. v. 17, and above ina. 6.
(8) of that in fluenee of the Spirit by
swhich the apostles were originally
walified to uct as founders and direc-
tors of the church of Christ ; John 20:
92 éviguos nal liyes airolg* lapers
savtiua Sytor, comp. v. 23. — Spec. of
that powerful energy end inspiration
imparted by the Holy Spirit on the day
of Pentecost and afterwards, by which
the Apostles and early Christians were
endowed with high supernatural quali-

676

Tivewpa
fications for their work; ¢. g. @ fall
knowledge of Gospel truth, the power
of prophesying, of working miracles, of
speaking with tongues, ete. EL g.
where they are said to be with
this Holy Spirit Acts 1:5 et 11:16,
comp. 1:8. 1 Cor, 1218 bis. comp. v.
8,9. — Acts %4 bis, nad Exbigowres
dmorteg sevaiperros Gylov-
ladéty brigass yléasars, ice 13 met
po @ldou avrots dnopSiyreras, Le.
as the Spirit impelled them, % 17, 18,
quoted from Joel & 1, 2, [2 28, 29,)
bled Sept. for tin. Acts 2 33 | “h-
<i 18 drayyalay voi dyive
mvsipatos lafew naga tot mareac, deze
toizo. v. 38. 5: 82, 8:15, 17, 18, 19. 9:
17, 10: 44, 45, 47. 11:15, 24. 1&9. is
8. 19:2 bia, ana pds avrots~ dxvipe
dpror Defers nurreboarees ; of 88 slner
moog abtor* Gl” ob8i ob svete Sysiy
tony, jxotvaper, |. e. they did not
know that the Holy Spirit had yet been
given, that the time foretold by Joel
had arrived ; comp. Acts & 17, 18. —
‘Acts 19:6. Rom. 15:19 éy duvciues o9-
pslow xed tegareay, dy Suvciees avetpervos
dylov, i. e. through the power of the
internal influences and revelations of
the Spirit. 1 Cor.2 4. 7:40, 12: 7,! Sis,
Obie, 14:2, 32 xa) aveipara mgowerer
moopiirays inotdzorras, the spirits of the
prophets are subject to the prophets, i. e.
inspiration and self-possession go-band
in hand, holy inspiration can mever
cause confusion and disorder, comp. v.
33. Eph. 1:13. Gal. 22, 3,5,14 1
‘Thess. 1:5. 4:8. 5:19 (comp.2 Tim.
1:6.) Heb. 24. 1 Pet. 1:12 —Soes
prompting to or restraining from per-
ticular actions or conduct ; Acts 8: 29,
99 nvsie xuglov enaos tor Bilumxer,
i, @. the divine influence, efflatus, which
ip; hurried him away,
3 00 Acta 13824 We
23. 16: 6, 7. — As prompting to holy
boldness, energy, zeal, in speaking and
acting. Acts 4:8 tore Hitgos xlge Dec
mveiartog dylou, elus mp6 cirowe. v
81. 6:3 avdgac ixra, aiqgus movineves
dylov nad coglag: v.5, 10, comp. v. &
—As the medium of divine commani-
gations and revelations, Acts 11: 28
dorpars Sit voi mveiperes x. 2
2. 21:4, Epb. 3:5, — As the soarce of

Thveopa

support, comfort, Christian joy and tri-
umpb, Acts 7:55. 13:52. Eph. 5: 18,
Phil. 1:19. — Plur. nvsipara, spiritual
ifs, 1 Cor. 14: 12.

(s) spoken of that divine influence
by which the temper or disposition of
mind in Christiane is affected ; or rath-
er, pat f for the spirit, temper, disposition

mind produced in Christians by the
anfluences of the Holy Spirit, which cor-
rects, elevates, and ennobles all their
views and feelings ; fills the mind with
peace and joy, and is the pledge and
foretaste of everlasting happiness, E. g.
(1) a8 opposed to 9 cag’, which in-
cludes the idea of that which is earthly,
grovelling and imperfect. Jobn 3:6
35 papeempirer te Hig cogude, ocgt lors"
sab » riypermpivoy és wot sveipatos,
vere éort, put for mveupazixoy éo-
th, is spiritual, i, e. bes those dispo-
sitions and feolings which are pro-
duced by the Spirit of God. Rom.
8:1 pn ard ocigea miginatoiow ald
xaci nveipa, i.e, not indulging the de-
praved affections and lusts of our phy-
sical natures and unrenewed hearts, but
following those holy and elevated af-
fections and desires which the’Spirit
impart and cherishes. v. 2, 4, 5 bis, 6,
9 dy nvripan. v. th 1 Cor, 6:17 of do
ay odignas way 84 xoldeipsvos 1 xv-
obey, & arcips tow, . through the
influence of the Spirit of God, they
have the same disposition and the same
temper of mind with Christ. Gal. 5: 16
sats, migsnarsint, sed bxidyslav
cuguds ob pn caldogee. v, 17 bis, 18, 22,
25 bia, 6:8 bi, — (2) Genr. Rom. 8:9
nveipo Xgiotoi i.e. the same mind as
Christ possessed, wrought in us by the
Spirit, comp. Eph. 3:17. Rom. 7:6, 8:
15 UaBers svete vioSsolas « spirit of

i.e. a filial epirit. v.23. 1 Cor.
212 2 Cor. 66. Gal. 4:6 (comp.
Rom. & 15) Eph. 1:17 dyin ips moti

Sid ‘Gonaives o spirit of
wisdom and iumination, i
through the Holy Spirit, 2 18,22. 4:3,

4. (5:9,) Col1:8. 1 Tim. 4:12 1John
B94, 4:13. Jude 19.

¢) Meton. spoken of @ person or
teacher who acts or professes to act un-
der the inepiration of the Holy Spirit, by
divine inapiration. 1 Cor. 12 10 &vaxpi-

677

Drtvpauxos

ous mvetpoter the trying of spirits or
teachers, i.e. a critical faculty of the
mind quickened by the Holy Spirit
consisting not only in the power of dis-
cerning who wasa prophet and who
was not, but slso of distinguishing in
the discourses of a teacher what pro-
ceeded from the Holy Spirit and what
did not; see Neander Apost. Gesch. I.
p.174, and in Bibl, Repos. IV. p. 251.—
1 Jobn 4:1 bis, ui) wavs) xvetwans miateb-
ana, GALS Bonipatters ta: a. v.2 bis,
3, 6 bis. 1 ‘These. 4:1, AThees, 2: 2 psf-
14 Oud seystperos, i.e. neither by any
one professing to be inspired.

Tivevparexcs, 7, ov, (mreipa,)
breathing, aerial, Theophr. de Animal.
color. mut. windy, Theophr. Caus. Pl.
4,312. 5. spirit mental, Plut. ed. R.
VI. p. 491. 2. — In N. T spiritual, i. e.

a) Pertaining to the nature of spirits,
see Hvsipa no. 3. A. 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis
capa revpatixéy @ spiritual body, hav-
ing the nature of a it, Opp. odpe
yuzexés the animal body. v. 46 bis, —
Eph. é& 12: 1a mveypatixa sij¢ norgglas, i.
q. té mvsipere mornod, comp. Math.
§ 445. 5. Lob. ad Phryn. p, 242. Winer
§ 34. p. 3, p. 198° — Bo ta Apotead for
tov Aosdis Polyaen. 5. 14.

b) per to or proceeding from
the Holy Spirit, 15 syeipa td Syto7, bee
in Iveipa no. 8. D. (a) Of persons,
spiritual, i.e. enlightened by the Holy
‘Spirit, enjoying the influences, graces,
gifts of the Holy Spirit. 1 Cor. 2 13
srmparuols. v.15. 3:1 tpiy os mvev-
pumuxois. 14: 37, Gal. 6:1. — (A) Of
things i, e. communicated or
imparted by the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15:
97. 1 Cor. 2 18 myeywartin’, i. g. 18
tot sveiporos in v.14. 1 Cor. 9: 11.
Eph. 1: 3. Col. 1: 9. 1 Cor. 121 et
14: 1 1a mvavpotund spiritual gifts, mi-
raculows powers. Eph. 5: 19 et Col.
8:16 @daie mveyarinais in spi

imparted al songs, i. @. composed in the Spirit,

on spirit and religions subjects.
Rom. 7:14 & ropog nv. dows,
cording to the mind and will of
Spirit, Rom. 1:11 zépiopa mreyuers
xov @ spiritual gihhi. e. a gift relating
to the mind or spirit'of Christians as
enlightened and quickened by the Ho-

Thvevporenas 678 Toko

ly Spirit; comp. ik 7. 12, and seo in

Tinie no. 3. D. b. t.— Also spoken of
hinge ina higher and spiritual sense,
i. €. not literal, not corporeel, including
aleo a reference to the Holy Spirit. 1
Cor, 10: 3, 4 bis, Bodpa xvevponixdy
payor, noua mv. Exsov, x. 4.1. 1 Pet.
2 3 bis olxos mvevpatinds x. x, 1.

TTrevparrds, adv. (srevportinds,)
spiritually, i.e. in accordance with the
Holy Spirit, in or through the Spirit, 1
Cor, 214. So Rey. 11:8 ire xadsiros
nv. Z6doua val Atyvmt0y, i, ©, speaking
in the Spirit, prophetically, allegorically,
—Clem. Rom. Ep. ad Cor. 1. § 47
mompatiniis éxboteiley july, sc. Ixilos.

Tyvéo, £. nvsivopa, aor. 1 Exveven,
Buttm. § 114; not usually contracted,
see Buttm. § 105. n. 2. Lob. ad Phryn,
p.2208q. to breathe, to breathe out, Hom,
i, 17. 447. . Aathol. Gr. IV. p. 129, 2,
trop. Plut. IX. p. 588, 4. Reisk.—In N.
‘'T. to blow, intrans. only of the wind,
Matt. 7:25, 27 x03 Sxvevoay of Greuor
Luke 12:55. John 3:8. 6:18. Rev. 7:
1, Bo Acts 27:40 tf xvs0te7 ac. alge.
Sept. for az Ps. 147: 18, pzj3 Is. 40:
A4.—Ecclus. 43: 19, 24. Palaeph. 47. 2.
Xen. An. 4. 5.3

TIrlya, £. fe, to choke, to atrengte,
by stopping the breath, trans, Matt, 18:
%B xparjoas atxoy Exvys, where it is i.
q. &yzo, comp. Lue. D. Mort. 19. 1. ib,
92.1. Poss. of drowning Mark 5: 13.
—Jos, Ant. 10.7.5. Xen, An. 5. 7.25,

Lvuxios, 7, 07, (nvlyes) stran-
ged, pp. Athen. IV, p. 147. D, xepdideu-
ov... mvixtiis dglpov nagéOysa. In N.
'T. meton. 20 swage strangled meat, i.
e. the flesh of animals killed by strap-
gling, without shedding their blood,
Acts 15: 20, 29, 21:25. This was for-
hidden to the Jewa, see Lev. 17:13, 14;
comp. 7: 26, 27. Deut. 12:16, 28.

Llvon, fs, 4s (vie) breath, i.e,

a) vital breath, respiration, Acts
25 Lany xod nvoqy. Sept. for mow3
Gen. 2:7. Ie, 42: 5. — Wied. 2: 2° “2
Mace. 7:9. Hom. Il, 21. 355.

b) breath of air, a blast, wind, Acts 2:2.
Sept. for.ru3W3 Job 37: 10.—Hom. Il. 16.
149. Thuc. 4. 100 blast of « bellows.

: lar forms are:

, & fo

Todi one, 205, ove, 5, fy rd. (eo,
Gigu,) reaching to the feet, spoken of lng
flowing robes, Rev. 1:13 érdebupinn
modien sc. doFiza. Yo Sept. for 70
Ex. 28: 4, — Wisd. 18:24. Joa, Ant
3.8. Xen. Cyr. 6.4.2 zerdve nobigy

TToF ev, interrog. adv. whence} cx.
rel. with 708, sore, etc. comp. Botta.
§ 116. 4.

a) pp. of place, i. q. from what place
or quarter? Matt. 15:33 moder iyirb
donule gros tocotros x. 1. 2, Mark &4
John 4:11, 6:5, Rev. 7:13 Alwie
direct, as often in N. T. comp. Wioer
p- 426. Luke 18:25 ote olde ipis si-
Ser dori, v. QW. John & 8. & M4 bie
Trop. of state, condition, indir. Rer.2
5. Sept. for qr Num. 11:12 Ge.
20:4. Sudg. $9: 17. — Hom, Od. 16.5.
Xen. Occ. #6. 8.

‘b) of source, author, cause, stso ma
ner, whence? how? Matt. 13: 27 stv
ob» yu Olona; v. 54, 56 U:%
Mark 6:2. John 1: 49. 19:9 x60 4
ob; James 4:1. Indireet, Luke 7
My SiBévas dS. John % 9. 7:21 bi,
28, 9:29, 30. Bept. and pry 2K &
27.—Ken. Conv. 2. 5.—Spoken in s-
Prise, admiration, Luke 1:43 xe note
pos tobro, fa x. 2. 2, (Epict. Loch. 2)
Implying strong negation, eomp. Math
§ 611. 1, Mark 12: 37 wad dter vss
tod tom; — Aol. ¥. H. 18.2 Des
749.10.

Tata, ag, %, (Dor. for née, i
noln,) grass, herb, herbage; a mm
James 4:14 sole yag 4 Loon iysiir, comp
1:10. Better mala as fom. of noir}
¥ Thooer, ldyl 5 A. ae Ser

rov. 27: Theophr.
mm molg Hdot. 8. 115, Hom. 04. 18
‘369. Comp. Lob, ad Phe, p. 496.

Tocka, @, f. jaw, aor. 1 roles,
perf, nenolnxa, pluperf. senosteeu, with
out augm. Mark 15: 7, see Butt. § &
n.6, ‘Other vari from the regu
. Att. word Matt 2
18, see Buttm. § 95.8; Aor. 1 Opt 3
pers. plur. moujoeay Luke 6 11, #
Buttm. § 108, 11.4. Winer § 1324
—The various significations of this ve
may all be classed under the two prr
mary ones, to make, to do, i. e. expres

Touts

ng eetion either 2% completed o¢ con
tinued. Sept. usually for mind.

1. to make, i. ©. to form, to’
te bring about, to cause, pp. spoken of
@ny external act as manifested in the
production of something tangible, cor-
Pporeal, obvious to the senses, i. e. com-
pleted setion; see Passow sg. v. init.
Here the Middle also is often used with
only a remote reference to the subject;
which not seldom wholly vanishes, so
that the Mid. does not apparently differ
from the Active; see Passow |.c. Buttm.
£385. 7,8, and espec. o. 4. Winer §

ad nr. (@) pp. and c.acc, Matt. 17:
4 nomoouer abs tyeis oxmds. Jobn 9:
n anor éxolnos. 18: 18 ar Bqamay Ee
stomnstes. 19:23, Acts 7: 40 Ssoiy. v.
48. 9:39 inte. 19:24. Rom, 9: 20.
Heb. 12: 13, Rev. 1% 14. Seq. & €,
gen. of material, John & 15 sowjoos

gosrriaae ts czowler. 9: 6. Rom, 9
xaxd t of manner, model,
Act 7:44, Heb. 8:5, Mid. Acts 1: 1

“eb pay mesnoy loyor. écorjcousy meg)
stevia 1. 4, see above. Sept. for
9 Gon, & 14 aq. Ex. 25:9 6q. c.
6: 14, Ex, 25 10, — Hin. 1.
11.2. Xen, Mem. 2 7.5, 0. d Ab.
4.5.14, Adyor scouty Dig, Laert. 7.

1.21, comp. Hdian. 7,6.6.—(8) Spoken *

of God, te make, i. q. to create, c. eo.
‘Attn 4: 24.3 wontons tov olgario nse,
‘Y: 50. 14: 18. 17:24, Heb. 1: 2. 12:97.
Rev. 14:7. So Luke 11:40. c, dupl.
fee. Matti 19: 4, Mark 10:6. Sept. for
trips Gen, It 7, 16,95, 81. qa Gen.
3: 1) 22, 27, Te, 425, 45: 7,

b) trop. spoken of a state or condi-
tion, or of things intangible end icor-

Pporeal, and genr. of such things as are 33.

produced by an inward act of the miod
or wills do make, i.e to douse, to bring
about, to occasion ; see Passow no. 1. b.
(a) genr. c. acc. Luke 1: 68 éxolqos i0-
tpwow 2§ log wired, Acts 15: 3 dol
db» yogar psy diay nim x. adeigeis. 2:
12 trtctarw nowtrra 5; Rom.
16:17. 1 Cor. 10:13. Eph. ‘2 15 moesiy
» 4:16 Heb, 8:9. Mid. Rom.
gant eg rhs
en. An. Ag. 1.7 ei
Mid. Hdot. 5: 30. Xen. Mom. 4. 4 14,
— (8) dtoute with its accus, like Bug!.

679.

. iin,

Toto

fo make, often forms here # periphrasis
for the cognate verb. E.g. Active, 2x—
dlunasw nots to make defence of one’s
cause, i. 9. éxBixste to defend, to right,
Lake 18: 7, 8. Acts 7:24; comp. Luke
ib. v.3, 5. Sept. for np} my Mic.
& 15. (Pol. 3. 8.10.) Teidpe® nose
to make an ambuscade, i. q. uy to
lie in wait, Acts 25: 3. (Paleoph. 1.10.
Xen. H. G. 4.8.35) 30 ixavdy nouly
to make satisfaction, i. q. ixavoty to sat-
lefy, to gratify, Mark be 15, (Pol, 3.
7. 13) porny nouiy bo make one’s
abode, i. q. iva to abide, to. dwell,
John 14: 23, (Gos, Ant, 13.2.1.) ddoy
nour to make one’s way, to go, ig. 580-
sovovpat, Mark 2:23, comp. in ‘oa ba
nohepor nour to make batile or war,
i, q. todgueiv to war, to fight; construed
by Hebr. seq. werd tiv0s instead of the
dat. Rev. 11:7. 12 17, 1&9. 19: 19.
comp. Mera J. 2. c. So Sept. for nay
ng monty Gen. 14: 2 eupPoulsdy
scoutty t) make @ consultation, i. q. ovp-
AovlsiecSas to consult together, Mark
3:6. 15 1. (Plato Proteg. p. 313, B.)
Fiera mowly te make a conspiracy,
to conspire, Acts 23: 13,
(dian. 7 4.7. Pol.1.70.6) svorgo-
guy nour to make @ combination, i. q.
as to combine, Acts 23: 18.
Sept. for eR Am. 7:10; comp. ow
for "> 2 Sam. 15: 31. 2K.
21: 2 Also the Middle, often with
only a remote reference to the subject ;
comp. above under no. 1 init. E. g-
Gvafodjy xovicGus to make delay, pp.
on one’s part, i, q. dvefdlleoPus to i
lay, Acts 25: ww (Polyb, V. p. 44, od.
Schweigh.) deqoerg xossioFus to make
prayers, i. q. dsicSa: to pray, Luke 5:
Phil. 1:4, 1 Tim. 2 1. Expoliv
wovleSas fo make a casting out, i.
daBadiay vo cast out, Acts 27: 18. (Pol.
Jax On. 1. 99.) nonercy sosioFas to
make lamentation, i. q. xdxter9es to la-
ment, Acts 8:2 (irom Sept. Gen.
50:10. Hdot. 2, 1.) Aoyor roniodus
to make account of, i. q. do; rn, Acts
20: 24, (Diod. Sic. 80.36. Pol, 95.1.3.)
keelay roulo San, i. 4. wysrione, 200 in
aemneny oiche, seo in
Mrijyn. nogeley wonteda: to make
progress or @ journey, i. q. wogeterOus
to journey, Luke 13; 22, @ Macc, 3: 8.

re eet

Tato

Xen, An. 6 211.) xgdvorav sout-
79as to make provision for, i. q. ngovo-
Sa9as to provide for, Rom. 13:14. (Pol.
4.6.11. Diod. Sic. 5.1. comp. Dem.
1438. 5.) onovdny nouloas to make
diligence, i.e. to give i. q.onov-
Safer, Jude a Pol. 1, 46. 2, Plut. de
puer. educ. c. 7. T. Lp. 9. Tauchn. —
(7). Spoken of a feast, banquet, to make,
i, q. to give, to hold, to celebrate. Luke
5: 29 énolyos Soriy weyddny. 14:12 Stay
moific Sguotoy x. td v. 13,16. c. dat.
of pers, to whom, i.e. in bonour of
whom, Matt. 22:2, Mark 6:21. John
12: 2 Sept. m. Soxny usy. for Heb.

big Tey sigy Gen. 21:8 (eden

hold, to keep, to celebrate ; Matt. 26: 18
ess 8 nous to néeze. Acts 18 21.
So in the sense of instituting, Heb. 11:
28. Sept. and trig Ex. 12 48. Josh.
5: 10.—Jos, Ant. 215. 3x. tag Svolas.
Xen. H: G. 7. 4.28 wowly 16 Ohipmsa. as
“¢) iq. to make exist, to cause to be,
pp. spoken of generative power, to beget,
to bring forth, to bear ; as xoidas so.-
tifa Dem. 1312 7, i. q. naidonort-

odat, see Lob. ad Phr.p.200. InN. T.

(a) of trees and Planns, f0 germinate, lo
bring forth fruit, to yield, as nagmor v.
aagrols xouiy Matt. 3: 10. st 17 aq.
1323, 6. Luke 3:9. Rev. 2&2 al.
Metaph. Matt. 3: 8. 21: 43, Luke 3: 8
James 3: 12 pm Bivoras ovxi dalag xovy—
gas, So of branches, i. q. to shoot forth,
Mark 4:32 Once ofa fountain, James
3:12 obts Glucr yluxi novos dug.
Sept. for mity of plants, Gen. 1: 11, si
Is, 5: 2, 4.—Joa, Ant. 11.3.5, Theophr.
Caus, Pl. 4. 11. Aristot. de Plant. 2.10.
—(G) Trop. of persons, to make for
oneself, i. q. to get, to acquire, to gain,
Loke 12: 33 novjoura iavecis falarna
«+ Snoaugey Gvixlecstor ty 05g cig.
16:9 glors. John 4: 1 wadysis. So
Sept, and sttgg Gen. 11: 4.—Diod. Sic.

U1. 89 Bsgav ‘ity. Ken. Cyr. 5. 5.12 jie

ilove. — Bo of profit, advantage, i. q.
to profit, & gain, genr. 1 Cor. 15: 29 ti
oujooury; Ina pecuniary sense, Engl.
to make, Mott. 25: 16 éxolnger dida névre
talavca. Luke 19: 18. — Pol. 2. 62 12.
Dem. 1045. 5.

d) causat, fo make do or be any thing,

680

Tuto

to cause to do or be; Pansow no. I. c.
Hetm. ad Vig. p. 761. (<) Seq. infin
Matt. 5:32 nowt abr» pooaofas, Mark

1:17, 7: 87 tov supois mod cxotus.
& 25, Luke 5:34. Jobn 6 10. Acts
19: 26, Rev. 13:13. inf. c. cot, Acts
8: 12 menowjuocs tol nagsnateis ator,
see in ‘O, 4, 10, IL. G. ¢. p. 555. Comp.
‘Winer § 45. 4. p. 270. Math. § 540.—
Joe, Ant, 2.9.5. Hdian. 8. 3. 22

otto moujoas...
. Col. 4: 16. Rev. 13: 15. ree
xovjow avtos a xt. 2 Rev. &9
1% 12,16. Comp. Bum. § 151.16

e) causat. to make be or become any
thing, to cause to be or become 80 or 80,
to make into avy thing; seq. dupl se-
cus. of object and a predicate of that
object, either subst. or adj. or adv.
strictly with dva:implied. (a) ¢. Subst.

as predicate ; e.g. of things, Mat. 2E
13 aixde (olsov) txosjours omylesor dx
ory, Jobn 4:46 Sxov éxolqos 13 tdug
olvoy, 1 Cor. 6 15, Heb. 1:7. (Heian.
4.10.5.) Of persons, Matz 4: 19 wosj-
ow tua clits dvFoener, comp. Mark
1:17 fully 2. duds yerioGes desis. Max.
2B: 15 mwosize ator view yeivys. Luke
15:19, Sept. for jnz Gen. 27: 37. So
to make, i. q. lo constitute, to appoint;
John 6:15 fa nosjowcw aitor Seolin
Acts 2: 36, Rev. 1:6. 3:12 & 10 «
predic. impl. Heb. 3:2, comp. v.1.
ta instead of acc, Mark 3: 14 xel éxai-
noe deidsxe, Tra dos pet eysot. Sept.
for jn? Ex. 18 25. (Hdien. 8 4 25
Xen. Cyr. 1. 3.18.) In the sense of te
declare, to give out as any one. Joba
8: 58 sive caavtdy souls ; 10: $3 wows
» 19: 7,32 1Jobn 1: 10.
—Jos. Ant. 2 11. 2 wousteas erbnoy vee
i.e. declares him a son, adopts him;
comp. ib. 3.12, 4.—/8) c. Adj. as pred-

46. Xen, Aa.

with the acc. of the adj. often forms a
periphrasie for the cognate verb ; ©. g.
Oijhoy nouiy to make manifest, to betray,
iq. Onlovy to manifest, Matt. 26: 73.
(Ken. An. 3. 5.17.) sxexor nossie,
i, q. datsDévas, to expose infants, Acts
7:19. edBelag mouly tas rplfovg to
make straight. and level the ways, i. 4.
sidivuy, Matt. 3:3, Mark 1:3. Luke
3:4; comp. John 1:93. euxdy v. ue
av nossiv to make white or black, i.
Aevenivesy v. wshodyey, Matt. 5:36.
outiy to make whole, to heal, i. q. iy:
tev, John 5:11, 15, 7: 23, (Palacph.
Pi 3) qavegor xousty to make known,

to betray, i. q. pavegoby, Matt. 12: 16.
Mark 3: 12. (Hdian. 2. 8.10. Xen. Cyr.
8.4.34.) Mid. BePacor nouiodas to
make firm, sure, i. q. BeBasoboS as, 2 Pet.
1: 10, —(y) c. Adv. as predicate, xouiy
sive Ua, to make one be or go out, to
cause one to go out, i. q. to put forth;
come. Re A, Pp 233. Acts 5:34 éxédev-

Be Beart 1 tog dnocrdlouy rosh-
oun Adl V, H. 10. 3 1a ray napdlewr
vedria, trubdy tazsora tos xddas Be

100 jatos, Xen. Cyr. 4. 1.
8 iu Peldew ray tdker wovjoas.

2 to do, expressing an action as con-
tinued or not yet completed ; what one
does repeatedly, continuedly, habitually ;
like xgdgow. Comp. Passow, no. 2.

a) seq. accus, of thing, and without
reference to a person as the remote ob-
ject; comp. below in d. (a) Seq. acc.
‘of pron. fe do, genr. Matt. 5: 47 x) me-
quovdy moutees Mark 11:8 i moulee
seit; 14:8 3 loge cing, txolqon.
Loke & 2,3. Matt. &9 xolyooy toir0,
wad rou, Luke 7:8. 20:2 dy nole dfov-
alg tavta nous; Jobn 19:24, Acts i:
2. 14: 15, 1 Cor. 7:86, Gal. 210 aira
rotre xosjout, Eph. 69. Phil. 214
mdvee moutrs, Col. 3:17. 1 Tim. 5:21
madiv moviv. James 4: 15. Witha
participle following, Mark thro

" 681

Thule

4
else Avortay 19 néilov, 08 in Engl. het
do ye, loosing the colt? Acts

13. Sept. gear. for ris 1 K. 7: 23. 2
K. 621. enep. — Hdian. “4. 8. 10 12 row
obvo, Xen. An. 1. 4,17 taize, Mem.
1. 3, 1—(4) Seq. ace. of « subet. rarely
implied, and spoken of particular deeds,
acta, works, done repeatedly or contin-
uedly, to do, i. q. to perform, to execute ;
e.g. mouiv 10 Egya tot ‘ABoaap John
& 39, 41. 1a noice igya Rev. &5.
16 Igya tot S20i i. ©. the works which

.God requires, John 10:37, 88. Egyov

sbayyelotot 2 Tim. 4:5, 3. E205 to do
mercy, to show mercy, James 2 13
x. dlenuootyys to do alms, to give alms,
Man. 6:2, 2 Acts 10:2. 24:17. . de
xonootyny id. Matt. 6:1. fo of mighty
deeds, wonders, miracles, e.
Matt. 7: 22, 13: 58. al. ‘ere John 5
36. 10:25. xpatos Luke 1:51. om
e- pate Job 2: 11, 23. 4:54. & 30, 11:47,
al, tigate xal onpsia Acts 6 8. .7:98.
15:12. geor. Mait. 9:28. Acw14:11.al.
So Sept. and mw Ex. 4:17. Pa, 72: 18,
77:15. — Aleo of the will, precept, re-
quirement of any one, to do, to
to fulfl, ow Matt, 21:31 tig &x sir 860
duolqce 13 Sidysar rob axpss; 28: 3.
Mark 6:20 xa “Hocidys . .. molda dnol-
‘04, i.e. which John admonished him
to do. Luke 17: 9, 10. Jobn 2&5. Acts
16:21. Eph. 23, Rev. 17:17. (Hdian.
6.1.23. Xen. Cyr. 1.2.5.) So of the
precepts of God or of Christ, Matt. 5:
19, 7:21 6 nody 16 Sidyua tod matgés
Hov. v. 24, 26. Luke 6 46. 8:21. Jobn
7:19 toy vomor. Acts 18:22. Rev. 22:
14, Of that which one asks, entreats,
promises ; John 14:18 3,tc dy aisjoyte
«+. dy mos, v. 14. Rom 4:21 3
doiyy tres, Suvatds dots xad nosijous
Eph, 3:20. 1 Theses. 5:24. c. dat. of
pers. Mark 10:35, fra & dé» ainjow-
per, mosdons ii. v.36. Of a purpose,
plan, decree, Acts 4:28. Rom. 9:28 16-
Jor aurterpnuivoy mosjou sigios the
‘Lord will execute his word decreed, i. 0.
his threatening. 2 Cor. 8: 10, 11. Gal.
517, Eph. 3:11, — (7) Spoken of a
course of action or conduct, to do, i. q.
to exceute, to exercise, to practiss; e.g.
xqlovy mouly to do judgment, to act as
judge, i. q. xelvay, Jobn 5:27, Jude 15.
(Xen. H. G. 4.2.6,8.) sty develar

Tow

tuvos wowly to exercise the power of any
one, Rev. 13:12. Spec. of right, duty,
virtue; Rom. 214 ré od ropou m
10: 5. bud dln Oslay John 3:21. 1 Jobn
1:6. viy dsemocivgy 1 John 2 29. &
7. mown xenorérmra ‘Rom. 3212, So
Matt, 19: 16 +f éyadé» monjow; John 5:
29. 8:29 14 dgectd. Rom. 7:19. Eph.
6 8. James 4: 17 xaloy xouiv. 3 John
5.—Xen, Cyr. 3. 1.15 1a dixesc mossy.
5.3, 48 xalor ts mowobrees. Sept. and
nee Ps. 14:3, Gen. 18: 19. al—{8) OF
deeds or conduct, to do, i. q. to
commit, to practise, 6. g. Sucgtqpe 1
Cor. 6:18. 4» pagtley John &: 34.
2 Cor. 1:7. 1 John 3:4. nr évoplar
Matt. 12:41, 1 John 8:4. dtsa mi
Like 12:48. air Rom. 1:32 2 3.
Bdidvypa Rev. 21:27. 13 Eeyor tobx0 1
Cor. 5:2 3 John 10. x6 pt) xaSjnorea
Rom. 1:28. obdiy dvartoy tive Acts
28:17. xoxédy Matt 27:23, Luke 23:
22. xox Rom. 3:8. 1 Pet. 3:12. n0-
mgd Luke 8:19. géror Mark 15: 7.
wstdog Rev. 22:15. genr. John 7:51.
18:35. Acts 21:33, 1 Tim. 1:13. al.
So Sept. and mez Pa. 51:6. Gen. 34:
7. al.—Heian. 1.18, 13 pndéy dvcitiov.
Luc. Pise. 9 roid ism, Xen. Cyr. 5,
8. 48 aiozody ws mouiy.

b) intrans. to do, i. q. to ack, 6g.
(a) abeol. i 4. to be active, to work
Matt. 20: 12 o¥sos of Boaros plav doar
dxolqoay. Rev. 13:5 18699 aing tev
ole novus uijvas x... So Sept. and
nee Ruth 2 19, comp. Xen. An. 1. 5.
8. Mem. 3.9, 9. But both these pas-
sages may also be referred to e, below.
—(8) ¢.adv. of manner, to do 80 and 20,
te act in any manner, as xadd¢ Matt. 12:
12. 1Cor.7:87; and 0 #eq. particip. Acts
10: 83 als troincas nagayzropsros.
Phil. 4:14. 3 John 6, (Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.
18 xalis énolqoas mpoetneir,) c. xgiio-
oor 1 Cor. 7:38, otte John 14: 31. 2
Cor. 16:1. gooriung Luke 16:8. dp
Mau. 1:24. 28:15. S80 xara Ts mossiy
Matt, 23:3, Luke 2:27. mods 1 Luke
1% 47.—Dem. 17.9 dy xaleig xovoivees
sderyyras. 141. 19. Luc. D. Mort. 11.3
#0 éxolnoay.

¢) Hovde, like Engl. to do, is often
used in the latter member of a sentence,
instead of repeating the verb of the pre-
coding member; see Passow no.2.f. E.

682"

Tloko
g. seq, sce. of thing, Matt. 5:46 ter ig
Gyanqoyse wos cyancrros dpi, tie
moder Eyes; obz) xa) ob seldom vi c-
39 xowbow; Luke & 10. Rom, 1%
iy Soph, ménibe exine* woin0 ig ow
Gyn, t. 2, Hob. 6 3, With an ait
aa obras, Matt. 5:47 dév daxdoyodh ws,
adadgois.. « obgh nad ob éSra0l cine
soubor + ‘Oh: 46, comp. 45. Lute
15, Acts 12: 8, Solan: mous Lake
11. 10:37. bs, Matt. 6: 2 yey oulsieg
Funpordir cov, Sansg of ixongersi se
obo. Luke 9:54. doeires Man 2
5. saSaby 1 Theos. 5: 11.—c. oce. Den
1148, 13 §gdlag énvogeqouy, tuy
Gdloig mewolqa. Lue. de Bere esd?
is ne

d) Spoken in reference toa perm, #
do to or in reapect to any one, ie. fr
or against bim ; the person being tt
remoter object. (a) Seq. accu. of pe
800, aleo ¢. ace. of thing; Matt 2:2
U oby movjow *Inooiv; Mark 1x2
© Adv. eB mousy ave, Engl te oo
good, Mark 44:7. Comp. Boum. § 1.
5M Matth, § 415. — Xen. Mem.224

7 obs’ alma obs” duolers vite

An 1.9, 11. Mom. 2 1. 19 ses ple
a0 moiie1.—{8) Seq. dat. of pers
Math. § 415. n. 1. Viger. p 22
E. g. to or for any one, in bis

©. ace. of tbing. Matt. 20:82 i dan
morjow tyiv. Mark 5:19 Sou 00s 6s
og werolr. v.20. Luke 1: 49, John
26. 12:16. ©. acc. impl. ,Mat 24
45. . adv. Matt. 5: 44 nalés oie
1 tolg pucovor tpas. Mark 15:8. Lake
25. John 13:15, Sept. and ris Ge
Q1. 1. (Plato Apol. Socr. 17 saves!
vearrign xal xosofurigg « - .
Sivy nab aotg. Xen. Mem. 3.108)
Allo against any one, to bis devine,
, ace. of thing, Acts 9: 13 bon om
énolnas t0ig éyloug, John 1% 21. ie
126. c. adv. Mart. 21:96, Loke 2°
Sept. and riyy Gen. 20: 9. (Dem
15, Xen. Ove. 2.9.) Or, Leer
pect to any one, in his case;
thing, Matt. 7: 12, 21: 40. Mar 28
Acta 4: 16. 6. adv, Mat 7 at
6: 23, 26, 31. — comp. Xen. Mi

16 mosis 1 mpiy sore — (7) BOE HE
det. of pers. lo do in rape ot

in his case; c., fe oft
19°Hlag Hn Gd ie

“10; 37. ‘Acts 14: 27, -15:4. So

Tloijua

ang bea #Oilqoar. Luke 23:81, Comp.
Winer § 31. 5. p. 178,—Sept. Gen. 40:
14 m. dy dpot Geog. Lue. Philopatr. 18
Wey Exepaiéy 14 nocgons & fpok—(8) Seq.
Mita 0, gen. of pers. to do with any one,
by Hebraism, see in Mend I.1.c. Luke
1: 72 nosijoas Beos ae Tey om

for by + Gen. 24: 12;14, Ps. 119: 65,
—Tob. 12:6. Judith 8: 26.

e) Seq. accus, of time, pp. intrans. to
do or act for a certain time, or as in vulg.
Engl. to do upa certain time, i.q, to spend,
to pass; comp. Lat. us vitom
Ball. Cat. 2 Acts 15: 33 xomourres dé
x96r0r. 18: 93. 20: 3 ronjous ta spdgas
tgeis. 2 Cor. 11: 25 mi og
6v9§ necoina. James 4:13. Perhay
Matz. 20: 12° Rov. 13: 5; eve above in
no. 2b. a, ‘This usage appears to be-
long to the later Greek, see Sturz de
Dial. Maced. p.189, Viger. p.281; con-
tra, Stalibaum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 158.
Sept. for miny Ece. 6: 12.—Sept. Prov.
13: 24. Jos. Ant. 6. 1. 4 7. piivag téc-
cages. Dion. Hal. Ant. 6,5. Gr. An-
thol. III. p. 67.1. Dem. 392. 18 oid”
enolnaay xg6ror ovdiva. AL.

Mocnue, atos, 8, (nown,) a thing
made, work. Rom. 1:20 ra ddgata ad
tod... 1015 novjpacs vootueva xadoga-
zat, Trop. Eph.2:10, Sept. for migam
Eee. 3: 11, Ps, 143: 5. 59 Is, 29: 16.
—Luc, de Dea Syra 29, 49. "Hdot. 4. 5.

TTotjors, ecg, 4, (norde,) a making,
Jos. Ant. 18.3.1. vsiv xolgow Thuc,
3.2 In N.T.a doing, keeping of a
law, James 1:25 & +9 moujou se. 108
vépov, Comp. in Houde no. 2. a. 6. —
Ecelus. 19: 17 nolnor vopov. Test. XII
Patr. p. 681.

Horne, ov, 5, (noe) 1. ama-
ker of any thing, inventor, Xen. Cyr. 1.
6.38 2. pnyorvnpator. In N. T. wpoet,
maker of a poem, Acts 17: 28. — Ceb.
Tab. 13. Xen, Mem. 1.2.56. So 2osdeo
to make verses, to describe in verse,
Hoot. 2, 116, .

2. a doer, keeper of a law or precept.
Rom. 2 13 of sosgtad tod vopov. James
1:22.23, 4:11. ib. 1:25 =. Igyou in-
tens. a doer of the deed, i. q. a doer in-
deed ac. of the law.—1 Mace, 2: 67,

683

Downy

Toextios, n, ov, pp. variegated,
party-coloured, Sept. for “i? Gen. 31: 8,
10, 12. Ceb. Tab, 21. Xen. Mem. 3.10.
14. InN. T. various, divers, manifold,
as morxllous wooo Matt. 4: 24. Mark 13,
34. Luke 4: 40. éridyplaus moun 2

artowy. Tim. 3: 6, Tit. 83. Heb. 2 4 wou. dv-
Sept. yduers 13:9, James i: 2, 1 Pet. 1: 6

4:10 rosmldng zdgesog Soot, i.e. of his
manifold various gifts.—2 Mace.
15:21, Hdian, 4.213, Xen. Ove. 16.1.

Tlomatve, £. avi, (noynir,) to

Seed a flock or herd, i.e. to let feed, to

‘pasture, to tend, trans.
8) pp. Luke 17:7 Soidor Byar . . .
nosatvorta, 1 Cor. 9: 7. Sept. for *
9°) Gen. 30: 31, 36. Ex. 3: 1. — Lue.

1155. 3.

b) trop. to feed, i.q. tolead, to cherish,
to provide for, e. g. kings and princes
their people, Matt. 2:6 Sori wospevst
toy lady pov. Rev. 7:17; and so pas-
tors and teachers the church, John 21:
16. Acts 20:28 moupsalyer thy éxxdy-
gley, 1 Pet.5:2 So Sept. for m9)
2 Sam. 5:2. 1Chr. 11: 2.—Anacr. Od.
60. 8. — Hence by impl. to rule, to gov-
ern, ec. with severity. Rev. 2: 27 no
Hari ainois dy gdfdy odneg. 12 5.
19: 15. So Sept. and M39 Mic. 5: 6.
7: 14.—In a bad sense, c. iavtéy, to feed
or cherish oneself, to take care of oneself,
8c. at the expense of others, Jude 12,
Comp. Sept. Prov. 20: 3, Ez. 34: 8
Pooxngar of nowpivres Savors.

Hopyy, évos, 6,4 herdsman, shep-
herd, one who tends herds or flocks.

8) pp. Matt. 9: 36 mgéfara pi Fyorta
wouuévo.. 25: 32. Mark 6: 34. Luke 2
8, 15, 18,20, Sept. for ny Gen. 4:2,
Num. 27: 17,— Dem. 1155, 4. Xen.
Mem. 2. 3. 9. .

b) trop. of Jesus, as the Great Shep-
herd who watches over and provides
for the welfare of the church, his flock.
Matt, 26: 31 et Mark 14: 27 mardte tor
mouséva x. . 2, quoted from Zech. 13: 7
where Sept. for mq. John 10:2, 11
bis, 12, 14,16. 1 Pet. 225, Heb. 13:20.
So Sept. for my of the Messiab, Ez.
‘SA: 23, 87: 24. — Act. Thom. § 25 xo
uty dya90e, of Christ. So of aking as

D- Deor. 4,4, Hdien. 6 8.2 Dem...% 3

Tien
nousiy lace Hom. Il. 1.263. Xen. Mem.
3.2. 1.—Aleo a pastor, the teacher and
guide ofa particular church,
ph. 4: 11, So Sept. and mz Jer. %
8. & 15, Ez, 34: 2,56q.

Tloiuvn, 72, %, (nouusir,) 0 flock,
espec. of sheep, Matt. 26:31. Luke 28.
1Cor. 9:7 bis, Sept. for “112 Gen. 32:
17.—Ael. V. HL. 1, 29, Dem. 1155, 5, —
Trop. the flock of Christ, his disciples,
church, John 10:16. Comp. Holursor.
—Act. Thom. § 25.

Tloluviny, ov, +6, (eyne. for noi
pinoy from zoupiy, Opp. Cyn. 4. 2. 69,).
@ flock, i. q. noluvn, Sept. for 13 Gen.
29:2,3, Fx Gen. 31:4. 1 Sam. 14:32,
Lue. D. Deor. 4. 2, 3, Hdor. 2,2, —In
N. T, only trop. the flock of Christ, bis
disciples, church, Luke 12:32. Acts 20:
28, 29. 1 Pet. & 2% Comp. Sept. 7d
8. nuglov for "39 Jer. 18: 17. Zech. 10:
3.—Psalt. Salom. 17:45. Themist. Orat.
23, p. 289, i q. disciples.

Lloiog, nole, noiov, correl. pron.
interrog. corresponding to olog, totos,
Buttm. § 79; pp. what? of what kind
or sort? Lat. qualis,

8) pp. Mark 4:30 é nolg nagapolj
magafulapsy aitiy. Luke 6: 32 rola
pir zogug tosl; v. 33, 34, 24:19. John
12 33 moly Savdry, 18: 32 21: 19,
Acts 7: 49. Rom. 3: 27. 1 Cor. 15: 35.
Tames 4: 14 ola vag 4 fon) iver; comp.
in Mola, 1 Pet.1:11. 220. So é& nolg
aovale by what authority, i.q. by whose
authority, Matt, 21: 23, 24,27. Mark 11:
28, 29, 33, Luke 20: 2,8. Acts 4: 7 bis,
by nolg duripe, § by moly dvdpot;
Adv. Luke 5:19 oles, or in text. rec.
Bic molas sc. 6800, what way, how;
comp. 87 éaslyye 19:4. Sept. for Mt
1K. 22: 24, — Cob. Tab. 12, Hdian. 1.
17.13, Xen. Mem. 3, 12. &

b) what one? sc. out of a number,
i. q. what? which? Matt. 19: 18, 22:36
mola drtoy paychy dr 105 vope ; 24: 42
mole Gg. v.43, Mark 12:28. Luke
12: 39. John 10:32 dia notoy aixay
Teyuw. Acts 23: 34. Rev. 3:3 So
Sept. for rt 4 2 Sam. 15:2 1 K. 13:
12. Jonah 1: 8, —1 Mace, 2:10. Ceb.
Tab. 6. Xen, Mem. 2 4. 5.

Hodepdes, 03, f. oe, (sédspos,) to

684

An. 5.7. —. dat. Jos.c. Ap. 1.93.

Heian. 2. 11.7. Xen. Cyr. 3. L 10, —

Hyperbol. once i. q. to contend, to guar

rel, James 4:2. Bo Sept. and part. tnd

Pa. 5& 2,3, comp. v. 6. — Diod. Bec.
cre

13,

Lodepos, ov, 6, (nilopes, kindr.

Lat. pello, bellum,) pp. ‘the egitation and
tumult of battle; hence fight, battle,
war.
8) pp. fight, battle, 1 Cor. 14: 8 ws
m ora, a ndliuor ; Heb. 11:
24 logugol & moliuy. Rev.9:7,9. 127.
16:14, 20: 8, Bo wojoas mdlepor pas
tuv0g to do battle, to fight, to make war
with any one, i,q. nolausty, Rev. 11:
7. 12:17, 13: 7. 19:19; see in Zee
and Tolzuie, So Sept.and 7_N>n Ex.
1% 17, 2Sam. 19: 10. Job 3o:'25—
Ael. V. H. 3. 9. Diod. Sic.13.79. Xen.
Cyr. 6. 2 4.—Hyperbol. once i. q. com
test, strife, James 4: 1.—Hdian. 1.11.4
comp. Plato Phaeifo 11.

b) genr. war, Matt. 24: 6 bis daev-
uy moliovg xa) daoag xoliuer, Mark
13:7 bis, Luke 14:31. 21:9. So Sept.
and mgithy Ex.1:10. 2K. &7,—
Pol. 3.7.1, 2. Xen, Mem. 4. 4 14,

Modis, ewe, % | mdlos, milopas,) a
eity, pp. enclosed with a wall, a walled
town.

8) pp. and. geor. Matt. 2 23 narreiey-
ow as xélev inyy Notagiz. Merk
& 56. Luke & 1. John 11:54 2 Cor.
11: 26, al. enep, Sept. for >°5 Gee. 4:
16. 11: 4 saep. — Hdian. 3. 1. 10,14.
Xen. Mem, 3. 1.1.— Io various con-
structions: (a) c. art. § wales, the city,

Teds
i.e. before mentioned, es Matt. 91: 17,
18, coll. v. 10, Mark 11: 19, coil. v. 1.
Joba 4 8, 28, 30, coll. v. 5. Acts & 9,
coll. v. 5. al. Or nat’ dtegqy, the city,

i. q. the chief city, metropolis, ©. g, Jeru-
salem Mats, 26: 18. pate 7: ‘24: 49,

&M. Luke & 34. —(f) . adj. or a
pag ice ore tf nila
Acts 19: 29 4 x. dis 7. 26: 1 la 7

woles. Rev. 16: 19 4 wdhis i
pra, sc. Bafulsir. 18: 10,21. 80

slug one’s own city, i. @. in which
one dwells, Matt. 9: 1, comp. 4: 13; or,
the chief city of one’s family, Lake: 3.
4 Gla xélis the Holy City, i. 0, Jerusa-
Jem as the public seat of God’s worship,
Matt, 4:5, Rev. 11:2 So Sept. and
Dyprt V2 Neb. Ui: 1. Is 51, Called
also 4 761i¢ 4 §yennpévy in a like pense,
Rev. 20: 9. — (y) Seq. gen. of pers. the
city of any one, i.e. one’s native city,
™ opis Luke 24, 11, (2 Chr. & 11.)
or in which one dwells, Luke 4: 29.
Jobn 1: 45, Rev. 16:19. x. 105 peye- OMY
Aov Bacihéng, ie. where God dwells,
Matt. 5: 35, comp. Ps, 48:2, Tob. 13
15. Seq. gen. of a gentile name, Matt.
10: 5 els noly Zapaguray. v.23, Luke
23: 51, Acte19: 35. 2 Cor. 11: 82—(8)
With the pr. n. of the city subjoined ;
e. g. in apposit. in the same case, Luke
2: 4 dx wélawg Natagés. v.39, Acta 11:
5. 27:8; or in the genit. Acts 16: 14.
2 Pet 2:6 moles Zodopwr xal I. comp.
Winer § 48, 2. — Apollon. Argon. 2
654 or 656 mrdiw ‘Opxousroto.—(s) Seq.
gen. of region or province, Luke 3: 26
tis noliy tig Falidaloy, John 4:5. Acts
‘Ql: 39. impl. Matt. 14: 13, Luke 5:12.
So Luke 1: 80 sig ndluv “Iotda, i.e. a
city of Judah; where others suppose it
to be i. q. the city Jovse, Heb. 7192 or
ron Josh. 15:55, 21:16. See Reland
Palsest. p. 870. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
IL fi. p. 817,

b) meton. for the inhabitants of a
city, Matt. & 84 ndou 9 mohig stilde,
21:10. Mark 1:33, Acts 13: 44. 21:
80. al. — Hdian. 2.11.6 Xen. Cyr. 1.
4, 25.

©) symbol. of the celestial or spiritual

the seat of the Messiah’s
kingdom, described as descending out

685

Tlodiins

of heaven, Rev. & 12, ‘21: 2 sy xdlw
tiv dylar, Iqove. xamriy, eldor xasofal-
vovoar dx rob ovgavod. v.10, 14 0g. 2
14,19. Heb, 11: 10, 16 12 22, See
Bchoettgen'’s Dissert, in Hor. Heb. I.
P. 1205 eq. At.

Hokeragyns, ov, 6, (ndlu, Sexe)
@ city-ruler, prefect, magistrate, Acts 17:
6, 8-—-Greok writers use the form oll-

ZEneas c. 26; or better nodlag-

os Pind. Nem. 7. 152,

MoActeia, ag, %, (*olstsiw,) pp.
“the being a free citizen,’ the relation
of a free citizen to the state; bence

8: 21,23. Jos. B.J. 1.9.5. Dem. 161.
16, Xen. H. G. 1. 1, 26.

b) the state itself, a community, com-
monuwealth, Eph. 2 12 x. rob "fogay—
2 Mace. 4:11. Pol. 6.14.4. Xen. Mem.
21.13

Toddrevpc,, arog, 0,4(xolersia,)

any public measure, administration of the
atate, Dion. Hal. A Ant. 2.15. Dem. 107.
25. "In N.'T. the state itself, community,
commonwealth, trop. of Christians in ref-
erence to their spiritual community,
Phil. & 20. — pp. 2 Mace. 12:7. Jos.
‘Ant. prooem. 3. Pol. 2, 41. 6,

Tlodctevc, f. rbaw, (wollen) to ad~
minister the state, Thuc. 2, 37, 63. to
live as a free citizen Pol. 4.76.2 Xen.
H. G. 3. 1. 21.— Oftener and in N.
depon. Pass, nodsrevopat, to be a citi-
zen of a state, to live as a good gilizen,
to conduct oneself according to the
laws and customs of a state, pp. Dem.
665. 20. Hence in N. T. genr. to live,
to order one’s life and conduct, ec. accord-
ing to a certain tule, ¢. adv. Phil, 1: 27
Gtlag tol sdayyellou moliteisSe. c.
dat. Acts 23:1 merollrevpess ty Sed),
to or for God, according to his
comp. in Osds a. 7. — 2 Mace. 6: 1 10%
tov Se0t vopors. 3 Mace. 3: 4. Jos. de
Vit. §2 de Mace. § 4 36 mazgly roup.

Modttns, ov, 6, (ndhis,) a citizen,
an inhabitant of a city. Acts 21:39
otx dorpou nédews mollms. Luke 15: 15,
—2 Mace. 5: 93, 24. Jos. B. J. 2. 18. 6.
‘Xen. Mem. 4. 6. 14, — Seq. gen. absob,

Thoda

q, fellow-citizen, Luke 19: 14; also
Bo: 8: 11 in later edit. where peared
voy algolor, Sept. for 37}

3: 11.9% Jer. 31:84, Prov. on
Hdiao. 3.10. 11. Xen. H. G. 6 3, 6.

Toda, vee Hots.

TloAdarxes, adv.(sx01ts,) many times,
often, Matt. 17:15 bis, Mark 5: 4, 9:22
John 18:2. Acts 26:11. Rom. 1: 13.
2 Cor. 8: 22, 11: 23, 26, 27 bis. Phil. 3:
18, 2 Tim. 1: 16. Heb. 6 7, 9:25, 26.
10: 11.—Xen. Mem. 3. 12, 6.

Todkaniactoy, ovos, 6, %, 2dj.
(nobis, manifold, many fimes more, Luke
18: 30. — ‘Test. XII Patr. p. 640. Pol.
35, 4. 4. The form nodlanidovos is
more usual, Jos, B. J. 5.13.5. Xen.
Mem. 2.2.7. Comp. Buttm. § 71. 3.

Hodvevondayyvog, eee in Hoii-
onlayzros.

Todvioyia, ag, §,(nolvkéyos, from
molis, Liye,) much speaking,
Matt. 6 7. Sept. for 43)
10: 19, — Plut. de Curiosit.'£
Cyr. 1.4.3.

Todupepas, adv. (nolyuspis con-
sisting of many parts, manifold, Wied.
7: 2%, Anthol. Gr. IL p. 214; from
sods, udégos,) in many parts, in mani-
Sold ways, Heb. 1: 1.—Joa. Ant. 8. 3. 9
rabea mivea 5 Zolousy eis viv Scob 11
YY, zolsjugés xed bBeyahongensis xote—
gusvace. Comp. nolupsgis Max. Tyr.
Diss. 37. p. 363. omer ™

Tgdunokxedos, ov, 5,4, adj. (n0-
Aus, moluhos,) much variegated, x.

Soph. Ipb. Taur. 1155." In N. T.
carious, manifold, multifarious, ©. g. #
x. copla tof Soi Eph. 3: 10.

Tlodug, nodds, nodvd, Genit. nol-
ol, 4s, of, see Buttm. §64.1. Comper.
mlsluy, Superl. mlsiotos, see in their
order. — Many, much, pp. of number,
quantity, amount. For the usual con-
ey with the article, see in ‘O, 4, t0,
IL A. 2b,

a) Sing. pp. many, muck ; and with
anoun implying number or multitude,
great,large. (a) Withoutartic. c. Subst.
Jokn 6:10 zogtos molis. }5: 5 wagnin
moliy, Acts 15: 32 8:0 Adyou nodded

loquacity,
an Prov.
init, Xen.

with anoun of multitude, Acts 11:21
1. dqsDpds a great number; 18: 10 deos
mols. Mark 5:24 dyloc x. John & 2,
Acts 14:1 mold wijOog. 17: 4. trop.
Matt. 9: 87 5 piv Sequrpos wolte, comp.
v.36, al, (Xen. Cyr. 4.2 1.) | Abeol.

1, 2, 60. — (6) With the art. c. Sabet.
Heb. 5 11 megh ot malic Hyde S

Engl. the great multitude,
people, (Hdian. 1. 1. 1
Xen. An. 3.2.36 67.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 198, 390.
molv, the much, 2 Cor. & 15 5 1 mols
8c. oulldtas, quoted ‘from Bept.

18, comp, ¥. 17 See Winer § 66.3.

p. 472. An. 7.7. 36 6 éplfae ™
obi nad Silyor,

b) Plur. moddol, al, @, many,
with nouns of multitude, great, large.
(a) Without artic. c. Subst. Mate. & 16
Sauporifopérovsg nollots. 24: 11. Mark
2 15 soldo} revo, Luke 7: 21. 127,
19 moldd dyaSd. v.47 w00 in digu.
John 3:23 iota woldd. Acts 2 43

i

&

Luke 14:25. (Xen. An. 4.7.14.) With
another Adj, Eragos zollos Matt. 15: 30;
fem. Luke 8:3; nout. 2265. Gilles

PIPE solia! Mark 15:41; neut. 7: 4. John
PTY 91: 25, moldoig Gldous Mark 12 5

Coupled by xal, as x. sal Frege Lake
3:18, n. xab Ga cyusia John 20: 30.
bruipara Acts 25:7. Ta.

impl. many i. q, « multimude, all,
20: 28 Aingoy dvs} ollér. Mark 10:45.
14: 94. Heb. 9: 28, comp. Sept. Is. 5&
12 = Neut. xodla, many things, much,
Matt 19:3 sel Udigew olla éy xage-

Tohs
Bolas. Mark 5:26, Luke 10: 41. John
8: 26, 2 Cor. 8: 22 dy woldois. 2 John
12, al. (Xen. Cyr. 8.3. 50,) Seq. gen.
partit. Matt. 3:7 sollois tiv Sagicaley.
Luke 1: 16. John & 66. Acts 4: 4. al.
Seq. é& ©. gen. partit. comp. *Ex no. 3. bh.
John 6 60 woldod é sav padryréiv. 10:
20. Acts 17: 12,—c. gen. Xen. An, 1.
‘7.20. Apol. Soer. 13, — (8) With the
art, os referring to something well
known; Babee Lake 7: 47 af inae-
2 ai woldal, comp. v. 37, 39.
Rev. 17: 1. comp. v. 15. ‘Acta 26: 24
26 mola the much
gc. which thou hast, q. d. thy much
learning. (Luc. Cynic, 16. Plato Apol.
Boor. 1 init.) Absol. of moddol, the
many, i.e. those before spoken of, in-
cluding the idea of all ; as Rom. 5: 15,
19, i. e. the many of whom the apostle
had been treating as having all suffered
through Adam. So of the many i.e.
all who receive Christ, v.15. 125. 1
Cor. 10: 17. v.38 +6 téy nolléy bo
oodéos the i.e. all to whom I
preach. (Xen. An. 3.1.10.) Also the
many, i. q. the most, the greater number,

but implying exceptions. Matt. 24: 12°

4 dydnn vey noldéy. 2 Cor. 2:17 ds
0% moldoé as the most do, i. e. the Judai-
zing teachers. Comp. Winer p. 9%
Math. § 266.—Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 3,

¢) trop. and intens. of amount, de-
gree, much, great, vehement, comp. Pas-
sow no. 1.b, Matt. 2 18 d3uguos 1o-
ads. 5:12, Luke 10: 40. Col. 4:18
Gidov woliy, Matt. 24:30 dine moldjis.
Mark 13:26. John 7: 12 yoyyvopos m.
Acts 15: 7, 21:40 noldig aryijs. 24:3,7.
25: 2. 27: 10,21, Rom, 9: 22. 1 Cor.
2: 3 éy roduyp mol4gG. 2 Cor. 8: 4. Eph.
% 4, al. snep. Sept. for 5173 Gen. 41:
29. Dan. 11:44,—Ecclus. 15:18. Heian.
7.1.2. Dem, 23.31. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.25.
Mem. 2, 1. 6.

4) of time, much, long, plur. many.
Matt. 25: 19° prt Pian moliy.
Mark 6:35 Seas oldie yavopdyns. Luke
en John 5:6. Luke 12:19 Erm wol-

dei many years. Acts 24: 10, Rom. 15:
2B, dni mold for a long time Acts 28:6.
wrt ob soli not long after Acts 27: 14,
wat ob moldég iységas Luke 15:13, Acts
1:5, Sept. tuigas x. for Heb. na

687

Tepe
Hos, 3: 8, 4.—Xen. An. 5.2.17 wollod
xesvov. Piato Apol. Socr, 2 noldé Frm
e) Neut. wolv, woldd, adverbially,
Buttm. § 115. 4. Math. § 446. (a)
Sing. nohu, much, greatly, Mark 12:
27 modi mlavdod:. Luke 7:47 iydnn-
ga molv. Acts 18:27. Rom. 3:2. James
& 16. c. compar. 2Cor. 8: 22 nol
onovdedrsg0r. Dat. noldq id. c.com-
per: John 4: 41. oll pélloy Matt.
€ 30. Mark 10: 48..— Sept. Dan. 6: 14,
23. Hdian. 2, 3. 4. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 1.
¢. compar. Luc. D. Deor. 2.1. Ken.

learning Mem.2. 10.2. sold c. compar. Xen.

Mem.1.2.9. Comp. Passowno. 4. a,b.
— (6) Plur. noddc without artic, many
Simes, often, Mate. 9:14 mnotevowsy moll.
Xen Gyr A. S16} Alo ma 19, 2 fin.
en, Cyr. ) much, greatl
Mark 1: 45 fjgfato poll, &
12. 5: 10 wagexcihes aitdy woldc. 1 Cor.
1612 Rev. 5:4 Edaioy woldc.—Sept.
2K. 10:18. Is, 23: 16, Hdian. 1.16.11.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 47 fin. — With the art.
ta TOlAd, this many times, for the most
part, greatly, Rom. 15: 22, — Luc. D.
Deor. 16,1. Xen. H. G. 6.2.30, An.

Hodvondayzvos, ov, 6, %, adj.
(wodis, oxlayzvor,) very compassionate,
of great mercy, James 5:11, where some
Mes. read nolvevonlayzvos.—Not found
elsewhere.

Hodutedye, gos, ous, 5% _
(modis, télos,) very expensive, very
sumptuous, ©. g. vaedos Mark 14:3. ome
tuopos 1Tim.29. Sept. Pt. for "Pp? Prov.
1: 13.—Hdian. 6, 4, 7. Xen. An.1 5.8.

—Trop. very precious, excellent, 1 Pet.
3: 4.—Diod. Bie. 14. 30.

Hodvruos, ov, 5,4, adj. (wodis,
‘tye, Of great value or price, very costly,
very precious, e. g. pagyagiims Matt, 13:
46. ydgdog Jobn 12:3. 1 Pet. 1:7 in
later edit.—Hdian. 1, 17, 5.

Tloduigonas, adv. ( noltzgonos,
from molis, toémos, tpéri,) in many
ways, in diverse manners, Heb. 1: 1. —
Hesych. molurgenas * Siaqdgas, morxl-
Jess.

Tome, arog, 16, (nivw, néxopas,)
drink, 1 Cor. 10: 4. Heb. 9:10. Sept.

F Tovnpta

for EMpL} Ps. 10% 10. Hiptin Den.
1: 16.—Ceb. Tab. 6. Ken. Mem. 4.7.9,
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 455 9q.
Tlovngia, as, 4, (morngds,) evil
nature, badness, pp. in a physical sense,
Sept. for 95 Jer. 24:2,3,8. In N.T.
only in a moral sense, evil disposition,
wickedness, malice. Matt. 22: 18 yrois
84 8 'Iyoobg tiv noryglay adtéy. Luke
11: 89, Rom. 1: 29. 1 Cor. 5: 8. Eph.
6 12 1a mredp. tiie morngias i. q. Ta 20-
yagd, Buttm. §121, n. 4. Winer § 34.2,
Plur. al woynglas, wicked counsels Mark
7:22; wicked deeds, iniguities, Acts 3:
26. Sept. for mpy Ex. 3211. 35
Pa, 28:5, plur. for niv> Jer. 32: 32,
‘33: 5. — Luc. D. Mort. 12.6. Plut. de
aud. Poet. 4. T. I. p. 49. Tauchn. Xen.
Occ. 1, 19. plur. Dem. 521. 6,
Tlorngos, a, ov, (novia, név0¢, )
Comparat. sorngdrsgos Matt. 12: 45,
Luke 11:26; pp. ‘causing or having
labour, sorrow, pain.” hence genr. evil,

> act. and passive.

a) Act. evil,

ers, evil-disposed,

wicked. (a) Of persons, Matt. 5:45 ént
mompods ai ayadous, 7:11 sb dusis,
scovngol Brreg x, x. i, 12: 34, 85, 13: 49.
18: 82, Luke 6:35, 45, 11:18. Acts 17:5,
2 Thess. 3:2, So Sept. and 95 Esth.
7:6, Job 21;30.—Ecclus, 14:5. Hdian.
5.2.5, Xen. Mem. 2 6. 20.—S0 nvei-
para morned evil spirits, malignant de-
mons, Mat, 12: 45. Luke 7:21. 8: 2,
11: 26. Acts 19; 12, 13, 15, 16, (Sept,
and 97 18am. 16: 14q. 18:10.) Hence
6 nowngos the Evil one, xav’ dtoy7y, i.e.
Satan, Matt. 18: 19, 38, coll. 39. Eph.
& 16. 1 Jobn 2% 13, 14. 2, 5: 18.
Others also refer here Matt. 5:37. 6:13,
Luke 11: 4. John 17: 15. 1 John 5:19;
see below in A, and in b. «.—Act. Thom.
§45. Barnab. Ep. 21. — (6) Of things,
©. g. dpFalpos wosneds an evil eye, envy,
Matt. 20:15. Mark 7:22 Comp. in
* dg. 7. So diakoysspo} norn-
ot Matt. 15: 19, James 2 4, see in
Araloyiopss. 1 Tim. 6 4. Matt. 12: 35
et Luke 6: 45 é& ro movngot Syoavgod
ic xagdlas, i. q. Pnoavg. tig mornglas.
— Hdian. 1. 8.5. Acl, V. H. 2. 11 soy,
Sainva q. d. Thyestene epulac.—Bo pp.
as causing pain or hurt, Aurffud, e.g.

. causing evil to oth-

688

Tlovngos

words, injurious, calumnious, xé7 sm-
gov giuo Matt. 5:11. Acts 2% 21. 3
John 10. So Sept. and 9% Geo. 31:1,
Pa, 64: 6. (Judith 8: 8.) Also painf,
grievous, Rev. 16: 2 Esos xaxby xx} m1
mmedr. So Sept. and 97 Deut 25,
59. — Ecclus, 28: 23. Hdian, 2 12.11.
—Neut. 23 novqgor, evil, i. . evil ite,
malice, wickedness, Matt, 5 37 1 ki
migocey covey, bx rob mormgol law.
¥, 39, John 17: 15, 2 These, 3:3, Abe
evil as inflicted, calamity, affiction, Mat
& 13 Gboa: fuss nd rob xorngod, Late
1:

b) Pass. evil, i.e. made evil erin
nature or quality, bad, ill, viciow.
In a moral sense, e.g. of
ed, corrupt, an evil-doer, 1 Cor, £13
aaugsite toy norngoy & Suiy, 27m
3:18 Bo yeved morngd Met. 123
45. 16:4. Luke 11:29, aidv ones
Gal. 1:4. So Sept. for 95 Dent :
D1. yoy Ta 1:4. 9:17, (Hdian. 5.28
Xen. Ath. 1.1.) Of a servant, ig
miss, slothful, Mate. 25: 26. Luke 122
oe 42: 5, Hdian. se or

. 7. 41.—OF things, wi
Sagitious, e. g. ta ‘ers, John $19"
'78Q mornga atti ta 7:7. Cob
1:21. 2Tim. 4:18, 1 Jobn $129
John 1. gadiovgynsa wor, Actsl& It
1 Theos. 5°22 dine newts on 20%
got, see in 0, %, 15, A-Db PSS
Heb. 3:12, 10; 22 James 4:16 %
Sept. and 97 Deut. 17:5. 2K. 17:18
Prov. 26 28. (Jos. Ant. 2 3. 1, Fas
3.6.9.) Also of times, pp. a full
sorrow and affliction, evil, servos
calamitous, ©. g. ipdgas xorngel Eh
5:16, 6:13, So Sept. and 97 Ow

9. Ps. 94: 18.—Neut. ro n0raer,
evil, wickedness, guilt, Luke 6:45. Bor,
129, 1 John 5: 19, | Plur. ra xorngt
evil things, wicked deeds, Mart 7: 8
morned Matt. 9: 4, 12: 35. Late
So Sept. for 9, e.g. 10 . Deut I?
Judg. 211. Ece, & 12 seep. 1%
Goo. 65. & a ed Pe

joa, 7: 15.—(8) In a physi
rather of ae at sy and onl
tion, evil, bad, e.g. xageol 50m
frwit, Matt. 7: 17, 18. sp Salpes °F
6 i 0. Wl, diseased, Mar. & 23 Lait
11: 34. Comp. and 93 Ler
10, 2K.%19. Once of pero

Teves
) reference to external mate, dress, ete,
1 Matt. 22: 10 worngois 12 xai dyadoue,
bad and good, q. d. bigh and low, rich
and poor, a periphrasis for all. S80
: Luke 6 22 txpdlaes os Brena ivi Se
| Rommeoy, i. @, an a disgrace, reproach
pee in'Exfille a of ted 77 oe AG
ne Tlovog, ov, 6, (xive, mivopes) la~
bour, toil, travail, Col, 4: 13 in Moa, for
1 tilor. — Jos, Ant. 3. 2,3, Hdian. 2. 10.
17, Xen. Mem. 2.1.3.—Henee, sorrow,
| pain, anguish, Rev. 16:10 duacadvro
tg Toe psoas aizéw éx vob mévov. v. HI.
21:4, Sept. for 34> Is. 65: 14, com,
Gen. 34: 25. tb Job 4: 5. — Ael. V.
H. 5.6, Xen. » 2, 2.5.

Hoy texas, 9, ov, belonging to Pen-
tus, a Pontian, Acts 18: 2,

Hovnos, ou, 6, Pontius, the prae-
nomen of Pilate, see MZilatos. Matt. 27:
2. Luke & 1. Acts 4: 27. 1 Tim. 6: 13.
See Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 32.

Hoyos, ov, 5, Pontus, the north-
eastern province of Asia Minor, Acts
2%9. 1 Pet. 1:1. It was bounded N.
by the Euzine; W. by Papblogonia and

~ Galatia ; 8. by Cappadocia and part of
Armenia; and E. by Colchis. The
kingdom of Pontus became celebrated
under Mithridates the Great, who waged
a long war with the Romans ; in which
he was at last defeated by Pompey, and

his kingdom made a Roman province. «

Hondo, ov, §, Lat. Publius, pr.
n. of sesaiby inbabitant of Malta,
Acts 28: 7, 8,

Hopeia, ag, %y (mogeia,) a going,
way, journey. Luke 18 9 eee mor
otpavos making his journeying.
Sept. for F779 Jon. 33, 4-9 Mec.
12 10. Joa. de Vit. § 52 Xen. Mem.
3. 13.5. — From the Heb. in Plar. go-
> of fames 1: 11.
Be dept re Poe ZT. Comp.
in ‘O05 ©. 7.

Togsvian, £. ciae, (nogos 2 passing,
passage, from sige, negoe,) to cause to
pase over by land or water, fu transport,
trans, Eurip. Med. 180 or 182. Pind,
Ol. 1, 185, Ael. .V. H. 8. 2 — Oftener
and in N.'T. only depon. Mid. ueete-

689

Topsy

pes, £, wwopes, aor.1 pass. as Mid.
dxogedOqy Buttm. § 196.2 ; pp. to trans:

port oneself, to betake oneself, i. q. to pass

aad one place é another, intrans.
Hence

8) pp. te pass, to go, implying mo-
tion from the place where one is, and
bence often i. q to pass on, to go
wey, to depart ; found chiefly in Matt.
Luke, John, and Acts, E. g. absol.
Matt, 2: 9 of 84 duovoartas roi Baciliec,
dnogetOneur. Mark 16:10, Luke 4:30.
Acts 5:20, 1 Cor, 10: 27. (Xen. An, 3.
4,41.) Once c¢. ace. Act. & 39 drop.

P- iy Sdor el, new in ‘OBS b, a. Bey.

inf. of object, Luke 2:3 éxogetorro xa7-
seg axoyegerSas. John 14:2. Comp.
Burm. § 140, 2.—Usually with an ad-
junct of place whence or whither ; , ©, 8
with a Preposition and its case: &20 c.
gen. Matt. 24: 1 éxogatsto axd tot iqgot.
Luke 4: 42, Acts 5:41. (Xen. An. 4.
4.17.) dec. gon. Matt. 1% 2 dud sev
onoghuery, (Xen. Cyr. 24.24) sige.
ace. of place, Matt. 2:20 ale yp “Togas.
Mark 16:15. Luke 4:42 al. (Ken. H.
7. 4. 10.) also c. acc. of state or con-
on, Luke 22 33 sie Sdvaror. 7:50
tig aignygy, eee in Eig no. 4 fin. i
ngooder c. gen. of pers. John 10:4.
éy c. dat, of state or manner, Acts 16:
36, comp. in Eis no. 4 fin. énic. ace.
of place, Matr. 22:9 ént rag dutddous x
3.2, Acts & 26. 911, (Xen. Ag. 1. 16)
¢. acc. of pers, Acts 25: 12; also c. acc.
of hig, sought, object, Luke 154 =.
18 cmolulds. (Xen. Cyr. 5. 3.16,
tar 4.10.) Fag c. gen. of place,
Tag Kouoagelag Acts 23:23, xara c.
ace. of place towards which, Acts &: 26;
of way along which, & 98. dniewc.
gen. of pers. hy Hebr. fo go after any
one, to follow, Luke 21:8, Sept. for
wpe ph Judg. 2121 Sam. & 12.
Se. ace. of pers, Matt. 10:6 weds

Bal. Sept. for big tir] Gen. 26: 26:
(Xen. H. G. 7. ae} Guy ©. dat. of
pers, Luke 7:6 dnogeteto civ ainols.
So with Adverhe: éxeiSev Matt. 19: 15.
érisb Gay Luke 13:31. od for Snos Luke
24:28. od John 7: 35.—By a sort of
pleonasm, wogedopar is often prefixed,
espec. in the participle, to verbs which
already imply the idea of going, in or-

Tog to

der to render the expression more full
and complete; comp. in“Kezouas no. 2.
a. “Aviotnps 11.1. So Part. Matt. 28
mogudivts, axpifiis Berdcot, 9 13.
10:7 nogevoperos 88 mmgioorrs. Luke 7:
22, 44:10, 22:8, 1 Pet, 19. Imperat.
Luke 10: 37 xopevo, xa} ‘od moles Suol-
So Sept and 27 2K. 510.1
—Jos, Ant: 7. 18.

lor tagiP pion.

b) by impl. to depart this life, i. q. to
die, Luke 22:22," Bo Heb. ‘7271 Gen.
15:2. Ps, 99: 14, Bept. dxoliopan, arig-
ojias.—Bo ofyouas Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 13.
‘Comp. Wisd. 3: 2, 3.

¢) geur. to go, lo walk, pp. Xen. Mem.
‘1.4.11. InN, T. only trop. and from
the Heb. to walk,
oneself, joined with an adjunct of man-
E. g.c. dat. of rule or manner,
Acts 9: 81 nogewpsrar t§ pope tod x0
elov. 14:16. Jude 11. Matth. § 399. n.
2. Winer § 31.3.b. (1 Mace. & 23)
So with @ preposition and its case: gy
c. dat. of rule or manner, Luke 1: 6 éy
m. toile drtolais. 1 Pet, 4:8, 2 Pet. &
10. So Sept. for 3 bm 1 K. &61.
"Prov. 26: 6, (Ecclus. 5:2.) xara ec.
ace. of rule or manner, 2 Pet. 3:3 xate
146 idlas aitéy éxvSuplas. Jude v. 16,
18. (Sept, Num. 24:1, Wied. & 4)
Oniow ec. gen. of rule or manner, 2 Pet.
210 dnlow cagsés, comp. above in a.
Uno c. gen. under or among, Luke 8:
14 tnd Cae oI aah
‘Abeol. Luke 13: 33 schjv 24i ps ojpsgor
«.. mogsttaSas i.e. to walk, to act, to
fulfil my duties. Ax.

Logitéa, a, f. ju, (nigdm) to
lay waste, to ravage, to destroy, ©. g. tiv
dexdgolay Gal. 1:13. thy alot v. 8.
tots Acts 9: 21. 8 city, country,
Jos. Ant. 10. 8, 2. Hdian. 6.7.5. Xen.
Mem. 3. 5. 4.

Tlogeapoe, ov, 5, (xdpor, sogitee
to bring to pass, to procure, to acquire,)
acquisition, gain, meton. a source of
means of gain, 1 Tim. 6:5, 6. — Wisd.
1% 19, 14:2, Plut. M. Crass. 2. Diod.
Bic. 3, 4,

Hogxws, ov, 3, Porcius, the prae-
momen of the procurator Festus, Acts

690

Igy
MA: 27, See in Sets, and comp. Ad
am's Rom. Ant. p. 82.

Tlogveter, acs, 4, (sogrting) for
cation, lewdness.

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 15:19 pous-
as, mogetias, Mark 7:21. Bom. 1:1
Cor. & 13, 18. 7:2. 9 Cor, 1221. Gal
& 19, Epb. 5:3: Col. &5. 1 Theat
3. Rev. 9:21. Jobn 841 fis ism
vals oF ytyerripeda we are nol bonny
Sornication, we are not ‘spurious chit
dren, born of a concubine, bot sete
true descendants of Abrabam. fei
for m73431 Gen. 38:24. Hos. 1:a-h
laeph. 53:6. Dam. 408. 26. — Spe d
adultery, Maut. 5: 32. 19:9. (Boclos
93.) Of éncest, incestuous marzags!
Cor. 5:1 bis, Prob, aleo in referee
to marriages within the degrees pt
hibited by the Mosaic law, and §.
to.all such intercourse as thit
interdicted, Acta 15:20, 9 2:5
Comp. Lev. c. 18, and 20:10.

b) from the Heb. symbol, for ile
try, the forsaking of the true God #
order to worship idols ; comp. it Dar
yriwb. Rov. 2291, 14:8, 1:34 18
3% 19:2 So Sept. and ning Hoe Bt
4:12, ney Jer. 23,9 nop E
16:15, 22, 32 aq.

Tlogvevien, £. wiow, (wigoes,
to commit fornication, to play the bois
intrans. ,

8) pp. 1 Cor, 6 18 5 be xognr™
10:8 bis, comp. Num. 2% 1,9 S#
for 721 Hoa, 8:3, — Lue. Alex & De
moath. 612. 5, ee

b) from the Heb, symbol. of delet?
the relation existing betwees God
hie church ‘being shadowed forth &
der the emblemn of the coajag! ot
whieh is broken by those who wa?
idole. Rev. 214,20. Seq. rt
Rev. 17:2, 1&3,9; comp. ia rr
2.6.8. So Sept. and rj 1 Cbr.#
Ez. %3: 19. Hos. 9: 1.

lot,
Mai, 3131, 32, Love 1520 Ss
G15, 16. Heb, 11:31. James 4
Sept, for ‘rit Gen. 3815. Jah
—Eeelus, 182 Aol. ¥. B44

Tlagvog
Mem. 1. 5. 4,—From the Heb. symbol.
of Babylon, ¥ xégm piyady, the great
harlot, as being the chief seat of idola-
try, Rev. 17: 1, 5, 15, 16, 19:2. So
Sept and zit Ie. 1:21. Ez, 16 29 9g.
Seo in Hogrsiw b. .
Hogvos, ov, 6, (see in négen,) a
male prota tame, Xen, Mem. 1
5. InN. T. a formicator, 1 Cor, 5:
9, 10, 11. 6&9. Eph. &5. 1 Tim. 2:10.
Heb. 12: 16. 13:4, Rev. 21:8, 2% 15.
—Ecelus, 23: 16, 17.

Ho gGe, adv. (xgdow, Dor. xégou,
from 196, Buttm. § 115, 6) pp. forwards,
far forwards; hence far, far off, Luke
14: 32 Bes aitod nbffee Srtos. Seq. ané,
Matt, 15:8 ot Mark 7:6 4 x, atsir é¢-
Gee Gnézas Gx” tuoi, quoted from Ie. 29:
13 where Sept. for pry. Sept. for
Piss Jer. 12 2.—Lue. Gymnes, or An-
Seno ee iE G.464. cand
Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 16. —Comparat. xo,
Georéow, Sarther, Luke 24: 28, is

ttm. lc, and Ausf. Sprachl. II. p.
rit 4 an netaeenies Xen. H. G.

15. .
TlogGater, adv. (négju) from
Sar, from a distance, Butim. § 116. 1.
Heb. 11:18 x. aizag Wore. Sept. for
ping Job % 12, Is, 49: 12, — Jos, B.
1. %& 1. Ken. Mem. 2. 6. 31.— Also,
far fet = distance, Luke 17:12 of

ae at fit
hb jer. Is, 33: 13,
Pfidan 2 6.20 bord abl

Tloggcorépa, see in 115pfe.

Toggiga, as, 4, Lat. purpura,
i, ©. the a species of shell-
fish found on the coasts of the Medi-
terranean, which yields a reddish-pur-
ple dye, much prized by the ancients,
Ael. H. Anim. 7. 31, 34. comp. Plin.
H. N. 9. 36 or 60. Heb, TRI, dif.
ferent from the n3h or helix iantha of
Linn. whieh yields the bluish or ceru-
jean purple. See Gesen. Lex. s, voc.
Braun de Vestit, Sacerdot. p, 211 sq.
Bochart Hieroz. II. 740 aq. Rees’ Cy-
clop. art. Purple and Purpie-fish. — Io
N. T. moton. purple, i. 0, any thing
dyed with purple, purple cloths, robes of
purple, worn by persons of rank and

‘691

Tsa0g
wealth, Luke 1619 ésdi3icxsto nog-
gieay rat Bicoor. Rev. 17:4 in text.
rec. 1812. So Sept. and qnane Ex.
25:4. 261, 31.—1 Mace. 4:23. Jos. B.
J. 6. 8 3 Hdian. 7. 1. 21.—Spes.
@ purple robe, put upon Christ as a mock
emblem of royalty, Mark 15: 17, 20;
comp. 4} soppiga Pagilue| Hdian 1. 16.
8° 2 Mace. 4:38. Im Matt. 27:28 the
same is called ylapis xoxxivy i. 0, coc-
cus-dyed, crimson ; just as in English
the expressions purple-red and crimson
are often interchanged. So Hor. Sat.
2. 6 102 ‘rubro coeco tincta vestis,’
i. q. ‘vestis purpurea’ in v. 106.
Hopgupeos, ous; ta, &; cov,
ody, adj. (nopgiea, i.e. reddish.
purple ; John 19: 2, 5 iudrior mopqu-
Qody, comp. in Hoppiga fin.
16 negiPeflnuiry mogpugoty vc. megefis~
Jesor. So Rev. 17:4 in later edit. Sept.
for pang Judg. 8: 26, Esth. 1: 6.—
Haian. 7. 5. 7. Xen. Cyr. 6. 4.2.

Hoppupcnhs, eos, %, (noppi-

¢s, ulin) @ seller of purple cloths,
purple-dealer, Acts 16 14, Comp. in

Overuga.

Hooexeg, adv. interrog. (6005, )
how many times? how often? Matt. 18:
Q1, 23: 37. Luke 13: 34, — Ecclus. 20:
17. Comp. Buttm, § 71.2.

Teas, 20s, 4, (nhrw,) a drinking,
Luc. D. Deor. 18.2 In N. T. drink,
John & 55. Rom. 14:17 Bodo xat
néox. Col. % 16. Sept. for minty
Dan. 1: 10, — Hdian, 1, 17. 17. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 15.

[o005, 7, ov, interrog. pron. cor
relative to écog, 16005, 7 Buttm. § 79. 35
how great? quantus

a) of magnitude, quantity, how great?
how much? Luke 16: 5 3ogoy doulas
§ xuglp pov; v.7. Intens, Matt.
283 1b eontoy wéo00 ; QCor. 7:11. Dat.
m6oep by how much, 9eq. comparat. €. g-
paler, how much more, Matt, 7: 11. 10:
25. Luke 11: 13, 1% 24,28, Rom, 11:
12, 24. Philom, 16, Heb. 9:14. xah-
guy Heb. 10:29. Biapéges Mate. 12: 12.
— Wied. 12:21. Xen. Mem. 2. 5.4,
néow padloy Diod. Sic. 1.2 — Of an
amount of time, how much, how long,

Horapos 692 Hovjgev
écor xeévor Mark 9 21, — — Isoer. Pa- 90, 44. Mark 13: 4. Luke 17: 90. 21: 7.
nath. p. 424 2. John 625. 10:24. Rev. 6:10. So zes

b) plur. of number, how many? Matt.
15: 34 néaovg Sgrous Eyes; 16: 9, 10.
Mark 6: 98, 8: 5, 19,20. Luke 15: 17.
Acts 21: 20 mécms pupuides. Intens.
Mate. 27: 13 et Mark 15:4 dea cov xa-
tapagregotvw ; i.e, how many and great
things, what things. So Sept. for 723
Gen, 47: 8. 2 Sam. 19: 35. — Aeschin.
220. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 35,

Horayos, ov, 5, (prob. nét05, xt-
ye, q. de oriwpor i8ue,) @ river, stream ;
Mark 1:5 dy tg “Topdavy notapg, comp.
in“, i, 16, A. 2 0. 8. p. 552. Acts 16:
13, Rev. 8 10. 9: 14 19 moraug 1§ psy.

iggdty. 16:4, 12. Aljegor. John 7:
38, Rev. 2 1,2 Sept. for 173 Gen.
210. 15:18. sae) Gen. 41:1. Ex.
1: 2—Heian. 7. 1. £3, 17. Ken. An. 4.
1, 2, — Spoken of a stream as swollen,
overflowing, 1. q. a torrent, flood, Matt.
7: 25, 27. Luke 6: 48,49. 2 Cor. 11:26.
Rev.1215,16, Comp. Sept. and 718?
Is, 59: 19.

m Torapopogntos, ov, 6, 4, adj.
rornyss, goose, iow) borne away by a
flood, Rev. 12: 15. — So eayeh. Gmcagor"

Gndnvite, roviders worapogsgnror dnok-
noev.

Horanos, 7, ov, interrog. adj.
what? i.e. of what kind, sort, manner?
spoken of | ‘disposition, character, quali- 2
ty, i. ge wots. Matt. 8: 27 norands éo-

ty obtog ; what manner of man ia this? Hi)

Mark 18: 1 bis , 1904 xab 2. olxodo~
pot; Luke 1: 29. 7:39, 2 Pet, 3 11.
1 John 3: 1.—Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.7. ib.
4.66, Luc. Parasit. 22, So once nodo-
dg Dem, 782.8. The form ozcncs is
a later corruption from nodancg, which
the earlier Greeks used only in the
sense, of from what country ? whence ?
Lat, cujas? as if from moi, m5dw, and
obeol. dcinos i. q. ago, 8 damador. Buu-
mann derives it from oi axo or oder
Gnd; see Lexil. I. 125, 302 Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 56 0q. Passow in xo-
Sanss.

Hore, imercog, adv. correl, to sé12,
ons Buttm.116.4; when? at what time?
&. dit Matt, 24:3 néra raita doth;
25°57 aéte on aldoer muvciriay v.38,

és, until when? how long? Must. 17:
17 bia, & peved Extst0s, tes 61s Evopes
P iudy x,t. 1. Mark 9:19 bis. Luke
9:41. Sept. wéta for “ny Job 7: 4
fas nove for “N19 Pe. BO: 5. Jer. &
14, 21. — Xen. Mem. 4.2, 32. Sass x.
1 Mace, 6 22 Comp. in “Kes IL 1c.
—Indirect, Mark 13: 33 obs ofdere rie,
mots & xaugés dots, v.35, Leake 12°38
—Jos, Ant. 7. 10.1 piverr, wév dx -
thy 6 “APeodlepos HO.

Tloié, indef, and enclitic, correl. wo
‘zote, Ste, Butum. § 116. 4; pp. sober,
whenever, i. &.

a) at some time, one time or other, once,
both of time past and future. E. g. of
the past, once, freely, Jobn 9: 13
ord tplér. . 7:9 ergs vépew
moré. 11: 80, ont 1:13, 23 bia, Eph 2
2,3, 11,13 5:8 Phil. 4:10 Ste iy
moté that now once, i. e. now at
(Dion. Hal. Ant. 7. 32, 51.) Col. 1:21
dydic note Ovtag xt. 27. Ti. 23,
m. 11. 1 Pet.210, &5,20. 2 Per
1: 21.—Ceb. Tab. 2 Hdian. 1. 15. 11.
Xen. Mem. 1.4.2—Of the future, once,
one day, at last, Luke 22: 32. Rom. 1:
10 eines 42q word siodwPjoopm. —
Hdian. 2, 2. 18.

b) at any fime, ever, Ep. 5:29 od-
dae pag more shy baviod cépuer Islexoe

1Thew, 25 om yiig wore. 2 Pet. 1:10.
With the negat. pit takes the form
rors, which see in its order. — Luc.
D. Door, 10.2. Ken. Mem. 1. 4. 12 —
Intens, in an interrogation, like Engl
ever, now, expressing surprise, Bot.
$149 fin, p. 4321 Cor. % 7 aig
rainaas iBlesg Syeerloug mori; Heb 1:5,
18, Indirect, Gal.2:6 oxoiol wore jeer.
—Ceb. Tab. 2,3. Xen. Mem. 1. 11,2
indir. Ael. V. H. 2, 8 Sots more ones
four.

Uldtegoc, 7, ov, interrog. pron.
which of too 9 Butt. § 78,2. Xen, Mem.
1.4.4, —IN, T. only Neut. woreper
as Adv. whether ? urum ? indirect, and
followed by %, or. John 7: 17 xorager
dx 105 Se0d dot, F dyed x,t. Sept.
for ry Job 7: 12.—Jos, Ant. 6.5.1. Xea.
Mem, 2.7. 4.

Hovjgur, ou, 76, (neut. of adj.

Hore

smonjeios, from nonje, xéros, nlva,) a
drinking vessel, « cup. .

8) pp. Matt. 10:42 morjgioy yuzeod
pévor, 3:25 ro Ruder roi mormgion.
v.26, 26:27, Mark 7:4,8, 9:41. 14:23.
Luke 1): 89, 22 17, 20. 1 Cor. 11: 25.
Rev. 17:4, Sept. for D132 Gen. 40: 11,
13, 21. 2Chr. 4: 5.—Ceb. Tab. 5. Luc.
Sup. Trog. 42, Plut. Mor. IL p. 13.
‘Taueho.

b) meton. cap for the contents of a
cup, cup-full, e. g. cup of wine, spoken
of the wine drank at the eucharist.
Luke 2% 20 et 1 Cor, 11: 25 totzo 10
Rorjetoy 5 avy Siadsjey. 1 Cor. 10:
16 10 7». tig stloylas, see in Haoza,—
So mlvuy to xorijgsor to drink the cup ;
1 Cor, 10: 21 bis 15 moryguor xugiov .. .
xad rd 7, Jaxporiay, i. ©. consecrated to
the Lord or to idols, 11: 26, 27. v. 28
alvesy dx 00 mornglov, comp. Jobn 4: 14.

¢) metaph. from the Heb, lot, portion,
under the emblem of a cup which God
presents to be drank, either for good,
as Ps. 16:5. 23: 5; or also for evil, Ps.
11:6. 75:8. Ez, 23:81 sq. InN. T.
cup of sorrow, i. e. the bitter lot, which
awaited the Saviour in his sufferings
and death, Matt. 20: 22, 23, 26: 39, 42,
Mark 10: 38, 39. 14:36, Luke 22: 42,
John 18: 11. Spoken also of the cup
of which God in his wrath causes the
nations to drink, so that they reel and
stagger to destruction, see espec. in
Oupss. Rev. 14:10, 16:19, 18:6. —
Arabian writers use the same figure,
e.g. ‘cup of death’ Hamasa ed. Sebult.
p. 440; ‘cup of destruction’ Abulf.
Ann. 1.352, See Gesen. Heb. Lex. art.
did. Comment. on Is, 53: 17.

Tloiteo, £. tae, (néxos, nive,) to let
drink, to give to drink,

8) pp. c. ace. of pers. Matt. 25: 35,
42 énotloaré pe. 27:48, Mark 15: 36,
Rom. 12:20. ace. impl. Matt. 25: 37.
Luke 13: 15, Trop. Rev. 14:8. Pass,
trop. 1 Cor, 12 18. Sept. for mpzit
Gen, 21: 19, 24:18. (Ceb. Tab.5.) Seq.
dupl. acc. of pers, and thing, comp.
Buttm. § 131.5, and 0. 4, Winer §32. 4.
Matt. 10: 48 8¢ déy norlon Eva ta psx

gay 5. morngioy Mark 9: 41.

Trop. 1Cor.i 2 So Sept. and npn % 4 bnvrd

Gen, 19: 39 99. Judg. 4: 19, Job #'7.

693

Tow
Comp. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 810 9q. — Ee:
clus. 15: 3. Cebet. Tab. 19.

b) of plants, to water, to irrigate, only
trop. of instruction, abeol, 1 Cor. 3: 8
tye dgitevea, Anollas indrusev. v.7,8.
— pp. Sept. for > ie] Gen. 2 6 Ez
17: 7, Xen. Conv.

Slorlohor, wy, ob, Puteoli, now
Puzzuoli, © maritime town of Isly on
the northern shore of the bey of Naples
not far distant from the latter city. Its

ancient Greek name was disacpzec

‘It was a favourite, place of resort for
the Romans, on account of the adjacent
mineral waters and hot baths; and its
harbour was defended by a celebrated
mole, the remains of which are still to
be seen. Here Paa! landed on bis way
to Rome. Acts 28: 13,

Toros, ov, 5, (slve,) pp. a drink-
ing, act of drinking, Xen. An. 2.3, 15,
Oftener and in N. 'T. a drinking togeth-
er, a drinking-bout, 1 Pet. 4: 3 éy xayous
zal wéroig. Bept. for mixin Gen. 19: 3.
40:20.—Jos, Ant.5.8.6, ‘Ael. V. H. 3.23.
Xen. Conv. 8. 4. 1.

Hou, indef, particle, enclitic, (cor-
rel. with mol, o¥,) somewhere, in some
place or other; eee Buttm, § 116. 4.
§ 149 fin, p. 432. Viger. p. 446. Heb.
2 6 Sipagrigero 36 nou tis. 4: 4—Jos.
B.J.6.3,.3. Xen. Conv. 4.7 sas veg
xov"Oungos. — Joined with numerals,
somewhere aboul, nearly, Rom. 4: 19
bactortairys nov indozer.—Acl. V. H.
13. 4, Xen. Oec. 17. 2

Tlou, interrog. adv. (correl. to x06
indef. and o¥,) where ? in what place?
Batem. § 116. 4. Matth. § 611. 3.

8) pp. and genr. (a) in a direct
westion, seq. indic, Matt. 2 2 nol dori
5 teyOels Baodaic. Mark 14:14. Luke
17:17, 37. WA. Jobn 1:39. 7: 1.
8 10, 19, 9:12. 11:34. 1 Pet. 4: 18,
Beq. Silay c. Subj. Matt. 26:17 not 94
lag drosdoupiy ove gayty td néoza.
Mark 14:12. Luke 229. Sept. for

Gen. 4:9. =m Gen. 18: 9.— Luc.
D. Deor. 4.4. Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 14.—
(8) Indirect, often in N. T. sce Wi-
ner § 61.2. p. 496. Seq. indic. Matt,

ivsto nag aintr, nob & X.
yervésves, Mark 15 47, Jobn 1: 40 xet

Hovéys
ador noi péves, 11:57, 20:2, 13,15, Rev.
2:13, Seq. Subj. Matt, 8:20 moi 157 xspe-
Age xdirg, Luke 9:58. 12:17.—(y) In adi-
rect question implying a negative, i. e.
that a person or thing is not present, does
not exist; comp, Matth. §611.3, Luke
& 25 nod tors 4 xloug dar; Rom.
3 27. 1 Cor, 1: 20 ter. 12: 17 bis, 19,
2 Pet. 3: 4: 1 Cor. 15: 55 bis, quoted
from Sept. Hos, 13: 14, where Heb.
Srmt. So Sept. and mit Judg. 9: 38.
Job 17: 15. Joel 2: 17.—Luc. D. Deor.
4.2, Eurip. Phoen. 558 or 562,

b) by attract, after verbs of motion,
there ? i. q. whither? to what place?
as often in English; comp. Buttm.
§ 151. L 8 So in a direct question,
Jobn 7:35 wot obres uillss srogeterSas ;
4: 86 xiges, od Sxdyus; 16:5. Sept.
for 134 Geo. 16: 8. Deut, 1: 28, Cant.
& 18," (Lue, D. Mort 3. 2) Indirect,
Jobn & 8 ots ol8as... xo Smayes, 8
14. 12: 35, 14:5, Heb. 11:8, 1 John
21

Hovdns, devros, 8, Pudens, pr. 0.
ofa Christian, 2 Tim. 4: 21.

Tous, nodes, 3, the foot, 0. g. of
‘men, Matt. 10: 14, 18: 8 bis 7 5 mots
cov oxavballies oe... 9 Sio nodas Ezor~
se. 2:13. Luke 15: 22 24: 39, 40.
Jobn 20: 12 Acts 21: 11. Rev. 2% 18,
al. sacp. Of animale, Matt. 7:6. Ar-
threpopoth. of God Matt. 5: 35. Acts

7: 49; comp. Is. 66: 1. Sept. for b3y 25.

Gon. 8: 9, Fudg. 1:6, 7. saep. — Luc.
D. Deor. 19.1. Xen, Mem. 2.3.19. of
anim. Hdion. 1. 15.11. Xen. Venat. 4
1 fin. For the accent wovg instead of
Hots, see Lob. ad Phr. 453, 765, Butem.
Ausf, Sprachl. § 41. 7, and Addend. 11.
p- 398.—The following special uses of
wots may be noted: (a) napa soup
wodas t10s, spoken of what is at one’s
feet, ©. g. to cast or lay at one’s feet, i. q.
to give over into one’s care and charge,
as sick persone, Matt, 15:30; money,
property, Acts 4: 35, 87. 52. 7: 58,
Allso to sit at the feet of any one, as
disciples were accustomed to sit on the
ground before their master or teacher,
see Schoettgen Hor. Heb. L p. 477.
Luke 8: 35. 10: 399 xagaxadicave na~
Qa soig x, t06'F. Acts 23 nage s.
we Tepalsah nexadevpivos, But Luke

694

* Tei
7:38 exdiva wage to's nbdos ebni is-
oz, i.e. standing behind the ticlioiam
‘at the feet of Jeaus aa be reclived ujeo
it. See also in y bolow.—{f) vac wx
008305 temd5, i.e. to pul or subdue wader
one’s feet, i. q. to make subject 0 ay
ope, in allusion to the ancient manner
of treading down or putting the foo
upon the necks of vanquished enemies,
see Josh. 10: 24. Lam. 5:5, comp, Pa
& 7, So Rom. 16: 20 6 Gass... om
Tolyes toy Laravity tnd revs x. tpn.
1 Cor. 15 25, 27. Epb.1: 2 Als
Heb, & 8 narra inerctas tuome we
xodéy eizoi, quoted from Ps.8:7 where
Sept. for Whaq—nnn. — In a sinitr
sense put after imoxcdioy q. v. Mat. %
44 bug dy 96 ros bySpois oou inssi-
Bi0r tay wodey cov, and oo Mark 12%.
Luke 20: 43. Acts 235. Heb. 1:18
O13, all quoted from Pollo
for FIQ> I. — |)
ofthe oriest Mode of making wit
cation, or of doing reverence and
‘age to a superior, by prostrating ones
hefore him, comp. Eaph. & 2 Gee.
14. Ruth 2 10. 2 Sem oe
§.175. Bo to fall at one’s feet, &
sipplieation woe oir ai 100 oh
aritod Matt. 18: 29. sgog vols is
‘Mark 5:22. 7:25, Bo Sept. agi
= oer sggh Eath. 8 3, In rev
erence ye, monsio ait 1085 =~
eg John 11: 32 fe ig = ten
magh rig 7. g
muor sév x. Rov, 3:9, and kngorts
Rev. 19:10, 22:8; comp. Heb.’
Eath. 8:3. In a like sense,
sobs idas surdg Matt. 2:9. — (0) B

usually done by the lowest sar
1 Sam. 25: 41, and comp. Geo. #

43:24; but sometimes appareoty 1
the master binaself in token of repo
comp. Gen. 18 4, 19:2, Jaha § 1%
M49, EB. g. Luke 7:44 idag ist
nédas pou efx Edema, John 185i
gots) Hekaro rinse tots obec =f
¥.6,8,9,10,19, 14 bia, Bo of Mary."
washed Jesus’ fost with ber tear

Hpéypa
‘Meton. to the feet as the inetrument of
going is sometimes ascribed that which
strictly belongs to the person whe goes,

Comment. Comp. 1K. 14: 12. Prov.
1:16, Job 31:5 At.

Lpéypa, ros, sé, (xedoow,) pp.
a thing done or to be done, . g.
thing done, deed, act, fact, matter,
Luke 2 L Suiynow xagh tier . . iy
meaypater i, q. events. James 3:16
wav pailor npayya, Heb. 6:18. 10:1.
41:1, So Sept. for 137 Gen. 24: 50,
Deut. 17:5. Judg. 6 29.—1 Mace. 7:3,
Wdian, 7.5.8. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 7.

b) thing doing or to be done, matter,
business, affair. Matt. 18: 19. tar B60
Sper oupgariowcry megs navtis
pares. Acts 5:4. Rom. 16:2. 2 Cor. 7
11. 1 Thess, 4:6.' Sept, for ppt Ecc.
3: 1.—Lue. D. Deor. 6 2. Diod, Sic. 2,
2 Ken. An. 5. 6.28.—In a judicial
sense, redypa iyuy, to have a matter at
law, a lawsuit, 1 Cor. 6 1.—Xen. Mem.

29.1.

Hoeymcrreta, | as, 4, (xeoypasst-

4. Sept. for 1 Chr. 98:21.
To Me age Boston 22. comp.
Xen. Eq. 8 12

Hocypatevouat, £ eioopes, de-
pon. Mid. {nedyue) fo be doing, to be
busy, occupied, Luc. Philops, 96. Xen,
Cyr. 2.4.26. In N. T. like Engl. to
do business, i. ©. to trade, to trafic, Luke
1%: 135 iq. dgydtouas in Matt. 95: 16,
—So xpayparsinys, see in deangaypo-
tstopas,

Lpacrespeoy, ov, +é, Lat. practo-
rium, i.e. in Latin usage, the general's
tent in a camp, Liv. 3. 5. Cic. de Divin.
1. 33, comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 373;
the house or palace of the governor of a
province, whether a praetor or other of-
fioer, Cic. Verr. Act. II. 4. 28. ib. 5.35,

any large house, palace, Sueton. Calig.
7 Aug. 63, 72. Th. 8 — — Hence in N.

695

Fiedierme
‘T. © prestovian residence, governor's
a) rl

r. ters! built with great magnificence at

the northern part of the upper city,
westward of the temple and overlook-
ing the latter, to which there was aleo
access from the palace over the open
place called the Xystus anda bridge
across the Cheesemongers’ valley ; see
Jos, Ant. 15, 9.3. ib, 20.8. 11. B. J. 1.
21.1. ib. 2, 16,3 With the palace
were connected the three towers Hippi-
as, Phasoel, and Mariamne, Jos. B. J.
5.4.3 See J. Olstausen Topogr. dea
alt. Jerusalem, § 3,9. In this palace
the Roman procurators, whose head-
quarters were properly at Cesarea (Acts
$3: 2B 9g. 25: 1), took up their residence
when they visited Jerusalem ; their
tribunal, Brine, being set up in the open’
court or area it; Jos, B.J.2 14
8, @lagos (Florus) Wa size ur dy sei
Booslalou wiliferas- 3 3b sosagaly
Biya 96 abtéy Sipeves xaderas x. 2.
2. comp. ib. 2.9, 3, Adam’s Rom. Amt.
p. 373,—John 18: 28 bis, 33. 19:9, In
Matt. 27:27 et Mark 15: 16, it seems to
refer to the court or part of the palace

mpasrigus
ucidint., ib. § 17, 18, 19, where It al-
ternates with 1d waletey.

b) of the palace of Herod at Cesarea;
perhaps in like manner the residence of
the procurator, Acts 23: 35.

c) of the praetorian comp at Rome, i.
¢. the camp or quarters of the praeto-
rian cohorts, Phil. 1:13. These
a body of select troops instituted vod
Augustus to guard his person, and to
have charge of the city; see Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 563. Comp. in Z:gatont-
Sdexns.

TIpaxiep, ogos, 5, (xedoom) «
doer, Soph. Trach. 862 or 864, Anti-
phon. 321. 39. In N. T. an exactor,
collector, i. e. a public officer who col-
lected debts,. fines, Penalties, taxes,,

5

Hpate

men, S15 or 320. gévew Soph.
EI. 953. "e

Hockec, ees, 4, (xgdoow) pp. a
doing, action, i. e.

1) eomething done, an ack, deed, prac-
fice; plur, acts, works, conduct. Matt. 16:
27 dnoddon txdorw xaré viv moat ai
toi. Luke 2%: 51. Acts 19: 18, Rom. 8.
13. Col. 3:9. S80 gates tay "Anoote-
Jew an the title of the book of Acts
Sere for 34 2 Chr. 18:22. 7: 7——
Ecclue, 32: 18. Jos. Ant. 10. 4.5. Hdi-
an, 2.15, 12. Xen. Cyr. 1.3 1.

b) something to be done, business,

function, Rom. 12:4 2 84 wily
ndvra ob niy ainiy Iyn xoitr.—Ecclus.
11:10, Xen. Mem. 21. 6, Oce. 5. 4.

Lcoc, neut. npcoy ; also written
‘Ogos, ov, without fem. Buttm. § 64. 2,
(i. q. xeaits,) meek, mild, gentle, Matt. 11:
29 mpaids ius, — 2 Mace. 15:12, Plut.
‘Mor. II. p. 18. Tauchn. Xen, Ag. 11.
10. On the Iota subscript see Passow
sv. The form xgais is earlier, but
net better ; see Passow in ayats. Lob.
ad Phr. 403.

*

Toadans or Hogérns, tnr0s, ty
(xgaios,) meekness, mildness, forbearance.
1 Cor. 4:21 dy myeipath 1 ngadrqtog.
2 Cor. 10:1 dia sig meadrmos tod XQi-
ered, Gal. 5:23. 6:1. Eph. 4:2 Col,
3:12 1 Tim. & UW. 2 Tim. 225. Tit
32 Sept. for 7235 Ps. 45:6.—Ecclus.
1:24 Joe. B. J.6 8.2 Dem. 1405. 15.
Xen. Cyr, 3. 1. 41.

paced, ac, 4, abed in a garden,
‘Woclus. 24: 31. Theophr. H. Plant. 4. 4.
3. Hom. Od. 7.127. In N. T. an area,
aquare, like a garden-bed; Mark 6: 40
mgasiat moaciad, i.e. by squares, like
beds ina garden. The repetition with.
out the, copula denotes distribution, i. q.
ve xgacids, comp. Sept. and Heb, Ex.
8:10 (14). Gesen. Lehrg. p. 668. Wi-
nner § 58.1, See also in 4ia—BSo pv-
gla pugla Aeschyl. Pers. 915 or 981, i.
g. sata pogiadag.

Hpcoaw v. tre, £ bs sor. 1
Exgata, perf. nimouye, to do, expressing
‘an action as continued or not yet com-
pleted; what one does repeatedly, eon-
tinuedly, habitually ; like weide no. 2,

696

Tipacca
Found John & 20. 5:29; elsewhere
only in the writings of Luke and Pal.
a) seq. ace. of thing, without refer
ence to a person as the remote object;
comp. below in c. (a) Spoken of pu
ticular deeds, acts, works, done repeti-
ely, or continually, to do, iq. le pr
Sorm, to execute. Acts 1% 19 inci
‘toy Te a moatarter. v.35 pale
mgoneric. 2:26. 1 Thess. 4:11 nese
ew ta Hse. Once put instead of re
peating a preceding verb, 1 Cor. 817
af bad toUr0 mpdioces, comp. v.16; me
in Zoe no. 2. c.—Hdian. 3.6.1. Kea
Mem. 2, 9. 1 ra: Sarvrod. Cyr. 5.4. N—
(8) OF a course of action or condot,
espec. of right, duty, virtue, lo do, ive.
to exercise, lo practise. Acts 26:20 she
tig ustavolas Foye: ngdavorres. Rom %
25 vopor, i.e. ta tov vopov. 7: 15. $I.
2 Cor. 5:10, Phil. Bo Sept sod
micy Prov. 21:7. — Dem. 310. 19. Xe.
Mem. 2 6.17 xadd. — (y) Oftener of
evil deeds or conduct, to do, i. q. # a
amit, to ise. Luke 22: 23.6 robre pil-
Juv nedoaty. Bk 15 ov8s dior Surat
dott nengayyivor aitg, comp. Buttm.|
194. 6. Luke 23: 41 bie, John 26
patie nedcowy. 5:29. Acts 1, B

26:31. Rom. 1: 32 bis. 21,%3 71%

13:4, 2Cor. 5:10. 12:21. Gel &2%
So Sept. and Hipy Prov. 10:2. bi
Job. 36 28. Prov, 30:20.—Hdian. 7.6
10. Xen, Mem. 1, 1, 20. ib 1.29

pe.
yy intrans, to de, comp. Buttm. 118
1.3, E.g. (a) fo do, iq. 0 ad, wih
an adjunct of manner. Acts 3:17
Syvovay éngatare, comp. v. 14,15. Aco
17:7 obras aves drivers
Kaloagos agdrroves, 80 Sept.
pizg Gen 31:28, Prov. 14: 17.—Pol
69.8. ib. 5. 75. 9, — (f) Like Eogt
do, i. q, to fare, to be ia any aie of
good oF ill, with an adjunct of meaner
Eph, 6:21 sf xgdouw how I do, bow
fare. Acts 15:29 see in Bb. — 2 Mae
9:19. Died. Sia 11, 54, Xen. Mew
1.68

c) Spoken io reference 10 # Pm
to do to or tn respect fo apy one, it
T. only of barm or evil. («) 6%
ace. of thing, seq. dat. of pers Ae?
2B undix eqcinc cxaveg never. 806!
swa.as to, Acts 5:85, ‘pos ns ge

Moainabea

Acts 26 9,—c. dat. Luc. Tim. 50. Xen.
An. 5, 7, 29. pp. c. dupl. ace. Xen,
Occ. 12. 7, eomp. Buttm. § 181. 4, 5—
(A) In the sense to de from any one,
Le to exact, to collect inoney from any
one; in N. T. only c. acc. of thing,
Luke & 13 alder . . . npsoont.
19: 28 QOde obv téxp dv Exgate alts.
— Jos, Ant. 9.11.1. Dem. 617. 24.
Xen. H. G. 1.3.8. pp. ¢. dupl. aec.
Lue. Vitar. Auct. 18. Xen. An. 7. 6.
17 day ngassyss cindy td xojpate.

Hoaiind dev, ag, 4, (xpats, aa-
oxe) pp. a suffering meekly, i. q. meck-
ness, ness, » once in Mss.
1 Tim. 6 11.—Philo de Abr. p. 379. B.
Zonares Lex. 1576.

Tlpavs, eta, ¥, Gen. sos, obs;
alas ; bog; ois ;_ meek, mild, gentle. Matt.
5: 5 paxagios of 21:5. 1 Pet &
4. Sept. for "29 Job 24: 4. Zech. 9: 9.
292 Ps, 37: 11.—Ecelus, 10: 14. Hdian.
7.1.3. Xen. Oec. 19.7. See in Mgaos
fin.

Hccs rns, ry x08, i, (mpaits,) meck-
nese, mil forbearance, James 1:21.
3:18, 1 Pet.%15, Sept. for m739 Pa
45: 6.—Eeclus, 3: 17. 4: 8,

Lpéneo, pp. to be eminent, distin-
grished, to excel, Hom. Il. 12. 104. Od.
8.172 Usually and in N. T. impers.
mgénes, it becomes, Poa right, proper ;
part, xginor éoti it is becoming, ete.
‘Constr. pp. seq. dat. of pers. et infin. as
subject, see Buttm, § 129, 10; eg.
Heb. 2:10 Iugexs yap cing... relee-
cas. Matt. 315 xgénor x. +. i (Lue,
Imag. 22.) Seq. dat. simpl. Eph. 5:3 xa-
Doe meine Glos. (Ken. An. 1.9.6.)
Seq. accu, et infin, 1 Cor. 13: 13.—Lue.
D. Deor. 20. 16.— Also in the personal
construction with a nominative, Buttm. |.
©. 1 Tim.210 8 nodes yoveutiy, Tit. 2:1.
Heb. 7:26 rowiro¢ july Engsney cezis-
ges, So Sept. for 1&2 Ps. 33: 1. 93:
5.— Lue. Nigrin. 15, "Ael. V. H. 12.1
peoult.

TpeoBeta, ag, 4, (mgeafsiw,) age,
seniority, primogeniture, Acschyl. Pers,
4 Pausan. 3.1.4. In N. T. an embas.
3y, for coner. ambassadors, c. g. mgeuPst-
@ énectiliw Luke 4k. 1% 14,

88

697

TgeoPuregos

Like examples of metonomy see in
Lob. ad Phr. p. 469. —2 Mace. 4: 11.
‘Hdian, 2, 8. 12, Ken. Cyr. 2, 4. 1.

LpecBevoo, £. riow, (ngeofig an
aged inan, elder, also an ambassador,
Buttm. § 58. p. 100,) fo be aged, elder,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.70, Hdot. 7.2, In
N. T. to be an ambassador, to act as am-
bassador, intrans. 2 Cor. 5:20 inig Xer-
orod ovr mgeafevousy. Eph, 6:20.—Jos.
Ant. 12, 4.2, Dem. mal. 16. Xen. Cyr.
5.14

IpesBurégeor, lov, +8, (xgeepi-
10905,) an assembly of aged men, council
Of elders, senate ; whence Engl. pres-
bytery. ‘Spoken of the Jewish senate,
Sanbedrim, 10» Q. v. Luke 22: 66.
Acts 22:5. Of the elders of the Chris-
tian church, 1 Tim. 4: 14.

HpeoBurepoe, a, ov, pp.2 com-
parat. form from an old man,
see Buttm. § 69. 3; older, es 8

8) pp. as compar. adj é

Pr iy ge

Sept. for
anon sate Job S 4. —
Jos, Am. 6, 3.2, Ael. V. H. 9.42. —
Hence as Subst. en older senior 5

plur. old men, seniors, the aged; 1 Tin.

5:1 squcBorigg wi bxinlitne. v2. Acts
217 of ne. ipsir. 1 Pet. 5:5. So Sept.
for 3.3, Gen. 18:11, 12 2: 1. (Joa. c.

Apion. 2 7. Xen. Oy. 1.22) Also
ngeafuregos the ancients, the fathers,
Pebilotin tt, 15: 2 ab ae adioue ney
agecfurigny. Mark 7:3, 5. Heb. 1.
Dy Subst. in the Jewish and Chris-
tian usage, as a title of dignity, an elder,
plur. elders, i. e, persons of ripe age afid
experience who were called to take part
in the management of publio affai
in the O. Test, Sept. and Heb.
see Ex, 18: 12, 19:7. 24:1, 9.
11: 16, al, saep, comp. Gen, 50:7. In
N.T. spoken: (a) Of members of the
Jewish Savhedrim at Jerusalem, gonr.
John 8:9, comp. v.& Acts 2:1. As
gue of the classes of members, ©. g é
egeds xad of yeoppertsic nad of meeo—
finsgss ‘Matt. 26: 57; oftener of deyie-
(eclg xa of 7¢. nat of noeaf. Matt. 16: 21.
96: 3, 27:41. Mark 8:31. 11:27. 14:
43,53. 15:1. Luke 9:22, 20:1.. Comp.

in “Agruageds b. Also dgzsagas 20h nqoef

TpecBerms

Matt. 21: 23, 26: 47, 59. 27: 1, 3, 12, 20.
28: 12 coll, v. 11. Luke 22: 52. Acts 4:
23, Ws 14, 25: 15. of meeos. xal of
vempp. Acts G12, of dezortes xa} of
nerog. xal of yoouy. Acts 4:5. v.8
Eezovre; 105 luod nal mgeaSiztgos 105
“Toguqi. Comp. Jahn § 244. — (6) OF
the elilers in other cities, e. g. Caperna-
um, Luke 7:3 Comp. in Kelais b. 7.
(7) Of the elders of Christion churches,
preabyters, to whom was committed the

. direction and government of individual
churches, pp. i. q. élaxonos q, v. Acta
11: 30. 14: 23, 15: 2, 4, 6, 22, 23. 16:4.
20: 17, 21: 18, 1 Tim. 5:17. Tit. 1: 5.
James 5:14. 1 Pet. 5:1. Sing. 6 xeeo-
Béregog I Tim. 5:19. 2Jobn 1. 3Joha 1.
—(8) Symbol, of the 24 elders around
the throne of God in heaven, Rev. 4: 4,
10. 5:5,6,8, 11,14. 7:11, 13. 1:16.
14: 3. 19: 4,

MeeoBuing, ov, 8, (ngiefus,) “an
old man, one aged, Luke 1: 18. Tit. 2: 2.
Philem. 9 ds Mathos merofirys. Sept.
for 71 Ex. 10:9, 1Sam. 4:19. 1K.
1:15.—Hdian. 4, 12.1. Xen. Cyr. 4.6.1.

HMoeopuus, doc, %, (fem. to
mgeaBirns,) an oged woman, Tit. 2: 3.—
Jus, Ant.7.7.2. Hdian. 5.3.6. Aeschyl.
Eun. 718.

Loy Po, see Myngnus

Lonvye, eve, ove, 6, %, 2dj. (prob.
from m¢6,) Lat, pronus, i.e. bending for-
wards, prostrate, headlong. Acts 1: 18
Renris yerousros falling headlong ; see
more in 'Andyze.—8 Mace, 6: 23, Jos.
B.J.6.1.6 Hom, Od. 5.374. The
form is Ionic, for Att. reavy¢ Ken. An.
1.5.8 Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 431,

Llpkeo or nolo, f. low, to saw, to
saw asunder, Pass. Heb. 11:37. Here
spoken of a cruel punishment inflicted
on captives in war, see 2 Sam. 12: 31.
1 Chr. 20: 3. Comp. in Jizorousn,
Sopt. for way Am. 1: 3, — Susann. 59.
Fabr. Cod. Preud. V. T. p. 1088, _genr.
Diod. Sic. 3.27. Pluto Theag. p. 124. A.

TIpty, adv. of time, (kindr. with
x¢6,) pp. before, formerly, in independent
clausys, opp, viv, Hom. Il. 2.112. Xen.
Cyr. 5.2.38 Usually and in N.T. in
B relative or conjynstive sense, eonnec-

698

Lpd

ting the Clase before which it nends
with a preceding one, and having the
force of @ comparative, before, sooner
than. Comp. Passow zegir no. 1, 2
Bottm. § 149, p. 430. Math. § 2.2
Viger. p. 442.

a) simply, seq. infin. aor. e. ace. when
something new is introduced, not be
fore mentioned ; comp. Passow no.2 4
Matt. 26: 34, 75 mgiv aléxropa guricn.
Mark 14: 72, Luke 22 61. John 49
xardfnos nel dnoDevsiv 1 neBior por.
8: 58. 14:29, So Sept. for %z0$ Ez
33:22, Joel 2: 31.—Heian. 1.9.7. ' Pato
Euthyphr. § 4. Xen. Cyr. 2.4. 4,10

b) with , ive. mplv qj, sooner Har,
i. q. before, a usage unknown to the
earliest Attic writers, as the, tragedians
and Thucydides, but current in the
middle Attic and later ; see Passow no.
2e. Elmsley Eur. Med. 179. Reig
Comm. Crit. de Soph. OC. 36. Co
strued: (a) Seq. infin. aor. c. acc. whet
something new roduced ; comp.
Passow no. 2.d. Matt. 1:18 nev §
ovrhStiy adtoig sigidy x. t. 1. Mart
14: 30. Acts 2: 20, 7: 2.— Tob, Ht IS
Ael. V. H. 1.5, 21. Plut, Crass. 29 fia
Plato Rep. VI. p. 501 yendé. eager r-
Hors, noir f nagalapery xaDegay, faint
Rovjioas.—(B) veq. Subjunct. aor. where
the reference is to something future.
Luke 2 26 iy t8eiy Dccverror, agin 4149
‘Tov Xguordy. 22:34.—Hdot. 1.19. se
Jos. Ant. 7.9.7. Plato Phaedo § 66
— (7) seq. Opt. where the preceding
clunge contains a negative, Passow 00
Acts 25:16 ods torr i9m.--
meiv il... nate medcenor Exos tos st
ayogow. Comp. Winer §42.3.p.
Maith, § 522. 2. b, — mgly Ken. Cyt.
414.

Htsxe, ys, 4, Prisca, 2Tim. ¢
19, Rom. 16:3; and disnin. Tosoxille,
N§, 4, Priscilla, Acts 18:2, 18,26, (Rom
16:3) 1 Cor. 16: 19; pr. n. of the wile
of Aquila, see in “Axilag.

TpcoxiAda, see in Meise.

-Lpieo, woe in Telia

Ho, prep. governing the geniti™
with the primary signif, before, Lat. 7%
prae, both of place aud tine, Comm
Mauth, § 575. Paseow s. v.

pe

1. Of place, before, i. e. in front of,
in presence of, in advance of; opp. to
mard c. ace. behind. E. g. seq. gen. of
place, Acts5:23 iotairas xg rir Sugar.
12: 6,14 90 rod aulcvos. M4: 13. James
5: 9,—Joe, Ant. 10.1.2 ngb tay reizar.
Ceb. Tab. 15 nga rig Sigas. Xen. H.
G. 2.4. 33 ngd ta nuldy.—OF person,
from the Heb. ngo ngoscinoy tivds, ig.
Heb. 920% , pp. before the face of uny one,
but used pleonast. instead of 7me0 sitn-
ply, before any one, Matt. 11:10 dno-
cule rey dyyeléy pou mes mgoadinov
gov, i.q.mg6 cod, Mark 1:2, Luke 1:76.
7: 27. 9: 52. 10: 1. See Winer § 67.1.
p. 488. So Sept. for *znb Ex. 33: 2.
34: 6 Mal. 3: 1, 14, — Greek writers
used simply 96 c. gen. of pers. Diod.
Sic. 16.93 mgd tov Bacwéong ords. Xen.
Cyr. 3. 3.33.

2. OF time, before, i.e. earlior than,
prior to, (a) Seq. gen. of a noun of
time, Matt. 8: 29 mg0 xasgot) before the
time ec. appointed, John 11:55 xg 105
madoza, 13:1. Acts 5: 36. 21: 38. 1 Cor.
27. 4:5, 2 Cor. 12: 2 ago érciy dexa-
seoodgom. 2 Tim. 1:9, 4:21, Tit. 1:2
Jude 25 in some So Sept. for
92pb Zech. 8: 10. Neh. 13: 19.—Hdian.

. 3. Plut. Crasa, 29 bis, Xen. Cyr,
4. 5. 14.—By inversion, John 12 1 x@o
B jiusgdy rot xdoza, for € jp. xed rod
doze, siz days Before the passover. Sitn~
ilar inversions are: Sept. Am. 1: 1 93
Bio dry rob cuopot, 2 Mace. 15: 36.
Jos. Ant. 15.11. 4 xed pide judeas rig
dogriis. ¢. Apion. 2.2 go dra to1a-
xoglev ... davaot guyijs. Plut. Syin-
pos. lib. 8. qu. 1, go suis Syulgas rar
yeSiler, Luc. Macrob. 12 9 Svoiy
dtoiy tig televtijs. Ael. H. An. 11. 19.
Comp. Winer § 65. 4. p. 459.—(8) Seq.
igen. of a noun implying an event, as
marking a point of time. Matt. 24: 38
ge tod xatexivoyot. Luke 11: 98 96
tod dglerov, 21:12. Jobn 17: 24 med
aatapolic xécpov. Eph. 1:4. Heb. 11:5.
1 Pet, 1: 20, So Bept. med 6 for % > Ie.
18: 5.—Plato Phaedo init, mo tov Fa-
rdtov, Xen. Cyr. 6.2. 21 m6 108 dgl-
etov.-—By Hebr. Acts 13,24 296 mgood
‘mou tig sigddou aitod, i, q. mee sicddov
cairo, see above inno.1. Comp. 7295,
Sept. med, Au. 1: 1. — (7) Seq. gen. of
pers. or thing, before one in time, John

699

Tpodya

5: 7 mgd duot xacaBaives, before me, i. &.
sooner than f. 10:8 dao: 90 duoi 71507.
Col. 1:17. of mgd tog those before
any one, who preceded him, were ear-
lier than he, Matt. 5:12, Rom. 16: 7.
Gal. 1: 17.—Palaeph, 53.2. Hdian. 1.
5. 13 of 96 duov. Xen. Mem. 3.5. 11
Qo jus. — (8) Seq. toi ¢. infin, ex-
pressing | an event. Matt. 6:8 290 rod
pas aitfioo. Luke 2:21. 2% 15, John
1: 49, 18: 19, 17: 5. Acts 3: 15. Gal.
2 12. 3:23. So Sept. for "ob Gen.
13: 10, 97: 7, 10.—Ael. V. H. 2. 34,

3,, Trop. of precedence, preference,
dignity, before, above, as mgd mavraw
before all things Jarnes 5: 12, 1 Pet. 4:8.
—3 Mace. 221 Sxig mgd mdvrwr Gyros.
Hidian, 5. 4.2, Plato Menex. fin. 296 ye
Gov. Ken, Mem. 2. 5. 3.

Nore. In composition xg6 implies:
1. place, fore, before, forward, forth, as
mpodye, meofaire, npofalhe, cte. 2
time, fore, before, beforehand, Lat. prae
ag meotimoy, Reoléyor, moopegipyae, etc
3. preference, as xyoosgiouas

Woody, £. $0, (Hyo.) 1. trans.
to lead forth, to bring forth, e. g. a pris-
oner out of prison, c. acc. Acts 16: 30
mgoayaydy airois Fw, Soina judicial
sense, Acts 12: 6 dre di fuslle aixéy
ngodyny 5 THecidns. 25: 26 916 meonya-
yor aitdy dg tipsy, i.e. before you as
judges,—genr, 2 Macc. 5: 18. Jos, Ant.
4.6.4, Xen, Oec. 11.15. In a judicial
sense, ©. tis, Jos. Ant. 16.11. 6, B,J. 1.
27.2. Arr. Exp. Alex. 4. 14. 3.

2. imtrans. lo go before, comp. in “Ayer
no. 3; referring either to place or
time.

a) of place, to go before, i. ¢. in front,
in advance; abwol. Matt. 21: 9 of god-
yortes xa ‘of dyolovdoivres Txgatoy.
Mark 1:9. Luke 18: 39. Seq. ace, of
pers. depending on the force of gé in
composit. although by itself it governs
only the genitive; see Matth. § 426 pen.
comp. Buttm. § 147, n. 11, 12. Matt,
2:96 dovie... mooie airots, Mark
10: 82,—Jos, B.J. 6.1.6 ngoj7s 84 nol
navtag.

b) in time, iq. fo go frat, to precede ;
absol. Mark 6:45 xab modyer tis 10
nigay, Trop. 1 Tin. 5:24 eee in Kolous
bf Beq. ace, of pers. depending on

Tleocgeco 700

mgé, see above ina. Matt. 14: 92 xa}
ngodyuv adroy tis 10 mégav. 21: 31. 26:
32, 28:7. Mark 14: 28. 16: 7.—Jos. ¢.
Apion. 2.15 npodyey dgratétys.—Par-
ticip. ngoayoy, oven, or, Soregoing, a
former, previous" 1Tim. 1:18 xara tag
‘mgoayotoas énl cs npopnrelas. Heb. 7:
18.—Hdian. 8.8, 8.

TTpoapéa, a, f. jo, (aigie,) to
take forth out of any place, Judith 13:
15 nposloton thy axpaliy é rip migas.
Lue. Rhetor. Prace. 17 xaSdmeg éx ra-
puslov meoaigér. Oftener Mid. npoas-
(koje, ofpas, fo take one thing before
another, i. q. fo prefer, to choose, Wisd.
7:10. Hdian, 6.8. 13. Xen. Lue. 9.6
mpouspsia Sas Scivarer dye} rot Blov.—
In N.'T. Mid. pp. to take or have before
oneself, i.q. to propose to oneself, to pur-
pose, to resolve, absol. 2 Cor. 9:7 xades
meougtitas 17 xagdig. — Ael, V. H. 3.
10. Pol. 3, 107. 15. Xen. Mem. 2 1.2.

Hooctneéopar, pat, f. deopas,
depon, Mid. (aitiropat,) to accuse be-
forehand, Aor. | to have already accused,
to have already brought a chargo, c. acc.
et. inf. Rom. 3:9. Comp. ec. &1—5,
17-29,

Lpocxovs, aor. 1 xgojxavea, to
hear beforehand, Aor. to have heard of be-
Sore, already, c, ace. Col. 1:5 Hy (éhni8a,]
‘mgorxoboate. — Jos, Ant. 8. 12. 3 mgoa-
ayo; 1 pillovra. Pol. 10.5.5. Xen.
Cyr, 4. 3. 21.

LTooapagretve, £. jaw, (épagrs-
ven) perl mpoyucigrysa, to have sinned

already, heretofore, 2 Cor. 12: 21. 13: 2.
—Hdian. 3. 14. 8.

Tlpoavdov, ov, +6, (aidi,) pp.
‘place before the aids or interior court,’
i. q. the large gate-way of an oriental
house or palace, q. d. gateway, vestibule,
Mark 14:68. Comp. Matt. 26:71 where
it is muleiv, — Buid, ngoatiior’ a iy-
mode tig aikic.

TleoBatva, f. Bicopes, (Balra,) to

forward, to advance, intrans. Matt,
4:21 et Mark 1:19 mgofig dxider. —
Jos. B, J.6. 1.7, Hdian. 7. 12.10. Xen,
Ag. 6. 7.—Trop. Part, perf. ngofeBn-
006, icy 6s, advanced sc. in life, years,
neq. dy c, dat, Luke 1:7 mpofePyxorss dy

HoeBaxoy
telis Spegelis. v.18. 2 36, Sept. e. det
for D723 NE Josh. 2% 1,2. 1 K.1:1.
—c. dvd Mace. 8:8. ¢. det. Diod. Sie.
43. 89. c. nec. 2 Mace. 6 18. Hdian
27.8.

HonBadro, f. Boris, (fill)
cast or thrust forward, wens.

a) genr. Acts 19: 33
airay ter “ovdaldsy, the Jews thrusting
him (Alexander) forward, — Sept. Jer
46:4, 2 Mace. 7:10. Hdian. 7. 6.19,
Luc, Catapl, 25 eéfald airy &
wicor.—Others in Acts l. ©. to pal for
ward se. as an advocate, to prope,
recommend, a8 Mid. and Pass. Jos B
3.4.4.1. Pol. 6, 26.5. Dem. 750.10
Xen. An. 6, 1. 25.

b) of plants and trees, fo put fot,
c. g. leaves, blossoms, frait, ‘Luke 2:
30 Gray npoScilece sc, t& qulle, comp.
Matt. 24: 32.—Jos. Amt. 4. 8. 19 xeguur
Arr. Epict. 1. 15.7.

MooBeertxoc, 7, ov, (neifern:
pertaining to sheep. John 52 tit
meoBatixh YA, by the shepget.
Bo Sept. fon ase x Neb. & 1,32
12: 39, This gate was near the temple;
snd was prob. 0 called as the place
where sheep were sold for the secriices
of the temple.

Hon Baror, ov, 2, (ngepeirs)
Pp. ‘whatever goes forwards’ i ¢
moves its limbe forwards in goi8gi
henee in Ionic and Doric usege spoket
of quadrupeds, in diainetion fe
things flying, creeping, swimming;
eo 1d mgoBara, beasts, cattle, Hom
Hi 14, 124. Heot, 1, 203, ib, 2 415
pec. smaller cattle, sheep and got
Hdot, 1, 133, ib. 8, 197, —In Atte
tusage and N.T. a sheep, plur. shen ®
g. as distinguished from gos, Mat
25: 32 Somep 8 noxpehy dpoghie 12%
Bara dnd rely delpur. v.33. Sone
Matt, 7:15 eee in “Frdryo. 36 Mt
16, 12:11, 12, 18:12 Mark 6:34 Le
15:4, 6. Joho 2 14, 15, 10:1, 234%
4 bis, 12 ter, 13. Acts 8: 32. Rom.
96. 1 Pot. % 25, Rev. 1:18 8%
for JAX Gen. 1% 16, 15. em
Ex. 12: 8 aq. — Pol. 5,35 13
Mom. 2. 3. 9, — Trop, of there se
the cure and watch of any 006,

Tipoftefate
under a shepherd, Matt. 10:6. 16:24.

26:31. Mark 14:27. Jobn 10:7, 8, 11,
15, 16, 26, 27. 21:16, 17, Heb. 13: 20.

'
HpofcBara, £. dow, (Gibcte, Bal-
vee,) to cause to go forwards, to cause to
trans. Acts 19: 38 dx 34 tod
Bzlov ngorBifacay “Aliturdger they
caused Alexander to advance out of the
eroud, iq. to stand forth, prob. in order
to speak in bebalf of the Jews, — Pol.
24. 3.7.—Trop. i. q. to urge on, to énsti-
gate, Matt, 14:8 ngofiPacdiau ons vig
Bates aint. — Xen. Mem. 1. 5. 1.
Sept. to teach, for myim Ex. 35:34.
328 Dan. 6:7.

LTeoBaénea, £. yes, (Bléxe,) to fore-
ace, Sept. for m7 Pa. 37:13. In N.
T. Mid. ngofienopas, to provide, Lat.
provideo, c, ace, Heb, 11:40.

Heoylvouct, perf. 2 xgoyiyore,
(ylropas 9, v.) to be done before, to have
been before. Rom. 3: 25 sav mpoysyors—
reer Guagryudrer sine before done, for-
mer sins. — 2 Mace, 14: 13. Hdian. 1.
14. 4, Xen. Mem. 2.7. 9.

Hooyaoxe, £ yrecepas, (yive-

5 moywecxorcés us vwSay, comp. for
the pleonast. adv. Lob. ad Phr. p. 10.
impl. 2 Pet. 3: 17.—Wisd. 18: 6. Hdian.
1, 8.13. Xen, Mag. Eq. 8 12

b) i. q, fo foreknow, fo foresee, pp. 1
pédloria Xen. Apol. 30, In N. T. by
impl. to fore-delermine, to fore-ordain ;
e.g. Pase. part. 1 Pet. 1:20 Xprotol
mgoryrwouivo 95 xataBoliis xbouou—
Xen. Cyr. 4.11 in some edit. comp.
in Tiyécaw fin.—Here belong aleo Rom.
8: 29 3x1 ob moire, xal ngodigior, and
Rom. 11:2 lady aizod, Sy noire, i.e.
whom he hath fore-determined, of old ;
comp. Tittm. de Synom. N. T. p. 227,
and in Bibl. Repos, 111. p. 55. Others
here render, whom he hath fore-approved,
loved of old; comp. Tivwcxw no. 2c.

Lpoyraue, beac, 1, (mgoysveiones,)
Sore-knowledge, vc. of future things,
Teoyy. tay Jos. ¢. Apion.
1.96. Hdian. 2. 9, 4; of a prophetic
Sift, Judith 11:19, Jos, Ant. 8 8 5.

701

TTpoddberpe

In NT. by impl. forecdetermivation, i.
4, eternal, purpose, pounsel, Aes 2B xg
Sqropiry Bevlj xa ngoyreion tol deeb.

ire T Pet. 1:2,

Hosyovos, ou, 5, %, (xgoylropeay?
‘eoyiyore,) pp. earlier born, older, Hom
Od. 9,221, In N.T. of npéyoros pro-

genitors, ancestors, and gent. fore-
fathers, 2Tim. 1:3 § largede cxo ngo-
‘yorer, comp. in’4x6 III. 8. — 2 Mace,
8:19. Hdian. 3.5.5, Xen. Mem. 3. 5,
3. _& mgoy. An. 7. 2. 22.—Spec. parents,
1 mest GporBas 8iBsras rots xpoy’-
vou.—Xen. Mem. 1. 3, 1.

Teoygaqe, £ ya, (yedgu,) to
write before, e. g.

a) in reference to time past, in the
praeter tenses, to have wrilten before, at
a former time, Eph. 3:3 xadeg ngo-
fypaya t diiyy. Rom. 15:4 bis—Pa-
lueph. 58, 6 ig mpoyiygarta.

b) in reference to time future, to post
up beforehand in writing, to announce by

up a written tablet, Aristoph.
‘Av, 450 of 452 oxonsiy 3° &1 dy ngo-
recpousr bv rolg muvestors. Dem. 1257.
5 geovgdis Reoygagelons. Aeschin. 35
Pen. mpeyecpas tovs movida éexdnolag
Bho nate tebs ropove. Plut. Camill.11.—
Hence in N. T. genr. to announce,
wl » Gal. 8: 1 ofg nar? et bgdulpets
Inaois Xo. ngosygcipn ty iuiy doravge--
pivos, before whose eyes Jesus Christ
hath been announced among you cruci-
fed, i.e. set forth as ina Sublie writ-
ten tablet.— Hence also i. q. to pro-
scribe, te appoint, te ordain, Jude 4 of
wales npoysyeapmivor sis roto 16 xplue.
wv Appina, Bi B. Civ.4.1 2ilda rod nesirov
rois ixbgois & Sdvaror neeygaperzes.

. tar tnd Surciry xpoygagivtmr. Jos.
Ant. 11.6. 12 fin. Pol. 32,22 1. comp.
Lat, proscribere.

Heodndoc, ov, 6, %, (8i20s,) man-
ifest beforehand, Dem. 293. 25. Xen. H.

G. 6.4.9. In N.T. emphat. man-
feat before all, conspicuous,
1 Tim. 5: 24, 25, Heb, 7: 14. — Judith
8: 29. Hdian. 7.5.11. Plut. Pyrrh, 25,
Hoodideape, £. Beiaw, ( didmps,) to

Bive beforehand, to give, ¢.dat. Rom.
Fin 98 le moodbemay aitg x. 1. L—Xen.
HL G.1.5. 7, ib, 5, 1. 24, — Usually in

Upodding

Gredk-witters to give forth; 1. q. to give
sover, to betray, Joe..c. Apion, 2. 37 init.
“fidian.% 2 14. Xen. H. G, 1. 8. 16, 19.

Ipedarng, ov, 8, ( meodidaps,) «
‘Betrayer, traitor, Luke 6: 16. Acts 7: 52.
‘2 Tim. 8:4.—2 Mace. 5:15, Ceb, Tab, 34.
“Xen. A. G, 1.7, 23:

-Lpedpeuco, see Meorgize.

Hoedpopos, ov, 8, 4, (ngoreize,
corgodpapdty,) aj. running before, puyada
ngd3equee Soph. Antig. 108. Hdot.9. 14.
“In N.T. Subst. a fore-runner, precursor,
spoken of Jesus as entering before his
followers into the celestial sanctuary,
Heb. :& 20. — Of light troops sent for-

ward:as scouts, Diod. Sic. 17. 17. Xen.
Mpg. ‘Bq. 1.25. Comp. Wind. 12: 8.

Tpoetdov aor. 2, («13or, eee EtBes,)
"to ace before oneself, far off, Sept. for
sey Gen. 37: 18. Hom. Od. 5. 393.
!Xen. Ae. 1. 8. 20.—In N. T. to foresee,
-as things future, absol. Acts 2: 31 (4a-
fib) xpoidér Udigos x. 1.2. Gal. &8
©. Sas, — Wiad. 19:2, Hdian. 7. 1. 21.
"Xen. Cyr. 2.4.21.

LTposinov sor. 2, perf. xgosignxa,
-w00 in Elnoy init. to say before, i, e.
a) in reference to time past, fo have
-said before, to have already declared, e. g.
Aor. Gal, 5:21. c. dat. 1 Thess, 4:6
gosknayer ‘Spiy, for this form comp. in
‘ov init. Perf. Gal. 1:9. Heb. 10: 15.
¢. Ste 2Cor. 7: 8. — perf. 3 Mace. 6: 35,
Hdian. 8, 4, 27, Xen. Mem. 1. 2 15.
b) in reference to time future, to say
beforehand, to foretell, to predict, e. g.
Aor, c. acc. Acts 1:16 fy [year]
aixa 16 sveiua, Perf. Rom. 9:29. 0.
pay Man. U: 25. duly ndvee Mark
18: 98, Ss 2Cor. 18 2 sav nud
er 908 2 Pet.3:2 Jude 17.
—aor. Jos, B. J. 6.2.1 pen. Pol. 6.3.2.
Xen. H. G. 3. 4, 20,21. perf. Hdian.
68.13. 1c mporpnuivaJos. Ant, 2.2.4.
I] poetgnxa, vee in Tigotinoy.
Tpoedn feo, £. tow, (ntte,) to hope
before; perf. to have hoped before, i.e.
beforetime, of old. Eph. 1: 12 iiwae
« tods noonlminorss by 1H Xeuots, i.e.
the Jews as having of old had the hope
and promise of the Messiah ; in opp. to

702

Lposrorpates

the Geniiles who have now first beard
of him, Systs dzotourtes v.13, Comp.
Rom, 3: 1 oq. 9:4 09. For the coo
struction with ¢, see 'Ev no. 3. c. 7.—
So tgonarelnizey Pol.2.4.5. ib. 14.3 1

Llooevagzouce, £. Soper, (éregre-

"pap qv.) to begin before; Aor. to have

begun before, already, 2 Cox. 8: 6, 10.—
Net found elsewhere.

Mpoenayyédde, £. dé, (txezyil-
Aw q, v.) to promise before; Aor. 1 Mi
Rom. 1: 2 9 (siuyyilioy § Sede] meoes-
nyyslloto duc ev ngognter xt. Lie
aforetime, of old. 2 Cor. 9: 5 in Ma—
Dio Cass, p. 19, A. ed. Hanov. éxs 4
al ts deyagecias ngoernyyelpives yoo.

Uoodnw, see Mgosinov.

Hocspyopet, f, elstoopens, sor.2
medion ‘depon. Mid. see in”“Eerenm.

1, to go forward, to go further, to par
on, intrans. Mau. 26 39 et Mark 14:5
meodServ puxesy. Seq. acc. of way,
Acts 12:10 agajiSor gipar pier,
Matth. § 409.4, Buam. § 131. 6,8. Wr
ner § $2. 6, — Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 5.
Thea. 11 puxpéy n . Xeo. Eq.7.
9, _c. acc. thy odor Xen. Cyr. 2.418

2 to go before any one, as referring
either to place or time, e. g.

a) of place, to go before, in wi
vance of any one, as 8 fore-runner,
messenger, c. éroinidy tiv0s Luke 1: 17;
or as a leader, Buide, €. ace. Luke
AT "Toibag meoiexsto aitoig ec. rer
dor. For this accus. see in
2 a, — Ecclus. 35: 10. Comp. Sept e ©
Fungoa dé tiv0¢ for p> 729 Gen. 33:3

b) in time, i. q. to go first, to precede,
to eet off before another, Acts 2
5 otsos spoekSdvrg Tusvor amas &
pwd bs. 90°13 geek in dt eS ao.
2 Cor. 9:5 sig ‘tpas. — c. gen. Loe. D.
Mort. 6. 5 dnavtes ngoskeivorres etek
— In the sense to outgo, to arrive frst,
Mark 6 33 in text. rec.

Tpoepéa, vee Mpoitnor.

Tove roqucttar, £. daw, (ixoupeiin)
to prepare beforehand, Wied. 9:18. Pan-
bree 22.1. Hdot. 8.24 Io N. Ti.

appoint before, trana.c.
& Rom. 9:23 & m

spoeleare i Basen.
Bo c. dat. Eph. % 10 ols [Epyees} pey-

id

Mpowayreifiouas

soleaoe [ipiie] 5 Oude loa do east we

generepns pute do Opie pei
Drig 10 dy xcopy Rdyte xgoMOWEoaTO
tig igure xad 6907 avsod.

ITpoevayyedZopac, f. loopas, (2b.
er ysllite ¥.) to announce glad tidings
to foretell joyful news, c. dat.
Gu 3:8 eosvayyeicato +H 'ASgady,
Srsx.2.2 Comp. Geo. 128, 18°18,

Lond zen, £. te, (Ize) to hold forth
or, e. g. the hands Xen, Cyr. 2.
3.10. Mid. ¢o hold before oneself, Hdot.
2. 42; ond trop. fo use as a pretest, to
‘allege, Hdot. 8,3. Thac. 1. 140. Aleo
in time, to have beforehand, already,
Hot. 9.4. Soph. Antig. 208. Trop.
to have before another, iq. to bave
“preference or pre-eminence, te excel, e
be superior, better, Jos. Ant. 7. 10.9
Geng xgcizorny. Keo. H.G.2. 4.41
77sun ngetzer. — Wence in N. T. Mid.
004 z0uar, to excel, to be superior, bet-
der, sc. on one’s own part. Rom. 3:9
wi obv; moosyépueOa; ie. can then wo
Jews claim for ourselves to be better
‘off than the Gentiles? se. in respect 10
deing sinners before God.

Tlponydomat, evpat, f. dcopas,
Giyioua,) to lead forward or onward, to
goon before, to take the Lead, 2 Mace.
11: 8. Diod. Bic. 1. 87. Xen. Cyr. 4. 2
27. In N.T. trop. te lead om by exam-
ple, c. acc. and dat. of that in or as to
which, Rom. 1210 sf 1mi éddijlou
sxgonyoiuevos in mutual respect taking
the lead of each other. For the accus.
‘comp. in Igodyu no, 2.8, For the
dat. comp. Winer § 31.3, Mutt, §400.6.

Tpateote, ewe, 4, (ngortonps) @
actting before or forth, a vetting out, ex

posure, exhibition, e.g. of a dead body 1:

Dem. 1071. 21.
fo NT.

8) pp. as of food, spoken only of the
shew-bread, ns being set out before Jeho-
vah on a table in the sanctuary, Heb.
rt Dry bread of presence, later tr
19547217 bread of rows or piles, Vulg.
panes Propositionts ; see Lev. 24: 5—9.
Jahn § $31. — So in an adjective conee
in the phrases: of gro: rip weoDiares
Mart, 12:4. Mark 2 26, Luke ti: 4, and
4 ngodeow thr Ggsew Heb. 9: 2, "both

Plato Legg. p. 959. A.

703

Ligoternpe

equivalent to of Eros of’ ngenGéuerox,
see Buttm. § 123. 0. 4. Winer § 34. 2.
Geeon. Lebrg. P.045 09 —S0 Bop Gores
Bey ONS Ex. 35:
2 Shr. 4: 19,
79929 °b 1 Chr. 9: 32. 3: 29, ngd-
Seoig Geter for oy ‘p 2 Chr. 1% 11.
Also Sept. Sgro 105 ngoasnov for
tip ’> 1K, 21:65 and once dgros drei
tos Ex. 253 30-——Comp. 2 Mace. 10: 3
b) trop. of what one sets before his
pind, , Proposes to himself, Lat. propes-
|. purpose, counsel, resolve. Acts

bs 7: 13 désuarny shy mpoPbarsesg xexguty—
sivas. So of firm purpose, firm resolve,
Acts 11: 23, 2 Tim. 3: 10. Elsewhere
of the eternal parpose and counsel of”

|. Bic. 20. 102 init.

LeoFdouess, fa, wor, ( Seopds,
l9-qus,) set beforehand, appointed, spokers
of time, whence 4} nooeopla vc. spi—
9c, @ set day, appointed time, Gal. 4:2—
Jos. Ant, 12. 4.7 si¢ god. inotapions.
Lue. Ver. Hist. 1, 36. Aeschin. 6. 14.

Hoodupie, ag, 5, (ngodvpog) pre-
disposition, i,q. readiness, alacrity of
mind. Acts 17:11 @&iart0 toy Iéyor
feta mdons meoOvplas. 2 Cor, & 11, 1%
19, 9: 2, — Ecclus. 45: 23. Jos. Ant. 7.
9.5, Dem, 1457. 8. Xen, Venat. 2 1.

Neotupos, ou, 6, 4, (Sipos q. v.)
Predisposed, i. q. ready, willing, prompt,
€. g. 19 mrrbya xe6Svuor Matt. 26: 41,
Mark 14: 38. “Sept. for 393 1 Chr.
QW: 21. 9 Chr. 29: 31. — % Mace. 4: 14,
Pol. 4.7. 9 Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 22—Neut.
36 0A por, readiness, alacrity, Rom.
15 16 wet’ dud neoOupor i. q. there is
readiness on ty part, I am ready.—3
Mace. 5:26. Jos. Aut. 4. 8. 13 ro agi
aixois me6P yor tod Se0%. Eur. Iph.
Taur. 969 or 996.

Loottipuoc, atv.(ng6Sepos,) read~
ily, willingly, with alacrity, 1 Pet. 5: 2—
Tob, 7: 8. Hdian, 1.5.24. Xen. Conv.
4. 50,

Toaitsrnue, £. xeooriew, (iorqun)

aor. 2 meoiorny, perf. part. contr. sgo~
soveis. Trans. to cause to sland before,

Tigexeite

to set over, Hdien. 5.7.13, Pol. 1. 83.7.
Bee in “Ioryss, comp. Battm. § 107. IL.
—h N. T. only in the intrans. tenses,
e.g. aor. 2 arn perf. of the Active, and
ptes, Mid. or Pass, fo stand before, e. g-

a) i. q. to be over, to preside, to rule,
absol. Rom. 128 8 negoierspevos, ty
onovdj. 1 Tim. 5: 17 of xalise mgoeets-
seg. Seq. gen. like other verbs of ruling,
through the force of 96 in compos. 1
Tim. & 4 seb ilu olsov xaies gor

éuavor. v. 5 voli 18, oleov mpootiiras,
v. 12. 1 Thess. 5:12—c. gen. 1 Macc.
& 19. Jos, Ant. 8. 12,3. Hdian. 7. 4.
4, Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 3.

b) by impl. fo care for any thing, to
be diligent in it, to practise, c. gen. xa-
Toren nestorootas Tit. 3:8, 14.—

xgcteraodas tézyns. Plat. Pericl. § 24
ev xosplou nposctécur igyaclas, ovdi
ospriic. comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 2. 2.

Tlgomccdéco, 03, f. iow, (nadie) to
eall forth, i.e. to invite to mand forth,
Pol, 23. 9.2. Oftetter Mid. to call forth
oneself, 1. ©. either to invite to
come, fo solicit, Thuc, 8, 37; or i. q. fo
challenge, to defy, sc. to combat, Jos,
Ant. 7. 12.4. Diod. Sic. 4. 58, Xen.
‘Gyr. 1. 4. 4. — Hence in N.'T. Mid.
neoxaléouat, odpa, Lat. prevoco, to
provoke, to stimulate, c, ace. Gal. 5: 26.

—Heian. 6. 1. 12. Diod. Sic. 1, 21,
TpoxestayyéAdco, £. ais, (near
yilie q. v.) to announce cy
Acts & 18,

§. fature events, le foretell,
94. 7:52 Pass. part. perf, npoxarny-

yeluévog, atneunced ig
promised, 2 Cor. 9: 5.— Joa, Ant. 2. 9.
4 wis tx tod Sood

Rpoxamny yelpivors
alow negtize. ib. 1. 12.3,

Hpoxatagriter, f. ww, (xaragr-
tw q. v.) lo make ready beforehand,
trans. 2 Cor. 9: 5.

Hodxerpcee, part. ngoxsiperog, (xsi-
pass) to lie before, to be laid or set before
any one, intrans. pp. Sept. Lev. 24:7.
Lue. Nigr.2. Ken. Mem. 3. 5. 25, 27.
In N. T. only trop.

a) to lie or be Before the mind of any
‘one, i. q. to be present to him. 9 Cor. &
129 oi vag 4 nqoSupde mgdentes—~Philo

704

Hoononte

de Vit. Me. p. @28. A, xpeiam &
aity silos. Diod. Sic. 20. 43 In
Conv. 2. 7.

b) i. q. per£ pase. of xgetiSys, com.
in Kelpas b; to be laid or sl fr
one’s mind, e. g. a duty, reward, er
ple. Heb. & 18 xije meousysirys Ole
sparc. 12:1, 2 Jude 7 os Zikes
nat Topogfa... mgdxurtes biype—
Jos, Ant. 15. 8. 1. Diod. Sic 2%
Xen. Cyr. 2. 3. 2,8

’
Hooxngucoe v. 11a, f. te
geen) to im beforehand se.
herald, Jos. B. J. 6.8.2 Pol 5.612
Xen. Lac. 11.1. Jo N,T. goer.
nounce or preach beforehand, and inte
past tenses, to have before causal
preached, trans, Acts 3:20. 1&2 9
ameifartos "Tedrvou . . . Barrens pe
volo, — Jos. Ant. 10. 5.1 ‘Typin#
példovea xf méles Sesvc: mgossignt
EHgoxonn, 7, 4, (xpesism) F
@ going forward, onl; Frege,
J mee. Pil
mgoxomy tol ebayyediov. v. 5. 1 Te
4:15,—2 Mace, 8:8. Joa, B.J.1.101
Pol. 2, 87. 10. Diod. Sic. 16.6 4
word of the later Greek, Lob. sd Pe.
p85.
Lpoxonia, fy (ma)
or drive forwards, as if wit
or eee reer to forward, te fate
Thue. 4, 60. ib, 7, 56.— Also intros &
c. bavréy impl. seo ia “Ayo wast
beat forward, as in Engl. « ship's
to beat ahead ; hence gear. gh
forward, to make progress, le FHS
p. on one’s way, journey Jos. |
216 13, B.J.4.2.4 Comp.ia BF
the similar verb ‘to pusb fore
both trans, and intrans. In N.7-
trop. 7
a) to make progress
ade cata tacrcaee so ged tH
in or a2 to which, Luke
wots mpeixonse copie, COMP
31.3. Matth, § 400. 7. Set # ot
Gal, 1:14 dy qi “Foudaiopy OP
b.y. Math. 1. now, Seu fee
©. g. dnl 1 q. d.t0 grow “
and worse, 2 Tim, 13. dsl
ther 2 Tim, % 16, 29. comp,
oo d.—o. dat. Diod, Sie. 11.€7

Tpcagipa
as noonenopers ty naidelg Diod. Ste. T.
IV. p. 50 Bip. T. VI. p. 30 Tauchn. Arr.
Epict. 2. 10. 30. ént 10 xaxéy Test.
XII Patr. p. 614, comp. Jos. Ant. 4. 4,
1. _ dnt mlsiov Diod. Bic. 14. 98,

b) spoken of time, aor. to be advanced,
i. q. lo be far spent, Rom. 13:12 4 vit
segodzoper.—Jos. B. J. 4. 4. 6 rijg vuxtés
sgoxonrotone| ArrJB. Civ. 2, p.781 jus-
9% ngotmonte.

Leoxpiuc, actos, x6, (ngoxgive,)
@ fore-judging, i. q. prejudice, =
‘session, 1Tim, 5: a? prpes

Tpoxupoc, 0, £. daw, (xvgses) to
establish or confirm before, previously,
Pass. perf. Gal. 3: 17.

TlpodauBaveo, aor. 2. neoitapoy,
(AopBave,) to take before, trans.

8) i,q. to take before another, to an-
ticipate another in doing any thing, c.
ace. 1 Cor, 11:21 Eeactos 13 Tsoy Stin-
voy npoldpBaves, i. ©. the rich man eats
the provisions he has brought, without
waiting for the poorer members to come
in; comp. in Aydny no. 2.—Diod. Sic.
20. 107 moolaufavew 25 zenoysor. Dem.
32.97. ib. 79.2 Povisras vag iucy rob.
to ngolapily, — Intrane, to take up be-

Forehand, to anticipale the time of doing
any thing ; c. inf, Mark 14:8 ngoshage
Brelaas pou 13 oda x +. Lie. she
hath anointed my body by anticipa-
tion against my burial. Comp. Winer
§ 58. 4. Gesen. Lebrg. p. 823.—Aristot.
de Gener. Anim. 4. 1 xa) mpodaypd-
vorses tic ottus Byor, nly ysxduavor ot
tug idtiy, Xen. Cyr. 1. 2 3 ob dd
Tiqainod vipos ngolapéries exiushovras
Snag nx L Comp. xaigois neoluupa-
yur Diod. Sic, 14. 63. Oftener in a
journey, course, Jos. Ant. 2.7.5. Xen.
‘Ven. 7. 7.

b) of persons, aor, 1 Pass, xgoshiq-
yy, to have been before taken, overtaken,
caught; Gal.6:1 eixat ngolng 9 drSqu-
705 ty ton) magantsipars, of or although
one have formerly been overtaken by a
Sault. — Others, if one have been caught
‘forth, hurried @ fault, Comp.

Wind. 177, 9° °

TTpoddyca, £. bu, (Liyen) to say be-

forehand, to foretell, to forewarn, 2 Cor.
1&2 Gal. 5:21. 1 Thess, 3:4 Sept.
89

705

Tpcepii

for A771 Is. 41: 26, — Jos. Ant. 7.9.7.
Diod. Sic. 1. 50. Xen. An. 7. 7. 3,

Toopagrvpopac, (pagrigoyc, )
pp. to call lo witness beforehand ; found
only in N. T. to testify beforehand, i. q.
to declare beforehand, 1 Pet. I:11. Comp.
Arauagrigouar.

Hoopererca, &, £. fave, (uelsria eo Beh

4.v.) lo premeditate, e. inf, Luke 21: 14
Bi moousherii» Bxoloyn divas, Comp.
Mark 13: 11. — Aristoph. Eccl. 117.
Xen. Ath. 1. 20.

Hoopepruvcter, 0, £. qa, (uepip-
viw,) to care or take thought beforehand,

s Mark 13:11, -

Leovoéio, 0, f. ta0, (vode,) to fore-
see, to perceive beforehand, Hom. Il. 18.
596. Xen. Cyr. 8 1.1 fa N. T.
trop. fo ave to beforehand, i q. to care for,
to provide for, Lat. provideo, ©. gen. 1
Tim. 5:8. Comp. Buttn. § 132. 5. 3. —
Wied. 13:16. Ael. V, H. 2.31. Xen.
Cyr. 8.1. 1. — Mid. to provide for in
one's own behalf, q. 4. to apply oneself to
any thing, fo practise diligently, c.accus,
e.g meorootperos auld dvorniéy 16v06
Rom. 12: 17. 2 Cor. 8:21.—Sept. Prov.
3:4 moovo0d xala évesmioy xigiov. comp.
Xen. ‘Mem. 4, 8 12. c. gen. Sext.
Empir. adv. Eth, 104 ngorotioSas rot
wadot. Jos. Ant. 9.1.1. Hesych. mgo-
008" érdyot, érspelod.

Hocvore, as, 4, (ngoroie,) fore-
sight, providence, provision, Acts 24:3,
Rom. 13: 14 ngovolay po} mosela San see
in Howe no. 1. b, B.—2 Macc, 4:6.
Pol. 3, 106. 9, Xen. Cyr. 1.6. 23.

ITgoogda, @, perf. neosigaxe,
(Secia,) to foresee, Jos, c. Ap. 1.28. Xen.
Conv. 4.5. to see before oneself, Thuc,
7.44. Xen. Oyr. 5. 4.49. Mem. 1.4.
ll. ION. T. to see before, i. e.

a) Mid. to see before oneself, to have
before one’s eyes, trop. of what one has
vividly in mind, c. ace. Acts 2:25 mgo-
cgahugr tov xigior évainisy pov, quoted
from Ps. 16:8 where Sept. for yt
to set.

b) perf to have seen before, in time,
Acts 21:29,

TTpoopé&%e, £ low, spite,) to at

Ilponceze
bounds before, Dem. 877.7 in some edit.
In N. T. trop. to pre-determine, to pre-
destinate, spoken of the eternal coun-
sels and decrees of God; seq. acc. c.
inf. expr. or impl. Acts 4:28 800... -
4 Bovly cov ngouguss yericSa1. Rom.
8:29, 30. 1 Cor. 2:7. c. acc. et sig Eph.
1:5, Pasa. v. 11.

Hondoza, aor. 2 ngoénaSor,
(ndvze,) to be affected beforehand, to ex-
perience before, e. g. good Hdot. 7, 11.
Xen. Mem. 2.2.5. In N. T. evil, aor.
to have suffered before, previously, 1
Thess, 2: 2.—Thuc. 3. 67, 62.

Tponéunce, £. wo, (méuse,) to
send on before, Jos. Ant. 7.8.5. Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4, 18, to send forwards or forth
Wied. 19:2. Hdot. 4. 33,121, In N.
T. to send forward, sc. on one’s journey,
to bring one on his way, espec. to accom-
pany for some distance in token of re-
spect and honour, trans, Acts 20: 38
mgoinepnoy airiy the 19 mlolov. 21: 5.—
Judith 10:15. Jos. Ant. 7. 11, 4 mgb-
mippos Aavi8qy wézer rol "Topddvov. 20.
2.6. Diod. Sic. 13.3. Xen. Cyr. 1.4.
25.—Hence genr. to help one forward
on his journey, Acts 15:3. Rom. 15:
24. 1 Cor. 16: 6,11. 2 Cor. 1: 16. Tit.3:
13, 3John6.—Esdr. 4:47, 1 Mace. 12:4,

Honey, eg, ovs, &, 4, adj.
(xgoninte,) faliing forwards, prociduus,
Xen. Eq. i. & trop. prone, inclined,
ready to do any thing, Xen. H. G. 6. 5,
24. In N. T. trop. in a bad sense, pre-
cipitate, héadlong, rask. Acts 19: 36 py
Ody meonstds mgdriey. 2 Tim, 34. —
Ecclus. 9: 23, Jos. Ant. 5.1.26. Hdian,
1,8, 11. Aeschin. 27, 8, gonerais Xen.
Cyr. 1.8.8.

Hponogevouat, £ rivopan, de-
pon, Mid. (mopete q. v.)%o pass on be-
fore, to go before any one, ©. g. 05 8
leader, guide, c. gen. Acts 7:40 Stoic of
meonogetcorca: Har, quoted from Ex.
32: 1, 22, where Sept. for hr. For
the gen, as depending on m@é in com-
pos, see Matth. § 379. Buttm. § 147. n.
A, 12—1 Mace. 9: 11. Pol. 18. 2, 5.—
‘Also as a forerunner, herald, Luke 1:
76 moon. mgd ngoocinou xvpiov, see in
Higs no. 1, So Sept. for p> 2

706

Tees
Ps, 97:3. "> nyp Px 8:15 — Ie
Cyr. 4. 2 23 xeow. Fuxpooder.

TT 0g, prep. governing the gente,
dative and accusative ; and correspond-
ing in its primary signif. to tbe primary
force of these cases themeclres, vz.
with the gen. implying motion o é-
rection from a place hither; with the
dat. rest or remaining by, af, nore
place; with the accus. motion or direc-
tion’ towards or fo a place. Butim. § 147.
2 comp. § 192.2

L With the Genitive, pp. frm
place hither, Hom. Od. 8. 29 Ses...
East duov 38, std meds toler, § lore
GySguinuy. Then, in the direction f
8 place, e. g. mgog Bogdéao, mpos Now.
Od. 13. 110, 111; pp. from the north
etc. in Engl. at or towards the pork
moos 100 morapod Xen. An. 43%.
Comp. Heb. 77 Gen. % 8, 1% 11. Ge
sen. Lex. 77) no. 3.¢. Trop. of te
source, agent, cause, from which uy
thing comes or proceeds, e. g adr
mg6g tev0g Hdot. 2, 199, 152; snd ®
after neuter or passive verbs, from 4
by, Luc. D. Deor. 14. 1. Hiian. 1.25
Xen. An. 1.9.20, Buttm. 61343. Ale
expressing dependence or relation
any kind from or with any one, i.e.
pertaining or belonging in any way?
‘8 person or thing, e. g. eos dizs #
cording to right Soph, Ocd. 7. 10H
Hot. 7.153, Frome déyus xat oder
gos ood Xen, Mem, 2. 3. 15.— Heo
in N. T. once, trop. pertaining &, i.
Jor, for the benefit of, hers 21:34 wit

me ™s nes
Pati edad ‘Matt. §590. Burs.
§ 147. p. 411. Winer § 51. pale
Lue. D. Deor. 20. 3. Diod. Sic. i
fin, Plato Gorg. p. 459, C. Thue 3*

LL. With the Dative sgés met
place or object by the side of shies
Person or thing is, by, at, nears 1
answer to the question where? ia N.%
only five times, e.g. Mark 511 30%
1 Sees, where text. rec. spa 1 %
Luke 19: 37 gag rf xaropiion 104 000%
John 18: 16 5 TMérgos deri ay
Sigg. 2: 12, Rev, 1:13, Comp i
sow B. Math. § 590. b. Wise
p. 837,—Joa. Ant. 2. 16, 1. Hiss
‘4. Ken. Ao. 1. 8. 4,

Hepes 707

TIL With the Accusative mods marks
the object towards or to whieh apy thing
‘moves or is directed, comp, above, init.
But see also no. 4 below.

1. Of place, towards, to, unto, as if in
‘answer to the question whither ? e. acc.
of place, thing, person; comp. Passow C.
Bum. lc. Matth. § 501, Winer § 53.
p. 342,

2) pp. of motion or direction, e. g.
after verbe of going, coming, departing,
returning, and the like, and also after
Tike nouns, Mate 212 jo} redoyas

be ‘Hoeitny. 5 at
aro. Mmal ob Eory nest per 10:18
11: 28, 25:9. | Mark 1: 334 médug Sly
on ay nods thy Digay. & 25,

ewronyion 4 2s roma, y. 10:1,
Luke 8: 4, 19. mM: 12 Gaqlde npds av-

tori, e. home. John 3: 20 og Epzeras
gis 3b, oi. 6 37, 7:33, Acts 3: 11.

. H. G. 4.1.2) So after yl-
vevFas, Jobn ‘0:35. Acts 7:31. 13: 32
2 Cor. 1:18. See in Lag
p. 158.—comp. Xen. An.3.4.24.—After
verbs of sending, o. acc. of pers. Matt.
21:34 dmiotuls trois d0tlovs aitot meis
sobs yewpyots, Luke 23:27. Jobo 16:7.
Acts 15: 25. Epb. 6:22. Tit. & 12
Hence éniotoly xgog tive Acts 9: 2.
22: 5, 2 Cor. 3: 1. — Hdian. 2. 12, 10,
Xen. Cyr.4.23, éxsotoht mesg Macc.
11: 27, Luc. Nigr. 1. — After verbs of
leading, bringing, drawing, by force or
otherwise i Matt. 26 57 of 84 xgatioay-
105 169'T. dntyayor nods Koicpay. Mark
917,19 gigers abroy sede ue. 11:7.
Luke 12 58. John 12: 32 sdvrag bxt-
ow 7955 duavtéy. 14:3, Acts 23: 15.
Rev. 12:5. Praegn. Acts 23: 24 see in
Asancite, — Hdian, 4.3.3. Xen. Cyr.
4.6. 1.—So after verbe implying motion
toa place and aleoa subsequent remain-
ing there, where in Engl. we mostly
use at, upon, but also fo, unto. E. g.
verbs of falling, sinter v. ngoonlnteiy
005 toig nd8ag Twv0G to fall at one’s feet
Mark 5:22. 7:25. (Sept. Ex. 4:25.)
Bo verbs of laying, putting, casting, and
the like ; as Matt. 3:10 # dSlen mod rir
Kar xaisan, Luke & 9. 16: 20 o¢ @fé-
Blyro neds tév nuléva abtod. Acts 3:2.
So Mark 10:7. Mat. 4:6. For the use

31.

Toes

of mods ©. acc. after verbe compounded
with xgd¢, see Winer § 56, espec. p. 364.
Gene, Acte 5:10 ieriysartes iSayer
moos tov Svdga abtijg. Acts 18: 36, —
After verbs and words implying mere
direption, as a turning, reaching, look-
ing, and the like. Luke 7: 44 orgapels
ges thy yuvaiza. Acts 9: 40. 2 Cor.
& 16. Rom. 10: 21 denéraca tag za
ede pou neds dady x s.4, Epb. 3: 14
asst 1a yoratd pou meas TOY nariga.
trop. James 4:5.see in Exinodde. (Hdian.
6.4.3.) Bo by Hebraiem, e. g. Sléxew
cre? Oy MOOS Redcwmoy, face to face,

1 Cor. 13: 12, as Sept. for D129 big D129
Gen, 32:31. Deut. 34:10, Aadeiy orepe
mpd¢ otdpa, mouth to mouth 9 John 1*
es Sept. for m jum. 1!
Comp” i Matth. mah, "

b) with all verbs and words which
include the idea of speaking to any one,
mostly c. acc. of pers. see below in &
fin. Comp. Passow C.c. Matth. Lc.
(a) genr. ©, g. after enor Matt. 3: 15.2 * 7
Luke 1: 13, 18, 34. saep. Aaléor Lukes. *:

1: 19, 55. 2 18, 20. saep. dy Luke “” *
&: 96. 7.24. Acte 3:25. easep. gus
Luke 22: 70, Acts 2: 38. al. So with
verbs of answering, as dzoxplvouas Acts
3:12. 25: 16; of accusing, as xarnyogde
John 5: 45; of praying, entreating, as
Boce Luke 18:7. (Sept. 1 Sam. 12: 10.)
Seépas Acts 8:2. Bénowg Rom. 10: 1.
atzouss 2 Cor. 1% 7. sgocwyh Acts
12: 5, Rom. 15: 30; 60 by Hebr. aigesr
purny mgd¢ tor Seor Acts 4: 24; comp.
Heb. b> eet; Ts. 24:14, and Geen. Lex.
art. %i02 no. le. With words of de-
claring, making known, as dvadedtic
Luke 1:80. yrweiZe Phil. 4:6. dupa=
vite Acts 23: 22; of command and the
like, e. g. dvtols} Acta 17: 35, axoloyla
‘Acts 22: 1. etc. — Sept. 1 Sam. 14: 19,
2Chr, 10: 16. Hdian. 3, 6 2 Plato
Hipp. Min. me 370. D. Xen. Cyr, 1.3
14. Mem. 1. 3. 2 eBzowas pds. — Once
©. acc. of thing, as laleiy mods 10 obs
i.e. to speak to one in his ear, privately,
Luke 12 3.—(6) Of mutual words and
sayings,etc, Acts 2:12 log mos Gllor
Liyortss, So meds alijlovg to one
another, one to another, Mark 8: 16, 9:
. 15:31. Jobo 6 52. 16:17. Act iz
2:7, 4:15. (Ceb. Tab. 2. Hdian. 5. 2.
1A) mpeg iavrots id. Mark 1:27, 9

ges

16,83, 14:4, 16:3, Luke 2228, Comp.
in “Eavtoi c.—(y) After verbs of swear-
ing to any one, i. q. to promise with an
oath, comp. Passow |.c. Luke 1:73
Sexor Sv cipoae med¢ “ASgadp. — Hom.
Od. 14. 331. ib. 19, 288.

~~ ¢) trop. after verbs and words im-
plying direction of the mind or will, an
affection or disposition towarde any one;
e.g. (a) favourable, implying good-
will, confidence, etc, 2Cor. 34 m-
nolSnow boner neos tor Sassy. 7:4 nag

_ Gnola ngig pds. v.12. Gal 6: 10 dg-
7atiipeda to ayaSer neds mavtas, Eph.
6:9, Phil. 2 30. 1Thess, 1:84 along
4 mis tov Sadr. 5: 14, 2 Tin, 2 24.
Tit.3: 2 Philem.5. 60 Col, 4:5 a
cogle meginartite ngd¢ t0is Kw. Thess.
4:12, — Jos. Vit. 25 4 neds we along.
Plut. Demet. 39 negi qidias eds abrdy.
Hdian. 8, 6, 12. Xen, Mem. 2.3. 10. —
(6) Unfavourabla, i. q. against, Acts
@ 1 yoyyvopis meds tovg “Efgaious.
23: 30 Lys ta mgds aixdry. 24: 19.
2%: 19. 1 Cor. 6:1, Eph, 6: 11 orjvas
mgdgx. 1.2 Col. 3: 13, 19 ui mixgad-
vs nods abras. Heb. 12:4. Rev. 13: 6.
Conip. Passow C.b, Math.-§ 591. 6
— Hdian. 3. 8.3. Dem. 143. 27, Xen,
Mem. 3. 3.7.

2. Of time,e.g. (a) pp. of a time
when, towards, near, Luke 24: 29 9s
bonigay tot}, xa xéxluxey % juiga. Comp.
Passow C.2, Math. § 591.» fin. Winer
1. c.—Jos, Ant. 5.4.3 mois lox, Thue.
4,135 mods ag H3n. Xen, An. 4.5.21
mgs fyégar.—(8) As forming with the
accus, a periphrasis for an adverb of
time, i. q. al, for; as nedg xaugér, for a
season, a while, briefly, Luke & 13,
1 Cor. 7:5. _mgdg xaugav digas 1 Thess,
2.17, neds digay John 5: 35, Gal. 2:5.
So Heb. 12:10 ngs cdlyas juigas. v.11
906 10 nagér for the present, af present,
James 4: 14° ngdg diiyor sc. zedvor.
Comp. Puseow C. 4, Winer |. c. — Pol,
1.61.4 neds xaugér. Luc, D. Deor. 13,

1 ngs dilyor. Ael. V.H. 12.63. Hdian,
1. 8, 13 neds #3 xagdr. Thue, 2. 22.

3 Trop. as denoting the direction,
reference, relation, which one object
has towards or fo another.
sow C. 3,

Comp. Pas-

in reference to, in re
lying the direction or

708

Tos

remote object of an action. («) cae,
of pera. Mark 12: 12 fyrweay ot xpi;
abrots ny nagafolsy eine. ActsU:16
ang. cured dnosy Spey meds tov Dror a.tl
Rom. 4:2 Heb. 1:7 sgog piv woicay-
yiloug Miya. v. 8. al. So ub apis
th mgos jas; Matt. 27: 4. Jobo 21:2
23. Comp. Passow C.3.a. Math.{
591. y. Winer p. 343. — Ael. V. H, 12
64, Xen. Mem. 4.2.15, Dem 227
oddir dots soitey Saxou meds tpi—lf
Seq, acc. of thing, Heb, 9 13 és
RQds THY Tig cagxos xaTageryrs. Lube
18: 1 eye nagaBodjy airois, mpos w
deiv navtowe mgooaizea9as x. 1.1. 2Cx.
4:2, So after verbs of replying, Mex
QT: 14 oim dmexgldy ath mgs oidiir
Gia, Rom, 8: 31 gd¢ taiva. — pew.
Plato Hipp. maj. p. 295. C. Xen. Mes.
1.33. mgd taita Hdian. 3 12%
Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 12.—Here belongs the
construction ra dg rever V. ts, Hines
relating or pertaining to any person ©
thing, e. g. ta mds signvgy ie. cite
pp. conditions of peace Luke 14: 3h
trop. Luke 19: 42, sé gos viv rose”
iq. things necessary Acts 2: 0 .
gos Camy 2 Pet. 1:3, sc pos tor Ser
things pertaining lo God, divine things
Rom. 15: 17, Heb. & mele
Comp. in ‘0, #, 76, EB. p-

Ex, 18: 19 ta xgig a Diod. Bie. L
72 td mgdg tiv tagyy. Ken. Cyr. 12
10 ta ngd¢ tor molepor.

b) spoken of a rule, norm, sands,
according to, in conformity with,
Luke 12: 47 pndi mosjoas 2005 10
pa atrod. 2 Cor. 5: 10 apos & lage
Gal, 2: 14. Eph. 3: 4. Comp. Past
C. 3. b, Matth. § 591. 3, Winer Le
Luc. quem. Hist. conser. 38 init.
Bymp. p. 199. B, Xen. Ao. 6 1. 5

¢) of the motive, ground, occa
of an action, i, q. on account of, beret
of, for, e g. Matt. 19:8 Muveit at
tHY axdngoxagdiay ipasy bairgeyer* ©
Mark 10:5. Comp. Pamow ©. & ¢
Matth. §591, 8.—Hedot, 1.38. Plat Bep
1. p. 331, A. Xen, Mom, 3.8.5

d) a8 marking the end or rewl,
aim or purpose of an action, & we
th, for what, why, i.e. to what
whet purpose, Jobn 1% 28 £00?
Pessow C. 3.6, Maub. 5591-2 (er
Aj. 40, Xen. Mem, 3, 7%)

Tpos

verbs, as expressing the end, sim, ten-
dency of an setion or quality, ©.g. Acta
3: 10 obrog Av & moos tH oo
xadiiperos x,t. 1. Rom, 8: 26. 15:2. 1
Cor. 6:5 ms értgoniyy piv diye. 7:35.
10: 11. 2Cor, 1:20. Epb. 4:12. 1 Tim.
1: 16, 4:7 yupvdte 84 ceavtoy moos eb-
oiBear. Heb. 5: 14. 6: 11. 1 Pet. 4: 12,
Espee. seq. infin. c. 76, to the end that,
as Matt. 5:28 nds 6 Aline yuroixa
mQ0s 10 ériPupiioas airiic. 6: 1 mpds td
Sea Djrei og. 13: 30 ovldétote...
xab dijours ... meds 13 xatoxaioas aid,
23: 5. Me 22, Eph. 6: 11. James
3: 3. —3 Mace. 1:19. Hdian. 3, 14, 2.
Thue. 7.8, c. inf. Sept. Jer. 27: 10,
Plato Phaedo §62.—So after nouns and
adjectives, John 11: 4 dodivua ngd¢
Savatoy. Eph. 4: 14. Col. 2 23. (Jos.
B. J. 4.9.11 géquaxor mgi¢ owmelay.

Lue. Mere. Cond. 40 pds xigd0s.) Jobn-

4: 85 Gu Aevaal sict m90¢ Segropdr Bn.
Acts 27: 12 dvsvBérov toi Ayivos tcig-
Zors9¢ weds magazapastay, 2 Cor. 2: 16.
10: 4. Epb. 4: 29, 1 Tith, 4: 8, 2 Tim.
3:17, Tit 1: 16. 1 Pet. 3: 15. — Diod.
Sic. 5.37. Plato Menex. p. 247. E, xa7~
sa 16 meds svBaporiay gégorta. Ken.
Mem, 4. 5. 12.—Also of a tendency and
result, as 2 Pet. 3: 16 & « oreBhoiow sae
08s thy iblay aixéy andisar. 1 Jobn
5:16 tals Spagravouns wi mode Sévaror.
Bo épagtla mpds Say. v.16, 17.

e) of the relation in which one per-
son or thing stands towards another,
towards, with, ete. comp. Passow C. 3. d.
Manth. 591. «Luke 23:12 mgoimig-
x07 aq bv IgSeq Brees mois iaveous.
(Hdian. 3.2 14.) Rom. 51 sleqiy
Ezousy mois tor Gedy. (Xen, Hi.2 11.)
Acta 2:47 Ezerts zégur moos Shor tor
Lady. Acts 28:25 aovppenvos Syts¢ nag
GAijlow. (Died. Sic. 4.1.) 2 Cor. 6
15 tle 88 ouppeirqars Xpiots woos Ball
9s So dratideaFas Ssadsjxqy m90¢ tive,
to make a covenant with any one, Acts
3: 25. Heb. 10: 6. 9:20 see in "Evrillo—
pas.—Diod. Sic. 11. 44 ourlSeaSas pi-
Alay ngés tive. Ael, V. H.9. 41. Thue.
4.15. Xen. Veet. 5. 13.—So in a com-
Parison, Rom. 8: 18 ob Sta va xadyj-
para 100 div xaigod m93s Thy wéllovoay
Sogay, i. ¢. a8 compared with etc. Pas-
sow |. c. Matth. I. c. y—Ecclus. 24: 29,

i « Plato Hipp. Maj. 2. p. 281. D, slvas tiv

709

Tipes
Seyaley Tove stag? x3 coplay gaviovs
moo tpds. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 52.

4, Sometimes meds c. acc. is used
after verbe which express simply rest
at, by, in a place, i,q. 79s €. dat, But
in such instances for the most part, the
idea of a previous coming to or direction
towards that place is either actually ex-
pressed, or is implied in the context.
Comp. Eig no. 4. See Passow C.5.
Matth. § 591.9. Winer p.242. Fritzsche
IV Evang. I. p.201 eq. Thus (a)
genr. ¢. ace. of place, Mark 1: 4 tleor
tov mloy debeudvor meds viv Sugar.
14: 54 Seomawépevos meds td gids, i. e.
at or towards the fire. Luke 22: 56.
John 20:11. Soc. acc. of person, i. iq.
with, by, among, Matt. 26: 38 3 QOS os
mois 10 ndoza. v.55 msg ipa trade
Coun» dddoxer, pp. I set myself to or
among you. Mark 14: 49 funy mode
tds. . - duddiowary, Acts 12 20. 13 3L
ofcns viv elas pcesupes aitod npag tor
lady, i. e. to or towards the people. 1
Cor, & 8. 16: 7 Anlfee xodvor sivd dns
piven ngdg tas. 2 Cor. 1:12 5: &
Gal, 1: 18, 25, 4:18 Phil. 1:26. 2
Thess. % 5. Sept. for yx Is, 19: 19.
— Aeschyl. Prom. 347 or 351 é¢ moog
sonigous ténovg Eorya. Eurip. Ion. 916.
Orest. 468 or 475 gis 8ehidy aitoi ards.
Soph. Elect. 931. Xen. H. G. 6. 5.8
tno 13 mp0¢ Marcivuay teizos. ib, 2.1.
25.—Here belongs the construction in
Luke 18: 11, 6 @apacalog atadsls gis
favtdy ratte mpooyizen, i.e. either ota—
Gil npds kavtdy standing by himedlf, as
in Eurip. Orest. above ; or, mgog Eautéy
tira npooyizsro he prayed thus to or
with himself; comp. Luc. Contempl. 18
nods duavtde ys tvvos, Isocr. de Per-
mut. § 203 medg aizéy davodioSas, —
(8) Rarely and only in later usage is
the idea of previous motion or direction
wholly dropped, and mgs c. ace. is then
i. q, maga c. dat. Passow Lc. Mark 2.
214 ng0¢ 147 Sugar, i.e. the space at
the door or gate, vestibule. 4:1, Matt.
18: 56 of ddelgad aixot of? mécas meas
pds ctor; Mark 6:3. John 1:16 déyog
4 mgo¢ toy Geir Philem. 13 meds
duavtby xordzuv, — See in Brunck ad
Apoll. Rh. 2. 496.

‘Nor. In composition xgds implies:
1, motion, direetion, re reference, towards,

Tlpoca Bator

to, at, ete. 10, wpoosyyives, mpgc~
eexopes, de Sa 2. accession, ad-
dition, thereto, over and above, more, fur-
ther, as mgocastée, agooantihin, comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 863. no. 426; hence
intens, a8 xgdonuvos, ngoogilys. 3.
nearness, a being or remaining near, at,
by, ae npocedyeiw, ngoouéve. AL.

HooadB Baroy, ou, 16, (n96, oB-
Bator,) fore-sabbath, eve of the sabbath,
ig. wagaoxevy, which see. Mark 15:42,
—Judith 8: 6.

Hoocayogeven, f. stare, (&yogries)

speak to any one, to address, to salute,
Luc. Asin. 4, Hdian. 1.16.7. to call
by name, to name, Jos, Ant. 15. 8. 5.
Xen. Mem. 3.2.1. Hence in N. T. to
name, lo appoint, to declare, Pass. Heb.
& 10 ngocayogeuStis ino Seod dgzu-
o Comp. Matth. § 420. Winer §

4. b. — comp. Jos. Ant. 3.7. 1 jv 6
Popos Eyveay Rpocayogsies,

Mgoacye, f. fa, aor. 2 mgoojya-
ov, (iiye,) to lead or conduct to any one,
to bring near.

a) tans, c, acc. Luke 9: 41 mpoadya-

ya Gide tov vidy cov, ©.nce. et dat. Acts
6: 20 mgocaydyovtes aitois tots otga~,
amyois, For this dat, of direction after

sugdg in comp. see Matth. § 402, Sept.
for N°37] 1 Sam. 1: 25. 347m Ex.
29: 4. 40: 12. — Hai . 1.5.1, Dem.
234, 20. tive tive Xen. Cyr. 3. 2, 12,
—Implying admission or access to any
one, pp. as to a king, Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 8;
in N. T. trop. of God, to bring near, to
present before, c. ace. et dat. 1 Pet.3: 18,
—comp. Jos, Ant, 14. 11. 2.

h) intrans. see “Ayu no. 3, to come or
draw near, to approach, ©, dat. a8 above.
Acts 27; Ws tnerdour of vairas ngocd-
uy v6 abtoig zogay the sailors deemed
that some country drew near to them,
i, e. according to the usual optical
illusion on board a ship. So Sept. for
nea Ex. 14: 10. Is, 34: 1. — Ael. V.

‘21. Epict. Ench. 29.7. ofa ship
Pol. i. 46. 9, Comp. Achill. Tat. 2. 2
32 iy yiv bupdiusy ago tis nog note
junpdy Gvazagotvay, ds adtiy miovcay,
Cic. Quaest. Ac. 4. 25 fin.

Hoosayayn, 95» %y (mgoadyen) «
leading or bringing to, accession, Plut.

710

Tooceverionue

Non posse suav. viv. 6. VI. p. XI.
Tauchn. Thue, 1. 8% In N. he
proach, ecees 9, admission, sl; 1s Rom. &
2. 965 reve, r Eph. % 18, absol, $:12—
Plut. Lucull. 15. Xen. Cyr. 7.5.45

Tpocanréo, @, £. Hou, (citin)e
ask in addition, to demand besides, Xe.
An. 1.3, 21, Ia N. T. lo beg, sia
Mark 10:46, Luke 18:35. Jobn &2-
Sept. Job 27:14. Luc. Comtempl i
Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 29.

Loocairng, ov, 6, (mgorsstia)s

, John 9:8 in later edit. for ny

2os.—Diog. Laert. 6. 56. Plut. Quiet
Gr. 13, IL. p. 308 Taucho.

Tloocava Batya, wor. 2 xgertie
(GraBatre,) to go up further, highs, t
Grdregor Pleon. Luke 14: 10 gids, x
arépyds dvcnegoy, i.e. take 8 wpe
eeat, a more honourable place. Set
pp. for aby Ex. 19:23 Josb. I:lt—
Judith 13:10. Diod. Sie. 1.37 ft
stream, to rise, Pol. 3, 72.4.

Loocavadioxe, £. leew, (iii
oxu,) to consume besides, to expend
ther, Luke 8 43 frus sois levels
avalscaga Slov tor flor. For he
geo Buttm. § 133 3 Man, § 5
Text. rec. sis texgovg.—Dom. 460.
1025, 20.

Hoosavandngow, @, £6
ecxhygéo,)to fll up thereto, 9. bye
to supply fully, ta dorepypete

12, et oi 19:4. Dio. Se ST

Tpocavartonut, f. om (ns
Sys.) pp fo lay up én aidition; OO
to take upon oneself besides, Xoo
21.8 MN T. oat we
“npooavrede, nv, trop. to lay !
addition, to to impart or oral JP
ther, sc, on one’s own pert. .

(a) gene. c. aco. et dat. Gal 2646
rie of Soxotrres oily qoooritoe

‘omp. dvePiuqy in v.

by by way of copeulation i + 6
confer with, to cond
ov

pa Sic. 7. is ake 2

fue. sun. ‘Trag. Hy
‘dia pa eopBovlow mover.

_ Hpooanecdteo

UTpoaanaddeo, 0, £. 4am, (aau-
Ases,) to threaten further, abeol. Acts 4:
21, comp. v. 18.—Dem, 544. 26,

MToocdunuvew, oo, £. jou, (Sa-
navde,) to spend more, in addition, c. ace,
Luke 10: 35. — Lue. Ep. Saturn, 39,
Themiet. Or. 23. p. 289,

Teostdouen, £. joopor, depon.
Pass, (Séouas,) to need besides, in addi-
tion, ¢. gen. Acts 17:25, Sept. for
“IQH Prov. 129.—Ecclus. 4:3, Dem.
14:92, Thuc. 2 41,

Tpooddyowct, £. fous, depon.
Mid. (Sézonas,) to receive to oneself, to
admit, trans.

8) of things, trop. fo admit, to allow,
a8 tyy élxlda Acts 24: 15, Negat. Heb,
11: 35 ob mpocdskiiueros ry énolirgu-
1, not accepting, i. q. rejecting ; comp.
2 Mace. c. 7.—Sept. Job %9. Wisd,
18:7. Pol. 1. 16, 6, — Of evils, i. q. to
put up with, to endure, Heb. 10:34 njy
Ggnayiy tar txagrérioy. Sept. for

}) of persons, to receive, to admit, ec.
to one’s presence and kindness, Luke
15:2 obtos suagrwlois mpoodizeran
Sept. for yy Mal. 1:8 Ez, 43: 27.—
Diod. Sic, 18°54. Thue. 2.12, Xen,
HG. 1. 5.9.—So in hospitality, to re-
ceive kindly, to entertain, as a guest,
Rom. 16:2 Phil. 229, ‘Sept. for bap
1 Chr. 12: 18,

©) of things future, i, q. to wait for,
to expect, c. acc. Luke 12: 36 dvOgeinous
mpoadexopévoss toy xigioy airéiy nore x.
1, Acts 23:21. So a future good,
with the idea of faith, confidence, as
vy Baotslar sob Sto Mark 15: 43,
Luke 23:51. nagdxdyow Luke 2:25.
Litgwow 2:38, ny asi
Tit. 213. 10 Meog tod xuglov Jude 21.
—2 Mace. 8: 11. Pol. 21.8.7. Hdian,
3.1.2, Xen. Apol, 33,

TTpoadoxaw, 0, £. jaw, (Soxxiee,

Sonciter,) pp. to watch toward or for any.

thing, i. q. to look for, to expect,
a) abeol, or c. inf. i. q. to think, fo
suppose, Matt. 24:50 éy 4 ob

fusog
mpordoxf. Luke 3:15, 12:46, Acts 2 Mae

6. ¢. inf: ibid. of 8¢ npoceSéxav ainiy
hillus slymgaeSas, — 6, inf. Jos. Ast.

mM

* sot St0t

Tpocepzouas

7.9.5, Hdien. 2:2,9. Xen. An. 7.6
11. - In the sense of hope, Acts 27: 33,
¢. inf. 3:5,—c. inf. Hdian. 2 1. 21,
Xen, An. 6, 1, 16,

b) ©, acc. iq. to wait for, to await,
© g. persons, Matt. 11:3 oi sl 5 dopspe-
705, 4 Eragor ngouSoxiipay ; Luke 7:19,
20. 1:31 ngootonisy chy Zazagian. 8
40, Acts 10:24. Acc. ‘of thing, 2 Pet,
3: 12 tiv magovolay, ¥. 18, 14. — Sept.
Ps. 119: 165. 2 Mace. 15:8, 20. Jos. B.
J.5.131. Heian, 4 11.7,

Leocdoxla, as, 4, (meoc8oxst,)
@ looking for, expectation, in NT. only
of evil, Luke 21:26 én3 @ifou xa} w.
tay dnepyouiver. Meton. Acts 12: 11
iis mgoa8oxiag 06 Laci, i.e. the evil
which the Jews look for to come upon
me. Sept. meton. for Heb. TTP: Gen.
49: 10. — pp. Jos, Ant. 15.3. 4.Pol. 1.
31.3. of good, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6 19,

LTpocdpcpco, see Igocrgsye.

Tipocecteo, 3, £. how, (dun) to per-
mit or suffer further, & dat. Actes 27:7
Hi} Roogsdrr0s jiuiw arivou i.e. the
wind not suffering us to proceed fur-
ther on that course.

Looceyy kro, £. low, (tyyite,) to
peop fa any one, ¢. dat. Mark %
4. Sept. for ws Gen. 33:6, 7. 22
Josh. 3: 4.—Pol. 39. 1. 4.

TTpooedpevier, f. stow, (npdosdees
eixting by, from %ga,) to sit near, by, Lit,

ideo, @. g. by other persons Dem, 313.
11; by acity as beviegers, c. dat. Joa,
B.J.7.2. 1 init, TaN. T- to wait near,
to attend, to serve, c. dat. 1 Cor. 9: 13 of
1G Susracrngly ‘neoarderiortes i q. of
1a Leg dgyatipavos. Comp. in Hage
— Jos. ©. Ap. 1. 7 1% Sipaxslg
i vovsas. Diod. Sic. 5,
46 1. taig tov Seiv Sepeneleus,

TIposepyatouct, £. doopa, de-
pen. Mid. (éeydCouen,) to work out there»
to, to gain more by labour, Hdot. 6. 61,
Xen, H, G. 3.1.28. InN. T. genr. to
gain thereto, besides, in addition, Luke
1%:16 4 pxd cov mpoodydeuto dine

Tleosépyopar, £ deioopas, de-
pon. Mid. {igroues q. v.) to come to or

Hpossvzy 712 Hpocstzouat
near to any place or persqn, to approach, Hgocsizonai. Plur. Acts % 43 xyw-
intrana, sagregorrtes ... tals moossizars 104.
a) pp. and seq. dat, after pds in Rom. 1:10. Eph. 1:16 Col ¢
comp. see Math. § 402; 0. g. dat. of 1 Thess. 1:2. 1 QL. Philem.4,
place, Heb. 12:18 ob yig mgoceipida- 22, 1 Pet. 3: 7. Rev. 5:8 834.

34 ynlagepiry Soe. v.22 (Hdinn. 2.
6.11.) Seq. dat, of pera, Matt. 4: 3 xo?

moooaIar airg 5 xugatun, sins. 8: 5.
Mark 14: 45. Luke 23:52. John 12:21.
Acts 9:1. Absol. or c. dat. impl. Matt.
4:11 Gyyatos noooHiGor xal x. 1.2. Mark
1:31, Luke 8:24. 10:34. Acts 7:31.
28:9, al. Sept. usually seq. xpdc, for
32 Gen. 29:10. 43:19. 3p Num.

—c. dat. Ael. V. H. 9.

. 4. In the sense of
to visit, to have intercourse with, Acts
24: 23, 10: 28.

b) trop. (a) of God or Christ, to
come to God, to draw near unto, in
prayer, sacrifices, worship, devotion of
heart and life; seq. dat, Heb. 7:25 toig
ncosegzouivous 8: adrod 1§ Gap. 11: 6.
©. 1§ Sep impl. Hob. 10: 1, 22, Bo 4:
16 npoctpyeiueda oby ... 1 Sgdry tis
xtgiros. Sept. pp. of those who ap-
proach the altar, for 22 Lev. 21: 21.
Deut. 21:5. 397 Lev. ‘ai: 1 OF
Christ, 1 Pet. 24s mes Sy mooregyopevos
to whom coming, i. ©, whom embracing,

becoming his disciples, followers. — So.

of disciples, c. det. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 47.
ib. 1. 6.1. For meds, comp. Winer
§ 56. p. 364.—(8) Seq. dat. of thing, to

assent to, to embrace. 1 Tim. 6:3 uh
noocipzstas tyralvovas loyoig. — Philo
do Gigant. p. 289. A, under) mgorigze-
Ges yriiuy vi sienuverr. do. Migr.
Abr. p.401.D, ngocadlOsvres dpsrf. Ax.

Toocevy7, 75, 4, & (moorizopan
prayer, ec. offered to God.

8) pp. a8 noocsuzy mgds toy Gedy Acts
12:5, Rom. 15:30. ngocevyy tod S208
i.e. prayer to God, Luke & 12, Genr.
and absol. Matt. 17: 21 sf yi, &y goo-
auzij nat rposalg, 21: 22. Mark 9: 29,
Luke 22:45 dvacsig dma wig mpoomzie.
Bo olxog mgoceuziig house of prayer, for
prayer, Matt. 21:13, Mark 11:17. Luke
19:46. Acts 1:14 ngooxagrageiv 17 mgo0-
zh. 6:4. dga vis mooeeuis Acts 3:
1, see in”Brvatog. 10: 81. Rom. 12: 12.
1Cor. 7:5. Eph. 6: 18 Col. 4: 2 Phil.
4:6. 1 Tim. 5:5. James 5: 17 see in

Sept. for mbpr Ps. 4:2. 2Chré i
saep.—Tob. 13:1. Eeclus, 3:5, 7:1014
b) meton. proseuche, iq. ols 1.9
Rog neooruziis, POM 1, house or yoo
of prayer, an oratory. asta
droultero neoceuzy sivas, v. It R
8 Mace. 7: 20 ; and see the decree cf
the city Halicarneseus in Jos, Ant.
10,23, quoted under Nogife. Ths
Jewish proseuchae were places fort
prayer aud devotion without those tors
where the Jews were unable or be
permitted to have a aynagogue ; wi
Were usually near a river or the
shore, for the convenience of abluton:
see Jos. 1... Sometimes the xeon
was a large building, as at Tibet:
Jos, Vit. §54 als mv meoorypis, mi
olenaa moliv dzloy éiditusda dire
yor. But often it appears not to birt
been a building, and was prob. sat
retired place in the open ir or int
grove, appropriated to thie purpose;
Tertullian speaks of the “ oration li
rales” of the Jews, ad Nationes¢. 13:
also de Jej jis c. 16, “ Judaicum cr
jejunium ubique celebratur, quam ool
sis templis per omne Titus quocunge it
<perto aliquando jam procem ad cou
mittunt.”” Comp. Juv. Sat. 311%
‘See Wetstein N. Tr. Lp. 692. Jabn {35

Hoocevzoxcn, £. owas, depo
Mid. ( slyoum,) impert orn
aor. 1 mpoonutasqy, for which wi
see Butt. § 86.25 to pray to Gahe
offer prayer, pp. 8eq. dat 36
Tike after gos in comp.
§ 402 1 Cor. 11: 13 og Seb m0
xerdas, Matt 6 6 mote 1 1
cou dy 35 xgunrg. So Sept.

Is, 44: 17; oftener #eq, 90s 90
20:17. 1 Sam. 1: 10. sep. (Lae
mot. 40 76 Jit Xen. Cyt. 1.
Srais.) Abeol. or o. x6 986 IMPs op
6&5 xa} Star ngoosizy V-

Mark 1: 35, Luke 3:21.
Cor. 11: 4, 1 Thess. 5 17.1
Tames 5: 13, 18, al. ie 85
wiioGes Mark 11:24, Col.

Tpoeige

1.11.12 Xen. Mom. 8 8 10.— The
‘manner in which one prays is expressed
by the dat. 1 Cor. 11: 5 yuri xgocse-
Zopirg ... dxoraxahinrey + xepaly. 14:
14, 15 pisooy, 1G mveduary, 1p vot.

James 5:17 xgocazh mi 9 he
prayed earnestly, comp. in “4; b.
‘Aleo by é, Eph. 6:18 éy xvsiuans. Jude

20. — The matter of one’s prayer, the
words uttered, etc. are put after ovreg
Matt. 6:9, dsyev Matt. 26: 39, 42. «l-
soy Acts 1:24. Sept. c. déyer Is. 37: 15.
slnoy2K.6:17. Or in the accua. Rom.
8:26 at RpooetiprSa xad> di. So

poxpd adv. long Matt. 23: 13, Mark 12:
40." Luke 20: 47. taiza Luke 18: 11,
see in Z1gé¢ no. 4.0. sotto tra Phil.
1: 9,—The object or thing prayed for is
put after iva v. fra ps, Matt 24: £20 xgoe-
sizta9e Oi, Fra pi yérqras 4 guy] x. 2.
Mark 13: 18, 14: 35, 38. 1 Cor. 1
zig 3... ta 2 Thess. 1:11. 8
final, Luke 2:40 ngocetzea ds 1s} tioel-
Seiy als nugaopéy. James 5: 17 c. roi,
see in “0, 9, 16, G..c. 8. p. 556. — The
subject or person for whom one prays
is put with a Preposition ; cy negl c
gen. Col. 1: 8 map) tusr mpocerzdunon
Hob. 13:18. sgh twv0g Toa Col. 4: 3.
2 Thess. 3:1. segh tu05 Smog Acts &
15, Sept, Gen. 20:7. Jer. 42 20. Unto
ce. gen. Matt. 5:44. tarde tiv0g iva Col
1:9, Sept. Jer. 424. énl c.acc. James
514 wy 8 citsoy let them
prey over him, in his bebalf, So prob.
inspl Matt. 19:13, Sept. Jer. 14: 11.
AL

Looaédye,, £. tu, (Bzw,) to have in
addition Dem. 877. 26. to hold towards
apy one, @. g. 70. ots, Sept. for net
Jer. 7:24, 26. viv dGonlda seq. mg0¢
Hot. 4. 200. As a nautical word, to
hold a ship towards 9 place, to sail to-
wards, Hdot. 9,99 sas vfja¢; also intrans.
to held one’s course towards a place, sc.
by ship, c. dat. Pol. 1.24.2 xpocozerses

sfi Zualug, Diod. Bic, 20. 105; fully
Dom. 1268, 95 5h oof mpovigus te 'PS-
Sor. In N.T. ‘only trop.

L Absol. e. sdx voby impl. to apply
one’s mind to any thing, to altend to, to
give heed to; #0 fully ree tov POUR
taek Luc. D. Deor. 5.1. Plut. Galb. 13.
Xen. Mem. 4. 7. 2. 90

Ts

Hoesyavros
a) genr. and seq. dat. of thing spo-
ken, Acts 8: 6 mpoasizor 12 05 Sylos toig
Aeyopivors x. 1.1. Heb. 2:1. 2 Pet, 1:19.
Bo Sept. for 7*4 re 141 1. Deut. 1:
45. (Died, Sic. 2 Xen. Mem. 4. 2.
6 olf & Fuxgdrye lives agevizer.) In
the sense to yield assent, to believe, to
embrace, Acts 16 14 xgookguy rots ha-

‘4n6 tot Hathov. 1 Tim. 1: 4.
Tit, 1: 14.—~1 Mace. 7: 11. Jos. Ant. 8.
9.1, Ael. V. H. 12.1 med. p. 157 Tauchs.
—Soq. dat. of pers, in the sense fo care
for, to watch over, Acts 20: 28 xpogdysre
ou savtcig aad 15 rowzrle, — Epict.

a 51. 1 wa 5 [peas] mpoatters

"hy re reflex. moocizuy kaveg v. keveois,
to take heed to oneself, i. q. to beware,
mostly imperat. Luke 17: 3" Acu 5 35,
(comp. Plut. Pelop. 9 fin.) Seq. dnd
‘tavos, comp. in “And T.2e Luke 121
meocizsre baveots cmd wig Cipng x 1.
Seq. icors Luke 21: 34. — Bo ellipt.
with davrois impl. veq. yc. inf, Matt.
6:1 mgocézere .. . wh Routiv, (Epict. ap.
Btob. 74,22) | Bea. dixé tov0s, Matt. 7:
15 ngootyes and tiv
10:17. 16: 6, ui, 12, Luke 20: 46. —
Sept. fully c. aj, for Heb. “772 Gen.
24:6, Ex. 3412, Eoclus. 29:23. ' " ellipt.
c. wi Ecclus, 13: 11. Seq. and. 26705,
Sept. for 77 bat 2Chr. 35:21. Ecclus.
Ui: 84, 17:11. “18: 27. Comp. Xen.
Venat. 6. 23 ookgus Trucos pe

2. Intrans. or c. iavsoy ‘mpl see in
“Ea f; pp. to hold to any person or
thing, iq. to apply oneself, to give or
devote oneself to any thing; e.g. seq.
dat. of thing, ofp moldg 1 Tim. 3 8.
ah droyrdcn 4:13. 1§ Surmory-
glm i. q. to give attendance, to minister,
Heb. 7: 13. — Polyaen. 8. 56 tgigfi xab

Hien. 2. 11. 6 yeugylg. Xen.
Mem. 4. 1. 2.—Soq. dat. of pers. i. q. fo
adhere to, to follow, ‘Aets6:10,11 1Tim.
4: 1 mgovdyortas oripoos mldvoy.

Trpoon ca, 0, £. saw, (itéw, Fos.)
to nai to any thing, to afte with nails,
¢, ace, et dat. Col. 2:14 meooqleias a-
35 18 ocaveg. — $ Maco. 4:9. Diod.
Sic. 4. 47, Dem. 549, 1.

Toaxduros, ov, 5, 4, (ngootoxo-
Ht) pp. ‘one who comes to another
country or people,’ a stranger, sqjourn-

Tpécxergos

er, Sept. for 13. Ex. 12: 48, 49. 20: 10.
In N. T. only in the later Jewish senee,
@ proselyte, a convert from Paganism to
Judaiem, Matt. 23:15. Acts 2:11. 6:5.
13:43, ‘The same are called of axfdu-
svos tov Sadr Acts 13: 16, 50, Jos. Ant.
14.7.2; aleo “Iovdaizovtes Jos. B. J. 2.
18,2 comp. B. J. 2. 20,2. Tac, Hist,
5.5,—The Rabbine distinguish two
kinds of proselytes, viz. pJ¥tI 72
proselytes of right, i.e. complete, perfect
proselytes, who embraced the Jewish
religion in its full extent, and enjoyed
all the rights and privileges of Jewish
citizenship, comp. Ex. 12: 48. Jos. Ant.
20.2.5; and also 3Uin 4 proselytes
of sojourning, called also “zwit 772
proselytes of the gate, i. e. foreigners
‘dwelling among the Jews, who with-
out being circumcised conformed to
certain Jewish laws and customs, es-
pec. those which the Rabbins call the
“seven precepts of Nosh,” viz. to avoid
blasphemy against God, idolatry, homi-
cide, incest, robbery, resistance to mag-
iatratea, and the eating of blood or
things strangled. See Buxtorf Lex.
Chald. col. 407 sq. Jabn §325. Michae-
Tis Mos. Recht IV. p. 12 6q. or Com-
ment. on the Laws of Mos. III. p. 64 aq.
—On the baptism of proselytes and its
probable antiquity, see Buat. L. 0. Light-
foot Hor. Heb. ad Matt, 3:6, Selden
de Jure Nat. et Gent. HI. 2, Stuart in
Bibl. Repos. ILI. p. 338 eq.
Losoxaupos, ov, 8,4, adj. (saugés,)
(for @ season, i.e, transient, temporary,
enduring for a while, Matt. 121. Mark
4:17, 2 Cor. 4:18 opp. atenos. Heb,
11: 25. — Jos. Ant. 2, 4.4, Act. Thom.
§.15. Hdian. 1. 1. 6
_ TIgooxadda, &, £. toe, (nadéen)
to call to, to summon, to send for, Sept.
Esth. 8: 1. Xen, Lac. 13.5.— In N, T.
only Mid. mpcaxadtopas, obpar, to call
any one fo oneself, to call for, fo summon,
c.ace, of pors. Matt. 10:1 xa mpooxalot=
paves toils Juidexa wadardg abro8. 15:

10, 32 32. 20:25, Mark 3:13,
23. 6:7. 7:14. 10:42, 12: 43,
15:44, Luke 7:19, 15:26. 16:5. 18:

16, Acts 5:40. 6:2. 13:7. 20:1. 23:17,
18, 23, James 5:14, Sept. for aap
Gen, 28:1. Esth, 4:5, — 2 Mace. 8 I.

714

Tlpooxingow

Lue. Pisce. 39, Xen. Av. 7.7. 1.—Trop.
of God, to call, to invite, sc. men to em-
brace the gospel, Acts 2:39. Also to
call one toany office or duty, i. q. to
appoint, to choose; so in perf. Pam.
me ios as Mid. Bottm. § 1396. 2
Acts 16:10. 1:2 es 1b Egyor [eis] &
ngooxixlquas aizovs, where for eis omit-
ted see in ‘Os Il. 1.c. 7. p. SB2. Sept.
and #7yp Joel 3 5 [2:82].

Hoocxagrepeo, o, f. Hoes, (xag-
tegdes,) to be strong or firm towards any
thing, to endure or persevere in or with,
iq. fo be continually in, with, near apy
person or thing, intrans, E, g. of a work,
business, fo continue in, to persevere ia,
to be constantly engaged, occupied :
seq. dat. a8 rf mocsuy Acts 1: 14. & 4.
Rom. 12:12 Col. 4:2. tH dedazy Acts
242, Seq. roiro for this very
purpose Rom. 13: 6.—Jos, Ant. 5. 2 6.
Pol. 1.55.4. Xen. H. G. 7.5. 14.— Of
place, dv ra fegg Acts % 46. — Susann.
6 ¢y 1] olxi. — Of person, i. q. fo re-
main near, to wait upon, 80 as to be in
readiness, ¢. dat. Mark 3:9 vor rlescpi-
oy mgocaagteg] arg. By impl. fo at-
tend upon, to adhere to any one, c. dat
Acts 8:13 1G Oilinsg. 10:7,— Pol. 24
5.3. Dem. 1386.16. For the dat. after
mp6 in comp. see Matth. § 402.

Toooxagregystc, sec, %, ixgor
ac continuance ts

egie,) perseverance,
any thing, Eph. 18 dv néoy mgoe-
sagrigiae sab dejo, i. q. npeosage-
gotrtss ti Senoss.

LTpocxepc daw, ov, v6, (mgos-
sapahaos, xeqaly,) « pillow, pp. cushion
for the head, Mark 4:38. Sept for
ninos Ex. 13: 18, 20,— Eedr. &&
Theophr. Cher. 2.

LposxAngow, co, £. dees, (xigesa,)
te give or assign by lot, to allot to any
one, e. g. a8 forwne, destiny, Loc.
Amor, 3. Diod. Sic. 3.18. In N. T.
sor, 1 Pass. ngooexdnooOsy as Mid.
to allot oneself to any one, q. d. ‘to join
‘one’s lotto his lot,’ to consort with, to ad-
here to, c. dat. Acts 17:4 dmdodysar
nai mpcosxiggs your tH Maile» 1.1
Comp, Bum. §136.2, For the dat. af-
ter mgog in comp. see Matth. § 402—
—Philo de Fortit. p. 741. C, 1§ xougry

Tpo0xAlvo

wel mated sar Slav ngmpivos,
Leg. ad Cai. p. 1001. D, ray pdr rotry,
tiv 8” dxalvy moooxdalngupiver, de
Monarch. p. 627. E.
LTpooxacver, f. vii, (xilva,) to in-
eline or lean a thing towards or upon
. another, Hom. Od. 21. 138, 165. In-
trans, and trop. fo incline lowards, lo fax
vour, c. dat. Pol, 4. 51. 5.—In N.T.
aor. 1 Pass. ngocexiiyy as Mid. to
incline oneself towards, op. to join
oneself to one’ ’s party, fo adhere to, c. dat.
Acts 5:36 o mpocextldy dqu Opis in later
edit. Text. ree. moooexdllj Sn. Comp.
Buttm. § 136, 2; and for the dat. Matth.
$402,

Tpcoxduats, eg, 4, (ngooudives)
‘inclination towards, pp. leaning against,
0. g. mosexliaug tov Leoy meds TO div
Seov Diod. Sic. 2.27. In N. T. trop.

@ leaning towards, partiality, 1 Tim. 5
‘21.— Clem. Rom, Ep. ad Cor. 47. Pol.
5. 51. 8. ib. 6. 10, 10.

Hocxoddae, «, f. jou, (x0ldde,)
fo glue one thing fo another, Pass. to
become glued, to adhere to any thing, eg.
ind 10d ofpatos _nyoonalln iret *
foupatay atrod sf debs, Jos. Ant. 7.
12.4, {0 join to, to unite with, vir Ba-
aulsxiy th dyog xgoosolnoey Plut. J.
Canes. 29. In N. T. aor. 1 Pass. ngoo-
exollnGny as Mid. Buttm. § 136. 2,
to join oneself to any one, as a compan-
ion, follower, c. dat. Acts 5 36 in text.
rec, For the dat. see Matth. § 402
Sept. for p34 Ruth 2 23.—Ecclus, 634,
Plato de Legg. 5. p. 839. E, as quoted
in Wetst. N.'T. I. p.447,—So Fut. Pass,
mposxoldyOyaopnas, to be joined with,
or to join oneself unto, after the analogy
‘of the aor. J, from which it is formed,
i, q. to sleeve unto, e. g- a husband to his
wife, c. dat. Matt. 19: 5 xgooxeldy94-
era TH yvveix} aitoi, quoted from Gen.
24 where Sept. for 27. Seq.
005 yuvaixe id. Mark 10:7. Eph. 5:31.
Comp. Winer § 56 p. 364, .

Tpecxopeee, 106, 18, (xev0xémrte,)
@ stumbling, e. g. Siloy ngocxdppeatos a
stumbling-block Ecclus. 34: InN.T.
only trop. as Us9o¢ xpoexdpparos a stone
of stumbling, epoken of Chriet as the
‘oeasion of fall and perdition to those

75

_TTpocxvves

who reject him, Rom. 9: 82, 83. 1 Pee.
28, Comp. Is. 8: 14, and see more
under log b. — Meton. i. q. @ stum-
bling-block, i. @. trop. a cause of, falling,
en occasion of sinning, Rom. 14: 13 a}
uPira npdaroupa § ddelgs. 1 Cor.
& 9. Rom. 14: 20 did mocxdpparos,
wee in Aa I, 4.0, So Sept. for wpin
Ex. 23: 33. 34: 12 — Ecclus, 17: 25,
‘39: 24.
1 we *

LTpovxonn, 76, %, (neooxéxte,) pp.
@ stumbling, wop. offence, i. e. & being
offended, indignation, Pol, 67. 8. ib.
30, 20.8. In N. T. wneton. offence, i.e.
cause of offence, ocension of falling into
sin, 2Cor. 6:3 yi Bdéveeg agocxon,
i. e. giving no occasion for contemning
and rejecting the Gospel.

Hoooxonta, f. pos, (xdstes,) lo beat
towards i.e. upon any thing, to strike
against, e. g.

a) genr. intrans, c. dat. Matt. 7: 27
xo} [of xorayol nad of repos] meooi-
xoyuy 1h olsdg fet Comp, Mutth,
§ 402, — Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4.8. 8 yj
Ngooxdyy 1H 09S: va.

b) Spec. to strike the foot against any
thing, i,q to stumble, abeol. John U1:
9,10. (Sept. Prov. 3: 23. Toh, 1
c. dat. Xen, Eq.7.6.) Seq. ace. et zoos
e.ecc, Matt, 4: 6et Luke 4: 11 psxore
meocxdyys meee USor vor nda cov,
quoted from Ps. 91: 12 where Sept. for
Raz. Comp. Winer § 56. p.364.—comp.
Aristoph. Vesp. 275 # ngoriuoy dy 1§
endty tov Saxtuloy nov.—Trop. to slusa-
ble at any thing, to take offence at, so a8
to fall into error and sin, abeol. 1 Pet.
2:8 of ngooxdwrouss, 16 héyy dnsdoor-
te. Seq. dat. comp. Mautth. Lc. Rom.
9:32 19 Udy. Seq. é& o Rom. 14: 21.
— Eeclua. 38 [32}: 21. ‘To be indig-
nant, Pol, 1. 31.7. Diod. Sic. 18, 80.

LTpooxvate, £. tow, (xvdtes) to rolt
to or upon any thing, as USer dnt‘ ny
Sigay Matt. 27:60. Mark 15:46.—Dion,
Hal. Ant. Rom. 8. 53,

Hoocxuvéw, a, f. you, Buttm. §
114. p. 288, (xuvdes to kiss,) pp. to kiss
towards any one, i. e. to kiss one’s own
hand and extend it towards a person,
in token of respect and homage. The
ancient oriental and espec. Persian mode

Toooxvyv deo

of salutation was, between persons of
equal rank, to kiss each other on the
lips; when the difference of rank was
slight, they kissed each other on the
cheek; when one was much inferior,
he fell upon his knees and touched hie
forehead to the ground, or proetrated
himeelf, kissing at the same time his
hand towards the superior. This latter
mode Greek writers express by mgoo-
+6 xuria, see espec. Hdot. 1. 134... . §y 8
molly 7; obtegos dyzvéategos, ngoonin-
tev ngoowuriss toy Eregor. Xen. Cyr. 5.
8. 18 FAs neds 16» KUgoy, xad 1G ¥6-
ue Rgooxvricas, ins. Comp. Luc.
Encom. Demosth. 49 xat thy xeiga 16
‘atdpats ngocayayovros, ovdiy Gill” H
4 Meooxrily, inekdBavor. Comp. Wet-
x 3 mein N. T. I. p. 242, Jabn § 175.—
” Hence in N. T. and genr. to do rever-
ence or homage to any one, usually by
kneeling or prostrating oneself before
him. Sept. every where for hres
to bow down, to oneself in rev-
erence, homage, e.g. Gen. 191. 48

«. 1%, Comp. Gesen. Lex. art. mia.
v2fZia) genr. towards a person as superi-
or, to whom one owes reverence and
homage or from whom one implores
aid. E. g.abeol. with words expressing
prostration added, Acts 10:25 6 Kogry-
Asos macchy ix} tois nddas, mooosxirnosy.
«22 Simpl. Matt. 20:20 xgocxuvoiia xad ai-
<2 t00ea, — Sept. Gen, 33:6, 7. Ken. An.
6 10. — Seq. dat. of pers. in later
- Lob. ad Phr. p. 463, Winer §
7231. p.171, 80 with words expressing
“+ prostration, Matt. 2:11" xa mecortes
* xgoceximoar airs vc. 14 madly. 4:9
~~ dey maby xeocxurions wor sc. Satan.
7 18: 96 28:9 dxgduycer airos rois nédaq
“27? mab mgoomurigay aig. Mark 15:19
wOtvtes th yorata moocmivovy aire.
Simpl. Matt. 2:9 nal jji9ousv ngooxuri-
eas wird. , v. 8 15:

a.

8:2, 9:18, 14:33. 15:
Mark 5:6. John 9:38: So
Irwin Gen. 27:29, 43: 26,

liddor, IX.366. Pol. 5.86.
10. Comp. below in b. — Seq. acc. in
the earlier Greek usage, Muth. § 412,
Lob. 1. c. Luke 24:52 xa} abrod mgoo-
auricarts aincy, So Sept. for RU
Gen, 97: 6, 8.— Jos, Ant. 2.2.2. ib. 6
18 4 dmorgagivtes 84 tod Pavidins

716

Tposiehte

sat adver erty txt ,
Ss BS0s, Aol. V.H. 1.21, Pol. 10.17.
8. Xen. Cyr, 8. & 14.— From the Heb
construed seq. dverméy tuvog Lake £7.
dndnuor av nodsiy tev0g Rev. 3:9, So
Sept. for 3Q2 MpIRGT Pa WH
86: 9.

b) spoken of those who pay rere
ence aud homage to the Deity, reader
divine honours, etc. to sworekip, le aden,
primarily with the idea of prostratcs,

which however is often dropped ; comp.
Sept. and my sT Gen. 47:31 1 KE
47.—{a) Of [, abeol. John 4: 20 bis,

of maizages jyssiy dx tah Seas sovry mye
sxtonoay x. 1. 1. v. 24 8 xgooxenih. It
Ls], Sq.

and ‘Rom Ps. 95:6. 138:2, (Jos An
8.4.4.) Praega, Hob. 11: 21 se) xpe-
sxirqoar tel 10 Engor vis gaftdon iti,
he worshipped Ulcaning] pen the ln
his staf, in allusion to Gen 47:31 whet
Sept. for mytmzizs, comp. 1 K if.
Seq. dat. see above in a; #0 with wore
expressing prostration, 1 Cor, 14:3
macty inh xge ‘poosurie
Sag. Rov. 4:10. 5:14 in text. ree. 7ll
11:16. 19:4, Simply, Joho 4:31 xr
surjons 1 narod. v. 2. Ren 167 bs
10 1§ Sup ngooxivysor. 2:9.
Sept and ‘Tdi, Gen. 24: 26. 1 Sam:
19. Is, 27: 13. (Jo. Ant, 6.7.5 19 9%
Seq. accu. see above in a, Matt 10
thy Se6r cou mi fog. Luke 2
John 4: 22 bie, 23, 24. (Jos. Ant.é 4
2 dy Sed. Xen, An, 3. 2 9 tor Suir)
Seq, dveimusy cov Rev. 15:4, s0e bore
in a, fin. — (8) Of the Messiah, c.
Heb, 1: 6. —(y) Of angels, with Exe

gooSty, c. dat. Rev. 19:10. abet
2: 8.—(8) Of false gods, idols; +
dat. see ina, Acts 7: 43 ods dzuyers
moocxvriiy airois. Rev. 162 It a
20: 4. Seq. accus, see in a. as
moooxurijowcs rs Dayporie. 184 bi
12, 15, 14:9, 11, — Xen, An. 32
r0is Stobs. ;

Looxuvy ins, ov, a (opera!
@ worshipper of God, Jobo a“ a
Chandler Inscript. Append. X-
meogxventais sc. of Augustus. 4!

Hocdadéa, o, & ar
to speak te or with any one, ¢ dit

iy

HooakapBave

13: 43, absol. 28:20. Comp. Matth. §
402.—Wisd. 13:18. Lue. Nigr. 7. Plut.
ed. R. VIII. p. 377 pen.

HoocdapBaver, f. diyopas, (Lap Zeta »

Béve,) to take thereto, in addition, Xen.
Mem. 3. 14. 4. to receive besides, Xen.
An. 7. 3.13, to lake to or with oneself,
in one’s company, Xen. Cyr, 1. 4. 16,
—In N.'T. Mid. ngoclapfavopar, to
take to oneself ; aleo semi-pase. to receive
to oneself; 200 in Aap.

1. to take to onesdf, e. g. food, c. gen.
Acts 27: 36 xa} aizos 790-
is. v. 3A in text. rec. Comp. Buttm.
§ 192.4.2d. Beg, aco. pendéy Acts 27:
33.—Comp. Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 4.—Seq.
acc. of pers, to take lo oneself, q. d. to
take by the hand and draw aside, Matt.
16:22. Mark 832. So to take to one’s
company, intercourse, house, otc. Acts
17:5 sab sgoulaBipavos . . .tevag ay

16:96, 28: 2.—2 Mace.

717

Tpocnoue

to bring a ship to anchor at or near a
place, q. d. to cast anchor, to land at, ¢.
fat, Plot. Paral. VII. p-217.2 Reisk.
+. “Agtasoly xpeoogplows—In
N. T. Mid. to come to anchor, to draw in
to shore, absol. Mark 6: 23,— Arr. Ex-
ped. AL M. 6. 4. 3. ib. 6. 20. 7 xgos-
ogmiadiis 7G aiywalg. Aol. V. H. 8. 5.
Upocogeides, f. jaw, (Spette,) to
owe besides, in addition, Philem. 19 os-
@UToy pos — Dem. 650. 23,
Xen, Cyr. 3. 2:16.

Ipoaogdieo, £. low, (oz6im v.
dz94u to be burdened, grieved, indig-
nant, from dyGog,) | to be grieved towards
any one, to be angry at, im-
plying detestation, loathing, c. dat. Matth,
§402 Heb. 3:10, 17, 80 mpodgSie
af yeneg taaivn, in allusion to Ps, 95: 10
where Sept. for wp to loathe. Sept.
aleo for $34 Lev. 26: 15, 43. — Ecclus.

8:1, Jos, B.J.221.1, Xen. Cyr.4 &25-

5. 26,

2. to receive to oneself, i.e. to admit
to one’s society and fellowship, to re-
ceive and treat with kindness, c. acc. of
pers. Rom. 14:1 sy 3d doOeroivte +f
slows nooolapBarscDas. v. 3, 15:7 bis.
Philem. 12,17. So Sept. for pT
Pas, 65: 4.—2 Macc. 10: 15.

Tgcoanyrs, ews, %, (xgookappa-
vw,) o taking to oneself, assumption, in a
syllogism, Cic. de Divin. 2 58, Diog.
Laert. 7.82 In N. T. a receiving, ad-
mission, Rom. 11:15.

TTpocpever, f. vii, (uéve,) to remain
ata place, with 0 person, q. d. to re-
main there; of place, absol, Acts 18:
18. é "Eqéay 1 ‘Tim. 1:3, — Jos. do
Vit. 12, Hdian. 4.15.15. Xen, H. G.
2.4.7. — Of persons, to continue with
any one, c, dat, Matt. 15:32. Mark 8:2.
Trop. to remain faithful to any one,
to adhere to, Acts 11:23, For the dat.
after mds, see Matth. § 402—Wiad. 3:
9, Jos, Ant. 14, 2, 1.—— Metaph. to con-
tinue in any thing, i. q. to be constant in,
to persevere, c. dat. 1 Tim. 5:5 toils de
joes, Acts 11:23 in later edit. for ém-
Béray in text, rec.

Lpocoputte, £ low, ( sguite vo
-bring a ship to anchorage, from Sppos,)

TI pconecvos, ov, 6, 4, (mgos in.
tens, nsiva,) very hungry, Acts 10: 10,—
Not found elsewhere.

Tpoonyyrups, £ ste, (wiyrypn)
fo fix or fasten to any thing, to afis,
trans. Acts 2: 23 rotroy . . . mpoonyfar
tas [zG. otaveg] dveldate.

Hovontntes, £. necofuas, (xine)
to fall towards or upon any thing, to
strike against, Xen. Eq.7.6. In N.T.
with the idea of purpose :

a) fo fall upon, i. q. to rush upon, to
dash against, an the wind, 4. d. to am
sault, c. dat, Matth. 7: 25 of diveuos mg00-
énsor tf; oixlg. Comp. Matth. § 402
— OF a hostile assault, c, dat. Jos Ant.
15. 8. 4. Pol. 1.28.9. Xen. H. G. 3.2.3.

b) of persons, fo fall dow to or be-
fore any one, i.e. at his feet or knees
in reverence or as a suppliant; seq. dat.
of pers, Mark 3:11 mgocixints aig.
5:33. Luke 8: 28, 47, Acts 16:29. Seq.
twig yévacly twv0g Luke 5:8. Sept. c.
aing for 99> Pe. 95:6.—2 Mace. 5: 10,
Pol. 10. 18.7. t0i¢ yévacs Diod. Sic.
17, 18. absol, Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 2. — Seq.
m906 tog nédas turds Mark 7:25. So
Sept. for pray; Ex. 4: 25,

LTpocnorde, «3, £. sors, (nord) to
make to or for any one, to gain for,

Tposnopevopan

Dem. 1898, 15. Xen. H. G. 4. 8. 28 p-
Age AioBor vf role. Usually depon.
Mid. neosnorouat, otpar, to make to
oneself, to acquire for oneself, Hdot. 9.
87. Thc. 1. 8. Ken, H. G. 4.8.28
Xalzndorlovs ploy. Also to make to
oneself or make pretension to be so and
20, i. q. to claim or arrogate to oneself,
Xen. An. 2. 1. 7.— Hence in N. T. de-
pon. Mid. to make as if, to make a show
of being or doing any thing, to feign,
seq. inf. Luke 24: 28 ngocnoutito nogju-
sige mogeveaFar.—Jos. Ant. 7, 8. 1 ¥0~
oti, Plut. Timol. 5 zalguy. Xen. Cyr.
2.2.5, 12.

Tlooonopevouar, otpas, £. sioo-
pm, depon. Pass, (rogeie q. v.) fo go
or come fo any one, c. dat. Mark 10:35,
Comp. Matth. § 402. Sept. for a3 Ex.

4: 14.—Ecelus, 12: 18, Pol. 4. 3. 18.

Tlpoagnyvups, f. sf, (gizryse q.
v.) to break or burst towards or upon
any thing, to dash against, 2 waves,
iptrans. c. dat. Matth. § 402 Luke 6
48, 49 mpovigfntey & morayos tf oixig.
—Trans, Aquil. Ps. 2:9. Jos. Ant. 6.9.
3 ib. 9.4.6.

ovata, Boe, 4, (meotorapar
q. v.) fem. to mgoatdsns a presider,
prefect, magistrate, Sept. 2 Chr. 8 10.
Xen. Mem. J. 2. 32; 0 curator, guardi-
an, patron, Jos, Ant. 7.14.2. Dem. 199.
Q1. Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 36. espec. Plut.
Romul. 13, Hence fem. ugoorareg,
geor. a patroness, helper, succourer,
Rom, 16:2, — Lue. Charid. 10 Sea ..,
agortatis obva. Bis accus. 20.

Tooorcosee v. tra, £. be (stio0e)
to arrange or set in order towards, to any
person or thing; hence i, q. to order
towards or to any one, to command, to
prescribe lo; veq. dat. of pers. Matt. 1:
24 Se moovirater aitg & yzelos. 21:6.
impl. Luke 5:14. Seq. accus. et dat.
jn Pass. constr. Acta 10:33 ndyta 16
sgooteraypiva cor ind 100 Duo. ©. dat.
impl. Matt. & 4 & ngovirats Muiais.
Mark 1:44, Seq. inf. c. ace, Acts 10:
48. Sept. for mx c. dat. Gen. 50:2
Nom. 5:2. acc. ct dat. Lev. 10:1. Deut.
17:3. c. inf. Esth. 8:2—c. dat. Dem.
963. 26. c. acc. et dat. Xen. Lac. 6. 2

718

Toosrptzo

c. inf. 2 Mace, 15:5. inf, et dat. Pit
Galb. & Xen." Cyr. 1. 2.2—Spoken of
times or seasons, to prescribe or appoial
to any one, c. dat. impl. Act 1i:%
Sgicas mpooreraypivons xaigous. Tex
rec, mgotetaypsrous.

Leoortdnue, £. Siow, (side
imperf. mgocetiOqr Acts 5:14, ant
pera. mpocer/Se. Acts 247. Ae. ¥.i
3. 18. comp. Butem. § 106. n.5.—7
act, put, lay unto or with any thx,
trans,

a) pp. seq. meas c. ace, Acts ISK
xo mr sRQ0¢ To¥s martigas simi,
se. 4af13. So Sept. for Hox Joig®
10.—1 Mace, 2 69. Comp. Winer)
p. 364, Buttm. § 147... 12.

b) genr. i. q. fo join undo, todd es,
@. g. persons, c. ace. et dat. Act 2fi¢
88 xigros meoceriSes sols owl mde
af dodgolg. 5 14 ot 11:0 wy ee
impl. 241. Sept. for mi2 Now lt
9. Te. 14:1, (1 Mace. & 43: Jou Vi!
25.) Of things, e. ace. et dat. Late!”
5 mesodeg suir love. Pam ¢ it
Matt, 6:33 xa) sors serra sqrt
ceras ipiv, (Mark 4:24} Late 23:
Heb. 12: 19. Seq. acc. et éxi eH
Luke 3:20. énd-c, ace, Matt 6:2. at
1225, Pasa, absol. Gal, & ia
rec. Sept. for H+ Lev. % 2.
19:9, éxi'ts Deui, 1232 2K F
— Dion. Hal. Ant. 6, 88. Phot he
Xen, Cyr. 2 4.14. dd ws Beslon
“+ Hence by Hebraism like Aa;
an infin, or sometimes « finite v8
add to do any thing, i. q. ode A.
do further, etc. see Gesen. let
art. AD no. 3 EL g. Mid, sor 32%
areDiugy seq, inf, Luke % 11, 3
sgovsdeto migipas Ereger, teh
again he sent, eve, Acts 123 st
10 cullopeir nai [Téegor he further
also Peter. So part.

Hpoargezes, aor. 2 mye
(rpize,) fo run to or toward 1%
iq fo run up, absol, Mek 9°,
17, Acts 8:30, Bopt for 7

Tiposgaywov
18:2, 33 4.—1 Mace. 16:21. Hdian. 4.
13, 11, Xen. Cyr. 7, 1. 15.

Fooape yeov, ov, v6, (ngoogayiir,
pp. ‘what is eaten thereto,’ i. e. along
with bread ; benee meat, flesh, iq. yor,
and also fish, i. q. Sydguor qv. John
21:5,—The Auic word was Syor, while
meoopayioy is found only in late wri-
ters, Eustath. ad Il, 2 629. p. 867. 54.
Moeris p. 274 Syor’Artuxiig* mgooga-
ior “EAlgpixis. Thom. Mag, p. 668.
See Stirz de Dial. Alex. p, 191.

Hocogparog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (obeol.
pew i, g. give, nigror, éxégror, to kill,
Bute. § 114,) pp. slain thereto or there-
By, i. e. newly killed, just dead, Hom. Il.
24. 757. Hdot. 2 88. Hence of flesh,
just Killed, fresh, 0s xpin Hippoc. de
Viet. Ac. LX.317; of vegetables, fresh,
recent, an Elgira Hipp. de Viet. San. II.
5. &rGos Plut. Alex. M. 36. — In N.
'T. genr. recent, new, as 6806 xgoopatos
Heb. 10:20. Sept. for win “Ecc, 1:9.
— Plat. Otho 8 Pol. 1.31.9. Dem.
551.15. See more in Lob. ad. Phr. p.
374 aq.

Hooopetas, adv. (xgéopatos 4.
v.) recently, lately, Acts 18: 2.—2 Macc.
14:36. Pol. 3. 37. 11.

Tlooagége, (pige,) aor. 1 xgoo4-
weyxa, aor, 2 imperat. spocdveyxs Matt.
& 4/al. perf. xgocerivoya, Heb. 1: 17;
see Buttm. § 114 pépes, p.305.—T bear
or bring to any place or person.

a) genr. ¢. g. of things, c. acc. et dat.
of place, i.q. 0 bring near or put fo,
Jobn 19:29 xpooireyzar aixoi 16 ot6-
gut 80. tov ondyyor. (Luc. D. Deor. 5.
3, Xen. Eq. 6.7.) Soc, dat. of pers,
to bring a thing to any one, Matt, 22 19
of 84 ngooieyxar acity ;
ace. simpl Matt. 25:20 xpoojrsyzav
Glia nivss téloyte. Sept. and X37]
Gen, 27:31. Ex. 36:6. — ti tos Xen.
Cyr. 6.4.2 sb Jos. B.J.1.24.7. Plut.
Galb. 12, Xen. Conv. 5. 2.—Of persone,
seq. acc. et dat. e.g. the sick 2 brow
to Jesus, Matt. 4: 24 mQ007
Rdytas t0U¢ waxtic Syortag. 8:16. rei
32, 1222, 14:35, 17:16. nadia Matt.
19:13. Mark 10:13 bis. Agégn Luke
18:15. (Ken. Ag. 2.13 zexgemivog mgoo-
' qrigdy mgis tip gdlayya.) So to bring

719

Tpoeqogd

or conduct to or before any one, c. ace.
et dat. Matt. 18:24. Luke 23:14. énb
reves 12: 11,

b) i. q. to offer, to present to any one,
e. nce, et dat. e.g. dtos Luke 23: 36;
xeiwara money Acis 8:18. diiga gine
Mau. 211. So Sept. ngorg. dcigu for
wary Gen. 48:26, Judg. 3: 7. — Xen.
Mein. 3. 11. 14. — Of things offered to
God, oblations, sacrifice, etc. seq. acc.
eG ete. e.g. Svolas Acts

4. Largelay John 16:2.
iavréy Heb. 9:14. Once mpig ror ds
oy, Be. Sejous, Heb. 5:7. Elsewhere
with 19 Seg or mgo¢ toy dey impl.
seq. acc. simpl. Matt. 5:23, 24 nedo-
gage 1 déigdr cov. 8: 4, Heb. 8:3 biv, 4.
9:25, 10:1,11. 11:17 bis, Pass, Heb. 9:
9, 28. 10:2, 8+ The person or thing
for or on account of which offering is
made, is put with imig v. megl, 0. g
Unep tv0¢ ¢, ace. Heb. 5:1 ngocg. died
taxal uclas indy éuagnsy. 9:7. 10:12.
ce. acc. impl. 5:3. Pass. Acts 21: 26.
nol tiv0g c. acc. Mark 1: 44 wpocsriyxs
migi tot xaSagupot covds..1. c.
ace. impl. Luke 5: 14. Heb. 5:3. 80
Sept. geor. for xvar1 Lev. 2: 8 Mal.
my} Lev. 211,12 Nom,
‘—Jos. B. J. 3. 8. 3 ngoag.
3G Deg edgy. Ant. 3. 9. 3 Foupor.

c) Mid. c. dat. trop. to bear oneself
towards any one, i.e. to conduct lowards,
to deal with any one so and 80. Heb.
12: 7 dig viois tyly mooapégeras 6 Feds.
—Jos. B. J.7.8.1. Hdian. 7.4.5. Xen.
Mem. 3. 11.11.

Tlgoog:ays, eos, ove, 8, %, adj.
(meds, gelée,) pp. dear fo any one, be-

loved, Jos, Ant. 1. 181 "TaneBos 8b tf. x ++.

perrigs neoogidis Av. -Hdot. 1.163. In
|. 'T. of things, acceplable, grateful, <~.
ing, Phil, 4:8, — Hdian. 5.1. 7."
Pol. 22.5.7. Xen. Ove. 15. 4.

Llpocqopa, as, 4, (xpoogige,) an
offering, oblation, i. e.

a) pp. the act of offering to God.
Heb. 10: 10 duct 133s. mpoopogais 105 ai

@ patos I. Xe. v.14. trop. Rom, 15: 16.

— Ecelus. 46:16 dy mgoapog? agrig
podadnyot.

b) meton. for the thing offered, an of:
fering, oblation, strictly without blood,

‘opp. to Puela and Sloxevrsperta, Eph.

Lpoegavéw

8:2 mpoog. wad Susie, Heb, 10:5, 8
Bo Sent for for AID Pa, 40: 7.—Song of
3 Child. 14.—‘Also a 3c, with,
Blood, i Gurley Acta 21:26 ine of
xgooqrizdy . . . i meoopogd, see Num.
& 13 oq. ‘Acts 2k 17, coll 21:26. 80
mgoopopa migi éuagriag Heb. 10: 18;
comp. Lev. c. 4. c. 9.—Ecclus. 31: 18, 19.

Loaqeavéw, , f. sos, (gevies)
Pp. to utter sounds towards any one, i.e.

to speak to or address any one.
a) geor. c. dat. expr. or or impl, Luke
13: 12 aad lasy avrj. 23:

20. Acts 21:40, 22: 2 — Eedr. % a.
Diod. Sic. 4. 48 init. — In the sense to
call out to any one, to exclaim, c. dat.
Matt. 11: 16. Luke 7: 32.—The earlier
‘construction was zgocpaneiv tive, Marth,
§ 402, b, note. Diod. Sic. 4. 48 pen.
b) iq, to call any one fo oneself, seq.
acc. Luke 6:13 ngocepeivnce tots pa
Suds. — Joa. Ant.7. 7. 4 ngoopenioas
Eve sev olmarciv.

Lpoozuvers, 205, 4, (xgoozie to
pour out towards or upon, to sprinkle
towards, Sept. Ex. 24: 6,) a pouring out
towards, i. q. affusion, sprinkling, x. to
afuatos Heb. 11: 28. Comp. Ex. 12
7,22.

Tgoowava, £. atow, (yave,) to
touch to or upon any thing, ee
dat. Luke 11:46 ob ngoopatsts x
@ogriots.—Soph. Philoct. 1054 or 1068.

Hoocenodnnréa, o, @, f. jou, (mg00-
emolijctns,) to respect the person of any
one, fo shew partiality, abeol. James 2 9.
—Found only in N. T. and i. q. do- °°
enor iepférar Luke 2%: 21. Sept.
for Heb. Dp wt Lev. 19: 15. Mal,
Q9. Bee in © B.

Hooownodjntys, ou, 6, (mgdca-

sor, Loyfcive,) a respecter of persons,
dew 10:34 ote Sots m9. 5 Sed¢.—Found
only in N. T. see in Mpocwnodysrréen
Leocwnodnpla, as, 4, (xgoow-
olgncie q, v.) respect of persons, par-
Giality, Rom, 211, Eph. &9. Col 25,
James 2: 1.—Found only in N. T.
Tipsewnor, ov, v5, (ng Sy.) pp.
‘the part towards, at, around the eye ;?
hence gonr. the face, visage, comlenance ;

720

Tpécunay

comp. Germ. Angesicht. Sept. every
where for Heb. 5m. Not found im in
the writings of John.”

a) pp. Matt. & 16,17 70
gov viva, 17:2, 26:67. Mark 14: 65
migualintuy td xg. avtov. Luke 9: 29.
22 G4. 2:5. Acts & 15 bis. 2 Cor.
3: 7 bie, 13, 18. 4:6 coll, & 7. 12: 20.
Gal. 1: 22 dyrootueros 1 poring us-
known by face, Engl. by sight. James
1:23. Rev. 4:7. 9&7 bis 10:1. So
Sept. and mrp Gen. 38: 15. 40:7. 4%
31. — Jos. Ant. 6.7.2 Hdian. 1. 7.8
Xen, Cyr, 2.2 29.—In phrases: six
uy éx) nodounor, Matt. 17: 6. 26 3.
Luke 5: 12, 17:16, 1 Cor. 14: 25. Rev.
7:1, 1:16; eee in Uiete b. mpce-
conoy 7906 npdcamnor face to face, with
nothing intervening, 1Cor. 13: 12; se
Sept. and 5128 Ly ba Gen. 2 31,
comp. Deut, 34: 10. So xara
mov Eyuy, before the face, i. q. face to
face, it, Acts 25 16. 2 Cor. 10: 1,
opp. axev. 2Cor. 10: 7 1a weed mpee-
eaov pp. things before the face, ie. ex-
ternal things, (Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 15. Diod.
Bic. 19. 46. Pol. 25.5.2, comp. Sept
Deut. 34:10.) xare ngdcwnoy aig
artiotyy Gal. 211, see in
and comp. Gesen. Heb. Lex. $735 no.
1. b. — Trop. and by Hebr. Luke 51
zal aitde xd npdoonoy avrou orn
tot me ath he ad
his face to go, iq. he set forth wih
fixed purpose; comp. Sept. and Heb.
Doz pw seq. inf. Jer. 4% 15, 17. 44
12 2K. 12 18. Gesea. Lex. 7739 mo. 1.c.
Blip. i in the same sense, e 9: 53

aint Hy te ign
oulyp. Bo 1 Pee 318
tal nowoivros wend, sco in Eat IL 1b
8.p.308. comp. Lev.2617. Jor. 25: 10.
Geeen. Lex. 1178 00. 1. e, £— ‘Trop. ia
antith. with xagdle, on 1 Thess. 2 17
mpocene, ob nagdia, pp. in face, not ix
heart, i.e. in body, not in spirit. Tc
5:12 dy xgoceiy xavzepivos, wa od neg—
dig, i.e. externally, in appesrance, and
not in reality.

b) meton. face, i. q. presence, persen,
chiefly in phrases borrowed from the
Hebrew: (a) With Prepositions and
followed by a genit. of pers, it forme
like Heb. 0°2p a periphrasia for a sim-
ple preposition, ©. g. xd npeeuxou

Tecownov
twvés, from the face, presence of any one,
i q. from before, from. Acts & 19 Saws
& 1.9001 naugod av. amo npoodmov toi x,
5:41 cme ng. toi ouvsdglov. 7:45. 2
‘Thess, 1: 9. Rev. 6 16. 12 14. 2 1,
So Sept. and *z79 Gen. 16:6. Deut.
22, 2b 49 Gen. 4: 46. 1 Chr. 19: 18.
2ig modammoy thy exxinolery, ig. before
or to the churches, 2Cor. 8:24. éy mov0-
cémep XgatoU in the presence of Christ,
ie. before him, asa formula of assev-
eration, 2 Cor, 2 10. So Se and

eh Prov. 8: 30. xara moooondy
vos, in the presence of any one, i. g.
before him, Luke 2:31. Acts3: 18 xata
mg. Inkdtov. So Sept. for »:

- "gyvby Gen. 25: If
XII Pate. p..683.) pera 100 mgoes-
tov cov, with or in thy presence, i. q.
with thee, Acts 2: 28, quoted from Ps,
16:11 where Sept. for 728 nN. go
mooseinoy sixés before the face of any
‘one, i,q. simpl. gs tiv0s, before any
‘one ; 80 of place, Matt. 11: 10 aroctél-
Aw tov dyyeldy pov med mgoacinay Gov.
Mark 1:2. Luke 1:76. 7: 27. 9: 52.
10: 1; once of time, Acts 13: 24. See
fully in 119d no. 1, and 2. 8. Winer
p. 488. Comp. genr. Gesen. Lex. ory
lett. A, B, C, etc. — (8) In construction
with verbs, with or without an inter-
vening preposition, and with a genit. of
pers. expr. or implied ; here too it forms
a Periphrasia for the person designated
by the genitive, Soin the phrase Sogy
v. idiv 10 ngdaarndy tiv0s, to see the
face of any one, i. q. to see him face to
face, to see and converse with any one,
Acts 20: 25, 38. Col. 21, 1 Thess. 2:17,
310. So Sept. dy. 76 mg. aitod for
rR me Gen. 32:20. Comp. in “Ogcies
2p. Hida la. 7. Hence also fhénesy
v. Oggy 10 neccundy tov Seoi, to be-
hold the face of God, i. q. fo have access
to God, to be admilted to his presence,
Matt. 18: 10. Rev. 22:4; see fully in
Blinw 0.2.8. ‘Ogdw a.f. In alike
sense, Heb.9: 24 dupania Hvar 19 xp00-
Giny to Ie0d nig pir, q. d. before
God ; see more in Eugarite a. Elso-
where including the idea of external
condition and circumstances ; so Bls-
Tete sig ng. t1v06, to regard the person
Le. the external appearance of any one,
Matt, 22: 16. Mark 12:14; see in Fred

721

TIp6rep0s

n0.2.b. Savpater nodoundy swe,
Jude 16, see in Gorse b. AouBaresr
nedoandy tivo, Lake 20:21. Gal. 6;
see fully in Aapfeivw no, 1. ©. 6. —(y)
Once absol. as in the later Greek, @ per-
son, 2 Cor. 1:11 dx ollisy xgoodnen 1d
sis jpéic xdguopa, the gift to us from many
persons.—Pol. 5. 107. 3 Siro dyapave
al ngdcwmor. 15. 25.8. Longin. § 14.
Artemid. 2.36. See Lob. ad Phrys.
p. 380.

©) of things, face, surface, Luke 21:
85 int mecownor naons tic vis. Acts
17: 26. So Sept. and Dp Gen. & 6
11: 4, 8.—Hence i. q. the exterior, exter~

a nal appearance, Matt. 16:3 16 pir ng. tov

odgavod. Luke 12:56. James 1:11. So

Sept. and p*zH Ps, 104: 30.

Heorcsce v. tra, f. tu, (ré00m,)
to arrange or set in order before, in front,
Jos, Ant. 2. 16.3, Xen. H. G. 2, 4. 15,
InN. T. of time, to appoint before, Pass,
perf, part. xxgo} gotstaypévor times be-

appointed, prescribed, Acts 17: 26
in text. rec. Comp. in Zpoctdcow fin.
—2 Meec. 8: 36.

Tooreive, f. evé,(relve,) to protend,
to stretch forth or out, e. g. the hand,
Dem. 332.9, Xen. 7.5. 39, to stretch
forward, to prolong, e.g. 0 bridge, Pol.
3.46.2. InN. T. to stretch out or ex-
tend before any one, e.g. 8 person bound
with thongs in order to be scourged, ¢.
ace, et dat. Acta 22: 25 as 38
noottlvay aitoy toig indasy, seo in ‘Iuds.
Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 272. —
Soph. Aj. 1270. Ken. Eq, 6, 11.

Loéregoe, @, oy, comparat. form-
ed from xgé, Buttm. § 69. 2. Matth.
§ 1825 before, fore, forward, of place
Hom. Od. 19. 228 6des mgétepos the
fore-feet. In N.T.and comm. of time,
before, former, prior.

a) pp: Eph, 4: 22 xanit thy morigar
Gyaotpopry. Sept. for 30> Jer. 28: 8.
iow Lev.26:45. Deut.4:82.—Hian.
4. 14. 18. Xen. Veet. 4. 12.

b) Neut. nodrepov as adv. before,
frst, Comp. Batum.§115.4. (a) sr.
John 7: 51 déy pi axoten mag
ngétsgoy. 2 Cor. 4:15, 1 Tim. 1: iia
Heb, 4:6. 7:27. Sept. for 5°
1: 5. Fria] Deut. 9:18. 10:

TipovlOnue

Ant 7.11, 1. Pol. 255.5. Xen. An,
1.3, 18—(8) With the art. ¢, 9 mo0-
regoy a8 adj. former, Buttm. § 125. 6.

_ Heb, 10:32 sug mgoregor syigas. 1Pet.
1: 14 sats mg. éidyulars. — Sept. Num.
6 12 Luc. de Sacrif. 5. Diod. Sic. 17.
69.—Neut. sd mgdrepoy as adv. before,
Sormerly, John 6: 62 dnov jy 1d mgdreg07.
% 8 Gal. 4: 13.— Sept. Deut. 2 12
Josh. 11:10. Xen. Mem.3.8,1. Comp.
in‘0, %, 16, B. b. 8. p. 554.

Hoorédyue, £. Doe, (slOnps,) to
act or put before any one, 2 Mace. 1: 8.
Hot. 1.207, InN. T. only Mid. ngo-
rlOepas, i.e.

a) trop. fo set before oneself, to propose
to oneself, i.g. to purpose, seq. inf. Rom.
1: 18 mposSiuqy diy xpdg ints. c.
ace. Eph. 1: 9.—Jos. c. Ap. 2 40. Pol.
6.12.8.

b) te eet forth before the world, pub-
licly, sc. on one’s own part, c. acc. Rom.
8: 25 Sy mgodder0 9255 Laorigsor.—So
ngotidnus Aol. V. H. 14.8. Hdian. 8.
6. 6 Diod. Sic, 16, 27.

Toorpéres, f. yes, (zpdre,) to turn
Sorward, q. d. to propel, to impel, morally,
‘Soph: Electr. 1193. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 64,
InN.T.and comm. Mid, moorgenopas,
to cause one to turn himself forward, q.d.
to propel, to impel, and hetice to ezhort,
absol. Acts 18: 27,.—2 Mace. 11: 7. Joa,
Ant. 7. 11,1. Pol, 2, 22. 2. Xen, Mem.
1,232,

Tporpézer, aor, 2n90t3gapor, (rps~
3%) to run before, in advance ; seq. gen.
with comparat. John 20:4 ngosdgaps
‘téigioy tol Hitgov. Sept. for "nb YA
1Sam. 8: 11.—Antiph. 122. 1, Xen. An.
5.2.4, — Pleonast. Luke 19: 4 mgo8-
Spapsy fungooSer. So Tob. 11:2. comp.
oonogsiecSas Eungoodey Xen. Cyr. 4.
2,23, Lob. ad Phr. p. 10.

Tpoiinapya, f. te, (indgze q. v.)
pp- to begin before, to do first, Dem. 314.
9. Thuc. 3.40. to be or exist before,
to precede in time, Hdian. 1.14.4. Thue.
1.188. InN. T. only with a participle
ofanother verb, thus forming a peri-
phrasis for a finite tense of that verb;
comp. in “Pragya, and Matth. § 551. e.
§ 559, a. Viger. p. 308. So Luke 23:
12 xgotztigxov ey tzOe& brres, pp. who

722

Dipogmeia

Before were being in enmily, iq. who
before were at enmity.: Acts&9 xei-
mijozer wayrdorn who before practised sr.
cery.—Jos. Ant. 4.6.5 ara

&y r0ig KumgooSey xpdvers yeropure ois
GrSguinos.

Tlosgecoss, ecos, 4, (xgogein
shew before,) pp. ‘what is shewn ©
appears before any one,’ i. ¢, sham, Ft
tence, pretext, put forth in order to cove
‘one’s real intent. Matt. 23: 14 xpogess
pecge npoosuysueros. Mark 1240, Labs
20: 47. Acts 27: 30 m sath
Phil. 1: 18. 1 Thess. 2 5 oim oe
pdoa mlsoveslas i. 0. a pretest for cmt
ousness.—Bept. Hos, 10:4. Jos. Vit fit
Hdian. 3, 9.1. Xen, Ao. 1.2.1.—%
ngog. izey to have a pretert, i.e 8 pr
tended excuse, John 15: 2 xpopev
odx Fyouse mag) rijs ép—Dem 5% lt
Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.97,

Tlpogéoca, £. npooiow, (pies) #
Lear or bring forth, ac. out of any pate
or thin, |. ace, et & c. gen.

45 Wiss Sept Prov. 10:4. Tob S$
Anthol. Gr. IV. p, 211 ss gorge
Isocr. p. 11. E, dome ex topslov |
pigus.
Toogntatee, ars, 4, (ngorseial* |
Prophesying, prophecy, i. e-

8) pp. a foretelling of future eves

iction, but including also from

Heb. the idea of prophetic revelaioet
declarations, exhortations, warsiogs
tered by the prophets while scling ®
der divine influence ; see in err
E. g. of the prophecies of the 0.7
Matt. 13:14 dveeriqgotves aiteis 1
grtelaHoatov, 2 Pet. 1:90 nares
gral yoagiis. v.21. So of theme
lations and warnings of the Apoalyis
Rev. 1:3 tis léyous sis ngeprraet
7, 10, 18, 19, Rev, 19: 10 ce in Mer”
rupla b. So Sept, and rapa) 206
15:8. Neb. 6:12,—Eeclus 51. #8
Jos. Ant. 7.9. 5. ib. oe
3 rae noopatelas or
1 Tim. 1:18 et 4:14 spopetle
to refer to the prophetic rere
directions of the Holy Spirit, by ol
persons were designated ss officers
teachers in the primitive chareh; mF
Acts 13:2, 20:28, 1 Cor. 12 +-3%

Tpogytaveo
Comp. also 1 Cor. 14:24, 31, with v.
30. 0 Chrysost. and Theophyl. 83
33 xalauéy dnd sig, seopnsslas dylvorso
of lagits, rovedotsy axa nrsiparos éylov*
Ota S Tipsde0s Hedy ini rip iegQaotryy.

b) prophecy, i. q. the prophetic office,
the prophetic gift,spoken in N. T.of the
peculiar Charisma or spiritual gift im-
parted to the primitive teachers of the
chureh ; see in Heogiras c. Rom. 12
6 Byorses 84 zaglomata... sre ngogy-
slay, 1 Cor. 12: 10. 13:2, 8. 14:2—
genr. Ecelus, 46:1, Jos, Ant. 3. 81
“Aaptir did x2 10 yévos xa vy ngogntel-
er. B.J.1,28. Plut. Pelop. 16 sir

*Brmgctous byoreos, ie. hav-
ing Echecrates as prophet, sc. of Apol-
Jo. Luc. Alex. 60,

c) meton. a prophesying, the oxer-
cise of the prophetic office, the acting
as an ambassador of God and the inter-
preter of his mind and will, Rev. 11:6.
So Sept. and ry923 Ezra 6:14. — Ec-
clus. 46: 20.—Spec. “the exercise of the
prophetic gift or Charisma in the prim-
itive church, 1 Cor. 14:6. 1 Thess. 5: 20.

Lpogyrtevio, £. shew, (ngoprrns,)
to act as prophet, to prophesy, intrans.

a) pp. fo foretell future events, to pre-
dict ; but often including alo from the
Heb. the idea of exborting, reprov-
ing, threatening, or indeed the whole
utterance of the prophets while acting
under divine influence as ambassadors
of God and interpreters of his mind and
will; see in Lpogiens. Sept. every-
where for 823, NEI, see Gesen. Lex.
Bo of the Prophets of the O. T. Matt.
11: 13 xcivnig yag of mpopiitas nad 5 70-
pos Scag "Teecrvou 7 susay. 15:7 et
Mark 7: 6 ag? ipar. 1 Pet. 1: 10. Jude
14. In a like sense, of persons acting
by a divine influence as prophets and
ambassadors of God under the N. T.
Rev. 10: 11 86 os methsy ous dk
daoig x. 1.2, 11:3, Also Acts 2:17,
18, quoted from Joel 3: 1 [2:28] where
Sept for WB So Sept. genr. eae
waonm, 1 K. 2% 12, 18, Ezra & 1.
11:21. Ex. 11:4, saep.— Ecolus, 47: 1.
Jos, Ant. 7. 9. 5. ib. 10. 2, 2.—Once of
the high priest, with whose office the
gift of prophecy was supposed to be
connected, John 11:51. See Jos. B. J.

723

Toopins

12.8 Ant. 88.1. Asinclud-
ing the idea of praise to God accompa-
nied by prediction, Luke 1: 67 ; comp.
Sept. and a2), aE » 1 Bam. 10:5,
6, 11, 19:26, 21. f false prophets,
Man, 7:22, Sept and x2) Jer. 14: 14,
15. _ 80 of heathen prophets, Diod. Sic.
17. 51 6 piv noopreiwy arig i.e. the
prophetor interpreter of the god. Hdian,
5.5, 21. Plut. de Def. Orac. 5”. ct

ous mgopersiortos, T. IIL. p. Ma.
Tauchn.—Spoken in mockery by the
soldiers to Jesus, q. d. to divine, to give
@ response, c, dat. Matt. 26:68. Mark
14: 65. Luke 22:64. — Comp. neogytela
Jos. Ant. 6. 4. 1, spoken of the response
of the prophet to Saul respecting the
lost asses.

b) spec. of the prophetic gift or Cha-
risma imparted by the Holy Spirit to
the primitive ¢ Christians, Acts 19: 6 Hla
3) ny, diy. dx? avtovs, dlailovy te yleo-
oats xal meoeprtavoy. 21:9, 1 Cor. HN:
4,5. 13:9, 14:1, 3, 4, 5 bis, 24, 31, 39,
See in Mpoqritns c.

THoogyins, ov, 6, (mesgmu to
foretell,) a prophet, pp. a foreteller of fa-
ture events; so in Greek writers, Anac.
43:11, Plato Charmid. 46. ®. 174. ,
t0ig 88 che Gln aig uctvrass . oopiras
téy pellortar. Hence i. @ barns, Pp. <
‘one who utters raving the responses of
an oracle, as Plato |.c. Luc. D. Deon
13. 1, Hdot. 8. 36, 37. comp. Diod. Sie.
16. 26, Also an interpreter of the gods
or of & partis, i.e, one who explains
the obscure oracles uttered by 5 parrg,
Dion. Hal. Ant. 2.78; espec Plato Tim. 4 "+
p. 72. B, or VII. p- 76, Tauebn. comp..." ~
Diod. Sic. 1. 2. In Sept. and N. T.--*
mopytns corresponds to Heb. 8°33, Pp.
one who speaks from a divine influence,
under inspiration, whether as foretell.
ing future events, or as exhorting, re-
proving, threatening individuals or na-
tions, i.e.as the ambassador of God and
the interpreter of his will to men ; comp.
Ez. ¢. 2. Gesen, Lex. art. 8°33. With
the Jewish use of N°] and meopi-
‘6 was connected the ides, that the
prophet spoke not his own thoughts,
but what he received from God, re-
taining however his own consciousness
and self-posseesion ; see Philo Opp. IV.

Togs
p. 116, Pfeiff. mpogirns vag tier piv
oWir dnogSiyyrras, allstg.e 84 mévse
Snnyotrtos tigov. Comp. Ex. 7:1. 2
Pet. 1:20, 21. espec. 1 Cor. 14:32. In
8 wider sense Heb. x°33, Sept. xgop7-
‘vp, is put for any friend of God, to
whom God makes known his will, e.g.
of Abraham Gen. 20:7; of the patri-
archs Ps, 105: 15.—Hence in N. T.

8) of the prophets of the O.T. (a)
pp. as Teaish, Matt. 1: 22. 3:3. Luke 3
4. John 1:28. al. Jeremiah, Matt. 2:17.
27:9; Joel, Acts 216; Micab, Matt.
25; Jonah, Matt. 12:39, Luke 11:29;
Zechariah, Matt. 21:4; Daniel, Matt.
24:15. Mark 13:14. So of Samuel,
Acts 13:20; David, Acts 2:30; Elisha,
Luke 4:27; Asaph, Matt, 18:35; also
of Balam, 2 Pet. 2:16; comp. Num. c.
22. Plur. geor. Mate. 2:23. 5:12, 23
290q. Mark 8:28. Luke 1:70. Rom. 1:
2, Heb. 1:1, James 5:10, 1 Pet. 1:10,
al. So Sept and 32 1 K. 16:7, 12.
Is,,38:1. Jer, 1: 5. saep.—Ecclus, 48:1,
2, — 2 Mace. 15:14. Joa. Ant. 6. 2. 1.
ib. 6 3. 1 6 08 mpogisys Zapovnlos. —
(8) Meton. the prophetic books of the O.
T. i,q. of youpal rir mpopytay Matt.
26:56. So genr. Matt. 5:17 xaradioas
‘toy vouoy, Hi tovg moopytas. Mark 1:2.
Luke 16:29, 31. 24:27, 44. Acts 28:23,
Rom, 8:21. Acts 8: 28 dvaylyvace 137
2909. ‘Hoaiay. By synecd. put for the
doctrines etc. contained in the prophet-
ic books, Matt. 7:12. 22:40. Acts 26:
27.—Here 6 véuos xab of mpopiizas com-
prise the whole O. T. and the latter
therefore include the Pealms; which
elsewhere are also distinguished, as
Luke 24:44 répos xal ngogiras xal
padpol Seo in Nowos c. 6. — 2 Mace.
159. .

b) geur. of persons acting by a di-
vine influence as prophets and ambes-
sadors of God under the new dispensa-
tion, i.g. a teacher sent from God;
@. g, Matt, 10: 41 6-3sxdpe0s eoqrieny
as Groua xgogitoy x, 7.2. 13:57. Mark
G4, Luke 4:24. 13:33. John 7:52,
Rev. 11: 10. 16:6. 18:20, 24. al. Spec.
of John the Baptist, Matt. 11:9. 14:5.
Mark 11:32, Luke 1:76. 20:6. al. - Of
Jesus, Matt. 21:11 obtés dotw 8°18
moogntys. v. 46. Luke 7: 16, 39. 24: 19.
John 9: Of the Messiah as é 2go-

“724

TT popytxos

INS 5 deyopseros sic to aoeper Joba &
% in allusion to Deut. 18: 15, 80 Jon
1:21, 25. 7:40. Acts 22%. 7:3.
Comp. 1 Macc. 4:46. 14:41.

c) Spec. of those who possessed the
prophetic gift or Charisma imparted by
the Holy Spirit to the primitive church-
es, « prophet, i. e. a clam of instrucios
or preachers who were next in rank»
the apostles and before the teachers, &-
Sdoxedos, 1 Cor. 12:28. They een
have differed from the d:derrela it
this, that while the latter spoke ins
calm, connected, didactic discoure,
adapted to instruct and enlighten ti
hearers, the prophet spoke more fromth

impulse of sudden inspiration, from ie

light of a sudden revelation at the me
ment, (dsoxddvyis 1 Cor. 14: 30) ad
his discourse was probably more adap
ed by means of powerful exhorutios
to awaken the feelings and covsciess
of the hearers.- The idea of epesticg
from an immediate revelation seem
here to be fundamental, es relaing
either to future events or to the ain!
of the Spirit in general ; comp. Accs I
27, 21:10. So Acts 13:1 xpoptte
3iddoxados. 1 Cor. 12:28 Eee i $i:
dy tf Gexkgole ngéror axortalory, it
gor mpogrtas, relror Siducudlors + +1
v.29, 14:29, $2, 37. Eph. 2:20, 35
4:11, See Neander Geach. der Piast.
u, Leit. der Kirche, 1 pe 169 0g. 078
Bibl. Repos. IV. p.,247 04.

d) perh. « poet, minstrel, spokes of
the Greek poet Epimenides, Tit !:
Poets were held to be inspired of
Muses; comp. Virg. Ecl. 9.32 ‘Et 0
focere poetam Pierides .. 7 me quo
dicunt vatem pastores.’ Varro
Lat. 6.3 ‘ votes poetas dit sunt? OOP
$7N22, Sept. moogizss, spoken of!
iam, Ex. 15:20. — But Epil
might well be called spoparys it}
Greek usege as above given, (0 it
since he was reckoned among
wise men of Greece, was sett fom
Solon to aid in the preparation of 1
laws, and eapecially was ale Super
zal copis mug ta Sia, sty WO
cot» nad ralectixiy Comet
Solon 12, Au

Hoopytexds, 7, 0%. {spories)

Togas

prophetic, uttered by prophets, Rom, 16
‘26. 2 Pet, 1:19.

Toogpits, edos, %, (fem. to xg0-
@i7s,) @ prophetess, i.e. in the Greek
sense the interpreter or priestess of
god, oracle, Diod. Sic. 16.26. Plut. de
Pyth. Orac. 7. In Sept.and N. T. i. q.
FINTRZ, comp. in Lgogarns init.

8) pp. as speaking and acting from a
divine influence, an ambassadrees from
God, Rev. 2:20. So Sept. and 74792
Judg. 4:4, 2K. 22% 14. 2 Chr, 34:22

b) spoken of a female friend of God,
one who lives in communion with God,
to whom God reveals himself by his
Spirit, Luke 2:36.— So Abraham is
called xgopitns, N32, Gen. 20:7,
comp. Ps. 105:15. Tob. 4: 12,

TTpopFave, £. dow, (gSiv) to
come or get before any one, to anticipate
‘one in doing any thing, e. g. in speak-
ing, ©. acc. Matt. 17:25. So Sept. for
Dap 2 Sam. 219. Ps. 17:13, 119:
148. — 1 Macc. 10: 4, 23, Aeechyl.
‘Agam. 1028 or 1087 xgogSdcacaxagdla
yiéocay.

Doozergopec, f. loopar, depon.
Mid. (zeigife, zeig,) to hand forth, to
cause to be at hand, ready, Dem. 45. 10.
Diod. Sic. 15.15. "In N.'T. trop. i. q.
to appoint, to choose, to destine, c. acc.et
inf. Acts 2% 14 mpoeugloasd oe yrivas
16 Dédqua abrot, 26: 16 neozugloao Sab
ot [elvan] énngirm. Perf. pasa, in pas-
sive sense, c, dat. Acts 3: 20 in later
edit. comp. Buttm. § 113. n. 6. Sept.
for ps Josh. 3: 12—2 Mace. 3:7. Pol.
1.11.3 Diod. Sic. 12,27. Perf pass.
Pol. 3. 40. 14.

Llpozerporové, 0, f. 4am, (ze

ts, q. V.) to choose before, first,

ym. 703. 18. Aeschin. 4.11. InN.

to choose beforehand, Pass. Acts 10:

41 sigrvas tots mpoxezeipotornpivors
‘ino rot Gaoi, i. e. fore-chosen,

TIpdzogos, ov, 6, Prochorus, pr.
n. of one of the seven primitive dea-
cons at Jerusalem, Acts 6: 5.

, Uevura, 95, 4, (pp. fom. of neyp-
705, 7, Gy, last, hindmost,) i. q. } =gyNyy
vais, fhe hindmost part
stern, 4: 38) Acts 27: 20, 41.—Pol.

725

Loareweo

1.49, 11, Xen. An. 5. 8 20. Comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 331.

LTpcoi,, adv. (=196,) early, in the morn-

ing, Lat. mane.
8) pp. and absol. Matt. 16:3, Mark
35, 11:20. 16:2, 9, Jobn 20:1. Bo
Sept. for apn 1 K. 3:21. Te. 5:11; of-
tener 13 get Ex. 8:20. Is, 37:38, al.—
Jos. Vit. 617. Ael. V. H. 3. 23. Xen.
Mem. 1.1.10, 16 g. H. G. 1,1. 30.—
With prepositions: cea nga Matt. 20:
1, see in “Apa b. amd ngad Acts 28:
%3, see in’dnd I.c. éni to wget Mark
1 1, comp. Battm. § 125.7. So Sept.
ais x0 mg. Ex. 16:19, Lev. 7:5. dv 19
mg. Ece. 11:6. Comp. Lob. ad Phryn.
P. 46 aq.

b) meton. for the morning watch,
which usbers in the dawn, Mark 13:35,
Bee in Oulax/.

Tecate, vee in Mesiiog.

Tpipos, n, ov, (xget) early,
spoken of the early rain, detdg mg. James
5:7; see in “Oyipos. So Sept. &. xe.
for m747 oq Deut. U1: 14, Jer. 5:24,
—Arr. Peripl. Eryth, p. 157. Xen. Occ.
17. 4. A poetic and later form instead
of Att. meoiios, Lob. ed Phr. p. 52..

Howtos, 7, Ov, (nowt) early,
morning, Rev. 2:28 tov aotiga tor
ivéy. Rev. 22:16 in later edit. for og—
Sesveg in text. rec. Sept. for "pz Ex.
2:49. 1 Sam. 11:11. Hos, 6: 4.—
Athen. 1.41. Plut. Symp. VIII. qu.
6.§ 5. p. 890 Reisk. A late form, Lob.
ad Phr. p. 52,

Igeiiog, tz, tov, (ngust) early,
morning, Aristoph, Pax 1001, 1164.
Hdot. 8.6. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 52
—In N. T. only 7j ngwia sc. dga, the
morning hour, morning, Matt, 21: 18
ageing 88 tnavayen sis ty moliv. 27:1.
Johu 18: 28, 21:4. Sept. for "p22 Sam.
23:4. Lam. 3:23, — Jos, Ant. 7.8.1.
fally Lue. Amor. 39 xeuitas Spas.

Tigdga, ass, 4, (xpd) the forward
part of a ship, the prow, Acts 27: 30, 41.
— Hdian. 1.11.12 Xen, An, 5, 8, 20.

Hocorevco, £. show, (mgsixos,) to be

of a ship, the frst, chief, i. q. to hold the frst rank,

highest dignity, éy néew Col. 1:18, —

Tpwtoxadedpia

2 Mace. 6:18. Hdit
Mem. 1.2, 24.

Hoffoxadedoia, ae, §, (medzos,
xaSidga q, v.) the first seat, the chief seat,
Matt. 23:6. Mark 12:39, Luke 11: 43.
20: 46.—Not found in the classics.

Tpcatoxesia, as, i, (mgcros, xls
cia q. v.) pp. the first place of reclining
at table, the chief’ place at a banqueh,
usually the middle place on the middle
triclinium, Matt. 23:6, Mark 12:39.

. Luke 14:7, 8, 20:46, See in “Avdxe-
pas no, 2, Calmet art. Eating. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 436. Jahn § 146,

Tpcros, , ov, superlat. from
mgd, compar. mgdtegos q. v. Buttm. §
69.2; pp. foremost, hence first, the first.

1. Genr.as adj. a) Spoken of place,
order, time; (a) pp. and without art.
Mark 16:9 mguiry oapfcrov 2c. juipg.
Phil. 1:5 das gang syuseas. Luke 2
2 see in Kugjmog. Epb. 6:2. 1 Cor. 15:
8 dy medtorg, i. g. first ofall. Seq. ds0-
tzg0¢ Acts 12:10. So Sept. for jing,
Ex, 12:15. Josh. 0. é moairors
Ger 2.1 Chr. 11:
10. Dem. 328. 25.—With the art. comp.
in 0, 4, 16, A. 2. b.d, p. 553. Matt. 26:
17 4% 8k moor tay axipey, BC. susog.
Mark 14:12 7 mo. iudog tar dt. (Sept.
Lev. 23:35, 40. Xen. H. G. 3. 1. 17.
An, 4, 8. 1.) Acts 1:1 tar medtov door.
1 Cor. 15:45, Heb. 9.2 4 gor oxnri.
¥.6,8 Rev. 1: 176 motitog xa 6 Boza-
ros, seein "Zozaros b. y. Rev. 4:1, 7.
8:7. al. of mociros the first Matt, 20:
8, 10, 21:36, ra mora pp. the firat

is e. the first or former state,
ion, Matt. 12: 45. 2 Pet. 2% 20.
Rev, 21:4. Also 1 Tin. 5:12 § xgoirq
alot, i. ©. first or originally professed,
Rev. 2:4 dydnyy ti mguitny. v. 5. Opp.
xawvés Heb.8:13, Rev. 21:1. Sept. for
iwN> 2Chr. 3:3. Dan. 8:21. 2 San.
18: 27, — Hdian. 1. 17.17. Xen. An. 6.
5. 2, 5. — Bo in division or distribution,
_ 6 medizos ... 5 Sstregog Matt. 22:25, 5
mgsitos . .. 8 Eregog Luke 14:18. 19: 16.
Where only two are spoken of, Matt.
21:28. John 19:32. 1 Cor. 14:30. Heb.
—Diod. Sic. 1. 50 fin. Xen. H. G.
3. 1.17. —(8) In an adverbial sense,
comp, Butun. § 123, 0,3, Matt. 10:2

. 8 7. 8 Xen.

726

Ti pers

gGres, Sper 2.x. 1 Joba 1:8 0
laze otros mgestos vor adelger st.1
8:7, Acts 26:23, Rom. 10: 19. 1 Jon
4: 19.— Haian. 1. 8. 4, Diod. Sic...
init. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 2—(y) Putforte
comparative, xgoregos, adverbially sit
8; 80 seq, gen. Jobn 1:15, 30 on
és pov ay. 15: 18 dui meaor ip.
Comp. Herm. ad Vig. p. 718, Mati j
464, Passow in mpérros no. 3, Wine
§ 36. n. 4. p. 201.— Themist. Ont IL
Schol. ad Aristoph. Nub. 552 p. 32
ed. Dindorf,

b) trop. of rank, dignity, firs, cif:
so without the art. Mat. 20:27 4 io
Dily ev iptv elvan mpairos. 2:38 Mek
12:30, Acts 16:12 Eph. 62 S%
gen. partit. Mark 10: 44. 1223 x
mdvtur érvoly. v.29, 30. 1 Tin. ils
—Sept. Ez. 27:-22. Dem. 1268.2. Xe
Cyr. 2.8.6. ¢. gen. part. Ael. V. Bi.
14. Dem, 13. 38, — With the ar. 4
74 cio Te tev megeirer ob Sipe
Luke 15:22, (Sept. Jer. 5221. Ma
11. 10. 2.) S0 6 spires, of notre
the first, the chief, neq. gen. of « cout]
or people ; Acts 28:7 sm xgary tis
gov, Mark 6:21 rois mpesrous rip Tele
Ralas. Luke 19:47 of resizes roi lant
Acts 13:50. 25:2, 28:17, So SH
for Was Neh. 12: 45,—Jos, Aut. 7.8
ib. 10.4.5. Pol. 1. 31,5, Xeon Va
1. 9.—In the proverbial phrase: swt
Eoovras mectos, Eqzaros* eal kez
mediror, also Ecovras of Exzato1 xpe™
xai of motiros, Eayeror, the jira shal
last, and the Laat first, etc. i. ¢. bom
who seem or claim to be firs sll
Jeet, Matt. 19: 30, 20:16. Merk 1031.
Luke 13:30,

2 Neut. npcroyasadverh, Buts-!
115. 4. a) pp. of place, order, tm
susually without the article. («), fet
Matt. 17: 27 tov dvapdrra eine i
17,10, 11. Mark 7:27, Lake ©
61, John 18: 13. Acts 15:14 10e
11: 18 1 Pet. 4:17, 2 Tira. 26 oF
Winer § 65. p. 458. So Acts 7:18
the first time. — Pol, 1. 48. 2 Hida *
11.3, Xen. An. 3.4. sn
i. q. first of all, before
rabdparos sepcinor 13 dong vob norm
Acts 13:46. Rom. 1:8 xgsvor pi OTF
guoté 1H Ssh. 1 Cor 118 Hee
2.1.8, Xen. Cyr. 4.1.2—)

q

a

ma

Toerocrams
vision or distribution, as referring to a
series or succession of circumstances
and followed by other adverbs of order
or time expressed or implied; here
some assign to it a comparative sense,
i. q. mgoregoy, but unnecessarily ; see
Herm. ad Vig. p. 718. E. g. seq. dev-
tagor 1 Cor, 12:28. ara, Mark 4:
28 ngéitor yooror, sha atézuy, ela x,t.
a. ixura 1 Thess, 4:16. James 3:
17. pera taixe Mark 169, coll. v. 12.
med tots Matt, 5:24. 7:5, Mark 3:27.
Luke 642. Jobn 210. In a like
sense, mpéitoy...
. r. & 5. xosroy... 38 Matt. 13:30.
25, 2 Tim. 1:5, — Seq. era
Hiian. 2.1.22 Enure Xen. Cyr. 7.2.
24. Hi. 11.8. psa tatza Xen. An. 6.
1.5, coll. 7, 34 Cyr. 8. 1. 16.—(3) Rare-
ly c. art. rd mowroy, first, at first, for-
merly, comp. Buttm. § 126. n.'5. John
10: 40 Snov jy Indrens 19 modtov Ban-
iter. 12:16. 19: 39, — Hdian. 6. 3. 11.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 5. 1.
pe trop. pf dignity i importance, first, i.
feet of all hicfly, especially, Matt. 6:33
2 grain i xgczoy thy Bacidelar tol Peo8.
Rom. 3:2 2 Pet. 1:20, 3:3. géror
erro 1 Tim. 2). AL.

LT pwroorceene, ov, 5, (agéros,
Tornps) pp. one who stands first, in the
first rank of an army, Sept. Job. 15:24,
Pol. 18. 12, 5. Xen. Cyr. 3 3. 57.—In
N. T. trop. a leader, q, d. ringleader, tig
aigicens Acts 24:5,

Locororoxte, cov, x0, (ngaors-
xos,) the rights of the first-born, birth-
right, Heb. 12:16 Sept. Vatic. for
mryi5z Gen, 25: 32, 33, 34. Other
copies meetoréxeur. — On the rights of
the first-born son, see Jahn § 165.

Iperoroxos, ov, &, 4, (xgsit0s,
tlxx0,) first-born, i. e.

8) pp. the first-born of a father or
mother ; Matt. 1:25 viov ainiic tov mg0-
xétoxor. Luke 27. Including also the
first-born of animals, Heb. 13:28, Sept.
for Na Gen, 27: 19, 32; also of ani-

N.'T. Il. p. 262.—On the rights of the
first-born, see Jahn 165.
b) trop. first-born, i. q. the first, the

727

zal, Rom, 1:16. 29, , as

Thégut

‘chief, one highly distinguished and pre-
eminent; 80 of Christ, as the beloved
Son of God before the creation, Col. 1:
15, coll. v.16, Heb. 1:6, coll. v. 5. Or
in relation to his followers, Rom. 8:29
tig 1b elvos abrdy moor. év molhots ae
pois, comp. Col. 1: 18. Or as the first to
Tise from the dead, the leader and prince
of those who shall arise, Col 1: 18. Rev.
1:5. So Sept. for aiDa of the Messiah,
Pe, 89: 27. — Of the saints in heaven,
prob. those formerly most distinguished
on earth by the favour and love of God,

as patriarchs, prophets, apostles, | etc.
Hob, 12 23 dedgata mgorordxwy dno
rereappiver by cols oigarols. So Sept.
for 7533 of Ierael Ex, 4:22; of Ephra-
im Jer. 31: 9.—Pealt. Salom. 13: 8. 18:4,

Thaia, £. low, to stumble, to fall,
intrans. Hdian. 5. 6.18, Sept. for AR?
2 Sam. 18:7. —IoN.

a) to err, to fail in “uty, to
seq. é c. dat. James%10. 3:2 nig dy
2éyy ob wrale, Absol, Rom. 11:11 prj
intacay, a niowor; c. nolké adv.
James 3:2, Sept. for wets Deut, 7:25."
—Ecclus. 37:12. M. Antonin. 7.15 Be
ov drOgemov gilely xa tors nralortes.’
b) iq. to fail, to fail of success and
happiness, 2’Pet. 1:10. — Pol. 1. 85.3.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 1. 26.

Théove, "Sy i, the heel, John 13:
18 éxjige én’ dué viv mtigray, see in
*Enales, quoted from Ps, 41:10 where
Heb. 323, Sept. xtegriopdr. Sept. for

apy Gen. 3: 15. 25: 26, — Hom. Il. 22.

~ Dem. 86. 2.

Thepiy.n, dou, +6, (dimin. from
arégut wing,) a little wing, winglet, Sept.
for F)22 1 K. 6:23; and so of the feath-
er of ap arrow Pol. 27.9.4, Then of
any thing shaped like a wing, running
out to a point, e, g. a fin, Sept. for
s1"p20 Lev. 11:9, 10, 12; the corner or
skirt of a garment, Sept. for 529 Num.
15:36, 1 Sam. 24:5, — In N.'T. a pin-
nacle, spoken of the highest point of
the temple, prob. the apex of Solo-
mon’s porch, eve in ‘Iegdy d. Matt. 4:5.
Luke 4:9.

ITrégv, vyos, %, « pinion, wing,
Matt, 23:27, Lake 13:34: Rev. 4:8. 9%

Tyres
9. 1214. Sept. for "3% Ps. 55:7,

23 Ex. 19:4. Ez.1:6.— Dem. 1250.
Qi. Xen. An. 1.5. 3.

Lryvos, 1, ov, (rrijvas, néropan)
ing, winged, Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 11 xad af
ey Sony nipal In N. T.
neut. plur. re nrnva, i.e. birds,
1 Cor. 15: 39, — Hdian, 3. 9.10, Xen.
H.G.4.1. 16

TTroda, ©, f. sow, to terrify, to put
in trepidation ; Pass. to be terrified, to Be
én trepidation, Luke 21:9 pi nrondire.

24: 37. Sept. for tam Ex. 19 16..

not 1 Chir. 28:30. Jer. 1: 17.—1 Mace.
7:36. Jos. B. J. 1.30.4. Pol. 10. 42.4.

Thronots, ecog, 4, (wtoée,) terror,
trepidation, fear, 1 Pet. 3:6 4 pofor-
psv08 pendeylar zxéqory, i.e. doing well,
and feering not ; i. q. 0B. @dBor pdyay
in Mark 4:41. Comp. Buttm. § 131.3.
Sept. for 11 Prov. 3:25. — 1 Mace. 3:
25. Diod. Sic. 20. 66.

Lhodeuai’s, (Soc, 5, Ptolemais,
@ maritiine city of Palestine belonging
to Galilee, on the bay north of Mount
Carmel, Acts 21,7. Heb. j33, Sept.
24xyei, Judg. 1:31; called also by the
Greeks “4xn Diod. Sic, 19.93. Strabo
16. 2. 25. The name Ptolemais was
prob, introduced about the ‘time of the
Romans; Strabo lc. Jos. B. J. 2. 10.
2. Now Acre, St. Jean d’ Acre. See
Reland Palaest. p. 534.sq. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geog. IL. ii. p. 60.

ITwor, ov, +6, (rvie) a fan, win-
nowing shovel, with which grain is

cleanse it, Matt. 3:12. Luke 3: 17.—
Heaych. srioy Sglvaf, Eloy dv p O-
a xiv disor dnd 105 dzigov.
Artemid, 2.24, Theoer. 7. 156.

Ti cipm, £. 9a, (kindr. with mtose)
to terrify, to put in trepidation, Pass.
Phil. 1:28, — Plut. Fab. Max. 3. Diod.
Sic. 17, 34, 57, 58.

Thwiope, ocrog, é, (rvie,) spittle,
what is spit out, Jobn 9: 6—Pol. 8. 14.5.

Trvacc, f. tes, to fold, to fold or

roll together, ©. g. 16 Piper q. v. Luke
90 Jon’ Ane 10.1.4. Heian. 17.1.

728

Theos

Tieva, f. ow, to spit, to spit on,
sol, Mark 7:33, lg 1s8:28. zepal Jon
9:6. Sept.c. dou for Py Nom 12
4,—aiy 11 Jon. Ant. 5.9. 4. Lac. Navig
15, abeol. Xen. Cyr. 8, 1.42

Tha, actos, +0, (nixta) fd,
Ael. V. H. 9. 31. trop. downfall ria

ruins, @. g. o1
81.8. Diod. Sic. 18 70 bis. —In N.1.
body fallen, i. e. a dead body, crea
corpse. Matt. 24: 28 Sxov og lar 5
mrapa, dai ovvazdjoores ob em
Mark 6:29. Rev. 11:8, 9, Sep. f
"139 Ez. 6: 5.—Jos, Ant. 7.1.3 His
4.6.2. Dion. Hel. Ant. 4.39. Bop
Oreat.1195. Phrynichus says this we!
was used absol. in this sense oj
late writers, instead of the earlier =
pa vexgod, comp. Phryn. et Lab.p i
oq. Thom. Mag. p. 765.

Tredarg, ecos, iy (nine) 61%
downfall, crash, ©. g. of a fling ba
ing, Matt. 7: 27.—Diod. Sic. 89% Fe
2. 16, 3. — Trop. dovm/all ruin,
2 84 ele ardour i. e, 8 cause ue
ruin, comp. in *4rdorasts"00. 1y—!
clus, 1:21, 5:18 yléooe Faverd
aria aixd, Bo gonr. Sep. Jase
Ecclus, 3:31. Anth. Gr. IL pat

Tiecoyelee, exc, 4, (nreri) ®O%
beggary, Lys. 696.9. 10 N.T. met,
want ; 2 Cor. 8 9 json eet
i.e. deg; , Soofa Hi
and Stan, 2 a8 bee
Sept. for mi2202 “
Chr, 2 A Bor i. 1:14 TH
XII Petr. p. 619. steht

MTrayevaa, £. stom (rear ‘u
tobea , Aeschio. Dial Too
Plut. Apothegm. Lac. II.p.16. "ot
In N. TT. to be or become por
state of poverty and humiliation,
2Cor.8:9; comp. Phil. ®7 iy,
dey Ps.79:8. Z19 Pa del _

Tra0z06, 4, 0%, (nee eth
to crouch,) begging, beset Tid
crouching, cringing in tb

1) pp.and often wate (TS
706, a beggar, mendico™,

Thy}

QL. 16: 20 xviegos 34 sg Gy Srcpars Ae -
fagos. v.22 John 9:8 in some edit.
Trop. Rev. 3:17.—Luc. Somn. s. Gall.
14. Dem. 574.19. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 29
xocattiy Sons sols wruzovs. — (8)
ob nrazol, the poor, i.e. neely, desti-
tute of the necessaries of life aud sub-
sisting on the alms of others. Matt. 19:
21 865 mewzols. 26: 9 doves role xr
xotg. v.11, Mark 10:21, 14: 5,7. Luke
18: 22, 19: 8, John 12: 5, 6,8. 13: 29,
So Sept. 7 Batt Esth. 9: 22. Prov.
81:20. wis) Prov. 28 27. —(y) Genr.
poor, needy, 1. q. mévqs, spoken of honest
poverty as opp. to the rich, without the
idea of mendicity ; ¢. g. wie zige mtmzs)
Mark 12: 42,43. Luke 21: 3. So Rom.
U5: 26, 2 Cor. 6 10. Gal. 2 10, James
2 2, 3,5,6. Rev. 13:16. So Sept. and
by Lev. 19:15. Prov.2%14. wi Prov.
22: 7.—Ecclus, 13: 3, 30: 14.

b) by impl. and from the Heb. poor,
i.e. Low, humble, of low estate, including
also the idea of being afflicted, distressed.
Luke 4:18 tq.at us svayyellcacSas ate
Zot, quoted from Is. 61: 1 where Sept.
for D149 So Matt. 11:5 et Luke 7: 22

ba ax, Sept. for 74
Ps. 109: 16. 159 Ps, 6: 33, eis
—Trop. Matt. 5:3 of mrwyol 16 vei

seats, the poor in spirit, those who feel
themselves spiritually poor, the lowly
in mind and heart, Luke 6:20. Comp.
729, Sept. roxsvds, Is. 66: 2.

°) trop. of things, bexgarly, poor, im-
perfect, Gal. 4: 9 xtage croizia.

They}, 95, 4 (wit) the fist, Sept.
for Fi59% Ex. 21:8. Is. 58:4. Hom.
1 3 fating, boring, i. 4.
xvypogla, Xen, Mag. Eq.8.7.—In N. T.
Mark 7:3 day pi) muyp rlyorsa to¢
zéloas, lit, unless they wash their hands
(rubbing them) with the fist, i. 6. ad sen-
sum, sedulously, carefully, diligenlly; #0
the Syr. Version, using the same word
by which it expresses énipticig in Luke
15: 8. Vulg. has crebro, as if froma
reading xvxvj i. q. xvod or nunvis, of
which there is no other trace. Anearly
interpretation makes it i. q. fo the elbow,
‘Theophylact. ad toc. vintecSos muyph,

Gzge tot dyxiivos. Euthym. ad
Matt. 151. Comp. Fritzsche IV Evang.
Vol. II. ad loc.

92

728

Mihy

Tlvder, coves, 3, Python, in Greek
mythology the name of a it or
dragon slain by Apollo, Ael. V, H.3. 1;
then transferred to Apollo himself, An-
thol. Gr. I. p. 55; Inter, spoken of d=
vinera, soothsayers, held to be inspired
of the Pythian Apollo, Plut. de Defect.
Orac. c. 9. T. VII. p. 632, 14, Reiek,
sois tyyaorgisidoug, Ebguxiiag shes,
revi 1b Sevag npocayogevonévovs. These
Dideres, ive. tyraoigluvdor or ventrilo-
quials, were so called, because the god
or spirit was supposed to be in them
and to speak from their bellies without
any motion of the lips ; Plutarch |, o.
toy Dear | airéy ... drdvdperor eis ta oe
pera tay xpogmiy snoptiyyesSeu.
Galen. Glossar. Hippoe. ¢yyaotpluvSos°
of xecdcopivov s08 ordpatos genre:
vot, Sia 40 Soxtiv dx siig yaoteds pi;
yiSas, Comp. Aristoph. Vesp. 1014
or 1020. Hence Sept. dyyacreisv9os
for Heb. 35% Lev. 19:31. 1 Sam. 28:
3, 8, 9. al. comp. Gesen. Lex. art. 318.
— InN. T. Acts 16: 16 fovea aveipe
nbSwvog having @ spirit of Python, i.e.
of a diviner, i. q. a soothsaying

Huxves, 7, ov, (kinds. with 7%)
thick, firm, solid, 3 Mace. 4:10, Hom.
Od. 14. 12. thick, dense, close together,
Hian. 8.1.13, Xen. An. 2.3.3 In
N.T.

tg nuxvas gov daSsyslag.—Thuc. 1.28.
Xen, Eq. 9. 6. — Nout. plur. nuxvd as
adv. frequently, often, Luke 5: 83 y9-
otsvouss nueva. Comparat. muxydre-
@01 cts 24:26, Comp. Butm. §
115, 5.—averd Ael. V. H. 2.21. Xen.
Conv. 2. 26. muxvdtegoy 2 Macc. 8: 8.
Dem. 1035. 14.

Houxievco, £ bow, (nig the fist,)
to fist, to boz, to fightasa boxer, intrans.
1 Cor. 9: 26 otra nvxtetn, cis ot cpa
diga, i.e. 8a boxer Ietrike no blow
in vain ; comp.in aij. — Dem. 51. 24.
Xen. Lac. 4. 6,

LlbAn, 9, % © door, gate, pp. the
large door or entrance of an edifice,
city, etc. diff. from 4 vga a common
door, E. g. of the temple, dgaly silp
106 iegob Acts 3:10; of a prison, 12:10;
of acity, Luke 7:12 sf wukp sijg mohews.
Acts 9: 24, Heb. 13:12 Sept. of a

, often, 1 Tim. 5: 2B didn

Cb able
aaa

Thvady

hailding, for mm Jer. 43 9; of a city,
for ny

Joah. 6:26, 2Chr. 8&5. 3H
20, 24, — “ 0 of an edifice,
. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5.27; of
acity Dion. Hal. Ant, 2,50. Xen, Mem.
3.9.7, — Symbol. Matt. 7: 13 bis, 14,
Luke 13 24. Comp. Cebet. Tab. 15.
Also mihat Gdou, the gates of Hades,
hy meton. for Hailes itself, see in “A376,
i, e. Hades with its powers, Satan and
his bosts, Matt. 16:18 yy éxxdgolay,
xal niles Gov ob xanigzicoves aitiis.
The Hebrews, as well as the Greeks
and Romans, ascribed gates to Sheol or
Hades; so Heb. bind ‘178, Sept.
milas adov, Is, 38: 10, ¢ comp. Ps. 9: 145;
. Winds 1 13. 3 Macc. 5: 51. Hom.

Pree,

‘irip. Alcest. 124 or 126.
Loe Necyom. 6. comp. Diod. Sic. 1.

4 17 96. So Lucret. 8, 67 Lethi portas,

Lvdav, cvoe, 5, (nthn) a large
doar, gate, sc. at the entrance of a build-
ing or city.

a) genr. e.g. of a house, Acts 10: 17
énéarngay tnt tov nueva, 12: 13 see in
Gigaa. v.14bjs. Ofacity, Acte14:13,
Rev. 21:12 his, 13 quater, 15, 21 bis, 25,
22:14. So Sept. for ning, of a buikling,
1K. 14:27, 2Chr. 12:10; of acity 1K.
17:10. 1 Chr. 19: 9.—Jos, Ant. 18, 2. 2,
Luc. Hermot. 11. Plut. Timol. 12 fin.

b) synecd. a gate-way, portal, vesti-
bule, the deep arch under which a gate
opens, Matt. 2f:71. Luke 16:20, Sept.
ndg. 18: 16, 17.—Jos, Ant. 8.
32 Cob. Tab. 1, Pol. 4. 18,2.

Houvdavopa, f. metoopat, aor. 2
énv9yny, depon. Mid, to ask, to inquire.

a) pp. et seq. mage tev0g from or of
any one, €. g,¢. ace. John 4: 52 dei
Srro oby sag adtar tiv Seay x1.
or also c. interr. indir, Matt, 2 & dxvr-
Suveto mag cixdy, naj. 6 Fo. yrvdran
Acts10:18. Sept. for YT Gen. 25: 22,
—ace, Jos. Vit. § 39, Xen. Cyr. 4.1.3.
Mem. 1.1. 9. indir, Luc. Nigr. 1. —
Absol. c. interr, dir. Acts 4:7, 10: 29
murSdvopas ovr, tin Méyy x 1.2, B19,
So before an indir, interrog. with the
Opt. after a praeter, comp. Winer § 42,
4.c.p.%7, Luke 15: 26 daurSavero,
at aly taita ; 18: 36. John 13: 24. Acta
23: 38.—Xen. An. 7. 1. 14.—Iu a judi-
cial scnee, lo inquire, to examine, seq.

730

The
ace, et nsgl tiv0s, Acts 2% 20.—Pol. 23.
14.2. Lys. 909. 8.

b) i. q, to inguire out, to find out by
inquiry, fo learn, to hear, 90g. Stu, Acta
23: 84 nuddpevos, Ss dnd Kilsxlag. —
Palaeph. 41.4. Heian. 2.1.11. Xen.
HG. 1

Ibe, gos, 1%, fire. a) pp. and genr.
Matt. 3: 10 xal tle nig eu. v.12
7:19. 18:40, 17:15, Mark 9, 22. Luke
3:9, 17, 2% 55. John 15:6. Acts 2& 5.
Heb, 11:34, James 5, 5&3 1 Pet
1:7, 2 Pet. &7. Rev. 318. & 5 &
tod mugs 103 Susiastyplov i. ©. upon
the altar. v, 8. 9:17, 18. 11: 5. 14 18.
152 16: 8. 17: 16, 18:8. Sept. for

SN Gen. 2 6,7. Ex. 3% 19. — Joa
B.J.3.4.1. Pol. 5.89. Xen. Mem. 4
3.7. — Genit. nugss often takes the
place of an adj. Battm. § 123. a. 4
‘Winer § 34.2. So lot wuges flame of
fire, iq. fiery flame, Acts 7:30. Heb. 1:7.
Rev. 1: 14. 2:18. 19:12. Once vice
versa dy nugi qloyds id. 2 Thess. 1: 8.
Sept. for 2Y 37> In 6 DAS cH
Ps.104:4. 80 av nvgos burning
coals Rom. 12: 20, comp. in Madea and
Sept. Lev. 16 12. ysooas Gee wupés
Acta: 3, aynddes mugs Rev. 4: 5.
orihos mugés fiery Rev. 10:1;
comp. Sept. Ex, 13: 21, 22—Spokea of
fire. from , heaven, lightning, ete. e. g-
drra 105 ofgavot Luke 9:54. 17:29.
tov op. Rev. 13:13. 20:9, absol. Heb.
12:18. Rev, & 7. Acts % 19 quoted
from Joel 3: 3 (2: 30] where Sept. for
ey —Earip. Phoen. 1182 or 1191 sag

404

6.

h) Symbolically: (a) of God as in-
icting punishment, Heb. 12: 29 3 Seis
§udy nig xatavatioxor. Comp, Deat,
4: 24. — (6) Of strife, disunion, Luke
12: 49, So of the tongue as kindling
strife and discord, James 3: @—{y) Of
evile, calamities, trials, which purify the
faith and hearts of professed Christiens,
an the fire tries and purifies the precious
metais; comp. 1 Pet. 1:7 et Rev. & 318.
Sept. Is. 10: 17. So Mark 9: 49 see in
‘AllSem,1Cor. 8 13 Li dr mugi dxena-
Avntetae* xa kxdorov td igyor ameter
dons, 18 mig Soxydows, i. ec. the fiery
teials and conflicts to which Christian
teachers and their doctrines are sub-

Thea

jetted, will test thei¢ truth ahd value ;
the systern of teaching being here rep-
resented under the figure of a building,
of which only the solid parts can with-
stand the fire. Hence also of the
teacher [builder] himself, v. 15 aizds 83
cudrjorrat ott Oi cg But mugds he shall
be saved 90 as through the fire, i.e. as
escaping through the fire which destroys
his work. The expression is prover-
bial, implying ‘with difficulty, scarcely ?
comp. Aristid. in Apell. p. 126 é pico
mvgis tov tivdea eater. So Jude v.23,
see in “Agate b, — (8) Of the infernal
fire, the place of punishment and abode
of demons and the souls of wicked
men in Hades, represented under vari-
‘ous images, €. g. 6 xetuvos tol mupés a
feery furnace Matt. 13: 42, 50, in alu.
sion to Dan, & 6, 11, 15 sq. where Sept.
for Chald. x32 Prag. 4 yiswra tod
reves, voe in TVerva, Matt. 5: 22. 18 9.
Mark 9:47. 23 mg 18 GoBeoroy v. oF
oBtrrvra Mark 9: 43, 44, 45, 46, 48;
comp. Ta, 66:24. 13 mig vd aleinoy
Mau. 18:8 25:41. Jude 7. 4 Upyy rob
mugs Rev. 19: 20, 20: 10, 14, 15. 21:8.
Simpl. Rev. 14: 10; and so Matt. 3: 11
et Luke 3: 16, see in BantiZw no. 2. b.
—SJudith 16: 17, Ecclus. 7: 17.

¢) Trop. ardour, vehemence; Heb. 10:
27 neds Gilos, see in Zilog b. f.

Tuge, &6, 4, (nig,) a fire, i.e. as

kindled and burning, burning fuel, Acts
28: 2% 3. — Judith 7:5. 2 Mace. 1: 22,
Hdian, 4. 8.12 Of a burning funeral
pile, Xen. An, 6. 4. 9,

Tupyos, ov, 6,(comp. Germ. Burg,)
@ tower.

a) pp. for defence, es in the wall of
acity, Luke 18:4 5 wtpyos #19 Fdedp,
i, e. in the wall of the city near Siloam.
Comp. on the towers of Jerusalem, Joa.
B.J.5.4.2,3 Sept. for 5739 Judg.
9: 46 0q.—Jos. |. c. Hdian. 8.3.7. Xen.
R. G. 3. 1. 22, —Spoken of the watch-
tower or turret of a vineyard, Matt. 21:
33, Mark 12:1. So Sept. and 437
‘Te. 5:2. Comp. Jabn § 67.

'b) meton. of any building with one
‘or more towers, a castle, }, palace,
Germ. Burg, Luke 14:28.—Homn. 11,22.
447, coll. 440. Pol. 26. 4.1. So Lat,
turrie Liv. 38, 48.

731

Thiggas

Tlugésoe v. tre, f. 6, (nvgstés,)
to be feverish, to be sick of fever, intrans,
Matt. 8: 14, Mark 1: 30.— Lue, Quom.
Hist. conser. 1. Aeschin. 69 pen.

Llugeros, ov, 6, (nig,) flery heat,
as of Sirius, Hom. IJ. 22.31. InN. T.
@ fever, Matt. 8:15. Mark 1:31. Luke
4: 38,39, John 4:52. Acts 28:8, Sept.
for ni Deut. 28: 22,—Jos. Vit. § 11.
Xen. Mem. 3. 8. 3.

Méigaros, 7, ov, (nig,) fary, burn-
‘ing, Sept. for =a Ez.28:14,16. txnev
» Ecclus. 48:9, comp. 2 K. 211.

—Ia N.T. by impl. flaming, glittering,
Rey. 9: 17 Sulganas xvphrous. — Comp,
Siipazas menvoopivo: Hdian. 8. 4. 27,

Mlugow, «i, £. dew, (nig,) to fire,
i. @. to set on fire, 2Macc. 10:3. Eurip.
Phoen. 584. Hdot. 8.102, Io NLT.
only Pass. nugdopes, oipar, to be fred,
set on fire, kindled, i. q. to burn, to flame.

8) pp, Eph. 6 16 200 in Bitos. 2 Pet.
& 12 obgaves mvpodusvos lvSjeorta,
Rey. 1: 15. — Apollod. Bibl. 2.4 fély
xexvgupive. Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 3. 21.
— Trop. to burn, to be inflamed, ©. g.
with anger, i. q. to be incensed, 2 Cor,
11: 29, (2 Mace. 4: 38. 14: 45.) With
lust, 1 Cor. 7: 9 xgetooor yopijoas jj mu-
eoicGa. Bo dxxupotoSus sie 13 por
xetur Sept. Hos. 7:4, edit. Vatic. Comp.
wig Ecclus. 23 16. giéyouas Dion.
Hal. Ant. 11,28, Lat. uror Virg. Aen.
4. 68,

b) by impl. to be tried with fire, puri-
fied, os metals, Rev. 3:18. Sept. for
a Prov. 10: 20. AY Zech. 13: 9.

a. Ls

Tug pcctia, £. dar, (mugfis,) to be
fire-coloured, intrans, Matt, 1
2 m. 5 odgards. v. 2. — Not found else-
where.

Tluggoc, a, ov, (nig,) fre-colour-
ed, -red, red, Rev. 6:4 Uenog. 12:3
Sgeixer. Sept, for og Zech. 1:8. Num.
na — Diod, Sie, 1,88. Xen, Venat.

{ig6os, ov, 6, Pyrrhus, pe. v. m.
Zrimarpos Tiggov Sopater [son] of
Pyrrhus Acts 20: 4 in later edit. Text,
Teo, omits Zuggow,

Thigects

TPigaorc, enc, %, (xvgse,) a being
on fire, burning, conflagration, Rev. 18:
9, 18.—Jos. Ant. 1. 11, 4.—Trop. fiery
trial, calamity, suffering, 1 Pet. 4:12,
comp. in Zevif» no. 2. Sept. pp. for
“Da furunce, tining-pot, Prov. 27:21.

Alco, evclit. partie. yet, even, only

jn composition; see Mine, Mdina,
Otne, Ovdine, alvo Mernote.

Hodéo, @, f. jaw, (kindr. with 4

ile, nilojas) pp. to trade away wares,
to barter; hence genr. to sell, c, ace.
Matt. 13: 44 dca Eyes mole. 19:21.
Q1: 12 tay molotrtay tas meguotegds.
Mark 10:21. 11:15. Luke 12: 33. 18
2, 2% 36. John 2: 14, 16, Acts 5:1.
Pass. seq. gen. of price ; comp. Buttin.
§ 132. 6.2, Matt. 10:29 oz} dv0 otpovdia.
Govugloy mudeirar; Luke 12:6. Ab-
sal, Matt. 21:12 roig muhotvtag xad
Byopeitovzag dv 1a ing. 25:9. Mark 11:
15. Luke 17:28. 19:45, Acts 4:34, 37.
1Cor. 10:25, Rev. 1% 17. Sept. for
199 Neb. 5:8. Joel 3:3. Ez. 7:18—
Dem. 784. 9. Xen, Cyr. 2.4.32. c. gen.
of price, Ael V. H. 10.9. Xen. Mem.
3. 10. 10,

Lla os, ov, 4, 4,4 foal, Lat. pul-
Tus, i. e. genr. a young animal, young-
Ling, Sept, Prov. 5: 19. Ael. V. H. 4. 9.
Spec. of the horse, a colt, Ael. V. H. 7.
18. Xen. An. 4, 5. 24.—In N, T. of an
ass, a foal, a colt, joined with dvos etc.
Matt. 21:2, 5, 7. Jobn 12:15, absol.
Mark 11:2, 4,5, 7. Luke 19: 30, 33 bis,
35. So Sept. for 19 Gen. 32: 16,
Tudg. 10:4, 12:14. nisiny-7y Zech.
2: 9.

Lenore, adv. (rox, mori) yet ever,
ever, at any lime, in N.T. only after a
amegative, not yet even, never. Luke 19:
30 dp’ Gy oddele noinote éxaSice. John
41:18, 5:37, 6:35. 8:33, 1 John 4: 12,
—Sept 1 Sam. . Xen. Cyr, 1.6. 4.

Haga, &, f. dow, (wégo¢ a kind
of stone, also Lat. callus) pp. to make
hard like atone, Suid. nugow zal ldo-
mous. Then genr.to make hard, callous,
fo indurale, 6. g. datéa Dioscor. 1. c. 90.
bid rig menepaydyne cagxés Acl. V. H.
9. 1%—In N. T. only trop. to harden, to
make dull, stupid, e.g. tyy negdley Joba

732

Has

12:40, Pasa. to be hardened, dull, stus-
pid, e. g. 4 xagdla Mark 652. 8:17.
‘ta vorpata 2 Cor. 3:14, 80 of persons,
Rom, 11:7.—Sept. of the eyes, Job 17:7.

, a .

MTopaag, enc, %, (xagse,) pp-
@ hardening, induration, Lat. callus,
Hesych. mogacis: é& doréur oippuas
xat oivdeopos. — In N.T. only trop.
hardness of heart or mind, dullness, stu-
pidily, neg. tig xagdlas Mark 3:5. Eph.
: 18, abso. id. Roun. 11: 25.

Hog, enclit. part. indef. any how,
én any way, in some way or other, oaly
in the compounds Etrux, Mines, q. v.
Comp. Ids.

Lkds, inverrog. av. correl. to ess,
dic, Snes, Buttm. § 116, 4; how? ia
what way or manner? by whet meens?

a) pp. in a direct question. (a) With
the Jndicat.—(1) geur. and simply, Luke
10: 26 még dvayiveiuxsig ; Joho 7:15. 9:
10 s6i5 GreqzOnedy cos of Spalpod ;
1 Cor, 15:35. Mark 9:12 sai még yé-
yooutat x. t. 1. in text. rec. where oth-
ers read xaGes, see Fritzsche IV.
Evang. ad loc.—Ceb. Tab. 34. Luc. D.
Deor. 22.1. Xen, Cyr. 1.4. 13.—(2) Im
plying earprise, wonder, admiration,
Matt, 22: 12 nig sodas ods; John &
9, 6:52, So with the fut, expressing
what may or can take place, Winer §
41.6. Matt. 7:4 adic dgtic wp adelog
cov. Luke 1:84. With intensive par
ticles, e.g. xal mag and how? John
12:94, 14:9; see in Xl no. 1. ey.
neg ody John 6 42, nee in Oty no. 2
d.—In the same expression of eurprise,
etc. noig may often be rendered how is
it that? how comes it? why? ece Stall-
baum ad Plat. Phileb. p. 133. Mark 12
85 méig Mdyovary of yosupatsis, ors S Xe.
xt Luke 20:41, John 4:9. 1 Cor.
15:12, Gal. 214, 4:9. So xal wag
Acts 2:8, més obv Matt. 22: 43. Joba
9:19. may od, Matt. 16: 11 wag ob vo
site; Mark . Luke 12: 56. — Luc.
D. Deor. 4.1, Plat. Phileb, p. 133. ed.
Stallb. dg ob7 Luc. D. Deor. 22
Xen. Conv. 2 10, még ob Plato Crito 1.
Xen. Ag. 9.7. — (8) Often in questions
which serve to affirm the contrary,e. g.
a negative, Matt, 12:29, 34 yervypere
dzibriin, wis DivaoOs ayaa dala! t

‘Paép
e. ye canvot, Mark 323. Joba 4 1
Joba 3:17, 4:20. sed ig intens. Luke
20:44. John 14:5. So with the fut
see above ine; Luke 11:18 wé¢ cre
Sienas 4 Bucs avid; Rom. 3:6
1 Cor. 14:7, 9. Heb. 23. — Plut. de
aud Poet. § 12. T. 1. p. 76. Tauchn.—
Hence nog ovyi implying strong af-
firmation, Rom. 8:32. 2 Cor. 3:8
Comp. Matth. § 610. 6. Viger. p. 444.—
Xen. Hi. 1. 36. ib. 6.4. — — (8) With
the Subjunctive, ina question expressing
doubt, comp. Matth. § 516.2,3. Winer
$42. 4. p. 235, Matt. 23:33 ade piyyte
and tig xplowns tig yeivrng ; 26:54.
—(y) With the Optative c. &, expressing
@ negative subjectively, as Acts 8: 31
abs 7é de Suvaluny; for how can I?
Comp. Buttm. § 139. 13, Matth. § 514
fin. Winer § 48 1.6. For nas ydg
emphat. see Matth. § 611.4. Koen. ad
Greg. Cor. p. 144. ed. Sehaef-—Hdian.
4, 3,18, Xen. Cyr. 1. 6, 22, 36.

b) in an indirect question, with the
Indicative expressing what is real and
of actual occurrence ; comp. Winer §
42.4. Marth. § 507. 3. John 915 jou-
tay aitiy... iis avifleyer; Plat.
Apothg. IL. p. 20. Taucho, Xen. Mem.
1. 6 15.— Oftener in oblique discourse
after verbs of considering, finding ont,
kwowing, making known, and the like;
here the interrogative force is dropped,
and wis is equiv. to its correlative oneg
how, in what way, seo “Oxus no. 1.

733

“Pappl

Battm. § 116. 4. E.g. («) With the.
Indic, as above, see Winer, and Math,
HL co, Matt. 628 xarapcSste ta

10 dypo%, wide crigeves, 12:4 oon avd-
yours... ag soihSav skp tiv olsor som
Soot t.2 Mark 5:16. 1241. Luke
8: 18, 36. 12:27, 34:7. Acte%:27. Ms
13 12:17. 15 36. 1-Cor. 3:10. 1
‘Thess, 1:9. Rev. 3:3,— Palacph. 21.3
Plut. de Pueror. educ. §8. Tom: I. p. 12.
Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.16. Mem. 1.
2, 36.—(8) With the Subjunct. where
any thing is expressed as objectively
possible, see Winer |. c. Herm.ad Vig.
p. 741, Matt. 10: 19 pi. pagysrjonce
més 4 th Ladjogts. Mark 14:1 dqsoby
«+. meg ati dxoxtelvediy. v.11. Luke
IRL, WI,4. Acts 4:21—{y) With
the future Indic. instead of the Sub-
junct. as above, Matth. § 516. n. 2
Herm, ad Vig. p. ‘747. Mark 11: 18 éy-
totv nag adtoy anolécovow. 1 Cor. 7:
82, 33, 34.— Hdian. 5. 4, 16 4yrdour zs,
mis zgiicovsas t§ medypats. Plut. Mor.
II. p. 299, Tauchn.

c) as an intensive exclamation, how !
how very! how greatly! E.g, before
an adj. or adv. Mark 10:24 méig Séoxo~
ov dow xt. 2, Matt. 2 nese

jipa eyecrOy % ovxy. Mas
eee ese Before a verb, Luke 12
50 mic ovrizouas tug ov teleo97. John
11:36 18e, mais dpldas absév.—e. adj. Pa
Jaeph. 31.5, M. Antonin. 6,27. Xen. Cyr.
1.2. 11. c,adv. Xen. Mem. 4.2. 28, Ax,

P.

“Paap, % indec. Rahab, Heb.
‘3137, pr. 0, of a barlot at Jericho, Heb.
11°51, James 2:25. See Josh. c. 2. —
Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 2‘Paydfy. See more in
‘Pexap.

“PaBBi, 6, indee. Rabbi, later Heb.
"271, i. gq. a doctor, teacher, mester, a
title bf honour in the Jewish schools,
continued also in modern times, Matt.
23:7, 8, 26:25, 49. Mark 9:5, 11:21.
14:45. John 1:30,50. 3:2,26, 4:31.

625. 9:2. 11:8. In Matt, 23:8 it is
explained by xaSayqnis, in Jobo 1:39
by &&8doxalos, in reference to usage
rather than to signification. — Heb, 35,
is pp. one great, a chief, a master, see
Gesen. Heb. Lex. 25 no. 2,¢,d. This
was introduced as a title into the Jew.
ish schools under a threefold form, viz.
3” Rab, as the lowest degree of bon-
our; c, Buff. 1 pers, "37, “Puffs,
Rabbi, i. . my master, of higher dignity;
and 727, Gn as if ©. Buff. ‘Pepper,

"PapBovi

Rodboni, q. d. my great master, the most
honourable of all, which was publicly pp.
given to only seven persons, afl of the
school of Hillel and of great eminence.
Bee Buxtorf. Lex. Chald. Rab. Talm.
2176 oq. Lightfoot Hor, Heb. ad Matt.
93:7. Jahn § 106,

“PapBovd v. ‘Pappourl, indec.
Rabboni, a title of high bonour in the
Jewish schools, see in “Puff Mark
10; 51, John. 20: 16,

‘PaBdixer, f. toon (§ci880,) to beat

with rods, to scourge, abeol, Acts 16:22,"

2 Cor. 11:25 ris 36Gapdl0Pqr, where
on v. 24 comp. Deut. 25 3 and Jos.
Ant. 4, 8, 21, 23, Sept. for sam Judg.
& 11. Ruth 2 17. — Diod. Bie. 19. 101.

"PaBéos, ov, %,"a rod, wand, oaf, 2

©. g
a) genr. Heb. 9:4 4 gdfd0s “Aagety.
Rev. 11:1. So Sept. and = a Ex. &

2, 4. Num, 17:2 aq.—Ceb. Tab

D. Mont. 23, 3.—For chastising, faleres
ing, } Cor. 4:21, So Sept. and nga
Te. 9:3. wap Prov. 10:13. Ex. 2h
20.—Plut. Poplic.6. Xen. Eq.8. 4,—For
Jeaning upon, walking, Matt. 10:10. Mark
68. Luke 9:3, Heb. 11:21 éni 10 dxgor
is GaB8ou, in allusion to Gen, 47:31
where Sept. as for ty, not MOD as
the Hebrew reads, Sept. also for migra
_ 38:13, nyztin Ex. 20:19. Zech.

4

b) spec. q.d. staff or wand
of offic, f fie, 1:8 tin §c/8205 8bO- Gry
105 jj 6806 tig Bagidelas cov ; quoted
from Ps. 45:7, where Sept. for D33).
Rey, £27, 12:5. 19:15. Bo Sept. and
BQp Pa 29. myn Ps, 110:2.

“Pafdoizos, ov, 8, (géf80s,8x)
pp. @ rod-holder, i.e. a lictor, an officer
or sort of sergeant who attended on the
magistrates of Roman cities and colonies
and executed their decrees; #0 called
as bearing the Roman fasces or bundle
of rods; comp. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p.
178, Acts 16:35, 38. —Dion. Hal. Ant.
4,5, Plot. Marcell. 29. Hdian. 7. 8. 10.

“Paya, %, indec. Rogaw, Heb.
Paterat n. m. Luke 3:35. Comp.
Gon. 11: 18 sq.

“Padioipynuc, eros, sé, (¢qdr-

734

‘Portopos

ttt ra!
Led yy

ewity; hence in a bed sense, wicked-

ness, crime, Acts 18: 14.—Lac. Cabeum.
Bow tem. cred, 20. Plut. Pyrrb. 6.

“Padwoupyla, as, 4, (comp. é¢-
Sioteynua,) case or lightness of doing,
Xeu. Cyr. 1. 6.34. levity in doing, ia-
dolence, effeminacy, Xen. Ag. 11.6. Lac.
14,4. In N.'T. wickedness, profligee
cunning, subtilty, Acts 13: 10.—Pol. 12
10. 5. Diod. Sic. 5. 11. Plut. Cato Min,
16.

“Paxa,, indec. Raca, a word of
contempt, prob. from Chald. x¢*
used in the sume manner, i,q. Heb.
P°2, empty, worthless, foolish, Matt. &
‘Bee Tholuck Bergpred. ad loc.
Baxtorf. Lex. Chald. 2254.

“Paxoe, z0¢, ove, 18, (fjooe, &-
yrupt,) @ piece torn off, a rag, torn gar-
ment, Sept. Is, 64:6. Ceb. Tat. 10.
Aristoph. Plut 540. In N. T. gear.
@ piece, remnant, ec. of cloth; Matt. &
16 et Murk 2:21 éniSique exovs & eyeé-

gov, i. q. exiBlyua iporlov xasred in
Luke 5:36,

“Pawd, 4, indec. Ramah, Heb,
fa height), pr. n. of a city of Ben-
jamin, a few mites north of Jerusatem
between Gibeah and Bethel. Mat. 2
38 quoted from Jer. 31:15. See ia
“Payil.— Comp. Josh. 18 25. Jadg. &
5. 19:18, Jos. Ant 8.2.3 ‘Papedew,
aéig crudlous énizovse “Ingocoliper
seewagdinors a. § 4. Miss. Herald, 1896.
p

Pari, f. toes, (i. q. Gedven) to

sprinkle, to besprinkle, c. acc. Heb. 9:
13 onodés Sapdlens gartlZoure robs x
xocvapivous, in allusion to Num. 19:2
sq. 17. comp. Jahn § 386, So Heb. &:
19, 21, comp. Ex. 24:6, 8. Sept. for 717
Lev. 6:20 [27]. 2K. 9: 32—Bymbol.
q, to purify, to cleanse, in a moral sense,
Heb. 10:22 éijuriopivos sag maxpSlas
Gnd cvrudiosas movggas, for the accus.
comp, Buttm. § 131. 6. So Sept. for
aight Pa. 51:9.

“Pavriopos, ov, 8, Garren) Pp.
a t sprinkling, meton. clean-
sing, Heb. 1% 24 aivars garnepes,

“Pankeo

Blood of sprinkling i.e. for sprinkling,
cleansing. So Sept. tug gavt
for Heb. 732 Num. 19: 9. 1% 20, 21.—
1 Pet. 1:2 0g... ahs tmaxony ad
Geveispor elucrcos'T. Xe. i. ©, to sprink=
Jing with the blood of Jesus, to clean-
sing through his blood. Comp. Winer
$19. 2. p 119. fin. — Not found in pro-
fane writers,

“Panicle, £. law, (fants rod, i. g.
G4 880s,) to beat with rods, to scourge,
Hdot. 7.35, ib. 8,50, Later and in
N. T. lo smite with the open hand, to cuff,
to slap, spec. the cheeks or ears, c. acc.
Matt. 5:39 doris o8 ganiZes dni thy Seber
gov. absol. Matt. 26: 67, — Sept. Hos.
31: 4, Esdr. 4:30. Jos, Ant. 8, 15. 4.
Lue, D. Meretr, 8, 1,2. Dem. 787. 22
Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 175 sq.

*Pancone, aroc, 18, (gante,) a
Blow with the open hand, a cuff, slap,
spec. on the cheeks or ears, Mark 14: 65
of Snngstad ganlopacs aitév iBallor.
John 18: 22. 19: 3,— Sept. Is, 50: 6.
Alciphr. III. Ep. 6, 70. Luc. D. Meretr.
8.2. Found only in late writers, Phryn.
et Lob. p. 175 sq.

“Pagis, (oc, 4,{gdntw to sew,) a
needle, Matt. 19:24, Mark 10:25. Luke
18: 25.—Hippoer, de Morb. lib. 2. ¢. 26.
jicet. Annal. 8. 4.p, 136.A. The ear-
lier word was Beldrn, see Lob. ad Phryo.
p. 90.

“Payer, %, indec. Rachob, Heb.
3019 Rakab, the wife of Salmon, Matt.
1:'5. Most probably she ie the same
with Rahab of Jericho, seo in ‘Pad’ +
since Nahshon the father of Salmon
was the leader of the tribe of Judah at
the breaking up from Mount Sinai,
Num. 10: 14, comp. v. 1] eq. and there-
fore bis son would be contemporary
with the fall of Jericho about forty
yenrs later. The express mention of
4)"Pazep in the genealogical tahle, a8
afterwards of 4 ‘Povd, is in favour of
this supposition. .

*PaynA, 4, indec. Rachel, Heb. bt
(ewe-lamb), the younger wife of Jacob,
and mother of Joseph and Benjamin.
Matt, & 18 qeori, dy Papas Fxotcdy...
“Pagid xlalovea 16 vinre: ccishis, quoted

‘735

‘Piyroe
from Jer. 31: 15 where Rechel, whose

wopoe sepulchre seems to have been not far

from Ramah (Gen. 35: 17, 19. 1 Bam.
10: 2, 3), is introduced as hewuiling the
captivity of her descendants, i.e. of
Ephraim, as the representative of the
ten tribes,

“PeBéxxa, 45, 4, Rebecca, Heb.
SIPIq (a noose, suare,) the wife of
Isaac, Rom. 9: 10.

“Péida v. Ordn, ns, 4, Lat. rheda,
i,e.a carringe with four wheels for
travelling, a chariot, Rev. 1& 13. — 80
rheda Cic. pro Mil. 10. The word is of
Gallic origin, Quinctil. 1. 5. Comp.
Adam's Bom. Ant. p. 554.

“Peugay v.'Peq dv, 6,indec. Rem-
phan, Rephan, Acts 7:43, quoted from
‘Amos 5:26 where Sept. ‘Paupay for Heb.
yu> Chiun, a name for the planet Sat-
‘urn, i. g. Molog where see nore. The
forins ‘Pape, ‘Prupar, are the Egyptian
or Coptic name for the same planet,
Gesen, Léx, art. 41°. Jablonski Opuse.
IL. p. 1. ed. te Water.

“Péro, f. gaboe, instead of Art. fut.
gavcouas, Winer § 15. p. 80, Burin,
§ 114. p.300. comp. Loh. ad Phr. ;
to flow, intrans. John 7: 38 rotapol...
Gevoovow iWarog féiwros. Sept. for 3
Lev. 15:3. 543 Jer. 9 17.—Hdian. 7.
1.17. Xen. Av. 1.2.7, 8

“Peco obsol. to speak, seo in Ebzor.

“Pryeov, ov, 16, Rhegium, a city
on the coast near the S. W. extremity
of Italy, now Rheggio, opposite Messina
in Sicily, Acts 28: 13. — Comp. Diod.
Sic. 4. 85.

“Payua, aros, 1, ( giyrmy) «
rending, breach, ruin, Luke 6:49. Sept.
for Drs%R Am. 6: 11. — Pol. 13. 6. 8
Dem. 204, 21.

“Pyyvous, £. $a, also pres. érjaca
a poetic and later form, Mark 2:22
9: 18; also Sept. 1 K. 11: 31. Hom. Il.
18, 571. comp. Moeris p. 837. Thom,
Mag. p. 788.—Tb rend, to tear, to break.

a) of things, to rend, to burst, ‘e.g.
leather bottles or ekins, 0, acc. Mark
22% Luke 5:87 gitu 5 reoy olvos
tots doncts. Pass. Matt.9: 17. Bept-

‘Pawo
fee 9p Num 1631. Josh. 13. 99p
Job % 12—Lve. D. Deor. 17. 1. Di
Sic. 12. 59. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6 16.

bp) of persons, to rend, to tear, to la
ecorate, 0. g. 08 dogs, Matt. 7: 6, — Also
i. q. to tear down, to dash to the ground,
as ademon one possessed, Mark 9: 18.
Luke 9: 42 iignter adtor 10 Saysdrior
xat cureandgaty.’ So Sept. for wy
Ts, 13: 16. — Wisd. 4: 19. Artemid. 1.
60 Gifu tor dvtinador, of a wrestler.

¢) Trop. and absol. to break forth, ac.
into rejoicing and praise, Gal. 4: 27 gj
Zev sat Bonooy x. t. 4. quoted from Is,
54: 1 where Sept. for mp .—Usually
€. ace, of manner or instrum. as Sept.
Gikas sigqocimyy for m3> NEB Is. 49:
13, 52:9. gigas qeryy, Lat. rumpere
vocem, Hdot. 5.93. Artemid. 2.12, Aris.
toph. Nub. 960 or 963,

‘Pic, arog, 16, (Giw, vee in EI-
rov,) pp. ‘that which is spoken,’ word.
2) pp. a word, as uttered by the liv-
cice, plur. ra Grjwara, words. Acts
Giuara Pléognue v. 13. 10: 44.

er

i
25. Heb. 12:19. Sept. for 737
|. 27: 34, 42. ae Ps, 5: 1.—Hdian.

eR

12. Dem. 1457.18, Xen. Mem. 2.1.34,
) collect. word, aleo plur. words, i
anying, specch, discourse. (a) gonr.
Matt. 12: 36 nav ipa deydy, see in
“agyés c. 28:75 xal turnoOn 6 TT. wd
Giuarsos ro8 Incot. Mark 9: 82. 14: 72.
Luke 1: 88, 2: 17,19, 50, 51. 7:3. 9: 45
bis. 18:34, 20:26. 24:8, 11. John 8:20.
‘Acts 214, 11:16, 16:88, 28:25. 2Co

1

se

3% 4. Rom, 10: 18 quoted from Ps. 18"

S where Sept. for m°}n. 80 Sept. and
937 Job 15:3, 31: .—Palaeph. 50. 1.
Dem. 1462.2, Xen. Cyr. 8 4. 15.—
Hence, in the N. T. usage, often like
Heb. 137, in special senses depending
on the adjuncts or context; comp. in
Elnoy b. E. g. (A) ig. charge, accu-
sation, Matt, 5: 11. 27:14. So Matt
18 16 et 2 Cor. 13:1, in allusion to
Deut, 19 15 where Sept. for "2q.
Comp. Num. 14: 36. — (y) iq. predic.
tion, prophecy, e. g. ¢ypare

9 Pet. 3:2, Jude 17. So gauara tof
Ss0% Rev.17:17 in text. rec.—(3) prom-
tae, e.g. from God, Luke 2 29. Heb.
6:5 xadov yevedperos Sst gio. So
Sept. and 73%) K. 8:20. 1% 16. — (2)

736 :

pe
Pyvag
commond, Luke 5:5. ¢ige z0¥ Bes,
word of God, his omnipotent decree,
Heb. 11:3. impl.Heb.1:3. Also Matt.
4: 4 et Luke 4: 4 obx dx Sgt porep i-
xvas & tirPgemos, GL dat wervtd

Pare ai
erence to the manna. >
Josh. 1:13, 1 Sam. 17:29. comp. Ex.
84:98, mx Prov. 3: 1.—{¢) Spokes
oF a teacher, word, i.e. teaching, precept,
doctrine, e. g. ta Gipara vas Cenc Act

3°

Gipara meds ot. 13:42. So Gipe, gine
vig nloteos, jue S100 v. xveien, the
word, word of faith, word of God, i.e. the
doctrines and promises revealed and
taught from God, the Gospel as preach-
ed, Rom. 10: 8 bis, (comp. Deut. 3: 14
where Sept. for 737 of the Mosaic dis-
pensation.) Acts 10: 37 coll. 36. Rom.
10: 17, Eph. 6: 17. 1 Pet. 1: 25 bis; 90
prob. Eph. 5:26. Of Jesus, rer gripers,
John 5: 47 mis ris dpois Gipaos = tb
6: 63, 68. 10: 21. 12: 47,48. 14: 10
Ii: 7. ta Gipata toh Seo%, words or
doctrine received from God, Jobn 34.
8: 47, 17: 8.—(n) Lake 3: 2 byévere €4-
wa Seod dnd “Ienvenr, the word of Ged,
iq. hatin form from God, cor-
responding to Heb. st?) “37 FT
day, Sept. give, Gen. 15:'1. Jer. i,
comp.-1: 1; oftener Sept. loves Jer. 1:
4,11, Ez, 3: 16-6: 1.

c) meton. from the Heb. thing spe-
ken of, i.e. genr. thing, matter, affair.
Luke 2: 15 tupsr 20 gia toro 7
05. 1:65 Sulalaito ndvta ta gqpete
toire. Acta 5:32, So Sept. and
Geo, 21:11. 18am. 4:17. 12:16 _plar.
Gen, 20: 8. 40: 1. Ezra 7: 1.—1 Mace.
5:37.—So ob... nav Gia, the neg.
being joined with the verb, see in Ob
a. 7, equiv. to nothing at all, nothing
whatever. Luke 1: 37 ox adurenjos
maga 15 Seg nay gue. Com
Gen. 18: 14. Deut. we. » Sere

“Prod, 3, indec. Rhesc, pr. 0, m.
Luke 3: 27.

‘Pysow, see in “Piyryps.

Prt, op0s, 6, (obsol. de,) 4

‘Pats
r, orater, advocate, Acts 24: 1..—

speaker,
Ael. V. H. 9.19, Dem. 303.15. Xen,
Mem. 4. 6. 15.

Prteos, adv. ( Gads said, expressed
in words, obsol. ¢éa,) in express words,
expressly, 1 Tim. 4:1. — Sext. Empir.
adv. Log. 1.8 5 Zerogiww gmidis grow.
Strabo [. p. 4. B. Pol. 2. 23. 5.

“Pia, as, i, a ret. a) pp. Matt,
3: 10 ot Luke 3 9 ¥ d&lon pie viv Gitar
wise SévSeey xiiza, Mark 11: 20 éx §1-
Geer from the roots, i. e. wholly. So
ov Fay gitar te have no root, q. d. to
not take deep root, Matt. 13:6. Mark
4:6; trop. of those not rooted and
established in faith and doctrine, Matt.
38: 24. Mark 4:17, Luke 8:13. Sept.
for WE Ez. 17:6, 7,9. dx gti Job
28: 9. 31: 12. — Lue. Amor. 33, Ael.
V. H. 2.14, Xen. Occ. 17, 12, 13 —
‘Trop. cause, source of any thing, 1 Tim.
6: 10 gia tan xaxdv. (Ecclus. 1: 6, 20.
‘Wied. 15: 3.) Also retaining the figure
of a root, Rom. 11: 16, 17, 18 bis, where
Paul makes Abraham and the Jewish
people the root from which the gospel
dispensation with its blessings bas
into which root and stem the
are engrafted. Heb. 12:15 ¢ifa
seunelas, ic. a wicked person whose ex-
ample is poisonous, in allusion to Deut.
‘29: 17 where Sept. for ww. Comp,
im Zungle.

b) meton. from the Heb. « sprout,
shoot, sc. from the root ; only trop. of
spring, a descendant, Rom. 15:12 4 §-
ta tev “Iecoul, in allusion to Is, 11: 10
where Sept. and Bye. comp. Is, 11:1.
So Rev, 5: 5. 22: 16. — Ecelus, 47; 22,
1 Mace. 1: 11.

Prlow, a, £. dow, (§&a,) to root,
to let take root; Pass. or Mid. to be or
become rooted, to take root, Theophr.
Hist, Pi. 2. 5,6. ib. 8.5.4. Later in-
trans. to take root, Sept. for Po. wv Is.
40: 24, Jer. 122. InN. T. only Pass,
trop. to be rooted, i. q. strengthened
with roots, to be Jfized, constant.
Eph. 3 18 dy dyang é(fixouévor. Col.
2% 7,— Hdot. 1. 60.64, Plut. de Puer.
educ. 9 GAN Star tis Gifeion Thy Strap
1.1, comp. Plut. Demosth. 1, de Pro-
fect, in Virt. 10,

93

737

‘Pin

‘Pary, vis, *, (ler) 0 threw, cast,

jerk, as of a stone or weapon, Hom. Il.
12, 462, Apoll. Rh. Argon. 4.851. impe-
tus, gust of wind, Hom. 11.15.71. Soph.
Antig. 137. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 539. 12,
In N. T. a jerk of the eye, i. ©. « wink,

twinkling, 1 Cor. 15: 58 ty inj dpOad- 7/0

Hod, i. a. ‘& moment of time, Germ. 4u-

+ comp. Luke 4: 5. — Eustath.
in Il, 6. p. 1024. 94 & Boayvsciry z9drou
Gini.

“Pena, f. low, (Semis from gir,
a fan, blower, e. g. for kindling fire
Aristoph. Ach, 888, for ladies Anthol.
Gr. I. p. 247. 3 comp. in “Psn,) to fan,
to blow, e. g. fire, fuel, Aristot. de Ad-
mirand. tovas Uv; of xalortas, ... 6-
mitéuoos ofivruria taytes. Anthol.
Gr. III. p. 20. 6. to fan a person, An-
thol. Gr. IIL p. 42.5. Plut. M. Anton.
26. In N.T. gonr. to move to and fro,
to toss, to agitate, as waves, James 1: 6
slide Saldoors...gensfopioy.—Philo
in Wetst. N. T. ad loc, al uh moog avd

pov ¢inifoit0 16 Zag. Din Chrysost. 33.
P p38, B.

“Perido, @, only in pres, and im-
perf. es a frequentative from gisray, iq.
to throw or cast , Hdot. 4, 188,
Pol. 1. 47. 4. Xen. Conv. 2.8. See
Butum. §112.0.4. §114.p. 300, Passow
sub voc. In N.T. only Acts 22 23
Gemvotriem vi iyertla, i. e. prob. throw.
ing up or tossing their outer
in the eir, a8 also dust, in approbation
and furtherance of the uproar. This was
customary in theatres and other assem-
blies, e.g. Luc, de Salt, 83 shyt Diargor
nay. jeer xed (Bou xa ris bo
10s arraglccovy. Aristaenet, 1266 38
Siipos drsoryxe .. . nab te) zeige marek, xad
vqy do Sita oof. Ovid. Amor. 3. 274
“et date jactatis undique eigua togia.”

“Pérteo, £. yo, to throw or cast, with
a sudden motion, to hurl, to jerk, c. acc.

8) PP. et 809. oe Luke 4:35 glyay
edroy 13 Sasuérior ely pdoor. 17:2. dy
1 vad Matt. 27:5. Seq. é& c. gen. to
cast out, Acts 27:29 é& ngvpons
dyuipas tiocagas. v. 19, 8c. & tov mlol-

ov ipl, For Acts 2% 23 mee in “P.-
aie. Sept. for Pow Gen. 87: 19, 23.
Ex 1a Jadg & 53.—e. sig Cob, Tab.

*PoBocm
10. Xen. An. 8.31. é Luo, D. De-
or, 13, 2, Dem. 798. 25. — In a gentler
sense, i,q. to put or lay down, a8 sick
persons, c, acc. Matt. 15:30 Egsupar ab-
‘tog maga toUs mddag rod "I. Comp.
Bept. and pywr 2 K. 2: 16. — Wisd.
11: 14, Dem. 418, 11 ods Eze Snov 1a
Savr08 glocrss. .

b) i. q. to cast forth, to throw apart, to
scatter, Pass. part. perf. iG iupevos cast
Sorth, scattered, Matt. 9: 36.—Diod. Sic.
18, 9 raw Zugaxovolar ... xorta tov de
wypor &gdiypérom. Pol. 5. 48, 2.— Oth-
ers i,q. to neglect, comp. Luc. Amor.
33, Necyom. 17.

‘PoBocp, &, indee. Roboam, Heb.
yah (he enlarges tbe people) Reho-
boam, pr. n. of the son and successor of
Solomon, from whom the ten tribes re-
volted, Matt. 1:7 bis. Comp. 1 K.c.
12, Jos. Ant. 8. 8, 1 9q.

“Pedn, 76, 4, Rhoda, pr. n. of a
handmaid, Acts 12:13,

*Podos, ov, 4, Rhodes, a celebrated
island, the southeasternmost of the Spo-
rades, lying off the coast of Caria in
‘Asia Minor. Its capital was also called
Rhodes, and was remarkable for the
faraous Colossus, Acts 21: 1.

“Poutndor, adv. (goitio, gotfos
noise, rushing, as of winds and waves,
Plut. de aud. Poet. §3. VI. p.63. Reisk.)
with great noise, q. d. with @ erash,
2 Pet. 3:10, — Hesych. goikndér> opo-
Oedis Azntixdy. Hero ap. Musaeum
839 founder npoxcignvos an’? qduiSdrov
nias migyov.

‘Poupala, as, %, 4 sword, sabre,
pp. a long and broad sword used espeo.
by the Thracians, and carried on the
right shoulder, Pint, Paul. Aemil. 18
mpsiros 38 of Ogaxag. .. 39885 84 Gop
gatas Paguordigous mo ty Oster
Syow éxicslovees.— In N. T. genr. Rev.
1:16 fougate Sletouos Stein, 2 12, 16.
6:8. 19: 15,21. Trop. Luke 2: 35 oo
Bi abniis ty purty Sreladostar Goppalea,
fe. anguish of soul shall come upon
thee. Sept. for 29 Ex. 3226. Ez.
5:1, —Jos, Ant. 6. 12 4 4 gowpata rot
Vodadou, 7. 12. 1,

738

"Pe
‘PovByy, 3, indec. Reubes, Heb.
TRIN, prem. of the eldest son of Ja-
cob, born of Leah, Gen. 29:32 sq. Ia
N.T. the tribe of Reuben, Rev. 7:5.

‘Povd, 4, indec. Ruth, Heb. ns
(beauty or friend), pr. o. of a Moabitess,
afterwards the wife of Boaz, Matt 1: 5.

“Pougos, ov, 6, Rufus, pr. v. of
a Christian, Mark 15:21, Rom. 16:13

‘Popn, 18, 4 (otal. gm iL a
dgie,) impetus, impulse, onset, i. 9- Sent
Jos. Ant. 7. 10.2. Dion. Hal. Ant 5.
15, Thue. 7.70. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 31.—
—In the later usage and N. T. a strett,
lane, alley of a city, in distinction from
4 maria q, v. Matt. 6:2, Luke 14:21
tig dg mhatslag xat gipas tis modems.
Acts 911. 12:10. Sept. for 34 Is.
15: 3,—Tob, 1: 18 coll. 17. Eccles %
7. Pol. 6.29.1, See Lob. ad Phryn. p.
404, ‘Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 29. Wet-
atein N. T. 1, p. S19.

“Pvowan, f. givoper, depon. Mid.
(obsol, gue i. q. dod) pp. to draw of
anatch to oneself; hence genr. to drew
or snatch from danger, i. q. to rescue, to
deliver ; eve Poseow sub v. Buttm. §114
p- 281. Aor. 1 ég¢tedyy as Pass. Luke
1:74, al. see Buttm. § 113. n. 6—E. g.
seq. ace, simpl. Matt 27:43 gews
viv aitéy. 2 Pet. 2:7. Absol. Rom. 11:
26 5 Guoperog the deliverer, quoted from
Ia. 59: 20 where Sept. for Seti. Sept.
genr. for bigq Ie. 48 20. bvgry Ex.
19. Is. 5:30, — Ael, V. HL 4. 5. Hien,
1. 15.12,—With an adjunct from whence
©. g. 8eq. G70 c. gen. comp: in "4x L
Rd, Mat. 6:18 gicas juss axe red
morngod. [Luke 11:4.) Rom. 15:31. 1
Thess. 1:10, 2 Thess. 3:2. 2 Tim. &

‘posin Ez 37: 22.

auth. § 853 9, note. p. 665.

1. 2 Cor. 1:10 ter.

Col. 1;
S&L. 2 Pet. 2:9, Pass. Luke 3:74, 2
Tim, 4:17. So Sept. for 72,43 Gen.

48:16. 4 bry Judg, & 34, 2 Sam.
22: 49,—c, & Jos. Vit, § 15. Diod. Sic,
32. 53. Hdot, 5. 49,

‘Punagevouas
“Punapevouct, depon, Mid. (gv
magés,) to be filthy, trop. Rev. 2% 11 in
Jater edit. — Of doubtful authority, see
Passow.
“Punapia, as, 4, (gvaages,) filth,
Aulthiness, trop. in a moral sense, James
1: QL.— Plut. Precept. conjug. § 28. VI.
p- 536, 13, Reisk.
“Punagoe, a, ov, (ginos,) filthy,
Soul, James %2 mrozis tv Gunagg lo94-
‘rs. Trop. in a moral sense, Rev. 2
11 in later edit. Sept. for xix Zech.
8: 3, 4. — Jos. Aut. 7. 11. 3 gumagay
do Sita. Ceb. Tab. 10. Ael. V.H. 14. 10.
_ Prop. Act. Thom. § 13 guxagé ém-
Suple.

“Punos, ov, 6, filth, flthiness, | Pet.
3:21 ob cugnos andes ginov. Sept.
for 3730 Job 14:4. mitic Is. 4: 4.—Luc,
Anachar. v, Gymnas, 29, Pol. 32. 7. 8.

“Punow, &, f. dew, (poet. for gu

neces, fr. Sings.) to be filthy, in text. ree.
Rev. 22:11 bis 6 guzay, gutwodre irs.
—Hom. Od, 6. 87. Aristoph. Av. 1271
or 1283, Act. Thom. § 52 doOig gegu-
me ;
Puscg, eos, 4, (féw q. v.) « flow-
ing, flux, e. g. tod alparog Mark 5:25.
Luke 8 43, 44. Sept. for 331 Lev. 15:
2 oq—Ael. V. H. 6.6 ny §. 108 alwa-
sos. Pol. 2. 16, 6 of a current.

“Pure, (os, %, (obeol. giw i. q.
dptw,) a wrinkle, ec. a8 drawn together,
contracted ; trop. Eph. 5:27.— Aristoph.
Plut. 1051. Diod. Sic. 4.51,

739

Zapawd
“Puc, see ‘Pooper.
“Popaixas, 7, ov, (Piipn) Ro-

man, Luke 23:38. — Jos. de Vit. § 71.
Hdian. 5. 5. 6.

‘Pomaios, ov, 5, (Paiun) a Ro-
man, @ Roman citizen, Acts 2 10. 16:21,
87, 88. 22: 25, 26, 27, 20. 23:27. Genr.
ol 4 the Romans John 11: 48.
Acts 25: 16, 28: 17, —- Sing. Hdian. 4.
10.12. Plur. Jos, Vit. § 71. Hdian. 1.
12, 11. Plut. Pomp. 1.

“Popaisti, adv. (Popm,) in the
Roman tongue, én Latin, John 19:20.
On the signification of adverbs in -s0td
see. Buttm. § 110. 15. ¢.

“Papn, 76, % Rome, the city, Acts
18:2 19:21. 23: 11. 28: 14,16. Rom.
1.7,15. 2 Tim. 1:17, — Hdian. 2, 14.
10. ‘Plut. Pomp. 27.

“Povrups, f. gebcer to

to make firm, Plut. Camill. § 37 feces
15 oda Siayuricacdar. Pose. Plat.
Coriol. § 24 sbdis feet gurriperey
aired 16 oma. id. Romul.§ 25. More
usually perf. Pass. gaps a8 present,
to be strong, well, 3 Macc. 3:13, Luc.
Somn. 8. Gall. 23, Ken. Occ. 10. 5.
Comp. Batten. § 113.6. § 114 p.300—In
N.T. only imperat. GGmco,aeafornmla
‘at the end of epistles, like Lat. vale,
Engl. farewell. Acts 23:30 Ujfwoo. 15:
29 Féjwode—2 Mace. 11:21. Ken. Cyr.
4.5.33, Artemid. 3. 44 ior ndong
dmiotolijs 10 alge xad Efgeco diver.

=

SafhayParl, sabachthani, Chald.
MPI, thou hast forsaken me, from r.
PI to leave, to forsake, 2 pers. Sing.
e. Suff. Matt. 27: 46 et Mark 15:34
quoted from Ps, 22: 2, where Chald. for
Heb. »27ma13 id. from r. a1.

ZaBaws, Sabaoth, Hed. ningx,

i.e, hosts, armies, plur., of NIE host.

Hence xvgiog safawd i. q. Heb.
niway, mint, Lord of Hosts, i. ©. of
the angelic hosts, comp. 2 Chr. 18: 18,

Ps. 103: 21. Luke 2:13,—In N. T. James
5:4, Rom. 9:29 quoted from Is, 1:9
where Sept. for Heb. ‘x 3717, 28 also
%&12, 6&3, al. The general sense is

wed

vod

Za Poreepss

Jehovah Omnipotent, and the LXX of-
ten translate it by wavtoxpdtwg q. v.
See more in Gesen, Heb. ‘Lex. art.
wee.

SaPBariouos, ov, 6, (odffaror,
capBurlte to keep sabbath Ex. 16: 30,)
Pp. a keeping sabbath, i, e. rest, a lying
by from labour, in N.T. only of an
eternal rest with God, Heb. 4:9. The
Rabbins employ the same figure, see
Bchoettg. Hor. Heb ad. h. |.— Plut. de
Superst. 3.

SaBBaroy, ov, +5, Sabbath, Heb.
TD, pp. rest, a lying by from labour,
wee Geaen. Heb. Lex.r. naw. Plur.
10 oaffara, often for the Sing. perh.
originally an imitation of the Ara-
maean form NNBy, comp. Winer p.
150, Dat. plur. toig cafface, Matt.
12:1, 5. Meleag. 83. 4, in Anth. Gr.
I. p. 25; a8 if from a nominat. cuffat,
comp. Passow s. voc. Buttm. § 56. n.
8. Math. § 92.8. Winer p.60; see be-
low in a. 6.

a) pp. the sabbath, i.e. the Jewish
sabbath, the seventh day of the week,
kept originally by a total ceasation from
all labour, even to the kindling of a fire;
but apparently without any public so-
Jemnities except an addition to the dai-
ly sacrifice in the tabernacle and the
changing of the shew-bread; comp.
Ex. 20:8 0q, 31:12 ag. Lev. 24: 8.
Num. 15:32 sq. 28:9. Jos, Ant. 13, 1.
3. ib. 13.8.4. ib. 14.4.2. BJ 17.3
The custom of reading the scriptures
in the public assemblies and synagogues,
appears to have been introduced after
the exile; comp. Neh. c. 8. Luke 4:16

. Jahn § 346—349. E. g. (a) Sing.
t0 oaSParov as nom. Mark 227 16
odf.-dié tov v9. Luke 23: 54. John
5:9, 10. 9:14; as accus, Matt. 12:5 10
auf. Befilotcs, Mark 227 ob 6 &rB9.
Suc 18 cdBBaror. Luke 23:56. John 5:
18,9: 16. Acts 13: 27,42, 15:21. 18:4.
tov oaSfarou Matt. 12:8, Mark 2:28,
6: 2. 16:1. Luke 6:5. Acts 1: 12 see in
“O86 b. 8. judga tov caffarov Luke
13:14, 16, 14:5. John 19:31. rq oa
Pdr Luke 13:14, 15, 14: 1,8. Acts 13:
44. dy coffer Matt. 12:2 24:20.
Luke 6:4, 6,7. John & 16. 7: 22, 23
bis, 19:31. So genr. Sept. for nad

740

_ Saddounalos

Ex. 81:18. 2K, 4:98. Neb. 10:31. 1&
15, — Jos. B. J. 2. 17. 10. de Vit (2
—(8) Plur. in @ plaral signif. Aets 17:
2 éxi cdfBare rela. Col. 216. (Set
Te, 1:13, Hos, 211.) Elsewhere only
in Gen. and Dat. i. g. Sing. eri
capféror, Matt. 28:1 yd db cupferm
see in‘Oydb. Spiga viv coffarar Lake
4:16, Acts 18:14. 16:13. Dat. rit
oaffags, see above, Matt 1% 1,5, 10
11, 12 Mark 1:21, 3:2, 4. Lukeé?
dy wig cd fBacr Mark % 23,2, Late
4:81, 62 13:10. — Jos, Ant 1.1.1
Gpiga vay cof. Ex. 35:3 Deut 512
1 Mace, 2:34, Jos. Ant. 12.6.2 wk
cuffacs 1 Macc. 2 38. Jos, Vit. sit
Ant. 13.8.4. B,J. 1.7.3; bat Set
toig coffators Num. 2% 10, 2 Chr.
4. 8 13. : vod of era
b) meton. i. q. a per

aay), a week, se’nnight. Sing. Mark 1
9 moviy cafSdrov. Luke 18: 12 dsm
aof. Plur. Matt. 28: 1 eis play onfie-
tov, Mork 16:2. Luke 24:1. Joba
3,19. Acts 20:7. 1 Cor, 162 —%
Heb. ninaw Sept. sSdouabes Ler.
15, comp. Deut. 16:9.

Tayjyn, 5, th (cork, site) §
eh dragoeh sea, aed in 6shng
drawn to the shore, Matt. 13:47. Sep
for Df] Ez. 26: 5, 14. 47:11, — Ane
214. "Lue. Piso, 51. Ael. H. A. Il.

Zaddovxatos, ov, 6 6 Sadr,
Plur. of ZadSeuncitos the Sodducre, »
sect of the Jews, in opposition 1 tt
Pharisees and Easenes, Jos. B.J.2¢
& Some derive the name fron He
PRS or pray, q. d. the Just the
tmudists refer it to a certain pv
who according to them fived sbouthr
centuries before Christ and ws
founder of the sect. The Sedduct
rejected all traditions and uowrit
laws, which the Pharisees prisol i
highly ; and held the Scripta oe
the only source and rule of the J
religion. They denied the ene
of angels and spirits as wel san
ruling providence ; an ,
foul of man dies withthe body ret
ing of course the idea of « famure *
of rewards and punishments. po
lives and morals they were anges
than the Pharisees ; end sihoogt

Soden

tenets were not generally
among the common people, yet they
‘were adopted by many of the higher
ranks. See espec. Jos, lc. and also
Ant. 13. 5,9. ib. 1310.6. ib. 18 1.4
ib, 20.9.1. B. J.28. 14. Descend-
ants of the Sadducees are apparently
the modern Karaites; see Hendereon’s
Bibl. Researches and Travels in Russia,
pp. 233 sq. 306 eq. Bibl. Repos. 1V. p.
662 oq. 671.—Matt. 3:7, 16:1, 6, 11, 12
22: 23,34, Mark 1218. Luke 20:27,
Acts 4:1, 5:17, 23: 6, 7, 8.

Sadedx, §,indec. Sadek, Heb. pin,
pr. n. of oue of Jesus’ ancestors, Matt.
1: 14 bis,

Zatva, f. avd, (kindr. with csle,)
to wag, to move to and fro, pp. of dogs
and other animals which wag their tails
in fondness, Ael. V. H. 13. 41 or 42.
Luc. D. Deor. 12, 2, Hom. Od. 10.217.
‘Trop. to caress, to flatter, Luc. Merc.
Cond. 20. Aeschyl. Choeph, 194. In
NN. T. trop. to move in mind, to disturb,
Pass. 1 Thess. 3:3 1 unddva oulvea Sas
dy taig Sibyeor ratrais.—Diog. Laert.
8. 1. 21 of 86 ceuropevor toils Leyopdvors
&cixgvor. Eurip. Rhes. 55 caiva p’
Errvzos peuxsdgus. — Others render, to
be seduced.

Zaxxos, ov, 5, Heb. pip, sack-ing,
eack-cloth, i. e. coarse black cloth com-
monly made of hair (Rev. 6 12) and
‘used for straining (Heb. 722%), for sacks,
and for mourning-garments ; in the Jat-
ter case it was worn instead of the or-
divary garments, or bound around the
loins, or spread under a person on the
ground; comp. Jos. Ant. 8 14. 4. ib.5.
1.12 ib. 10.1.3 ib 7.7.4 Sept
Gen. 37:34, 1 K. 20: 32 Ie, 58:5, Joel
1:6. Jon. 3:50q. Jahn § 135, Such
garments were aleo worn by prophets
and asceties, Is, 20; 2. Zech. 13: 4. comp.
2K. 1: 8. Matt. 3:4. — Hence in N. T.
genr, Rev. 6: 12 6 isos éyévsto pilag vig
eaxxog telzsvos, comp. Is, 50: 3. Ecclus.
% 17, Of mourning-garments, Matt.
11:21 dy coxey xa} onodg. Luke 10:13.
Of a propbet's garment, Rev. 11: 3,
So Bept, genr. for piv IL oc.—Aristoph.
Acharn. 745, 822. The correct ortho-
‘@aphy is everywhere eaamos, Dot cuix09,

TAL

Sadie
Lob. ad Phrys. p. 257. comp. Thom,
M. p. 789. Moeris p. 354,

Zadd, é, indec, Sala, Heb. nbip,
pr. n. of @ son or grandson of Arphaxad,
Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen, 10:24, 11:
18, and see in Kaivay.

Sadadupd, &, indec. Salathiel,
Heb. bavnbg (I asked of God) She

iel, pr. 0. of a son of Jechoniah,
Matt. 1:12 bis, Luke 3:27. Comp. 1
Chr, 3: 17, Ezra 3:2

Zadauis, ivos, 7, Salamis, one
of the chief cities of Cyprus, on the 8,
E. coast of the island, Acts 13:5. Af
terwards called Constantia, and still
later Famagusta.

Dedetu, 4, indec. Salim, pr. n. of
‘a place, John 3: 23. Jerome in Ono-
mast. art. Salim: “In octavo quoque
lapide A Scythopoli in campo vicus Sa-
lumias appellatur.”

Sadevea, f. sto, (addos,) to move
to and fro, to shake, trans. i.e. to put
into a state of waving, rocking, vibra-
tory motion. .

4) pp. c. ace. Luke 6: 48. Heb. 1%
26 0b} qwrt viv viv dodiews, Pass,
Matt. 11:7 et Luke 7: 24 xalopor ind
driyov calevdperoy. Matt. 24: 29, Mark
18:25. Luke 21:26, Acts 4:31. 16: 26,
Luke 6: 38 pitgoy ctculsypivor i. @.
shaken down. Sept. for va: Ps. 18
18. tha 1 Chr. 16:30. Ps. 82: 5. —
Ecclus.16:19. Test. XII Patr. p. 548,
Jos, Ant. 8.5, 2. Diod. Sic. 12.47. in-
trans. Xen. Occ. 8. 17.—Trop. of things
ready to fall and perish, Heb. 12: 27 bis
16 culevdueva things shaken, perishable,
ie. the Mosaic dispensation, while ta
#0) calevopeve:i.q.the Christian dispen-
sation.—Comp. Plut. Dion. 8 tiv tupare
wl8a colsvoveay. Hdian. 5.1. 7.

‘b) metaph. to move in mind, to agi-
tate, to disturb, c. ace. Acts 17:13 rove
Szlove caleiay, to excite the people, to
cause a tumult. Pass, 2 Thess, 2: 2,
Acts 2: 25 quoted from Ps. 16:8 where
Sept. for pi7.—1 Mace. 6&8. Ecclus.
29:18. 48:19, .

2ad7U, 4, inde. Salem, Heb. D>y,
the ancient name of Jerusalem, Heb. 7:

Saduar
1,2 See tn “Iepovcadsy.—Jos. Ant. 1.
10, 2 Zolye.
Saduoy, 6, indec. Salmon, Heb.
imbip (clothed), pr. v, of the father of
be Maw. 1:4, 5. Luke 3:32, Comp.
in ‘Paya.

Saduarn, 7¢, 4, Salmone, pr. n.
of a promontory, the eastern extremity
of the island of Crete, Acts 27:7.—
Strabo X. p. 727. B.

Zados, ov, 6, pp. motion to and

ion, tossing, i.e. any waving,
rocking, vibratory motion; in N. T.
only of the sea, and bence put for the
rolling sea, billows, Luke 21:25. Sept.
for 591 ‘Jonah 1:15; for win of an
earthquake Is, 24: 20. — Luc. Tox. 19.
Plat. Thes, 20, Diod. Sic. 20. 74.
aAncyk, cyyos, %, o trump, trum-
pet, 1 Cor. 14:8, Rev. 1:10. 4:1. 8: 2,
6,18. 9:14. As announcing the ap-
proach or presence of God, Heb. 12: 19,
comp. Ex, 19: 13, 16, 19, coll. J K. 1:
34, 39; or also the final advent of the
Messiah, Matt. 24:31. 1 Cor, 15: 52 éy
af doxéry oddmyys 1 Thess, 4:16 0.
Sroi, see in Oeds a. 8. Sept. for DIT
1, Sam. 13:3. myZkn 2K.
Jos, Ant. 7, 14. 6.” Ael. 'V. H.
2.44, Xen. An. 4,2. 1.

Sadntleo, £ law, (oddmys,) aor. 1
dodiwwa, earlier fut. and aor. calnlytes,
dodimiyta Xen. An. 1. 2 17; comp.
Lob. ad Phr. p. 191. Buttm. p. 300.
Winer p. 80. — Tb trumpet, to sound a
trumpet, to sound, intrans. Matt. 6 2 pn
calnions EungorSév cov. Rev. 8:6, 7,
810,188. 9:1, 13, 10:7. 11:15. OF
angels sounding the trumpet before the
Messiah, the subject (6 calziorjs) being
implied, 1 Cor. 15 52 calnlow yég.
Comp. Buttm. § 129. 8. Winer p. 207.
Sept. for 9m Num. 10:3 aq. Is. 27: 13,
Joel 21, — Jos. Ant. 7. 11.6. Ael. V.
H. 1.26. Pol. 12.4. 4.

Zadnorjs, ov, 6, (saialfo,) a
trumpeter, Rev. 18: 22.—Theophr. Char.
29 or 25, Dion. Hal. Aut. 4.17. The
earlier and better form was calmyxrie
Dem. 284. 26, Xen. An. 4. 3,29. See
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 191.

Tadoun, 6, % Salome, pr. n. of

742

Lapapelns

the wife of Zebedee, the mother of the
apostles James and Joho, Mark 15:40.
16: 1. Comp, Matt. 20: 20 et 27: 56.

Saye pecc, as, §, Samaria, Heb.
Jivz's (watch-height), pr. n. of a cele-
brated: city situated near the middle of
Palestine, built by Omri king of Israel
on @ mountain or bill of the same mame.
Tt was the metropolis of the kingdom of
Israel or the ten tribes; and after being
several times destroyed and restored, it
was enlarged and benutified by Herod
the Great, and named by him Sebaste
in honour of Augustus. It is now an
inconsiderable village, still called Se-
baste. See 1 K. 16:24. 2 K. c. 17.
Am. 6:1, Mic. 1:5 8q. Jos. Aut. 8. 12.
5. ib. 18. 10, 2, 3. ib. 14.5.3. ib. 15.7,
7. ib. 15. 8.5. Calmet p. 807. Roseam.
Bibl. Geog. IL. ii. p. 112 oq.— In. N.T.

fn) pp. the city Samaria, Acts & 5.
Meton. for the inhabitants, Acts 8: 14

b) in a wider sense, the region of Se-
maria, the district of which Samaria
was the chief city, lying between Judea
and Galilee or the plain of Esdraeton ;
see Jos."B."J. 8.3.%4.- E. g. Luke 17:
11, John 4:4, 5,7. Acts 1:8, & 1,2
9:31, 15:3. So Sept and zis?
K. 17:26, 23: 19,—Jos. Ant. 13.2 3

Lapageirye, ov, 6, a Semarites,
an inhabitant of the city or country of
Samaria; spoken in N. T. of the de-
scendants of a people, sprung original
from an intermixture of the rernnant of
the ten tribes with the heathen colonists
sent into the country by Shalmanezer,
2K. 17: 2%. Jos. Ant. 9. 14.1. ib, 10,
4.7. This mixed people, although they
retained the books of Moses, and al-
though priests were sent to teach them
the Jewish religion, soon fell away ino
gross idolatry, and were regarded almost
as Gentiles by the Jews even before the
exile, 2 K. 17:26—41, When the Jows
after their return from exile, began to
rebuild Jerusalem and the temple, the
Samaritans also laid claim to # descent
from Ephraim and Manesseb, and re-
quested permission to aid the Jews in
their work ; but this being refused, they
turned against them and calumoisted
them before the Persian kings; Ezrad:
leq. Neb. 4 faq. Jos, Ant 1. 4

Sapapetes

Seq. They afterwards erected a tom-
ple on Mount Gerizim, in allusion to
Deut. 27: 11 eq. and there instituted ss-
cred rites in accordance with the law
of Moses, Jos. Ant. 11. 8 4. From
these and other circumstances, the na-
tional hatred between the Jews and Sa-
maritans was continually fostered and
augmented ; the name Samaritan be-
came to the Jews a term of reproach,
and intercourse with thein wes careful-
ly avoided ; see John 4:9. 8: 48, comp.
Jos, Ant. 11, 8 6. ib, 12. 5. 5, ib, 13.3.
4. The temple on Gerizim was de-
stroyed by Hyrcanus about 125 B.C.
but the Samaritans held the moun-
tain as sacred and the proper place of
national worship, Jobn 4:20, 21. The
same is the case with the small rem-
nant of the Samari existing at the
present day ; who still go three times a
year from Naplous, the ancient Sychar,
to worship on Mount Gerizim; seo
Miss, Herald 1624. p. 310. Calmet p.
810. The Samaritans like the Jews,
expected a Messiah, John 4:25; and
many of them became the disciples of
Jesus, comp. John 4: 39 aq. Acts 9: 31.
15: 3—On the Samaritan Pentateuch
and the Samaritans generally, see Ge-
sen. de Pent. Sam. etc. Hal. 1815. Wi-
ner de Vers. Pent. Sam. ete. Lips, 1817.
Swart on Samar. Pent. and Lit. in Bibl.
Repos. H. p. 681. Cellarii Collectan.

Hist. Samarit. Cizae 1688, De Secy of

Correspondence des Samaritaines, in
Notices et Extraits des Mea. ete. T. XI.
Paris 1829.—In N. 'T. Matt. 10:5. Luke
9:52, 10:33. 17:16, Jobn 4: 9, 39, 40.
@: 48. Acts 8:25.

Zapmagelrc, wos, 5, a Samaritan
woman, John 4: 9 bis,

Sapotogen, no, i, Samothrace,
‘an island in the N. E. part of the Zigean
sea, above the Hellespont, with a lofty
mountain, Acts 16:11. It wasanciently
called Dardana, Leucania, and also
Samos ; and to distinguish it from the
other Samos, the name of Thrace was
added, i. e. Zéwos Opgxns, whence contr.
ZayoSeqen. The island was celebra-
ted for the mysteries of Ceres and Pros-
erpine, and was a sacred asylum. Now
called Semandrachi. See Diod. Sic. 3.

743

Zangos

85. ib. 5.47. Plin. H.N._5. 12. Miss.
Herald 1836. p. 246.

Zayos, ov, 4, Samosjan island of
the Egean, near the const of Lydia in
Asia Minor. It was celebrated for the
worship of Juno, for its valuable pot-
tery, and as the birth-place of Pythago-
ras. Acts 20: 15.— Diod. Bic. 5. 8L .
Strabo XIV. p. 944. C.

ZaporjA, 6, indec. Samuel, Heb.
‘Sgro (heard of God, or name of God,)
pr. n. of the celebrated Hebrew prophet,
the son of Elkenzh and Hannah, the
last of the DvQgw or judges, who
anointed Saul and after him David as
king ; vee his history in 1 Sam, 1—25.
—Aets 3: 24. 13: 20. Heb. 11: 32.

Zapwor, 5, indec. Sampson, Heb,
Prine (sun-like) pr. n. of a DEW or
judge of Ierael, famous for his streagtb,
Heb. 11:32, Comp. Judg. c. 1. 13—16.

Zarda doy, ov, 16, (dim. of oiv-
Baloy Ael. V. H. 1. 18,) a sandal, i. e. a
sole of wood or hide, covering the bot-
tom of the foot, and bound on with
thongs, Mark 6:9. Acts 128. Sept.
for by2 Josh. 9: 5. Is.:20: 2—Jos. Ant.
4.8.23, Hdot 2,91. Luc. Herod. 56
8b 215, path Sovkiniig Gpauged 23 card
Luoy d s0v n08ds, 0g xoroxdlvosto Hon.
Comp. in ‘Trddque.

Zavis, os, %, a board, plank, e.g.

‘Acts 27: 44, Sept. for mb
Cant. 8:9. Ez, 27: 5.—Jos. Ant 8.5.2
Pol. 2.5. 5.

Saova, 4, indec. Saul, Heb. brates
(asked, desired), pr.n. a) of the first
king of Israel, Acts 13:21. Comp. 1
Sam. c. 9 sq. — b) the Jewish name
of the apostle Paul, which with a Greek
ending became Zavlog q. v. Acts 9:4,
17, 22: 7, 13. 26: 14.

Zungos, a, ov, (oia,) bad, rot-
ten, putrid.

8) pp. of vegetable or animal sub-
stances, us a tree and its fruit, fish, ete.
Matt. 7:17, 18. 12:33 bis, 13: 48. Luke
G: 48 bis. — Arr. Diss, Epict. 4. 4. 25.
Dem. 615. 11.

b) trop. in a moral sense, corrupt,

@. g. Adyos Eph. 4:29.—Arr. Epict. 3.22.
61 d8yue. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p.377 #4.

Sanpugy
angelon, nS, %, Sopphira, pr. n.
of the wife of Ananiss, Acts 5: 1.

eingperpos, ov, %, sapphire, a pre-
‘cious stone, next in hardness and value
to the diamond, mostly of a blue colour
im various shades, Rev. 21:19. Sept.
and Heb. 9d Ex. 24: 10. 28: 18. —
Jos, Ant. 3. 7. 5. Ael. V. H. 14. 34.
Seo Rees’ Cycl. art. Gems.

Zapyarn, ns, 4, (comp. Heb.3 39,
Aram. 330, to interweave, to braid,)
pp. any thing braided, twisted, inter-
woven, e. g.a cord Aeschyl. Suppl. 788
or 801. In N.T. a rope-basket, network

* of cords, 2Cor.11:33; comp. Acts 9:25
onvglg—Suid. capydimm- of piv oxolribe
14, 05 85 nléyya ts dx czowlov, Athen.
IML. p. 119. B. IX. p. 407. E.

Zapdecs, wy, al, Sardis, the me-
tropolis of Lydia in Asia Minor, situa-
ted atthe foot of Mount Tmolus on
the banks of the river Pactolus, cele-
brated for its wealth and voluptuous
debauchery. Rey. 1:11. 3:1, 4.—Diod.
Bic. 13. 70, Xen. Cyr. 7. 2. 11, 12.

Sapdvos, ov, 4, i.q. cdgd:05q.¥v.
Rey. 4: 3 in text. rec.

Sadie, ov, é, sardius, sardian,
1 precious stone of a blood-red or some-
times of a flesh-colour, more commonly
known by the name of carnelian. Rev.
4:3 in later edit, 21:20. Sept. cag-
vor for Heb. Dyk Ex. 28: 17, Ez, 28:13,
See Rees’ Cycl. art. Sardian and Gems

7 ' <

Sapddvuk, uzoc, %, sardonyz, a
precious stone exhibiting a milk-white
variety of the onyx or chalcedony, inter-
mingled with shades or stripes of sar-
dian or carnelian, Rev. 21: 20. — Jos,
Ant. 3.7.5. Plin. H.N. 37.12 See
Rees’ Cycl. art. Sardonyz and Gene
engraved.

Sapenra, cv, ti, Sarepta, Heb.
ND7% Zarephath, now Sarfend, a Phe-
nician town mid-way between Tyre
and Sidon, Luke 4: 26. Comp. 1K.
17: 9, 10, Obad. 20.—Jos. Ant. 8. 13. 2,

Zapxcxos, 7, dv, (odes) found
only in the Epistles, and not extant in
profane writers ; Aeshy, corral, pertain-

744

Zagt
ing to the esl or body, opp xvepe-
sade. Comp. in 269 0. 2

8) gear. of things, 1% cagaczs, i. q.
things corporeal, external, temporal, Rom.
15:07 27. 1 Cor. 9: 11,

b) pan animplriog weakness, fraiky, io-

perfection, e. g. of persons, carnal,

worldly, 1 Cor. & 1 o¢ cogmmoss, a 75-
sloig dv Xquorg. v.3 bia, 4. Of things,
carnal, human, 2Cor. 1: 12 obs éy compaq
cuguxj. 10:4 dxle ov die
Sword x,t. Heb. 7:16 od mara viper
érrolijs cagmais, i.e. frail, transient,
tem » sate Oivauy Teas axe
talvrov, — In 1 Cor. & 1 et Heb. 7: 16

some read cdgxiyos in the same sense. -.

c) as implying sinfolnows, sinful pro-
pensity, carnal, e. g. of persons, Rom
7:14 dy i cogunds sist, i, e. under
the influence of carnal desires and
affections, Of things, 1 Pet. 2: 11 10
cagusiy teSyussir carnal desires, i.e.
having their seat in the carnal nature.
Comp. in Zag no. 2. c.

Zepxevoe, n, ov, ( odes, ) fesky,
corpulentyPol, 39.2,7. In N.T. fleshy,
Of flesh, and therefore soft, yielding to
an impression, opp, 4éd:v0s, 2 Cor. &
Bt mlati nagdlos cagalvass. Comp.
‘Sept. xagdla cugarj, Heb. “aya, Ez
11: 19. 96: 26. — Plut. adv. Colot. 27
init. — On 1 Cor. 3: 1 et Heb. 7: 16 see
in Zageixdg b. Yes. Yep HH

Sapt, cugxds, 3, Hol. cigs, (perb.
calpe, cige, to strip off,) Alcsh, sc. of a
livjog man or apimal, in distinction
from that of a dead one, which is xpiey.

1. pp. flcah, Sing. as one of the con-
stituent parts of the body, Luke 24: 39
nvsipe oxigue nad Borsa obx Exp 1 Cor.
15: 39 quater. So Sept. for ‘Gen.
221, 2K. 5:10,14. (Hom. Od. 19. 458
Ael. V. H. 4.28. ib. 9.13) More com
monly, Plur. ai cagxes, q d. fleshy
Parts, comp. Passow av. Rev. 19: 18
quing. va peiyqts coignang Sowséeww x. x.)
v. 21; trop. and. hyperbol. i, q. to con
sume, to destroy, James 5:3; to mal-
treat Rev. 17:16. So Sept. for 78
Gen. 41: 2, 3. 2K. 9: 36. — Ael. V.
9.13. Diod. Sic. 3.16. Plato Phaedo 45.

2 meton. Acsh, i. q. the body, corpus,
the animal or external nature, as distin-
guished from the spiritual or inper men,

Dept
to vovetun. ‘This usage of opt ie for
more frequent iu N. T. than in profane
writers, prob. in imitation of Heb, 103.

a) genr. and without any good or
evil quality implied. (a) opp. to xvei-
He expr. 1Cor. 5:5 ig ddeS gor tig cag—
wg, Tra to xveipa cord x. t. 1. 2 Cor.
TA. Col. 25. "Tet 6. Comp. Sept.
and 7Y2 0: 18, Job 14: 22,
Also periphrasis for
the whole animal nature or man, Heb.
2: 14. (Eeclus. 14: 18.) Simply, John
€ 52, comp. below. 2Cor. 127 oxdloy
fi oagal, prob. Canin trials, Col. 1:
QA. 21 nesooensr piov by vf caged, v.23,
Heb. 9: 10,13. 1 Pet. 3: ai, Jude 8, 28.
Acts 2:26, 31 § ode? pov, my body, i.e. I,
quoted from Ps. 16 9 where Sept. for
“a2. Metapb. Jobn 6: 51 xad 6 agtos
«22 9 o6QE pou tatty, i. e. Jesus himeelf
is the principle of life and nutrition to
the regenerated soul. v. 53, 54, 55, 56.
Comp. Matt. 26: 26 et parall. where it is
capa. Sept. genr. for “ya Ez. 26: 36.
Prov. 14: 30. — Jos. B. J. 6.1.5. Arr.
Epict. 3 7.2 sq. Plut. adv. Colot, 20,
T, VI. p. 249, Tauchn. peygt sa eg)
cdgus: vis yuzis Surdusuy.—Spec. mor-
tal body, in distinction ftom a future
and spiritual existence. 2 Cor
Seri. hh Svathi caged psn
2 20. pal oe L 1 Pot 26)
Put for that which is merely external
or only apparent, in opp. to what is
spiritual and real. John 6: 63 10 aveb-
Ma lows 1b Lwomosotn, 4 cies obx Spelét
ovddy, B15. 1 Cor. 1:26 cool xaté
origna. 2 Cor. 5:16 bia, Eph. & 5 et
Col, 8: 22 xvplorg nord odexa, i. e. ex-
ternally, as to outward circumstances,
Philem. 16. 80 of outward affliction,

trials, 1 Cor. 7:28 Slip 8 1 caged
Bove. 2 Cor. 7:5. Gal. 4: 13, 14.1
Pet. 4: 1.—Bpec. of cireumeision in the

Seth, ie. the external rite. Rom. 2:28
obi 5 br 1H qarees, dy ougnd, megrroyy*
aU. .. waprroqe ty arviyars
aah 41 eb 1b XO OC ine.
in respect to circumcision. 2Cor, 11:18,
Eph. 211 megerouis ¢ caged, Gal. 3
” Byby wapal dretahsiods; i.e. by cireum-
cision, external rites, Judaism, comp.
Ww Gal. & 12,13. Phil. & 3, 4 bis,
Col, 2, 18—{y) ‘As the mediuin of ex-
‘oral or nataral generation aad descent,

745

pk

and of consequent kindred. "John 1:18
oi8é be Sekquaros cagrig ... éyerriOy-
gay, Rom. 9:8 34 téxra tis cagnds.
Heb. 12:9, Eph. 5: 29, 30 é& ris cag-
xog aitod nad -x te” Gorda adroi, in
allusion to Gen. 2 23, 29: 14, where
Sept. and Heb. "3. Of one’s coun-
trymen, Rom. 11:14, So xeré odges
according to the flesh, i.e. as to outward
kindred, by natural descent, Acts,‘ 1,2: 30,
Rom. 9: 3. 1 Cor. 10:18, Gal. 4: 93, 99.
Perh. Rom. 1: 3 et 9: 5, comp. in no. 3.
dr caged id. Eph. % 11 vq év cagal.
So Sept. and “Y2 Gen. 37: 27; comp. .
Judg. 9: 2. 2 Sam. 5: 1. 19: 19, 14.

b) as implying weakness, frailty, im-
perfection, both physical snd morals
. g. Opp. to 70 smipa oxpr. Matt. 26:
41 et Mark 14: 38 16 mveiua xg69ypor,

§ 84 aig deSeris. Also opp. td my.
sor, John 3:6 bie wb yey. Ts owe
wip, ouigt tors’ xab sd yey. te tot ny.

x tL Simply, Rom. & 19 due ar
dodirnay tijg cagrog tpi, 2Cor. 1:17,
10: 2 dhe xard odgxa mepinatcivtas. v.3
bis. So cat xa? alya flesh and blood,
q. d. frail feeble man, 1 Cor. 15: 50.
Gal. 1:16. Epb. 6 12. Opp. 6 marig

& éy oig. Matt. 1617. Sept. genr. for
mwa Gen. 6 3. Ps. 78: 39. — Ecclus,
28/3, Plut. adv. Colot. 30.
Taucho. is morta adoris. i

pou ual ive ge 18h pain sre
26 nije cagadg 900. ib. 14. p. 198.

c) as implying sinfuluess, proneness
to sin, the carnal nature, the seat of car-
nal appetites and desires, of sinful pas-
sious aud affections, whether physical
or moral; 60 in Paul, 3 Pet. 1 Jobn.
Comp. Sept. and Heb. “Wa Ecc. & 3.
&5 A similar influence the Greeks
ascribed to 16 gaia, see Plato Phaedo
10, 11,27, 30. Xen. Cyr, 8.7.20.tcomp,
Wied. 9:15. So os opp. avsipa i.e.
the Holy Spirit or his influences, are
& 1 yj sore ocgua miginaroicw, dle
xara nvsipa. v. 4, 5 bis, 6, 9,13. Gal.
5: 16, 17 bis, 19,94. 6:8 bis Siraply,
Rom. 7:5 Ste yag quer & tf cagal.
v. 18, 25. 8: 3 ter, 7, 8, 12 bis. 13: 14,
Gal. 5: 13. Eph. 2:3 bis. Col, 2: 11,18.
2 Pet. 2: 10,18, 1 John 2 16.—Theon.
Alex. in Anthol. Gr. IIL p. 226 4
nedior dy roles xéverg intdyqas, Tee
waguig Hing x. x. 1.

Fe BE.

,
Zapovy

3. meton. flesh, i. q. human nature,
man, homo, like Heb. "wa. Matt. 19:
5, 6, baovtas of duo sis cagxa play...
GdAG ode pla. Mark 10:8 bis, 1 Cor.
6: 16, Eph. 5:31. (So Sept. and “i932
Gen. 2:24.) Jude 7 cag? fréga other
fcsh, i.e. not their own, commiting
‘adultery with other men’s wives, or
with foreigners. — Also doa cdg all

flesh, ali men, all mankind, Luke 3: 6,”

‘Soho 17:2, Acts 217. 1Pet.1:24. of
1. mda adgb, no flesh, no man, where
od qualifies the intervening verb, eee in
Ob a.y. Matt. 24:22, Mark 13:20, Rom.
3:20. Gal. 216. pi... matoa odgti
1 Cor. 1:29. So Sept. and iga-b>
Gen. 6:12, Ps. 65: 3. Is. 40: 5,7. Jer.
25:31. c. prj Ecelus. 30: 20, 29.—Spec.
of the incarnation of Christ, his incar-
nate human nature. John 1:14 6 léyos
aagt dyévero. 1 Jobn 4: 2,3 Xe. dv oug—
x3 diglv9éra. 2 John 7. Rom. 1:3 xaté
odgxa. 9:5, Eph, 2:15 é 27 caged ab-
tov. 1 Tim. 216. Heb. 5:7. 10:20, 1
Pet, 3:18. 4: 1. Col. 1: 22 dy 26 copes
‘ig coguds aitob, q. d. in his body i
carnate, comp. Buttm. § 123. n. 4, Wi-
ner § 34.2. Comp, Ecclus. 23: 16,

Dapovy, 8, Saruch, see Zegovy.

Xupea, @, £ sow, (calga,) to
nocep, to cleanse with a broom, ¢. ace.
Luke 15:8 xal cagot tiv oivlay. Pass.
Matt. 12:44. Luke 11:25, — Artemid.
2.83. p. 119. Pampbil. in Geopon. 13.
15, 4. A later form instead of the ear-

a, Lob. ad Phr. p. 83, Sturz
do Dial, Mec, p. 192,

Lagba, es, 4, Sarah, Heb. "0 v,
STW (princess), pr. n. of the wife of
Abraham, Rom. 4: 19. 9:9. Heb, 1:
IL 1 Pet.3:6

Super, wvos, & Saron, Heb.
J7B Sharon, pr. n. of a level tract of
Palestine along the sea-coast between
Ceraraea end Joppa, celebrated for its
rich fields and pastures, Acts 9: 35.

', Comp. Is. 33:9, 65:10. 1 Chr. 27: 29.

“ See Relandi Palaest. p. 188, 370.

aray, 6, indec. 2 Cor. 12: 7, elae-
where Satavac, a, 5, Satan, Heb,
FRY pp. adversary; in N. T. mostly c.
art. the Adversary, as the Heb. proper

746

Tory

name for the devil, Gr. 5 die Boles, the
prince of the fallen angels; see fully in
‘AidBolos b, and comp. Buxt. Lex.
Chald. 1464, 1495. Matt. 4:10. 110: 26,
bis. Mark 4:15. Luke 10: 18 comp. ia

Aaipénoy b, 23, 31. John 1% 2.

Acts 26: 18, al. So Heb. JQi77 Sept

SiéBolog 1 Chr. 21:1. Job "1:6 aq. —

Ecclus. 21:27. Test."KII Patr. p. 650,.-
657 dna 10% ceravd xal tev mrevpar

aitod. — As present in men tempting

them to evil, Matt. 16:23 et Mark 8:33

Snaye nicw pov, cored, comp. Luke

22:3. Acts 5:3. Others bere refer it

directly to Peter in the sense of adver

sory ; a8 Sept. for Joo 1 K. 11:44, 2,

25. comp. 2 Sam. 19:23 where Sept.

tnlporhos, Mn rie mate

Xero, ov, 16, satum, ‘a ‘measure,
Heb. xd aeah, Aram. NORD Bue
Lex. Chald. Rab. 1413,a Hebrew meas-
ure for things dry, Matt. 123% Lake
13:21. According to the Rabbins it
was i. q.the third part of an epbah, and
according to Jerome on Matt. |. ¢. was
equal to a modius and a half; bence
equivalent to nearly 13 peck Engliab.
Comp. in Médi0g, Jabn § 114. — Jon.
Ant. 9. 4, 5 pen.

Zavdog, ou, 8, Saul, i. q. 2ovkd
with a Greek termination, the Jewish
name of Paul, Acts 7:58. 8:1, %&1,
8, 11, 19, 22, 24, 26, 11: 25, 90, 1225
13: 1, 2, 7, 9.

Zaviov, 7s, ov, see in Leaeret.

ZBevvups, f. oBisw, to quench, to
extinguish, trane.

a) pp. a light, fire, c. ace. Mast. 12
20 Livoy supsuzroy oF oPiers, eee in .Ai-
voy. Eph. 6:16. Heb. 11:34. Pass
to be quenched, to go out, Matt. 25 8 a
Idpnodss. Mark 9: 44, 46, 48. Sept.
for 732 Is. 42:3. Lev. 6:12, 13. 355
Job 21: 47.—Luc. D. Deor. 10.1. Thue.
277,

b) trop. i. q. to damp, to hinder, to re-
press, to prevent any thing from exert-
ing its full influence, c. acc. 1 Thess. =
19 vd xysipe uy oBérrvis. Sept. cfices
xiy dydnne for 732 Cant. 8:7. — Jou
B.J.6.1.4 of. thr zegen, Ack V. H.
6 1 Super. Plut Lycurg. 20.

Lavrov 147

Zeavtov, 7, ov, also contr. cav-
00, 16, ov, (o¥, aitds,) reflex. pers.
pron. 2 pers. sing. genit. of thyself, dat.
waavty, j, G, to thyself, ete. Gen. John

" 1:22 Acts 26:1. al. Dat. Acts 9:34.
16:28, al. Acc. Matt. 4:6. 8:4. Luke
10:27. al. See Buttm. § 74. 3.—Where
‘a special emphasis is to be laid on at-
‘Xs, it is written separately, e. g- Luke
‘2:35 ad cot 38 aizijc. See Matth. § 148.
aw. 2, Buttm. § 127.3. Ac.

LePaloucn, f. doouas, depon. Mid.
(vifag, céfopas,) to be shy of doing any
thing,"to be timid, to fear, Hom. Il. 6
167, 417, In N.T. to stand in awe of
any one, i. q. to reverence, to venerate, fo
worship, Rom. 1:25 dsxBdoSneuy xa}
Aargevoay 14, wxlot.—Hesych. toed
e@oycay~ oeBdopact noosextynoay.

ZeBacua, ros, 63 (csfatouas,)
an object of worship, any thing venerated
and worshipped, e. g. @ god, numen,
Acts 17: 23, 2 Thess. Wied. 14:
‘20. Bel and Drag. 27. Dion. Hal. Ant,
4. 90, ib. 5.1.

SeBaoros, 7, oy, (orBstoua,) pp.
venerated, cugust, Lat. augustus, Hesych.
exPaorég* ngooxurntis, tyytis. In N.
T. a8 an honorary title, and thea pr. n.
5 ZeBaorés, Lat. Augustus.

a) pp. a title first assumed by Caesar
Octavianus, and retained by his suc-
cessors.asa personal appellation ; comp.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 169. Spoken of
Nero, Acts 25:21, 25. — Philo Leg. ad
Cai. p. 1012. D. Hdian, 2. 10. 19.

b) adj. 4ugustan, pertaining to Augus-
tus, as onugy ZPacry the Augustan
cohort, Acts 27:1. Several of the Ro-
man legions also bore this honorary
title, comp. Claudian. de Bell. Gild. 422.
Prolem. 2.3 deysdw devtiga FsBaory. 4.
3, 9. comp. Tacit. Ann. 14. 15. —
Others suppose it to be a Samaritan
cohort, 80 called from XeBaory, Sebaste,
the name given by Herod the Great to
Saméria in honour of Augustus. Jo-

us mentions troops called Ze
Baornvol, prob. from Sebaste or Sama-
via, Ant. 20.6.1. ib, 20.8.7. BJ.2
4.3. ib 2 12.5,

ZeBeo, Pind. Olymp, 14. 17. Xen.

ahevxauce

Mem. 4 3r 19; more usually o¢fopes
depon. Pass. defect. to be shy, timid, to
shame oneself, Hom. Il. 4.242, In N.
T. only depon. to reverence, to venerate,
to worship God, c. acc. Matt. 15:9 et
Mark 7:7 parny 33 ciBorcai ps, quoted
from Js, 29:13 where Sept, for AN.
Acts 18:13, 19:27. Sept. for ‘43
Josh. 4:24. Job 1:9, — Jos. Ant. 9. 10;
1. Diod. Sic. 1,35. Xen. Ag. 3.2. —
Spec. part. gefcuevoc, 9, o», absol. or
seq. tay Sedr, i. e. worshipping God,
religious, devout, spoken of proselytes to
Judaism from the heathen, in distinc-

tion from the Jews, Acts 13: 43, 50. 16:
V4, WAZ, 1B: 7, At ads 1:19. 19 Zoe ad’

Seega, as, 4, (stew necto,) a cord,
band, Hdot. 7.85; in N.T. a chain, 2
Pet. 2:4, comp. in Zéqos.— Jos, Ant. 3.
7.5. Lue, D. Deor. 21. 1. id. Hermot. 3.

Saouos, ov, 5, (csle,) motion, «
shaking, concussion, ©. g.

a) genr. é 17 Saldovp, i. q. a tem-
pest, tornado, Matt. 8:24. So Sept. for
M77, TV, Jer. 23: 19, Neh. .

bj ‘spec. an earthquake, Matt. 24:7
Eworras cxopot xara tonovs. 27:54. 28:
2. Mark 13:8. Luke 21:11. Acts 16:
26. Rev. 6:12, 8:5. 11: 13 bis, 19. 16:
18 bis. So Sept. for vis In. 29:6, Am.
1:1, Zech, 14:5.— Jos, Ant. 5.5.3 pen.
Ael. V. H. 4.17, Xen. H. G. 3, 2. 24.

Sele, f. oslow, to move to and fro,

to shake, with the idea of shock, con-
cussion, trans.
, 8) PP. Rev. 6: 13 ovxi ... dnd ‘pay.
Gvivov cuouivn, Of earthquakes, Matt.
27:51 5 yij doen. Act. c. acc. Heb.
12: 26 cate ob pdvov tH» yay, Gilda xad
toy obgaréy, in allusion vo Hogg. ot
Joel 3: 16 where Sept. for S29.—Lue.
Bacch. 2, Pausan. 3.5. 8. Xen. H. G,
4.7.4,

b) trop. to move in mind, to agitate,
f0 put in commotion and perturbation,
Matt. 21:10 dceloOn i nous. 28:4.
Sept. for wigs Is. 14:16, Ez. 31:16.—
Pind.. Pyth. 4. 484 node. Melidor. X.
p. 484. Antiph. 146, 22,

Sexovrdos, ov, 4, Lat. Secundus,
pr. D. of a Christian, Acts"20: 4.
Dehevxeeer, ag, 4, Seleucia, a city

Ledpoy
of Syria, situated west of Antioch on
the sea-const near the mouth of the
Qrontes; called sometimes Seleucia
Pieria, from the neighbouring Mount
Pierius, and also Seleucia ad mare, in
order to distinguish it from several oth-
er cities of the sane name in Syria and
the vicinity. all e0 culled from'Seleucus
Nicanor. Acts 13:4, —1 Mace, 11: &
Jos. Ant. 18.9.8, Pol. 5, 59. 1.

Sedjvy, ns, 4, (oddas light, bright-
ness,) the moon, Mart. 24:29. Mark 13:
24. Luke 21:25. Acts 2:20. 1 Cor. 15:
41, Rev. 6:12. 8: 12 121, 21:23.
Sept. for ny Gen. 37:8. Jer. 31: 37.

lidien. 5.6.11. Xen. Mem.

Sedqriet omer, £. éoopan, (ordirn)
fo be maon-struck, lunatic, in Greek
usage i. q. to be epileptic, to be afflicted
with epilepsy, the eyraptoms of which
‘Were supposed to become more aggra-
vated with theincreasing moon ; comp.
Luc. Tox. 24 where a certain woman
@éyero 88 nad xotaninre eds xi7
eelayny aigaropérnr. This disease in
N. T. and elsewhere is ascribed to the
influence of unclean spirits, demons, see
in Aawuorior, daiporRoua. See also
Luc. Philops. 16. Act. Thom. § 12,
Isidor. Orig. 4.7 “cadens seger spas-
mam patiatur. Hos etiam vulgus luna-
Hoes vocat, quod per hune cureum
comitetur eos insanin deemonum?
Mant. 4:24. 17:15 Sts oaqvuciteras xad
xaxiis néoxs, comp. ¥. 18 et Mark 9
17 et Luke 9:39, where it is referred
ton Suupsoor, mretua. — Act. Thom.
§ 12 Manetho 4, 81, 216.

Sensi’, 6, indec. Semei, Heb. *s734
Skenei, pr.n.m. Luke 9: 26.

DSeuldeckec, ee, i, fine flour, Rev.
18:93, Sept. oft for nL Ex. 29:2, 40,

.—Ecelus. 38: 11. Jos. Ant. 3.
9.4, ib, 8. 2 4, Poll, Onom. I. 247.

Deuroc, , Ov, (aiopa,) venera-
ble, reverend, Lat, vencrandus, 2 Mace.
& 15, Xen. Cys, 7.5.37, In N. T. of
things, honourable, reputable, Phil. 4: 8 ;
of persons, grave, dignified, 1 Tim. %
8, 11. Tit. 2:2, — Lue. D, Mort. 12. 3,

Heian. 1.2. 6 peur Ou nal Sly os-

748

Zyusior
1." Diog. Laert. 2.94 eiusigane dé
2} xat cepyds ec. Socrates.
Seuvorye, nrog, 4, ( cepends, ) ven
erabenen, sanctity, 2 Mace. 3: 12. Soe,
5.6.5.1. In NT. gravity, dignity,
probity, 1 Tim. 22 & mdog stoepeie
a ous. 24, Tit. & 7.—Joa. Vit.
. Ael. V. H. 2.13 o fox.
Xen. Cyr. 8.3.1. aati
Zeeyioc, ov, 6, Sergius, i. e. Ser-
gius Paulus, a Roman proconsul in
command at Gyprue, converted and+r
the preaching of Paul avd Barnabes,
Acts 13:7. See in 4rOundzos.

Zepouy, &, indec. Seruch, Heb.
29119 Serug, pr. n. of the father of Na-
hor, ‘Luke 8: 85. Comp. Gen. 11: 20.
In text. rec. Zapory.

294, 4, indee. Seth, Heb. rrai (se-
placing,) pr. n. of the third son of Adam,
Loke 8: 38.

27m, 6, indec. Sem, Heb. Dai (name,
renown) Shem, pr. a. of the eldest soe
of Noah, Lake 3: 36. Corap. Gea. &
82. 10: 1 eq.

2nuaiva, f. avi, (oipo sign, sig-
nal,) aor, 1 dovpava Acts 11: 28. al.
stead of the more Attic dovpsra, as
also Esth. 2:22, Judg.7:21. Xen.H.G.
2.1. 28. Comp. Buttm. § 101. o. 2
Lob. ad Phr. p. 24. Winer p. 81.—Te
give a sign or signal, i. e. public, Sept.
for 3°73 Num, 10:9. Jos. Ant. 7.31.6
Xen. An. 5.2.12. InN. T. lo signify,
i, e. fo make knowm, to declare, seq. orat.
indir. John 12: 33 eqpaiver, xoiy Sa
vary Husller ano9rioxey, 18:32. 21:19,
seq. acc, et inf. Acts 11:28. c. acc.
impl. Acts 25: 27 ras xax aiz0d awitics
onudvat. absol. Rev. 1:1. Sept. for
ary Esth, 2: 22, — Jos, Aot. 4.6.3.
Pol. 2, 27.3. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4. 4.
Rinusior, ov, 16, (i. q. eipe,)
sign, signal, dian, 4.11.8. an ensign,
standard, Sept, for Bf Is. 11:12. Heian,
8 5. 22. Xen. Cyr. 7.1. 4. sign of
something pag, a memorial, monument,
Bept. for nit Josh. 4:6. Jes. BJ. 1.
10.8 InN. T.asign, mark, foken, ef.
a) pp. a sign, by which any thing is
designated, distinguished, known. Matt.

Zypaioy

QE: 48 Weare adrols onuster x. +. 2.
Bom. 4:11 ome Maps mr ie Le ie
circumcision as 16 onusloy vig

comp. Gen. 9: 12,13 17: 11, sig
Sept. and nia. Thue. 6. 31. ib. 4.
111 bis. — Spec. @ sign by which the
character and truth of any person or
thing is known, a token, proof. Luke
2 12 soto tpity 10 omer, 2 Cor. 1%
12 sé oyssia tob dmovtélov. 2 Thess.
3:17 6 dow ong. dy non txtolj. So
Sept. and nis 1S8am.14:10. 2K. 719229.
‘20: 8.—Jos. B.J.1.9.5: Aeschin. 67.42,
Pol. 3. 30.2 Xen. Coav. 8, 34.

b) a eign by which the divine power
and majesty is made known, i. e. a
supernatural event or act, a token, won-
der, miracle, by which the power and
presence of God is manifested, either
directly or through the agency of thoee
whom he sends, (a) As wrought of
God, 1 Cor. 14: 22 Sots of ylicous ae
onpsior sialy, of tals murceboveer, Gild
Tots Gxloross, i. e. a token to the unbe-

Hieving of God’s presence and power,
comp. v. 25; or perbaps a sign of the
divine displeasure, comp. v.21, So x
eypsioy "Iuvé the sign of Jonah, ie
which God wrought in the case of
Jonah, Matt. 12: 39, comp. v. 40. Matt.
16: 4. Luke 11:29. Meton, of persons
sent from God, whose character and
acts are a monifestation of the divine
power, Luke ll: 30 xa Sig Syinsso "Tavag
emption tots Novnitrass, 94 obog xsives
«tig onusloy Gytilsyoueroy. Alao of
signs, wonders, miracles which God is
said to do through any one, moiay Oia
vos, joined with tépara, e, g. Acts 2
22, 43. 4: 30, 5: 12. 14:3, 15: 12—80
onsiia xal tigata Ael, V. H. 12. 57.
Pol. 3. 112. 8.—Spec. as fore-showing
future events, a sign of future things,
@ portent, presoge. Matt 16:3 onyeta
tay xargdr, i. e. the miraculous events
and deeds which foreshow the coming
of the Messiah in his kingdom ; comp.
Ecclus. 33 [36]: 6,8. Matt. 24: 8 ri 10
onution tig og magovolag; v.30, Mark
18:4, Luke 2i: 7,11 omueta dx obga-
vob » ¥. 25, Acts 2: 19. Rev. 12:
1,3, 15:1. Sept. and mi Deut. 13:
4,2.—Jos, B. J. proem. §11. Ael. V. H.
1.29, Plut, Timol. 8. — (8) Of signe,
wonders, miraces, wrought by Jesus

749

,
ZYmepoy

and his spostles in proof and Surther-
ance of their divine mission, Matt. 12
38 Delopey dxd cod onpeior itty. v. 39
bis. 16:1, 4 bis, Mark 8:11

Gnd rod obgavod. v. 12 bis, 16: 17, 20.
Luke 11: 16, 29 bis. 23:8. In John
only in thie sense, c. 2: 11, 18, 23, 3: 2.
4: 54. 6:2, 14, 26,30. 7:31. 9:16. 10: 41.
11: 47, 12: 18,37. 20: 30. Acts 4:16, 22,
& 6, 1Cor.1:2% Joined with tépera,
Svvapsis, John 4: 48. Acts 6 8. 7: 36.
& 13, Rom. 15:19. 2 Cor. 12:12, Heb,
24, Sept. and mi Ex. 4:8 sq. 17,
28, 30. — (y) Spoken dnalogically of
signs, wonders, wrought by false pro-
phets claiming to act by divine euthor-
ity, Rev. 13: 13, 14. 16: 14. 19: 20.
tigata Matt. 24: 24. Mark 13: 22, 2
‘Thess, 2: 9.

Syuewa, G, f. dow, (option, oF
#2,) to sign, to mark, to note with marks,
Pol, 3.39.8. In N. T. only Mid. to
mark for oneself, to note, c. acc. 2 Thess.
8: 14 totroy onustotvds, note that man,
q. d. set a mark upon him es one to be
shunned.—Pol, 22. 11.12. ib. 1. 47.1,
Others in 2 Thess. |.c. to signify
Point out, ac. to me, connecting dia tig
énictolng with it. See Winer p. 93.—
Philo de Jos, p. 560. A.

si ined stg
) to-day, y+
a) Matt. 6:11 dd¢ spiv exjpagos.
v. pcs: 21: 28, 27:19, Mark 420,
Luke 2 11. 5: 26. 12: 28, 19: 5,9, 2%
34. 23:43, 24:21. Acts 27:33. Heb.
18: 8. Jornes. 4: 13, Luke 13: 32, 33
or xa avigsoy, see in Aiigioy. Se
ee Gon 4: 13. 40: 7. Ex. 16; 25, i
—Hdion. 7.5. n, Luc. Paras. 8.—With
the art. as adj. 4 o7juepoy sc. ‘juéga, i. q.
this very day, Acts 19: 40. See Buttm.
$195. 6,7.
(by bq. at this time, now, Luke 4: 21
nenhygwtas i yoagh airy. Acts
4:9. 18: 33, 22: 3, 24:21. 26:2, 29,
Heb. 1:5, 3 7,13, 15. 4: 7 bis, 5: 5,
2 Cor. 3:15 fas onpegor. So Sept. and
pir Deut. 1: 89. 1 Sam. 12: 17.—With
the art. as adj. jj ciipagor 00. jusge,
Buttm. |. ¢. Acts 20; 26 dy sf onpagey
fiudeg. So Exes tig onpsgor 2 Cor. 3
14, pexet tis aipegor Matt, 11: 23, 28:
15, and Fag s%5 oypegor Matt. 27: 8.

yaw
Rom. 11: 8, unto thie day, i. e. until the
present Kime, until now.

Sijmaa, f. yor, to cause to rot, to cor-
rupt, to destroy, Bept. for ‘J771 Job 40:
12, Dion. Hal. 11. 37. Usually and in
N. T. Pass. onnopat, 2 perf. cdoyna,
intrans. to rot, to be corrupted, i. q. to
perish; James 5: 28 mloixog tudr ci-
oye, i.e. your hoarded stores. See
Baum. § 97. 5.n.5. §118.n.3 Sept.
for Pp Niph. Ps. 38: 6.—Jos, B. J. 6.
2.9, Ael. V.H.12.40. Xen. Occ. 19.11.

SHecxds, 7, O7, (wig silk-worm,)
silken, of silk, Jos, B. J.7.5. 4 doSyoers
ongixais. In N.T. neut. ro ongexor
subst. silk, silken stuffs, Rev. 18: 12.

Sys, ontds, é, (Heb. Dd,) a moth,
cloth-worm, Matt. 6: 19, 20." Luke 12:

83. Sept. for 0p Ie 51:8 wy Is.
60: 9.—Theopbr. H. Pl, 1. 16 roir0 xad

mods tois ofras ty tots uatlos dyadér.

ZyroBpwros, ov, 8, 4, adj. (vis,
Pifigesonss,) moth-eaten, James 5: 2 iud-
tia ipir omdfeara. So Sept. for
wy iday Job 13: 28,

TI ev00, 0, £. daw, (oPév05 strength,)
to atrengthen, to confirm, absol. 1 Pet. 5:
10 oGerdors, or a8 in text. rec. Opt.
@Sevdou, comp. Winer p.273.—Hesych.
odedce* énozios, Suvauoice. A late
form, not found elsewhere; comp. H.
Planck in Bibl. Repos, I. p. 678,

Sayer, ovos, 4, pp. the jaw-bone,
jaw, Sept. for 13 Jude. 15:15 aq. Xen.
Eq. 1. 8 In N.T. genr. the cheek,
Matt. 5: 89. Luke 6: 29. So Sept. and
wmd 1K, 22:24, Lam. 3: 29, Cant.
al,

Ziydea, @, f. jou, (ole to hiet,)
to be silent, still, to keep silence.

a) genr. intrans. Luke 9:36 abro} éot-

ay, 20:26, Acts 1217. 15: 12, 13,
1 Cor. 14: 28,30, 34. Sept. for w>N7y
Ex. 14:14. st Ece. 3: 7. — Dem.
291. 20. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 6.

b) trans. to keep in silence, to keep
secret, Pass. Rom. 16:25 prvomnglov x90-
vous alclows oecrynuivov.—Eurip. Med.
80 or 81 olya Adyor. Comp. Hdian. 4,
8, 13.

Depp, 76) 4, (ude) silence, Acts

750

Zexa prog

1: 40 mollis ouyis, Rev. & 1.—Wied.
18:14. Xen. Cyr. 7.1.25 moldy ony.

Zidnge0s, ga, cov, contr. oidy-
Q0v8, &, ob», ( >») iron, of iron.
‘Acts 12: 10 tier thy oidnear. Rev. =
27, 9:9, 12:5.19%:15, Sept. for bia
Lev, 26:19. Deut. 3:11.—Dem. 778. @.
Xen. Cyr. 6. 1. 30.

28noos, ov, 6, iron, Rev. 18 12
Sopt. for tr-ja Gen. 4: 21. 1K. 6 7.—
Dem. 645. 16. Xen. Cyr. 3, J. 23.,

Zor, vos, i, Sdon, Heb. iT
Zidon, a celebrated commercial city of
Phenicia, situated on the sea coast north-
ward of ‘Tyre, and now called Saide;
every where coupled with Tyre except
twice, Acts 27:3. Luke 4:26 sig Ze-
genta tig Zidcv05, i. ©. the country or
territory of Sidon. So Matt. 11:21 &

Woy nad 2Ban, v.22 15:21. Mark
8:8, 7:24, 31. Luke 6 17. 10: 13, 14—
The name Fits signifies fishing, fish-
ery, and such is the etymology gives
by Justin 18.8; comp. Gesen, Lex a
voc. ButJosephus derives it from Sidon
the eldest son of Canaan, Gen. 10: 15.
Jos. Ant. 1.6.2 Sidon is = very an-
cient city, Gen. 10: 19, 44:13; and was
assigned by Joshua to the tribe of Asher,
but never subdued by “them, Judg.
1:81. 10:12 Jos, Ant. 5.4.1 & mgo70-
ven It afterwards surren-
dered to Salmanassar king of Assyria ;
and was destroyed by Artaxerxes Ochus
king of Persia about 340 B.C. Jos.
Ant, 9, 14. 12. Diod. Sic. 16. 41 9q. Ik
was again rebuilt, and not long after
was taken by Alexander the Great, be-
fore the sioge of Tyre, Jos. Ant. 11.8.
3. After his death it was subject al-
ternately to the kings of Syria and of
Egypt, and then to the Romans. At
present the population of Saide is esti-
mated at from 8000 to 10000, mostly
Mohammedans. See Rosemn. Bibl.
Geogr. II. i. p. 20 sq.

dares, ta, ov, Sidenian, and
of Zideivor the Sidonians, citizens of
Sidon, Acts 12:20, In Mas. Luke 4:
26 Tagenta ric Ziduvlas ac. Zeiges. —
Jos, Ant. 17. 12.1.

Xixagros, ov, & Lat. sicarins,

Stepa

(from sica dagger,) pp. a daggenman,
assassin, robber, Acts 21:38. Comp.
Jos. Ant. 20.8.6. B.J.2.13,5.—Bands
of robbers of this name and character
‘were common in Judea under the pro-
curators ; Jos. B.J. 2.13.3 sl8og lnotéy
Of xcotpers oindgus ... r0ig dodjoe
oey Sroxpintories puxpa Bgidia. Ant.
20. 8.5. Comp. Jos. B. 3.7. ¢. 8—I1.
SGrepa, 16, Heb. 728, indec.
(genit. cixzgos Euseb. Praep. Evang. 6.
10,) sikera, i.e. strong drink, any intox-
icating liquor, whether wine Num. 28:
7, or more usually as prepared from
grain, fruit, honey, dates, etc. Luke 1:
15 olvoy xat alxage: o¥ js} nip. So Sept.
and 23 Lev. 10:9, Deut. 29:6. Judg.
13: 4, 7, 14. — Hieron, ad Nepot. Opp.
ed. Martian. IV. p. 364, “ Sikera He-
braco sermone omnis potio, quae in-
ebriare potest, sive illa quae frumento
conficitar, sive pomorum succo; aut
cum favi decoquuntur in dulcem et
barbaram potionem; aut palmarum
fructus exprimuntur in liquorem, coc-
tisque frugibus aqua pinguior colora-
tur.” Plin. H. N. 14. 19, “ Fierent vi-
na et ® pomis, primumque e palmis
quarum Palaestina feracissima fuit, quo
Parthi et Indi utuntur, et Oriens totus.”
The Egyptians prepared a similar drink
from barley, Hdot. 2.77, Diod. Sic. 1.
20, 31. :
Sas, see in Xdovares.
Stdovavos, ov, 6, Silvanus, aloo
contr. Bias, a, 6, Silas, pr.n, of @ dis-
tinguished Christian teacher, the com-
panion of Paul in his journies in Asia
Minor and Greece. The former name
is found only in the Epistles ; the latter
only in Acts; e. g. Z:dovdves, 2 Cor. 1:
19. 1 Thess. 1:1. 2 Thess. 1:1. 1 Pet.
512 Bas, Acts 15:22, 27, 32, 34,
40. 16: 19, 25,29, 17: 4,10, 14,15. 18:5.
Zdwap, & v, 16, indec. Siloam,
Heb. rr>zi (sent, a sending sc. of water,)
Shilech, ‘Siloah, pr. n. of a fountain in
the valley by Jerusalem, Jobo 9:7, 11
soluyBiPea toi Zk. Luke 13: 4 6 xig-
os éy 165 Ftd, see in Iigyos. So Sept.
for Heb. 15a Is. 8: 6. Josephus usu-
ally 4 Zsdecy, once tod Zdwap B. J. 6.
7.2, and once tot Zdwa ib. 2. 16. 2—

751

Stuer

Ancient tradition and the testtmony
of all travellers unite in placing the
fountain of Siloam on the south-eastern
part of Jerusalem, near the foot of
Mount Zion, having Moriah on the
north. Here, at the present day, @
fountain issues from the rock, at first
twenty feet or more below the eurface
of the ground, into a reservoir, to which
there is a descent by two flights of
steps; from this place it makes its way
several rode under the mountain, and
then appears again as a beautiful rill
winding its way down into the valley
towards the south-east. Tho water is
soft, of eetish taste and pleasant;
according well with the description of
Josephus, yluaia zai wold way, B. J.
5.4.1, See Miss, Herald 1824. p. 66.
Calmet p. 854, 565. — Several modern
critics, as Geeenius, Tholuck, and otb-
ers, assign the location of Siloam to the
south-western side of Mount Zion, in the
valley which runs northward from the
upper part of the Valley of Hinnom ;
comp. Miss, Herald 1824. p. 40. This
opinion is founded chiefly on two pas-
sages of Josephus, whith may indeed
be s0 understood, but not necessarily ;
and no traveller makes mention of any
fountain on this side of the city. Jos.
B. 3.5.4.2 ib. 5.12.2. comp. B. J.
6.7.2. ib.6.8.5. See Gesen. Lex.
art. 15g. Comment, on Is. 7:3, Tho-
luck Beytr. z. Erkl. des N. T. p. 123
sq. comp. Relandi Palaestina p. 858,
Contra, Roesenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p.
250. J. Olshausen zur Topogr. des alten
Jerus. p. 4 sq. 46 9q.

ZuxtyFuov, ov, +6, Lat. semi-
ctnctium, i.e. an apron, prob. of linen,
worn by artisans, etc. Acts 19: 12,
Comp. Wetst. N. T. ad loc.

Siuov, wvoc, 6, Simon, Heb.
iMG (a bearing) Simeon, pr. n. of sev-
eral persons.

1, Simon Peter, the apostle, see in
Tiitgos, Matt. 13: 55. 17: 25. Luke 4:
38. 22:31. al. Elsewhere he is also
called Zine 5 leydperos v. éxexacdotpsvos
Téxgos, Matt. 4: 18. 10:2. Acts 10: 18,
11:13, Zier Sropa Mérgos Mark &
16, comp. Luke 6: 14. Zuo Iérgo¢
Maw. 16: 16. Luke 5: 8, John 1: 41.

Sve
GB R69 al. amr 8 vide "Tord
John k: 43. huwr Bog-Fonvis Matt. 16:

¥7, Tipe “lewd John 2: 15, 16, ¥2.

2. Simon Zelotes Luke 6:15, Acts
13, or 6 Kavavirng Matt. 10:4. Mark
% 18, also an apostie ; see in Zqleris
and Kavayirys.

3. Simon, brother of the apostles
James the Lese, and Jude, and a kins-
man of Jesus, Matt. 13: 55. Mark 6: 3.
See in “Idxefog no. 2. Perhaps the
same with Simon Zelotes above.

4. Stmon, the father of Judas Iscariot,
John 6: 71, 12:4, 13: 2, 26.

5. Simon a Pharisee, who invited
Jesus to his house, Luke 7: 40, 43, 44.

6. Simon 6 lengos, i.e. formerly a
leper, Matr. 26:6. Mark 14: 3.

7. Simon the ic im ios,
who was compelled to aid in bearing
the cross of Jesus, Matt. 27:32, Mark
15: 21. Luke 23: 26.

8 Simon 6 payevwr, a sorcerer in
Samaria, Acts 8: 9, 13, 18, 24.

9, Simon é Bugosi's, a tanner at Joppe,
Acts 9: 43. 10: 6, 17,32. Ar.

va, 16, indec. Sinai, Heb. °2°0,
Sept. 13 Zod Judg. 5:5. Ex. 19: 1, 2
pr. u. of @ mountain or rather cluster
of mountains in the Arabian peninsula
between the two gulfs of the Red Sea,
celebrated as the place where the Mo-
saic law was given. The particular
mountain or summit which probably
bore the name of Sinai, is now called
Djebel Mousa, Mount of Moses. At its
foot isa convent of Catholic monks
situated ina narrow valley. Directly
behind the convent, towards the south-
‘west, the mountain rises with a steep
ascent; and after three quarters of an
hour there isa small plain or lower
summit, still called Djebel Oreb, or Ho-
reb, Heb. 34m; where the law is also
said to have been given, Deut. 1:6 4:
10, 15. 5:2 al. comp. Ex. 19: 11, 23.
%A: 16. From hence a still steeper s-
cent of hatf'an hour leads to the peak
of the mountain, On the W. 8. W. of
Djebel Mousa Kes Mount St. Catharine,
still higher, and separated from the
former by a narrow valley. See Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria ote. 4to. p. 565
sq. Ruppell’s Reisen in Nubien u, dem

758

Zouigeo
petr. Arables, 1899. Also fully in Bibl.

Repos. IL. p. 765 aq. Calmet p- 412 sq.
—Aeta 7: 30,88. Gel. 4: 24, 95.

wane, ewe, 16, mustard, sinapis
orientalis, ® plant often growing in the
fertile soil of Palestine to a very con-
siderable size, Matt. 13:31. Mark 4 31.
Luke 13:19. See Buxt. Lex, Cheld.
Rabb. 823, The expression xoxxor 61-
vars, @ grain of mustard, is @ prover-
bial Phrase, i i,q, the least, the smatlest
particle, Matt. 17:20. Luke 17:6. So
Rabb. Sy>1 7293, Bort. L ¢. 822
— olvans ‘Archipp. Comm. Athen. MX
€8. p. 498. oivanens Nicet. Annal.
XVIL 5. p. 387. Other late forms are
olyxs Artemid. V.5. p. 401. sivaxe
Diocles. Athen. IL. 78. p. 264. The
early and Awic form was vonv; see
Lob. ad Phryo. p, 268.

odor, ovos, 4, sindom, i. e. fine
linen, muslin, from India, Hdot. 1. 200.
ib, 2. 95; or of cotton, buowine
Hot. 2,86, ib. 7.181; also genr. limes
cloth, used as a sigoal, Pol. 2, 66.10
Passaw derives it from 2:rdds i. g. “I
80g; some, as Etym. M. from the city
Zidein ; others from Heb. 7°10 @ liven
un , Fischer Prolus. de Vit.
Lexx. p. 75; while Pollux regards it
as of Egyptian origin, Onom, 7. 172.
Comp. Kuinoel ad Matt. 27: 59. — Ia
N. T. linen cloth, @ linen
of a square or oblong form, worn by
the Orientals at night instead of the
usual garments, Mark 14: 51 veariewes

mugiBeflquives cirdéve ind yrpooi.
x. ae also fur wrapping aroand
iota aioe ne

ike 23:53. Sept. for JID
14: 12, 18. Prov. 31: 24. wun. pe Mf
rpros womstiode, ade meg Boag
Taira. doe & 95 fir iv & iperiy
dvelitciusvog si3n 5 ow8or..

Ziutte, f. dow, (siner a sieve,
riddle,) to sift, to shake, as grain in &
sieve or riddle. Trop. c. acc. of perm.
impl. Luke 2231 3 Zeandis fynjoaro
yds, 10d oindcas dg tor oor, ie.
to agitate and prove by triale and af-
flictions, — Heayeb. owecas* oiees,
soeuseiees, Not found in profane wri-
tere; comp. Passow ast. cinor.

Sereines

Taeifes, 4, 07, (ovesiv, otros)
Sed, wc. with grain, fatted, Lake 15: 23
‘zov padozor tor gutevsir. v.27, 30. So
Sept. for pay 53y Jer. 46:21. 0138
LK. 5:3 [4:28]. — Pol. 99.2.7. Xen.
An. 5. 4.3%

Saiov, ov, +4, (cix0s,) grain, corn,
provision of grain, Acts 7:12 in Mss,
for plur. oisa.—plur, ri ostla Jos. Ant,
15. 9. 1. Pol. 8, 87. 1.

Lrror0s, 7, oy, (ovrlkes, otros fed,
sc. with graiv, falted; subst. sé omiste
fa Matt. 22: 4, — Joe, Ant. 8.2.4
‘Athen. XIV. p. 656.¢. The form oi
saved was more Attic, Thom. Mag.p. 794,

Srromerpeor, ov, 16, (i105, ps-
t9se,) grain measured out, i.g. an allow-
ance, portion, ration, Luke 1% 42. —
Greg. Naz. Orat. 2. 29. Basil. Ep. 383,
404. A word of the later Greek, Lob.
ad Phr. p. 383. 80 astopsrgle Diod.
Bic. 2 41.

Tirog, ov, 3, plur, ta cixer, wheat,
and genr. for grain, com. Matt, 3: 12
ouvdtss 167 citer aizot. 13: 25, 29, 30.
Mark 4:28. Luke 3:17. 16:7. 2 31,
comp. in Zivsde. John 12:24. Acts 7:
32 pee in Zitlov. 27:38. 1 Cor. 15:37.
Rev. 6: 6, 18:18. Sept. for “2 Gen.
41: 49, 42:3. UH Gen, 27: 28, 37. Is.
96: 17.—Ael. V. H. 6.12, Pol. 5.1. 1.
Xen. Occ. 17. 12, 13. Anab, 2, 4. 27.

Zizag, se Bvzdo.

Susy, 6 v. 16, indec. Sion, Heb.
yivx (sunny ) Zion, the eouthern-
most and highest of the hills on which
Jerusalem was built, containing the cit-
adel, the palace, and the upper city,

dye mbes v. dyogd Jos. B. 3. 5.4.1.
See in ‘Iegoveakru.—In N.T. by synecd.
for the whole of Jerusalem, as the holy
city, the seat of the worship of the true
God, where his presence is said to
well, e.g. dnd 15 Boog Zueiv Rev. Md:
1. & Zio Rom. 9: 2. 1 Pet. 26. ex
Zui Rom. 11:26, Suying Zieby Matt.
21:5, John 12: 15, see in Ovyatyg c.
Of the spiritual or celestial Sion, Heb.
IEW; see in “Iegovsadiip c. 8.

Sona, w, f. iow, (oseny silence,

elliness,) 66 be silent, still, ines

733

SkdvSador

8) pp. persons, to keep silence, to hold
one’s peace, Matt. 20:31. 26:63.6 di" y-
cots doscima, Mark 3:4. 9:34. 10:48. 14:
61. Luke 18:39. 19:40, Acts 16:9. Of
one unable to speak, dumb, Luke 1:20.
Sept. for nz Job 29:21, wr9Qh7 Is.
36:31. rh Is, 42 14—Lue. D. Deor.
21. 2 Dem. 1126. 27. Xen. An. 1.
32

b) trop. of a sea or lake, to be still,
calm, hushed, Mark 4:39 ovoina, maple
co.—Comp. Anth. Gr. I. p. 16. 1 vect-
yar 8i Sdélacca. Theoer. Id. 2. 38,
So sileat mare, Valer. Flact. 8. 452.

Sxavdarilo, f. law, (oxdr8alor,)
to cause to stumble and fall, Pass. to |”
stumble and fall, not found in profane
writers, nor in Sept. Trop. in respect
to external circumstances, q. d. fo eause
to fall, to bring to ruin, Aquil. for S32,
ging, Prov. 4:12 Is. 8 15. 40: 390.
Ps. 64:9; also Ecclus, 9:5, 28:8, 35:
15.—In N. T. trop. in a moral sense, to
be a stumblis to any one, to cause
to stumble at or in any thing, i. e. to give
or cause offence to any one, trans.

a) genr. i. q, to offend, to vez, pp. to
scandalize, c. acc. of pers, Matt. 17: 27
fv 8a py oxaydullowpsy adrots. John
& 61, 1Cor. 8:13 bis, Pass, Matt.
15: 12, Rom. 14:21, 2 Cor, 11: 29,—
So Pass, oxavdalitecSar ty tim to be
offended in or at any one, to take offence
at his character, words, conduct, so as
to desert and reject him. Matt. 11:6
pondgids doxiy, Be bar wh oxevda!
dy dpol, 13:57. 26:31, 33 bis, Mark 6:
14: 27, 2, Luke 7: 23,

b) causat. to cause to offend, to lead
astray, to lead into sin, i.e. to be a sturh-

ing block, or the occasion of one’s
inning ; ¢. ace. of pers, Matt. 5:29 ef 3
5 6@8. cov oxardalizes os. v.30. 18: 6
868 dy oxecrBallon ive téy punpere vob—
tev. v.8,9, Mark 9: 42, 43, 45, 47,
Luke 17: 2.—Pealt, Salom. 16: 7 yuvtu-
nbg morngds oxerBalitovons pgora.—
Hence Pass. to be made to offend, to be
led astray or into sin, i. q. to fall away
from the truth, from the Gospel, ete.
Matt. 13: 21. 24: 10. Mark 4:17. John
16: 1.

Skardadoy, ov, 15,0 later form
for oxardddySgor, (crates or onciufibt,)

Suan
Pp. trap-stiek, a crooked stick on which
the bait is fastened, which the animal
strikes againet and 60 ) springs the trap,
Pollux On. 7. 114 pusiyeas, oy 38 nut,
povéy va xab ayotousroy marsdlior*
84 xh onagsiyg mpoongrysivor onevba
AnOgor ae ib. 10. 156. Comp.
Wes. N. T. Hesych. oxav~
SaloSpioras, oi oxivdaloy 13 by saig *
pedyeaus. By eynecd. a trap, gin, snare,
piv trop. Josh. 23:53, 1 Sain.
Hence genr. ‘any thing which
one strikes or stumbles against, a stum-
Bling-Block, impediment, a8 Bept. for
diva Lev. 19: 14 dxévavts tuplod ob
mgoadiaeg oxaydaloy, comp, Judith
5:1. InN. T. stumbling-block, offence,
only trop. in a moral sense.

a) genr, as a cause of stumbling, fall-
ing, ruin, morally and spiritually. E.g.
of Christ, as 4 wétgc oxarddlou rock of
stumbling, Rom. 9: 33. 1 Pet. 2:7; see
in Lita b, b. Aldog b. | Also Rom. 11:9
pepe 4 tgdnea aitiv ... tig oxc-
@aloy, quoted from Ps. 69: 23 where
Sept. for wpin, comp. above. Sept.
for dan Pa. 119: 165. — Ecclus. 27:
93, 1 Mace, 5: 4.

b) asa cause of offence and indig-
nation, i.q. offence, a scandal, Matt. 16:
98 oxirdalsy pov sl. 1 Cor, 1: 23, Gal.
5: 11,.—Judith 12: 2.

©) as a cause or occasion of sinning
or of falling away froin the truth, Matt.
18 Tter. Luke 17:1 averdextor tom
wa Sty ta oxdvdela: Rom. 14: 13.
1617, Rev.%14. 1 John 210 xai
oxdydador dy aixg ox dot, i.e, there
is in himeelf nothing to lead him into
sin; comp. v.11. Meton, of persons,
Matt. 18: 41. Sept. for =pin Judg.
2% 3. Pa. 106: 36.—Wisd. 1

Skanw, f. yo, to dig, intrans.
Luke 6: 48 6; foxaye nad ifddvre, see
in Bade, 1% 8. 16:3 oxdmtey ox
lozie. Bept. Is, 5: 6, Heb. 133. —
Aristopb. Av. 1482 oxdatay yag ox
éxlorapu Hdian. 4,7, 6, Xen. Occ.
1414.

Sxagy, 96, ii, (exdare,) pp, tany
thing dug out,’ e. g. a channel, trench,
Hdot. 4. 73. @ bowl, Bel and Drag. 33.
a beth Arr. Epict. 3.22.71. InN. T.
6 aif, beat, Acts 27: 16, 30, 32.—Dion.

754

Zusvog
Hal, Ant. 3.44, Pol 1.93.7. Plut. Mor.
IL. p. 17. Taucho.

Sxédos, og, ous, 6, plur. rx
3 oxily, the leg, from the hip to the foot,
John 19: 31, 32,33. Sept. for n°27S
Lev. 11:21. Am. 3 12, — Aristot. H-
Ant 1.15. Pol 1.80.13 Xen. An. 4

Skdnaoua, ar08, 16, ( oxenct{a,
oxendies, to cover,) covering, i.e. clothing,
raiment, 1 Tim. 6 8.—Jos. B. J.2 8.5
Cucdiperos cxexdopacs livcis. Philo Qu.
feu ine pot. p. 159. A. Aristot. Polit.

Akevac, a, 8, Sceva, pr. n. of a
Jew who had been a chief priest, Acts
19: 14, See in *Agyiepai b.

Sxev7, 7% th (oxsiog,) apparatus,
equipment, e. g. for war, Diod. Sic. 11.
71; apparel, equipage, trappings, Hdian.
6. 4 ll. Xen. An. 4.7.27, In N.T.
of a ship, apparatus, furniture, imple-
ments; Acts 27:19 riy axevjy 100 xioiov
igslpaper. — Diod. Bic. 14. 79. OF
household furniture, moveables, Pol. 2
6.6.

Zxevos, €06, ous, 16, (lkindr. with
vio, x20900, to hide, to cover,) a vessel,
utensil, implement.

a) genr. of furniture ete. (a) pp. of
s hollow vessel for containing things,
Luke 8 16 oidels 84 Aizror dyes, sa-
Aine aitoy oxtie. John 19:29. Acts
10:11, 16, 11: 5. So Sept. . and 92
2K, 4:3,4,6. (Ael. V.H. 12.8. Heian,
4.7.8.) | Of a potter's vessel, Rom. 9:
21. Rev.227, Sept. and
28. 14: 50.—Ofany vessel or implement,
Mark 11: 16 ove jiguer tru sip dueriyay
exis dud ro¥ hegot, 2Tim. 220. Heb.
9:21 nd axain tis Anrovpyias. Rev. 18:
12 bis. Sept. and 3, 1 Chr. 9: 28.
Num.1:50. Ex.3: 22. (Died. Sie. 17.66.
Xen. Mem. 1.7.5.) Plur. ra azeon,
household stuff, guods, furniture, Matt.
12: 20, Mark 3:27, Luke 17: 31 1
oxaty eitoi ev 17 oixlg. Sept. Gen. 31:
37. Neb. 13: 8.—Palaeph. 38. 3. Hdian.
21.2, Ken. Oce. & 12—(3) Trop. of
the buman body as formed of elay, and
therefore frail and feeble ; 2 Cor. 4:7

Ezopar zby Syoavesr rotror dy cevgenl-

“Se

~ yout oxabaory. Bo of persone in & moral

. those on whom the
divine wrath or mercy is to be exercis-
ed; in allusion to the vessels of the pot-
ter in v.21, Comp. in an active sense,
Sept. oxeiy seyiis, Heb. ost %3, ie
instruments of wrath, Jer. 50: "Gene.
2 Tim. 2:21,—(y) In the Inter Hebrew
veage 2 Gr. oxsiios, is put for a wife,
‘vessel of her. husband; see
Fronts Hor. Heb. p. 827. Wetst, 'N. T.
AL. p. 302. So 1 Pet. 2:7 as coders
erigy oxsits 1G yuveuntly, the female
vessel as the weaker, 1 Thess, 4:4 ro
Savr08 oxsios xrdadas, see in Krdopas ;
comp. 1 Cor. 7: 2, — Ocecumen. tuvés 13
daveod oxsios nyy Spétvyoy jouirsvcay.
b) in respect to use, an implement,
instrument. (a) pp. and spec. the mast
of asbip, es the chief instrument of
sailing, Acts 27:17 zeléeartes 13 oxtbos,
the sails having probably been furled
before, comp.¥.15, Ancient ships had
usually but one mast, which was
‘or lowered at pleasure; see Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 403. comp. Hom. Il. 1.
434. — So 1 oxsiy of the implements
and tackle of a ship, Poll. On. 10. 13.
Xen. Oec. 8. 11, 12,— (8) Trop. of a
Person as the instrument of any one,
Acts 9: 15 oxtiog éxloyijs, i. 0. a chosen
vessel, instrument. Comp. Sept. and
aa Jer. 50: 25.—Pol. 13. 5.7 Japoxhiig
+ daygarixdy jy oxaiog svpvss.

Sx}, HS, 4, (kindr. with oxsiog,
‘exlo,) a booth, hut, tabernacle, tent, pp.
any covered or shaded place, Heb.

7

8) pp. as built of green boughs and
the like, a booth, Matt. 17: 4 ovjoomer
ds 198is oxppds. Mark 9:5. Luke 9:33.

So Sept. for m9 Gen. 33: 17. Is, 1:8.

Jon, 4: 5.—Dein. 284, 24. Xen. Cyr. 2.

1.25.—Also of skins etc. atent, Heb. 11:

9 éy oxppais xaroimjoas. So Sept. and

790 Lev. 23: 43% 2 Sem. 1:11, for

Sr Gen. 4: 19. 18: 1 aq. — H.
9.3, Hdian. 2.11.3, Xen. An. 3.3.1.

— Once diminutively of a small house
in Tuine, Engl. hut, Acts 15: 16 @ avou—

‘thy oxqriy Aefid viv mente

-aviay, quoted from Amos 9: 11 where
‘Sept. and "20, metaph. for the family

735

Beyvonyyla

or royal Hine of David, fallen into weak-
ness and decay.—Genr. for abode, dwell
ing, Luke 16:9 alg rig alurloug expt.
Rev. 13: 6 hy oxqriy abtod sc. 100
S10f, i, e. heaven. So Sept. and 2p
Job 36: 20. Ps, 18: 12,

b) spec. the tabernacle, the sacred
tent of the Hebrews, in which the ark
was kept, the seat of the Jewish wor-
ship before the building of the temple.

‘The ark however was separated from
the tabernacle long hefore this period,
and was kept in Jerusalem, while the
tabernacle itself remained in Gibeon ;
2 Chr. 1: 3, 4, 18, comp. 2 Sam. & 17.
1 Chr. 15: 1. — (a) pp. and genr, Heb.
8:5. 9: lin Mes, 9:21. 13:10. Acts
7 44 4 ox. rob pagruplov, see in Mag
sigioy b. Sept. for bryx Ex. 29: 4, 10.
33:7. 4399 Num. 1: "50 oq. — By sy-
need. en of the outer of
the tabernacle, Heb. 9: 2, 6,8; also of
the tuner sanctuary, the holy of holies,
Heb. 9: 3. — (8) Symbolically of the
spiritual or celestial tabernacle, from
which the material one is said to have
heen copied, Heb. & 2 9:11. Comp.
8: 5. 9: 23,24. Also poetically for the
temple i in the heavenly Jerusalem, Rev.
15: 56 vads nis exqric tod pagruglov.
21:3,

¢) Acts 7: 43 § emmy rob Moldy, the
tabernacle of Moloch, quoted from Amos
5: 26 where Sept. for Heb, m330, i.e.
a tabernacle which the idolatrous Iere-
elites constructed in the desert in hon-
our of Moloch, like that in honour of
Jehovah ; prob. of asmall size eo as
to elude the notice of Moses. Comp.
the oxy} lec of the Carthaginians
Diod. Sic, 20, 65. Petron. 20 “ prae-
terea grande armarium in angulo vidi,
in cujus aedicula erant lares argentei
positi.”

Sxyvonyyia, as, 4, (oxmri, mi-
ys) Pe a booth-pitching, tent-pitch-
ing, 1. e. the festival of booths or of tab-
ernacles, the third great annual festival
of the Jews, in which all the males
were required to appear before God at
the tabernacle or temple ; the other two
being the Passover and Pentecost;
Deut, 16:16. al. John 7: 2 § kogey 19
“Tovdaler, cxqvonnyle. — So 4 omvene-

Fenvonows

la 2Maoe.1:9,18, Heb. mispm 3m,
Sept. FS Deut. 16:16.
31: 10. Zech. 14: 16, 18,19, So Eadr.
5: 54, 1 Macc. 10:21. Jos. Ant. 4. 8,12,
Sept. bogn} téiv cxqraw Lev. 23: 2.
Deut. 36: 13.—This festival was 00 eall-
ed from .the booths of green boughs
and leaves, in which the people dwelt
during its continuance, on the roofs of
the houses and in the courts and streets.
It began on the 15th day of the seventh
month Tisri, which commenced with
the new moon of October, and was
celebrated for eight days; partly asa
‘memorial of the 40 years’ wandering
in the desert, where the Israelites dwelt
in booths, Lev. 23: 42, 43; and partly
as.asesson of thanksgiving for the in-
gathering of the harvest, hence called
Bro aM festival of ingathering, Ex.
28: 16. 34: 22, It was 0 scason of re-
joicing and feasting ; particular sacrié-
ces were offered; and portions of the
daw read in public; Deut. 31: 10 aq.
Neh. 8:18. Jos. Ant.4.8,12, To these
the later Jews added a libation of water
prought from the fountain Silogm, mixed
with wine, and poured upon the alter.
Comp. genr, Lev. 2:34 8q. 39 sq. Neb.
& Jd. 2 Mace. 10: 6 6q. Jos. Ant. 3.
10. 4. ib. 4.8.12 ib. 8, 4.1, Jaho §966.
—The first and eighth days were Sab-
baths to the Lord, with holy convoca-
tions, Ley. 23: 35, 36, 39. Num. 29: 32,
85; and the eighth especially is called
the last great day of the festival, Joho
7: 87, comp. Neh. 8: 18.
Senvonops, oF, 6, (opr, woides,)
a tent-maker, spoken of Paul, Acts 18:3.
See in Havlog. — Comp. oxqronoioipas
Diod. Sic. 3. 27. Hdian. 7. 2. 8.
Sxjvos, £05, ous, 16, (i. q. ox1r4,)
pp. a booth, tent, tabernacle, Anthol. Gr.
Il. p. 162." Hesych. oxqvoug* oixqry-
giov. Usually and in N.T. trop. for
the body, a8 the frail and temporary
ashode of the soul; 2Cor. 5:14 éni-
yuog olula 06 oxjvovs i. e. this earthly
house, this tabernacle, the geuit. being
equivelentto an apposition, asin Hebrew,
Geen. Lehrg. p. 677. 2 Cor. &: 4 of
Bring by 1 onnres.—Wind. 9:15 1 yed-
Bag ‘oxapes. Acachin. Dial. Socr. 8.5.
Maz. Tys. Diss. 38. p. 206. Plat. Axiooh.

756

Zagrie

‘T. WAM. p. 107. Teuche. Se Plato
siivor oxivos, teste Clam. Alex. Stromeat,
Y. p. 593,

Zyroa, @, f. dow, ( oxires,) te
lent, to pitch tent, Sept. for brite Gea.
18 12. Joa. Vit. § 47. Hdian. 6 8. 17.
In N.T.to dwell as in tents, to taber-
nacle, intrans, seq. év jpiy John J: 14
dy c. dat. of place, Rev. 12: 12. 13:6
petd c. gen, Rev. 21:3, dnd c. ace.
Rev.7:15. Sept. c.éy for 3 72D Judg.
Xen. Ao, 5.5. 11 oxqvoty

Sxjvouc, ros, 16, (cxyrce,) «

booth or dent pilched, a tabernacle, pp.
Kee Ne 3. for Ge
ad. ducting, ‘Acts 7:
Bept. and #3U1 Ps 1Be5. AGA Sk
1K. 228. &:4—Trop. of the body, as
the frail tenement of the soul, 2 Pet. 1:
13,14. Comp. in Zxivos.

Dia, Ge, 4, shadow, shade 2)
pp. Mark 4:32 tnd njy omy eirot.
‘Acts 5:15. Sept. for b3 Ez. 17: 23
Judg. 9: 26. — Ael. V.H. 214 Xen
Cyr. 8. 8, 17.—In the sense of darkness,
gloom, 08 oxik Sardrov death-shade, ie.
thickest darkness; see in Ogveres d.
Matt. 4: 16, Luke J: 79. Comp. umbre
mortis Ovid Met. 5. 191.

b) metaph. a shadow, i.e. ¢ shadow
ing forth, adumbration, in distinetion
from 16 oda the body or reality, and
& eixeiy the full and perfect image; #0
of the Jewish rites and dispensation ss
prefiguring things future and more
perfect. Col. 2:17 dots omed rev yask-
lortam, 10 88 cépa tov Xgsorou. Hed.
8:5. 10:1 andy pag trun 5 viper...
odx ccdtyy tyy txova ty mocyperteer. —
Philosr. Vit. Soph. 1.20. 1 Sts omc sai
druigara af G2oval maces. Comp. Cie.
Off. 3. 17 “nos veri jaris solidac et ex-
pressam efigiem nullam tenemus; us
bra et imaginibus utimur.”

Dxigraw, , f jou, Jo leap,

ing, intrans. of animals, Sept.
Mal. 4:2. Wisd. 17:19, Lue. D. Marin.
15.2 In N. T. to leap for joy, to exalt,
Luke 6:23 zalgste nal exigrionss. Of
the foetus in the sromb, Luke 1: 44, 4;
comp. Sept. Gen. 25 23. — Arjatoph.
Plat. 761 emprgza unl yogeion. Pict.

Txlggouagdla

ed. R. Vip. 46 eugrison reson. Hdion,
4.44.5,

ZxAnpoxagdia, as, 4, (ord,
swagdle,) hardness of heart, ebstinacy,
versencess, Matt, 19; 8. Mark 10:5. 16: 4,
Sept. for 33> nbay Deut. 10: 16, Jer.
4: 4. — Ecclua. 18 10. Not found in
profane writers,

ZxAngos, a, ov, (oxdfivas, oxildon)
pp. dried up, i. q. dry, hard, stiff; 80 of
the voice or sounds, hoarse, harsh, oxi.
rizog Jos. Ant. 4.3.3, axl. fgortal ib,
2.16. 3. Hot. 8.12; or of things, hard,
not soft, 4 oxlyga xa} ta poloxd Ken.
Mem. 3 10. 1. — Hence in N. T. hard,
ie.

2) of winds, fierce, violent, Janes 3
4 x6 oxdngav dviper. Comp.in Engl.
‘a hard wind, a stiff wind? — Sept.
Prov. 27:16 oxlngis divspos. Ael.
Y. H. 9. Mod, Syapos. Arr. Alex. M.
1. 26. 3.

b) of things apoken, hard, i. q. harsh,
effensine; an déyos John 6 60, comp,
4. G1, Jude 15 mig} sayz tay oxlg-
26y wr Usigony xat gino, q. d. hard
speeches, So Sept. for mip Gen. 4%
7,30, 1 K. 1% 13.—Eurip. Fregm. 75
xéuigg Silas cos poldoxn youd) liye
9 oxdng diqdi.—OF things done, hard,
Le Brievous 5 Acta: 5 at 26
J4 gudnedy cos mods xivsea aselius.
Bo Sopt. for gp Ex.1:14. 6:9. Deut.
26: 6.—Pol. 4.21.1. Xen, Mem. 2.1.20.

£) of persons, j.q. harsh, stern, severe.

Matt, 25: 24 Sz al SrGommes.
So Sept. for > 1 Sam. 25:3, Is. 48: 4.
—Lue. Somn. 6. ‘Aristot. Eth. 4.8 kyo.

06 na} oxdngol Souotew alvas, Athen.
II. p. 55. E.

ZxAynpoms, 10s, 4, ( oxdnges, )

» hardness, sie vis Jos. Ant. 3.

LI. hardiness of the body, Plot. ed.

R. VL p. 497. 11. In N.T. trop, oxdqr

germs tiie xagdias, hardness of heart,

obstinacy, perverseness, Rom. %5. Sept.
for Sp Deut. 9: 27.

LxAngorgdzndos, 4, 4, adj. (oxdg-
xedynies,) hard-necked, stif-necked,
fe nines Perueras, Acts 7:54. Sept.

-6,13—Ber. @'98, Koolus. 16 12.

157

Ex. $3: 3,5. Deut. 9: Seq.

axonto

, . ;
ZAnevven, £ wvsi, (oxingds,) pp. to
make dry ond hard ; ian to make hard,
heavy, grievous, Sept. for 73 2 Chr.
10: 4, Judg. 4: 24; oe ott 9 Beer
19: 43..—In N. T. of persons in a moral
sense, to harden, i
perverse, c.acc. Rom. 9
oxdggives, comp. v.17 et Ex. 7:3. Paap
Acts 19:9. Heb. 3: 13. Seq. s3¢ xag-
Slag Heb, 3: 8, 15 et 4:7, quoted from _
Ps, 95: 8 where Sept. for mpm; also
for pyr Ex. 9: 13. 10: 20.— “Ecclus,
80: 12 prjmore oxdngurOals dmesSrjoy cos.
— Others in Rom. 9: 18, to dest hardly
with, comp. Job 39: 16.

Sxoduwe, ct, dy, (oxidle,) crooked,
bent, pp. from dryness, e. g. Euloy oxe-
didy Wisd. 13: 13, ox. l3ngos Hdot.
2.86. InN. T.

a) pp. of a way, or parts of it, Luke
3:5 xal Loran 14 oxohd tly ab Setar, quo-
ted from Is. 40:4 where Sept. for 3p9-
Sept. also for vgs Prov.2:15, D*ppx
Is. 42: 16.—Jos. Ant. 3. 6.2 Heliodsr.
1. 6 oxolias vag 117

b) trop. crooked, i.e. i
as yeved oxolud ‘Acts 2 vin Phil, 2 15
Bo Sept. yey. oxol. for 3770 Ps. 78: 8.
WEP Prov. 32 5. — Wied. J: 8. — OF
masters, i. q. perverse, unfust, peevish,
opp. éauunjs, 1 Pet.2:18, Comp. Sept.
for m237m Prop. 16: 28.

Zkddoy, onos, 6, pp. ‘any thing
Pointed, sharp,’ ¢. g. ¢ stake, palisade,
Xen. An. 5.2. 5. point of a hook Luc.
Merc. cond. 3. @ thorn, prickle, Sept.
for \*0 Hos. 2:6. Luc. Ver. Hist, 2.30
bids tev05 dyer Bcidoue ab oxokéner po
stig Gxganov. Ae). H, An. 10. 13.—Io
N.T. 2 Cor. 12:7 oxdlop 1] cagal,
thorn in the flesh, i. ©. something which
excites severe and constant pain, preb,
some bodily infirmity, ¢e9ipna, comp.
v.10. — Artemid. ILL. 33 Gixor Sas nat
oxdlonts GOivas myatyoves Sut to OBt.

Sxonde, @, £ tow, (oxonds,) to
look, to wateh, to reconnoitre, absol. Luc.
D. Deor. 20.5. Xen, An, 5.1.9, Ip
N. T. to yok at or upon, to behold, to
regard, ¢, ace. 2 Cor, 4:18. exonointe
tur iwi +6 Blanéueva. Phil. 24.—

ace. of pers, i. q. to mark, to
note, Rom. 16: 17. Phil. 8: 17.—9 Mace.

eons
45. Dem. 1488, 2. Xen. Cyr. 2 2
18, — With a negat. oxonsiy yy, pp. to

Look to it lest, to take heed lest, Luke 11:
35, Gal. 6 1.— Xen. Mag. Eq. 7. 15.

Sxondg, ov, 6, (oxéntopes,) pp.
‘an object set up in the distance, at
which one lookeand aims,’ e. g. a mark,
goal, Phil, 8:14 xatd oxonéy Oicixen
Sept. for m1979 Job. 16: 13, Lam. 3:
12—Jos, Aut. 6, 11. 8, Hdian. 6, 7. 18.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 6.29,

Sxopnke, f. tow, to scatter, to dis-
peree, trans, A later word for the ear-
Tier oxs3cvvvus, Phryo. et Lob. p. 218.
Hi. Planck in Bibl. Repos. I. p. 680.
Passow sub voc.

a) pp. c. acc. John 10: 12 5Ainos. .«
oxognifn 14 ngdfara, 16:32, Sept.
for yrrty 2 Sam. 22: 15, Ps, 18: 15.—
1 Mace. 6:54, Joa, Ant. 6, 6.3. Ael. V.
A. 13, 46. Plut. Timol, 4.—In the pro-
verbial expression, Matt. 12:30 et Luke
11:23 6 py ouvdyey pst” duod, oxognl-
tes, he that gathereth not with me, scatter
eth, i, e. wastes, acts against me.

b) iq. to scatter one’s gifts, to dis-
tribute largely, to be liberal, bountiful,
absol. 2 Cor. 9:9 quoted from, Ps. 112
9 where Sept. for 733.

2xoonios, ov, 6, @ scorpion, Linn,
scorpio Afer, n large insect, sometimes
several inches long, shaped somewhat
Tike a small lobster, and furnished with
a sting at the extremity of its tail. Scor-
pions are found only in hot countries ;
where they lurk in decayed buildings
and among the stones of old walls.
The sting is venomous, producing in-
flammation and swelling ; but is rarely
fatal unless through neglect. See Rees?
Cyelop. art, Scorpio, Luke 10:19. 11:
32 Rev. 9:3, 5, 10.
Deut. & 15, 1K. 12:11, 14. — Eeclus.
26:7. Jos, Ant. 88.2. Ael. H. An. 6.
20. ib. 10, 23,

“Skorewos, 7, ov, (exdt0s,) dark,
without light ; Matt, 6: 23 Soy 16 odd
gov oxotevoy Eotar. Luke 11: 34, 36.
Sept. for zn Job 10:21. 15: 23.
ee. Ps, 88:7. —Ceb. Tab. 10. Xen.

fem. e 10. 1,

Sxorla, as, %, (oxdt0s,) darkness,

738

Sept. for 2922 99,

Shdros
absence of Tight ; used espec. by tate
writers for oxotos. Moeris Pp. 354 omsres
otdstépws, “Artixec’ oxotia, “ ELgqvenisg.
comp. Thom. Mag. p. 800.

a) pp. John 6: 17 exoria 989 tyeyeres,
i. q. it was vow dark. 1235 6 megixe-
téy dy th oxorle, 20:1. Sept. for bye
Job —Eurip. Phoeniss. 346.—So
éy tH oxotlg in darkness, i.e. in a dark
place, in private, Matt. 10:27. Lake
12:3,

b) trop. of moral darkness, the ab-
sence of spiritual light and truth, igne-
rance, blindness, including the idea of
sipfulness and consequent calamity.
Tobn 8:12. 12:35 fra pip oxoria tpas
zataldpn. v.46, 1 John 1:5, 2:8, 9,
A ter. Comp. tun Job 37: 19.—Me-
ton, of persons in moral darkness, John
1:5 bis.

xoriLe, f. iow, (oxdt0s,) to darken,
to deprive of light; in N. T. only Pas.
to be darkened.

a) pp. Matt. 24: 29 5 jlsog oxoreeDH-
orrat. Mark 13:24, Luke 23: 45, Rev. &
ba 9:2. Sept. for 3 oh Job 3: 9, Ecc. 12

— Plut. ed. R. X. p, 608.4, Pol. 12.
is 10.

b) trop. of moral darkness, ignorance,
comp. in Zxorla b. Eph. 4: 18 éoxen—
opévos h dravolg. Rom. 1: i. 31:16
oxorisSytecuy of dpPalpo: airay, quo-
ted from Ps, 69:24 where Sept. for
b -—Test. XII Patr. p. 524 exotizew
10r voby ano tig ake Seles. p.577. Comp.
Dion. Hal. de Thucyd. 33 3 oxorlZoues
thy Oudvoway dzlnorg.

I. 3kdr0¢, ov, 6, darkness, Heb.
12:18 yrégy xad cxdry. Comp. Sept
Deut. 4:11.— Eurip. Heo. 1. Phoe-
niss, 388. Dem. 315, 22. Plut. ed. R
VIL. p. 185.7 et pen, Xen. Cyr. & 7.
‘The mac. 6 oxdtos was more fre-
quent in Attic usage than the neat. to
axét0s, Passow s. voc. Porson ad Eur.
Hee. 825.

I. x0 108, 406, ous, 10, dark-
ness, the absence of light; see above in
no. I. fin,

®) pp. (2) genr. Matt. 7: 45 exot0s
dyivtro tg” Sq viv yar. Mark: 15:38.
Luke 23:44, Acts 2 20 als-exores. 1
Cor. 4: 5 tat nguacse: voi oncsoue the hid-

Snowe

den things of darkness, i.e. done in
darkness, secret things. Of the dark-
noas of the bliod, Acts 1% 11. Sept.
for ‘ypri Gen, 1: 2, 4,5, al.—Ael. V. H.
3.18 ino exdreve. Dem. 411.25. Xen.
Cyr. 4.2. 28 oxésoug oops — (0) iq.
@ dark place, place where darkness
reigns, Matt. 8:12, 2213. 25: 30 é&-
Bidder sis x3 oxdt0s 10 Uuizagor into ut-
termost darkness, i.e. into the farthest
dark prison, as the image of the place
of punishment in Hades; comp. in
“Bteitegos. So 2 Pet. 2: 17 et Jude 13
Bepos sod oxdrous sig aisive, i. ©. intens,
thick gloom of darkness forever, thick-
est and eteroal darkness; spoken aleo
of Hades. See in “dsdng b. — So olxos
axdrovg of Joseph's prison Test, XII
Patr. p. 710; comp. Lib. Henocb. p.
191. Of Sheol, Sept. Job 10: 22 yi
oxotous. Tob. 4:10, 14:10. Of the
place of punishment in Hades, Wisd.
17:21, Psalt. Salom. 14:6, Genr. Xeo.
An. 2. 5.7 sig motor Gy oxétog anodgaly.
b) trop. of moral darkness, the ab-
sence of spiritual light and truth, igno-
rance, blindness, including the idea of
sinfulness and consequent calamity, ig.
Zxerla b.—(a) genr. Matt. 4:16 6 dads
6 maDijuaves ty andre, ede pais wiya,
quoted from Is. 9:1 where Sept. for
ern. Luke 1:79, comp. Sept. and
iF Ps, 107:10. Matt. 6:23 bis. Luke
11: 35. John 8:19 dydnnoay paddor to
exdteg 9 1d gis. Acts 26:18. Rom. 2
19, comp. v. 17, 20. Rom. 13: 12 et
Eph, 5:14 ya 100 oxdrous works of
8, Wicked deeds, 2 Cor. 4:66
peg Mipyar, in

allusion to Gen. 1:3. 2 Cor. 6: 14. 1
Thess. 5:4, 5. 1 Pet. 29, 1 John 1:6,
Sept. and "juin Mich. 7: 8—Act. Thom.
§ 28. § 34. — (8) Abstr. for coner. of
persons in a state of moral darkness,
wicked men, under the influence of Sa-
tan; e.g. 4 Govela rod oxérovs, Luke
22:53; perh, for Satan himself Col. 1:
1 Ale Eph. 5: 8 ijt2 yap mdr8 oxdt05.

Sxordw, ©, £ daw, (oxdr0s,) to
darken, to cover with darkness; Pass.
Rey. 16.10 xad dyivto § Bacidsla ab-
oi dowers i. ©, emblematic of
distress, calamity, destruction. Sept.

7159

kviov

pp. for train Pe, 105: 28, — Eccius, 2
17. Of vertigo Pol. 10. 13.8. Plut. ed.
R, VIL. p. 908. 8.

Sev Bador, ov, 16, (Suid. xvol-
Balov vi By, 18 ois xval Badlopevor,)
dregs, refuse, recrement, q. d. what is
thrown to the dogs as worthless; spoken
of the refuse of grain, chaff, Philo de
Carit. p. 712, A; of the refuse of a ta-
ble, slaughtered animals, etc. ofl, An-
thol. II. p. 180. Philo de Ab. et
Cain. fin. pndév Ee tpopiis cxufcidesy xed
Biguatos. Of excrement, dung, Jos. B.
J.5, 13.7. Artemidor. 1. 69. Plut. de
Ts. et Osir. 4. Trop. filth of mind, Ec-
clus, 27: 4.—In N. T. once Phil. 3:8 1a
ndvta... jyoipas oxtBala elvan, i.e. av
dregs, refuse, things worthless.

Sxvdys, ov, 6, a Scythian, Col. 3:
11, The name Scythian in ancient
geography is applied sometimes to a
people, and sometimes to all the no-
madic tribes, which had their seat on
the north of the Black Sea and Caspian,
stretching indefinitely eastward into
the unknown regions of Asia; having
rouch the same latitude as the modern
names Mongols and Turtara, and like
them synonymous with barbarian, Big-
Bagos. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i.
p- 272, —2 Mace. 4:47. Jos. c. Ap. 2
87 LxiGas 94 givers zalgortss &ySqu-
0s, xl Boaz ta Syglar dsapigor-
tes. Luc. Tox. 5 eq.

SxvP ponds, ov, 6, 4, adj. (axe
Dede grim, stern, fr. oxitouar, dy,) pp.
grim-visoged, i.e. of @ stern, gloomy,
sad countenance ; either affected Matt.
6: 16; or real Luke 24:17. Sept, for
971 Gen, 40: 7. — Ecclus. 25: 23. Lue.
D. Deor. 14.1. Xen. Mem. 2 7. 12.

SkvALa, £. vid, pp. to atrip off the
akin, to flay, to lacerate, whence 10 oxi-
Joy, and trop. Aeschyl. Pers. 577, In ~
N. T. trop. to harass, to trouble, to wea-
ry, c. ace. Mark 5: 85 et Luke 8: 49 pq
oxblis toy O:dcioxador. Mid. Luke 7:6 js)
oxtdlov. Pass. part. Matt. 9:36 ou jay
doxvipsvos.—Hdian. 4. 13. 8. ib. 7. 3.9.

Skvdoy, ov, +6, (oxilde,) pp. skin,
hide, as stripped off, Hesych. oxtlor,
Séguo, xddsov. Comp. oxvdodsyos Dem.

Decades Bpeoros
‘¥SL 18, Usnelly and m N. T. spoil,
beoty, a2 stripped from an enemy, Luke
11:22, Sept. for $bai Zeoh. 14:1. Ie.
58: 12. — Hien. 8. 4, 28, Thue. 6. 71.

SxcodnxdBecoroc, ov, 6, 4; adj.
(oxobin§, BiSgdoxe,) worm-eaten, devoured
of worms, spoken of pizplacic the dis
ense of Herod Agrippn, Acts 12: 23.
Comp. Jos. Ant. 19. 8. 2, coll. 2 Macc.
9:9, Wetein N. T. HH. p. 535 aq.
Elsner. Obs. Seer. I. p.417.—Theophr.
‘H. PL 9 12 Cous. PI. 5, 9.1.

Sxodyk, nxos, 6, « worm, sc. 9s
feeding on dead bodies,” Mark 9: 44,
46, 48 brou 5 oxailyk aitay of seleng
sal 13 nig ob ofivrvras, in allusion to
fe. 66: 24, the language of the prophet
being .applied to the place of punish-
meat of the wicked; comp. in Fiera
fin. The same image is found Judith
¥6& 17, Ecclus, 7:17. Sept. for nstin
4s, |e. Dent, 28:38. Jon. 4:8—3 Mace.
99, Lue. Asin. 25, Hom. It. 13, 654,
_ Suupaydwvos, n, ov, (opeigaydos,)

smaragdus, of emerald, Rev. 4:3 pola
Sedat cuagaydivy sc. 1idy.—B0 opa-
@cy8:05 Palaeph, 31. 7.

Spa peydoc, ov, 6, smaragdus, «
Ratne under which the ancients appear
to have comprehended all gems of a
fine green cotout, ineluding the emerald.
Rev. 21:19, Sept. for p73 Ex. W:
17. pry 28: 9. 35: 25. — Beelns, 35
@ Plut. M. Anton. 75, See Rees’ Cy-
clop. art. Emerald and Gems.

L Supra, ns, 4, myrrh, Heb.
“in, asubstance distilling in tears sponta-
‘neously or by incisions from a sinall
thorny tree growing in Arabia, and es-
pecially in Abyssinia; these tears soon
harden into a bitter aromatic gum,
which was highly prized by the ancients,
and used in incense and perfumes;
comp. Dioscor. I. 77, et ibi Sprengel.
Plin, H.N. 12. 15 sq. Rees’ Cyclop.
art. Myrrh, — Matt. 2:11 Savoy xat
autorar. John 19: 39, Sept. for “13
Ps. 45: 9. Cant. 3: 6, 5: 5.— Diod. Sic.
2.49. Theophr. H. Pl. 9.3, 4. Hdot.
2. 40,

Il. Spvpve, 6, %, Smyrna, an
Fonian city situated at the head of a deep

die

gulifon the western doen of Adhs Miimar,
till kaown as.a commercial plate,
though greatly fallen from its ancient
wealth and power. It was aneiéntly
frequented by great nvmbers of Jews.
Rev. I: H. 2 8 iw inter edit. — Strabo
ELV. p. 958, Heot. 1. 6.

uvovaios, a, ov, Smyrnean, of
Smyrna; of Zuvgvaios the Smyrneans,
Rey. 2: 8 in text. rec. — Hdot. 1. 4%

Suuver ho, £. low, ( opigre, )
myrrh, to wingle with myrrh; Pane. Mark
15:28 é3iovr erbte sisie ,
wive mingled with myrth~
‘and bitter herbs; see fully in“Otes. —
Hesych. dopogrtoptvor xeloperta zw
onterns.

Zéidoper, wv, 16, Sodom, Heb. 579
(barning,) pr.. of one of the four cities
of the vale of Siddim destroyed in the
time of Abraham and covered by the
Dead Sea; comp. Gen. 18:17 aq. ¢.19.
— Mant. 10: 15, 11: 23, 24. Mark & 11.
Luke 10:12, 17:29. Rom. 9: 29. 2 Pet.
26. Jude 7. Rev. 11: 8

SoAopesy, steo in text. ree. Zole-
poiy Luke 12:97, Acts 7:47; Gea.
veg im Inter edit. and Jos. Ant. & 1
1, 2 al. aloo covzog in text. ree, see
Winer p.63; Heb. inte: (pacific); Sele
mon, pr. n. of the son and successor of
David, celebrated for his wisdom, weekh,
and splendour, Matt. 1: 6,7. 6: 20. 1%
42 bie. Luke 11: 31 bis. 12: 27. Joka
10: 28. Acts 3:11. 5:12 7: 47.
1K.c. leq, 1 Chr. c. 28,28. 2 Chr,
e. 1 6q.

Zopse, oi, &(prob. mgs.) «eo
Ser, coffin, urn, any receptacle for a dead
body, Lue. D. Mort. 6.4. Aesehin. 20.34,
ib, 21.29, Sept. for Jin8 @ mummy.
chest Geu. 50: 26. — In N.'T. am open
cqfin, bier, on which the dead were
carried to burial, Luke 7:14. Comp.
sy Sept. xis 28am. %31. Jaho
§ 205, Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 475.

206, 07), o0¥, prov. poss. Buttm.
§72.4,; thy, thine ; tuus,a,um; spoken
of what belongs to any one, oris in any
way connected with him ; ©. g. by pos:
seeston, acquisition, Matt. 7: Sy tp
iydeiah 2 TROT be wbed Sree

Zovdd peor

Labe 18 31. Actw 54. 1 Cor. @ 1).
36 Ody, wh ob, thine, thine own, i.e.
what is thine, Man. 0:14, 25 25. Luke
G 30. 80 of eociety, companionship,
Luke 5:33 of 84 oot poSycel. Mark
18. Jobn 17: 6, 9 10 bis. 18% 85. of
ol thy kindred, thy friends, Mark 5 19,
OF origin, as proceeding from any one,
Matt. 24:3 rig off nagovoias, Luke
QR 42 13 ody 00. Silwia. John 4: 42,
17: 17 6 loyog & cos. Acts WU: 3,4, 1
Cor. 14: 16, Philem, 14. — Hdien. 2. 1.
18. Xen. Cyr.21.%

Souda pur, ov, v6, Lat. sudarium,
Pp. @ sweal-cloth, genr. a handkerchief,
napkin, Luke 19: 20. John 11:44. 20:7.
Acts 19: 12—Pollux On. 7.71. Rabb.
VIO Burt, Lex. Chald. 1442,

Sousavva, ns, 4, Susanna, Heb.
Pa Widi (lily) pron. of a Hebrew woman,
Luke 8: 3.

Sopa, as, %, (copés,) wisdom, pp.
akill, tact, experiness in any art; e. g- §
capi ai téxtovos Hom. Il. 15. 412;
espec. in the fine arts, a8 music, poetry,
painting, Pind. Ol. 9 16. Xen. Mem. 1,
4-2, 3. An. 1.2.8 diystas ‘Andddew éxdei-
Qus Magoiay, sxnous épitortd of meg)
coplas. Lys. 198, 11, Comp. Heb.
MODN Sept. copa Ex, 28: 8, 36 1, 2
—In'N. T. wisdom, i. e.

a) skill in the affairs of life, practical
wisdom, wise management, a8 shown in
forming the best plans and selecting
the best means, including the idea of
judgment and sound good sense. Acts
6:3 Gv8eas inte mingeic’ny. dy. xad
aoglag. 7:10. Col, 1:28, 16 4:5
coll. 6. Luke i: 15 oréya xa} coplay
q. d. wise utterance. Sept. fur m3
1K, 2:6.—Hdian. 1.5.23, Plut. Thes. 3
Xen. Mem. 2. 9. 4, 5.
b) in a higher sense, wisdom, i. q.
ge, natural and moral, in-
sight, learning, science ; implying culti-
vation of mind and an enlightened un-
derstanding. Jos. de Macc. 2 gogla 34
tolrvy derly pra Ssheov xod di
ver ngaypetey nob tir tote aisley.
Cic. de Off. 1, 43 “sapientia, quam go-
play Graeci vocant, ... rerum est divi-
Rerum et humwmanarum scientia.” — (
seer, Mast. 12: 42 a Luke ue oy

Bi

Pople

wepler Zolowires, comp. 1K. & @,
Gesen. Heb. Lex. art. poy. Acte 7
22 xdey coplg Aiyvatien, (Jos. Ant. 2
13.3.) Implying learned research, 26-
yor piv Force coglas Col. % 23; also
a knowledge of hidden things, of enig-
matic and symbolic language, Rev. 15:
16. 17:9. ‘Sept. for ra3m Job 11: 6
Prov. 1:2 Dan. 1: 17. — Hdot. 4. 77.
Ael. V.H. 231. Xen. Mem. 4 6, 7.—
(8) Spec. of the learning and phil

current among the Greeks and Romans
in the apostolic age, which stood in
contrast with the simplicity of the Gos-
pel, and tended to draw away the minds

+ of men from divine truth; hence called

hy Paul cagxiny 2 Cor, 1:12. 4 copies
106 xdopov 1 Cor. 1: 20, 319. tar
Grgdnuy 25. sav coger 1:19. So
1 Cor. 24,13 Aéyos sig dx Sgumiveg
cogiae 1: 21 8 xicuos 8a tig
¥.22, Bo1Cor.1:17 ob dy coglg loyou
nat in wisdom of words, i.e. not with
mere philosophy and rhetoric. 1 Cor.
2% 1. — Hdot. 1. 60. Ael. V. H. 14. 23,
Xen. Conv. 34. — (y) In respect to
divine things, wisdom, . @ knowledge,
insight, deep understanding, represented
every where asa divine gift, and in
cluding the idea of practical applica-
tion ; thus distinguished from 4 yrieug
or theoretical knowledge; comp. Nean-
der in ib. Repos. Iv. p. 252. Matt, .
fio airy 5
Mark & 2. Acts 6:10, soete &y xa-
on cople xad joe. v.17, Col. 1:9
2 Pet. 3: 15. 1 Cor. 12 8 @ pay Sidoras
Aéyos coplas, Edy 32 Iéyos yroceus.
Spec. of insight imparted from God in
respect to the divine counsels, 1 Cor. 2
6 bis, copiay laloipe...coplar ob
toi aldivos sottav. v. 7. Meton. of the
author and source of this wisdom,
1 Cor. 1: 30,—-As conjoined with purity
of hear ind life, James 1: 5. 3: 13, 15,
17 3 06 Breads copia ngator ply iyry
dot x. 4, 2. Luke's 40, 52, er oom
€) 9 cogla tou S205, the divine wis-
dom, including the ideas of infinite skill,
insight, knowledge, purity. Rom. 11:
33.6 Judes notrov x03 coglas ual yes
orm Sov, 1 Cor. 1: 21, 24 coll. 92,
Eph. 3:10, Col.23, Rev. 5:12 7:12

(@) — Of the divine wisdom as revealed

end manifested in Christ and his Gos-

Logo
pel, Matt. 14: 19 et Luke 7: 95 nad 28:—
xeuedy 3 copla ano tay téxvev aitijc,
comp. in. Jixasw b, So Luke 11: 49
copia tov Seoi slney, i. ©. the
wisdom as manifested in me, Ch
comp. Matt. 23: 34 where it is dye.
Others here take it in the Jewish sense
4. 6 éyos, comp.

of a divine nature,
in Adyos III.

Soplta, £. iam, ( copss,) to make
wise, i.e. akilful, expert; Pas. to be
skilled, expert, ©. g. tis vavtting Hes,
“Fey. 647 or 652, comp. 658 or 662. —
WN. T.

1a) Act. to make wise, to enlighten, sc.
in respect to divine, things, c. acc. of
pers, 2 Tim. & 15 1a & yodpuora ... te
dunciuerct ot cogicas eis cutnplar. Bo
Sept. for mary Ps. 19: 8, 105: 22, —
Theoph, ad Aitol. 2. p. 82 of mpopiras
‘tro 10 Seot copiedérses. Plut. ed. R.
V. p. 601, 4.

b) Mid. cog/opas as Depon. c. ace.
of thing, to make wisely, to devise skil-
fully, artfully, Hdot. 2.66 nds tatra
copltovra: rade. ib. 8.27. In N.T.
Part. perf. as passive, casopiopivos :0-
Gos skilfully devised fables, 2 Pet. 1: 16.
Comp. Buttm. § 118. n. 6, — In profane
writers also c, acc. of pers, i.q. to de-
ceive, to delude, Jos. B.J. 4. 2.3. Dem.
567. 19.

Zogos, 7, ov, wise, i.e.

a) skilful, expert, 1 Cor. 8: 10 cope
Geziréxtey. Sept. for try Is. 3: 2.
2 Chr. 27. — Lue, D. Deor. 20. 1.
Aeschin, Dial. Soer. 1. 1.

b) skilled in the affairs of life, discreet,
judicious, practically wise; comp. in
‘Zoplaa. 1 Cor. 6: 5 cogos, os Surjos;
tas Stoxgivas x.t.4. So Sept. and 22h
Deut. 1: 18. 2 Sam. 13: 3. Is. 19: 11.—
Heot, 7. 180, Xen. Cyr. 1.1.1. An. 1,
10.2

c) skilled in learning, i. ¢. learned, in-
telligent, enlightened, in respect to things
human and divine; comp. in Zopla b.
— (ce) genr. as to human things, Matt.
11: 25 et Luke 10:21 &%3 copay xat
ouvstciy, Matt 23: 34, Rom. 1: 14 co-
pois te xad evorjtos. 16:19. 1 Cor. 1:25,
Sept. for ppt Prov. 1:6. Ecc. 2: 14, 16.
—Palaeph. 53.6. Hdion. 1.2.7. Xen.
Mem. 1.6. 11. — (8) Spec. as to the

762

Saco

current among the Greeks
‘and Romans; sec in Zoglab.f, Bom
1:22 qdoxorees opel duape:
cay. 1 Cor. 1: 19, 20, 26, 27. % 18 bis,
19, 20,—Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 14. ib. 3.9.5.
—{y) In respect to divine things, wix,
enlightened, a8 conjoined with parity of
heart and life; comp. in Zogia by.
Eph. 5:15, James 3: 13, comp. v.17.

¢) spoken of God, wise, as being ia-
finite in skill, insight, knowledge, par-
ty. Rom. 16:27 pory copy Sag. 1 Tm
1:17, Jude 25.—Comp. Eectus 1:1.

Znavia, ac, 4 Spein, La. Br

paris, pr. n. of the Spanish peninsls,
including modern Spain and Portup,
as constituting a province of the Re
man empire. ft was the native cou
try of Quinctilian, Lucan, Martial, and
other Latin writers; and many Jem
appear to have settled there, Rom. lx
24, 28,

Snapacow v. rr, f. bs, ee,
to rend, to lacerate, Plut. ed. R. VI. p
292, Diod. Sie. 5.30. In N.T.ig.#
convulse, to throw into Tike ep-
ilepey, spoken of the of demoai-
acal possessions, ¢. acc. Mark :% &
20, 26. Luke 9:39. — Plat. de Ge
Socr, 22. ed. R. VIII. p. 339. Ma.
Tyr. Dies. 23,

Snapyavow, @, f sow, (esp
yavoy swathing-band, fr. anders) #
swathe, to wrop in is
trans, Luke 27, 12, Sept pes for
Pu, tian Ez. 16: 4, — Aristot. H. Ab.7.
4. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 5.

Tnaraheteo, 03, £ How (onorih
luxury in eating and drinking, fr. on
Scien,) to live tn b oluptuously,
trans. 1'Tim. 5:6, James 5:5.—Eeclus
QI: 15, Hesych, omaralg’ retye &
xataonatalaw, Sept. Prov. 221. An
thol. Gr. II. p. 22. ‘The earlier Greets
used oxdSaw, Alberti Obs. Philol. P
398.

Znde, &, £ dow, to tonite

ull, Xen, Eq. 7, 1; to draw ia the wh
Jo breathe, Wied! 7:3, IoN.T.o der
out, e.g. a sword ; Mid. exeripon
puizaigay drawing wis suord, Ment Dt
4172 Acts 16: 27. Sep. for aL Nm

“Enipga

‘W231. Judg. 9:54. — Plut. C. Mar. 14.
Xen. Cyr. 7.3. 15

neipa, ag, %, also lon. gen. no,
Acts 10: Lal. Arr. Tact. p. 73. Buttm.
§ 34. n. 1V.15 pp. any thing wound,
wreathed, spiral, acoil, Lat. spira, Anth.
Gr. IV. p. 176, Jos. Ant. & 3.6; a cord,
rope, Luc. Tox. 19. Diod. Sic. 3. 36,
—In N. T. a band, troop, company.

a) spoken of Roman foot-soldiers,
prob. a cohort, of which there were ten
in every legion, each containing three
maniples or six centuries, but varying
in the number of men at different times
and according to circumstances, from
perhaps 300 to 1000 or more ; comp.
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 367. So Matt. 27:
‘27. Mark 15:16. Acts 10:1. 21:31.27: 1
see in Zefactds b.— So Jos. B. J. 3. 4.
2 where of eighteen oncigas five are
‘said to contain each 1000 men, and the
others 600. ib.3. 21. Ant. 19.2.3.
Plut. Marcell. c. 25,26. Perh. a legion
Jos. B.J.2.11.1.—In Polybius § antiga
is every where a maniple, manipulus,
the third part of acobort; e.g. Pol. 11.
B.A rpsig omslgas* roix0 88 xalsiras 75
cirtaypa tay mekiv mage ‘Popaloig
xodgtis. comp. 4, 24. 5,

b) spoken of a band from the guards
of the temple, John 18: 3,12, These
were Levites, who performed the me-
nial offices of the temple and kept
watch by night, Ps. 184: 1. 2K. 12: 9,
25:18 3 espec. 1 Chr.9:17, 278q. ‘They
are under the command of officers

otgarnyol, see in Zrperydcb; or
also zidlagzos Esdr. 1:9, comp. Sept.
2 Chr. 35: 8,9. Jos. B. J.
dsbress 34 ob 20i Lagat qieras Hyyeudery
3§ osgatny@. — Some understand here

a band of Roman soldiers; but these.

would rather have led Jesus direetly to
their own officers, and not to the chief
priests‘; and besides, this was not a
band of regularly armed troope; comp.
‘Matt. 26:55, Luke 22: 52.—genr. Judith
14: 11, 2 Mace. 8: 23. .

Znalpar, f. oxsgd, to sw, to scatter
seed.

8) pp. abedl. Matt. 6:26 so szzsivd
+++ 00 oftalgowny, 13:3,4, Mark 4:3, 4,
Luke 8:5 bis. 12:24. Part. 6 onelov
the sower Matt, 18: 3,18, Mark 4: 8, 14.

763

Enexovdarop

Luke 8: 5. 9 Cor. 9:10. Seq. acc. of
the seed sown, Matt. 13: 24 Owes
xaléy onigua. v.25,27,31, 37,89. 1Cor.
15: 86, 37 bis. Pass. trop. of a single
seed or grain, Mark 4:31, 32 xéxxor ov
vémews ... Sta onagi. So by analogy,
of the hody as committed to the earth,
1 Cor. 15: 42, 43 bis, 44. With prepo-
sitions of place, e.g. 2g c. acc. Matt.
1822, Mark 4:18. éyc. dat. Matt.
13:31. énl ec. gen. Mark 4:31. énie.
ace. Matt. 18: 20,23, mage c. ace. v.
19 naga thy 6déy. Sept. genr. for 9Y
Ece. 11:4. Gen, 26: 12. ¢, ace. Ecc.
4:6. Jer. 12:13, c. é Ex. 23:16. c.
ént Hos, 2: 23.—Hodot. 3.100, Ael. V. H.
3.18. Xen. Mem. 2.1.13. c. ace. of
eeed Hdot. 4.17. Xen. Occ. 17.5. Else-
where also c. acc. of the field, Sept.
Ex, 23:10, Xen. Cyr. 8. 3.38.—Hence
in proverbial expressions ; Matt. 25: 24,
26, ot Luke 19:21, 22, Sepitur Sou ob
Tonupas x. 2.1. John 4: 37 dildos donly
5 onelgey x. +. 1 2 Cor. 9: 6 bis 5 oxal-
ur gudopives x. 2.1, Gal. 6:7 3 ag
day onslgn GrIgemos x 2.2 for all
which see in Gzgife a. Also trop.
1 Cor. 9:11 14 mynypatixd omslgey, i. q.
to disseminate, to impart. Gal. & 8 bis

8 onslour ale thy odgna... 50m. 0g 33
veto, i. q. whoever liveth to the flesh,
or to the Spirit, See in b—

Comp. Prov. 22 8. Aristot. Rhet. 3. 3.
18 ob 83 rata aiozeas pir

Sonugas,
axis 83 éDigucas. Cie. de Or. 2.65“ ut,

sementem feceris, ita metes,”: ! 2. Ler 75c

b) trop. ofa teacher, to sow the word
of life, to disseminate inatruction, John
4:96. Mark 4:14 roy léyor onslga.
Pass, 4: 15 bis, Sov onslorras 8 lbyos,
% 4. v.16,20. Matt. 18:19 1d domag—
pévor by +f xagdig. James & 18,

SinsxovAdzg, opos, 8, Lat. epee-
ulalor v. spiculater, (from ‘spicula,’)
Engl. a pike-man, halberdier, a kind of
soldiers forming the body-guard of
kings and princes, who also according
to Oriental custom acted as execution-
ers, Mark 6: 27. — Senec. de Benef. 3.
25. de Ira 1.16 “centurio supplicio
Praepositus condere gladium specula-
torem jubet.” Jul. Firmic. 8, 26, Sue-
ton. Claud. 35 Tec. Ann. 2 12. 2
Comp, Wetst. N. T. I. p. 580. Rabb.

Sindee

“tebp we, eee Baxt, Lex, Chadd. 1598.
Heh age eos Gesom: Lanes Greek
Sagvpdges Hdian. 1. 4. 10.

Snevde, f. oxtiow, to pour out, to dye)

make a libation, Sept. for tQ; Gen. 35:
4. Hdian, 4, 8.12 Xen, Cyr. 7.1. 1.
In N.T. trop. Mid. omevdopes to pour
oul oneself; i. €. one’s blood, to offer up
one’s strength and life, 2Tim.4:6, éxé
‘uve upon or for any thing, Phil. & 17.—
Comp. Liv, 21, 29 libare vires,

Snépua, aros, 26, (onslga,) seed,
a8 sown, scattered, whether of grain,

trees,

a) pp. Matt. 13: 24 walov
oxigua. v. 27, 32, 37, 38, Mark 4: 31.
1 Cor. 15: 38, 2 Cor. 9: 10. Sept. for
954 Geo. 1: 11, 47: 23, —Ael. V. H. 9.
25, Xen. Occ. 17. 10.—Metaph. 1 John
&9 oniqua adsod sc. rol Srol i.e. a
seed from God, a germ of the divine
life, the inner man as renewed by the
Spirit of God.

b) trop. of the semen virile, Heb. 11:
11, s0e fully in Katafolyj. So Sept. and
971 Lev. 15:16.0q. 18:21—M. Antonin.

Arr. Epiet. 1. 13. 3.—Hence me-
ton, seed, i. q. children, abipring, pp.
Matt. 22: 24, 25 pi Sor onigua. Mi
Ta, 29 21 Ba. teas a a be
Bept. ‘and 27 1Sam. 1:1. 2% 22.
Genr., i. 9. posterity, Luke 1: 55. 18
“Afoadp xai tG ondguats adrov. John
7: 42, 8: 38, 87. Acta 3: 25. 7: 5,6. 13:
83. Rom. 1:3, 4: 13, 18, 9 7 bis, 11:1.
‘2Cor. 11: 22, Gal. 3: 16 ter, 19. 2 Tim.
2:8. Heb. 2:16. 11: 18, Rev. 12: 17.
‘Trop. eleo Christians from the Gentiles
gre called the seed of Abrabam as having
thesame faith ; Rom, 4:16 16 oxiquart,
ob 1G dx 108 ropou dror, dll xa 15 dx
sslorias’Afgacy. 9:8. Gal, 3:29, Sept.
and 977 Gen. 3:15. 13:16 15:5. —
Jos, Ant. 8. 7. 6. Soph. Elect. 1508,
Thuc, 5. 16, This usage in N.
comes rather from the Hebrew ; com.
Winer p. 80.

c) by impl. i. g. a remnant, a few eur-
vivors, like seed kept over from a for
mer year; Rom. 9: 29 ai uy xbquos ca-

dynarilaney syir , quoted
from Is, 1: 9 where Sept. for on 7
Jes. Ant 11.5.3. Plato Tim. p. 1044

764

nites

@ dy ndeo 4 xilis don caviv Spite,
nugdlupSirvos mits oxiqueres femztes.

m,) seed-gathering, sced-picking, wa
birds, 3 erequoléyer Plut. De-
metr. 28, Subst. a seed-picker, as w
name for crows end rooks, Aristoph.
Av. 233, 579 or 582. Artemid. 2. 20.
In N. T. put for a trifler, babbler, chat-
terer, who picks up and retails wifling
things, Acts 17: 18.—-Athen. 8. p. 344. C.
Dem. 269. 19. Phitestr.
Vit. Apol. 5.20. Comp. Wetstei N.
T. IL p. 564,

Snevdeo, f. etow, rans. fo urge on,
to hasten, Hom. Il. 13, 236, Hdot. 1.38,
206. Oftener and in N. T. intrans. fo
urge oneself an, to hasten, to make haste,
having respect simply to time, and thus
differing from onovdate q.v. So Acts
22: 18. c. inf, Acts 2: 16 Eowavds ye9

« perio Sus ss Tugovealip.—Jos. Ant.
7.9.7. Adian. 6.8. 15, Xeo. H.G.3
1. 17. — By Hebraism Part. oxeives is
put with a verb of motion adverbially,
i,q. hastily, quickly, e. g. Luke 2 16
Sor onrvearuec. 19:5, 6. So Sept.
and “7779 Gen. 45: 9, Ex. 34: 8. Josh.
819. ‘See Gesen. Lex. ag Pi. ne.

1 b.—With an accus, i. q. to hasten ofter
any thing, to await with eager desire.
2 Pet.3:12 ngoodoxiirras xai oneidortes
iy nagovolay x 2.1. For the accus,
see Math. § 423. p. 779. Sept c. acc.
for “77179 Is. 16: 5. — Pind. Isth. 4. 22
onevOey dgerdy. Dion. Hal. Ant 1. 81.
Thue. 6. 39, 79,

Siujdaeny, ov, 16, (onios,) « cave,
cavern, den, Lat. spelunca, Matt. 94: 12.
Mark 11:17. Luke 19: 46. John 21:38.
Heb, 11: 35. Rev. & 15, Sept. for
m3n Gen. 19: 30, Josh. 10: 16, 17. —
Jos.’ Ant. 14, 15.5. Luc. B. Deer. & 1.
Ael. V. H. 12, 39,

Shades, ddos, % a rock by or ia
the sea, a cliff, breaker, on which veassls
are shipwrecked, Jos, B. J. 3.9.3. Pol
1.87.2. Diod. Sic. 3 44. — In N. T.
trop. of false teachers who cause others
to make shipwreck of thelr faith, Jade
12, Comp. 1 Tim. 1: 19.

Zaidos, ov, 6, « spel, slain, trop.

Snadcw

im a moral muse, Eph. 5: 97. 2 Pet. 2
13, — pp. Jos. Ant 13, 11.3 Luc.
Amor, 15, Plut. ed. R. VIII. p. 618.
A late word used for the Attic xniis,
Lob. ad Phe. p. 28.

Sardow, w, f. dow, ( onios,) to
spot, to alain, to defile, ¢, acc. James &
6 ylsooa 4 omlotca Sloy 1d capa
Pass. Jude 23—Wied. 15: 4. Dion. Hal.
9. 6. Luc. Amor. 15. A late word,
Lob. ad Phr. p. 28

Sndayyr&omar, £. wjoopa,
(oxAdyzvor,) depon. Pass. to feel the
bowels yearn, to have compassion, to pity,
absol. Matt. 20:34 enlaynadsic di 6
"Invots. Mark 1:41. Luke 10:33. 15:20.
Beg. ézi c. dat. Matt. 14:14. Luke 7: 13.
dndc. acc. Matt. (14: 14.) 15: 32, Mark
G: Bh. 2 9:92. swegdc. gon. Matt,
9:36. Seq. gen. simpl. like Lat, miseret,
Matt. 18: 27 oxleynadsls ... sod 0t-
lov dxsivov, — Symm, Deut. 13: 8. Gr.
Anon. 1 Sam. 13: 21. émoxlayzni{o~-
marog Sept. Prov. 17: 5. Elsewhere
enly in later books, Test. XII Patr. p.
G40, 641,642. c. sis p. 642 bis. c. dx
twa p. 636, 641, Act. Thom. § 38. —
Act. onlayzrite occurs once im the
sense of oxlayzreve, to eat the inwards
of vietints sacrificed, 2 Mace. 6: 8.

Zn Aayzvoy, ov, 16, an intestine,
Med. 220, Soph. Aj. 995.
lot. 83 osdngoty onhayxvov.
» Usually and in N.T.
only Plur, ré onddyzva, the inwards,
bowels, viscera; in profane writers
chiofly spoken of the upper viscera of
victims, as the heart, lungs, liver, whieh
were eaten during or after the sacrifice,
Hom. Od. 3. 9,461. Plut. Mareell. 5.
Hdian. 5, 5.20. — In N. T. of persons,
gens. the inwards, bowels.

4), pp. Acts 1: 8 dkeg9q ndvva te
enldyzva abso, comp. in’Axdyze. —
2 Maco, 9: 5. For the womb Pind. Ol,
6. 73.

b) top. the inward parts, as in Engl.
the breast, the beart, as the seat of the
emotions and passions, e. 8, anger, Aris.
tnph, Ran. Otho 8 apie Sor onday-

z7e Sromivne. ib. 1006. Boph. Aj. 995;
in N.T. of the goatlet eniotiona, as
compansion, tender affectidn, Khe Heb.

765

Znope

DRM; put far the mind, the coul, the
inner mon, Eg. (a) genr."2 Cor, 6:12
orevozentiad: ey t0ig omldyzrois iper,
parall, with # xag@/a in v.11. | Philens.
114 onk, toy dylaw dvonenabetar O16
v.20. 1John 3:17. So Sept, and.
Prov. 1% 10. comp. D°2q7
30. 1K, 3: 26.—Ecelus. 30:7.

Plut. de Virt. et Vit. 2. ed. R. VI. p. 381.

Tost, XII Patr. p. 533,641.—(f) Moto,

for inward affection, compassion, pity,
love. & Cor. 7:15 xa} 10 omldyrva at
roi migwooriens es Suis doris. Phil.

1: 8 tig dxinedés xetvtas imac ty onlay-
zros’l. Xo. i.e. in my erdent love to
Christ. 21. Intensive, Luke 1:78 dd
Ta onl, Bove Seoi. Col. & 12 exh,
Comp, Geson, Lehrg. p. 671.

3. Stuart § 456. So genr. D157 Sept.
Bsog Deut, 13:18. Is, 47:6—Test. XIE
Patr. 641, 643 tyr onldyzva diow, —
y) Put for the object of affection, 0. g.
Philem, 12 ra dud omldyzva, my bowels,
as in Eugl. my Aeart, spoken of a per-
son and implying strong affection ;
here parall. with 20 guy séxvor in v. 10,
— Philostr. Vit. Soph. 2. 3 obx trane-
Sivomas tots tuo oxddyyvors. Artemid.
1. 46 of naides onldyzva Myortay, dg
xal dvtéa9.a. Philo de Jos. II. p. 45. 30.

Sadyyos, ov, 3, a sponge, Mat.
27; 48. Mark 15: 36. John 19: 29, —
Hom. Od. 1. 111. Plut. ed. R. VI. p.
374, 10. Luc. Ver. Hist. 1. 41.

Sinodog, ov,'6, "ashes, Heb. 9: 13
onodds Supddens. Matt, 11: 21 et Luke
10: 13 dy caxnp xat on0dG .. . perevon-
cay. Tolie down in ashes, or to cast
ashes or dust on the head, was a rite of
oriental mourning ; comp. Sept. and
“pe Ret. 4: 1, & Is. 58: 5. Jer. 6 26,
Jon, 3: 6. ‘Also 1 Mace. 3:47. 4: 39.
Jos. Ant.7.9.2, See Wet. N. T. 1,
884 oq. Jam § 211.—genr. Ecclus. 10:9.
Hom. Od. 9.375, Lue. D. Mort. 20, 4,

Snoga, as, i,{onegu,) « sowing,
seed-time, Sept. for 971 2 K, 19: 29,
green sprout, grain as growing, 1 Macc.
Toca. Jos. pareve In N. T.iqe
nique, seed, semen virile, (pp. Justin.
‘Mart. Apol. 2 p. 93,) wop, for genera-

Faopyuos
{BL oles enogis xal nolov rivovs
Sncigzus. Justin. Mart. Apol. 1. p. 51.

Comp. Soph. Antig. 1154.

Lndgepos, ov, 6, 5,'adj. (oxsign,)
sown, Jor sowing, e. g- onégua Gen. 1:
29. Lev. 11:37. 4 7iii-e. land ffit for
sowing, Diod. Sic. 1. 36. Xen. H, G. 3.
210. InN.T. neut, plur. rd ondpsua,
sown fields, fields of grain, Matt.$12: 1.
Mark 2: 23. Luke 6: 1.

Snopes, ov, 4, (onslgm,) « sowing,
aced-time, Sept. for Wh Ex. 34: 2).
Xen. Occ. 7.20. sprout, grain as
growing, Ecclus. 40:22.—In N.T. ig.
cendouc, seed, Mark 4: 26 Bidy tov oné—
gor dnt} tig vis. v.27. Luke 8:5, 1]. trop.
2Cor.9:10. Sept. for 997 Deut. 11:10.

Saovdalo, £. dow, 2 Pet. 1: 15,
Aonovdy,) earlier fut. cxovdacoua: Buttm.
§ 118. n. 7; to speed, to make haste, in-
trans. pp. as manifested in diligence,
earnestness, zeal ; comp. in 25

a) gent. c. infin, 2 Tim, 4:9 onoi-
dacor Rtv nods pe taxing. v.21. Tit.
a Sept. for Win Job 31: 5.—Judith

b) i. q. to give diligence, lo be in ear-
nest, to jbe forward, c. inf. Gal. 2:10 3
xa} lonotdara ait) tott0 movies. Eph.
4:3. 1 Thess, 2:17, 2 Tim. 2:15. Heb.
4:11, 2 Pet. 1: 10, 15. 3: 14.—Sept. Is.
‘21: 3. Diod. Bic. 1. 58, Xen. Apol. 22,

novdaiog, a, ov, (sxovdy,) speedy,
hasty, i. q. earnest, diligent, forward. 2
Cor, 8:17, 22 bis, cxovdaioy Gra, yuri dé
oli onovdaséragor. Neut. comparat.
Grovdasiregoy as adv. earnestly, dili-

, 2 Tim. 1:17. — Diod. Sic. 1. 51.
Xen. Mem. 4.2.2

Snovdaiws, adv. ( oxovdaios, )
peaily, i.e. earnestly, diligently, eagerly,
ke 7: 4 nagexclowy witéy cxovdaless.
‘Tit. 13, Compara. oe eaten
the more speedily, Phil. 2:28. See Buttm.

$115.5. — Ael. V. H.2% Xen. Cyr, P-

13.9,

Saovdy, 7 HS, %y speed, haste, an
manifested in earnestness, diligence,
2) genr. ©. g. pera orovdiic with haste,
¢. hastily, eagerly, Mark 6: 25. Luke
ioe. So Bepe. for yirery Ex. 1% 1.

766

Sreipros
—Wind. 19: 2. dian. 3.4.1. Xen. Cyr.
2.4.6.

b) i. q. diligence, earnest fort Sor-
wardness, Rom. 12:8 &
oxovdj. v. LI. 2 Cor. 7: 11. e782
Pet. 1:5, Jude 3 nécay omovdiy xor-
eiusros. So in behalf of any one, e.g.
‘inde tv0g 2 Cor. 7: 12. 8: 16. c. meas
fioal Heb. 6: 11, — Jos. Ant. 20.9.2
Xen. Conv. 1.6. mgd uve Jom Ant
12.3.3, megd w Heian. 1.1215. Diod.
Sic. 1. 81.

Zavols, los, %, (oxsiga,) a bar
ket, for storing grain, provisions, etc.
Matt. 15:37. 16:10. Mark 8:8, 20.
Acts 9:25.—Arr. Epict. 4. 10, 21 eav-
gles Sunvlow. Alciphr. 3. 56. -Hdot
5.16. Comp. Wo N. T.L p. 46

Zradws, OU, 6, (ordies, Tonps,) also
40 atadsoy in profane writers; a sts-
dium, pp. ‘the standard’ sc. measure.

8) pp. as a measure of distance con-
taining 600 Greek feet, or 625 Romen
feet, equivalent to about 6043 feer or
2014 yards English; the proportion of
the Greek foot to the English being
early as 1007 to 1000, and that of the
Roman foot nearly as 970 to 1000, or
about 11.6 English inches. The Ro-
man mile, pldsoy, contained eight stadia;
and ten stadia are equivalent to the
modern geographical mile of 60 to the
degree. See Passow s.v. Rees’ Cy-
clop. art. Measures. Adam's Rom. Ant.

p. 503. So Luke 24:13 John & 19.
Te Rev. 14:20, 21:16. —So 6 ore-
810s Jos. B. J. 7.6.6 Pol. 214.9
Xen. Cyr. 7.1.5. 1 orddor Pol &
17,2, Hdot 2.149, Xen, Mem. 1. 4.17.

diy. Pind, O1. 13. © crallen
Also 13 etdidior Ael. Rasa ha
i204 Ken HG.

Zidow
which the manna was laid up in the
ark, Heb.9:4 atdpros zou. See Ex.
16: 33, where Sept. for Teor ener,
P- 44 auqogia’ i re Slarcoy orcpror,
‘Asrixisg’ otdpvor, “Kilqvunisg, Comp. '
Lob. ad Phr. p, 400.

Sree, ews, 4, (loryus,) Act. a
setting up, erection, as of a statue, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 5.35. Usually and in N. T.
Pass. a standing, i. e.

a) the act of standing, as oto Syar
to have a standing, iq. to stand, Heb.
9:8 Exe rij xgairns oxqriis dzotons ord
our. — Dion. Hal. Ant, 6.95 pizous de
ovgevds 12 nad 7 thy ainzy orca Kye
os. Comp. Pol. 5. 5. 3,

b) i. q. an upstand, uproar. (a) pp.
of a popular commotion, sedition, in-
aurrection. Mark 15:7 oftires dy sf ora-
om qpévoy menoujxecay. Luke 23 19,
25. Acts 19:40, 24: 5.— Jos. Vit. § 17.
Hdian. 3. 2.13, Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 63.—
(8) In a more Private sense, dissension,

controversy, with the idea of
violence, Acts 15:2 yerouiyns ody oxd-
cers xal Lyryosms. 23:7, 10. Sept. for
3° Prov. 17: 14. — Pol. 6. 44. 6. Ken.
Mem. 4,4. 11,

Srar|E, 708, 6, (irmps to weigh,)
pp. weight ; also stater, an Attic silver
coin, Matt. 17:27. It was equal to four
Atticsilver drachmae, or about 66§ cents;
but was prob. current among the Jews
as equivalent | to the shekel or 56 cents;
nee in Agagys} and “dgyiqior ec. Boockb
Staatsh: der Ath. I. p. 16.— Aquil.
et Symm. for >pz Ex. 38:24. Num. 3:
47. Josh, 7: 21. Ael. V. H. 12. 1. Xen.
H. G. 5, 2. 21.—There was also a cro~
rig of gold, Jos. Ant. 7.14. 10, Dinarch.
101. 31.

Stavpde, ov, 6, a pointed stake,
pale, palisade, Hom. Il. 2%. 453. Jos.
B.J.3.7.19. Thue. 7.25. Xen. An.
7.4.14. Later and in N.T. a cross,
i. e. a stake with a cross-piece, on
which malefactors were nailed for exe-
cution, or crucified. This mode of
+ punishment was known to the Persians,
+ Ezra 6:11, Esth. 7: 10. Hdot. 6. 30. ib.
7. 194; and also to the Carthaginians,
Pol. 1. 86. 4; but was most common
‘among the Romans for slaves and crim-

167

Ragudj

inals; and by them was introduced
among the later Jews, Jos. B. J. 2.14,
9, ib.5. 11.1. Persons ‘about to be
crucified were first scourged, and then
made to bear their own cross to the
place of execution ; comp. Jos. ll. cc.
Sassi) 2565 pda eg rong)
at, MedTagY attoy Bactaze.

‘label or title was usually placed on
the breast or over the criminal. Comp.

Adam's Bom. ‘Ant. p. 274, Sabo § 201

a) pp ete, ‘27: 82 sotrow
oon ee cade Geode
sus being faint under the weight of his
cross, Simon was compelled to ajd bim
in bearing it. 7:40, 42. Mark 15:21,
80,82. Luke 28:26. Jobn 19:17, 19,
25,31. Phil. 28. Col. 1:90. 2 14—
Philo in Flace. I. p. 527, 36.C. Luc,
de Mort. Pergr. 45. Diod. Sic, 2, 18.—
Trop. in the phrases alpey, Baoratay,
Jappeivee tor rravger, to take up or
bear one’s cross, i. e. to undergo suffer-
ing, trial, punishment; to expose one
self to contumely and death; 90 c. at
qey Matt, 16:24, Mark 8 34. 10:91.
Luke 9:23. fooratuy Luke 14:27,
AapBévesy Matt. 10: $8.

'b) meton. the cross for ite punish-
ment, crucifirion, spoken only of the
death of Christ upon the cross, Eph. %
16. Heb, 12:2 trejusiva oruvpéy.
ovavgés 208 Xe. 1 Cor. 1:17, Gal. _
14, Phil. 8:18. 6 doyos rob oterugod 1
Cor. 1:18, absol. Gal. 5: 11. :

Sravecw, a, f. dow, (cravpss,)
to stake, to drive stakes, pales, palisades,
Thuc. 7. 25. Later and in N. T. to
crucify, to nail to the cross, c. acc. expr.
or ipl. Matt. 20:19 pacsiydcus xed
cravgdous, 23:34. 26:2. 27:22 aq.
Mark 15:13 8q. Acts 2:86. al. Sept.
for mbm Esth. 7: 10.—Jos. Ant. 17. 10,
10. Lue. Prometh. 1. Pol. 1. 86. 4.—
Trop. i. q. Saratéw, Gel. 5:24 oxav-
goiv why cugxa, to crucify the flesh, i. e.
to vanquish, mortify, destroy the pow-
er of the carnal nature. 6: 14 dpot
xdopos dorerigurar, xdy 1H xdopsp, i. -
the world is dead to me and I to the
world, I have renounced the world and
the world me. Ax.

Sragudy, Hs, i, « grape, cluster

> Sew vara?

Areigus
‘grapes, Matt. 7: ohliyowrw out,
he iniPicphllind aenon any an

Rev. 14:18, Sept. for 329 Gen. 40: 11.
Is. 5:2.—Diod. Sie.4.5. Ken. Oce. 19.19,

L Srazus, voc, 6, an ear of *

in, Matt. 12: 1 siudew toig erdzvas.

jark 2:23. 4:28 bis, Luke 6:1. Sept.
for nhza Gen, 41: 6,7. Ruth % 1. —
Eurip. Hec. 593 or 597, Auth. Gr. I.
p- 2. Luc. Saturn. 7.

TI. Ziazve, vos, 8, Sackys,
pr. n. ofa Christian, Rom. 16: 9

Srey, 15, 4 (orkyen) @ covering,
roof; Matt. 8:8 Luke 7:6, Mark 24
Gxsotiyacay thy oséyny, comp. in “Ano-
guydte. Jahn § 34. Sept. for mMQ3Q
Gen, 8: 13,—Esdr. 6:4. Ael. V.H.9. 18.
Xen. Cyr, 6. 1. 14.

Srdyw, £. $0, to cover, trans. Luc.
Tim. 18. Thuc. 4. 34. In. N.T. fo

ides the faults of
‘others. So eome; but Pauline usege
would refer it rather to b. — Ecclus. 8:
7 doyov orégas, Pol. 4.8.2, Thue. 6.72.
b) iq. fo hold out as to any thing, to
forbear, to bear with, to endure, ¢. nec.
1 Cor. 9: 12. 13: 7, absol. 1 Thees. 3:
1, 5. — Died. Bic. 1]. 32 njy flay. Pol.
3. 53,2,

Zreipos, a, ov, ( ore6hds, oregadg
firm, solid, fr. formun) sterile, barren,
spoken only of females, Luke 1: 7, 36.
23: 29, Gal. 4:97. Bept. for mp: y Gen.
11r 30. Judg. 13: 2, 3 — Luc. D. Mort.
28.2 bis. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2. 25 fin.
Bois orslge Hom. Od. 10. 522, ib. 13.30.

Srédde, £. oreds, pp. Germ. slel-
len, i, q, to set, to place, to make stand
in order, e. g. soldiers in battle- array,
Hom. Il. 4. 204) trop. to put inorder,

e, to fit out, a8 turd 45 poizny Hom.
Fin aos ope On 2 DER
slay Hdot 3. 141; also to fit or furnish
with garments eto. i. q. to deck, to clothe,
Hdot. 3.14; and #0 Pass. Luc. D.
Mort. 3.2, Xen, An. 3.27, Hence,
from the idea of motion into a pl
comes the usual Greek signif. to
te despatch, implying a previous fating

névia etiyss, i.

ney, Jos, Ant. 1. 18.1.
Xen, An 5.3. 5. Further, from the

furl, Hom. Od. 3.11; aleo of astringent
medicines, Alex. Aphrod. ta orillesrs
mjy noillay, Trop. to repress, to dimia-
ish to aaruage, Se for ‘Toy of the
waters Gen. 8:1. os. Ant. . 8 SLi
craljvas, ib. 9.10.26 zeysed doves.
Philo de Vit. Mos. III. p. 668. E, ray
qrodear ofyew... crildsw xa? nee
gsir. | Of persons, fo repress, to restrain,
¢, G6 from any thing, Philo de Spee.
Legg. p. 772, E, dnd tar dymlacr mat
Snigéyne drnanéoq xsi cvillews.
Mid. absol. Plut. ed. R. VII. p. 953.6
kota yuzny zepdves, otllacSes wr
&rSeenor ox dowtes.—Hence

In N. T. Mid, or Pass. trop. of per-
sons contracting or represeing them-
selves from fear, surprise, ete. i. q. te
shrink from, to withdraw from, to aveid,
c. acc, 2 Cor. 8 20 areilopsvos soite.
Seq. dnd, 2 Thess, 3: 6 crilizeDas ipas
ano aries Gdelgoi x. t. .—Pol. 8. 2
4 ayy dx tig curn Sting eateSiogs orii-
ldo Seq. x6, Sept. Mal. 2 5 exo
Reoodnon dropards pou crélasr Sax ai

tor, for Heb. BQ nm. Hesych.
crildsras’ popiiras.
Sema, arr0g, 0d, (origes,) o filet,

garland, wreath. Acts 14: 13 tatgen
xoi gtippere, i.e. victims adorned with
fillets and garlands, as was customary
in heathen sacrifices; comp. Potter Gr.
Ant. I p. 225 sq. Adam’s Rom, Ant.
p- 323 —Hom. Il. 1.28 Luc. Alex. 27.
Pol. 16. 33. 5.

Srevaypos, ov, &, ( cramdve,) «

ec groaning, sighing, e. g. of the oppressed,

‘Acta 7:34, quoted from Ex.%24 where
Sept. for >; 2&3, as aleo Ex. &5. bart
Judg. % 18. ‘Also of prayers to

not expressed in articulate words, Rom.
& 96, Sept. for m2 Ps, 3: 10. —
Eurip, Phoon. 1054. Lue. Jup. Treg. 2
Acechin. Dial. Soc. 3. 3.

Zuaido
Drevcifer, £. dw, (erie, owwri,) t0.

5:2, 4. Heb. 13:17; oF from impatience,

iD humor, i. 9, to murmur, se? Glii-

2eay James &: 9. Also of those who

offer silent prayer, Mark 7: 34 arofié-

borivats. Pet We for 203

1: 22,— Wied. 5.8. Pit.

ed. RIKp. 97.8 ob oterdtayros. Dem.
835.

“Srevss,#, br, strait, narrow, e. g.

4 weds fore} Matt. 7: 13, 14. Luke

7: 6 9g. Sept.
for ‘x Is. 49: 20. — Cob. Tab. 10.

Hian. 8. 3. 2. Xen. Mem. 3. 5. 25.
Srevozugde, 3, f. oe, ( otsv0-
z0965, from oterds, xeiga,) to crowd into
@ narrow space, te strailen as to room,
Sept. Joah. 17:15. Lue.Nigr.18 Pass.
Hdian. 7. 9. 18, Diod. Sic. 20.29, In
NN. T. Pass. trop. to be straitened, dis-
treased, not able to turn oneself, 2 Cor.
4: 8. 6 12 bis, opp. mharive in v. L.—
Arr. Epict. 1.25.28 tavrois 92/fopey
xed otevezagotper x. +. 1.
Drevozugia, as, 4, (srevozegéu,)
straitness of place, want of room, Diod.
Sic. 18.49. Thuc. 4.26. In N.T. trop.
atrails, distress, anguish, 08 4 Pliyig xab
, Rom. 29, 8:35, 2 Cor. 6:4.

oravog.
by drdyxaug... dy oxevozagias 12: 10,
Sept. for aps Is, 8: 22. — Ecclus. 10:

26, Arr. Bpict 1. 25. 26. Pol. 1. 67.1.

Srepecs, a, ov, ( oreggés, kindr.
with iors) stable, firm, solid, e. g. as
opp. toa liquid, otagee: teoqy solid food,
antith. 3 ydle milk, Heb. 5:12, 14. —
Arr. Epict. 2. 16. 39 od Silas dy tig ta
smadle dnoyalaxnadjvas xab dntecGas
eopiis oxegswrigas. Diod. Sic.2.4. yi
Jos, Ant. 7.2.1. 490g Hom. Od. 19,
494. — Trop. rm, strong, immovable,
2 Tim. 2 19 Sepdlios rob Deov. 1 Pet.
5:9 otegeod tH alors, Sept. for prt
Pa 35: 12. Jor. 31: 1.—Ael. V. H, 6.8.
Dion. Hal. Ant. 8. 40.

Sragacee, ca, f. dow, ( cregeds,) to
make stable, firm, strong, to strengthen,
tans, Acts & 7,16 sobror . . . doz
#5 Goya ito. Bopt. for 123 Pe 3%

769 Zregevow

6 9p Is. 44: 2 — Diod. Bic. 1.7.
Xen. Cyr. 8. 8, 8.—Trop. to confirm,
establish, sc. in faith, 1] lows Acts 16:5.

—Hept. 1 Sam. % 1. Prov. 20: 18

repdwpa, aro, 10, (eregede,) any
thing firm, solid; the firmament, Sept. for
ZIP Gen. 1: 6 q. Ez. 1: 22 oq. firm

support, Esdr. 8:81. InN. T. stability,
firmness, steadfastness, @. g. tijg alates

Col. 2 5.—1 Mace. 9 14.

Srepavas, a, 8, Stephanas, pr.n.
of a Christian at Corinth, 1 Cor. 1: 16.
16: 15, 17.

lL Srépavos, ov, s, (otége,) a
circle chaplet, crown, encircling the

ny asthe emblem of royal dignity,
Rev. 6: 2. 12 1 oxiparog dotiguy be
Saxe 14: 14 até. xevaoir. scribed
to saints in heaven, elsewhere called
kings, Rev. 4: 4,10. 9: 7. Comp. in
Baoilsiw b, Of the crown of thorns
set upon Christ in derision, as king of
the Jews, Matt. 27: 29, Mark 15:17,
John 19:2, 5. Sept. for WH 2 Bam.
12 30, Esth. 8: 15, — 2 Mace. 14: 4,
Ael. V. H. 11. 4, Hdian. 5. 3. 12,

b) a8 the prize conferred on victors
in the public games and: elsewhere, a
chaplet, wreath. 1 Cor. 9:25 gSagroy
orig. Adfoorr—Judith 15:13. Jos, B.J.
7.1.3. Ceb, Tab. 21. Xen. H.G.L
7. 96. — Hence trop. as an emblem of
the rewards of a future life i. q. prize,
reward, 2 Tim. 4:8 6 vig Bisaootons
ovdgavos. James 1: 12 tis Cea.
1 Pet. 5:4, Rev. 2 10. 3: 11. Comp.
Sept. for 07 Jer. 13: 18. Lam. 5:16,
—Bo i. q. reward, Diod. Sie. 13, 15.

¢) trop. . ornament, honour, glory,
that io which one my glory. Phil.
1 ddagol pov... zaga xad crépards
pov. 1 Thess.2:19. 80 Sept. and me
Prov. 12: 4, 16,31. 17: 6, — Philostr,
Vit. Soph. 1. 21.2. Lys. 154, 17 axég.
‘iis margldos alvas tas bervrity yuzds,

I. Srépavos, ov, 6, Stephen,
pr.n. of one of the seven primitive
deaeons, the first Christian martyr.
Acts &5,8,9. 7:59, 8:2. 11:19, 2230,

Sregarda, @, £ daw, (oripures,)
to crown, trans. e.g. a victor in the, pyb-

2msosg
lic games etc. 2 Tim. 2 5. Sept. for
oy Cant, 3: 11.— Judith 15: 18. Ceb.
Tab. 21. Xen. Ag. 2. 11. — Trop. i. q.
to adorn, to decorate. Heb. 2 7,9, dot
xab tipi Zotepdvwcas airdy, in allusion

: 6 where Sept. for “Wp:
. J. 4, 4.4 otep, sag mba. "Died.

Jos.
Bic, 20. 84.

ujdos, £06, ous, 10, (iorns, onj-
ya) the breast, Plur. rd orrOn. Luke
18: 13 Frumoy cig 13 ot Fos. 23: 48, John
18:25. 21:20. Rev. 15:6. Sept. for
Chald. Dan. 2:32, 3b Ex. 28; 23,

26.—Luc. D. Deor. 19. 1. Hdian, 4.4.
7. Thuc. 2.49. Of animals Xen. Ven.
44.

Sojxa, 0 late form found only in
the present, corrupted from fornxe I
stand, Perf. of formu. Buttm. § 107. IT.
2, marg. — Tb stand, intrans, Mark 11:
25 drav ovayte mocsuzépsvor, Elso-
where only trop. i. q. fo sland firm in
faith and duty, to be constant, to perse-

~ vere; c.dat. commodi, Rom. 14:4 1
Bly xvgig ovjxes 3} mintes to his own
master he slandeth or falleth, i. e. it is
for his own master, not for you, t judge
whether he is faithful or unfaithful.
Seq. dat. of thing, Gal. 5: 1 xf devdegla.
Seq. é c, dat. 1 Cor. 16:13 ovjuete dy
tf nlote. Phil. 1:27. 4:1 éy xvgly, i.e.
in the faith and profession of Christ. 1
‘Thess.3:8. absol. 2 Thess. 2: 15.—Sept.
for a3:n7 Ex. 14:13 in Cod. Alex. et
Compl.

Singrypos, ov, 5, (armgltn,) a set-
ting fast, fizedness, a standing still, e. g.
of the stars Diod. Sic. 1. 81. genr. Plut.
ed. R. VI. p. 264. 11. Jo N. T. trop.
firedness, steadfastness in mind and
faith, 2 Pet. 3 17.

Zoi, f. ter; (torn) to set fast,
steadfast, to fiz firmly, trans.

8) pp. Pass. perf. Luke 16:26 zéoua
payee dorijgistat, i.e. is set fast, stands
fixed. — Sept. xllpat dorygeyuérq for
or Gen. 28: 12, — wEeclus 88, Lue.
D. Marin. 10. 1 tiv vor. Hesiod.
‘Theog, 498 AiGor. Hom, Il. 11. 28, Iu-
trans, Plut. Marcell. 15.— From the
Heb. Luke 9:51 10 agdcwnor aizod
denjgigs toi mogtiveOas xt. 2, comp.
in Zigoewtor 2.

770

Zt00

b) trop. to make steadfast im mind,
to confirm, to strengthen. Luke 22:32
viet tis ddelgeiy oom Rom. 1: 1L.
16:25. 1 Thess, 3:2, 13. 2 Thess. 3: 3
James 5:8, 2 Pet. 1:12 Rev. &2 1
Thess. 2:17 et 1 Pet 5: 10 cmedtas Opt.
in text. rec. where later edit. fut. ery
git. Comp. Winer p. 273, So Sept
for Joo Ps. 51:14. 11% 8—Ecelus. 6:
40. 2217.

Lily, arose, 16, (ore to stick,
to prick, also to brand, Hdot. 7. 35. Plut
Peric. 26,) stigma, i.e.a merk, brand,
as pricked or burnt in upon the ody,
in allusion to the marks with which
slaves and sometimes Prisoners were
branded; trop-Gal. 6:17 ta ovéypere
100 axglov "Inco ty 1G ot por
Baordte, ‘Comp. 2 Cor. 4: 10 et-11:23
sq. also-Rev. 14:9, See Wetst. N. T.
II. p. 287. Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 37. .:
Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 64 8q.—pp. Lac -
Pisc. 46 ént soi usternou otlyperce. Ael.
V.H. 2.9. Plut, Peric. 26. Diod. Sic.
14, 30, A Beco det &. 118.97G 208.

a

Sreywy, HS, % (orlker,) a prick,
point, Diog. Laert. 7. 135 ortypy 8 dott
Yoappiis mégas, rig dort onusior dey:
ctor. Trop. for the minutest particle,
Dem. 552. 7. Io N.'T. trop. point of
time, i. q. a moment, instant, Luke 4:5
& otyph xgdvov. Sept. for snp In
29:5.—2 Macc. 9:11. Plut. de Boer
educ. 17 otiypi) zedvou mits & Bios dork.
Anth. Gr. I. p.172, Comp. Weist. N.T.
L p. 679.

ZuiA Be, 6. yrs, to shine, to be bright,
to glitter, intrans. Mark 9:3 iperee os0-
Porta. Sept. for 273% Ezra 8:26. sb
Nah. 3:3.—] Mace. 6:39. Pol. 11. 9.4.
Plato Phaedo 59.

Zrod, as, 4, (iors) pp. a pillar,
column, comp. mtgictoor i. 4. meplore-
ov; in ordinary usage a portico, porch,
piazza, surrounded and supported by
columns, e. g. ote Zokopsvos Joba
5:2, 10:23. Acts 3:11. 5:12. Comp.
in ‘Iegov d. ‘This is called by Josephus
16 igyor Zolowsivos, prob. in reference
only to its foundations; it was re-
paired by Agrippa the younger, to whom
the emperor Claudius commited the
charge of the temple; Jos. “Ant. 20. 9.7.

SroPas

comp.B. 3.5.5, 1. tb. 6, 5. 1.— geor.
Dem. 776. 20. Xen. Ove. 7.1.

SroeBes, adog, %, found only in
NV. T. prob, a corrupted form for oxi
Bag, adog, %, from oralfe, Lat. stipo,
to tread, Aor. 2 Eousfor; which latter
form is read in several Mex. Comp.
Fritzsche IV Evang. Vol. II. p. 474.
Pp. ‘any thing trodden,’ and hence ‘any
thing strewed to lie upon, a couch of
tender boughs, leaves, grass, etc. Aris-
+ 4koph. Plut, 541 onBdda ozolvey. Pol.
5. 48.4. Diod. Sic. 17.85. Xen. Cyr.
5. 2 15. —In N. T. meton. a green
Bough, branch, Mark 11:8 otoifddas
Exortor dx tisr Bivdgan, i. q. in Matt, 21:
8 Exontoy xlddovs. Comp. Wetst.N.T.
LL. p. 609,
rorzeiov, ov, 16, (dim. of oroi-
205 a row, series, fr. otslyw to go up by
steps,) pp. a little step, a pin, peg, stand-
img upright, ©. g. the gnomon of a dial,
meton, Aristoph. Eccles. 648 or 652.
"Trop. an cement, e. g. elementary sound,
a letter, Pol. 10. 45. 7. Lue, Jud. Voc.
12.—In N. T. plur. ra azoszeia, ele-
ments, €. g.

a) genr. the elements of nature, the
component parts of the physical world.
2 Pet. 3:10, 12 arogtia xavodpsva.
Comp. Minuc. Felix 34. 2 “ Stoicis...
et Epicuraeis de elementorum confla-
gratione et mundi ruina eadem ipsa
sententia est.” Senec. de Consol. ad
Marc. 26.—Wisd. 19: 17. Jos. Ant. 3.7.
7. Luc. Parasit. 11, Hdian. 3.1. 12.

b) spoken of elementary ineerction
the elements, the rudiments, e. g. of
Christian instruction, Heb. & ‘23 1a OTOL
qila tis doris i.e. the first rudiments,
principles; comp. Butim. § 123. n. 4.
Winer § 34. 2. — Plut. de Puer. educ.
16 croiytia sie dgeriis. — Spoken of
philosophy, and espeo. of the Jewish
religion in contrast with Christiat
i,q. the mere rudiments, Gel. 4: 30.
Col, 2:8, 20.

Zroizdo, @, £ sow, (sroizos a
row,) to stand or go in order, to advance
in rows, ranks, Xen. Cyr. 6. 3. 34.
Mag. Eq.'5.7. In N. trop. to walk
orderly, weq. dat. of rule, i. q, to live ac-
cording to any rule or duty, ta follow ;

7

Sopa

Gal, 6:16 S005 +6 ndvors rove aroLzy-
gout, 5:25, Phil. 3:16. Rom, 4: 12,
absol. Acts 21: 24.—Sext. Empir. 1. 10.
283 crouzeiv 1] oun deic. Pol. 28.5.6
croziiv of tig ovyxijrov mgo9ioen
2r0dy, Sy %, (oréddw q: V.) pp. 6a
fitting out, i.e. apparatus, implements,
Ael. V. H. 3, 43, armature, arms, har-
ness, ib. 3, 24. Xen, Cyr. 3.3. 42. ap-
parel, attire, dress, Ael. V. H. 13. 1 med.
14. 7.—Io N. T. i. q. Lat. stola, a robe,
vestment, {.e. a long flowing robe reach-
ing to the feet, worn by kings Sept.
Jon. 3;6, Ael. V.H.7.1; by priests
Sept. Ex. 28:28q. Jos. Ant. 3, 7. 1.
Hdian. 5.5.5; and in N. T. generally
by persons of rank and distinction,
Mark 12: 38. 16:5, Luke 15:22. 20:46.
Rev. 6:11. 7:9, 13, 14 bis, Sept. for
333 Ex. 28:2 9g. 2 Chr. 18:9. 30
1 Chr. 15: 27. —Ceb. Tab. 18. Diod.
Sic. 2 6. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4, 26.
ropa, arog, +é, the mouth, of

men and animals.

a) pp. e.g. of animals, Matt. 17:27.
2 Tim. 4: 17, comp. in iwr. Heb. 11:
33 comp. Judg. 14:8, James 3. Rev.
9:17 eq. 12:15, al. So Sept. and mR
Gen. 8: 11. Ps, 22: 22—Palaeph. 52, 2.
Xen. Eq. 6. 9.—Of persons, as the or-
gan of breathing, blowing, 2 Thess. 2
8 1 mvstpars 100 ctopats abtob ec. 108
Seov, comp. Ps, 33:6, Rev. 1:16, 2: 16.
11:5, So Sept, and mp 2 K. 4:34,
As receiving food and drink, Matt. 15:
11,17, John 19:29, Acts 11:8. Rev,
10:9, 10. So Sept. and ry Neb. 9: 20,
(Pol. 12. 9, 4. Xen, Mem. 3. 14. 5.)
Chiefly as the instrument of epeech,
Matt. 12:34 10 ordua lalsd. Acts 23: 2,
Rom. & 14, 19. 10:8 sq. Col. &8,
James 3:10, al. Sept. and my Ex. 4:
15, Ie, 1:20. (Lue. Caluma.8 Xen.
Mem. 3.6.9.) So the mouth as speak-
ing, or perh. meton, for words, sayings,
discourse, Matt. 15:8, comp. Is, 29: 13.
Matt. 18: 16 et 2 Cor. 13:1 dni oropartog
Oto pagrigew, quoted from Dent. 19:5
where Sept. for mR-by. Luke 11:54.
19:22 be 10d orémarde cov xgivs on
21:15 3dow épir créue x02 aoplar q. d.
wise utterance. Comp. iQ Sept. ies
1 Sam. 15:24. — Soph. Oecd. Tyr. 427,
699 os 701,.— In phrases borrowed

Bvonazos 772

mostly frovir the Hebrew:—(1) dvolyety
20 Ox0qme to open one’s mouth, lo speak,
amd 80 trop. of the earth as rent in
chasms Rey, 12:16; eee fally in’ “Avel-
ye. (2) 20 Ennogevduevov éx rov aro-
Marog, i.e. words ultered, sayings, dis-
course, Matt. 15:11, 18; comp. Sept.
Num. 30:3, 32:24. Bo 56 denog. duc
tov atduatos sc, tod Saov, word, pre-
cept, Matt. 4:4, in allusion to Deut. 8
3. where Sept. for Ba (8) Aadezy v.
eineiv dia oromarog tv0s, to speak
through the mouth of any one, to speak
by his intervention, as God by a Pro-
phet, messenger, Luke 1:70 xadis él
Anos duct otépatos tib dylow mpopirer.
Acts 1:16. 3:18, 21, 4:25, 15:7. 80
Sept. and Heb. mpz 2 Chr. 36: 21, 22,

(4) grdua Mp0G oroue Aadeiv, to speak be

mouth to mouth, orally, without the need
of writing, 2Jobn 12.°3Jobn 14. Sept.
for pans rq Num. 12: 8, comp. Jer.
Baa jos, Ant. 10. 8.2 dadsiy xoxo

b) trop. i. q. edge, point, as of a wea-
pon; the figure being taken from the
thonth aa anned with teeth and biting,
‘or as being in beasjs the front or fore-
most part ; also of the front of an army,
Xen. H. G.4.3.4. An. 3.4.42 In
N. T. of a sword, otéa pazalgas Luke
21:24, Heb. 11: 34. ‘So Sept. for Heb.
ay eh "np Gen. 34: 16. Judg, 20: 37, 38.

lus, 28: 18. Philostr. Heroic. 19,

4 cropa ris aigpis. Soph. Aj. 651.

Hom, Il. 15. 389. An.

Stopazoc, ov, 6, (oréua,) pp. a
mouth, opening, hence, the throat, gal-
let, Hom. Tl, 3, 292. ib. 19. 266. In
N. T. the stomach, 1 Tim. 5:23. — Lac.
Chronoeol. 17, Hdian, 1. 17. 23.

teareder, as, %, (orgarsie,) mili-
tary service, warfare, Hdian. 4.9.9. Xen.
Cyr.8.8.6. a military expedition, cam-
paign, Pol. 2. 22,2,6. Xen. H.G.7.
4.19. In N.T. metaph. of the apos-
tolit office, as connected with hardships,
dangers, trials, a warfare ; 2 Cor. 10: 4
a yee Sada tis otgatslag judy ov cag—
sand. 1 Tim. 1:18, see in 2egareiw b. a,

— Jos. de Mace. § 9 ispdy xai siveri.

orpatslay,
rpareupa,, eros, t6, (ovgarrio,)

Pepersayis

@ wilitary ién, compote, i. q.
orearale, hese Iu N.E. mewn.

an army, forces, troope, host, gear. Matt.
22:7. Rev. 9:16. 19: 14,19 bie.—1 Mace.
9:84. Hdian. 2.121. Xen. Ao. 1,2
16. — By synecd. @ band or detach-
ment of troops, «. g. the garrison in the
fortress Antonia, Acts 2% 10, 27; also
of Herod’s body-guard Luke 2% 11. —
Hdian. 4.6. 11, spoken of a putt of the
Praetorian cohort.

Zroaree, f. ebow (orgards camp,
army,) to serve in war, to be a soldier,
Xen. Cyr. 4.4.11, to wage war, to make

an expedition; campaign, Pol. 2. 2 7.

Diod. Sic. 1. 68. Xen. An. 2 1. 14
—Often and in N.T. only Mid. depen.
Grgarevopas, to serve in war, te war, to
@ soldier, warrior, intrans.
8) pp. 1Cor. 9:7 als otgareveras idiou
Sypeorloos nord; 2 Tim. 2 4. Part. 6
otgervipsvos a soldier Luke 3: 14. —
Arr. Epict. 2, 14.17, Hdian. & 7. 20.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6, 9.

b) trop. fo war, spoken (a) of the
Apostolic office as connected with hard-
ships, trials, dangers, 2Cor. 10:3. c.
ace. of kindred noun, 1 Titn. 1: 18 be
orgetetn th» xalyy ortgériar, comp.
Buttm, $131. 8 — Jos. de Macc. (3
fegay nad sbyeri, oxgateléy grperetoa-
oar imi rij eborBelas. ma Spoken
of desires and lusts which war against
right principles and moral precepts,
James 4: 1. I Pet. 2: 11.

Srearnyos, ov, 6, (orgaras, éye,)
pp. leader of an army, commander, gene-
ral, Jos. B. J. tts "Hdot. 7.83. Bios
Bic. 2.21, 22. Xen. Mom. 3. 1.3 eq.
Ag.3.5. Soofthe ten Athenian com-
manders chosen annually, with whom
the molsmigyos was joined, Hdot. 6. 1.
Aol. V. MN. 3.17. Potter’s Gr. Ant. IL
p.53, Afterwards only one or two
were sent abroad with the army, as ei
cunistances required, and the others
had charge of military affairs at home,
i. q. toar-minister, Dem. 238. 13 & éxt
Tar Enlur ovgarhyas noi 5 él tag Seer
sxfoews. ib, 282.10. ib. 408,96. Ae.
V.H. 8.8, In other Greek ehies Lg.
chief-magistrate, prefect, Diod. Sic. 8
56 @dhussos § Ouiniety
14.98. Lue. Tox. 37 Sr@es'od pen

Spend

Tn patie Mens officers, i
; — Spoken i.
|, Swatos, Pok 1. 7. 12 ib.1. tas
Oftoner of the Roman pratior, Did.
Sec. T. VI. p. 222 Tanchn. thy save
méler [Pripqy] otpamyin Phut. Cato
Grover nse. p50 erpem ard
lnadript. p. xara
pg nad dni Men i. ©. prastor urbanue
tf peregrinus. Comp. Adem’s Roni.
Att. p.119sq._ In Roman colonies and
municipal towns, the’chief magistrates
were usually two in number, called
duumwiri, (occasionally four or six,
tuorviri, seviri, Minut. in Cie. ad Div,
13.76. Gruter Inscript. p. 416.8. p. 565.
3,) who also were sometimes styled
Paetors, i.g. Greek orgamyol. Cic. de
oe. ‘Agrar. 11.34 “cum eeteris coloniis
duumviri appellentur, bi se
appellari volebant.” Adam's f
p. 74.—Hence in N. T.

@) of the duumviri, practors, magis-
trates of Philippi, where was a Roman
colony, Acts 16: 20, 22, 35, 36, 38. —
Sept. for bap i i.e. magistrates of the
Jewish people under Ezra and Nebe-
miah, Ezra 9: 2 Neb. 2 16. 4:14.
18: 11,

b) orgetnyo¢ rot Lago’, a captain,
governor, prefect of the temple, spoken
gent. of the chief officers of the priests
and Lévites who kept goant in and
around the temple; one of whom per-
haps ai the chief’ command ; see in
Zediga b, comp. Jor. 20:1. B. g. fully,
Lote 92°58 208 toyed res
4:16 org. tod legod. 5:24. absol. Luke
IBA. Acre 5: 96.—Joa. B. 5.6.5.3 dod-
povss; 84 of ro ing gilaxy Fyyeay

steamy. Ant. 20. 6.2. ow
17.26 oxgarnyay. Calted also by other
names, e.g. Sept. 5 jyotperos olxov O00
for Heb. DTA Nn" ‘732-1 Chr. &
ib oo 1a, Jer Wil. nora
te to! ir. 1: 8 a
WA gdlagyorl: comp 20h ae 88,

Zrgane, ig, 4, (oxgetde,) an ar
sy, hoat, Sept. for RIZ 2 Bam. % 23,
YK. HM: 18, Hdian. 6.°S. 16. Xev. Cyr.
417. wast wb obgerehe to ae
114 obpdnds v. tol otpares, i. q. HIE
Di gTT, Rost of Aewen, vir.

a) eq. ae, Lats

rractores
mo. Ant.

7713

DtpePiow

918, So Bept. for ‘21K, Teas,
comp. 2 Chr. 18: 18, Pe, 148: 2 10021.

b) i.q. the sun, moom, stars, the whele
host of the firmament, Acts 7: 42, Se
Sept. and ‘wrt ‘x 2 Chr. 33: 3, 5. Jer.
19: 13. Zeeb. 3: 5,

SZrparwdrys, ov, 8, ( organd,) «
soldier, warrior, spoken of common sol-
diers, Matt. 8:9, Mark 15:16. Luke 7:8.
Jobh 19: 23 aq. Acts 12: 4 al.—2 Mace.
14:39, Heian. 2.7.10. Xen. An.7. 1.3.
—Trop. of a Christian teacher, 1Tm.
8 &y vals 5 creer "1. Xe. See in
Zrpetda. A

Siparohoyéa, 6, a, f. tow, (orga
odéyor, from orgatis, Lye) to collect
an army, to levy, to enlist; Part. 3 orge-
roloyioos one who holds a levy, i. q-
commander, general, 2 Tim. ee
C. Mar. 9. Diod. Sic. 18, 12. Trop
te enlist, i. g. to incite, Jos. B. J. 1.

6. ib. 5.9. 4 bis.

Srparonedagzye, ov, 5, (orga-
rénedor, Eoye,) prefect of the camp, an
officer to whose charge Paul was con
thitted at Rome, Acts 28:16. Many
urderstend here the pracfectus practorio
(comp. Phil. 1:13) or commander of tlie
emperor's body-guards, as having the
géneral chatge of all prisoners sent to
Rome; bat this is perhaps too broad
an inference from the single known
fostance, where the youdger Agrippa
‘was onte imprisoned by thid offteer at
the express command of thre
‘Tiberius; comp. Jos, Ant. 18.6.6, coll.
10. Krebs Obss. in toe. See Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 149, 563. —— genr. Lud.
Quom. Hist. consor. 22. Spoken of the
centurio primipili or standard-bearer of
4 legiun, Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 36 bid,
comp. ib. 0.10. Adam’s R. Ant. p. 370.

Zrparonedor, ou, 16, ( orgatds,
idor, ) pp. “camping-ground of an
army,’ i.e. @ camp, encampment, Jos.
Ant. 7.9.6, Cebet. Tab. 1, Xen. Cyr.
3.3.27. IWN.T. meton. an army em

camped, host, Luke 21: 20, Sept. for
boty Jer. 84: 1.—2 Mae. 8: 12, Hdian.
7.8.8. Thae 4.94, Xen, H. G. 1.1.21.

SrpsBdow, w, f. shows, (orgsf2i, a
‘widtiiows, winch, instrum. of torture, fr.

2tpega
atpeftis, otgipe,) to roll or wind one
windlass, Hdot. 7.36. to wrench, to turn
‘awry, Hdot. 3. 129; espes. by torture,
3 Mace. 4: 14. Ael. V. H. 7. 18. Pol. 2
59. 1, — In N. T. trop. to wrest, to per-
vert, e. g. the sense of a writing, trans,
2 Pet. 3:16. Comp. Sept. Pass. for
Lppnr to show oneself perverse, 2
‘Sam, 22: 27.

pepe, f. ye, pp. ing. reémer, the
first and third consonants of the root
being strengthened by the sibilant and
aspirate ; to turn, to turn about, trans.
Mid. ore¢gopasand Aor, 2 pase. fozgd-
-97r 28 Mid. to turn oneself to turn about,
intrans. comp. Buttm. § 196. 2.

a) pp. Act. c. acc, et dat. of pers. to-
wards whom, Matt. 5: 39 oxpipor aixg
al hy Edgy, comp. Winer § 31.2. p.
174, Mid. Part. abeol. 5 oTg0-
givtes, Matt. 7:6, 16:93 5 3% oxpagele
alte 1 Hétgy. Luke 9: 55, 14: 25, 22:
61. John 1:38, 20:16. c. dat. tid Luke
7:9. n9d¢ tive Luke 7:44. 10:28. 23:
28. Also Mid. c. 3 tuva, Acts 13:
46 aorqaqspsda aig 1& T5ry we turn [and
go} to the Gentiles. Seq. ig c. ace. of
place, Acts 7: 39 dorgdgnoay sats xog-
Slarg aire eig Alyuntor, in their hearts
they turned back to Egypt. Jobn 20:14
doxedgn ely ta Snlow. Sept. Act. for
sD Jer. 48:99, Mid. c. als 24 Saclow
for ‘238 Ps. 114: 3, 5.—Act. Ael. V. H.
14, 15. Epict Ench. 38 Xen. Lac. 11.
9.- Mid. Pol. 1.40.13, Xen. An. 3.5.1.
c. ngég ta Luc. Alex. 8. 8ig tc Seba
Xen. Eq. 7. 12.

b) trop. trans. Zo turn into any thing,
i, q. to convert, to change, e.g. Act. c.
tig, Rev. 11:6 ta Bara ais So
Sept. for ur? Ps. 114: 8, Jer. 3.
Ex. 7: 15. — Mid. of persons, to turn in
nina, to be converted, changed, to become

as it were another man. Matt. 18:3

erpagnon eo
Heb. ‘p77, 1 Sam. 10: 6. — Once Act
orgipe intrans, or c. Seurdy impl. to
turn oneself, to turn, to change one’s
mind and conduct; see Bum. § 130.
n. 2, Winer § 39.1. Acts 7: 42

8 Gas. Corp. Sept. In, 63: 10.—pp. Ml

Xen. H. G. 4.3.5.
Ligyride, o, £ dow, (orpives q.

7174

Zipervic

v.) pp. ‘to live strenuously, rudely,” as
in Engl. ‘to live hard, i. e. to revel, to
run ria, to live luzuriously, intrans. Rev.
18:7, 9.—Hesych. oxgyrssevtes + weexley-

pros [read senlycpiroi), Inlet 36 xai
15 did mloinor ifelur xad

gsy. Sophil. ap. Athen. 3. p. 100. ve
Antiphanes ib. p. 127. D. Lycopbr. ib

10. p. 420. B. Found oflly in late wri-
ters for the earlier teupawe, Phryn. a

Lob. p. 381. Sturz de Dial, Mae. p. 195.

Weta. N. T. II. p. 342.

Argijvos, soc, ous, 16, (erenres
Lat. strenuus, vehement, rude, Apoll
Rh. 2.323,) pp. radars, insolence, pride,
and hence revel, riot, lurury. Bev. 18
8 dx tig Svrcipsns To oTQroUs avTis
dalottnoay, i.e. from the abundance,
vastness of her luxury and proud volup-
tuousness.—Anthol. Gr. III. p. 128. no.
64. Sept. for 1280 pri pride, arrogance,
2K. 19:28. A word of the later Greek,
Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 195. comp. Lob.
ad Phr. p. 381.

Zte0vPloy, ov, +6, (dirain. fr.
orgoudds,) any small bird, espec. «
sparrow, Matt. 10: 29, 31. Luke 12 6,7.
Sept. for nipy Ps. 11:1. Lam. & 53.
—Tob. 210, Hierocl. Facet.10. Athen.
14, p, 654. B.

Sitparvveo v. -avvups, f. orgs
oo, (Metath. for crogérryss, Buttm. §
114, p. 801. § 110. 11,) to strow, to
spread, trans, Matt. 21: 8 bie, Eorgecer
Bovtciy 16 Sadun dv 29 O85 x 2.2. Mark
11: 8 bia, For this custom comp. 2K.
9:13. Jos. Ant. 9.6, 2 Keactos dotgen-
vue airg 10 twat. Sept. for yz*
Emb. 4:3 Is, 14: 11.—Dion. Hal, Ant
9. 26, Luc. Amor. 12.—Spec. of « bed,
cpuch, Acts 9:34 atgsicoy cenvry ec.
xgapBaror, xileny, comp. v.33. Comp.
Sept. Job 17:13. Ez. 2&7. (Theocr.
1d.21.7, Artemid. H. 57 or 62 otgax-
vioure xiivas.) Pass. of a supper-cham-
ber spread with couches, triclinia, around
the ale ig. furnished, ‘comp.

in “Avaxaipos no. 2 Calnetart. Eating.
Mark 14:15 et Luke 2% 12 drives

a ,— Rept. Ex. & Al.
Athen. 4 p. 198.C. Xen. Cyr. 8.2.66
aires 3s adden o otgevvess, teanslar meen.
So triclinium stratum

ox ’

Zrvy7r6s, 7, dy, (orvyia to hate,)
hateful, detestable, Tit, 3: 8. — Philo de
Deeal. p. 202,20. Heliodor. 5.29. Aes-
chyl. Prom. 592 or 596,

Srvyvate, f. dow, (orvyrig hate-
ful, austere, gloomy, fr. osvyie,) to be
or become austere, gloomy, sad, intrans,
e. g. of the countenance, Mark 10: 22 6
88 oruynicas ini 1a loyy anqdGe Lunot—
Hevos. — Nicet. in Andron. Comnen. II.
2. p. 207 xarnpiirres oby of dirFpanos
nai orvyvatortss iBiwoxor. — Trop. of
the sky, to lower, intrana, Matt. 16:3
muggates yap orvyrater 5 objgarés, —
Wied. 17: 5 vit otvyri, and so oruyri-
tne Pol 4.9.1. On. rte ahtera Hie

fom Lah ob

Srvdos, ov, 6, (kinder: with azn)"
@ column, pillar, Rev. 10:1 6s ottlos
mgds. So Sept. for tya9 Ex. 18: 21,
22. 14: 24. — Pal, 1. 22. 4, — Trop. of
any firm support; ¢. g. persons of au-
thority and influence in the church,
Gal. 2: 9 of doxotvtes ortlos slvas sc. by
fi Gadnolg. Rev. 3: 12, Of a doctrine
on which the Christian religion spe-
cially rest, 1 Tim. 3:15.—Ecclus, 36:24.
Earip. Iph. Aul. 57 otilos yag: obser
alah naides oases.

Sraixac, ”, Oy, Stoic, and of
Zrwixol the Stoica, a sect of philosophers
founded by Zeno, and 60 called from
the gtod, portico, where he taught.
See the works of Epictetus, Arrian, M.
Antoninus, his followers, Acts 17: 18.

2Y, gon. aod, thou, pers. pron. of
the second person ; plur. vueie, ye; 900
Burm. § 72.3. The oblique cases of
the Sing. are all enclitic, except after
Prepositions, Buttm. ib. n, 2, 3.

a) Nom. oi, plur. Sueis, usually omit.
ted except where a certain emphasis
is required ; Buttm. § 129. 7. Winer
§122,6. In N.T. inserted : (a) With
i before a vocative Matt.
6. 2-Tim. 21; or in
dietribution James 2:3; with an adjunct
between it and the verb John 4:9. Also
in interrogations, Matt. 27:11. Luke 24:
18. John 8: 53. Mark 8: 29; and so at
the end ofa clause John 1:21. & 48;
in answers Matt. 26:25, Mark 15:2.
In antitheses Matt, 3:14 Luke 9: 60,

775

uyyreipy

Jobn 8%. Luke 11: 48.2% 26, 1 Cor.
3:23; 00 xa?-ov, xad ipets, Luke 10: 37.
‘58, Matt. 7:12. Gen. Matt. 16: 16.
Mark 1: 11. Luke & 22, Onee tpg
abeol. 1 John & 27.— Xen. Conv. 8. 4
98 udv0s.—(8) Without special em-
phasis, oi Jobn 21: 15, 16,17. Luke
4 7. John 4:10. Syst Mart. 28: 5.
Comp. Winer |. c. — Xen. 1. c. dg ob
789 09g.

b) Gen. oov, dudy, are often used
instead of the corresponding possessive
os, tpétegos, Buttm. § 127.7. Comp.
Winer § 22.n.1.p.135, E.g. cob Matt.
1: 22. 4:6. Mark 1:2, saep. Syd Matt. 5:
10, Mark 2:8, Rom. 6:12, ssep.—Genr.
cob Matt. 2:6. 3:14. 5:29. snxep. dpiiy
Matt. 5: 12 Luke 11: 5. sep. For

Luke 2 35 xa} coi di orisije, see in Zee 72725.

avrod.

d) Dat. oo/, vuiv, genr. Matt. 4:9,
Mark 5:9, Luke 1:19, Matt. 7:7. Luke
10: 18, 2 Cor. 5: 12. saep. Dat. com-
modi Matt.21: 5. 2Cor. 5:13; incomm.
2 Cor. 12: 20, Rev. 2:16. al. For the
phrase ti uo} xa) col, see in "Eye. Ax,

Duyyévea, ag, %, (ovyyzris,) pp.
kin, kindred, relationship, Jos. Ant. 13.
4.1. Pol. 8.35.9. Ken. H. G. 2 4. 21,
InN. T. meton. kindred, i, e. kinsmen,
relatives, family. Luke 1: 61 obdsly do—
1 dy tH ovyyerig cov. Acts 7: 3, 14,
Sept. for mittee Ex. 12: 21. Josh. 6:
28. — Jos, Ant.3.3.1. Pol. 15. 30. 7.
Dem. 796. 17.

Zvyyerijs, Cos, obs, 5,4, adj. (oby,
7hv05, ylropas,) kin, kindred, related ;
subst. a kinsman, relative, one of the
same family. Mark 6: 4 ox Bors g0-
ims Eripos, a ish... dy r0ig ovyyerias,
Luke 1: 36 “Eioafer 4 cvyyeris cov.
v. 58, 244. 14:12. 21:16, Jobn 18: 26.
Acts 10:24, Sept. for prys-Lev. 18: M4. a
smyatn Lev, oe 45, ‘Josh. 21: 27,7
‘Tob. “6:10! fidian, 4.'14. 14. Xen. H.
G. 1.7.8, — In a wider sense, i. g. one
of the same nation, a fellow-countryman,
spoken by Paul of the Jews as being
all descended from a common ancestor.
Rom.9:3 réy cuyyevéy wou xerui cdgxa. -
16: 7, 11, 21.—Comp. Xen, An. 7.2. 31.
Sturz Lex. Xenophont. s, v,

Lr NN, 26, 4, ovr rion to

Supra hyn
know andjthink{with, te aceord, to eon-
eede,) concesrion, permisvion, leave. 1
Cor. 7:6 soiso 8 Uy vari evyyrs-
pom, ob xané: dcsuyir, this I say by way
‘of concession [sc. to the ness of
the flesh}, and not of command. — Ee-
elus. 3:13. Dem. 121.9. 'Thac. 5. 88.
Xen. Ath. 2, 20,

Zuyxadnuce, (oir, xé9npen,) to
ait down with, to sit with, c. patd Mark
14: 54. ¢. dat. depending on ovy in
compos. Acts 26: 30; see Winer § 56.
2, 4 fin, Butum. § 47. n. 11, 12, Matth.
$i. Sept. for 353 Ex. 2%: 83, Ps,

101: 7.—Absol. Luc. Bseudol, 20. Xen,
An. 5.7. 21.

Svyxad Ko, f. lou, (cir, x09ifu,)
trans, to cause to sit down with, to seat
beri intrans. to sit down with, to sié

a) trans, s0q. dy ©. . dat. of place, Eph.
2% 6 nal cmiyeige wad ovreni Gice7 lane

WB Apuoss v. 5) dy toig

b) intrans. of several, fo ait down to-
gether, Luke 22:55. Sept. for 3g Ex.
18: 13. Jer. 16: 6.—Esdr. 9: 6, 16. “Xen.
HL G. 5. 2. 35.

vyxaxonadea, ad, £ jy (air,
soxonadie q. v.) to euffer evil with any
‘one, fo endure affiction with, o. dat. of
thing in respect to which o¢ for which,
Winer § 81.1,3 Butim. § 133 o,2
2 Tim, 1: 8 ovyuaxondOnoor [énol] 19
sayy aly.

Zuyxexovyzéo, a, f. how, (xaxov- 1,

xe q. v.) only in Pane. to be maltreated oy,
or afflicted with any ane, fo suffer af-
Aistion with, c. dat. of pers. Heb. 11: 5
eupsenougiicdas 1H lag toi Sai,
Comp. in 2uyndS qa

Svyxadla, a, f. iow, (oy, xalée,)
to call together, to convoke, trans. Mark
15 16 cuyxaloiciy Siqy tip extigay.
Acts 5:21, Mid. pp. to call together to

, Luke 9: 1 auyxalescpsvos toig
Seidena. 23: 13. Acts 10:24, 28:17. In
Luke 15: 6, 9, the Act. and Mid. alter-
nate in the same context; see Winer
§.39. 6. comp. Math. § 496.7. Sept.
for WIP, Act. Ex. 7:11. Josb. 9: 22
Mid, Zech. 3: 10, — Act. Joa, Ant. 7.
14.7, Heian. J. 4.1. Ken. Cyr. 4. 1.1.

7%

Svysmraynplo
Mid. Aritenast, 1. 5 cormaléisa vers
Mors.

Dvyxadinte, f. pe, (ovr imeos
nahimte,) to cover together, to cover
wholly, traps, pp. Sept for 2ozz 1 K. 21:
4. 770a Indg. 4: 18, 19. Joa. Ant 9.
10.2 “Xen. Cyr. 8.7, 28 In N. T.
trop. i. q. to hide wholly, to conceal, Lake
12:2 obdiv ovynexaduppivoy doeie.—Eo-
clus. 26: 8. Plut. Alex. M33. Eurip,
Phoen. 886 or 889.

Svyxcrie, £ yu, (ote iene.
septa) to bend together, e. g. tov ré-
‘téy vsx09 to bow down Rom. 1:
10, i.e, trop. to oppress, to quoted
from Sept. Ps. 69: 24, where it departs
from the Hebrew.—Sept. for 713 2 K.
4:35, Xen, Eq. 12.5.

2vyxataBatva, £. phropes, (eare
Baivee q. v.) to go down with any one,
sc. from a higher to a lower place, as
from Jerusalem to Ceserea, intrans
Acts 25:5 ivtsgac. duol, Sept.
for 377 Ps, 49:18, — Wiad. 10:34 Pol.
1, 99.12. Diod. Sie. 11. 18. Found
only in the later usage, instead of the
sal Hier cvyxadiéem, Phryn. et Lob. p

Suynatedeor, ews, %, (ovyzere-

shOnus q. V.) assent, accord, agreement,
2 Cor. 6:16,—Pol. 4. 17,8 Dion. Hal.
Ant, 8. 79. Plut. M. Antonin. 52,

Bvuyxarutdeuae, os Mid. (seve

ov.—Usually and in N. T. only c.ace.
plied, to deposite one’s vote arith

with, to agree with or to, c. dat. Loke
23:51.—Hli. Bu. 90. Jom Ant 20.1

2 cvpeadduey th Pol. &
98 LI. Plato Gorg. rae

eRe. AT

.
e

Suysaperryme
‘Writers, with whom Mid. xptayqpitopen
is i.g. ‘to give one’s vote against, to
gonden' Dem. 790. 15. Xen. H. G.

Suyxegarrupe, f.gdow,(xigdrreus

|. ¥.) to miz together, to intermingle with,
2 Mace. 15: 39 obvos Sdan evpepac Duly
Anthol. Gr. Lp. 15.2 In N. T. trop.
to join together, to temper, i. q. to mix
together 20 that one pert qualifies an-
other, c. ace. J Cor. 12:24 & Ssd¢ cure
wigect x3 dua. Pass, c. dupl. dat.
Heeb. 4:2 5 Lizos . .. 9) ovpzaxjpayivos
‘fi loses tots teobouow comp. in 2vy-
xe9quos Butim. § 133. n. 2.—Menand.
ap. Stob. Serm. 42. p.302, viv sod Méyow
gee ddvams 780 xonots ovpuexgapivyy
Bzeav. Plut. Non poss, suav. viv. 20. ed.
R. X. p. 529. Thuc. 6 18. c. dat. pers.
‘Xen. Cyr. 1. 4.1.

Duyxivdeo, @, f. joo, (xevio,) trans.
to move with; Mid. intrans. to move one-
self with, to move together with others,
Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 7. ed. R. VI.
p- 190, 10. Epict. Ench. 33. 10. Trop.
to move in mind with any one, to incite,
#o rouse, sc. to like exertion, to sympa-
thy, etc. Plut. Galb. 1. Pol. 2. 59.8. ib.
15. 17, 1.—In N. T. spec. of a popular
commotion, fo move together, to stir up
at the same time, trans. Acts 6:12 tir
Aaéy xl tots xpsapurigons x... Comp.
Koveo.

Suyxieloo, f. slow, (xdelos,) to shut

up together, to enclose together, trans.
Toke 5:6 ovvixtacay mljdo¢ iyoiwr
molv. Sept. for 130 Ex. 14:3, —1
Mace. 5:5. Pol, 1. 17.8. Hdian. 7. 10.
6. — Trop. to include together, i. | fo
make subject, to deliver over alike, c. tl
Rom. 11: 32 ourdalewe yag 3 Dedg robs
mavtas sic dnedduar. c. tnd Gal. 3:
22, 23. Comp. Sept. for 123 707
Ps. 31:9. Josh. 20:5. yr Pe 78: 3
—Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 41. Diod. Sic. 19,
19 sis Sperihi 8 Gpnzarlay
~ o@aie “Avslyoros.

2uyxdngorduos, ov, 6, (xdngo-

) Pp. & co-heir, joint-heir, i. q. a

Joint-possessor, er, Rom. 8:17
‘oupxh 10 gurl, Eph. 3:6, Heb. 11:
9.1 Pet. 3:

V7

Suyxvaw

Suyxowvwrdn, @, £ gow, (wove
rims) to be partaker with others, fo share
with others in any thing, c. dat. Eph.
5:11, Phil. 4:14. Rev. 18: 4.—c. gen.
Dem. 1209. 20 euynowvaitiy ris 84ty5.

Suyxowareg, ob, 6, 4, (nowrends,)
joint-partuker, copartner, seq. gen.
Rom. 1:17 ovyn. 295 Gifs 2th 1
Cor. 9:23. Phil. 1:7. 0, é Rev. 1:9.

Suyxoplleo, £. low, (ropkee q. v.)
pp. to take up and bear together, to bring

5:26, Ken. Mem. 2 8. 3;
Xen. Ag. 1,21; dead bodieson a fie
of battle for burning, Plut. Agesil. 19.
‘Thue. 6.71. In N. T. of several per-
song, to bear away together sc. a corpse
for burial, to bury together, trans. Acts
8:2 cuvexdmioay 34 toy Srigavor erdgrs
eidapirs. — Soph. Aj, 1048 or 1067.
Phavor. ovyxoulfew arnt rod Sumter,
and tiv cuvayopiver xagnay cig ta¢
drodxag.

Svyxpivea, f. sé, (xgive gq. v.) pp.
“to separate distinct things and then
bring them together into one;’ hence
to join together, to combine, to compose ;

opp. Ssaxpévesy ‘to separate between, to
decompose ; Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 15,
od. B. VI. p. 418, salis 6’ Enlzaguos:

emo), xab dusxgln, nab
dnidds 50m UAde néler, ya pir sis yer,
mvatpa 0° dive. Luc. Pseudosoph. 5.
Plat. Phaedo 15. In later usage and
N. T. to place together and judge of, i.e.
to compare, to estimate by compariaons
constr, c. et dat. Comp. Lob. ad
Pbryn. p. 27!

a) genr. is ‘Cor. 10: 12 bis, ovyngivas
favroig tot... cuysglvortes saveoig
Sorvtoig.—Jos. Ant. 5.1.21, Lue. Para-
sit. 51. Pol. 6.47.9. c. 1965 Diod, Sic.
2.5, Mid. 1 Mace. 10:71 ovyxpidiiuar
Sevrois. Jos, Ant. 13. 4. 3.

b) by impl. i. 4, to explain, to tnter-

sc. by comparison of one thing
with another. 1 Cor. 2:13 nat
xoig mveyatiad avyxglrorte. So
for \m® Gen. 40:8, 16,22. 41:12, 15.
sw Dan. 5: 12—Others in 1 Cor. L 6.
take dat. mveupetixois a8 masculine.

Suyxvaree, £. yes (wines) to loop

Zuyxvpia
or bow together, as persons putting their
heads together, Hdot. 3.82. Luc. Bia
aceus. 4; of things inclining toward
each other, Xen. An. 3.4.19. In N.T.
to be bowed together, comp. Engl. to be
bent double, intrans. Luke 13:11 iy
ximtovea sah iy Suvapivn droxipat.—
Sept. Job 9: 27. Ecclus. 12: 11. 19:26.
Themis. Orat. 7 ad Valent. p. 90 ded
evyuexvpiss, dal ours, tpedxsperos
tds Sqgts, sc. Procopius,

Suyxupia, as, %, (ovprugie to
happen together, e. g. events Hdot. 8.
87. Pol. 5. 18.6; pereons Pol, 18. 33.
3,)a happening together, i. e. coinci-
dence, accident, chance, Luke 10: 31 xara
ouyxugiay.—So ovyxignais Pol. 9, 12.6,
ovyxtgnua Pol. 4. 86. 2, Plut. ed. R. X.
p. 713.6.

Suy/aioa, sor. 2 cvrezdgny, (zai-
ee qv.) to rejoice wilh any one, to
sympathize in a jother’s joy, c. dat. de-
pending on oty in compos. Winer § 56.
2,4 fin. Buttm. § 147. u. 11, 12. Mat th,
$405. Phil. 2:17 ovyyalgn ndow ipiv.
y. 18. Luke 1: 58. 15: 6, 9.—Sept. Gen.
21.6. Plut. Parall. 16 bis, ed. R Vu,

. 231, 232 zapiveor 86 mivrer, wom §
igh ob auregden ‘Npatia. Xen. Hi.
11. 12.—Or in Luke ll. ce. it can bei q.
to congratulate, as 3 Macc. 1:8. Dem.
194, 23. Pol. 29.7. 4.—Trop. of thingy,
1 Cor. 12:86 16 ily. 19:6 ob zalges [i
Gyénn) énd of ddualg, ovyzalgns 84 1h
Sin duig, i. e, truth, uprightness, causes
its followers to rejoice, and 4 dydmq
rejoices with them.

Suyzdo, (zie) also ouvyzivo a
later form disapproved by the gramnia-
Fians, see in "Exzéw; impf. ovrezeor and
ovstzuvoy, Pass. perf. curxizypar, sor. 1
P. curezbOny, aco fully in’ Exyée, Butt.
§114, p. 307.—Pp. fo pour together, Lat.
confundo ; hence trop. i. q. to cenfound,
to confuse, trans.

a) of an assembly, multitude, i. q. to
throw into confusion, to excite, to put in
uproar, c. uce, Acts 21:27 ourizsoy may
ta toy dzhov, Pass. 19:32 4 dxxdnala
ouymyupiry, 21:31. — Jos. B. J. 6. 2. 6,
Pol. 1. 40. 13, Luc. Bis accus. 17 xat
fuyziir jipay dnugito tiv Eurovalay,
sarragdtas 17 Boj. comp. D, Deor. 25. 1,

778

Sviythea

b) of the mind, to confound, to per
plez,e.g.a person in disputation, c acc.
Acts 9:22. Of persons in amazement,
consternation, Acts 2:6 curgl da 10 x15
90g, xat owraybGn.—] Macc. 4:27. Are.
Epict. 3. 22, 25. Diod. Sic. 4.62 ovrezt-
On Diy pogyy.

Svyzedoua, dpuas, f. goopet,
depon. Mid. (zgdoues q. v.) to use ath
another, to have in common use, Pol.
3.14.5. ib.6. 3,10. InN. T. to hove
usage, dealings, intercourse with any
one, c. dat. John 4:9 0b vag ouyz9er
ta “Iovdator Zopegelrane Arr. Periph PeripL
mar. Eryth. p. 159 ovvezoijeavto 3i at-
th [th vijoq) xal and Mottag wavdc, ie.
some from Muza have commerce with
the island. Comp. zodoua Xen. Hi. 5.
2. Mem. 4. 8 11.

Svyzive, vee Fvyzie.

Svyzvoee, ewe, 4, (ovyziee gq. v-)
confusion, tumult, uproar, Acts 19:29.
Comp. Sept. for 77247779 1 Sam. 1: 20.
—Pol. M 5.8 Plut. Pyrrh. 25.

Surde, d, f. jm, (vir, bie) to
Live with any ‘one, i.e, not to die, c. dat.
expr. or iinpl. see in Suyzalge. 2 Cor.
7:3 & raig xagdleis sini tore sic 23
ovranoSavtiv xai ovggy wc. iyiv. Trop.
of eternal life with Christ, Rom. & 8 2
Tim, 2 11.— Aristot. Exb, 8 6 Athen.
6. p. 249, B. Dem. 363. 4 ols ova» vax
Joinay Alor avayen.

SvLevyvupe, f. evita, aor. I avvs-
Seuga, (Cetyyruus,) to yoke together, pp.
animals, Sept. for 931] Ez. 1: 1. xen,
Cyr. 2.2.26, InN. T. wop. fo join to-
gether, to unite, trans. e. g. husband and
wife, Matt, 19:6. Mark 10: 9.—Jos. Ant.
1.19, 10. Hdian. 3, 10.4. Xen. Occ.
7, 30.

Sufnréeo, &, £ tow, (vir, trie)
to seek any thing twith another, as Her-
cules with Iphitus for his cattle, Apol-
lod. Bibl, 2.6. In N.T. trop. lo seek
together, i. e. to ‘navies of one another,
to question with, e.

a) spoken of worcra, abeol. Mark 9:
10 actnsotvrsc, sb dove xo dx voxgir Gre
grivar, Seq. mgdg Eavtovs Mark 1:27.
Luke 22: 23,

b) gene. i. q. fo question, to reason, te

Swdppas
dispute with any one, abeol, Mark 12:
28 axoivas aitéy ovtqrotvtwy, Luke
24: 15. c. dat. Acts 6: 9. ce mgs, Acts
9:29 cuntirs npds toig “Elqmords.
With the idea of cavil, captiousness, c.
dat. Mark 8:11. 9:14. c. 290s Mark
&: 16.

Subjmows, eos, 4, ( oveqete, )
question, reasoning, tation, Acts 15:
2, 7, 28: 29.— Philo de Opif. Mund. p.
AL. D. Allegor. 2. p. 85. B.

Seteyisy ¢ of, a 6, (ovtntia,) «
dispulant, a sophist,

1 Gor. 1:90. — Rabb. 2°
rae TE», alee

wit house 9

selon wctlomy, “ee Lae”

Rabb, 583 0q. Fuller Mise. Sac. 3.7.

Suvluyos, ov, 6, %, adj. (ovstyre-
ph) yoked-together, subst. @ yoke-fellow,
trop. of a spouse, 3 Macc. 4:8. Test.
XXII. Patr. p. 526. In N. T. trop. a
fellow-labourer, colleague, Pil. 4: 3. —
Aristoph. Plut. §45 dav 34 ovfuyor laf
lye. Eurip. Iph. Taur. 251,

Zulwonokw, 0, f. sow, (Cooror-
0 q. ¥.) to make alive with any ove, to
quicken with, e. g. trop. into spiritual life
with Christ as risen from the dead;
©, dat. 16 Xp. Eph. 25, With vy re-
peated’Col. 2 13, comp. Winer § 56.2,
4 fin, /-v:y ecru.

Svxduwos, ov, 4, a sycamine
free, Heb. plur. DP, called also the
sycamore, cvedpopes, see fully in Zuo
pogia. Luke 17:6, Sept. for 't) 1K.
10: 27. 1 Chr. 27: 28, 1s, 9: 9.—Dioscor.
I. 182, 164 avxépogor, fr10s 33 xa} r0ir0
evxciuivor ldyoves, Theophr. H. Pl. 4.
2. Jos. Ant. 8.7. 4. Diod. Sic. 1. 34.

uxda, contr, Sux}, gen. gas,
i, i (ctxor,) a fig-tree, Matt. 21: 19 bis,
20, 21. 24: 32, Mark 11: 13, 20, 21. 13:
28. Lake 13°67, 21:29. Jobn 1:49,
51. James 3: 12. Rev. 6:13. Sept. for
aan Judg. 9: 10, 11. Prov. 27: 18.—
IV. H. 3. 38. Xen. Occ. 19. 12,

Zuxouopda, a5, %, (atxor, pogéa,
tdpor,) i. q, 3} cuxdpogos, a sycamore-tree,
Pp. ‘the fig- mulberry,’ Luke 19: 4,
‘This tree is frequent in Egypt and the
level parts of Palestine, resembling the

179

SvAleufaro

mulberry-tree in its leaves, with fruit
similar in appearance to the fig, but in-
digestible. It is more frequently called
the sycamine tree, 4 cvnciuivos q.¥. See
Dioecor. I. 182, 184. Theophr. H. Pl.
4. 2. Athen. 2. p. 51. B. Warnekros

, Hist. Nat. Sycomori, in Eichhorn’s Re-

pert. fur morgenl. Literat. St. 11, 12,2-
Hesych. cvxopogéa* cuxdpivoy. Other
forms in Mee. are cuxopapia, cvxopo~
gaia, cvxopepala,

2uxor, ov, 16, « fig, Matt. 7:16.
Mark 11:13 Luke 6 44, James & 12.
Sept. for sper 2 K. 20:7. Neh. 13: 15.
—Ael. V. H. 3: 36. Dem. 314. 12. Xen.
Cyr, 6 2 22, -

Luxogarido, ©, f. joe, (ovw-
pavers, from oixoy, palve,,) pp. to be a
orxopaytns, i.e. a fig-informer, one who
watched and informed against persons
who exported figs from Athens contra-
Ty to law; see Suid. s, voc. Potter's
Gr. Ant I. p. 121 #q. Hence genr. fo
inform against, to accuse falsely, to ca-
plot , acc. Jos, eter) 7,3, Ael.
V.H. 213, Hdien,2. 14.7, Xen. Mem.
2:9. 5.—In N. T. by impl. iq. to extort
by false accusations, to defraud, abeol,
Luke 3:14, tid 2s 19:8. So Sept.
for pay Job 35:9. Ps. 119: 122. Prov.
22:16. "Comp. Ken. H. G. 2. 3. 22,

Svlayupeo, @, f. fou, (oiler
prey, dyw,) to lead off as prey, to carry
Off as booty, ©. g. captives Heliodor. X.
p.512, Aristaen. Il. Ep.2% In N.T.
trop. of false teachers, Col. 2:8.

SvAcw, o, f. iow, to spoil, to plun-
der, to rob, trans. by, hyperb. 2 Cor. ib
8 Glas trsdnwiog dothgae ape 3 Spine
oy. — Jos, B. J. 1.1.1. Hdian. 7. 7. 7.
Xen, Hi. 4.11. Comp. L weed ar

SvAdadde, @,£. jaw, (ot, Laléen)
to speak or talk with, to confer with, c.
dat. Mark 9: 4. Luke 9:30. 22 4; comp.
in Zvyzaleu. Seq. perd siv0g Matt. 17:
3. Acts 25:12. c. mgbg dlijloug Luke
4:36, Sept. e. dat. for 733 Ex. 34:35.
—©. dat, Pol. 1. 43. 1. ib, 4. 22.8.
mgos Gddilevs Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 12.
absol, Plut. ed. R. VIIT. p, 360. 5.

SAdap Batre, f. Ijpouar (aip—
Bavee,) to take together, pp. to enclose in

Bvastyo
the hands, Lat. comprehendere, trop.
Engl. to , to comprise, east

8, 82 nh Enai mairen ovdopew eines, ib.
7.16.3 to take or bring together,to col-
lect, e. g. scattered troops Hdot. 5. 46.
Also to take with oneself, Xen. Cyr. 3
8.1 dma culdePar 10 Exagor or
bee ofr

1, Lat. compreheridere, a8 spoken of
persons, fo take or seize al , all
around, stronger than loyfeve, from
the idea of clasping together or grasping
with the hands, i. e. seizing and hold-
ing fast with tbe hands clutched to-

; Comp. oty intens, in Zvy note.

8) pp. a8 of persons taken by author-
ity or force, to seize, to apprehend, to
arrest, c. ace. tov "Incoty John 18: 12.
Acts 1:16, Matt. 26:55. Mark 14: 48,
Luke 22: 54. Acts 12:3 10x Hétgoy.
23:27. Mid. id. Acts 26:21. Sept. for
sa Judg. 7:25. won Josh. 8:23. 1
Ko: 18 Ae. V. HB. 18. Hafan. 7
7,14. Xen. An. 1. 1. 3.—8o | in hunting
or fishing, fo take, to catch, éyeav Luke
5:9; comp. v. 5 where it is Jappdves.
_ Eutip. Orest. 1340 ody} cudlqyerd”

Gygay. Acl. H. An. 1.2

) trop. of females, to conceive, absol.

Luke 1:24. ¢.ace. vidy v.36. & yactel
v. SL. dy tH xordlg 2:21. Sept. for 3417
Gen. 4:1, 16. 19:36. sxep.—Test. XII
Patr. p. 544. Hippocr. Aphor. 5. 46 éy
yoetel Galen de Sem. 1 cvllopSivuy
13 ondoua.—Motaph. of irregular desire
48 exciting to sin, James 1: 15. Comp.
Bere and 191 Ps. 7: 15.—Justin. Mart.

de Reaurr. p. 327 Eva tev Liyor dnd toi
Speaig owldaSoioa maguxoyy xad Sdva-
toy Btexe.

2. to fake hold with another, i. q, to
Aelp, to aid, usually and in N. 'T. Mid.
c. dat. Luke 5:7 ddérras ovllapilodas
airoic. Phil 4:3 — Sept. Gen. 30: 7.
Hdot. 3. 49, Ael. V. H. 2.4. Xen. Ag.
2.3). Act. Hdot. 6. 125. Xen. Mein. 2
3.18. Comp. Passow no. 3.

Svddeyea, £ ke, (Liye q, v.) pp. to
lay together, i. e. to gather, to collect,
fans. e.g. fruits and grain, Matt. 7:16
Gnd dxarOan cragulgy, dd seifélor
oixa, Luke 6:44 é axavddy cixa.
Mare. 13: 28, 29, 30, 40 tina. Gene.
wh aig ri Matt. 13: 48. 23 Ex ruvog v. 41.

780

Sop fetta ~

q. Sept. for up Lev. 19:9, 10. Ruth 2:3,
7 aq. 15 oq. — Hot: 1.68. Loc. Tim.
23. Xen. An. 2.4. 11 zégros. 4.301
pptyava ts ind nig.

SvAdoyLoper, £. lsopes, depos.
Mid. (JoyiZoues,) to reason or reckon fe-
gether, to consider, to deliberate, abeol
Luke 20:5 cunhoylourto nQos Eavrets.
Comp, Matt, 21:25 et Mark 1: SL
Sept. for part. 323 Ia, 43: 18. — Pol, 1.
44.1. ib. 1. 63.8 Plut. Brut. 36. ‘To
reckon together,’ i. q. to compute, ¢-acc.
Diod. Sic. 1.5. Dem, 355 ult.

DvAdundo, @, €. qow, (Lewte,) bo
grieve or affict with another, Pass. t be
grieved or afflicted witha e. dat.
Diod. Bic. 4. 11. Theoplir. Char. 1. L—
InN. T. Pass. to be gricved twithal, i.
at the same time or along with some
other emotion; Mark 3: 5 7 zi
vos aixois a jeri, cullumorperes
dni 1] nugeon iis wagdlag aitésy.

2vuBaivo, £. Pivouas, aor. 2
ouvir, (Baive,) to go with the feet close
together, Xen. Eq. 1.14. InN. T. of
things, events, fo come oc. im
time, to happen together, to fall out, to
come to pass ; seq. dat. of pers. to whom,
Mark 10: 92 26 pildovta cysfaivny od
tg. Acts 3:10. 20: 19. 1 Cor. 10:11. 1
Pet. 4: 12, 2 Pet. 2:22 Part. abso. re
cuppeBrxdra, events, Luke 24: 14. Sept.
° rap Gen. 4% 4,29. Esth. & 13—
. 5: 25. Xen. Mem. 3B 5. 17.
Pert abeol 1 Mace, 4:28. Diod. Sie. 1.
22, — Impers. c. infin. of the principal
verb, the infinitive clause being
the subject; Acts 21:35 ovif_ Sacre
feaus aieéy, i. q. he was borne. Comp.
Winer § 45.2. p. 266. — 2 Mace. 3:2
Lug. D. Deor. 20, 8. Pol. 1. 22.3. Diod.
Sic. 1. 50.

. SuuPadde, f. ‘Pals, (Bciide,) to
throw, send, strike together, trans. e. g.
of streams flowing together, 10 tug
ouupadaay Hom, Il. 4. 458. Hdot. 4. 50;
of warriors, tas doni8ag Xen. Ag. 2 12.
OF persons, to send or bring together,
e. g. iu strife, Lat. commitere, Hom. Il.
3.70, Xen. Conv. 4. 9.— In N. T.

a) of things, to throw or put together,
Ppp. ¢. acc. Adyous or the like implied,
like Lat. confarre i. q. ‘conferre sermo-

SumPacdwo
nes? Engl.to conftr, intrans, (a) genr.
i. q. to discourse with, to dispute with,
‘os dat. Acts 17: 18 ruvdg 88 tir qulooo—
ur or erg. —Jos, Ant. 1, 12.
8 cupfaloiaa nowssor. Jambl. Vit. Pytb.
©. 2 sop by Minpe sal Sroonsles pale
ora cupfalsiy isgsvos, Fully written
oupp. ddyous tt Eurip. Ipb. Aul. 830
or 826. Xen. Mem. 2 2. 21, — (A) i.g
to consult together, Acts 4:15 ovvifaloy
m90¢ Elisilovs sc. Bovisipata. — Fully
Eurip. Phoen. 700 or 755 owf.
peta.—{y) Luke & 19 cupfalaay dy 7
xerpdig sc. outta, i. €. to confer wi
oneself, to ponder th mind.—Comp. Phi-
Jostr. Vit. Apel. 4 48 babel os ro ae
qndvos. Arr. Exp. + 70
ustov. Plut. od. RV p. 8 6 Hdee 4
15) 45. See Pessow no. 4. — (3) Mid.
‘pp. ‘to throw together of one’s own
with others,’ iq. to confor benefit, to
contribute, to help, c. dat. Acts 18 27

jddsto mold toig wexiotévNc. —
Wisd. 5:8. Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 9, 1.
Diod. Sic. 1.2, Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 35,
&) of persons, intrans, or c. favtéy
imp. Buttm. § 180, n.% Winer 89. 1;
pp: to throw oneself together with anoth-
er, i. q. to encounter, to meet with, ¢. dat.
(a) i a hostile sense, sv mdlzpoy Luké
14: 31.—2 Mace. $35. Jou Ant. 6.5.3
dv ele pagiy. Pol. 10. 37.4. Xen.
WG 42 op) Gene. ng, fo mel
with, Acts 20:14 cuvéfalsy spy sic ahr
“Aeoov.—Ios. Ant. 2.7.5. Ken. Cyr. 6.
2. 41.
SyuBaocdever, £. viow, (Baoidsin,)
fo reign with any one, ©. dat. edinp. in
Luyradnpet, pp. Luc, D. Deor. 16, 2.
Pol. 80. 2. 4.—In N. T. only trop. comp.
in Baossio b. 1 Cor. 4:8. 2 Tim. 212,
SuuPiPater, f. doa, (Sipete,) to
make come together, to bring together, og
d

a) i. q. to join or knit together,
unite, trop. of Christians as parts of
‘Christ's spiritaal body the church, Pasa.
Eph. 4¢16 8 of rity 10 ope... cppsfii-
peor. Col.219. dy dydny Col. 2:2.
—genr. Dio Cass. 37. p.€% Thue. 2, 29,

b) i. q. to put together in mind, and
hence praeyn. fo gather, to infer, to
conclude, c. dts Acts 16 10; also to
Prove, to demonstrate, c. ots, Acts 9:22
ouppipaten Sse obtds botiv'd Xpuords.—

781

p. 100.—From the Heb. c. ace. of pers
i. q. to teach, to instruct. 1
tumpifiou andy a0. rir

Suu Bovieva, f. sicw, (Sordsie,)
to counsel with any one, i.e. to give him
counsel, to advise, c, dat. John 18: 14
Kaidgas § ovpBovlaier tots “lowaious.
Rev. 3:18, Sept. for yes Ex. 18: 19.
Jer. 38: 15.—Jos. c. Apion: 1. 84, Luc.
Abdic. 5. Xen. Mem. 1. 3,13 Bis—
Mid. spoken of several, to counsel or
consult together, ©. g. for evil, iq. to plot,
Beq. fra, Matt. 26: 4 ovpPovieiourto, iver
ty "Inoody xgarjcwos doyy. Jobe 11:
53. ¢. inf, Acts, 9:23. Be Sept. for
YP. 1 K. 12:8, 2 Chr. 20:22—Eeclus,
& 1 Mace. 9: 59. Jos, Ant 7. 4,2:
init. Pol. 2 46. 2,

ZupePovdeoy, ov, sé, (sipBovdos.)

1, counsel, consultation, ¢. g. hapfa—
say v. nour cuuPovlsoy, to take counsel,
to make or hold a consultation, ¢. Loy—
Beivesy Matt. 19: 14, 22 15. 27: 1,7. 28:
12. mossly Mark 3: 6. 15: 1—oomp.
ovpfovlla Sept. 1K. 1:12 Tob. 494,
Xen. Mem. 1.3. 4.

2. a council, meton. counsellors, Acts
25:12. Here spoken of persons who
sat in public trials with the governor
of a province; called also consiiarit
Suet. Tiber. 33; cssessores Lemprid.
Vit. Alex. Sev. ¢. 46; magedgos Dio
Cass. p. 505. E. Comp. Jos. B. J. 2
16.1, Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 162—Genr.
Theodot. for tid Prov. 15:22. Diod.
Sic. 13, 12. Plut, ed. R. VII. p. 759.9.

LyBovios, ov, 8, (oir, Povkis)
@ counseller, pp. one joined in counsel,
Rom. 11: 34, in allusion to Is. 40:13
where Sept. for 7p WN. Sept. also
for yzit 2Sam. 15:12, 1 Chr. 27:82,
88. —‘Jos. c. Ap. 215. Haian. 1. 8 1.
Xen. Conv. 8. 39.

Svpewy, 5, indec. Simeon, Heb.
Pi9yW (0 hearing), pr. n. i. q. Zhuwy.

1, The second soh of J born of
Leah; also of the tribe destended

i

Seppadyrys
from him, Rev. 7:7. Comp- Gen. 2%
83. Jos. Ant. 1. 19. 8
2 One of the ancestors of Jesus,
Lake 3: 30,
3. A pious Jew, who took the infant

Jesus in his arms and blessed him in o

the temple, Luke 2:25, 34. He is sup-
by many to be the same with

Shammai, apis, mentioned by Jose-
phus along with Pollio, Ant. 15. 1.1, et
10.4; and also the same mentioned in
the Talmud as the father of Gamaliel ;
see in Tapalsy. Wetst.N.T. I.p. 665.
Jahn § 106.

4, iq. Simon Peter, elsewhere 2i-
poy qv. Acts 15:14, 2 Pet. 1:1.

5. A Christian teacher at Antioch,
surnamed Miger, Acts 13: 1.

Tyupadyrys, ov, 8, (uadyvis,)
a fellow-disciple, John 11: 16, — Poll.
On. 6. 159 Mlézon 86 cyppadyras sine.
See Wet. N. T. Ip. 915. On this
épecies of compounds as disapproved by
the Atticists, eee Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 471.

Seppaprpé, b, f. jou, (vag
tupio,) to witness with, to bear witness
with another, to testi/y with, i.e. at the
same time and to the same effect, c.
dat, see in ZuyxdSquasx, Rom. 8: 16 2d
svete rugs 16 myers Tusy,
Suen 1.2 9:1. absol. 215. Rev. 2
18 in text. rec. where the better reading
is -Plut. de Adulat. et Amic.
28, ed. R. VI. p.286. Xen. H. G7. 1.85.

Summeoler, f. lors, (uegifu,) to di-
vide with another; in N. 'T. Mid. to di-
wide with so as to receive part to one-
self, to share with, to partake with, c. dat.
1 Cor. 9: 13.

Supperozos, ov, 4, 4, adj. (uét0-
os q. ¥.) partaking with, subst. a joint-
partaker, Eph. 8:6. 5: 7.—Justin. Mart.
‘Apol. 1. p. 51 cuypdrozos tii nadir.
So ouysstizw 2 Mace. 5:20. Xen. An.
7.8. 17.

ae

Sumpepntys, ov, 8, (uyprae,)

co-imitator, joint-follower, Phil. 3: 17.
. On this kind of compounds, see Phryn.
et Lob. p. 471.

Suppooger, £. law, (ciypogpos,)
to make of like form with, to conform,

782

SvpnagadauBaves
Pass. c. dat. trop. Phil. 3: 10 in Mss. for
ouppogpow id. q. ¥.

Svumoggos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (pews)
having like form with, conformed, like,
¢, dat. comp. in Phil. & 21

t -

d otpa.. « TP copat TH
Bdtqg airov. (Seq gen. Rom. & 29
mgodipsce Tis chetwos tot

TE TYBORPOVS
viot aicot. For the gen. after words
compounded with avy in classic wriers,
see Matth. § 379 fin.

Syupopgsa, w, 6 dare, (oimpeg-
90%,) to make of like form with another,
to conform, Pass. c. dat. trop. Phil. 3:10.

Dypnecd dn, @, f.jow, (oopwadis,)
to sympathize, i. e. to- fool with anotber,
to be affected in like manner, c. dat. se
in Heb. 4:15 ovpreDqon
tals doSerelous piv. Praogn. iq. fe
have compassion on any one, to afford
sympathizing aid, Heb. 10:34 —Sysm.
for ‘393 Job. 211. Test. X11 Paes. p
536, Plut. Timol. 19. Isocr. p. 64. B.

Svunadys, &s, ovs, dApadj-(or,
midos, doze, ) sympathizing, ferling
with another, li 3 1 Pe &8

fig, i.e. the same in feeling, mo-
tually compassionate. — Jos. Ant. 19.7.
3. Plut. de Adulat. et Amic. 9. ed. BR.
VL p. 196 10. Pol. 15.9. &

Svunagaylvonas, (xagerirope
q.¥.) to come with any one, to be present
with, Engl. to stand by any one, ss
a friend and advocate, c. dat. see in

ioqear. 2 Tim. 4: 16 bv +5 mee
ty wou aroloylg ovdels pos oypmagert-
vero. Sept. for 7753 Pa. 89. — Of a
multitude, to come ther, lo convent,
Luke 23: 48.—Thue, 2, 82.

Supnapaxaddes, @, £. tow, (xe
guxalio q. v.) to call for or invite with,
at the same time, Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.38.
to'invoke with others, ib.3,3. 21. ter
hort with snother, e. g. an army, Pol. 5.
83.3. In N.T. Pass ig. to be com-
soled, comforted with others, i. e. to re-
ceive solace and encouragement in the
society of others. Rom. 1:19 oyerage-
sdq Sivas dy Gyix, Comp. Hegasalie d.

SvpnapadepBeva, sor. 2-~de-
Bor, (nagalopfave q.v.) to take along

yenapapdves 783

wath oneself, as a companion on a jour-
ney, ¢- acc. Acts 12:25, 15: 37,38. Gel.
2 1. — Sept. Job 1: 4. Ael. V. H. 8. 7.
Hdian. 2. 2,2,

Svupnagaucvo, f. werd, ( xaga-
pives,) pp. to remain near with any one,
to continue with, sc. in life, c. dat. Fai
3:25. Comp. in ZuyxdOnas. pt.
Po. 72: 5 ovpmagaperti 36 Hdly.

Svpnciperut, (wagsyse gq, v.) to be

with any one, c. dat. Acts 25: 24.
Comp. ia ZvyxcIqpor. — Jos, Ant. 10.
11. 3. Pol. 9. 25. 6. Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 1.

Dupnaoya, f. nelsopes, ( doze, )
fo be affected with or as another, to sym-
pathize with, to suffer with, abeol. 1 Cor.
ID W a ndoyw fy oupndoyes
méyce ta piln, “So Rom. 8: 17, i. q. to
endare like sufferings. — Pol. 15.19. 4,
Diod. Sic. 4. 11.

Suunduna, £. yo, (niune,) to send
with any one, c. dat. 2Cor. 8:22; comp.
in ZuysdSypas Seq. pata c. gen. ib.
8:18. Comp. Winer ¢ 56. fn. — c.
dat. Plut. Artax. 24. Xen, Cyr. 3.1.
Bl. c. psd Ken. H. G. 1. 4, 21.

SupneorapBave, (mgidoppe-
ye to embrace,) pp. to take around with
something one ie to embrace with, to

comprehend, to include, Dem. 235. 16.
Diod. Sic. 14. 7. — In N. T. to embrace
withal, atthe same time, Acts 20: 10.

Suuntra, aor. 2 ovrinoy, (mive,)
to drink with any one, c. dat. as in Zuy-
ad@nyas, trop. Acts 10: 41 oftireg ovre-
odyoper xa) cvreniouer aixé, comp. in

"EoSle c. 8, Sept. for ty mre Esth.
%1.—Dem. 1352, 27. Xen. Cyr. 5, 2.28,

Lupninia, aor. 2 cvrénsaoy, (nin-

1u,) to fall together, 08 8 house, to
fall in ruins, absol. Luke 6 49 in Mss.
for Exeos. — Dem. 899.3, Xen, An. 5.
2%,

Svpadnoca, &, f. doo, (aby ine

iy:

a) pp. of a vessel filled by the waves
20 #8 to drench the persons in it, Pass.
Luke 8: 23—Of ships as filled out with
acrew, Pol. 1.36.9. Ken. H. G. 4.8.7.

b) of time, Pass, to be fulflled, com-

‘Suupdges

pleted, to have fully come; eomp. Iq—
gow d. a. Luke9:51. Acts 2 1.—Hdian.
742

Supriyo, f. gu, (aby, nviye,) to
choke together, to throttle, and 80 to suf-
focate, trop. to overpower, c. acc. Matt.
13: 82 4 dndiy rov mlovzov ovsnrlyen
aby héyor. Mark 4: 7,19, Luke 8: 14—

Hyperb. to suffocate by crowding, to

crowd, to press upon, Luke 8: 42 of Sylos
eurinnyor oiner. Comp, Mark 5: 24
ovvidlifor assy.

Svunodlang, ov, 6, (wodbes,) «
Sfellow-citizen, trop. of Gentile Christians
as admitted to the privileges of the gos-
pel along with the Jews, Eph. 2 19. —
Joa, Ant.19,2.2. Ael. V.H.3.44, This
form of compounds is disapproved by
the grammarians; see Pbryn, ed. Lob.
p. 172, 471.

Svpnopevouat, £. stcouas, depon..
Paes. (nogevouas) to go with any one,
to accompany, c. dat. Luke 7:11. 14: 25.
24:15, Sept. c. werd for Hob. oI
Gen. 13: 5. 14:24. ty ‘a Gen tie
— Tob. 5: 8. Xen. An. 1.3.5. —Ofe
multitude, to come together, to assemble,
©. m96¢ airdy Mark 10:1. So Sept. for
Jor] Job 1: 4.—Pol. 5. 75, 1. ib. 15.6.1.

Supncoroy, ov, 14, (ovpnive,) «
drinking together, Lat. compolatio, Sept.
for a7 gn Esth. 7:7, Xen, Cyr. &

‘a banquet, feast, 1 Mace. 16: 16.
Jon Ant. 7.14, 6. Xen. Conv. 9. 7.
Meton. a banqueting-hall, Luc. D. Deor.
24,1. Xen, Cyr. 8. 8, 10,— InN. T.
mneton. a banqueting party, table-party ;
Mark 6 29 dvaxdivas marcos oyndove
ovpstoora, i.e. adverbially and distribu-
tively, by table-parties; comp. Gesen.
Lebrg. § 173. b. Stuart Heb. Gr. § 438.
Comp. in KAsola and espec. Zeacia.

SupngecBurepos, ov, 6, a fellow-
presbyter, elder, 1Pet.5:1. See in Z1gso-
Biragos b. 7.

Zvupayeir, sce in Zevea Pies,

Suugepa, aor. 1 cori, (gi-
ge) to bear or bring

a) pp. i. g. to collect, c. ace. Acts 19:
19 ovveriyxartes rag fifhovs.—Jos, Ant.
3.8.3 Xen. An. 6, 5. 6.

Wugpyue 784 Bupevos

1b) intranet bring together for any bring forth taguther, lo ict spring wp or
‘Onn, iq. to contribute, to conduce ; hence gvow tagether ; in N. T. only Pass aor.
to be well, profitable, expedient, ¢. dat. 3 oursguny, to spring up oF | aaa
expr. or impl. 2 Cor.8: 10 roizo yag gether, Luke 8:7 ices ak

is Seq. dat. c. inf. as subj. This is a later form instead of Act. sor.
2 Cor. 12 1; c. inf. simpl. Matt. 19:10. 2 cvriguy intrans. see in @iee. — Philo
John 18: 14. Seq. dat. c. fe, Matt. 5: de Vit. Mos. HL. p.174.12 4 poppis mai 5
29, 30. 18 6. John 11:50. 16:7. Ab- onogds aire aivla ompuics qrody
sol. 1 Cor. 6:12 ob narra . 10: So ovvigur, eysxiguva, Theophr. H. PL
23. Comp. Butum. § 129.10. Winer 9.2. Ael. V.H.3. 1 nest... orpeni-

445. 2. p. 266.—ti9d Sept. Prov. 19: 10.
Luc. D. Mort, 14. 5. Xen. Cyr. 8, 2. 30.
twvl c, inf. Sept. Esth. 3:8. Xen. Occ.

+ ¥8.2.—Hence Part. neut. 20 cuupégor,
good, profit, 1 Cor. 7: 35. 10:
33. 12 7. Heb. 1210, Plur.ta oup-
pigersa things profitable Acts 20: 20. —
2 Macc. 4: 5. Dem. 209.7. Plur. Ba-
ruch 4:3. Xen. Conv. 4. 50.

Bagyue, (gis) to speak with,
ive.in the same manner, i. q. to say
‘yea, to assent fo, c. dat. Rom. 7:16 oiy-
‘gus 1h véyy. — Dem. 668. 14. Xen.
An. 5.8.9, Hesych. oipgnus* ova
7%, owopoloy.s,

Svugogos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ouppé-
@%) profitable, Neut. 26 ovugogoy as
subst, profit, once in Mos, for ro ovuspe-
gor, 1 Cor. 7: 35.—Xen. H. G. 6, 3, 14,

AuupvAerys, ov, 5, (pudérns, pu-
4g) pp. ‘one of the same tribe or fra-
ternity,’ Lat. contribulis, Iscer. p. 263. A.
Aristoph. Av. 368. In N. T. geor. ¢
fellow-citizen, fellow-countryman, I Thess.
214.—Hesyeh. ovppuleriy> Suosdyay.
Disapproved of by the grammarians ;
comp. in Zuurolisns.

a ss oa ;

SvupuTos, ou, 6, %, adj. (oospies,)
brought forth or grown together, Bept.
Zech. 11; 2. Etymol. Mag. &iupvtog~ &
evyyens. Trop. inborn, innate, 3 Macc.
3: 22. Jos, Ant. 6.3.3. Plut. Pyrrh. 7.
Lys. 118.31, InN. T. grown logether
8c. into one, trop. conjoined, united, one
with, Rom. 6:5 ovupuros yeyérausr 1G
Spouipats tot Savdrov ainot, i. e. one
with Christ in the likeness of bis death,
comp. ¥. 4, 8.—So pp. cyumepunais
grown together, as man and horse in the

puri,
Centaurs, Luc. D. Mort. 16, 4. Xen. oun

Cyr. 4.3.18.
Duque, £ dow, (de q.¥.) to

Pas. id. trop. Plat.

puns tots 3s
Boom 4 a. @ae

Camill. 27.

Zougeorbeo, «, &. fom, (oipge-
705, ) to sound together, 1. e. to be im mni-
ton, accord, pp. of musical instruments ;
in N.T. trop. to accord with, to agree
with, intrans. ¢. det. expr. or impl see
in Zuyyelga.

8) genr. of what is suitable, congre-
ous, Luke 5: 86 19 walasg ot 5
ni o,—Aristot. Polit.7. 15 savea der
1905 GLgla oupperdir.

b) of coincidence, concurrence, Acts
15: 15 sovt evpgowotew of léyos rar
ngogrtéy. — Jos, Ant.10.7. 2 Diod.
Sic. 1. 2.

c) of a compact, to agree together, to
make an agreement, seq. wepd c. geo.
Matt. 18 19, Pass. c. dat. Acts &9 xi
Sus curequriSy tpiir, how that it is agreed
upon by you.—Sept. 2K.1Z8. c. xapl
Pol. 2.15.5. ¢. inf. Diod. Sic. 12 80
396 twa Ken. H. G. 1. 8. 8.—Seq. dat.
of pers. et genit. of price, Matt. 20: 13
igi lou ovrapannods por; Batum.
§132.6.2. Seq. pera tev0s et & c. gen
of price, Matt. 20:2; see in “Ex no. 3. £
—Act. Thom. §2 cvrepervqas pst atto¥
‘Touiy lutgsiy Gpyuglou.

Suuparnacs, ecg, %, (cyeperin)
unison, accord, 2 Cor. 6:15 xis dé oop
peimnars Xoworg meds Beluil.—So evp-
garla Jos. c. Ap. 2.16 pen. Hdian. 3
18, 8.

Luyupevia, ac, 4, ( eyeing )
symphony, i.e. concert of instraments,
music, Luke 15: 25. — Bept. Dan. & 5,
10. Pol. 26. 10. 5.

monid. 1. Plat. Conj
BR. VL p. 587, 4. In NT. arop. comse-

Zenynpio

nent, aceordant, and Neut. 10 wage-
vor sabst. accord, agreement, 1 Cor. 7:5
& cupgeivov.—Pol 6.96.5. genr. Di-
od. 6, 11. Epict. Each, 49, 3.

Suuynpize, £. iow, (yrpito q. v.)
to reckon together, to compute, e. g. 266
‘tepecés Acts 19: 19.—Aristoph. Lysist. 142.

Suapuyos, ov, 6, j,adj. (oor, yuri)
Of one mind with others, like-minded,
Phil. 2:2. Comp. Titum. Syo. N. T.
p. 67.

Uy, prep. governing only the Da-
tive, with, implying a nearer and closer
connexion and conjunction than peta,
much as in Engl. with differs from mid,
amid, among. See Paseow s. v. Math.
§ 577. Winer § 52. p. 334. Tim. Syn.
N.T. p. 176.

a) pp. of society, companionship, con
sort, where one is said fo be, do, suffer
twith any ope, in connexion and com-
pany with bim; comp. in Mera I. 2. a.
So after verbs of sitting, standing, being,
remaining, with any one, as dvdxeyas
Joho 12:2in later edit. ylrouas Luke
2 13 Brarglfw Acts 14: 2B. formes
intrans. Acts 2 14, 4: 14. égiormus
intr. Luke 20:1. Acts 23:27. xadKa
Acts 8: 31. pévw Luke 1: 56. 2: 29,
Acts 28:16. Spec. elvas uv sis to be
with any one, i.e. present with, in com-
pany with, Luke 24:44, Phil. 1: 23
Col. 2:5. 1 Thess. 4: 17 civ xvgly. 2
c. eos impl. Luke & 2.
Acts 21:29, Phil. 4:21. Or as accom-
panying, following, Luke 7: 12. Acts
13: 7. 27: 2; ne a follower, disciple,
Luke 8: 38. 22: 56. Acts 4:13;
partisan, to be on one’s side, Acts 14: 4
bis. (Xen. An, 1. 8.26. H. G.3. 1.18
fin.) So of avy reve dvreg, those with
any one, his companions, atiendants,
followers ; fully Mark 2:26, Acts 22:9,
Oftener c. part. dy, dvteg impl. Luke 5:
9. 8: 45 in later edit. 9:32. 24: 10, 24,
83, Rom. 16: 14, 15. Gal. 1:2, 23;
spoken of colleagues, Acta 5:17, 21.
19: 38.—Hdian. 5. 4. 11. Plut. Mor. II.
p. 40, Tauchn. Xen. Cyr. 7. 1. 15.
Aneb. 2. 2. 1.—After verbs of going
with any one; ©. g. igrouas and its
compounds, Luke 24:1. Jobn 21:3
Acte 11: 12 9 Cor. * oo Gigzonee tO

785

aw

Acts 5: 26. is Acts 2B. We
23, dépyouas Acts 10:23 14:20, 16
B. John 18:1. ovvépzoums Acts 21: 16.
Also mogetouos Luke 7:6. Acts 10:20.
2S 32. 26:13. 1 Cor. 16:4 siovivas
Acts 21: 18. dexdde 18: 18 aegaylvo~
pas 4:24. ovrdyouas 4: 27.—Hdian. 2.
14.1, Xen. Cyr. 3.3.13, H. G.3.J.
18 init.—Genr. with neuter and passive
verbs, like Engl. with, where the verb
refers to its subject as in company with
others, Matt, 26:35 sdy déy be oly got
Gnodaniy, 27: 38 tére oravgoiveas cin
aig dio Agotal, Mark % 4 digdy ab-
s0ig "Hilug oiy Movosi. Luke 25 dno
yedparSas cir Mags x.t.2. 214, 3:
32. Acts 1:14 bia. v.17 in text.rec. .v

ued yrvigGus cir iuiv. Acts 3:4,
4:27. 14:5 ig 84 dyévsro Sept tov... "Tou-
Sala viv roig Gexovory. 8:20. 15: 2
Bote rots anoordhois . .. ody Sky tH} de
xdyoig. 17:34. 18: 8. 20: 36, 21:24, 26.
1Cor. 1:2, 11:32, 2Cor.1:1, Eph.
3:18. 4:31, Phil. 1: 1. 222, Col, 3:3,
4. 1 Theas. 4: 17 dpa civ aitots dgna-
yroopea. 5: 10. — Xen. Cyr. 5. 4, 30.
‘An, 1. 9, 2—Also with transilive verbs,
like Engl. with, where the verb refers
either to its subject or object as in com-
pany with others; e. g.to the subject,
Mark 4:10 ijgsirmoay aixov ob gh
ainoy, oir tois deidexa. Luke 5: 19,
19; 23. 23:11, 35. Acts 5:1. 10:2, Ad:
313. 21:5. 1 ‘Cor. 1619, To the ob-
ject, Matt, 25:27 dxowsodpny dy 13 dub
civ roxy. Mark 8:34. 15:27 xaloiv airg
ataveoic: dio Agords. Acts 15:22
épyos v.25, 23: 15, 1 Cor. 10: 13. 2
Cor, 1: 21. 4: 14. Gal. 5:24. Col. 3:9.
4:9, 1 Thess, 4: 14.—obj. Palaeph. 31.
10. Xen, Cyr. 1.4.7. :

b) trop. of connexion, consort, as
ing from likeness of doing or suffer-
ing, from a common lot or event, sith,
i. q, tn like manner with, like, Rom. 8
8 bi dénoSévoper civ Xquotg. 8:32 2
Cor. 13: 4. Gal. 3:9. siloyoirtas iy
1G movp “ABpacy, i. ©. with aud like
Abrabam, by the same acts and in the
same manner. Col. 2; 13, 20.—So
Sept. werd Ps, 106. 6. Eco. 2: 16.

c) of connexion arising from posses-
sion, the being furnished or entrusted
wei any thing, 1 Cor, 15: 10 i zag

Set § ew ipol, ig, & dodsicd

be,

Svvayo -

pos in Rom. 12:3, 6. 2 Cor. 8: 19 ovr-
exippapey tov adelger ... aby tf) zd-
gits tavez, i.e. who is entrusted with
this gift. (Pealt. Sal. 7:4 dmoorsidns
Séeverov avy évcoljj.) James 1: 11 ésé-
aude yag 6 Fcog ov» 143 xatowr—Hom.
Od. 24. 198. Xen, Conv. 2, 22. Cyr. 1.

@ joint-working, co-op-
eration, and thus spoken of a means, in-
strument, with, through, by virtue of. 1
Cor. 5:4 civ +f Suvdpes rob xvglov “I.
Xg.—Xen. Cyr. 8.7.13. Conv. 5. 13.

e) implying addition, accession, like
Engl. with, i. q. besides, over and above,
Luke 24:21 did ye oly mies tovrog
tglrny tairqy jusgav ayes ovpegor, with,
i.e, besides all thie, Comp. Heb. my=ns
Sept. civ totroug Neh. 5: 18,—3 Macc.
1:22

Nore. In composition ogy implies:
1. society. companionship, consort, with,
together, Lat. con-; also therewith, with-
al; e.g. omdyw, cuncSia, cvyxiOn-
pas. 2. completeness of an action, allo-
gether, round about, on every side,
wholly, and thus intensive; e. g. cup
miggée, cvyxakinte, — Comp. Passow
no, 3. Viger. p. 642 marg.

Sureye, f. §, (dye,) to lead or
Bring together, to gather together, to col-
lect, trans.

a) genr. of persons or things, c. acc.
Matt. 22:10 curiyayor ndvras doors
eigoy. Luke 15: 13 cvvayayay anavre.
John 6:12 1a xldopara, Rev. 13: 10
aizualectear ovrdye, i. q. to bring to-
gether captives, to lead euptive. C. acc.
impl. Matt. 13:47 cayiyg ... dx martes
ysrous auvayayoton. Matt. 25: 24, 26,
John 6: 13, coll. 12. Sept. for HOw
Ex. 28:10. Num. 19:9, 10. — Ael. V.
H.4. 14. Diod. Sic. 3.56. Xen. Mem.
4.2.8. An, 3,4, 31.— Elsewhere with
adjuncts, e. g. ef¢ c. ace, of place, Matt.
3:12 cwvate tov citov aitod sig riy
dnodinny. 6:26. 18: 30, , Luke 3: 17,
ta tina eg Fy ie. into one family,
church, John 11: 52. (Heraclit. ¢, 19
tos omogddny oixoivray sig ty ovvayeiv.
Dion. Hal. Ant, 2.45.) ¢. ei final, John
4:36, éxei, nov, Luke 12:17, 18. per
tivog Matt. 12:30, Luke 11:23.

b) of persons, an aseembly, multi-

786

Zuvrayer.

tude, i. q. to assemble, to convene, te con-
voke. (a) Act.c. acc, Matt. 24 cve-
yayev mdvras toig Gozipsis x. tL
John 11:47, Acts 14:27, 1530, Alo
c. énl tue against any one Matt U7:
27, Beq. tig tov somo Rev. 16:16, i
mdlepov Rev. 16: 14. 20:8. Sept. gear.
for AOR Ex. 8:16. 1 Sam. 511. —
Hdian, 4.3, 11. Ael. V. H. 3. 19. Xen.
An. 1.3.9. an army Paleepb. & 4
Xen. Ag. 1. 25.—(6) Pass. or Mid. tole
gathered together, to be assembled, lo com
together, Matt, 22:41 ournypirer bi vie
@agiater. 27:17. Mark 2:2 Lake
22: 66. Acts 13:44. 15:6, 20:7. 1 Cor.
5:4. Rev. 19:19, Sept. for ADK Deut.
83:5. Neh. 8:3. (Plut. Mor. I. p. 3.
Tauchn.) With adjuncts of place, et,
Bungoodir tivog Matt. 2:32 éxite
até, comp. in Abrds Hh. a. f. Man
2234. Acts 4:26. emi rover to any one
Mark 5:21; also against any one Act
27, (Sept. Gen. 34:30.) ei c. noe. of
Pace, Matt. 26:3, Acts 4:5; «final
Matt. 18:20. Rev. 1917. éve. du. of
place, Aets 4:27, 31. 11:26. pera n-
vog Matt. 28:12, mpog reve lo apy o0t,
Matt. 13:2, 27:62. Mark 4:1, 630. 7
1. éxe?, Gnov, ob, Matt, 18:20. 26:5.
John 18:2, 20:19, Acts 20:8,—Spoken
also of eagles, c, das} Matt. 24:28. Lake
17: 37,

¢) from the Heb. pp. to lead or tole
with oneself, into one’s house, i. 4
receive to one’s hospitality and prowe-
tion, like Heb. by 508 - Matt, 35
Rivos Huny, xal curnyayers pe. v. 38,
So Sept. for big Dw Deut. 222. Jost.
218, Judg. 19: 15, 18.

Svvayayy, He, th (ower)
collecting gotheings of frat, Pb
17.9; of people, tribes, Paalt. Belom.
17:48, 50. Pol. 4.7.6. mast, mali
tude, a8 collected, ¢. g. Lider Sept. Job
8: 17. Ddurtog Is, 37: 255 or of persons
as the congregation of Israel, Sept Es.
12:8, 19. Lev, 4: 13, Ecclos 24:25.
Mace. 14:28; or an army, Bx.S2 2%
93. 38:4, 15. Hence in N.T. 6” oem
bly, congregation, synagog¥e i

n) ofa Christian assembly orcharehy
Jaines 22. Also prob. of falee J
izing teachers, who are called owe7e"
7 Zataré, Satan's assembly « 9

Svayoy}

wegue, Rev. 2:9. 8:9. So Sept. ove
yay} norngevopiver for Heb. 373 Ps,
22:7; comp. Ecclus. 16:7. 21:10,

b) of a Jewish assembly, synagogue,
held in the synagogues, for prayer,
reading the ecriptures, and with certain
judicial powers; comp. in c, below.
Luke 8 41. 12: 11. 21:12 napadidévtes
[iutc] els ovrayayis x03 gulaxds, Acts
9:2 émotolag ngog 105 ovvayuyds. 13:
483, 22:19, 26: 11.—Hist. of Sus, 41,60,
‘eoll. v. 4, 28,

c) meton. of a Jewish place of wor-
ship,’c synagogue, later Heb. ng73 m2
Aouse of assembly, comp. Buxt. ' Lex.
‘Chald, Rab. 1055, Synagogues appear
20 have been first introduced during the
Babylonish exile, when the people were
deprived of their usual rites of worship,
and were accustomed to assemble on
the sabbath to hear portions of the law
read and expounded. After the return
from exile the same custom was con-
tinued in Palestine ; comp. Neb. 8: 1 eq.
Originally synagogues would seem not
to have differed from the later proseu-
chae, see in Zgocevy b ; being erected
without the cities in the fields, and usu-
ally near streams or on the sea-shore
for the convenience of ablution. Af-
terwards they were built in the more
elevated parts of every city, and in the
Jarger cities there were several, in pro-
portion to the population. In Jerusa-
lem, according to the Rabbivs, were
not less than 480 or 494. Aasemblies
were held in these at first only on the
sabbath and festival days; but subse-
quently also on the second and fifth
days of the week, i.e, Mondays and
‘Thursdays. The exercises consisted
chiefly in prayers and the public read-
ing of the O. Test. which was expound-
ed from the Hebrew into the vernacu-
lar tongue, with suitable exhortation ;
comp. Luke 4: 16 sq. Acts 13: 14 aq.
‘The whole was closed by a short prayer
and benediction, to which the assem-
bly responded Amen, Neb. 8:6, Comp.
generally, Vitringa de Synagoga Vet.
Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 4:23,
‘Wewst. N. T. I. p. 278. Jahn §§ 344, 345,
872, 397, 398.—Matt. 4: 23. 6:2,5. 9:85.
20:17, 12:9, 13: 54. 28:6, 34, Mark 1:
‘1, 2, 2, 38, 8 1, G&A 12:39. 129,

787

Sraazpakoros

Lake 4:15, 16, 20, 28, 83, 38, 44. 6: 6.
7:5. 11:43, 13:10. 20: 46, John 6: 59,
18:20. Acts 9:20, 13:14. 14:1. 15:21.
W217. 18: 4,7, 19, 26, 19: 8 412
ovvazeys tev *Tovdaleay Acts 13: 5,
17:1, 10, ¢. sav Aspagrivéy Acts 6: 9,
see in fives. — Jos. Ant. 19. 6,2
BS.2 144, 5 ib 783

SvrayorlCouar, f. laopas, depon.
Mid. (éyeviZopan) to combat with, in
company with, e.g. in the gymnasia,
Ael. V. H. 12. 43; genr. Jos, Ant, 5.3,
3. Xen. Cyr. 4.5.49, In N.T. to ex
ert oneself with another ; 4 ade
neatly ali ith, i. q. to help, to aid, ©.
Tet ee Mt Sym qpan Rom, 18:30
owvayarloaadal wos éy tate mgooevzals.
—Jos. Ant. 12, 2,2 Dion. Hal. Ant.
7.16. Diod. Sic. 1. 21.

Svvad dda, @, £. jw, (492s0 9.¥.) .
to contend along with any one, on his
side; only trop. to exert oneself with, to
atrive with or together, i. q. to help, to aid,
c. dat. as in ZuyxdSnues. Phil. 4:3 &
16 thayyelly owriPinody por. Bo te-
gether, nvutually, ¢. dat.-commodi, +7
notes Phil. 1: 27.

Swvadpoila, f. olaw, (&Fgolw,
&90605,) to gather in a heap,
e. e things, Jos. Ant, 10.4.3. 1a. N.T.
of persons, to make throng together, to
gather together, to assemble, c. acc. Acts
19:25 tegvirage... ol cvradgolaas.
Pass, Luke 24: 38. Acts 12:12. Sept.
for bap; Num. 20:2. Yap 2 Sam. 2:
25, 30. ‘1 K. 18: 19.—Joe. B. J. 4, 11.4.
Pol. 8. 50, 8. Xen. An. 7.2. 8.

Suvaipa, £ ad, (aiga,) to take

together, Plut. Lysand. 15. Sympos.
3103 to help, to aid, as if in taking
up and bearing a burden, c. dat. Jos.
Ant. 17. 4. 2 ovviigey aitaiz. Dem.
1449. 14. Thue. 4. 10.—In N. T. only
Guvalges Adyow std tw06, to take up
an account with any one, sc. for adjust-
ment, i. q. to reckon together, Matt. 18:
23, 24, 25: 19, — Etym. Magn. Eurciga—
oSas* cwaguécuaSar, cvyxarddea Sat.

Suvazuctroros, ov, 8, (aizud-
Janos) a fellow-prisoner, Rom. 16:7.
Col. 4:10, Philem. 23,

Suvaxoiovd bo 788 Seveacdlyu

Svvaxodovb éw, ©, £. ow, (an0- 1—] Mace. §: 25. Hdian. 1.17.8, Xen
Jovdéw q. v.) to go together with any AN7.%5.
one, to follow with, to accompany, c. dat. _ ») trop. of things, events, to heppex
Mark 5:87. Luke 23: 49. — 2 Mace. 2: any oue, to befall, c. dat. Acts 0:2
4, Plat. Demetr. 36. Ken. Cyr. 8.7.5, 80 Sept. and 72 Ece. 214, & 1.

SvvadcLo, £ low, (Silken dijgi.g. __ AUrarenoes, eos, 4, (owenta)
&9g60s,) to gather together ina heap, @ meeting with, encounter, in N. T. ony
z, in the phrase sic ouvayrnaiy, used for

e.g. things, Jos, Ant. 8.4.1 td oxsm in t is q
narra ovrallaus. InN. of persons, ‘be in6n, cuvarsgr, to meet wilh c dat

to make throng together, to assemble, Matt. 8:34. So Sept. for np:
“Pass. Acts 1:4 ovrahitiutvos nagiyyu Gen. 1417. Ex. 18: 7. — gear. Doe
dev abtoig—Ios. B.J.3, 9.4. Luc, de Hal. Ant. 4 66.
Luet. 7. Xen. Cyr. 7.3.48. Act Hdot. Sevarredap Pave, £ depo,
Sovaddbedigl?®. Ken. Cyt. LA. U.28s 02: (drrcdaypdve q. ¥.) only Mid. ewer
"SuvavaBaivea, aor. 2 cvvifyr, MuAdromas,to take hold in turn wilhesr
(évnfaiow q.7-) 0 go up with any one, 0801 & fo help, fo aid, c. dt Lake ie
ve. from a lower toa higher part of a 40° Rom. 6:96. Sept. for p13: Pelt
country, c. dat. Mark 15:41. Act 18: Dr Ng? Nie Be ae oom Ame

31. Sept. for mty Ex, 12:38, c. ward
Gen. 50:9, Ex. 33:3.—Esdr. 8:27. Ael. Suvanayeo, f. b0, (anayu gv)
¥.H.8.17. Ken, Mom. 1.3. 18. lead off or away with any one, c. dat of
G Rvdue- Per Sept. for mp> Ex. 14:6 Acti |
Svavdixerua, £.sloopas, (avin 7 tig! Ken, Cyt. 8.3.
4. 7.) fo rectine with any one, 86.8 coop, Wobst. N. T.II.p.81. [0X.T.
table, i,q. to eat with, to dine or sup oor eee noe carried
, ‘ o. " only Pass. trop. to be led or carried amy
swith, see in Avdxiyos uo. 2; seq. dat. O15 any thing ; mostly in a bed sen,
as in Zuyeddmsas, Matt, 9:10 cw Oh ny MNEs eee a Gl 2
. axinaiva0 1 "Tngod. Mark 2:15. Luke eo eee andy atin
14:10. John 12:2, Part. absol. of our- 7%" *00, Bugnaiies ewmmtiy a
evaxsiyevor, guests, Matt. 14: 9, Mark 6: 7 Srowpioee 2 ot es eta
22,26. Luke 7:49. 14:15, — 8 Mace. S000 sense, Sam. _ a
" Goovotriss, Glld ois rarmeerols MeEe-
— , 7ousvo., not minding high tinge, bud
Swavapiyruue, £. Su. (udyyvps,) away by lowly things, i. e. cultivating
pp to miz up together; Pass, or Mid. humility. Others take sasroi;as mer.
aavaplyryuas, to mingle logether with, i. q. ‘being conformed to the lowly;
fo have intercourse or keep company with, but contrary to the antithesis with #
e. dat. 1 Cor. 5, 9 cvvaplyrve das Symbee ucid cours ace rm
mogvors. v.11, 2 Thess. 3 14. Sep Sone, aor. 2 event
for seam Hos. 7:8. Bo owmplyrp, Penta inies wy te de et
Dem. 885. 8 cuppltas norngoig dv Pgu— yeaa Seyi rate
ou. Xen. Mom. 1. 2, 20 any one, c. dat. as in 2vyxadque
me Ken. ee Mark 14:31 ddy pe dig ovranodertiy
Suvavanaveo, f. abou, (dvarato,) gos, 2 Cor. 7:3. Trop. of dying with
only) Mid. to refresh oneself or be re- Christ, i.e. spiritually, in the likenes
freshed with any one, in his company, of his death, 2 Fim. 2 11 ; comp. 27
©. dat, Rom. 15:32. Comp.’dvanate a, b.—Eeclus. 19: 10, Diod. Sic. 17.

Swvaridea, £. jouw, (dvrdw, dvrh) Xen-Cy- 8.72%
: to med with any one, to come together — Svvanoddvme, f. oli (cadlle-
\ swith, to encounter, 4t,) to deatroy with or together, ©.40% &
oy a) pp.c. dat. Luke 9:37 ouniyrgcey dat. Sept. for mpy Gen. 18: inet
aizG dylos modus, 22: 10. Acts 10: 25, Plut.Vit.Phoc.2, Dem. 917.14. WNT
i Heb. 7:1, 10. Sept. for rapz Num. Mid. or Pass. to be deciroyed wit
23:16. wisp Gen. 3217. 91m Gen. 3% one, to periah with others, & del #

Svvanogidddco

Doped Ingen, Heb. 11:81 Pash... ob
Trvaneilso ois anwjouc.—Sept. for
S3BD2 Gen. 19:15 —Ecclus. 8:15, Anth.
Ge. LLL. p. 145, Hot. 7, 221,

SvvanocréAda, f. ads, ( dro
ordlies,) to send off or away with any
one, c. acc. et c. dat. impl. 2 Cor. 12:
18, Sept. for ndy Ex. 333 22 —
Eaedr. 5:2, Dom. 535, Xen. Cyr, 2.
a 4,

Svvaguoioyée, @, f. qow, (dg-
pPolayém, from depds joint, ddyo¢,) to

Joint together, to fit or frame logether,
to jein together parts fitted to each other,
Pass. Eph. 2: 21 nda obzodopi} ovrag—
wodoyouniry. 4: 16.

Svvagnase, f. dow, (civ intens.
Ggndte,) Lat. corripere, to seize or grasp
altogether, i. e. 40 seize or catch with the
notion of haste and great violence;
stronger than cenéte, from the idea
of grasping all around; comp. in Zui—
AapBdre no. 1, and Ziv nove, Of per-
sons, e.g. 4 multitude or mob seizi
dividuals, c. acc. Acts 6: 12. 19:29; ofa
demon seizing violently one possessed
Luke 8:29. Bept, for Mp’ Prov. 6:25,
—Philo de Plant. N. p. 219. E, Shay sor
voi imb Sula xatoxiis cwagnac das
eizzey. Luc. D. Deor, 8 fin. xai dy
ouregnécw eitqy sc. Minerva. Pol. 5.
41,9, Hdian, 7. 1. 20. — Of things, as
auhip caught by a tempest, Pass. Acts
27: 15. — So dvagnatecdas tn” avipov
Thuc. 6. 104.

Suvavaoper, £. looper, depon.
Mid. (abAiZopas q. v.) to pase the night

with any one, to lodge or remain with,
Acta 1:4 in Mee. for cuvaditopevos.—
Sept. Prov. 2% 24, Heb. xia.

Svraviava, f. jaw, (aitére q. v.)
Yo augment withal, at the same time, 2

Mace. 3:4. Pol, 10.35.5. In N. ¥-
Mid. cvvav$dvoyar, intrans. to grow to-
r, in company, Matt. 13:80.—Dem.
107. 27. Hdian. 1. 12, 8. Xen. Mem. 4.
3.6.

Zurdsouos, av, é, ( cwrdia, ) pp.
‘what binds together, dand, bond,
copula.

8) pp. Col. 219 dub tier dqdy aad

» ‘Frop. Epb. 4:3. Col. &

789

Sueyeigo
V4 evn). sis wlnstmes, i. q. owl. ehh
Graxoc, But. § 123. n. 4. Winer § 34.
2 Sept. for Ch. 3°40 Dan. & 6, 1,—
Anth. Gr. UL p. 30, 2." Plut. Vie. Num.
6 ovr). sivolag vad pidlas. Thue. 2.75.
b) meton. ‘what is bound together,’
@ bundle, trop. an aggregate, mass. Acts
8:28 ele... ciwdecpor adixlas Spas o2
Syse. Comp. in Eis no. 3. pp
Hdien. 4. 12. 11 nérse tév cirdequow
tiv dnsoteldy.

uvdée, £. djaw, (Sie q. v.) to Bind
together, Sept. Judg. 15:4. Plut. Mar-
cell. 14. Xen. Cyr. 4.2.32 InN. T.
of persons, to bind together with, Pass.
to be bound or in bonds with uny one,
¢. dat. impl. Heb. 13:3 dg curdsdepdvos,
i. e, as fellow-prisoners. — Jos. Ant. 2.
5. 3 curdedepsvos 1G obvozdw. ‘Lue. D-
Deor, 17.2. Xen, H. G. 2. 4.8

Suvdokditee, £. dow, (Sobite,) te

glorify with any one, i.e. to exuk in
dignity and glory with or as anether,
Rom. 6:17.

BWrdovdog, ov, 6, (Sovdos,) a fel-
low-slave, rvant, The Atticiste
prefer Syodevdos, Thom. Mag. p. 649
Guddoulos "Artsxor, ob curdoules. Poll.
On. ILI. 82. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 471.

8) pp. of involuntary eervice, Mat.
2A: 49 simtus toig ovvdotlous witob.—
Eurip. Med. 64. Aristoph. Pac. 74%
Hdot. 2. 134,

b) of voluntary service, spoken of
the followers and ministers of Ci as
Selow-servants together of Chriat, Rey.
& 11. 19:10. 2&9; espec. of teachers,
@ colleague, Col. 1:7. 4:7. Comp. dod-
Jog b.—Also of the attendants of a king,
the officers of an oriental court, Matt. 1&
28, 29, 81, 33; comp. v. 23. See im
Aoiiloge. So Sept. for 11373 colleagues
Ezra 4: 7,9. & 3, 6.

Zurdpouy, 7s, 4, (ovrrelye, com
Beapor,) a running together, concourse,
Acts 21: 30.—Judith 10: 18. Pol. 1. 67,
2. Diod. Sic. 13, 87.

Sureyelpm, £. sgit, (dyslou,) to
swake or raise up together with eny one,
‘ec. from the dead, as Christians spisita-
adly jn the likeness of Chriet’s resurree-
tion, c. dat. Eph. % 6 nad curgyeuge 6¢-

Zurddpeov

Spi ob» 1G XquoeG as inv. 5. Col. 2 12,
3 1. — pp, to raise or lift up, Jos, de
Macc. 3 ta nexraxota, Phocylid. 132
or 134 xxijvog 4z5eol0. trop. Plut. Con-
sol. ad Apoll. 30 sag Aumag xab rois Fp-
vous oureyelgesy.

Zvrdépuov, ou, 16, (sivedgos, 13-
et) pp. ‘a sitting together,’ i. e. an as-
sembly, conacssus, Sept. for D°r2 Ps.
26: 4. Jos. Ant. 17.3.1 cvvidqioy 01
Gras tay glluy. Pol. 2.39.1. a coun-
cil, senate, Jos. B,J. 6.4.3, Plut. Pyrch.
19. Hdian. 4.3.21. Xen. H.G. 7. 1.
39. In N.T. spoken only of Jewish
councils, viz.

a) the Sankedrim, Talm. 3°"1739,
the supreme council of the Jewiah na-
tion, composed of 70 members besides
the high-priest, in imitation of the 70
elders appointed by Moses, Num. 11:16
8q. comp, Jos, Ant. 9.1.1. ‘The mem-
bers were selected from the doytegzic,
i. e. former high-prieats and the chief-
Priests or heads of the 24 courses;
mgeoBiregos, elders ; and yoappartis,
seribes or lawyers. The high-priest
for the time .being was ‘ex affcio
president, 8°)? pripgeps ; and & vice-
president, called 777 Av OR, sat at hie
right band. The Sanhedrim hed cog-
nizance of all important causes, both
civil and ecclesiastical; and appear to
have met ordinarily in a hall not far
from the temple, called by Josephus
Bouin, Bovleurygioy, B. J. 5.4. 2. ib. 6.
, &35 though on extraordinary occasions
* they were sometimes convened in the
high-priest’s palace, Matt. 26: 3, 57.
Under the Romans the right of capital
punishment was taken away, John 18:
81; though they might aid in carrying
‘a sentence into execution, John 19: 6,
16. See Buxt. Lex. Chald. 514, 1513.
Lightf. Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 2: 4, 23: 2.

in § 244. — Genr. Matt. 5: 22 Zroyos
Toran 1 lap. 26: 59. Mark 14: 55,
15:1, John 11:47. Acts 5: 21,27,34, 41.
22: 30. 23:1, 15, 20, 28. 24: 20, Me-
ton. as including the place of meeting,
the Sanhedrim as sitting in its hall,
Luke 22: 66 dynyayor abroy sig tb ovrd-
Sorov kevediy. Acts 4: 15, 6: 12, 15, 23:
6. — Jos. Ant. 14. 9. 4, ib, 20.9.1. de
‘Vit. §12 Including the idea of place,

790

auniso

genr. Hdian. 2.8.5, Xen. H.G.2 4.93.
.b) @ council, tribunal, i.e. the exsaller
tribunals in the cities of Palestine, sub-
ordinate to the Sanhedrin, i. q. mesers.
Matt. 10: 17. Mark 18:9, See fully in
Koiou b. 7.
vvednors, 2006, 5, (covedse, ow-
adévat,) pp. ‘a knowing with oneself’
consciousness ; and hence conscience, that
faculty of the soul which distinguiabes
between right and wrong, and prompts
to choose the former and avoid the Tat.
ter. John & 9 ino tis
pOMErOL. Rom. 2: 15 ovppagrpor-
herxinee tis ovvadioves, 9: 3. 15
1 Cor, 10: 25, 27, 28, 29 bis. 2 Cor. 1:
12.1 Tim. 4:2 Tit. 1:15. Heb. &
14, 10:2, 22 80 cunidqes é7ed5
conscience, i. q. consciousness of
right, rectitude, Acts 23: 1. 1 Tim. 1:5,
19. 1 Pet. 3: 16,21. xan Heb. a we
xaSagd 1 Tim. 3:9, 2Tim. 1:3. sexese-
nomes Acts 24:16. cursldnose codons
oda v. do9zvotca, i. e. weak and hesi-
tating in judging and deciding, 1 Cor.
8:7, 10, 12. Also 1 Pet. 2 19 cuveidy-
os ‘of Deot a conscience toward God,
i. e. conformed to his will. 1 Cor. re)
ovyeldnats tov sidélov a conscience to-
ward the idol, i.e. a conscience over
sway, a8 if something
real. — Wied. 17:11. Test. XIE Pawr. ¥
ourelénals pou ourize: ps megh tig Suee-
slag. Epict. Fragm. 97. Lac. Amor. 49.
jiod. Sic. 4. 65. ovv. dyaSx Hdian.é
'3.9.—Meton. judgment of the conscience,
2 Cor. 4: 2 oumarivtss Kavrois ees
nésar curelinoww ar Sgenwr, i. e. to the
judgment of every inan’s conscience.
& 1

Zvveideo, obsol. in the present, sev
in Eide.

I. Aor. 2 ouveidov, part. svndes,
only trop. to see or perceive with oneself,
sc, by the senses, to be aware, abeol. Acts
1% 12 14: 6 oundBortes xaréqvy or. —2
Mace. 4: 41. Jos. B. J. 4.5.4, Pol. I.
23.3, Dem. 1351.6. Plut. Solon. 25,
ovyeiBoy ib. Pyrrh. 2.

Il. Perf. 2 cuvosda, pert. cvrudes,
to know with any one, to be conscious of
or privy to any thing, absol. Acts 5 2
cumudives xa} tig yuruimis eiroi. Seq.
dat. duaveg, to know with onvadlf, to be

Dv
conscious of, 1Cor. 4: 4 obdiv yap inav-
16 ovvosda. — c. kavrg Sept. Job 27:6,
Jos. Ant. 3.9.3. Hdian. 7. 1.3, Ken.
Mem. 2. 9. 6.

L Svveue, f. toopas, (eiuh) to be
with, to be present with, c. dat. as in
Zune Luke 9: 18, Acts 2 11.—
2 Mace. 9:4. Acl. V. H. 12.52, Xeo.
Mem. 1. 1. 10,

IL, Svveyee, part. ovntin, (aus) to
go oF come together, to convene, absol.
Luke 8: 4. — Hdian. 2.9.7, Xen. Cyr.
5. 4. 19.

Suracwdezouat, aor. 2 -jdSoy,
(sivégzoper,) to go or come in with any
‘one, to enter with, c. dat. es in
Spas. Jobo 18: 15 cvrsoqlde 16 'In-
cob. Spoken of a vewwel, to embark
with, c. dat. John 6: 22. Sept. for x12
py Eeth.2:18—Aet. Thom. §12. Xen.
Ap. 4. 5.10,

SuvEednuos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (5xdq-
Hos,) pp. absent together from one's peo-
ple; Subst. a fellow-traveller, Acts 19:
29. 2 Cor. 8: 19. — Jos. de Vit. § 14.
Palaeph. 46. 4. Plut. de Virtut. et Vit.
2. ed. R. VI. p. 381 ok

Suvexdenros, 7, ov, (dxhentos q.
v.) chosen with others, fellow-elect, like-
beloved, 1 Pet. 5: 13.—Others here take it
as pr. n. fem. Syneclecte, and understand
it of the wife of Peter, Neand. Gesch.
d. apoet. Zeitalters II. p. 463.

Svvedavva, f. dow, (datvw,) to
drive together, sc. into one place, e. g-
wild beasts, Xen. Cyr.1.4.14; persons,
2 Macc. 4: 26. Jos. B. J. 4.9.11. Pol.
28.5.6. In N.'T. trop. to impel or per-
suade together, c. ace. Acts 7: 26 cvrj-
Jaca airoig sis tighyny.—Ael. V. H. 4.
15.

Suvenmagrupéa, 0, f. jos, (ene
pegrugios) to bear further witness with
any one, fo altest with, c. dat. of man-
ner, Heb. 2 4, coll. r. 3.—Soxt, Empir.
adv. Log. 2.324 cwenpagrugoivay 76
éyy. Pol. 26, 9.4,

SuveneriInue, £. Siow, (énsloy-
#4) to put or lay wpen together, at the
game time, Sept. Num. 12:11. Plut.
Sympos. & 7 fin. In N. T. Mid. fo set

791

Pripzopae

or assail with any one, at the same
time, absol. Acts 24:9 cuveréSerto in
later edit. comp. v.2. Text. rec. ovyé-
Sexo. Comp. in *ExrslOns b.—Bept.
Deut. 32 27. Pol. 1.31.2 Xeu. Cyr.
4.23,

Suvdnouac, depon. Mid. ( fre,
Erouas) to follow with, to accompany, c.
dat. Acts 20: 4.—2 Macc. 15: 2. Apollod.
Bibl. 3. 12. Xen. Conv. 1.°2

Suvepydo, w, f. jou, ( cwrgyss,)
to work together with any one, to cobpe-
rate, absol. i. q. to be a co-worker, fellow-
labourer, 1 Cor. 16:16. 2Cor. 6:1. (Beq.
dat. pers. Esdr. 7:2. Plut. de Sanit.
tuend. fin. 29 yug7 ounpyii vo ota xod
cuyxcipye.) Hence genr. i.q. to help,
to cid, c. dat. expr. or impl. Mark 16: 20.
James 2:22 % mlonis ourepyet t0%s Hoyos
‘1 Mace. 12:3. Joa. B. J. 6.1.5.
Diod. Sic. 4. 77. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.18.—
Of things, to work together for any thing,
to codperate, to contribute, sc. to any re-
sult, seq. dat. commodi, et sig c. acc.

Rom. 8:28 tois dyandoww voy Sasy wan

ra ovrsgyel tis dyadéy.— Pol. 11.9. 2.
Diod. Sic. 4.76, c. mods: Plut. Rormul,
21.

Suregyés, ov, 6, 4, adj. ( Epyoy, )
pp. working with, codperating, aiding,
Diod. Sic. 13.70. Pol.1.81.10. Subst.
a co-worker, fellow-labourer, helper, gent.
2 Mace. 8: 7. Jos. Ant. 7. 14. 4. Pol. 1.
7,8. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.3.— In N.T.
spoken only of @ co-vorker, helper, in
the Christian work, i.e. of Christian
teachers, c. gen. of pers. cvragyo} to
S208 1 Cor. 3:9; cursgyol pou 0c, Hat
jou, Rom. 16: 3, 9, 21. Phil, 2:25. 4:3,
1 Thess. 3:2 Philem. 1,94 ¢. gen.
of object, 2 Cor. 1: 24 ovvspyol sig za~
gas Tus co-workers of your joy, i.e.
labouring together for your happiness.
Bea, dat. commodi, 3 John 8 cvvegyot

Gndelg. Seq. sis c. nce. for or én
thay 2 Cor. 8: 23 tis tpdis ovvepyos.
Col 1,

Suvepzouat, aor. 2 owildor,
(igzopet,) to go or come with any one,
to come together.
a) c. dat. of pers. fo go or come with,
i, q. to accompany, eee in Suyxd Onues,
Luke 23: 55 alssreg qoay curalgivovias

.

BG

we Roe

Swett

eit & sig Taldulas. John 11: 33
coll. 31. Acts 9: 89, 10: 23, 45, 11: 12.
15: 38, Aleo to company or be conver-
sant with, Aets 1:21, Once seq. oir
tiv Acts 21:16; comp. Winer § 56 fin.
Sept. for win Job 22 4. — Wisd. 7:2.
comp. Thue. 1. 10.

b) genr. and usually, to come together,
to convene, to assemble, absol. Mark 3:20
aovrigystas miduv Szhos. Luke 5:15, Acts
1:6. 2: 6. 10: 27. 16:13, 19: 3% 21: 22,
2817. 1Cor. 14:26. c. dat. of pers. with
er to whom, Mark 14:53. c. adv. of
place, John 18: 20 éwev. Acts 25: 17.
eigc.acc. of place, Acta 5: 16 ;.8 mark-
ing result, 1 Cor. 11: 17, 345 final, v.33,
éy 0. det. 1 Cor, 11:18, én 10 aro
1Cor, 11: 20, 14: 23. mgdg tev Mark
633. Sept. for xia Ez. 33: 30.
Jer, 3: 18. . ais for Jory Zech. 8
Romy 2 Chr. 30:18. gos teva Ex.
‘3% "5. —Hdian. 4, 11. 6. Xen. Mem.

of conjugal intercourse,
Cor. 7: 5.'— c. dat. Jou,
’e 7.9.5, Diod. Bie. 3. 58,
Xen. Mom. 2. 2. 4.—In Matt. |. c, perh.
i. q. to come together in one house, to
live together, as Xen. Occ. 10. 4.

Zuvechico, aor. 2 cvrigayoy,
(éoSiw q. v.) to eat with any one, i.e.
genr. to have intercourse with, to asso-
ciate with, c. dat, as in
E. g. ovro9. Luke 15:2. 1 Cor. mil,
0. usta rivog Gal. 2: 12, comp. Winer
§56 fin. ovrigay. Acts 11:3, 10:41 of-
tures eurepeiyousy xai cvvenlouey airs,
comp. in “EcSiw c. 3. Sept. cvverd,
for mig >> Gen. 43: 32. absol. Pa.
101: 5. ovmsg. for ny “x Ex. 18: 12.—
ovna. Plat, de occult. Viv. init. cvrép.
Lue. Parasit. 59.

Svvewts, ecos, 4, (ovrlyus qv.) @
sending to conjunction of
Sbreais b40 motapiiy Hom. Od, 10. 515.
InN. 'T. ‘a putting together in mind,’
i,q. discernment, understanding, intelli-
genes Luke 2 47 Glorarco 68 mavres
ti ovréow aitov. 1 Cor. 1: 19,
ie wi Col. 1:9, 2&2 2 Tim. 2 7.
Sept. for my%m Deut. 4:6, Is. 29: 14.
sah Ex. 31:3. Prov. % 2 nsyz Job
2, — Luc, Alex. 22. Diod. Sic. 1. 1.

792

"32 cuvevdonoies tole med

Durdzo

Dom. 1994.4. Xen. Cyr. 4. 5 23 —
Meton. as a faculty of the mind, under
standing, intellect, put for the mind itself;
Mark 1% 33 xo dyandy aitéy [Save] &
Sang rife xagdlas xad dE Skgs xi owrécems.
—Ecelus. 47:23. Test. XII Patr. p. 538.
Ack V.H. 12.1, Plat. Vit. Thee. 6

Doverds, » ov, (ovvinne @ ¥.)
pp. ‘putting together in mind,’ i. e. dix

réxgupas taiza G0 copéy zai eure
téy. Luke 10: 21. Acts 13: 7. 1 Cor.
19. Sept. for 7239 1 Chr. 15: 22,
Prov. 28: 7. Ecc. & 11. D211 Geo.
38, Is, 19: 11.—Jos. e. Ap.'2. 16. Lac.
D. Deor. 26 fin. Plut. de Adular. et
Amie, 12. ed R. VI. p. 206. 14.

Suvevdoxdo, @, f. joe, (sidoxie
q- ¥.) to think well of with others, to take
pleasure with others in any thing; bence
i,q. to approve, to assent ta, c. dat. of
pers. pp. as in Zvyyaige q.v. Rom.1:
Else.
where 6. dat. of thing in or az to which,
Luke 11: 48 ovvevdontits soig Egyoss tow
natigen. Acts 8: 1. 2% 20.—1 Mace. 1:
57. 2 Macc. 11: %. absol. Demad
180. 82. Diod.
i. q. to be like willing, Ui
any thing, 1 Cor. 7:12,13 xa? aitss

oixeiv pes ani, i. e. if both
are mutually pleased.

Surevazeco, @, f. jes, (edeaztes vo
let be well fed, to feast, from et, ize,
bm) to feast several together; Mid. or
Pass. to feast with any one, to revel with,
©. dat. as in Zyyzdoque, 2 Pet. & 13
eurevaxoipercs iuiy. impl. Jude 12—
Joa. Ant. 4. 8. 7. Luc. Philopet. 4.

Suvepiornut, (égiomps) in N. T.
only aor. 2 ovvendoryy intrans. fo stand
upon together, to assail j ¢.nand,
Acts 16: 22 cuvenioty 6 Oxles xet ai-
‘67, i.e. made an assault together against
them.—Sept. Num. 16: 8 cuvextotyoar
in some Codd. Comp. Thuc. 2 75.

Dvvéza, f. ba, ( Ezes,) to hold to-
gether, to press together, i. q. to held fast,
to shut up, trans. _

8) pp. 96 1h ete to sep one’s cars
Acts 7:57, Sept. td oréus, for ie
Is, 5% 13. Of a city besieged, Luke

Zu7jdopas
19: 43 ovritoval os [Tegooétope] nevs0-
Sev. So Sept. and 1x 1 Sam. 23: 8
(2 Mace. 9:2.) Of a crowd, to press
upon any one Luke 8 45; of persons
having a prisoner in custody, to hold
JSast, Luke 2 63, — Hdian. 2 13,8.
Luc. Tox. 39.

b) trop. to consirain, i. 9. to compel,
to press on, ©. aco. 2 Cor. & 144 yag
Gyan toi Xe. cuvize: jj ima, » sc, 20 to act,
Pass. Acts 18: 5 curelysto 1 nvsipat 6
ZTaitLog in text. rec. see below. — Pass.
ourdzopat, to be in constraint, i.g. to be
straitened, distressed, perplexed, absol.
Luke 12 50 nég cvrvizopas ug ob tels-

Phil. 1: 28. (Comp. Jos. Ant. 5,
11.3 rf molmsg Palaeph. 39.5. 19
Aspe Pol. 3.62.4.) Also i. q. to be seized,
affected, afficted, wc. with fear, disease,
ete. c. dat. Luke & 37 , POfey psyche
oursizorto. Matt. 4:24 vocow.. . cove-
zopsvots. Luke 4:38, ‘Acts 28:8.—Bept.
Job 3:24, 31: 23. Plut. ed. R. X. p. 788.
1 @éPy. Diod, Sic.3.33 réc01.—Pass.
spoken also of a person held fast, prees-
ed, occupied with a work or the like;

Acts 18: 5 cvrlysto 1§ Ady 5 Hatlos *

in later edit. comp. above, i.e. Paul now
gave himself wholly to preaching the
word; comp. v. 3.—Wisd. 17:20 igyoig.
Hdian. 1.-17, 22 jSovats.

Zvv7[douae, depon. Pose (Sopa)

joy or rejoice with any one, c. dat.
Rav nom. Hdian. 8.6.2, Xen.
Cyr. 4.1.7. In N.T. c. dat. of thing,
to delight in any thing with others;
Rom. 7: 22 curfdouat yag 1 vopy, i.e.
I too delight in the law, I'am one of
those who delight in it, etc. Others, to
delight in altogether, wholly.

Suda, ag, 4, (cvrn dri dwell-
ing together, wonted together, accus-
tome, from ovy, 7906 q. Vv.) @ dueling

r living together, Ael. H. An. 16. 36,
Dem. 1467.19. a being wonted together,
familiarity, Jos. de Macc. 13 fin, Pol. 1.
43. 4. Diod. Sic. 14.12. In N.T. a

usage, custom, Jobn 18:39. 1 Cor.
11: 16, — Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 5 4 mates
ovrjSue. Arr. Epict. 1. 27.20, Xen.
Venat. 12, 4.

Surndexworme, ov, 8, (jdunebrns,
‘ada q. v.) one of like age, on equal in

793

Suvinue
age, Gal. 1: 14. — Aleiphr. Ep. 1. 1%
Dion. Hal. Ant. 10. 49. Diod. Sic. 1.53,
On this species of compounds, disap-
proved of by the Atticists, see Thom.
Mag. p.207 eq. Lob. ad Phe. p.172, 471,
Lurvdanra, f. yer, (Sdnte,) to bury
with any one ; in N.T. trop. wit i
in the likeness of his buri a
in Zvyd meas, Pasa, Rom, 6:4,-Col.
2:12 currapirees abnd dr 1G Borrtlowars,
— pp. Huot. 5.5 4 yury ovrSdnteras tH
@rdql. Plut. M. Anton. 85, Tuc. 1. 8.

Swdiaw, f. dew, (Side to crusb,)
to crush together, to dash in pieces, Pass.
Matt. 21s 44 ot Luke 20: 18 6 ecev énd
toy Moy totter, ovrPlaodjosta
Sept. for 9473 Ps. 107: 16. Is, 45: 2,
uy, Ps, 58: 7.—Plut. Artax. 19. Diod.

ic, 2, 57.

SuvP-AlBa, f. yer, (GiB) to press
together, to press closely, on all sides, as
a crowd upon a person, c. acc. Mark 5:
A, 31.—Ecclus. 34 [31]: 14. Plut.
Sympos. 6. 6 fin. _

SvrPovateo, f. yo, ( Iginrw to
break, ) to break together, to crush ivto
pieces ; trop. thy xugdlay tivd¢ to crush
the heart, i. q. to dishearten, to take away
one’s fortitude, Acts 21: 13.—So of dxo~
aeSquupiros ta yuzes Plat, Repub. VI.
p. 495. E.

Zuredeo, veo in Zuvigus.

Surin, f. ovrioa, aor. 1 cvrixa,
aor. 2 ovviiy, (ins to send, Buttm. § 108.
1,) also Pres. avoctor, whence 3 plur.
ounovos Matt. 13: 13. 2 Cor. 10: 12,
part. cuvloy Matt. 13:23, Rom. 3: 11.
comp. Buttm. § 106. n. 5. Matth. § 210.
1eq. Winer § 14. 30. — Pp. to send
or bring together, e. g. foes in battle,
Hom. 11.1.8. ib.7.210. Trop. to bring
or put together in mind; hence i. q.
discern, to perceive, to be aware of, ©. t
a sound, voice, Hom. Il. 2.182 dna eae.
ib. 2.26, Hes. Theog. 831.—In N. T.
genr. fo understand, to comprehend, abeol.
Matt. 18: 18 dxovortes oix dxovove.,
oid cunoten v.14 xa} ob pi ovriite.
v. 15, 19, 23, 15: 10. Mark 4:12. 6 52,
see in *Ent IT. 3b. 7:14. 817,
ai. Luke 8:10. Acts 7:25 of dd ob
ovriinay, 28: 26,27. Rom. 18:21. 2 Cor.

Sunctaw

10: 12 oF cunoter, i. ©. are not men of
understanding, not wise. Seq. acc.
‘Matt. 13:5) ovviuate taira névea; Luke
% 50 75 ipa. 18: 34, 24: 45. Eph. 5:
17. Seq. br, Matt. 16 12, 17: 13.
Acts 7:25. Sept. for "37 Is. 6: 9, 10.
2 Chr. 34:12. c. ace. Prov. 2 5, 9.
©, Ors Is, 43: 10, —Joa, Ant. 7.8.4. c.
ace, Ceb. Tab.3, Xen. Apol.10. _c. Sts
Hdian. 4. 15. 15.— From the Heb. to
understand, to be wise, sc. in respect to
duty towards God, i. q. to be upright,
righteous, godly; Rom. 3:11 oix Eon
S cvmedy, quoted from Ps. 14: 2 where
Sept. for S207; also Pu. 2: 10. Dun.
1h: 35, 12: 3,

Surtae, -cve, veo in our
orns,

Suviorgut, £. everiow, (Torus, )
aleo Pres. ounoraw 2 Cor. 4: 2. 6: 4.
10: 18; ouscatcévw 2 Cor. 3: 1. 5: 12.
10:12; s00 in “Fornus and "Anoxa Dorn,
Found in both the transitive and intran-

and to sland with; see in “Terns.

I. Trans. in the present, imperf.
and aor. 1, Act. to make sland wit ie
gether, to place together, Pol. 3. 43. 1
Heian. 4.15.12. In N. T. to place with
or before any one.

a) pp. of persons, to introduce, to pre-
sent to one’s acquaintance and favour-
able notice, and hence i. q. to commend,
‘tw represent as worthy, c. acc. et dat.
Rom. 16:1 curlers 24 dpi Solpyp.
2Cor. 5:12. . ace. et mods rive 2Cor.
4: ¢. ave. simpl, 2 Cor. 3: 1 favrots
‘eunvotavey. 10:12,18 bis. Pass, 2Cor.
12: 11.—1 Macc. 12:43, Ceb. Tab. 11.
Pol. 31. 20.9. Ken. Occ. 3.14. c. acc.
simpl. Jos, Ant.6.13.1. Xen. Cyr. 7.3.12.

b) trop. i. q, to set forth with or before
any one, to declare, to shew, lo make
Known and conspicuous, c. acc. simpl.
Rom.3:54b 384 ddisle futiy Seob Sexaso-
ain ovvloros. 5:8. 2 Cor, 6:4 ovr
sorivees bavtois dg Seod diaxovos, c.
dupl. acc. Gal. 2: 18 nagaSdrmy guavtoy
ovrlormus. c.ace. et inf. 2 Cor. 7: 11.
Bept. for 7°27 Job 28; 23%—Jos. Ant. 7.
2 1 ovviatwy kavrois as stvous. c.
dupl. acc. Philo Quis rer. div. Heer.
p-517 ovplasnowy aizéy mgogrizny. Diod.
Bic. 18.91. ¢. inf. ib. 14, 45,

794

Suvouchéo

IL Intrans. in the perf. and aor. 2,
Act. to stand with, , ete.

a) pp. of pera. c. dat. asin 2
pat. Luke 9: 32 Bvo drdeac tots ove
eoratas aire. Sept. for 12z 1 Sam.
17: 26.—Pol. 4, 1. 6. Lue. Necyom. 15.
Xen. Cyr. 2. 1.29.

b) trop. from the transitive signif te
place together ec. parts into a whole, i.e.
to constitute, to create, to bring into exis.
tence, Diog. Laert. Carnead. 4. 64 §
ovoticasa picts xal Siadices. Piao
Timecus p. 30. E, sin rav User einer
[tbr xdcpor] sig Spoustyza 6 Evrurtes
Euviommoe, p. 41. D (5 Geos] fworjoms 3
10 m&v. Hence in N. T. intrans. to be
constituted, created, to exist, Col. t: 17
wdvta dy ait owriore. 2 Pet &5
77) & Watos .. . cvnetéga 1H tod Seot
doyy. — Philo de Plant. Noe PS 215 &
ig émdons xal nartig iavog nal digns
xai mugdg .. . ovviom 582 6 xoopos
Max. Tyr. Diss. 25. p. 253, 19 Ads ves-
art yi ovvéorm x.1.1, Aristot. de Mundo
c.5init. Comp. Xen. Mem. 3 6 14.

Svvodeva, f. siom, ( sdste gq. v.)
to be on the way with apy one, to travel
or journey with, c. dat. as in
pou, Acts 9: 7.—Wied. 6: 23. Hdian. 4
7. 11, Plut. M. Anton. 13.

Zuvadia, as, 4, (civodes, 5805,)
PP. a journeying » Plut. Mor. L
p- 110, Taucho. In N. T. meton.
company of travellers, caravan, Luke 2
44 — Jos. Ant. 6.12.1. Arr. Epics. 4.
1.91. Strabo {V. p. 314,

Duvounda, o, f. joe, ( odxée,) to
house or dwell with any one, to live with,
espec. as husbands with wives in ove
house, to cokabit, absol. 1 Pet. 3: 7. —
Ecclus. 25: 8. Hdian. 1. 6.11. Dem.
1374.21. Xen. Lac. 1.8 gear. Xea.
H.G.2.3.5,

Svvowodouca, o,f. You, (otxo-
Bowie q. v.) fo build with any one, in
company with, c. dat. Esdr. 68. In
N.'T. Pass. trop. to be built together with
other Christians into a spiritual tem-
ple, Eph. 2: 22; see fully in Otao-
Sophie c.

Suvowddeo, o,f. sam, (Spulion) lo
be in company with, Cob. Tab, 1% In

. —— Seropopdes

N. T. to converse with, to talk with, c
dat. Acts 10: 27.

Zvvonopéo, 6, f. gow, (Spogde,
Spogos, from Spos, 8906, ) to border to-
gether, fo be contiguous with, c. dat. Acts
18:7 ob olela jv ovvopogoton 4h ove

7~7iv i. @. joined upon.—Simpl. éogsw
dian. 6. 7. 5.

Lw0z7, 75, 4, (owizwg.v.) «
holding together, a shutting up, e. g. of
the womb, Symm. Prov. 30: 16; of a
city besieged, Sept. Jer. 523, Mic. 5:1;
spoken also of a cireuit, enclosure, Jos.
Ant. 8.3.2. comp. Hom. Il. 23, 330.
In N. T. trop. distress, disquiet, anxiety,
Luke 21: 25 ovvoy 19vav. 2Cor. 24
, xag8las.—Sept. Job 30: 3. Aquil. for

327 Ps, 25:17. Artemid. 2. 3 néos
‘roils év ovvozi; over.

Svridoow v. tre, £. $0, (scious)
to arrange or set in order together, Jos.
Ant. 7.12.3. Dem. 1378.26. Xen. Cyr.
3.1.2 InN. T. to arrange or set in
order with any one, i.e. to order, to ap-

point,

Matt. 26:19 énolycay of padysei
ourmiter ainois 5 "Iqaois. impl. 27:10.
Sept. for 771% Gen. 18: 19. 26: 11. —
Pol, 8.50.9. Ael. V. H.9, 13. Xen.
Cyr. 5. 3, 46.

Suvrédae, as, jj, (ovrrdion) full
end, completion, Diod. Sic. 13. 14, Pol.
11.83. 7. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 34. ed. R.
VIL, p.104.8. In N.'T. genr. end, con-
summation, only in the phrase gvvtélsa
toi aidvos Matt. 13: 39, 40, 49, 24: 3,
28: 20. cuvril. réiv aicivory Heb. 9: 26.
See in Aidy no.2. Sept, for m2 Neh.
9:31. Jer. 4:27. Dan. 12: 4. —
Ecelus. 11: 27. 21: 10. Pol, 3, 1. 3,9
xatactpopy xal ouvtédnc.

Surredéo, w, f. tow, ( reléa,) to
end or terminate together, Heian. 22.
15. InN. T. to end altogether, fully, to
finish wholly, to complete.

8) pp. and genr. c.ace. Matt. 7: 28
ourerileaty 6 Inavits tovs Loyous toitovs.
Luke 4: 13, Of time, Luke 4: 2, Acts
21:27, Sept. for mbp Gen. 2: 2, 1K.
6 9 Job 36: 11. ban Deut, 34: 8. —
Diod. Sic. 1.3, Hdian: 4.2.20. Dem.
522.4, Comp. Xen. Cyr. 6. 1.50, —

795

2umpte
In the sense of to fulfl, to accomplish,

e.g. a promise, prophecy, etc. 0. sec,
Rom. 9: 28 Aéyov yap ourcshiv ve. 6 xi~
¢0s, in allusion to Is. 10: 22, eee in
Zurtiyve, Pass. Mark 13:4, Sept. for
mba Ruth 3:18. 923 Lam, & 17.

‘b) by Hebr. as in Engl. to finish, to
complete, i. q. to make, ¢. ace. Heb. 8: 8
curreliow ént vév olzor Topayh . . . d1a~
Sijupy xasviv, quoted from Jer. 31: 31
where Heb. n32, Sept. diadyjoopas
Sept. owrreleiy dsadsjxqy for Heb. n>
Jer. 34: 8, 15. migy Ie. 44: 24.

Suvtéuve, f. sss, perf. curcitumea,
(réuves,) pp. to cut together, i.e. to contract
by cutting, Plot. Demetr. 26. Thue. 7.
36. Xen. Hi. 4.9; of words, discourse,
to make concise, Aeschin, 32. 23. — In
N.. trop. and from the Heb. i. q. to
decide, to determine, to decree; Rom. %
2% bis, Aéyor yay curler xa} cvrtip-
your by Bexae * bu Léyor oursarpy-
hrvor moujou xuguos bh sie ris, for hie
word he doth fulfil, and he decreeth in
righteousness; for his word decreed will
the Lord execude upon the. land; quoted
from Sept. Is, 10: 22, 23, where the Heb.
reads thus: destruction is decreed, bring.
ing in justice ar a flood ; for destruction
and a decree (i. e. decreed destruction]
doth Jehovah of Hosts execute otc. See
Colin in Keil. u. Tzachirner’s Analek-
ten, III. ii. p. 28 eq.—S8o Sept. for yan
Is, 28:22. Dan. 9:26. nit Dan. 9: 24.

Surinedeo, @, f. sav, (meée,) pp.
to have an eye upon together or with any
one, to watch or keep together with any
one. In N.T. ,

a) i. q, to watch or keep with oneself, *2~~<
c. ace, Mark 6:20 cuverngs: aixdy, i.
Herod kept John in custody with or near“ tne
himself, for the sake of profecti non
against Herodias, and often heard him
comp. v.20. Others, he guarded him’
closely. — Trop. to keep or lay up with
oneself in mind, r& ¢rjpara Luke 2: 19.
So Sept. é 1h xapdlg for Ch. 103 Dan.
7: 98, — Ecclus. 99:2. Test. XI Patr.
p. 563 dy fj xapdlg. Pol. 31.6.5 ov
mosiv yrouqy nag taut.

b) ig. to keep or preserve together,
from loss or destraction, o})p. Gnolluus,
e. g. of wine and the skins in which it
is kept, Matt. 9:17. Luke 5 38.—1

Surilogu

Mace. 8 12 gillay pstd ives. 10: 20,
Lib. Henoch. in Fabr. Cod. Ps. V. T.
p. 191 ovvengely riy puziy cic Loni.

SurrlI yu, £. jou, (119qus) to set
or put together, Xen. Cyr, 8.5.4. Mem.
3.1.7. to compose, dvopara Arr. Bpict.
3.23.23, Adyous Dem. 277. 5. mpay-
uo ib, 275.26. Aleo to set or put with
a person, fo deliver to any one, Pol. 5.
10.4,—In N.T, only Mid. ouveidenas,
to set logether with another, i.e. between
oneself and another, i. q. to agree to-
gether, to covenant together or with any
j 80q. inf, Luke 2% 5 xal ovriderto
wing dgyiquor Boivas. Beg. inf. c. roi
Acts 23: 20; eee ‘0, 4, 1d, p._ 556. c.
Seq. fyw John 9:22; comp. in “Iva no.
3. a.—c. inf. Sept. Dan. 2:9. Jos, Ant.
18. 4.7. Hdian. 1. 17. 16. Xen. Ao. 4.
2.1. tobe. inf. Test. XII Patr. p. 707.
—Once in text. rec. i.q. to assent, absol.
‘Acts24:9; comp. in ZuveniOyps, So
Philostr. Heroic. c. 5 fin. ddlyou tay
Povtevudzan turrlPsoSas,

Suri0pes, adv. (otvtopos, ovy-
tipyer q, v.) concisely, briefly, in fow
words, Acts 24: 4. — Jos. c. Ap.1.1
yedwas curtopes. Athen. 8. p. 349. A.
Ken. Occ. 12. 19 dg 38 currdpus simiiy.

Surredza, wor. 2 ovwidgapor, (res YP

z%,) to run with others, in company, in-
trans. pp. Xen. Cyr. 2.2.9; in N. T.
only trop. els 14, 1 Pet, 4:4 yo) ovrrge-
gortaw twin ls thy ainty tig doorlas
avdyvory.—Dem. 214. 7. — Of a multi-
tude, to run together, to flock together,
Mark 6: 33. Acts 3! 11.— Judith 6: 18.
Jos, B. J. 6.2. 8, Xen. An. 5.7. 4.

ZuripiBea, f. yoo, (reife) to rub”

together, e. g. sticks for kindling fire, ta
ia, Lue. Ver. Hist. 1. 32, Usually
and in N. T. i, q. to break or crush to-
gelher, by rubbing or striking ogainst,
concussion, i. q. to break in pieces, trans,
8) pp. Mark & 4. 14:3 see in “Add-
Baorgor, John 19: 36. Rev. 227 16
oxsty ta xsgayixd. Sept. for wav Ex.
12 46. Lev. 6: 28, 26: 18.—Ael. V. H.
12. 61. Diod. Sic. 13. 16, Ken. Cyr. 6.
1, 29, — Of a reed, to break together, 20
as to have a flaw or crack, but not en-
tirely off ; Matt. 1% 20 xdlapor ovrn-
Totmpivor ov xereate, a reed broken to-

796

Suvuneveyéo

gether shall he not break off, quoted from
FE 42 3 where Bope. for yz:

b) trop. to break together the strength
or power of any ove, fo crush, fo weaken,
c,ace. Luke 9: 39 mveipa ... cvrrgéfes

airéy, i. 0, weakens him, breaks bim
down; comp. Mark 9: 18 where it is
ingalvesas, (Hdian. 5. 4.20.) So of
Satan, to break or crush his power,
Rom. 16: 20; comp. in Hots B. Sept
for :7371 Jooh. 10:10. Am. 3 15.—Pol.
26. 3.6 currelyas soix “Azalovs.— Pam.
Luke 4: 18 ovrrsreippirouy tiv nagdier,
roken in heart, ie. diopirited, affvcted,
comp. Buttm. § 131.6 So Sept. and
139 Pe. 84: 19. 51: 19.— Pol. 21. 10.2
ovrig. 17 Suvolg. Diod. Sic. 11. 78 ress

pporiuaos. 16. 81 rails puzeis.

2rroqua, atos, s (ovrtpife

Mace. a7,

Svrrgogos, ou, é, 4, adj. (owrres-
90,) nourished o nuraed , Xea.
Mem.2.3,4. In N.T. subst. ons brought
or educated with another, o comrade,
Acts 13: 1.—2 Mace. 9: 29. Joa. B. J.
10. 9. Ael. V. H. 12. 26. Pol. 5.9.4

Svrmyzave, aor. 2 ovviryzer,
(rvyzéve,) to fall in with, to meet with,
to come to or at any one, c. dat. Luke &
19.—Jos. Ant. 1.12.3 ovrtezdy 8° airy
Selon Byyelog, Hien 2 1412 Xen
Mem. 2. 3. 16.

Sor w yy, 5, 4, Syntyche, pr. a. of
a female Christian, Phil. 4: 2.

vvuroxeivouas, depon. Mid.
(Sroxglrope,) aor. 1 Pass. covunenel ae
in Mid. sense, Buttm. § 196.2; to play
the hypocrile with any one, to dissembe
with, c. dat. as in Zvyzalow. Gal. & 13.
— Pol. 8.92.5, ib. 3, 52.6, Plut. C.
Mar. 14.

Surunovpyee, @, f. gow, (ixouy-
plus tmovpyocunder-worker, helper, from
tnd, Ipyor,) to serve, help, aid with any
one, together, at the same time, c. dat.
of manner, 2 Cor. 1: 11.—Lue. Bis eo-

Swadiro

cus.17 cwayurlionions tis Hovis, Fxg
airy te nolle turvnovpyii.

Svradiva, f. wv, (d8lre,) to be in
travail together, to bring forth together,
spoken of animals Porphyr. de Abstin.
B10. Ia N.T. wop, to be in pain to-
gether, absol. spoken of § xtieig collect.
Rom. 8: 22, — Eur. Helen. 733 or 736
Evvadivse xaxvis.

Svvapoola, as, 4, (ovrdpryp,) a
swearing: together, a conjuration, con-
apiracy, Acts 23:13 cvrapoclay nsxom-
xétes, comp. in Houw no. 1. b. 8.—Jos.
Ant. 15. 8.4. Ael. V. H. 14. 22, Thuc.
6. 27.

Sveaxovoa, av, ab, Syracuse,
now Siracusa, the celebrated capital
of Sicily, situated on the eastern coast,
with a capacious harbour. It was the
birth-place and residence of Archimedes.
Acts 28: 12, — Xen. H. G. 1. 1. 29, 31.

Sveagowixiwoa, see in Zugo-
golneca,

uela, ac, %, Syria, Hebd. 55x
Aramaea, pr. n. of a large country o!
‘Asia, lying, in the widest acceptation

of the name, between Palestine, the
Mediterranean, Mount Taurus, and the
‘Tigris ; thus including Mesopotamia,
called in Heb. b-7772 DM, i-e. Ara-
maea of the two rive comp. Plin.
H.N. 5. 15. 12 Mela 1.11. Geseo.
Lex. et Thesaur. art. na. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii p. 28289. For
Coele-Syria, see in Japacxds. At the
time of the Jewish exile, Syria with
Palestine was subject to the empire of
Babylon; and later, to the Persian
monarchs and Alexander the Great.
After the death of the latter, Babylon
and Syria became a powerful kingdom
under the dominion of the Seleucidae;
of which at a later period Antioch was
the capital. Syria was subdued by
Pompey as far as the Euphrates, and
made a Roman province; including
aleo Phenicia end Judes. In the time
of Christ it was governed by a procon-
mul, to whom the procurator of Judea
was amenable; see in ‘Hysusv no. 2
Jos. Ant. 8.10.8 tv Halaorlony Zu
(ler ddeeileboura—Matt. 4:24. Luke 2

797

Svonapdcow

2. Acts 15:23, 41. 18:18, 20:8, 21:3,
Gal. 1:21,

,

Zupos, a, ov, (Zupla,) Syrian,
@. g 209 gogila Joe. Ant. 2 3. 3
Usually and in N. T. § Zigor, a Syrian,
Luke 4: 27—Sept. 2 K. 5:20. Jos. Ant.
10, 15.4 Hdian. 3. 11. 17.

2vpogoinsea, as, % @ Syro-
Phenician woman, i. e. a Phenician of
Syria, prob. in distinction from the
4 i
Carthaginians. Mark 7:
comp. Matt. 15: 21, 22.— Pp. fem. to
Zvgogolnt, as Cadmus is called, Lue.
Deor. Coneil. 4. Syrophoeniz Juv. Sat.
6. 159. Comp. ®olnt, fem. Potnoca
Hom. Od. 15. 417. Hdot. 8. 118.—A
later form is Zvpagoiueoa v. Zvgo-
gowlucoo, in Mss. and some later
editions ; aleo Clem. Rom. Homil. 2.
5. 19,

Svoere, cog v. ews, 4, (orga)
ayrtis, i.e. a sand-bank, shoal, quick-
sands, dangerous to navigation, pp. 80
called as drawn together by currents of
the sea, Acts 27:17. Two Syrtes or
gulfs with quick-sends on the northern
coast of Africa, were particularly fa-
mous among the ancients; one, called
‘Syrtis Major, between Cyrene and Lep-
tis; the other, Syrtis Minor, near Car-
thage. See Sallust Jug. 78 Heyne
Excurs, IV. ad Virg. Aen. 1. 108 sq.
Weust. N. T. II. p. 642, — Jos. B. J. 2.
16, 4, Luc, Dipead. 6 tiv weyddgy Ziq—

jiod. Sic. 3. 49, Strabo 17. p.

Dvee, f. vps, to draw, to drag, to
haul, trans. John 21:8 cigortse 13
Slervev. Rev. 12:4, Sept. for 71D 2
Sam. 17: 18.— Luc. Mere. cond. 3,
Hian. 5, 8. 17. — OF persons dragged
by force before magistrates or to pun-
ishment, Acts 8:3, 14:19, 17:6.—Jos.
de Mace. § 6 init. Arr, Epict. 1. 29 o}-
en #is 10 Seoperniguor. Luc. Lexiph. 10.

Svonagecoe v. rr, f. die, (oir,
onagdoow q. v.) pp. to tear or lacerate
together; in N.'T. intens, to convulee
altogether, to throw into strong spasms,
spoken of the effects of demoniscal

Svoonuov

possession resembling epilepsy, c. acc.
Luke 9:42. Comp. in Znagdacw.

Svoonuor, ov, 14, ( neut. of adj.
ciconuos signed or marked together,
alike, from oy, ojpa,) @ concerted sign,
token, signal, sc. agreed upon with oth-
ers; Mark 14:44 ciconyor, comp. Matt.
26:48 onusior. — Sept. Judg. 20: 40.
Diod. Sic. 13. 45, 46. Strabo 6. p. 428.
C. A late word, unknown to the ear-
lier Greek writers, Phryn. et Lob. p.
418, 421. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p. 196.

TWosapos, ov, 5, j, adj. (otr,
us, OU, i

odpa,) of the same body with another,
trop. spoken i in respect to the Christian
chureh as 15 oda tov Xquotoi, and
of the Gentiles as partakers in it, Eph.
3: 6.—Not found elsewhere.

Zvoracaanjs, ou, 6, (ovoractd-
tw, osda1s,) a companion in sedition or
insurrection, a fellow-insurgent, Mark
1: 7.— Jos, Ant. 14. 2.1 xotc “Agurto-
Botlov xal sav cveraciastiy atoi.

Comp. in Femara, Zupsolims.

Svorarexds, 7, ov, (avvlomps
q- V.) pp. placing together, introducing;
hence commendatory, e. g. ¢rurtoli) ov-
aratuci, letter of commendation, 2 Cor.
3:1 bis.—Arr. Epiet. 2.3.1 youypare
nag? aisol Lapeiy ovoratixd. Diog. La-
ert. 5. 18, Stob. Serm. 64. p. 408,

Sveraveda, «, f. dow, (oby, crv
em) to crucify with any one, c. dat. a8
conpat. Matt. 27: 44. Mark 15:
a John 19: 32 — Trop. Rom. 6:6 6
alain, jgity SrSqunos ovrctangsidy
se. Xgiorg, our old [former] man was
crucified with Christ, i.e. since by the
death of Christ we are freed from the
punishment of 80 the power of our
former carnal nature was destroyed,
crucified, when he was crucified. Gal.
2: 20.

Svoredaa, f. isi, (otédde q. v.)

1. to deck together, i. q. to wrap to-
gether, to envelope, to wit
robe, ete. Eurip. ‘Troad. 376 or 382 of
Sapagros ey zegoiv ménlog ovveatadyoer.
Hence in N. T. of a dead body rolled
up and swathed for burial, Acts 5: 6.—
So wegiotiddw Sept. Ez. 29:5. Jos. Ant.

798

Zvorpopy
17. 3. 8 maputiliew Savérra. Hdor
2

2. to send or draw together, to con-
tract, Ecclus, 4:31. Luc. Icarom, 12 7% és
fear curectaluémm. Diod. Sic. 1. 41.
Trop. Paes. to shrink together, to be dia.
tressed, anxious, 1 Mace. 2:6 ovvectsily-
aay of dvopos dnd x05 gofov. Hdian. 1.
6. 10 of pir dor ovrecrdlgser tiv
yori —Hence in N. T. 1 Cor. 7:29éu
6 xaugds curectalpives, the time is full of
distress, iq. 4 drordon Svdyeq in. ¥.
26. Others, ‘the time is short,’ cov-
tracted.

Dvorevato, f. tw, (orercia) le
groan or sigh together, spoken of § xzi-
ug collect. Rom. & 22.

Svoto7éw, @, f. noe, (vty, ete
wiw q.v.) to advance in order
as soldiers, Pol. 10. 21. 7.

respond to, c. dat. Gal. 4:
x05 corresponding, Pol. 13.8.1. The-

ophr. Caus. Pl.

Svorparudrys, ov, 6, (orgerus-
176,) a fellow-soldier ; trop. of Christian
teachers, Paul’s companions in the la-
hours and dangers of the Christian
warfare, Phil. 2:25. Philem. 2 — pp.
Hdian. 6. 8. 10. Plut. Pomp. 79. Xea.
An, 1. 2. 26,

Svorpdpa, f. po, (otgépe,) lo turn
together, at the same time, Ecclus. 38:
29. InN. T. to turn, twist, wind to-
gether, sc. into one bundle, band, mase;
hence genr. i.q. to gather together, te
collect, c. acc, Acts 28: 3 cvorgépertes
3 10 Hatlov gouydrur ni59o¢. (Comp.
Xen. An. 4.3.11 qevyara culléyowres
tig dmb nig.) So Sept. for Wx, wi
curiargrps vue tv ivarie, Prov. 30: 4
— Of persons, troope, Sept. for Dp Enz
Judg. 11:3. yap Judg. 1% 4. ‘Also
2 Mace. 14: 30. ‘Jos, Ant 11. 6. 13
Diod. Sic. 3. 36. Xen. An. 1. 10.6.

Lvorpopy, 7) 7S th (overgiong.r.)
@ turning oF 1 8S ow
ergo) mretwatos a whirlwind, Eoclus.
43:17. In N.T. a gathering together
of people, a concourse, multitude, ©. g.
@ public tumult, Acts 19: 40. — gear.
Sept. for sty Judg. 14:8, 1 Mace. 14:

together,
Ia NT.

Svozquario

44. Pol, 4. 34.6. Hdot. 7. 9. 1.—10 the
sense of combination, conspiracy, Acts
2B: 12 wowjourres cvergogry ob’ Iovdaiion,
comp. v.13, See in How no. 1. b. 8.
So Sept. for wpp 2K. 15:15. very.
nocdix for 5p Am. 7: 10.

Svoznuarive, f. low, (oxqpatite,
oxipa,) to give the same form with, to
conform to any thing, Plut. de Profect.
in Virt. 12. ed. R. VI. p.310.4. In
N. 'T. only Mid. or Pass. to'conform one-
self, to be conformed to any thing, c. dat.
Rom. 122 pi ovyorifeads 16 alors
rovry. 1 Pet. 1: 14. — Plut. Numa 20
avoznparizorras m90s tov ty gillg xa
Spovole 17 905 avzots. Plut. de Virt.
et Vit. 2. ed. R. VIL p. 382. 9,

Suzag v. Size, #, indec. Sy-
char, a city of Samaria, i. q. Shechem,
uzép, where see fully. John 4:5, The
name Zuzde is not found in the Sept.
nor in Josephus ; and not improbably
it was at first merely a like-sounding
by-name, given by the Jews in contempt
to the city uyép, DBD, as the seat of the
Samaritan worship. As such it might
come from Heb. siz falechood, spoken
of idols Hab, 2 18 ; or ulso from 30
drunkard, in allusion to Is, 28:1, 7.
Comp. Ecclus. 50:26 6 laos pen é
xaroixdiy 4 Zixivors, Test. XU. Patr.
p. 564 Torus yag dno oxipegor Zoi Le-
youirn nélig dovriter, Comp. the sim-
ilar change in the name Beelf<fott for
Bulfefovp, p. 134. See Wetst.N.T. Lp.
858. Reland Diss. Miscell. P. I. p. 141.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 123.

Lo Suze v. Bizéu, 4, Sychem,
Heb. p3q) Shechem, a city in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, situated in the valley
between Mount Ebal and Mount Geri-
zim, Acts 7:16; comp. Sept. Gen, 12:
6. 37:12. Joab. 20:7 Svzip ty 16 Goes
1§ Egeatu—Called also Sixipa, luoy,
Hepa K. 121, Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44. ib.
11, 8. 6; Zodju Sept. Gen. 33: 18; la-
ter Mapoodd by the inhabitants, and
‘sdmolis, Neapolis by the Romans, Jos.
B. J. 4. 8.1; also on coins, plaovla v6-
émolis, Flavia Neapolis. For the name
Sychar, see in 2uydg. See fully in
West. N. T. I. p. 858. Reland Palaest.
p.1004 sq. The sucient Shechem was
given to the Levites and was one of the

799

pate

cities-of refuge, Josh. 20:7.-21: 21. It
was destroyed by Abimelech, Judg. 9r
45; but rebuilt by Jeroboam and made
the seat of his kingdom, 1 K. 12: 1, 25.
Jos. Ant. 8.8.4. At a later period it
became the metropolis of the Samari-
tans, und the seat of their worship, Jos.

Ant. 11. 8.6, John 4:5, comp. 20:21, 2x Hac 4

Comp. in Zapagelrys. At present it

and inhab-

g descendants
of the ancient Samaritans. See Miss.
Herald 1824. p. 310, Calmet art. She-
chem, Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p.118.

Il. Nuzeu, 6, indec, Sychem, Heb.
BQy (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. of the
son of Hamor, slain by the sons of Ja-

cob because he bad defiled their sister
Dinab. Acts 7: 16. Comp. Gen. c. 34.

Lpayn, Hs, % (opdte,) slaughter,
se. of animals for food or in sacrifice.
‘Acts 8: 32 dig mgéBator én? opayiy tye,
quoted from Is. 53:7 where Sept. for
ng. Rom. 8:36 os nedfara opayic,
i.e. for slaughter, quoted from Ps. 44:
23 where Sept. for MM30 JNX; comp.
Sept. for M3073 Zech. 11: 4. —James 5
5 éSodyare rag xagdlas iyisv obs ty ips
e¢ vgayiis,i.e. like beasts in the day of
slaughter, without care or forethought.
Sept. sis jiu. apayis for 3707 pins Jer.
12:3. — Of persons, 2 Ma Jos.
Ant. 7.1.6. Luc. Quom. . CONsCr.
31. Xen. H. G. 4. 4.2

Spaywy, ov, 1,(opdte,) a vie-
tim, as slaughtered in sacrifice ; Acts
7:42 pi ogdyie... ngoonviyxaté wos,
quoted from Am. 5:25 where Sept.
for may. — Plut, Pyrrh. 6. Pol. 4. 17.

ik Thue. 6.69. Xen. Lae. 13. 3.

Salo, At. ogdrrw, f. fe, to
slaugNer, to kill, to slay, trans. pp. ani-
mals for food or sacrifice, Rev. 5: 6 dg
vlov iaryxds ois toqaypsvor. v. 9, 12. 13:
8; comp. Is. 53:7. So Sept. for nay
Gen, 43:16. Ex. 22:1. thy) Gen. 37:
30. Ex, 29: 11.—Hom. Od. 1.92, Pa-
Jaeph. 31.4. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3,24. — OF

raons, to Kill, fo slay, c. acc. 1 John 3:
12 bis 8¢ Zoqake tov adelpor adrot x. t.
2. Rev. 6:4, 9. 18:24, Once hyperbol.
of a deadly wound, Rev. 13: 3 xspalq

, called Va- 9°) yer

peda
bs doguypivn sls Savory. Sept. gen
for omy Gen. 22:10. 2K.10:7. Is.
57:5.—1 Mace. 1:2. Ael. V. H. 13.2.
Xen. Cyr. 7. 3, 14.

Spodoa, adv. (pp. neut. pl. of adj.

6g eager, vehement, comp. Buttm.

§ 115, 4,) vehemently, greatly, very much,

Matt. 2:10. 17: 6, 23. 18: 31. 19: 25.

26: 22, 27:54. Mark 16:4. Luke 18:23,

Acts 6:7. Rev. 16:21. Sept. for aeQ

Gen. 17:18, 19. comp. Sept. Jon, 4:4,

10.—Jos, Ant. 4, 5.3, Ael. V. H. 2. 16.
Xen. Mem. 2, 10, 2.

Zpodgdie, adv. (opodess, comp. in
Zpédge,) vehemently, greatly, very much,
‘Acts 27: 18—Ecclus. 13: 13, Hdian, 4.
13, 4, Xen. Ove. 5. 4.

ZpeaylKa, f. loo, (appayk,) to
seal, trans.

a) i. q, to seal up, to close and make
fast with a seal or signet; e. g. letters,
writings, books, so that they may not
be read, Sept. for pnt 1K. 21:8. Is.
90:11, Dan. 12:4, Polyaen, p, 414 riy
bay dmocobiy dopeaysopivny ogoayide
3] Holvonigzortos. Hence in N. T.
trop. of words, i. q. to keep in silence,
not to make known, c. acc. Rev. 10:4
eyedyior & Udiqoar ol ixré Sorte},
sat poy aise yodyns. 210. 80 Sept.
for DND Dan. &: 26. — Btob. Serm. 34.
P. 215 oggdyiasor trois pir loyou o1y9.
—Genr. to seal, to set a seal, ©. g. for
the anke of security upon a sepulchre,
Prison, etc. c. acc. toy Aldor Matt. 27:
66. seq. éxdive tev0¢ Rev. 20:3, Sept.
for ont Cant, 4: 12.—Bel and Drag. v.
11, 14. "Diog. Leert. 4. 59 3. tapuioy.
—Heree trop. fo secure to any one, to
make sure, i. q. to deliver over safely,
Mid. c. ace. et dat. Rom. 15: 28 éopga-
yeodperos aitois toy xagnay tolror.—
Comp. Sept. Deut. ‘a: 34, 2K. 22:4,
Philo de Vit. Mos. p. 607. C. See
Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 269.

b) genr. i. q. to set a seal or mark
upon any thing, in token of its being
genuine and approved ; |, & & persons,
¢. ac. Rev. 7:3 dxqus ob
twig doviove sol Seot jpar ext vay

onew aitéy. Pass. v. 4 bis, 5, 6, 7,
8.—Eurip. Iph. Taur. 1372 or 1383 de-

vols 84 onparrpoiw doppayipivos épet-

Sena

r. yopev x. t, —Oftener of decrees, doo-

uments, to altest by a seal, Sept. for DT
Esth, 8:8, 10, Job. 7:14. éyyese Arr.
Epict. 2.13.7. Plut. Pomp. 5. Henmee
in N. T. trop. to attest, to confirm, te
establish, ©. ace. John 627 totter pig
6 marie dopey saey, | sc. as the Messiah;
comp. 5:38. Seq. Sr, John 3: 33 & de-
Bair aizoi viy pagrugler, logedywe
bu Sedg ddgdyig dors. ‘So of Christians
whom God attests and confirms by the
gift of the Holy Spirit as the earnest,
pledge, seal of their election to salra-
tion; Mid. c. acc. 2 Cor. 1:22 Pasa.
Eph. 1:18. 4:30.— comp. Anthol. Gr.
IL. p. 147. So émegeayiZouas in Philo
often, see Loesner Obs. e Phil p. 142,
146. Wetst. N. 'T. I. p. 857.

Appayis, Moc, 4, (prob. pgevew,)
a seal, i.e.

a) pp. instrument for sealing, « sig-
net, signet-ring, Rev. 7:2. for
arin 1 K. 21: 8. par & 6.—Polysen.
Pp. 763 toig Megosiv Parsons egeeyis
Baosdexh dy ors x. Pol. 16.22.11.
Hdot. 3. 41.

b) a seal, ns impressed upon letters,
books, etc. for the sake of Privacy apd
security, Rev. 5:1 oggayiow inré. v.2,
5,9. 6:1, 3, 5, 7,9, 12 & 1. — Bel and
Drag. 17. Hdian. 7. 6. 15, 19. Xen. H.
G. 7. 1. 39.— Also a seal, impreswed as
a mark or token of genuineness, Rer.
9:4; and 80 of a motto, inscription, 2
Tim. 2:19. (Act. Thom. § 26 6 Suis bus
tis eitot oggayibos eniyrions 1a tee
nedpura.) Trop. iq. a token, pledge,
Proof; 1 Cor. % 2 % oppure site duis
Gmootodiis tusic tore, Rom. 4: 11.—Jos.
de Mace. § 7.

Spupor, ov, +6, (kindr. with og?
90, opaiga,) the ankle, comp. Lat. mal-
leolus pedis, Acts 3: 7.—Aristot. H. Ap.
1, 15. Dem. 442, 15, Xen. H.G. 5,
4, 58.,

Szedor, adv. (Eze, oxsie,) pp. of
place, near, Hom. Il. 3,15. ib, 4. 247.
comp. in’Ezu g. In N.'T. nearly, el-
moat, Acts 13:44 oysdéy xGca 4 xélis
ovriz9y. 19:26. Heb. 9: 23 Mace,
5:2 Hiian. 3.4.2 Xen. Conv. 4 6.

Tyjue, 05, 15, (Eee, oxsir,) Lat.
habitus, i.q. fashion, figure, mien, depert-

2x8u
ment, so. ef bady, person, Jos. Ant. 7.8
4. Ael. V.H. 2.44. Hdien. 7. 6. 1. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1. 22, '. of external
circumstances,
1 Cor. 7: 31 aha 105 xbopov. Phil.
2:8 oxrjpars sigedsis ds ErSqwmog. —
Jos. Ant. 2. 4. 2 ox. tis Soulslas. 5.1
28 tx camnesvoi exgporos cls robto Bétys
os mapiavelas xgoddobor. Xen. Cyt

Zio, f. low, to split, to rend, to Bdlo

divide with violence, trans. pp. wood,
Bept. for 9p= Gen. 2:3. 1 Sam. 6: 14.
Xen. Cyr. $3.49. An. 4.12 In
N. 'T- geor. e. g. rocks Matt. 27: 51 ; the
veil of the temple, ¢, ais 30 Matt. 27:
51. Mark 15:38. Luke 23:45; the
heavens Mark 1:10; a garment Luke
5:38, John 19:24; a net John 21: 11.
So Sept. and 9p3 21. Zech. 14:
4. pap Ie 39-1. — Pol. 2.16, 11 ie
Bio, Hidot. 2.17 Nits phony Alyvator
ozliow.—Trop. to split into parties, fac-
tione, to divide, Pass, Acts 14:4 dozlo9n

8a xb mlj90s. 23:7.—Diod. Bic. 12. 66 Perf pass.

ob my Soue ozitopdvev. Luc. Avin. 54.
Xen. Conv. 4. 59.

Zyloma, arog, 20, (oxlu,) a rent,
Matt. 9 16 et Mark 2:21 zsigoy ozloua
ylrstas — So Sept. oxiops Ie. 2 21.
Jon, %:7.—Trop. a division, dissension,
schiom, Jobo 7:43 oxlowe oly ty 1
Bzhep dyivero. 9:16. 10: 19. 1 Cor. 1:10.
1}: 18, 12:25. ,

Yow oy, ov, 16, {ozoir0s bulrush,}
pp. a cord made of bulrushes; hence
genr. a cord, rope, John 2 15. Acts 27:
32 xd ozowla xis oxigns. Sept. for

tary 2 Sam. 17:18, 1 K. 20:31. —
‘Theocr. Id. 21. 11. Dem. 1145. 6.

Dyolahe, f. dow, (axok%,) to have
leiswre, to be free from Inher, vacant, idle,
absol. Sept. for 573 Ex. 5: 8,17. Pol.
Th. 25.7. Xen. Osc: 7. L Mem. 3.9.9.
Io N.T.

8) c. dat. commodi, to hawe leisure
for any thing, lo give oneself to avy
thing, se. free from other cares and
hindrances, 1 Cor. 7:5 fa ozoldtyte
4G »noula ». t. L—Hdian. 1.9.8. Dem.
594. 16. Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 39.

b) trop. of place, to be vacant, empty,
ebeol. Matt. 1%: 44 coy olaoy . . . siplenss
101

901

Kaito

gxokaterse, i.e. unoccupied, uniuheb-
fade Plat C. Graceb, 12 sal 16 Sip
ozoldtorra ps8? sudgar anidute cov
‘tonoy.

Syoay, 7S, %, leieure, rest, frees
dom from labour and business, ic
Lue, D, Deor, 18. 1. Hdian. 1, 15.13
Xen. Mem. 3.9.9. leisure as applied
to anything, i. q. attention, devotion,
study, Xen. Mem. 2. 6.4 pndd xpac
ozoliy mouitas x. +. 2. In later
usage and N. T.meton. a sehool, a place
of learned leisure, where a teacher and
his disciples came together and held
discussions and disputations; comp.
Jahn § 106. Acts 19: 9 daltyéueros by

8h oxodfi Tupdrvou suvés. — Plut. Arat.
2 tous T utonsgov dy tals ogolals fy
toirtas. de audiend. Poet. 7. Strabo
XIV. 5. p. 463 é @ cxohat wai Ssarres-
Bal rir gslocdpar. Aristot. Pol. 5. 9.
Comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 401.

Sule, f. odew, (ots, obsol. o¢05,)
f. gigeaopat, aor. 1 pase. éoe-
On7, Buttm. § 100. n. 1. § 1145 to save,
to deliver, to preserve safe from danger,
lose, destruction, trans,

a) pp. e. g. persons, Matt. &: 25 xiges,
oGaor Apais, axoddipusPa. 14:30. 24:22,
27: 40, 42 bie. Mark 3:4, 13:20, Luke
6:9. Acts 27:20, 81.al. So tir yuri
witod oboes Matt. 16:25, Mark 8:35
bis, Luke 9:24 bis, Sept. for »*eiire
Jodg. 6:15. 1 Bam. 10:27. py 1
Sam. 19:11, Job 1:15 oq. bar 2
Chr, 3% 14. — 1 Mace. 9:9, Lue. D.
Deor. 3. 1. Pol. 6, 58.5. Xen. Mem. 1.
5, 1, — Seq. éx c. gen. of thing, to save

from, to deliver out of any peril ote.
John 1227, Heb. 5:7 outer avnor be

Saverov. (1 Mace. 259. Xen. Az. 3
QL) Once seq. dc. gen. of place,
praegn. Jude 5 lady x yiis diyintov
owoas, i.e. having Drought out safely.

b) of sick persona, to save from .
death, and by impl. i. q. to heal, to re-~
store to health ; Pass, to be healed, to re-
cover ; Matt. 9:21, 22 bis 4 mlouc cov
ives ox* xa) do0idy j yur}. Mark 5
23, 28, 34. Luke 7:50. 8:36. Jobn 11:
12, Acts 4:9. James 5: 15. al, — Diod.
Bic. 3, 58. Isaeus 36, 12,

c) Spec. of salvation from steraal
death, from the punishment and misery

. Zope
consequént upon sin, to save, and by
impl. to give eternal life; 00 eapec. of
Christ, as the Saviour, seq. dnd c. gen.
Matt, 1: 21 gsices tov Aaoy aitod ano
Spegriy. Acts 2% 40. Rom. 5:9 dnd
sig Opyis. Comp. in’4x01.2.d. Opp.
xplvav to conden, John 3: 17, 12: 47.
Of God, praegn. ooitesy tara: sis tH» Baci-
Jalay airoi i. q. to bring safely into his
kingdom, 2 Tim. 4: 18. (c. es pp. Diod.
Bic. 3. 48 wdc tie viv olsslar owXortas.
Xen. An. 6.4.8.) Genr.e.g. Matt, 18: 11
§Ade 6 ub. dvPp. cdoas 10 dxohulés. Rom.
11:14, 1 Cor, i é
ortas, 1 Ti
1:21. Once c. & Savdrov, James 5:
20. Pass, Matt. 10:22 6 36 inousivas
tig rélog, o¥t0g cuPyjoeras, 19:25. 24:
13, Mark 10:26, 13:13, 16:16, Luke
8:12, 18:23. Jobn 5:34. 10:9. Rom.
5:10. 1 Cor. & 5. 1 Tim, 215, al.
Hence Rart, of cwfousvor, those saved,
those who have obtained salvation
through Christ, Acts 2: 47, 1 Cor. 1:18.
2 Cor, 2 15. Rev..21:24, Comp. Wi-
_ner § 17.3—Comp:Ceb. Tab. 3 avros 3é
ooiteren, xad porncigtos nat addadpery yiyrs—
tas dy wave 16 Bleg.-§ 4, AL.

Sapa, arog, 14, a body, os an
‘organized whole made up of parts and
members.

a) genr. of any material body, © g.
‘of planta, 1 Cor. 15: 87 of 13 capa 10
zerobusvor onelgus. v. 38 bis. Also of
‘bodies celestial and terrestrial, the sun,
moon, stars, etc. ib. v. 40 copata drov-
gene,xo) cdpera énlyua, comp. v. 41.
— Comp. Diod. Sic. 1. 1 13 pir day
copa tig tr Slew qiceme a Hllov xab
oekiyns anagrlzso Sas,

b) spec. an animal body, living or
dead: (a) Of the human body, diff.
‘from cagt which expresses rather the
material of the body. Eg. (1) An
‘Tiving, Matt. 5:29, 80 Two. . . poy Shor 2d
oapd cov Bindi sis ylerrar. 6:25 bis,
26:12, Mark 5:29. 14:8 Luke 12:22,
‘98, John %: 21. Rom. 1:24, 4:19. 1

Cor. 6:13. 15:44 odpa yugixéy...
sveyparixdy. 2 Cor. 4: 10, 10: 10. Col.
2:23. Heb, 10: 5. 1 Pet. 224. al. saep.
Col. 1:22 see in Zég§n0.3. In antith.
with 4 puzy, Matt. 10:28, Luke 12: 4; or
0 avetpo, Rom. 8: 10. 1 Cor. 5:3, 7:34;

802

Sopa
or-where cape, yurs, xveipe take 1
peripbrasis for the whole man, 1 Trem.
5:23. Sept. genr. for ez Lev. id
14: 10, a) Gen. 47:18. Das. 106
nga Dan.” 4:30. — Ael. V. H.25
Hdian. 1. 6.1. Xen. Mem.281. &
yur Jos. c, Ap. 224. Hien. 6518
Xen. Cyr. 8.7. 29.—As the seat of sald
affections and appetites; comp. in 2i¢
no, 2.¢. Rom. 6 6 caus sis épaqiie,
7:24 coll. 23. 8:13, Col. 2 11—foa
Plato Phaedo 10, 11, 27,90. Xen. Cr.
8. 7.20: — (2) Of a dead body, carpe,
genr, Matt, 14:12 jeay 10 ody, nal ite
say até, 27: 52, 58 bis jrqsato weips
Yo0 tqo0d we i v.50, Lake 2S.
3,23. John 19:31. Acts 9:40, Jude

Spec. of the body of Christascv
cified for the salvation of men; Mat
26:26 soin6 dove td otc pow ve it
Eig 1. b. 8. Mark 14:22 Lobe 2218
Rom. 7:4 die 200 osiperos ie
through Christ crucified. 1 Cor. 1016
11:24, 2%, 29. Sept. gear. for mil
Sam. 31: 10, 12, Neb. 3:3. acatet
8:29, 1K. 18: 22, 24.—2 Mace. 128
Joo, Ant.8.1. 4. Hdian. 4.22 Xe
Cyr. 8.7, 25.— —{) Spoken of bess
e. ing, James 3:3 xad dlor seme
aizéy pertyopsy, wc. sav txxus. (Pr
laeph. 7. 1 asipas Bzov cs surée) Abo of
the dead body of a heast, carcass, Late
17: 87 Sou 20 odua, éxak x. +. b com
Matt. 24: 28 sree, Of vietims sii
Heb. 13:11; comp. Ex. 20:14 Non
19: 3, 5. — Hom. Il, 28. 169 deans
pares Philo de Viet. off. p. 851. B &

melon copdrery.

c) meton, to the body, a5 the exter
man, is ascribed that which strictly kd
longs to the person, man, indi dual;
80 with & gen. of pers. forming na
Phrasis for the person bimselt Met
22 Slo 25 cGpd cov ine
8. Luke 11:34, 96. Rom. 121 sete
ovioas ta copeta Sysr one

©. your persos
18, “Eph. 5-28, Phil 90. Game!
abeol. 1 Cor. 6: 16 5 soldsipers 9)
oy, by ody dors (antith. 10 ran
17) in allusion to Geo a ©
Bept. sis oct
Comp. in Bedard — Xeo. Ap. |?
12 nad grates xa} wg #0) 1 SO
odpera, Jos. ‘Ant. 11. 3 10 770"

Semauxos
sad sandler ospere. Absol. Sept. Gen,
47:12 wate cipe i.e. according to the
number of persons, Diod. Sic. 18. 14
sGig 6 rém0s iyeus copctov. With an adj.
Aeschin. c. Cres. p. 470. Dem. 910. 13
Bab Pega osuara. Ken. Mem. 3. 5. 2

geipare syed i.e good soldiers,
Eapec. of slaves, c. adj. a8 oxiuata dotha
Poll. On, 3,71 or78, oop, aizndierca
Dem. 480.10. o. oixstiusa Acsehi be Ce
Timarch. p. 42,- ta 6. tay oixstay ib.
p. 120.—Henee in later usage and N. T.
abeol. fora slave, si camara slaves,
once Rev. 18:13 [yipor] texuy xa} ge-
8 next cupstom—Tob, 10:11 esiuara
xat xrirq xad é 2 Mace. 8: 11,
Strab. XIV. p. 965. oom duogeir,
Pol. 18, 18, 6 Plut. Cimon, 9. See
Lob. ad Phr, p. 378.

) trop. body, i.q. « whole, aggregate,
collective mass, spoken of the C!
church, the whole body of Chriat ns
collectively, of which Christ is 4 xepa,
the head. Col. 1:18 xob ato dover 5
nepali 108 asuaros, vie daadgeias. ¥.24
trig rod cxipatos avtob, 3 dove § texkn-
eta, Rom. 12:5 of woldo} 8 ota
é Xquxg. 1 Cor. 10:17, 12: 13, 27.
Eph. 1: 23. 2:16, 4: 4, 12,16 bis. 5: 23,
30. Col. 2: 19, & 15.—Comp. Jos, Ant.
7.8.2 devldys Oi nip taxdrw nil mpi
Lepiav, xa) viv Exper evriyas atch,
éxolnosr by otipa, i.e. one whole. Comp.
Diod. Sic. as quoted above in a.

€) trop. body, substance, reality, opp.
Hone the shadow, type. Col. 2 17 &

dors ond tay sldoray, 16 84 oda 105
wert. —Ios. B. J, 2. 2 5 oxidy altqe
Gopsves Baailalas, 7g figracey tavig 10
osus. Luc, Hermot. 79. AL.
Louanxde, 7, ov, (ospa,) bodily,
Pertaining to the body, Luke 3: 22 ca-
pated ede, 1 Tim. 4:80. yyyvaata,
—Jos. B. J. 6, 1.6 0. Eig. Pol. 4.5.1
o. daSivad. 6.5.7.
ouatixds, adv. (cdipe,) bodily,
i. o. substantially, really, truly, Col, % 9,
coll. v.17. Comp. in Zaye e.
Sénatrgos, ou, &, Sopater, pr. n.
of'a Christian at Berea, Acts 20:4. See
in Iiggos.

Sopsrier, f. siow, (owgss heap,) to

heap, to heap up, trans. Rom. 12: 20 tiy-

803

. deliverance, preservation,

Zongla

Seanas nvpis oupeboess tnd nhy xe. orb:
tov, quoted from Prov. 25: 22 where
Bept. for mint praegn. Comp. in”4>-
Seat. — Judith 15:11. Pol. 16 11. 4.
Diod. Sic. 1. 62, — Also to heap up with
any thing, c. dat. trop. 2 Tim. 36 ose
esymiva cpapclacs, heaped up with sine,
i.e. laden, burdened. — pp. 0. dat
Heian. 4.8, 20 UBdmp sovg Bepois sou
gtvoe. c. gen. Pol. 16, 8. 9.
Zwodev7s, ov, 6, Sosthenes, pr.n.
of'a Christian convert, the chief of a -
syungogue, Acts 18: 17. 1 Cor. 1: 1.

2wolnatgos, ov, 6, Sosipater, pr.
n. of 'a Christian, Rom. 16:21.

arjo, 7905, 6, (osfe,) @ sa-
viour, deliverer, preserver, who saves
from danger or destruction and brings
into a state of Prosperity and happiness;
80 in Greek writers of the deliverer and
benefactor of a state, Sept. for erwin
Judg. & 9. 15. Hdian. 3. 12,4, “Plot,
Arat. 53 corig, ris xéhews. Xen. H. G.
4.4.6 corniiges sie mar Also of
the gods, as Zeig cunje_Xen. Cyr. 7. 1.
10. Plut. Arat, 53, core *Axddlow
Dem. 1072. 18, Adoxovgos caries
AeL V.H.1.30—InN.T.

a) of God, Luke 1: 47 dni 1 Sap 1g
cerriel wou. 1 Tim, 1:1, 23.,4:10 Seg
Cres, 86 das eure xértay arSecinor,
Tit. J: 8.2 10, 3:4, ane wiry Out
gurigs judy. Sept. for abstr. 7u> Is.
Taio Hiab, 17, mgisy Te. 1 2
s7ajing Ia. 45: 15, 21, — Ecelus, 51: 1.
T Mace. 4: 30.

b) of Jesus as the Messiah, the Sa-
viour of men, who saves his people from
eternal death, from punishment and
misery as the coneequenes of sin, and
gives them eternal life and happiness in
his kingdom, Luke 2 11 feiron ie
anjysoor a: ‘Aotws5:31, 13: i
oat art! 1,1. 2:20, 3 2 f8.
owrie judy 2 Tim. 1: 10. Tit. 1:4. &
13. &6. curig v0) oxjuaros, ac. sig
dxxdqolas, Eph. 5:23. ownie tol xbo-
wou John 4: 42, 1 John 4: 14.

Swoia, as, i, {owries). safety,

from danger

or destruction.
4) Pp. and genr. Acts 27: 34 totso
7g 905 sig tp. currnglas indgxe. Heb.

corn peog
117, Acts % 25, o. bs, Loko 1: 72

Ex.14:13, 2 Chr. 20:17. “sigsim Prov.
Vs M4 Jor. 8:23. ¢. dé for Finke 2
Sem. 1: 14.—2 Mace, 3: 32, Joe. Ant
7.1.1. Aeschin. 83, 38 0. tig ndles.
Acl. V. H. 9. 21. Thuc, 1. 65.— Hence
genr, welfare, prosperity, Phil. 1:
powdropnosta: sig corryglay. 2 Pet. 3:15.
2 Cor. 6:2 bis, quoted from Is. 49:8
where Sept. for zit. Sept. for
pibw Gen. 28; 21. 44:17._Wind. 6: 26.
‘Hdisa. 1. 9.1. Diod. Sic. 16. 43.—From
the Heb. by impl. victory, Rev. 7: 10,
12%10. 19:1. So Sept. and Heb. mz135
18am. 14: 45. Heb. & 8 mtd
Sam. 19: 3, 2 K. 5: 1.
b) in the Christian sense, salvation,
deliverance from punishment and mis-
ery as the consequence of sin, and ad-
mission to eternal life and happiness in
the kingdom of Christ the Saviour.
Luke 1: 77 dobre yrasow curnglas. 19:
9. John 4:22 § cwryela i.e. salvation
a Messiah, Acts 4:12 ots for ey
obser? 4 owrngla, 13: 26. 16: 17.
Rom. 1:16. 10:1, 10, 1: 11. 1% 11.
2Cor. 1: 6, im text. rec. bis, 7:10. Eph.
1:18, Phil. 1:28. 212, 1 Thess. 5: 8, 9.
2 Thess, 2:13. 2 Tim. 2 10. 3: 15.
Heb. 1: 14. 23,10. 5:9. &9. 9: 28.
1 Pet. I: 5, 9, 10. Jude 3. Meton.a
source or bringer pf salvation, Saviour,
Acta 13: ie oe. oes
curnglay tug toydrov vie » quoted
from Is, 49: 6 where Sept. os aves

ec igingy on bs ti (cure, )
deliverance and welfare,
Beal, pp. 3 Macc, 7: 18. Diod. Sic.
14.30 Ac cesrygly. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 4.
Xen. Mem. 3 3. 10.—In N. T. only in
the Christian sense, sense, saving,
salvation, Tit. z ny Axton 4 cearyptos.
Hence Neut. 15 cwzrgsoy subst. salva-
tion, Epb. 6: 17; also the doctrine of
salvation by Christ, Acts 28: 28,
for yr» Is. 12: 3. 51:6 Meton. for
the Saviour, Luke 2: 30. 3: 6. — Test.
XII Pate. p. 542 &Sotda dvorehet ipiy
35 cunjgior tod Saod. p. 614.

Twpporée, 03, f. jaw, (sagan, )
bo be of sound mind, intrans.

804

Sept of mind,

Lappoovyy
8) pp. to be sane, in one’s right
compos mentis, Mark 5:15 Seugetes
Sarporitipsror ... cwpgerotrre. Lake
& 35. Cor. 5 51a—Lue. ery rpeed

Floss cageerth nav uo’ Bi patre-
at Plato Alcib. II. 2 ta salves Sas
ded ys inevavsloy cod domes 1G cupee-
veiv. de Rep. L p. 331. C.

'b) by impl. to be sober-minded, to thiat
and act soberly, discreelly, to use sound
judgment and, moderation. Rom. 123
pporely eg 10 cuggoriv. Tit. 26 1
Pet. 4: 7.—Luc. Nigrin. 6. Hdien. 4 14.
9. Xen. Cyr. 8.1. 30. Mem. 1. 2 17.

Sugporha, f. low, (seipeer,) pp.
to make of sound mind; hence to make
sober minded, to make think and act se-
berly, discreetly, to teach moderatico,
Haian. 8.10. 3 vois visis meudeteow sai
cepporizer. Ken. Cyr. 3. 1. 27. An. 5
9.28, Hence in N.'T. to moderate, to
correct, to teach, c. ace. et inf, Ti & 40
woxpgoritoves tag reas pildvdgors tive
ath

LuPgorisH06, ov, &, (swpgeriza)
pp. a making of sound mind ; hence, 6
making sober-minded, moderation, correc-
tion, 2 Tim. 1:7 svsvya copgonepes.—
Jos, Ant. 17.9.2 ‘Baas Piet
de Puer. educ. 20 nupatioy ob sig tix
téir téxvery copooriapoy xaxF Soe x. 1.1

Swogporcas, adv. ( cepger,) with
sound mind, rationally, Luc. de Salat.
84, Plato de Rep. I. 6. p. 332 A. Is

.T. with sober mind, soberly, wit
moderation ; Tit 212 fra Tupeores zai
Bixaleg xad edoe8ig Gjoruer.— Wisd. 9:
V. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.2 Hdian. 5.8.2
Xen. Cyr. 8 4. 14.

Suageoavyn, ys, %, ( ceigeur,)
soundness of mind, i.e.

a) pp. sanity, the > being compos men-
tis; 9 Ae See 25 ob palvopas ...0-
goorinns $ipata dxopSiyyopan.—XKen.
Mem. 1. 1. 16 11 cwpgoovrs ; tt povia;

b) by impl. sober

moderation

of the desires, pae-
sions, conduct ; according to Cicere 9.
Lat. tempe moderatio, etiaun modes-
tia, Tuscul. TIT. 8, ‘So 1'Tim.29 pra
aidois xab capgorinas xoopsiy savtois.
v. 15. —2 Mace. 4:.87, Ael. V. H. 7.9.
Plato Phaedo 13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 15,

Zaéypor
21,33. Some Beare Lex. Xenophoot.

sv. no. 3.

Y, OVAC, 6, Hj, Bdj. (ows fr.
obsol. cetos, pp7y,) pp. of sound mind,
sane, compos mentis ; hence of one who
follows sound reason and restrains his
passions, Xen. Mem. 3. 9. 4; comp.
Cyr. 3. 2, 15, 16 0q—La N. 'T. sober

905

Tadaviesiog

minded, temperate, i. 0. having the mind,
desires, passions moderated and well
regulated ; 1 Tim. 3: 2 ds obv toy ént-
oxonor slvas... cespgora. Tit. 1: 8. 2:2,
5. — Ael. V.H. 14. 19. Hdian. 2LB
Aeschin. 25. 37 éx masdog sls yijpas ow-
peur. Xen. Mem. 1.2.20, Comp. Cie.
Tuscul. 3. 8.

°T.

Tea Béovat, ov, al, Lat. tabernge,
taverns ; only inthe phrase Toi Tupig-
vas, Lat. Tres Tabernae, ig. The Three
Taverns, as pr. n. of a small place on
the Appian way, according to the Itin.
Antonin. 33 Roman miles from Rome
towards Brundurium. Acts 28: 15. —
Cic. ad Att.2.10 ‘Ab Appii Foro, hora
quarta ; dederam aliam paulo ante Tri-
bus Tabernis. ib, 2. 12 ‘Emerseram
commode ex Aotiati in Appiam ad

‘Tris Tabermas’ Severus was slain ds
we zeglor USirra, § Ted Kaxyliia
sgoonyogla, Zosim. wie”

Tada, 4, indec. Tabitha, the
Aramacan name of a female Christian,
called in Greek Dorcas ; see in Jogxcs.
Acts 9: 36, 40.

Tory, 105, 16, (tévew,) pp.
any thing arrayed in order, an array,
e.g. a body of troops, a band, cohort, ete.
Sept. 2 Sam. 23: 13. Jos, B,J. 3.4.2.
Diod. Sic.17.80. In N. T. order, series,
of time or place, 1 Cor. 15 23 &actog
Bi dy 1G Bly ra yyorn,

Taxtos, 7, ov, (sdaow,) pp. set
in order, arrayed ; hence trop. ae, ized,
appointed, ©. g. vaxtf 24 Ayigg upon a
set day Acts | 1221 vee dept Tol 12:5 alg
ygsror taxréy. Dion. Hal. 2. 74 raxti
pigg. Pol. 29, 11.8 Xea. H. G.6.2
36 1. dgyipuor.

Tararncopée, o, £. joe, (radal-
ugos,)to endure toil and hardship, asarie-
ing from severe bodily effort, intrans,
Jos. Ant. 2. 16. 1. Dem. 156.25. Xen.
Mem. 2. 1.18, %. In N.T. trop. to

endure afftiction, distress ; to be afficted,
distressed, miserable ; James 4.9 tales
Regnoats, ig. afilict yourselves. Sept.
for Wz Jer. 4:13, 20. Mic. 2 4.—
Dem, 24. 94 Avsotrras xa ovrazais to
Ianwpoiws, Pol, 3, 60.3 Thuc. 33
‘Trans. to afflict, Sept. for ‘TTD Pa. 17:9,
Is, 33: 1,

Tadeinogia, as, 4, ( radesne-
géu,) loil, hardship, severe bodily effort,
Jos. B. J. 7.8.2. Arr. Epict. 3. 24, 64.
Pol. 3,17, 8 InN. T. affiction, dis-
tress, misery, James 5: 1. Rom. 3: 16
cirigiya xab tohasnugla vy tals 80s
adzay, quoted from Is. 59:7 where Sept.
for “: Sept. for ¥zj Joel 1:5. Am.
3: 10,—2 Macc. 6: 9, Ael. V. H. 13, 37
or 38, Thuc. 2. 70. ib. 4. 117,

TLaratncogos, ov, 6, %, adj. (obsol.
ade, tus, and mégos callus; or perk.
poet. for talamelgiog, from obs. thee,
tla) pp. enduring toil and hardship,

as from severe bodily effort; comp.
Telanvgee, In NT. trop. afficted,
wretched, miserable ; Rom. 7: 24 talal-
smgos dysi tivSeenos. Rev.3:17, Sept.
for 79°Ty Ps. 137: 8. — Tob. 1% 11.
Macc. 4:47, Ceb. Tab. 28, Dem. 548.
12, ib, 425. 11.

Tadavriutios, ata, oy, (tahevtor,)
weighing a talent, a talent in weight ;
Rev. 16: 21 zdlate peycidy dis talaveale,
i.e. hailtones weighing each a talent.
—Jos. B. J. 5.6.3, Pol. 9. 41. 8, Pht.
Demetr. 21. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 45.
On adjectives of weight and measure
as ending in soos, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 544.

| Tadeo

Ta:devior, ov, vb, (obsol. théw to
bear,) pp. scale of a balance, plur. ra
wlarta scales Hom. Il. 8.69. Then,
eomething -weighed, a weight ; and
hence a talent, as a certain fixed weight
for gold, Hom. Il. 9. 122. Theocr. 8.53;
aleo for silver, Hdot. 7. 28; and later
in commerce generally, though varying
greatly in different states and countries.
‘The talent every where contained 60
minae, or 6000 drachmae; and the com-
mon Attic talent, which was the most
usual, was reckoned equal to 80 Roman
pounds, Pol, 22. 26.19. Liv. 38. 38
According to Arbuthnot, the Attic talent
‘was equal to 56 Ibe. 11 oz. 17} gra. troy ;
or according to Biester, to 55 Ibs. 9.6 oz.
troy. The Jewish talent, 322, con-
tained 3000 shekels of the sanctuary,
Ex. 38: 25, 26, comp. Jos, Ant. 3. 6.7;
‘and according to Arbuthnot, was equal
to 113 Ihe. 10 oz. 1 pwt. 2¢ gre. troy.—
Sept. for 133 Ex. 1.c. Zech. & 7. Jos.
Ant. lc. Diod. Bic. 2. 9, Xen. Cyr. 6.
1.54.—Further, the talent was aleo used
asa denomination for money, which
‘was anciently reckoned by weight; and
the value of the talent therefore varied
in proportion to its various weight.
‘The common Attic talent is usually es-
timated at 225 £. sterling, or about
$ 1000; but the estimate of Arbuthnot
is 198 £. 15 5. of $ 860. 25 cts; while
Boeckh makes it equal to 1875 Conv.
Rix dollars, or about $ 981. 50 cts,
Comp. genr. Boeckh Staatsh d. Ath. I.
p- 15,17. Jahn § 117. Rees’ Cyclop.
art. Tulent. So Luc. Navig. 13 Seidenn
“4rusa télavta. Ael. V. H. 1. 20. Xen.
Mem. 2. 5.2,—In N. T. genr. @ talent,
put for an indefinitely large sum of
money, Matt. 18:24. 25: 15, 16 bis, 20
ter, 22, 24, 25, 28 bis.

Tadsdd, Aramacn fom. an%>0,
talitha, i. q. sogdovoy, a damsel, maiden,
Mark 5: 41. See Buxt. Lex. Chald.
Rabb, 875.

Tapsior, ov, 16, (topssies, topbos

a steward, manager,) pp. by syne. for
‘tapssioy, Lob, ad Phryn. p. 493; a store-
chamber, store-house ; Luke 12: 24 ols
ix Bots sapsioy, 2c..xégats. Sept. for
Deut 2% 8 Prov. 10. 34h

806 Tansovos

Prov, 94: 4. — Lac. Rhevor. preee. 17.
Diod. Sic, 20. 58. Xen, Mem. 1. 5.2—
Hence genr. any place of privacy, s
chamber, closet, Matt. 6:6 Star xeoeri7s
taaGa sig vo ropsdoy cou. U: 26. Late
123. So Sept. for rs Gea. 4: 0.
2K, 6 12, Fo, 26: 20.—Test. Xi Par.
p. 701. Jos, Ant. 8.15.4. Trop. Pat
Bal, 14: § rapaia sugdlas.

” Taviv, see in Nov no. 1.0.

Takes, ecoc, 4, (séoom) pp. ‘ave
ting in order? hence, order, arrangy-
ment, disposition, Pol. 1. 4.6. Xen. Ox.
8.3; espec. of troops Xen. Cyr. 8.36
An, 1.2. 18, an order, rank, in a wale
orin society, Hdian. 5. 1. 10 éx rig inxs-
80g rdeas i. ©. of the equestrian order
Dem. 171.17. rank, ofice, post, Ju
Vit. § 71.—In N. T. order,ive.

8) i.g. arrangement, disposition, ert,
Luke 1: 8 dv 2g tages sig fepquegios oF
ov. 1 Cor. 14: 40 neta tabs i.e it
proper order, orderly. ‘Trop. goed erde,
well regulated life, Col. 2 5.— Bair. :
15, Dom. 38, 18 dovegor of refaie
in order of time. Plut. Marcell. 5 sage
téfy not orderly. ,

b) iq, rank, quality, character; v0
the phrase fegeig xata tat
i.e. priest of the same order, rest,
quality, an Melchisedek, Heb. § 610
6 20. 7:11, 17, 21; quoted from Pe
110:4 where Sept. for Heb. °9377"2-
Also Heb. 7:11 ob areas ry raSir Aepo-
—2 Mace. 9:18 éxsorodiiy lxsrmeles 19
fzovoar, Dem, 481. 21 dy dy Spot
in quality of a foe, 505. 17 yr r08 b
salou taf. 318. 13.

Tanecvce, 7, ov, (perh. from
96, Sémtg, ddmedoy floor,) low, not high
PP. of things, place, Pol. 9. 43.3 6%
moropds, Strabo VI. p. 426 rexurw ;
wa} 16 tis élens Tapes. Xea. Bq).
Mag. Eq. 5.7. InN. T. trop.

5 break es Tot, lone, humble, po”,

of low degree. Luke 1: 52 dpasr

by B Samet

: Job 1821.

1 Sam. 18: 23, Pol, 25. 8, 1. Xen. C7
3 3,52, bends

b) of the mind, lowly,
including the ides of affliction, hays
sion of mind, 2 Cor. 10: 1 sae

Tanswogpocvyn

Spty, i. c. tind,” modest, opp.
Neut. Rom. 12 16, see in
(Xen. Ag. 11.11) Elsewhere with the

acceesory idea of lowly piety towards"

God, like Heb. 1:3, comp. Gesen. Lex.
68. v. James 4: at) Pet 55 sanuvele
86 [5 Feds] didwas zagur, opp. ixrenge—
vou, quoted from Prov. 3: 34 where
Sept. for 132. 2 Cor. 7:6. Matt. 11:
29 tasssvd¢ ti xagdig. So Sept. for 139
Is 11: 4, %y Po. 18: 28. In 66 2
NDT Ps, 34: 19,

Tanewopgosvrn, 95, 4, (rane
vépgery,) louliness of mind, humility, mod-
esty of mind aud deportment, Acts 20:
19 Souneten 18 xvgle werd adoys tomes
vopeoctrns. Eph. 4: 2. Phil. 2:3, Col.
3: 12. 1 Pet. 5:5. As feigned, Col. 2:
18, 23. — So runewopgorie Sept. for
mye} Ps. 131: 2

Tanswogger, ovos, 6, 4, adj.
(rareiv6s, pory,) low-minded, dispirited,
Plat. ed. R. VIL. p. 829, 2. p. 857. 7.—
In N. T. of lowly mind, humble-minded,
modest, 1 Pet. 3:8 in later edit. for as
poores intext. rec. Sept, for 15 bod
Prov. 29: 23. . .

Tansvow, @, f. dow, (raxurds,)
to make low, to depress, trans,

a) pp. Luke 3 5 nav Bgop zai fo
tansivadyostat, quoted from Is. 40: 4
where Sept. for bev .—Strabo V. p. 347
tanuivotras ri Sgn, Diod. Sic. 1. 36
3G notapidy tantvorpérwy. Diov. Hel.
Ant. 2.5.

b) trop. . («) as to condition, circum-
stances, to bring lat, to humble, to abase ;
©. ace. bavtdy to humble oneself, i. q. to
make oneself of low contlition, to be
poor and needy, 2Cor. 11:7, opp. dyoen
Phil. 2&8. Mid. or Pass. id. Phil. 4:12,
Sept. for cyianr7 Prov. 13: 7. toy
Is. 2: 9, 12.—Ecclus. 6: 12. 2 Macc. &
35. Diod. 11. 38,71. Xen. Mem.
3.5. 4.—(f) in mind, to make lowly, to
humble, ac. one’s pride and lofty thoughts
by disappointment; 2 Cor. 12:21 yet) m0
liv Aérie ps tamsvion 5 Seg pow
noig ings. Pass, Mal
14:11, 18: 14, Seq. ace. éavroy and
aleo Mid. to humble oneself, to be humbled,
to exhibit humility of mind and deport-
ment, Matt. 18: 4, 23:12 xod Song toms

807
. veer baveée, Luke 14: 11. 18 14. 80

. 23: 12. Luke 5: 4.-

Togayy

with the idea of contrition and peni-
tence towards God, James 4: 10 rans
rbyta dxinioy tod S108. .1 Pet. & 6,
For the Aor. comp. Butt. § 136.2
Bept. for bya Ts. 5:15. 10:33, may *
Gen. 16: 9. In, 58: 3, 5. ,

Tanelveoots, ecog, %, ( ranerie, )
@ making low, humiliation, depression,
Poalt. Sal. 2:39. Pol. 9.33.10. In N.T.
‘the being brought low,’ low estate, hu-
miliation ; Luke 1: 48 dudpleyev én} vy
ranslraoss tig Sovlng aitod. Acts 8: 33.
James 1: 10.” Phil. & 1b odpe vie
Tamevecies Hpsr, iq. 19 cde 10 tone
yéy, Butte. § 123. n. 4. Sept. for ©
Pe. 136: 23. 29 2 Sam. 16: 12. Nel
9: 9.—Eeclus.%"4, 5. Diod. Sic. 2.45
ols 88 dr8gcios tanalywoty xa) Sovialay
xuguintay. Plato Legg. VIS. 128. 375.
T. VIII. Comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 352.

Tagesoc v. tr, £. tu, to atir
up, to trouble, to agitate, trans,

8) pp. as water ina pool, to &
John 5: 4,7. Sept. for niy Ez. 3% 2,
13, — Hom. Od. 5. 291 mértor, Luo.
Lexiph. 4 gdguaxoy. Plut. ed. R. VII.
p. 242 ult.

b) trop. of the mind, fo stir up, te
trouble, to disturb, with various emo-

wes tions ; ©.g. With fear, iq. fo pul in trepi-

dation ; Pase, to be in trepidation; Mate
2:3. facisi¢ dragdyOy, 14 26. Mark
6: 50, Luke 1: 12, 24:38 1 Pet, & 14,
Act. c. sec. Acts 17:8. Gene. for 57733
Gen, 45: 3, Ps. 6: 2,3. (Hdian. 2, 5.

Xen. Ao. 2.4.18.) With grief, anxiety,
to disquiet, Pass, John 12:27 4 yury pow
terdgaxtas, 13: 21. 14: 1,27. So Joba
V1: 88 érdigate iuveéy, i. . feagiezOn 1
xvsipor in 13:21. (Sept. Gen. 43: 30.
Ps, 55:5,) With doubt, perplexity, e.

ace. Acts 15:24 drdgatay tpas ddyous.
Gal. 1:7, 5:10,—Luer Scyth. 3 reragay~
wivos viv yropny. Xen. Mem. 2. 6. 17.

apart, 7 WS» 4; (tagdooe,) « stir.
ring up, troubling, agitation.
a) pp. of water in a pool, etc. John
c. Haley. 4 latay xa) tagagh
sc. of the elements. Comp. Sept. Is.
4: 19,
b) trop. of popular excitement, « stir,
commotion, tumdt, Mark 12: 8 Brovsas

Teipagos
Aapot 20d 9 Mace. 3 90. Jos.
B.J.1.10. 10, Pol. 3.9.9, Ken. Vect.
5.8.
_ Tagayos, ov, 6, (rigaooa,) stir,
commotion, confusion, pp. i.q. aratic
Xen. Occ. 8.10, coll. 9. In N. T. trop.

@. g. from fear, i. q. consternation, trepi-,

dation, Acts 12: 18. Sept. for m4
1 Sam, 5: 9.—Ken. An. 1. 8, 2.— Also
of excitement, tumult, contention, Acts
19: 23,

Teagoeue, eae, 8, (Tégaos,) a Tar-
sian, a native or inhabitant of Tarsus,
Acts 9 11, 21: 39. — Luc. Macrob. 21.
App. B. Civ. 5. 7.

Tagaos, ov, 4, Tarsus, a celebra-
ted city, the metropolis of Cilicia in
Asia Minor, on the banks of the river
Cydous, which flowed through it and
divided in into two parts; bence some-
times in Greek writers called Tugcor,
comp. Xen. An. 1.2.23. Tarsus was
acelebrated neat of Greek philosophy
and literature ; and from the number of
its schools and learned men was ranked
by the side of Athens and Alexandria ;
80 Btrabo XIV. 5. p. 463 Casaub. Bibl.
Repos. IV. p. 139. ‘The city was made
free by Augustus, App. B. Civ. 5.7
Aaodixiag 3% xa Tagotag devSéigors
Foles xa dxeleie qége. This seems to
have implied the privilege of being
governed by their own laws and magis-
trates, with freedom from tribute ; but
not the right of Roman citizenship ;
sinee the Roman tribune at Jerusalem
ordered Paul to be scourged though he
‘knew him to bea citizen of Tarsus, but
desisted after learning that he wasa
Roman citizen; Acts 21: 39. 2: 24, 27

» Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant. p. 43,71,
IN. T. Acts 30, 11:25. 2% 3—Jos.
Ant.1.6.1 Tégoos tiv w0leeer [Kidexle]
§ Abeloyerary xadsirar, uyrgonohis 0
ea. Diod. Sic. 14.20. Comp. Werst.
N. T. IT. p. 511, 608,

Taprapom, @, £. sow, a verb
formed from Tiigragos, Tartarus; which

in Greek mythology was the lower part

or abyss of Hades, where the shades of
+ the wicked were imprisoned and tor-
mented; in Jewish usage i. q. Tésrva,
‘seo in “Asdyg. Jos. Ant. 18.1.3, Comp.

Tene

Hom. Il. 8. 13, 16. Hes. ‘Theog. 87,
Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 36 Sexpurypirs
84 Tégragor xadoiory.—Heree in X.T.
ragragsu, to thrust down to Tartare, ig.
to cast into Gehenna, c. ace. impl 2 Fe.
2: 4 cugais Lopov tagragenres.—Cump
8 Tagragor girtssy Hom. 11.813
Tagragy dedypivor Jos. c. Ap. 2%
So xataragragée, Sext. Empir. Pyrt
Hyp. 8.94 5 88 Zeds sbr Koorer ox
tapragecs. Apollodor. Bibl. 1. 1,2

Tacowo y, T1600, £. $0, bo orda, be
act in order, to arrange, gear. Bey?
Chr. 31:2. Xen. Mem. 3.1.7; spe
to draw up soldiers in ranks, amy,2

Hdian, 8. 1.3 Xa
1.—In NT. trop. ont
in = certain order, to constitule, lo
point, trans.

a) genr. c. eis et dat. commodi | Cx.
16:15 eis Staxovlay toig dyloy knee
Savtods, i. q. have set or devoted them
selves etc. ‘Ken. Mem.2.1.11 obtsdsry
Bovlelay av guavedy ratte.) Pare ¢
Acts 13: 48 8c0s qoay rerayphro: ts
ay alcinor, Seq. ine c. acc. 8
Gr 9 pens ius Gord doveler resco
Abeol. Rom. 13:1. Sept. for 702 Be
44:14, pay 2K. 10%. mplet
19. — Jos. B. J. 7.8.2, Pol. 5 4
‘Arr. Epict. 2.17.25. ixé uve Pol.
65.7. Diod. Sic. 4. 9.

inf. Acts

inf. inpl. Matt, 28:16, Seq, inf-c. xe
Acta 15:2 iratay dvapaleur Mailer’
th Sept. for mrp Job 14:12 7
2 Sam, 20:5, —ruvdt Ael. V. H. 18
Xen, H. G1. 5. 4. tat c. ink Xm
Lac. 13. 6. ¢. inf, 1 Mace. 12:28 Xe
An, 3, 1.25, Cyr, 4.5. 11.

Taigos, ou, 6 « bull, ballet,
Mott. 22.4, hew'14: 13, Heb 21.18
4. Sept. for ici Ex. 2:2 81
clus, 6:3, Huian, 5, 5.16. Xen. Am
29. .

Tore, by erasia for 13 ot
same things, 1 Thess.2 14 =
tal after the same manner, thats, “1,
623, 96. 17:30, Comp. in 4%

a Buttm. § 74.2.

Tovrea
Teevra, vee in Obros.
Tagy, 8 4%, (Sante, ) burial,
3 ¢.dat. commodi, Matt. 27:7
alg tagiy wis tro, iq. for burying
strangers ; see Buttm. § 133. 2, 3, and
np. 2, Math. § 394. Winer § 31. 1.
Sept. for 171: Deut. 34: 6. Eco. 6
3 23, — 2 Mace. 9: 15,
Jos, B. J. 1.9, 1, Hdian. 8. 5, 18. Xen.
=G.231
Taos, ov, 5, (Séxrw,) buriah
sepulture, Jos. Ant. 17,8. 3. Lys, 190.
17. In N.'T. and genr. a burial place,
Matt. 23:27, 29, 27: 61, 64, 66.
On Hebrew sepulchres, see in
Myryutior. Sept. for “4p Gen. 23:4,
20. 2 Sam. 2 31. — Ael. V. H.12.7,
Dem. 1393. 1. Xen, Mem. 2. 2. 13.—
Trop. Rom. 3: 13 repos dveyypsvos 5
uve aizcy, uunted from Ps. 5:10
ven Sept. for 9p; see fully in
“Avolye a.

Teizar, adv. (rats) quickly, speed-
i. q. soon, shortly, Pol. 18, 20. 9.
Bone Or Aon In N. T. readily,
lightly, and hence peradsenture, perhaps,
Rom. 5:7. Philem. 15,— Wied. 14: 19.
Luc. D. Deor. 6.5. Ken. An. 5. 2 17,

Tayzéos, adv. { razis,) quickly,
speedily, pp. Keo. Cyr. 1.4.20; inN.'T.
i. g. toon, 1 Cor. 4:19 deboopas
88 taxing pos tds. Gal. 1:6, Phil. 2:
19, 24. 2 Tim. 4:9. Sept. for =
Judg. 9:48, Is, 8: 3—Jos, Ant. 7. 13,2
Ceb, Tab. 31. Pol. 1. 61. 6, — In the
sense of hastily, Luke 14:21 ids ta-
zéog. 16:6, John 11:31. 2 Thess, 2:2,
1 Tim. 5:22. Sept. for sa Prov. 25:
8.—Winad. 14: 28,

28:1.

Taywos, 4, ov, (i. 4. tazbs,)
quick, swift, ©. g. 26885, Sept. for’ 9733
Is. 50: 7, Wisd. 13:2, atéguyes Anth.
Gr. I. p. 168. In N.T. trop. swif,

speedy, i. q. near at hand, impending, 2
Pet. 1:14. 21 dndyortes tavects ay
ony ameleey, — Ecelus. 18: 26, Anth.
Gr. IL. p. 91 aig rageryy dy Sedéva.

Tetzrov, adv. pp. neut. of sazlar
later comparat. to tai, instead of the
earlier Sceowr, comp. Buttm. § 67. 3;
disapproved of by the grammarians,

to IMéxgov, i.e. he outran Peter. —
Diod. Sic, 20, 92, — Elsewhere i. q.
sooner, the object of comparison being
‘every where implied, e. g. sooner then
one expected or intended; or better
perbape as in Engl. with the article,
the more the sooner. John 13
27 & snouts, nolgoor tézior. 1 Tim. 3
14 USaly mQdg o2 tazioy. Heb. 18: 19,
23. See Matth. § 457. Winer § 36.3
— Wied. 13:9. 1Macc, 2: 40. Test. XII
Patr. p. 628. Diod. Sie. 2. 5.

Tazora, adv. (pp. neut. pl. of ré-

merot, superlat. to t,) most quickly,

5 @. g. Oy TazcoTE the soon

tt pornble Acts 17:15. Comp. Buttm.

§ 115. 4, 5.— Lue. Rhetor. Praec, 1.
Xen. Cyr. 5. 14,

Téizos, 205, ovs, +4; ( raxts,)
quickness, ys, speed, Hdian. 1. 15.
11. Xen, Cyr, 3.2.4. In N.T. only
in the phrase dy tazes adv. quickly,

, is e. soon, shortly, i. q. varydeag,
see in Ey no. 3.b. a, Luke 18: 8 no
sacs ny &xdlenowy adtey dy raze. Acts
25:4. Rom. 16:20. Rev. 1:1. 226
Rev. 2:5 in text. rec. where later edit.
tayt. Also with the idea of haste, Acts
12 7, 22:18. Sept. for 777g Deut. &

+8. my] 11:17, pena Pe & 12—

Ecclus. 27:3. Jos. Ant. 17. 5.1. Diod.
Sic. 16.35. Ken. Cyr. 6, 1.12

Tayuc, ete, v, quick, aift, nim
be, as taxis noda¢ Hom. Il. 13, 249.
Ennog t. Xen. Mem. 4, 2, 25, In x T.

a) Mase. tazus trop. quick, suyft, 4
ready, prompt. James 1:19 tazis alg
Gxotom, So and Y& Prov. 2%

20.—Ecclus, 5:11. Lue. Somn. 1. Hdian,
2.9.9, Xen. Cyr, 21. 31.

b) Neut. razu as adv. i. q. tayden,
comp. Buttm. § 115. 4; quickly, speedi-
ly, with haste, Mutt. 2: 7 taxv mogsy-
Sioa, v.8. Mark 16:8 in text. rec.
John 11: 29. Sept. for 7779 2 Sam.
17: 16, — Dem. 982, 17, Xen. An. 2.2
12, — Also quickly, i. q. soon, shortly,
Matt. 5:25; and with the idea of sud-
denness, Rev. 2:5 in later edit. v. 16.
B11. 1: 14, 22:7, 12,20, Sept. for

Le

179 Ps. 102: 3,— 2 Mace. 3: 31. Ken.
‘An. 1, 9, 29.—By impl. readily, lightly,
Mark 9:39 roy’ xaxoloyijoal ys. — Ee-
clus. 19:4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 4.

Te, an enclitic copulative particle,
and, corresponding to xai as Lat. -que
to ef, Buttm. § 149. p. 424; found in
N. T. chiefly’ in the writings of Luke
and Paul, including the Ep. to the He-
brews ; in Matt, only thrice, 22: 10, 27:
48, 28:12; John thrice, 2:15. 4:42. 6.
18 ; James twice, 3:7 bie; Jude once, v.

; in Rev. twice; 1:2, 21:12.~ In general,
xb is used to couple ideas which follow
directly and necessarily from what pre-
cedes; while 7é is employed when
something is subjoined which does not
thue directly and’ necessarily follow ;
so that strictly speaking, xa/ connects
and té annexes. Hence +é is the most
general of all the copulatives ; serving
merely to shew, that the word after
which it stands is to be taken as in
some connexion with another either
preceding or following. The place of

is usually after the first word of a
clause. ‘See Passow s.v. Herm. ad
Vig: p. 835. ad Eurip. Med. p. 331.
Matth. § 626. Winer § 57.3 aq. § 65.
5. p. 461.

a) Simply, i. e. without other parti-
cles, where it then serves to annex, as
above. Matt. 28:12 cvvaySivtss...
avppothisy te lafévis. John 4:42 zh
2 yuvcunt Deyor, G: 18. Acts 23, 33, 37
alndy ts mg0¢ toy Iétgoy. 3: 10, 4:13,
BB. 5:42, 8:1, 8,6. 12: 12 cvrday ts
Oey x. tA. 18: 11. 20: 11, 23:10, 24:
27. Rom. 2:19, 1 Cor. 4:21. Heb. 1:3.
Jude 6. al. So ina Parenthesis, Acts
1:15 fy te Szhos Svoudrow x ti, Once
preceded by wijzs.. . ynjrs, Acts 27: 20,
—Wied., 8: 19. 3 Macc. 6:32. Hdian. 1.
2.8. Xen. Cyr.2.1.19, c. prize prec.
Xen. An. 4. 4. 6.—Also repeated as an-
nexing several particulars, 1 — té, and,
and, Lat. que — que. Acts 2:46, It 11,
oD 7 24:23, Heb. 6:2 éniPionis 18 ze
@6y, dvacrdouds 18 vexpsy, nab xpluartos
aievlov. Once i. q. both. .. and, Acts
26:16. Bee Passow no. 2. Matth. §
626 init. Viger p. 518. — Wisd. 7: 13.
Hdian. 1. 2. 6. Plato Phaedr. p. 267. A.
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 10.

810

Té
b) Most. freq. as strengthening zai,

either directly before it, as re xa, or
with one or more words intervening,
.. xa, i. q. Lat. que... ef, imply-
ing close connexion, not only — but al-
30, both— and; see Passow ua 3%
Buttm. p. 424. Matth. § 626. Soas
connecting clauses; Matt. 27:48 ahg-
cas 1 Btous nal migidele Luke
24:20. Acts 9:18. 10:2. Heb. & 4 al.
—Wisd. 4:2. Jos, Ant. 17.6.2 Luc.
D. Deor. 18.1. Hdian. 6.6.1. Thue.
4. 46.—As coupling together inGinitives
depending on the same verb; Luke 12
45 ab dgtqrar... doPtey te xal xine
xai psPioncSa: Acts 1: 1.—Lue. D.
Deor. 19. 2.—As connecting nouns, etc.
e.g. te xad, Luke 21: 11 gopyrod re zal
onptia. Acts &9, 10 @puyiay rs zi
Happrllay, 26:3. Rom. 1:12, 14. 1
Cor. 1:2, 30. Heb. 2:4. James 3 7. al
Adverbs, Acts 24:3 navry 1 xal xavte-
zov. (Sept. Job 9:4. Ceb. Tab 2
Hdian. 1. 1. 1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D.
Xen. H. G. 1. 4. 15, 16.) So where one
or more words come between ré and
zat a8 Luke 2: 16 jv te Magicys xai tor
*‘Iwojg. John 215 1d 2 xesBore wal
tots Boas. Acts 1:8. 26:30. Phil. 1:7.
Heb. 9:2, 19. al. So Luke 21: 11 czsopet
te peydlos... 20d dizok Rom. 1: 16
“ovdaiy ta ngGtor xai “ELdrys, (Hdian.
1. 5,24. Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3) Here
sometimes the word next before sé is
also implied after xal, i. e. the +4 marks
it as belonging equally to both mem-
bers 5 e.g. Acts 2: 43 nolld ts tigers
xad [rolld] cyuzia. So the article,
Acts 1: 13 3,2 1léxg0g xa} Iéxeefiog x. 1.2
13:1. Rom. 1:20." Ora relative, Acts
26: 22 otdiv tarde Liver, dr xs ob mee
Gitar tidingay ... xai Meiois. Espec.
8 preposition, Acts 28:23 amo 12 108
vopov Maivaiag xad [ano] tier
tiv, 25:23, Comp. Matth. § 626. Wr
ner p. 461,—H. 6.3.2. Ael. V. H.
8.1. Plato Legg. 7. p. 796. D, a
molitslay xai ious olxovg. — So two
nouns of opposite signification are some-
times connected by ts xa/, forming then
8 periphrasis for all; Matt. 22:10 xory-
gots texad dyaSous. Acts 24: 15, 26: 2.
Heb. 5: 14. Comp. Math. 1. c.—comp.
Xen. Hi. 1. 2.—Rarely ts xa) ia pat in the
sense of que cliam, and also, Acts 19:

Tetgos

8 xad and further also Acts 21:
28; Spolase xal and in like manner al-
0 Rom. 1:27. Here xai seems to be used
merely to strengthen té. Comp. Winer §
57.3. p. 369. Herm. ad Soph. Electr.873.

c) Sometimes +é corresponds to dé
in a following clause, where the con-
nexion is then adversative or antithetic,
and thus emphatic; e. g. Acts 19:3 el-
md te 70s aitous. . . of Od timor. 22: 8,
-coll. 10. 22:28. Comp. Passow no. 8.
Matth. c. p. 1276, Stallb, ad Plat.
Phileb. p. 36. Winer p.370.—Plat. Rep.
3. p. 394. C. Xen. Conv. 8. 2,

d) With other particles: (a) se
ydég, where ze simply annexes and ydg
assigns a reason, comp. above in a,
Rom. 1:26 ai ts yag Sileias adniv. 7:
7. Heb. & 11. — Xen. Mem. 1. 1. 3 ob-
tol 1 7%¢- .—(8) dav re, pp. and if; re-
peated diy te... ddy 14, iq, whether
. + or, Rom. 14: 8 quater. édy ts vag
xa, pp. for though also, 2 Cor. 10: 8;
here the force of té cannot well be giv-
en in English; comp. above in b. fin.
—Xen. Mem. 2. 4. 6.—(y) afte, see in
EL MIL. 9—(8) Gyre, aire, 16,re,
the art. with 1é 80 written to di
guish it from the adverbs Gre, tors, ete.
and simply expressing the article in
connexion with the usage of té as above
given. E. g. where si merely annexes,
Acts 19: 12 td 18 myetyara x. 1. 1. 26:
30. 27: 3,5. Heb. 9:1. Followed by
xaL after one or more intervening words;
see above in b. Acts 5: 24 drs lepeis
aot 5 orgamyds. 17:10, 14. Eph. 1: 10.
Heb. 9:2. Luke 23:12. 3c 78Q..
xal Heb. 2: 11. Rom. 1:26; see above
ing, AL

Teizos, 0, ous, +6, a wall,
espec. of a city, Acts 9: 25 xadijxay dic
0 teigag. 2 Cor. 11:83. Heb. 11: 30 ra
telyn ‘Tegayos, Rev. 21:12, 14, 15, 17,
18, 19. Sept. for mim Deut. 3:5.
Josh. 6:5, 20.—Jos. Ani. 5.1.2. Hdian.
8. 2.13, Xen, Mem. 3.9.7.

Texuyoror, ov, 16, (texpalgopar,
téxpag end, limit, goal; also a fixed
sign, proof, ) a fixed sign, certain token,
infallible proof, Acts 1:3. —3 Macc. 3:
24, Jos de Vit.§ 1. Diod. Sic. 1. 10.
Xen. Mem. 1. 1.2. Hesych. texyzigior*
onusioy dln dis.

‘81l

Téxvov

Texyloy, ov, +6, (dimin. of rixvoy,)
4 little chil@ ; trop. as an endearing ap-
pellation, rexyic, little children, like Lat.
(fiioli, cariesimi, etc, John 13: 33. Gal.
4:19. 1 John 2 3, 12, 28. 3: 7,18, 4:
4, 5:21. — pp. Anthol. Gr. III. p. 44,
no. 78. p. 48, no. 95.

Texvoyovéa, @, f. fou, (rexvoys~
yog child-bearing, from téxvoy, obsol.
yérm, ylvoues,) to bear children, or as in
Engl. to be the mother of a family, in-
cluding all the duties of the maternal
relation, 1 Tim. 5:14; comp. v. 10,
and seo in Texroyoyla. — pp. Anthol.
Gr. II. p. 202.

Texvoyovia, ag, %, (texvoyorie,)
the bearing of children, and eo by impl.
including all the duties of the maternal
relation; 1 Tim. 2:15 cwdyorras 8u
Tig texvoyovlas, i. e. through the faith-
ful performance of her duties as a
mother, in bringing up ber household
unto God ; comp. 5: 10.— Chrysost. ad
bl. rexroyorlay Gro}, 33 wh povoy rexsiy,
GAdc xai xored Ssov dyayeiy.

Teéxvoy, ov, 10, (tiem q. v.) o
child, male or female, eon or daughter.

a) pp. and genr. (a) Sing. a child,
Luke 1:7 odx q¥ aitoig téxvoy. Acts 7:
5. Rev. 12:4, Plur. children, Matt. 10:
21 séxva én} yoveis. Mark 12:19, Luke
20: 31. Acts 21:5 oty yuvautt xa téxvoig,
Tit. 1:6. 2 Jobn 4,13. al. So Sept.
plur, for p33 Gen. 3:16. 30:1. mv}
Gen. 33:6, 7.— pl. Ceb. Tab. 8. Hdian.
8.3.2. Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 4.— (8) Spec.
of a son, Sing. Matt. 10: 21. 21:28
risvor, drove t. 1, Phil. % 22 Rev.
12:5, Plur. for sons, Matt. 21: 28 ax
Seems ays dud toc. Acts 21:21.
Sept. for 7a Gen, 17: 16. 22 7. 48: 19
ps3 Esth. 9: 25.— Sing. Luc. Tyrann.
20: “Heian. 7. 10.14. Plur. of daugh-
ters, Xen, Cyre7. 4. 5.

b) Plur. téxva, children, in a wider
sense by Hebr. i. q. descendants, poster-
ily, Matt. 3:9 éytigas tixva 19 “ABgacip,
Luke 1: 17, 3:8, Acts 2: 39, Rom. 9:7.
v. 8 bis, comp. in 2ag§ no. 2.8. y, and
in "Enayyslia c. a. Gal, 4:28, 81. So
Sept. for px7a Ex. 10:2 Josh. 14:9.
Zech. 10: 7, 9. many Ps. 109: 13,
Jer, 31:17, — Emphat. i. q. true chil-

Téxvoy

dren, descendants, John 8:39.
1 Pet. 3 6.

©) trop. of one who is the object of
parental love and care, or who yields
filial love and reverence towards an-
other. (e) As a-term of endearing ad-
dress in the Vocative, like Engl. my
child, my aon, Lat. mi fit, carissine ; 80
from a friend or teacher, Matt. 9:2

i sixvoy. Mark 2:5. Luke 16:25.

1 Tim. 1:18. 2 Tim. 21. Plur, Mark

10:24. So Sept. or pl Sam. 3:9,
16, — Ecclus. 2:1. 1.6, 12.—
(8) From the Hi genr. for a

disciple, the spiritual Child of any one,
see in Tevrde no. 1. a. a, and Hanje A.
. 2 Tim, 1: 2 Twody dyamng tier
Philom. 10. 3 John 4, ¢. é xugly 1
Cor. 4:17, éy alata 1 Tim. 1:2. xara
alow Tit. 1:4, Plur. 1 Cor. 4: 14. 2
Cor. 6:18, Comp. Heb. 73 Sept. vids,
1K. 9: 35. 2K.2:3,5.—(y) Téwa
800 PeoU, children of God, those whom
God loves and cherishes asa father ;
see in Honje B. a,b; also I'ervde I. a.
8 80 of the Jows, John 11:52; comp.
Sept. and p73 Is. 80:1. Hos. 11:1 9q.
Wied. 16: 21,’ coll. 20. Genr. of the
s worshippers of God, the righteous,
anes Chriseeoe John 1:12 iexy
absols ttovolay téxva Seot yeriodat.
Bom. 68: 16, 17,21. 9:8 Eph. 5:1, 1
John 8-1, 2, 10. 5:2 — Sept. Prov. 14:

97, — (8) Téxva tot Siafslov, children
of the devil, i.e. hie followers, subjects,
vassals, opp. ra t. to Seoi, once 1 John
& 10, ‘Comp. 43.2 K. 16:7, Sept. vids.

d) by Hebr. joined with the name of
a city or the like, @ native, an inkabi-
tant, one born or living in that city.
Matt. 23: 37 ‘Iepovoalyp . . . movaxig

dxurvrayayiy th cixva cov.
Luke 13: 34. 19: 44. Gal. 4:25. Rev. 2:
23, So Sept. and 5°23 Joel 2:23. Zech,
9: 13. Is, 60: 4, 9.—Paalt. Sal. 11: 3.

e) by Hebr. c. gen. the child of any
thing is one connected with, partaking
of, or exposed to that thing; often put
instead of an adjective. Matt. 11:
Luke 7: 35 é8:xaii9y 7} copla and tay
thowy ain. Eph. 5:8 tixve getés,
ae aig arsen 1 Pet. 1: 14, éxa-

Lg. tmjnoo, Eph. 2 3 +. sje 7
re e SPet 214s, nari, So
IC senlsoe Heb. stig +733 Ja

812

Tidewens
57:4. +. d0sles for Heb. me

Hos. 10:9. Comp. also Dow 2x8
1K.%26 2K 14 14.

Winer § 402
n, 2 Gesen. Lex. art. tg no. 4,8; mz
no, 7—comp. Eriph. Opp Lp 580.
of vio xijc alg Owe nlovews.

Texvorgogée, a, chon ( (rex

from téxvo7, rgigpes,) to bring up
children, to fulfil the duties of a mother,
1 Tim. 5: 10. Comp. in, Teeveyoria.—
Hence subst. sexvorgogéa Aristot
An. 1. p. 863. C.

Téxrmy, ovoe, 6, (kindr. with riz-
vy, Tatzer, senate fr, cleeas,) PP. on @ti-
feer spec. a worker in wood, a car-
penter, joiner, eto, Matt. 13: 55. Mark
6:3, ‘Bept. séxteer Eider for Heb. &
28am. 5:11 2K. 11. Is, 40 20
tint. ovdjgov 1 Sam. 13: 19. =. zaise’
1K. 7: 14. — Lue, Vit. Auct. 11. Xen.
‘Ag. 1.26. Hesych. sister wats saywi-
hid

Télaws, ea, ecov, ( télos,) pp.
“what has reached its end, term, Himit?
hence, complete, perfect, full, wanting in
nothing.

a) genr. James 1: 4 gor silasor. v.

17, 25. John 4:18 4 relsle dyaay
Comparat. Heb. 9: 11 ralsoripas cupric.
Sept. ngéfaroy wel. for bah Ex. 125
— Aquil. Prov. 11: 1 cta9psor vilssor.
Hom. Hl. 1. 66. Diod. Sic. 1. 7 relea
atnas. Pol. 1. 4. 8.—Trop. in a moral
sense; of persons, Matt. 5:48 bis, sila,
Gonsp 5 nonig iniw. .. vile don,
comp. Luke 6: 36. So Matt. 19: aL
Col. 1:28, 4:12 James 1:4 fa qe
rélsiot, 3:2, Of the will of God, Rom.
122, Sept. for bvan Gen. & 9. 18:13.
bbw 1K. 8: 62 11: &—Ecclus. 44: 17.
Toocr. Panath. p. 289. C, tzlslous SrBgar
slat, nab ndoas tzey ras dgerac.

b) spec. of full age, adult, full grown,
of persons, pp. Pol. 5. 29.2. Ael. V. H.
18.1, Xen. Cyr.8.7.6 Ia N. T. trop.
of persons full grown in mind and un
derstanding, ais ggect 1 Cor. 14: 20;
or in knowledge of the truth, 1 Cor. EY
6. Phil. & 15. Heb. 5:14; or in Chris-
tian faith and virtue, Eph. 4:13, Neat

30 télaoy, full age, sc. in knowledge
etc. 1Cor. 18: 10, coll. 11.

Tadasrys, 9108, 4, (tilaueg) com

Teleco
preeeses perfectness ; nk BA wieder

ws q. ovvd. tilssos,
Bane. $1804 ‘Hob @ 1 deh ate
wehesoryta i.e. leaving the
elements, let us go on to something
more complete, perfect. — Wisd. 6 iS

Tedewu, 0, f. crow, (rides, ) to
complete, to make perfect, 20 as to be full,
wanting in nothing, trans.

8) pp. iq. to bring to a full end, to

Sinish, 0. g. a work, duty, otc. xb Tgyor,
ta tgya, John 4:34. 5:36. 17:4. Mid.
€. igyor impl. Luke 13: 32 xa} th toéey
aalnoi; Of. race, tor Spopor Acts
20:24. Perf. Pass. ns Mid. ©. Spspor
impl. Phil. ®12 oby Gra... 10m ravelale-
pas sc. toy , i.e. not that I have
already completed my course and arri-
ved at the goal, so as to receive the
prize ; see Buttn. § 136.3. Winer § 40.
3 5q. comp. v.14, and see in Katalop—
Pave b. Sept. genr. for ym 1K. 7: 21.
Bas 2 Chr. & 16-—Eeclue. 0:19. Pol
2. Plut. Cons, ad Apoll. 1 17. Philo
Steg 2 p. 74.C, drav [0b yuri] talever-
xa} Boopslov xa) orepdyver abiund jc.
—Of time, Luke 2 43 talevmouvtey tas
indoss. Of declarations, prophecy, i
John 19: 28 tra tehewd§ 7 yea-
pe hao Thom. §10. xgddeaw Diod.
Bic. lib. 3 fin. Comp. ralalaos.

b) trop. fo make perfect, i. q, to bring
to a state of perfectness or complete-
ness. (a) genr. Johu 17: 23 tra eos

aig &, i. €. praegn. that they
may be perfectly united in one. 2Cor.
1294 ya Bivouls pov [sod 20%] é
GoSavug telsotra, i.e. my power shows
itself perfect in weakness, appears then
as genuine. James 222. 1 John 25. 4:
12, 17, 18.—Ecelus, 7: 32, — (8) In the
Ep. to the Hebrews, in a moral sense, to
make perfect in respect to sin, to fully
cleanse from sin, to make full expiation
for any one. Heb. 7: 19 obdiv yag ére-
Idec 5 répos, i, 0. the Mosaic law
could make no perfect expiation ; comp.
7:11. 10: 4. “Of persona, Heb, 9:9
died to xab Suolas. a8
wate cureidnow wludoas tor oy
ive. which could never make full expia-
tion for the bringer, 80 as to satisfy his
conscience. 10: 1, 14. — Also, to make

813

Tehevideo

perfect ec. in reapect to condition, hap-
Piness, glory ; to bring to a perfect state
of happiness and glory ; pp. to bring
one through to the goal, so as to win
and receive the prize, comp. above in a.
So of Christ as exalted to be Head over
all things, Heb. % 10 sor dexnyiv mis
corrmolag Sir Bact maOnuctery

eat, iq. in ¥.9 dui 1b moma s0b
Sardrov dstq vad tip soreperenpivor.
& 9, 7: 2. ‘Also of eaints esvanced to
glory, 11: 40. 1% 93, — Comp. Philo
above in a,

Tehetaoc, adv. (réluos,) completely,
perfectly, 1 Pet. 1: 13 talalag Usloats,
i.e, cherish a perfect hope, unwavering
confidence. — 2 Macc, 12: 42. 3 Mhoe.
3: 26. Pol. 6, 37. 4.

Tedetcoors, eos, 4, (talasdus) com-
pletion, perfection, genr. Diod. Sic. 2.
it Vit. 2.—In N. T.

ion, 1. q. fulfilment,
Luke 1: 45. (Judith 10: 9.) Also i. q.
perfect expiation, Heb. 7: 11; comp. in
Tedade b. 8.

Teleworjc, ov, 6, ( talude,) a
completer, perfecter, pp. who brings one
through to the goal so as to win and
receive the prize. Heb. 122 aly say
wig mlotios Geenyor ead veluarciy Tq
aovy, comp. 2: 10 where be is said sol-

lois viois sis Sofay Gyaysix. Comp. in
Taludw b. B.

Tedecqopéa, 0, f. jaw, (ralsrge-
eos bringing to an end, perfecting,
ripening, fr. nilos, géges,) to bring to per-
Section or maturity, e. g. fruit, grain, eté.
te ripen, absol. and trop. Luke &: 14 ob

7, Comp. Matt. 13: 22.—pp.
of fruits Jos. Ant. 1.6. 3. Philo de
Opif. p.26.D, abtouss xai teleopogoton
Diod. Sic. 2.36. Of women with child,
Jos. Ant. 3. 11, 6. Artemid. 1. 17.

Tedevido, G, f. How, (ralevey, )
to end, i.e. to finish, ls lo complete, trans,
Enrip. Phoen. 1597 & mdz, 3¢ satze
talavigi. Dem. 13.15. tov Blov welevegy
to end one’s life, to die, Joa. Ant. 12. 1.
1. Pol. 2. 28.10, Xen. Mem. 4.8 1
Intrans, fo end, Jos, Ant. 8.1.1. ‘Thus,
5.39 208 zermdwos ralevitivsos dn. Ken.
#H.G.2.3.9, — InN. T. intrans. or c.

Tedevin

ror Biow impl. to end one’s life, to die,
Matt. 219 selsvrtourtog 86 x00 ‘Heosdou.
9: 18 Duydeng pou der érelevenoer. 22
25. Mark 9: 44, 46, 48. (comp. Is. 66:
A.) Luke 7: 2, Acts 2: 29. 7:15. Heb.
11:22, Sept. oft for maz Gen. 25: 32.
30:1, Prov. 11: 7. — Ael. V. H. 2. 17.
Hien. 8. 5.18. Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 1.—Of
a violent death, Matt. 15: 4 et Mark 7:
10 Suvcire selevedrw let him die the
death, emphat. quoted from Ex. 21:17
where Sept. in imitation of Heb. inf.
absol. mi min he shall surely die, or
+ be put to death. Comp. Winer § 58,3.

Tedevty, 75, 4, (tehéw, tédos,) an
end, limit, Baruch 3: 25. Dem. 658. 7,
telsuti) 108 lov Dom. 481. 14. Xen.
Cyr.8.7.2. In N.'T. absol. end of life,
death, Matt. 2: 15 fag tig relevtiig ‘Hoss
Gov, Sept. for ni Gen. 27: 2. Jouh.
1: 1. Judg. 1: 1.—1 Mace. 9: 23. Hdian.
7.9.10. Xen. Cyr. 8. 7.3.

Teddeo, 0, £. sow, (ridos,) to end, to
fasish, to complete, to accomplish, trans.
a) genr.c. ace. Matt. 13: 53 ore éré-
dsoay 6 "I. tag magaBokds. 19: 1 et 26:1
toig Aéyoug. Luke 2:39. 2 Tim. 4:7
Seopor. Rev. 11:7. Puss, Luke 12: 50
fug ob tele Si ac. 16 Bantiopa. John
19; 28, 30 reréleotar it ie finished! i.e.
the whole work, all things. Rev. 10:7
draléo dy 23 puorigior. 15: 1,8. Sept.
for M23, mba Ruth 2:21. Ezra % 1.
bw Neb. 6: 15.—Ecclus, 7: 25. Hdien.
2.3, 95. Diod. Sic. 4. 10. Xen. Cyr. 8.
6.3. Occ. 1. 4. — Seq. particip. in the
participiel construction, Buttm. § 144.
4a, Matt. 11: 1 dre érddsoe 6 F. dta~
tdovwy, as in Engl. when Jesus had fin-
ished commanding etc. So pruegn. c.
part. impl. Matt. 10:23 od jon tehéoyre
ig nélag tb “Iogayl, ye shall not have
Suished the cities of Ierael, i. ©. ye shall
not have finished fleeing or passing
through them, for o¥ wy teléonts Sia-
prvyorees v. Stafalvortes tag molus x
=. —So Sept. cvvectless dicfoivor
Josh. 3:17. 4:1. comp. Luc. Tox, 52
tortaiog éréles éx Mazliwy és 2xiPas.
Thuc. 4.78.—Of time, Pass. to be ended,
Fulfilled, Rev. 20:3 releaOH ta zilsea Ex,
v.57
b) 1. q. to accomplish, to fulfil, to exe-
cute fully, e. g.a rule, law, 0. ace. tr

814.

Téhos

vopor Rom. 2:27. James 28. ry tn.
Tig cageés Gal. 5: 16.—Aa
Thom. § 5 iva 16 Sidqua toi Poouiag
alice, Luc, Piscat. 52 relaipey 1a x0p-
nyy2Apiva. — Of declarations, prophecy,
etc. Luke 18: 31 teleoOjoeras nares
peyyequpiva x. t. 2. Luke 22 37. Acs
18:29, Rev.17:17. So Sept. and 733
Ezra }:1.—Apollod. Bibl. 2.4.4. Diod
Bic. 2.27 vouloag revalio Sas tov rey
opéy. ib, 20, 26.
¢) by impl. to pay off, to pay ix ful,
sc. taxes, tribute, comp. Télogd. Eg
14 didgaype Matt. 17:24. pégovs Row.
18: 6,— Joe, Ant. 10. 1. 1 et Diod Se.
13. 59 pégov. Deu. 1067. 27. Xea, Men.
29.1.

Téhos, soc, ous, 10, an end, tra,
termination, completion, pp. only in re
pect to time. Be

a) genr. and c. gen. Luke 1:33
Baorslas aitod obs toes alos. 2Cor.
3: 18 tig 18 rélog tod xaragyoupdre, ie
unto the end of the transient shining f
Mosee’ countenance, comp. ¥.7. Heh
7:3 ware Cwiig rélog. 1 Cor. 10-1
‘tédy tay aiesvem, and 0 1 Pet. 4:7 x07
tar 1 tilos. So Sept. and Yp lk %/.
Dan. 11: 13, (Soph. Trach, 166. «9!
Blo Dem. 1306. 25. Xen. Cyr. 87.6)
C. gen. impl. John 13: 1 sig silos (s-
Seaiic] aiyomnosn xt. A, Matt. 24:6 ofsw
doth 15 télos, ac, césy meirten v. 108 sii
vos toirov. v.14. Mark 13:7. Lute
21: 9. Srropelvas eg silos vc. roi iets
¥. ray maSnucircor, Matt. 10: 22. 21%
Mark 13: 13, fag réloug se. is fot
1 Cor. 1: 8 2 Cor. 1:13. péggs es
id. Heb. 8: 6, 14, zoe tilowy iW. Heb
& 11. Rev. 26, In 1 Cor. 15:34 a
0 télog i. ©. the end of the work oft
demption ; others meton. ‘the lex
rest of the dead.” — Abeol. rélos 1+"
to have an end, i.e.to be ended, vo
to be destroyed, Mark pas! fine
oradyvar, adda rélos — PP.*
An, 6.5.2. Cyr. 2.3, Advert,
ace. 10 ré2og finally, at last, 1 Pas!
(Ael, V. H. 16,16. Xen, Gye 61)
aig télog pp. ‘to the end,’ i. %

ly, perpetually, forever, Luke 18s |

ri,
on

ally

Thoes, 2 16. So Sept. for
14: 20, Pa. 79: 5. 108: 9.—Lue.
27, Xen. Occ. 17. 10 — Meta. 1

nai vo silos, i. gq. xpetos

Tehorns

the writer himeelf explains it, Rev. 22:
13. 21: 6, 1:8 in'text, ree.—Jos. e. Ap.
2.22 Seis... dort xad wdoa nol thos
marytow,

b) trop. end, i. q. event, issue, result.
Matt. 26: 58 éxdOnto «+. Wely 10 téog.
James 5: 11 25 tdlog xuplov, i. e. which
the Lord gave.—Test. XII Patr, p. 689.
Plut. Romul. 28. Lue. Vitar. Auct, 2.
Dem. 292. 22 15 tovzov téhos &v S263 I,
ox éy duol.—Seq. gen. of pers. or thing,
i. q. final Lot, ultimate fate. Rom. 6:21
télos éxelvan, Pdvatos. v.22 16 88 télos,
Sony ccioivvoy. 2 Cor. 11:15. Phil. 3: 19.
Heb, 6:8, 1 Pet. 1:9. 4:17. Sept. for
Hid Ecc. 7: 2—Wisd. 3: 19, Jos, Ant.
6.4.1. Philo de Charit. p. 717. Ael.
V. H. 3. 43,—Of a declaration, prophe-
cy, i. q. accomplishment, fulfilment; Luke
22: 37 nab ag sc magi euoi célos Exes,
i.e. have fulfilment, are fulfilled, i. q.
the preced. relea9ijvat.—Aeschyl. Prom.
vinet. 13 érroliy Aids yes rélog. Dion.
Hal. Ant. 1. 19 télog Szev aplos t. S20-
megémior inihapor. 12 nad rédos slye
roig Tupfnvoig 1% portsipata. Athen.

VIII. p. 341. C. 80 téoc AapBaves-

~Jos. Ant, 2. 5, 3. ib. 4. 6. 5,
¢) trop. end, i. q. final purpose, that
to which all the parts tend and in
which all terminate, the chief point,
sum. 1 Tim. 1:56 64 télog rg nagay-
yallas tosiv éyénn. S0 Rom. 10: 4 1-
os yag vipou Xpiards tls Sixarocteny
mayt} 16 miotevorts, where others meton.
i. q. ‘the ender, abolisher.’ So Sept.
and #35 Ecc. 12: 13. — Arr. Epict. 1.
12. 5 téhog doth 10 ExeoGas Devic.
Laert. 2. 87, Cie. ad Att. 12, 6.
d) trop. ataz, toll, custom, tribute, pp.
what ie paid for public ends, for the
maintenance and expenses of the state.
Matt. 17: 25 tidy ji xjvcoy. Rom. 13: 7
—I1 Mace. 10: 31. Jos. Ant. 12.3.3.
. 3.1.11. Dem. 745. 15. Xen.
Veet, 4.19, 20. In a like sense among
the Greeks public officers and magis-
trates were called 2& tidy, Xen. An, 2.
6. 4. Ag. 1. 36. Comp. Sturz Lex.
Xen. art, rétog no. 5.

Tedavne, ov, 6, (réhos tax, dvéo-
Has,) pp. a farmer of the taxes or customs,
one who pays to the government a cer-
tain sum for the privilege of collecting

815

Tedoveov

the taxes and customs of a district, 5
moscuevoc rélog Dem. 745.15; Lat. pub-
licanus, Cic. pro Plane. 9. The public
revenues of the Greeks and Romans
were usually thus farmed out; and
among the latter the purchasers were
chiefly of the equestrian order, or at
least persons of wealth and rank, like
Zacchaeus 5 dozsrehéivns Luke 19: 2;
comp. Cie. Ie. Sueton. Octav.24. Dio
Cass. p.38 tote inadas... nacal ze yag
tehovlas 3° aitdy tyévorto. Jos. Ant.
12.4.1, 3,4 dvorcions 8 rip aipdgas,
x05 Hy tpelds vi rély mengdones Sau vi9
nohew, iyéea ator ob Tois akiepacw dy
tals narglas Sagégortes. Comp. Boeckh
Staatsh. d. Ath. f. p.359, 360 sq. Adam’s
Rom. Ant.p.64, ‘The farmerg-general
had also sub-contractors, or employed
agents, who collected the taxes and
customs at the gates of cities, in sea-
ports, ou public ways, bridges, ete.
These too were called teldvas, or also
2xddyovtes Dem. 745.15, Lat. portitores ;
and in countries subject to the Roman
yoke they were objects of hatred and
detestation, so that none but persons
of the lowest rank and worthless char-
acter were likely to be found in this
employment. Comp. Xeno ap. Di-
chaearch. martes teléwas mdvteg slot
dorayes, Dio Chrysost. 1V. p. 75. B,
xamijlou xab teldvas xad mogroBocxotg.
Luc. Necyom. 11 poryo? xa? sogroBooxod
xoi teldivas xab xdhaxes x. 1. 1. Artemi-
dor. 1. 23. ib. 4. 42, 57. See the nu-
merous like passages in Wetst. N. T. I.
p.314 sq. Comp. Jahn § 242. — In N.
T. in the later sense, a toll-gatherer,
collector of customs, publican, the object
of bitter batred and scdro to the Jews,
and often coupled with the most de-
praved classes of society. Matt. 5: 46
cig) xal of relives 10 aitd movjous; v.
47. 10: 8 MatPaiog 6 teddivng, coll. 9:
Luke 3: 12. 5: 27, 29, 7: 29, 18: 10, 11,
13, tlre xab Guagroolol Matt. 9: 10,
11. 11:19, Mark 2:15, 16, Luke 5: 30.
7:94, 15: 1, 2Ovexdg xa telobyng Matt.
18:17. of teddivar xal al xépyas Matt.
21: 31, 32.

Tedovior, ov, 16, ( rehobvas,) @

toll-house, custom-house, collector’s office,
Matt. 9:9, Mark 2:14. Luke 5: 27. —

Téoas

Buid. teléviov’ 6 tén0g ty @ xaOReras
5 tehanyng. Poll. On. 9. 5. 28 44 tela ne

Tépas, aro, %, plur. 1a Tégata
uncontracted, contrary to Attic usage,
Winer § 9. p. 61. Buttm. § 54.0.1; 4
wonder, portent, prodigy, strictly as fore-
boding something fature; in N.T. only
plor, and always joined with ra onuaia,

2) pp. Acts % 19 duiow rigata ty 1
obgare dive, xal onusia dnd cis pis acta,
quoted from Joel & 2 (2: 30] where
Sept. for AQin. — Jos, Ant. 2, 12.1.
Artemid. 1. 73, Xen. Mem. 1. 4. 15.

b) genr. owpsia xed tigate, Engl.
signs and wonders, spoken of mighty
works, miracles of various kinds, the
two words being here nearly or quite
synonymous. So of the miracles of
Moses, Acts 7:36; of Chriet, John 4:
48, Acts 2: 22; of the apostles and
teachers, Acts 2: 43, 4:30, 5:12. 6: 8
14: 8. 15:12 Rom. 15:19, 2Cor. 12: 12.
Heb. 2: 4; also of false prophets or
teachers, Matt. 24: 24. Mark 13: 22.
2 Thess. % 9. So Sept. om. nad
gata for Heb. Dnpiz ninix, of
Moses Ex. 7: 3. Deut, 6: 22, 7:19. Jer.
2: 20. — ony. xad cégara, of impostors
Jos. Ant. 20.8.6, genr. Ael. V.H.12
57. Pol. 3.112. 8.

Toros, ov, 6, Tertius, pron. of
Paul’s amanuensia, Rom. 16: 22.

Téorvddos, ov, 6, Tertullus, pr.
n. of a Roman orator or advocate em-
ployed by the Jews against Paul, Acts

: 1,

Teosupaxovre, of, ai, rd, indec.
Sorty, Matt. 4: 2, Mark 1: 18. Acts 13
‘al, Comp. Battm. § 70.4. Sept. for
ppg ye Gen. 5: 13. Ex. 16: 35.—Lue.
Ver. Hist. 2.40. Xen. An. 22.7. Au.

Tesoagexovraerjc, &o:
4, a, adj. (Fros,) of forty years, e. g- te0-
augaxortastis xoaros the time of forty
years, forty years’ time, Acts 7: 23. 13:
18, —- Comp. dexadens zodvos Max. Tyr.
6 89. dexatis molepos Thue. 5, 26.
On the flexion and accent of such com-
pounds, see Buttm. § 70. 0.2 Lob. ad
Phr. p. 406 9q.

Téaouges, ot, at, neut. pa, Gen.
Gr, Attic écsages, neut. -ga, card. adj.

ous,

816

Terpader

Sour, Mont. 24: 31. Mark 23. Acw It
11. Bev. 4: 4. al. Comp. Battm.§7
4. Sept. for 27% Gen.11:16. eR
Geo 10 Hien. 6.11. Xex Ge
1.5.6 An

Teooagesxacdtéxatoc, 7, %,
ordin. adj. fourteenth, Acts 27: %7, 3—
Sept. Gen. 14: 5. Ex. 12: 6. Dion. Hal
Ant. 7.12 Hdian. 6.2.2 Plu Ct
Min. 3 On the form, comp. Lob.ol
Phr. p. 409. Buttm. § 71. 1.

Teragraios, a, ov, | sisopm,)
an adj. marking succession of dsm,
used only adverbially, on the frert dy
Jobn 11: 39 retagraios yég bon, i.a.ke
is now the fourth day dead, foar dep
dead. See Buttm. § 123. 0.3 Wier
$58.2. Comp. Sevregaios. — Pol
52.2 0y 8% reragtatos cy. Xen. Op.
5.31

Téragroc, 7,07, ordin. a4,
aages,) the fourth, Matt, 14: 25. Mark &
48. Acts 10: 30. Rey, 4:7. &7tis8
8: 12. 16:8. 21: 19, Sept. for 77)
Gen, 1: 19.—Hian. 4. 2. 14.

Térga-, contr. for rixoge, Herts
“four, found only in derivative and
pound words; comp. Buttm. §72.2

Terpdyarvos, ov, 6, 45 4 (ane
q. v. yéiv05, yervla,) fo
souare, Rev. 21: 16. Sept. for =
Ex. %7: 1. Ez, 4l: 21.—Hdian. 81
Pol. 6.27.2 Xen. Lac. 121.

Tergadcov, ov, ts (dinn. of reget
a tetrad, the number four,) « qusemr
of soldiers, a detachment of four uae
the usual number of « Romer +
watch, relieved every three nL
12: 4,-Philo in Flace. p- 98h, of pet
p.533.22 orgarsolegy Of suv Oi
rergadlowg qulaxiv 20h hy Ve
Comp. Pol. 6. 33. 7 7 84 ee Oi
uy be reredgur aden, or ow
iis crenviis, of 88 waconer ROPE My
moug movotytas THY polo 5 equ
“de singulis centuriis ou :
et quaterni pedites execu! e
feet Bain outer Ioan
Peter was therefore 81! so
men ata time, two withia te
and two before the doors lH

Terpamexthioe

Terpencoxlheor, ct, cr, (regime
adv. zi2u0.,) pp. ‘fonr times one thou-
sand,’ i.e. four thousand, Matt. 15: 38.
36: 20. Mark 8: 9, 20, Acts 21: 38.
Comp. Buti. § 70. 4. — Sept. 1 Chr.
T2: 26. Xen. Cyr. 2 1.6.

Terpaxdews, at, @, four hundred,
Aew & 36. 7; 6. 13: 20, Gul 317,
Comp. Butm. § 70. 4—Sept. Gan. 2
ee Hdigo. 6 410. Xen. An. 7.

Teupepnvos, ov, é,4, (olga a.
wriy,) of four months, John 4: 35 tre ts
sedpnvos for [xedros] nad 6 Sepiepis
Zoxeras, i.e. four months’ time, Text.
rec. has neut, 20 tstedpqvor in the same
sense. — Pol. 18. 22.5, Thuc. 5. 63.
Neut. Sept. Judg. 19: 2 20:47. On
the forin comp. Lob, ad Phr. p. 549.

Terganioos, ous 5 on, 43 Gor,

Comp. Buttm. § 71.

B. § 60.5.5. — Jos, Am. 7.7.3, Xen ;

An. 7. 6.7.

Tetganous, odoc, 6, 4, adj. (1é-
bi i v. movs,) four-foated, quadruped,
plur. absol, sd ‘sstanoda’ quadrupede,
Acts 10: 12. 11: 6. Rom. 1: 23.
for 71gi3 Gen. 1:24. Ex.9:9,10. mth
Num. 35: 5—Pol. 1.29.7, 1a 1. Joa.
Ant. 4. 4. 4. Palaeph. 34,1. Xen. Cyr.
6, 2. 25. On the forms fous and
texgdzodos, see Lob. ad Phr. p. 546.

Tecpagyzéco, «, f. jou, (regeig-
376,) to be tetrarch, to rule ae tetrarch, ©.
gen. Luke 3:1 ter—Jos. Vit. § 11. 80
tergadagzsicSas Hermog, 268. 22.

Terpdezns, ov, 5, (réga q, ¥.
Gozu,) a tetrarch, pp. the ruler of the
fourth part of a district or province ;
Strabo 12. p. 850. C, or p. 567 Casaub.
Eevee Buéveas [ol Teddvas] es 8
Bas, retgupzlan buiosgy dxcilaoan, 796 9-
” Ezovsay ior. In later usage it

came among the Romans a common
title for those who governed any part
of a province or kingdom, subject only
to the Roman emperor ; Strabo Lc.
ndlas pév ovr toate tg duarsites, na?

Sede Od els 7, 2 cic B tyyusvas, sho

Sra fxay 4 Ovvaorsle: Thus Herod the
108

817

Tylauzis
Great and hia brother Phasitel were at,
one time made tetrarsha of Judea by
Antony, Jos. Ant. 4.13.1. The for-
mer also at his death led half bis king-
dom to Archaclaws with the tile of
ethnarch, and divided the rest between
two of his other sons, Herod Antipas
and Philip, with the title of tetrarchs,
Jos. Ant. 18.5.1. Comp. in ‘Heddy
no. 1,2, So Lysanias is said to be te-
trarch of Abilene, Luke 3:1. Comp.
West. N. T. I. p. 409.— In N. T. spo-
ken only of Herod Antipas, Matt. 14:1.
Luke 8: 19. 9:7. Acts 13:3. Called
aleo favidsis Matt. 14:9. Mark 6: 14;
see in Basdeis b.

Tevzeo, vee the tenses of Tuyzsivee.

Tegoce, 0, f. sive, (rigga ashes.)
to reduce to ashes, i. q. to consume, to
destroy, e. g. cities, c. acc, 2 Pot. 2 6.—
trop. Anthol. Gr. Lp. 167, Hesych.
apgeivas > oxodsices.
Tern, 18, 4 (heres, rexdirs) ert,

8) pp. an art, trade, eraft, Rev. 18:
22 ruyrtens miong rigs. Aci 18: 3
cenvonoiol thy tézyqy, for the acc. see
Buttm. § 131.6 #q.—Sept. 1 Chr. 26:21.

Sept. Jos. Ant. 3, 12. 5. Luc. D. Deor. 26. 2.

Xen Mem. 3. 10. 1.
pet) art, skill, Acts 17:29
Sept. for Pat 1
prigaiy 6d Epict. 2 14. 2, 5. ae a
3.11. Xen, An. 7. 2.8.

Taxvicys, ov, 6, (thr) an arti.
sen, ariifcer, craftsman ; Acta 1% 24
soptiyaso soi teyelraus épyaciay. ¥. 3B,
Rey. 18:22 Sept. for En Deut oF:
15. Jer. 10: 9. — Ecclus, & i
8. 4.20. Xen. Mem. 2 7. 5.—Trop. of
God as the builder, founder of the
heavenly Jerusalem, Heb. 11: 10 4g
Unélews] raring... Suis. — Wied

‘Tine, ft t melt, to make liquid,
Sept. Nab. 1: 6. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. Hdot.
3.96. In N.T. Pass, r7xopas, to be
melted, to melt, 2 Pet. 3: 12. Sept. for
Niph. PRI Is. 34: 4. — Diod. Bic. 1. 88
ropsrn zor. Xen. Mem. 3. 1.
Tydauyas, adv. ( moupic fer-
shining, radiant, from rhs, aiy4,) radi-

wv Spgr. So rylavyis
. Pind. O1. 6.5. Luc. Hipp. 7.
Tydexoitos, arm, ovro, de-
monatr. correl. pron. pp. a strengthened
form of ryllxos, » o7, Buttm. § 79. 5,6;
a0 great, tantus, 2 Cor. 1:10 é tmlixol-
ov Savetov. Heb. 2: 3. James 3: 4.
Rev. 16: 18. — 2 Macc. 12: 3. Luc. D.
Deor. 26.2, Xen. Mem. 2 1. 5.
Thode, 0, f. iow, (rps watch.
ing, Aesch. Suppl. 263,) to keep an eye
‘pon, to watch, and hence to keep, to
trans,

a) pp. to watch, to observe attentively,
to keep the eyes fixed upon, c. acc.
Rov. 1:3 xab mmpobrres 16 dy ait] (ngo-
ernreg] yeyouppiva, i.e, watching the
falfilment of the prophecy. 22 7, 9.
Sept. 5 rygcy Srryor for “73 Eco. 1:
4 (9%) Prov. 23: 26. — Ael’ V. H. 2,
176 pay eiotyxss tear toito. Dem.
896.5. dv Svqpor Thue. 1.65.—Hence
trop. to observe, to keep, to fulfil, sc. a
duty, precept, law, custom, etc. q. d. to
perform watchfully, vigilantly, c. acc,
tas dxcolig Matt. 19:17. John 14:15,
Q1. 15: 10 bis, 1 John 2 3, 4. 3: 22, 24,
%23 Rey. 12:37. 14:12, (Ecclus,
9:1.) xyy értoly Eondoy 1 Tim. 6
14. déyoy, déyous, John 8: 51, 52, 55.
14: 93, 24. 15: 20 bis. 17:6. 1 John &
5. Rev. 3:8, 10 Aoyor rijs tmoporiis wou,
gee in‘fropory. (Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 11.)
spor Acts 15: 5,94, James 210, x0-
gadoow Mark 7:9. s0 odffatoy John
$16. Genr. c. acc. expr. or impl. Rev.
% 26 & angdy sa Ipya pov, i.e. the
‘works which I require. Matt. 23: 3 bie,
28: 20, ‘Acts 21:25. Rev. 3. Sept.
genr, for "Xz Prov. &1,21. “gw
Prov, & 34. — Philo Legat. ad Cai. p.
1033 si Senowlay. Arr. Epict. 2, 25.
15. Pol. 1.83.5 dixaua. Hdian. 6. 6.1.

b) to keep, to guard, 0. g. a pris-
‘oner, person arrested, c. acc. Matt. 27:
36, 54 rngoivees tov “Iyooty. Acts 12
5, 6 quloxse.. . érigow nyy gulaxiy,
comp. Buttm. § 131.3, Acts 16: 23, 24:
3B. 254, 21 bia, 1 John 5: 18 rng
Seviéy, i.e. is on bis guard. Part.
Mott. 28:4 of mgoivtes the keepers,

Tifeguts
guards, Of things, sé {pene Rev. 16
15. Sept. for “QW Cant e323

vylers- of things Cant. 8: 11, 12. — pece Tet

XII Patr. p. 696. Thuc. 4.30, thing
1 Mace. 650, Aristoph. Pac. 201. Pol
3. 50.7.—'Trop. to keep in ealety, fo pe
serve, to maintain; c. ace. of thag
simpl. Eph. 4: 3 ngcie viv borqre wi

vy 2 Tim. 4:7 vip alo 2
mieme Jude 6 py meqvercs aL
ive. deserting. Sept. +. nyy bari ye-
aly for 23 Prov. ee ae
6.24 vopous H ses Blog yorés Die
Sic. 11. 11. mlony Pol. 6 56 18
Hdian. 7. 9. 7.—So trop. ace. with al-
junets : c, dupl. ace. of pers. and ped-
icate, 2 Cor. 11:9 bis, 6Bagi ipir jee
toy inignca ad sygiow. 1 Tin EB
James 1:27. (Wisd. 10:5. M. Ano
nin, 6, 23 or 30 s¥gnooy osavsiv éxlsin)
c. adv. 1 Theas. 5: 23. ¢. dat. of pe
Jude 1 1H Xguorg. by eda of
state, John 17: 11, 12 dyw énjgow o
ois dy 19 dvdpari gov, Jude IL ©
Kx tuv0¢ John 17: 15. Rev. & 10. es
tuvog James 1:27. Bept. c eas 1
for "2% Prov. 7: 5.

c. i, q. to keep back or in store, lym
serve, c. acc, 6. g. things, John 2 1007
xnijeneas tov nado obver beg Sets 127.
a wirs, 0. g. topos 2 Pot. 2 17. Judel3
(Bopt. Cant. 7:13.) te of tore 1 Pet
4, Of persons, 1 Cor, 7:37 mg
favtot nagSéver i.e. to keep her
home, unmarried, opp. éxyepiien int.
38. 2'Pet. & 4 et Jude 6 als eplow or
goupivors. 2 Pot. 29 ot 3: 7 oh ste
xolosees.—Test. KIL Patr. p. 529 9 =

‘serigqeas ¢. dat Job

Thonas, coos, 4 (gine §
watching, keeping, i.e.

¢) trop. observance, ee
of precepts, évrolde 1 Cor. 7: 19-1
clus, 95:28 rdyuer Wind 2M ag

b) iq.
3 Mace cha NT. meton. place of
ward, a prison, Acts 4:3, 5.18 oe
adxots é rngnaes dysoalg.—Thne. 1

TrBeguts, ados, %, Turis *
city of Galilee built by Herod Ante
and named in honoar of the omp
Tiberius; now Tuberia It el
ted on the 8, W. shore of the

Tedguos

«Genmesareth, about an hour's distance
from the place where the Jordan flows
out, John 6:23; and the lake itself is
hence sometimes called the Sea of ‘Ti
berias, Jobn & }. 21:1. Comp. ia Tex

Tho city was celebrated on
account of the hot springs in its vicini-

-ty 3 and after the destruction of Jeru-
eater it became a famous seat of Jew-
ish schools and learning. See Jos. Ant.
18. 3. 3 de Vit. §9, 16.89. Relandi
Paleest. p. 1036 sq. Lightfoot Opp.
Posth. p. 71 eq. in Opp. T. 1. Miss.
Herald 1824. p. 908. Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. IL ii. p. 74 9q. Burckbardt’s
‘Travels in Syria etc. p. 320 oq.

TBéo.0s, ov, 5, Tiberius, pr. n.
of the third Roman emperor, the son
of Livia and step-son of Augustus,
r. A. D. 14—37. John the Baptist
commenced preaching in the 14th year
of hie reign; and the crucifixion of Je-
sus took place 3 or 4 years later. Luke
3:1, — Sueton. Vit. Tiber, Tac. Ano.
1, 3 sq.

TiInus, £ Sow, aor. 1 F9qx0,
perf. réOuso, vee Buttm. § 106, 107;
for imperf. é/90uy Matt. 5: 15, 2 Cor.
‘3: 13. al. see Buttm. § 106. n. 5. § 107.
n. I, 6.— 7 set, to put, to place, to lay,
trans, Sept. for pr, nw, aleo for

m2.

U @) pp. fo set, to put, where a person
or thing is set erect, or is conceived of
as erect, rather than as lying down.
Act. e. g. a light, Adgvoy io toy podsoy
Matt. 5:15. Mark 4:21. imoxdte xi
ons Luke 8:16. als xguanjy 11:33. So
& title, én tof oravgod John 19:9;
one’s foot, én} tis Falucons Rev. 10: 2.
Mid. to set or put for oneself, i.e. on
‘one’s own part or behalf, by one's own
order, etc. Buttm. § 135. 7,8; ©. g. to
Put persons in prison, sig pulaxyy Acts
1&4, akg njgnorr 4:3; aleo dy puiaxg
Matt. 14:3, Acts 5:25, dy sngijoss 5:18;
comp. “Ev no. 4, Of things, to set in
the proper place, to ‘assign a place, 1
Cor. 118 5 Seis BOero xa péln... tr

15, ne dal Ps 1811. Me. &

619

Feoque

0:3." 41:10. #% 90, — Ack V. HL a
42. Xen. Cyr. 8.8.16. Occ. 19. 7, 9.
Mid. Pol. 25. 1.2, ©, éné Xen. An. 7.
8, 23.— Spoken of food or drink, to eet
on or owt, c. ace. John 2% 10 sav sadby
olvey 29yo1.— Bel and Drag. 11 tor
olvoy, Plut. Mor. II. p. 13 Tauchn,
Xen. Mem. 3. 14. 1. Lat. pocula ponere
Virg. Aen. 1. 706.

b) oftener of things, fo put, to lay, to
lay down, where the thing is conceived
of as laid or lying down rather than
aserect. (a) pp. e.g. Sauilioy Luke
6 48, 14:29. 1 Cor. 3: 10, 11. (Sept.
Ezra 3) idor, xed Rom. &
88. 1 Pet. 26, quoted from Is, 28 16
where Sept. for 107; ¢. dat. incomm.
Rom. 14:13, (Sept. Ps. 100: 110.) Genr.in
the proverbial phrase, Luke 19: 21, 28,
atgus S otn Ioyxas, taking up what thew
hast not laid down, i.e. taking up what
is not thine own, — Diog. Laert. 1.2.9
& ph E50v, wh dvikg* ef 84 poh, Sarez0g
4 i. @. a law of Solon. Xen. Occ,
8. 2.— Of dead bodies, to lay in a tomb
or sepulchre, ¢. acc, Mark 15: 47. 16:6
Srov Foye aitéy, Luke 2:53, 55
Jobo 11:34. 19: 42. 2: 2, 18, 15. Fg
9:37. ©. sig pwnpsiow Acts 13: 29. Pe
11:9. c. éy Matt. 97: 60, Mark 6:
29, John 19:41, Acts 7:16. Sept.c.
4 for Dai Gon. 50:26. tr95y 1K. 1&
30, 31. —c. dy Test. XII Patr. p. 543
Xen. Cyr. 8. 7. 25.—Beq. énf c. gen. es
soig aoSeriig tnd xlivdy Acts 5 15,
(Hdian, 1.17. 4.) dhe. acc. as sadyp-
pa dnl 23 modcwnor 2 Cor. 13. tae
zeigas tx? aizd Merk 10:16, Rev. 1:17
in later edit. (Sept. Job 21:5, Ps. 138:
4.) Se with éxic. acc. impl. ré yovere:
wdéves wc. int chy yijy, to the
knees, i. q. to kneel, Mark 15: 19. Lake
22 41, Acts 7:60. 9: 40, 2: 36. 21: 5;
00 in Toru, Seq. dveinsdy tivos Lake
&: 18, impl. Mark 6: 56, (Sept. 1 Sem.
10: 25. comp. Ez. 16: 18.) Seq. nag’
bavr§ 1 Cor. 162. naga rors nddog
wurde Acta 4:35, 97, 5:2 mpd¢ ty
Sigay Acts & 2. und roig médus tude
1 Cor. 15: 25, quoted from Pa. 110: 1
where Sept, for m%; comp. in ous 2.
— In the sense to lay off or aside, ©. g.
garments, iudte Jobn 18:4, So Arr.
Epict. 1. 24. 12 Sig thy slasdonpor,
Diod. Sic. 20, 81, 45 1a txte, Comp,

Teoqme

penere vestem Ov. Met. 3. 1. —
©, g. toDdvas Tiw wuzry to tay
down one's life John 10: 11, 15, 17, 18
bis. 18: 37, $8. 15:13. 1 Jobn 3: 16 bis.
Comp. Lat. ‘vilam Cie. ad Div. 9.

placing én us, laying upon us, com
umating unte us; comp.
mde In. 63: 11, — Mid. seq. sis ta deo
‘Spiiv, to lay up in your ears, i. q. to let
sink in your ears, minds, Latke 9: 44.
eq. sis 1H xxgdiay, to lay to heart, i. q.

ae

‘no. 3. c.f, fin. (jpdgoy Dion, Hal. Ant.
5. 57 pen. Dem. 1042. pen.) So the
Jot of any one, 10 pdpas, seq. pssta tiv05,
Matt. 24: 51. Luke 12:46. Of .adecis-
jon, decree, law ; Acts 27: 12 of misloug
‘SGerc0 Pouliy, i.e. made a decision, de-
cided, determined. Gal. 8:19 in later

wSvas Jos, c. Ap. 2. 21. Dem. 732. 17.
Xen. Lac. 1.2, For the difference be-
tween tSdvas vépor and riSeoSas r6-
for, see Passow séPnys A. 3.c. Buttm.
§ 135. n, 3—Seq, dupl. acc. of pers. or
thing and predicate, Winer §.32. 4. b;
09 1 Cor. 9:18 ddcixavey Siow 25 stay-
gibson, I may make the gospel without
change, free of expense ; comp. for the
sense 2 Cor. 11:7, 8 (Luc. Gymnas. v.
Anachar. 16 sod doedpos... s3r <iépa
Enger wa Stencrij riers.) Of persons,
dng Go G5 Tots tpOpeig cou imonddior
saw modéw cov, Matt, 22: 44. Mark 12
36, Luke 20:43. Acts % 35. Heb.1:13

Tuneieo
16: 18, all quoted from Ps. 1it:( when
Sept. for m*G ; comp. im Hots. hea
20: 28 ipéie Rea taprecsnra Re
4:17 xutéga doy éS vise ‘ideas 9,
d ‘Sept, for 7.
1 Cor, 12:28, Heb. 1:2 2Pu tk
Pass. construction, ¢. a: 5 fad,
2&7. 2B Tim. 1:11. Berw. fi
Sept. for pry Jor. 1:5. Lev. 8S.

27 Job 13: 18. —— Aol. V. H. 186i
Bie sdnes 10

Tleteo, £. riopes, aor. 2 bow,
Battm. § 114; to bring Serdh, to ber,
ec. offspring, trans.

a) of females, Mast. 1: 21, 23 sian
Qi vidy, v.25, % 26 xed foley
1, 57, 2: 6, 7, 11. Joho 162.

Heb. 11:11 in text. ree. Ber.
is, 5, 13, Sept. for Tey-Gee

8: 16. -4: 1.—Ael. V. H. 1. 29. Lae
Deor. 10. 1. Xen. Conv. 5. 7-
of irregular desire as exciting
James 1:15 dredryle ollepovee
Gpagtiay, i. e. produces, cal —
Hoalus. 6:18. Zenob. Cent 2 928
Bian Fevers xa Aldpry fade An
Gr. IL p. 44 depgoctva sieres sells

lay, Pa

b) of the earth, Heb. STi
oa Bordvyr.—Philo de Opif. p00. E
rip. Cyclop. 332 4 ij... ixvovee sole
Of trees, Philo ib. p. 862.

Tidhe, £. dé, to ral be pot
pull out or off, e.g. care of gras, ¢ ©
‘Matt. 1% TO sak 2:93. ar’ &
Sept. rid. xplzas for 072 |
Poalt. Sel. 13:3. Arr. Bpict. 3 1
Diod. Sio. 5. 21 exazw. ;

Tepatos, ov, 6, Tinwen
of a man, Mark 10: 46. + phd

‘Teyactea, a5, £. gems (eae #
ssorth, to cotimate, trans.

’

Tipy

a) i. q, é esteem, te honour, to rever-
ence, c. ace. (a) gonr. 1 Tim. &3 zi
ees tiga. 1 Pet 217 névra. Spec.

Mat. 15:4, 5. 19:19, Mark 7:
10. 1@: 19, Luke 1820. Eph. 6:2;
(80 Sept. and 132 Ex. 20:12 Deut. 5:
16.) Kings 1 Pet %17; God and
Christ, John 5: 23 quater. 8: 49;
of feigned piety towards God, Matt. 15
8 ot Mark 7:6 rots zalisol ps nyeG, quo-
ted from Is, 29: 13 where Sept. for 13;
as aleo geor. Prov. 3:9, 14:33.—Ecolus.
3:3, 4,6 Hdian. 4. 8 19, Xen. Cyr. 1,
2.12 ois Sects Acl. V. H. 2 81.
Ken. Mem. 4. 3. 13. — (8) i. q. to treat
with honow, to bestow special marks of
benour apd favour upon any one, c,
ace. John 12: 26. Acts 28:10 mollais
‘tepaitg éripnoay jis. — Wied, 14:15. 2
Mace. 32, Jos. Ant. 4. 6.8 ipis rey
Eerlors. Xen. An. 1.9.14 ddgous dripa,

b) i. q. fo prize, to fix a value or price
upon eny thing ;, Pass, and Mid. c. acc,
Matt. 27: 9 bis, tyr aid tod Tonys
vou, Sy éxo vléy ° Iogaqh.
Comp. Zech. 118 18; see in ‘Tegal
as. Sept. for * Lev. %: 8, 12,
44, — Jos. Ant. 5. 1"! |. Dem. 183, 19,
Xen. Mem. 3. 10, 10,

Tuer, 5, 4, (shes) 0 holding worth,
eatimation, viz.

ai. q. esteem, honour, respect, rever- PI
ence. (a) genr. e. g. as rendered or
exhibited towards any Person or thing.
Joba 4: 44 xgegimg . . . sipsiy afm Byes
Rom. 1210. 1 Cor. 12:23, U4. Col. &
%B obz & Tayi tur wc. tod ocearos. 1
‘Theae. 4:4 é suif ie. reputably. Heb,
BB. 1 Pet. &7. oxeiog sly tysqy Rom.
9 21, 1 Tim. 2 20, 21.
ed to masters, 1 Tim.é:1; to magis-
trates, Rom. 13:7 bis; to elders, 1
Tim. 5:17; to Christ, c. dota, 2 Pet.
1:17. Rev. & 12,13; to God, c. dota,
1 Tim. 1:17. 6 16, Rev. 4: 9, 11. 7:12
19:1 in text. rec. Sept. for ti32 In
M4: 18, 5pr Dam. 4:27. 1. 36
for ty Pu. W: 1. 7 oclae 10:28
2 a7 roriae Lue.

idian. 2. 15, 4. Xen, An
ed Jou Ant 1.3.1. Ael.

He

821

also.

Tipodeog

sal rapj derepivmows wbséx, ected from
Pa 5:6 where Sept for 47. Bo
conferred in reward, v. 9. a,
10. 1 Pet. 1:7, 2&7. Once, an office
of honour, Heb. 5: 4.— Jos. Ant. 10. 8.
6 dian. 3 10.9, Xea. Mem. 3.1.1,
—(7) Meton. honour, i. q. mark or to
ken of honour, favour, reward, ot,
Acts 28:10 moldais ripass tclugoar
fiyds. Sept. for apr Dan. 2 6—Eo-
ue 981° Jon Anh. 2 5. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 18, 20.
b) ig value price Matt. 27:6 yey
of blood. v.9 200 in Typciee
a. Acts 4:34, 5:2, 3. 7: 16 sip) agyv-
glow. 19:19. 1 Cor. 620. 7:93. Sept.
Ley. 5: 15, 18. 27:2 aq.
sel a0, Is, 55: 1. — Jos.
7, Kea. reerey
hing of price, and heneo
precious things, Rev. 21: 24, 26,
So Sept. for ap? Ez. 2225,
Tiros, t, ov, (syst, held worth,
estimated, viz.
a) i. q. esteemed, honoured ; catiabte
honourable; Acts 5: 34
thuios nave} 16 lag, Heb. 14, Sone
for "pr Ezra 4:10. “
— Jos. B. J. 5. 13. 1
Hdian. 6, 9. 14. cane 13,
b) i. q. valued, pi precious.
pp. of high price, costly, as 1905 shusog
@ precious stone, gonr. Rev. 17:4. 18
12,16. 21:11, 19; plur. 1 Cor, 3: 12,
Eilor tluor costly wood Rev. 18: 12.
Sept. for 92 1 K. 10:2 2 Chr. 9:
10.—Hdian. 5. 2. 10 dos +. Ai

precious,
88 iyo viv port ler paves,
jae Be Ppt, 10. 2 Pet LA,
Sept. for yar Prov. 3:15, 8:11. —
Wiad. 12:7. Jos. Ant. 17.9. 4 play ss
‘Higdidy tiyssivaros. Heian. 1. 16. 9.

Toyudras, ros, %, ( shes, ) pre
ciousness, costliness ; meton. i. q. pre-
cious things, magnificence, prob. costly
merebendize, Rev. 18: 19.—Liban, Ep,
1557 ngocayogain thy tyudemé cov.

Tipodeos, ov, 6, Tisothens, Tim

pr. n.of a Christian of Der.
ware sen ots Jewish mother and
Greek father, esleoted by Paul as the

Thor

‘chosen companion of bis journies and
.Jabours in preaching the gospel, Acts
16:1, 8. He appears to have been
with Paul at Rome, Heb. 12: 23; but
his later history is unknown. Acts 16:
1, 17:14, 15. 18:5, 19:22, 20:4, 1 Cor.
16:10. 2Cor. 1:19. Phil. 1:1. 2:19, 1
‘Thess. 1:1. 3:6, 2 Thess. Tim.
£20. 2Tim. 1:2. Tipddeos 5 cvreg-
$5 wow Rom. 16:21. 7. 6 ddilpds 2
Cor. 1:1. Col. 1:1. 1 Thess. 3:2, Phi-
Jem. 1, Heb. 13: 23. Ty 10 téxvor ou
ete. 1 Cor. 4:17, 1 Tim. 1:2, 18,

Tlueor, vos, 6, Timon, pr. n. of
one of the seven primitive deacons at
Jerusalem, Acts 6:5.

Tropa, 0, £. joe, (rysmgss i. a.
yudogos, watching one’s honour,
‘helping, vindicating,’ aleo ‘avenging,
punishing ; from 1407, dg, odgos,) pp.
to watch or protect the honour of any

ane, i.e. to help, ta succour, lo vindicate,

©. dat, Hdot. 1. 141. Dem. 1388. 16. 9s

Xen. Cyr. 5.2.8. Also to avenge, to
punish in behalf of any one, 0. dat.
Hdian. 4, 12.6, coll. 3, In N.'T. genr.
to punish, c. acc. Acts 26: 11 tipegay
aizots. Pass. Acts 22: 5, — Wisd. 12:
20, Jos. Ant 1. 11. 1. Pol. 2.56. 11.
Xeon. Cyr. 1.26, i. q. sodcivew in § 7.

_ Trpeopla, as, ti, ( eympin q. v-)
vindication, avengement, Jos. Ant. 17.9.
1. Xen. Cyr. 4.6.7. In N.T. punish-
ment, Heb. 10: 29.—2 Mace. 6:26. Jos.
B.J.7.2.1. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 24,

Thy, se in Tle.

Tis, neut. tl, Gen. revdg, indef.
pron. Titic, Buttm. § 14.2. § 77.1;
distinguished by its accent from Tig
interrog. q. v.— One, some one, a cer-
tain one,

a) pp. and genr. of some person or
thing whom one cannot or does not
wish to name or specify more nearly ;
#80 in various constructions: (a) Sim-
ply, Matt. 12:47 elms 36 tug avrg. 20:
20 aitely 1, Luke 8:49, 9: 57. 12:6,
Acts 5:25. al. Plur. trés Mark 14:
4, Luke ‘13:1. 24:1. John 13:29.
Rom. 3: 3. 1 Cor, 4:18. 1 Tim. 6: 10,
21. Heb. 4:6. -1 Cor. 15: 12: sevig dy
Spay, al. — Hdian. 6.1. 15, Ken, Cyr.

822

Tis

6.1.6. ssvdg Hdian. 1. 3. 18—~(6) Joined
with a Subst. or Adjective taken sb
mantively, i. q. @ certain person or thing
some, Butera. § 124. 2. Match. § 487imt
So after a subst. Mark 5:25 yerim
Luke 8:27. 9:19. 10:31, 38. Joba G7
Beayt se Adfp Acts 5 1. 27:30 a
Plur. Luke 8:2 yuviaig tue 12
‘Acts 9:19 jpdgas tevds. 17:20, 2Pa
& 16 Svovdnta teva. (Cob. Tab, ] sig
ws, Kem. Occ. 8.3) Also before te
Subst. or Adj. Math. Lc mo. 46
Matt, 18: 12 dey yérqral tert crdpern
Luke 17:12, John 4:46, Aew%2%
96. Gal 6:1. al. Plur. Lake 13312
vig Pagioaton. Acts 13:1. 152 we
Bidowg. 27: 1. Jude 4. So a x Mak
14:51 dg tug comp. ia Hsd.
Math. Lc. init. (Hdian. 3, 11.2) Joiand
with names, either proper or geatik;
e. g. before, Mark 15: 21 nagéyersiv-
va Zlueva. Acts 9:43; by appost
John 11:1. After, Luke 10:33 Zap
gg 86 14¢.—Hdian. 4. 8, 10. Xen.
G. 5.4.3 waga Xdgerl ron— (y) Sop
genit, of class or of partition Led
which ric, tevés, expresses a part. Like
14: 15 dxoboas 08 tus reir ovraremip
ye. 2 Cor. 1217. ads wig Mark 1b,
comp. in B. Plur. Mat. &3 2:0.
Mark 26, Luke 19:39. Actr69. Rom
11: 17, 2 Cor. 10: 12, al.— Heian. 1.4
20. ad sug Plato Ion, p. 531. D. Pit
Hdian. 1.6.2 Xen. Cyr. 1.4.19
a like sense, seq. 2x c. genit Loke It
18 slue 8 aug dx 206 Sylow Jobo 1:8
Plur. ¢. &, Luke 11:15 rovig 5
wir, John 7:25, 9:16, Rom. 1:—
Hdian, 5. 3, 18, — (8) With nomen
where it renders the number "i
about, some. Luke 7: 19 xgeoeslaipr
vos 30 suds tar tr eins
some two, two or three. Acts %
Comp. Winer § 25.2. Matth. § 487.4
— Thue. 8. 111 és Ssaxoolons 1076 6”
tay. 7, 87. — (8) Diarributively, %---
Fragos dd, one... anather, 1Cor. 3:4 [Xie
Conv. 2. 6.) ured. ai Lait
97, 8. Phil. 1: 15.— (6) Sometimes
or tivds is omitted where te
aires it to be supplied ; Lake & at
sexny ity wing, Leora eat
21 40 spagey se. vivi, So bern
genit. part. Acis 21:16; before
gen, Matt, 13:47, Luke 21:16

TMs

16:17. Rev. & 9, Comp. Winer § 90.5.
p. 164. § 66.3.

b) genr. any one, any body, some ons
or other, in various constructions and
uses; comp. above in a. (a) Simply,
Matt, 8: 28. Mark 1219 ddiy tiv0s GSeh-
gis Luke 14:8, John 10; 28.
Acts 19: 88. Rom. 5:7 bis, uddig vag
Srig duxalov wg dxoPariitas x. tb
James 2: 18.al, Neut. i, Matt. 5: 23
Kye 22 xeccc: cot. Mark 11:13. Luke 22:
35. Acts 3:5. James 1:7. al. Adv. see
below in e.— Xen. Cyr. 2.3 4. ab

_ Beian, 6. 1.4.—(f) Joined with a Subst.
or Adj. Rom. 8:39 otra 11g wtlous triga.
Neat. 3, Luke 11: 36 yop Kur 1s uésgos
oxotssvdy. Acts 8:34, So espec. neut.
vi before adjectives of quality, charac-
ter, ete. Matth, § 487.4; e. g. before
the adj. Luke 24:41 Eyeré ts Bgciospor.
John 1: 47. Acts 17:21. 19: 39; after
the adj. Mark 16:18 «#7 Surdowpsy 1
nieos. John 5:14. Acts 19:32,—Plato
Symp. p. 210. E, 2} Savpacrdy. — (7)
Seq. genit. of class or of partition,
comp. in a. 7. 1 Cor. 6:1 tolug 15
ov. Acts 5:15, 2 Thess. 3:8, Neut.

Acts 4:32 xed ob8i als 1 tay inag-
gortey alte x. 1.1 Bom. 15: 18. Eph.

27. Aloo veq. ind c, gen. Luke 16:

30; gx c. gen. Heb. 3:18 ly a Suaw.

James 2: 16. — (3) Ts mands also for

Engl. indef. one, some one, Fr. on, Germ.

man, Buttm. § 127. 4. § 129. 11. Matt.

12: 29 mids Stvaral ts sivedDeiy x. 1. 1.

Mark 8:4. John % 25, 3 Tim. 1:8.—

Xen. Cyr. 1.4.3 dos” énePiuu dy 115

=. s. 1 —(e) lo a similar sense, like

Engl. one, any one, for every one, Exaotos,

Paseow tig no. 2.b. John 6:50 obndy

dav 5 gros... te the airod pay;

nth Acts £45, 11: 2, 1 Cor, 4:2,

Heb. 10: 28, — Xen. Cyr. 1. 2.2 — (2)

day re6, if any one, Matt. 21:3. Mark

11:3. Col. 3:18. James 2: 14. Rev. 22:

18. dey rj tis, unless one, John 3: 3, 5.

Acts & 31. Plur. diy suse if any, i. q.

whosoever, John 20:23 bis. — Luc. D.

Deor. 23. 1 Hy tug. — (n) ef tee, if any

‘one, see in ES Lg. y. p. 23.—In 8 hy-

-pothetical clause, the simple zis is some-

‘times said to be i. q. ef tus, but not ae-

Pe ad ee mae Bee

823

Ts

R so that one ts thus called. James 5r
13, 14. Comp. Winer § 25. p. 144 oq.
— Athen, VI. p. 298 dp Salud sie.
Plat. de Puer. educ. 4 GAv dott 11g dxx0-
agoros x.5. 1.— (8) Sometimes sls, any
one, is omitted where the sense requires
it to be supplied ; comp. above in a.
Matt. 28: 9 xa} motdge pm [tia] naddonce
Spéir dnt tic vis. 1 Pet. 4: 12.

c) emphat. somebody, something, i. 0.
some person or thing of weight and im-
portance, some great one ; Matth. § 487.5.
Winer § 25. 2 Passow no. 3.— (a)
Simply, Acts 5:36 aviary Orv3iis, liver
slvad 1170 savedy. (Theoer. 11.79. Dem.
150. 19 od pay dy 37 médas 8st tv gel
veda Epict. Ench. 13.) Neut. 1 Cor.
3:7 otra & gvsatav dork 11, 10:19. Gal.
26. 63 al ya Sonai tug alval +, v.15.
1 Cor, 8:2 ab 38 1g Sond siBévas 2.—
Plato Gorg. 88. p. 527. D, de ts rras.
id, Apol. Boor. 6, p. 21. D, otros piv
oteral ss sidévas, ox side — (8) With
an adjective, Acts 8:9 Ziuew... dyer
ebal tia kavsiy péyar. Heb. 10::

Bega 86 215 éxdoxn xploeer, i.

fearful looking for of judgment.— Ee
rip. ap. Stob. 173. 11 deny ts doy.
Aeechin. Dial. Socr.3.17 yahqyés 115 los.

4) rig with a Subst. or Adj. some-
times serves to limit or modify the full
signification, like Engl. somewhat, i. q.
‘in some measure, a kind of, etc: Passow
no. 4. Winer § 25.2 Butt. § 150. p.
434. Rom. 1:11 fa 1 wstads yépope
‘pty. v.13, 1 Cor. 6 U, James 1:18
aig vo elves tuds dgnazyy twa x 1.2
—Lue. D. Deor. 6.1 cvyinus vite, Smoiér
4 46 alozody x. +. 1. Hdot. 5. 48 od ycip
tua moldy zedvor. Stob. 366, 42.

¢) Neut. r2 adverbially or as acc. of
manner. (a) Simply, in or as fo some-
thing, in any way, Phil. 3:15 xad df 6
drégees pgovsits. Philem. 18. Hence i.q.
perhaps, in the formula e psi te, unless
perhaps, Luke 9:13, John 5:19. al. see
in Mite. Comp. Buttm. § 150. p. 434.
—Luc. D. Deor. 2.1 a3 nal 1 jpagroy.
b. 7. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.29. ob es
ts Xen, H. G@. 7. 4. 35.— (8) With
another acc. neut. as Adverb, thus serv~
ing to modify it, comp. in d; some,
somewhat, a liltle, comp. Matth. § 487.
4 fin. Passow no.4.b. E. g. Spagd ts,
some little, a lille, spoken of time Acts

Ts

& 84; of place or rank Heb. &7.
Acts 23: 20 x1 é: . 2 Cor. 10
8 11:16. So pégos 1, in some part,
arty, 1 Cor, 1: 18, — Plato Gorg. p.
499. B, wdlos wt. Xen. Mom. 2. 6. 12
oyeéy Hil, 2122 Gdvor. AL.

Tés, neut. 1/4, Gen. rivos, interrog.
pron. who? which? what? Lat. quis,
quae, quid ? Sept. thy for ™, th for
tm. Always written with the acute
accent on 4, and thus distinguished from
tls, si, indef. see in Tis, and comp.
Burtm. § 18.n.2. §77.1. The place
of rig is usually at the beginning of the
jaterrogative clause, or at most after a
particle or the like ; but see below in
Awe

‘A) Direct, usually with the Indiea-
tive; sometimes with the Subjunct, and
Optative, which then serve to mod-
ify its power ; comp. below in f, g.

8) c. Indic, genr. and in various con-
structions: (a) Simply, Mate, 3:7 sig
dmiduter iptv quydv x. 5.1. 21: 3 sat
tle cos Bena wiv kovclay rairny 5
Mark 27. Luke 10: 29, Jobn 1: 22, 39
uy byte, 13:25, Acts 7:27. 19:3 sig

i.e. into what ete.
nara ie Rev. 6:17. al. seep. of
do: toit0; what is this? what mesns
this? Merk 1:27, 9:10. Eph. 4:9. So
with a pron. demonstr. in a contracted
elauee, Matth. § 472.4, Luke 16:2 i
sobre dxoie magi ood, for sb dors rotz0
6x. comp. John 16: 18, Acts 11:
17. For the phrases: a nis jus, sf

gas of, 200 in Heés UI. 8. 0. sb duot
wal vol, co in *Eya e. Cop. below
in 8.—Hdian. 2.1.17. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.
62. sl robr0 Luc. D. Deor. 5.7. c.
demenstr. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 18. — (8)
‘With a Subst. or Adj. taken substan-
tively. Matt, 5:46 tira wscdiv Byers;
Mark 5:9, Luke 14:31. John 2: 18 i
Suxving ; Rom. 6:21. Heb. 7:

J. Matt. 5:47 ef negsovey mossira; Mark
15: 14 sl yd9 xaxdy éxolnozy ; l.—comp.
Xen. An. 7. 6. 4. — (y) Seq. genit. of
class or of partition, i. e. of whieh siz,
shvsg, expresses a part. Matt, 22: 28 zi-
yos téiv inta tora: ; Luke 10:36. Acts
7: 82 tiva téy npogntar ; Heb. 1:5,13,

Also seq, 2x ¢. gonit. partit. Matt. 6:27 Comp.

sie 08 4 iuby 5.2. John 8: 46. c.

824

Ts

Subst. Matt. 7:9 sk dame 2 Spice de
Pownos x. x. 2, Luke 11: 1L—{8) Afer
tig the verb slyas is aften omitted, e. ¢.
sl mois Hits Matt, 27:4. uf dyad sel oni
Jobn 2:4, Mark 5&9 si cos Snopes;
Luke 4:36. Acts 7:49 § xis temos ths
zarancosls pov; 10:21. Rom. 21.
831,34. James 21a al So yivesdSu
Matt. 26:8. John 21:21. Comp. Wiser
§ 66. 2—Xen. Cyr. & 3. E2—{2) Sang.
té as predicate sometimes refers wa
Plural neut. es subject ; Jobn &9 ré-
to tl torw sg tocettous ; comp. in:
‘Acts 17:20, comp. below in g. Comp.
Matth. § 488.7. Winer § 25. 1. p Hi
— Lue. D. Deor. 11.1. Plat. Theset.
p. 155, C, Soot, 2h wos” dost nave,
— (0) By inversion, tés is sometimes
put after several words im a claw;
comp. above init. Matt. 6:98 Jobaé9
G16 tatsa ti docls x,t. 2. 16:18 Aco
11: 17, 19: 15 Spsig 88 tives dovd; Rom.
14:10. Epb, 4:9. al. Comp. Mash. §
488. 2.—(n) With other 2 mat
tig, and who? whe then? Mark 10: 26.
2 Cor. 2:2; see in Kel no 1. ey.
lg Gpa, who then? see im “dew Lb
al yag, what then Rom. & 3. Phil

1:18; see in Le xi om,
twhat therefore ? then? moe ie
Oty no. 2. d. xf drs, why? som

“Orino.1.b, ded tl or Sseth, om ac-
count of what? wherefore? why? see i=
4a TH. 2a ele tl, for what? w
what end? wherefore? why? Mast 14:
31. Mark 14:4; seein Eigno.3.d.e. Bat
Acts 19:3 see above in a gos ti,

for what? for what intent ? wherefore?

Jobn 13:28; see in Hose WL 3 d
(Xen. Cyr. 6.8. 20.) Ivexi, thet what?
to what end? wherefore? sce in ‘Zveti
b) Neut. ri as adverb of interroge-
tion, or as acc. of manner, interrog.
(a) wherefore ? why? for what cause?
i,q. dia th Matth. 9 488. 8. m8
26 ti 3ndol doves Mark 11:3.
2 John 7:19. Acts 26:14. foarte
30. al. saep. Sept. for my Ex. 14: 15.
(Xen. An. 2.4.3.) So sf sal, why
then ? 1 Cor. 15: 29, 30; see in Kal no.
ley. sl dé, but why? expressing
surprise Matt. 7:3. Luke 641; also
and why? continuative, 1 Cor. 47.
Matth, § 488.9. xi ov» why
then? Mett.17:10. Joho 1:25. Acts

Ts 825 Ts

26: 10. al. see in Oty no. 2.4. — Also
i. q. to what end? for what purpose?
ig. sig si, Matt. 26:65. Gal. 3: 19 +i
oy & réduos ; — (8) as to what? how?
in what respect? i. q. xorec th Matt.
19:20 ti in ‘oth; Matt. 16:26,
Mark 8: 36. Luke 9:25 (Xen. Cyr. 2.
1.17.) Also i. q. in what way? how?
Rom. 8: 24 ri xa dinifes; 1 Cor. 7:16
bis, uf yag oldas, yivas, ». x. 2. Acts 26:
8. So Matt. 22:17 ti vos doxtt ; Mark
14:64. Hence intensive, how! how
greatly ! Matt. 7:14 in later edit. tl ote-
94 A weihy, Luke 12 49 xf Site, ob dy

Bo Sept, for tm Pa 3:2
Cant. 4: 10. 7:7, (04 6/

¢) 4. q. wéregos, where two are spo-
ken of, who or which of the two? Matt.
QI tlc dx rGy Bio, 27:21 tiva amd ta
3é0, Comp. above in a.y. Matt. 9:5
ah yg dauy sinondrsgoy x. 1. 2. % 17,
49. Luke 7:42. 1 Cor. 4:21. See Wi-
ner § 25.1. p. 145. Matth. § 488. 4. —
Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 17. Plato Phileb. p. 52.
D. corp. Btalb. in Plat. |. c. p. 167.

d) tig c. Indic. through the force of
the context sometimes approaches to
the sense of woios, Lat. quatis, i.e. of
what kind or sort? Herm. ad. Vig. p.
731. E. g. of persons, Matt. 16: 13 xi

14 0b SrIgurcos elves ;_v. 15.
Mark & 27, 29. 1 Cor. 3: 5 ls ob dors
Trados ; James 4: 12. tig dea Luke 1:
66. & 25. Nent. Heb. 2 6 ri dors dv
Sewnos; (Soph. Trach. 811.) Of things,
Luke 4: 96 tls 6 Adyos obsos; 24:17.
John 7: 96, 1 Cor. 15 20,

e) Spee. c. Indic, Fut. rig expresses
(a) deliberation, Matt. 11: 16 tive 38 of-
movin Hy x,t. 1 Mark 6:24. Luke 3:
10 x4 ob” mosjopey ; v.12, 13: 18, Acts
4:16, Comp. Winer § 41.6. In most
of these examples, some Mss. have the
Subjunctive.—8o rarely c. Indic. Pres-
ent, John 11:47. Acts 21:22, Comp.
Winer § 42. 3. p. 283.—(8) Hence im-
plying the idea, shall, may, can. Matt.
5:13 dy tis GhoOyoras; Luke 1:18
sate 1h yvdcoums toto; Acts 8: 33,
Rom. & 33, 35. Comp. Winer |. ¢.—{y)
Sometimes put where a general truth
te to be illustrated by a particular ex-
‘ample 5 comp. Herm. ad Soph. ‘Trach.
451. Male 13 U1 thy Fores a ipsiy ay
Opures, 6 Bie x. +. 2. Luke Miss
1

where the Subjunct. alternates with
the Fut.

f) c, Subjunet. implying deliberation
with the idea of possibility; comp.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 729. Passow no. 2. c.
Winer § 42. 4. p. 285, 246, Matt. 6:31

+ al gdyoper, x 7.2 Luke 12:
17 1h nosjow; 16:8. So Matt, 20:32
wb Siders moujow Spiy; 27:17, 21, 2
see in Oddw b.

g) c. Optat. et a, implying doubt,
uncertainty. Acts 2:12 21 dy Sélos rob
10 elvas; 17:18, Comp. Herm. ad. Vig.
p. 729. Passow no. 2.a,—Lue. D. Deor.
71. Vitar. Auct. 12,

B) Indirect, where it is often equiv.
to Sotis, 8,44, see Buttm. § 127. 4 and
n.6. Matth. § 488.1. Winer § 25. 1.
Pessow no. 3.

8) ©. Indieat. after verbe of hearing,
inquiring, shewing, knowing, and the
like ; comp. Winer § 42. 4. p. 248
Matth. § 507.2. So in various con-
piped and uses : (a) genr. Matt. &

Byres i cou xb messi ¥
Ha cov. 9 13 pa Sera si dotiv. 10: 11,
12.8, 7. 21: 16. Mark 14: 36. Luke 6
47. %: Acts 21: 33, Eph. 5:10, 1
John & 2 John 19: 24 Adgeusy sag)
ato, tlvog tora, So c. Subst. 1Cor,
15:2 sive Ady x.t.2. 1 Pet.1:11; comp.
in A.a. 8. With alvas iraplied, comp.
in Ava. 8. Rom. & 27 2b 15 gdrque
x 1.1, Eph. 3:18, Heb, 5: 12.—Hdian,
2.8.8 sive Eyete yrouny. Xon. Aw. 4.
8. 5. Mem. 1. 6, 4.—In a double ques-
tion, Luke 19:15 iva yvg tig th dsertga-

ywaredoarto, pp. that he might know, who

had gained what? i.e. who had gained
and what he had gained; comp. Math.
§ 488.12 fin, Herm. ad Soph. Antig. 20.
Aj. 1164.—Xen. Mem. 2, 2. 3 tivas ob»
md tbver siposuy x. 7. .—(6) i. g. wd—
‘tagos, comp. in A. c. Phil. 1:22 +8 of-

Gropes ov yrugiiw. — Xen, Cyr. 1. 3.
17, — (7) ing. motos, comp, in A, d.

John 10:6 oix tyvewar sive tv & aldles

Acts 17: 19, ‘24: 20.

bye Subjunct. implying what may
or can be done, i. e. possibility, Herm.
ad Vig. p. 729, 741. Winer § 42. 4b.
p. 246. Matth. §516. 3. Matt. 6 25 1h

ate a payne. 10: 19.

Pkt 6 ov 7ag Hoe, tl dedjoy. Luke
12: 5,11, 29. 17:8. 19: 48, Rom. & 26.

Téthos

1 Pet. 5:8. So in a double question,
Mark 15: 24 Adidovses... cig sb don,
comp. above in a. .
¢) c. Optat. after a preceding prac-
terite, and implying doubt, uncertainty ;
Buum. § 139. 2,8. Herm. ad Vig. p.
742. Maith. § 518. Winer § 42. 4. ¢. p.
247. (ay genr. Luke 8: 9 énngedsaw 3¢
ottor ... thy aly jj magafoly ainy; 15:
26 éxvrPéver0, th ely tata; comp. in
A. d. s 18: 36, 22: 23.— Hdian. 2.8.5
siya yrouny ‘youre. Xen. An. 4.5. 10.
—(6) With Gy, as strengthening the
idea of uncertainty, comp. Buttm. §
189. 13. Winer § 43.4. Herm. ad Vig.
729. Luke 1: 62 36, cl dy Salo xadei—
oSas adtéy. 6:11 Sishdlovy moos addy
Rows, sb dy noujosar 1G ‘Inoot. 9: 46.
John 13: 24, Acts 5: 24. 10: 17. 17:20.
21:33.—Xen. Cyr. 1.4.12, An

Térdoe, ov, 6, Lat. titulua, i.e.
title, superacription, John 19: 19,20, —
Hesych. tirlog: ntuzloy éalygappa tor.

Taos, ov, 6, Titus, pr. n. of a
Christian teacher of Greek origin, a
companion and fellow-Inbourer of Paul,
Gal. % 3; sent by him to Dalmatia, 2
‘Tim. 4: 10; and also left in Crete to
and regulate the churches,
Tit.1:5. Tradition relates that he was
bishop of Crete, and died there at the
age of 92 years. 2 Cor. 7: 6, 13, 14. 8:
6,16. 1218 bis. Gal. 21,3. 2 Tim.
4:10. Theov tév ddepéy pov 2 Cor. 2
12. T. xoiweerdg duds xab sig ipdis ovr
sero 2 Cor, 8:23. Tiy yinoly tig

it, A: 4.

Teo, £. low, to hold worth, i g, to
reapect, lo honour, to reverence, ¢. g. it~
voy Hom. Od. 15,542. Seoug H. 8. 540.
ib. 9, 238; also to estimate, to prize,
Hom. Il, 23. 703, 705. Hence in fut.
and aor. 1 Act. and Mid. (and with
Pres. tlva,) to honour sc. by making com-
Pensation, atonement, i. q. fo alone for,
to pay for, c. acc. of wrong done etc.
©. g. iBgir Hom, Od. 24. 352. gévor
IL 21. 134.—In N. T. to atone with, to
pay, c. acc. of thing offered or suffered
in atonement, as dixqy ticw to pay or
suffer punishment, to be punished, Lat.
solvere }, 2 Thess. 1:9.—Hom. Od.
14,84. Ael. V. H1.24. 132 Plat.

826

+ tive to moias, olos, eee Button. § 72.56;

Towvtog

de vera Num. Vindict.8 ina é Biews
aqy Ouejy. VILL. p. 191. Reink,

Tod, enclit. particle, pp. smiqe
dat. for 14, by consequence, consequent,
therefore ; which signification howere
is found only in the strengthened forss
roiyde, toryagabr, etc. while rol ite
retains only a sort of confirmatory sem,
indeed, forsooth, yet, ete. Button. {1
p- 431. Matth. § 627. In N. T. onlyin
the compounds xaurolye, tosyagotr, wl
vr.

Tosyagowy, ic. rol sureugtbowt
by the particles yeig, oly, i. 4
certain consequence, consequently, en
‘fore; vee Buttm, §149. p.431. 1Toex
‘4:8 roiyagoty & aOsrér x71 Beh
12% 1, Sept. for 7a-by Job 2 10. %
22, — Jos. Ant, 10. 1,2. Cob Tehil
Xen. An. 1. 9. 9.

Totys, vee xacrolys in T¥ 1.

Tolvur, i.e. rod strengthened by
viv, i. q. indeed now, yet now, few
fore; used where one proceeds wit
‘an inference, Buttm. § 149. p St
Matth. §627. Usually pat after ove
more words in a clause, Loke%%
dnddots tolrur 1a xaloegos soleep |
Cor. 9: 26, James 2% 24 in text. ee. —
Wied. 1: 11. Ceb, Tab. 3. Diod. SL
6. Xen. Occ. 10, 2 — More rarely pt
at the beginning of a clause, Heb
13 rolyuv depzeusdes pos atnir. S
Sept. for *p Is 3: 10. 72h ln &B-
Jos. Ant. 6.184 Ael. H. An 26
Other examples seo in Lob. od Pht.
342.

Towade, rorede, rosdvde,areog
ened form of sofog demonetr.

of this kind or sort, such, Lat
Pet. 1:17 gor. de —Ton
17. 18,8 Brag rovdrde, Heian. 7.
Xen. Mem. I. 1. 1. .
Towov ros, rosatsn, 101080 ool
sowoitoy Mau. 18: 5, & a
form of totes demonstr. corral. 9 4
obog, ve, Bure. § 79.5, 5 oft
or sort, suck, Lat. talis, more roel
in Attic usage than ois OF
Passow 8. v. ; «
a) genr. e. g. (#) withost att

|
|

Toiyos

corresponding relative, Matt. 18 5 3¢ dav
Oétysas xasdlor roiotror Fy. Mark 4:33.
Jobn 4: 23, Acts 16:24, 1 Cor. 11: 16.
James 4: 16, al.—Hdian. 7. 8. 17. Xen.
Cyr. 2 1. 1. — With a corresponding
relat. e. g. olog 1 Cor. 15: 48 bis, olog 6
Zoinds, torotror xad of yorxol, x. 1. 2 a
Cor. 10:11. doiog Acts 26: 29. dg
Philem. 9.—c. olog Ecclus. 49:16, Xen.
Mem. 2 6.12. ig ib. 2 8. 3. — (6)
‘With the. art. as marking something
definite or already mentioned, Matth. §
265. 7. Winer § 17 fin. Comp. in ‘0,
4, 15, C. 8. p.555. Matt. 19: 14 sév rag
tovovteer éasiv ¥ Bucilsla sav oig. Mark
& 37. Acts 19:25, Rom. 1: 32. 1 Cor.
5 11. Gal. 5:21. 1 Tim. 6: 5. 3 John
8. al.—Hdian. 4.5. 4. Pol. 8.2.5. Xen.
An. 5. 8, 20.

'b) by impl. such, i a 00 greet, {s)
without art. or relative, Matt. 9:8
Sorte eovalar roumityy toig aries.
wos. Mark 6:2. Jobn | 9:16, (Ceb. Tab.
4.) Neut. pl. rosaira, such things,

20 great things, ¢. g. good Luke 9: 9;
evil, 1&2 Heb. 1 ins ‘With a relat.
corresponding, dos 1 Cor, 5:1; 3¢
Heb. 8: 1.—(6) With the art. 6 rosovros,
such an one, such a person, one diatin-
guished, c.g. ins good sense, 2 Cor.
12:2, 3,5. (Ael. V. H.11. 9.) Ina
bad sense, i. q. such a fellow, Acts 2%
22, coll. 21: 27. 1 Cor. 5: 5. 2 Cor. 2
6,7. Comp, Matth. § 265. 7. ‘0, 4, 30,
p555. AL.

Toizoc, ov, &, @ wall, sc. of a
house, paries, Acts 23:3, see in Koridw.
Sept. for “xp Ex. 30: 3, Lev. 14: 37.—
Ael. V. H. 14.19, Pol. 5. 33.5. Xen.
Conv. 4.38. Kindr. with téizos, which
is ‘spoken only of the wall of a city, etc.

Toxo, ov, 5, (theta, tétona,) a
bringing forth, birth, Hom. 1). 19, 119.
thing bora, offspring, child, Athen. 4. 8%
‘tiénog xalatras nas 6 yevipevos mais. Xen.
Lac, 15, 5. — In N. T. trop. gain from
money put out, inéerest, usury, Matt. 25:
97. Luke 19:8. Sept. for ‘22 Ex.
22: 25. Lev. 25: 96, 37.—Jos. c. Ap. 2
27. Acechin. 68. 26. Dem. 13. 20.

Toducien, 0, £. jou, (réhya cour-
age, boldness, from obsol. rdw, valde
(@ bear,) te have courage, boldness, con-

827 Ténog

fidence todo any thing; to venture, to
dare, intrans. c. infin, Matt. 2% 46 ov-
08 érdlunod 11g... negurijous adtéy.
Mark 12:34. 15:43. Luke 20:40, John
Qi: 12, Acts 5: 18 otdss érdlwa xol-
ldoSas aincis. 7:32. Rom, 5 7. 15: 18.
1 Cor. 6: 1. 2 Cor. 10: 12° Phil. 1: 14,
Jude 9. Sept. for ab whe Eath. 7: 5.
—2 Maec. 4: 2 Jos, Ant 17.13 4
Dem. 1377. 12. Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 10. —
Also to show oneself bold, to act with
boldness, c. éxk tive against
any one 2 Cor. 10: 2; ¢. by cvs in any

thing J 1: 21 bis, 0%) .04 ef dipeae bee 4
Melee sid, tes Edo re EE wg reac?

Todungotegor, adv. (Zomparat.: :

of rodunpdis, Buttm. § 115. 5,) the more

boldly, with greater confidence and

freedom, Rom. 15: 15.—Pol. 1. 17. 17.

een 10, tolpngeig Xen. Conv.
1

7" rom

Todunrys, ov, 6, (tolpede,) one
bold, a darer, enterpriser, Jo. B. J. 3.
10.2 Thuc. 1.70. InN. T. in a had
sense, one over-bold, audacious, presump-
tuous, 2 Pet. % 10.

Tomce, 7, ov, ( tduves,) cutting,
sharp, keen, Plat. ‘Tim. p. 61. E. In
N.T. only comparat. ropoiregoc, % 07,
sharper, keener, trop. Heb, 4: 12—Luc,
Tox. 11. Phocyl. 116 or 118,

Toparepos, see in Topds.

Tokov, ov, +é, a bow, sc. for shoot.
ing arrows, Rev. 6:2. Sept. oft for

mip Gen. 27:8, Ps. 7:13. — Lue. D.

Dan. Hdian. 6. 5.9. Xen Cyr. 1.
2.9,

Lonator, ov, 26, (also rématos,)
the topaz Rev. 21:20; a transparent gem
of a golden or orange colour; not the
green topaz of Pliny, which seems to
have been the modern chrysolite, H. N.
37.8 or 32 Comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art.
Topaz. — Sept. for 7708 Ex, 28: 17.
Ez. 28: 13. — Diod. Sic. 3. 39 where
see. Strabo XVI. p.1115, A, ta tond-
Ga U80¢ 84 tats diaparic, x6
dnoldpnwy wr gar Comp. Wetst. N.
‘T. IL. p. 845.

Tonos, ov, &, place, locus, e. 8
8) as occupied or filled by any per-
eon or thing, spot, space, room. (3) PP.

oak.

Tonos

Mau, 28: 6 tov séxov Sov dxdizo 5 wi
qos. Mark 16:6, Luke 2 7 otx fy ab
toils cmos & tH xatahipor. (Sept.
Gen, 24: 23.) Luke 14: 9, 10, 22. John
20: 7. Acts 7: 33, Heb. 87. Rev.2:5
suriow Py Angolay Gov é& tol rozov a
tis. 6: 14, 20: H. Sept. for bipa
Gen. 2: 23 1K. & 6, 7, Prov. 25: 6.
—Lus, Necyom.17 § dlaxis éxopsrgicp
indosy ty tér0r, Sides 84 10 ply rotor
od xléoy moddg. Hdian. 2, 14. 10,— So
Biovas tonoy turk to give place to any
‘one, to make room, Luke 14:9, Rom.
1219, Eph. 4:27; see fully in Aidaps
a. 7.—(6) Trop. i. g. condition, part,
character; 1Cor. 14:16 6 dvankygdy tor
aénov tol iBueizov he who fills the place
of one unlearned, i i.e, who is unlearned ;
comp. in’ Avaniyedw d.— Philo Somn.

p. 600. E, zor ayyilou tonor driozs.
Jo. Ant. 16.7.2 avros 08 molldns axo-
Joyouséveu ténoy Laypive.— (7) Trop.
place, i. 4, opportunity, occasion. Acts
25:16 ngly |. .. tonoy 32 dnoloylas
Aeifoe x Rom. 15: 23 nuits tonoy
Beuv (8c. to¥ abayyahifec Sax) by toi xii
paos rovton, Heb, 12: 17.— Eoclus. 4:
5. Pol. 1. 88. 2 tomog dlsouy. Aeschin.
84, 39.

b) ofa particular place, spot, where
any thing i is done or takes place ; Luke
10: 82 Suolag dé nad Anvirns, yevdueros
xara tov tonoy. 11:1, 19:5. John 4:
20. 5:13, 6: 23, 10: 40. 11: 30, 18: 2
1% 20, 41. 2Pet.1:19. Pleonast. Rom.
9: 26 dy 1G xdny ob, in the place where,
i,q. simpl. where, quoted from Hos. 2
1 [1:10}, where Sept. for Vwity ipa
Sept. genr. for Dip Gen. 28: 16, 1
35:14, Ruth 3: 4,—Pol, 4.72, 5. Hdian.
1.8.11.

¢) ofa place where one dwells, s0-
journs, belongs, i. q. duelling-place,

home. Luke 16: 28 zig tov tonoy
roirey wis Pasdyov. Jobn 11: 6 14: 2
mopstouas brosdoas sénoy iis. v. 3.
Acts 1: 25 see inӣds05 b, 7. Acts 12: 7.
Rev. 12: 6,8,14. 80 of a house, dwell-
ing, Acts 4:31; a temple, Acts 7: 49 tis
‘tO70¢ Tig xatanavosws wou, quoted from
Is, 66:1 where Sept. for bipy. Hence
. tbe temple as the abode of God is called
6 sOnog Gytos Matt, 2: 15. Acts 6: 13,
14, 21: 98 bis, Bo Sept. and ipa
fwiqg Pa UM: 3. wap ‘ne In 60:

828

Togov ros

Sept. genr. for bipn Gen. 29:26. Nua.
%: 1, mvp i Sem. 10 96. Be: BL
Chr. 18: 15. — Lue. D. Mort. 17.2. de
Lucta 2, spoken of Hades as the abode
of the dead. Hdian. 4.2.18, i. q. okxqea
§16.—Of things, place whore any thing
is kept, as a sword, i. q. a sheath, scab
bard, Matt, 26¢ 52.

d) ina geographical or
eo ee ante corey of ibe
earth, ete. (a) So of a definite place or
spot in a city, district, country. Man
2: 33 bis, sig toner layipavor Delyeda,
G dow uv oxes. Mark 1
22 bis. Luke 23: 33. John 19 17. Se
Luke 6: 17, 2% 40 coll. v. 39. John &
10. 19: 13, Rev. 16: 16. Acts 27: &, 23,
Sept. for nipn Gen. 222,
14. 28: 19.— Ceb. Tab. 16° Diod. Sie.
1,9. Xen, Cyr. 5.3.11.—(8) Of 2 place
as inhabited, a city, liage, quarter, etc.
Luke 4: 37 tis mire times Tie mapare-
gov. 10:1 sis macay mole wai row.
Matt. 14:35, Acts 163, 27: 2. Rev. 1&
17 in later edit. So dy mevsl toxy in

every place, e where among mea,
1 Gar 1:2 9 Core 1 1 Thee 8
1 Tim. % 8, — Sept. 2 Chr. 34: 6, Jon,
Aot. 11.8.4, Hdien. 3.4 6 Xen. H
G. 7.1.3 —(y) Of « tract of commery,
district, region ; ©. g- vices, Fen-

por sénos, Mate 14 13°18. Mark 1:
yore 32, 35. Luke 4: 42 9: 80,12
8 dyidgaw ‘ténew Matt. 12: 43, Lute
11: 24, xena témoug in divers
quarters, countries, Matt. 24:7. Mark
1% 8. Luke 21:11, So in the sense of
@ land, country, Jobn Il: 48 égoiew
dyiv tov tonoy xad 10 EOv0s, ie our
country and nation, Heb. 11:8 Acts
7:7 angsicoucl ps ty 1 tomy tov,
i. e. in this land, in allusion to Gen. IX
14, filled ont perhaps from Ex, & 12—
Hdian.3. 14.2, Dem. 49. 5 sais aide
aig dv rovty t@ tény iow. Xen. Ac,
1, 5.1. ib. 4. 410) Trop. of «plac
or passage in s book, Lake 4: 17 alge
tov tOmOy Ov Gy yeyguppiver. — Xen.
Mem. 2. 1,20, Prob, not found else-
where in this sense, Sturz Lex. Xea.
ev. Suid. sdmos- § ixdetov léyew
naplodos, So zeiga Jos. Ant. 1.8.3.

Touoiitos, tocavty, recoise and
tegoitor, a strengthened form for sares,

Tow

ov, cartel. to Sees, 6005, Buttes. § 79.
5, 6; 80 great, 00 much, etc.

a) Pp. of magnitude, ‘intens. 90,
Matt. 8: 10 020i sovainge xlony r
Luke 7: 9. Jobn 1% 87. Rev. 18: 17.
Plur. neut. roosira 20 great things, ben-
efits, Gal. 3:4. With dos
ing, Heb. 1:4. 7:22 coll, 20, 10: 25.
Rev. 18: 7. 6 in text. rec.—2 Mace.
4:3. Hdian. 7.8.4. Xen. An. 3.5.7.
©. Saog Hdian. 2. 3.17. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1.
4. — So ofa specific ‘amount, s0 much
and no more, iq. 20 little, Acts 5:8 bis,
8 togotzov 0 aniBoode; x. 5.1.
—Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 5. ib. 2. 4. 4.

b) of time, a0 long, John 14:9 rooo8-
zor zodvoy. Heb, 4: 7, — Hdian. J. 6. 1.
Xen. H. G. 4. 6. 13.

¢) of number, multitude, collect. or
in plur. 90 many, 80 numerous; Matt.
15: 33 bis, gro: tosotros. . . Shor t0-
ceiroy. Luke 15: 29, John @ 9, Qi: 11.
1 Cor. 14:10, Heb, 1% 1.—Jos. Ant. 11.
1, 8. Hdian. 1.17.10, Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.2,

Tore, adv. demonme. of time, then,
at that time, correl. to Sta, xéra, Buttm.
ge 4

&) im general propositions, marking
sacoeesion ; ©. g. after osror, as Matt.
5: M4 nestor draldiynds ... nad sire
dew wedoene x. ©. 1. 12 29, Mark 3:
@. Jobn 2 10. e. Stay, 2 Cor. 12 10
Bray yo doSed, tor Swvatée shu.
John 210, Simply, Luke Th: Bie.
Grey Hdian. 2.9.4. Xen. Mem. 4.3. 17.

b) of time past; e. g. with & nota-
tion of time preceding, (on, Matt. 18:
26 Sue 84 Mléoryow 8 zéqros.... xér0
dgarn wal ta Sobers 21:1. John 12:16,
c. og ‘John 7:10. 11:6. patd c. acc.
Jobn 13:27, So after @ participle as
noting time, Acts 27: 21. 28: 1 xad dia-
aoGivts, s618 tnéyrecay x, 1,1. comp.
Math. § 565. 10g. Butt, § 144. n. 7.
Also as opp. to viv, Rom. & 21. Gal. 4:
Seoll. 9, v.29. Heb. 12:26. siding
toa Acts 17: 14. Simply, where the
Botation of time lies in the context, and
tora, then, at that time, is often i. q.

after that ; Matt. % 7 coll. 4.

tee this, cell. v. 6,7. Matt % 15. 4 1.
2% 8, Jobo 19; 1, 16, Act 11% 10:

Tovréste

46, 48, Heb. 10: 7, 9. al. — c. ose Xen.
Cyr. 8.4, 14 coll. 18. de Hdian. 23 *
5. Xen. Conv, 1. 14. c, particip. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.6. opp. viv Xen. Cyr. 5.2
8 Simpl. Sept. Geo. 1&7. Ezra 4:23,
24. Jos. Ant. 6, 12,7. Ceb, Tab, 29,
Xen. Conv. 1, 14 0838 tore, — Also in
later usage G@n0 tore, from then, from
that time, Matt. 4:17, 16:21. 26: 16.
Luke 1 16; see Phryn. ed. Lob. p.
461. Sturz de Dial. Mac. p.211. Sept.
for nx7 [173] Ecclas, 8: 12. — With
the art. as adj. 5 rérs xdoyos the then
world 2 Pet. 8:6; comp. Buttm. § 125.
6. — Hdian. 14.10. Ken. Av. 2.2.
20.

c) of atime fature, e.g. Stuy pre-
ced. Matt. 25: 81 Gray 8 229y 6 6 vidg tod
Gy... tore xaDloes End Sgdvov x. 1.1.
Mark 13:14. Luke 14:10. 23: 20. John
8: 28.1 Cor. 13: 10. 16: 2. 1 Thess, 5:
3. Pleonast. Stay... dts dy éxelvoug
raiig Syudoas Luke 5: 85, (comp. Dem,
289. 21 adre xan) dutivor tov xaigéy.) c.
meitor, Luke 6:42. opp. Sgt: 1 Cor.
13:12 Simply, Mark 18:21 xad sére
day 11g ipiy ata x. 1.1. ¥. 26, 27. Luke
18; 26, 21: 27. 1 Cor. 4: 5, 2 Thess, 2:
8. Sept. simpl. for 1% Ex. 12: 44, 48,
—Lue. D. Deor. 4.5 elgdusda tine, 1h
meaxcior. Hdian. 3.9.13. AL.

Tovvevriov, (drartlos q, v.) crasis
for 1 évartlor, Bum. § 29. n. 3; pp.
the opposite, 8 Mace. 3:22. Ken. H. G.
7. 5.26, In N.T. as adv. on the con-
trary, contrariwise, 2 Cor. 27. Gal. 2
7. 1 Pet.&9. Comp. Buttm. § 128,
n.4, § 181. n.6.— Ael. V. H. 3 12.
Xen. Mem. 2. 7. 8.

Touvouc, crasis for +3 Sroue,
Buttm. § 128. n. 4; i. q. by name, Matt.
27:57; see in” Ovowe.a. Comp. Buttes.
§ 131. “6. — Jos. Ant. & 7. 6. Palaeph.
40. 3. Luc. D. Deor. 3. 1.

Tovréote, crasis for tots tots, that
is, id eat, i. q. ‘ which signifies,’ ueed in
explanations ; 80 in text. rec. Acts 1:19
“AxadS apa, tovidors, yaplov aipatos, 19:
4. Rom. 7: 18. 9: 8. Philem. 12, Heb.
2 14, 7:5. 9: 11. 10:20, 1:16, 13: 15,
1 Pet. 3:20, Sept. for mim Job 40: 19,
—In later editions every where written
separately, soif iors, and go text. rec,

Touro

in Matt. 97: 46, Mark 7:2. Rom. 10: 6,
7, &—Diod. Bic. 4, 7.

Tov co, 800 in Obz05.

Teayos, ov, 5, a he-goat, hircus,
Heb, 9: 12, 13, 19, 10: 4. Sept. for
ovipy Gen. 81: 10. Num. 7: 17 9q.
spay Lev. 16: 5,7 0. wn Gen, 3%
14.—Lue. D, Deor. 4.1. Plat. Vit. Thes.
38.

Todneta, ne, %, (pp. rergcinete,
fom sage v. and méfa foot,) a table,

“5 genr. for setting on food, taking
meals, (a) pp. Matt. 15:27. Mark 7:
28. Luke 16: 21. 22: 21,30. 80 of the
pe. for the shew-bread, Heb. 9:2, i. q.

ganela tHi¢ me0Pcem, 1 Macc. 1: 22;
Sew 1 for qty Ex. 25: 23, 27 aq. 26:
35. Comp. in LgdSeaug a. Sept. and
Phw gonr. 1 Sam. 20: 33. 2 Ban. 9: 7,
16.—Palaeph.23.1. Luc. Acin,7, Xen.
Conv. 2.1.—(8) Meton. like Engl. table,
for that which is set on, i. q. food, a
meal, banquet, Acts 16: 34 magéOma
tpametar he set a table, made ready a
meal; comp. in HagatiOnus a. (Ael. V.
H.2.17, Hdian. 4. 7,8.) Rom. 11:9
yorndijtw 7 19. avtdy tig naylda, quoted
from Ps. 69: 23 where Sept. for Te.
1 Cor. 10: 21 bis, So Sept. and ie )
Pa, 23: 5. Prov. 9:2.—Jos. Ant. 10.9.4.
Hdian. 1.6.2 Xen. Cyr. 7, 2, 26.

b) spec. fable of a money-changer,
@ broker’s bench or counter, at which he
sat in the market or public place, e. g.
in the outer court of the temple, Matt.
21:12 Mark 11:15. John 215. Sve
in Kequanaris, KolivBurers.—Lys. 114,
37. Isaeus 105. 119. — Hence genr. a
broker's office, bank, where money is
deposited and loaned out, Luke 19: 23
Qidovas 13 dpyigioy int thy rpcinetay.
See in lens. — Dem. 895. 5, 15.
ib. 1356. 10. — Meton, Acts 6: 2 tals
-teanitass Siaxorsivy, to serve moncy-ta-
bles, i. e. to take care of money-affairs,
to have charge of the alms etc. — Jos,
Ant. 12, 2.3 Baodixn redntban

penne 78 ov, 6, { rodmaxe b,)
a labler, @ money-changer, broker,
Senter; in Lat. ‘aloo’ called trapecita, om,
mensarius, one who exchanged money,
and who also received money on de-

830

Teagvs

posh at interest in order to boen it on
to others at a higher rate; see Boeckh
Staatwh. d. Ath. [. p. 138 eq. Adam's
Rom, Ant.p. 501, Comp. Dem. p.816
fin. P. 948 init, Matt. 2: 27 Bes ow
08 Bali 10 Gpysgisr pov tesc t9eesy-
raug.—Jos, Ant. 12.2.3. Pol. 32 13 6
Dem. 1186. 7.

Tpavpa, arog, x6, ( ritedem,
kindr. with ttede, obsol. tece,) «
wound, Luke 10: 34. Sept. for 7zq
Gen. 4: 22, Is, 1: 6. — 2 Mace. 14: 45.
Pol, 2 69, 1. Xen. Mem. 3 4. 1.

Teaupartyo, £. tow, (xeaipa,)
wound, trans. Luke 20: 12 soizoy tyes
Botloarres iéfalov. Acts 19:16. Sep.
for 3p Cant.5:7. part. pass. for 2:7;
Jer. 9:1. Ez, 28 23. — 1 Mace. 16s
Lue, Epigr. 20. T. IV. p. 417, Taucha.
Xen. H. G. 4. 3. 23.

Toaznrior, €. baes, (xgdznies,)
twist the neck, to throttle, as 0 wreater
his antagonist, Plut. de Corius. 12 ed.
R. VIIL p. 69, dgdze rox GOlgryy fai
racdoxaglou toazuutspsror, comp. Ack
V. H. 12, 58, Plot, M. Anton. 33 Als
to bend back the neck, ©. g. of an animal
for slaughter, 20 as to expose the frost
or throat, Diog. Laert. 6.61 Be ee ape
Gysipsivior, sig id tol tézortos mogemion
teaznhiferas, Hence in N, T. trop.
lay bare, to lay open, Pass. part. Heh
13 mdvew 84 yusrd wad
rols SpSalpct; aixof.—Hesych. rape-
miopiver weparegmpsva. Comp. Wase
N. T. IT. p. 398.

Teayndoc, ou, 6, the neck, nape,
Matt. 18: 6. Mark 9:42, Luke 17: 2
Acts 15: 10 eco in tuyés a. Rom. 164
toy Eavray epdiynloy tnédyzay oc. under
the axe, i.e. have exposed their lives
to peril for my safety. Luke 15 20 &
Acts 20: 37 éninusor én} tov rpsizyler
aio, i, e. embraced him ; comp. Gen.
33:4 where Sept. for 781%, as alao 45
14. Josh. 10: 24. Any it. 10 16.
Is. 48: 4.—Hdinn, 1. 17,25. Dem. 744
6. Xen, An. 7. 4.9.

T oazus, eiar, U, (kindr. with gés-
ou, gjocw,) rough, uneven, 0. g. dbo
Luke 3: 5. Acts 27: 29 rpaysion tio,
ie. rocks, breakers. Sept. for 102"

Toagentrs

In, 40: 4.—Sept. Jer. 9:95 S8i¢ 19. Cob.
‘Tab. 15. Xen. As. 4. 6, 12.

Teayzevius, os, 4, Trackoni-
tis, the north-easternmost of the dis-
tricts into which the habitable region
east of the Jordan was divided, bound-
ed easterly by the Arabian desert ; on
the S. W. by Auranitis and Gaulonitis ;
and extending from the territory of Da-
mascus on the North, to near Bostra on
the South ; Euseb. Onom.s. v. Frou
gala. The name is derived: from two
mountains called Tgdyerec, Strabo 16.
2. 16,20, The modern name is El
Ledja, on the eastern part of Haouran ;
and the country in it present state is
fully described by Burckbardt, Travels
in Syria ete. p. 51aq.211sq. Tracho-
nitia formed a part of the tetrarchy of
Herod Antipas, Luke 3:1; comp. in
“Heddng no. 1, 2, and in Trovpala.—Jos.
Ant. 1, 6. 4, ib, 17. 11. 4.

Toeis, ob af, nour. rola, 24, card.
num. three, Matt. 12: 40. 13: 33, 18: 20.
al. Comp. Buttm. § 70. 8. — Sept. for
why) Gen. 7: 18. sxep. Xen. An. 6.6.
86. — For the pr. n. Tbeig TxBégras,
seem Tufigra, AL

Teduca, (r9éa,) only in pres, and
imperf. Passow s. v. Butm. p. 472; to
tremble, e.g. from fear, intrans, Matt.
5: 33 gofndeica xad roguovce. Luke &
47. Acts 9:6. Sept. for wy Jer. 4:
2%, Chald. syy m7 Dan. 5:21. 6: 26.
—Hdian, 6.9.2. Dem. 314. 24.—Hence,
to tremble at any thing, i. q. lo fear, to
be afraid, c. part. 2 Pet. 210 0d xgé-
woves Placpnpoivtes, lit. they do not
tremble speaking evil, i. q. they do not
fear speaking evil, are not afraid to
speak evil; comp. Buttm. § 144. 4. a.
Winer § 46. 1.—c. inf. Soph. Oed. Col.

128 S¢ tpsuoper Aye. Sept. c. acc.

for hy Is, 66: 2,5. Just. Mart. de
». 2A7 thy 108 Gropatos tod Peot
loxiy xad ré aspérie tpéuse.

Tedpeo, £. Spiye, comp. Buttm. §
18. 2; pp. to make thick, firm, fast, asa
fluid, yéla Speyer to curdle milk, Hom.
Od. 9.246. Genr. and in N. T. to make
thick or fat, sc. by feeding ; and hence
i. q. bo feed, to nurse, to nourish, trans,

8) pp. and genr. c. acc. Matt. 6 26 6

831

Todge

ie Spay 5 obpdriog tedpss abed. 25
37 a ao muravea, nad iSei~
youry; Luke 12: 24. Acts 12:20. Rev.
126,14. [Aslo]i.q. fo pamper, tas xag—-«
Slag James 5:5, comp. in Kagdla a. 7.
Bept. for our Prov. 25:22 >gb31
K. 18:13. Fy Gen. 48: 15, —
D. Deor. 20. 13. Dem. 1358.13, Xen.
Mem. 2.7.2 ib. 2.9.2. :

b) i. q. fo nurture, to bring wp, Luke
4:16 Natagés, ov jy red -—1
Mace. 3: 83. Jos. Ant. 2.9.2. Hdian.
1.7.5. Plat. Rep. 8. p. 558. D. Xen.
Mem. 3. 9. 1.

Tedzo, £. Sgitouas, aor. 2 Bpapor,
Buttm. § 18.2 § 114. p. 304; to run,

intrans.
8) pp.and genr. absol, Matt. 27: 48
sbSing Spapey als df aizéy. Mark 5 6.

15: 36. Luke 15: 20. John 20: 2 spdyes
ovy xad tpystan v. 4 Ergezor 84 of Ovo.
Seq. énic. ace. loc. Luke 24:12, ais final
Rev. 9:9. seq. inf. fin. Matt. 28: 8
Sept. for yx Gen. 24: 28. 2 Sam. 18
19. c. dab Gen, 24: 20. Joel & 9. —
‘2 Mace, 5:2, Palaeph. 22.3. Xen. Cyr.
2. 2. 9.—So of those who run in a sta-
dium or public race, 1 Cor. 9: 24 bis, of
dy cradle t9szortss, martes uly tpdzounww
xt 2, (Hdion. 5. 6.17. Plut. Mor. IL
p.21.Tauchn. dgauiiy ordBier.) Trop.
in comparisons drawn from the public
races and applied to Christians, as ex-
pressing strenuous effort in the Chris-
tian life and cause. 1 Cor. 9: 24 otra
sedzers Wa xorvaddprre 'ec. 73 Beapeior,
v.26, sig xavdy in vain, Gal. 2: 2 bia.
Phil. 2 16. sald Gal. 5: 7. ¢. aco.
of kindr, subst. Heb. 12: 1 rpdymper ror
mooxslusvoy Suiy cyéva let us rum the
race set before us; see Buttm. § 131. 3,
and for the Subj. § 199. n. 7.—c. éyéva
Dion, Hal. Ant. 7. 48. Hdot. 8. 102. —
Also of strenuous effort in eral,
Rom. 9: 16 od tof Délortos, rob
eézortos. — Anth. Gr. IV. p. 134 xiv
zai sigealrov’ 1b yag avgur ¥ ub td
pelhov ; obdels yrvmoxes* 4} tpéze, wh
xorele,

b) trop. of rumour, word, doctriog, .
to run, to spread quickly. 2 'Thess.
foe 5 loyos 205 tern.
Sept tug tdyous jsas 6 loyos
208, for i937 yan? Pe. 147: 15.

"Teedxovta

: Docerwovrer, ‘of, af, re, (2geks, tole)
thirty, Mant, 18: 8, 23, 26: 15, 27: 3, 9.
Mark 4: 8, 20. Luke 3: 23. John 5: 5.
6: 19, Gal. 3:17. Comp. Buttm. § 70,
4. Sept. for nvzbe; Gen. 5: 3,5, 16.
—Lue. D. Mort. 6.1. Xen. Mem. 1. 2,
31.

Teraxcorot, me, a, ( r9%is, t9le,)
three hundred, Mark 14:5. John 12: 5.
Comp. Bum. § 70.4. Sept. for wy
nin Gen. 6 15. — Luo. Ver. Hist. 2
18. Xen. Ap. 3. 4, 43.

TeéBoros, 6, %, adj. (rete, Bédos,)
three-pointed, three-pronged ; Subet. 5
eifolos, a callrop, crow-foot, composed
of three or more radiating spikes or
prongs, and thrown upon the ground
to annoy cavalry; comp. Adam's Rom.
Ant, p. 542, Veget. 3.24 Polyb. lib.
39, no. 2. ed. Schweigh. spx8dlovg ovdn-
“got xataoneigat. — In N. T. tribulus,
land caltrop, a low thorny shrub 0 cal-
led from the resemblance of its thorns
and fruit to the military caltrop, tribu-
lua terrestris of Linn, comp. Rees’ Cy-
clop. art. Tribulus. Matt. 7: 16. Heb.
6&8 Sept. for 177 Gen, 3:18. Hos,
10:8, pt; Prov. 22: 5.—Dioscor. IV.
15. Hesych. sglfolog- dxdrOne eldos.
Lat. tribulus Virg. Georg. 1. 153.

TeiBos, ov, %, (x9ifw to rub,)
beaten path, way, high-way, e. g. ebdslas
souite tes tolBoug Matt. 3:3. Mark 1:3.
Lake & 4, all quoted from Is. 40:3
where Sept. for m0. Sept. for nak
Gen. 49: 17. m3°n} Prov. 1: 15. —
Plut. Sept. Sap. Conv, 18. ed. R. VI.
p. 615, 11, Xen. Cyr. 4. 5. 13,

Tocerlez, ag, 4, (rgcérns, from totic,
rela, and Erog,) the space of three years,
triennium, Acts 20: 31.— Artemid. 4. 2.

Toetteo, £. lav, onomatopostic, to

give out @ stridulous, creaking, grating Seay.

sound, to screak, Lat. stridere, intrans.
spoken chiefly of living things, as of

cry or chirping of young birds,
Hom. Il. 2.314, Luc. Tim. 21; of bate,
dot. 3.110. ib. 4. 183; espec. of the
thin stridulous cry attributed to the
manes or shades, Hom. Il. 23.101. Od.
24,5. Lue. Necyom.11; of the shrieks
of women, Plut. C. Mar. 19; later of.

832

Tetos

the wheezing or snorting of clephens,
Luc. Zeux. 10. Aleo of insimue
things, as the back of a wrestler, IL 2
714; the chord of a lyre, Anth. Gr.I¥.
p. 57; iron as filed, Alex. Apbrod—
N. TT. of the teeth, to grate, fo gnashe.
ace. Mark 9: 18 zoifes tous oder, Fe
the acc. as defining and qualifying te
action of the verb, see Math, § 44.4
Buttm. § 131. o. 3.

Toiunvoc, ov, 6,4, adj. (rel Fe)
three months, trimestris, Aceckia. 6
In N. T. Nout. 10

‘A solpnvor, tre

months, trimestre, Heb. 11:23 Set

for osyy Bbw Gen, :% 1h
sbw 2K. 24:8. — Pol. 5.1.12 &
32121.

Tee, adv. (resis, rela.) thrice, fre
times, Matt. 26:34, 75. Mark 14: 3,72
Luke 22: 34, 61. John 13:98, 2Ce
11:25 bis, 128. So énl rps oe
thrice, ig, thrice, Acts 10:16. 11: 10;me
fully ia “ed 111, 2. b. 2m,

for rmsR TSU 1 .
cas 18, 18 Lac, Tor. ®. Sa
ce. 2 4. .

Teloteyos, ov, 5, 4, ot (we
aeiyn,) pp. three-roofed ; gent. tne
ried, baving three floors or stores,

Jos. B. J. 5. 5.5. coves! Dist
Hal. Ant. 3. 68. In N. T. Neat. #10"
oreyor, the third floor, third olerg, Act
20:9. ‘Comp. in ‘Prspgor, — Syae
Gen. & 16. Bo 4 rgwriry Areal
46.

Tpraytdcoe, cx, a, (104 1a)
three thousand, Acts 2:41, Come
Bute. § 70. 4. Sept. for o*54 MF?
Ex. 3% 28.— Xen. Cyr. 3.1.

Telzes

a whole, Rev. 8:7 13 rglsor risw Séedgem.
vy. 8, 9 bis, 10, 11, 12 qaing. 9:15, 18.
12: 4. non al. So Sept. for nar
Num. 15: 6,7. 2 Sam. 18:2—(8) Adv.
the third time, ©. g.15 tgltoy Mark 14:
41. Joho 21:17 bia, Simpl. retzoy
Luke 20: 12, 23: 22, John 21:14. 1
Cor, 12:28. rglsoy toito this third time
2 Cor. 12:14, 13:1. non al. So Sept.
agitoy for tyasn why Num. 24:10,
tgitoy tobr0 for’b c>O my Judg. 16:
15. Num. 2: 28, 32. — rokey Dio
Casa. 58. 10. p. 396. — Also éx rolruv
adv. the dhird time Matt. 26:44; see in
“Ex no. 2 fin, Av.

Teizes, eve Opts.

Teczeroe, 7, ov, (Self, gen. to
165) hairy, made of hair, ocixxos zpiziv0s
Rev. 6:12, Sept. for ~x¥z Zech. 13:
4.— Ken. An. 4.8.3 reigivous zerdvas.

Tedpos, ov, 6, ( x9épes,) @ trem-
bing, e.g. from fear, terror, Mark 16:
8 cle 88 aités recuos xal Boras.
Sept. for s7397 Job 4:14. Te. 33: 14.
samp Ex. 15: 15.—1 Mace. 7:18. Eccl
16:20. Hom. Il. 6, 187. ib. 18, 247,—
Coupled with géfos, 0. g. géfos xat
tgéuog fear and trembling, intens. ex-
pressing great timidity, diffidence, 1
Cor. 23; or profound reverence, re-
spect, dread, 2 Cor. 7:15. Eph. 6:5.
Phil. 2:12 Comp. Sept. Is, 19:4 Ps.
BB: 5.

Toor, 76, 4 (seine to ture,) a
turning, turning back, e. g. of the heav-
enly bodies in their courses, at the sol-
1:17 ox in nagadla-

jliov teoncy. Wisd. 7:18. Hom. Od.
15.404 tgonat jullow. Pol. 9. 15. 2.
—Alsoa turning back or rout of enemies,
1 Mace, 4:35. Xen. An. 1, 8, 25,

Tednoc, ov, 5, (xpéw to turo,)
PP. @ turning, turn, direction; hence
geur. manner, way, mode, Xen. Cyr. 8.
1.19 as par diaoxadlas tgda0g qr aitg.
In, N.T.

8) geor. in adverbial constructions :
(a) Ace. ¢. xatd, 0. g. xad” Sy rgdx0¥,
in what manner, i. q. as, even ax comp.
in Bard no. 4.0. Acts 15:11, 27:25,

> 105

833

Tpoges
matte mrivee in every way Bom.-
22 send ‘redmoy in ne way, 2

Thess. 2: 3.—Sept. Num. 18:7, 2 Mace.
11:31. Pol. 1. 87.4. Ken. Cyr. 8.2. 5.
{6) Acc. as adv. Gy tednoy, in what
manner, i. e. aa, even as, Matt. 23: 37 oy
tg6no» tmiovvdyu Seng ta voocia. Luke
13:34. Acte 1:11. 7:28. 2 Tim. 38,
So too Jude 7 tov Spocor tovro1s tydmor.
Comp. Buttm. § 115.4. § 181.6, and
n.3, 4, Math. § 425, Winer § 32.6.
Herm. ad Vig. p. 882. Sept. for "PRD
Gen. 26:29, Obad. 16, — 2 Mace. 15:
39. Hdian. 1. 2,3. Xen. An. 6.3.1.
Mem. 2.1.23. pour tgémor Luc. Ca-
tapl. 6.—(7) Dat. navzi rodney in every
way, Phil. 1:18, Comp. Winer § 13%
32 Winer § 31.4, Also c. dy, as
mart rgémy 2 Thess. 3:16; comp. im
°Ey no. 3, b.— dat. 1 Mace. 14:35. Arr.
Epict. 2, 20, 8. Xen. Cyr. 2.1. 13,

b) trop. turn of mind and life, dispo-
sition, manners, mode of thinking, feel-
ing, acting. Heb. 13:5 aqsddgyugos
tgom0¢. — Joa, Ant, 6, 12.7. Hdian. 2.
14. 9, Ken. An. 1, 9, 22.

Tponogopée, 0, f. ow, ( s9émog.
b, pogies,) to bear with the turn of any
one, i. e. with bis disposition, manners,
conduct, c. acc. Acts 18:18 text. rec.
feonogsgnow abzois, from Deut. 1:31
where Sept. Alex, et Compl. for 8D3-
Later edit. Argopopégnoay. — Constityt.
Apost. 7. 36. Cic. ad Att, 13. 29,

Tpogip, 8, % ( egges.q. v-) foods
nourishment, sustenance, Matt. 3:44 32
190g attob ay anh 6:25.
U:45, Luke 12 23. John 4:8. Acts %
46. 9:19, 14: 17, 27:33, 34, 36, 38.
James % 15, Trop. nutrinent for the
mind, instruction. Heb. 5: 12,14. Sept.
pp. for S3&Job 36:31. Ps, 104: 27. ny
Ps, 16:25. Prov. 6:8.— Arr. Epict. 1.
AL. 12, Hdian, 1. 17. 23, Ken, Mem. 3,
11. 6. — In the sense of stipend, hire,
Matt. 10:10 ditios yag & dgydene vis,
tgogijs aizoi, comp. 107 eh
Tim, 5: 18 where it is tov proGoo od
to¥,—Xen. Oee. 5. 13,

Teogeuos, ov, 6, Trophimus, pr
n, of a Christian of Ephesus, Acts 20:4,
21:29, 2 Tim. 4:20,

T popes, ov, 6, %, (spdpu,ya nurser,

Leek os

a

Teopopopeeo

nurse, 1 Thees. 2:7. Sept. for np "2
Gen, 35:8. Is. 49:28. — Hdot. 6, 61.
Pol 16. 81. 2. Xen. Cyr. 7.3, 13.
Toopopopen, 0, £ How, (290955
gogic,) to bear as a nurse, to carry in the
arms, es a nurse her nursling; trop.
i. q. to cherish, to care for, trans, Acts
18:18 in later edit. from Deut. 1:31
where Sept. Cod. Vatic. for Heb. x23.
Comp. in Teonogogéa.— 2 Mace. 7:27.
Macar. Homil. 46 dyalappeves xa megi-
Sdinu xad rgohopoges év moldjj cxopyi.
Tpoyece, ae, i, (296705, ) a wheel-
track, rut, Nicand. Theriac. 876 cua-

tng tgozi. Hesyeb. roogial- ab sav 95

tpozay zogdtus. In N.T. in a wider
eense, a path; trop. Heb. 12: 13
apozuis bgSag moujoure tog moclv iptv,
i. e. ways of life and conduct ; quoted
from Prov. 4:26 where Sept. for 53972,
ag also Prov. 2: 15. 4: 11.—Suid. rgozi-
ag* wogslas, tgifous, épyactas.

row ee
Tozes, ov, 6, (s9éz0,) pp. a run-
ner, i. e. any thing made round for roll-
ing or running; hence genr. a wheel,
as of a chariot, Sept. for JAR 1 K. 7:32.
Xen. Cyr. 6.1.30; of a potter, Pol.
12. 15.6; for torture, Luc. D. Deor. 6.
5. Plot. Phocion 35. In N.T. top.
@ course as run by a wheel, or perh.
‘rcular course, circuit ; James 3:6 kgo-
x09 Tig yevioews i,q. course of life, see
in Tévecis a. — Comp. Anacr. 4. 7 190-
bs Gguoros vite ola, Blorog redyes xuhi-
‘oStls. . Weist. N. T. I. p. 670. The
grammerians make a distinction be-
tween todyog wheel, and tgoyd¢ course ;

nee Passow in tpdzos fin.

TevBiior, ov, 2, a dish, bowl,
for eating or drinking ; Matt. 26:23 6
épPdyas wae” duod éy 16 teuBily. Mark
14:20. On this mode of eating, see
Calmet art. Eating, p. 365 8q. Jahn §
147. -Sept. for 9p Ex. 25:39. Num.
4:7.—Jos, Ant. 3, 8.10, Luc. Tim. 54.
Ael. V. H. 9, 87, 6: %.20/e

Tevyaer, 0, £. jou, ( tei7y ripe
fruits or grain, fruitage, vintage, har-
vest,) to gather in ripe fruits or grain,
to harvest, genr. Sept. for 13;2 Hos, 10:
12, 14. _xinov xg. Long. 2.4." Oftenor
and in N. T. of vintegers, to gather

834

,

Tewas

grapes, c. sec. Luke 6: 44 ob88 dx Barsow
squydor exopuliy, Rev. 14:18, 19. So
Sept. for “2z Deut. 24:21. Judg. 9:7.
—Jos. Ant. 1.6. 3. Dioscor. 5. 29 ray
Gragulsr, Luc. Catapl. 20. Ken. Occ.
19. 19.

Tovyor, ovos, jj, (tgite: to mur-
mur, to coo, kindr. reife q. v.)@ fu
He-dove, Luke 2:24. Comp. in Hegers:-
gd Sept. for “in Lev. 5:7, 11. — Ack.
V. HL J. 15, H. A. 1. 35, 39.

Touma, es, 4, (198 pen, rete to
rub through,) a hole, eye of a needle,
i. qe tempo, Mark 10:25. Luke 1&
Genr. z9up. tis nétgas Sept. Judg.
15: 11. Jer. 18:4. 16:15. Plut. de Puer.
educ. 14. ed. R. VI. p. 36. 5.

Tovnnue, ar0¢, v6, (r9umde to
bore, zeina, revs) a hole, eye of @ nee-
dle, Matt. 19: 24. — Genr. Aristoph.
Eceles. 620 or 624, Etymol. Mag. 726.
56, Moeris p. 289, dary, “Arroeaig” 1s
mnie, EAypixisg,

Tevpawva, 75, %, Tryphaene, pr
n. of'a female Christian at Rome, Rem.
16: 12.

Toupde, dy f. som, (sug) te
live delicately and lururiously, to live in
pleasure, intrans. James 5:5. Sept. for
yin Neb. 9:25. aasnm Is. 66: 1n—
Jos. Ant. 4.7.3, Ael. V. H.2 5. Xev.
Ath. 1.11.

Tovy), 7S, %, (Setter to break,)
ddicate living, luzury, ec. as breaking
down the mind and making effeminate.
Luke 7:25 of é ... gupy tne
2 Pet. 2: 13. Sept. for 33357 Prov. 19:
10, Cant. 7:6.— Test. XII Patr. p. 703
6 & xguph Odor. Hien. 5. 2 14
Xen. Mem. 1. 6 10.

Tevpaca, 9s, %, Tryphooe, pr.n,
of a fomale Christian at Rome, Rom.
16:12.

Towats, dos, Troas, strictly Aex-
andria-Troas, a city of Phrygia Minor
in Mysia, situated on the coast at some
distance southward from the site of
Troy ; now Eski-Stamboul. Acts 16 8,
11, 20:5,6. 2 Cor. % 12. 2 Tim. 4 13
—Ptolem. 5.3 Plin. H.N. 5.30. The

Tpwyvadcoy

mame Troas or the Troed strictly be-
Fonged to the wholedistrict around Troy.

Tewyvaroy, ov, +6, Trogyllium,
pr. a. of a town and promontory on the
western coast of Asia Minor, opposite
Samos, at the foot of Mount Mycale.
Acts 20: 15,—Strabo 14. 1. 13.

Teayo, £ Soum, aor. irgayor,
(resi, s¢ie,) to eat, pp. fruits, nuts, raw
beans, etc. which require cracking with
the teeth, Hdor. 2. 37. ib. 2,92; hence
tgoyedlia, toemrd, i. q. fruits, nuts, al-
monds, and the like, set on as desert.
In N. T- genr. fo eat, i. q. éo9te, abeol.
Matt. 24: 38 rpeiyortec xa} mivovres eat-
ng. and drinking, i.e. feasting, revelling,
comp. in “Evdie c. y.— Dem. 402. 21
Ageiyeiy xa} mire jovzf. Pol. 32.9.9,
Xen. Conv. 4.8, — Heq. acc. dgrar v.
Ggrovg by Hebr. John 13:18, quoted
from Pa, 41:10 where Heb. t>x, Sept.
2eFles, vee fully in “Agros b.” Trop.
John 6: 58. ¢, cdgra v. 54, 56, 57; see
Tay ie dive Ate

Tuyzave,, £. reigopas, (kinder, with
teize,) aor. 2 Eruzor, perf, seviznxa ; al-
eo perf. térsvza Hdot. 3. 14, and in later

writers, see in no. 1 fin, See Buttm. §
114. p. 303, Matth. § 251. Lob. ad Phr.
Pp. 395. — To hit, to strike, to reach a
mark or object, of a weapon, absol.
Hom. fl. 5. 98, Xen. Cyr. 4.6.4
acc. Il. 5. 582, ¢. gen. II. 5, 587. Ael.
V. H. 13. 1 fin, Xen. Cyr. 2 3, 18.
Alo, to fall in with, to meet casually, of
persons, absol. Od. 21.13, Hes. The-
og. 973, Hence in N. T.

1. trans. to attain unto, i. q. to obtain,
to gain, to receive, seq. gen. Matt. § 328,
Winer § 30. 5. n. p. 166, 490. Luke 20:
85 xarakiePérres tod aicivog éxtlvou ty
tv, (Dem. Coron, p. 328, B, xat” oi
20 totr0 Gtids tive dnalvow ruzeiy.) Acts
2:8 noddis signrns tuzzdvortes d16 aot.
26:22, 27:3, 2 Tim. 2: 10 Ga owrnglas
sizoat, Heb. 11:35. Perf. Heb, 8:6 diag.

elonons.
Diod. Sic. 4. 33 curnplas. Heian. 2. 3,
25. Xen. Occ. 11.8. Perf. rérevzac.
gen. 3 Macc. 5:85 BonSelas rersvzorss.
Diod. Sic. 1. 57. Pol. 1. 66. 10. Plut,
Alcib,1. Comp. Sturz de Dial. Alex. p.
198, Lob, ad Phr. p. 395.

835

Tvyyzere

2 intrans, to fall out, to happen, t
a) ef ruyoe impere. if 0

pers
So 1 Cor. 14:
10 et 15:37, where it is equiv. to for ex-
ample. — Philo de Nom. mut. p. 1067
powgixoy uy yag, & tizou nad yeoppe-
tusdy x,t. 4, Dion. Hal. 4. 19. Heian.
7. 3.4,9. Luc, Bis, accus,2 Comp.
Wetst,N.T.II. p.160. Viger. p.301.0.38.

h) Part. rugeiv, ofoa, dy, (a) as
Adj, happening, sc. any where and at
all times, i. q. chance, casual, common ;
hence ob tueiv, uncommon, special.
Acts 19: 11 durdpes ta ob tag ryzotoas
drole 5 F2d¢, 28: 2%—c. ob 3 Mace. 3:7.
Jos. Ant. 2.6.6. Hdian. 2,3. 16. Genr.’
Pol, 1.25.6. Xen. Mem, 1. 1. 14.—(8)
Neut. suzdy adv. it may be, i. q. per
chance, perhaps ; 1 Cor. 18 16 6 mods Yue
i] Tugoy, nagapeys, — Ar. Exp. Alex.
tr 10. 10. ‘Xen. Ai
ps 365,

°) Before the particip!
verb, rvyzdvw is used in an adverbial
sense, much like Engl. ‘to happen to
be, to chance to be) hefore a partictpte ;
@. g. Ceb. Tab, 1 éruyzdvoyey magia
roivt; we happened [to be] walking
about, we were by chance walking,
etc. Xen. An. 1. 5. 8 nov Exaotos Frv-
zey batyeig where each happened [to be]
atanding. Buttm. § 144. te 8 Matth. §
553. 3. Espec. with div, Syres, Xen.
Cyr, 2.211 dv sf oxnyij drtyzard tig Oy
in the tent there happened to be one ete.
Ag. 2.2 nbiy 3001 abtay quycides rite
Bytes ariyzavor. But not unfreq. and
especially in later writers, dv is here
omitted, ’particulerly before predicate ;
and then tvyyaye takes the place ofa
conditional to be, which can often be
expressed in English only by to, be
or sometimes not at all; comp. Math,
§ 538. no. 1, ‘Thus in the same words
of Xenoph. H. G. 4.3.3 nds Saos ab
say puyddes téx" triyzavey those
who happened (to be] exiles, Engl. who
were exiles, Plato Hipp. Maj. p. 209
ult. dca tatza tuyzavs: xady. Aristoph.
Eceles. 1141. Palaeph. 15.2 Saou éry-
ome Gextog where there chanced [to be} a
bear, Engl. where there wasa bear. Jos.
Ant. 1. 19, 5 step AaBavov mais tu7z0-
vag; dost thou happen [to be) the daugh~

Tupnavito

ter of Laban? i, e. art thou perhaps his
daughter? ib. 3.5.1. ib. 4.7.2 Moi-
eis 54, ynpasis Hidn tuyzdver, Moses hap-
pening now [to be] an old man, Engl.
being now old. See Matth. I. c. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 977. Passow #. v. no. 2.
— Henee in N. 'T. Luke 10: 30 dpértss
febey] jusBari ruyzcvorra, lit. leaving
him ing [to be] half dead; Engl.

“leaving him as it were half dead?
Tupnar{a, f. low, from vipna-
yor tympanum, a drum, tabret, timbrel,
(séxayoy, rinro,) consisting in the East
of a thin wooden rim covered over with
membrane, and hung around with brass
bells or rattles, used chiefly by dancing
women, Sept. for im Ex. 15:20. Judg.
HM: 34. Ael. V.H. 9.8. Hdian. 4.11.5.
But the ripxavoy, tympanum, was aleo
an instrument of torture, a wooden frame,
prob. so called as resembling a drum or
timbrel in form, on which criminals
were bound to be beaten to death,
‘2 Mace. 6: 19, 28, comp. v. 30; in Jos,
de Macc, the same instrument is called
tgoxds wheel, §§ 5,9. Phot. in, Lex.
tipnayor* t6 100 Snulov Eilor, @ toig
magadidonivous Juezeiglfero. Luc. Ca-
tapl, 6 é cypnavov, Schol. tidov dy @
rots sanadiaong dqdvevor—Hence rup-
teavites, to tympanize, i.e. to drum, to
beat the aut or timbrel, Diod. Sic. 3,
59, In N. T. to scourge upon the tym-
Panum, to torture, to drum to death ;
‘comp. Engl. ‘to break upon the wheel ?
Pass, Heb. 11:35 dd2os 58 écypnaricdy-
cay, comp. 2 Mace. I. c. — Luc. Jup.
‘Trag. 19 avacxolomifouerouy 3i, xal
rupmarfoudvoug. Aristot. Rhet. 2 5.
Plut. de Adul. et Amic, 17. T. VI. p.
220. 14. Reisk. So dnoryunaritw, 3
Mace. 3:27 aloglaroe Boodvors éxo—
jorras, Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20.

Plut. Galb. 8.
Linos, ov, 5, (rinse) a type, i.e.
‘any thing caused, produced, made
through the agency of strokes, blows.
a) i. q. @ mark, print, impression, Jobn
20: 25 bis, 20 riser céiy Har. — Athen.
13, p. 585. C, soig sixous tar magyar
dota. Jos. B. J. 3 9.3. Plut. Symp.
8. qu. 7. § 4.

b) i. q. figure, form, e.g. (a) of an
image, statue. Acts 7:43 r0ig tixovs

836

Tuaro

ots drojoots 7, ebrois, quote
from Amos 5:26 where Sept. for n't.
—Hiian. 5. 5. 11 toy risov toi Soi. De
od. Sic, 1. 7.—(8) Trop. form, manaer.
g.of the contents of a letter Acts 235;
of a doctrine Rom. 6: 17. — 3 Mace.3
80 6 piv tig émorolije vines 21
Jambl. Vit. Pythag. c. 16. p. 58. ¢.%
p. 89, tov sumov vijc Oduexalles. Po.
22.7,9.—{y) Trop. of a person as ber
ing the form and figure of another, ie
as baving a certain resemblance ie
relations and circumstances; Romi
14 bs hor wineog vob blow «
©) ig. prototype, pattern. (a) pp.
& pattern or model after which ay
thing is to be made; Acts 7: 44 naien
arieny xatd toy tenor x +. 2. Heb bs
Comp. Ex. 25:40 where Sept. f&
m29h. — Anthol. Gr. IL. p.72 —(
Trop. an exemplar, example, pattern, ¢.§.
to be imitated, followed, Phil. 3:11
cympsprral pou yiveas . . . wados im
tinoy quis. 1 Thess. 1:7. 2 Theat
9. 1 Tim, 4:12, Tit. 27. 1Pa.sd
Hence also for admonition, warning,|
Cor. 10:6, 11.

Tonre, £. yoo, to beat, to sri,
smile, pp. with repeated strokes, rem.

&) pp.and genr. (a) in enmity, wid
a staff, club, the fist, etc. . ec. of pert
Mate. 24: 49 rinresw ois curdodlen:
Luke 12:45. Acts 18:17. 21:32 sa-
‘Tortes viv Hatloy. 23. svi tal 3
c1ayove Luke 6:29. eis npr epalty &.
aixoy Matt. 27: 30, syy sepelay enor
xaldyy Mark 15: 19. avzod 19
nor Luke 22 64, 6 erdyo Acts 232
Ex. 211, 1B

tea, # rv wyriga. Pol, 3. 58.4 Xe
Ath, 1.°8, cud ty re Xen. Cyr. 545
— (8) Of those who beat upon thee
breasts in strong emotion; Lake %
48 rimrornes baviciy 1 orig 1815
Reuter [bavidy] alg 15 oi 905. — 10
Ant. 7, 10, 5 rumedpavos 1a onigen—t/)
Trop. from the Heb. to smile, i4.”
punish, to inflict evil, to afftct wit
disease, calamity, spoken oaly of Grd
©, nce. Acts 23 sixtur ot pills?
925s, So Sept. and r377 2 Sam 5
AT, Ex. 7:9,—-2 Mace. 3:30. Comp it
Herdose c.

Tepavvos

‘by trop. to strike against, i, q. to of:

‘fend, to toound, e.g. tho conscience of

‘any one, 17» ovreldnow 1 Cor. 8: 12.
: Sept. amd 977 1 Sam. 1:8 — Hom. Il,
- 19, 125. Hot. 3. 64 init.

7 Tigervos, ov, é, Tyrannus, pr.

n, of a man at Ephesus, in whose
, schoo! Paul disputed, and thus taught
, the Gospel, Acts 19: 9. Comp. in Zzo-
‘ay. He was prob. a Greek sopbist ;
since Paul had left the Jewish syna-
gogue.

TupBato, £. dow, ( righh, Lat.
turba,) lo make turbid, to disturb, to stir
| up, x9 andéy Aristoph. Vesp.'257. In

N. T. trop. to disturb in i, to trouble,
to make anzious, Pass. or Mid, Luke 10:
r 41 pssgsuvas xad tvpBaty regi moldd.—
Aristoph. Pax 10060q. Athen, 8.3. p.336.

Tiger, ov, 6, %, adj. ( Tigos, )
Tyrian; hence 6 Tiges a Tyrian,
Acts 12: Pann 3.

Tdgos, ov, 4, Tyre, Heb. ix
+ (rock), Aram. form 87) whence Ti-
ges, pr. 0. of the celebrated emporium
of Phenicia, younger than Sidon, and
uot mentioned by Moses or Homer;
but soon outstripping the Jatter city in
commerce, wealth and power. Comp.
Gesen. Lex. art 7is"%%. Tyre was
situated on the coast of the Medi-
terranean within the limits assigned to
the tribe of Asher ; but was never sub-
dued by the Israelites; Josh. 19 : 29,
comp. Judg. 3:3, 4. 18:7. On the con-
trary, under the reigns of David and
Solomon there was a close alliance of
aid and commerce between the two
nations ; 2 Sam. 5:11. 1K. 5:1eq. 1
Chr. 14: 1 eq. 2 Chr. 23, 9:10. Jos.
Ant. 8. 2.6 8q. ib. 83.4. c. Ap. 1. 17.
The ancient city lay on the continent,
and the more modern part upoo an
island opposite. It was long besieged
by Salmanassar, Menand. ap. Joe. Aut.
9. 14.2; and afterwards for 13 years
by Nebuchadnezzar, Jos. Ant. 10, 11.1.
ce. Ap. 1.21. Comp. Ez. c. 26, 27, 28.
Whether it was actually captured by
the latter, is matter of question among
critics ; since neither Josephus nor any
Greek or Phenician writer asserts it;
Jerome ad Ez. 267. At any rate Tyre

a a a

s

837

, Togdoo

appears to have come under the do-
minion of the Babylonians; and after-
wards under that of the Persians; in
whose time the Tyrians furnished ce-
dar for the second temple, Ezra 3: 7.
Tyre was taken by Alexander the
Great, after a celebrated siege, B. C.
832; see’ Diod. Sic. 17. 40 eq. Arr.
Exped. Alex. M. 2.16 8q. Q. Curt. 4.
2eq. The ancient part of the city, ly-
ing upon the continent, was destroyed
in this siege, and never again rebuilt.
Under the Seleucidee and the Romans,
‘Tyre still retained its importance as a
commercial city. Strabo describes it
as situated wholly upon an island, and
as flourishing in trade and commeree ;
Strabo 16. 2.23. In the fourth centu-
ry, according to Jerome, it was still a
place of great importance; ad Ezech.
26:7 ; and such it continued to be in
the time of the crusades, See genr.
Reland Palaest. p. 1046 9g. Gesen.
Comm. zu Jesaia c. 23. T. J. ii. p. 707
aq. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. i. p. 29 8q.
For the present state of Tyre or Sur, a
small village on a peninsula, see Miss.
Herald, 1824, p. 277, 305. The pro-
phets of the O. T.. describe Tyre as full
of wealth, pride, luxury, and vice; and
denounce judgments against ber for her
idolatry and wickedness; see Is. 23:
13, Ez. 26:7. 28: 1 sq. 29:18. — In
N.T. Acts 21:3, 7; elsewhere only
Tigos xad Zi8civ Matt. 11: 21,22 15
21. Mark 3:8. 7: 24,31. Luke 6: 17.
10: 13. 14,

Tupdce, 1, ov, (perh. for rupe~
265, from tiga q, ¥.) blind, Matt. 9: 27,
2B. 11:5, 12:22, Luke 7:21, 22. John
9: 10g. Acts 13: 11.al. Sept. for 49
Lev. 19:14. Job 29: 15, — Ceb. Tab. 7.
Luc. Tim. 20. Xen. Mem. 4.3.3 —
Trop. in respect to the mind, blind, ig-
norant, stupid, dull of fpprehension 5
Matt. 15:14 8nyol size cuphol
23: 16, 17, 19, 24, 26. Lake 4: 18, John
9:39, 40, 41. Rom. 2:19. 2 Pet. 1:9.
Rev. 3:17, So Sept. and ay Is, 42:
16, 18, 19, 43:8. — Lue. Vitar. Auct.
tuples yee Wl ris yuriis toy dpFadpdy.
Soph. Oed. Tyr. 371 or 378. Comp. ©
Xen. Mem. 1.3.4. Ax.

Tugdow, c, f. dow, ( ruphds,) to

Togo

Blind, to make blind, trans. Ael. V. H.
13.24. Hdot 4.2. Iu N. TT. only trop.
@. ace. John 12: 40 roig dpPadpots. 1
Jobn 211. 2 Cor. 4:4 14 vojpata. So
Sept. for say Is. 42: 19. — Test. XII
Patr. p. 534 tov vob. Jos. Ant. 8, 22
3f Siavolg reruplapiver. Plato Phaedo
48 vir yogi suplesdeinr.

Tugew, a, f. daw, (réqpos smoke,
vapour, trop. conceit, pride, from riom)
to smoke, to fume, to surround with
amoke, Jul, Cacsares, rvpotusda ind
tov xanvot. Trop. to make conceited,

to inflate, Philo Leg. ad Cai. p.
1015 6 88 Tdiog kcivtdn éreriqmcer. Jos.
B.J.2.17.9, Heian, 6.5.24. In N.T.
only Pass, fo be conceited, proud, arro-
gant, lifted up with pride; 1 Tim. 3: 6
By Tupwdele sig xolua eunéop, 6:4. 2
Tim. 8:4.—Jos, ¢. Ap. 1.3. Ael. V. H.
8.28 tervpapivos ént 1G alotry. Pol.
3.81.1.

Tipe, f. iyo, Butun. § 18.2;
to make a smoke, fume, vapour, xanvov
ripuy Hdot. 4. 196, to smoke, to sur-

Tr.

‘Taxivdivos, 9, ov, ( bdxv90s, )
hyacinthine, having the colour of the
hyacinth, Rom. 9:17. Sept. for ohn
Ex, 25:5, nyon Ex, 26:4. — Hom.
Od. 6. 231. Luc. pro Imag. 5.

“Teixevdoe, ov, 6, 4, @ hyacinth, a
flowor of a deep purple or reddish blue,
Hom. Il; 14, 348. Ael. V. H. 13.1. In
N. T.a gom of like colour, nearly re-
lated to the zircon of mineralogists,
Rev. 21: 20, Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 10
or 41. Rees’ Cyelop. art. Gems.

“Yadwoe, n, ov, (atos,) of glass,
zy, transparent, Rev. 4:6 Sdlacoa
goes 15: 2 bis,
“Yechos, ov, i, (tu,) pp. ‘any thing
transparent like water,’ e. g. any trane-

«parent stone or gem, as rock-salt Hdot,

838

TApczeo

round or ll with emake, vapour, saeré
sigur nly xélv Arisoph. Vesp. red
1079, to let burn out in smoke, ie
slowly and faintly, Diod. Sic. 3 29 16-
gous tov by 1h xegdeq zéeror.—In
N. T. Pass. Matt. 12:20 Livor ropépe
voy, a smoking wick, i. e. burning faimt-
Wy ai dimly, quoted from Ix, 42:3 where
wD, Sept. xanvizopes. See
hip in Aivor—Churiton, Apbrod. 6.3
rupoudvou mopés. Auth. Gr. Lp. 7.
Plat. Solon. 1 nogeptlate repepin
ddgot mugos ts vay glove.

Tugevixds, 7, Ov, (rupeir typos,
whirlwind,) typhonic, i.e. like = whirl
wind, violent, tempestuous, e.g. Grepas
Acts 27: 14,

Tuyxos, ov, 5, aloo Tuzexds, 08,
Tychicus, pr. n. of a Christian teacher,
the friend and companion of Paal,
Acts 20:4, Eph. 6:21. Col. 4:7. 2
Tim. 4: 12, Tit. 3:12—For the secem-
uation, see Winer § 6. 1. p. 49.

Tuzor, we in Tuyzdve no. 2b.

3. 245 crystal, Sept. for n°>331 Job
28: 17; a burning gless or mirror, prob.
of crystal, Aristoph., Nub, 768 or 708
1905 diaparis, dg ip v0 wig Emtewn
... ty taloy. In N. T. glass, Rev.
21: 18, 21, — Antiphil. 6 in Anth. Gr.
II. p. 155. Luc. Quom. Hist. 25. Diod.
Sic. 2. 15. The grammarians prefer
the form talog to the more Tonic Tales
in Hdot. et Diod. Il. cc. Lob. ad Phr.
p. 309. — On the history of ancient
glass, see Strabo XIV. p. 758. Rees?
Cyclop. art. Glass.

“TBeko, f. tam, (iBgus,) to act with
insolence, wantonness, wicked violence,
intrans. Luc. D. Deor. 6.1. Xen. Cyr.
3. 1. 27, ¢. ds tive towards any one,
Luc. D. Deor. 12 1. Dem. 212 2
In N. T. ¢. accus, expr. or impl. fo act

“TBpes

insolently as to or towards any one, i. e.
to treat with insolence, contumely, i. q.
to injure, to abuse; comp. Matth. § 411.
2. Winer § 32. 1. n. p. 182. Matt. 22: 6
TPoroay xai dréxtevay vc. aitots. Luke
13:45. 18:82. Acts 14:5. 1 Thess. 2:
2. Sept. for bp 2 Sam. 19: 43—2
Mace. 14: 42. Pol. 10.7.3. Xen. Mem.
2.1.5.

TBees, ews, i, (perh. inég,) pride,
haughtiness, arrogance, 8 an affection
or disposition of mind, Sept. for snata,
Ta. 9:9 dg? ifge zat Symi xagdlq “1e-
yortecs. Prov, 29: 23, Hea Prov. 16:
19, Jos. Anu 6.4.4. Thuc. 1.38 In
N. T. as shown in external acts, inso-
lence, contumely, injurious treatment.

a) 2 Cor. 12: 10 & FBgscw in contu-
melies, sc. us heaped upon one. Sept,
for pina Is. 16:6. Nab, 2:2.— Aristor.
Rhet. 2.°2, Dem. 296. iil 100 Savirov
poBsgutégas jyioeas tag TBpsic xad tas
eitiplag. Xev. Cyr. 8.4. 14.

b) meton. injury, harm, damage, in
person or property, sc. asarising from the
insolence or violence of any one, and trop.

from the violence of the sea, tempeste,
ete. Acts 27: 10, 21.—Jos, Ant.3. 6.4 6
wa xatpa xa) civ dd tiv Sufowr ifour
Gropaysperar, Pind. Pyth. 1. 140 vavol-
orovoy Ugur ideir. Comp. Dem. 522. ult.

"TBecsrye, oF, 5, ( sPoiu,) one

contumelious, injurious, Romo.
1:30 tPguoras, ixegnpdvoug. 1 Tim. 1:
13. Bept. for na Is. 16:6. mia Job
40:6, Is. 2 12—Palaeph. 1. 8 ipgiora}
xa} tnegiguvor Luc. D. Deor. 6. 1.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 19,

“Yyeaive, £. avd, (dyuis) to be
sound, healthy, well; to be in good
health ; intrans.

a) pp. Luke 5: 81 of tyatvortes those
well. 7:30, 3Jobn 2 Also i. y. to be
safe and sound, Luke 15: 27. Sept. for
pity Gen. 29: 6. 43: 27, 28. — Tob. 5:
18,20. Ceb, Tab. 36. Dem. 1256. 4,
Xen. Mem. 2. 2. 10.

b) trop. e. 8. of persons, tyler "i
alot v. dy ti] mloter, to be sound in
the faith, i.e. firm, pure in respect to
Christian doctrine and life, Tit. 1: 13. 2:
2 (Pol. 28, 15.12.) Of doctrine, o-
sanralla tyvadvoven, éyos tytaivey,

839

“Tdponixos

sound teaching, sound doctrine, i.e. true,
pure, uncorrupted, 1 Tim. 1: 10, 6:3.
2 Tim. 1:13, 4:3, Tit. 1:9, 2: 1.—Phi-
Jo de Abr. p. 32. 29 ‘toig iysaivortas
Agyous. Plut. de aud. Poet. 4.ed. R. VI.
p. 72 iytalvousas maph Deir Bétou xa
ey Sis.

‘Tyee, eos, ove, 6 iy adj. Dat.
iu, i; nee. éa, i; 80 acc. éyij for the
more usual ty, John 5: 11, 15. 7: 23.
Tit, 2:7; also Lev. 13:15. Plat. Phaedo
39. p. 89. D. comp. Greg. Cor. p. 163.
Matth. § 103. n. 1. Winer § 9. 1—
Sound, healthy, well, in good bealth.

a) pp. of the body or its parts, Matt.
12:13. 15:8 Blénortas.. . xvdloig
tyuts, Mark [8:5.] 5:34. -[Luke 6:10.]
John 5: 4, 6,9, 14. Acts 4:10. So mor
diy uve tye to make sound, to heal, iq.
dysdtay, Jobn 5:11, 15. 7:23; comp.
in How no. 1. e. 8. — Tob. 12:8, Ec-
clus. 30: 13. Dion. Hol. Ant. 4.4. Xen,
Mem. 4. 2. 17. Apol. Socr. 7.

b) trop. adyos Syuig, sound doctrine,
i.e. true, pure, uncorrupted, Tit. 28,
— Auth. Gr. IV. p. 85 Aoyos tiger ody
Syeig. M. Antonin, 8, 29 or 30, Dion,
Hal. Ant. 1. 11, ib. 2,20 ddgas ovy dysais.

“Tyoes, a, ov, (iw, 18mg,) watery,
wet, moist, pp. Hdian. 6.6.2. Xen. Oce.
19,6,7. In N.T. of atree or plant,
sappy, i. e. fresh, green, opp. tneds, Luke
28:31; comp. in Zngds. Sept. for m>
Judg. 16:7, 8, — Theophr. H. Pl. 5. 10
diye 03 ted va Bava.

“Ydola, ac, 4, (idag,) « water-pot,
e.g. a large vessel of stone in which
water is kept standing, John 2:6,7;
also a vessel for drawing and carrying
water, a pot, bucket, pail, in the East of-
ten of stone or earthern ware, John 4:
2B. Sept. for tp Gen. 2: 140q. Judg.
7: 16, 19. — Jos," Ant. 8, 13. 5. Athen,
‘XIII. p. 589. B. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 9,

“Tégonorée, a, f. jou, (idgons-
ams, from S809, ives) to drink water,
to be a water-drinker, intrans, 1 Tim.

5:93.—Athen. II. p. 44. C. Ael. V. H.
2.88, Xen. Cyr. 6. 2. 26.

“Tdgconexds, 7, dr, (Hdgey drop-

ay, Udue,) hydrepic, dropeical, Luke 14:
2,—Pol. 13, 2. 6.

“Téap

Tdup, dazog, 16, (te,) water,
plur. 24 Sera the waters.

a) pp. Matt. 27: 44 Anfebr Beng drre—
vlpeto x. 1.1. Mark 9:41. 14:13, Luke
7:44. John 27. Rev. J6: 12 al, As
the instrument of baptism, Matt. 3: 11.
Mark 1: 8, Luke 3: 16. John 1: 26, 31,
88. 3:5. Acts 1:5. 10:47. 11:16. 1
John 5:6, 8, al. Sept. every where for
“Bhs "Lev. 1: 9. Judg. 4: 19, eaep. —
Hdian, 7.12.7. Dem. 73.3. Ken. Mem.
3.13. 3.—In various connexions, e. g.
Sdue Gar, Kiving water, running, eee in
Zéw a. 7. anyal iétwy, vee in Tnys
2. Of medicinal waters, Jobn 5: 3
9q. Of flowing waters, a stream, river,
2. g.the Jorden, Matt. 3:16, Mark 1:
10. genr. Acts 8: 36 bis, 38,39. (Sept.
Ex. 7: 15. Hdian. 3. 3,2, Ken. An. 4.
3.21) Of lake or sea, . g. of Tibe-
ring, Matt. 8: 32. 14: 28, 29, Luke 8: 24,
25.’ genr. Rev. J: 15. 14:2. al.—Sept.
Gen. 6:17. Luc, Philopatr. 18 Xen.
H. G. 3. 2. 19. — Of a watery fluid
found in the pericardium, John 19: 34.

b) trop. as an emblem of spiritual
nourishment, i. q. the doctrines and
blessings of the Gospel, John 4: 14 ter.
dug fav 4: 10. 7:38; comp. in Zéeo
a7. Bug foris Rev. 21: 6, 2 1, 17;
00 in Zona. B. Rev. 7: 17 see ib.—
Comp. Ecclus. 15: 3 dag copiag moxt-
ou aitdy. AL

“Teids, ov, 8, (tw,) rain, Acts 14:
17 fpty teroig 180%, i.e. rains, seasons
of rain. 28:2, Heb.6: 7, James 5: 18.
Rev: 11:6, James 5: 7 istéy mpoipor
xab Syipor, see in”Oyipos. Sept. for
nya Gen. 7: 12, 2K. 3:17, pe Ex.
9:'33, 34. 2 Sam, 1: 21.—Lue, Icarom,
25, Xen. Venat. 5.3. s/veor¢

‘TrnPevla, as, 4, ( vids, Serd5,
alu») pp. ‘the placing as. son,’ adop-
tion, Herych. vioSecla* Ssav ig Setar
vldy AnpBdve. comp. He 5.71
StoSas vidy. Diod. Sic. 4.39 Setar
visy nouioSa.. In N.T. trop. adop-
tion, sonship, spoken of the state of those
whom God through Christ adopts as
his sons and thus makes heirs of the
promised salvation; comp. in Tid¢ B. b.
E. g. of the true Israel, the spiritual de-
ecendants of Abraham, Rom. 9:4, comp.

840

Ths

v. 6,7. Expee. of Christians, the fd.
lowers of Jesus, (elsewbere called wa
tot Gsot, as Rom. 8: 14, Galt %
comp. John 1: 12;) Rom. & l5ani
po ioPsalas, see in Lveipe p. 67.0
‘A. Bom. 8: 23. Gal. 4:5, Eph. i

Tiss, ov, 5, a son, Sep. for 33.

A) Genr. a) pp. son, a male child:
(a) strictly spoken only of man; Mer
1:21 réSerae 88 vldy. v, 25. 7:9. Mat
6:8. 9:17. al. snep. Once pleoost
vidg &¢gqv Rev. 12 5. Emphat op.
680g, Heb. 12: 8. Sept. for 26a
4: 16, 24, eaep. — Hdian. 3.6.11. Xa.
Cyr. 2. 2. 14.—Spoken of one who it
the place of » son, Jobo 19: 2 ye.
i8ob 6 vids cov. Also of an adopted
son, Acts 7: 21 et Heb. 11: 24, in ak
sion to Ex. 2 10 where Sept. and.
— Hadian. 5, 7. 1, 10, 11, Diod. Se.
39. — Often the case of vids is omite!
before a genitive, the article remsinig
in its place ; comp. Buttm. §125.5 0,
4, 16, p. 551. col. B, a, Mac. 421m
rod ZePedaiov sc. vidy. 10:2 Jobn2t
15, al.—I Mace. % 1. Jos Ant 118
3 Xe. An. 3, 3, 20.—(f) By Hebe of
the young of animals, ¢. g./oa fu
asa, Matt. 21: 5 mailoy vlay tnoteyie
quoted from Zech. 9:9 where Sept it

NIDINN—TZ. Sept. Ps, 29:1 wats apa
Comp. a. “parte oon oft fo,
en ren. 16: 7, 8.

b) by Hebr. in a wider sense,
i,q. descendant, Plar. descendants wr
ferity ; comp. in Téxvor b. (1) Set
Matt. 1:1 "Foot Xeuarod, wah JS
vio’ “ABgacip. v. 20 Tuaig, wis Jt
Luke 19: 9 xa? atzés vios ie
So tho Messiah, as descended from ©
line of David, is said to be tos
Matt, 22: 42, 45. Mark 12:35, 57. Late
20: 41,44. “Hence tits ofl ine
David, i. q. Messiah, Matt. 2%. 1
15 22. 20.30, 31. 21:9, 15 Mak
47,48. Luke 18: 38, 39. Comp,
and 73 Gen. 20:5, Eon S16 p
1: 1. Plur. Acts 7: nt
Heb, ¥y3 Gen. 93:19, Heb 55%
et sais of Leni, i. the Ye
Sept. Num. 26:57. pee

ip, emphat. the true oF spin
teray of Abraham Epos 0
gorjd, the sons, descendants of

Fos

the Israelites, Matt. 27:9. Luke 1: 16.
Acts 5: 21. 7:28, 37. Rom. 9:27. 2 Cor.
3: 7, 13. Rev. 2: 12. al. S80 Sept. for
See qo? ya Ex. 119, 14:2. seep. mz
Ex.'16: 31.’ Lev. 17: 8, 8, 10.—(y) vids
e@rdgarnoy, i.q. man, and also of Jesus
as the Messiah ; see fally in “4r9 panos
no. 4.
¢) trop. and from the Heb. of one
who is the object of parental love and
care, or who yields filial love and reve-
rence towards another, e. g.a pupil,
disciple, follower, the spiritual child of
any one, comp. in Tixvor c. 8. Heb. 2:
10. 12: 5 bis, iptv cis wiots Ssaléysrou~
vig wou, x. t. 2. quoted from Prov. 3: 11
where Sept. and qf. 1 Pet.5:13 Mdg-
xog & vids yo, comp. Acts 12: 12; oth-
ers here understand another Mark, the
real son of Peter. So of the disciples
and followers of the Pharisees etc.
Matt. 12: 27. Luke 11: 19, — Sept. aud
31K. 2: 35 2K.2% 3, 5. Prov.
1, Hi. 4:10, 90.al. Ecelus. 4: 11.
Comp. among the Greeks iatpsiy vio,
Gurdqer vioi, for iaxgol, gojtoges, spoken
of classes, castes, professions, as transmit-
ted frpm father to son. See Gesen,
Lex. {3'no. 5. Passow in vids. — For
vids v. viol zou O0v, see below

B.
d) by Hebr. c. genit. the son of any
thing is one connected with, partaking
of, or exposed to that thing; often put
instead of an adjective. See Winer §
34.2 n.2 Gesen. Lex. 73 no. 4, &
E. g. seq. genit. of place, condition,
connexion, ufo) soi rungéwos, sons of
the bridal chamber, bridemen, Mat. &
15, Mark 219. Luke 5: 34; eee in
Nupepdv. Matt. 8: 12 viot sig Baosdelag
ac. viv obpavay, sons of the kingdom,
i. e. subjects to whom its privileges be-
Jong of right, here spoken of the Jews;
but also of the true subjects or citizens,
Matt. 13: 38; comp. in Bucdsla c. 8.
Opp. viot ro ovnpot, subjects, vassals
of Satan, bis followers, imitators, ib. 13:
$8; and so vid tod Biafdlov Acts 13:
10. — Comp. Sept, vids dev9igaw for
pyhn73 Ecc. 10: 11, — 1 Mace. 4: 2
loi tig agus. — Seq. genit. implying
quality, character, e. g. viol Bgortijs sons
oi fhander Mate &: 17, see in Bosvegyés.
IG: 6 vlog sigipns con of Peace,
1

841

Ties

fe. friendly, admitting your benedle-
tion and receiving you to hospitality.
1 Thess. 5: 5 viol tig ijudgas, i. e.en-
Jightened with true knowledge. Acts
4: 36 vids nugaxisjozax, see in Hagaxdn-
eg b. John 12: 36 viol r05 parts, i. 0.
enlightened with the trne light; and so
1 Thess. & 5, Luke 16:8. Opp. viot
105 aidiwos totrov sons of this world,
i, e. devoted to this world, ib. 16:8. 20:
3A. vlod rij¢ dmePelas, ig. of amevaig,
the disobedient, Eph. 2:2. 5:6, Col. 3:6.
Comp. Sept. vidg Suvdpens for >*t7~1

2Sam. 13:28, vlog avoplas for MbII~FR
Ps. 89: 23.—BSeq. genit. of that in which
one partakes, to which one is exposed,
etc. Luke 20: 36 viol rij¢ dvastacsng
sons of the resurrection, partakers in it.
Acts 3: 25 lol ray npopytiv xal tig
8:a97}xng, i. 6 to whom the prophecies
and the covenant appertain. Also vlog
wig dmulslas son of perdition, devoted
to destruction, see in ‘Anwiela b, John
17: 12, 2 Thess. & 3, vide sig ysévvns,
i, e. deserving everlasting punishment,
Matt. 28: 15, Comp. Sept. weg Sava~
tov for Heb. ny277q_ 1 Sam. 20: 31.
2 Sam. 12:5. comp. the Hebr. Deut.
25: 2, — Pealt. Sal. 17: 17 vio} sig dta-

eng.

B) Spec. vidg row Pe0b, vbob rod
9s08, son of God, sons of God. Spoken

8) of one who derives his human
nature directly from God, and sot by
ordivary generation ; e. g. of Adam,
impl. Luke 3: 38 ; of Jesus Luke i: 35,

b) of those whom God loves and
cherishes as a father ; see in Marie B.
a. 8 Tevvde Ia. 8. comp. in Tixvor
cy. So genr. ef the pious worship.
pers of God, the righteous, saints, eto,
(e) gemr. Matt. 27: 54 et Mark 15: 39
Gindis & &r9Q. obsos vlog Ar Feo¥,
comp. Luke 23: 47 where it is dixaveg
ay. Matt. 5:9 paxdgior of signvonosol,
Ste viok rod Peot xdndijcorras. So of
one who is like God, e.g. in eternal
life, Luke 20:36; in disposition, benev-
olence, Matt. 5: 45. Luke 6: 35 viol zo
Sylorov, Sept. and 43 Ps. 73: 15.
Deut, 14: 1.—Wisd. 298. 5:5. Ecclus,
4: 10. Psalt. Sal. 18: 7. — (8) Spec. of
the Israelites, Rom. 9: 26, 2 Cor. 6: 18,
So Sept, and u°yz Is. 1:2. 48 6. Jer.
& 14. Sing. Ex. 4: 92, 93, Hos, 11: 1,

: los

—(y) Of Christians, Rom. & 14, 19.
Gal, 3: 26 mévees vag viol 920i dora Bis
sis mloteme ty Xp.'l. 4: 6,7. Heb. 12:
6 sq. Rev.21:7. Comp. in Téxvor e. 7.
¢) Of Jesus Christ, as vids 105 Stof,
the Son of God ; also vidg rob tylorou
Son of the Most High, Luke 1: 32, comp,
Mark 5:7. Luke 8: 28; and simply 6

. ads, the Son, xo? doxiy. (a) In the

Jowish sense as the Messiah, the Anoint-
ed, § Xguotés, the expected king of the
Jewish nation, constituted of God, and

* his vicegerent in the world; see fully

in Baowdsa c. So as joined with 6
Xewrés in explanation; Matt. 16:16 ob
a8 Xpuatic, & vids 10d Geol. 26: 63.
Mark 14: 61. Luke 4: 41. John 6: 69.
11: 97, 20:31, Also John 1: 50 ot af
§ vids 106 S204, od al 5 Bactheis 10 "To-
eo, comp. Luke 1: 32. So too Matt.
% 15, quoted from Hos. 11: 1 where
Sept. for 72 spoken of Israel. Matt. 4:
Bot Luke 4:3, Matt. 8: 29 et Mark
& 7 et Luke 8: 28. Matt. 14: 33.
7: 40,48. Mark 3:11. Luke 22
John 1:°34 coll. 42, 9: 35. Perhaps
Acta 13: 83 et Heb. 1: 5 et 5: 5 vide
pou el ot, orusgor yeyérrmx oe, quo-
ted from Ps, 27 where Sept. for *:3;
comp. in Fevvde I. a. 8. But these pas-
sages belong rather to f below. So
Sept. for 13, ©. g. of Solomon whom
God calls his son, 2 Sam. 7: 14; also
for ser oe of kings or magistrates,
Ps, 8% 6 ‘ Comp. Ps, 89: 28. — (8) In
the Gospel sense, as the Messiah, the
Saviour, the Head of the Gospel dis-
pensation ; so called as proceeding and
sent forth from God, as partaking of
the divine nature, and being in intimate
union with God the Father; comp. in
605g b. Adyos INL. Kogios B. b. f.
Baciela c, Compare aleo passages
Fike John 10: 33—96. Matt. 11:27, Luke
10: 22 John 1: 14, 18. Heb. I: 5 aq.
B:6. Bo where 5 mang and 6 vids are
mentioned in connexion or antithesis,
as in most of the above passages ; also
Matt. 28: 19, Mark 15: 32, John 5: 26,
1 John 1: 8. & 22, 4:14. 2 John 3, 9.
Genr, Matt. 3: 17 ottd¢ doy 6 vids pou
8 ayanntés. 17:5. John 3: 16 oftw yag
inysty 6 Geog tov xdopor, cote TOY

oy aitod tor povoyers Eomey x. t. 1.
v. 17, 18, 17:1. Rom. 1: 3, 4,9. 5:10.

842

), xatpos Dustegos. 17 tf ee

“Tyres
8: 3, 29, 82. 1 Cor. 1:9. Ue W. 2 Cor,
1:19, Gal. 1:16. 2: 20. Epb. 4:13 Col
1:18. 1 Thess, 1: 10, Heb. 1:2. 62%
Pew 1:17. 1 Jobo 1:7. 5&5. Rend
18. snep. Ax.

Tan, 95, % (Ses ies) 6 wie, fo-
est, Lat. sylva, Sept. Job 38: 40. Héin.
7.2.10. Xen. An. 5.2.31. InN.
swood, i. e. fire-wood, fuel, James 3 5—
Ecclus, 28: 10. Jos. Ant. 6.3.1. Xe
H.G. 4.5.4. In Greek writers ale
timber, materials, Hdot. 4.10.2 Xa
H. G. 1, 1. 25.

“Yuets, plor. vee in 20,

“Tyevacios, ov, 6, Hymenaaas p.
n. of a man, an adversary of Paul!
Tim. 1: 20, 2 Tim. 2: 17.

Tudregoc, a, or, pomess. pra
(bpstis,) your, Lat. vestri, vestra, vestres:
comp. Buttm. § 72. 4.

a) pp. of that which ye have, wid
belongs or pertains to you; John 7:6i

ip. Acts 27: 34, Rom. Gul &
13, So Luke 6 20 tperiga sti}
Paves toh Seov. 16: 121d tpirgw
your own, that wi belongs to you
is assured to you. — Sept. Prov. :%
Heian. 3. 6. 7, Ken. H.G.6.36
b) of that which proceeds from ys
of which ye are the source, cam,
occasion ; Jobn 15: 20 nl i ii
Léyor) tyg}eoues, 1Cor. 131
feral xatgnow iv Eye, i.e. my boot
ing a8 to you, 2 Cor. & 8, — Hdan.|
5.25. Thue. 1.38 rots damdeparios
968 16 Tpsrdgep nokeunasiorees, Coat
Mauh. § 466.2. 7/7 £4. 7 Zend
*Turvéeo, ©, fe, (ipr0s,) to hpen'®
@) pp. c. acc. fo sing bynes
one, to praise in song, % § 17
‘Acts 16: 25. Heb, © 12 Sep. &
tin Ta, 12: 4, Spry 2 Che 2 O0
Joa, Ant. 7. 12.3 cov Suir. Ach V.
2.4. Xan. Cyr. 8 1 23 rois Sm
b) intrans. to sing & hymn oF hye
to sing praise, abool, Matt. 283)
Spnjoaries dyhSor. Mark 14:6 ie
for rryizy Neb. 1294. $37 20
13." Swing Pa, 65: 14. In, 42 10

“Tyros, ov, 5 (Gey om) 6h
song of praise. * ph. 5 19 yale

“Tastyoo
Spvoeg nad Gdais xvevy. Col. 16. Sept,
for %z 1s.4%10. min 2 Chr. 7:6
Ps. 40:°4,—2 Mace. 1 “Jos. Ant. 7.
12. 3 cig tay Sedx. Arr. Exp. Alex. M.
4.11.3 dg tois Seots. Heian, 4.2 10.

“Tnatya, f. dtu, (ind, ye,) to lead
or bring under, as horses under a yoke,
Luc. D. Deor. 25.3, Hom. Il. 16, 148,
to bring: under a tribunal, i.e. before a
judge on bis elevated seat, to arraign,
to accuse, -Hdot. 6. 72, 82 Xen. H. G.
2.3.28. “to bring under one’s power or
will, to subdue,-Hdot. 8. 106. Jos. Ant,
5. 10. 1. Thue. 7. 46. to lead or bring
down, sis 10 nedloy Jos. Vit. § 2%. to
lead or bring away under, i.e. from under
any thing, Hom, Il. 11. 163 “Krroga 3
dx Bedécor inaye Zais.— nN. T. and
later usage intrans. or c. Savecy impl. to
§0 away, pp. under cover, out of sight,
strictly with the idea of stealth, still-
‘ness, without noise or notice. Comp.

in “Ayo no. 3,

a) pp. to go away, to depart, to with-
draw oneself, ec. 60 a8 to be under cover,
out of sight, Absol. of persons, Mark
6:31 of deyopevor xa} of Sxdyovses. v.33.
John 18 8. Trop. of persons with-
drawing themselves from a teacher or

ty, John 6: 67. 12:11. Imperat.
dtnaya, go thy way, depart, asa word of
dismissal, Matt. 8: 13, 32, 20; 14. Mark
7: 29, 10: 52. Luke 10:3. Once infin.
Fobn 11:44, So dnays ais cignivyy Mark
5: 34, dy elgiyy James % 16; see in is
no. 4 fin, As expressing aversion, i. q.
get thee hence, begone, inays Zarard
Matt. 4:10; elsewhere izays onlew wou
Matt. 16: 23. Mark 8: 33. Luke 4: 8;

comp. in’Ozlow b. — 8eq. ei¢ local, sie
tov olxoy Matt. 9: 6, “Mark 2 11. 5: 19,
Trop. Rev. 13: 10 sis adypaluglay. 17:
8,11 alg aneilesar, Seq. mcg c. acc.
©. g. mpos tov naréga Jobn 7: $3, 13: 3.
16: 5, 10, 16, 17, c. mpg 1... impl.
8:21 dye tayo. 14: 28 tndye... o-
eiiopes ngos x. 7. In a like sense seq.
nov whither, Johu &: 14 bis, 13: 36, 14:
5. 16:5, énov Jobn &: 21, 22. 13: 33,
96. 14:4. Once of the wind, c. xoi,
Jobo 3: 8. Trop.and absol. i. q. to
depurt this life, to die, Matt, 26: 24 et
Mark 14: ri o ibs tod dvdp. indyz,
audes yéygantas x. t. 4—Thom. Mag.

64s

“Tuaxowe
(866 to art 06 dade
owas, daz ered pide} ‘torn bya

‘Arr. Epict. 3.16.10 paxpdy and tov
lov Sxayers. Anth. Gr. ILL p.57.n0.2.
ads Gonv ixdye ib, p. 60. 00.7. Comp.
Huot. 4. 120, 122.

b) genr. i. q. to go, to go, toa
place etc. c. tis local, sis’ ty mOlsy v.
xesny Matt. 26:18. Mark 11:2, 14:13,
Luke 19: 30, Matt. 20: 4, 7 ale soy dy-
maléva. Jobn 7:3. 9:11 inays eis thy
wolyupyPgar, 11: 31. 6: QU ais Hr [yv)
mayor so. by ship. Seq. perc tivog
Matt. 5: 41, Luke 12 58. c. éxet John
1:8. ¢. mob John 12 35. 1 John &
Gov Rev. 14:4. c. inf. final, John
21: 3 tndyo Glsavaiy. Absol. John 4:
16. 9:7 coll. 11. Luke 8: 42. 17: 14.—
By a species of pleonasm, ixdyw is often
prefixed, espec. in the imperative, to
verbs which already imply motion or
action, in order to render the expression
more full and complete; see in Zogstw a.
*avlornus I. d. John 15:16 tn dust
tmdyyr xod xagnoy pignte, Matt. 13:44,
‘Imperat. Matt.5:24 tnaye, xgditoy dial
AeiyyDe. 8 A, 18:15, 19: 21. 21: 28, 27:
65. 28:10. Mark 1: 44. 6:38. 10:21.
16: 7. Rev. 10: 8, 16:1.—Arr. Epict. 3,
21.6 tmays, tiruxt.h Soi.g, ‘ta
go forwards, to advance,’ Pol. 11. 16, 1,
Xen, An. 3, 4. 48,

Tnaxon, 78, %, (txaxove,) a hear
ing attentively, a listening, audience, Bept.
for nisz 2 Sam, 2% 36, Aquil. for
nzytn “2 Sam. 23: 23, InN. T. obe-
dience, Rom. 1: 5 sl tmaxojy mloreor,
i.e. obedience which springs from faith.
5: 19 Sut Snaxose rod kvdc. & 16 bis.
15: 18. 16: 19, 26. 2 Cor. 7: 15. 10: 6.
Philem. 21. Heb, 5:8, 1 Pet. 1: 2. v.14
neo in Tixvoy e. Seq. genit. of object,
2Cor. 10: 5 inaxony too Xpiotois, i. e.
to or towards Christ. 1 Pet. 1: 22 ix.
ais His dlndslas. — Not found in the clas-

Tnaxote, £. otow, (iné, &xotes,)
to hear, pp. with the idea of stealth, still-
ness, or with attention, in order to
answer, i. q. to listen.

a) pp. of a porter or door-keeper
who listens and replies to the knock or
call of any one from without, absol.
Acts 12: 13 xpodourtos 84 awinod . .

“Taortpos

HaGs nedlowm inancbeas. — Dem
1149. 27. Plut. de Gen. Socr. 31. Plaro
Crito 1. Xen. Cuny. 1. U1 sgovoas ai
Sigay dns t§ ixaxotourn sivayyiihes

b) trop, to listen to any one, to
seq. dat. expr. or impl. Math. § 36%.
no. 2 E. g. 0. dat, of pers, Matt. 8:27
et Mark 4: 41 6 creyog xal ¢j Sd. ixo-
aodovow atap. Mark 1:27. Luke 8:25
17:6, Eph. 6:1, 5. Col. 3:20, 22 Heb.
5:0. 1 Pet. & 6 dat, imph Heb. 11: 8.
Beg, dat. of thing, Acts 6:7 tnyxovor +H
alow. Rom. & 12, 16. 10:16, 2Thees.
4: & 3 14. dat. impl. Rom. & 17.
Phil 212, Sept. c. dat. for 97243 Gen.
89: 10. comp. Deut. 20: 12 —o. das.
Joa. Ant. 5.4.1 roig rduaus. Heian. 3
12.15 1§ Paced Keo. Cyr.1. 1.8
Mem. 1.2.30. The more usual eou-
struction is c. gen. Sept. Gen. 16 3
Xen. Occ. 14.3; comp. Matth. § 362, 4.

“Ynavdoos, ov, 5,4, adj. ( ind,
are) under a husband, subject to a hue
band, spoken of a wife, Rom. 7: 2
Sept. for ux nim Num. 5: 20, — Ec-
clus.9:9. Plut. Pelopid. 9. Pol. 10.26.

“Ynevrerc, o,f. jou, (xd, avrdeo
fr. dycl,) to come opposite to any one, i.
to encounter, to meet, pp. with the
of stealth, unperceived, without noi
or notice, comp. in ‘no note. Seq.
a Matt.8:98 ixijernoay arg 30 3as-
s. Luke 8: 27. Jobo 11: 20,
18.—Tob. 7:1. Jos. B. 3.1.1.5.

Haines 1 7.4. Xen. Cyr. 5.3 57.

‘Taavinue, ews, %, ( dnavtdes, )
meeting, encounter, in N. T. only in the
Phrase sig tnavtnas, used for inf. ixar—
3G, to meet ; 0, dat, John 12:13 &ejiIor
sig tndyrnow airg. Sept. for M&IP>
Judg. 11: 34.— genr. Jos. Ant. Al. 8. 4.

“Ynagtic, ews, %, (indgyos,) being,
existence, to dyadot Plut. adv. Stoic.
18, ed. R. X. p. 403.18. In N.T. the
Deing to any one, possession; meton. a
possession, Property, goods, substance ;.
‘Acts: 45 rag indguug éxingaaxor. Heb.
10: 34. Sept. for wad> 2 Chr. 35: 7.
qitt Prov. 18: 11, 19: 14. — ‘Test. XIT
Patr. p. 583 9 yi xai 9 Unaghic aris.
Dion. Hal, Ant, 7, 8. Pol. 2.17. 11. ib.
1025.5, In. later usage for the earlier.

844

obsy, gin, pp. in some degree,

‘Tndezeo

30 éxdezorra, comp. Fittm. de Sys.
T. p. 193.

“Tneeg za, f. ter (ond, Sgzes,) te be-
graduelly, im-
perceptibly, Hom. Od. 24. 286. Dem.
12.1. to begin doing, le de first, ©
part. Xen. An.23 23 ib 559
ace. impl. Dom. 1345: 7. to begin to be,
fo come into existence, to arise, Dem.
408. 22 tiv indprower
Hence genr. and in NT. to exist, to be
extant,

a) genr. and, “teal. Pook Acta 19:40 pe
vos aistou inal eeers
W7: 21. 2B: 18 aisles
Sendiw Seagrom bal 1 Cor. 11:18,
— Dem, 32. 20 roid oy 3a smgoesire,
wa 3° Gide imigys, Ken. Ag. & 2
tnogrotons piv tupiis x. s.2. Cyr. 22
52, — Bog. dat. of pers. to be present te
any one, implying possession, property;
comp. in Eiul II. 0, Acted 6 deyweeer
xat zovoloy ody indgyss pos, i. e. siiver
and gold have I none. 4:37 émd
aitg cygod. 28:7. 2 Pet. 1:8. (Sept.
Job 2: 4, Ecclus. 20: 16, Joa Amt 7.
7.3. Hdian. 1.10.9. Xen. An, 22
11.) Hence Particip. re Undgyerre,
subst. things present, tn hand to any one,
i,q. possessions, property, goods, rebetance,
¢. dat. of pers. as above, Luke & 3. Acts
4: 82, c. gen. of pers. Matt. 19:21 wa-
Anoéy cov 6 tndgyorte. 2: 47. BL
Luke 11: 21, 12: 15, 33, 44. 14: 33. 16
1, 19:8 1 Cor. 1: 3 Heb. WO: 3
Comp. Matth. § 570. Lob. ad Soph. Aj.
p. 577. Schaef. ad Greg. Cor. p. 13%
Sept. for map Gen. 31: 18. Bt 6, 7.
wAD4 Gen. 18°, 1 Chr. 28 1. — Cob.
Tab. ‘7. Pol. 4.3.1. Xen. Veer. 4. 22.

b) simpl. to be, i. q. sul, as logical
copula connecting the subject and pred-
icate, comp. in Eiyt IL (a) With a
subst. as predicate; Luke & 41 aet @i-
tog Soxuv rig ovrayuyis injjoxe. 2 SO.
Acts 2 30, 4: 34 Seo: yap xryroges . .
Smieron. 16:3, 20, 37, 17: 94, Be
20, 2% 3.1 Cor. Hr 7. 1292, Gah ea
% 14. 2 Pet 2: 19. — Hdian. 6. 7. 2—
(8) With an adj, an predic. Luke & 48.
11: 18.41 oby tusig norngol indgrorrs.
16: 14, Acts 3: 2. 4: 34 ot8i pag trdeie
ug taijoxen, % 55. Mi: 8. 27: 12 Rem.
4: 19. 1 Cor. % 96. 2.Cor. 317. IR 1G.

“Tualuco ~

James 2 15. 2 Pet. & 11. — Diod. Sie.
4.11. Ken. Mem. 2 3 1.7) Wiha
participle of another verb as predic.
comp. Eius Il. f. So with part. perf.
Pass, as adj. Acts 19: 36. As forming
a periphrasis for a finite tense of the
game verb; Acts 8: 16 povor 38 fofa-
setsopstvos iniigzor x. 5. 1. only they were

, where qv éimentomis pre-
cedes. Comp. Matth. § 558. Winer §
46. 8. — Dem. 305.23 nad sa pir vis
xb laces ores injeze Kyorta.—(3) With
an adverb as predic. Acts 17:27 tov Seby
od poneay ... indgrorta.—e) With
& prep. and its case as predic. e. g. dv
. dat. where ‘xdgys then implies a
being, remaining, living in any state or
place ; 90 évc. dat. of state or condition,
Luke 7: 25 05 dy... r9vp] ond
16: 23. Acts & 4. Phil. 2 6. (Jos. Ant.
7.15.2.) _éve. dat. of place, Acts 10:12
Phil. 3 20. nodg c. gos. Acts 27: 4
sore ya x0s tic ip. cernglas imdg~
qe.

“Tneixea, f. $0, (ind, dae) to give
way under, to give under, to yield, pp. to
cease fighting, c. dat. Hdian. 1. 15. 16,
Xen. H. G.5. 4.45. In N. T. to yield,
to submit to, c. dat. Heb. 13: 17, — Jos.
de Mace. 6 tiv ‘dordiy xpareiv, pndi
absois inelxe. Huian. 2, 13.10. Xen.
Cyr. 8. 1.33,

‘Ynevartiog, ue, ov, ( tvarttog, )
oppored, contrary, adverse, pp. with the
idea of stealth, covertness, clandestine-
ness; comp. “Prd note. Tittm. de Syn.
N. T. p. 157, Seq. dat. Col. 2148 a
Snevartioy vir. Subst. of tmevartlor

ters, adversaries, Heb.10:27. Sept.
Sm. for ast Ex. 23:27. Lev. 26: 16,
“yxy Deut. 32: 27, Is, 26:11.—Ael. V. H.
18. 40 tmevartloy 1. Plut. Agesil. 24,
Sobet. Wiad. 18:18. Pol. 1.11.14. Xen.
Cyr. 1.6. 38.

“Tudp, prep. governing the geni-
tive and accusative, with the primary
signif. over, Lat. super, Germ. aber.

I. With the genitive, pp. of place
where, i.e. the place over or above which
any thing 4s or moves, without imme-
diate contact ; ¢. g. of rest over, Hdian.
5.520. Ken. Mom. 1. 4. 6 10 Snip tar
oppdrew. Of motion over, Hdian. 2.6. jpdiv,

845

‘Indo

19. Xen. Mem. 3. 8.94 Hlios nie
§usty xa} tév

@ mountain or hill is said two be —_
place, to overhang, Hdot. 2. 105. Ken.
Ao. 1. 10. 12. Comp. Passow inde A.
Buttm. § 147. 0,2. Matth. §582. Winer
§.5). p. 37 0q.—In N. T. only trop.

a) over, i. q. for, in behalf of, for the
sake of, in the sense of protection, cere,
favour, benefit, i. ©. én commodum ali-
cujus; pp. as if bending over a person
or thing and thus warding off what
might fall upon and harm it; comp.
Buttm. Marth. Winer ll. cc. Passow
A. 2.—(a) Gear, John 17: 19 xai énig
abnar bys éysifee duaveéy, Acte 21:26
thas of nooonrly 84 imig trig tndorow
einai 4 mpoogogd. 2 Cor. 18: 8. Col. 1:

7,4: 12 mdvtore Gyonitoueros tie psn

dy tai moocazais. Heb. 6: 20, 18: 17.
Acl. V. H. 3. 25 inde rig "HALG2Og
sb xa xadig dywnodperon Xen, Cyr.
2.1, 21 pazotrcas inte reir rgeqérser.
An. 7, 7. 21. — Espec. after verbs or
words implying prayer for any one,
comp. Engl. to pray over any one, James
5: 14. Seq. gen. of pers. as dsioSos
tig twv0¢ Acts 8: 24. sizeoSes James
516. AgooeizerGa: Matt. 5: 44. Luke
6: 28, Col. 1:9, (2 Mace. 12: 44.) So
Bénaig tig tuv0g Rom, 10: 1. 2 Cor. 9
M4. Phil. 1: 4. Eph. 6: 19 where énxig
twos and megi tiv0g alternate, comp.
Winer § 51. p. 328, mgocevyy Acts 12:
5. Rom. 15: 30. Genr. 1 Tim. 2 1,2
dujons, mgootuzas, dvisigeug, aizaqerlag
nig ndvtov «1.1, After verbs im-
plying speaking, pleading, intercession
for any one; Acts 26:1 tig oxaut0s
liyur, Rom, 8 26 15 mvtipa ineger
ruyycives inig psy. v.27, 34. Heb. 7
25. 9.24, (Aeschin. Dial. Boer. 1. &
Xen. Cyr. 2 1. 13 23 sinsiy Sig utr.)
‘After verbs and nouns implyiug zeal,
care, effort for any person or thing, 1
Cor. 12: 25 Gide 15 ated tnig dljlur
wecuuréer 1a pily. So Gihoc t: tig” Tev0g
2 Cor. 7:7. Col. A 13, onovdy 2

16. td ggoreiy Phi
(Xen, Cyr. 1. 6.12 émyelsioSas inde
1906.) Bo elvas into tiv0s, pp. to be
over any one, sc. for protection, i. q. te
be for him, to take his part; Rom. &31
6 Seig tmig judy [ton), the x0F
jucy ; Mark 9: 40. Luke 9: 50—Often

Eo

‘Tadg

after verbs or words implying the suf-
fering of evil or death for, in behalf of
any one; c. gen. of pers, as Sal
divas imig twos Ron. 9: 3, dx09vi-
xe John 11: 50, 51, 52. Rom. 5: 6
Xpwtis ...ixig doer éxiGare v.7
bie, 8. 14: 15. 2 Cor. 5: 14, 15 bis. 1
Thess, 5:10. dnolicSas John 18: 14,
pois Sas Suvizov Heb. % 9. diBévas
bovidy v.10 odiye Luke 2 19, Tit.
14, 1 Tim. 26, daydrev 16 aly Luke
22 20. Pvew 1d nadoya 1 Cor. 5: a.
satiga yirecSa: Gal. 3:13. xlgy td
espa Cor. 11: 24. wagadiddvas sav
téy V. tind Rom. 8: 32, Gal. 2:20, Eph.
5: 2,25. maoyey vs | Pet. 2: 21. 3: 18.
4:1, mowiy twa cpagtiay 2 Cor. 5:2).
oravgetiadat 1 Cor. 1:13, wives thy
yougyy John 10: 13,15, 13:37, 38, 15: 13,
1 John 3:16 bis. Seq. gen. of thing,
John 6: 51. Rom. 16: 4, 2 Cor, 12: 15.
— Ecclus. 20:15. Xen. An. 7. 4.9
GxoInijoxay inig twos. — (8) Closely
allied to the above is the sense for, i. q.
in the stead of any one, in place of, comp.
Winer p. 323, Passowa.no.5. Philem.
18 tra inig o0i pos Ssaxorh by so¥g Bea
pois tot siayy. Perh. 2 Cor. 5: 20 bis,
taig Xqut0d ody moscfeiousr, x. t.
Eph. 6: 20, Here too some refer the
passages cited above in a fin.—Palneph.
41.1. Eurip. Alcest. 701, Pol, 21.14.9,
Thue. 7. 13.

b) i. q. for, causal, i.e. in the sense
because of, on account of; propter, imply
ing the ground, motive, occasion of an
action ; comp. Mutt. Winer, Il. ce.
John 11:4 4 doSevela ote Fats meas
Seivertor, GAR tnég tig dokns 100 Soi,
i, ¢. for the glory of God, in order to
manifest his glory. Acts 5: 41 inig
tot dyopatos airod for his name, for his
honour. 9 16. 15: 26, 21: 13. Rom. 1:
5. 15: 8. 1 Cor. 15: 3 Xp. dxéSuvey
nig tai Gpagridy judy. v.29 bis 2
Cor. 1: 6. 12: 10, 19 bxég tig Euciv of-
xodopijs. (Gal. 1:4.] Eph. 3:1,13. Phil.
2: 29 bis, Col. 1: 24 his, 2 ‘Thess, 1: 4,
5. Heb. 5: 1 bis, 3. 10: 12, 7: 27. 9 7,
BJohn7. So after dotdfar Rom. 15:9.
eizagiatdiy Rom. J: 8. 1 Cor. 10: 30.
2 Cor. 1: 11. Eph. 1: 16, 5: 20. — Jos.
Ant. 3. 8 6 imig duagrider. leocr.
301. C. Xen. ‘An. 7.3 tig Aavdeglas
asc tmig is ipats tye eddarporize, —

846

‘Tnkp
Once Ia. by virtue of Phat, 2188
Seis rag dativ & dvegyew ty ipiv...
tmig tis sidoxlas, by virtue of kis own
good-pleasure, because it is his will;
comp. Winer p. 329.

c) over, after verbs of speaking and
the like, i. q. upon, about, concerning ;
comp. Engl. to talk over a matter, be
boast over; Passow A, no. 3 Matt.
Winer, Il. ce. Rom. 9: 27 “Heuies 3
xpates inig soi “logaql. 1 Cor. & &
9 Cor, 5:12 7: 4 woll} pos xatzqrs
nig Sper. v. 14. & 93,24. 9: 2,3 12
5, 8—Ael. V. H. 12.52. Pol, 1.137
lorogsiv inde twos. — — Hence i. q- er be,

tuvog 1 Cor. 12 |. Phil. 1: 7 tes
georiv inig tucy. 2 Thess. 2 1—Jon.
Ant, 15.3.6, Pol. 3.4.3. Dem. 554.
11 4 fovld Snip “dewreron. | Xen

Mem. 4. 3. 12 ngoroiicOus imig vor
pallérter,
Il. With the Accusative, pp. of

place whither, implying motion or direc-
tion over or above a place; Hdot. 4138
Gintéours inig roy Sopor. Eurip. Jon.
46. Heian, 7, 2.13 buig 7 rei
frnov Botyoudvo, Pol. 3 84.9 Abo
over, above, beyond, Xen. An. 1.1.9 reis
Goat) toi; imig “Elijonortoy oieie.
Comp. Passow tnty B. Matth. § 582. b.
Winer § 58. ¢. p. 341. — In N. T. only
trop. over, above ; comp. Winer L e.

a) implying superiority in rank, dig-
nity, worth; Matt. 10: 24 bis, of fot
pedarns ixig toy didcoxaloy,x 2.2
Luke 6: 40, Eph, 1:22 xsmaliy tate
névea, Phil. 2 9 Brome 10 imig xar
Syoua. Philem, 16. — Lue. Vit. Auet. 2
th; tnig GvOqumor elvan Botleras; Ach
V.H. 12. 1. p. 159. Tauchn. “dewesie
seinig tig yuvaieas Baowiscig 2. t. 1.

b) implying excess beyond a certain
measure or standard, and spoken com-
paratively, i. q. beyond, more than. («)
genr. and simply; Mutt. 10: 37 bis, &
guar nariga f umriga imig dui x. tL
Acts 26: 13 dxig wyy lopagerqte s0F
fiiou . . . pais. 2 Cor.1: Bet & 3 ixig
Sirapr. Gal. 1: 14 xeoixonser ey 1%
‘tovbeiopg imig nollovg x. x. 1. Eph.
8:20. Snip 3, above what, more than
what, 1 Cor. 4: 6. 10:18. 2 Cor. L& 6.

“Tnepaigo

Philem. 21.—Sept. 1 Sam. 15: 2. Ec-
clus. 7:1. Dion. Hal. Ant. 5, 68. Epict.
Eneh. 31 et 37 tnig divouv. Xen.
Mem. 4. 3.8 nic oiy inég Asyor ;—(A)
Pleonast. after comparatives; e.g. after
an adj. in the comparat. degree, Luke
16: 8 pegovopsitegos inig toig vioig tod
peords. Heb. 4: 12. Comp. in Haga
JIL. d, fin. With a verb, 2 Cor. 12: 13
th yde dowy, 5 irr Pate ini tas Jonas
éxxdnoias ; comp. Winer § 53. e, — So
Sopt. ob xeeloowr sul tnig toic natigas
pov, for Heb. 72 comparat. 1 K. 19: 4;
also Judg. 11:25. Ps, 19:1).—(y) With
out case, where it then stands as an
adverb, i.q. more, much more; comp.
Buttm. § 147. n. 8. Matth. § 594. L.
Winer § 54 fin. p. 357. 2 Cor. 11: 23
Sicxovos Xeurod tiv; inig tye. Comp.
Kypke Obss. ad loc. — For the adver-
bial forms inig Liar, dnig exnegucooi,
see “Pregllay, ‘Tregexnegiscow.
Nore. In composition inde implies:
1. motion or rest over, above, beyond a
place ; as tnspalpa, inepPuive, inagszer.
2. protection, aid, for, in behalf of, as
dnegertuyzdve, 3, excess, a surpass-
ing, over, above, more than, often with
the idea of censure; as txegfdllo,
‘Insgextsiver, inegnsicoziw, Hence in-
tens, as Snsgautdve, tmegrixcies,

“Tnegaiga, £. agi, (atga,) to lift
up over or above any thing, Luc. Amor.
54 Boos thy gulocogias sgeir tnig ab.
zoig toig xgordpong Smegigwacs. In-
trans, of water overflowing, Dem. 1274.
20; of pereons passing over walls, moun-
tains, Pol. 2.93. 1. Xen. Mag, Eq. 8.
—In N.T. only Mid. dnepaigopas,
trop. to Kf up oneself vvermuch, to
over-ezalt oneself, to become conceited,
arrogant, insolent ; absol. 2 Cor. 12:7
bis, Iva ph) Smepalgouas x. 2.1. Seq.
éxl tw0 thee a —2 Mace. 5: 23.
Anthol. Gr. IV. p. 11. no, 22,

“Tndpaxuos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (amp
point, acme, flower of life,) beyond the
flower of life, past the proper age; 1
Cor. 7: 36 dav f} tmdpaxpos ec. nag di-

— Suid, trigaspos* Sregdgauay
riy Spar. Found only in N. T.

“Tnegave, adv. (inég, vo.) intens,

over -above, Engl. up above, high above ;

847

“Tnegfoan

of place, c. gen. Eph. 4: 10 ixagarer
mévtay oigavér. absol. Heb. 9: 5.
Sept. for Ex. 8:2 mbsyoba
Ez. 11: 22. —‘c. gen, Jos, Ant. 3.
Ael. V.H. 9.7. absol. Lue. D. Deor.
4,2. — Trop. of rank, dignity, c. gen.
Eph. 1: 21 tmegdve naong aeyis. 80
Sept. for 7i9by Dent. 26: 19. 28: 1.

“Tnepavtava, £. tiow, ( adtdve
q- ¥.) intens. fo over-grow, i.e. trop. to
increase exceedingly, in a good sense;
introns, 2 Thess. 1: 3 imegavtivn 4
alous ipiv, Ancoc. £2,238 X

“TnegBaiva, £. Biopar, (Batvon)
trans. fo make go over, Xen. Eq. 7.2
Intrans, to go or pase over, e.g. a wall,
mountains, c. acc. depending on indo in
composit. Sept. 2 Sam. 22:30. Hdian.
3.2.41. Xen. An. 7.3.43, Trop. to
overgo, to overpass, sc. certain limits,
i, q. to transgrees, ©. ace. 10 Toor xal x6
Slxaiov Diog. Laert. 8. 18, vopov Diod.
Sic. 17. 34. Aeschin. 58. 30.—In N. T.
trop. and absol. to overgo, to go too far,
i.e.to go beyond right, 1 Thess. 4: 6.

“TnepBaddovioc, adv. (ineopi-
Jow,) execedingly, above 2 Cor,
1: 23.—Sept. Job 15: 11. Pol. 5. 43. 8,
Xen. Ag. 1. 36.

“YnepBadro, f. pads, (Bddde,) to
throw or cast over, beyond, e. g. beyond
a certain goal or limit in the accus.
Hom. Ou. 11, 595 dda dre példos [Léa]
Gxgor inepBaliny, i. e. Sisyphus. Il. 23.
843. Ofa kettle, to throw over, to boil
over, Hdot. 1. 59, Intrans. to throw
oneself over a mountain ete. i. q. fo pass
over, Xen. An. 4, 4, 20. Also to throw
beyond or farther than another, to sur-
pass in throwing a weapon, c. acc. of
pers, Hom, Il, 23,637. Hence genr. to
surpass, to exceed, to excel, Jos, Ant. 2,
2.1 mlotrw ts yag tnegéBalds tov di
xoglous, Xen. H. G. 7.3. 6.—In N. T,
only Particip. pres. izegfadduy, oven,
ov, surpassing, exceeding, super-eminent.
2 Cor. 3: 10 Evexey tig imegBadlovong
Béing. 9:14 Bud vy tmegPddlovoay zdgiv
tov sot. Eph. 1:19, 2:7. 3: 19.—2
Mace. 4: 13, Jos, Ant. 4.2.2. Hdian.
3, 10, 12. Xen. Hi. 11. 2.

“LaepBody, is, 4 (imghélan a.

‘Ta eeetdon

v.) @ throwing, casting, shooting beyond,
Soph. Oed. er 1196 nad? imneBolar
rofrieas. Then, a over, ©. g. &
river, mountain, Pol. 10.1. 8. Ken. An.
1, 2, 25. — In N. T. trop. excess, super-
eminence, excellence, 2 Cor. 4: 7 9 imsg-
Bods rig Suvcizsme. 12: 7.— Joa. B. J. 6.
7.3.8¢ tnepSolyy dporytos. Ant. 1. 13.
4, Dem. 97. 3. Pol. 3. 99. 4. — With
prep. inan adverbial sense: xa6’ uneg-
Polviny |. exceedingly, super-eminently,
Rom. 7: 13, 2 Cor. 1: 8. oak pad
Cor. 4:17 see below. Also i. q. pai
excellence, 1 Cor. 12 31 xat Ere ‘a?
SnxgBolijy 3807, a way par excellence, i. e.
a fer better way. Comp. in Kata H.
(Lue. Luct. 12, Pol. 3, 92. 10.
Diva. Bic. 17. 47.) eig dxeeBodny id.
exceedingly ; hence inens. by Hebr.
aS imspBoliy cig txegBoliy q. d. ex-
exceedingly, in the highest pos-
sible degree, 2Cor.4:17. Gesen. Lehrg.
p. 693. 2, Stuart § 456, coll. 438,—Ael.
V.HL 4,20. ib, 12. 1. p. 160. ‘Tauchn.
ug SnsgBoliy tipgy.

“Tnegeidoy, (si8u q. v.) aor. 2 to
‘imegogda, to sce or look out over, e. g
tyr Sdlacgay Hdot.7.36 fin. InN. T.
trop. to overlook, not to regard, i. q. to

bear with, not to Punish, c. ace, Acts
17: 30 zodvoug tis dyvolag insgiday 6

Joa, Ant. 2. 6. 9 [8] 10° mah psngsrv bn-
Bimpciroy aptivas toig niyuwehjoureas,
Exasvoy Hreyxs ois Enegidoics. Bo iq.
to negleet, Tob. 4:3. Ael. V. H. 3 22,
to despise, Xen, Ag. 8. 4.

“Tnegexervar, adv. (éxtivos, Burm.
$115. n. 5,) pp. ‘beyond those ; hence
beyond, over beyond, c. art. +4 imegealva
‘ip wc. uign, the parts beyond you, 2
Cor. 10: 16, Comp. Buttm. § 125. 6, 7.
Bos Ellips. ed. Schaef. p. 289.—Thom.
Mag. p. 336 énéxewva Rites déyovaw*
Umegéxeva dé, pov0s of rigepones.

“Tnepexnepeasov, adv. (inig tx

megisco¥,) pp. intens, over superabun- Cor,

danlly, comp. in Hegioads b; i. q. very
abundantly, above all meagure, most re-
hemently; Eph. 3:20 ixig névea novi
car imagernequocos Sy aitoiusde, 1
‘These. 3: 10, 5: 18. — Sept. for Chald.
rey ns Dan. 3: 93,

848

“Tregnparla

“Tinepextetver, f. avis, (dscelove,) to
stretch out overmuck, beyond measure,
trop. ©. ace. of pers. 2 Cor. 10: 14 of
inigextelroper Savtots we stretch not our-
selves out too far, i.e. do not go beyond
our measure, 10 wétgoy 00 wenrvos ia
ve 13— Lue, Eunuch. 2 zengayores mi
Snepexteriperot, Schol. Smepqloveccetr
tes. Other editions read izrepd:etews-
ever.

“Ynepexyuvouct, Pass. ( dyin,
dxzives, q. Vv.) to be poured ext over, as
from a vessel, i, q. to run over, to over
flow, absol. Luke 6: 38 yérgor toregee-
vopsvor. Sept. for pyr Joel 2H
Sept. tregexysopas for y3B Prov. & 16.

“Tneperivyzeave, f. sebSomes, (ie
suyydve q. v.) to intercede for any one,
in his bebulf; seq. iaég tevos, Rom. &
26. Comp. Winer § 56.2. a.

“Tnegeze, £. $e, ( Eres, ) crane. be
hold over, e. g. any thing over the fire,
Hom, Il, 2 246; also for
ny ztigd tive v. Tivos Anth. Gr. Lp.
193, Jos. Ant.6.2.2 Pol. 15. 3%. 11.
Jntrans. pp. to hold oneself over, i. q. te
be over, to be prominent, to jut out ever
or Sept. Ex. 2613. 1 K.& 8
Ael. V. H, 9. 18 Xen. Cyr. 7. 5 &

to surpass, to exeeh, j intrans,

a) genr. pp. ¢. gen. of pore also c.
dat. of manner, Phil. 23 adlglous gov
pero: inepézortag ‘osc Comp. Math.
$358. Buttm. § 132 5.3. — Hdian. 4
15. 11. Diod. Sic. 17. 77. Xen. Neos.
1, 11,—Beq, ace. Phil. 4: 7 § elesg roi
Deoi # imegézoven marta voir, . Comp.
Matth. § 358 note. — Diod. Sic. 228
Plat. Phaedo 50. p. 102. D. Xen. H. G.
6.1. 4. p. 296. Tauchn.—Part. 16 vege
ov aa subst. ezecllence, super-eminence,

4, q. dmegogii, Phil. 3: 8 dd v3 tmepire
tig yoo. See Math. § 570, Lob.
ad Soph. Aj. p. 277. Schaef. ad Greg.
p. 139.

b) a rank, dignity, part. snsolzur,
ovsa, o7, superior, higher, Rom, I:
Movclag imigeyoiouts. 1 Pet. & ‘a -
Wiad. 6: 5. Pol. 28. 4.9. Hdian. 4.9.4.

“Tnegypavia, ac, 4, ( dxapige-

‘Tnegygaves
V.) drregence, haughtiness, pride,
Pol. 7a. 18 5. Dem. ‘77. 16. Xen. Cyr.
5. 2. 27, — In N. T. from the Heb, arn
rogance, pride, with the accessory idea
of impiety, ungodlinees, Mark 7: 22.
So Sept. for > yea Pa. 31:24. Ie. 16:6.
Jing Pe 59:1% Prov. 8:13. pitt
Deut, 17:12, — Tob, 4:17, 1 Mace. I:
23. Jos. Ant. 1.1L 1.
*Tnegigevoe, ov, 6, 4, 2dj. (inég,
palves,) appearing over, conspicuous
above other persons or things; 80 pp.
imeongarts, Xen. Mag. Eq. 5.7 ois
piv 0994 ta digara tzux, rois 2 Ud-
Lous tonsa xal yi) ixegnpari. Elec
where trop. conspicuous, distinguished,
splendid, a8 oixlag tin modlov inegn-
pavartégas Dem, 175. 10; usually of per-
sons, with censure, arrogant, havghly,
proud, Ael. V. H. 12. 63. Diod. Sie. 4.
13. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 25. — In N. T.
from the Heb. arrogant, proud, with
the accessory idea of contemning God,
impiety, wickedness, Luke 1:51 du-

oxogmicer inegnpavors Siavolg xagdias.
Rom. 1:30. 1 Tim. 8:2, James 4:6, 1

Pet. 5:5. So Sept. for mya Ps. 94: 2.
140: 6, oy Ps 119: 28. Jer. 43: 2
By Job 38:15. Is. 2: 12.—Wisd. 14:
6." Ecclus, 23: 7. Jos. Ant. 4. 8,17.

*Tnepatay, nal. (Mav,) overmuch,
he. exceedingly, super-eminently ;
‘©. art. 6 tmepliay adj, the most eminent,
the very chief, sar kxootsler
QCor. 11: 5. 1% 11. Comp. Bucm.
§ 125, 6. — On such compounds, see
Lob. ad Phr. p.45—48. So imegdyav
2 Mace. 10:4 Smigev Dem. 228. 17.
Xen. Hi. 6. 9

‘Tnegmixaw, ©, f. jou, (rxde,)
to more than conguer, abwol. Rom. 8:37."
—Leo Tact, 14.25 vie xal pi) imegring.
Boer. Hist. Ecc. 3, 21 mxgv xahoy, imeg—
muxgy 83 ixig Borer.

‘Tuepoyxne, ov, 6, i, adj. (6yx05,)
‘ever-suollen, much swollen, Ael. V. H.
18.1, Xen. H. G.5.4.58. In N.T.

trop. over-tumid, over-swelling, boastful,
"witb the idea of insotent pride, impiety ;
s0 of language, 2 Pet, 218 txdpeyen

849

: mountain, ib. 10. 31.1.

"Tnaper
nik'sh) Dan, 11: 38— Comp.
xay goornpa Plut. Lucall. 21,

“Tnegozy, 78, 4, ( dmepize q. ¥.)
@ prominence, eminence, e. g. a mound,
hill, Pol. 3. 104.3; peak, summit of a
In N, T. trop.
prominence, eminence, e. g.

8) of stution, authority, power; 1
Tim. 2,2 fasiliey sab marron xiv dy
Snegoyi Brrov.—2 Mace. 3:11, Pol. 5.
41. 3, Diod. Sic. 4. 41.

L) genr. of things, i. q.
excellence, 1 Cor. 2:1 xad?
Aoyou.—Pol. 5. 41. 1.
13:6. Jos. Ant. 6 4.3,

| Tuegnegeooevo, £. atow, (seqio-
aria q..) fo euperabound over, much
mere, in @ comparative sense, abeol.
Rom. 5: 20 ob 8é dledvacer # apagria,
imegnigisasicey i xagis, comp. v. 15.
Without comparison, Pass. to be made
to superabound oversmuch, i. t super

abound greatly, ly, exceedingly, i in lig
¢. dat. 2 Cor. 7:4 imignsg ° j

agRipLoesous TH
zed, i.e. Tam exceeding joyful.—Not -
found in the classics.

‘Tnepnepeoods, adv. (uegtaods,)
4-4. over-euperabundanlly, ie. very ez

ceedingly, Beyond all measure, iat sy.
Mark 7:37 imegmepioods &exljocorre.

eriority,
‘trepozny
In evil, 2 Mace.

“Tnegndeovatea, £. dew, (nhvori-
fo q. v.) to superabound, to be exceed-
ingly abundant, intrans. 1 ‘Pim. 1: 14.
—Pralt. Salom. 5: 19.

“Tuepuyoa, a, £ daw, (dye, )
intens. fo make high above, to raise high
aloft ; only trop. to highly exatt, ec. over
all, c. ace. Phil, 2 9 Sedg adrov tnegi-
your, Sept. pase. for Pa. 97:9.
comp. Sept. Ps. 37: 35. — So in praise, *
Sept. Dan.4:34. Sung of 8 Chikir. 26,29,

Tnspg pave, @, f. sou, (inig-
peer over-thioking, bigh-thinking, from
porn.) to think overmuch of oneself, to be

inded, i. y. to be proud, arrogant,
intrans, Rom. 12:3 ph txeggporiiy meg
8 dei qooveiy—Jos, Abt. 1. 11.-1 0b Zo
dopiiter mlotey . « dmaggpgoreivess. Pol.
6. 18.7.

“Tnep@os, a, ov, (dmig, a8 na-
‘zegos from mesyje,) over, upper, ©. g. of

‘Indyo

a chamber, Plut. Pelop. 356 aa Sale-
yor & § xadrideer sis Dwar, txaggos
ie Philo do Vit. Mos. 2p. 662 olijua-
ta éninsda xal tinegga, sc. in the ark.
Lue. Asin. 45. — Oftener and in N. T.
Neut. 10 vnegwoy, an upper chamber,
the upper part of a house, i i.e. a sort of
guest-chamber not in common use,
where the Hebrews received company
and held feasts, and where at other
times they retired for prayer and medi-
tation, i. g. dxdyauorq. v. In Greek
houses it occupied the upper story ;
among the Hebrews it seems to have
been on or connected with the flat roof
of their dwellings, Heb. mrby, Sept.
dmepgov 1K: 17: 19,22 2°K. 4: 105
comp. Acts 10:9. See Calmet art.
House p.509. Jowett’s Chr. Researches
iu the Mediterranean, Lond. 1824. p.
67, quoted in Miss. Herald 1823. p. 267,
268, where he describes the chief room
in the houses of Haivali (opposite Les-
bos) as in the upper or third story, se-
cluded, spacious, and commodious,
“higher and larger than those below,
having two projecting windows, and
the whole floor so much extended in
front beyond the lower part of the build-
ing, that the projecting windows con-
siderably overhang the street; comp.
Acts 20:8 aq. where the imeggoy at
Troas is also éy 16 tioréyy., In N.T.
Acts 1:18 eis 26 teggov ov vay xato-

gx, 1.2, 9:37, 39, 20:8. — Jos. .

§.30. Luc. Tox. 61. Asin. 45. Lys,
46. Hom, Il. 2. 514.

“Inexer, £. ipite, (Sze,) to hold un-
der, e. g. the hand, Hom. IL 7. 188; «
vessel etc. Hdot. 2.151. Plut, M. An-
ton.9, Trop. to hold out under, i. e.
towards or before any one, e. g. obs, to
give ear, Simonid. Fr. 7. 16. Aéyor, et-
Sivas, to render account, Pol. 18, 35.3.
Plut. J. Caes. 83. Sixqy ti, to render
satisfaction, to make atonement, Soph.
Oecd. Tyr. 552, Hence in N. T. genr.
Olxny unéyesy, to pay or suffer punish-
ment ; Jude 7 nélus... mugs aievlov
Shen tadzovea:.—2 Mace. 4:48, Hdian.
1.8.12 Pol, 12. 8.5 Saratov rela.
Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 8 rovrov dixny inézey.

“Inyjxoos, ov, 6, 4, adj. (ixoxotw
qv.) Uatening, obedient, c. dat. Acts

850

“Trngdns

7:90 § obx 4Oincar imizect yerieDes.
2Cor. 2:9 ui nize, abeol. Phil. 2 &
— Jos. Ant. 2.4.3 ixijnoos yivopar e.
dat. Xen, Cyr. 2. 4. 22. abeol. Plat. Pe-
lop. 29. Xen. Mem. 3.4.9.

‘Tanperto, 6, f. jou, (Exrngerys.)
pp. to do the service of an tmqgérys,
q.¥. Hence genr. to act for any one,
to minister, to serve, fe subserve, veq. dat.
Acts 13: 36 api’ pir yag Big yered
dangenioas. 20: 3A roi zeslees pow
Enngirrcar al ztiges abtas. 2A: 23. —
Wied. 16:21, 24. Jos. Avt. 3 8. 1.
Diod. Bie. 1. 70. Xen. Mem. 2 4.7.
Oec. 21, 8.

Tnngerns, ov, 6, (ind, egire,
égéoow,) pp. an under-rower, genr. « com-
mon sailor, hand, a8 distinguished from
of vaizas shipmen, seamen, and of éx:-
Bares 209. 11, 14 im
some editions, where others read taq-
gecia collect. id. Comp.-also Dem.
1208, 20. 1214. 23. 1216. 13 Pol 1.
25. 8. Hence genr. a hand,
minister, attendant, who does service
under the direction of any one ; in N.T.
spoken

a) of those who wait on magistrates
or public bodies and execute their de-
crees, a lictor, officer, like the modern
constable, beadle, e.g. as the attendant
on a judge, Matt. 5:25, i. q. xgetxrup in
Luke 12:58. So of the attendants or
beadles of the Sanhedrim, Matt. 26:58.
Mark 14: 54, 65. John 7:32, 45, 46. 1&
8,12, 18,22 19:6 Acts 5: 22, 96. —
comp. Jos. 4, 3.1. genr. Joe. 15.8.4
Luce. Pisce, 45, Xen. H. G. 2.3. 54 ib,
3.1.27. Of the Roman lictors, Dion.
Hal. Ant. 2.8 ib. 5.2, See Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 178 sq.

b) of the attendant in a synagogue,
who banded the volume to the reader,
and returned it to ite place, Luke 4: 20.
Comp. Jahn § 372. IV.

¢) gear. @ minister, attendant, associ-
ate in any work, Jobn 18: 36. Acts 1
5 slyov 8 xalTeedrrny tani. So of
@ minister of the word or of Christ,
Luke 1:2, Acts 26:16. 1 Cor. 4:1—
Wiad. & 4. Joa. Ant. 3.1.4 rir doryed-
tgy Dsot ac. Moses, Dem. 1285. 2 ixy
gétas xa) curagyod otto: Ksopivevs.
Xen. An. 1. 9. 27, — Others in Luke l:

“Taros

&, rendoe innpires Myou associates or
aiders in the malter; comp. Xen, An.
1.9. 18 xgdructos inngizas narras Igyov.

* Yravos, ov, 6, sleep, Matt. 1:

Luke 9:32. John 11:13. Acts 20:9 bis.
Sept. for 773 Gen. %: 16. Ece. 5: 11.
— 1 Mace. 6:10. Hdi 21.12 Xen.
Hi. 6. 9.— Trop. of spiritual sleep, tor-
por, sloth, Rom. 13: 11.— Psah. Sal, %
A ivarsd inves yori, xa) ode abloytis toy
aiguor.

“Fino, prop. governing the genitive
end breathed in the Greek classics
also the dative ; with the pri -
nification under. Primery sig

I. With the Genitive, pp. of place
‘whence, i.e. from under which any thing
comes forth, Hom. Od. 9. 141 gast xg7-
wn tm0 ontlous. Hos. Thoog. 669 Z1ig

& zSordg xs godade. Also of
loosing or frecing from under any thing;
AD. 8. 543 txmoug pay ivav id Cuyod.
9. 248 dpiec Pas ino Tocsuy. ib, 21.553.
Also of place where, under which, like
ind c. dat. Plato Legg. 5.p.728. A,3
4nd ig nad ind yijs zqvods. Trop. after
passive and neuter to verbs mark the
subject or agent from under whose
hand, power, agency, causation, 'the ac-
tion of the verb proceeds, in Engl. from,
By, through; comp. Buttm. § 134.2. §
147, 0. 3. Math. § 592, Winer 6°51. p.
316. In this sense only is ixé c. gen.
found in N. T.

a) with Passive verbe, c. gen. of pers.
Matt. 1: 22 25 én9iv ind rob xuplov. 2
16 évenalySy ino ty payer, 3:6 éfan-
torr tn’ airot. 4:1 anjzon ino 0d
mrviparos nugaa divas ind rob ds08s-
ov. 5:13, Mark 1:13, 2:3. Luke 5: 15.
8:14 ond pepumray ... cvpmrlyorras
14:8. Jobn 10:14. Acts 4: 36. 23:27
bis, Rom. 15:15. 1 Cor. 7:25. 2 Cor.
3:16. Gal. 1:11. al. snepiss. Seq. gen.
collect. Luke 21:20. Acts 15:4 go-
magPives ind rig dxxdnolag. 2 Cor.
8:19, Seq. gen. of thing, Matt. &
A dors 1 xloioy xalintsc9as tnd
tay xupcitorm. 14:24. Luke 7: 24 xoida-
por ind avipov colevopsror. John 8:9,
Acts 2:24, 27:41. Rom. 12:21. 1 Cor.
10:9, 2 Cor. 5:4, James 3:4, 6, 2 Pet.
1:17 qurig brexOsloys aing ind rie
ptyalongencis 3édtn;, ie. a voice being

851

‘Yno

sent forth unto him from (by) the radi-
ant glory, i.e. by the divine Majesty,
from God himself. 2 Pet. 27, 17. Inde
12. Rev. 6: 13. — Diod. Sic. 1. 8, 15.
Hdian. 2.7.9, Xen. Mem. 1.5.1. ib.
4.4.4. ©. gen. of thing, Al. V. H. 13.
1 init. water Bagun ixo 10d ya
Aaxtog. Hdian. 4.15.14, Xen. An. 1.
5. 5.

b) with Neuter verbs having pas
sive power ; e. g.after yivouos and
signifying to be made, done; 20 ylvo-
pas, Luke 9: 7 ta yivdpeva ix” aizod.
18:17, 93:8. Acts 12:5, 20:3. 266.
Eph. 5:12, 6. elas Acts 23: 30. impl.
2 Cor. 2:6. (yly. Ken. .An. 7. 1. 30.
impl. Xen. Hi. 1. 28. ib. 7. 6.) So
xdozesy te ind tev0s, Matt, 17: 12
Mark 5:26. 1 Thess, 2: 14. — Hdian. 7.
12.6. Xen. Cyr. 6, 1.96. Cony. 1.9.
— In like manner after some transitive
verhs, where a pi sense is implied ;
©. g. lapBavay ts ind tuv0s to receive
i. @. to have given of or from any one,
i. q, to suffer, 2 Cor.11: 24.
te Uno tw0¢ id. Heb. 12:3. dmoxrsivas
. «md tév Oyplear i. q. to cause to be
killed by beasts, Rev. 6: 8. — Hdian. 7.
10.9 yrdvres [rotra] ina sic pipne.
Comp. Buttm. § 147. n. 3. Passow A.
Lb AL

Il. With the Accusative, pp. of
place whither, i. e. of motion or direc-
tion under a place; but also of place
where, i. e. of rest under a place.
Battm. |. c. Matth. § 593. Winer § 53.
k. p. 344.

8) pp. of place whither, after verbs
of motion or direction, under,
©. g. uPtvas lizvoy ind tov uddrov Matt,
5:15, Mark 4:21. Luke 11:33. éxo
thy wlleny Mark 4:21. ond thy ovéyyy
sosgzeaSas Matt. 8:8. Luke 7:6. én
ourayuy ind tas mriguyas Matt. 23: 37.
Luke 34. So Mark 4: $2. James
2%3.—Palaeph. 10. 2 Lizrous xarapdgey
‘ind civ viv. Diod. Sic. 18.51. Hdot
7. 88. Xen. An. 1. 10. 14. — Trop. of
what is brought under the power of
any one, e.g. 9x0 tas w6dus tivog Rom.
16: 20. 1 Cor, 15:25, 27.. Eph. 1: 22;
comp. in ZZovg 8. Bom. 7: 14, comp. in
Tongdoxe. Gal. 3:22, 23, comp. in Zu
xdsla. James 5: 12, comp. in Mixte e.
1 Pet. 5: 6, see in Tansusoe b. B.— Adel,

‘Ind

‘V. H.6. 11. Ieoer. p. 142. B, dxdows
tis “Eldddos txo thy adhkiy qpdy tno-
mecoions,

b) of place where, after verbs imply-
ing a being or remaioing undera place;
eg. c. divas, Jobn 1: 49 dyra tno tHy
eovejr. 1 Cor. 10: 1. impl. Luke 17: pt
bia, Acts 2: 5 sy ind wey etgavon 4:
12. Rom. 3:13. Col. 1:23. Jude 6 im

spor tevsignsen—Sopt. 1K. 19:5. Pa-
leeph. 10, 1 sa ino viv, Heian. 2. 1. 9.
Dem. 33. 31, — Trop. of what is under
the power or al thority of any person
or thing ; gen. Matt. 8:9 bis, Sr Gqunds
tue ind Sevalar, Tyor in* duovioy
erparistag. Luke 7:8 bis. Gal. & 25.
4:2. (Eedr. 3:1. Hdian.3. 14.17. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.3.) Seq. ace. of thing, im-
plying state or condition under any
thing; 1 Tim. 6:1 ind toyéy dotlo.
So txe Rom. 6: 14,15. 1 Cor. 9:
QO ter. Gal. 4: 4, 5, 21. 5:18, in z6-
fom § 6:14, 15. i” Gpagtiay

&9. ‘mo xetdgar Gal. & 10, tid
$0 ataiyita rod x. Gal. 4:3.— Hdien. J.
4 20,

€) of time when, under, i. ©. at, dur-
ing, Lat. sub, once Acts 5:21 ino toy
SeSeor. - — Jos, Ant. 14 15. 5 init. ino
84 ron ainiv xosroy. Acl. V. H. 14, 27.
Thue. 1. 100. ine vixca Sept. Jon, 4:
10. Thuo. 7.22. S20 tiv iadurjy Pol.
52.4. Comp. Matth. § 598. — C. Ac-
cus. non al.
Ners. [a composition éxé implies:
1. place, i, e. motion or rest under, be~
neath, a8 inofdlia, inodia, imaxddian
2. aybjection, dependence, the being
‘under any person or thing, as #xerdgos,
Sorc 3. suecession, the being
is ‘trrapdven,
Comp. draunsiy to speak after, ta sub-
join, Dem. 797. 14; also Pol. 6. 31. 1.
Lat. eubsequi. So in Engl. what goes
before or beyond is said to overgo, and
by antith. what falls ehort or behind
may be said ta undergo. 4, ‘Txo in
composition also implies something done
or happehing under-hand, covertly, by
weakh, unperceived, without noise or
natioe ; alao a little, somewhat, by de-
; like Lat, sub 0, g. txovede,
dnpavin, comp. in ixavtde, ixevaytios.
Comp. Lat. eubirascer, subridere, See
Passow ixé E. Viger. p. 672 8q.

852

“Tnodecxvupr

“TnoBecdde, £. pedis, ( Pciiles,) to
cast or throw under, e.g. wnder-foot,
Xen. Occ. 18.5; under a Tze
Hom. Od. 10. 353. Ken. Cyr. 5.5 7.
to put or thrust under, ©. g. 0 child
another mother, to substitete, Dem. 563.
5. Xen. Venat. 7.8 to thrust under
one’s notice, to Hdian. 7. 10.
33. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 55. In N.T. of
persons, to thrust under, to subern, te
put forward by collusion, trans, Act
6:11. — Aristid. de Parathegm. p 61a.
App. B. Civ. I. P, O58 a gre me
riyoger So indflytos Jos. B J. S

* ROyQEMUOS, Ov, 6, (exereegu
to underwrite, to write a copy, comp
Plato Protag. 44. p. 326. D,) pp. 6 wn
hing-copy, ixoygappol nadimel Clem
Alex. see Passows.v. In N. T. trop.
a copy, pattern, example, for imitatica,
1 Pet. 2: 21.—@ Mace. 2:28, Clem, Ea.
L ad Corinth. p. 40 ed. Lond. [adler)
‘tnoporiic wéyiotor inoygeppdr.

“Tnodeayua, aroc, 6, ( twods-
xvuus,) pp. ‘what is shown,’ i. q. « pat-
tern, example.

a) genr. as set before any one ; eith-
er for \mitation, John 13:15 Sxddeeypa
Basa ipiy, to x. t. 1 James 5:10; oF
for warning, Heb. 4:11 év 1 airy bee
Oslypors sis GusSslas. 2 Pet. 26 —
Ecclus. 44: 16. 2 Mace. 6: 28,31. Joa
B. J. 6.2.1. Hdian. 8.8.4 Pol. 217.
8 The earlier Attic writers used

magadsype, Phryn. et Lob. p. 12.

b) meton. a copy, likeness, taken from
an original; Heb. 8:5. 9: 23 modelype-
ta tév dy s0ig odguvcis, i. q. te dvtise
na in v.24. — Aquil. for Heb. n337
Deut. 4:17.

‘Tnodetxvume, f. S00, (Ssixveps,) bo
show or point out, pp. under-baod, by
stealth, privately, i. q. lo give lo under-
stand, to signify, to let be known, Sept.
sryry Bath. 2 10, Hdot. 1. 189. Xen.
Mem. 4.3.13 Genr. i. q. to show, to
let see, Ecolus. 49:8 Sgacw détyc-
Sniduger aizg. Andocid. 19. 11. Died,
Sic. 13. 12—In N. T. trop. to ehow, 80.
by words or example, to teach, le signi-
S®, 009. ace. et. dat. c, Sv, Acts 20:35
‘navea tnddeta ide Se 2. h Seq.

“Tnoddéyomae

dat. of pers. c. infin, Matt. 3:7 et Luke
3:7 le Snrideter ipiv guyly x. +. 1
Seq. dat. c. orat. indir. Luke 6: 47. 12
5. Acts 9:16. Sept. for m3 477 2 Chr.
15: 3.—Ecelus. 48:25, Jos. Ant. 2.3. 1.
Pol. 3. 6. 1. Piut. Marcell. 20.

*Tnodézoua, f. topat,depon. Mid.
(Bdzopes,) to take to oneself, pp. as if
placing the hands or arms under a
person or thing; herice geor. to take or
receive to oneself, favourably, kindly,
@. g. sizds Hes. Theog. 419. Usually
and in N. T. of guests, to receive hos-

galger. Acts 17:7. James 2:25. —
Tob. 7: 8. Jos. Ant. 11.3.2 Pataeph.

5.1. Ael. V.H. 4.9. Xen. Mem. 2.3.
13, Also, to undertake, to promise,
Hdot. 9. 21, 22. Thue. 1. 71.

“Ynodédo, f. joe, (3io,) to bind un-
der, as sandals under the feet, fo put on
sandals, slippers, etc. to shoe, Plut.ed. R.
IX. p. 46.1, trodjoas 1;
xiot.—In N. T. only M
to bind under or pul on one’s own san-
dals; Perf. to have bound on one’s san-
dals, etc. i. q. to be shod ; 60 8eq. acc.
cavddlsa Mark 6: 9, comp. Winer § 64.
p- 490. Acts 12: 8 inddqoas ta cords —
Jud cou, Comp. Butim. § 135.4. Seq.
ace. of part, Epli. 6:15 trodnodperos
tois wé8as. Buttm. § 135. 5.—c. acc. of
sandal Hdian. 4.8.5. Xen. Mem. 1. 6.
6c. acc. of part Ael. V. H. 1. 18.

Thue. 3. 22.

“Tnodnuc, eros, td, ( inodia, )
pp. ‘what is hound under’ ac. the foot,
@ sandal, a sole of wood or hide
bound on with thongs, i. q. cardahior
q.v. In later usage inddqua xolov and
aleo iné&quo simply, is put for the Ro-
man calceus or shoe which covered the
whole foot ; 80 Jos. B. J. 6. 1. 8, of the
thick nailed shoes of the Roman sol-
diers, caliga. See the Commentators
on Aristoph. Plut. 483, 4, Passow a. v.
Comp. Adam’s Rom, Ant. p. 419 sq.
Genr. Matt. 10:10. Luke 10:4. 15: 22
trodjpare sic tog médac. 22:35. Acts
7:88 Lvov 16 inddqua tay nodéy cov,
i. e. take off thy sandal or shoe, quoted

853

it nolevvusee

from Ex. 3: 5 where Sept. for by3, ae
also Deut, 259, Josh, 5:15, Is. 5:27,
—Hoian. 5. 5, 21. Ae). V.H. 7. 1. Plat.
Conjug. Praec. 30 bis. Xen. Cyr. 8 2.
5. Ove. 10, 2. — Hence 1a dxodijperes
tuv0g Bacto to bear the sandals of
any one Matt. 3:11, also digas roy
ipdvra roy imodnudsow suvdg to unbind
one’s sandals, Mark 1:7, Luke 3 16,
Jobo 1:27, Acts 13:25, expressions
implying inferiority, since this was su-
ly done only by menial servants or
slaves, for their masters. Comp. Arr.
Epict. 3. 26.1. Luc. Herod. 5, quoted
in Zur8ddsor. Plut, Sympos, 7.8. 4 toig
é tmodijvara xomstobos masBagion, Di-

og. Laert. 6. 44 nag tb ine rob olsd-
sou dnodotuevor. Terent. Heauton. I.

1. 72 ‘domum revertor ... accurrent
rervi, eoccos detrahent.’ Sueton. Vitell.
2 Comp. Talm. Babyl. Kiddushin £
22. 2, *Quomodo emitur servus? Sol-
vit ementi calceum, portat post eum
quae ei necessaria ad balneum, exult
eum, . . . induit calceos ac a terra levat.”
Cetuboth f. 90. 1, “Omnia opera quac
servus praestat hero, etiam discipulus
praestat praeceptori, praeter solutio-
nem ealcel ejus.’ See Wetstein N.T.
and Lightfoot Hor. Heb. ad Matt. 3:11.

Tncdexog, ov, 6,%, adj. (Ble) pps
‘under process, under sentence? i. q.
condemned, guilty; Rom. 8: 19 fra iné~
Binos yivyras nas 5 sSopos wb 9x6, |. 0.
before or in the sight of God, comp.
Matt. § 388. a. — Act. Thom. 5. Luc.
Phi Mt. 18, Dem. 518.3 inddixog
Kerw 19 naSéres.

‘Ynozvycor, ov, 14, (neut. of adj.
‘tmofiyiog under a yoke, yoked, from
tuy6s,) ¢ draught-animal, beast of burden,
gear. Jos. B, J. 3.5.2. Hdian, 1, 12. 2.
Xen. An. 1.3, 1.—In N. T. spec. an’
ass, Matt. 21: 5 quoted from Zech. 9:9
where Sept. for “int. 2 Pet,-2 16,
in allusion to Num. 2% 8 09. where
Heb. ying, Sept. 7 dros. — Sept. for
int Ex. 23: 4,5. Josh. 6 21. Diod.
Sic. 12. 20 imotuytaw ndqSos, opp. ix-
mows.

+ “Fnokovvupe, f. teow, (teivvvpt,)
to undergird, |e. of persons, to gird '
under the breast; ino tots poosovg 2

“Tnoxarve

Mace. 3: 19. Ael. V. H. 10,22. InN.

TT. of a ship, to undergird, i.e. to gird
around the bottom and whole body of
the ship with chains or cables, in order
to strengthen it against the waves, Acts
27; 17.—Pol, 27. 3. 3.

“Tnoxcra, adv. (xcite,) i. q. Engl.
under-neath, spoken of place, c. gen.
Mark 6:11. 7: 28 imoxdre is tganiins.
Luke 8: 16. John 1: 51 toxate tis
ouxiis. Rev. 5:3,13. 6 9. 12:1. Trop.
tmotdcouy txoxdtw tiv noddy tx0s
Heb. 2 8, see in ‘Mois B. Sept. for
nnn Ez. 24:5. yintin 1K. 6 6. Ez,
40: 19,—Pol. 3. 55. 2." Diod. Sic. 1. 72,

‘Ti ‘aoxpivojuers, depon. Mid. (xpl-
yu) pp. fo give judgment under a cause
or matter, to give @ judicial answer ;
hence genr. fo answer, to reply, used by
‘the earliest writers instead of the later
and more usual am ut, Hom. Il.
7. 407. Hdot. 1. 78. Thuc. 7. 44. Xen.
Mem. 1.3.1. — to interpret dreams, sc.
in answer to inquiries, Hom. Od. 19,
585, 555. Artemid.1.9. Then in Auic
usage, fo answer upon the stage, to play
a part, to act, Luc. de Mere, cond. 30.
Ael. V. H. 14. 40. Diod. Sic. 13. 97

Sroxginse Das rpayydlar EiguelBov Do POF

viacas. — Hence genr. and in N.T to
play the hypocrite, to dissemble, to feign,
e. acc. et inf. Luke 20: 20 ixoxpsvoué-
vous bavtoig Sixalous elves, — 2 Macc.
6:21,24. Jos, Vit. §9. Epict. Ench. 17.
Pol. 2, 49. 7. Dem. 878. 3.

“Tnoxgeors, sas, %, (iroxglropas
q-¥.) pp. answer, response, e.g. of an
oracle Hdot. 1. 90, 116. Thom. Mag.
p. 874 inoxglvouas xa} xd dxoxgiroysa,
xai inéxpioy td aid. Gear. stage-
playing, acting, the histrionic art, Luc.
Piscat. 32, Artemid. 3.13. Anth. Gr.
IV. p.284 ult. rpayurig eldos Snoxplozes.
. <n N.T. hypocrisy, dissimulation, Matt.
23: 28, Mark 12:15 6 08 dag aitdy
wiv indxguiy. Luke 12:1. Gal. 2 13.
1Tim. 4: 2. 1 Pet. 2: 1.—2 Mace. 6: 25.
Jos. Ant. 2,6, 10. Pol. 35. 2, 13.
“Tnoxgerne, ov, 6, (iwoxgivopas,)
a stage-player, actor, Luc. Piscat. 33.
Ael. V.H. 330. Xen. Mem. 2 2 9.
In N. TT. ite, diseembler, ec. in
respect to religion, piety, Matt. 6: 2, 5,

854

‘Tnodeunaves

16, 7:5, 15:7. Ye 3 WIG W131
15, 23, 25, 27, 20. 24:51. Mark 7:6
Luke 6:42 (11: 44.) 12 56. 1215
Bept. for Arh Job 34: 30. 36: 13. Se
Aquil. et Thood, Job 15: 34, 20: 5 —
Not found in this sense in classic wri-
ters; Eustath. in, In, Pp. 564 8, tue.
agurns magi toig doregoysréos gységer é
1) be puriig liye 7 medrresy, poqht Say
pgorei.

‘TnodapBave, £. ixpopas, (dap
féive,) to take under any person or thing,
i.e. to take up by placing oneself wade-
neath, trans.

8) pp. to take or receive mp, ¢. act.
Acts 1:9 vepily imilafer abeor axe
dpSadpdr—Hdor. 1,24 tov 3 (Agiore
dslgiva Myoves imoleférra Gerien
ént Talvagor. Comp. Jos. Ant. 48
48 fin.

b) trop. to take wp the discourse, te ow
tinue; hence to answer, to reply ; aback
Luke 10: 30 txolaper 88 5 "Iyovis sles.
Sept. for 29 oft in Job,e. 4 41.
6:1. Dan. 3:9. — Ael. V. H. 14. 8 txe-
dap Yon. Pol. 15.8.1. Ken. Mem. 2

“ey “trop. to take up in thought, fo oF
, to think, comp. in comm.

take it; absol. Acts 215 ob yee, &
pets tmolapfdrens, x. +. 1 Seq.
Luke 7: 43, — Sept. Job 25% 3 ¢. én.
Jos, Ant. 12, 2. Zinit. Dem. 623 5.
Xen. Mem. 2 2 4.

“Tnodedaa, f. per, (Askae,) to leave
behind, see in ‘Pwd note no. 3; Pass. te
be left behind, to remain ; Rom. 31:3
xaye inthelgSyy dvos, quoted from
1K. 19:10, 14, where Sept. for “nin,
“nia. Sept. for see; Ex. 10: 19.
Judg. 7:3, — Jos. Ant 6.4. 2 Loe.
Mort. Peregr. 14. Xen. Cyr. 1. 4. 27.

“Taodnveoy, ov, +6, ( dqves,) the
under-vat of a wine-press, into which
the juice of the grapes flowed ; see ia
Anvos b, Mark 12:1, Sept. for 3B
Is. 16 10. Joel 3 13. Hagg. 2 17.

“Taodqunave, a lengthened form
for imolslee q. v. found only in pres
and imperf. Buttm. § 112. 13 ; t& leave

behind, trans. 1 Pet, 2:21 Smolyensowr
Exoypappér—ln the sense ‘to fail par-

ts

“Tnopevoo

tially? Dion. Hal. Ant. 1.93. xaralis-
nave Act. Thom. § 43.

“Tnopedva, f. wi, (pive.) 1. in-
trans. to remain behind, after others are
gone; see in ‘Tné note no. 3. Luke 2
43 inépesrsy “Inooig 6 mols dy “Iegovea-
drip. Acts 17: 14 éxi—Jos. Ant. 6. 5.
2 Aol. V.H. 5.5 ainds tmiusive olson.
ce. 2y Dem, 671.15, absol. Xen. Conv.
9.7.

2. trans. to remain under the approach

or presence of any person or thing, i. q.
to await, Tob. 5:7 induedy ys. Jos.
Ant. 5. 2.2, Xen. An. 4, 1. 21; espec.
abostile attack, to await, to sustain,
Jos. Ant. 7. 4. 1 tnopévesy tay moleplow
galayyes. Hdian. 5. 3.26. Xen. An.
6.5. 26. Hence in N. T. trop. to bear
up under, to be patient under, to endure,
to suffer, c. acc. 1 Cor. 13: 7 marta tno-
paves, 2Tim.210. Heb. 10; 32 xoldjy
ESlqoww tnyulvare 12,7. v.3, comp.
in ‘206 1. b. James J: 12 Sept. for
bph> Mal. 3: 2 — Diod: Sic. 1. 3 17
novoy. Ael. V. H. 1.34 Xen. Mem. 2.
1.17, — Absol. or neut. i. q. to endure,
to hold out, to persevere, 0. g, mac di 8
tnopslvag sig télog Matt. 10; 22, 24: 13.
Mark 13:13. So c. dat. Rom. 12:12 1f
Sdlyes inopivorres. 2Tim. 2: 12. James
5: 11, 1 Pet. 220 bis. Sept. for mah
Dan. 12: 12, — Jos, Ant. 12, 3. 1 pizos
2 doxdrov noltpotrtes ixipurar. Luc.
Prometh. 21 indpsys ov xagregiis. Thuc.
1. 76.

* Ynoueprjoxe, £. ixourijaw, (us-
q. v.) to recall to one’s mind, pp.
privately, silently, by hints or sugges-
tions, fo suggest to one’s mind, i.q. genr.
to put in mind of, to remind, to bring to

remembrance.

Pa

a) Act. in various constructions: c. ,

dupl. ace. of pers, and thing, John 14:
26 inoprijau tps méyta. Winer § 30.
7. Matth. § 847. n. 2. Comp. Buttm.
§ 181.5. (Thue. 7. 64. Xen. Hi. 1,3.)
Seq. ace. of pers. c. neg) tovrey, 2 Pet.
1:12 Comp. Matth, § 347. n.1. Seq.
ace. of pers. c. inf. Tit. 3:1; ore. 6%
Jude 5.—c. inf, Plut. Apophth. Antig. 6,
‘T. TL. p.28. Tauchn. c. ors Ael. V. H.
4.17.—Seq. acc. of thing, e. g. precepts,
duties, 2 Tim. & 14 raira Srouluynoes.
Also evil deeds, with the idea of cen-

855

“Tnoporn

sure, , reprehension, 3Jobn 10 txopriow
aitot ta eyo, Comp. Matth. § 347.
n. 2. — Hdian. 6.2.11. Dem. 316. 10
tromiprioxey rag las aiepysolas pix
900 deiy Suordr dors 15 SvesDlfeuy.

b) Mid. i, q. to call to mind, to recol-
lect, to remember, c. gen. Luke 22: 61
tmtpriedy § Lirgos toi RMyov tot x
Comp. Math. § 347. b. Buttm. § 132.
5. 3.—Luc. Catapl. 4. Ael. V. H. 5. 19.

“Tacprnocs, eos, 4, ( trouser
oxm,) a puting in mind, a reminding,
remembrance,

a) trans, dv txoprjoe by putting in
mind, by way of remembrance, 2 Pet.
1: 13. 3: 1.—2 Mace. 6:16.’ Thue. 4. 95.

b) intrans. recollection, remembrance j
20 inéprnow houBdvay to take remem-

¢ of, ig, to remember, 2Tim. 1:55
comp. v. 4. — So inéurnow nostic Sus
Act. Thom. § 38. Genr. Wied. 16: 11.
Jos. Ant. 4. 3, 4, Pol. 1.1.2.

. bm ene

Ynopovy, 75, %, (inopéve,) a re-
maining behind, abode, Sept. 1 Chr. 29:
15. Dion. Hal. Ant. J. 44. InN. T.
trop. a Bearing up under, patient endu-
rance, comp. in “Propéve no. 2.

2) pp. ge, of thing borne, as evils
ete. 2 Cor. 1: 6 é tnopory tay aiséiy
nadnuciter. — Jos. Ant. 2. 2.1 nérey
inowory. Pol. 4. 51.1 ix. tol wolduov.
Diod. Sic. 5, 34.

b) genr. i. q. patience, perseverance,
constancy, se. under suffering, in faith
and duty ; absol, Luke 8 15 xagnopé-
govaw dv imouorg. Rom. 8: 25. 2 Cor.
64, 12:12 Col. 1:11. Heb. 10: 36.
12:1. James 1: 3, 4. 2 Pet. 1: 6 bis.
Rev.2:3, Seq. gen. of that in or as to
which one perseveres, Rom. 2 7 xa?
Enouoriy Ipyo dyadot. 1 Thess. 3:
3 tis txoporae tis énldos. Comp.
Winer §30.2, | Seq. gen. of pers. Luke
21: 19 yf tnopors) tpi xnjoarde
tis yuzes pdr. 2 These 3: 4. 35,
James 5: 11. Rev. 1:9, & 2 19. 13: 10.
14: 12, 8: 10 tov Loyor tie troporig
pov, i.e. the precept of constancy to-
wards me.—Paalt. Salom. 2: 40 zonovde
6 wigros rig éminadoumtrous attoy dy
tmoporp. Diod. Sic. 11. 9 rir by tig

tmoporiv. — Spec. as
a quality of mind, the bearing of evils
and suffering with tranquil mind, Rom.

Ynovoke

513% Sadyee Srroptorny xarreyaterar. v.4.
Rom. 15:4, 5 6 905 tig txoporis, i.e.
who hestows patience. 1 Tim. 6: 11.
2Tin.3:10. Tit, %2—Sept. for patient
hope, Heb. 729 Ezra 10: 2. sph

Pa. 9:19. comp. Ecclus, 2 13. 16: 13.

“Taovo€e, co, f. soe, (voée,) Lat.
suspicere, suspectare, J. q. to suspect, lo
surmise, Hdot. 9.99. Diod. Sic, 20. 42.
Thue. 7.78. In N.'T. i,q. to conjec-
ture, to euppose, to deem, c. ace, impl.
Acts 25 18 cp (i.e. totre a) Exevoour
dys, c. ace, et inf, Acta 13: 25, 27: 27.
—Judith 14:14, Plut. de Garrul. ¢. 14
ov tnovooivtes, diz’ sidsros épalvero.
Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 20.

“Tnovota, as, 5, (Exovotw,) under

i.e. suspicion, surmise, 1 Tim.
6: 4 tnévowas oyngal. — Ecclus. 3: 24.
Jos. B.J.1.11.5. Pol. 5.15.1, Dem.
1178. 2,

“Ynoneefw, Dor. for inomute,
(mide q. v.) to press under, to suppress,
to oppress, in Moe, for ixamucitw, Luke
18: 5. 1 Cor, 9: 27.—So éxomidto Clem.
Alex. Paed. 3, 16. Plut. IX. p. 647. 17.
Reisk.

‘Taonaéa, f. ricopar, (ndém q. v.)
do sail under, i.e. under the lee or shel-
ter of an islapd or whore. eeq. ace. de-
pending on ind in composit. Acts
27: 4,7 inenlaioaper viv Kejrny. Cotnp.
Matth. § 426. 8. Butun, § 147. n. 11,12
Winer § 56. 2, 3.

“Tnonvéw, f. vboe, (vin q. v.) to
dlow gently, softly, of the’ wind, Acts
27: 13. Comp. in ‘fxé note.

“Taonddwor, ov, 78, (pp. neut. of
‘adj. txordd10g under foot, from 0%,

feotstooh Jaines % 3 xaSou ods ino,
30 imonodsy pov. Anthropopath. of
Ged, whose footstool is the earth, ro
dwonddioy tév noddy abrot Mau. 5: 35
et Acts 7:49; comp. Is. 66 1 where
Bept. and O77. For the phrase 13s
va tos bySeais ixonddioy tay noday
tuveq, quoted from Ps. 110:1 where
Sept. for oy see in Hots 6. Matt.
Ws 44, Mark 1% 36, Luke 20: 43. Acts
2: 85, Heb. 1: 13. 10: 13. Sept. gear.
for tinny Ps 09:5. Lam.21. wi
2 Chr. @ 18.—Sext, Empir. adv. wale

856

‘Tnosrass

3.246, Chares ap. Athon.J2.0, Athens
p. 192. E. Eustath. ad Od. 3,p. 481
Hesych. Sgaviov’ ixondbwr. Abe
word, found in no early writer; coop.
Sturz de Dial. Alex. p. 199.

“Tndarccoes, ect, 4, (iglmg»
underset,) pp. ‘what is set or sinh
under? a foundation, substracter, Sep.
Ez. 43:11 dx. rod olvov. Diod. Sic
66 in. tod teiqov. 13.82 Then ofa
thing which subsides, sediment, Pol i
9.10. aiparos ixdoracs xai iis Ge
len. de 'Pemper. 2.5. Tom. HIT. p.65F:
a thick broth or sauce, sagiap.
Athen. IV, p. 133 5 also lees, dregs et
crement, 4 dy ale roi olvov ézoemn:
éré8oa, Pacut. in Lob, ed Phr.p.%
Trop. foundation, origin, beginning, 1x
ec. Ap.1.1. Dod. Sic. 1. Sin

vs. ib.15.70. purpose
ne, Diod. Sie. 16. 92, 32-1 N.T.

a) meton. well-founded tra, fo

ctation, confidence, pp.
Fround of trust and confidence. Be
3:14 ayy dexiy tig Exootdor, .e-o
firt hope or confidence, se. ia Chri,
Lq.tty mgeiny wloriy 1 Tim &12:
comp. Heb. 10: 35. 80 Heb, Ii:) im
88 lotus chm Lopsraw ixoares, falis
confidence as to things hoped fori ®
Engl. Vers. marg. Comp. below iac
2 Cor. 9: 4 xorrarozuvdciper Hytis.--
af Snootdoss seit, in later edit. comp
in b, ¢. So Sept. for nesyin Pu SE
mpn Ruth 1: 12. Ez. 19:5.

‘D) ‘meton. of that quality which la
one to stand under, endure, o
take any thing, Armness, boldntss ?
dence. 2 Cor. 7 oy pea i] in

doa tig xavynocess in Uris bl
boasting, this confident boating.
2Cor. 9 4in text. rec bearert
See also in c.—Jos, Ant. 18.1.6
Sic. Tom, VI. p. 37, Teuohn 57
Bacavors indaracis Tis YR
50. 10, ib, 6, 55. 2 dxderevss sei mee

¢) trop. Aypostasis, Lat
i.e. what really exists under ne
tance, substance, realy, essentl

Heb. 1:3 zagaxnije vis teow
£05 ac. S20}, i.e. tho expres in
‘counterpart of God’s ewence ©"
iq. of God himedt Bo fit
according to Chrysostom #4

“Tnoordddco

comp. above in a.—Wisd.1621. Test.
XU Patr. p. 683 ndve } indotacrs té¥
exlayzrin. Artemid.3. 14 gartaclay
“sy Exsey rloirov, indoracw 06 py.
Aristot. de Mund. c. 4, p. 1210. Diod.
Sic. 1.38 rigous ixoordcess, real clouds,
clouds.—Hence in 2 Cor. 9: 4 et 11: 17
some take it in the sense of subject,
matter, thing, dy 1], imootéan zeinyin
this matter, i. q. de 16 piges toity

‘Tnooréddo, f. ds, (otidlo q. v.)

fo send or draw under, ©. g.n sail, to
contract, ta furl, Pind. Isth, 2.59. In
N. T. c. gavzay or Mid. fo draw oneself
daek, pp. under caver, out of sight ;
hence genr. to shrink or draw back, ta
withdraw oneself, sc. from timidity, not
apenly and boldly. Gal. 212 dxéored-
dey Sauidy. Heb. 10: 38 day imooredin-
Sau quoted from Sept. Hab, 2:4 where
Heb, 5yy.—Pol. 1. 16. 10 6 34 acusis
timoctsilag savtoy ino tH “Popaloy ox
ayy, Mid. Jos. B. J. 3, & 1.—Seq, acc,
of thing, pp. to draw back as to any

thing, i. q. to keep back, to suppress,

fron: timidity, clandestinely. Acts 20:

20 oidir inactulduyy sv oyppepivre,

rob wh dvayyiilas x12. Boc. ovdir

impl, v.27, — Jos. B. J. 1. 20.1 adi

ig Gdndelas tneotenddusvos Greixgis el-

ne. Diod. Sie. 13. 70. Dem. 54, ult.

Plato Apol. Socr. 10 ott pdya obze

qpixgay dmoxgupdpavos tye Aéyw, obdi
Ercoaredeipares.

‘Tnootody, 7 98, 4, (Snoctélde,) a

or drawing back, from timidity,

clandestinely, Heb. 10: 99, comp. v. 38.

— Meton. timidity, Jos. Ant. 2, 14. 12,
Hesych. érootoly* dalla, guyh.

“Taoorpége,, € yo, ( sxgiga,) to
turn bebind, ie. back, fo turn about,
trans, 0. g. feaevg Hom. 11.5. 581, comp.
505; seein ‘rad note. In N.T. intrana,
or c. bavzdy impl. see in”4yo no. 3; to-
turn back, to return, either from a short
distance or from a journey oto. Absol.
Mark 14: 40 tnoctgéyas siger adtote
ath Luke 2 43. 17: 18, 23: 48, 56,
Acts 8:28 » dé tmoergiper was returny
ing. Sept. for 340 Josh. 2: 23. — Jos,
Ant. 11.2.2, Palaeph. 1.6. Xen. An.
6 6. 88, -— With adjuncts of place ete.
aig, ace, Luke 1: 56, ame uM

1

857

‘Trordsow

Gal. 1: 1%, al. sig 0. acc. of mate, sic
SiapSogdy Acts 13: 34. (Sept. Gen.
50: 14. Ael. V. H. 3.29. ©, acc. of
state ib, 3. 18.) dnd e. gen. Luke 4: 1,
. dec. gon, Acts12:25. det
©. gen. Acts 20:3, Sept. for 313, &

Go Gen. 50:14. é& Ruth 1: 6. An

“Ynocrparviea v. avvupe, f.
Sroargeiass, (orgerries, cirvyss) lo strow
underneath, trans. Luke 19: 36. Sept.
Is. 58: 5. — Hdian. 4. 2.2
. 8. 16.

“Ynorayy, 75, %, (inordcoes,) sub>
ordination, i. ©. subjection, submission, 2
Cor. 9:13 see in ‘Opoloyla, Gal. 25
0088 mg0¢ Seay eaysy 17) inorayh, i. 0.
as to subjection, 80 as to submit to them.:
1 Tim. 2 11, 8: 4,—Ignat. ad Eph. §2.
In the Greek Grammarians tnotayy is
the subordinate mode, i. e. the Subjunc-
tive.

‘Tnoraooe v. 110, f. te, (xéaow)
to range or put under, to subordinate, te
make subject, trans.

a) Act. and also in Pass. to be aub-
jected, to be subject, subordinate ; con-
strued c. aco. et dat. expr. OF impt.
Rom. 8:20 bia, +f yég poravdeyts % ant
ou tnstdyy ... dic tor txordtavta. 1
Cor. 14: 32, see in Aveta p. 676. col. B,
1 Cor. 14: 34, comp. Eph. 5: 24. 1 Cor.
15: 27 ter, 28 ter, comp. in Hots. Eph.
1:22, 5:24. Phil. 3:21. Heb. 25, 8 ter.
1 Pet. 3: 22, Sept. for nv Ps. & 7,
comp. in Hots. 7345 Ps. 47: 4
bwin Dan. 11: 39. — 2'Mace. 8: 9,22
Jos, Ant. 8, 5.3. Hdian. 7.2.20, Pass.
Jos, Ant. 1.19. 8 of tnoracadpevon,
soldiera Pol. 3.13, 8; subjects ib. 3.18,
3. Diod. Sic. 1. 55.

b) Mid. to submit oneself, to be sub-
ject, to be obedient, seq. dut. Luke 2% St
‘iv tmoracadperos abrots. 10: 17, 20.
Rom. 8:7. 10: 8 xf Saxavootvy toi 9208
obg tmetdynoay. 13:1, 5. 1 Cor. 16: 18,
Eph, 5: 21, 22 ai yuvaixss, t0ig ilo
Grigio snovdevsos. Col. 3: 18, Tit,
25,9. 31. Heb. 12:9. James 4: 7.
A Pet, 2 13, 18. 31,5. 5:5 hie. Bept.
for mmy Ps. 62: 6, coll. v. 2—Palaeph,
2.6. Arr. Epiet. 4.12 11. Diod. Sic.
16. 46 6 ewnaydgag Exoveleg imorayeig
Tels Iligoans.

“Tnorionue

‘YaorlOnue, £. djoe, (hong) to
aetor put under, to lay under, e.g. 8
prop, support, Xen. Cyr. 7.5.12, In
N.T.

8) pp. c. ace. tOtvas toy todyylor,
to lay down one’s neck ec. under the
sword or axe of the executioner, i. q.
to hazard one’s life, Rom. 16: 4. — Ael.
V. H. 10. 16 tx09jom 1Hy xspadyy sc.
for one to strike. Of those who place
their necks under a yoke, Arr. Diss,
Epict. 4.1. 77, trop. Ecclus. 51: 26,

b) Mid. dmorlSeyox, to bring under
the mind or notice of any one, to sug-
geat, lo pul in mind of, a8 a teacher or
otherwise, c. acc. et dat. 1 Tim. 4: .—
Jos, B.J.2.8.7. Pol. 1.22.3. Plato
-Eutbyphr. 11. p. 9. D, oxézs, ab toito
SroPiusros, otsw SGord ps dddtes 3
triozov.

“Tnorpe ye, aor.2 inidgapor, (r98-
zwq.v.) fo run under, e.g. under 8
tree, Plut. Apopth. Themist. 13. T. II.
p. 37. Tauchn. tats ndaravors, als ixo-
rgézoves zepotopevo, In N. T. of a
ship, to run under the lee or shelter of
‘an island or coast; c. acc. as in “I'no-
mliv. Acta 27:16 rnclov 8416 iro8gapcy-
re¢.—¢. dat. Plut, de Virt. Mul. IL. p, 191.
Tauehn. Comp. Wetst. N.T. U1. p. 642.

‘Ynownoars, es, 4, (inorundee
to form or copy slightly, to sketch,
Axatot. Ethic. 1. 7 ixorundout npaitor,
2S dorsgor dvaygcpey,) a form, sketch,
imperfect delineation, trop, 2 Tim. 1:13
tx, iysasvivce déyar. — Poll. On. 7.
128 tuyedpar toya.. to CH bien tijs
sézgrys inotinanis ... oxdy tnorvad-
vara. Plotin. Ennead. 6. 37, Strabo
IL, p, 182. B, dvadoBérres dnd sig ngs
‘tng tnoruncoews. Comp. Wetst.N. T.
IL. p. 320. — Meton. a sketch, pattern,
for imitation, 1 Tim. 1: 16 7906 tnori-
sroaey, — Hesych. gag tnortxaciy*
790¢-anutiov.

- ‘Tnope ger, aor. 1 tmjveyes, (igen)
to underbear, i.e. to bear up from under-
neath, to support, to sustain, e. g. Sala,
beavy armour, Engl. ‘to be under arms,’
Xen. Cyr. 45.57. In N.T. trop. to
bear up under, to endure, e. g. evils, c.
acc. seigeopéy 1Cor. 10:13. dierypots
2Tim.3 11. Avxag 1 Pet. 2:19. Sept.

858

*Teownoc ©

for 02 Pe. GD: 8 Prov. 18 1. -—2
Mace. % 28, Jos, B.J.6. 3.3. Pol L
1.2. Xen, Cony. 8. 40.

“‘Tnoyopéo, a, £. toc, ( zegin
4. ¥.) to give place covertly, to withdraw
oneself under cover, without noise or
notice, intrans, ce. 6s local, Luke & 10
Snezdgnes xxv Wlay al témoe Keyper.
So e. & Luke 5: 16, see in “Ev no. 4. —
Sept. Judg. 20: 37. Jos, Vit. § 2 tae
éqrvay tig riy oixiar. Inmeus 58.19 «i;
Zusviva, Ken. Cyr. 3. 1. 2

‘Tnoniatter, f. dow, (ixeimser part
under the eyes, the face, from dnd, &y,)
lo strike under the eyes, to beak the fact
Black and blue, Engl. to give a Black eye,
Aristopb. Pac. 539 or 541, et ibi Sebol.
Plut. de Fac. in Lun, 4 fever, txermss-
Guy [al. drome] aitois ter eslery,
onidy xal placer cranpenlarces.
Comp. Wetst. N. T. I. p.779.—Ia N.T.

genr. i. q. fo maltreat, trans. spoken
oF the body, lo subject to hardship, be
mortify, 13 cic you 1 Cor. 9: 27. —
‘Trop. to weary with prayers, entreaties,
Engl. to beat out, c. ace. Lake 18 5
Comp. Lat. obtundo Ter. Adelph. 1. 2.
33.—Seo “Tromuiter.

"Ys, bis, 6, 4, @ noine, 2 Pet. 222;
see in jogos. Sept. for “7771 Deut.
14: 8. — Ael. V. H. 10.5. Xen! Mem.
4. 3.10.

Toownos, ov, 4, (Heb. ai18,)
hyssop, a low plant or shrub, pat in an-
titb. with the cedar as growing out of
the wall or rocks, 1 K. 5: 13 [4: $3]
Dioscor. 3.30. Plin. H.N. 14.16. The
Hebrews, under the names art and
bevwnos, appear to have comprised not
only the common hyssop, hyssepus
cinalis, but also other similar Kili
planta, as lavender and espec. origenam
or wild marjoram, origanum cretense,

called by the Arabs Zatier, (ocimum
zatarhendi,) and found in great abun-
dance around Mount Sinaiandon Mount
‘St. Catharine ; see Burckhardt’s Travels
in Syria etc. p. 572 R.Tanchum of
Jerus. “293% nomen est origani (satu-
reie, savory) ot Kornith, i.e. stoechadia,
quae est species origani.” See fully ia
Gesen. Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 57.
Hyssop was much used in the ritual

‘Toragew

purifications and eprinklings of the
Hebrews, comp. 311% Sept. ivowxos
Ex. 1% 2 Lev. 14: 4,6, Num, 19: 18,
Pe. 51: & Jos, Ant. 4. 4.6. — In N. T.
of @ stalk or stem of byssop, John 19: 29,
i. q. xcdapos in Matt. 27: 48 et Mark
15: 36. Aleo of a bunch of byssop for
sprinkling, Heb.9:19; eomp. Sept. and
sites Lev. 14: 4,6, 49, (51, 52. — Jos.
Ant. 2 14. 6 decdnou xopas.

* Totegée, o, f. foe, (Bersg0s,) to be
Yast, behind, posterior, e.g. in place,
tosdgnoar xf) duigee Thue. 1. 1345 in
time, abeol. Hdot. 1.70. c. gen. Xen.
An. 1. 7.12—In N. T. trop. of dignity,
condition, strength, and the like, to be
behind, inferior, to lock; io later usage
also depon. Pass. vorepovpac id. Pas-
sow «. v. fin. On the construction
comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 287.

a) of dignity etc. abeol. i. q. to be the
worse, 1 Cor. 8: 8 ots tay pi pdyopsr
Saregoius9a. Seq. genit. depending on
the idea of comparison contained in
the verb, comp. Matt. §357. 2 Cor.
Ui: 5 toyKopes vag, yndiy dor
ay tmegllay Gnoctélor, 12: 11. — 80
éorepituy Xen, Mem. 3. 5. 13.

b) genr. iq. to lack, to fail, e.g. (a)
to fail of any thing, to come short of,
to miss, not to reach, seq. gen. expr.
or impl. Rom. 3: 28 mdvtes iotegotrzas

hour rijg 80%y¢ tod Seov, all wf come short of
which is

that from God, bave fail-
ed to obiain the divine favour ec, Heb.
4:1 totegnsdévas ac. is xatanavosus tat-
‘ang. Once seq. axé c. gen. praegn.
Heb, 12 15. — c. ., gen. Pol. 5. 101. 4
Thuc. 3.31. ¢.ax6 comp. Ecclus. 7:
34. — (8) iq. fo want, to be without, to
lack ; seq. gen. Luke 22: 35 xj suv0g
Senagioats; (Sos, Ant. 15. 6.7 pn3i of-
~ you pndé Batos toregy Divas. Diod. Sic.
13,110.) Seq. évc, dat. of that in which
one ia wanting, 1 Cor. 1: 7; comp. the
usual Greek construction c. dat. of
thing, Lob. ad Phr. p. 237. Ecclus, 11:
12. Seq. ace. of thing as to which,
Matt. 19: 20 rf Br dozege ; what lack I
yet? comp. Mark 10: 21 et Luke 18; 22,
(Sept. rf tozags dye, for 1 Ps. 39: 5.
91 Deut. 15: 8.) Abeol. i. q. to be in
to suffer need, Luke 15:14. 2Cor.

11: 8 Phil. 4:12, Heb, 11:37.—Ecclus.

859

"Fynacs
al 4—(y) Totrans. of things, te fui, to
» wanting, absol. John 2 3

devwpipetor olyov. c. dat. Mark 10:21
8 cos tortgtt, comp. Luke 18:22. Sept.
for TQ Neb. 9:21, Ps. 23:1.—Dioscor.
5. 87 doxspotone onodoi,

“Torégnue, aro, 16, ( dotepées, )
that which is wanting, want, lack.

a) genr. seq. gon. of thing, Phil. &
80 16 Spar Sordgnua vig mpos ps Iss
rovpylas, and 90 impl. 1 Cor. 16 17.
Col. 1: 94 16 Sozapiipata tay Oliyewr
roi Xp. i.e. what is yet lacking of af-
flictions for Christ. 1 Thess. 3:10. Sept.
for “Jorn Judg. 18: 10. 19:19,20. sot
Ps, 34: ‘9. *

b) absol. or c. gen. of pers. want,
need, poverty, Luke 21: 4, coll. Mark 12
44, 2 Cor. 8: 13, 14. 9: 12. 11: 9,

“Tordonocs, eas, 4, (Soregien) the

being in want, want, need, Mark
1% 44, coll, Luke % 1,4. Phil, 4: 11
obn x1 x08? Sordgrow liye.

“Yotegos, a, ov, (kind. with
‘Typos, ) a defective comparative, ‘Buttm.
§ 69.2. Ausf. Sprachl. § 69.2; latter,
last, hindmost, . g. in place Hom. Il. 5.
17. comp. Xen. Cyr.5.3.42. In N.T.
only of time:

a) genr. 1 Tim. 4: 1 dv tordgors xas~
0s, in the latter times, in after times ;
comp. in “Eazatos b. 8. Sept. for
Jo7h_ 1 Chr. 29: 29, — Pol, 2 41. 9,
Xen. H. G. 7.2.10.

b) Neut. doregov as adv. (a) seq.
gen. last, after, Matt. 22: 27 et Luke 20:
32 torigov 28 mivtey dxidare woh ¥
yori, last of all, after all. 80 Sept. for
Saye Jer. 31: 19.—Xen. H. G. 3,222.

— (6) Absol. i. q. at last, afterwards ;
Matt. 4: 2 Soregor dnelrace. 21: 29, 32,
37. 25: 11, 26: 60. Mark 16: 14. Luke
4:2. John 13: 36. Heb. 1211, Sept.

¢ Prov. 5: 4,—Joa, Ant. 2. 15.
. H. 5. 18. Xen. Conv. 1. 14,

“Tpavres,7, ov, (patra to weave,)
woven, John 19:23 zetdy iqarsdg OF
Slov, comp. in“Aggagos. Sept. for 27%
Ex. 39: 21,26. san Ex. 26: 32. 28: 6.
—Jos. Ant. 3.2. 4. Thue, 2. 97.

*Tymass, 4, ov, (ips byos,) high,
elevated, lofly.

2),

“Tepniogporéo

8) pp. as dog Spyléy Matt. 4:8. 17:1,
Mark z 2. Luke 4: 5. Rev. 2i: 10,
téizos dy. v.12. Sept. for m3 Gen.
nin Is, & 15, ea 14, Ez. 20:
28. — Palnepb. 2% 2 Hdian, 5. 6. 21.
Xen. An, 3, 4. 25.— From the Heb, rat
dyndd, high places, the heights, put for
the highest heavens, Heb. 1:3; comp. in

“ Oigayds d. 8. So Sept. for inn Ps.
93:4. Is.33:5, In a like sense spoken of
Chriat, comparat, ymérsoee xr ob-
gurdy yevoperos, being made higher than
the heavens, i.e. exalted above the heav-
ens, Heb. 7:26; comp. Eph. 4: 10 éxa-
70 néytuv odgavésy.—Symbol. by Hebr.
Acts 18: 17 psré Boazlovos iyylod eb—
yays ainois & Alyintov, witha high
‘Grm, with the arm up-lifted as if about
to destroy the enemy ; thus emblematic
of threatening might. So Sept. for
ae viny Ex. 6:6 Dout. 4: 34,
Bx, 20:33; 34, mp. Sept. xe dynds
for b>) 3) Ex. 14: 8, Num. 3&3, For
the force of the figure, see Is, 5: 25. &
12. 14: 26. :

b) trop. high, i.e. highly esteemed,
regarded with pride, Luke 16: 15 ro é&
erdqerroig tynisy, Pddvypa eveinioy
toh Geof. Rom. 12: 16 pay ta dyna
Ppovotyres, high things, pride, opp. ra
tomar humibiy 5 comp. in Sevendye.
So Sept. Aaleiy tynid, Heb. 73,1Sam.
2:8; comp. Ece.7:8. Is. 9:8.—Theoer.
1d. 16. 98 indo xdéoe. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10, 49 Aéyor Synley. Luc. Her-
mot. 5 tynda pooreiv.

, Trpdogporée, o, £. jam (iyn-
235, qgovie,) to be high-minded, to be
proud, errogant, inteans, Rom. 11: 20.

1 Tim. 6:17. Comp. Rom. 1% 16.

Teptotos, 1, ov, ( tyr, tyos,) a
defect. superlat. Buttm. §69.n.1. Math,
§ 188; highest, most elevated, loftiest.

8) pp. as Sysoroy Sgoc Hdian. 3.3.2;
in N.T. only ftom the Heb. ra iyxore,
the highest places, the heights, pur for
the highest heavens, comp. in Ovgarés
4.6. Matt. 21:9 doavrd by wig iyla-
rors, Mark 11: 10. Luke 2 14. 19: 38.
80 Sept. for tying Job 16: 19; for
sing. D773 Ps. 71:19, — Ecclue. 4% 9.

b) trop. 6 dyoros, the Most High,
spoken of God as dwelling in the high-
est heavens, and as far exalted above

860

+22 14. Ps. 9: 3. 21:8. Chald.

all other beinge; comp. in Obgunix &
Mark 5:7, Luke I: 32, 35, 76, & 3%
8:28. Acts 7: 48. 16 17. Heb. 7:1. B
Sept. for Heb. 7 Deut. 3% 8 2Sen,

Dan. 4: 14, 21. 7: 25. — Becks
2 Mace, 8:31. Philo Leg. ad Cai ll

p. 569. & Diog. Laert. 8.1. foo
Jupiter, Pind. Nem. 1. 90, Theser. 1d

25, 159.

“Fyos, eos, ous, %, (ayn) bight
elevation.

a) pp. Eph. 3:18 xat Bados, zai iyo.

Rev. 21: 16. Sept. for r73$ 1 Sem. Ii:
p Gen. 6: 15, — Hien, 4.2.3
. An. 3. 4. 7.—From the Heb. de
height, on high, put for heaven, the hig
est heaven, the abode of God, comp. io
Oigarig d. So & yous from on kg,
fron God, Luke 1:78. 24:49. sign
to on high, to God, Eph. 4:8, quoted
from Ps, 68:19 where Sept. for ti7s:.
Sept. & tyous, Heb. ping, Pa lel.
144: 7. — genr. Ecclus, 17: 26. 43:10
Act. Thom. § 10.

b) trop. elevation, dignity, James|:A
Sept. for n3y73 Job 5:11. sty 9Cbe.

1: 1. 17:12—1 Mace. 1:4. Luc. Tims
Hdian. 1. 13. 12, |
“Troe, 03, f. chavs, (inyes,) to heighten,
i.e. fo raise high, to elevate, bo ifte, |

trans.

8) pp. of the brazen serpent and a+ |
80 of Jesus on the cross, Jobn & Hs
nade Madoc Space ror Sper, 0 |

ives 36 roy vier rot drOgunee
8:28, — So Tost. KH Patr. p. 73941
Bilou ipodiorra, Genr- Sep he |
Dent Gen. 7:17, Dav. 127. D4
2 Chr. 33:14. Anth. Gr. I p. 41
gor iydcarre. IV. p. 18 Sedron.—
Hence Jesus is further said
ée tis rie, i. q. to be lifted upfront
earth and exalted to heaven, with el |
sion to the death of the oroe, John Se |

ers render trop. eralted
hand of God, as in b; but see Winer
81.2 p. 174. For this dative of pet
whither, comp. Epgarbas tj sole Fe

“Tpoya-

brie: Preudep. V.T. Ip. 508: tredé-
zerPas th obelg Luc. Asin. 39. Winer lc.

b) trop. to elevate, to exalt, ie. (a)
gewr. to raise to a condition of prosper-
ity, dignity, honour, ete. Luke 1:52
xaSside Suvaoras amd Spdvay, xat ipo
ge taesvots. Acts 13:17, 2 Cor. 11:7.
James 4:10. 1 Pet. 5:6. Pass. iyo
Sjowree Matt. 23: 12, Luke 14: 11. 18:
14, Matt. 11: 23 et Luke 10: 15 Kaneg~
vorotp, % Fug rot obgaret dyodsioa, ex-
alted te heaven, either in external pros-
Pperity, or more espec. in respect to the
privileges of the Gospel, as the abode of
Jesus; comp.im Kentgvaotg, also in
Oigarés a. Bept. for m3 Job 36:7.
pr Num. 247. 1K. 147, bya
Josh. 3: 7, — Ecclus, 15: 5. Diog. La-
ert. 1. 3. 2. Pol. 5. 26. 12—(6) Reflex.
inpdes ducrtiv, to exalt oneself, to be
proud, arrogant, Mat. 23:12, Luke 14:

Detyoucee, Upuyor, sce in Estilo,

Dayoe, ov, 4, ( gaysiv,) an eater,
glution, Matt. 11:19 deDganos geiyos
nal oivondrys. Larke 7: 34.—Eustath. in
HI. p. 1630. 15. ib. 1787. 50. Written
also gayés, eee Lob. ad Phryn. p. 434,

PDardovys, ov, 6, by metath. for
paivéins, Lat. penula, « cloak or great
coat with a hood, used chiefly on joar-
nies or in the army, 2 Tim. 4: 13. See
Adam’s Rom. Ant. p. 419. For the
metathesis see Battm. § 19. n. 2. Matth.
§ 16.2. Written also in Mes. and
edit. gaudsins, galovns, gelsivng. —
Athen. Lil, p. 97. B, of ob el, & xat ror
nusvin gelévny (siorras rig, 3 Balser,
wad & pairilys) sineiv* soit Asine, O65
Bos tov Ezpnotoy pasvdiyy, where comp.
Schweigh. So peurdin Artomid. 2. 3.
Arr. Epict. 4. 8.—Others suppose it to
be a trevelling-onss for books etc.

861

Pairo

M1. 1814, Bo Bept. Pass, or Mid. for
ria Is, &16; comp. dysdy 4 sagdla
urés for jak 7343 Pa 131: 1. Prow
18:12, 2 Chr. 26:16.

aa ens Tos, 16, (tyde, perk
‘Tympas) pp. ‘womething made
ish, elevated,’ i.e. a high place,
elevation. Roma. 8:39 otse tyepa, obts
Bi80s, prob. put for heaven, comp. in
“Zgos. ( Epiph. adv. Heer. 1. 1. 1.)
Trop. of s proud adversary, undet
the figare of a lofty tower or fortrest
built up proudly by the enemy, 2 Cor.
10: 5 wav Syoma én eae tiie
ing t00 Prov, — Plut. Sept. Sep.
Conv. 3. 0d. R. VI. p. 564, roi derdeos
tpeipere xt Tereveipere
& ois tones ots Susiacs, ‘Trop. ox
attation, Judith 10:8. 1&6; pride,
Sept. Job 24: 24, :

Hesych. paiddene* ardquov pepBedi=
vor, 7 ylecobxopor.

Paiva, £. gurd, aor. 9 pase, ige-
Hy, (pees, peiog, pas,) Pp. to bighten, to
give to illuminate.

1. intrans. $0 give bight, lo chine forthy
to shine os a luminary or light, absol.
Rev. 1:16 vp & slsos qaivn, 8: 12.
Seq. & c. dat_of place, 2 Pet. 1: 19 de
Adyry paivorte dy aizuigy tone. Rev.
21:23, Sept. for “87] Gen. 1:17
Ex. 13:22, — Theoer. id. 2. 11 Zelaya,
gaive xaldy. Anth. Gr. L p. 183 1. —
‘Trop. of spiritual light and trath, comp,
in Zedreg b. John 1:5 10 goss dy rf
oxorlg galve.. 5:35. 1 John 2:8.

2 trans. to bring to light, to let ap-
pear, to show, ¢. acc. ripas Horn. Il. 2
324. ovjuara 2. 353, Xen. Cyr. 6.4.
18 14 Sega sity of 920} palvovery. OF-
tener and in N. T. only Pass, or Mid.
patvopers, sor. 2 dgdryy, to evme to
Tight, to appear, to ba or become visible,

Parey

a) strictly i. q. to shine forth, to shine,
©. év of place, Rev. 18: 23 géig-Avyvou
iy perf b ood Fru, trop. Phil. 2 15

& de galvecde dg pucriiges ey xdopy.
foot for m1} Is. 60: 2. — pp. 2 Macc.
129, Luc. D. Deor. 4:3, Xen, Conv.
1.9 Brav plyyos t dv vert? par}.

b) genr. to appear, to be seen, seq.
dat, of pers. expr. or impl. (a) Of per-
sons, Matt. 1:20 Gyyehog xvelov xar”
Brag earn aitg, % 13, 19, Mark 16:9.
Sept. for spz Num. 23: 3. — 2 Mace.
8: 33, Jos. Ant. 7.7.3. Luc. D, Deor.
20. 5. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 43.—Witb a par-
ticip. or adj, as predicate in nominat.
comp. Math. § 549. 5. p. 1078. Herm.
ad Vig. p. 771. Passow no. 2.c. Matt.
6: 16 mug parias érDpemois yyoreior-
tac. V. 18. 23:28 ipsic... palverds
t0ig drPoeimoss [Syteg] Divaios. c. dat.
impl. 2 Cor. 13:7. ¢. particip. imp.
Matt. 6:5 mus dv qaivcas rots dvdo.
ac. mgoosdzortss, —c. part. Test, XII
Patr. p. 530. Luc. D. Deor. 4.1. Xen.
Cyr. 1.3.1. 0. adj. Hdian. 3. 14, 15.
Xen. H.G.4.3-10 5 Hiliog pnvoudig

Eooke parhvas. c. dat. impl. Ceb. Tab.

5. Xen. Cyr. 1.4. 19,—Absol. to appear,

to make his appearance, Luke 9:8. 1

Pet, 4: 18, — (8) Of things, e. g. ta Oi-

Sdova Matt. 13:26. (2 Macc. 1:33) Of

an event, Matt. 9:38 gv 1g "Joganl. Soa

guiréperc, things visible, apparent to
the senses, Heb. 11:3. With a predi-
cate, see above in a; Matt. 28:27, Rom.

7:13 be garj duogtla
_ Goptrm Sdvaror. Comp. Winer p. 285,

—Eepec. of things appearing in thesky,

air, etc. phenomena, Matt. 2 7 ror zg0-

vov 108 patvopéyou daovigos. 24: 27, 30.

James 4:14. — Hom. Il. 8, 556, Hdian.
2.15.11. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.1 dotpanad
wat Boorta’ .. . tovrew di pavivrey.

c) trop. as referred to the mental
eye, to appear, to seem, seq. dat. pers. c.
predic. Mark’ 14:64 zi ipiy qalveras;
Seq. dveinicy tav0g Luke 24:11.—c. dat.
Eedr. 2:21. Hom. Od. 1.318. Aristoph.
Eccl. 870. c. inf. Xen. Cyr. 2. 2, 20.

Dedey, 5, indec. Phaleg, Heb. 35R
(part) Peleg, pr. n. m. the son of Eber,
Luke 3:35. Comp. Gen. 11:16 oq.

Pavepos, @, Ov, (paive,) appa-
rent, visible, conspicuous, Xen. Mem. 1.

862

Paregow

1. 10 wlndovone ayopéic éxst

se. Socrates. Usually and in N.

apparent, manifest, known ; ©. g- poor

gor tlvas, to be manifest, known, Acts &

16. Rom. 1: 19. Gel. 5: 19. 1 Tim &

15, 1 John 3: 10. (Ecclus. 6:94. 2 Mace.

6:30. Diod. Sic. 1.10. Ken. Mem. 3

9.2.) qaregéy ylrewSas to be or become
manifest, well Known, Mark &

.
y
T.

15:9. 2 Maec. 1:33 “Pol. 1 1a
purrgsy mouir tive, to make one mewi-
fest, known, to disclose, Matt, 12 16
Mark 3: 12— 2 Macc. 12:41. Jos. Amt
3. 4. 2,—Neut. c. prep. ef¢ qpervapie G-
Sei, to become ifest, known, to be
brought to light, Mark 4: 22. Lake &
17, (tig 25 g. Luc, Calumn. 9.) év ge-
veg, adverbially, comp. in "Ey no. 3.
a; manifestly, openly, Matt. $ 4,6,(08):
aleo i. q. externally, outwardly, Rom.

28 bis,—Jos. Ant. 4.2.4. Xen. cree
1.31.

Davepoa, c, f. dow, (paveess,)
make apparent, ifest, known; to man-
ifest, to show openly, trans.

a) of things, Act. c. sce. John 2 11
dgaviguos tiv ddtav aire’. 1 Cor: 5.
2 Cor, 14 éy navi} tome. Col. 4:4
Tit 1:3, ¢, ace. et dat. John 17:6.
Rom. 1:19 8 yag Ssig aieoig [roi
dparigues, Pasa. Mark 4:22 ob yee
dort 3 day phy pareguds.
Jobn 3:21 a gareads 16 Fava. 9:3.
Rom. 3: 21. 16: 26, 2 Cor. 7: 12 Eph
5:18 bie, ra 33 morta... pavegetnas
nay yog 10 parepotmsvoy; es don,
whatever is made m is
2 Tim. 1: 10, Heb.9:8 J John 2:2
obra éparagsidy ri dodpsde. Rev. 3 18.
15:4, ev roiry 1 John 4:9. éy 1g oa
wars 2 Cor. 4:10, 11. ¢. dat. Col I:
26. Sept. Act. for mya Jer. 5k 6. —
Suid. paregoir - sig Gass Zyzr.

b) of persons, (a) reflex. ©. kavsiy,
or Mid. gavegotuet, aor. 1 pass. égar-
geSyy as Mid. Buttm. § 136.2; to man-
Heat oneself, to show oneself openly, to
appear. Reflex. c. dat. John 7: 4 gext-
Qoicoy cravtoy 2G xiouy show thyself to
the world, appear publicly. Mid. ¢.
EungosSey tv0s, 2 Cor, & 10 meres
Audis pavepudsvas det EungooSer rev

Davepas

xjpeccros tot Xe. — Espec. of those ap-
Pearing from heaven or from the dead;
reflex. c. dat. Jobn 21: 1 bis, dgpavign-
oer saviby male 5 'F. roig pa dyrais, x.
a. Mid. c. dat. John 21: 14 sovt0 739
telror igareeady & "IL. trois pad. aitoi.
1 John 1:2 xal épavege' Gn yuu, Mark
AG: 12, 14. absol. Col. 3: 4 bis, Star 6
Xe. gangwdj x14 1 Tim. 3: 16,
Heb. 9:26, 1 Pet, 1:20, 5:4, 1 John 1:
2 nad F lui dqarepedy, i. e. Christ as
the source of eternal life. 2:28, 3 2, 5,
8. — (f) Pere. to be manifested, to be-
come or be made manifest, known, c, dat.
John 1:31 iva parega 9 165 “Toga 2
Cor. 5:11. dy ¢. dat. ib. 5: 11. dy na
ab dis ipdg 11:6, Seq. S11, 2 Cor. 3: 3.
1 Jobn 2; 19.—In the sense ‘to become
known, conspicuous, Hdot. 6. 122.
Act. to make conspicuous, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10. 37.

Davepas, adv. ( paregss,) mani-
Jfeatly, openly, i. ©. clearly, evidently,
‘Acts 10:3; publicly, Mark 1:45 gave-
Qiic sis nélir tiethDuiy. Jobn 7:10. —
Joa. Ant. 5. 6.2. Hdian. 7. 11.7. Xen.
An. 1.9. 19.

PDavégesee, ews, i, ( paregiw, )
manifestation, a making known, @. tis
Gly Sxiag 2 Cor. 4:2. g. 100 nveiparos,
4. q. revelation, 1 Cor. 12:7.

Deivog, ov, 6, (palva,)a light, e. g.
@ torch, lantern, John 18:3 peta gavéy
xal lapxaduy. — Artemid. 5.20. Dion.
Hal. 11, 40 dérpsyor dx tix oxrar
davies &9¢60s, qavoig Fortes xab
Japnadas. Xen. Lac. 5. 7. Comp.
Phryn, et Lob. p. 59 sq. Hesych. “Art
xo} 84 Lugvoizoy dxddovy, By seis qavor,

Davound, é, inde. Phanuel, Heb.

dagnrp (face of God) Penuel, pr. n. of
the father of Anna, Luke 2:36.

Dav ratio, f ow, (patra) strictly a
frequentative, implying oft repeated ac-
tion, Buttn. § 119. 5.2; to make ap-
pear, to make vinble, to show, rare in
the Act. Callistr. Stat, 14 pavtdtex ry
alsSnow. Alex. Aphrod. tofte garid-
torte cig xors? Gh Seay. — Usually and
in N. T. Pass. pavratouat, to appear,
to be seen, to be visible; hence Nout.
par. 23 parcatiperoy i,q. 10 qauripe

863

Papwaiog

ver, the phenomenon, i. 0. the sight,
the spectacle, Heb. 12:21; comp. Ex.
1% 16 sq. See Buttm. § 128.2. Winer
§ 46. 4. — Wisd. 6 16. Hdian. 8, 3. 21.
Diod. Sic. 1. 12 rovs Stois parratous-
vous tots drSpoimous dv iegcy Conor jog
pais. Eurip. Androm. 877.

Pavracia, as, %, ( parrdtopics,)
an appearing, appearance, Pol. 11. 27.
7. Diod. Sic..20. 11. In N. T. appear-
ance, show, pomp, Acts 25:23. Sept.
for DH Zech. 10: 1.—Pol. 10. 40. 6.
Elsewhere also i.q. phantasy, fancy,
Sept. Hab. 2: 18, 19. Epict. Ench. 1.5.
Lue. Vit. Auct. 21.

Davreouc, aroc, 16, ( parrdxe-
Bat,) & phantasm, phantom, apparition,
spoken of a spirit, spectre, ghost, Matt.
14: 26. Matt. 6:49. — Jos. Ant. 1. 20, 2.
ib. 5. 8, % Artemid. 1.2, Of phan-
tasms in dreams, Wisd. 17: 15. Joa. B.
5.3 8.3.

PDagays, ayyoe, 4, (kindr. with
paguys,) a gorge, ravine, valley, a
narrow and deep pass or valley be-
tween high rocks; Luke 3:5 nda gd-
gay$ mingwSxjoeras, quoted from Is. 40:
4 where Sept. for xy, as also 22: 1,
Josh, 15:8. Sept. for pny Is. 8:7.
tng Gen. 26:17. Deut. 2:24. — Jos. B.
5.7.6, 1. Pol. 3, 52.8. Xen. H. G.7.
2. 13.

Dagne, 6, indec. Pharaoh, Heb.
MIY4B, pp. the king, the common title
of the Egyptian kings down to the
time of the Persian invasion, and often
employed like # proper name; Acts 7:
10 évavtloy Papas Baciding Aiyintov.
v. 13,21. Rom. 9:17. Heb, 11:24. —
Jos. Ant. 8.6.26 @agady xat Aiyuntl-
ous faoiléa onpalye. The Heb. h¥73
is strictly from a Coptic word signi
ing the king ; but is so inflected as to
pear to come from the Heb. root 9»
whence also 978 a leader, prince,
Bee Gesen. Lex. in ny-p. Bibl. Re-
pos. I. p. 581. .

Dagee, 6, indec. Phares, Heb. YB,
(breach), pr. n. of one of the sons of
Judah by Thamar, Matt. 1: 3 bis. Luke
& 33, Comp. Gen. «. 38.

Papeoaios, ov, 5, « Pharises,

Paproaios

one of the sect of the Pharisees, Heb.
WIN, OWI, the Separate, soe Bux-
toef Lex. Chald. Rabb. 1851 oq. This
was a powerful sect of the Jews, in
general opposed to the Sadducees
(2adSornaies q. v.) first mentioned by
Josephus as existing under Hyrcapus
about B.C. 130, and already in high
repute; Jos. Ant. 13. 10. 5,6. The
Pharisees were rigid interpreters of the
Mosaic Jaw, and exceedingly strict in
its ceremonial observances ; but often
lated the spirit of it by their tradi-
nal and strained expositions; comp.
Matt. 5:20 sq. 12:28q. 19:3.5q. 23:
13 5q. ‘They also attributed equal au-
thority to the traditional law, or unwrit-
ten precepts, relating chiefly to exter-
nal rites, as ablutions, fastings, prayera,
alma, and the avoiding of intercourse
with Gentiles, publicans, etc. Matt. 9:
V1. 23:25q. Mark 7:3 6q. Luke 16:
Isq. Jos. Ant. 17.2.4, Their pro-
feseed sanctity and adherence te the
external ascetic forms of piety, gave
them great favour and influence with
the people, and especially with fe-
males; Joa. Ant. 13. 10, 5, 6. ib. 17, 2.
4 B.J.1.5.2. They believed, with
the Stoica, that all events are controlled
by fate ; but yet did not wholly exclude
the liberty of the human will. They
held to the separate existence of spirits
and of the soul, and believed in the
resurrection of the body ; both of which
the Badducees denied; Acts 23: 8
They are sometimes said to have ad-
mitied the transmigration of souls;
bot this was only partially the case;
siuce they merely held tbat the souls of
the just pass into other human bod-
jes; Jos. B. 3.2.8. 14. See genr. on
their character and tenets, Jos, Aut. 58,
1.Q0q. B.J.28.14. Jahn § 316 —
320.—In N. T. Jesus is often represent-
ed as denouncing the great body of the
Pharisees for their hypocrisy and pro-
flignoy, e. g. Matt. 23:13 aq. Luke 16:
14.al. Yet there were doubtless ex-
ceptions, and individuals among them
appear to have been men of probity
and even of genuine piety; ¢. g. Gu-
maliel Acts 5:34; Simeon Luke 2:25;
Joseph of Arimathea Luke 23: 51;
Nicodemus John 7: 50, coll. 19: 39. Ax.

864

Dawn
Dapuereta, as, 4, (peppoeneedan,

gaguaroy a medicine, poison, magic
potion or formuls,) the preparing and

giving of medicine, Engl. pi Di-
od, Sic. 17.81. Xen. Mem. 4 2 17. @
poisoning Pol. 6. 1% 4. Im NLT.

magic art, sorcery, enchantment, Gal. 3.
20. Rev, 9:21. 18:23. Sep for
ot » DO, Ex. 7: 11, 22
Is. e 9, 19. Wisd. 12:4. 18:13
Mere. cond. 40. So gag;

Hdou
7.114. eomp. Aristoph. Put. 302 Lat

veneficium Cic. Brut. 60. Pliv. HL N.

18. 6.
Daguaxers, Las, 5, (paguasciv)
@ pharmacist, apothecary, one whe pre-
pares and uses medicines, Luc, D. De-
or, 13.1. , @ poisoner, Jou. Vit. § 3.
Plut. Artax. 19. In N.Tie magician,
sorcerer, enchanler, négrois xed gegpe-
xeios Acts 21:8 in text. rec. Others
equanss q. ¥.— Luc. Mere. cond. 40

poizor fj paguexia cz. Comp. in #ag-
poxla. See Lob. ad Phryn. p. S16.

DPaguaxcs, ov, & %y (goiguaser,)
iq. gaguaxsis Lob. ad Phr. p. 316;
@ poisoner, Jos. Ant.17. 4. 1. Dem
794.4. InN. T. o magician, sorcerer,
enchanter, Rev. 21:8 in later edit. 2%
15, Sept. for pinqn Ex. 9:12 323
Ex. 7:11. Deut. 18:10. Dan. 22—Joe
Ant. 9. 6.3 ray pqtiga aitod
tal nigr deetdieke eee

Decors, eos, %, ( prel, ) speech,
word, report, Acts 21: 31.—So of private
report, information, Dem. 792. 16. Poll.
On. 8. 6. 47 xowdis 3é goons éxaloirie
néoat ai pyvives thy Lay Savdrer eds
snucirwn.

Paoxw, imperf. tpacsor, dofect.
to aay, to affirm, i. q. pnul, seq. inf.
ace, Acts 24:9. 25:19. Rev.2:2, Seq. inf.
c.nom. Rom. 1:22; comp. Butum. §
1422.1. Sept. for 2% Gen, 26: 20,
—2 Mace, 14: 27,32, Jos. Ant 3.15.2
Hdian.3, 12.21. Xen, Mem, 1.2.29. On
gdoxw and gnpd comp. Buttm. § 109. I.
n.2

Dawn, 78, i, a crib, manger, Luke
27, 12, 16, 13: 15 oF Lies. . ver Grow
dma tig patyng. Sept. for diay Job
39:9 Ia, 1: 8.—Jos, Ant, 8 2 4, Lac.

Daiidog

‘Then. 14 xadcineg vir bv.0f) geivry wire.
Xen. Eq, 4.1 105 ixxev oitoy xlaniras
dx tiie pana. 6 R72 +.
Dawhos, y, ov, (comp. Germ.
faul, flau,) bad, ill, worthless, physically,
‘as food, a garment, Hdien. 4. 12. 4.
Xen. Mem. 1. 6.2 ib. 311.1% In
N. 'T. morally, bad, evil, wicked; adv
qpatlor xpaypo James 3: 16. 16 gaia
evil deeds John 3:20. 5:29. guiloy
Aéyesy Tit. 2 8. Sept. for ed Prov.
: B, — Luc, Hermot. 82 gailoy oldi»
worjaovew. Jos. Vit § 9 pailos tor
@lor. Pol. 4. 45. 1. Xen. Mem. 2. 3.17.

Deyyos, e0¢, ous, +6, (kindr. pa-
0,) Light, brightness, shining, espec. of
the moon, see Passow #. v. wlicnce in
Mod. Gr. giyydgtoy the moon, Matt.
24: 29 et Mark 13: 24 csliry of dulce
58 péy7os airiis, comp. Is. 13:10. OF
lamp, Luke 11:33. Sept. for 7135 of
the stars Joel 2:10; of the sun 2 Sam.
23: 4.— OF fire, 2 Mace. 12:9; of the
moon Xen. Venat. 5. 4. genr. Jos. Ant.
2. 14. 5. Xen. Cony. 1.9.

DPeidouar, f. sloouas, depon. Mid.
to spare, e.g. to abstain from using,
to use sparingly, to save, c. gen. Hes.
Op.603 or 606 gérov. Xen. Mem. 1.2.22.
ovelas Plut. Cato Maj.8. In N.T.
also

8) fo spare, i. q. to abstain from do-
ing any thing, fo forbear, absol. 2 Cor.

eddouas 88 ac. tod xavzsoGos.
Sept e. inf, for bt 2 Barn. 12: 4, 6, —
c. gen. of action, Hdian. 7.9.22. c.
tov ot inf. Xen. H. G. 7. 1. 24,

b) fo spare, i. q. to abstain from treat-
ing with severity, to trent with forbear-
anee, tenderness, ¢, gen. Bott. § 132
5.3, Acts 20: 29 yi pudiperor tov mot-
polov. Rom. 8: 32 lov vloi ox égeloa~
zo. 11:21 bis, 1 Cor. 7: 28. 2 Cor. I:
2B, 2 Pet. 2:4, 5. c. gen. impl. 2 Cor.
13:2 Sept. for oar | Sam. 24: 11.
Neh, 13: 22, yh 2 Chr. 36: 15, 17.
jon Gen. : 12,16. — Wied. 11: 28.
Dion, Hal, Ant. 5.10 é7 ray dudir od
puiotipevog tixvow. Ndian. 2. 13. 15,
Xen. Cyr. 4.2.1. ~

Pedouevoos, adv. (qst3ouas,) spar-
tagly, ie. frugally, not pegniullr,
109

865

Dégco
Cor. 9: 6 bis, — Plut, Alex. M. 25 gu~
Soptvas xoijuSas tots nagotos.

Dégeo, £. otow, nor. 1 ivryxa, aor. 1
pass. jxéz97y, to bear, Lat. fero, trana,

a) pp. to bear as a burden or the like,
to bear up, to have or take upon one-
self, Luc. Contempl. 11 ti xai dnt tiv
Spar pigoves Hdian. 2. 11. 18, Xen.
Mem. 3. 13.6 pogrioy péguy... moze~
gor xzvoc, 7 gépor te ib.225. In
N.T. only trop. (a) to bear up under,
to bear with, lo endure, e. g, evils, c, acc.
Rom. 9:22 duis ¥ iinepuev oxsin doris.
Heb. 12:20. 13: 13 rov y ovesdiopar eunob
pigorrss. So Sept. srudiopsv gp. for
Tz Ez. 34:29, 36:15, genr. Gen, 36:
7." Deut. 1:12. — Jos. Ant. 17. 13, 2
Al. V.H.9. 83 dpyiv. Hien, 4. 13. 4
rag tBous. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 1.— (8) &
bear up any thing, to upkold, i. q. to
have in charge, to direct, to govern, c.
ace, Heb. 1:3 @igaw xe tc xdvees.16 br-
pats xt. So Sept. and mip; Num.
11: 14. Deut. 1:9. Chrysost. ad b. 1.
pear’ xvBegriir, sentmrorra ovyage=

by. —Plut. Lucull, 6 Kéduyoy « ar dotr-

ta tf 3d$q tore xad gégorta shy mélsy.
A late usage, comp. Passow gow
no. 2,

b) to bear, with the idea of motion,
i. q. to bear along or about, to carry.
Luke 23: 26 roy cxaugsy gdgeiy Sra Ser
tov “Incod. Sept. for Nip) Ie. 30: 6
40: 11. — Ael. V. H. 8, 22 [Aivstas] tor
mariga .... roig duoig Epeger, 10. 21 ox
Mharsiva 4 Meguxreévm 5 &y Taig
dyxadew. Hdian. 4, 15.8 Xen. An. 3,
4, 32.—Pawe, gepopa, to be borne along,
e. g. a in a ship before the wind, to be
driven, Acts 27:15, 17. (Test. XL Patr.
p. 670 zersatiueror tnd 10 néhayos éet-
eausda. Diod, Sic. 20.16.) Trop. i. q,
to be moved, incited, 2 Pet. 1:21 ino
mvsipatos dylov pepdusvos, — Sept. Job
17:1 mvetpare pegopsvos, Jos, B. J. 6
5. 2 qegdusvos tots Supois. Plut, ed, Re
VI. p. 487. 8 — Mid. gévopas, to bear
oneself along, iq. to move along, to rush,
aaa wind, Acts 2:2 domeg gegopérns
mvoiig. Trop. i. q. t0 go on, to advance,
in teaching, én} thy veladrata Heb. 6:3.
Sept. pp. tdag Bralerg diver pagouevor for.
b4p Jer 18:14. eo Ia, 28: 15, 18.—
Diog. Laert. 10. 104.25 dca tov xvstpo~

Digo

rag wollob pagopivov. comp. Xen. Ven.
10, 21.
c) to bear, with the idea of motion to
a place, i. q. #0 bear hither, thither, to
bring. (a) Of things, seq. acc. expr. or
impl. Genr. Mark 6:28, Luke 24:1
Wider bn} +6 priya, plgovoni rolua-
cay decyera. Jobn 19:39. Acts 4:34,
37, 5:2. 2Tim. 4:13 gége wad x4 Bs
Pile, Seq, dnd partit. John 21: 10 érdy~
xats [s1] a0 thir Gyagior. Puss, Matt.
14: 1. Mark 6: 27. Also | c. dat. of
pers. xl iva Matt. 14: 11 xal fenys [a=
HP] Whi wnsgd adriig, Mark 12: 15 gigs
4 uot dyvagioy. impl. v. 16. Jobn 2:8,
4: 33 prjris tivepeer airs qayiiy; Soc.
Se added, Matt. 14:18. Seq. sig c,
acc. of place, Rev. 21:24, 26 Spoken
of the finger or hand, i.q. to reach hith-
er, John 20:27 bie, Sept. genr. for
star Gen. 43: 2, Neh. 8: 3, 4. c. dat.
Gen. 27: 14,17. . eig 1 Sam. 31: 12—
Hdian. 8. 1. 13 mgoclacw of inneis sy
xepadsy 200 Magi 5. Xen.
- Cyr. 2.2.9, ©. dat. Xen. Cyr. 2. 4.1.—
‘Trop. of a voice or declaration, Pace. to
be borne, brought, Lo come, paris bray Sel-
ong aitg . .. #8 ofgavot 2 Pet. 1:17, 18.
(Comp. Plat. J. Caes. 1 paris dvexSsl-
ons mgs Kaloaga.) Of good brought
to any one, hestowed on him, Pass. c.
dat. I Pet. 1:13 éx} xiv gegopérny ipiv
zégw. (Hdian. 5. 6,22, Xen. Av. 2.4.
17, Of accusations, charges, ete. to
forward, to present, seq. xortd 11
905, Joba 18: 29 tlva xatyyoglay pigets
word tol dy9g. tovrov; Acts 25: 7. 2
Pet. 211, coll) Jude 9. (Comp. Ael. V.
H.3.14) Ofa doetrine, prophecy, i. q.
$0 announce, to make known, ryv didazny
QIohn 10. seogytalay 2 Pet. 1:21.
(Diod. Sic. 18, 97 fin. ray 3° ispstav
pégorten yvleny, i.e. announcing, por-
tending. Dem. 72.22.) Of a fact or
event as reported or testified, i. q. to
adduce, to ahoue, to prave; Pass. Heb. 9
16 Srov yag diadtxn, Savaroy cvdyxn
pigeotas rob Sea Peusvou. — Diod. Sic.
1. 89, 90, 97 tig 8° ‘Owigou nagovolas
Bada ons 4 xa} piliora Tio %
. 2) "Of eran c. ace. to bear, to
bring, e.g. the sick, Mark 23 torres
Rg0¢ aixoy nagalveexiy Péoortes. Luke
5:18. Acts 5:16. Beq. dat. eva TH,
Matt. 17:17 pégsté yos aitoy cide. Mark

866

Dayo

7:82, 8:2. pds c. sec. Mark 1:32
9:17, 19,20. Spoken aleo-of any mo-
tion to a place, not proceeding from the
person himself, i. q. to bring, to Lead, c.
acc. et énl, Mark 15: 22 sad gégovew
airéy én} Dolyo9a réxov. Jobn 21:18
Onov. So of beasts, Luke 15: 23. Acts
14: 13, Sept. for atary Neb. 12 @.
Ezra 8:17, ©. mods 1K. 1:

and absol. a way or gate
[one] any whither, ri» xédqe
gégovsay sis i mélsy Acts 12: 10.—
Jos. Ant. 5.2.1. Pol. 8. 32 6 9 wily

fruita, i. q. to zagnéy Mark £8
Jobn 12:24, 15:2ter, 4,5, 8, 16. Sept
for kip; Ez. 17:8, Joel 2 22 — Jos
Ant. 15°42 Hdian. 4 2 16. Xea
Mem. 2. 1. 28.

Devyeo, f. touas, aor. 2 Fpuyer, to
Slee, to fly, to betake oneself to flight, is-
trans.

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 8: 33 of 8
Booxortes Fpuyor. 26:56. Mark 5:14.
14:50. Luke & 34. Jobn 10: 12, 13.
Acts 7: 29, (Seq ano c. gen. Mark 16
8 Epuyor dd rob prmpslov. 14:52. John
10: 5. James 4:7 geigeras dq” Spée.
Beq, éx out of, Acts 27: 30 dx rot
Seq. ef¢ c. acc. Matt. 213 gpriye a;
Atyvntoy. 10: %3. Mark 13:14 sis ut
Ben Luke 21:21. Rev. 126. dai sa
Sgn Matt. 24:16. Sept. for moa Ex
14:5. baz Gen. 39: 12, Josh. mie: 16.
c. dno Ex. 4:3. és Jer. 51:6.° eis Gea.
14: 10. Jer. 50: 16. — Heian. 3. 2. 20.
Dem. 33. 7. Xen, An. 1. 10. IL ce
Gad 1 Mace. 4:5. Xen. Cyr. 7.2.4 &
2 Macc. 5:8. Palaeph. 43.3. alg Luc.
Asin. 18. Xen. Mem. 1. 2, 24. éxé
Hdian, 3. 4. 11, Xen. Ag. 2. 11.—Poet-
ically of death, c. dao Rev. 9:6. Also
of heaven and earth ete. to flee awey,
i. q. to vanish suddenly, c. axo Rev. 16
20, 20: 11. Comp, Pa. 114:3, 5.

b) i. q. to flee from, to escape; 209.
ano ¢. gen, Matt. 3:7 et Luke 3 7 go
ya amo tis pshlobons Seyiic. Matt 2
33.— c. éx Xen. H.G. 4. 4. 4.—Trane.
c. ace, Heb. 11:34 ipuyoy oropare pe-
zaigas. impl. 12:95, — Hom. It.2.401
Sdvatoy. Hdian. 2. 1. 23. xirdwor.

ti

Spe

©) trop. to flee, i. q. to avoid, to shun,

Gere c. gen. 1 Cor. 10:14 y. ano

aig edcslargelag— Ecclus, 21:2 g. ano

tic Gpagrias.— Trans, ¢. acc. 1 Cor. &

18 q. ry xogsday. 1 Tim. 6:11. 2

‘Tim. 2: 22.— Ael. V. H. 13. 1 post init.

zag rey Grigcy Sudlas Ipevyt. Dem.

498. pen. Xen. Cyr. 8. 1. 31 1a atozea
qetyer.

DA, cmos, Feliz, pr. n. of the
eleventh Roman procurator of Judes,
about A. D. 51—58, after Cumanus and
before Festus; see Bibl. Repos. II.
p. 382. He was a freedman of the
emperor Claudius and his mother An-.
tonia, and hence is called Claudius and
also Antoniue. He first married Dru-
sila, a grand-danghter of Antony and
Cleopatra; and afterwards another
Drusilla, the daughter of Herod Agrip-
pa I, (see 4goveliia,) by whom he had
eon who perished in an eruption of
‘Vesuvius. Suetonius calle hin the
husband of three queens, trium regina-
rum maritus, Suet. Claud, 28. His ad-
ministration in Judea was cruel and

vindictive; and Tacitus says of him:
jus regium servili ingenio exercuit, Hist.
‘5.9.6. He was recalled by Nero, and
escaped punishment only through the
influence of his brother Pallas, the em-
peror’a favourite. Comp. Tacit. et Sue-
ton. Il. ec, Jos. Ant. 20. 7. J aq. ib. 20.
8.5—9, B.J.2.13.2,7.— Paul was
Drought before Felix, and left by him
in prison; Acts 23: 24,26. 24:8, 22,
2A, 25, 27 bis. 2: 14.

, ‘ .

Pyun, yg, % Dor. papa, ( pub)
whence Lat. fama, Engl. fame, ie.
word, report, rumour, common fame,
Matt. 9:26. Luke 4:14. Sept. for
hiyan Prov. 16: 1—Ael. V. H. 14.30.
Hoian. 1, 4.19. Thue. 1. 11.

"Dyut, enclit. and defect. Imperf.
Ypny, (obsol. pdw,) pp. ‘to bring to light
by speech,’ genr. to say, to speak, lo ut-
ter ; see fully in Buttm. § 109.1. The
other tenses are supplied from elroy q. v.

a) genr. and usually followed by the
express words; Matt. 26: 34 ipy aing
5? Ingots *- pny, Myo cot x. t.2, v.61.
Lake 7: 44, Acts 8: 36. 10; 28,31. c.
face. 1 Cor. 10: 15 aplvare Spats 3 gms

867

: Doaro

—Hdian. 5. 6. 9. Ken. Mem. 1,2. 45 —
Hence as interposed in the middle of a
clause quoted, like Engl. said I, said he,
Lat. inguam ; Matt. 14:8 30s wos, pyoiy,
88 dni nivaxsx. +. 2. Acts 23: 35. 25:
5, 22 1 Cor. 6:16, 2 Cor. 10:10, Heb.
8: 5.—Hdian. 2. 1, 16. Xen. Occ. 9. 14,
Mem. 3. 11. 15. Comp. Sturz Lex.
Xenoph. s. v. gave no. 16.

b) as modified by the context, where
the sense often lies not 80 much in gy
ys as in the adjuncts; ¢.g. (a) Be-
fore interrogations, for to ask, to inquire 5
Maw. 27:23 6 88 siysusy tgn* sh yég
xaxoy énoingey ; Acts 16: 30. 21: 37.—
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 sq.—(8) Before re-
plies, for to answer, to reply ; Matt. 4:7
Eqn aing 6 “Inoois: Maly yéygantas
x tA, 13:29. John 1: 23. Acts 2:38.
al. With doxgsSele added, Matt. 8:8.
Luke 23: 3.— Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 41 #q.—
—(y) Emphat to affirm, to assert,
Rom. 3 1 Cor. 7:29, 10:19. 15:50.
—Hdian. 2. 8. 8. Diod. Sic. 1.90. Xen.
Cyr 44.2 AL

Pyjot0g, ov, 6, Festus, i. 0. Porci-
us Festus, the twelfth Roman procura-
tor of Judea, about A. D. 58—62; sent
by Nero to supersede Felix; comp.
Jos. Ant. 20. 8.99q. B. J. 2.13.7. ib.
2.14.1, Bibl. Repos. II. p. 382.—Fes-
tus sent Paul to Rome asa prisoner,
on his own appeal. .Acts 24: 27, 25:1,
4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 22, 23, 24. 26:24, 25, 32,

Dave, f. dow, sor. tpIuce, to
go or come before, first, sc. in being or
doing any thing.

a) pp.c. acc, i. q. to precede, to an- ~
ticipate; 1 Theas. 4: 15 ob wy pPdow-
sey ros xowsndivras, i.e. in being ad-
mitted into the divine kingdom. For
the aceus. comp. Matth. § 412, 4.—Plut.
Pyrrh. 8, Hdot. 7. 161. Thuc. 3, 5
Pdous 38 ov Svrcipsvos tov te” Ady
valwy éninhovy. In Greek writers gSa-
ve with the participle of another verb
may often be rendered adverbially, be-
fore, sooner than; Buum. § 144 n. 8
‘On the construction of gave general-
ly, eee Buttm. § 150. p. 440 sq. Matth.
§ 533, Herm. ad Vig. p. 763 sq.

b) genr. aor. 1 kpSava, to have came
(first, already, by anticipation ; 9e9. dizes
‘c. gon. 2 Cor. 10: 14 dzee reg Spee

Doagrs

dpSdoupey dv 1G dvayyelly, for even as
far as to you have we already come in
preaching the Gospel, comp. v.16. Seq.
27 14, trop. i.q. to have already attained
unto, Rom. 9:31. Phil. 3:16. Seq. énl
iva, to have already come to or upon
any one, Matt. 12:28 et Luke 11:20
Goa tpSucay ty” ipis 4 Bas. rob Sov.
J Thess. 2:16 4 d974. Sept. for Chald.
won, 0. For Dan. 4:87:13. si Dan.
4:18 19. ént Dan. 4:21. 933 Ecc. &
14, — Seq, fas c. gen. Test. XIT Patr.
p. 530. ss pp. Xen. Cyr. 5. 4. 9.
DIagrws, 4, Ov, (~Fsigu, perl
pass. EpSaguay) corruptible, perishable,
mortal, Rom. 1:23 p. avSgunos, 1 Cor.
925 g. octaves. 15: 53, 54, 1 Pet. 1:
18, 23. — Wied. 9: 15, 2 Mace. 7:16.
Philo de Cherub. p. 516. Plut. Consol.
1. 10, ed. R. VI. p. 404, 1 Suv-
pastor... 13 pSagrav IpPagras,

DI¢yyouaa,f. yfopat, depon. Mid.
(péy7os,) to sound, pp. to emit a brilliant
sound, clang, tone, asa trumpet, Xen. An.
7.4.19; of thunder, Cyr. 7; 1.35 of the
Voice, Sept. for xg Am. 1:2. Xen.
An. 1, 8 18. Corp. D’Orville ad
Charit, p. 409.— In N. T. i. q, to speak,
abeol. Acts 4:18. dmogiyiov... dy ar-
Secinov parh pPeytiperor 2 Pet. 2: 16.
¢, ace, tnépoyxa 2 Pot. 2: 18, — Hdian.
4. 6. 12. Xen. Conv. 2 7. dlotgla
ylsitty Philostr. Vit. Soph. 1. 16.13.
c.ace, Ecclus, 13:22. Xen. Mem. 4, 2.6.

Pipe, f. eg, aor. 1 pase. dpa-
en, to spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, genr.
to bring into a woree state, trans. c. acc.
3 Cor. 3 17 bia, ef 1g t6¥ vady tov S205
PFelge, Poets totter 6 Seds. 2 Cor.
2° Mid. Jude 10. Sept. for nto
Gen. 6:11. Is, 54:16, Jer. 13: 9.—Wied.
16:27. Plut. Consol. ad Apoll. 10, see
in ®9agris. Xen. H.G. 5.3.3. Ofa
virgin dishonoured, Dion. Hal. Ant. 2
67.—Trop. in a moral sense, fo corrupt,
to deprave, c. acc. 1 Cor. 15: 33 gdel-
over 39y xenete Sylar woxad, from
Menander, eee below. Eph. 4: 22. Rev.
19:2 Praegn. 2 Cor. 11: 3 yrjnag...
cttw pug] Te ryorata Ody amo Tis
dxiéorres Pre hine gen. ed.

chn. j» 187, poelgouasy G9q ze109”
Sprdtcr xoxak Xen. Mem. 1, 5.3.

868

Paty

Do wonwgwss, 7, dy, ( q3or
nogivoy autumn, from give to fi,
and dsge q. v.) autumnal ; Jude 12
Sinden gorv. trees of autumn, wiped
of their fruits and verdure. — Plat
Symp. 8. 10. 2g. koqugia, the
tumpal equinox, Pol. 4. 37.2

Hodyyos, ou, § ( pSizrem je |
sound, espec. of musical instranes,
1 Cor, 14:17. Poet. for the voice Row.
10:18, quoted from Ps, 19:5 when
Sept. for 1p.— Wied. 19: 18, Arr. Epi,
3.6. Plut Conjug. Praee. LI dim
Bio sipgaron

Dove, @, f sow, ( ghim) b
envy, c. dat. Gal. 5:26 dllglen gi
votre. James 4:2 in some edit. fr
goreie. — Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 21. Hdian’
2.6. Xen. Mem. 5. 3. 16.

DIovoc, ov, 6, envy, Matt
Mark 15: 10. Rom. 1:29. Phil
1Tim.G: 4. Tit.3:3. Jamende5 me |

Féror envyings, bursts of ent},
Seon 1 Pet 2 1r— 1 Mace. 816 Pa
6.9. 11. Xen. Mem. 3 9. 8

Diopd, ae, 4, (sen) ae
ing, corruption, destruction, gear. the
bringing or being brought into « wom
state ; e. g. of the air, rou cipos Hdian.
1. 12. 3; ofa fernale dishonoured, Ja
c. Apion. 2.24. Dion. fd An
@%. to ovpetos. Iu N. T. spoken

a) of death, slaughter; 2 Pe. 22
Bia... sie dao xab Al
of mortality, mortal nature, & aio
away; Rom. 8: 21 dad wis dovlaies
poogas. 1 Cor. 15: 42, 50. Sept. fr
nite Ps. 108: 4. Jon, % 7. — Jos, Amt
7. 13. 3. Diod. Sic. 1. 10. Thee 2 \
Xen. Cyr. 7. 5. 64, — Trop. of spiri n !
death, condemnation, misery, Gal. &
Col. 2: 22 see in Axozenrs-

b) trop. in a moral sense, rv
depravity, wickedness, 2Pet. 1:4 ©
dy 1 pSogG azar, v. 19. — Wot.
12, 25. ;

Dect Ain, 96, i « boroh goble, bars
more breadth than depib. Ber.58
pudlas zovods yeotoas
Toe 7. 11,3 8 4 8, 10,3, as
21: 9 Sep. for PE, a bo
optinkling, Ex. 97: 3, Now. 7: er

R

Dieyedos

Jos. Ant. 3.6.6, Luc, Tox. 25. Ken.
Conv. 2. 23.

DrAaayados, ov, 4, 4, adj. (pldos,
GyaSds,) loving good, a lover of good,
loving right, upright, Tit. 1: 8—Wisd.
7: 22. Plut. Praec. conjug. 17.

Prradédpee, as, i, Philadelphia,
anciently the second city of Lydia, sit-
uated near the foot of Mount Tmolua,
about 27 miles 8. E. from Sardis; 80
called from, its founder, Attalus Phils-
delphus king of Pergamus. With this
kingdom it came under the power of
the Romans; and was destroyed by an
earthquake, with the adjacent cities, iu
the reign of Tiberius, A.D. 17, It is
atill a considerable town ; called by the
‘Turks Allah Shahr or Allak Sheyr. See
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 181, 223.
Mise. Herald 1821. p. 253 #q. — Rev. 1:
M1. 3:7.

Dedadedgle, as, 4, (puddelgos,)
brotherly love, in N. T. only in the Chris-

tian sense, the mutual love of Christian
brethren, Rom, 12:10. 1 Thess. 4: 9.
Heb. 13: 1. 1 Pet. 1: 22 2 Pet. 1: 7 bis,
— pp. Jos. Ant. 4.2.4. Lue. D. Deor.
26. 2.

Diradedgos, ov, 4, ih, adj. (pos,
&8e1q65,) loving one's brethren, in N. T.
only in the Christian sense, loving each
other as Christian brethren, | Pet. 3: 8.
— pp. 2 Mace. 15: 14. Plut. Solon. 27.
Xen. Mem. 2. 3. 17.

Pidavdone, ou, % adj. (qpldos, avrg.)
loving one’s husband, spoken of a wife,
‘Tit. 2 4.—Luc. Haley. 8. Piut. Brut, 13.
Plut. Amator. 23. ed. R. IX. p. 81.9,
idorexvor xat plardgos.

Pedavdoanta, as, as, 1 i (eirsow
705,) philanthropy, love of man, i. q.

Trclclence humanity, Acts 28:2. Tit.
3: 4.—2 Macc. 6: 22, Jos. Ant. 7. 6. 1.
Hdian. 2. 3. 16. Ken. Cyr. 1. 4. 1.

Diievd ganas, adv. (piddrPga-
m0s,) philanthropically, humanely, with
kindness, Acts 27: 3, — 2 Mace, 9: 27,
Pol. J. 68. 13. Dem. 411. 10.

Prrapyuple, as, 4, (gidigrooos,)
love of money, covetousness, 1'Tim. & 10,

Prdydovos

Sept. for 9¥3 Jer. 8:10.—Ceb. Tab: 23:
Hdian. 6, 9. 17. Diod. Sie. 5, 26.

Priagyveoc, ou, 6, %, adj. (pldog,
Seyveos,) moneyloving, covetows, Luke
16: 14, 2 Tim. 3: 2. — Jos, de Macc. 3.

Ael. V. H.9.1. Xen. Mem. 3, 1, 10.

Pidavros, ov, 4, %, adj. ( pldog,
anol) self-loving, selfish, 2 Tim. 3: 2.—
Jos, Ant. 3.8.1. Aristot, Repub, 2. 5.
Plut. Arat. 1.

Prdleo, @, f. How, (pldog,) to love,
trans.

a) genr. c. acc. of person, i. q. to
have affection for, Matt. 10: 37 bis, 6
pilsiy moriga 7 unriga x. 1.4. John 5:
20 5 marie gud wv vidy. 11: 3, 96. 15:
19, 16: 27 bis, John 20:2. 21: 15, 16,
17 ter. 1 Cor. 16:22, ‘Tit. 8 15 dy mlo-
tay, i. e. with Christian love. Rev. 3: 19.
Sept. for am Gen. 37: 3. Prov. 8 17.
—Hoian, 1.5.12, Dem. 1161.18. Xen.
Mem. 2. 7. 9.—OF things, i. q. to be fond
Of, to like, ¢. ace. Matt. 23: 6 piloted xs
TY mgeroxdiolay. Luke 20: 46. Rev.
15, With the idea of f overweening
fondness, 6 par ty yuryy abrod John
12: 25, Sept. for amy Gen. 27: 4,9.
Prov, 29: 3.—Wisd. 8: 2. Ael.
15 init, Ken, Oec. 20, 27, 29.

b) spec. to show one’s love by a kisns
hence, fo kiss, ¢. ace, Mutt. 26: 48 oy a»
pusjow, aids dow. Mark 14: 44. Luke
22:47. Sept. for prj: Gen. 27: 26, 27.
Ex. 18: 7.— Tob. 10: 13. Ael. V. H. %
26. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.10. Fully, with
oropars added, Lue. Ver. Hist. 1. 8 zak
dqlhovy d4 suas tots otopacy.

¢) 8eq. infin. to love to do any thing,
i,q. to do willingly, gladly, and by
impl. to be wont to do, solere, Matt. 6:
5 puoi dr rais cvreywyais gost
xerGas, they love to pray in public, are
wont to do it. Comp. Winer § 58. 4,
p. 890. So Sept. for > ani c. inf. Is.
56: 10.—Ael. V. H. 14. 87 gus + gata
ta Gydlpata ... dgytis Sogy.

1.2.8 Xen. Mag. Eq. 7.9. ao ease.

Gooyt (on

Dian, 75, 4, (vp. fem. of pldos,) a
female friend, Luke 15: 9, — Aquil. for
roy Cant. 1: 15, 22 Xen. Mem. 3.
1.16.

Pcdjdovos, ov, 6,4, adj. (pier,

Piqua

or},) pleasureloving, subst. a lover of
2 Tim. 3: 4. — Pol, 40. 6, 11.

pleasure,
Plut. Cato Maj. 9.

Pidnua, arog, xd, ( piliw b,) a
kiss, pp.a love-token, as given in saluta-
tion, comp. Ex, 18: 7; aleo in ITgooxvvdes
Jahn § 175. Luke 7: 45 gdinud pos obm
Besas, 2 48. Sept. for ps3 Prov.
‘27:6, Cant. 1:2.—Lue. Abin. 17 puiweowr
Gendqorvo clisjlous. Ael. V. H.1. 15.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3. 8 8q.—Spoken of the
sacred kiss given hy Christians to each
other as the token of mutual love, pi-
Aqua dytoy Rom. 16: 16. 1 Cor. 16:20.
2 Cor. 13: 12- 1 Thess, 5: 26. glnua
Gydnyg.1 Pet. 5: 14.

DPAjpoy, ovoc, 6, Philemon, pr.
n, of a Christian of Colosse, Philem. 1;
comp. v.10 and Col. 4:9. He was con-
verted under the preaching of Paul, and
‘a church met in his house, v. 2, 19.
Paul sent back to him his slave Onesi-
mus from Rome, with an epistle. \ Tra-
dition makes him to have been bishop
of Colosse.

Prdnios, ov, or Pldnros, ov, 6,
Philetus, pr. 0. of an opposer of Paul,
2 Tim. 2 17,

DPidice, ag, %, (pldos,) love, friend-
ship, fondness, c. gen. of object, James
4:44 guia tod xdopov. Sept. for
srgme Prov, 10: 12, 15: 17.—Jos. Ant.
Dom. 19. pen. Xen. Mem. 2.
34, Hi8 3.

Prdenrjows, ov, 5, a Phitippian,
Phil. 4: 15.

Dilunnos, oy, of, Philippi, « city
of proconsular Macedonia, situated east-
ward of Amphipolis within the limits
of ancient Thrace, Acts 16: 12. 20: 6.
Phil. 1: 1. 1 Thess, 2: 2, — It was an-
ciently called Xgijvsdes, from its many
fountains; but having been taken and
fortified by Philip of Macedon, he
named it after himself, P| In
its vicinity were gold and silver mines;
and it became afterwards celebrated for
the defeat of Brutus and Cassius. In
Acts 16: 12 it is called a colony, see in
Kotuvia, Plin. H.N.4.11 intus Philippi
colonia. It is there said also to be
Rodin tig wapldos rii¢ Maxadorlas xéhis,

870 |

_ Ddoteos
lo. a chief city of this part of Maced

nia; not the capital, for this wes Am-
phipolis, Liv. 45.29. Otbers explain
moeirn of its geographical position, the

‘st city as one comes from the east;

fir
but Paul had just landed at Neapxis,

still farther east. Comp. Diod. Se.
16. 8. Strabo VII. p. 511. B. Dio Cam
47, p. 232 See also Rosenm. Bibl
Geogr. III. p.393. For its site and the
present state of its ruins, see Miss. Her-
ald 1836. p. 334 sq.

DlAnnos, ov, 6, Philip, pr. v. of
several persons.

1. Philip, one of the twelve aposdes,
an of Bethsaida, John 1: 44, 4,
46, 47,49. 6:5,7. 322i, Bbia te
8,9. Matt. 10:3, Mark 3 18. Luke &
M. Acts 1: 13,

2. Philip the Evangelist, 5 ebayyas-
otis, one of the seven primitive descoss
at Jerusalem, but residing afterwards
at Cesarea, Acts 6:5. 21:8. After the
death of Stephen he preached the Gar
pel at Samaria, Acts 8: 5, 6, 12, 13;
comp. v. 14. It was he also who bep-
tized the Ethiopian treasurer, Acts &
26, 29, 30, 31, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40;
comp. v. 5 8q.

3. Philip, tetrarch of Batanea, Tr-
chonitis, and Auranitie, Luke 3: 1. He
was e son of Herod the Great, by his
wife Cleopatra, and own brother of
Herod Antipas; at his death, his tetrar-
chy was annexed to Syria. From him
the city Cesarea Philippi took its name,
Matt. 16: 13. Mark 8: 27; see in Aas-
adgea no. 1, Comp. in “Hgeidas no. 1
fin. Jos, Ant. 17. 1.3. ib. 17. 11. 4. ib.
18. 4,6, B. J. 1.28.4, ib. 2. 6.1,2

4. Philip Herod, called by Josephus
only ‘Hgoidng, alvo a son of Herod the
Great by Mariamne the daughter of
Simon the High Priest. He was the
first husband of Herodias, see in ‘Hew-
Silas; and lived a private life, having
been disinherited by his father. Matt.
14:3. Mark 6:17. Luke 3:19, — See
Jos. B. J. 1. 28. 4, comp. Ant. 17. 1.2

Also Ant. 17. 4. 2, comp. B. J.1, 30,7.
Ant. 18. 5. 1.

Pucdeos, ov, &,%, (pldos, 9205)
loving God, pious ; subst. a lover of Ged,
2 Tim. 3 4, — Poll. On. 1.20. Loe.

Pdodoyos

Calumn. 14 gis sr sboxfi xad glé-
Beor.

PrAddoyos, ov, 6, Philologus, pr.
u. of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 15.

Dedovecnic, as, i, (prddvenos, )
love of quarrel, eager contention, Dem.
1440. 22. Thue. 1.41, emulation, ar-
dour, Pol. 4. 49.2. Xen, Cyr. 7. 3. 18.
In N. T. quarrel, contention, strife, Luke
22: 24.—2 Mace. 4: 4. Ael. V. H. 12, 64.
Pol. 5. 93.9. Thue. 8. 76.

Darovewnos, ov, 8, 4, adj. (phos,
vtixos,) loving quarrel, fond of strife, con-
tentious, 1 Cor. 11: 16, — Jos. Ant. 15.
6.2 Plut Agesi, 2. Xen. Eq. 9. 8.

Dedokevic, ag, a, (piddtgevos,) love
to strangers, hospitality, Rom. 12: 13.
Heb. 13:2. — Plut. Vit. Thee. 14, 23.
Pol. 4.20. 1.

Prddkevos, ov, 6, %, adj. ( plhos,
Bévos,) loving strangers, hospitable, 1
Tim. 3:2. Tit. 1.8. 1 Pet. 4: 9. — Pa-
laeph. 5.1. Plut. Cimon 10. Xen. H. G.

“B11

DPriongareva, f. saw, (prsnga-
05,) to love to be first, to affect pre-emi-
nence, 3John9.—Only in N.T. Comp.

gidéneonos Artemid. 2.33, Plut. Sol,
29. Alcib. 2

Diioc, n, ov, pp. Pass. loved, dear,
befriended, Hom. Od. 2.363 pile rixvor.
Jos. Ant. 4. 3.3 nav dca glia robzous
qv. Hdian. 7.9. 14. Also Act. loving,
Sriendly, kind, Jos. Aut. 6.2. 1 Ssds sv—
ueriis Gozetas ylverSas xad pos. ib. 7.
9.2. Dem. 480.9. Thue. 7. 1.—In N.T.
Subst. 6 qidog, a friend, Buttm. §123, 3,
Luke 7:6 Eneuys xpos avrdy . .. pldovs.
Hi: 5 bis, 6, 8. 12: 4, 14: 12. 15: 6, 29.
16: 9. QW: 16. 28: 12. John 11: 11. 15
13, 14, 15. 19: 12 gidog 10H Kalougos
i.e. 8 favourer of Caeser, loyal to hit,
Acts 10: 24. 19: 81 Syt65 ait gion
i.e. friends to him. 27:3. Jumes 223
gpllog S208, 4: 4g. x08 xécpov. 3 John
15 bis. “In the sense of companion,
associate, Matt. 11: 19 g. tahovaiy x. 1. 2.
Luke 7:34. John 3:29 g. toi yysplov,
a brideman, seein Vyygay. Asa word
of courteous address, Luke 14:10. Sept.
for are Esth. 5:10. Prov. 14:20. 39

871

Didoripeouae

Ex. 83:11, “Job 211. 34 companion
Dan. 2: 13, 17, 18.—Jos. Ant. 17. 11. 1.
Pol. 9.24.2. Dem. 113.27, Xen. Mem.
2.4. 10q. ©. dat. Xen. Mem. 2. 1. 38,
—For # pli a female friend Lutte 15:0,
vee Olin,

Duovogia, as, 4, ( qiocopie,
gudécogos, ) pp. love of wisdom, Hdian,
1. 2.6; then, philosophy, knowledge
natural and moral, knowledge of things
human divine, comp. in Zopla b.
Aeschin. Dial. Socr. 2, 22. Hdian. 4.
13. Xen. Conv.1.5; spoken of the
wisdom and leat of the Chaldeans,
Diod. Sic. 2. 29.—In N. T. philosophy,
i.e. the Jewish theology or theological
learning, pertaining to the interpreta-
tion of the law and other scriptures,
and to the traditional law of ceremonial
observances, Col. 2:8; comp. v. 16 et
1 Tim. 6: 20. Comp. Jahn § 106, —
So Philo, razqv0g gidocopla, i. 0. Jew-
jah theology, Leg. ad Cai. p. 1014. D.
de Somn. p. 1125. D.

Pddcogos, ov, 5, %, adj. (pldos,
sopla,) pp. loving wisdom; then as subst,
@ philosopher, an inquirer after knowl-
edge natural and moral, in things human
and divine ; spoken in N. I’. of Greek ©
philosophers, Epicureans and Stoics,
who spent their time in inquiries and
disputations respecting moral science,
Acts 17: 18. — Arr. Epict. 3. 23, 30,
Hdian. 1. 9.7. Xen. Vect. 5. 4 cope
orat xal piddcopon

Pedocropyog, ov, 6, 4, adj. (pos,
cr0977} love of kindred,) tenderly loving,
kindly affectioned, pp. towards one’s kin-
dred; in N.'T, towards Christian breth-
ren, Rom. 12: 10.— pp. Jos, Ant. 7. 10.
5. Plut. Cleomen. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3,2.

Prddrexvos, ov, 5, 4, adj. (pldos,
tixvor,) loving one’s children, Tit. 2 4,
—Lue. Tyran, 4. Plut. Agesi.25. Plut.
Atnator. 23, see in Pidardges.

Pdorpeopar, ovat, £. joopat,
depon. Mid. or Pass. (gidérios loving
honour, ambitious, from pios, riu,) to
love honour, to be ambitious, Luc. Icarom,
17. Dem. 1046.7. Io N. T. eq. infin,
to be ambitious of doing any thing, to
exert oneself, to etrive, oc. from 8 love

Duogosvas

and sense of honour; as in Engl. to
make it a point of honour to do so and 80.
Rom. 15: 20 oft 8 giloripotuavor eb
ayydific9arxr.h. 2Cor. 5&9, 1These.
4:11 wagosaloduar tae... puloripes—
Sas jouzdcey x +. .—Jos. Ant. proem.
§3. ib. 15.9.5, Ael. V.H. 9.29. Diod.
Bic. 1. 1 init. Xen. Mem. 2.9. 3,

Drdogeorec, adv. (piddgeur,) in
a friendly-minded manner, kindly, cour-
teously, Acts 28: 7.—2 Mace. 3:9. Jos.
Ant. 17.9.7. Plut, Solon. 5. Xen. Mem.
3,10. 4,

Diiogoar, ovos, 6, %, adj. (pltos,
poty,) friendly-minded, kind, courteous,
1 Pet. 3:8 in text. rec. where later edit.
tanewopeer.—Plut. Amator. 19. T. IV.
p. 500. Tauchn. Xen. Mem. 3. 1. 6,

Dido, o, f. daw, (puss a muz-
2le,) to muzzle, trans,

a) pp. 98 oxen treading out grain;
1 Cor, 9:9 et 1 Tim, 5: 18 oF qiydons
Boty dlodvra, quoted from Deut. 25: 4
where Sept. for pot. Comp. Jahn
§ 64. Calmet art. Thrashing.

b) trop. fo muzzle, i. q. to stop the
mouth, to put to silence; Pass. to be
silenced, silent, to hold one’s peace. (a)
Spoken of persons, Matt. 22 34 dri dpl-

oe tog Zad8ovealovs. 1 Pet. % 15.
Pree, Matt. 22 12. Mark 1: 25 et Luke
4: 85 quyoddyrt.—Jos, B. J. proem. 9 5.
ib. 1.22.8, Luc. Mort. Peregr. 15. Sext.
Empir. adv. Logic. 11. 275, — (8) Of
winds and waves, Pass. fo be atill, hush-
ed; Mark 4: 39 nrplyeco. On this
Perf. imperat. comp. Buttm. § 187, n. 11.
—Jos. de Mace. § 2 fin.”

Pieyov, ovo, 6, Phlegon, pr. n.
of a Christian at Rome, Rom. 16: 14.

Proyiler, £. low, (prog) to inflame,
fo act on fire, pp. Sept. for Dry Pe. 97:
8. Sept. Dan. 3: 28, Ecclus. 3 30.
Soph. Phioet. 1199. — In N. T. trop.
to inflame, to fire with passion, discord,
hatred ; spoken of the tongue, c. ace.
James 3: 6 bis.

Dos, YEE, 4, (pliys,) flame, Luke
16:24 dy #9 gloy? raiep. So glok xv-

gee fame of fire, i.e. Gery Same, or fam
ing’ Gre, Acts 7:30, Rev. 1: 14. 2 18,

1% 12 dr nvgi gloyds id. 2 Thess. 1:

872

SoBe

8. Comp. in Zitp &. Sept. fer 27>
Is. 29: 6, nan Joel 1: 19. ze Ex
& 2 —Ecclua 8:13 éy mepi qloyés
Ael. V. H. 5. 6. Xen. Conv. 2. 24—Of
lightning, Heb. 1:7 xupos ploya, quoted
from Ps. 104: 4 where Heb. Ds1> cx,
Sept. Vatic. nig giéyor. Sept for
amt Is. 30: 30.

Pdvagen, @, f. joe, ( pléager. |
pp. ‘to overflow with talk,’
to trifle, intrans. Aeschin.
16. Xen. An. 3.1.26. In N. T. ¢. see.
to prate about or against ; 3 Joba 10
Léyoug worngois plvagcy spas.

Pidvagoc, ov, 6, 4, adj. ( pie,
Lat. fluo,) pp. overflowing sc. with talk ;
hence subst. a prater, tattler, trifler,1
Tim. 5: 13.—Arr. Epict. 3 25. 8 Aes
chin, Dial. Socr. 3. 18. Luc. Asin. 10

DoBegos, a, or, (popée,) fearfed,
terrible, frightful ; Heb. 10: 27 godeen
85 tug exdozy xpiaies. v. 31. 12 2.
Sept. for X34) Gen. 28: 17. Deut. 1
17, — 2 Mace. 1: 24. Jos, Ant. 3.5.3
Dem. 505. 12. Xen. An. 5. 2. 23.

DoBée, w, f. Hoon (pofos,) to pat
in fear, to terrify, to frighten, Wdian. 1.
8.4, Xen. Cyr.7.1.48 af xepxlos tgs
Bovy roig txxors.—Oftener and in N.T.
only Mid. or Pass. goftoyas, ota,
nor, | Pass. dpo8Syr and fut. 1 pase

goPndjoouas often in Mid. nense, pp.
‘to put oneself in fear,’ i. q. to fear, te
be afraid, to be terrified, , either
from fear simply or from astonishment;
eee Buttm. § 135.3, 4 § 198.2

8) pp. and genr. in various construc-
tions: (a) Jntrans, and abeol. Rom.
18: 4 day 86 xaxdy noike, goBed. So pry
pofo' fear not Mark 5: 36. Luke 1: 13,
80. al. ys) poficds Mat. 14:27, Mark
6: 50. nl. dpofotvro Mark 10:32. 368
époSsFy Matt. 14:30. Acts 22:29. dge-
ByInoar ops8oa Mutt. 17: 6. W7: 54. ete.
etc. Heb. 13: 6 xlgsos duo Pow Ses xxi
oF @ofy Poon, quoted from Ps. 11&6
where Sept. for 77; as also Gen. 15
J. 50:19. Ex, 2 14 (Palseph. 32. 2
Ael. V. H. 3. 43. Thuc. 4, 68. Xen.
Cyr.3.8.30.) Seq. acens. of a engnate
noun; comp. Buttm. § 131.3. Winer
§ 822. So 1 Pet.3: 14 ry 38 op

aindiy yey poPadiite, fear not their fear,

Dofeo

- ©. which they would inspire. v. 6 4
pea. endian yw. Empbat Mark
2 et Luke 2:9 épofjSnouy péfor
usyorw.—(8) Trans. c. ace. comp. reer
3 185. 3,4. Winer §39. p. 208. E. g.
ct. ace. of person, Matt. 10:26 yi) oy
pofn Pixs avrots. 14:5 kpoBiGn toy dy-
doy. Mark 12: 12. Luke 20:19. John
9:22. Acts 9:26, Rom. 133 riv éfov-
Gicy concr. Gal.2:12. al. So Sept. for
e132 Num. 21: 34. Deut. 3:2. (Lue. D.
Deor. 16.3. Xen. Hi. 2.18.) Seq. acc.
of thing, 10 didrayye Heb. 11:23, sor
Supdy rob Packing v.27. yndiv Rev.
2: 10. — Luc. D. Deor. 19. 2 Plut.
Galba 22, Xen. H. G. 4.4.8, +i Xen.
Cyr. 2. 4, 22, — (y) Seq. dno c. gen. to
Sear from, to be afraid of any one; Matt.
10; 28 pi goptiods dao tiv dmoxssrér-
tay 16 cpa. Luke 12:4. So Sept. for
7 NT Deut. 1:29. Lev. 26:2. Ps. 3:5,
ya nit Jer. 10: 2—(8) Seq. w7, lest ;
see in Dfj Il. p. 518. Acts 27: 17 go-
Botperol x4, ut els tiy cig éexéoors
‘Also seq. pojras id. v.29, 2 Cor. 11: 3
12: 20. Gal. 4: 11 pofotpas Spas, wr)
mox x. 1.1 i.e. a8 to you, Seq. uynots
id. Heb. 4: 1.—Seq. wy Hdian. 1. 14, 27,
Thue. 1,36. Xen. Cyr. 1.6.10. yrj-
mora Sept. Gen. 32: 11.—(s) Seq. infin.
to fear to do any thing, to scruple, to
hesitate ; Matt. 1:20 7) pofin fis naga-
RaBiv Magidp viv yuraind cov. 2: 2.
Mark 9: 32. Luke 9: 45. So Sept. for
SY3 Gen. 19: 30. 46: 3. Ex. 34: 30. —

Plut. Galbe 27. Xen. An. 1. 3, 17.
b) morally, to fear, i. q. to reverence,
fo honour, c. accus. (a) gear. Mark 6:
20 dpoftizo tor “Iucivenv. Eph. 5: 33
Tru gofijra: sav dvdga. So Sept. and
un Lev. 19: 3 Josh. 4: 14. — Plat.
Galba 3. Hdian. 3. 13. 6. — (8) Spec.
thy Stbv v. tay xiguoy goBtia Sar, to fear
God, to reverence, e. g. to stand in awe
of God, the punisher of wrong, #0 a8
not to do evil ; Luke 18: 2 ray Sedy wy
pofoiusros, xad krDgomor pi dyegend—
prvog. v. 4, 23:40. Col. 3:22 1 Pet.
17. (Sept. Ex.1:17, 21. Lev. 19: 14.)
Also by Hebr. in the sense of religion,
piety, i. q. to worship, to adore God, Luke
1: 50 xa 2 Bleog abtov ... rots pofov-
pivors adro. Acts 10: 2, 22, 35. Rev.
11:18, 14:7, 15: 4. 19:5. So of pofov-
pevot tov Seér, i. q. proselytes, acu 1

u

873

PoBos ;
16,26; comp, in 2d3w. Sept. and xy*

Deut. 4: 10, 29. 6: 2, 13, 24. 28: 58, I
Sam. 12: 14. ete. AL.

DoByroor, ov, x6, (popies,) some-
thing fearful, a fearful sight, terrible por-
Tent ; Luke 21:11 poSqrgd te xad onpeia
x? oigarod. Sept. for 43tq Is, 19: 17.
—Anth. Gr. IIL p.45, Lue. Philopatr. 9.

Dc Boe, ov, 6, (gsBopar,) fear, ter-
ror, affright.

a) pp. and genr. Matt. 14:26 and zob
pofou ixgatar. Luke 1: 12 péfog éné-
meow bn aitéy. & 9 tpofnonoay pofor
pdyay, see iv @oféw a. 8: 37. Bi: 26.
Rom. 8: 15, 2 Cor. 7: 5 @éfos fears.
v.11. 1 Tim, 5: 20. 1 John 4: 18 ter.
Seq. gen. of pers. or thing feared, i. e.
which inspires fear, Matt. 28: 4 do 3¢
rol péfov ainod ec. rot dyydlov. John
7 YX 19: 88. 20: 19. 1 Pet. & 14 comy
in @ofiw a, Heb. 2:15 @. rod Sava
tov. Rev. 18: 10, 15. Meton. a terror,
an object of fear, Rom. 13:3. Sept.
for many Gen. % 2. Jon. 1: 10, 15,
‘tip Deut. 11:25. Ps, 53:6. pdfos for
pry Job 20: 25, — Hdian. 1. 14, 19,
Dom. 798. 3. Xen. An. 2. 2 19, 21. —
Including the idea of astonishment
amazement; Matt. 28:8 usta pofov
‘zagas ueydins. Mark 4: 41. Luke 1: 65,
5: 26. 7:16. Acts 2: 43, 5: 5, 11. 19:17.
L
a moral sense, fear, i. q. rever-
ence, respect, honour ; e. g..of persons,
Rom. 18: 7 bis, axddots od macs tag
dquddg ... 1G r6¥ pofor, pifor.—Elee-
where of God or Christ, pdfos rob Sa0t
v. xigiou, i, e, a deep and reverential
sense of accountability to God or Crist;
2 Cor. 5: 11 sores obv tov gdfov tod
xuglov x, 1.2. 7:1. Eph. 5:21 taorac-
adusvor &ldijdorg ey oSy Xerotov. Sim-
ply, . 10 Ssof etc, impl. 1 Pet. 2: 18
coll. Eph. 5:21, Jude 23. re &
péBy xad éy rQdp~, 1 Cor. % 3, 2 Cor,
wie Phil. 212. Eph. 6:5. (Sept. for
mat 2Chr. 19: 9, Pa 2M. tng
Ps. 36: 1.) By Hebraism, i. q. religion,
piety, g. rob xiguv Acts 9% 31. g. sod
‘Geos Rom. 3: 18, Simpl. 1 Pet, 1: 17.

8: 2,15, So Sept. mae neq? Ps. 19:
10.111: 10. Prov. 1: 7, 29. & 13. %
10. 14: 28, 29,

— Ecclus. 40:

2, 18.

Poipn

PolBn, 05, % Phoebe, pr.n. of a
Christian female, an almoner (jj didxo—
vos) in the church at Cenchrea, com-

mended by Paul tothe church at Rome,
Rom. 16: 1.

Dowden, ns, 4, (point palm-tree,)
Phenice, Phenicia, a narrow tract of
country on the east of the Mediterra-
nean, between Palestine and Syria ; ac-
cording to Greek and Roman writers,
terminating oa the north at the river
Eleutherus, opposite the little island
‘Aradus; and extending on the south
as far as to Dora, or even to Pelusium ;
though according to the Scriptures all
the country south of ‘Tyre belonged to
the Hebrew jurisdiction; comp. in TU-
gos. The Phenicians were the most
celebrated commercial nation of anti-
quity ; their chief cities were Tyre and
Sidon ; and they planted many colonies,
among others Carthage. Other cities
were Byblus, Orthosias, Berytus now
Beyroot, Acco now Acre. See Rosenin.
Bibl. Geogr. H. i. p. ¥ 9q.—Acts 11: 19.
15: 3, 2h 2

I. Botvek, exoc, 6, sometimes writ-
ten goin, a palm-tree, the date-palm,
Phoeniz dactylifera of Linnaeus, and
called by him one of the princes of the
vegetable kingdom. The palm is a
lofty tree, consisting of a straight scaly
trunk, crowned with a spreading ever-
green tuft of long narrow leaves. It
was anciently very abundant in Pales-
tine, particularly around Jericho, which
was thence called the City of Palms,
BQ Wy,. Sept. wdkis qpowleay,
Deut, 34: 3. dudg. 1: 16, 2Chr. 28: 15;
comp. Jos, Ant. 4.6. 1. ib, 15. 4. 2. al.
Hence on Jewish and Roman coins, the
palm sometimes appears as the emblem
of Palestine. Its fruit is the date, a
great article of food in oriental coun-
tries. The boughs, called also palms,
were borne in the hands or strewed in
the way on seasons of rejoicing. Seo
Jahn § 75, Rees’ Cyclop., art. Patmac,
Phoenix, Dates.—John 12:13. Rev. 7:9.
Sept. for “yn Il. ce. Neh. 8: 17, —
2 Mace, 10: 7." Jos. B. J. 4.8. 8. Diod.
Sic. 2.53. Ken. Cyr. 6. 2, 22.

i, Dolrig, cxoe, 4, Phoenix,

874

Dopos
city on the 8. E. coast of Crete, with «
harbour, Acts 27: 12

Doves, coc, 5, (qoveie,) a mas
slayer, murderer, Matt. 22: 7. Acts
14. 7: 52; 28:4. 1 Pet. 4: 15. Rev. 2I:
8, 22: 15.—Wisd. 12:5. Hdian. 2124
Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 6.

Doveva, f. sbow, ( poves,) to HE
8 person, fo slay, to murder ; abeol. of
gporstons Mau. 5: 21. 19: 18. Rom. It
9. pH goretors Mark 10: 19. Luke 1¢
20. James 2:11. (Sept. for mz Ex
20:13, Deut. 5:17.) Genr. Mant. & 21.
James 2:11. 4: 2 neo in Zyddw b. Seq.
nccus. Matt. 2% 81 rée gorevosrre
toig mpopytas. v.35, James 5:6. Sept
for m7 Deut 4: 42. Josh. 2 5,6
aw Neh. 4: 11. — Hdian. 1. 17.3
Diod. Sic. 20, 2. Keo. Mem. 1.2 1.

Dovos, ov, 6, (obsot. qéves,) « kiD-
ing of men, murder, slaughter; Merk
15:7 pévov menoujeucar. Luke 23:19,
25 ardor xai goo. Acts 9: 1. Rom.
1:29, Heb, 11: 37 &y gore pmzaige:
Plur. govos murders Matt. 15: 19. Mark
7:21. Gal. 5:21. Rev. 9:21. Sept. for
DY bloodshed Ex. 22 2. Prov. 1:12
g- nouly Deut. 22: 8. @. pazoige: for
agn-7e Ex, 17: 13. Deut 13: 15 —
2 Mace. 4: 35. Jos. Ant. 4. 8.16 AeL
V.H. 2.17. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 65.

Dogéa, w, f. jow, ( pége,) pra
frequentative form implying the repet-
tion or continuance of the simple action
expressed by Passow &. v. Lob.
ad Phr. p.585; to bear about ec. with or
on oneself, lo ) wear, trans, Matt. 11:8 16
Hadad gogoirts. John 19: 5 otige-
vor. Rom. 13: 4 viv wdyaugar. 1 Cor,
15: 49 bis. James 2:3 tiy do Sire —
Ecclus, 11:3. Jos. Ant. 3.7.2 Pol &
22, 1. Xen. Oce. 17.3.

Pégor, ov, 10, Lat. forum, only ia
pr. n. @égoy “Anniov, Forum Appii, «
small town on the Appian way, accord-
ing to the Itinerary of Antoninus 43
Roman miles from Rome, in or near the
Pontine marshes, Acts 28: 15. Comp.
West. N. 'T. fl. p. 654 sq. Hor. Sat 1.
5.3. Cic. ad Att. 2 10, see in Tafigres

? «

Dogoc, ov, 6, (gépes) pp. ‘ what is

borne, brought ? hence, a tax, trike,

‘Dogri

eysposed upon persons and their props
erty annually, in distinction from rélog
toll, which was more usually levied on
amserchandize and travellers. Luke 20:
22 gogor Boia. 23:2. Rom. 13: 6
Pooous thir. v.7 his. Sept. for 072
Judg. 1:30. 23am. 20: 24. 779 Ezra
4:20.—1 Mace.3:31 9. tay zoga. Sos.
Ant. 17. 11. 2 gégove tnPadhouérors
Exdorois 16 éx Frog. Hdian. 6.2.3. Xen.
Conv. 4. 32,

Dogri, £. low, (pigtos,) to bur-
den, to load, to lay a burden upon any
‘one, pp. Athol. Gr. 1V. p.289. ult. Tn
'N. T. wop. as of the burden of the Jew-
ish ritual, c. dupl. nee. Luke 11:46 gog-
aliere toig dvSgdnoy gogria Svope-
graxre, comp. Buttm. § 131.5. Winer
§ 32.4. Pass, part. Matt. 11: 28 of xo-
zrirree nak nepoprigysyos, ye weary and
heavy laden, ec. with the burden of sin
and suffering.

Pogrioy, ov, +6, (pogros,) a bur-
den, load ; a dimin. in form but not in
sense, comp. Buttm. §119. n. 15. p. 330.

a) pp. and as spoken of a ship, lading,

freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10 in later edit.

for pégros in'text. rec.—Of a ship Jos.
Ant. 14. 14.3, Xen. Oec. 8.12. Genr.
Sept. Is. 46: 1. Ael. V.H.9. 4. Xen.
Mem. 3. 13. 6.

b) trop. (a) of the Jewish ceremo-
nial law as a burden upon its follawers,
Matt. 23: 4. Luke 11: 46 bia, comp.
@ogrite. Of the precepts and requ
tions of Christ, in antithesis, Mai
30.
§ 28,

Th
Comp. in Zuyds. — Act. Thom.

Diog. Laert. 7. 5.4 abrog povos
Sivacdar Bactdcar Zivavos pogtioy.—
(8) Of the burden of one’s faults, sins,
Gal. 65. Comp. Sept. and aw Ps.
38: 5.

Pooro¢, ov, 6, (pégu,) pp. ‘what
is borne, i. q. a burden, load ; ©. g. ofa
ship, lading, freight, cargo, Acts 27: 10
in text, rec. Comp. in @ogrloy a. —
Lue. Navig. 18 1d zdotor ... xad 6 gog-
105,

Pogrovvatos, ov, 6, Fortunatus,
pr. n. of a Christian, 1 Cor. 16: 17,

PoayeAdcoy, ov, +6, Lat. flagel-
lum, i, e. @ whip, scourge, John 2: 15.—

875

Decco

Schol. in Aristopb. Acharn. 724, Ter
tag 8%, degors, goayéliia. Hesych.
ouviddas’ vir dzea peoyiliic, 1éigon

Doayeddoo, @, f. dow, (pgayit-
Juoy,) Lat. flagello, i.e. to flagellate, to
scourge, c. ace. Matt, 27:26. Mark 15:15,
— Test. XII Patr. p. 728 pgaysdddoas
ue ,

Doayuce, ov, 6, ( ggdcou,) a
Sence, a hedge, as enclosing ‘any thing ;
e. g. a thorn-hedge around a vineyard,
besides which there was often a wall ;
Matt. 21:33 goaypor airs msgudSyee.
Mark 12:1. ‘The language is here bor-
rowed from/Is, 5: 2, 5, where Sept. for
pry, and maw: Comp. Jahn § 67.
Hiarinars Observ. TIT. p.179q. | Luke
14: 23 tig tag Sdotg nad qoaypois, into
the highways and hedges, i.e. the narrow
ways among the vineyards. Trop.
Eph. 2 14, see in Megéroiyor, Sept.
also for "Ja Num. 2: 4, Ece. 10: 8.

—Plut,Cimon.10 zr dygaw tos gga 4 Fv

yuois dpetley. ‘Xen. Venat. 11.4.0 <*

Deva, f. dow, q. d. to phrase it,
i. 0. to say, to speak, to tell, to declare
in words, trans. Luc. D. Deor. 6. 2.
Plut. Theseus 12. Xen. Mem. 1.4.15,—
In N. T. to tell, i. q. to explain, to inter-
pret, tiv naguBoliy Matt, 13: 36. 15:15,
Sept. for jam Job 6:24. Ain Job
12: 8, — Jos. Vit. § 59. Ceb. Tab. 33;
Xen. Cyr, 4.3. 11.

Docoow v. 110, f. bw, to enclose
with a fence, hedge, wall, for protec-
tion, to fence around, to hedge in, traus. .
Sept. for 432 Hos. 2: 6, Xen. Cyr. 2.
4.25; a city with walls, to fortify,
Hadian. 8. 2, 13 ; a defile with troops,
to shut up, Plut. Cato Maj. 13. So the

ears with wax etc. to slop, ta ota Sept.

for ctx Prov. 21: 13, Luc, Nigr. 19.—
InN. T ouly in reference to the mouth,
qeacoew 10 orope, to slop the mouth,
viz.

a) pp. as of wild beasts, Heb. 11: 33
Fpgagur cropara Ledyton, i. e. rendered
them harmless, powerless; comp. Dan.
6: 22. — M. Antonin, 12,1 6 dé id
megiBalow tov Beaylova th todit, 1
dpdger, Epgatd ts 1d cropa tod AMortos.
Diog. Laert. 5. 5. .

b) trop.i.q.to silence, to put to silence;

Podag 876 Poornua
Rom. 3: 19 tra néy exéua peas. So bair stands on end, intrana. Jareee &
9 Cor. 11: 10 4 xaignais abry ob goe- 19 vt daira...

riena,—2 Mace. 14: 36. 80 dupgao~
uv 16 otdpa Dem. 406. 5.

Poedae, atoc, 16, « well, pit, for
water, dug in the earth, and thus strictly
distinguished from ny fountain ;
though well nay sis bs exiled a
fountain ; comp. in Ih b, a in.
fer. ero43- Jab § 45. So Luke
14: 5. John 4: 11 +0 qgdag dot Bade.
v.12 Sept. for 14a Gen. 16: 14. 26:
15, 18 9q.—Jos. Ant. 7. 9.7. Luc. De-
mon. 22, Xen. An. 4, 2, 25.—Trop. of
any pil, abyss, e. g. in Hades, the bot-
tomless pit, Rev. 9: 1,2 ter. So Sept.
going SiapSopas for nm “Na Ps.
55: 24,

PDosvanaraa, @, f. jou, ( oir,
dmande,) to deceive the mind of any one,
i. q. genr. to deceive, trans. Gul. 6: 3
favdy g.—Hosych. geevranarg zlevd-
ta. Not found in profane writers.

Doevanarys, ov, 6, ( pgevana-
sda,) a mind-deceiver, i. q. gen. a de-
ceiver, Tit. 1:10.—Etymol. Mag. 811. 3,
*Not found in profane writers.

Pony, evoc, %, pp. the diaphragm,
midriff, praecordia, often in plur. Hom.
0.10. 10, Od. 9.301. Hence, as the

seat of all mental emotions
and faculties, usually and in NT. ane-
ton, the mind, the soul, including the
intellect, disposition, feelings, etc. 1 Cor.
14: 20 bis, uy madla yiveoOs tals gos-
oy... taig 88 gosol riluo ylyeade.
Sept. for 3b Prov. 7:7. 9: 4. Chald.
9350 Dao. 4: 31, 33. —Heian. 3. 11. 17.
Dem. 780, 21 vot xal qperay ayadar
zal mgorolag molijs. Xen. Conv. 8. 30.

Pplsam v. rreo, f. boy (pelt) to be SagHee:

rough, uneven, jaggy, sc. with bristling
points, to brisile, intrans. e.g.a field
with ears of grain, Hom. Il, 23. 599;
an army with spears, II. 13.339. Spec.
of hair etc. fo bristle, to stand: on end,
Hes. Op. 538 or 542; also of animals,
to bristle up the hair, mane, etc. Hes,
Scut. 391. Plut. Aristid. 18. In N. T.
of persons, to shudder, to quake, from
fear or aversion, in which tbe skin
becomes rough and pimpled, and the

Dan. 7:15. Judith 16:8. Piut. de. Poer.
educ.12, Derm.332.11 mepeansss dxove.

Doovde, a, £ joes, (penr,) to have
mind, intellect, to think, to be compos
mentis, Hom. 1.6.79. Ael. V. HL 14.29.
Xen. Mem. 1. 3.12, In N.T. and
usually, to mind, to be minded, to have
in mind, spoken generally of apy act or
emotion of the mind.
nr. i. q. to think, to mean, to be
of opinion ; seq. ace. of thin,
manner of thinking, Acts 28: 22 dxoteus
& georsis. Rom. 1% 3 wag’ S dsz geo-
viv. 1 Cor. 4: 6& Gal. 5 10. soem
ggoveiy inég indy Phil. 1: 7. With en
adv. or the like, 1 Cor. 13: 11 os rymses
dgqdvowr. Rom. 1% 3 qpeaveiy sic wo
gepgovsiy. — Wisd. 14:30. Joa BJ.
5.7.4 oidéy tyiic gporiv. Hdian. 4
4,1 ta éravtla. Dem. 319.27. Thac.
6. 36 xaxdig. Xen. Cyr. 4. 6. 8.

b) as including the affections, emo-
tions, fo be minded, to think, to fed im
mind, seq. accus, (a) genr. Phil. 25
roixo 7ag poovéiadw dy ipiy 5 dv Xpeo-
14, i.e. let the same mind be in you as
in Christ. Phil. 3:15 bis, So ra type
gooriy Rom. 12: 16; see in “Myglos b.
(uéya pgoveiy Luc. D. Deor. 15. 1, Xen,
Cyr. 3, 1. 26.) _In the phrase x6 eure
v.76 Ev goove’y, to be of one mind, one
accord, to think the same thing, Rom. 12
16. 15:5. 2 Cor. 1 11. PHL 22 bas.
3: 16, 4: 2— 2a aind Joe. B. J. 5. 7.4
19 aizo Dion. Hal. Ant. 4. 20. Hdot. 1.
60.—{8) to think, i. q. to mind, to favour,
Pp. to set the mind and affections upon,
to be devoted to, etc. Matt. 16: 23 et
Mark 8: 33 ob geortis 16 rot Seot, cit
16 séiv dvSoeinen. Rom.8:5 g. 28 ris
dg. | Phil. 19 tH éxlyan. Col.

3: 2 16 dve.—1 Mace. 10:20 @. rat spew.
Jos. B.J. 5.13.1. Hdian. 8. 6,13. Kea.
HL G, 4. 8.24,
¢) to mind, i. q. to regard, to care for,
seq. txée tiv0s Phil. 4: 10 bis, (2 Mace.
14:8.) Of time, to regard, to keep, rir
jiear Rom. 14: 6 quater ; comp. Gal.

“Dpsonuc, aro¢, 86, (ggorée,) pp.
‘what one has in mind, what one thiaks

and feels? hence, mind, thought, feeling,

Podvges 877

‘evill ; Rom. 8:27 ol8s 2h v0 pedynua tot
seraiparos. v.6 bis, 7 x8 gesrnua rig
ugnis x. 1. 1—Jos. B. J. 4.6. 1. Diod.
Bic. 20.12, Dem. 173, 23. Xen. Cyr,

21.13,
Dodyyos, ees, 4, (pgoria,) mind,
thoughl, thinking, viz.

8) i.g. mode of thinking and feeling,
Luke 1: 17 dv @goriaes .— Lue.
Armor. 47 4 Se0ig yeltur jguie) pp6-
wns.

b) i.g. understanding, prudence, Eph.
1:8 é don copie xai georijon. Sept.
for 53°3 Prov.1: 2.7: 4. s1392n Prov.
3: 13.81, pyar 1K. 3: 28. 4: 29,—
Jos, Ant. 8. 7. 5.‘ Luc, Hulcy. 6. Xen.
Mem. 1.2.10. Cie. de Off. 1. 43 “pra-
dentia enim, quam Graeci gedrqosy
cunt, est reruin expetendarum fugien-
darumque scientia.”

Dodviuoe, n, ov, (pearia,) having-

mind, thinking, prudent, wise; Matt. 7:
SP

Dvysddos

11:82 6 d8 reigns ... dpgodenes viv xb-
dur, 'Trop. as of a prisoner, Gal. 3: 23,
—Judith 3 6, Jos. B. J. 3.8.1. Hdian.
2.13.8. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2 12.

b) trop. to keep, to preserve in any
state ; Phil. 4:7 tas xagdlas ipdw dy
Xguor. Pass. 1 Pet.1:5 robs ggovgou-
birors tig curnglar.

Dovecow v. tra, f. fw, ( kinde.
Bote, Bovite,) in profane writers only
Depon. Mid. govaccopas v. tropat, to
rage, to be fierce, pp. of animals, as of
horses fierce for contest, Callim. Hymn.
in Lav. Pal Plut. Lycurg. 22 domeg
Tnmoug. yauguisor xad poverrrouivoss 06s
tos dydvas. Of persons acting with
pride and insolence, 2 Mace. 7: 34. 3
Mace. 2 2. Diod. Sic. 4. 74.—In N. T.
once Act. aor. 1, to rage, to make a
noise and tumult, intrans, Acts 4:25
ivart dppiaguy E97, quoted from Pa, %
1 where Sept. for wa.

24 Spoicron aizor dvdg! gporluy. 10:16.>++" Deriyavor, ov, 16, (geiye, goto

24: 45. 25:2, 4,8,9. Luke 12: 42. 1
Cor. 4: 10. 10: 15. Comparat. ggor-
Mciregog Luke 16: 8. Also nag’ Savrois
Pesripor, i. e. wise in their own con-
ceit, Rom. 11: 25, 1216. _impl. 2Cor.
i: 19, Sept. for pot 1 K. 3 12. Ia
44:25. nag tautg Prov. 3: 7. 7432
Prov. 14: 6. 18: 15. — Ecclus, 20: 27.
*Ceb.. Tab. 3. Plut. Cato Maj. 9. Xen.
Mem. 2.3.1. ib, 4.8, 11.

Dooviucoc, adv. ( pgdrepos,) with
mind, thinkingly, i. e. prudently, wisely,
Luke 16: 8.—Xen. Ag. 1. 17.

Doovrisa, f. law, ( goortis fore-
thought, care, from ggorde, poy.) to be
thoughiful, provident ; to take care, to be
watchful ;'s0q. inf. Tit. 3: 8 tra ggorti-
twos xalew ioyuw ngcictacSan Sept.
¢. gen. for a0rt Ps. 40: 18, — 2 Mace.
2 26. Xen. Mein. 3.11.12. iva Pol.
2.8.8. c. dnag Xen. Mem. 2.4.2. c.
gen. Ael. V. H. 14.11. Xen. Mein. 1.
4.11.

Doougce, , f. joan ( povgds a
watchman, guard, from sgoogaa, ) to
watch, to keep watch, absol. Thuc. 8. 35.
In N. T. and genr. seq. accus. fo watch,

te guard, to keep.
a) pp. as of a mikitary watch, 9 Cor.

ow,) a dry slick or twig, dry brush
tooud, Acts 28:3 gevyavey nhijSos.

Sept. for up Te, 40:24. 47: 14. — The-

ophr, H. Plant. 1. 5. Hdian. 4, 2, 21.

Xen. An. 4. 3. 11 gptyarc cudléyortss

Gs éxd nig.

Dovyia, ac, 4, Phrygia, an in-
land province of Asia Minor, bounded
N. by Bithynia and Galatia; E. by
Cappadocia and Lycaonia; 8. by Lycia,
Pisidia and Isaurie ; and W. by Caria,
Lydia and Mysia. In early times
Phrygia seems to have included the
greate! rt of Asia Minor. Later, it
was divided into Phrygia Major on the *
South, and Phrygia Minor or Epictetus
(acquired) on the Northwest. The Ro-
mans divided it into three parts; Phry-
gia Salutaris on the East; Phrygia Pa-
catiana on the West; and Phrygia
Katakekaumene in the Middle. The
ia mentioned in N. T.
rapolis, and Colossae ;
ia was also within its
limits, Acts 2:10. 16:6. 18:23. [L

Tim. 6: 23.] — Hdian. 1. 11.3. Ken. ~.

An. 1. 2. 6 8q. See Rosenm. Bibl.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 202 sq.

Dr yeddoc, ov, 6, Phygellus, pr. w.

_ Dun

of a man who deserted Paul, 2 Tim.
115.

Dvyy, As, ty (gsbya,) Aight, Matt.
24: 20. Mark 13:18. Sept. for D213
Jer. 49: 23. 13% Jer. 25: 35.—2 Mace.
12:22. Hdian.7.12, 10. Xen.Cyr.4.2.28.

Puraxy, 78, 4, (prddaow,) watch,
guard, i. 6.

a) pp. the act of keeping watch,
guarding; Luke 2:8 guldazorses qu-
Jaxds, keeping watch or guard, excubias
agents comp. Buttmn. § 181. 3. Sept.
5 Num. 1:53. 3 7,

29 9q.— pulaxag pilottey Ken. An. 2.
6.10. Cyr. 8. & 14. genr. Jos, Ant.

14. 7. 1. Pol. 6. 35. 1. Xev. Cyr. 8.2.3.

b) meton. of persons set to watch,
@ watch, guard, collect. guards; Acta
12:10 Bie Pdrcee 34 ngeitny quiaxiy xad
devrigay.—Jos. B. J. 6,2. 5. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 1. 86. Xen. Cyr. 3. 3. 33.

c) meton. the place where watch is
kept: (a) i. q. watch-post, station, pp.
Sept. for nA Hab. 21. Xen. H.
G. 5. 4. 49. Comp. Bar. 3:34. In N.T.
trop, of Babylon as the watch-post, sta~
tion, haunt of demons and unclean birds,
where they resort and hold their vigils,
Rev. 18:2 bis, Comp. Is. 34:11 sq.
Jer. 50: 39. 51:37. Others, i. q. hold,
den, cage, in which they are imprisoned,
as in B; but less well.—(f) OF the
place where any one is watched,
guarded, ward, custody, a prison, gene.
Matt. 5:25 cig pudaxjy Aindjop.

8 §9er0 ty qudaxf. v.10 Paice

toy “Tncivyny by 17 gulag. 18:30. 25:

36, 99, 43, 44. Mark 6:17, 28. Luke 3:
+ 20, 12:58, 21:12. 22:33, 23:19, 25.

John 3:24. Acts 5:19 tas Sugas iis

gpulaxijs. v.22, 25, 6:3. 12: 4, 5, 6, 17.

16:23, 24,27,37, 40. 22:4. 26:10. Rev. 2:

10, In the sense of imprisonment, 2Cor.

‘6:5, 11:23, Heb. 11:36, Sept. genr. for
Gen. 40:3 sq. 42:17. Lev. 24:
12." maw_ Neh. 3:25. Jer. 32:2.
RSQ mg 1 K. 22:97. — Arr. Epict. 1.
20 eg gulanjy ot Bald. Diod. Sic. 4.
46 aitqy é& vic pulaxis apuicay—
Poet. of the bottomless pit, abyes, Tar-
tarus, as the prison of demons and the
souls of wicked men, 1 Pet. 3:19. Rev.
20:7, Comp. 2 Pet. 2:4. Jude 6. See
in Tugragée, and comp. Act. Thom. §

878

Dvdaxmpeor
10. Tholuck Bergpred. on Matt 5: 25.
P.

d) meton. of time, a watch of the
night, i. e. a division of the night
during which one watch of soldiers
kept guard, and were then relieved:
Luke 12:88 bis, év 19 devrigg qule-
aj, nad tr 1) tglzy pulang. Maw 14:25
terdgty 08 pulaxy tis yuetds. WU:
Mark 6:48. The ancient Hebrews,
and probably the Greeks, divided the
night into three watches of four boors
each, Heb. nqnte, Sept gues,
Judg. 7:19. Ps. 90:6. Comp. Gesea.
Lex. art. W.Q0N. Buxt. Lex. Cheld
Rab, 2454, ‘Jahn § LOL, Sturz Lec
Xenoph. art. puiaxy no. 4. Potter's
Gr. Ant. IL p. 74, But after the Jews
came under the dominion of the Ro-
mans, they made like them four watch-
es of about three hours each. These
were either numbered first, second,
third, fourth, as above; or were alo
called dyé, pecovtxtor, dlexropoperia.
meu; comp. Mark 13: 35, and thee
articles respectively. See Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 333. Veget. R. M. 3 8, “in
quatuor partes ad clepsydram sunt di-
visae vigiliae, ut non amplius quam
tribus horis nocturnis necesse sit vig
lare.”Censorin. de Die natal. 23. See
Tetgadior, — Jos. Ant. 18. 9. 6 xegi ¢.
teragiyy. Arr. Exped. Al. m. 522
Diod. Sic. 18. 40 negi tyy Ssutigey
Xen. An. 4.1.5. ad *

DvraxtKa, f. laos, (grdexs,) te put
in ward, to imprison, trans. Acts 22:19.
— Wied. 18: 4. Act. Thom. § 45 6 gx
laxitopevos dy Ssopmrnpig. Not found
in profane writers,

Dudaxrygcoy, ov, x6, (prdaarig,
guidoow,) a watch-post, guarded place,
Hdot 5. 52. Pol. 8.17.1. Xen. Cyr. 7.
5. 12 Trop, protection, safe-guard,
Dem. 71. 24. Plut. Arat. 25; hence,
an amulet, Plut. de Is. et Osir. 65, 68.
ed. R. Vil. p. 484, 487, Horepoll. 1.
ww In N.T. plur. ta gulaxrrgse,
phylacteries, Heb. nipnid Prayer-fillets,
later Heb. Penn prayers, i. ©. strips of
parchment on which are written var-
ous sentences of the Mosaic law, ss
Ex, 13: 1—10, 11—16. Deut. 6: 4-9
11: 1821; and which the Jews usu-

- -Pviak

ally bind io different ways around the
forehead and left wrist while at prayer,
following a literal interpretation of Ex.
13: 16, Deut. 6:8. 11:18. The Rab-
bins have many minute precepts re-
specting them. Comp. Gesen. Lex. art.
mipoip. Buxt. Lex. Chald. Rab.
1743. Wewst. N. T. I. p, 481. Jos. Ant.
4. 8. 13. — Matt. 23: 5 nlativoves 83 1a

prdexvigus. Comp. Lightf. Hor. Heb.
in loc.

Dirat, axos, 5, ( gridsow,) «
toatcher, keeper, guard ; Acts 5:23, 1%
6,19. Sept, for ~QZ Gen. 4:9. Is.
62: 6. — Jos. Ant. 7. 11. 7. ‘Hdian. 3, 3,
12. Ken. Ath. 3. 4.

DPviavow y. t10, £. ke, to watch,
not to sleep, Hom. Od. 20. 53; to keep
watch by night, Hom. Od. 5. 466. ib.
22.195. InN. T.

a) intrans. to watch, to keep watch,
seq. ace. of the cognate noun ; Luke 2:
8 gvidacortes qulaxds. See fully in
Purexr a.

b) trans, c. ace. to watch, to guard, to
Keep, e.g. (a) Persons or things from
escape or violence; persons, Luke 8:
29 ddsopitso . .. prlaccoyivos. Acts 12
4g. aisov ec. tov Tirgor. 28:16. ty
3G mgasragly %:35, “Ace. xl, Luke
11:21. Acts 22: 20 ta iudtia. “Sept.
for \n¥ 1 Sam. 19:11. Gen. 2:15. 3:
24, — turd Hdian. 1:17. 3, Xen. Cyr.
4.2. 40. si, Palaeph. 19.1. Ael. V. H.
2 4. Xen. Ag. 4. 1.—(8) Of persons or
things kept in safety, to keep, to preserve,
©. g. persons, Jobn 17:12 ols dédonde
pos dpitosa. 1 Pet, 2:5. dude dmsal—
aorovg Jude 24. dnd 0d morngod 2
Thess. 3:3, Acc. zi, 1 Tim. 6:20. 2
Tim, 1:14, ©. sis fuigay 2 Tim, 1: 12,
tig koniy John 12:25. Sept. for wav
Prov. 6:22, Ex, 23:20. c. éné for
a) Pe. M1: 9, > td Wiad. 19: 6.
Hdian. 4. 4.9. ©. amo Xen. Cyr. 1.4,
1. ah Dem. 25.23. c. tis xaupey Ael.
V. H. 9, 21. — (7) Mid. and once Re-
flex. to keep oneself from or as to any
thing, fo be on one's guard, i,q, to be-
ware of, to avoid ; e. g. seq. axé T1705,
once reflex. 1 Jobn 5: 21 puddgars fav-
toig and tay sidedev. Mid. Luke 32
15. (Reflex. Test. XII Patr. p. 648,

879

Pv ddov

Mid, Ecclus, 2% 26. Xen. Cyr. 2, 3.9.)
Mid. seq. accuse. q. d. to guard against,
Acts 21:25. 2'Tim. 4:15 oy xat ob gu-
Jaocov. Comp. Winer. § 32. p. 182
(Jos. B. J. 4. 9.11. Hdian. 3.5.9, Xen.
214) Seq, tra ws, 2 Pet. &
foot De, Yoo pi}... danéonre xt.
1. — Snug poi Xen. Mem. 1.2.37. py
Epict. Ench. 34.

c) trop. to keep, i. q. to observe, not
to violate, e. g. precepts, laws, ete. c.
ace. Luke 11:28 réy ldyor tol Soi,
Acts 7:53 16:4 1é déyuara. 21:24
tiv vouor. Rom. 226. Gal. 6:13. 1
Tim. 5:21. Mid. navta ratte dpudaga-
pny, all these have I kept of myself,
Matt. 19:20. Mark 10:20. Luke 18:21.
Sept. for “73a Ps. 105: 45. Prov. 4: 4.

saep. —%) Prov. 6:20. 28:7. sagl
K. 11:38. “rips Deut, 5: 15.— Ecclus.
21:11, Jos. Ant. 7, 14, 2, Heian, 1. 7.

12. Xen. H. G. 1. 7. 30,

DvAn, 7c, 4, (pidor, pia.) a tribe,
pp. a race, lineage, kindred, i. ©.

a) i. q. gitloy, a@ nation, people,
‘as descended from a common ances-
tor, Matt. 24:30 maoa guhat tis vis,
all the tribes [notions] of the earth.
Rey. 1:7. Pleonast. 5:9 éx maons oubis
xat yledoons xal Lact xal EPvovs. 7:9.
11:9, 13:7. 14:6, So Sept. for sity in,
Gen. 12:3. Ex. 20:32, Am. 3:2. “Mic.
2:3.—Ecelus. 16:4, coll. 6. Xen. Cyr.
8.3.25 xaré guide, others xard pila.
ib. 8 5. 7. Comp. Sturz. Lex. Xen,
uli} no. 4.

bh) spec. a tribe, clan, spoken of the
tribes of Israel, as subdivisions of a
whole nation. Matt. 19: 28 et Luke Po
30 xplrorres vag Scidexa guide Twi Fogo
ik Luke 2 36 & gulf “Avg. Act
» Rom. 11:1. Phil. & 5. Heb. 7:
13, 14. James I: 1. Rev. 5:5. 7:4, Ster,
6 ter, 7 ter, Ster. 21:12. Sept. for

79 Ex. 31:2,6,snep. DIY Ex. 2:
a Deut 1:13. saep. — Jos. Ant. 7.2.2
dxrijg"Tot8a guhifg. ib. 10.1.1. So of
tribes, classes, orders in a state, Plut.
Romul. 20. Dem. 556.5. Xen. Mem.
3. 4.5. Vect. 4. 30.

Pvddoy, ov, 16, ( pte,) @ leaf,

Plur. 14 pide leaves, foliage, Matt. 21:
19, 24:82 Mark 11:13 bis, 13:28.

Dueapa

Rev. 22:2 Sept. for mby Gen. & 7.
& IL. Neh. 8:17. — Ael. V. H. 9. 24.
Diod. Bic, 2. 49. Dem. 615. 19.

Pvgape, arog, 16, (pugdw et pi-
ge to mix by stirring or kneading, to
stir or knead together, Plat. Theaet. 4.
p. 147. C. Hes. Op.61,) a kneaded mass,
genr. a mass, lump; e. g. of potter's
clay prepared for moulding, Rom. 9:
21. So a mass of dough, proverbi-
ally, 1 Cor. 5:6 et Gal. 5:9; see in 20~
un. Trop.Rom. 11: 16 see in “Anagyya. 1
Cor. 5:7. Sept. for O° Num. 15:
20,21. nqy~y Ex.8:3. 12:34.—M.
Antonin, 7. 68. Of a kind of cake
Athen. 9. p. 402,

Dvotxoc, 7}, ov, (pbars,) physical,
natural, i.e. from or by nature, Test.
KIT Pate. p. 648 rvghoi to's guotxoig
spSaluois adzod. Arr. Epict. 3.24.91.
Xen. Mem. 3.9.1. InN. T. natural,
according to nature, usin) zeqjos
Rom. 1:26,27, Of beasts, dloya faa,
pod, i. e. following their natural
bent, sensual, 2 Pet. 2: 12.—Arr. Epict.
2.20.6 quot xoveria dvOgdnaw ngds
&Usjlous. Lue. Somn. 8. Gall. 27. Diod.
Bic. 3. 61 or 62,

Dvoarxae, adv. (gvowds,) physical-
ly, naturally, i.e. from or by nature;
Jude 10 da 38 promis, de 14 Goya
tia, éxlorarras, i. e. by the natural
senses, — Diog. Laert. 10. 187 pucixiig
nat zwels déyou. Diod. Sic. 20. 5.

Puowe, a, f. dow, in N.T. i. q
queria, (pode, pica, pte,) pp. to blow,
to puff, to pant ; 20 guciaw intrans. of
horses, Hom. Il, 4. 227, ib. 16. 506.
In N. 'T. prowe trop. to puff up, to in-
flate with pride and vanity, alvol, 1
Cor, 8:1 % yréreus puoi. Pass. or
Mid. 1 Cor. 4:18, 19. 5:2 13:4. inég
tuvog 1 Cor. 4:6. ind tavos Col. 2: 18.
— Teet. XII Patr. p. 579 xara tay ér—
toliv 10% 9200 qvovoipero:. Ignnt. ad
Magnes. § 12 ola 811 ob quoted: pi
mpoaizur ois qurwiely ps. Hesych.
grooiueta trapgousde, rvpoipeda,
—In the classic writers guowsw comes
from tors, and signifies to make nalu-
ral, Simplic. in Epiet. p. 219. Comp.
Passow 8. v.

880

power, vis genitrix; like Lat nde

from nascor. Hence

‘a) nature, i. q. naturel source or or-
gin, generation, birth, descent. Galt
15 jyeis ptoss “Fovdaio. Rom. 274
4 plows éxgofvotia, — Pol 3123
rb abroi xara piowy viéy, Lue.de Mer.
cond. 24 & gvaz doves yo0e. Pan
Menex. p. 245. D. IV. p. 198 Tanchs
piers pir BeigBagos Sree, ripy di °H-
dynes.

b) @ nature, as generated, produced,
naturally existing, @ being, gens, Hist
James 3:7 bis, néca yap poy yi
++ Ssddpucras fj plow 1 drSeein
Gal. 4:8 roi uy pooes oboe dei, ig
of Asyéusvoe Ssoé in ¥ Cor. 8:5—3
Mace, 3: 29 nao Srqti pion. Epic.
Ench. 27 0838 xaxoi’ givig br rome
ylreras, Bophock Antig. 346. Oecd. R
869 Grate piaig dvigur. Xen. Vers
3. 1. So of plants, Diod. Sic. 2 4.

¢) the nature of any person or thing,
the natural constitution, the innate de
position, qualities, ete. (a) Of persoas
in a moral sense, i. q. the wative mode
of thinking, feeling, acting, as unenlight-
ened by the influence of divine truth;
Eph. 2:3 réxra pices dpyis. Rom 214
ives te t05 vdpou mous. By snebtts
once of the divine moral nature, 2 Pet
1:4 Gsleg xorvavot pices, pariakers
the divine [moral] nature, i.e. regene
ated in heart and dispositiva, — Wit
7:20. Jos. Ant. 3. 8, 1 gion site
var gilacrors, Dem. 774. 8 W427
pias, dv 7 morngd, olkéus gets
Bordsterat, “Xen, Mem. 2 1. 7.
in a physical sense, Jos. B. J. 7.6.14
100 zwelov piors. Xen. Occ. 162
9. Tis 7s. — Spee. a natural fecing
decorum, a tative sense of propriety
e.g. in respect to national customs it
which one is born and brought uy; !
Cor. 11:14 of88 airy j gives diberm
imdic, B11 done dy dev xops, eviple or
26 dots ; doth not your own natural fol
ing teach you, etc. It was the peliot
al custom among both the Hebrews
and Greeks, for men to wear the bit
short, and women Jong. Amoog
Hebrews, coinp. the law of the Ne

Dvoloos

wieo Nom. & 1 sq. Judg. 1% 5. 1 Sam.
As 125 geur. Ez 44:20; for women,
“Es. 3 24. Jadith 10:3. Luke 7:38. For
the Greek custom, comp. espec. Plut.
Quaeet. Rom. 14. ed. BR. VII. p. 8%
Hot. 1. 82. Phocylid. 199 0q. — (8)
Gen. i,q. the nature of things, the order
and constitution of nature; ¢. g. xata
spooce according to nature, natural, Rom.
12:21, % bis. saga piciy contrary to
nature, wonatural, Rom. 1:28, 11:24.
Comp. Weist. N. T. Il. p. 24 0q.—xaré
p, Laue. Vit, Anct. 23, Ken. Mem.3. 11,
11. | maga g, Athen. 13. p. 605. D, of
merge piace TH "Ag vos. Phi-
lo Leg. Spee it ent we made
Qaorgys... s47 aga pio jdoriy Did
uss. Xen. Hi, 1. 22,

Dvaiwors, ecos, %, ( prose q. v-)
@ puffing up, inflation, trop. with pride
and vanity, 2 Cor. 12 20, — Hesych.
proiaais: Exagas, iymlopgociry.

Dursia, ac, 4, (grveaiw,) a plant
img, the act of planting, rig dunitov
Sept. Mic. 1:6. Jos. Ant. 12.3.4. Xen.
Oece. 19.12, In N. T. a plant, i. q. pi-
vavpe, trop. Matt. 15: 13 xdoa gvtla x
=. i.e. referring to the Pharisees as
professing to be teachers of the divine
will and law.
Balom. 14:3 4 putea aitdy 664i
ais sév aire. pp. Athen. V. p. 207. E..

DPrrev0, £. vbow, (gurdy, pin) to
plant, trans. Matt. 21:83 dpisevoey dp-
xeléva, Mark 12:1, Luke 20:9. 1 Cor.
9:7. Luke 13:6 ouxjy. absol. 17:28.
Pass. Luke 17:6. Sept. for 30: Ge
9:20. Deut. 6:11. tng Ps. 1: 3—Di-
od. Sic. 3.62, Dem. 1275.9. Xen. Occ.
4. 21. ib, 20. 4.—Trop. Matt. 15: 13, see
in @vida. So of a teacher planting
the word of divine truth, absol. 1 Cor.
3:6, 7, 8.

Dva, f. piow, to generate, to pro
duce, to bring forth, to lel grow, e. g.
plants, ete. Hom, Il. 1.235, Lue. Epiet.
Bat, 20. Diod. Sic. 1.10. xagaéy Jos,
Ant. 31.1. Hdot. 9. 122; persons,
Gvdgas pie to beget, to bear, Hdot. 9.
122, Eurip. Phoon. 34. Pasa. pigues,
also Act. aor. 2 ipyy and perf. nips
esintrans. to be generated, produced, te
spring up, to grow, © & plants ete,

881

_ Others, doctrine.—Psalt. .

Deovteo

Bept. Prov. 96:9. Xen. Mem. 4. 3 10,
pvr Xen. Occ. 19. 8. néprea Xen.
Cyr. 7.5.11; of persons, to be born,
to grow up, to be by nature, Plut. ed. R.
VI. p. 234.1. dpuy Luc, Gymnas, s.
Anarch. 20. Xen. Mem. 2.3, 4. xépu-
xa Hdien. 4.9.4. Xen. Cyr. 5. 1. 7.
‘Trop. Xen. Mem. 1.1. 11 oxomém, Snag
3 xoopos Epv. See Buttm. § 114. p.
306. Math. § 254.—In N. T.

a) Pass. aor. 2 dguny, part. gusls,
to spring up, to grow, e. g.& plant, 96
above. Luke 8:6 xad guiv dypdrn,
sc. 13 onigua ¥. td gurér, v.8 puir
dxolnos xagnoy. This form of the Aor.
is used only by late writers, instead of
the earlier Zpur, see above; Buttm.
1. e. Winer § 15, p,81.—Scbol. in Apoll.
Rhod. 2. 354 & Fe [zokie] eevee ey
xalotusvor axdritor paguaxor, So cup-
puels Philo de Vit. Mos. I. p. 174. 125
comp. in Zoupion

b) Act. intrans. to spring up, to grow
up. Heb. 12: 15 §ifa misglag dye qiou-
ga, quoted from Deut. 29:17 where
Sept. for Heb. "199 .— Ecclus. 14:18.

lurking-place of animale, Matt. 8: 20.
Luke 9: 58,—Act. Thom. § 31. Ael. H.
An. 6.3. Plat. T. Graceb. 9.

Dovéu, w, f. ‘is (perv) lo sound,
to uller @ sound, voice, cry.

8) pp. and absol. (a) of animals,
e.g. 8 cook, to’ crow, Matt. 26: 34, 74,
75. Mark 14: 30, 68, 72 bis. Luke 2&
34, 60, 61. John 13: 38. 18:27.—Aesop.
Fab. 119. Taucha. Of other birds,
Sept. Jer. 17:11. Is.38:14. Of beasts,
toery,Zeph.2: 14, Of a trumpet, Sept.
for 9pm Am. 3:6, 1 Macc. 9:12, — (8)
Of perions, to ery out, fo to eall
out; Luke 8:8 dgeives’ & Kyaw dra x. 2.
2. v.54 dpomnice diver, 16:24, Acts
10:18. So c. dat. of cogn. noun, Luke
98: 46 guricas peor} psyily. Acta 16
28. c. det. pers. to whom, Rev. 14: 18.
Sept. for ep Dan. 4:1. yagi 1
Chr. 15:16, — Eadr. 8: 92, Luc. "Jup.
‘Trag. 17. Xen. Conv, 3. 13.

b) trans, to cry or call to any one, i. q.
to speak to, to address, to call, c. ace.
(a) genr. with the words spoken, as a
title ete. i. q. to call, to mame; John 13:

Pores, ov, 6, @ hole, burrow,

Peovy

13 Spsig querstse pa 5 Bddouabos vod 3
wigi0s.— Comp. Mom. Od. 4.77, —(%)
As implying tation to approach or
come, Matt. 20:32 decirnes aitous.
Mark &31.
45: 49 ter. Luke 16: 2, John 1:49. 29.
4: 16. 9: 18, 24. 11: 28 bis. 18: 33. Acts
9:41. 10:7. c. dat. aizg Luke 19: 15,
i. g. mess abzéy, comp. Winer § 31. 2
p. 174. Maub. § 401. 3 (c. gds Tob.
5 8) Seq. éx, to call one out of any
place, John 12:17; comp. 11:43. - Al-
20, to invite to a feast, Luke 14:12; to
call out to any one for belp, Matt. 27:
47 et Mark 15: 35’ Hiiay pemi.—Soph.
Aj, Marra gore, coll, v. 89, ib, 543.
‘Theoer. Id. 2. 109.

Dev7, Fe, 4, (obeol. gaa, kinds.
nyt) a sound, tone, as given forth or
‘uttered.

8) genr. and spoken of things ; e. g-
of a trumpet or other instrument, Matt.
94:31. 1 Cor, 14:7, 8. (Sept. for Sip
Ex. 26,13 Dan. 3:5, 7,10.) Of the
wind, John 3:8, Acts 2 6 coll. v. 2.
Sept. 1 Sam. 12:18. Of rushing wings,
chariots, waters, etc. Rev. 9:9. 14:2.
18:22. 19:6. (Sept. and dip Ez. 1: 24,
13, ‘26: 10. Nab. 3:2.) Of. thunder,
gern Boortic Rev. 61, 14:2, 19:6.
qpuvad xab Boortal Rev. 4:5. 8:5, 11:
419. al: (Sept and ‘Dip Ex, 19: 16. 20: 18,
18 10. Ecclus, 48:17.) So ge

ey, i. e. the thunders in which
the words of the law were prociaiined,
Heb. 12:19. Comp. Ex. 19: 19.—Poll.
On. 4. 11, p. 897 einoug 3° dv 2d gSiy-
Ba tig oddmyyos periy, Jos. Ant. 12,
2.1 vin Zope yooppdray yogaxrie
zal pur. Xen. Mem. 1. 4.6 syy dxoiy
Sizes Por nacas purds.

b) spec. a voice, cry, spoken of per-
sons, (a) pp. and genr. as in phrases,
with verbs of speaking, calling, crying
out, gar weychy Matt. 27: 46, 50. Mark
5:7. 15:34. Luke 8:28. John 11: 43
Acts 8:7. Rev. 10. al. dy usyddy poo
vf Rev. 14:15. pore psyclns orig
Luke 17:15, Sept. for 51p Neh, 9: 4.
Job 2: 12. ¢. év 2 Sam. 19: 4. (Hdian.
1. 8. 12, Luc. Nigr. 14. Xen. Cyr. 3.3.
58.) So dura: gp. psyciyy to ulter a
doud ery, to ery with a loud voice, Mark
15:37. elpay v. énalgny guriy to lift

882

9%: 85 epebynas robs Seidexe.

Dory
the voice, i. q. to ery or call aloed,
Luke 11:27, 17:13, Acs & 14. &
14:11, 22:22; see in Alga, "Hucige.
(Dem. 301. 10.) Luke 23 : 23 éxixusve
paydla perais. So where the veice
of one speaking, crying out, wailing, is
said to be, to come, etc. geri éyérme
Luke 9:36. Acts7:31; xgd¢ tore: Acts 1&
13. q. qigscal tins 2 Pet. 1: 17, comp.
in @ipw c. Seq. fe c. gen. as gent
dyivsro ¥. Tozeras v. degzstes Ex tures,
@. g. & otgavod v. éx 1057 obgaresy, Mast.
2% 17, Luke & 22. John 12 26. al &
ig vepdlag Mark 9:7. Luke 9 35. é&
ndrray Acts 19:34. Seq. awe c. gee.
id. Rev. 16: 17. (Sept. ¢. & Is. 66. e
ané Zeph. 1: 11.) Also dsodesr gumtr
v. guvic, to hear a voice, Mace. & 12.
Acts 9:4, 7, Rev. 6:6. Seq. é ¢. gem.
as dE olpavol 2 Pet. 1:18. dé raw mes.
sag. Rev. 9: 13, de 108 ordparog Acts 2
14. Rev. 1: 10 jjxowsa dulow pov gerir
wey. v.12 Blénuy thy pearqy, see in
Bléinw no.1.b, Sept. Gen. 3:8, 10. &
22. (Dem. 240. 12.) Seq. gen. of pers.
Matt. 3:3 ara Boirtos é rH coum
12 19, Mark 1:3. John 5:25 g. rev wt
od 100 Seod. v. 28,87. Acts 12 4 @
tod Mérgov. v. 22. 1 These. 4: 16. Heb.
12: 26. Rev. 5:11. 19:1 g.dglow 19:6,
+— Sept. Gen, 27:22, 1 Sam. 26: 17.
Palaeph. 7.1. Xen. Apol. 12. — So of
pong, ¢. gen. pur mIeppdar Rev 18
22. g. rysplo ad vipgns v.23 So
Sept. Jer. 168.25: 10. Of salutation,
4] g. 108 Gomaspoi cor, i. q. thy saluting
voice, Luke 1:44.—To the voice as the
instrument of speech, is sometimes
ascribed that which strictly applies on
ly to the person ; comp. in *OpSalucs
2.7. Thus, dxoter tig gomriig teres, to
hear [and obey} one’s voice, i. e. to obey
the person himself, John 10: 16, 27.
Heb. 3:7, 15. 4: 7, So Sept. Gen. 17,
16:8. 27: 13.—Trop. Gal. 4: 20 didetes
Tir parry pov, to change my voice, i. q.
Engl. to change one’s tone, to speak in
a different manner and spirit. Comp.
Xen. Conv. 1. 10.—(8) Meton. what ie
uttered by the volce, word, saying,
Acts 13 27 tag paras rév xpopytar.
24: 21. — Ael. V. H. 4. 8. Plut. Timol
5. Diod. Sic. 20.30. Xen. Venat. 13
16. — (y) Meton. manner of speaking,
speech, language, dialect, 1 Cor. 14: 10

seeutra yion quriy by 16 wbcpy. v.11.
af — Jos. Ant.

Wiian. 5.3. 8. Ken. An. 48.4 AL

Doe, gards, +6, (contr. for gos,
from péo,) light, pp. with the idea of
shining, brightoess, splendour.

a) pp. and genr. (a) Of bight in it
self, 2 Cor. 4: 6 6 sindy tx oxct00s psig
Adpyar, Matt. 1 2 devad dg 1 pis.
-v. 5 vepiln portds, i.e. a bright cloud ;
text, rec. vp. guturj. So Sept. and
ik Gen. 1:3, 4, 18. — Lue. Philoptr.
18 Xen. Conv. 6. 7. — (A) As emitted
from a luminous body; e.g. a lamp,
ete. @. Adgvov Luke 8:16. Rev. 18:23;
of the sun, 9. tod qllov Rev. 22 5.
Sept. for rie Is. 30:26. Jer. 25:
10. Ez.3%7. mabis. 4:5. Hab. 3:10.
— Andoc. 9. 38g. tod falov. Di-
0d, Sic. 3. 48. Xen. Conv. 7.4 luyrog
pis xogizn. —(y) OF day-light, day,
Jobn 11:9, 10 opp. ¥ és, comp. inEy
no. tc. John 3:20 bis, 6 gatla moac-
our, wos td gigx td vil. bre
uti in the light, openly, publicly, opp.
éy th oxotlg, Matt. 10: 27. Luke 12: 3,
So Eph. 5: 13 bia, opp. uxétos in v, 11
comp. in ®avegdw. Sept. and aie 1
Sam. 25: 34, 36, Job 3: 16.—Ael. V. H.
10.3. Pol. 1. 45.6. Xen. Av. 6. 3,2.
comp. Ag. 9. 1 ~ (3) Of the dazzling
light, splendour, glory, which surrounds
the tbrone of God, in which God
dwells; 1 Timm, 6: 16 tig oixsir age-
autor wc. & Sed¢. Rev. 21:24 Comp.
Pe. 104: 2, Is. 60: 1, 19, 20, Wisd. 7:
26, See in Joga b. 6, — Plut. Pericl.
89 tiv piv ténor do to's Seots xatoL-
saiy liyovow ... pod xadags sav diay.
ta zodvor Spaksis megulapnoperor. —
Hence also as surrounding those who
dwell with or come from God; e. g.
the Lord Jesus Christ, as appearing in

ry after his ascension, Acta 9: 3 gas
En0.t00 odgaroi, coll. v. 5. 2% 6, 9, 11.
26:13; of angels Acts 12:7. 2 Cor.
11:14; of glorified sainta, Col. 1:12
sdijgog tay dylow dy 1 gurl. — Comp.
Xen. Cyr, 4.2.15,

b) meton. a light, « luminons body,
eg (a) a lamp or torch, Acts 16: 29
aisjoas 88 gare. Sept.and “ix Ps.
119: 105.—Xen. H. G. 5. 1. 8. — (8) 4

883

Pos
fire, Mark 14: 54 Sugpasrdpevos
pas. Luke 22:56 —1 Mace, =.
Xen. Cyr.-7. 5. 27.—(y) Of the heaven-
ly luminaries, san, moon and stare,
James 1:17 dad margig téiv gedrary, Bee
in Harje fin. Sept. and vin Jer. 4:
23, — So of the sun Dem. 1896, 15.—
(8) Trop, 13 gis 1b ay ooh, i.e. the
conscience, corresponding to 3
dazvog et 6 dg 8 Matt. 6:23, Luke
11: 35. Comp. Tholuck Bergpred. in
Matt. 1.

) trop. light, i. e. moral and spiritu-
al light and knowledge, which enlight-
ens the mind, soul, conscience ; in-
cluding. also the idea of moral good-
ness, purity and holiness, and of con-
sequent, reward and happiness; opp.
oxotia ¥, oxdrog where see. (a) Genr. ”
i. g. true knowledge of God and spirit-
itual things, Christian piety; Jobn 19
jiydancay pallor 4d axdtog i} to pois,
8:12 10 qoic tig bus. Acts 26: 18 tov
éniotespos oxdtous tig gis. Rom.
13: 12, 2 Cor, & 14. Eph. 5:9, 1 Joho
2:8. viol rod qands, i.e. Christians,
Luke 16:8. John 12:36. 1 Thees. 5: 5.
ténvar pestds id. Eph. 5: 8. ib, rd more
oxix0s, viv 84 psig éy xugly, 1. 9. pati
Zousver. Bo dv rai gard svar, pivuy, 1
John 29,10, As exhibited in the life
and teaching of any one ; Matt. 5: 16
Lappoite td pis tpcr tung. tar ar.
Jobn 5:85. (Sept. mogevPaiuar ty 1
gard xvplov, for Tit Is, 2:5.) Bo
where the idea of holiness predomi-
nates ; as of God and thove conformed
tohim, 1 John 1:5 6 Ssdg gag dose.
v.7 bis, Where the idea of peace and
happiness ,Predominates ; 1 Pet. 2:9
to dx oxdt0uy tpiis xadicavtog eg 1d
Savp, airod pais. Matt. 4: 16 bia, & dig
5 xadpevos dy oxdru, 18s gos péya, x
7.2. quoted from Is. 9: 1 where Sept.
for “38k. Acta 26:23. So Sept. and
itt Ps. 36: 10. Is, 58:8, 10. — 80.i. q.
welfare, deliverance, Anth. Gr, I. p. 63.
—(8) Meton. a light, i. q. the author or
dispenser of moral and spiritual light,
a moral teacher; genr. Rom, 2:19 pie
tay dv oxits, Of apostles, Matt. 5: 14
psig dors 16 @péig tod xdopov. ‘Acts 18
47 téStind 1 tig gig é9véiv, quoted
frown Ie. 49:6 where Sept. and iit;
also 42:6, Espec, of Jesus as the

PDworjg
great Teacher and Saviour of the world,
who brought life and, immortality to
light in hie Gospel (2 Tim. 1: 109); ;
Luke 2:82 gic cis dxoxdluyw 9y
John 3:4, 5, 7, 8 bis, 9. 3:19 o) pa
Diivder ue sé sdopor. 8:12 g. 208
séqpov. 9:5, 1% 35 bis, 36 bis, 46.—
‘Test. XII Patr. p. 578 10 pei 0b xdo—
tov 0, the Messiah, p. 644 dvaralat

pis aizds migus, pais Sixasootens. p.
746 aq.

Dworye, 7ooc, & (pis, pore,)
pp. 8 light, light-giver, in profane wri-
ters i. q. @ window, Hesych. pucrig*
Supls. In N.T. a light, luminary, Phil.
2:15 galvers os poctiige by xdony.
So Sept. of the heavenly luminaries,
for Vn, Gen. 1: 14, 16.—Wied. 13: 2
gy. odgavot, Psalt. Sal. 18:12, Theoph.
ad Autol. 2. p. 94. — Meton. brighiness,
shining, spoken of the divine glory,
d6ge, Rev. 21: 11, Comp. in @tig a. 3.

Deoagegos, ov, 4 iy adj. ( gas,
phge,) light-bearing, light-giving, skin-
ing, radiant, e. g. Supara pecpoge Plut.
de Fortun. 3.-ed. R. VI. p- 870. 8.

idiguor xal parwpdgor, i. 6. the
moon, Plut.de Fac. in Orbe Lun. 4. ed.
R. IX. p. 646 ult. In N.T. subst. 6
gwogegos, Phosphorus, Lat. Lucifer,
as pr. name of the morning star, the
day-sar; put as emblematic of the
dawn of spiritual light and bay
upon the benighted mind, 2 Pet.
comp. in ®iig c. — pp. F Plut. de Placit.
Philos. 2. 15. paopégos date Aristoph.
Ran. 346,

Dorewrde, 7, I, Ov, (piis,) light, i.e:
giving light, shining, bright, Matt. 17: 5
vegas gore in text. rec. Others
yep. pards.—Ecclus. 17:31. Xen. Mem.
4.3, 4.—Trop. of the body, full of light,
Matt. 6:22. Luke 11:34, 36 bis. Comp.
Act. Thom. § 6.

Deorizen, £. low, ( peis, ) to light, to
lighten, i.e.
1, intrapa.-to give light, to shine, c.

Parropes

bah, Rav. 2% 5 sigeos 5 Sig geared doe”
avsots, where for the Attic fut. ses
Buttm. § 95.7, 9. Text ree. pessize
drots, as in no.2, So Sept. for Via,
ovate, Num, 8:2. Prov. 4:18 —Eeclas.
43: 9.- Theophr. & Boden ob qurites
onte # G168

2. trans, lo give light lo, to shine upon,
to enlighten, c. acc.

8) pp. Luke 11: 36 is Stax 5 lizves
39 Gorgas petitu ot. Rev. 21:33.
Pass, Rev. 18:1. Sept. for ery Ie
60: 19. — Diod. Sic. 3, 48 6 Hlses..-
qurifes tiv xdopor.

b) trop. c. ace. of pore. to light, te
enlighten, to impart moral and spiritual
light to any one, to enlighten the mind
or inental eyes of any one, enmp. in
@éis cc. John 1:93 [pes] peniles nev
sa rGgemor. Pass. Eph. 1: 18 xege—
riopivers tots SpPalpot's rig Drevoias.
Heb. 64. 10:82 Sept. and “wer Pa
119: 130, Bar. 1:8, — Henes i. qt
teach, to instruct; Epb. 3:9 gestion
nivras, tly 4 olxovopla xt. 1. So Sept.
for syyim Judg. 13.8, 2K. 12:2 17:
27. —'Diod. Laert. 1. 57. ib 4. 67.
Hesych. égpeiuozy > e8later.

€) seq. ace. of thing, i. q. to Bring to
Tight, to make known s 1 Cor. 4:5 3¢ sal
qusions vet xguntd 105 oxdrous. 2 Tim.
1:10 gestlocoros 34 fume x. +. 2. — Are.
Epict. 1.4.31 ryy Gly Sear. Pol. 23.3. 10.

Porous, ov, 5 (gurixen) a light-
ing, giving light, shining, pp. Sept. for
Tit, éy porous weds Pe. 78: 14. 44:
& Job 39, Hesyeh. genopés* adh,
tmlavyés, xatavyater. — In N. T. trop.
of moral end spiritual light iitumines
tion, comp. in Gas c. E. g. seq. gen.
of that which illumines, 2 Cor. 4: 4 a
15 un abyaoas ror qeriopor
yellov. Seq. gen. of that whicl ne
lumined, 2 Cor. 4: 6 noes perriepir tie

Sept. for ave Peat Test,
XH Patr. p. 578 16 ais teh séopen, ro
Sodiv by ipiv mgis qenicper marsig
dy Sgeixor.

Xalpes

Xalpa, f. zugijow, later and in
N. 'T. zogroouas Luke 1: 14. John 16:
20, 22. Phi 18. Sept. Hab. 1: 15.
Zeph. 10: 7; aor. 2 dydgny from the
Passive ; see genr. Buttm. §114. p. 307.
Mauth. § 295. Winer § 15. p. 81. — Zo
Joy, to rejoice, to be glad, intrans,
‘) pp. in various constructions: (a)
absol. Matt.5:12 yalgstaxal dyaludods.
Luke 6: 23, 15:32 22: 5, 23: 8 dye
May. John 4: 36. 8: 56 xad l8e, xa} dya-
e7- 16 20, 22. Acts 11: 33. 13: 48,
Rom. 12:15 bis, yalous pata: zalgortory.
1 Cor. 7: 30 bis. 2 Cor. 7: 7. 13:9, 11.
Phil. 217. 1 Thess. 5: 16. 3 John 3
Rev. 19:7. Once seq. iv, to the: end
that, 1 Pet. 4:13; com a1. A.b.
Part. qalowy, je Joying, rejoicing, 2 Cor.
6: 10 dab di zalgortes. (Sept. for Tain
1K. 4:20. 8:67.) Joined with another
verb or pal le, Part. yalgay may
often be rendered joyfully, gladly; as
Col. 2:5 zalpay xa? Bléror, i. q. joyfully
Beholding, by Hendindys. Luke 15: 5.
19: 6 imsdifaso abréy zaleuw. v. 37.
‘Acts 5:41. 8:39, Comp. Buttm. § 144.
n, 8. ' Sept. for 59373 Joel 2: 21. Hab.
. my 1Sam. 19: 5. Zech. 4:10.
— Ceb. Tab. 8. Luc. Philopatr, 24 bis.
Dem, 487.7... zalpur adv. Luc. Tim.
34. Xen, An. 5. 6. 32. — (8) With the
cognate noun zagd, e. g. in acc. intens,
Matt. 2:10 tzagnoay zagay meydiny. So
Sept. for 3353 mpi min Jon. 4:6.
comp. 1K. 1: 40. “See Butum. § 131.3
— In the dat. John 3: 29 zagg zalges,
intens. he rejoiceth greatly; and 80 with-
out emphasis 1 Thess.3:9. See Winer
$58. 3. Matth. § 408. n. — (y) Seq.
dat. of cause, i.e. of that én or over
which one rejoices; Rom. 12: 12 77
Anids zalgorees. Comp. Buttm. § 133,
3.3, Matth.§399.c. Ti the usual
* Greek construction.—Sept. Prov. 17:19.
Ael. V.H. 9.4, Hdian. 1.17.5. Xen.
Mem. 1. 5. 4.—(8) Seq. acc. of cause;
Phil. 2 18 26 8 aizd xad iusts zalgsre,
for the same cause also do ye joy. Rom.

885

Xalpa
Xx.

16:19 yalgw 13 dg éutv. Comp. Matth.
§.414. Passow in zalge no. 3. — Hom,
IL 21. 347. Dem. 323. 6 10 tabte -dv-
niioSat xa taitd zalge.—e) With a
Particip. in nominat. expressing the
‘occasion of joy ; also a freq. construc-
tion in Greek writers; comp, Buttm.
gaat 4. a, Marth. § 555. Herm. ad

Vig. p. 776. Mark 14: 11 dxodvarcep
dzdencay. John 20:20 tzdgnoay oty of

padycal Worses sov xigior. Phil. 2 28.
om. 1119. 185 zalge dxovcas. Luc.
D. Mort, 2.1. Hdian. 1.5.8, Xen. Cyr.
1, 5. 12.—Once rt. of a kindred
verb intens. imitating the Heb. infin,
abeol. 1 Pet, 4: 13 fra... gagiize dyak—
Aschyevo, Comp. Winer § 46. 7. — (2)
Seq. d7¢, marking cause or occesion,

A because, Luke 10: 20 zaigsts 34,
Bre vd Srdpata xt. 4 John 14: 28,
Acts 5: 41. 2 Cor. 7:9 viv zalou, ot
On... Gad dunt v. 16. 2 John-4,
(Sept. Ex.4:31.) So év roiry Sr Luke
10:20, dv sugly Ste Phil. 4: 10. ae
tyas St John 11:15. Comp. below.
—(m) With prepositions expressing the
cause or occasion of joy; e.g. én/c.
dat. comp. "Eni IL. 3.¢. 2. Matt. 18:13
gale dx aitg piidloy 7 x. +. 2, Luke
1: 14, 13: 17. Acts 15: 31. 1 Cor. 13: 6.
16:17. 2Cor. 7:13. Rev. 11:10, (Sept.
Prov. 2: 14, Hab. 3: 17. Diod. Sic. 1.
25. Ken. Mem. 2 6. 35.) éyc. dat.
to rejoice én, comp. "By no. 3.¢. 7, Phil.
1: 18 bis, br sobs gal loa xal zagnoopet.
Col. 1: 24, dy robrm Gs Luke 10: 20,
comp. above in & (Sept. Zech. 10: 7.
Jacobs Epigr. Gr. I. 60, é dé ydlaxts
qalgar.) Also éy xugly zalguy, to rejoice
in the Lord, i.e. im union and com-
munion with him, Phil. 3: 1. 4; 4 bis,
dy xvglay Ste 4: 10. Comp. in Kigug
bf. | duct c. acc. John 3:29 zag
zalon dui Tir gery 108 ven—plow. 1
Thess. 3:9. 9¢ tuas oe John 11: 15.
Seq. and c. gen. 2 Cor. 23 fra ui) Linear
Fyo dg Sy Bee us zalgeir, where it is
strictly for zagay Buy corresponding

Xadala

diane & a, comp. 8 John 4. Comp.
*4n6 IIT. 2. b.

b) Imperat. and Iofin. as a word of
salutation or greeting. (a) Imper. yai-
ef, xalgste, in a personal ree? pp.
Joy to thee! joy to you! i,q, hail!
‘Lat. salve! iatt. 26: 49 yaigs igs “Poppi.
27: 29 zuige 6 Bacrheds, 28:9. Mark 15:
18. Luke 1: 23. John 19: 3. — Lue. D.
Deor. 22.1. Ael. V.H. 4.17, Xen. Cyr.
5. 3. 18. — (8) Infin. zedgecy, pp. fully
Riyer‘zalgey to wish joy, to bid hail !
i, q. to salute, 2 John v.10,11. Abyol.
gailguy, like Engl. greeting! i.q. to send
greeting, nt the beginning of an epistle,
Acts 15: 23. 23: 26. Janes 1:1. Sept.
abeol. for pike Is, 48: 22, 57: 21.— So
andy zaigew Anthol. Gr. II. p. 182.
side yulguy ib. 1V. p.279. absol. 2
Mace. 1:10 zalgew xab tyralruy. Jos,
Ant. 11.1.3. Acl. V. H. 1. 25. Xen.
Cyr. 4.5.27, Comp. Artemid. 3. 44,
in “Poiryyms,

Xedata, as, %, (zaldu,) hail, pp.
“something let go, tet full.” Rev. 8: 7.
11: 19. 16: 21 bis. Sept. for 772 Ex.
9: 18, 19 nq. — Jos. Ant. 6. 5. 6. ‘Plut.
Timol. 28, Xen. Occ. 18,

Xadda, f. dow, aor. 1 Pass, dya-

AdaOny, (obsol. ze) to lel go, to relax,
to loosen, a fora Sept. for O78 t
33:23. ‘16 deond Xen. Eq. 5. 4."
N. T. fo let down, to lower, trans. Mark
2:4 yaldor toy xpciffaror. Luke 5: 4
ta dixtva. v. 5. Acts 9:25. 27: 17, 30.
Pass. 2Cor. 11:33, Sept. for nbwi Jer.
38:6.—Test. XIL Patr. p.578. Alciphr.
Ep. 1.1.

Xeaddatoc, ov, 6, a Chaldean,
Phar. of Xaldaios the Chaldeans, Chal-
dees, inbsbiting Babylonia, including
also in a wider sense Mesopotamia,
comp. Ez. 1:3, 11: 2 Hence Abra-
ham in removing from Ur in Mesopo-
tamin, is said to come é& yij¢ Xuldaiew
Acts 7: 4, So pvynD an, Heb. dy 17
x6¢¢ tév Xaddaler, Gen, 11:28. Sept
7% Xaldaley ford yx Jer. 24:5, 25:

12, See Gesen. Lex. art. nyyiN>

Kadends, 7, oy, pp. heary, difi-

cult, i.e.
a) of things, hard, burdensome, peri-
lous, connected with wil, suffering,

886

* Xadundeey
peril; Tim. & 1 sgl zelewed.
Wisi. 3:19. Joa, Ant. 13. 16. 5 voees
zaleniv. Dem. 127. 96. Ken. An.3.
9.2 yalind wir ta magérta. Conv. 4.
37.

i) of persons, harsh, stern, cred,
Hiian. 3.8. 6 ézDeds zal. Ken. An. 2
6.9. Hence in N. T. of demoniacs,
ferce, furious, raving, Matt. 8: 23. —Se
of dogs and wild swine, Xen. An. 5.8
‘24. Venat. 10. 23.

Xadwayoyéo, &, £. jow, (yeir
06, Gye,) pp. ‘to lead or guide with a
bit;’ hence to rein in, to bridle, i. q. to
check, to moderate, to restrain, c. act.
James 1:26 pi zalwaynyer ylovees
aizod. 9: 2 Sdov odpe. — Luc. Tyrana.
4 ras Hlority dgiteug yaliwvayeyeiv. de
Salta, 70. Comp. Kypke Oba IL
p. 421. Loesner Obs. e Phil. p. 459.

Xadevde, ov, 6, (zadde,) « be,
curb, James 8: 3 té izxwy rove zoel
vous elg ta ordpata Belloper. Rev.
20. Sept. for any 2 K. 19: 28. Is Si:
20,— 2 Mace. 10:29, Philo de Agric.
p. 201. B, yalivois tufuidrtes. Ael. V.
H. 9. 16. Xen. Eq. 10, 6—13.

Xadxens, €a, €or, contr. yei-
xoig, Hj, ody, ease Of copper or
brass, brazen, Rev. 9: 20. Sept for
nen Ex. 26:11, 37. an: 2 Sem
20:33, — Heian. 6.4.6. Xen. An S
2, 29,

Xadxeuc, coc, 6, (zadxds,) pp. «
brasier, copper-smith; then genr. of any
worker in metals, a smith, 2 Tim. 4:14.
Sept. zaleeig pels xal ondigen, for
wyN Gen. 4: 2 2 Chr, 24: 12
Arr, Epict. 4. 11. Lig é piv zalerig
érodee 16 adiigioy. Lue. D. Deor. 17.2
of Vulcan. Xen. H. G. 3. 4.17 zal-
ne comp. Ag. !.26 where it is oidq-

on Kardundy, Gas, 3, chalcedony,
a gem iucluding several varieties, one
of which is the modern carnelian; Rev.
21: 19; later edit, xagyndey carbuncle.
—Epiphan. drSea8... yiveras di dr
xagyndore tig AiBiys* ors 06 6 zelxy-
S6v0g xadoiurvos Udos magaxiyeus
totry. Plia. H. N. 87.8 or 15. Comp.
Rees’ Cyclop. art. Chalcedony and Gens
engraved.

Xadxtov

Xadxéoy, ov, 2, ( zeivds,) bq
xedsutor, a brazen vessel, Mark 7: 4. —
Poll. On. 6. 109. Xen. Oec. 8. 19.

XadxodiBavoy, ov, +6, Rev. 1:
15. 218, Vulg. aurichalcum, i. e. white
Brass, fine brass, a factitions metal
among the ancients, formed of the same
ingredients as brass, but in other pro-
portions ; see Rees? Cyclop. art. Ori-
ehaleum. — Suid. zalxolifurov* slog
dixrgou cypseiregor zevooi~ iors 3i xo
laetgor aldorvnor xovclor esypivow
dil vol Ldlg. T elec-
frum, of the ancients, here meant, was
mot amber, but a mixed metal composed
of some four parts gold and one part
silver, and distinguished for ite bril-
ancy; see Pausan. 5. 12.6. Pin. H.
N. 33. 4 or 23, Buttmann iiber das
Elektron, in his Mythol. If. p, 337 sq.
Passow art. jilexzgor.—In a sirailar con-
nexion Ez. 1: 4, 27, and espec. 8: 2,
stands Heb. byuin, burnished brass,
Sept. and Vulg. jlextgoy, electrum; but
in Ez.1:7 itis bp many id. Sept.
e8aorgantar yalsdi Hence Gesenius
suggests, that xalxoliBavor may be ex-
plained from zalxoy anager, i. q.
Unwin; Heb, Lex. a. » deacon regard
it ‘ns from Greek yadxdg and duBavds
pp. whiteness, from Heb. 73) to be
white, i. q. white or shining brass; 80
Bochart Hieroz. 6. 16. Tom. If. p. 883
8q. Eichhorn in Apoc. 1: 15,

Xudxoe, ov, 6, pp. ore, metal, of
any kind, Heayeh. zalxis* § oi8ngos.
Id. gadxaig * rote dm 105 xqve0d xal
deyigou Heyor, Comp, Passow n. ¥.
Genr, and in N.T. copper, brass, eapec.
as wrought and tempered for arms,
utensils, etc.

a) pp. Rev. 18: 12 may oxstos tx...
zalxod xat edjeov. Sept. for myn?
Gen, 4: 22, Ezra 8: 26,—Palaeph. 10.2.
Xen. Cyr. 6.4. 1.

b) meton. any thing made of copper
or brass; e. g. 1 Cor. 18:1 zadxos iam,
sounding brass, i. e. a trumpet or cym-
bal. Also brase or copper coin, money,
Matt. 10:9. Mark 6: 8, 12: 41.—Liban,
Ep. 1211. Lue. Contemp. 11 ol8a veg
ty zalxoy, OBoloy éxléyoy, Bo yok-
xods Pol. 5; 26. 23. Dem. 1283. 4.

887

Xaga

Xadxois, ve Xdduos.

Xapet, adv. Lat. humi, to or on
the ground, John 9: 6 Frees zap 3 Jes
6 Excoor zapal, Sept. for ry ze Job
1: 20, Dan. 8 12—Judith 12 1
‘Aut.7.7. 1. Lue. D. Mort. 20.2. Xen,
Ag. 2. 14.

Xavaay, &, indec. Canaan, Heb.
32:2, the ancient name of Judea or
Palestine, pp. ‘the low lands) in dis-
tinction from the highlands of Libenus
and Syria; comp. the like distinction
in Scotland. _ Spoken genr. of the coun-
try on this side Jordan, in antith. to
Gilead, Num. 33: 51. Josh. 22:9. Jos.
Ant. 2.15.3, Algo spec. of Phenicia,
the northern part of Canaan at the foot
of Mount Lebanon, whose inhabitants
call themselves 3y:3 on coins, Is, 23:11
in Heb. and Sept. ‘Bo too the Cartha-
gininns, as a colony of the Phenicians,
called themselves Chanani, Auguet. in
Expos. Ep.ad Rom. See Gesen. Lex.
art. 7223. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i.

69. — In N. T. genr. Acts 7: 11. 13:
19 860m inte dy yfj Xavady, see in Deut,

7:1. — Jos. Ant. 1. 6.2 Xavavalay vy

viv Tovdalay xaloupirny.

Xavavaiog, @, ov, ( Xavady, )
Ganaanitish, Plur. of Xavavaio the Ca-
9:2 collect. pp. ‘the
lowlandera,’ as inhabiting the plains of
the Jordan and sea coast, opp. to the
inhabitants of the highlasds, Num. 13:
29. Josh. 11: 3; comp. in Xavady.
‘Then, as a general name for the inhabi-
tants of Canaan or Palestine, Gen. 12:6,
24:3, 34:30. Josh. 17:12. Judg. 1:27 sq.
Also. spec. of the Phenicians, Judg. I:
32, coll. v.31; sce in Xavacy,
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. IL i. p. 251 sq.
rt, Canaanites.—In N. T. of a

15: 22; comp. Mark 7: 26 where it is

ugopolimsca q.v. Sept. év99. Xa~
vavaiios for *2322 Gen. 38: 2.

Xaged, ds, 4, (zeigen) joy, rejoice
ing, gladness
‘a) genr. Matt. 2 10 dyct

riigy, wee in Xalgw a. 6; Luke it
10, Jobn & 29 bis zagG zalgss =. 2,

toras zuga Gos xal cyadlieos. 15: 7,

'

Xapaypya
pee in Xalgw a. f. John 15: 11 bis, 16:
20, 21, 22, 24, 17:13. Acts 8:8. 13:52,
15:3, Rom. 14: 17 zage éy svetpors
Gyle joy in the Holy Ghost, i. e. the joy
which the Holy Spirit imparts by his
influences ; and so 15: 13, 2 Cor. 1: 24.
23. 24, 8: 2° Gal. 5:22. Phil.
1: 25 zaga rig mlotens joy of faith, i. 0.
in and arising from the faith of the
Goupel. 2: 2,29. 1 Thess. 1: 6 ward
Zagtis tof mveiparos, comp. Rom. 14:17
above. 1 Thess, 3 9. 2 Tim. I: 4.
Philem. 7 in some edit. James 4: 9.
1 Pet. hk 8& 1John i: 4. 2John 12.
Gnd zagas from or for joy Matt. J3: 44.
Luke 24: 41. Acts 12:14. pera zugae
with joy, joyfully, rejoicingly, Mat. 13:
20. 28: 8. Mark 4: 16. Luke 8: 13. 10:
17, 24; 52, Acts 20: 24, Phil. 1:4. Col.
1: UL. Heb. 10: 34. 12: 11. 7. dy
ze in joy, joyfully, Rom. 15: 92.
Sept. for mH Jer. 15: 16. Jon. 4: 7.
©, pera 1 Chr.'29: 22, Viv Zech. &
¥9. — Pol. 11.33. 7. Diod. Sic. 3. 17.
Xen. Cyr. 7.5.32 pera zagds Xen.
Hi. 1. 25.

b) meton. i. q. cause, ground, occasion
Of joy, Luke % 10. Phil. 4: 1 age: xad
atiparés wav. 1 Thess, 2:19, 20. Janes
1:2, 3 Jobn4. :

€) meton. i. q. enjoyment, fruition of
joy, bliss, Matt. 25: 21, 28 elaslOs els ray
“quedy 105 xvglov eau, i. ©. the blies pre-
pared for thee of thy Lard. Heb. 1%
Qdvnl rie xgoeaminys airh zagés, —
Act. Thom. § 53 éy tf draxavess avrot
[100 S208] dvanatoy, xal ais civ zagéy
aise tap. ib. § 7.

Xegaype, arog, »,(zagdooes )
pp. something graven, sculptured, e. g.

a) i,q. @ graving, “sculpture, sculp-
tured work, os images, idols, Acts 17:
29.—Anthol. Gr. FV. p. 33.

b) i. q. a mark cut in or stamped, @
stamp, sign, Rov. 13: 16, 17. 14 9, 11.
15: 2. 16: 2. 19: 20. 20: 4.—Anaer, 55.
2 mrugos Zégaypa. So of the stamp on
coin, Plut. Agesi. 15 t06 84 Hepouot
youloparos dquypo tokdmy Kzortos.

Xagaxrijo, 905, 8, (xagdcow,)
Ppp. a graver, graving tool, Lat. caclum,
Steph. Byzant. in Aaxsdaduoy. Usually,
something graven, cut in, stamped, etc.

@ character, ©. g.a letter, mark, sign,

Xaplouae

Joa, Ant. 12 2.1. Luc. Hermot 4
Diod. Sic. 3. 67; stamp on coin, An.
Epict. 4.2.17, Diod. Sie. 17. 66. Ia
N.T. impress, image, form; Heb. 1:3
Lagaxtig txsordcees tot wargis, ie
the express image or counterpart of
‘God's essence or being ; comp. in ‘tw
craais c.—Hesyeh. zogenrie * Speier.
Philo Quod det. potior. p. 170 rizw
wed wai zogaxtiiga Ssias Svvcpses. de
Plant. Noé p. 217. Lue. Amor, 38, 4
018) Teonrga rar drtupsppeer reper
eur dyedqous eisivag. Sexe. Exnpic.adv.
Log. L 251. Trop. Plor. ‘Thes. 7 és-
pari xagoxrigs . tis eivercies. Ar.
Epiet. 3, 22. 80. Comp. Wetst. N. T.
IL p. 387, Elser Obs. in N. T. IL
p. 333 sq.

Xdopnk, axos, 5, ( zagdsew,) 6
pointed stake, pale, e. g. for vines Geo-
pon. IV. 12, 289; in which sense ts
oftener fem, Lol, ad Phryn. p. 61 39.
a pale, palizade, Lat. vallus, in fortifce-
tion, Pol. 18.1.1. Thuc.2.70. In N.T.
a rampart, mound, Lat. vallum, i.
military rampart around. a camp or
besieged city, formed of the earth
thrown out of'a trench and stuck with
sharp stakes or palisades, Luke 19: 43
Comp. Adatn’s Rom. Ant. p.373. Sept.
for rho] Is. 37: 33. Ez 4: 2—Jos. Vie
§ 43 falddpsvos ydgaxa mea rie Hrole
peter méleox. Arr. Exp. Alex. M.2
19.9. Pol. 1, 29.3

Xag&omar, f. loouas, depon. Mil.
(xéigus,) pp. to gratify, to do what is
grateful and pleasing to any one, e. det.
of pers. Ael. V. H. 14. 45. Hdian, 7. 1.
23, Xen. Cyr. 1. 1.5. — Io N. T. seq.
ace. c. dat. of pers. to grali/y one with
any thing, i.e. to give, to grant, le be-
stow, ec. a8 a matter of, gratification, i
vour: Aor. 1 Pass. ézagloSqr in pam.
sense Acts 3:14. 1 Cor. 212. Phil. 1:
29; also fut. I Pass. yagsrDy
Philem. 22; see Buttm. § 113. . &

a) genr, Luke-7: 21 suplots mollois
djagicaro 13 Blinuy, i.e. he gave them
wight. Rom. 8: 32, 1 Cor. 212 Gal &
18, Phil. 1: 29, 2 9. — 2 Mace. 7: 22
Jos, Ant. 7.8.4. Hdian. 1.17.3. Pol
16. 24. 8.

-b) i. g. to give up any thing fo eny
one. (a) Of persons, i. q. to deliver up

Xap
‘of over, in answer to the demand or
prayer of any one; Acts 3 14 jnjos-
ote avboa goréa zupiedivas pin 27:
24. Philem. 22. “Also to the power
and malice of any one for barn or
destruction, Acts 25:11, 16 eg ameter
ay. — Jos. B. |. 27, 5. Dion. Hal.
Ant. 10, 6 i (8) OF things, e. g. a
debt, i. a. fo remit, to forgive, not to ex-
act; Luke 7: 42,43 y 3¢ mlsiov tyagl-
garo. Genr. of wrong, sin, fo forgice,
not to punish, 2 Cor. 2 7, Wter, 12:
(pos vy adaday tadryy.
. Col. 2:13, 3: 13 bis—
Dion. H. Ant.5.4 gporie piv dvSge-
war Teyor tart raiis gills zaplierSus
wag Bzdgac.

Xaou, adv. see in Xégis e.

Xaipee, e106, §, nec. xigur, (xalpe,)
grace, Lat. gratia, pp. what causes joy,
pleasure, gratification.

a) grace, i. e. of external form or
manner; pp. of person, gracefulness,
elegunce, Ecclus. 26: 15. Hom. Od. 2.
12. Ael. V.H. 12.1 post init. "donasla...
auglror pir éportar dyer — In N. T.
‘only of words, discourse, i. q. grateful-
ness, agreeableness,acceptableness; Luke
4:22 ent rots doyou rig zagetos, i, 7
gracious words, Buttm. § 123. 'n,
Eph. 429 tra 85 zdger sols coluven
ive. that it may minister what i is accept-
able unto the hearers, 3otvas zoguv i. q
raglerca elvas, Col. 4:6 Aéyog dv zee
1, i. g. Méyos xaglas. So Sept. and 7h
Ps. 45: 3.—Ecclus. 21: 16. Hom. Od. 8.
175. Dem. 5}. 9.

'b) grace, i.e. in disposition, feeling
towards any one; i. q. favour, kindness,
good-ill, Benevolence. (a) genr. Luke
2 40, 52 mooéxonre zdgurs xagd O25 xa
GrSguinors. (Sept. Ex. 3212) Acts 2:
47 Ezorues zagw mpss Glov tov aor,
having favour with all the people. 4:33.
7:10 Eoxty aire xdquy évavrloy @agach
(Bept. Gen. 39:21.) ‘Bo siglaxewy zag
lo find grace or favour, naga Seg Luke
1:80. evoimiov tod Seot Acts 7: 46.
impl. Heb. 4:16. (Sept. Gen. 6: 18. 18
3. Esth. 216. al.) Also xaradieSas
zaguv ti, to lay down [Engl. to lay up]
favour with any one, fo gain favour,
‘Acts 25:9, 24: 27 zdgrtas xatadicSas
r0ig’ Fovdaidss, where for the plur. comp.

112

389

Xapes

the Engl. phrase, ‘to be in one's good
graces? Meton. object of favour, some-
thing acceptable, 1 Pet. 2: 19, 20 toito

Z8g1s Tape IG, i. e. this is something
well-pleasing to God; comp. for the
sense 1 Tim: 2:3. 5:4. Col. 3 20.—
genr. Heian, 2 15. 9. Diod. Sic. 13.
101. Xen. Hi. 8.2, 3,8 xarad. zagi
Heian, 2.3. 15. Xen. Cyr. 8. 3. 96, —
(8) OF the grace, favour, good-will of
God and Christ.as exercised towards
men; e.g. where zdgis is joined with
sigyg, Eleos, and the tike in salutations,
including the idea of every kind of fh-
vour, blessing, good, as proceeding dd
106 S200 marpse xad xuglov'l. Xg. Rom.
1:7. I Cor, 1:3. 2 Cor. 1: 2. Gal. 1:3;
and so in the introduction to most of
the epistles, Rev. 1:4. Aleo 4 xdgie
rev xvglev *f. X. in the benedictions at
the close of most of the epistles, Rom.
16: 20, 24. 1 Cor. 16: 28. 2 Cor. 13: 13.
Gal. 6: 18. al. Simpl. 4 zagis in a like
sense, Eph. 6:24. Col. 4:18. 1 Tim. 6
21. 2Tim, 4:22, Tit. 815. Heb. 13
25.-— OF Christ, genr. Acts 15: 11 dia
iis zegeros tov x. 1. Xe. meotevopey ow
Dijvax. 2 Cor. 8:9. 1 Tim, 1:14. — OF
God, genr. i. q. the gracious feeling of
approbation, benignity, love, which God
exercises toward any of the haman
race; comp. above in a. So c. eB
‘S208 oF the like, Acts M:3 18 déyy aig
aigiros aitoé, the word of his grace, i. e.
the gospel, i. q. 70 edayyalior tic x. toU De-
oF 2: 24. Acts 14: 26 et 15: 40 magado-
Sele af zdgins 108 Feob. Rom. 3:2
Sixeuodpevor Sugeay tf abrob zegir, 1
Cor. 15: 10 ter. 2 Cor. 1: 12. 9: 14. 129
dgutt cos § xagis pov. Gal. 1: 15. Eph.
1:6. Heb, 2:9. 1 Pet. 4:10. al. With
tod Seov or the like implied, Acts 18:27
tole memotedxacs dia tHe xagitos. Rom.
4:16. 11:5 comp. in "Extoy}. 11:6
quater, 6. 2 Thess, 2: 16. Heb. 29
zégutt Gob i.e. through the gracious
counsel of God. 4:16.01, Here too be-
long the phrases dv zdgere 1h toi 'T. Xe.
Rom. 5:15, éy zégrte Xo. Gal. 1:6, i. e.
the grace of God through Christ ; also
Heb. 10:29 70 veto tis zagut0s the
Spirit of grace, i... which ie the gift
and earnest of the divine favour. — (y)
Spec. of the divine grace and favour as
exercised ‘in conferring gifts, graces

Xages 890 Xapopa
benefits on man; 2 Cor. 4:15 fra ¥ zd- tic Sodsiegs pos. 15:15. 1 Cor. 3 10.
45 xlsordcara 3:6 rar ni ab- Gal, 2:9. Eph 3 228 2Tim.2L—, -

zagurtlay megwosion. 8:1 viv zégu
Tov Ssod thy risaeae & seis dxalgal-
aus tig Max. James 4:6 bis. 1 Pet. 5:
5. — Particularly as manifested in the
benefits bestowed in and through Christ
and his Gospel, ete. Eph. 4: 2. 1 Pet.
1:10 of magi tis els tpas zagstos xgo-
grtstoaries. v. 13% Or as exhibited
in the pardon of sins and admission to
the divine kingdom, @. saving grace ;
©. 20 S200, Rom. 5:15 i zeigs tou De08

xad 4 Segec, Gal. 2:21, Tit, 211, 3:7.
1 Pet & 12 xéers boric 1 Pet. 3:7.
Bimpl id. Rom. 1:5, 5:2, 17, 20, 21, 6:
1,14, 15 obx dopiy O16 vopor, add” ino
yagi. Gal. 5:4, Eph. 2:5,8 zagsst ders
asawopivor. 1 Pet. 1:13, al,

€) grace, i.e. in act and deed, act of
grace, i. q. favour conferred, a kindness,
Benefit, ‘eefuction (e) genr. Bom. 4:
45 odie 08 loyiferac sare zagey, cle
xara dqeldqua. Acts 25:3 airotparo:
gig xat? aizod, ie, asking a favour
against Paul, to his prejudice, viz. that
he might be sent for to Jerusalem. So
of a git, alms, 1 Cor. 16: 3 daersyxaiv
7? reer ipa sig ‘Iegovoudip. 2 Cor.
& 4, 6.7, 19. — Dion. Hal Ant. 2 15
fin, Hdian. 2. 3.19, Pol. 1. 31. 6. Xen.
Ag. 4.3, 4. Hi. 8. 4 — (8) Of the di-
vine favours, benefits, blessings, gifts,
conferred on man through Christ and
his Gospel; genr. John 1: 14 shjons

igttog wal diydelas. v, 16 bis zaguy
Girth zagstos, vee in “Avzd no. 1. v.17.
‘Acts 11:23 dv ry zdguv 105 zoo, 1
Cor. 1:4. 2 Cor. 9: 8. Col. 1: 6 1 Pet.
4:10 dg xaloi oixorduos tis moiidng
gaertos Prov. Jude 4. So espee. the
gift of the Gospel, salvation by grace in
Christ; Acts 13:43 ngoapévey 17 xage-
1 108 Se0i. 2 Cor. 6: 1. Phil. 1:7 ouy-
mowrevoig pou Tig zdgst0s, i.e. fellow-
partakers with me in the grace of the
Gospel. Heb, 1215. 18 9 salir vag
zigits Byasobades viv xagdtav, ob Boe
poos, itis good that the heart be made
steadfast in grace, not in meats, i. e. in
the grace of the Gospel, the Gospel
doctrines ; comp. for the sense, Rom.
14:15, 17. — Spec. of the grace or gift
of the apostleship, the postolic office.
Rom. 12:3 tie) VQ, Sia vig zeigit0s

(y) Meton. i. q. gralification,
joy, ec. as arising from a favour or bea-
efit received ; 2 Cor. 1: 15 ¢Sovléey
meas 4 iis LS ngéugor, Tra Sevriger
zoqtr tyste, where some Mas. read ye-
@a%. Philem. 7 ii ‘in soma edit. yagsr vag
molly xa) magdslnow, where
also others read zogdy. — Opp. to leary
Tob. 7:18. Eurip. Helen. 661 or 665 fps
8a Scxgue . . . nléor izes zager0s 5 Lomas.

d) grace, sc. in return for favours,
benefits, Lat. gratia, French grdces, iq

thanks ; ©. g. xole %; Spily ries
dou; what thank have ye? i.e, what -
thanks do ye deserve, Luke & 32, 33, -
34. zdge Ezuy wri, Lat gratias he-
bere, to give thanks, Luke 17:9. 1 Tim.
1:12. 2 Tim. 1:3. Heb. 12:28; comp.
in “Eze c. 6. (2 Mace. $33. Jos. Ant.
7.9.4. Pol. 5. 104, 1. Xen. Mem. 3. 11.
2) So zéqu 16 926 Rom. 617. 1
Cor. 15: 57, 2Cor. 2:14 & 16. 9: 15.
Dat. zdgers with thanks, thankfully, 2
Cor. 10:30. dy zagers id. Col. 3: 16. —
genr. Diod. Sic. 1.90 rir suoxBiv xR
MQ0s toig siepyitas xaestos. Luc. Tin.
36 coi piv xad 1G Ad xlelocy gages.
Asin. 4. Hdian, 5. 1.13. Xen. Mom 4.
3.3.

c) Accus. yagty as adv. or prep. c.
gen. Buttm. § 146. n. 2 § 115.4; Lat.
gratia, pp. in favour of, al vt
hence i. q. om account of, because
usually put like gratid after the case it
governs, Buttm. i. e. Luke 7: 47 08 za-
gi, on which account, wherefore. Eph.
3: 1 et 14 rovrou zaguy, on this account,
for this cause. Gal. 3:19 160 xagepowe—
ov zoo. 1 Tim. 14 Tit. 1:5, 1.
Jude 16. Once before its case in an
interrogation, 1 John 3 12 xal yeiguy xi
vos Eogatey avzdy; comp. Herm. ad
Vig. p.700. Non. al.—Ecelus. 35 (82):
2. Hdian. 3. 2.61, Xen. Mem. 1. 2 54.
Before its gen. Ecelus, 37:5. Pol. 1. 64.
3. Eurip. Androm. 1228 or 1235. An.

Xageusua, aroc, v6, ( zeghopel
q. v.) a gu) grant, benef, a good con-
ferred, Heaych. zégisua* dagor. In
N. T. only of gifts and graces imparted
from God, e. g. deliverance from peril,
2Cor. 1:11; a gift or quality of the

Xapurcee

wind, 1 Cor. 7:7; gifts of Christian
Axnowledge, consolation, confidence,
Rom. 1:11. 1 Cor. 1:7; redemption,
salvation through Christ, Rom. 5: 15,
46. 6:23. 11:29. Spec. of the Charis-
snaia or miraculous gifts imparted to
‘the early Christians and particularly to
Christian teachers by the Holy Spirit,
Rom. 12:6. 1 Cor. 12:4, 9 zaplopota
Japdrem. v. 28, 30, 31. 1 Pet. 4:10.
As communicated with the laying on
of hands, 1 Tim, 4:14, 2 Tim. 1:6.
Comp. Uveipa p. 676. 8.

Xapucw, &, f. sve, (zdges,) to
‘grace, to supply with grace, i. e. fo make

i ul,

gracious, , Pass. tobe
Ecclus. 18:

gracious, grateful,
17, Liban, IV. p. 1071.—In N. T. spok-
en only of the divine favour; Luke 1:
28 zeigs, xazagiremsérn, hail, thow fa-
woured sc, of God. Also of spiritual
graces ; Eph. 1: 6 dy 7 [ydgete] dyagire-
G1 ‘ysis with which [grace] he hath
graced us, i, e. in which he bath richly
imparted grace unto us, ec. in the for-
giveness of our sins, comp. v. 7.—Test.
XII Pate. p. 698 éy quod tyqr, nad 5
cure dyagltuct ps dy deopois, xad
Rect pn

Xagéay, 4, indec. Charan, Heb.
JN Haren, also Xagfor Jos, Ant. 1,
16.}, pr. n. of a city in the northern
part of Mesopotamia, where Abraham
sojourned for a time on hia way to the
Tend of Cansan, Acts 7: 2,4. Comp.
Gen, 11: 31.. 12:5. Jos. Ant. I, c. et 1.
19.4, It was afterwards called by the
Greeks and Romans Kégjar, Carrae,
and. became celebrated by the defeat
and death of Crassus. See Rosemn.
Bibl. Geogr. 1. ii. p. 149.

4 om A .

KXagrns, ov, 8, (xagdooe) paper,
Lat. charta, a leaf of paper, made of
the papyrus, 2 John 12.— Ceb. Tab. 4.
Dioscorid. 1.116, Comp. Adam’s Rom.
Ant. p. 506.

Xeatoua, arog, 16, (zalvw v. xd-
exe to yawn,) a chasn, gulf, Luke 16:
26. Sept. for nip 2 Sam. 18: 17.—
Jos, Ant. 6. 2.2. ‘Palaeph. 29: 5. Luc.
D, Mort. 21.1. Plato de Rep. I. p. 211
Bip. p. 46 Tauchn.

891

Xamor

Xeihog, 0s, ous, 16, a lip; Plur.
ta zslln, the lips. .

8) pp. Rom. 3:13 lag dunidey ind
1a zully aitdy, Heb. 13: 15 xagnor xs
Liaw, see in Kagnos b. 8. 1 Pet. 3: 10.
So as the instrument of speech, the lips,
as speaking, Matt. 15: 8 et Mark 7:66
ads obz0g tots zelheot pe tipG, ie. only
with their lips, in words only, quoted
from Is. 29:13 where Sept. for 7Hp;
asalso Job 2:10. Prov. 17:4, snep—
Ecclus. 1:23. .Paleeph. 48.2. Luc. D.
Deor. 5. 2. Xen. Conv. 5. 7.— Meton. -
from the Heb. language, dialect, like
tongue ; 1 Cor. 14:21 éy yallece ixégorg,
in allusion to Is. 28:11 where Sept.
and mpiy. So also Sept. and mpip
Gen. 11:1, 6, 9. Heb. mpd, Sept.
yhéaoe, Is. 19: 18.

b) trop. zeilog tig Saddoong, lip of
the sea, i. q. the shore, brink, bank, Heb.
11:12 So Sept. and mp'p Gen, 2%
17, Ex. 14:31. al. x. tov mosopos Ex.
7: 15.—So of a river, Jos. B. 3. 3. 10. 7.
Diod. Sic. 8.10. Hdot. 4. 141. x. sis
tdgou Thue. 3, 23,

Xequetler, f. dow, (yeive, vee zu-
ushr,) to storm, to raise @ storm, Xen.
Oec. 8.16; also lo winter, to pase the
winter, Diod. Sic. 19. 37. Xen. H. G. 1.
2.13. — In N. T. Pass. yespatopas, to
be storm-beaten, tempest-tossed et sea,
Acts 27:18 egodesy 84 zeipatopiver
Gusiv. — Jos. Ant. 12. 3. 9 yeipatouions
yéug. Luc. D. Deor, 26. 2 vatras x.
Diod. Sic. 4. 48. Thuc. 3. 69.

Xeluarggos, ov, 6, i, adj. (xine,
nee zeysesv, and gion) pp. flowing in win-
ter, wintry, as x. notapog Hom. IL 5.
88. Soph. Antig. 712. Epict, Fragm. 1:
ed. Schweigh. In N. T. Subst. 6
zeluagéoc, storm-brook, wintry tor
rent, which flows in the rainy season or
winter, but dries up in summer ; spok-
en of the Cedron, Kedper q. v. John
18:1. Bo Bept. and m2 of the Ce-
2: 38. 15: 13,
- » H. G. 4.4.7,
Strictly poet. for zeysiggoos, Lob. ad
Phryn. p. 234, 669.

Xapar, Gros, 6, (xiwa rain,
storm, from zée to pour,). pp. Tain,

Xeip

storm, lempest, storm with rain, foul
weather.

#) genr. Matt. 16:3 xat xgut™ ope

y xupor. Acts 27:20 xepusivds 18 ob
Sliyou dxuxeipsvov. Sept. for bya Ez-
ra 10:9, Job 37:6. — Jos. Ant. 6.5. 6.
Ael. V. H. 8.5. Plut. Timol. 19, 28 105
zuparos tuxespivov. Xen, Mem. 3.5.6.

b) meton. season of rains and storms,
the rainy season, winter ; for the winter
of Palestine see Jahn § 21. Calmet BS
240, 242. Jobn 10: 22 zat zerporr Hv. 2
Tim. 4:21. Genit. as time when, ze-
HGvos in winter, Matt, 24: 20, Mark 13:
18. Sept. for nq Cant. 2: IL, — Ec-
clus, 21:8. Diod. Sie. 1. 41 init. Dem.
124.3. Xen. Mem. 1.2. 1. Geuit. Xen.
Conv. 2. 38.

Xeie, ove, % the hand; Plor. ob
aeigts, the hands.

a) pp. and genr. us of men, Matt. 3:
12 ob 26 ardor én aj zugh airot. 5:30
al § des wou zele oxardalize ve. 8:15.
12:10 riy zeta Ezwr Engdiy v. &nqupps-
qe Mark 3 1,3. Mat 15:20 dvinroug
realy gayi, 2623 8 euBiryas wer”
dpot ty 1g cqufliy, thy zsigu, io allu-
sion to the oriental manner of eating.
Matt, 27: 24. Mark 35. Luke 6:1. 24:
39. John 20: 25,27. Acts & 7. 1
2B: 3,4. 1 Cor. 4: 19 et 1 Thess. 4: 12
deyatradeas raits Wiarg zegot Gal. 6: 11
et Philem. 19 yeapu +f) uj zeugh Col.
4:18 6 donaopos ug age Heb. 12:
12, James 4:8 1 Jobn i: 1. ul. sep.
Bo of angele etc. Matt. 4:6 én sugar

iol oa Luke 4:11. Rev. 1:16, 17.
G5, &4.al. Bept. enepia. for 7, as
Gon, 22:6. 24:2. Prov. 26: 15, Ie.'6:6.
— Luc, D. Deor, 26.1. Huian. 1. 9. 7.
Xen. An. 6. 1.9. ib, 1-10. 1.—In phra-
wes; ©. & tye zeigdiy tude the works of
one’s hands, i.e. an idol Acts 7:41;
evil deeds or conduct, Rev.9:20; of
God, the works of creation, Heb. 1:10.
2:7; comp. below in b, and also in
“Eeyore. aigerv.sqy zsiga Rev. 10:5,
s00 in Aigw no, 1.0. For other frequent

phrases and constrnetions; wee the fol-
Towing articles: détios a; “Feral a;
*Exalge a; “Exipdlle a; *EuiSeas,
*EnitiSqys 0. B; “Emdopfdvea ; Kata-
oele; Keatiw a,b ; Nisei.

‘b) antbropopath. of God, i. 4, the

892

Xalp

powerful hand of. God; e. g- Acts 4:30
dy 1G thy xsiga cov dxtsivers ot ds ie-
oy, comp. in “Extelye a.—Eleewhbere to
the hand of God as instrument of
action and of power, is aecribed thet
which strictly belongs to God bimeelf;
comp. in "OpSalpos a. 7. Acts 4:28
doa zely cov zai 9 Bouky cov mgedgers
yeriaSas, 7:50 oi) 4 zxig pow Laviner
taita navta; 1 Pet. 5:6 So aa tee
tér qgér wi S108, v0 above in a,
and in. “Egyorc. Comp. Sept. and 3>
Is. 66:2, Ps. 108: 22, & 6 — So § xele
xrglou qv psx” adtod, the hand of the
Lord was with him, for help, aid, ig
the Lord was with him, Luke oe.
Acta 11: 21.
‘p 1 Sam. 2217. 2 Sam. 3:12.
ther, Acts 13: 11 380%, yeie xugior éxd
ot, lo! the hand of the Lord is upow
thee, for punisliment. So Sept. for
‘p bz uy Am. 1: 8 by Ez. 13:9
3 ‘91 Bain, 7: 18. 1% 15. Comp. Ge-
sen. Lex. 72 b,c. Non al.
€) With prepositions, mostly by He-
braism, where to- ze/p as the instrumeat
of action and power, is often ascribed
what errietly belongs to the person him-
self or to his power ; comp. above in
bv. E. g. (a) dia yeegec v. zespenr te-
vog, by the hand or hands of any one, by
his intervention, i. q. did tav0g. Mark 6
2 Ourdues rovairas ee xév yagear ao
tol zivorran, i.e. are done by him. Acts
2:23. 5: 12 dud rae zesgiy tar an. tyi-
veto onusla sab régeto. 7:25. 11:30.
14:3. 15:23. 19:11. non al. So Sept.
and ‘ D323 Lev. 10:31. 2 Chr. Beit
Sept. often é grief, 1 K. % 25. 1215;
cowp. below in 7. See Gesen. Ler.
sp an.— (9) eg reiges tiv0s, info the
hands of any one, i.e. into his power,
iq. el musa; so chiefly maged:dérer
tig z- Matt. 17: 22, 26: 45, Mark 9: 31.
14:41. Luke 9 44 24:7. Acts 21:11.
28:17. won. al. Comp. ia Hagedidups
a _Be Sept for‘ La F]

with verbs Creonei ing, Bidavas tig
zJohn 13:3. magariSnus eis 7. Lake
23:46. Sept. and Heh: Gen, 42: 37.—

Pol. 3.52.7. Dem. 32. 1.—Once éualz-
tay sig zeigds t1x0s, to fall ito the
hands of any one, into his power, ec. for

Xapaywyeo

nish ment, Heb. 10:31, So Sept. for
“I bp) 2 Sam. 24:14, 1 Chr. 21:13,
Ecéius. 2: 18, 38: 15. Comp. dadeiv
1 getgaxs, Luc. Gymnas. 25. Xen. Cyr.
4. 15. — (7) dy zeagl tvs, i.e. once
q- sis zeigds tw05, comp. ‘Er no. 4.
shin 3: 35 nérta debeney ey 17 zeigh a=
9B. So Sept. for db 23 702 Josh. 2
4. Judg. 1:2 — Eleewhers i. y. did
21QS¢ Tev0¢, see above in a, i.e. by or
trough the intervention of any one,
kets 7: 35 dy z. dyyitow Gal & 19 &

1 psoizer. So Sept. for’p 375 Num.
(5: 23, 2 Chr. 29: 25. Jer. 37:8 Ec-
slus. 48:20. 49: 6.—{8) éx xergds twos,
out of the hand of any ‘one, out of
his power, sfter verbs ‘of freeing,
delivering, and the like. Luke 1:
71 oor dx yuipdg ndvtav x. 4. 1. ¥.
‘74. John 10: 28, 29, 39. Acts 12; H.
24:7. So Sept. for 19 Gen. 9% 11.
Ex. 18:9, 10.— Jos. Vit. 415, Seo §i-
oucSak ps éx rig exelvom xeigds. comp.
Luc. D. Deor. 11.2, An

Xeepaywylo, o, f. jow, (xega-
yoryés,) to lead by the hand, trans. Acts
9.8. 22:11. — Artemid. 5.20. Luc.
Tims. 30, 32. Diod. Sic. 13. 20.

Xegayayas, av, 6, i, (xelp, Eyer,
Syayy,) @ hand-leader, one who leads
by the hand, Acts 13: 11.—Artemid. 1.
50 suplots éxoinosy, tra ztigayeyois
zeiiveurras, Plu. de Fortun. 2 fin.

Xepoygagoy, ov, 13, (nent. of

adj. xzpsyeagos, from zele, yedqo,)
chirography, hand-writing, Dion. Hal.
Ant. 5.8 Pol. 30.8.4, In N. T. me-
ton. a hand-uriting, manuscript, some-
thing written by hand, e. g. the Mosaic
law, the Jetter in antith. to the spirit,
Col, 2:14; comp. Eph. 2 15, and eee
Tedppa b.—So of a written obligation,
bond, Tob, 5:3. 9:5. Artemid. 3. 40.

Xeponoinrog, ou, 4, i, adj. (xel9,
notéo,) made with hands, and hence arti-
ficial, external, e.g. va0g zesgomointos
Mark M: 58. Acts 7: 48. 17:24, Eph.
211 migurops) x. Heb. 9:11,24.—Judith
8 18, Hdian. 8. 1. 14. Xen. An. 4.3, 5.

Xagarovéa, &, £ jaw, (zugosé-
vec, from xelo, tslver) fo stretch out the
hand, to hold up the hand, as in voting ;

893

Xepo Siu

hence to vole, to give one’s vole, sc. by
holding up the hand, intrans. Pol. 9.
30. 5. — In N. T. trans. to choose. by
vole, to appoint ; Acts 14: 28 zeugotorii-
carns airots nosoBurdgous. Pass. 2
Cor, & 19. [2 Tim. 4:23. Tit. & 16.J}—
Jos. Ant, 13, 2/2 zeigororotper 84 oe
ojusyor dozugéa. Luc. D. Mort. 12. 4.
Hdian. 7. 10, 3. Xen. H. G. 6. 2. 11.

Xelgeor, ovus, 6, %, worse, irreg.
comparat. to xaxds, from an obsol.
posit. yégns, see Buttm. § 68.2; spoken
of state, condition, quality, etc. Matt.
9: 16 et Mark 2 21 axlopa zeigor yivenas,
Matt. 12: 45 ta ioxora tou dySq. dxzivou
ylreros zeigova wv mecmor. 27: 64.
Mark 5: 26. Luke 11: 26. Jobn 5: 14,
2 Pet. 2:20. So of punishment, worse,
more severe, Heb, 10: 29, — Wisd. 15:
18. Hdian. 3. 13,14. Diod. Sic. 20, 57.
Xeu. Mem. 4. 5. 6.— Trop. of persons,
in a moral sense ; 1 Tim. 5: 8 anlotou
zeoar. 2 Tim. 3: 13,—Acschin. 60. 15.
Xen. Mem: f. 2.32.

XegovPiy, i.g. Heb. plur. rang,
Cherubim, from sing. 2172, Sept, wm
gous Ez. 41:18, a cherub; in N. T.
spoken of the golden figures represent-
ing the Cherubim and placed on or
over the ark, Heb. 9:5. Comp: Sept.
and Heb, Ex, 25: 18 sq. — The Cheru-
bira, in the theology of the Hebrews,
are beings of a celestial nature, baving
a form compoeed from the figure of a
man, eagle, ox, and lion, ns the em
blema of wisdem and stréngth; comp.
Ez.c. 1,10. They are first mentioned
ae guarding the gate of Paradise, Gen.
9:24; then,as bearing the throne of God
upon their wings swiftly through the
clouds, 2 Sam. %% 11. Ps. 18:12. Ea.
Le. Golden figures of Cherubim were
placed on or over.the ark, se as to cov-
er it, Ex. 25: 18 oq. end as the ark won
the seat of God's visible presence, be is
hence said to chrell between the Chervt-
bim, | Sam. 4: 4. 2.Sem. 6&2. Ps. 80:2.
99:1. When the. temple was: built,
other Jike images were placed over the
ark and sround the holy of holies, 1 K.
6: 23 6q. 8:6 aq. Comp. espec..Gesen.
Lex. art. 339. Jahn §333.—Jos. Ant,
36.5 wo dudipare aintis [tig a
Burod] jour ngocruniis dio Xsgov-

. Xype
Ate piv airods ‘“RBgalos xalotor. ib.
8.3.3. .

Xijpa, as, 4, (fem. of adj. zfigos
bereaved,) pp. adj. bereaved sc. of one's
husband, widowed, Luke 4: 26 mgds yu-
valan zigar to a widow woman. So
Sept. yuna z. for mighig 2 Sem. 14:5.
1K. 7% 14, — Jos. Ant 8.13.2 Plus.
Mor. II. p. 28, Tauchn.— Subst. #j 771-
(0%, @ widow, Matt. 23:14 oisdag viv z7-

Mark 12:40, 42 ple zou nrwyr.

Wo Luke 2:87, 4:25, 7:12. 18: 3,
5. 20: 47, 21:2, 3. Acts & 1. 9: 39, 41.
1 Cor. 7:8 1 Tim. & 3, 4, 5, 9, 11, 16
bis, James 1:97. Sept. for monte
Gon. 38: 11. Ex. 22:22, 24. al.—2 Mace.
210, Soph. Aj. 653. Luc. de Mort.
. 12, — Poet. of a city left deso-

late, Rev. 187; comp. Is. 47:8. Lam.

JEL

Xd, adv. yesterday, John 4: 52,
Acts 7:28. Heb. 13:8. Sept. for binn
Gen. 31:2 2 Sam. 3: 17-—Hdian. 8. 6.
3. Luc. D. Deor. 7.3. Xen. An. 6 4,
18 The Attics wrote aleo ¢y9és, comp.
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 323.

Xidtagyos, ov, 4 (rldsos, Foxe)
@ chiliarch, captain of « thousand, Sept.
for trp “i Deut. 1: 15.2 Sam. 1&
1 Xen. Cyr. 3.3, 11 oureilers pugs
Gexous sal ziliegzous wal sabeigzous
xal loyayove—In N. T. a chiliarch, ie.
genr. a commander, captain, a military
chief, viz.

a) genr. Mark &21. Acts 25: 23. Rev.
& 15. 19:18 —Jos. Ant. 7. 2,2.

b) spec. « tribune, a military tribune,
an officer of the Roman armies, six of
whom were attached. to each legion
and were its chief officers. In battle
each tribune seems to have had charge
of ten centuries; whence prob. the
Greek name z:lagyos; comp. Adam's
Rom. Ant. p. 869, coll. p. 193. In
N. T. spoken of the tribune Claudius
Lysias who commanded the garriéon in
the fortress Antonia at Jerusalem, Acts
21:81, 32, 83, 37, 2% 24, 26, 27, 28, 29.
23: 10, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22. 24:7, 22
— Hdian. 3. 12, 18 Dion. Hal. Ant.
64 .

€) spoken of the captain or prefect of

894

Xdopvs
the temple, John 13: 12 See fully ia
Zrparnyds b, and Fusiga b.

Xuduag, adoc, H, (gids00,) « chit
ad, @ thousand in number, Luke 14:3!
bis, Acts 4:4, 1 Cor. 10: 8. Rev. & 1L
7:4, 5, 6, 7,8. Wi: 13 14: 1,2 2616
Sept. fr Bs, Gen. 24: 60. Ex. 12%.

— Luc. Hermot. 56. Comp. Buum j
m4

Xtra, at, @, num. adj. « thes-
sand, 2 Pet. 3: 8 bis, Rew. 11:3 126
14: 20, 20:2, 3, 4,5, 6,7. Sept. for

Gen. 20: 16. Ex. 38 25. — Hdise.
19, Xen, HG. 1. 4.21. Comp.
Batun, § 70. 4.

Xios, ov, #4, Chios, now Scie, ove
of the larger Greek islands, lying wear
the coast of Asia Minor, between Semes
nd Lesbou, and celebrated for its ma-
tix and wine. Acts 20: 15.—Diod. Sic.5.
81. Comp, Hor. Od. 3. 19. 5.

Xawy, avos, é, (Heb. nzh2,)«
tunic, i.e. the inner garment, wore
next the skin, mostly with sleeves, and
reaching usuelly to the knees, rarely ©
the ancles; see Geeen. Lex. art. nr
Jabn § 120. Adam's Rom. Ant, pale
Matt. 5:40 xsd tor yiviied cov infer.
Luke 629. John 19:23 bis. Acu&
39. Jude 28. Bometimes two tenis
seem to have been worn, prob. of dif
forent stuffs, for ornament or
‘Mate. 10: 10. Mark 6:9. Luke & 11
3 Hence is eaid of the high priest,
Siugsigas tots zirsivas abrod Mark 1e
68; comp. 2 Mace. 4: 38. Jos. Ant3
7.4, where zitey is spoken of the bez
or outer tunic. Sept. gens. for ng
Gen. 37:3. 2 Sam. 1538 Ce Cant. &
Al. V. H. 1. 16 érdivta sieir 3
taiva, nod Sorsdtior
D. Deor, 13.2. Diod. Sie, 4. 38. x
Cyr.6.4 1,2

Xusy, ovos, §, mow, Matt. 98:3.
Mark 9:3. Rev. 1:14. Sept. for 33;
Job 37:6, “Is, 1:18. 55: 10,— Ael. ¥.
H. 7.6. Hdian. 3.3.9. Xen. Mem. 2
1.390.

Xiapvs, vdos, 4, chlamys, 0 wide

‘and coarse cloak, worn sometimes by
kings, Jos. ‘Ant. 5.1.10. Hdisn. 7.5

Xiaveiveo
's Dy «hflitary officers, 2 Mace. 1% 35.
Ael. V.H.14.10; by soldiers and others,
?laut. Rud. 2.2.9, Xen. Mem. 2.7.5;
\lso hy a hunter, Luc. D. Deor. MH. 2
—In N. T. spoken prob. of the Romen
raludamentum, or officer's cloak, usually of
scarlet, Matt. 27:23,31. Comp. Adam’s
Rom. Ant.p.371. "See in Zeggiga fin.

XAevatlo, f. daw, (ydsv§ jest, de-
rision,) lo jest, to deride, to scoff, absal.
Acts 17:32, - So Acts 2: 13 in text, ree.
Others diazhevdte g. v.—Wisd. 11: 14.
Pol. 4. 3.13. Aristoph. Ran. 376, c.
ace. Jos. B. J. 6.7.2. Plut.Timol. 15.
Dem. 78. 12.

tot

XAragos, &, ov, (zisalve, zilen)
warm, Rev, & 16.— twp zr.
Athen. HL p. 123. E.- Plut. de Fluv.
25. 3. ed. BR. X. p. 805.2 -

X20, 7S, % Chloe, pt. a. of a
female Christign at Corinth, 1. Cor. 1:11.
ree a
KXheopos, a, ov, (zhi, xh50s,) pp.
pale-green, yellowish-green, like the col-
our of the first shoots of grass and
3 hence ;

a) genr. green, verdant; like young
herbage ; Mark 6:39 én} rg zlewe z6e~
ty. Rev. & 7. 94. So Sept. for roe
Gen, 1: 80. Is. 15: 6. - p97 2K. 19:
— Ael.-V. H. 13. 16. Plus. Romp. 20.
Thuc. 46. .

b) is q: pale, yellowish; Rev. 6:8 tx-
0s zlorgds—Artemid. 1. 77 or 79 zle-
92s yee 6 zevods. Anthol. Gr. IL.
P- 11 zlagiy odgxa. Hom. Il. 11. 631,

Xo", six hundred and sixty six, the
number for which these letters stand,
viz. z' 600, ¥ 60, ¢' 6; see Buttm. § 2
n.3 Rev. 13: 18,

Xoixac, 7, ov, ( x605, zots,) of
earth, earthy, terrene, 1 Cor. 15: 47, 48
bis, 49.—Only in N. T.

. Xoivek, cos, 4, « choeniz, an Attic
measure for, grain and things dry, equal
tothe 43th part of the Attic medimnus,
or to the eighth partof a Roman modius,
‘and consequently nearly equivalent to
one quart English ; comp. in Kégog and
‘Mo8iog, . A choenix of grain was the
daily allowance for one man, whether
soldier or slave, Hdot. 7.187. See

895

Xeog

Boeckh Steateh, der Ath. I. p. 99 aq.
Rev. 6: 6 bia, zon olrov Sivaglov, xat
etis zolvixes ngs dig Onvaglov, implying
‘excessive dearness, since the ordinary
price of a medimpas of wheat in Attica
and Sicily did not exceed five or six
drachmae or denarii; see Boeckh J. ¢.
P. 102 oq. — Sept. Ez. 45: 10, 11. Ael.
V. H. 1, 26. Diod. Sic: 19. 49, Xen.
An. 1.5. 6.

Xoigos, ov, 6, 4, @ swine, porker ;
Matt. 7: 6, comp. in Kvwy b. Matt. 8
90, 31,32 bie, Mark 5:11,19, 13, [14,] 16,
Luke 8: 32, 33, 15: 15, 16.—Ael. V. H.
2 11. Hdian. 5. 6.21. Xen. An: 7.8.5.

Xoddiea, oi, f. om, (zor¥ bile, gall,)
pp. to be bilious, » mad, iq.
pehayzolde, Aristoph. Nub, 633.—Later
and-in N. T. i. q. zolotpas, to be full of
gall, to be angry, enraged, intrane. o. dat.
pers. John 7: 23 éuod zolare ;—3 Mace.
3:1, Mosch, 1.10. Artemid. 1. 4. Diog.
Laert. 9. 66. Schol. in Aristoph. Plus.
12, zolgy* maga wis ‘Artois, 10, ual
veoGas" magé tis wowois, 10, Supoi-
oFas.

XoAn, 46, 4, (xu to pour out)
the bile, galt, Palaeph, 27.2. ‘Theophr.
Char. 11 or 19. Tauchn. Then as the
seat of anger, cheler, wrath, Lue. Fugit.
19, Dem. 778, &—In N.'T. gall, bitter.
ness, viz.

8) i. q. poison, venom, trop. Acts 8:23
alg 7éeq zoliy nunglas.:. Ope os brie,
i. q. ele zoliy near, bitter gall, venom ;
comp. Buttm. §123. 0.4. Sept. pp. for
tN poppy, poison, Deut. 29: 17, 3%
32—Pint. Bomul. 17 Sonig tod zal yo-
Hig trier Sngicay. -

b) from the Heb. bitter herbs, e. g.
wormwood, poppy, myrrh, etc, Matt.
27:94 Benay owing muir Btos werd zoliie
Mepiypiver, comp. Mark 15: 23; vee
fally in “Ofo. — Sept. for 39> worm-
wood, Prov. 5: 4. Lam. 3: 153 and for
GH poppy, Ps. 69: 22. Jer. 8: 14,

Xvog, 8, (és, xow,) contr. nominat.
yous, gen. 00s, dat. ol, ace. zody,
comp. Paseow s. v. Buttm. § 58, p. 101;
earth, as dug out and thrown up, heap.
of earth, mound, Hdot. 1. 150 8 zote
oguySels. Pol. 4. 40.7. Thuc. 2. 76.—
InN. 'T. genr. loose earth, dirt, dust ;

Xopetiy

896

Xsdgros

Mark @ LL: dmodtare soy ot 1.2. feed with grass, hay, ete. to fodder, pa.

i qe ovsigtos in Matt. 10: 14; see in
"Exrvdoow. (80 Sept. for ey Ta, 5%
2) Rev. 18:19 Hfahor zotv inl ‘tee
wegales atrom, se. in token of grief,
mourning ; see in Zx080s, and: vo Sept.
for py Jon. 776. Sept, genr. fore
Gen. % 7. 2 Chr. 1: 9.—Hdian, 8.4. im"

Xopatir, 4 4 indec, Chorazin, writ~
ten also in Mss. Xogatdir, Xweetix, or
zega Zix, 2 place of Galilee mentioned
in connexion with Bethsaida and Caper-
naum, and probably near them, Matt.
11:21. Luke 10: 18." According to
Eusebius in Onomast. Chorazin was a
town (xsipyq) of Galilee, two Roman
miles from .Capernaum ; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr, 11. ii. p, 72. Reland Palaest.
p72leq
Xoeyyla, 2, f. fom, ( xo9nrbs
chorus-leader, from zogds, eye.) to be
horus-leader, to lead a chorus’ of singers
aad dancers, Anthol. Gr. 1.73. trop.
Lue. Neoyom. 16. Plato Theaet. 27.
p-179. D. Then, to lead out or furnish
a chorus on public oceasions at one's
own expense, for which purpose at
Athens persons called gognyot were
appointed from each tribe, Dem. 565.11.
Xep. Mem. 3.4.3.6. Xen, Ath. 1.13 zo-
Qnyote of sievows, Comp. Sturz Lex.
Xenoph. art. zopnyds. Potter’s Gr. Ant.
I. p. 86.—Hence genr. and in N. T. to
furnish, to supply, to give, ce. ace. J Pet.
& 11 &. iogtos as [ip] xognyd 8 Fede.
2 Cor. 9: 105 3é émszoguyéy oniqua tH
aomslgovtt «. . 1 Zegnyjiows xad nhySinas
toy andgoy Spar, for the Opt. comp.
Matth. §513. Buttm. § 139. 0.7. Winer
. § 42. 5, p. 236.--Ecclus. 1:10, 25, Ael.

V. H. 4.19. Hdian. 1.6.9. Diod. Sic.
- 2.35 zognyoion tas xQopas dpFérus.

_ Xoges, ov, 8, dance, ring-dance,
i.e. genr. dancing as’ conneeted with
music and song, espec. on festive ecca-
sions; Luke 15:25 jaoves cupqurias
xab zogéiv. Sept. for mb4n7y Ex. 15 20,
Judg. 11: 34. — Hom. Il. 16, 18. Lue.
D. Deor. 22. 3. Dam. 530.23. Xen, Hi,
6.2. Meton.a chorus, troop of daneers
and singets, Jos. Ant. 7.4.2. Hdian. 4
2.9. Xen. Mem. 3. 3, 12.

. Xagreile, &. cow, (xégroc 4. ¥.) te

‘of beasts, ¢. nce. Hes. Op. 450 of 454.
Pinto Rep. 2. p..372. D. or IV. p&
Tauchn.—Jn N. T. geur. fo feed, to fl
with food, to satis/y, to satiate ; epokex

a) of fowls, Pass. c. i rrv0c, Rev. 1S:
QUA wh Borex trogrdoGy de rier eupui,
Comp. "Ex no. 3. f.

b) of persons, in the usage of the
later Greek, Swurz de Dial. Alex. p.200
9q. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 64 5 seq. accus
expr. or impL Matt. 15:33 Sore z
Bzlov rogotror. Pass. Matt. 14: 20 asi
payor névns xad dyogtaa Pycer. 1&5.
Mark 6:42, 7:27. 8:8. Luke & 17.
Jobn 6: 26. PI 2 James 2 If
So Sept. for yaty Jer. 5 7. - Pa. 37:12.
— As. Epict. 1.9.19 th 2 162
Athen. HT. p.99.F. p. 108 A. Pla
Sympos. 1.2. 2.ed. BR. VIM. p. 432 —
With a farther adjunct of the materia,
viz. c. gen. Mark & 4 rotroug . . . z0¢-
tégat.doruy. Matth. § 352. Soc. ar
Luke 16: 21 éxiSrpéie yogtarSqres ox3
tiv yizloy, . Bept. c. gen. for > 323
Lam. 3:15, 30,. o.dné for 79 335 Ps
104: 13.—c.. gen. Anthol. Gr. TIL p. 22
— Trop. to fll the desire of any one, a
eatiafy, Pass. Matt. 5:6. Luke 6 21.

Xegreaua, @roc, 16, (zeprata)
Sodder, gréen or dry, for animals, Sept
for Ripon Gen. 24:25, 52 Plat. Sym-
pos. 5:4. “Diod. Sic. 20.76. In N.T.
genr. food, sustenance, for persons,
Acts 7: 11. — So-zégroe Anth. Gr. I.
p-119. Comp. Sturz de Dial Alex.
p. 201. '

“Xopr08, av, 8, pp. an enclosure,
yard, court, Hom. Il. 11.773 of 774:
espec. for cattle, ib. 24.640. Then of
a place or range of pasturage, ¢ pasture,
range, Eurip. Iph. Taur. 134 zogros
dardgos. ih. Cyclop. 504 or 507. Pind.
Ol, 13, 62 zogros Aéortog. Meton. fod-
der for raniuals oor dry, grass, hey,
Hes, Op. 604 e608. Luc, Asin. 15.
Xen. Cyr. 8.6.12 An. 1. 5. 10 zégrer
xotgor. — Hence genr. and in N.T.
grass, herbage; Matt.'6: 30 voy zogror
ob dygoD. 14:19. Mark €: 99 én re
ood zéery. Luke 12: 28: John & 10.
¥ Cor, 3: 12, James 1: 20, 12. 1 Pet. i:
QM ter. Rev. 8:7. 9:4. Also of spring”
ing grain, Matt-§3: 26. Mark 4B

Xovvas
Sept. for Hh Pe. 38: 2. Is, 40: 7, 8
Sigg Gen, 2: 57 Prov. 19:19. — Plut

Bomul.8 Xen. An. 1.5.5 ob yao av
é Gido de dir, ade

Xoufas, a, 6, Chuzas, pr. n. of
the steward of Herod Antipas, Luke
8: 3. See in Enlrgonos a.

-Xoivis, vee in Xéo5.

Xa, o, f. How, contracted in 9
instead of a, like fam, Buttm. §105.n. 5.
"The root gedw under different forms,
has in prose four different significa-
tions, viz. zoe to utter an oracle, not
found in
to use; zor impers. it needs, behooves ;
see in Buttm. §114. p. 307 aq. and more
fully Passow in zeaw.

L_Kizonus, to lend, see in its order.

IL Xedopes, f. ioowen depon. Mid.
to use, to make use of, seq. dat. Buttm.
§ 133 3. 1. Math. § 396. 1. So of
things, Acts 27:17 BonSelais dzgairro.
1 Cor. 7: 21, 31. 9 12, 15, 2 Cor, J: 17.
21 1 Tim. 1:8. 5 2 oirp sdlyy
xee. — Wied. 26. Jos, Ant. 10.2.1.
Ael. V. H. 5.1. Xen. Cyr.1. 4.4. Mem.
3. 14, 4. — OF persons, i. q. to use well
or ill, to treat, c. dat. Acts 27: 3 guav-
Seeing 185 “Iovhios t§ Hatly zonod-
gorse, impl, 2 Cor. 18:10. Sept. for

migy Gen. 16: 6. 19: 8.—1 Mace. 13:
46. ‘You Ant. 2. 15. 1 zaleniig. Hien,
3, 13.8 Xen. Mem. 4. 6 5.

IIE. Impers. yori, imperf. éxgi, inf.

zeives, Butt. § 114. p.308; pp. ‘there Zeelar

in uve for, i, q. it needs, i behooves, it
ought, Germ. e9 braucht ; ¢. inf, James
8: 10 od 1 +. tetra ofte ylveadat,
i.e these things ought not 20 to be.
Gomp. Buttm.§ 129°10.-Joa, Ant. 14,
18.7 wb zqq nour, Ael. V. H. 212
Haian. 1. 6. 18. Xen, Cyr. 1. 4. 19, 24,
Conv. 4. 47.

Xopedez, ac, %, (xodos, zen, zedopas.)
1, use, usage, employment, i.e. act of
using, Xen. Mem. 4. 2.25 mac jy 100
Fano zeslay. ib 24,1. Io N. T. me-
ton. that in which one is employed, an
employment, affair, business; Acta & 3
obs xataoriaousr ind siig zoelas sabmms.
—2Mace.7: 24, 15:5. Jos, B.J.2
0.8 obs éxdorqoay [ubsiy) rai xoslas.
M3

897
Pol. 8. 45,2 rots én? tiv airiw zoslav

Xpecopecderns

@enectadpévors. Dion. Hal, Ant. 5.7
fin.

2 meed, necessity, want. a) genr.
Eph. 4: 20 nig [doyo5) Gyados meos
oixodouiy sig zeelas, i.e. a8 adj. for
needful edification ; comp. Buttm. § 123.
n. 4, Winer § 34.2. So yorla éori,
there is need, opus eat, ©. gen. Luke 10:
42 ivig 84 dots zesla, one thing is need-
Sul; also c. infin. Heb. 7: 11, — Diod.
Bic. 1. 19. Plut. Pericl. 8, c. gen. Eo-
clus, 3:22, Pol.3.111.10 ete irs Acer,
a2 Igyer doriv § zoel. Xen. Mem. 3.
3.3, ib, 3 12.6.

b) of personal need, necessity, ¥ want;
‘Acta 20: 34 taig xeslaus pov... omy
tyeav ol zeigss airat. Rom. 1% 13,
Phil. 25. 4:19. le shy zesiav for
one’s need or toants, Phil. 4: 16. aly tag
xetlas id, Tit. 3:14, 2a meds zeelarr,
things for need, such things as were
necessary to us, Acts 28: 10. — Ecclus,
29:2, Plut. Cato Maj. 3. Luc. de Mere.
cond. 7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 6. 10,

°) Elsewhere only in tbe phrase
yorlay ty, to have need, i. q. to need,
fo want, e.g. (a) genr. and seq. genit.
to have need oft Matt. 9: 12 ob zoelay
Ezovorr of ioztortes targol, 21: 3. 26
65 xi Ee zoelay Eyousy pagrige ; Mark
217 11: 3, 14: 63, Luke 5: 31. 9: 11
tots zeelav Eyorsag Peganelag. 15:7. 19%
31, 34. 22: 71. John 13:29, 1Cor, 1%
Q1 hin, 24 ob estar Eyes ec. sboynuood—
yg. Heb. 5: 12 bis, 10:36. Rev. 21:23.
Seq, in6in. ect. Matt. 14: 16 of

38:14, 1 Thess. 5:1. Comp. Buttm.
§ 140, 3. Matth. § 585. n. Winer § 45.
p.282, Seq. iva, see in “Iva no. 3.
a8 John 2 25. 16: 30, 1 John 2 2%.
Sept. c. gen. for yor Prov. 18:2 Ta
13: 17, — ec. gen. Ecclus, 18: 6. Pol. 9.
12. 1, Diod. Sic, 18, 42, — (8) Of per-
sonal need, want ; c-gen. Matt. 6:8 olde
yse & mavig tusy, ov xeslay Sere.
1 Thees, 4:12, Rev. 3:17. Absol, to
have need, i. q. to be in need, to be tn
want, Mark 2:25 x énolnca Aofid, ox
zgelav toze. Acts % 45. 4:35. Eph. 4:
28 pstadidores rg zeelav Eyorts. 1John
217,

KXpecoperddiys, ov, 5, (xpdes, Att.

Xoy
zesers debt, d—pelhor,) a debt-ower, debtor,
‘Luke 7: 41. 16: 5. — Sept. Prov. 29: 13.

Dion. Hal. Ant. 6.22. Plut. J, Caes. 5.
Comp. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 691.

_Xe7, impere. verb, see in Xeciw IIT.

XpxjLco, f. ow, (xen, xoria,) lo need,
to have need of, to want, to desire ; seq.
gen, Matt. 6: 32 et Luke 12:30 olds 7a@
Snare dude... ors zojtere tovror
marvor. Luke 11:8, Rom. 16: 2. 2Cor.
3:1.—Symm. for yor Job 22:3, Hdian.
4.11. 10, Xen. Cyr.4, 5. 22.

Xejuc, croc, x6, (xedoues,) pp-
something usable, useful, what one can
nse, what one neeils, Xen. Occ. 1. 7 #q.
Hence genr. and in N. T. profit, riches,
wealth, usually Plur. ra yoruara, Matt.
10: 23 of ra zeipara Ezortes, i.e. the
rich. v. 24 nenoiSdrug dnt tole zorwa-
aw. Luke 18:24, Sept, for 0°923 Josh.
92: 8 2 Chr, 1: 11, 12.— Hdian. 3, 13.
11, Plut. Vit. Thes.3. Thuc.1.8, Xen.
Mem. 1, 2. 45 ray ra zoypara éydrtuv.
— Spee. money ; once Sing, Acts 4: 37
Jreyas 1d zoiiua, i.e, the price, i. q. tit
in 5:2. | Plur. Acts & 18, 20. 24: 26.
Sept. for AR Job 27: 17.—1 Mace. 14:
82 Jos, B.J.1. 83. Haian. 5. 4.4.
Diod. Sic. 18. 106, — In Greek writers
also i. q. thing, matter, business, 7 ty -
pa, Palaeph. 31. 8. Pol. 12. 15. 8. Xen.
Cyr. 5.2, 34,

KXenuariler, £. low, (zeiipa,) to do
business, to be engaged in business,
either private or public, Sept. 1 K. 18:
@7, Acl. V.H. 3.4 zonperlter inée
tive Oqpoclow xal xoiay xgayudrey.
‘Thue.1.87. Espec. in trade and money
affairs, Mid. to do good business, to make
profit, to gain, Jos. Ant. 16. 10.1. Ael.
:V.H. 4.12, Xen. Lac. 7. 1,5. Mem.
2.6.3. Of kings and magistrates, to
do business publicly, ic. to give audi-
ence and answer as to ambassadors, pe-
titioners, etc. to give response or decis-
ton, Jos, Ant. 11.3.2 6 Bacideis.. . xa-
Sloag ty} xoharitery sich9n tomy. ib.
8.122. Pol. 4. 27.9 6 38 Basdeic
Pllunnos, zenuatloag toils Azasots, ib. 5.
81. 5. Luc, Tox. 44. Dem. 250. 10.
Xen. Ath. 3, 2—Hence in N. T.

a) spoken in respect toa divine re-
sponse, » declaration, i. q. fo give

898

Xppors

response, to speak as an oracle, to warn
from God, absol. Heb. 12: 25 vor
‘vii moqatnodperos zonuarizoria, i. €.
‘Moses, who consulted God and deliv-
ered to the people the divine respoeses,
precepts, warnings, and the like. So
Sept. of a propbet, for \2z Jer. 2;
of God, 30:2. 36: 4.—Joa., Ant 10, 1.
3 5 38 neopitns ... zemmatloarsos atts
tod Deod, ib. 11. 8. 4 dzenpdacoey aves
xate ros Unvors 6 Fedg. Diod. Sie. 3
6 10i¢ S20ig adrois tara xezgrpertas
vos.—Puss, of persons, to receive a divine
response, warning, etc. to be warned of
admonished of God, absol. Heb. & Sas
xezonudnotas Muiofs. Seq. inf. Men
2:12, Acts 10: 22 ind dyyalow. Seq
magi tiv0s Heb.11:7. ¢. xa’ Greg Matt
2: 12,22. Of things, to be given in re-
sponse, to be revealed, Luke 2 26 Fv a
16 xkenpaticpivoy Exo tov xvetpare,
Gytou. — Jos. Ant. H. 8.4 12 zensen-
odty, a divine oracle.

b) In the later Greek usage, iq. ‘im
do business under any name, as any
one? hence genr. totake or bear «mame,
to be named, called, constr. with the
name in apposit. Acts 11:26 equations
18 mosior by “Arnioztla toils padqas
Xeutiavois, Rom. 7:3 porelis rey
perite,—Jos, Ant. 13. 11. 3’deuarrofes-
Log... zonuarioas pir @2élayy. Phat.
M. Anton. 54 fin, Kleondtge .. . oa
“Tors dzonuctize. Diod. Sic. 1. 44. ib. 20.
53, Pol. 5, 57.2

Xenpateouce, ov, 6, (zenpariin)
pp. ‘the doing of business ;’ bence,
business, profit, gain, Pint. Philopoem.4.
Dem. 568, 18. the giving audience, re-
sponse, decision, Ael. V. H. 9. 13. Pol.
%. 14.10. | InN. T. @ respene
from God, oracle, Rom. 11: 4.—2 Mace.

Ae amen Tee

Xenueuoc, 7, ov, (xesoper,) ase
Ble, useful, profitable, 2 Tim. 2 14 ws
ovdér zenoiuor, Sept. for Geo.
37:26. mx Ez. 15: 4. — Wiad. & 7.
Plut. de Ira cohib.6 éx’ obdert zeqviop
Xen. Mem. 2.7. 7.

Xorjorc, ccs, t (xedopan) ux,
using, Jos, Ant. 4.8 5. Hdian. 3.14
13. Xen. Lec.7.6. In N. T. spec.
of the use of the body in sexual inter-

Xpyotevonae

course, Rom. 1: 26, 27.—Ocell. Lucan.
4 xpos tir tar dqoodicinr zoijosr. Luc.
Aaor. 25 zejjoug mardixy, comp. 19.
_Xpyorevoucn, depon. Mid. (yen-
o05,) to show oneself zenotos, i.e. to be
natured, gentle, kind ; 1 Cor. 13: 4

4 dzdnn paxpodupst, zgqotsieras, —
Only in N. T.

Xpnotodoyla, as, %, ( xenstés,
Adyos,) good-natured discourse, good
words, kind address; Rom. 16: 18 du
tis zonotoloyias xat sidoylas. — The-
ophyl. ad h. 1. zonotoloyla- xolexla,
Ssar vé wiv Siuara gules }, 4 34 bud
vo Séhov yivoven. Eustath. in Il. y,
p. 1487. 55, Comp. xgnotol adyos
Hdian. 8. 3. 10.

Xpyurds, 7, ov, (xedonat,) use-
Sul, profitable, fl, good for any use, ©. g.

8) of things ; Luke 5 39 6 sradawos
Lolvog} zonordregds dotn is better se.
for drinking. Comp. Wetst. N. T. I.
Pp. 689 2g. So Sept. of figs, for 210,
Jer. 24: 2, 5. — Athen, XIII. p. 585. E,
olvor zenotéy pir, dliyoy 36. Theophr.
Char.2. 4. genr. Jos, Ant. 3. 5. 7.
Hdian, 3. 13. 3, Dem. 183. 22, — ‘Trop.
good, gentle, to use or bear, Matt.
Il: 306 yag Suyés wou xenotés. | So in
a moral sense, useful, good, virtuous, in
the proverb 1 Cor. 15: 83 gdslgovar
49a xenoré Spsdias xaxal, quoted from
Menand. in Poet. Goom. p. 187. Tauchn.
— So ji ze. Aristoph. Nub. 956 or
959, 790; ze. Luc. Phalar. pr.7. tya
ze- Hdien. 2 4.11. . Ath. 1. 5
axpifea mleloty tis ta xgnotd.

|b) of persons, useful towards others;
hence gvod-natured, good, gentle, kind.
Luke 6: 35 airés (6 Otde) zonotée fore
dni roig dzaqiartoig xai norngois. Eph.
4:32, 1 Pet. 23 Newt. 15 yonarev,
goodness, kindness, i. gq. i) zonotérns,
Rom. 2: 4. Sept. genr. for 330 Pas. 34:

- 9, 86: 5, — 1 Macc. 6: 11. Jos. Ant. 8.
8.1. Hdian. 2 6. 3 Dem. 1345. 10.
Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 20,

Xpenororns, gros, 4, ( xenotds, )
pp. usefulness, sc. of persons towards
others, i, q. goodness, gentleness, kind-
he 88.

a) genr. Rom. 2 4 ¥ x05 mlotrov ris
zenororntos aitot ... xarapporsics 11:

899

Xpeswws

22 tor, 13k ody zener. Deod... dnt dé on
xenororyta, diy éxtwsivgs th xonororyts,
ive. if thou continue in hie kindness, if
thou continue worthy of it. 2 Cor. 6:6.
Gal, 5: 22, Eph. 2:7, Col. 3:12, Tit.
3:4, Sept. for 390 Ps, 25: 7. 31: 20.
MS: 7. — Jos. Ant. 1. 16.2, Ael. V. H.
1. 30, Hdian. 1. 4,11. Plut. Aristid.
27 fin.

b) trop. in a moral sense, goodness,
i, q. good, righteousness, uprightness,
comp. in Xeyotés ®, fin. Rom. 3 12
otx Ears mordy zenotorqta, quoted from
Ps. 14: 1, 3, where Sept. for 210. —
Hdian. 2. 10. 7.

Xplopa, eros, %6, ( zoiw,) pp.
“something rubbed in, ointed,’e. g. oif
for anointing, ointment, unguent, Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 3. Ael. V.H.3, 13. Xen.
Anab. 4. 4. 13. Meton. chrism, an
anointing, unction, Sept. for mv Ex.
29: 7, 30: 25.—In N. T. trop. of Chrie-
tians, an anointing, unction from God,
in the gifts and graces of the Holy
Sr imparted to them ; 3 1 John 2: 20
ipcis zolopa Ey dnd toi dylov, xad
oldare navra. v.27 bis, The allusion
is to the anointing and consecration of
kings and priests, 1 Sam. 10: 1. 16: 12.
1K. 1: 39, Ex. 28; 41. 40:15. Jos. Ant.
6.8.1. comp. Jahn § 228, 367. This
was emblematic of a divine spirit de-
scending and abiding upon them from
God ; as was afterwarda the laying on of
hands; Deut. 34:9. Joel 3: 1 (2: 28}.
Jos. Ant. 6, 8.2. Comp. Matt. 3: 16,
17. Acts 2:1 sq. 8: 15,17. 1Cor. c.12

Xproravos, ov, 6, ( Xeutds)e
Christian, Acts 11: 26, 26: 28. 1 Pet. 4:
16, — Act. Thom. 22. Luc. de Mort,
Peregr. 12.

Xpuor0s, ys ov, (rele) anointed,
as Sept. 6 fegsig 5 zgiotds for Dit
“mq, the high-priest, Lev. 4: 3, 5,
16; aleo 2 Macc. 1: 10; comp. Ex. 28:
41. 40:15, Subst. 8 zg.atés ve. 100) xv
glov, the anointed of the Lord, spoken
of the Hebrew kings, comp. in Xplopa
fin, 1 Sam. 12: 3, 5, 16:6. 2 Sam. 1:
14, Ps, 18: 51. 28:8; once of Cyrus,
Is. 45: 1.—In N. T. 0 Xgearoc, the
Christ, the Anointed, i. q. TERT,
the Messiah, the King constituted of

God ; pp. as an appelli of Jesus the
Saviour, but often passing over into a
Proper name or cognomen. For the
character of the Messiah and his king-
dom, #ee fully in Baoiale ¢.

8) pp-asan uppellative: (u) Absol.
S Xpuaxds, the Christ, the Messich; Mark
15:82 8 Xpiords, 5 Baadsig 105 Iogear d.
John 1: 42 rr Megolar, 6 dors pxSeq-
paveviperor 6 Xputis. 4:42 8 owrng
Tod xogpov, é Xeuoros. Acta 2: 36 8 on
nal wigioy airdy nad Xpiotor 6 Seog
dxolqos toiror tov "Invoty. 9: 22. 18:28.
So Mat. 3: 17. 2:4. 16:16. Mark 12:
35. 13: 21, Luke 2:11, 26 sor Xo. nv-
lov. 1, 23% 2, John 1: 20, 25. Acts
2 30. 3: 18. Rom. 8: 11. 1 John 2; 22,
5: 1,6. Rev. 11: 15, 12: 10. al. snepies,
So Sept. and 3*Z77 Dan. 9:25. Ps. 2:2.
comp. 4: 13.—Paalt, Salom. 18: 6 X¢.
toi xugiov. 17:36. 18:8 3 Xe. xbgiog.

— (B) Joined "Inaois, e. g."Inooig
§ Xquoxés Acts 5: 42, 9: 34. 1 Cor, 3:
UL. al. “Iqo0ig Xquotde, John 17: 3 oy
Gniotalag'l. Xpotdr. Acts % 38. 3:20.
John 4:2,3. 2John 7. —& Xguatog
“Inoiig Acts 17: 8, 18: 5, 28. 19: 4.

b) as pr. name or coguomen, Christ:
(a) absol. Xgsords or 5 Xguotds, chiefly
in the Epistles ; Rom. 5: 6,8 8 106
dyalgas tov Xe. tx vexgiir. 1 Cor. 13 12
3:23." Gal, 1: 6, 7 16 shayy. tobi Xeue-
toi, 220 Xeiots ovrectaigagan Eph.
4:12, Heb. 3:6, 5:5. f Pet. 1:11. 4:14.
al, saep. — (8) Offener joined with ”Iy-
ois, as Matt, 1: 16 “Insoiig 6 deydpevos
Xeiatds. So “Insoig Xeratds, in the
Gospels Matt. 1:1, 18, Mark 1:1. John
1:17; elsewhere often, Acts 3 6 dy 165
broporte "I, Xe. 4: 10. 8: 12 10: 36. 28:
31. Rom. 1: 1,6,8 1 Cor. 1:1, 5: 4
al. snepiss. Xquordg “Iqaois, only iu
the Epistles ascribed to Paul, 1 Cor.
1:30, Gal. 3: 14, 26. 4: 14, Phil. 2:5,
3,8. Col. 1: 4, al. and so injHeb, 3:
1, — For the use of 6 xtgcog in connex-
fon with the names Ineoig and Xguordg,
wee in Kiguos Bb. 2.
| €) meton. (a) i, q. 5 Ayog 105 Xe.
“the word or doctrine of Christ, the Gos-
pel, 2 Cor. 1: 19, 21. Eph, 4: 20. — (8)
iq. 15 oda tov XQ. Chris's body, i. e.
+; the church, 1 Cor. 12: 12.—(7) i. q. the
7 ealvation of obtained through

him, Gal. & 27 X¢. évedicoeds. Phil.

900

Xpovos

3: 8 tre Xe. xegdjou—{3) to Xpsorey,
see fully in "Ey no. 1. ¢. @; comp é
xugie in Kigios Bb. AL.

Xela, f. law, pp. to rub gently the
surface ofa body, comp. Passow: hence
genr. fo oint, lo anoint, with oil, oint-
ment, as a shield, armour, ete. Sept.
for nny 2 Sam. 1:21. Diod. Sic. 4.
36. Ken. Cyr. 7.1.2; the body, after
bathing, exercise, etc. Plnt. Agesi. 31
Xen. Conv. In Sept. aleo to aneial,
asa sacred rite, i.e. to comsecrate by
unclion to any office, comp. in Xelepe
fin, So Sept. aod Heb. mig of a
priest, Ex. 28 41. 40:15; of a propbet,
1K. 19% 16 Is, 61:1; espec. a bing,
1Sam. 10:1. 15:1, 2Seam. 2:4. 1K.
1: 34. Ecclus, 46:13. 48: 8.—Henee in
N. T. to anoint, i.e. to consecrate os
by unction, to set apart for a secred
work, trans,

a) of Jesus, as tho Messiah, the
ted King, comp. in Xgroxés, Acts
4:27 by Eyeing. Asa prophet, c. infia,
Luke 4:18 igi pe etayyelizeoPes wre
(Zot, from Is.61: 1 where Sept. for Det
see above. So genr.c. dat. mvetpers
Gyly Acts 10: 38. c. dupl. ace, Heb. I:
9 Exqud ot & S205... Eaiow dyailes-
gees, quoted from Ps. 45:8 where Sept.
so for 12; comp. Burm. § 131.5 apd
n. 4. Gesen, Lehrg. p. 812.

b) of Christians, as anointed, conse-
crated, set apart to the service and mio-
imry of Christ and hie gospel by the
gift of the Holy Spirit; comp. in el
one. 2Cor.3: 216
wat zoloas juiis, Seds* 6 nat. «Bobs wy
AfaPave 108 mretpatos «1. 1.

Xpovizo, £. tow, (xpévos,) Au. fut
xzeore Heb. 10: 37, comp. Buttm. § 95.
7,9; to while away time, i. q. te Linger,
to delay, tn be long in coming oF doing,
intrans, and absol. Matt. 25: 5 zeosifor-
t0¢ 88 tod yupplov. Heb. 10:37. (Sept.

Hab, 2: 3) ¢. dy, Luke 1: 2 é we
vas. Seq. inf. Zozeear Luke 12 45,
Addy Matt. 24: 48. Sept. for ane

Jadg. 5:28. Dan, 9:19. c
9. Deut. 23: 22, — Theophr. Cans.
Pl. 4. 10 fin, Diod. Sic. 2 27. Thue. 6
49. dy tf “Poiuy Pol. 33.16. 6.

Xpovos, av, 8, time, ive, inthe

Xpéves
abstract, as Perceived end measured by
the succession of objects and events;
eee Tittm. de Syn. N. 'T. p. 39 aq.

8) ppeand genr. («) Mark 9:31 mé-
wos zesvos deriv; Luke 4:5 & eniyyi
xesvou.

‘zesvog. 27: 9. Gal. 4: 4, comp. in Is-
gema d. Heb. 1: 32, Rev, 221 Wena
ath xesvor, ce in dideps a. 7.2 Rev.
10: 6. So Stareipey roy xesr07, see in
Aracrgifes, Acts 14: 3,28." wosioas sor
z¢dver Acts 15:33, 18:23; see in Houle
no. 2, e.— Hdian. 8.5.1. Pol. 6.17.5
xe6vov Soivan Dem, 178. 9, Xen. An.
7.7. 47, — With prepositions: dia tr
zesvor Heb. 5:12, see in Aid M1. a
dx xe6veey ixavésy of or from long times
Luke 8: 27. éy xavt} yoory Acts 1:21,
(Sept. Josh. 4:24.) ent zeovor fora
time Luke 18: 4. Acts 18:20. dg" Soo
zesror Rom. ., 1Cor 7:39. Gal
BELG Zeorer dong time Matt.
25:19. Heb. 4: Tt, da Dem. 615. 10,
¢. é, Diod. Sic. 1. 4 de xolddy zodver,
c &, Hdian. Xen. Vect. 4. 25
& 16 narth z cc. dnl Xen. Venat.
5.7. ©. werd Heian. 5.6.2, Xen. Venat.
1, 2, — (A) Aceus. yodror, zodvous,
marking duration, time how: long, Buttm.

181. 8, Mark 2: 19 dor zeoror «
fens réy vuuglor, Luke 20:9 end
ese 196r0%G ixavots. John 5: 6 noliy
zesvor. 7: 33 punpdy zodvor. 12:35, 14:
9. Acts 13 18. 19; 22, 20: 18. 1 Cor.
1&7. Rev. & 11. 20:38, So Sept. for
2 Deut. 12: 19. 2% 19. Josh. 4: 14.
Xe. ftengér for 92>) Is. 54: 7.—Ceb. Tab.
2 Diod. Sic. 1. 4 whee xeovor. Pol.
3. 64. 4 rosotrous zpdvors. Xen. Mem.
3.6.13. —(y) Dat. zoore, xodvors,
marking time when, in or during which,
ete. comp. Matth. § 406. a. Winer §31.
3. p. 176. Burtm. § 18% 8.4. Luke &
29 mollis rig zodvon ovvagndxss ai-
toy, i.e. in, during, since long time.
Acts8:11. Rom. 16:25 zedrois aialous,
comp. below in b.—Hdian. 53.5 perepg
zg0rp. Boph. Trach. 509.

b) Spee. by the force of adjuncts
xg6vog sometimes stands for a time, pe-
riod, season, like xawgds, comp. Tittm.
Le Eu g.plur. joined with xmgol,
Acts 1: 7 yrévas eens H xaugots: 1
‘Thess. 51. Seq. genit. of event or
the like ; Matt, 2°7 sav zesver sot) gar

901

Actis7: 2% seccagoxorrastng oy

Xpvoodaxrydeos

vopsrov Luke 1: 57 6 z¢- too
tanady, Acts 3: 21, 7:17. 17: 30, 1Pet.
1:17, 4:35 magedmlvdes zedros tod
plow. With an adjective, ropoun,
or the like ; Matt. 2:16 xara tor zedvor

Acts 1: 6 ty zodry toiry.
Jude 18 by doxéay zeerm, and 1 Pet. 1:
20 én’ docs xosvew, vee in"Exzatos
bP 2 Tina. 1:9 et Tit. 1:2 mpd zed
ver aiwrley, see in Aisivios be 1 Pet.
4:2 ray énllownor év cagxd xesvor. So
Sept. for 21 Ece. 3: 1.—Pal
Ael. V. H. 11. 3, Dem. 399,
Mem. I. 4, 12 105 Brous zodvor. ib. 2. 1.
34 thr pillovea zodror tol Blov.

XpovorpcBew, o, £. jaw, (xedros,
telfu,) to wear away time, to spend time,
to delay, intrans, Acts 20: 16. — Aristot.
Rhet. 3.3. Eustath. in Il. y, 1447. 11.
ib, 1450, 38.

Xeveeos, ¢; &n, cov, contr. yovaoig,
i, ody, (zeveds,) golden, of gold; 2Tim.
20 oxsin zowsa. Heb. 94 bis, ordp-
0g zevoy. Rev. 1:12, 13, 20. 21. 4: 4.
5: & 8: 3 bis, 9 (7,] 13, 20. 14: 14. 15:
6, 7.17: 4. 21:15. Sept. for any Gen.
41: 42. Ex. 3: 22, — Jos. Ant. fi. 1. 3,
B.J.7.1.8. Hdian. 5.5.20. Xen. Mem.
3.8.6.

Xousior, ou, 16, (dim. of zgvods,)
gold, pp. in small pieces or quantity,
eepec. as wrought.

a) genr. Heb. 9:4 ny xpfeter ..
mei nartode zevolg. 1
Pet. 1: 7. Rev. 3 18, 21:18, 21. Sept.
for 3711 Ex. 37: 2, 4, 6—Lue. Tim. 56.
Arr. Epict. 1. 1.5. Hdot. 3. 97.

b) meton. (a) a golden ornament ;
1 Pet. 3:3 meglSaais zgvoler. Rev. 17:
4 et 18: 16 in later edit—Sept. Job 27:
16. Dem. 1182. 26 zovole mola Eyov-
cay xod incre xadd. Thuc. 2. 13 tots
megixeszévors xovolois. — (8) gold coin,

), Acts 3: 6, 20: 33, 1 Pet. 1: 18.—
Ecelus. 40: 27. Hdian. 6.7.22. Xen.
An. 1.1, 9.

Xoveodaxri doe, ov, &, %, adj.
( { xeoass, Saxridios q. v.) gold-ringed,

having gold rings upon the fingers,
James 2:2,—So Arr. Epict. 1. 22. 18 zev-
Sasruitous

aos id molets. Comp.
Luc. Tim. 20 zevodzuges.

Xpvacddos

Xpvacdedos, ov, 6, (zevods, al-
Sos, ) chrysolite, pp. golden stone, a
name applied by the aucients to all
gems of n golden or yellow colour; but
prob, designating particularly the topaz
of the moderns. Rev.21:20. Sept. for
Brw7N topaz Ex, W: 2. 3: 11.—Jos.
Ant. 3.7.5. Diod. Sic. 2.52, Comp.
Plin. H. N. 37.9, 11. Rees’ Cyclop. art.
Gems, Topaz and Chrysolite.

Xpvoongavos, ov, 6, ( xgusds,
agéoor a leek,) chryeoprase, a precious
stone ofa greenish golden colour, like
a leek, i. e. usually apple-green pagsing
intoa grass-green. Rev. 21:20.—Comp.
Plio, H. N. 37. 20, 21. Rees’ Cyclop.
art. Chrysoprase and Gems.

Xpvoos, ov, 6, gold, a) genr.
Matt. 2: 11 zovedy, xad Lifavor, 23: 16,
17 bis. Acts 17: 29. 1 Cor. 3: 12. Rev.
18 12, 9:7 in text. rec. Sept. for art
2 Chr. 3: 7. Ezra 1: 6. Prov. 17:3. —
Luc, Contempl. 4. Hdian. 8.7.4. Xen,
Cyr. 8 4. 27.

b) meton. (a) i.g. golden ornaments,
1Tim.294 zoved, j uogyaglzaup. Rev.

17: 4 et 18: 16 in text. ree. — Luc. de
Dom. 8 1§ zevog tg rosottoy xexdoprtan.
Dinarch. 95. 40.—(8) gold coin, money,
treasure, Matt. 10:9. James 5:
Hdian. 2 6.11. Dem. 122, 2,
Mem. 3. 1. 13.

Xovaois, see Xpiazos.

Xpvede, , f. crow, ( xevais,) to
anaes a with gold, trans. Rev. 17: 4

xeUrH Vv. xovelw, comp.
Eogl to ‘to wild with gold.’ 18 16. 80
Sept. zevoda “zovalp for aq1 “BY Ex.
26: 32, 37. 36: 34. simpl. 2°K. 18: 16.
—Lue. Philops.19. Plut. Philopoem. 9.
Diod. Sic. 4. 47.

Xpas, zowres, s, (kindr. zeda,
xeola, xoduc,) pp. surface of a body,
espec. of the humen body, the skin,
: 29, 30, Xen. Oec.
20 colour, complerion, teint of
the skin, Diod. Sic. 2. 6. Genr. and
in N. T. the body, Acts 19; 12 én tod
zeuros covdigsa, i.e. which had been

Xen.

on his body. Sept. for “m2 Lev. 13:
eq. — Dion, Hal. Ant. 9, 50, Xen.
Cony. 4. 54,

902

Xapa

Xcodae, 7, ov, (obeol. zs, elem)
lame, halt, crippled iu the feet, spokeo
of persons; Matt. 11: 5 xa2 yeolo? meg
marova. 15:30, 31. 18: 8. 25: 14. Loke
7: 22 14:13, 21. John $:2 Acw32
(II), 8:7. 14:8. Trop. Heb. 121
see in Extginw 8. Once, Lame from
the logs of a foot, for dveénngos, maimed,
Mark 9: 45; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 474
marg. Sept. for ros Lev. 2: 17.
Deut. 15: 21. — Ael. V. H. 11. 9 deites
yulér twa xad évinyper. Lue. D. Deoe.
15. 1. Xen. Cyr. 1.4, 11.

Xeiga, as, 4, (i. 4. xed9os, f. ob-
sol. zéo,) pp. space, which receives,
containe, surrounds any tbing ; and s0,
place, spot, in which one is, where any
thing is or takes place, Lac. D. Deor.
28.1. Dem. 701. 16. Xen. Mem. 32
10. H. G. 4. 2. 20. — Hence genr. and
in NT. @ country, land, region, prow
ince, etc.

a) geor. (a) pp. Luke 3:1 tig “Frov-

‘nad Teayoritibos zeigac. 15 13,
14, 15. 19: 12 John 11: 54,55. Ace
8: 1 tds zogae Tovdaies nai Fapagses.
10:39, 13: 49. 16: 6 et 18: 23 zm Tale-
tux} zogay, the Galatian country, the
region or province of Galatia. 26 20.
c. gen. airay Matt.2:12, So genr.
Matt. 4: 16 é yoog xal oxug Davcrox,
comp. in @dvaros ds (Is. 9: 1.) Opp.
tothe sea, Acts 27:27. Sept. for Yr"
Gen, 42:9. Job 3:1. Jon.1:8, =D
1K. 20: 14 sq.—Jos, Ant. 11.1.1 & ry
"Tovbalg zoipg. ib. 17.2.2. Heian. &
7. 10 my ‘Fraley zeiger, Xen. An. 5. 6.
25, Vect. 1.3 donee Bi 5 7%, ofte xa
i negh thy xopar Salatra xaypopetscry
éoxi—(8) Meton. for the inbabitants of
acounuy or region ; Mark !: 5 &exe-
gsvero mods aitir nave § "Tovdaia zu—e.
Acts 12: 20.—Ecclus, 47: 18.

b) put with the name of a town or
city, ete, a district, territory, around and
belonging to that city; Matt. 8: 28 ais
tay xogay wv Tegyeonviv. Mark & 1.
Luke 8 26. impl. Mark 5: 10. Luke
2 8.—Hdian. 3.9.5,6. Diod. Sic. 1.56.
Xen. H. G. 6.2.7.

c) spec. the country, the open country,
fields ; a8 opp. to the city, Luke 21: 21
0f dv sais zopass, opp. | ‘Tegoveadss in
¥. 20, — Dem. 255, ult. Xen. Cyr, 7. 1.

Xapatiy

43. — As sown, tilled, harvested, Luke
42:16. John 4:35 Sedoaade tas xeqas,
See lemnal sios neds Seqiopdr, James 5:
4. — Ecclus. 43: 3, Jos. Ant. 7. 8.5.
Hdian. 6. 4. 11. Xen. Mem. 3. 6. 11.
Xuapgativ, see Xogutty.
Xupeo, a, f. jow, (zeige, xiqe8
space, place,) fo ° give space, place, room
to give way, to yield, Hom. I. 16.
592. c. gen. to retire or retreat from
ib, 15, 655.—Hence in N. T.’

a) i. q, to go away from a place, i.e.
(a) genr. to go, to pase, intrans. c. sis,
Matt. 15:17 ais my xodlay ywgek
‘Trop. 2 Pet. 3:9 mévtas tig petavosay

zegii7as — Acschyl. Pers. 379 or 385
nag Grig... tc vaiy dycge. Xen. Ag.
1.93 ini Hdian. 8. 5.13. Hesych.
zebees: nogevov. — (8) i.q. to go forward,
trop. to go well, fo succeed, to have suc-
cess or progress; John 8. 37 6 léyos 5
dps ob zorget dv iniy, i, ©. in or among
you.—2 Mace. 15: 37. Jos. Ant. 6.10. 2,
Diod. Sic. 2.18. Pol. 10.15. 4. pp.
‘Aeschyl. Pers. 582 or 589 vit dyson.

b) spoken of capacity, fo make place
or room, i.g.to take in or receive, to
hold, to contain, (a) pp. as n vessel, c.
ace. of measure, John % 6 idglas
zepotioas ard pstentas Sto 7 ‘t0005.
Genr. of a place, c. ace. of thing, Mark
2:2 Sore pyrite zoigtiv vc. aitois. | John
Q1: Wor... roy xdopor zughoas ta
yeu. PiBria. Sept. of a vessel, for
beg 1 K.7:25. 2Chr.4: 5, genr.

> Gen. 13: 6, — So a vessel, Luc.
Tim. 57. Xen, An. 1.5.6, _genr. Jos.
B. J. 6.2. 5 tiv du». wip zogorpirgy 1
xény. Ael. V.H.1.3. Thue. 2.17.6)
"Trop. to receive, e.g. a doctrine, matter,
to admit, to assent to, ¢ ace. Matt. 19:
11 ob martes xargoitas tor Loyor toiror.
imupl. v. 12 bis — Act. Thom.§50. Plat,
Cato Min. 64 0884 15 Karenos podrnua
zegoias, — Also persons, fo receive to
‘one’s heart, affection ; 2Cor.7:2 x
cate ds, in allusion to ¢.6:11, 12, 13.
So Chrysost. ad h. 1. gulioand ws.

Xpisa, f. law, (zegl,) to put
apart, to separate, to sunder, trans,

2) Act. Matt. 19:6 et Mark 10:9@
oby 6 Sxdg ovritevter, ErPporto¢ pi) yoo-
githe, Seq. dnéc. gen. from any thing,

903

Xcopis

Rom. 8:35 ds spas zuglon ame tis
dycinng rod X¢. v.39. Pass. Hob. 7:26.
—Pol. 6.31.4. Plut, Cato Maj. 2 Pass.
Hot. 1. 4. ¢. dd Wied. 1: 3. yeage-
oy05 éxé Plato Phaedo"12.

b) Mid. ywo/fopas, and aor. 1 pass.
ézogiany as Mid. to separate onesel, A
depart, e.g. from a person, ©, dd 1
Cor. 7:10 yuvaixa dnd drdgdg ph x09
oSivas, absol. vy. 11,15 bis, Philem. 15.
—Of a wife, Isneus 73.2, genr. Sept.
for by) Neb. 9: 2, Xen. Cyr. 6.1. 8.
—From a place, iq, to go away, to de-
part, c. and, Acts 1:4 dno ‘Iegove. py
zeglisoSar, c. dx, Acta 18: 1 zexgioduls
6 Haihog éx tar “ASnriaev. v. 2. — c. dx,
Pol. 3, 90.2. sic, 2 Mace. 5:21. Pol.
5,2 8. Diod. Sic. 19. 65.

Xcogior, ov, 16, ( xégos, xeige, )
dimin. in form but not in sense, comp.
Butt. § 119. n. 15. p. 830; place, spot,
Hdian, 2,9. 8. Xen. Mem. 3.5.26. a
country, region, Luc. D. Deor. 20. 5.
Xen. H. G. 5, 1.7.—In N. T. like Engl.
place, i.q.a field, farm, possession; Matt.
26: 96 et Mark 14: 32 tle zeglov
pevoy TeSonparj, comp. Joho 18: 1
where it is xjmos. John 4:5. Acts I:
18 dxvjoato gzoglov. v. 19 bis. 5: 3, 8.
Plur. t& zospgla, possessions, estates, Acts
4: 34. 28: 7. Sept for n42 1 Chr. 27:
27, — Jos. Ant. 5.212. Ael. V. H. 14.
44, Thue. 1.106. Xen. H. G. 2.4.1.

Xeogdéc, adv. and prep. (obsol. xas,
kindr. with zégos, zslga,) apart, sepa-
rately, asunder ; comp. Buttm. § 146. 2.
‘Winer § 58. 6.

a) Adv. John 20:7 zoghy évrerus-
ypivoy.—Jos, Ant. 17,11.2. Pol. 6.26.3.
Xen. An. 6.6. 2,

b) Prep. c. gen. comp. Buttm. and
‘Winer |.c, apart from, i. q. without.
(a) genr, Matt. 13:94 et Mark 4:34 yoe~
g's magaBolis. Luke 6:49 zorgls Seus-
Mov. John 1: 3 zmgis aitot dyna
006i fy. 15: 5, Rom. 3 21 yogis vpou.
v. 28, 4: 6. 7: 8,9, 10: 14. 1 Cor. 4: 8.
Ni: 11 bis, Eph. 2:12 Phil, 14. 2
Tim. 2: 8. 5:21. Philem. 14. Heb. 4:
15 zwgls duagtlas, yet without sin. 7:7,
20, 21. 9: 7, 18, 22, 28. 10: 28. 11: 6, 40,
12:8, 14. James 2: 20, 26 bis. — Luc.
Parasit. 17 otta inmeiay yogis tnnov.
Diod. Sic. 3, 34 bie, zugls tnodteams....

Xepos
zwpis xupss. Xen. An. 1.4. 18—(8)i. q.
besides, exclusive of ; Matt. 14:21 et 15:
38 yeghe yuraieiy xad masdlev, 2 Cor.
11: 28. So Sept. for 7352 Gen. 46
26, Num. 16: 49. 42 a8 1K. & 16
—Pol. 6. 56.13. Diod. Sic. 2.9. Xen.
Cyr. 1.5.5,

904

Pevdys

X@po¢, ov, é, Lat. Corus, Caura,
the Latin name of the north-west wind ;
Virg. Georg. 3. 278,356, Caes. BG.
5.7. Comp. Adam's Rom. Ant p. 548.
In N. T. meton. the north-west, the
quarter whence Corus blows, Acts 27:
12,

¥,

Wetddeo, f. pads, (yde,) to touch,
to twitch, to pluck, c.g. the hair or
beard, yl’ 9zgay Aeschy!. Pers, 1062.
Suld. pudopivg’ riddopérn,

a string, to twang, ¢. g. a carpenter's
line in order to make a mark, Phil.
‘Thess. Ep. 15; the string of a bow,
sofeu ssugey yadlaw Eurip. Bacch. 784;
and 20 Piles dx sdgaos yaliey Anthol.
Gr. IL. p. 240; of a stringed instru-
ment of music, Aristot. Probl. zogdqv
elluy to touch or atrike the chords ;
Anecr. Fr. 16. 3. ed. Fisch. yall x9-
sila, Hence ofteneat absol. pally, to
touch the lyre or other stringed instru-
ment, fo strike up, to play, Jos. Ant. 11.
3.9. Plut. Pericl. 1. Lue. Parasit. 17
obss 7ig etlir In zupls aids, obte
allay Grav digas. More general than
wSagiiay and distinguished from it,
Hot. 1.155. Dion, Halic. do Comp.
Verbor 25, penult. p. 30. 43. ed. Sylburg.
So Sept. yallay év zeigl for 123 1 Sam.
16; 23. 18:10. 19:9.— In Sept. and
N. T. to sing, to chant, pp. as accom-
panying stringed instruments; absol.
James 5:13. c. dat. pers. fo oF in hon-
our of whom, Rom. 15:9 19 drdposd
gov pals Eph. 5: 19 poddortes dy 17
nagdlg insy 1H xuple So c. dat. of
manner, 1 Cor. 14:15 bis, pal 1§
xvripau...1§ vot Sept. oft c¢, dat.
. for b sgt Judg. 5:3. 2 Sam. 2%
50, Ps. 9:3. 18:50, 30: 5. 47:7.—Pealt.
Bal. 3:2 Tuvor pallur 1G S1g.

Padus, ov, , (ysilde,) a touch-
ing, twang, ©. g. of a bowstring, sotod
eee Jon. 173 or 175; of stringed

instruments, a , music, Anthol.
Gr. IJ. p. 73, 74. 1V. p..257 ; tome, mel-
ody, measure, as played, polwor Ather
Pind. Fr. pid is Ill. p. 17. Heyoe,
In later usage, song, pp. 28 accompeny-
ing stringed instruments, Jos. Ant 6.
ws 3 1G yodup wad roic Tpvecs dpber
7.4.2 Plot. “Alex. M a
poten cuplyyuy nad abléw, @3a¢ v2 mal
‘yaluob, ib. Pomp. 4. — In N. Tie
poaim, « song, in praise of God.

a) gear. 1 Cor, 14:26 fxnaz0s ope pol-
povizu. Eph. 5:19 yolpois nat Spereis xe
dais wvevpotixass. Col. 3:16, So Sept
for sryot Ps. 95 2 “iNT in super-
script, Ps. 8, 899. — Pealt. Sel. 15:5
yoduor xal alvor.

b) spec. of the Pealms, the book of
Psalms, asa part of the O. T. Luke
20: 42. 24: 44, Acts 1:20. So Acts 1%
33 dy 1H padug 3G Sevrigy. Comp. in
Tioogritns a. 8, and Nopos e. B

Pevdadedgec, ov, 5 ( perdi,
8et@o5,) a false brother, i.e. a falee
Christian, hypocrite, spoken apparently
of Ju ing professors of Christianity,
2 Cor, 11:26. Gal. 2: 4.

Pevdanoorodos, ov, 6, ( yeodis,
Gxéarolo,) a false apostle, a
minister of Christ, 2 Cor. 11:13.
drs ae og, ovs, 8, %, adj. (yet

th) false, lying, deceiving ; Acta &
18 pagrveas yeudeie. Rev. = 2
for "pp 1 K. 2% 2, 2B. Prov. 12 23
19; 5, 9.—Arr. Epict. 3.7.15. Plut. de
Adal. et Amic. 24. Thue. 4. 27. — By
impl. false towards God, wicked, wenged-
ly, Rev. 21:8 siduloldtgeis wal mae

Pevdoddaoxados

tots yrvdden. Sept. for TRY Prov. 28:
6 905 Prov. 87.
Pevdoddaoxe das, ov, 6, ( yor
iis, Guddoxalos,) a false teacher, one
who teaches false doctrines, 2 Pet. 2:1.
Pevdodoyos, ov, 6, 4,24}. (yevdiie,
Aéys,) speaking falsely, lying, spoken of
false teachers, ! Tim. 4: 2—genr. Lue,
do Electr. 3 y. &»Ppemos. Pol. 32. 8. 9.
Pevdoucn, seo Peide.

Pevdoucervg, vo0s, 5%, (yevdyis,
pwatve,) a false witness, Matt. 26:60 bis,
1 Cor. 15: 15.—Plut. Rep. gerend. Prac,
29, ed. R. IX. p, 269. 12,

Pevdonagrugéo, , f.jow, (ye.
Soucerve,) to bear false witness, intrans.
seq. xa avtov Mark 14: 56,57. Absol.
7 pevdopagtupiiogs bear not false wit-
ness Mark 10:19. Luke 18:20; also
ov yevdouagruprcus thou shalt not bear

false witness Matt. 19: 18. Rom. 13: 9;
all quoted from Ex. 20: 16 et Deut. 5:
18 where Sept. for 772 42 NyEN Nd.
For the difference, cop. in My 'T.f.73
espec. Ob a. f.—Jos. Aut.3. 5.5. Dem.
851. 13. Xen. Mem. 4. 4. 11.

Pevdouagrupia, as, i, (pevdo-
“pagrupée,,) false witness, Matt. 15: 19.
'26:59.—Dem. 846. ult. Andocid. 10.22,

Pevdonpogytys, ou, 5, (yeudis,
xpogitns, ) a falee prophet, i, e. one
faleely professing to come as a prophet
and ambaseador from God, false teach-
er, comp. in Ugogrtns b. Matt. 7:15.
24: 11, 24. Mark 13: 22, Luke 6: 26,
Acts 13:6, 2 Pet. 2:1. 1 John 4:1,
Rev. 16:13, 19:20, 20:10. So Sept.
for #932 Jer. 6: 13, 26:8, 11, 16. Zech.
18:2, al: — Test. XII Patr. p. 614. Jos.
Ant. 8. 13.1. ib, 10.7.3. B. J. 6, 5.2.

Pevdos, 20¢, ous, 16, (kindr. with
pido, yrdris) falsehood, lying, a lie ;
John 8: 44 Stay Addy 13 yelidos. Eph. 4:
25, comp. Col. 3: 9. 2 Thess. 2 2 9g. xat
Heart yeidors, ig. yeudion false, do-
; But. § 123. no. 4. v.11. 1
Jobo 2:21, 27. Sept. for 31> Ps. 5:7.
spy Is. 44: 20. Jer. 5:2,— Ecclus. 51:

el. V. H. 5. 21. Pol. 12.7.4. Xen.

Mem. 4. 2. 17. — By impl. falsehood

toward God, wickedness, ungodliness ;
114

905

js poets

Pevopa
20 mostiy webdos, to practise wickedness,
Rev. 21:27 moutv Bdiluypa nad ystdos.
22:15. Comp. in Hose no. 2 a, 3.
Rey. 14: 5 in later edit. for dddog. So
Sept. and wh> Hos. 7:3.9:19
— Meton. of false religion, % ;
Rom, 1:25 prrgldatay hy aljSuay 105
Se0t dy 1G yoidu. Comp. in *Adixla no.
2. So Sept. of false gods, for TRF
Jer. 3:10, 13: 25,

Pevdoxgratos, ov, 5 (yavdis,
xgt0t0s,) a false Christ, a pretended
Messiah, Matt. 24:24. Mark ina

Pevde, £. ow, (weidos, ) to speak
falsely, to lie to any one, to deceive, teva
‘Soph. Oed. Col. 628, 1512, Xen. Cyr.
1. 5. 13, Pass, to be deceived, disap-
pointed, c, gen. Thuc. 4. 108.—Usually
and in N. T. only depon. Mid. wevdo-
at, f. eivopar, to speak falsely, tu lie, to
deceive; absol. Matt. 5: 11. Rom. & 1
GySeiay Myo, ty XgisrG> ob yeido-
2Cor. 11:31. Gal. 1:20. 1 Tim.
27. Heb. 6:18. James 3:14 sate tie
GiyGsiag. 1 John 1:6, Rev. 3:9. c.
ace, pers. Acts 5:3 ysicaoSal os 1d
rvtipe td Eyvor. Beq. ts tive towards
any one, Col. 3:9. Sept. for 3t> ab-
sol. Prov. 14: 5. ¢, ace. Is. 57:11. wit
abeol. Lev. 19: 11, c. acc. Deut. 33: 29.
—abeol, Hdian. 1. 4.21. Xen. Mem. 2,
6.96. c. nce. Hdian, 2 11,12 Xen.
An. 1.8, 10. 6g twa Xen, An. 1.3,
5. — Also in N.'T. and Sept. c, dat. of
pera to lie to any one, Acts 5: 4 oom
dyrbow Srdqdinors, élla 1§ Se. So
Sept. for 5 23> Pa 78: 36. 89:36.
b wiyp Pa'18:45. Comp. Winer §
a1.

Pevdavrupos, ov, 6,4, adj. (yeu
dis, Byoua,) falsely named, faleely 0
called, 1 Tim. 6:20. — Philo de Vit.
Mos. II. p. 161. 6 rois yevduripous oc.
Seovs. Plut. Rep.'ger. Praec. 14. Aes-
ebyl. Prom. vinet. 716.

Pevouc, croc, 16, ( pebdouet) a
being flee flehond, Byrn, for SR
Job 13:4, 373 Ps. 61:3. Prov. 23:

Luce. Tim. 55. "Plut. Artax. 13. In N.

T. by impl. falsehood toward God, wick-
edness, ungodliness; Rom. 3:7 si 79 4
afGeie tod Geod dy 1H dus yadouare

Patorns 906 Yijgos
éxsgloereey, comp. v.3, 4,5. Comp. Most freq. a vole, spoken of the black
in Pebdos,’ Adixla no. 2. and white stones or pebbles anciently

, « (unt:

Pevorns, ov, 6, (yrbden,) one false,
a liar, deceiver, John 8: 44, 45. 1 Tim.
1:10, Tit. 1:12. 1 John 1:10, 2 4. 4:
20. 5:10, So of a false teacher, im-
postor, 1 John 2: 22, coll. v.18.—Ecclus,
25:2. Diod. Sic. 1. 76. Dem. 404, 5.—
By impl. one fales toward God, an
qpostate, wicked person, Romn. 3:4. Comp.
in Wedope. So Sept. for 313 Prov. 19:
2, opp. dleaios, — Ecclus. 15:8 cvdger
petra, paral. Grbges Gpagredol in v.7.

Pyragaw, , £. sores, (ypeies, poder,
yulcoow,) to touch, to feel, to handle,
trans. Luke 24: 39 yylagpyoard pe. Heb.
1218 1Jobn 3:1. Trop. to feel after,
Acts 17: 27 si dgaye yrlaSjouay avror
xat spor. Sept. pp. for zim Gen.
27: 12, 21, 22. Sudg, 16: 27.— Aristoph.
Eccles. 315 3 bra 0° Se dxtive ynlapar
oix duraluny sigdy. Pol. 8. 31. 8.
Ken EL be oc 8 pes bat.

Prpia, Clow, tyiges 4. ¥.) pp
to count or reckon with pebbles, counters,
yipes, upon the abacus, Pol. 5. 26. 13;
comp. Rees" Cyclop. art. dbacus. In
N. T. genr. to count up, to reckon, ©. ace.
Luke 14:28 ynoius viv damavyy. Rev.
13: 18—Aquil. for "pd Ps. 48:14. Pa-
laeph. 53.3. Arr. Epict. 1.2.14. An-
thol. Gr. IIL p. 49, ynpiew 8” Gréxusto
néaor ddom Pals intgots pucdor,
net th vociy Zewerg.—In the classics
also Mid. ‘to give one’s vote, to vate
for, to decree,’ Jos, Ant. 17.2.4, Hdian.
5.2.1. Xen. H. G. 1. 5. 18,

Pigos, ov, 4, (pie, yu) a emall
atone, pp. a8 worn smooth by’ water, &
-stone, pebble, Lat. calculus, genr.

Ex, 4:25, Lam. 3:16, Ecclus. 18: 9.
Pind. Ol. 10.13. ib. 13.66; any pol-
ished stone, Pind. Ol. 7. 159 ; the stone
or gem of a ring, Artem. 2. 5. — Trop.
in various senses according to the uses
to which the Greeks applied such peb-
ble-stones; ¢. g. of the stones or count-
ere for reckoning on an abacus, Pol. 5.
26, 12. Aristoph. Vesp. 656. Diod. Sic,
12,13; comp. Rees’ Cyclop. art. Aba-
cus. Also. of dice, lols, yee in akind
of ic, Oia thy yYRpaY parti),
Heyne Apollodor. 3, 10 29. p. 274,

used in voting,
proval or acquittal
condemnation ; Ael. V.

ly

-oi ye nab vmagos Soy tiv inay
Ga xed oeovcav qéus. Acechia. 57,
10. Comp. Potter’s Gr. Ant. I. p. 112
—Hence in N. T.

8) meton. vole, voice, suffrage; Acts
26: 10 xariveyxa yaqor I gave my rol,
sec, with alacrity, zeal; see in Katepiga
no. 2— Jos. Ant. 10. 4. 2 16 pir Sie
dn nas” aizay yipor Freya. del V.
H. 1. 34 wy xatadixafovoar Gyerir
yiqor. Dem. 362. 1. Thuc. 1. 40. Xe.
Mem. 1. J. 18.

b) perh. i. q. tessera, a dic, lobe;
Rev. 2.17 bis, 16 vuxsivrs ... déow si

fhe 26 yiipor Lewy nak dx} chy yiger o-

ws xauyoy yeygappéror. hia soroe
fer to a custom of the Roman emperor,
who in the games and spectacles which
they gave to the people in imitation of
the Greeks, are said to have throw:
among the populace dice or tokens i-
eeribed with the words ‘frumeata,
discus, servi, vestes,’ etc. and whoere
obtained one of these tokens receired
from the emperor's family whatever
was thue marked upon it; see
Yn. de sumt. Titi ludis, p. 228 9. 3°
Eichhorn Comm. in loc. comp. Areas
in Eichborn lc. Others supposealte-
sion to be made to the mode of casting
lots, in which sometimes tesseras ©
dice, tokens, with names inscribed op-
on them were used, and the lot fel ©
him whose token first came out; comp
Elsner Obs. in N.'T. II. p. 442. Poter’s
Gr. Ant. I, p. 333, Adam's Rom, Ast
p. 302. In any case, the lnsy 9¥
p05 was a symbol of guod-forwne a0
prosperity ; Hesych. Levm yiget, ™=
gots dni rev ebdapores..
—In Greek writers also rarnos of dir
tinguished virtue are snid to receire #
vipes from the gods, i.e. an approving
estimonial to their virtue; Plut
per. Cimon et Lucull, fin, éet salt
Raga tar Gedy wiipor aitois sneer

Pdupimos

So EyaPois xal Seles shy qicw auge-
dgoss. Comp. further in Elsner |. c. p.
443, Weut N.T. I. p. 758.

FP ueropos, ob, 6, (ySveke to
whisper, Sept. 2 Sam. 12:19. Pol. 15.
27. 10,) a whispering, Plut. de rect. Rat.
Audiendi 13 fin. Luc. Amor. 15. In
N. T. icq, secret slander, detraction, 2
Gor. 12:20. — Plut. Conjug. Praec. 40.
ed. R. V1. p. 43.8.

PFaduororys, ov, 6, (yrSveli,) a
whisperer, and by impl. a secret slan-
derer, detractor, Rom. 1:30, — Dem.
1358. 6 naga tiv yrSugioriy “Eoyiir.

Hey lov, ov, vé, (dim. of yit a bit,
crumb; from yle, yaw) a little bit,
cru of bread, meat, etc. Matt. 15:
27. Mark 7:28. Luke 16:21. — Feund
only in N. T.

Pug, As, ty (yizw 4. v.) pp. the
breath, Sept. for wz Job 41: 13. Gen,
1:30. Usually and in N.'T. vital breath,
Lat. exima, through which the body
lives and feels, i.e. the principle of
Jife manifested in the breath, the soul,
Heb. wR.

a) pp. the soul as the vital principle,

anima, i.e. the animal soul, the
vital spirit. (a) genr. Luke 12:20 tat
my afi veel oy yorir gov axasrobow
ax avi. Acts 20: 10 4 yag yuzy aired
& aing iow. Of beans etc. Rev. &
9 ta [xtlopera] Tzovta yuzds. So Sept.
rhe; 35 18. 1 K. 17: 21.—

8 Jos, Ant. 5. 2,8 Hdian.

2 13.16. Plut, Romal. 98. Xen. Cyr.
8.7.19 eq. Mom. 1.2 53 bis yoris
Gad Soions 2c. toi ssipatog.—{6) Meton.
Life inwelf 5 Matt. 6:25bis, ui Wi
wea. soigh 4 yogi nliiér tows vig
teopiics Luke 12 22, 23. Matt. 20: 28
et Mark 10: 45 dotras Tay yuri aisod
Abrgor. Mark 3:4 et Luke & 9 aiécas
Tyr yuriy. Luke 14: 26, 21: 19 see in
Krdowas, Acts 15: 96. 20: 24. 27: 10,
2 Rom. 16:4. Phil. 230. 1 Thess. 2:
8 Rev. 1211. So zdévas thy yr;
to lay down one’s life Jobn 10: 11, 15, 17.
13:37, 38, 15: 13. 1 John 3:16 bis;
comp. in Thymus b. 6. _ byriiy tay yuri
To¥04 to deck one’s life Matt. 2:20. Rom.
11:35 90 Sept. and wR] wpa Ex. 4:

907

uni syalives H yurt

Puy

19, 1 Sam. 20:1. So Sept. genr. for
‘Hz Gen. 19: 17, 19, 44:30, Ex. 21:23
—Ael. V. H. 13. 20. Pol. 28. 9. 4. Eu-
rip. Heracl. 551 njy duty puiy dys Bl-
dep? troive, Xen. An. 4.6.4. ib. 3.3.
44.—In antithetic declarations of Jesus,
prgy refers not only to natural life, but
also to life as continued beyond the
grave; Jobn 12:25 bis, 5 gaddy niv yu.
my aire’, axoléces abrir nal 8 pity
Sir yuryy aixod dy 1§ xdopy totTy, de
bony aisivioy guides airy, where ai
viv (for ty» yugiy) refers to eternal
life. So Matt. 10: 39 bis. 16:25 bis.
Mark 8:35 bis. Luke 9:24 bis. 17: 33,
So as including the. idea of life or the
spirit both natural and eternal, Matt. 16:
96 bis, Mark 8:36, 37; comp. Luke %
25.{y) Of a departed soul, ghost, shade,
separate from the body; spoken in
Greek mythology of the shades, manes
ghosts, inhabiting | Hades; comp. Passow
no. 2, Rev.6:9 tag pugas ter dopayps-
vesy dus tov Réyov roi Paov, W: 4, Acts
227, 31, olx éynatalelyns tyr yuriy
pov ws Gov, quoted from Ps. 16: 10
where Sept. for wRy.— Wiad. 3:1 di
ale 38 by zegi Du0b. Act. Thom.
gma Jos, Ant. 6. 14.2 yivmor . . tas
tir Ted rpsitew vores dxxalary . ib,
saleies viv Zapovilor yuryy dveyayeir.
Hom. Ill. 3. Lac, de More 10 ib,
17.1. ib. 10.11.

b) spec. the soul as the sentient prin-
ciple, Lat. animus. (a) As the seat of
the senses, desires, affections, appetites,
passions, i. e. the lower and animal na-
ture common to man with the beasts ;
distinguished in the Pythagorean and
Platonic Philosophy from the bigher
rational nature, 6 vols, 10 xvsiua, be-
longing to man alone ; see espec. Locs-
ner Obs, e Philon. p.381,503, This
distinction is also followed by the LxXX,
and sometimes in N.T. comp. in Tyst-
Ba no. 2 b. So 1 Thess, 5:23 45 syst:

wa xol % yuzn sal td odpa, i.e. the
‘hole mau. Heb. GizQs megiopod
yung 15 xat iuertog. Luke 1: 46
yy Toy siquor, xad

dyallags +6 i

guished from Sidvou, Matt. 22:37.
Mark 12:30. Luke 10:27; from ovve-
45 Mark 12 38,—Bo Wied. 15: 11. Jos.
Ant. 1, 1.2 dslecer & Sedg tov Eevrdqu-

Pox

nov zoiy dno tig ris Loféy, xat nveipa
brine aitg nad yozir. ib. 3, 11. 2—
Simpl. the soul, i i. 9. the mind, feeling:
Matt. 11:29 sigjoss dvinavow sais
yrzois dud, Luke 235 aod 3% airs
Ty wuriy dulstostas gougala. John
10:24. Acts 14: 2, 22. 15:24. Heb. 12:
3. 1 Pet. 1:22. 2 Pet. 2:8, 14. So Sept.
for tQz Ex. 23.9. 1 Sam. 1:15. abi
K.11:2, Prov. 26:25. Is. 44: W. ‘al.
(Arr. Epict. 4.11.6 Soya ports, Senay,
dgoguey, sgéyerSa, x. +. 2, Hdian, 2
1.15. Xen. Mem. 1.2.4.) 80 é diy
85 yuri with all one's soul Matt. 22: 37,
and @& dys ris yogis id. Mark 12:30,
93. Luke 10:27, So Sept. and wns
Deut. 26: 16, 30:2, 6,10, ab 2 Chr.
15:15, 81:21. (€5 Bang periig M. Antonin.
3.4, ib.4.31. dag 1H yours Epict. Encb.
29.8. Xen. Mem. 3.11.10.) dx yoxis
from the soul, heartily, Eph. & 6. Col.
%& 23, (Theocr, 8. 35. Xen. An, 7.7.
43.) pla urd stvas to be of one soul,
unanimous, united in affection and
will, Acts 4:32, Phil. 1: 27,—Diog, La-
ort. 5.11 dourmdele th dors gid
le yuz% 360 ospaow drouobon. — To
the soul, yuz?, a8 the seat of the desires,
affections, appetites, etc. is often ascribed
that whieh strictly belongs to the per-
gon himeelf ; Matt. 12: 18 eke Sv abdoxn-
vas yor pow. | 26: 38 et Mark 14:34
meglvnes dovir § yuz7 pov. Luke 1:46,
12: 19 bis. John 12: 27, Heb. 10: 38. 3
John 2. Rev. 18:14. 80 Sept. and

Gen. 27: 4,19. Is. 1:14. 3b Is,
Side Boclus, 7:21. Jon, Aut 1h 1
1. Xen. Cyr. 5.1.27. ib. 7.3. 8.—()
Genr. the soul of man, his spiritual and
immortal nature with all its higher and
lower powers, its rational and animal
faculties. Matt, 10:28 bie, 2 goflods
Gxo tov... THY yugiy pny Ot

yugiy xa copa anolécas dy yeivry. 1
Cor. 1:23, 12:15. Heb. 6: 19, 10:39
tig seginolnow yuris, opp. dneihava,
18 17. James 1: 21 tbr déyoy, tov Ju
vopsvor Arua ss wus tpeiv. 5: 20,

drags yogi. 9:15. Jos. Ant.
18, 1. 3 Odvatoy lozir taig puzaig L-
vas, B. J. 2.8. 14. Hdian, 3, 14. 5. Di-
od. Sic. 16, 20. Plato Phaedo 9,28 ér

908

Gopi Sate pallor tor bub:

Puzexos

1§ ain Gos yuri sab one
Sozus sad deoxstesw ... 5 why yury ve
Selo Eos x. 1.2, Ken. Mem. L413
17. ib. 4.3.14 dyDgamou ye yur} wt
Salou pariges 2. 0. 2.

c) meton. o soul, i, ¢. a living thing,
animal, in which is 4 pugs life; like
Heb. pz. (a) genr. and from the
Heb. 1 Gor, 1% 45. tyévero 8 pcm
Gvo0. de yuri Gioar, ie. @ lira
soul or animal, in allusion t to Gen. 27
where Sept. for prery wped. Rev. 1é
8 xad ndoa yoy teriis (for Zson) inide-
vv dy 39 Saldcay. So Sept. and 3
my Gen. 1: 24. 2 19. 9: 10, 12,
Cémp. Geeen. Lex. art. ‘Ez no. 4—
(8) Oftener of man, @ soul, i. qa living
person, man, nace yuyy every
every person, every one, Acts % 3 3
23. Rom. 13:1. So in a periphrasis,
nace y. arSgexov i, q. every men,
Rom. 2:9. yous avDgeiner, me,
Luke 9: 56 in text. rec. Sept. andtt:
genr. Gen, 17:14. Deut. 24: 7. Les
1,2. yuh ar9gumoy for Due") Nom
12: il, 13.—Eurip. Phoen. 1315 gorms
yzol — So in enumerations ; Acs
41 yuyad dort tecoylisar. 7:14. U9.
1 Pet. 3:20, Sept. and tp) Gen 4
35, 18, 26, 27, Ex. 1:5, Deut. 10: 2—
1 Mace. 2:38, Pol. 8.5.3 pla yor
Eurip. Hel. 52 puzat dé xollei, Comp
Plut. Sympos. 67. 3 yurie sab ape
Aijy tov ESquanor sh ond rine
gioxcrer im — (y) Spec. for
@ servant, slave ; Rev. 18: 13 yori or
Sesinar, bere prob. female slaves, i0
distinction from the preced. ovpats.
Comp. in “ArSgenos no, 1. c. 2 50
Sept. y. dre. for De Hy Ex. 27:18
Simpl. yuy} and vb} Gen. 125.—)
Mace. 10: 33, Teet," X11 Patr. p. 715
alénterg yoras &x vig “Efgaler.
Fragm. 38. ed. Liege UL p.™%
wodlas Sovlsvary pugas.

Duyzexoe, 7) % OY, (ypuzr,) breaking,
animal, possessing animal life. —_,

8) pp. of the body, erent,
animal body, having ee animal
life, 1 Cor. 15: 44 bis, 46; opp. 10 ies
svaypersindy, Bee in TEvevertixis a—Dr
od. Bic. 1. 12 aksios sob yoruei

b) spoken of the soul, mind, xias:

ak

Puyzos |

natural, i. e. pertaining w the animal or
natural mind and affections, swayed by
the affections and passions of human
nature, not under the influences of the
Holy Spirit, opp. aeveypeertands 5 comp.
im Wuzy b. a and Lveyparixds b. 1 Cor.
2:14 yrpunis tvde. ob digeras ti 105
revedporros 105 Soi. Jude 19 yizuxod,
mvetyce uh tzorts. Bo James 3:15 4
copia yryiey.— Comp. yuzi Ecclus, 5:
2. So ypuyzixdc as distinguished from
cexpeorzexds, Jos. de Mace. 2. Pol. 6.5,7.
Arr. Epict: 3.7. 5 4 $807) 4} yuzeni.
Plut. Conpol, ad Apoll. 2.

Puyos, sos, ous, 10, (ypizon) cold,
Srigus, John 18: 18 Sts yiyos jy. Acts
‘28:2. 2Cor. 11:27. Sept. for 4p Gen.
8: 22. map Ps. 147: 17. — Song of 3
Childr, 40, “Pol. 5. 56. 10. Xen. Mem.
4. 3. 8,9.

Puzgee, d, ov, (yixm) cold, cook,
fresh, refreshing, e. g. xovigioy yuxpot
ec. Udatos Matt. 10: 42, — So Plut. de
Garrul. 17 &¢"Hodxlsinos . . . LaSery yu-
z90% xilina, Epict. Encb, 29.2 ws yu
Zeer xlvur, Fully, yuzgar dug The-
ocr. 11. 47. Ael. V. H. 13.1. Xen.
Mem. 3. 13. 3.—Trop. cold, cold-hearted,
spoken of a person inconstant and flue-
tuating in his affections, otze yuzg0s,
obse Ceards. Rev. 3:15 bis, 16.— Comp.
Jos. B. J. 1. 10. 4 yuzeais Emon

Piyo, f.d§w, aor. 2 pass. byiyny

909

‘Hdot 4.75. 7:

"Ree

Buttm. § 100. n, 8; to breathe, to blow,
Hom. II. 20. 440. c. ace. to blow upon,
to cool, Sept. Jer. 6:7. Plut. Sympos.
6.6, Hdot.3, 104. In N.'T. Pass. y-
ora, fut, 2 yryroouat, to be cooled, to

grow cold, trop. of affection, Matt. 24:
sie yuyjorta: %) aydny tay wolléy.—pp.
Jos, Ant. 7. 14.3, Anthol. Gr. IV. p.
47. Plut. de Sanit. tuend. 2,

Peouctio, £. tow, (yess a bit, mor-
sel, mouthful, from yoo, ycw,) to feed
by morsels, Jamblich. Vit. Pyth. 13. 60,
p.46. Plut. Quaest. Rom. 21. In N.T.
genr. fo feed, to supply with food, ¢.
ace. pers. Rom. 12:20. Seq. acc. of
thing, to feed out 1 Cor. 13:3 day yayl-
ow ndvta ta imdgzortd pov. Fully c.
dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, Sept. tls
fipis yous xpéo, for 9287] Num. 11:
4, Deut. &: 16, Ecclus. 15:3, Winer
§82.4. Buttm. §181.5, Seq. ace. of pers.
or animal, Porph, de Abetin. 3. 23 youl
{fous za vedra. Plut, Sympos, 5.
prooem.

Poplor, ov, +6, (dimin. of poruds,
see in yodter,) a bit, morsel, mouthful,
Jobn 13: 26 bis, 27, 30. — Diog. Laert.
6.37.

Ped yeo, £. bo, (yobon yeion) to rub in
Pieces, ©. g. ears of grain, ° ¢. ace. Luke -
61. —Etym. Mag. poizortes > Seimtor- eee
185, danttvortes. Comp. Ton. » errr z

L fey ae

2.

2, O mega, the last letter of the
Greek alphabet ; hence§ poet. for the
last, i. q: 8 Boyatos and tikos, Bev. 1:8,
(up al: 613, Comp. in 4.

"SD, interj. 0! before the Vocative
in a direct address ; Matt. 15: 28 &
vat. 17:17. Mark 9:19. Luke 9: 41.
A: 45, Acts 1:1 ob Osdqide. 13: 10, 18:
14, 27:21, Rom, 2 1,3. 9:20, Gal. 3:
1: 1 Tim, 6:20. James 2 20.— Sept.
Jer. 4:10. Jon. Ant. 3.5.3. Cob, Tab.

2,3, 4, Xen, H. G.1. 7. 16.— Once in
admiration, Rom. 11:33 & Baos =, +. de
O the depth! usually in this sense writ-
ten. &, Butt. § 117. n. 4. Sept. for
“in Is, 6:5. 9351 Nab. 3:1. Zeph. 3:3.
—Soph. Ajax 372.

"Byes, §, indec. Obed, Heb. 139
(serving ec. God), pr. n. of the son of
Boaz and Ruth, Matt. 1:5 bis, Luke 3:
$2, Comp. Ruth 4:13 9q.

“Sée, demonatr. adv. (388, comp.

Midi}

Botun, § 116, 7, and w. 7) pp. thus, #0,
in this way or manner, Hom. Il. 1. 181.
ib. 18, 392, Palseph. 1. 3. Luc. D.

Mort. 16. 5. Xen. Mem. 1.7.1. Io
poetic and later usage and in N. T. al-
80 adv. of place, hither, here, i. ¢. to or
‘in this place, viz.

a) hither, fo this place, after verbs of
Matt. 8: 29 mse ode, 14: 18
7 pipers por airoig cide, 22 12,
Mark 11:3. Luke 9: 41, 14: 21, 19: 27,
25, 20:27. Acts 9:21. Rev. 4:
. Fug 3s Luke 23: 5. So Sept.

Ex. 3:5. Ruth, 2:14. — Ceb.
. Theoer. Id. 25. 35. Hom.

04. 1. 182,

b) here, in this place, after verbs im-
plying rest and the like: (a) pp. Matt.
126 ors rod tegot paler deriv ade. v.
41, 42 misior Zolopsivos cds, 14: 8, 17.
16:28. 17:4 bis. 20:6 sf dde bovjxats
depo MA: 2, 26:38. 28:6. Mark 6:3

}s 1906 Hpas here in our city, 8:4. 9:
1, 5. 14:32, 34. 16:6. Luke 4:23. 9
12 dae d epiue tény. v. 27, 83. 11:31,
82, 22: 38. 246. Jobo 6&9. 11:21, 32,
Acts 9:14 de here in this city. ‘Heb. 7:
t 13: 14 ode here on earth. James 2
3 xdSov ade, and so Sept. for m2 Ruth

:1,% 2K.7:3. So c. éxi opp. Mark
13: 21, Luke 17:21, 23. James 3; or
repeated, ade... diJs id. Matt. 24:23.

36 ds the thinge done here Col. 4:9.
Sept. genr. for sb Gen. 19: 12, Num.
3216. Tudg. 19:9. — Cob, Tab. 8, 10
Theocr. Id. 25. 11, 14. Hdot. 1. 111,
115 fin.—{f) Trop. herein, in this thing,
Rey, 18: 10, 18. 14: 12 bis, 17:9.

"Mbh, i.e. Bd, He, 4, (contr. for

Goi, from delBe, Fu to sing,) an ode, -
song, e.g. in praise of God, sigs
Col 16. Rev. 5:9, 14:8 bia 15:8

bia Sept. for 7p Judg. 512. 1K.
4:32. Ps, 429. — Ecclus, 39: 19. Jos.
Ant. 7.12.3 gda¢ sig Seor xa

by xal Tuvovs,
genr. Lue. Bis Ace. 16, Diod.Si0.8. 17. j

Xen. Conv. 6 4. Cyr. 2.2 13,

"Rly, vos, 4, (kindr. Sd¢mm, ) a
very late form of the nominative, 1
‘Thess, 5:8, Sept. Is. 37:3; ‘instead of
the usual 4 edt, ivoc, see Passow in
dls, Winer § 9.2. n. 1, comp. Buttn.
$41.4. marg. Ausfiihrl. Sprachl. § 41.

910

*ivéowae

n. 4; @ three, pain, pang, sc. of a
women in travail.

2) pp. J Thess, 53 EisOpes, Soxme
4 Gdly sf é yaote? droves. 80 ‘Son.
for 9h Is, 2223. Hos. 13:3. comp.
Is, 87: 3.— Jos, Ant. 2. 9.2, 4. Ael V.
H. 2.7. Plat. Vit. Thes. 20. Plato The-
aet. 6. p. 149. D.

b) trop. pain, sorrow, of the
severest kind. Matt. 24: 8 et Mark 129
raita deyy Gdisuy. So Sept.and 35
Job 21:17, bert Ez We 14. stb
Nah. 211. — So Acts 224 Adwas ta:
dives roi Suvdrov, having leased the
pains of death, in allusion to Ps. 185
where Sept. adives Savczov for Heb
Y2°237], which the LXX refer w
39h & tbroe, pain, instead of bane
band, snare, comp. y.6. The phrase
Atay dBivas occurs aleo in profane
writers, e.g. Lycophr. Case. 1198 ogi
adivas déluoe Lod
An. 12. 5 tots air diver Atwes Seapets.
ib. 7. 12 Aiyuertur of yuraiees ... oye
Olive dxolvcavas xe} Bevootéoas xt.
Also Liban. Epist. 1060. p. 514, reseev
b ayk be ‘i Saab
XVI. p. 1107, Ate: 83 xepedadyios Suv-

Se, wc. the beleam of Jericho.
Comp. Sept. Job 39: 3.

"Mdiva, £. wit, (B8le,) to be tn he
throes, to travail in childbirth, abeol.
Rev. 12:2 & rroreg) Towra xpcifs, &

rauaay being” in tre

% )
Luke 15. Sept. for
Is, 9:6, 913 Num. 7:

1" Is. 4:
Jos. Ant. 3.8°9, Hdian. 7. 10.15. Xen.
Mem. 3. 10. 13,

“Rrdouar, ovpar, f. qoopm, de-
pon. Mid. Aor. 1 covgacizs a form con-
demned by the Atticists, instead of

*flov
which Attie writers used érgidpny,
comp. Phryn. et Lob. p. 137 9q. Buttm.
§ 114 fin— To buy, to purchase, c. acc.
et gen. of price, Acts 7:16 3 ericato
*ABgadys tpiis dgyuglov. — Aor. denod—
unr, Luc. D. Mort. 4. 1 sé xévts [Bpoz-
(Giy] crnodiuny, xa} tponwriiga dbo ofo-
Ady. ib, Hermot. 81. ¢. ace. Jos, Ant.
2.4.1. Ael. V. H. 3.27, Hdian. 2. 10.
8. Pres, Dem. 123. 2). Xen. An. 3,
1. 20.

“Sov, ov, 16, an egg, Lat. ovum,
Luke 11:12. Sept. for =" Deut.
22:6. Job 39: 14.— Aesop. Fab. 47.
Tauchn. Lue. D. Deor. 20. 14. Diod.
Sic. 1. 87. :

“fea, as, %, whence Lat. hora,
Engl. hour, pp. @ time, season, a definite
space or division of time recurring at
fixed intervals, as marked by natural or
conventional limits; e.g. a season of
the year, dpa tod Dipous Jos. Ant. 4. 5.
2 Ael. V. H.3.1. Xen. Venat. 9.20.
Sea Jou, B. 3.84.2, Ael. V.
7. 18 Thue. 4. 6. eee
tac bi Gidas éqas Xen. Ven. 6.13. An,

1,4, 10 & tod Frovs Hdian. 843
Ack. V. H. 1. 15. - al sat érvevesy Spas
Diod. Sic. 1. 16. ‘Trop. of a season of
life, the fresh full bloom and beauty of
youth, the ripenoee and vigour of man-

hood, i. q. bloom, beauty, vigour ; 3 Jos.
Ant. 4. 6. 8 dpa 308 cxiprtos. 15.2.6
Gog 18 adAsoror Syto toy Agu

Plut. Marcell. 2. "heschin, 19.4 wales
nad Seg. Thue. 6 54 Spa fludas. Xen.

Mem. 2.1. 22 doPiira , & hg dy pctliore
ga diakeuron—In N.T. of shorter in-
tervals, a time, season, hour, viz.

8) of the day generally, day-time,

3 Matt. 14:15 4 i, Sea Hoy wagidoe
Mark 6 35 bis, #8n & Seas oldie zevou-
dong, x tL, 11: 11 Syphas 419n ot ong tie
Seat — Pol. 5, 24.1. ib. 5.8.3 mollis
Sous. Dion. Hal. Ant. 2 54 dps nol-
Ais dpas. Dem. p. 541. Thuc, 7. 39.
Xen, H. G. 7. 2.22 ty piv tis Spas
paxpor 190 Sévtog jlo.

b) of a definite part or division of
the day ; in earlier writers used only of
the greater divisions, as morning, noon,
evening, night, fas, ueonupola, tondga,
it, Paseow Spa no. 2; or aleo morn-
ing, noon ‘and evening, Bed¢gos, xaugos

911

“Loa
bs, x. Buuris, x Fomepos, Stura
Lex. Xenopb. dpa no. 3. So Xen.
Mem. 4. 3.4 is 5 Glsos qorturos dy
tg we Tis Huseas ... capnrltes ...
Gorga, & qpiv sag Gas tig yeeros dp
qavizes. Dion. Hal. de Comp. Verb. 3
diga badivy. Comp. Jahn § 101. In
N. T. an hour, one of the twelve equal
parts into which the natural day and also
the night were divided, and which of
course were of different lengths at dif-
ferent seasons of the year; prob. intro-
duced by astronomers, and first so used
by Hipparchus an B.C. 140; see
Ideler’s Chronol. J. p. 239. Adam’s
Rom. Ant. p. 333 sq. ie) pp. and genr.
Matt. 24: 36 mag) 3d sjudgas xab digas ov-
dag older. 25: 13. Mark 13:32, Luke
2259. John 4:52 éxtdu0 nog” aitiy
tip Seay. 11:9 ody) Ieidend alos Spas
vis fudgas. Acts 5:7 dg ody Tousin oe
dora. 10:30 pazgs rabeng tig Spas.
Rev. 9:15, Dat. c. év, of time when
Matt, 8:18. 94: 50 dy judge -
ty Sq} 0d yudoxs, Luke 12: rn
John 4: 83. Aceus, of time how long;
Matt. 20:12 lav Sear énolqcay, see in
Heide no. 2. b. 28:40 plas shear yen-
Mark 14:87. os éxd dpas

éto Acts 19:34. With a numeral
marking the hour of the day, as eounted
from sunrise ; Matt. 20:3 meg) xy sitar
Sear. v. 5, 6, 9. 27: 45 bis, ano 84 Exeng
Gas... Sug Spas évvarns. v.46. Mark
15: 25, 33 bie, 34. Luke 23: 44 bis. John
1: 40, 4: 6, 52, 19: 14 dpa 38 doa Eery.
Acts 15 dga olin sie siudgas. 3 1
Spur rig xgocsuris, tir érvcmyy. 10:3,
9, 30. So of the hours of the night, as
counted [from sunset 5 Acts 16: 33 &
desley fi See tie sunrds. 3: W ews
aglens Spas sis vuwr颗 Joa. B. J. 6. 2
6 agkaueros tiie ruatis érrdms sigas,

imig niumry vic juioas Buldonser.
ib. §8 meg sigay bday Tig Tmégas.
Nicol. Damasc. p. 486 290 dexarrn¢ digas.
Lue. Epigr. 17 B digax—(8) Trop. i.g.
a short time, a brief interval, as acc.
ular Seay Rev. 17:12; dat. ud Sog
Rev. 18: 10, 16, 19. 35 dear John
5:35. 2 Cor. 7:8. Gal. 25, Philem. 15.
mgos xaupoy Sgac id. 1 Thess, % 17.

¢) meton. and genr. hour, i. q. time,
period, spoken of any definite point or
space of time. — (a) With adjuncts;

‘Reaios
e.g. an adj. or pron. dso sij¢ Seag éxel-
amg Matt. 9: 22, 15: 28, 17:18. John
19:27. Dat. of time when, ait 79
Seg Luke 2:38. 24:33, Acts 16:18,
2213. role dex, 7 dog,

Matt, 24: 42,
44. Luke 12 39, 40. (Sept. Dan. 3: 6,
18.) & air tf Gog id. Luke 7:21. 10:
QI. 1212. 20:19. dy dxelvn tH Seg
Matt. 10:19. 18: 1. 26: 55. Mark 18:11.
Rev. 13:13. So Rev. 8:3 1 Cor. 4:
1) yee tig Gers dipas. 15:30 xiicar
sigay all the time. (Sept. for ny=b23
Ex. 18: 22,26.) With an adverb or
relative etc. John 4:21 igzeras dpa,
dren. 1. 1, v.23, 5:25, 28 Fgyeras Goa
pet. 1625. Soc. iva, see in
“Iva no. 3. d, John 12: 23. 13: 1. 16: 2,
32 Seq. gen. of thing to be done or
to happen ; Luke 1:10, coll. Sept. Dan.
&21, Luke 14:17 tf} Sop tod deinvov
the time of the supper or feast. Rev. 3
0. 14:7, 15. impl. Luke 2 14. «.
inf. Rom. 18:11 dga ipas 75n & tnvov
deg Dive, (c. gen. Sept. for ny 2 Sam.
24:15. Dan. 9:21. Diod. Sic. 13. 94.
c. inf. Sept. Gen. 29:7. Ael. V. H. 1.
21.) Seq. gen. of pers. one’s time, i. e.
appointed to him, in which he is to do
or suffer, ‘Luke 22:58. John 16:21;
elsewhere of Christ, John 2: 4. 7:30.
8:20, 18: 1.—(8) Simply, the time, i. e.
spoken of, or otherwise understood ;
Matt. 26: 45 jiyyixer Spa. Mark 14:41.
John 16:4. 1 John 2 18 bis, see in
“Roxatos b. B. (Ken, Mem. 2 1. 2)
Emphat. John 17:1; and 0 by impl.
time or hour of trial, sorrow, suffering,
Mark 14:35. Johu 12: 27 bis.
Roaios, a, ov, (dea) timely,
seasonable, tious, as fruits, like
Engl. ‘ fruits of the season” Ael. V. H.
1.31, Diod. Sic. 3.69 or 70. Xen. Conv.
8.25, Trop. of'a virgin ripe for mar-
riage, Ael. V. H. 4.1. Xen. Cyr. 4.6.
9. In N.T. only trop. fair, comely,
beautiful, spoken of things; comp. in
“Nga init. Matt. 23: 27 seipors . . . oftsves
Bw der uiv galvorecs dgaio, Rom. 10:
15, see in Hous 2. Sept. of things, for
“INIT Gen. 2: 9. 3:6; of persons for
Hy Gen. U4: 17, 39: 6. — Of things,
mhéos sg. Anthol. Gr. I. p. 168. dow
nov Hdian. 5. 6. 24. Of persons, Luc.
D. Deor. 5. 5. Plut. Cato Maj. 4. Xen.
Mem. 1. 3. 10, 13,14. Cony. 2.1. —

912

the Gentiles to the court of the Isradl-
ites, over against the eastern side of the
vads, otherwise called the gate of Nia
nor, and described by Josephus as cov-
ered with plates of gold and silver, md
very splendid and tmessive; Jos. BJ.
5.5. 3. ib, 6& 5. 8 Ant 1511.5
Lightf. Hor. Heb. in Chorogr. Cen
Matthaeo praem. c. 30. Comp. epee
Weis. N.'T. If. p. 471 sq. But from
Acts 3:3, 8, it would seem rather 0
have been one of the external gush
leading from withont into the coart of
the Gentiles, in which also was Soe
mon’s poreh, v. 11; comp. in ‘Tegerd.
Hence it is referred with better resce
to one of the two gates on the sou
side of the temple, leading from he
city, called rryz4r1 "3B, Portas Hed
dae, perhaps from “Tht] time, sess,
age ; of which Siiga apala would theo
be a translation, porta oa ; Jon,
Ant. 15, 11. 5. Lightf Hor. Heb ia
Acts 3:2, Disq. Chor. Johanni prem
c.6.§ 1. Kuinoel in loc.

"Lovopac, f. voowar, depoo. Mid
(kindr. dguyes, dguysiy, dgetyoay)
roar, to howl, as beass of prey fron
rage or hunger; e. g- a ties, iPass
8 dg Maw daguiusvos. Sept. of ali
WYD Judg. 14:5. Pa, 224 — Apollon
Rh. Arg. 4, 1389, Of wolves, Theoer.1.
71; of dogs id. 2, 35. Luc. D. Mot.
10. 13.

“Sle, relat. adv. (8s,) correl. to xh
robs, Butte. § 116. 4; pp. in tohich way,
‘in what way, and hence genr. at, #5
how; sometimes equivalent to 8 cor
junction, see below in D. Comp. Pa+
sow in x, Buttra, § 149 init. Math §
628, — For sig dy, nee ‘in “Av 120,85
also IT. 2.

‘A) In comparisons; see Pasow AL
Matth, Lc. p. 1283, In Antic writ?
dont is the prevailing word io thi
usage; see Passow s. v. (a) pp- fully
with a corresponding demons. st.
as ovres or the like, either preceding
or following ; e. g. otres—ws, 7

‘Rs

Mark 4: 26 ofr tory 5 fooitsla 10d
Seok, Se div ErSgomos x. x. 1. Jobn 7:
46. 1 Cor. 3: 15. ds—oira, A880,
Acts 8: 32 bs dyvis... ottag otx aroi-
ye x. t. 2, quoted from Ie, 53: 7 where
Sept. for }...2. Acts M11. ds ya
== - ottes ‘Rom.'5: 15, 18. 2 Cor. 7: 14.
11: BL Thess, 2 7, 5:2, So Taos...
sig Acta 11:17, Syolas xad ds Luke
‘V7: 28. Also Gs ssh where otras
is strictly implied, comp, in Kal no.
2b; ‘Matt. 6: 10 ds é ofp @, xad dnt
vis vis. Acts 7: 53. Gal. 1: 9.80 ov-
reag—oog Xen. An. 7.1.27. cis—otrtug
Sept. Ecc. 11:5. 1 Macc. 3:60. Ael.
V. H. 4.17. Plut. de cohib. Ira 8. cig
—xod Plut. Mor. I. p.9, Tauehn. Hdot.
7. 128. Thue. 8.1 ult.—More freq. ob-
tag is omitted, and then sg may often
be rendered 80 as, or simply as; Matt.
6: 29 ob [otrex] meguefiideto de By rob
ear. 10:25 agustiv 16 padyej, oo yirn-
toe as 6 di8coxatos ainot. Mark 1: 22
{iv 7g dixdoran rixois [otras] ds &Sov-
olay Exar, xat ody dc of yoapportis.
Luke 6:10, 40, 21: 35. Acts 7: 37.
Rom. 4:17, 5:16, 1 Cor, 14: 33. Gal. 4:
12, 1 Thess, 5:6. Heb. 1: 11. 1 Pet. 2
25. 1 John 1:7. Rey. 20: 8. al. saep.
(Hom. Il. 13.389. Palaeph.31.2.) Sume-
times the whole clause to which dg
refers is omitted, as Mark 4: 31 dig xdx—
xor auvenens, suppl. 4 Bacilela too x08
dots, coll. v. 30, Mark 13: 34 os fy
Seung Gno8np05, suppl. 6 6 wldg tot ay
Socinov doth, or tyes shu, comp.
— (8) Genr. before noun or
the nominat. or accus. as, like as, like ;
comp. Passow I. fin. Batt. Lexil. I
p. 239, So Mant. 10: 16 pedrepos cic of
Seis, xa} dxdguios dy af stegiotegal. 13:
43 xéz8 of Sixator exldpyovory ds 6 Hlios.
28:3. Mark 6:15. Luke 10:3 cootéllo
‘Suits dig Govas ty plow Lixo, 22: 31.
John 15:6. Acts 11:5. 1 Cor. 3: 10.
Heb. 6:19. James 1:10, Jude 10. Rev.
1; 14, 8: 10, 10: 1. 22: 1. al. saep. So
Sept, for > Judg. 8: 18. 1 Sam. 25: 36.
— Hom, Il. 2. 144. Eurip. Phoon, 848
89. or 852, Palaeph. 53. 6. Hdian. 1.
17. 19. comp. Ael. V. H. 1. 13. — Here
too the construction is often elliptical ;
e.g. where a participle belonging to the
noun before ws, is also implied with the
noun after és, as Lukel0:18 tay Zataviy
115

9r3

‘Qs

Gs dotganjy d& 100 oigarot modrta,
comp. Matt,3: 16. Mark 1: 10. So
wherethe noun before og is also implied
after it, as Rev. 1: 10 Fxowa gemiy
maydlyy dg [poryy] oddmsyyos. 16: 3.
Sopt. and 3 Jer. 4:31. (Palaoph. 7. T
aajpa tzor, tig xvrdg.) Sometimes the
noun after ai is implied before it; Rev.
6: 1 Frovo8m Bris... Myorsos [par] Ss
pari, feorsis.—By Hebr. a noun. pre-
ceded by ds often denotes something
like ilself, a person or thing like that
which the noun signifies, Engl. as it
were ; Rev.4: 6 dveimoy 05 Sgdvov wis
Sdlacca Saisrn, pp. something Tike @ a
sea of glass, as it were a sea of glass.
15: 2. 8:8 dis Sgos piya as it were a
great mountain, 9:7 de orépavos z¢v-
oot. Accus. Rev. 19:1 Fxousa ds puriyy
payday Szhov, i, e.a sound [ike the
voice etc. v. 6. So Sept. and 2 Dan.
10: 18 yard pou cg Seacis dvFgeimov,
for 3; see Gesen. Lex. art. > B. 1. a.
— Act. Thom. § 40 Gmiveycd wor os
GrSeunds ws,

B) Implying quality, character, cir-
cumstances, as known or supposed to
exist in respect to any person or thing;
something which is matter of belief or
opinion, whether true or false ; comp.
Passow B. I, and C.

a) before Participles referring to a
preceding noun, and expressing a qual-
ity or circumstance belonging to that
noun, either real or supposed, as, as if,
as though; Passow C. Maith. § 568.
Buttm. §145.n.5.{a) Before a Nomi-
nat, as referring toa preceding subject;
Luke 16:1 obt0s SeaBlioy atta og duo -
oxognitur x. t. 1. as wasting his goods,
i, e. being 80 accounted. Acts 23: 20
Gis pillovtis ts dxgiBioregoy murSdve-
Sat, as though they would inquire etc.
2B: 19 ody dg tod EProus pou tyow
aamyogijoas, not as having, i.e. not
supposing that I have, etc. Rom. 15:15.
1 Cor, 4: 7. 5: 3, 7: 25, 2 Cor. 6:9 ter,
10 bis, 10:14, 13:2. Col. 2:20. 1 Thess.
2: 4, Heb. 11: 27. 13: 3 bis, 17. James
2:12, al. So ¢, part. impl. Eph. 6:7
Sovletortes cbs [Sovietovres] rq xugly.
1 Pet. 4:11. Sept. for 3 Gen. 27: 12.
—2Mace. 3:8. Jos. Ant. 5. 3.3 fin.
Ceb. Tab. 1. Plato Menex. p. 241. D.
Xen. Cyr. 1. 1. 1. — (8) Gent. refer-

‘Ns

ring to a preceding noun; Heb. 12: 27
Sndot tay cadevopsvern ty petadeoy, cg
menoinyévey. (Jos. Ant. 1.16. 2. Hdian.
5.7.5. Plut.decohib. Ira 9init) Often
with a genit. absol. 1 Cor. 4:18 ds pi)
dezoudvou 36 wou nga tpas, dpuowdn-
cay tive, i, e. they supposing that I
shall not come. 2 Cor, 5: 20. 1 Pet. 4:
12. 2Pet,1:3. So after ngopace Acts
27: 30; comp. 2 Mace. 3: 8. See Pas-
sow C. no. 3. Matth. § 568.2. Buttm.

<< §145. 0.5. Winer § 67. 6 — Ael. V.

H. 4.12. Hdot. 8.69, Xen. Mem. 3,
5. 20 cig obm eirextow dyrow APqrator.
— (y) Dat. referring to a preceding
noun ; Acts 3:12 iyiy th drevivere og
sa. menoisies tol meginatily airdy.
1 Pet. 2: 14. — Xen. Mem. 1. 2. 35 ds
otmw pgoripois over. — (3) Accus. re-
ferring to a preceding object; comp.
Passow I. c. Math. $58.1. Buttm. I. c.
Acts 23:15 mds judg, is pédlorras Sia-
yosoruy xt. 2. Rom. 6:13. 2 Cor.
10:2 Rev. 5:6, Ellipt. Jobn 1: 14
Besar ds [85$a%] poroyerois x. 1. 2. —
Jos. Ant.9.8.2. Ceb. Tab. 40 bis. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4.21.—{s) Once before an Infin.
apparently with a participle implied, or
perbaps instead of the participial con-
struction ; 2 Cor. 10:9 tra wa ddtw og
Gy [Boudépevos) éxpofeiy Suds. Comp.
Math. § 545. — Plato Crito 3. p. 44. B,
nad mollois Sofa, os, oldg ¢ Sy o8 oe
Cur,...dushijoas, alii cpedcaips, Comp.
in “4y IL 2, Winer § 43. 6.

b) before a Subst. or Adj. either as
predicate or object, expressing a quality
or circumstance known or supposed to
belong to a preceding noun, as, as tf,
ag though. Here the part. ay, ovga, by,
or the like, may always be supplied ;
and the construction is then the same
as in a, above; comp. Matth, § 568. n.
(a) Nominat. as referring to a preced.
subject; 2 Cor. 6: 4 ouncrdirtes sautoig
Gs Peot Sudxovon, 11: 15. Eph. 5: 1,8
cig téxva ponds mepimattize, i.e. as it
becomes children of the light, as they
are supposed to walk. 6: 6, Col. 3: 12,
22, 23, Heb. 3: 5, 6. James 2 9. 1 Pet.
1:14, 22,5, 16, 4:10, Rom. 3:7 sb
Bre xd76 ig Suagrwhag xplyowas; i.e. as
though I were a sinner. 2 Cor. 6: 8, 10.
1% 7, 1 Pet. 4: 15, 16. Once preced.
tovoit0s, Philem.9 tosoizos ay, as Mai~

914

Ay) Dai

‘Ns

Log mpaapirrns, being such an one as Pod
the i.e. such an one as thou
knowest Paul to be, thine aged teacher
and friend. — Esdr. 8:7. Act. Thom.
§ 39. Hdian. 8.1.6. Hdot 3.156. «
totovtos, Andoci Aleib. 10 34 dur
taréy doth, roLoizos dir, os sivons 16 UF
Be tous Loyous wortra.—{f) Genit »
referring to a preceding noun; ! Px
2 12 Spar dg xaxomosiiy. 16. Wib
a genit. absol. comp. above in ef —

. 98 referring to a procediag
noun; 1 Cor. 3: 1 ter, dpiv og repo
txts x. 4. 10: 15. 2 Cor, & 13. Heb
12 5,7. 1 Pet. 2:13. 3:7. & 19, 2Pa.
1,19. Impl. 1 Pet. 1: 19 alpans os [si-
porte] dprot x c. 2. — Heian. 51,12
Xen, Cyr. 3. 1. 39 de woleplon elas
zesvras. — (8) Accus, a8 referring
another object ; Matt. 14: 5 ots ay xpe-
ity aitoy eyor. Luke 6 2 1519
noinosy pe ig Era ray picdlen om
Rom. 1: 21 og cig Gadv ddotecer we.
airdy. 1 Cor. 4: 9, 14. 8 7. 2 Cor. Ik
16. Heb.11:9. ovreas obs 2 Cor. 5
— Hdian. 3.11.18. Xen, An. 6.6%
H. G. 2.1.7.

c) before Prepositions with theircass,
in the same manner as before Participle,
see above in a; since a participle my
usually be supplied before the preps
tion ; see Paswow C. IL (6) ¢ a,?
Thess,2:2 price 0° Asie 6
sc. yeyqompions. —c. ev, ide
ences, GAL ois dy nguate 00.
Rom. 13:13. _ ¢. 2x, Rom. 9: 32 ois
mlotamg, Gad dig &E Epyear ropay w.
xe, comp. v. 3L. 2 Gor. 217 i as
1 Pet, 4:11. c. éné, Gal. 3: 16 6
molhein, GUE dig bg tvés nc. héyer, Bat.
26: 55 oe dm) Anorqy as though ageist

a robber.—Xeon. Cyr. 7.5.25 0 &y mipt
Hot. 8. 101 Zéptye i dx neni treet
Philo de Joseph. p. 545 cxsdons *
bs byadév xlngovopsay, Xen. Cyt.
5.8 aitds psOvonero .. . is ba cirri
‘An, 4.3.11.—() Before a prep. iP"
ing motion lo a place, os qualifes
force of the preposition, os ifls it
towards, in the direction of, leaving t
undetermined whether one anita
the place or not; comp. Buon. {16
init, Matth. §628, 3 fin. Winer § &-

fin. In N.T. only once © sh A®
17: 14 mopetarGas og dx} iy Soleo

‘Ns

—Arr. Exp. AL M. 3.1. 6 xoténdes xota
toy ds int Salacoay. Diod.
Sic. 14.49. Thuc. 5.3. Xen. H. G. 1.
6 5.

d) before Numerals, i. q. as it were,
about, marking a supposed or conjec-
tural number; comp. Battm. §149 init.
Passow 6c D. IIE, Mark 5:13 jaar 08
és SrozBion & 9, Luke 2 37. 8: 42,
Jobn 1: 40 doa 38 qr ig Sexciry, 6: 19.
21: 8 Acts 1:15, 5:7. 19: 34. Rev. &
l.al. Sept. for 2 Ruth 1:4, 1K.226.
—Joe. Ant. 5.6.5. Pol..1. 19. 5. Dem.
1378. 18, Xen. Aw. 1.6.1. ,

©) intens, how! how very! how much !
Lat. quam! expressing admiration, in
N. T. only ‘before adjectives ; comp.
below in C.‘y. Rom. 10: 15 dg digaton
of wddes x. 1.1. how beautiful the feet etc.
11: 38. Once before the compurative ;
Acts 17: 22 cg SuaSaiporeatigos ipiis
Pemga, lit. how much more religiously
inelined do I behold you sc. than other
cities or nations, Comp. genr. Passow
D. T Matth, § 628.3. Sept. for ux Ps.
73: 1. — Hom. Od. 24, 194. Aristopb.
Plut. 1. Luc. D. Deor, 12, 2, Xen.
Cyr. 1. 2.2 d¢ xaldg pos & wannds. ib.
1.4.11.

C) Implying manner, before a de-
pendent clause qualifying or defining
the action of a preceding verb; comp.
Passow ic A. Il. (a) genr. as, accord-
ing as; Matt. 1: 24 éxolnow sg mpoci-
tate aith § dyyelos. 8: 13 og énlore-
as, yereOrrw cor. 20: 14. Luke 14: 22.

Rom. 12:3, 1Cor. 3:5. Col. 2 6. 4:4,
‘Fit.1: 5, Rev. 9:3. 18: 6, 22:12, Once
©. ovr: corresponding, 1 Cor. 7:17 Exa-
toy the xéxdrpay 6 De0¢, orm neginotal-
tas, — Sept. Ezra 7: 25. Lue, D. Deor.
6. 1. Hdian. 7. 6, 16. Xen. H. G. 4.2
©. ofrms Xen. Cyr. 4.2. 19.—Here
somewhat laxer construction, wg
xal, like the relat. s, serves as a con-
nective particle ; comp. “Os Il. 2. a, on
p. 588, Matth. § 628. p. 1282, Acts 13:
883 ravtyy 5 Sebs demendriquns ... bg xab
& ti medty polus ylygantas x. 7. 1.
17:98, 22:5, 25:10. Rom. 9: 25. —
Plut. de cohib. Ira 4. — (8) Before a
minor or parenthetic clause, which then
eserves to modify or restrict the general
Proposition ; Passow |. c, Matt. 27:65
tnayere, dogadlcacSe oc ofdare. Mark

915

‘Rs

4: 27, 10:1 nad, cig storFst, adler @lda-
oxey airots. Luke 3: 23 Gy, ig dvopt-
fet0, vide Ino. Acts2:15. 1Cor.12:2.
1 Pet. 5: 12. 2 Pet. 3:9. Rev. 2 24. —
Hdian. 1.16. 8. Xen. Mem. 2.3. 10.
An, 1. 6, 3. — (y) Before a superlative,
intens. like Lat, quam ; comp. above in
B. ©. So cis raiziota, pp. ‘in what way
most speedily,’ i. e. a8 speedily as possi-
Ble, Acts ms 15. Comp. Buttm. § 149
init. p. 562.—Dion. ‘Hal. Ant. 8.
30. Hdan, 2 18,18, ds téziota Diod.
Sic. 14. 96. Xen. Hi. 6. 13,

D) Before dependent clauses ex-
pressing the object or reference of a
preceding verb or word, the nature of
the action, the circumstances under
which it takes place, and the like; in
what way, how, as, etc. often equivalent
to a conjunction ; Passow as B. If.

a) genr. how, iq. 8a no. 1; comp.
Matth. § 485. So with the Indic. aor.
Mark 12: 26 ox dvtyvoe... cis einey
ait@ 5 Seog x. 7. 2. Luke 8: 47. 55
ePeacavt0 13 pynusiov xat cig éréFy 10
odpa adroit: 24: 35, Acts 11: 16. Rom.
1: 2, 2Cor, 7:15. Pleonast. Luke 22:
61 imepnjaGn 6 Hirgos toi léyou rob

tou, ds elxey ate. Once c. tovr0
preced. Luke 6:3, 4 0888 roiro dvéyraxs
w+. Og dofGer alg thy olxov tod S206
x,t. h—Jos.B.J. proem.§7—10, where
ig and Smog alternate, Hdian. 1. 1. 11.
Xen. An. 2.1.1. Pleonast. Xen. Cyr.
8.2.14 xa loyos aizod dnourmpoveterar,
6s Méyor x, t. 1. — So aig Sze, how that,
as that, to wit that, in N. T. subjoined
toa noun for fuller explanation ; usu-
ally regarded as pleonastic, but not so
in strictness ; comp. Winer p. 488. 2
Cor. 5: 19 Wy Stoxovley tig xotalla-
Tis, oe Ste Dede ty by Xpiors w 2.2,
Ui: 2k xard dryuley Asyo, ce Ste Hpsig
joSenijoaper, Iapeak as to the reproach
[cast upon us], how that we are weak,
i.q.as though we were weak. 2Thess.
QQyrjre Of emorolig ... cig Gr eve-
ornxer 4 fpsga tot xuglov, nor by lelter
«++ as that etc. — Dion. Hal. Ant. 9. 14
amiyrods, ds Sts ey eoxarosg elaly. Di-
narch. 109, 17. Xen. H. G, 3. 2. 14.

b) before an objective clause in a
stricter sense, how, how that, that, with
the Indic. equiv. to tz:; comp. “Or: no.
loc. Buttuy. |. c. Matth. § 628, 2. Pas-

‘fs

sow lc. no. 1. Acts 10: 28 Systs éni-
otasSe tc GSipitey dor x. 7. 2. v.38.
Rom. 1:9. 1 Thess. 2:10. Sept. for
st Sam, 13: 1. wey Dan. 1: 8, —
Jos. Ant. 7.1.6 duagrigaro mérras .
Gg ote xowanvds sty x. 2.4. Luc. D. Deor.
4.5. Hdian. 3.12, 11. Xen. Mem. 1.
1.2

¢) before a clause expressing end or
purpose, as that, so that, i. q. that, to the
end that, like tv, Snes. Matth. § 628, 1.
Paseow B. II. no. 2. Buttm. |.c. Seq.
infin. expressing the purpose of a pre-
ceding verb, 20 as to, in order to; Acts
20: 24 dic telessioas sov Seowor wou usrct
aagas, i.e. I count not my life dear,
so that I may finish etc. So ds Enos
amity, 20 to speak, that 1 may 20 speak,
Lat. uf ita dicam, Heb.7:9. Comp.
Passow I. c. no. 2. d. Matth. § 545 init.
— genr. Xen. Cyr. 1.2. 8 xadava, dg
Gnd tod norapod agicacdas, Occ. 11.
18. So cg Enos eimeiy Pol. 1.1.2. ib.
2.21.8, Plato Apol. Socr. 1. Gorg. 5.
p. 450. D.

d) before a clause expressing result
or consequence, so as that, 30 that, like
are; comp. Buttm. |.c, Passow B. IL.
no. 3. Soc. Indic. Heb. 3: 1 et 4:3
&s Spoon ty tf S977 wou, quoted from
Ps, 95: 11 where Sept. for "HX .— c.
indic. Hdot. 1. 163. ib. 2. 135. Xen.
Cyr. 5.4.31. IL. G.6. 1. 4 pen. voultor
ovras ize, dg... dmogrnsorras otto
ai moeig. .

e) before a clause expressing 8 cause
or reason, as, that, i. q. since, because,
like énel, dre; Butt. |. c. Matth. §
628.5. Passow |. c. nu. 4. So some
Gal. 6: 10 cig xaugév Eyoper, as i. ©. since
we now have opportunity; perhaps bet-
ter under f. 2 Tim. Perb. Matt,
6: 12, comp. Luke 11: 4, — Plato Prot.
p. 335. D. Xen. An. 2. 4, 17. Cyr. 4. 2
20 che Ségos

f) before a clause implying time, as,
when, like érel q. v. Pasaow I. c. no. 5.
Matth. § 628. 4. — (a) genr. when, i. q.
in that, while; c. Indic. Matt. 28: 9 dig
34 dnogetorto dmayyitla. Luke 1: 41
dig Hxovory i "EL tor domaopsy xt. b.
v.44, 4:25. 19:5. John 2:9. Acts 5:
24, 28: 4, al. sep. By impl. whenever,
as often as, Luke 12:58. Gal. 6: 10.
Sept. for nga 2 Chr. 24: 11. — Judith

916

‘Rost
15:1. Jos, Ant. 6.11.4 Héien. 2.11

10. Once i. q. from shen, since, Mark
9: 21, — Judith 10:1. Test. Xil Pur.
P- 670 cig 38 dractoarso & zest, 10 ox8-
p05 pacer ext ray iy wg by cigars
Hdian, 2 8.12, Xen, Conv. 21. Men
2.1.28 —(y) eg div, whensoerer, w
soon as, c. Bubjunet. aor. 1 Cor, 11:3
Gc dy 96, Phil. 2:23 og david
Rom. 15: 24 Comp. “4 L 2 by.
Paseow I. c. no. 5. ¢. — Ceb. Tab 4a
Gy siothGeow sis sév Blov. ib. 9 ings
Oty, os Sy nagdddys yy” wilgy nth
Au

‘Socvver, interj. Hosanna! Heh
83 Myo, pp. save now, succor
now, be now propitious! a word of
joyful acclamation, absol, Matt. 21: &
Mark 11:9, 10. John 12:13 ¢. dt
16 vig doGl3 Mart. 21: 9,15, Comp
Werst. N.'T. I. p. 461.

“Soc ag, adv. (ci, atros foo
crinés,) in the same sway, in like mower,
likewise, Matt, 20: 5 dtolncey sexton.
21: 30/36. 25: 17. Mark 12:91. 143).
Luke 13: 3, 20: 31, 22: 20. Rom. 6:3,
coll. v. 16. 1 Cor. 11:25. 1 Tim 29.
3:8, 11. 5:25. Tit, 23,6 Sept hr
nNtD Judg. 8:8 1h Deut 12 2—
Ceb. Tab. 3, 31. Diod

Bie. 1. 29. Xen

Cyr. 1.2.2 Mem. 1.7.3, 4
“Moti, i. q. og oi, as if, as thorgh

seq. Opt. Hom, 11, 11, 389, Od. 10.416

In N.T. only before @ noun or sje
tive:

a) in comparisone, aa if, as wey
iq. as, like as; comp. ‘0 A.f. Mat.
9: 36 egGrpéros, coed arb®

Bdandy aed yuby. v. 4.
Luke 2: 44. 24: 11. Acts 2:3 15
918. Heb. 1: 12“11: 12] Rev. bt
Ellipt. where a participle or info. be
longing to the noun before sel is
implied with the noun after sth ¢&
Matt. 3: 16 ede 20 nrebus roi Soot
taBuivoy dost negeotepay 9. xt

Rone
wovsay. Mark 1:10. John 1:32 infin.
LLuke%22 See in ‘Ns A. 8, and comp.
‘Luke 10: 18. — Sept. for 3 Job 28:5,
29:25, Dion. Hal. Ant. 6. 8.

b) before words of number and
measure, as if, as it were, ia about,
something like; comp. ‘2 Bd, 80
Defore numerals; Matt, 14: 21 &rdges
Soe erramczllios [Mark 6: 44.) Luke
1: 56 dost pijvas resis. 3: 23. 9 14, 28.
22: 59, WB: 44. John 4: 6 Sea dy doed
Ferm, 6: 10. 19: 14, 99. Acts % 41. 4:4.
5: 36. 10:3. 19:7. Of measure, Luke
22: 41 Gued USev Poly. So Sept. for
> Judg. 3: 29. Neb. 7: 66.—Xen. H. G
£.2.9. ib, 2. 4.25,

“Rand, 5, indec. Osee, Heb. vein
{deliverance) Hoshea, Hosea, pr. n. of «
prophet of the O. T. Rom. 9:25. Comp.
Hos. 1: 1.

“fone, adv. i.e. og strengthened
by enclit. neg, pp. wholly as, just as;
genr. as, like as, etc. Buttm. § 149. p. 432.
Passow 8. v. Matth. § 629. InN. T.
only in comparisons; and in Attic wri-
ters the prevailing particle in this usage ;
see Passow s. v.

a) pp. as introducing a comparison,
followed by a corresponding clause
with otras, | or the like. Matt. 12: 40
Some ya 3y 'Tows ... obser Eoras é
vide 100 avOgdmou xt. 1, 13:40. 4:
27, 37, 38. Luke 17: 24. John 5: 21, 26.
Rom. 5: 19, 21. & 4, 19. 11: 80, 1 Cor.
Wi: 12. 15: 2 16: 1. 2 Cor, 1:7, Gal.
4: 29, Eph. 5:24 James 2:26. Once
with otros omitted in anacoluthon,
Matt. 25: 14; or suspended by a paren-
thetic clause, Rom. 5: 12; comp. v. 18,
Once also with xal, for otras xal, 2Cor.
8:7; comp. in Kad no. 2, b, — Sept.
Ece, 5:16. Hdian. 2.9.15. Xen. Cyn
1.4.21. Mem. 1. 6. 14,
withont otras corres-
att. 5: 48 Ecsods oby iets
19 5 athe ipér x. 1.2 6:2,
beer 20: 28, 25:82, Luke 18: 11.
Acts 2:2, 8 17. 11:15. 2Cor. 9:5 in
text. rec. 1 Thess. 5:3. Heb. 4:10. 7:
27. 9:25, Rev.10:3. Matt. 18:17 foro
aol comp 5 sPvixds, let him be to thee
Just as a heathen etc. — Cebet. Tab. 25.
Hdian. 1. 4, 8. Diod. Sic. 1. 3. Xen.
Cyr. 5.3.5.

617

"Qore

¢) after a hypotbetieal proposition,
as asserting or confirming its trath and
reality, a8 indeed; comp. Matth. § 629.
p. 1288. 1 Cor. 8: 5 xub rag slap stot

Seok siot Ss0l x01
dob x, & 1—Epiet. Each. 1.3, day 34 10
ody piven olndiis oor slzat, x3 84 dlds-
soir, tomy tery, dlldepuer, x. %
Hdot. 5. 53,

“Sloneged, adv. (Soneg, ei) just as
fas it were, 1 Cor. 15:8, Also 1 Cor.
4:13 in some edit. for dg.—Jos, Ant. 3.
7.1. Diod. Sic. 8.40. Xen. Cyr. 4.3.3.

“Rove, i.e. os strengthened by
enclit. zz, serving to connect moreclosely
a following clause with the preceding 3
Pp. adv. like ig, domsg,-ueed in com
parisons, as, like as, em, I. 2.289. ib,
16.3.—Genr. and in NT. as conjuno-
tion, 80 as that, s0 that, before a clause
expressing an event, result, consequence,
whether real or supposed ; and foliow-
ed usually by an Infinitive, but also by
the Indicative; comp. in ‘2% D. d. Pas-
sow s.v. Buttm. § 149 init. § 140. 4,
Matth. § 629. § 531. n.2 §533. 0.1.
Winer p. 249, 268.

a) seq. Infin. c. ace. expr. or impl.
(a) Fully, preceded by a demonstr. as
ovtog, tocottos, etc. Acts 14: 1 xat ta-
Aijoor otras, dete moretoa. .. mold
ndjF0s. Matt. 15:33 Fotos socotros Sore
Zogtacas Ozloy tocottoy. Comp. Buttm.
§ 140. 4.— prec. ofras Aeschin. 12, 16
Xen. Mem. 1, 3. 5. oy jiod.
4.71, Xen. Hi. 3.9.—(8) Simply, wrth:
outa preced. demonstr. Matt. 8:24 ore,
1 mhoiow walimrecdas ind vex wyud-
tev, v.%8. 10: 1 Baxer aizois dovales
ao, Gots duBaddewy orbaei 20. te mvsiporta,
18:54. Mark 1:27, 45. Luke 5:7. Acts
1:19, 16:26. Rom. 7:6, 15:19. f
Cor. 5: L. al. saep, — Sept. Gen. 9: 15:
Josh. 10: 14. Jos. Ant, 12.3.1. Luc,
D. Deor. 13.2. Diod. Sic. 1.5. Xen.
Cyr. 1. 4, 1, 10—{y) Rarely, instead of
an actual result, dota c. infin. serves to
mark a purpose, like fa, nue ar 9
Matt. 27: 1 cvpfotlioy + 0st
106 “Inoot, Sots Savaxbves atrir. Luke
4:29, 9:52. non al. Comp. Matth. §
629. p. 1286, So Sept. for » c. inf.
Num. 8: 11, Gen. 15: 7.—Xen. H. G. 2.
4. 8 éBovlgyoar “Eleviva itiDusor—

‘Rirlov
Oey, dots ves eplos xexagyyiy. An.
84,21.
b) seq. Indieat. c. oir Preced.

John Ev 16 obrw 7g iyannow 6 Se

br néguor, shoes tor vier airod

3.1 Simpl. Gal. 2 18. —c. ofrwe
Luo. D. Deor. 15.2. Thue. 3. 104.

Bimpl. Ael. V. H. 12.90, Xen. An. 2

4.2, Mom. 1.2.31.

the beginning of'a sen-
Indic. or Imperat. as
‘an emphatic illative particle, s0 that,
i. gq. consequently, therefore, wherefore ;
comp. Matth. Buttm. ll. ec. Winer p.
249. So c, Indic. Matt. 12: 12 dots
Roots r0is ociffact xaless nowir. 2: 31,
Mark 2: 28. 10:8 Rom. 7: 12 dots 6

stv vépor deyiog x. . 1, 1 Cor. 3:7. 7:38,
Gal. 24 al Seq, Impara 1 Cor
&: 21.,15:68. Phil. 212. 4:1. 1 Thess,

4:18. aT 1 Pet. 4: 19. al. —
Wied. 6: 25. Dion. Hal. Ant. 8.35. Di-
od, Sie. 11.6. Xen. An. 1.7.7. c. im-
per. Xen. Cyr. 1.3.18 dots Sugos, AL,

*Slulov, ov, +8, (ditain. of o¥s,) an
ear, one of the ears; condemned by
‘the Atticists, but used in the language
of common life, which often employs
diminutives for the parts of the body,
just os we doin speaking with cbil-
‘dren; comp. Lob. ad Phr. p. 211 9q,
Matt, 26: 51 dpsiley aizod 10 drlor.
Mark 14: 47, Luke 22:51. John 18:
10, 26. Sept. for 31% 1 Sam. 9: 15.
20; 2, Am. 3: 12,—Ecclus, 43: 29, An-
thol. Gr. IIL. p. 81 fogor 8° ér ley pir
& ditiov.

‘Lgddaa, as, i, (Spadie,) a fur-
thering, help, aid, in war, 2 Mace. 8: 20.
Thue, 1. 35; from a physician, largexj dées,
spine Bt Plato Lys p-217.A. In N.T,

profit, advantage ; Rom. 3:1 tls §
folne ‘ii magetouiic; Jude 16. Sept.
for 9323 Job 22: 3. Pa, 30: 10,—Ecclus.
20: 40. Dion. Hal. Ant. 11. 48. Diod.
Sic. 1.21 fin. Xen. Mem. 2, 3. 6

918

Repedcpos
“Rpedéw, w, £. jem, (Bgelos q. v.)
te further, to help, to profit, to be of use,
viz.

a) Act. absol. Rom, 2: 25 sapere
piv yao cpelsi. — Xen. An. 5. 1. 12 —
Bea a dup accus. of pera. and peut. ri,
ovdéy, undév, comp. Buttm. § 131. 4, 5,
espec. 7 and u.4. Math. § 415 23
Mark 8:36 i yég Soelijcu GrSgener,
day x,t. 4, 1Cor.14:6. Gal. &2 Seq
ace. of pers. simpl. Heb. 4:2. Acc. ti,
oidéy, pnSiv, simpl, Matt. 27: 24. Joba
6:63. 12:19. Sept ec. acc. pera for
hopizt Prov. 10:2. Is. 30: 5,6.—e. dapl
acc, Wisd. 5: 8, Jos. Ant. 2 4 3 Ceh
Tab. 85. Xen. Mem. 1.2.61. asec. of
pers. Xen. Mem.1.31. ace. ri ete.
Arr. Epiet. 1.2.22 Ael. V. H. 3 @.
Xen. Mem. 3. 4. 11.

b) Mid. or Pass. to be profited, to have
advantage; seq. acc. neut. zi, oe,
pndév, see above in a; and for the pas
sive construction see Buttm. § 134.6
Matt. 16: 26 4 yéghigalatem dr S guns,
ddy xt. Mark 5:26. Luke 9:25
1 Cor. 13: 3.—Jos, Ant. 2.5.5, Hdian.
2.8.21. Diod. Bic. 1.35. Xen. Mem.
1.7.2 — Seq. éx c. gen. to be
for by any one, c. nent. 3, Matt. 15:5

Spor, © day & bud cxpely yc. Mark 7:
i Sept. Jer. 2: iL. Antiphon. 121.
23.05 dy pdhava 13 xowdy Spelsiren
Xen. Mem. 2.4.1. ano tvog Epict.
Ench. 18, Xen. Cyr. 5. $4 Sen eo
¢. dat. Heb, 13:9 dv ols otx ob
of magsnanioortes, where oak dies depends
equally on of megimargourtes. — Xen.
Ath, 1.3.

Repddiuos, ov, &, 4, adj. ( Spe

Ades,) helpful, profitable, useful ; c. meds
ts, 1'Tim, 4:8 bis, # yag comereny ep
vacla mgos dldyov dott eepéliptos, xt.
2 Tim. 3: 16, c. dat. Tit. 3: 8. — Ceb.
Tab, 37. ngds 18 nagdy Hdian. 2. 5.6
tig tév Ploy Xen. Oec. 5.11. ¢. dat
Ael. V. H. 12.54. Xen Mem. 2.7.9

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Paar 3. A, line 1. Dele 22 10; and in
line 8 at the end of the paragraph
add: — Once of external condition,
appearance, dress, etc, Matt. 22: 10.
See in Horeés fn.

P.6. B, art. 4yyalla ult. after 11, add;
So 1 John 1:5 in later edit.

P.7. B, art. “4yws 1. 4, for ground,
read: primary.

P.9. B, art. “Ayreotos 1. 3, 4, dele the
ref. to Calmet, and read: to the un-
known God, the Great Supreme, for
whom all nations long and ignorantly
seek. Nothing certain is known
from classic writers respecting this
inscription,

P.11. art. “4yw 1.6, after’ the ref. to
Buttmann, add: Winer § 15. Lob.
ad Phryn. p. 287, 735.

+P.12. art. ‘dyeviZopas 1.1, read: depon.
Mid.

+P.13, ‘A, par. g, read: ono of the same
nature, a fellow-man.

+P.22 art. Aitdouas |. 1, add: depon.
Mid.

P.25, art. “Axo 1. 3, dele 2 Pet. 2: 8—
‘Then in no. 2 J. ult. after Heb. 4: 2,
add: So 2 Pet. 2 8, see in Buéyya.

P.26. B, 1. 3 from bot, after al, add :
Seq. Sts Matt. 20: 30. Mark 2: 1. 10:
47, John 14: 2%. al.

P.2 art, Adiga 15, after Ps. 28: 5,

45: 8.

P. a ‘AL 11, add: — c. dat, Hdot. 7.
152, dy c. dat. Soph. Ant, 945.

P.35, art. dlodw 1.1, read: pp. to beat,
to thresh, see Passow; in N. T. to
drive round etc.

P. 40. art. “4upirolis ult. dele the ref.
to Calmet, and add: — Liv. 45. 29
‘capita regionum, ubi concilia fie-
rent, primae regionis Amphipolin.’
Worst. N. T. II. p. 559,

+P.42. B.L 18, read: as if Iwould ter-

rify you.
P.61. B. 1. 34, end of no 4. a, add:
Plar. Sept. for ory 123 Gen. 11: 5.

Ece. 2 8. 3: 18,19. 811. aw
Pa, 4:2. Comp. the freq. vies’ Ay
of Homer. Matth. § 430. p. 799.

P.67. art. “Avtloupdve 1.3, read: to
take hold of in one’s turn, to take part
in, ete.

P. 68. A. mid. no. 2, |. 4, after Nicanor,
add’: Its site and rains were ascer-
tained in 1833 by Mr. Arundel, near
the Turkish town of Yalobitz or
Gialobitch.

P.70, A. |. 7 from bot, dele the ref. to
Dem. and read: Comp. &tioty be

P85. art, “Anoxgivowat 1.10, read: But
Mid. drroxgivopar is pp. to give a ju-
dicial answer, and hence genr. to an-
swer, etc.

P.97. A. 1. 6 sq. read: The Attic
drachma was equivalent to 16} cents
nearly, Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I.
p. 16, 17. IT. p. 349; which would
make the shekel to be worth 66g
cents; but etc,

P.103, Bl. 17, before Tatian. ineert:
Jos. c. Ap. 2 2 — — Also L. 19,
add: Comp. in Tétog b.

P.U7. B. 1. 3, for 14: 3, read 11: 15.—
Tn 1. 5, add at end: Dem. 378. 12,
P.132 B. 1.4 from bott. after ‘gallons?
add: According to Ideler and Boeckh
i Seon about 11; gallons; see in

pists art. Bilos, instead of the last
two lines, read: — Apollodor. Bibl.
2.4. muppdga bédy Arr. Exp. Al
M.2 18,12. svgqdos dictod ib. 2,
21.3, Thuc. 2,75. comp. Xem. An.
5.2.14,

P.149. B.1. 6 from bott. after 399, add:
Lue. D. Deor. 17, 2.

P.162 art. Foye 1. 5, after16, add: Luc,
Pisce. 15.

P.167, art. dosporitouas, add at the
end: Plut. de Fluy. 16, de Nilo.2.T.
X. p. 722. Reisk.

P.178, art. Séopasl.1, add: depon. Pass.

co

\ . ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

4 19, from bot read: as

Ang \ ough fire, 1 Cor. &: 155
by felt, add: Rev. 7:16.

Job 2, read: (a) iq. pers.

tor .

a 8 from bott. after 12: 11,

Bs _ 0 Body sis sevréy id.

7
t

14 from bott. before Au.
Arr. Epict. 2. 19. 16, ib. 1.

«ult. add:
d col. A.
. B.1.16, For all the article
ier 1 Pet. 2 16, substitute the fol-
wing in a new paragraph :

_ by metaph., _free from the slavery of
sin, Jobn 8: 86. Rom. 6:20
Sey fi Sixeooiy, free @s 70

~ righFeousness, comp. ¥. 18, For
the dat. see Winer § 31.3. Mattb,
§ 400. 6. Buttm. § 183, 3,

P, 262. art. ’£odfer 1. 1, after Elisa-
beth, add: Heb. apie (God is ber
oath) Elisheba Ex.

P, 292, A. 1. 8, read: i.e. the farthest
. dark prison, far remote etc.

P 296, B. 1.5 from bott. read: Metaph.

to Iift up or exalt oneself, sc. xa?

Spay 2 Cor. 11:20.

P. 204, art. "EnaxokovSée |. 8, read: are

, manifest also subsequently; see in

Kelas b. B.

P. 382. A. 1, 30, 31, rend. sy the sense

foreign, strange, Jude

Pp ae B. 1. 13 from bott. read: to be,
etc. See Buttm. § 150. p. 442. E. g.

P. 359. B.1.9, after Cler. add: or Poet.
Gnom. p. 187. Tauchn.

See in ‘0, 4, 26,

P. 369. A.1. 19, after al. add: But we
Winer § 42 4. p. 235, Herm.ad Vig.
p72

v.52 BL, aaa: Bee in Zeige

P. Sea. 1.15 from bott. dele dyogi.—
B. 1. 25, read: 9 Gvee molag v. dyepe.

P. 404. A. 1. 4 from hott. after tédrp:,
add: Eurip, Iph. Taur, 595.

P. 411. art Ridayos b. Bread: (ye
stalk or stem of hyesop, Matt. 27:48.
Mark 15:19, Comp. John 19:2.

P. 414. art. Keipemlos 1. 9, after imposi-
ble, add: So the Arabs and Rab-
bins of an elephant, comp. ete—Af
ter the art. Kapnlog, add also the fol-
lowing new article :

Kapshog, ov, 8, a cable, i. q, Heb
‘D3ry, in Mss, Matt.19:24. See Ge
sen. Lex. art. 531]. Passow « vor.

P. 417, art, Kagynder, add at end:
Comp. Theophr. Fragm. (de Lapid]
2. 18, et ibi Schneider.

P. 419. A. 1. 21, after. Acts 3:13, read:
Without genit. Acts 25:16, 2 Cor.
0: 1.

P. 441. art. Kegatior |. 16, after Coe-

tonia, add: Misa. Herald 1835. p. 38.

480. are diese 1 1, before pain

sert: (Heb. 775%,)

P. 481. B. |. 6 from’ bott. after 3, add:
“ib. 2.14. 8.

P. 496. A. b. 21, after 22 oq, odd:
21

P. 670. A. ON add Or this peomge
atay be referred, in a like sense, th
a, above.

P. 808. A. 1.34, read: Diod. Sie. 1.11
fin, 10 odpa tol xdayou ovpaisde
nay ix téiv mooeignpiver.

See also Ennara, after the Preface.

Soa e Meena Harr e
Kole art pao
nT 0, Ge Bh ne eu
ee eo Seek ta cee,
Fo ee bowers oe ee “ 7
as orl Oo are hoe

ta Leo tae ot ne

Ope got,
Ser 90- Fi. ed Har.
honns b+

PDamenes

eZ Pe

Pel tat APE VE on

PE AP ae
Stine BILE

be peter i depewrig elmer na.

FPA ae TM

Pee eh orient ted on G

Ae rots umes.

eM ey ee
vese Fag se

LO bie ee Hee At

Bem ere ne

Pre ERI BAS tn
Likes eecer eer Ce ’
Leg Te Ron ee

Doel em Mm ple Patt e. *.

ogee

wth at siectevect on. sel cntbrtcene

A pnw LBL 9

Zo] Laer Sete

"Tee ue on ee

72.
a ct red

» Feber ey, Secmtens. Saiee <n
| emia, « edederemae 29.

a ntabedngi tow Quel m

Ten rie Ch emeen foreman, were ma, ape

Ait, ceri pice, tged, Elews

y

ootendy Google

davies yw Goole

davies yw Goole

This book should be returned to
the Library on or before the last date
stamped below.

A fine of five cents a day is incurred
by retaining it beyond the specified
time.

Please return promptly.

ootendy Google